<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" xmlns:omny="https://omny.fm/rss-extensions" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:acast="https://schema.acast.com/1.0/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <omny:organizationId>2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac</omny:organizationId>
    <omny:programId>7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb</omny:programId>
    <omny:playlistId>a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123</omny:playlistId>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123/podcast.rss" />
    <atom:link rel="first" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123/podcast.rss?page=1" />
    <atom:link rel="last" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123/podcast.rss?page=1" />
    <title>Money, Retirement, and the Economy</title>
    <itunes:subtitle>Explore retirement income, Social Security, investing, annuities, national debt, markets, and public policy with Coach Pete and his guests. Archive conversations reflect the circumstances at the time of recording.</itunes:subtitle>
    <link>https://www.coachlistens.com/</link>
    <description><![CDATA[<p>Explore retirement income, Social Security, investing, annuities, national debt, markets, and public policy with Coach Pete and his guests. Archive conversations reflect the circumstances at the time of recording.</p><p>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>This is a collection from <a href="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete">Coach Listens with Coach Pete</a>. Follow the main podcast for the complete archive and new interviews.</p>]]></description>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:summary>Explore retirement income, Social Security, investing, annuities, national debt, markets, and public policy with Coach Pete and his guests. Archive conversations reflect the circumstances at the time of recording.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.

This is a collection from Coach Listens with Coach Pete. Follow the main podcast for the complete archive and new interviews.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Coach Listens</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>podcasts@broadcastingexperts.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
    <copyright>2026 Coach Listens</copyright>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:block>yes</itunes:block>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Investing" />
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Government"></itunes:category>
    <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123/image.jpg?t=1792074317&amp;size=Large" />
    <image>
      <url>https://www.omnycontent.com/d/playlist/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123/image.jpg?t=1792074317&amp;size=Large</url>
      <title>Money, Retirement, and the Economy</title>
      <link>https://www.coachlistens.com/</link>
    </image>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Milligan: QLACs, Annuity Choices, and the Total Retirement Picture (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Milligan: QLACs, Annuity Choices, and the Total Retirement Picture (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss qualified longevity annuity contracts, retirement-account withdrawal requirements, and the differences among annuity products. They consider why evaluating a financial product requires more than a blanket endorsement or rejection, and why income, access to money, growth, and personal goals need to work together. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, also joining us today, host of the One of a Kind Financial Show. He&#x27;s an author. Mike Milligan, catch up on the show by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Hey, Mike, do you do any QLACs? Yeah, I&#x27;ve been doing QLACs for like the last 11 years. Oh, okay, yeah. A lot of people don&#x27;t understand them, so we don&#x27;t talk about them too many times on the show. QLAC stands for Qualified Longevity Annuity Contract. Yep. You know, you&#x27;ve lived in a world for so long where you&#x27;ve deferred, deferred, deferred, and then all of a sudden you hit an age, and the IRS and the government says it&#x27;s time to take a required minimum deposit. And you notice I say deposit there, right? Yep. Not distribution. Correct.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Because it&#x27;s a required minimum deposit back to their company, right, to the IRS first, right, in taxes, and then you get what&#x27;s left over. The required minimum deposit that goes to the IRS in the form of taxes is because they&#x27;re your business owner. So what a QLAC allows you to do is take a little bit of your IRAs, a little bit of your 401k money, and defer it out a little bit longer so those RMDs don&#x27;t begin, you know, to as late as 85. Yeah. And most find it. You know, the interesting thing about QLACs, Pete, is most firms don&#x27;t even know they exist. They, they, and then, and then when they hear the word that it&#x27;s QLAC and they hear annuity, they&#x27;re like, oh, that&#x27;s bad. It&#x27;s got to be bad. It&#x27;s not bad, folks.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Right? It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s longevity insurance. Right? It&#x27;s a promise. Yeah. But Pete, did you find the name of the book? Yeah, Quiet Place. Quiet Place. And it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a book about the QLAC, but it&#x27;s also about how to, how to make sure you have the lifetime income. Now, here, here&#x27;s one of the misconceptions about QLACs. It&#x27;s a funny name. It sounds like Aflac a little bit. Yes, it does. That&#x27;s what I thought. A duck. But a lot of people thought, Mike, and this is a misconception, and I think it&#x27;s been fertilized by some people who, who don&#x27;t want you to put money in a QLAC, fertilized, in other words, growing the rumor, the bad rumor, is that you could not touch the money once you put it in until age 85. But the, that&#x27;s the exact opposite. You have to start taking the money by age 85. You could put it in today at age 65 and take it, start taking it out at age 66.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Correct? Yeah. It is. Yeah. You know, the technical, I mean, what a QLAC really technically is, is a deferred income annuity. That&#x27;s really all it is. Zadia. Right? It just has contract language from the IRS code that allows you to avoid RMD on that for a long period of time. It&#x27;s a good way to pay less RMDs if you&#x27;re not needing the money. Then put it in a long-term contract where the government can&#x27;t touch it. Makes sense. And guess what you could do if you, and guess what you could do if you don&#x27;t need the RMDs? You could use it for something like maybe a Roth conversion. A lot of people do that. Or, you know, you could lower, yeah, I mean, you could lower your tax bracket. The other thing that most people don&#x27;t realize, too, about, like, later in life is your medical expenses are going to be a whole lot higher. They&#x27;re just going to be higher when you&#x27;re that age. And that&#x27;s going to be for most people, not for everybody, but they&#x27;re going to be higher.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> The good news is if your medical expenses are over 7.5% of your total income, guess what? You get to itemize that. Right? So there&#x27;s a potential for even that QLAC income when it starts at 85 to be tax-free if you&#x27;re using it for medical. QLAC, to me, is also, like, it&#x27;s just another way to, like, protect long-term care without necessarily having to pay the premiums of long-term care insurance. It&#x27;s a great strategy to use. You can self-protect yourself or self-fund yourself if you put enough money away. Self-fund. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s a good way. And you&#x27;re not paying tax every year on it while you&#x27;re deferring, which is a very big part. That&#x27;s right. Compared to anywhere else people have money, you&#x27;re going to get taxed every year on that. So this way you&#x27;re not. Exactly. I want to jump in and ask, what happens to a spouse or beneficiary when the person who owns the QLAC passes?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It goes to the beneficiary. It&#x27;s still an IRA, right? So it hasn&#x27;t mysteriously gone to some new world of taxation, right? Okay. The government still wants their required minimum deposit on it. They still want their taxes. They want their share, right? But it goes to the beneficiary. The most important form in that QLAC when you sign up is something called the beneficiary designation form. So basically you assign ahead of time what&#x27;s going to happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. Okay. And that&#x27;s where people say, what happens if I die early? Does all that money disappear? No. It goes on to whoever. Money never disappears. It goes on to whoever you assign. Okay. Now, if you don&#x27;t assign anybody, it will go to your will or your estate. And that creates a couple situations you don&#x27;t need to create if you make sure you have those beneficiary designations. And if you have financial products now, which most people listening do, do you have your bank account set up POD?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> That means payable on death. Do you have your brokerage account set up TOD, transfer on death? These bypass probate if you set them up right. And your beneficiary designations, I&#x27;ve seen people in the past, Thomas and Mike, where they met with me. And when we had this beneficiary form designation conversation, we&#x27;d bring out some of their old forms and they were ex-spouses still on there. That creates a nightmare if you didn&#x27;t correct that, right? So we luckily were able to correct that. So if you&#x27;d like a true beneficiary review, give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge a lot of money for this, Thomas, because this could cost you a whole lot of money if you don&#x27;t do it right. Let&#x27;s make sure to get it done at no cost and make sure it doesn&#x27;t cost you in the future. The lines are open. Take advantage of this opportunity. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Mike, annuity. We&#x27;ve been talking about annuities a little bit because I think they&#x27;re good to talk about. There&#x27;s nothing to be ashamed of of annuity. There are some bad ones. There are some good ones. But when someone says, I don&#x27;t want to look at any annuities because of the fees, what would you tell them? Well, good. Let&#x27;s dissect them. Right? Some don&#x27;t have them. That&#x27;s right, because some don&#x27;t have them. Like, it&#x27;s so good. If you think annuities are good minus the fees, guess what? We can find one like that. It&#x27;s just like anything in life, Pete, right? If you, you know, take a pie, for instance, right? There&#x27;s some pies that I hate. There&#x27;s some pies in it. But like, would you, if like, I don&#x27;t want, like, I don&#x27;t want a cherry pie.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And you may say I love cherry pies, but I don&#x27;t want a cherry pie. I like the song. But if I don&#x27;t like cherry pies, are all pies bad? No. Are all pies bad because cherry pies bad? No, not at all, right? I mean, there&#x27;s different types. There&#x27;s fruit pies. There&#x27;s sweet potato pies. There&#x27;s savory pies. Guys, annuities, if you&#x27;re fee adverse, there&#x27;s annuity solutions for you. Annuities also come with a lot of benefits. A lot of people don&#x27;t know, right? There&#x27;s tax deferral if you&#x27;re in a tax bracket. You don&#x27;t get like a double tax deferral if you&#x27;re in an IRA and the annuity. There&#x27;s also every annuity comes with guaranteed lifetime income in the contracts, right? Already, every annuity, I don&#x27;t care which one you have, it&#x27;s in there. And then it comes with, and then, you know, state regulators say, you know, always supposed to talk about this,</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> but there is state insurance guarantee funds on annuities. Every state&#x27;s have them, right? For up to a certain amount. The people that say annuities are bad, grouping them all together, are people with an agenda, right? If somebody tells you, though, that the only thing they do is an annuities, guess what? They also have an agenda. You need to work with a firm, work with a group that has a total picture, right? Everything from CDs to Bitcoin, boy, those things have attributes for investments. They don&#x27;t mean they have attributes for you, right? But we have to come up with a plan that includes everything. We have to analyze everything. That&#x27;s good. And then get you that life that you really want to live. And again, you can begin that process by calling 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You can also connect by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. You know, it&#x27;s funny. The people that have asked me about fees and annuities over the years seem to be the people that have been getting feed to death with financial termites on the risk side. So they assume that the safe side is going to be as bad as the risk side. And there are some bad safe options too, Thomas. And that&#x27;s why you need to deal with a fiduciary who sits down and analyzes. I would never put anyone in something I wouldn&#x27;t put myself in. Exactly. Like the Mikey, the financial world. It&#x27;s true. Hey, what would you tell somebody when you&#x27;re having an annuity conversation with them about this lifetime income, Mike? And they say, I can do better in the market. Well, I mean, you know, the market has performed well historically over time. And so I&#x27;d agree with you, right, that there&#x27;s the potential that you could do better in the market. Well, probability.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> There&#x27;s also the potential that the market can do what it did in 2007, 2008. There&#x27;s the potential that the market could do what it did after Y2K. There&#x27;s the potential that 1987 rears this ugly head again. And do you want to really put your plan based off potential now? On the other hand, our plan, we can set some money over for guaranteed income that you need and that you want for life. And we can still take that potential to help you keep pace with inflation, to give you growth that you want, to leave that legacy, that big legacy you want for your family. So why don&#x27;t we take some potential for downside off the table? You know, people are mostly optimistic. They only think about the good that can happen.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> They don&#x27;t think about the bad. And so that&#x27;s the one thing that we&#x27;re here to remind people that potential also has the potential for loss. It has the potential to go against you. And that&#x27;s how I talk to people about it. You&#x27;re cleaning out your grandparents&#x27; house. You find this little vase. You start rubbing it because you&#x27;re trying to clean it a little bit, and a genie pops out. You say, I got you one wish, but in this one wish, I can give you four things. I can give you an ability to share in the gains of the market. I can let you share. After you share in the gains, lock those gains in so you never lose them. You&#x27;ll never lose due to the market. And whenever you decide you can get a lifetime income, you can never outlive. That&#x27;d be a pretty good genie, wouldn&#x27;t it? What would you say to that genie? Would you give that genie some money to put that in action for you?</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> Absolutely, I would, because at the end of the day, that genie is giving you upside potential, right? But he&#x27;s also giving you what you need for your life. And, you know, sometimes when we think about that whole genie analogy, you want something that&#x27;s beyond our reach. If you&#x27;re in the market, there is for certain a market downturn coming in the future. There is for certain. And if you want to reduce your income, take less income, if you&#x27;re using a market-based approach on your income, you also have to be disciplined enough that when that 20% or 30% downturn comes, to reduce your income by 20%, 30%. Most people don&#x27;t want less income in retirement. No, they want more and more.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> Here&#x27;s three questions I want you to ask yourself, folks, out there. And number one, when your paycheck from work stops, what&#x27;s the plan for the paycheck that&#x27;s supposed to take its place? Big one. Okay? That&#x27;s good. Number two, do you have even $1 in your plan that is guaranteed to show up every month as long as you live? Think about it. Be honest with yourself. Husband and wife now, looking at each other. Somebody&#x27;s getting mad at somebody right now. And number three, if you live longer than you expect, and most people do, what happens to your income in the later years? Three powerful questions that you need to ask yourself, and you need to ask your broker if they have you in a brokerage-type plan with no income, no true retirement plan. Mike, I mean, how important is that? It&#x27;s imperative, right? Nobody wants to outlive their money.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Nobody wants to end the rest of their life having to be a dependent. See, we&#x27;re dependents when we&#x27;re infants in life. You know, really, a child is homeless just by the good grace of their mom or dad who allows them to save their house. You don&#x27;t want to end your life in the guest bedroom of your kids. You don&#x27;t want to end your life, you know, sharing a room with a stranger in a nursing home facility. That&#x27;s why having guaranteed income is so important. All right. Wow. Thomas, do you have a trivia question for the week? I absolutely do. Here. Just a minute. All right. So we&#x27;re going to be texting true or false to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So tell me, what do you think? Is this true or false? An income rider can be designed to provide income for as long as you live. An income rider can be designed to provide income for as long as you live. True or false to the number 600-700. Again, that&#x27;s the keyword true or keyword false to 600-700. Hey, Mike, remember having a substitute teacher and they give you an easy quiz? I do. I do. So here&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to win. Again, the first 15 people to answer correctly are going to get my brand new book called Red, Yellow, Green Light. A hundred more real life money decisions. Good call? Cost of a mistake? Or does it depend? It&#x27;s basically a game show in book form. A hundred different scenarios. And you decide red, green, or yellow light. And then turn the page and see if you&#x27;re right or not. You can play this at home. It&#x27;s a great game to learn financial.</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> Again, red, yellow, green light. Very important book. We will send it to you. We&#x27;ve already bought them. Going to send it to you at our expense. Call right now. All right, that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Well, for Jose, Thomas, Jackie sitting there watching us this week. She didn&#x27;t really get to talk much. And we have Mike Milligan joined us here from Puerto Rico. Mike, thanks for your time today. Absolutely. It was good seeing you, Pete. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week. And you too, Thomas. Thomas too. Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss qualified longevity annuity contracts, retirement-account withdrawal requirements, and the differences among annuity products. They consider why evaluating a financial product requires more than a blanket endorsement or rejection, and why income, access to money, growth, and personal goals need to work together. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, also joining us today, host of the One of a Kind Financial Show. He&#x27;s an author. Mike Milligan, catch up on the show by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Hey, Mike, do you do any QLACs? Yeah, I&#x27;ve been doing QLACs for like the last 11 years. Oh, okay, yeah. A lot of people don&#x27;t understand them, so we don&#x27;t talk about them too many times on the show. QLAC stands for Qualified Longevity Annuity Contract. Yep. You know, you&#x27;ve lived in a world for so long where you&#x27;ve deferred, deferred, deferred, and then all of a sudden you hit an age, and the IRS and the government says it&#x27;s time to take a required minimum deposit. And you notice I say deposit there, right? Yep. Not distribution. Correct.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Because it&#x27;s a required minimum deposit back to their company, right, to the IRS first, right, in taxes, and then you get what&#x27;s left over. The required minimum deposit that goes to the IRS in the form of taxes is because they&#x27;re your business owner. So what a QLAC allows you to do is take a little bit of your IRAs, a little bit of your 401k money, and defer it out a little bit longer so those RMDs don&#x27;t begin, you know, to as late as 85. Yeah. And most find it. You know, the interesting thing about QLACs, Pete, is most firms don&#x27;t even know they exist. They, they, and then, and then when they hear the word that it&#x27;s QLAC and they hear annuity, they&#x27;re like, oh, that&#x27;s bad. It&#x27;s got to be bad. It&#x27;s not bad, folks.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Right? It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s longevity insurance. Right? It&#x27;s a promise. Yeah. But Pete, did you find the name of the book? Yeah, Quiet Place. Quiet Place. And it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a book about the QLAC, but it&#x27;s also about how to, how to make sure you have the lifetime income. Now, here, here&#x27;s one of the misconceptions about QLACs. It&#x27;s a funny name. It sounds like Aflac a little bit. Yes, it does. That&#x27;s what I thought. A duck. But a lot of people thought, Mike, and this is a misconception, and I think it&#x27;s been fertilized by some people who, who don&#x27;t want you to put money in a QLAC, fertilized, in other words, growing the rumor, the bad rumor, is that you could not touch the money once you put it in until age 85. But the, that&#x27;s the exact opposite. You have to start taking the money by age 85. You could put it in today at age 65 and take it, start taking it out at age 66.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Correct? Yeah. It is. Yeah. You know, the technical, I mean, what a QLAC really technically is, is a deferred income annuity. That&#x27;s really all it is. Zadia. Right? It just has contract language from the IRS code that allows you to avoid RMD on that for a long period of time. It&#x27;s a good way to pay less RMDs if you&#x27;re not needing the money. Then put it in a long-term contract where the government can&#x27;t touch it. Makes sense. And guess what you could do if you, and guess what you could do if you don&#x27;t need the RMDs? You could use it for something like maybe a Roth conversion. A lot of people do that. Or, you know, you could lower, yeah, I mean, you could lower your tax bracket. The other thing that most people don&#x27;t realize, too, about, like, later in life is your medical expenses are going to be a whole lot higher. They&#x27;re just going to be higher when you&#x27;re that age. And that&#x27;s going to be for most people, not for everybody, but they&#x27;re going to be higher.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> The good news is if your medical expenses are over 7.5% of your total income, guess what? You get to itemize that. Right? So there&#x27;s a potential for even that QLAC income when it starts at 85 to be tax-free if you&#x27;re using it for medical. QLAC, to me, is also, like, it&#x27;s just another way to, like, protect long-term care without necessarily having to pay the premiums of long-term care insurance. It&#x27;s a great strategy to use. You can self-protect yourself or self-fund yourself if you put enough money away. Self-fund. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s a good way. And you&#x27;re not paying tax every year on it while you&#x27;re deferring, which is a very big part. That&#x27;s right. Compared to anywhere else people have money, you&#x27;re going to get taxed every year on that. So this way you&#x27;re not. Exactly. I want to jump in and ask, what happens to a spouse or beneficiary when the person who owns the QLAC passes?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It goes to the beneficiary. It&#x27;s still an IRA, right? So it hasn&#x27;t mysteriously gone to some new world of taxation, right? Okay. The government still wants their required minimum deposit on it. They still want their taxes. They want their share, right? But it goes to the beneficiary. The most important form in that QLAC when you sign up is something called the beneficiary designation form. So basically you assign ahead of time what&#x27;s going to happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. Okay. And that&#x27;s where people say, what happens if I die early? Does all that money disappear? No. It goes on to whoever. Money never disappears. It goes on to whoever you assign. Okay. Now, if you don&#x27;t assign anybody, it will go to your will or your estate. And that creates a couple situations you don&#x27;t need to create if you make sure you have those beneficiary designations. And if you have financial products now, which most people listening do, do you have your bank account set up POD?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> That means payable on death. Do you have your brokerage account set up TOD, transfer on death? These bypass probate if you set them up right. And your beneficiary designations, I&#x27;ve seen people in the past, Thomas and Mike, where they met with me. And when we had this beneficiary form designation conversation, we&#x27;d bring out some of their old forms and they were ex-spouses still on there. That creates a nightmare if you didn&#x27;t correct that, right? So we luckily were able to correct that. So if you&#x27;d like a true beneficiary review, give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge a lot of money for this, Thomas, because this could cost you a whole lot of money if you don&#x27;t do it right. Let&#x27;s make sure to get it done at no cost and make sure it doesn&#x27;t cost you in the future. The lines are open. Take advantage of this opportunity. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Mike, annuity. We&#x27;ve been talking about annuities a little bit because I think they&#x27;re good to talk about. There&#x27;s nothing to be ashamed of of annuity. There are some bad ones. There are some good ones. But when someone says, I don&#x27;t want to look at any annuities because of the fees, what would you tell them? Well, good. Let&#x27;s dissect them. Right? Some don&#x27;t have them. That&#x27;s right, because some don&#x27;t have them. Like, it&#x27;s so good. If you think annuities are good minus the fees, guess what? We can find one like that. It&#x27;s just like anything in life, Pete, right? If you, you know, take a pie, for instance, right? There&#x27;s some pies that I hate. There&#x27;s some pies in it. But like, would you, if like, I don&#x27;t want, like, I don&#x27;t want a cherry pie.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And you may say I love cherry pies, but I don&#x27;t want a cherry pie. I like the song. But if I don&#x27;t like cherry pies, are all pies bad? No. Are all pies bad because cherry pies bad? No, not at all, right? I mean, there&#x27;s different types. There&#x27;s fruit pies. There&#x27;s sweet potato pies. There&#x27;s savory pies. Guys, annuities, if you&#x27;re fee adverse, there&#x27;s annuity solutions for you. Annuities also come with a lot of benefits. A lot of people don&#x27;t know, right? There&#x27;s tax deferral if you&#x27;re in a tax bracket. You don&#x27;t get like a double tax deferral if you&#x27;re in an IRA and the annuity. There&#x27;s also every annuity comes with guaranteed lifetime income in the contracts, right? Already, every annuity, I don&#x27;t care which one you have, it&#x27;s in there. And then it comes with, and then, you know, state regulators say, you know, always supposed to talk about this,</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> but there is state insurance guarantee funds on annuities. Every state&#x27;s have them, right? For up to a certain amount. The people that say annuities are bad, grouping them all together, are people with an agenda, right? If somebody tells you, though, that the only thing they do is an annuities, guess what? They also have an agenda. You need to work with a firm, work with a group that has a total picture, right? Everything from CDs to Bitcoin, boy, those things have attributes for investments. They don&#x27;t mean they have attributes for you, right? But we have to come up with a plan that includes everything. We have to analyze everything. That&#x27;s good. And then get you that life that you really want to live. And again, you can begin that process by calling 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You can also connect by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. You know, it&#x27;s funny. The people that have asked me about fees and annuities over the years seem to be the people that have been getting feed to death with financial termites on the risk side. So they assume that the safe side is going to be as bad as the risk side. And there are some bad safe options too, Thomas. And that&#x27;s why you need to deal with a fiduciary who sits down and analyzes. I would never put anyone in something I wouldn&#x27;t put myself in. Exactly. Like the Mikey, the financial world. It&#x27;s true. Hey, what would you tell somebody when you&#x27;re having an annuity conversation with them about this lifetime income, Mike? And they say, I can do better in the market. Well, I mean, you know, the market has performed well historically over time. And so I&#x27;d agree with you, right, that there&#x27;s the potential that you could do better in the market. Well, probability.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> There&#x27;s also the potential that the market can do what it did in 2007, 2008. There&#x27;s the potential that the market could do what it did after Y2K. There&#x27;s the potential that 1987 rears this ugly head again. And do you want to really put your plan based off potential now? On the other hand, our plan, we can set some money over for guaranteed income that you need and that you want for life. And we can still take that potential to help you keep pace with inflation, to give you growth that you want, to leave that legacy, that big legacy you want for your family. So why don&#x27;t we take some potential for downside off the table? You know, people are mostly optimistic. They only think about the good that can happen.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> They don&#x27;t think about the bad. And so that&#x27;s the one thing that we&#x27;re here to remind people that potential also has the potential for loss. It has the potential to go against you. And that&#x27;s how I talk to people about it. You&#x27;re cleaning out your grandparents&#x27; house. You find this little vase. You start rubbing it because you&#x27;re trying to clean it a little bit, and a genie pops out. You say, I got you one wish, but in this one wish, I can give you four things. I can give you an ability to share in the gains of the market. I can let you share. After you share in the gains, lock those gains in so you never lose them. You&#x27;ll never lose due to the market. And whenever you decide you can get a lifetime income, you can never outlive. That&#x27;d be a pretty good genie, wouldn&#x27;t it? What would you say to that genie? Would you give that genie some money to put that in action for you?</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> Absolutely, I would, because at the end of the day, that genie is giving you upside potential, right? But he&#x27;s also giving you what you need for your life. And, you know, sometimes when we think about that whole genie analogy, you want something that&#x27;s beyond our reach. If you&#x27;re in the market, there is for certain a market downturn coming in the future. There is for certain. And if you want to reduce your income, take less income, if you&#x27;re using a market-based approach on your income, you also have to be disciplined enough that when that 20% or 30% downturn comes, to reduce your income by 20%, 30%. Most people don&#x27;t want less income in retirement. No, they want more and more.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> Here&#x27;s three questions I want you to ask yourself, folks, out there. And number one, when your paycheck from work stops, what&#x27;s the plan for the paycheck that&#x27;s supposed to take its place? Big one. Okay? That&#x27;s good. Number two, do you have even $1 in your plan that is guaranteed to show up every month as long as you live? Think about it. Be honest with yourself. Husband and wife now, looking at each other. Somebody&#x27;s getting mad at somebody right now. And number three, if you live longer than you expect, and most people do, what happens to your income in the later years? Three powerful questions that you need to ask yourself, and you need to ask your broker if they have you in a brokerage-type plan with no income, no true retirement plan. Mike, I mean, how important is that? It&#x27;s imperative, right? Nobody wants to outlive their money.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Nobody wants to end the rest of their life having to be a dependent. See, we&#x27;re dependents when we&#x27;re infants in life. You know, really, a child is homeless just by the good grace of their mom or dad who allows them to save their house. You don&#x27;t want to end your life in the guest bedroom of your kids. You don&#x27;t want to end your life, you know, sharing a room with a stranger in a nursing home facility. That&#x27;s why having guaranteed income is so important. All right. Wow. Thomas, do you have a trivia question for the week? I absolutely do. Here. Just a minute. All right. So we&#x27;re going to be texting true or false to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So tell me, what do you think? Is this true or false? An income rider can be designed to provide income for as long as you live. An income rider can be designed to provide income for as long as you live. True or false to the number 600-700. Again, that&#x27;s the keyword true or keyword false to 600-700. Hey, Mike, remember having a substitute teacher and they give you an easy quiz? I do. I do. So here&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to win. Again, the first 15 people to answer correctly are going to get my brand new book called Red, Yellow, Green Light. A hundred more real life money decisions. Good call? Cost of a mistake? Or does it depend? It&#x27;s basically a game show in book form. A hundred different scenarios. And you decide red, green, or yellow light. And then turn the page and see if you&#x27;re right or not. You can play this at home. It&#x27;s a great game to learn financial.</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> Again, red, yellow, green light. Very important book. We will send it to you. We&#x27;ve already bought them. Going to send it to you at our expense. Call right now. All right, that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Well, for Jose, Thomas, Jackie sitting there watching us this week. She didn&#x27;t really get to talk much. And we have Mike Milligan joined us here from Puerto Rico. Mike, thanks for your time today. Absolutely. It was good seeing you, Pete. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week. And you too, Thomas. Thomas too. Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss qualified longevity annuity contracts, retirement-account withdrawal requirements, and the differences among annuity products. They consider why evaluating a financial product requires more than a blanket endorsement or rejection, and why income, access to money, growth, and personal goals need to work together. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Milligan</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Milligan, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211/image.jpg?t=1792073298&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-qlacs-annuity-choices-and-the-total-retirement-picture-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211/image.jpg?t=1792073298&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>837</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c6188c1-2aa4-4b7a-bb29-b4e1015d1211/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13432001" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-qlacs-annuity-choices-and-the-total-retirement-picture-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>1</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Mike Milligan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:28" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:38" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:36" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Milligan: A Retirement Plan That Fits Your Life (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Milligan: A Retirement Plan That Fits Your Life (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Milligan continues his conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about matching a retirement strategy to the person who will live with it. They discuss risk, the tendency to rely on familiar products, and lessons from past planning conversations. Hear why the group favors reviewing the full picture rather than treating every retirement decision as a separate transaction. Part three of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also joining us from Puerto Rico, Mike Milligan of One Oak Financial. Thomas, let&#x27;s give a couple of websites out. Yes. I&#x27;m going to give one, and I want you to give it. We have so many. I love it. We really need one site where people go and have all our sites on there. We&#x27;re going to do that. Master site, yes. We&#x27;re going to do the master site coming up. Let&#x27;s do it. Coach Pete&#x27;s master site. Let&#x27;s do it. But right now, we don&#x27;t have it. Until then. But we&#x27;re going to. So you see, you&#x27;re getting a look inside my mind right now, folks. I&#x27;ve got over 700 domains, Thomas. I&#x27;m sure we can find one. I&#x27;m sure. So the one I want to give out is a very good one. It&#x27;s about my new book, Modern Planning. But the site is planonceplanforlife.com. Planonceplanforlife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Go there. You can download the e-book right now. We&#x27;re working on an audio book coming up. But right now, you can download the e-book by going to planonceplanforlife.com. It&#x27;s about 250 pages. And it really puts things in perspective about lifetime income. We&#x27;re talking about today. The financial termites. How much 2% or 3% fees can cost you as far as what you could have had in your retirement and what you don&#x27;t have in retirement. And making sure that you have income you can&#x27;t outlive. Principle that cannot lose due to the market. That&#x27;s important, too, by the way. Yes, it is. A floor under the spouse. In other words, making sure your spouse always gets income even if you&#x27;re not here anymore. Ah, yes. And so that&#x27;s what I call a floor under the spouse. Not knocking your spouse on the floor. And making sure your money isn&#x27;t doing nothing. It is doing something. It needs to be doing something at all times.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Going up, not down. So planonceplanforlife.com. Now, what do you want to say? I love it. So the one I am going to focus on is a great do-it-yourself tool at asapplan.com. That&#x27;s asapplan.com. As you folks know, if you&#x27;re a regular listener to the show, Coach Pete has a 22-step total retirement plan process. And what we want to do is to try to enable you to take those steps yourself. Kind of figure out what are you missing? What do you have in hand? What questions do you need to be asking? We are developing a new electronic device. It&#x27;s a calculator on steroids. But take your time. Go over there. I personally would love to hear your feedback. I&#x27;m helping develop this. And we want to make sure it&#x27;s a tool that&#x27;s beneficial to you. And again, that&#x27;s at asapplan.com. Again, asapplan.com.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And we also are keeping track of when you go there because we&#x27;re going to give an award of a $100 gift card to Ruth Chris for people that go there and give us any feedback. So we&#x27;re going to draw the name out here in a couple weeks on the show. There you go. Help me out and I&#x27;ll help you out. asapplan.com. You can&#x27;t win unless you go and visit and let us know you visited, right? So that&#x27;s kind of... That&#x27;s it. That&#x27;s what Mike thinks. What else? We&#x27;ve got financialsafari.com too if you want to ask a question on the show. Always. Yeah. If you want to ask a question or just catch up on podcasts, check out the television show. And that leads into the Financial Fill-Up Challenge. If you go to financialfillup.com, we would love to have contestants or audience members for our financial game show. You can also subscribe to the channel. Check out our past episodes. It&#x27;s a really, really fun game show. A great way to look at retirement. Find out how much you actually know about the process.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> We film episodes every three weeks, folks. So call, get on the list. Either be a contestant or if you want to be in the live studio audience. A lot of good giveaways there during the show too. Oh, it&#x27;s fun. Yeah, we get gift cards we give away for winners too when they win. Yes, we do. And hey, it&#x27;s a great way to learn the financial world rather than sitting in class trying to learn it. There you go. Hey, Mike, if you ever ask this question to somebody, you say, when the market had its worst week in years, did you have a single dollar sitting somewhere that you couldn&#x27;t lose a dime? Oh, that&#x27;s a great question. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic question and one that a listener should listen to, right? Is, you know, I&#x27;ve never asked anybody that question, but one of the questions I ask is, what&#x27;s the amount of money that you&#x27;re willing to lose? Yeah. Because it&#x27;s a similar question that you&#x27;re just asking there.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Because at the end of the day, right, when you go to retirement, you don&#x27;t want to have to continually watch CNBC or Bloomberg every day. You want to spend time with grandkids. You want to go make an impact in the community. You want to travel. And, you know, like having that stress and fear of watching the news every day becomes depressing, right? Because it&#x27;s almost like riding a roller coaster. And as you get older, roller coasters are not as fun because of like just your age. And so that whole idea of losing money in retirement is not something that at least the people I talk to in our practice won&#x27;t want to partake of. Unfortunately, a lot of people that we talk to, I wrote another book called Retirement Deja Vu. It&#x27;s that feeling that you get when you hear the same story over and over again.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> You know, deja vu. We all get that eerie feeling. And retirement deja vu is what I actually experience when I sit down with a new client because I hear the same story. If I talk to somebody from Edward Jones, like a client of Edward Jones, it&#x27;s the same story. If I talk to a client from Merrill Lynch, it&#x27;s the same story. If I talk to, you know, if I talk to people at different firms, I know what that firm&#x27;s doing. They&#x27;re just, they&#x27;re selling the same investment plan in their 9, 11, and 1 o&#x27;clock meetings every day. And we actually want people to break away from retirement deja vu. And, you know, ours is the one-of-a-kind financial plan. Yours is the fill-up. And we want to make sure that everybody is getting what they need out of life. Because this life is about you folks. It&#x27;s not about us. It&#x27;s not about our life.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> It&#x27;s this life&#x27;s about yours. Yours is the only one you can live. And you want to make sure your money lasts as long as you do. You know, we get to share our knowledge with folks. I mean, we&#x27;ve seen, I think I could say this, 34 years. I&#x27;ve seen about every kind of situation you could ever imagine. And I would rather, like my dad used to tell me, that a smart person learns from their mistakes. Like if you&#x27;re trying to hammer a nail in and you hit your thumb, you won&#x27;t do that again, will you? Let somebody else hammer. But the genius learns from other people&#x27;s mistakes. So I&#x27;ve seen all the mistakes out there. And when people come in, I already know what kind of mistakes they&#x27;re making. I can tell them right away. And Mike, a lot of times it goes back to, like you&#x27;re saying, which company they&#x27;re utilizing, which investment advisor or investment company. Because certain companies we can already identify. We know they&#x27;re going to have a mutual fund strategy as well as a variable annuity in there when we meet with them.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> We already know when they say what company their money is with. So I think it&#x27;s just important to make sure you understand that there are solutions out there that don&#x27;t involve taking risk. And not all the money should be there, but some of the money needs to be there because we never know what&#x27;s going to happen the next year. And it brings back memories. 2006, I used to do a live show on WFNC. That&#x27;s in Fayetteville, North Carolina, right off of Bragg Boulevard. It was a Krispy Kreme donut that I used to always go there. I would get because it was a live show. So I&#x27;d get to the Krispy Kreme about five in the morning on Saturday because the show was at seven. Because, Thomas, you never want to be late to your own show. Sure. And so anyway, I met a whole lot of friendly people in Fayetteville. And then I was at a kitchen table with a couple that had called from the show. This was 2006. 2006. And I was sitting at the kitchen table.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And the husband and wife were on the other side of the kitchen table. And I had the wife&#x27;s attention. But I kept noticing that the husband, even though he acted like he was looking at me, he was looking over my shoulder. And so the paranoid person in me, because I&#x27;ve seen, I think, psycho movies were out there. I was wondering who was standing behind me because I thought I was getting ready to get tomahawked or something. But I turned around. I casually dropped my pen. And I looked around. There was a TV behind me. And guess what channel it was on? Tell me. CNBC. The price is right. Yeah, CNBC. And he was watching. And his wife said, when his wife finally noticed what I was doing, she said, let&#x27;s just call him Harry. Harry always has that stupid channel on. And we can never have any fun because we always have to be watching our retirement. Ooh. And long story short, they got two financial fill-up strategies.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> And they&#x27;ve been happy ever after. And so that&#x27;s what you have to have. And we took the warrior out of living retirement. We left some money in the stock market so we could still play around. But he wasn&#x27;t glued to the TV anymore because he knew his retirement was safe. His income was safe. And he always had that monthly check coming, regardless of what happens in the market. And there&#x27;s another thing. When we talk about income riders and we talk about monthly checks, usually they&#x27;re associated with annuities, Mike. And so somebody&#x27;s listening now. They say, oh, God, annuities are bad. My broker told me annuities are bad. I heard they are ripoff. What would you say if somebody said that? You know, in the last segment, we talked about how annuities work for business models. All these financial companies, right? Goldman Sachs, all the big firms, right? Yep. Fees every month is an annuity. It&#x27;s an income stream for them folks. It works for the big banks.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> It works for the big investment companies. And yet they tell you it doesn&#x27;t work for you. To me, that sounds like they&#x27;re being hypocritical. But what annuities are they usually selling with those fees, though? They&#x27;re not usually the friendly annuities that we like, are they? But it&#x27;s the variable annuity side. Those can have up to 4% or 5% fees a year. Yeah. And those are the ones that hurt performance. Because they&#x27;re saying, let&#x27;s use a variable annuity because we can still participate in the market. What they&#x27;re saying is we can still participate in the upside and the downside of the market with a high cost. There&#x27;s a lot of strategies out there, like fixed index annuities, where you can participate in the market, but none of the downside. Right? There&#x27;s strategies. Like even MYGA&#x27;s right now, multi-year guaranteed annuities. 5.5%, 6% income payments off of those for a fixed period of time.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> But the income riders, when you put that on an annuity stream, even when your dollars may run out, right? Even if you outlive your money, you can never outlive the income that comes from those. That&#x27;s the insurance company making a promise to you, making a guarantee statement. And listen, you shouldn&#x27;t guarantee, you know, annuities are bad, right? Because the insurance company promised me they must be making money. Well, yeah, man, the insurance company&#x27;s making money. There&#x27;s nobody in the insurance business that is nonprofit out there. Right. There&#x27;s no banking that&#x27;s nonprofit. Well, there&#x27;s no business anywhere that&#x27;s nonprofit, even though they call themselves not some of these nonprofit places. They&#x27;re making a lot. If you look at the owners, they&#x27;re making a lot of profit. Correct. But listen, don&#x27;t worry about their business model.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> And that&#x27;s when, unfortunately, when people say, I don&#x27;t like annuities, what you&#x27;re really saying is, I don&#x27;t understand the business model. How can they do that? It sounds too good to be true. That&#x27;s when you work with somebody who&#x27;s done this. Pete, you&#x27;ve been in the business for how long? 34 years. In those 34 years, you have worked with thousands upon thousands of retirees, correct? Yes. Correct. So a lot of times when people go into retirement, they&#x27;re going there for the first time. Yeah. Don&#x27;t you want to work with somebody who&#x27;s been to retirement, who&#x27;s lived in retirement? Who&#x27;s worked in retirement? For people, thousands and thousands of times. That&#x27;s why working with a certified financial planner, a fiduciary, working with a group like Pete and the team there, they live retirement.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> They work retirement. And they understand strategies and techniques that&#x27;s going to make you feel more comfortable and safe in retirement. Don&#x27;t work with somebody who lives in the market. Work with somebody who lives in retirement. I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional, RICP. That&#x27;s from the American College, same place where the CFP is. And I&#x27;m trained on income because that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done for my clients. And honest answer, some annuities are lousy. They have high fees, long surrender periods, and they&#x27;re sold to the wrong person. I would never defend one of those. But there are plain vanilla income tools that do one honest thing, a paycheck for life. The word annuity covers both. The way a car covers a lemon and a Toyota. See? So the word annuity gets people in trouble because they haven&#x27;t defined what kind of annuity it is.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> And my job as your personal CFO is to shop, to guarantee, read you the fees out loud, if there are any, and check the insurer&#x27;s rating. And if it doesn&#x27;t fit you, I tell you it won&#x27;t fit you. So, you know, we basically are like the tailor. We&#x27;ll come and custom fit the retirement plan just like the tailor custom fits the outfit to you. So if you&#x27;d like your very own tailor fit, total retirement plan and income, taking that worry out of planning and living in retirement, call now. We&#x27;d be very happy to sit down with you next week. And the lines are open. The number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also reach out to the team by texting the keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. Procedure on called 300-600.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Milligan continues his conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about matching a retirement strategy to the person who will live with it. They discuss risk, the tendency to rely on familiar products, and lessons from past planning conversations. Hear why the group favors reviewing the full picture rather than treating every retirement decision as a separate transaction. Part three of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also joining us from Puerto Rico, Mike Milligan of One Oak Financial. Thomas, let&#x27;s give a couple of websites out. Yes. I&#x27;m going to give one, and I want you to give it. We have so many. I love it. We really need one site where people go and have all our sites on there. We&#x27;re going to do that. Master site, yes. We&#x27;re going to do the master site coming up. Let&#x27;s do it. Coach Pete&#x27;s master site. Let&#x27;s do it. But right now, we don&#x27;t have it. Until then. But we&#x27;re going to. So you see, you&#x27;re getting a look inside my mind right now, folks. I&#x27;ve got over 700 domains, Thomas. I&#x27;m sure we can find one. I&#x27;m sure. So the one I want to give out is a very good one. It&#x27;s about my new book, Modern Planning. But the site is planonceplanforlife.com. Planonceplanforlife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Go there. You can download the e-book right now. We&#x27;re working on an audio book coming up. But right now, you can download the e-book by going to planonceplanforlife.com. It&#x27;s about 250 pages. And it really puts things in perspective about lifetime income. We&#x27;re talking about today. The financial termites. How much 2% or 3% fees can cost you as far as what you could have had in your retirement and what you don&#x27;t have in retirement. And making sure that you have income you can&#x27;t outlive. Principle that cannot lose due to the market. That&#x27;s important, too, by the way. Yes, it is. A floor under the spouse. In other words, making sure your spouse always gets income even if you&#x27;re not here anymore. Ah, yes. And so that&#x27;s what I call a floor under the spouse. Not knocking your spouse on the floor. And making sure your money isn&#x27;t doing nothing. It is doing something. It needs to be doing something at all times.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Going up, not down. So planonceplanforlife.com. Now, what do you want to say? I love it. So the one I am going to focus on is a great do-it-yourself tool at asapplan.com. That&#x27;s asapplan.com. As you folks know, if you&#x27;re a regular listener to the show, Coach Pete has a 22-step total retirement plan process. And what we want to do is to try to enable you to take those steps yourself. Kind of figure out what are you missing? What do you have in hand? What questions do you need to be asking? We are developing a new electronic device. It&#x27;s a calculator on steroids. But take your time. Go over there. I personally would love to hear your feedback. I&#x27;m helping develop this. And we want to make sure it&#x27;s a tool that&#x27;s beneficial to you. And again, that&#x27;s at asapplan.com. Again, asapplan.com.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And we also are keeping track of when you go there because we&#x27;re going to give an award of a $100 gift card to Ruth Chris for people that go there and give us any feedback. So we&#x27;re going to draw the name out here in a couple weeks on the show. There you go. Help me out and I&#x27;ll help you out. asapplan.com. You can&#x27;t win unless you go and visit and let us know you visited, right? So that&#x27;s kind of... That&#x27;s it. That&#x27;s what Mike thinks. What else? We&#x27;ve got financialsafari.com too if you want to ask a question on the show. Always. Yeah. If you want to ask a question or just catch up on podcasts, check out the television show. And that leads into the Financial Fill-Up Challenge. If you go to financialfillup.com, we would love to have contestants or audience members for our financial game show. You can also subscribe to the channel. Check out our past episodes. It&#x27;s a really, really fun game show. A great way to look at retirement. Find out how much you actually know about the process.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> We film episodes every three weeks, folks. So call, get on the list. Either be a contestant or if you want to be in the live studio audience. A lot of good giveaways there during the show too. Oh, it&#x27;s fun. Yeah, we get gift cards we give away for winners too when they win. Yes, we do. And hey, it&#x27;s a great way to learn the financial world rather than sitting in class trying to learn it. There you go. Hey, Mike, if you ever ask this question to somebody, you say, when the market had its worst week in years, did you have a single dollar sitting somewhere that you couldn&#x27;t lose a dime? Oh, that&#x27;s a great question. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic question and one that a listener should listen to, right? Is, you know, I&#x27;ve never asked anybody that question, but one of the questions I ask is, what&#x27;s the amount of money that you&#x27;re willing to lose? Yeah. Because it&#x27;s a similar question that you&#x27;re just asking there.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Because at the end of the day, right, when you go to retirement, you don&#x27;t want to have to continually watch CNBC or Bloomberg every day. You want to spend time with grandkids. You want to go make an impact in the community. You want to travel. And, you know, like having that stress and fear of watching the news every day becomes depressing, right? Because it&#x27;s almost like riding a roller coaster. And as you get older, roller coasters are not as fun because of like just your age. And so that whole idea of losing money in retirement is not something that at least the people I talk to in our practice won&#x27;t want to partake of. Unfortunately, a lot of people that we talk to, I wrote another book called Retirement Deja Vu. It&#x27;s that feeling that you get when you hear the same story over and over again.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> You know, deja vu. We all get that eerie feeling. And retirement deja vu is what I actually experience when I sit down with a new client because I hear the same story. If I talk to somebody from Edward Jones, like a client of Edward Jones, it&#x27;s the same story. If I talk to a client from Merrill Lynch, it&#x27;s the same story. If I talk to, you know, if I talk to people at different firms, I know what that firm&#x27;s doing. They&#x27;re just, they&#x27;re selling the same investment plan in their 9, 11, and 1 o&#x27;clock meetings every day. And we actually want people to break away from retirement deja vu. And, you know, ours is the one-of-a-kind financial plan. Yours is the fill-up. And we want to make sure that everybody is getting what they need out of life. Because this life is about you folks. It&#x27;s not about us. It&#x27;s not about our life.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> It&#x27;s this life&#x27;s about yours. Yours is the only one you can live. And you want to make sure your money lasts as long as you do. You know, we get to share our knowledge with folks. I mean, we&#x27;ve seen, I think I could say this, 34 years. I&#x27;ve seen about every kind of situation you could ever imagine. And I would rather, like my dad used to tell me, that a smart person learns from their mistakes. Like if you&#x27;re trying to hammer a nail in and you hit your thumb, you won&#x27;t do that again, will you? Let somebody else hammer. But the genius learns from other people&#x27;s mistakes. So I&#x27;ve seen all the mistakes out there. And when people come in, I already know what kind of mistakes they&#x27;re making. I can tell them right away. And Mike, a lot of times it goes back to, like you&#x27;re saying, which company they&#x27;re utilizing, which investment advisor or investment company. Because certain companies we can already identify. We know they&#x27;re going to have a mutual fund strategy as well as a variable annuity in there when we meet with them.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> We already know when they say what company their money is with. So I think it&#x27;s just important to make sure you understand that there are solutions out there that don&#x27;t involve taking risk. And not all the money should be there, but some of the money needs to be there because we never know what&#x27;s going to happen the next year. And it brings back memories. 2006, I used to do a live show on WFNC. That&#x27;s in Fayetteville, North Carolina, right off of Bragg Boulevard. It was a Krispy Kreme donut that I used to always go there. I would get because it was a live show. So I&#x27;d get to the Krispy Kreme about five in the morning on Saturday because the show was at seven. Because, Thomas, you never want to be late to your own show. Sure. And so anyway, I met a whole lot of friendly people in Fayetteville. And then I was at a kitchen table with a couple that had called from the show. This was 2006. 2006. And I was sitting at the kitchen table.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And the husband and wife were on the other side of the kitchen table. And I had the wife&#x27;s attention. But I kept noticing that the husband, even though he acted like he was looking at me, he was looking over my shoulder. And so the paranoid person in me, because I&#x27;ve seen, I think, psycho movies were out there. I was wondering who was standing behind me because I thought I was getting ready to get tomahawked or something. But I turned around. I casually dropped my pen. And I looked around. There was a TV behind me. And guess what channel it was on? Tell me. CNBC. The price is right. Yeah, CNBC. And he was watching. And his wife said, when his wife finally noticed what I was doing, she said, let&#x27;s just call him Harry. Harry always has that stupid channel on. And we can never have any fun because we always have to be watching our retirement. Ooh. And long story short, they got two financial fill-up strategies.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> And they&#x27;ve been happy ever after. And so that&#x27;s what you have to have. And we took the warrior out of living retirement. We left some money in the stock market so we could still play around. But he wasn&#x27;t glued to the TV anymore because he knew his retirement was safe. His income was safe. And he always had that monthly check coming, regardless of what happens in the market. And there&#x27;s another thing. When we talk about income riders and we talk about monthly checks, usually they&#x27;re associated with annuities, Mike. And so somebody&#x27;s listening now. They say, oh, God, annuities are bad. My broker told me annuities are bad. I heard they are ripoff. What would you say if somebody said that? You know, in the last segment, we talked about how annuities work for business models. All these financial companies, right? Goldman Sachs, all the big firms, right? Yep. Fees every month is an annuity. It&#x27;s an income stream for them folks. It works for the big banks.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> It works for the big investment companies. And yet they tell you it doesn&#x27;t work for you. To me, that sounds like they&#x27;re being hypocritical. But what annuities are they usually selling with those fees, though? They&#x27;re not usually the friendly annuities that we like, are they? But it&#x27;s the variable annuity side. Those can have up to 4% or 5% fees a year. Yeah. And those are the ones that hurt performance. Because they&#x27;re saying, let&#x27;s use a variable annuity because we can still participate in the market. What they&#x27;re saying is we can still participate in the upside and the downside of the market with a high cost. There&#x27;s a lot of strategies out there, like fixed index annuities, where you can participate in the market, but none of the downside. Right? There&#x27;s strategies. Like even MYGA&#x27;s right now, multi-year guaranteed annuities. 5.5%, 6% income payments off of those for a fixed period of time.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> But the income riders, when you put that on an annuity stream, even when your dollars may run out, right? Even if you outlive your money, you can never outlive the income that comes from those. That&#x27;s the insurance company making a promise to you, making a guarantee statement. And listen, you shouldn&#x27;t guarantee, you know, annuities are bad, right? Because the insurance company promised me they must be making money. Well, yeah, man, the insurance company&#x27;s making money. There&#x27;s nobody in the insurance business that is nonprofit out there. Right. There&#x27;s no banking that&#x27;s nonprofit. Well, there&#x27;s no business anywhere that&#x27;s nonprofit, even though they call themselves not some of these nonprofit places. They&#x27;re making a lot. If you look at the owners, they&#x27;re making a lot of profit. Correct. But listen, don&#x27;t worry about their business model.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> And that&#x27;s when, unfortunately, when people say, I don&#x27;t like annuities, what you&#x27;re really saying is, I don&#x27;t understand the business model. How can they do that? It sounds too good to be true. That&#x27;s when you work with somebody who&#x27;s done this. Pete, you&#x27;ve been in the business for how long? 34 years. In those 34 years, you have worked with thousands upon thousands of retirees, correct? Yes. Correct. So a lot of times when people go into retirement, they&#x27;re going there for the first time. Yeah. Don&#x27;t you want to work with somebody who&#x27;s been to retirement, who&#x27;s lived in retirement? Who&#x27;s worked in retirement? For people, thousands and thousands of times. That&#x27;s why working with a certified financial planner, a fiduciary, working with a group like Pete and the team there, they live retirement.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> They work retirement. And they understand strategies and techniques that&#x27;s going to make you feel more comfortable and safe in retirement. Don&#x27;t work with somebody who lives in the market. Work with somebody who lives in retirement. I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional, RICP. That&#x27;s from the American College, same place where the CFP is. And I&#x27;m trained on income because that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done for my clients. And honest answer, some annuities are lousy. They have high fees, long surrender periods, and they&#x27;re sold to the wrong person. I would never defend one of those. But there are plain vanilla income tools that do one honest thing, a paycheck for life. The word annuity covers both. The way a car covers a lemon and a Toyota. See? So the word annuity gets people in trouble because they haven&#x27;t defined what kind of annuity it is.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> And my job as your personal CFO is to shop, to guarantee, read you the fees out loud, if there are any, and check the insurer&#x27;s rating. And if it doesn&#x27;t fit you, I tell you it won&#x27;t fit you. So, you know, we basically are like the tailor. We&#x27;ll come and custom fit the retirement plan just like the tailor custom fits the outfit to you. So if you&#x27;d like your very own tailor fit, total retirement plan and income, taking that worry out of planning and living in retirement, call now. We&#x27;d be very happy to sit down with you next week. And the lines are open. The number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also reach out to the team by texting the keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. Procedure on called 300-600.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Milligan continues his conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about matching a retirement strategy to the person who will live with it. They discuss risk, the tendency to rely on familiar products, and lessons from past planning conversations. Hear why the group favors reviewing the full picture rather than treating every retirement decision as a separate transaction. Part three of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Milligan</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>A Retirement Plan That Fits Your Life</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Milligan, retirement planning, A Retirement Plan That Fits Your Life, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54/image.jpg?t=1792073301&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-a-retirement-plan-that-fits-your-life-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54/image.jpg?t=1792073301&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>745</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a63b669c-4e95-4660-a748-b4e1015cdd54/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11961445" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-a-retirement-plan-that-fits-your-life-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>2</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Retirement Plan That Fits Your Life" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:43" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:07" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Milligan: Income Riders and Questions to Ask Before Retirement (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Milligan: Income Riders and Questions to Ask Before Retirement (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss dedicating part of a retirement plan to income and understanding how an income rider works. They examine why a saver’s priorities can change near retirement, the importance of asking how a strategy is structured, and the difference between product recommendations and a plan built around a client’s needs. Part two of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, also joining us today, host of the One of a Kind Financial Show. He&#x27;s an author. Mike Milligan, catch up on the show by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Mike, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve been talking to clients for years, and when you talk to them about a true retirement plan, true or false, I mean, we really haven&#x27;t talked about this ahead of time, so I&#x27;m kind of leaving myself out there. But do you believe that if someone is approaching retirement, they need to have some of their money dedicated to lifetime income? Oh, yeah. Like, you know, the book that I&#x27;m most famous for is a book called The One of a Kind Financial Plan. Our company, One Oak Financial, stands for one of a kind. So the one of a kind financial plan, the book I wrote,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> says that you have to answer the question, why is money important to you? Because if you don&#x27;t answer that question, how can an advisor really do their job, right? So answer the question, why is money important? You have to put a vision for what your life&#x27;s going to be like. You know, what your community is going to be, what your focus on health is, and what&#x27;s your impact. But then we get to, like, the actual tactical side. Taxes being the biggest expense you ever have, that&#x27;s what we start with. Number two, then we go to retirement income. Because at the end of the day, right, most investment people, most one-size-fits-all advisors out there, they actually want to talk investments because that&#x27;s how they get paid, and then they abdicate responsibility. They say, go to this CPA, go to this attorney, go to this insurance guy.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Because what they want to do is they want to solely focus on investments. But if you don&#x27;t focus on taxes being your biggest expense, and retirement income being guaranteed that keeps up with inflation, you&#x27;re just going to be finding a new advisor in retirement, and nobody really wants that. Because at the end of the day, the biggest thing that keeps people up at night is the fear of running out of money. And if I&#x27;ve done my math right, Pete, you can tell me this, but guaranteed means that you would never run out of money. Is that still true? Yeah, and the guarantees, again, they are only as good as the institution backing them. So you need to make sure you only put your money away long-term with companies that are going to be here for a long, long time, if not forever, right? And so how do you really know that? Well, you have to trust the numbers they put out, their books.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> We&#x27;ve analyzed that all the time. We don&#x27;t let our clients get in any company that&#x27;s below an A rating. And so because of B or C rated companies, of course, they&#x27;re going to offer more. But I&#x27;m not willing to take that risk with my clients. So they&#x27;ve got to be at least A rated. And there&#x27;s something called an income rider that some insurance companies offer on annuities. And annuities are great because there are streams of income you can&#x27;t outlive. The Roman Empire days, annuities were there. The soldiers would give some, when we&#x27;re going to battle, they&#x27;d find the local financial guy. They&#x27;d put money in an annuity, which basically said, I want to make sure my spouse gets income when I&#x27;m gone. And if I don&#x27;t show up back, I want that spouse to get the income forever. And that&#x27;s how long annuities have been. And so the income riders, we&#x27;ve heard some objections, though, usually ignited by the advisor who doesn&#x27;t want to let go of the money they have in the market, right?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Because if they let go of the money they have in the market, they lose their planning fee, their quarterly fee, which they call a fee. I call it commission, money&#x27;s coming out. But here&#x27;s one, Mike. I don&#x27;t want to lose control of my money, somebody would say about an income rider. What would you say about that? Well, I mean, like, you&#x27;re not going to take all of your money at one time. So, you know, the biggest question is, is what&#x27;s the biggest check you&#x27;ve ever written in your life? So, you know, a listener out there has $2 million, and I&#x27;m like, I don&#x27;t want to put a million of that into an annuity because I lose access to that. Well, what&#x27;s the biggest check you ever wrote in your life? It&#x27;s probably the purchase of a car. Maybe it&#x27;s a college loan payment, or maybe it was that last check you wrote to pay off your mortgage. But for most people, that biggest check they ever wrote written in their life</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> is $10,000, $20,000, $30,000, $40,000. Why do you need access? Well, going back to that advisor for a second, Pete, that says they want to keep control of the money, most advisors out there don&#x27;t leave all the money in the market because their compliance arms make them spread risk around between stocks and bonds. Yep. Well, you know, those income riders, you know, not to talk product or anything, but there&#x27;s 6% and 7% withdrawal rates that you can get on that guaranteed income. Well, right now, what&#x27;s the best bond investor in the world getting? Three and a half? Yeah, maybe four. Yeah, I was going to say between four and a half. Yeah, and so, but that&#x27;s not a guarantee. The bonds can&#x27;t guarantee you a lifetime income, can they?</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> No, no. 2022, bonds went down just like the stock market did, right? Because interest rate risk is a real thing. It&#x27;s a big one. And so, like, using an income rider from an insurance company is a promise. It&#x27;s a promise that the money&#x27;s going to show up every month. It&#x27;s a promise that it will never end, and it&#x27;s a promise that you don&#x27;t have to worry that money&#x27;s going to be in your account. It&#x27;s a promise that you won&#x27;t run out of money. And that&#x27;s the benefit of an income rider. And that&#x27;s a big one. And so, like, the strong institutions that offer them, and again, we only talk about the strong ones, and some of them don&#x27;t fit. I mean, everybody&#x27;s different. So, there&#x27;s all different ones. I like to put two different streams of income together for my clients. One for their bills. Those are the bills that are going to come, the housing, the car, whatever else,</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> and a little bit extra for emergency bills, or we factor inflation in, too, so put more than you&#x27;re paying now because we&#x27;ve seen how inflation can affect your net worth down the road. And we also put a stream of income together for you that&#x27;s going to come every single month all the way through retirement for fun, fun money. Who doesn&#x27;t want some fun money? You&#x27;re allowed to spend it for fun. You know, the reason why people don&#x27;t spend, Mike, is because they&#x27;re worried in their go-go years, they&#x27;re worried that they&#x27;re not going to have enough money. But if you have a guarantee in place that a new check is going to come every 30 to 31 days, showing right up, we call it the green flag on the mailbox, there&#x27;s no worries anymore. Matter of fact, that&#x27;s why people pass away when they have too much risk. They&#x27;re always worried about spending, and they usually don&#x27;t spend what they should or could. Holy cow, preach it, buddy. Keep going. Keep going, man. That&#x27;s good. I mean, it&#x27;s just mind-splitting sometimes how people don&#x27;t take the right step for themselves,</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> and the right step for you listening is to get your very own total retirement plan. But inside there, make sure if you have a retirement plan, make sure it has the retirement income you deserve and you need, and you&#x27;ve been told you need to have. So if you don&#x27;t have income that&#x27;s guaranteed, you&#x27;re not. You&#x27;re just guessing. Thomas, we got the e-book on lifetime income. Probability is shot down by certainty. You&#x27;ve got to have certainty first. Let&#x27;s get that e-book in people&#x27;s hands. All they have to do is call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or just text keyword PLAN to 600-661. 700, that is keyword PLAN to 600-700. So, Mike, why do you think, you know, well, I know, but why do you think that this one side of the financial world that is constantly lobbing grenades over to the fixed side, the side that guarantees income?</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> Well, listen, guys, it comes down to that word fiduciary. A fiduciary is going to do what&#x27;s in the best interest of the client. Yep. But these firms that manage money for a fee have owners, stockholders, board of directors that are telling you, keep the stream of money coming over to our business over and over again. Pete, do you know what a stream of income is? Oh, yeah, I do. It&#x27;s an annuity. Yes. It&#x27;s an annuity. Right. So an annuity, you know, staying in the market, paying a fee every month or every quarter is a stream of income to the business. And so why is an annuity, the stream of income, good for the business, but they will tell you it&#x27;s bad for you as the consumer?</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> It&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s people who act one way and say something another way. I think we call those hypocrites. And there&#x27;s a lot of hypocrites in the financial market because how they run their business is how they tell the consumer to not run their household. And all the risk is put on the individual. People, if you have money invested in the market, you have control of that. If you&#x27;re paying somebody a fee, you have control of that. You can end that. You can use their business model, guaranteed streams of income in your life to reduce fear, stress, and anxiety in your life. And that&#x27;s probably worth a call in to the show today to see if the model that works for these companies that are earning record dollars.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> Guys, go look at the earnings of Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Wells Fargo over the last quarter. Record numbers, record revenue because they have annuities baked in their business, right? Take back control, right, of your future. Get guaranteed income because it&#x27;s better in the long run. If it wasn&#x27;t good as a business model, Wall Street wouldn&#x27;t be doing it. You need to be doing it on Main Street, in Raleigh, in Apex, Chapel Hill, all across the country. You need to take control and call in to make sure you have that guaranteed income. Well, nobody starts a long drive with a quarter tank of gas. Everyone in retirement needs that financial fill-up strategy. Folks, if you want to find out how it could be customized for you based on your numbers, we&#x27;re not saying take all your money from risk.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> We&#x27;re saying take enough money to make sure you never have risk with your retirement income in the future. Thomas, let&#x27;s do this for the next 15 people. Not only are we going to give a total retirement plan, we&#x27;re going to give them that book, the 22-step total retirement plan. Oh, fantastic. It&#x27;s a $99 value when you come in. And we&#x27;re also going to give you a golden ticket where you can share it with a friend or family if they want to get that plan as well. And I&#x27;m going to give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written. When you come in, you&#x27;ll get to choose which ones you want. Thomas, tell folks that I can do that right now. Yeah, super easy. Just call the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Coach and his team will help you understand what an income rider could provide for you and how it fits into your retirement plan. You can also text us by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So take that quarter tank and fill it up every single month with that financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> You never – hey, Mike, you&#x27;ve had that feeling. You&#x27;ve gambled before when you&#x27;re riding down the road. And you say, well, gas is more – it&#x27;s cheaper down the road. I&#x27;m going to keep going. But you see that little red. It&#x27;s bouncing to the bottom of the red, the gauge. We can&#x27;t have income like that. No, you can&#x27;t do that in income, guys. Listen, I don&#x27;t drive in Puerto Rico. I walk everywhere I go or I get in an Uber. But every time when I go back to Norfolk, you know, that&#x27;s when I drive. And I have my SUV there that&#x27;s parked in my garage in Norfolk, Virginia. The last two times I&#x27;ve been back to Norfolk, I&#x27;m not going to tell you that I ran out of gas both times. But I barely got to the gas station. Oh, no. You&#x27;ve been pushing your luck a little bit. Yeah, yeah. Because when you don&#x27;t have somebody or you&#x27;re out of practice when it comes to driving, you don&#x27;t always notice what&#x27;s there.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> This is where that call in and meeting with Pete and the team will actually get you, you know, it&#x27;ll get you somebody looking under the hood of what your investments are, looking at what the performance is, telling you what your real fees are, and telling you if you really got an income plan or you just got an investment account. Well, green money never sleeps, and it pays whether the market is open or not, whether the market is up or down. And, folks, that financial fill-up strategy. Remember when you used to pull – I remember being in the back seat, Mom would pull into the gas station. Mike, you probably remember this, too. Three or four guys would run out. They&#x27;d pop the trunk. They&#x27;d check the oil. They&#x27;d fill the windshield wiper stuff up. They would fill the car up with gas, all done from the comfort of Mom just sitting in the seat.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Thomas, those were the days, as they say, in Archie Bunker, right? That&#x27;s a dream, right? So let&#x27;s make sure you get your very own financial fill-up strategy, and it really does take the worry out of living in retirement. When you can have certainty and not worry about probability anymore – probability is for Vegas, and that&#x27;s fine with your leftover money, but not money you&#x27;re going to need the rest of your life, folks. And I&#x27;ve been saying this for 34 years, and I still mean it today. Thomas, tell folks that they can get their very own financial fill-up strategy. All right. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And you can ask Coach&#x27;s team to run those numbers with you. Make sure you understand how Income Rider works and that you have enough income in your retirement savings that gives you that certainty as you go through retirement. The keyword as well, plan, to 600-700. Just text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> That&#x27;s it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss dedicating part of a retirement plan to income and understanding how an income rider works. They examine why a saver’s priorities can change near retirement, the importance of asking how a strategy is structured, and the difference between product recommendations and a plan built around a client’s needs. Part two of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, also joining us today, host of the One of a Kind Financial Show. He&#x27;s an author. Mike Milligan, catch up on the show by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Mike, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve been talking to clients for years, and when you talk to them about a true retirement plan, true or false, I mean, we really haven&#x27;t talked about this ahead of time, so I&#x27;m kind of leaving myself out there. But do you believe that if someone is approaching retirement, they need to have some of their money dedicated to lifetime income? Oh, yeah. Like, you know, the book that I&#x27;m most famous for is a book called The One of a Kind Financial Plan. Our company, One Oak Financial, stands for one of a kind. So the one of a kind financial plan, the book I wrote,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> says that you have to answer the question, why is money important to you? Because if you don&#x27;t answer that question, how can an advisor really do their job, right? So answer the question, why is money important? You have to put a vision for what your life&#x27;s going to be like. You know, what your community is going to be, what your focus on health is, and what&#x27;s your impact. But then we get to, like, the actual tactical side. Taxes being the biggest expense you ever have, that&#x27;s what we start with. Number two, then we go to retirement income. Because at the end of the day, right, most investment people, most one-size-fits-all advisors out there, they actually want to talk investments because that&#x27;s how they get paid, and then they abdicate responsibility. They say, go to this CPA, go to this attorney, go to this insurance guy.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Because what they want to do is they want to solely focus on investments. But if you don&#x27;t focus on taxes being your biggest expense, and retirement income being guaranteed that keeps up with inflation, you&#x27;re just going to be finding a new advisor in retirement, and nobody really wants that. Because at the end of the day, the biggest thing that keeps people up at night is the fear of running out of money. And if I&#x27;ve done my math right, Pete, you can tell me this, but guaranteed means that you would never run out of money. Is that still true? Yeah, and the guarantees, again, they are only as good as the institution backing them. So you need to make sure you only put your money away long-term with companies that are going to be here for a long, long time, if not forever, right? And so how do you really know that? Well, you have to trust the numbers they put out, their books.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> We&#x27;ve analyzed that all the time. We don&#x27;t let our clients get in any company that&#x27;s below an A rating. And so because of B or C rated companies, of course, they&#x27;re going to offer more. But I&#x27;m not willing to take that risk with my clients. So they&#x27;ve got to be at least A rated. And there&#x27;s something called an income rider that some insurance companies offer on annuities. And annuities are great because there are streams of income you can&#x27;t outlive. The Roman Empire days, annuities were there. The soldiers would give some, when we&#x27;re going to battle, they&#x27;d find the local financial guy. They&#x27;d put money in an annuity, which basically said, I want to make sure my spouse gets income when I&#x27;m gone. And if I don&#x27;t show up back, I want that spouse to get the income forever. And that&#x27;s how long annuities have been. And so the income riders, we&#x27;ve heard some objections, though, usually ignited by the advisor who doesn&#x27;t want to let go of the money they have in the market, right?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Because if they let go of the money they have in the market, they lose their planning fee, their quarterly fee, which they call a fee. I call it commission, money&#x27;s coming out. But here&#x27;s one, Mike. I don&#x27;t want to lose control of my money, somebody would say about an income rider. What would you say about that? Well, I mean, like, you&#x27;re not going to take all of your money at one time. So, you know, the biggest question is, is what&#x27;s the biggest check you&#x27;ve ever written in your life? So, you know, a listener out there has $2 million, and I&#x27;m like, I don&#x27;t want to put a million of that into an annuity because I lose access to that. Well, what&#x27;s the biggest check you ever wrote in your life? It&#x27;s probably the purchase of a car. Maybe it&#x27;s a college loan payment, or maybe it was that last check you wrote to pay off your mortgage. But for most people, that biggest check they ever wrote written in their life</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> is $10,000, $20,000, $30,000, $40,000. Why do you need access? Well, going back to that advisor for a second, Pete, that says they want to keep control of the money, most advisors out there don&#x27;t leave all the money in the market because their compliance arms make them spread risk around between stocks and bonds. Yep. Well, you know, those income riders, you know, not to talk product or anything, but there&#x27;s 6% and 7% withdrawal rates that you can get on that guaranteed income. Well, right now, what&#x27;s the best bond investor in the world getting? Three and a half? Yeah, maybe four. Yeah, I was going to say between four and a half. Yeah, and so, but that&#x27;s not a guarantee. The bonds can&#x27;t guarantee you a lifetime income, can they?</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> No, no. 2022, bonds went down just like the stock market did, right? Because interest rate risk is a real thing. It&#x27;s a big one. And so, like, using an income rider from an insurance company is a promise. It&#x27;s a promise that the money&#x27;s going to show up every month. It&#x27;s a promise that it will never end, and it&#x27;s a promise that you don&#x27;t have to worry that money&#x27;s going to be in your account. It&#x27;s a promise that you won&#x27;t run out of money. And that&#x27;s the benefit of an income rider. And that&#x27;s a big one. And so, like, the strong institutions that offer them, and again, we only talk about the strong ones, and some of them don&#x27;t fit. I mean, everybody&#x27;s different. So, there&#x27;s all different ones. I like to put two different streams of income together for my clients. One for their bills. Those are the bills that are going to come, the housing, the car, whatever else,</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> and a little bit extra for emergency bills, or we factor inflation in, too, so put more than you&#x27;re paying now because we&#x27;ve seen how inflation can affect your net worth down the road. And we also put a stream of income together for you that&#x27;s going to come every single month all the way through retirement for fun, fun money. Who doesn&#x27;t want some fun money? You&#x27;re allowed to spend it for fun. You know, the reason why people don&#x27;t spend, Mike, is because they&#x27;re worried in their go-go years, they&#x27;re worried that they&#x27;re not going to have enough money. But if you have a guarantee in place that a new check is going to come every 30 to 31 days, showing right up, we call it the green flag on the mailbox, there&#x27;s no worries anymore. Matter of fact, that&#x27;s why people pass away when they have too much risk. They&#x27;re always worried about spending, and they usually don&#x27;t spend what they should or could. Holy cow, preach it, buddy. Keep going. Keep going, man. That&#x27;s good. I mean, it&#x27;s just mind-splitting sometimes how people don&#x27;t take the right step for themselves,</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> and the right step for you listening is to get your very own total retirement plan. But inside there, make sure if you have a retirement plan, make sure it has the retirement income you deserve and you need, and you&#x27;ve been told you need to have. So if you don&#x27;t have income that&#x27;s guaranteed, you&#x27;re not. You&#x27;re just guessing. Thomas, we got the e-book on lifetime income. Probability is shot down by certainty. You&#x27;ve got to have certainty first. Let&#x27;s get that e-book in people&#x27;s hands. All they have to do is call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or just text keyword PLAN to 600-661. 700, that is keyword PLAN to 600-700. So, Mike, why do you think, you know, well, I know, but why do you think that this one side of the financial world that is constantly lobbing grenades over to the fixed side, the side that guarantees income?</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> Well, listen, guys, it comes down to that word fiduciary. A fiduciary is going to do what&#x27;s in the best interest of the client. Yep. But these firms that manage money for a fee have owners, stockholders, board of directors that are telling you, keep the stream of money coming over to our business over and over again. Pete, do you know what a stream of income is? Oh, yeah, I do. It&#x27;s an annuity. Yes. It&#x27;s an annuity. Right. So an annuity, you know, staying in the market, paying a fee every month or every quarter is a stream of income to the business. And so why is an annuity, the stream of income, good for the business, but they will tell you it&#x27;s bad for you as the consumer?</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> It&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s people who act one way and say something another way. I think we call those hypocrites. And there&#x27;s a lot of hypocrites in the financial market because how they run their business is how they tell the consumer to not run their household. And all the risk is put on the individual. People, if you have money invested in the market, you have control of that. If you&#x27;re paying somebody a fee, you have control of that. You can end that. You can use their business model, guaranteed streams of income in your life to reduce fear, stress, and anxiety in your life. And that&#x27;s probably worth a call in to the show today to see if the model that works for these companies that are earning record dollars.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> Guys, go look at the earnings of Goldman Sachs, JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Wells Fargo over the last quarter. Record numbers, record revenue because they have annuities baked in their business, right? Take back control, right, of your future. Get guaranteed income because it&#x27;s better in the long run. If it wasn&#x27;t good as a business model, Wall Street wouldn&#x27;t be doing it. You need to be doing it on Main Street, in Raleigh, in Apex, Chapel Hill, all across the country. You need to take control and call in to make sure you have that guaranteed income. Well, nobody starts a long drive with a quarter tank of gas. Everyone in retirement needs that financial fill-up strategy. Folks, if you want to find out how it could be customized for you based on your numbers, we&#x27;re not saying take all your money from risk.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> We&#x27;re saying take enough money to make sure you never have risk with your retirement income in the future. Thomas, let&#x27;s do this for the next 15 people. Not only are we going to give a total retirement plan, we&#x27;re going to give them that book, the 22-step total retirement plan. Oh, fantastic. It&#x27;s a $99 value when you come in. And we&#x27;re also going to give you a golden ticket where you can share it with a friend or family if they want to get that plan as well. And I&#x27;m going to give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written. When you come in, you&#x27;ll get to choose which ones you want. Thomas, tell folks that I can do that right now. Yeah, super easy. Just call the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Coach and his team will help you understand what an income rider could provide for you and how it fits into your retirement plan. You can also text us by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So take that quarter tank and fill it up every single month with that financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> You never – hey, Mike, you&#x27;ve had that feeling. You&#x27;ve gambled before when you&#x27;re riding down the road. And you say, well, gas is more – it&#x27;s cheaper down the road. I&#x27;m going to keep going. But you see that little red. It&#x27;s bouncing to the bottom of the red, the gauge. We can&#x27;t have income like that. No, you can&#x27;t do that in income, guys. Listen, I don&#x27;t drive in Puerto Rico. I walk everywhere I go or I get in an Uber. But every time when I go back to Norfolk, you know, that&#x27;s when I drive. And I have my SUV there that&#x27;s parked in my garage in Norfolk, Virginia. The last two times I&#x27;ve been back to Norfolk, I&#x27;m not going to tell you that I ran out of gas both times. But I barely got to the gas station. Oh, no. You&#x27;ve been pushing your luck a little bit. Yeah, yeah. Because when you don&#x27;t have somebody or you&#x27;re out of practice when it comes to driving, you don&#x27;t always notice what&#x27;s there.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> This is where that call in and meeting with Pete and the team will actually get you, you know, it&#x27;ll get you somebody looking under the hood of what your investments are, looking at what the performance is, telling you what your real fees are, and telling you if you really got an income plan or you just got an investment account. Well, green money never sleeps, and it pays whether the market is open or not, whether the market is up or down. And, folks, that financial fill-up strategy. Remember when you used to pull – I remember being in the back seat, Mom would pull into the gas station. Mike, you probably remember this, too. Three or four guys would run out. They&#x27;d pop the trunk. They&#x27;d check the oil. They&#x27;d fill the windshield wiper stuff up. They would fill the car up with gas, all done from the comfort of Mom just sitting in the seat.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Thomas, those were the days, as they say, in Archie Bunker, right? That&#x27;s a dream, right? So let&#x27;s make sure you get your very own financial fill-up strategy, and it really does take the worry out of living in retirement. When you can have certainty and not worry about probability anymore – probability is for Vegas, and that&#x27;s fine with your leftover money, but not money you&#x27;re going to need the rest of your life, folks. And I&#x27;ve been saying this for 34 years, and I still mean it today. Thomas, tell folks that they can get their very own financial fill-up strategy. All right. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And you can ask Coach&#x27;s team to run those numbers with you. Make sure you understand how Income Rider works and that you have enough income in your retirement savings that gives you that certainty as you go through retirement. The keyword as well, plan, to 600-700. Just text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> That&#x27;s it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Mike Milligan discuss dedicating part of a retirement plan to income and understanding how an income rider works. They examine why a saver’s priorities can change near retirement, the importance of asking how a strategy is structured, and the difference between product recommendations and a plan built around a client’s needs. Part two of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Milligan</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Income Riders and Questions to Ask Before Retirement</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Milligan, retirement planning, Income Riders and Questions to Ask Before Retirement, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3/image.jpg?t=1792073310&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-income-riders-and-questions-to-ask-before-retirement-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3/image.jpg?t=1792073310&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/66cfdb06-6d32-4e6c-8e5d-b4e1015ca8c3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12123927" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-income-riders-and-questions-to-ask-before-retirement-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>3</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Mike Milligan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:35" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:16" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Milligan: The Retirement Asset Beyond Your Account Balance (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Milligan: The Retirement Asset Beyond Your Account Balance (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Milligan of One Oak Financial joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income as an asset. They explore the difference between an account balance and a plan for monthly spending, the uncertainty of market returns, and the role income can play in supporting a retirement lifestyle. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for our show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And joining us, we have on the line Mike Milligan, founder of One Oak Financial, host of One of a Kind Financial Show, and a friend of the show as well, a friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s for a very long time. Hey, Mike, how you doing? I&#x27;m good, Pete. How are you? Good. Hey, Thomas, tell everybody where Mike is joining us from. So Mike is joining us from the beautiful land of Puerto Rico. Oh, Michael would say beautiful, right? Is it beautiful down here today? Oh, my gosh. It&#x27;s 84. It&#x27;s 84, 85 every day. It&#x27;s absolutely gorgeous down here. And it&#x27;s a little bit of a breeze. We haven&#x27;t had that heat that you guys have had back in North Carolina, right? That has just kind of been stifling over the last month or so.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> It&#x27;s been crazy. Same every day. Same every day. Watching the U.S. Open on TV the other day. And the players who aren&#x27;t used to humidity, like even in the first set, they were like, they look like we&#x27;re getting ready to die. We&#x27;re used to this, Mike. I mean, I worked in the watermelon fields one year when I was in high school. And remember, I&#x27;d been working in the fields back in the day. I don&#x27;t know if you ever did that. But you&#x27;re a Scotland County guy, too, by the way, aren&#x27;t you? Yeah, yeah, that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Coach Willard. Yeah, Coach Willard. Willard&#x27;s watermelon. So a little history, folks. Mike Milligan there. My mom taught him seventh grade, and we found that out a couple years ago when we met. I didn&#x27;t know who he was because I&#x27;m a little older. But my mom taught you, and that&#x27;s pretty funny. That&#x27;s funny, yes. That&#x27;s right. Small world. Ten years different in age. We ran the same streets. As a matter of fact, we were talking, you know, before the show today,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> we were talking about just some things, you know, that happened back in Scotland County. Good old LBG. You had to make your own fun back in the day. Yes, you did. The good thing there was no social media to tell everyone about the fun you were making. Yeah. Nowadays, kids are getting into trouble. They post everything. Thomas, we always talk about, like, Pete and I, when we went through elementary, middle school, and high school in Scotland County in North Carolina, North Carolina was the 50th ranked school in education in the nation. Oh, wow. I didn&#x27;t know that. Wow. There are 100 counties in North Carolina. Scotland County was 100th. So we literally got the worst education in America. The lowest below. Wow. Hey, you&#x27;re talking junk about my mom? And yet, here we are. The college goes back in the road.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> You cannot be serious. Be serious. I said U.S. Open. So might as well play a little macro there. No, I mean, it is. My mom took it serious. My dad was a college professor. But, yeah, unfortunately, they don&#x27;t put in. Well, back in the day, we had the mobile home classrooms, and we had the cinder block schools. Look at these Taj Mahals they&#x27;re building now. I think they&#x27;re putting money into the wrong places these days. Instead of building big buildings, they should build big mines. That&#x27;s good. I like that. And the problem was is, like, when your mom had us in her class, right, there were 28 middle school kids in there, right? And we were more worried about, like, man, that girl looks good now because hormones were kicking off. Right? We weren&#x27;t worried about, like, you know, Pythagorean&#x27;s theorem or, you know, the atomic symbol of hydrogen. Right? We just weren&#x27;t interested in it.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> We were interested in what we&#x27;re going to do in the field later today and what we&#x27;re going to do in the break. Unless you&#x27;re going to be a chemist in the future, it really doesn&#x27;t matter what the atomic symbol of hydrogen is. It&#x27;s more important to worry about life. And what the most important thing is is to establish a plan in your life, even if you&#x27;re not the kind of person that likes to write things down, at least have it in your mind. And when we do a plan, Mike, we like to call it Plan Once, Plan for Life. And it&#x27;s how to give every dollar you own a color and a job and put a check back in your mailbox every single month for as long as you live when you retire. And stop the quiet leaks that have been eating your money alive while you weren&#x27;t looking. Those are called financial termites. We put a plan together. We eliminate those financial termites, which could save you 2% to 3% to even 4% hidden fees a year not coming out of you, not evaporating out of your portfolio, staying there.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Over the course of a 25-, 30-year growth cycle, you&#x27;re talking about about a million dollars you&#x27;re losing when you talk about the money you lost plus the interest you could earn. How embarrassing is that in the financial world that some advisors are doing that to people? It&#x27;s absolutely crazy. But think about this, though, Pete. Like when people go to their job, you know, most people work 30, 40 years at a job. When they go into their job, they have a written job description that they know exactly what they&#x27;re going to get paid for doing that work. And they have somebody helping them along the way, a manager or a coach or a supervisor, right, helping them in their job. And then they go into retirement and they&#x27;re, you know, they&#x27;re trying to do it themselves with something that&#x27;s not written down without a plan. You would never go to work without a plan, right? You would never try to build a house without a plan. You would never try to go on a trip without some type of, you know, some type of itinerary.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And most people are just, they don&#x27;t treat their money the same way. And that&#x27;s what we, I mean, that&#x27;s what you guys do at your firm when people call into your show is you put this plan in place. That eliminates, right, a lot of things that people don&#x27;t even know they have, just like termites, right? Most people don&#x27;t know they have their termites until they&#x27;re too late. Most people don&#x27;t realize what advisors are actually charging because, you know, maybe we can talk about this, the things that we&#x27;ve heard advisors say. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard advisors say, just trust me. Just trust me. You&#x27;ve got my word on it. That&#x27;s right. Follow the green line, right? I mean, all of these marketing slogans are the best one. The best marketing slogan out there right now, I am a fiduciary.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Oh, we hear that all the time. Right. Sometimes I say, well, if you are a fiduciary, why aren&#x27;t you offering a true income plan to folks so that when they hit retirement, they never have to worry about where the income is going to come from? Why haven&#x27;t you given them a green flag on their mailbox where every month the postman is going to bring you a check? I mean, you have to spend it because the next month another one is coming. So the game here is spending your money, not trying to save it because you&#x27;ve got to spend it because it&#x27;s coming in faster than you can spend it. That&#x27;s the ultimate goal of retirement. Well, the biggest asset you have in your life is your income. And most people just don&#x27;t realize that. Income is an asset. Yeah. Right. Income in retirement is what helps you sleep at night, what keeps you from being fearful. And it&#x27;s what keeps you motivated.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Pete, you&#x27;ve seen studies before, right, that people who have guaranteed lifetime income live longer. Why do they live longer if they have guaranteed lifetime income? Less worry, man. And they&#x27;re not worrying themselves. You heard that phrase, I&#x27;m worrying myself to death. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s truer than you think. It is. Absolutely. Absolutely. Emotion matters so much in so many different things. And I want to make sure our listeners know that you can connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team here at Capital Financial. Just give us a call. You can get these questions answered that Mike and Coach Pete are talking about right now. Again, the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text us if you&#x27;d like to take that method as well. Just text the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That&#x27;s the keyword plan to the number 600-700. Mike, I agree. I think the most important asset class is lifetime guaranteed income.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Without that, you really don&#x27;t have a retirement plan. And if we&#x27;re truthful, and if we all were truthful, if the listeners would just sit back and just be honest with themselves right now, most of the advisors out there do not give you a guaranteed income plan. They give you an investment account and say we&#x27;re going to take 4% of it. They say let&#x27;s put this money in this sleeve and you&#x27;ll just draw down on it. That&#x27;s not a plan, folks. That&#x27;s the investment guys still capitalizing by keeping more of your money so they can charge more fees. And at the end of the day, a written income plan is something totally different than a 401k, an IRA, or a brokerage account. A written income plan says what&#x27;s going to show up in my account on the second Tuesday of every month.</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> What&#x27;s going to show up on the 17th of every month in my checking account so I can pay my bills. A written income plan is something that helps you no matter what&#x27;s happening in the stock market. We&#x27;ve got something we call a WSST. It&#x27;s a Wall Street sales tool, WSST. And the biggest Wall Street sales tool we see that is used to put people in the wrong place for retirement, I feel, is something called the Monte Carlo simulation. Are you familiar with that, Mike? Oh, 100%. It&#x27;s the thing that it&#x27;s, you know, I mean, what most people don&#x27;t know about me is we talk about me being the founder of One Oak Financial. And I&#x27;ve written books and, you know, we&#x27;ve done all this. But I&#x27;m also a professor at Old Dominion University just across the border in North Carolina, in Norfolk, Virginia. I teach personal financial planning and principles and ethics of financial planning there. I do one class a semester just so I can stay up with what&#x27;s going on college campuses.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> But Monte Carlo simulation is just, it&#x27;s just, today it&#x27;s just AI. AI saying what&#x27;s the probability I&#x27;m going to run out of money? Yep. Yep. It is, it was made, but it looks in the past, guys. Monte Carlo simulation doesn&#x27;t look into the future to see what&#x27;s happening today. It doesn&#x27;t, it doesn&#x27;t, it doesn&#x27;t, a Monte Carlo simulation will not pay the bills. It will not get you to your grandkids&#x27; first day of kindergarten. It will not get you on that vacation to Europe that you want to go on. And it doesn&#x27;t provide the legacy that your family really wants. It&#x27;s investor talk to keep more money so they can keep paying fees. Back in the day, there was, I think it was like Times Square usually got the rap for there.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Even Myrtle Beach down at Broadway area, there&#x27;d be a guy with a table set up and he&#x27;d have three solo cups and one ping pong ball. And you put bets on where the, you know, at the end, you&#x27;d watch, you&#x27;d start where the ball was at the start, and then you&#x27;d put bets at where it was at the end. It&#x27;s the old hidden ball trick kind of thing. And so Monte Carlo simulations is similar to that, in my opinion, because it&#x27;s all depending on what age you say. Because you&#x27;re saying based on if I kept all my money at risk and I got income from it and they put at, and I live to age 80, what&#x27;s my percentage chance of it being okay? And usually that&#x27;s like 94, 92 to 94%. But then, Mike, if they put 85 or 90, the numbers get worse. And, you know, I want my clients to live to be 100. And if you put 100 in a Monte Carlo simulation, you&#x27;re going to fail a bunch.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> But even just failing one out of 12 times, that&#x27;s what 92% is. Are you willing to be that one out of 12 that fail by keeping all your money at risk? And if the answer is no, there are solutions. Matter of fact, we have a, I&#x27;ve got a brand new research paper I wrote this week called The Power of Income Riders. How do you get guaranteed lifetime income for isolating some of the money you have? Not all, but just get enough income or two or three streams of income. If you&#x27;d like to get a copy of this, let&#x27;s say, e-book, and it&#x27;s about 40 pages. Call right now. We&#x27;ll send it to you. All right. Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. But, Mike, I guarantee you when people have that, when the broker gives them that Monte Carlo simulation</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> or the guy claiming to be a fiduciary that keeps all their money at risk, I bet they don&#x27;t tell them what age they run it to. Or they brush past that. Because if they told me here, if you live past 85, we really can&#x27;t guarantee these numbers. Well, heck, I want to live past 85. This isn&#x27;t Logan&#x27;s run where they eliminate you at 30. Yeah. Right. Hey, Pete. Hey, Pete. You fly a lot. Yeah. I mean, you move around a lot. If you were to. On a plane. The next time you get on an airplane. Yeah. If the pilot gets on the air, says, you know, thank you for, you know, hopping on today. You know, we&#x27;ve had a little technical difficulty with the plane coming in today. They didn&#x27;t have a lot of gas. We have a, we have an 86% chance to get to our destination safely. Would you stay on that plane? That&#x27;s more than one of 10 chance we&#x27;re not going to get there.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> So, no, I&#x27;d be the first one off. If they said, I said, pilot says, well, you know, hey, we just found a little more gas just sitting out there. Now we have a 92% chance of flying. Would you still stay on that plane? I&#x27;d be gone, man. I just want to make sure. Right. No, and we have to take that same correlation with retirement. So, folks, if you want to make sure to get your own retirement plan, then you don&#x27;t worry about the market. And it&#x27;s going to be there. Certainty, not probability. That&#x27;s what we&#x27;re offering here. Call right now. The next 10 of you will put together a true Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. Total retirement plan for you. No cost or obligation. We&#x27;re here for you. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Milligan of One Oak Financial joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income as an asset. They explore the difference between an account balance and a plan for monthly spending, the uncertainty of market returns, and the role income can play in supporting a retirement lifestyle. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for our show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And joining us, we have on the line Mike Milligan, founder of One Oak Financial, host of One of a Kind Financial Show, and a friend of the show as well, a friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s for a very long time. Hey, Mike, how you doing? I&#x27;m good, Pete. How are you? Good. Hey, Thomas, tell everybody where Mike is joining us from. So Mike is joining us from the beautiful land of Puerto Rico. Oh, Michael would say beautiful, right? Is it beautiful down here today? Oh, my gosh. It&#x27;s 84. It&#x27;s 84, 85 every day. It&#x27;s absolutely gorgeous down here. And it&#x27;s a little bit of a breeze. We haven&#x27;t had that heat that you guys have had back in North Carolina, right? That has just kind of been stifling over the last month or so.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> It&#x27;s been crazy. Same every day. Same every day. Watching the U.S. Open on TV the other day. And the players who aren&#x27;t used to humidity, like even in the first set, they were like, they look like we&#x27;re getting ready to die. We&#x27;re used to this, Mike. I mean, I worked in the watermelon fields one year when I was in high school. And remember, I&#x27;d been working in the fields back in the day. I don&#x27;t know if you ever did that. But you&#x27;re a Scotland County guy, too, by the way, aren&#x27;t you? Yeah, yeah, that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Coach Willard. Yeah, Coach Willard. Willard&#x27;s watermelon. So a little history, folks. Mike Milligan there. My mom taught him seventh grade, and we found that out a couple years ago when we met. I didn&#x27;t know who he was because I&#x27;m a little older. But my mom taught you, and that&#x27;s pretty funny. That&#x27;s funny, yes. That&#x27;s right. Small world. Ten years different in age. We ran the same streets. As a matter of fact, we were talking, you know, before the show today,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> we were talking about just some things, you know, that happened back in Scotland County. Good old LBG. You had to make your own fun back in the day. Yes, you did. The good thing there was no social media to tell everyone about the fun you were making. Yeah. Nowadays, kids are getting into trouble. They post everything. Thomas, we always talk about, like, Pete and I, when we went through elementary, middle school, and high school in Scotland County in North Carolina, North Carolina was the 50th ranked school in education in the nation. Oh, wow. I didn&#x27;t know that. Wow. There are 100 counties in North Carolina. Scotland County was 100th. So we literally got the worst education in America. The lowest below. Wow. Hey, you&#x27;re talking junk about my mom? And yet, here we are. The college goes back in the road.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> You cannot be serious. Be serious. I said U.S. Open. So might as well play a little macro there. No, I mean, it is. My mom took it serious. My dad was a college professor. But, yeah, unfortunately, they don&#x27;t put in. Well, back in the day, we had the mobile home classrooms, and we had the cinder block schools. Look at these Taj Mahals they&#x27;re building now. I think they&#x27;re putting money into the wrong places these days. Instead of building big buildings, they should build big mines. That&#x27;s good. I like that. And the problem was is, like, when your mom had us in her class, right, there were 28 middle school kids in there, right? And we were more worried about, like, man, that girl looks good now because hormones were kicking off. Right? We weren&#x27;t worried about, like, you know, Pythagorean&#x27;s theorem or, you know, the atomic symbol of hydrogen. Right? We just weren&#x27;t interested in it.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> We were interested in what we&#x27;re going to do in the field later today and what we&#x27;re going to do in the break. Unless you&#x27;re going to be a chemist in the future, it really doesn&#x27;t matter what the atomic symbol of hydrogen is. It&#x27;s more important to worry about life. And what the most important thing is is to establish a plan in your life, even if you&#x27;re not the kind of person that likes to write things down, at least have it in your mind. And when we do a plan, Mike, we like to call it Plan Once, Plan for Life. And it&#x27;s how to give every dollar you own a color and a job and put a check back in your mailbox every single month for as long as you live when you retire. And stop the quiet leaks that have been eating your money alive while you weren&#x27;t looking. Those are called financial termites. We put a plan together. We eliminate those financial termites, which could save you 2% to 3% to even 4% hidden fees a year not coming out of you, not evaporating out of your portfolio, staying there.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Over the course of a 25-, 30-year growth cycle, you&#x27;re talking about about a million dollars you&#x27;re losing when you talk about the money you lost plus the interest you could earn. How embarrassing is that in the financial world that some advisors are doing that to people? It&#x27;s absolutely crazy. But think about this, though, Pete. Like when people go to their job, you know, most people work 30, 40 years at a job. When they go into their job, they have a written job description that they know exactly what they&#x27;re going to get paid for doing that work. And they have somebody helping them along the way, a manager or a coach or a supervisor, right, helping them in their job. And then they go into retirement and they&#x27;re, you know, they&#x27;re trying to do it themselves with something that&#x27;s not written down without a plan. You would never go to work without a plan, right? You would never try to build a house without a plan. You would never try to go on a trip without some type of, you know, some type of itinerary.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And most people are just, they don&#x27;t treat their money the same way. And that&#x27;s what we, I mean, that&#x27;s what you guys do at your firm when people call into your show is you put this plan in place. That eliminates, right, a lot of things that people don&#x27;t even know they have, just like termites, right? Most people don&#x27;t know they have their termites until they&#x27;re too late. Most people don&#x27;t realize what advisors are actually charging because, you know, maybe we can talk about this, the things that we&#x27;ve heard advisors say. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard advisors say, just trust me. Just trust me. You&#x27;ve got my word on it. That&#x27;s right. Follow the green line, right? I mean, all of these marketing slogans are the best one. The best marketing slogan out there right now, I am a fiduciary.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Oh, we hear that all the time. Right. Sometimes I say, well, if you are a fiduciary, why aren&#x27;t you offering a true income plan to folks so that when they hit retirement, they never have to worry about where the income is going to come from? Why haven&#x27;t you given them a green flag on their mailbox where every month the postman is going to bring you a check? I mean, you have to spend it because the next month another one is coming. So the game here is spending your money, not trying to save it because you&#x27;ve got to spend it because it&#x27;s coming in faster than you can spend it. That&#x27;s the ultimate goal of retirement. Well, the biggest asset you have in your life is your income. And most people just don&#x27;t realize that. Income is an asset. Yeah. Right. Income in retirement is what helps you sleep at night, what keeps you from being fearful. And it&#x27;s what keeps you motivated.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Pete, you&#x27;ve seen studies before, right, that people who have guaranteed lifetime income live longer. Why do they live longer if they have guaranteed lifetime income? Less worry, man. And they&#x27;re not worrying themselves. You heard that phrase, I&#x27;m worrying myself to death. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s truer than you think. It is. Absolutely. Absolutely. Emotion matters so much in so many different things. And I want to make sure our listeners know that you can connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team here at Capital Financial. Just give us a call. You can get these questions answered that Mike and Coach Pete are talking about right now. Again, the number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text us if you&#x27;d like to take that method as well. Just text the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That&#x27;s the keyword plan to the number 600-700. Mike, I agree. I think the most important asset class is lifetime guaranteed income.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Without that, you really don&#x27;t have a retirement plan. And if we&#x27;re truthful, and if we all were truthful, if the listeners would just sit back and just be honest with themselves right now, most of the advisors out there do not give you a guaranteed income plan. They give you an investment account and say we&#x27;re going to take 4% of it. They say let&#x27;s put this money in this sleeve and you&#x27;ll just draw down on it. That&#x27;s not a plan, folks. That&#x27;s the investment guys still capitalizing by keeping more of your money so they can charge more fees. And at the end of the day, a written income plan is something totally different than a 401k, an IRA, or a brokerage account. A written income plan says what&#x27;s going to show up in my account on the second Tuesday of every month.</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> What&#x27;s going to show up on the 17th of every month in my checking account so I can pay my bills. A written income plan is something that helps you no matter what&#x27;s happening in the stock market. We&#x27;ve got something we call a WSST. It&#x27;s a Wall Street sales tool, WSST. And the biggest Wall Street sales tool we see that is used to put people in the wrong place for retirement, I feel, is something called the Monte Carlo simulation. Are you familiar with that, Mike? Oh, 100%. It&#x27;s the thing that it&#x27;s, you know, I mean, what most people don&#x27;t know about me is we talk about me being the founder of One Oak Financial. And I&#x27;ve written books and, you know, we&#x27;ve done all this. But I&#x27;m also a professor at Old Dominion University just across the border in North Carolina, in Norfolk, Virginia. I teach personal financial planning and principles and ethics of financial planning there. I do one class a semester just so I can stay up with what&#x27;s going on college campuses.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> But Monte Carlo simulation is just, it&#x27;s just, today it&#x27;s just AI. AI saying what&#x27;s the probability I&#x27;m going to run out of money? Yep. Yep. It is, it was made, but it looks in the past, guys. Monte Carlo simulation doesn&#x27;t look into the future to see what&#x27;s happening today. It doesn&#x27;t, it doesn&#x27;t, it doesn&#x27;t, a Monte Carlo simulation will not pay the bills. It will not get you to your grandkids&#x27; first day of kindergarten. It will not get you on that vacation to Europe that you want to go on. And it doesn&#x27;t provide the legacy that your family really wants. It&#x27;s investor talk to keep more money so they can keep paying fees. Back in the day, there was, I think it was like Times Square usually got the rap for there.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Even Myrtle Beach down at Broadway area, there&#x27;d be a guy with a table set up and he&#x27;d have three solo cups and one ping pong ball. And you put bets on where the, you know, at the end, you&#x27;d watch, you&#x27;d start where the ball was at the start, and then you&#x27;d put bets at where it was at the end. It&#x27;s the old hidden ball trick kind of thing. And so Monte Carlo simulations is similar to that, in my opinion, because it&#x27;s all depending on what age you say. Because you&#x27;re saying based on if I kept all my money at risk and I got income from it and they put at, and I live to age 80, what&#x27;s my percentage chance of it being okay? And usually that&#x27;s like 94, 92 to 94%. But then, Mike, if they put 85 or 90, the numbers get worse. And, you know, I want my clients to live to be 100. And if you put 100 in a Monte Carlo simulation, you&#x27;re going to fail a bunch.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> But even just failing one out of 12 times, that&#x27;s what 92% is. Are you willing to be that one out of 12 that fail by keeping all your money at risk? And if the answer is no, there are solutions. Matter of fact, we have a, I&#x27;ve got a brand new research paper I wrote this week called The Power of Income Riders. How do you get guaranteed lifetime income for isolating some of the money you have? Not all, but just get enough income or two or three streams of income. If you&#x27;d like to get a copy of this, let&#x27;s say, e-book, and it&#x27;s about 40 pages. Call right now. We&#x27;ll send it to you. All right. Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. But, Mike, I guarantee you when people have that, when the broker gives them that Monte Carlo simulation</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> or the guy claiming to be a fiduciary that keeps all their money at risk, I bet they don&#x27;t tell them what age they run it to. Or they brush past that. Because if they told me here, if you live past 85, we really can&#x27;t guarantee these numbers. Well, heck, I want to live past 85. This isn&#x27;t Logan&#x27;s run where they eliminate you at 30. Yeah. Right. Hey, Pete. Hey, Pete. You fly a lot. Yeah. I mean, you move around a lot. If you were to. On a plane. The next time you get on an airplane. Yeah. If the pilot gets on the air, says, you know, thank you for, you know, hopping on today. You know, we&#x27;ve had a little technical difficulty with the plane coming in today. They didn&#x27;t have a lot of gas. We have a, we have an 86% chance to get to our destination safely. Would you stay on that plane? That&#x27;s more than one of 10 chance we&#x27;re not going to get there.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> So, no, I&#x27;d be the first one off. If they said, I said, pilot says, well, you know, hey, we just found a little more gas just sitting out there. Now we have a 92% chance of flying. Would you still stay on that plane? I&#x27;d be gone, man. I just want to make sure. Right. No, and we have to take that same correlation with retirement. So, folks, if you want to make sure to get your own retirement plan, then you don&#x27;t worry about the market. And it&#x27;s going to be there. Certainty, not probability. That&#x27;s what we&#x27;re offering here. Call right now. The next 10 of you will put together a true Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. Total retirement plan for you. No cost or obligation. We&#x27;re here for you. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Milligan of One Oak Financial joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income as an asset. They explore the difference between an account balance and a plan for monthly spending, the uncertainty of market returns, and the role income can play in supporting a retirement lifestyle. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Milligan</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Milligan, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66/image.jpg?t=1792073312&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-the-retirement-asset-beyond-your-account-balance-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66/image.jpg?t=1792073312&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66</guid>
      <omny:clipId>20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Sep 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>750</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20c16871-8794-453b-b919-b4e1015c7b66/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12040894" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-milligan-the-retirement-asset-beyond-your-account-balance-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>4</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Mike Milligan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:17" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:40" title="Artificial intelligence and robotics" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Quiet Costs (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Quiet Costs (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Phil Graham, special friend of the show here alongside bestselling author, America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Get your own questions answered or tune in to past episodes and check out all of our free resources by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. And don&#x27;t forget to subscribe to us on YouTube. FinancialSpeakeasy.com is the way to get there. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re releasing new videos all the time. Great way to make sure that you are up to date on what you need to know heading into retirement. Let me give you one more site while we&#x27;re doing it. PlanOncePlanForLife.com. That&#x27;s where you can, if you go there right now, we&#x27;ll send you one of these e-books out right away. The Modern Planning, PlanOncePlanForLife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Thomas, there&#x27;s five, and Phil, and everybody else out there in Radio Land, there are five quiet drains on your retirement paycheck, all right? These are quiet assassins. We don&#x27;t like quiet assassins when it&#x27;s touching our money. None of these is a scam, and nobody&#x27;s going to call you about them. Every one is a rule working exactly the way it was written, and every one of them is far easier to deal with before it applies than after. Very, very important. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re going to talk about it. That&#x27;s good. Now, I&#x27;ve sat across the table from people who did everything right. They saved steadily. They stayed out of debt. They retired with more than they needed, and still watched a few thousand dollars a year walk out the door for reasons they never saw coming. So we&#x27;re going to talk about what they are. And it&#x27;s not because anyone cheated them, Thomas and Phil and everybody out there. It&#x27;s because a threshold moved past them, or a look back caught them, or a rule that they had never heard of finally applied.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> That always stinks to be zinked by something like that. So what follows? We&#x27;re going to talk about the five I see the most, the five quiet drains on your portfolio. And all the figures are 2026 figures that we&#x27;re going to talk about here. So they&#x27;re pretty up-date. But the first one is something that, Phil, we&#x27;ve talked about this, Thomas, as well, off show. And it&#x27;s one that came out of nowhere. It&#x27;s called your Aunt Irma. I-R-M-A-A look back. Thomas, not a good thing. Doesn&#x27;t sound like a good thing. And when I first heard this word, I thought, because my wife is from Holland. Hold on. I feel like I&#x27;ve heard that as a name before. All right. Let me tell you what it stands for. It stands for Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount. In plain language, it&#x27;s your income. If your income is above a certain line, you pay more for Medicare Part B and D.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And these are two things about it that catch people. All right. The two big things. First, it looks backward two years. So your 2026 Medicare premium is set by your 2024 tax return. Whoa. Now, a lot of people didn&#x27;t realize that. No, that&#x27;s interesting. And not this year&#x27;s income. Not last year&#x27;s. The one you filed in 2025 for the year 2024. Talk about confusing. Phil, what do you think about that? Can you repeat the question? Can you just listen to it? I was listening to the years, and in my brain, I&#x27;m trying to track. And then that last part, I&#x27;m like, now I&#x27;m lost again. I don&#x27;t know. That was the correct answer right there. You&#x27;re lost. Yeah, I can&#x27;t figure it out. Yeah. So keep in mind, if 2024, we&#x27;re talking about 2024 and you&#x27;re in retirement now, possibly</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> that was your last full year of work. Or the year you sold a rental property. Or the year you did a large Roth conversion. And now it puts you way over that threshold. And second, it is a cliff, not a ramp. You know, ramps are easy to deal with because they&#x27;re slow and steady and gradual. A cliff. Now, I&#x27;ve never jumped over one or walked through one or walked over one of you. You wouldn&#x27;t be here. Exactly. No. You know, I think of those movies, though, where you see all the buffalo or wherever it is, and they&#x27;re following each other, and they&#x27;ll just go right over this. Yeah. So what do I mean when I say a cliff? Well, there&#x27;s no gentle phase in. One dollar over the line. One dollar over that line that they say, the line of demarcation. Just one dollar. And the full surcharge applies for the entire year. Talk about a government penalty. Wow. How does that make you feel? Don&#x27;t like it. Now, there&#x27;s something called a QLAC.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> QLAC. Qualified Lifetime Annuity Contract. Now, these have been developed. They&#x27;ve been around for years, but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what they are. And what this is, is for IRA money, which really can kill you when you start doing those minimum required distributions, right? MRDs. You can take the money off that MRD equation by every dollar you put into a QLAC. So let&#x27;s say you have $500,000 in a regular IRA, and you don&#x27;t want to keep paying those minimum required distributions on that. So you transfer, let&#x27;s say, $300,000 into a QLAC. Okay. Now, the QLAC now, that takes $300,000 off of your MRD equation. In other words, you&#x27;re not taxed on that each and every year. You don&#x27;t have to take the money out. Oh, nice. And the QLAC says, and this is what confuses people, the QLAC says you have until age 85</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> to start taking that money out. The confusion, Phil, and I think you&#x27;ll agree with that, is a lot of people thought that once you put money in a QLAC, you could not touch it until age 85. Is that correct? That&#x27;s what people thought. Correct. But that&#x27;s not the case. No. You can basically take it anytime you want. But when you take it out, now you have to start reporting it again on the MRD equation. Yeah. Uncle Sam&#x27;s usually flexible when it means that they&#x27;re going to get tax money sooner. Yeah. So I wrote a book about this called Quiet Money. And when you think about it, the money you put in a QLAC turns quiet. It&#x27;s not sitting there yelling at Uncle Sam saying, hey, come over here and tax me. It gets really quiet and it hides legally. I like that. So that&#x27;s a good one. That helps with a tax torpedo. We don&#x27;t like tax torpedoes. Most people believe Social Security either is or isn&#x27;t taxed.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> It is neither. How much of it lands on your return depends on a number called combined income, which is your adjusted gross income plus any tax exempt interest plus half of your Social Security benefit. Cross that first threshold and up to half of your benefit becomes taxable. Cross the second one and up to 85% of your Social Security, which was a tax to begin with, by the way, is now taxable. Wow. Oh, man. Thanks, Uncle Sam. Here&#x27;s the part that makes it a torpedo rather than a bump. Those thresholds have never been adjusted for inflation. Think about that. Have we had inflation the last few years? That means they&#x27;re low is what you&#x27;re saying. In other words, a lot of people are triggering that and didn&#x27;t even know it.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So $25,000 was a real income in 1984. It is not one now, is it? 1984, $25,000. The Social Security Administration&#x27;s own historians note that the thresholds were deliberately left unindexed and they document the result. The share of beneficiaries owing tax on their benefits has climbed steadily. In other words, if you have money, you&#x27;re going to pay taxes now for Social Security because they&#x27;re not adjusting that inflation amount up. So, I mean, it&#x27;s $25,000. It&#x27;s nothing anymore, but that starts triggering things. Yeah, sure. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Wow. Phil, how does that make you feel on that? Not good. And when I think about that, Coach, we always talk about it&#x27;s based on your taxable income. Is there a way to get not taxable income that doesn&#x27;t trigger that so I can still put the money in my pocket and spend it, but I&#x27;m not triggering all these phantom taxes?</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Well, one of the ways is a Roth conversion. And a lot of folks, like David Walker, when he was on here, was talking about he has most of his money in Roth IRAs. And he should know he was our former comptroller general. And he said, Coach, the taxes are going up. There&#x27;s no doubt. He said, so converting to Roth, it does hurt a little bit. Having to pay the taxes, he said, but now I pay taxes once and never pay again. Again, plan once, plan for life. And you don&#x27;t have those required minimum distributions where you&#x27;re forced to take it and your beneficiaries inherit it tax-free. Uncle Sam shows up next year. The tax man says, well, let me start taxing you on your IRAs and say, you know, I don&#x27;t have any IRAs anymore. I have Roth IRAs. And so you just slam the door in his face. So if you want to find out about the Roth conversion strategies that make sense to make sure you don&#x27;t get tax torpedoed, call right now. We&#x27;ll do a plan for you that encompasses everything we&#x27;ve talked about today.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> When you come in, you&#x27;ll leave with three books. One being this new book, Modern Planning. Plan once, plan for life. You&#x27;ll also leave with the 22-step total retirement plan. It&#x27;s a workbook. It&#x27;s $99. We&#x27;re going to give it to you. But it&#x27;s an interactive one. We will cover every step with you or behind the scenes for you and we&#x27;ll categorize everything on one color-coded page that makes a lot of sense when you see it. There&#x27;s no need for hundreds and hundreds of pages to confuse you. Put it all on one page and understand exactly what&#x27;s going on, not only now, but later and after you&#x27;re not here. All on one sheet. Thomas, tell folks how I can get this. Glad to. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text the keyword plan to 600700. That is the keyword plan to 600700.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And it&#x27;s true. A total retirement plan is a lot more than that IRA or two or that 401k or two that you have. It is a true total plan. Well, here&#x27;s a good question. Ask yourself, how much bigger would your nest egg be today if 10 years of fees had stayed in your account instead of leaving it? Oh. Bill, you&#x27;ve got a second point on that, don&#x27;t you? Yeah. I look at it as, I used to say, coach, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? It&#x27;s my little riddle. Yeah? Batman. Because 2% doesn&#x27;t sound bad, right? It&#x27;s only 2%. Well, but it&#x27;s every year it sounds bad. But let&#x27;s think of it, if you earned 10% in a year and you subtract 2%, that&#x27;s actually 20% of your gains.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> So that 2% fee actually wasn&#x27;t 2%, it was 20% of your gains. Wow. So if you&#x27;re giving up 20% of your gains or more, that starts taking a huge chunk of what could have been credited to your account. And again, what&#x27;s the value for it? What did you get for it? Are you getting any value? Is it just evaporating and it&#x27;s just coming out every quarter every year? Those are things that need to be addressed and looked at. And I think the consumer needs to understand where those fees are coming from. And most people have no idea what the total fees are because there&#x27;s also the internal fees that you can&#x27;t see in a lot of contracts. Financial termites. You know, it&#x27;s not only where the fee&#x27;s coming from, but where are those fees going?</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Good question, huh? Good question for your broker. Right. What are you getting for those fees? So, you know, let&#x27;s put this 20%. Now, 20% sounds bad enough, but let&#x27;s look at a $100 bill. So a $100 bill comes in to your house. Before you touch it, it turns into an $80 bill. There&#x27;s no such thing as an $80 bill. It turns into the 420s. One of the 20s goes away every single time you get that fee. And then that money that should have been your account&#x27;s not there anymore. So now we have compounding badness. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Yes, it is. And we&#x27;ve done a report before looking at a 2% fee over 20 years. If you had an account with no fees, and they both are in the same interest. So the only thing different was an account with no fees and one with 2% fees. It&#x27;s about $500,000 difference. Phil, there&#x27;s where the money went. Wow. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s a lot. That&#x27;s the difference between a beach house in retirement or a trailer park in retirement.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> That&#x27;s right. There you go. Not good. So let&#x27;s do this. Let&#x27;s put a total plan together. It&#x27;s been a great show, by the way. I appreciate your time today, Phil, coming in. Absolutely. Always love it. And it&#x27;s very enlightening on some of the taxes that are out there and some of the ways we can bypass it, though. So it&#x27;s been a positive show. We&#x27;re talking about ways to bypass the will and the trust and the court, and also bypassing a tax man as much as possible. And legally, by the way, there&#x27;s no such thing as illegal. You&#x27;ve got to pay some taxes, but there&#x27;s nothing that says you have to overpay. So if you want a true total retirement plan, folks, we&#x27;re going to make that offer for the next 10 of you to call. There&#x27;ll be no fee or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans that I don&#x27;t think are anywhere near as good as this. But you&#x27;re also going to get that financial termite inspection report, which will identify these fees we&#x27;re talking about here. Put it in real black and white. And then now you&#x27;ll know if it makes sense to continue paying those fees or not.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> Thomas, next 10 people, no cost, no obligation. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team at Capital Financial by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. Well, for Phil Graham joining us from the Charlotte area, Thomas, Denise, Jose working the board. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Phil Graham, special friend of the show here alongside bestselling author, America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Get your own questions answered or tune in to past episodes and check out all of our free resources by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. And don&#x27;t forget to subscribe to us on YouTube. FinancialSpeakeasy.com is the way to get there. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re releasing new videos all the time. Great way to make sure that you are up to date on what you need to know heading into retirement. Let me give you one more site while we&#x27;re doing it. PlanOncePlanForLife.com. That&#x27;s where you can, if you go there right now, we&#x27;ll send you one of these e-books out right away. The Modern Planning, PlanOncePlanForLife.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Thomas, there&#x27;s five, and Phil, and everybody else out there in Radio Land, there are five quiet drains on your retirement paycheck, all right? These are quiet assassins. We don&#x27;t like quiet assassins when it&#x27;s touching our money. None of these is a scam, and nobody&#x27;s going to call you about them. Every one is a rule working exactly the way it was written, and every one of them is far easier to deal with before it applies than after. Very, very important. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re going to talk about it. That&#x27;s good. Now, I&#x27;ve sat across the table from people who did everything right. They saved steadily. They stayed out of debt. They retired with more than they needed, and still watched a few thousand dollars a year walk out the door for reasons they never saw coming. So we&#x27;re going to talk about what they are. And it&#x27;s not because anyone cheated them, Thomas and Phil and everybody out there. It&#x27;s because a threshold moved past them, or a look back caught them, or a rule that they had never heard of finally applied.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> That always stinks to be zinked by something like that. So what follows? We&#x27;re going to talk about the five I see the most, the five quiet drains on your portfolio. And all the figures are 2026 figures that we&#x27;re going to talk about here. So they&#x27;re pretty up-date. But the first one is something that, Phil, we&#x27;ve talked about this, Thomas, as well, off show. And it&#x27;s one that came out of nowhere. It&#x27;s called your Aunt Irma. I-R-M-A-A look back. Thomas, not a good thing. Doesn&#x27;t sound like a good thing. And when I first heard this word, I thought, because my wife is from Holland. Hold on. I feel like I&#x27;ve heard that as a name before. All right. Let me tell you what it stands for. It stands for Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount. In plain language, it&#x27;s your income. If your income is above a certain line, you pay more for Medicare Part B and D.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And these are two things about it that catch people. All right. The two big things. First, it looks backward two years. So your 2026 Medicare premium is set by your 2024 tax return. Whoa. Now, a lot of people didn&#x27;t realize that. No, that&#x27;s interesting. And not this year&#x27;s income. Not last year&#x27;s. The one you filed in 2025 for the year 2024. Talk about confusing. Phil, what do you think about that? Can you repeat the question? Can you just listen to it? I was listening to the years, and in my brain, I&#x27;m trying to track. And then that last part, I&#x27;m like, now I&#x27;m lost again. I don&#x27;t know. That was the correct answer right there. You&#x27;re lost. Yeah, I can&#x27;t figure it out. Yeah. So keep in mind, if 2024, we&#x27;re talking about 2024 and you&#x27;re in retirement now, possibly</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> that was your last full year of work. Or the year you sold a rental property. Or the year you did a large Roth conversion. And now it puts you way over that threshold. And second, it is a cliff, not a ramp. You know, ramps are easy to deal with because they&#x27;re slow and steady and gradual. A cliff. Now, I&#x27;ve never jumped over one or walked through one or walked over one of you. You wouldn&#x27;t be here. Exactly. No. You know, I think of those movies, though, where you see all the buffalo or wherever it is, and they&#x27;re following each other, and they&#x27;ll just go right over this. Yeah. So what do I mean when I say a cliff? Well, there&#x27;s no gentle phase in. One dollar over the line. One dollar over that line that they say, the line of demarcation. Just one dollar. And the full surcharge applies for the entire year. Talk about a government penalty. Wow. How does that make you feel? Don&#x27;t like it. Now, there&#x27;s something called a QLAC.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> QLAC. Qualified Lifetime Annuity Contract. Now, these have been developed. They&#x27;ve been around for years, but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what they are. And what this is, is for IRA money, which really can kill you when you start doing those minimum required distributions, right? MRDs. You can take the money off that MRD equation by every dollar you put into a QLAC. So let&#x27;s say you have $500,000 in a regular IRA, and you don&#x27;t want to keep paying those minimum required distributions on that. So you transfer, let&#x27;s say, $300,000 into a QLAC. Okay. Now, the QLAC now, that takes $300,000 off of your MRD equation. In other words, you&#x27;re not taxed on that each and every year. You don&#x27;t have to take the money out. Oh, nice. And the QLAC says, and this is what confuses people, the QLAC says you have until age 85</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> to start taking that money out. The confusion, Phil, and I think you&#x27;ll agree with that, is a lot of people thought that once you put money in a QLAC, you could not touch it until age 85. Is that correct? That&#x27;s what people thought. Correct. But that&#x27;s not the case. No. You can basically take it anytime you want. But when you take it out, now you have to start reporting it again on the MRD equation. Yeah. Uncle Sam&#x27;s usually flexible when it means that they&#x27;re going to get tax money sooner. Yeah. So I wrote a book about this called Quiet Money. And when you think about it, the money you put in a QLAC turns quiet. It&#x27;s not sitting there yelling at Uncle Sam saying, hey, come over here and tax me. It gets really quiet and it hides legally. I like that. So that&#x27;s a good one. That helps with a tax torpedo. We don&#x27;t like tax torpedoes. Most people believe Social Security either is or isn&#x27;t taxed.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> It is neither. How much of it lands on your return depends on a number called combined income, which is your adjusted gross income plus any tax exempt interest plus half of your Social Security benefit. Cross that first threshold and up to half of your benefit becomes taxable. Cross the second one and up to 85% of your Social Security, which was a tax to begin with, by the way, is now taxable. Wow. Oh, man. Thanks, Uncle Sam. Here&#x27;s the part that makes it a torpedo rather than a bump. Those thresholds have never been adjusted for inflation. Think about that. Have we had inflation the last few years? That means they&#x27;re low is what you&#x27;re saying. In other words, a lot of people are triggering that and didn&#x27;t even know it.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> So $25,000 was a real income in 1984. It is not one now, is it? 1984, $25,000. The Social Security Administration&#x27;s own historians note that the thresholds were deliberately left unindexed and they document the result. The share of beneficiaries owing tax on their benefits has climbed steadily. In other words, if you have money, you&#x27;re going to pay taxes now for Social Security because they&#x27;re not adjusting that inflation amount up. So, I mean, it&#x27;s $25,000. It&#x27;s nothing anymore, but that starts triggering things. Yeah, sure. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. Wow. Phil, how does that make you feel on that? Not good. And when I think about that, Coach, we always talk about it&#x27;s based on your taxable income. Is there a way to get not taxable income that doesn&#x27;t trigger that so I can still put the money in my pocket and spend it, but I&#x27;m not triggering all these phantom taxes?</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Well, one of the ways is a Roth conversion. And a lot of folks, like David Walker, when he was on here, was talking about he has most of his money in Roth IRAs. And he should know he was our former comptroller general. And he said, Coach, the taxes are going up. There&#x27;s no doubt. He said, so converting to Roth, it does hurt a little bit. Having to pay the taxes, he said, but now I pay taxes once and never pay again. Again, plan once, plan for life. And you don&#x27;t have those required minimum distributions where you&#x27;re forced to take it and your beneficiaries inherit it tax-free. Uncle Sam shows up next year. The tax man says, well, let me start taxing you on your IRAs and say, you know, I don&#x27;t have any IRAs anymore. I have Roth IRAs. And so you just slam the door in his face. So if you want to find out about the Roth conversion strategies that make sense to make sure you don&#x27;t get tax torpedoed, call right now. We&#x27;ll do a plan for you that encompasses everything we&#x27;ve talked about today.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> When you come in, you&#x27;ll leave with three books. One being this new book, Modern Planning. Plan once, plan for life. You&#x27;ll also leave with the 22-step total retirement plan. It&#x27;s a workbook. It&#x27;s $99. We&#x27;re going to give it to you. But it&#x27;s an interactive one. We will cover every step with you or behind the scenes for you and we&#x27;ll categorize everything on one color-coded page that makes a lot of sense when you see it. There&#x27;s no need for hundreds and hundreds of pages to confuse you. Put it all on one page and understand exactly what&#x27;s going on, not only now, but later and after you&#x27;re not here. All on one sheet. Thomas, tell folks how I can get this. Glad to. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text the keyword plan to 600700. That is the keyword plan to 600700.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And it&#x27;s true. A total retirement plan is a lot more than that IRA or two or that 401k or two that you have. It is a true total plan. Well, here&#x27;s a good question. Ask yourself, how much bigger would your nest egg be today if 10 years of fees had stayed in your account instead of leaving it? Oh. Bill, you&#x27;ve got a second point on that, don&#x27;t you? Yeah. I look at it as, I used to say, coach, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? It&#x27;s my little riddle. Yeah? Batman. Because 2% doesn&#x27;t sound bad, right? It&#x27;s only 2%. Well, but it&#x27;s every year it sounds bad. But let&#x27;s think of it, if you earned 10% in a year and you subtract 2%, that&#x27;s actually 20% of your gains.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> So that 2% fee actually wasn&#x27;t 2%, it was 20% of your gains. Wow. So if you&#x27;re giving up 20% of your gains or more, that starts taking a huge chunk of what could have been credited to your account. And again, what&#x27;s the value for it? What did you get for it? Are you getting any value? Is it just evaporating and it&#x27;s just coming out every quarter every year? Those are things that need to be addressed and looked at. And I think the consumer needs to understand where those fees are coming from. And most people have no idea what the total fees are because there&#x27;s also the internal fees that you can&#x27;t see in a lot of contracts. Financial termites. You know, it&#x27;s not only where the fee&#x27;s coming from, but where are those fees going?</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Good question, huh? Good question for your broker. Right. What are you getting for those fees? So, you know, let&#x27;s put this 20%. Now, 20% sounds bad enough, but let&#x27;s look at a $100 bill. So a $100 bill comes in to your house. Before you touch it, it turns into an $80 bill. There&#x27;s no such thing as an $80 bill. It turns into the 420s. One of the 20s goes away every single time you get that fee. And then that money that should have been your account&#x27;s not there anymore. So now we have compounding badness. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Yes, it is. And we&#x27;ve done a report before looking at a 2% fee over 20 years. If you had an account with no fees, and they both are in the same interest. So the only thing different was an account with no fees and one with 2% fees. It&#x27;s about $500,000 difference. Phil, there&#x27;s where the money went. Wow. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s a lot. That&#x27;s the difference between a beach house in retirement or a trailer park in retirement.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> That&#x27;s right. There you go. Not good. So let&#x27;s do this. Let&#x27;s put a total plan together. It&#x27;s been a great show, by the way. I appreciate your time today, Phil, coming in. Absolutely. Always love it. And it&#x27;s very enlightening on some of the taxes that are out there and some of the ways we can bypass it, though. So it&#x27;s been a positive show. We&#x27;re talking about ways to bypass the will and the trust and the court, and also bypassing a tax man as much as possible. And legally, by the way, there&#x27;s no such thing as illegal. You&#x27;ve got to pay some taxes, but there&#x27;s nothing that says you have to overpay. So if you want a true total retirement plan, folks, we&#x27;re going to make that offer for the next 10 of you to call. There&#x27;ll be no fee or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans that I don&#x27;t think are anywhere near as good as this. But you&#x27;re also going to get that financial termite inspection report, which will identify these fees we&#x27;re talking about here. Put it in real black and white. And then now you&#x27;ll know if it makes sense to continue paying those fees or not.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> Thomas, next 10 people, no cost, no obligation. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team at Capital Financial by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. Well, for Phil Graham joining us from the Charlotte area, Thomas, Denise, Jose working the board. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, right here on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham examine costs that can quietly reduce a retirement paycheck. Topics include Medicare’s income-related premium adjustments, taxes on Social Security benefits, Roth conversion considerations, and the cumulative effect of investment fees. They discuss why understanding these rules before making withdrawals can help frame a more useful conversation with your financial and tax professionals. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning, Roth conversions, investing, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/image.jpg?t=1792073403&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-medicare-premiums-social-security-taxes-and-quiet-costs-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/image.jpg?t=1792073403&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>741</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5a236c7a-501f-44a3-96b5-b4e10154f8d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11900640" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-medicare-premiums-social-security-taxes-and-quiet-costs-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>5</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:37" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:52" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Plan Once, Plan for Life—Income and Legacy (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Plan Once, Plan for Life—Income and Legacy (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete D’Arruda connect retirement income with the broader work of estate and legacy planning. They discuss the shift away from employer pensions, the stress of repeatedly second-guessing investments, and why a written strategy should explain how monthly income supports the rest of a plan. The conversation returns to beneficiary forms, financial blind spots, and reviewing costs before they erode savings. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m having a great conversation. Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us, veteran of the financial arena, financial strategist, Phil Gramming. Have a great conversation. If you want to catch up on it, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. Not only can you catch up on this episode, you can catch up on past episodes, as well as check out all of the great resources Coach has made available right there, FinancialSafari.com. Yeah, I wrote a book called Plan Once, Plan for Life. Modern Planning. And modern planning, what is that? Well, I mean, our planning now, Phil, is a lot different than what our grandparents were planning because our grandparents had a pension. That&#x27;s right. Most people listening now don&#x27;t. And so this modern planning techniques, and if you&#x27;re going to plan and spend all the time putting a plan together.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thanks to the government. Yeah. But if you&#x27;re going to spend all this time putting a plan together, do it once and don&#x27;t worry about it anymore. So Plan Once, Plan for Life is our motto here. And let me ask you this question out there in Radio Land. Listen, how many times a year do you catch yourself checking, worrying, and second-guessing your money? And be honest with yourself. Now, if your spouse is right next to you, don&#x27;t give it away with a look on your face because you might be in trouble. But I really think I worry about money. Thomas, you ever worry about money? Oh, certainly. I mean, who doesn&#x27;t worry about money? Oh, yes. But the worries need to have some action attached to it. Worrying all the time is not good. That&#x27;s what they call the – something called an ulcer develops if you do that. So what we need to do is get rid of that. And how do you get rid of it? Well, you don&#x27;t go see a pharmacist because they&#x27;ll give you drugs for it, right? And then that covers it up.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> That really doesn&#x27;t get rid of it. How you get rid of it is you rearrange your money. There you go. We&#x27;re not talking about a Titanic, Thomas, by the way. You know, rearranging the furniture on the deck, was that a good job? It doesn&#x27;t matter. It doesn&#x27;t matter. So that&#x27;s what happens a lot of times when people say, well, yeah, I&#x27;m just going to move from this brokerage house to this other brokerage gal. Well, that&#x27;s just rearranging the furniture on the Titanic because the money is still all at risk. Correct? It&#x27;s true. It is very true. And what was your point? And something else that you&#x27;ve mentioned in the past is paralysis by analysis where people get confronted with this, I think, of a tsunami coming at you and just don&#x27;t know where to tackle it. And that can be very frustrating when you don&#x27;t have a professional with you. Yeah. Well, it makes a lot of sense. So here&#x27;s a question. Remember full service, Phil, at the gas station? Yeah. I think even in New Jersey, they still do that.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> They still do. Yeah, they do. So you drive up, go over that little thing, and then that little bell would ring. I remember back in the day, of course, I was little Pete back in the Ambassador Station Wagon days with the wood panel. It looked like Chevy Chase&#x27;s station wagon. Dad would buy them from the state auction. They were cheaper, like they were state cars. But we&#x27;d pull in, and Mom would be driving, and I think Bob or Jeff would be in front. I like to be in back so I could stay out of trouble. Mom didn&#x27;t see what I was doing a lot of times. But we&#x27;d pull in, and two guys would run out. They would pop our trunk. They&#x27;d check the oil. They&#x27;d refill the windshield washer stuff, and they would fill the car up. And we didn&#x27;t have to get out. And so that same kind of theory is what we built the financial fill-up strategy around. And let me ask you this question. What if filling up your retirement income worked like filling up your car?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You just pull in, and they top it off once a month, and it just keeps running all the way through your life. That&#x27;s the everlasting gobstopper in the financial world. Remember Willy Wonka? Yeah. Yeah, I could get bored with the same candy, though, wouldn&#x27;t you? I would. What if it kept putting new flavor, I guess? Remember the everlasting gobstopper? I mean, as a candy connoisseur, Thomas, growing up, I loved to watch Willy Wonka chocolate fag. Oh, me too, me too. And I&#x27;ll tell you, I can always go back to a butterfinger. Never lay a finger on my butterfinger, as they say. But, Phil, we&#x27;re talking about the financial fill-up. And a lot of people, again, ask yourself that question. What if you could just every month wake up, and there&#x27;s a new check in your mailbox? How would that make you feel? That would make me feel fantastic. I would love to have my bank account get refilled every month. Yeah.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Well, it&#x27;s possible. It&#x27;s not one of those improbable things. The problem is a lot of people have their money at too much risk. And when you put your money at risk, what I&#x27;ve seen over my lifetime is if there&#x27;s risk attached, there&#x27;s commissions attached. And the commissions are called fees instead of commissions. But it hurts just as much when the money comes out. That&#x27;s when they can say, well, we don&#x27;t charge commissions. Well, what is this thing coming out of my account every quarter then if you don&#x27;t charge commissions? Well, that&#x27;s a fee. Oh, okay. Well, that makes sense. No, it doesn&#x27;t. In perpetuity. Phil, does that make sense to you? If it&#x27;s coming out of your money, who cares what they call it? It&#x27;s the same thing. I call it a financial termite. That&#x27;s good. Whether you make money or lose money. I&#x27;ve never seen somebody say that if they manage your money and they lose money, in that quarter, they won&#x27;t take a fee out of you. Was it like stockbrokers and weathermen are the only people that get paid whether they are right?</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Oh. Yeah. And, you know, the weather, you know, just canceling the cookout is a lot better than losing a lot of money in the market. There you go. Truly. Now that we have microwaves, always cook that hot dog in the microwave. Ballpark Franks, Phil. Remember those? They&#x27;re still around. They&#x27;re still around. What do you mean remember? Well, because they&#x27;re different. What was their saying back in the day? Didn&#x27;t they fill up the whole bun? They plump. When do you cook them? Ah, there we go. And they used to plump. I used to love that stuff. I&#x27;d take it out of the microwave. It&#x27;d be double the size. Sure. Not happening anymore. So I&#x27;m just wondering what kind of chemical was in there that shouldn&#x27;t have been. Good stuff. Remember those balloons you&#x27;d grow and you&#x27;d blow yourself? You&#x27;d put the red tube. You&#x27;d put that chemical stuff that had a smell to it and you&#x27;d blow in the tube and it would make a big ball? Mm-hmm. Yeah. Remember the smell, Thomas? Oh, yeah. Did it remind you of model glue a little bit? I mean, you know. Thomas, don&#x27;t admit stuff. But, you know, it&#x27;s funny.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> They don&#x27;t make that anymore either. And I did some research on it. It was some chemical that has like 30 letters in it. Oh, Lord. Dialed methyl. You know, one of those things. Something that the Breaking Bad guy would probably use. Yes. So let&#x27;s make sure that our plan is doing what it&#x27;s supposed to do. And I want you guys, Thomas, do you have a trivia question? Because I want to give a couple of these new books out. Always, always. All right. You got it handy? Let&#x27;s do it. Let me put the trivia music. All right, folks. So you&#x27;re going to be able to text your response to the number 600-700. Yes or no? Can a beneficiary designation on certain accounts override what your will says? Yes or no to 600-700. What do you think?</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> Good trivia question there. Can a beneficiary designation on certain accounts override what your will says? Text yes or no to 600-700. That is either yes or no to 600-700. And again, you can also call and let us know your response there as well. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And the book is brand new, hot off the press, Modern Planning, Plan Once, Plan for Life. Phil, I&#x27;ve got to get you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages, and it is a instruction manual for a successful retirement, not just trusting what you hear, but verifying and writing. How important is that? So not hope and pray? No. That&#x27;s not a strategy? No. And we&#x27;re going to send this out to you, folks.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> We&#x27;re not going to charge you anything. I&#x27;ve already bought the books, and I&#x27;m going to buy the postage. All you have to do is buy the time, that minute, to text us your address. Truly. And if you have any questions, we can answer those, too. You&#x27;re also going to get a golden ticket in this book, which will give you the ability to get your very own total retirement plan done for you. You can give it as a gift to somebody else if you want. If you come in and have the plan done, we&#x27;ll give you another one to give to one of your closest friends or relatives. I just think it&#x27;s important that we get educated, folks, and make sure our plan is doing what it&#x27;s supposed to do, what we understand it to do, what we&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s going to do. Phil, let&#x27;s return back to the six places you can put your money to bypass probate. Now, earlier we&#x27;ve talked about 401Ks, 403Bs, TSPs. They bypass any will or trust and probate. We have bank accounts with the POD, brokerage accounts with the TOD form.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> They bypass probate and, again, the courts. And then life insurance, as long as it has a beneficiary form filled out correctly, it&#x27;ll bypass probate. There&#x27;s two more. Two more? That&#x27;s right. You want me to tell you what they are? Do you consider annuities the same as life insurance? Life insurance, well, slash annuities, yes, because annuities have a beneficiary form that bypass probate. Good point. We also have traditional and Roth IRAs, individual retirement accounts. If you put a beneficiary on there, don&#x27;t put beneficiary my will because it&#x27;ll go right to will and it&#x27;ll go right through probate. So you can bypass the will. And, again, we&#x27;re talking about forms that, Thomas, I don&#x27;t think people even remember what they filled out many times. No, it&#x27;s true. You know, I was just going over my life insurance a few days ago and realized, oh, my gosh, I haven&#x27;t updated my beneficiary designation.</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> Yeah, and you do the show every week, so that&#x27;s no excuse. It&#x27;s true, exactly. You know who has the worst yard in the neighborhood? The landscape. Yeah, because he&#x27;s too busy doing stuff for everybody else. Exactly. So, Phil, that&#x27;s five of the six. And number six, and Thomas, we used to have a drum roll. I don&#x27;t have it anymore. But number six is joint accounts with survivorship. Phil, you want to talk about that? Yeah, and I&#x27;m always careful with the joint conversation on bank accounts because you could have joint signer, which confuses people, or joint owner with rights of survivorship. People hear joint, and they automatically think that it&#x27;s set up properly, and a lot of times that&#x27;s not the case because what did you ask the bank teller to actually do? And so, yes, joint bank accounts, if they&#x27;re set up properly, can avoid probate, but it can&#x27;t be a joint signer.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> That rights of survivorship is a key element to that. Again, folks, that is Phil Graham, our financial strategist from the Charlotte, North Carolina area, friend of the show, and friend of Coach Pete for over 30 years. Phil is an expert whenever I want some information like this, and thanks, Phil, for that answer. Sure. Thomas, very important that people make sure that they have these forms reviewed. Yes. And, you know, you&#x27;ve got to ask yourself, when&#x27;s the last time you really thought about this? And most people, it&#x27;s been a while. You&#x27;re thinking about paying your mortgage and everything else. You&#x27;re not thinking about something more important, which is this. It&#x27;s true. And once you die, it&#x27;s too late. Oh, yeah. Well, yeah. You can&#x27;t change it after you die is the problem. If you can figure out a way to do that, you should patent it. Right. Casper, the friendly ghost. Yeah, well, there you go. And so, yeah, it&#x27;s just very important that we make sure that we&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And a lot of times, we don&#x27;t know right for wrong. And that&#x27;s why we talk about it in this book, Modern Planning, making sure that you get those six bypass ways, ways to bypass the probate process in your mind. But not only in your mind, in your wallet. Because your money&#x27;s in your wallet, your money&#x27;s on your mind, on your money, on your mind, on your wallet, whatever that song was, Thomas. You know what we&#x27;re talking about? I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. Phil, you know what we&#x27;re talking about, too. You&#x27;ve got a son. I know that song. Money on my mind and mind on my money. Got my mind on my money. That was Dr. Dre. Oh, yeah. Was he a real doctor? What was he doctorate? Music. Usually when I say something like that, I see Thomas typing away. He wasn&#x27;t even typing. No, I wasn&#x27;t even going to try. Phil, the financial fill-up strategy. How important is it? We&#x27;ve got about 40 seconds now.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> How important is it for everybody out there to make sure they have their very own financial fill-up strategy that gives them that monthly check for the rest of their life? The key word you said, Coach, is strategy. It&#x27;s not just a plan. It&#x27;s not something you do after the fact. It is a true financial fill-up strategy. That lifetime income or that guaranteed paycheck coming in every month, and we can talk about this on a different episode, but it&#x27;s been proven that people actually live longer in retirement when they have that money hitting their account every month guaranteed versus the hoping and wishing of just pulling it from their market accounts and praying it doesn&#x27;t go down. And so I think it&#x27;s one of the most important pieces of a retirement plan, and it&#x27;s the foundation that the rest of your retirement, the rest of your estate plan is built around that financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Yeah, very important. And financial termite&#x27;s another culprit. Matter of fact, we have an e-book here on financial termites. If you want a copy of this financial termite e-book to help you identify unnecessary risk, fees, or commissions in your portfolio, we will send it right out to you if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or just text that keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the short code 600-700. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about five quiet drains on your retirement portfolio, folks. Very important.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham and Coach Pete D’Arruda connect retirement income with the broader work of estate and legacy planning. They discuss the shift away from employer pensions, the stress of repeatedly second-guessing investments, and why a written strategy should explain how monthly income supports the rest of a plan. The conversation returns to beneficiary forms, financial blind spots, and reviewing costs before they erode savings. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m having a great conversation. Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us, veteran of the financial arena, financial strategist, Phil Gramming. Have a great conversation. If you want to catch up on it, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. Not only can you catch up on this episode, you can catch up on past episodes, as well as check out all of the great resources Coach has made available right there, FinancialSafari.com. Yeah, I wrote a book called Plan Once, Plan for Life. Modern Planning. And modern planning, what is that? Well, I mean, our planning now, Phil, is a lot different than what our grandparents were planning because our grandparents had a pension. That&#x27;s right. Most people listening now don&#x27;t. And so this modern planning techniques, and if you&#x27;re going to plan and spend all the time putting a plan together.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thanks to the government. Yeah. But if you&#x27;re going to spend all this time putting a plan together, do it once and don&#x27;t worry about it anymore. So Plan Once, Plan for Life is our motto here. And let me ask you this question out there in Radio Land. Listen, how many times a year do you catch yourself checking, worrying, and second-guessing your money? And be honest with yourself. Now, if your spouse is right next to you, don&#x27;t give it away with a look on your face because you might be in trouble. But I really think I worry about money. Thomas, you ever worry about money? Oh, certainly. I mean, who doesn&#x27;t worry about money? Oh, yes. But the worries need to have some action attached to it. Worrying all the time is not good. That&#x27;s what they call the – something called an ulcer develops if you do that. So what we need to do is get rid of that. And how do you get rid of it? Well, you don&#x27;t go see a pharmacist because they&#x27;ll give you drugs for it, right? And then that covers it up.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> That really doesn&#x27;t get rid of it. How you get rid of it is you rearrange your money. There you go. We&#x27;re not talking about a Titanic, Thomas, by the way. You know, rearranging the furniture on the deck, was that a good job? It doesn&#x27;t matter. It doesn&#x27;t matter. So that&#x27;s what happens a lot of times when people say, well, yeah, I&#x27;m just going to move from this brokerage house to this other brokerage gal. Well, that&#x27;s just rearranging the furniture on the Titanic because the money is still all at risk. Correct? It&#x27;s true. It is very true. And what was your point? And something else that you&#x27;ve mentioned in the past is paralysis by analysis where people get confronted with this, I think, of a tsunami coming at you and just don&#x27;t know where to tackle it. And that can be very frustrating when you don&#x27;t have a professional with you. Yeah. Well, it makes a lot of sense. So here&#x27;s a question. Remember full service, Phil, at the gas station? Yeah. I think even in New Jersey, they still do that.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> They still do. Yeah, they do. So you drive up, go over that little thing, and then that little bell would ring. I remember back in the day, of course, I was little Pete back in the Ambassador Station Wagon days with the wood panel. It looked like Chevy Chase&#x27;s station wagon. Dad would buy them from the state auction. They were cheaper, like they were state cars. But we&#x27;d pull in, and Mom would be driving, and I think Bob or Jeff would be in front. I like to be in back so I could stay out of trouble. Mom didn&#x27;t see what I was doing a lot of times. But we&#x27;d pull in, and two guys would run out. They would pop our trunk. They&#x27;d check the oil. They&#x27;d refill the windshield washer stuff, and they would fill the car up. And we didn&#x27;t have to get out. And so that same kind of theory is what we built the financial fill-up strategy around. And let me ask you this question. What if filling up your retirement income worked like filling up your car?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You just pull in, and they top it off once a month, and it just keeps running all the way through your life. That&#x27;s the everlasting gobstopper in the financial world. Remember Willy Wonka? Yeah. Yeah, I could get bored with the same candy, though, wouldn&#x27;t you? I would. What if it kept putting new flavor, I guess? Remember the everlasting gobstopper? I mean, as a candy connoisseur, Thomas, growing up, I loved to watch Willy Wonka chocolate fag. Oh, me too, me too. And I&#x27;ll tell you, I can always go back to a butterfinger. Never lay a finger on my butterfinger, as they say. But, Phil, we&#x27;re talking about the financial fill-up. And a lot of people, again, ask yourself that question. What if you could just every month wake up, and there&#x27;s a new check in your mailbox? How would that make you feel? That would make me feel fantastic. I would love to have my bank account get refilled every month. Yeah.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Well, it&#x27;s possible. It&#x27;s not one of those improbable things. The problem is a lot of people have their money at too much risk. And when you put your money at risk, what I&#x27;ve seen over my lifetime is if there&#x27;s risk attached, there&#x27;s commissions attached. And the commissions are called fees instead of commissions. But it hurts just as much when the money comes out. That&#x27;s when they can say, well, we don&#x27;t charge commissions. Well, what is this thing coming out of my account every quarter then if you don&#x27;t charge commissions? Well, that&#x27;s a fee. Oh, okay. Well, that makes sense. No, it doesn&#x27;t. In perpetuity. Phil, does that make sense to you? If it&#x27;s coming out of your money, who cares what they call it? It&#x27;s the same thing. I call it a financial termite. That&#x27;s good. Whether you make money or lose money. I&#x27;ve never seen somebody say that if they manage your money and they lose money, in that quarter, they won&#x27;t take a fee out of you. Was it like stockbrokers and weathermen are the only people that get paid whether they are right?</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Oh. Yeah. And, you know, the weather, you know, just canceling the cookout is a lot better than losing a lot of money in the market. There you go. Truly. Now that we have microwaves, always cook that hot dog in the microwave. Ballpark Franks, Phil. Remember those? They&#x27;re still around. They&#x27;re still around. What do you mean remember? Well, because they&#x27;re different. What was their saying back in the day? Didn&#x27;t they fill up the whole bun? They plump. When do you cook them? Ah, there we go. And they used to plump. I used to love that stuff. I&#x27;d take it out of the microwave. It&#x27;d be double the size. Sure. Not happening anymore. So I&#x27;m just wondering what kind of chemical was in there that shouldn&#x27;t have been. Good stuff. Remember those balloons you&#x27;d grow and you&#x27;d blow yourself? You&#x27;d put the red tube. You&#x27;d put that chemical stuff that had a smell to it and you&#x27;d blow in the tube and it would make a big ball? Mm-hmm. Yeah. Remember the smell, Thomas? Oh, yeah. Did it remind you of model glue a little bit? I mean, you know. Thomas, don&#x27;t admit stuff. But, you know, it&#x27;s funny.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> They don&#x27;t make that anymore either. And I did some research on it. It was some chemical that has like 30 letters in it. Oh, Lord. Dialed methyl. You know, one of those things. Something that the Breaking Bad guy would probably use. Yes. So let&#x27;s make sure that our plan is doing what it&#x27;s supposed to do. And I want you guys, Thomas, do you have a trivia question? Because I want to give a couple of these new books out. Always, always. All right. You got it handy? Let&#x27;s do it. Let me put the trivia music. All right, folks. So you&#x27;re going to be able to text your response to the number 600-700. Yes or no? Can a beneficiary designation on certain accounts override what your will says? Yes or no to 600-700. What do you think?</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> Good trivia question there. Can a beneficiary designation on certain accounts override what your will says? Text yes or no to 600-700. That is either yes or no to 600-700. And again, you can also call and let us know your response there as well. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And the book is brand new, hot off the press, Modern Planning, Plan Once, Plan for Life. Phil, I&#x27;ve got to get you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages, and it is a instruction manual for a successful retirement, not just trusting what you hear, but verifying and writing. How important is that? So not hope and pray? No. That&#x27;s not a strategy? No. And we&#x27;re going to send this out to you, folks.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> We&#x27;re not going to charge you anything. I&#x27;ve already bought the books, and I&#x27;m going to buy the postage. All you have to do is buy the time, that minute, to text us your address. Truly. And if you have any questions, we can answer those, too. You&#x27;re also going to get a golden ticket in this book, which will give you the ability to get your very own total retirement plan done for you. You can give it as a gift to somebody else if you want. If you come in and have the plan done, we&#x27;ll give you another one to give to one of your closest friends or relatives. I just think it&#x27;s important that we get educated, folks, and make sure our plan is doing what it&#x27;s supposed to do, what we understand it to do, what we&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s going to do. Phil, let&#x27;s return back to the six places you can put your money to bypass probate. Now, earlier we&#x27;ve talked about 401Ks, 403Bs, TSPs. They bypass any will or trust and probate. We have bank accounts with the POD, brokerage accounts with the TOD form.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> They bypass probate and, again, the courts. And then life insurance, as long as it has a beneficiary form filled out correctly, it&#x27;ll bypass probate. There&#x27;s two more. Two more? That&#x27;s right. You want me to tell you what they are? Do you consider annuities the same as life insurance? Life insurance, well, slash annuities, yes, because annuities have a beneficiary form that bypass probate. Good point. We also have traditional and Roth IRAs, individual retirement accounts. If you put a beneficiary on there, don&#x27;t put beneficiary my will because it&#x27;ll go right to will and it&#x27;ll go right through probate. So you can bypass the will. And, again, we&#x27;re talking about forms that, Thomas, I don&#x27;t think people even remember what they filled out many times. No, it&#x27;s true. You know, I was just going over my life insurance a few days ago and realized, oh, my gosh, I haven&#x27;t updated my beneficiary designation.</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> Yeah, and you do the show every week, so that&#x27;s no excuse. It&#x27;s true, exactly. You know who has the worst yard in the neighborhood? The landscape. Yeah, because he&#x27;s too busy doing stuff for everybody else. Exactly. So, Phil, that&#x27;s five of the six. And number six, and Thomas, we used to have a drum roll. I don&#x27;t have it anymore. But number six is joint accounts with survivorship. Phil, you want to talk about that? Yeah, and I&#x27;m always careful with the joint conversation on bank accounts because you could have joint signer, which confuses people, or joint owner with rights of survivorship. People hear joint, and they automatically think that it&#x27;s set up properly, and a lot of times that&#x27;s not the case because what did you ask the bank teller to actually do? And so, yes, joint bank accounts, if they&#x27;re set up properly, can avoid probate, but it can&#x27;t be a joint signer.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> That rights of survivorship is a key element to that. Again, folks, that is Phil Graham, our financial strategist from the Charlotte, North Carolina area, friend of the show, and friend of Coach Pete for over 30 years. Phil is an expert whenever I want some information like this, and thanks, Phil, for that answer. Sure. Thomas, very important that people make sure that they have these forms reviewed. Yes. And, you know, you&#x27;ve got to ask yourself, when&#x27;s the last time you really thought about this? And most people, it&#x27;s been a while. You&#x27;re thinking about paying your mortgage and everything else. You&#x27;re not thinking about something more important, which is this. It&#x27;s true. And once you die, it&#x27;s too late. Oh, yeah. Well, yeah. You can&#x27;t change it after you die is the problem. If you can figure out a way to do that, you should patent it. Right. Casper, the friendly ghost. Yeah, well, there you go. And so, yeah, it&#x27;s just very important that we make sure that we&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And a lot of times, we don&#x27;t know right for wrong. And that&#x27;s why we talk about it in this book, Modern Planning, making sure that you get those six bypass ways, ways to bypass the probate process in your mind. But not only in your mind, in your wallet. Because your money&#x27;s in your wallet, your money&#x27;s on your mind, on your money, on your mind, on your wallet, whatever that song was, Thomas. You know what we&#x27;re talking about? I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. Phil, you know what we&#x27;re talking about, too. You&#x27;ve got a son. I know that song. Money on my mind and mind on my money. Got my mind on my money. That was Dr. Dre. Oh, yeah. Was he a real doctor? What was he doctorate? Music. Usually when I say something like that, I see Thomas typing away. He wasn&#x27;t even typing. No, I wasn&#x27;t even going to try. Phil, the financial fill-up strategy. How important is it? We&#x27;ve got about 40 seconds now.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> How important is it for everybody out there to make sure they have their very own financial fill-up strategy that gives them that monthly check for the rest of their life? The key word you said, Coach, is strategy. It&#x27;s not just a plan. It&#x27;s not something you do after the fact. It is a true financial fill-up strategy. That lifetime income or that guaranteed paycheck coming in every month, and we can talk about this on a different episode, but it&#x27;s been proven that people actually live longer in retirement when they have that money hitting their account every month guaranteed versus the hoping and wishing of just pulling it from their market accounts and praying it doesn&#x27;t go down. And so I think it&#x27;s one of the most important pieces of a retirement plan, and it&#x27;s the foundation that the rest of your retirement, the rest of your estate plan is built around that financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Yeah, very important. And financial termite&#x27;s another culprit. Matter of fact, we have an e-book here on financial termites. If you want a copy of this financial termite e-book to help you identify unnecessary risk, fees, or commissions in your portfolio, we will send it right out to you if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or just text that keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the short code 600-700. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about five quiet drains on your retirement portfolio, folks. Very important.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham and Coach Pete D’Arruda connect retirement income with the broader work of estate and legacy planning. They discuss the shift away from employer pensions, the stress of repeatedly second-guessing investments, and why a written strategy should explain how monthly income supports the rest of a plan. The conversation returns to beneficiary forms, financial blind spots, and reviewing costs before they erode savings. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement income, retirement planning, estate planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc/image.jpg?t=1792073410&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-plan-once-plan-for-life-income-and-legacy-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc/image.jpg?t=1792073410&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:20 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7f0d2d62-92ca-4910-97bd-b4e10154f4cc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11906889" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-plan-once-plan-for-life-income-and-legacy-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>6</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Plan Once, Plan for Life—Income and Legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:01" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:25" title="Music and live entertainment" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: The Beneficiary Forms Your Will May Not Control (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: The Beneficiary Forms Your Will May Not Control (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb here in studio with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line, a friend of the show, who has been a financial strategist for going on 30 years. Coach, you have such great friends. Well, yeah, I keep good friends around. If they&#x27;re very nice people, then I get along good with them. They&#x27;re not trying to jump off a bridge, right? No, we don&#x27;t want any of that. You know, we talked, I teased people before we left. I said six accounts that never read your will. And that&#x27;s a strange way to look at it, but what does that mean? Well, you spend a lot of money on a will or even a trust, and some accounts that don&#x27;t depend on that or don&#x27;t even look at it, or you can bypass that. And so people spend real money on a will and then assume it governs everything they own. For a great many households, it governs almost none of it.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> In other words, it doesn&#x27;t really handle much at all. So the largest accounts pass from a form somebody filled out years ago. It&#x27;s a form you fill out when you get in certain things. We&#x27;re going to talk about that. And the will never gets a vote. In other words, there&#x27;s some ways to bypass that will or trust. This is not a loophole, and it&#x27;s not a mistake in the law. It&#x27;s just how these accounts were designed to work quickly, privately, and outside of court. That&#x27;s a good thing, by the way. The trouble is that the form is usually signed on the first day of employment, filed away, and never looked at again through a marriage, a divorce, a death, and 30 years of life. So, Phil, in other words, the 20-year-old Coach Pete has nothing to do with the 60-year-old Coach Pete. Right? A whole different thing. What if I had filled out a form when I was 23 and I started a 401K with a company, and now I&#x27;m 60?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I don&#x27;t remember filling that form out. I don&#x27;t remember what I did yesterday these days sometimes. What I had for dinner, that kind of thing. So there&#x27;s six accounts, though, that you can buy. This is a good thing. I set it up to make it sound like it was maybe mysterious or not good. These are good things to bypass the court, bypassing probate and bypassing even trust a lot of times. You have to know what forms. A lot of people write all the language in the will or trust, but no one will ever read that because they filled out a form that bypasses it. So, Phil, do you want to give one of the six that don&#x27;t depend on the trust or will? I would say probably 401K because it has a beneficiary. Exactly. But the real question is, do you know who the beneficiary is you have on your 401K? Could be an ex-spouse.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Is it your ex-wife? Yeah. So you never know. That&#x27;s why we encourage people to review your beneficiary forms. And a lot of people don&#x27;t even remember filling it out. But once a year, if you can, at least every five years. And when we get closer to retirement or in retirement, maybe every year because things speed up. That&#x27;s right. I mean, years seem to go faster. So 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. Now, TSPs are the Thrift Savings Plan. We&#x27;ve got a brand new book out called Thrift or Thrive. And if you&#x27;re a federal employee, you really need to get your hands on this. And by the way, I love federal employees, Thomas. That&#x27;s our mail people, and they do a great job. Anyone who works for FBI people. I love my FBI people. Don&#x27;t want to get mad at me. But, you know, federal employees, you spend all your time. I mean, think about the mailmen and women. They&#x27;re working seven days a week now, it seems like.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> I&#x27;m getting mail all the time. So I really appreciate them. So I want to donate to them my appreciation. I&#x27;ve got the book, Thrift or Thrive. If you are a federal employee, all you have to do is call now, and I will send you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 100 pages of very helpful tips and techniques to make sure you can maximize and truly benefit from your retirement plan and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right things. So, Thomas, federal employees, the next 20 right now. All right, folks, just call 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or you can text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700 because, Coach, great gift here. Yeah. Phil, this is just a fun topic to me because this is talking about bypassing probate. We&#x27;ve heard that phrase before. I just rephrased it a little bit. But bypassing probate. So we&#x27;ve got the 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We count that as just one group. So there&#x27;s five more places that you can make sure to fill out correctly and bypass that trust or will. Do you want to give another one or do you want me to? Well, one that I talk about a lot because there&#x27;s certain accounts that don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. Sure. Bank accounts or certain investment accounts don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. So you have to add a TOD or POD, a specific form to specific people to transfer that money on death or pay that money on death, which does avoid probate to allow those accounts to go around them too. I&#x27;ve been amazed over 34 years of talking to folks in the financial arena that most people have never heard of this and many times didn&#x27;t fill it out, especially when you open a bank account.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> POD. Phil, basically you gave me two answers, too. You gave me two of the six right there. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m an overachiever, Coach. But POD is payable on death, and you fill that out ahead of time. And that means when you pass away, as long as the death certificate is supplied, that money goes right to the beneficiary. You don&#x27;t have to go through probate. That&#x27;s the POD with the bank account. Your CDs, anything you signed up with the bank. Call your banker if you don&#x27;t have that or don&#x27;t see it or can&#x27;t find it or don&#x27;t remember it. Or bring in what you have here. We can call the bank for you, with you. And then we talked about brokerage accounts. That&#x27;s where you have signed up, you know, online, maybe the E-Trades or wherever you have a brokerage account at. You probably either did or don&#x27;t remember or maybe didn&#x27;t do a TOD form. That means transfer on death. Phil, big question to you. Why do they just name them both the same thing?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> I mean, they both do the same thing. They just want to be different, I guess. TOD for brokerage accounts and POD for bank accounts. Is there a reason? My understanding is the transfer on death transfers ownership, so that way you don&#x27;t have to liquidate those investment holdings to pay it out. Whereas at the bank, it&#x27;s just cash. You know, you&#x27;re not worried about is the stock market up or down. Now, tell folks a very important thing about when we die, the money in our stock accounts, when the money passes on or transfers on to the next of kin. What kind of taxes are owed on that stock? Let&#x27;s say granny bought UPS at, let&#x27;s say, $5 a share. And that&#x27;s $500 a share when she passed away. That&#x27;s a $495 per share capital gain. What did the beneficiaries owe that day they inherited that money on granny buying that five, and now it&#x27;s worth $500.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> What do you owe capital gains-wise? If it&#x27;s set up correctly, you can get a stepped-up basis. So what does that mean? It means you don&#x27;t have to pay any tax, and me as the person inheriting the money, my new cost basis, what my future tax is going to be based on is that higher value, which is what a lot of wealthy people do, is they borrow from their brokerage accounts versus actually liquidating so they avoid the capital gains or at least defer it almost in perpetuity. Now, that&#x27;s great. If you can afford that and don&#x27;t need the money, then that&#x27;s the best way to pass it on. Unfortunately, a lot of people have most of their money tied to the stock market, and they need to fund their retirement plan. And I&#x27;ve heard this phrase now three times from my advisors in the last couple weeks where people have said, I&#x27;ve got too much of a gain. I don&#x27;t want to liquidate my stock right now, but they need the money to live on.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> But they&#x27;re worried about paying taxes. And my phrase, and I&#x27;ve used this phrase, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And let me ask you this question, Phil. Do you think we are in, historically, are we in a good or bad tax environment for capital gains tax? We are in some of the greatest tax rates in history. So they&#x27;re on sale right now. And with our debt going up every day, with more people needing Medicare, more people needing Social Security, and fewer people actually paying taxes, I think tax rates have – mathematically, they have to go up. Yeah, and whoever&#x27;s paying taxes is going to be left footing the bill.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> And now they&#x27;re starting to go after your retirement income heavily from a tax perspective because that&#x27;s where the bulk of the income is coming from. Yeah, well, we had David Walker on, former U.S. Comptroller General under Clinton and Bush. So he&#x27;s on both sides. And he said, Coach, I had to resign because I got tired of signing checks and we&#x27;re going to bounce. And he is agreeing where tax rates are going to go up like crazy. And so if you&#x27;re delaying liquidating a gain now because you want to somehow hope for some imaginary tax deduction, I don&#x27;t think those days are coming. And if you need that money, you&#x27;re torturing yourself right now by not paying those taxes. And you&#x27;re going to torture yourself in the future when you could have paid tax rates at what it is today. And what if we do this wealth tax they&#x27;re talking about where they&#x27;re going to tax you on all your gains anyway?</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Or all the money you have in your accounts, by the way, not just gains. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense. And taxes have been as high as 99%. Ronald Reagan, when he was an actor, it was the reason he got into politics is because any dollar he made over $100,000, they taxed at 99%. So he only did two films a year at $50,000 each because he goes, why would I work for a penny on the dollar? Yeah. So if you&#x27;re in this situation, and a lot of you are, where you need money, but you&#x27;re going without now because you don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax, but you&#x27;ve got plenty of money sitting there captive in the market. And the only reason it&#x27;s captive is because in your mind, you don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. Folks, I don&#x27;t either. I hate taxes. But you&#x27;re going to have to pay some. But pay it now and get it moved before, number one, let&#x27;s say that gain turns into a loss.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, now you&#x27;re going to kick yourself if you didn&#x27;t maximize your gain. And if you sell way up here, even if you pay taxes, you&#x27;re going to have more than if you wait for it to go down and then sell at a loss. Amen. So call right now. We can go through with you all the different options you have, and there are more than you think. So Thomas, give our number out. The next 10 people call. We&#x27;ll do a full review for you. And we&#x27;ll also do that financial termite inspection report. You really need to know how much money is coming out that doesn&#x27;t need to be. And it&#x27;s hidden a lot of times. We have special tools and techniques. You can identify that. Call it a financial termite inspection report. It&#x27;s included in my recipe for success. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. And you&#x27;ll leave with three books when you come in. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Phil. That&#x27;s six places that you could bypass basically probate. We looked at 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. That counted as one. We looked at bank accounts with a POD form that&#x27;s payable on death. We looked at brokerage accounts with a TOD form that&#x27;s transfer on death. So that&#x27;s three of the six. What&#x27;s number four? I would have to say life insurance. I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;ve said that yet. No, we haven&#x27;t. Very good one, too, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s the one I think most people think of first is life insurance. Yeah. Well, the only thing that&#x27;s required then is, number one, you have a policy. Well, true. And number two, you answered the questions truthfully on the life insurance app. Phil, we see with any kind of insurance that you have to be honest.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And so if you were a smoker and didn&#x27;t say you were a smoker and you died, they&#x27;re going to deny that claim when they figure out you were a smoker. They&#x27;re going to give your beneficiary the premiums you paid back, but they&#x27;re not going to give you the death benefit. So make sure you&#x27;re honest on the life insurance contract. We talked about Ronald Reagan. We talked about Abe Lincoln. Honest Abe. Be honest Abe when you&#x27;re filling out a life insurance app. There you go. Because they have a whole FBI-type staff there to make sure you&#x27;re telling the truth. But all that&#x27;s really required for life insurance is a death certificate. And number one is your beneficiaries, your folks that you&#x27;re leaving the money to, they need to know you have that. And so we have the little green book of life I wrote a couple years ago. And it&#x27;s 100 pages, interactive pages, which you fill out yourself. And it asks you all these questions. And you fill it out with policy numbers and phone numbers so that when you pass away, your next of kin doesn&#x27;t have to waste years, if not even not finding things,</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> not knowing where you put stuff. So this is your treasure map for the grave. And so I&#x27;m going to give this out, Thomas, to the next 20 people who call and come in for their no-cost total retirement plan. Folks, this is invaluable. It puts you ahead of the financial world and tell folks how they can do that, get that. And we also leave with my book, the Total Retirement Plan. That&#x27;s 22 steps. It&#x27;s $99 on Amazon, but it&#x27;s free if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. And we&#x27;re going to cover the rest of the list when we come right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb here in studio with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line, a friend of the show, who has been a financial strategist for going on 30 years. Coach, you have such great friends. Well, yeah, I keep good friends around. If they&#x27;re very nice people, then I get along good with them. They&#x27;re not trying to jump off a bridge, right? No, we don&#x27;t want any of that. You know, we talked, I teased people before we left. I said six accounts that never read your will. And that&#x27;s a strange way to look at it, but what does that mean? Well, you spend a lot of money on a will or even a trust, and some accounts that don&#x27;t depend on that or don&#x27;t even look at it, or you can bypass that. And so people spend real money on a will and then assume it governs everything they own. For a great many households, it governs almost none of it.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> In other words, it doesn&#x27;t really handle much at all. So the largest accounts pass from a form somebody filled out years ago. It&#x27;s a form you fill out when you get in certain things. We&#x27;re going to talk about that. And the will never gets a vote. In other words, there&#x27;s some ways to bypass that will or trust. This is not a loophole, and it&#x27;s not a mistake in the law. It&#x27;s just how these accounts were designed to work quickly, privately, and outside of court. That&#x27;s a good thing, by the way. The trouble is that the form is usually signed on the first day of employment, filed away, and never looked at again through a marriage, a divorce, a death, and 30 years of life. So, Phil, in other words, the 20-year-old Coach Pete has nothing to do with the 60-year-old Coach Pete. Right? A whole different thing. What if I had filled out a form when I was 23 and I started a 401K with a company, and now I&#x27;m 60?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I don&#x27;t remember filling that form out. I don&#x27;t remember what I did yesterday these days sometimes. What I had for dinner, that kind of thing. So there&#x27;s six accounts, though, that you can buy. This is a good thing. I set it up to make it sound like it was maybe mysterious or not good. These are good things to bypass the court, bypassing probate and bypassing even trust a lot of times. You have to know what forms. A lot of people write all the language in the will or trust, but no one will ever read that because they filled out a form that bypasses it. So, Phil, do you want to give one of the six that don&#x27;t depend on the trust or will? I would say probably 401K because it has a beneficiary. Exactly. But the real question is, do you know who the beneficiary is you have on your 401K? Could be an ex-spouse.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Is it your ex-wife? Yeah. So you never know. That&#x27;s why we encourage people to review your beneficiary forms. And a lot of people don&#x27;t even remember filling it out. But once a year, if you can, at least every five years. And when we get closer to retirement or in retirement, maybe every year because things speed up. That&#x27;s right. I mean, years seem to go faster. So 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. Now, TSPs are the Thrift Savings Plan. We&#x27;ve got a brand new book out called Thrift or Thrive. And if you&#x27;re a federal employee, you really need to get your hands on this. And by the way, I love federal employees, Thomas. That&#x27;s our mail people, and they do a great job. Anyone who works for FBI people. I love my FBI people. Don&#x27;t want to get mad at me. But, you know, federal employees, you spend all your time. I mean, think about the mailmen and women. They&#x27;re working seven days a week now, it seems like.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> I&#x27;m getting mail all the time. So I really appreciate them. So I want to donate to them my appreciation. I&#x27;ve got the book, Thrift or Thrive. If you are a federal employee, all you have to do is call now, and I will send you a copy of this book. It&#x27;s over 100 pages of very helpful tips and techniques to make sure you can maximize and truly benefit from your retirement plan and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right things. So, Thomas, federal employees, the next 20 right now. All right, folks, just call 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or you can text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700 because, Coach, great gift here. Yeah. Phil, this is just a fun topic to me because this is talking about bypassing probate. We&#x27;ve heard that phrase before. I just rephrased it a little bit. But bypassing probate. So we&#x27;ve got the 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We count that as just one group. So there&#x27;s five more places that you can make sure to fill out correctly and bypass that trust or will. Do you want to give another one or do you want me to? Well, one that I talk about a lot because there&#x27;s certain accounts that don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. Sure. Bank accounts or certain investment accounts don&#x27;t naturally have beneficiaries. So you have to add a TOD or POD, a specific form to specific people to transfer that money on death or pay that money on death, which does avoid probate to allow those accounts to go around them too. I&#x27;ve been amazed over 34 years of talking to folks in the financial arena that most people have never heard of this and many times didn&#x27;t fill it out, especially when you open a bank account.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> POD. Phil, basically you gave me two answers, too. You gave me two of the six right there. That&#x27;s right. I&#x27;m an overachiever, Coach. But POD is payable on death, and you fill that out ahead of time. And that means when you pass away, as long as the death certificate is supplied, that money goes right to the beneficiary. You don&#x27;t have to go through probate. That&#x27;s the POD with the bank account. Your CDs, anything you signed up with the bank. Call your banker if you don&#x27;t have that or don&#x27;t see it or can&#x27;t find it or don&#x27;t remember it. Or bring in what you have here. We can call the bank for you, with you. And then we talked about brokerage accounts. That&#x27;s where you have signed up, you know, online, maybe the E-Trades or wherever you have a brokerage account at. You probably either did or don&#x27;t remember or maybe didn&#x27;t do a TOD form. That means transfer on death. Phil, big question to you. Why do they just name them both the same thing?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> I mean, they both do the same thing. They just want to be different, I guess. TOD for brokerage accounts and POD for bank accounts. Is there a reason? My understanding is the transfer on death transfers ownership, so that way you don&#x27;t have to liquidate those investment holdings to pay it out. Whereas at the bank, it&#x27;s just cash. You know, you&#x27;re not worried about is the stock market up or down. Now, tell folks a very important thing about when we die, the money in our stock accounts, when the money passes on or transfers on to the next of kin. What kind of taxes are owed on that stock? Let&#x27;s say granny bought UPS at, let&#x27;s say, $5 a share. And that&#x27;s $500 a share when she passed away. That&#x27;s a $495 per share capital gain. What did the beneficiaries owe that day they inherited that money on granny buying that five, and now it&#x27;s worth $500.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> What do you owe capital gains-wise? If it&#x27;s set up correctly, you can get a stepped-up basis. So what does that mean? It means you don&#x27;t have to pay any tax, and me as the person inheriting the money, my new cost basis, what my future tax is going to be based on is that higher value, which is what a lot of wealthy people do, is they borrow from their brokerage accounts versus actually liquidating so they avoid the capital gains or at least defer it almost in perpetuity. Now, that&#x27;s great. If you can afford that and don&#x27;t need the money, then that&#x27;s the best way to pass it on. Unfortunately, a lot of people have most of their money tied to the stock market, and they need to fund their retirement plan. And I&#x27;ve heard this phrase now three times from my advisors in the last couple weeks where people have said, I&#x27;ve got too much of a gain. I don&#x27;t want to liquidate my stock right now, but they need the money to live on.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> But they&#x27;re worried about paying taxes. And my phrase, and I&#x27;ve used this phrase, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And let me ask you this question, Phil. Do you think we are in, historically, are we in a good or bad tax environment for capital gains tax? We are in some of the greatest tax rates in history. So they&#x27;re on sale right now. And with our debt going up every day, with more people needing Medicare, more people needing Social Security, and fewer people actually paying taxes, I think tax rates have – mathematically, they have to go up. Yeah, and whoever&#x27;s paying taxes is going to be left footing the bill.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> And now they&#x27;re starting to go after your retirement income heavily from a tax perspective because that&#x27;s where the bulk of the income is coming from. Yeah, well, we had David Walker on, former U.S. Comptroller General under Clinton and Bush. So he&#x27;s on both sides. And he said, Coach, I had to resign because I got tired of signing checks and we&#x27;re going to bounce. And he is agreeing where tax rates are going to go up like crazy. And so if you&#x27;re delaying liquidating a gain now because you want to somehow hope for some imaginary tax deduction, I don&#x27;t think those days are coming. And if you need that money, you&#x27;re torturing yourself right now by not paying those taxes. And you&#x27;re going to torture yourself in the future when you could have paid tax rates at what it is today. And what if we do this wealth tax they&#x27;re talking about where they&#x27;re going to tax you on all your gains anyway?</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Or all the money you have in your accounts, by the way, not just gains. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense. And taxes have been as high as 99%. Ronald Reagan, when he was an actor, it was the reason he got into politics is because any dollar he made over $100,000, they taxed at 99%. So he only did two films a year at $50,000 each because he goes, why would I work for a penny on the dollar? Yeah. So if you&#x27;re in this situation, and a lot of you are, where you need money, but you&#x27;re going without now because you don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax, but you&#x27;ve got plenty of money sitting there captive in the market. And the only reason it&#x27;s captive is because in your mind, you don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. Folks, I don&#x27;t either. I hate taxes. But you&#x27;re going to have to pay some. But pay it now and get it moved before, number one, let&#x27;s say that gain turns into a loss.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, now you&#x27;re going to kick yourself if you didn&#x27;t maximize your gain. And if you sell way up here, even if you pay taxes, you&#x27;re going to have more than if you wait for it to go down and then sell at a loss. Amen. So call right now. We can go through with you all the different options you have, and there are more than you think. So Thomas, give our number out. The next 10 people call. We&#x27;ll do a full review for you. And we&#x27;ll also do that financial termite inspection report. You really need to know how much money is coming out that doesn&#x27;t need to be. And it&#x27;s hidden a lot of times. We have special tools and techniques. You can identify that. Call it a financial termite inspection report. It&#x27;s included in my recipe for success. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do it at no cost or obligation. And you&#x27;ll leave with three books when you come in. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Keyword plan to 600-700. All right, Phil. That&#x27;s six places that you could bypass basically probate. We looked at 401Ks, 403Bs, and TSPs. That counted as one. We looked at bank accounts with a POD form that&#x27;s payable on death. We looked at brokerage accounts with a TOD form that&#x27;s transfer on death. So that&#x27;s three of the six. What&#x27;s number four? I would have to say life insurance. I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;ve said that yet. No, we haven&#x27;t. Very good one, too, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s the one I think most people think of first is life insurance. Yeah. Well, the only thing that&#x27;s required then is, number one, you have a policy. Well, true. And number two, you answered the questions truthfully on the life insurance app. Phil, we see with any kind of insurance that you have to be honest.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And so if you were a smoker and didn&#x27;t say you were a smoker and you died, they&#x27;re going to deny that claim when they figure out you were a smoker. They&#x27;re going to give your beneficiary the premiums you paid back, but they&#x27;re not going to give you the death benefit. So make sure you&#x27;re honest on the life insurance contract. We talked about Ronald Reagan. We talked about Abe Lincoln. Honest Abe. Be honest Abe when you&#x27;re filling out a life insurance app. There you go. Because they have a whole FBI-type staff there to make sure you&#x27;re telling the truth. But all that&#x27;s really required for life insurance is a death certificate. And number one is your beneficiaries, your folks that you&#x27;re leaving the money to, they need to know you have that. And so we have the little green book of life I wrote a couple years ago. And it&#x27;s 100 pages, interactive pages, which you fill out yourself. And it asks you all these questions. And you fill it out with policy numbers and phone numbers so that when you pass away, your next of kin doesn&#x27;t have to waste years, if not even not finding things,</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> not knowing where you put stuff. So this is your treasure map for the grave. And so I&#x27;m going to give this out, Thomas, to the next 20 people who call and come in for their no-cost total retirement plan. Folks, this is invaluable. It puts you ahead of the financial world and tell folks how they can do that, get that. And we also leave with my book, the Total Retirement Plan. That&#x27;s 22 steps. It&#x27;s $99 on Amazon, but it&#x27;s free if you call right now. And that number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. And we&#x27;re going to cover the rest of the list when we come right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Phil Graham discuss why a will does not necessarily decide who receives every account. They explore beneficiary designations, payable-on-death and transfer-on-death arrangements, life insurance, and the problems that can follow outdated paperwork. Hear the questions they suggest asking when reviewing who is named on your accounts and how those choices fit your family’s legacy plan. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, estate planning, life insurance, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/image.jpg?t=1792073414&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-the-beneficiary-forms-your-will-may-not-control-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/image.jpg?t=1792073414&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:19 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/61ac5c51-e2c2-4ed3-8b18-b4e10154e6b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11915483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-the-beneficiary-forms-your-will-may-not-control-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>7</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:19" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:30" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Retirement Blind Spots, Fees, and an Income Strategy (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Retirement Blind Spots, Fees, and an Income Strategy (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss the questions that can reveal weaknesses in a retirement plan. They examine financial blind spots, hidden costs, market losses near retirement, and the difference between an account balance and a dependable income strategy. The conversation connects those risks with Coach Pete’s Financial Fill-Up approach to planning for future spending. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for the show today. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb with you here in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have a special guest on the line with us, Phil Graham, friend of the show, financial strategist that Coach Pete has known for a very long time, nearly three decades in the financial arena. Welcome in, guys. What&#x27;s happening, Thomas? Oh, everything. I&#x27;m loving it. I&#x27;m excited for the show today. We haven&#x27;t had you on in a few months here now, and every time we have you on the show, Coach, I got to say it. It&#x27;s just a fantastic program. So much insight comes out. I&#x27;ve known Phil for over 20 years now, probably more than that, Phil. I mean, who knows? It&#x27;s been a long time. We&#x27;re getting older. Good thing, though. I like getting older. Better than the alternative. And he&#x27;s in the Charlotte area, an area called Cornelius.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And when I hear that, I think of playing the Apes because I&#x27;m older. Ah, yes, yes. I think of Vanderbilt. I think of the Biltmore House. So, Cornelius Vanderbilt. Oh, there you go. He&#x27;s in our series, Grow It or Blow It, Volume 1. Yes, he is. Bryson, he was a blow it, wasn&#x27;t he? Not him, but his next generation and generation after that. His posterity. Yeah. Yes, absolutely was. Yeah, unfortunately. No, Phil, it&#x27;s just a fast-moving world. We see this every single day and every single year, and it&#x27;s been a great time knowing you. And every time we&#x27;ve got together, we&#x27;ve talked about some different financial things that have come up. So, one of the things is, the question we always ask each other, and it&#x27;s good to think about, when the market had its worst week in years, did you have a single dollar sitting somewhere that couldn&#x27;t lose a dime? That&#x27;s what we ask people a lot of times.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And a lot of people can&#x27;t answer that honestly or truthfully and say, no, all my money was exposed to bad things. Is that a good thing to have all your money exposed if and when the market&#x27;s going all the way down or down? Even if it&#x27;s not necessarily a good or bad thing, is it a scary thing? I think that would be frightening if I didn&#x27;t know whether my money was safe or not, especially if I&#x27;m close to retirement. I think that would be a scary thing. Yeah. I mean, what if there&#x27;s a lot of financial termites in there, too? I mean, and the first question you have to ask yourself is, what is a financial termite? You hear this guy on the radio talking about it. And then you ask your advisor, oh, don&#x27;t worry, that guy doesn&#x27;t know what he&#x27;s talking about. That Coach Pete guy? No, he&#x27;s just stupid. No, financial termites are unnecessary. And there&#x27;s a lot of unnecessary things.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> We needed to go to Webster&#x27;s Dictionary and look up that term, what unnecessary is. But unnecessary fees, risks, and commissions. Now, what&#x27;s an unnecessary commission in your mind, Phil? I call it Dr. Phil, but Phil? Something I don&#x27;t get value from. Yeah. Yeah. I would look at that as unnecessary. Hey, Thomas, Phil didn&#x27;t know he was going to come on and get drilled today, did he? No, it&#x27;s, you know, unnecessary. Thomas, I saw you typing. Did you look it up? I looked it up. There you go. So it means not necessary, believe it or not, is what Webster&#x27;s is telling me on the interwebs here. What was the definition? Not necessary. Of what? Of what word? Unnecessary. So unnecessary is not necessary. Well, yeah, Webster did a lot of work on that one.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> I know, really? Oh, man. I think that person was taking the day off when he wrote that definition. Oh, this is funny. Check this out. Browse nearby words. Unnecessarness and unnecessated. Coach, it sounds like you and I wrote this dictionary. Yeah, yeah. Thomas, like they do when they&#x27;re stalling on the spelling bee. Can you give that to me in a sentence? Hey, no. No, unfortunately, I cannot. When you say, Coach, that&#x27;s unnecessary. Yay. I like that. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s a good one. That&#x27;s a good one. Hey, Phil, while I got you on the phone, you know, we learned this a couple of weeks ago or probably a couple of months ago now. It seems like just yesterday on the show. But, you know, we have borders on our country between us and Canada and us and Mexico. What do the people in Finland call their border? Let me think for a second.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> Thomas, you got the Jeopardy music? Tick, tock, tick, tock, tick, tock. I have no idea, Coach. I can&#x27;t wait to hear the answer, though. Well, it&#x27;s the finish line, of course. Dang it. There you go. Sounds like a morning show to me. I love it. I love it. But it&#x27;s just important, and there&#x27;s nothing to make fun of, but there&#x27;s too many people out there that don&#x27;t realize what&#x27;s really going on in their wallet. So, folks, do you really, and ask yourself this honestly, do you really know where every dollar in your portfolio is going, has been, or will go, depending on what happens in the market or what your advisor has built into your plan that might not be necessary? Again, there&#x27;s that word again, unnecessary or necessary. So, it&#x27;s a good question to ask. And, Phil, you know, you&#x27;ve been around advisors for over three decades now.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> And what do you think some of the main concerns when they&#x27;re meeting with clients or people that they&#x27;re meeting with that are concerned? Maybe they&#x27;re not clients yet. But what do you think some of the, like, let&#x27;s go over three main concerns. Somebody who is approaching that financial red zone. Let&#x27;s say somebody 60, in the early 60s. What do you think three main concerns that they need to be paying attention to that they really haven&#x27;t thought about the last decade or even their whole life? Because it&#x27;s a whole different time of your life when you approach this retirement world. I mean, it seems like so far away, then it&#x27;s here. But what do people need to do to make sure they&#x27;re successful in retirement? What I&#x27;ve seen is a lot of people actually are closer to being able to retire than they think as long as they don&#x27;t lose a lot of money right before they retire.</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> To me, that&#x27;s a big threat is, hey, I want to retire in a couple years, coach. And then all of a sudden, there&#x27;s a market correction. We should look up that definition. I don&#x27;t know who the market is correcting for, but it&#x27;s not me. But if the market goes down right before you retire, that&#x27;s not a good thing or something you want to happen is to lose money right before retirement. I think that&#x27;s something they need to look at. Yeah. Well, because it&#x27;s not just losing money. Now you&#x27;re losing time. What do you mean, coach? Well, you can&#x27;t retire now. Right. I mean, you were just getting to that finish line where you were going to, in your mind, just have enough to retire. And then somebody takes 30 or 40% away. What happens next? And on top of that, do you know to the dollar what you paid your advisor last quarter, or</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> does it just quietly come out? Think about that. And even psychologically, even if you could technically get enough income to retire, having a big portion of your nest egg evaporate might make you reconsider retiring. And that&#x27;s not a good mindset that you want to be in either. That&#x27;s a financial evaporation. We can&#x27;t have that either. And so, folks, if you are curious about what&#x27;s going on in your own portfolio, if you weren&#x27;t able to answer these questions we&#x27;ve gone over in a positive way, or maybe it just aroused some curiosity, call right now. Our team will go over with you from point A to point Z what&#x27;s going on in your wallet, where those financial termites are, if there are any. If there aren&#x27;t, it&#x27;s great to get that financial termite inspection report and get an A-plus on that. That&#x27;s good. That means none.</p><p><strong>06:54</strong> We go from A-plus to F. We&#x27;ve seen too many Fs lately. I don&#x27;t want you to have an F. That&#x27;s right. We need to at least, my brothers and I, because my dad was a college professor, we had to have A&#x27;s and B&#x27;s. If we approached the C level, we were in a lot of trouble. And that&#x27;s when the report cards used to come in the mail at the summertime. We&#x27;d get that last report. Now it&#x27;s through the internet. But luckily, back then, it was through the mail. And it was usually a week or two after school was out. And if it came on a Friday, my brothers and I would always get the mail. We would make sure to lose it until Monday. We didn&#x27;t lose the weekend. So we can&#x27;t have, we really need A&#x27;s or B&#x27;s. Anything below a B would not be acceptable to my dad. And it&#x27;s not acceptable to me either, as far as the financial world. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do that financial termite inspection report. We&#x27;ll also put together for you the total retirement plan and color code your money so you know your red, green, yellows.</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> When we get closer to retirement, it&#x27;s more important to have green with lifetime income than it is to have red with maximum risk. Thomas, tell folks how to get that. The next 20 people will do this at no cost or obligation. We have seen others charge over $1,000 for things that don&#x27;t even come close to this. And the question we&#x27;re going to help you answer is where are your advisor&#x27;s fees coming from each quarter? Are they coming from your pocket? Or somewhere else? And if it&#x27;s coming from somewhere else, that means your money stays the same as far as fee-wise. Ask your advisor that. Where are your fees that I pay you? Where are they coming from? Thomas, tell folks that they can call us right now and get on that list to make sure they get that peace of mind, that financial freedom in your mind. Folks, it&#x27;s a great feeling when you approach where you need to be. And you&#x27;ll know when you get there that you&#x27;re in the place you need to be.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> Thomas, give them the number. Absolutely. Connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to the number 600-700. That is keyword PLAN to 600-700. Phil, you want this question? I&#x27;ll give it to you. And I want everyone else out there in Radioland to listen to this and think about this as well. Because this is very, very thought-provoking, Thomas. Okay. When was the last time your advisor called you before the market moved instead of after? Think about that, Phil. We have any Jimmy the Greeks out there? Probably. It&#x27;s rare. I can&#x27;t say never, but I know that it&#x27;s rare. Okay. Okay. Okay. Now, I&#x27;m having to look this one up. Here goes, Thomas. Jimmy the Greek. Yep. Jimmy the Greek. Now, he was from Durham, North Carolina originally.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> He was one of the famous sports predictors back in the day. Ah, yes. Jimmy the Greek. A famous American sports commentator, Las Vegas odds maker. But he was also, well, Las Vegas. Everybody goes to Las Vegas when they get famous. He was from Durham, though. Yeah, that&#x27;s incredible. That is absolutely incredible. I don&#x27;t know his real name. His name, you know, they used to have him on CBS. James Snyder. James Snyder. Well, Jimmy the Greek sounds better, doesn&#x27;t it? Actually, check this out. So, it says James Snyder is his real name, but then over here it says born Demetrios Georgios Sinodinos. Okay, James Snyder. So, there you go. There&#x27;s Jimmy the Greek. What about that? Remember him, Phil? Well, I definitely know the name, 100%. They used to have him on one of the pregame shows. I think it was the CBS NFL shows back in the 70s or 80s. Oh, wow. Yeah, I know I&#x27;m old. But he was pretty accurate. And so, we need to be accurate in our financial world, too.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We need to make sure our advisor is doing what they&#x27;re supposed to be doing, not gambling with our financial future. You know, it&#x27;s easy to take risk with other people&#x27;s money. Yes. And I can&#x27;t do that. I mean, we have to do safety first at my firm because I don&#x27;t want to look you in the eye when you&#x27;re getting ready to retire and tell you you can&#x27;t now because we had that movement downward in the market. And unfortunately, all your money was exposed. So, ask yourself this, folks. How much of my money is exposed to the market? And how would it hurt me if the market went the wrong way right when I didn&#x27;t need it to? And if the answer is, you don&#x27;t know, or I need some help, or let&#x27;s get the real plan, or let&#x27;s get this financial fill-up strategy in place, by the way, financial fill-up, and make sure that we have that monthly check coming regardless of what happens in the market. And our money is going to come for the rest of our lives. And if we pass away, our spouse also continues to get that money for the rest of his or her</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> life. That&#x27;s a true financial freedom plan. We call it the financial fill-up strategy. Of course, that&#x27;s trademark, folks. You can look it up at financialfillup.com. We even have a game show we built around the financial fill-up. Oh, yes. Yeah, but if you want your very own financial fill-up strategy, we can tell you to the penny or the dollar. Let&#x27;s just stretch it to the dollar, Thomas, with inflation. We can tell you to the dollar what your monthly income will be as soon as next year or all the way 30 years from now, depending on when you want to activate your financial fill-up strategy. You can activate it in a week from now, or you can activate it in 10, 15, 20, 30 years, or never activate it and have it go on to your kids. It&#x27;s up to you. It gives you that full financial freedom, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re aiming for, I think. Thomas, give folks the number, and we&#x27;ll do that financial fill-up action plan for you for the next 20 people to call. There&#x27;s going to be no cost, no obligation.</p><p><strong>11:38</strong> You&#x27;ll even get a three-book set of three of the books I&#x27;ve written when you come in. I love it. Folks, it&#x27;s your retirement. Get that power. Put the choices in your hands. Connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial by calling 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text us by texting the keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to the number 600-700. You know, there&#x27;s six accounts that never read your will. I&#x27;ll explain that more when we come back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss the questions that can reveal weaknesses in a retirement plan. They examine financial blind spots, hidden costs, market losses near retirement, and the difference between an account balance and a dependable income strategy. The conversation connects those risks with Coach Pete’s Financial Fill-Up approach to planning for future spending. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for the show today. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb with you here in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have a special guest on the line with us, Phil Graham, friend of the show, financial strategist that Coach Pete has known for a very long time, nearly three decades in the financial arena. Welcome in, guys. What&#x27;s happening, Thomas? Oh, everything. I&#x27;m loving it. I&#x27;m excited for the show today. We haven&#x27;t had you on in a few months here now, and every time we have you on the show, Coach, I got to say it. It&#x27;s just a fantastic program. So much insight comes out. I&#x27;ve known Phil for over 20 years now, probably more than that, Phil. I mean, who knows? It&#x27;s been a long time. We&#x27;re getting older. Good thing, though. I like getting older. Better than the alternative. And he&#x27;s in the Charlotte area, an area called Cornelius.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And when I hear that, I think of playing the Apes because I&#x27;m older. Ah, yes, yes. I think of Vanderbilt. I think of the Biltmore House. So, Cornelius Vanderbilt. Oh, there you go. He&#x27;s in our series, Grow It or Blow It, Volume 1. Yes, he is. Bryson, he was a blow it, wasn&#x27;t he? Not him, but his next generation and generation after that. His posterity. Yeah. Yes, absolutely was. Yeah, unfortunately. No, Phil, it&#x27;s just a fast-moving world. We see this every single day and every single year, and it&#x27;s been a great time knowing you. And every time we&#x27;ve got together, we&#x27;ve talked about some different financial things that have come up. So, one of the things is, the question we always ask each other, and it&#x27;s good to think about, when the market had its worst week in years, did you have a single dollar sitting somewhere that couldn&#x27;t lose a dime? That&#x27;s what we ask people a lot of times.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And a lot of people can&#x27;t answer that honestly or truthfully and say, no, all my money was exposed to bad things. Is that a good thing to have all your money exposed if and when the market&#x27;s going all the way down or down? Even if it&#x27;s not necessarily a good or bad thing, is it a scary thing? I think that would be frightening if I didn&#x27;t know whether my money was safe or not, especially if I&#x27;m close to retirement. I think that would be a scary thing. Yeah. I mean, what if there&#x27;s a lot of financial termites in there, too? I mean, and the first question you have to ask yourself is, what is a financial termite? You hear this guy on the radio talking about it. And then you ask your advisor, oh, don&#x27;t worry, that guy doesn&#x27;t know what he&#x27;s talking about. That Coach Pete guy? No, he&#x27;s just stupid. No, financial termites are unnecessary. And there&#x27;s a lot of unnecessary things.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> We needed to go to Webster&#x27;s Dictionary and look up that term, what unnecessary is. But unnecessary fees, risks, and commissions. Now, what&#x27;s an unnecessary commission in your mind, Phil? I call it Dr. Phil, but Phil? Something I don&#x27;t get value from. Yeah. Yeah. I would look at that as unnecessary. Hey, Thomas, Phil didn&#x27;t know he was going to come on and get drilled today, did he? No, it&#x27;s, you know, unnecessary. Thomas, I saw you typing. Did you look it up? I looked it up. There you go. So it means not necessary, believe it or not, is what Webster&#x27;s is telling me on the interwebs here. What was the definition? Not necessary. Of what? Of what word? Unnecessary. So unnecessary is not necessary. Well, yeah, Webster did a lot of work on that one.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> I know, really? Oh, man. I think that person was taking the day off when he wrote that definition. Oh, this is funny. Check this out. Browse nearby words. Unnecessarness and unnecessated. Coach, it sounds like you and I wrote this dictionary. Yeah, yeah. Thomas, like they do when they&#x27;re stalling on the spelling bee. Can you give that to me in a sentence? Hey, no. No, unfortunately, I cannot. When you say, Coach, that&#x27;s unnecessary. Yay. I like that. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s a good one. That&#x27;s a good one. Hey, Phil, while I got you on the phone, you know, we learned this a couple of weeks ago or probably a couple of months ago now. It seems like just yesterday on the show. But, you know, we have borders on our country between us and Canada and us and Mexico. What do the people in Finland call their border? Let me think for a second.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> Thomas, you got the Jeopardy music? Tick, tock, tick, tock, tick, tock. I have no idea, Coach. I can&#x27;t wait to hear the answer, though. Well, it&#x27;s the finish line, of course. Dang it. There you go. Sounds like a morning show to me. I love it. I love it. But it&#x27;s just important, and there&#x27;s nothing to make fun of, but there&#x27;s too many people out there that don&#x27;t realize what&#x27;s really going on in their wallet. So, folks, do you really, and ask yourself this honestly, do you really know where every dollar in your portfolio is going, has been, or will go, depending on what happens in the market or what your advisor has built into your plan that might not be necessary? Again, there&#x27;s that word again, unnecessary or necessary. So, it&#x27;s a good question to ask. And, Phil, you know, you&#x27;ve been around advisors for over three decades now.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> And what do you think some of the main concerns when they&#x27;re meeting with clients or people that they&#x27;re meeting with that are concerned? Maybe they&#x27;re not clients yet. But what do you think some of the, like, let&#x27;s go over three main concerns. Somebody who is approaching that financial red zone. Let&#x27;s say somebody 60, in the early 60s. What do you think three main concerns that they need to be paying attention to that they really haven&#x27;t thought about the last decade or even their whole life? Because it&#x27;s a whole different time of your life when you approach this retirement world. I mean, it seems like so far away, then it&#x27;s here. But what do people need to do to make sure they&#x27;re successful in retirement? What I&#x27;ve seen is a lot of people actually are closer to being able to retire than they think as long as they don&#x27;t lose a lot of money right before they retire.</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> To me, that&#x27;s a big threat is, hey, I want to retire in a couple years, coach. And then all of a sudden, there&#x27;s a market correction. We should look up that definition. I don&#x27;t know who the market is correcting for, but it&#x27;s not me. But if the market goes down right before you retire, that&#x27;s not a good thing or something you want to happen is to lose money right before retirement. I think that&#x27;s something they need to look at. Yeah. Well, because it&#x27;s not just losing money. Now you&#x27;re losing time. What do you mean, coach? Well, you can&#x27;t retire now. Right. I mean, you were just getting to that finish line where you were going to, in your mind, just have enough to retire. And then somebody takes 30 or 40% away. What happens next? And on top of that, do you know to the dollar what you paid your advisor last quarter, or</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> does it just quietly come out? Think about that. And even psychologically, even if you could technically get enough income to retire, having a big portion of your nest egg evaporate might make you reconsider retiring. And that&#x27;s not a good mindset that you want to be in either. That&#x27;s a financial evaporation. We can&#x27;t have that either. And so, folks, if you are curious about what&#x27;s going on in your own portfolio, if you weren&#x27;t able to answer these questions we&#x27;ve gone over in a positive way, or maybe it just aroused some curiosity, call right now. Our team will go over with you from point A to point Z what&#x27;s going on in your wallet, where those financial termites are, if there are any. If there aren&#x27;t, it&#x27;s great to get that financial termite inspection report and get an A-plus on that. That&#x27;s good. That means none.</p><p><strong>06:54</strong> We go from A-plus to F. We&#x27;ve seen too many Fs lately. I don&#x27;t want you to have an F. That&#x27;s right. We need to at least, my brothers and I, because my dad was a college professor, we had to have A&#x27;s and B&#x27;s. If we approached the C level, we were in a lot of trouble. And that&#x27;s when the report cards used to come in the mail at the summertime. We&#x27;d get that last report. Now it&#x27;s through the internet. But luckily, back then, it was through the mail. And it was usually a week or two after school was out. And if it came on a Friday, my brothers and I would always get the mail. We would make sure to lose it until Monday. We didn&#x27;t lose the weekend. So we can&#x27;t have, we really need A&#x27;s or B&#x27;s. Anything below a B would not be acceptable to my dad. And it&#x27;s not acceptable to me either, as far as the financial world. So call right now. We&#x27;ll do that financial termite inspection report. We&#x27;ll also put together for you the total retirement plan and color code your money so you know your red, green, yellows.</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> When we get closer to retirement, it&#x27;s more important to have green with lifetime income than it is to have red with maximum risk. Thomas, tell folks how to get that. The next 20 people will do this at no cost or obligation. We have seen others charge over $1,000 for things that don&#x27;t even come close to this. And the question we&#x27;re going to help you answer is where are your advisor&#x27;s fees coming from each quarter? Are they coming from your pocket? Or somewhere else? And if it&#x27;s coming from somewhere else, that means your money stays the same as far as fee-wise. Ask your advisor that. Where are your fees that I pay you? Where are they coming from? Thomas, tell folks that they can call us right now and get on that list to make sure they get that peace of mind, that financial freedom in your mind. Folks, it&#x27;s a great feeling when you approach where you need to be. And you&#x27;ll know when you get there that you&#x27;re in the place you need to be.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> Thomas, give them the number. Absolutely. Connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to the number 600-700. That is keyword PLAN to 600-700. Phil, you want this question? I&#x27;ll give it to you. And I want everyone else out there in Radioland to listen to this and think about this as well. Because this is very, very thought-provoking, Thomas. Okay. When was the last time your advisor called you before the market moved instead of after? Think about that, Phil. We have any Jimmy the Greeks out there? Probably. It&#x27;s rare. I can&#x27;t say never, but I know that it&#x27;s rare. Okay. Okay. Okay. Now, I&#x27;m having to look this one up. Here goes, Thomas. Jimmy the Greek. Yep. Jimmy the Greek. Now, he was from Durham, North Carolina originally.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> He was one of the famous sports predictors back in the day. Ah, yes. Jimmy the Greek. A famous American sports commentator, Las Vegas odds maker. But he was also, well, Las Vegas. Everybody goes to Las Vegas when they get famous. He was from Durham, though. Yeah, that&#x27;s incredible. That is absolutely incredible. I don&#x27;t know his real name. His name, you know, they used to have him on CBS. James Snyder. James Snyder. Well, Jimmy the Greek sounds better, doesn&#x27;t it? Actually, check this out. So, it says James Snyder is his real name, but then over here it says born Demetrios Georgios Sinodinos. Okay, James Snyder. So, there you go. There&#x27;s Jimmy the Greek. What about that? Remember him, Phil? Well, I definitely know the name, 100%. They used to have him on one of the pregame shows. I think it was the CBS NFL shows back in the 70s or 80s. Oh, wow. Yeah, I know I&#x27;m old. But he was pretty accurate. And so, we need to be accurate in our financial world, too.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We need to make sure our advisor is doing what they&#x27;re supposed to be doing, not gambling with our financial future. You know, it&#x27;s easy to take risk with other people&#x27;s money. Yes. And I can&#x27;t do that. I mean, we have to do safety first at my firm because I don&#x27;t want to look you in the eye when you&#x27;re getting ready to retire and tell you you can&#x27;t now because we had that movement downward in the market. And unfortunately, all your money was exposed. So, ask yourself this, folks. How much of my money is exposed to the market? And how would it hurt me if the market went the wrong way right when I didn&#x27;t need it to? And if the answer is, you don&#x27;t know, or I need some help, or let&#x27;s get the real plan, or let&#x27;s get this financial fill-up strategy in place, by the way, financial fill-up, and make sure that we have that monthly check coming regardless of what happens in the market. And our money is going to come for the rest of our lives. And if we pass away, our spouse also continues to get that money for the rest of his or her</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> life. That&#x27;s a true financial freedom plan. We call it the financial fill-up strategy. Of course, that&#x27;s trademark, folks. You can look it up at financialfillup.com. We even have a game show we built around the financial fill-up. Oh, yes. Yeah, but if you want your very own financial fill-up strategy, we can tell you to the penny or the dollar. Let&#x27;s just stretch it to the dollar, Thomas, with inflation. We can tell you to the dollar what your monthly income will be as soon as next year or all the way 30 years from now, depending on when you want to activate your financial fill-up strategy. You can activate it in a week from now, or you can activate it in 10, 15, 20, 30 years, or never activate it and have it go on to your kids. It&#x27;s up to you. It gives you that full financial freedom, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re aiming for, I think. Thomas, give folks the number, and we&#x27;ll do that financial fill-up action plan for you for the next 20 people to call. There&#x27;s going to be no cost, no obligation.</p><p><strong>11:38</strong> You&#x27;ll even get a three-book set of three of the books I&#x27;ve written when you come in. I love it. Folks, it&#x27;s your retirement. Get that power. Put the choices in your hands. Connect with Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial by calling 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text us by texting the keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to the number 600-700. You know, there&#x27;s six accounts that never read your will. I&#x27;ll explain that more when we come back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss the questions that can reveal weaknesses in a retirement plan. They examine financial blind spots, hidden costs, market losses near retirement, and the difference between an account balance and a dependable income strategy. The conversation connects those risks with Coach Pete’s Financial Fill-Up approach to planning for future spending. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad/image.jpg?t=1792073422&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-retirement-blind-spots-fees-and-an-income-strategy-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad/image.jpg?t=1792073422&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad</guid>
      <omny:clipId>07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Sep 2026 15:12:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>726</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07bd7a2f-d520-4441-815b-b4e10154e2ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11647942" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-retirement-blind-spots-fees-and-an-income-strategy-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>8</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:23" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Walker: National Debt, Social Security, and Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>David Walker: National Debt, Social Security, and Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Excited for the show today. Coach, you always have such special guests that come on the program, no less this weekend as well. Well, it&#x27;s been about 20 years since I&#x27;ve known David, and we&#x27;re having David Walker, folks, former U.S. Comptroller General, and over with both different parties, so it&#x27;s not like one party. And I remember, David, we saw each other in 2012 when you were in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. You were on your 10 million a minute bus tour. Remember that day? I remember. It ain&#x27;t worse now. I know. I was telling Thomas and my daughter Carrie, who&#x27;s my summer intern here, I told those guys, I said, I&#x27;m going to talk about it being 10 million a minute, and David&#x27;s going to get mad about that.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, what is it now, you think, David? It&#x27;s over 10. I haven&#x27;t calculated. Let&#x27;s put it this way. You know, back then, our total liabilities and unfunded obligations were $70 trillion. Now, they&#x27;re $136 trillion plus and going up rapidly. And so, you know, we&#x27;ve lost control. There&#x27;s just absolutely no question. You know, when do you think, because Congress, both sides, they meet, you know, they meet all the time, and who knows what they do up there, but they never accomplish what they&#x27;re supposed to. They kick this can down the road. They can&#x27;t even agree on a spending bill anymore. We keep having these government shutdowns. How are they ever going to agree to pay this debt? Well, first, Congress is very good at doing nothing. And that&#x27;s okay when things are going well. But when things aren&#x27;t going well and they&#x27;re getting worse with the passage of time, it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> not acceptable. And it&#x27;s a bipartisan problem. It is. You know, whether the Democrats are in charge or Republicans, they&#x27;ve both been kicking the can down the road. You know, there&#x27;s only one thing in the Constitution that Congress is supposed to do every year, only one. And that&#x27;s passed all the appropriations bills on time. The last time they did it was 96. They&#x27;ve only done it four times in my lifetime. That&#x27;s an F minus. So look, here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s going to take, Pete. You know, it&#x27;s going to take a statutory, meaning by law, fiscal commission that will educate, engage the American people on the facts, the truth, the tough choices, solicit input, make a package of recommendations for up or down vote in Congress. And secondly, a constitutional amendment that limits how much debt we can take on as a percentage</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> of the economy, absent limited and extraordinary conditions. A constitutional amendment is the only thing that will force the Congress to restore and sustain fiscal sanity. They&#x27;re not going to, I mean, why would they do that? I mean, I can&#x27;t even get folks a lot of times to pay attention to the fact that a Roth IRA is a great place. You pay the taxes now, you put the money away, you never have to worry about taxes again. People don&#x27;t want to even think about spending or paying money right now. And same thing with Congress. It seems like they, you know, they can&#x27;t get enough traction. I mean, you tried very hard there in 2012 to get attention. How far up did we get in the polls as far as people being aware of the debt and wanting to get something done? Do you remember? Well, first, I have done Roth transfers last year and this year. Okay. So I believe in leading by example. Yes. Secondly, people are getting more concerned about it.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s not just Main Street America. It&#x27;s our investors. We&#x27;re starting to have a supply and demand imbalance. We need to issue a lot more debt and the appetite for our debt is going down. China has significantly reduced its debt holdings. Other countries are becoming reticent about buying as much of our debt as they have historically. You know, we&#x27;re having to pay higher interest rates in order to be able to finance our deficits. The second largest expense is interest. The fastest growing expense is interest. And what do you get for interest? Nothing. And so things are changing. I&#x27;m about ready to go back on the road again in late 26 and 27 because while these issues won&#x27;t be a top priority for the midterms, they will be for the 28 election.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And I&#x27;ve got a new book coming out this fall that hopefully will be a basis to be able to get people much more informed and engaged. Do you have a title for the book yet? Yes. Saving Social Security in America. Common Sense Solutions. What do you think of the top two or three solutions people can push their congressmen or woman to do now? Well, you know, we need that commission. There are bipartisan bills in both the House and the Senate that hopefully can get moved to the lame duck session. Nothing&#x27;s going to happen before the midterms. Congress is not going to pass a constitutional amendment. And so we need to go with Plan B. Plan B is what the founders envisioned. The states need to get together, propose an amendment. But Congress should have called a state-led convention as far back as 79.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> They didn&#x27;t do it. They&#x27;re stiff in the states. And now I&#x27;m trying to get a state attorney general to sue the Congress for failing to call the convention. I think these are very two significant things that are either going to happen or not happen in calendar 2026. And so let&#x27;s hope that they do. You know, Social Security, the trust fund goes to zero in 2032. That&#x27;s an action-enforcing event. And that&#x27;s why I say that while it&#x27;s not going to be a big issue in this year&#x27;s midterms, it will be in 2028. We need to start telling the ground on it, turning the heat up. It&#x27;s right when I was supposed to start getting Social Security in 67. I hear you, my friend. By the way, the 67 is probably going to go up one month a year over 24 years.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Wow. Yeah. Well, I mean, you can&#x27;t afford to pay us. We&#x27;re living longer. And we don&#x27;t have that money there. It&#x27;s not there. So the Roth IRA, it makes a lot of sense now because at least we know where the tax rates are now. And if we put it in a place that the government supposedly can&#x27;t touch, I mean, how confident are you that they won&#x27;t try to change those rules going down the road? Well, your grandfather, okay, even if they try to change the rules going, they&#x27;re not going to do it retroactively. And I do think that the individual income tax rates are as low as they&#x27;re ever going to be. And while the problem to be able to put our finances in order are primarily a spending problem, we&#x27;re going to have to have more revenues. And the single largest source of revenue is individual income taxes. That&#x27;s not the one I want them to get revenue from. I understand that.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yeah, that was raising tax rates. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Mr. David Walker joining us on the show today. David, it&#x27;s just frustrating when we all can see this, but it doesn&#x27;t seem like Congress really cares. Well, the biggest deficit that we have, Pete, is a leadership deficit. You know, we have too many laggards, not enough leaders, too many people living for today rather than help create a better tomorrow. You know, the sad thing is, is for the first 200 years roughly of our republic, we believed in the concept of stewardship, which is not just generating positive results today, not just leaving things better off when you leave them when they came, but leaving things better positioned for the future. We&#x27;ve abandoned that.</p><p><strong>07:29</strong> People in it. And it&#x27;s called Grow It or Blow It. Grow It or Blow It. And it&#x27;s about, like, people you remember in the past, like the Commodore Vanderbilt, all the famous people, the big millionaires and billionaires who made the money. And within three generations, many of their fortunes they left was gone because the grandkids never saw mom and dad working as hard as they did. The kids usually kept it alive for the most part. It&#x27;s the grandkids because they didn&#x27;t see all the sweat and equity that went into building this empire. And so fast, the empire disappeared a lot of times. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening here with our government, if we&#x27;re not careful. Our whole U.S. system could go the same route as some of these inherited wealth folks had the trouble with. Well, we need to learn from history. We need to learn from others.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> There are plenty of superpowers that have existed in the past that no longer exist. The leading indicator on the way up is economic power. The leading indicator on the way down is loss of economic power. We&#x27;re not exempt from the laws of prudent finance. If you can&#x27;t put your finances in order, you will lose economic power with adverse consequences both internationally and domestically. Not only economic consequences but also national security consequences. Now, a lot of people listening say, ah, this doesn&#x27;t really apply to me. I don&#x27;t really care. The government&#x27;s going to do it or they don&#x27;t do it. But what can we really do? Let&#x27;s take it down to the grassroots level. People are listening. They&#x27;re getting mad. They should be getting mad because the dollars, folks, that you&#x27;ve been putting aside are worth less and less because of this. And especially if taxes keep going up, the money you thought you were going to have isn&#x27;t going to be there anymore.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> And, David, what can the average consumer, the average citizen that&#x27;s listening right now, how can we get this to a point where we can get that grassroots to grow to 60%, 70%? If we can get up to 70%, 80% of everyone on Congress, they&#x27;ll have to do something. Well, I&#x27;m president of a new and emerging effort that has not gone public yet called We the People. And we&#x27;re going to try to have a major citizen education activation campaign for the 28th election to get 50 million Americans engaged and communicating with their current and prospective elected officials to make these issues a top priority in the 2028 election. And let me give you some numbers, Pete, that I think people can relate to more.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> Most people can&#x27;t relate to billions, much less tens or hundreds of trillions. So let&#x27;s say that Uncle Sam is a real person. And I&#x27;m going to take the financial statements for the U.S. government for the year ended September 30, 2025. And all I&#x27;m going to do is drop eight zeros. So this is what Uncle Sam&#x27;s finances look like. He made $52,000. He spent $73,000. He&#x27;s in the hole for the year $21,000. He&#x27;s got total liabilities and unfunded obligations of $1,362,000. But don&#x27;t worry. He&#x27;s got $61,000 in assets. So he&#x27;s only underwater $1,301,000. Would you lend Uncle Sam money?</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> No. Get out of my office, I&#x27;d say. By the way, Jamie Dimon, who&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, was asked this past week, would he buy long-term U.S. bonds? Personally, he said no. Yeah. I mean, so it&#x27;s just frustrating when we talk about these kind of things. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to get that Roth conversion started, because you&#x27;re going to have to pay taxes when you convert the money from a regular IRA or 401K or 403B or thrift savings plan over to a Roth. But you better pay it now than pay it later over and over again. It&#x27;s the analogy of a farmer who has a bunch of IRS agents come up when he&#x27;s planting the seeds one season, and they say, hey, Mr. Farmer, we can either tax you on these seeds and never come back again, or we can let you not pay tax on these seeds today but come back every year at harvest and tax you over and over again.</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> I think we all know where we&#x27;d stand on that. When we come back with David in a little while, we&#x27;re going to talk about the We the People tour. We&#x27;re also going to talk about common-sense strategies we can all employ to make sure that we&#x27;re on the right track. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Loving the conversation today. This really, truly is a special interview that we&#x27;re having today. Coach, you&#x27;ve brought in David Walker, former Comptroller General of the United States. Folks, if you want to catch up on the conversation, maybe the radio dial has just tuned in to us. Find podcasts online at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. David, it&#x27;s frustrating because you and I both can see this happening, and I know a lot of folks out there can see what&#x27;s going on with the government. But nobody wants to do anything about the debt. And it&#x27;s, you know what happens, it&#x27;s going to keep growing.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Can&#x27;t ignore it. Ignoring is not going to make it go away. No one wants to make these uncomfortable decisions. They don&#x27;t want to get voted out, I guess. So it&#x27;s a lot easier to promise people a lot of free stuff than it is to tell people we need to tighten the belt a little bit. Well, everybody wants something for nothing. I mean, you know, one party wants to have tax cuts. The truth is not all tax cuts stimulate the economy. Very few pay for themselves. The other party wants to grow government even more, even in circumstances where we&#x27;re not generating the results that we need to achieve. The truth is we&#x27;re going to have to reform Social Security and make it solvent, sustainable, secure. We&#x27;re going to have to do the same thing for Medicare. But we&#x27;ve way overpromised on health care. We&#x27;re going to have to dramatically reform our health care system. We can get into that if you want. Yes. Social Security is very easy to solve.</p><p><strong>13:00</strong> We can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans. We can talk about that a little bit if you want. But the toughest choices are going to have to be on health care and taxes. Those are going to be the toughest choices. Well, we were talking when I told Thomas that I was going to have you on this week. Well, last week we started talking and I said, you know, this debt is out of control and people don&#x27;t realize it. And David&#x27;s been talking about it for a long time. The Social Security aspect, the health care aspect, and nothing is good about this. So Thomas was excited to have you on because he did want to hear about your opinions on, I know, Thomas, you mentioned the health care there, because the Obamacare, when it came in, was supposed to lower prices and all it has done. It was a big time bomb, wasn&#x27;t it? It was. It&#x27;s been especially having four kids now. We have to have these conversations.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> It feels like every month or two, do we go to the doctor or not? And I can&#x27;t believe in America I&#x27;m having to ask that question. Yeah. So what do you think about the health care, Dave? Well, first, we&#x27;ve over-promised, over-subsidized, and we have failed on the three elements you have to have to have a successful and sustainable system. Now, we&#x27;re in baseball season. Let me tell you what those three are. Number one, you have to have properly designed incentives that encourage people to do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. You need to have adequate transparency, including things like cost and quality, to provide reasonable assurance they will do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. And then you have to have appropriate accountability, which means positive reinforcement when people do the right thing and accountability when they don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>14:35</strong> In the case of health care, we&#x27;re zero for three. That&#x27;s a strikeout, okay? And so we need to step back and ask ourselves how much universal health care, and I did use the word universal, how much universal health care is appropriate, affordable, and sustainable? And most Americans believe that&#x27;s preventable wellness and catastrophic care that everybody ought to get. If you want more than that, then you get it from your employer, you get it from your union, you get your industry association, or maybe you buy it through the Affordable Care Act, which is, by the way, misnamed, just like the Inflation Reduction Act. How does that work out, okay? But, you know, you&#x27;ve got to keep in mind Congress is not subject to truth in advertising laws, okay?</p><p><strong>15:22</strong> If they were, a lot of people would be in trouble. But, so, you know, we need a dramatic reform because we spend about 50% more of our economy on health care than other industrialized nations as a percentage of GDP, and we get below average results. Yeah. Well, you know what&#x27;s been very troublesome to me is the amount of fraud we keep seeing, like billions and billions of dollars of fraud. I&#x27;m kind of mad that I didn&#x27;t think of one of these things and open up some phony companies with phony patients and no beds and bill the government for billions a year and just get away with it. Because I really haven&#x27;t seen anyone, you know, we&#x27;re not seeing these perp walks. And if you don&#x27;t see the perp walk, I mean, you start thinking maybe I should try something. Well, you know, criminals go where the money is. You know, remember, you know, people asked in the past, why do you rob banks?</p><p><strong>16:07</strong> That&#x27;s where the money is. That&#x27;s Willie Sutton. Yeah, yeah, I remember they said. Health care is where the money is, okay? Right. But understand this. The federal government needs to learn a lesson. You need to have adequate controls up front before the money goes out. Because once it goes out, you&#x27;re probably not getting it back. The other thing you need to do is you can&#x27;t have self-certification. Newsflash. Criminals have no problem self-certifying if they&#x27;re eligible for something they&#x27;re not eligible for. And then thirdly, you have to have information systems that will share information, you know, across these different systems. You know, so you&#x27;re not paying things to dead people. So you&#x27;re not, you know, very simple things. But again, the government is a lag indicator when it comes to these things.</p><p><strong>16:56</strong> And so, like, Social Security, what&#x27;s the solution for that? Because we&#x27;re coming right up. I mean, we&#x27;re right here on the deadline now. It&#x27;s just a few years ago where people are going to start feeling catastrophic changes. Well, here&#x27;s where I think we&#x27;re going, okay? As I said, we can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans because young people don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to get it. And they&#x27;re wrong. They are. They&#x27;re going to get it probably at a different age and maybe a different amount. Seniors think they&#x27;re going to get cut dramatically. That&#x27;s not going to happen either. So we can reform it, phase in the changes, and everybody gets more than they think they&#x27;re going to get. I think that&#x27;s exceeding expectations. So what are some of the things? I think we&#x27;re probably going to see a further gradual increase in the normal retirement age because we are living longer. Secondly, I think we&#x27;re going to see a significant increase in the taxable wage-based cap, but not an elimination of the taxable wage-based cap.</p><p><strong>17:48</strong> I think we&#x27;re going to see an effort to try to prevent, or if we can&#x27;t prevent it, minimize tax rate increases because that&#x27;s a very regressive tax. I think we&#x27;re going to see adjustment in the benefit formula so we end up keeping more people out of poverty, but we don&#x27;t turn it into a means-tested welfare program. But upper-middle and upper-income individuals get somewhat less of a replacement rate than otherwise. I think we&#x27;re going to see changes in the cost-of-living formula, if you will. And I think we&#x27;re also going to see, for people that don&#x27;t have an employer-sponsored retirement plan, an automatic savings supplement that would come on on top of the reform-defined benefit system.</p><p><strong>18:34</strong> And I think we&#x27;ll keep the defined benefit system because most everything else you have in the retirement world is defined contribution, where the individual ends up bearing the investment risk. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General, Mr. David Walker, joining us, generous enough to join us for two segments today. David, here&#x27;s what Thomas said to me the other day, and I looked at him and he said, I could say it. We did this little back and forth, and he said, oh, you could say it. We were doing our little communications by sign, baseball signs. I was throwing signs to him. And he said this to me. He said, Coach, if they would have let us have our own individual Social Security accounts when we first started this system, we could have all picked where we had our money, but we all would have had our own money in our own little accounts. Why did the government not do it like that? Well, for one thing, the government created this program in 1935.</p><p><strong>19:21</strong> It started paying benefits in 1940. It&#x27;s a pay-as-you-go system, and therefore the people who ended up getting the early benefits got a huge return on investment, okay? You know, the simple fact of the matter is is that most people don&#x27;t understand that Social Security is three insurance programs. It&#x27;s just not a retirement savings account. It is retirement income. It is disability income. And it is survivor&#x27;s income. And one of the guys that&#x27;s going to be going on tour with me is a guy by the name of Joe Penland Sr., Joe from Texas. And you can find out more about it at his website, Joe from Texas. And he benefited from all three of those programs when he was young. And he&#x27;s lived the American dream. He&#x27;s now wealthy.</p><p><strong>20:07</strong> He&#x27;s a very successful entrepreneur. But, you know, you need to understand what the system is. Insurance system, not just, you know, a savings and retirement account. Yeah. Well, it wasn&#x27;t designed to be that. It was designed to be a safety net, which that&#x27;s – Correct. We want to keep that safety net. We can&#x27;t live – like, you need other money to supplement that, but it&#x27;s a good way to help pay the bills, I guess, to the living expenses. Well, you know, when we formed it, it was intended to be the foundation. And like a house, you can&#x27;t just live on a foundation. You need – Get rain done. You need a sponsored plan. You need personal savings on top of that in order to have a habitable dwelling. Yeah. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here before we let you go. I want to ask you what you think about this, what appears to be a push towards socialism. Where do you think the money is coming to get all these political ads to push socialism?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> Do you think it&#x27;s coming from other countries that are trying to bring us down by making us try to get too many people interested in socialism? They&#x27;ve never told them the bad things about socialism, have they? Unfortunately, many Americans don&#x27;t learn from history and don&#x27;t learn from others, and this is a perfect example of that. There has never been a true socialist, which many times converts into communism, that&#x27;s been successful, that stood the test of time. And if you want to scare the bejesus out of somebody, have them read the platform for the Democrat Socialists of America. It&#x27;s basically paralleling Saul Alinsky&#x27;s, you know, communist principles, you know, take control of education, take control of health care, don&#x27;t worry about deficits and debt, tax the rich.</p><p><strong>21:43</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, it won&#x27;t work, okay? But again, the problem is people don&#x27;t learn from history and people don&#x27;t learn from others. If they did, they wouldn&#x27;t have anything to do with this. And I&#x27;m one of the national co-founders of a group called No Labels, and No Labels is trying to fight the wingnuts, including the Democratic Socialists of America, and provide support to the Sensible Center, which is mainstream America, no matter what your political affiliation is. I think the Sensible Center is about 80% of the people, and like you call them, the wingnuts are 10% on either side, right around there. Yeah, the Sensible Center is at least 60%, at least 60%, and last time I checked, that&#x27;s a winning formula. It is. It&#x27;s a majority. Let&#x27;s say change those rules. That doesn&#x27;t meet the filibuster requirement, but yeah.</p><p><strong>22:29</strong> You know, once I started studying Saul Alinsky, you see it all the time these days. I mean, if you study his rules for radicals, I mean, you can, I can see it. I said, oh, here, they&#x27;re trying that method. And you know why? Because it works, because nobody&#x27;s really, nobody calls them out on it. But we see it. I mean, you can see it, and once you see it, you never don&#x27;t see it, can you? Nope, that&#x27;s right. Folks, his name is David Walker. David, when is the book coming out, and when is the tour? I think the book will probably come out on Amazon around October time frame, and you know, we&#x27;re going to start doing some events later this year and continuing into 2027, because as I said, this is not going to be a big issue for the midterms, but it will be. It must be for the 28th election. Well, when the book comes out, we&#x27;re going to have you back on. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;d be great. All right, folks, David Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, thanks for your time today, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>23:18</strong> Thanks, David. Thanks, Coach Pete. Take care. Thomas will get you a copy of this when we get it done. Yes, sir. Sounds great. Take care. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Excited for the show today. Coach, you always have such special guests that come on the program, no less this weekend as well. Well, it&#x27;s been about 20 years since I&#x27;ve known David, and we&#x27;re having David Walker, folks, former U.S. Comptroller General, and over with both different parties, so it&#x27;s not like one party. And I remember, David, we saw each other in 2012 when you were in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. You were on your 10 million a minute bus tour. Remember that day? I remember. It ain&#x27;t worse now. I know. I was telling Thomas and my daughter Carrie, who&#x27;s my summer intern here, I told those guys, I said, I&#x27;m going to talk about it being 10 million a minute, and David&#x27;s going to get mad about that.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, what is it now, you think, David? It&#x27;s over 10. I haven&#x27;t calculated. Let&#x27;s put it this way. You know, back then, our total liabilities and unfunded obligations were $70 trillion. Now, they&#x27;re $136 trillion plus and going up rapidly. And so, you know, we&#x27;ve lost control. There&#x27;s just absolutely no question. You know, when do you think, because Congress, both sides, they meet, you know, they meet all the time, and who knows what they do up there, but they never accomplish what they&#x27;re supposed to. They kick this can down the road. They can&#x27;t even agree on a spending bill anymore. We keep having these government shutdowns. How are they ever going to agree to pay this debt? Well, first, Congress is very good at doing nothing. And that&#x27;s okay when things are going well. But when things aren&#x27;t going well and they&#x27;re getting worse with the passage of time, it&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> not acceptable. And it&#x27;s a bipartisan problem. It is. You know, whether the Democrats are in charge or Republicans, they&#x27;ve both been kicking the can down the road. You know, there&#x27;s only one thing in the Constitution that Congress is supposed to do every year, only one. And that&#x27;s passed all the appropriations bills on time. The last time they did it was 96. They&#x27;ve only done it four times in my lifetime. That&#x27;s an F minus. So look, here&#x27;s what it&#x27;s going to take, Pete. You know, it&#x27;s going to take a statutory, meaning by law, fiscal commission that will educate, engage the American people on the facts, the truth, the tough choices, solicit input, make a package of recommendations for up or down vote in Congress. And secondly, a constitutional amendment that limits how much debt we can take on as a percentage</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> of the economy, absent limited and extraordinary conditions. A constitutional amendment is the only thing that will force the Congress to restore and sustain fiscal sanity. They&#x27;re not going to, I mean, why would they do that? I mean, I can&#x27;t even get folks a lot of times to pay attention to the fact that a Roth IRA is a great place. You pay the taxes now, you put the money away, you never have to worry about taxes again. People don&#x27;t want to even think about spending or paying money right now. And same thing with Congress. It seems like they, you know, they can&#x27;t get enough traction. I mean, you tried very hard there in 2012 to get attention. How far up did we get in the polls as far as people being aware of the debt and wanting to get something done? Do you remember? Well, first, I have done Roth transfers last year and this year. Okay. So I believe in leading by example. Yes. Secondly, people are getting more concerned about it.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s not just Main Street America. It&#x27;s our investors. We&#x27;re starting to have a supply and demand imbalance. We need to issue a lot more debt and the appetite for our debt is going down. China has significantly reduced its debt holdings. Other countries are becoming reticent about buying as much of our debt as they have historically. You know, we&#x27;re having to pay higher interest rates in order to be able to finance our deficits. The second largest expense is interest. The fastest growing expense is interest. And what do you get for interest? Nothing. And so things are changing. I&#x27;m about ready to go back on the road again in late 26 and 27 because while these issues won&#x27;t be a top priority for the midterms, they will be for the 28 election.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And I&#x27;ve got a new book coming out this fall that hopefully will be a basis to be able to get people much more informed and engaged. Do you have a title for the book yet? Yes. Saving Social Security in America. Common Sense Solutions. What do you think of the top two or three solutions people can push their congressmen or woman to do now? Well, you know, we need that commission. There are bipartisan bills in both the House and the Senate that hopefully can get moved to the lame duck session. Nothing&#x27;s going to happen before the midterms. Congress is not going to pass a constitutional amendment. And so we need to go with Plan B. Plan B is what the founders envisioned. The states need to get together, propose an amendment. But Congress should have called a state-led convention as far back as 79.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> They didn&#x27;t do it. They&#x27;re stiff in the states. And now I&#x27;m trying to get a state attorney general to sue the Congress for failing to call the convention. I think these are very two significant things that are either going to happen or not happen in calendar 2026. And so let&#x27;s hope that they do. You know, Social Security, the trust fund goes to zero in 2032. That&#x27;s an action-enforcing event. And that&#x27;s why I say that while it&#x27;s not going to be a big issue in this year&#x27;s midterms, it will be in 2028. We need to start telling the ground on it, turning the heat up. It&#x27;s right when I was supposed to start getting Social Security in 67. I hear you, my friend. By the way, the 67 is probably going to go up one month a year over 24 years.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Wow. Yeah. Well, I mean, you can&#x27;t afford to pay us. We&#x27;re living longer. And we don&#x27;t have that money there. It&#x27;s not there. So the Roth IRA, it makes a lot of sense now because at least we know where the tax rates are now. And if we put it in a place that the government supposedly can&#x27;t touch, I mean, how confident are you that they won&#x27;t try to change those rules going down the road? Well, your grandfather, okay, even if they try to change the rules going, they&#x27;re not going to do it retroactively. And I do think that the individual income tax rates are as low as they&#x27;re ever going to be. And while the problem to be able to put our finances in order are primarily a spending problem, we&#x27;re going to have to have more revenues. And the single largest source of revenue is individual income taxes. That&#x27;s not the one I want them to get revenue from. I understand that.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yeah, that was raising tax rates. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Mr. David Walker joining us on the show today. David, it&#x27;s just frustrating when we all can see this, but it doesn&#x27;t seem like Congress really cares. Well, the biggest deficit that we have, Pete, is a leadership deficit. You know, we have too many laggards, not enough leaders, too many people living for today rather than help create a better tomorrow. You know, the sad thing is, is for the first 200 years roughly of our republic, we believed in the concept of stewardship, which is not just generating positive results today, not just leaving things better off when you leave them when they came, but leaving things better positioned for the future. We&#x27;ve abandoned that.</p><p><strong>07:29</strong> People in it. And it&#x27;s called Grow It or Blow It. Grow It or Blow It. And it&#x27;s about, like, people you remember in the past, like the Commodore Vanderbilt, all the famous people, the big millionaires and billionaires who made the money. And within three generations, many of their fortunes they left was gone because the grandkids never saw mom and dad working as hard as they did. The kids usually kept it alive for the most part. It&#x27;s the grandkids because they didn&#x27;t see all the sweat and equity that went into building this empire. And so fast, the empire disappeared a lot of times. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening here with our government, if we&#x27;re not careful. Our whole U.S. system could go the same route as some of these inherited wealth folks had the trouble with. Well, we need to learn from history. We need to learn from others.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> There are plenty of superpowers that have existed in the past that no longer exist. The leading indicator on the way up is economic power. The leading indicator on the way down is loss of economic power. We&#x27;re not exempt from the laws of prudent finance. If you can&#x27;t put your finances in order, you will lose economic power with adverse consequences both internationally and domestically. Not only economic consequences but also national security consequences. Now, a lot of people listening say, ah, this doesn&#x27;t really apply to me. I don&#x27;t really care. The government&#x27;s going to do it or they don&#x27;t do it. But what can we really do? Let&#x27;s take it down to the grassroots level. People are listening. They&#x27;re getting mad. They should be getting mad because the dollars, folks, that you&#x27;ve been putting aside are worth less and less because of this. And especially if taxes keep going up, the money you thought you were going to have isn&#x27;t going to be there anymore.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> And, David, what can the average consumer, the average citizen that&#x27;s listening right now, how can we get this to a point where we can get that grassroots to grow to 60%, 70%? If we can get up to 70%, 80% of everyone on Congress, they&#x27;ll have to do something. Well, I&#x27;m president of a new and emerging effort that has not gone public yet called We the People. And we&#x27;re going to try to have a major citizen education activation campaign for the 28th election to get 50 million Americans engaged and communicating with their current and prospective elected officials to make these issues a top priority in the 2028 election. And let me give you some numbers, Pete, that I think people can relate to more.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> Most people can&#x27;t relate to billions, much less tens or hundreds of trillions. So let&#x27;s say that Uncle Sam is a real person. And I&#x27;m going to take the financial statements for the U.S. government for the year ended September 30, 2025. And all I&#x27;m going to do is drop eight zeros. So this is what Uncle Sam&#x27;s finances look like. He made $52,000. He spent $73,000. He&#x27;s in the hole for the year $21,000. He&#x27;s got total liabilities and unfunded obligations of $1,362,000. But don&#x27;t worry. He&#x27;s got $61,000 in assets. So he&#x27;s only underwater $1,301,000. Would you lend Uncle Sam money?</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> No. Get out of my office, I&#x27;d say. By the way, Jamie Dimon, who&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, was asked this past week, would he buy long-term U.S. bonds? Personally, he said no. Yeah. I mean, so it&#x27;s just frustrating when we talk about these kind of things. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to get that Roth conversion started, because you&#x27;re going to have to pay taxes when you convert the money from a regular IRA or 401K or 403B or thrift savings plan over to a Roth. But you better pay it now than pay it later over and over again. It&#x27;s the analogy of a farmer who has a bunch of IRS agents come up when he&#x27;s planting the seeds one season, and they say, hey, Mr. Farmer, we can either tax you on these seeds and never come back again, or we can let you not pay tax on these seeds today but come back every year at harvest and tax you over and over again.</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> I think we all know where we&#x27;d stand on that. When we come back with David in a little while, we&#x27;re going to talk about the We the People tour. We&#x27;re also going to talk about common-sense strategies we can all employ to make sure that we&#x27;re on the right track. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Loving the conversation today. This really, truly is a special interview that we&#x27;re having today. Coach, you&#x27;ve brought in David Walker, former Comptroller General of the United States. Folks, if you want to catch up on the conversation, maybe the radio dial has just tuned in to us. Find podcasts online at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. David, it&#x27;s frustrating because you and I both can see this happening, and I know a lot of folks out there can see what&#x27;s going on with the government. But nobody wants to do anything about the debt. And it&#x27;s, you know what happens, it&#x27;s going to keep growing.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Can&#x27;t ignore it. Ignoring is not going to make it go away. No one wants to make these uncomfortable decisions. They don&#x27;t want to get voted out, I guess. So it&#x27;s a lot easier to promise people a lot of free stuff than it is to tell people we need to tighten the belt a little bit. Well, everybody wants something for nothing. I mean, you know, one party wants to have tax cuts. The truth is not all tax cuts stimulate the economy. Very few pay for themselves. The other party wants to grow government even more, even in circumstances where we&#x27;re not generating the results that we need to achieve. The truth is we&#x27;re going to have to reform Social Security and make it solvent, sustainable, secure. We&#x27;re going to have to do the same thing for Medicare. But we&#x27;ve way overpromised on health care. We&#x27;re going to have to dramatically reform our health care system. We can get into that if you want. Yes. Social Security is very easy to solve.</p><p><strong>13:00</strong> We can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans. We can talk about that a little bit if you want. But the toughest choices are going to have to be on health care and taxes. Those are going to be the toughest choices. Well, we were talking when I told Thomas that I was going to have you on this week. Well, last week we started talking and I said, you know, this debt is out of control and people don&#x27;t realize it. And David&#x27;s been talking about it for a long time. The Social Security aspect, the health care aspect, and nothing is good about this. So Thomas was excited to have you on because he did want to hear about your opinions on, I know, Thomas, you mentioned the health care there, because the Obamacare, when it came in, was supposed to lower prices and all it has done. It was a big time bomb, wasn&#x27;t it? It was. It&#x27;s been especially having four kids now. We have to have these conversations.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> It feels like every month or two, do we go to the doctor or not? And I can&#x27;t believe in America I&#x27;m having to ask that question. Yeah. So what do you think about the health care, Dave? Well, first, we&#x27;ve over-promised, over-subsidized, and we have failed on the three elements you have to have to have a successful and sustainable system. Now, we&#x27;re in baseball season. Let me tell you what those three are. Number one, you have to have properly designed incentives that encourage people to do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. You need to have adequate transparency, including things like cost and quality, to provide reasonable assurance they will do the right thing and discourage them from doing the wrong thing. And then you have to have appropriate accountability, which means positive reinforcement when people do the right thing and accountability when they don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>14:35</strong> In the case of health care, we&#x27;re zero for three. That&#x27;s a strikeout, okay? And so we need to step back and ask ourselves how much universal health care, and I did use the word universal, how much universal health care is appropriate, affordable, and sustainable? And most Americans believe that&#x27;s preventable wellness and catastrophic care that everybody ought to get. If you want more than that, then you get it from your employer, you get it from your union, you get your industry association, or maybe you buy it through the Affordable Care Act, which is, by the way, misnamed, just like the Inflation Reduction Act. How does that work out, okay? But, you know, you&#x27;ve got to keep in mind Congress is not subject to truth in advertising laws, okay?</p><p><strong>15:22</strong> If they were, a lot of people would be in trouble. But, so, you know, we need a dramatic reform because we spend about 50% more of our economy on health care than other industrialized nations as a percentage of GDP, and we get below average results. Yeah. Well, you know what&#x27;s been very troublesome to me is the amount of fraud we keep seeing, like billions and billions of dollars of fraud. I&#x27;m kind of mad that I didn&#x27;t think of one of these things and open up some phony companies with phony patients and no beds and bill the government for billions a year and just get away with it. Because I really haven&#x27;t seen anyone, you know, we&#x27;re not seeing these perp walks. And if you don&#x27;t see the perp walk, I mean, you start thinking maybe I should try something. Well, you know, criminals go where the money is. You know, remember, you know, people asked in the past, why do you rob banks?</p><p><strong>16:07</strong> That&#x27;s where the money is. That&#x27;s Willie Sutton. Yeah, yeah, I remember they said. Health care is where the money is, okay? Right. But understand this. The federal government needs to learn a lesson. You need to have adequate controls up front before the money goes out. Because once it goes out, you&#x27;re probably not getting it back. The other thing you need to do is you can&#x27;t have self-certification. Newsflash. Criminals have no problem self-certifying if they&#x27;re eligible for something they&#x27;re not eligible for. And then thirdly, you have to have information systems that will share information, you know, across these different systems. You know, so you&#x27;re not paying things to dead people. So you&#x27;re not, you know, very simple things. But again, the government is a lag indicator when it comes to these things.</p><p><strong>16:56</strong> And so, like, Social Security, what&#x27;s the solution for that? Because we&#x27;re coming right up. I mean, we&#x27;re right here on the deadline now. It&#x27;s just a few years ago where people are going to start feeling catastrophic changes. Well, here&#x27;s where I think we&#x27;re going, okay? As I said, we can exceed the expectation of every generation of Americans because young people don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to get it. And they&#x27;re wrong. They are. They&#x27;re going to get it probably at a different age and maybe a different amount. Seniors think they&#x27;re going to get cut dramatically. That&#x27;s not going to happen either. So we can reform it, phase in the changes, and everybody gets more than they think they&#x27;re going to get. I think that&#x27;s exceeding expectations. So what are some of the things? I think we&#x27;re probably going to see a further gradual increase in the normal retirement age because we are living longer. Secondly, I think we&#x27;re going to see a significant increase in the taxable wage-based cap, but not an elimination of the taxable wage-based cap.</p><p><strong>17:48</strong> I think we&#x27;re going to see an effort to try to prevent, or if we can&#x27;t prevent it, minimize tax rate increases because that&#x27;s a very regressive tax. I think we&#x27;re going to see adjustment in the benefit formula so we end up keeping more people out of poverty, but we don&#x27;t turn it into a means-tested welfare program. But upper-middle and upper-income individuals get somewhat less of a replacement rate than otherwise. I think we&#x27;re going to see changes in the cost-of-living formula, if you will. And I think we&#x27;re also going to see, for people that don&#x27;t have an employer-sponsored retirement plan, an automatic savings supplement that would come on on top of the reform-defined benefit system.</p><p><strong>18:34</strong> And I think we&#x27;ll keep the defined benefit system because most everything else you have in the retirement world is defined contribution, where the individual ends up bearing the investment risk. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General, Mr. David Walker, joining us, generous enough to join us for two segments today. David, here&#x27;s what Thomas said to me the other day, and I looked at him and he said, I could say it. We did this little back and forth, and he said, oh, you could say it. We were doing our little communications by sign, baseball signs. I was throwing signs to him. And he said this to me. He said, Coach, if they would have let us have our own individual Social Security accounts when we first started this system, we could have all picked where we had our money, but we all would have had our own money in our own little accounts. Why did the government not do it like that? Well, for one thing, the government created this program in 1935.</p><p><strong>19:21</strong> It started paying benefits in 1940. It&#x27;s a pay-as-you-go system, and therefore the people who ended up getting the early benefits got a huge return on investment, okay? You know, the simple fact of the matter is is that most people don&#x27;t understand that Social Security is three insurance programs. It&#x27;s just not a retirement savings account. It is retirement income. It is disability income. And it is survivor&#x27;s income. And one of the guys that&#x27;s going to be going on tour with me is a guy by the name of Joe Penland Sr., Joe from Texas. And you can find out more about it at his website, Joe from Texas. And he benefited from all three of those programs when he was young. And he&#x27;s lived the American dream. He&#x27;s now wealthy.</p><p><strong>20:07</strong> He&#x27;s a very successful entrepreneur. But, you know, you need to understand what the system is. Insurance system, not just, you know, a savings and retirement account. Yeah. Well, it wasn&#x27;t designed to be that. It was designed to be a safety net, which that&#x27;s – Correct. We want to keep that safety net. We can&#x27;t live – like, you need other money to supplement that, but it&#x27;s a good way to help pay the bills, I guess, to the living expenses. Well, you know, when we formed it, it was intended to be the foundation. And like a house, you can&#x27;t just live on a foundation. You need – Get rain done. You need a sponsored plan. You need personal savings on top of that in order to have a habitable dwelling. Yeah. We&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here before we let you go. I want to ask you what you think about this, what appears to be a push towards socialism. Where do you think the money is coming to get all these political ads to push socialism?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> Do you think it&#x27;s coming from other countries that are trying to bring us down by making us try to get too many people interested in socialism? They&#x27;ve never told them the bad things about socialism, have they? Unfortunately, many Americans don&#x27;t learn from history and don&#x27;t learn from others, and this is a perfect example of that. There has never been a true socialist, which many times converts into communism, that&#x27;s been successful, that stood the test of time. And if you want to scare the bejesus out of somebody, have them read the platform for the Democrat Socialists of America. It&#x27;s basically paralleling Saul Alinsky&#x27;s, you know, communist principles, you know, take control of education, take control of health care, don&#x27;t worry about deficits and debt, tax the rich.</p><p><strong>21:43</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s, you know, it won&#x27;t work, okay? But again, the problem is people don&#x27;t learn from history and people don&#x27;t learn from others. If they did, they wouldn&#x27;t have anything to do with this. And I&#x27;m one of the national co-founders of a group called No Labels, and No Labels is trying to fight the wingnuts, including the Democratic Socialists of America, and provide support to the Sensible Center, which is mainstream America, no matter what your political affiliation is. I think the Sensible Center is about 80% of the people, and like you call them, the wingnuts are 10% on either side, right around there. Yeah, the Sensible Center is at least 60%, at least 60%, and last time I checked, that&#x27;s a winning formula. It is. It&#x27;s a majority. Let&#x27;s say change those rules. That doesn&#x27;t meet the filibuster requirement, but yeah.</p><p><strong>22:29</strong> You know, once I started studying Saul Alinsky, you see it all the time these days. I mean, if you study his rules for radicals, I mean, you can, I can see it. I said, oh, here, they&#x27;re trying that method. And you know why? Because it works, because nobody&#x27;s really, nobody calls them out on it. But we see it. I mean, you can see it, and once you see it, you never don&#x27;t see it, can you? Nope, that&#x27;s right. Folks, his name is David Walker. David, when is the book coming out, and when is the tour? I think the book will probably come out on Amazon around October time frame, and you know, we&#x27;re going to start doing some events later this year and continuing into 2027, because as I said, this is not going to be a big issue for the midterms, but it will be. It must be for the 28th election. Well, when the book comes out, we&#x27;re going to have you back on. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;d be great. All right, folks, David Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, thanks for your time today, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>23:18</strong> Thanks, David. Thanks, Coach Pete. Take care. Thomas will get you a copy of this when we get it done. Yes, sir. Sounds great. Take care. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss America’s debt, the pressures facing Social Security and Medicare, and why fiscal decisions in Washington matter to families preparing for retirement. They explore Walker’s proposals for reform, his concerns for future generations, and the importance of getting your own financial house in order. The conversation also touches on Roth conversions, taxes, and planning ahead instead of waiting for a crisis.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Walker</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Walker, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning, Roth conversions, national debt</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/image.jpg?t=1792070863&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-retirement-and-america-s-financial-future/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/image.jpg?t=1792070863&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2026 14:16:25 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1407</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84d201e7-d481-4c66-8d24-b49d00e848a5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="22541801" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-retirement-and-america-s-financial-future</link>
      <itunes:order>9</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with David Walker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Government finances and fiscal policy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:07" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:09" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:50" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Hidden Fees, Non-Traded REITs, and Planning Your Legacy</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Hidden Fees, Non-Traded REITs, and Planning Your Legacy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re going to offer this to listeners. If you have anyone trying to peddle a non-traded REIT, I would say stay away and run. What do you think about non-traded REITs? Yeah, anything that has limited liquidity, just stay away. There&#x27;s too many good products out there that you don&#x27;t have to go searching for some weird thing. And then all of a sudden, the real estate market takes a turn, and those things are worth half of what they were. And then you can&#x27;t get out of it because there&#x27;s a thing that you can only get out once a year, once every three years or whatever. I would stay away. There&#x27;s too many great products out there. It&#x27;s just amazing. People are trying to come up with income alternatives when the best alternative is right there with a fixed index annuity, a fixed annuity a lot of times with income. What do I tell you, the people that are saying, and again, this is usually coming from the brokerage side, your money&#x27;s not liquid if you put it into a fixed annuity. Is that true or false?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s false. Liquidity is a lifetime event. It&#x27;s not a one-time event. And any time you&#x27;re in, let&#x27;s look at both types of annuities for, you know, if you&#x27;re getting income, that automatically increases your liquidity, okay? And nobody&#x27;s saying put all of your money into an annuity. Nobody says that, okay? You need to have some money liquid. We&#x27;re saying you should at least have enough income to cover your basic living expenses. As far as a fixed annuity or fixed indexed annuity, most of them have 10% withdrawals each year that you can take out penalty-free. Some of them have cumulative penalty-free windows where, you know, if you don&#x27;t take it for three years, then you can take out 30%. So there&#x27;s all kinds of liquidity things. And again, don&#x27;t put all of your money into any one thing. You should have some money liquid for emergencies. You don&#x27;t want to cash in your 401k because your roof has a hole in it or something or that you, you know, that you need a new car so you&#x27;re going to cancel your or take money out of your 401k.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> That&#x27;d be crazy. So, you know, have some liquidity, have some guaranteed lifetime income, have some investments for growth to fight inflation. That&#x27;s, it&#x27;s all based in math and science. You can read the books. You can read the research yourself. There&#x27;s white papers on this. And coach, here&#x27;s the bottom line. There&#x27;s three reasons why you need to put an income annuity into your portfolio, retirement portfolio. Number one, it will improve portfolio performance. And the reason it will is that annuities outperform bonds. So don&#x27;t compare them to stocks, compare them against bonds, and you&#x27;re going to be great. Number two, the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happy in retirement with guaranteed lifetime income. And number three, the research now shows you&#x27;re going to live longer if you have guaranteed lifetime income. And I can show you numerous studies that have all documented all of this. So all those brokers who are anti-annuity, they&#x27;re saying they want you to die younger and they don&#x27;t want you to be happy and they want your portfolio to perform worse.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I just don&#x27;t see why anybody would be for that. Why do you think that people live longer when they have guaranteed lifetime income? The number one killer of people, believe it or not, is not cancer. It&#x27;s not heart attacks. It&#x27;s not heart disease. It&#x27;s financial stress. That has been the number one killer in the National Bureau of Economic Research, NBER. You can Google it. They just came out with a report. 2026, they studied 600,000 people. And it was clear. People with guaranteed income don&#x27;t just live a little longer. They live significantly longer. There was an article by attorney Patrick Tricker in the Journal for Financial Service Professionals. And he said the average 65-year-old male who purchases a lifetime income annuity can expect to live 20% longer than a 65-year-old male. It&#x27;s not. You know, Jane Austen wrote about it back in 1811 in the book Sense and Sensibility, that people who have annuities live longer than people who don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> So, I mean, this has been known for hundreds of years. You talk to thousands of people a year about retirement. Why do you think so many people keep taking on more market risks than they really can afford to lose even after they&#x27;ve retired and don&#x27;t have years to recover from a bad market cycle? Why do people continue to pile money onto that risk train that you can see is going to go off the tracks down the road a little bit? Because we&#x27;ve been in about a 15-year bull market that just has been ridiculously to the high side, which I think is great. I mean, I own some stocks. I own some cryptos. I mean, I participate in that. But I don&#x27;t put all of my money there. I have paychecks and playchecks. I have guaranteed lifetime income, you know? I mean, because retirement is about peace of mind. You don&#x27;t want to be worried, oh, the market&#x27;s down 30. My goodness, now I can&#x27;t have dinner tonight or something.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> That&#x27;s ridiculous. Have a floor of guaranteed income so that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re fine. And then invest. And then if that goes up and down, you can let it go up and down. But you do not want to have a portfolio where you&#x27;re taking money out of the portfolio while the portfolio is going down. Here&#x27;s my rule. You will never, ever, ever, ever take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down. If you&#x27;re going to do that system, you better have a buffer plan. You better have like a whole life policy or a money market fund or a CD or something that&#x27;s guaranteed. That in those years when the market&#x27;s down, you take money out of there. Never, ever take money out of a decreasing portfolio. Because when you do that, you&#x27;re taking all that money out. Or when the market goes back up, none of that grows back. And that&#x27;s the fastest way to run out of money is to take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down in value.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> Never do that. If you&#x27;re going to be the portfolio, if you&#x27;re anti-annuity, then you better have a buffer. You better have something else where you can take money out if the market&#x27;s down. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s one thing to be against something. But if you don&#x27;t have an alternative, like if you&#x27;re talking to somebody and say, oh, those are bad, bad, bad. Well, you say to them, what do you have that does everything I just told you annuity does? And they&#x27;ll get quiet or they&#x27;ll come up with something that&#x27;s not true. That&#x27;s what I hear. Yeah, well, if you remember back in the great financial crisis, 2009, what went down? Everything. Stocks went down. Bonds went down. Housing went down. Gold went down. Bitcoin went down. Everything went down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My annuities didn&#x27;t go down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My life insurance didn&#x27;t go down. And so you want to have some things, not everything, just some things that when everything else goes down,</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> that you say, wow, I&#x27;m so sure glad I got this financial bunker right here because this can take care of me until things get back to normal. Now, I say a term, and it&#x27;s not going to resonate with a lot of folks, but I think anyone listening who it does, it really needs to pay attention. Wealth transfer. So why do you consider life insurance one of the most efficient tools for passing wealth to the next generation, especially compared to just leaving it in a lump sum and throwing it through the tax game to give your next of kin some money? Yeah, don&#x27;t leave your kids money. That&#x27;s the stupidest way to leave money. If you say, I just got this money and this is going to my kids, put that into life insurance because you&#x27;ll double, triple, quadruple, quintuple it depending on your age, depending on your health. You can leverage it. Plus, they&#x27;ll get it tax-free. You know, I see way too many retirees who say, well, I&#x27;m going to just leave that IRA to my kids.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Don&#x27;t leave your IRA to your kids. You didn&#x27;t save your IRA and your 401k for your kids. You saved it for your retirement. Guess what? You&#x27;re in retirement. Spend it. That is the worst money to leave to your kids. They might not even get 40 cents on the dollar after they pay federal tax, state tax, and who knows? Sometimes there&#x27;s estate taxes. No, don&#x27;t leave that to your kids. Leave your kids life insurance. You get leverage and it&#x27;s tax-free. Talked to a planner once and he said he had a client who, instead of doing the 401k when he started work, just started funding a life insurance policy. And that client passed away at age 48. If he had been doing the 401k, there wouldn&#x27;t have been much money there and it would have been taxable and all get out, go into the next again. It wouldn&#x27;t have been any money. But instead, he had been funding a big life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So his children, he had three of them. Each one was a millionaire when he passed away. You could not do that with a 401k. That&#x27;s the self-completing feature of a life insurance policy. Do you want to explain to folks what self-completing means? Well, self-completing means while you&#x27;re paying it, if you live, guess what? You got all these living benefits. You got money for yourself. But if you die, the plan is complete and it pays your kids out. And you can even have a disability waiver that if you&#x27;re disabled, the company will pay your premiums for you. There&#x27;s all kinds of different bells and whistles you can put on it. But the key is you have an ability to leave generational wealth to your family. And you can do it for pennies on the dollar with life insurance. You can&#x27;t do it if you&#x27;re just trying to leave them a bunch of money. Like if you saved up $2 million to give to your kids, if you put that $2 million in life insurance policy,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> you might be able to give $6 million or $8 million to the kids. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegday. He&#x27;s internationally known in the financial circles. He&#x27;s a speaker. You&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve heard of him. He&#x27;s been on public TV. Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy is the name of his public TV special, as well as the book he&#x27;s written, as well as Paychecks and Playchecks, two outstanding bestsellers. Thomas, when we talk about Roth, you&#x27;ve mentioned Roth-based annuities and tax-free positioning as a big part of your own plan. How does life insurance fit into that same tax-free strategy or maybe even better than that? Yeah, well, so, and I will even say, I wish I wouldn&#x27;t have converted all of my IRAs because there&#x27;s a code in the provision that you can do qualified charitable distributions out of your IRA. And I wish I would have saved a bucket of money for, because we give to charities and we give to our church.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I could have been giving out of that bucket and had Uncle Sam helping me. But anyway, I did it. I converted it all. I&#x27;m glad. I&#x27;m glad I moved the money I did into whole life insurance. Now I got a fully funded, beautiful policy there. And it&#x27;s like a freight train. You know, people who pick on whole life, they say, well, you know, you put this money in, and for the first year, there&#x27;s hardly any money. It&#x27;s all going to that greedy agent or whatever. No, whole life is like a freight train, okay? If you watch a freight train, it goes slow. But when it gets going, you can&#x27;t stop the freight train. You can&#x27;t stop the freight train. And that&#x27;s like whole life. It starts out slow, but boy, you can&#x27;t stop it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re going to offer this to listeners. If you have anyone trying to peddle a non-traded REIT, I would say stay away and run. What do you think about non-traded REITs? Yeah, anything that has limited liquidity, just stay away. There&#x27;s too many good products out there that you don&#x27;t have to go searching for some weird thing. And then all of a sudden, the real estate market takes a turn, and those things are worth half of what they were. And then you can&#x27;t get out of it because there&#x27;s a thing that you can only get out once a year, once every three years or whatever. I would stay away. There&#x27;s too many great products out there. It&#x27;s just amazing. People are trying to come up with income alternatives when the best alternative is right there with a fixed index annuity, a fixed annuity a lot of times with income. What do I tell you, the people that are saying, and again, this is usually coming from the brokerage side, your money&#x27;s not liquid if you put it into a fixed annuity. Is that true or false?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s false. Liquidity is a lifetime event. It&#x27;s not a one-time event. And any time you&#x27;re in, let&#x27;s look at both types of annuities for, you know, if you&#x27;re getting income, that automatically increases your liquidity, okay? And nobody&#x27;s saying put all of your money into an annuity. Nobody says that, okay? You need to have some money liquid. We&#x27;re saying you should at least have enough income to cover your basic living expenses. As far as a fixed annuity or fixed indexed annuity, most of them have 10% withdrawals each year that you can take out penalty-free. Some of them have cumulative penalty-free windows where, you know, if you don&#x27;t take it for three years, then you can take out 30%. So there&#x27;s all kinds of liquidity things. And again, don&#x27;t put all of your money into any one thing. You should have some money liquid for emergencies. You don&#x27;t want to cash in your 401k because your roof has a hole in it or something or that you, you know, that you need a new car so you&#x27;re going to cancel your or take money out of your 401k.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> That&#x27;d be crazy. So, you know, have some liquidity, have some guaranteed lifetime income, have some investments for growth to fight inflation. That&#x27;s, it&#x27;s all based in math and science. You can read the books. You can read the research yourself. There&#x27;s white papers on this. And coach, here&#x27;s the bottom line. There&#x27;s three reasons why you need to put an income annuity into your portfolio, retirement portfolio. Number one, it will improve portfolio performance. And the reason it will is that annuities outperform bonds. So don&#x27;t compare them to stocks, compare them against bonds, and you&#x27;re going to be great. Number two, the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happy in retirement with guaranteed lifetime income. And number three, the research now shows you&#x27;re going to live longer if you have guaranteed lifetime income. And I can show you numerous studies that have all documented all of this. So all those brokers who are anti-annuity, they&#x27;re saying they want you to die younger and they don&#x27;t want you to be happy and they want your portfolio to perform worse.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> And I just don&#x27;t see why anybody would be for that. Why do you think that people live longer when they have guaranteed lifetime income? The number one killer of people, believe it or not, is not cancer. It&#x27;s not heart attacks. It&#x27;s not heart disease. It&#x27;s financial stress. That has been the number one killer in the National Bureau of Economic Research, NBER. You can Google it. They just came out with a report. 2026, they studied 600,000 people. And it was clear. People with guaranteed income don&#x27;t just live a little longer. They live significantly longer. There was an article by attorney Patrick Tricker in the Journal for Financial Service Professionals. And he said the average 65-year-old male who purchases a lifetime income annuity can expect to live 20% longer than a 65-year-old male. It&#x27;s not. You know, Jane Austen wrote about it back in 1811 in the book Sense and Sensibility, that people who have annuities live longer than people who don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> So, I mean, this has been known for hundreds of years. You talk to thousands of people a year about retirement. Why do you think so many people keep taking on more market risks than they really can afford to lose even after they&#x27;ve retired and don&#x27;t have years to recover from a bad market cycle? Why do people continue to pile money onto that risk train that you can see is going to go off the tracks down the road a little bit? Because we&#x27;ve been in about a 15-year bull market that just has been ridiculously to the high side, which I think is great. I mean, I own some stocks. I own some cryptos. I mean, I participate in that. But I don&#x27;t put all of my money there. I have paychecks and playchecks. I have guaranteed lifetime income, you know? I mean, because retirement is about peace of mind. You don&#x27;t want to be worried, oh, the market&#x27;s down 30. My goodness, now I can&#x27;t have dinner tonight or something.</p><p><strong>04:06</strong> That&#x27;s ridiculous. Have a floor of guaranteed income so that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re fine. And then invest. And then if that goes up and down, you can let it go up and down. But you do not want to have a portfolio where you&#x27;re taking money out of the portfolio while the portfolio is going down. Here&#x27;s my rule. You will never, ever, ever, ever take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down. If you&#x27;re going to do that system, you better have a buffer plan. You better have like a whole life policy or a money market fund or a CD or something that&#x27;s guaranteed. That in those years when the market&#x27;s down, you take money out of there. Never, ever take money out of a decreasing portfolio. Because when you do that, you&#x27;re taking all that money out. Or when the market goes back up, none of that grows back. And that&#x27;s the fastest way to run out of money is to take money out of a portfolio that&#x27;s going down in value.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> Never do that. If you&#x27;re going to be the portfolio, if you&#x27;re anti-annuity, then you better have a buffer. You better have something else where you can take money out if the market&#x27;s down. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s one thing to be against something. But if you don&#x27;t have an alternative, like if you&#x27;re talking to somebody and say, oh, those are bad, bad, bad. Well, you say to them, what do you have that does everything I just told you annuity does? And they&#x27;ll get quiet or they&#x27;ll come up with something that&#x27;s not true. That&#x27;s what I hear. Yeah, well, if you remember back in the great financial crisis, 2009, what went down? Everything. Stocks went down. Bonds went down. Housing went down. Gold went down. Bitcoin went down. Everything went down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My annuities didn&#x27;t go down. You know what didn&#x27;t go down? My life insurance didn&#x27;t go down. And so you want to have some things, not everything, just some things that when everything else goes down,</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> that you say, wow, I&#x27;m so sure glad I got this financial bunker right here because this can take care of me until things get back to normal. Now, I say a term, and it&#x27;s not going to resonate with a lot of folks, but I think anyone listening who it does, it really needs to pay attention. Wealth transfer. So why do you consider life insurance one of the most efficient tools for passing wealth to the next generation, especially compared to just leaving it in a lump sum and throwing it through the tax game to give your next of kin some money? Yeah, don&#x27;t leave your kids money. That&#x27;s the stupidest way to leave money. If you say, I just got this money and this is going to my kids, put that into life insurance because you&#x27;ll double, triple, quadruple, quintuple it depending on your age, depending on your health. You can leverage it. Plus, they&#x27;ll get it tax-free. You know, I see way too many retirees who say, well, I&#x27;m going to just leave that IRA to my kids.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Don&#x27;t leave your IRA to your kids. You didn&#x27;t save your IRA and your 401k for your kids. You saved it for your retirement. Guess what? You&#x27;re in retirement. Spend it. That is the worst money to leave to your kids. They might not even get 40 cents on the dollar after they pay federal tax, state tax, and who knows? Sometimes there&#x27;s estate taxes. No, don&#x27;t leave that to your kids. Leave your kids life insurance. You get leverage and it&#x27;s tax-free. Talked to a planner once and he said he had a client who, instead of doing the 401k when he started work, just started funding a life insurance policy. And that client passed away at age 48. If he had been doing the 401k, there wouldn&#x27;t have been much money there and it would have been taxable and all get out, go into the next again. It wouldn&#x27;t have been any money. But instead, he had been funding a big life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> So his children, he had three of them. Each one was a millionaire when he passed away. You could not do that with a 401k. That&#x27;s the self-completing feature of a life insurance policy. Do you want to explain to folks what self-completing means? Well, self-completing means while you&#x27;re paying it, if you live, guess what? You got all these living benefits. You got money for yourself. But if you die, the plan is complete and it pays your kids out. And you can even have a disability waiver that if you&#x27;re disabled, the company will pay your premiums for you. There&#x27;s all kinds of different bells and whistles you can put on it. But the key is you have an ability to leave generational wealth to your family. And you can do it for pennies on the dollar with life insurance. You can&#x27;t do it if you&#x27;re just trying to leave them a bunch of money. Like if you saved up $2 million to give to your kids, if you put that $2 million in life insurance policy,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> you might be able to give $6 million or $8 million to the kids. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegday. He&#x27;s internationally known in the financial circles. He&#x27;s a speaker. You&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him. Maybe you&#x27;ve heard of him. He&#x27;s been on public TV. Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy is the name of his public TV special, as well as the book he&#x27;s written, as well as Paychecks and Playchecks, two outstanding bestsellers. Thomas, when we talk about Roth, you&#x27;ve mentioned Roth-based annuities and tax-free positioning as a big part of your own plan. How does life insurance fit into that same tax-free strategy or maybe even better than that? Yeah, well, so, and I will even say, I wish I wouldn&#x27;t have converted all of my IRAs because there&#x27;s a code in the provision that you can do qualified charitable distributions out of your IRA. And I wish I would have saved a bucket of money for, because we give to charities and we give to our church.</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> And I could have been giving out of that bucket and had Uncle Sam helping me. But anyway, I did it. I converted it all. I&#x27;m glad. I&#x27;m glad I moved the money I did into whole life insurance. Now I got a fully funded, beautiful policy there. And it&#x27;s like a freight train. You know, people who pick on whole life, they say, well, you know, you put this money in, and for the first year, there&#x27;s hardly any money. It&#x27;s all going to that greedy agent or whatever. No, whole life is like a freight train, okay? If you watch a freight train, it goes slow. But when it gets going, you can&#x27;t stop the freight train. You can&#x27;t stop the freight train. And that&#x27;s like whole life. It starts out slow, but boy, you can&#x27;t stop it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and Tom Hegna look beneath the surface of retirement products, from recurring fees and commissions to the liquidity concerns surrounding non-traded REITs. They discuss why comparing costs requires understanding how a product works, how life insurance may fit into wealth transfer and long-term care planning, and why leaving an IRA to children involves different considerations than leaving an insurance benefit. Hegna shares his perspective on balancing income, access to money, and a legacy plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, estate planning, long-term care, life insurance, investment fees, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/image.jpg?t=1792073437&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-avoid-fees-non-traded-reits/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/image.jpg?t=1792073437&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad</guid>
      <omny:clipId>664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 13:41:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>571</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/664a1db2-3cd0-4da4-a9c7-b49d00e078ad/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9167189" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-avoid-fees-non-traded-reits</link>
      <itunes:order>10</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Tom Hegna" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:14" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Paychecks, Playchecks, and a Retirement You Can Enjoy</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Paychecks, Playchecks, and a Retirement You Can Enjoy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to explain the difference between the income that covers everyday expenses and the money that lets you enjoy retirement. They discuss the shift from accumulating savings to spending with a plan, the go-go, slow-go, and no-go phases of retirement, and why withdrawing from a falling portfolio can make recovery harder. Hear Hegna’s perspective on building an income floor while keeping money available for emergencies and future growth.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> your book, Paychecks and Playchecks. For folks who&#x27;ve never heard that phrase, can you tell the difference between a paycheck and a playcheck in retirement? Yeah, so that book is really based in math and science. It&#x27;s the research of the leading PhDs around the world who write these white papers that people don&#x27;t read while I happen to read them. And really, the paycheck is what you should live on in retirement. And that should be covered with guaranteed lifetime income. So Social Security, pension, lifetime income annuities from an insurance company, that should cover your basic living expenses. That&#x27;s the paycheck. And then the playcheck, you can invest however you want in stocks, real estate, bonds, crypto, whatever you want. And that&#x27;s for the travel, the fun, the cruises, the pickleball, the golf, all that kind of stuff. So you want to have both paychecks and playchecks</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to have a successful retirement. Yeah, and retirement&#x27;s very important. And here&#x27;s something that let&#x27;s say you had 50 advisors, different financial advisors, you sat them all down in one room. And you asked them how to build a secure retirement. And you said you probably get 50 different opinions. Why is there so little agreement in this financial industry on something so important as lifetime income? The advisors have kind of followed the baby boomers, all right? And so for 40 years, they were advising them how to diversify their portfolio and accumulate wealth and what stock should I be in and all that kind of stuff. That has nothing to do with retirement. Retirement is totally different, okay? Retirement, you want to make sure that you have increasing income for the rest of your life and that you&#x27;re managing the risks. You got to manage inflation risk, market risk. You could live a long time. They can raise your taxes. You might need long-term</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> care. You might die. There&#x27;s all these different risks in retirement. So retirement is not about accumulation and diversification and asset allocation. Yeah, those can play a role. But retirement is really about having increasing income for life and managing those key risks. That&#x27;s what a successful retirement needs. You said they could raise our taxes, Thomas. They will. They will raise our taxes. They&#x27;re going to have to. I mean, it&#x27;s math. Yeah. Well, the national debt is kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re over $40 trillion now that they admit to. That&#x27;s funded and unfunded liabilities. When you get to look at the promised pensions and all that, we&#x27;re over $100 trillion in debt that we have a response. Yeah. I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen numbers where it&#x27;s over $200 trillion for unfunded obligation for social security, Medicare, Medicaid, government pensions, military pensions. I mean, yeah, we&#x27;re in big trouble. And so, you know, what I&#x27;ve done is first of all, I converted all of my</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> IRAs and 401ks to Roth. So, and most of those are in income annuities. So I got all this tax-free income coming in. I moved more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance. I just finished a 12 pay whole life policy where my premium was 226,000 a year. So, I mean, I&#x27;m serious about it. I moved a whole bunch of money into cash value life insurance. And now I I&#x27;m sitting in just a great spot because I have all this money that I can get out tax-free. My, my, my annuities are coming to me tax-free. I mean, that&#x27;s pretty powerful position to be in. And I would encourage your listeners to really, really look at that because what happens if taxes double and, and honestly, to get us out of this mess, they&#x27;re either going to have to cut spending significantly or raise taxes significantly, and they don&#x27;t like cutting spending. And so, you know, I think they&#x27;re going to be raising taxes.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Lately, we&#x27;ve been having a lot of those Roth conversations with listeners. I think people are starting to realize it makes sense to convert regular IRAs to Roth IRAs. Even if you have to bite the tax bullet right now, you&#x27;ll never have to bite it again in the future. And that&#x27;s what people overlook. They like to kick the can down the road, but if you leave all your money in regular traditional IRAs or traditional 401ks, you&#x27;re going to owe tax every single year, every single year in retirement. And that&#x27;s going to be money you could have spent on yourself. Now you have to give to the government. And those taxes are going to have to go up, I think significantly. I mean, again, it&#x27;s just math. You just look at it. You talk to any half smart person who knows numbers and math and any economist, anybody who knows this kind of stuff. And they&#x27;re going to tell you that we&#x27;re in a huge, difficult situation and taxes are going to have to go up a lot.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Well, let&#x27;s look at your decision process because you said you put about $226,000 a year in a whole life policy and now you&#x27;re paid off. But what led you to do that? Well, you know, I&#x27;ve been in this industry for 35 years and I&#x27;ve seen how wealthy people use whole life to their advantage. I mean, it&#x27;s a great bond substitute. It&#x27;s not a stock substitute. When people try to compare it to stocks, it&#x27;s not going to beat stocks, but it will be bonds. Okay. And it&#x27;s tax-free and I can leave life-changing legacy to my family. You know, I wasn&#x27;t raised, my parents were teachers in the small towns in Minnesota. They didn&#x27;t make much money. I grew up in a lower middle-class family. When I moved to Arizona, when I first went in the army, everything I owned was in my Masta 626, everything I owned, you know? And so I started with nothing and now I have the ability to not only</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> live a great life with my wife and I, but to really have generational wealth transfer to my children and grandchildren. So let&#x27;s talk about, when we look at Nelson Nash, he was a friend of mine. He wrote the book, Be Your Own Banker. He said, treat a life insurance policy as your own bank. And a lot of folks don&#x27;t realize that concept, but I think that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing with the whole life. You also, there are a lot of life insurance policies now that let you use the death benefit to pay for long-term care. So you don&#x27;t need a standalone long-term care policy anymore. Absolutely. You can solve a lot of problems. And you know, I bought my last two houses with money out of my life insurance policy. Because think about it, we&#x27;re in Arizona. You had to be a cash buyer to get the good deal down here. If you were going to do a mortgage, you weren&#x27;t going to get the deal. They wanted cash. Well, where do you come up with one or two million cash in a couple</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> days? I, you know, you can&#x27;t do that at the bank. They&#x27;re going to fill out this form. We&#x27;ve got to underwrite it. We go see, and then they&#x27;re going to charge you nine or 10% interest. No, I just call up. In fact, I think I did it all online out of my phone. Two days later, I got, you know, over a million bucks sitting in my bank account to close on the house. And then I, then I pay back, you know, the loan on my, my life insurance policy. So for me, it&#x27;s been, it&#x27;s been a really a great blessing. And, and, uh, you know, people don&#x27;t understand life insurance. In fact, my own son is buying a policy now and he&#x27;s like, well, dad, you know, I&#x27;m looking for a lower premium. I say, Sean, you don&#x27;t want the lowest premium in life insurance. You want the highest premium. You want to put as much money in there as you can. You know, you want to overfund these policies. You want to put extra money into them. That&#x27;s, you know, everybody wants a lot of tax-free money. Well, to get a lot of tax-free money, guess what? You got to put some tax-free money. You got to put</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> some money in there in order to get it out. And so I don&#x27;t, you know, I, you know, but I deal, we&#x27;ll tell you 226,000 was harder than I thought, because that&#x27;s like 400 something pre-tax to put 226 after tax. So it was a little harder than I thought, but I&#x27;m glad I did it. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of the really bestselling book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. A great, great name, great title, Tom, by the way. And, uh, you wrote about the go-go, slow-go and no-go years. And so can you go through those real quick for us? Yeah. Well, you know, a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s going to be 30 or 40 years of golf, tennis, pickleball, line dancing, and cruises. And that&#x27;s not true. You go through three distinct phases. The first phase is what I call the go-go years. I&#x27;m in my go-go years. I&#x27;m about 70% retired. I play golf four to five days a week. I play pickleball two days a week. My wife and I</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> travel all over the world. So, uh, but I still do things like this, you know, on my schedule when I&#x27;m able to, and when I want to, but that&#x27;s the go-go years when, when you&#x27;re, when you&#x27;re out and you&#x27;re active and that you actually need a little more income. You know, people say, Oh, when you retire, you&#x27;ll need 70% of your working income. No, no. For the go-go years, you&#x27;re going to need more because every day is Saturday and you&#x27;re out there spending money. The second phase is what I call the slow-go years. Now the slow-go years, you can still do everything in the go-go. You just don&#x27;t want to anymore. You know, you don&#x27;t want to go downtown after four 30 because dad can&#x27;t see when it&#x27;s dark out. And then the no-go years, the no-go years are those years when you&#x27;re probably not leaving the building till you&#x27;re leaving the building. If you know what I&#x27;m talking about. So in the go-go years, what&#x27;s important is having income. That&#x27;s the most important thing, not assets, assets. I don&#x27;t care about assets, income. You want to have as much income as you can in your go-go</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> years so that you can go, go and have a lot of fun. The slow-go years, it&#x27;s all about long-term care. And just like you said, any plan is better than no plan. So people can buy a traditional long-term care insurance policy. But I think what makes sense for more people is to get the life insurance policy with a long-term care benefit because that way, if you don&#x27;t need the long-term care, you still have a death benefit for your kids or you still have an emergency fund. It does three things in one. And then, or if you&#x27;ve got somebody who&#x27;s medically unable, they, oh, I can&#x27;t buy life insurance. I can&#x27;t buy long-term care insurance. I have too many medical problems. There are annuities out there, coach, that will double or triple the income for a period of, you know, three to five years, depending on the company. So that, and most, most long-term care events are three to five years. And so that normally works out pretty well. I say any plan is better than no plan. And then the no-go years,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> that&#x27;s where life insurance fits. And people say, well, life insurance has nothing to do with retirement. Well, I already told you, I moved more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance. And by the way, Ernst &amp; Young says the optimal retirement portfolio is 30% income annuity, 30% whole life insurance, 40% investment. So I&#x27;m not alone in this. This is researched and documented. All right. But we have four kids. And one of the reasons many retirees don&#x27;t fully enjoy their retirement is because they think they got to leave some money to their kids. And so one day we were sitting around and my wife said, you know, we were talking about how much we leave the kids. And my wife said, I don&#x27;t know what you think. And I said, well, if we bought a $1 million second to die life insurance policy, name the four kids beneficiary. When we&#x27;re both gone, they&#x27;re going to get a million dollars tax-free. That&#x27;s 250,000 a piece tax-free plus whatever&#x27;s left over. I said, let&#x27;s start there.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> So we bought that $1 million second to die life insurance policy, name the four kids beneficiary. That policy is completely paid up. The total cost of that policy was 150,000. Now think about that for 15 cents on the dollar, we get to transfer a million dollars tax-free to our kids. But here&#x27;s the best part who gets to spend the other 850,000 we do. So I tell people all the time, don&#x27;t leave your kids any money. You&#x27;re supposed to spend your money, leave them life insurance because you can do it for pennies on the dollar. Tom, you famously said that every day is Saturday in retirement. Most people think retirement means spending less. Why do you say it often means spending more, especially early on? Yeah. Well, I think Dr. Wade Fowler did a really good job on this. He calls it the retirement smile. And he says the spending is like a smile. So early in retirement, you&#x27;re going</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> to spend more because those are the go-go years. That&#x27;s when you&#x27;re traveling, you&#x27;re spending time with your grandkids, you&#x27;re buying, you&#x27;re still buying stuff, you&#x27;re maybe get another new car or something. And so you spend more at the beginning. And then when you go into the slow-go years, you typically spend less because now you&#x27;re not traveling, you&#x27;re sitting at home more, you&#x27;re watching TV, the grandkids come to you, you don&#x27;t go to them. And so you spend less in that slow-go period. And then as you get older, that&#x27;s when long-term care things kick in. That&#x27;s when medical problems happen. That&#x27;s when you need your house redone, you need a walk-in bathtub, you need grab bars in the toilet or whatever. And so then you spend more. And so that&#x27;s what he calls the retirement smile. You spend more at the beginning, then you spend less, and then you spend more as you age. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to explain the difference between the income that covers everyday expenses and the money that lets you enjoy retirement. They discuss the shift from accumulating savings to spending with a plan, the go-go, slow-go, and no-go phases of retirement, and why withdrawing from a falling portfolio can make recovery harder. Hear Hegna’s perspective on building an income floor while keeping money available for emergencies and future growth.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> your book, Paychecks and Playchecks. For folks who&#x27;ve never heard that phrase, can you tell the difference between a paycheck and a playcheck in retirement? Yeah, so that book is really based in math and science. It&#x27;s the research of the leading PhDs around the world who write these white papers that people don&#x27;t read while I happen to read them. And really, the paycheck is what you should live on in retirement. And that should be covered with guaranteed lifetime income. So Social Security, pension, lifetime income annuities from an insurance company, that should cover your basic living expenses. That&#x27;s the paycheck. And then the playcheck, you can invest however you want in stocks, real estate, bonds, crypto, whatever you want. And that&#x27;s for the travel, the fun, the cruises, the pickleball, the golf, all that kind of stuff. So you want to have both paychecks and playchecks</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to have a successful retirement. Yeah, and retirement&#x27;s very important. And here&#x27;s something that let&#x27;s say you had 50 advisors, different financial advisors, you sat them all down in one room. And you asked them how to build a secure retirement. And you said you probably get 50 different opinions. Why is there so little agreement in this financial industry on something so important as lifetime income? The advisors have kind of followed the baby boomers, all right? And so for 40 years, they were advising them how to diversify their portfolio and accumulate wealth and what stock should I be in and all that kind of stuff. That has nothing to do with retirement. Retirement is totally different, okay? Retirement, you want to make sure that you have increasing income for the rest of your life and that you&#x27;re managing the risks. You got to manage inflation risk, market risk. You could live a long time. They can raise your taxes. You might need long-term</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> care. You might die. There&#x27;s all these different risks in retirement. So retirement is not about accumulation and diversification and asset allocation. Yeah, those can play a role. But retirement is really about having increasing income for life and managing those key risks. That&#x27;s what a successful retirement needs. You said they could raise our taxes, Thomas. They will. They will raise our taxes. They&#x27;re going to have to. I mean, it&#x27;s math. Yeah. Well, the national debt is kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re over $40 trillion now that they admit to. That&#x27;s funded and unfunded liabilities. When you get to look at the promised pensions and all that, we&#x27;re over $100 trillion in debt that we have a response. Yeah. I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen numbers where it&#x27;s over $200 trillion for unfunded obligation for social security, Medicare, Medicaid, government pensions, military pensions. I mean, yeah, we&#x27;re in big trouble. And so, you know, what I&#x27;ve done is first of all, I converted all of my</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> IRAs and 401ks to Roth. So, and most of those are in income annuities. So I got all this tax-free income coming in. I moved more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance. I just finished a 12 pay whole life policy where my premium was 226,000 a year. So, I mean, I&#x27;m serious about it. I moved a whole bunch of money into cash value life insurance. And now I I&#x27;m sitting in just a great spot because I have all this money that I can get out tax-free. My, my, my annuities are coming to me tax-free. I mean, that&#x27;s pretty powerful position to be in. And I would encourage your listeners to really, really look at that because what happens if taxes double and, and honestly, to get us out of this mess, they&#x27;re either going to have to cut spending significantly or raise taxes significantly, and they don&#x27;t like cutting spending. And so, you know, I think they&#x27;re going to be raising taxes.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Lately, we&#x27;ve been having a lot of those Roth conversations with listeners. I think people are starting to realize it makes sense to convert regular IRAs to Roth IRAs. Even if you have to bite the tax bullet right now, you&#x27;ll never have to bite it again in the future. And that&#x27;s what people overlook. They like to kick the can down the road, but if you leave all your money in regular traditional IRAs or traditional 401ks, you&#x27;re going to owe tax every single year, every single year in retirement. And that&#x27;s going to be money you could have spent on yourself. Now you have to give to the government. And those taxes are going to have to go up, I think significantly. I mean, again, it&#x27;s just math. You just look at it. You talk to any half smart person who knows numbers and math and any economist, anybody who knows this kind of stuff. And they&#x27;re going to tell you that we&#x27;re in a huge, difficult situation and taxes are going to have to go up a lot.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Well, let&#x27;s look at your decision process because you said you put about $226,000 a year in a whole life policy and now you&#x27;re paid off. But what led you to do that? Well, you know, I&#x27;ve been in this industry for 35 years and I&#x27;ve seen how wealthy people use whole life to their advantage. I mean, it&#x27;s a great bond substitute. It&#x27;s not a stock substitute. When people try to compare it to stocks, it&#x27;s not going to beat stocks, but it will be bonds. Okay. And it&#x27;s tax-free and I can leave life-changing legacy to my family. You know, I wasn&#x27;t raised, my parents were teachers in the small towns in Minnesota. They didn&#x27;t make much money. I grew up in a lower middle-class family. When I moved to Arizona, when I first went in the army, everything I owned was in my Masta 626, everything I owned, you know? And so I started with nothing and now I have the ability to not only</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> live a great life with my wife and I, but to really have generational wealth transfer to my children and grandchildren. So let&#x27;s talk about, when we look at Nelson Nash, he was a friend of mine. He wrote the book, Be Your Own Banker. He said, treat a life insurance policy as your own bank. And a lot of folks don&#x27;t realize that concept, but I think that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing with the whole life. You also, there are a lot of life insurance policies now that let you use the death benefit to pay for long-term care. So you don&#x27;t need a standalone long-term care policy anymore. Absolutely. You can solve a lot of problems. And you know, I bought my last two houses with money out of my life insurance policy. Because think about it, we&#x27;re in Arizona. You had to be a cash buyer to get the good deal down here. If you were going to do a mortgage, you weren&#x27;t going to get the deal. They wanted cash. Well, where do you come up with one or two million cash in a couple</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> days? I, you know, you can&#x27;t do that at the bank. They&#x27;re going to fill out this form. We&#x27;ve got to underwrite it. We go see, and then they&#x27;re going to charge you nine or 10% interest. No, I just call up. In fact, I think I did it all online out of my phone. Two days later, I got, you know, over a million bucks sitting in my bank account to close on the house. And then I, then I pay back, you know, the loan on my, my life insurance policy. So for me, it&#x27;s been, it&#x27;s been a really a great blessing. And, and, uh, you know, people don&#x27;t understand life insurance. In fact, my own son is buying a policy now and he&#x27;s like, well, dad, you know, I&#x27;m looking for a lower premium. I say, Sean, you don&#x27;t want the lowest premium in life insurance. You want the highest premium. You want to put as much money in there as you can. You know, you want to overfund these policies. You want to put extra money into them. That&#x27;s, you know, everybody wants a lot of tax-free money. Well, to get a lot of tax-free money, guess what? You got to put some tax-free money. You got to put</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> some money in there in order to get it out. And so I don&#x27;t, you know, I, you know, but I deal, we&#x27;ll tell you 226,000 was harder than I thought, because that&#x27;s like 400 something pre-tax to put 226 after tax. So it was a little harder than I thought, but I&#x27;m glad I did it. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of the really bestselling book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. A great, great name, great title, Tom, by the way. And, uh, you wrote about the go-go, slow-go and no-go years. And so can you go through those real quick for us? Yeah. Well, you know, a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s going to be 30 or 40 years of golf, tennis, pickleball, line dancing, and cruises. And that&#x27;s not true. You go through three distinct phases. The first phase is what I call the go-go years. I&#x27;m in my go-go years. I&#x27;m about 70% retired. I play golf four to five days a week. I play pickleball two days a week. My wife and I</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> travel all over the world. So, uh, but I still do things like this, you know, on my schedule when I&#x27;m able to, and when I want to, but that&#x27;s the go-go years when, when you&#x27;re, when you&#x27;re out and you&#x27;re active and that you actually need a little more income. You know, people say, Oh, when you retire, you&#x27;ll need 70% of your working income. No, no. For the go-go years, you&#x27;re going to need more because every day is Saturday and you&#x27;re out there spending money. The second phase is what I call the slow-go years. Now the slow-go years, you can still do everything in the go-go. You just don&#x27;t want to anymore. You know, you don&#x27;t want to go downtown after four 30 because dad can&#x27;t see when it&#x27;s dark out. And then the no-go years, the no-go years are those years when you&#x27;re probably not leaving the building till you&#x27;re leaving the building. If you know what I&#x27;m talking about. So in the go-go years, what&#x27;s important is having income. That&#x27;s the most important thing, not assets, assets. I don&#x27;t care about assets, income. You want to have as much income as you can in your go-go</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> years so that you can go, go and have a lot of fun. The slow-go years, it&#x27;s all about long-term care. And just like you said, any plan is better than no plan. So people can buy a traditional long-term care insurance policy. But I think what makes sense for more people is to get the life insurance policy with a long-term care benefit because that way, if you don&#x27;t need the long-term care, you still have a death benefit for your kids or you still have an emergency fund. It does three things in one. And then, or if you&#x27;ve got somebody who&#x27;s medically unable, they, oh, I can&#x27;t buy life insurance. I can&#x27;t buy long-term care insurance. I have too many medical problems. There are annuities out there, coach, that will double or triple the income for a period of, you know, three to five years, depending on the company. So that, and most, most long-term care events are three to five years. And so that normally works out pretty well. I say any plan is better than no plan. And then the no-go years,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> that&#x27;s where life insurance fits. And people say, well, life insurance has nothing to do with retirement. Well, I already told you, I moved more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance. And by the way, Ernst &amp; Young says the optimal retirement portfolio is 30% income annuity, 30% whole life insurance, 40% investment. So I&#x27;m not alone in this. This is researched and documented. All right. But we have four kids. And one of the reasons many retirees don&#x27;t fully enjoy their retirement is because they think they got to leave some money to their kids. And so one day we were sitting around and my wife said, you know, we were talking about how much we leave the kids. And my wife said, I don&#x27;t know what you think. And I said, well, if we bought a $1 million second to die life insurance policy, name the four kids beneficiary. When we&#x27;re both gone, they&#x27;re going to get a million dollars tax-free. That&#x27;s 250,000 a piece tax-free plus whatever&#x27;s left over. I said, let&#x27;s start there.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> So we bought that $1 million second to die life insurance policy, name the four kids beneficiary. That policy is completely paid up. The total cost of that policy was 150,000. Now think about that for 15 cents on the dollar, we get to transfer a million dollars tax-free to our kids. But here&#x27;s the best part who gets to spend the other 850,000 we do. So I tell people all the time, don&#x27;t leave your kids any money. You&#x27;re supposed to spend your money, leave them life insurance because you can do it for pennies on the dollar. Tom, you famously said that every day is Saturday in retirement. Most people think retirement means spending less. Why do you say it often means spending more, especially early on? Yeah. Well, I think Dr. Wade Fowler did a really good job on this. He calls it the retirement smile. And he says the spending is like a smile. So early in retirement, you&#x27;re going</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> to spend more because those are the go-go years. That&#x27;s when you&#x27;re traveling, you&#x27;re spending time with your grandkids, you&#x27;re buying, you&#x27;re still buying stuff, you&#x27;re maybe get another new car or something. And so you spend more at the beginning. And then when you go into the slow-go years, you typically spend less because now you&#x27;re not traveling, you&#x27;re sitting at home more, you&#x27;re watching TV, the grandkids come to you, you don&#x27;t go to them. And so you spend less in that slow-go period. And then as you get older, that&#x27;s when long-term care things kick in. That&#x27;s when medical problems happen. That&#x27;s when you need your house redone, you need a walk-in bathtub, you need grab bars in the toilet or whatever. And so then you spend more. And so that&#x27;s what he calls the retirement smile. You spend more at the beginning, then you spend less, and then you spend more as you age. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to explain the difference between the income that covers everyday expenses and the money that lets you enjoy retirement. They discuss the shift from accumulating savings to spending with a plan, the go-go, slow-go, and no-go phases of retirement, and why withdrawing from a falling portfolio can make recovery harder. Hear Hegna’s perspective on building an income floor while keeping money available for emergencies and future growth.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1/image.jpg?t=1792073444&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-paychecks-and-playchecks-in-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1/image.jpg?t=1792073444&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 13:32:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>663</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aea0b4f2-67d4-4ff5-8379-b49d00db97f1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10643637" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-paychecks-and-playchecks-in-retirement</link>
      <itunes:order>11</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Tom Hegna" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:59" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:09" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alan Grissom: Direct Indexing and Tax-Loss Harvesting (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Alan Grissom: Direct Indexing and Tax-Loss Harvesting (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Alan Grissom and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine how direct indexing can create opportunities for tax-loss harvesting. They discuss using individual holdings to coordinate gains and losses, the technology behind managing portfolios at scale, and why wash-sale rules and other tax details require care. Hear Grissom’s perspective on bringing a tax-aware approach to investment management. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again, continuing the conversation with best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us is Alan Grissom, tax strategist and entrepreneur. Coach, you were talking about how to avoid some of these nasty, nasty taxes through something called harvesting. Any tax is a nasty tax, Thomas. Right? I agree with that. But if you do the right strategies, you can have more in your pocket. That&#x27;s what it comes down to. You have to do them legally because you don&#x27;t want to end up in a jail cell. And so there&#x27;s great ways. You know, we do a lot of research for that book, Tax Savvy Retirement, that I came out with last year. We talk a little bit briefly about tax loss harvesting there. But, Alan, you&#x27;ve taken it to a different level with what you&#x27;ve developed. Yeah, we really have.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I mean, when you think about how money is managed for people in the United States, it&#x27;s managed vastly differently for Uber affluent. Yep. All right? So let me kind of start with that, right? Family offices manage. If an individual has a tremendous amount of money, they may have what they call a family office, meaning that they hire someone who manages their money. They may rent cars for them or buy cars or make investments. There&#x27;s all kinds of things that kind of go with a family office. But at the core of it, they manage their money. Right. And, you know, at scale, when you have a lot of money, you can afford to pay someone to do that. Yeah. When you are, you know, from, you know, modern income to even, you know, fairly affluent,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> that&#x27;s still not, you know, at scale, that doesn&#x27;t make any sense because you&#x27;re going to lose all your returns paying somebody to manage that money. Right. So what we noticed in the U.S. during my time at S&amp;P was that technology was allowing that management of money to happen at more and more at scale, meaning that you could do it with less money and make it work. So one person now could manage two people or 10 people or 100 people, et cetera. And that was, that&#x27;s really great because now you can move more at scale. And also the people, you don&#x27;t have to have quite so much money to have special access to certain investments, et cetera. That&#x27;s good, by the way.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah, I think so. Absolutely. So, you know, when you kind of look at that, we were paying attention to that at S&amp;P. But one of the things that was very, very interesting to me was how do you manage your money at, so if I&#x27;m a wealthy guy, I could buy the S&amp;P 500, all the stocks, right? Each one of the 500 stocks. 500 stocks. Right. 500 stocks, but you also, it&#x27;s cap weighted, so meaning that I&#x27;m going to have to buy certain, I&#x27;m going to buy more. More shares of some, less of other, yeah. So it takes a lot of money to actually do that, just to have one, what, you know, you can buy it in an ETF, which is like a... It&#x27;s a balance already done for you. It&#x27;s already done for you, right? Yeah, yeah. And so you&#x27;re just buying a slice of that, you know, how much money you put in. But if you had to do that individually, it takes a lot of money to do.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But if you have it, if you could do that, you can also deselect companies. So maybe you already had a lot of, let me work for Apple, and you had a lot of Apple stock. You don&#x27;t need more Apple stock in the S&amp;P 500. Because that would overweight you in Apple. It would overweight you in Apple, right? Yeah. But so technology allowed companies to start managing individual portfolios in that way. So meaning you could select or deselect each one of the individual stocks. That&#x27;s pretty neat. That&#x27;s called direct indexing. So essentially, Coach Pete, it&#x27;s like with you, we would say, all right, so you can own all the stocks if you wanted to, or you can own fractional shares. So if someone had less money than you, and they wanted to have fractional shares, they could still own that in the same weights, et cetera, and deselect or select each one of</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> the stocks. Right. That makes a big difference in how you manage your money and your risk. Because if you work for a corporation for a long time, you&#x27;ve got a lot of risk in that one particular stock that&#x27;s built up. Seen that from a lot of people, by the way. Yeah. Way overweight at many times. It&#x27;s very common. And you&#x27;ve seen, like, even the past couple of years, like the NVIDIA multimillionaires, right? Rocket ship. Yeah. Yeah. For everybody. Like, if you own some NVIDIA stock, you know, you&#x27;ve had a high concentration buildup on those. So when I was at S&amp;P, I saw an opportunity to leave and build a company that was focused on this direct indexing, which we did. That allowed us to push that technology out into the marketplace to allow people to manage their money in a better way, in my opinion.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And so ultimately, that&#x27;s been very successful, but a key part of it was actually how do you manage the taxes? So Uber wealthy families, a lot of their work and a lot of that money management is all around tax strategies. How do we minimize taxes? And how do you take that to the middle market? How do you take that to the upper markets? You know, how do you bring that down in scale from, you know, the guys who are worth $100 million or $50 million or below, how do you bring that into, you know, mom and pop&#x27;s guy who has $500,000 that they&#x27;ve saved for, you know, they deserve the same strategies that the Uber affluent. And saving on taxes is even more valuable for folks with a million or under or two million or under, like that kind of category right there. That is exactly what I thought as well.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Yes. So one of the things that we&#x27;re really focused on in this industry has really changed is how do you create better tax strategies? How do you mitigate those tax loss harvesting, meaning that you sell your gains and you sell offsetting losses of stocks? Yes. Allows you to do some of that, right? So, you know, really, this is where direct indexing comes in. The S&amp;P 500 stocks don&#x27;t all move in the same direction every day, right? You&#x27;re going to have maybe Apple&#x27;s up one, maybe, you know, maybe Nvidia&#x27;s down that day or Intel or whatever you would say, right? So ultimately, with direct indexing and tax loss harvesting, you own the fractional shares so you can sell those individuals each day to offset the gains. And so ultimately, you&#x27;re generating losses that allow you to offset the gains, but you</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> keep your portfolio essentially the same while you do it. So it&#x27;s a, to me, it&#x27;s a next level strategy that individuals should be using. So at the end of the year, when you have a profit on paper, then you go back and because you&#x27;re using this tax loss harvesting method here, the profit disappears on paper because you had losses the same day when you&#x27;re having the gains. That&#x27;s right. Thomas, it&#x27;s pretty neat when you think about it. It is incredible. You know, you&#x27;re smart. It&#x27;s the only way I&#x27;d ever want to lose is if you&#x27;ve got to do it that way. Right, right, right, right, right. Well, you know, the way it works too with watch sales, et cetera. So it&#x27;s fairly complicated. That&#x27;s why technology, so that&#x27;s why the scale and the technology is only, you know, it&#x27;s fairly recent in terms of being able to do this. But it&#x27;s actually massive for individuals because, you know, we all, every dollar that</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> we save on taxes is actually a fantastic return. It&#x27;s as good as a really good investment, right? So understanding that fundamentally, you really want to approach things from a tax, you know, viewpoint really kind of plays out really well for tax loss harvesting. So we, I&#x27;ll have to start a company on those things, which I have sold. We&#x27;ll probably do more again. But it was very, very successful in the space. And ultimately, you know, I think these solutions, we&#x27;ve seen them really grow. And that is, that&#x27;s why, because everyone sees the value in it. Let&#x27;s talk about, you know, when you were doing this full time, the tax loss harvesting methods. And what was the, I know you met with people, I&#x27;m sure you saw somebody all distraught saying, I&#x27;m going to have this gigantic tax bill. Alan, what should I do?</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> And what was the best success story you had on that? So ultimately, there was a lot of very high net worth individuals who really jumped on this early on. So when you&#x27;re looking at that, I know of one case where an individual had a $30 million company sale, all right, in July, and he&#x27;s able to use tax loss harvesting strategies to mitigate his taxes by about 90% over the year. So you got 30 million. He sold it in July. And by the time January came around, he was able to reduce his taxes by 90%. Yeah, so he paid taxes. He paid about $3 million worth of gains on that. Instead of $30 million worth of gains. Wow.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> That&#x27;s amazing. That is amazing. All by using the strategy you developed. Mm-hmm. I mean, that&#x27;s where people, you know, you throw your arms in the air sometimes saying, Uncle Sam&#x27;s going to get me. Well, there&#x27;s one more time. There&#x27;s one person you called, maybe have him not get you as bad. Hey, there you go. Yeah, there you go. And look, it&#x27;s all by the code, right? So ultimately, it&#x27;s how do you do these things? How do you work through it? There&#x27;s a lot of white papers on this. There&#x27;s a lot of really smart people who&#x27;ve been behind it. This has been something that&#x27;s been available for the Uber affluent for years, right? And so the technology has allowed this to be able to be moved where, you know, individuals who have, you know, maybe they&#x27;ve had a million dollars gain. That&#x27;s still a lot of taxes. Hell yeah. On things, right? It really matters. So you have a white paper, right? Well, yes. Get us that white paper. Okay. And then we&#x27;ll share it with the audience, Thomas.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Great. We can collect the information from folks who want it, and then we&#x27;ll get it to you from when Alan gives us a white paper. We&#x27;ll get it to you. Sure. So give the number out where people can contact us to get that white paper. Absolutely. Just call 800-662-6808. 800-662-6808. Or text keyword TAX to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword TAX to 600-700. Just amazing. We all just thought, you know, when it comes to taxes, we just have to throw our arms up in the air in the surrender mode and just take whatever they&#x27;re going to give us in a bad way. But there are some ways. It&#x27;s just amazing that the sale was in July, which is month seven. I can do math, right? And it&#x27;s 12 months. So they only had five months to enact the strategies and still came out with a tax bill that was 90% less than it would have been.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Right. Amazing. That&#x27;s extreme cases. Yeah, but that&#x27;s what happens. But that&#x27;s what happens, right? So, you know, look, you know, ultimately, I think that that ends with a great outcome for the individual. And ultimately, you know, that&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a really a proof that these strategies do work. So there was a car commercial years ago and the guy would say, everybody wins. Everybody wins except for Uncle Sam. And we don&#x27;t want him to win anyway. So great strategy. You know, we did a lot of research on that book, The Tax Savvy Retirement. And that was one of the number one ways to shelter on taxes is the tax loss harvesting, the mitigation, the using the tax law in your favor. Like a lot of people get distraught when they see how big the tax code is. But there&#x27;s a lot of things in that tax code that are in our favor.</p><p><strong>10:55</strong> Right. We just we look at the bad things, but there&#x27;s some good things in there. You know, they have to be you almost need a decoder ring used to get out of a box of Cracker Jacks to figure it out. But I mean, that&#x27;s why you deal with people that are smarter than you are to do it. And I&#x27;m talking about me talking to you because you&#x27;re smarter than I am when it comes to tax loss harvesting. Yes. There&#x27;s a lot. You know, when you kind of look at that that business and how it&#x27;s evolved, there&#x27;s been a lot of great minds who&#x27;ve moved into that space who are doing a lot of research around it. Right. And delivering better solutions. And, you know, it&#x27;s been fun to be part of that that growth because it was it is the time where technology has been able to come in and make that happen. Yeah. And what I&#x27;ve been really proud to be a part of is we&#x27;ve been able to take that from the Uber affluent to push this down towards middle markets. Right. So everyone can enjoy our benefit from from these types of strategies.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> So that&#x27;s really what&#x27;s important. Used to be something only available to the people in the ivory towers. Right. Now it&#x27;s available to everyone. And so I&#x27;m going to do this, Thomas. Here&#x27;s my friend. Gold and silver. Silver and gold. That&#x27;s Yukon. This week is the guy who is making a little announcement. We have a free book to give away. I&#x27;m going to give for the next 26 of you who call, you&#x27;re going to get we&#x27;re going to actually I&#x27;m going to buy the book. It&#x27;s twenty five dollars on Amazon. I&#x27;m going to buy it for you. We&#x27;re going to send it to you free. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage and handling the tax savvy retirement. I mean, that&#x27;s the most important thing in retirement is to make sure you keep what you got instead of sharing it with everybody else. So call now. We&#x27;re going to share this book with you. No cost or obligation. All right. That number 800-662-6808 800-662-6808 or text keyword tax to 600 700.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> That&#x27;s keyword tax to 600 700. Alan, really appreciate your time today. Hope to have you on more in the future. Thanks, coach. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Alan Grissom and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine how direct indexing can create opportunities for tax-loss harvesting. They discuss using individual holdings to coordinate gains and losses, the technology behind managing portfolios at scale, and why wash-sale rules and other tax details require care. Hear Grissom’s perspective on bringing a tax-aware approach to investment management. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again, continuing the conversation with best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us is Alan Grissom, tax strategist and entrepreneur. Coach, you were talking about how to avoid some of these nasty, nasty taxes through something called harvesting. Any tax is a nasty tax, Thomas. Right? I agree with that. But if you do the right strategies, you can have more in your pocket. That&#x27;s what it comes down to. You have to do them legally because you don&#x27;t want to end up in a jail cell. And so there&#x27;s great ways. You know, we do a lot of research for that book, Tax Savvy Retirement, that I came out with last year. We talk a little bit briefly about tax loss harvesting there. But, Alan, you&#x27;ve taken it to a different level with what you&#x27;ve developed. Yeah, we really have.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I mean, when you think about how money is managed for people in the United States, it&#x27;s managed vastly differently for Uber affluent. Yep. All right? So let me kind of start with that, right? Family offices manage. If an individual has a tremendous amount of money, they may have what they call a family office, meaning that they hire someone who manages their money. They may rent cars for them or buy cars or make investments. There&#x27;s all kinds of things that kind of go with a family office. But at the core of it, they manage their money. Right. And, you know, at scale, when you have a lot of money, you can afford to pay someone to do that. Yeah. When you are, you know, from, you know, modern income to even, you know, fairly affluent,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> that&#x27;s still not, you know, at scale, that doesn&#x27;t make any sense because you&#x27;re going to lose all your returns paying somebody to manage that money. Right. So what we noticed in the U.S. during my time at S&amp;P was that technology was allowing that management of money to happen at more and more at scale, meaning that you could do it with less money and make it work. So one person now could manage two people or 10 people or 100 people, et cetera. And that was, that&#x27;s really great because now you can move more at scale. And also the people, you don&#x27;t have to have quite so much money to have special access to certain investments, et cetera. That&#x27;s good, by the way.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah, I think so. Absolutely. So, you know, when you kind of look at that, we were paying attention to that at S&amp;P. But one of the things that was very, very interesting to me was how do you manage your money at, so if I&#x27;m a wealthy guy, I could buy the S&amp;P 500, all the stocks, right? Each one of the 500 stocks. 500 stocks. Right. 500 stocks, but you also, it&#x27;s cap weighted, so meaning that I&#x27;m going to have to buy certain, I&#x27;m going to buy more. More shares of some, less of other, yeah. So it takes a lot of money to actually do that, just to have one, what, you know, you can buy it in an ETF, which is like a... It&#x27;s a balance already done for you. It&#x27;s already done for you, right? Yeah, yeah. And so you&#x27;re just buying a slice of that, you know, how much money you put in. But if you had to do that individually, it takes a lot of money to do.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But if you have it, if you could do that, you can also deselect companies. So maybe you already had a lot of, let me work for Apple, and you had a lot of Apple stock. You don&#x27;t need more Apple stock in the S&amp;P 500. Because that would overweight you in Apple. It would overweight you in Apple, right? Yeah. But so technology allowed companies to start managing individual portfolios in that way. So meaning you could select or deselect each one of the individual stocks. That&#x27;s pretty neat. That&#x27;s called direct indexing. So essentially, Coach Pete, it&#x27;s like with you, we would say, all right, so you can own all the stocks if you wanted to, or you can own fractional shares. So if someone had less money than you, and they wanted to have fractional shares, they could still own that in the same weights, et cetera, and deselect or select each one of</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> the stocks. Right. That makes a big difference in how you manage your money and your risk. Because if you work for a corporation for a long time, you&#x27;ve got a lot of risk in that one particular stock that&#x27;s built up. Seen that from a lot of people, by the way. Yeah. Way overweight at many times. It&#x27;s very common. And you&#x27;ve seen, like, even the past couple of years, like the NVIDIA multimillionaires, right? Rocket ship. Yeah. Yeah. For everybody. Like, if you own some NVIDIA stock, you know, you&#x27;ve had a high concentration buildup on those. So when I was at S&amp;P, I saw an opportunity to leave and build a company that was focused on this direct indexing, which we did. That allowed us to push that technology out into the marketplace to allow people to manage their money in a better way, in my opinion.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And so ultimately, that&#x27;s been very successful, but a key part of it was actually how do you manage the taxes? So Uber wealthy families, a lot of their work and a lot of that money management is all around tax strategies. How do we minimize taxes? And how do you take that to the middle market? How do you take that to the upper markets? You know, how do you bring that down in scale from, you know, the guys who are worth $100 million or $50 million or below, how do you bring that into, you know, mom and pop&#x27;s guy who has $500,000 that they&#x27;ve saved for, you know, they deserve the same strategies that the Uber affluent. And saving on taxes is even more valuable for folks with a million or under or two million or under, like that kind of category right there. That is exactly what I thought as well.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Yes. So one of the things that we&#x27;re really focused on in this industry has really changed is how do you create better tax strategies? How do you mitigate those tax loss harvesting, meaning that you sell your gains and you sell offsetting losses of stocks? Yes. Allows you to do some of that, right? So, you know, really, this is where direct indexing comes in. The S&amp;P 500 stocks don&#x27;t all move in the same direction every day, right? You&#x27;re going to have maybe Apple&#x27;s up one, maybe, you know, maybe Nvidia&#x27;s down that day or Intel or whatever you would say, right? So ultimately, with direct indexing and tax loss harvesting, you own the fractional shares so you can sell those individuals each day to offset the gains. And so ultimately, you&#x27;re generating losses that allow you to offset the gains, but you</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> keep your portfolio essentially the same while you do it. So it&#x27;s a, to me, it&#x27;s a next level strategy that individuals should be using. So at the end of the year, when you have a profit on paper, then you go back and because you&#x27;re using this tax loss harvesting method here, the profit disappears on paper because you had losses the same day when you&#x27;re having the gains. That&#x27;s right. Thomas, it&#x27;s pretty neat when you think about it. It is incredible. You know, you&#x27;re smart. It&#x27;s the only way I&#x27;d ever want to lose is if you&#x27;ve got to do it that way. Right, right, right, right, right. Well, you know, the way it works too with watch sales, et cetera. So it&#x27;s fairly complicated. That&#x27;s why technology, so that&#x27;s why the scale and the technology is only, you know, it&#x27;s fairly recent in terms of being able to do this. But it&#x27;s actually massive for individuals because, you know, we all, every dollar that</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> we save on taxes is actually a fantastic return. It&#x27;s as good as a really good investment, right? So understanding that fundamentally, you really want to approach things from a tax, you know, viewpoint really kind of plays out really well for tax loss harvesting. So we, I&#x27;ll have to start a company on those things, which I have sold. We&#x27;ll probably do more again. But it was very, very successful in the space. And ultimately, you know, I think these solutions, we&#x27;ve seen them really grow. And that is, that&#x27;s why, because everyone sees the value in it. Let&#x27;s talk about, you know, when you were doing this full time, the tax loss harvesting methods. And what was the, I know you met with people, I&#x27;m sure you saw somebody all distraught saying, I&#x27;m going to have this gigantic tax bill. Alan, what should I do?</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> And what was the best success story you had on that? So ultimately, there was a lot of very high net worth individuals who really jumped on this early on. So when you&#x27;re looking at that, I know of one case where an individual had a $30 million company sale, all right, in July, and he&#x27;s able to use tax loss harvesting strategies to mitigate his taxes by about 90% over the year. So you got 30 million. He sold it in July. And by the time January came around, he was able to reduce his taxes by 90%. Yeah, so he paid taxes. He paid about $3 million worth of gains on that. Instead of $30 million worth of gains. Wow.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> That&#x27;s amazing. That is amazing. All by using the strategy you developed. Mm-hmm. I mean, that&#x27;s where people, you know, you throw your arms in the air sometimes saying, Uncle Sam&#x27;s going to get me. Well, there&#x27;s one more time. There&#x27;s one person you called, maybe have him not get you as bad. Hey, there you go. Yeah, there you go. And look, it&#x27;s all by the code, right? So ultimately, it&#x27;s how do you do these things? How do you work through it? There&#x27;s a lot of white papers on this. There&#x27;s a lot of really smart people who&#x27;ve been behind it. This has been something that&#x27;s been available for the Uber affluent for years, right? And so the technology has allowed this to be able to be moved where, you know, individuals who have, you know, maybe they&#x27;ve had a million dollars gain. That&#x27;s still a lot of taxes. Hell yeah. On things, right? It really matters. So you have a white paper, right? Well, yes. Get us that white paper. Okay. And then we&#x27;ll share it with the audience, Thomas.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Great. We can collect the information from folks who want it, and then we&#x27;ll get it to you from when Alan gives us a white paper. We&#x27;ll get it to you. Sure. So give the number out where people can contact us to get that white paper. Absolutely. Just call 800-662-6808. 800-662-6808. Or text keyword TAX to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword TAX to 600-700. Just amazing. We all just thought, you know, when it comes to taxes, we just have to throw our arms up in the air in the surrender mode and just take whatever they&#x27;re going to give us in a bad way. But there are some ways. It&#x27;s just amazing that the sale was in July, which is month seven. I can do math, right? And it&#x27;s 12 months. So they only had five months to enact the strategies and still came out with a tax bill that was 90% less than it would have been.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> Right. Amazing. That&#x27;s extreme cases. Yeah, but that&#x27;s what happens. But that&#x27;s what happens, right? So, you know, look, you know, ultimately, I think that that ends with a great outcome for the individual. And ultimately, you know, that&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a really a proof that these strategies do work. So there was a car commercial years ago and the guy would say, everybody wins. Everybody wins except for Uncle Sam. And we don&#x27;t want him to win anyway. So great strategy. You know, we did a lot of research on that book, The Tax Savvy Retirement. And that was one of the number one ways to shelter on taxes is the tax loss harvesting, the mitigation, the using the tax law in your favor. Like a lot of people get distraught when they see how big the tax code is. But there&#x27;s a lot of things in that tax code that are in our favor.</p><p><strong>10:55</strong> Right. We just we look at the bad things, but there&#x27;s some good things in there. You know, they have to be you almost need a decoder ring used to get out of a box of Cracker Jacks to figure it out. But I mean, that&#x27;s why you deal with people that are smarter than you are to do it. And I&#x27;m talking about me talking to you because you&#x27;re smarter than I am when it comes to tax loss harvesting. Yes. There&#x27;s a lot. You know, when you kind of look at that that business and how it&#x27;s evolved, there&#x27;s been a lot of great minds who&#x27;ve moved into that space who are doing a lot of research around it. Right. And delivering better solutions. And, you know, it&#x27;s been fun to be part of that that growth because it was it is the time where technology has been able to come in and make that happen. Yeah. And what I&#x27;ve been really proud to be a part of is we&#x27;ve been able to take that from the Uber affluent to push this down towards middle markets. Right. So everyone can enjoy our benefit from from these types of strategies.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> So that&#x27;s really what&#x27;s important. Used to be something only available to the people in the ivory towers. Right. Now it&#x27;s available to everyone. And so I&#x27;m going to do this, Thomas. Here&#x27;s my friend. Gold and silver. Silver and gold. That&#x27;s Yukon. This week is the guy who is making a little announcement. We have a free book to give away. I&#x27;m going to give for the next 26 of you who call, you&#x27;re going to get we&#x27;re going to actually I&#x27;m going to buy the book. It&#x27;s twenty five dollars on Amazon. I&#x27;m going to buy it for you. We&#x27;re going to send it to you free. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage and handling the tax savvy retirement. I mean, that&#x27;s the most important thing in retirement is to make sure you keep what you got instead of sharing it with everybody else. So call now. We&#x27;re going to share this book with you. No cost or obligation. All right. That number 800-662-6808 800-662-6808 or text keyword tax to 600 700.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> That&#x27;s keyword tax to 600 700. Alan, really appreciate your time today. Hope to have you on more in the future. Thanks, coach. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Alan Grissom and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine how direct indexing can create opportunities for tax-loss harvesting. They discuss using individual holdings to coordinate gains and losses, the technology behind managing portfolios at scale, and why wash-sale rules and other tax details require care. Hear Grissom’s perspective on bringing a tax-aware approach to investment management. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Alan Grissom</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Alan Grissom, tax planning, investing, technology</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3/image.jpg?t=1792073322&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-grissom-direct-indexing-and-tax-loss-harvesting-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3/image.jpg?t=1792073322&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>757</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c61de145-c21e-4620-96a6-b4e10159fdb3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12150328" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-grissom-direct-indexing-and-tax-loss-harvesting-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>12</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Direct Indexing and Tax-Loss Harvesting" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:49" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Alan Grissom: Index Investing, Railroads, and the History of Wall Street (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Alan Grissom: Index Investing, Railroads, and the History of Wall Street (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tax strategist and entrepreneur Alan Grissom joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss how markets developed and why index investing became important. They explore the roots of the financial system, railroad investment, Cornelius Vanderbilt, and the relationship between active and passive strategies. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb, still here with you, alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach, you have brought a friend into the studio today. Would you like to introduce him, or shall I? Well, go ahead and introduce him, and I&#x27;ll talk about him. Let&#x27;s do it. Let&#x27;s do it. So we have Alan Grissom, tax strategist and entrepreneur, has flown in from Nashville. We&#x27;ve got him in the studio here. Happy to have you here, Alan. Nice to have you, Alan. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. You and I have known each other for a while. Well, and in the financial community, like you and I are kind of veterans in the financial community, you kind of start knowing some people or start recognizing some people. And you&#x27;ve done a great job with indexing the market, having indexed. Do you want to tell folks about that real quick? Yeah. So it kind of goes with my history. So I&#x27;ve got a long-standing history in the financial services space.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The last 12 years before, I had a business with S&amp;P Dow Jones Indices, which is like the S&amp;P 500, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, and a million other indices that you may or may not have heard of. All right. So yeah, we were involved in those businesses or those indices for a long time. And I left in 2022 to create what I thought were investment strategies or indices that would be used in space. And it turned out to have a really successful run. So why do people need indices? Well, for a lot of different reasons. Indices, if you kind of look at that, they&#x27;re a measure, right? And they can be a tool that can be used in investment vehicles. Like most people don&#x27;t really think about it this way, but the S&amp;P 500 is an index.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It measures the U.S. economy, right? It&#x27;s one of the best measures of the U.S. economy. Yes. And so if you want to tell how we&#x27;re doing as a country, it&#x27;s a good way to look at it, right? It may not be perfect in the way it measures it, but it gives everyone a lot of confidence in how we&#x27;re doing in general in the country. So when you think about that, there&#x27;s a lot of use cases for it. People invest money in the S&amp;P 500 and a lot of the NASDAQ 100 and a lot of other indices that are out there. And ultimately, the idea, because they&#x27;re rules-based, they&#x27;re passive in nature, the idea is that over time, those should perform, and they typically have outperformed active management. Because like most people, even active managers make bad investment decisions over time.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what a lot of people need to know. I mean, passive is better than active a lot of times, right? It&#x27;s really proven to be true. I mean, Warren Buffett, he&#x27;s one of the greatest investors of all time. Hedge funds are supposed to be some of the greatest investors as well. And a few years ago, in the late 2000s, Warren Buffett bet the hedge funds a lunch versus a million dollars. He would give them a million dollars or they could buy him lunch if they could outperform the S&amp;P 500. And over three years, most of them had dropped out. By the seventh year, all of them had dropped out of that bet and bought him lunch. So those are the best investors in the world. So it&#x27;s really tough for individuals to really outperform active managers.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Can you do it? Absolutely. Yeah. But it&#x27;s a tricky world out there. But can you do it consistently? You know, anybody can go to Vegas and win on one spin of the wheel, but can you keep winning when the wheel keeps spinning? So that&#x27;s where people make mistakes in the market many times. And it&#x27;s also, it&#x27;s a lot of work. Yeah. Yeah. Do you really want to put that much time in it? You know, we study the markets actively every day, our team. And ultimately, that&#x27;s a 24-7 job. Well, yeah. So you&#x27;re an individual investor back home listening now and you say, I can beat the markets. But when you&#x27;re trying to beat the markets, you&#x27;re going against teams of people, not just you. And they&#x27;ve got research teams assigned to one stock. Like some of the big companies assigned five different analysts to one stock. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s incredible.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> You know, they&#x27;re full-time researching and they get a lot more information than we as individual investors can get a lot of times, too, because they&#x27;re closer to the situation. Got to say that it&#x27;s really tilted in institutions&#x27; favor. Yeah. In a lot of ways. Plus, they have psychologists who know exactly when you&#x27;re going to sell. And they will move, you know, they can move the markets to certain numbers to make you sweat. And absolutely, turn it over. No moss. No moss is a common term, right? You know, I remember Roberto Duran said that back in the day, remember? No moss. No, yeah. Now, speaking of back in the day, I remember growing up and my parents would always have Walter Cronkite on and he would talk about the Dow Jones industrial average. That&#x27;s about the only thing you ever heard of back then. And a lot of folks didn&#x27;t realize that Dow was only 30 stocks. So it&#x27;s really not as good of a barometer as an S&amp;P 500 kind of index with 500 companies.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Right. In my opinion, because you get more of an overall view with 500 companies. Makes sense. Right. Well, if you look at this, the history of indexing itself, it goes back to what are you trying to measure? Charles Dow in the late 1800s created the Dow Jones Industrial Average. Before that, he had the Dow Jones Transportation Index, which is the first index. Yep. So why were they doing that? At the time, they were, again, trying to measure what was going on in the United States at the time. Right. And so in the 50s, when we did the S&amp;P 500 was launched, as we know it, it really took a different view because there was more companies or more corporations in the 1950s than there were in the late 1800s. Yeah. And so ultimately, this measure, which is mostly stayed in the same framework, has been a really</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> good measure of the economy. And also large cap companies are different than small cap. And so you kind of go through those things. And it really depends on what you&#x27;re trying to measure, right? So. You know, looking at the transportation, Dow Jones Transportation Index was at 1800s, you said, right? What they have to, would they have horse and buggy and maybe a train? Well, you know, that&#x27;s a great question. That&#x27;s a great question. What they had were trains. Okay. Yeah. So when you think about the 1800s and really why corporations are around, early Wall Street, the Buttonwood Tree, and then the early exchanges, they basically traded stocks. But there weren&#x27;t many stocks. There were a few insurance companies and they traded revolutionary bonds.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> And so for a long time, our financial institutions really were not in place, right? Our government, our federal government was really small. But if you look into the 1840s, 1850s, that&#x27;s really when we started building railroads and trains. And that became, you know, the jet planes of, you know, of the day, right? So massive improvements in terms of how we could move people, how we can move product around the country. And that became an interest of investing. And there was one guy, Cornelius Vanderbilt, who had enough money to do it himself. Most, the rest of America did not. And so ultimately, that was a big catalyst of creating corporations, was raising money</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> by getting other people to invest to create this company to build a railroad. So you and I talked about railroads last night. It&#x27;s amazing. Back in the 1800s or before that, when they built train tracks, Thomas, they didn&#x27;t have all the modern technology they had these days to make sure it was level. Sure. When you come up to a hole, how do you put a train track over a hole? You build a bridge. I mean, you think about how long it took to build a bridge. Some of those trellises, you see, are amazing how far up they had to put the wood to get that, to keep the track level. And the amount of weight going over that. Oh, my gosh. It&#x27;s amazing, really. Yeah. Well, and you look at all the technology and the wealth that came from that, right? Yep. So, you know, the Andrew Carnegie, so the steel, right? Rockefeller. Yep. You know, so John D was, you know, ultimately, you know, a lot of what they were involved</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> with as well was, you know, the oil, rock standard oil, all those things, those evolution of what we were doing at the time really drove a lot of wealth and really catapulted us into, you know, the 20th century and beyond. When you think about the game Monopoly, I don&#x27;t really know. I should know when they developed that, but it had trains. Remember, they had three, four different railroads on there. For sure. They didn&#x27;t have airlines, did they? But, you know, to invest in the trains and you make money with those trains. And so Vanderbilt, Commodore Vanderbilt did. Then he left his money, and that&#x27;s a whole other story, to the kids and like grandkids, I guess, whatever. And most of them blew it. There weren&#x27;t many that survived or the money didn&#x27;t survive too many generational shifts there. Yeah, that&#x27;s terrible. It&#x27;s unbelievable. When you think about the wealth, because most people would consider Vanderbilt the richest</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> man who&#x27;s ever lived. Maybe they could make the argument for John D. Rockefeller. But at the same time, when you kind of look at where the United States was at the time, it&#x27;s pretty easy to make the argument that Vanderbilt was the richest man. If you look just a few generations away, a guy who was, I think, I&#x27;ve read, and people have made the argument, he was probably the first trillionaire as it relates to not trillion at the time, but relative to the U.S. GDP. Yep. Even that vast wealth was gone by just a few generations. He controlled the flow of goods, right? Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s the railroad. Because we were talking about, it used to be by water. So you had to build the cities next to a stream or a river or something like that back in the day. And now the train tracks opened it up.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Or maybe the ocean, maybe the ships would come from the ocean. Now they come to the ocean, they load it on the train and get that stuff all the way out west. He was such a believer in that. But the reason he&#x27;s called the Commodore is because he was involved in the shipping to start with. Yeah. Trains and boats. That&#x27;s all he needed right there. Yeah. And so he was vastly invested and very successful in the shipping side of the business. Very ruthless at that side. But then after he saw the trains and he saw the future and he literally sold his ships and bet the future, bet the farm on the future. Wow. And he did that a few times. That guy was, you know, what I love about reading about him was, you know, he recognized what was going on and he wasn&#x27;t afraid to risk it all. I mean, there were times he went down to Wall Street in panics and cornered the entire</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> market. So there&#x27;s fascinating stories about a guy who I think didn&#x27;t have even a sixth grade education, but built the wealthiest empire that the United States has ever known. And, you know, and did that with conviction. He understood stocks. He understood corporations. He understood debt. He understood all these things. And it&#x27;s unbelievable that a guy, you know, which most society would have actually when he was young and making his way, was really shunned by the aristocracy of New York. And they really looked down their noses at him. And over time, he owned them all. Yeah. They weren&#x27;t looking down too much, were they? That&#x27;s after a while. It&#x27;s just funny how a simple idea or an idea turned into a real reality with him. We take railroads for granted these days.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> A lot of people complain about being too close to the train, hearing the trains whistle and getting mad about that. But what if we didn&#x27;t have that kind of development? How would you move goods across? Because there were no roads back then, or there were dirt roads. I mean, they didn&#x27;t have tractor-tiller trucks. You had trains. Well, you think about the gold rush and what was happening in the United States at that time, right? So you had the gold rush in California in 1849. You had, how do you get goods and things out west? How do you get people out west? How do you get things back east, right? How do you get the money back east? And so that was a big part. Like, the money part was really what was mattering. You had the great train robbery then. Here comes the money train. I didn&#x27;t really care about the people part. But essentially, you either had to take wagon trains across or you had to take a boat all the way around.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> You had to move all the way around a terra de fuego around South America and come back up, which was a long and pretty treacherous trip. There was no Panama Canal back then, wasn&#x27;t there? There was no Panama Canal. In fact, he worked on building. They really explored building a Panama Canal at the time. It wasn&#x27;t Panama. I think they were looking at another Central American country to go across. But he pushed the envelope in every avenue about how to build at scale. Well, he made a lot of money. And when we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about the power of tax harvesting and how you can save a lot of money on taxes by doing the efficient management of your taxation. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tax strategist and entrepreneur Alan Grissom joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss how markets developed and why index investing became important. They explore the roots of the financial system, railroad investment, Cornelius Vanderbilt, and the relationship between active and passive strategies. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb, still here with you, alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach, you have brought a friend into the studio today. Would you like to introduce him, or shall I? Well, go ahead and introduce him, and I&#x27;ll talk about him. Let&#x27;s do it. Let&#x27;s do it. So we have Alan Grissom, tax strategist and entrepreneur, has flown in from Nashville. We&#x27;ve got him in the studio here. Happy to have you here, Alan. Nice to have you, Alan. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me on. Yeah. You and I have known each other for a while. Well, and in the financial community, like you and I are kind of veterans in the financial community, you kind of start knowing some people or start recognizing some people. And you&#x27;ve done a great job with indexing the market, having indexed. Do you want to tell folks about that real quick? Yeah. So it kind of goes with my history. So I&#x27;ve got a long-standing history in the financial services space.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The last 12 years before, I had a business with S&amp;P Dow Jones Indices, which is like the S&amp;P 500, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, and a million other indices that you may or may not have heard of. All right. So yeah, we were involved in those businesses or those indices for a long time. And I left in 2022 to create what I thought were investment strategies or indices that would be used in space. And it turned out to have a really successful run. So why do people need indices? Well, for a lot of different reasons. Indices, if you kind of look at that, they&#x27;re a measure, right? And they can be a tool that can be used in investment vehicles. Like most people don&#x27;t really think about it this way, but the S&amp;P 500 is an index.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It measures the U.S. economy, right? It&#x27;s one of the best measures of the U.S. economy. Yes. And so if you want to tell how we&#x27;re doing as a country, it&#x27;s a good way to look at it, right? It may not be perfect in the way it measures it, but it gives everyone a lot of confidence in how we&#x27;re doing in general in the country. So when you think about that, there&#x27;s a lot of use cases for it. People invest money in the S&amp;P 500 and a lot of the NASDAQ 100 and a lot of other indices that are out there. And ultimately, the idea, because they&#x27;re rules-based, they&#x27;re passive in nature, the idea is that over time, those should perform, and they typically have outperformed active management. Because like most people, even active managers make bad investment decisions over time.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what a lot of people need to know. I mean, passive is better than active a lot of times, right? It&#x27;s really proven to be true. I mean, Warren Buffett, he&#x27;s one of the greatest investors of all time. Hedge funds are supposed to be some of the greatest investors as well. And a few years ago, in the late 2000s, Warren Buffett bet the hedge funds a lunch versus a million dollars. He would give them a million dollars or they could buy him lunch if they could outperform the S&amp;P 500. And over three years, most of them had dropped out. By the seventh year, all of them had dropped out of that bet and bought him lunch. So those are the best investors in the world. So it&#x27;s really tough for individuals to really outperform active managers.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> Can you do it? Absolutely. Yeah. But it&#x27;s a tricky world out there. But can you do it consistently? You know, anybody can go to Vegas and win on one spin of the wheel, but can you keep winning when the wheel keeps spinning? So that&#x27;s where people make mistakes in the market many times. And it&#x27;s also, it&#x27;s a lot of work. Yeah. Yeah. Do you really want to put that much time in it? You know, we study the markets actively every day, our team. And ultimately, that&#x27;s a 24-7 job. Well, yeah. So you&#x27;re an individual investor back home listening now and you say, I can beat the markets. But when you&#x27;re trying to beat the markets, you&#x27;re going against teams of people, not just you. And they&#x27;ve got research teams assigned to one stock. Like some of the big companies assigned five different analysts to one stock. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s incredible.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> You know, they&#x27;re full-time researching and they get a lot more information than we as individual investors can get a lot of times, too, because they&#x27;re closer to the situation. Got to say that it&#x27;s really tilted in institutions&#x27; favor. Yeah. In a lot of ways. Plus, they have psychologists who know exactly when you&#x27;re going to sell. And they will move, you know, they can move the markets to certain numbers to make you sweat. And absolutely, turn it over. No moss. No moss is a common term, right? You know, I remember Roberto Duran said that back in the day, remember? No moss. No, yeah. Now, speaking of back in the day, I remember growing up and my parents would always have Walter Cronkite on and he would talk about the Dow Jones industrial average. That&#x27;s about the only thing you ever heard of back then. And a lot of folks didn&#x27;t realize that Dow was only 30 stocks. So it&#x27;s really not as good of a barometer as an S&amp;P 500 kind of index with 500 companies.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Right. In my opinion, because you get more of an overall view with 500 companies. Makes sense. Right. Well, if you look at this, the history of indexing itself, it goes back to what are you trying to measure? Charles Dow in the late 1800s created the Dow Jones Industrial Average. Before that, he had the Dow Jones Transportation Index, which is the first index. Yep. So why were they doing that? At the time, they were, again, trying to measure what was going on in the United States at the time. Right. And so in the 50s, when we did the S&amp;P 500 was launched, as we know it, it really took a different view because there was more companies or more corporations in the 1950s than there were in the late 1800s. Yeah. And so ultimately, this measure, which is mostly stayed in the same framework, has been a really</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> good measure of the economy. And also large cap companies are different than small cap. And so you kind of go through those things. And it really depends on what you&#x27;re trying to measure, right? So. You know, looking at the transportation, Dow Jones Transportation Index was at 1800s, you said, right? What they have to, would they have horse and buggy and maybe a train? Well, you know, that&#x27;s a great question. That&#x27;s a great question. What they had were trains. Okay. Yeah. So when you think about the 1800s and really why corporations are around, early Wall Street, the Buttonwood Tree, and then the early exchanges, they basically traded stocks. But there weren&#x27;t many stocks. There were a few insurance companies and they traded revolutionary bonds.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> And so for a long time, our financial institutions really were not in place, right? Our government, our federal government was really small. But if you look into the 1840s, 1850s, that&#x27;s really when we started building railroads and trains. And that became, you know, the jet planes of, you know, of the day, right? So massive improvements in terms of how we could move people, how we can move product around the country. And that became an interest of investing. And there was one guy, Cornelius Vanderbilt, who had enough money to do it himself. Most, the rest of America did not. And so ultimately, that was a big catalyst of creating corporations, was raising money</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> by getting other people to invest to create this company to build a railroad. So you and I talked about railroads last night. It&#x27;s amazing. Back in the 1800s or before that, when they built train tracks, Thomas, they didn&#x27;t have all the modern technology they had these days to make sure it was level. Sure. When you come up to a hole, how do you put a train track over a hole? You build a bridge. I mean, you think about how long it took to build a bridge. Some of those trellises, you see, are amazing how far up they had to put the wood to get that, to keep the track level. And the amount of weight going over that. Oh, my gosh. It&#x27;s amazing, really. Yeah. Well, and you look at all the technology and the wealth that came from that, right? Yep. So, you know, the Andrew Carnegie, so the steel, right? Rockefeller. Yep. You know, so John D was, you know, ultimately, you know, a lot of what they were involved</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> with as well was, you know, the oil, rock standard oil, all those things, those evolution of what we were doing at the time really drove a lot of wealth and really catapulted us into, you know, the 20th century and beyond. When you think about the game Monopoly, I don&#x27;t really know. I should know when they developed that, but it had trains. Remember, they had three, four different railroads on there. For sure. They didn&#x27;t have airlines, did they? But, you know, to invest in the trains and you make money with those trains. And so Vanderbilt, Commodore Vanderbilt did. Then he left his money, and that&#x27;s a whole other story, to the kids and like grandkids, I guess, whatever. And most of them blew it. There weren&#x27;t many that survived or the money didn&#x27;t survive too many generational shifts there. Yeah, that&#x27;s terrible. It&#x27;s unbelievable. When you think about the wealth, because most people would consider Vanderbilt the richest</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> man who&#x27;s ever lived. Maybe they could make the argument for John D. Rockefeller. But at the same time, when you kind of look at where the United States was at the time, it&#x27;s pretty easy to make the argument that Vanderbilt was the richest man. If you look just a few generations away, a guy who was, I think, I&#x27;ve read, and people have made the argument, he was probably the first trillionaire as it relates to not trillion at the time, but relative to the U.S. GDP. Yep. Even that vast wealth was gone by just a few generations. He controlled the flow of goods, right? Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s the railroad. Because we were talking about, it used to be by water. So you had to build the cities next to a stream or a river or something like that back in the day. And now the train tracks opened it up.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Or maybe the ocean, maybe the ships would come from the ocean. Now they come to the ocean, they load it on the train and get that stuff all the way out west. He was such a believer in that. But the reason he&#x27;s called the Commodore is because he was involved in the shipping to start with. Yeah. Trains and boats. That&#x27;s all he needed right there. Yeah. And so he was vastly invested and very successful in the shipping side of the business. Very ruthless at that side. But then after he saw the trains and he saw the future and he literally sold his ships and bet the future, bet the farm on the future. Wow. And he did that a few times. That guy was, you know, what I love about reading about him was, you know, he recognized what was going on and he wasn&#x27;t afraid to risk it all. I mean, there were times he went down to Wall Street in panics and cornered the entire</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> market. So there&#x27;s fascinating stories about a guy who I think didn&#x27;t have even a sixth grade education, but built the wealthiest empire that the United States has ever known. And, you know, and did that with conviction. He understood stocks. He understood corporations. He understood debt. He understood all these things. And it&#x27;s unbelievable that a guy, you know, which most society would have actually when he was young and making his way, was really shunned by the aristocracy of New York. And they really looked down their noses at him. And over time, he owned them all. Yeah. They weren&#x27;t looking down too much, were they? That&#x27;s after a while. It&#x27;s just funny how a simple idea or an idea turned into a real reality with him. We take railroads for granted these days.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> A lot of people complain about being too close to the train, hearing the trains whistle and getting mad about that. But what if we didn&#x27;t have that kind of development? How would you move goods across? Because there were no roads back then, or there were dirt roads. I mean, they didn&#x27;t have tractor-tiller trucks. You had trains. Well, you think about the gold rush and what was happening in the United States at that time, right? So you had the gold rush in California in 1849. You had, how do you get goods and things out west? How do you get people out west? How do you get things back east, right? How do you get the money back east? And so that was a big part. Like, the money part was really what was mattering. You had the great train robbery then. Here comes the money train. I didn&#x27;t really care about the people part. But essentially, you either had to take wagon trains across or you had to take a boat all the way around.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> You had to move all the way around a terra de fuego around South America and come back up, which was a long and pretty treacherous trip. There was no Panama Canal back then, wasn&#x27;t there? There was no Panama Canal. In fact, he worked on building. They really explored building a Panama Canal at the time. It wasn&#x27;t Panama. I think they were looking at another Central American country to go across. But he pushed the envelope in every avenue about how to build at scale. Well, he made a lot of money. And when we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about the power of tax harvesting and how you can save a lot of money on taxes by doing the efficient management of your taxation. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tax strategist and entrepreneur Alan Grissom joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss how markets developed and why index investing became important. They explore the roots of the financial system, railroad investment, Cornelius Vanderbilt, and the relationship between active and passive strategies. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Alan Grissom</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Alan Grissom, tax planning, investing, entrepreneurship</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504/image.jpg?t=1792073324&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-grissom-index-investing-railroads-and-the-history-of-wall-street-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504/image.jpg?t=1792073324&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2026 10:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>754</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e62b096-3af9-4201-b121-b4e10159c504/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12101551" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/alan-grissom-index-investing-railroads-and-the-history-of-wall-street-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>13</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Alan Grissom" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in the studio with us is Phil Graham as well as Gary Marriage. I&#x27;m trying to keep all of these boys on track. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. Catch up on that conversation by heading to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach, I see you itching over there. Well, subliminally, as we&#x27;ve grown up, we&#x27;ve always been told to put a plan together. Yeah. And we&#x27;ve been hearing it. But a lot of times we procrastinate, put it off. And so people are saying, well, Coach, what do you mean we&#x27;ve been told about it? Well, there&#x27;s a show here. Maybe you remember this guy. The plan. The plan. It&#x27;s a little guy on Fantasy Island. He always pointed out and said, the plan. The plan. So important. Tattoo. We just overlook it. Yeah, tattoo. He was really saying the plane, but it sounds like he&#x27;s saying the plan. Yeah, it does.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And so the plan is important. You remember Fantasy Island? Oh, yeah. That was a cool show, wasn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. That guy&#x27;s name was Ricardo Montalbano or something like that, wasn&#x27;t it? Or the big guy. Between that and the love boat. Oh, the love boat. Now, I had Gopher on the show years ago. Oh, did you? Fred Grandy. Yeah, really cool guy. Cool. It&#x27;s probably one of those that got lost when we moved offices, Thomas. That was back in 2011. I had Fred Grandy on. The ones and the zeros have disappeared, unfortunately. We had Klinger from MASH. Shoot, do we still have that one? Yeah, I&#x27;ll have to look it up and see. Yeah, see, I got some things to do here. Chuck Woolery? The Chuck Woolery one we still have. We have that one. The dating game? Yeah, he was good. Oh, yeah. I had him take us out. He said, we&#x27;re back in two and two, he said. That&#x27;s what he used to say. Now, he&#x27;s passed away also, you know, unfortunately. When you come on my show, you don&#x27;t stand a good chance. Sorry, boys. Welcome in, Phil and Gary.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Because Charlie Daniels came on, then he passed away. And Eddie Money came on, then he passed away. Yeah, yeah. And I wanted to have both of those guys back on. Because, you know, Charlie Daniels is from Gulf, North Carolina. He&#x27;s a North Carolina guy. I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, Charlie, really cool guy to talk to. Was it a rainy night? That&#x27;s Eddie Rabbit. Oh. Wrong Eddie. Oh. Remember Eddie Rabbit? Yeah, I remember him, too. I was thinking Eddie Money, Eddie Rabbit. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Eddie Money had 21 top 20 hits. He did, yeah. Take Me Home Tonight. Rainy Night was not one of them. No, it was not. Two Tickets to Paradise, one of my favorite ones. Two Tickets to Paradise, great song. So, I was at Madison Square Garden a couple weeks ago for the Big East Tournament. And you ever been to Madison Square Garden? Yes. My first time I&#x27;ve ever been. Really cool place. Oh, wow. But on the entrance, at the entrance, they have this big old glass room. You&#x27;re not allowed. Cops watch you when you get close to it.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And inside that glass room is a piano. So, Billy Joel donated to him at his 150th concert he did over there. He said, the 150th concert&#x27;s Billy Joel, the piano man. Wow. I don&#x27;t know what I had to do with anything. But, well, we do. Now, I had an autographed song sheet of Billy Joel in one of his first cassettes in our office. So, we get that as a collectible item. Yes, you did. But Billy Joel&#x27;s one of my favorite artists, too. And don&#x27;t worry, folks. I&#x27;m not going to have him on the show. Yeah. We don&#x27;t want to curse him, do we? But I&#x27;ve never seen him in concert. I thought it&#x27;d be cool to see Billy Joel in concert. I agree. I agree. I agree. What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw in person, Phil? Oh, man. Ever saw in person. I did front row center stage for Jimmy Buffett one year. Jimmy Buffett was always fun. Came to Raleigh a lot back in the day. He&#x27;d come for two nights, and they&#x27;d extend it a third night. And I&#x27;d go every single night.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And I had tickets for one of the nights. But it was more fun in the parking lot with all the pair of hats. Oh, yeah. And you could still hear the concert on the inside. Nice. And my buddies and I would walk around. Every now and then, somebody would leave a grill with some food on it to go into the concert. We&#x27;d eat very well in the parking lot. Very nice. Very nice. How about you, Gary? What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw? I&#x27;ve got to tell you, it was Kenny Chesney. Kenny Chesney is a great performer, right? I like country music, too. But he... Doesn&#x27;t he do Nationwide? Is it on your side? No. No, that&#x27;s the other guy. That&#x27;s Brad Paisley. Oh, Brad Paisley. Okay. See? We all confused. The other guy. So you&#x27;re talking about the parking lot parties, right? Those are like the best. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s like before football games. But Kenny Chesney concert, somebody brought a pontoon boat. They dragged it behind their truck and they had it in the parking lot. Yes. Kenny finds out about it, comes out in the crowd and decides to start playing on a pontoon</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> boat that&#x27;s in the parking lot. And it was sick. It was so cool. That&#x27;s so great. Like a private concert with him. Just a good guy. You talk about a way to party. They do have a party bringing a pontoon boat. I&#x27;ve heard of RVs before, but not a pontoon boat. Too bad they didn&#x27;t have to go to Lake. They could have put it in. He was having so much fun. They had to rush him back to the stage. They&#x27;re like, hey, you&#x27;re going to actually do a concert now. Oh, how cool is that? Thomas, what about you? Oh, yeah. You know, I love a lot of different music. Lately, I went with my kids to see Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, which is a swing band. So if you go back to the 20s, 30s, that kind of style of music sounds like that. Wasn&#x27;t that Brian Sitzler from the Stray Cats? Yeah. So Brian said he does that same style of music. Yeah. He had a huge hit a while back. Yeah. I love that. I got one right, coach. Yeah. Good job. And we did the book, Through the Years, it&#x27;s called. So we go from 1909 all the way to 2024, tell you relevant facts about each year.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And then I said, Thomas, I said, we need to make a soundtrack for the book. You know, you have movies have soundtracks. Why don&#x27;t books? Exactly. Right. Come on. So then we came up with one. For each decade, we had a song. And now we&#x27;re going to have a second soundtrack coming out because there were songs that were really close. We had to decide between the two. And I said, Thomas, let&#x27;s go ahead and have a set two come out. There you go. And then we&#x27;re going to have a country set come out for the decades, each decade country song. But do you have, I know this is random, Thomas, but do you have a song we can get real quick on one of the decades? Well, you know, talking about Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, let&#x27;s go back to the 30s. All right. The rain gave out the dust blew in.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> We stuffed the cracks with cloth and tin. Five cents for beans, a dime for rice. And bread stayed cheap in half the size. The 30s hit like iron rain. But Seabiscuit ran through the strain. Shirley smiled on silver screens and Mickey&#x27;s dark broken dreams. A Sears vest cost us 49. But hand-me-downs still fit just fine. One farm and four lost crops to spoil.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> So supper came from garden soil. The bread line stretched a block away. So great, so great. Well, all right, so to the average person listening saying, well, that&#x27;s just a song. But the cool thing was you had, you designed the lyrics of every song. So every song&#x27;s lyrics have something to do with that decade. They do. Every single line is mixing. You can learn history by listening to songs. I probably could have learned that way. So we have that book available, folks. It&#x27;s on Amazon. What is it, $24.99? I believe so, yes, sir. Yeah, it&#x27;s called Through the Years. And you can get the soundtrack for free. Thomas, tell folks how they can listen to, like, all the decades of the songs anytime they want. Well, and again, freely available. Of course, you can go on Amazon or Apple and buy it. But also the streaming platforms, Apple Music, Amazon, iHeartMedia, Spotify, you name it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Just search Through the Years Coach Pete, and it&#x27;ll come right up there for you. Through the Years Coach Pete. It has a great, colorful cover. And we go all the way from 1910 on this album all the way through 2020. Tried to style each decade as if it was coming right out of that time. You know, my wife, she&#x27;s a teacher, and she said, Thomas, I got to bring this to middle school next year because this is the way I can teach my kids about the difference. Like I said, it&#x27;s a good way to learn. Yeah, yeah. Now, what about, do we have electronic book posted for the Through the Years book? We do, yes. You can find it at CoachPete.com. Very easy website to remember, CoachPete.com. So here&#x27;s what I&#x27;d recommend, folks. Go to CoachPete.com, download the book for free, and then go online to any, wherever you get your music from, Spotify, iTunes, whatever, iHeart. I love iHeart. That&#x27;s what I use. But anyway, you&#x27;ve searched Through the Years Coach Pete. You can read the book, different decades, with your kids or yourself or your family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and then play the song. There you go. And see how relevant it is. Did I see some on vinyl somewhere, too? We do have the vinyl. We have the records, too. Yes, that was a fun thing. We&#x27;re not, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re for sale, though. No, these are limited edition. But, you know, we do have CDs. Contact me directly on eBay. But by the way, by the way, here&#x27;s an interesting stat for all you guys listening. Yes. First year, this year or last year, was the first year that vinyl has sold as much as it did back in 1982. So it&#x27;s as popular today as it was in 1982. Well, I know that because my daughter wanted a record player. I said, gosh, Daddy had one in an attic somewhere. Yeah. But we went and bought her a new one on Amazon. Sure. Where else does everything come from? Sure, sure. But they sell vinyl. Like, the record&#x27;s now a lot more expensive. Like, back when I was listening to records, I worked at Kmart in 1984, and the records were $7.99.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> So I would get my sticks and, you know, all the, like, Eddie Money, all the albums there, $7.99. Wow. Nowadays, she&#x27;s paying like 30 or 40 bucks because these are special ones. They&#x27;re different color. Back in the day, our records were black. Remember the black records? Yeah. Now they have red ones, blue ones, you name it, right? Fancy, fancy. And even ours is splash colored. Yeah, we have some very cool pink and blue splash colored ones. Yeah. So folks, go to coachpete.com, download the book for free. There&#x27;s other books you can download for free there, too. Or you can go to Amazon and buy them. I really appreciate it when you go to Amazon and buy them because it helps me out a little bit. But you&#x27;re welcome to go download it for free. We have that service for you. Yeah. We want to make sure you get all the facts you need to make sure your retirement is successful as it should be. It&#x27;s true. And as you head into retirement, you want to make sure that these things that might have, you know, we&#x27;ve heard about in history class that happened in the 30s, that happened in the 70s, they can happen just as easily today.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So make sure all of these crazy concepts that we don&#x27;t hear about until the financial red zone, sequence of risk return, all these different things to make sure that we actually have a plan as we head into retirement. It&#x27;s fun to talk about through the years. But at the end of the day, you need to have a plan, an actionable plan that you understand. And that can begin by contacting Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also reach out via text, just text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. And maybe you&#x27;re out there, you just have a question for coaching the team. Just text that to 600-700 as well. Whatever your question is, we&#x27;ll be here to answer. Well, that&#x27;s a sound where you can get ready for retirement. Buckle up, folks, because I&#x27;ve got a free book offer for you as we leave for the week.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;ve got my book, The Tax-Savvy Retirement. Now, you can buy it on Amazon for $24.99, or you can call right now or text right now. If you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who will call or text, we&#x27;re going to mail this book out to you at our expense. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage. We&#x27;re even going to pay for the handling, whatever that is. And so if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who call, this book is over 230 pages. Tax strategies you may be overlooking that will help you keep more of your money in your pocket, not only now, not only later, but all the way through retirement. And when you&#x27;re gone, making sure that more money goes to your family tax efficiently by reading the strategies in this book. We put it all in writing for you so there&#x27;s no excuses if you&#x27;re paying too much in taxes. A lot of advisors won&#x27;t talk about this.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We pride ourselves in talking about tax planning, and we have a lot of strategies here that your current advisor might not be explaining to you. They&#x27;re all packed in this book. And you get this book right now if you call the number Thomas is going to give you. And the number is the same, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Remember, this is no cost, no obligation. We will get it out the door, and you can get this educative material to make sure that you are being most tax advantageous as possible as you head into retirement. You can also text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. People love it when we give the book away. Yes. And we have a lot of you calling. And we&#x27;re happy to have you call, and we&#x27;re happy to get you a book. You can, if you&#x27;re impatient and don&#x27;t want to wait for the book to come, even after you</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> call, you can download it, you can download the PDF at coachpete.com. If you have any questions for the show, if you&#x27;d like to hear your own voice, ask a question, go to financialsafari.com and click that little button there that says ask a question, and we&#x27;ll make sure to answer it on a future show. And if we do, if you submit a question and we ask that question on air, I will get you a bottle of my wine for doing that. We have to come pick it up. We&#x27;re not allowed to send wine. We&#x27;re not bootleggers here. But we will give you a bottle of my newest wine. So, for Coach Pete, right here. For Thomas Lipscomb, back there with Jose working behind the board. And our special guests, Phil Graham and Gary Marich. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week, right here, same time, same station, on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in the studio with us is Phil Graham as well as Gary Marriage. I&#x27;m trying to keep all of these boys on track. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. Catch up on that conversation by heading to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach, I see you itching over there. Well, subliminally, as we&#x27;ve grown up, we&#x27;ve always been told to put a plan together. Yeah. And we&#x27;ve been hearing it. But a lot of times we procrastinate, put it off. And so people are saying, well, Coach, what do you mean we&#x27;ve been told about it? Well, there&#x27;s a show here. Maybe you remember this guy. The plan. The plan. It&#x27;s a little guy on Fantasy Island. He always pointed out and said, the plan. The plan. So important. Tattoo. We just overlook it. Yeah, tattoo. He was really saying the plane, but it sounds like he&#x27;s saying the plan. Yeah, it does.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And so the plan is important. You remember Fantasy Island? Oh, yeah. That was a cool show, wasn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. That guy&#x27;s name was Ricardo Montalbano or something like that, wasn&#x27;t it? Or the big guy. Between that and the love boat. Oh, the love boat. Now, I had Gopher on the show years ago. Oh, did you? Fred Grandy. Yeah, really cool guy. Cool. It&#x27;s probably one of those that got lost when we moved offices, Thomas. That was back in 2011. I had Fred Grandy on. The ones and the zeros have disappeared, unfortunately. We had Klinger from MASH. Shoot, do we still have that one? Yeah, I&#x27;ll have to look it up and see. Yeah, see, I got some things to do here. Chuck Woolery? The Chuck Woolery one we still have. We have that one. The dating game? Yeah, he was good. Oh, yeah. I had him take us out. He said, we&#x27;re back in two and two, he said. That&#x27;s what he used to say. Now, he&#x27;s passed away also, you know, unfortunately. When you come on my show, you don&#x27;t stand a good chance. Sorry, boys. Welcome in, Phil and Gary.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> Because Charlie Daniels came on, then he passed away. And Eddie Money came on, then he passed away. Yeah, yeah. And I wanted to have both of those guys back on. Because, you know, Charlie Daniels is from Gulf, North Carolina. He&#x27;s a North Carolina guy. I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, Charlie, really cool guy to talk to. Was it a rainy night? That&#x27;s Eddie Rabbit. Oh. Wrong Eddie. Oh. Remember Eddie Rabbit? Yeah, I remember him, too. I was thinking Eddie Money, Eddie Rabbit. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Eddie Money had 21 top 20 hits. He did, yeah. Take Me Home Tonight. Rainy Night was not one of them. No, it was not. Two Tickets to Paradise, one of my favorite ones. Two Tickets to Paradise, great song. So, I was at Madison Square Garden a couple weeks ago for the Big East Tournament. And you ever been to Madison Square Garden? Yes. My first time I&#x27;ve ever been. Really cool place. Oh, wow. But on the entrance, at the entrance, they have this big old glass room. You&#x27;re not allowed. Cops watch you when you get close to it.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And inside that glass room is a piano. So, Billy Joel donated to him at his 150th concert he did over there. He said, the 150th concert&#x27;s Billy Joel, the piano man. Wow. I don&#x27;t know what I had to do with anything. But, well, we do. Now, I had an autographed song sheet of Billy Joel in one of his first cassettes in our office. So, we get that as a collectible item. Yes, you did. But Billy Joel&#x27;s one of my favorite artists, too. And don&#x27;t worry, folks. I&#x27;m not going to have him on the show. Yeah. We don&#x27;t want to curse him, do we? But I&#x27;ve never seen him in concert. I thought it&#x27;d be cool to see Billy Joel in concert. I agree. I agree. I agree. What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw in person, Phil? Oh, man. Ever saw in person. I did front row center stage for Jimmy Buffett one year. Jimmy Buffett was always fun. Came to Raleigh a lot back in the day. He&#x27;d come for two nights, and they&#x27;d extend it a third night. And I&#x27;d go every single night.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And I had tickets for one of the nights. But it was more fun in the parking lot with all the pair of hats. Oh, yeah. And you could still hear the concert on the inside. Nice. And my buddies and I would walk around. Every now and then, somebody would leave a grill with some food on it to go into the concert. We&#x27;d eat very well in the parking lot. Very nice. Very nice. How about you, Gary? What&#x27;s your favorite concert you ever saw? I&#x27;ve got to tell you, it was Kenny Chesney. Kenny Chesney is a great performer, right? I like country music, too. But he... Doesn&#x27;t he do Nationwide? Is it on your side? No. No, that&#x27;s the other guy. That&#x27;s Brad Paisley. Oh, Brad Paisley. Okay. See? We all confused. The other guy. So you&#x27;re talking about the parking lot parties, right? Those are like the best. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s like before football games. But Kenny Chesney concert, somebody brought a pontoon boat. They dragged it behind their truck and they had it in the parking lot. Yes. Kenny finds out about it, comes out in the crowd and decides to start playing on a pontoon</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> boat that&#x27;s in the parking lot. And it was sick. It was so cool. That&#x27;s so great. Like a private concert with him. Just a good guy. You talk about a way to party. They do have a party bringing a pontoon boat. I&#x27;ve heard of RVs before, but not a pontoon boat. Too bad they didn&#x27;t have to go to Lake. They could have put it in. He was having so much fun. They had to rush him back to the stage. They&#x27;re like, hey, you&#x27;re going to actually do a concert now. Oh, how cool is that? Thomas, what about you? Oh, yeah. You know, I love a lot of different music. Lately, I went with my kids to see Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, which is a swing band. So if you go back to the 20s, 30s, that kind of style of music sounds like that. Wasn&#x27;t that Brian Sitzler from the Stray Cats? Yeah. So Brian said he does that same style of music. Yeah. He had a huge hit a while back. Yeah. I love that. I got one right, coach. Yeah. Good job. And we did the book, Through the Years, it&#x27;s called. So we go from 1909 all the way to 2024, tell you relevant facts about each year.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And then I said, Thomas, I said, we need to make a soundtrack for the book. You know, you have movies have soundtracks. Why don&#x27;t books? Exactly. Right. Come on. So then we came up with one. For each decade, we had a song. And now we&#x27;re going to have a second soundtrack coming out because there were songs that were really close. We had to decide between the two. And I said, Thomas, let&#x27;s go ahead and have a set two come out. There you go. And then we&#x27;re going to have a country set come out for the decades, each decade country song. But do you have, I know this is random, Thomas, but do you have a song we can get real quick on one of the decades? Well, you know, talking about Big Bad Voodoo Daddy, let&#x27;s go back to the 30s. All right. The rain gave out the dust blew in.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> We stuffed the cracks with cloth and tin. Five cents for beans, a dime for rice. And bread stayed cheap in half the size. The 30s hit like iron rain. But Seabiscuit ran through the strain. Shirley smiled on silver screens and Mickey&#x27;s dark broken dreams. A Sears vest cost us 49. But hand-me-downs still fit just fine. One farm and four lost crops to spoil.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> So supper came from garden soil. The bread line stretched a block away. So great, so great. Well, all right, so to the average person listening saying, well, that&#x27;s just a song. But the cool thing was you had, you designed the lyrics of every song. So every song&#x27;s lyrics have something to do with that decade. They do. Every single line is mixing. You can learn history by listening to songs. I probably could have learned that way. So we have that book available, folks. It&#x27;s on Amazon. What is it, $24.99? I believe so, yes, sir. Yeah, it&#x27;s called Through the Years. And you can get the soundtrack for free. Thomas, tell folks how they can listen to, like, all the decades of the songs anytime they want. Well, and again, freely available. Of course, you can go on Amazon or Apple and buy it. But also the streaming platforms, Apple Music, Amazon, iHeartMedia, Spotify, you name it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Just search Through the Years Coach Pete, and it&#x27;ll come right up there for you. Through the Years Coach Pete. It has a great, colorful cover. And we go all the way from 1910 on this album all the way through 2020. Tried to style each decade as if it was coming right out of that time. You know, my wife, she&#x27;s a teacher, and she said, Thomas, I got to bring this to middle school next year because this is the way I can teach my kids about the difference. Like I said, it&#x27;s a good way to learn. Yeah, yeah. Now, what about, do we have electronic book posted for the Through the Years book? We do, yes. You can find it at CoachPete.com. Very easy website to remember, CoachPete.com. So here&#x27;s what I&#x27;d recommend, folks. Go to CoachPete.com, download the book for free, and then go online to any, wherever you get your music from, Spotify, iTunes, whatever, iHeart. I love iHeart. That&#x27;s what I use. But anyway, you&#x27;ve searched Through the Years Coach Pete. You can read the book, different decades, with your kids or yourself or your family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and then play the song. There you go. And see how relevant it is. Did I see some on vinyl somewhere, too? We do have the vinyl. We have the records, too. Yes, that was a fun thing. We&#x27;re not, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re for sale, though. No, these are limited edition. But, you know, we do have CDs. Contact me directly on eBay. But by the way, by the way, here&#x27;s an interesting stat for all you guys listening. Yes. First year, this year or last year, was the first year that vinyl has sold as much as it did back in 1982. So it&#x27;s as popular today as it was in 1982. Well, I know that because my daughter wanted a record player. I said, gosh, Daddy had one in an attic somewhere. Yeah. But we went and bought her a new one on Amazon. Sure. Where else does everything come from? Sure, sure. But they sell vinyl. Like, the record&#x27;s now a lot more expensive. Like, back when I was listening to records, I worked at Kmart in 1984, and the records were $7.99.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> So I would get my sticks and, you know, all the, like, Eddie Money, all the albums there, $7.99. Wow. Nowadays, she&#x27;s paying like 30 or 40 bucks because these are special ones. They&#x27;re different color. Back in the day, our records were black. Remember the black records? Yeah. Now they have red ones, blue ones, you name it, right? Fancy, fancy. And even ours is splash colored. Yeah, we have some very cool pink and blue splash colored ones. Yeah. So folks, go to coachpete.com, download the book for free. There&#x27;s other books you can download for free there, too. Or you can go to Amazon and buy them. I really appreciate it when you go to Amazon and buy them because it helps me out a little bit. But you&#x27;re welcome to go download it for free. We have that service for you. Yeah. We want to make sure you get all the facts you need to make sure your retirement is successful as it should be. It&#x27;s true. And as you head into retirement, you want to make sure that these things that might have, you know, we&#x27;ve heard about in history class that happened in the 30s, that happened in the 70s, they can happen just as easily today.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So make sure all of these crazy concepts that we don&#x27;t hear about until the financial red zone, sequence of risk return, all these different things to make sure that we actually have a plan as we head into retirement. It&#x27;s fun to talk about through the years. But at the end of the day, you need to have a plan, an actionable plan that you understand. And that can begin by contacting Coach Pete&#x27;s team at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also reach out via text, just text keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. And maybe you&#x27;re out there, you just have a question for coaching the team. Just text that to 600-700 as well. Whatever your question is, we&#x27;ll be here to answer. Well, that&#x27;s a sound where you can get ready for retirement. Buckle up, folks, because I&#x27;ve got a free book offer for you as we leave for the week.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;ve got my book, The Tax-Savvy Retirement. Now, you can buy it on Amazon for $24.99, or you can call right now or text right now. If you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who will call or text, we&#x27;re going to mail this book out to you at our expense. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. We&#x27;re going to pay the postage. We&#x27;re even going to pay for the handling, whatever that is. And so if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 people who call, this book is over 230 pages. Tax strategies you may be overlooking that will help you keep more of your money in your pocket, not only now, not only later, but all the way through retirement. And when you&#x27;re gone, making sure that more money goes to your family tax efficiently by reading the strategies in this book. We put it all in writing for you so there&#x27;s no excuses if you&#x27;re paying too much in taxes. A lot of advisors won&#x27;t talk about this.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We pride ourselves in talking about tax planning, and we have a lot of strategies here that your current advisor might not be explaining to you. They&#x27;re all packed in this book. And you get this book right now if you call the number Thomas is going to give you. And the number is the same, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Remember, this is no cost, no obligation. We will get it out the door, and you can get this educative material to make sure that you are being most tax advantageous as possible as you head into retirement. You can also text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. People love it when we give the book away. Yes. And we have a lot of you calling. And we&#x27;re happy to have you call, and we&#x27;re happy to get you a book. You can, if you&#x27;re impatient and don&#x27;t want to wait for the book to come, even after you</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> call, you can download it, you can download the PDF at coachpete.com. If you have any questions for the show, if you&#x27;d like to hear your own voice, ask a question, go to financialsafari.com and click that little button there that says ask a question, and we&#x27;ll make sure to answer it on a future show. And if we do, if you submit a question and we ask that question on air, I will get you a bottle of my wine for doing that. We have to come pick it up. We&#x27;re not allowed to send wine. We&#x27;re not bootleggers here. But we will give you a bottle of my newest wine. So, for Coach Pete, right here. For Thomas Lipscomb, back there with Jose working behind the board. And our special guests, Phil Graham and Gary Marich. It&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week, right here, same time, same station, on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham wrap up their conversation about making a retirement plan understandable and putting it into action. They discuss procrastination, retirement resources, and the importance of doing more than assuming everything will work out. The group also shares stories and revisits Coach Pete’s Through the Years book and music project. Part four of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Gary Marriage</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham, Gary Marriage, Phil Graham, retirement planning, books and authors, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/image.jpg?t=1792073332&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-stop-putting-off-your-retirement-plan-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/image.jpg?t=1792073332&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:33:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/44a6b754-ee11-487e-b080-b4e101598c6b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12124942" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-stop-putting-off-your-retirement-plan-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>14</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Stop Putting Off Your Retirement Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:21" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Retirement Risks and Social Security Decisions (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Retirement Risks and Social Security Decisions (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about risks that can affect a retirement plan. Topics include market exposure, inflation, Social Security claiming decisions, and building a strategy around your own circumstances. They explain why identifying gaps before retirement can lead to a more useful planning conversation. Part three of the Financial Safari discussion.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us this week is Gary Marriage as well as Phil Graham. If you want to catch up on the conversation, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach Pete has been on air for decades. We have much of that content available right there. So if you are in that financial red zone and you want to check out some of our past episodes, catch up on the education that is freely available or check out some of Coach Pete&#x27;s latest resources, including the 22-step total retirement plan. Make sure you&#x27;re not leaving anything to the side as you head into retirement. That journey begins at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Now, Coach, I was perusing the internet the other day, the interwebs,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and I came across a clip that was kind of fun. Have you seen that 70s show? Phil, Gary, have you guys seen that 70s show? Yes. Yes. So, okay. From a long time ago now. A long time ago now. Yeah. So Mila Kunis got her start there. Ashton Kutcher got his start on there. A lot of different people. But if you weren&#x27;t aware, she started acting when she was 14. And here&#x27;s a clip on her finances. I don&#x27;t think I did. I was very naive. And I went to public high school. And I looked at acting as, like, the world&#x27;s greatest hobby that I was, I had the privilege of pursuing. I didn&#x27;t know it was a hit until I knew what my bank account was. And I didn&#x27;t know what my bank account was until I was 18.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> No kidding. Yeah. And then my dad sat me down. I was, like, maybe 17. I had just graduated high school. And because I didn&#x27;t care. I could care less about money. I was like, I don&#x27;t care. And people were like, we&#x27;re negotiating. And I was like, I don&#x27;t care. I just want the shit. I love working. And I was moving out. And my dad&#x27;s like, look, I need to sit you down. We need to talk about your finances. And I was like, I don&#x27;t care. And he goes, you have to sit down and listen to me. And then he, like, showed me my finances. And I was like, hoo, hoo, hoo, hoo. I was like, I&#x27;m missing. Like, it was just, like, icing on the cake. But could care less. Could care less. Now, I&#x27;m sure you guys have run into situations throughout your decades of experience where you have a gentleman or maybe the lady come in and be the guy. They&#x27;re a geek about the plan. They know all their numbers. They know everything that&#x27;s going on. And then the spouse, the partner, whoever it is, is like, I really don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I just want to know I can go to the mall this weekend. How does that weave into the planning process? Because you have to think a lot of people probably fear, you know, if I&#x27;ve been doing all of this planning for her, for him, what happens when I&#x27;m gone? Or how do I make sure I select best strategies in this, that, or the other? Mina was wondering why dad kept having new Lamborghinis pull up all the time. Right. They&#x27;re wearing all her money. Oh, man, that happens too, doesn&#x27;t it? Oh, man. I mean, you know, it&#x27;s more about when we talk about retirement planning, it&#x27;s more about the income you&#x27;re going to get than the balance you have now. Yeah. And what does that mean? Well, you have these 401Ks that most people do listening or 403B or a thrift savings plan. Those are big retirement savings places or regular IRAs. And they all have a lump sum, Thomas. That means they&#x27;re balanced. So you look at what the balance is.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Say that&#x27;s a nice big balance. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a million dollars. Sure. Makes you happy. It&#x27;s a million. Now you&#x27;re a millionaire like the guy on Gilligan&#x27;s Island, Mr. Hall. Da, da, da, da, da. You and Lovey. You can have your own trust now. Yeah. But a million dollars isn&#x27;t what it used to be, but it&#x27;s important to have it. And once you have it, what can it translate to as far as a lifetime income? I would argue that knowing what your income is going to be every month in retirement is a lot more important than what your lump sum is. Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. And knowing that income can pass to your spouse or partner as well, I think, is very, very important. And this is a part of the whole planning process that you put together is not just making sure that you&#x27;re okay, but legacy, estate, your spouse, whatever it may be that&#x27;s important to you is taken care of as well. What do you think, Gary? Important? Oh, yeah. Very important. I mean, definitely. I mean, what spouse doesn&#x27;t want to make sure that they&#x27;re okay?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I mean, I think so. Yeah. And the peace of mind knowing not just the lump sum. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got a lump sum. That&#x27;s great. But how can I make sure I won&#x27;t outlive this money? Well, number one, you put some of that money to an income plan that promises you won&#x27;t in writing. And you can blow the money one year, and you know you&#x27;re going to have the money coming back next year. That&#x27;s always good, too. If you have a lump sum and you blow the money, it&#x27;s not coming back. It&#x27;s gone. Now you have a 201K instead of a 401K. Well, that happened to a lot of people in 2007, 8, 9, is your 401K turning into a 201K. And if you&#x27;re going to retire in 2009, now you&#x27;re not anymore because your 401K is a 201K. So you had to wait five or six years to get it back to a 401K. You know, I always ask this question, especially with folks with a million, and they&#x27;re all in the market, all at risk. Phil, this is a good one. You know, I&#x27;ve talked about this before. I say, you know, if you gain 20% next year, I don&#x27;t know why you&#x27;re keeping your money all at risk.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You must be trying to get at least 20%. So if you gain 20% next year on that million, you&#x27;d have another 200,000. So you&#x27;d have 1.2 million. Would that change the way you live going forward? Would you be able to buy more cars or houses or feel richer? And the answer is usually no. And I say, well, let&#x27;s look at the other side of that coin because when you flip a coin, there&#x27;s a heads. And what else is there? A tails. A tails. So let&#x27;s say it lands on tails and you go down 20% or more, but let&#x27;s just say it&#x27;s 20%. So now that million-dollar portfolio is now $800,000. Do you think that would affect the way you approach retirement? And the answer is, heck, yes, it would. Because, number one, you probably wouldn&#x27;t be able to retire anymore because you&#x27;ve got to get it back up to that million. So now you&#x27;re going to play financial catch-up. You already won the race. You ran around. You went through that little tape first.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> You ran through it. You see it on TV. They go through their first one there. Yet you stay on the track and you decide to run around another lap and you get beat. You already won the race when you have a million dollars. Don&#x27;t leave it all at risk. Yeah. And that&#x27;s why we use income planning techniques and tools to make sure you have that financial fill-up strategy, which gives you a peace of mind and takes all the worry out of living and getting income and retirement because now you know new checks coming every year. Yeah, very true. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Connect with him and his team and make sure that you have that plan in place. Maybe you just have a couple of questions about your current plan, and you want to make sure that you&#x27;re on the right track, that your advisor is truly working in your best interest. We&#x27;re happy to give second opinions as well. The number to call to take advantage of this right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> or text keyword plan to 600-700. Now, Coach, let me ask you this. People hear risk. They hear a lot of different things. What kind of risk do you think they should really be thinking about in retirement? Obviously, market risk is the big one. That&#x27;s the most important one. We look at inflation risk, but if we use some of the steps in our total retirement plan, we can pretty much eliminate that inflation worry off the table. Yes. The Social Security claiming strategy risk is a big one. Are you really claiming the right strategy to make sure you&#x27;re getting the maximum benefit? I mean, you paid in the system for years and years. I did too, Thomas. I actually got a statement the other day because I&#x27;m getting ready to turn 60, and I heard they send the statements, the physical statements out. And it showed you, you know, if you retire at this age, here&#x27;s how much you&#x27;re going to get. Sure. But then also the fine print there says that in 2032, they might not be able to give me what I was entitled to anyway.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> Say it, Anso. Yeah. 2032, which used to seem like a long way away. Phil, it&#x27;s 2032 a long way away. It is not. And the Social Security office is not designed to help you maximize your Social Security income. They&#x27;re designed to process the paperwork in which you turn in. Yep. So they&#x27;re not designed to give you help. It&#x27;s not their job. I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t care. They&#x27;re paid to do a job, and they do a great job of helping you file the paperwork, but they&#x27;re not going to give you consultations on if you&#x27;re doing the right thing or not. Well, and they probably shouldn&#x27;t because they&#x27;re looking at Social Security. They&#x27;re not looking at your entire retirement plan. Well, there&#x27;s no way to give you the right answer anyway. Exactly, yeah. It&#x27;s like going to a CPA sometimes and asking about financial planning. The CPAs do a good job of being historians and reporting your tax situation of last year. Yep. They don&#x27;t do a good job a lot of times of tax planning, looking ahead to protect your behind from the tax man,</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> but they sure don&#x27;t understand the complex financial strategies that are out there these days. Because I&#x27;m in this field 60, 70, 80 hours a week, and it&#x27;s hard enough to understand some of the things. So someone who&#x27;s specialized in the tax or estate planning is not going to be a good person to ask about financial planning. It&#x27;s true. But yet people do. How many people do? Gary, when you have people come in, they say, well, I talked to my CPA. My CPA said, whatever, fill in the blank. And I&#x27;m always saying, well, number one, you might as well talk to your dentist about the tooth fairy. Right. Because it really doesn&#x27;t matter. They don&#x27;t understand. Nobody understands how the tooth fairy can. You can put a tooth under a pillow and all of a sudden a couple dollars arise. I used to try to. Back then it was a quarter. But my daughter was like a $2. I&#x27;d give her a $2 bill. Nice. So she was like, the tooth fairy gave her $2 bill. So that was pretty cool. Old Jefferson.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> But just don&#x27;t get the wrong advice from the wrong person. Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s true. By the right question, but you&#x27;re asking the wrong person and getting the wrong answer. Yeah. That&#x27;s very, very good. So, you know, it&#x27;s just important to make sure we have that plan. And we do offer plans for folks. As a listener, you&#x27;re entitled to a no-cost plan. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for not anything even close to what we do with the 22-step total retirement plan. I&#x27;ve designed it. This is Coach Pete&#x27;s invention. And we have a booklet for it. You&#x27;ll see it advertised on the airport. You&#x27;ll see it everywhere. But you can get it as a listener before anybody else can. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 callers now, we&#x27;re going to get you that plan at no cost or obligation. And Thomas is going to tell you how to do that. Yeah. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call the number 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. And as you can tell from our conversation here, retirement isn&#x27;t just about building wealth. It is about defending it. This is a part of Coach Pete&#x27;s book, the big book on retirement. He has a whole section on defense. Because at the end of the day, right, you would agree with this, Coach. Life doesn&#x27;t care what your spreadsheet says. You&#x27;ve got inflation. You&#x27;ve got health care. Health care emergencies happen. Long-term care. If you talk about continuing education, people look at long-term care as if it was 1982, not realizing all of these new things you can do with it. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s important, too, as is managed money. You know, a lot of people say, I&#x27;m taking risk, Coach. I&#x27;m taking a lot of risk. I say, well, who are you doing that with? Well, I&#x27;m doing my own investing. I say, well, all right. Well, that&#x27;s okay. But who are you going to blame if you mess up? Seriously, though.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> Seriously, right? Yeah. Then we have managed accounts. And, Gary, we talk about managed accounts. Managed accounts is when you&#x27;re paying a money manager. So if you&#x27;re paying a money manager, they better be doing a good job of managing your money. That&#x27;s right. And if you&#x27;re underperforming the S&amp;P and you&#x27;re paying a fee to underperform the S&amp;P, why not go get an S&amp;P ETF? Save the fee. Save some money and outperform. I think statistics have shown about the S&amp;Ps outperform about 80% of the money managers. Yeah. How about this? The best beef comes from the local farmer. Well, if you can even find one these days. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. You know what I&#x27;m saying. I grew up in Wisconsin. My dad bought a hit with another professor. That was his first teaching job at University of Wisconsin Richland Center. It was in the Wisconsin system. Yeah. But I remember back then it was a lot of money to me. I was like eight years old. And he said, I paid $300 for a half of a cow.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> Yeah, yeah, yeah. I&#x27;d give all sorts of money to get $300 for a half of a cow. But we had a meat walker. So we&#x27;d go to the meat walker with mom every week. And we&#x27;d get the meat out for the week. Wow. The meat walker was a big freezer storage place. That&#x27;s cool. And we&#x27;d get all sorts of cuts of meat there. And it was right from the local farm. That&#x27;s where we got our milk, too, right from the local cows. That&#x27;s very cool. And it wasn&#x27;t pasteurized. I remember putting that. We had these glass gallon jugs, put them in the refrigerator, get three of them at a time. We used to drink a lot of milk. I didn&#x27;t. My brothers did. I hated milk. You hated milk. I know. So you put it in. I like heavy cream in my coffee, though. But we&#x27;d put it in the refrigerator and it would separate. You&#x27;d see the milk and the cream would really separate back then. Try that these days. Not going to work. Smilk. But it&#x27;s just important. Let&#x27;s get the right plan in place for the right time of your life.</p><p><strong>11:43</strong> Come on in. I mean, we&#x27;re local. I&#x27;ve been doing this. I feel old these days. 33 years now. Yeah. 33 years. Doing the right thing, in my opinion, for everybody that we&#x27;ve ever seen. And everyone&#x27;s plan is customized for what you are doing, what you want, what your money is. We don&#x27;t pull plans off the shelf. We design plans just for you. So come on into the financial lab. Let&#x27;s design a plan that fits you and your family. Call right now, and it&#x27;ll be no cost or obligation for that. The number, in case you missed it earlier, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text that keyword, keyword plan, to the number 600-700. It&#x27;s shorter than a typical phone number. Just type in 600-700 there at the top of the screen. And plan in the message. Hit send, and we will be in touch. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about risks that can affect a retirement plan. Topics include market exposure, inflation, Social Security claiming decisions, and building a strategy around your own circumstances. They explain why identifying gaps before retirement can lead to a more useful planning conversation. Part three of the Financial Safari discussion.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us this week is Gary Marriage as well as Phil Graham. If you want to catch up on the conversation, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Coach Pete has been on air for decades. We have much of that content available right there. So if you are in that financial red zone and you want to check out some of our past episodes, catch up on the education that is freely available or check out some of Coach Pete&#x27;s latest resources, including the 22-step total retirement plan. Make sure you&#x27;re not leaving anything to the side as you head into retirement. That journey begins at FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. Now, Coach, I was perusing the internet the other day, the interwebs,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and I came across a clip that was kind of fun. Have you seen that 70s show? Phil, Gary, have you guys seen that 70s show? Yes. Yes. So, okay. From a long time ago now. A long time ago now. Yeah. So Mila Kunis got her start there. Ashton Kutcher got his start on there. A lot of different people. But if you weren&#x27;t aware, she started acting when she was 14. And here&#x27;s a clip on her finances. I don&#x27;t think I did. I was very naive. And I went to public high school. And I looked at acting as, like, the world&#x27;s greatest hobby that I was, I had the privilege of pursuing. I didn&#x27;t know it was a hit until I knew what my bank account was. And I didn&#x27;t know what my bank account was until I was 18.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> No kidding. Yeah. And then my dad sat me down. I was, like, maybe 17. I had just graduated high school. And because I didn&#x27;t care. I could care less about money. I was like, I don&#x27;t care. And people were like, we&#x27;re negotiating. And I was like, I don&#x27;t care. I just want the shit. I love working. And I was moving out. And my dad&#x27;s like, look, I need to sit you down. We need to talk about your finances. And I was like, I don&#x27;t care. And he goes, you have to sit down and listen to me. And then he, like, showed me my finances. And I was like, hoo, hoo, hoo, hoo. I was like, I&#x27;m missing. Like, it was just, like, icing on the cake. But could care less. Could care less. Now, I&#x27;m sure you guys have run into situations throughout your decades of experience where you have a gentleman or maybe the lady come in and be the guy. They&#x27;re a geek about the plan. They know all their numbers. They know everything that&#x27;s going on. And then the spouse, the partner, whoever it is, is like, I really don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I just want to know I can go to the mall this weekend. How does that weave into the planning process? Because you have to think a lot of people probably fear, you know, if I&#x27;ve been doing all of this planning for her, for him, what happens when I&#x27;m gone? Or how do I make sure I select best strategies in this, that, or the other? Mina was wondering why dad kept having new Lamborghinis pull up all the time. Right. They&#x27;re wearing all her money. Oh, man, that happens too, doesn&#x27;t it? Oh, man. I mean, you know, it&#x27;s more about when we talk about retirement planning, it&#x27;s more about the income you&#x27;re going to get than the balance you have now. Yeah. And what does that mean? Well, you have these 401Ks that most people do listening or 403B or a thrift savings plan. Those are big retirement savings places or regular IRAs. And they all have a lump sum, Thomas. That means they&#x27;re balanced. So you look at what the balance is.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Say that&#x27;s a nice big balance. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a million dollars. Sure. Makes you happy. It&#x27;s a million. Now you&#x27;re a millionaire like the guy on Gilligan&#x27;s Island, Mr. Hall. Da, da, da, da, da. You and Lovey. You can have your own trust now. Yeah. But a million dollars isn&#x27;t what it used to be, but it&#x27;s important to have it. And once you have it, what can it translate to as far as a lifetime income? I would argue that knowing what your income is going to be every month in retirement is a lot more important than what your lump sum is. Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. And knowing that income can pass to your spouse or partner as well, I think, is very, very important. And this is a part of the whole planning process that you put together is not just making sure that you&#x27;re okay, but legacy, estate, your spouse, whatever it may be that&#x27;s important to you is taken care of as well. What do you think, Gary? Important? Oh, yeah. Very important. I mean, definitely. I mean, what spouse doesn&#x27;t want to make sure that they&#x27;re okay?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I mean, I think so. Yeah. And the peace of mind knowing not just the lump sum. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got a lump sum. That&#x27;s great. But how can I make sure I won&#x27;t outlive this money? Well, number one, you put some of that money to an income plan that promises you won&#x27;t in writing. And you can blow the money one year, and you know you&#x27;re going to have the money coming back next year. That&#x27;s always good, too. If you have a lump sum and you blow the money, it&#x27;s not coming back. It&#x27;s gone. Now you have a 201K instead of a 401K. Well, that happened to a lot of people in 2007, 8, 9, is your 401K turning into a 201K. And if you&#x27;re going to retire in 2009, now you&#x27;re not anymore because your 401K is a 201K. So you had to wait five or six years to get it back to a 401K. You know, I always ask this question, especially with folks with a million, and they&#x27;re all in the market, all at risk. Phil, this is a good one. You know, I&#x27;ve talked about this before. I say, you know, if you gain 20% next year, I don&#x27;t know why you&#x27;re keeping your money all at risk.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You must be trying to get at least 20%. So if you gain 20% next year on that million, you&#x27;d have another 200,000. So you&#x27;d have 1.2 million. Would that change the way you live going forward? Would you be able to buy more cars or houses or feel richer? And the answer is usually no. And I say, well, let&#x27;s look at the other side of that coin because when you flip a coin, there&#x27;s a heads. And what else is there? A tails. A tails. So let&#x27;s say it lands on tails and you go down 20% or more, but let&#x27;s just say it&#x27;s 20%. So now that million-dollar portfolio is now $800,000. Do you think that would affect the way you approach retirement? And the answer is, heck, yes, it would. Because, number one, you probably wouldn&#x27;t be able to retire anymore because you&#x27;ve got to get it back up to that million. So now you&#x27;re going to play financial catch-up. You already won the race. You ran around. You went through that little tape first.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> You ran through it. You see it on TV. They go through their first one there. Yet you stay on the track and you decide to run around another lap and you get beat. You already won the race when you have a million dollars. Don&#x27;t leave it all at risk. Yeah. And that&#x27;s why we use income planning techniques and tools to make sure you have that financial fill-up strategy, which gives you a peace of mind and takes all the worry out of living and getting income and retirement because now you know new checks coming every year. Yeah, very true. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Connect with him and his team and make sure that you have that plan in place. Maybe you just have a couple of questions about your current plan, and you want to make sure that you&#x27;re on the right track, that your advisor is truly working in your best interest. We&#x27;re happy to give second opinions as well. The number to call to take advantage of this right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> or text keyword plan to 600-700. Now, Coach, let me ask you this. People hear risk. They hear a lot of different things. What kind of risk do you think they should really be thinking about in retirement? Obviously, market risk is the big one. That&#x27;s the most important one. We look at inflation risk, but if we use some of the steps in our total retirement plan, we can pretty much eliminate that inflation worry off the table. Yes. The Social Security claiming strategy risk is a big one. Are you really claiming the right strategy to make sure you&#x27;re getting the maximum benefit? I mean, you paid in the system for years and years. I did too, Thomas. I actually got a statement the other day because I&#x27;m getting ready to turn 60, and I heard they send the statements, the physical statements out. And it showed you, you know, if you retire at this age, here&#x27;s how much you&#x27;re going to get. Sure. But then also the fine print there says that in 2032, they might not be able to give me what I was entitled to anyway.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> Say it, Anso. Yeah. 2032, which used to seem like a long way away. Phil, it&#x27;s 2032 a long way away. It is not. And the Social Security office is not designed to help you maximize your Social Security income. They&#x27;re designed to process the paperwork in which you turn in. Yep. So they&#x27;re not designed to give you help. It&#x27;s not their job. I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t care. They&#x27;re paid to do a job, and they do a great job of helping you file the paperwork, but they&#x27;re not going to give you consultations on if you&#x27;re doing the right thing or not. Well, and they probably shouldn&#x27;t because they&#x27;re looking at Social Security. They&#x27;re not looking at your entire retirement plan. Well, there&#x27;s no way to give you the right answer anyway. Exactly, yeah. It&#x27;s like going to a CPA sometimes and asking about financial planning. The CPAs do a good job of being historians and reporting your tax situation of last year. Yep. They don&#x27;t do a good job a lot of times of tax planning, looking ahead to protect your behind from the tax man,</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> but they sure don&#x27;t understand the complex financial strategies that are out there these days. Because I&#x27;m in this field 60, 70, 80 hours a week, and it&#x27;s hard enough to understand some of the things. So someone who&#x27;s specialized in the tax or estate planning is not going to be a good person to ask about financial planning. It&#x27;s true. But yet people do. How many people do? Gary, when you have people come in, they say, well, I talked to my CPA. My CPA said, whatever, fill in the blank. And I&#x27;m always saying, well, number one, you might as well talk to your dentist about the tooth fairy. Right. Because it really doesn&#x27;t matter. They don&#x27;t understand. Nobody understands how the tooth fairy can. You can put a tooth under a pillow and all of a sudden a couple dollars arise. I used to try to. Back then it was a quarter. But my daughter was like a $2. I&#x27;d give her a $2 bill. Nice. So she was like, the tooth fairy gave her $2 bill. So that was pretty cool. Old Jefferson.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> But just don&#x27;t get the wrong advice from the wrong person. Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s true. By the right question, but you&#x27;re asking the wrong person and getting the wrong answer. Yeah. That&#x27;s very, very good. So, you know, it&#x27;s just important to make sure we have that plan. And we do offer plans for folks. As a listener, you&#x27;re entitled to a no-cost plan. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for not anything even close to what we do with the 22-step total retirement plan. I&#x27;ve designed it. This is Coach Pete&#x27;s invention. And we have a booklet for it. You&#x27;ll see it advertised on the airport. You&#x27;ll see it everywhere. But you can get it as a listener before anybody else can. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 26 callers now, we&#x27;re going to get you that plan at no cost or obligation. And Thomas is going to tell you how to do that. Yeah. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call the number 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. And as you can tell from our conversation here, retirement isn&#x27;t just about building wealth. It is about defending it. This is a part of Coach Pete&#x27;s book, the big book on retirement. He has a whole section on defense. Because at the end of the day, right, you would agree with this, Coach. Life doesn&#x27;t care what your spreadsheet says. You&#x27;ve got inflation. You&#x27;ve got health care. Health care emergencies happen. Long-term care. If you talk about continuing education, people look at long-term care as if it was 1982, not realizing all of these new things you can do with it. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s important, too, as is managed money. You know, a lot of people say, I&#x27;m taking risk, Coach. I&#x27;m taking a lot of risk. I say, well, who are you doing that with? Well, I&#x27;m doing my own investing. I say, well, all right. Well, that&#x27;s okay. But who are you going to blame if you mess up? Seriously, though.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> Seriously, right? Yeah. Then we have managed accounts. And, Gary, we talk about managed accounts. Managed accounts is when you&#x27;re paying a money manager. So if you&#x27;re paying a money manager, they better be doing a good job of managing your money. That&#x27;s right. And if you&#x27;re underperforming the S&amp;P and you&#x27;re paying a fee to underperform the S&amp;P, why not go get an S&amp;P ETF? Save the fee. Save some money and outperform. I think statistics have shown about the S&amp;Ps outperform about 80% of the money managers. Yeah. How about this? The best beef comes from the local farmer. Well, if you can even find one these days. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. You know what I&#x27;m saying. I grew up in Wisconsin. My dad bought a hit with another professor. That was his first teaching job at University of Wisconsin Richland Center. It was in the Wisconsin system. Yeah. But I remember back then it was a lot of money to me. I was like eight years old. And he said, I paid $300 for a half of a cow.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> Yeah, yeah, yeah. I&#x27;d give all sorts of money to get $300 for a half of a cow. But we had a meat walker. So we&#x27;d go to the meat walker with mom every week. And we&#x27;d get the meat out for the week. Wow. The meat walker was a big freezer storage place. That&#x27;s cool. And we&#x27;d get all sorts of cuts of meat there. And it was right from the local farm. That&#x27;s where we got our milk, too, right from the local cows. That&#x27;s very cool. And it wasn&#x27;t pasteurized. I remember putting that. We had these glass gallon jugs, put them in the refrigerator, get three of them at a time. We used to drink a lot of milk. I didn&#x27;t. My brothers did. I hated milk. You hated milk. I know. So you put it in. I like heavy cream in my coffee, though. But we&#x27;d put it in the refrigerator and it would separate. You&#x27;d see the milk and the cream would really separate back then. Try that these days. Not going to work. Smilk. But it&#x27;s just important. Let&#x27;s get the right plan in place for the right time of your life.</p><p><strong>11:43</strong> Come on in. I mean, we&#x27;re local. I&#x27;ve been doing this. I feel old these days. 33 years now. Yeah. 33 years. Doing the right thing, in my opinion, for everybody that we&#x27;ve ever seen. And everyone&#x27;s plan is customized for what you are doing, what you want, what your money is. We don&#x27;t pull plans off the shelf. We design plans just for you. So come on into the financial lab. Let&#x27;s design a plan that fits you and your family. Call right now, and it&#x27;ll be no cost or obligation for that. The number, in case you missed it earlier, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text that keyword, keyword plan, to the number 600-700. It&#x27;s shorter than a typical phone number. Just type in 600-700 there at the top of the screen. And plan in the message. Hit send, and we will be in touch. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda about risks that can affect a retirement plan. Topics include market exposure, inflation, Social Security claiming decisions, and building a strategy around your own circumstances. They explain why identifying gaps before retirement can lead to a more useful planning conversation. Part three of the Financial Safari discussion.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Gary Marriage</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham, Gary Marriage, Phil Graham, retirement planning, Social Security, inflation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380/image.jpg?t=1792073337&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-retirement-risks-and-social-security-decisions-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380/image.jpg?t=1792073337&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380</guid>
      <omny:clipId>84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:33:33 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>748</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/84ae7f51-47d7-487c-b69b-b4e101595380/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12004191" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-retirement-risks-and-social-security-decisions-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>15</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Risks and Social Security Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:16" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:31" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:20" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Turn Savings into a Retirement Paycheck (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: Turn Savings into a Retirement Paycheck (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham explore the transition from building savings to using them for a retirement lifestyle. They discuss the 22-Step Total Retirement Plan, the value of understanding your options, and why a collection of accounts is different from a written income strategy. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb, still with you alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We&#x27;re very happy this week to have guests in studio with us today, Gary Marriage. He&#x27;s the host of Coasting Into Retirement from Tampa, Florida. Also with us is Phil Graham. He&#x27;s from Charlotte, North Carolina, who&#x27;s helping advisors address immediate liquidity needs for families. We&#x27;ve been talking about Coach Pete&#x27;s 22-step total retirement plan, which is available by just visiting TotalRetirementPlan.com. This is a new resource being made freely available if you are in that financial red zone, that 5, 10 years before or after retirement. Take advantage of this. Go over there, download it, find out what you may be missing. The website, again, TotalRetirementPlan.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Again, that is TotalRetirementPlan.com. It just makes a lot of sense to make sure you have everything lined up. And, you know, Gary, you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people over the years. What do you think the main concern is that people that are getting close to retirement have when they come see you? Most of them are probably the same with you. They&#x27;re scared, right? They don&#x27;t know what to do. They don&#x27;t know how to navigate this whole retirement thing. And, you know, they&#x27;ve hopefully saved up this one bucket of money that&#x27;s that 401K that they&#x27;ve been putting money into years, but they just don&#x27;t know how to access that. They&#x27;re scared they&#x27;re going to run out of money, right? It&#x27;s the biggest fear. And they don&#x27;t have a plan, exactly, like what you talked about before. And those ones you do, too, the clients you know that have a plan when things happen. There&#x27;s crises like COVID was a bad time. April last year was a bad month, too, right?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> You know, people that have a plan know that they&#x27;re going to be okay. The ones that don&#x27;t are the ones that are panicking and having anxiety and, you know, can&#x27;t sleep at night. But, yeah, I think it&#x27;s the same thing that you&#x27;ve probably seen, too. It&#x27;s just they don&#x27;t have a plan. They don&#x27;t know where to go. They don&#x27;t have to navigate this retirement and want to make sure they&#x27;re going to have enough money to live on as long as they do all the things they want to do, too. And then they&#x27;re going to go to retirement. So if you don&#x27;t have a plan, it&#x27;s a lot easier to mess something up because you really don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going to begin with, right? That&#x27;s right. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So what do you think about that? I think my dad put it in a perspective for me when he retired. And I remember him being very nervous. And I&#x27;m like, Dad, you have this bucket of money. Like, you&#x27;re going to be okay. And he goes, Son, I&#x27;ve been working since I was 14 years old. And every month I had a new deposit in my account.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> If we had an emergency and we spent all the money, I knew the next week I was going to get another paycheck. He said, for the first time in my life that I can remember, there&#x27;s no new money, no new money being deposited. And what I have has to last me and your mother for an indefinite period of time. So it was a worry about running out of money. It was a worry about running out of money. And we spent a lot of time talking about, you know, paychecks and playchecks and different things and talking about how, well, you can create a paycheck in retirement. So when we created that paycheck in his retirement, that personal pension, whatever you want to call it, that eased his biggest fear, which was, I know I got this bucket of money, this 401k or whatever it is.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> But how does it last? Yep. Yep. Yeah. Went back to his comfort zone having that paycheck. He knows every month he&#x27;s getting that deposit. And we talked about inflation. We talked about taxes. I know we&#x27;re going to talk about that on a different episode, but like he was worried about inflation. He was worried about taxes and he was worried about what happens to my mother if he passes away. Yeah. Those were his three concerns. And if I think about, you know, at the time this week that this is airing, we&#x27;re worried about what is oil going to go to. But every week there&#x27;s a different concern that is out there. If you&#x27;re listening to our podcast two years from now, you know where it went. We wish we knew. Yeah. But it&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t know where your future is if it rise and falls only with the stock market or with things that are out of your control. And how can people help figure out what their real retirement – you were talking about paychecks and playchecks.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> What do they need to figure out to find out what that needs to be? Well, I like to put a spending plan together and not a budget, but a spending plan. Budgeting is restrictive. It&#x27;s what you can&#x27;t do. That doesn&#x27;t sound like fun. Spending plan looks as fun. What do we want to do? So it&#x27;s your want list, not just your needs. Your needs are what you have to have, like your housing and food. But what do you want to do besides that? You just live in your house and eat? No, you want to travel? You want to do things? You want to go visit the grandkids? Whatever you want to do. And we look at today&#x27;s dollars, and then we price it forward. Say, well, what if inflation is this? How much will that cost in 10 years, 20 years, 30 years? And then that goal, Thomas, is to make sure we have enough money in your accounts that you – when you get to that 20 or 30 years later, you have more than enough money to do what you want to do, not enough money.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And there&#x27;s no worse feeling than getting someplace and figuring out you didn&#x27;t plan or you don&#x27;t have enough money to do what you want to do. Well, and I think this can be scary for a lot of people. They may be thinking, well, if I go see Coach Pete and his team, they&#x27;re going to tell me, oh, no, you&#x27;re not good enough. You&#x27;re not going to have saved enough. You can&#x27;t do what you want. But many, many times we&#x27;ve talked on this show, Coach, about how people are thrilled with the outcome and they didn&#x27;t realize what they actually would be able to do or how soon they would be able to retire. And you shouldn&#x27;t let yourself get in the way of yourself, right? Is that a sentence? Sure. Yeah. Don&#x27;t let yourself – Get out of my way. Exactly. No, we all do that. Procrastination is a huge one. Yeah. Huge one. Yeah, you&#x27;re right. And so, Phil, have you seen people procrastinate in the past and get themselves in trouble by putting things off? A hundred percent. Like, I think procrastination happens a lot when either it&#x27;s an uncomfortable conversation or you&#x27;re unsure of what the outcome is.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> But when it comes to financial planning, that&#x27;s the whole purpose of working with an expert is all you have to do is initiate the conversation and that financial planner will guide you through that conversation. You don&#x27;t have to be honest. You don&#x27;t have to be honest. Yeah. Yeah, and that&#x27;s important. All you have to be honest. All you have to do is be honest and say, this is what I want. I like to equate it to like if you&#x27;re building your dream home, throw everything in there. Maybe you don&#x27;t put the pool in when you build under construction. Maybe you put it in later, but go ahead and throw it in the initial plan. And everything you ever dreamed of, put it in there and see what&#x27;s within budget, see what&#x27;s possible. But that only works if you&#x27;re working with an expert that can help guide you through that process. And spoiler alert, it&#x27;s not painful.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> It can actually be extremely fun and enjoyable to see how amazing your retirement can be by working with someone that&#x27;s been doing that for decades. It can actually help you build that dream plan. Yeah, it&#x27;s very true. Again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete DiRuta. Make sure you get your questions answered. Make sure you have a true plan when it comes to retirement. Contact the team today, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Again, that&#x27;s plan to 600-700. So, Gary, when you see mistakes people have made in the past, a lot of times it&#x27;s because they assumed things were going to be fine or the person they were working with told them everything&#x27;s going to be fine, but they were going in the wrong place.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Have you seen that in the past? Oh, yeah. Yeah. Have you ever met somebody who said, I wish I&#x27;d have met you sooner? Oh, yeah. Yeah. Happens a lot, unfortunately. Yeah, quite a few times, too. But, yeah, it&#x27;s just seen somebody different, too. And they probably haven&#x27;t worked with somebody that&#x27;s, like, independent like us as well, right? Have an independent advisor, very important. Phil, how important is it to have an independent advisor on your side? Well, you want someone that can look at all the options, not just the options they&#x27;re allowed to look at. And I think I heard the analogy recently where it talked about, you know, it takes one guide to get you up the mountain. It takes a completely different set of skills as a guide to get you down the mountain. It&#x27;s different tools. It&#x27;s different products. It&#x27;s different investments. So what got us up the mountain to retirement isn&#x27;t what&#x27;s going to get us down the other side safely.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Absolutely. It&#x27;s the – and that&#x27;s where – there was a statistic I saw a long time ago that people that climbed Mount Everest, more people got hurt or killed on the way down than the way up. Because they planned, planned, planned for the way up, but on the way down, they had no plan. That&#x27;s like when we get to retirement, that&#x27;s when the planning really needs to start. We&#x27;re in that financial red zone. We need to have that total income plan in place. We need to know where money&#x27;s going to come from. Gary, if you reach retirement and you have all your money still at risk, are you really ready to retire? No. Because you really have no income plan, do you? No, you don&#x27;t. And if you&#x27;re relying on all that for your income too, your income&#x27;s going up and down, right? Yeah. It&#x27;s good when it&#x27;s good, but when it&#x27;s bad, it&#x27;s bad. I mean, remember COVID, right? Well, that&#x27;s why – yeah. And so the happiest people that I&#x27;ve ever met over my 33 years in this financial arena were people who had that financial fill-up strategy in retirement.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> That means every single year for the rest of their lives and the rest of their spouse&#x27;s life, they&#x27;re going to get a check. Right. Regardless of what&#x27;s happening in the market. And that check&#x27;s going to always be the same or greater than it was last year, regardless of what happens in the market. Now, if the market goes up, they get the share and the gain. But if the market goes down, they don&#x27;t lose anything. And that&#x27;s the magic, and that&#x27;s what people overlook, and brokers don&#x27;t like it when I say this because brokers always tell you to hope and pray because there&#x27;s no real strategy. They always say, if the market goes up, we&#x27;re going to be fine. I always say, if the market goes down, what happens? In certain strategies, you&#x27;re not going to do well. And my goal is to make sure that I don&#x27;t have to walk the other way when I see you walking down the street. If you&#x27;re a client of mine, if I put you in the wrong place, I&#x27;m going to have to run to a different city. And I don&#x27;t want to do that. And so I&#x27;ve never had a problem putting together proper income plans.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> And that&#x27;s why I am a retirement income certified professional. That&#x27;s RICP is a designation for the American College. I&#x27;m trained to give you lifetime income. And so a lot of you out there are dealing with folks that don&#x27;t have the training. So what do I go into a doctor and he&#x27;s going to do surgery on you in his garage? Every now and then you read about that. Cheaper plastic surgery. Yeah, go to my garage and I&#x27;ll fill your butt up with some of the cement. You wrote about that story, right? You read about that story. People have died before from bad, unlicensed medical people. And I say a lot of people get in trouble in the financial world and the advisor just gets slapped on the wrist and they&#x27;re still out there a lot of times. So make sure you know who you&#x27;re dealing with. Make sure you ask specifically, do you have a plan that will give me lifetime income that will be there regardless of what happens in the stock market and will never go away? And if they can&#x27;t answer that, then you&#x27;re in the wrong place.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Thomas, the next 20 people call, we&#x27;re going to put together for them their very own total retirement plan using all 22 steps that we put together. We&#x27;re going to give you that workbook along with it. But we&#x27;re going to guide you and make sure you understand every single step so there&#x27;s never any confusion as you approach, enter, and with through retirement. No one&#x27;s going to take a wrecking ball to your portfolio disguised as a friendly plan. We&#x27;re going to put a plan together in writing that makes sense and can be verified and documented in writing every single step that will happen. So call right now and get the surety plan, not a guessing plan. Very true. Again, to connect with Coach Pete and his team here at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> You can also text us by texting the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. Yeah, it just makes a lot of sense to get that plan put together. Gary, you and I have been talking for a long time, and we&#x27;ve exchanged stories about people who had misconceptions about lifetime income. How important is it for someone to have a lifetime income plan? Well, how long do you want your income for? Forever, man. That&#x27;s lifetime. That&#x27;s all you have to ask is how long do you want this income for? Well, for as long as I need it. And then I&#x27;ve got to make sure that my spouse is going to have that income, too, or she&#x27;s going to be covered at the same time, or he&#x27;s going to be covered at the same time as well, right? It&#x27;s important. Very important. Yeah, I mean, because this is retirement, right? And you want to make sure that you&#x27;re going to be able to afford the things you want to do. I mean, how awesome is it to have every day for the rest of your life be Saturday?</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Well, not have to worry anymore. Good to go. So, you know, in retirement, every day is a Saturday, but you need to have that income, so it needs to be payday. Friday and Saturday. Friday&#x27;s payday. So you need the Friday-Saturday plan forever. There you go. I like that. I like that. Yeah, and so it&#x27;s just important, folks. So if you want to get your very own total retirement plan, go to TotalRetirementPlan.com. That&#x27;s TotalRetirementPlan.com. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham explore the transition from building savings to using them for a retirement lifestyle. They discuss the 22-Step Total Retirement Plan, the value of understanding your options, and why a collection of accounts is different from a written income strategy. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb, still with you alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We&#x27;re very happy this week to have guests in studio with us today, Gary Marriage. He&#x27;s the host of Coasting Into Retirement from Tampa, Florida. Also with us is Phil Graham. He&#x27;s from Charlotte, North Carolina, who&#x27;s helping advisors address immediate liquidity needs for families. We&#x27;ve been talking about Coach Pete&#x27;s 22-step total retirement plan, which is available by just visiting TotalRetirementPlan.com. This is a new resource being made freely available if you are in that financial red zone, that 5, 10 years before or after retirement. Take advantage of this. Go over there, download it, find out what you may be missing. The website, again, TotalRetirementPlan.com.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Again, that is TotalRetirementPlan.com. It just makes a lot of sense to make sure you have everything lined up. And, you know, Gary, you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people over the years. What do you think the main concern is that people that are getting close to retirement have when they come see you? Most of them are probably the same with you. They&#x27;re scared, right? They don&#x27;t know what to do. They don&#x27;t know how to navigate this whole retirement thing. And, you know, they&#x27;ve hopefully saved up this one bucket of money that&#x27;s that 401K that they&#x27;ve been putting money into years, but they just don&#x27;t know how to access that. They&#x27;re scared they&#x27;re going to run out of money, right? It&#x27;s the biggest fear. And they don&#x27;t have a plan, exactly, like what you talked about before. And those ones you do, too, the clients you know that have a plan when things happen. There&#x27;s crises like COVID was a bad time. April last year was a bad month, too, right?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> You know, people that have a plan know that they&#x27;re going to be okay. The ones that don&#x27;t are the ones that are panicking and having anxiety and, you know, can&#x27;t sleep at night. But, yeah, I think it&#x27;s the same thing that you&#x27;ve probably seen, too. It&#x27;s just they don&#x27;t have a plan. They don&#x27;t know where to go. They don&#x27;t have to navigate this retirement and want to make sure they&#x27;re going to have enough money to live on as long as they do all the things they want to do, too. And then they&#x27;re going to go to retirement. So if you don&#x27;t have a plan, it&#x27;s a lot easier to mess something up because you really don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going to begin with, right? That&#x27;s right. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So what do you think about that? I think my dad put it in a perspective for me when he retired. And I remember him being very nervous. And I&#x27;m like, Dad, you have this bucket of money. Like, you&#x27;re going to be okay. And he goes, Son, I&#x27;ve been working since I was 14 years old. And every month I had a new deposit in my account.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> If we had an emergency and we spent all the money, I knew the next week I was going to get another paycheck. He said, for the first time in my life that I can remember, there&#x27;s no new money, no new money being deposited. And what I have has to last me and your mother for an indefinite period of time. So it was a worry about running out of money. It was a worry about running out of money. And we spent a lot of time talking about, you know, paychecks and playchecks and different things and talking about how, well, you can create a paycheck in retirement. So when we created that paycheck in his retirement, that personal pension, whatever you want to call it, that eased his biggest fear, which was, I know I got this bucket of money, this 401k or whatever it is.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> But how does it last? Yep. Yep. Yeah. Went back to his comfort zone having that paycheck. He knows every month he&#x27;s getting that deposit. And we talked about inflation. We talked about taxes. I know we&#x27;re going to talk about that on a different episode, but like he was worried about inflation. He was worried about taxes and he was worried about what happens to my mother if he passes away. Yeah. Those were his three concerns. And if I think about, you know, at the time this week that this is airing, we&#x27;re worried about what is oil going to go to. But every week there&#x27;s a different concern that is out there. If you&#x27;re listening to our podcast two years from now, you know where it went. We wish we knew. Yeah. But it&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t know where your future is if it rise and falls only with the stock market or with things that are out of your control. And how can people help figure out what their real retirement – you were talking about paychecks and playchecks.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> What do they need to figure out to find out what that needs to be? Well, I like to put a spending plan together and not a budget, but a spending plan. Budgeting is restrictive. It&#x27;s what you can&#x27;t do. That doesn&#x27;t sound like fun. Spending plan looks as fun. What do we want to do? So it&#x27;s your want list, not just your needs. Your needs are what you have to have, like your housing and food. But what do you want to do besides that? You just live in your house and eat? No, you want to travel? You want to do things? You want to go visit the grandkids? Whatever you want to do. And we look at today&#x27;s dollars, and then we price it forward. Say, well, what if inflation is this? How much will that cost in 10 years, 20 years, 30 years? And then that goal, Thomas, is to make sure we have enough money in your accounts that you – when you get to that 20 or 30 years later, you have more than enough money to do what you want to do, not enough money.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And there&#x27;s no worse feeling than getting someplace and figuring out you didn&#x27;t plan or you don&#x27;t have enough money to do what you want to do. Well, and I think this can be scary for a lot of people. They may be thinking, well, if I go see Coach Pete and his team, they&#x27;re going to tell me, oh, no, you&#x27;re not good enough. You&#x27;re not going to have saved enough. You can&#x27;t do what you want. But many, many times we&#x27;ve talked on this show, Coach, about how people are thrilled with the outcome and they didn&#x27;t realize what they actually would be able to do or how soon they would be able to retire. And you shouldn&#x27;t let yourself get in the way of yourself, right? Is that a sentence? Sure. Yeah. Don&#x27;t let yourself – Get out of my way. Exactly. No, we all do that. Procrastination is a huge one. Yeah. Huge one. Yeah, you&#x27;re right. And so, Phil, have you seen people procrastinate in the past and get themselves in trouble by putting things off? A hundred percent. Like, I think procrastination happens a lot when either it&#x27;s an uncomfortable conversation or you&#x27;re unsure of what the outcome is.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> But when it comes to financial planning, that&#x27;s the whole purpose of working with an expert is all you have to do is initiate the conversation and that financial planner will guide you through that conversation. You don&#x27;t have to be honest. You don&#x27;t have to be honest. Yeah. Yeah, and that&#x27;s important. All you have to be honest. All you have to do is be honest and say, this is what I want. I like to equate it to like if you&#x27;re building your dream home, throw everything in there. Maybe you don&#x27;t put the pool in when you build under construction. Maybe you put it in later, but go ahead and throw it in the initial plan. And everything you ever dreamed of, put it in there and see what&#x27;s within budget, see what&#x27;s possible. But that only works if you&#x27;re working with an expert that can help guide you through that process. And spoiler alert, it&#x27;s not painful.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> It can actually be extremely fun and enjoyable to see how amazing your retirement can be by working with someone that&#x27;s been doing that for decades. It can actually help you build that dream plan. Yeah, it&#x27;s very true. Again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete DiRuta. Make sure you get your questions answered. Make sure you have a true plan when it comes to retirement. Contact the team today, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Again, that&#x27;s plan to 600-700. So, Gary, when you see mistakes people have made in the past, a lot of times it&#x27;s because they assumed things were going to be fine or the person they were working with told them everything&#x27;s going to be fine, but they were going in the wrong place.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Have you seen that in the past? Oh, yeah. Yeah. Have you ever met somebody who said, I wish I&#x27;d have met you sooner? Oh, yeah. Yeah. Happens a lot, unfortunately. Yeah, quite a few times, too. But, yeah, it&#x27;s just seen somebody different, too. And they probably haven&#x27;t worked with somebody that&#x27;s, like, independent like us as well, right? Have an independent advisor, very important. Phil, how important is it to have an independent advisor on your side? Well, you want someone that can look at all the options, not just the options they&#x27;re allowed to look at. And I think I heard the analogy recently where it talked about, you know, it takes one guide to get you up the mountain. It takes a completely different set of skills as a guide to get you down the mountain. It&#x27;s different tools. It&#x27;s different products. It&#x27;s different investments. So what got us up the mountain to retirement isn&#x27;t what&#x27;s going to get us down the other side safely.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Absolutely. It&#x27;s the – and that&#x27;s where – there was a statistic I saw a long time ago that people that climbed Mount Everest, more people got hurt or killed on the way down than the way up. Because they planned, planned, planned for the way up, but on the way down, they had no plan. That&#x27;s like when we get to retirement, that&#x27;s when the planning really needs to start. We&#x27;re in that financial red zone. We need to have that total income plan in place. We need to know where money&#x27;s going to come from. Gary, if you reach retirement and you have all your money still at risk, are you really ready to retire? No. Because you really have no income plan, do you? No, you don&#x27;t. And if you&#x27;re relying on all that for your income too, your income&#x27;s going up and down, right? Yeah. It&#x27;s good when it&#x27;s good, but when it&#x27;s bad, it&#x27;s bad. I mean, remember COVID, right? Well, that&#x27;s why – yeah. And so the happiest people that I&#x27;ve ever met over my 33 years in this financial arena were people who had that financial fill-up strategy in retirement.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> That means every single year for the rest of their lives and the rest of their spouse&#x27;s life, they&#x27;re going to get a check. Right. Regardless of what&#x27;s happening in the market. And that check&#x27;s going to always be the same or greater than it was last year, regardless of what happens in the market. Now, if the market goes up, they get the share and the gain. But if the market goes down, they don&#x27;t lose anything. And that&#x27;s the magic, and that&#x27;s what people overlook, and brokers don&#x27;t like it when I say this because brokers always tell you to hope and pray because there&#x27;s no real strategy. They always say, if the market goes up, we&#x27;re going to be fine. I always say, if the market goes down, what happens? In certain strategies, you&#x27;re not going to do well. And my goal is to make sure that I don&#x27;t have to walk the other way when I see you walking down the street. If you&#x27;re a client of mine, if I put you in the wrong place, I&#x27;m going to have to run to a different city. And I don&#x27;t want to do that. And so I&#x27;ve never had a problem putting together proper income plans.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> And that&#x27;s why I am a retirement income certified professional. That&#x27;s RICP is a designation for the American College. I&#x27;m trained to give you lifetime income. And so a lot of you out there are dealing with folks that don&#x27;t have the training. So what do I go into a doctor and he&#x27;s going to do surgery on you in his garage? Every now and then you read about that. Cheaper plastic surgery. Yeah, go to my garage and I&#x27;ll fill your butt up with some of the cement. You wrote about that story, right? You read about that story. People have died before from bad, unlicensed medical people. And I say a lot of people get in trouble in the financial world and the advisor just gets slapped on the wrist and they&#x27;re still out there a lot of times. So make sure you know who you&#x27;re dealing with. Make sure you ask specifically, do you have a plan that will give me lifetime income that will be there regardless of what happens in the stock market and will never go away? And if they can&#x27;t answer that, then you&#x27;re in the wrong place.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Thomas, the next 20 people call, we&#x27;re going to put together for them their very own total retirement plan using all 22 steps that we put together. We&#x27;re going to give you that workbook along with it. But we&#x27;re going to guide you and make sure you understand every single step so there&#x27;s never any confusion as you approach, enter, and with through retirement. No one&#x27;s going to take a wrecking ball to your portfolio disguised as a friendly plan. We&#x27;re going to put a plan together in writing that makes sense and can be verified and documented in writing every single step that will happen. So call right now and get the surety plan, not a guessing plan. Very true. Again, to connect with Coach Pete and his team here at Capital Financial, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> You can also text us by texting the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is keyword plan to the number 600-700. Yeah, it just makes a lot of sense to get that plan put together. Gary, you and I have been talking for a long time, and we&#x27;ve exchanged stories about people who had misconceptions about lifetime income. How important is it for someone to have a lifetime income plan? Well, how long do you want your income for? Forever, man. That&#x27;s lifetime. That&#x27;s all you have to ask is how long do you want this income for? Well, for as long as I need it. And then I&#x27;ve got to make sure that my spouse is going to have that income, too, or she&#x27;s going to be covered at the same time, or he&#x27;s going to be covered at the same time as well, right? It&#x27;s important. Very important. Yeah, I mean, because this is retirement, right? And you want to make sure that you&#x27;re going to be able to afford the things you want to do. I mean, how awesome is it to have every day for the rest of your life be Saturday?</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Well, not have to worry anymore. Good to go. So, you know, in retirement, every day is a Saturday, but you need to have that income, so it needs to be payday. Friday and Saturday. Friday&#x27;s payday. So you need the Friday-Saturday plan forever. There you go. I like that. I like that. Yeah, and so it&#x27;s just important, folks. So if you want to get your very own total retirement plan, go to TotalRetirementPlan.com. That&#x27;s TotalRetirementPlan.com. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Gary Marriage, and Phil Graham explore the transition from building savings to using them for a retirement lifestyle. They discuss the 22-Step Total Retirement Plan, the value of understanding your options, and why a collection of accounts is different from a written income strategy. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Gary Marriage</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham, Gary Marriage, Phil Graham, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02/image.jpg?t=1792073342&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-turn-savings-into-a-retirement-paycheck-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02/image.jpg?t=1792073342&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:33:32 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>735</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8fc3e56b-1c2a-426c-ba5c-b4e101591b02/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11791115" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-turn-savings-into-a-retirement-paycheck-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>16</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Turn Savings into a Retirement Paycheck" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:47" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: A Retirement Plan for Changing Markets (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham: A Retirement Plan for Changing Markets (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement planning when inflation, interest rates, and market headlines change. They share their perspectives on preparing for uncertainty, identifying blind spots, and connecting investment decisions with the income needed in retirement. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for the program today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio today with America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach. Coach Pete D’Arruda also in studio with us. We have Gary Marriage. He is an independent insurance and financial services agent based out of Tampa, Florida. Also the host of Coasting Into Retirement. We also have Phil Graham with us who helps advisors address immediate liquidity needs for families while creating a bridge to the next generation of clients. And Phil is from the Charlotte area. Yes, he is. So welcome in guys. Yeah, thanks for having us. First time we&#x27;ve all been together in studio like this. Now Phil, you&#x27;ve been on the show before. Gary, first time on the show. Yeah, it is. Tell me about your show. I like the name of that show. Coasting Into Retirement, right?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Coasting Into Retirement. Yeah. So, you know, everything in Florida is the coast, right? So I had to come up with that several years ago. Good play on words. Hope people coast into it too. Now Phil, you&#x27;ve known Gary for a while as well, right? Yeah, we were just reminiscing in the green room about some golf trips and some other fun stuff we&#x27;ve done over the last 15 plus years probably. Yeah, probably 97 of them was 20 years. Yeah, it flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Wow. Getting old. And we look the same, you know? It&#x27;s great. I&#x27;m twice the man I was. It&#x27;s all good. I&#x27;m half. I&#x27;m about half the man I was. I&#x27;ve lost weight. That&#x27;s good. Well, Gary and I are working together on a movie with Kathy Lee Gifford. And that was a couple years ago. We were in Franklin, Tennessee, which is an awesome little city outside of Nashville. And it reminds me of Back to the Future, you know, where they&#x27;re at that courthouse. They&#x27;re</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> trying to get the things hooked up so the car can get the lightning kind of thing. Remember we were downtown Franklin. I said, Gary, this looks just like Back to the Future set up right here. They have a big courthouse with a big clock on it. And I said, all we need now is one of those cool cars. DeLorean. Yeah. If only we could have that. But man, that is a cool town though, right? Just the nicest people around there too. Just a great community. We met the mayor that night, Phil. We were at a restaurant there and the mayor just happened to be there of the town. And he took us around and showed us some of the bar scene there. Oh, cool. The mayor of the town. That&#x27;s always fun. We went to a speakeasy. That&#x27;s right. He took us a speakeasy. You know how much I love speakeasies. Oh, yeah. It wouldn&#x27;t surprise me if you had a key to the city now. We were working on it. I was trying that night. It was fun. You never know who you&#x27;re going to meet. It&#x27;s pretty fun to be out there in the world. But the Kathy Lee Gifford movie will be out later</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> on this year. We&#x27;ll talk about it when it comes on. It&#x27;s a really good story Kathy has. Yeah. Yeah. Very much. Very much. Now, Coach, and folks, there are a lot of things going on in the world. We like to kick off the show with a little bit of recent what is going on. And I got a clip here from former St. Louis Federal Reserve President Bullard on the PPI. Something that may lead towards higher, yeah, you heard it, inflation. I think this was a hot report. It&#x27;s just one report, but a disturbing trend toward somewhat higher inflation where the committee has been arguing that if you&#x27;re patient enough and you look past one-time effects, that you&#x27;d eventually get back to 2% inflation. It&#x27;s pretty crazy. And when I was perusing the interwebs, I came across this. This is from</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> John Hillensrath. He&#x27;s a senior advisor with Yahoo Finance, talking also about interest rate projections, Fed projections. What&#x27;s going on on that whole side of the world? You know, the Fed has had an easing bias. The market has been expecting the Fed to cut rates another one or two times this year. And the inflation numbers have already not been cooperating. And now we have an oil price shock on top of that. I think there&#x27;s a decent chance that the medium dot, the inflation projections, I&#x27;m sorry, the interest rate projections that they put out could indicate that the critical mass of officials is leaning towards no cuts this year. And I think that I&#x27;m listening for, in the press conference, when Jay Powell was asked, is anyone talking about raising rates this year? He dismissed the question in January. I don&#x27;t think</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> he can dismiss it anymore. I think that one of the conversations going on inside the Fed this week is going to be, should we accept the possibility, you know, in light of stubborn inflation, that the next move might have to be rates going higher and not lower? So talking about federal interest rates, where are they going? I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re in the same boat, coach. When I get home, I&#x27;ll turn on. And for me, it&#x27;s, you know, YouTube, I look for the latest news of what&#x27;s going on on Reuters or whatever it may be. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s anxiety. And I think I&#x27;m 20, 25 years away from retirement. The person who&#x27;s right there, this has got to be very troublesome. Well, it is, if you let it be, if you keep paying attention to it all the time. I mean, it hasn&#x27;t really affected my day-to-day life. I mean, the gas prices have a little bit. They make me mad. So we have the</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> cool thing about the gas prices being high is when you get to the pump, you look around, you have a common ground of things to talk about with people when you&#x27;re pumping. Yeah, there you go. Everybody looks mad. You say, I&#x27;m mad too. And he high fives. That kind of thing. But no, the interest rate thing is crazy because having interest rates where they are is not a bad thing for some people. Higher rates is good for you if you have money in a CD at a bank. If you&#x27;re saving, high interest rates are good. And a lot of people complain when interest rates were very low, I can&#x27;t make any money in my CDs anymore. They call them certificates of disappointment, not the certificates of deposit. So, Gary, your opinion. I mean, I think a lot of people, if you let the news drive you crazy, it will drive you crazy. If you just sit there and watch it all day long, it&#x27;s doom and gloom. There&#x27;s not a lot of positivity out there, right? It&#x27;s true. It really is.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> So what do you think? I mean, what do you tell people when they say, well, these interest rates are killing me? And you say, well, do you find out why they&#x27;re killing them? If you have a lot of money you&#x27;re borrowing, it&#x27;s not a good time. If you&#x27;re using margin in the market, you&#x27;re getting killed right now. Not only are you paying high interest rates to borrow the money, but the stocks you&#x27;re owning are going down and you&#x27;re getting something called margin calls. And those are not fun. No fun to get a margin call. Yeah. And you just find out too, and you probably do as well. You see a lot of people that have a lot of cash and they&#x27;re not making any money on it, right? They&#x27;re actually losing money on it because it&#x27;s just sitting there in cash. Losing money safely, we call it. What does that mean? Well, if you&#x27;re only earning like two or 3% in a CD and the inflation rate is four or five or six, you&#x27;re losing that buying power. Phil, what do you think about it? We&#x27;ve been around a while in the money world and we see things come and go, the trend of the day. And what do you really think the</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> interest rate argument is really about? Well, I see two types of clients, ones that have a plan and ones that don&#x27;t have a plan. Right. And I&#x27;ve always, for almost 30 years now, I like to plan for the worst and hope for the best. And we plan for inflation. We plan for higher interest rates. So the people that have a plan don&#x27;t panic because they go, wait, we plan for this. My paycheck&#x27;s coming in, my retirement paycheck, my personal pension, whatever you want to call it, my income is coming in. Maybe it increases with inflation. So that&#x27;s actually a positive thing that they know they&#x27;re covered. Where we find the scariness is when someone doesn&#x27;t have a plan. They didn&#x27;t plan for higher interest rates. They didn&#x27;t plan for inflation. And that is scary.</p><p><strong>06:57</strong> And I think they should be scared. That&#x27;s right for them to be scared. But I always come back to when you have a plan in retirement, especially a written plan, you&#x27;re expecting it. Because I knew interest rates weren&#x27;t going to stay at 2% or 1%. Like I talked to a neighbor the other day and they&#x27;re like, man, I&#x27;m at 2% for 30 years. I&#x27;m never moving. Oh, in the house? In their house. Yeah. And I&#x27;m going, I don&#x27;t blame you. I probably wouldn&#x27;t move either. I would just maybe renovate or do something like, but you know, why aren&#x27;t mortgages portable? They used to be. Yeah. Why can&#x27;t you take your 2% loan? Maybe you owe 400,000, take that 400,000 you have at 2% and put it into the house. Maybe you&#x27;re going to get a $600,000 house. So now you have a loan for 200,000 at whatever rates are today, but you bring over that 400,000 at 2%.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Well, you know why you can&#x27;t do it? It&#x27;s because banks don&#x27;t want you to. Correct. Well, that&#x27;s why. Banks aren&#x27;t making enough money, right? Because they said so. That&#x27;s why. There is no legal reason other than they don&#x27;t want you to. They want the new closing costs. Of course. They want you to pay the higher interest rates. Of course. I mean, they&#x27;re only, what, loaning it out seven times the way it is? Well, we talk about inflation. That&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind now. And Thomas, you know that I&#x27;ve been talking about the total retirement plan for over 10 years. You&#x27;ve been on the show with me for 10 years I&#x27;ve been talking about it. Yes, sir. And we&#x27;ve got the booklet now. We put it in writing. We used to talk about it, Phil. We&#x27;d have a little sheet on the total retirement plan. Now we have a whole booklet. It&#x27;s a guidebook. It&#x27;s over 100 pages. And we&#x27;ve got the PDF for it now. We&#x27;ve got the books on order. We&#x27;re coming in from the publisher. And who knows how long that&#x27;ll take these days. And then we&#x27;re going to have a workbook</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> to go along with the guidebook. The workbook&#x27;s going to be about 30 pages. But if you want a copy of the first book when it comes out, we&#x27;ll get you the PDF right now. But if you are one of the... Let me do this here. If I had a million dollars, I&#x27;d be rich. It&#x27;s the bare naked ladies. It&#x27;s four guys that sing. But whenever you hear that sounder, that means coach is getting ready to give you something at no cost. And here&#x27;s what I&#x27;m going to do. For the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to get you that workbook and guidebook when it comes in, the physical copies. And I&#x27;ll pay the postage on it. I&#x27;ll pay... That&#x27;s going to... On Amazon, I think we got it for like $99. $99, folks. But we&#x27;ll send it to you at our cost. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. I&#x27;m going to pay for the postage.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> For the next 26 of you who call. Now, we&#x27;re also going to get now, if you call now, we&#x27;re going to get you the PDF of it while we&#x27;re waiting for the real book. And it&#x27;s not going to cost you a penny. It actually costs you money if you don&#x27;t. Because we talked about inflation. There&#x27;s five different of the 22 checkpoints in here. Five different ones that deal somewhat with inflation. Checkpoint number two, income planning strategy. Well, if you&#x27;re going to have income in the future, we&#x27;ve always factored inflation in to make sure you have proper income. What does proper income mean? Enough money to do what you like to do. And not have the fact where you can&#x27;t do it because stuff costs too much. Checkpoint number five, spend and leave plan. Well, you can spend all you have now and leave an amount equal to or greater than what you started with your kids and grandkids. That also is an inflation buster. Checkpoint six, inflation protection plan. Well, what good is it to have a plan if</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> you don&#x27;t have inflation protection in it? Checkpoint eight, emergency accounts. Make sure you have emergency accounts that can overcome inflation. And checkpoint nine, managed growth plan. Make sure you have the right growth plan to keep up with inflation. So there&#x27;s a lot of different, there&#x27;s 22 different checkpoints, but five of them deal somewhat with inflation. There&#x27;s a lot more to planning a proper retirement plan than just inflation though. So we&#x27;re going to go through all the different tactics, techniques. How about having retirement spending plan, have the powers of attorney, all the different things you can think about. Medicare planning, social security planning, everything that goes into proper retirement so that you can hit retirement and not worry. You ever stay up at night saying, gosh, I&#x27;m worried about this because I didn&#x27;t do this, this or that. What if you had a written plan that got all the worries out of the way so you never have to worry again? That&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve put together with the total retirement plan. We call it coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. If you ever watch hockey, the team that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> on the power play usually wins. They&#x27;re always on offense and a good defense leads to a good offense, but here you can be offense and defense all the time and never worry about it anymore by getting the total retirement plan. So the next 26 of you call to be no cost or obligation and you will get these to you right away. Call right now. Take advantage folks. The number you can call to take advantage is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword free to the number 600-700. That is free to the number 600-700 and you can get your free PDF right now, as coach Pete said, by just heading over to total retirement plan.com. Again, that&#x27;s total retirement plan.com. What a great place to begin, coach. I&#x27;ll tell you, you know, when I first started working with you, we talked about the</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> seven blind spots and it talked about things that you need to avoid, which also is available by the way at coach Pete.com. But these 22 steps give you true indicators of where you need to be as you head into retirement. So if retirement is important to you, maybe you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, that five to 10 years before retirement, you want to know what are your blind spots? What do you need to be looking at? What checkpoints do I need to have as a head in? Call now, take advantage, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. Just make sense. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement planning when inflation, interest rates, and market headlines change. They share their perspectives on preparing for uncertainty, identifying blind spots, and connecting investment decisions with the income needed in retirement. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari. Excited for the program today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio today with America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach. Coach Pete D’Arruda also in studio with us. We have Gary Marriage. He is an independent insurance and financial services agent based out of Tampa, Florida. Also the host of Coasting Into Retirement. We also have Phil Graham with us who helps advisors address immediate liquidity needs for families while creating a bridge to the next generation of clients. And Phil is from the Charlotte area. Yes, he is. So welcome in guys. Yeah, thanks for having us. First time we&#x27;ve all been together in studio like this. Now Phil, you&#x27;ve been on the show before. Gary, first time on the show. Yeah, it is. Tell me about your show. I like the name of that show. Coasting Into Retirement, right?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Coasting Into Retirement. Yeah. So, you know, everything in Florida is the coast, right? So I had to come up with that several years ago. Good play on words. Hope people coast into it too. Now Phil, you&#x27;ve known Gary for a while as well, right? Yeah, we were just reminiscing in the green room about some golf trips and some other fun stuff we&#x27;ve done over the last 15 plus years probably. Yeah, probably 97 of them was 20 years. Yeah, it flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Wow. Getting old. And we look the same, you know? It&#x27;s great. I&#x27;m twice the man I was. It&#x27;s all good. I&#x27;m half. I&#x27;m about half the man I was. I&#x27;ve lost weight. That&#x27;s good. Well, Gary and I are working together on a movie with Kathy Lee Gifford. And that was a couple years ago. We were in Franklin, Tennessee, which is an awesome little city outside of Nashville. And it reminds me of Back to the Future, you know, where they&#x27;re at that courthouse. They&#x27;re</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> trying to get the things hooked up so the car can get the lightning kind of thing. Remember we were downtown Franklin. I said, Gary, this looks just like Back to the Future set up right here. They have a big courthouse with a big clock on it. And I said, all we need now is one of those cool cars. DeLorean. Yeah. If only we could have that. But man, that is a cool town though, right? Just the nicest people around there too. Just a great community. We met the mayor that night, Phil. We were at a restaurant there and the mayor just happened to be there of the town. And he took us around and showed us some of the bar scene there. Oh, cool. The mayor of the town. That&#x27;s always fun. We went to a speakeasy. That&#x27;s right. He took us a speakeasy. You know how much I love speakeasies. Oh, yeah. It wouldn&#x27;t surprise me if you had a key to the city now. We were working on it. I was trying that night. It was fun. You never know who you&#x27;re going to meet. It&#x27;s pretty fun to be out there in the world. But the Kathy Lee Gifford movie will be out later</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> on this year. We&#x27;ll talk about it when it comes on. It&#x27;s a really good story Kathy has. Yeah. Yeah. Very much. Very much. Now, Coach, and folks, there are a lot of things going on in the world. We like to kick off the show with a little bit of recent what is going on. And I got a clip here from former St. Louis Federal Reserve President Bullard on the PPI. Something that may lead towards higher, yeah, you heard it, inflation. I think this was a hot report. It&#x27;s just one report, but a disturbing trend toward somewhat higher inflation where the committee has been arguing that if you&#x27;re patient enough and you look past one-time effects, that you&#x27;d eventually get back to 2% inflation. It&#x27;s pretty crazy. And when I was perusing the interwebs, I came across this. This is from</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> John Hillensrath. He&#x27;s a senior advisor with Yahoo Finance, talking also about interest rate projections, Fed projections. What&#x27;s going on on that whole side of the world? You know, the Fed has had an easing bias. The market has been expecting the Fed to cut rates another one or two times this year. And the inflation numbers have already not been cooperating. And now we have an oil price shock on top of that. I think there&#x27;s a decent chance that the medium dot, the inflation projections, I&#x27;m sorry, the interest rate projections that they put out could indicate that the critical mass of officials is leaning towards no cuts this year. And I think that I&#x27;m listening for, in the press conference, when Jay Powell was asked, is anyone talking about raising rates this year? He dismissed the question in January. I don&#x27;t think</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> he can dismiss it anymore. I think that one of the conversations going on inside the Fed this week is going to be, should we accept the possibility, you know, in light of stubborn inflation, that the next move might have to be rates going higher and not lower? So talking about federal interest rates, where are they going? I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re in the same boat, coach. When I get home, I&#x27;ll turn on. And for me, it&#x27;s, you know, YouTube, I look for the latest news of what&#x27;s going on on Reuters or whatever it may be. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s anxiety. And I think I&#x27;m 20, 25 years away from retirement. The person who&#x27;s right there, this has got to be very troublesome. Well, it is, if you let it be, if you keep paying attention to it all the time. I mean, it hasn&#x27;t really affected my day-to-day life. I mean, the gas prices have a little bit. They make me mad. So we have the</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> cool thing about the gas prices being high is when you get to the pump, you look around, you have a common ground of things to talk about with people when you&#x27;re pumping. Yeah, there you go. Everybody looks mad. You say, I&#x27;m mad too. And he high fives. That kind of thing. But no, the interest rate thing is crazy because having interest rates where they are is not a bad thing for some people. Higher rates is good for you if you have money in a CD at a bank. If you&#x27;re saving, high interest rates are good. And a lot of people complain when interest rates were very low, I can&#x27;t make any money in my CDs anymore. They call them certificates of disappointment, not the certificates of deposit. So, Gary, your opinion. I mean, I think a lot of people, if you let the news drive you crazy, it will drive you crazy. If you just sit there and watch it all day long, it&#x27;s doom and gloom. There&#x27;s not a lot of positivity out there, right? It&#x27;s true. It really is.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> So what do you think? I mean, what do you tell people when they say, well, these interest rates are killing me? And you say, well, do you find out why they&#x27;re killing them? If you have a lot of money you&#x27;re borrowing, it&#x27;s not a good time. If you&#x27;re using margin in the market, you&#x27;re getting killed right now. Not only are you paying high interest rates to borrow the money, but the stocks you&#x27;re owning are going down and you&#x27;re getting something called margin calls. And those are not fun. No fun to get a margin call. Yeah. And you just find out too, and you probably do as well. You see a lot of people that have a lot of cash and they&#x27;re not making any money on it, right? They&#x27;re actually losing money on it because it&#x27;s just sitting there in cash. Losing money safely, we call it. What does that mean? Well, if you&#x27;re only earning like two or 3% in a CD and the inflation rate is four or five or six, you&#x27;re losing that buying power. Phil, what do you think about it? We&#x27;ve been around a while in the money world and we see things come and go, the trend of the day. And what do you really think the</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> interest rate argument is really about? Well, I see two types of clients, ones that have a plan and ones that don&#x27;t have a plan. Right. And I&#x27;ve always, for almost 30 years now, I like to plan for the worst and hope for the best. And we plan for inflation. We plan for higher interest rates. So the people that have a plan don&#x27;t panic because they go, wait, we plan for this. My paycheck&#x27;s coming in, my retirement paycheck, my personal pension, whatever you want to call it, my income is coming in. Maybe it increases with inflation. So that&#x27;s actually a positive thing that they know they&#x27;re covered. Where we find the scariness is when someone doesn&#x27;t have a plan. They didn&#x27;t plan for higher interest rates. They didn&#x27;t plan for inflation. And that is scary.</p><p><strong>06:57</strong> And I think they should be scared. That&#x27;s right for them to be scared. But I always come back to when you have a plan in retirement, especially a written plan, you&#x27;re expecting it. Because I knew interest rates weren&#x27;t going to stay at 2% or 1%. Like I talked to a neighbor the other day and they&#x27;re like, man, I&#x27;m at 2% for 30 years. I&#x27;m never moving. Oh, in the house? In their house. Yeah. And I&#x27;m going, I don&#x27;t blame you. I probably wouldn&#x27;t move either. I would just maybe renovate or do something like, but you know, why aren&#x27;t mortgages portable? They used to be. Yeah. Why can&#x27;t you take your 2% loan? Maybe you owe 400,000, take that 400,000 you have at 2% and put it into the house. Maybe you&#x27;re going to get a $600,000 house. So now you have a loan for 200,000 at whatever rates are today, but you bring over that 400,000 at 2%.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Well, you know why you can&#x27;t do it? It&#x27;s because banks don&#x27;t want you to. Correct. Well, that&#x27;s why. Banks aren&#x27;t making enough money, right? Because they said so. That&#x27;s why. There is no legal reason other than they don&#x27;t want you to. They want the new closing costs. Of course. They want you to pay the higher interest rates. Of course. I mean, they&#x27;re only, what, loaning it out seven times the way it is? Well, we talk about inflation. That&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind now. And Thomas, you know that I&#x27;ve been talking about the total retirement plan for over 10 years. You&#x27;ve been on the show with me for 10 years I&#x27;ve been talking about it. Yes, sir. And we&#x27;ve got the booklet now. We put it in writing. We used to talk about it, Phil. We&#x27;d have a little sheet on the total retirement plan. Now we have a whole booklet. It&#x27;s a guidebook. It&#x27;s over 100 pages. And we&#x27;ve got the PDF for it now. We&#x27;ve got the books on order. We&#x27;re coming in from the publisher. And who knows how long that&#x27;ll take these days. And then we&#x27;re going to have a workbook</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> to go along with the guidebook. The workbook&#x27;s going to be about 30 pages. But if you want a copy of the first book when it comes out, we&#x27;ll get you the PDF right now. But if you are one of the... Let me do this here. If I had a million dollars, I&#x27;d be rich. It&#x27;s the bare naked ladies. It&#x27;s four guys that sing. But whenever you hear that sounder, that means coach is getting ready to give you something at no cost. And here&#x27;s what I&#x27;m going to do. For the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to get you that workbook and guidebook when it comes in, the physical copies. And I&#x27;ll pay the postage on it. I&#x27;ll pay... That&#x27;s going to... On Amazon, I think we got it for like $99. $99, folks. But we&#x27;ll send it to you at our cost. We&#x27;re going to pay for the book. I&#x27;m going to pay for the postage.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> For the next 26 of you who call. Now, we&#x27;re also going to get now, if you call now, we&#x27;re going to get you the PDF of it while we&#x27;re waiting for the real book. And it&#x27;s not going to cost you a penny. It actually costs you money if you don&#x27;t. Because we talked about inflation. There&#x27;s five different of the 22 checkpoints in here. Five different ones that deal somewhat with inflation. Checkpoint number two, income planning strategy. Well, if you&#x27;re going to have income in the future, we&#x27;ve always factored inflation in to make sure you have proper income. What does proper income mean? Enough money to do what you like to do. And not have the fact where you can&#x27;t do it because stuff costs too much. Checkpoint number five, spend and leave plan. Well, you can spend all you have now and leave an amount equal to or greater than what you started with your kids and grandkids. That also is an inflation buster. Checkpoint six, inflation protection plan. Well, what good is it to have a plan if</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> you don&#x27;t have inflation protection in it? Checkpoint eight, emergency accounts. Make sure you have emergency accounts that can overcome inflation. And checkpoint nine, managed growth plan. Make sure you have the right growth plan to keep up with inflation. So there&#x27;s a lot of different, there&#x27;s 22 different checkpoints, but five of them deal somewhat with inflation. There&#x27;s a lot more to planning a proper retirement plan than just inflation though. So we&#x27;re going to go through all the different tactics, techniques. How about having retirement spending plan, have the powers of attorney, all the different things you can think about. Medicare planning, social security planning, everything that goes into proper retirement so that you can hit retirement and not worry. You ever stay up at night saying, gosh, I&#x27;m worried about this because I didn&#x27;t do this, this or that. What if you had a written plan that got all the worries out of the way so you never have to worry again? That&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve put together with the total retirement plan. We call it coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. If you ever watch hockey, the team that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> on the power play usually wins. They&#x27;re always on offense and a good defense leads to a good offense, but here you can be offense and defense all the time and never worry about it anymore by getting the total retirement plan. So the next 26 of you call to be no cost or obligation and you will get these to you right away. Call right now. Take advantage folks. The number you can call to take advantage is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword free to the number 600-700. That is free to the number 600-700 and you can get your free PDF right now, as coach Pete said, by just heading over to total retirement plan.com. Again, that&#x27;s total retirement plan.com. What a great place to begin, coach. I&#x27;ll tell you, you know, when I first started working with you, we talked about the</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> seven blind spots and it talked about things that you need to avoid, which also is available by the way at coach Pete.com. But these 22 steps give you true indicators of where you need to be as you head into retirement. So if retirement is important to you, maybe you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, that five to 10 years before retirement, you want to know what are your blind spots? What do you need to be looking at? What checkpoints do I need to have as a head in? Call now, take advantage, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword free to 600-700. That is keyword free to 600-700. Just make sense. We&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement planning when inflation, interest rates, and market headlines change. They share their perspectives on preparing for uncertainty, identifying blind spots, and connecting investment decisions with the income needed in retirement. Part one of their Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham</category>
      <category>Gary Marriage</category>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gary Marriage and Phil Graham, Gary Marriage, Phil Graham, retirement planning, investing, inflation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab/image.jpg?t=1792073348&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-a-retirement-plan-for-changing-markets-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab/image.jpg?t=1792073348&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:33:31 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>737</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b70bf562-384e-461f-9116-b4e10158e1ab/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11828663" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gary-marriage-and-phil-graham-a-retirement-plan-for-changing-markets-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>17</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Retirement Plan for Changing Markets" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:33" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cam Harvey: Diversification, Gold, and Retirement Income (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Cam Harvey: Diversification, Gold, and Retirement Income (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Cam Harvey returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the challenge of turning accumulated savings into retirement income. They explore diversification, the balance between growth and protected money, precious metals, tokenized gold, and the temptation to chase a hot investment. The conversation closes with Harvey’s perspective on illiquidity and non-traded REITs, including why an investor’s time horizon and overall holdings matter. This is the second part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re back with Professor Cam Harvey from Duke University. Cam, so many different choices for the, like, let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s watching this and they&#x27;re 55 years old. And they&#x27;ve been watching all these news programs. You know, you can&#x27;t help it. You turn the TV on, there&#x27;s Kramer saying buy, buy, buy one day and then sell, sell, sell the next. And you go online. There&#x27;s all sorts of places you can get on that freeway of buying and selling your own stuff. You don&#x27;t need a broker anymore. Why do we even need brokers anymore, people say. Many times you don&#x27;t. But how important is it to have a real plan, though, as we are 55 and up, a real plan for income and retirement? Because we don&#x27;t want to work all our lives. So we get to that checkered flag, let&#x27;s say age 65. That&#x27;s what we were always told retirement age was. So we&#x27;re there, time to retire.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But then we realize all I have is my 401K and it has over 403B or TSP and it has a big balance on it. But it doesn&#x27;t tell me how much I can take out of this balance to make sure I don&#x27;t outlive this money. I mean, that&#x27;s a big problem for anybody as we get older. Because, number one, I&#x27;ve seen we&#x27;re going to live longer. Peter Diamandis, who&#x27;s a futurist, told me years ago, he said, Coach, you&#x27;ll be able to buy years in the future. And I think we&#x27;re coming, you know, all the fancy DNA technology and all that. Maybe you can. How important is it, though, for anyone watching to make sure they have lifetime income, not just Social Security income? Yeah. Yeah. So, number one, you cannot count on Social Security. Yep. So that trust fund will run out of money in 2033. We&#x27;re getting close.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> We are close. Yeah. And there is very little disagreement about this. It&#x27;s very easy to forecast. And that means if nothing is done, there&#x27;ll be at least a 20% haircut in the Social Security. So you cannot rely upon that. So it makes it even more important to plan for retirement. And I do believe that this 65 retirement is becoming a little more fluid. And people actually think, well, 65, I&#x27;ve got at least 20 years. And I want to continue working. And it might not be 35 hours a week. So what I see happening in the economy is that people will continue to work, but at reduced hours.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> So you come in a couple of days a week. Just to keep your mind moving. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. But never, so that&#x27;s important because it means you&#x27;ve still got some income. Right. But it is just much more relaxed than today. The other part is your financial portfolio. So that needs to be carefully structured. And again, you&#x27;re investing for the next 20 years. You&#x27;re not investing for what&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow or next week. Right. So you need to have a longer term perspective. And indeed, it would be, for example, a mistake if you&#x27;ve got a 20-year perspective to be 100% in a money market fund. Yeah. So you need to still take some risk. And there&#x27;s so many opportunities in the U.S. given what&#x27;s happening with so many disruptions.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> AI is in our face, obviously. But there&#x27;s other things going on. So our financial system becoming much more efficient with decentralized technologies, quantum computing, and you mentioned biomedical. Yeah. So this confluence of DNA, RNA, and proteins, dealing with them all at the same time. So this will extend life. And I&#x27;m a big believer in that. All of these demographic projections are wrong. So again, you need to plan. You cannot rely upon a government that&#x27;s got a $38 trillion debt right now. Yeah. And a $1.9 trillion deficit at a time where we&#x27;ve got decent economic growth, low unemployment, inflation that is below 3%, and a stock market that&#x27;s at near record highs.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> So it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. So you cannot rely upon somebody handing the money out. So when the time comes, I mean, yeah. So again, it&#x27;s even more important now to depend on yourself instead of other people. So if someone&#x27;s watching now and they&#x27;re just starting to work, save some money every year somewhere, right, to save for retirement. Earmark it for 40, 50 years down the road, a time capsule. Pay yourself first, we always say. But let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s watching now, they&#x27;re in their 50s, or let&#x27;s say 40-something, and they do have a good balance in the 401k, but they&#x27;ve never thought about having to turn that balance into a stream of income they cannot live. That&#x27;s going to be more and more important as we get older because we&#x27;re going to get older and older. So the key thing is to have a diversified, balanced portfolio.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> Right. And the focus, when you&#x27;re younger, let&#x27;s say 55, is on building the capital. And you need to be careful here. So it would be a mistake to take an unreasonable, undiversified risk on a certain sector. And you could be just a giant loser on that. It&#x27;s also, in my opinion, a mistake to just invest passively. You can do better than that. There are low-cost products that are available that I&#x27;ve got a recent paper, for example, that I didn&#x27;t know this. It&#x27;s kind of remarkable that if you take a portfolio of like Russell 1000 value and then blend it 50-50 with Russell 1000 growth, you exactly get the Russell 1000.</p><p><strong>05:54</strong> And I&#x27;m thinking about that with some co-authors. And that&#x27;s not really what you want because it means that you&#x27;re investing in expensive, low-growth stocks. That&#x27;s a pretty bad combination. That&#x27;s a bad idea. So it&#x27;s really hard to justify that. So doing very simple things like structuring a portfolio that&#x27;s got a balance between value and growth, which are well accepted in terms of risk premia, but excluding those stocks that are expensive and low-growth at the same time. You can be expensive and have high growth. That is fine. But there&#x27;s no economic or financial justification for investing in expensive, low-growth stocks.</p><p><strong>06:44</strong> Strip those out. Folks, what would Professor Cam Harvey from Duke University say, yeah, when you talk about expensive and low-growth, sometimes they do a good job of disguising that, though, for the average investor. I mean, you have to look behind the scenes to see because no one&#x27;s going to admit they&#x27;re low-growth. I mean, no one would invest in it, right, especially if it&#x27;s expensive. Yeah, so this research, the paper&#x27;s called Fundamental Growth. It looks at very simple measures of growth. So things that we can easily observe, like sales growth or R&amp;D growth. Like, that&#x27;s fundamental. If you&#x27;re investing in R&amp;D, that&#x27;s growth. Yes. And then it&#x27;s easy to identify these stocks that are super expensive and low-growth and just exclude them from your portfolio.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> And the results are remarkable. Peter Lynch founded the Fidelity Magellan Fund back in the day. And I still remember his quote. He said, invest in companies you know. So if you use it, like Facebook, that&#x27;s why I invested in Facebook years ago when they IPO&#x27;d, then they went way down. When the insider&#x27;s lock expired, they were able to dump. I got my Facebook at $17 a share because that&#x27;s the first place I always go. You know, I admit it. When I log on in the morning, I check Facebook, see what my friends are doing. See, nowadays, I see who&#x27;s, unfortunately, who&#x27;s passed away or who&#x27;s had bad news in there. That&#x27;s where we go for our news. I went to my 40-year high school reunion last year, and I almost didn&#x27;t even want to go because I already knew everything about everybody there. We saw it on Facebook. But we look at, like, index.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> Like, Vanguard has VOO. It&#x27;s S&amp;P 500. It&#x27;s where I put a lot. To me, I call that a passive fund for me because I&#x27;m not buying and selling it. I just put money in there every month. I&#x27;m double-cost averaging in. And the S&amp;P over history has done pretty well. But if someone wants to totally eliminate any chance of loss with some money, we do this with some fixed annuities that are out there that tie their return to a share of some market index. I kind of like the S&amp;P because not many games can be played there, but there&#x27;s some other indexes out there in the annuity world, again, protecting the principal but have a chance of growth. And if the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get any share of the loss, which, to me, that gives people peace of mind. Annuities are great for income like that. But we also need some more maximum potential horsepower somewhere else.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> So if you had a strategy like that where you were using, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re 60 years old and using the rule of 100, maybe put 50% of the money in annuity with income for the future, so now you know what your income&#x27;s going to be, what would you advise for the other 50%? Somebody like that. What do you think would be a good place for them? So I totally agree that this idea of a fixed index annuity is a good idea in that it provides peace of mind. Yeah. So you don&#x27;t have to bear that downside. And I think psychologically, that&#x27;s really important. So as for the other part of your portfolio, again, I would be hesitant to do just purely passive investing. Some blend of value and growth for equities is, I think, important.</p><p><strong>09:54</strong> But it&#x27;s not just equity. So a portfolio needs to be diversified. There should be some fixed income, high-quality fixed income in the portfolio. And there should also be a safe portion of your portfolio in addition to the FIA component. And that safe component might be inflation-protected bonds. It might be some commodities like gold. So to have part of your portfolio ultra-safe, I think, is important also. Gold&#x27;s been fun to watch. I watch this show on Friday night. They go out and they look for gold in Alaska. And they used to say when they&#x27;d find like 10 ounces, it was worth $10,000.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> Now 10 ounces are worth almost $50,000. It&#x27;s crazy how the gold market is going crazy. What about silver? Silver&#x27;s done pretty well, too. And silver has an industrial use. Of course, there&#x27;s a lot more silver out there, right? Yeah, so silver is the number two. And there is a lot of distance between gold and silver. Yes. So both in the past have been currencies. And we kind of lost the gold standard in August of 1971. It&#x27;s been a while now. Yeah, it&#x27;s been a while. Gold also has tangible uses. So 5% of gold is used in technology. So your mobile phone has got gold in it. 2% in dentistry. And over 50% in jewelry. And that&#x27;s not going away.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> So gold has got this tangible use. Plus, it has got this track record of millennia in terms of the world&#x27;s oldest financial asset. It&#x27;s been a currency before. It is held by central banks and reserves. So there&#x27;s a lot of like check, check, check for gold. And now it&#x27;s just incredibly easy to hold, either through an ETF like GLD or in your wallet as tokenized gold. So like a stable coin but backed by gold. See, that&#x27;s going to be interesting as more and more people hear about tokenization in the crypto world because you&#x27;ll have a real-world asset behind the crypto. So that&#x27;s a great combination. So your point is super interesting. Yep. So we lost the gold standard August 15, 1971.</p><p><strong>12:17</strong> So the tokenized gold holds the possibility. I know it sounds crazy. The possibility of a de facto return to a type of gold standard that is opt-in. No central bank needs to be involved. But you&#x27;ve got something else that is a medium of exchange, a store of value that you can use to pay for stuff. Yeah. Very easy to do. So it&#x27;s a very intriguing idea that, you know, forget the Fed or the Bank of England or Bank of Japan. And we can return to a type of gold standard. And it&#x27;s your choice. So I think it&#x27;s very exciting. Do you think there may be some folks out there that don&#x27;t want to go back to the gold standard? It&#x27;s their choice. Totally.</p><p><strong>13:03</strong> If they don&#x27;t want it, fine. Well, the people get away with a lot of stuff because we&#x27;re not on the gold standard. You can leverage crazily without being on the gold standard. So I think it&#x27;ll be more controlled to the consumer if we go back to the gold standard. It is true that today the central banks have a monopoly over fiat. And we see what happens with that. They print more money and then we suffer the inflation that results. It was out of control a few years ago. This is different. So gold&#x27;s inflation is very steady. And what I mean by gold inflation, the new mining. So the mining adds to the gold above ground. For the last 10 years, that inflation is less than 2%. So think of that as roughly real economic growth. So this is an asset with a long track record that over the very long term has held its value.</p><p><strong>13:59</strong> And it is a credible currency because it&#x27;s been a currency. It&#x27;s been around since King Tut before that. Two questions. That&#x27;s it. We&#x27;ll finish up with two. Number one, flavor of the day. All right. So we get this every single year. People start calling our show or ask me when they meet me in person, in public. And they say, Coach, what do you think about blank and how can we get in it? Right now, SpaceX. We&#x27;re hearing about SpaceX all the time. What&#x27;s your opinion on these flavor of the day kind of stocks? Because I know people run into them when it&#x27;s going to be a crazy IPO when it comes out. That&#x27;s when a lot of people get hurt, right? When they&#x27;re buying on the run up. Yeah. So it is the greatest investment mistake that people make. Yeah. And they continue to make it. And that is buying high and selling low.</p><p><strong>14:47</strong> My students know that that&#x27;s one of the main lessons in my course, to do the opposite. You buy low and sell high. Yes. But it is just so tempting to extrapolate, to jump on the bandwagon. And as people are jumping on the bandwagon, the price continues to go up. Validating this hypothesis. And fear of missing out. People jump in. This is Warren Buffett&#x27;s words. Until... Tipping point. The tipping point. And it unravels. So you need to exercise discipline. And buying at all-time highs is generally a bad strategy. That&#x27;s a good point on that. Finally, now we&#x27;ve seen this happen a lot locally.</p><p><strong>15:32</strong> Lately I&#x27;ve seen a lot of it. Your opinion on non-traded REITs. You&#x27;re familiar with that. It&#x27;s an illiquid investment. You&#x27;re investing in real estate. It&#x27;s sold a lot of times. Like, hey, you can&#x27;t afford to buy your own nursing home, but why don&#x27;t you invest with a thousand other people that are all going to pull the money and buy this nursing home. The problem with non-traded REITs that I see is that they&#x27;re non-traded. Once you put your money in, it&#x27;s very illiquid. And we&#x27;ve seen several of these lately go Chapter 11. So they&#x27;re sold as an income stream, what I hear. And can it really be sold as a lifetime income stream if there&#x27;s no chance a lot of times of having lifetime income from them? So it&#x27;s an excellent question. And this has to do with an illiquidity premium. So if something is not liquid, you&#x27;ve got a lockup, there&#x27;s a premium associated with that.</p><p><strong>16:22</strong> So if you&#x27;re able to hold something for the longer term, you can reap that premium. This is the reason that university endowments invest in venture capital and highly illiquid investments. Because time&#x27;s on their side. Exactly. They&#x27;ve got a 50-year horizon, and they can harvest that illiquidity premium. So I don&#x27;t have a problem with an investor that&#x27;s got a long horizon, that doesn&#x27;t need the money in the short term. Yes. Investing in something like that. However, let&#x27;s be careful here. People need to look at their portfolio as a whole.</p><p><strong>17:09</strong> Your portfolio is not just the stocks you&#x27;re invested in, but your human capital. And also include your house. Yeah. And that&#x27;s real estate. So you don&#x27;t want to be undiversified. And if you&#x27;re investing in some illiquid, non-traded REIT, make sure it&#x27;s more than one. Yeah. So you just don&#x27;t want to hold one because you&#x27;re correct. Yeah. That it could go Chapter 11. Yeah. So you need more than one. And one of the great things with kind of tokenization and things like that is you can hold a very small fraction of many. So instead of having one, you&#x27;ve got 100. So now you&#x27;re really diversified in a good way. Well, Professor Kim Harvey, thanks for your time today. Thank you. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>17:55</strong> 800-661-7383. Or text the word plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. 800-800-800.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cam Harvey returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the challenge of turning accumulated savings into retirement income. They explore diversification, the balance between growth and protected money, precious metals, tokenized gold, and the temptation to chase a hot investment. The conversation closes with Harvey’s perspective on illiquidity and non-traded REITs, including why an investor’s time horizon and overall holdings matter. This is the second part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re back with Professor Cam Harvey from Duke University. Cam, so many different choices for the, like, let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s watching this and they&#x27;re 55 years old. And they&#x27;ve been watching all these news programs. You know, you can&#x27;t help it. You turn the TV on, there&#x27;s Kramer saying buy, buy, buy one day and then sell, sell, sell the next. And you go online. There&#x27;s all sorts of places you can get on that freeway of buying and selling your own stuff. You don&#x27;t need a broker anymore. Why do we even need brokers anymore, people say. Many times you don&#x27;t. But how important is it to have a real plan, though, as we are 55 and up, a real plan for income and retirement? Because we don&#x27;t want to work all our lives. So we get to that checkered flag, let&#x27;s say age 65. That&#x27;s what we were always told retirement age was. So we&#x27;re there, time to retire.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But then we realize all I have is my 401K and it has over 403B or TSP and it has a big balance on it. But it doesn&#x27;t tell me how much I can take out of this balance to make sure I don&#x27;t outlive this money. I mean, that&#x27;s a big problem for anybody as we get older. Because, number one, I&#x27;ve seen we&#x27;re going to live longer. Peter Diamandis, who&#x27;s a futurist, told me years ago, he said, Coach, you&#x27;ll be able to buy years in the future. And I think we&#x27;re coming, you know, all the fancy DNA technology and all that. Maybe you can. How important is it, though, for anyone watching to make sure they have lifetime income, not just Social Security income? Yeah. Yeah. So, number one, you cannot count on Social Security. Yep. So that trust fund will run out of money in 2033. We&#x27;re getting close.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> We are close. Yeah. And there is very little disagreement about this. It&#x27;s very easy to forecast. And that means if nothing is done, there&#x27;ll be at least a 20% haircut in the Social Security. So you cannot rely upon that. So it makes it even more important to plan for retirement. And I do believe that this 65 retirement is becoming a little more fluid. And people actually think, well, 65, I&#x27;ve got at least 20 years. And I want to continue working. And it might not be 35 hours a week. So what I see happening in the economy is that people will continue to work, but at reduced hours.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> So you come in a couple of days a week. Just to keep your mind moving. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. But never, so that&#x27;s important because it means you&#x27;ve still got some income. Right. But it is just much more relaxed than today. The other part is your financial portfolio. So that needs to be carefully structured. And again, you&#x27;re investing for the next 20 years. You&#x27;re not investing for what&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow or next week. Right. So you need to have a longer term perspective. And indeed, it would be, for example, a mistake if you&#x27;ve got a 20-year perspective to be 100% in a money market fund. Yeah. So you need to still take some risk. And there&#x27;s so many opportunities in the U.S. given what&#x27;s happening with so many disruptions.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> AI is in our face, obviously. But there&#x27;s other things going on. So our financial system becoming much more efficient with decentralized technologies, quantum computing, and you mentioned biomedical. Yeah. So this confluence of DNA, RNA, and proteins, dealing with them all at the same time. So this will extend life. And I&#x27;m a big believer in that. All of these demographic projections are wrong. So again, you need to plan. You cannot rely upon a government that&#x27;s got a $38 trillion debt right now. Yeah. And a $1.9 trillion deficit at a time where we&#x27;ve got decent economic growth, low unemployment, inflation that is below 3%, and a stock market that&#x27;s at near record highs.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> So it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. So you cannot rely upon somebody handing the money out. So when the time comes, I mean, yeah. So again, it&#x27;s even more important now to depend on yourself instead of other people. So if someone&#x27;s watching now and they&#x27;re just starting to work, save some money every year somewhere, right, to save for retirement. Earmark it for 40, 50 years down the road, a time capsule. Pay yourself first, we always say. But let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s watching now, they&#x27;re in their 50s, or let&#x27;s say 40-something, and they do have a good balance in the 401k, but they&#x27;ve never thought about having to turn that balance into a stream of income they cannot live. That&#x27;s going to be more and more important as we get older because we&#x27;re going to get older and older. So the key thing is to have a diversified, balanced portfolio.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> Right. And the focus, when you&#x27;re younger, let&#x27;s say 55, is on building the capital. And you need to be careful here. So it would be a mistake to take an unreasonable, undiversified risk on a certain sector. And you could be just a giant loser on that. It&#x27;s also, in my opinion, a mistake to just invest passively. You can do better than that. There are low-cost products that are available that I&#x27;ve got a recent paper, for example, that I didn&#x27;t know this. It&#x27;s kind of remarkable that if you take a portfolio of like Russell 1000 value and then blend it 50-50 with Russell 1000 growth, you exactly get the Russell 1000.</p><p><strong>05:54</strong> And I&#x27;m thinking about that with some co-authors. And that&#x27;s not really what you want because it means that you&#x27;re investing in expensive, low-growth stocks. That&#x27;s a pretty bad combination. That&#x27;s a bad idea. So it&#x27;s really hard to justify that. So doing very simple things like structuring a portfolio that&#x27;s got a balance between value and growth, which are well accepted in terms of risk premia, but excluding those stocks that are expensive and low-growth at the same time. You can be expensive and have high growth. That is fine. But there&#x27;s no economic or financial justification for investing in expensive, low-growth stocks.</p><p><strong>06:44</strong> Strip those out. Folks, what would Professor Cam Harvey from Duke University say, yeah, when you talk about expensive and low-growth, sometimes they do a good job of disguising that, though, for the average investor. I mean, you have to look behind the scenes to see because no one&#x27;s going to admit they&#x27;re low-growth. I mean, no one would invest in it, right, especially if it&#x27;s expensive. Yeah, so this research, the paper&#x27;s called Fundamental Growth. It looks at very simple measures of growth. So things that we can easily observe, like sales growth or R&amp;D growth. Like, that&#x27;s fundamental. If you&#x27;re investing in R&amp;D, that&#x27;s growth. Yes. And then it&#x27;s easy to identify these stocks that are super expensive and low-growth and just exclude them from your portfolio.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> And the results are remarkable. Peter Lynch founded the Fidelity Magellan Fund back in the day. And I still remember his quote. He said, invest in companies you know. So if you use it, like Facebook, that&#x27;s why I invested in Facebook years ago when they IPO&#x27;d, then they went way down. When the insider&#x27;s lock expired, they were able to dump. I got my Facebook at $17 a share because that&#x27;s the first place I always go. You know, I admit it. When I log on in the morning, I check Facebook, see what my friends are doing. See, nowadays, I see who&#x27;s, unfortunately, who&#x27;s passed away or who&#x27;s had bad news in there. That&#x27;s where we go for our news. I went to my 40-year high school reunion last year, and I almost didn&#x27;t even want to go because I already knew everything about everybody there. We saw it on Facebook. But we look at, like, index.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> Like, Vanguard has VOO. It&#x27;s S&amp;P 500. It&#x27;s where I put a lot. To me, I call that a passive fund for me because I&#x27;m not buying and selling it. I just put money in there every month. I&#x27;m double-cost averaging in. And the S&amp;P over history has done pretty well. But if someone wants to totally eliminate any chance of loss with some money, we do this with some fixed annuities that are out there that tie their return to a share of some market index. I kind of like the S&amp;P because not many games can be played there, but there&#x27;s some other indexes out there in the annuity world, again, protecting the principal but have a chance of growth. And if the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get any share of the loss, which, to me, that gives people peace of mind. Annuities are great for income like that. But we also need some more maximum potential horsepower somewhere else.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> So if you had a strategy like that where you were using, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re 60 years old and using the rule of 100, maybe put 50% of the money in annuity with income for the future, so now you know what your income&#x27;s going to be, what would you advise for the other 50%? Somebody like that. What do you think would be a good place for them? So I totally agree that this idea of a fixed index annuity is a good idea in that it provides peace of mind. Yeah. So you don&#x27;t have to bear that downside. And I think psychologically, that&#x27;s really important. So as for the other part of your portfolio, again, I would be hesitant to do just purely passive investing. Some blend of value and growth for equities is, I think, important.</p><p><strong>09:54</strong> But it&#x27;s not just equity. So a portfolio needs to be diversified. There should be some fixed income, high-quality fixed income in the portfolio. And there should also be a safe portion of your portfolio in addition to the FIA component. And that safe component might be inflation-protected bonds. It might be some commodities like gold. So to have part of your portfolio ultra-safe, I think, is important also. Gold&#x27;s been fun to watch. I watch this show on Friday night. They go out and they look for gold in Alaska. And they used to say when they&#x27;d find like 10 ounces, it was worth $10,000.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> Now 10 ounces are worth almost $50,000. It&#x27;s crazy how the gold market is going crazy. What about silver? Silver&#x27;s done pretty well, too. And silver has an industrial use. Of course, there&#x27;s a lot more silver out there, right? Yeah, so silver is the number two. And there is a lot of distance between gold and silver. Yes. So both in the past have been currencies. And we kind of lost the gold standard in August of 1971. It&#x27;s been a while now. Yeah, it&#x27;s been a while. Gold also has tangible uses. So 5% of gold is used in technology. So your mobile phone has got gold in it. 2% in dentistry. And over 50% in jewelry. And that&#x27;s not going away.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> So gold has got this tangible use. Plus, it has got this track record of millennia in terms of the world&#x27;s oldest financial asset. It&#x27;s been a currency before. It is held by central banks and reserves. So there&#x27;s a lot of like check, check, check for gold. And now it&#x27;s just incredibly easy to hold, either through an ETF like GLD or in your wallet as tokenized gold. So like a stable coin but backed by gold. See, that&#x27;s going to be interesting as more and more people hear about tokenization in the crypto world because you&#x27;ll have a real-world asset behind the crypto. So that&#x27;s a great combination. So your point is super interesting. Yep. So we lost the gold standard August 15, 1971.</p><p><strong>12:17</strong> So the tokenized gold holds the possibility. I know it sounds crazy. The possibility of a de facto return to a type of gold standard that is opt-in. No central bank needs to be involved. But you&#x27;ve got something else that is a medium of exchange, a store of value that you can use to pay for stuff. Yeah. Very easy to do. So it&#x27;s a very intriguing idea that, you know, forget the Fed or the Bank of England or Bank of Japan. And we can return to a type of gold standard. And it&#x27;s your choice. So I think it&#x27;s very exciting. Do you think there may be some folks out there that don&#x27;t want to go back to the gold standard? It&#x27;s their choice. Totally.</p><p><strong>13:03</strong> If they don&#x27;t want it, fine. Well, the people get away with a lot of stuff because we&#x27;re not on the gold standard. You can leverage crazily without being on the gold standard. So I think it&#x27;ll be more controlled to the consumer if we go back to the gold standard. It is true that today the central banks have a monopoly over fiat. And we see what happens with that. They print more money and then we suffer the inflation that results. It was out of control a few years ago. This is different. So gold&#x27;s inflation is very steady. And what I mean by gold inflation, the new mining. So the mining adds to the gold above ground. For the last 10 years, that inflation is less than 2%. So think of that as roughly real economic growth. So this is an asset with a long track record that over the very long term has held its value.</p><p><strong>13:59</strong> And it is a credible currency because it&#x27;s been a currency. It&#x27;s been around since King Tut before that. Two questions. That&#x27;s it. We&#x27;ll finish up with two. Number one, flavor of the day. All right. So we get this every single year. People start calling our show or ask me when they meet me in person, in public. And they say, Coach, what do you think about blank and how can we get in it? Right now, SpaceX. We&#x27;re hearing about SpaceX all the time. What&#x27;s your opinion on these flavor of the day kind of stocks? Because I know people run into them when it&#x27;s going to be a crazy IPO when it comes out. That&#x27;s when a lot of people get hurt, right? When they&#x27;re buying on the run up. Yeah. So it is the greatest investment mistake that people make. Yeah. And they continue to make it. And that is buying high and selling low.</p><p><strong>14:47</strong> My students know that that&#x27;s one of the main lessons in my course, to do the opposite. You buy low and sell high. Yes. But it is just so tempting to extrapolate, to jump on the bandwagon. And as people are jumping on the bandwagon, the price continues to go up. Validating this hypothesis. And fear of missing out. People jump in. This is Warren Buffett&#x27;s words. Until... Tipping point. The tipping point. And it unravels. So you need to exercise discipline. And buying at all-time highs is generally a bad strategy. That&#x27;s a good point on that. Finally, now we&#x27;ve seen this happen a lot locally.</p><p><strong>15:32</strong> Lately I&#x27;ve seen a lot of it. Your opinion on non-traded REITs. You&#x27;re familiar with that. It&#x27;s an illiquid investment. You&#x27;re investing in real estate. It&#x27;s sold a lot of times. Like, hey, you can&#x27;t afford to buy your own nursing home, but why don&#x27;t you invest with a thousand other people that are all going to pull the money and buy this nursing home. The problem with non-traded REITs that I see is that they&#x27;re non-traded. Once you put your money in, it&#x27;s very illiquid. And we&#x27;ve seen several of these lately go Chapter 11. So they&#x27;re sold as an income stream, what I hear. And can it really be sold as a lifetime income stream if there&#x27;s no chance a lot of times of having lifetime income from them? So it&#x27;s an excellent question. And this has to do with an illiquidity premium. So if something is not liquid, you&#x27;ve got a lockup, there&#x27;s a premium associated with that.</p><p><strong>16:22</strong> So if you&#x27;re able to hold something for the longer term, you can reap that premium. This is the reason that university endowments invest in venture capital and highly illiquid investments. Because time&#x27;s on their side. Exactly. They&#x27;ve got a 50-year horizon, and they can harvest that illiquidity premium. So I don&#x27;t have a problem with an investor that&#x27;s got a long horizon, that doesn&#x27;t need the money in the short term. Yes. Investing in something like that. However, let&#x27;s be careful here. People need to look at their portfolio as a whole.</p><p><strong>17:09</strong> Your portfolio is not just the stocks you&#x27;re invested in, but your human capital. And also include your house. Yeah. And that&#x27;s real estate. So you don&#x27;t want to be undiversified. And if you&#x27;re investing in some illiquid, non-traded REIT, make sure it&#x27;s more than one. Yeah. So you just don&#x27;t want to hold one because you&#x27;re correct. Yeah. That it could go Chapter 11. Yeah. So you need more than one. And one of the great things with kind of tokenization and things like that is you can hold a very small fraction of many. So instead of having one, you&#x27;ve got 100. So now you&#x27;re really diversified in a good way. Well, Professor Kim Harvey, thanks for your time today. Thank you. 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>17:55</strong> 800-661-7383. Or text the word plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. 800-800-800.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Cam Harvey returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the challenge of turning accumulated savings into retirement income. They explore diversification, the balance between growth and protected money, precious metals, tokenized gold, and the temptation to chase a hot investment. The conversation closes with Harvey’s perspective on illiquidity and non-traded REITs, including why an investor’s time horizon and overall holdings matter. This is the second part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Cam Harvey</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Cam Harvey, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329/image.jpg?t=1792073426&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cam-harvey-diversification-gold-and-retirement-income-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329/image.jpg?t=1792073426&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329</guid>
      <omny:clipId>052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 15:26:18 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1083</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/052fdf85-343e-456d-8a63-b4e101544329/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="17370815" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cam-harvey-diversification-gold-and-retirement-income-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>18</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Diversification, Gold, and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:34" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:01" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cam Harvey: Market Noise, Passive Investing, and Crypto (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Cam Harvey: Market Noise, Passive Investing, and Crypto (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Duke University professor Cam Harvey joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to examine how fast-moving headlines and online trading can influence investment decisions. They discuss market noise, the growth of passive investing, the information advantage of institutional traders, and why patience matters. Harvey also distinguishes speculative cryptocurrency from technologies with practical uses, including Ethereum and stablecoins. This is the first part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, today we have a very special guest. His name is Professor Cam Harvey. He&#x27;s the professor at Duke University. Doc, welcome in. Thank you for inviting me. It&#x27;s a strange financial world. I&#x27;ve been around the financial arena for 33 years. I&#x27;ve watched it before I got into the financial arena. The market goes up, down, all around. People get influenced and enticed, sometimes by big market swings either way. A lot of people sell when they should buy and buy when they sell. But overall, do you think that headlines influence people&#x27;s investing habits too much? I mean, get in the way, in other words, of people&#x27;s success sometimes. Yeah, I think so. One of the key things is that the stock market is volatile. And some of that volatility is just what we call noise.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> So there&#x27;s some short-term news. People overreact to it or underreact to it. And that leads to mistakes in the short term when people should be thinking about longer term investing. It&#x27;s one of the biggest mistakes that investors make. They look and judge the short-term news to make very consequential decisions for their portfolio. So they should have a longer-term perspective. You know, I grew up, as you did, when we had newspapers. That&#x27;s how we got our stock news. Like you&#x27;d look at, you&#x27;d try to find your stocks the next day in the paper and see if you were up or down. Before the internet. Remember those days? Yes. Do you think the internet has sped up the market cycles in people&#x27;s heads? I mean, we used to say if you didn&#x27;t have 10 years to wait and leave a stock alone,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> you really shouldn&#x27;t get into a stock because of the cycles of the market. Your opinion on just overall the rapidity, I don&#x27;t know if that&#x27;s a name, but people are trading so rapid they&#x27;re not really giving time a lot of times for their stocks to grow. Sort of like if you planted a seed and if a seed didn&#x27;t sprout in a day, you re-till the soil and plant another seed. Do you think patience has suffered because of social media? Definitely. So, it&#x27;s interesting you give the newspaper analogy. So to get a story into a newspaper was vetted. So you&#x27;ve got professional reporters, you&#x27;ve got professional editors, and you&#x27;ve got this lag of 24 hours. So what it does is it reduces some of this noise.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now anybody is a reporter. Nobody is a blogger. There&#x27;s almost no editorial control. And, and this is a fundamental difference, the more outrageous your comments, the more eyeballs or page views that you actually get. So there&#x27;s an incentive to actually say things that are exaggerated and that influences people. So I think that the internet and the rapidity of the information has made things worse. And I come from the University of Chicago, the School of Efficient Markets, but I&#x27;m not afraid to say that the market today is less efficient today than it was 20 years ago.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And the reason being because people aren&#x27;t educated enough or what&#x27;s the main reason why it&#x27;s not quite as good as it used to be? Yeah. So people naively measure the efficiency of a market by things like, well, transactions costs, which have come down dramatically. Yes. And you&#x27;ve got online brokers that make it very easy to trade. So what this has done paradoxically, it&#x27;s increased the number of retail investors. And those retail investors are operating at a very large disadvantage. They do not have big data and quantitative models working for them. And the second thing that&#x27;s really important is the explosion of passive investing.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So passive investing is more than active investing now. It&#x27;s about 53% of all investing. And a passive investor doesn&#x27;t care about fundamentals. That&#x27;s completely irrelevant. They just buy according to market capitalization. And what that means, it hardwires into a portfolio a mechanical overinvestment in overvalued stocks and underinvestment in undervalued stocks. So this is very negative for price discovery. It&#x27;s negative for liquidity. It&#x27;s negative for systemic risk because these giant buys of everything happen and they can be giant cells of everything. So you put these things together and markets are not what people thought they would be 20 years ago.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And we&#x27;ve kind of degraded. So the individual investor, I think they&#x27;re more and more at a disadvantage if they&#x27;re trying to swing trade or day trade, right? Because you&#x27;re going against these massive algorithms and AI computerized trading. You really don&#x27;t stand a chance. You&#x27;re being led to slaughter as a sheep a lot of times, aren&#x27;t you? Oh, this is definitely the case. There&#x27;s a reason that the transaction fees are so low on Robinhood. That&#x27;s because Robinhood sells their order flow. And you think, well, who would want to pay for the quarter flow? Well, it turns out Robinhood and not just Robinhood, but other online brokers, mainly retail investors. And the hedge funds actually want to trade against a retail investor.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> So a hedge fund doesn&#x27;t want to trade against Jane Street or Citadel. So they want to trade against a retail investor. If they are, let&#x27;s say, buying securities from Citadel, they&#x27;re thinking, well, what does Citadel know? They might know something that I don&#x27;t. That&#x27;s a dangerous trade. But if they&#x27;re trading against a retail investor, no big deal. They&#x27;re willing to pay for it. And this is just another layer here. And it&#x27;s not just buying. They&#x27;re shorting into the buying a lot of times. That&#x27;s what I see a lot of times is in dark pools they&#x27;re called too. A lot of times some very mysterious shorts, we&#x27;ll say. We&#x27;ll say it nicely that you really don&#x27;t stand a chance. If you&#x27;re trying to beat the big boys in this kind of game, sort of like going to Vegas with</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> a couple hundred dollars and thinking you&#x27;re going to beat the big bookies there who know what the spreads are and the games and all that kind of stuff. When did you see a change? I mean, back in the day, because I remember I had a, I think my first, JB Oxford was my first online trading account back in the late 90s. And it was $300 a trade plus a penny per share. And that&#x27;s when we had the 12 and a half cent kind of levels too. So there&#x27;s a lot of, a lot of money was made on each transaction. And now they&#x27;re making money on making it affordable to get in because they can short, when you&#x27;re buying, they know you&#x27;re buying. So they can even take your shares sometimes and then they can we short them. Yeah, definitely. So the acceleration really happened about four years ago when the amount of online trading</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> really exploded and the price, like the cost of trading just went down dramatically. Yeah. So on your mobile phone, you&#x27;re checking and trading all the time. So that&#x27;s when it really took over. The passive investing has been increasing very steadily. So I&#x27;ve actually done calculations and looked at the degree of passive compared to overall investing. So as I said, it&#x27;s like 53% now, but it is on trend to go to 80%. Wow. And at some point, like what, what is the threshold where markets become really dysfunctional? Yeah. Well, and then you add a lot of these brokerages will let you go on margin. And you know, maybe people are doing home equity lines and that happened in 2008.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> And I saw a lot of people getting a lot of trouble for doing that financially. But people are still doing it because it&#x27;s like, it&#x27;s like an online casino. You know, it&#x27;s fun to win. That&#x27;s right. And you, a lot of times you lose and now you&#x27;re trying to play catch up. And that&#x27;s where people are getting in trouble. They&#x27;re putting their retirement, what worries me the most is people are doing this with their retirement money. I mean, that&#x27;s, what&#x27;s one thing to do with money you can afford to lose, but you can&#x27;t afford to lose the retirement money. Yeah. So again, the online brokers make it so easy to trade and it&#x27;s not just stocks. Yeah. So we&#x27;ve got prediction markets also that are increasingly popular. Yes. We can gamble on almost anything. We&#x27;ve got crypto on the side. Yeah. So, so this is basically enabling a large scale kind of gambling.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> Right. It used to be that you needed to get on a plane to go to Vegas. Yeah. You don&#x27;t need to anymore. That was expensive to do. Vegas is having less people come out there now, mysteriously. Yeah. They had to restructure. Yes. It is. Again, we&#x27;re with Professor Cam Harvey, folks, a great professor in finance here at Duke University, right down the road from where we&#x27;re taping this. Crypto, you mentioned that. Your opinion on crypto. I mean, it&#x27;s come out of nowhere. And, you know, we watch Bitcoin go way up and go way down, has 90% swings. It&#x27;s not for the light at heart, is it? No. So, Bitcoin is extremely volatile. So, think of Bitcoin as four times as volatile as the S&amp;P 500. Wow. So, think of Bitcoin.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And it is sometimes sold as a substitute for gold, as a safe haven asset. But, let&#x27;s consider the following fact. Over the last 14 years, Bitcoin has had a drawdown of 60%, six zero percent, six times. And that&#x27;s not including what&#x27;s happening today. So, any asset that&#x27;s got drawdowns like that, so frequently, is hardly a safe haven asset. So, it is also important to actually differentiate the different types of crypto. Right. So, Bitcoin is a crypto that originally was going to be a method for peer-to-peer transactions.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> That was the original model of Satoshi Nakamoto. Right. It&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s a store of value. It doesn&#x27;t have much throughput. It&#x27;s got value because people believe it&#x27;s got value. There&#x27;s other cryptos that have, like, more utility. So, Ether, which is the crypto of Ethereum, you can do the transfers from one person to another, but you can also use that currency to pay for computing time on the Ethereum system. So, it actually has a value. It has something of use. So, you pay Amazon Web Services for computing time. So, you pay Ethereum. So, it&#x27;s got some tangible value. And these computer programs are very interesting because they enable yet another layer.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> And that is the collateralized crypto. So, think of stablecoins. Okay. So, these are not volatile. Or, they&#x27;re only as volatile as the underlying asset. Yes. And these stablecoins are extremely useful. We now have regulations in the US with the Genius Act. And they really disrupt the banking system. So, think of a transfer anywhere in the world in 1 to 12 seconds. That&#x27;s amazing. Compared to 3 to 5 days. Yeah. So, it really does change the game. So, I would say that I&#x27;m more enthusiastic about the cryptos that actually have some fundamental value than ones that are just used for speculation. I was talking to some friends about that same thing.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Because Bitcoin was originally built to be the transactional coin. Yeah. But no one&#x27;s transacted. They&#x27;re buying it and storing it. And so, until it actually proves its worth. Now, I did have in 2012, I had a guy on the show and he talked about the million dollar pizza. Yes. Because the guy used Bitcoin to buy a pizza. And actually, it&#x27;s two pizzas. It must have been good at Caesars. Right. And that was a million dollars worth of Bitcoin back in 12. And I think Bitcoin right then was around $1,000. It&#x27;s a billion dollar pizza now. It&#x27;s crazy. Exactly. So, it&#x27;s just looking at anything in this world, it has to have a use. And it has to have a use to the general public. Not just like if me and you use it, but nobody else uses it. It has to have a real big use to get the value it&#x27;s basically claiming right now. I mean, even right now, it&#x27;s around, as we taped this, around $60,000 a coin.</p><p><strong>12:49</strong> We do need to be careful because it&#x27;s not just the use today, but the potential use in the future. Yes. So, there&#x27;s always some option value that things could change. But you&#x27;re right. There&#x27;s got to be a use case. Yes. And that use case might be viable today and it might be viable in the future. Yeah. Well, fascinating. Folks, this is Professor Cam Harvey. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to dive a little bit into precious metals and safe retirement strategies. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Duke University professor Cam Harvey joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to examine how fast-moving headlines and online trading can influence investment decisions. They discuss market noise, the growth of passive investing, the information advantage of institutional traders, and why patience matters. Harvey also distinguishes speculative cryptocurrency from technologies with practical uses, including Ethereum and stablecoins. This is the first part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well folks, today we have a very special guest. His name is Professor Cam Harvey. He&#x27;s the professor at Duke University. Doc, welcome in. Thank you for inviting me. It&#x27;s a strange financial world. I&#x27;ve been around the financial arena for 33 years. I&#x27;ve watched it before I got into the financial arena. The market goes up, down, all around. People get influenced and enticed, sometimes by big market swings either way. A lot of people sell when they should buy and buy when they sell. But overall, do you think that headlines influence people&#x27;s investing habits too much? I mean, get in the way, in other words, of people&#x27;s success sometimes. Yeah, I think so. One of the key things is that the stock market is volatile. And some of that volatility is just what we call noise.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> So there&#x27;s some short-term news. People overreact to it or underreact to it. And that leads to mistakes in the short term when people should be thinking about longer term investing. It&#x27;s one of the biggest mistakes that investors make. They look and judge the short-term news to make very consequential decisions for their portfolio. So they should have a longer-term perspective. You know, I grew up, as you did, when we had newspapers. That&#x27;s how we got our stock news. Like you&#x27;d look at, you&#x27;d try to find your stocks the next day in the paper and see if you were up or down. Before the internet. Remember those days? Yes. Do you think the internet has sped up the market cycles in people&#x27;s heads? I mean, we used to say if you didn&#x27;t have 10 years to wait and leave a stock alone,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> you really shouldn&#x27;t get into a stock because of the cycles of the market. Your opinion on just overall the rapidity, I don&#x27;t know if that&#x27;s a name, but people are trading so rapid they&#x27;re not really giving time a lot of times for their stocks to grow. Sort of like if you planted a seed and if a seed didn&#x27;t sprout in a day, you re-till the soil and plant another seed. Do you think patience has suffered because of social media? Definitely. So, it&#x27;s interesting you give the newspaper analogy. So to get a story into a newspaper was vetted. So you&#x27;ve got professional reporters, you&#x27;ve got professional editors, and you&#x27;ve got this lag of 24 hours. So what it does is it reduces some of this noise.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now anybody is a reporter. Nobody is a blogger. There&#x27;s almost no editorial control. And, and this is a fundamental difference, the more outrageous your comments, the more eyeballs or page views that you actually get. So there&#x27;s an incentive to actually say things that are exaggerated and that influences people. So I think that the internet and the rapidity of the information has made things worse. And I come from the University of Chicago, the School of Efficient Markets, but I&#x27;m not afraid to say that the market today is less efficient today than it was 20 years ago.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And the reason being because people aren&#x27;t educated enough or what&#x27;s the main reason why it&#x27;s not quite as good as it used to be? Yeah. So people naively measure the efficiency of a market by things like, well, transactions costs, which have come down dramatically. Yes. And you&#x27;ve got online brokers that make it very easy to trade. So what this has done paradoxically, it&#x27;s increased the number of retail investors. And those retail investors are operating at a very large disadvantage. They do not have big data and quantitative models working for them. And the second thing that&#x27;s really important is the explosion of passive investing.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So passive investing is more than active investing now. It&#x27;s about 53% of all investing. And a passive investor doesn&#x27;t care about fundamentals. That&#x27;s completely irrelevant. They just buy according to market capitalization. And what that means, it hardwires into a portfolio a mechanical overinvestment in overvalued stocks and underinvestment in undervalued stocks. So this is very negative for price discovery. It&#x27;s negative for liquidity. It&#x27;s negative for systemic risk because these giant buys of everything happen and they can be giant cells of everything. So you put these things together and markets are not what people thought they would be 20 years ago.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And we&#x27;ve kind of degraded. So the individual investor, I think they&#x27;re more and more at a disadvantage if they&#x27;re trying to swing trade or day trade, right? Because you&#x27;re going against these massive algorithms and AI computerized trading. You really don&#x27;t stand a chance. You&#x27;re being led to slaughter as a sheep a lot of times, aren&#x27;t you? Oh, this is definitely the case. There&#x27;s a reason that the transaction fees are so low on Robinhood. That&#x27;s because Robinhood sells their order flow. And you think, well, who would want to pay for the quarter flow? Well, it turns out Robinhood and not just Robinhood, but other online brokers, mainly retail investors. And the hedge funds actually want to trade against a retail investor.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> So a hedge fund doesn&#x27;t want to trade against Jane Street or Citadel. So they want to trade against a retail investor. If they are, let&#x27;s say, buying securities from Citadel, they&#x27;re thinking, well, what does Citadel know? They might know something that I don&#x27;t. That&#x27;s a dangerous trade. But if they&#x27;re trading against a retail investor, no big deal. They&#x27;re willing to pay for it. And this is just another layer here. And it&#x27;s not just buying. They&#x27;re shorting into the buying a lot of times. That&#x27;s what I see a lot of times is in dark pools they&#x27;re called too. A lot of times some very mysterious shorts, we&#x27;ll say. We&#x27;ll say it nicely that you really don&#x27;t stand a chance. If you&#x27;re trying to beat the big boys in this kind of game, sort of like going to Vegas with</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> a couple hundred dollars and thinking you&#x27;re going to beat the big bookies there who know what the spreads are and the games and all that kind of stuff. When did you see a change? I mean, back in the day, because I remember I had a, I think my first, JB Oxford was my first online trading account back in the late 90s. And it was $300 a trade plus a penny per share. And that&#x27;s when we had the 12 and a half cent kind of levels too. So there&#x27;s a lot of, a lot of money was made on each transaction. And now they&#x27;re making money on making it affordable to get in because they can short, when you&#x27;re buying, they know you&#x27;re buying. So they can even take your shares sometimes and then they can we short them. Yeah, definitely. So the acceleration really happened about four years ago when the amount of online trading</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> really exploded and the price, like the cost of trading just went down dramatically. Yeah. So on your mobile phone, you&#x27;re checking and trading all the time. So that&#x27;s when it really took over. The passive investing has been increasing very steadily. So I&#x27;ve actually done calculations and looked at the degree of passive compared to overall investing. So as I said, it&#x27;s like 53% now, but it is on trend to go to 80%. Wow. And at some point, like what, what is the threshold where markets become really dysfunctional? Yeah. Well, and then you add a lot of these brokerages will let you go on margin. And you know, maybe people are doing home equity lines and that happened in 2008.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> And I saw a lot of people getting a lot of trouble for doing that financially. But people are still doing it because it&#x27;s like, it&#x27;s like an online casino. You know, it&#x27;s fun to win. That&#x27;s right. And you, a lot of times you lose and now you&#x27;re trying to play catch up. And that&#x27;s where people are getting in trouble. They&#x27;re putting their retirement, what worries me the most is people are doing this with their retirement money. I mean, that&#x27;s, what&#x27;s one thing to do with money you can afford to lose, but you can&#x27;t afford to lose the retirement money. Yeah. So again, the online brokers make it so easy to trade and it&#x27;s not just stocks. Yeah. So we&#x27;ve got prediction markets also that are increasingly popular. Yes. We can gamble on almost anything. We&#x27;ve got crypto on the side. Yeah. So, so this is basically enabling a large scale kind of gambling.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> Right. It used to be that you needed to get on a plane to go to Vegas. Yeah. You don&#x27;t need to anymore. That was expensive to do. Vegas is having less people come out there now, mysteriously. Yeah. They had to restructure. Yes. It is. Again, we&#x27;re with Professor Cam Harvey, folks, a great professor in finance here at Duke University, right down the road from where we&#x27;re taping this. Crypto, you mentioned that. Your opinion on crypto. I mean, it&#x27;s come out of nowhere. And, you know, we watch Bitcoin go way up and go way down, has 90% swings. It&#x27;s not for the light at heart, is it? No. So, Bitcoin is extremely volatile. So, think of Bitcoin as four times as volatile as the S&amp;P 500. Wow. So, think of Bitcoin.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> And it is sometimes sold as a substitute for gold, as a safe haven asset. But, let&#x27;s consider the following fact. Over the last 14 years, Bitcoin has had a drawdown of 60%, six zero percent, six times. And that&#x27;s not including what&#x27;s happening today. So, any asset that&#x27;s got drawdowns like that, so frequently, is hardly a safe haven asset. So, it is also important to actually differentiate the different types of crypto. Right. So, Bitcoin is a crypto that originally was going to be a method for peer-to-peer transactions.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> That was the original model of Satoshi Nakamoto. Right. It&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s a store of value. It doesn&#x27;t have much throughput. It&#x27;s got value because people believe it&#x27;s got value. There&#x27;s other cryptos that have, like, more utility. So, Ether, which is the crypto of Ethereum, you can do the transfers from one person to another, but you can also use that currency to pay for computing time on the Ethereum system. So, it actually has a value. It has something of use. So, you pay Amazon Web Services for computing time. So, you pay Ethereum. So, it&#x27;s got some tangible value. And these computer programs are very interesting because they enable yet another layer.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> And that is the collateralized crypto. So, think of stablecoins. Okay. So, these are not volatile. Or, they&#x27;re only as volatile as the underlying asset. Yes. And these stablecoins are extremely useful. We now have regulations in the US with the Genius Act. And they really disrupt the banking system. So, think of a transfer anywhere in the world in 1 to 12 seconds. That&#x27;s amazing. Compared to 3 to 5 days. Yeah. So, it really does change the game. So, I would say that I&#x27;m more enthusiastic about the cryptos that actually have some fundamental value than ones that are just used for speculation. I was talking to some friends about that same thing.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Because Bitcoin was originally built to be the transactional coin. Yeah. But no one&#x27;s transacted. They&#x27;re buying it and storing it. And so, until it actually proves its worth. Now, I did have in 2012, I had a guy on the show and he talked about the million dollar pizza. Yes. Because the guy used Bitcoin to buy a pizza. And actually, it&#x27;s two pizzas. It must have been good at Caesars. Right. And that was a million dollars worth of Bitcoin back in 12. And I think Bitcoin right then was around $1,000. It&#x27;s a billion dollar pizza now. It&#x27;s crazy. Exactly. So, it&#x27;s just looking at anything in this world, it has to have a use. And it has to have a use to the general public. Not just like if me and you use it, but nobody else uses it. It has to have a real big use to get the value it&#x27;s basically claiming right now. I mean, even right now, it&#x27;s around, as we taped this, around $60,000 a coin.</p><p><strong>12:49</strong> We do need to be careful because it&#x27;s not just the use today, but the potential use in the future. Yes. So, there&#x27;s always some option value that things could change. But you&#x27;re right. There&#x27;s got to be a use case. Yes. And that use case might be viable today and it might be viable in the future. Yeah. Well, fascinating. Folks, this is Professor Cam Harvey. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to dive a little bit into precious metals and safe retirement strategies. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Duke University professor Cam Harvey joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to examine how fast-moving headlines and online trading can influence investment decisions. They discuss market noise, the growth of passive investing, the information advantage of institutional traders, and why patience matters. Harvey also distinguishes speculative cryptocurrency from technologies with practical uses, including Ethereum and stablecoins. This is the first part of their interview from the March 14 Financial Safari show.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Cam Harvey</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>cryptocurrency</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Cam Harvey, investing, cryptocurrency</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0/image.jpg?t=1792073433&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cam-harvey-market-noise-passive-investing-and-crypto-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0/image.jpg?t=1792073433&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 15:26:17 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>810</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d07debf3-8821-466c-be0f-b4e1015442a0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12991331" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/cam-harvey-market-noise-passive-investing-and-crypto-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>19</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Market Noise, Passive Investing, and Crypto" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:10" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amanda Daughtry: Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Amanda Daughtry: Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today, and you can catch up on it by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you, as always, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us today, friend of the show, friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s, Amanda Daughtry. Amanda, it&#x27;s great to have you here. Thank you for having me, Coach. Lord, I might say whatever. She&#x27;s fun to talk to, isn&#x27;t she, Don? You never know what I&#x27;m going to say. Hey, let me ask you this. It&#x27;s American Idol. Remember that show? Yeah. Maybe it&#x27;s still on. I don&#x27;t know. My wife used to watch it, and I would watch it. By default, I&#x27;d have to watch it. It&#x27;s on in the bedroom. Yeah, I get that. My daughter loved it, too. Yeah. But there was a guy named, he had a last name Daughtry, right? There was a Daughtry, he was a North Carolina guy. Yeah. Greensboro. You&#x27;re not related to him, are you?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They ask me all the time at the bank, and I&#x27;m like, well, what kind of money does he have in his account? Well, I think he made some, what was his first name? Chris Daughtry. Chris Daughtry. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s pretty funny. It&#x27;s a small world sometimes. A small world after all. Somewhere on that tree, you&#x27;re a branch over there on the Daughtry tree. Never seen him at a family reunion, but it&#x27;s never too late. But I haven&#x27;t heard much from him either lately, but I mean, that&#x27;s pretty cool to have the same last name. But you&#x27;re pretty famous, too. Okay. Okay. Well, yep. I do the morning show with Mike Wheelis at 94.7. Oh, yeah. And we have a really good time here in the Raleigh Market. Yeah. Just trying to give back to the community. Trying to survive. Now, one of the things I did with you at the end of the last year is we filmed a series, and we also put together a book called Women and Money. Six very important chapters here. The big picture is the first chapter.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> The moment is here. In other words, when should I start planning, Coach? Now. Right now. When you ask Coach if you should start planning, yes. Right? Never too young or too old to get a real plan together. Coming out of college, building your foundation. So when people come out of college, they&#x27;re always saying, well, I need to find a job first. Once you find a job, then you start spending money like crazy. You buy a house, and then, you know, it&#x27;s not cheap to buy a house. That&#x27;s the cheapest part almost sometimes is buying a house. Then you have to furnish it and all the other stuff, right? Yes. And it never stops. It never stops. But getting started, because then you start building equity that way. Then getting married. So we go into little steps, right? So you get that job, and then you get married. And merging your money with your spouse. That&#x27;s a tough one. Uh-oh. I&#x27;m going to have to sit down with you, Ryan. We&#x27;re going to make sure. Uh-oh. Because I always recommend, and what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people, over 33 years get divorced, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> It happens. Life gets in the way or whatever. But one of the main causes of that is fighting over money. Yeah. And so I advise that the husband and wife have their own joint checking account, which they figure out what their bills are, their mortgage payment, the utilities, and maybe an emergency account. And they both contribute an equal amount or whatever ratio they want to that joint account every month. But then they have their separate checking accounts. Because it&#x27;s no fun as a spouse to get a gift for, like, Christmas or a birthday. When it came from the joint account, you already knew the money got spent anyway. So it&#x27;s no fun to get it from somebody else. So you have your separate accounts. And therefore, you&#x27;re never fighting about money. And you have little meetings. You have team meetings. We do this with our clients every year. We sit down and have that team meeting. I feel like I&#x27;m Dr. Phil sometimes, the Dr. Phil of the financial. Yeah. Sometimes it gets a little heated. But it&#x27;s better to have a referee around than try to have that conversation together</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> with nobody around, right? So, and I don&#x27;t take sides. I give, I&#x27;m just an impartial judge. See, I got a little gavel here. I make my ruling, right? So you can choose to ignore it or whatever. But so that&#x27;s getting married, making sure that everything goes right. But then the next chapter we covered is getting divorced. That&#x27;s the logical step after you get married for a lot of people. By the way, I&#x27;m getting married in August. Yeah, there you go. So we&#x27;re going to walk through this and make sure you guys are on that right path and try to make sure that the bad stuff doesn&#x27;t happen. But if you do become suddenly single, many times the man has handled the finances. That&#x27;s just by default that&#x27;s happened a lot of times. And so the female, when they get divorced, they have no idea what&#x27;s going on and they get half the money. So you need to do the right thing. And that&#x27;s when the sharks appear. When they find out you&#x27;re divorced, you&#x27;ll suddenly a new friend will appear and want to help you.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And a new man friend maybe sometimes. And all of a sudden they want that money and they&#x27;ll spend through your money and then it&#x27;ll be on to the next victim like that. It happens. Yeah. It&#x27;s almost like they make these news magazine shows and they could do a whole, like they did to catch a predator, to catch a scam artist kind of thing. Oh my God, that&#x27;s scary. Yeah. I&#x27;m scared about it. So now you plan your financial future without losing yourself when we have divorce planning or widow planning. Like that happens. You become single. It could be divorce or widowing or whatever. It&#x27;s hard to talk about, but it&#x27;s real. Yeah, we need to talk about it now. You&#x27;re either going to talk about it now or later. There used to be candy called now or later. Now or later? I&#x27;m going to tear my feelings out and get in trouble. But then we have approaching retirement, securing lifetime income. And we call that, of course, the financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And if you have these accounts, and a lot of people do, 401Ks, IRAs, 403Bs, Thrift Savings Plans, all these lump sum accounts, stock accounts, you have a big lump sum there. It&#x27;s fun to look at. But then you say, well, gosh, I don&#x27;t know how long I&#x27;m going to live. I want to live as long as I can. But I want my money to be there, too. So I have to start taking money out of this lump sum. How do I know I&#x27;m not taking too much out? How do I know I&#x27;m not cheating myself and not spending enough? So we put together a true spending plan. Not a budget. A spending plan. So we can figure out how much you can spend. And then we also say, well, gosh, we want to spend this amount of money because we have these needs in retirement. But we also want wants. We want to go on vacation. So we need to build up enough money that we can do fun things, too. And so we put the money in a place now that guarantees you lifetime income. That&#x27;s where we get that financial fill-up strategy from.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So then now you&#x27;re in control of retirement. You approach retirement on your terms. Thomas, you&#x27;ve seen this happen all the time. I have. And people are happy now. And here&#x27;s what happens, Amanda. Like we get this set up. Somebody retires. They come to see me year one. And I make them spend some money because they have the money coming in. And sometimes they come in. They haven&#x27;t spent it yet because they still don&#x27;t trust the plan or whatever. But new money is going to come every single year. And you don&#x27;t want to build up a gigantic dam of money. Right? Right. Picture the Hoover Dam of all that money you could spend. Because when you have spending money, you need to spend it. And even dams have an emergency thing where the water runs over. Truth. That is true. But we want to make sure you have more than enough money to enjoy retirement. And we do that with a true spending plan inside our financial fill-up strategy, inside the total retirement plan. So if you&#x27;d like your very own plan, call now. And matter of fact, Thomas, it is time.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> E-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-D-O! For Mr. Fred Flintstone. Oh, yes. If you call now, you&#x27;ll get the plan done. But if you&#x27;re calling, you&#x27;re a female. And you want a copy of our video series and the book right here, Women and Money, we will send you the Women and Money book. And then we&#x27;ll put you on the video series. Every single week, you&#x27;ll get a video on each chapter showing you the important information in the book, just in case you don&#x27;t feel like reading. Yep. Right? Or you want to figure out what you just read. So that&#x27;s the worst thing. Somebody hands you a book, goes home, it ends up on the bottom of a stack somewhere, and then on a bookshelf or maybe at the thrift store, and you never read it. This is a book meant to be read, but meant to be read over and over and used and even written in because we want to help you design your very own total retirement plan, income plan, and peace of mind plan. So call right now.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> The next 26 of you, though, we&#x27;ll send you this book before you even meet with us to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track. All right, folks, that number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700. I wish I would have had a copy of that years ago. I mean, when I was, I was married before in Nashville, when I lived in Nashville. Right. And it didn&#x27;t work out, but I found out that there were a lot of things that were hidden from me. There you go. And I didn&#x27;t know about. You didn&#x27;t know what to ask. Oh, yeah. You didn&#x27;t know what to look. I didn&#x27;t, but I also was, I wasn&#x27;t mature enough to have that conversation. Right. Well, when we, before we got married going, hey, you know. It&#x27;s not your fault. What do you have? And what do, I mean, because, you know, it&#x27;s like uncomfortable. We&#x27;re like, well, what kind of finances do you have? Or what kind of stocks do you have?</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> And I didn&#x27;t know. And then we bought Bitcoin together. Uh-oh. And then he was trying to hide some of the returns on that. Wow. I mean, it was kind of scary and messy. And money makes people crazy. It does. And marriage and death and all the things. But being informed puts you in control. So, Thomas, let&#x27;s open those phone lines up right now. The next 26 of you, you&#x27;ll get a copy of this book, Women and Money. We&#x27;ll send it to you ahead of time. You also qualify that golden ticket. You have your very own total retirement plan to get all the worry out of planning and living in retirement. No doubt. So, Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. We have two easy ways to do this. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text a special keyword, keyword free, to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> And we&#x27;re going to build a TV show around this, too. You guys have got to be on the Financial Speakeasy Network. You and Jana and Jackie are going to be on there every week. So, folks, get started now. Make sure to bookmark. Go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. And then it will give you the option. You can either go to YouTube or Rumble. And you sign up there to make sure you get updates every single day. A new show will come out. Well, we do a lot of shows. But going live in about a month. Yes. So, get set up now and you&#x27;ll be notified. We already have this. The Speakeasy Network is already going 24-7. But we&#x27;re going to have a man to show there in the next couple months there on there about women and money. So, every week a new situation, a new hypothetical situation or maybe something you&#x27;ve seen. You&#x27;ll learn a lot about me. But it&#x27;s important, I think, to not be scared about the money world or not be uninformed.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> So, if you&#x27;re uninformed, you believe anything because you don&#x27;t know. 100%. And so, we need to make sure that we have the right plan but the right team behind us. And, you know, I&#x27;ve done this for 33 years. We kind of know what we&#x27;re doing here. We want to make sure that everybody understands you don&#x27;t have to be alone approaching this big topic. But you can also do it yourself with our help. There are a lot of do-it-yourselfers. Yes. So, we can help you do it yourself but make sure you have income and everyone needs at least one financial fill-up strategy. A guy I know who was a retirement planner for 30-some years, his name is Tom Hegna. He has 14 different financial fill-ups, 14 different streams of income. Goodness. And I wish I was Tom too. But he&#x27;s already retired but he&#x27;s not even taking most of the streams of income because the first three streams are getting him all he needs right now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> Let&#x27;s go. So, he can leave whatever he doesn&#x27;t spend to his kids and grandkids too. So, again, get your very own total retirement plan but the financial fill-up strategy is the most important part. And we&#x27;re going to have a show on the financial fill-up strategy on the Financial Speakeasy Network as well. So, all the different terms you hear on the radio, you&#x27;ll be able to see them every day on the Financial Speakeasy Network. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And all that journey begins at FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Got a great website there. The resources we are mentioning are there as well. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re going to have some live studio audience shows there. And we&#x27;re building right now. We&#x27;re trying to build a game show. Oh, my gosh. Yeah. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve been in talks with Greg Fischel. Remember, he used to do the brain game back in the day. Oh, that&#x27;s so cool. And so, we&#x27;re going to try to design a financial-type game show to be filmed in our new studio.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> That is awesome. So, we&#x27;re looking to do a lot of exciting things coming up this year. Yes, yes. And so, Amanda, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. Anything? What&#x27;s next on your list? You&#x27;re getting married? What&#x27;s going to happen next? Getting married and taking our honeymoon at the end of the year. Where are you going? I think we&#x27;re going to go to Greece. Oh, okay. I&#x27;ve never been to Greece. I actually told him, Ryan, my other half, or as I say, Ryan, that&#x27;s what I call him when I&#x27;m mad at him. He&#x27;s planning. So, he knows where I might want to go. But it&#x27;s his thing now because I planned the last two trips. So, he&#x27;s planning the honeymoon. So, we may end up somewhere on a ranch because if it were up to him, it would be that. Go to a dude ranch and rope some cattle? Oh, man. I would believe that he would do that. Yellowstone Ranch? Yeah. He would 100%. Montana, Jackson Hole. Yeah. We went to Montana this past year and I loved it out there.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> So, that&#x27;s next. And then, after that, we&#x27;re going to start saving for some land and we want to build a house. Yeah. You never go bad buying land. Land never goes to zero. The only problem with land is you have property taxes and they keep jacking those up every single year. Yeah. Another 10%, 10%. Don&#x27;t get me started on that. Yeah. So, unfortunately, that&#x27;s one of the main things. You never really own the land even if you pay off the mortgage. True. Because if you don&#x27;t pay the tax on it, you&#x27;re going to be in it. Or somebody gets hurt on your land, they can sue you. So, you need a good insurance. So, it&#x27;s all sorts of things. We never thought about growing up, did we? Yep. Things that, the hidden costs that never go away. Yes. Yes. But, most importantly, when we get to retirement, we need to, and this is something people don&#x27;t think about, having a lifetime income plan. Having your own personal pension. Our relatives used to work for companies. They&#x27;d retire and the company would give them a check every single year for the rest of their life. Not anymore. That&#x27;s a pension. So, we can design your own pension.</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> If you call right now, the next 26 of you will do it at no cost or obligation. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Oh, well, Thomas Lipscomb for Amanda Daughtry. For Jose behind the screen working the board, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the financial. Safari! Safari! Safari! lid</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Loving the conversation today, and you can catch up on it by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you, as always, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also in studio with us today, friend of the show, friend of Coach Pete&#x27;s, Amanda Daughtry. Amanda, it&#x27;s great to have you here. Thank you for having me, Coach. Lord, I might say whatever. She&#x27;s fun to talk to, isn&#x27;t she, Don? You never know what I&#x27;m going to say. Hey, let me ask you this. It&#x27;s American Idol. Remember that show? Yeah. Maybe it&#x27;s still on. I don&#x27;t know. My wife used to watch it, and I would watch it. By default, I&#x27;d have to watch it. It&#x27;s on in the bedroom. Yeah, I get that. My daughter loved it, too. Yeah. But there was a guy named, he had a last name Daughtry, right? There was a Daughtry, he was a North Carolina guy. Yeah. Greensboro. You&#x27;re not related to him, are you?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They ask me all the time at the bank, and I&#x27;m like, well, what kind of money does he have in his account? Well, I think he made some, what was his first name? Chris Daughtry. Chris Daughtry. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So that&#x27;s pretty funny. It&#x27;s a small world sometimes. A small world after all. Somewhere on that tree, you&#x27;re a branch over there on the Daughtry tree. Never seen him at a family reunion, but it&#x27;s never too late. But I haven&#x27;t heard much from him either lately, but I mean, that&#x27;s pretty cool to have the same last name. But you&#x27;re pretty famous, too. Okay. Okay. Well, yep. I do the morning show with Mike Wheelis at 94.7. Oh, yeah. And we have a really good time here in the Raleigh Market. Yeah. Just trying to give back to the community. Trying to survive. Now, one of the things I did with you at the end of the last year is we filmed a series, and we also put together a book called Women and Money. Six very important chapters here. The big picture is the first chapter.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> The moment is here. In other words, when should I start planning, Coach? Now. Right now. When you ask Coach if you should start planning, yes. Right? Never too young or too old to get a real plan together. Coming out of college, building your foundation. So when people come out of college, they&#x27;re always saying, well, I need to find a job first. Once you find a job, then you start spending money like crazy. You buy a house, and then, you know, it&#x27;s not cheap to buy a house. That&#x27;s the cheapest part almost sometimes is buying a house. Then you have to furnish it and all the other stuff, right? Yes. And it never stops. It never stops. But getting started, because then you start building equity that way. Then getting married. So we go into little steps, right? So you get that job, and then you get married. And merging your money with your spouse. That&#x27;s a tough one. Uh-oh. I&#x27;m going to have to sit down with you, Ryan. We&#x27;re going to make sure. Uh-oh. Because I always recommend, and what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people, over 33 years get divorced, unfortunately.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> It happens. Life gets in the way or whatever. But one of the main causes of that is fighting over money. Yeah. And so I advise that the husband and wife have their own joint checking account, which they figure out what their bills are, their mortgage payment, the utilities, and maybe an emergency account. And they both contribute an equal amount or whatever ratio they want to that joint account every month. But then they have their separate checking accounts. Because it&#x27;s no fun as a spouse to get a gift for, like, Christmas or a birthday. When it came from the joint account, you already knew the money got spent anyway. So it&#x27;s no fun to get it from somebody else. So you have your separate accounts. And therefore, you&#x27;re never fighting about money. And you have little meetings. You have team meetings. We do this with our clients every year. We sit down and have that team meeting. I feel like I&#x27;m Dr. Phil sometimes, the Dr. Phil of the financial. Yeah. Sometimes it gets a little heated. But it&#x27;s better to have a referee around than try to have that conversation together</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> with nobody around, right? So, and I don&#x27;t take sides. I give, I&#x27;m just an impartial judge. See, I got a little gavel here. I make my ruling, right? So you can choose to ignore it or whatever. But so that&#x27;s getting married, making sure that everything goes right. But then the next chapter we covered is getting divorced. That&#x27;s the logical step after you get married for a lot of people. By the way, I&#x27;m getting married in August. Yeah, there you go. So we&#x27;re going to walk through this and make sure you guys are on that right path and try to make sure that the bad stuff doesn&#x27;t happen. But if you do become suddenly single, many times the man has handled the finances. That&#x27;s just by default that&#x27;s happened a lot of times. And so the female, when they get divorced, they have no idea what&#x27;s going on and they get half the money. So you need to do the right thing. And that&#x27;s when the sharks appear. When they find out you&#x27;re divorced, you&#x27;ll suddenly a new friend will appear and want to help you.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And a new man friend maybe sometimes. And all of a sudden they want that money and they&#x27;ll spend through your money and then it&#x27;ll be on to the next victim like that. It happens. Yeah. It&#x27;s almost like they make these news magazine shows and they could do a whole, like they did to catch a predator, to catch a scam artist kind of thing. Oh my God, that&#x27;s scary. Yeah. I&#x27;m scared about it. So now you plan your financial future without losing yourself when we have divorce planning or widow planning. Like that happens. You become single. It could be divorce or widowing or whatever. It&#x27;s hard to talk about, but it&#x27;s real. Yeah, we need to talk about it now. You&#x27;re either going to talk about it now or later. There used to be candy called now or later. Now or later? I&#x27;m going to tear my feelings out and get in trouble. But then we have approaching retirement, securing lifetime income. And we call that, of course, the financial fill-up strategy.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And if you have these accounts, and a lot of people do, 401Ks, IRAs, 403Bs, Thrift Savings Plans, all these lump sum accounts, stock accounts, you have a big lump sum there. It&#x27;s fun to look at. But then you say, well, gosh, I don&#x27;t know how long I&#x27;m going to live. I want to live as long as I can. But I want my money to be there, too. So I have to start taking money out of this lump sum. How do I know I&#x27;m not taking too much out? How do I know I&#x27;m not cheating myself and not spending enough? So we put together a true spending plan. Not a budget. A spending plan. So we can figure out how much you can spend. And then we also say, well, gosh, we want to spend this amount of money because we have these needs in retirement. But we also want wants. We want to go on vacation. So we need to build up enough money that we can do fun things, too. And so we put the money in a place now that guarantees you lifetime income. That&#x27;s where we get that financial fill-up strategy from.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So then now you&#x27;re in control of retirement. You approach retirement on your terms. Thomas, you&#x27;ve seen this happen all the time. I have. And people are happy now. And here&#x27;s what happens, Amanda. Like we get this set up. Somebody retires. They come to see me year one. And I make them spend some money because they have the money coming in. And sometimes they come in. They haven&#x27;t spent it yet because they still don&#x27;t trust the plan or whatever. But new money is going to come every single year. And you don&#x27;t want to build up a gigantic dam of money. Right? Right. Picture the Hoover Dam of all that money you could spend. Because when you have spending money, you need to spend it. And even dams have an emergency thing where the water runs over. Truth. That is true. But we want to make sure you have more than enough money to enjoy retirement. And we do that with a true spending plan inside our financial fill-up strategy, inside the total retirement plan. So if you&#x27;d like your very own plan, call now. And matter of fact, Thomas, it is time.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> E-A-B-A-B-A-B-A-D-O! For Mr. Fred Flintstone. Oh, yes. If you call now, you&#x27;ll get the plan done. But if you&#x27;re calling, you&#x27;re a female. And you want a copy of our video series and the book right here, Women and Money, we will send you the Women and Money book. And then we&#x27;ll put you on the video series. Every single week, you&#x27;ll get a video on each chapter showing you the important information in the book, just in case you don&#x27;t feel like reading. Yep. Right? Or you want to figure out what you just read. So that&#x27;s the worst thing. Somebody hands you a book, goes home, it ends up on the bottom of a stack somewhere, and then on a bookshelf or maybe at the thrift store, and you never read it. This is a book meant to be read, but meant to be read over and over and used and even written in because we want to help you design your very own total retirement plan, income plan, and peace of mind plan. So call right now.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> The next 26 of you, though, we&#x27;ll send you this book before you even meet with us to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track. All right, folks, that number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700. I wish I would have had a copy of that years ago. I mean, when I was, I was married before in Nashville, when I lived in Nashville. Right. And it didn&#x27;t work out, but I found out that there were a lot of things that were hidden from me. There you go. And I didn&#x27;t know about. You didn&#x27;t know what to ask. Oh, yeah. You didn&#x27;t know what to look. I didn&#x27;t, but I also was, I wasn&#x27;t mature enough to have that conversation. Right. Well, when we, before we got married going, hey, you know. It&#x27;s not your fault. What do you have? And what do, I mean, because, you know, it&#x27;s like uncomfortable. We&#x27;re like, well, what kind of finances do you have? Or what kind of stocks do you have?</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> And I didn&#x27;t know. And then we bought Bitcoin together. Uh-oh. And then he was trying to hide some of the returns on that. Wow. I mean, it was kind of scary and messy. And money makes people crazy. It does. And marriage and death and all the things. But being informed puts you in control. So, Thomas, let&#x27;s open those phone lines up right now. The next 26 of you, you&#x27;ll get a copy of this book, Women and Money. We&#x27;ll send it to you ahead of time. You also qualify that golden ticket. You have your very own total retirement plan to get all the worry out of planning and living in retirement. No doubt. So, Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. We have two easy ways to do this. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text a special keyword, keyword free, to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> And we&#x27;re going to build a TV show around this, too. You guys have got to be on the Financial Speakeasy Network. You and Jana and Jackie are going to be on there every week. So, folks, get started now. Make sure to bookmark. Go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. And then it will give you the option. You can either go to YouTube or Rumble. And you sign up there to make sure you get updates every single day. A new show will come out. Well, we do a lot of shows. But going live in about a month. Yes. So, get set up now and you&#x27;ll be notified. We already have this. The Speakeasy Network is already going 24-7. But we&#x27;re going to have a man to show there in the next couple months there on there about women and money. So, every week a new situation, a new hypothetical situation or maybe something you&#x27;ve seen. You&#x27;ll learn a lot about me. But it&#x27;s important, I think, to not be scared about the money world or not be uninformed.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> So, if you&#x27;re uninformed, you believe anything because you don&#x27;t know. 100%. And so, we need to make sure that we have the right plan but the right team behind us. And, you know, I&#x27;ve done this for 33 years. We kind of know what we&#x27;re doing here. We want to make sure that everybody understands you don&#x27;t have to be alone approaching this big topic. But you can also do it yourself with our help. There are a lot of do-it-yourselfers. Yes. So, we can help you do it yourself but make sure you have income and everyone needs at least one financial fill-up strategy. A guy I know who was a retirement planner for 30-some years, his name is Tom Hegna. He has 14 different financial fill-ups, 14 different streams of income. Goodness. And I wish I was Tom too. But he&#x27;s already retired but he&#x27;s not even taking most of the streams of income because the first three streams are getting him all he needs right now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> Let&#x27;s go. So, he can leave whatever he doesn&#x27;t spend to his kids and grandkids too. So, again, get your very own total retirement plan but the financial fill-up strategy is the most important part. And we&#x27;re going to have a show on the financial fill-up strategy on the Financial Speakeasy Network as well. So, all the different terms you hear on the radio, you&#x27;ll be able to see them every day on the Financial Speakeasy Network. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And all that journey begins at FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Got a great website there. The resources we are mentioning are there as well. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. We&#x27;re going to have some live studio audience shows there. And we&#x27;re building right now. We&#x27;re trying to build a game show. Oh, my gosh. Yeah. Yeah. And I&#x27;ve been in talks with Greg Fischel. Remember, he used to do the brain game back in the day. Oh, that&#x27;s so cool. And so, we&#x27;re going to try to design a financial-type game show to be filmed in our new studio.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> That is awesome. So, we&#x27;re looking to do a lot of exciting things coming up this year. Yes, yes. And so, Amanda, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. Anything? What&#x27;s next on your list? You&#x27;re getting married? What&#x27;s going to happen next? Getting married and taking our honeymoon at the end of the year. Where are you going? I think we&#x27;re going to go to Greece. Oh, okay. I&#x27;ve never been to Greece. I actually told him, Ryan, my other half, or as I say, Ryan, that&#x27;s what I call him when I&#x27;m mad at him. He&#x27;s planning. So, he knows where I might want to go. But it&#x27;s his thing now because I planned the last two trips. So, he&#x27;s planning the honeymoon. So, we may end up somewhere on a ranch because if it were up to him, it would be that. Go to a dude ranch and rope some cattle? Oh, man. I would believe that he would do that. Yellowstone Ranch? Yeah. He would 100%. Montana, Jackson Hole. Yeah. We went to Montana this past year and I loved it out there.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> So, that&#x27;s next. And then, after that, we&#x27;re going to start saving for some land and we want to build a house. Yeah. You never go bad buying land. Land never goes to zero. The only problem with land is you have property taxes and they keep jacking those up every single year. Yeah. Another 10%, 10%. Don&#x27;t get me started on that. Yeah. So, unfortunately, that&#x27;s one of the main things. You never really own the land even if you pay off the mortgage. True. Because if you don&#x27;t pay the tax on it, you&#x27;re going to be in it. Or somebody gets hurt on your land, they can sue you. So, you need a good insurance. So, it&#x27;s all sorts of things. We never thought about growing up, did we? Yep. Things that, the hidden costs that never go away. Yes. Yes. But, most importantly, when we get to retirement, we need to, and this is something people don&#x27;t think about, having a lifetime income plan. Having your own personal pension. Our relatives used to work for companies. They&#x27;d retire and the company would give them a check every single year for the rest of their life. Not anymore. That&#x27;s a pension. So, we can design your own pension.</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> If you call right now, the next 26 of you will do it at no cost or obligation. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Oh, well, Thomas Lipscomb for Amanda Daughtry. For Jose behind the screen working the board, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the financial. Safari! Safari! Safari! lid</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Amanda Daughtry returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss financial education, the retirement challenges facing women, and creating an income plan beyond a workplace pension. They share stories about music and family while exploring the value of understanding the resources available to you before retirement arrives. Part two of the Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Amanda Daughtry</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Amanda Daughtry, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, music, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/image.jpg?t=1792073353&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-women-money-and-building-a-personal-pension-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/image.jpg?t=1792073353&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 05:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b09749f6-c45d-4825-b61d-b4e10158a2e0/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12331570" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-women-money-and-building-a-personal-pension-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>20</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Women, Money, and Building a Personal Pension" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:40" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Amanda Daughtry: Music, Morning Radio, and Planning the Next Chapter (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Amanda Daughtry: Music, Morning Radio, and Planning the Next Chapter (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. If you want to catch up on that great conversation we just had with Sheridan Murphy or check out past episodes, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. And, Coach, we are continuing this great show with another special guest in studio. It&#x27;s not every day you get to have a former Nashville star in studio with you. Okay. I&#x27;ll tell you. I&#x27;ll tell you. Amanda Daughtry. Ah, thanks for having me. Coach has been a fan of 94.7 QDR for some time, and I&#x27;m on the morning show there with Mike Wheelis. And as many know in the area, he&#x27;s a fellow UNC guy like you, and he has been on the air there almost 34 years. Wow. And I&#x27;m joining him from JoCo, Johnson County.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Johnson County. People from there know, right? So if you know, you know. If you know, you know. And I&#x27;ve been on the show five years. Luckily, we&#x27;ve had you on air with us for over three doing some wonderful commercials to educate our listeners. Yeah. And I&#x27;m pumped. I&#x27;ve got your through the years book. And if you don&#x27;t have the book, you have got to go to Coach&#x27;s website, CoachPete.com, and you&#x27;re going to get this book. He&#x27;s going to give it to you if you sign up for. Those are awesome. We&#x27;ll come in for a review. We&#x27;ll go. You&#x27;ll leave with a bunch of books, but that&#x27;s one of them that we like people to have because it&#x27;s 1909 through 2024. Every single year it&#x27;s featured, showing you important information that&#x27;s the same information each year. So what did a loaf of bread cost this year? What did it cost that year? Inflation. Price of gold. Who was born that year? Who died that year? What famous things happened? All sorts of cool stuff. Yeah. And we also have a soundtrack with it.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I see you working over there, Thomas. We have a soundtrack. So Amanda, I want you to pull, randomly pull out a year, and then Thomas will get you to play the soundtrack for that year. Okay. Awesome. I am just going through here. Let&#x27;s see. I was on a page earlier. Let&#x27;s see. Let&#x27;s see. 1961. 1961, Thomas. The 60s. Oh, here we go. Oh, the 60s. There&#x27;s that soundtrack. We&#x27;ve got a soundtrack for every decade. Now, Thomas, to lower that volume a little bit, let&#x27;s talk about some of those facts. Okay. 1961. All right. We&#x27;ve got inflation at .7. So that&#x27;s not too bad. No. Actually, that&#x27;s awesome. Under one point on inflation. That&#x27;s amazing. Yeah, 9% a couple years ago. 9% inflation. We didn&#x27;t want that. A dollar from 1961 in 2024 would be $10.53.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Yeah, man. So it costs you $10 in today&#x27;s dollars to buy what a dollar bought you back in 1960. Wow. That&#x27;s what they call inflation. That&#x27;s the damage inflation does. That&#x27;s why I call it a financial termite. Inflation, taxation, unnecessary commissions, fees, expenses, and taxes are all financial termites that can eat away what you thought you had. That is crazy. All right. The cost of living. Let&#x27;s go down some of these. Right. Bread was 15 cent a loaf. Good old days. Wow. There&#x27;s probably better bread back then, too. Probably. Probably. Milk was $1.04 a gallon. Man. $1.04. Gold was $35.50. Smack your mama. That is nuts. Don&#x27;t you wish you&#x27;d get in a time machine and go back there? Of course, that&#x27;s more than 60 years ago. Good gosh. And I mean, that was a lot of money then, too. Yeah. Well, yeah. Well, yeah. Again, it was worth 10 times that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So, when gold was, what did you say, $34 an ounce? $35.50. So, multiply that times 10 because you said it would take $10 today to buy what $1 did then. So, basically, adjusted for inflation, that&#x27;s how they do it, $350 an ounce. Good gosh. But still cheap compared to when you saw gold hit like 5,000 ounce. Yeah. That&#x27;s true. Around there. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Yeah. And if you were at the candy shop and you&#x27;re buying my favorite candy, Snickers bar is $0.25. There you go. Nice. $0.25. Mortgage. Oh, I wish I would have bought a house then. 4%. You know, candy bars. I used to get candy bars for a nickel and a dime. So, I don&#x27;t know. Maybe that was a misprice here. Because I&#x27;m not that old, by the way. Yeah. In the 70s, I was buying candy bars for nickel. Wow. Real candy bars. Maybe that&#x27;s when the Snickers came out. And we had a Kmart there. It used to be a nickel. Then they went $17 for $1.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So, you can only get 17 of them. Good gosh. And when I was working at Kmart in, was it 1984? Right before I went to college. I worked the summer at Kmart. And it was $5 for $1 back then, candy bars. Still a good deal compared to today. Five real. And the candy bars were bigger back then. You know. They shrunk the candy bars now. Look at the little bite-sized ones for Halloween. Oh, they&#x27;re so tiny. It can&#x27;t even fit the logo. It has one little N for Snickers on it now. Truly, truly. That&#x27;s just enough to make it mad. It&#x27;s smaller than a Hershey&#x27;s Kiss. And they rebranded them, too. You know, it started as snack size. And then they started calling it bite size. Probably because they got called out on it. They should have a microscope size. Really not. Inflation. Yeah. That&#x27;s what happens. So, that&#x27;s deflation, too. So, inflation is when things get more expensive. Deflation is when they shrink the size of things. Like a Krispy Kreme donut. It&#x27;s nowhere near as big as it used to be. Don&#x27;t even get me started.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Because what you buy at certain stores, you have to look at the ounces. They&#x27;ll try to give you a better deal. Oh, yeah. And it&#x27;s just a different package. And I&#x27;m like, okay, uh-uh. I&#x27;m getting too smart for that. Well, there used to be a pound bag of potato chips. A pound bag. Now it&#x27;s six ounces. Oh. And they pump it full of air. So, 16 ounces in a pound, by the way. So, it&#x27;s 10 ounces less for about five times more than it used to be. That&#x27;s ridiculous. Ridiculous. But, anyway, hey, it&#x27;s forced dieting. Forced dieting. I can&#x27;t afford all that state chips. All right, Coach. The average home was $11,900. Wow. You know, I remember my parents bought their first house in 1974 in Laurenburg, North Carolina. Three bedrooms, two baths, nice big backyard and a deck. Two-car garage. $34,000. Oh. What? And then that sold back in the 90s. They sold it like it ended in like 1996. Sold it for $300,000.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So, that&#x27;s where, you know, stuff started going up. But, back then, in the 70s, the mortgage rates were a lot higher, too. So, again, everything works out. And that&#x27;s why you should never delay buying a house. Say, I&#x27;m going to wait for the mortgage rates to come down. I&#x27;m going to wait to buy this house. Yeah. Well, if that happens, then it&#x27;ll be more of a seller&#x27;s market because everyone will want a house then. And so, there&#x27;ll be a lot more competition. So, the price of the house may go up. So, the best strategy is to find the house you like right now because houses are a lot cheaper than it will be if rates go down. Lock in the house. Get in the house. And then, when rates go down, do a no-closing-cost mortgage and refinance down to the rate you deserve at that time. Yeah. But now, you don&#x27;t have to compete with other people for the house. Because you remember back in the day when a house would come on the market, there&#x27;d be bidding wars breaking out. And a house that listed for, let&#x27;s say, a million would go for $1.3 million because too many people wanted it. Yeah, that&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> And so, now you cost yourself $300,000 by being in that bidding war instead of buying it when no one else wanted it. So, shoes are always on special when you don&#x27;t need new shoes. Oh. 100% true. When you need them, you can&#x27;t find them or they&#x27;re more expensive. So, again, buying on your terms, we call it. But also planning your retirement plan on your terms. So, if you want a true retirement plan and you&#x27;re not in retirement, that&#x27;s the best time to get a retirement plan. So, call now. We have a 22-step Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, we call it, which includes the biggest step. It&#x27;s that financial fill-up strategy. But it&#x27;s 22 steps. We do the work behind the scenes. We&#x27;re going to waive our fee, our planning fee. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans like this. But for the next 26 callers, Amanda, we&#x27;re going to do it at no cost or obligation. So, Thomas, tell the listeners how they can call in right now.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> Yeah, happy to. The number to call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So, Amanda, tell me about Nashville. How do you like it there? Oh, Nashville was great. I was there 10 years. But now, remember, I was in Nashville. When I moved there, let&#x27;s see, 2010 is when I started kind of going there and saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to move here. 2011 made the final full move. There were still taxis downtown. There wasn&#x27;t an Uber. There wasn&#x27;t a Lyft situation. And you could park in front of the bars downtown and play as you get. Oh, right on Broadway right there? You could park right on Broadway. Wow. There wasn&#x27;t even a meter or anything. You just pull your car up, get a spot, load out, and watch your car from the stage. Now, I mean, they call them bollards.</p><p><strong>07:39</strong> There&#x27;s those things that line the streets where you can&#x27;t even get on the sidewalk easily. There&#x27;s Lyft. There&#x27;s Uber. They&#x27;re starting to shut the streets down on the weekend. It&#x27;s like Beale Street in Memphis. So, you can&#x27;t even get dropped off at all in front of the bars. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to walk like 1,000 miles. And, of course, every star has a bar now. But when I moved there, it was different. You had your three bars that were owned by the same guy. I&#x27;ve been there since 19-whatever. Layla&#x27;s. Layla&#x27;s one of the oldest bar on the street. How about Tootsie&#x27;s? Did you ever play at Tootsie&#x27;s? I never played at – that&#x27;s the Steve Smith bar. I never played at any of the Tootsie&#x27;s. But I played the Stage, Legends Corner, Second Fiddle. All those are owned by Rubel Sanderson, who&#x27;s still there. Second Fiddle actually just closed. Oh. But he still has – That&#x27;s a cool name, Second Fiddle. It is. He still has the Stage and Legends Corner, which was my favorite spots, right next to the Ryman, right next to Tootsie&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> I played there every Saturday and Sunday. Those were my bread and butter gigs. So you worked on tips only back then, right? Because when I&#x27;m in Nashville, I see the tip jars are out there. The bands are all like – Tootsie&#x27;s has three different bands going at one time, Thomas. Front stage, backstage, and upstairs. And upstairs. Well, now we got a bass, but when I first started down there, Second Fiddle was my first gig. It was a Monday night. Nobody wanted that shift. It was a late shift, too. So the band started at 10 o&#x27;clock in the morning, and then they end at 2.30 a.m. And so that was the late shift. I&#x27;d get on stage at 10.15 p.m. I&#x27;d play until 2.30 in the morning. On Monday. On a Monday. Nobody&#x27;s in there. And our bass was, I think, $35 a person. And then we&#x27;d be lucky to make $5 to $10 in tips apiece. It was rough, but you had to pay your dues, you know? And that&#x27;s what – a lot of folks do that because they want to be noticed by somebody.</p><p><strong>09:12</strong> And there are a lot of famous people that go in and out of those bars down there in Nashville scouting out the next talent, I guess, right? It&#x27;s true. I actually just listened to a podcast with Haley Williams. She was a singer from the band Paramore, and she was discovered at 12, 13 years old. Actually, she said in the interview, they won&#x27;t let you sing if you&#x27;re 12, so they might have fibbed a little bit early on. But it started in 13. That&#x27;s where she was discovered. That is crazy. I was singing at Second Fiddle one night. At that point, I&#x27;d had gigs at a lot of the different bars. But I was there on a different night. It was in a Monday. I think I might have been moved up to a Friday at this point. And a girl was sitting at the bar who has been working for Alan Jackson for over 25 years. And she would always come in, but I never knew what she did. And super friendly. And she pointed at me when I was running the tip jar, and she said,</p><p><strong>09:58</strong> I&#x27;m going to have a job for you at some point. I&#x27;m going to have something cool for you. And it had been a year since I&#x27;d seen her. And next time I saw her, she said, hey, Alan Jackson is opening a bar across the street where the Full Moon Saloon is. Full Moon Saloon. That sounds like a whole name. Or actually, it shared the wall with the wheel. They kind of did some things there. So it was really the wheel. It used to be a Civil War hospital. That&#x27;s a whole other segment. Oh, wow. But really cool spot. And she said, he&#x27;s going to open a bar there, and we&#x27;re going to ask you to play Friday night more than likely. And I said, oh, heck yeah. But if I had a dollar for every time I met somebody in Nashville that said, I know somebody who knows somebody. Everybody knows somebody. Make you famous or whatever. I mean, I&#x27;d be rich as you know what right now. But it worked out a year later. I got the gig. And then two years later, they said, hey, Alan&#x27;s taking some of the talent from the bar on the road.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Do you want to go on tour? And I&#x27;m like, do I want to go on tour and play some marinas with Alan Jackson? Like, pinch me. Does the folk wear a funny hat? Yeah. Sure does. I&#x27;ll be going. That was a fun time. And we got paid a little bit. We sold a ton of merchandise, which I thought. So where&#x27;d you guys on tour? Where&#x27;d you go? We went to Jacksonville. We went to Pennsylvania. Jacksonville, Florida. Florida, Pennsylvania. We went to. Can&#x27;t wait to go to Jacksonville, North Carolina. We did play Winston-Salem. Oh, Weston. Did you go Ziggy&#x27;s up there? Or where&#x27;d you play? We played all the arenas. Okay, the arenas. Okay. And so we were playing. And Winston-Salem, they gave us jerseys. So I got a jersey for the Deacons, I guess that&#x27;s who they are. Yep, yep. And I got my name on the back of that. Where else did we go? We went one other place. And I&#x27;m drawing a blank right this second. Demon Deacons. It was a lot of fun.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> It was an incredible run. And I had a good time. And you know what? And that&#x27;s what I tell people. It&#x27;s a joy, parts of life. Because you wouldn&#x27;t worry about certain things. Now you&#x27;re worried a little bit about planning for retirement. But you&#x27;re still only 40. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of running. I was broke as you know what back then. You&#x27;ve got 25 years at least to the traditional 65. And I got my Social Security statement the other day. It said I can&#x27;t retire to 67, even though I&#x27;m never going to retire. So you have plenty of time to get on the right track. And if you&#x27;re listening now, if you want your very own total retirement plan, call right now. We&#x27;ll put together a total retirement plan at no cost or obligation for you right now. All right, folks. That number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> And we&#x27;ll be back with more with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Amanda Daughtry after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Having a wonderful show today. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. If you want to catch up on that great conversation we just had with Sheridan Murphy or check out past episodes, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. And, Coach, we are continuing this great show with another special guest in studio. It&#x27;s not every day you get to have a former Nashville star in studio with you. Okay. I&#x27;ll tell you. I&#x27;ll tell you. Amanda Daughtry. Ah, thanks for having me. Coach has been a fan of 94.7 QDR for some time, and I&#x27;m on the morning show there with Mike Wheelis. And as many know in the area, he&#x27;s a fellow UNC guy like you, and he has been on the air there almost 34 years. Wow. And I&#x27;m joining him from JoCo, Johnson County.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Johnson County. People from there know, right? So if you know, you know. If you know, you know. And I&#x27;ve been on the show five years. Luckily, we&#x27;ve had you on air with us for over three doing some wonderful commercials to educate our listeners. Yeah. And I&#x27;m pumped. I&#x27;ve got your through the years book. And if you don&#x27;t have the book, you have got to go to Coach&#x27;s website, CoachPete.com, and you&#x27;re going to get this book. He&#x27;s going to give it to you if you sign up for. Those are awesome. We&#x27;ll come in for a review. We&#x27;ll go. You&#x27;ll leave with a bunch of books, but that&#x27;s one of them that we like people to have because it&#x27;s 1909 through 2024. Every single year it&#x27;s featured, showing you important information that&#x27;s the same information each year. So what did a loaf of bread cost this year? What did it cost that year? Inflation. Price of gold. Who was born that year? Who died that year? What famous things happened? All sorts of cool stuff. Yeah. And we also have a soundtrack with it.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I see you working over there, Thomas. We have a soundtrack. So Amanda, I want you to pull, randomly pull out a year, and then Thomas will get you to play the soundtrack for that year. Okay. Awesome. I am just going through here. Let&#x27;s see. I was on a page earlier. Let&#x27;s see. Let&#x27;s see. 1961. 1961, Thomas. The 60s. Oh, here we go. Oh, the 60s. There&#x27;s that soundtrack. We&#x27;ve got a soundtrack for every decade. Now, Thomas, to lower that volume a little bit, let&#x27;s talk about some of those facts. Okay. 1961. All right. We&#x27;ve got inflation at .7. So that&#x27;s not too bad. No. Actually, that&#x27;s awesome. Under one point on inflation. That&#x27;s amazing. Yeah, 9% a couple years ago. 9% inflation. We didn&#x27;t want that. A dollar from 1961 in 2024 would be $10.53.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Yeah, man. So it costs you $10 in today&#x27;s dollars to buy what a dollar bought you back in 1960. Wow. That&#x27;s what they call inflation. That&#x27;s the damage inflation does. That&#x27;s why I call it a financial termite. Inflation, taxation, unnecessary commissions, fees, expenses, and taxes are all financial termites that can eat away what you thought you had. That is crazy. All right. The cost of living. Let&#x27;s go down some of these. Right. Bread was 15 cent a loaf. Good old days. Wow. There&#x27;s probably better bread back then, too. Probably. Probably. Milk was $1.04 a gallon. Man. $1.04. Gold was $35.50. Smack your mama. That is nuts. Don&#x27;t you wish you&#x27;d get in a time machine and go back there? Of course, that&#x27;s more than 60 years ago. Good gosh. And I mean, that was a lot of money then, too. Yeah. Well, yeah. Well, yeah. Again, it was worth 10 times that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So, when gold was, what did you say, $34 an ounce? $35.50. So, multiply that times 10 because you said it would take $10 today to buy what $1 did then. So, basically, adjusted for inflation, that&#x27;s how they do it, $350 an ounce. Good gosh. But still cheap compared to when you saw gold hit like 5,000 ounce. Yeah. That&#x27;s true. Around there. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Yeah. And if you were at the candy shop and you&#x27;re buying my favorite candy, Snickers bar is $0.25. There you go. Nice. $0.25. Mortgage. Oh, I wish I would have bought a house then. 4%. You know, candy bars. I used to get candy bars for a nickel and a dime. So, I don&#x27;t know. Maybe that was a misprice here. Because I&#x27;m not that old, by the way. Yeah. In the 70s, I was buying candy bars for nickel. Wow. Real candy bars. Maybe that&#x27;s when the Snickers came out. And we had a Kmart there. It used to be a nickel. Then they went $17 for $1.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So, you can only get 17 of them. Good gosh. And when I was working at Kmart in, was it 1984? Right before I went to college. I worked the summer at Kmart. And it was $5 for $1 back then, candy bars. Still a good deal compared to today. Five real. And the candy bars were bigger back then. You know. They shrunk the candy bars now. Look at the little bite-sized ones for Halloween. Oh, they&#x27;re so tiny. It can&#x27;t even fit the logo. It has one little N for Snickers on it now. Truly, truly. That&#x27;s just enough to make it mad. It&#x27;s smaller than a Hershey&#x27;s Kiss. And they rebranded them, too. You know, it started as snack size. And then they started calling it bite size. Probably because they got called out on it. They should have a microscope size. Really not. Inflation. Yeah. That&#x27;s what happens. So, that&#x27;s deflation, too. So, inflation is when things get more expensive. Deflation is when they shrink the size of things. Like a Krispy Kreme donut. It&#x27;s nowhere near as big as it used to be. Don&#x27;t even get me started.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Because what you buy at certain stores, you have to look at the ounces. They&#x27;ll try to give you a better deal. Oh, yeah. And it&#x27;s just a different package. And I&#x27;m like, okay, uh-uh. I&#x27;m getting too smart for that. Well, there used to be a pound bag of potato chips. A pound bag. Now it&#x27;s six ounces. Oh. And they pump it full of air. So, 16 ounces in a pound, by the way. So, it&#x27;s 10 ounces less for about five times more than it used to be. That&#x27;s ridiculous. Ridiculous. But, anyway, hey, it&#x27;s forced dieting. Forced dieting. I can&#x27;t afford all that state chips. All right, Coach. The average home was $11,900. Wow. You know, I remember my parents bought their first house in 1974 in Laurenburg, North Carolina. Three bedrooms, two baths, nice big backyard and a deck. Two-car garage. $34,000. Oh. What? And then that sold back in the 90s. They sold it like it ended in like 1996. Sold it for $300,000.</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> So, that&#x27;s where, you know, stuff started going up. But, back then, in the 70s, the mortgage rates were a lot higher, too. So, again, everything works out. And that&#x27;s why you should never delay buying a house. Say, I&#x27;m going to wait for the mortgage rates to come down. I&#x27;m going to wait to buy this house. Yeah. Well, if that happens, then it&#x27;ll be more of a seller&#x27;s market because everyone will want a house then. And so, there&#x27;ll be a lot more competition. So, the price of the house may go up. So, the best strategy is to find the house you like right now because houses are a lot cheaper than it will be if rates go down. Lock in the house. Get in the house. And then, when rates go down, do a no-closing-cost mortgage and refinance down to the rate you deserve at that time. Yeah. But now, you don&#x27;t have to compete with other people for the house. Because you remember back in the day when a house would come on the market, there&#x27;d be bidding wars breaking out. And a house that listed for, let&#x27;s say, a million would go for $1.3 million because too many people wanted it. Yeah, that&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>06:08</strong> And so, now you cost yourself $300,000 by being in that bidding war instead of buying it when no one else wanted it. So, shoes are always on special when you don&#x27;t need new shoes. Oh. 100% true. When you need them, you can&#x27;t find them or they&#x27;re more expensive. So, again, buying on your terms, we call it. But also planning your retirement plan on your terms. So, if you want a true retirement plan and you&#x27;re not in retirement, that&#x27;s the best time to get a retirement plan. So, call now. We have a 22-step Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, we call it, which includes the biggest step. It&#x27;s that financial fill-up strategy. But it&#x27;s 22 steps. We do the work behind the scenes. We&#x27;re going to waive our fee, our planning fee. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for plans like this. But for the next 26 callers, Amanda, we&#x27;re going to do it at no cost or obligation. So, Thomas, tell the listeners how they can call in right now.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> Yeah, happy to. The number to call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting that keyword plan to 600-700. That is keyword plan to 600-700. So, Amanda, tell me about Nashville. How do you like it there? Oh, Nashville was great. I was there 10 years. But now, remember, I was in Nashville. When I moved there, let&#x27;s see, 2010 is when I started kind of going there and saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to move here. 2011 made the final full move. There were still taxis downtown. There wasn&#x27;t an Uber. There wasn&#x27;t a Lyft situation. And you could park in front of the bars downtown and play as you get. Oh, right on Broadway right there? You could park right on Broadway. Wow. There wasn&#x27;t even a meter or anything. You just pull your car up, get a spot, load out, and watch your car from the stage. Now, I mean, they call them bollards.</p><p><strong>07:39</strong> There&#x27;s those things that line the streets where you can&#x27;t even get on the sidewalk easily. There&#x27;s Lyft. There&#x27;s Uber. They&#x27;re starting to shut the streets down on the weekend. It&#x27;s like Beale Street in Memphis. So, you can&#x27;t even get dropped off at all in front of the bars. Yeah, you&#x27;ve got to walk like 1,000 miles. And, of course, every star has a bar now. But when I moved there, it was different. You had your three bars that were owned by the same guy. I&#x27;ve been there since 19-whatever. Layla&#x27;s. Layla&#x27;s one of the oldest bar on the street. How about Tootsie&#x27;s? Did you ever play at Tootsie&#x27;s? I never played at – that&#x27;s the Steve Smith bar. I never played at any of the Tootsie&#x27;s. But I played the Stage, Legends Corner, Second Fiddle. All those are owned by Rubel Sanderson, who&#x27;s still there. Second Fiddle actually just closed. Oh. But he still has – That&#x27;s a cool name, Second Fiddle. It is. He still has the Stage and Legends Corner, which was my favorite spots, right next to the Ryman, right next to Tootsie&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> I played there every Saturday and Sunday. Those were my bread and butter gigs. So you worked on tips only back then, right? Because when I&#x27;m in Nashville, I see the tip jars are out there. The bands are all like – Tootsie&#x27;s has three different bands going at one time, Thomas. Front stage, backstage, and upstairs. And upstairs. Well, now we got a bass, but when I first started down there, Second Fiddle was my first gig. It was a Monday night. Nobody wanted that shift. It was a late shift, too. So the band started at 10 o&#x27;clock in the morning, and then they end at 2.30 a.m. And so that was the late shift. I&#x27;d get on stage at 10.15 p.m. I&#x27;d play until 2.30 in the morning. On Monday. On a Monday. Nobody&#x27;s in there. And our bass was, I think, $35 a person. And then we&#x27;d be lucky to make $5 to $10 in tips apiece. It was rough, but you had to pay your dues, you know? And that&#x27;s what – a lot of folks do that because they want to be noticed by somebody.</p><p><strong>09:12</strong> And there are a lot of famous people that go in and out of those bars down there in Nashville scouting out the next talent, I guess, right? It&#x27;s true. I actually just listened to a podcast with Haley Williams. She was a singer from the band Paramore, and she was discovered at 12, 13 years old. Actually, she said in the interview, they won&#x27;t let you sing if you&#x27;re 12, so they might have fibbed a little bit early on. But it started in 13. That&#x27;s where she was discovered. That is crazy. I was singing at Second Fiddle one night. At that point, I&#x27;d had gigs at a lot of the different bars. But I was there on a different night. It was in a Monday. I think I might have been moved up to a Friday at this point. And a girl was sitting at the bar who has been working for Alan Jackson for over 25 years. And she would always come in, but I never knew what she did. And super friendly. And she pointed at me when I was running the tip jar, and she said,</p><p><strong>09:58</strong> I&#x27;m going to have a job for you at some point. I&#x27;m going to have something cool for you. And it had been a year since I&#x27;d seen her. And next time I saw her, she said, hey, Alan Jackson is opening a bar across the street where the Full Moon Saloon is. Full Moon Saloon. That sounds like a whole name. Or actually, it shared the wall with the wheel. They kind of did some things there. So it was really the wheel. It used to be a Civil War hospital. That&#x27;s a whole other segment. Oh, wow. But really cool spot. And she said, he&#x27;s going to open a bar there, and we&#x27;re going to ask you to play Friday night more than likely. And I said, oh, heck yeah. But if I had a dollar for every time I met somebody in Nashville that said, I know somebody who knows somebody. Everybody knows somebody. Make you famous or whatever. I mean, I&#x27;d be rich as you know what right now. But it worked out a year later. I got the gig. And then two years later, they said, hey, Alan&#x27;s taking some of the talent from the bar on the road.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Do you want to go on tour? And I&#x27;m like, do I want to go on tour and play some marinas with Alan Jackson? Like, pinch me. Does the folk wear a funny hat? Yeah. Sure does. I&#x27;ll be going. That was a fun time. And we got paid a little bit. We sold a ton of merchandise, which I thought. So where&#x27;d you guys on tour? Where&#x27;d you go? We went to Jacksonville. We went to Pennsylvania. Jacksonville, Florida. Florida, Pennsylvania. We went to. Can&#x27;t wait to go to Jacksonville, North Carolina. We did play Winston-Salem. Oh, Weston. Did you go Ziggy&#x27;s up there? Or where&#x27;d you play? We played all the arenas. Okay, the arenas. Okay. And so we were playing. And Winston-Salem, they gave us jerseys. So I got a jersey for the Deacons, I guess that&#x27;s who they are. Yep, yep. And I got my name on the back of that. Where else did we go? We went one other place. And I&#x27;m drawing a blank right this second. Demon Deacons. It was a lot of fun.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> It was an incredible run. And I had a good time. And you know what? And that&#x27;s what I tell people. It&#x27;s a joy, parts of life. Because you wouldn&#x27;t worry about certain things. Now you&#x27;re worried a little bit about planning for retirement. But you&#x27;re still only 40. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of running. I was broke as you know what back then. You&#x27;ve got 25 years at least to the traditional 65. And I got my Social Security statement the other day. It said I can&#x27;t retire to 67, even though I&#x27;m never going to retire. So you have plenty of time to get on the right track. And if you&#x27;re listening now, if you want your very own total retirement plan, call right now. We&#x27;ll put together a total retirement plan at no cost or obligation for you right now. All right, folks. That number to call is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> And we&#x27;ll be back with more with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Amanda Daughtry after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>QDR morning-show personality Amanda Daughtry joins Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about her Nashville background, life on the radio, and planning ahead. They share stories, discuss the timing of financial decisions, and connect everyday choices with the longer work of preparing for retirement. Part one of the Financial Safari conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Amanda Daughtry</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Amanda Daughtry, retirement planning, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/image.jpg?t=1792073360&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-music-morning-radio-and-planning-the-next-chapter-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/image.jpg?t=1792073360&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Feb 2026 05:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>744</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/987f5729-317d-405d-8160-b4e10158660d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11947881" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/amanda-daughtry-music-morning-radio-and-planning-the-next-chapter-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>21</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Amanda Daughtry" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation here with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, also in studio with us is the voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. If you want to catch up on this conversation that we&#x27;re having, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. By the way, we got a great video there where Coach Pete is interviewing one of his friends who just went to CES 2026. You can see how robots can fold your clothes, flying cars, all sorts of crazy crap that&#x27;s going on out there. His name is Joe Casey. He was an MIT grad, and he went to Ohio State and then MIT. So he&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, and it was amazing to hear how fascinated he is.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s a tech guy, but he was fascinated with what he saw at CES. It was about a 40-minute interview, and you can watch it and listen to it. It&#x27;s about FinancialSafari.com. It&#x27;s also, if you just want to listen to it, it&#x27;s like CoachListens.com. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. It&#x27;s such a great website and great interview at the end of the day. Again, flying cars, robots that fold your clothes. What can you not want, right, guys? I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing to be able to talk to people like that, and it&#x27;s amazing to have both of you guys in the studio. I mean, people that are listening, they&#x27;ve heard you on the radio for years and years. Carolina Hurricanes, if you ever listened to Hurricanes, the game on the radio, Chuck Kaiton was doing the game. Matter of fact, I recognized his voice one time. I didn&#x27;t know what he looked like, but I heard his voice at a golf tournament. We were in the 18th hole little, what do you call that thing? The 19th hole. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the sky box. We were watching a golf tournament, and I just heard this voice bellowing</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> from the other side of the box. Nice. I went over, I said, you&#x27;re Chuck Kaiton. You&#x27;re Coach Pete. And I didn&#x27;t get into any trouble because nobody was putting at the time I was talking. So that was good news. They used to do the quiet sign. They&#x27;d be waving all over the place. And then, wow, Tony. I mean, it seems like just yesterday I was listening to you do the Wolfpack games on the radio. Well, it was a little bit almost yesterday. I&#x27;m only a month into retirement. And what&#x27;s different about this month? No more paychecks. Well, the paychecks have to come from you. That&#x27;s right. Their own personal pension, basically. You have to set it up correctly. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m sitting here. And make sure to, yeah. And it&#x27;s scary, but it&#x27;s not complex if you do the right thing. And unfortunately, people wait until the last minute. They start making impulsive decisions and do the wrong thing. So it&#x27;s important to plan it out, sort of like a game plan. And we&#x27;re talking about your retirement. You&#x27;re basically in the first quarter of retirement.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;ve got a four-quarter game, at least. We need to make sure that money lasts longer than you do, not runs away when you&#x27;re still here. All right. Well, speaking of that, before we get to Chuck&#x27;s real fun questions, here&#x27;s mine. Most of my money is tied up in a traditional IRA. Right. I&#x27;m at the point now where I have to look at different options. Maybe rolling over part of it anyway to a Roth IRA or annuities or something else. What should be my strategy at this point? A good time to roll to a Roth is when you don&#x27;t have much income. If you don&#x27;t have much income, you don&#x27;t have to pay many taxes. You&#x27;re in a better position than if you have a bunch of income. And many people can&#x27;t even qualify for a Roth if they have a lot of income. So there&#x27;s backdoor IRA options, too, to get a backdoor Roth, it&#x27;s called. But you&#x27;re in a good position now to look at how much you still got to pay taxes when you roll it from a traditional IRA or 401K into a Roth.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> So we have to see, well, what&#x27;s the break-even point? How many years will we have to go now that you have to make up for the taxes you just paid in a lump sum to move that money over? And we do that side-by-side comparison. It makes sense. One thing we can&#x27;t control is how high taxes are going to go in the future. We don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re going to be tomorrow, much less next year, next decade. And I think it&#x27;s real important what you said. Coach, when you talk about a Roth conversion as opposed to a contribution is what you&#x27;re saying. And we had to do that in 2019. We bit the bullet and did the taxes. But we love it now because we have that Roth and both my wife and I have it. You don&#x27;t have to worry about taxes anymore. Basically, you isolated. You put an offensive line around there that can never – like they protect that quarterback forever. Right. You&#x27;re never going to get to that money. The IRS can&#x27;t because you&#x27;ve already fulfilled what they told you how to do.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> Yeah. So that&#x27;s important for you. Your point was well taken because I did it well after I left the hurricane. So I didn&#x27;t have to worry about added income. Yeah. And that sometimes throws a wrench in the play and makes it less advantageous than now when you don&#x27;t have any income. Exactly. You see how savvy Coach is? He uses sports analogies so we can understand what he&#x27;s saying. I hear you. Well, I love sports too. Offensive line. I mean, Coach beat offensive line. What&#x27;s important, like you see how powerful and how important a good offensive line is when you don&#x27;t have a good one. That&#x27;s right. So when you watch a team consistently getting sacked or if you have a planner who keeps fumbling your retirement, then you&#x27;re in wrong place. That&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t have to be in a place like that. Great question, Tony. And then also maximizing Social Security, what you&#x27;re entitled to. Make sure you claim it at the right time. I&#x27;m about to start that. Yeah. And then your MRDs later on start taking some money out that the government makes you take out.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> Chuck, you kind of like that MRD because it gives you suspended money every year. That RMD, I mean, yeah, I guess so. I mean, it&#x27;s, again, one of those bittersweet things. We have to pay taxes because we were, you know, in a situation where we deferred them for a long time. In my case, 30 years of it. So time to pay the piper. But you do it with the strategies that you&#x27;re talking about here at Capital Financial and the people that help me through it. Yep. We minimize those. We mitigate those taxes. And we also have that lifetime income that you&#x27;re talking about. And right now I just set up a plan, not only getting the RMD in January because I put that money into a savings account, but now I&#x27;m going to start taking money every month. Like you say, that lifetime income. And I&#x27;m going to actually turn that faucet on starting in a couple of months.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s good. I mean, that&#x27;s just another stream of income coming in. Absolutely. And so with the IRS, it&#x27;s either pay me now or pay me later. They&#x27;re going to get their money. The beautiful thing there, the money you did convert to a Roth, you don&#x27;t have MRDs on there. You don&#x27;t have to take any money out of the Roth unless you want to. That&#x27;s a beautiful thing, too. So it puts you more, Tony, it&#x27;s all about putting you in control and staying in control, sort of like a driverless car that you&#x27;re in control of. But you basically have the comfort and safety of having a driverless car. You&#x27;re never going to get me in one of those. I saw that in the video, but I&#x27;m not sure I&#x27;m ready to get in that. I don&#x27;t think our generation is going to be good with driverless cars. I guess I, you know, my nephew in San Francisco took one of those cabs, driverless, and he left his wallet in there by accident. Nobody left to find it. No. Right.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> The next person in there got a windfall. That next person was so honest that they looked at his identification. He had a couple hundred bucks in there along with his credit cards. And the other money again, the wallet came back. And the guy traced him back to the next passenger and gave him his wallet back. There aren&#x27;t many people like that these days, unfortunately. That&#x27;s a good American. That&#x27;s good. Now that you drop a credit card, it&#x27;s being used within five minutes. Yeah, it really does. Yeah, true story. That was my story. That&#x27;s amazing. Pretty cool. So it&#x27;s about automatic pilot, making sure you have your total retirement plan in place when you get to retirement or right after. You don&#x27;t have one yet, Tony, but at least you&#x27;re smart enough to be thinking about things like that. And it&#x27;s important for everybody to at least have a plan in mind. You don&#x27;t have to have the plan done. Have it in mind. So, Thomas, folks that are listening now, if they have a plan in mind or they want to get a plan.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And so folks have asked me, well, Coach, when&#x27;s a good time for us to call, like age-wise? And I always say when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is age 50 and above, it&#x27;s time to start mapping out, getting your ducks in a row, mapping out what you have already put aside, looking at maybe Roth conversion strategies, looking at tax reduction strategies. So it is never a bad time, but 50 or older, that&#x27;s when you&#x27;re in the ultimate time to get everything organized right. And so if you call right now, we&#x27;ll help you get that organized. We have an organizer that will help you get organized, and we&#x27;ll do it all for you at no cost or obligation. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll introduce you to the firm and make sure that you get comfortable with us, just like we get comfortable with you, and put a plan together that will take you all the way through retirement with no worries on the safe side at all. It&#x27;s true. Lifetime income. So tell folks how to get that. The next 26 of you call, we&#x27;ll let you come in, and we&#x27;ll give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written, and we&#x27;ll give you a plan.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> It&#x27;s a golden ticket. It&#x27;s worth over $1,000. Call right now. All right, folks. You may be sitting on the edge. Remember, the average investor underperforms the market by over 4% a year simply to emotional trading. And we don&#x27;t want to worry about emotion. We want to worry about the process. We want to develop the plan. The number to call, take advantage of this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. Coach, you were talking about running plans earlier. And I&#x27;m a soccer guy, so I go back to Germany when they were. Football! Yes. But the German national team, when they were playing the World Cup, and this has been several years back now, you could just see them executing plans as if it was nothing. They would just walk out onto the field.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> It didn&#x27;t matter if it was, you know, if it was Spain or Holland or France or whoever they were going against. It was a... And granted, they didn&#x27;t win the series in this instance. But you could tell they had that plan and they were driving. And I think you guys see this. Chuck, I&#x27;m sure you see this with Brenda Moore, process over emotion. Well, that&#x27;s what makes him a great coach because he doesn&#x27;t vary or vacillate away from the plan, the team. You know, we talk about the team here at Capital Financial. The team comes first. And how you contribute to that team. And it&#x27;s the same thing in basketball and football, as Tony could tell you. And that&#x27;s what makes him a special guy with the Hurricanes. You&#x27;re pretty close to Rod still, right? Oh, absolutely. You just had dinner with him the other night, I think, didn&#x27;t you? Yeah, I had it with him. What&#x27;s his favorite meal? Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You&#x27;re not going to believe this. He actually, you know, he&#x27;s the most fit 52-year-old. Well, he&#x27;s the most fit coach in the NHL, easily, because he still works out like a maniac. Good for him. But he did have hamburger and french fries. I hope I&#x27;m not breaking his cover. But he does. Let&#x27;s go. He eats like normal or obese people like myself. Well, if you&#x27;re working out all the time, though, it&#x27;s good. He needs some carbs in here to work out. I thought you said he likes sushi, too, right? Yeah, he does like it. But the bottom line to me is that he&#x27;ll go off the wagon, so to speak, once in a while. Well, you&#x27;ve got to cheat on a diet every now and then. Especially in the summertime, you know, when he&#x27;s not stressed out as much. So he&#x27;ll eat pretty big, but he&#x27;ll work for two or three hours, work out. Wow. He&#x27;s a terrific guy, and he&#x27;s done a great job.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> It&#x27;s all about balance. Never in my life did I have a workout for two hours. Even when I was in good shape. I know. He&#x27;s crazy, but he&#x27;s obsessed. He loves it. Try to maximize the workout time in 30 minutes, get all the stuff done. Tony, what&#x27;s your favorite food? Oh, goodness. You know, I&#x27;ve always been fond of Italian food. I had a really good chicken parm last night, if that&#x27;s done right. Spectacular. The power of advertising. Anytime anyone says chicken parm, who do I think of these days? Ray Ferraro. Oh, that&#x27;s who I think of. Peyton Manning. Oh, yeah. Remember, he would do the chicken parm all the time. The commercials would always happen. Well, he does great commercials, too. He does. You know, I mix it up, though. I think I have a very diverse taste in food. Most recently, I made a salmon piccata at home. You like to cook? Yeah, I do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> Nice. People customarily like a chicken piccata. Chicken piccata. I watch a lot of YouTube videos, yours included, but many of them are chefs, and you get these great ideas for recipes. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So I just made the piccata sauce, but over salmon, it was spectacular. We need to have maybe a recipe show on our Financial Speakeasy network, Thomas. That would be very cool. By the way, folks, we have a 24-7 video network on YouTube and Rumble. It&#x27;s called Financial Speakeasy. So all you have to do is go to YouTube and say, put in there for the search bar, Financial Speakeasy, or go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and it&#x27;ll take you right to the choice between YouTube and Rumble. It is easy. It&#x27;s easy. And it&#x27;s such great content on there. We also have the interview with Joe Casey about CES 2026 on there. We go live every weekday with new stock just happenings and things happening in the business</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> world. Great channels. We&#x27;ve got a bucket list show coming. Morgan Patrick&#x27;s going to be doing that. Maybe get Tony on there about bucket list items, too. That&#x27;s always fun to do. Chuck will be good on there, too. Yeah, thank you. I would love to help you. Well, we&#x27;ve got to run away, and I know you guys are both out of here after this, so I want to thank Tony Hayes and Chuck Kaiton for coming in and visiting with us on the Safari. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation here with bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster Chuck Kaiton, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, also in studio with us is the voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb. If you want to catch up on this conversation that we&#x27;re having, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. By the way, we got a great video there where Coach Pete is interviewing one of his friends who just went to CES 2026. You can see how robots can fold your clothes, flying cars, all sorts of crazy crap that&#x27;s going on out there. His name is Joe Casey. He was an MIT grad, and he went to Ohio State and then MIT. So he&#x27;s a pretty smart guy, and it was amazing to hear how fascinated he is.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s a tech guy, but he was fascinated with what he saw at CES. It was about a 40-minute interview, and you can watch it and listen to it. It&#x27;s about FinancialSafari.com. It&#x27;s also, if you just want to listen to it, it&#x27;s like CoachListens.com. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. It&#x27;s such a great website and great interview at the end of the day. Again, flying cars, robots that fold your clothes. What can you not want, right, guys? I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing to be able to talk to people like that, and it&#x27;s amazing to have both of you guys in the studio. I mean, people that are listening, they&#x27;ve heard you on the radio for years and years. Carolina Hurricanes, if you ever listened to Hurricanes, the game on the radio, Chuck Kaiton was doing the game. Matter of fact, I recognized his voice one time. I didn&#x27;t know what he looked like, but I heard his voice at a golf tournament. We were in the 18th hole little, what do you call that thing? The 19th hole. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the box. Yeah, the sky box. We were watching a golf tournament, and I just heard this voice bellowing</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> from the other side of the box. Nice. I went over, I said, you&#x27;re Chuck Kaiton. You&#x27;re Coach Pete. And I didn&#x27;t get into any trouble because nobody was putting at the time I was talking. So that was good news. They used to do the quiet sign. They&#x27;d be waving all over the place. And then, wow, Tony. I mean, it seems like just yesterday I was listening to you do the Wolfpack games on the radio. Well, it was a little bit almost yesterday. I&#x27;m only a month into retirement. And what&#x27;s different about this month? No more paychecks. Well, the paychecks have to come from you. That&#x27;s right. Their own personal pension, basically. You have to set it up correctly. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m sitting here. And make sure to, yeah. And it&#x27;s scary, but it&#x27;s not complex if you do the right thing. And unfortunately, people wait until the last minute. They start making impulsive decisions and do the wrong thing. So it&#x27;s important to plan it out, sort of like a game plan. And we&#x27;re talking about your retirement. You&#x27;re basically in the first quarter of retirement.</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> We&#x27;ve got a four-quarter game, at least. We need to make sure that money lasts longer than you do, not runs away when you&#x27;re still here. All right. Well, speaking of that, before we get to Chuck&#x27;s real fun questions, here&#x27;s mine. Most of my money is tied up in a traditional IRA. Right. I&#x27;m at the point now where I have to look at different options. Maybe rolling over part of it anyway to a Roth IRA or annuities or something else. What should be my strategy at this point? A good time to roll to a Roth is when you don&#x27;t have much income. If you don&#x27;t have much income, you don&#x27;t have to pay many taxes. You&#x27;re in a better position than if you have a bunch of income. And many people can&#x27;t even qualify for a Roth if they have a lot of income. So there&#x27;s backdoor IRA options, too, to get a backdoor Roth, it&#x27;s called. But you&#x27;re in a good position now to look at how much you still got to pay taxes when you roll it from a traditional IRA or 401K into a Roth.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> So we have to see, well, what&#x27;s the break-even point? How many years will we have to go now that you have to make up for the taxes you just paid in a lump sum to move that money over? And we do that side-by-side comparison. It makes sense. One thing we can&#x27;t control is how high taxes are going to go in the future. We don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re going to be tomorrow, much less next year, next decade. And I think it&#x27;s real important what you said. Coach, when you talk about a Roth conversion as opposed to a contribution is what you&#x27;re saying. And we had to do that in 2019. We bit the bullet and did the taxes. But we love it now because we have that Roth and both my wife and I have it. You don&#x27;t have to worry about taxes anymore. Basically, you isolated. You put an offensive line around there that can never – like they protect that quarterback forever. Right. You&#x27;re never going to get to that money. The IRS can&#x27;t because you&#x27;ve already fulfilled what they told you how to do.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> Yeah. So that&#x27;s important for you. Your point was well taken because I did it well after I left the hurricane. So I didn&#x27;t have to worry about added income. Yeah. And that sometimes throws a wrench in the play and makes it less advantageous than now when you don&#x27;t have any income. Exactly. You see how savvy Coach is? He uses sports analogies so we can understand what he&#x27;s saying. I hear you. Well, I love sports too. Offensive line. I mean, Coach beat offensive line. What&#x27;s important, like you see how powerful and how important a good offensive line is when you don&#x27;t have a good one. That&#x27;s right. So when you watch a team consistently getting sacked or if you have a planner who keeps fumbling your retirement, then you&#x27;re in wrong place. That&#x27;s true. You don&#x27;t have to be in a place like that. Great question, Tony. And then also maximizing Social Security, what you&#x27;re entitled to. Make sure you claim it at the right time. I&#x27;m about to start that. Yeah. And then your MRDs later on start taking some money out that the government makes you take out.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> Chuck, you kind of like that MRD because it gives you suspended money every year. That RMD, I mean, yeah, I guess so. I mean, it&#x27;s, again, one of those bittersweet things. We have to pay taxes because we were, you know, in a situation where we deferred them for a long time. In my case, 30 years of it. So time to pay the piper. But you do it with the strategies that you&#x27;re talking about here at Capital Financial and the people that help me through it. Yep. We minimize those. We mitigate those taxes. And we also have that lifetime income that you&#x27;re talking about. And right now I just set up a plan, not only getting the RMD in January because I put that money into a savings account, but now I&#x27;m going to start taking money every month. Like you say, that lifetime income. And I&#x27;m going to actually turn that faucet on starting in a couple of months.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s good. I mean, that&#x27;s just another stream of income coming in. Absolutely. And so with the IRS, it&#x27;s either pay me now or pay me later. They&#x27;re going to get their money. The beautiful thing there, the money you did convert to a Roth, you don&#x27;t have MRDs on there. You don&#x27;t have to take any money out of the Roth unless you want to. That&#x27;s a beautiful thing, too. So it puts you more, Tony, it&#x27;s all about putting you in control and staying in control, sort of like a driverless car that you&#x27;re in control of. But you basically have the comfort and safety of having a driverless car. You&#x27;re never going to get me in one of those. I saw that in the video, but I&#x27;m not sure I&#x27;m ready to get in that. I don&#x27;t think our generation is going to be good with driverless cars. I guess I, you know, my nephew in San Francisco took one of those cabs, driverless, and he left his wallet in there by accident. Nobody left to find it. No. Right.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> The next person in there got a windfall. That next person was so honest that they looked at his identification. He had a couple hundred bucks in there along with his credit cards. And the other money again, the wallet came back. And the guy traced him back to the next passenger and gave him his wallet back. There aren&#x27;t many people like that these days, unfortunately. That&#x27;s a good American. That&#x27;s good. Now that you drop a credit card, it&#x27;s being used within five minutes. Yeah, it really does. Yeah, true story. That was my story. That&#x27;s amazing. Pretty cool. So it&#x27;s about automatic pilot, making sure you have your total retirement plan in place when you get to retirement or right after. You don&#x27;t have one yet, Tony, but at least you&#x27;re smart enough to be thinking about things like that. And it&#x27;s important for everybody to at least have a plan in mind. You don&#x27;t have to have the plan done. Have it in mind. So, Thomas, folks that are listening now, if they have a plan in mind or they want to get a plan.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And so folks have asked me, well, Coach, when&#x27;s a good time for us to call, like age-wise? And I always say when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is age 50 and above, it&#x27;s time to start mapping out, getting your ducks in a row, mapping out what you have already put aside, looking at maybe Roth conversion strategies, looking at tax reduction strategies. So it is never a bad time, but 50 or older, that&#x27;s when you&#x27;re in the ultimate time to get everything organized right. And so if you call right now, we&#x27;ll help you get that organized. We have an organizer that will help you get organized, and we&#x27;ll do it all for you at no cost or obligation. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll introduce you to the firm and make sure that you get comfortable with us, just like we get comfortable with you, and put a plan together that will take you all the way through retirement with no worries on the safe side at all. It&#x27;s true. Lifetime income. So tell folks how to get that. The next 26 of you call, we&#x27;ll let you come in, and we&#x27;ll give you three of the books I&#x27;ve written, and we&#x27;ll give you a plan.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> It&#x27;s a golden ticket. It&#x27;s worth over $1,000. Call right now. All right, folks. You may be sitting on the edge. Remember, the average investor underperforms the market by over 4% a year simply to emotional trading. And we don&#x27;t want to worry about emotion. We want to worry about the process. We want to develop the plan. The number to call, take advantage of this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or you can text keyword plan to 600-700. That is plan to 600-700. Coach, you were talking about running plans earlier. And I&#x27;m a soccer guy, so I go back to Germany when they were. Football! Yes. But the German national team, when they were playing the World Cup, and this has been several years back now, you could just see them executing plans as if it was nothing. They would just walk out onto the field.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> It didn&#x27;t matter if it was, you know, if it was Spain or Holland or France or whoever they were going against. It was a... And granted, they didn&#x27;t win the series in this instance. But you could tell they had that plan and they were driving. And I think you guys see this. Chuck, I&#x27;m sure you see this with Brenda Moore, process over emotion. Well, that&#x27;s what makes him a great coach because he doesn&#x27;t vary or vacillate away from the plan, the team. You know, we talk about the team here at Capital Financial. The team comes first. And how you contribute to that team. And it&#x27;s the same thing in basketball and football, as Tony could tell you. And that&#x27;s what makes him a special guy with the Hurricanes. You&#x27;re pretty close to Rod still, right? Oh, absolutely. You just had dinner with him the other night, I think, didn&#x27;t you? Yeah, I had it with him. What&#x27;s his favorite meal? Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You&#x27;re not going to believe this. He actually, you know, he&#x27;s the most fit 52-year-old. Well, he&#x27;s the most fit coach in the NHL, easily, because he still works out like a maniac. Good for him. But he did have hamburger and french fries. I hope I&#x27;m not breaking his cover. But he does. Let&#x27;s go. He eats like normal or obese people like myself. Well, if you&#x27;re working out all the time, though, it&#x27;s good. He needs some carbs in here to work out. I thought you said he likes sushi, too, right? Yeah, he does like it. But the bottom line to me is that he&#x27;ll go off the wagon, so to speak, once in a while. Well, you&#x27;ve got to cheat on a diet every now and then. Especially in the summertime, you know, when he&#x27;s not stressed out as much. So he&#x27;ll eat pretty big, but he&#x27;ll work for two or three hours, work out. Wow. He&#x27;s a terrific guy, and he&#x27;s done a great job.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> It&#x27;s all about balance. Never in my life did I have a workout for two hours. Even when I was in good shape. I know. He&#x27;s crazy, but he&#x27;s obsessed. He loves it. Try to maximize the workout time in 30 minutes, get all the stuff done. Tony, what&#x27;s your favorite food? Oh, goodness. You know, I&#x27;ve always been fond of Italian food. I had a really good chicken parm last night, if that&#x27;s done right. Spectacular. The power of advertising. Anytime anyone says chicken parm, who do I think of these days? Ray Ferraro. Oh, that&#x27;s who I think of. Peyton Manning. Oh, yeah. Remember, he would do the chicken parm all the time. The commercials would always happen. Well, he does great commercials, too. He does. You know, I mix it up, though. I think I have a very diverse taste in food. Most recently, I made a salmon piccata at home. You like to cook? Yeah, I do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> Nice. People customarily like a chicken piccata. Chicken piccata. I watch a lot of YouTube videos, yours included, but many of them are chefs, and you get these great ideas for recipes. That&#x27;s pretty cool. So I just made the piccata sauce, but over salmon, it was spectacular. We need to have maybe a recipe show on our Financial Speakeasy network, Thomas. That would be very cool. By the way, folks, we have a 24-7 video network on YouTube and Rumble. It&#x27;s called Financial Speakeasy. So all you have to do is go to YouTube and say, put in there for the search bar, Financial Speakeasy, or go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and it&#x27;ll take you right to the choice between YouTube and Rumble. It is easy. It&#x27;s easy. And it&#x27;s such great content on there. We also have the interview with Joe Casey about CES 2026 on there. We go live every weekday with new stock just happenings and things happening in the business</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> world. Great channels. We&#x27;ve got a bucket list show coming. Morgan Patrick&#x27;s going to be doing that. Maybe get Tony on there about bucket list items, too. That&#x27;s always fun to do. Chuck will be good on there, too. Yeah, thank you. I would love to help you. Well, we&#x27;ve got to run away, and I know you guys are both out of here after this, so I want to thank Tony Hayes and Chuck Kaiton for coming in and visiting with us on the Safari. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton continue their conversation with Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss how technology is changing everyday life, share stories from the world of sports, and connect those changes with financial and retirement decisions. Hear the perspective of two longtime broadcasters as the group considers what comes next. Part two of their Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>Tony Haynes</category>
      <category>Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton, Tony Haynes, Chuck Kaiton, retirement planning, technology, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/image.jpg?t=1792073370&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-changing-technology-and-retirement-decisions-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/image.jpg?t=1792073370&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 05:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>720</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d8fa79ba-a997-4d8c-89dc-b4e101576e43/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11557094" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-changing-technology-and-retirement-decisions-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>22</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Changing Technology and Retirement Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:43" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:24" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Sports, Broadcasting, and Life Beyond the Booth (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton: Sports, Broadcasting, and Life Beyond the Booth (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Having a great time here on Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio with best-selling author Coach Pete DeRue. The studio here has gotten a little bit bigger. We&#x27;ve got some great voices in the studio with us, Coach. Yeah, before we tell folks who&#x27;s here, do you have a sound clip you want to play? Maybe it&#x27;ll get people an idea who&#x27;s here on one side of the studio. Then I&#x27;ll introduce who&#x27;s on the other side. Yes, let&#x27;s do it. All right, check this out. The end of the football season, Tony has worn a variety of hats during his 28-year tenure. He has served as a game day host and sideline reporter for football. Broadcast also served as a host for football and men&#x27;s basketball coaching shows. Tony, a proud NCC graduate, has brought joy to Wolfpack fans everywhere. Wolfpack fans, please give it up for Tony Haynes.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, Tony Haynes, welcome in on the left side of the studio. Raise the roof. And now, Thomas, do you have a sound clip for the other side? I do. Here we go. With a 3-1 decision, a complete reversal of form from game number six, where it looked like the sun was setting on their hopes. They have come up and have risen from the hockey morgue and have won this Stanley Cup of 06 with a tremendously large team effort. And as they are mobbing each other, as I said earlier, John, 9,393 days of frustration.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> And on the 9394th day of NHL existence, the Carolina Hurricanes, the final organization till 97, have won the Stanley Cup. And my friend, I am so happy you are at my side to see it. Wow. And that was in reference to... What a moment. Yeah, who was I talking to? John Forslund was the color man at that time. Because TV doesn&#x27;t do hockey after the first round of the playoffs. Doesn&#x27;t he say, oh, man, now I want wings. And we would have wanted the wings in 0-2, but we lost in five games to them. Hey, you know the story, Chuck.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about this. But do you know where I was in 2006 when they were winning the Stanley Cup, that Game 7? Guess where I was? Where? In Arupa. And I talked a bar. They love soccer over there. But I talked a whole bar into becoming Carolina Hurricane fans. Hey! Beautiful. And I talked him out of the soccer game that it was on, which is football. Yeah, sure. Into watching the Carolina Hurricanes. That&#x27;s amazing. So we were all, I was buying beers all over the place. It was fun. Nice. Fun time. I was at Emerald Isle, family beach vacation. The whole, like, my father&#x27;s six siblings were there. It was a huge time. Huge time. All right, so Chuck Kaiton, NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, and Tony Haynes, voice of the Wolfpack, who just retired. Oh, yes. Well, we got an all-star cast here. And then, of course, me and Thomas. We have a cast here today, don&#x27;t we? And when you were in Aruba, they were saying ice.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> What&#x27;s that? Yeah, ice, ice. Exactly. Careful when you say ice these days. Ice, ice, baby. So, yeah, that clip you play was the last home game I did at Carter-Findley Stadium. Yep. And NC State and Wolfpack Sports Properties were so nice to honor me on the field with two minutes to go in the first half. And it was such a surreal moment because, you know, I&#x27;m somebody who has called NC State games for all these 26 years and seen the greatest stars like Phillip Rivers and Russell Wilson and Bradley Chubb get standing ovations. And there I am standing there with two minutes to go in the first half. And all of a sudden, the ovation is directed towards me. Yeah. Wow. That&#x27;s like something you&#x27;ll – It&#x27;s pretty awesome, huh? It&#x27;s surreal, but it&#x27;ll be with you for the rest of your life.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Phillip Rivers now, he just played again. How about that? He came out of retirement. Now he has to wait five more years to get to the Hall of Fame. Well, I&#x27;ve said it, and being around Phillip when he was at NC State, there&#x27;s no one player that I&#x27;ve been around, and I&#x27;ve been around a lot of them, that loves football, playing football more than Phillip Rivers. So I wasn&#x27;t totally shocked that he actually came back as a grandfather at age, whatever, 44, 45, like that. He has a bunch of kids, too, doesn&#x27;t he? Yeah, he&#x27;s 10, I think. Does he have any that are going to be really good athletes like he was? Yes. He has one. His oldest son is actually being recruited right now by many of the major schools around the country. Yeah, we call that, Thomas, we call that a retirement plan. Oh, yes. Yeah, there you go. Phillip has his own money, but I mean, if you have a good athlete in the family. Just saying, just saying. You know the best thing for Phillip, though? He came back, played those four games with the Colts.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know what that does for him? That gives him- Health insurance. Health insurance for five more years. For 10 people. For a very big family. Wow. Hey, I read that article. It&#x27;s pretty smart. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s good. Because health insurance ain&#x27;t cheap at all. Oh, no. Considering, you know. So, Chuck, how have you been doing? I&#x27;ve been doing very well in retirement, thanks to you and the team here at Capital Financial. Well, we just try to do what&#x27;s best for everybody. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s worked very well. I&#x27;m in that situation where I take those RMDs. Some call them the dreaded RMDs. Required minimum distributions. That&#x27;s right. Because I had a 401k plan with the Whalers and Hurricanes for a number of years that we converted to an IRA. And it was the- I didn&#x27;t know what a qualified account was from an unqualified account, but I learned very quickly.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> It&#x27;s still funny terminology. Well, gee, all I tell people is it means you&#x27;re qualified and have to pay taxes on that account. There you go. Exactly. Well, I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. I don&#x27;t. Too bad. I know I&#x27;m qualified. And when Chuck and I are having dinner, he uses another word to describe those RMDs. Oh? We probably can&#x27;t talk about that. No, we can&#x27;t. I&#x27;ll keep it adrened. Yeah, exactly. It&#x27;s almost like McEnroe, isn&#x27;t it? But again- McEnroe. You cannot be serious. You&#x27;re serious. That&#x27;s what you think about when taxes come over. Yeah, I know. We do live in the greatest country in the world, so I can&#x27;t complain. And you&#x27;re right. They were deferred for many, many years, 39 in all for me. And so I can&#x27;t go- Actually, not 39, because the 401k plan started in Hartford in 1987. So 30 years, yeah. Well, the theory is if you defer pay in taxes, that means the money you would have lost in</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> taxes stay in your account and earn interest. Exactly. Or participate in market gains. And that&#x27;s the only problem is then when you get to time to retirement, then you have to pay tax on any gain. Yeah. And so, hey, it&#x27;s good and bad, but it&#x27;s better to have the money than not have the money. Absolutely. And you&#x27;ve got to tell young people, and I&#x27;m sure many of them listening here, hey, save that money. Make sure if you&#x27;ve got a job that pays you matching money from your 401k, maximize it. Yep. Because over the years, it worked for us. Put the money away. You get a tax write-off, too, when you put the money in. And now you&#x27;re building up your retirement account, and you&#x27;re building your confidence. Exactly. When you retire on your terms, like both of you guys have, which I&#x27;m proud of both of you guys to retire when you wanted to, instead of being told to retire or being forced out. Right? That happens a lot in our business. It does. It does. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> If you want to make sure that you are on the right track into retirement, give us a call right now and secure that complimentary consultation with a member of his team, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Coach, I&#x27;d like to say, you know, we listen to Chuck, we listen to Tony there, having thousands of fans in the stadium, just cheering them on at different points in their career. And I think we all can minimize ourselves because we think we don&#x27;t have those thousands of fans around us. But every day that we&#x27;re saving for retirement, every day that we&#x27;re putting that money aside for us, we&#x27;re creating that quote-unquote fan base that&#x27;s going to applaud us later on. But you have to make sure that those fans are happy. Well, everybody wants to be a retirement hero for their family. In other words, you don&#x27;t want to be a burden. You&#x27;d rather be a hero.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> In other words, being able to do things for your family instead of asking them for money. Yes. And that&#x27;s a big difference. Really? Everyone knows the person that&#x27;s always asking for money. Truly. So be the person that has the money and make sure you have the plan. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s the most important thing. Tony, 28 years, a long time. What was your most fondest? And this may be a tough question because you probably have a lot of them. But what&#x27;s your fondest memory of broadcasting at NC State? Nothing tops what the basketball team did two years ago. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing, wasn&#x27;t it? That was the most incredible run. Yes, it was. I still think about it. And I still don&#x27;t believe it, what I actually watch. You&#x27;re talking about a men&#x27;s basketball team that lost their last four regular season games. You go into the ACC tournament. Everybody knows the coach is going to get fired after the next loss. And what they do is unthinkable. They proceed to win five games in five days at the ACC tournament.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> That&#x27;s amazing in itself. And the last three wins were over Duke, Virginia, North Carolina. I know. That was an all-star lineup. At that point, you say, okay, I&#x27;ve seen it all now. No, we hadn&#x27;t seen it all because they get in the NCAA tournament. They win four more games. Find themselves in Glendale, Arizona for the final four. You found yourself there, too, didn&#x27;t you? I was there. Yes. That&#x27;s a nice place out there. That is an amazing facility. It is. It&#x27;s just so huge. And I actually went up to some of the Bob Euchre seats in the stadium during one of the practice days. And literally, the court looked like a little post-it stamp. Now, Thomas, Bob Euchre was a famous broadcaster back in the day. Sorry, Thomas. He was always joked on about being put in the worst places and not getting any respect kind of thing. Ah, I got you, got you. No, I love it. I love it. So, for our listeners who don&#x27;t know, I&#x27;m the music head.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> They&#x27;re the sports guys. I am fitting in. Well, that&#x27;s a little older. Thank you for the definition. Thank you for the definition. Bob used to be on TV with a beer commercial, just a bit outside. That&#x27;s right. I was in the movie Major League. Major League. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Nice. He&#x27;s the guy that says, just a bit outside when the ball was way over there. Okay, okay, okay. So, that&#x27;s your fondest memory, and I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m a Carolina guy. I went to Carolina, and I did get into NC State, almost went there. You had to select your major ahead of time, and I was pre-dental. Imagine that. But I ended up getting to Carolina. But I rooted for NC State in 1983 back in the day. Yeah, I was in school. Remember the cardiac pack days? Yeah, I was in school. And so they were an easy team to root for, and I don&#x27;t hate anybody. Right. But, you know, it&#x27;s like you guys hate us, I have to hate your pack sometimes. But, I mean, I was rooting for State a couple years ago, too. That was an amazing run. It was an amazing run. It was an amazing run, wasn&#x27;t it? You can&#x27;t make it up.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> No. Especially a team that was stumbling into the postseason the way they were. They were missing a couple of guys, and there was no sign that they could somehow create some momentum in the tournament and do what they did. But that&#x27;s the beauty of sports. I&#x27;ve always said about sports, it&#x27;s the ultimate reality show. It is. There&#x27;s no script. Oh. So, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah, you hope there&#x27;s no script. That&#x27;s right. These days, I hear people talking about some things. Well, there you go. That&#x27;s a good point. Yeah, but, no, it&#x27;s just fun. And it&#x27;s real team ball. They were playing team ball. And we work as a team here when we build retirement plans. And I want people to know that you have a team here on call anytime you need help on planning for retirement, making sure you get that tax reduction strategies in place before and during retirement. That&#x27;s important. When you&#x27;re having to send checks to Uncle Sam, it&#x27;s less money you can send on fun things for you and your family.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Can I say this? Yes. Because one reason NC State got hot at the right time, they made adjustments. Yeah. Half time. And you and your team have to make adjustments. Constantly making adjustments. Chuck, we&#x27;ve made adjustments. Absolutely. So, it&#x27;s about getting a plan first and then making the correct adjustments as you go forward. And so, what we want to do here is offer you a golden ticket. But I&#x27;m going to do even better here. I&#x27;ve got a Fred Flintstone. Hee! Abba-dabba-doo! They came in last week on the show. That means the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to send you a book at our expense. There&#x27;ll be no fee, no obligation. We&#x27;re going to send it to you. All you have to do is give us your address. There&#x27;s going to be no postage and handling. We&#x27;re going to pay that. It&#x27;s the Tax Savvy Retirement Book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages on how to reduce taxes and maximize retirement income. And this is going to go out next week to you if you call right now. Thomas, tell folks that they can get this book and a golden ticket that will get them their very own total retirement plan as well.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Having a great time here on Financial Safari. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio with best-selling author Coach Pete DeRue. The studio here has gotten a little bit bigger. We&#x27;ve got some great voices in the studio with us, Coach. Yeah, before we tell folks who&#x27;s here, do you have a sound clip you want to play? Maybe it&#x27;ll get people an idea who&#x27;s here on one side of the studio. Then I&#x27;ll introduce who&#x27;s on the other side. Yes, let&#x27;s do it. All right, check this out. The end of the football season, Tony has worn a variety of hats during his 28-year tenure. He has served as a game day host and sideline reporter for football. Broadcast also served as a host for football and men&#x27;s basketball coaching shows. Tony, a proud NCC graduate, has brought joy to Wolfpack fans everywhere. Wolfpack fans, please give it up for Tony Haynes.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, Tony Haynes, welcome in on the left side of the studio. Raise the roof. And now, Thomas, do you have a sound clip for the other side? I do. Here we go. With a 3-1 decision, a complete reversal of form from game number six, where it looked like the sun was setting on their hopes. They have come up and have risen from the hockey morgue and have won this Stanley Cup of 06 with a tremendously large team effort. And as they are mobbing each other, as I said earlier, John, 9,393 days of frustration.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> And on the 9394th day of NHL existence, the Carolina Hurricanes, the final organization till 97, have won the Stanley Cup. And my friend, I am so happy you are at my side to see it. Wow. And that was in reference to... What a moment. Yeah, who was I talking to? John Forslund was the color man at that time. Because TV doesn&#x27;t do hockey after the first round of the playoffs. Doesn&#x27;t he say, oh, man, now I want wings. And we would have wanted the wings in 0-2, but we lost in five games to them. Hey, you know the story, Chuck.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about this. But do you know where I was in 2006 when they were winning the Stanley Cup, that Game 7? Guess where I was? Where? In Arupa. And I talked a bar. They love soccer over there. But I talked a whole bar into becoming Carolina Hurricane fans. Hey! Beautiful. And I talked him out of the soccer game that it was on, which is football. Yeah, sure. Into watching the Carolina Hurricanes. That&#x27;s amazing. So we were all, I was buying beers all over the place. It was fun. Nice. Fun time. I was at Emerald Isle, family beach vacation. The whole, like, my father&#x27;s six siblings were there. It was a huge time. Huge time. All right, so Chuck Kaiton, NHL Hall of Fame broadcaster, former voice of the Carolina Hurricanes, and Tony Haynes, voice of the Wolfpack, who just retired. Oh, yes. Well, we got an all-star cast here. And then, of course, me and Thomas. We have a cast here today, don&#x27;t we? And when you were in Aruba, they were saying ice.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> What&#x27;s that? Yeah, ice, ice. Exactly. Careful when you say ice these days. Ice, ice, baby. So, yeah, that clip you play was the last home game I did at Carter-Findley Stadium. Yep. And NC State and Wolfpack Sports Properties were so nice to honor me on the field with two minutes to go in the first half. And it was such a surreal moment because, you know, I&#x27;m somebody who has called NC State games for all these 26 years and seen the greatest stars like Phillip Rivers and Russell Wilson and Bradley Chubb get standing ovations. And there I am standing there with two minutes to go in the first half. And all of a sudden, the ovation is directed towards me. Yeah. Wow. That&#x27;s like something you&#x27;ll – It&#x27;s pretty awesome, huh? It&#x27;s surreal, but it&#x27;ll be with you for the rest of your life.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Phillip Rivers now, he just played again. How about that? He came out of retirement. Now he has to wait five more years to get to the Hall of Fame. Well, I&#x27;ve said it, and being around Phillip when he was at NC State, there&#x27;s no one player that I&#x27;ve been around, and I&#x27;ve been around a lot of them, that loves football, playing football more than Phillip Rivers. So I wasn&#x27;t totally shocked that he actually came back as a grandfather at age, whatever, 44, 45, like that. He has a bunch of kids, too, doesn&#x27;t he? Yeah, he&#x27;s 10, I think. Does he have any that are going to be really good athletes like he was? Yes. He has one. His oldest son is actually being recruited right now by many of the major schools around the country. Yeah, we call that, Thomas, we call that a retirement plan. Oh, yes. Yeah, there you go. Phillip has his own money, but I mean, if you have a good athlete in the family. Just saying, just saying. You know the best thing for Phillip, though? He came back, played those four games with the Colts.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know what that does for him? That gives him- Health insurance. Health insurance for five more years. For 10 people. For a very big family. Wow. Hey, I read that article. It&#x27;s pretty smart. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s good. Because health insurance ain&#x27;t cheap at all. Oh, no. Considering, you know. So, Chuck, how have you been doing? I&#x27;ve been doing very well in retirement, thanks to you and the team here at Capital Financial. Well, we just try to do what&#x27;s best for everybody. Absolutely. And it&#x27;s worked very well. I&#x27;m in that situation where I take those RMDs. Some call them the dreaded RMDs. Required minimum distributions. That&#x27;s right. Because I had a 401k plan with the Whalers and Hurricanes for a number of years that we converted to an IRA. And it was the- I didn&#x27;t know what a qualified account was from an unqualified account, but I learned very quickly.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> It&#x27;s still funny terminology. Well, gee, all I tell people is it means you&#x27;re qualified and have to pay taxes on that account. There you go. Exactly. Well, I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes. I don&#x27;t. Too bad. I know I&#x27;m qualified. And when Chuck and I are having dinner, he uses another word to describe those RMDs. Oh? We probably can&#x27;t talk about that. No, we can&#x27;t. I&#x27;ll keep it adrened. Yeah, exactly. It&#x27;s almost like McEnroe, isn&#x27;t it? But again- McEnroe. You cannot be serious. You&#x27;re serious. That&#x27;s what you think about when taxes come over. Yeah, I know. We do live in the greatest country in the world, so I can&#x27;t complain. And you&#x27;re right. They were deferred for many, many years, 39 in all for me. And so I can&#x27;t go- Actually, not 39, because the 401k plan started in Hartford in 1987. So 30 years, yeah. Well, the theory is if you defer pay in taxes, that means the money you would have lost in</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> taxes stay in your account and earn interest. Exactly. Or participate in market gains. And that&#x27;s the only problem is then when you get to time to retirement, then you have to pay tax on any gain. Yeah. And so, hey, it&#x27;s good and bad, but it&#x27;s better to have the money than not have the money. Absolutely. And you&#x27;ve got to tell young people, and I&#x27;m sure many of them listening here, hey, save that money. Make sure if you&#x27;ve got a job that pays you matching money from your 401k, maximize it. Yep. Because over the years, it worked for us. Put the money away. You get a tax write-off, too, when you put the money in. And now you&#x27;re building up your retirement account, and you&#x27;re building your confidence. Exactly. When you retire on your terms, like both of you guys have, which I&#x27;m proud of both of you guys to retire when you wanted to, instead of being told to retire or being forced out. Right? That happens a lot in our business. It does. It does. Again, we&#x27;re here with best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> If you want to make sure that you are on the right track into retirement, give us a call right now and secure that complimentary consultation with a member of his team, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. Coach, I&#x27;d like to say, you know, we listen to Chuck, we listen to Tony there, having thousands of fans in the stadium, just cheering them on at different points in their career. And I think we all can minimize ourselves because we think we don&#x27;t have those thousands of fans around us. But every day that we&#x27;re saving for retirement, every day that we&#x27;re putting that money aside for us, we&#x27;re creating that quote-unquote fan base that&#x27;s going to applaud us later on. But you have to make sure that those fans are happy. Well, everybody wants to be a retirement hero for their family. In other words, you don&#x27;t want to be a burden. You&#x27;d rather be a hero.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> In other words, being able to do things for your family instead of asking them for money. Yes. And that&#x27;s a big difference. Really? Everyone knows the person that&#x27;s always asking for money. Truly. So be the person that has the money and make sure you have the plan. Yeah, absolutely. And that&#x27;s the most important thing. Tony, 28 years, a long time. What was your most fondest? And this may be a tough question because you probably have a lot of them. But what&#x27;s your fondest memory of broadcasting at NC State? Nothing tops what the basketball team did two years ago. Oh, that&#x27;s amazing, wasn&#x27;t it? That was the most incredible run. Yes, it was. I still think about it. And I still don&#x27;t believe it, what I actually watch. You&#x27;re talking about a men&#x27;s basketball team that lost their last four regular season games. You go into the ACC tournament. Everybody knows the coach is going to get fired after the next loss. And what they do is unthinkable. They proceed to win five games in five days at the ACC tournament.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> That&#x27;s amazing in itself. And the last three wins were over Duke, Virginia, North Carolina. I know. That was an all-star lineup. At that point, you say, okay, I&#x27;ve seen it all now. No, we hadn&#x27;t seen it all because they get in the NCAA tournament. They win four more games. Find themselves in Glendale, Arizona for the final four. You found yourself there, too, didn&#x27;t you? I was there. Yes. That&#x27;s a nice place out there. That is an amazing facility. It is. It&#x27;s just so huge. And I actually went up to some of the Bob Euchre seats in the stadium during one of the practice days. And literally, the court looked like a little post-it stamp. Now, Thomas, Bob Euchre was a famous broadcaster back in the day. Sorry, Thomas. He was always joked on about being put in the worst places and not getting any respect kind of thing. Ah, I got you, got you. No, I love it. I love it. So, for our listeners who don&#x27;t know, I&#x27;m the music head.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> They&#x27;re the sports guys. I am fitting in. Well, that&#x27;s a little older. Thank you for the definition. Thank you for the definition. Bob used to be on TV with a beer commercial, just a bit outside. That&#x27;s right. I was in the movie Major League. Major League. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. Nice. He&#x27;s the guy that says, just a bit outside when the ball was way over there. Okay, okay, okay. So, that&#x27;s your fondest memory, and I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m a Carolina guy. I went to Carolina, and I did get into NC State, almost went there. You had to select your major ahead of time, and I was pre-dental. Imagine that. But I ended up getting to Carolina. But I rooted for NC State in 1983 back in the day. Yeah, I was in school. Remember the cardiac pack days? Yeah, I was in school. And so they were an easy team to root for, and I don&#x27;t hate anybody. Right. But, you know, it&#x27;s like you guys hate us, I have to hate your pack sometimes. But, I mean, I was rooting for State a couple years ago, too. That was an amazing run. It was an amazing run. It was an amazing run, wasn&#x27;t it? You can&#x27;t make it up.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> No. Especially a team that was stumbling into the postseason the way they were. They were missing a couple of guys, and there was no sign that they could somehow create some momentum in the tournament and do what they did. But that&#x27;s the beauty of sports. I&#x27;ve always said about sports, it&#x27;s the ultimate reality show. It is. There&#x27;s no script. Oh. So, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah, you hope there&#x27;s no script. That&#x27;s right. These days, I hear people talking about some things. Well, there you go. That&#x27;s a good point. Yeah, but, no, it&#x27;s just fun. And it&#x27;s real team ball. They were playing team ball. And we work as a team here when we build retirement plans. And I want people to know that you have a team here on call anytime you need help on planning for retirement, making sure you get that tax reduction strategies in place before and during retirement. That&#x27;s important. When you&#x27;re having to send checks to Uncle Sam, it&#x27;s less money you can send on fun things for you and your family.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Can I say this? Yes. Because one reason NC State got hot at the right time, they made adjustments. Yeah. Half time. And you and your team have to make adjustments. Constantly making adjustments. Chuck, we&#x27;ve made adjustments. Absolutely. So, it&#x27;s about getting a plan first and then making the correct adjustments as you go forward. And so, what we want to do here is offer you a golden ticket. But I&#x27;m going to do even better here. I&#x27;ve got a Fred Flintstone. Hee! Abba-dabba-doo! They came in last week on the show. That means the next 26 of you who call, we&#x27;re going to send you a book at our expense. There&#x27;ll be no fee, no obligation. We&#x27;re going to send it to you. All you have to do is give us your address. There&#x27;s going to be no postage and handling. We&#x27;re going to pay that. It&#x27;s the Tax Savvy Retirement Book. It&#x27;s over 250 pages on how to reduce taxes and maximize retirement income. And this is going to go out next week to you if you call right now. Thomas, tell folks that they can get this book and a golden ticket that will get them their very own total retirement plan as well.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. That is the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>The voice of the Wolfpack, Tony Haynes, and former Carolina Hurricanes broadcaster Chuck Kaiton join Coach Pete D’Arruda and Thomas Lipscomb for a conversation about sports, broadcasting, and the next stage of life. They reflect on their careers and bring a different perspective to the discussion of retirement, financial decisions, and planning ahead. Part one of their Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>Tony Haynes</category>
      <category>Chuck Kaiton</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton, Tony Haynes, Chuck Kaiton, retirement planning, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/image.jpg?t=1792073377&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-sports-broadcasting-and-life-beyond-the-booth-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/image.jpg?t=1792073377&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jan 2026 05:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>718</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0372cbf4-9f4b-430d-9f08-b4e101574829/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11531496" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tony-haynes-and-chuck-kaiton-sports-broadcasting-and-life-beyond-the-booth-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>23</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Tony Haynes and Chuck Kaiton" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:47" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Russ Hackmann: Wall Street Blind Spots and a Retirement Income Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>Russ Hackmann: Wall Street Blind Spots and a Retirement Income Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the program. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Dave Perkins, as well as author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend, Russell Hackman, also in studio with us. America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. How are we doing today, boys? Doing great. Awesome. How about you? I&#x27;m excited for this segment. I&#x27;m very excited for this conversation. This is going to be great. We&#x27;re going to be talking about how the market is up double digits, but should we still be worried considering this? What are your guys&#x27; thoughts on that? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, yeah, you&#x27;re looking at, you know, when we meet folks and it&#x27;s like, hey, guys, the, you know, the S&amp;P&#x27;s up 100% over the last five years, you know, last three years have been double digits. And, you know, coaches, you say, it&#x27;s like, hey, like, and your big box advisor, your 800 number, you know, advisor</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> is not diversifying you. And, you know, all you got to do is look at history and be like, at some point, we&#x27;re going to get a 30, 40% drawdown. And if, you know, it&#x27;s one thing to lose money, but it&#x27;s another thing to lose money you made. Right, Coach? Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to lose that money. No, in doing some research before this, I found out in 1987, the markets jumped 40% and then dropped 22% in a single day. Oh, yeah. In a single day. It&#x27;s important to lock those gains in. So what good is it to have a gain if you lose it? I always tell my clients, you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah. See, I got a good gain. I said, did you liquidate? No. I said, you don&#x27;t have a good gain yet. Right. So not liquidate all of it, but liquid, you know, lock in. I always say if you&#x27;re up, if a stock hits an all-time high, I sell a third of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Right. Because, and then it goes up and hits another all-time high, I sell another third. You&#x27;re always going to have some because you&#x27;re only selling a third of a third. So you&#x27;re not going to say, well, if I sell it three times, I&#x27;m out. No. Yeah. Because a third of the two-thirds is still a number. So you&#x27;re still going to have some, even if you do it 15 times, a third of that. And so therefore, you never are going to be at a point where you say, well, I used to have that stock and now I don&#x27;t, when it&#x27;s like an Nvidia kind of thing that keeps going up. But at least you&#x27;re locking profits in so you can play another day, we say. And that&#x27;s important, Russ, because the stock market doesn&#x27;t go up forever. And a lot of these stocks from back when we were growing up aren&#x27;t even around anymore. Remember Hungry Jack Biscuits? They actually still are around. Oh, they are. Okay. Well, they used to advertise all the time. Remember Pudding Pops? They&#x27;re gone. Yellow Pudding Pops. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So things come and they go. We all remember Mr. Whipple back in the day squeezing the Sharmin. That&#x27;s right. He didn&#x27;t like people squeezing the Sharmin. Well, we don&#x27;t want people squeezing the money that we have for retirement and taking it away. And so the way you can do this in the retirement game is to make sure you&#x27;re always winning, not losing. And when you lock your gains in, at least taking some profits, you&#x27;re never going to lose. Russ, that&#x27;s just my philosophy. How about you? Yeah, I agree. You can either, you know, and there&#x27;s so many solutions now that people are just not aware of either. Well, first of all, we talked, Coach, about like, hey, if you have stocks and you have bonds, that&#x27;s not diversification. And bonds are probably going to be lousy for the next several years as inflation is still around 3%, right? So, but then you have all these great alternatives and whether it&#x27;s terrific annuities, these are not</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> your grandfather&#x27;s annuities, but ones that provide income for life for you or your spouse, or they put a floor under your gains and give you upside. There&#x27;s the ability to do that in securities form. There&#x27;s some novel exchange traded funds that, again, have that profile where, hey, if the market takes a big beating, you&#x27;re going to be fully or partially protected. And who wouldn&#x27;t want to switch from, at least for part of your stock portfolio, to switch from an expected gain over the very long term to 10 years, but knowing you could lose 30, 40, 50 percent to something where you&#x27;re never going to lose more than 10 percent or you&#x27;re fully principal protected and your expected gain is 7 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s just a smart trade-off for some.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s true. And there&#x27;s a recent Fidelity survey. It says 61 percent of investors admit that they&#x27;re waiting for the crash. And so there&#x27;s obviously a lot of folks out there who know, you know, we&#x27;ve had a few good years here. And the big question is, why do people stay all in? This is a great time, like you said, Coach, to push some of those gains to the side and make a clear path forward. Well, fear and greed get people in the wrong times, those two emotions. And so the greed is why people stay in. Like, oh, I&#x27;m just going to, oh, I&#x27;ll liquidate tomorrow. Well, as soon as it gets to here, I&#x27;m going to liquidate. Then it never gets there and goes back down. So you&#x27;re always waiting. And I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has been in that situation where you have a stock, it&#x27;s a high flyer, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s not a flying high anymore. And so we can&#x27;t have that happen, Russ, can we? Well, you were talking, Coach, about, you know, the biscuits. And I couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Do you remember when the hot stock was Krispy Kreme? Oh, yeah. Like it was the hottest stock. Sure was. And I remember, I can&#x27;t remember if that was 1999 or when that was on, but it was like, are you kidding me? These are like donut stocks. So at least we got better stocks now that are doing okay. But again, I mean, we make this point that, hey, 45% of the stock market is technology. 35% of the stock market is seven stocks. And there&#x27;s a lot of debate about, you know, there just ain&#x27;t anything that goes up forever. And they&#x27;re underperforming now, right? Russ, the Magnum 7. Way, way underperforming. They&#x27;re way down Krispy Kreme. And number one is, they&#x27;ve raised their prices outrageously. And they&#x27;ve shrunk the size of the donuts.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Speaking of greed. You can&#x27;t do both. That&#x27;s a shrinkflation where you&#x27;re cutting the size and raising the price. It&#x27;s ridiculous for dough. It&#x27;s dough with sugar and a little yeast. A lot of sugar. Yeah. And so it&#x27;s just ridiculous. It&#x27;s about $20 a dozen if you want the specialty donuts, which is crazy. Anyway, they&#x27;re making Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, same problem. I remember Dunkin&#x27; Donuts used to make the donuts right in each shop. They had a guy in there, the commercial, the guy would wake up at three in the morning trying to make the donuts. And they don&#x27;t do that anymore. They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s ridiculous. I used to, my favorite one was only available in the New England area at Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, but they had donut sticks. And so they had an apple donut stick, which was, it was an apple filled stick. It was a stick for them. And it was cinnamon on the outside. Oh, that sounds good. Awesome. And it was crispy too. A little crispy. And then they had a lemon stick, which was</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> powdered sugar on the outside and lemon on the inside. And then they had a jelly one, which was like a jelly donut, but it was crispier. Again, a stick with jelly in it. Those are my favorite sticks. My grandpa used to get those all the time. And they&#x27;re, why they have, coach, why would they have a stick for them? So you could dunk them in the coffee. Right. Exactly. That&#x27;s the name. I love that. Yes. And so they stopped doing it. And it was easier donut to make than the round ones. Why would they stop? Well, because, because, because, just because the money got involved and you got investors coming in and say, how can we make more profits? Right. We can make the donut smaller. And when they do that, they make the boxes smaller too. So they fit in the box perfectly because they&#x27;re smaller. Russ, it makes me mad. I, you know, I&#x27;m a food guy, so I hate it when they mess with my food. And my palate hasn&#x27;t changed that much over the years, but the taste sure has it, the donuts. Yeah.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh yeah. Well, well, speaking of, you know, sort of shrinkage and inflation, you know, coach, both you and I do with our teams. When folks come in to see us, we address like, hey, what if inflation, and we&#x27;ve run the numbers, what if inflation is two and a half, three percent for the next 25, 30 years? You break out your super calculator on that. And that has prices doubling or even tripling. And Thomas, maybe you can give us some guidance on how folks can get a plan, get a consultation, get a plan and discuss like, how do I keep my purchasing power up over the next 25, 30 years when I don&#x27;t have a paycheck and they&#x27;re going to keep shrinking my donut? Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very true. And we have a very easy way to connect so that you can get</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> your own desires, your dreams for retirement, make sure that they&#x27;re lined out in a true written total retirement plan. Just give us a call right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. We&#x27;re having a great conversation here with Russell Hackman, Hackman Wealth Management. He&#x27;s the author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, better known as America&#x27;s wealth, financial and income coach. Going to have a great conversation today about the hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have. Makes me think of the movie Jaws. And in this movie, you might have seen the shark that got you, but it&#x27;s often not the shark you see that bites you. It&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s kind</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> of hidden under the portfolio, as it were. Sure. You guys have been working in the financial arena a long time. Coach, you&#x27;ve developed the seven financial blind spots. And when we talk about hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have, blind spots are huge. And I&#x27;m going to open this up with you, Russ. What are some blind spots you see that investors have out there? Yeah. And I&#x27;d love to hear Coach&#x27;s seven. I think I&#x27;ve seen them before, but he&#x27;s going to knock me over the head and give me a reminder of them. But I think blind spots, again, just letting equities run and thinking they&#x27;re going to do the job for you forever. Yeah. Not understanding that your fiduciary actually probably does have conflicts of interest. In my book, Wall Street</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> is not your friend. We explain, and Coach talks to his listeners as well, about, hey, these big box firms and these 800 number firms, they do have conflicts of interest, yet their lawyers are so good at writing four pages of documents that it&#x27;s in there that they, oh, we&#x27;re allowed to have a conflict of interest as long as it&#x27;s disclosed here. Like, oh, we can only choose from these 10 mutual funds because they actually pay us to be on the platform. Right? So that&#x27;s a blind spot. And taxes are very often a blind spot. And the ability to influence how much tax you pay in the future, that&#x27;s a big one that I know that we talk about with folks when they come in,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> and so do you guys, Coach. What are your seven blind spots? Tell us about your blind spots, Coach, as you frame them. Well, I don&#x27;t want to bore people at all seven because I wrote a whole book on that. But let&#x27;s talk about the number one blind spot. It is not having a lifetime income that will never go away, not only for you, but for your spouse, using the money you&#x27;ve already put aside, by the way. It&#x27;s not like you have to make money to put this. You&#x27;ve already got the money. You&#x27;ve got it in your 401ks a lot of times, but you have a lump sum there. So we have to convert that lump sum into what a monthly or yearly income would be from that for life. An income that will never go away, an income that could increase as we are still working. We can be working and have that income account continue to grow. And it ties itself to the stock market on the upside, a stock index,</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> but it never goes down. So when the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get anything but a zero. If the market goes up, you get the share and the gain. And then when you decide to flip that income switch, you have income forever. So that is the most blaring weakness in most people&#x27;s plans is they don&#x27;t have an income plan. So I always say, if you don&#x27;t have lifetime guaranteed income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan. You&#x27;ve just got a financial plan, which is okay. That&#x27;s step one, getting money put aside in a financial plan. But step two, the most important step is converting that to lifetime income. Well, I agree with that, Coach. And unless you got $10 million in the bank, but even $1, $2, $3, $4, $5 million in this world, we&#x27;ve talked about how prices can double or triple</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> over a 30-year retirement. Yeah, you better have something besides Social Security that you can&#x27;t now live. Correct. Right? Yes, absolutely. And the thing is, is a lot of people want to run to cash, you know, liquidity is good, but you can&#x27;t live on idle money. You&#x27;ve talked about, Coach, losing money to inflation and these things. And you need to have that method that still gets you a return without giving you all of the headache, you know, as my mom has experienced in risk of the market. Yeah. Well, idle money is like having that lazy roommate you had that would always leave the dirty dishes in the sink. And so you need to make sure that your money works for you just as hard as you did to get that money. And a lot of people forget that. And how does the money work for you? Well, if it can give you lifetime income you never outlive, you&#x27;ve got what we used to call a pension</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> now. And that&#x27;s what kept our grandparents and aunts and uncles from back in the day when they were enjoying their retirement. That&#x27;s what kept them from worrying because they knew they were going to get a new check every month. And that&#x27;s an important thing that most people overlook here as we approach retirement in this modern age of turn the TV on and watch Kramer and watch stocks all day long up and down. And then you always feel like you&#x27;re missing something because you&#x27;re not in the newest hot stock. So you sell your good stocks and you convert to these hot stocks and then you lose all your money. And you forget about the main thing is converting some of that money to lifetime income that&#x27;s not tied to the stock market on the downside. Very important to get those income plans. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And yeah, it also, as you say, Coach, this is can often be a matter of just deploying the money that you have. So you know, you said perhaps</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> it&#x27;s in your 401k. Sometimes we see, hey, somebody, you know, big box advisor or 800 number firm put a portion of folks&#x27; portfolio in bonds, our bond funds. And these bond funds are actually basically flat or negative over the last like four or five years. They all got crushed during the big inflation in 2022. Correct. And it&#x27;s instead, you got to make sure all your assets are being used effectively. So sometimes you could just take some of that. You don&#x27;t want to have any dead money in your portfolio. Take some of that dead money and turn it into something that is income producing. Right.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> Right. And again, I think that&#x27;s what inspired you to write the book. Wall Street&#x27;s not your friend because Wall Street&#x27;s about Wall Street, not about your safe and comfortable and reliable retirement, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. No, Wall Street is about, you know, and I was on some of those fancy trading desks back in the day. But, you know, just like the those casinos in Vegas weren&#x27;t built on winners, neither were the fancy buildings in Manhattan and Boston and everywhere else. Right. So, yeah, no, they&#x27;re looking for their own edge. And the good news is with the right tools and the right guide, you can find and put together a plan that actually is tailored to you. It avoids, I tell people there&#x27;s about, you know, five things worth investing in and about 10,005 not worth</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> investing in. And the key is to know which ones to avoid. Yep. And so we offer folks that chance, to come in and actually work on a real plan. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s hear how that works, Thomas. Yeah, I agree with you. The thing is, you don&#x27;t need to be Googling retirement or GPTing retirement. Folks out there, you have worked so hard for your money and you deserve a true map from a fiduciary planner, someone who doesn&#x27;t just have one tool in their toolbox, but really wants to make sure that you have a holistic plan looking at what you need as you head into retirement. The number to call to get your own questions answered by the team here is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. And what&#x27;s going to happen</p><p><strong>16:02</strong> is we&#x27;re going to be able to sit down with you and simplify the complexities of retirement planning into clear, actionable steps. And you&#x27;re going to receive that tailored financial roadmap that we like to talk about that shows you not only where you are now, which is important to understand clearly, but also where you need to go. It&#x27;s a chance to have that real conversation about your retirement and make sure that your plan really is aligned with your goals, your dreams, your risk tolerance. The number again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program. Having a great conversation here. We&#x27;re going to continue with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> here in the studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Now, guys, we have had a lot of great conversations together. And what I want to talk about today is interesting. It&#x27;s the turn off the TV strategy. And, you know, the more you watch CNBC or whatever it may be, the more your blood pressure owns, let&#x27;s say, some stock in Lipitor. And I think my mom can relate to this. You know, she&#x27;s called me. She just headed into retirement in the last couple of months. And as she&#x27;s headed into retirement, she said, Thomas, I want to understand what&#x27;s going on here. You know, my father, my mother, whomever, had pensions, they had their investments, and they kind of knew what was going on. All I have is this 401k with a health insurance company that she worked with. Is she more in tune since retiring to it? Well, after getting a plan together. And</p><p><strong>17:37</strong> that&#x27;s the thing is, is obviously I have great connections here with you guys. She&#x27;s come in, she&#x27;s gotten that plan together, and she feels so much more secure. She actually transitioned about, oh, it&#x27;s been about a month now. And she&#x27;s very, very happy. She says, Thomas, you wouldn&#x27;t think your time would fill up as much as it does after retiring. Right. But let&#x27;s talk about this. I want to talk about the idea of turning off the TV and that strategy of not letting those everyday headlines become your everyday concern. I just paused for one second. I was just blanked out for one minute, but you just teed me up to talk about the TV plan, turn off the TV plan. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. All right. Perfect. Well, here we go. So yeah, turn off the TV plan. Well, as you allude to Thomas and the coach,</p><p><strong>18:23</strong> I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;d agree with this. Yeah. People spend too much time watching financial television and also just news in the first place. Right. And there&#x27;s actually a friend of mine. I know she&#x27;s sort of semi-retired and all that she watches is the Hallmark channel. You know, the Hallmark channel is good because every story is happy in the end. Right. Yep. And so, but if you turn on the, you know, CNBC, if you turn on the news networks, it&#x27;s obviously it&#x27;s the opposite. Right. Cause they, they thrive on scaring you. Right. Or as coach sometimes points out saying, Hey,</p><p><strong>19:11</strong> why don&#x27;t you buy this hot stock and everyone&#x27;s getting rich and buying stocks, but you, right? So we coined a term, turn off the TV plan, which is, which comes after you come in and sit down with our team or coaches team, you make sure you have an adequate amount of safe assets. They&#x27;re going to be okay. No matter what, uh, in, um, in terms of, you know, if the market takes a big hit, these assets are going to remain stable, right. And income producing. And if you have the right amount of assets doing that in retirement, then, you know, to me, the, the, the reason we coined a term is,</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> is it like, Oh, Hey honey, I saw that the market dropped 20% today. Well, Hey, turn off, turn that off. And we have in our page, the one page lifetime income plan, turn off the TV plan, which is basically a summary of our plan. We worked on with Russ and his team, our coach and his team. And what it does is it says, Hey, here&#x27;s how even in a down year, we have the same amount to spend. We&#x27;re still taking that same, that same vacation. And we have a good sense of no matter what happens with inflation, market fluctuations, interest rates, that with the right tools and the right partnership, we know that we&#x27;re going to be okay, virtually no matter what. Now, no one can prevent us all from</p><p><strong>20:48</strong> being hit by a meteor, right? But in that case, you know, we&#x27;re going to have bigger problems. And I encourage people to, you know, give us a call, give coach pizza team a call that what that does is that allows you to, you want some boundaries to know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Right. And I think that&#x27;s the biggest thing that is missing from wall street is they&#x27;re kind of like, here&#x27;s your portfolio. I&#x27;m managing it. Here&#x27;s your, you know, rubber chicken, 25 page, you know, plan with, with multicolored graphs in it. And don&#x27;t you feel just fine. And most people come in and talk to me and my team and say, well, no, I don&#x27;t really feel just fine. How about you, coach?</p><p><strong>21:37</strong> Yeah. I mean, feeling is not, is, is not a good thing. I mean, you need to have proof. And why, why do you feel fine? Well, I mean, if you don&#x27;t have an income plan, Russ, you shouldn&#x27;t feel fine because you&#x27;re going to go to retirement. You&#x27;re going to start taking money out of your stock accounts. If you don&#x27;t have a real income plan and you&#x27;re never going to have fun because you&#x27;re always going to be worried if you&#x27;re taking too much. And if the market&#x27;s in a, in a downward cycle, you&#x27;re never going to be able to come back because you&#x27;re going to liquidate those losses because you need the money to live on. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t have all the money we need for income in the stock market, period. And so if you want a real income plan, Thomas, tell folks how they can get that real income plan. Yeah, I&#x27;d be happy to. It all begins with a conversation that discusses where you are right now and where you want to be in retirement. To begin that conversation, start it with a phone call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. We also have a great way you can</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> text us. Maybe you&#x27;re a bit of an introvert like me, or you&#x27;re in the car and you just want to start with that text message. Get the conversation started. That&#x27;s the most important thing more than anything. And that keyword is plan because that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. Keyword plan to the number 600-700, plan to 600-700. That number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You know, guys, while you&#x27;ve been talking, I&#x27;ve tried to pull up some stats here. And it&#x27;s interesting. Did you know that people who check their portfolios daily earn 40% less on average? I had to pause there for a minute. I was shocked by it. Well, the worst enemy of the investor is themselves because emotions get in the way and the fog of war, they call it. When you&#x27;re watching a stock go down, you might make some bad decisions. When it goes up, the same thing. You might start buying more when it goes up.</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> What we see is people usually sell when it goes down and buy when it goes up. And it&#x27;s exactly opposite about what Warren Buffett always said. It&#x27;s the truth, though. I have Morningstar here says investors trade four times more after negative news weeks. So there you go. What do you think? Right. And Wall Street loves that because they just, when you trade, they make money, right? If you avoid short-term trading, then you make money because you make money off things that generate income. You make money off the companies that produce profits, right? But if you try to do a bunch of back and forth, back and forth, you&#x27;re just competing with a million other people, some of whom are just, and about a thousand computers, by the way. And you&#x27;re trying to add value when there really is no value to be added.</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> If you&#x27;re paying someone to manage your money, they better be managing your money. That&#x27;s all I have to say. We see a lot of folks that are just collecting fees and not doing anything for their clients, and that&#x27;s not good. So again, get the plan that is something you deserve, the plan that&#x27;s going to be one that&#x27;s customized for you. I know, Russ, you do a great job of customizing plans, folks. So if you want to get your customized lifetime plan that not only has income, but also has proper balance of where your money is right now, where it should be, and keep some money in the stock market, but has true managed growth attached to it, or the attempt or the chance of managed growth, wait, that has true managed growth attached to it, Thomas, that&#x27;s what they need to get. So call right now and get an appointment with Russ and his team. All right, folks, listen, if you&#x27;re wondering if your retirement plan is set up to handle these future challenges, the number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to the number</p><p><strong>25:01</strong> 600-700, plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program, having a great conversation here, going to continue it with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend. He&#x27;s with Hackman Wealth Management. Also in studio with me is Dave Perkins. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and leading the charge bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking about why today&#x27;s annuities aren&#x27;t the lousy ones you&#x27;ve heard about. And I think this is going to be a great conversation because I think a lot of us can hear a rumor or think something and apply it across the whole spectrum of things when it&#x27;s completely not true. I think of like, you know, eight tracks. They were clunky, they were confusing, hard to get in and out, but that doesn&#x27;t mean music is bad. Right, right. Or that other forms of ways to get it were bad. Exactly, exactly. So let&#x27;s start</p><p><strong>25:53</strong> at the beginning where, you know, not everybody has, you know, a bad taste in their mouth with the word annuity, but for those who do, why do you think that happened? Well, I mean, for one thing, there&#x27;s some money managers out there, we&#x27;ll leave them unnamed for now, that basically market against annuities and say, hey, and they just sort of wave their hands and say, hey, all annuities are terrible and too expensive. And what you need is us charging you a point and a quarter, a point and a half forever. So there&#x27;s a lot of self-serving advertising. You know, number two is there are some previous generations of annuities that were kind of lousy and some people are still in them. And, you know, if you&#x27;re out there and in these, don&#x27;t fear there, there are remedies out there,</p><p><strong>26:43</strong> but there&#x27;s a class of products that call that&#x27;s called variable annuities, right, that can have like 3% fees again, you know, an annuity is just an investment contract with an insurance company. So when you did, when you generalize and say just, hey, annuities are terrible, you know, that&#x27;s like saying all mutual funds are terrible, you know, it&#x27;s just not true. And, you know, today&#x27;s annuities, as Coach and I talk about, you know, they can give you guaranteed lifetime income for you and your spouse. And someone, and by the way, if something happens to you in the early years, your beneficiaries, you know, get the money. So someone tell me what&#x27;s wrong with lifetime income, right?</p><p><strong>27:31</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s misunderstood, but you have some, a lot of folks on the radio or in the media that are talking negative about annuities all the time. Matter of fact, I used to be a Dave Ramsey, SmartVestor Pro. And I decided to resign last year because Dave kept slamming annuities all the time. And I said, Dave, it&#x27;s malpractice to be saying bad things about annuities all the time when you&#x27;re cheating people out of a lifetime income by saying that, because a lot of people do whatever Dave says they do. And then it turns out Dave isn&#x27;t even licensed in the financial world to be giving any advice. And therefore people are, it&#x27;s sort of like a guy who&#x27;s not a doctor telling you to cut your hand off if it hurts. It won&#x27;t hurt anymore. Got some leeches for you. So I just couldn&#x27;t, I couldn&#x27;t stand it anymore. I said, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense for you to be slamming annuities. Now I said, I did admit there are some bad annuities out there, but they&#x27;re not all bad. Sort of like,</p><p><strong>28:21</strong> you know, I had a bad car once. I had a 1968 Volkswagen Bug. I had to push start it. I had to push it, jump in and pop the clutch. But just because I had bad experiences in that car didn&#x27;t mean I never bought a car again. Cars have improved every year, just like annuities. So if you haven&#x27;t looked at an annuity in the last 10 years, even the last five years, you&#x27;re cheating yourself out of a potential worry-free retirement that you&#x27;re not going to get in the stock market. And I would love to focus on that because that&#x27;s really what it&#x27;s all about. People can focus on a name, but what we&#x27;re trying to do here is drive a solution to a worry-free retirement. And the way that we like to focus on that is by focusing on two aspects of a retirement plan in general. That&#x27;s the core, that&#x27;s the explorer. And unfortunately, social security can&#x27;t help us completely satisfy</p><p><strong>29:06</strong> our core. And this is where elements like the annuity are able to come in and be that superpower to fulfill that. Isn&#x27;t that right, Coach? Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I mean, you know, superpower is a good thing. I&#x27;ve pictured missile silos. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of income missiles, missile silos when you have the income annuity. Every single year, it reloads it and then it fires off more income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money if you have a lifetime income annuity. And nothing else, Russ, nothing else I know of, your piggy bank will run out of money eventually. Your stock market, if it&#x27;s stocks, especially if the market&#x27;s down, your bonds, cash them in, they&#x27;re gone. Savings bonds, everything runs out except for a lifetime income annuity. So now it&#x27;s not a perfect fit for every part of your money, but for money you&#x27;re going to need for income, we need to figure out how much income you need. And then let&#x27;s</p><p><strong>29:51</strong> make sure we get you that income with 100% certainty it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life. Now, that&#x27;s not rocket science. That&#x27;s just common sense 101. And a lot of people overlook that, again, trying to chase the best returns or listening to the wrong people on the radio, unfortunately. That&#x27;s absolutely right, Coach. And it&#x27;s not like you own no equities when you have a lifetime income annuity. You can have 30, 40, 50% of your money in equities, and you should have a decent amount because that really helps you keep up with inflation over the very long term. Correct. But you can&#x27;t be having 70 or 80% of your money in stocks and funds, or you certainly</p><p><strong>30:41</strong> shouldn&#x27;t be having any money in bond funds. That&#x27;s just dead money. And if someone wants to explain to me why bond funds are better than something that pays lifetime income, I mean, I think that that&#x27;s just a debate that&#x27;s over before it starts. Well, in the money world, it&#x27;s widely known that we should follow something called the investment rule of 100. And it takes your age. Whatever your age is, put a percentage after that. So I&#x27;m 59. So 59% of my money should be in a safe place. Well, if I&#x27;m going to be in a safe place, I might as well have lifetime income with that safe place. So 59% of my money should be in a lifetime income annuity. And so again, rule of thumb, if you&#x27;re a very big risk taker, you love to go to Vegas every couple of months and lose money, then maybe you don&#x27;t need as much money in safe places. But me, I never want</p><p><strong>31:27</strong> to have to worry about where the money&#x27;s going to come from. And I never want to have to worry if the money&#x27;s there at all. And so I really do endorse the lifetime income annuity for the retirement plan. And so Thomas, tell folks how they can get their own review. And we will go over the complete investment rule of 100 with them and put together a total retirement plan that does encompass some of the lifetime income plans in there. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m proud to be here because it&#x27;s all about that total retirement income plan. Folks, pick up the phone right now and take advantage of this opportunity to speak with a true fiduciary advisor, not someone who&#x27;s just going to take that one hammer off his tube belt, but someone who truly has a range of tools to be able to help you create a balanced plan. The number 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the</p><p><strong>32:18</strong> number 600-700. Now get this statistic. And you&#x27;re going to call me out on this, coach. I know you are, because I&#x27;m going to say AARP. And you&#x27;re going to say, what does that mean? Because we define our terms. Is it the American Association of Retired Persons? Anyways, I haven&#x27;t joined yet. I don&#x27;t know. Get this. Six in 10 retirees wish they had invested in a safe product sooner. That&#x27;s experience right there talking. Well, because, I mean, we get caught up in the euphoria of a market going up. And so we throw money in. We never should have put in there. Then we don&#x27;t realize it until the market&#x27;s way down that we made a big mistake. So don&#x27;t make the mistake. Let me tell you right now, before you do it, don&#x27;t do that. You know, again, have that proper balance that Russ talks about. Have the proper plan. Have a total retirement plan that has risk, safety, and lifetime income. Thomas, everyone</p><p><strong>33:06</strong> listening is entitled to that if they call right now. All right, folks, let&#x27;s do this. Listen, Wall Street bets on volatility, but Russ and coach can bet on sleep at night. Income is how you win the game. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. Plan to 600-700. For Russ Hackman, for Dave, for Thomas, and for Jose, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the program. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside Dave Perkins, as well as author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend, Russell Hackman, also in studio with us. America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. How are we doing today, boys? Doing great. Awesome. How about you? I&#x27;m excited for this segment. I&#x27;m very excited for this conversation. This is going to be great. We&#x27;re going to be talking about how the market is up double digits, but should we still be worried considering this? What are your guys&#x27; thoughts on that? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, yeah, you&#x27;re looking at, you know, when we meet folks and it&#x27;s like, hey, guys, the, you know, the S&amp;P&#x27;s up 100% over the last five years, you know, last three years have been double digits. And, you know, coaches, you say, it&#x27;s like, hey, like, and your big box advisor, your 800 number, you know, advisor</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> is not diversifying you. And, you know, all you got to do is look at history and be like, at some point, we&#x27;re going to get a 30, 40% drawdown. And if, you know, it&#x27;s one thing to lose money, but it&#x27;s another thing to lose money you made. Right, Coach? Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to lose that money. No, in doing some research before this, I found out in 1987, the markets jumped 40% and then dropped 22% in a single day. Oh, yeah. In a single day. It&#x27;s important to lock those gains in. So what good is it to have a gain if you lose it? I always tell my clients, you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah. See, I got a good gain. I said, did you liquidate? No. I said, you don&#x27;t have a good gain yet. Right. So not liquidate all of it, but liquid, you know, lock in. I always say if you&#x27;re up, if a stock hits an all-time high, I sell a third of it.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Right. Because, and then it goes up and hits another all-time high, I sell another third. You&#x27;re always going to have some because you&#x27;re only selling a third of a third. So you&#x27;re not going to say, well, if I sell it three times, I&#x27;m out. No. Yeah. Because a third of the two-thirds is still a number. So you&#x27;re still going to have some, even if you do it 15 times, a third of that. And so therefore, you never are going to be at a point where you say, well, I used to have that stock and now I don&#x27;t, when it&#x27;s like an Nvidia kind of thing that keeps going up. But at least you&#x27;re locking profits in so you can play another day, we say. And that&#x27;s important, Russ, because the stock market doesn&#x27;t go up forever. And a lot of these stocks from back when we were growing up aren&#x27;t even around anymore. Remember Hungry Jack Biscuits? They actually still are around. Oh, they are. Okay. Well, they used to advertise all the time. Remember Pudding Pops? They&#x27;re gone. Yellow Pudding Pops. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So things come and they go. We all remember Mr. Whipple back in the day squeezing the Sharmin. That&#x27;s right. He didn&#x27;t like people squeezing the Sharmin. Well, we don&#x27;t want people squeezing the money that we have for retirement and taking it away. And so the way you can do this in the retirement game is to make sure you&#x27;re always winning, not losing. And when you lock your gains in, at least taking some profits, you&#x27;re never going to lose. Russ, that&#x27;s just my philosophy. How about you? Yeah, I agree. You can either, you know, and there&#x27;s so many solutions now that people are just not aware of either. Well, first of all, we talked, Coach, about like, hey, if you have stocks and you have bonds, that&#x27;s not diversification. And bonds are probably going to be lousy for the next several years as inflation is still around 3%, right? So, but then you have all these great alternatives and whether it&#x27;s terrific annuities, these are not</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> your grandfather&#x27;s annuities, but ones that provide income for life for you or your spouse, or they put a floor under your gains and give you upside. There&#x27;s the ability to do that in securities form. There&#x27;s some novel exchange traded funds that, again, have that profile where, hey, if the market takes a big beating, you&#x27;re going to be fully or partially protected. And who wouldn&#x27;t want to switch from, at least for part of your stock portfolio, to switch from an expected gain over the very long term to 10 years, but knowing you could lose 30, 40, 50 percent to something where you&#x27;re never going to lose more than 10 percent or you&#x27;re fully principal protected and your expected gain is 7 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s just a smart trade-off for some.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s true. And there&#x27;s a recent Fidelity survey. It says 61 percent of investors admit that they&#x27;re waiting for the crash. And so there&#x27;s obviously a lot of folks out there who know, you know, we&#x27;ve had a few good years here. And the big question is, why do people stay all in? This is a great time, like you said, Coach, to push some of those gains to the side and make a clear path forward. Well, fear and greed get people in the wrong times, those two emotions. And so the greed is why people stay in. Like, oh, I&#x27;m just going to, oh, I&#x27;ll liquidate tomorrow. Well, as soon as it gets to here, I&#x27;m going to liquidate. Then it never gets there and goes back down. So you&#x27;re always waiting. And I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has been in that situation where you have a stock, it&#x27;s a high flyer, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s not a flying high anymore. And so we can&#x27;t have that happen, Russ, can we? Well, you were talking, Coach, about, you know, the biscuits. And I couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Do you remember when the hot stock was Krispy Kreme? Oh, yeah. Like it was the hottest stock. Sure was. And I remember, I can&#x27;t remember if that was 1999 or when that was on, but it was like, are you kidding me? These are like donut stocks. So at least we got better stocks now that are doing okay. But again, I mean, we make this point that, hey, 45% of the stock market is technology. 35% of the stock market is seven stocks. And there&#x27;s a lot of debate about, you know, there just ain&#x27;t anything that goes up forever. And they&#x27;re underperforming now, right? Russ, the Magnum 7. Way, way underperforming. They&#x27;re way down Krispy Kreme. And number one is, they&#x27;ve raised their prices outrageously. And they&#x27;ve shrunk the size of the donuts.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Speaking of greed. You can&#x27;t do both. That&#x27;s a shrinkflation where you&#x27;re cutting the size and raising the price. It&#x27;s ridiculous for dough. It&#x27;s dough with sugar and a little yeast. A lot of sugar. Yeah. And so it&#x27;s just ridiculous. It&#x27;s about $20 a dozen if you want the specialty donuts, which is crazy. Anyway, they&#x27;re making Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, same problem. I remember Dunkin&#x27; Donuts used to make the donuts right in each shop. They had a guy in there, the commercial, the guy would wake up at three in the morning trying to make the donuts. And they don&#x27;t do that anymore. They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s ridiculous. I used to, my favorite one was only available in the New England area at Dunkin&#x27; Donuts, but they had donut sticks. And so they had an apple donut stick, which was, it was an apple filled stick. It was a stick for them. And it was cinnamon on the outside. Oh, that sounds good. Awesome. And it was crispy too. A little crispy. And then they had a lemon stick, which was</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> powdered sugar on the outside and lemon on the inside. And then they had a jelly one, which was like a jelly donut, but it was crispier. Again, a stick with jelly in it. Those are my favorite sticks. My grandpa used to get those all the time. And they&#x27;re, why they have, coach, why would they have a stick for them? So you could dunk them in the coffee. Right. Exactly. That&#x27;s the name. I love that. Yes. And so they stopped doing it. And it was easier donut to make than the round ones. Why would they stop? Well, because, because, because, just because the money got involved and you got investors coming in and say, how can we make more profits? Right. We can make the donut smaller. And when they do that, they make the boxes smaller too. So they fit in the box perfectly because they&#x27;re smaller. Russ, it makes me mad. I, you know, I&#x27;m a food guy, so I hate it when they mess with my food. And my palate hasn&#x27;t changed that much over the years, but the taste sure has it, the donuts. Yeah.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh yeah. Well, well, speaking of, you know, sort of shrinkage and inflation, you know, coach, both you and I do with our teams. When folks come in to see us, we address like, hey, what if inflation, and we&#x27;ve run the numbers, what if inflation is two and a half, three percent for the next 25, 30 years? You break out your super calculator on that. And that has prices doubling or even tripling. And Thomas, maybe you can give us some guidance on how folks can get a plan, get a consultation, get a plan and discuss like, how do I keep my purchasing power up over the next 25, 30 years when I don&#x27;t have a paycheck and they&#x27;re going to keep shrinking my donut? Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very true. And we have a very easy way to connect so that you can get</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> your own desires, your dreams for retirement, make sure that they&#x27;re lined out in a true written total retirement plan. Just give us a call right now, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. We&#x27;re having a great conversation here with Russell Hackman, Hackman Wealth Management. He&#x27;s the author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, better known as America&#x27;s wealth, financial and income coach. Going to have a great conversation today about the hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have. Makes me think of the movie Jaws. And in this movie, you might have seen the shark that got you, but it&#x27;s often not the shark you see that bites you. It&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s kind</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> of hidden under the portfolio, as it were. Sure. You guys have been working in the financial arena a long time. Coach, you&#x27;ve developed the seven financial blind spots. And when we talk about hidden issues investors don&#x27;t realize they have, blind spots are huge. And I&#x27;m going to open this up with you, Russ. What are some blind spots you see that investors have out there? Yeah. And I&#x27;d love to hear Coach&#x27;s seven. I think I&#x27;ve seen them before, but he&#x27;s going to knock me over the head and give me a reminder of them. But I think blind spots, again, just letting equities run and thinking they&#x27;re going to do the job for you forever. Yeah. Not understanding that your fiduciary actually probably does have conflicts of interest. In my book, Wall Street</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> is not your friend. We explain, and Coach talks to his listeners as well, about, hey, these big box firms and these 800 number firms, they do have conflicts of interest, yet their lawyers are so good at writing four pages of documents that it&#x27;s in there that they, oh, we&#x27;re allowed to have a conflict of interest as long as it&#x27;s disclosed here. Like, oh, we can only choose from these 10 mutual funds because they actually pay us to be on the platform. Right? So that&#x27;s a blind spot. And taxes are very often a blind spot. And the ability to influence how much tax you pay in the future, that&#x27;s a big one that I know that we talk about with folks when they come in,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> and so do you guys, Coach. What are your seven blind spots? Tell us about your blind spots, Coach, as you frame them. Well, I don&#x27;t want to bore people at all seven because I wrote a whole book on that. But let&#x27;s talk about the number one blind spot. It is not having a lifetime income that will never go away, not only for you, but for your spouse, using the money you&#x27;ve already put aside, by the way. It&#x27;s not like you have to make money to put this. You&#x27;ve already got the money. You&#x27;ve got it in your 401ks a lot of times, but you have a lump sum there. So we have to convert that lump sum into what a monthly or yearly income would be from that for life. An income that will never go away, an income that could increase as we are still working. We can be working and have that income account continue to grow. And it ties itself to the stock market on the upside, a stock index,</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> but it never goes down. So when the market goes down, you don&#x27;t get anything but a zero. If the market goes up, you get the share and the gain. And then when you decide to flip that income switch, you have income forever. So that is the most blaring weakness in most people&#x27;s plans is they don&#x27;t have an income plan. So I always say, if you don&#x27;t have lifetime guaranteed income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan. You&#x27;ve just got a financial plan, which is okay. That&#x27;s step one, getting money put aside in a financial plan. But step two, the most important step is converting that to lifetime income. Well, I agree with that, Coach. And unless you got $10 million in the bank, but even $1, $2, $3, $4, $5 million in this world, we&#x27;ve talked about how prices can double or triple</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> over a 30-year retirement. Yeah, you better have something besides Social Security that you can&#x27;t now live. Correct. Right? Yes, absolutely. And the thing is, is a lot of people want to run to cash, you know, liquidity is good, but you can&#x27;t live on idle money. You&#x27;ve talked about, Coach, losing money to inflation and these things. And you need to have that method that still gets you a return without giving you all of the headache, you know, as my mom has experienced in risk of the market. Yeah. Well, idle money is like having that lazy roommate you had that would always leave the dirty dishes in the sink. And so you need to make sure that your money works for you just as hard as you did to get that money. And a lot of people forget that. And how does the money work for you? Well, if it can give you lifetime income you never outlive, you&#x27;ve got what we used to call a pension</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> now. And that&#x27;s what kept our grandparents and aunts and uncles from back in the day when they were enjoying their retirement. That&#x27;s what kept them from worrying because they knew they were going to get a new check every month. And that&#x27;s an important thing that most people overlook here as we approach retirement in this modern age of turn the TV on and watch Kramer and watch stocks all day long up and down. And then you always feel like you&#x27;re missing something because you&#x27;re not in the newest hot stock. So you sell your good stocks and you convert to these hot stocks and then you lose all your money. And you forget about the main thing is converting some of that money to lifetime income that&#x27;s not tied to the stock market on the downside. Very important to get those income plans. Yeah, I totally agree with that. And yeah, it also, as you say, Coach, this is can often be a matter of just deploying the money that you have. So you know, you said perhaps</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> it&#x27;s in your 401k. Sometimes we see, hey, somebody, you know, big box advisor or 800 number firm put a portion of folks&#x27; portfolio in bonds, our bond funds. And these bond funds are actually basically flat or negative over the last like four or five years. They all got crushed during the big inflation in 2022. Correct. And it&#x27;s instead, you got to make sure all your assets are being used effectively. So sometimes you could just take some of that. You don&#x27;t want to have any dead money in your portfolio. Take some of that dead money and turn it into something that is income producing. Right.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> Right. And again, I think that&#x27;s what inspired you to write the book. Wall Street&#x27;s not your friend because Wall Street&#x27;s about Wall Street, not about your safe and comfortable and reliable retirement, is it? That&#x27;s absolutely right. No, Wall Street is about, you know, and I was on some of those fancy trading desks back in the day. But, you know, just like the those casinos in Vegas weren&#x27;t built on winners, neither were the fancy buildings in Manhattan and Boston and everywhere else. Right. So, yeah, no, they&#x27;re looking for their own edge. And the good news is with the right tools and the right guide, you can find and put together a plan that actually is tailored to you. It avoids, I tell people there&#x27;s about, you know, five things worth investing in and about 10,005 not worth</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> investing in. And the key is to know which ones to avoid. Yep. And so we offer folks that chance, to come in and actually work on a real plan. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s hear how that works, Thomas. Yeah, I agree with you. The thing is, you don&#x27;t need to be Googling retirement or GPTing retirement. Folks out there, you have worked so hard for your money and you deserve a true map from a fiduciary planner, someone who doesn&#x27;t just have one tool in their toolbox, but really wants to make sure that you have a holistic plan looking at what you need as you head into retirement. The number to call to get your own questions answered by the team here is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. And what&#x27;s going to happen</p><p><strong>16:02</strong> is we&#x27;re going to be able to sit down with you and simplify the complexities of retirement planning into clear, actionable steps. And you&#x27;re going to receive that tailored financial roadmap that we like to talk about that shows you not only where you are now, which is important to understand clearly, but also where you need to go. It&#x27;s a chance to have that real conversation about your retirement and make sure that your plan really is aligned with your goals, your dreams, your risk tolerance. The number again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program. Having a great conversation here. We&#x27;re going to continue with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street is Not Your Friend. I&#x27;m consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb</p><p><strong>16:47</strong> here in the studio alongside Dave Perkins, as well as bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Now, guys, we have had a lot of great conversations together. And what I want to talk about today is interesting. It&#x27;s the turn off the TV strategy. And, you know, the more you watch CNBC or whatever it may be, the more your blood pressure owns, let&#x27;s say, some stock in Lipitor. And I think my mom can relate to this. You know, she&#x27;s called me. She just headed into retirement in the last couple of months. And as she&#x27;s headed into retirement, she said, Thomas, I want to understand what&#x27;s going on here. You know, my father, my mother, whomever, had pensions, they had their investments, and they kind of knew what was going on. All I have is this 401k with a health insurance company that she worked with. Is she more in tune since retiring to it? Well, after getting a plan together. And</p><p><strong>17:37</strong> that&#x27;s the thing is, is obviously I have great connections here with you guys. She&#x27;s come in, she&#x27;s gotten that plan together, and she feels so much more secure. She actually transitioned about, oh, it&#x27;s been about a month now. And she&#x27;s very, very happy. She says, Thomas, you wouldn&#x27;t think your time would fill up as much as it does after retiring. Right. But let&#x27;s talk about this. I want to talk about the idea of turning off the TV and that strategy of not letting those everyday headlines become your everyday concern. I just paused for one second. I was just blanked out for one minute, but you just teed me up to talk about the TV plan, turn off the TV plan. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. All right. Perfect. Well, here we go. So yeah, turn off the TV plan. Well, as you allude to Thomas and the coach,</p><p><strong>18:23</strong> I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;d agree with this. Yeah. People spend too much time watching financial television and also just news in the first place. Right. And there&#x27;s actually a friend of mine. I know she&#x27;s sort of semi-retired and all that she watches is the Hallmark channel. You know, the Hallmark channel is good because every story is happy in the end. Right. Yep. And so, but if you turn on the, you know, CNBC, if you turn on the news networks, it&#x27;s obviously it&#x27;s the opposite. Right. Cause they, they thrive on scaring you. Right. Or as coach sometimes points out saying, Hey,</p><p><strong>19:11</strong> why don&#x27;t you buy this hot stock and everyone&#x27;s getting rich and buying stocks, but you, right? So we coined a term, turn off the TV plan, which is, which comes after you come in and sit down with our team or coaches team, you make sure you have an adequate amount of safe assets. They&#x27;re going to be okay. No matter what, uh, in, um, in terms of, you know, if the market takes a big hit, these assets are going to remain stable, right. And income producing. And if you have the right amount of assets doing that in retirement, then, you know, to me, the, the, the reason we coined a term is,</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> is it like, Oh, Hey honey, I saw that the market dropped 20% today. Well, Hey, turn off, turn that off. And we have in our page, the one page lifetime income plan, turn off the TV plan, which is basically a summary of our plan. We worked on with Russ and his team, our coach and his team. And what it does is it says, Hey, here&#x27;s how even in a down year, we have the same amount to spend. We&#x27;re still taking that same, that same vacation. And we have a good sense of no matter what happens with inflation, market fluctuations, interest rates, that with the right tools and the right partnership, we know that we&#x27;re going to be okay, virtually no matter what. Now, no one can prevent us all from</p><p><strong>20:48</strong> being hit by a meteor, right? But in that case, you know, we&#x27;re going to have bigger problems. And I encourage people to, you know, give us a call, give coach pizza team a call that what that does is that allows you to, you want some boundaries to know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Right. And I think that&#x27;s the biggest thing that is missing from wall street is they&#x27;re kind of like, here&#x27;s your portfolio. I&#x27;m managing it. Here&#x27;s your, you know, rubber chicken, 25 page, you know, plan with, with multicolored graphs in it. And don&#x27;t you feel just fine. And most people come in and talk to me and my team and say, well, no, I don&#x27;t really feel just fine. How about you, coach?</p><p><strong>21:37</strong> Yeah. I mean, feeling is not, is, is not a good thing. I mean, you need to have proof. And why, why do you feel fine? Well, I mean, if you don&#x27;t have an income plan, Russ, you shouldn&#x27;t feel fine because you&#x27;re going to go to retirement. You&#x27;re going to start taking money out of your stock accounts. If you don&#x27;t have a real income plan and you&#x27;re never going to have fun because you&#x27;re always going to be worried if you&#x27;re taking too much. And if the market&#x27;s in a, in a downward cycle, you&#x27;re never going to be able to come back because you&#x27;re going to liquidate those losses because you need the money to live on. That&#x27;s why we can&#x27;t have all the money we need for income in the stock market, period. And so if you want a real income plan, Thomas, tell folks how they can get that real income plan. Yeah, I&#x27;d be happy to. It all begins with a conversation that discusses where you are right now and where you want to be in retirement. To begin that conversation, start it with a phone call, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. We also have a great way you can</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> text us. Maybe you&#x27;re a bit of an introvert like me, or you&#x27;re in the car and you just want to start with that text message. Get the conversation started. That&#x27;s the most important thing more than anything. And that keyword is plan because that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. Keyword plan to the number 600-700, plan to 600-700. That number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You know, guys, while you&#x27;ve been talking, I&#x27;ve tried to pull up some stats here. And it&#x27;s interesting. Did you know that people who check their portfolios daily earn 40% less on average? I had to pause there for a minute. I was shocked by it. Well, the worst enemy of the investor is themselves because emotions get in the way and the fog of war, they call it. When you&#x27;re watching a stock go down, you might make some bad decisions. When it goes up, the same thing. You might start buying more when it goes up.</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> What we see is people usually sell when it goes down and buy when it goes up. And it&#x27;s exactly opposite about what Warren Buffett always said. It&#x27;s the truth, though. I have Morningstar here says investors trade four times more after negative news weeks. So there you go. What do you think? Right. And Wall Street loves that because they just, when you trade, they make money, right? If you avoid short-term trading, then you make money because you make money off things that generate income. You make money off the companies that produce profits, right? But if you try to do a bunch of back and forth, back and forth, you&#x27;re just competing with a million other people, some of whom are just, and about a thousand computers, by the way. And you&#x27;re trying to add value when there really is no value to be added.</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> If you&#x27;re paying someone to manage your money, they better be managing your money. That&#x27;s all I have to say. We see a lot of folks that are just collecting fees and not doing anything for their clients, and that&#x27;s not good. So again, get the plan that is something you deserve, the plan that&#x27;s going to be one that&#x27;s customized for you. I know, Russ, you do a great job of customizing plans, folks. So if you want to get your customized lifetime plan that not only has income, but also has proper balance of where your money is right now, where it should be, and keep some money in the stock market, but has true managed growth attached to it, or the attempt or the chance of managed growth, wait, that has true managed growth attached to it, Thomas, that&#x27;s what they need to get. So call right now and get an appointment with Russ and his team. All right, folks, listen, if you&#x27;re wondering if your retirement plan is set up to handle these future challenges, the number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to the number</p><p><strong>25:01</strong> 600-700, plan to 600-700. Welcome back into the program, having a great conversation here, going to continue it with Russell Hackman, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend. He&#x27;s with Hackman Wealth Management. Also in studio with me is Dave Perkins. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and leading the charge bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking about why today&#x27;s annuities aren&#x27;t the lousy ones you&#x27;ve heard about. And I think this is going to be a great conversation because I think a lot of us can hear a rumor or think something and apply it across the whole spectrum of things when it&#x27;s completely not true. I think of like, you know, eight tracks. They were clunky, they were confusing, hard to get in and out, but that doesn&#x27;t mean music is bad. Right, right. Or that other forms of ways to get it were bad. Exactly, exactly. So let&#x27;s start</p><p><strong>25:53</strong> at the beginning where, you know, not everybody has, you know, a bad taste in their mouth with the word annuity, but for those who do, why do you think that happened? Well, I mean, for one thing, there&#x27;s some money managers out there, we&#x27;ll leave them unnamed for now, that basically market against annuities and say, hey, and they just sort of wave their hands and say, hey, all annuities are terrible and too expensive. And what you need is us charging you a point and a quarter, a point and a half forever. So there&#x27;s a lot of self-serving advertising. You know, number two is there are some previous generations of annuities that were kind of lousy and some people are still in them. And, you know, if you&#x27;re out there and in these, don&#x27;t fear there, there are remedies out there,</p><p><strong>26:43</strong> but there&#x27;s a class of products that call that&#x27;s called variable annuities, right, that can have like 3% fees again, you know, an annuity is just an investment contract with an insurance company. So when you did, when you generalize and say just, hey, annuities are terrible, you know, that&#x27;s like saying all mutual funds are terrible, you know, it&#x27;s just not true. And, you know, today&#x27;s annuities, as Coach and I talk about, you know, they can give you guaranteed lifetime income for you and your spouse. And someone, and by the way, if something happens to you in the early years, your beneficiaries, you know, get the money. So someone tell me what&#x27;s wrong with lifetime income, right?</p><p><strong>27:31</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s misunderstood, but you have some, a lot of folks on the radio or in the media that are talking negative about annuities all the time. Matter of fact, I used to be a Dave Ramsey, SmartVestor Pro. And I decided to resign last year because Dave kept slamming annuities all the time. And I said, Dave, it&#x27;s malpractice to be saying bad things about annuities all the time when you&#x27;re cheating people out of a lifetime income by saying that, because a lot of people do whatever Dave says they do. And then it turns out Dave isn&#x27;t even licensed in the financial world to be giving any advice. And therefore people are, it&#x27;s sort of like a guy who&#x27;s not a doctor telling you to cut your hand off if it hurts. It won&#x27;t hurt anymore. Got some leeches for you. So I just couldn&#x27;t, I couldn&#x27;t stand it anymore. I said, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense for you to be slamming annuities. Now I said, I did admit there are some bad annuities out there, but they&#x27;re not all bad. Sort of like,</p><p><strong>28:21</strong> you know, I had a bad car once. I had a 1968 Volkswagen Bug. I had to push start it. I had to push it, jump in and pop the clutch. But just because I had bad experiences in that car didn&#x27;t mean I never bought a car again. Cars have improved every year, just like annuities. So if you haven&#x27;t looked at an annuity in the last 10 years, even the last five years, you&#x27;re cheating yourself out of a potential worry-free retirement that you&#x27;re not going to get in the stock market. And I would love to focus on that because that&#x27;s really what it&#x27;s all about. People can focus on a name, but what we&#x27;re trying to do here is drive a solution to a worry-free retirement. And the way that we like to focus on that is by focusing on two aspects of a retirement plan in general. That&#x27;s the core, that&#x27;s the explorer. And unfortunately, social security can&#x27;t help us completely satisfy</p><p><strong>29:06</strong> our core. And this is where elements like the annuity are able to come in and be that superpower to fulfill that. Isn&#x27;t that right, Coach? Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I mean, you know, superpower is a good thing. I&#x27;ve pictured missile silos. So you&#x27;ve got plenty of income missiles, missile silos when you have the income annuity. Every single year, it reloads it and then it fires off more income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money if you have a lifetime income annuity. And nothing else, Russ, nothing else I know of, your piggy bank will run out of money eventually. Your stock market, if it&#x27;s stocks, especially if the market&#x27;s down, your bonds, cash them in, they&#x27;re gone. Savings bonds, everything runs out except for a lifetime income annuity. So now it&#x27;s not a perfect fit for every part of your money, but for money you&#x27;re going to need for income, we need to figure out how much income you need. And then let&#x27;s</p><p><strong>29:51</strong> make sure we get you that income with 100% certainty it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life. Now, that&#x27;s not rocket science. That&#x27;s just common sense 101. And a lot of people overlook that, again, trying to chase the best returns or listening to the wrong people on the radio, unfortunately. That&#x27;s absolutely right, Coach. And it&#x27;s not like you own no equities when you have a lifetime income annuity. You can have 30, 40, 50% of your money in equities, and you should have a decent amount because that really helps you keep up with inflation over the very long term. Correct. But you can&#x27;t be having 70 or 80% of your money in stocks and funds, or you certainly</p><p><strong>30:41</strong> shouldn&#x27;t be having any money in bond funds. That&#x27;s just dead money. And if someone wants to explain to me why bond funds are better than something that pays lifetime income, I mean, I think that that&#x27;s just a debate that&#x27;s over before it starts. Well, in the money world, it&#x27;s widely known that we should follow something called the investment rule of 100. And it takes your age. Whatever your age is, put a percentage after that. So I&#x27;m 59. So 59% of my money should be in a safe place. Well, if I&#x27;m going to be in a safe place, I might as well have lifetime income with that safe place. So 59% of my money should be in a lifetime income annuity. And so again, rule of thumb, if you&#x27;re a very big risk taker, you love to go to Vegas every couple of months and lose money, then maybe you don&#x27;t need as much money in safe places. But me, I never want</p><p><strong>31:27</strong> to have to worry about where the money&#x27;s going to come from. And I never want to have to worry if the money&#x27;s there at all. And so I really do endorse the lifetime income annuity for the retirement plan. And so Thomas, tell folks how they can get their own review. And we will go over the complete investment rule of 100 with them and put together a total retirement plan that does encompass some of the lifetime income plans in there. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m proud to be here because it&#x27;s all about that total retirement income plan. Folks, pick up the phone right now and take advantage of this opportunity to speak with a true fiduciary advisor, not someone who&#x27;s just going to take that one hammer off his tube belt, but someone who truly has a range of tools to be able to help you create a balanced plan. The number 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the</p><p><strong>32:18</strong> number 600-700. Now get this statistic. And you&#x27;re going to call me out on this, coach. I know you are, because I&#x27;m going to say AARP. And you&#x27;re going to say, what does that mean? Because we define our terms. Is it the American Association of Retired Persons? Anyways, I haven&#x27;t joined yet. I don&#x27;t know. Get this. Six in 10 retirees wish they had invested in a safe product sooner. That&#x27;s experience right there talking. Well, because, I mean, we get caught up in the euphoria of a market going up. And so we throw money in. We never should have put in there. Then we don&#x27;t realize it until the market&#x27;s way down that we made a big mistake. So don&#x27;t make the mistake. Let me tell you right now, before you do it, don&#x27;t do that. You know, again, have that proper balance that Russ talks about. Have the proper plan. Have a total retirement plan that has risk, safety, and lifetime income. Thomas, everyone</p><p><strong>33:06</strong> listening is entitled to that if they call right now. All right, folks, let&#x27;s do this. Listen, Wall Street bets on volatility, but Russ and coach can bet on sleep at night. Income is how you win the game. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700. Plan to 600-700. For Russ Hackman, for Dave, for Thomas, and for Jose, it&#x27;s Coach Pete. We&#x27;ll see you next week right here on the show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Russ Hackmann, author of Wall Street Is Not Your Friend, joins Coach Pete, Thomas Lipscomb, and Dave Perkins to discuss market risk, financial blind spots, and retirement income. Their January 2026 conversation covers purchasing power, portfolio costs, annuities, and the purpose of different financial tools.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Russ Hackmann</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Russ Hackmann, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/image.jpg?t=1792073230&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/russ-hackmann-wall-street-blind-spots-and-a-retirement-income-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/image.jpg?t=1792073230&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba</guid>
      <omny:clipId>444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 17:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>2014</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/444f39f2-c8df-4436-a4c5-b4e200f432ba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="32256961" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/russ-hackmann-wall-street-blind-spots-and-a-retirement-income-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>24</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Russ Hackmann" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:08" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:22:06" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:26:12" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Casey: CES 2026, AI, and the Next Wave of Technology</title>
      <itunes:title>Joe Casey: CES 2026, AI, and the Next Wave of Technology</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joe Casey shares his impressions of CES 2026 with Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss artificial intelligence, robotics, quantum computing, blockchain, and how emerging technology could change work and investing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the program. Coming up, we&#x27;re joined by Joe Casey, who just got back from CES 2026 in studio with me. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb is America&#x27;s wealth coach and best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Thomas, what do we do on our show? We define our terms. Yes, what is CES? Oh, please don&#x27;t. Joe, can you help me? Consumer Electronics Show, Thomas. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s absolutely right. Consumer Electronics Show, where they show all the neat stuff that&#x27;s coming up that you can&#x27;t afford. Yeah, exactly. And they tease you because a lot of this stuff&#x27;s not available yet, probably. But I didn&#x27;t go, and it&#x27;s been a long time since I went to CES, probably about 10 years, a decade. But back when I was growing up, my dad had computer stores, and we would go to a show once a year in Atlanta and Vegas called Comdex.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It was a show with all the new computer stuff that was coming up. Nice. I was geeking out there. But, Joe, how was the event? Was it worthwhile attending? Absolutely. The event was eye-opening. And, you know, I thoroughly enjoyed it. Saw a lot of cool stuff. I mean, just like you said, stuff that&#x27;s not available yet, but is coming. And got to play off a few gadgets. And, you know, some of the things, and, of course, I won&#x27;t get into it just yet, but some of the stuff that I just walked out of the CES show and said, you know what, I understand AI now much, much better. Well, yeah, right now it&#x27;s just basically a Google on steroids is what AI is for most people. But what do you see AI becoming here in the next, let&#x27;s say, five years and a decade?</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Well, I see it really being a game changer. You know, when you look back at the Internet and when the Internet came out, it gave such usability. It gave companies a way to scale. And you see companies today coming online. I kind of like to look at it like, you know, like Starbucks. Those are what I call atom companies. Those are companies that have to have thousands of stores to, you know, service millions of customers, right? Well, today, AI, you&#x27;re able to deploy very, very sophisticated software using a cloud base. And companies are able to scale like nothing you&#x27;ve ever seen. I mean, they can go to these billion-dollar valuations literally in a very, very short period of time.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And just to hear about what AI is becoming and what it is, it just opened my eyes. This year was fantastic. So when you&#x27;re a startup company, one of the main problems is finding enough people to help you get to become a big company. So I think AI can eliminate that need for a lot of employees, can&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Absolutely. And, you know, when you look at AI&#x27;s, the trajectory of AI, and of course, I&#x27;m guilty of just using it for, like you said, Google on steroids, going to chat GPT and asking, you know, can you reword this letter for me? Yeah. And, you know, that&#x27;s just the way I&#x27;ve used it. But there&#x27;s so much more application when it comes to AI. So who were the big attendees, like who had the biggest booth there at the CES? I would say NVIDIA probably had the biggest display.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Okay. They had all of their robots and cars. And probably the most interesting thing that I saw, which I saw a lot of interesting things, was the Tensor. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve heard of that name before, but Tensor has a robo car that you&#x27;re going to be able to buy. And this is an autonomous, a Gen Tech type of AI that basically the steering wheel disappears, the foot pedals disappear, and this thing takes you to where you&#x27;re going. And it was absolutely mind-boggling to watch this. It was just like out of a sci-fi movie. So do you get in the car and you see the steering wheel and the gas pedals and they disappear in front of you? Or do you mean they&#x27;re not even there to begin with? No, no. They&#x27;re there. You can drive. Oh, okay. And then when the car takes over, the steering wheel pulls into the dashboard, a screen goes over, the pedals disappear into the floor.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And that way the driver can&#x27;t, you can&#x27;t do anything. Yeah. You just sit back and enjoy. Keeps user error from happening. That reminds me of the movie iRobot with Will Smith and the police were coming after him and the whole car basically could shut itself down. Yeah. What was that show, the movies that the kids liked with the Transformers? Yeah. Where things were turning into different things right in front of you, right? Yeah, totally. Wow. That&#x27;s pretty cool. Did they have rides available in that car or was it just a display thing? You know, they had it displayed in the Fountain Blue Hotel, and I&#x27;m sure at some point, you know, certain folks probably could take a test ride. But it wasn&#x27;t there for me to do the test ride. I&#x27;d love to have done it, but it was in the hotel. You could get in it. You could check it all out.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was amazing. The Fountain Blue is an amazing hotel over there. It&#x27;s a gigantic place. It&#x27;s a gigantic place. Exactly. You know, I have an office in Vegas, so after work that day, I went over to Capitol Grill, which is right across from, like, Wynn and all the, like, where all a lot of stuff was going on. And in the bar, I looked around the restaurant. I didn&#x27;t see a single woman in that restaurant. It was all techie kind of guys, so that explains it. It looked like a bunch of NVIDIA guys in there at Capitol Grill. Well, that would explain it for sure. Now, NVIDIA had probably a big display, too, right, because they&#x27;re a big AI company with the chips. Oh, yeah. Yeah, they had, you know, some of their servers out there. They had some of their robots. They had some video of, you know, futuristic goals that they&#x27;re pressing toward.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And, you know, just a huge display. All right. So autonomous cars, that&#x27;s what I think about the future. You know, that would not have surprised me when I go to CES because you see the futuristic things like that, a lot of AI stuff. What really surprised you? Like, you weren&#x27;t expecting to see at CES this year. Well, I would say, you know, obviously, AI was going to be there, no doubt. Oh, yeah. But probably the thing that it wasn&#x27;t, I guess it wasn&#x27;t so much of what I saw. It was the impression that I took away. And it was like embracing AI as more of a platform that you put in your business, that you put to work in your life.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> That was probably the greatest thing that I took away. Probably the coolest things that I saw was the RoboCar. That was off the chart. A lot of the smart glasses. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve ever tried those, but the smart glasses, especially if I was a retiree, I&#x27;m 52, the smart glasses is going to be a game changer. If I was a retiree, you know, 60, 65, I&#x27;ll tell you right now, I would 100% get these smart glasses because they&#x27;re freaking amazing. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve ever tried any. Well, if you haven&#x27;t. I bought them twice and never used them. I got the first generation, and then I just got the, well, I didn&#x27;t buy the second one. I got it as a gift at Christmas time, but I haven&#x27;t ever used them. But I have seen online, there are some, like, non-name brand smart glasses.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You know, you get these ads on Facebook all the time. One would translate for you. One would tape every single minute of your day just in case you forgot what was going on, which, again, is good for people as we get older, we forget things. So you can&#x27;t say you don&#x27;t remember anymore. So you just look at it through the glasses and say, hey, remind me of what this looks like. So I don&#x27;t know. I kind of like playing dumb sometimes. For sure. Not going to be able to do that anymore. Check. All right. Personal robots. Go ahead. Sorry. I was going to say another thing I saw that was good because I brush my teeth. I know it&#x27;s kind of corny. But I brush my teeth. I floss. But I hate doing it. But I still do it two times a day. And they had toothbrushes there that you were able to brush and floss at the same time.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And so it was made by company Soccas. I believe. S-O-C-C-A-S. And check that out if you ever get a chance. It was really, really cool. C-C-A-S. S-O-O-C-A-S. Yeah. I can&#x27;t pronounce it. Now, that&#x27;s pretty funny because, I mean, in order to, because there&#x27;s a gap between your teeth, that&#x27;s where the floss has to go. So how does it know that? Does it have a camera built into the toothbrush? Well, it has a water. It has a water spout on it. Okay. Yep. That it shoots the water between your teeth. Okay. Well, I have one of those things that squirts water into whatever you call it. Water pick. Water pick. Yeah. Water pick. And when I used to use it, I would never have cavities.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> So it really worked. I have to go to the dentist tomorrow. Well, I was really impressed. You&#x27;ve got the brush and you&#x27;ve got the water pick all in one. And I&#x27;m definitely going to get me one of those and try them out. Yeah. Well, that makes sense. I thought you were going to say you just put it in your mouth and it brushes your teeth for you and then you spit it out when you&#x27;re done. That&#x27;s the next generation. Nanobots going in and just doing their job for a few seconds. Now, speaking of bots, what kind of personal robots did you see? Well, you know, they had robots folding clothes. They had them moving dishes around in the kitchens. And so a lot of, you know, homemaking type robots that I found very cool because, you know, most of the ones you see are the ones that&#x27;s, you know, sweeping up the floor. Yeah. And, you know, the little black thing running around.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> We have a couple of those here. We have a couple of those here. You know, I think of when you talk about folding clothes, I think about the Jetsons. Rosie. Rosie was a little maid robot. And so one thing I hate doing is laundry, but I do my own laundry and I really hate folding. So that would be, I would buy a robot today if they would get promised to fold my clothes and hang them. Well, it was a little slow, but I could see over some time that the technology is really, really going to emerge. Now, I met the new owner of Napster while I was there. And, you know, Napster, you know, you remember from the 90s. Yeah, a long time ago. Yep. This guy, he bought the Napster company and he now, that program now, you can use it for</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> like young artists. Any artist could use it. And basically, it will take your music that you&#x27;re making and license it. I mean, it does the whole thing for you. It&#x27;s really, it&#x27;s something you probably should check out at some time. That&#x27;s pretty neat. You know, I remember Napster. I mean, that was the first place I got free music from back in the day. Exactly. That was me too. Yep. Me too. That&#x27;s great. It&#x27;s the whole industry and the industry has not stopped since then, really. That&#x27;s true. How about new players? I mean, like Napster&#x27;s a new player from an old name, but what about the new ones that are coming that are like, all right, so we got the robots, we got the cars. Oh, Thomas wanted to ask about TVs. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah. So, I saw an announcement that, and I&#x27;m not sure the brand, it might have been LG, but they did a wallpaper television that was less than a centimeter thin.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Did you see that? Yeah. Yes, yes, that was really cool. I took a bunch of pictures, got some info, and that&#x27;s something that I&#x27;m very interested in purchasing. Yeah, that&#x27;s pretty amazing, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, the technology. Absolutely. And there were several different brands there. You know, they had some from China, some various places, but yeah, your major TV brands were there. They had their displays, but the TV, I mean, that screen was super, I mean, you could literally glue it to the wall. Wow. It was crazy. What do you think the price point for something like that&#x27;s, I guess, a good, the size? What about a 50-inch one of those? What do you think those are going to go for? You know, it&#x27;s going to be hard to say, but I would say at least, at least, probably you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> in the lower thousands at this point. Wow. But that stuff will come down quickly as more competitors emerge. You know, we just ordered 200-inch ones for our new auditorium we have on our third floor, and one of them was cracked when we got it, but we didn&#x27;t know it until we opened it four months later. Well, now you&#x27;re going to be able to get just these panels and just lay them out across the wall wherever you want. That&#x27;s amazing, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s true, though. It&#x27;s amazing. Yeah. Well, we grew up with the big, fat TVs. Remember how heavy those were? Oh, yeah. The 32-inch one was gigantic, and it took two guys to move it. Yeah, yeah. Crazy. The tube. Remember the big tube? So we got rid of the tubes, and we had plasma. I mean, I haven&#x27;t heard the word plasma TV in forever, have you? I mean, those are the big things that never really came.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Sort of like Blu-ray. Remember, Blu-ray was out, then it was gone. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. I mean, it&#x27;s funny how fast things change. I mean, I grew up in, I missed eight-track cassettes, but I had regular cassette. That&#x27;s what Columbia House was nice enough to send me a bunch of times. The cassette tapes. I still got my collection. I&#x27;ve got a big old tote tray full of them. Nice. So how big was this? Did they have it in the convention center, and they&#x27;re already spread out to different hotels, or did they have it all over different hotels? That was a little overwhelming. You had several of the convention halls set up, and then they had five of the major hotels. They had speakers and panelists off and on all day long. I thoroughly enjoyed listening to some of the panelists talk, and just hearing some of the techie guys</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> and some Hollywood producers and CEOs, just hearing them all collaborate together was very powerful. Well, you know, Hollywood&#x27;s not going to have to have these gigantic scenes anymore. They&#x27;re not going to have to pay a whole bunch of people. They&#x27;ll just have it all in CG. Well, something more advanced than CGI, but they&#x27;ll be able to do it all on a computer. Sort of like Game of Thrones. Game of Thrones did a lot of that, by the way, too. They did a lot of the graphics added on. One of the gentlemen from Warner Brothers, he was talking about that. I don&#x27;t know if you know this yet, but they&#x27;re coming out with a Barbie 2. That&#x27;s what he said, that they&#x27;re making the Barbie 2 movie, and it&#x27;s going to have some of these effects and all this stuff in it, and it&#x27;s going to be really, really good. Pretty amazing. Now, tell folks, you&#x27;re not just a normal person that&#x27;s going to CES. You&#x27;ve got a pretty big tech background. Where&#x27;d you go to college? Well, I went to Ohio State, and I&#x27;ve attended MIT, and I love tech.</p><p><strong>14:11</strong> I love digging into the stuff. I&#x27;m the guy that wants to know how the watch works. I get it. Now, you said Ohio State. Usually when someone says Ohio State, they say the Ohio State. The Ohio State, yeah. Thomas, you&#x27;ve heard that before, right? You watch any football game when the guys announce where they&#x27;re from. The Ohio State. Which I&#x27;ve been to Columbus. It&#x27;s a nice place. I mean, I&#x27;ve been to Notre Dame, too. Those are like nice college towns. Yeah. Yeah. I had a subway store not far from campus there on 23, and it was the number one subway store in Columbus because of the college. There you go. It was good old days back then. Nice, nice. Now, you were looking at a lot of things there, and I&#x27;m sure, because you&#x27;re a big investor, too.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> You like to invest in stocks and play the market the right way. Do you see any – did you notice any maybe small companies that no one&#x27;s ever heard of that you might think are ready to explode with the products they have? You know, I&#x27;m still compiling that thought. I&#x27;m doing some research, and, you know – Thomas, he doesn&#x27;t want to share, in other words. He&#x27;s going to his beard. When he goes to his beard, you know, he&#x27;s thinking. Contemplating, contemplating. No, I mean, it&#x27;s pretty neat, though. It&#x27;s a great way. Oh, yeah. I mean, anyone who&#x27;s up and coming is going to be at CES, and if they&#x27;re not there, it may not be tomorrow, but it may not be next year. But the next five years, some of those companies you saw are going to be big names. Oh, absolutely. And, you know, the one thing that I&#x27;m looking for when I&#x27;m looking for these types of investments, I&#x27;m looking for people that have big vision and that are looking to be a disruptor.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> You know, you take Elon Musk. You know, his goal is to colonize Mars. I mean, that&#x27;s just like way up there. And, you know, these companies, fortunately, you know, when you aim high, that, you know, you might not hit the stars, but you&#x27;re going to get into the atmosphere of space. And that&#x27;s what – when you&#x27;re looking at these companies, seeing the technology and hearing their ambitions, you know, do they have an open architecture that you could see this company really, really making some waves. And I think a recent example – And really the cloud – I would say a recent example of that is NVIDIA. We just had a clip on our show recently where the president was talking about because we provide the chips to everybody. They&#x27;re that foundational structure. Yes. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important to get those kind of companies.</p><p><strong>16:44</strong> But then also the ones that are – no one&#x27;s heard of yet. Exactly. And then all of a sudden everyone hears about. But it&#x27;s too late to get in almost. So true. So true. It&#x27;s the meteoric rise, they call it. So how about Elon&#x27;s tunnel? Did you get a ride down there in his tunnel? You know, I didn&#x27;t get in the tunnel, but I saw cars coming out of it, and I was very impressed. I wanted to get in there, but it didn&#x27;t happen. C&#x27;est la vie. What was your favorite interactive display? Because, you know, a lot of these companies spend millions sometimes on their displays. Oh, yeah. Well, one of the displays that really caught my attention was they had a display there where they had an omnidirectional treadmill. And there was a guy that was in the VR suit, and basically he was in Ready Player One total.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> I mean, he had the whole getup. And, you know, they had a bunch of demonstrations going on, lots of people in those suits. And I was watching what they were seeing in the TV, and I thought, oh, my God. Gaming is coming a long way. And this is the evolution of the gaming industry right here. You know, when you think about gaming growing up, it was the fat kid that would just sit inside and play on the, like, sit in front of the TV. But now you have interactive gaming where you can get in shape by playing games. And that makes sense. I told Thomas, and Jose, you&#x27;ve probably heard this too, back in the day I played a game called Halo. Oh, yeah. Halo was on the Xbox back then. And my rule back then, and my bedroom was underneath my workout room, so my wife would hear me because I&#x27;d start playing the game like at 12 at night and go all the way.</p><p><strong>18:19</strong> But my rule was I had to ride the exercise bike while I was playing Halo. Nice. So it&#x27;s funny. So when I started being chased, I would pedal faster, even though it had nothing to do with the game. But I was in really good shape, so I made myself work out to play the game. But now you&#x27;re going to have to work out to play the games because if not, you&#x27;re going to get killed too easily. Yeah. So it makes sense. Yeah. Good incentive. One thing that did stand out too that I just, I don&#x27;t know, I just never had thought of this, but listening to a lot of the CEOs of these different companies speak and some of the producers at Hollywood, they are bringing influencers out now and allowing them to stream from the TV set. They&#x27;re bringing them into these companies and allowing them to stream to their audiences.</p><p><strong>19:09</strong> And that&#x27;s how these movies, they clearly said it. That&#x27;s how these movies go through these huge ticket sales prior, you know, as the movie&#x27;s coming out because they let these streamers are coming in. And I thought that was very, very interesting. You have to build the excitement because back in the day, they would maybe six months before a movie would come out. You started hearing about it. Then you started seeing advertisements on TV. But it would be like a six-month runway into the movie. Nowadays, the movies don&#x27;t even go to this theater a lot of times. They come right to Netflix or Amazon or something like that. So everything&#x27;s changing. And influencers are becoming a big part of that too. Oh, big part. I was very impressed with that. One word I&#x27;ll drop in there for you is agentic AI. It&#x27;s something that you probably want to get to know better. That&#x27;s going to probably be a trillion-dollar industry before you know it.</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> And that&#x27;s something to really, you know, explore, find companies that are focused on agentic top of AI. That&#x27;s going to be your autonomous top AI. And that&#x27;s going to be the big, big thing here down the road. So AI without you having to be around, I guess, right? That&#x27;s exactly it. Okay. A self-driving car, for example, would be agentic AI. Okay. That&#x27;s what we always hear about, self-driving car. What else could we, like, what other? You think it would be self-driving planes down the road? You get on a plane and there&#x27;s no pilot up there? You know, I&#x27;m sure that&#x27;ll eventually be the case. It&#x27;s kind of scary. I don&#x27;t want to be that first few guys that get in there and, you know. So anything else that excited you during the show?</p><p><strong>20:46</strong> You know, I just going through and just seeing the technology, seeing the massage chairs, that was pretty exciting. Because now they&#x27;ve got them where they&#x27;ll stretch your whole body out. And so that was pretty nice. Really, just being overwhelmed is probably the word. You can only see so many things before your brain&#x27;s just, ugh. But it was so many cool things. There was a couple. Oh, I&#x27;ll tell you something that I saw that was really interesting. And you may have seen these before and you may not have. They had crafts there that are full size. And you can put one or two people in and fly them around.</p><p><strong>21:31</strong> It&#x27;s a giant drone that you can fly your body around in. Like, I could buy this thing, get in it here at my house, and fly on the other side of town to my buddy&#x27;s house. That would come in handy in New York City where they have a lot of traffic, wouldn&#x27;t it? You know, you just fly over the traffic. Oh, man. That&#x27;s pretty neat. I couldn&#x27;t believe what I was seeing. When I was looking, I was like, wow. Either I&#x27;m behind on my knowledge here or this is new. So do you get in it like, I remember Orville and Wilbur Wright, they get in there like Superman. Is that what you do? Is it big enough? It&#x27;s a big drone, then. It&#x27;s a big drone. It&#x27;s got big blades on it. And I&#x27;m sure it has some limitations, but you can literally get in this thing and fly over to your buddy&#x27;s house. You&#x27;ve got to make sure you don&#x27;t cut somebody&#x27;s head off with those blades, too, right?</p><p><strong>22:17</strong> Oh, yeah. Yeah. The blades were no joke. They were huge. What is it? Battery-powered, I guess, right? Yeah. So did it have new battery technology coming out? Did you see anything like that? Because that&#x27;s always a big thing. You know, I didn&#x27;t see very much on that. I&#x27;m sure it was there because, you know, obviously the battery is powering all of our stuff. We want better and better. You know, Jackery had some great solar batteries there. They had a huge gazebo design that you can buy and put in your backyard. At the same time, it&#x27;s a whole charging station. So that was kind of cool. That&#x27;s pretty cool, yeah. How much was the big drone that could fly you around? I&#x27;m interested. You know, I didn&#x27;t see the price on that. I didn&#x27;t see no price out there.</p><p><strong>23:03</strong> I just think of the last time I tried to fly a drone. It would be like me real life morrowing something. Oh, my God. Well, we had Caesar in our office. He got his drone stuck in a tree. I wouldn&#x27;t want to get stuck in a tree if I&#x27;m in a drone. Oh, my God. You heard about your cat being stuck in a tree. You had to call the fire department to get the cat out of the tree. Now you have to call the fire department to get people out of the tree. Get people out of the tree. Well, my husband&#x27;s in the tree again. All right, we&#x27;ll be right over. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s good. So how did they have the show? I know you said it was spread out all amongst a bunch of different hotels and the conference, whatever they call it, the convention center. How did they have the booths divided? Did they have them in different sections? Like you went to Tomorrow World over here and you went to sort of like Disney. You had different places? Yes. They had it customized by theme.</p><p><strong>23:50</strong> And so you could see some of the cars here. You could see some of the health and nutrition things. Oh, that&#x27;s another thing I saw. I saw this one workout gym. It&#x27;s called Monster Gym, I believe was the name of. Gym Monster. That&#x27;s the name of it. And this is the granddaddy of home fitness. It&#x27;s a very small thing that you can literally fold up, but it&#x27;s got the technology built into it. It&#x27;s like having two, 300-pound weights that you can bench press. You can do all kinds of stuff. And it&#x27;s the whole thing that folds out. And it was made really, really well. I was like, wow. But when you&#x27;re done, you just literally fold it up and it&#x27;s like hardly anything. Because that&#x27;s a complaint a lot of times people have. And they have to go to the gym because they don&#x27;t have enough room at their house for all that equipment and everything.</p><p><strong>24:39</strong> So that&#x27;s pretty neat. I was really impressed of how functioning this thing was. And you literally pull it out. You do whatever workout. I mean, from squats to bench press. I mean, the whole thing. And then you just kind of package it right back up and boom, it&#x27;s done. It reminds me of that bed that people used to have. They&#x27;d pull it out of the wall and the bed would come out. When you&#x27;re done, you&#x27;d throw the bed back in the wall. That&#x27;s pretty much it, yeah. But they did have it all divided up by sections. Okay. And it was really neat. So what innovation made you say, why hasn&#x27;t this existed before? That&#x27;s a good question. And I would say that it&#x27;s hard to really pinpoint something. Because I was like a kid in a candy store just walking around.</p><p><strong>25:27</strong> The clothes folding thing sounds cool to me. Oh, that&#x27;s number one. That and the flying, the little drone that can fly from one side of the city to the other. That&#x27;s neat. Yeah. I would say the drone was probably that. I was like, wow, I&#x27;m surprised it&#x27;s kind of taken this long. Because drones have been out for a long time. Yep. And, you know, and again, I may just be behind in that area. But when I saw that, I was like, wow. The gaming, I&#x27;ll tell you, the gaming had came a long, long way. Just seeing those people in the full gear. I can&#x27;t remember the name of what you call that. But just seeing the folks in the VR glasses and the suits. And then watching them play the game on the TV.</p><p><strong>26:14</strong> It was just amazing. All right. Two more points and then I&#x27;ll let you go. But, I mean, your phone. I&#x27;ve always told Thomas, you know, there&#x27;s going to come a time where we&#x27;re not carrying our phone around all the time. I mean, it&#x27;s a burden. But I have my credit cards in here, too. So this is my wallet, basically. But, I mean, is there going to come a time where you don&#x27;t have to have a phone, but you can still have all the functionality you have with the phone right now? I think so. I think eventually you&#x27;re going to have some type of futuristic device that, whether that&#x27;s a band you put around your wrist and it has a small projection that when you hit the button, it kind of pops up and, you know, you got everything kind of almost in the air. Yep. I did see a phone there, though, that was really, really amazing. It was a very, very thin phone that it was like a tri-fold.</p><p><strong>27:00</strong> It folded out and it was the size of an iPad. And it was big. But then when you folded it back up, it was basically like this iPhone I got right here. Yeah. That was really interesting. Samsung, it was one of their brands and it was pretty much brand new. So eventually you&#x27;ll probably see that hit the market at some point. Because you know all these companies are trying to come out with the thing that replaces the phone, right? Oh, yeah. But I guess it&#x27;s a ways down the road. Now, this wasn&#x27;t your first trade show. You&#x27;ve been to CES before, right? Yeah. How do you compare this to others? Well, it had been a while since I had been. And this one just seemed to have a lot more action. You just saw a lot more people.</p><p><strong>27:46</strong> There were a lot more gadgets. And just I think the thing that I believe really made the difference was the panelists that they had pulled together. And I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;re going to keep doing this more and more in the future. And that was really impressive. So did you go to some of those speeches? Yeah. It was like I went to a conference. I went to a conference and I went to a trade show. What was your favorite speaker? Who was your favorite speaker? It was a panelist that basically was speaking on the future of the coaching and digital marketing industry. Ah, that&#x27;s cool. And it was a combination of you had a guy there from Twitch. You had a guy. One of them was a Hollywood producer. Substack had a big presence there. I don&#x27;t know if you know what Substack is.</p><p><strong>28:32</strong> It&#x27;s like YouTube except you own your own stuff. So that was probably some of the highlight of the speaking and panelists. I&#x27;ve told my staff we need to have a Substack page, but it never happens. Yeah. I guess I&#x27;m going to do it again. Thomas is getting worried. I see him over there. I was very impressed. The owner of Substack was there and he was talking about where they&#x27;re at, where they&#x27;re going, and just how they work with the people that&#x27;s on their site. So definitely check that out. So you say this year is just more bigger, more faster, more better. It sounds like just everything, the excitement level seems to be higher. I think the excitement level was super high because AI was just everywhere. And if you could just put yourself back in those couple days, you were there for two or three days probably.</p><p><strong>29:21</strong> What was the most exciting moment that you had where you just felt excited about the future? Oh, that&#x27;s when I won. I pulled the handle and all of a sudden this big thing started flashing. It said I won. Oh, yeah? How much did you win? How much did you win? You win a lot? For IRS purposes, we&#x27;ll keep it under $10,000. Yeah, we&#x27;ll keep it under $10,000. But I would say probably the biggest thing was leaving the show, I felt like I had a new perspective on what AI is really going to become down the road. And it got me really fired up. I&#x27;m thinking about going back and taking some classes at MIT on a GenTech and on some of that AI so that I can better incorporate it into my business and so forth.</p><p><strong>30:09</strong> So very excited about it. Well, here&#x27;s one thing I just forgot. I said it was my last question, but I&#x27;ve got one more here. But blockchain, we&#x27;ve heard so much about blockchain over the years. Were there any blockchain-type companies there showing you what the future is going to be in blockchain? Yes, yes. There were some companies there illustrating some of their stuff and blockchain. Absolutely. And blockchain is going to continue to emerge, especially with quantum computers. And you put blockchains and quantum computers together, that&#x27;s going to be a huge deal, especially when we have access to it. Yeah, I really think that that&#x27;s the future of voting. If we can perfect the voter ID, then if people vote on the blockchain, there&#x27;ll be no more cheating anymore. That&#x27;s exactly right. And so that&#x27;s the way to go. One final thing, your favorite restaurant while in Vegas.</p><p><strong>30:56</strong> My favorite restaurant, believe it or not, it was just Gordon Ramsay&#x27;s Burger Bar at the Planet Hollywood. I&#x27;ve heard good things about that, actually. Some of his other places, like Hell&#x27;s Kitchen is good, but it&#x27;s expensive and it&#x27;s a long wait. But the Burger Bar is good. The best steakhouse I&#x27;ve ever been to there is the Golden Steer. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s featured in the movie Casino. It&#x27;s one of the old-timey ones. But it&#x27;s one of the best steaks ever. So just keep that in mind. You&#x27;ve probably been there before. I&#x27;ll check that out. All right. His name is Joe Casey, and he&#x27;s one of the guys that I like to talk to when we talk about tech and also investing. Joe, thanks for your time today. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach Pete. Love it. Look forward to seeing you again soon and hanging out with you anytime, man. Call me anytime. Hey, if people wanted to contact you, how could they do that?</p><p><strong>31:41</strong> They could simply just go to CatalystWealthCoaching.com, and you&#x27;ll find all my information right there. There you go. Thanks a lot, Joe. Take care. We&#x27;ll look forward to talking to you again in the future. Yes, sir. Have a good one. Bye-bye. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joe Casey shares his impressions of CES 2026 with Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss artificial intelligence, robotics, quantum computing, blockchain, and how emerging technology could change work and investing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the program. Coming up, we&#x27;re joined by Joe Casey, who just got back from CES 2026 in studio with me. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb is America&#x27;s wealth coach and best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Thomas, what do we do on our show? We define our terms. Yes, what is CES? Oh, please don&#x27;t. Joe, can you help me? Consumer Electronics Show, Thomas. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s absolutely right. Consumer Electronics Show, where they show all the neat stuff that&#x27;s coming up that you can&#x27;t afford. Yeah, exactly. And they tease you because a lot of this stuff&#x27;s not available yet, probably. But I didn&#x27;t go, and it&#x27;s been a long time since I went to CES, probably about 10 years, a decade. But back when I was growing up, my dad had computer stores, and we would go to a show once a year in Atlanta and Vegas called Comdex.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It was a show with all the new computer stuff that was coming up. Nice. I was geeking out there. But, Joe, how was the event? Was it worthwhile attending? Absolutely. The event was eye-opening. And, you know, I thoroughly enjoyed it. Saw a lot of cool stuff. I mean, just like you said, stuff that&#x27;s not available yet, but is coming. And got to play off a few gadgets. And, you know, some of the things, and, of course, I won&#x27;t get into it just yet, but some of the stuff that I just walked out of the CES show and said, you know what, I understand AI now much, much better. Well, yeah, right now it&#x27;s just basically a Google on steroids is what AI is for most people. But what do you see AI becoming here in the next, let&#x27;s say, five years and a decade?</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Well, I see it really being a game changer. You know, when you look back at the Internet and when the Internet came out, it gave such usability. It gave companies a way to scale. And you see companies today coming online. I kind of like to look at it like, you know, like Starbucks. Those are what I call atom companies. Those are companies that have to have thousands of stores to, you know, service millions of customers, right? Well, today, AI, you&#x27;re able to deploy very, very sophisticated software using a cloud base. And companies are able to scale like nothing you&#x27;ve ever seen. I mean, they can go to these billion-dollar valuations literally in a very, very short period of time.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And just to hear about what AI is becoming and what it is, it just opened my eyes. This year was fantastic. So when you&#x27;re a startup company, one of the main problems is finding enough people to help you get to become a big company. So I think AI can eliminate that need for a lot of employees, can&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Absolutely. And, you know, when you look at AI&#x27;s, the trajectory of AI, and of course, I&#x27;m guilty of just using it for, like you said, Google on steroids, going to chat GPT and asking, you know, can you reword this letter for me? Yeah. And, you know, that&#x27;s just the way I&#x27;ve used it. But there&#x27;s so much more application when it comes to AI. So who were the big attendees, like who had the biggest booth there at the CES? I would say NVIDIA probably had the biggest display.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Okay. They had all of their robots and cars. And probably the most interesting thing that I saw, which I saw a lot of interesting things, was the Tensor. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve heard of that name before, but Tensor has a robo car that you&#x27;re going to be able to buy. And this is an autonomous, a Gen Tech type of AI that basically the steering wheel disappears, the foot pedals disappear, and this thing takes you to where you&#x27;re going. And it was absolutely mind-boggling to watch this. It was just like out of a sci-fi movie. So do you get in the car and you see the steering wheel and the gas pedals and they disappear in front of you? Or do you mean they&#x27;re not even there to begin with? No, no. They&#x27;re there. You can drive. Oh, okay. And then when the car takes over, the steering wheel pulls into the dashboard, a screen goes over, the pedals disappear into the floor.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And that way the driver can&#x27;t, you can&#x27;t do anything. Yeah. You just sit back and enjoy. Keeps user error from happening. That reminds me of the movie iRobot with Will Smith and the police were coming after him and the whole car basically could shut itself down. Yeah. What was that show, the movies that the kids liked with the Transformers? Yeah. Where things were turning into different things right in front of you, right? Yeah, totally. Wow. That&#x27;s pretty cool. Did they have rides available in that car or was it just a display thing? You know, they had it displayed in the Fountain Blue Hotel, and I&#x27;m sure at some point, you know, certain folks probably could take a test ride. But it wasn&#x27;t there for me to do the test ride. I&#x27;d love to have done it, but it was in the hotel. You could get in it. You could check it all out.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was amazing. The Fountain Blue is an amazing hotel over there. It&#x27;s a gigantic place. It&#x27;s a gigantic place. Exactly. You know, I have an office in Vegas, so after work that day, I went over to Capitol Grill, which is right across from, like, Wynn and all the, like, where all a lot of stuff was going on. And in the bar, I looked around the restaurant. I didn&#x27;t see a single woman in that restaurant. It was all techie kind of guys, so that explains it. It looked like a bunch of NVIDIA guys in there at Capitol Grill. Well, that would explain it for sure. Now, NVIDIA had probably a big display, too, right, because they&#x27;re a big AI company with the chips. Oh, yeah. Yeah, they had, you know, some of their servers out there. They had some of their robots. They had some video of, you know, futuristic goals that they&#x27;re pressing toward.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> And, you know, just a huge display. All right. So autonomous cars, that&#x27;s what I think about the future. You know, that would not have surprised me when I go to CES because you see the futuristic things like that, a lot of AI stuff. What really surprised you? Like, you weren&#x27;t expecting to see at CES this year. Well, I would say, you know, obviously, AI was going to be there, no doubt. Oh, yeah. But probably the thing that it wasn&#x27;t, I guess it wasn&#x27;t so much of what I saw. It was the impression that I took away. And it was like embracing AI as more of a platform that you put in your business, that you put to work in your life.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> That was probably the greatest thing that I took away. Probably the coolest things that I saw was the RoboCar. That was off the chart. A lot of the smart glasses. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve ever tried those, but the smart glasses, especially if I was a retiree, I&#x27;m 52, the smart glasses is going to be a game changer. If I was a retiree, you know, 60, 65, I&#x27;ll tell you right now, I would 100% get these smart glasses because they&#x27;re freaking amazing. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve ever tried any. Well, if you haven&#x27;t. I bought them twice and never used them. I got the first generation, and then I just got the, well, I didn&#x27;t buy the second one. I got it as a gift at Christmas time, but I haven&#x27;t ever used them. But I have seen online, there are some, like, non-name brand smart glasses.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You know, you get these ads on Facebook all the time. One would translate for you. One would tape every single minute of your day just in case you forgot what was going on, which, again, is good for people as we get older, we forget things. So you can&#x27;t say you don&#x27;t remember anymore. So you just look at it through the glasses and say, hey, remind me of what this looks like. So I don&#x27;t know. I kind of like playing dumb sometimes. For sure. Not going to be able to do that anymore. Check. All right. Personal robots. Go ahead. Sorry. I was going to say another thing I saw that was good because I brush my teeth. I know it&#x27;s kind of corny. But I brush my teeth. I floss. But I hate doing it. But I still do it two times a day. And they had toothbrushes there that you were able to brush and floss at the same time.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And so it was made by company Soccas. I believe. S-O-C-C-A-S. And check that out if you ever get a chance. It was really, really cool. C-C-A-S. S-O-O-C-A-S. Yeah. I can&#x27;t pronounce it. Now, that&#x27;s pretty funny because, I mean, in order to, because there&#x27;s a gap between your teeth, that&#x27;s where the floss has to go. So how does it know that? Does it have a camera built into the toothbrush? Well, it has a water. It has a water spout on it. Okay. Yep. That it shoots the water between your teeth. Okay. Well, I have one of those things that squirts water into whatever you call it. Water pick. Water pick. Yeah. Water pick. And when I used to use it, I would never have cavities.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> So it really worked. I have to go to the dentist tomorrow. Well, I was really impressed. You&#x27;ve got the brush and you&#x27;ve got the water pick all in one. And I&#x27;m definitely going to get me one of those and try them out. Yeah. Well, that makes sense. I thought you were going to say you just put it in your mouth and it brushes your teeth for you and then you spit it out when you&#x27;re done. That&#x27;s the next generation. Nanobots going in and just doing their job for a few seconds. Now, speaking of bots, what kind of personal robots did you see? Well, you know, they had robots folding clothes. They had them moving dishes around in the kitchens. And so a lot of, you know, homemaking type robots that I found very cool because, you know, most of the ones you see are the ones that&#x27;s, you know, sweeping up the floor. Yeah. And, you know, the little black thing running around.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> We have a couple of those here. We have a couple of those here. You know, I think of when you talk about folding clothes, I think about the Jetsons. Rosie. Rosie was a little maid robot. And so one thing I hate doing is laundry, but I do my own laundry and I really hate folding. So that would be, I would buy a robot today if they would get promised to fold my clothes and hang them. Well, it was a little slow, but I could see over some time that the technology is really, really going to emerge. Now, I met the new owner of Napster while I was there. And, you know, Napster, you know, you remember from the 90s. Yeah, a long time ago. Yep. This guy, he bought the Napster company and he now, that program now, you can use it for</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> like young artists. Any artist could use it. And basically, it will take your music that you&#x27;re making and license it. I mean, it does the whole thing for you. It&#x27;s really, it&#x27;s something you probably should check out at some time. That&#x27;s pretty neat. You know, I remember Napster. I mean, that was the first place I got free music from back in the day. Exactly. That was me too. Yep. Me too. That&#x27;s great. It&#x27;s the whole industry and the industry has not stopped since then, really. That&#x27;s true. How about new players? I mean, like Napster&#x27;s a new player from an old name, but what about the new ones that are coming that are like, all right, so we got the robots, we got the cars. Oh, Thomas wanted to ask about TVs. Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah. So, I saw an announcement that, and I&#x27;m not sure the brand, it might have been LG, but they did a wallpaper television that was less than a centimeter thin.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Did you see that? Yeah. Yes, yes, that was really cool. I took a bunch of pictures, got some info, and that&#x27;s something that I&#x27;m very interested in purchasing. Yeah, that&#x27;s pretty amazing, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, the technology. Absolutely. And there were several different brands there. You know, they had some from China, some various places, but yeah, your major TV brands were there. They had their displays, but the TV, I mean, that screen was super, I mean, you could literally glue it to the wall. Wow. It was crazy. What do you think the price point for something like that&#x27;s, I guess, a good, the size? What about a 50-inch one of those? What do you think those are going to go for? You know, it&#x27;s going to be hard to say, but I would say at least, at least, probably you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> in the lower thousands at this point. Wow. But that stuff will come down quickly as more competitors emerge. You know, we just ordered 200-inch ones for our new auditorium we have on our third floor, and one of them was cracked when we got it, but we didn&#x27;t know it until we opened it four months later. Well, now you&#x27;re going to be able to get just these panels and just lay them out across the wall wherever you want. That&#x27;s amazing, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s true, though. It&#x27;s amazing. Yeah. Well, we grew up with the big, fat TVs. Remember how heavy those were? Oh, yeah. The 32-inch one was gigantic, and it took two guys to move it. Yeah, yeah. Crazy. The tube. Remember the big tube? So we got rid of the tubes, and we had plasma. I mean, I haven&#x27;t heard the word plasma TV in forever, have you? I mean, those are the big things that never really came.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Sort of like Blu-ray. Remember, Blu-ray was out, then it was gone. Yeah, that&#x27;s true. I mean, it&#x27;s funny how fast things change. I mean, I grew up in, I missed eight-track cassettes, but I had regular cassette. That&#x27;s what Columbia House was nice enough to send me a bunch of times. The cassette tapes. I still got my collection. I&#x27;ve got a big old tote tray full of them. Nice. So how big was this? Did they have it in the convention center, and they&#x27;re already spread out to different hotels, or did they have it all over different hotels? That was a little overwhelming. You had several of the convention halls set up, and then they had five of the major hotels. They had speakers and panelists off and on all day long. I thoroughly enjoyed listening to some of the panelists talk, and just hearing some of the techie guys</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> and some Hollywood producers and CEOs, just hearing them all collaborate together was very powerful. Well, you know, Hollywood&#x27;s not going to have to have these gigantic scenes anymore. They&#x27;re not going to have to pay a whole bunch of people. They&#x27;ll just have it all in CG. Well, something more advanced than CGI, but they&#x27;ll be able to do it all on a computer. Sort of like Game of Thrones. Game of Thrones did a lot of that, by the way, too. They did a lot of the graphics added on. One of the gentlemen from Warner Brothers, he was talking about that. I don&#x27;t know if you know this yet, but they&#x27;re coming out with a Barbie 2. That&#x27;s what he said, that they&#x27;re making the Barbie 2 movie, and it&#x27;s going to have some of these effects and all this stuff in it, and it&#x27;s going to be really, really good. Pretty amazing. Now, tell folks, you&#x27;re not just a normal person that&#x27;s going to CES. You&#x27;ve got a pretty big tech background. Where&#x27;d you go to college? Well, I went to Ohio State, and I&#x27;ve attended MIT, and I love tech.</p><p><strong>14:11</strong> I love digging into the stuff. I&#x27;m the guy that wants to know how the watch works. I get it. Now, you said Ohio State. Usually when someone says Ohio State, they say the Ohio State. The Ohio State, yeah. Thomas, you&#x27;ve heard that before, right? You watch any football game when the guys announce where they&#x27;re from. The Ohio State. Which I&#x27;ve been to Columbus. It&#x27;s a nice place. I mean, I&#x27;ve been to Notre Dame, too. Those are like nice college towns. Yeah. Yeah. I had a subway store not far from campus there on 23, and it was the number one subway store in Columbus because of the college. There you go. It was good old days back then. Nice, nice. Now, you were looking at a lot of things there, and I&#x27;m sure, because you&#x27;re a big investor, too.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> You like to invest in stocks and play the market the right way. Do you see any – did you notice any maybe small companies that no one&#x27;s ever heard of that you might think are ready to explode with the products they have? You know, I&#x27;m still compiling that thought. I&#x27;m doing some research, and, you know – Thomas, he doesn&#x27;t want to share, in other words. He&#x27;s going to his beard. When he goes to his beard, you know, he&#x27;s thinking. Contemplating, contemplating. No, I mean, it&#x27;s pretty neat, though. It&#x27;s a great way. Oh, yeah. I mean, anyone who&#x27;s up and coming is going to be at CES, and if they&#x27;re not there, it may not be tomorrow, but it may not be next year. But the next five years, some of those companies you saw are going to be big names. Oh, absolutely. And, you know, the one thing that I&#x27;m looking for when I&#x27;m looking for these types of investments, I&#x27;m looking for people that have big vision and that are looking to be a disruptor.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> You know, you take Elon Musk. You know, his goal is to colonize Mars. I mean, that&#x27;s just like way up there. And, you know, these companies, fortunately, you know, when you aim high, that, you know, you might not hit the stars, but you&#x27;re going to get into the atmosphere of space. And that&#x27;s what – when you&#x27;re looking at these companies, seeing the technology and hearing their ambitions, you know, do they have an open architecture that you could see this company really, really making some waves. And I think a recent example – And really the cloud – I would say a recent example of that is NVIDIA. We just had a clip on our show recently where the president was talking about because we provide the chips to everybody. They&#x27;re that foundational structure. Yes. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important to get those kind of companies.</p><p><strong>16:44</strong> But then also the ones that are – no one&#x27;s heard of yet. Exactly. And then all of a sudden everyone hears about. But it&#x27;s too late to get in almost. So true. So true. It&#x27;s the meteoric rise, they call it. So how about Elon&#x27;s tunnel? Did you get a ride down there in his tunnel? You know, I didn&#x27;t get in the tunnel, but I saw cars coming out of it, and I was very impressed. I wanted to get in there, but it didn&#x27;t happen. C&#x27;est la vie. What was your favorite interactive display? Because, you know, a lot of these companies spend millions sometimes on their displays. Oh, yeah. Well, one of the displays that really caught my attention was they had a display there where they had an omnidirectional treadmill. And there was a guy that was in the VR suit, and basically he was in Ready Player One total.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> I mean, he had the whole getup. And, you know, they had a bunch of demonstrations going on, lots of people in those suits. And I was watching what they were seeing in the TV, and I thought, oh, my God. Gaming is coming a long way. And this is the evolution of the gaming industry right here. You know, when you think about gaming growing up, it was the fat kid that would just sit inside and play on the, like, sit in front of the TV. But now you have interactive gaming where you can get in shape by playing games. And that makes sense. I told Thomas, and Jose, you&#x27;ve probably heard this too, back in the day I played a game called Halo. Oh, yeah. Halo was on the Xbox back then. And my rule back then, and my bedroom was underneath my workout room, so my wife would hear me because I&#x27;d start playing the game like at 12 at night and go all the way.</p><p><strong>18:19</strong> But my rule was I had to ride the exercise bike while I was playing Halo. Nice. So it&#x27;s funny. So when I started being chased, I would pedal faster, even though it had nothing to do with the game. But I was in really good shape, so I made myself work out to play the game. But now you&#x27;re going to have to work out to play the games because if not, you&#x27;re going to get killed too easily. Yeah. So it makes sense. Yeah. Good incentive. One thing that did stand out too that I just, I don&#x27;t know, I just never had thought of this, but listening to a lot of the CEOs of these different companies speak and some of the producers at Hollywood, they are bringing influencers out now and allowing them to stream from the TV set. They&#x27;re bringing them into these companies and allowing them to stream to their audiences.</p><p><strong>19:09</strong> And that&#x27;s how these movies, they clearly said it. That&#x27;s how these movies go through these huge ticket sales prior, you know, as the movie&#x27;s coming out because they let these streamers are coming in. And I thought that was very, very interesting. You have to build the excitement because back in the day, they would maybe six months before a movie would come out. You started hearing about it. Then you started seeing advertisements on TV. But it would be like a six-month runway into the movie. Nowadays, the movies don&#x27;t even go to this theater a lot of times. They come right to Netflix or Amazon or something like that. So everything&#x27;s changing. And influencers are becoming a big part of that too. Oh, big part. I was very impressed with that. One word I&#x27;ll drop in there for you is agentic AI. It&#x27;s something that you probably want to get to know better. That&#x27;s going to probably be a trillion-dollar industry before you know it.</p><p><strong>19:59</strong> And that&#x27;s something to really, you know, explore, find companies that are focused on agentic top of AI. That&#x27;s going to be your autonomous top AI. And that&#x27;s going to be the big, big thing here down the road. So AI without you having to be around, I guess, right? That&#x27;s exactly it. Okay. A self-driving car, for example, would be agentic AI. Okay. That&#x27;s what we always hear about, self-driving car. What else could we, like, what other? You think it would be self-driving planes down the road? You get on a plane and there&#x27;s no pilot up there? You know, I&#x27;m sure that&#x27;ll eventually be the case. It&#x27;s kind of scary. I don&#x27;t want to be that first few guys that get in there and, you know. So anything else that excited you during the show?</p><p><strong>20:46</strong> You know, I just going through and just seeing the technology, seeing the massage chairs, that was pretty exciting. Because now they&#x27;ve got them where they&#x27;ll stretch your whole body out. And so that was pretty nice. Really, just being overwhelmed is probably the word. You can only see so many things before your brain&#x27;s just, ugh. But it was so many cool things. There was a couple. Oh, I&#x27;ll tell you something that I saw that was really interesting. And you may have seen these before and you may not have. They had crafts there that are full size. And you can put one or two people in and fly them around.</p><p><strong>21:31</strong> It&#x27;s a giant drone that you can fly your body around in. Like, I could buy this thing, get in it here at my house, and fly on the other side of town to my buddy&#x27;s house. That would come in handy in New York City where they have a lot of traffic, wouldn&#x27;t it? You know, you just fly over the traffic. Oh, man. That&#x27;s pretty neat. I couldn&#x27;t believe what I was seeing. When I was looking, I was like, wow. Either I&#x27;m behind on my knowledge here or this is new. So do you get in it like, I remember Orville and Wilbur Wright, they get in there like Superman. Is that what you do? Is it big enough? It&#x27;s a big drone, then. It&#x27;s a big drone. It&#x27;s got big blades on it. And I&#x27;m sure it has some limitations, but you can literally get in this thing and fly over to your buddy&#x27;s house. You&#x27;ve got to make sure you don&#x27;t cut somebody&#x27;s head off with those blades, too, right?</p><p><strong>22:17</strong> Oh, yeah. Yeah. The blades were no joke. They were huge. What is it? Battery-powered, I guess, right? Yeah. So did it have new battery technology coming out? Did you see anything like that? Because that&#x27;s always a big thing. You know, I didn&#x27;t see very much on that. I&#x27;m sure it was there because, you know, obviously the battery is powering all of our stuff. We want better and better. You know, Jackery had some great solar batteries there. They had a huge gazebo design that you can buy and put in your backyard. At the same time, it&#x27;s a whole charging station. So that was kind of cool. That&#x27;s pretty cool, yeah. How much was the big drone that could fly you around? I&#x27;m interested. You know, I didn&#x27;t see the price on that. I didn&#x27;t see no price out there.</p><p><strong>23:03</strong> I just think of the last time I tried to fly a drone. It would be like me real life morrowing something. Oh, my God. Well, we had Caesar in our office. He got his drone stuck in a tree. I wouldn&#x27;t want to get stuck in a tree if I&#x27;m in a drone. Oh, my God. You heard about your cat being stuck in a tree. You had to call the fire department to get the cat out of the tree. Now you have to call the fire department to get people out of the tree. Get people out of the tree. Well, my husband&#x27;s in the tree again. All right, we&#x27;ll be right over. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s good. So how did they have the show? I know you said it was spread out all amongst a bunch of different hotels and the conference, whatever they call it, the convention center. How did they have the booths divided? Did they have them in different sections? Like you went to Tomorrow World over here and you went to sort of like Disney. You had different places? Yes. They had it customized by theme.</p><p><strong>23:50</strong> And so you could see some of the cars here. You could see some of the health and nutrition things. Oh, that&#x27;s another thing I saw. I saw this one workout gym. It&#x27;s called Monster Gym, I believe was the name of. Gym Monster. That&#x27;s the name of it. And this is the granddaddy of home fitness. It&#x27;s a very small thing that you can literally fold up, but it&#x27;s got the technology built into it. It&#x27;s like having two, 300-pound weights that you can bench press. You can do all kinds of stuff. And it&#x27;s the whole thing that folds out. And it was made really, really well. I was like, wow. But when you&#x27;re done, you just literally fold it up and it&#x27;s like hardly anything. Because that&#x27;s a complaint a lot of times people have. And they have to go to the gym because they don&#x27;t have enough room at their house for all that equipment and everything.</p><p><strong>24:39</strong> So that&#x27;s pretty neat. I was really impressed of how functioning this thing was. And you literally pull it out. You do whatever workout. I mean, from squats to bench press. I mean, the whole thing. And then you just kind of package it right back up and boom, it&#x27;s done. It reminds me of that bed that people used to have. They&#x27;d pull it out of the wall and the bed would come out. When you&#x27;re done, you&#x27;d throw the bed back in the wall. That&#x27;s pretty much it, yeah. But they did have it all divided up by sections. Okay. And it was really neat. So what innovation made you say, why hasn&#x27;t this existed before? That&#x27;s a good question. And I would say that it&#x27;s hard to really pinpoint something. Because I was like a kid in a candy store just walking around.</p><p><strong>25:27</strong> The clothes folding thing sounds cool to me. Oh, that&#x27;s number one. That and the flying, the little drone that can fly from one side of the city to the other. That&#x27;s neat. Yeah. I would say the drone was probably that. I was like, wow, I&#x27;m surprised it&#x27;s kind of taken this long. Because drones have been out for a long time. Yep. And, you know, and again, I may just be behind in that area. But when I saw that, I was like, wow. The gaming, I&#x27;ll tell you, the gaming had came a long, long way. Just seeing those people in the full gear. I can&#x27;t remember the name of what you call that. But just seeing the folks in the VR glasses and the suits. And then watching them play the game on the TV.</p><p><strong>26:14</strong> It was just amazing. All right. Two more points and then I&#x27;ll let you go. But, I mean, your phone. I&#x27;ve always told Thomas, you know, there&#x27;s going to come a time where we&#x27;re not carrying our phone around all the time. I mean, it&#x27;s a burden. But I have my credit cards in here, too. So this is my wallet, basically. But, I mean, is there going to come a time where you don&#x27;t have to have a phone, but you can still have all the functionality you have with the phone right now? I think so. I think eventually you&#x27;re going to have some type of futuristic device that, whether that&#x27;s a band you put around your wrist and it has a small projection that when you hit the button, it kind of pops up and, you know, you got everything kind of almost in the air. Yep. I did see a phone there, though, that was really, really amazing. It was a very, very thin phone that it was like a tri-fold.</p><p><strong>27:00</strong> It folded out and it was the size of an iPad. And it was big. But then when you folded it back up, it was basically like this iPhone I got right here. Yeah. That was really interesting. Samsung, it was one of their brands and it was pretty much brand new. So eventually you&#x27;ll probably see that hit the market at some point. Because you know all these companies are trying to come out with the thing that replaces the phone, right? Oh, yeah. But I guess it&#x27;s a ways down the road. Now, this wasn&#x27;t your first trade show. You&#x27;ve been to CES before, right? Yeah. How do you compare this to others? Well, it had been a while since I had been. And this one just seemed to have a lot more action. You just saw a lot more people.</p><p><strong>27:46</strong> There were a lot more gadgets. And just I think the thing that I believe really made the difference was the panelists that they had pulled together. And I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;re going to keep doing this more and more in the future. And that was really impressive. So did you go to some of those speeches? Yeah. It was like I went to a conference. I went to a conference and I went to a trade show. What was your favorite speaker? Who was your favorite speaker? It was a panelist that basically was speaking on the future of the coaching and digital marketing industry. Ah, that&#x27;s cool. And it was a combination of you had a guy there from Twitch. You had a guy. One of them was a Hollywood producer. Substack had a big presence there. I don&#x27;t know if you know what Substack is.</p><p><strong>28:32</strong> It&#x27;s like YouTube except you own your own stuff. So that was probably some of the highlight of the speaking and panelists. I&#x27;ve told my staff we need to have a Substack page, but it never happens. Yeah. I guess I&#x27;m going to do it again. Thomas is getting worried. I see him over there. I was very impressed. The owner of Substack was there and he was talking about where they&#x27;re at, where they&#x27;re going, and just how they work with the people that&#x27;s on their site. So definitely check that out. So you say this year is just more bigger, more faster, more better. It sounds like just everything, the excitement level seems to be higher. I think the excitement level was super high because AI was just everywhere. And if you could just put yourself back in those couple days, you were there for two or three days probably.</p><p><strong>29:21</strong> What was the most exciting moment that you had where you just felt excited about the future? Oh, that&#x27;s when I won. I pulled the handle and all of a sudden this big thing started flashing. It said I won. Oh, yeah? How much did you win? How much did you win? You win a lot? For IRS purposes, we&#x27;ll keep it under $10,000. Yeah, we&#x27;ll keep it under $10,000. But I would say probably the biggest thing was leaving the show, I felt like I had a new perspective on what AI is really going to become down the road. And it got me really fired up. I&#x27;m thinking about going back and taking some classes at MIT on a GenTech and on some of that AI so that I can better incorporate it into my business and so forth.</p><p><strong>30:09</strong> So very excited about it. Well, here&#x27;s one thing I just forgot. I said it was my last question, but I&#x27;ve got one more here. But blockchain, we&#x27;ve heard so much about blockchain over the years. Were there any blockchain-type companies there showing you what the future is going to be in blockchain? Yes, yes. There were some companies there illustrating some of their stuff and blockchain. Absolutely. And blockchain is going to continue to emerge, especially with quantum computers. And you put blockchains and quantum computers together, that&#x27;s going to be a huge deal, especially when we have access to it. Yeah, I really think that that&#x27;s the future of voting. If we can perfect the voter ID, then if people vote on the blockchain, there&#x27;ll be no more cheating anymore. That&#x27;s exactly right. And so that&#x27;s the way to go. One final thing, your favorite restaurant while in Vegas.</p><p><strong>30:56</strong> My favorite restaurant, believe it or not, it was just Gordon Ramsay&#x27;s Burger Bar at the Planet Hollywood. I&#x27;ve heard good things about that, actually. Some of his other places, like Hell&#x27;s Kitchen is good, but it&#x27;s expensive and it&#x27;s a long wait. But the Burger Bar is good. The best steakhouse I&#x27;ve ever been to there is the Golden Steer. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s featured in the movie Casino. It&#x27;s one of the old-timey ones. But it&#x27;s one of the best steaks ever. So just keep that in mind. You&#x27;ve probably been there before. I&#x27;ll check that out. All right. His name is Joe Casey, and he&#x27;s one of the guys that I like to talk to when we talk about tech and also investing. Joe, thanks for your time today. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach Pete. Love it. Look forward to seeing you again soon and hanging out with you anytime, man. Call me anytime. Hey, if people wanted to contact you, how could they do that?</p><p><strong>31:41</strong> They could simply just go to CatalystWealthCoaching.com, and you&#x27;ll find all my information right there. There you go. Thanks a lot, Joe. Take care. We&#x27;ll look forward to talking to you again in the future. Yes, sir. Have a good one. Bye-bye. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joe Casey shares his impressions of CES 2026 with Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb. They discuss artificial intelligence, robotics, quantum computing, blockchain, and how emerging technology could change work and investing.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joe Casey</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>artificial intelligence</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <category>cryptocurrency</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joe Casey, investing, artificial intelligence, technology, cryptocurrency</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52/image.jpg?t=1792073200&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-casey-ces-2026-ai-and-the-next-wave-of-technology-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52/image.jpg?t=1792073200&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1917</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db438d72-7405-44ff-b73f-b4e20100aa52/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="30707441" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-casey-ces-2026-ai-and-the-next-wave-of-technology-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>25</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="CES 2026, AI, and the Next Wave of Technology" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Artificial intelligence and robotics" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:14" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:29" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stan Moore: Real Estate Depreciation and Backdoor Roth Questions (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Stan Moore: Real Estate Depreciation and Backdoor Roth Questions (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stan Moore returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda for a final discussion of real estate depreciation and Roth IRA planning. They explore the mechanics of a backdoor Roth strategy, why other IRA balances can affect the tax calculation, and the importance of weighing a conversion against your circumstances. Hear why coordinating tax preparation and retirement planning takes more than following a generic rule. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Thomas Lipscomb here, consumer advocate in the studio alongside America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore, CPA. We&#x27;re calling him Stan the Taxman. What you got for us, Coach? Well, Stan, all right, so we&#x27;ve got one more segment here on the show, and the tax code is 70-something. I lost track, but 70,000 or more pages, right? And we&#x27;re featuring good things in the tax code today, and we don&#x27;t have enough time for everything, but we&#x27;ve got a little grab bag segment here now on things maybe when we were doing the first three segments. We said, God, I wish I would have told Coach I want to talk about this, this, or that. So what are a couple topics we can talk about here? Let&#x27;s tell folks we&#x27;re going to talk about, then we&#x27;ll talk about them. What are two big topics that we haven&#x27;t talked about yet? Well, we touched on depreciation, but one thing we didn&#x27;t dig into was depreciation for real estate,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and one of the biggest things that has been out there for a while, not in the – it&#x27;s in the new tax code, it&#x27;s in the old tax code, it&#x27;s called cost segregation. So cost segregation is basically when you look at business real estate, you think about real estate, what is that? Well, it&#x27;s land, and then it&#x27;s the improvements that you build on top of the land. It&#x27;s both. You can&#x27;t depreciate the land, so you really can&#x27;t write that off as an expense, but you can depreciate the improvements, and the question is what improvements can we depreciate? Number one, and number two, how fast, right? Yes. So the cost segregation rules allow you to make a special election, and if you identify assets that fall into younger year categories, like you think about your business, the building that you&#x27;re in, it&#x27;s made up of a lot of screws, it&#x27;s made up of a lot of small pieces of metal, it&#x27;s things that you could go buy in the store and expense it,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> but once you put it all into a piece of real estate, you think, oh, well, it&#x27;s just one giant piece of real estate. No, it&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s really made of a bunch of little things. Breaking it down to the very ingredients. So if you break it down to the little ingredients, it&#x27;s kind of like deconstructing a Lego figure, right? If you break it down into those little bitty Legos, there&#x27;s a certain amount of those Legos, which is usually a high, pretty 40, 50, 60% of those Lego pieces of your building can be written off now, and that&#x27;s what cost segregation does. It usually entails hiring an outside third party that&#x27;s a specialist in real estate and identifying all of the screws and nails and pieces that go into the entire building. And when you break down those Legos, we write them off, and the depreciation in the tax code will help us do that. So are taxpayers allowed to amend previous years to claim those benefits as well?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Great question. Yes. You can amend. Sometimes you&#x27;ll look at a return and see, oh, this should have been done. They had a bunch of improvements in a certain year. And you can go back and amend that. That&#x27;s a big one, Thomas. I was wondering. I was wondering. I&#x27;ve been doing a lot of work on the home. If people didn&#x27;t have a good CPA to recommend it, then they might have never known they could have filed something like that. Right. It&#x27;s not like something that comes up on TurboTax when you&#x27;re trying to do your return. Not yet, but it could, right? Yeah, it could. But the tax code that we have had extended for 2025 with that bonus depreciation, that&#x27;s where all of these assets that have the fast write-off and the fast tax impact, it&#x27;s happening within that bonus depreciation. So if they had not extended that law for bonus depreciation, it would have hurt cost segregation strategy.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> However, we&#x27;ve got it back so it all works together. So it&#x27;s a win-win now. It&#x27;s a win-win. We&#x27;ve got another double dip there on the cost segregation and depreciation. I know about, I think, 2022, you helped me with that on my building here, and we did save some pretty good money that year, Thomas. And we&#x27;ve done some more renovation since then, so we&#x27;re going to look at that here in 2026, another one, another cost segregation. Absolutely. If you look at this tax- It&#x27;s good segregation. Good segregation. That&#x27;s the good kind. That&#x27;s the good kind. That&#x27;s the kind we want. But you look at the savings, whatever tax bracket you&#x27;re in, that highest tax bracket will be the dollars that you save times the amount that you spent within the cost segregation rules. You know, the media will title Stan a separationist or a segregationist. Oh, no. We&#x27;re all about segregation. We want unity the right way.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> This is a good thing in the money. It&#x27;s the green segregation we&#x27;re talking about, the good green. We&#x27;re going to try to make sure to keep as much of that segregated in your pocket than Uncle Sam&#x27;s pocket. So that makes a lot of sense. So if you&#x27;re curious about that, all you have to do is text Stan, because it&#x27;s Stan the Taxman, Stan, to 600, 700. If you have a building, maybe you&#x27;ve made some improvements or you&#x27;re not sure if the improvements you made qualify. It never really hurt to ask a question, did it, Thomas? No, it doesn&#x27;t. You&#x27;ve asked me a couple questions over the years you were probably afraid to ask because you say, Coach, Coach, probably he&#x27;s going to think I&#x27;m dumb. But the dumbest thing is to not ask the question. It&#x27;s true. My dad was a college professor for 44 years. He said the dumbest questions were the ones people did not ask. There you go. There you go. And so remember, he&#x27;s sitting in a class and you&#x27;re always hoping, because you didn&#x27;t understand it, but you didn&#x27;t want to be the dummy in your mind, raising a hand, so you were hoping somebody else would raise their hand. And every now and then they did. And you&#x27;d say, oh, what a dumb question.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> But you were listening. Exactly, exactly. Well, and that&#x27;s just being together for each other, working for yourself, not having that high school mentality of, oh, what is the cheerleader going to say if I raise my hand or whatever. You don&#x27;t know until you ask, right? Exactly. You never know until you ask. But Stan, that&#x27;s a great point right there, and that&#x27;s something a lot of people have overlooked. I had overlooked it myself, and that&#x27;s why I have a tax planner. I&#x27;m on call with Mr. Stan Moore, Stan the tax man. So, Stan, that&#x27;s a good one. We have time just to reach back into that grab bag. What else are people overlooking in their favor in the tax law? Well, Coach, you talk about retirement day in, day out. And the Roth IRA was a great retirement vehicle that was created. And we&#x27;ve had it for a while. However, there&#x27;s been some strategies that have had to be created legally,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> loopholes within the tax code, because if you make too much money, you cannot contribute to a Roth IRA directly. So there&#x27;s a strategy that says, hey, how can we get the money into the Roth but still not break the rules? And they&#x27;ve created a backdoor Roth strategy. Now, backdoor Roth is not in a tax code. That&#x27;s just a strategy that advisors have created. And basically what you&#x27;re doing is you&#x27;re taking money, putting it into a non-deductible IRA, so you don&#x27;t get a deduction. But the strategy is to put it there first, and then if you roll it over from a non-deductible IRA into a Roth, then you&#x27;ve kind of circumvented the direct method into the Roth.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> You&#x27;re just going through a backdoor. Now, there&#x27;s still some pitfalls. You still have to do some calculations, and you still may have a portion of it or maybe even all of it taxable, because depending on how much the balances are in your other deductible and non-deductible IRAs at the end of the year, you get those forms, $54.98, it&#x27;s got the fair market value of your IRAs. We have to do calculations on that to see if any of it&#x27;s going to be taxable with this backdoor. But it is a possibility, and it&#x27;s a strategy that you have to look into and weigh out the cost. We&#x27;ve utilized it over the years for clients, and they&#x27;ve come out way ahead when it&#x27;s in their favor. If it&#x27;s not, you don&#x27;t do it. But if it is, you do it. And so the strangest thing is you&#x27;re putting the money into a non-qualified, non-deductible IRA. So every penny you put in, you&#x27;ve already paid tax on it.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> That&#x27;s right. And so it&#x27;s important to remember, if you backdoor Roth it, there could be some more taxes due. But all that money now will be tax-free forever, so that&#x27;s something to look at too. But again, this is why we call it planning. It&#x27;s because you have to look at it, do the calculations beforehand. We can make really, really good estimates, especially if we&#x27;re past halfway into the year and say, hey, what&#x27;s the cost? What&#x27;s the benefit? Is it worth it to do it? And a lot of times people want to do this in big chunks. So we&#x27;re usually talking big money, $100,000, $200,000. And it&#x27;s like you don&#x27;t want to make that mistake of missing the boat and having more of it taxed than you realize. Yes. Or miss the boat and maybe not have any of it taxed if you do it at the right time. That is a key strategy. But again, we&#x27;re back to the fundamentals, blocking and tackling and planning ahead.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> My retirees who are now on limited income or getting income from the retirement plans are the happiest when they have some tax-free money coming to them so they don&#x27;t have to report on that tax return each year. It doesn&#x27;t seem like much until you get there, but if you can keep more of the money in your pocket and less to Uncle Sam, you come out ahead in retirement too. Sure. Most people retiring are paying at least 15% average federal tax and probably 4% to 5% on the state. So at least 20%. I mean, 20% of something is going to add up on a monthly basis. So again, we&#x27;re back to planning. It&#x27;s the tax strategy. It&#x27;s making sure you know what&#x27;s out there and looking ahead. Well, you talk about a senior discount. If you can save 20% on your money in retirement, it&#x27;s almost like getting a 20% discount. So that&#x27;s a better senior discount than that 10% that gave me at Biscuitville the other day.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s good. So that&#x27;s a big point there. So if you&#x27;re curious, folks, if you may be in that situation where you might be able to deduct a lot more money than you realize or build up a tax-free income using the backdoor IRA or the backdoor Roth, if you&#x27;ve never heard about that or you heard about it but don&#x27;t understand it, now&#x27;s a great time to call. We&#x27;ll sit down with you and educate you on all the different techniques and tools that you could qualify for to make retirement a lot more advantageous than you ever thought it would be and having all the income that you can in a tax-free manner. Thomas, tell folks, again, if you call right now, let&#x27;s do this. Let me hit this button too. If I had a million dollars, I&#x27;d be rich. All right. So radio, here&#x27;s what happens. You get in and out of the car or maybe you&#x27;re in front of your computer at home.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You listen. You go into the other room. You get a drink. And you missed me in the first segment when I gave away 26 copies of Tax Savvy Retirement, 250-page book that was written in 2025, all about ways that you may be missing out on tax savings in retirement. So somebody who is in retirement and they are taking advantage of the tax law, they are in a tax-savvy retirement. You&#x27;re in control, in other words. And so I&#x27;ve got a way you can have the at-home manual on how to save as much as you can. And we&#x27;ve also got the in-office manual. That&#x27;s Stan, the tax man. But we&#x27;re going to send you a copy of this book and inside it will be a golden ticket. Will you qualify for your no-cost total retirement plan that includes tax planning and financial and retirement planning as well as income planning, very important, making sure you have a lifetime income</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> all the way through retirement. But this book explains a lot of those tools and techniques. Thomas, we&#x27;re going to mail these books out. I know we filled up these segments right in segment one. So if you joined the show late, you would have missed out. But we&#x27;re going to offer it again for the next 26 people who call or text. We&#x27;re going to send you a copy of this book at no cost. We&#x27;re even going to pay the postage and handling for you. So again, it&#x27;s a true no cost. And then we&#x27;ll put you on a list where you get the video series along with this book. So each week you&#x27;ll get a new video on another chapter from chapters one all the way through chapter 15. You&#x27;ll get 15 different videos. You&#x27;ll have your own collection in it and explains the chapter in detail. How many times have you got a book, Stan, and you get it and you put it on the bookshelf and it never comes off the bookshelf again? Very often. Because you really don&#x27;t know why you should open the book. That&#x27;s right. So if you look at these videos,</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> these videos will tell you what page to go to and why it&#x27;s important for you to pay a lot of attention to certain charts and tools and techniques in this book. And you&#x27;re going to become an expert overnight in financial, retirement, and tax law by reading this book. And we&#x27;re going to direct you on how to find the right information in the book. What a great idea. It&#x27;s almost like a video cliff note version. And so, again, for the next 26 of you who call, you&#x27;re going to get this book and you also qualify for a tax plan if you&#x27;re a business owner and you meet what Stan&#x27;s looking for and you guys can make an agreement there. But you also get a no-cost total retirement plan as well. Thomas, this is a great gift. This is awesome. We&#x27;re keeping the gift-giving alive here in 2026. I love it. So this is celebrating our 250 years as a country coming up here. Amazing. Again, I&#x27;ve been to Uncle Sam hat on the book. So now, the next 26 people,</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> you can have this book as well. All right, let&#x27;s go, let&#x27;s go. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword FREE to the number 600-700. That&#x27;s right, that&#x27;s a special keyword to take advantage of this free tax-savvy retirement opportunity. FREE to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword FREE to 600-700. Still have the Christmas props in the studio, so might as well use it, folks, for Coach Pete here, Stan Moore, Stan the Taxman, for Thomas, and for Cesar, who&#x27;s been working the board today. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the Financial Safari! Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stan Moore returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda for a final discussion of real estate depreciation and Roth IRA planning. They explore the mechanics of a backdoor Roth strategy, why other IRA balances can affect the tax calculation, and the importance of weighing a conversion against your circumstances. Hear why coordinating tax preparation and retirement planning takes more than following a generic rule. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Thomas Lipscomb here, consumer advocate in the studio alongside America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore, CPA. We&#x27;re calling him Stan the Taxman. What you got for us, Coach? Well, Stan, all right, so we&#x27;ve got one more segment here on the show, and the tax code is 70-something. I lost track, but 70,000 or more pages, right? And we&#x27;re featuring good things in the tax code today, and we don&#x27;t have enough time for everything, but we&#x27;ve got a little grab bag segment here now on things maybe when we were doing the first three segments. We said, God, I wish I would have told Coach I want to talk about this, this, or that. So what are a couple topics we can talk about here? Let&#x27;s tell folks we&#x27;re going to talk about, then we&#x27;ll talk about them. What are two big topics that we haven&#x27;t talked about yet? Well, we touched on depreciation, but one thing we didn&#x27;t dig into was depreciation for real estate,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and one of the biggest things that has been out there for a while, not in the – it&#x27;s in the new tax code, it&#x27;s in the old tax code, it&#x27;s called cost segregation. So cost segregation is basically when you look at business real estate, you think about real estate, what is that? Well, it&#x27;s land, and then it&#x27;s the improvements that you build on top of the land. It&#x27;s both. You can&#x27;t depreciate the land, so you really can&#x27;t write that off as an expense, but you can depreciate the improvements, and the question is what improvements can we depreciate? Number one, and number two, how fast, right? Yes. So the cost segregation rules allow you to make a special election, and if you identify assets that fall into younger year categories, like you think about your business, the building that you&#x27;re in, it&#x27;s made up of a lot of screws, it&#x27;s made up of a lot of small pieces of metal, it&#x27;s things that you could go buy in the store and expense it,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> but once you put it all into a piece of real estate, you think, oh, well, it&#x27;s just one giant piece of real estate. No, it&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s really made of a bunch of little things. Breaking it down to the very ingredients. So if you break it down to the little ingredients, it&#x27;s kind of like deconstructing a Lego figure, right? If you break it down into those little bitty Legos, there&#x27;s a certain amount of those Legos, which is usually a high, pretty 40, 50, 60% of those Lego pieces of your building can be written off now, and that&#x27;s what cost segregation does. It usually entails hiring an outside third party that&#x27;s a specialist in real estate and identifying all of the screws and nails and pieces that go into the entire building. And when you break down those Legos, we write them off, and the depreciation in the tax code will help us do that. So are taxpayers allowed to amend previous years to claim those benefits as well?</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Great question. Yes. You can amend. Sometimes you&#x27;ll look at a return and see, oh, this should have been done. They had a bunch of improvements in a certain year. And you can go back and amend that. That&#x27;s a big one, Thomas. I was wondering. I was wondering. I&#x27;ve been doing a lot of work on the home. If people didn&#x27;t have a good CPA to recommend it, then they might have never known they could have filed something like that. Right. It&#x27;s not like something that comes up on TurboTax when you&#x27;re trying to do your return. Not yet, but it could, right? Yeah, it could. But the tax code that we have had extended for 2025 with that bonus depreciation, that&#x27;s where all of these assets that have the fast write-off and the fast tax impact, it&#x27;s happening within that bonus depreciation. So if they had not extended that law for bonus depreciation, it would have hurt cost segregation strategy.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> However, we&#x27;ve got it back so it all works together. So it&#x27;s a win-win now. It&#x27;s a win-win. We&#x27;ve got another double dip there on the cost segregation and depreciation. I know about, I think, 2022, you helped me with that on my building here, and we did save some pretty good money that year, Thomas. And we&#x27;ve done some more renovation since then, so we&#x27;re going to look at that here in 2026, another one, another cost segregation. Absolutely. If you look at this tax- It&#x27;s good segregation. Good segregation. That&#x27;s the good kind. That&#x27;s the good kind. That&#x27;s the kind we want. But you look at the savings, whatever tax bracket you&#x27;re in, that highest tax bracket will be the dollars that you save times the amount that you spent within the cost segregation rules. You know, the media will title Stan a separationist or a segregationist. Oh, no. We&#x27;re all about segregation. We want unity the right way.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> This is a good thing in the money. It&#x27;s the green segregation we&#x27;re talking about, the good green. We&#x27;re going to try to make sure to keep as much of that segregated in your pocket than Uncle Sam&#x27;s pocket. So that makes a lot of sense. So if you&#x27;re curious about that, all you have to do is text Stan, because it&#x27;s Stan the Taxman, Stan, to 600, 700. If you have a building, maybe you&#x27;ve made some improvements or you&#x27;re not sure if the improvements you made qualify. It never really hurt to ask a question, did it, Thomas? No, it doesn&#x27;t. You&#x27;ve asked me a couple questions over the years you were probably afraid to ask because you say, Coach, Coach, probably he&#x27;s going to think I&#x27;m dumb. But the dumbest thing is to not ask the question. It&#x27;s true. My dad was a college professor for 44 years. He said the dumbest questions were the ones people did not ask. There you go. There you go. And so remember, he&#x27;s sitting in a class and you&#x27;re always hoping, because you didn&#x27;t understand it, but you didn&#x27;t want to be the dummy in your mind, raising a hand, so you were hoping somebody else would raise their hand. And every now and then they did. And you&#x27;d say, oh, what a dumb question.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> But you were listening. Exactly, exactly. Well, and that&#x27;s just being together for each other, working for yourself, not having that high school mentality of, oh, what is the cheerleader going to say if I raise my hand or whatever. You don&#x27;t know until you ask, right? Exactly. You never know until you ask. But Stan, that&#x27;s a great point right there, and that&#x27;s something a lot of people have overlooked. I had overlooked it myself, and that&#x27;s why I have a tax planner. I&#x27;m on call with Mr. Stan Moore, Stan the tax man. So, Stan, that&#x27;s a good one. We have time just to reach back into that grab bag. What else are people overlooking in their favor in the tax law? Well, Coach, you talk about retirement day in, day out. And the Roth IRA was a great retirement vehicle that was created. And we&#x27;ve had it for a while. However, there&#x27;s been some strategies that have had to be created legally,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> loopholes within the tax code, because if you make too much money, you cannot contribute to a Roth IRA directly. So there&#x27;s a strategy that says, hey, how can we get the money into the Roth but still not break the rules? And they&#x27;ve created a backdoor Roth strategy. Now, backdoor Roth is not in a tax code. That&#x27;s just a strategy that advisors have created. And basically what you&#x27;re doing is you&#x27;re taking money, putting it into a non-deductible IRA, so you don&#x27;t get a deduction. But the strategy is to put it there first, and then if you roll it over from a non-deductible IRA into a Roth, then you&#x27;ve kind of circumvented the direct method into the Roth.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> You&#x27;re just going through a backdoor. Now, there&#x27;s still some pitfalls. You still have to do some calculations, and you still may have a portion of it or maybe even all of it taxable, because depending on how much the balances are in your other deductible and non-deductible IRAs at the end of the year, you get those forms, $54.98, it&#x27;s got the fair market value of your IRAs. We have to do calculations on that to see if any of it&#x27;s going to be taxable with this backdoor. But it is a possibility, and it&#x27;s a strategy that you have to look into and weigh out the cost. We&#x27;ve utilized it over the years for clients, and they&#x27;ve come out way ahead when it&#x27;s in their favor. If it&#x27;s not, you don&#x27;t do it. But if it is, you do it. And so the strangest thing is you&#x27;re putting the money into a non-qualified, non-deductible IRA. So every penny you put in, you&#x27;ve already paid tax on it.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> That&#x27;s right. And so it&#x27;s important to remember, if you backdoor Roth it, there could be some more taxes due. But all that money now will be tax-free forever, so that&#x27;s something to look at too. But again, this is why we call it planning. It&#x27;s because you have to look at it, do the calculations beforehand. We can make really, really good estimates, especially if we&#x27;re past halfway into the year and say, hey, what&#x27;s the cost? What&#x27;s the benefit? Is it worth it to do it? And a lot of times people want to do this in big chunks. So we&#x27;re usually talking big money, $100,000, $200,000. And it&#x27;s like you don&#x27;t want to make that mistake of missing the boat and having more of it taxed than you realize. Yes. Or miss the boat and maybe not have any of it taxed if you do it at the right time. That is a key strategy. But again, we&#x27;re back to the fundamentals, blocking and tackling and planning ahead.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> My retirees who are now on limited income or getting income from the retirement plans are the happiest when they have some tax-free money coming to them so they don&#x27;t have to report on that tax return each year. It doesn&#x27;t seem like much until you get there, but if you can keep more of the money in your pocket and less to Uncle Sam, you come out ahead in retirement too. Sure. Most people retiring are paying at least 15% average federal tax and probably 4% to 5% on the state. So at least 20%. I mean, 20% of something is going to add up on a monthly basis. So again, we&#x27;re back to planning. It&#x27;s the tax strategy. It&#x27;s making sure you know what&#x27;s out there and looking ahead. Well, you talk about a senior discount. If you can save 20% on your money in retirement, it&#x27;s almost like getting a 20% discount. So that&#x27;s a better senior discount than that 10% that gave me at Biscuitville the other day.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s good. So that&#x27;s a big point there. So if you&#x27;re curious, folks, if you may be in that situation where you might be able to deduct a lot more money than you realize or build up a tax-free income using the backdoor IRA or the backdoor Roth, if you&#x27;ve never heard about that or you heard about it but don&#x27;t understand it, now&#x27;s a great time to call. We&#x27;ll sit down with you and educate you on all the different techniques and tools that you could qualify for to make retirement a lot more advantageous than you ever thought it would be and having all the income that you can in a tax-free manner. Thomas, tell folks, again, if you call right now, let&#x27;s do this. Let me hit this button too. If I had a million dollars, I&#x27;d be rich. All right. So radio, here&#x27;s what happens. You get in and out of the car or maybe you&#x27;re in front of your computer at home.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> You listen. You go into the other room. You get a drink. And you missed me in the first segment when I gave away 26 copies of Tax Savvy Retirement, 250-page book that was written in 2025, all about ways that you may be missing out on tax savings in retirement. So somebody who is in retirement and they are taking advantage of the tax law, they are in a tax-savvy retirement. You&#x27;re in control, in other words. And so I&#x27;ve got a way you can have the at-home manual on how to save as much as you can. And we&#x27;ve also got the in-office manual. That&#x27;s Stan, the tax man. But we&#x27;re going to send you a copy of this book and inside it will be a golden ticket. Will you qualify for your no-cost total retirement plan that includes tax planning and financial and retirement planning as well as income planning, very important, making sure you have a lifetime income</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> all the way through retirement. But this book explains a lot of those tools and techniques. Thomas, we&#x27;re going to mail these books out. I know we filled up these segments right in segment one. So if you joined the show late, you would have missed out. But we&#x27;re going to offer it again for the next 26 people who call or text. We&#x27;re going to send you a copy of this book at no cost. We&#x27;re even going to pay the postage and handling for you. So again, it&#x27;s a true no cost. And then we&#x27;ll put you on a list where you get the video series along with this book. So each week you&#x27;ll get a new video on another chapter from chapters one all the way through chapter 15. You&#x27;ll get 15 different videos. You&#x27;ll have your own collection in it and explains the chapter in detail. How many times have you got a book, Stan, and you get it and you put it on the bookshelf and it never comes off the bookshelf again? Very often. Because you really don&#x27;t know why you should open the book. That&#x27;s right. So if you look at these videos,</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> these videos will tell you what page to go to and why it&#x27;s important for you to pay a lot of attention to certain charts and tools and techniques in this book. And you&#x27;re going to become an expert overnight in financial, retirement, and tax law by reading this book. And we&#x27;re going to direct you on how to find the right information in the book. What a great idea. It&#x27;s almost like a video cliff note version. And so, again, for the next 26 of you who call, you&#x27;re going to get this book and you also qualify for a tax plan if you&#x27;re a business owner and you meet what Stan&#x27;s looking for and you guys can make an agreement there. But you also get a no-cost total retirement plan as well. Thomas, this is a great gift. This is awesome. We&#x27;re keeping the gift-giving alive here in 2026. I love it. So this is celebrating our 250 years as a country coming up here. Amazing. Again, I&#x27;ve been to Uncle Sam hat on the book. So now, the next 26 people,</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> you can have this book as well. All right, let&#x27;s go, let&#x27;s go. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword FREE to the number 600-700. That&#x27;s right, that&#x27;s a special keyword to take advantage of this free tax-savvy retirement opportunity. FREE to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword FREE to 600-700. Still have the Christmas props in the studio, so might as well use it, folks, for Coach Pete here, Stan Moore, Stan the Taxman, for Thomas, and for Cesar, who&#x27;s been working the board today. We&#x27;ll see you next week. Same time, same station, on the Financial Safari! Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Stan Moore returns with Coach Pete D’Arruda for a final discussion of real estate depreciation and Roth IRA planning. They explore the mechanics of a backdoor Roth strategy, why other IRA balances can affect the tax calculation, and the importance of weighing a conversion against your circumstances. Hear why coordinating tax preparation and retirement planning takes more than following a generic rule. Part four of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stan Moore</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stan Moore, retirement planning, tax planning, Roth conversions, real estate</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210/image.jpg?t=1792073381&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-real-estate-depreciation-and-backdoor-roth-questions-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210/image.jpg?t=1792073381&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 05:00:03 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>734</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b4f94b67-93eb-4ccd-8d00-b4e101572210/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11772604" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-real-estate-depreciation-and-backdoor-roth-questions-part-4</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>26</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Stan Moore" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stan Moore: Cost Segregation, Senior Deductions, and Planning Ahead (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Stan Moore: Cost Segregation, Senior Deductions, and Planning Ahead (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and CPA Stan Moore discuss cost segregation for real estate, deductions affecting older taxpayers, and why income phase-outs deserve a closer look. They also consider the value of keeping accounting records current so a tax bill does not arrive as a surprise. Listen for topics to review with your own tax professional as part of a coordinated retirement strategy. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you again alongside Stan Moore, CPA, better known as Stan the Taxman, and America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Catch up on the story by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. You can also check out Coach&#x27;s free resources over there when it comes to financial planning or ask a question that you maybe want to get in front of him or the team. Again, FinancialSafari.com. Now, if you&#x27;re in real estate or you&#x27;re planning to, cost segregation can be a very powerful thing. We&#x27;ve got a lot that President Trump is doing right now. We&#x27;ve been having a great conversation about everything from bonus depreciation, business depreciation, through taxes and overtime and tips.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There&#x27;s a lot going on. Lots of positive changes here in the tax code for everybody listening, and that&#x27;s why this is one of the happiest tax shows I&#x27;ve ever done. I&#x27;m loving the conversation. It&#x27;s hard to say happy in taxes in the same sentence. Yes, rare. I&#x27;d be even happier on April 15th. When have we heard that before? Never. So, Stan, what do we have here? I&#x27;ll tell you. We were talking about the unborn and how can taxes affect the unborn. Well, this is for children. Brand new. We&#x27;ve never seen anything like this before. It&#x27;s called the Trump Savings Accounts. Now, this starts in 2026. It is basically like a retirement account. It&#x27;s deferred tax on this, just like an IRA or 401K. And the government&#x27;s saying, hey, you can put up to $5,000 a year into this tax-deferred account per beneficiary,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and the government is going to put in $1,000 the first year. Got to like that. When is the IRS giving us money? Hey, before these kids are even filing a tax return, they&#x27;re going to get $1,000 from our federal government, literally. Now, the boundaries around this is- Here comes the fine print, Thomas. Okay, here&#x27;s the fine print. But you&#x27;re going to remember it because on July the 4th, 2026, our country&#x27;s 250th anniversary, that is the first contribution date for the Trump Savings Accounts, okay? So if you put money in there from July 4th on, it&#x27;s going to be qualified, and the child has to be born from January 1st, 2025 on. So it might be for the unborn that&#x27;s not born yet.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It might be for children that were born in 2025, but that&#x27;s the basic parameters. But when have we seen anything like this before? Never. Trump Savings Account, and the acronym is TSA. This is a good TSA for once in a while. It is. This show is all sorts of upside down. Nobody likes the TSA at the airport, but everybody likes the TSA when we&#x27;re talking about saving money. That&#x27;s amazing then. So July 4th of this year is going to be the first contribution. Wow. And think about this. Not only can the parents put money in, other family members, employers. We&#x27;re back to businesses again. We&#x27;ve got another double dip here, Coach. Double dip ice cream cone. Here we go. It&#x27;s not just the child that&#x27;s going to benefit, not just the family, but employers can put in up to $2,500 that will be excluded from your W-2.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> So normally when your employer gives you anything at all, you get taxed on it. And in this case, they can put up to $5,000, but up to $2,500 is not going to be taxed to you. So there&#x27;s a big benefit. It could be a charity putting money in. It could be an employer. It could be another family member. It&#x27;s pretty neat. Yeah. It&#x27;s amazing. And so just think about this. All that money that&#x27;s going into investment, that money is going to go into the stock market. The stock market is going to be flush with all this cash coming out of the- Sort of like when they did the 401ks. Yes. It&#x27;s coming out of the government coffers where Doge has found a lot of poor spending habits, right? Poor spending habits. And it&#x27;s going to go into a child&#x27;s account, and the parents are going to be able to invest that money in the market.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> It&#x27;s going to be a huge influx of capital into our market. Too bad they didn&#x27;t let us do Social Security that way, right? Oh, boy. Manage your own money in the market. Yeah, you wish. Money that took out of your paycheck. We wish. We wish. So that&#x27;s good. So what are the fine print levels here? The gotchas? What are people going to look at? Yeah, the gotchas. The tax gotchas. So no distributions before the child is 18, which makes sense. You don&#x27;t want to blow in it before they&#x27;re 18 anyway. You don&#x27;t want to blow it, right? It&#x27;s just like a regular IRA. 18 is kind of too soon. I would say until 30. Like, leave it alone and go to college for a second. I would think. But they give it to 18. 18 is very generous. You could take the money out, but you&#x27;re going to have a penalty, right? And it&#x27;s going to be taxed, just like on an IRA. So you don&#x27;t want to take it out early. Hey, an IRA, you&#x27;ve got to be 59 and a half, right? So this is 18. It&#x27;s much, much better. And you&#x27;ll be able to do rollovers from a Trump account to another Trump account.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> So a lot of details that will be coming out. So that&#x27;ll be a tax-free roll if you do it the right way. You could do a tax-free rollover. And so that&#x27;s the long and short of it, but I think it&#x27;s another double dip. Well, it&#x27;s another good one in there, right? So they really took some time and put some of these tax write-offs together. And this is a good way to help save some money, too. Now, that&#x27;s on the younger age spectrum. Now, let&#x27;s go to the senior, the other side of the age spectrum for our seniors, specifically 65 years or older. 65 plus. 65 plus. Coach, it&#x27;s not too far away from me. Hey, you know, somebody the other day gave me a senior discount. I didn&#x27;t complain. I&#x27;m only 59, but only 59. But I guess some of them start at 55. So there you go. So there was a lot of back and forth politically on what was going to be taxed,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> what was not as far as Social Security and some of this new tax law. And there&#x27;s been a lot of questions to me with seniors about, hey, does this mean that I&#x27;m going to get a deduction and my Social Security income is not going to be taxed? No, no, no. It doesn&#x27;t. Social Security income is still taxed, which is a real bummer. People hate the fact that they paid all the Social Security tax in and then one day they take it out and it&#x27;s being taxed. That has not changed. But what has changed is if you&#x27;re a senior, 65 years or older, they&#x27;re in the tax year, you will have a new $6,000 deduction per person. So if you&#x27;re married, that&#x27;s $12,000. That&#x27;s at least a $2,400 to $2,800 tax savings just because you are 65. It does not matter if you&#x27;re retired.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> It does not matter if you&#x27;re on Social Security income. It does not matter anything else. You don&#x27;t even have to itemize. You get this right off the top. Are there income phase-outs on that one too? Oh, coach, the catch. The catch. Yes, there is an income phase-out. So if you&#x27;re single between $75,000 and $175,000, this deduction will phase-out. Or if you&#x27;re married between $150,000 and $250,000, which is a pretty decent size, this will phase-out. So if you give everyone that doesn&#x27;t have much money deductions but then punish everyone who does have a little money and don&#x27;t give them deductions, sooner or later you&#x27;re socialism because everyone has the same amount of money. That&#x27;s a good point. It doesn&#x27;t matter what you give them. If you don&#x27;t let them save anything or take it away from them, then you end up with the same kind of mean income, they call it. And it is mean. The means testing.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Yeah. So, all right. Anyway, it&#x27;s good to know that a lot of people are going to have some good windfalls, though. That is. And, you know, the Social Security income inflation increases have been very, very small. We&#x27;ve had the largest one in a while, but I know it was only maybe 3%. It was small. And so here is it. You know, more bang for your buck again from our tax bill. It&#x27;s just coming right off the top. You don&#x27;t have to do anything special. You just have your age has to qualify. And that&#x27;s it. Back in the 90s, I was a road warrior. So I basically did all my appointments at folks&#x27; houses. And I was all through North Carolina. And North Carolina is a big state when you have to drive it. So I would put over 60,000 miles a year on my car. And it would be a good windfall at the end of the year because I&#x27;d get a certain amount of money back per mile, 50 cents or whatever it was back then, per mile. What is the mileage deduction these days as far as what do you get to write off if you&#x27;re a road warrior like I was back then?</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Is it fairly high? Because gas has gone up a lot. But back when I got to write 50 cents off, gas was basically around 99 cents a gallon. You know, and cars have got a lot more expensive than parts have, too. I don&#x27;t think the government&#x27;s kept up with that should be like $5 a mile now compared to like everybody else. What is it now? Is it like it&#x27;s not about a dollar a mile? It&#x27;s 70 cents a mile. So it&#x27;s gone up, but not enough. Well, they really haven&#x27;t kept up with that at all, have they? Because it&#x27;s got to keep up with not only with the cost of the gas, but the repair on the car, the depreciation in value. How much the car itself costs, too. Exactly. It&#x27;s not keeping up with that. And unfortunately, you know, there&#x27;s some deductions for mileage that you used to be able to get in certain ways that have gone away. But 70 cents is where we&#x27;re at. That would take Coach Pete from having to write a check to getting a check back. That&#x27;s right. That was a big amount right there. That would really make a big difference for me.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And it really saved me because I probably would have been out of business back then if it wasn&#x27;t for that. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. So many things are against you as starting a small business. And so it&#x27;s good to have some things on your side back then. I don&#x27;t know about these days. Especially if you&#x27;re investing in assets and purchasing in that small or growth phase. Trying to employ people. Trying to employ people. When you&#x27;re getting started, hey, at least you&#x27;re going to have some tax breaks. Now, speaking of automobiles here, we&#x27;re talking about mileage. There is also a new consumer. This is not really for businesses but for consumers. The car loan interest. Now, remember, we used to have an itemized deduction for car interest. Now, so this is kind of coming back just in a little bit different flavor. However, if you buy a qualified vehicle with a certain qualified type of a loan, okay, we&#x27;ve got some brackets and some loopholes we&#x27;ve got to follow.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> But you can get up to $10,000, again, off of your gross income. You don&#x27;t need to itemize. Off the top, you can get $10,000 for your interest payments on a new automobile. But it&#x27;s for personal use only. This is huge, Thomas, when Stan says you don&#x27;t have to itemize. Yes, because itemization, a lot of people procrastinate and they never get around to it so the government wins. And, in fact, you don&#x27;t have to itemize, Stan. It&#x27;s just a check-in-the-box kind of thing. It really is. I mean, it makes a whole lot of sense. And this is something I think many people listening need to take advantage of. Yeah, it&#x27;s true. And I want to make sure that we get that number out there so people can connect. So, folks, connect right now. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword PLAN to the number 600-700. That is PLAN to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Now, Stan, the tax man, over there to my left, folks. Stan Moore. And, Stan, if you were doing, like, you&#x27;ve got about a minute now. If you could put a minute ad out right now and tell folks who you&#x27;re looking forward to represent, who you&#x27;re taking as new clients here in 2026, who would be the people that are listening now that you open your doors to and welcome as new clients? Business owners that are in North Carolina that value their time and they love to plan ahead because they value their cash flow in their business. You know, I like dealing with people that want to be a good steward of what God&#x27;s given them, which includes their business. But, you know, one thing God has given us that you can&#x27;t take back and you can&#x27;t buy is time. So what&#x27;s our value? Well, it&#x27;s our owners&#x27; and our clients&#x27; time, right? We want to be able to give them time to go out and maximize what they do best, dream big, think big, work well,</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> and we take care of the accounting, the planning, and the taxes. You take all that tax worry. Leave the worry to us. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re like Greyhound and the tax man. That&#x27;s right. Sounds good to me. If you want to give up your stress, you know, we&#x27;ll help you with that. Yeah, because taxes can cause a huge stress on people. And, you know, a lot of folks, after they meet with you, they leave happy because they know that it&#x27;s not as bad as they thought it was going to be because now they have someone on their side. And that&#x27;s why you become my chief CFO, my chief financial officer for my tax. My tax is every year. It&#x27;s, again, back to the blocking and tackling. Coach, you know how it is. When you&#x27;re in the red zone, right, you got to – when it gets really tough, what really matters is the blocking and tackling. If you keep up with the basics, you stay ahead. You know, let us keep up with your books. Let us keep up with your accounting. Hey, we&#x27;ll know six months ahead before you have a tax bill.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Who wants to wait until the last second and get surprised? No one likes surprises. If you have a question for Stan, folks, all you have to do is text STAN, S-T-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s STAN to 600-700. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete D’Arruda and CPA Stan Moore discuss cost segregation for real estate, deductions affecting older taxpayers, and why income phase-outs deserve a closer look. They also consider the value of keeping accounting records current so a tax bill does not arrive as a surprise. Listen for topics to review with your own tax professional as part of a coordinated retirement strategy. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you again alongside Stan Moore, CPA, better known as Stan the Taxman, and America&#x27;s Wealth Financial and Income Coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Catch up on the story by heading over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that is FinancialSafari.com. You can also check out Coach&#x27;s free resources over there when it comes to financial planning or ask a question that you maybe want to get in front of him or the team. Again, FinancialSafari.com. Now, if you&#x27;re in real estate or you&#x27;re planning to, cost segregation can be a very powerful thing. We&#x27;ve got a lot that President Trump is doing right now. We&#x27;ve been having a great conversation about everything from bonus depreciation, business depreciation, through taxes and overtime and tips.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There&#x27;s a lot going on. Lots of positive changes here in the tax code for everybody listening, and that&#x27;s why this is one of the happiest tax shows I&#x27;ve ever done. I&#x27;m loving the conversation. It&#x27;s hard to say happy in taxes in the same sentence. Yes, rare. I&#x27;d be even happier on April 15th. When have we heard that before? Never. So, Stan, what do we have here? I&#x27;ll tell you. We were talking about the unborn and how can taxes affect the unborn. Well, this is for children. Brand new. We&#x27;ve never seen anything like this before. It&#x27;s called the Trump Savings Accounts. Now, this starts in 2026. It is basically like a retirement account. It&#x27;s deferred tax on this, just like an IRA or 401K. And the government&#x27;s saying, hey, you can put up to $5,000 a year into this tax-deferred account per beneficiary,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and the government is going to put in $1,000 the first year. Got to like that. When is the IRS giving us money? Hey, before these kids are even filing a tax return, they&#x27;re going to get $1,000 from our federal government, literally. Now, the boundaries around this is- Here comes the fine print, Thomas. Okay, here&#x27;s the fine print. But you&#x27;re going to remember it because on July the 4th, 2026, our country&#x27;s 250th anniversary, that is the first contribution date for the Trump Savings Accounts, okay? So if you put money in there from July 4th on, it&#x27;s going to be qualified, and the child has to be born from January 1st, 2025 on. So it might be for the unborn that&#x27;s not born yet.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It might be for children that were born in 2025, but that&#x27;s the basic parameters. But when have we seen anything like this before? Never. Trump Savings Account, and the acronym is TSA. This is a good TSA for once in a while. It is. This show is all sorts of upside down. Nobody likes the TSA at the airport, but everybody likes the TSA when we&#x27;re talking about saving money. That&#x27;s amazing then. So July 4th of this year is going to be the first contribution. Wow. And think about this. Not only can the parents put money in, other family members, employers. We&#x27;re back to businesses again. We&#x27;ve got another double dip here, Coach. Double dip ice cream cone. Here we go. It&#x27;s not just the child that&#x27;s going to benefit, not just the family, but employers can put in up to $2,500 that will be excluded from your W-2.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> So normally when your employer gives you anything at all, you get taxed on it. And in this case, they can put up to $5,000, but up to $2,500 is not going to be taxed to you. So there&#x27;s a big benefit. It could be a charity putting money in. It could be an employer. It could be another family member. It&#x27;s pretty neat. Yeah. It&#x27;s amazing. And so just think about this. All that money that&#x27;s going into investment, that money is going to go into the stock market. The stock market is going to be flush with all this cash coming out of the- Sort of like when they did the 401ks. Yes. It&#x27;s coming out of the government coffers where Doge has found a lot of poor spending habits, right? Poor spending habits. And it&#x27;s going to go into a child&#x27;s account, and the parents are going to be able to invest that money in the market.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> It&#x27;s going to be a huge influx of capital into our market. Too bad they didn&#x27;t let us do Social Security that way, right? Oh, boy. Manage your own money in the market. Yeah, you wish. Money that took out of your paycheck. We wish. We wish. So that&#x27;s good. So what are the fine print levels here? The gotchas? What are people going to look at? Yeah, the gotchas. The tax gotchas. So no distributions before the child is 18, which makes sense. You don&#x27;t want to blow in it before they&#x27;re 18 anyway. You don&#x27;t want to blow it, right? It&#x27;s just like a regular IRA. 18 is kind of too soon. I would say until 30. Like, leave it alone and go to college for a second. I would think. But they give it to 18. 18 is very generous. You could take the money out, but you&#x27;re going to have a penalty, right? And it&#x27;s going to be taxed, just like on an IRA. So you don&#x27;t want to take it out early. Hey, an IRA, you&#x27;ve got to be 59 and a half, right? So this is 18. It&#x27;s much, much better. And you&#x27;ll be able to do rollovers from a Trump account to another Trump account.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> So a lot of details that will be coming out. So that&#x27;ll be a tax-free roll if you do it the right way. You could do a tax-free rollover. And so that&#x27;s the long and short of it, but I think it&#x27;s another double dip. Well, it&#x27;s another good one in there, right? So they really took some time and put some of these tax write-offs together. And this is a good way to help save some money, too. Now, that&#x27;s on the younger age spectrum. Now, let&#x27;s go to the senior, the other side of the age spectrum for our seniors, specifically 65 years or older. 65 plus. 65 plus. Coach, it&#x27;s not too far away from me. Hey, you know, somebody the other day gave me a senior discount. I didn&#x27;t complain. I&#x27;m only 59, but only 59. But I guess some of them start at 55. So there you go. So there was a lot of back and forth politically on what was going to be taxed,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> what was not as far as Social Security and some of this new tax law. And there&#x27;s been a lot of questions to me with seniors about, hey, does this mean that I&#x27;m going to get a deduction and my Social Security income is not going to be taxed? No, no, no. It doesn&#x27;t. Social Security income is still taxed, which is a real bummer. People hate the fact that they paid all the Social Security tax in and then one day they take it out and it&#x27;s being taxed. That has not changed. But what has changed is if you&#x27;re a senior, 65 years or older, they&#x27;re in the tax year, you will have a new $6,000 deduction per person. So if you&#x27;re married, that&#x27;s $12,000. That&#x27;s at least a $2,400 to $2,800 tax savings just because you are 65. It does not matter if you&#x27;re retired.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> It does not matter if you&#x27;re on Social Security income. It does not matter anything else. You don&#x27;t even have to itemize. You get this right off the top. Are there income phase-outs on that one too? Oh, coach, the catch. The catch. Yes, there is an income phase-out. So if you&#x27;re single between $75,000 and $175,000, this deduction will phase-out. Or if you&#x27;re married between $150,000 and $250,000, which is a pretty decent size, this will phase-out. So if you give everyone that doesn&#x27;t have much money deductions but then punish everyone who does have a little money and don&#x27;t give them deductions, sooner or later you&#x27;re socialism because everyone has the same amount of money. That&#x27;s a good point. It doesn&#x27;t matter what you give them. If you don&#x27;t let them save anything or take it away from them, then you end up with the same kind of mean income, they call it. And it is mean. The means testing.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> Yeah. So, all right. Anyway, it&#x27;s good to know that a lot of people are going to have some good windfalls, though. That is. And, you know, the Social Security income inflation increases have been very, very small. We&#x27;ve had the largest one in a while, but I know it was only maybe 3%. It was small. And so here is it. You know, more bang for your buck again from our tax bill. It&#x27;s just coming right off the top. You don&#x27;t have to do anything special. You just have your age has to qualify. And that&#x27;s it. Back in the 90s, I was a road warrior. So I basically did all my appointments at folks&#x27; houses. And I was all through North Carolina. And North Carolina is a big state when you have to drive it. So I would put over 60,000 miles a year on my car. And it would be a good windfall at the end of the year because I&#x27;d get a certain amount of money back per mile, 50 cents or whatever it was back then, per mile. What is the mileage deduction these days as far as what do you get to write off if you&#x27;re a road warrior like I was back then?</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Is it fairly high? Because gas has gone up a lot. But back when I got to write 50 cents off, gas was basically around 99 cents a gallon. You know, and cars have got a lot more expensive than parts have, too. I don&#x27;t think the government&#x27;s kept up with that should be like $5 a mile now compared to like everybody else. What is it now? Is it like it&#x27;s not about a dollar a mile? It&#x27;s 70 cents a mile. So it&#x27;s gone up, but not enough. Well, they really haven&#x27;t kept up with that at all, have they? Because it&#x27;s got to keep up with not only with the cost of the gas, but the repair on the car, the depreciation in value. How much the car itself costs, too. Exactly. It&#x27;s not keeping up with that. And unfortunately, you know, there&#x27;s some deductions for mileage that you used to be able to get in certain ways that have gone away. But 70 cents is where we&#x27;re at. That would take Coach Pete from having to write a check to getting a check back. That&#x27;s right. That was a big amount right there. That would really make a big difference for me.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And it really saved me because I probably would have been out of business back then if it wasn&#x27;t for that. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. So many things are against you as starting a small business. And so it&#x27;s good to have some things on your side back then. I don&#x27;t know about these days. Especially if you&#x27;re investing in assets and purchasing in that small or growth phase. Trying to employ people. Trying to employ people. When you&#x27;re getting started, hey, at least you&#x27;re going to have some tax breaks. Now, speaking of automobiles here, we&#x27;re talking about mileage. There is also a new consumer. This is not really for businesses but for consumers. The car loan interest. Now, remember, we used to have an itemized deduction for car interest. Now, so this is kind of coming back just in a little bit different flavor. However, if you buy a qualified vehicle with a certain qualified type of a loan, okay, we&#x27;ve got some brackets and some loopholes we&#x27;ve got to follow.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> But you can get up to $10,000, again, off of your gross income. You don&#x27;t need to itemize. Off the top, you can get $10,000 for your interest payments on a new automobile. But it&#x27;s for personal use only. This is huge, Thomas, when Stan says you don&#x27;t have to itemize. Yes, because itemization, a lot of people procrastinate and they never get around to it so the government wins. And, in fact, you don&#x27;t have to itemize, Stan. It&#x27;s just a check-in-the-box kind of thing. It really is. I mean, it makes a whole lot of sense. And this is something I think many people listening need to take advantage of. Yeah, it&#x27;s true. And I want to make sure that we get that number out there so people can connect. So, folks, connect right now. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword PLAN to the number 600-700. That is PLAN to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Now, Stan, the tax man, over there to my left, folks. Stan Moore. And, Stan, if you were doing, like, you&#x27;ve got about a minute now. If you could put a minute ad out right now and tell folks who you&#x27;re looking forward to represent, who you&#x27;re taking as new clients here in 2026, who would be the people that are listening now that you open your doors to and welcome as new clients? Business owners that are in North Carolina that value their time and they love to plan ahead because they value their cash flow in their business. You know, I like dealing with people that want to be a good steward of what God&#x27;s given them, which includes their business. But, you know, one thing God has given us that you can&#x27;t take back and you can&#x27;t buy is time. So what&#x27;s our value? Well, it&#x27;s our owners&#x27; and our clients&#x27; time, right? We want to be able to give them time to go out and maximize what they do best, dream big, think big, work well,</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> and we take care of the accounting, the planning, and the taxes. You take all that tax worry. Leave the worry to us. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re like Greyhound and the tax man. That&#x27;s right. Sounds good to me. If you want to give up your stress, you know, we&#x27;ll help you with that. Yeah, because taxes can cause a huge stress on people. And, you know, a lot of folks, after they meet with you, they leave happy because they know that it&#x27;s not as bad as they thought it was going to be because now they have someone on their side. And that&#x27;s why you become my chief CFO, my chief financial officer for my tax. My tax is every year. It&#x27;s, again, back to the blocking and tackling. Coach, you know how it is. When you&#x27;re in the red zone, right, you got to – when it gets really tough, what really matters is the blocking and tackling. If you keep up with the basics, you stay ahead. You know, let us keep up with your books. Let us keep up with your accounting. Hey, we&#x27;ll know six months ahead before you have a tax bill.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Who wants to wait until the last second and get surprised? No one likes surprises. If you have a question for Stan, folks, all you have to do is text STAN, S-T-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s STAN to 600-700. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete D’Arruda and CPA Stan Moore discuss cost segregation for real estate, deductions affecting older taxpayers, and why income phase-outs deserve a closer look. They also consider the value of keeping accounting records current so a tax bill does not arrive as a surprise. Listen for topics to review with your own tax professional as part of a coordinated retirement strategy. Part three of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stan Moore</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stan Moore, retirement planning, tax planning, real estate</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4/image.jpg?t=1792073388&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-cost-segregation-senior-deductions-and-planning-ahead-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4/image.jpg?t=1792073388&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 05:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>724</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b2a6b8d5-52fa-4d74-85ca-b4e10156fba4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11617409" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-cost-segregation-senior-deductions-and-planning-ahead-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>27</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Stan Moore" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stan Moore: Tips, Overtime, and the Fine Print on Deductions (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Stan Moore: Tips, Overtime, and the Fine Print on Deductions (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stan Moore and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine the deduction rules discussed in their January 2026 tax conversation, including tips and overtime. They explain why eligibility, income limits, recordkeeping, and filing details matter, and why a headline about a tax break does not tell the whole story. The discussion connects those questions with planning before retirement. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and in studio with us is Stan Moore, CPA, dubbed by a coach himself, Stan the Tax Man. Stan loves that, Thomas. He loves it. He&#x27;s smiling over there. I&#x27;m getting the thumbs up. If you want to, maybe you&#x27;re just joining us and you want to catch up on the conversation, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. You can also find us on Apple, Spotify, Pandora, YouTube, all the different outlets to find great conversation, because that was a great conversation on depreciation there. Stan, speaking of depreciation, see what I got in my hand? I have the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe, and it&#x27;s a $10 trillion bill. Has it depreciated? I am rich. Drillian. Thomas, I think we did a lookup on $10 trillion in Zimbabwe about four or five years ago when I first got this, and what was it worth, like five cents?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Oh, it was nothing. Yeah, yeah. That&#x27;s where you don&#x27;t want bad things happening. And this is when government gets out of control and starts printing too much money, and there&#x27;s nothing being produced in that government. Then all of a sudden, your currency&#x27;s worth nothing, and we don&#x27;t want that to happen here. And that&#x27;s why we encourage businesses to do well in our economy. And Stan, you&#x27;ve got some good news for not only business owners, but for people who work for businesses, too. Coach, remember, everybody knows when they were a kid, they loved the swirly ice cream cones, and you would dip it in the chocolate. What do you mean when they were kids? I still love them. Okay. We&#x27;re kids at heart, but everybody likes the double dip, right? Oh, double dip. So, Coach, this is a double dip, bro. We&#x27;ve got double dip new tax law, and this is brand new. This isn&#x27;t like something they&#x27;ve been resurrecting from the IRS in the old part of the code. This is brand new stuff.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So, the genius here is it is a double dip, meaning that the no tax on tips and the no tax on overtime, these are double dips. Why? Because it helps the consumer, the people making the money that are working, making the tips, doing the overtime, working hourly, but it also helps the businesses. It&#x27;s like the businesses are giving their employees a raise with this tax deduction. And the business gets the benefit as well, which I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, tell me how the business benefits. Well, with the restaurant industry was one that comes to mind with tips, right? So, tips can happen in a lot of hospitality areas, but the restaurant industry just alone, think about this. All of the tips that go through the business, now the employers, the businesses, they get a tip credit. So, that flows through their tax return, they get a tip credit, which is a benefit, okay?</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It helps them on their taxes that they have to pay for the employees. But then the employees get that tip money, and the new tax law is saying, hey, you can get up to a $25,000 deduction, whether you&#x27;re single or married, a $25,000 deduction, just because you have tips. And so, you put that in dollars and cents. I mean, we&#x27;re talking on average a $5,000 tax difference. It&#x27;s a big winful. It&#x27;s a big winful. It&#x27;s like you got a $5,000 raise on a $25,000 deduction that you didn&#x27;t do anything more to earn. It&#x27;s just straight off the top. Well, it&#x27;s just where you categorize the numbers, in other words. Exactly. It&#x27;s at a good place instead of a bad place now. And some people, a lot of the tax law in the past, you&#x27;d have to be one of those people that has enough itemized deduction, mortgage interest.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> This is not that. All of a sudden, you don&#x27;t qualify anyway, right? Exactly. But this one, it avoids it. So, no matter if you itemize or not, it&#x27;s right off the top of your adjusted gross income, as they call it. You take that deduction, whether you&#x27;re single or married, up to $25,000. So, the tip industry, Coach, it&#x27;s big for the employers, employees. Again, we got to double dip. Well, who doesn&#x27;t remember the campaign promise, no tax on tips? Remember, we heard that over and over again. As a matter of fact, both parties started talking about it, even though Donald Trump talked about it first, and Harris&#x27; campaign started talking about it as well. But it benefits the average citizen. That&#x27;s why both parties liked it so much. It really does. And, again, with tax law, usually there&#x27;s these catch phrases in there that, like, oh, what&#x27;s the gotcha moment? Yeah, we&#x27;re always waiting for a gotcha moment these days. So, there&#x27;s a little bit of a gotcha moment, but it&#x27;s a pretty decent gotcha moment.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> The gotcha moment is, okay, if your income and you&#x27;re single is between $150,000 and $400,000. So, if you&#x27;re single and you&#x27;re making $150,000. Doing pretty well. I mean, you&#x27;re making some good tips. You must be working at the Angus barn. Yeah, exactly. You&#x27;re doing very well. Thank you very much. But the deduction phases out. But think about it. If you&#x27;re making $400,000 and you&#x27;re making tips, I mean, wow, you&#x27;re doing great anyway. It phases out after you make that much money, and it&#x27;s zero. And if you&#x27;re between $150,000 and $400,000, it kind of phases down. But still, that&#x27;s a lot of money before they start taking the benefit away. Yeah. Back in the day, they&#x27;d do that $60,000 or something like that. Oh, that&#x27;s usually the case. And then the overtime issue, hey, a lot of people that are making tips, they may have overtime-type hours as well.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> All of the industry in the United States that pays on an hourly basis, wow, all the folks on overtime not paying tax on that? Think about it. For the people that are working hard and getting that extra time, and they want to get the bang for their buck, now you&#x27;re going to get it. Guess what? Another $25,000 deduction if you&#x27;re married. Now, on this one, it&#x27;s a little different. And if you&#x27;re single, that&#x27;s cut in half down to $12,500. But it&#x27;s another deduction, another kind of income phase out, but it&#x27;s still going to bring home $5,000 plus in tax savings. So no tax on overtime. So this has to be someone who&#x27;s paid on an hourly basis. Because if you get paid a salary, a lot of times you&#x27;re basically at the whim of however long the employer wants to keep you working. It&#x27;s not overtime. It&#x27;s just salary. That&#x27;s right. So it helps the entire economy that&#x27;s paying on an hourly basis, which is huge.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> I mean, this is a base of our economy that is the primary base of this country. So all of those employees, again, another $5,000 raise. And so does that have the similar kind of limits, the overtime, the $150,000 phase out to $400,000? Or is it different kind of rules there with that? It&#x27;s very similar. It&#x27;s in that $150,000 to $275,000 for singles and $300,000 to $550,000 for married filing jointly. So again, you&#x27;re married and you&#x27;re making over $300,000. This thing starts phasing out up to half a million dollars. If you&#x27;re doing between $300,000 and a half a million, you&#x27;re doing well anyway, right? I mean, you don&#x27;t need a whole lot of tax benefit, but it still is going to help a lot of people. So you could be making tips and working overtime, so you&#x27;ve got a double positive thing for yourself, right?</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> There you go. There&#x27;s the double dip. It just doesn&#x27;t have chocolate. So where are the gut-cha clauses? Where can people make a mistake or where are they going to make a mistake and cost them money in taxes using these rules? Are there any bad things that could happen if people do something the wrong way or don&#x27;t file right? Well, you know, because neither of these are subject to itemizing, meaning it just comes right off the top whether you itemize or take the standard deduction, and it&#x27;s applicable to single or married, you&#x27;d have to really do something really bad or stupid to avoid the benefit. But I&#x27;d say probably the one gotcha is if you&#x27;re married and you file separate. Okay. You can be married and literally want to file separate for other reasons. But if you think about doing that, this will be a gotcha because it&#x27;s going to not be to your benefit if you do that.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Sometimes when people get separated or are getting divorced or maybe they just have out-of-state income issues as to why they might do that. But you&#x27;ve got to weigh the benefit with the cost before you take that step. Okay. Good to know, Thomas. That is very good to know. Tell people if they have a question how they can get that answered. Absolutely. A lot of great information here, and I think it matters as we head into planning for retirement, planning for finances, just generally in life. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting. Just text the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. We&#x27;re going to have daily updates if needed on the tax law as we go forward with Stan the Taxman on our Financial Speakeasy network, by the way, folks. He has a 24-7 financial network you can pick up on your own computer, your own phone, your own iPad.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You don&#x27;t have to have a TV to get the 24-7 live streaming network. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. You can see it live on YouTube and also on Rumble. You decide which place you want to go. But go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com and select either YouTube or Rumble, and you can be watching the Financial Speakeasy within the next couple minutes. And we&#x27;re going to have updates. Again, we&#x27;ll break in with breaking news on tax law as it changes so you don&#x27;t have to wait to the weekend to find this information out any day of the week. And you can also subscribe to our newsletter to get that relevant information when it happens. Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. Very easy. Just head over to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and you will see the opportunity available right there on the site. Awesome. Stan, I mean, it&#x27;s a constantly changing environment we&#x27;re in now, and I&#x27;m happy to see good news to deliver good tax news for once instead of bad tax news.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> There you go. Seems to be all that&#x27;s available in the archives of the, I guess, consumer archives of people with bad problems with the tax man. But there are some good ways. And you never hear about people with success stories because it doesn&#x27;t make the bad news. No, it doesn&#x27;t. It&#x27;s true. And we have so many. Actually, I have a clip right here where someone started out with a hairpin. You might have seen this making its waves around the Internet and was able to trade it all the way up to, well, I don&#x27;t want to give it away. Welcome to Financial Success Stories and how they went from rags to riches. Today&#x27;s story is about an incredible young lady by the name of Demi Skipper. Let me tell you her story. Well, let Demi tell you herself. My name is Demi. I live in San Francisco, California. I&#x27;m 29 years old, and I&#x27;m trading a single bobby pin until I get to a house.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> So what that means is that I make one-for-one trades until I can get myself a house. All right, Demi. How did this all get started? From that bobby pin, I traded for a pair of earrings. Those earrings then went for margarita glasses. It was a set of four. And then after that, a vacuum, then a snowboard. That snowboard then went for an Apple TV. Well, it certainly wasn&#x27;t easy for Demi. After a year and a half of pouring blood, sweat, and tears, she finally took that one more step from that single hairpin and traded all the way up to a house. And as the late Paul Harvey used to say, now the rest of the story. Peloton, and then from the Peloton, a Mustang, a Jeep, a tiny cabin on wheels, a Honda CRV.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Then the Honda went for three tractors, and then the three tractors went for the Chipotle celebrity card. Only a few months later than hope, Demi was handed the keys to a little house near Nashville, Tennessee. The modest fixer-upper, complete with a big garden, was her 28th trade since she embarked on her project. After such a back-breaking challenge, Demi&#x27;s ready to do it all over again. This time, she&#x27;s hoping to donate the next house to someone who really needs it. The trading, it makes it feel like the barrier to entry is not as scary. You can have your own financial success story. Get on the right path to financial freedom and keep listening for more success stories. That is pretty crazy right there. Well, you never know, do you? You don&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s sort of like buying a lottery ticket every now and then just because you don&#x27;t want to be the one who,</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> like if you go by this gas station every day and it turns out somebody bought the winning ticket at that same gas station, you&#x27;d kick yourself over and over again. You would. You&#x27;ve got to take that stuff. You buy it to keep yourself from having lifetime FOMO. There you go. Fear of missing out, right? So let&#x27;s do this. Don&#x27;t have FOMO, fear of missing out, when it comes to having the right plan for the right time of your life. If you&#x27;re interested in getting the total retirement plan, we call it Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan. And the next 10 of you call, we&#x27;re going to do that at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge at least $1,000 for something not even as good as this. But this will be giving you 22 steps behind the scenes to put together for you the perfect retirement plan for what you want to do in your life. And, Thomas, tell folks how to qualify at no cost or obligation. Absolutely. Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> Plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stan Moore and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine the deduction rules discussed in their January 2026 tax conversation, including tips and overtime. They explain why eligibility, income limits, recordkeeping, and filing details matter, and why a headline about a tax break does not tell the whole story. The discussion connects those questions with planning before retirement. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, having a great conversation with America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. I&#x27;m Thomas Lipscomb, and in studio with us is Stan Moore, CPA, dubbed by a coach himself, Stan the Tax Man. Stan loves that, Thomas. He loves it. He&#x27;s smiling over there. I&#x27;m getting the thumbs up. If you want to, maybe you&#x27;re just joining us and you want to catch up on the conversation, just head over to FinancialSafari.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSafari.com. You can also find us on Apple, Spotify, Pandora, YouTube, all the different outlets to find great conversation, because that was a great conversation on depreciation there. Stan, speaking of depreciation, see what I got in my hand? I have the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe, and it&#x27;s a $10 trillion bill. Has it depreciated? I am rich. Drillian. Thomas, I think we did a lookup on $10 trillion in Zimbabwe about four or five years ago when I first got this, and what was it worth, like five cents?</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Oh, it was nothing. Yeah, yeah. That&#x27;s where you don&#x27;t want bad things happening. And this is when government gets out of control and starts printing too much money, and there&#x27;s nothing being produced in that government. Then all of a sudden, your currency&#x27;s worth nothing, and we don&#x27;t want that to happen here. And that&#x27;s why we encourage businesses to do well in our economy. And Stan, you&#x27;ve got some good news for not only business owners, but for people who work for businesses, too. Coach, remember, everybody knows when they were a kid, they loved the swirly ice cream cones, and you would dip it in the chocolate. What do you mean when they were kids? I still love them. Okay. We&#x27;re kids at heart, but everybody likes the double dip, right? Oh, double dip. So, Coach, this is a double dip, bro. We&#x27;ve got double dip new tax law, and this is brand new. This isn&#x27;t like something they&#x27;ve been resurrecting from the IRS in the old part of the code. This is brand new stuff.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So, the genius here is it is a double dip, meaning that the no tax on tips and the no tax on overtime, these are double dips. Why? Because it helps the consumer, the people making the money that are working, making the tips, doing the overtime, working hourly, but it also helps the businesses. It&#x27;s like the businesses are giving their employees a raise with this tax deduction. And the business gets the benefit as well, which I didn&#x27;t realize that. So, tell me how the business benefits. Well, with the restaurant industry was one that comes to mind with tips, right? So, tips can happen in a lot of hospitality areas, but the restaurant industry just alone, think about this. All of the tips that go through the business, now the employers, the businesses, they get a tip credit. So, that flows through their tax return, they get a tip credit, which is a benefit, okay?</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It helps them on their taxes that they have to pay for the employees. But then the employees get that tip money, and the new tax law is saying, hey, you can get up to a $25,000 deduction, whether you&#x27;re single or married, a $25,000 deduction, just because you have tips. And so, you put that in dollars and cents. I mean, we&#x27;re talking on average a $5,000 tax difference. It&#x27;s a big winful. It&#x27;s a big winful. It&#x27;s like you got a $5,000 raise on a $25,000 deduction that you didn&#x27;t do anything more to earn. It&#x27;s just straight off the top. Well, it&#x27;s just where you categorize the numbers, in other words. Exactly. It&#x27;s at a good place instead of a bad place now. And some people, a lot of the tax law in the past, you&#x27;d have to be one of those people that has enough itemized deduction, mortgage interest.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> This is not that. All of a sudden, you don&#x27;t qualify anyway, right? Exactly. But this one, it avoids it. So, no matter if you itemize or not, it&#x27;s right off the top of your adjusted gross income, as they call it. You take that deduction, whether you&#x27;re single or married, up to $25,000. So, the tip industry, Coach, it&#x27;s big for the employers, employees. Again, we got to double dip. Well, who doesn&#x27;t remember the campaign promise, no tax on tips? Remember, we heard that over and over again. As a matter of fact, both parties started talking about it, even though Donald Trump talked about it first, and Harris&#x27; campaign started talking about it as well. But it benefits the average citizen. That&#x27;s why both parties liked it so much. It really does. And, again, with tax law, usually there&#x27;s these catch phrases in there that, like, oh, what&#x27;s the gotcha moment? Yeah, we&#x27;re always waiting for a gotcha moment these days. So, there&#x27;s a little bit of a gotcha moment, but it&#x27;s a pretty decent gotcha moment.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> The gotcha moment is, okay, if your income and you&#x27;re single is between $150,000 and $400,000. So, if you&#x27;re single and you&#x27;re making $150,000. Doing pretty well. I mean, you&#x27;re making some good tips. You must be working at the Angus barn. Yeah, exactly. You&#x27;re doing very well. Thank you very much. But the deduction phases out. But think about it. If you&#x27;re making $400,000 and you&#x27;re making tips, I mean, wow, you&#x27;re doing great anyway. It phases out after you make that much money, and it&#x27;s zero. And if you&#x27;re between $150,000 and $400,000, it kind of phases down. But still, that&#x27;s a lot of money before they start taking the benefit away. Yeah. Back in the day, they&#x27;d do that $60,000 or something like that. Oh, that&#x27;s usually the case. And then the overtime issue, hey, a lot of people that are making tips, they may have overtime-type hours as well.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> All of the industry in the United States that pays on an hourly basis, wow, all the folks on overtime not paying tax on that? Think about it. For the people that are working hard and getting that extra time, and they want to get the bang for their buck, now you&#x27;re going to get it. Guess what? Another $25,000 deduction if you&#x27;re married. Now, on this one, it&#x27;s a little different. And if you&#x27;re single, that&#x27;s cut in half down to $12,500. But it&#x27;s another deduction, another kind of income phase out, but it&#x27;s still going to bring home $5,000 plus in tax savings. So no tax on overtime. So this has to be someone who&#x27;s paid on an hourly basis. Because if you get paid a salary, a lot of times you&#x27;re basically at the whim of however long the employer wants to keep you working. It&#x27;s not overtime. It&#x27;s just salary. That&#x27;s right. So it helps the entire economy that&#x27;s paying on an hourly basis, which is huge.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> I mean, this is a base of our economy that is the primary base of this country. So all of those employees, again, another $5,000 raise. And so does that have the similar kind of limits, the overtime, the $150,000 phase out to $400,000? Or is it different kind of rules there with that? It&#x27;s very similar. It&#x27;s in that $150,000 to $275,000 for singles and $300,000 to $550,000 for married filing jointly. So again, you&#x27;re married and you&#x27;re making over $300,000. This thing starts phasing out up to half a million dollars. If you&#x27;re doing between $300,000 and a half a million, you&#x27;re doing well anyway, right? I mean, you don&#x27;t need a whole lot of tax benefit, but it still is going to help a lot of people. So you could be making tips and working overtime, so you&#x27;ve got a double positive thing for yourself, right?</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> There you go. There&#x27;s the double dip. It just doesn&#x27;t have chocolate. So where are the gut-cha clauses? Where can people make a mistake or where are they going to make a mistake and cost them money in taxes using these rules? Are there any bad things that could happen if people do something the wrong way or don&#x27;t file right? Well, you know, because neither of these are subject to itemizing, meaning it just comes right off the top whether you itemize or take the standard deduction, and it&#x27;s applicable to single or married, you&#x27;d have to really do something really bad or stupid to avoid the benefit. But I&#x27;d say probably the one gotcha is if you&#x27;re married and you file separate. Okay. You can be married and literally want to file separate for other reasons. But if you think about doing that, this will be a gotcha because it&#x27;s going to not be to your benefit if you do that.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Sometimes when people get separated or are getting divorced or maybe they just have out-of-state income issues as to why they might do that. But you&#x27;ve got to weigh the benefit with the cost before you take that step. Okay. Good to know, Thomas. That is very good to know. Tell people if they have a question how they can get that answered. Absolutely. A lot of great information here, and I think it matters as we head into planning for retirement, planning for finances, just generally in life. The number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us by texting. Just text the keyword plan to the number 600-700. That is plan to the number 600-700. We&#x27;re going to have daily updates if needed on the tax law as we go forward with Stan the Taxman on our Financial Speakeasy network, by the way, folks. He has a 24-7 financial network you can pick up on your own computer, your own phone, your own iPad.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You don&#x27;t have to have a TV to get the 24-7 live streaming network. FinancialSpeakeasy.com. You can see it live on YouTube and also on Rumble. You decide which place you want to go. But go to FinancialSpeakeasy.com and select either YouTube or Rumble, and you can be watching the Financial Speakeasy within the next couple minutes. And we&#x27;re going to have updates. Again, we&#x27;ll break in with breaking news on tax law as it changes so you don&#x27;t have to wait to the weekend to find this information out any day of the week. And you can also subscribe to our newsletter to get that relevant information when it happens. Thomas, tell folks that I can do that. Absolutely. Very easy. Just head over to FinancialSpeakeasy.com. Again, that&#x27;s FinancialSpeakeasy.com, and you will see the opportunity available right there on the site. Awesome. Stan, I mean, it&#x27;s a constantly changing environment we&#x27;re in now, and I&#x27;m happy to see good news to deliver good tax news for once instead of bad tax news.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> There you go. Seems to be all that&#x27;s available in the archives of the, I guess, consumer archives of people with bad problems with the tax man. But there are some good ways. And you never hear about people with success stories because it doesn&#x27;t make the bad news. No, it doesn&#x27;t. It&#x27;s true. And we have so many. Actually, I have a clip right here where someone started out with a hairpin. You might have seen this making its waves around the Internet and was able to trade it all the way up to, well, I don&#x27;t want to give it away. Welcome to Financial Success Stories and how they went from rags to riches. Today&#x27;s story is about an incredible young lady by the name of Demi Skipper. Let me tell you her story. Well, let Demi tell you herself. My name is Demi. I live in San Francisco, California. I&#x27;m 29 years old, and I&#x27;m trading a single bobby pin until I get to a house.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> So what that means is that I make one-for-one trades until I can get myself a house. All right, Demi. How did this all get started? From that bobby pin, I traded for a pair of earrings. Those earrings then went for margarita glasses. It was a set of four. And then after that, a vacuum, then a snowboard. That snowboard then went for an Apple TV. Well, it certainly wasn&#x27;t easy for Demi. After a year and a half of pouring blood, sweat, and tears, she finally took that one more step from that single hairpin and traded all the way up to a house. And as the late Paul Harvey used to say, now the rest of the story. Peloton, and then from the Peloton, a Mustang, a Jeep, a tiny cabin on wheels, a Honda CRV.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Then the Honda went for three tractors, and then the three tractors went for the Chipotle celebrity card. Only a few months later than hope, Demi was handed the keys to a little house near Nashville, Tennessee. The modest fixer-upper, complete with a big garden, was her 28th trade since she embarked on her project. After such a back-breaking challenge, Demi&#x27;s ready to do it all over again. This time, she&#x27;s hoping to donate the next house to someone who really needs it. The trading, it makes it feel like the barrier to entry is not as scary. You can have your own financial success story. Get on the right path to financial freedom and keep listening for more success stories. That is pretty crazy right there. Well, you never know, do you? You don&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s sort of like buying a lottery ticket every now and then just because you don&#x27;t want to be the one who,</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> like if you go by this gas station every day and it turns out somebody bought the winning ticket at that same gas station, you&#x27;d kick yourself over and over again. You would. You&#x27;ve got to take that stuff. You buy it to keep yourself from having lifetime FOMO. There you go. Fear of missing out, right? So let&#x27;s do this. Don&#x27;t have FOMO, fear of missing out, when it comes to having the right plan for the right time of your life. If you&#x27;re interested in getting the total retirement plan, we call it Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan. And the next 10 of you call, we&#x27;re going to do that at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;ve seen others charge at least $1,000 for something not even as good as this. But this will be giving you 22 steps behind the scenes to put together for you the perfect retirement plan for what you want to do in your life. And, Thomas, tell folks how to qualify at no cost or obligation. Absolutely. Very easy to do. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to the number 600-700.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> Plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Stan Moore and Coach Pete D’Arruda examine the deduction rules discussed in their January 2026 tax conversation, including tips and overtime. They explain why eligibility, income limits, recordkeeping, and filing details matter, and why a headline about a tax break does not tell the whole story. The discussion connects those questions with planning before retirement. Part two of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stan Moore</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stan Moore, retirement planning, tax planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d/image.jpg?t=1792073392&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-tips-overtime-and-the-fine-print-on-deductions-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d/image.jpg?t=1792073392&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 05:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/89fb5101-4790-4f1c-a4be-b4e10156d58d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11595010" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-tips-overtime-and-the-fine-print-on-deductions-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>28</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Stan Moore" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:19" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stan Moore: Business Depreciation and Tax Planning for 2026 (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Stan Moore: Business Depreciation and Tax Planning for 2026 (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>CPA Stan Moore joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss tax planning as businesses prepare their returns and look ahead to 2026. They explore business purchases, depreciation, the timing of deductions, and the value of keeping tax decisions connected to a broader financial plan. Hear Stan’s perspective on questions to bring to your accountant before the filing deadline. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, it&#x27;s that time of day, time for the financial safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. He spent decades helping build retirement plans that don&#x27;t just survive the market. They thrive. They thrive. They thrive. Hey, and you&#x27;ve got someone with us here, Coach, because we&#x27;ve got a lot of shifting laws right now. Well, over the years, I&#x27;ve had the pleasure of meeting some really intelligent individuals, Thomas. Yes. And this one individual always keeps popping up because he&#x27;s my CPA. I have to talk to him every year, and we used to have him on the show, and he got too busy. Life took over, and now I&#x27;ve talked him into making regular appearances again, and I think it&#x27;ll be beneficial to the whole audience to listen to what Stan the tax man has to say. Stan Moore, welcome in. Coach, good to see you.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Great to be here. Thank you. We&#x27;ve known each other for a while, haven&#x27;t we? We have. It&#x27;s been good. So, Thomas, Stan&#x27;s going to give us some relevant tax tips and techniques and tell you what&#x27;s changing here in 2026. I am excited. Let&#x27;s dive right into it. What&#x27;s at the top of your mind, Stan? Well, the one big, beautiful bill. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve all heard about it, right? It&#x27;s been out there with President Trump. He talked about it on a campaign trail. He is now putting it into action. Here we are in 2026. So, we&#x27;ve got new tax law, and I tell you, it really impacts everybody. If you&#x27;re a business owner, small business, medium, whatever, or you just work for someone else, or even if you&#x27;re retired, even if you&#x27;re a child, you know what? Even if you&#x27;re unborn.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This affects unborn children, Coach. Pay attention, unborn children. Yes. Listen closely. I mean, this tax law, it goes deep and wide. Turn off the classical. Turn on the coach. And, you know, we were talking earlier this week, Stan, and you were talking about all the good things that are in this tax code for the average consumer. It really is. What&#x27;s in there? Because the media really hadn&#x27;t harped on it too much. It really is. You know, and taking all politics out of it, you just look at the tax code itself. You look at the brackets. You look at how the income falls into the brackets, the rates themselves, the pluses and minuses as far as deductions and what&#x27;s being taxed. And, Coach, we have new stuff in here, but, you know, it&#x27;s really the best structured tax law for everybody.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> I mean, really, from children to unborn to senior citizens, everybody in between, this is a plus. And if you are living under the assumption that your money is best spent and best invested when you have control over it, then this is the tax bill for you. Because it really puts money back into the consumer and the business owner&#x27;s pockets so you can invest in the best way for the amount of risk and return, which you talk about all the time. And you&#x27;ve got your financial assets in the right buckets. This gives the consumer the power of the dollar. And it literally is the best tax code that I&#x27;ve ever seen. It&#x27;s a novel concept to give the consumer the control of their own money, isn&#x27;t it? Go figure. I mean, that&#x27;s how our economy was built.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> Yeah, the way government has turned into here, it seems like lately, is give us your money. We&#x27;ll do better with it. Exactly. And are they? Hadn&#x27;t seen it yet. Where&#x27;s all the money going sometimes? It sure doesn&#x27;t look like it&#x27;s going to where it needs to go. That&#x27;s the question. So let&#x27;s keep it where it needs to stay. And so let&#x27;s talk about the first two things that come to your mind when you talk about the good things in the tax bill right here. What are the first two that always, when you consult with your clients, when they come in and say, Stan, tell me about what&#x27;s going on with Trump&#x27;s tax bill as a CPA. You say, well, here&#x27;s my two favorite things for you. I guess they&#x27;ve changed this for person to person. But for the average consumer listening, what are the two best hidden gems here in the tax code? I would say that for business owners, the bonus depreciation. That&#x27;s probably the biggest one. Now, what happened was with the old tax law that was in place was getting ready to expire from the 2017 Tax Cuts and Job Act.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> That was going to expire in 2025. Some of it actually started phasing out. It was getting scary. Yeah, it was getting scary. And so bonus depreciation, meaning when you purchase assets, what can you write off when you purchase those assets, depending on what they are? And that was getting ready to go away. And it was going down, down, down, almost gone, gone, gone. And so here we are in 2020, we were in 25, and we got this tax bill passed, basically extending out bonus depreciation, which is a huge, huge economic impact, literally for the entire country, because it is an incentive for business owners to invest in assets that are going to be productive in their business, as opposed to taking that money and giving it to Uncle Sam, where the government might not take that money and invest it as efficiently. Go figure.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Oh, you think. So putting that money back in the business owners, what does that do? It reinvests in the economy to buy the assets. Then those assets are put to work more productively. It&#x27;s a higher return on investment for the business owner. And so we got this back, and they made it permanent. So those are the two big things, is that it didn&#x27;t get worse, but it actually got better for a permanent. Now, when we say permanent in tax law, you could always have the politicians change it, right? They could go in there. But as far as permanent as it can be, we got that back. So that&#x27;s the big number one. You know, really, it does. If you encourage spending by businesses and they&#x27;re able to write off things, then when they spend the money, it helps somebody else&#x27;s business because you&#x27;re buying from them. And it really does trickle down because it trickles through the whole economy.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> That&#x27;s why our country was built. We&#x27;re getting ready to come upon our 250th anniversary, right? Yeah, it&#x27;s going to be an exciting year. It&#x27;s going to be an exciting year. And if you think about that, part of it was that we were created with what God gave us as inalienable rights, right? And it should be self-evident, the rights that we have. And those rights, when we broke off from Britain, was that, hey, we want the right not to be under your thumb. We want to make our own decisions, and we want to make our own business decisions. And this is really part of that essence of our country. You know, we&#x27;re getting old, Stan, because I remember 1976, the bicentennial. Thomas, were you here yet? I was a coin. The bicentennial coin. Yeah, they had a $2 bill that had a special first day of issue on there. My grandpa got a couple of those for us. In 1976, when the $2 bill came out, they put a $0.13 stamp on there because that&#x27;s how much it cost to mail a letter back then, $0.13.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Wow. And they postmarked it first day of issue, and I&#x27;ve got a couple of those. It&#x27;s pretty neat. Wow, that&#x27;s cool. But, yeah, the more things change, the more they remain the same. And now I wonder if they&#x27;ll have a special $250-year kind of $2 bill or something like that. You&#x27;ve got a little set right there together. They might, but it&#x27;s celebrating the country, but, you know, we usually don&#x27;t have tax celebrations, right? Yeah. But this literally, I believe, anyone listening, for 2026, you&#x27;re doing your 2025 tax returns. Right. Business owners, non-business owners, it&#x27;s good for everybody. It&#x27;s business depreciation. So this is anything you bought for your business, right? So this can be, it&#x27;s certain type of assets. They started writing this code a while back, and it&#x27;s assets that are classified, certain types of assets, you know, 20-year life or less.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> So you think about the big ones, you know, equipment, some pieces of real estate, not all the real estate, but certain improvements on the inside. So there&#x27;s a classification. A lot of small businesses, it&#x27;s really the vehicles, the equipment, the heavy equipment, moving equipment, things like that. You know, those are the things that really impact business owners, that they can take 100% depreciation. Even if it causes a loss, they can still take it, and that is the kicker, is you get all of the tax bang for your buck. When you say heavy equipment, could it be considered like a big SUV, or is that phased out before you get the heavy car? Well, automobiles have their own special piece, but they call them luxury automobiles, which is really just a personal passenger vehicle has a limit.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> It&#x27;s around $20,000 the first couple years, and you can take the rest over, you know, the next three or so years. But big equipment, you know, excavators or even machinery in your shop, it can be furniture, you know, those type of things that most businesses are buying on a regular basis. Things that move are basically the big ones. And then some of it on real estate, we can get into complex things, but it is just the fast write-off, and to be able to take it no matter what it does to your P&amp;L, you get all the bang for it. You get the return on your investment through taxes. Thomas, could we use a bulldozer or anything? You know, we could try. I&#x27;d love to learn how to use one. It&#x27;d be fun to drive a bulldozer around. You might need one now. But, Coach, that brings up a good point is that a lot of people really do do tax planning thinking that, hey, if I get a tax write-off, I need to go buy it.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And I&#x27;m opposite on that. That&#x27;s not the best economic decision. We want to make economic decisions because it&#x27;s a good investment. In other words, I want to spend $100,000 on this equipment because it&#x27;s good for my business. I&#x27;m going to get a return on my investment. And secondly, it&#x27;s a good tax move. We don&#x27;t want to make a tax move a priority. We don&#x27;t want the tail wagging the dog. I understand that because all of a sudden you&#x27;re in a lot of trouble then when you let the tail control it, right? Absolutely. It leads to bad decisions. Yep. All right. So that&#x27;s a big one. If someone has a question about that, let&#x27;s talk about who&#x27;s your average client. Who does Stan Moore deal with on a day-to-day and who is he looking to serve in the future? So business owners that really want to plan ahead, people that want to plan.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> And you talk about planning all the time, where you put your income in your buckets, risk and return, those things, life annuities of cash flow income. We focus on that. We want to plan cash flow. We want to be able to plan for taxes. We keep your books up to date. Coach, it&#x27;s just like being in the red zone in football. It&#x27;s the blocking and the tackling. This is the same thing for business owners. You don&#x27;t want to make mistakes at that point of life either. Right. You don&#x27;t want the flags flying up. You don&#x27;t want the penalties going. So you want to be able to take what you have, do a good job, plan ahead, and be ready. What we don&#x27;t like is tax surprises. Right? I mean, April 15th should not be a surprise. We want to be able to plan six months ahead and know what kind of cash I need to save, what I need to put in tax, what&#x27;s the minimum, what&#x27;s the maximum, and avoid the penalties. Yeah, it&#x27;s called tax planning.</p><p><strong>10:07</strong> Tax planning. To protect your behind from the tax man. And, Thomas, a good time here as we kick off the new year to make the first offer of the new year. Yes. And it&#x27;s going to be people that respond right now are going to get a copy of my brand new book, Tax Savvy Retirement. We&#x27;re going to send it to you at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;re even going to pay the postage and the handling. I love it. It&#x27;s what he gets you online. Say, free book. And then you sign up and it says, oh, only pay $15.95 for postage and handling. I hate it. No, this is zero. So if you call, you have to text. Let&#x27;s do the text. If you text, and Thomas is going to tell you how to do that, but we will send you, we&#x27;ll verify your address and send you out a copy of the book. And a golden ticket where you can get your very own financial plan done. And we can get a couple tax questions put in the queue for you, too, with Stan the Tax Man.</p><p><strong>10:55</strong> There you go. So, Thomas, this will be for the next 26 people who respond right now. We&#x27;re going to send these books out. So tell folks how they can do that. All right. Very easy, folks. Just call the number, 800-661-7383. If you have a question for Stan or Coach Pete and the team here at Capital Financial about what&#x27;s going on in your own plan, again, that number, 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. And take advantage of this opportunity of getting Coach Pete&#x27;s free book, Tax Savvy Retirement. This is a physical book being mailed out at absolutely no cost. You&#x27;re going to remember this because this is the keyword for it. Free to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700 to take advantage of that great offer. As we go into this year, I&#x27;m going to try to talk Stan into writing a chapter in this book and republishing it.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> Oh, I love it. Some of the tools and techniques as we go forward from Stan to Tax Man. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CPA Stan Moore joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss tax planning as businesses prepare their returns and look ahead to 2026. They explore business purchases, depreciation, the timing of deductions, and the value of keeping tax decisions connected to a broader financial plan. Hear Stan’s perspective on questions to bring to your accountant before the filing deadline. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, it&#x27;s that time of day, time for the financial safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. He spent decades helping build retirement plans that don&#x27;t just survive the market. They thrive. They thrive. They thrive. Hey, and you&#x27;ve got someone with us here, Coach, because we&#x27;ve got a lot of shifting laws right now. Well, over the years, I&#x27;ve had the pleasure of meeting some really intelligent individuals, Thomas. Yes. And this one individual always keeps popping up because he&#x27;s my CPA. I have to talk to him every year, and we used to have him on the show, and he got too busy. Life took over, and now I&#x27;ve talked him into making regular appearances again, and I think it&#x27;ll be beneficial to the whole audience to listen to what Stan the tax man has to say. Stan Moore, welcome in. Coach, good to see you.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Great to be here. Thank you. We&#x27;ve known each other for a while, haven&#x27;t we? We have. It&#x27;s been good. So, Thomas, Stan&#x27;s going to give us some relevant tax tips and techniques and tell you what&#x27;s changing here in 2026. I am excited. Let&#x27;s dive right into it. What&#x27;s at the top of your mind, Stan? Well, the one big, beautiful bill. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve all heard about it, right? It&#x27;s been out there with President Trump. He talked about it on a campaign trail. He is now putting it into action. Here we are in 2026. So, we&#x27;ve got new tax law, and I tell you, it really impacts everybody. If you&#x27;re a business owner, small business, medium, whatever, or you just work for someone else, or even if you&#x27;re retired, even if you&#x27;re a child, you know what? Even if you&#x27;re unborn.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This affects unborn children, Coach. Pay attention, unborn children. Yes. Listen closely. I mean, this tax law, it goes deep and wide. Turn off the classical. Turn on the coach. And, you know, we were talking earlier this week, Stan, and you were talking about all the good things that are in this tax code for the average consumer. It really is. What&#x27;s in there? Because the media really hadn&#x27;t harped on it too much. It really is. You know, and taking all politics out of it, you just look at the tax code itself. You look at the brackets. You look at how the income falls into the brackets, the rates themselves, the pluses and minuses as far as deductions and what&#x27;s being taxed. And, Coach, we have new stuff in here, but, you know, it&#x27;s really the best structured tax law for everybody.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> I mean, really, from children to unborn to senior citizens, everybody in between, this is a plus. And if you are living under the assumption that your money is best spent and best invested when you have control over it, then this is the tax bill for you. Because it really puts money back into the consumer and the business owner&#x27;s pockets so you can invest in the best way for the amount of risk and return, which you talk about all the time. And you&#x27;ve got your financial assets in the right buckets. This gives the consumer the power of the dollar. And it literally is the best tax code that I&#x27;ve ever seen. It&#x27;s a novel concept to give the consumer the control of their own money, isn&#x27;t it? Go figure. I mean, that&#x27;s how our economy was built.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> Yeah, the way government has turned into here, it seems like lately, is give us your money. We&#x27;ll do better with it. Exactly. And are they? Hadn&#x27;t seen it yet. Where&#x27;s all the money going sometimes? It sure doesn&#x27;t look like it&#x27;s going to where it needs to go. That&#x27;s the question. So let&#x27;s keep it where it needs to stay. And so let&#x27;s talk about the first two things that come to your mind when you talk about the good things in the tax bill right here. What are the first two that always, when you consult with your clients, when they come in and say, Stan, tell me about what&#x27;s going on with Trump&#x27;s tax bill as a CPA. You say, well, here&#x27;s my two favorite things for you. I guess they&#x27;ve changed this for person to person. But for the average consumer listening, what are the two best hidden gems here in the tax code? I would say that for business owners, the bonus depreciation. That&#x27;s probably the biggest one. Now, what happened was with the old tax law that was in place was getting ready to expire from the 2017 Tax Cuts and Job Act.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> That was going to expire in 2025. Some of it actually started phasing out. It was getting scary. Yeah, it was getting scary. And so bonus depreciation, meaning when you purchase assets, what can you write off when you purchase those assets, depending on what they are? And that was getting ready to go away. And it was going down, down, down, almost gone, gone, gone. And so here we are in 2020, we were in 25, and we got this tax bill passed, basically extending out bonus depreciation, which is a huge, huge economic impact, literally for the entire country, because it is an incentive for business owners to invest in assets that are going to be productive in their business, as opposed to taking that money and giving it to Uncle Sam, where the government might not take that money and invest it as efficiently. Go figure.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Oh, you think. So putting that money back in the business owners, what does that do? It reinvests in the economy to buy the assets. Then those assets are put to work more productively. It&#x27;s a higher return on investment for the business owner. And so we got this back, and they made it permanent. So those are the two big things, is that it didn&#x27;t get worse, but it actually got better for a permanent. Now, when we say permanent in tax law, you could always have the politicians change it, right? They could go in there. But as far as permanent as it can be, we got that back. So that&#x27;s the big number one. You know, really, it does. If you encourage spending by businesses and they&#x27;re able to write off things, then when they spend the money, it helps somebody else&#x27;s business because you&#x27;re buying from them. And it really does trickle down because it trickles through the whole economy.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> That&#x27;s why our country was built. We&#x27;re getting ready to come upon our 250th anniversary, right? Yeah, it&#x27;s going to be an exciting year. It&#x27;s going to be an exciting year. And if you think about that, part of it was that we were created with what God gave us as inalienable rights, right? And it should be self-evident, the rights that we have. And those rights, when we broke off from Britain, was that, hey, we want the right not to be under your thumb. We want to make our own decisions, and we want to make our own business decisions. And this is really part of that essence of our country. You know, we&#x27;re getting old, Stan, because I remember 1976, the bicentennial. Thomas, were you here yet? I was a coin. The bicentennial coin. Yeah, they had a $2 bill that had a special first day of issue on there. My grandpa got a couple of those for us. In 1976, when the $2 bill came out, they put a $0.13 stamp on there because that&#x27;s how much it cost to mail a letter back then, $0.13.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Wow. And they postmarked it first day of issue, and I&#x27;ve got a couple of those. It&#x27;s pretty neat. Wow, that&#x27;s cool. But, yeah, the more things change, the more they remain the same. And now I wonder if they&#x27;ll have a special $250-year kind of $2 bill or something like that. You&#x27;ve got a little set right there together. They might, but it&#x27;s celebrating the country, but, you know, we usually don&#x27;t have tax celebrations, right? Yeah. But this literally, I believe, anyone listening, for 2026, you&#x27;re doing your 2025 tax returns. Right. Business owners, non-business owners, it&#x27;s good for everybody. It&#x27;s business depreciation. So this is anything you bought for your business, right? So this can be, it&#x27;s certain type of assets. They started writing this code a while back, and it&#x27;s assets that are classified, certain types of assets, you know, 20-year life or less.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> So you think about the big ones, you know, equipment, some pieces of real estate, not all the real estate, but certain improvements on the inside. So there&#x27;s a classification. A lot of small businesses, it&#x27;s really the vehicles, the equipment, the heavy equipment, moving equipment, things like that. You know, those are the things that really impact business owners, that they can take 100% depreciation. Even if it causes a loss, they can still take it, and that is the kicker, is you get all of the tax bang for your buck. When you say heavy equipment, could it be considered like a big SUV, or is that phased out before you get the heavy car? Well, automobiles have their own special piece, but they call them luxury automobiles, which is really just a personal passenger vehicle has a limit.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> It&#x27;s around $20,000 the first couple years, and you can take the rest over, you know, the next three or so years. But big equipment, you know, excavators or even machinery in your shop, it can be furniture, you know, those type of things that most businesses are buying on a regular basis. Things that move are basically the big ones. And then some of it on real estate, we can get into complex things, but it is just the fast write-off, and to be able to take it no matter what it does to your P&amp;L, you get all the bang for it. You get the return on your investment through taxes. Thomas, could we use a bulldozer or anything? You know, we could try. I&#x27;d love to learn how to use one. It&#x27;d be fun to drive a bulldozer around. You might need one now. But, Coach, that brings up a good point is that a lot of people really do do tax planning thinking that, hey, if I get a tax write-off, I need to go buy it.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And I&#x27;m opposite on that. That&#x27;s not the best economic decision. We want to make economic decisions because it&#x27;s a good investment. In other words, I want to spend $100,000 on this equipment because it&#x27;s good for my business. I&#x27;m going to get a return on my investment. And secondly, it&#x27;s a good tax move. We don&#x27;t want to make a tax move a priority. We don&#x27;t want the tail wagging the dog. I understand that because all of a sudden you&#x27;re in a lot of trouble then when you let the tail control it, right? Absolutely. It leads to bad decisions. Yep. All right. So that&#x27;s a big one. If someone has a question about that, let&#x27;s talk about who&#x27;s your average client. Who does Stan Moore deal with on a day-to-day and who is he looking to serve in the future? So business owners that really want to plan ahead, people that want to plan.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> And you talk about planning all the time, where you put your income in your buckets, risk and return, those things, life annuities of cash flow income. We focus on that. We want to plan cash flow. We want to be able to plan for taxes. We keep your books up to date. Coach, it&#x27;s just like being in the red zone in football. It&#x27;s the blocking and the tackling. This is the same thing for business owners. You don&#x27;t want to make mistakes at that point of life either. Right. You don&#x27;t want the flags flying up. You don&#x27;t want the penalties going. So you want to be able to take what you have, do a good job, plan ahead, and be ready. What we don&#x27;t like is tax surprises. Right? I mean, April 15th should not be a surprise. We want to be able to plan six months ahead and know what kind of cash I need to save, what I need to put in tax, what&#x27;s the minimum, what&#x27;s the maximum, and avoid the penalties. Yeah, it&#x27;s called tax planning.</p><p><strong>10:07</strong> Tax planning. To protect your behind from the tax man. And, Thomas, a good time here as we kick off the new year to make the first offer of the new year. Yes. And it&#x27;s going to be people that respond right now are going to get a copy of my brand new book, Tax Savvy Retirement. We&#x27;re going to send it to you at no cost or obligation. We&#x27;re even going to pay the postage and the handling. I love it. It&#x27;s what he gets you online. Say, free book. And then you sign up and it says, oh, only pay $15.95 for postage and handling. I hate it. No, this is zero. So if you call, you have to text. Let&#x27;s do the text. If you text, and Thomas is going to tell you how to do that, but we will send you, we&#x27;ll verify your address and send you out a copy of the book. And a golden ticket where you can get your very own financial plan done. And we can get a couple tax questions put in the queue for you, too, with Stan the Tax Man.</p><p><strong>10:55</strong> There you go. So, Thomas, this will be for the next 26 people who respond right now. We&#x27;re going to send these books out. So tell folks how they can do that. All right. Very easy, folks. Just call the number, 800-661-7383. If you have a question for Stan or Coach Pete and the team here at Capital Financial about what&#x27;s going on in your own plan, again, that number, 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700. And take advantage of this opportunity of getting Coach Pete&#x27;s free book, Tax Savvy Retirement. This is a physical book being mailed out at absolutely no cost. You&#x27;re going to remember this because this is the keyword for it. Free to 600-700. That&#x27;s keyword free to 600-700 to take advantage of that great offer. As we go into this year, I&#x27;m going to try to talk Stan into writing a chapter in this book and republishing it.</p><p><strong>11:41</strong> Oh, I love it. Some of the tools and techniques as we go forward from Stan to Tax Man. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>CPA Stan Moore joins Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss tax planning as businesses prepare their returns and look ahead to 2026. They explore business purchases, depreciation, the timing of deductions, and the value of keeping tax decisions connected to a broader financial plan. Hear Stan’s perspective on questions to bring to your accountant before the filing deadline. Part one of the Financial Safari interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stan Moore</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Business Depreciation and Tax Planning for 2026</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stan Moore, tax planning, Business Depreciation and Tax Planning for 2026, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b/image.jpg?t=1792073399&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-business-depreciation-and-tax-planning-for-2026-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b/image.jpg?t=1792073399&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jan 2026 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>709</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b37bc73e-e68d-4e01-bbc4-b4e10156a58b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11375429" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-moore-business-depreciation-and-tax-planning-for-2026-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>29</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Stan Moore" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:11" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bill Bengen: Retirement Withdrawals and the 4% Rule</title>
      <itunes:title>Bill Bengen: Retirement Withdrawals and the 4% Rule</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bill Bengen joins Coach Pete to discuss the research behind the 4% rule and the factors that shape retirement withdrawal planning. Their October 2025 conversation explores inflation, market valuations, time horizons, and individual goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, we have a very interesting guest this week. Matter of fact, if you&#x27;ve ever heard of something called the 4% rule in the money world, we&#x27;re going to have the inventor of the 4% rule, Mr. Bill Bengenon. And Bill is joining us from Tucson, Arizona today. Bill, welcome in. Thanks for joining me. Looking forward to it. Yeah. Now, like I said, you&#x27;re the inventor of the 4% rule. How did you come about that and what inspired the research behind this 4% rule that we hear about? Sure. I was a relatively new financial planner back in the early 90s. Not a young one. It was a second career, but I got into that. And I started fielding questions for my clients who are, you know, basically baby boomers with about 20 to 25 years to retirement. And they were just starting to think seriously about how much they should be saving</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and what they could spend in retirement. And I tried to find guidance on, you know, the spending withdrawals. And I couldn&#x27;t find anything anywhere, no books, no magazines. Other finance advisors were all over the map with their answers. So I decided to sit down at the computer and find solutions myself. Well, you know, you said this is your second career. And I want to tell folks a little bit about you. You were born in Brooklyn, New York in 1947. And then you went to MIT as a rocket scientist. You had a BS in aeronautics and astronautics from MIT. That is fascinating. Then you worked for your family soft drink bottling company after that. So you have a research mentality, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, I learned something from every career I was in.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Tell me a little bit about the bottling career. That&#x27;s a fascinating concept to me. Yeah, well, our business had been in our family since the 1880s. It started out as a small backyard soft drink business in Brooklyn. In those days, you know, soft drinks were not consumed year-round. So generally, they would shut down after Labor Day and open up, you know, sometime in the spring, which is pretty amazing. We consider what the business is like today. But the business grew. They picked up the 7-Up franchise in the 1930s. The business grew and became substantial. And I was very disillusioned with what was happening with the space program. So I decided to accept for invitation to join. And I&#x27;m glad I did. I learned a lot there. Yeah. Well, so you got your degree, you did the bottling, and then something must have gone off in your head about 17 years into that career as a bottler,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> working in a bottling plant and working behind the scenes, and you decided to be a financial planner. Tell me about that. Yeah, sure. Well, first thing, we sold the business. In the 100th year, I was in the family. So I no longer had employment. But so I had to find it. And I spoke to my wife and kids. And let&#x27;s say, let&#x27;s not get stuck here in the cold Northeast. Let&#x27;s go somewhere where it&#x27;s nice and warm in the winter. So we ended up in San Diego for many years. And then finally here in Tucson. And so you were in the financial planning career. There&#x27;s a lot of us out here. You must have been sitting down one night, and you said, well, I need to figure out how much someone could take out of their portfolio and not run out of money. Is that how you – I mean, what was the thought process to come up with the 4% rule, and what year was it?</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Sure. That was 19 – I did the research in 93 and published a paper in 94. And essentially what I was trying to answer was, what was the worst-case situation in history? If you wanted to be ultra-conservative and would draw out a rate which guaranteed 30 years based on anything that&#x27;s happened in the last 100 years, what would it be? It turned out to be about 4.15 percent was the worst case, which applied to the person who retired in October of 68. It ran into a buzzsaw market, bear markets, one after the other, and then terrible inflation, which was an increase of withdrawals. We call that sequence of return risk when you retire into a bad environment like that. And so you tested those back in the 90s.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And what surprised you most when you were doing this research on the 4% rule? Well, I was surprised at first when I looked at the asset allocation. You know, I wasn&#x27;t sure how much you need in stocks and bonds. And when I ran the numbers, it clearly indicated you need a very substantial position stock, 60%, 65% probably, and bonds not so much. If you go much higher than that in stocks, you get hit with a bad, bear market. You get devastated. If you go low and with more bonds, you won&#x27;t have enough home from the portfolio to generate the returns you need to get the withdrawals. Right. And when we say stocks these days, you know, there&#x27;s so many stocks. And people need to diversify properly or they can pick the wrong stock and be bankrupt in two days if it&#x27;s a bad stock.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> You know, you see some of these stocks like a rug pull and they don&#x27;t exist anymore. So how can someone make sure they&#x27;re picking the right stocks to go along with the 4% rule? Well, I think diversification is the key. Invest in funds that are broadly diversified across markets, across countries, across industries. Good, high quality funds. There are plenty of those. Most of them are index funds at very low cost so that they are easy to swallow. You know, you&#x27;re not dealing with friction of commissions and so forth. Yes. So it can be done. People today are very fortunate to have this available to them. Now, when we hear about different rules of withdrawals that you can make sure to have a successful retirement, Susie Orman saying 3%. I&#x27;ve even heard someone say Dave Ramsey says 8%.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> What are your opinion on those or that range? What do you think about that? Well, you know, I haven&#x27;t sat down with either of them to discuss the basis of their feelings. But just looking at my own data, I use historical data. I basically reconstruct the portfolios of investors retiring in 1926 to date. I have seen nothing in history that indicates anything less than 4.7%, which is the new number, my updated number. And to get below that, we would have to have something like in the 60s and 70s again, if you remember. We just had terrible bear markets followed by years of high inflation. And I don&#x27;t see that on the horizon yet, at least. What&#x27;s your opinion on the S&amp;P 500? Is that a good, like, I know Vanguard has a really good one.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> VOO is a symbol. That&#x27;s a pretty nice S&amp;P 500 fund. What do you think about that one as far as being included in that portfolio to get this 4.7% you&#x27;re talking about? It probably makes sense to do that over the long term. Although, on the short term, you&#x27;re going to have to be careful because stocks are very highly valued and very concentrated in a few names. So, that not always doesn&#x27;t end well. Now, you said you&#x27;ve been quoted that the 4% rule was never meant to be a law, more of a process. How should people use it today without locking themselves into a rigid number, I guess we say? Yeah, I&#x27;ve identified in my book eight, what I call eight elements, which are basically assumptions that you can use to personalize your withdrawal plan.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> They include things like the planning horizon, you know, how long you&#x27;re planning to withdraw money, what type of account taxable, non-taxable. Do you plan to leave a balance at the end of the account for your heirs and so on? There are those eight factors. You get values for each of those. And then, the next step is to take a look at stock market valuation and inflation. And using those two factors, I&#x27;ve got tables set up so people can just look up their number. Nice. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking about Bill Bengen, and he is the founder of the 4% rule. And, Bill, for retirees worried about inflation today, what&#x27;s the best way to protect their spending power long term? Well, that&#x27;s the real concern. I always say that inflation is the greatest enemy of retirees. I think in the bond portfolio, they could use tips, significant exposure to tips.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> And I think also they want to invest in top-quality companies that go through, you know, a rough period of time of inflation and come out okay. They&#x27;ve got pricing power. This is more of a psychological question than a financial question. But do you think retirees today are more likely to run out of money or leave too much unspent out of fear? You know, the biggest problem I&#x27;m aware of is not spending enough. A lot of folks think that they can just spend off their interest in the dividends and live off that. That really constrains you tremendously. You can have a much richer lifestyle. I imagine the heirs must be very pleased with that. It means they&#x27;re going to hurt a lot of money. But it doesn&#x27;t help to retire any much. Bill, I had a client about 20 years ago. And I said, I noticed, I said, John, you&#x27;re not spending much money. You&#x27;ve got all this money.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> He had millions of dollars. I said, you need to start spending it, having some fun because you&#x27;re retired. And he said, that&#x27;s a good point, Coach. Because my friend, he had a friend who said, if he doesn&#x27;t spend it, his kids will go first class and spend all his money. So he was still afraid to spend it. But his friend was putting pressure on him to start spending it because he said, if you don&#x27;t spend it, your kids will. That&#x27;s about what you were saying right there. What&#x27;s the biggest misconception about your rule? And what do you like to clear up now, once and for all, that we&#x27;re on the air? What do you think that people just don&#x27;t understand about the 4% rule? I think a lot of people think 4% or 4.7%, as I now phrase it, means that you take out 4.7% of your portfolio value every year. And that&#x27;s not the system that the rule is based on.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It&#x27;s based on more like a Social Security system. When the first year you use your percentage, it&#x27;s 4.7%. You have a million dollars. In an IRA, you take out $47,000. After the first year, you throw away that 4.7%. And just simply give yourself a cost and a little adjustment like Social Security. So you increase a little bit every year, over and above that what it was. Okay. And even in a down market? Yes. My methods are designed to get you through bear markets. I mean, one thing about bear markets, we know that they&#x27;re nasty and they can reduce your withdrawal rate, but they don&#x27;t last forever. You get us a recovery and you&#x27;ll come back. So it shouldn&#x27;t be too impatient when that happens. Now, tell us about A Richer Retirement, a book you wrote.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> And what can readers expect and how can they learn more about your latest research as well? Sure. Well, my book is basically designed like a cookbook where people can go to it and find recipes for a way to construct a withdrawal plan during retirement. Using, you know, 10 basic fundamentals. And then my website, bengenfs.com, I have developing a whole library of scenarios that people can look up something that&#x27;s close to their own situation in terms of the eight elements and then possibly use that as a template for their own retirement plan. You know, a lot of times I&#x27;ll sit down with a couple and one of the two in this couple will be very risk adverse and the other one will be a very big risk taker.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> How do you deal with a couple like that? Well, fortunately, I don&#x27;t have to deal with it anymore. Back in the day, back in the day, how&#x27;d you do that? How&#x27;d you deal with it? It was tough to reconcile. You had to try and sit with them and sort out some of these financial issues. Some people are just very fearful of certain things. It&#x27;s irrational and there&#x27;s not much that can be done. Just reach a compromise if you can. Now, finally, I want to wrap it up on a subject that a lot of people have heard about because critics have said that 4% rule is obsolete after the 2021 to 2023 inflation shock. Is that fair or is that fear, Marguerite, that they&#x27;re saying that? No, it seems to have survived it okay.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Now, of course, that&#x27;s only a few years ago. Right. We don&#x27;t know what will happen over the next 10 to 15 years, which will have a lot to say about what happens when people retired back then. But right now, they&#x27;re starting out okay. They got hit with a bear mark, but then they got a huge recovery after that. So they&#x27;re back in Clover, I think. We&#x27;ve been very, very lucky, haven&#x27;t we, with these V-shaped recoveries we&#x27;ve had in the last 20 years. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Look at Japan. I mean, it took them forever to recover or get back on the right track. And that&#x27;s the only thing that worries me, Bill. And I think that these days, though, I think the average investor is a lot more astute than they have been in the past. I think that&#x27;s why they may help the recovery more than the stock companies themselves help the recovery. Because people have the fear of missing out.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> So when the stock goes down, they jump in and buy many times. And that&#x27;s usually the correct strategy. Whether it is today, I&#x27;m not so sure. But, yeah, I agree with that. You know, back in the day, they say trying to buy a falling stock was, right, trying to catch a falling knife. And that is true on some of these penny stocks that go down. But for the traditional S&amp;P 500 companies, that doesn&#x27;t really apply these days, does it? I mean, it is good to buy low and sell high. Yeah, I think if you&#x27;re investing in a broadly derisified fund, you&#x27;re protected against individual business risk. Yes. And you should just be fine over the long term. Well, folks, his name is Bill Bengen. And his book is Richer Retirement. And he is the inventor of the 4% rule. Bill, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, Pete. Appreciate it.</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bill Bengen joins Coach Pete to discuss the research behind the 4% rule and the factors that shape retirement withdrawal planning. Their October 2025 conversation explores inflation, market valuations, time horizons, and individual goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, we have a very interesting guest this week. Matter of fact, if you&#x27;ve ever heard of something called the 4% rule in the money world, we&#x27;re going to have the inventor of the 4% rule, Mr. Bill Bengenon. And Bill is joining us from Tucson, Arizona today. Bill, welcome in. Thanks for joining me. Looking forward to it. Yeah. Now, like I said, you&#x27;re the inventor of the 4% rule. How did you come about that and what inspired the research behind this 4% rule that we hear about? Sure. I was a relatively new financial planner back in the early 90s. Not a young one. It was a second career, but I got into that. And I started fielding questions for my clients who are, you know, basically baby boomers with about 20 to 25 years to retirement. And they were just starting to think seriously about how much they should be saving</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and what they could spend in retirement. And I tried to find guidance on, you know, the spending withdrawals. And I couldn&#x27;t find anything anywhere, no books, no magazines. Other finance advisors were all over the map with their answers. So I decided to sit down at the computer and find solutions myself. Well, you know, you said this is your second career. And I want to tell folks a little bit about you. You were born in Brooklyn, New York in 1947. And then you went to MIT as a rocket scientist. You had a BS in aeronautics and astronautics from MIT. That is fascinating. Then you worked for your family soft drink bottling company after that. So you have a research mentality, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, I learned something from every career I was in.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Tell me a little bit about the bottling career. That&#x27;s a fascinating concept to me. Yeah, well, our business had been in our family since the 1880s. It started out as a small backyard soft drink business in Brooklyn. In those days, you know, soft drinks were not consumed year-round. So generally, they would shut down after Labor Day and open up, you know, sometime in the spring, which is pretty amazing. We consider what the business is like today. But the business grew. They picked up the 7-Up franchise in the 1930s. The business grew and became substantial. And I was very disillusioned with what was happening with the space program. So I decided to accept for invitation to join. And I&#x27;m glad I did. I learned a lot there. Yeah. Well, so you got your degree, you did the bottling, and then something must have gone off in your head about 17 years into that career as a bottler,</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> working in a bottling plant and working behind the scenes, and you decided to be a financial planner. Tell me about that. Yeah, sure. Well, first thing, we sold the business. In the 100th year, I was in the family. So I no longer had employment. But so I had to find it. And I spoke to my wife and kids. And let&#x27;s say, let&#x27;s not get stuck here in the cold Northeast. Let&#x27;s go somewhere where it&#x27;s nice and warm in the winter. So we ended up in San Diego for many years. And then finally here in Tucson. And so you were in the financial planning career. There&#x27;s a lot of us out here. You must have been sitting down one night, and you said, well, I need to figure out how much someone could take out of their portfolio and not run out of money. Is that how you – I mean, what was the thought process to come up with the 4% rule, and what year was it?</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Sure. That was 19 – I did the research in 93 and published a paper in 94. And essentially what I was trying to answer was, what was the worst-case situation in history? If you wanted to be ultra-conservative and would draw out a rate which guaranteed 30 years based on anything that&#x27;s happened in the last 100 years, what would it be? It turned out to be about 4.15 percent was the worst case, which applied to the person who retired in October of 68. It ran into a buzzsaw market, bear markets, one after the other, and then terrible inflation, which was an increase of withdrawals. We call that sequence of return risk when you retire into a bad environment like that. And so you tested those back in the 90s.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And what surprised you most when you were doing this research on the 4% rule? Well, I was surprised at first when I looked at the asset allocation. You know, I wasn&#x27;t sure how much you need in stocks and bonds. And when I ran the numbers, it clearly indicated you need a very substantial position stock, 60%, 65% probably, and bonds not so much. If you go much higher than that in stocks, you get hit with a bad, bear market. You get devastated. If you go low and with more bonds, you won&#x27;t have enough home from the portfolio to generate the returns you need to get the withdrawals. Right. And when we say stocks these days, you know, there&#x27;s so many stocks. And people need to diversify properly or they can pick the wrong stock and be bankrupt in two days if it&#x27;s a bad stock.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> You know, you see some of these stocks like a rug pull and they don&#x27;t exist anymore. So how can someone make sure they&#x27;re picking the right stocks to go along with the 4% rule? Well, I think diversification is the key. Invest in funds that are broadly diversified across markets, across countries, across industries. Good, high quality funds. There are plenty of those. Most of them are index funds at very low cost so that they are easy to swallow. You know, you&#x27;re not dealing with friction of commissions and so forth. Yes. So it can be done. People today are very fortunate to have this available to them. Now, when we hear about different rules of withdrawals that you can make sure to have a successful retirement, Susie Orman saying 3%. I&#x27;ve even heard someone say Dave Ramsey says 8%.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> What are your opinion on those or that range? What do you think about that? Well, you know, I haven&#x27;t sat down with either of them to discuss the basis of their feelings. But just looking at my own data, I use historical data. I basically reconstruct the portfolios of investors retiring in 1926 to date. I have seen nothing in history that indicates anything less than 4.7%, which is the new number, my updated number. And to get below that, we would have to have something like in the 60s and 70s again, if you remember. We just had terrible bear markets followed by years of high inflation. And I don&#x27;t see that on the horizon yet, at least. What&#x27;s your opinion on the S&amp;P 500? Is that a good, like, I know Vanguard has a really good one.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> VOO is a symbol. That&#x27;s a pretty nice S&amp;P 500 fund. What do you think about that one as far as being included in that portfolio to get this 4.7% you&#x27;re talking about? It probably makes sense to do that over the long term. Although, on the short term, you&#x27;re going to have to be careful because stocks are very highly valued and very concentrated in a few names. So, that not always doesn&#x27;t end well. Now, you said you&#x27;ve been quoted that the 4% rule was never meant to be a law, more of a process. How should people use it today without locking themselves into a rigid number, I guess we say? Yeah, I&#x27;ve identified in my book eight, what I call eight elements, which are basically assumptions that you can use to personalize your withdrawal plan.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> They include things like the planning horizon, you know, how long you&#x27;re planning to withdraw money, what type of account taxable, non-taxable. Do you plan to leave a balance at the end of the account for your heirs and so on? There are those eight factors. You get values for each of those. And then, the next step is to take a look at stock market valuation and inflation. And using those two factors, I&#x27;ve got tables set up so people can just look up their number. Nice. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking about Bill Bengen, and he is the founder of the 4% rule. And, Bill, for retirees worried about inflation today, what&#x27;s the best way to protect their spending power long term? Well, that&#x27;s the real concern. I always say that inflation is the greatest enemy of retirees. I think in the bond portfolio, they could use tips, significant exposure to tips.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> And I think also they want to invest in top-quality companies that go through, you know, a rough period of time of inflation and come out okay. They&#x27;ve got pricing power. This is more of a psychological question than a financial question. But do you think retirees today are more likely to run out of money or leave too much unspent out of fear? You know, the biggest problem I&#x27;m aware of is not spending enough. A lot of folks think that they can just spend off their interest in the dividends and live off that. That really constrains you tremendously. You can have a much richer lifestyle. I imagine the heirs must be very pleased with that. It means they&#x27;re going to hurt a lot of money. But it doesn&#x27;t help to retire any much. Bill, I had a client about 20 years ago. And I said, I noticed, I said, John, you&#x27;re not spending much money. You&#x27;ve got all this money.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> He had millions of dollars. I said, you need to start spending it, having some fun because you&#x27;re retired. And he said, that&#x27;s a good point, Coach. Because my friend, he had a friend who said, if he doesn&#x27;t spend it, his kids will go first class and spend all his money. So he was still afraid to spend it. But his friend was putting pressure on him to start spending it because he said, if you don&#x27;t spend it, your kids will. That&#x27;s about what you were saying right there. What&#x27;s the biggest misconception about your rule? And what do you like to clear up now, once and for all, that we&#x27;re on the air? What do you think that people just don&#x27;t understand about the 4% rule? I think a lot of people think 4% or 4.7%, as I now phrase it, means that you take out 4.7% of your portfolio value every year. And that&#x27;s not the system that the rule is based on.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It&#x27;s based on more like a Social Security system. When the first year you use your percentage, it&#x27;s 4.7%. You have a million dollars. In an IRA, you take out $47,000. After the first year, you throw away that 4.7%. And just simply give yourself a cost and a little adjustment like Social Security. So you increase a little bit every year, over and above that what it was. Okay. And even in a down market? Yes. My methods are designed to get you through bear markets. I mean, one thing about bear markets, we know that they&#x27;re nasty and they can reduce your withdrawal rate, but they don&#x27;t last forever. You get us a recovery and you&#x27;ll come back. So it shouldn&#x27;t be too impatient when that happens. Now, tell us about A Richer Retirement, a book you wrote.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> And what can readers expect and how can they learn more about your latest research as well? Sure. Well, my book is basically designed like a cookbook where people can go to it and find recipes for a way to construct a withdrawal plan during retirement. Using, you know, 10 basic fundamentals. And then my website, bengenfs.com, I have developing a whole library of scenarios that people can look up something that&#x27;s close to their own situation in terms of the eight elements and then possibly use that as a template for their own retirement plan. You know, a lot of times I&#x27;ll sit down with a couple and one of the two in this couple will be very risk adverse and the other one will be a very big risk taker.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> How do you deal with a couple like that? Well, fortunately, I don&#x27;t have to deal with it anymore. Back in the day, back in the day, how&#x27;d you do that? How&#x27;d you deal with it? It was tough to reconcile. You had to try and sit with them and sort out some of these financial issues. Some people are just very fearful of certain things. It&#x27;s irrational and there&#x27;s not much that can be done. Just reach a compromise if you can. Now, finally, I want to wrap it up on a subject that a lot of people have heard about because critics have said that 4% rule is obsolete after the 2021 to 2023 inflation shock. Is that fair or is that fear, Marguerite, that they&#x27;re saying that? No, it seems to have survived it okay.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Now, of course, that&#x27;s only a few years ago. Right. We don&#x27;t know what will happen over the next 10 to 15 years, which will have a lot to say about what happens when people retired back then. But right now, they&#x27;re starting out okay. They got hit with a bear mark, but then they got a huge recovery after that. So they&#x27;re back in Clover, I think. We&#x27;ve been very, very lucky, haven&#x27;t we, with these V-shaped recoveries we&#x27;ve had in the last 20 years. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Look at Japan. I mean, it took them forever to recover or get back on the right track. And that&#x27;s the only thing that worries me, Bill. And I think that these days, though, I think the average investor is a lot more astute than they have been in the past. I think that&#x27;s why they may help the recovery more than the stock companies themselves help the recovery. Because people have the fear of missing out.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> So when the stock goes down, they jump in and buy many times. And that&#x27;s usually the correct strategy. Whether it is today, I&#x27;m not so sure. But, yeah, I agree with that. You know, back in the day, they say trying to buy a falling stock was, right, trying to catch a falling knife. And that is true on some of these penny stocks that go down. But for the traditional S&amp;P 500 companies, that doesn&#x27;t really apply these days, does it? I mean, it is good to buy low and sell high. Yeah, I think if you&#x27;re investing in a broadly derisified fund, you&#x27;re protected against individual business risk. Yes. And you should just be fine over the long term. Well, folks, his name is Bill Bengen. And his book is Richer Retirement. And he is the inventor of the 4% rule. Bill, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, Pete. Appreciate it.</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bill Bengen joins Coach Pete to discuss the research behind the 4% rule and the factors that shape retirement withdrawal planning. Their October 2025 conversation explores inflation, market valuations, time horizons, and individual goals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bill Bengen</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bill Bengen, retirement planning, inflation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9/image.jpg?t=1792073189&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bill-bengen-retirement-withdrawals-and-the-4-rule/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9/image.jpg?t=1792073189&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Oct 2025 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>804</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb2a4507-15de-42f6-8faa-b4e20100fba9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12905355" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bill-bengen-retirement-withdrawals-and-the-4-rule</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>30</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Withdrawals and the 4% Rule" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sheryl Moore: Why I Bought Indexed Annuities</title>
      <itunes:title>Sheryl Moore: Why I Bought Indexed Annuities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again alongside best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited. You always bring in some great guests into the program, and you&#x27;ve got someone else with us here today. We have an author who I&#x27;ve followed for years. Her name is Cheryl Moore. She&#x27;s president and CEO of Moore Market Intelligence. She&#x27;s co-author of the Encyclopedia to Index Products, Annuity, and Life, and her research and articles are regularly featured in a lot of different insurance trade publications and also Forbes, Fox Business, Wall Street Journal, New York Times, and a lot more different places. And Ms. Moore works closely with regulators. Her research is regularly presented to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Conference. And here&#x27;s a good thing. Neither Cheryl Moore nor Moore Market Intelligence sell or endorse any financial services or products.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> So she&#x27;s basically a research company. She&#x27;s not trying to get paid by anybody. Tom Hegna calls her one of the best sources on annuities he&#x27;s ever talked to. So does Wade Fowle. These are two big names. We&#x27;ve had them on our show before. And we hope to have Cheryl on in the future again to talk about this in more detail. But we&#x27;re going to talk about a book she came out with just recently, Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Cheryl, welcome in. Thanks so much, Coach. Now, where are you joining us from today? Des Moines, Iowa, the insurance capital of the U.S. Here we go. I&#x27;ve been out of Des Moines. I&#x27;ve been out there in the wintertime, too. Good for you. Hey, let&#x27;s start from the beginning. What is an annuity? So an annuity is a financial services instrument that can help you save for your retirement. And when you&#x27;re ready to retire, you can actually receive a paycheck every month until the day</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> you die with these products, even if you live to be 150 years old. Yeah, that&#x27;s the amazing part of the annuity world. The insurance company is taking all the risk for longevity, we call it. If you live longer, they&#x27;re still paying. And we like to set up joint annuities. So if a spouse passed away, the other spouse continues to get that same payment. Yeah, they&#x27;re very flexible and provide a ton of great benefits, Coach. Yeah. Now, in the book, you write about he or she who controls the media controls the financial world and the financial services world. What does that mean? Well, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that the media actually has an agenda and their agenda is to serve the advertisers that pay for ads with them. And often that means that the financial services media is catering to stockbrokers and Wall Street,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> not necessarily the insurance industry who sells products like annuities. That&#x27;s a good point. Right. So yeah, whoever pays gets the better press is what you&#x27;re saying. Absolutely. Pay to play. We&#x27;ve talked about it for years, Thomas. I mean, the big guys are spending millions of dollars a day on advertisements. They&#x27;re also, when you got the advertisements or somewhere, they&#x27;re on the media. And the media knows that if they start saying bad things about that company, that the advertisers may go away. So they want to keep saying good things to keep getting that ad revenue. Because that&#x27;s what it all comes down to. It&#x27;s all about money. Unfortunately. Yeah, unfortunately. But who really benefits from that? I mean, the consumer doesn&#x27;t benefit when the articles are slanted the wrong way, do they? No. And that&#x27;s kind of what motivated me to start my business. I just run a market research firm that has actual information on these products,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> and I use it to fact check for the media. Yeah. That word fact check these days. This is good fact checking right here, folks. This is your money, keeping your money in the right place by fact checking, not political fact checking. This is money fact checking. Big difference these days. Yes. But now, speaking of fact checking, let&#x27;s just spell some common annuity myths. You do a great job in your book. Let&#x27;s go through a couple of the myths that you featured. One is, quote, if I purchase an indexed annuity and I die the next day, the insurance company keeps my money. True or false? Absolutely false. With an indexed annuity, your beneficiaries or loved ones are going to receive the full value of your annuity regardless of when you die. Very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It is.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now, another one is indexed annuities or annuities in general, when I see the featured articles, but when I read articles or myths, a lot of times they really do feature the indexed annuity, which lets you participate in the upside of different market indexes, but not on the downside. In other words, you get to share in the gains, but not the losses, which is, that&#x27;s my kind of strategy right there. But why do they say that indexed annuities have high fees? Well, really, the most common type of annuity historically has been a variable annuity. And variable annuities do have fees. And sometimes the media just tended to assume that all annuities are variable annuities. And today, variable annuities don&#x27;t sell as well as they used to. In fact, indexed annuities are about to eclipse variable annuities on sales, and they don&#x27;t have fees largely.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> So, it&#x27;s a really huge misunderstanding. 32 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena, and not one time did offering a variable annuity make sense to my clients. So, I&#x27;ve never offered one. Yeah, I understand. They don&#x27;t make sense for me either, Coach. You know, the people that talk about the fees a lot of times are the people on the managed money side or the brokerage side. They talk about fees on safe instruments, yet they forget the fact that they&#x27;re charging a quarterly management fee if they&#x27;re a managed money person. When you look at a 10-year period, you&#x27;ll pay a lot more in fees on managed money than you&#x27;ll ever pay on an annuity. Matter of fact, there&#x27;s no fees, and most annuities have set up correctly. Well, and what&#x27;s interesting, Coach, is that I did some market research and found that annuities that are sold by commissioned salespeople are actually more consumer-friendly for the client in the long run.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Yeah, because when we offer annuity, and I make sure to say this on the show, when we offer annuities, we are compensated by the insurance companies, not by the client. In other words, the client puts $100,000 in, $100,000 goes into their annuity. Whereas on the other side of the equation, on the managed money side, many times if you&#x27;re dealing with a broker, by the way, if you put $100,000 into, let&#x27;s say, a real estate investment trust, you&#x27;ll get $90,000 going to your account. $10,000 goes to the broker who sold you the real estate investment trust. Right. That&#x27;s a fee. All right. Yeah. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Cheryl Moore, and her book is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Very good read, by the way. Available everywhere good books are sold. Here&#x27;s another myth, Cheryl. My money is locked up and away with an annuity. True or false? Absolutely false.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Almost every annuity gives a penalty-free withdrawal provision that allows you to take about 10% of your annuity&#x27;s value every year. Plus, there&#x27;s other features like surrender charge waivers and withdrawal benefits that allow you to take money out of your annuity, and it&#x27;s not, quote-unquote, locked up the way people may think. Yeah. Well, the people that are talking about your money being locked up, when you think about it, if you buy a stock, and I&#x27;m a money manager, too, so when we tell people to take a managed account or buy stocks, that&#x27;s about a 10-year time horizon. We say you really shouldn&#x27;t touch your money for 10 years to give the market the real chance to work through its cycles. So, in effect, your money is locked up longer in a stock account than it ever is in an annuity, because you do have that liquidity every single year with some of your money in an annuity. Not enough people talk about it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Well, but you don&#x27;t want to spend all the money anyway, because this is your retirement account. I mean, who&#x27;s going to blow through all the retirement? But, really, it is a preventive measure to keep you from blowing all your money on things you shouldn&#x27;t be buying many times. So, we always encourage you to have some liquid money anyway. So, keep liquidity and use that for emergencies and vacations, and keep your money for retirement, your annuity, ready to go and give you that great retirement you deserve. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s another myth. Indexed annuities don&#x27;t include the dividends on the S&amp;P in their performance. True or false? That&#x27;s actually true for most indexed annuities, but what most people don&#x27;t realize is that although you&#x27;re not receiving the dividends off the index, you&#x27;re also not receiving the losses in your value due to the index&#x27;s performance. It&#x27;s a little bit of a trade-off.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Yeah, I mean, it makes sense. I mean, there&#x27;s no perfect situation anywhere in the world. So, you basically take the ones that are closest to what fit what you&#x27;re looking for. I mean, it&#x27;s not a Cinderella account. Well, the other thing people don&#x27;t realize is that because you&#x27;re not directly invested in the index when you buy an indexed annuity, you can&#x27;t receive the benefits of the index because you&#x27;re not invested in it. Right. Here&#x27;s one final one. You can build a better annuity on your own with some stocks and a bond fund. And I&#x27;ve seen a lot of this lately because the money management world doesn&#x27;t like losing their money over to the annuity world. And I&#x27;ve seen these articles come up on how you can build your own annuity. I mean, why would you try to do it yourself when there&#x27;s something already built? Well, and the important thing to remember is that if you bought some stocks and a bond fund, they can&#x27;t promise you a paycheck every month until the day you die.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> That&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very exclusive to an annuity. An annuity is the only instrument that will provide you a paycheck for life. That&#x27;s very important, by the way, because the reason why I set up annuities for my clients is to make sure they have that pension like we talked about earlier, making sure you have a stream of income you can never outlive. That gives you peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. Absolutely. One chapter I wanted to talk about, which I liked, it was home runs are possible. What would you have in mind when you wrote that chapter about home runs being possible? Well, you know, there&#x27;s so many people that say we don&#x27;t know how indexed annuities perform or a lot of money managers tend to, say that indexed annuities don&#x27;t perform because they&#x27;re comparing them to equity. And what I wanted to do was provide real life examples that show the power of indexed annuities.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So those are actual policyholder annual statements that I&#x27;ve put into the book that show fantastic gains. Now, that&#x27;s not a realistic expectation for regular performance on indexed annuities, but it does show that home runs are possible. The beautiful thing about this is strikeouts aren&#x27;t. So as long as you have the money in the annuity, you may not hit a home run every time, but you&#x27;re not going to strike out. And striking out is where you get in trouble. That&#x27;s why you say in one chapter, zero is your hero. That&#x27;s exactly right. Good analogy, Coach Pete. Well, thinking of home run, I think of Babe Ruth, because you know what? During the when he was hitting all his home runs back in the 20s when everybody else was losing money, he had all his money in annuities. He probably went up to the home plate with a lot of confidence in his head. He wasn&#x27;t worried about having his money all lost in the market because he had the money in annuities.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> He was hitting home runs because he had nothing else on his mind but hitting home runs. And studies do show that people who purchase annuities sleep soundly at night and have less anxiety about retirement. Yeah, I agree. Well, I&#x27;ve purchased my own annuities. And I know you talked to Tom Hegna. He said he&#x27;s got like 12 or 13 different annuities all ready to give him a retirement. He&#x27;s retired now. He basically still speaks because he wants to, not because he has to. Well, you know, I bought my first annuity when I was 29 years old and I own several of them now. And like most people, I sleep soundly at night. Well, and you know, we&#x27;re going to have to cut the segment here because we&#x27;re running out 11 minutes. This is the fastest 11 minutes I&#x27;ve ever had on the radio. Cheryl, I hope we can have you on again soon in the future to talk about this because I think a lot of people listening need to find out the true story about how annuities can help. Absolutely. Thanks for helping me to get the word out, Coach. Folks, again, her name is Cheryl Moore.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s S-H-E-R-Y-L and M-O-O-R-E. And the book title is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities, available on Amazon and anywhere else books are sold. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you once again alongside best-selling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited. You always bring in some great guests into the program, and you&#x27;ve got someone else with us here today. We have an author who I&#x27;ve followed for years. Her name is Cheryl Moore. She&#x27;s president and CEO of Moore Market Intelligence. She&#x27;s co-author of the Encyclopedia to Index Products, Annuity, and Life, and her research and articles are regularly featured in a lot of different insurance trade publications and also Forbes, Fox Business, Wall Street Journal, New York Times, and a lot more different places. And Ms. Moore works closely with regulators. Her research is regularly presented to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners Conference. And here&#x27;s a good thing. Neither Cheryl Moore nor Moore Market Intelligence sell or endorse any financial services or products.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> So she&#x27;s basically a research company. She&#x27;s not trying to get paid by anybody. Tom Hegna calls her one of the best sources on annuities he&#x27;s ever talked to. So does Wade Fowle. These are two big names. We&#x27;ve had them on our show before. And we hope to have Cheryl on in the future again to talk about this in more detail. But we&#x27;re going to talk about a book she came out with just recently, Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Cheryl, welcome in. Thanks so much, Coach. Now, where are you joining us from today? Des Moines, Iowa, the insurance capital of the U.S. Here we go. I&#x27;ve been out of Des Moines. I&#x27;ve been out there in the wintertime, too. Good for you. Hey, let&#x27;s start from the beginning. What is an annuity? So an annuity is a financial services instrument that can help you save for your retirement. And when you&#x27;re ready to retire, you can actually receive a paycheck every month until the day</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> you die with these products, even if you live to be 150 years old. Yeah, that&#x27;s the amazing part of the annuity world. The insurance company is taking all the risk for longevity, we call it. If you live longer, they&#x27;re still paying. And we like to set up joint annuities. So if a spouse passed away, the other spouse continues to get that same payment. Yeah, they&#x27;re very flexible and provide a ton of great benefits, Coach. Yeah. Now, in the book, you write about he or she who controls the media controls the financial world and the financial services world. What does that mean? Well, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that the media actually has an agenda and their agenda is to serve the advertisers that pay for ads with them. And often that means that the financial services media is catering to stockbrokers and Wall Street,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> not necessarily the insurance industry who sells products like annuities. That&#x27;s a good point. Right. So yeah, whoever pays gets the better press is what you&#x27;re saying. Absolutely. Pay to play. We&#x27;ve talked about it for years, Thomas. I mean, the big guys are spending millions of dollars a day on advertisements. They&#x27;re also, when you got the advertisements or somewhere, they&#x27;re on the media. And the media knows that if they start saying bad things about that company, that the advertisers may go away. So they want to keep saying good things to keep getting that ad revenue. Because that&#x27;s what it all comes down to. It&#x27;s all about money. Unfortunately. Yeah, unfortunately. But who really benefits from that? I mean, the consumer doesn&#x27;t benefit when the articles are slanted the wrong way, do they? No. And that&#x27;s kind of what motivated me to start my business. I just run a market research firm that has actual information on these products,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> and I use it to fact check for the media. Yeah. That word fact check these days. This is good fact checking right here, folks. This is your money, keeping your money in the right place by fact checking, not political fact checking. This is money fact checking. Big difference these days. Yes. But now, speaking of fact checking, let&#x27;s just spell some common annuity myths. You do a great job in your book. Let&#x27;s go through a couple of the myths that you featured. One is, quote, if I purchase an indexed annuity and I die the next day, the insurance company keeps my money. True or false? Absolutely false. With an indexed annuity, your beneficiaries or loved ones are going to receive the full value of your annuity regardless of when you die. Very, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It is.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now, another one is indexed annuities or annuities in general, when I see the featured articles, but when I read articles or myths, a lot of times they really do feature the indexed annuity, which lets you participate in the upside of different market indexes, but not on the downside. In other words, you get to share in the gains, but not the losses, which is, that&#x27;s my kind of strategy right there. But why do they say that indexed annuities have high fees? Well, really, the most common type of annuity historically has been a variable annuity. And variable annuities do have fees. And sometimes the media just tended to assume that all annuities are variable annuities. And today, variable annuities don&#x27;t sell as well as they used to. In fact, indexed annuities are about to eclipse variable annuities on sales, and they don&#x27;t have fees largely.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> So, it&#x27;s a really huge misunderstanding. 32 years I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena, and not one time did offering a variable annuity make sense to my clients. So, I&#x27;ve never offered one. Yeah, I understand. They don&#x27;t make sense for me either, Coach. You know, the people that talk about the fees a lot of times are the people on the managed money side or the brokerage side. They talk about fees on safe instruments, yet they forget the fact that they&#x27;re charging a quarterly management fee if they&#x27;re a managed money person. When you look at a 10-year period, you&#x27;ll pay a lot more in fees on managed money than you&#x27;ll ever pay on an annuity. Matter of fact, there&#x27;s no fees, and most annuities have set up correctly. Well, and what&#x27;s interesting, Coach, is that I did some market research and found that annuities that are sold by commissioned salespeople are actually more consumer-friendly for the client in the long run.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> Yeah, because when we offer annuity, and I make sure to say this on the show, when we offer annuities, we are compensated by the insurance companies, not by the client. In other words, the client puts $100,000 in, $100,000 goes into their annuity. Whereas on the other side of the equation, on the managed money side, many times if you&#x27;re dealing with a broker, by the way, if you put $100,000 into, let&#x27;s say, a real estate investment trust, you&#x27;ll get $90,000 going to your account. $10,000 goes to the broker who sold you the real estate investment trust. Right. That&#x27;s a fee. All right. Yeah. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Cheryl Moore, and her book is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. Very good read, by the way. Available everywhere good books are sold. Here&#x27;s another myth, Cheryl. My money is locked up and away with an annuity. True or false? Absolutely false.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> Almost every annuity gives a penalty-free withdrawal provision that allows you to take about 10% of your annuity&#x27;s value every year. Plus, there&#x27;s other features like surrender charge waivers and withdrawal benefits that allow you to take money out of your annuity, and it&#x27;s not, quote-unquote, locked up the way people may think. Yeah. Well, the people that are talking about your money being locked up, when you think about it, if you buy a stock, and I&#x27;m a money manager, too, so when we tell people to take a managed account or buy stocks, that&#x27;s about a 10-year time horizon. We say you really shouldn&#x27;t touch your money for 10 years to give the market the real chance to work through its cycles. So, in effect, your money is locked up longer in a stock account than it ever is in an annuity, because you do have that liquidity every single year with some of your money in an annuity. Not enough people talk about it.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> Well, but you don&#x27;t want to spend all the money anyway, because this is your retirement account. I mean, who&#x27;s going to blow through all the retirement? But, really, it is a preventive measure to keep you from blowing all your money on things you shouldn&#x27;t be buying many times. So, we always encourage you to have some liquid money anyway. So, keep liquidity and use that for emergencies and vacations, and keep your money for retirement, your annuity, ready to go and give you that great retirement you deserve. Absolutely. Here&#x27;s another myth. Indexed annuities don&#x27;t include the dividends on the S&amp;P in their performance. True or false? That&#x27;s actually true for most indexed annuities, but what most people don&#x27;t realize is that although you&#x27;re not receiving the dividends off the index, you&#x27;re also not receiving the losses in your value due to the index&#x27;s performance. It&#x27;s a little bit of a trade-off.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Yeah, I mean, it makes sense. I mean, there&#x27;s no perfect situation anywhere in the world. So, you basically take the ones that are closest to what fit what you&#x27;re looking for. I mean, it&#x27;s not a Cinderella account. Well, the other thing people don&#x27;t realize is that because you&#x27;re not directly invested in the index when you buy an indexed annuity, you can&#x27;t receive the benefits of the index because you&#x27;re not invested in it. Right. Here&#x27;s one final one. You can build a better annuity on your own with some stocks and a bond fund. And I&#x27;ve seen a lot of this lately because the money management world doesn&#x27;t like losing their money over to the annuity world. And I&#x27;ve seen these articles come up on how you can build your own annuity. I mean, why would you try to do it yourself when there&#x27;s something already built? Well, and the important thing to remember is that if you bought some stocks and a bond fund, they can&#x27;t promise you a paycheck every month until the day you die.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> That&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very exclusive to an annuity. An annuity is the only instrument that will provide you a paycheck for life. That&#x27;s very important, by the way, because the reason why I set up annuities for my clients is to make sure they have that pension like we talked about earlier, making sure you have a stream of income you can never outlive. That gives you peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. Absolutely. One chapter I wanted to talk about, which I liked, it was home runs are possible. What would you have in mind when you wrote that chapter about home runs being possible? Well, you know, there&#x27;s so many people that say we don&#x27;t know how indexed annuities perform or a lot of money managers tend to, say that indexed annuities don&#x27;t perform because they&#x27;re comparing them to equity. And what I wanted to do was provide real life examples that show the power of indexed annuities.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> So those are actual policyholder annual statements that I&#x27;ve put into the book that show fantastic gains. Now, that&#x27;s not a realistic expectation for regular performance on indexed annuities, but it does show that home runs are possible. The beautiful thing about this is strikeouts aren&#x27;t. So as long as you have the money in the annuity, you may not hit a home run every time, but you&#x27;re not going to strike out. And striking out is where you get in trouble. That&#x27;s why you say in one chapter, zero is your hero. That&#x27;s exactly right. Good analogy, Coach Pete. Well, thinking of home run, I think of Babe Ruth, because you know what? During the when he was hitting all his home runs back in the 20s when everybody else was losing money, he had all his money in annuities. He probably went up to the home plate with a lot of confidence in his head. He wasn&#x27;t worried about having his money all lost in the market because he had the money in annuities.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> He was hitting home runs because he had nothing else on his mind but hitting home runs. And studies do show that people who purchase annuities sleep soundly at night and have less anxiety about retirement. Yeah, I agree. Well, I&#x27;ve purchased my own annuities. And I know you talked to Tom Hegna. He said he&#x27;s got like 12 or 13 different annuities all ready to give him a retirement. He&#x27;s retired now. He basically still speaks because he wants to, not because he has to. Well, you know, I bought my first annuity when I was 29 years old and I own several of them now. And like most people, I sleep soundly at night. Well, and you know, we&#x27;re going to have to cut the segment here because we&#x27;re running out 11 minutes. This is the fastest 11 minutes I&#x27;ve ever had on the radio. Cheryl, I hope we can have you on again soon in the future to talk about this because I think a lot of people listening need to find out the true story about how annuities can help. Absolutely. Thanks for helping me to get the word out, Coach. Folks, again, her name is Cheryl Moore.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s S-H-E-R-Y-L and M-O-O-R-E. And the book title is Why I Bought Indexed Annuities, available on Amazon and anywhere else books are sold. Cheryl, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Researcher and author Sheryl Moore joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss Why I Bought Indexed Annuities. The July 2024 conversation explores how annuities work, her research, and her personal experience with these products.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sheryl Moore</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sheryl Moore, annuities, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/image.jpg?t=1792073241&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sheryl-moore-why-i-bought-indexed-annuities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/image.jpg?t=1792073241&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2024 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>680</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e117215-454b-4b6f-ad0b-b4e200f12ef1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10908245" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sheryl-moore-why-i-bought-indexed-annuities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>31</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why I Bought Indexed Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Naethan Guette: Fuel Prices, Supply, and Inflation</title>
      <itunes:title>Naethan Guette: Fuel Prices, Supply, and Inflation</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Naethan Guette joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss fuel prices, supply, producer costs, and how inflation reaches consumers. This Financial Safari segment aired in March 2024.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited for this segment. You have a special guest for us here. Yeah, you know, I spend a lot of time on planes, and luckily these days planes have Wi-Fi, so it&#x27;s not a waste of time up there. I&#x27;m up in the air, I&#x27;m reading different things, reading posts. Economic posts usually are people that have economic points. And I found a fellow there, I started watching him, and he had one good point after another, Thomas. You know how you start watching people, I didn&#x27;t know who this guy was, at one point after another, God, that&#x27;s a good point. I started thinking about it, yeah. And I started thinking about it the next day. I said, wow, that&#x27;s what Nate said. Nathan, his name is. Nathan Guta. And he&#x27;s from Georgia. And he&#x27;s a Facebook friend of all places. You know, it&#x27;s funny how we have different friends these days from different circles. This is a Facebook friend because he&#x27;s talking economics, and he&#x27;s talking sensible economics.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And Nathan, welcome in. How you doing? I&#x27;m doing well, Coach Pete. How are you? I really appreciate you taking time today to come on with us. And you&#x27;ve got so many good points. But today, we&#x27;re going to talk about a very important point. And it&#x27;s everybody out there listening has the same concerns about the cost of fuel and the cost of goods. Let&#x27;s start with fuel and give me your opinions on what&#x27;s been going on in the fuel world, diesel and regular gas. Lately, of course, they&#x27;ve been back on the uptick again. Not so much diesel. That is the one lone wolf. Oddly enough, prices were basically bottomed during the most recent cycle. But, you know, you&#x27;re looking at oil prices. WTI has gone up about 20%. Brent crude has gone up about 17%, a little more than that.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> RBOB gas prices have actually, that is reformulate. That is basically wholesale gasoline before they have oxygen, before it gets to our retail prices. But that&#x27;s gone up over 20% since mid-December. And like I said, diesel prices have barely budged. But that&#x27;s going to change. And as we&#x27;ve seen, I follow the stuff pretty much really every day. But we&#x27;re seeing now 35 states and D.C. are seeing higher gas prices year over year. And last night, diesel finally might have started moving. Because we haven&#x27;t seen prices nationally go up in quite some time. They had actually been down both on a weekly, monthly and year over year basis.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But last night, they ticked up a bit. And... Overnight, 40 states and D.C. saw their prices go up, their average retail prices. And so once we start seeing diesel prices move and become higher year over year, we&#x27;re going to see the rate of inflation tick up on a month over month. We&#x27;ve been seeing it for a while now, going up on a month over month, a three-month and a six-month annualized basis. Which leads higher rate of inflation on a year over year basis. And sure enough, in February, year over year CPI, that&#x27;s consumer product inflation, and the PPI, which had basically producer inflation. Both of those were higher on now on a year over year basis.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s all being driven by fuel and energy costs. Well, when you think about diesel fuel going up, that&#x27;s anything you go... When you go into a store, anything you see there got there because of diesel. That&#x27;s diesel fuel, ships, whatever. Anything that&#x27;s powered with diesel had to get your ingredients there with your items that you&#x27;re buying. And then the cost is going to get passed on. That&#x27;s what always happens. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve seen in some of my recent posts, I&#x27;ve been saying once diesel prices catch up... Because oil and gas, we be at Brent or WTI, have gone up quite a bit over the last three months. I showed you 20%, 17%, and gas prices were, what, 8.1% or so. But diesel prices are actually down a little bit month over month.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> And they actually reached a peak back on February 9th, a little over a month ago. And we&#x27;re still down about 20 cents a gallon. Once that plays catch up with oil and gas prices, which is going to do it, just common economics tells you, supply and demand tells you that. Once it does, you&#x27;re going to see the rate of inflation increase at a faster rate than what we&#x27;ve seen over the last two to three months. Because, like you said, everything is delivered on diesel fuel. Even locomotives primarily run on diesel fuel. Yeah, cars are going to cost more. But, you know, what&#x27;s happened, though, is, like you said, diesel&#x27;s been lower. And it hadn&#x27;t really been that bad. It&#x27;s actually gone down a little bit. But the prices at the store haven&#x27;t. They haven&#x27;t seen the prices. So what they do in the retail markets, they never lower the price.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> They just hire, when there&#x27;s an event to bring prices up, they bring them up. Are we ever going to see prices back down like we saw in 2020 when you go shopping at the grocery store? You know, the one thing people, you know, we come to realize is when prices go up, manufacturers, I don&#x27;t care if it&#x27;s food or what you buy at Walmart, you know, furniture store, whatever, cars. They usually don&#x27;t drop prices. OK. That&#x27;s what worries me. That&#x27;s not necessarily entirely true all the time. I actually was looking at it the other night. So, CPI, you know, prices were going down the last Trump&#x27;s last full year in office. And I should have pulled up that information. But, you know, we&#x27;re seeing energy prices go down. So prices do go down. But you need fuel that the fuel that actually runs our economy. Those prices have to go down and stay down for a sustained period of time for it to begin to bring down prices of consumer goods.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Let&#x27;s try to peel the onion a little bit. Let&#x27;s see what is causing the fuel prices to go up so bad. You know, well, a lot of it is, you know, recent events. You know, the EIA and other, you know, outlets or, you know, organizations see demand going up. And we&#x27;ve been seeing, of course, OPEC has kept their, you know, one, one and a half million a day, built million barrels a day cuts. They&#x27;re extending it into the latter part of the year. Russia actually had two of their refineries hit by Ukrainian drones. And they&#x27;re missing out on 600,000 barrels a day. Iraq or Iran just said they&#x27;re going to be reducing their exports to make up for increased exports a couple months before.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> So you&#x27;re seeing a lot of it. A lot of oil disruption. And then, you know, our wonderful president, who used damn near half of our SPR, has been refilling it for the last six, eight weeks. But he&#x27;s basically taking 700,000 barrels a week off the market. That&#x27;s 100,000 barrels a day. And when you&#x27;re looking at 600,000 barrel production cut in Russia, which Russia is still selling plenty of oil, despite, you know, the sanctions that are not never enforced. Right. But OPEC&#x27;s reducing and production. And we&#x27;re taking oil off the market as well. Then Russia, of course, their supply disruption with Ukrainian drones. So oil markets don&#x27;t produce 10 million more barrels a day than the world uses.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> They try to produce just enough to keep prices steady and keep them from going up for the most part. Well, right. Because they want to make money. That&#x27;s what it is all about, money. So if I have a bunch of oil and I know people need it, I&#x27;m going to cut supply and make prices go up. I mean, that&#x27;s just common sense. But as a country, we could be drilling our own oil and lowering the prices if we wanted to. But we&#x27;re not doing it. Oh, absolutely. And we&#x27;ll look at it this way. The Keystone XL pipeline, which everybody knows, Biden&#x27;s first day, he canceled it. It was well under construction, you know, and what have you. But that would have been operational. OK, if it weren&#x27;t, it&#x27;s been now or three years later. And so that would have been operational and bringing in another 800,000 barrels a day. We&#x27;d be at $2 gas. Yeah. And, oh, we&#x27;d probably be lower than that.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> $1.50. To be honest with you, because we were about those prices when Trump left office. Yeah. Right. And another 800,000 barrels a day. People don&#x27;t realize it. But over half of our monthly crude imports come from Canada. Yeah. People don&#x27;t realize that. Between Canada and Mexico, it&#x27;s about 65% of oil imports. OK. Every month that we get from the entire world. The Middle East and Russia shouldn&#x27;t be as much as an effect on our economy as it is, then, when you think about it. Say that again. The Middle East and Russia that we always point to when we say prices are going up, they shouldn&#x27;t be as much of a culprit because we&#x27;re getting 65% of our imports from from right here in North America. Exactly. Exactly. Exactly. And we&#x27;re also getting some from Venezuela.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> And we&#x27;re also getting some from Brazil, rather. I&#x27;m sorry, Brazil. And other South American countries. Very little. A lot less oil than people think actually comes from the Middle East. Yeah. Here in America. Not the world, you know, but for us. OK. And if we had someone in office that was not seemingly doing everything in their power to, you know, handcuff the oil and gas industry, we would see production. We&#x27;re still producing 13.1 million barrels a day. We still produce more than everybody in the world. We still produce more natural gas than everybody in the world. We export more natural gas, leucified natural gas than anybody in the world. But if it wasn&#x27;t for, you know, who we have in office now, we&#x27;d be producing probably 14 and a half million, you know, three, three years later down the road.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Certainly we&#x27;re producing another one and a half, two million barrels a day. It&#x27;s kind of scary. Right. And that changes dynamics tremendously. Yeah. Got about 30 seconds left here. I want to ask you if you understand why they use the word transitory when they were talking about inflation. When Yellen, Janet Yellen used to call it transitory. Did she really know what she was talking about when she said that word? You know, put it this way. I think Democrats always, because again, you heard a lot of them say the same thing, not just Janet Yellen. But they absolutely knew it was false. But you&#x27;re not going to say, oh, yeah, inflation is here to stay, man. It&#x27;s only going to get worse in the months ahead. You have to say, oh, yeah, it&#x27;s only transitory because that means it&#x27;s only going to take a little bit of time. Right. Next thing you know, price will start going down again.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> But as we&#x27;ve seen, you know, the rate of inflation has gone down, but inflation is still going up at 3.8 percent, 3.2 percent, you know, from a CPI perspective last month. 3.8 percent year over year, that is from core CPI. So we&#x27;re still seeing inflation go up. And the big issue here is now we&#x27;re seeing producer price inflation go up. Yeah. Right. And we could get into those numbers in a little bit or later on at another date, what have you. But they&#x27;re going up. And when producer prices are going up on a month over month basis, it&#x27;s passed on to you and me. Well, that&#x27;s another segment. Folks, we&#x27;re right against the clock right now. Nathan, I really appreciate your time.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> Folks, his name is Nathan Guta. He&#x27;s from Georgia. Great economist to me when we&#x27;re talking about different aspects of what&#x27;s happening here with our personal economies. Nathan, we hope to have you on again in the future to talk about the CPI and the PPI. We can do that anytime. All right, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Naethan Guette joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss fuel prices, supply, producer costs, and how inflation reaches consumers. This Financial Safari segment aired in March 2024.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, I&#x27;m excited for this segment. You have a special guest for us here. Yeah, you know, I spend a lot of time on planes, and luckily these days planes have Wi-Fi, so it&#x27;s not a waste of time up there. I&#x27;m up in the air, I&#x27;m reading different things, reading posts. Economic posts usually are people that have economic points. And I found a fellow there, I started watching him, and he had one good point after another, Thomas. You know how you start watching people, I didn&#x27;t know who this guy was, at one point after another, God, that&#x27;s a good point. I started thinking about it, yeah. And I started thinking about it the next day. I said, wow, that&#x27;s what Nate said. Nathan, his name is. Nathan Guta. And he&#x27;s from Georgia. And he&#x27;s a Facebook friend of all places. You know, it&#x27;s funny how we have different friends these days from different circles. This is a Facebook friend because he&#x27;s talking economics, and he&#x27;s talking sensible economics.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And Nathan, welcome in. How you doing? I&#x27;m doing well, Coach Pete. How are you? I really appreciate you taking time today to come on with us. And you&#x27;ve got so many good points. But today, we&#x27;re going to talk about a very important point. And it&#x27;s everybody out there listening has the same concerns about the cost of fuel and the cost of goods. Let&#x27;s start with fuel and give me your opinions on what&#x27;s been going on in the fuel world, diesel and regular gas. Lately, of course, they&#x27;ve been back on the uptick again. Not so much diesel. That is the one lone wolf. Oddly enough, prices were basically bottomed during the most recent cycle. But, you know, you&#x27;re looking at oil prices. WTI has gone up about 20%. Brent crude has gone up about 17%, a little more than that.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> RBOB gas prices have actually, that is reformulate. That is basically wholesale gasoline before they have oxygen, before it gets to our retail prices. But that&#x27;s gone up over 20% since mid-December. And like I said, diesel prices have barely budged. But that&#x27;s going to change. And as we&#x27;ve seen, I follow the stuff pretty much really every day. But we&#x27;re seeing now 35 states and D.C. are seeing higher gas prices year over year. And last night, diesel finally might have started moving. Because we haven&#x27;t seen prices nationally go up in quite some time. They had actually been down both on a weekly, monthly and year over year basis.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But last night, they ticked up a bit. And... Overnight, 40 states and D.C. saw their prices go up, their average retail prices. And so once we start seeing diesel prices move and become higher year over year, we&#x27;re going to see the rate of inflation tick up on a month over month. We&#x27;ve been seeing it for a while now, going up on a month over month, a three-month and a six-month annualized basis. Which leads higher rate of inflation on a year over year basis. And sure enough, in February, year over year CPI, that&#x27;s consumer product inflation, and the PPI, which had basically producer inflation. Both of those were higher on now on a year over year basis.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And it&#x27;s all being driven by fuel and energy costs. Well, when you think about diesel fuel going up, that&#x27;s anything you go... When you go into a store, anything you see there got there because of diesel. That&#x27;s diesel fuel, ships, whatever. Anything that&#x27;s powered with diesel had to get your ingredients there with your items that you&#x27;re buying. And then the cost is going to get passed on. That&#x27;s what always happens. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve seen in some of my recent posts, I&#x27;ve been saying once diesel prices catch up... Because oil and gas, we be at Brent or WTI, have gone up quite a bit over the last three months. I showed you 20%, 17%, and gas prices were, what, 8.1% or so. But diesel prices are actually down a little bit month over month.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> And they actually reached a peak back on February 9th, a little over a month ago. And we&#x27;re still down about 20 cents a gallon. Once that plays catch up with oil and gas prices, which is going to do it, just common economics tells you, supply and demand tells you that. Once it does, you&#x27;re going to see the rate of inflation increase at a faster rate than what we&#x27;ve seen over the last two to three months. Because, like you said, everything is delivered on diesel fuel. Even locomotives primarily run on diesel fuel. Yeah, cars are going to cost more. But, you know, what&#x27;s happened, though, is, like you said, diesel&#x27;s been lower. And it hadn&#x27;t really been that bad. It&#x27;s actually gone down a little bit. But the prices at the store haven&#x27;t. They haven&#x27;t seen the prices. So what they do in the retail markets, they never lower the price.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> They just hire, when there&#x27;s an event to bring prices up, they bring them up. Are we ever going to see prices back down like we saw in 2020 when you go shopping at the grocery store? You know, the one thing people, you know, we come to realize is when prices go up, manufacturers, I don&#x27;t care if it&#x27;s food or what you buy at Walmart, you know, furniture store, whatever, cars. They usually don&#x27;t drop prices. OK. That&#x27;s what worries me. That&#x27;s not necessarily entirely true all the time. I actually was looking at it the other night. So, CPI, you know, prices were going down the last Trump&#x27;s last full year in office. And I should have pulled up that information. But, you know, we&#x27;re seeing energy prices go down. So prices do go down. But you need fuel that the fuel that actually runs our economy. Those prices have to go down and stay down for a sustained period of time for it to begin to bring down prices of consumer goods.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Let&#x27;s try to peel the onion a little bit. Let&#x27;s see what is causing the fuel prices to go up so bad. You know, well, a lot of it is, you know, recent events. You know, the EIA and other, you know, outlets or, you know, organizations see demand going up. And we&#x27;ve been seeing, of course, OPEC has kept their, you know, one, one and a half million a day, built million barrels a day cuts. They&#x27;re extending it into the latter part of the year. Russia actually had two of their refineries hit by Ukrainian drones. And they&#x27;re missing out on 600,000 barrels a day. Iraq or Iran just said they&#x27;re going to be reducing their exports to make up for increased exports a couple months before.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> So you&#x27;re seeing a lot of it. A lot of oil disruption. And then, you know, our wonderful president, who used damn near half of our SPR, has been refilling it for the last six, eight weeks. But he&#x27;s basically taking 700,000 barrels a week off the market. That&#x27;s 100,000 barrels a day. And when you&#x27;re looking at 600,000 barrel production cut in Russia, which Russia is still selling plenty of oil, despite, you know, the sanctions that are not never enforced. Right. But OPEC&#x27;s reducing and production. And we&#x27;re taking oil off the market as well. Then Russia, of course, their supply disruption with Ukrainian drones. So oil markets don&#x27;t produce 10 million more barrels a day than the world uses.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> They try to produce just enough to keep prices steady and keep them from going up for the most part. Well, right. Because they want to make money. That&#x27;s what it is all about, money. So if I have a bunch of oil and I know people need it, I&#x27;m going to cut supply and make prices go up. I mean, that&#x27;s just common sense. But as a country, we could be drilling our own oil and lowering the prices if we wanted to. But we&#x27;re not doing it. Oh, absolutely. And we&#x27;ll look at it this way. The Keystone XL pipeline, which everybody knows, Biden&#x27;s first day, he canceled it. It was well under construction, you know, and what have you. But that would have been operational. OK, if it weren&#x27;t, it&#x27;s been now or three years later. And so that would have been operational and bringing in another 800,000 barrels a day. We&#x27;d be at $2 gas. Yeah. And, oh, we&#x27;d probably be lower than that.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> $1.50. To be honest with you, because we were about those prices when Trump left office. Yeah. Right. And another 800,000 barrels a day. People don&#x27;t realize it. But over half of our monthly crude imports come from Canada. Yeah. People don&#x27;t realize that. Between Canada and Mexico, it&#x27;s about 65% of oil imports. OK. Every month that we get from the entire world. The Middle East and Russia shouldn&#x27;t be as much as an effect on our economy as it is, then, when you think about it. Say that again. The Middle East and Russia that we always point to when we say prices are going up, they shouldn&#x27;t be as much of a culprit because we&#x27;re getting 65% of our imports from from right here in North America. Exactly. Exactly. Exactly. And we&#x27;re also getting some from Venezuela.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> And we&#x27;re also getting some from Brazil, rather. I&#x27;m sorry, Brazil. And other South American countries. Very little. A lot less oil than people think actually comes from the Middle East. Yeah. Here in America. Not the world, you know, but for us. OK. And if we had someone in office that was not seemingly doing everything in their power to, you know, handcuff the oil and gas industry, we would see production. We&#x27;re still producing 13.1 million barrels a day. We still produce more than everybody in the world. We still produce more natural gas than everybody in the world. We export more natural gas, leucified natural gas than anybody in the world. But if it wasn&#x27;t for, you know, who we have in office now, we&#x27;d be producing probably 14 and a half million, you know, three, three years later down the road.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Certainly we&#x27;re producing another one and a half, two million barrels a day. It&#x27;s kind of scary. Right. And that changes dynamics tremendously. Yeah. Got about 30 seconds left here. I want to ask you if you understand why they use the word transitory when they were talking about inflation. When Yellen, Janet Yellen used to call it transitory. Did she really know what she was talking about when she said that word? You know, put it this way. I think Democrats always, because again, you heard a lot of them say the same thing, not just Janet Yellen. But they absolutely knew it was false. But you&#x27;re not going to say, oh, yeah, inflation is here to stay, man. It&#x27;s only going to get worse in the months ahead. You have to say, oh, yeah, it&#x27;s only transitory because that means it&#x27;s only going to take a little bit of time. Right. Next thing you know, price will start going down again.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> But as we&#x27;ve seen, you know, the rate of inflation has gone down, but inflation is still going up at 3.8 percent, 3.2 percent, you know, from a CPI perspective last month. 3.8 percent year over year, that is from core CPI. So we&#x27;re still seeing inflation go up. And the big issue here is now we&#x27;re seeing producer price inflation go up. Yeah. Right. And we could get into those numbers in a little bit or later on at another date, what have you. But they&#x27;re going up. And when producer prices are going up on a month over month basis, it&#x27;s passed on to you and me. Well, that&#x27;s another segment. Folks, we&#x27;re right against the clock right now. Nathan, I really appreciate your time.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> Folks, his name is Nathan Guta. He&#x27;s from Georgia. Great economist to me when we&#x27;re talking about different aspects of what&#x27;s happening here with our personal economies. Nathan, we hope to have you on again in the future to talk about the CPI and the PPI. We can do that anytime. All right, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Naethan Guette joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss fuel prices, supply, producer costs, and how inflation reaches consumers. This Financial Safari segment aired in March 2024.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Naethan Guette</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Naethan Guette, inflation, energy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245/image.jpg?t=1792073245&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/naethan-guette-fuel-prices-supply-and-inflation/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245/image.jpg?t=1792073245&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Mar 2024 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>683</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7949ef79-13d5-4cf5-a69d-b4e200f10245/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10957873" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/naethan-guette-fuel-prices-supply-and-inflation</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>32</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Fuel Prices, Supply, and Inflation" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:37" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Gaddis: Employee Benefits, Wellness Programs, and Business Taxes</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Gaddis: Employee Benefits, Wellness Programs, and Business Taxes</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in the studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda having a fast-paced show. Coach, you&#x27;ve got a special guest for us here, though. We sure do. A few months ago, I was in New York City at a special conference, and when you go to these conferences, you meet people. You have to. You have to. Well, some people don&#x27;t. Some people sit in the corner and are unfriendly. Thomas, you know those kind of people. That&#x27;s me. I try to at least meet people. And it was a smaller group. It was a mastermind group on how to maximize income while minimizing taxes. And we had a great speaker that day, and it was fascinating, some of the techniques and tools he was sharing. And I said, gosh, there&#x27;s got to be a way to get this guy on the radio. And matter of fact, he&#x27;s right in Raleigh, North Carolina.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> We&#x27;re in our offices in Apex, our studio. Big studio is here right here at Apex. His name is Chris Gaddis, and he&#x27;s a benefit specialist from Raleigh, North Carolina. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you, Coach. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. What is a main problem? As business owners, we have a lot of problems. What&#x27;s one of the main problems business owners, every single business owner has, don&#x27;t even realize it sometimes to the end of the year, but at the end of the year, they realize they have a problem. What is that? Taxes. Paying too many? Too much in taxes or paying less? Too little? Too much is usually the problem. Yeah. So you&#x27;ve got some really good strategies to help business owners reduce taxes. So let&#x27;s go through a couple of them. Yeah. Yeah. I think what&#x27;s interesting with the first one I want to share is that it helps benefits the employees as well. Okay. So it&#x27;s a double win. It&#x27;s going to benefit your employees and benefit you as a business owner by paying less taxes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Absolutely. All right. Let&#x27;s go through that. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s actually pretty simple and it comes by way of the ACA, which we all love from 2010 Affordable Care Act that brought into place the ability to expand wellness programs that have typically been bolted on to medical plans. So these wellness plans are usually underutilized. They&#x27;ve been underutilized. They&#x27;re things where you get smoking cessation programs, weight loss. Oh, who doesn&#x27;t want to hear about weight loss these days? Yeah. I know a couple of pharmaceutical companies are making a fortune on that, right? Yes. And so, you know, it&#x27;s one of the things that really opened up this way for wellness plans to expand and to create an opportunity for this win-win scenario. So in a nutshell, employers can save on average almost $500 per employee per year. $500 per employee per year.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> That adds up. You have a lot of employees. And the nice thing is it&#x27;s not a credit or something they have to wait for. It&#x27;s coming right around in their payroll every time. Immediate. Okay, good. Right to their bottom line. Payroll reduction plan. Reducing taxes. Yes, sir. Sounds good to me. Yeah. And also the employees themselves, they save on average a little over $100 each as well. So the employees save money too. And that&#x27;s a month, a month. So about $1,200 a year. Wow. All right. That&#x27;s a nice benefit. All right. So what else can you tell us about that? Yeah. So I think there&#x27;s a couple unique things about it. But that program in general, it&#x27;s made to be proactive, help with wellness, help reduce health insurance claims and costs, which is great. Health insurance has kind of had this trend where the deductibles keep going up, premiums keep going up, but the coverages are not. Tell me about it. My daughter had appendicitis last year.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And the appendix actually burst and got her into the hospital emergency room. We&#x27;re happy to... Number one, I want to phrase this. I&#x27;m very happy we have the medical situations we do now. Sure. Because she was taken care of and she was back out and fine in two days. She was at her friend&#x27;s at Sheetz eating a hot dog or something like that. They hang out at Sheetz all the time. By the way, that&#x27;s a hangout place. Thomas, do you know that? When your kids get a little older, my daughter&#x27;s 18 now, but they don&#x27;t really have a hangout place for the kids that are too young to go to bars, right? So they hang out at the Sheetz on Friday and Saturday nights. Where oddly enough, you can get everything from a milkshake to a taco to a burger. She gets a lot. She&#x27;s never had a hot dog there. She&#x27;d be mad at me if I said that. I was just exaggerating. She has smoothies. She gets a smoothie there. Smoothies. And so that&#x27;s the hangout place. They got it all. But it ended up costing about $50,000.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Not out of pocket, but that&#x27;s what it would have cost if we didn&#x27;t have health insurance. But then we keep getting these bills like one doctor must have poked his head in and signed the little clipboard and here comes the bill. So we had a lot of bills coming in. So anytime we can reduce healthcare costs or improve health so we don&#x27;t have healthcare costs, it makes a lot of sense. So this program encourages, I take it, this program encourages that. Absolutely. Yeah. ACA came into play in wellness plans and really expanding that to help employees actually take advantage of it. Yeah. And there&#x27;s really a unique byproduct of the program that comes after all of this, which is those dollars when employees use them to buy benefits. Right. They remain, we call them tax efficient dollars. So they&#x27;re not taxed on those dollars that become that hundred or so dollars that&#x27;s increased. So the money that they free up, they don&#x27;t get taxed on too. So it&#x27;s a really, you know, it&#x27;s always fun when you say, yeah, I got a hundred dollar</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> raise from my boss. And then I said, well, have you spent that hundred dollars? Well, it&#x27;s only about 60 by the time it gets home. Yep. So in this case, it&#x27;s real hundred. Yeah. So it is what it is. It is. Which is amazing sometimes. It is. And you see the trend, the trends, you know, that we see are, are not good. Employees are foregoing benefits. They&#x27;re having, you know, to choose between putting Sally or Susie or Jimmy into baseball or gymnastics or get braces or do a little things like that. Absolutely. So this gives an opportunity to buy benefits for their family and themselves and not feel guilty that they&#x27;re taking money away from their family and put food on the table or whatever they&#x27;re concerned about. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Gattis, who&#x27;s a benefit specialist right here in Raleigh, North Carolina. And if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to save taxes or save some taxes and help your employees out at the same time, Thomas will tell you how you can do that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text the special keyword tax to 600-700. That&#x27;s tax to 600-700. Now, what kind of fees are involved in this, Chris? Yeah, that&#x27;s really another cool thing about the program. That&#x27;s why I really call it triple win because it&#x27;s net of fees. So there are fees that come out, but it&#x27;s out of that savings. So the $100 and the $500, and I&#x27;m using averages there, obviously that changes, but our net of those fees, so the fees that are internal to the program, depending upon what there&#x27;s different programs, you know, the employer groups have the option to kind of choose what&#x27;s best for their employees in that case. So that&#x27;s really the nice thing. There&#x27;s no additional fees on top of it. Nothing&#x27;s coming out of their paycheck. They&#x27;re still walking home with the same paycheck. So what&#x27;s the minimum number of employees a company should have or could have to have this benefit them? Yeah, five employees. We want to see five or more employees there. And in this case, actually, the owner is not eligible because they&#x27;re ultimately benefiting</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> anyway on the back end. Right. So it&#x27;s really one of those tax kind of loopholes almost that benefits employees and employers. We&#x27;re used to seeing this for the rich and all that stuff. We hear about all these things that the rich do to avoid paying taxes. So here&#x27;s an option for everybody. The evil rich people paying about 98% of all taxes. Exactly. And not paying their fair share. Yes, sir. You hear that all the time, right? Uh-huh, all the time. And nothing makes me madder because I pay a lot in taxes and I hear about not paying my fair share. No one&#x27;s ever said that to me, but I hear people on radio or TV, oh, the rich people aren&#x27;t paying their fair share. Well, how much are you paying? Right. The guy who&#x27;s saying we&#x27;re not paying the fair share. Yeah. Well, I don&#x27;t pay. Well, then, can&#x27;t say it. If I was Dan Bongino and had a podcast, I could say what I want to say. Yeah, yeah. I get it. But I&#x27;m not. I&#x27;m on the radio. Yeah. So it&#x27;s a friendly program.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> It sounds like. Yeah. When did you start working with this program? And have you seen? Give me an example of how it&#x27;s really benefited somebody. Yeah. Well, we use it with our own employees. So in our company. How many employees do you have? We got a little over 20. I think 23 employees. Okay, good. Good size. Yeah. And so we put this program into place. And I can tell you one of our employees, we use this example in our slide deck. And he put it into place. We pay. You have to have medical insurance as a part of this. So that&#x27;s an important aspect. So the company has to offer medical insurance. Yes. Or MEC equivalent. Okay. Effective coverage. Yep. But our employee in particular had no previous deductions, joined the team. And he was able to buy eight new benefits, short-term disability, long-term disability, life insurance, cancer, critical illness, gap plan. I like to talk about the gap plan, too, because that&#x27;s a really big benefit.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So he bought eight new benefits. And in the end, his pay went up $4. So he got a lot of new benefits, and he got $4 more. Yeah. I mean, he&#x27;s mid-20s, so he was a little cheaper on some of the benefits. But still, it afforded him the opportunity to buy benefits without any reduction in net pay. Let&#x27;s talk about the gap plan. This is the one I think is really interesting. One, we get the most excitement over, because usually when we&#x27;re talking to a company, we&#x27;re talking to HR, we&#x27;re talking to decision makers, but maybe not the owner that cares about the bottom line. They don&#x27;t necessarily profit from that. And so when you put benefits into place, they&#x27;re used to having that medical. We talked about the problem with increasing deductibles, right? We&#x27;ve seen that happen. Employers have had to do that to kind of keep the premiums somewhat level over the years. It&#x27;s a give and take. Absolutely. And unfortunately, right? Unfortunately. And so the employees are struggling there. You&#x27;re like one of these balloons you see, the hot air balloons.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You have to keep throwing sandbags over, except the sandbags are the important aspects of your company. Just to stay afloat. Right. And then we don&#x27;t want to do that. So there&#x27;s ways where you can keep the sandbags and keep afloat at the same time. Absolutely. Because we&#x27;ve seen things like HSAs come into play with these high deductible plans. Correct. Having to pay full amount going in. So yeah, with the gap plan, it&#x27;s really nice because similar to most people have this on their car when they buy a new car. If you have a $5,000 deductible, you can reduce that to $100,000, $500,000. There&#x27;s a number of different options there. Where if I&#x27;ve got four kids, I&#x27;ve had similar incidents. Nothing is serious, luckily, but we&#x27;ve had our breaks and falls and things. Thomas has four kids, too. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s sad. You&#x27;ve got something to look forward to, Thomas. Knock on wood. Yeah. And so walking into an emergency room, it&#x27;s a couple grand out of pocket. Yeah. And as we know, I mean, we read all the stories.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Most Americans don&#x27;t have that sitting around just waiting for it. You need an emergency account, and most people don&#x27;t have that yet. Yeah. So this is a way to fill the gap in, I guess, right? Yeah, absolutely. Gap insurance that instead of that $5,000, it might be $500,000. It might be $100. It might be $0, depending on what the company chooses to do. And that&#x27;s one that we see everyone kind of get excited about, and that&#x27;s a missing benefit. I think it&#x27;s a nice benefit to add because it&#x27;s not super cheap, usually $50, $60 an employee. But here we pay for it out of that net savings, and it&#x27;s not something to come out of their pocket. So it&#x27;s a really nice benefit to have just in case. It&#x27;s a great benefit as an employer to offer your employees because it&#x27;s something they probably aren&#x27;t getting anywhere else. Right. And in this case, the employer kind of looks like a hero, too, in that they&#x27;re putting this into place, giving their employees this ability to have these programs to choose from them, not reduce their net pay. So in today&#x27;s climate, it acts as a retention tool as well for employers.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> So, yeah, it&#x27;s a really unique program. Is there a maximum number of employees you can have to qualify for this plan? No. Bring them all. Okay. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. So the more, the merrier. Yeah. The minimum is five, and the maximum is whatever. Yep. Yep, absolutely. It makes a lot of sense. What&#x27;s the biggest company you&#x27;ve set up on this? Man, thousands. We&#x27;re working on a franchise right now that will be probably over 500 franchises coming in. So, yeah, you start adding all those employees. Do you guys help with the enrollment to make sure it&#x27;s seamless for the company owner? Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s the biggest piece to this is education. We make sure we educate the employees because there&#x27;s a couple components. Dealing with taxes always, you want to make sure everyone&#x27;s educated. Absolutely. So that&#x27;s a big part of it. So, yeah, enrollment. We work with enrollment teams, firms, technology. That all backs that up. Well, I wish we had more time, but we&#x27;re coming up against a hard break. But, Thomas, tell folks if you&#x27;re a business owner and you&#x27;ve got five or more employees, you really need to hear about this because it&#x27;s a net out of cost of zero for you,</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> and it really maximizes benefits for your employees. Thomas, tell folks I think you can get more information on this. All you have to do is call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text that special keyword, TAX, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TAX to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in the studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda having a fast-paced show. Coach, you&#x27;ve got a special guest for us here, though. We sure do. A few months ago, I was in New York City at a special conference, and when you go to these conferences, you meet people. You have to. You have to. Well, some people don&#x27;t. Some people sit in the corner and are unfriendly. Thomas, you know those kind of people. That&#x27;s me. I try to at least meet people. And it was a smaller group. It was a mastermind group on how to maximize income while minimizing taxes. And we had a great speaker that day, and it was fascinating, some of the techniques and tools he was sharing. And I said, gosh, there&#x27;s got to be a way to get this guy on the radio. And matter of fact, he&#x27;s right in Raleigh, North Carolina.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> We&#x27;re in our offices in Apex, our studio. Big studio is here right here at Apex. His name is Chris Gaddis, and he&#x27;s a benefit specialist from Raleigh, North Carolina. Chris, welcome in. Well, thank you, Coach. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. What is a main problem? As business owners, we have a lot of problems. What&#x27;s one of the main problems business owners, every single business owner has, don&#x27;t even realize it sometimes to the end of the year, but at the end of the year, they realize they have a problem. What is that? Taxes. Paying too many? Too much in taxes or paying less? Too little? Too much is usually the problem. Yeah. So you&#x27;ve got some really good strategies to help business owners reduce taxes. So let&#x27;s go through a couple of them. Yeah. Yeah. I think what&#x27;s interesting with the first one I want to share is that it helps benefits the employees as well. Okay. So it&#x27;s a double win. It&#x27;s going to benefit your employees and benefit you as a business owner by paying less taxes.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Absolutely. All right. Let&#x27;s go through that. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s actually pretty simple and it comes by way of the ACA, which we all love from 2010 Affordable Care Act that brought into place the ability to expand wellness programs that have typically been bolted on to medical plans. So these wellness plans are usually underutilized. They&#x27;ve been underutilized. They&#x27;re things where you get smoking cessation programs, weight loss. Oh, who doesn&#x27;t want to hear about weight loss these days? Yeah. I know a couple of pharmaceutical companies are making a fortune on that, right? Yes. And so, you know, it&#x27;s one of the things that really opened up this way for wellness plans to expand and to create an opportunity for this win-win scenario. So in a nutshell, employers can save on average almost $500 per employee per year. $500 per employee per year.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> That adds up. You have a lot of employees. And the nice thing is it&#x27;s not a credit or something they have to wait for. It&#x27;s coming right around in their payroll every time. Immediate. Okay, good. Right to their bottom line. Payroll reduction plan. Reducing taxes. Yes, sir. Sounds good to me. Yeah. And also the employees themselves, they save on average a little over $100 each as well. So the employees save money too. And that&#x27;s a month, a month. So about $1,200 a year. Wow. All right. That&#x27;s a nice benefit. All right. So what else can you tell us about that? Yeah. So I think there&#x27;s a couple unique things about it. But that program in general, it&#x27;s made to be proactive, help with wellness, help reduce health insurance claims and costs, which is great. Health insurance has kind of had this trend where the deductibles keep going up, premiums keep going up, but the coverages are not. Tell me about it. My daughter had appendicitis last year.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And the appendix actually burst and got her into the hospital emergency room. We&#x27;re happy to... Number one, I want to phrase this. I&#x27;m very happy we have the medical situations we do now. Sure. Because she was taken care of and she was back out and fine in two days. She was at her friend&#x27;s at Sheetz eating a hot dog or something like that. They hang out at Sheetz all the time. By the way, that&#x27;s a hangout place. Thomas, do you know that? When your kids get a little older, my daughter&#x27;s 18 now, but they don&#x27;t really have a hangout place for the kids that are too young to go to bars, right? So they hang out at the Sheetz on Friday and Saturday nights. Where oddly enough, you can get everything from a milkshake to a taco to a burger. She gets a lot. She&#x27;s never had a hot dog there. She&#x27;d be mad at me if I said that. I was just exaggerating. She has smoothies. She gets a smoothie there. Smoothies. And so that&#x27;s the hangout place. They got it all. But it ended up costing about $50,000.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Not out of pocket, but that&#x27;s what it would have cost if we didn&#x27;t have health insurance. But then we keep getting these bills like one doctor must have poked his head in and signed the little clipboard and here comes the bill. So we had a lot of bills coming in. So anytime we can reduce healthcare costs or improve health so we don&#x27;t have healthcare costs, it makes a lot of sense. So this program encourages, I take it, this program encourages that. Absolutely. Yeah. ACA came into play in wellness plans and really expanding that to help employees actually take advantage of it. Yeah. And there&#x27;s really a unique byproduct of the program that comes after all of this, which is those dollars when employees use them to buy benefits. Right. They remain, we call them tax efficient dollars. So they&#x27;re not taxed on those dollars that become that hundred or so dollars that&#x27;s increased. So the money that they free up, they don&#x27;t get taxed on too. So it&#x27;s a really, you know, it&#x27;s always fun when you say, yeah, I got a hundred dollar</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> raise from my boss. And then I said, well, have you spent that hundred dollars? Well, it&#x27;s only about 60 by the time it gets home. Yep. So in this case, it&#x27;s real hundred. Yeah. So it is what it is. It is. Which is amazing sometimes. It is. And you see the trend, the trends, you know, that we see are, are not good. Employees are foregoing benefits. They&#x27;re having, you know, to choose between putting Sally or Susie or Jimmy into baseball or gymnastics or get braces or do a little things like that. Absolutely. So this gives an opportunity to buy benefits for their family and themselves and not feel guilty that they&#x27;re taking money away from their family and put food on the table or whatever they&#x27;re concerned about. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Gattis, who&#x27;s a benefit specialist right here in Raleigh, North Carolina. And if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to save taxes or save some taxes and help your employees out at the same time, Thomas will tell you how you can do that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s very easy. Just call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> 800-661-7383. You can also text the special keyword tax to 600-700. That&#x27;s tax to 600-700. Now, what kind of fees are involved in this, Chris? Yeah, that&#x27;s really another cool thing about the program. That&#x27;s why I really call it triple win because it&#x27;s net of fees. So there are fees that come out, but it&#x27;s out of that savings. So the $100 and the $500, and I&#x27;m using averages there, obviously that changes, but our net of those fees, so the fees that are internal to the program, depending upon what there&#x27;s different programs, you know, the employer groups have the option to kind of choose what&#x27;s best for their employees in that case. So that&#x27;s really the nice thing. There&#x27;s no additional fees on top of it. Nothing&#x27;s coming out of their paycheck. They&#x27;re still walking home with the same paycheck. So what&#x27;s the minimum number of employees a company should have or could have to have this benefit them? Yeah, five employees. We want to see five or more employees there. And in this case, actually, the owner is not eligible because they&#x27;re ultimately benefiting</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> anyway on the back end. Right. So it&#x27;s really one of those tax kind of loopholes almost that benefits employees and employers. We&#x27;re used to seeing this for the rich and all that stuff. We hear about all these things that the rich do to avoid paying taxes. So here&#x27;s an option for everybody. The evil rich people paying about 98% of all taxes. Exactly. And not paying their fair share. Yes, sir. You hear that all the time, right? Uh-huh, all the time. And nothing makes me madder because I pay a lot in taxes and I hear about not paying my fair share. No one&#x27;s ever said that to me, but I hear people on radio or TV, oh, the rich people aren&#x27;t paying their fair share. Well, how much are you paying? Right. The guy who&#x27;s saying we&#x27;re not paying the fair share. Yeah. Well, I don&#x27;t pay. Well, then, can&#x27;t say it. If I was Dan Bongino and had a podcast, I could say what I want to say. Yeah, yeah. I get it. But I&#x27;m not. I&#x27;m on the radio. Yeah. So it&#x27;s a friendly program.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> It sounds like. Yeah. When did you start working with this program? And have you seen? Give me an example of how it&#x27;s really benefited somebody. Yeah. Well, we use it with our own employees. So in our company. How many employees do you have? We got a little over 20. I think 23 employees. Okay, good. Good size. Yeah. And so we put this program into place. And I can tell you one of our employees, we use this example in our slide deck. And he put it into place. We pay. You have to have medical insurance as a part of this. So that&#x27;s an important aspect. So the company has to offer medical insurance. Yes. Or MEC equivalent. Okay. Effective coverage. Yep. But our employee in particular had no previous deductions, joined the team. And he was able to buy eight new benefits, short-term disability, long-term disability, life insurance, cancer, critical illness, gap plan. I like to talk about the gap plan, too, because that&#x27;s a really big benefit.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So he bought eight new benefits. And in the end, his pay went up $4. So he got a lot of new benefits, and he got $4 more. Yeah. I mean, he&#x27;s mid-20s, so he was a little cheaper on some of the benefits. But still, it afforded him the opportunity to buy benefits without any reduction in net pay. Let&#x27;s talk about the gap plan. This is the one I think is really interesting. One, we get the most excitement over, because usually when we&#x27;re talking to a company, we&#x27;re talking to HR, we&#x27;re talking to decision makers, but maybe not the owner that cares about the bottom line. They don&#x27;t necessarily profit from that. And so when you put benefits into place, they&#x27;re used to having that medical. We talked about the problem with increasing deductibles, right? We&#x27;ve seen that happen. Employers have had to do that to kind of keep the premiums somewhat level over the years. It&#x27;s a give and take. Absolutely. And unfortunately, right? Unfortunately. And so the employees are struggling there. You&#x27;re like one of these balloons you see, the hot air balloons.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You have to keep throwing sandbags over, except the sandbags are the important aspects of your company. Just to stay afloat. Right. And then we don&#x27;t want to do that. So there&#x27;s ways where you can keep the sandbags and keep afloat at the same time. Absolutely. Because we&#x27;ve seen things like HSAs come into play with these high deductible plans. Correct. Having to pay full amount going in. So yeah, with the gap plan, it&#x27;s really nice because similar to most people have this on their car when they buy a new car. If you have a $5,000 deductible, you can reduce that to $100,000, $500,000. There&#x27;s a number of different options there. Where if I&#x27;ve got four kids, I&#x27;ve had similar incidents. Nothing is serious, luckily, but we&#x27;ve had our breaks and falls and things. Thomas has four kids, too. Oh, yeah. That&#x27;s sad. You&#x27;ve got something to look forward to, Thomas. Knock on wood. Yeah. And so walking into an emergency room, it&#x27;s a couple grand out of pocket. Yeah. And as we know, I mean, we read all the stories.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Most Americans don&#x27;t have that sitting around just waiting for it. You need an emergency account, and most people don&#x27;t have that yet. Yeah. So this is a way to fill the gap in, I guess, right? Yeah, absolutely. Gap insurance that instead of that $5,000, it might be $500,000. It might be $100. It might be $0, depending on what the company chooses to do. And that&#x27;s one that we see everyone kind of get excited about, and that&#x27;s a missing benefit. I think it&#x27;s a nice benefit to add because it&#x27;s not super cheap, usually $50, $60 an employee. But here we pay for it out of that net savings, and it&#x27;s not something to come out of their pocket. So it&#x27;s a really nice benefit to have just in case. It&#x27;s a great benefit as an employer to offer your employees because it&#x27;s something they probably aren&#x27;t getting anywhere else. Right. And in this case, the employer kind of looks like a hero, too, in that they&#x27;re putting this into place, giving their employees this ability to have these programs to choose from them, not reduce their net pay. So in today&#x27;s climate, it acts as a retention tool as well for employers.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> So, yeah, it&#x27;s a really unique program. Is there a maximum number of employees you can have to qualify for this plan? No. Bring them all. Okay. Yeah, that&#x27;s good. So the more, the merrier. Yeah. The minimum is five, and the maximum is whatever. Yep. Yep, absolutely. It makes a lot of sense. What&#x27;s the biggest company you&#x27;ve set up on this? Man, thousands. We&#x27;re working on a franchise right now that will be probably over 500 franchises coming in. So, yeah, you start adding all those employees. Do you guys help with the enrollment to make sure it&#x27;s seamless for the company owner? Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s the biggest piece to this is education. We make sure we educate the employees because there&#x27;s a couple components. Dealing with taxes always, you want to make sure everyone&#x27;s educated. Absolutely. So that&#x27;s a big part of it. So, yeah, enrollment. We work with enrollment teams, firms, technology. That all backs that up. Well, I wish we had more time, but we&#x27;re coming up against a hard break. But, Thomas, tell folks if you&#x27;re a business owner and you&#x27;ve got five or more employees, you really need to hear about this because it&#x27;s a net out of cost of zero for you,</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> and it really maximizes benefits for your employees. Thomas, tell folks I think you can get more information on this. All you have to do is call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text that special keyword, TAX, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TAX to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company.</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Benefits specialist Chris Gaddis joins Coach Pete to discuss employee wellness programs, healthcare costs, and business tax planning. They explore how benefit choices can affect employers and employees.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Gaddis</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Gaddis, tax planning, healthcare</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/image.jpg?t=1792073465&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gaddis-benefits-specialist-and-business-stra/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/image.jpg?t=1792073465&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 20:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>766</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1aa9b205-df88-49a0-8934-b117013d5a51/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12299936" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-gaddis-benefits-specialist-and-business-stra</link>
      <itunes:order>33</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Chris Gaddis" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:41" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Haines: Index Solutions and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Haines: Index Solutions and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Haines of Annexus discusses his background in developing indexes, index annuities, and the role of guaranteed income in retirement planning. This interview with Coach Pete was recorded in December 2023.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, in my opinion, in the financial world. And today is no exception. Today, we&#x27;re going to join with Mr. Tom Haynes, who is Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Annexus. Tom, welcome in. Well, thank you so much, Coach, for having me on your show today. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m actually in Scottsdale, Arizona this week at the Annexus offices, even though I&#x27;m based outside New York City and North Jersey. But I&#x27;m down, getting our final meetings in. We have an advisor event. So it&#x27;s a beautiful, sunny Scottsdale. Not a bad time to be in Scottsdale, is it? No, it&#x27;s better than in July. So tell me, they&#x27;ve told me that you have a patent. And I&#x27;m always curious when I talk to folks who</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> have gone to the trouble and all the process to file a patent. What&#x27;s your patent in? Well, it&#x27;s nothing that you could use in the kitchen or a holiday gift they could buy on Amazon. But my background, as you know, Coach, has been developing indices as well as developing the way to package them and deliver them. And obviously at Annexus, we&#x27;re a leader developing index annuities. But my whole career on Wall Street, you know, I actually, before getting involved in building index annuities, I was on Wall Street. I led solutions structuring at UBS, Royal Bank of Scotland. And I also was at the New York Stock Exchange for four years, which we still work with today as a partner through our NYC Bridge Index. And while at the New York Stock Exchange, when you think about the stock exchange, you think about papers and trading and ringing bells. But the stock exchange,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> that company actually also has some of the biggest futures exchanges in the market, including trading of oil contracts, frozen concentrated arches, like trading places. And when I was very involved as well with that futures business, I figured out a way to develop a method to get strategies, almost like an annuity, but for institutional needs through a structured future. So I worked on that design. We filed the patent application in 2009. And I left to the NYC to go into the banking side again. But the NYC did receive that patent, and I am the lead inventor for that. Now, did you say, did you drop a trading places reference in there? I did. It&#x27;s one of my favorite movies. And it&#x27;s the holiday season, so I do recommend it. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> also a Philadelphia native. So it&#x27;s dear to my heart. I actually always reference the trading places when I talk about strategies. A lot of times people shy away from commodities. And I am a big advocate of commodities and strategies. And I joke, just because you saw trading places, don&#x27;t shy away from using commodities appropriately. But do shy away from naming your child Mortimer. Yes, that is for sure. So tell me now, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Haines, who&#x27;s Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Adnexus. Tom, tell us, because you&#x27;ve been on both sides of the equation now, the risk side and the safe side. And tell me your fascination with index annuities and being able to create that safety net underneath an underlying investment.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Absolutely. Retail clients have really have been underserved with an asset management product. And I&#x27;m not going to be here to be challenging those asset managers in Boston or New York that have driven the concept of a stock bond portfolio. That&#x27;s what the regulation allowed for. And that&#x27;s what evolved. But ultimately, as we have a retirement crisis in America, stocks and bonds are just not enough. The worry when you see the 4% rule year in, year out is in question, depending on the whims of the stock and bond market and further longevity. At the end of the day, people need to have a comfortable retirement. They need to have a plan in place. And unfortunately, stocks and bonds don&#x27;t do</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> that. And the benefit of the index annuity product and retirement products with the insurance companies we work with, we&#x27;re able to tailor protected exposure where you get market upside, the ability to get a market upside without having the downside protection so you can sleep at night. As our partner, Jeremy Siegel says, to allow one to adjust to their sleeping point with an index annuity allocation, then further such benefits as guaranteed lifetime income, which is so important as more and more people live healthier lives, better lives, and living longer. The biggest risk out there as we get older is something, well, one of the biggest risks is called longevity risks. Do you want to talk about what that is and how having an indexed annuity with that income rider added to it will take that risk right off the table? Absolutely. So, because people are living longer, what are they going to live off</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> of? Social security, well, that&#x27;s in question. But let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re near retirement age and you think the social security benefit will continue to pay out. Well, that&#x27;s not enough to live off of for people. It&#x27;s just not. When we talk about inflation, as I highlighted earlier. So, if you come in with, let&#x27;s say, a 401k nest egg of equity and bonds, you&#x27;re running into a market scenario like what we just had over the last few years, right? Where we saw equities and bonds have bad bear markets. And then you&#x27;re starting off your retirement there. And then you&#x27;re trying to live a comfortable life. You&#x27;re trying to go on a vacation to Scottsdale. You&#x27;re trying to continue to have a car that works in your home. With all this inflation, you&#x27;re ending up spending more than what you&#x27;ve saved for. And if you live long, you&#x27;re going to run out of money. And the challenge with that is there&#x27;s no solutions</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> with equity and bond funds to protect that. You either have to live less, have less spending, which is sometimes hard to control when you have unfortunate needs later in life, such as healthcare costs or unexpected maintenance costs to homes and so forth. So, the insurance companies have the benefit of what we call risk pooling because they work with thousands of people that come to them for life insurance, the ability to buy an annuity that guarantees lifetime income through one&#x27;s entire last breath, including for couples. They have other business lines of insurance. So, as a major well-rated insurance company, such as a nationwide per se, they&#x27;re able to then offer the policies that provide upside participation in the market, downside protection, but also include guaranteed income.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> And that allows for people to rest assured that no matter what happens to market conditions, they&#x27;re getting that income through their entire life. Yeah, very, very important. I think it&#x27;s overlooked a lot of times when we&#x27;re talking about approaching retirement. People are always talking about what they want to do in retirement. They forget about putting together the plan to make sure they can do what they want to do in retirement. Oh, that is for sure. And unfortunately, America is so good in the financial marketplace, just talking about how things project when you put more money to work. But what happens when we say decimulation? You&#x27;re no longer working. So, where are you going to get the money if the market goes down? If you say, oh, don&#x27;t worry, you&#x27;re 55 years old, you have another 10 years to work, market goes down, you have more money, you&#x27;re buying at lower prices.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Well, once you stop working, you don&#x27;t have any more money to put to work. And now that&#x27;s the risk. True or false? We&#x27;re in the worst bond market in U.S. history. That is true. It&#x27;s a scary statistic, but it is true. Here, going back to the 1700s, Deutsche Bank, last year, was able to see that going all the way that far back, really, from the times of Alexander Hamilton, those that understand the play and the history. He&#x27;s got to play, yeah. Yeah, exactly. When he started issuing U.S. government bonds before he got shot by Aaron Vert, through that time, the jump in rates has been the most drastic. And when interest rates jump so much so quick, that causes bonds to go down. And in going from literally, and during the</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> pandemic, 50 basis points to the U.S. Treasury, so 0.5% was the yield on the Treasury. And here in October, now we&#x27;re in November, I get going into December, but in going into November, we had over 5% on the 10-year. That drastic move. And a lot of people say, well, in the 1970s, we had double digit interest rates with high inflation. Even in that period of time, we didn&#x27;t have that bond market that big, because ultimately, it took about 15 to 20 years for rates to rise. But on a flip of a dime, in three years, we&#x27;ve gone from 50 basis points all the way up to 5%. That drastic move is what caused the bonds to go down. And the other thing that&#x27;s a misnomer is people think, okay, when equities go up, bonds go down. When bonds go up, stocks go down. That isn&#x27;t true. My friend</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> and mentor, Professor Roger Ibbotson of the Yale School, who we&#x27;ve built indices with, the Zebra Hedge indices, Roger will highlight through his research that there has been many times where both markets go down. And that&#x27;s a situation, the only thing you can hide to is something that has full downside protection. Guaranteed lifetime income, i.e. the index annuities. So, if someone is just hearing about these today, or have been considering it, what would you tell somebody about adding index annuities to make it a part of their retirement portfolio? It definitely has a place, especially when you&#x27;re thinking through the concept that you can&#x27;t hide from market risk with equities and bonds. If you&#x27;re just looking at the idea of accumulation and having</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> full downside protection in a piece of the portfolio, you should have a third of it there. I will tell you, my own mother, my own mother is going to be 77 in a few weeks. My father, we did 27 years at Sunoco. He rolled his money over to an IRA. At retirement, he lived through 08 and ultimately recovered, ups and downs. Well, now she&#x27;s a widow. My father passed a few years back. And as a widow, her portfolio, we do it really a third, a third, a third. A third equities, a third smarter bond strategies, and a third annuities with downside protection. And that allows for, again, that one piece of the puzzle that won&#x27;t have losses. Then coupled with the other idea we talked about, longevity risk. So those that have not enough save for retirement and they&#x27;re getting worried,</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> guaranteed lifetime incomes should be a real big piece of that. And arguably could even be a bigger piece of that. My, you know, even in putting the context, I know we&#x27;re talking more micro here with my own parents, my in-laws. Polish immigrants have been in the United States working full time for 40 years. The comfort, my father-in-law did not have a lot of time for retirement. And ultimately, the comfort they have is they actually utilize a guaranteed income life annuity solution to give them that comfort that they can live through retirement. Yeah. It just makes a lot of sense. And Tom, we&#x27;re coming up against the clock here, but we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Tom Haynes, Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Anexus. Tom, we hope to have you on again in the future. Thank you so much, Coach. And everyone, happy holidays.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Thank you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Haines of Annexus discusses his background in developing indexes, index annuities, and the role of guaranteed income in retirement planning. This interview with Coach Pete was recorded in December 2023.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, in my opinion, in the financial world. And today is no exception. Today, we&#x27;re going to join with Mr. Tom Haynes, who is Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Annexus. Tom, welcome in. Well, thank you so much, Coach, for having me on your show today. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m actually in Scottsdale, Arizona this week at the Annexus offices, even though I&#x27;m based outside New York City and North Jersey. But I&#x27;m down, getting our final meetings in. We have an advisor event. So it&#x27;s a beautiful, sunny Scottsdale. Not a bad time to be in Scottsdale, is it? No, it&#x27;s better than in July. So tell me, they&#x27;ve told me that you have a patent. And I&#x27;m always curious when I talk to folks who</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> have gone to the trouble and all the process to file a patent. What&#x27;s your patent in? Well, it&#x27;s nothing that you could use in the kitchen or a holiday gift they could buy on Amazon. But my background, as you know, Coach, has been developing indices as well as developing the way to package them and deliver them. And obviously at Annexus, we&#x27;re a leader developing index annuities. But my whole career on Wall Street, you know, I actually, before getting involved in building index annuities, I was on Wall Street. I led solutions structuring at UBS, Royal Bank of Scotland. And I also was at the New York Stock Exchange for four years, which we still work with today as a partner through our NYC Bridge Index. And while at the New York Stock Exchange, when you think about the stock exchange, you think about papers and trading and ringing bells. But the stock exchange,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> that company actually also has some of the biggest futures exchanges in the market, including trading of oil contracts, frozen concentrated arches, like trading places. And when I was very involved as well with that futures business, I figured out a way to develop a method to get strategies, almost like an annuity, but for institutional needs through a structured future. So I worked on that design. We filed the patent application in 2009. And I left to the NYC to go into the banking side again. But the NYC did receive that patent, and I am the lead inventor for that. Now, did you say, did you drop a trading places reference in there? I did. It&#x27;s one of my favorite movies. And it&#x27;s the holiday season, so I do recommend it. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> also a Philadelphia native. So it&#x27;s dear to my heart. I actually always reference the trading places when I talk about strategies. A lot of times people shy away from commodities. And I am a big advocate of commodities and strategies. And I joke, just because you saw trading places, don&#x27;t shy away from using commodities appropriately. But do shy away from naming your child Mortimer. Yes, that is for sure. So tell me now, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Haines, who&#x27;s Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Adnexus. Tom, tell us, because you&#x27;ve been on both sides of the equation now, the risk side and the safe side. And tell me your fascination with index annuities and being able to create that safety net underneath an underlying investment.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Absolutely. Retail clients have really have been underserved with an asset management product. And I&#x27;m not going to be here to be challenging those asset managers in Boston or New York that have driven the concept of a stock bond portfolio. That&#x27;s what the regulation allowed for. And that&#x27;s what evolved. But ultimately, as we have a retirement crisis in America, stocks and bonds are just not enough. The worry when you see the 4% rule year in, year out is in question, depending on the whims of the stock and bond market and further longevity. At the end of the day, people need to have a comfortable retirement. They need to have a plan in place. And unfortunately, stocks and bonds don&#x27;t do</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> that. And the benefit of the index annuity product and retirement products with the insurance companies we work with, we&#x27;re able to tailor protected exposure where you get market upside, the ability to get a market upside without having the downside protection so you can sleep at night. As our partner, Jeremy Siegel says, to allow one to adjust to their sleeping point with an index annuity allocation, then further such benefits as guaranteed lifetime income, which is so important as more and more people live healthier lives, better lives, and living longer. The biggest risk out there as we get older is something, well, one of the biggest risks is called longevity risks. Do you want to talk about what that is and how having an indexed annuity with that income rider added to it will take that risk right off the table? Absolutely. So, because people are living longer, what are they going to live off</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> of? Social security, well, that&#x27;s in question. But let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re near retirement age and you think the social security benefit will continue to pay out. Well, that&#x27;s not enough to live off of for people. It&#x27;s just not. When we talk about inflation, as I highlighted earlier. So, if you come in with, let&#x27;s say, a 401k nest egg of equity and bonds, you&#x27;re running into a market scenario like what we just had over the last few years, right? Where we saw equities and bonds have bad bear markets. And then you&#x27;re starting off your retirement there. And then you&#x27;re trying to live a comfortable life. You&#x27;re trying to go on a vacation to Scottsdale. You&#x27;re trying to continue to have a car that works in your home. With all this inflation, you&#x27;re ending up spending more than what you&#x27;ve saved for. And if you live long, you&#x27;re going to run out of money. And the challenge with that is there&#x27;s no solutions</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> with equity and bond funds to protect that. You either have to live less, have less spending, which is sometimes hard to control when you have unfortunate needs later in life, such as healthcare costs or unexpected maintenance costs to homes and so forth. So, the insurance companies have the benefit of what we call risk pooling because they work with thousands of people that come to them for life insurance, the ability to buy an annuity that guarantees lifetime income through one&#x27;s entire last breath, including for couples. They have other business lines of insurance. So, as a major well-rated insurance company, such as a nationwide per se, they&#x27;re able to then offer the policies that provide upside participation in the market, downside protection, but also include guaranteed income.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> And that allows for people to rest assured that no matter what happens to market conditions, they&#x27;re getting that income through their entire life. Yeah, very, very important. I think it&#x27;s overlooked a lot of times when we&#x27;re talking about approaching retirement. People are always talking about what they want to do in retirement. They forget about putting together the plan to make sure they can do what they want to do in retirement. Oh, that is for sure. And unfortunately, America is so good in the financial marketplace, just talking about how things project when you put more money to work. But what happens when we say decimulation? You&#x27;re no longer working. So, where are you going to get the money if the market goes down? If you say, oh, don&#x27;t worry, you&#x27;re 55 years old, you have another 10 years to work, market goes down, you have more money, you&#x27;re buying at lower prices.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Well, once you stop working, you don&#x27;t have any more money to put to work. And now that&#x27;s the risk. True or false? We&#x27;re in the worst bond market in U.S. history. That is true. It&#x27;s a scary statistic, but it is true. Here, going back to the 1700s, Deutsche Bank, last year, was able to see that going all the way that far back, really, from the times of Alexander Hamilton, those that understand the play and the history. He&#x27;s got to play, yeah. Yeah, exactly. When he started issuing U.S. government bonds before he got shot by Aaron Vert, through that time, the jump in rates has been the most drastic. And when interest rates jump so much so quick, that causes bonds to go down. And in going from literally, and during the</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> pandemic, 50 basis points to the U.S. Treasury, so 0.5% was the yield on the Treasury. And here in October, now we&#x27;re in November, I get going into December, but in going into November, we had over 5% on the 10-year. That drastic move. And a lot of people say, well, in the 1970s, we had double digit interest rates with high inflation. Even in that period of time, we didn&#x27;t have that bond market that big, because ultimately, it took about 15 to 20 years for rates to rise. But on a flip of a dime, in three years, we&#x27;ve gone from 50 basis points all the way up to 5%. That drastic move is what caused the bonds to go down. And the other thing that&#x27;s a misnomer is people think, okay, when equities go up, bonds go down. When bonds go up, stocks go down. That isn&#x27;t true. My friend</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> and mentor, Professor Roger Ibbotson of the Yale School, who we&#x27;ve built indices with, the Zebra Hedge indices, Roger will highlight through his research that there has been many times where both markets go down. And that&#x27;s a situation, the only thing you can hide to is something that has full downside protection. Guaranteed lifetime income, i.e. the index annuities. So, if someone is just hearing about these today, or have been considering it, what would you tell somebody about adding index annuities to make it a part of their retirement portfolio? It definitely has a place, especially when you&#x27;re thinking through the concept that you can&#x27;t hide from market risk with equities and bonds. If you&#x27;re just looking at the idea of accumulation and having</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> full downside protection in a piece of the portfolio, you should have a third of it there. I will tell you, my own mother, my own mother is going to be 77 in a few weeks. My father, we did 27 years at Sunoco. He rolled his money over to an IRA. At retirement, he lived through 08 and ultimately recovered, ups and downs. Well, now she&#x27;s a widow. My father passed a few years back. And as a widow, her portfolio, we do it really a third, a third, a third. A third equities, a third smarter bond strategies, and a third annuities with downside protection. And that allows for, again, that one piece of the puzzle that won&#x27;t have losses. Then coupled with the other idea we talked about, longevity risk. So those that have not enough save for retirement and they&#x27;re getting worried,</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> guaranteed lifetime incomes should be a real big piece of that. And arguably could even be a bigger piece of that. My, you know, even in putting the context, I know we&#x27;re talking more micro here with my own parents, my in-laws. Polish immigrants have been in the United States working full time for 40 years. The comfort, my father-in-law did not have a lot of time for retirement. And ultimately, the comfort they have is they actually utilize a guaranteed income life annuity solution to give them that comfort that they can live through retirement. Yeah. It just makes a lot of sense. And Tom, we&#x27;re coming up against the clock here, but we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Tom Haynes, Executive Vice President, Head of Index Solutions at Anexus. Tom, we hope to have you on again in the future. Thank you so much, Coach. And everyone, happy holidays.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Thank you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Haines of Annexus discusses his background in developing indexes, index annuities, and the role of guaranteed income in retirement planning. This interview with Coach Pete was recorded in December 2023.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Haines</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Haines, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e/image.jpg?t=1792073252&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-haines-index-solutions-and-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e/image.jpg?t=1792073252&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>695</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff6bf27b-ad6c-444c-90be-b4e200f0d52e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11147842" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-haines-index-solutions-and-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>34</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Index Solutions and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:14" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Duley: Planning for Social Security Risk</title>
      <itunes:title>David Duley: Planning for Social Security Risk</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Duley, founder and CEO of PlanGap, joins Coach Pete to discuss the Social Security Risk Score and preparing for potential gaps in retirement income. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in December 2023.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone I think who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And today is no exception. We have David Dooley, who&#x27;s the founder and CEO of PlanGap and Social Security Risk Score. Folks, when you get close to retirement, you start thinking about Social Security, and then you start thinking about how you can get your most bang for your buck and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing. And I think David&#x27;s in a really good niche right now because a lot of folks that I talk to are curious about finding out, number one, making sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing when claiming Social Security, and two, making sure they&#x27;re getting the best bang for their buck. Dave, welcome in. Hey, great to be here, Pete. Now, your company is located in Atlanta, Georgia. Am I correct? Yes, sir. Right down the street. I&#x27;ll tell you, the last time I went to Atlanta, it&#x27;s been like three or four years ago now, but I&#x27;ve never seen, besides Nashville, Tennessee, in the last three decades,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> I&#x27;ve never seen so many building cranes as I have in Atlanta, Georgia. It&#x27;s been crazy, and the traffic hasn&#x27;t gotten better. Well, I&#x27;m 57. I&#x27;m old enough to remember when Spaghetti Junction, you were still out about 30 minutes from Atlanta, but you were close. But you were still able to go 60 or 70 miles an hour coming down the road there. Now, I heard that&#x27;s where the traffic starts. That is totally true, and it keeps going for another 40 miles. Well, I guess growth is good, as growth is bad. But let&#x27;s talk about what caused you to develop the company you have right now. Yeah, you know, I&#x27;ve been an entrepreneur all my life, and I had the fortunate luck of being born in Flint, Michigan, of all places, a place that got rid of their traffic problem because of economic malaise.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And, you know, it was the birthplace of General Motors. Watch my family and others sort of suffer as General Motors kind of went through bankruptcy and other bad stuff, and it was a thought that really no one could imagine. Right. Could General Motors ever go bankrupt? Oh, yeah. And so, you know, a few years ago, I was on a flight, and I overheard this couple talk about, you know, what&#x27;s going to happen when Social Security runs out of money. Right. And as a younger guy, I never really gave much thought to Social Security, but the fear in their voice reminded me of the fear I heard growing up in Flint, right? And I just thought to myself, wow, I&#x27;m sure other people worry about what&#x27;s going on with Social Security. It&#x27;s kind of used as a political wedge these days.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> And so what&#x27;s the truth? What are some of the proposals out there? And that sort of led to the genesis of the Social Security. Social Security risk score and then also the development of products that address what happens if Social Security does, in fact, change the rules on people. Yeah. And when I hear changing rules on people, I think back in my childhood days, we used to watch Charlie Brown, and Lucy was always pulling the ball out from Charlie Brown when he was running up to kick the football. And so that&#x27;s what changing the rules. It&#x27;s not something we as Americans respond friendly to. No. And look, this is an election year. You&#x27;ve heard a lot about what&#x27;s going to go on with Social Security. I mean, there&#x27;s people on both sides talking about the unsustainability of it, where are the cuts going to come, what are the reform looks like, who&#x27;s going to pay their fair share.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> And so there&#x27;s a lot of insecurity and bad information out there, and we&#x27;re trying to kind of get a place where people can go to get good information. Yeah, I mean, good information, that&#x27;s the key. Unbiased information, when we hear people talking about what they really want in life, especially from their financial advisor or people giving them that kind of financial advice, is people who aren&#x27;t motivated by commissions to tell you to do something that isn&#x27;t good for you. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so that&#x27;s what people always ask, what is a fiduciary? Well, a fiduciary, number one, has to put your needs first, but also they need to do what&#x27;s right. And we&#x27;ve been doing that forever. But, I mean, isn&#x27;t it a shame, though, Dave, when we have to have government issue laws to make people do what&#x27;s right? Well, completely. And what&#x27;s even more of a shame, especially as it relates to Social Security, is to see how it&#x27;s used as political football to wedge people into voting a certain way,</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> or this person&#x27;s good, this person&#x27;s bad. And sort of you asked sort of the genesis of the idea. I mean, wouldn&#x27;t it be amazing if we could create retirement plans that weren&#x27;t subject to political football and took that risk specter out of it? And so that&#x27;s really why we built Plan Gap and Social Security Risk Score. And by the way, folks, we are talking to Dave Dooley, who&#x27;s founder and CEO of Plan Gap and the Social Security Risk Score. Let&#x27;s talk about Social Security now and the risk. How dependent are Americans on Social Security these days? You know, it&#x27;s really shocking. About 90 percent of Americans, basically, if you have two, two and a half million dollars or less of retirement savings assets, Social Security income is going to play a major role in your income plan.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And you have the government talking about, wow, you know, we might run out of money in 10 years. And then there&#x27;s a 25 percent cut across the board, roughly. And what that does is even for the average American that&#x27;s done all the right things, saved a million bucks for retirement, they can have almost near certainty of a great retirement plan, kind of living off $100,000 a year, maybe have a 98 percent Monte Carlo success rate on that because Social Security will make up maybe 50 percent of that income, which a lot of people are shocked about. All of a sudden, if that 25 percent cut, that&#x27;s the success of that retirement plan goes to a coin flip. And so what&#x27;s amazing is and what we really try to do is work with people, give advisors tools that allow them to say,</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> wow, we think there&#x27;s another risk out there. We think there&#x27;s maybe policy risk, government policy risk. You know, people talk about longevity risk and other things like that. But what happens if, again, the government changes the rules and you have to adapt? And so we want Americans with good information to make good decisions today so they don&#x27;t have to worry about it in the future. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s get into this. Now, the Social Security risk score, what is it and how could somebody benefit from it? Yeah. What it is, is it&#x27;s sort of like a diagnostic tool. It&#x27;s the first diagnostic tool that takes an individual&#x27;s unique situation. So ask a little bit about them. They fill out a quiz. Then all of a sudden it says, based on your where you are financially, your age, et cetera.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> This is the probability that you might be affected by Social Security reforms. Here are some of the reforms being proposed. And here&#x27;s how you would match up against that. And so what&#x27;s fascinating is we can just look as early as back as COVID to see means testing. Remember? Remember when COVID stimulus checks started being phased out from $75,000 up to $100,000? And a lot of people didn&#x27;t receive COVID stimulus checks. That was a method of means testing. And you&#x27;re already seeing politicians say, you know, we might need to means test Social Security. Unfortunately, you know, the government thinks $75,000 a year is rich. Well, the first four letters mean it all to me. It&#x27;s mean. It&#x27;s not good for anybody who has any money.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You don&#x27;t get any money. So I see why they call it means testing. It&#x27;s bad for most people listening to the show. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And again, this is the first sort of blood test. Think of it as almost a credit report, which gives you your own risk factors of where you might be subject to, quote unquote, the potential fixes of Social Security. Because Social Security will be fixed one way or the other. Either they will pay less benefits, tax more, or probably do what I believe is a combination of both. But they will politically target, quote unquote, the rich to pay their fair share. Unfortunately, the definition of rich, you know, falls kind of back into that working class American that&#x27;s done all the right things, but still could be subject to political football.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Yeah. When I grew up, $10,000, the $10,000 pyramid, $10,000 was a big thing. These days, it won&#x27;t even get you a Yugo. I don&#x27;t make Yugos anymore, but you know what I&#x27;m saying? And it&#x27;s not a big amount of money anymore. Yes. So let&#x27;s look at this. Now, your program, you can come up with a Social Security risk score for anyone out there, and it weighs all the different factors on what they&#x27;ve saved and what they could qualify for Social Security and gives them a number grade, correct? That&#x27;s exactly right. And then you can work with an advisor to say, look, what do I do about this risk? Just like you would any other risk in retirement. Yes. Yes. Well, you&#x27;ve been generous. Well, you&#x27;ve shared this with us. We&#x27;re going to use this software for folks what they call from this radio interview and show them what their real risk score is. Now, if somebody has a low risk score, is it correctable?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Yeah. You know, we can&#x27;t necessarily change what the government might do. And so it&#x27;s really showing what is the likelihood you might be affected by government, you know, fixes of Social Security. But by planning early, sort of planning now, you can take the impact of those changes away, right? So if you wait until the last minute, it&#x27;s sort of like walking between a balance beam. Easy to do if it&#x27;s one foot off the ground, right? And you have a 10% chance of failure. But if you put that balance beam across skyscrapers, then, you know, you might not be so willing to take that chance. I&#x27;ve seen those old pictures of the guys who were building the skyscrapers and they were balancing on one beam. I don&#x27;t know how they did it. That was a real balance beam right there. That was a real balance beam. And so, again, what we want to do is say, hey, here&#x27;s where your risk exposure might be.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about that today so we don&#x27;t wait until the last minute and put your, you know, hard work retirement plan in peril. Let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s listening and they&#x27;ve got about, or they&#x27;re 55 years old, let&#x27;s say, and they&#x27;ve got about $500,000 saved for retirement. And they&#x27;re starting to think about, we call it the financial red zone. They&#x27;re starting to think about what&#x27;s going to happen next. What&#x27;s going to happen when they reproach retirement and how do they claim Social Security and how do they make sure they have the right money? Is that too soon for someone at age 55 to do the Social Security risk score? No. In fact, that&#x27;s right in the sweet spot. Because what&#x27;s going to happen, the government, frankly, is saying, we might run out of money 2033. So now that&#x27;s 10 years out. That person, that 55-year-old, is now 65. So they&#x27;re in the Social Security claiming zone.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Now their full retirement age will be 67. But as you know, they can claim it as early as 62 and up to age 70. And so what the risk score does is sort of gives them maybe a future look on, is that promised amount of money actually going to be there for me in full? And if not, what can I do today to shore up the retirement income needs that I have for the future? Well, it just makes a lot of sense. Dave, we really appreciate your time. We&#x27;re going to give the number out in a minute for folks to get your own Social Security risk score done. But Dave, I just wanted to make sure we express our gratitude for you coming on and expressing or showing us what your program is all about. Well, thank you. And thank you for letting people know. I think they&#x27;ll find a ton of value out of taking it. I really appreciate your time today. Thank you, Pete.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Take care. So, Thomas, before we go to break, I just want to make sure everyone knows the power of this. I mean, you can see ahead of time where the deficiencies are in your portfolio and make corrections before it&#x27;s too late. It&#x27;s never too soon to get started right here. Thomas, let&#x27;s open it. We got the software. I mean, Dave&#x27;s been generous enough to share it with us just for a couple months. And it&#x27;s going to cost a lot of money. But we&#x27;re going to use it here for the next 40 people who call. Let&#x27;s make it for 40 people. Let them see what&#x27;s really going to happen. It&#x27;s a great opportunity. Real Social Security risk score. Let&#x27;s open his phone lines up. Make sure we have a bunch of people ready to answer the phones. All right. 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us. Start this process by texting keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Duley, founder and CEO of PlanGap, joins Coach Pete to discuss the Social Security Risk Score and preparing for potential gaps in retirement income. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in December 2023.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone I think who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And today is no exception. We have David Dooley, who&#x27;s the founder and CEO of PlanGap and Social Security Risk Score. Folks, when you get close to retirement, you start thinking about Social Security, and then you start thinking about how you can get your most bang for your buck and make sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing. And I think David&#x27;s in a really good niche right now because a lot of folks that I talk to are curious about finding out, number one, making sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing when claiming Social Security, and two, making sure they&#x27;re getting the best bang for their buck. Dave, welcome in. Hey, great to be here, Pete. Now, your company is located in Atlanta, Georgia. Am I correct? Yes, sir. Right down the street. I&#x27;ll tell you, the last time I went to Atlanta, it&#x27;s been like three or four years ago now, but I&#x27;ve never seen, besides Nashville, Tennessee, in the last three decades,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> I&#x27;ve never seen so many building cranes as I have in Atlanta, Georgia. It&#x27;s been crazy, and the traffic hasn&#x27;t gotten better. Well, I&#x27;m 57. I&#x27;m old enough to remember when Spaghetti Junction, you were still out about 30 minutes from Atlanta, but you were close. But you were still able to go 60 or 70 miles an hour coming down the road there. Now, I heard that&#x27;s where the traffic starts. That is totally true, and it keeps going for another 40 miles. Well, I guess growth is good, as growth is bad. But let&#x27;s talk about what caused you to develop the company you have right now. Yeah, you know, I&#x27;ve been an entrepreneur all my life, and I had the fortunate luck of being born in Flint, Michigan, of all places, a place that got rid of their traffic problem because of economic malaise.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And, you know, it was the birthplace of General Motors. Watch my family and others sort of suffer as General Motors kind of went through bankruptcy and other bad stuff, and it was a thought that really no one could imagine. Right. Could General Motors ever go bankrupt? Oh, yeah. And so, you know, a few years ago, I was on a flight, and I overheard this couple talk about, you know, what&#x27;s going to happen when Social Security runs out of money. Right. And as a younger guy, I never really gave much thought to Social Security, but the fear in their voice reminded me of the fear I heard growing up in Flint, right? And I just thought to myself, wow, I&#x27;m sure other people worry about what&#x27;s going on with Social Security. It&#x27;s kind of used as a political wedge these days.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> And so what&#x27;s the truth? What are some of the proposals out there? And that sort of led to the genesis of the Social Security. Social Security risk score and then also the development of products that address what happens if Social Security does, in fact, change the rules on people. Yeah. And when I hear changing rules on people, I think back in my childhood days, we used to watch Charlie Brown, and Lucy was always pulling the ball out from Charlie Brown when he was running up to kick the football. And so that&#x27;s what changing the rules. It&#x27;s not something we as Americans respond friendly to. No. And look, this is an election year. You&#x27;ve heard a lot about what&#x27;s going to go on with Social Security. I mean, there&#x27;s people on both sides talking about the unsustainability of it, where are the cuts going to come, what are the reform looks like, who&#x27;s going to pay their fair share.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> And so there&#x27;s a lot of insecurity and bad information out there, and we&#x27;re trying to kind of get a place where people can go to get good information. Yeah, I mean, good information, that&#x27;s the key. Unbiased information, when we hear people talking about what they really want in life, especially from their financial advisor or people giving them that kind of financial advice, is people who aren&#x27;t motivated by commissions to tell you to do something that isn&#x27;t good for you. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so that&#x27;s what people always ask, what is a fiduciary? Well, a fiduciary, number one, has to put your needs first, but also they need to do what&#x27;s right. And we&#x27;ve been doing that forever. But, I mean, isn&#x27;t it a shame, though, Dave, when we have to have government issue laws to make people do what&#x27;s right? Well, completely. And what&#x27;s even more of a shame, especially as it relates to Social Security, is to see how it&#x27;s used as political football to wedge people into voting a certain way,</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> or this person&#x27;s good, this person&#x27;s bad. And sort of you asked sort of the genesis of the idea. I mean, wouldn&#x27;t it be amazing if we could create retirement plans that weren&#x27;t subject to political football and took that risk specter out of it? And so that&#x27;s really why we built Plan Gap and Social Security Risk Score. And by the way, folks, we are talking to Dave Dooley, who&#x27;s founder and CEO of Plan Gap and the Social Security Risk Score. Let&#x27;s talk about Social Security now and the risk. How dependent are Americans on Social Security these days? You know, it&#x27;s really shocking. About 90 percent of Americans, basically, if you have two, two and a half million dollars or less of retirement savings assets, Social Security income is going to play a major role in your income plan.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And you have the government talking about, wow, you know, we might run out of money in 10 years. And then there&#x27;s a 25 percent cut across the board, roughly. And what that does is even for the average American that&#x27;s done all the right things, saved a million bucks for retirement, they can have almost near certainty of a great retirement plan, kind of living off $100,000 a year, maybe have a 98 percent Monte Carlo success rate on that because Social Security will make up maybe 50 percent of that income, which a lot of people are shocked about. All of a sudden, if that 25 percent cut, that&#x27;s the success of that retirement plan goes to a coin flip. And so what&#x27;s amazing is and what we really try to do is work with people, give advisors tools that allow them to say,</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> wow, we think there&#x27;s another risk out there. We think there&#x27;s maybe policy risk, government policy risk. You know, people talk about longevity risk and other things like that. But what happens if, again, the government changes the rules and you have to adapt? And so we want Americans with good information to make good decisions today so they don&#x27;t have to worry about it in the future. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s get into this. Now, the Social Security risk score, what is it and how could somebody benefit from it? Yeah. What it is, is it&#x27;s sort of like a diagnostic tool. It&#x27;s the first diagnostic tool that takes an individual&#x27;s unique situation. So ask a little bit about them. They fill out a quiz. Then all of a sudden it says, based on your where you are financially, your age, et cetera.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> This is the probability that you might be affected by Social Security reforms. Here are some of the reforms being proposed. And here&#x27;s how you would match up against that. And so what&#x27;s fascinating is we can just look as early as back as COVID to see means testing. Remember? Remember when COVID stimulus checks started being phased out from $75,000 up to $100,000? And a lot of people didn&#x27;t receive COVID stimulus checks. That was a method of means testing. And you&#x27;re already seeing politicians say, you know, we might need to means test Social Security. Unfortunately, you know, the government thinks $75,000 a year is rich. Well, the first four letters mean it all to me. It&#x27;s mean. It&#x27;s not good for anybody who has any money.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> You don&#x27;t get any money. So I see why they call it means testing. It&#x27;s bad for most people listening to the show. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And again, this is the first sort of blood test. Think of it as almost a credit report, which gives you your own risk factors of where you might be subject to, quote unquote, the potential fixes of Social Security. Because Social Security will be fixed one way or the other. Either they will pay less benefits, tax more, or probably do what I believe is a combination of both. But they will politically target, quote unquote, the rich to pay their fair share. Unfortunately, the definition of rich, you know, falls kind of back into that working class American that&#x27;s done all the right things, but still could be subject to political football.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Yeah. When I grew up, $10,000, the $10,000 pyramid, $10,000 was a big thing. These days, it won&#x27;t even get you a Yugo. I don&#x27;t make Yugos anymore, but you know what I&#x27;m saying? And it&#x27;s not a big amount of money anymore. Yes. So let&#x27;s look at this. Now, your program, you can come up with a Social Security risk score for anyone out there, and it weighs all the different factors on what they&#x27;ve saved and what they could qualify for Social Security and gives them a number grade, correct? That&#x27;s exactly right. And then you can work with an advisor to say, look, what do I do about this risk? Just like you would any other risk in retirement. Yes. Yes. Well, you&#x27;ve been generous. Well, you&#x27;ve shared this with us. We&#x27;re going to use this software for folks what they call from this radio interview and show them what their real risk score is. Now, if somebody has a low risk score, is it correctable?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Yeah. You know, we can&#x27;t necessarily change what the government might do. And so it&#x27;s really showing what is the likelihood you might be affected by government, you know, fixes of Social Security. But by planning early, sort of planning now, you can take the impact of those changes away, right? So if you wait until the last minute, it&#x27;s sort of like walking between a balance beam. Easy to do if it&#x27;s one foot off the ground, right? And you have a 10% chance of failure. But if you put that balance beam across skyscrapers, then, you know, you might not be so willing to take that chance. I&#x27;ve seen those old pictures of the guys who were building the skyscrapers and they were balancing on one beam. I don&#x27;t know how they did it. That was a real balance beam right there. That was a real balance beam. And so, again, what we want to do is say, hey, here&#x27;s where your risk exposure might be.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about that today so we don&#x27;t wait until the last minute and put your, you know, hard work retirement plan in peril. Let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s listening and they&#x27;ve got about, or they&#x27;re 55 years old, let&#x27;s say, and they&#x27;ve got about $500,000 saved for retirement. And they&#x27;re starting to think about, we call it the financial red zone. They&#x27;re starting to think about what&#x27;s going to happen next. What&#x27;s going to happen when they reproach retirement and how do they claim Social Security and how do they make sure they have the right money? Is that too soon for someone at age 55 to do the Social Security risk score? No. In fact, that&#x27;s right in the sweet spot. Because what&#x27;s going to happen, the government, frankly, is saying, we might run out of money 2033. So now that&#x27;s 10 years out. That person, that 55-year-old, is now 65. So they&#x27;re in the Social Security claiming zone.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Now their full retirement age will be 67. But as you know, they can claim it as early as 62 and up to age 70. And so what the risk score does is sort of gives them maybe a future look on, is that promised amount of money actually going to be there for me in full? And if not, what can I do today to shore up the retirement income needs that I have for the future? Well, it just makes a lot of sense. Dave, we really appreciate your time. We&#x27;re going to give the number out in a minute for folks to get your own Social Security risk score done. But Dave, I just wanted to make sure we express our gratitude for you coming on and expressing or showing us what your program is all about. Well, thank you. And thank you for letting people know. I think they&#x27;ll find a ton of value out of taking it. I really appreciate your time today. Thank you, Pete.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Take care. So, Thomas, before we go to break, I just want to make sure everyone knows the power of this. I mean, you can see ahead of time where the deficiencies are in your portfolio and make corrections before it&#x27;s too late. It&#x27;s never too soon to get started right here. Thomas, let&#x27;s open it. We got the software. I mean, Dave&#x27;s been generous enough to share it with us just for a couple months. And it&#x27;s going to cost a lot of money. But we&#x27;re going to use it here for the next 40 people who call. Let&#x27;s make it for 40 people. Let them see what&#x27;s really going to happen. It&#x27;s a great opportunity. Real Social Security risk score. Let&#x27;s open his phone lines up. Make sure we have a bunch of people ready to answer the phones. All right. 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with us. Start this process by texting keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Duley, founder and CEO of PlanGap, joins Coach Pete to discuss the Social Security Risk Score and preparing for potential gaps in retirement income. This Financial Safari conversation was recorded in December 2023.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Duley</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Duley, retirement income, retirement planning, Social Security</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037/image.jpg?t=1792073256&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-duley-planning-for-social-security-risk/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037/image.jpg?t=1792073256&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>710</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ff00b943-78cf-4003-b042-b4e200f0a037/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11394001" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-duley-planning-for-social-security-risk</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>35</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning for Social Security Risk" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Separating Financial Fact from Fiction (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Separating Financial Fact from Fiction (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, got a couple of special guests in the house don&#x27;t we? Got a couple of retirement masters out here. We got Mr. Ray Lucia who&#x27;s a retired financial consultant and with retired master. Ray welcome in. Well thanks to you I am now in your beautiful studios and it is pretty darn nice. Yeah and we</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> have Mady Amini who&#x27;s with he&#x27;s CEO of United Legacy. Welcome in. He does a lot of real estate. He does capital markets and alternative investments. Thank you Coach. Yeah. Pleasure being here. Good to see you guys. Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Both of these guys, Thomas, from San Diego area in California. So really nice area. I visit them every now and then and I really enjoy myself when I&#x27;m there. It&#x27;s nice to be here with you. I knew you back when you had hair. Where&#x27;d it go? We had the great hair migration. It moved from the top to the sides now. I&#x27;ve got a beard instead of a head hair. So it&#x27;s a fast-moving money world so I thought I&#x27;d have you guys on today just to go over some things. I mean there&#x27;s so many different places people turn for their advice and they put their money in places they shouldn&#x27;t many times. Ray we&#x27;ve seen over the years so many</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> mistakes people make with money. No question as you know I&#x27;ve retired several years now. Right. But I still stay pretty close to the industry. I do some mentoring as you well know and some training and so forth. And what I&#x27;ve found most often is advisors getting it wrong and it&#x27;s frustrating and a little bit depressing. But for the most part they have good intention, Coach. Yep. But unfortunately they haven&#x27;t kept pace with the times. We see that right there today especially when the interest rate environment is going crazy. A lot of advisors are still giving advice based on interest rates being under one. Well you know the bond market was pretty crazy itself last year. And anybody that was involved in bonds and there&#x27;s trillions of dollars out there. And they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> looking for alternatives but don&#x27;t know where to turn. There&#x27;s a lot of financial contamination as far as the information out there too. You hear something and then now all that becomes you hear it from a couple people and it becomes fact in your mind. But it could be two people saying the wrong thing and they heard it from the wrong place. So how do you really know fact from fiction these days? Well that&#x27;s a really good point. I don&#x27;t want to be sacrilegious here but those of us and I&#x27;ve been in the business and was in the business for 40 years plus. And a successful radio show too. Don&#x27;t give yourself, don&#x27;t short sell yourself. Well yeah don&#x27;t short, don&#x27;t short side me. It was radio and television. That&#x27;s right. Just like you. You&#x27;re my idol now. I&#x27;m like you with hair. Well your hair is perfectly combed by the way. Yeah I gotta work hard. So is yours. I see one of them.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Comb my beard here. No no but my point is that we&#x27;ve been taught in this industry and you go back a long ways too. We&#x27;ve been taught that modern portfolio theory is the way to go. You know you draw a big pie chart and you got small cap, large cap, domestic, international, all that stuff. Right. And then you rebalance the portfolios every year and you do a target date fund. And based on like now the last few decades of research most of that is really not cool anymore. It&#x27;s just not the right thing to do because by the time you pay for the advisory fee, by the time you pay for the management fees, you could have just bought a simple index fund and done better than most money managers. Now what about a money manager who&#x27;s charging a fee and they put you an index fund? Well I mean</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> does that make sense? Talk about sacrilegious and I used to discuss this all the time on my show and I&#x27;ve certainly advised many and I&#x27;ve written about it too. You and I have co-authored some things together in the past and I&#x27;ve written about the fact that an advisor that does that is just a lazy advisor because a client could do the same thing themselves. But there are ways and there are several different ways I can go through a couple if you want. Sure. That individuals can in fact beat the market by themselves. But as you also know I&#x27;ve written a whole booklet on the value a financial advisor brings to the table. And with not only there&#x27;s a Vanguard study which is interesting because they invented the index fund. But they even wrote I think it was back in 2000 when they first came out</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> with their advisor alpha thing. I think that&#x27;s what they call it now. That said an advisor that does their clients right by you know behavioral coaching and all the different criteria can add three percent net of fees to the ultimate return to their clients. And so I used to when I advised and did my consulting with advisors I would say you know what don&#x27;t spend so much time talking about how you&#x27;re going to pick better stocks because you&#x27;re not. Right. I mean there are a few really good stock pickers. I know a couple you know a couple. But where you&#x27;re going to make your money for the client where they&#x27;re going to make their money is in the way you handle their portfolio. The way they handle your behavior.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> The way they handle timing out what you do with your stocks. Your bonds. Your safe money. Your risky money. Yeah and getting into risk. Now you you&#x27;ve we were talking about this earlier. A lot of people think risk equals volatility. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s not true is it? No it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not true but that&#x27;s the whole concept of modern portfolio theory. The way it was sold. Harry Markowitz by the way I had him on my show. He was he died six or eight months ago. Many years ago. I had lunch with he and his wife. Fantastic guy. But you know he was an institutional guy. And and what he did is he created this thing called asset allocation. Go figure. And that was back in 1952. I think that was like three years before Steve Jobs was born. So so the fact is nowadays you got AI you got all kinds of technology. Right. You don&#x27;t need</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> to to manage portfolios for its volatility. You manage it for its risk. And the fact is when you start taking income from a portfolio that&#x27;s where volatility becomes risk because risk is defined as loss of principle. Volatility is a temporary situation where share prices go down over a 10 15 20 30 year period. Stocks go up in general and they&#x27;re not risky. They&#x27;re actually safer than bonds. And a friend of mine and yours Dr. Wade Fowle has talked about this when he wrote that article. I don&#x27;t know when it was a few years back. But he said why bonds don&#x27;t belong in your portfolio. And what he&#x27;s alluding to is the fact that if you can hold on to your stocks long term enough</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and you have other assets from which to draw your income then stocks are less risky than bonds. By the way Peter Lynch also said something similar to that in his book beating the street. I remember reading that back in 1994. That tells you how old I am. Yeah Peter Lynch. Great guy. He&#x27;s found a fidelity. Yeah very very smart man. Thomas let&#x27;s make sure people have a way to contact us. If you&#x27;re wondering about the volatility in your portfolio. If you want to make sure you have a total plan put together for retirement. This is your chance to get Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan right now which is 22 step total retirement plan all mapped out for you in writing to help you diagram where you are right now. But more importantly where you could be by making the right choices. Analyze what you have right now. Make sure you don&#x27;t have too many what we call financial termites. Too much risk fees and commission in</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> that portfolio. And you really need that financial fill-up strategy. That check delivered every single year for the rest of your life. Thomas tell people how they can do that. All right folks that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. There&#x27;s just a lot of confusion out there in the money world Ray. A lot of people don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re doing the right thing and they don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re getting the right information from the right person to do the right thing. Yeah unfortunately there&#x27;s a lot of misinformation and you know fortunately there are shows like this as well where you can get the right scoop and hopefully help people retire in comfort and safety. Thomas I gave Ray an advanced copy of my new book The Book on Retirement. Ah very nice. And about 300 pages. Ray read it. Ray what do you think about it? I read it</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> page for page. Page for page. And I thought it was excellent. I think everybody should get a copy of it whether he gives it to you for free or you buy it. I&#x27;m sure he wants you to buy it. I&#x27;m getting mine for free. I thought it was excellent. Not only did you entertain me but it&#x27;s really good solid information that&#x27;s spoken in a language that most of us can understand. Yeah well that&#x27;s what I try and we don&#x27;t want to talk down to folks we want to make sure everyone understands and remember being in class and if you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was talking about right away you never caught up during that that period that the class period because you were still trying to figure out what the teacher was talking about to begin with. So we never wanted to leave people behind. Maybe very important to make sure that people are totally educated. Educated the right way for the</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> right reasons isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Yeah. When we talk about the mortgage world you and I were talking about the mortgage world before. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on in the mortgage world these days? Well you know a couple years ago I was telling everyone that rates were going to go up to eight percent and I think a couple weeks ago we saw the 10-year treasury break the mark of five and interest rates did get to eight percent. Right. And there is a lot of misinformation from real estate agents and mortgage brokers or mortgage banks because all they want you to do is buy a property and at an eight percent interest rate it might not be the best time to buy a property. Yeah. And so you know right now mortgage rates are high. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s and they could go higher right? I mean nobody really knows. Now your crystal ball did you bring it with you because you predicted</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> eight percent? What did you say a couple years ago you said that? We believe that you know the you know the 10-year treasury is going to go above five percent again and rates will get to about eight and a half. We see it slowing down I would say in the third quarter of 2024. Is that a reason why somebody should not buy a property right now? It depends on what type of property you&#x27;re going to buy and where are you going to buy that property? Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a primary residence. Primary residence at you know rates over eight percent. If you look across the United States of America and look at the median income it doesn&#x27;t support eight percent interest rates. Okay okay. And I would say that you know the majority of the people in America today have a five percent interest rate or better so you&#x27;re not going to see them selling their home to go buy at the peak of the market at a higher rate. It&#x27;s going to make</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> people a little less portable. Correct. When you don&#x27;t want to leave that interest rate that you got like I&#x27;m at 299. I&#x27;d be crazy to sell my house now and try to go get an eight percent rate. Well you&#x27;re going to see the government agencies you know do what&#x27;s called an assumable loan. So I do see us launching that pretty soon where you&#x27;re going to take over someone&#x27;s loan. That&#x27;s the only way it&#x27;s going to work. Then you wish you could get a time machine and go get a lot of loans at 2.9 or two and a half and it&#x27;d make your property very easy to sell if you could sell that interest rate along with it. That&#x27;s why you want the best education. You know I was telling a lot of folks when rates were at four percent I was able to get 10 million dollars on a 20 million dollar house for them and they said well 4.90 is a high rate and those individuals in Palo Alto. Hello you should have done it because now</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> you could invest that money and buy more properties. Yeah I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just a confusing world. I think the main thing is to be informed make sure the education you&#x27;re getting is from the right place and you&#x27;re not getting led down a rabbit hole of wrong information. So verify like Ronald Reagan would always say trust but verify. So folks here&#x27;s what I recommend. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s clear our desks off. Let&#x27;s make sure that you get that clear understanding of where you are right now but more importantly where you could be with the proper financial and income plan put the put in place as we call it the financial fill-up strategy which has that growth protection income component. Grow your money protect that growth and get income for life when you need it and for the next 10 of you who have at least 200,000 dedicated to retirement this offer is for you and our strategies do work best for those of you with over a million dollar safe retirement. Thomas tell people how they can qualify for Coach Pete&#x27;s power</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> plan. It is very easy all you have to do is call 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 you can also text keyword plan to 600-700 that is plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, got a couple of special guests in the house don&#x27;t we? Got a couple of retirement masters out here. We got Mr. Ray Lucia who&#x27;s a retired financial consultant and with retired master. Ray welcome in. Well thanks to you I am now in your beautiful studios and it is pretty darn nice. Yeah and we</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> have Mady Amini who&#x27;s with he&#x27;s CEO of United Legacy. Welcome in. He does a lot of real estate. He does capital markets and alternative investments. Thank you Coach. Yeah. Pleasure being here. Good to see you guys. Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Both of these guys, Thomas, from San Diego area in California. So really nice area. I visit them every now and then and I really enjoy myself when I&#x27;m there. It&#x27;s nice to be here with you. I knew you back when you had hair. Where&#x27;d it go? We had the great hair migration. It moved from the top to the sides now. I&#x27;ve got a beard instead of a head hair. So it&#x27;s a fast-moving money world so I thought I&#x27;d have you guys on today just to go over some things. I mean there&#x27;s so many different places people turn for their advice and they put their money in places they shouldn&#x27;t many times. Ray we&#x27;ve seen over the years so many</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> mistakes people make with money. No question as you know I&#x27;ve retired several years now. Right. But I still stay pretty close to the industry. I do some mentoring as you well know and some training and so forth. And what I&#x27;ve found most often is advisors getting it wrong and it&#x27;s frustrating and a little bit depressing. But for the most part they have good intention, Coach. Yep. But unfortunately they haven&#x27;t kept pace with the times. We see that right there today especially when the interest rate environment is going crazy. A lot of advisors are still giving advice based on interest rates being under one. Well you know the bond market was pretty crazy itself last year. And anybody that was involved in bonds and there&#x27;s trillions of dollars out there. And they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> looking for alternatives but don&#x27;t know where to turn. There&#x27;s a lot of financial contamination as far as the information out there too. You hear something and then now all that becomes you hear it from a couple people and it becomes fact in your mind. But it could be two people saying the wrong thing and they heard it from the wrong place. So how do you really know fact from fiction these days? Well that&#x27;s a really good point. I don&#x27;t want to be sacrilegious here but those of us and I&#x27;ve been in the business and was in the business for 40 years plus. And a successful radio show too. Don&#x27;t give yourself, don&#x27;t short sell yourself. Well yeah don&#x27;t short, don&#x27;t short side me. It was radio and television. That&#x27;s right. Just like you. You&#x27;re my idol now. I&#x27;m like you with hair. Well your hair is perfectly combed by the way. Yeah I gotta work hard. So is yours. I see one of them.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Comb my beard here. No no but my point is that we&#x27;ve been taught in this industry and you go back a long ways too. We&#x27;ve been taught that modern portfolio theory is the way to go. You know you draw a big pie chart and you got small cap, large cap, domestic, international, all that stuff. Right. And then you rebalance the portfolios every year and you do a target date fund. And based on like now the last few decades of research most of that is really not cool anymore. It&#x27;s just not the right thing to do because by the time you pay for the advisory fee, by the time you pay for the management fees, you could have just bought a simple index fund and done better than most money managers. Now what about a money manager who&#x27;s charging a fee and they put you an index fund? Well I mean</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> does that make sense? Talk about sacrilegious and I used to discuss this all the time on my show and I&#x27;ve certainly advised many and I&#x27;ve written about it too. You and I have co-authored some things together in the past and I&#x27;ve written about the fact that an advisor that does that is just a lazy advisor because a client could do the same thing themselves. But there are ways and there are several different ways I can go through a couple if you want. Sure. That individuals can in fact beat the market by themselves. But as you also know I&#x27;ve written a whole booklet on the value a financial advisor brings to the table. And with not only there&#x27;s a Vanguard study which is interesting because they invented the index fund. But they even wrote I think it was back in 2000 when they first came out</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> with their advisor alpha thing. I think that&#x27;s what they call it now. That said an advisor that does their clients right by you know behavioral coaching and all the different criteria can add three percent net of fees to the ultimate return to their clients. And so I used to when I advised and did my consulting with advisors I would say you know what don&#x27;t spend so much time talking about how you&#x27;re going to pick better stocks because you&#x27;re not. Right. I mean there are a few really good stock pickers. I know a couple you know a couple. But where you&#x27;re going to make your money for the client where they&#x27;re going to make their money is in the way you handle their portfolio. The way they handle your behavior.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> The way they handle timing out what you do with your stocks. Your bonds. Your safe money. Your risky money. Yeah and getting into risk. Now you you&#x27;ve we were talking about this earlier. A lot of people think risk equals volatility. That&#x27;s that&#x27;s not true is it? No it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not true but that&#x27;s the whole concept of modern portfolio theory. The way it was sold. Harry Markowitz by the way I had him on my show. He was he died six or eight months ago. Many years ago. I had lunch with he and his wife. Fantastic guy. But you know he was an institutional guy. And and what he did is he created this thing called asset allocation. Go figure. And that was back in 1952. I think that was like three years before Steve Jobs was born. So so the fact is nowadays you got AI you got all kinds of technology. Right. You don&#x27;t need</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> to to manage portfolios for its volatility. You manage it for its risk. And the fact is when you start taking income from a portfolio that&#x27;s where volatility becomes risk because risk is defined as loss of principle. Volatility is a temporary situation where share prices go down over a 10 15 20 30 year period. Stocks go up in general and they&#x27;re not risky. They&#x27;re actually safer than bonds. And a friend of mine and yours Dr. Wade Fowle has talked about this when he wrote that article. I don&#x27;t know when it was a few years back. But he said why bonds don&#x27;t belong in your portfolio. And what he&#x27;s alluding to is the fact that if you can hold on to your stocks long term enough</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and you have other assets from which to draw your income then stocks are less risky than bonds. By the way Peter Lynch also said something similar to that in his book beating the street. I remember reading that back in 1994. That tells you how old I am. Yeah Peter Lynch. Great guy. He&#x27;s found a fidelity. Yeah very very smart man. Thomas let&#x27;s make sure people have a way to contact us. If you&#x27;re wondering about the volatility in your portfolio. If you want to make sure you have a total plan put together for retirement. This is your chance to get Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan right now which is 22 step total retirement plan all mapped out for you in writing to help you diagram where you are right now. But more importantly where you could be by making the right choices. Analyze what you have right now. Make sure you don&#x27;t have too many what we call financial termites. Too much risk fees and commission in</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> that portfolio. And you really need that financial fill-up strategy. That check delivered every single year for the rest of your life. Thomas tell people how they can do that. All right folks that number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700. There&#x27;s just a lot of confusion out there in the money world Ray. A lot of people don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re doing the right thing and they don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re getting the right information from the right person to do the right thing. Yeah unfortunately there&#x27;s a lot of misinformation and you know fortunately there are shows like this as well where you can get the right scoop and hopefully help people retire in comfort and safety. Thomas I gave Ray an advanced copy of my new book The Book on Retirement. Ah very nice. And about 300 pages. Ray read it. Ray what do you think about it? I read it</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> page for page. Page for page. And I thought it was excellent. I think everybody should get a copy of it whether he gives it to you for free or you buy it. I&#x27;m sure he wants you to buy it. I&#x27;m getting mine for free. I thought it was excellent. Not only did you entertain me but it&#x27;s really good solid information that&#x27;s spoken in a language that most of us can understand. Yeah well that&#x27;s what I try and we don&#x27;t want to talk down to folks we want to make sure everyone understands and remember being in class and if you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was talking about right away you never caught up during that that period that the class period because you were still trying to figure out what the teacher was talking about to begin with. So we never wanted to leave people behind. Maybe very important to make sure that people are totally educated. Educated the right way for the</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> right reasons isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Yeah. When we talk about the mortgage world you and I were talking about the mortgage world before. What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going on in the mortgage world these days? Well you know a couple years ago I was telling everyone that rates were going to go up to eight percent and I think a couple weeks ago we saw the 10-year treasury break the mark of five and interest rates did get to eight percent. Right. And there is a lot of misinformation from real estate agents and mortgage brokers or mortgage banks because all they want you to do is buy a property and at an eight percent interest rate it might not be the best time to buy a property. Yeah. And so you know right now mortgage rates are high. Yeah well I mean it&#x27;s and they could go higher right? I mean nobody really knows. Now your crystal ball did you bring it with you because you predicted</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> eight percent? What did you say a couple years ago you said that? We believe that you know the you know the 10-year treasury is going to go above five percent again and rates will get to about eight and a half. We see it slowing down I would say in the third quarter of 2024. Is that a reason why somebody should not buy a property right now? It depends on what type of property you&#x27;re going to buy and where are you going to buy that property? Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a primary residence. Primary residence at you know rates over eight percent. If you look across the United States of America and look at the median income it doesn&#x27;t support eight percent interest rates. Okay okay. And I would say that you know the majority of the people in America today have a five percent interest rate or better so you&#x27;re not going to see them selling their home to go buy at the peak of the market at a higher rate. It&#x27;s going to make</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> people a little less portable. Correct. When you don&#x27;t want to leave that interest rate that you got like I&#x27;m at 299. I&#x27;d be crazy to sell my house now and try to go get an eight percent rate. Well you&#x27;re going to see the government agencies you know do what&#x27;s called an assumable loan. So I do see us launching that pretty soon where you&#x27;re going to take over someone&#x27;s loan. That&#x27;s the only way it&#x27;s going to work. Then you wish you could get a time machine and go get a lot of loans at 2.9 or two and a half and it&#x27;d make your property very easy to sell if you could sell that interest rate along with it. That&#x27;s why you want the best education. You know I was telling a lot of folks when rates were at four percent I was able to get 10 million dollars on a 20 million dollar house for them and they said well 4.90 is a high rate and those individuals in Palo Alto. Hello you should have done it because now</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> you could invest that money and buy more properties. Yeah I mean it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just a confusing world. I think the main thing is to be informed make sure the education you&#x27;re getting is from the right place and you&#x27;re not getting led down a rabbit hole of wrong information. So verify like Ronald Reagan would always say trust but verify. So folks here&#x27;s what I recommend. Let&#x27;s let&#x27;s clear our desks off. Let&#x27;s make sure that you get that clear understanding of where you are right now but more importantly where you could be with the proper financial and income plan put the put in place as we call it the financial fill-up strategy which has that growth protection income component. Grow your money protect that growth and get income for life when you need it and for the next 10 of you who have at least 200,000 dedicated to retirement this offer is for you and our strategies do work best for those of you with over a million dollar safe retirement. Thomas tell people how they can qualify for Coach Pete&#x27;s power</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> plan. It is very easy all you have to do is call 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 you can also text keyword plan to 600-700 that is plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ray Lucia, author of Buckets of Money, and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss financial information and retirement decisions. This opening part considers how people can evaluate the ideas they hear about money.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>Ray Lucia</category>
      <category>Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini, Ray Lucia, Mehdi Amini, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/image.jpg?t=1792073472&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/image.jpg?t=1792073472&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>787</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e9b5fd9f-2bf2-43fc-a4a7-b0b50135e672/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12636420" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-1</link>
      <itunes:order>36</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Separating Financial Fact from Fiction" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:03" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Tax Planning in Retirement (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Tax Planning in Retirement (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini continue their conversation with Coach Pete about retirement planning. This part focuses on taxes and the choices that can affect how much retirement income people keep.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Thomas Lipscomb, Each and every week I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach. That is bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, sitting with us in studio today. We have two special guests, Ray Lucia and Matty Amini. Coach, having a great conversation with them, aren&#x27;t we? Yeah. We were talking here at the break, and I mentioned one word to Ray, and Ray got fired up. It was taxes. Ray, how happy do taxes make you? I love taxes. You know, I work for a CPA firm now,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and I help them do a lot of different strategic things. I mean, most CPAs are really good at doing tax returns and some consulting, but many of them don&#x27;t have the resources to do some of the more creative, but seriously beneficial tax saving strategies. Okay. So let&#x27;s talk about one that you have identified that&#x27;s a pretty good one. Well, you and I had lunch today, and we were just in a casual conversation, and the casual conversation went from the pulled pork that I was having to, I can save you a couple hundred thousand dollars. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s, so how, this is for business owners, I guess, right? Well, for real estate. Let&#x27;s just stay with real estate. Your other guest</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was talking about investing in trust deeds. Well, this is investing in real property, and you said that you are a partner in a building this year, and the building was worth X amount of dollars, and I talked about bonus depreciation and cost segregation. So let me break those down real quick. Sure. First off, when you own a commercial building, you acquire a commercial building, you get to depreciate it over 39 years. If it&#x27;s a residential building, you depreciate it over 27 and a half years. And most people know that. But you can do what is called a cost segregation study. Now, these used to be super expensive, thousands and thousands of dollars. Well, now with technology, they&#x27;re down in the, you know, maybe a thousand or two thousand, depending on the value of the property.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Very affordable now. Yeah. Very affordable. So you do a cost segregation study. And what cost segregation does is it segregates the property values where the depreciation schedules were less than 20 years. You can actually accelerate those. And with bonus depreciation, any property acquired since, say, October 1 of 2017 and January 1 of 2023 gets 100% bonus depreciation. Let me give you an example. Let&#x27;s say you bought an apartment building for a million bucks and 300,000 of it is land. There&#x27;s 700,000 of it left. Maybe 25 or let&#x27;s say 30% or so, 200,000 of it is less than 20 year</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> depreciable property. They give you a tax deduction of that $200,000 now. Now, if you bought that property in 2018, 2019, you can do a look back cost seg study and actually get that full deduction on your tax return, either by amending or there&#x27;s a form you fill out, you can get it on this year&#x27;s. If I understand that part of it, I don&#x27;t do tax returns. I&#x27;m just, you know, the 30,000 foot guy. Correct. But the other thing is there are still opportunities to do that right now. And I&#x27;ll explain what real estate professionals are in a second, because that&#x27;s key to this. But the depreciation schedules are phasing out. So the 100% bonus depreciation stopped in 2023. In 2024, it&#x27;s 80%, and then 60,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> then 40, then 20, and then it&#x27;s gone. Okay. So right now on that $200,000 write-off, if you bought the property this year, you get 80% of that or $160,000 deduction. If you or your spouse is a real estate professional, and I&#x27;ll explain what that is in a sec, then you can take all of that this year. So if you&#x27;re in a 30%, 40% tax bracket, saves you $40,000, $50,000, $60,000 in taxes. So let&#x27;s look at a scenario. Somebody buys a townhouse, let&#x27;s say, in 2023, like this year. And they buy it for, let&#x27;s just say, $450,000. And it&#x27;s going to be rental property. All right. So let&#x27;s take me the rest of the way now. How can I qualify for this? Let&#x27;s say that the land cost X and the property structure was worth $275,000 left over. Okay.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> That&#x27;s easy math. So $275,000 divided by 27 and a half years means you get a depreciation of $10,000 per year on that property. All right. That&#x27;s straight line depreciation. That&#x27;s what everybody gets. Right. Now, if you make more than $150,000, you can&#x27;t even take that depreciation because you phase out. Okay. Now, if you&#x27;re a real estate professional, you can take that depreciation without regard for your income. But in addition to that, you can also get the bonus depreciation. So bonus depreciation would take all less than 20 year property. So of the $275,000, let&#x27;s just say for the sake of discussion, $100,000 represented carpet and drapes and lighting and landscaping and so forth. That can all be</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> bunched into this year. And you take $100,000 income tax right off as a real estate professional. What it takes to be a real estate professional, you don&#x27;t have to be real estate licensed, but you do have to spend at least 750 hours and 50% of your work time doing real estate. It could be property management, could be fix and flip. It could be all kinds of different real estate. It doesn&#x27;t have to be just sales. Okay. So if you do, then you get to take those great depreciation numbers. Otherwise, you get the 27 and a half years anyway. But if you make as much money as you, you wealthy sucker, you can&#x27;t get it because you&#x27;re not a real estate professional. So what&#x27;ll happen is</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> when you sell that condo or townhome or whatever you bought, you&#x27;ll be able to take all that right off against the capital gain sales price. Okay. So you can still benefit a little bit down the road. You still get it. It&#x27;s just deferred. Down the road. Oh, well, so how does one become a real estate professional then? You said they have to be a real estate professional. They don&#x27;t have to get a real estate license. They don&#x27;t have to get a real estate license, but they have to spend more than 50% of their work time. So you have a full-time gig. Your wife has a full-time gig. It&#x27;s not going to work for you. But let&#x27;s say your daughter decided she wanted to spend some time managing your townhome, managing your other, you have other real estate too. Correct. So in your particular case, your daughter could set up her own property management company. And as long as she spends more than 50% of her work time working on those properties, collecting rents,</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> you know, charging her dad extra fees for being a late payer, et cetera, et cetera, replacing tenants, you know, the stuff that property management folks do, as long as she spends 750 hours of which 500, and there&#x27;s some other exceptions to all this, but 500 material hours of actually doing that stuff. Then the other 250 can be, you know, thinking, making phone calls and so forth. Then she&#x27;s a real estate professional. All right. Well, so it makes sense. So the cost segregation study is the most important thing, I guess, to get started with if you think you could qualify for being a real estate professional. Yeah. So through my CPA firm, I&#x27;ve been able to negotiate with a few cost segregation companies that have the data. See, back in the day, you needed to hire an engineering company to go in and take a</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> look at, you know, elevators and what it costs to change the lights and all that stuff. Well, you know, these cost studies have been around for years. So if you data banked all of that information, they know what every light bulb costs. They know what every railing costs. They know all that stuff, flooring, et cetera, et cetera. And so they plug it into their computer. And for less than a couple of grand, maybe 1500, maybe even a thousand. And in your case, it&#x27;s probably thousand or 1200 bucks. You spend that and you get a $50,000 write off. That&#x27;s well worth it. It makes a lot of sense. So folks, if you are curious about getting your own cost segregation study done, all you have to do is text the word study to 600-700. Just put in the body of the text, the word study, and then send it to 600-700. We&#x27;ll make sure you get connected with the right</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> people to see if you qualify for that. Some people could save a whole lot of money if they took advantage of this. For sure. And now it&#x27;s not too late. If you bought a property this year, you want to take advantage of that 80% because it goes to 60 in about a month and a half. Okay. So definitely if you, well, what if you bought it in 2020, let&#x27;s say, and you wait until 2024 to file? Oh, you&#x27;re still fine. Okay. Because you can go back and collect it on the 2020 at 100%. Okay. Good, good. So you don&#x27;t get penalized for not applying right away, as long as you buy the property in a certain year period. We already own the property since September 27th of 2017. Right. Up to January 1 of this year. So 600-700 is the number. And then in the body of the text, you type the word study, S-T-U-D-Y,</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> and you&#x27;ll get that cost segregation study information to see if you qualify and see how much you could save on taxes. Right. People love to save on taxes. I do too, just like you do. Who doesn&#x27;t like to? Thomas, do you like to save on taxes? Every day if I can. Weekly. If you save the wrong way, you end up in jail, and you&#x27;ll save on rent and mortgage payments too, because you won&#x27;t have one anymore. You&#x27;ll be in jail. There you go. You&#x27;ll lose everything. So it&#x27;s important to do the right thing at the right time. Do we have a broker&#x27;s behaving badly, speaking of the right thing? Oh, we do. It&#x27;s the wrong thing. Don&#x27;t get mad at this one. And now, brokers behaving badly. Just when you think they can&#x27;t get any worse, they do. This guy needs to be in jail now. Meet Kaz Crafty of Colts Neck, New Jersey.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> He&#x27;s accused of pocketing $1.6 million and now is facing multiple charges. Now, since November of 2017, Crafty was authorized to provide financial counselor services to families of deceased U.S. service members, known as Gold Star families, who, as surviving beneficiaries, are entitled to thousands of dollars in death benefits. According to the U.S. Attorney&#x27;s Office, Mr. Crafty was responsible for providing general financial education to the surviving beneficiaries, but prohibited from offering his personal opinion regarding the use or investment of the benefits. That&#x27;s exactly what he did. Without telling the Army, he had two side hustles with two separate financial firms and uses his position as an Army financial counselor to identify and target military families to invest</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> their survivor benefits. The U.S. Attorney&#x27;s Office says based upon Crafty&#x27;s false representations and omissions, the vast majority of the Gold Star families mistakenly believe that Crafty&#x27;s management of their money was done on behalf of and with the Army&#x27;s authorization. He&#x27;s looking at 20 years in prison for each of the wire fraud and securities fraud charges. It&#x27;s also punishable by a maximum $5 million fine. The SEC weighed in and says that Crafty pocketed more than $1.6 million in fees and commissions alone. The director of the SEC&#x27;s Division of Enforcement said in a statement, rather than help Gold Star families best use their survivor benefits, we allege that Mr. Crafty manipulated them to profit from their grief.</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> This, in my opinion, is one of the lowest of the low, taking advantage of Gold Star families. Crafty expected to be tried and sentenced later this year. Insist on transparency with any advisor and be sure and follow up on BrokerCheck. Always good to check and see what the person who&#x27;s recommending is doing there, folks. And just be very careful. Get the right plan in place. That&#x27;s what we talk about, our total retirement plan. Thomas, I&#x27;ve got 10 of those golden tickets right now we&#x27;re going to give away. Make sure you get that real plan for your family that will give you that peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. And you also get three of the books I&#x27;ve written when you come in this time, too, as well. And that number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini continue their conversation with Coach Pete about retirement planning. This part focuses on taxes and the choices that can affect how much retirement income people keep.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Thomas Lipscomb, Each and every week I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside America&#x27;s wealth, financial, and income coach. That is bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, sitting with us in studio today. We have two special guests, Ray Lucia and Matty Amini. Coach, having a great conversation with them, aren&#x27;t we? Yeah. We were talking here at the break, and I mentioned one word to Ray, and Ray got fired up. It was taxes. Ray, how happy do taxes make you? I love taxes. You know, I work for a CPA firm now,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and I help them do a lot of different strategic things. I mean, most CPAs are really good at doing tax returns and some consulting, but many of them don&#x27;t have the resources to do some of the more creative, but seriously beneficial tax saving strategies. Okay. So let&#x27;s talk about one that you have identified that&#x27;s a pretty good one. Well, you and I had lunch today, and we were just in a casual conversation, and the casual conversation went from the pulled pork that I was having to, I can save you a couple hundred thousand dollars. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s, so how, this is for business owners, I guess, right? Well, for real estate. Let&#x27;s just stay with real estate. Your other guest</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was talking about investing in trust deeds. Well, this is investing in real property, and you said that you are a partner in a building this year, and the building was worth X amount of dollars, and I talked about bonus depreciation and cost segregation. So let me break those down real quick. Sure. First off, when you own a commercial building, you acquire a commercial building, you get to depreciate it over 39 years. If it&#x27;s a residential building, you depreciate it over 27 and a half years. And most people know that. But you can do what is called a cost segregation study. Now, these used to be super expensive, thousands and thousands of dollars. Well, now with technology, they&#x27;re down in the, you know, maybe a thousand or two thousand, depending on the value of the property.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> Very affordable now. Yeah. Very affordable. So you do a cost segregation study. And what cost segregation does is it segregates the property values where the depreciation schedules were less than 20 years. You can actually accelerate those. And with bonus depreciation, any property acquired since, say, October 1 of 2017 and January 1 of 2023 gets 100% bonus depreciation. Let me give you an example. Let&#x27;s say you bought an apartment building for a million bucks and 300,000 of it is land. There&#x27;s 700,000 of it left. Maybe 25 or let&#x27;s say 30% or so, 200,000 of it is less than 20 year</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> depreciable property. They give you a tax deduction of that $200,000 now. Now, if you bought that property in 2018, 2019, you can do a look back cost seg study and actually get that full deduction on your tax return, either by amending or there&#x27;s a form you fill out, you can get it on this year&#x27;s. If I understand that part of it, I don&#x27;t do tax returns. I&#x27;m just, you know, the 30,000 foot guy. Correct. But the other thing is there are still opportunities to do that right now. And I&#x27;ll explain what real estate professionals are in a second, because that&#x27;s key to this. But the depreciation schedules are phasing out. So the 100% bonus depreciation stopped in 2023. In 2024, it&#x27;s 80%, and then 60,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> then 40, then 20, and then it&#x27;s gone. Okay. So right now on that $200,000 write-off, if you bought the property this year, you get 80% of that or $160,000 deduction. If you or your spouse is a real estate professional, and I&#x27;ll explain what that is in a sec, then you can take all of that this year. So if you&#x27;re in a 30%, 40% tax bracket, saves you $40,000, $50,000, $60,000 in taxes. So let&#x27;s look at a scenario. Somebody buys a townhouse, let&#x27;s say, in 2023, like this year. And they buy it for, let&#x27;s just say, $450,000. And it&#x27;s going to be rental property. All right. So let&#x27;s take me the rest of the way now. How can I qualify for this? Let&#x27;s say that the land cost X and the property structure was worth $275,000 left over. Okay.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> That&#x27;s easy math. So $275,000 divided by 27 and a half years means you get a depreciation of $10,000 per year on that property. All right. That&#x27;s straight line depreciation. That&#x27;s what everybody gets. Right. Now, if you make more than $150,000, you can&#x27;t even take that depreciation because you phase out. Okay. Now, if you&#x27;re a real estate professional, you can take that depreciation without regard for your income. But in addition to that, you can also get the bonus depreciation. So bonus depreciation would take all less than 20 year property. So of the $275,000, let&#x27;s just say for the sake of discussion, $100,000 represented carpet and drapes and lighting and landscaping and so forth. That can all be</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> bunched into this year. And you take $100,000 income tax right off as a real estate professional. What it takes to be a real estate professional, you don&#x27;t have to be real estate licensed, but you do have to spend at least 750 hours and 50% of your work time doing real estate. It could be property management, could be fix and flip. It could be all kinds of different real estate. It doesn&#x27;t have to be just sales. Okay. So if you do, then you get to take those great depreciation numbers. Otherwise, you get the 27 and a half years anyway. But if you make as much money as you, you wealthy sucker, you can&#x27;t get it because you&#x27;re not a real estate professional. So what&#x27;ll happen is</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> when you sell that condo or townhome or whatever you bought, you&#x27;ll be able to take all that right off against the capital gain sales price. Okay. So you can still benefit a little bit down the road. You still get it. It&#x27;s just deferred. Down the road. Oh, well, so how does one become a real estate professional then? You said they have to be a real estate professional. They don&#x27;t have to get a real estate license. They don&#x27;t have to get a real estate license, but they have to spend more than 50% of their work time. So you have a full-time gig. Your wife has a full-time gig. It&#x27;s not going to work for you. But let&#x27;s say your daughter decided she wanted to spend some time managing your townhome, managing your other, you have other real estate too. Correct. So in your particular case, your daughter could set up her own property management company. And as long as she spends more than 50% of her work time working on those properties, collecting rents,</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> you know, charging her dad extra fees for being a late payer, et cetera, et cetera, replacing tenants, you know, the stuff that property management folks do, as long as she spends 750 hours of which 500, and there&#x27;s some other exceptions to all this, but 500 material hours of actually doing that stuff. Then the other 250 can be, you know, thinking, making phone calls and so forth. Then she&#x27;s a real estate professional. All right. Well, so it makes sense. So the cost segregation study is the most important thing, I guess, to get started with if you think you could qualify for being a real estate professional. Yeah. So through my CPA firm, I&#x27;ve been able to negotiate with a few cost segregation companies that have the data. See, back in the day, you needed to hire an engineering company to go in and take a</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> look at, you know, elevators and what it costs to change the lights and all that stuff. Well, you know, these cost studies have been around for years. So if you data banked all of that information, they know what every light bulb costs. They know what every railing costs. They know all that stuff, flooring, et cetera, et cetera. And so they plug it into their computer. And for less than a couple of grand, maybe 1500, maybe even a thousand. And in your case, it&#x27;s probably thousand or 1200 bucks. You spend that and you get a $50,000 write off. That&#x27;s well worth it. It makes a lot of sense. So folks, if you are curious about getting your own cost segregation study done, all you have to do is text the word study to 600-700. Just put in the body of the text, the word study, and then send it to 600-700. We&#x27;ll make sure you get connected with the right</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> people to see if you qualify for that. Some people could save a whole lot of money if they took advantage of this. For sure. And now it&#x27;s not too late. If you bought a property this year, you want to take advantage of that 80% because it goes to 60 in about a month and a half. Okay. So definitely if you, well, what if you bought it in 2020, let&#x27;s say, and you wait until 2024 to file? Oh, you&#x27;re still fine. Okay. Because you can go back and collect it on the 2020 at 100%. Okay. Good, good. So you don&#x27;t get penalized for not applying right away, as long as you buy the property in a certain year period. We already own the property since September 27th of 2017. Right. Up to January 1 of this year. So 600-700 is the number. And then in the body of the text, you type the word study, S-T-U-D-Y,</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> and you&#x27;ll get that cost segregation study information to see if you qualify and see how much you could save on taxes. Right. People love to save on taxes. I do too, just like you do. Who doesn&#x27;t like to? Thomas, do you like to save on taxes? Every day if I can. Weekly. If you save the wrong way, you end up in jail, and you&#x27;ll save on rent and mortgage payments too, because you won&#x27;t have one anymore. You&#x27;ll be in jail. There you go. You&#x27;ll lose everything. So it&#x27;s important to do the right thing at the right time. Do we have a broker&#x27;s behaving badly, speaking of the right thing? Oh, we do. It&#x27;s the wrong thing. Don&#x27;t get mad at this one. And now, brokers behaving badly. Just when you think they can&#x27;t get any worse, they do. This guy needs to be in jail now. Meet Kaz Crafty of Colts Neck, New Jersey.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> He&#x27;s accused of pocketing $1.6 million and now is facing multiple charges. Now, since November of 2017, Crafty was authorized to provide financial counselor services to families of deceased U.S. service members, known as Gold Star families, who, as surviving beneficiaries, are entitled to thousands of dollars in death benefits. According to the U.S. Attorney&#x27;s Office, Mr. Crafty was responsible for providing general financial education to the surviving beneficiaries, but prohibited from offering his personal opinion regarding the use or investment of the benefits. That&#x27;s exactly what he did. Without telling the Army, he had two side hustles with two separate financial firms and uses his position as an Army financial counselor to identify and target military families to invest</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> their survivor benefits. The U.S. Attorney&#x27;s Office says based upon Crafty&#x27;s false representations and omissions, the vast majority of the Gold Star families mistakenly believe that Crafty&#x27;s management of their money was done on behalf of and with the Army&#x27;s authorization. He&#x27;s looking at 20 years in prison for each of the wire fraud and securities fraud charges. It&#x27;s also punishable by a maximum $5 million fine. The SEC weighed in and says that Crafty pocketed more than $1.6 million in fees and commissions alone. The director of the SEC&#x27;s Division of Enforcement said in a statement, rather than help Gold Star families best use their survivor benefits, we allege that Mr. Crafty manipulated them to profit from their grief.</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> This, in my opinion, is one of the lowest of the low, taking advantage of Gold Star families. Crafty expected to be tried and sentenced later this year. Insist on transparency with any advisor and be sure and follow up on BrokerCheck. Always good to check and see what the person who&#x27;s recommending is doing there, folks. And just be very careful. Get the right plan in place. That&#x27;s what we talk about, our total retirement plan. Thomas, I&#x27;ve got 10 of those golden tickets right now we&#x27;re going to give away. Make sure you get that real plan for your family that will give you that peace of mind to approach retirement on your terms. And you also get three of the books I&#x27;ve written when you come in this time, too, as well. And that number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text keyword plan to 600-700, plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini continue their conversation with Coach Pete about retirement planning. This part focuses on taxes and the choices that can affect how much retirement income people keep.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>Ray Lucia</category>
      <category>Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini, Ray Lucia, Mehdi Amini, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631/image.jpg?t=1792073476&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631/image.jpg?t=1792073476&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631</guid>
      <omny:clipId>90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>783</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90b1b710-2656-4acd-a6a4-b0b50135e631/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12568016" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-3</link>
      <itunes:order>37</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:43" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: How Retirement Has Changed (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: How Retirement Has Changed (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete, Ray Lucia, and Mehdi Amini look back at how retirement has changed across generations. They discuss the history behind today&#x27;s planning questions and the need to prepare for a longer retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have special guests in studio Ray Lucia as well as Mehdi Amini. Having a great conversation here folks. Welcome back in. How are we all doing? Ready for round two? Oh yeah. Now here&#x27;s one thing. We talked about Tom Hegna&#x27;s new book last week, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Really good book. It&#x27;s about 107 pages of techniques and strategies to make</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing in the money world and make sure that you&#x27;re on the right path. It doesn&#x27;t mean everyone&#x27;s going to make a million dollars but you can have a lifestyle of millionaire if you use some of the strategies and techniques Tom outlines in his book. Thomas Lipscomb, do you realize that Tom Hegna sent us about 20 copies to give away this week so I&#x27;m going to give 20 of these copies of the book away for anyone who calls and you come in and get it. You get your own golden ticket for your own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plant as well when you come in. Tell people how they can start that process. I love that. We make it very easy folks. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also take advantage by reaching out via text. Text that keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And I&#x27;m going to be visiting with Tom this Monday after Sunday. You are, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m going to apply to New York on Monday. I&#x27;m going to be on Wall Street. I&#x27;m going to be masterminding and I&#x27;m going to be on a couple of TV networks here. And Tom even wants to be on his show Who Wants to Be a Millionaire. It&#x27;s a Fox business show. But I won&#x27;t be on this time. I&#x27;ll probably be on in December. Wow. How fun is that? So let&#x27;s, do we have a Through the Years segment? We do. These are always fun. Thank you, Gary. Check this one out. Through the Years. Let&#x27;s take a trip back in time. The year is 1951. During January, the United States began nuclear bomb testing at a site in Nevada. And said to be four times as big as the atom bombs of World War II. The explosion takes place at 1,500 feet.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> The first commercial computer was created in the U.S. It was called Univac. The data processing machine had 5,000 vacuum tubes and weighed about 16,000 pounds. This Univac, it can add 2,000 separate additions in one second. It can make 500 multiplications, 250 divisions, and do all sorts of other complicated things. The classic television show, I Love Lucy, debuted on CBS in October. The show starred comedian Lucille Ball and Cuban entertainer Desi Arnaz as Lucy&#x27;s husband Ricky. Of course, that was her real-life husband as well. Here&#x27;s a clip from the original pilot. Ricky? Yes, Lucy, what is it? If you&#x27;d known how I look in the morning, would you still have married me?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well, would you? I&#x27;m trying to decide. The classic film, An American in Paris, premiered in London during August. The musical film featured music from George and Ira Gershwin and the dance numbers were choreographed by the film star Gene Kelly. The film won a total of six Academy Awards, including Best Picture. Then I want a melody. Then I want a melody. I strive. Walt Disney&#x27;s 13th animated feature film, Alice in Wonderland, is released in July. It was considered a flop and received negative reviews from the film critics. Alice in Wonderland soon became a cult favorite. The film was re-released in the 70s.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> Come, come, my dear. Don&#x27;t you care for tea? Why, yes, I&#x27;m very fond of tea, but... If you don&#x27;t care for tea, you could at least make polite conversation. Well, I&#x27;ve been trying to ask you. I have an excellent idea. Let&#x27;s change the subject. Inflation in 1951 was 7.88%. Your new house cost you $9,000 and you made about $3,500 a year. New car cost you $1,500 and to put gas in it, just 19 cents a gallon. We&#x27;ve now arrived back in the present. Hope you enjoyed the trip. Here&#x27;s to a smooth ride into retirement. It&#x27;s always fun to see what happened back in the past. Ray, you were born right around that time, you said. I was a one-year-old. One-year-old then, 1950. Do you remember I Love Lucy? Of course.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Thomas, you want to go back for those prices back to 1951? Wouldn&#x27;t I love to. 19 cents a gallon. I do remember paying 27 cents, but I don&#x27;t remember 19. Wow. That&#x27;s crazy. What about the Univac computer? It did a bunch of different equations. Yes. It added, wouldn&#x27;t it say, 16,000? 16,000. It weighed 16,000 pounds. That&#x27;s what caught me, too. And they say that a smartphone today could run circles around any of the older computers they had. 16,000 pounds. Well, the little phone you have in your pocket probably does 20 times more things than that computer did. Do you remember the first financial planning computer that people used to take on the road with them back in the day? What was it called?</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> The Computone. Oh, the Computone. Where you took the handset of your telephone and plugged it into these two rubber holes and dialed the number. He got disconnected, and it would spit out a little printer. And that weird paper. Oh, I know what kind of paper you&#x27;re talking about. Yeah. I used to travel with that, like to Las Vegas, all over the place. And I was, like, super enthralled with it. I thought it was the coolest thing ever. Well, you remember the thermal paper back in the day? Yeah, so that&#x27;s exactly what it was. So if you didn&#x27;t get the information off it right away, it would disappear. It&#x27;s like disappearing ink on that stuff back in the day. I was talking to my grandkids about that the other day. The disappearing ink? Actually. Well, no, I was just saying, you know, now you guys are walking around with your noses in your phones every single day. Oh, yeah. And, you know, we used to have to stop at the 7-Eleven, put a quarter in, and call our client to see if the appointment was still on.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Yeah. Now you press in navigation, it takes you right to the door. Oh, I know. Or you have a self-driving car to get you there. It was different. Did you have a Thomas Guide? A Thomas Guide, yeah. Instead of GPS, yeah. I used the Thomas Guide instead of a GPS. Thomas Guide. Thomas, you remember your guide? Popular name today. I don&#x27;t know a popular name. Is that before your time? That was before my time. Yeah. His name is Thomas, though, so he had the guide. There you go. That&#x27;s where the parents came up with the name. Did you ever use the Thomas Guide? No. I don&#x27;t remember. Do you? I remember the maps. We had, like, the map you had to unfold. I remember, like, certain cities had a book. You could get the map book. Yeah, they still sell those, actually. Really? Which is crazy. We bought one for our grandson, who&#x27;s away at college in Colorado Springs. And my wife brought him a map. I said, honey, he&#x27;s not going to ever open. You don&#x27;t even know what it is. He won&#x27;t know how to read it.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> I was just going to say, Siri, or whatever, take me to this place. It&#x27;s so much easier these days. The worst thing was being lost at night and then having to try to find a phone book somewhere so you could call the person you&#x27;re going to see and find out if they could give you decent directions. Yeah, and this time of year in California, it gets really foggy sometimes. You can get lost really easy. At the seventh horse, make a lift. Hey, Maydee, let&#x27;s talk about something that a lot of folks might not be familiar with, the term trust deed. What is a trust deed? It&#x27;s essentially a mortgage. And what we do at United Legacy is we&#x27;re giving an opportunity to investors to invest into a trust deed, get onto the first lien position, make anywhere from 9% to 12% returns</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> secured with the home. Wow. So, yeah, that&#x27;s important being the first in line, the first lien, right? Absolutely. You don&#x27;t want to be the fifth lien. No, first lien, and we&#x27;re underwriting at our bank, at La Jolla Capital Bank and American Mortgage Bank, properties that have plenty of equity, preferably 50% equity into the property. We&#x27;re giving short-term loans at 12 or 24 months with double-digit returns. A lot of retirees across the country are looking for fixed income with inflation, gas prices. In San Diego, we got gas prices hit $7. Went back down, but $7 is a lot. Yes, that&#x27;s a lot. You know, when we live in San Diego is the most expensive city in the United States.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> We have an office in Honolulu, third expensive city in the United States. So, you know, you got to have income. And so, double-digit returns, short-term, and a climate where inflation is hurting the American people in their retirement years. Right. We&#x27;re able to, you know, take a $200,000 investment and get them that fixed income and sometimes pay up the interest up front. Oh, so like you said what the interest was, 9%, 10%, 11%? Do you think up front? Absolutely. Wow. That&#x27;s pretty neat. Secured. Secured. So, here&#x27;s a question I know anyone would ask is, how safe is it? Like, it sounds too good to be true to me. That&#x27;s a pretty good interest rate. And it&#x27;s only, you&#x27;re looking at a one to two-year kind of investment timeframe. And the money&#x27;s pretty liquid then, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> It is. It&#x27;s the climate of the market today. Interest rates are higher. Right. So, we&#x27;re able to give higher yields. There&#x27;s a lot of, the consumers are real estate investors, fix and flippers, people that are still doing transactions. And we have a fund right now, and the fund is more for accredited investors. It&#x27;s a three-year hold. But as far as the security, it&#x27;s very protected because of the equity into the property. Right. And now we have some partnerships that we&#x27;re going to release and go live on where we almost guarantee the principal coming back to the consumer because of the equity position. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So, I think before the show, we came up with a text code. So, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about this, folks, all you have to do is text</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> the word TRUST, that&#x27;s T-R-U-S-T, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TRUST to 600-700. We&#x27;ll get you information on it. I think that&#x27;s the first step of any plan is to get the information, get informed, be familiar with it, and get confident and see if it&#x27;s a fit for you or not. Absolutely. And, you know, you asked about the risk and, you know, what we look at is geographic areas where, you know, I ask all the listeners, do you believe if a property is worth a million dollars that the real estate market in your particular area is going to lose 50% value? Right. Well, if it does, then your $500,000 investment is pretty secure. But we back that at United Legacy and we have partnerships where they back your principal. So if a client is in default, you&#x27;re $500,000, we&#x27;re going to write you a check for that.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Yeah. So if you&#x27;re talking about a million dollar property and it has to fall to $500,000 for you to even worry about anything, then that&#x27;s a pretty good investment in my book there because that&#x27;d have to fall 50% and the property would, what I&#x27;ve seen with properties, it goes up and down, right? It&#x27;d come back eventually. Absolutely. And the key thing is 12 months is the term of the loan. So we got to also ask ourselves, do we think that the property values in North Carolina are going to drop by 50% in the next 12 months? I hope not. A lot of people would be very mad at a lot of different things if that happened. And where can you get a secure investment, secure being an alternative investment, not a regular investment, and get double digit returns plus your principal back in a 12 month period? Now we hear that term secured investment, we hear like people were, it&#x27;s secure because</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> it&#x27;s backed by the mortgage or by the property the mortgage has. A lot of people when they invest like a stock, there&#x27;s no security there at all. There&#x27;s no backing to it. If the stock goes down, you don&#x27;t have anything to fall back on. But with a mortgage-backed place like this, alternative investment here, you&#x27;ve got the mortgage, the property that the mortgage is securing to secure your investment. Absolutely. But there&#x27;s a lot of examples of alternative investments and investments in real estate are alternative investments. I believe right now the climate in America, it&#x27;s the best time for us to invest into debt funds and secure debt, not highly leveraged. So we can say a trust deed, but if you&#x27;re lending 100% of something, whatever it&#x27;s worth, that&#x27;s not so secure. So again, having leveraged 50% or more equity, 12 month period of time, your name being on</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> the title of the property and giving you double digit returns up front. Definitely worth pursuing. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in that, all you have to do is again, text the word trust, trust, T-R-U-S-T to 600-700. That&#x27;s trust to 600-700. That&#x27;s trust to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete, Ray Lucia, and Mehdi Amini look back at how retirement has changed across generations. They discuss the history behind today&#x27;s planning questions and the need to prepare for a longer retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have special guests in studio Ray Lucia as well as Mehdi Amini. Having a great conversation here folks. Welcome back in. How are we all doing? Ready for round two? Oh yeah. Now here&#x27;s one thing. We talked about Tom Hegna&#x27;s new book last week, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Really good book. It&#x27;s about 107 pages of techniques and strategies to make</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing in the money world and make sure that you&#x27;re on the right path. It doesn&#x27;t mean everyone&#x27;s going to make a million dollars but you can have a lifestyle of millionaire if you use some of the strategies and techniques Tom outlines in his book. Thomas Lipscomb, do you realize that Tom Hegna sent us about 20 copies to give away this week so I&#x27;m going to give 20 of these copies of the book away for anyone who calls and you come in and get it. You get your own golden ticket for your own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plant as well when you come in. Tell people how they can start that process. I love that. We make it very easy folks. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also take advantage by reaching out via text. Text that keyword plan to 600-700. Plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And I&#x27;m going to be visiting with Tom this Monday after Sunday. You are, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m going to apply to New York on Monday. I&#x27;m going to be on Wall Street. I&#x27;m going to be masterminding and I&#x27;m going to be on a couple of TV networks here. And Tom even wants to be on his show Who Wants to Be a Millionaire. It&#x27;s a Fox business show. But I won&#x27;t be on this time. I&#x27;ll probably be on in December. Wow. How fun is that? So let&#x27;s, do we have a Through the Years segment? We do. These are always fun. Thank you, Gary. Check this one out. Through the Years. Let&#x27;s take a trip back in time. The year is 1951. During January, the United States began nuclear bomb testing at a site in Nevada. And said to be four times as big as the atom bombs of World War II. The explosion takes place at 1,500 feet.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> The first commercial computer was created in the U.S. It was called Univac. The data processing machine had 5,000 vacuum tubes and weighed about 16,000 pounds. This Univac, it can add 2,000 separate additions in one second. It can make 500 multiplications, 250 divisions, and do all sorts of other complicated things. The classic television show, I Love Lucy, debuted on CBS in October. The show starred comedian Lucille Ball and Cuban entertainer Desi Arnaz as Lucy&#x27;s husband Ricky. Of course, that was her real-life husband as well. Here&#x27;s a clip from the original pilot. Ricky? Yes, Lucy, what is it? If you&#x27;d known how I look in the morning, would you still have married me?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well, would you? I&#x27;m trying to decide. The classic film, An American in Paris, premiered in London during August. The musical film featured music from George and Ira Gershwin and the dance numbers were choreographed by the film star Gene Kelly. The film won a total of six Academy Awards, including Best Picture. Then I want a melody. Then I want a melody. I strive. Walt Disney&#x27;s 13th animated feature film, Alice in Wonderland, is released in July. It was considered a flop and received negative reviews from the film critics. Alice in Wonderland soon became a cult favorite. The film was re-released in the 70s.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> Come, come, my dear. Don&#x27;t you care for tea? Why, yes, I&#x27;m very fond of tea, but... If you don&#x27;t care for tea, you could at least make polite conversation. Well, I&#x27;ve been trying to ask you. I have an excellent idea. Let&#x27;s change the subject. Inflation in 1951 was 7.88%. Your new house cost you $9,000 and you made about $3,500 a year. New car cost you $1,500 and to put gas in it, just 19 cents a gallon. We&#x27;ve now arrived back in the present. Hope you enjoyed the trip. Here&#x27;s to a smooth ride into retirement. It&#x27;s always fun to see what happened back in the past. Ray, you were born right around that time, you said. I was a one-year-old. One-year-old then, 1950. Do you remember I Love Lucy? Of course.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Thomas, you want to go back for those prices back to 1951? Wouldn&#x27;t I love to. 19 cents a gallon. I do remember paying 27 cents, but I don&#x27;t remember 19. Wow. That&#x27;s crazy. What about the Univac computer? It did a bunch of different equations. Yes. It added, wouldn&#x27;t it say, 16,000? 16,000. It weighed 16,000 pounds. That&#x27;s what caught me, too. And they say that a smartphone today could run circles around any of the older computers they had. 16,000 pounds. Well, the little phone you have in your pocket probably does 20 times more things than that computer did. Do you remember the first financial planning computer that people used to take on the road with them back in the day? What was it called?</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> The Computone. Oh, the Computone. Where you took the handset of your telephone and plugged it into these two rubber holes and dialed the number. He got disconnected, and it would spit out a little printer. And that weird paper. Oh, I know what kind of paper you&#x27;re talking about. Yeah. I used to travel with that, like to Las Vegas, all over the place. And I was, like, super enthralled with it. I thought it was the coolest thing ever. Well, you remember the thermal paper back in the day? Yeah, so that&#x27;s exactly what it was. So if you didn&#x27;t get the information off it right away, it would disappear. It&#x27;s like disappearing ink on that stuff back in the day. I was talking to my grandkids about that the other day. The disappearing ink? Actually. Well, no, I was just saying, you know, now you guys are walking around with your noses in your phones every single day. Oh, yeah. And, you know, we used to have to stop at the 7-Eleven, put a quarter in, and call our client to see if the appointment was still on.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Yeah. Now you press in navigation, it takes you right to the door. Oh, I know. Or you have a self-driving car to get you there. It was different. Did you have a Thomas Guide? A Thomas Guide, yeah. Instead of GPS, yeah. I used the Thomas Guide instead of a GPS. Thomas Guide. Thomas, you remember your guide? Popular name today. I don&#x27;t know a popular name. Is that before your time? That was before my time. Yeah. His name is Thomas, though, so he had the guide. There you go. That&#x27;s where the parents came up with the name. Did you ever use the Thomas Guide? No. I don&#x27;t remember. Do you? I remember the maps. We had, like, the map you had to unfold. I remember, like, certain cities had a book. You could get the map book. Yeah, they still sell those, actually. Really? Which is crazy. We bought one for our grandson, who&#x27;s away at college in Colorado Springs. And my wife brought him a map. I said, honey, he&#x27;s not going to ever open. You don&#x27;t even know what it is. He won&#x27;t know how to read it.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> I was just going to say, Siri, or whatever, take me to this place. It&#x27;s so much easier these days. The worst thing was being lost at night and then having to try to find a phone book somewhere so you could call the person you&#x27;re going to see and find out if they could give you decent directions. Yeah, and this time of year in California, it gets really foggy sometimes. You can get lost really easy. At the seventh horse, make a lift. Hey, Maydee, let&#x27;s talk about something that a lot of folks might not be familiar with, the term trust deed. What is a trust deed? It&#x27;s essentially a mortgage. And what we do at United Legacy is we&#x27;re giving an opportunity to investors to invest into a trust deed, get onto the first lien position, make anywhere from 9% to 12% returns</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> secured with the home. Wow. So, yeah, that&#x27;s important being the first in line, the first lien, right? Absolutely. You don&#x27;t want to be the fifth lien. No, first lien, and we&#x27;re underwriting at our bank, at La Jolla Capital Bank and American Mortgage Bank, properties that have plenty of equity, preferably 50% equity into the property. We&#x27;re giving short-term loans at 12 or 24 months with double-digit returns. A lot of retirees across the country are looking for fixed income with inflation, gas prices. In San Diego, we got gas prices hit $7. Went back down, but $7 is a lot. Yes, that&#x27;s a lot. You know, when we live in San Diego is the most expensive city in the United States.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> We have an office in Honolulu, third expensive city in the United States. So, you know, you got to have income. And so, double-digit returns, short-term, and a climate where inflation is hurting the American people in their retirement years. Right. We&#x27;re able to, you know, take a $200,000 investment and get them that fixed income and sometimes pay up the interest up front. Oh, so like you said what the interest was, 9%, 10%, 11%? Do you think up front? Absolutely. Wow. That&#x27;s pretty neat. Secured. Secured. So, here&#x27;s a question I know anyone would ask is, how safe is it? Like, it sounds too good to be true to me. That&#x27;s a pretty good interest rate. And it&#x27;s only, you&#x27;re looking at a one to two-year kind of investment timeframe. And the money&#x27;s pretty liquid then, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> It is. It&#x27;s the climate of the market today. Interest rates are higher. Right. So, we&#x27;re able to give higher yields. There&#x27;s a lot of, the consumers are real estate investors, fix and flippers, people that are still doing transactions. And we have a fund right now, and the fund is more for accredited investors. It&#x27;s a three-year hold. But as far as the security, it&#x27;s very protected because of the equity into the property. Right. And now we have some partnerships that we&#x27;re going to release and go live on where we almost guarantee the principal coming back to the consumer because of the equity position. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So, I think before the show, we came up with a text code. So, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about this, folks, all you have to do is text</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> the word TRUST, that&#x27;s T-R-U-S-T, to 600-700. That&#x27;s TRUST to 600-700. We&#x27;ll get you information on it. I think that&#x27;s the first step of any plan is to get the information, get informed, be familiar with it, and get confident and see if it&#x27;s a fit for you or not. Absolutely. And, you know, you asked about the risk and, you know, what we look at is geographic areas where, you know, I ask all the listeners, do you believe if a property is worth a million dollars that the real estate market in your particular area is going to lose 50% value? Right. Well, if it does, then your $500,000 investment is pretty secure. But we back that at United Legacy and we have partnerships where they back your principal. So if a client is in default, you&#x27;re $500,000, we&#x27;re going to write you a check for that.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Yeah. So if you&#x27;re talking about a million dollar property and it has to fall to $500,000 for you to even worry about anything, then that&#x27;s a pretty good investment in my book there because that&#x27;d have to fall 50% and the property would, what I&#x27;ve seen with properties, it goes up and down, right? It&#x27;d come back eventually. Absolutely. And the key thing is 12 months is the term of the loan. So we got to also ask ourselves, do we think that the property values in North Carolina are going to drop by 50% in the next 12 months? I hope not. A lot of people would be very mad at a lot of different things if that happened. And where can you get a secure investment, secure being an alternative investment, not a regular investment, and get double digit returns plus your principal back in a 12 month period? Now we hear that term secured investment, we hear like people were, it&#x27;s secure because</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> it&#x27;s backed by the mortgage or by the property the mortgage has. A lot of people when they invest like a stock, there&#x27;s no security there at all. There&#x27;s no backing to it. If the stock goes down, you don&#x27;t have anything to fall back on. But with a mortgage-backed place like this, alternative investment here, you&#x27;ve got the mortgage, the property that the mortgage is securing to secure your investment. Absolutely. But there&#x27;s a lot of examples of alternative investments and investments in real estate are alternative investments. I believe right now the climate in America, it&#x27;s the best time for us to invest into debt funds and secure debt, not highly leveraged. So we can say a trust deed, but if you&#x27;re lending 100% of something, whatever it&#x27;s worth, that&#x27;s not so secure. So again, having leveraged 50% or more equity, 12 month period of time, your name being on</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> the title of the property and giving you double digit returns up front. Definitely worth pursuing. Folks, if you&#x27;re interested in that, all you have to do is again, text the word trust, trust, T-R-U-S-T to 600-700. That&#x27;s trust to 600-700. That&#x27;s trust to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete, Ray Lucia, and Mehdi Amini look back at how retirement has changed across generations. They discuss the history behind today's planning questions and the need to prepare for a longer retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>Ray Lucia</category>
      <category>Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini, Ray Lucia, Mehdi Amini, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f/image.jpg?t=1792073484&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f/image.jpg?t=1792073484&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>789</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b41d85f-7698-46b6-ba30-b0b50135e62f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12659278" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-2</link>
      <itunes:order>38</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How Retirement Has Changed" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:21" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Real Estate in a Retirement Portfolio (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini: Real Estate in a Retirement Portfolio (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss real estate as part of retirement planning. This final part considers investment choices beyond the interest available in a bank account.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So, stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Alright, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Ray Lucia and Maddie Amini. Welcome back in, guys. Hey, Mr. Amini. A lot of people are curious about how to make money, how to make the money they see on TV instead of getting trapped in a CD at a bank at maybe 5% or whatever. How do you get ahead in this game, this money game? The way to get ahead is to make big returns or find really good investments</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> or developing things. Well, you want to talk about developments, I guess, don&#x27;t you? Yes, we believe in real estate development, especially right now. And, you know, you can build in California, for example, since I live in California and San Diego, we&#x27;re seeing a lot of bonus density loss changing in California. So, we&#x27;re able to, in one area in California, take a 4,000 square foot lot and build 26 units. In fact, we looked at another development deal in California, right by the water, you know, coastal, less than one acre, we&#x27;re able to build 198 units. So, when you talk about real estate- It&#x27;s amazing when you think about it. It is. One acre, 100, because you&#x27;re going up instead of out. You&#x27;re going up. The laws are changing. They&#x27;re allowing us to be able to build. The rules are</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> changing. And when you&#x27;re able to take such a small piece of land and build up and build lots of units, that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re going to get the biggest returns on investment in real estate. So, a lot of people are looking for the right investment in real estate. It&#x27;s not going and buying a single family residence at the highest peak of per square foot. It&#x27;s about building square footage in areas where they&#x27;re allowing you to build up and stack on each other. Is this zoning? They&#x27;ve changed the zoning requirements? Is that why people are able to do that now? Or people never thought about building up? It is. It&#x27;s, you know, the housing crisis that we have in California alone. And if you go to White House&#x27;s website, they&#x27;re talking about in the future- Whitehouse.gov, I guess is it?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yes. And what you&#x27;re going to see is they&#x27;re going to be funding billions and billions of dollars for a lot of these office buildings to be actually converted into multifamily. Well, that&#x27;s interesting. So, taking some of these vacant office buildings and now they&#x27;re going to be big apartment complexes, I guess, right? Absolutely. Wow, that&#x27;s an interesting concept. And prior to that, what we&#x27;re seeing in certain geographic areas is being able to bring these developments to investors out there that are looking for a great return and being able to, you know, point out where those properties are is what we do at United Legacy. Now, when somebody wants to invest in something like this, what do they do? What&#x27;s the steps of that? They can try to do it themselves, but it&#x27;d be almost impossible, correct? It would. You know, you need to know how to develop. You need to pick out the geographic areas where this is possible all across the United States and team up with a good organization</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> that can help you through that. And with United Legacy, that&#x27;s what we do is we&#x27;re bringing in the average American that wants to invest and put them in front of these types of deals. And so, that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re one of the specialists at Retirement Master. Yes. Because your specialty is this area right here, the real estate area, the way to maximize the gains on real estate and also invest the right way into real estate. We can&#x27;t generalize real estate anymore. Is it a good time, you know, water cooler talk, right? Is it a good time to buy? Is it not? Is it in residential? Is it in commercial? You know, we have to ask a lot of questions and we have to be informed. We need a strategy. The world is changing. You can&#x27;t be a dinosaur and you have to change with it. It&#x27;s a turning point in the Great</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> Reset. When capital is getting more expensive, prices are still at the peak. How are you going to make money in real estate? And so, we believe, you know, there&#x27;s two ways. One, invest into short-term debt and trust deeds. Two, pick out geographic areas and investments where you could build a lot of square footage with these bonus density. This law is changing. All right. Let&#x27;s go back to number one, short-term debt and trust deeds. We talked about that earlier in the show, but here&#x27;s what happens in radio. People come and go, they get in their car, they get out of the car. People might not have heard you on segment two talk about trust deeds. So, explain that just briefly, what a trust deed is and how people can participate in that. The average person could participate, let&#x27;s say they have $250,000. We secure a $500,000</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> property. You&#x27;re able to get, let&#x27;s just say, a 10% return on that up front for a 12-month period. Your name is on the trust deed. You are secure with that million-dollar asset. And so, you got to ask yourself a question. Do you believe in a 12-month period, wherever that property is located, that you&#x27;ll be able to pick and choose, will the values of that property go down by 50%? And so, you&#x27;re pretty much protected with your principal. You&#x27;re able to get double-digit returns. And what I like to compare it to, Coach, is to buying an investment property. If I were to go in this market today and buy an investment property, I would have to at least put 30% down. You have a rate now with investment properties with prime borrowers that are buying an investment. It would be about a 9% interest rate</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> in today&#x27;s market. I have to pay my taxes, my insurance, the HOA, and we have to cash flow. And most of the time, it&#x27;s pretty hard to do that. So, a lot of retirees do not want to even be the property owner. And if you&#x27;re in California, you couldn&#x27;t even collect rent during the pandemic. So, who wants those headaches? And a trust deed, we have a great saying, sometimes it&#x27;s great to be the owner, sometimes it&#x27;s great to be the loaner. You become the bank. Don&#x27;t let the word trust deed scare you away. You become the bank. You&#x27;re not just investing in the real property. You&#x27;re lending the money. And so, we, as a mortgage bank, underwrite the client. We get an appraisal on the property. You get to pick and choose the property. And we have plenty of room in the</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> equity of the property to ensure that we&#x27;re going to get paid back. And on the other end, why would someone not pay the principal back when they got so much equity in the property? They&#x27;re going to find whatever way to get that loan back to you. And so, we secure that. We protect the principal. And investors are able to make a 10% return on a monthly basis, in some cases, up front. Now, if you want to find out more about how to, just some information on what a trust deed is and how you could qualify for it, if it makes sense, all you have to do is text the word trust to 600-700. Again, the word trust in the body, the number you text to is 600-700. It just makes sense to find out some information and get that true diversification in the real estate world. You brought up a good point. If someone tried to buy their own property as an investment property, they&#x27;d pay about a 9%</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> interest rate, which there go the profits. I mean, it&#x27;s sort of like working at a restaurant and seeing somebody eating all your food before they weren&#x27;t selling it to anybody. You got the interest rate eating your profits up at 9% interest you have to pay. And could you even get a return of 10% to 12%? Probably not. Murphy&#x27;s Law would go against you because if you had to make it, you&#x27;d probably lose money. Absolutely. It happens a lot of times. So just find out about how to have real estate work for you, not against you. I think that makes a lot of sense. Now, point number two was on that. Besides trustee, what was the next point you made? The real estate development. Development, yeah. Being able to build a lot of units with what we&#x27;re going to see a lot of micro cities in America, in the downtown metro areas. We&#x27;re building all around. I&#x27;m here in North Carolina visiting you and I see you guys are building everywhere. And so it&#x27;s all compact. And you</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> know, you got the retail, the mixed use. So development deals where you could build square footage, get into these investments, they&#x27;re going to make you money. You know, when you said micro cities, I picture that with that show about those little tiny houses that people live in. The small ones. You&#x27;ve seen them, right? They look like little work sheds, people living there. I love those. Do you? I&#x27;d love to move into one of those. Oh yeah? My wife wouldn&#x27;t. There you go. You might be forced to move in one if you get in trouble. They&#x27;ve been in the backyard where he has to go to the backyard. I have no comment. You know, we just celebrated our 50th wedding anniversary. Well, congratulations. So I&#x27;m very used to sleeping on the couch and sleeping in other places, but I think we&#x27;re okay for the time being. Yeah. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just about making sure that you understand what your spouse wants.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> To stay out of trouble. I wouldn&#x27;t want to, I mean, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people get downsize from a big house to little house around retirement. And then all of a sudden they&#x27;re calling us, telling us that they&#x27;re getting divorced. So I don&#x27;t know if there&#x27;s no, I can&#x27;t, there&#x27;s no scientific correlation that I can verify yet, but I think so. I mean, I like my space. I don&#x27;t know, Thomas, I know we&#x27;ve agreed you like space too. I am most certainly introvert. What about you? I love my space. We have a big house, but for some reason my nine-year-old and 11-year-old love to come sleep with mommy and daddy. Oh yeah. Well, that always happens. The big bed. Maybe we should downsize, but my wife wants a bigger home, double and square footage. Wow. And everyone sleep in our room. Oh, that&#x27;s how that happens. Well, when you have a party at your house, where do most people end up? In the kitchen. Right. So the kitchen is a very important part of the house. To me it is. That&#x27;s where I go get</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> my late night snacks. There you go. So we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left in the show. Ray, we&#x27;re in the year 2023. I mean, I never thought we&#x27;d ever get to the year 2020 or 2020, but here we are. And a lot of people are wondering what&#x27;s going to happen in the next 10 years. I know you don&#x27;t have a crystal ball, but what do you see happening in the money world the next 10 years? Well, I think technology is going to play an ever increasing role in virtually everything that we do. So there, you&#x27;re going to see trading strategies coming out of the woodwork. You&#x27;re going to see people like my firm, the CPA firm going through transitions because AI is going to start doing pretty much all of their jobs as far as the technical side. It&#x27;s one of the reasons why</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> I&#x27;m in the consulting business with firms such as that to get them more on the advisory side and less on the mundane filling out returns and all that, because a lot of that&#x27;s going to be done by AI. Listen, I am an optimist. This is the United States. We are in troubling, troubling times right now. And I think as it relates to your financial plan, your retirement plan, whatever the case may be, it does pay to have a very long-term perspective on things such as the stock market and such as real estate, which, you know, and I&#x27;m listening to the presentation here and it clearly makes a heck of a lot of sense to me when you can go short-term, get decent rates of</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> return and wait out the potential storm that may be ahead of us. So once again, if you can run your financial life a little bit more conservatively than perhaps we ran it up to and including COVID, I think most people will benefit by that. How important is it to have income built into your retirement portfolio? Well, it&#x27;s critically important. I mean, I&#x27;m at retirement age and I&#x27;m semi-retired right now. You&#x27;re never going to retire, Ray. You&#x27;re like me. You&#x27;re too happy around the money world. I love doing what I do. And I, you know, with the CPAs and all that, it&#x27;s really been a lot of fun. And then hanging out with guys like you where we get to mastermind like we did all day today is really a lot of fun. But I think we just have to be a little bit more careful with the riskier</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> investments and focus more on income than on growth. Maybe brought that up in the real estate market. He doesn&#x27;t see, from what I can hear and understand, he doesn&#x27;t see where there&#x27;s an upside upside in a lot of traditional real estate. Go out and buy a condo, rent it out to somebody. Buy a small apartment building, a duplex, a fourplex. He doesn&#x27;t see an upside because the interest rates are too high. I would settle on something that gave me some kind of either guaranteed income or very safe and secure income. Well, let&#x27;s get that total retirement plan done, folks. And Thomas, we have 10 more spots open, I think, here. Let&#x27;s give that opportunity to folks. Folks, if you want your very own Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, it&#x27;s 22 steps behind the scenes giving you that retirement and retirement income</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> plan that you deserve. Thomas will tell you how to do that. It&#x27;s no cost or obligation, by the way. Folks, we make it very easy. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. You can also change the amount of business. You can also change the amount of business.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss real estate as part of retirement planning. This final part considers investment choices beyond the interest available in a bank account.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So, stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Alright, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio alongside best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Ray Lucia and Maddie Amini. Welcome back in, guys. Hey, Mr. Amini. A lot of people are curious about how to make money, how to make the money they see on TV instead of getting trapped in a CD at a bank at maybe 5% or whatever. How do you get ahead in this game, this money game? The way to get ahead is to make big returns or find really good investments</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> or developing things. Well, you want to talk about developments, I guess, don&#x27;t you? Yes, we believe in real estate development, especially right now. And, you know, you can build in California, for example, since I live in California and San Diego, we&#x27;re seeing a lot of bonus density loss changing in California. So, we&#x27;re able to, in one area in California, take a 4,000 square foot lot and build 26 units. In fact, we looked at another development deal in California, right by the water, you know, coastal, less than one acre, we&#x27;re able to build 198 units. So, when you talk about real estate- It&#x27;s amazing when you think about it. It is. One acre, 100, because you&#x27;re going up instead of out. You&#x27;re going up. The laws are changing. They&#x27;re allowing us to be able to build. The rules are</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> changing. And when you&#x27;re able to take such a small piece of land and build up and build lots of units, that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re going to get the biggest returns on investment in real estate. So, a lot of people are looking for the right investment in real estate. It&#x27;s not going and buying a single family residence at the highest peak of per square foot. It&#x27;s about building square footage in areas where they&#x27;re allowing you to build up and stack on each other. Is this zoning? They&#x27;ve changed the zoning requirements? Is that why people are able to do that now? Or people never thought about building up? It is. It&#x27;s, you know, the housing crisis that we have in California alone. And if you go to White House&#x27;s website, they&#x27;re talking about in the future- Whitehouse.gov, I guess is it?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yes. And what you&#x27;re going to see is they&#x27;re going to be funding billions and billions of dollars for a lot of these office buildings to be actually converted into multifamily. Well, that&#x27;s interesting. So, taking some of these vacant office buildings and now they&#x27;re going to be big apartment complexes, I guess, right? Absolutely. Wow, that&#x27;s an interesting concept. And prior to that, what we&#x27;re seeing in certain geographic areas is being able to bring these developments to investors out there that are looking for a great return and being able to, you know, point out where those properties are is what we do at United Legacy. Now, when somebody wants to invest in something like this, what do they do? What&#x27;s the steps of that? They can try to do it themselves, but it&#x27;d be almost impossible, correct? It would. You know, you need to know how to develop. You need to pick out the geographic areas where this is possible all across the United States and team up with a good organization</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> that can help you through that. And with United Legacy, that&#x27;s what we do is we&#x27;re bringing in the average American that wants to invest and put them in front of these types of deals. And so, that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re one of the specialists at Retirement Master. Yes. Because your specialty is this area right here, the real estate area, the way to maximize the gains on real estate and also invest the right way into real estate. We can&#x27;t generalize real estate anymore. Is it a good time, you know, water cooler talk, right? Is it a good time to buy? Is it not? Is it in residential? Is it in commercial? You know, we have to ask a lot of questions and we have to be informed. We need a strategy. The world is changing. You can&#x27;t be a dinosaur and you have to change with it. It&#x27;s a turning point in the Great</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> Reset. When capital is getting more expensive, prices are still at the peak. How are you going to make money in real estate? And so, we believe, you know, there&#x27;s two ways. One, invest into short-term debt and trust deeds. Two, pick out geographic areas and investments where you could build a lot of square footage with these bonus density. This law is changing. All right. Let&#x27;s go back to number one, short-term debt and trust deeds. We talked about that earlier in the show, but here&#x27;s what happens in radio. People come and go, they get in their car, they get out of the car. People might not have heard you on segment two talk about trust deeds. So, explain that just briefly, what a trust deed is and how people can participate in that. The average person could participate, let&#x27;s say they have $250,000. We secure a $500,000</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> property. You&#x27;re able to get, let&#x27;s just say, a 10% return on that up front for a 12-month period. Your name is on the trust deed. You are secure with that million-dollar asset. And so, you got to ask yourself a question. Do you believe in a 12-month period, wherever that property is located, that you&#x27;ll be able to pick and choose, will the values of that property go down by 50%? And so, you&#x27;re pretty much protected with your principal. You&#x27;re able to get double-digit returns. And what I like to compare it to, Coach, is to buying an investment property. If I were to go in this market today and buy an investment property, I would have to at least put 30% down. You have a rate now with investment properties with prime borrowers that are buying an investment. It would be about a 9% interest rate</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> in today&#x27;s market. I have to pay my taxes, my insurance, the HOA, and we have to cash flow. And most of the time, it&#x27;s pretty hard to do that. So, a lot of retirees do not want to even be the property owner. And if you&#x27;re in California, you couldn&#x27;t even collect rent during the pandemic. So, who wants those headaches? And a trust deed, we have a great saying, sometimes it&#x27;s great to be the owner, sometimes it&#x27;s great to be the loaner. You become the bank. Don&#x27;t let the word trust deed scare you away. You become the bank. You&#x27;re not just investing in the real property. You&#x27;re lending the money. And so, we, as a mortgage bank, underwrite the client. We get an appraisal on the property. You get to pick and choose the property. And we have plenty of room in the</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> equity of the property to ensure that we&#x27;re going to get paid back. And on the other end, why would someone not pay the principal back when they got so much equity in the property? They&#x27;re going to find whatever way to get that loan back to you. And so, we secure that. We protect the principal. And investors are able to make a 10% return on a monthly basis, in some cases, up front. Now, if you want to find out more about how to, just some information on what a trust deed is and how you could qualify for it, if it makes sense, all you have to do is text the word trust to 600-700. Again, the word trust in the body, the number you text to is 600-700. It just makes sense to find out some information and get that true diversification in the real estate world. You brought up a good point. If someone tried to buy their own property as an investment property, they&#x27;d pay about a 9%</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> interest rate, which there go the profits. I mean, it&#x27;s sort of like working at a restaurant and seeing somebody eating all your food before they weren&#x27;t selling it to anybody. You got the interest rate eating your profits up at 9% interest you have to pay. And could you even get a return of 10% to 12%? Probably not. Murphy&#x27;s Law would go against you because if you had to make it, you&#x27;d probably lose money. Absolutely. It happens a lot of times. So just find out about how to have real estate work for you, not against you. I think that makes a lot of sense. Now, point number two was on that. Besides trustee, what was the next point you made? The real estate development. Development, yeah. Being able to build a lot of units with what we&#x27;re going to see a lot of micro cities in America, in the downtown metro areas. We&#x27;re building all around. I&#x27;m here in North Carolina visiting you and I see you guys are building everywhere. And so it&#x27;s all compact. And you</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> know, you got the retail, the mixed use. So development deals where you could build square footage, get into these investments, they&#x27;re going to make you money. You know, when you said micro cities, I picture that with that show about those little tiny houses that people live in. The small ones. You&#x27;ve seen them, right? They look like little work sheds, people living there. I love those. Do you? I&#x27;d love to move into one of those. Oh yeah? My wife wouldn&#x27;t. There you go. You might be forced to move in one if you get in trouble. They&#x27;ve been in the backyard where he has to go to the backyard. I have no comment. You know, we just celebrated our 50th wedding anniversary. Well, congratulations. So I&#x27;m very used to sleeping on the couch and sleeping in other places, but I think we&#x27;re okay for the time being. Yeah. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s just about making sure that you understand what your spouse wants.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> To stay out of trouble. I wouldn&#x27;t want to, I mean, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people get downsize from a big house to little house around retirement. And then all of a sudden they&#x27;re calling us, telling us that they&#x27;re getting divorced. So I don&#x27;t know if there&#x27;s no, I can&#x27;t, there&#x27;s no scientific correlation that I can verify yet, but I think so. I mean, I like my space. I don&#x27;t know, Thomas, I know we&#x27;ve agreed you like space too. I am most certainly introvert. What about you? I love my space. We have a big house, but for some reason my nine-year-old and 11-year-old love to come sleep with mommy and daddy. Oh yeah. Well, that always happens. The big bed. Maybe we should downsize, but my wife wants a bigger home, double and square footage. Wow. And everyone sleep in our room. Oh, that&#x27;s how that happens. Well, when you have a party at your house, where do most people end up? In the kitchen. Right. So the kitchen is a very important part of the house. To me it is. That&#x27;s where I go get</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> my late night snacks. There you go. So we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left in the show. Ray, we&#x27;re in the year 2023. I mean, I never thought we&#x27;d ever get to the year 2020 or 2020, but here we are. And a lot of people are wondering what&#x27;s going to happen in the next 10 years. I know you don&#x27;t have a crystal ball, but what do you see happening in the money world the next 10 years? Well, I think technology is going to play an ever increasing role in virtually everything that we do. So there, you&#x27;re going to see trading strategies coming out of the woodwork. You&#x27;re going to see people like my firm, the CPA firm going through transitions because AI is going to start doing pretty much all of their jobs as far as the technical side. It&#x27;s one of the reasons why</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> I&#x27;m in the consulting business with firms such as that to get them more on the advisory side and less on the mundane filling out returns and all that, because a lot of that&#x27;s going to be done by AI. Listen, I am an optimist. This is the United States. We are in troubling, troubling times right now. And I think as it relates to your financial plan, your retirement plan, whatever the case may be, it does pay to have a very long-term perspective on things such as the stock market and such as real estate, which, you know, and I&#x27;m listening to the presentation here and it clearly makes a heck of a lot of sense to me when you can go short-term, get decent rates of</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> return and wait out the potential storm that may be ahead of us. So once again, if you can run your financial life a little bit more conservatively than perhaps we ran it up to and including COVID, I think most people will benefit by that. How important is it to have income built into your retirement portfolio? Well, it&#x27;s critically important. I mean, I&#x27;m at retirement age and I&#x27;m semi-retired right now. You&#x27;re never going to retire, Ray. You&#x27;re like me. You&#x27;re too happy around the money world. I love doing what I do. And I, you know, with the CPAs and all that, it&#x27;s really been a lot of fun. And then hanging out with guys like you where we get to mastermind like we did all day today is really a lot of fun. But I think we just have to be a little bit more careful with the riskier</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> investments and focus more on income than on growth. Maybe brought that up in the real estate market. He doesn&#x27;t see, from what I can hear and understand, he doesn&#x27;t see where there&#x27;s an upside upside in a lot of traditional real estate. Go out and buy a condo, rent it out to somebody. Buy a small apartment building, a duplex, a fourplex. He doesn&#x27;t see an upside because the interest rates are too high. I would settle on something that gave me some kind of either guaranteed income or very safe and secure income. Well, let&#x27;s get that total retirement plan done, folks. And Thomas, we have 10 more spots open, I think, here. Let&#x27;s give that opportunity to folks. Folks, if you want your very own Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, it&#x27;s 22 steps behind the scenes giving you that retirement and retirement income</p><p><strong>12:56</strong> plan that you deserve. Thomas will tell you how to do that. It&#x27;s no cost or obligation, by the way. Folks, we make it very easy. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. You can also change the amount of business. You can also change the amount of business.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini join Coach Pete to discuss real estate as part of retirement planning. This final part considers investment choices beyond the interest available in a bank account.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>Ray Lucia</category>
      <category>Mehdi Amini</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ray Lucia and Mehdi Amini, Ray Lucia, Mehdi Amini, retirement planning, investing, real estate</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f/image.jpg?t=1792073488&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-4/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f/image.jpg?t=1792073488&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>803</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7efc6f90-9fe3-4d1d-aa41-b0b50135e62f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12881286" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-ray-lucia-and-ceo-mehdi-amini-part-4</link>
      <itunes:order>39</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Real Estate in a Retirement Portfolio" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:20" title="Artificial intelligence and robotics" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside Coach Pete D’Arruda having a great conversation. Coach, you have a special guest on the line for us. Who do we have? Oh, one of my best buddies ever. It&#x27;s Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s joining us from Scottsdale, Arizona. And Tom, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve been on together. And in the meantime, you&#x27;ve written a new book. I mean, of course, my favorite book you&#x27;ve written is called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Let&#x27;s talk about that just for a minute. How have people across the world accepted this book? Well, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. You know, that was the TV special that played on PBS and 80 Million Homes in the U.S. and</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Canada. That book is really the math and science behind a successful retirement. So it&#x27;s been received very well. It&#x27;s got all the research of the top PhDs in the world. And so instead of using people&#x27;s opinions, what I did was I used the facts and the research and the math and the science to show people how to retire the optimal way. And I told you, it was when I was talking to you about that book years ago, I remember telling Thomas in my studio, I said, you know, what Tom Hegna does is he puts math over markets and science over speculation. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people are forgetting, Tom. When we&#x27;re talking about getting to retirement, that&#x27;s only half the battle. That&#x27;s right. Because, you know, it&#x27;s like when you climb a mountain, there are more deaths on the way down from the mountain than on the way up from the mountain. It&#x27;s the same in retirement.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> There&#x27;s more tragedies once people get to retirement and run out of money or have an unplanned long term care event or something than the problems that they have saving and investing. Yeah, I remember watching your special on PBS and I mean, millions of people saw that. And I think a lot of people took some of the concepts you were mentioning and applied them. And and now they&#x27;re going to have a happier retirement because some of the money they have now is isolated from market events. Yeah. And I mean, you know, everybody thinks retirement&#x27;s about having this big pile of money. It&#x27;s not really true. It&#x27;s about having increasing income. And I would add increasing tax free income if you can. And then managing risk. You know, what happens if the market crashes? What happens if you live a long time? What happens if inflation continues? What happens when they raise your taxes? And notice I didn&#x27;t say if what&#x27;s going to happen when they raise your taxes.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And and so that&#x27;s what a good retirement plan. It anticipates all those negative possible events and then protects the wealth from those events. It&#x27;s a whole lot better to withstand a negative event in the market when all your money isn&#x27;t exposed to the market. Correct or not? Incorrect. That is correct. Yeah. I mean, and when I know it sounds simplistic, but Tom, over my 31 years in the financial arena, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people with all their money exposed to some kind of risk, whether it be interest rate risk or market risk or we talk about, well, interest rate risk is owning real estate. I mean, if interest rates keep going up, the market of the pool of people for you to sell your house to is shrinking because rates are high and it costs thousands of dollars more a year to own the same house you could have owned two or three years ago.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Plus, look at all the banks that failed earlier this year. And it wasn&#x27;t because they held bad investments. They held the safest investment in the world, U.S. government bonds. The problem is they bought the bonds when they were 1% and then when interest rates went to 5%, those bonds had gone down 80% in value and they&#x27;re the world&#x27;s safest investment, but they were down 80% and those banks failed. You know, we all know, and in the financial world we know this, when interest rates go up, bond prices go down. So let me ask you this, Tom, what were the people in the banks thinking when they were piling money into bonds at 1%? Well, they shouldn&#x27;t have been, you know, because the risk was, and I mean, the Federal Reserve said we&#x27;re raising interest rates, so I&#x27;m going to raise them a lot. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, surprise, surprise. I don&#x27;t understand why they subjected themselves to that interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> Now, let&#x27;s be clear. If they hold those bonds through maturity, they get all the money back. But the problem is in between now and maturity, those bonds can go down like they did, you know, 70%, 80%, and then if people walk in the bank and say, hey, I want my money, they didn&#x27;t have the money to give them their money back. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say you needed the money now. You don&#x27;t have 10, 20 years to wait for maturity. No. You know, that&#x27;s the problem. And we talk about that kind of risk. That&#x27;s a big risk that people forget a lot of times. But then the market risk, but I mean, the real estate risk, inflation, what about inflation? I mean, we keep hearing it&#x27;s pretty funny when they come out with the monthly numbers and they say, hey, it&#x27;s a, we&#x27;re only, inflation&#x27;s only at 3% this month. Well, that&#x27;s 3% higher than it was last month. We need negative inflation to get back to where we used to be. Right. And look at gas prices up 40, 50%, you know, food prices up 20, 30%.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> At least. I mean, everything has got up. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, I just laughed the other day. I went to Starbucks. I got a large iced tea, black iced tea, $4.49. And I just laughed. All it is, is water in the teabag. Wow. There&#x27;s two cents worth of stuff in there and $4.49. It&#x27;s crazy. You could go to Walmart, get a hundred pack of Tetley or Lipton tea for about $4. And you could have made, uh, how many gallons of tea? Yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. We&#x27;re paying for convenience these days, but we&#x27;re overpaying for things we shouldn&#x27;t be overpaying for. And inflation is a silent killer, just like high blood pressure. That&#x27;s right. I factor that in because I had a little high blood pressure, but I&#x27;m back under control with a little medication. I&#x27;m happy about that. There you go. Yeah. Everybody hears about my health issues here. We could tie it into the market and the heartbeat is a good thing to keep low too. So that&#x27;s why we, we want a proper balance in the financial world.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But my heartbeat would increase Thomas, it would, Tom and Thomas, both of you guys, my heartbeat would increase if I became a millionaire and you wrote a book, Tom, since we&#x27;ve talked to asked it&#x27;s Tom Hageness, who wants to be a millionaire. And that&#x27;s what we have you on today. Want to talk a little bit about this book. What inspired you to write it? Well, here&#x27;s the deal. I&#x27;ve spent my whole time writing books for baby boomers. I&#x27;ve written five books on retirement. This was the first time I did one for generation XYZ and millennials. You know, I have four kids ranging from age 21 to age 39. And these are the things that I&#x27;ve taught my kids on how to build wealth. And all four of my kids are, are very successful so far, you know, and doing great things. So I said, I want to build, I want to write a book for younger people because I believe</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> almost all Americans can become millionaires if they want to be. And that&#x27;s what I put in this book. I&#x27;m generation X. So I appreciate you calling me a young person. 1966. So I&#x27;m almost a baby boomer. And there you go. Here&#x27;s what they say about Jen. It&#x27;s fun to look at what they say about our groups, right? So they say generation X are skeptical, but big believers when they find something that is, that is backed up by science and math. And so I think that&#x27;s why I like you so much, Tom, because, because you back everything you say up with science and math, no guesses, no gimmicks, no theosaurus words that no one understands, no re-imagining. It&#x27;s just the facts. Sort of like they used to say on Dragnet. That&#x27;s why I like Dragnet back in the day. Yeah. Let&#x27;s talk about good. I like to keep things simple because I think simple, you know, is effective. And when it&#x27;s complicated, it gets confusing and people just lose interest.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Yeah. Lose interest or trust. I mean, if you don&#x27;t, if you can&#x27;t understand something, the trust level is not there too. So understanding things very important. Let&#x27;s talk about the first chapter, help people become millionaires. What, what, what&#x27;s this chapter about? Well, what&#x27;s, what&#x27;s interesting, um, coaches, you know, when I was an advisor 30 years ago, the ETFs didn&#x27;t even exist. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate mutual funds. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate stocks and bonds. There was one product at the time I could illustrate and that was life insurance. And so what, what, what I would do is if I went to one of my kids&#x27; ball games or I went to a, you know, a party and somebody said, so what do you do? I didn&#x27;t say, well, I&#x27;m a life insurance agent or I&#x27;m a financial advisor. What I said is I help people become millionaires. You tell me how many million you want and I&#x27;ll show you what you need to do to get there. And people would be interested in that. They say, well, all right, well, show me what I&#x27;d have to do to be a millionaire.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And then I would run a life insurance illustration and solve for a million dollars cash value at their age 65. Now, I don&#x27;t think everybody should put all their money in life insurance, but it was the only product I got to illustrate. And I use an example in the book, a 25 year old female, if she puts away $7,700 a year at age 65, she&#x27;s going to have a million dollars in her life insurance policy. So that was step one. But then I&#x27;d take them over to a time value of money calculator. And I&#x27;d say, look, if you could get 6% a year, you&#x27;d only have to put away about 500 bucks a month away and you&#x27;ll be a millionaire at 65. If you could get 9%, you&#x27;d have to put away about $250 a month. If you could get 12%, you only have to put away a hundred bucks a month. Well, all of a sudden people can see that it&#x27;s possible for them to have a million dollars.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> See, most people think, oh, that&#x27;s pie in the sky. I could never do it. And they&#x27;ll never do it because they don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s possible. But when they can see it, then they can believe it. And that&#x27;s when they can achieve it. Zig Ziglar said all that kind of stuff. So you got to see it and believe it to achieve it. It&#x27;s the same with financial stuff. And then I was no longer considered a salesperson. I was on their wealth building team. I was part of their team and I was going to help them become wealthy. And that&#x27;s how I started. Well, you know, when you look at a million dollars, it&#x27;s still a good deal. If you win a million dollars, like in the lottery or Survivor, Survivor gives a million dollars away to the winner. But they&#x27;ve been giving a million dollars away for the last 20 years to the winner. Don&#x27;t you think the people who won right at the beginning, that prize was more valuable. That million dollars was worth a whole lot more 20 years ago than it is today, isn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> it? Yeah. And I get a lot of people say, Tom, a million dollars isn&#x27;t enough for a millennial. And I say, OK, I understand that. I might even agree with that. But I will tell you this. The first million is the hardest. And you know that as well, Pete. The first million is the hardest. And after the first million, the second, third and fourth can come easier and quicker. Anyone who says a million isn&#x27;t much, I mean, I&#x27;d rather have a million than not have a million, right? It&#x27;s a building block. It&#x27;s building. And a million can last a long time if it&#x27;s used properly. Yes. I mean, we&#x27;ve built plans with a million dollars for lifetime income that people have increasing income. They never worry again. And the problem is a lot of times we&#x27;ve met these same people. They were working and they were still working and they didn&#x27;t think they would be able to retire with the income they wanted in the Wall Street model. But taking it and putting it in the safe money model with a lifetime income, the growth protection income type accounts, now the riddle is solved.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so it&#x27;s not just about what kind of money you have. It&#x27;s where you have it. That&#x27;s right. And so you&#x27;re talking about that too. And it&#x27;s also not trying to get intimidated because when we have no money or not much money, when you have somebody saying, well, all you have to do is start saving this amount of money. And by you&#x27;re 25 now, and at 65, you&#x27;re going to be a millionaire. It&#x27;s still hard to, number one, it&#x27;s hard to trust anybody. Number two, it&#x27;s hard to believe you really can be a millionaire, but it&#x27;s all about time, value, money, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And you talked about it hard. Things are hard. It&#x27;s hard to say. In my conclusion, here&#x27;s what I say. I say marriage is hard. Divorce is hard. Choose your hard. Obesity is hard. Being physically fit is hard. Choose your hard. Being in debt is hard. Being financially disciplined is hard.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Choose your hard. And so we all have to choose our hard. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a good way to look at it, too, because nothing&#x27;s easy. And actually, if it is easy, you&#x27;re not going to appreciate it anyway. I mean, you look at some people that inherited a lot of money and they blow it within the first couple of years. Lottery winner is a good example of that. Some people win the lottery and then years later, they&#x27;re poorer than they are. Then at that time, they&#x27;re poorer in the future than they were before they won the lottery. And I also put in the book that there was a study on Canadian lottery winners. The neighbors of Canadian lottery winners went bankrupt at a much higher rate than normal people. And so what happened is the lottery winner moves in and they start buying new cars and going on trips. And then, you know, you have to buy that new car and go on that trip. And people go bankrupt when they live next door to a lottery winner. We call that keeping up with the Joneses.</p><p><strong>12:31</strong> That&#x27;s right. The funny thing is I had a neighbor say their name was Joneses. They were the Jones family. They&#x27;ve moved now, so I&#x27;ve stopped spending money. Just joking. So, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. And he&#x27;s the author of several books. He also had a PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. My favorite book that he&#x27;s ever written is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Available anywhere fine books are sold. But also, he&#x27;s got a brand new book called Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? And when we come back after the break, we&#x27;re going to delve into this and find out the simple tools and techniques that get you where you want to be. And speaking of getting you where you want to be, if you&#x27;d like Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, which is a 22-step total retirement plan, the next 10 of you who call, we&#x27;ll give it to you at no cost or obligation if you call right now. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team here at Capital Financial by texting keyword PLAN to</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside Coach Pete D’Arruda having a great conversation. Coach, you have a special guest on the line for us. Who do we have? Oh, one of my best buddies ever. It&#x27;s Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s joining us from Scottsdale, Arizona. And Tom, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve been on together. And in the meantime, you&#x27;ve written a new book. I mean, of course, my favorite book you&#x27;ve written is called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Let&#x27;s talk about that just for a minute. How have people across the world accepted this book? Well, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. You know, that was the TV special that played on PBS and 80 Million Homes in the U.S. and</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Canada. That book is really the math and science behind a successful retirement. So it&#x27;s been received very well. It&#x27;s got all the research of the top PhDs in the world. And so instead of using people&#x27;s opinions, what I did was I used the facts and the research and the math and the science to show people how to retire the optimal way. And I told you, it was when I was talking to you about that book years ago, I remember telling Thomas in my studio, I said, you know, what Tom Hegna does is he puts math over markets and science over speculation. And that&#x27;s what a lot of people are forgetting, Tom. When we&#x27;re talking about getting to retirement, that&#x27;s only half the battle. That&#x27;s right. Because, you know, it&#x27;s like when you climb a mountain, there are more deaths on the way down from the mountain than on the way up from the mountain. It&#x27;s the same in retirement.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> There&#x27;s more tragedies once people get to retirement and run out of money or have an unplanned long term care event or something than the problems that they have saving and investing. Yeah, I remember watching your special on PBS and I mean, millions of people saw that. And I think a lot of people took some of the concepts you were mentioning and applied them. And and now they&#x27;re going to have a happier retirement because some of the money they have now is isolated from market events. Yeah. And I mean, you know, everybody thinks retirement&#x27;s about having this big pile of money. It&#x27;s not really true. It&#x27;s about having increasing income. And I would add increasing tax free income if you can. And then managing risk. You know, what happens if the market crashes? What happens if you live a long time? What happens if inflation continues? What happens when they raise your taxes? And notice I didn&#x27;t say if what&#x27;s going to happen when they raise your taxes.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And and so that&#x27;s what a good retirement plan. It anticipates all those negative possible events and then protects the wealth from those events. It&#x27;s a whole lot better to withstand a negative event in the market when all your money isn&#x27;t exposed to the market. Correct or not? Incorrect. That is correct. Yeah. I mean, and when I know it sounds simplistic, but Tom, over my 31 years in the financial arena, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people with all their money exposed to some kind of risk, whether it be interest rate risk or market risk or we talk about, well, interest rate risk is owning real estate. I mean, if interest rates keep going up, the market of the pool of people for you to sell your house to is shrinking because rates are high and it costs thousands of dollars more a year to own the same house you could have owned two or three years ago.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Plus, look at all the banks that failed earlier this year. And it wasn&#x27;t because they held bad investments. They held the safest investment in the world, U.S. government bonds. The problem is they bought the bonds when they were 1% and then when interest rates went to 5%, those bonds had gone down 80% in value and they&#x27;re the world&#x27;s safest investment, but they were down 80% and those banks failed. You know, we all know, and in the financial world we know this, when interest rates go up, bond prices go down. So let me ask you this, Tom, what were the people in the banks thinking when they were piling money into bonds at 1%? Well, they shouldn&#x27;t have been, you know, because the risk was, and I mean, the Federal Reserve said we&#x27;re raising interest rates, so I&#x27;m going to raise them a lot. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, surprise, surprise. I don&#x27;t understand why they subjected themselves to that interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> Now, let&#x27;s be clear. If they hold those bonds through maturity, they get all the money back. But the problem is in between now and maturity, those bonds can go down like they did, you know, 70%, 80%, and then if people walk in the bank and say, hey, I want my money, they didn&#x27;t have the money to give them their money back. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say you needed the money now. You don&#x27;t have 10, 20 years to wait for maturity. No. You know, that&#x27;s the problem. And we talk about that kind of risk. That&#x27;s a big risk that people forget a lot of times. But then the market risk, but I mean, the real estate risk, inflation, what about inflation? I mean, we keep hearing it&#x27;s pretty funny when they come out with the monthly numbers and they say, hey, it&#x27;s a, we&#x27;re only, inflation&#x27;s only at 3% this month. Well, that&#x27;s 3% higher than it was last month. We need negative inflation to get back to where we used to be. Right. And look at gas prices up 40, 50%, you know, food prices up 20, 30%.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> At least. I mean, everything has got up. It&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, I just laughed the other day. I went to Starbucks. I got a large iced tea, black iced tea, $4.49. And I just laughed. All it is, is water in the teabag. Wow. There&#x27;s two cents worth of stuff in there and $4.49. It&#x27;s crazy. You could go to Walmart, get a hundred pack of Tetley or Lipton tea for about $4. And you could have made, uh, how many gallons of tea? Yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. We&#x27;re paying for convenience these days, but we&#x27;re overpaying for things we shouldn&#x27;t be overpaying for. And inflation is a silent killer, just like high blood pressure. That&#x27;s right. I factor that in because I had a little high blood pressure, but I&#x27;m back under control with a little medication. I&#x27;m happy about that. There you go. Yeah. Everybody hears about my health issues here. We could tie it into the market and the heartbeat is a good thing to keep low too. So that&#x27;s why we, we want a proper balance in the financial world.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But my heartbeat would increase Thomas, it would, Tom and Thomas, both of you guys, my heartbeat would increase if I became a millionaire and you wrote a book, Tom, since we&#x27;ve talked to asked it&#x27;s Tom Hageness, who wants to be a millionaire. And that&#x27;s what we have you on today. Want to talk a little bit about this book. What inspired you to write it? Well, here&#x27;s the deal. I&#x27;ve spent my whole time writing books for baby boomers. I&#x27;ve written five books on retirement. This was the first time I did one for generation XYZ and millennials. You know, I have four kids ranging from age 21 to age 39. And these are the things that I&#x27;ve taught my kids on how to build wealth. And all four of my kids are, are very successful so far, you know, and doing great things. So I said, I want to build, I want to write a book for younger people because I believe</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> almost all Americans can become millionaires if they want to be. And that&#x27;s what I put in this book. I&#x27;m generation X. So I appreciate you calling me a young person. 1966. So I&#x27;m almost a baby boomer. And there you go. Here&#x27;s what they say about Jen. It&#x27;s fun to look at what they say about our groups, right? So they say generation X are skeptical, but big believers when they find something that is, that is backed up by science and math. And so I think that&#x27;s why I like you so much, Tom, because, because you back everything you say up with science and math, no guesses, no gimmicks, no theosaurus words that no one understands, no re-imagining. It&#x27;s just the facts. Sort of like they used to say on Dragnet. That&#x27;s why I like Dragnet back in the day. Yeah. Let&#x27;s talk about good. I like to keep things simple because I think simple, you know, is effective. And when it&#x27;s complicated, it gets confusing and people just lose interest.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Yeah. Lose interest or trust. I mean, if you don&#x27;t, if you can&#x27;t understand something, the trust level is not there too. So understanding things very important. Let&#x27;s talk about the first chapter, help people become millionaires. What, what, what&#x27;s this chapter about? Well, what&#x27;s, what&#x27;s interesting, um, coaches, you know, when I was an advisor 30 years ago, the ETFs didn&#x27;t even exist. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate mutual funds. I couldn&#x27;t illustrate stocks and bonds. There was one product at the time I could illustrate and that was life insurance. And so what, what, what I would do is if I went to one of my kids&#x27; ball games or I went to a, you know, a party and somebody said, so what do you do? I didn&#x27;t say, well, I&#x27;m a life insurance agent or I&#x27;m a financial advisor. What I said is I help people become millionaires. You tell me how many million you want and I&#x27;ll show you what you need to do to get there. And people would be interested in that. They say, well, all right, well, show me what I&#x27;d have to do to be a millionaire.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> And then I would run a life insurance illustration and solve for a million dollars cash value at their age 65. Now, I don&#x27;t think everybody should put all their money in life insurance, but it was the only product I got to illustrate. And I use an example in the book, a 25 year old female, if she puts away $7,700 a year at age 65, she&#x27;s going to have a million dollars in her life insurance policy. So that was step one. But then I&#x27;d take them over to a time value of money calculator. And I&#x27;d say, look, if you could get 6% a year, you&#x27;d only have to put away about 500 bucks a month away and you&#x27;ll be a millionaire at 65. If you could get 9%, you&#x27;d have to put away about $250 a month. If you could get 12%, you only have to put away a hundred bucks a month. Well, all of a sudden people can see that it&#x27;s possible for them to have a million dollars.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> See, most people think, oh, that&#x27;s pie in the sky. I could never do it. And they&#x27;ll never do it because they don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s possible. But when they can see it, then they can believe it. And that&#x27;s when they can achieve it. Zig Ziglar said all that kind of stuff. So you got to see it and believe it to achieve it. It&#x27;s the same with financial stuff. And then I was no longer considered a salesperson. I was on their wealth building team. I was part of their team and I was going to help them become wealthy. And that&#x27;s how I started. Well, you know, when you look at a million dollars, it&#x27;s still a good deal. If you win a million dollars, like in the lottery or Survivor, Survivor gives a million dollars away to the winner. But they&#x27;ve been giving a million dollars away for the last 20 years to the winner. Don&#x27;t you think the people who won right at the beginning, that prize was more valuable. That million dollars was worth a whole lot more 20 years ago than it is today, isn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> it? Yeah. And I get a lot of people say, Tom, a million dollars isn&#x27;t enough for a millennial. And I say, OK, I understand that. I might even agree with that. But I will tell you this. The first million is the hardest. And you know that as well, Pete. The first million is the hardest. And after the first million, the second, third and fourth can come easier and quicker. Anyone who says a million isn&#x27;t much, I mean, I&#x27;d rather have a million than not have a million, right? It&#x27;s a building block. It&#x27;s building. And a million can last a long time if it&#x27;s used properly. Yes. I mean, we&#x27;ve built plans with a million dollars for lifetime income that people have increasing income. They never worry again. And the problem is a lot of times we&#x27;ve met these same people. They were working and they were still working and they didn&#x27;t think they would be able to retire with the income they wanted in the Wall Street model. But taking it and putting it in the safe money model with a lifetime income, the growth protection income type accounts, now the riddle is solved.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so it&#x27;s not just about what kind of money you have. It&#x27;s where you have it. That&#x27;s right. And so you&#x27;re talking about that too. And it&#x27;s also not trying to get intimidated because when we have no money or not much money, when you have somebody saying, well, all you have to do is start saving this amount of money. And by you&#x27;re 25 now, and at 65, you&#x27;re going to be a millionaire. It&#x27;s still hard to, number one, it&#x27;s hard to trust anybody. Number two, it&#x27;s hard to believe you really can be a millionaire, but it&#x27;s all about time, value, money, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And you talked about it hard. Things are hard. It&#x27;s hard to say. In my conclusion, here&#x27;s what I say. I say marriage is hard. Divorce is hard. Choose your hard. Obesity is hard. Being physically fit is hard. Choose your hard. Being in debt is hard. Being financially disciplined is hard.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Choose your hard. And so we all have to choose our hard. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a good way to look at it, too, because nothing&#x27;s easy. And actually, if it is easy, you&#x27;re not going to appreciate it anyway. I mean, you look at some people that inherited a lot of money and they blow it within the first couple of years. Lottery winner is a good example of that. Some people win the lottery and then years later, they&#x27;re poorer than they are. Then at that time, they&#x27;re poorer in the future than they were before they won the lottery. And I also put in the book that there was a study on Canadian lottery winners. The neighbors of Canadian lottery winners went bankrupt at a much higher rate than normal people. And so what happened is the lottery winner moves in and they start buying new cars and going on trips. And then, you know, you have to buy that new car and go on that trip. And people go bankrupt when they live next door to a lottery winner. We call that keeping up with the Joneses.</p><p><strong>12:31</strong> That&#x27;s right. The funny thing is I had a neighbor say their name was Joneses. They were the Jones family. They&#x27;ve moved now, so I&#x27;ve stopped spending money. Just joking. So, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. And he&#x27;s the author of several books. He also had a PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. My favorite book that he&#x27;s ever written is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Available anywhere fine books are sold. But also, he&#x27;s got a brand new book called Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? And when we come back after the break, we&#x27;re going to delve into this and find out the simple tools and techniques that get you where you want to be. And speaking of getting you where you want to be, if you&#x27;d like Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan, which is a 22-step total retirement plan, the next 10 of you who call, we&#x27;ll give it to you at no cost or obligation if you call right now. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also connect with the team here at Capital Financial by texting keyword PLAN to</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss changing markets and preparing for retirement. The author of Don't Worry, Retire Happy and Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? shares his perspective on building a retirement plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/image.jpg?t=1792073499&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionaire/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/image.jpg?t=1792073499&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 12:50:35 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>845</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3aaa0cc0-fecb-41a2-bd1f-b09900d34ca6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13561228" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionaire</link>
      <itunes:order>40</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning and Market Changes" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:53" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:11" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:36" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning and Market Changes (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about market changes and retirement preparation. This second part explores the choices people face when turning their retirement goals into a plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio here alongside bestselling author Coach Pete DeRuta. We also have on the line Tom Hegna. We are discussing his new book, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Coach, in the last segment you mentioned, Survivor has been on over 20 years, and it originally started with a million-dollar prize. Yep. I threw the numbers into the inflation calculator. There you go. You want to hear what it would be in today&#x27;s dollars. Well, it&#x27;s not the financial calculator anymore, is it? No, it is a visionary engine. All right, you put in the visionary engine, and what&#x27;d you get? All right, 1.775. So that&#x27;s what you almost have to be a $2 million prize winner now in Survivor to equal what it was when it first started. Just since it started. Yeah. Incredible. Yeah. Well, Richard Hatch, we all know him. He was one of the original winners of Survivor, and he did it naked, and then he didn&#x27;t pay</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> his taxes, so then he ended up in prison. So you never want to take that route. And then Discovery stole that idea, and now we have Naked and Afraid. All sorts of Naked and Afraid. Well, we don&#x27;t have a Survivor veteran, but we do have a veteran, a U.S. military veteran, Tom Hegner. He&#x27;s also the author of a bunch of books, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, my favorite one, PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, and his brand new book, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire by Tom Hegner. Tom, we just started talking about this on the last segment, but there&#x27;s three phases of wealth. Let&#x27;s go over those. Yeah. Yeah. So the first phase is building wealth. That&#x27;s who wants to be a millionaire. Then if you have wealth, you better protect it. That&#x27;s who wants to stay a millionaire. And then in retirement, you want to distribute it to either you or your family. That&#x27;s how to live and give like a millionaire. And like I said in the last section, Pete, is that I spent my whole career on number two</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and number three, protecting and distributing wealth. This is my first foray into the building wealth, and I&#x27;m doing it for young people so that they can build wealth, and then they can retire too, you know? Yeah. Now, we say young people. How young or old can someone be to still apply these concepts? Well, I mean, anybody can apply these concepts, but the younger you are, the more effective it&#x27;s going to be because you have time. And time is the one thing that older people don&#x27;t have, that young people haven&#x27;t. And the problem is many young people waste their time. They don&#x27;t start investing young. I always say it&#x27;s the money you save in your 20s that will allow you to retire in your 60s. If you don&#x27;t save any money in your 20s, you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire in your 60s. You&#x27;re going to have to wait until you&#x27;re 70. And I just want people to retire young and have a great retirement.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Yeah. Very, very important. Because, well, Albert Einstein identified compound interest as one of the eighth wonders of the world. And there you&#x27;re hitting right on that. Because the sooner you can put money away in your favor, the sooner you&#x27;re going to be able to have that growth and that retirement you deserve. Conversely, or inversely, if you, I always get that mixed up. But on the other side, if you owe a lot of money, the compound interest will go against you on credit card debt. One of the things, I see people come in many times with 29% interest on credit cards. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s crazy. And so there&#x27;s really three keys to building wealth. Number one, you want to make more money. And we&#x27;ll talk about that. Number two, you want to spend wiser. And I would say spend less, but at least spend wiser. And number three, you want to put your money into appreciating assets. See, think about it, coach. Most people put their money into depreciating assets.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> The car, boats, jet skis, RVs, clothes, computers, iPhones, handbags, shoes. Those are all depreciating assets. They go down in value every single day. Now, we all need some depreciating assets, but that&#x27;s not where I put the majority of my wealth. So I&#x27;m not going to spend a lot of money on things that go down in value. I&#x27;m going to put my wealth in places that go up in value. And I think if people just realize that, you know, the dirty little secret, coach, is that every one of your listeners is going to earn millions of dollars. Even somebody earning $50,000 a year over their career is going to earn somewhere between three and six million dollars. But if we can get them to 100,000 a year, they&#x27;re going to earn between seven and 11 million. If I can get them up to 250,000 a year, they&#x27;re going to earn 18 to 28 million dollars</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> over their career. And it&#x27;s a lot easier to save a couple million when you got 28 million coming in than if you got three million coming in. Yeah, I agree. And so I always tell people, it&#x27;s not how much you make, it&#x27;s how much of your money do you keep. And a lot of people don&#x27;t keep enough. And I&#x27;m on record saying that most Americans could be millionaires except for two simple things. Number one, they spend way too much money on their cars. And number two, they get divorced. So the moral of the story is drive a used car and stick with your first spouse. Now, I say that tongue in cheek, and I&#x27;m not telling people who are in abusive relationship that they shouldn&#x27;t get divorced. But what I&#x27;m saying is divorce can wipe people out. And many people are getting divorced in their 40s, 50s and 60s. And half their retirement fund is gone. Boom. And so, you know, teaching your children that picking their spouse is the most important</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> decision of life, I think is very important. And the other thing, coach, the reason I pick on cars is because it is the one thing that most people spend way too much on putting money into depreciating assets. I use me as an example. I had a chance to buy a brand new Ford F-150 pickup for $65,000. Or I could buy a two-year-old one with 13,000 miles for 30,000. Well, guess what I did? I bought the two-year-old one for 30,000. Now, if I invest that 35,000 and I get 6% interest, that&#x27;s going to gross to somewhere between $383,000 and $697,000 in retirement. If I can get 8%, it&#x27;s going to be somewhere between $401.8 million in retirement. Now, coach, that&#x27;s one vehicle.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> I&#x27;m married. I got four kids. I think we probably had 15 or 20 vehicles over our life. You know, I&#x27;m just telling you, we were just celebrating our 40th anniversary. Multiply those numbers times 10 or 15 or 20, and all of a sudden, you got millions of dollars, and coach, you see it all the time. People come in your office, and the husband and wife, they each have $1,000 a month car payments. Yeah. They&#x27;ll never get wealthy. Too many people are trying to look wealthy instead of become wealthy. See, I never cared if people thought what I looked like. I didn&#x27;t care about that. What I was doing was building wealth, and I want people to really think, do you really care in 30 years, do you think you&#x27;ll remember what car you drove 30 years ago? Will you care? Was it brand new or was it two years old? Nope. I mean, you know, I just think cars are the one thing that if people made different buying</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> decisions, that alone could help them have millions of dollars in retirement. One word I penned it years ago, I don&#x27;t know if people have picked it up, but gratisfaction, and that&#x27;s what gets people to buy cars. You want that immediate gratitude and satisfaction together, so you go buy a new car, and then we talk about it, maybe you finance it for five years, which is 60 months. About 30 months in, you might not even have that car anymore, but you still have what, Tom? You still got that payment. Got those payments. That gratisfaction gets people in trouble. So it&#x27;s about having a plan first, and the plan is not to blow your money. And did you ever watch Fantasy Island back in the day? Oh, yeah. The plane, the plane. You remember? We had the little guy. That&#x27;s right. And we always thought he was saying the plane, but really they were trying to subliminally tell you to plan. Here&#x27;s what he said. The plan, the plan. It said the plan, the plan. And people now are picking up on the fact that you really need a plan, and the plan doesn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> just involve about having a budget and spending plan. It&#x27;s knowing why you&#x27;re spending or not spending what you&#x27;re spending. And you just gave a great example of that. Taking the money you would have blown on a car and instead putting it into your account, where now you can buy five cars in the future and pay cash if you let that money build up. Yeah. And, and, and coach, the thing that people forget, they said, oh, I don&#x27;t want to save retirement. That&#x27;s boring. It&#x27;s not boring. It&#x27;s paying for my country club membership. It&#x27;s paying for my, I told you we&#x27;re going on a Mediterranean cruise. Retirement is awesome if you have the right funding for it. And my kids are jealous of us because now we&#x27;re like kids in a candy store. We&#x27;re like on summer camp every day. I play golf four to five days a week. I play pickleball two days a week. We&#x27;re going on cruises. We&#x27;re having the time of our lives. That&#x27;s what retirement&#x27;s about.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And that&#x27;s why it shouldn&#x27;t be a pain to save for retirement. You should want to save for retirement. You should want to have as great a retirement as you can have. But a lot of people think it&#x27;s boring or it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, you know, oh, that&#x27;s a waste of my time and money. No, it&#x27;s not. That&#x27;s your future life. And I always say the only person that will take care of your older self is your younger self. Let me say that again. The only person that will take care of your older self is your younger self. And I&#x27;m so proud of how my younger self took care of little old me. Well, I talked to a lot of military veterans who were in your same boat, Thomas. They learned how to save and budget like other people didn&#x27;t because you didn&#x27;t have much money, but you knew how to appreciate money and put it away because you had long-term goals. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> What an awesome book. But after the, after we get done with the segment, I&#x27;m going to talk to Tom. I&#x27;m going to order some books from him. So we have some books to give away when you come in folks to, to get your own plan put together. Also, we have these visionary engines on our website where you can, you can map out what, what if I didn&#x27;t spend this $500 on a car? What would it be worth 30 years from now at a certain interest rate? You put in whatever interest rate and see what it is. That&#x27;s why they call it a visionary engine. Thomas, tell people how they can get the visionary engines. Absolutely. Just head over to visionaryengine.com. That&#x27;s visionaryengine.com. And we have a host of them there, depending on what your focus is. But one I think that pertains to this conversation is what does it take to be a millionaire? Yeah, that&#x27;s good. Feeds right into what we&#x27;re talking about. It does. We call it the millionaire milestone timer, but it paths out your, your path to your first</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> million. Well, Tom, we, Tom, we talked about earlier. We talked about how you, you mentioned how financial planning and retirement planning is all about like climbing a mountain, but a lot of people, more people die on the way down after climbing a mountain than the way up. So in your book on chapter seven, you say, where are you on the mountain? I think that&#x27;s good for people to identify. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Yeah. Yeah. So, you know, part of being, when you&#x27;re young, you&#x27;re at the bottom of the mountain, you&#x27;re starting to climb. And then when you, when you retire, when you&#x27;re right at retirement age, you&#x27;re at the top of the mountain, but then that, that money has to last you, who knows how long to, to 80, 90, a hundred, 110. We don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s got to get you all the way back down to the mountain. And that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s why for young people, you know, one of the things I help young people with is teaching them how to make more money. And, and I say they should follow the Japanese concept of Ikigai.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> Now, Ikigai is an intersection of four circles. So circle number one, you want to write down, what is everything you&#x27;re good at doing? Circle number two, what do you love to do? Because you might be good at some, but you ain&#x27;t doing it. That&#x27;s not a good combination. So you want to know what you&#x27;re good at. You want to know what you love to do. What does the world need? And what can you get paid to do? And I&#x27;ll use me as an example. I found my Ikigai. People say I&#x27;m good at doing this. I like doing it. The world certainly needs what I&#x27;m doing and I get paid to do it. So I found my Ikigai. You know, even Abraham Lincoln said, whatever you, whatever you are, be a good one. So like, if you&#x27;re a plumber, you should want to be the best plumber in the County. If you&#x27;re a truck driver, you want to have the best safety record because the best people are the ones to get paid more and promoted well.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> And I think we&#x27;ve forgotten that, you know, you want to be good at things that those are the people that get paid. I say there are riches in niches. Find your niche. It will make you rich. So you want to become an expert in something. You want to be able to do something better than anybody else that if they have a problem, they&#x27;re calling you because you are the person. Those people make more money. So you want to develop those skills, get some expertise. So let me share with you my secret to success. And I&#x27;ve shared this with all my kids. When you get a job, I want you to go to work early, stay late and always do more than you&#x27;re paid to do. Now people say, well, that&#x27;s crazy. Why would you do that? Because you will soon become the most valuable worker in that company. You&#x27;re going to get paid more and promoted faster than your peers who come to work late,</p><p><strong>12:34</strong> leave early and try to do as little as possible for a paycheck. Now, when I was growing up, all the kids were taught this. I don&#x27;t think kids today are taught this. In fact, I spoke at a meeting and one of the people who put this slide up, my secret to success, and they got attacked on Facebook. Oh, that&#x27;s stupid. I would never do that. I&#x27;m not going to give more time to the man. They got to pay me. They want me to work. They got to pay me. And I just told them, I said, see, that&#x27;s the dime a dozen people. Those are the people that come to work late. They leave early. They do as little as possible for a paycheck. They&#x27;re the ones not going to get promoted. They&#x27;re not going to get paid more. You know, this worked for me. It&#x27;s worked for my kids. And I know it will work for your listeners. Be the MVE, the most valuable employee. Yeah. Folks, you can have the most valuable plan, the MVP. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you what we call Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan.</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> It&#x27;s a 22-step total retirement plan. And yes, it does have the financial fill-up strategy, a monthly check all the way through retirement that you can never outlive. If it&#x27;s in that GPI plan, growth, protection, lifetime income. I want to thank you, Tom Hegna, for visiting today. Folks, if you&#x27;d like to get your own plan, though, all you have to do is give us a call. Thomas will tell you how to do that. Absolutely. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also begin your journey by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice.</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims-paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about market changes and retirement preparation. This second part explores the choices people face when turning their retirement goals into a plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> the Financial Safari. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio here alongside bestselling author Coach Pete DeRuta. We also have on the line Tom Hegna. We are discussing his new book, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? Coach, in the last segment you mentioned, Survivor has been on over 20 years, and it originally started with a million-dollar prize. Yep. I threw the numbers into the inflation calculator. There you go. You want to hear what it would be in today&#x27;s dollars. Well, it&#x27;s not the financial calculator anymore, is it? No, it is a visionary engine. All right, you put in the visionary engine, and what&#x27;d you get? All right, 1.775. So that&#x27;s what you almost have to be a $2 million prize winner now in Survivor to equal what it was when it first started. Just since it started. Yeah. Incredible. Yeah. Well, Richard Hatch, we all know him. He was one of the original winners of Survivor, and he did it naked, and then he didn&#x27;t pay</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> his taxes, so then he ended up in prison. So you never want to take that route. And then Discovery stole that idea, and now we have Naked and Afraid. All sorts of Naked and Afraid. Well, we don&#x27;t have a Survivor veteran, but we do have a veteran, a U.S. military veteran, Tom Hegner. He&#x27;s also the author of a bunch of books, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, my favorite one, PBS special, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, and his brand new book, Who Wants to Be a Millionaire by Tom Hegner. Tom, we just started talking about this on the last segment, but there&#x27;s three phases of wealth. Let&#x27;s go over those. Yeah. Yeah. So the first phase is building wealth. That&#x27;s who wants to be a millionaire. Then if you have wealth, you better protect it. That&#x27;s who wants to stay a millionaire. And then in retirement, you want to distribute it to either you or your family. That&#x27;s how to live and give like a millionaire. And like I said in the last section, Pete, is that I spent my whole career on number two</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and number three, protecting and distributing wealth. This is my first foray into the building wealth, and I&#x27;m doing it for young people so that they can build wealth, and then they can retire too, you know? Yeah. Now, we say young people. How young or old can someone be to still apply these concepts? Well, I mean, anybody can apply these concepts, but the younger you are, the more effective it&#x27;s going to be because you have time. And time is the one thing that older people don&#x27;t have, that young people haven&#x27;t. And the problem is many young people waste their time. They don&#x27;t start investing young. I always say it&#x27;s the money you save in your 20s that will allow you to retire in your 60s. If you don&#x27;t save any money in your 20s, you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire in your 60s. You&#x27;re going to have to wait until you&#x27;re 70. And I just want people to retire young and have a great retirement.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Yeah. Very, very important. Because, well, Albert Einstein identified compound interest as one of the eighth wonders of the world. And there you&#x27;re hitting right on that. Because the sooner you can put money away in your favor, the sooner you&#x27;re going to be able to have that growth and that retirement you deserve. Conversely, or inversely, if you, I always get that mixed up. But on the other side, if you owe a lot of money, the compound interest will go against you on credit card debt. One of the things, I see people come in many times with 29% interest on credit cards. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s crazy. And so there&#x27;s really three keys to building wealth. Number one, you want to make more money. And we&#x27;ll talk about that. Number two, you want to spend wiser. And I would say spend less, but at least spend wiser. And number three, you want to put your money into appreciating assets. See, think about it, coach. Most people put their money into depreciating assets.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> The car, boats, jet skis, RVs, clothes, computers, iPhones, handbags, shoes. Those are all depreciating assets. They go down in value every single day. Now, we all need some depreciating assets, but that&#x27;s not where I put the majority of my wealth. So I&#x27;m not going to spend a lot of money on things that go down in value. I&#x27;m going to put my wealth in places that go up in value. And I think if people just realize that, you know, the dirty little secret, coach, is that every one of your listeners is going to earn millions of dollars. Even somebody earning $50,000 a year over their career is going to earn somewhere between three and six million dollars. But if we can get them to 100,000 a year, they&#x27;re going to earn between seven and 11 million. If I can get them up to 250,000 a year, they&#x27;re going to earn 18 to 28 million dollars</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> over their career. And it&#x27;s a lot easier to save a couple million when you got 28 million coming in than if you got three million coming in. Yeah, I agree. And so I always tell people, it&#x27;s not how much you make, it&#x27;s how much of your money do you keep. And a lot of people don&#x27;t keep enough. And I&#x27;m on record saying that most Americans could be millionaires except for two simple things. Number one, they spend way too much money on their cars. And number two, they get divorced. So the moral of the story is drive a used car and stick with your first spouse. Now, I say that tongue in cheek, and I&#x27;m not telling people who are in abusive relationship that they shouldn&#x27;t get divorced. But what I&#x27;m saying is divorce can wipe people out. And many people are getting divorced in their 40s, 50s and 60s. And half their retirement fund is gone. Boom. And so, you know, teaching your children that picking their spouse is the most important</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> decision of life, I think is very important. And the other thing, coach, the reason I pick on cars is because it is the one thing that most people spend way too much on putting money into depreciating assets. I use me as an example. I had a chance to buy a brand new Ford F-150 pickup for $65,000. Or I could buy a two-year-old one with 13,000 miles for 30,000. Well, guess what I did? I bought the two-year-old one for 30,000. Now, if I invest that 35,000 and I get 6% interest, that&#x27;s going to gross to somewhere between $383,000 and $697,000 in retirement. If I can get 8%, it&#x27;s going to be somewhere between $401.8 million in retirement. Now, coach, that&#x27;s one vehicle.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> I&#x27;m married. I got four kids. I think we probably had 15 or 20 vehicles over our life. You know, I&#x27;m just telling you, we were just celebrating our 40th anniversary. Multiply those numbers times 10 or 15 or 20, and all of a sudden, you got millions of dollars, and coach, you see it all the time. People come in your office, and the husband and wife, they each have $1,000 a month car payments. Yeah. They&#x27;ll never get wealthy. Too many people are trying to look wealthy instead of become wealthy. See, I never cared if people thought what I looked like. I didn&#x27;t care about that. What I was doing was building wealth, and I want people to really think, do you really care in 30 years, do you think you&#x27;ll remember what car you drove 30 years ago? Will you care? Was it brand new or was it two years old? Nope. I mean, you know, I just think cars are the one thing that if people made different buying</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> decisions, that alone could help them have millions of dollars in retirement. One word I penned it years ago, I don&#x27;t know if people have picked it up, but gratisfaction, and that&#x27;s what gets people to buy cars. You want that immediate gratitude and satisfaction together, so you go buy a new car, and then we talk about it, maybe you finance it for five years, which is 60 months. About 30 months in, you might not even have that car anymore, but you still have what, Tom? You still got that payment. Got those payments. That gratisfaction gets people in trouble. So it&#x27;s about having a plan first, and the plan is not to blow your money. And did you ever watch Fantasy Island back in the day? Oh, yeah. The plane, the plane. You remember? We had the little guy. That&#x27;s right. And we always thought he was saying the plane, but really they were trying to subliminally tell you to plan. Here&#x27;s what he said. The plan, the plan. It said the plan, the plan. And people now are picking up on the fact that you really need a plan, and the plan doesn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> just involve about having a budget and spending plan. It&#x27;s knowing why you&#x27;re spending or not spending what you&#x27;re spending. And you just gave a great example of that. Taking the money you would have blown on a car and instead putting it into your account, where now you can buy five cars in the future and pay cash if you let that money build up. Yeah. And, and, and coach, the thing that people forget, they said, oh, I don&#x27;t want to save retirement. That&#x27;s boring. It&#x27;s not boring. It&#x27;s paying for my country club membership. It&#x27;s paying for my, I told you we&#x27;re going on a Mediterranean cruise. Retirement is awesome if you have the right funding for it. And my kids are jealous of us because now we&#x27;re like kids in a candy store. We&#x27;re like on summer camp every day. I play golf four to five days a week. I play pickleball two days a week. We&#x27;re going on cruises. We&#x27;re having the time of our lives. That&#x27;s what retirement&#x27;s about.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And that&#x27;s why it shouldn&#x27;t be a pain to save for retirement. You should want to save for retirement. You should want to have as great a retirement as you can have. But a lot of people think it&#x27;s boring or it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, you know, oh, that&#x27;s a waste of my time and money. No, it&#x27;s not. That&#x27;s your future life. And I always say the only person that will take care of your older self is your younger self. Let me say that again. The only person that will take care of your older self is your younger self. And I&#x27;m so proud of how my younger self took care of little old me. Well, I talked to a lot of military veterans who were in your same boat, Thomas. They learned how to save and budget like other people didn&#x27;t because you didn&#x27;t have much money, but you knew how to appreciate money and put it away because you had long-term goals. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of Who Wants to Be a Millionaire?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> What an awesome book. But after the, after we get done with the segment, I&#x27;m going to talk to Tom. I&#x27;m going to order some books from him. So we have some books to give away when you come in folks to, to get your own plan put together. Also, we have these visionary engines on our website where you can, you can map out what, what if I didn&#x27;t spend this $500 on a car? What would it be worth 30 years from now at a certain interest rate? You put in whatever interest rate and see what it is. That&#x27;s why they call it a visionary engine. Thomas, tell people how they can get the visionary engines. Absolutely. Just head over to visionaryengine.com. That&#x27;s visionaryengine.com. And we have a host of them there, depending on what your focus is. But one I think that pertains to this conversation is what does it take to be a millionaire? Yeah, that&#x27;s good. Feeds right into what we&#x27;re talking about. It does. We call it the millionaire milestone timer, but it paths out your, your path to your first</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> million. Well, Tom, we, Tom, we talked about earlier. We talked about how you, you mentioned how financial planning and retirement planning is all about like climbing a mountain, but a lot of people, more people die on the way down after climbing a mountain than the way up. So in your book on chapter seven, you say, where are you on the mountain? I think that&#x27;s good for people to identify. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Yeah. Yeah. So, you know, part of being, when you&#x27;re young, you&#x27;re at the bottom of the mountain, you&#x27;re starting to climb. And then when you, when you retire, when you&#x27;re right at retirement age, you&#x27;re at the top of the mountain, but then that, that money has to last you, who knows how long to, to 80, 90, a hundred, 110. We don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s got to get you all the way back down to the mountain. And that&#x27;s, that&#x27;s why for young people, you know, one of the things I help young people with is teaching them how to make more money. And, and I say they should follow the Japanese concept of Ikigai.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> Now, Ikigai is an intersection of four circles. So circle number one, you want to write down, what is everything you&#x27;re good at doing? Circle number two, what do you love to do? Because you might be good at some, but you ain&#x27;t doing it. That&#x27;s not a good combination. So you want to know what you&#x27;re good at. You want to know what you love to do. What does the world need? And what can you get paid to do? And I&#x27;ll use me as an example. I found my Ikigai. People say I&#x27;m good at doing this. I like doing it. The world certainly needs what I&#x27;m doing and I get paid to do it. So I found my Ikigai. You know, even Abraham Lincoln said, whatever you, whatever you are, be a good one. So like, if you&#x27;re a plumber, you should want to be the best plumber in the County. If you&#x27;re a truck driver, you want to have the best safety record because the best people are the ones to get paid more and promoted well.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> And I think we&#x27;ve forgotten that, you know, you want to be good at things that those are the people that get paid. I say there are riches in niches. Find your niche. It will make you rich. So you want to become an expert in something. You want to be able to do something better than anybody else that if they have a problem, they&#x27;re calling you because you are the person. Those people make more money. So you want to develop those skills, get some expertise. So let me share with you my secret to success. And I&#x27;ve shared this with all my kids. When you get a job, I want you to go to work early, stay late and always do more than you&#x27;re paid to do. Now people say, well, that&#x27;s crazy. Why would you do that? Because you will soon become the most valuable worker in that company. You&#x27;re going to get paid more and promoted faster than your peers who come to work late,</p><p><strong>12:34</strong> leave early and try to do as little as possible for a paycheck. Now, when I was growing up, all the kids were taught this. I don&#x27;t think kids today are taught this. In fact, I spoke at a meeting and one of the people who put this slide up, my secret to success, and they got attacked on Facebook. Oh, that&#x27;s stupid. I would never do that. I&#x27;m not going to give more time to the man. They got to pay me. They want me to work. They got to pay me. And I just told them, I said, see, that&#x27;s the dime a dozen people. Those are the people that come to work late. They leave early. They do as little as possible for a paycheck. They&#x27;re the ones not going to get promoted. They&#x27;re not going to get paid more. You know, this worked for me. It&#x27;s worked for my kids. And I know it will work for your listeners. Be the MVE, the most valuable employee. Yeah. Folks, you can have the most valuable plan, the MVP. If you call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you what we call Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan.</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> It&#x27;s a 22-step total retirement plan. And yes, it does have the financial fill-up strategy, a monthly check all the way through retirement that you can never outlive. If it&#x27;s in that GPI plan, growth, protection, lifetime income. I want to thank you, Tom Hegna, for visiting today. Folks, if you&#x27;d like to get your own plan, though, all you have to do is give us a call. Thomas will tell you how to do that. Absolutely. The number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can also begin your journey by texting keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Coach Pete Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice.</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims-paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about market changes and retirement preparation. This second part explores the choices people face when turning their retirement goals into a plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retirement Planning and Market Changes</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, Retirement Planning and Market Changes, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2/image.jpg?t=1792073506&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionair-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2/image.jpg?t=1792073506&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Aug 2023 12:50:59 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>877</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c6f25f01-4b67-47d4-9b91-b09900d34ca2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14063374" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-who-wants-to-be-a-millionair-1</link>
      <itunes:order>41</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning and Market Changes" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Understanding the Risks in Retirement (Part 4)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Understanding the Risks in Retirement (Part 4)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family&#x27;s lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here once again, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well on the line, I was going to say in studio with us, as well on the line is Mr. Phil Graham. Phil, you&#x27;re so inspiring. It feels like you&#x27;re sitting right here with us. And I&#x27;ve been to the studio multiple times. Yes, you have. Yes. Where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m visually picturing myself there right now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Where are you at right now? I am sitting at my desk in Lake Norman. Let&#x27;s talk to somebody if they&#x27;re asking themselves this question, maybe they&#x27;ve asked some friends, how much risk can I afford? So, Phil, let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s 55 years old right now, and they&#x27;re asking themselves, how much risk can they afford? What kind of answer would you give them? Coach, I remember one time I asked a lady, she was in her 80s, she was retired, and she had a bunch of money in the market. And I was like, Mrs. Jones, if you doubled your money tomorrow, would you change your lifestyle? She was like, well, no, Phil, I&#x27;ve lived within my means, and I&#x27;m happy. Maybe I&#x27;d take an extra cruise or do something special with the grandkids, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t change my life. And I remember going, well, Mrs. Jones, if you lost half your money tomorrow,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> would you change your lifestyle? Oh, by all means, Phil, I would definitely change because I&#x27;d be scared to death. That&#x27;s thought-provoking when you think about it. Then why is your money set up like you&#x27;re trying and hoping and praying to double it, but putting it completely at risk? When you&#x27;re telling me you already have enough, we need to be more concerned about not losing it, but still getting a competitive rate of return. Correct. Well, then the next question is, what types of risk are there? When we talk about risk, it&#x27;s not just stock market risk, is it? There&#x27;s inflation risk, which was kind of off everybody&#x27;s radar for the last 10 years, and it came back with a vengeance, thanks, Biden.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And there&#x27;s tax risk. I can guarantee you, well, we already know taxes are going to go up next year. Looking forward to that. They&#x27;re going to have to continue to go up, because who&#x27;s going to pay for this billions and billions of spending that we&#x27;re doing? Every time you give money away, when you hear the government doing it, there&#x27;s no such thing as government. It&#x27;s us, the people. Without us, the government has zero. Zero dollars. And I love asking people, who&#x27;s going to pay it? And people a lot of times will go, oh, the Americans. I&#x27;m like, ah, no, wrong answer. We&#x27;re the Americans. The right answer is taxpayers. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s right. Only 50% of Americans approximately actually pay income tax. Yeah. But yet everyone can vote, and they can vote for politicians who say they&#x27;ll raise taxes. Yeah, because they don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> They want the free stuff. Well, they love it, because if I&#x27;m not paying taxes, I&#x27;m going to vote for the guy who says he&#x27;s going to give me more stuff, because it doesn&#x27;t matter to me. You&#x27;re going to take the money from the guys paying taxes. So we got- Doesn&#x27;t make any sense. We got market volatility. We got inflation. We have taxes. Those are- We have healthcare expenses are going up and up and up, partly because we&#x27;re living longer, which is a good thing, but it causes a lot in healthcare. Luckily, down here in the South, we pay much less. Coach, you and I have some friends up in the Northeast. They&#x27;re paying over $200,000 a year today for nursing home care. Wow. Well, that&#x27;ll burn through a million dollars really quick at $200,000 a year. Well, nursing home, big thing too. Now, the traditional long-term care policies is not the only way to make sure you&#x27;re covered for nursing homes, correct?</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, there&#x27;s a lot of new options, like the traditional monthly or annual payment where you buy long-term care. Yep. Those have kind of gone away. The insurance companies had to keep raising rates, and it just became unattractive. Didn&#x27;t make any sense to have a policy like that if you really didn&#x27;t know what you had. If they could keep raising the fees or the cost for it, and also lowering your benefits as a trade-off for lowering your premiums, that wasn&#x27;t a real policy in my opinion. I&#x27;ve never offered one because I didn&#x27;t like the fine print. You know, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work in the last few years with what we call asset-based long-term care where- Me too. You know, for example, if you had $200,000 that we allocated to this account, it&#x27;s still going to earn interest. But if you needed that money for long-term care, they might give you a 5X or a 2X, depending on your age when you bought it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You get a multiplier where you&#x27;re leveraging that, and all the benefits are tax-free because it&#x27;s for long-term care. So it&#x27;s a way that you&#x27;re kind of self-insuring, but you&#x27;re getting a multiple on your dollars, specifically for long-term care. It&#x27;s something we look at and need to address because I can tell you, you don&#x27;t want Medicaid to be the answer. If you have money, becoming a ward of the state and being stuck in a Medicaid bed when you have money is not what you want to try to figure out. You want to kind of plan ahead for this potential expense in the future. Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to become a ward of the state, they call that there. Also, life insurance, some of the new life insurance policies will enable you to use the death benefit while you&#x27;re still living to pay for your long-term care.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> That makes a whole lot of sense. Tax-free too, by the way. You know, life insurance is such a really unique tool that sometimes people turn their nose up because they&#x27;re, you know, maybe from the, you know, the old policies from the 80s or variable life or something, they just have a bad taste. But what&#x27;s very interesting is a lot of the banks, I&#x27;m not talking about bank employees, I&#x27;m talking about the banks themselves, heavily put money into life insurance policies. It&#x27;s called a BOLI, a bank-owned life insurance. For that leverage, the wealthiest families in America use life insurance, not necessarily for the death benefit, which is just an added benefit, but for the ability to take withdrawals potentially tax-free.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We all think about Roth IRAs, but there&#x27;s limitations and all these different things, but some cash value life insurance policies can come out tax-free. And then you add what, Coach, what you&#x27;re talking about on there, the ability to access the death benefit while you&#x27;re still alive. Beautiful. For either, you know, critical illness or long-term care, home health care, it&#x27;s an amazing tool that for some people could be a possible solution to solve multiple problems. Well, it&#x27;s spectacular because if you pass away, there&#x27;s a big death benefit. If you don&#x27;t pass away, you can use the death benefit to pay for what you want. But even after the, like, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re only a couple years in, you have probably paid any money in there, and now you&#x27;re taking hundreds of thousands of dollars out a year of money you never put in to begin with out of the death benefit to pay for your long-term care, and you do it all tax-free.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s a bonus plan. If one of the plans, Coach, has return of premium, meaning you can get your money back, so it&#x27;s like the only three things that could possibly happen, you&#x27;re covered. If you change your mind, you get your money back. If you die, your family gets the tax-free death benefit. If you go, if you need home health care, assistance living in a nursing home, you get access to the death benefit for that. So literally, like the three things that can happen to you in your lifetime, there&#x27;s a 100% chance one of those three things could happen. The tool works for that. We don&#x27;t want the death to happen ever, but it happens. So we want to make sure we&#x27;re compensated and our family doesn&#x27;t have to change zip codes because a lot of people who don&#x27;t have life insurance or don&#x27;t have money put aside, and they&#x27;re the breadwinner of the family. When they pass away, the bank doesn&#x27;t care. I mean, they need that payment or they&#x27;re kicking you out of the house. The tax man doesn&#x27;t care either, by the way.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> They need the payment or they&#x27;re auctioning your house. And by the way, you never – and we&#x27;re talking about risks, the types of risks to begin this segment, and that&#x27;s where we still are in this conversation. One of the risks that people never talk about is real estate. Is real estate guaranteed to go up? Man, I just watched a video the other day, Coach, on these Airbnbs and VRBOs that so many people bought the last couple years because they wanted passive income. Right. And literally this summer, they&#x27;ve gone from 80% occupancy to zero. Wow. And they&#x27;re sitting on these half million, million dollar mortgages that they bought at the top of the market. I think there&#x27;s going to be a flood of houses coming back on the market that&#x27;s going to drop prices, even with interest rates being high. And if we see interest rates tick back down, I think we&#x27;re going to see prices drop again.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Yeah. Well, the taxes are – It&#x27;s not permanent. That&#x27;s true. You owe tax on the real estate every single year. So even if you pay your house down to zero and you say, I&#x27;m fine, you still are not what we call tax-free. So you can&#x27;t get on the TV or the radio and scream, I&#x27;m tax-free because you&#x27;re never tax-free if you own real estate because they&#x27;re going to tax you. And then we talked about it. The commissioners, county commissioners, and the city commissioners get together every year and decide how much is going to increase or keep the same your real estate taxes. We&#x27;ve had three tax increases on our property here in the last five years for a total of over 30%. See, they only tell you 10% of the time. And guess what? We don&#x27;t have that many new people moving to town. So it&#x27;s not like the cost of the city is going up. Well, you see what they spend to build a new school these days. I think my school probably cost $100,000 total.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It was a cinder block building back then. And now they&#x27;re building – they built one down the road here in Wake County for $98 million the other day. And they probably already have trailers outside because it&#x27;s not big enough. You know, back in the day, we had like one or two of those carts they would wheel through to school. It had the projector on there. Yeah, the AV cart. When that came into the classroom, you knew you were going to have a good day. Or substitute teacher. Either one was good. But nowadays, every single room has built-in everything, built-in TV, not even VCRs anymore, built-in streaming, all this kind of stuff. So that&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m glad the kids are getting that. But who&#x27;s giving it to them is anyone who owns any property. If you own a car or a house or a boat or anything like that. Even if you don&#x27;t have kids or grandkids in the area. They don&#x27;t care about that. I mean, you&#x27;re going to get taxed. So you need to make sure your money is in the most tax-efficient manner, the places it can be, and try to reduce taxes.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> But what I&#x27;m just saying, when people think that real estate has no risk, it can go down in value. And also, you owe tax on that real estate every single year. And what we&#x27;re seeing, unfortunately, is that tax increases with a double whammy. Because the value is going up with the real estate, and the tax rate goes up at the same time. So not only is it – it&#x27;s fun to look at your value go up until you realize you&#x27;ve got to pay taxes on that new value. And also, they realize the county commissioners just met, and they increased the tax rate. So that&#x27;s a double whammy, and no one&#x27;s happy with that. But again, nothing wrong with real estate. It doesn&#x27;t go away. But not all your money should be there. And real estate&#x27;s not going to give you a lifetime income. Well, and Coach, I think the key point takeaway is it&#x27;s not risk-free. Right. There is risk involved. And you may love it, and it may be a tangible asset, and those are all great things. But it&#x27;s not risk-free. Just know the risk of what you&#x27;re in, and also know the risk of not having a true plan.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And that&#x27;s why we talk over and over again about the power of having a Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, which is what we call the total retirement plan. 22 steps behind the scenes, encompassing everything from Social Security, long-term care, taxes, taxation, real estate, all the things you have, and we categorize things for you to make it easy to understand where you are right now. Then we figure out with you and your family, or you, if you don&#x27;t like your family to know, if you&#x27;re going in the right direction or not. Some guys don&#x27;t want their family to know anything. Right. So that&#x27;s okay. One guy said, Coach, the reason I fly first class all the time is because if I don&#x27;t, my daughters and sons will when I pass away. So you need to make sure that the number one person or persons you and your spouse are taken care of. But then you also need to make sure that if something goes wrong with your lives, or if you&#x27;re not here anymore, your next of kin is also taken care of. So we do all that in the Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. And we&#x27;ve also got a goodie bag of all the things we&#x27;ve talked about today,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> a grab bag of three books, a box set, and the fee and risk worksheet, and also the fee worksheet. We&#x27;re going to give all that and a plan, a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan for the next 10 of you who call right now with at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for this, but as long as you have at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement, this offers for you. And our strategies work very, very well for those of you with over a million dollars dedicated to retirement. Thomas, tell them how to do that. Sure. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. 200-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family&#x27;s lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer Advocate Thomas Lipscomb here once again, alongside America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well on the line, I was going to say in studio with us, as well on the line is Mr. Phil Graham. Phil, you&#x27;re so inspiring. It feels like you&#x27;re sitting right here with us. And I&#x27;ve been to the studio multiple times. Yes, you have. Yes. Where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m visually picturing myself there right now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Where are you at right now? I am sitting at my desk in Lake Norman. Let&#x27;s talk to somebody if they&#x27;re asking themselves this question, maybe they&#x27;ve asked some friends, how much risk can I afford? So, Phil, let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s 55 years old right now, and they&#x27;re asking themselves, how much risk can they afford? What kind of answer would you give them? Coach, I remember one time I asked a lady, she was in her 80s, she was retired, and she had a bunch of money in the market. And I was like, Mrs. Jones, if you doubled your money tomorrow, would you change your lifestyle? She was like, well, no, Phil, I&#x27;ve lived within my means, and I&#x27;m happy. Maybe I&#x27;d take an extra cruise or do something special with the grandkids, but no, I wouldn&#x27;t change my life. And I remember going, well, Mrs. Jones, if you lost half your money tomorrow,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> would you change your lifestyle? Oh, by all means, Phil, I would definitely change because I&#x27;d be scared to death. That&#x27;s thought-provoking when you think about it. Then why is your money set up like you&#x27;re trying and hoping and praying to double it, but putting it completely at risk? When you&#x27;re telling me you already have enough, we need to be more concerned about not losing it, but still getting a competitive rate of return. Correct. Well, then the next question is, what types of risk are there? When we talk about risk, it&#x27;s not just stock market risk, is it? There&#x27;s inflation risk, which was kind of off everybody&#x27;s radar for the last 10 years, and it came back with a vengeance, thanks, Biden.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And there&#x27;s tax risk. I can guarantee you, well, we already know taxes are going to go up next year. Looking forward to that. They&#x27;re going to have to continue to go up, because who&#x27;s going to pay for this billions and billions of spending that we&#x27;re doing? Every time you give money away, when you hear the government doing it, there&#x27;s no such thing as government. It&#x27;s us, the people. Without us, the government has zero. Zero dollars. And I love asking people, who&#x27;s going to pay it? And people a lot of times will go, oh, the Americans. I&#x27;m like, ah, no, wrong answer. We&#x27;re the Americans. The right answer is taxpayers. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s right. Only 50% of Americans approximately actually pay income tax. Yeah. But yet everyone can vote, and they can vote for politicians who say they&#x27;ll raise taxes. Yeah, because they don&#x27;t care.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> They want the free stuff. Well, they love it, because if I&#x27;m not paying taxes, I&#x27;m going to vote for the guy who says he&#x27;s going to give me more stuff, because it doesn&#x27;t matter to me. You&#x27;re going to take the money from the guys paying taxes. So we got- Doesn&#x27;t make any sense. We got market volatility. We got inflation. We have taxes. Those are- We have healthcare expenses are going up and up and up, partly because we&#x27;re living longer, which is a good thing, but it causes a lot in healthcare. Luckily, down here in the South, we pay much less. Coach, you and I have some friends up in the Northeast. They&#x27;re paying over $200,000 a year today for nursing home care. Wow. Well, that&#x27;ll burn through a million dollars really quick at $200,000 a year. Well, nursing home, big thing too. Now, the traditional long-term care policies is not the only way to make sure you&#x27;re covered for nursing homes, correct?</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, there&#x27;s a lot of new options, like the traditional monthly or annual payment where you buy long-term care. Yep. Those have kind of gone away. The insurance companies had to keep raising rates, and it just became unattractive. Didn&#x27;t make any sense to have a policy like that if you really didn&#x27;t know what you had. If they could keep raising the fees or the cost for it, and also lowering your benefits as a trade-off for lowering your premiums, that wasn&#x27;t a real policy in my opinion. I&#x27;ve never offered one because I didn&#x27;t like the fine print. You know, I&#x27;ve done a lot of work in the last few years with what we call asset-based long-term care where- Me too. You know, for example, if you had $200,000 that we allocated to this account, it&#x27;s still going to earn interest. But if you needed that money for long-term care, they might give you a 5X or a 2X, depending on your age when you bought it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You get a multiplier where you&#x27;re leveraging that, and all the benefits are tax-free because it&#x27;s for long-term care. So it&#x27;s a way that you&#x27;re kind of self-insuring, but you&#x27;re getting a multiple on your dollars, specifically for long-term care. It&#x27;s something we look at and need to address because I can tell you, you don&#x27;t want Medicaid to be the answer. If you have money, becoming a ward of the state and being stuck in a Medicaid bed when you have money is not what you want to try to figure out. You want to kind of plan ahead for this potential expense in the future. Yeah, you don&#x27;t want to become a ward of the state, they call that there. Also, life insurance, some of the new life insurance policies will enable you to use the death benefit while you&#x27;re still living to pay for your long-term care.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> That makes a whole lot of sense. Tax-free too, by the way. You know, life insurance is such a really unique tool that sometimes people turn their nose up because they&#x27;re, you know, maybe from the, you know, the old policies from the 80s or variable life or something, they just have a bad taste. But what&#x27;s very interesting is a lot of the banks, I&#x27;m not talking about bank employees, I&#x27;m talking about the banks themselves, heavily put money into life insurance policies. It&#x27;s called a BOLI, a bank-owned life insurance. For that leverage, the wealthiest families in America use life insurance, not necessarily for the death benefit, which is just an added benefit, but for the ability to take withdrawals potentially tax-free.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We all think about Roth IRAs, but there&#x27;s limitations and all these different things, but some cash value life insurance policies can come out tax-free. And then you add what, Coach, what you&#x27;re talking about on there, the ability to access the death benefit while you&#x27;re still alive. Beautiful. For either, you know, critical illness or long-term care, home health care, it&#x27;s an amazing tool that for some people could be a possible solution to solve multiple problems. Well, it&#x27;s spectacular because if you pass away, there&#x27;s a big death benefit. If you don&#x27;t pass away, you can use the death benefit to pay for what you want. But even after the, like, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re only a couple years in, you have probably paid any money in there, and now you&#x27;re taking hundreds of thousands of dollars out a year of money you never put in to begin with out of the death benefit to pay for your long-term care, and you do it all tax-free.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s a bonus plan. If one of the plans, Coach, has return of premium, meaning you can get your money back, so it&#x27;s like the only three things that could possibly happen, you&#x27;re covered. If you change your mind, you get your money back. If you die, your family gets the tax-free death benefit. If you go, if you need home health care, assistance living in a nursing home, you get access to the death benefit for that. So literally, like the three things that can happen to you in your lifetime, there&#x27;s a 100% chance one of those three things could happen. The tool works for that. We don&#x27;t want the death to happen ever, but it happens. So we want to make sure we&#x27;re compensated and our family doesn&#x27;t have to change zip codes because a lot of people who don&#x27;t have life insurance or don&#x27;t have money put aside, and they&#x27;re the breadwinner of the family. When they pass away, the bank doesn&#x27;t care. I mean, they need that payment or they&#x27;re kicking you out of the house. The tax man doesn&#x27;t care either, by the way.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> They need the payment or they&#x27;re auctioning your house. And by the way, you never – and we&#x27;re talking about risks, the types of risks to begin this segment, and that&#x27;s where we still are in this conversation. One of the risks that people never talk about is real estate. Is real estate guaranteed to go up? Man, I just watched a video the other day, Coach, on these Airbnbs and VRBOs that so many people bought the last couple years because they wanted passive income. Right. And literally this summer, they&#x27;ve gone from 80% occupancy to zero. Wow. And they&#x27;re sitting on these half million, million dollar mortgages that they bought at the top of the market. I think there&#x27;s going to be a flood of houses coming back on the market that&#x27;s going to drop prices, even with interest rates being high. And if we see interest rates tick back down, I think we&#x27;re going to see prices drop again.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Yeah. Well, the taxes are – It&#x27;s not permanent. That&#x27;s true. You owe tax on the real estate every single year. So even if you pay your house down to zero and you say, I&#x27;m fine, you still are not what we call tax-free. So you can&#x27;t get on the TV or the radio and scream, I&#x27;m tax-free because you&#x27;re never tax-free if you own real estate because they&#x27;re going to tax you. And then we talked about it. The commissioners, county commissioners, and the city commissioners get together every year and decide how much is going to increase or keep the same your real estate taxes. We&#x27;ve had three tax increases on our property here in the last five years for a total of over 30%. See, they only tell you 10% of the time. And guess what? We don&#x27;t have that many new people moving to town. So it&#x27;s not like the cost of the city is going up. Well, you see what they spend to build a new school these days. I think my school probably cost $100,000 total.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> It was a cinder block building back then. And now they&#x27;re building – they built one down the road here in Wake County for $98 million the other day. And they probably already have trailers outside because it&#x27;s not big enough. You know, back in the day, we had like one or two of those carts they would wheel through to school. It had the projector on there. Yeah, the AV cart. When that came into the classroom, you knew you were going to have a good day. Or substitute teacher. Either one was good. But nowadays, every single room has built-in everything, built-in TV, not even VCRs anymore, built-in streaming, all this kind of stuff. So that&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m glad the kids are getting that. But who&#x27;s giving it to them is anyone who owns any property. If you own a car or a house or a boat or anything like that. Even if you don&#x27;t have kids or grandkids in the area. They don&#x27;t care about that. I mean, you&#x27;re going to get taxed. So you need to make sure your money is in the most tax-efficient manner, the places it can be, and try to reduce taxes.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> But what I&#x27;m just saying, when people think that real estate has no risk, it can go down in value. And also, you owe tax on that real estate every single year. And what we&#x27;re seeing, unfortunately, is that tax increases with a double whammy. Because the value is going up with the real estate, and the tax rate goes up at the same time. So not only is it – it&#x27;s fun to look at your value go up until you realize you&#x27;ve got to pay taxes on that new value. And also, they realize the county commissioners just met, and they increased the tax rate. So that&#x27;s a double whammy, and no one&#x27;s happy with that. But again, nothing wrong with real estate. It doesn&#x27;t go away. But not all your money should be there. And real estate&#x27;s not going to give you a lifetime income. Well, and Coach, I think the key point takeaway is it&#x27;s not risk-free. Right. There is risk involved. And you may love it, and it may be a tangible asset, and those are all great things. But it&#x27;s not risk-free. Just know the risk of what you&#x27;re in, and also know the risk of not having a true plan.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And that&#x27;s why we talk over and over again about the power of having a Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, which is what we call the total retirement plan. 22 steps behind the scenes, encompassing everything from Social Security, long-term care, taxes, taxation, real estate, all the things you have, and we categorize things for you to make it easy to understand where you are right now. Then we figure out with you and your family, or you, if you don&#x27;t like your family to know, if you&#x27;re going in the right direction or not. Some guys don&#x27;t want their family to know anything. Right. So that&#x27;s okay. One guy said, Coach, the reason I fly first class all the time is because if I don&#x27;t, my daughters and sons will when I pass away. So you need to make sure that the number one person or persons you and your spouse are taken care of. But then you also need to make sure that if something goes wrong with your lives, or if you&#x27;re not here anymore, your next of kin is also taken care of. So we do all that in the Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. And we&#x27;ve also got a goodie bag of all the things we&#x27;ve talked about today,</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> a grab bag of three books, a box set, and the fee and risk worksheet, and also the fee worksheet. We&#x27;re going to give all that and a plan, a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan for the next 10 of you who call right now with at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement. We&#x27;ve seen others charge over $1,000 for this, but as long as you have at least $200,000 dedicated to retirement, this offers for you. And our strategies work very, very well for those of you with over a million dollars dedicated to retirement. Thomas, tell them how to do that. Sure. Just call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword PLAN to 600-700. PLAN to 600-700. 200-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800-800</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham, Coach Pete, and Thomas Lipscomb discuss how to think about risk as retirement approaches. The conversation considers market losses, taxes, long-term care, real estate, and the effect of those risks on a family's lifestyle.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, tax planning, long-term care, real estate, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/image.jpg?t=1792073522&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/image.jpg?t=1792073522&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:12 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8e11f67e-e24a-48c7-a56c-b06e00fa7647/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12201089" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-3</link>
      <itunes:order>42</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding the Risks in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:20" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:21" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:06" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Taxes, Retirement Accounts, and an Income Plan (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Taxes, Retirement Accounts, and an Income Plan (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Phil Graham discuss tax planning and turning retirement savings into income. They consider retirement accounts, investment choices, and the importance of understanding the purpose of each part of a plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio once again, alongside bestselling author America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line. Welcome back into the conversation, guys. Good conversation, Thomas. I want to talk quickly. I want to ruin the conversation here. Talk about taxes. Taxes is no fun for anybody, but tax planning can make it a little more fun,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> a little less non-fun, by planning ahead so you know exactly what&#x27;s going to happen so the tax man can&#x27;t kick you in your behind unexpectedly. So we&#x27;ve got our tax planning guide out, don&#x27;t we? I love it. Every good video game has to have its arch nemesis, and so let&#x27;s see what we can do to the IRS. And we&#x27;ll show you just different tools and techniques people have used. Tax planning guide, your roadmap to reduce taxes this year and in the future. Hot off the presses. We&#x27;ve got a pretty good number of copies of this. We&#x27;ll give out what people call in. Come in and get it as well. We have a PDF form of it. Is it going to be on one of our websites? It is. It&#x27;s available actually right now at yourmoneydesk.com. So if you head over to yourmoneydesk.com, scroll down there on the page, and you will see that 2023 tax guide. Your Money Desk. Very good to do. Now, do we have a Through the Years this week?</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> We do. Listen to this. Through the Years. Let&#x27;s take a trip back in time. Back in time. 1975, the year of Jaws, the introduction of Betamax. Patty Hearst was released, and Jimmy Hoffa disappeared. Inflation stood at 9.2%. The Dow ended the year just under $4,000. That&#x27;s up 34% on the year. A new car costs you about $4,200. You get $300 back if you bought a Chrysler. Only Chrysler gives you a $300 check. Not GM, not Ford. Gas, $0.44 per gallon. Buy a house for about $40,000. Average wage, $8,600. Television viewing was changed forever with the introduction of the Sony Betamax. This totally new concept in home entertainment will expand your enjoyment of television viewing</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> to a level that was, a short time ago. Nothing more than an ambitious dream. Well, speaking of TV, we marveled at the $6 million man. Gentlemen, we can rebuild him. We have the technology. We got laughs from Saturday Night Live. Jane, you ignorant slut. And we headed on up with the Jeffersons. Well, we&#x27;re moving on up. We&#x27;re moving on up. To the east side. President Gerald Ford survived two assassination attempts. Jimmy Hoffa, the ex-Teamsters boss, disappeared, never to be heard from again. Fitzsimmons denied renewed speculation that organized crime was moving into the Teamsters&#x27; union and that there might be a possible connection between organized crime and Hoffa&#x27;s disappearance. Speaking of the mob, The Godfather Part II was released and we never looked at sharks the same way again after watching Jaws.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> You&#x27;re going to need a bigger boat. The biggest sports story of the year had to be the Thrilla in Manila. That was the biggest round of the fight for anybody. Muhammad Ali beat Joe Frazier in 14 rounds in the Philippines to retain the WBC-WBA heavyweight title. If you retired in 1975, you needed about $86,000 to be comfortable. Musically, we grooved with David Bowie. We took it to the limit with the Eagles. We walked this way with Aerosmith. And on that note, we&#x27;ll rock out of 1975 and back to reality. We&#x27;ve now arrived safely back in the present. We hope you enjoyed your trip. Here&#x27;s to a smooth ride into retirement. Used to love the Jeffersons back in the day. George. Phil, do you like the Jeffersons?</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> I love the Jeffersons. George Jefferson. I like the J-M. We were going out on there. Samira Smith. That was very nice. I like good times, too. They didn&#x27;t say nothing about good times. Oh, that was JJ. Yeah. JJ. Dynamite. Dynamite. Hey, Thomas, let&#x27;s give out. Now, if people want to email in questions or if they want to listen to shows of the past, they can always do that at FinancialSafari.com, can&#x27;t they? They can. Just head over to FinancialSafari.com. We have a great way there as well where you can ask your question in your own voice. There&#x27;s this big red button. You can actually record in your own voice. This could be featured here on the program. A question for Coach and the team. FinancialSafari.com. So, Phil, income strategies in retirement, a little different than income strategies when we&#x27;re working, aren&#x27;t they? I mean, they&#x27;re completely different. Because when you&#x27;re working, you&#x27;re getting that wage or that paycheck from your employer</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> coming in. Wage rate. And when you&#x27;re retired, you&#x27;re responsible for your own paycheck. Yeah. So, that&#x27;s the reason. And there&#x27;s no more money going in the bucket. Right. Well, the bucket has holes in it. That&#x27;s because of taxes and money you need. So, you need to make sure you&#x27;re constantly pouring new income water into it so it never, well, I would like mine to almost overflow, but you never need it empty, do you? Well, when we&#x27;re doing income planning, we always say, we don&#x27;t want your retirement income to take a hit. Right. H-I-T. The acronym stands for healthcare inflation and taxes. Now, I like to add market volatility as a fourth letter to that. They hit them. Yeah. Yeah. But healthcare, massive potential expense.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> And by the way, Medicare part B is means tested based on your taxable income. Since we&#x27;re talking about taxes, we want to lower your taxable income. Not the amount of money in your pocket, but the amount of that money that&#x27;s actually taxable is what we want to decrease. Inflation is like the silent killer. It&#x27;s like carbon monoxide. Like, inflation risk early in retirement can be devastating to your money lasting forever. And then taxes. You know, I know that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about now, but what I&#x27;ve learned is that I can put more spendable money in someone&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminated taxes than I can by chasing a higher rate of return. Yeah. Well, many times- All day long. When people chase a higher rate of return, what happens in many times?</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> Well, now they&#x27;re putting their money at more risk. They get less and less of return. As a matter of fact, they might have a negative number or two. So we can keep their income safe and guaranteed, but if we can lower their taxes, the net spendable dollars goes up dramatically. There&#x27;s a bunch of steps in Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, and all three of the things we just mentioned, as well as market risk, are mentioned in Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. We address that. Where you are right now, where you should be, where you can be, changes to make, additions to make, fine-tuning. And we&#x27;re going to offer that, Thomas, for the next 10 people to call. They&#x27;ll get their very own Coach Pete power plan. It gives the insight. It has a financial fill-up strategy. Also has retirement autopilot, where you don&#x27;t have to worry anymore about where the income is going to come from. And when I hear that sound on a plane, I go to sleep.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> I&#x27;m one of the only people that I know that can sleep sitting up because I&#x27;ve traveled so much. But we need to make sure that we can do whatever we want to do in retirement. And one of the main things, having retirement autopilot in place, but getting a true plan where you know exactly what&#x27;s happening, not guessing anymore and hoping. Those are not strategies, yet if you&#x27;re in the market, it is guesses and hopes because no one really knows what&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow. Heck, we barely know what happens intraday in the market. The market starts up and it ends down. It starts down, ends up. Who knows what&#x27;s happening day to day? And then the Dow goes to sleep for the night, wakes up the next day, and it forgot everything that happened the day before. So let&#x27;s make sure we get the right plan for the right time of our life, get that confidence we need to approach retirement on our terms. And we&#x27;ll do that for the next 10 of you who call right now at no cost, no obligation. In other words, free. That&#x27;s a four-letter word that I like, F-R-E-E. Thomas, tell them how to call that.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> All right. That number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can always text the keyword plan to 600-700 as well. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Phil, we talked about the, earlier on the show, we talked about the difference in what a difference a fee can make in your balance at the end. And a lot of people, I think they might be shocked about it. We talked about the same accounts, like the same starting amount, 200,000 and four different accounts. And each account had different annual fees. One had zero annual fees. And then one had 1%, one had 2%, one had 3%. The difference is astounding between the 0% and the 3% fee. But let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s trucking along at, let&#x27;s say, 2% fees, which a lot of people still accept a 2% fee. 20 years later, after starting with $200,000, getting 6% a year compounded.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> Now, of course, there aren&#x27;t many accounts that guarantee you to get the same amount of money every single year. That&#x27;s risk. That&#x27;s at risk. But we&#x27;re pretending here. 20 years later, you&#x27;d have $437,000. So you started with $200,000. 20 years later, you have $437,000. That&#x27;s not too bad. But that&#x27;s a 2% fee&#x27;s been coming out every year. Contrast that to if you didn&#x27;t have a fee, you&#x27;d have $641,000. So that&#x27;s almost the difference of $200,000 in 20 years. And the accounts are basically, there&#x27;s nothing else different except for the fees in there. Which account would you rather have? Well, Coach, you talked about one of your favorite four-letter words is free. Absolutely. Well, everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word is math. Math. M-A-T-H. Math. Everybody hates math because it doesn&#x27;t lie. And what&#x27;s interesting, psychologically, you hear 2% fee.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> And it doesn&#x27;t sound that bad, right? Like, oh, that&#x27;s not that high. Well, if you have 6% gains and you subtract a 2% fee and you net 4%, that&#x27;s like a 33% reduction in your gain. Yep. So to me, that&#x27;s actually a 30% fee. And that compound interest is on your side, usually. So again, you were at 20 years. You were in the 0% fee account. You had 641,000 after starting with 200,000. But 30 years, that&#x27;s only 10 years more. Now you have 1.148 million. Money&#x27;s almost doubled in that 10 years going forward. That&#x27;s the beauty of compounding. The account that you had the 2% fee in went from 437 to 647. So now contrast that 647,000 to $1.148 million.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> Again, both accounts the same as far as interest rate. The only thing different was the fee charging. That&#x27;s a gigantic difference. And that&#x27;s why compounding, as we get older in our life, means a whole lot more to us than we start. But starting, the soonest you can start, the better. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t started at all. A lot of people haven&#x27;t educated themselves on the differences in different accounts out there. Just putting your money in the 401k is a great place to start, but in my opinion, not the place to finish. If you&#x27;re over 55, you need to start exploring different ways you can move some of your money from your 401k into your very own tax-qualified IRA. We call it a super IRA. Especially if you&#x27;ve had three or four different jobs, three or four different 401ks. Why not consolidate them in one place and now get a lifetime income from there you never have to worry about? And maybe we&#x27;ve seen people that are able to retire a couple years ahead of time because they put the money in a different place than having it at risk.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> How much sense does that make? I mean, it makes a lot of sense. Plus, now you have control as the consumer. Yes. You&#x27;re controlling what that money is, how it&#x27;s working for you, not only being able to access the options included in a 401k. You control it now, which to me would be much more comfortable. Yeah, very, very important. Thomas, we see it all the time. People are confused. I understand. I mean, gosh, I don&#x27;t know a thing about cars except I know how to press the button to start it. But if I went into a dealership and he said, well, you&#x27;ve got this kind of differential over here, you need this kind of oil. My eyes gloss over. Now, I used to change my own oil growing up. But nowadays, if you change it, what are you going to do with it? You can&#x27;t dump it anywhere. Sure. So I&#x27;d rather have somebody else do it. Same thing in a financial world. Let the professionals handle what the professionals do.</p><p><strong>11:43</strong> And again, we have both hats. We have the risk hat. We have the safe hat. We&#x27;re a fiduciary planning organization. First thing we do is look at where you are now, educate you on what you have. And then we find out what you want to do in the future. Then we put a plan together that makes sense for what you&#x27;ve told us you want to do. And many people tell us what they want to do. And then we look at the plan they currently have with their current broker. And it has nothing to do with what they want to do. So let&#x27;s put a plan together that answers all the questions you want to do. And that&#x27;s what a true fiduciary team does. We call it the Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan. The next 10 of you who call will do one for you at no cost or obligation. Also, a three-book set and that 401k survival box set that has that fee worksheet we talked about in the workbook. It&#x27;s very eye-opening. Make a step in the right direction. Call 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Phil Graham discuss tax planning and turning retirement savings into income. They consider retirement accounts, investment choices, and the importance of understanding the purpose of each part of a plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb in studio once again, alongside bestselling author America&#x27;s Wealth, Financial, and Income Coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. We also have Phil Graham on the line. Welcome back into the conversation, guys. Good conversation, Thomas. I want to talk quickly. I want to ruin the conversation here. Talk about taxes. Taxes is no fun for anybody, but tax planning can make it a little more fun,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> a little less non-fun, by planning ahead so you know exactly what&#x27;s going to happen so the tax man can&#x27;t kick you in your behind unexpectedly. So we&#x27;ve got our tax planning guide out, don&#x27;t we? I love it. Every good video game has to have its arch nemesis, and so let&#x27;s see what we can do to the IRS. And we&#x27;ll show you just different tools and techniques people have used. Tax planning guide, your roadmap to reduce taxes this year and in the future. Hot off the presses. We&#x27;ve got a pretty good number of copies of this. We&#x27;ll give out what people call in. Come in and get it as well. We have a PDF form of it. Is it going to be on one of our websites? It is. It&#x27;s available actually right now at yourmoneydesk.com. So if you head over to yourmoneydesk.com, scroll down there on the page, and you will see that 2023 tax guide. Your Money Desk. Very good to do. Now, do we have a Through the Years this week?</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> We do. Listen to this. Through the Years. Let&#x27;s take a trip back in time. Back in time. 1975, the year of Jaws, the introduction of Betamax. Patty Hearst was released, and Jimmy Hoffa disappeared. Inflation stood at 9.2%. The Dow ended the year just under $4,000. That&#x27;s up 34% on the year. A new car costs you about $4,200. You get $300 back if you bought a Chrysler. Only Chrysler gives you a $300 check. Not GM, not Ford. Gas, $0.44 per gallon. Buy a house for about $40,000. Average wage, $8,600. Television viewing was changed forever with the introduction of the Sony Betamax. This totally new concept in home entertainment will expand your enjoyment of television viewing</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> to a level that was, a short time ago. Nothing more than an ambitious dream. Well, speaking of TV, we marveled at the $6 million man. Gentlemen, we can rebuild him. We have the technology. We got laughs from Saturday Night Live. Jane, you ignorant slut. And we headed on up with the Jeffersons. Well, we&#x27;re moving on up. We&#x27;re moving on up. To the east side. President Gerald Ford survived two assassination attempts. Jimmy Hoffa, the ex-Teamsters boss, disappeared, never to be heard from again. Fitzsimmons denied renewed speculation that organized crime was moving into the Teamsters&#x27; union and that there might be a possible connection between organized crime and Hoffa&#x27;s disappearance. Speaking of the mob, The Godfather Part II was released and we never looked at sharks the same way again after watching Jaws.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> You&#x27;re going to need a bigger boat. The biggest sports story of the year had to be the Thrilla in Manila. That was the biggest round of the fight for anybody. Muhammad Ali beat Joe Frazier in 14 rounds in the Philippines to retain the WBC-WBA heavyweight title. If you retired in 1975, you needed about $86,000 to be comfortable. Musically, we grooved with David Bowie. We took it to the limit with the Eagles. We walked this way with Aerosmith. And on that note, we&#x27;ll rock out of 1975 and back to reality. We&#x27;ve now arrived safely back in the present. We hope you enjoyed your trip. Here&#x27;s to a smooth ride into retirement. Used to love the Jeffersons back in the day. George. Phil, do you like the Jeffersons?</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> I love the Jeffersons. George Jefferson. I like the J-M. We were going out on there. Samira Smith. That was very nice. I like good times, too. They didn&#x27;t say nothing about good times. Oh, that was JJ. Yeah. JJ. Dynamite. Dynamite. Hey, Thomas, let&#x27;s give out. Now, if people want to email in questions or if they want to listen to shows of the past, they can always do that at FinancialSafari.com, can&#x27;t they? They can. Just head over to FinancialSafari.com. We have a great way there as well where you can ask your question in your own voice. There&#x27;s this big red button. You can actually record in your own voice. This could be featured here on the program. A question for Coach and the team. FinancialSafari.com. So, Phil, income strategies in retirement, a little different than income strategies when we&#x27;re working, aren&#x27;t they? I mean, they&#x27;re completely different. Because when you&#x27;re working, you&#x27;re getting that wage or that paycheck from your employer</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> coming in. Wage rate. And when you&#x27;re retired, you&#x27;re responsible for your own paycheck. Yeah. So, that&#x27;s the reason. And there&#x27;s no more money going in the bucket. Right. Well, the bucket has holes in it. That&#x27;s because of taxes and money you need. So, you need to make sure you&#x27;re constantly pouring new income water into it so it never, well, I would like mine to almost overflow, but you never need it empty, do you? Well, when we&#x27;re doing income planning, we always say, we don&#x27;t want your retirement income to take a hit. Right. H-I-T. The acronym stands for healthcare inflation and taxes. Now, I like to add market volatility as a fourth letter to that. They hit them. Yeah. Yeah. But healthcare, massive potential expense.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> And by the way, Medicare part B is means tested based on your taxable income. Since we&#x27;re talking about taxes, we want to lower your taxable income. Not the amount of money in your pocket, but the amount of that money that&#x27;s actually taxable is what we want to decrease. Inflation is like the silent killer. It&#x27;s like carbon monoxide. Like, inflation risk early in retirement can be devastating to your money lasting forever. And then taxes. You know, I know that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about now, but what I&#x27;ve learned is that I can put more spendable money in someone&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminated taxes than I can by chasing a higher rate of return. Yeah. Well, many times- All day long. When people chase a higher rate of return, what happens in many times?</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> Well, now they&#x27;re putting their money at more risk. They get less and less of return. As a matter of fact, they might have a negative number or two. So we can keep their income safe and guaranteed, but if we can lower their taxes, the net spendable dollars goes up dramatically. There&#x27;s a bunch of steps in Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan, and all three of the things we just mentioned, as well as market risk, are mentioned in Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. We address that. Where you are right now, where you should be, where you can be, changes to make, additions to make, fine-tuning. And we&#x27;re going to offer that, Thomas, for the next 10 people to call. They&#x27;ll get their very own Coach Pete power plan. It gives the insight. It has a financial fill-up strategy. Also has retirement autopilot, where you don&#x27;t have to worry anymore about where the income is going to come from. And when I hear that sound on a plane, I go to sleep.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> I&#x27;m one of the only people that I know that can sleep sitting up because I&#x27;ve traveled so much. But we need to make sure that we can do whatever we want to do in retirement. And one of the main things, having retirement autopilot in place, but getting a true plan where you know exactly what&#x27;s happening, not guessing anymore and hoping. Those are not strategies, yet if you&#x27;re in the market, it is guesses and hopes because no one really knows what&#x27;s going to happen tomorrow. Heck, we barely know what happens intraday in the market. The market starts up and it ends down. It starts down, ends up. Who knows what&#x27;s happening day to day? And then the Dow goes to sleep for the night, wakes up the next day, and it forgot everything that happened the day before. So let&#x27;s make sure we get the right plan for the right time of our life, get that confidence we need to approach retirement on our terms. And we&#x27;ll do that for the next 10 of you who call right now at no cost, no obligation. In other words, free. That&#x27;s a four-letter word that I like, F-R-E-E. Thomas, tell them how to call that.</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> All right. That number 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You can always text the keyword plan to 600-700 as well. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Phil, we talked about the, earlier on the show, we talked about the difference in what a difference a fee can make in your balance at the end. And a lot of people, I think they might be shocked about it. We talked about the same accounts, like the same starting amount, 200,000 and four different accounts. And each account had different annual fees. One had zero annual fees. And then one had 1%, one had 2%, one had 3%. The difference is astounding between the 0% and the 3% fee. But let&#x27;s say somebody&#x27;s trucking along at, let&#x27;s say, 2% fees, which a lot of people still accept a 2% fee. 20 years later, after starting with $200,000, getting 6% a year compounded.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> Now, of course, there aren&#x27;t many accounts that guarantee you to get the same amount of money every single year. That&#x27;s risk. That&#x27;s at risk. But we&#x27;re pretending here. 20 years later, you&#x27;d have $437,000. So you started with $200,000. 20 years later, you have $437,000. That&#x27;s not too bad. But that&#x27;s a 2% fee&#x27;s been coming out every year. Contrast that to if you didn&#x27;t have a fee, you&#x27;d have $641,000. So that&#x27;s almost the difference of $200,000 in 20 years. And the accounts are basically, there&#x27;s nothing else different except for the fees in there. Which account would you rather have? Well, Coach, you talked about one of your favorite four-letter words is free. Absolutely. Well, everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word is math. Math. M-A-T-H. Math. Everybody hates math because it doesn&#x27;t lie. And what&#x27;s interesting, psychologically, you hear 2% fee.</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> And it doesn&#x27;t sound that bad, right? Like, oh, that&#x27;s not that high. Well, if you have 6% gains and you subtract a 2% fee and you net 4%, that&#x27;s like a 33% reduction in your gain. Yep. So to me, that&#x27;s actually a 30% fee. And that compound interest is on your side, usually. So again, you were at 20 years. You were in the 0% fee account. You had 641,000 after starting with 200,000. But 30 years, that&#x27;s only 10 years more. Now you have 1.148 million. Money&#x27;s almost doubled in that 10 years going forward. That&#x27;s the beauty of compounding. The account that you had the 2% fee in went from 437 to 647. So now contrast that 647,000 to $1.148 million.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> Again, both accounts the same as far as interest rate. The only thing different was the fee charging. That&#x27;s a gigantic difference. And that&#x27;s why compounding, as we get older in our life, means a whole lot more to us than we start. But starting, the soonest you can start, the better. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t started at all. A lot of people haven&#x27;t educated themselves on the differences in different accounts out there. Just putting your money in the 401k is a great place to start, but in my opinion, not the place to finish. If you&#x27;re over 55, you need to start exploring different ways you can move some of your money from your 401k into your very own tax-qualified IRA. We call it a super IRA. Especially if you&#x27;ve had three or four different jobs, three or four different 401ks. Why not consolidate them in one place and now get a lifetime income from there you never have to worry about? And maybe we&#x27;ve seen people that are able to retire a couple years ahead of time because they put the money in a different place than having it at risk.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> How much sense does that make? I mean, it makes a lot of sense. Plus, now you have control as the consumer. Yes. You&#x27;re controlling what that money is, how it&#x27;s working for you, not only being able to access the options included in a 401k. You control it now, which to me would be much more comfortable. Yeah, very, very important. Thomas, we see it all the time. People are confused. I understand. I mean, gosh, I don&#x27;t know a thing about cars except I know how to press the button to start it. But if I went into a dealership and he said, well, you&#x27;ve got this kind of differential over here, you need this kind of oil. My eyes gloss over. Now, I used to change my own oil growing up. But nowadays, if you change it, what are you going to do with it? You can&#x27;t dump it anywhere. Sure. So I&#x27;d rather have somebody else do it. Same thing in a financial world. Let the professionals handle what the professionals do.</p><p><strong>11:43</strong> And again, we have both hats. We have the risk hat. We have the safe hat. We&#x27;re a fiduciary planning organization. First thing we do is look at where you are now, educate you on what you have. And then we find out what you want to do in the future. Then we put a plan together that makes sense for what you&#x27;ve told us you want to do. And many people tell us what they want to do. And then we look at the plan they currently have with their current broker. And it has nothing to do with what they want to do. So let&#x27;s put a plan together that answers all the questions you want to do. And that&#x27;s what a true fiduciary team does. We call it the Coach Pete&#x27;s Power Plan. The next 10 of you who call will do one for you at no cost or obligation. Also, a three-book set and that 401k survival box set that has that fee worksheet we talked about in the workbook. It&#x27;s very eye-opening. Make a step in the right direction. Call 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete and Phil Graham discuss tax planning and turning retirement savings into income. They consider retirement accounts, investment choices, and the importance of understanding the purpose of each part of a plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638/image.jpg?t=1792073528&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638/image.jpg?t=1792073528&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>763</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7edaeac6-5294-4342-9f80-b06e00fa7638/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12249822" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-2</link>
      <itunes:order>43</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Taxes, Retirement Accounts, and an Income Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:29" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Hidden Costs (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Medicare Premiums, Social Security Taxes, and Hidden Costs (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also on the line, we have Phil Graham, special guest. For 25 years, he&#x27;s been working with folks around the country, helping them develop proper retirement plans for today&#x27;s retirees. Phil, earlier you mentioned the acronym HIT, things that can affect our retirement planning. And you mentioned healthcare, income, and taxes.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I started thinking a little bit about vehicles, about how you can have these little things like a spoiler that can help the vehicle&#x27;s efficiency, even though it may not be necessarily the engine or a big piece of the vehicle that one would typically think about. You look at the electric cars today, they&#x27;re covering all of their wheels up with the slick wheel covers to reduce that air resistance. Something though that I wanted to kind of twist this around and just say, what else do we need to be looking at? What are some other smaller pieces to the puzzle that people may be ignoring, but shouldn&#x27;t be? I mean, I feel like so many people are looking for the big fix, like the one thing that&#x27;s just going to change retirement. That&#x27;s right. And for me, again, 25 years, we&#x27;ve helped protect over $22 billion over that time. It&#x27;s looking for a lot of little adjustments we can make that add up to big success</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in retirement. And so, you know, taxes is a big thing. Now, on the surface, taxes is like, well, I hate paying taxes. I mean, your justice learned hand said, it&#x27;s not your patriotic duty to pay the maximum amount of taxes. You should only pay the minimum required by law. But not having a plan means you&#x27;re paying the maximum. So you&#x27;re paying the maximum. Well, here&#x27;s where taxes really get important. We talk about IRA money and 401k money, which is fully taxable. Well, that can affect your Medicare Part B premiums. Because guess what? Uncle Sam goes, oh, you got more taxable income. We&#x27;re going to charge you more. Your taxable income can affect the tax rate on your social security.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> What? You mean, because I take more money out to live, you&#x27;re going to whack my social security with more tax? Hey, wasn&#x27;t social security a tax to begin with? So you&#x27;re taxing a tax. Exactly. And so when we&#x27;re doing our planning, we talk about having a tax strategy. And tax strategy is called planning ahead. It&#x27;s not just filing your taxes April 15th and paying the bill and going, oh man, I wish I had some more deductions. It&#x27;s having a true strategy on where we&#x27;re strategically going to pull income from and win in order to pay the least amount of taxes. Because not only will that put more money net spendable dollars in your pocket, it can reduce your Medicare Part B premiums.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> It can increase the amount of social security you get because it&#x27;s being taxed less. And it never reduced your spendable income. We just strategically took it from the right accounts in the right years from the right places as part of our strategy, which is different for every person. Yeah. It&#x27;s a lot different. Those little reductions or eliminations of taxes can make mean big dollars in your pocket. Well, it&#x27;s a lot different than just picking out a financial product. That&#x27;s not what financial planning is. I mean, a lot of people are under the misconception that it&#x27;s all we do here. We just get a little grab bag out and pull a financial product out. This is a good fit. No, we need to see what&#x27;s going on, what you need to do, what you want to do all the way through retirement. Then go find the strategies, not products, strategies that fit you and your family.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Then after the strategies have been double checked and they work for what we&#x27;re trying to do for you and your family, then and only then do we go out and find the products that match the strategies. And that&#x27;s very important. It&#x27;s not find a person who meets as a product. That&#x27;s what Wall Street is. Find a person, sell them stocks, bonds, mutual funds. No, this is find the strategies for the right person and then make sure they agree with that strategy. Then you find the products that exist because there&#x27;s a lot of financial products. Most of them aren&#x27;t the right fit. Well, Coach, what I&#x27;ve always been impressed about your team is that they really make sure that the clients understand the strategy and the plan. They&#x27;re not talking over people&#x27;s heads speaking in Latin. They&#x27;re really making sure that, hey, are we all on the same page? Do you understand what the strategy is, why this works? And that&#x27;s why it has so much success because</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> everybody&#x27;s bought in. Everybody understands this is what we&#x27;re doing. This is where we&#x27;re going and why. And that gets me excited. Well, you know, Phil, I have the opportunity of being able to work here at Capital Financial, and I love seeing couples who walk in the building. You know, they may look a little nervous that, you know, you&#x27;ve got, especially for the first meeting, you might have your file folder with things inside of it. And I love watching oftentimes those same couples walking out with a big smile on their face, walking with confidence, their shoulders a little bit further back in the air. And Coach, I know this is something you want to provide for folks. So folks out there listening, if you have questions about what we&#x27;re talking about and you want to take advantage of one of those complimentary consultations, 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Once again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> as well as Phil Graham. I&#x27;m going to bring us back into the conversation with a quote from Will Rogers. Be thankful we&#x27;re not getting all the government that we&#x27;re paying for. We&#x27;re paying way too much. I like it when they don&#x27;t get, when they&#x27;re not in DC, they&#x27;re all on vacation. That&#x27;s better for us. We have a vacation too. Didn&#x27;t Will Rogers have one of my other favorite quotes? I&#x27;m more concerned about the return of my money than the return on my money. There you go. Which is similar to what Warren Buffett says. He says, the number two rules of investing is number one, don&#x27;t lose money. Number two, see number one. So here&#x27;s one thing. Thomas, you mentioned that too. A lot of people have their information, their financial information scattered all over the living room or it&#x27;s in the dining room, or maybe it&#x27;s in an office in a file cabinet. In a shoebox. A shoebox. Maybe you haven&#x27;t opened the envelopes. We have people come in with all sorts of different ways they&#x27;ve kept track or not kept track of their money. What we recommend is they</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> dump it all out in our eight foot conference table. Then we help you divide it in different sections. Then we&#x27;ll use one of our financial organizers that we let you leave with. It&#x27;s got 25 different sections in it where we can help you categorize where your money is right now. And it makes it a whole lot easier than when you get the new statements to open up the organizer at that right place and put the new statement in. A whole lot easier than having it scattered, all scattered, smothered and covered. Sort of like Waffle House to tell you. Let&#x27;s unscatter your brain. Let&#x27;s unscatter your financial situation. Let&#x27;s get you a clear plan, concise plan, and let&#x27;s make sure it has retirement autopilot so you&#x27;ll never have confusion when it comes time to getting income in retirement you can&#x27;t outlive. Thomas, tell people how they can do that. Yeah. Again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Phil, a question for you. Let&#x27;s say I&#x27;m a retiree. I&#x27;m getting ready to retire. I&#x27;m about one or two years away from that. And I ask my question to myself and my family, how do I live for 30 years on the money I&#x27;ve put aside? What does somebody do next? I mean, right now you&#x27;re sitting there looking at your 401k statement. Maybe you put some money in the Exxon stock, let&#x27;s say, or maybe you&#x27;ve got a Schwab account that you self-managed some money, but totally you&#x27;ve got about a million dollars. What do you do next to make sure you can live 30 years on that or longer on that million dollars? I mean, I think you need to start putting together a plan. I mean, I don&#x27;t think this is a DIY type scenario. You don&#x27;t want to bet your livelihood on doing it yourself. And my grandmother used to say, you know, they&#x27;d say spit in one hand and wish in the</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> other and see which one fills up first. You don&#x27;t want to be wishing on your retirement. You want to have a plan. And I would want to know that at least some, if not all of my income is guaranteed in retirement, even if I live to be 120. To me, that would be my number one thing I would want to get figured out. And I beg people, don&#x27;t retire and then show up at the office and go, hey guys, I just retired at 60 and they didn&#x27;t have enough money. Because again, it comes back to math. We can do a lot of really amazing things, but it&#x27;s still math. And that becomes part of the plan. So they need to have a plan, coach. Math over markets, man. You got to have math on your side. Markets are up and down, but math is always on your side. And math doesn&#x27;t lie. You can&#x27;t argue with math. Math</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> works. Despite what you see on social media, when somebody posts a math problem there and half the people get it wrong, and then they swear they got it right because they forgot PEMDAS. That&#x27;s right. Right there. Hey, all right. So what if you live too long? I mean, that&#x27;s a question people have on their mind. Now, if you have an income plan that&#x27;s guaranteed to pay you for the rest of your life, that means the rest of your life, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re so used to these asterisks in contracts these days. Oh, well, that meant the rest of the life for your money, not your life or that kind of thing. It is really the rest of your life and your spouse&#x27;s life. There are special vehicles out there that will continue to give a paycheck until there&#x27;s nobody left to give the paycheck to. Is that correct? It&#x27;s a hundred percent correct. And again, every plan we do is different for each family, for each person, each couple. So we may not have all the income coming from that one spot, but</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> I want a foundation to know that I have that paycheck coming in even when I&#x27;m not working. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important. I mean, because we have no idea what&#x27;s going to happen in the market tomorrow, much less a week or a month or a year from now or 10 years from now. I mean, it might be something new that we don&#x27;t know about and it might destroy what you have. So nobody wants to have all their money at risk because if risk happens, we&#x27;re in a whole lot of trouble. Yeah. My job has always been, if you get to retirement, retirement and you&#x27;re not already rich and I know that&#x27;s subjective, but my job has always been to make sure people don&#x27;t become poor in retirement. That you don&#x27;t have to be the greeter at Walmart unless you want to be the greeter at Walmart. And it all goes back to the age old problem or battle between risk and safety. And so when people hear safety, they think the money&#x27;s going to not do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> anything, but there are some safe accounts that actually have decent returns. The main thing about a decent return is you never have to give it back if it&#x27;s in a safe place. You could be in the market and have a crappy return one year. Matter of fact, you could be down 5%. You say, don&#x27;t worry, next year we&#x27;ll recover. And then the next year you lose 20%. Well, now you&#x27;re down a lot. And then the year after that, you lose another 20%. So in total, you&#x27;re almost down 50%. It would take a hundred percent gain in the market to get back ahead of the market. And that&#x27;s something people forget. Math. Everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word. Math over markets. And so, you know, we&#x27;re really passionate about making sure everyone gets the plan they can be confident in. And we can give them a true independent analysis of their financial institutions and their financial products and strategies. And it&#x27;s good to have it from someone who&#x27;s totally independent. We&#x27;re not beholden to any company or strategy. So we&#x27;ll look at what you</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> have, what you want to have happen. Most of the people, I&#x27;ll tell you, Phil, most of the people we talk to, they want some safety. They want to know with certainty what their income&#x27;s going to be. So they get growth, protection, and lifetime income, GPI account. GPI stands for growth, protection, and lifetime income. And it really puts them in control of their own retirement. I&#x27;m just amazed how many times when people see that they actually can get a retirement they&#x27;d be happy with without putting excess money at risk, it really, you can see the light bulbs go off in people&#x27;s heads saying, well, gosh, why haven&#x27;t I been told about this before? And we all, we don&#x27;t know why, because many times whoever&#x27;s been giving them advice is motivated and compensated by keeping them at risk. So let&#x27;s get the safe plan. Matter of fact, you&#x27;re more at risk with a risk plan than you ever would be of not getting income than you would be in a safe plan, because we have surety and</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> simplicity with the safe plan. So Thomas, tell folks how they can get their very own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan today. It&#x27;ll put you in control. It&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. You can actually take that deep breath, that sigh, and go on vacation and not worry about what&#x27;s happening in the market. I agree. Easy first step, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Find out how much risk you&#x27;re taking. If there are any red flags or potential problems for you, get that second opinion. The number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here in studio alongside bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Also on the line, we have Phil Graham, special guest. For 25 years, he&#x27;s been working with folks around the country, helping them develop proper retirement plans for today&#x27;s retirees. Phil, earlier you mentioned the acronym HIT, things that can affect our retirement planning. And you mentioned healthcare, income, and taxes.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I started thinking a little bit about vehicles, about how you can have these little things like a spoiler that can help the vehicle&#x27;s efficiency, even though it may not be necessarily the engine or a big piece of the vehicle that one would typically think about. You look at the electric cars today, they&#x27;re covering all of their wheels up with the slick wheel covers to reduce that air resistance. Something though that I wanted to kind of twist this around and just say, what else do we need to be looking at? What are some other smaller pieces to the puzzle that people may be ignoring, but shouldn&#x27;t be? I mean, I feel like so many people are looking for the big fix, like the one thing that&#x27;s just going to change retirement. That&#x27;s right. And for me, again, 25 years, we&#x27;ve helped protect over $22 billion over that time. It&#x27;s looking for a lot of little adjustments we can make that add up to big success</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in retirement. And so, you know, taxes is a big thing. Now, on the surface, taxes is like, well, I hate paying taxes. I mean, your justice learned hand said, it&#x27;s not your patriotic duty to pay the maximum amount of taxes. You should only pay the minimum required by law. But not having a plan means you&#x27;re paying the maximum. So you&#x27;re paying the maximum. Well, here&#x27;s where taxes really get important. We talk about IRA money and 401k money, which is fully taxable. Well, that can affect your Medicare Part B premiums. Because guess what? Uncle Sam goes, oh, you got more taxable income. We&#x27;re going to charge you more. Your taxable income can affect the tax rate on your social security.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> What? You mean, because I take more money out to live, you&#x27;re going to whack my social security with more tax? Hey, wasn&#x27;t social security a tax to begin with? So you&#x27;re taxing a tax. Exactly. And so when we&#x27;re doing our planning, we talk about having a tax strategy. And tax strategy is called planning ahead. It&#x27;s not just filing your taxes April 15th and paying the bill and going, oh man, I wish I had some more deductions. It&#x27;s having a true strategy on where we&#x27;re strategically going to pull income from and win in order to pay the least amount of taxes. Because not only will that put more money net spendable dollars in your pocket, it can reduce your Medicare Part B premiums.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> It can increase the amount of social security you get because it&#x27;s being taxed less. And it never reduced your spendable income. We just strategically took it from the right accounts in the right years from the right places as part of our strategy, which is different for every person. Yeah. It&#x27;s a lot different. Those little reductions or eliminations of taxes can make mean big dollars in your pocket. Well, it&#x27;s a lot different than just picking out a financial product. That&#x27;s not what financial planning is. I mean, a lot of people are under the misconception that it&#x27;s all we do here. We just get a little grab bag out and pull a financial product out. This is a good fit. No, we need to see what&#x27;s going on, what you need to do, what you want to do all the way through retirement. Then go find the strategies, not products, strategies that fit you and your family.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> Then after the strategies have been double checked and they work for what we&#x27;re trying to do for you and your family, then and only then do we go out and find the products that match the strategies. And that&#x27;s very important. It&#x27;s not find a person who meets as a product. That&#x27;s what Wall Street is. Find a person, sell them stocks, bonds, mutual funds. No, this is find the strategies for the right person and then make sure they agree with that strategy. Then you find the products that exist because there&#x27;s a lot of financial products. Most of them aren&#x27;t the right fit. Well, Coach, what I&#x27;ve always been impressed about your team is that they really make sure that the clients understand the strategy and the plan. They&#x27;re not talking over people&#x27;s heads speaking in Latin. They&#x27;re really making sure that, hey, are we all on the same page? Do you understand what the strategy is, why this works? And that&#x27;s why it has so much success because</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> everybody&#x27;s bought in. Everybody understands this is what we&#x27;re doing. This is where we&#x27;re going and why. And that gets me excited. Well, you know, Phil, I have the opportunity of being able to work here at Capital Financial, and I love seeing couples who walk in the building. You know, they may look a little nervous that, you know, you&#x27;ve got, especially for the first meeting, you might have your file folder with things inside of it. And I love watching oftentimes those same couples walking out with a big smile on their face, walking with confidence, their shoulders a little bit further back in the air. And Coach, I know this is something you want to provide for folks. So folks out there listening, if you have questions about what we&#x27;re talking about and you want to take advantage of one of those complimentary consultations, 800-661-7383 is the number to call. 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Once again, we&#x27;re here with bestselling author, Coach Pete D’Arruda,</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> as well as Phil Graham. I&#x27;m going to bring us back into the conversation with a quote from Will Rogers. Be thankful we&#x27;re not getting all the government that we&#x27;re paying for. We&#x27;re paying way too much. I like it when they don&#x27;t get, when they&#x27;re not in DC, they&#x27;re all on vacation. That&#x27;s better for us. We have a vacation too. Didn&#x27;t Will Rogers have one of my other favorite quotes? I&#x27;m more concerned about the return of my money than the return on my money. There you go. Which is similar to what Warren Buffett says. He says, the number two rules of investing is number one, don&#x27;t lose money. Number two, see number one. So here&#x27;s one thing. Thomas, you mentioned that too. A lot of people have their information, their financial information scattered all over the living room or it&#x27;s in the dining room, or maybe it&#x27;s in an office in a file cabinet. In a shoebox. A shoebox. Maybe you haven&#x27;t opened the envelopes. We have people come in with all sorts of different ways they&#x27;ve kept track or not kept track of their money. What we recommend is they</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> dump it all out in our eight foot conference table. Then we help you divide it in different sections. Then we&#x27;ll use one of our financial organizers that we let you leave with. It&#x27;s got 25 different sections in it where we can help you categorize where your money is right now. And it makes it a whole lot easier than when you get the new statements to open up the organizer at that right place and put the new statement in. A whole lot easier than having it scattered, all scattered, smothered and covered. Sort of like Waffle House to tell you. Let&#x27;s unscatter your brain. Let&#x27;s unscatter your financial situation. Let&#x27;s get you a clear plan, concise plan, and let&#x27;s make sure it has retirement autopilot so you&#x27;ll never have confusion when it comes time to getting income in retirement you can&#x27;t outlive. Thomas, tell people how they can do that. Yeah. Again, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or text keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> Phil, a question for you. Let&#x27;s say I&#x27;m a retiree. I&#x27;m getting ready to retire. I&#x27;m about one or two years away from that. And I ask my question to myself and my family, how do I live for 30 years on the money I&#x27;ve put aside? What does somebody do next? I mean, right now you&#x27;re sitting there looking at your 401k statement. Maybe you put some money in the Exxon stock, let&#x27;s say, or maybe you&#x27;ve got a Schwab account that you self-managed some money, but totally you&#x27;ve got about a million dollars. What do you do next to make sure you can live 30 years on that or longer on that million dollars? I mean, I think you need to start putting together a plan. I mean, I don&#x27;t think this is a DIY type scenario. You don&#x27;t want to bet your livelihood on doing it yourself. And my grandmother used to say, you know, they&#x27;d say spit in one hand and wish in the</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> other and see which one fills up first. You don&#x27;t want to be wishing on your retirement. You want to have a plan. And I would want to know that at least some, if not all of my income is guaranteed in retirement, even if I live to be 120. To me, that would be my number one thing I would want to get figured out. And I beg people, don&#x27;t retire and then show up at the office and go, hey guys, I just retired at 60 and they didn&#x27;t have enough money. Because again, it comes back to math. We can do a lot of really amazing things, but it&#x27;s still math. And that becomes part of the plan. So they need to have a plan, coach. Math over markets, man. You got to have math on your side. Markets are up and down, but math is always on your side. And math doesn&#x27;t lie. You can&#x27;t argue with math. Math</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> works. Despite what you see on social media, when somebody posts a math problem there and half the people get it wrong, and then they swear they got it right because they forgot PEMDAS. That&#x27;s right. Right there. Hey, all right. So what if you live too long? I mean, that&#x27;s a question people have on their mind. Now, if you have an income plan that&#x27;s guaranteed to pay you for the rest of your life, that means the rest of your life, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re so used to these asterisks in contracts these days. Oh, well, that meant the rest of the life for your money, not your life or that kind of thing. It is really the rest of your life and your spouse&#x27;s life. There are special vehicles out there that will continue to give a paycheck until there&#x27;s nobody left to give the paycheck to. Is that correct? It&#x27;s a hundred percent correct. And again, every plan we do is different for each family, for each person, each couple. So we may not have all the income coming from that one spot, but</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> I want a foundation to know that I have that paycheck coming in even when I&#x27;m not working. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s important. I mean, because we have no idea what&#x27;s going to happen in the market tomorrow, much less a week or a month or a year from now or 10 years from now. I mean, it might be something new that we don&#x27;t know about and it might destroy what you have. So nobody wants to have all their money at risk because if risk happens, we&#x27;re in a whole lot of trouble. Yeah. My job has always been, if you get to retirement, retirement and you&#x27;re not already rich and I know that&#x27;s subjective, but my job has always been to make sure people don&#x27;t become poor in retirement. That you don&#x27;t have to be the greeter at Walmart unless you want to be the greeter at Walmart. And it all goes back to the age old problem or battle between risk and safety. And so when people hear safety, they think the money&#x27;s going to not do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> anything, but there are some safe accounts that actually have decent returns. The main thing about a decent return is you never have to give it back if it&#x27;s in a safe place. You could be in the market and have a crappy return one year. Matter of fact, you could be down 5%. You say, don&#x27;t worry, next year we&#x27;ll recover. And then the next year you lose 20%. Well, now you&#x27;re down a lot. And then the year after that, you lose another 20%. So in total, you&#x27;re almost down 50%. It would take a hundred percent gain in the market to get back ahead of the market. And that&#x27;s something people forget. Math. Everybody&#x27;s least favorite four-letter word. Math over markets. And so, you know, we&#x27;re really passionate about making sure everyone gets the plan they can be confident in. And we can give them a true independent analysis of their financial institutions and their financial products and strategies. And it&#x27;s good to have it from someone who&#x27;s totally independent. We&#x27;re not beholden to any company or strategy. So we&#x27;ll look at what you</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> have, what you want to have happen. Most of the people, I&#x27;ll tell you, Phil, most of the people we talk to, they want some safety. They want to know with certainty what their income&#x27;s going to be. So they get growth, protection, and lifetime income, GPI account. GPI stands for growth, protection, and lifetime income. And it really puts them in control of their own retirement. I&#x27;m just amazed how many times when people see that they actually can get a retirement they&#x27;d be happy with without putting excess money at risk, it really, you can see the light bulbs go off in people&#x27;s heads saying, well, gosh, why haven&#x27;t I been told about this before? And we all, we don&#x27;t know why, because many times whoever&#x27;s been giving them advice is motivated and compensated by keeping them at risk. So let&#x27;s get the safe plan. Matter of fact, you&#x27;re more at risk with a risk plan than you ever would be of not getting income than you would be in a safe plan, because we have surety and</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> simplicity with the safe plan. So Thomas, tell folks how they can get their very own Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan today. It&#x27;ll put you in control. It&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. You can actually take that deep breath, that sigh, and go on vacation and not worry about what&#x27;s happening in the market. I agree. Easy first step, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. Find out how much risk you&#x27;re taking. If there are any red flags or potential problems for you, get that second opinion. The number again, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss costs that can be overlooked in retirement. They examine how taxable withdrawals can affect Medicare premiums and Social Security taxes, along with the importance of an income strategy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>Medicare</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement planning, Social Security, Medicare, tax planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/image.jpg?t=1792073510&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/image.jpg?t=1792073510&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>767</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c2a74a6c-8aac-40c4-97e9-b06e00fa76ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12304733" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-pla-1</link>
      <itunes:order>44</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:18" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Retirement Income, Fees, and Financial Confidence (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Retirement Income, Fees, and Financial Confidence (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income and the risk of outliving savings. They consider investment fees, lifetime income, and the purpose of a structured retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you in studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, you have a special guest for us. Yeah, for about two decades, a little bit more than two decades, I&#x27;ve known this fellow right here. He&#x27;s helped tremendous with our ability to communicate the message of safe money savings to consumers. His name is Mr. Phil Graham. I call him Dr. Phil. Phil, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks, Thomas.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Phil&#x27;s been an advocate for safe money to make sure people, when they get to retirement, Thomas, they have the money they thought they were going to get. More importantly, have a structured income plan you can never outlive. Phil, how important is that? You know, Coach, I like to say, I like to, you know, I don&#x27;t make people rich. I make sure retirees don&#x27;t become poor. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m passionate about is making sure that people enjoy their retirement. And that mailbox money, that paycheck every month coming in during retirement, I think is the key to a happy and enjoyable retirement. Well, there&#x27;s so much information out there and many of it doesn&#x27;t apply to people and other other pieces of information. If you do apply it the wrong way, it&#x27;ll hurt you a lot. And people, you know, a lot of times we we hear something our neighbors do or we look on the Internet and we assume that is 100 percent accurate and it will apply to us.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Phil, many times it doesn&#x27;t. And many times people get in trouble by taking advice from people they shouldn&#x27;t be taking advice from. Yeah, I call that, you know, the brother in law effect where, you know, where your brother in law, who&#x27;s not a financial advisor, is trying to give their opinion or you&#x27;re playing golf with your buddies and somebody&#x27;s got the stock pick of the week. And it just makes me cringe because that never works out. Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s like the what they call the Monday morning quarterback. Monday morning quarterback. And we always come back, coach, to where you got to have a plan. Ed Slott, you know, one of the IRA experts in the country, talks about not having a plan is you choosing the government&#x27;s plan or you choosing the worst plan. You need to have a plan. And it&#x27;s not coming from your neighbor or your brother in law. That&#x27;s for sure. Well, back in the 80s, he was way ahead of his time and we should have been paying more attention to him, even though he&#x27;s a small guy.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But on Fantasy Island, the little guy would always point up and say this. And we thought he&#x27;s saying the plan. He was saying the plan. And people now realize a plan is very valuable for retirement. Matter of fact, if you can know with certainty what your lifetime income can be guaranteed to be sent to you in the form of a financial fill up, that means every single year you&#x27;re going to get that income and every single year it&#x27;s going to replace itself, replenish itself, and hopefully can grow to combat inflation. In other words, the check you get the first time is never going to be smaller than the check you get in the future. You always get more checks or more value checks or the same amount. So you&#x27;ll never go down. And it&#x27;s a lot easier to build a retirement plan when we know with certainty what the income is going to be. Isn&#x27;t it, Phil? I mean, how scary would it be to not know that your income isn&#x27;t guaranteed, that you could actually run out of money?</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So you&#x27;re not working anymore. And the older you get, the less likely it is that you&#x27;re ever going to go back to work. And my own father told me one of his biggest fears was, you know, he&#x27;d worked for 50 years plus. He was scared to retire because he was so used to money coming in every month. When he retired, it was the first time in his life that money was coming out and wasn&#x27;t going back in. And the whole, the guaranteed retirement income, that paycheck coming in his, from his retirement accounts guaranteed, that was what kind of helped him take a deep breath and not watching the stock ticker on the news every day and just actually enjoy retirement. Yeah. So the feature is getting lifetime income.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> What do you say the benefit of a lifetime income is? Well, that even if you live to be 120, that that that&#x27;s still your lifetime, that income still comes in. And in some of the research we&#x27;ve done, Coach and Thomas, we&#x27;ve found that people live longer in retirement. Think about this. They live longer in retirement when they have a guaranteed income. Well, because if we deep, deep down or dig down even deeper, it&#x27;s not just the fact that you get an income you cannot live. That&#x27;s a good, that&#x27;s a good feature again. But the benefit is you&#x27;re not going to have ulcers. You&#x27;re not going to worry about having to get up at 930 to see if the market&#x27;s up or down, to see if you still have retirement or not, because your retirement income is not tied to the market whatsoever. It could be more income, but it&#x27;ll never be less than you start with.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> And I think that&#x27;s where a lot of people get confused is because broker always says, hey, we&#x27;ll have more income for you if you put all your money at risk. The problem is that&#x27;s in the ultimate environment, the market environment. If the market doesn&#x27;t go up, you&#x27;re going to have less money than you need. And then we&#x27;re in trouble. So when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is five or 10 years out from retirement or all the way through retirement, you need to make sure that you know exactly where your income&#x27;s coming from. And you also need to know with surety that the income is never going to stop. Phil, agree or disagree? I agree completely. That income guaranteed is such an integral part. What I specialized in for so much of my career was how do I guarantee as much income for someone using as little percentage of their assets as possible?</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Yep. So what I mean by that is if someone had hypothetically a million dollars and they needed, you know, $40,000 of your income to fill the gap between their social security, their pensions, and any other income they have. What&#x27;s the smallest dollar amount that I can use to guarantee that $40,000 for the rest of their life, no matter how long they live, allowing the rest of those assets to continue to grow? That&#x27;s such a big factor because then you help with inflation, healthcare costs, and all these things. It&#x27;s not that Wall Street Journal number, Coach, what do they say, 3%? I think it used to be 4%. They had to drop it to 3% is all you can take? Well, but Phil, that did not guarantee with 100% certainty that you wouldn&#x27;t run out of money. They say with a 92% certainty if your money&#x27;s at risk in the market and you take 3% of whatever the balance is each year, you have about a 92% success rate.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> But you know what? You have an 8% failure rate, and I don&#x27;t accept any failure rate over zero. So that doesn&#x27;t get my stamp of approval. I&#x27;m getting on an airplane tomorrow morning. I&#x27;m not getting on that airplane if there&#x27;s an 8% chance of failure. I can guarantee you that. I&#x27;m not getting on it. I know there&#x27;s a very, very smidgen there, but that&#x27;s in anything in life on the airplane. But we have 100% certainty in the plans that we put together. Thomas, tell people how they can get their own. It&#x27;s very true. 800-661-7383 is the number to call and connect and get your own total retirement plan in place. Maybe you have a plan, just want a second set of eyes on it. It&#x27;s very important to do that as well. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And they can text? And they can text as well. Believe it or not, all you have to do is text the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> That is plan to 600-700. Very important just to get a plan in place no matter where you get it. But make sure the plan has a core aspect to it. In other words, the market is an explorer. Explore means you can go up, down, all around. If you&#x27;ve ever watched some of the Jacques Cousteau shows, they were exploring. They had no idea that we, well, watching on TV, we thought he had no idea what he&#x27;s going to find around the corner. But they probably knew ahead of time if they were filming and they&#x27;re editing. But in real life, you never know what&#x27;s around the corner. But if you have your money in a core account, that is a safe money, the green accounts, you never have to worry about any dirty tricks. You never have to worry about the market taking the money away. And no financial termites, non-necessary risk, fees, and commission. Phil, how many people out there you think have way too many financial termites and don&#x27;t even know it in their portfolio? Most people don&#x27;t know. The investment companies do a really good job of blending those in and massaging those</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> into the paperwork where you have to know what you&#x27;re looking for. And when I&#x27;m talking about fees, even if you say a 2% fee, which I think is really low on a lot of investment accounts, but a 2% fee, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? Well, in my mind, anytime that you don&#x27;t earn 100%, your fee is greater than 2%. So if you earn 10 and you take that 2% fee off, to me, that&#x27;s a 20% fee, Coach. Well, yeah, because you&#x27;re missing, and also you&#x27;re going to miss growth of that money that&#x27;s disappeared from your portfolio. Because once it&#x27;s not there, I don&#x27;t care how it comes out, risk, loss, or fee, the money&#x27;s not there next year to compound on interest because the money&#x27;s not even in the account anymore. There you go. And I missed the career day, Coach, when they said you could actually lose people&#x27;s money</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> and still get paid. Gives me a sour taste. We actually have in our workbook series, the 401k survival box set, we have a workbook in there, and it shows the difference in four different accounts. One account with 0% fee, and then one account with 3% fee, which we&#x27;ve seen 3% fees out there. We&#x27;ve also seen, which I think is horrible and crazy, we&#x27;ve seen planners charge up to $10,000 or more every single year for a, quote, planning fee, and then they put people at risk. And they&#x27;re probably compensated on the risk side as well. You don&#x27;t need to be paying a planning fee. That&#x27;s money you don&#x27;t have in your pocket anymore, so you lose that money, and you lose the chance of ever gaining on that money because it&#x27;s not in your pocket anymore. But if someone started with, let&#x27;s say, $200,000, which a lot of people have $200,000, and they had an account with 0% fee, and they earned 6% interest, at the end of 30 years, they would</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> have $1,148,000. Again, compounding, they only started with $200,000. 30 years later, they&#x27;ve got over a million dollars. Tax deferred? Yeah, and it&#x27;s been growing tax deferred. But if some, or tax, yeah, this was tax deferred in this account. But if somebody had 3% fees, guess how much they would have after 30 years? Again, the same kind of interest rate, 6%. 800,000, I don&#x27;t know. 484,000. Oh, jeez, that was way worse than what I&#x27;d got. Over $700,000 disappears because not only did you lose it in fees, but the fees you lost are not earning interest for you anymore. If you&#x27;re at a 1% fee, it&#x27;s $863,000. And if you&#x27;re at a 2% fee, it&#x27;s $647,000. So my question to anybody listening is, why are you paying any fees whatsoever in your account? Your account should be building for you. There should be nobody reaching in and taking money out of your account, for the safe money</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> especially. Risk money, you&#x27;re going to have to pay the managers and all that. You have to know that ahead of time. But why are you paying people to put your money at risk? And Coach, a lot of that to me just comes down to transparency. And one of the things your team is amazing at is helping someone truly understand what they have now. You know, yeah, we want to ultimately create a custom plan for everybody we work with. Right. But you need to know where you are now. Like if you&#x27;re at a shopping mall or somewhere, they have those big maps and it says, you are here. Well, we need to figure out where you are now in order for us to build that plan and that roadmap for your retirement. Well, financial planning is all about looking at the road you&#x27;re on right now and making sure it&#x27;s going to get you to the destination you&#x27;ve been told you&#x27;re going to.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> Phil, how many times have you run in your 25 plus years in the financial arena? How many times have you heard stories about folks who thought they were going one way in the financial world and their advisor had them in the wrong place? Yeah, I see it quite frequently. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons we talk about you need to be getting regular checkups to make sure you&#x27;re still on the right path because maybe what you want changed. Maybe the plan that you did with someone five, six, 10 years ago was right at the time. But now that you&#x27;re getting closer to retirement, it&#x27;s different because, you know, Coach, you know this, but for the listeners, there is a big difference between financial advisors that help you when your money&#x27;s growing, like during the accumulation phase where you&#x27;re not as worried about the ups and downs potentially. It takes a specific specialist to help on the decumulation to guarantee that income.</p><p><strong>12:12</strong> It&#x27;s kind of like, you know, hiking Mount Everest. You have a greater chance of dying going down the mountain than you do going up. And the same thing is in retirement. It&#x27;s true. Got a hard break coming up right now. I want to make sure people get their information. Folks, if you want your very own Coach Pete power plan that encompasses the core part, the part we&#x27;ve been talking about, the zero fee type accounts, no money coming out of your money, no commissions coming out of your money on the safe side to make sure you have a lifetime income you deserve. Thomas is going to give you the number and a text number to get in touch with us. The next 10 of you, there&#x27;d be no cost or obligation for Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s just a big question.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income and the risk of outliving savings. They consider investment fees, lifetime income, and the purpose of a structured retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week, I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Welcome in to the Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Thomas Lipscomb here with you in studio alongside bestselling author Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach, you have a special guest for us. Yeah, for about two decades, a little bit more than two decades, I&#x27;ve known this fellow right here. He&#x27;s helped tremendous with our ability to communicate the message of safe money savings to consumers. His name is Mr. Phil Graham. I call him Dr. Phil. Phil, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks, Thomas.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Phil&#x27;s been an advocate for safe money to make sure people, when they get to retirement, Thomas, they have the money they thought they were going to get. More importantly, have a structured income plan you can never outlive. Phil, how important is that? You know, Coach, I like to say, I like to, you know, I don&#x27;t make people rich. I make sure retirees don&#x27;t become poor. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m passionate about is making sure that people enjoy their retirement. And that mailbox money, that paycheck every month coming in during retirement, I think is the key to a happy and enjoyable retirement. Well, there&#x27;s so much information out there and many of it doesn&#x27;t apply to people and other other pieces of information. If you do apply it the wrong way, it&#x27;ll hurt you a lot. And people, you know, a lot of times we we hear something our neighbors do or we look on the Internet and we assume that is 100 percent accurate and it will apply to us.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Phil, many times it doesn&#x27;t. And many times people get in trouble by taking advice from people they shouldn&#x27;t be taking advice from. Yeah, I call that, you know, the brother in law effect where, you know, where your brother in law, who&#x27;s not a financial advisor, is trying to give their opinion or you&#x27;re playing golf with your buddies and somebody&#x27;s got the stock pick of the week. And it just makes me cringe because that never works out. Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s like the what they call the Monday morning quarterback. Monday morning quarterback. And we always come back, coach, to where you got to have a plan. Ed Slott, you know, one of the IRA experts in the country, talks about not having a plan is you choosing the government&#x27;s plan or you choosing the worst plan. You need to have a plan. And it&#x27;s not coming from your neighbor or your brother in law. That&#x27;s for sure. Well, back in the 80s, he was way ahead of his time and we should have been paying more attention to him, even though he&#x27;s a small guy.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But on Fantasy Island, the little guy would always point up and say this. And we thought he&#x27;s saying the plan. He was saying the plan. And people now realize a plan is very valuable for retirement. Matter of fact, if you can know with certainty what your lifetime income can be guaranteed to be sent to you in the form of a financial fill up, that means every single year you&#x27;re going to get that income and every single year it&#x27;s going to replace itself, replenish itself, and hopefully can grow to combat inflation. In other words, the check you get the first time is never going to be smaller than the check you get in the future. You always get more checks or more value checks or the same amount. So you&#x27;ll never go down. And it&#x27;s a lot easier to build a retirement plan when we know with certainty what the income is going to be. Isn&#x27;t it, Phil? I mean, how scary would it be to not know that your income isn&#x27;t guaranteed, that you could actually run out of money?</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So you&#x27;re not working anymore. And the older you get, the less likely it is that you&#x27;re ever going to go back to work. And my own father told me one of his biggest fears was, you know, he&#x27;d worked for 50 years plus. He was scared to retire because he was so used to money coming in every month. When he retired, it was the first time in his life that money was coming out and wasn&#x27;t going back in. And the whole, the guaranteed retirement income, that paycheck coming in his, from his retirement accounts guaranteed, that was what kind of helped him take a deep breath and not watching the stock ticker on the news every day and just actually enjoy retirement. Yeah. So the feature is getting lifetime income.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> What do you say the benefit of a lifetime income is? Well, that even if you live to be 120, that that that&#x27;s still your lifetime, that income still comes in. And in some of the research we&#x27;ve done, Coach and Thomas, we&#x27;ve found that people live longer in retirement. Think about this. They live longer in retirement when they have a guaranteed income. Well, because if we deep, deep down or dig down even deeper, it&#x27;s not just the fact that you get an income you cannot live. That&#x27;s a good, that&#x27;s a good feature again. But the benefit is you&#x27;re not going to have ulcers. You&#x27;re not going to worry about having to get up at 930 to see if the market&#x27;s up or down, to see if you still have retirement or not, because your retirement income is not tied to the market whatsoever. It could be more income, but it&#x27;ll never be less than you start with.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> And I think that&#x27;s where a lot of people get confused is because broker always says, hey, we&#x27;ll have more income for you if you put all your money at risk. The problem is that&#x27;s in the ultimate environment, the market environment. If the market doesn&#x27;t go up, you&#x27;re going to have less money than you need. And then we&#x27;re in trouble. So when you&#x27;re in that financial red zone, which is five or 10 years out from retirement or all the way through retirement, you need to make sure that you know exactly where your income&#x27;s coming from. And you also need to know with surety that the income is never going to stop. Phil, agree or disagree? I agree completely. That income guaranteed is such an integral part. What I specialized in for so much of my career was how do I guarantee as much income for someone using as little percentage of their assets as possible?</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> Yep. So what I mean by that is if someone had hypothetically a million dollars and they needed, you know, $40,000 of your income to fill the gap between their social security, their pensions, and any other income they have. What&#x27;s the smallest dollar amount that I can use to guarantee that $40,000 for the rest of their life, no matter how long they live, allowing the rest of those assets to continue to grow? That&#x27;s such a big factor because then you help with inflation, healthcare costs, and all these things. It&#x27;s not that Wall Street Journal number, Coach, what do they say, 3%? I think it used to be 4%. They had to drop it to 3% is all you can take? Well, but Phil, that did not guarantee with 100% certainty that you wouldn&#x27;t run out of money. They say with a 92% certainty if your money&#x27;s at risk in the market and you take 3% of whatever the balance is each year, you have about a 92% success rate.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> But you know what? You have an 8% failure rate, and I don&#x27;t accept any failure rate over zero. So that doesn&#x27;t get my stamp of approval. I&#x27;m getting on an airplane tomorrow morning. I&#x27;m not getting on that airplane if there&#x27;s an 8% chance of failure. I can guarantee you that. I&#x27;m not getting on it. I know there&#x27;s a very, very smidgen there, but that&#x27;s in anything in life on the airplane. But we have 100% certainty in the plans that we put together. Thomas, tell people how they can get their own. It&#x27;s very true. 800-661-7383 is the number to call and connect and get your own total retirement plan in place. Maybe you have a plan, just want a second set of eyes on it. It&#x27;s very important to do that as well. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And they can text? And they can text as well. Believe it or not, all you have to do is text the keyword plan to 600-700.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> That is plan to 600-700. Very important just to get a plan in place no matter where you get it. But make sure the plan has a core aspect to it. In other words, the market is an explorer. Explore means you can go up, down, all around. If you&#x27;ve ever watched some of the Jacques Cousteau shows, they were exploring. They had no idea that we, well, watching on TV, we thought he had no idea what he&#x27;s going to find around the corner. But they probably knew ahead of time if they were filming and they&#x27;re editing. But in real life, you never know what&#x27;s around the corner. But if you have your money in a core account, that is a safe money, the green accounts, you never have to worry about any dirty tricks. You never have to worry about the market taking the money away. And no financial termites, non-necessary risk, fees, and commission. Phil, how many people out there you think have way too many financial termites and don&#x27;t even know it in their portfolio? Most people don&#x27;t know. The investment companies do a really good job of blending those in and massaging those</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> into the paperwork where you have to know what you&#x27;re looking for. And when I&#x27;m talking about fees, even if you say a 2% fee, which I think is really low on a lot of investment accounts, but a 2% fee, when is a 2% fee not a 2% fee? Well, in my mind, anytime that you don&#x27;t earn 100%, your fee is greater than 2%. So if you earn 10 and you take that 2% fee off, to me, that&#x27;s a 20% fee, Coach. Well, yeah, because you&#x27;re missing, and also you&#x27;re going to miss growth of that money that&#x27;s disappeared from your portfolio. Because once it&#x27;s not there, I don&#x27;t care how it comes out, risk, loss, or fee, the money&#x27;s not there next year to compound on interest because the money&#x27;s not even in the account anymore. There you go. And I missed the career day, Coach, when they said you could actually lose people&#x27;s money</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> and still get paid. Gives me a sour taste. We actually have in our workbook series, the 401k survival box set, we have a workbook in there, and it shows the difference in four different accounts. One account with 0% fee, and then one account with 3% fee, which we&#x27;ve seen 3% fees out there. We&#x27;ve also seen, which I think is horrible and crazy, we&#x27;ve seen planners charge up to $10,000 or more every single year for a, quote, planning fee, and then they put people at risk. And they&#x27;re probably compensated on the risk side as well. You don&#x27;t need to be paying a planning fee. That&#x27;s money you don&#x27;t have in your pocket anymore, so you lose that money, and you lose the chance of ever gaining on that money because it&#x27;s not in your pocket anymore. But if someone started with, let&#x27;s say, $200,000, which a lot of people have $200,000, and they had an account with 0% fee, and they earned 6% interest, at the end of 30 years, they would</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> have $1,148,000. Again, compounding, they only started with $200,000. 30 years later, they&#x27;ve got over a million dollars. Tax deferred? Yeah, and it&#x27;s been growing tax deferred. But if some, or tax, yeah, this was tax deferred in this account. But if somebody had 3% fees, guess how much they would have after 30 years? Again, the same kind of interest rate, 6%. 800,000, I don&#x27;t know. 484,000. Oh, jeez, that was way worse than what I&#x27;d got. Over $700,000 disappears because not only did you lose it in fees, but the fees you lost are not earning interest for you anymore. If you&#x27;re at a 1% fee, it&#x27;s $863,000. And if you&#x27;re at a 2% fee, it&#x27;s $647,000. So my question to anybody listening is, why are you paying any fees whatsoever in your account? Your account should be building for you. There should be nobody reaching in and taking money out of your account, for the safe money</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> especially. Risk money, you&#x27;re going to have to pay the managers and all that. You have to know that ahead of time. But why are you paying people to put your money at risk? And Coach, a lot of that to me just comes down to transparency. And one of the things your team is amazing at is helping someone truly understand what they have now. You know, yeah, we want to ultimately create a custom plan for everybody we work with. Right. But you need to know where you are now. Like if you&#x27;re at a shopping mall or somewhere, they have those big maps and it says, you are here. Well, we need to figure out where you are now in order for us to build that plan and that roadmap for your retirement. Well, financial planning is all about looking at the road you&#x27;re on right now and making sure it&#x27;s going to get you to the destination you&#x27;ve been told you&#x27;re going to.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> Phil, how many times have you run in your 25 plus years in the financial arena? How many times have you heard stories about folks who thought they were going one way in the financial world and their advisor had them in the wrong place? Yeah, I see it quite frequently. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons we talk about you need to be getting regular checkups to make sure you&#x27;re still on the right path because maybe what you want changed. Maybe the plan that you did with someone five, six, 10 years ago was right at the time. But now that you&#x27;re getting closer to retirement, it&#x27;s different because, you know, Coach, you know this, but for the listeners, there is a big difference between financial advisors that help you when your money&#x27;s growing, like during the accumulation phase where you&#x27;re not as worried about the ups and downs potentially. It takes a specific specialist to help on the decumulation to guarantee that income.</p><p><strong>12:12</strong> It&#x27;s kind of like, you know, hiking Mount Everest. You have a greater chance of dying going down the mountain than you do going up. And the same thing is in retirement. It&#x27;s true. Got a hard break coming up right now. I want to make sure people get their information. Folks, if you want your very own Coach Pete power plan that encompasses the core part, the part we&#x27;ve been talking about, the zero fee type accounts, no money coming out of your money, no commissions coming out of your money on the safe side to make sure you have a lifetime income you deserve. Thomas is going to give you the number and a text number to get in touch with us. The next 10 of you, there&#x27;d be no cost or obligation for Coach Pete&#x27;s power plan. That number, 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. You can also text keyword plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s just a big question.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete and Thomas Lipscomb to discuss retirement income and the risk of outliving savings. They consider investment fees, lifetime income, and the purpose of a structured retirement plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e/image.jpg?t=1792073517&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e/image.jpg?t=1792073517&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Aug 2023 15:17:04 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>785</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ac6a24e0-c3ba-44ab-86b4-b06e00fa768e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12588919" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-ceo-of-the-beneficiary-liquidity-plan</link>
      <itunes:order>45</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Phil Graham" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:18" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well and the role of taxes in retirement planning. They examine the transition from accumulating savings to creating retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> the Financial Safari. Well, folks, like we mentioned on the first section of the show, we have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He&#x27;s helped a lot of folks throughout his life. I&#x27;ve known him for about 15 years now. His name is Michael Wall, and he&#x27;s joining us from Palm Beach, Florida. He&#x27;s at Wall Private Wealth, by the way. Mike, welcome in. Thank you, guys. Good to see you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about some tax-saving strategies. Now, any time of the year, in my opinion, is a good time to talk about saving on taxes. Now, when we talk about this, there&#x27;s all sorts of ways to minimize your taxes. Number one, just don&#x27;t pay your tax bill. But we know how that works. That&#x27;s not a good thing. But let&#x27;s do it legally and ethically and morally. There are ways where we can reduce our taxes.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> In other words, do tax planning to look ahead to protect our behind from the tax man. Now, let&#x27;s go through a couple of the strategies that you found very successful here the last five or ten years. Yeah. You know, Coach, one of the things that we see is tax savings and tax planning falls into a couple of different buckets, I guess. The first bucket is on your assets, right? So if you have qualified monies, IRA money, 401k money, and you want to try and get that to a place where you minimize taxes along the way, that&#x27;s kind of one classification. There&#x27;s a certain strategy that can be wrapped around that. Then you have another bucket that focuses primarily on your ordinary income. So there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there, a lot of folks listening to this show, that might be high-income earners.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> They&#x27;re making $700,000, $1 million, $2 million, $5 million, $10 million, potentially a year or more. And so one of the challenges that they run into is saving money in taxes. So that&#x27;s the other bucket. Now, there might be a third bucket where you have folks that literally have need for tax strategy in both of those buckets. Not only are they high-income earners, but they also are in a situation where they also have wealth. They have maybe several million dollars, and they want to mitigate taxes along the way. Now, when you look at tax planning and tax strategy, Coach, as you know, and we&#x27;ve talked about this in different planning meetings over the years and doing events, and you and I have been on different shows, not only your own show but others as well, talking about strategy. And one of the things that we know, right, is we&#x27;ve talked about this in many, many ways.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> It&#x27;s the idea of it&#x27;s not how much you make, it&#x27;s how much you keep. And so when we take a look at taxes, we not only have those buckets we discussed, but we also have current tax savings, future tax savings, and then estate transfer tax savings. So when you think about this, it&#x27;s not just like, hey, you know, a lot of people, when they look at people, they say, what have you done for me lately? I want to know what I can do right now, which we can talk about those strategies, and we will. But we also have to make sure that we think about the fact that there&#x27;s real strategy around this. And most people that, Coach, as you know, we&#x27;ve had lots of conversations around this. They say, but I got a CPA. That&#x27;s wonderful. But most CPAs are wonderful people. But oftentimes, they&#x27;re historians. They&#x27;re taking a look at what you paid last year, what you made last year, what charitable donations you gave last year.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And they&#x27;re not really coming to the table with advanced strategy. Yeah, very, very important to have that advanced strategy, isn&#x27;t it? Because, like, the IRS thrives on people not doing tax planning. They&#x27;re not going to tell you if you qualify for certain things. They&#x27;re not going to point out certain avenues you could have gone down that could have tremendously reduced your active income, the income that you report to the Uncle Sam. There are ways to reduce your taxable income right now. And so let&#x27;s talk about that right now. What are some of the ways that you&#x27;ve seen in your practice? I know you deal with a lot of high net worth individuals. We do as well. But you&#x27;re in Florida. You basically drive down the street. Everywhere you look, there are probably high worth individuals there. What are some? And, of course, with that situation, you have high tax bills. You have no state income tax in Florida.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> But federal income tax is the one that gets people the most, isn&#x27;t it? So what are some federal income tax strategies to reduce what we have to report to Uncle Sam legally? Yeah, it&#x27;s a great question. So most all the families that we are working with income-wise, they&#x27;re already in the 37% bracket, which is right now the top bracket. And federally, obviously, you guys, depending on where your clients would live in the Carolinas or wherever, are going to have state taxes or Vegas or wherever they end up being. But at the end of the day, yeah. So one of the things we want to look at right now, and here&#x27;s the good news. The good news, Coach, as you know, is right now, literally, even though we&#x27;re close to the end of the year, there&#x27;s still strategy that you can use to reduce your taxes for 2022. So let&#x27;s jump right into that. Yes. Let&#x27;s say your income&#x27;s high, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Your income&#x27;s $1 million, $2 million, whatever the number is. And you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re saying, OK, gosh, I don&#x27;t want to buy more trucks. I don&#x27;t want to buy more vehicles. I don&#x27;t want to buy more commercial property. You know, what can I do? There&#x27;s a rolling, actually, in Section 170H of the IRS Code that is a law which has been enacted by Congress. Yes. A lot of people don&#x27;t know about this, but a lot of people don&#x27;t do a lot of research, which is why they don&#x27;t know. Remember, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available because they don&#x27;t do the research. And that&#x27;s why, Coach, you and I have been so successful over the years in helping families. But one of the things that we know is Section 170H has been a law that was enacted by Congress basically all the way back to 1980. And it allows for what&#x27;s called a conservation easement.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Now, there have been several people that have said, I&#x27;ve heard about these, or most people, quite honestly, are not familiar with these. And they&#x27;ve changed along the ways, along the years. They&#x27;ve been codified and ratified in Congress, by Congress. But it is a law that is passed by Congress. And what it allows people to do is essentially participate in the ability to preserve ground. And by doing that, they get a tax deduction. Now, many of these deals, Coach, as you know, will bring a three, four, five. There&#x27;s some current deals right now that are open that actually provides a five-to-one deduction. Now, here&#x27;s what that means. So for every dollar that you put in, you get a $5 ordinary income deduction. And that&#x27;s using what&#x27;s called a best-use value that the IRS allows.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And so, Coach, really what it is is in simple format, if somebody has an income of, let&#x27;s say, $2 million, we can literally reduce that income by half. Unfortunately, the bad news is the IRS won&#x27;t allow us to cut your income more than half. But we can reduce the income by half, cut it down to a million. And in that scenario, it would technically save $370,000 in ordinary income taxes just on the federal side. Now, if they have state taxes, then obviously that would be an additional tax savings as well. So let&#x27;s just say their all-in bracket was 37 federal. And let&#x27;s say there was – what&#x27;s your tax rate there where you sit in North Carolina? Let&#x27;s just say 7 percent. That&#x27;s a little higher, but that&#x27;s – a lot of people are in that 7 percent bracket. Simple math.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> So let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re at 37 federal plus 7, which is 43 – or 44. Right. So now you know you&#x27;re going to save on that million dollars. Your real tax savings is $440,000 saved. By reducing your taxable income by a million, you&#x27;re saying. So if somebody reduces their taxable income from $2 million to $1 million, and they&#x27;re going to save about $440,000 in taxes that way. Okay. Yeah. Is there a cap on it, Mike, that you can take advantage of this with? What do you mean by a cap? He says there&#x27;s no limit to how much you can do, right? Right. You can only do half of what your income is going to be. Wow. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, what happens is a lot of CPAs when they look at these deals – so a couple things you have to understand when you look at the easement space. The first thing you&#x27;ve got to know is what is the deal itself.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> I&#x27;ve been involved personally with these deals for years and years and years. I&#x27;ve done a lot of research in this space. We&#x27;ve consulted on this space in many, many ways. The gentleman that we&#x27;re actually collaborated with and we consult for his company was a 23-year career veteran at the FBI, the head of the counterterrorism division – not head of, but lead in the counterterrorism division. Knows the deputy commissioners of the IRS. And he&#x27;s the one that put the current deal that many folks are involved in currently, and it&#x27;s invested in land in California where there&#x27;s a potential to build a solar farm. But by utilizing some strategy, we&#x27;re able to say, you know what, what would it look like to actually have this as a deduction? So it allows for the ability for a five-to-one deduction, simply put. And how it flows through to the investor, Coach, and this is the best part about it, you don&#x27;t have all of these things that – like if you buy a building for a deduction, now you own property, you&#x27;ve got property taxes, you&#x27;ve got insurance, you&#x27;ve got maybe all of these other moving parts.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> You know you&#x27;ve got a beautiful office there in North Carolina. Right. Lots of space, but you&#x27;ve got a lot of moving parts there. And so with this deal, it really just flows through. It&#x27;s Form 8283, which is a non-cash charitable deduction. So it flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. It must be done in the current year. Again, it&#x27;s part of the IRS code, Section 170H. A lot of CPAs are in a place where they may not be aware of it, or they might be aware of some of these deals, Coach, that have been done years ago, which a lot of them were, quite honestly, subpar. As we all know, hopefully things get better along the way, and this is one space that has. And so some of those subpar deals, you may find them in print or whatever.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> This was good or bad or whatever. But a lot of the deals that have been around for a couple years now are really, really strong. They&#x27;ve been heavily underwritten. In fact, most of them have Lloyd&#x27;s of London&#x27;s insurance backing up your monies as it goes in. There&#x27;s a lot of factors that are there. And there&#x27;s some cost, obviously, to get into the deal. But the general rule of thumb, if you think about it, if you have a million dollars of income that we&#x27;re reducing, you&#x27;re in a place where, as general rule of thumb, let&#x27;s just say you save $400,000 in taxes on that million. All in 40% is your tax number, right? So you save $400,000 in taxes. Well, your number, your investment number, because it&#x27;s a five-to-one multiple, to get that would be $200,000. So it&#x27;s going to cost you $200,000 to put in the deal, the investment.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> And ultimately, what that&#x27;s going to get you is a $400,000 tax saving. Basically, here&#x27;s your bottom line. If you don&#x27;t do any strategy, you&#x27;re going to give $400,000 to the government, and they&#x27;re going to like you for it. No, they&#x27;re not. Exactly. If you do strategy, you put $200,000 in the deal, and you save $400,000 in taxes. So you basically double your money year one. And so there&#x27;s no limit to how much you can put in, except you can only put in, when you use a multiplier, it can only reduce your taxes by half of what it would have been. So if you have a $2 million gross income, you can reduce that gross income to a million. In other words, if you have a $4 million, you can reduce that to $2 million. If you&#x27;re $6 million, you can reduce it to $3 million. These are big numbers, Greg.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Now, the money you invest, what happens to that money, and do you ever see that money back, or is that just one of the pawns in the chess game, the tax game of chess? Yeah, yeah, it is a tax game of chess. And it&#x27;s, again, on the quick note of that, you know, if you wonder why a lot of high net worth people, you&#x27;ve got to remember, the average annual income on Palm Beach Island is almost $28 million a year. And that&#x27;s assuming that people live there on average two months a year. Wow. Well, Mike, we&#x27;re coming against the clock, but we have so much more to talk about. Can you hang around for another segment? I&#x27;d be happy to. Absolutely. And that number is 800-661-7383. You can also text the word PLAN to 600-700. This is a great opportunity to reach out, get your own questions answered. Again, that number, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> 800-661-7383. Or text that keyword PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims-paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well and the role of taxes in retirement planning. They examine the transition from accumulating savings to creating retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete DeRuta. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> the Financial Safari. Well, folks, like we mentioned on the first section of the show, we have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He&#x27;s helped a lot of folks throughout his life. I&#x27;ve known him for about 15 years now. His name is Michael Wall, and he&#x27;s joining us from Palm Beach, Florida. He&#x27;s at Wall Private Wealth, by the way. Mike, welcome in. Thank you, guys. Good to see you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about some tax-saving strategies. Now, any time of the year, in my opinion, is a good time to talk about saving on taxes. Now, when we talk about this, there&#x27;s all sorts of ways to minimize your taxes. Number one, just don&#x27;t pay your tax bill. But we know how that works. That&#x27;s not a good thing. But let&#x27;s do it legally and ethically and morally. There are ways where we can reduce our taxes.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> In other words, do tax planning to look ahead to protect our behind from the tax man. Now, let&#x27;s go through a couple of the strategies that you found very successful here the last five or ten years. Yeah. You know, Coach, one of the things that we see is tax savings and tax planning falls into a couple of different buckets, I guess. The first bucket is on your assets, right? So if you have qualified monies, IRA money, 401k money, and you want to try and get that to a place where you minimize taxes along the way, that&#x27;s kind of one classification. There&#x27;s a certain strategy that can be wrapped around that. Then you have another bucket that focuses primarily on your ordinary income. So there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there, a lot of folks listening to this show, that might be high-income earners.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> They&#x27;re making $700,000, $1 million, $2 million, $5 million, $10 million, potentially a year or more. And so one of the challenges that they run into is saving money in taxes. So that&#x27;s the other bucket. Now, there might be a third bucket where you have folks that literally have need for tax strategy in both of those buckets. Not only are they high-income earners, but they also are in a situation where they also have wealth. They have maybe several million dollars, and they want to mitigate taxes along the way. Now, when you look at tax planning and tax strategy, Coach, as you know, and we&#x27;ve talked about this in different planning meetings over the years and doing events, and you and I have been on different shows, not only your own show but others as well, talking about strategy. And one of the things that we know, right, is we&#x27;ve talked about this in many, many ways.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> It&#x27;s the idea of it&#x27;s not how much you make, it&#x27;s how much you keep. And so when we take a look at taxes, we not only have those buckets we discussed, but we also have current tax savings, future tax savings, and then estate transfer tax savings. So when you think about this, it&#x27;s not just like, hey, you know, a lot of people, when they look at people, they say, what have you done for me lately? I want to know what I can do right now, which we can talk about those strategies, and we will. But we also have to make sure that we think about the fact that there&#x27;s real strategy around this. And most people that, Coach, as you know, we&#x27;ve had lots of conversations around this. They say, but I got a CPA. That&#x27;s wonderful. But most CPAs are wonderful people. But oftentimes, they&#x27;re historians. They&#x27;re taking a look at what you paid last year, what you made last year, what charitable donations you gave last year.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And they&#x27;re not really coming to the table with advanced strategy. Yeah, very, very important to have that advanced strategy, isn&#x27;t it? Because, like, the IRS thrives on people not doing tax planning. They&#x27;re not going to tell you if you qualify for certain things. They&#x27;re not going to point out certain avenues you could have gone down that could have tremendously reduced your active income, the income that you report to the Uncle Sam. There are ways to reduce your taxable income right now. And so let&#x27;s talk about that right now. What are some of the ways that you&#x27;ve seen in your practice? I know you deal with a lot of high net worth individuals. We do as well. But you&#x27;re in Florida. You basically drive down the street. Everywhere you look, there are probably high worth individuals there. What are some? And, of course, with that situation, you have high tax bills. You have no state income tax in Florida.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> But federal income tax is the one that gets people the most, isn&#x27;t it? So what are some federal income tax strategies to reduce what we have to report to Uncle Sam legally? Yeah, it&#x27;s a great question. So most all the families that we are working with income-wise, they&#x27;re already in the 37% bracket, which is right now the top bracket. And federally, obviously, you guys, depending on where your clients would live in the Carolinas or wherever, are going to have state taxes or Vegas or wherever they end up being. But at the end of the day, yeah. So one of the things we want to look at right now, and here&#x27;s the good news. The good news, Coach, as you know, is right now, literally, even though we&#x27;re close to the end of the year, there&#x27;s still strategy that you can use to reduce your taxes for 2022. So let&#x27;s jump right into that. Yes. Let&#x27;s say your income&#x27;s high, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Your income&#x27;s $1 million, $2 million, whatever the number is. And you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re saying, OK, gosh, I don&#x27;t want to buy more trucks. I don&#x27;t want to buy more vehicles. I don&#x27;t want to buy more commercial property. You know, what can I do? There&#x27;s a rolling, actually, in Section 170H of the IRS Code that is a law which has been enacted by Congress. Yes. A lot of people don&#x27;t know about this, but a lot of people don&#x27;t do a lot of research, which is why they don&#x27;t know. Remember, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available because they don&#x27;t do the research. And that&#x27;s why, Coach, you and I have been so successful over the years in helping families. But one of the things that we know is Section 170H has been a law that was enacted by Congress basically all the way back to 1980. And it allows for what&#x27;s called a conservation easement.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Now, there have been several people that have said, I&#x27;ve heard about these, or most people, quite honestly, are not familiar with these. And they&#x27;ve changed along the ways, along the years. They&#x27;ve been codified and ratified in Congress, by Congress. But it is a law that is passed by Congress. And what it allows people to do is essentially participate in the ability to preserve ground. And by doing that, they get a tax deduction. Now, many of these deals, Coach, as you know, will bring a three, four, five. There&#x27;s some current deals right now that are open that actually provides a five-to-one deduction. Now, here&#x27;s what that means. So for every dollar that you put in, you get a $5 ordinary income deduction. And that&#x27;s using what&#x27;s called a best-use value that the IRS allows.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And so, Coach, really what it is is in simple format, if somebody has an income of, let&#x27;s say, $2 million, we can literally reduce that income by half. Unfortunately, the bad news is the IRS won&#x27;t allow us to cut your income more than half. But we can reduce the income by half, cut it down to a million. And in that scenario, it would technically save $370,000 in ordinary income taxes just on the federal side. Now, if they have state taxes, then obviously that would be an additional tax savings as well. So let&#x27;s just say their all-in bracket was 37 federal. And let&#x27;s say there was – what&#x27;s your tax rate there where you sit in North Carolina? Let&#x27;s just say 7 percent. That&#x27;s a little higher, but that&#x27;s – a lot of people are in that 7 percent bracket. Simple math.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> So let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re at 37 federal plus 7, which is 43 – or 44. Right. So now you know you&#x27;re going to save on that million dollars. Your real tax savings is $440,000 saved. By reducing your taxable income by a million, you&#x27;re saying. So if somebody reduces their taxable income from $2 million to $1 million, and they&#x27;re going to save about $440,000 in taxes that way. Okay. Yeah. Is there a cap on it, Mike, that you can take advantage of this with? What do you mean by a cap? He says there&#x27;s no limit to how much you can do, right? Right. You can only do half of what your income is going to be. Wow. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, what happens is a lot of CPAs when they look at these deals – so a couple things you have to understand when you look at the easement space. The first thing you&#x27;ve got to know is what is the deal itself.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> I&#x27;ve been involved personally with these deals for years and years and years. I&#x27;ve done a lot of research in this space. We&#x27;ve consulted on this space in many, many ways. The gentleman that we&#x27;re actually collaborated with and we consult for his company was a 23-year career veteran at the FBI, the head of the counterterrorism division – not head of, but lead in the counterterrorism division. Knows the deputy commissioners of the IRS. And he&#x27;s the one that put the current deal that many folks are involved in currently, and it&#x27;s invested in land in California where there&#x27;s a potential to build a solar farm. But by utilizing some strategy, we&#x27;re able to say, you know what, what would it look like to actually have this as a deduction? So it allows for the ability for a five-to-one deduction, simply put. And how it flows through to the investor, Coach, and this is the best part about it, you don&#x27;t have all of these things that – like if you buy a building for a deduction, now you own property, you&#x27;ve got property taxes, you&#x27;ve got insurance, you&#x27;ve got maybe all of these other moving parts.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> You know you&#x27;ve got a beautiful office there in North Carolina. Right. Lots of space, but you&#x27;ve got a lot of moving parts there. And so with this deal, it really just flows through. It&#x27;s Form 8283, which is a non-cash charitable deduction. So it flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. It must be done in the current year. Again, it&#x27;s part of the IRS code, Section 170H. A lot of CPAs are in a place where they may not be aware of it, or they might be aware of some of these deals, Coach, that have been done years ago, which a lot of them were, quite honestly, subpar. As we all know, hopefully things get better along the way, and this is one space that has. And so some of those subpar deals, you may find them in print or whatever.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> This was good or bad or whatever. But a lot of the deals that have been around for a couple years now are really, really strong. They&#x27;ve been heavily underwritten. In fact, most of them have Lloyd&#x27;s of London&#x27;s insurance backing up your monies as it goes in. There&#x27;s a lot of factors that are there. And there&#x27;s some cost, obviously, to get into the deal. But the general rule of thumb, if you think about it, if you have a million dollars of income that we&#x27;re reducing, you&#x27;re in a place where, as general rule of thumb, let&#x27;s just say you save $400,000 in taxes on that million. All in 40% is your tax number, right? So you save $400,000 in taxes. Well, your number, your investment number, because it&#x27;s a five-to-one multiple, to get that would be $200,000. So it&#x27;s going to cost you $200,000 to put in the deal, the investment.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> And ultimately, what that&#x27;s going to get you is a $400,000 tax saving. Basically, here&#x27;s your bottom line. If you don&#x27;t do any strategy, you&#x27;re going to give $400,000 to the government, and they&#x27;re going to like you for it. No, they&#x27;re not. Exactly. If you do strategy, you put $200,000 in the deal, and you save $400,000 in taxes. So you basically double your money year one. And so there&#x27;s no limit to how much you can put in, except you can only put in, when you use a multiplier, it can only reduce your taxes by half of what it would have been. So if you have a $2 million gross income, you can reduce that gross income to a million. In other words, if you have a $4 million, you can reduce that to $2 million. If you&#x27;re $6 million, you can reduce it to $3 million. These are big numbers, Greg.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Now, the money you invest, what happens to that money, and do you ever see that money back, or is that just one of the pawns in the chess game, the tax game of chess? Yeah, yeah, it is a tax game of chess. And it&#x27;s, again, on the quick note of that, you know, if you wonder why a lot of high net worth people, you&#x27;ve got to remember, the average annual income on Palm Beach Island is almost $28 million a year. And that&#x27;s assuming that people live there on average two months a year. Wow. Well, Mike, we&#x27;re coming against the clock, but we have so much more to talk about. Can you hang around for another segment? I&#x27;d be happy to. Absolutely. And that number is 800-661-7383. You can also text the word PLAN to 600-700. This is a great opportunity to reach out, get your own questions answered. Again, that number, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> 800-661-7383. Or text that keyword PLAN to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims-paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well and the role of taxes in retirement planning. They examine the transition from accumulating savings to creating retirement income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2/image.jpg?t=1792073540&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-par/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2/image.jpg?t=1792073540&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 21:16:47 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>825</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/39c943ef-09a1-4041-b8db-af6b015e20d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13234484" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-par</link>
      <itunes:order>46</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:30" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on the Financial Safari. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Fascinating conversation already here with Mr. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. Michael, this is a tremendous strategy on how to save on taxes, but I think it&#x27;s important that everybody realizes that this has to be done in 2022. So get on it right away. Again, the number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text the word plan, P-O-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Now, Mike, last week we talked about reducing taxes. We talked about a very special strategy. Now, before we get into this, I want to, there&#x27;s somebody else on the</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> radio who&#x27;s teasing people with this strategy, but never gives details. We&#x27;re giving details because you are the one who developed this strategy, so the guy on the radio locally is basically copying you. But he doesn&#x27;t do it the right way, I don&#x27;t think. So we&#x27;ll get it right from the horse&#x27;s mouth. Okay, there we go. So how you doing, Michael? You good? I&#x27;m wonderful. Now, let&#x27;s summarize what we talked about last time about how to reduce taxation, do it legally, ethically, morally. There&#x27;s nothing wrong in the tax code. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with reducing taxes that are allowed to reduce. If it&#x27;s in the tax code, it&#x27;s been used by others, and we&#x27;re specifically going to talk about 170-H in the IRS code. That&#x27;s what we talked about when we last visited here on the last segment of when we tied you on. But let&#x27;s talk about, let&#x27;s summarize what the 170-H is. Let&#x27;s summarize who might qualify for this, how to go through it, and how to reduce</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> those taxes, because that&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. It is, Coach. And so, first off, thanks for having me on. Love connecting with you. And we&#x27;ve been working together on different things for, gosh, 15-plus years. Been great friendship along the way in the business and evaluating, teaching other people in the industry. We both had an opportunity to do that. It&#x27;s a blessing. But yeah, when you talk about the idea of reducing taxes, it&#x27;s on everybody&#x27;s mind, especially the high-income earners. So when you talk about who qualifies, this is really where we kind of compartmentalize our tax-saving strategy, whether we need to save taxes on future money, which is our retirement investments, there&#x27;s strategy around that, whether we need to save money in taxes on our estate planning as we transition. There&#x27;s some federal rules changing in the code for 2025, so we need to prepare well for that. That&#x27;s legacy in estate planning. And now, really,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> what we&#x27;re talking about, Coach, is the idea of reducing taxes in 2022. Yes, there&#x27;s still time this year to save money in taxes in 2022. And so who this is going to qualify or connect really with is people that are high-income earners. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re a W-2 income or a 1099 income. You have your own company. You get K-1s. It doesn&#x27;t really matter how it flows through. Really, we&#x27;re going to see the most benefit. If you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re making $700, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million or more, we have a lot of families that we serve that are making $3, $5, $10 million a year down here in Palm Beach or more. We just had a conversation last week with somebody making about $100 million a year. They paid $40 million last year in taxes. Wow. Their CPA, they&#x27;re in Orlando, actually, that was referred to us. Whether we&#x27;ll help them or not</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> is still that to be seen. We&#x27;re having this conversation. But the bottom line is, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available. So Section 170H is part of the IRS code that specifically gets into the conservation easement savings. Now, this is a congressional law that was passed and it&#x27;s been around since 1980. It&#x27;s been codified and ratified, but it&#x27;s been on the system and on the books since the 80s. I got to tell you, Coach, I got a lot of connections, not only in this space, but also we have a great friend that&#x27;s, I won&#x27;t mention his name. He&#x27;s a Trump-appointed federal tax court judge that lives in D.C. that we&#x27;ve been having some conversations with as well about this space. The key when you look at these structures and deals, they&#x27;re conservation easements, but when you look at them, you must understand that there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. So just because somebody&#x27;s offering a deal</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> doesn&#x27;t mean you should be involved. Just because it&#x27;s a tax savings play doesn&#x27;t mean you should get involved. You need to make sure that you look at the underwriting. The CEO of the deal that we have done consulting on is actually a 23-year veteran of the FBI. He was part of the counterterrorism division. He got into this space and it&#x27;s been very, very well vetted and researched. So let me give you the 30,000-foot view, Coach, if I may, on this deal. Essentially, you&#x27;ve heard of the whole story, save the birds and the bees, right? Save the ground, save the ground. And that&#x27;s really where this came from. The federal government realized that they did not do a good job of preserving ground. They were about $28 billion behind in taking care of the underbrush and all of the things that&#x27;s necessary to preserve ground well, right, for sustainability. And so they offshooted this to</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> the private sector, essentially saying that if you want to preserve property, we will reward you, Section 170H of the IRS Code, by giving you a tax benefit to do it. Now, obviously, the deals that are created, there&#x27;s all kinds of different deals where you might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in minerals. You might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in solar. There&#x27;s a variety of different ways that these deals are structured, and that&#x27;s where the research really has to come in. But that&#x27;s the genesis of all of this. Now, the other thing that I will say when you look at these deals, Coach, is you got to know it&#x27;s very simple actually to file because it just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction, which basically means it&#x27;s similar to just like if you give money</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to your church or give money to an organization or a nonprofit or a charity. It just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. The only limitation really that&#x27;s been set with a lot of these, this happened in the Bush administration in the early 2000s. And basically, the limitations that were set coaches, you can only reduce your income, unfortunately, you can only reduce your income by half. Now, what that means is if your income is $2 million, you can use this strategy to reduce your income by half. And that&#x27;s it. Now, if you&#x27;re in a place where you end up investing and it reduces your income by more than half, well, you can&#x27;t use that additional monies this year. It just carries forward for 15 years as an ordinary income loss. So it&#x27;s not like it&#x27;s a lost entity.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And the general roll of thumb on the deal that we&#x27;ve seen that&#x27;s worked really, really well, it&#x27;s got Lloyd&#x27;s of London Insurance backing up the investor capital, et cetera, et cetera, is it&#x27;s about a five to one multiple, Coach. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about this for a long time off air. What that five to one multiple means is for every dollar that you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $5 of ordinary income deduction. So simple math. If you reduce your income by a million dollars and your total tax on that income is 40 percent, let&#x27;s just say, that&#x27;s a $400,000 tax bill that you&#x27;re going to give to the government if you do nothing. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, which are obviously for accredited investors only, meaning they have to make a certain amount of money or have a certain amount of money. Right. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, for every</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> $100,000 you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $500,000 of ordinary income deduction. So you put in $100,000, you&#x27;re going to get a $500,000 deduction. You put in $200,000, you&#x27;re going to get a million dollar deduction. So the simple math on that million is if you do nothing, if you&#x27;re at 40 percent bracket all in, you&#x27;re paying 40 percent, $400,000 of the government. Instead of doing that, we say, time out, keep more of what you made, your proponents, Coach, of you and your team helping families make lots of money. Well, let&#x27;s make sure we keep it, too. So put $200,000 in a deal, you&#x27;re going to literally, real savings is going to be $400,000, which means you basically doubled your money because you didn&#x27;t give all that $400,000 to the government. You only put $200,000 in a deal and that&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s a beautiful thing. Okay. So you do that, you get a great tax write-off,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> a great tax deduction. And then what happens to the money that you put in? What eventually happens to that money? So it&#x27;s a great question. So really, you&#x27;re investing initially in the strategy for the purposes of the tax benefits. That&#x27;s your main reward. And that&#x27;s your benefit that you&#x27;re getting from the IRS. Well, you already, in effect, doubled your, well, you have five times your money as far as what you could write off. So you doubled your money as far as what you don&#x27;t have to pay. So that&#x27;s exactly. You still, the money&#x27;s still there somewhere. It&#x27;s invested in that, but it&#x27;s probably being used to do what the government wanted to be done with that money, correct? Yeah. So the land is actually now in conservation that&#x27;s been purchased. We&#x27;re using what&#x27;s called best use value, which is where we get the valuation. There&#x27;s two approved valuations from the government, which is comps. You know, you see a comparables. If somebody buys a house</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> and the house down the street is worth X, Y, Z, you get comparables or you get best use, which is why we look at say, what if we invested in build a solar farm? And that&#x27;s what some of the deals out there are that we&#x27;ve seen that are quality. But at the end of the day, the better deals, the better conservation easement deals, Coach, they&#x27;re going to put some of the monies, which checks a box to be a separate business activity for the IRS conservation structure. They&#x27;re going to put some of the monies into an investment structure, which is going to yield some revenue back to the investor. It&#x27;s not going to be a lot. You&#x27;re not going to be like, oh, this is amazing. But about 15%, let&#x27;s just say somebody put $200,000 into the deal to get a million dollar deduction and roughly $400,000 of actual tax savings. Well, that $200,000, about 10 to 15%</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the monies, Coach, is going to go into a separate structure that&#x27;s going to kick anywhere between 5% to 7% a year on that $200,000 back. And then once the ground is sold, after it&#x27;s satisfied all the conservatory mechanisms and requirements, in about four, five, six years-ish, they&#x27;re roughly going to get some more monies back as well. So you&#x27;re going to get over the course of a five or six year period, Coach, as you know, anywhere between 30, 20 to 30, roughly all in back percent of what you put in. So if you put in $200,000, you should expect to see somewhere in the ballpark of $60,000 come back to you over the course collectively of about six years. So if you did $200,000, that would give you a million dollars you could write off on your taxes.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And it effectively really cost you about $130,000 to do that. Over a six-year period. Over a six-year period. That&#x27;s not a bad deal for taxes. That&#x27;s like putting a dollar over there and getting $3 back or $4, $5 back reduced on your taxes. It makes a lot of sense. Yeah, because essentially what you&#x27;re doing, Coach, like you said, is you&#x27;re putting $130,000 in and your real savings are roughly $400,000 or more than $400,000 if your tax bracket&#x27;s over 40% all in. Yeah. So really, it&#x27;s a win-win-win to me. It makes a lot of sense. This won&#x27;t appeal to folks who don&#x27;t have a tax problem. Folks, if you&#x27;re tired of writing gigantic checks to the IRS, why not write a smaller check to the IRS by utilizing some of the tax saving strategies out</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> here? Tax reduction legally. Again, it&#x27;s in the IRS code. I&#x27;m sure you have private letter rulings on this. You have all sorts of ammo to go against the government if the government ever came back and said this wasn&#x27;t allowed. By the way, we&#x27;re not tax attorneys. Mike&#x27;s not a tax attorney, but we work with folks who understand the tax code. Absolutely. Yeah. And so the big thing with this, Coach, is really here&#x27;s the key. The key, like anything else in life, due diligence, due diligence, due diligence. And so one of the reasons we&#x27;ve consulted on these over the years is because we have not only we&#x27;re working with high-profile, high-income, high-income people, but we&#x27;re also in a situation where we&#x27;ve done a lot of research on this. And I&#x27;m a big believer that unfortunately people, professionals have worked too hard for their wealth. Yeah. And</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> there&#x27;s just a lot of CPAs or financial people that are just too scared to learn about anything because their fear of audits or whatever it may be. And at the end of the day, when you look at a lot of these things, if you do them correctly, you do your diligence right, you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;ve covered a lot of your bases and you don&#x27;t really need to worry the way a lot of folks worry about things. Use strategy that exists because you&#x27;ve done the research around it. Well, and then, folks, a number to call right now if you want to find out more, see how this applies for you. Find the information out. It can&#x27;t hurt. 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Michael, I want to thank you for your time. We&#x27;ll have you back on maybe in 2023 to go over some of the new tax savings items</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> that may exist. And to summarize, say, you know, what kind of year you had as far as people wanting to reduce taxes here in 2022. Yeah, love to. Happy to. Yeah. Great. Yeah. Thanks for having me, Coach. Oh, this is really great. Yeah, it&#x27;s always good to have you. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. And Michael, we&#x27;ll visit you with you soon. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Hi, this is Coach Pete, and if you&#x27;ve got questions on how to properly structure your assets and build retirement income, you&#x27;re in the right place. Welcome to the Financial Safari. Broadcasting from coast to coast, it&#x27;s the Financial Safari with your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. Coach Pete and his guests are some of the nation&#x27;s top financial professionals. They make it their mission to guide investors through the treacherous jungle of the financial world, showing them how to grow, keep, and leave their money for their loved ones. Coach Pete is a frequent contributor to Fox Business Network, CNBC, The Wall Street Journal, and many other news outlets. They come to Coach Pete for their answers, and now so can you. So stick around and find out</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how to make it through the jungle of the financial world on the Financial Safari. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Fascinating conversation already here with Mr. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. Michael, this is a tremendous strategy on how to save on taxes, but I think it&#x27;s important that everybody realizes that this has to be done in 2022. So get on it right away. Again, the number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383, or text the word plan, P-O-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. Now, Mike, last week we talked about reducing taxes. We talked about a very special strategy. Now, before we get into this, I want to, there&#x27;s somebody else on the</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> radio who&#x27;s teasing people with this strategy, but never gives details. We&#x27;re giving details because you are the one who developed this strategy, so the guy on the radio locally is basically copying you. But he doesn&#x27;t do it the right way, I don&#x27;t think. So we&#x27;ll get it right from the horse&#x27;s mouth. Okay, there we go. So how you doing, Michael? You good? I&#x27;m wonderful. Now, let&#x27;s summarize what we talked about last time about how to reduce taxation, do it legally, ethically, morally. There&#x27;s nothing wrong in the tax code. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with reducing taxes that are allowed to reduce. If it&#x27;s in the tax code, it&#x27;s been used by others, and we&#x27;re specifically going to talk about 170-H in the IRS code. That&#x27;s what we talked about when we last visited here on the last segment of when we tied you on. But let&#x27;s talk about, let&#x27;s summarize what the 170-H is. Let&#x27;s summarize who might qualify for this, how to go through it, and how to reduce</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> those taxes, because that&#x27;s on everyone&#x27;s mind these days. It is, Coach. And so, first off, thanks for having me on. Love connecting with you. And we&#x27;ve been working together on different things for, gosh, 15-plus years. Been great friendship along the way in the business and evaluating, teaching other people in the industry. We both had an opportunity to do that. It&#x27;s a blessing. But yeah, when you talk about the idea of reducing taxes, it&#x27;s on everybody&#x27;s mind, especially the high-income earners. So when you talk about who qualifies, this is really where we kind of compartmentalize our tax-saving strategy, whether we need to save taxes on future money, which is our retirement investments, there&#x27;s strategy around that, whether we need to save money in taxes on our estate planning as we transition. There&#x27;s some federal rules changing in the code for 2025, so we need to prepare well for that. That&#x27;s legacy in estate planning. And now, really,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> what we&#x27;re talking about, Coach, is the idea of reducing taxes in 2022. Yes, there&#x27;s still time this year to save money in taxes in 2022. And so who this is going to qualify or connect really with is people that are high-income earners. It doesn&#x27;t matter if you&#x27;re a W-2 income or a 1099 income. You have your own company. You get K-1s. It doesn&#x27;t really matter how it flows through. Really, we&#x27;re going to see the most benefit. If you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;re making $700, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million or more, we have a lot of families that we serve that are making $3, $5, $10 million a year down here in Palm Beach or more. We just had a conversation last week with somebody making about $100 million a year. They paid $40 million last year in taxes. Wow. Their CPA, they&#x27;re in Orlando, actually, that was referred to us. Whether we&#x27;ll help them or not</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> is still that to be seen. We&#x27;re having this conversation. But the bottom line is, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available. So Section 170H is part of the IRS code that specifically gets into the conservation easement savings. Now, this is a congressional law that was passed and it&#x27;s been around since 1980. It&#x27;s been codified and ratified, but it&#x27;s been on the system and on the books since the 80s. I got to tell you, Coach, I got a lot of connections, not only in this space, but also we have a great friend that&#x27;s, I won&#x27;t mention his name. He&#x27;s a Trump-appointed federal tax court judge that lives in D.C. that we&#x27;ve been having some conversations with as well about this space. The key when you look at these structures and deals, they&#x27;re conservation easements, but when you look at them, you must understand that there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. So just because somebody&#x27;s offering a deal</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> doesn&#x27;t mean you should be involved. Just because it&#x27;s a tax savings play doesn&#x27;t mean you should get involved. You need to make sure that you look at the underwriting. The CEO of the deal that we have done consulting on is actually a 23-year veteran of the FBI. He was part of the counterterrorism division. He got into this space and it&#x27;s been very, very well vetted and researched. So let me give you the 30,000-foot view, Coach, if I may, on this deal. Essentially, you&#x27;ve heard of the whole story, save the birds and the bees, right? Save the ground, save the ground. And that&#x27;s really where this came from. The federal government realized that they did not do a good job of preserving ground. They were about $28 billion behind in taking care of the underbrush and all of the things that&#x27;s necessary to preserve ground well, right, for sustainability. And so they offshooted this to</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> the private sector, essentially saying that if you want to preserve property, we will reward you, Section 170H of the IRS Code, by giving you a tax benefit to do it. Now, obviously, the deals that are created, there&#x27;s all kinds of different deals where you might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in minerals. You might have a deal where it&#x27;s involved in solar. There&#x27;s a variety of different ways that these deals are structured, and that&#x27;s where the research really has to come in. But that&#x27;s the genesis of all of this. Now, the other thing that I will say when you look at these deals, Coach, is you got to know it&#x27;s very simple actually to file because it just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction, which basically means it&#x27;s similar to just like if you give money</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to your church or give money to an organization or a nonprofit or a charity. It just flows through as a Form 8283 non-cash charitable deduction. The only limitation really that&#x27;s been set with a lot of these, this happened in the Bush administration in the early 2000s. And basically, the limitations that were set coaches, you can only reduce your income, unfortunately, you can only reduce your income by half. Now, what that means is if your income is $2 million, you can use this strategy to reduce your income by half. And that&#x27;s it. Now, if you&#x27;re in a place where you end up investing and it reduces your income by more than half, well, you can&#x27;t use that additional monies this year. It just carries forward for 15 years as an ordinary income loss. So it&#x27;s not like it&#x27;s a lost entity.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> And the general roll of thumb on the deal that we&#x27;ve seen that&#x27;s worked really, really well, it&#x27;s got Lloyd&#x27;s of London Insurance backing up the investor capital, et cetera, et cetera, is it&#x27;s about a five to one multiple, Coach. And, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about this for a long time off air. What that five to one multiple means is for every dollar that you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $5 of ordinary income deduction. So simple math. If you reduce your income by a million dollars and your total tax on that income is 40 percent, let&#x27;s just say, that&#x27;s a $400,000 tax bill that you&#x27;re going to give to the government if you do nothing. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, which are obviously for accredited investors only, meaning they have to make a certain amount of money or have a certain amount of money. Right. If you&#x27;re involved in this deal, for every</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> $100,000 you put in, you&#x27;re going to get $500,000 of ordinary income deduction. So you put in $100,000, you&#x27;re going to get a $500,000 deduction. You put in $200,000, you&#x27;re going to get a million dollar deduction. So the simple math on that million is if you do nothing, if you&#x27;re at 40 percent bracket all in, you&#x27;re paying 40 percent, $400,000 of the government. Instead of doing that, we say, time out, keep more of what you made, your proponents, Coach, of you and your team helping families make lots of money. Well, let&#x27;s make sure we keep it, too. So put $200,000 in a deal, you&#x27;re going to literally, real savings is going to be $400,000, which means you basically doubled your money because you didn&#x27;t give all that $400,000 to the government. You only put $200,000 in a deal and that&#x27;s it. It&#x27;s a beautiful thing. Okay. So you do that, you get a great tax write-off,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> a great tax deduction. And then what happens to the money that you put in? What eventually happens to that money? So it&#x27;s a great question. So really, you&#x27;re investing initially in the strategy for the purposes of the tax benefits. That&#x27;s your main reward. And that&#x27;s your benefit that you&#x27;re getting from the IRS. Well, you already, in effect, doubled your, well, you have five times your money as far as what you could write off. So you doubled your money as far as what you don&#x27;t have to pay. So that&#x27;s exactly. You still, the money&#x27;s still there somewhere. It&#x27;s invested in that, but it&#x27;s probably being used to do what the government wanted to be done with that money, correct? Yeah. So the land is actually now in conservation that&#x27;s been purchased. We&#x27;re using what&#x27;s called best use value, which is where we get the valuation. There&#x27;s two approved valuations from the government, which is comps. You know, you see a comparables. If somebody buys a house</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> and the house down the street is worth X, Y, Z, you get comparables or you get best use, which is why we look at say, what if we invested in build a solar farm? And that&#x27;s what some of the deals out there are that we&#x27;ve seen that are quality. But at the end of the day, the better deals, the better conservation easement deals, Coach, they&#x27;re going to put some of the monies, which checks a box to be a separate business activity for the IRS conservation structure. They&#x27;re going to put some of the monies into an investment structure, which is going to yield some revenue back to the investor. It&#x27;s not going to be a lot. You&#x27;re not going to be like, oh, this is amazing. But about 15%, let&#x27;s just say somebody put $200,000 into the deal to get a million dollar deduction and roughly $400,000 of actual tax savings. Well, that $200,000, about 10 to 15%</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the monies, Coach, is going to go into a separate structure that&#x27;s going to kick anywhere between 5% to 7% a year on that $200,000 back. And then once the ground is sold, after it&#x27;s satisfied all the conservatory mechanisms and requirements, in about four, five, six years-ish, they&#x27;re roughly going to get some more monies back as well. So you&#x27;re going to get over the course of a five or six year period, Coach, as you know, anywhere between 30, 20 to 30, roughly all in back percent of what you put in. So if you put in $200,000, you should expect to see somewhere in the ballpark of $60,000 come back to you over the course collectively of about six years. So if you did $200,000, that would give you a million dollars you could write off on your taxes.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> And it effectively really cost you about $130,000 to do that. Over a six-year period. Over a six-year period. That&#x27;s not a bad deal for taxes. That&#x27;s like putting a dollar over there and getting $3 back or $4, $5 back reduced on your taxes. It makes a lot of sense. Yeah, because essentially what you&#x27;re doing, Coach, like you said, is you&#x27;re putting $130,000 in and your real savings are roughly $400,000 or more than $400,000 if your tax bracket&#x27;s over 40% all in. Yeah. So really, it&#x27;s a win-win-win to me. It makes a lot of sense. This won&#x27;t appeal to folks who don&#x27;t have a tax problem. Folks, if you&#x27;re tired of writing gigantic checks to the IRS, why not write a smaller check to the IRS by utilizing some of the tax saving strategies out</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> here? Tax reduction legally. Again, it&#x27;s in the IRS code. I&#x27;m sure you have private letter rulings on this. You have all sorts of ammo to go against the government if the government ever came back and said this wasn&#x27;t allowed. By the way, we&#x27;re not tax attorneys. Mike&#x27;s not a tax attorney, but we work with folks who understand the tax code. Absolutely. Yeah. And so the big thing with this, Coach, is really here&#x27;s the key. The key, like anything else in life, due diligence, due diligence, due diligence. And so one of the reasons we&#x27;ve consulted on these over the years is because we have not only we&#x27;re working with high-profile, high-income, high-income people, but we&#x27;re also in a situation where we&#x27;ve done a lot of research on this. And I&#x27;m a big believer that unfortunately people, professionals have worked too hard for their wealth. Yeah. And</p><p><strong>12:36</strong> there&#x27;s just a lot of CPAs or financial people that are just too scared to learn about anything because their fear of audits or whatever it may be. And at the end of the day, when you look at a lot of these things, if you do them correctly, you do your diligence right, you&#x27;re in a place where you&#x27;ve covered a lot of your bases and you don&#x27;t really need to worry the way a lot of folks worry about things. Use strategy that exists because you&#x27;ve done the research around it. Well, and then, folks, a number to call right now if you want to find out more, see how this applies for you. Find the information out. It can&#x27;t hurt. 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Or text the word PLAN, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s PLAN to 600-700. Michael, I want to thank you for your time. We&#x27;ll have you back on maybe in 2023 to go over some of the new tax savings items</p><p><strong>13:22</strong> that may exist. And to summarize, say, you know, what kind of year you had as far as people wanting to reduce taxes here in 2022. Yeah, love to. Happy to. Yeah. Great. Yeah. Thanks for having me, Coach. Oh, this is really great. Yeah, it&#x27;s always good to have you. Michael Wall from Wall Private Wealth. And Michael, we&#x27;ll visit you with you soon. Coach P Radio. Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall continues his discussion with Coach Pete about retirement taxes and income. This second part considers planning choices described in his book Retire Once, Retire Well.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/image.jpg?t=1792073544&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-p-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/image.jpg?t=1792073544&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 21:16:52 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>862</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40efd90f-93ed-4706-917b-af6b015e20a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13819329" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-author-of-retire-once-retire-well-p-1</link>
      <itunes:order>47</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning and Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and the financial questions people face as retirement approaches. They share their perspectives on helping people prepare for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, welcome in to the Financial Safari. This is the show every single week we go out across the world and we talk to people who make a difference in the financial world, and we want to make sure that you get educated, you get all the information you need to make the proper financial decisions. In my over 30 years in the financial arena, if I had to put my finger on one thing that has caused more trouble for folks is they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re doing, they don&#x27;t understand what their advisor has been telling them,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and they don&#x27;t understand the money world completely. And we&#x27;ve got a great expert. He&#x27;s been on the show several times over the last decade and a half. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s joining us from Phoenix, Arizona, or maybe Scottsdale, Arizona, somewhere out there in that Phoenix area. And he&#x27;s the author of two great books, Paychecks and Playchecks. And my favorite book is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, which Tom also turned into a PBS, public broadcasting special. You may have seen him on TV. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. It&#x27;s always fun to have you on. It&#x27;s always fun to be on. And your color is orange. Every time I see you, you get the orange. Every time. Yeah, it&#x27;s a branding thing, you know. Yeah, I love it. I love it. Well, the cover of your first book was orange, by the way. Yep. Paychecks and Playchecks, that&#x27;s correct.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Now, we&#x27;re here in 2022, believe it or not. I mean, I remember the year Y2K, like the year 2000, and we were all going to be in trouble. The computers were all going to take a break and leave us, and it didn&#x27;t happen. And now we&#x27;re in 2022. And this has been a very interesting, let&#x27;s say, last couple years with everything from COVID to inflation to recession talk to maybe even depression talk. Let&#x27;s just take a step back, though. Let&#x27;s talk to people in a logical way. And I don&#x27;t like scaring people. I mean, when I tell people to be worried, I really do mean be worried. And I&#x27;m a positive person. I try to stay positive. But I think we need to educate folks that are watching and listening just on what money really is and how it can work in your favor instead of working in the broker&#x27;s favor a lot of times.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. Well, you know, when it comes to wealth, there are really three phases. The first phase is building wealth. That&#x27;s when you&#x27;re younger and you&#x27;re saving, you&#x27;re investing. You know, you need to kind of be in the market so that you can get returns and grow. But then it comes to protecting wealth. See, once you have money, yes, you want to grow it. But just as important, you want to protect it. Like, I always tell people I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got. And see, mutual funds can&#x27;t do that. Stocks can&#x27;t do that. There are products that can do that. And then the last phase is distributing wealth. Actually, either taking it as income for yourself or giving it to charities or relatives or whoever you want when you die. And so that&#x27;s what I spent my career, you know, helping people build their wealth, protect their wealth, and then distribute their wealth in the right way based in math and science.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And there are some principles that are based in math and science, not based in some broker&#x27;s opinion. And that&#x27;s what I go around and speak about. I don&#x27;t sell any financial products whatsoever. So I just take the research of the leading PhDs around the world and try to share that with clients all around the world. Yeah, we call it math over money. I mean, really, if you understand math, money will work in your favor. Yeah, and, you know, like people don&#x27;t understand inflation. But, you know, Milton Friedman said inflation is always and everywhere a monetary event. Now, what does that mean? That means every time you print a dollar, what happens to the value of all the other dollars? Well, they go down a little bit. If you print another dollar, the value of the dollars goes down. Now, we&#x27;ve been printing trillions and trillions and trillions of dollars. And our dollar has actually gone up. Why? Well, because the Fed has been raising interest rates.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> But eventually, once this interest rate thing is going to happen, I mean, the problem is we printed all this money. And now the Fed is going to try to shred $5 trillion of it. They printed $9 trillion over the past decade and a half or whatever. They&#x27;re going to try to shred. That&#x27;s called QT, quantitative tightening. They&#x27;re basically putting money in the shredder. Well, we saw what happened when they pumped $5 trillion in. The market went just like this. What do you think is going to happen when they put the $5 trillion in the shredder? Well, it&#x27;s going to have to go down at least a little bit. You know, so I think people should be worried, not scared, but just concerned and then prudent because there are prudent places you can put your money that won&#x27;t go down. Yeah, well, my dad&#x27;s a physics professor for 43 years. And basically what goes up must come down a lot of times.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> And for every action, there is an opposite or equal reaction. And so just what you said, gosh, everyone was a stock picker here the last 20 years because everything was going up, it seemed like. Because the Fed was pumping so much money into the market or making the rates go down so low, there was no other choice for Sally May down there who just retired as a teacher for 40 years. She had to take her money out of her safe bank accounts or safe places and put it into the stock market to try to keep up with the growing market that was going there. And so many people are in the market right now who should never have been in the market to begin with, with the money that they have in there. Yeah. And you know what? Somehow we got into this thing where it was either you have your money in stocks or you have it in protected products. That should never be the case. You should have some amount of money always in protected products and probably some amount of money always in the market.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Because you want to participate when the market&#x27;s going up, but you&#x27;ve got to have protection when the market goes down. And the markets do go down and they can stay down for a long time. In Europe, the market&#x27;s been down for over 20 years. In Japan, the market&#x27;s been down for over 30 years. I mean, think about it. What would happen to your retirement, and I&#x27;m talking to your listeners, if this market went down and stayed down for 5, 10, 15 years? I think that would decimate a lot of people&#x27;s retirements. It won&#x27;t decimate mine, though, by the way, because I&#x27;ve got enough money in protected products that I&#x27;m guaranteed to at least pay my basic living expenses without having that subject to market risk. Well, and that&#x27;s important because I think a lot of folks, if the market tanks and when it does tank, everyone just assumes it&#x27;s going to come right back the next day. And, matter of fact, it almost has the last 15 years. But, Tom, like you said, there may be a time where the market goes down and then you jump in, you throw a lot more money in, and the market keeps going down.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> So, buying at a low today may be buying at a high tomorrow because there&#x27;s no guarantees. And I think a lot of people just got it in their head that the market always goes up. Where did that fallacy approach our mental aspects? Because there&#x27;s no such thing as guarantees in the stock market. Right. What they&#x27;re saying is over time, the market has always gone up. So, it goes up, it goes down. But over time, it&#x27;s always gone up. And I agree with that. But the problem is if you&#x27;re at a time in your life like retirement, in or near retirement, and the market&#x27;s going down and you&#x27;re pulling money out of your account, that&#x27;s a dangerous recipe for running out of money. It&#x27;s called the sequence of returns risk, order of returns risk. David Macchia calls it timing risk. You know, he lists 10 financially identical retirees that have the same portfolio, the same investment, the same risk profile.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> The only thing different is they retired 90 days apart, 10 people. And you know what happened? Two of those people went completely dead broke. Two of those people became wildly wealthy, even though they were taking it out. And the other six people, they made it. But we never know who are those two people that just based on timing, based on bad luck, they end up running out of money. You should never subject your retirement to bad luck. We talk about two of 10. And Wall Street uses that almost as a sales tool saying, hey, you got an 80% chance of success. But I always, Tom, and you do too. We&#x27;ve talked about this for years. I&#x27;m a skeptic. So I say, well, if eight out of 10 are succeeding, what happened to the other two of 10? And what could they have done differently to make sure that they weren&#x27;t two of 10 in that bad place where they&#x27;re not going to survive through retirement?</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> Yeah. Imagine going to the airport and the pilot saying, ladies and gentlemen, welcome to retirement airlines. There&#x27;s an 80% chance we&#x27;re going to land safely. Nobody would get on that flight. Now, that&#x27;s flying and that&#x27;s your life. But you know what? You shouldn&#x27;t subject your retirement to those levels of risk either. And you don&#x27;t need to. You know, BlackRock, Barclays, Ibbotson, and even the Wall Street Journal have said if you would simply move your bond portfolio to some type of guaranteed annuity, either an income annuity or just one that&#x27;s guaranteed to go up, your portfolio returns are going to go up and your risk is going to go down. This is math and science. This isn&#x27;t an opinion. I don&#x27;t sell annuities. I don&#x27;t care if people buy them. But look at what bonds have done. I mean, coach, it&#x27;s not just stocks that have gone down.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Stocks have gone down. Gold&#x27;s gone down. Oil is going down. Bonds, people have gotten crushed in bonds. This is the worst year ever for a bond investor. So if somebody&#x27;s 60% stock, 40% bonds, they&#x27;re losing on both sides. That&#x27;s not supposed to happen. And I wrote an article, I don&#x27;t know, years ago that said the 60-40 portfolio is dead. Long live life insurance and annuities. And all I said in that article is if you&#x27;re going to be 60% stock, then you should be 40% in annuities or life insurance, something that is not going to go down when the markets go down. And that was great advice three, four years ago. It&#x27;s even better advice today. So I&#x27;m just telling people the simplest way to get involved with annuities is move your bonds. I&#x27;m not talking your stocks. Move your bonds because people have been getting crushed in bonds. Yeah, a lot of people fall in love with their stocks.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> So it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re telling them to get rid of a family member when you tell them to pare down some of the risks they have in the market. Tom, another thing I&#x27;ve noticed, and this is very alarming to me, people will come in and say, well, my broker ran this Monte Carlo simulation. And I&#x27;ve got a great chance of success in retirement. And I saw you made a good point about this a few weeks back. You said the Monte Carlo simulation basically is at the mercy of whoever is entering the data. In other words, if your planner is anticipating you and your spouse both passing away at age 80 or 85, even 90, of course you&#x27;re going to have a pretty high success rate. But what if you live longer? The success rate almost goes away. Right. You know, most broker, and I say, you know why they call them brokers, because you&#x27;re broker than you were six months ago. That&#x27;s why they call them brokers. But I say, you know, I&#x27;m not a big fan of Monte Carlo simulations because of Monte Carlo simulations.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> They&#x27;ll plug in this down and they&#x27;ll say, you have a 90 percent chance of success living to age 90. Well, 63 percent of all married couples have somebody live beyond age 90. Fifty percent of 65 year old couples have somebody live to be 93. Twenty five percent of those couples have somebody live to be 97. So what I tell people is if you want to do a Monte Carlo simulation, have your broker put in age 100 and just see what happens. Yeah. His plans are going to fail. They&#x27;re going to get wiped out. So don&#x27;t use age 90 in a Monte Carlo. Use 100 or 105. That&#x27;s my position. You know, isn&#x27;t that financial malpractice when they&#x27;re using those numbers that they know life expectancy is longer than that just to make a sale? Yeah. You know, I think the guy who posted it, he was a very respected guy. He said, I&#x27;d rather be vaguely right than totally wrong or something like that. And I go, well, I want to be totally right when it comes to my retirement.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> I don&#x27;t want to be vaguely right. I want to be right. And that&#x27;s what I write about. That&#x27;s what I speak about. So I show people how to never, ever, ever run out of money and to live their life. Look, I&#x27;m mostly retired. I&#x27;m 75% retired. This is the life I&#x27;m living. I own 11 annuities. I&#x27;ve got a guaranteed income coming in so I can go play golf. I can play pickleball. I can do all the things I want. My wife and I are going to Hawaii in a couple of days. So I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. And, you know, I&#x27;ve got a long-term care plan. I follow all the steps that I write about and talk about when I&#x27;m out trying to help people retire the optimal way. I need 100% success rate for my clients, and I won&#x27;t settle for anything less than that. We age 121 when we do our plans. 121. There you go. Because we don&#x27;t know. I mean, maybe there&#x27;ll be some new modern technology, and we&#x27;ll all live to age 120.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Well, if you have a plan that&#x27;s going to expire at age 90, you&#x27;ve got 30 years. That&#x27;s a whole working life now. 30 years of retirement where you can&#x27;t go back to work where you&#x27;re going to be in a lot of trouble. You know, and people who say, well, life expectancy has come down because of COVID. Moshe Malevsky studied this. He studied the Spanish flu back in 1918. And what happens is some deaths are pulled forward. But what&#x27;s going to happen from now on is life expectancy is going to jump because all the people that were close to dying, they&#x27;ve died, okay? And so now we&#x27;re going to have a resurgent where people aren&#x27;t going to die for a while. And now they&#x27;re coming up with cures for cancer, diabetes, heart disease. They got these little nanobots that go in your body and fix things. And, I mean, it&#x27;s crazy. And so it&#x27;s not unthinkable that people could live to be 130, 140. Time Magazine said the first person lived to 150 is alive today. Wow.</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> So, I mean, we&#x27;ve got to take that into account. We have to make sure our money lives as long as we do. And, folks, if you&#x27;re curious about getting your own plan, if you&#x27;re curious, if you have the right plan right now, give a call. We&#x27;ll give you a no-cost second opinion. And we&#x27;ll also put together for you your very own fiduciary plan, total retirement plan. Call right now. All right. So that phone number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text the word plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy and the financial questions people face as retirement approaches. They share their perspectives on helping people prepare for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, welcome in to the Financial Safari. This is the show every single week we go out across the world and we talk to people who make a difference in the financial world, and we want to make sure that you get educated, you get all the information you need to make the proper financial decisions. In my over 30 years in the financial arena, if I had to put my finger on one thing that has caused more trouble for folks is they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re doing, they don&#x27;t understand what their advisor has been telling them,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and they don&#x27;t understand the money world completely. And we&#x27;ve got a great expert. He&#x27;s been on the show several times over the last decade and a half. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s joining us from Phoenix, Arizona, or maybe Scottsdale, Arizona, somewhere out there in that Phoenix area. And he&#x27;s the author of two great books, Paychecks and Playchecks. And my favorite book is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, which Tom also turned into a PBS, public broadcasting special. You may have seen him on TV. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. It&#x27;s always fun to have you on. It&#x27;s always fun to be on. And your color is orange. Every time I see you, you get the orange. Every time. Yeah, it&#x27;s a branding thing, you know. Yeah, I love it. I love it. Well, the cover of your first book was orange, by the way. Yep. Paychecks and Playchecks, that&#x27;s correct.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Now, we&#x27;re here in 2022, believe it or not. I mean, I remember the year Y2K, like the year 2000, and we were all going to be in trouble. The computers were all going to take a break and leave us, and it didn&#x27;t happen. And now we&#x27;re in 2022. And this has been a very interesting, let&#x27;s say, last couple years with everything from COVID to inflation to recession talk to maybe even depression talk. Let&#x27;s just take a step back, though. Let&#x27;s talk to people in a logical way. And I don&#x27;t like scaring people. I mean, when I tell people to be worried, I really do mean be worried. And I&#x27;m a positive person. I try to stay positive. But I think we need to educate folks that are watching and listening just on what money really is and how it can work in your favor instead of working in the broker&#x27;s favor a lot of times.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. Well, you know, when it comes to wealth, there are really three phases. The first phase is building wealth. That&#x27;s when you&#x27;re younger and you&#x27;re saving, you&#x27;re investing. You know, you need to kind of be in the market so that you can get returns and grow. But then it comes to protecting wealth. See, once you have money, yes, you want to grow it. But just as important, you want to protect it. Like, I always tell people I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got. And see, mutual funds can&#x27;t do that. Stocks can&#x27;t do that. There are products that can do that. And then the last phase is distributing wealth. Actually, either taking it as income for yourself or giving it to charities or relatives or whoever you want when you die. And so that&#x27;s what I spent my career, you know, helping people build their wealth, protect their wealth, and then distribute their wealth in the right way based in math and science.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And there are some principles that are based in math and science, not based in some broker&#x27;s opinion. And that&#x27;s what I go around and speak about. I don&#x27;t sell any financial products whatsoever. So I just take the research of the leading PhDs around the world and try to share that with clients all around the world. Yeah, we call it math over money. I mean, really, if you understand math, money will work in your favor. Yeah, and, you know, like people don&#x27;t understand inflation. But, you know, Milton Friedman said inflation is always and everywhere a monetary event. Now, what does that mean? That means every time you print a dollar, what happens to the value of all the other dollars? Well, they go down a little bit. If you print another dollar, the value of the dollars goes down. Now, we&#x27;ve been printing trillions and trillions and trillions of dollars. And our dollar has actually gone up. Why? Well, because the Fed has been raising interest rates.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> But eventually, once this interest rate thing is going to happen, I mean, the problem is we printed all this money. And now the Fed is going to try to shred $5 trillion of it. They printed $9 trillion over the past decade and a half or whatever. They&#x27;re going to try to shred. That&#x27;s called QT, quantitative tightening. They&#x27;re basically putting money in the shredder. Well, we saw what happened when they pumped $5 trillion in. The market went just like this. What do you think is going to happen when they put the $5 trillion in the shredder? Well, it&#x27;s going to have to go down at least a little bit. You know, so I think people should be worried, not scared, but just concerned and then prudent because there are prudent places you can put your money that won&#x27;t go down. Yeah, well, my dad&#x27;s a physics professor for 43 years. And basically what goes up must come down a lot of times.</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> And for every action, there is an opposite or equal reaction. And so just what you said, gosh, everyone was a stock picker here the last 20 years because everything was going up, it seemed like. Because the Fed was pumping so much money into the market or making the rates go down so low, there was no other choice for Sally May down there who just retired as a teacher for 40 years. She had to take her money out of her safe bank accounts or safe places and put it into the stock market to try to keep up with the growing market that was going there. And so many people are in the market right now who should never have been in the market to begin with, with the money that they have in there. Yeah. And you know what? Somehow we got into this thing where it was either you have your money in stocks or you have it in protected products. That should never be the case. You should have some amount of money always in protected products and probably some amount of money always in the market.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Because you want to participate when the market&#x27;s going up, but you&#x27;ve got to have protection when the market goes down. And the markets do go down and they can stay down for a long time. In Europe, the market&#x27;s been down for over 20 years. In Japan, the market&#x27;s been down for over 30 years. I mean, think about it. What would happen to your retirement, and I&#x27;m talking to your listeners, if this market went down and stayed down for 5, 10, 15 years? I think that would decimate a lot of people&#x27;s retirements. It won&#x27;t decimate mine, though, by the way, because I&#x27;ve got enough money in protected products that I&#x27;m guaranteed to at least pay my basic living expenses without having that subject to market risk. Well, and that&#x27;s important because I think a lot of folks, if the market tanks and when it does tank, everyone just assumes it&#x27;s going to come right back the next day. And, matter of fact, it almost has the last 15 years. But, Tom, like you said, there may be a time where the market goes down and then you jump in, you throw a lot more money in, and the market keeps going down.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> So, buying at a low today may be buying at a high tomorrow because there&#x27;s no guarantees. And I think a lot of people just got it in their head that the market always goes up. Where did that fallacy approach our mental aspects? Because there&#x27;s no such thing as guarantees in the stock market. Right. What they&#x27;re saying is over time, the market has always gone up. So, it goes up, it goes down. But over time, it&#x27;s always gone up. And I agree with that. But the problem is if you&#x27;re at a time in your life like retirement, in or near retirement, and the market&#x27;s going down and you&#x27;re pulling money out of your account, that&#x27;s a dangerous recipe for running out of money. It&#x27;s called the sequence of returns risk, order of returns risk. David Macchia calls it timing risk. You know, he lists 10 financially identical retirees that have the same portfolio, the same investment, the same risk profile.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> The only thing different is they retired 90 days apart, 10 people. And you know what happened? Two of those people went completely dead broke. Two of those people became wildly wealthy, even though they were taking it out. And the other six people, they made it. But we never know who are those two people that just based on timing, based on bad luck, they end up running out of money. You should never subject your retirement to bad luck. We talk about two of 10. And Wall Street uses that almost as a sales tool saying, hey, you got an 80% chance of success. But I always, Tom, and you do too. We&#x27;ve talked about this for years. I&#x27;m a skeptic. So I say, well, if eight out of 10 are succeeding, what happened to the other two of 10? And what could they have done differently to make sure that they weren&#x27;t two of 10 in that bad place where they&#x27;re not going to survive through retirement?</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> Yeah. Imagine going to the airport and the pilot saying, ladies and gentlemen, welcome to retirement airlines. There&#x27;s an 80% chance we&#x27;re going to land safely. Nobody would get on that flight. Now, that&#x27;s flying and that&#x27;s your life. But you know what? You shouldn&#x27;t subject your retirement to those levels of risk either. And you don&#x27;t need to. You know, BlackRock, Barclays, Ibbotson, and even the Wall Street Journal have said if you would simply move your bond portfolio to some type of guaranteed annuity, either an income annuity or just one that&#x27;s guaranteed to go up, your portfolio returns are going to go up and your risk is going to go down. This is math and science. This isn&#x27;t an opinion. I don&#x27;t sell annuities. I don&#x27;t care if people buy them. But look at what bonds have done. I mean, coach, it&#x27;s not just stocks that have gone down.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Stocks have gone down. Gold&#x27;s gone down. Oil is going down. Bonds, people have gotten crushed in bonds. This is the worst year ever for a bond investor. So if somebody&#x27;s 60% stock, 40% bonds, they&#x27;re losing on both sides. That&#x27;s not supposed to happen. And I wrote an article, I don&#x27;t know, years ago that said the 60-40 portfolio is dead. Long live life insurance and annuities. And all I said in that article is if you&#x27;re going to be 60% stock, then you should be 40% in annuities or life insurance, something that is not going to go down when the markets go down. And that was great advice three, four years ago. It&#x27;s even better advice today. So I&#x27;m just telling people the simplest way to get involved with annuities is move your bonds. I&#x27;m not talking your stocks. Move your bonds because people have been getting crushed in bonds. Yeah, a lot of people fall in love with their stocks.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> So it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re telling them to get rid of a family member when you tell them to pare down some of the risks they have in the market. Tom, another thing I&#x27;ve noticed, and this is very alarming to me, people will come in and say, well, my broker ran this Monte Carlo simulation. And I&#x27;ve got a great chance of success in retirement. And I saw you made a good point about this a few weeks back. You said the Monte Carlo simulation basically is at the mercy of whoever is entering the data. In other words, if your planner is anticipating you and your spouse both passing away at age 80 or 85, even 90, of course you&#x27;re going to have a pretty high success rate. But what if you live longer? The success rate almost goes away. Right. You know, most broker, and I say, you know why they call them brokers, because you&#x27;re broker than you were six months ago. That&#x27;s why they call them brokers. But I say, you know, I&#x27;m not a big fan of Monte Carlo simulations because of Monte Carlo simulations.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> They&#x27;ll plug in this down and they&#x27;ll say, you have a 90 percent chance of success living to age 90. Well, 63 percent of all married couples have somebody live beyond age 90. Fifty percent of 65 year old couples have somebody live to be 93. Twenty five percent of those couples have somebody live to be 97. So what I tell people is if you want to do a Monte Carlo simulation, have your broker put in age 100 and just see what happens. Yeah. His plans are going to fail. They&#x27;re going to get wiped out. So don&#x27;t use age 90 in a Monte Carlo. Use 100 or 105. That&#x27;s my position. You know, isn&#x27;t that financial malpractice when they&#x27;re using those numbers that they know life expectancy is longer than that just to make a sale? Yeah. You know, I think the guy who posted it, he was a very respected guy. He said, I&#x27;d rather be vaguely right than totally wrong or something like that. And I go, well, I want to be totally right when it comes to my retirement.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> I don&#x27;t want to be vaguely right. I want to be right. And that&#x27;s what I write about. That&#x27;s what I speak about. So I show people how to never, ever, ever run out of money and to live their life. Look, I&#x27;m mostly retired. I&#x27;m 75% retired. This is the life I&#x27;m living. I own 11 annuities. I&#x27;ve got a guaranteed income coming in so I can go play golf. I can play pickleball. I can do all the things I want. My wife and I are going to Hawaii in a couple of days. So I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. And, you know, I&#x27;ve got a long-term care plan. I follow all the steps that I write about and talk about when I&#x27;m out trying to help people retire the optimal way. I need 100% success rate for my clients, and I won&#x27;t settle for anything less than that. We age 121 when we do our plans. 121. There you go. Because we don&#x27;t know. I mean, maybe there&#x27;ll be some new modern technology, and we&#x27;ll all live to age 120.</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> Well, if you have a plan that&#x27;s going to expire at age 90, you&#x27;ve got 30 years. That&#x27;s a whole working life now. 30 years of retirement where you can&#x27;t go back to work where you&#x27;re going to be in a lot of trouble. You know, and people who say, well, life expectancy has come down because of COVID. Moshe Malevsky studied this. He studied the Spanish flu back in 1918. And what happens is some deaths are pulled forward. But what&#x27;s going to happen from now on is life expectancy is going to jump because all the people that were close to dying, they&#x27;ve died, okay? And so now we&#x27;re going to have a resurgent where people aren&#x27;t going to die for a while. And now they&#x27;re coming up with cures for cancer, diabetes, heart disease. They got these little nanobots that go in your body and fix things. And, I mean, it&#x27;s crazy. And so it&#x27;s not unthinkable that people could live to be 130, 140. Time Magazine said the first person lived to 150 is alive today. Wow.</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> So, I mean, we&#x27;ve got to take that into account. We have to make sure our money lives as long as we do. And, folks, if you&#x27;re curious about getting your own plan, if you&#x27;re curious, if you have the right plan right now, give a call. We&#x27;ll give you a no-cost second opinion. And we&#x27;ll also put together for you your very own fiduciary plan, total retirement plan. Call right now. All right. So that phone number to call, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Or just text the word plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don't Worry, Retire Happy and the financial questions people face as retirement approaches. They share their perspectives on helping people prepare for life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Don't Worry</category>
      <category>Retire Happy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, Don't Worry, Retire Happy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf/image.jpg?t=1792073566&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-dont-worry-retire-happy-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf/image.jpg?t=1792073566&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 15:15:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>787</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/261af10e-040c-4167-b9ce-af2e00f854bf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12626388" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-dont-worry-retire-happy-part-1</link>
      <itunes:order>48</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don't Worry, Retire Happy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:09" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about retirement preparation and Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. This second part explores their approach to helping people think through their retirement goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is a show every single week we go out across the world and we talk to people who make a difference in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a great expert. He&#x27;s been on the show several times over the last decade and a half. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. We&#x27;ve got an article here from Kiplinger, and it says, Why I love annuities and so should you.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It&#x27;s an article that came out. The date is January 16, 2000. Pretty good foreshadowing there. If you would have read this article and taken advantage of some of the advice here, you would have got your retirement plan a lot safer and a lot better positioning before all this inflation and market crash stuff started happening here. So let&#x27;s talk about it. Yeah. So, you know, guaranteed lifetime income should be a foundational element of any retirement plan. That&#x27;s what the research of the leading PhDs. Now, there are three sources of guaranteed lifetime income. The first source is Social Security. Well, Social Security is the largest retirement asset most people have. But what is Social Security? Social Security. It&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. The second source is a pension.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> But what is a pension? A pension is a guaranteed paycheck for life. It&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity. So what the researchers say is you should figure out how much money do you need to cover your basic living expenses. You subtract out your Social Security, subtract out your pension. Whatever you&#x27;re short, you&#x27;re supposed to go find an insurance company and buy some form of income annuity. Again, I don&#x27;t sell annuities. I don&#x27;t care if people buy them or not. I&#x27;m telling you what the research says. And what that article said was basically that, you know, you should have about 20% to 40% of your portfolio in guaranteed lifetime income. I&#x27;m going to have more than that because I don&#x27;t just want to have guaranteed paychecks. I want to have some guaranteed playchecks too. But 20% to 40%, that&#x27;s about normal. The Wall Street Journal had an article earlier this year that said you should move some of your bonds to annuities. Roger Ibbotson did a study where he found out annuities have outperformed bonds for the last 40 years and are likely to do so for the next 40 years.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Barclays came out with a paper, you should move your bonds to annuities. BlackRock, who didn&#x27;t even ever think is pro-annuity, they came out with a thing and said you should move your bonds to annuities. So this is established out there, but you know what? People don&#x27;t listen or they have brokers that are conflicted with their compensation because they want to get fees on everything. And they say, oh, don&#x27;t buy those annuities. They have high commissions. The commission on annuity, most annuities, is very small. It gets paid by the insurance company. It doesn&#x27;t come out of the client&#x27;s money. Now, of course, the product is priced to pay a commission. But if you put $100,000 in annuity, the whole $100,000 goes in. You could do $100,000 with that broker every year, every year for the rest of your life. They&#x27;re going to take fees out of there. Market&#x27;s down, tough luck. They&#x27;re taking out their fees. And it comes out of your account. And I don&#x27;t know how forever fees are somehow better than a one-time commission paid by an insurance company.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> It&#x27;s a ridiculous argument. And yet that&#x27;s what they talk about. It&#x27;s the best way, I think, to – well, it&#x27;s sort of like buying a car. I mean, the commissions are worked into the car. You&#x27;re not paying another commission when you buy the car. Like, let&#x27;s say you buy a $40,000 car, you don&#x27;t have to come in with $45,000. $40,000 for the car and $5,000 in commissions. The commissions are already built in. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, though, for a minute the whys of life insurance. So just insurance. The insurance industry in general. Why did the insurance industry come up? Well, because it&#x27;s a way to shift risk, to shift your burden if something goes wrong. Like home insurance. If your house burns down, well, you have home insurance for a reason. So the insurance company will help you rebuild. Car insurance. You get in a wreck, the insurance company will help you get it back in the car and make sure it&#x27;s driving like it did before you got into rent. Income insurance, if we have a market crash, if you had money in a place where you wouldn&#x27;t lose it,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> the annuity. Annuity is insurance for your money, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, when it comes down to it, it&#x27;s a way – it&#x27;s not as exciting as bragging to your friends that you got into Facebook at $10 and now it&#x27;s at $300, but it&#x27;s not anymore, by the way, because it goes up and down. But insurance basically is a way for you to know with certainty what your outcome is going to be ahead of time. Right. You know, we talked about building wealth and then protecting wealth and then distributing wealth. The annuity can be great for protecting and then distributing wealth. It&#x27;s going to give you the highest pay – guaranteed paycheck of any product out there. You can&#x27;t find anything that will give you a higher guaranteed payout rate. If you&#x27;re 90, the annuity will guarantee you 20% every year for the rest of your life. You know, it goes based on age. And the older you are, the higher the guaranteed paycheck. So people in their 70s, their 80s, their 90s, they should for sure be looking at income annuities.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> People in their 40s, 50s, and 60s should be looking at protecting their wealth by using an annuity that they can then turn into income in the future. And so, again, you know, this is what the research of the leading PhDs, Dr. Moshe Malevsky, Dr. David Babel, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, Dr. Michael Finke, Dr. Wade Fowle, Nobel Prize recipients, William Sharp, Dr. Robert C. Merton, you can research all of them. The message is clear. You need to have at least enough guaranteed income to cover your basic living expenses. Why? Because you&#x27;re assuring against longevity risk. What if you live to be 100, 100, 510? The annuity will protect you. What about market risk? There&#x27;s no market risk in an annuity. What about order of return, sequence of returns risk, or withdrawal rate risk that you can take out too much money?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> You see, the annuity protects you from overspending, and it protects you from underspending. The truth is, Coach, most people underspend because they&#x27;re scared to touch their money. Oh, what if the market goes on? What if this happens? So they never live the retirement they&#x27;re entitled to because they underspend. The annuity allows you to spend everything. Well, when you look at the five-star financial plan with five different topics here, we insure our life insurance. We insure our life, so we get life insurance. We insure our health, health insurance. We insure our house, home insurance. We insure our cars, car insurance. Well, that&#x27;s four. The fifth is insuring our income. I&#x27;d argue that&#x27;s the most important part of the insurance that&#x27;s ignored. So if you have all those other insurances, you definitely should have the wealth insurance or the income insurance I call an annuity. Yep, and that&#x27;s why I say I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Vanguard can&#x27;t do that for me. Ken Fisher can&#x27;t do that for me. You know, a broker can&#x27;t do that for me. That&#x27;s what you can do for me. So I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got. And I think most of your listeners would say, you know what? That&#x27;s what I want, too. So you win the race. You win the marathon. You win the marathon, and yet instead of celebrating, you decide to walk back into the marathon path and try to run the race again. That&#x27;s what happens. Many of you watching or listening, you&#x27;ve already won the race in the retirement world. You&#x27;ve got enough money to have that safe, secure retirement income that&#x27;ll be worry-free forever for you, but yet you decide to keep yourself and your money in the race. In other words, in the market. We can go up and down and all around. We did talk to a client years ago, a radio listener. She did not become a client. She almost had a million dollars. She said, I&#x27;m going to put some of that money in annuity as soon as I get to a million dollars.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> I want to have a million dollars in my stock portfolio. I&#x27;ve always wanted to have that. Marty Hensley, one of my planners, met with her. She said that she had about $990,000. She still wanted to wait. She never reached a million, Tom. Not that next five years because the market went down and she spent the next five years trying to recover back to where she was when we talked to her to begin with. Recovery is not gain and making sure that you are in the right place is paramount to having that successful retirement where you don&#x27;t have worries. Yeah, you know, here&#x27;s what happened to me. I&#x27;m not an old guy. I&#x27;m 61, okay? But at 60, I decided to mostly retire. I&#x27;m about 75% retired. You know why? I lost my best golfing buddy at age 56. We talked that we lost another good buddy who&#x27;s 41. I lost my mom, lost my dad, all my aunts and uncles. And I&#x27;m sitting there saying, okay, well, how many years do I have left?</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And am I trying to be the richest guy in the cemetery or do I want to live the richest life? And so I chose I want to live the richest life. Now, listen to this. I never joined a country club. I&#x27;ve always been a golfer. I&#x27;ve never joined a country club because I was working too hard. I was working, you know, 60, 70 hours a week. I could maybe play two or three rounds a month. I could never make the numbers work. Well, guess what? Now I&#x27;m a member of two clubs because the numbers work great. When you&#x27;re playing golf five days a week and pickleball two days a week, I&#x27;m telling you, the numbers are outstanding, especially here in Phoenix, Arizona. And so I&#x27;m in Flagstaff for the summer. I&#x27;m down here in the winter. I play golf. I&#x27;m having the time of my life. But I could still be out there working, you know, 70, 80 hours. People will hire me all day. But I&#x27;ve chosen not to. I&#x27;ve chosen to live my life. And I would hope that some people would listen to this and decide, you know what?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Why do I keep doing this? I&#x27;ve won the game. Now let&#x27;s just turn it into income and live off of it and have a great retirement. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to do. You know, we both practice what we preach. I&#x27;ve got a lot of my money in safe money solutions like annuities and life insurance, a very specialized life insurance policy that will give me almost $200,000 of tax-free retirement income guaranteed in like nine years from now. That&#x27;s pretty good. I mean, so in nine years from now, that might not buy a candy bar, though, the way inflation is. But it&#x27;s better to have it than not have it, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And I move more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance as well, because I believe you should be working on getting as much increasing tax-free income as possible. Because, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about the economy. We&#x27;re $30 trillion in debt, climbing at $4 billion every single morning.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> We have $200 trillion of unfunded obligations for Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, government pensions, military pensions. I mean, I just ask people, where do you think taxes are going from here? They&#x27;re going up a lot. People say, oh, I got a million dollars in my 401k. I say, really? How much of that is yours? They say, what do you mean? It&#x27;s all mine. I said, no, it&#x27;s not. You got a partner. The partner&#x27;s the federal government. And you&#x27;re the limited partner. They&#x27;re the general partner. They get to take their cut first. And here&#x27;s the deal. You have no idea. What if they decide they&#x27;re going to take out 60%? What if they decide they&#x27;re going to take out 70 or 75 or 80? You know, back during World War II, the marginal tax rate was over 90%. What if that happens? Then your 401k isn&#x27;t even a 201k. It isn&#x27;t even a 101k, you know? And so you don&#x27;t want to have all your money in pre-tax dollars. You want to have some places where you can get money out tax-free.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> You know, I told you I own 11 annuities. Most of them are in Roth IRA income annuities. So I&#x27;m going to have tax-free income for the rest of my life for my annuities. I get tax-free income for the rest of my life on my life insurance. I mean, this stuff really works. But, and I own dividend-paying stocks. I&#x27;m not against dividend-paying stocks. I own real estate. I have a diversified portfolio. But I have the majority of my wealth in protected assets because I&#x27;m not at a point where I want to lose it and worry about it. Two key phrases there, safe money solutions and tax-free income. I mean, when you put those together, I&#x27;d be willing to argue my plan versus any Wall Street plan would be more successful when we have safe solutions and tax-free income. And the tax-free aspect is something that a lot of people are overlooking. We&#x27;re so caught up in returns these days. We forget about the return to you, not the return on your portfolio.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> And I want to return all my money and all my gains. And if we have money in the Roth, that&#x27;s what you get to do until or unless the government decides to play dirty tricks with that. But I&#x27;d rather be in a Roth than not be in a Roth. Correct? Right, right. And, I mean, I just had to send the government another big check because I had to file an extension and I did a big Roth conversion last year. I thought I withheld enough. I didn&#x27;t. I didn&#x27;t like writing the check. But you want to know what? That check will be a lot smaller than, you know, it&#x27;s like when I work with agricultural people. I say, would you rather pay tax on the seed or the harvest? They say, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on the seed. Okay, that&#x27;s a Roth IRA because you don&#x27;t get a tax deduction. But the harvest comes tax-free. With a 401k, you get a deduction on the seed, but you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the harvest. Not really a smart thing. So, I would lean towards Roth 401ks, Roth IRAs.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> If you put in 4%, they match with 4%, do that. That&#x27;s 100% rate of return. But above that, I would never put another penny in my 401k. I&#x27;d put it in Roth or I&#x27;d put it in cash value life insurance. That&#x27;s the way I would do it. Well, because it makes sense. I mean, when you&#x27;re looking at the main goal is to have more income for you and your family, then the Roth makes a lot of sense. Tax-free makes a lot of sense. Annuities make a whole lot of sense because you&#x27;re going to get back what you put in. No one has any guarantees when they put money to market if they&#x27;re going to get any of that money back. Hopefully, you get a whole lot more. But that word hopefully is in there. And that&#x27;s not a good word when we&#x27;re making a guaranteed financial plan for retirement. Yeah. And I mean, the stock market is fine for the paycheck, but the paycheck needs to be guaranteed. And that&#x27;s the difference. It should never be stocks or annuities. It should always be stocks and annuities.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> That&#x27;s the solution. Just replace your bonds with annuities. Buy some dividend-paying stocks. Have some real estate. Go knock yourself out. But do not put all of your money at risk, especially not right before or right after retirement. That is the danger zone. We have a free special report on guaranteed lifetime income, folks, and tax-free aspects of it as well. If you call right now, you&#x27;ll get that. And Tom, really appreciate your time today. Again, Tom Hegna, the author of Paychecks and Playchecks. And also, don&#x27;t worry, retire happy. Tom, hope to have you on again and enjoy your trip to Hawaii. Thanks, Coach. Talk to you soon. Take care. All right, let&#x27;s open up these phone lines. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ve got a great way to text us as well. Just text the word PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about retirement preparation and Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. This second part explores their approach to helping people think through their retirement goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is a show every single week we go out across the world and we talk to people who make a difference in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a great expert. He&#x27;s been on the show several times over the last decade and a half. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. We&#x27;ve got an article here from Kiplinger, and it says, Why I love annuities and so should you.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> It&#x27;s an article that came out. The date is January 16, 2000. Pretty good foreshadowing there. If you would have read this article and taken advantage of some of the advice here, you would have got your retirement plan a lot safer and a lot better positioning before all this inflation and market crash stuff started happening here. So let&#x27;s talk about it. Yeah. So, you know, guaranteed lifetime income should be a foundational element of any retirement plan. That&#x27;s what the research of the leading PhDs. Now, there are three sources of guaranteed lifetime income. The first source is Social Security. Well, Social Security is the largest retirement asset most people have. But what is Social Security? Social Security. It&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. The second source is a pension.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> But what is a pension? A pension is a guaranteed paycheck for life. It&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity. So what the researchers say is you should figure out how much money do you need to cover your basic living expenses. You subtract out your Social Security, subtract out your pension. Whatever you&#x27;re short, you&#x27;re supposed to go find an insurance company and buy some form of income annuity. Again, I don&#x27;t sell annuities. I don&#x27;t care if people buy them or not. I&#x27;m telling you what the research says. And what that article said was basically that, you know, you should have about 20% to 40% of your portfolio in guaranteed lifetime income. I&#x27;m going to have more than that because I don&#x27;t just want to have guaranteed paychecks. I want to have some guaranteed playchecks too. But 20% to 40%, that&#x27;s about normal. The Wall Street Journal had an article earlier this year that said you should move some of your bonds to annuities. Roger Ibbotson did a study where he found out annuities have outperformed bonds for the last 40 years and are likely to do so for the next 40 years.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Barclays came out with a paper, you should move your bonds to annuities. BlackRock, who didn&#x27;t even ever think is pro-annuity, they came out with a thing and said you should move your bonds to annuities. So this is established out there, but you know what? People don&#x27;t listen or they have brokers that are conflicted with their compensation because they want to get fees on everything. And they say, oh, don&#x27;t buy those annuities. They have high commissions. The commission on annuity, most annuities, is very small. It gets paid by the insurance company. It doesn&#x27;t come out of the client&#x27;s money. Now, of course, the product is priced to pay a commission. But if you put $100,000 in annuity, the whole $100,000 goes in. You could do $100,000 with that broker every year, every year for the rest of your life. They&#x27;re going to take fees out of there. Market&#x27;s down, tough luck. They&#x27;re taking out their fees. And it comes out of your account. And I don&#x27;t know how forever fees are somehow better than a one-time commission paid by an insurance company.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> It&#x27;s a ridiculous argument. And yet that&#x27;s what they talk about. It&#x27;s the best way, I think, to – well, it&#x27;s sort of like buying a car. I mean, the commissions are worked into the car. You&#x27;re not paying another commission when you buy the car. Like, let&#x27;s say you buy a $40,000 car, you don&#x27;t have to come in with $45,000. $40,000 for the car and $5,000 in commissions. The commissions are already built in. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, though, for a minute the whys of life insurance. So just insurance. The insurance industry in general. Why did the insurance industry come up? Well, because it&#x27;s a way to shift risk, to shift your burden if something goes wrong. Like home insurance. If your house burns down, well, you have home insurance for a reason. So the insurance company will help you rebuild. Car insurance. You get in a wreck, the insurance company will help you get it back in the car and make sure it&#x27;s driving like it did before you got into rent. Income insurance, if we have a market crash, if you had money in a place where you wouldn&#x27;t lose it,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> the annuity. Annuity is insurance for your money, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, when it comes down to it, it&#x27;s a way – it&#x27;s not as exciting as bragging to your friends that you got into Facebook at $10 and now it&#x27;s at $300, but it&#x27;s not anymore, by the way, because it goes up and down. But insurance basically is a way for you to know with certainty what your outcome is going to be ahead of time. Right. You know, we talked about building wealth and then protecting wealth and then distributing wealth. The annuity can be great for protecting and then distributing wealth. It&#x27;s going to give you the highest pay – guaranteed paycheck of any product out there. You can&#x27;t find anything that will give you a higher guaranteed payout rate. If you&#x27;re 90, the annuity will guarantee you 20% every year for the rest of your life. You know, it goes based on age. And the older you are, the higher the guaranteed paycheck. So people in their 70s, their 80s, their 90s, they should for sure be looking at income annuities.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> People in their 40s, 50s, and 60s should be looking at protecting their wealth by using an annuity that they can then turn into income in the future. And so, again, you know, this is what the research of the leading PhDs, Dr. Moshe Malevsky, Dr. David Babel, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, Dr. Michael Finke, Dr. Wade Fowle, Nobel Prize recipients, William Sharp, Dr. Robert C. Merton, you can research all of them. The message is clear. You need to have at least enough guaranteed income to cover your basic living expenses. Why? Because you&#x27;re assuring against longevity risk. What if you live to be 100, 100, 510? The annuity will protect you. What about market risk? There&#x27;s no market risk in an annuity. What about order of return, sequence of returns risk, or withdrawal rate risk that you can take out too much money?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> You see, the annuity protects you from overspending, and it protects you from underspending. The truth is, Coach, most people underspend because they&#x27;re scared to touch their money. Oh, what if the market goes on? What if this happens? So they never live the retirement they&#x27;re entitled to because they underspend. The annuity allows you to spend everything. Well, when you look at the five-star financial plan with five different topics here, we insure our life insurance. We insure our life, so we get life insurance. We insure our health, health insurance. We insure our house, home insurance. We insure our cars, car insurance. Well, that&#x27;s four. The fifth is insuring our income. I&#x27;d argue that&#x27;s the most important part of the insurance that&#x27;s ignored. So if you have all those other insurances, you definitely should have the wealth insurance or the income insurance I call an annuity. Yep, and that&#x27;s why I say I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Vanguard can&#x27;t do that for me. Ken Fisher can&#x27;t do that for me. You know, a broker can&#x27;t do that for me. That&#x27;s what you can do for me. So I want to make as much as I can make, but I don&#x27;t want to lose what I&#x27;ve already got. And I think most of your listeners would say, you know what? That&#x27;s what I want, too. So you win the race. You win the marathon. You win the marathon, and yet instead of celebrating, you decide to walk back into the marathon path and try to run the race again. That&#x27;s what happens. Many of you watching or listening, you&#x27;ve already won the race in the retirement world. You&#x27;ve got enough money to have that safe, secure retirement income that&#x27;ll be worry-free forever for you, but yet you decide to keep yourself and your money in the race. In other words, in the market. We can go up and down and all around. We did talk to a client years ago, a radio listener. She did not become a client. She almost had a million dollars. She said, I&#x27;m going to put some of that money in annuity as soon as I get to a million dollars.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> I want to have a million dollars in my stock portfolio. I&#x27;ve always wanted to have that. Marty Hensley, one of my planners, met with her. She said that she had about $990,000. She still wanted to wait. She never reached a million, Tom. Not that next five years because the market went down and she spent the next five years trying to recover back to where she was when we talked to her to begin with. Recovery is not gain and making sure that you are in the right place is paramount to having that successful retirement where you don&#x27;t have worries. Yeah, you know, here&#x27;s what happened to me. I&#x27;m not an old guy. I&#x27;m 61, okay? But at 60, I decided to mostly retire. I&#x27;m about 75% retired. You know why? I lost my best golfing buddy at age 56. We talked that we lost another good buddy who&#x27;s 41. I lost my mom, lost my dad, all my aunts and uncles. And I&#x27;m sitting there saying, okay, well, how many years do I have left?</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And am I trying to be the richest guy in the cemetery or do I want to live the richest life? And so I chose I want to live the richest life. Now, listen to this. I never joined a country club. I&#x27;ve always been a golfer. I&#x27;ve never joined a country club because I was working too hard. I was working, you know, 60, 70 hours a week. I could maybe play two or three rounds a month. I could never make the numbers work. Well, guess what? Now I&#x27;m a member of two clubs because the numbers work great. When you&#x27;re playing golf five days a week and pickleball two days a week, I&#x27;m telling you, the numbers are outstanding, especially here in Phoenix, Arizona. And so I&#x27;m in Flagstaff for the summer. I&#x27;m down here in the winter. I play golf. I&#x27;m having the time of my life. But I could still be out there working, you know, 70, 80 hours. People will hire me all day. But I&#x27;ve chosen not to. I&#x27;ve chosen to live my life. And I would hope that some people would listen to this and decide, you know what?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Why do I keep doing this? I&#x27;ve won the game. Now let&#x27;s just turn it into income and live off of it and have a great retirement. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to do. You know, we both practice what we preach. I&#x27;ve got a lot of my money in safe money solutions like annuities and life insurance, a very specialized life insurance policy that will give me almost $200,000 of tax-free retirement income guaranteed in like nine years from now. That&#x27;s pretty good. I mean, so in nine years from now, that might not buy a candy bar, though, the way inflation is. But it&#x27;s better to have it than not have it, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. And I move more of my personal wealth to cash value life insurance as well, because I believe you should be working on getting as much increasing tax-free income as possible. Because, you know, we&#x27;ve talked about the economy. We&#x27;re $30 trillion in debt, climbing at $4 billion every single morning.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> We have $200 trillion of unfunded obligations for Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, government pensions, military pensions. I mean, I just ask people, where do you think taxes are going from here? They&#x27;re going up a lot. People say, oh, I got a million dollars in my 401k. I say, really? How much of that is yours? They say, what do you mean? It&#x27;s all mine. I said, no, it&#x27;s not. You got a partner. The partner&#x27;s the federal government. And you&#x27;re the limited partner. They&#x27;re the general partner. They get to take their cut first. And here&#x27;s the deal. You have no idea. What if they decide they&#x27;re going to take out 60%? What if they decide they&#x27;re going to take out 70 or 75 or 80? You know, back during World War II, the marginal tax rate was over 90%. What if that happens? Then your 401k isn&#x27;t even a 201k. It isn&#x27;t even a 101k, you know? And so you don&#x27;t want to have all your money in pre-tax dollars. You want to have some places where you can get money out tax-free.</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> You know, I told you I own 11 annuities. Most of them are in Roth IRA income annuities. So I&#x27;m going to have tax-free income for the rest of my life for my annuities. I get tax-free income for the rest of my life on my life insurance. I mean, this stuff really works. But, and I own dividend-paying stocks. I&#x27;m not against dividend-paying stocks. I own real estate. I have a diversified portfolio. But I have the majority of my wealth in protected assets because I&#x27;m not at a point where I want to lose it and worry about it. Two key phrases there, safe money solutions and tax-free income. I mean, when you put those together, I&#x27;d be willing to argue my plan versus any Wall Street plan would be more successful when we have safe solutions and tax-free income. And the tax-free aspect is something that a lot of people are overlooking. We&#x27;re so caught up in returns these days. We forget about the return to you, not the return on your portfolio.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> And I want to return all my money and all my gains. And if we have money in the Roth, that&#x27;s what you get to do until or unless the government decides to play dirty tricks with that. But I&#x27;d rather be in a Roth than not be in a Roth. Correct? Right, right. And, I mean, I just had to send the government another big check because I had to file an extension and I did a big Roth conversion last year. I thought I withheld enough. I didn&#x27;t. I didn&#x27;t like writing the check. But you want to know what? That check will be a lot smaller than, you know, it&#x27;s like when I work with agricultural people. I say, would you rather pay tax on the seed or the harvest? They say, well, I&#x27;d rather pay tax on the seed. Okay, that&#x27;s a Roth IRA because you don&#x27;t get a tax deduction. But the harvest comes tax-free. With a 401k, you get a deduction on the seed, but you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the harvest. Not really a smart thing. So, I would lean towards Roth 401ks, Roth IRAs.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> If you put in 4%, they match with 4%, do that. That&#x27;s 100% rate of return. But above that, I would never put another penny in my 401k. I&#x27;d put it in Roth or I&#x27;d put it in cash value life insurance. That&#x27;s the way I would do it. Well, because it makes sense. I mean, when you&#x27;re looking at the main goal is to have more income for you and your family, then the Roth makes a lot of sense. Tax-free makes a lot of sense. Annuities make a whole lot of sense because you&#x27;re going to get back what you put in. No one has any guarantees when they put money to market if they&#x27;re going to get any of that money back. Hopefully, you get a whole lot more. But that word hopefully is in there. And that&#x27;s not a good word when we&#x27;re making a guaranteed financial plan for retirement. Yeah. And I mean, the stock market is fine for the paycheck, but the paycheck needs to be guaranteed. And that&#x27;s the difference. It should never be stocks or annuities. It should always be stocks and annuities.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> That&#x27;s the solution. Just replace your bonds with annuities. Buy some dividend-paying stocks. Have some real estate. Go knock yourself out. But do not put all of your money at risk, especially not right before or right after retirement. That is the danger zone. We have a free special report on guaranteed lifetime income, folks, and tax-free aspects of it as well. If you call right now, you&#x27;ll get that. And Tom, really appreciate your time today. Again, Tom Hegna, the author of Paychecks and Playchecks. And also, don&#x27;t worry, retire happy. Tom, hope to have you on again and enjoy your trip to Hawaii. Thanks, Coach. Talk to you soon. Take care. All right, let&#x27;s open up these phone lines. That number, 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ve got a great way to text us as well. Just text the word PLAN to 600-700.</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> PLAN to 600-700.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna continues his conversation with Coach Pete about retirement preparation and Don't Worry, Retire Happy. This second part explores their approach to helping people think through their retirement goals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Don't Worry</category>
      <category>Retire Happy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, Don't Worry, Retire Happy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462/image.jpg?t=1792073573&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-dont-worry-retire-happy-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462/image.jpg?t=1792073573&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462</guid>
      <omny:clipId>53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2022 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>811</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/53cec760-83e1-45ec-acb0-af2e00f85462/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13005185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-author-of-dont-worry-retire-happy-part-2</link>
      <itunes:order>49</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don't Worry, Retire Happy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:11" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:19" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Webb: Financial Issues and the Public Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>David Webb: Financial Issues and the Public Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Radio host David Webb joins Coach Pete to discuss financial issues and the wider public debate. This archive conversation reflects their perspectives on the economic environment at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and like always this week is no exception. We&#x27;ve got a return visitor now it&#x27;s been about over a decade since he&#x27;s been on last. His name is David Webb and David has been entertaining and informing the public for decades from music to talk in Boston, Houston, Dallas, New York City and in syndication now satellite radio and television. He&#x27;s hosted the David Webb show on Sirius XM Patriot 125 and he&#x27;s also on Fox Nation. He&#x27;s a Fox News contributor.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> He&#x27;s all over the place on the Hill and Breitbart News also. His name is David Webb and David where you joined us from today? Miami, Florida. Oh that&#x27;s a nice place to be. Miami. You know after the bourbon festival in Kentucky this weekend it&#x27;s nice to come home and decompress. Tell me about the bourbon festival. Did you go to blends? When you get to the distillers the distillers came to us. I got to tell you I was surprised and happily so. There were 31 year festival in Bardstown just outside of Louisville and man have they got it dialed in. I tried actually my one of my favorites was the 1792 barrel proof by Blanton&#x27;s among others but a real tasting real experience real food great people and</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> you know one of the reasons I love this country there&#x27;s so much to see and do. You&#x27;re right about that and you never run like a lot of people get on they run to the airport and they go like overseas where they could be having a lot of fun and seeing a lot of cool things right in their own state believe it or not especially here in North Carolina. Yeah and so if you think about our country if I could for a second you look across America and include the islands and territories we contain every climate on the planet from rainforest to high desert to low desert and everything in between. I mean look I love traveling love seeing the world there&#x27;s a lot to see out there none of us will ever get to see all of it it just isn&#x27;t possible but you could do a lot in America and still never get through it.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Now where were you born David? I was born in the Caribbean I was born in Jamaica West Indies nice and but I have a family and then just a couple weeks ago on Labor Day my mother and I went up to visit the family gravestones plural that date back pre-revolution in Gilbertsville New York on the Donaldson side so we have a family history that goes back for this country for Jamaica for others and like a lot of people you know you start digging into your background you find out there&#x27;s a lot more in common that brings us together. I stayed in Jamaica like three or four years ago right before COVID came and in our resort there was a jerk chicken shack there and the cool thing about that it was all inclusive so you could go by the shack anytime you wanted they give you half a jerk chicken</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> so I think I probably had about 20 chickens a day there it seemed like and I love jerk chicken. Well you know it&#x27;s okay to make them an endangered species once in a while. Speaking of endangered species what do you think about the inflation reduction act and the dollar seems to be in danger right now doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah I mean we&#x27;ve got the however someone looks at it and I can&#x27;t tell you for sure we&#x27;ve got a committed group of ideologues that go way beyond Kenzie and economics we&#x27;ve got a committed group of people that want government to have more intrusion in our lives we want government they want government to be in control of our wants and needs and in order for that to work you&#x27;ve got to have a dependent class well in any society how do you get a dependent class you undercut the economy of all the things</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> that we need in society to work right culture safety community all the things legislative bodies and everything if the economy doesn&#x27;t work then people are more easily controlled people are more easily influenced and it&#x27;s not unique to America they&#x27;ve they&#x27;ve done this across the board in other nations I&#x27;ll give you a stark but quick example in Chile in 1975 give or take some months a group known as the Chicago Boys went to Chile Milton Friedman among others the economist one of the leaders of that group they restructured Chile&#x27;s economy they grew it and from 1975 forward it became the nation with a</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> stronger economy highest per capita income and an education system that was flourishing raising the next generation of workforce etc the Marxists went into Chile they took on critical class theory as the attack here critical race theory in America and just a couple of weeks ago thankfully and we don&#x27;t know where it goes they voted down by about 62 to 68 percent a Marxist constitution in Chile societies can change if you destroy the economy we don&#x27;t know the future of Chile but right now Chile is socialist run and if they get their way further on to a to a Marxist a Marxist constitution which would further destroy that country this is the belief of some of the hard left and the outcome of what they do no matter what they tell you in the form of oh it&#x27;s just a little form of socialism or not really what you say it is well the outcomes not just in Chile but in other countries in Colombia with the election of Pietro with others this is a very real strategy and it&#x27;s been a</p><p><strong>06:04</strong> employed here in America yeah folks we&#x27;re talking to David Webb he&#x27;s hosted the David Webb show on Sirius XM Patriot 125 David you know it&#x27;s it&#x27;s always fun to to have other people&#x27;s money free stuff is great until you run out of other people&#x27;s money isn&#x27;t it yeah it really is I mean Margaret Thatcher gets the credit but the reality there was that&#x27;s what happened in the United Kingdom socialism socialism health care failed all these other things failed and when they were out of other people&#x27;s money they then became the wards of the state and the state couldn&#x27;t afford it yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s very concerning to a lot of folks who study the economy to see this happening because if we don&#x27;t have enough workers we&#x27;re not going to have enough products and therefore it doesn&#x27;t matter what the cost is if it&#x27;s not available and we&#x27;re seeing this firsthand what about all the you know and I just casually watch the internet every now and then and supposedly a lot of food processing companies are either burning down exploding or going out of business that&#x27;s worrisome to me because one thing I know is we need food to live</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> yeah I mean everybody eats every day let&#x27;s just keep it simple right that&#x27;s how it works I looked into that and I you know wasn&#x27;t able to go as deep as I wanted to just you know call it just I wasn&#x27;t able to there are a number of issues for some of those plants it was actually a maintenance problem that you know they spun them up after being shut down for COVID again lack of workforce proper protocols right uh and that&#x27;s not new in the industry but it should not what shouldn&#x27;t be left off the table is a proper investigation into some form of attack it&#x27;s not new that there are enemies of the United States and documented cases where they will go after electric power plants up even you know have been whether eco-terrorists or Islamist terrorists have literally been arrested outside of</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> electric plants you look at electric plants you look at water treatment plants these are the core of our society imagine if you change the formula in a water treatment plant in agriculture it&#x27;s not as if you spin up the next day and you make a new car because you got the lineup and running at the plant you have to plant grow and those gaps can cause real food deserts for Americans not to mention from an economic standpoint exports to other nations which fuels the economy fuels those companies and feeds those families that work there yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s crazy right now just so many I guess we&#x27;re we&#x27;re in a 24 7 news cycle so you hear these things but then you start trying to you start trying to connect the dots and many times the dots won&#x27;t connect one of the things that I really want to talk about here is inflation</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> and issues like market volatility impacting the country today as well as the media&#x27;s inability it seems to want to use the word recession maybe they&#x27;ll start using recession when we go into a depression but why why is the media so skeptical and why are they so it seems like when I grew up the media was was the watchdog and now it seems like the media is a lapdog for certain parties yeah look the short form of that explanation is over the years those who entered the media field started out as reporters the the dishonest crowd who didn&#x27;t follow the w&#x27;s right who what where when why and then of course the how in their reporting they became the editors in these newsrooms and I&#x27;ve worked in newspaper television and radio currently and those editors make editorial decisions about what gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it works and how it ways it can&#x27;t how it did so it can&#x27;t because it&#x27;s how it was what it was what it was what it can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> angled and we see that in papers like the new york times that have gone from paper of record to the paper you wouldn&#x27;t wrap fishing and when you look at them they have an enormous influence but it&#x27;s because people have built themselves into these institutions and in the bureaucracy similarly in government where the left has uh really entrenched themselves and this is a big part of the need to fix this country it&#x27;s not just about elections and voting but once officials are elected good ones will look to fix these bureaucracies and help root them out because it&#x27;s not about being left or right it&#x27;s do you function correctly as an institution we need good institutions we need good establishments we need a good functioning government yes we really do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> hey we also need good functioning restaurants and and places we go to buy things and and one of the things that&#x27;s been very concerning to me which i it&#x27;s baffling as well is the i want to get your thoughts about this probably the last thought of the day today hope to have you on again in the future but your thoughts on the national employee shortage that we see these see almost every single state has the same problem where you go to a restaurant and there&#x27;s a sign in the window saying we&#x27;re closed today because we can&#x27;t find employees what&#x27;s going on because the the employment numbers are pretty low i mean we have an unemployment number that&#x27;s pretty comfortable but yet we can&#x27;t find people to work well the employment numbers are low because it&#x27;s been a farce for decades used by both sides they use what&#x27;s called the u3 numbers i would encourage anyone to look up the u6 numbers at bls.gov and get an understanding a better understanding of the employment situation also</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> once people have left the workforce and no longer report no longer file for unemployment they drop off the role so as a result the number looks low but the reality is we have still over 11 million jobs unfilled we do have a problem with the workforce that largely due to covet was paid to stay home and they&#x27;ve made decisions we have another issue which is i think more cultural which is the value of work and a generation by the way which most americans i believe and it&#x27;s somewhat anecdotal get it hard work getting ahead being an achiever uh but we also have too many people working or not working and then of course mediocrity again affecting the economy if you don&#x27;t start young and build your way up in life</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> how do you become a better earner and therefore a better economy yeah it&#x27;s just uh it&#x27;s baffling to me i mean i&#x27;ve always wanted to work and i want to i want to earn what i make it&#x27;s no fun sitting at home i don&#x27;t think it would be fun you&#x27;d probably feel worthless just getting a check every now and then but a lot of people seem to like to do that so david it&#x27;s it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on uh hopefully we won&#x27;t wait 10 years to have you on again but again folks his name is david webb and you can see him on patriot 125 the david webb show dave thanks for your time today thanks and uh yeah let&#x27;s not make it 10 years coach p you take care my brother 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600 700 we will see you there</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Radio host David Webb joins Coach Pete to discuss financial issues and the wider public debate. This archive conversation reflects their perspectives on the economic environment at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and like always this week is no exception. We&#x27;ve got a return visitor now it&#x27;s been about over a decade since he&#x27;s been on last. His name is David Webb and David has been entertaining and informing the public for decades from music to talk in Boston, Houston, Dallas, New York City and in syndication now satellite radio and television. He&#x27;s hosted the David Webb show on Sirius XM Patriot 125 and he&#x27;s also on Fox Nation. He&#x27;s a Fox News contributor.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> He&#x27;s all over the place on the Hill and Breitbart News also. His name is David Webb and David where you joined us from today? Miami, Florida. Oh that&#x27;s a nice place to be. Miami. You know after the bourbon festival in Kentucky this weekend it&#x27;s nice to come home and decompress. Tell me about the bourbon festival. Did you go to blends? When you get to the distillers the distillers came to us. I got to tell you I was surprised and happily so. There were 31 year festival in Bardstown just outside of Louisville and man have they got it dialed in. I tried actually my one of my favorites was the 1792 barrel proof by Blanton&#x27;s among others but a real tasting real experience real food great people and</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> you know one of the reasons I love this country there&#x27;s so much to see and do. You&#x27;re right about that and you never run like a lot of people get on they run to the airport and they go like overseas where they could be having a lot of fun and seeing a lot of cool things right in their own state believe it or not especially here in North Carolina. Yeah and so if you think about our country if I could for a second you look across America and include the islands and territories we contain every climate on the planet from rainforest to high desert to low desert and everything in between. I mean look I love traveling love seeing the world there&#x27;s a lot to see out there none of us will ever get to see all of it it just isn&#x27;t possible but you could do a lot in America and still never get through it.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Now where were you born David? I was born in the Caribbean I was born in Jamaica West Indies nice and but I have a family and then just a couple weeks ago on Labor Day my mother and I went up to visit the family gravestones plural that date back pre-revolution in Gilbertsville New York on the Donaldson side so we have a family history that goes back for this country for Jamaica for others and like a lot of people you know you start digging into your background you find out there&#x27;s a lot more in common that brings us together. I stayed in Jamaica like three or four years ago right before COVID came and in our resort there was a jerk chicken shack there and the cool thing about that it was all inclusive so you could go by the shack anytime you wanted they give you half a jerk chicken</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> so I think I probably had about 20 chickens a day there it seemed like and I love jerk chicken. Well you know it&#x27;s okay to make them an endangered species once in a while. Speaking of endangered species what do you think about the inflation reduction act and the dollar seems to be in danger right now doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah I mean we&#x27;ve got the however someone looks at it and I can&#x27;t tell you for sure we&#x27;ve got a committed group of ideologues that go way beyond Kenzie and economics we&#x27;ve got a committed group of people that want government to have more intrusion in our lives we want government they want government to be in control of our wants and needs and in order for that to work you&#x27;ve got to have a dependent class well in any society how do you get a dependent class you undercut the economy of all the things</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> that we need in society to work right culture safety community all the things legislative bodies and everything if the economy doesn&#x27;t work then people are more easily controlled people are more easily influenced and it&#x27;s not unique to America they&#x27;ve they&#x27;ve done this across the board in other nations I&#x27;ll give you a stark but quick example in Chile in 1975 give or take some months a group known as the Chicago Boys went to Chile Milton Friedman among others the economist one of the leaders of that group they restructured Chile&#x27;s economy they grew it and from 1975 forward it became the nation with a</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> stronger economy highest per capita income and an education system that was flourishing raising the next generation of workforce etc the Marxists went into Chile they took on critical class theory as the attack here critical race theory in America and just a couple of weeks ago thankfully and we don&#x27;t know where it goes they voted down by about 62 to 68 percent a Marxist constitution in Chile societies can change if you destroy the economy we don&#x27;t know the future of Chile but right now Chile is socialist run and if they get their way further on to a to a Marxist a Marxist constitution which would further destroy that country this is the belief of some of the hard left and the outcome of what they do no matter what they tell you in the form of oh it&#x27;s just a little form of socialism or not really what you say it is well the outcomes not just in Chile but in other countries in Colombia with the election of Pietro with others this is a very real strategy and it&#x27;s been a</p><p><strong>06:04</strong> employed here in America yeah folks we&#x27;re talking to David Webb he&#x27;s hosted the David Webb show on Sirius XM Patriot 125 David you know it&#x27;s it&#x27;s always fun to to have other people&#x27;s money free stuff is great until you run out of other people&#x27;s money isn&#x27;t it yeah it really is I mean Margaret Thatcher gets the credit but the reality there was that&#x27;s what happened in the United Kingdom socialism socialism health care failed all these other things failed and when they were out of other people&#x27;s money they then became the wards of the state and the state couldn&#x27;t afford it yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s very concerning to a lot of folks who study the economy to see this happening because if we don&#x27;t have enough workers we&#x27;re not going to have enough products and therefore it doesn&#x27;t matter what the cost is if it&#x27;s not available and we&#x27;re seeing this firsthand what about all the you know and I just casually watch the internet every now and then and supposedly a lot of food processing companies are either burning down exploding or going out of business that&#x27;s worrisome to me because one thing I know is we need food to live</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> yeah I mean everybody eats every day let&#x27;s just keep it simple right that&#x27;s how it works I looked into that and I you know wasn&#x27;t able to go as deep as I wanted to just you know call it just I wasn&#x27;t able to there are a number of issues for some of those plants it was actually a maintenance problem that you know they spun them up after being shut down for COVID again lack of workforce proper protocols right uh and that&#x27;s not new in the industry but it should not what shouldn&#x27;t be left off the table is a proper investigation into some form of attack it&#x27;s not new that there are enemies of the United States and documented cases where they will go after electric power plants up even you know have been whether eco-terrorists or Islamist terrorists have literally been arrested outside of</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> electric plants you look at electric plants you look at water treatment plants these are the core of our society imagine if you change the formula in a water treatment plant in agriculture it&#x27;s not as if you spin up the next day and you make a new car because you got the lineup and running at the plant you have to plant grow and those gaps can cause real food deserts for Americans not to mention from an economic standpoint exports to other nations which fuels the economy fuels those companies and feeds those families that work there yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s crazy right now just so many I guess we&#x27;re we&#x27;re in a 24 7 news cycle so you hear these things but then you start trying to you start trying to connect the dots and many times the dots won&#x27;t connect one of the things that I really want to talk about here is inflation</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> and issues like market volatility impacting the country today as well as the media&#x27;s inability it seems to want to use the word recession maybe they&#x27;ll start using recession when we go into a depression but why why is the media so skeptical and why are they so it seems like when I grew up the media was was the watchdog and now it seems like the media is a lapdog for certain parties yeah look the short form of that explanation is over the years those who entered the media field started out as reporters the the dishonest crowd who didn&#x27;t follow the w&#x27;s right who what where when why and then of course the how in their reporting they became the editors in these newsrooms and I&#x27;ve worked in newspaper television and radio currently and those editors make editorial decisions about what gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it gets published and how it works and how it ways it can&#x27;t how it did so it can&#x27;t because it&#x27;s how it was what it was what it was what it can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> angled and we see that in papers like the new york times that have gone from paper of record to the paper you wouldn&#x27;t wrap fishing and when you look at them they have an enormous influence but it&#x27;s because people have built themselves into these institutions and in the bureaucracy similarly in government where the left has uh really entrenched themselves and this is a big part of the need to fix this country it&#x27;s not just about elections and voting but once officials are elected good ones will look to fix these bureaucracies and help root them out because it&#x27;s not about being left or right it&#x27;s do you function correctly as an institution we need good institutions we need good establishments we need a good functioning government yes we really do</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> hey we also need good functioning restaurants and and places we go to buy things and and one of the things that&#x27;s been very concerning to me which i it&#x27;s baffling as well is the i want to get your thoughts about this probably the last thought of the day today hope to have you on again in the future but your thoughts on the national employee shortage that we see these see almost every single state has the same problem where you go to a restaurant and there&#x27;s a sign in the window saying we&#x27;re closed today because we can&#x27;t find employees what&#x27;s going on because the the employment numbers are pretty low i mean we have an unemployment number that&#x27;s pretty comfortable but yet we can&#x27;t find people to work well the employment numbers are low because it&#x27;s been a farce for decades used by both sides they use what&#x27;s called the u3 numbers i would encourage anyone to look up the u6 numbers at bls.gov and get an understanding a better understanding of the employment situation also</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> once people have left the workforce and no longer report no longer file for unemployment they drop off the role so as a result the number looks low but the reality is we have still over 11 million jobs unfilled we do have a problem with the workforce that largely due to covet was paid to stay home and they&#x27;ve made decisions we have another issue which is i think more cultural which is the value of work and a generation by the way which most americans i believe and it&#x27;s somewhat anecdotal get it hard work getting ahead being an achiever uh but we also have too many people working or not working and then of course mediocrity again affecting the economy if you don&#x27;t start young and build your way up in life</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> how do you become a better earner and therefore a better economy yeah it&#x27;s just uh it&#x27;s baffling to me i mean i&#x27;ve always wanted to work and i want to i want to earn what i make it&#x27;s no fun sitting at home i don&#x27;t think it would be fun you&#x27;d probably feel worthless just getting a check every now and then but a lot of people seem to like to do that so david it&#x27;s it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on uh hopefully we won&#x27;t wait 10 years to have you on again but again folks his name is david webb and you can see him on patriot 125 the david webb show dave thanks for your time today thanks and uh yeah let&#x27;s not make it 10 years coach p you take care my brother 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600 700 we will see you there</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Radio host David Webb joins Coach Pete to discuss financial issues and the wider public debate. This archive conversation reflects their perspectives on the economic environment at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Webb</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Financial Issues and the Public Debate</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Webb, economic policy, Financial Issues and the Public Debate, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555/image.jpg?t=1792073585&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-webb-host-of-the-david-webb-show-on-siriusxm/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555/image.jpg?t=1792073585&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2022 15:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>775</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5552258-0c0f-4e1f-9ecb-af2e00f83555/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12441919" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-webb-host-of-the-david-webb-show-on-siriusxm</link>
      <itunes:order>50</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Issues and the Public Debate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>J.D. Hayworth: Student Debt and Life in the Southeast</title>
      <itunes:title>J.D. Hayworth: Student Debt and Life in the Southeast</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and someone I&#x27;ve looked up to for a long time because I used to see him on TV. I followed him on LinkedIn. Him and I have had a couple of conversations about where we went to college before on LinkedIn because I&#x27;m a Carolina guy and he&#x27;s an NC State guy but he&#x27;s also a former congressman. He was on the Ways and Means Committee and his name is J.D. Hayworth. You may have seen him on TV on Hannity on Geraldo all over Fox Business</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and Fox News. Really good guy. J.D. is joining us from somewhere in Arizona. J.D. welcome in. Well thanks Coach Pete. Yes greetings from Scottsdale Arizona. It likes to think of itself as the west most western town and critics call it the west most midwestern town but here I am representing the southeast and the great southwest and it&#x27;s so good to be with you today. Thanks for the invitation. Yes sir. Well you&#x27;ve got a Super Bowl coming in this year to your area don&#x27;t you? Yes that means a whole lot of Eddie money a whole lot of Johnny paycheck Johnny cash and but you know what&#x27;s interesting when you do the comparative studies and we&#x27;re don&#x27;t get me wrong always happy to have the Super Bowl in but you take a look at the sport that is so closely identified with where you and I</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> grew up in the southeast when we have our big NASCAR races out here the the multiplying effect on our economy. I the big secret is it comes pretty close to the Super Bowl. Wow. So it&#x27;s been remarkable and please don&#x27;t let the guys in Rockingham know I&#x27;m the guy who stole the race to bring it out here to PIR. There&#x27;s a story behind that but I don&#x27;t want guys throwing rocks at you or me so we&#x27;ll stick to the issues today. Well one of my best memories I was 10 years old I grew up in Scotland County which is only about 20 minutes from the rock this the speedway there and dad used to take us here they had two races a year he&#x27;d take us to the first one we&#x27;d sit in the infield and eat chicken I used to love to eat Kentucky Fried Chicken as a 10 year old and every now and then you see some cars go by that was my enjoyment. Oh you bet what a great place and I remember going down to Rockingham on the JLC</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Webb Fur Affair that took you there into Richmond County so yeah lots of great memories of that area and of well NC State and of back home in High Point so it&#x27;s just great to be with you today. You know High Point back in the day when you were there I mean it was the furniture capital of the world still doing it. Yeah and High Point remains so you know when you stop and think and I don&#x27;t know if we&#x27;ve really given High Point the credit think about when this happened maybe about a half century to 60 years after after the Civil War and the city fathers of High Point said there needs to be a place for furniture exposition and thus the Southern Furniture Exposition was born. Now the sad fact is that a lot of the manufacturing has left High Point but when the furniture shows come to town you have everybody from all</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> over the world continuing to come to High Point North Carolina and I don&#x27;t know if we really reflected on what that has meant both to that area and to the entire state and now as we take a look at our economy sadly so much of the manufacturing pulling out of the United States and heading for places like China and that would include the furniture industry. Well you know when I think of High Point I think of furniture and also think of High Point University and Nito Cubane who&#x27;s done a great job of turning that the school around and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re on the front of any kids recommendations. You went to Carolina you went to Carolina I went to state but we can say great things about HPU and I can remember Nito this shows you how life changes coach Pete I were first member I first remember Nito as one of my</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> counselors up at Camp Cheerio which back then was run by the High Point YMCA and up in I guess the Roaring Gap area in the western part of the state yeah but Nito and the folks at HPU have done a remarkable job. He had me come up to speak about 12 years ago there on campus to one of his business schools and we also incorporated media in there because we do we do a lot of media here for our for our company and and he was just an outstanding guy and right then I said gosh if this would if I would have known about him when I was looking for colleges I would have tried to go to High Point because he teaches all his students how to make money after they get out of college which is a novel concept these days especially after this student loan forgiveness act that was just passed. Oh wow that&#x27;s exactly the case and they do prepare young people for a business environment for a career</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> and that&#x27;s so important and as you mentioned this this really is a nice segue into political policy and economic policy. Only two things we really need to know the late great Milton Friedman pointed this out if you want less of something tax it and conversely if you want more of something subsidize it and so this this uh move by uh by uh Mr. Biden to uh forgive student debt loan uh in addition to being kind of a crass political move before the midterms it is going to create problems I just and this is not partisan this comes from somebody at Harvard who advised the Obama White House Jason Furman on uh Twitter</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> pouring roughly half trillion dollars of gasoline on the inflationary fire that&#x27;s already burning is reckless. Yeah it makes no sense. No it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s bad news but the good news is there are people like Coach Pete and those of us who listen closely to try to avoid uh the shoals I guess the outer banks of economic policy in these troubling times. Well a lot of people don&#x27;t realize when you hear about uh you know and one other thing a tangent off of that is the president and this is on all the talk shows anyways we&#x27;re not going to waste a lot of time here but does he really have authority to do what the house is supposed to do to begin with? That&#x27;s quite true and that&#x27;ll end up in court uh it depends on the Supreme Court&#x27;s on recess until the first Monday in October it is conceivable they could convene</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> an emergency session to take this up but don&#x27;t bet on it. So it&#x27;s it&#x27;s funny the money doesn&#x27;t just come from a money tree so if I&#x27;m going to give you if I&#x27;m going to forgive ten thousand dollars of debt for you I&#x27;m going to reach over to Thomas my producer I&#x27;m going to take ten thousand out of his back pocket and give it to you because there&#x27;s no money for coming from I mean there&#x27;s no magic money it comes from one person to go to another. That&#x27;s exactly right this is a classic transfer of wealth from people who aren&#x27;t wealthy. That single mom who&#x27;s working hard whose kids it&#x27;s going to be tough for them to go to college she&#x27;s paying now for the loans of others who have gotten an education and who may or may not have put that put that education to work. Hey we have a couple more minutes here and I wanted to touch on some fun things now let&#x27;s talk about your what got you to</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> Well two two words Lou Holtz. Lou Holtz recruited me and uh the joke is he said oh no we&#x27;re going to sign that kid from high point I got to take that job with the New York Jets but uh no it was it was a great experience at state uh had some health problems that sidelined me in football so the joke is I was recruited as right tackle but ended up left out however I got to be student body president my senior year I started in radio back at high point at age 14 so I would also do work with sports information and what was then called the Wolfpack Sports Network and no less a Carolina grad than Woody Durham gave me my break in television back when channel 28 was the NBC affiliate back circa 1979</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> 80 so I started in television back there and had the good help of uh the voice of the Tar Heels Woody Durham in doing so and then from uh Raleigh Durham to Greenville Spartanburg Asheville to Cincinnati and then in 1987 to Phoenix where uh after seven years on the air I answered the call to run and was elected to the Congress of the United States and it&#x27;s been incredible the only downside is I don&#x27;t get back to North Carolina as often as I would like well next time you do you make sure to let us know ahead of time we&#x27;ll have you right in the studio and that&#x27;d be good it&#x27;s good to see you in person well coach Pete I look forward to that and since you&#x27;re a tax expert we&#x27;ll figure out a way that I can expense that so I can I can we&#x27;ll say this is an official interview with my business</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> your business and figure out a way to get me back in studio sometime soon well I can sure benefit from a guy who used to be on the house ways and means committee myself I can probably learn a lot from you I know I could and you also one final thing I want to make sure people know this you were uh you had something to do with HR 743 that&#x27;s a social security protection act of 2004 yeah we we just wanted to make sure because demographically and truth be told you and I are heading in this direction pretty quickly it&#x27;s kind of a shock but back when we were working that 20 years ago it almost seemed like something far away well we understand it I&#x27;m sure you tell those who hear words retirement ain&#x27;t that far away social security is an important uh important resource but woe to anyone who tries</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> to depend solely on social security primarily because of of what we&#x27;re seeing now the demographic bulge uh the baby boom is going kaboom demographically in terms of those of us moving into our 60s and eventually into our so-called retirement years the good news is a lot of us don&#x27;t want to retire the realistic news is that it is tough for uh today&#x27;s workforce to support social security recipients of tomorrow so we tried to find rational reasonable ways to augment social security to make sure it&#x27;s there for Americans but uh you know our kids instinctively coach Pete take a look at this the polling question was</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> asked gosh 20 years ago what is more likely they asked this of kids uh uh from I guess uh 16 to 24 what&#x27;s more likely uh finding extraterrestrial life or you getting social security benefits when you reach your 60s and I don&#x27;t need to joke about it the truth was the kids said oh we&#x27;re going to come in contact with extraterrestrial life social security won&#x27;t be there for us well I hope that&#x27;s not the case but we need to make it to help people understand they need to supplement things they need to plan for the future because relying on government ain&#x27;t the way to go well speaking of ufos you watch the news lately they&#x27;re trying to make contact there we go anyway are you kidding me as a graduate of</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> you i&#x27;m seeing what tucker is talking about with all the with all the cattle uh uh carvings up uh cattle mutilations you know that&#x27;s kind of scary stuff so uh and even my old uh a couple of my old constituents in snowflake arizona those were the guys who back in the 80s claimed to have been abducted now i didn&#x27;t exactly ask for their endorsement but hey i would have been happy to have a vote for me they were entitled to secret ballots but we have some of my friends out here in arizona who say they have taken a trip from arizona to uh those ethereal realms aboard those ships but that&#x27;s a whole nother topic coach pete for another visit well really appreciate your time today jd</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> hey coach look forward to getting back together with you and uh you know it&#x27;s just wise to think about the future because it gets here quicker than we know absolutely folks his name is jd hayworth and the name of the book whatever it takes i would recommend uh it&#x27;s still in print uh out there jd you can get it on amazon i&#x27;m sure it sure is yep available wherever fine books are sold and that&#x27;s why bezos is making a ton with amazon.com hey will you take care of my friend you too coach pete let&#x27;s talk again soon yes sir 800-661-7383 you can also text the word plan to 600-700 this is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered again that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> text that keyword plan to 600-700 that&#x27;s plan to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and someone I&#x27;ve looked up to for a long time because I used to see him on TV. I followed him on LinkedIn. Him and I have had a couple of conversations about where we went to college before on LinkedIn because I&#x27;m a Carolina guy and he&#x27;s an NC State guy but he&#x27;s also a former congressman. He was on the Ways and Means Committee and his name is J.D. Hayworth. You may have seen him on TV on Hannity on Geraldo all over Fox Business</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> and Fox News. Really good guy. J.D. is joining us from somewhere in Arizona. J.D. welcome in. Well thanks Coach Pete. Yes greetings from Scottsdale Arizona. It likes to think of itself as the west most western town and critics call it the west most midwestern town but here I am representing the southeast and the great southwest and it&#x27;s so good to be with you today. Thanks for the invitation. Yes sir. Well you&#x27;ve got a Super Bowl coming in this year to your area don&#x27;t you? Yes that means a whole lot of Eddie money a whole lot of Johnny paycheck Johnny cash and but you know what&#x27;s interesting when you do the comparative studies and we&#x27;re don&#x27;t get me wrong always happy to have the Super Bowl in but you take a look at the sport that is so closely identified with where you and I</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> grew up in the southeast when we have our big NASCAR races out here the the multiplying effect on our economy. I the big secret is it comes pretty close to the Super Bowl. Wow. So it&#x27;s been remarkable and please don&#x27;t let the guys in Rockingham know I&#x27;m the guy who stole the race to bring it out here to PIR. There&#x27;s a story behind that but I don&#x27;t want guys throwing rocks at you or me so we&#x27;ll stick to the issues today. Well one of my best memories I was 10 years old I grew up in Scotland County which is only about 20 minutes from the rock this the speedway there and dad used to take us here they had two races a year he&#x27;d take us to the first one we&#x27;d sit in the infield and eat chicken I used to love to eat Kentucky Fried Chicken as a 10 year old and every now and then you see some cars go by that was my enjoyment. Oh you bet what a great place and I remember going down to Rockingham on the JLC</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Webb Fur Affair that took you there into Richmond County so yeah lots of great memories of that area and of well NC State and of back home in High Point so it&#x27;s just great to be with you today. You know High Point back in the day when you were there I mean it was the furniture capital of the world still doing it. Yeah and High Point remains so you know when you stop and think and I don&#x27;t know if we&#x27;ve really given High Point the credit think about when this happened maybe about a half century to 60 years after after the Civil War and the city fathers of High Point said there needs to be a place for furniture exposition and thus the Southern Furniture Exposition was born. Now the sad fact is that a lot of the manufacturing has left High Point but when the furniture shows come to town you have everybody from all</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> over the world continuing to come to High Point North Carolina and I don&#x27;t know if we really reflected on what that has meant both to that area and to the entire state and now as we take a look at our economy sadly so much of the manufacturing pulling out of the United States and heading for places like China and that would include the furniture industry. Well you know when I think of High Point I think of furniture and also think of High Point University and Nito Cubane who&#x27;s done a great job of turning that the school around and they&#x27;re they&#x27;re on the front of any kids recommendations. You went to Carolina you went to Carolina I went to state but we can say great things about HPU and I can remember Nito this shows you how life changes coach Pete I were first member I first remember Nito as one of my</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> counselors up at Camp Cheerio which back then was run by the High Point YMCA and up in I guess the Roaring Gap area in the western part of the state yeah but Nito and the folks at HPU have done a remarkable job. He had me come up to speak about 12 years ago there on campus to one of his business schools and we also incorporated media in there because we do we do a lot of media here for our for our company and and he was just an outstanding guy and right then I said gosh if this would if I would have known about him when I was looking for colleges I would have tried to go to High Point because he teaches all his students how to make money after they get out of college which is a novel concept these days especially after this student loan forgiveness act that was just passed. Oh wow that&#x27;s exactly the case and they do prepare young people for a business environment for a career</p><p><strong>04:58</strong> and that&#x27;s so important and as you mentioned this this really is a nice segue into political policy and economic policy. Only two things we really need to know the late great Milton Friedman pointed this out if you want less of something tax it and conversely if you want more of something subsidize it and so this this uh move by uh by uh Mr. Biden to uh forgive student debt loan uh in addition to being kind of a crass political move before the midterms it is going to create problems I just and this is not partisan this comes from somebody at Harvard who advised the Obama White House Jason Furman on uh Twitter</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> pouring roughly half trillion dollars of gasoline on the inflationary fire that&#x27;s already burning is reckless. Yeah it makes no sense. No it&#x27;s just it&#x27;s bad news but the good news is there are people like Coach Pete and those of us who listen closely to try to avoid uh the shoals I guess the outer banks of economic policy in these troubling times. Well a lot of people don&#x27;t realize when you hear about uh you know and one other thing a tangent off of that is the president and this is on all the talk shows anyways we&#x27;re not going to waste a lot of time here but does he really have authority to do what the house is supposed to do to begin with? That&#x27;s quite true and that&#x27;ll end up in court uh it depends on the Supreme Court&#x27;s on recess until the first Monday in October it is conceivable they could convene</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> an emergency session to take this up but don&#x27;t bet on it. So it&#x27;s it&#x27;s funny the money doesn&#x27;t just come from a money tree so if I&#x27;m going to give you if I&#x27;m going to forgive ten thousand dollars of debt for you I&#x27;m going to reach over to Thomas my producer I&#x27;m going to take ten thousand out of his back pocket and give it to you because there&#x27;s no money for coming from I mean there&#x27;s no magic money it comes from one person to go to another. That&#x27;s exactly right this is a classic transfer of wealth from people who aren&#x27;t wealthy. That single mom who&#x27;s working hard whose kids it&#x27;s going to be tough for them to go to college she&#x27;s paying now for the loans of others who have gotten an education and who may or may not have put that put that education to work. Hey we have a couple more minutes here and I wanted to touch on some fun things now let&#x27;s talk about your what got you to</p><p><strong>07:20</strong> Well two two words Lou Holtz. Lou Holtz recruited me and uh the joke is he said oh no we&#x27;re going to sign that kid from high point I got to take that job with the New York Jets but uh no it was it was a great experience at state uh had some health problems that sidelined me in football so the joke is I was recruited as right tackle but ended up left out however I got to be student body president my senior year I started in radio back at high point at age 14 so I would also do work with sports information and what was then called the Wolfpack Sports Network and no less a Carolina grad than Woody Durham gave me my break in television back when channel 28 was the NBC affiliate back circa 1979</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> 80 so I started in television back there and had the good help of uh the voice of the Tar Heels Woody Durham in doing so and then from uh Raleigh Durham to Greenville Spartanburg Asheville to Cincinnati and then in 1987 to Phoenix where uh after seven years on the air I answered the call to run and was elected to the Congress of the United States and it&#x27;s been incredible the only downside is I don&#x27;t get back to North Carolina as often as I would like well next time you do you make sure to let us know ahead of time we&#x27;ll have you right in the studio and that&#x27;d be good it&#x27;s good to see you in person well coach Pete I look forward to that and since you&#x27;re a tax expert we&#x27;ll figure out a way that I can expense that so I can I can we&#x27;ll say this is an official interview with my business</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> your business and figure out a way to get me back in studio sometime soon well I can sure benefit from a guy who used to be on the house ways and means committee myself I can probably learn a lot from you I know I could and you also one final thing I want to make sure people know this you were uh you had something to do with HR 743 that&#x27;s a social security protection act of 2004 yeah we we just wanted to make sure because demographically and truth be told you and I are heading in this direction pretty quickly it&#x27;s kind of a shock but back when we were working that 20 years ago it almost seemed like something far away well we understand it I&#x27;m sure you tell those who hear words retirement ain&#x27;t that far away social security is an important uh important resource but woe to anyone who tries</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> to depend solely on social security primarily because of of what we&#x27;re seeing now the demographic bulge uh the baby boom is going kaboom demographically in terms of those of us moving into our 60s and eventually into our so-called retirement years the good news is a lot of us don&#x27;t want to retire the realistic news is that it is tough for uh today&#x27;s workforce to support social security recipients of tomorrow so we tried to find rational reasonable ways to augment social security to make sure it&#x27;s there for Americans but uh you know our kids instinctively coach Pete take a look at this the polling question was</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> asked gosh 20 years ago what is more likely they asked this of kids uh uh from I guess uh 16 to 24 what&#x27;s more likely uh finding extraterrestrial life or you getting social security benefits when you reach your 60s and I don&#x27;t need to joke about it the truth was the kids said oh we&#x27;re going to come in contact with extraterrestrial life social security won&#x27;t be there for us well I hope that&#x27;s not the case but we need to make it to help people understand they need to supplement things they need to plan for the future because relying on government ain&#x27;t the way to go well speaking of ufos you watch the news lately they&#x27;re trying to make contact there we go anyway are you kidding me as a graduate of</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> you i&#x27;m seeing what tucker is talking about with all the with all the cattle uh uh carvings up uh cattle mutilations you know that&#x27;s kind of scary stuff so uh and even my old uh a couple of my old constituents in snowflake arizona those were the guys who back in the 80s claimed to have been abducted now i didn&#x27;t exactly ask for their endorsement but hey i would have been happy to have a vote for me they were entitled to secret ballots but we have some of my friends out here in arizona who say they have taken a trip from arizona to uh those ethereal realms aboard those ships but that&#x27;s a whole nother topic coach pete for another visit well really appreciate your time today jd</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> hey coach look forward to getting back together with you and uh you know it&#x27;s just wise to think about the future because it gets here quicker than we know absolutely folks his name is jd hayworth and the name of the book whatever it takes i would recommend uh it&#x27;s still in print uh out there jd you can get it on amazon i&#x27;m sure it sure is yep available wherever fine books are sold and that&#x27;s why bezos is making a ton with amazon.com hey will you take care of my friend you too coach pete let&#x27;s talk again soon yes sir 800-661-7383 you can also text the word plan to 600-700 this is a great opportunity to reach out get your own questions answered again that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> text that keyword plan to 600-700 that&#x27;s plan to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>J.D. Hayworth joins Coach Pete to reminisce about life in the Southeast and discuss student debt forgiveness. The former member of Congress shares his perspective in this archive conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>J.D. Hayworth</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>J.D. Hayworth, economic policy, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/image.jpg?t=1792073590&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jd-hayworth-former-member-of-the-us-house-of-repre/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/image.jpg?t=1792073590&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 15:12:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>780</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b7893d27-602c-47bc-8cec-af2e00f82988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12511865" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jd-hayworth-former-member-of-the-us-house-of-repre</link>
      <itunes:order>51</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Student Debt and Life in the Southeast" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:01" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Shirley Luu: IUL ASAP and Indexed Universal Life Insurance</title>
      <itunes:title>Shirley Luu: IUL ASAP and Indexed Universal Life Insurance</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Shirley Luu joins Coach Pete to discuss IUL ASAP and indexed universal life insurance. She explains her perspective on the role of insurance in retirement planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. By the way we did have Sully Sullenberger on. He had nothing to do with the financial world but he was everyone knew who he was in the world and it was all about having that retirement autopilot and making sure that you can control what&#x27;s going on in your financial life. And the guest this week is someone who is going to help you take control of your financial life. Her name is Shirley Liu. She&#x27;s joining us from McLean, Virginia and I call it right around the sausage factory about 20 minutes</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> from DC. She&#x27;s got a book out folks. It&#x27;s a tremendous selling book. The name of it is IULASAP How to Win the Financial Game of Life, Invest Like the Wealthy and Generate Tax-Free Income with One Three-Letter Word. Shirley welcome in. Well first of all thank you so much for having me Coach P. Oh big fan of you bud. Well thank you. You know your book got my attention. I mean I didn&#x27;t know you before I got this book and I said gosh this girl knows what she&#x27;s talking about. I know you&#x27;re older than a girl right you&#x27;re not an 18 year old but you&#x27;re an experienced financial planner so maybe I shouldn&#x27;t call you a girl. This gal that&#x27;s better. This gal knows what she&#x27;s talking about and you really do. Talk about what inspired you to write a book like this and let&#x27;s talk about the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> the accolades you&#x27;ve got from the book. Well thank you so much. Well first of all you know I came out the book May of last year and believe it or not on November that just passed out of 10,000 women got nominated by Forbes magazine. I Shirley Lu was a selected top 50 over 50 by Forbes as top leader in the country. Tremendous. That&#x27;s a big that&#x27;s a big echo by the way. Incredible journey on that and then of course in the Washington DC area Washington Business Journal just kind of ranked Shirley Lu and Associates as one of the fastest growing company for 75 top 75. We were getting make a tremendous stride but I came out with the book and you know to be honest with you before even the book I got into financial services it&#x27;s because you know you read my book a little bit about my situation to be honest you know</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> my husband had committed suicide and left me with a one-year-old baby in a 15 and 16 with no life insurance. Wow. So that was my story it was very tough you know as a single mom trying to survive and then I got into finance because I just felt that women need to know about money need to understand absolutely yeah and then I found out a lot of men it&#x27;s so funny when I&#x27;m talking to men they&#x27;re like yeah my wife does it all but what does she have I don&#x27;t know right so it&#x27;s one of those conversations that I think both needs to know and understand so that was where my passion began and then you know of course during that time you know coach Pete it was one of those situations where people didn&#x27;t believe index well how can you not lose money well how can you gain money without loss well how can you do this you know I stood my ground to be honest with you for the longest time for the past you know</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> almost 18 years or so biting you know fighting and everything else against everybody out there the no-sayer you know and of course you know I also see people always make comment right on the internet oh wealth management don&#x27;t believe the stuff that we do anyway right well guess what but um I stood my ground and I felt very strongly that the index universal life was a way to go and I know there&#x27;s a lot of author out there that talks about life insurance right right right right and and you know you know that uh okay for example the power of zero you know and uh and then you&#x27;ve got you know um the the retirement miracle right and you&#x27;ve got all these books and everyone talks about life insurance but they&#x27;re kind of high behind the biggest product which is the IUL so I decided well why not go head</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> on why not call it is what it is right so that&#x27;s what I did I I created the book IUL and really explained the mechanics of it how an index you know the rising tide where it lifts all both versus they&#x27;re picking a particular stock those kind of things and sure enough the book on the IUL the day that it hit it hit number one in seven categories um you&#x27;re investing retirement planning life insurance all that uh and today that book IUL remain number one selling right now um so that&#x27;s I got into it because I&#x27;m passionate I believe in in saving and retirement using life insurance and there are things such as five-year retirement plan that no one knows about yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s refreshing your book is because you you like you said you&#x27;re not hiding behind any any fancy terms or trying to</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> skirt the issue I mean it is what it is it&#x27;s a life insurance product but it&#x27;s a good life insurance product that is designed for the favor of the client which is very refreshing because a lot of the old life insurance products were designed for the insurance company right right and and I think you and I know that and you know one way to do is being being a client so I have clients I myself as a client being able to say you know what I saw the performance I saw the things that it did and I wanted to create get rid of the daggone myth the one of the first method talks about that well you can&#x27;t make money in an IUL are you kidding me you know last year now of course you know March you know the stock market lost money correct so the floor is zero right right but the year before that oh my god I had IUL policy</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> for my clients that was making 27 return on the money now 27 percent yeah okay you&#x27;re right but I&#x27;m like you know really guys you don&#x27;t make money in IUL oh come on you don&#x27;t have it so you don&#x27;t know what it does that you know well and the making money part is really good but the but it&#x27;s got some other advantages that a lot of people don&#x27;t realize right because it&#x27;s not just the making money part and again zero is your hero is very important you can never have less than you started with as far as the gains and a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that we&#x27;re so used to being in the market or the crypto world where one day you&#x27;re up and the next day you&#x27;re down big and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s this eliminates the down factor correct absolutely but you know what I love about I love about what you said about helping people I&#x27;ll give you an example there was this little young nail technician you know she does nails that&#x27;s all</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> she does correct so she comes in I open an IUL for 200 bucks not a whole lot right but she got to start somewhere yeah well you know after four months having the policy guess what happened she wanted to put more money in breast cancer oh she died no no no no she was at an early stage but because of going through chemo and stuff like that she couldn&#x27;t eat couldn&#x27;t feed herself you know I mean you got through that crisis and do you know that 200 bucks a month was a we were able to advance 126,000 in her bank account that you can use now to pay for her mortgages food everything else while she&#x27;s in the process of getting treated for chemo that&#x27;s the beauty of this because 200 bucks oh I know you can fund in stocks in any other policy that can give you a</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> living benefit you probably have 100 bucks left if you put it in the stock market so yeah the living benefit very important I talk about the living benefit all the time Shirley the living benefit rider on the on these policies for long-term care or for terminal illness you get to take your death benefit out while you&#x27;re still here even if you&#x27;ve only paid 200 dollars in like you said this person was able to take over a hundred thousand dollars out tax-free to pay for health costs and everything I know and you know what happened even after she did all that she had like after her treatment thank god because she was at early stage now she&#x27;s no more cancer and then guess what she had eighty thousand dollar leftover and she turned around and took that put a down payment on the house nice I&#x27;m flabbergasted you know with the kind of things and and I&#x27;ve witnessed oh my god I&#x27;ve witnessed the kind of things that you and I are changing lives it&#x27;s about changing lives you know</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> I mean when someone passed away you know COVID I had so many people passed away and you know you can&#x27;t help solve the pain that the family have but what we&#x27;re able to do is able to deliver 200,000 200,000 a million dollars to these people and said look here&#x27;s what can help your family to continue on with life you know what I mean yes and if you and I know this one of the most rewarding things and I appreciate you by the way to get on the platform and sharing this information with the world out there because we need people like you and I to be able to spread this message well because we don&#x27;t have the budgets that the Wall Street companies do and a lot of the money is spent trying to tell the average consumer to put money in a place they really never should put it and that&#x27;s at risk in the market many times I mean if you don&#x27;t have a if you don&#x27;t have a plan first you should never be piling money into a</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> risky investment like the stock market you need to have a plan with the core and explore and and also that protection and you call it the American dream let&#x27;s talk about the American dream in your in your book that&#x27;s chapter two talk about the American dream and the importance of making sure you have the right policy in your procession well you know the American dream was here&#x27;s the old dream versus the new dream okay yeah the old dream was okay you know what let&#x27;s get a good job raise a family buy a house with the white picket fence right and at the same time if you got a job you got a pension plan you know a voila with a house with them there it is that&#x27;s your American dream yeah and you have a pension well the problem is that that American dream has changed yes people changing job all time nowadays not just about having a house and all that right you know you&#x27;ve got a new way of looking at things now okay the dynamic of it you&#x27;ve got a lot more build now old and day</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> you know you don&#x27;t have a lot of bills now look think about it you got kids education right you&#x27;ve got parents that may be elderly right you&#x27;ve got long-term care you&#x27;ve got all these crises and pension plan went away right yes what does that new American dream looks like great does it look like okay you know it&#x27;s about now having financial security we have to do what&#x27;s called financial security redefined it&#x27;s no longer about me having that house it&#x27;s about me okay how do I outlive my income I&#x27;m medicine right nowadays getting better and better and I&#x27;m outliving my money and I&#x27;ve seen so many people running out of money right now you&#x27;ve got that crisis and then taxes oh my god are you kidding me you know you&#x27;ve got the economic crisis that&#x27;s going on right now you know with the covid hitting right yes that&#x27;s a war in russia and you know and all this stuff that&#x27;s going on that&#x27;s impacting our world yes it is so now where social security possibly could be running out okay somebody said</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> well it&#x27;ll never run out well I hope it doesn&#x27;t run out yes there&#x27;s certain things congress has to do right but the reality sets in that if you don&#x27;t plan for your retirement who will so I believe the new american dream is you got to be proactively planned and if you notice in my book I talk about you know the game of life right yes are you a queen or a pawn simple as that a queen or a pawn uh or a king I&#x27;d like to be king yeah right right Thomas you&#x27;re a queen or a pawn I would prefer the king status if I can take it you don&#x27;t want to be a rook no you better be a king if you get a chance well the rook&#x27;s not too bad well the rook&#x27;s not bad well my book did say that I want to help you become a king and queen so there you go there you go of your own domain you know when you talk about it this is about taking control of your money and not depending on others when you get a policy such as this because now</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> you&#x27;re in control I mean like you said this this lady that you just signed up for that life insurance policy and then she has breast cancer if she didn&#x27;t have that policy what would have happened to her I know she would have lost her job as a nail technician she would have no money coming in and her family would be still struggling out there now she&#x27;s you know I don&#x27;t know you know I just know that we can change the word by one life at a time you know that if people just listen in to us you know the old life insurance you know I I know that people say term you know I call that donation honestly yep um I&#x27;m not a big fan of it uh just because you know there&#x27;s a place for it but majority term insurance only pays out two percent it&#x27;s really sad you know um and people still going for it I mean so many people go to work and have term you know and they believe that oh it&#x27;s so cheap but then guess</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> what you don&#x27;t leave any legacy so to me you know if you want legacy you know you want some advantage you want a situation where it&#x27;s going tax deferred and and if you properly structure this thing are you kidding me you&#x27;re going to get tax free tax advantages in retirement yeah well term insurance gets more expensive as you get older and it&#x27;s unaffordable and uh the average uh term policy doesn&#x27;t pay what you know you usually don&#x27;t die during your term unfortunately hey we&#x27;re running against the clock surely but I want to tell folks if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more information about how to make sure you have the proper life insurance policy or just want to make sure you some of the the strategies we talked to talked about today with surely you can text the word life that&#x27;s l-i-f-e to 600 700 that&#x27;s life to 600 700 surely I want to have you back for a whole show sometime is that okay oh I would love to do that and again thank you so much for I love everything</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> you guys do and please continue to help the word out there yes yes ma&#x27;am again the name of the book is i-u-l-a-s-a-p how to win the financial game of life invest like the wealthy and generate tax-free income with one three-letter word again her name was Shirley Liu Shirley thanks for your time today thank you very much all right take care guys all right let&#x27;s open up these phone lines that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 and we got a great way to text us as well just text the word plan to 600 700 plan to 600 700</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Shirley Luu joins Coach Pete to discuss IUL ASAP and indexed universal life insurance. She explains her perspective on the role of insurance in retirement planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. By the way we did have Sully Sullenberger on. He had nothing to do with the financial world but he was everyone knew who he was in the world and it was all about having that retirement autopilot and making sure that you can control what&#x27;s going on in your financial life. And the guest this week is someone who is going to help you take control of your financial life. Her name is Shirley Liu. She&#x27;s joining us from McLean, Virginia and I call it right around the sausage factory about 20 minutes</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> from DC. She&#x27;s got a book out folks. It&#x27;s a tremendous selling book. The name of it is IULASAP How to Win the Financial Game of Life, Invest Like the Wealthy and Generate Tax-Free Income with One Three-Letter Word. Shirley welcome in. Well first of all thank you so much for having me Coach P. Oh big fan of you bud. Well thank you. You know your book got my attention. I mean I didn&#x27;t know you before I got this book and I said gosh this girl knows what she&#x27;s talking about. I know you&#x27;re older than a girl right you&#x27;re not an 18 year old but you&#x27;re an experienced financial planner so maybe I shouldn&#x27;t call you a girl. This gal that&#x27;s better. This gal knows what she&#x27;s talking about and you really do. Talk about what inspired you to write a book like this and let&#x27;s talk about the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> the accolades you&#x27;ve got from the book. Well thank you so much. Well first of all you know I came out the book May of last year and believe it or not on November that just passed out of 10,000 women got nominated by Forbes magazine. I Shirley Lu was a selected top 50 over 50 by Forbes as top leader in the country. Tremendous. That&#x27;s a big that&#x27;s a big echo by the way. Incredible journey on that and then of course in the Washington DC area Washington Business Journal just kind of ranked Shirley Lu and Associates as one of the fastest growing company for 75 top 75. We were getting make a tremendous stride but I came out with the book and you know to be honest with you before even the book I got into financial services it&#x27;s because you know you read my book a little bit about my situation to be honest you know</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> my husband had committed suicide and left me with a one-year-old baby in a 15 and 16 with no life insurance. Wow. So that was my story it was very tough you know as a single mom trying to survive and then I got into finance because I just felt that women need to know about money need to understand absolutely yeah and then I found out a lot of men it&#x27;s so funny when I&#x27;m talking to men they&#x27;re like yeah my wife does it all but what does she have I don&#x27;t know right so it&#x27;s one of those conversations that I think both needs to know and understand so that was where my passion began and then you know of course during that time you know coach Pete it was one of those situations where people didn&#x27;t believe index well how can you not lose money well how can you gain money without loss well how can you do this you know I stood my ground to be honest with you for the longest time for the past you know</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> almost 18 years or so biting you know fighting and everything else against everybody out there the no-sayer you know and of course you know I also see people always make comment right on the internet oh wealth management don&#x27;t believe the stuff that we do anyway right well guess what but um I stood my ground and I felt very strongly that the index universal life was a way to go and I know there&#x27;s a lot of author out there that talks about life insurance right right right right and and you know you know that uh okay for example the power of zero you know and uh and then you&#x27;ve got you know um the the retirement miracle right and you&#x27;ve got all these books and everyone talks about life insurance but they&#x27;re kind of high behind the biggest product which is the IUL so I decided well why not go head</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> on why not call it is what it is right so that&#x27;s what I did I I created the book IUL and really explained the mechanics of it how an index you know the rising tide where it lifts all both versus they&#x27;re picking a particular stock those kind of things and sure enough the book on the IUL the day that it hit it hit number one in seven categories um you&#x27;re investing retirement planning life insurance all that uh and today that book IUL remain number one selling right now um so that&#x27;s I got into it because I&#x27;m passionate I believe in in saving and retirement using life insurance and there are things such as five-year retirement plan that no one knows about yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s refreshing your book is because you you like you said you&#x27;re not hiding behind any any fancy terms or trying to</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> skirt the issue I mean it is what it is it&#x27;s a life insurance product but it&#x27;s a good life insurance product that is designed for the favor of the client which is very refreshing because a lot of the old life insurance products were designed for the insurance company right right and and I think you and I know that and you know one way to do is being being a client so I have clients I myself as a client being able to say you know what I saw the performance I saw the things that it did and I wanted to create get rid of the daggone myth the one of the first method talks about that well you can&#x27;t make money in an IUL are you kidding me you know last year now of course you know March you know the stock market lost money correct so the floor is zero right right but the year before that oh my god I had IUL policy</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> for my clients that was making 27 return on the money now 27 percent yeah okay you&#x27;re right but I&#x27;m like you know really guys you don&#x27;t make money in IUL oh come on you don&#x27;t have it so you don&#x27;t know what it does that you know well and the making money part is really good but the but it&#x27;s got some other advantages that a lot of people don&#x27;t realize right because it&#x27;s not just the making money part and again zero is your hero is very important you can never have less than you started with as far as the gains and a lot of people don&#x27;t realize that we&#x27;re so used to being in the market or the crypto world where one day you&#x27;re up and the next day you&#x27;re down big and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s this eliminates the down factor correct absolutely but you know what I love about I love about what you said about helping people I&#x27;ll give you an example there was this little young nail technician you know she does nails that&#x27;s all</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> she does correct so she comes in I open an IUL for 200 bucks not a whole lot right but she got to start somewhere yeah well you know after four months having the policy guess what happened she wanted to put more money in breast cancer oh she died no no no no she was at an early stage but because of going through chemo and stuff like that she couldn&#x27;t eat couldn&#x27;t feed herself you know I mean you got through that crisis and do you know that 200 bucks a month was a we were able to advance 126,000 in her bank account that you can use now to pay for her mortgages food everything else while she&#x27;s in the process of getting treated for chemo that&#x27;s the beauty of this because 200 bucks oh I know you can fund in stocks in any other policy that can give you a</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> living benefit you probably have 100 bucks left if you put it in the stock market so yeah the living benefit very important I talk about the living benefit all the time Shirley the living benefit rider on the on these policies for long-term care or for terminal illness you get to take your death benefit out while you&#x27;re still here even if you&#x27;ve only paid 200 dollars in like you said this person was able to take over a hundred thousand dollars out tax-free to pay for health costs and everything I know and you know what happened even after she did all that she had like after her treatment thank god because she was at early stage now she&#x27;s no more cancer and then guess what she had eighty thousand dollar leftover and she turned around and took that put a down payment on the house nice I&#x27;m flabbergasted you know with the kind of things and and I&#x27;ve witnessed oh my god I&#x27;ve witnessed the kind of things that you and I are changing lives it&#x27;s about changing lives you know</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> I mean when someone passed away you know COVID I had so many people passed away and you know you can&#x27;t help solve the pain that the family have but what we&#x27;re able to do is able to deliver 200,000 200,000 a million dollars to these people and said look here&#x27;s what can help your family to continue on with life you know what I mean yes and if you and I know this one of the most rewarding things and I appreciate you by the way to get on the platform and sharing this information with the world out there because we need people like you and I to be able to spread this message well because we don&#x27;t have the budgets that the Wall Street companies do and a lot of the money is spent trying to tell the average consumer to put money in a place they really never should put it and that&#x27;s at risk in the market many times I mean if you don&#x27;t have a if you don&#x27;t have a plan first you should never be piling money into a</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> risky investment like the stock market you need to have a plan with the core and explore and and also that protection and you call it the American dream let&#x27;s talk about the American dream in your in your book that&#x27;s chapter two talk about the American dream and the importance of making sure you have the right policy in your procession well you know the American dream was here&#x27;s the old dream versus the new dream okay yeah the old dream was okay you know what let&#x27;s get a good job raise a family buy a house with the white picket fence right and at the same time if you got a job you got a pension plan you know a voila with a house with them there it is that&#x27;s your American dream yeah and you have a pension well the problem is that that American dream has changed yes people changing job all time nowadays not just about having a house and all that right you know you&#x27;ve got a new way of looking at things now okay the dynamic of it you&#x27;ve got a lot more build now old and day</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> you know you don&#x27;t have a lot of bills now look think about it you got kids education right you&#x27;ve got parents that may be elderly right you&#x27;ve got long-term care you&#x27;ve got all these crises and pension plan went away right yes what does that new American dream looks like great does it look like okay you know it&#x27;s about now having financial security we have to do what&#x27;s called financial security redefined it&#x27;s no longer about me having that house it&#x27;s about me okay how do I outlive my income I&#x27;m medicine right nowadays getting better and better and I&#x27;m outliving my money and I&#x27;ve seen so many people running out of money right now you&#x27;ve got that crisis and then taxes oh my god are you kidding me you know you&#x27;ve got the economic crisis that&#x27;s going on right now you know with the covid hitting right yes that&#x27;s a war in russia and you know and all this stuff that&#x27;s going on that&#x27;s impacting our world yes it is so now where social security possibly could be running out okay somebody said</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> well it&#x27;ll never run out well I hope it doesn&#x27;t run out yes there&#x27;s certain things congress has to do right but the reality sets in that if you don&#x27;t plan for your retirement who will so I believe the new american dream is you got to be proactively planned and if you notice in my book I talk about you know the game of life right yes are you a queen or a pawn simple as that a queen or a pawn uh or a king I&#x27;d like to be king yeah right right Thomas you&#x27;re a queen or a pawn I would prefer the king status if I can take it you don&#x27;t want to be a rook no you better be a king if you get a chance well the rook&#x27;s not too bad well the rook&#x27;s not bad well my book did say that I want to help you become a king and queen so there you go there you go of your own domain you know when you talk about it this is about taking control of your money and not depending on others when you get a policy such as this because now</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> you&#x27;re in control I mean like you said this this lady that you just signed up for that life insurance policy and then she has breast cancer if she didn&#x27;t have that policy what would have happened to her I know she would have lost her job as a nail technician she would have no money coming in and her family would be still struggling out there now she&#x27;s you know I don&#x27;t know you know I just know that we can change the word by one life at a time you know that if people just listen in to us you know the old life insurance you know I I know that people say term you know I call that donation honestly yep um I&#x27;m not a big fan of it uh just because you know there&#x27;s a place for it but majority term insurance only pays out two percent it&#x27;s really sad you know um and people still going for it I mean so many people go to work and have term you know and they believe that oh it&#x27;s so cheap but then guess</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> what you don&#x27;t leave any legacy so to me you know if you want legacy you know you want some advantage you want a situation where it&#x27;s going tax deferred and and if you properly structure this thing are you kidding me you&#x27;re going to get tax free tax advantages in retirement yeah well term insurance gets more expensive as you get older and it&#x27;s unaffordable and uh the average uh term policy doesn&#x27;t pay what you know you usually don&#x27;t die during your term unfortunately hey we&#x27;re running against the clock surely but I want to tell folks if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more information about how to make sure you have the proper life insurance policy or just want to make sure you some of the the strategies we talked to talked about today with surely you can text the word life that&#x27;s l-i-f-e to 600 700 that&#x27;s life to 600 700 surely I want to have you back for a whole show sometime is that okay oh I would love to do that and again thank you so much for I love everything</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> you guys do and please continue to help the word out there yes yes ma&#x27;am again the name of the book is i-u-l-a-s-a-p how to win the financial game of life invest like the wealthy and generate tax-free income with one three-letter word again her name was Shirley Liu Shirley thanks for your time today thank you very much all right take care guys all right let&#x27;s open up these phone lines that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 and we got a great way to text us as well just text the word plan to 600 700 plan to 600 700</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Shirley Luu joins Coach Pete to discuss IUL ASAP and indexed universal life insurance. She explains her perspective on the role of insurance in retirement planning.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Shirley Luu</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Shirley Luu, retirement planning, life insurance</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26/image.jpg?t=1792073594&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/shirley-luu-author-of-i-u-l-asap/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26/image.jpg?t=1792073594&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26</guid>
      <omny:clipId>04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Aug 2022 15:09:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>818</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04a73f8e-e4f1-4e24-a22c-af2e00f81f26/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13130953" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/shirley-luu-author-of-i-u-l-asap</link>
      <itunes:order>52</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="IUL ASAP and Indexed Universal Life Insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:04" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:13" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doug Orchard: Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma</title>
      <itunes:title>Doug Orchard: Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film&#x27;s focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially in the financial world and this week is a fantastic guest. I&#x27;ve had both of his most recent movies in my collection and we&#x27;re going to be airing the most recent movie at a few movie cinemas and we&#x27;ve also got some DVDs that we can give out as well after this interview as well as some special codes you can use on the internet</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to watch the movie at no cost. But his name is Doug Orchard and he&#x27;s joining us from Florida and the two movies I&#x27;m talking about one is 2018 and we if you&#x27;ve been listening to the show at all in the past you heard us talk about it the power of zero the tax train is coming. We&#x27;ll talk about that at a different interview and I&#x27;m more than happy to touch on it today too but we want to talk about the most important one the most recent movie called the Baby Boomer Dilemma an expose of America&#x27;s retirement experiment. Now Doug welcome in. Hey thank you so much for having me. Now your movies are awesome and I want to ask you first what inspired you to start doing these movies? Well actually it was David Walker back in 2004 I happened to be driving across the Mojave Desert</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> and the only radio station I can get in was Las Vegas University at the time on AM radio and he was being interviewed there and it appears nobody was listening to him and he was complaining that the president wasn&#x27;t listening to him and how dire our future was because the national debt the projections of where we were heading and this was four years off of when the projections were showing that we were never going to have a national debt that we were moving to a point we&#x27;re going to have no debt well and in four years it just got I mean just went out of control so fast and so and I I just I became super interested and I began doing documentaries in 2009 and you know that&#x27;s all I do since and and so I had some some individuals come up to me saying you know you need to make a film about retirement income income income income</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> and they explained the problem with it in relation to that debt and I and the consequence of what we&#x27;re facing and and so this is really overall it&#x27;s been a half a decade in the making it takes a long time to make a movie like this yeah it does but because you have an all-star cast in this movie about and people in the financial industry will probably know a lot of these folks but even people outside of the financial arena have probably heard some of the some of the names there like of course if you&#x27;re listening at all and you follow politics you&#x27;d probably know David Walker because he was the comptroller general of the U.S. he resigned during the Bush administration because he said he got tired of signing checks that were going to bounce because he was in charge of signing all the government&#x27;s checks in a in theory I know there&#x27;s a rubber stamp there he got tired of having his name associated with us getting ourselves in trouble as far as spending wise</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> wasn&#x27;t he right he was and he became frustrated because you know he served under both political you know parties presidents yeah no dog and and he he at that moment was an independent type and he just felt like no one was listening and so that&#x27;s when he he resigned and started this national tour he created a great movie about the national debt it it um was actually nominated for an academy award you thought that everything would be changing and uh and of course nothing happened and um it&#x27;s been interesting talking to him through the years and listening to the tone of his voice and we got him in rare form in this film I think we got him in a frustrated moment it&#x27;s quite interesting to listen to and he just opens up</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and tells things how they really are which and and again this film isn&#x27;t really it doesn&#x27;t really make any points about political party the government anything like that everyone should know that this film is about okay given what&#x27;s going on what do we do about it as baby boomers what do we do about how do we protect ourselves um given this and it&#x27;s a dilemma I mean the film is aptly named it&#x27;s a dilemma you know there&#x27;s no easy road but there are better choices than others yeah so when we talk about the dilemma and a lot of folks are listening say well my retirement&#x27;s fine I&#x27;ve got my money in a 401k and and my company says as long as I put money in I&#x27;ll have a retirement income but they don&#x27;t really understand what the 401k really is 401k is more of a lump sum vehicle correct right it is and at first we had the founder the person who created the 401k in the film um Ted Benna yeah and we had we had really the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> world&#x27;s experts on every single line that you can come up with and the world&#x27;s experts for social security for pensions for the people who do um the biggest exposés on those the the people who created these all all who administer over them every every aspect of it and study them um in the movie but 401ks it&#x27;s about aggregating money for you know for growing it but when it comes to and what do you even mean because 401k is really not even a good word um but usually what people think of is they&#x27;re thinking it&#x27;s growing in some type of mutual fund right right um and so if we&#x27;re going to use that vernacular for a moment then that&#x27;s there&#x27;s one everything we understand is it&#x27;s about growing it</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> but not distributing it and all the rules change the moment you start taking money out every law you think you understand it no longer applies and that film that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s one of the messages of the movie it shows it very clearly well back in 2008 we had dr david babble from the wharton school on on our show because he had been writing a lot of articles about the the dilemma about income and retirement and uh and looking at the vehicles that existed that were known to man that would give you a lifetime income and he was doing all sorts of research papers on it from the wharton school and i said doc what why are you spending so much time on this he said coach i&#x27;m going to retire soon i want to make sure i get the right vehicles myself unfortunately dr david babble has passed away but you have him uh you have him in the movie as well yeah i got him the last recording of him um and this film</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> meant an awful lot for him he he lined up some of the key people of this of this movie he was a great guy we got a lot of great responsible we had him on the show i think we had him on for a return visit too after he retired and he was happy because he didn&#x27;t have all his money exposed to risk well the other thing about dr david babble that&#x27;s interesting is he was the world&#x27;s authority on inflation so he did his dissertation on inflation when he got his phd in economics from university of california berkeley um and then he was the person who brazil when they were in trouble tapped and went down and helped them uh get that thing under control and and so when he looked at his own personal question what do i do personally what do i do he had written incredible articles and strategies about you know here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> optimize money in retirement and all that but when he got down to it he was like you know this is too complex to actually do in retirement he wanted something simpler and he wanted something that was effective hedge against inflation and and so that&#x27;s what he reveals in the film it&#x27;s super interesting what he does it&#x27;s simple folks we&#x27;re talking to doug orchard he&#x27;s director filmmaker researcher for the baby boomer dilemma also the power of zero the tax train is coming when we talk about inflation uh gosh if dr babble was alive today he&#x27;d be all over the place on the news wouldn&#x27;t he he would be um and the thing the thing that&#x27;s interesting is a year ago when i was filming him was it just a year ago no it was a year year and a half quarter quarter ago in march 2001 he saw the inflation coming 2021 2021 to that what i will there we go thank you a good time machine</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> yeah yeah so he knew he knew it was happening well i mean he he was showing me all these charts like he saw this was coming um and he would be all over the news um but the issue is it isn&#x27;t you know what do we do now and all that we have inflation it&#x27;s here it is here yeah and um i i think that when we get to just looking at our personal bank accounts it&#x27;s frustrating right and when you look at nine percent per month you know this is this is insane it is how do you guard against that and it&#x27;s so when i look at what did he do and then he was telling me what here&#x27;s what i do and here&#x27;s why and here&#x27;s what will work i i thought this has to be he changed my mind on an approach and that this that approach gets</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> a lot of time in this movie okay yeah and also in the movie you discuss the mismanagement of state and local pensions that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very worrisome because a lot of folks listening probably have state or local pensions this is probably the biggest expose in an actual movie this is a pg mpa rated film and 99 of documentaries are not rated because they&#x27;re really infomercials so this the mpa they have a group that that gives the rating and they have a part of it that screens is this art is this objective or is this you know a corp or an infomercial for something and and it can&#x27;t get through that if it&#x27;s really an infomercial so so they take it and look at it that way when we look at what&#x27;s going on right now um it&#x27;s important that we truly get the right</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> picture as as consumers and um who&#x27;s really telling us the story and and that&#x27;s what we try to do we try to tell an objective an objective story it&#x27;s going to look a little different from any narrative you get from anyone else um but this is what happens when you have a crowdfunded film and i don&#x27;t sell anything i just make movies yeah well i mean it&#x27;s a great movie and i&#x27;ve watched it three or four times we have we have my whole staff is watching i make them watch it too because this is relevant this is a movie that is addressing every single person that&#x27;s listening is going to be affected good or bad by the decisions they make financially and speaking that another area you touch in is the role of low cost fixed annuities in retirement can you touch on that yeah well that&#x27;s what dr david babble is</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> using and this is of course is something people don&#x27;t understand and something i was very very against going into the film and it was amazing what happened i mean i got a 180 experience because it it comes down to it all comes down to income and if you have all your money at risk what happens when you have a 30 correction in the market and you&#x27;re within that five five years of retirement or in that first 10 years of retirement you cannot recover from it it&#x27;s impossible mathematically and and i had that experience you know i actually lost 90 of my portfolio in um in the year 2000 um back when i was just turning 30 years old and um in my 401k and it never in there i never made up for it i mean i never made</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> up for what was there it&#x27;s really a i really wish that we&#x27;d stop saying you have time to make up for it when you&#x27;re younger because that&#x27;s also not true um what we can do is have things at risk and know that that&#x27;s at risk and we have things that are guaranteed and know that that part&#x27;s guaranteed and we have to make a decision do we want to have a certain percentage of our retirement in a guaranteed fashion and what&#x27;s that lifestyle look like and the rest could be you know up for risk or you know are we okay with making guaranteed the poverty line and we at least have that and then the rest could be at risk there&#x27;s a decision to make but to have all of it at risk nobody nobody i haven&#x27;t found anyone who suggested that that makes sense nobody says that in this film yeah well dr craig israel</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> from stanford university came up with the core and explore as far as retirement income the some of the money or the money you want to have for income you want to be guaranteed to have for income needs to be in the core that is not exposed to risk but also grows locks a gain in and it gives you a monthly or yearly income for the rest of your life and then once you establish that income which you know ahead of time then you can take the leftover money the money you don&#x27;t need as much now i don&#x27;t want to lose any money but but you don&#x27;t if you lost that money in the explorer account not the core account you&#x27;d be okay but as long as the core is protected then you can take more risk with the leftover money what do you think about that well i think that when you talk about core we&#x27;re including social security and pensions both public and state and this film absolutely exposes that those publicly stated numbers of what your benefit is it&#x27;s mathematically impossible right now for them to</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> deliver those numbers to you so that&#x27;s why we talk about not depending on the group accounts and having individual accounts so yes and so that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re saying okay well i need to supplement my core what i thought was core but if we&#x27;re gonna get a 30 haircut for example in social security then then how how are you gonna make up for that what&#x27;s your new core that&#x27;s where the annuity fits in to supplement that same with a pension you know my dad has calpers so i wanted to inform my 86 year old father that his calpers number is seriously at risk because they&#x27;ve been they&#x27;ve been planning on growing at eight percent a year seven and a half percent a year right that&#x27;s impossible that&#x27;s an impossible they&#x27;ve never done that before they&#x27;ve only done what the treasury rates ever done since 1980 in any 10 year trance that&#x27;s all they&#x27;ve ever done look what the treasury rate is right now it&#x27;s not seven and a half percent has been a long</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> time by the way yeah so and and with that they&#x27;re still underfunded at a seven percent which they never will hit you know nobody&#x27;s hitting that number so so we have we have some real ethical problems and by those who are ministering our core social security public and private pensions serious particularly the public ones that&#x27;s where the problem is is the publicly ones i don&#x27;t know how they&#x27;re getting away with it but this film demonstrates where we where we really are at and this is the the glasses you need to wear to see things clearly yeah and then you can go meet with your your advisor and and you can dictate hey here is what i need now you know you can have that intelligent discussion um after this film it&#x27;s it&#x27;s meant to just open your eyes it&#x27;s not financial</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> advice by itself but it does open your eyes on what the conditions are well being informed is the most important thing then you can approach retirement with confidence knowing you&#x27;ve made the best decision because you had all the different places like explained to you instead of just whatever your broker&#x27;s pushing and so very important to see this movie folks if you&#x27;d like a special code to watch the movie doug&#x27;s been generous enough to share some with us their individual codes you can watch the movie one time and we&#x27;re also going to show the movie next month in three movie cinemas around so give a call right now or text us movie m-o-v-i-e to 600-700 to get on that list again movie to 600-700 doug we really appreciate your time and and let&#x27;s schedule another time to have you come and talk about the power of zero sometime that sounds great that sounds great thank you so much folks again his name is doug orchard and the name of the movie is the baby boomer dilemma an expose of america&#x27;s retirement</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experiment 888-623-8858 or text 401k to 600-700 you&#x27;re going to get that comprehensive retirement review plus all the extras that coach just talked about you&#x27;ll see where you are today but more importantly you&#x27;ll walk out the door with a roadmap that can help get you to where you need to be when it comes to retirement 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film&#x27;s focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially in the financial world and this week is a fantastic guest. I&#x27;ve had both of his most recent movies in my collection and we&#x27;re going to be airing the most recent movie at a few movie cinemas and we&#x27;ve also got some DVDs that we can give out as well after this interview as well as some special codes you can use on the internet</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> to watch the movie at no cost. But his name is Doug Orchard and he&#x27;s joining us from Florida and the two movies I&#x27;m talking about one is 2018 and we if you&#x27;ve been listening to the show at all in the past you heard us talk about it the power of zero the tax train is coming. We&#x27;ll talk about that at a different interview and I&#x27;m more than happy to touch on it today too but we want to talk about the most important one the most recent movie called the Baby Boomer Dilemma an expose of America&#x27;s retirement experiment. Now Doug welcome in. Hey thank you so much for having me. Now your movies are awesome and I want to ask you first what inspired you to start doing these movies? Well actually it was David Walker back in 2004 I happened to be driving across the Mojave Desert</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> and the only radio station I can get in was Las Vegas University at the time on AM radio and he was being interviewed there and it appears nobody was listening to him and he was complaining that the president wasn&#x27;t listening to him and how dire our future was because the national debt the projections of where we were heading and this was four years off of when the projections were showing that we were never going to have a national debt that we were moving to a point we&#x27;re going to have no debt well and in four years it just got I mean just went out of control so fast and so and I I just I became super interested and I began doing documentaries in 2009 and you know that&#x27;s all I do since and and so I had some some individuals come up to me saying you know you need to make a film about retirement income income income income</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> and they explained the problem with it in relation to that debt and I and the consequence of what we&#x27;re facing and and so this is really overall it&#x27;s been a half a decade in the making it takes a long time to make a movie like this yeah it does but because you have an all-star cast in this movie about and people in the financial industry will probably know a lot of these folks but even people outside of the financial arena have probably heard some of the some of the names there like of course if you&#x27;re listening at all and you follow politics you&#x27;d probably know David Walker because he was the comptroller general of the U.S. he resigned during the Bush administration because he said he got tired of signing checks that were going to bounce because he was in charge of signing all the government&#x27;s checks in a in theory I know there&#x27;s a rubber stamp there he got tired of having his name associated with us getting ourselves in trouble as far as spending wise</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> wasn&#x27;t he right he was and he became frustrated because you know he served under both political you know parties presidents yeah no dog and and he he at that moment was an independent type and he just felt like no one was listening and so that&#x27;s when he he resigned and started this national tour he created a great movie about the national debt it it um was actually nominated for an academy award you thought that everything would be changing and uh and of course nothing happened and um it&#x27;s been interesting talking to him through the years and listening to the tone of his voice and we got him in rare form in this film I think we got him in a frustrated moment it&#x27;s quite interesting to listen to and he just opens up</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and tells things how they really are which and and again this film isn&#x27;t really it doesn&#x27;t really make any points about political party the government anything like that everyone should know that this film is about okay given what&#x27;s going on what do we do about it as baby boomers what do we do about how do we protect ourselves um given this and it&#x27;s a dilemma I mean the film is aptly named it&#x27;s a dilemma you know there&#x27;s no easy road but there are better choices than others yeah so when we talk about the dilemma and a lot of folks are listening say well my retirement&#x27;s fine I&#x27;ve got my money in a 401k and and my company says as long as I put money in I&#x27;ll have a retirement income but they don&#x27;t really understand what the 401k really is 401k is more of a lump sum vehicle correct right it is and at first we had the founder the person who created the 401k in the film um Ted Benna yeah and we had we had really the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> world&#x27;s experts on every single line that you can come up with and the world&#x27;s experts for social security for pensions for the people who do um the biggest exposés on those the the people who created these all all who administer over them every every aspect of it and study them um in the movie but 401ks it&#x27;s about aggregating money for you know for growing it but when it comes to and what do you even mean because 401k is really not even a good word um but usually what people think of is they&#x27;re thinking it&#x27;s growing in some type of mutual fund right right um and so if we&#x27;re going to use that vernacular for a moment then that&#x27;s there&#x27;s one everything we understand is it&#x27;s about growing it</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> but not distributing it and all the rules change the moment you start taking money out every law you think you understand it no longer applies and that film that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s one of the messages of the movie it shows it very clearly well back in 2008 we had dr david babble from the wharton school on on our show because he had been writing a lot of articles about the the dilemma about income and retirement and uh and looking at the vehicles that existed that were known to man that would give you a lifetime income and he was doing all sorts of research papers on it from the wharton school and i said doc what why are you spending so much time on this he said coach i&#x27;m going to retire soon i want to make sure i get the right vehicles myself unfortunately dr david babble has passed away but you have him uh you have him in the movie as well yeah i got him the last recording of him um and this film</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> meant an awful lot for him he he lined up some of the key people of this of this movie he was a great guy we got a lot of great responsible we had him on the show i think we had him on for a return visit too after he retired and he was happy because he didn&#x27;t have all his money exposed to risk well the other thing about dr david babble that&#x27;s interesting is he was the world&#x27;s authority on inflation so he did his dissertation on inflation when he got his phd in economics from university of california berkeley um and then he was the person who brazil when they were in trouble tapped and went down and helped them uh get that thing under control and and so when he looked at his own personal question what do i do personally what do i do he had written incredible articles and strategies about you know here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> optimize money in retirement and all that but when he got down to it he was like you know this is too complex to actually do in retirement he wanted something simpler and he wanted something that was effective hedge against inflation and and so that&#x27;s what he reveals in the film it&#x27;s super interesting what he does it&#x27;s simple folks we&#x27;re talking to doug orchard he&#x27;s director filmmaker researcher for the baby boomer dilemma also the power of zero the tax train is coming when we talk about inflation uh gosh if dr babble was alive today he&#x27;d be all over the place on the news wouldn&#x27;t he he would be um and the thing the thing that&#x27;s interesting is a year ago when i was filming him was it just a year ago no it was a year year and a half quarter quarter ago in march 2001 he saw the inflation coming 2021 2021 to that what i will there we go thank you a good time machine</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> yeah yeah so he knew he knew it was happening well i mean he he was showing me all these charts like he saw this was coming um and he would be all over the news um but the issue is it isn&#x27;t you know what do we do now and all that we have inflation it&#x27;s here it is here yeah and um i i think that when we get to just looking at our personal bank accounts it&#x27;s frustrating right and when you look at nine percent per month you know this is this is insane it is how do you guard against that and it&#x27;s so when i look at what did he do and then he was telling me what here&#x27;s what i do and here&#x27;s why and here&#x27;s what will work i i thought this has to be he changed my mind on an approach and that this that approach gets</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> a lot of time in this movie okay yeah and also in the movie you discuss the mismanagement of state and local pensions that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very worrisome because a lot of folks listening probably have state or local pensions this is probably the biggest expose in an actual movie this is a pg mpa rated film and 99 of documentaries are not rated because they&#x27;re really infomercials so this the mpa they have a group that that gives the rating and they have a part of it that screens is this art is this objective or is this you know a corp or an infomercial for something and and it can&#x27;t get through that if it&#x27;s really an infomercial so so they take it and look at it that way when we look at what&#x27;s going on right now um it&#x27;s important that we truly get the right</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> picture as as consumers and um who&#x27;s really telling us the story and and that&#x27;s what we try to do we try to tell an objective an objective story it&#x27;s going to look a little different from any narrative you get from anyone else um but this is what happens when you have a crowdfunded film and i don&#x27;t sell anything i just make movies yeah well i mean it&#x27;s a great movie and i&#x27;ve watched it three or four times we have we have my whole staff is watching i make them watch it too because this is relevant this is a movie that is addressing every single person that&#x27;s listening is going to be affected good or bad by the decisions they make financially and speaking that another area you touch in is the role of low cost fixed annuities in retirement can you touch on that yeah well that&#x27;s what dr david babble is</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> using and this is of course is something people don&#x27;t understand and something i was very very against going into the film and it was amazing what happened i mean i got a 180 experience because it it comes down to it all comes down to income and if you have all your money at risk what happens when you have a 30 correction in the market and you&#x27;re within that five five years of retirement or in that first 10 years of retirement you cannot recover from it it&#x27;s impossible mathematically and and i had that experience you know i actually lost 90 of my portfolio in um in the year 2000 um back when i was just turning 30 years old and um in my 401k and it never in there i never made up for it i mean i never made</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> up for what was there it&#x27;s really a i really wish that we&#x27;d stop saying you have time to make up for it when you&#x27;re younger because that&#x27;s also not true um what we can do is have things at risk and know that that&#x27;s at risk and we have things that are guaranteed and know that that part&#x27;s guaranteed and we have to make a decision do we want to have a certain percentage of our retirement in a guaranteed fashion and what&#x27;s that lifestyle look like and the rest could be you know up for risk or you know are we okay with making guaranteed the poverty line and we at least have that and then the rest could be at risk there&#x27;s a decision to make but to have all of it at risk nobody nobody i haven&#x27;t found anyone who suggested that that makes sense nobody says that in this film yeah well dr craig israel</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> from stanford university came up with the core and explore as far as retirement income the some of the money or the money you want to have for income you want to be guaranteed to have for income needs to be in the core that is not exposed to risk but also grows locks a gain in and it gives you a monthly or yearly income for the rest of your life and then once you establish that income which you know ahead of time then you can take the leftover money the money you don&#x27;t need as much now i don&#x27;t want to lose any money but but you don&#x27;t if you lost that money in the explorer account not the core account you&#x27;d be okay but as long as the core is protected then you can take more risk with the leftover money what do you think about that well i think that when you talk about core we&#x27;re including social security and pensions both public and state and this film absolutely exposes that those publicly stated numbers of what your benefit is it&#x27;s mathematically impossible right now for them to</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> deliver those numbers to you so that&#x27;s why we talk about not depending on the group accounts and having individual accounts so yes and so that&#x27;s where you&#x27;re saying okay well i need to supplement my core what i thought was core but if we&#x27;re gonna get a 30 haircut for example in social security then then how how are you gonna make up for that what&#x27;s your new core that&#x27;s where the annuity fits in to supplement that same with a pension you know my dad has calpers so i wanted to inform my 86 year old father that his calpers number is seriously at risk because they&#x27;ve been they&#x27;ve been planning on growing at eight percent a year seven and a half percent a year right that&#x27;s impossible that&#x27;s an impossible they&#x27;ve never done that before they&#x27;ve only done what the treasury rates ever done since 1980 in any 10 year trance that&#x27;s all they&#x27;ve ever done look what the treasury rate is right now it&#x27;s not seven and a half percent has been a long</p><p><strong>13:32</strong> time by the way yeah so and and with that they&#x27;re still underfunded at a seven percent which they never will hit you know nobody&#x27;s hitting that number so so we have we have some real ethical problems and by those who are ministering our core social security public and private pensions serious particularly the public ones that&#x27;s where the problem is is the publicly ones i don&#x27;t know how they&#x27;re getting away with it but this film demonstrates where we where we really are at and this is the the glasses you need to wear to see things clearly yeah and then you can go meet with your your advisor and and you can dictate hey here is what i need now you know you can have that intelligent discussion um after this film it&#x27;s it&#x27;s meant to just open your eyes it&#x27;s not financial</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> advice by itself but it does open your eyes on what the conditions are well being informed is the most important thing then you can approach retirement with confidence knowing you&#x27;ve made the best decision because you had all the different places like explained to you instead of just whatever your broker&#x27;s pushing and so very important to see this movie folks if you&#x27;d like a special code to watch the movie doug&#x27;s been generous enough to share some with us their individual codes you can watch the movie one time and we&#x27;re also going to show the movie next month in three movie cinemas around so give a call right now or text us movie m-o-v-i-e to 600-700 to get on that list again movie to 600-700 doug we really appreciate your time and and let&#x27;s schedule another time to have you come and talk about the power of zero sometime that sounds great that sounds great thank you so much folks again his name is doug orchard and the name of the movie is the baby boomer dilemma an expose of america&#x27;s retirement</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> experiment 888-623-8858 or text 401k to 600-700 you&#x27;re going to get that comprehensive retirement review plus all the extras that coach just talked about you&#x27;ll see where you are today but more importantly you&#x27;ll walk out the door with a roadmap that can help get you to where you need to be when it comes to retirement 888-623-8858 888-623-8858 or just text 401k to 600-700 you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Documentary director Doug Orchard joins Coach Pete to discuss The Baby Boomer Dilemma. They explore the film's focus on retirement preparation, financial uncertainty, and the decisions facing older Americans.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Doug Orchard</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Doug Orchard, retirement planning, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/image.jpg?t=1792073606&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/doug-orchard-director-of-the-baby-boomer-dilemma/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/image.jpg?t=1792073606&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jul 2022 15:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>947</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1258a7d5-4658-49aa-9cb8-af2e00f80180/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15192056" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/doug-orchard-director-of-the-baby-boomer-dilemma</link>
      <itunes:order>53</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Behind The Baby Boomer Dilemma" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:23" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:32" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:32" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on WPTF: Investing in an Uncertain Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on WPTF: Investing in an Uncertain Economy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins WPTF’s Triangle’s Afternoon News to discuss the economy, investments, and the concerns people bring to their financial future. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Triangle&#x27;s Afternoon News with Steve O&#x27;Brien on FM 98.5 and AM 680 WPTF. The problems with our economy are affecting everyone when it comes to their investments, when it comes to their financial future, and I&#x27;m always happy to have Pete DeRuta on with us. Some people calling Coach Pete. I think I will, too. Coach, nice to have you here. How are you doing, Steve? I&#x27;m doing just great. Thanks for being here with us. So are people changing the way they are financially planning with what we&#x27;re going through right now? Well, let me tell you, this week I started in Vegas. I went to Chicago. I went back to Raleigh, and now I&#x27;m in Austin, Texas, and every single place I&#x27;ve been to, that&#x27;s all people are talking about.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> So, yes, people are changing. They&#x27;re paying more attention, Steve, to what&#x27;s really going on in the economy. And I am, too. I mean, I&#x27;m not the guy who does the main shopping of the family, but every now and then I go to the store, and what I usually buy is I want to cook out. So I buy the ground beef and potato chips and soft drinks, all the good stuff, as far as I&#x27;m concerned. And I&#x27;ve invented something I call the Coach Pete Ground Beef Index. The ground beef index? Yeah. It affects men. I know it&#x27;s affecting everybody else, too, when you start seeing these prices. But right now I&#x27;m sitting on a golf course here in Austin, Texas, and the golf course is crowded. So it&#x27;s not affecting people, everything they do, but people are paying attention to it. I guarantee you that. And, of course, when they go to fill up the car with gas, gas prices are better.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> But even with our gas prices going down a little bit, it&#x27;s still making things awfully tough. Do you see an end in sight to all this? Well, I would love to be able to tell you yes. I&#x27;m a positive person, Steve. I try to be positive all the time. But there&#x27;s two numbers I look at. We all hear about the CPI. That&#x27;s the Consumer Price Index. And then there&#x27;s something else. We get lost in this alphabet soup a lot of times when we&#x27;re watching the financial shows. We really don&#x27;t know what it means. But there&#x27;s another index called the PPI. That&#x27;s the Producer Price Index. And that&#x27;s about two points higher than the CPI. And that&#x27;s a forward indicator. And the CPI is a lagging indicator, which means you hear all these terms. Again, when Kramer starts talking about it, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what he means.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It means that we&#x27;ve got a lot more inflation on the way because it&#x27;s costing the producers a lot more to produce the things we&#x27;re going to have to buy. So if someone&#x27;s got investments for their retirement and the stock market&#x27;s been going down, understandably, because people are concerned about recession and what&#x27;s going to happen with the Fed, who&#x27;s probably going to raise the rate probably at least three quarters, if not a whole point. The people are concerned about that. What should people be doing? Should they be keeping their money where it&#x27;s at, or should they be looking at something a little bit more safe for now? Well, I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena 30 years now on July 2nd, so it&#x27;s hard to believe. I feel old now. My beard is getting a little gray. But over the 30 years, I&#x27;ve seen certain circumstances sort of like this, but I&#x27;ve never seen anything this bad as far as there&#x27;s no real end in sight.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And what they&#x27;re telling us isn&#x27;t coming true. Remember they said that inflation was transitory, which meant a lot of people had to figure out what that meant. They said it was only going to be here for a little while, and they were right. That bad inflation number was only here for a little while. It&#x27;s gotten larger, unfortunately, than costing more. Here&#x27;s what I recommend, Steve. And again, I&#x27;ve got 30 years behind me here, and I&#x27;ve never had a complaint for a reason because I&#x27;ve always told people the truth. We&#x27;re a fiduciary planning firm, but I recommend everyone listening get their very own retirement income security evaluation. And it covers risk and safety, inflation, what kind of income you&#x27;re going to need. And it factors in where you are now, but then it gives you instructions on how to get to where you really want to be. And that&#x27;s the most important part. Anyone can sit here and criticize, but if you&#x27;re criticizing without action, what good is it for anyone else?</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> So you can get your own. Anyone listening right now has opened up. I&#x27;ve had my tech department open it up free for everyone. If you text R-I-S-E, that&#x27;s RISE. So the word RISE, R-I-S-E, if you text that to the 600-700 number, so instead of a phone number, go up there and put 600-700 and text the word RISE, you&#x27;ll get a link to be able to do your very own RISE score. That&#x27;s, again, retirement income security evaluation. And after all, why are we saving? We&#x27;re saving so we can have a comfortable retirement so we can not worry about work and not worry about money. And so many people I talk to now are very worried about money, and they&#x27;re worried about work. They&#x27;re going to have to work longer now because the market has taken away their retirement years, and that&#x27;s not fair. So if you have the right plan in place, you can retire sometimes even earlier than you thought.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> You&#x27;ve got to have income. You&#x27;ve got to have safety and risk together. We call it Core and Explore. We have a 22-step total retirement plan. We cover that, Social Security planning, Medicare planning, everything, and then also getting into more advanced tax planning and then looking at your income. Because the most important thing for everyone listening is having enough income to do what they want to do all the way through retirement, not just 10 years or 15, but all the way through retirement, not only for you, but for your spouse. So get that RISE score done. Get your own retirement income security evaluation. Text RISE to 600-700. Now, Steve, I think everyone should be doing this right now because there&#x27;s really no end in sight despite what you hear on TV. And unfortunately, what we hear on TV many times is not the truth. And what the truth is is when they come out with the CPI, but more importantly, the PPI numbers.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> I think everyone listening needs to pay more attention to those numbers because politicians can lie all day long. But when you look at your bank account balance, that&#x27;s when the truth comes out. Well, I agree with everything you said about that, except that old part. I&#x27;m older than you, so what are you doing? Jeez. It happens overnight, Steve. Yeah, boy, it sure did. Well, it didn&#x27;t happen overnight. It took about 71 years for it to hit me. Please like it. Coach Pete D’Arruda is a guy that knows a lot about what&#x27;s going on in the financial market. Talk to your analysts and make sure you&#x27;re in the right place. Pete, as always, thank you for joining us on the show. Take care, Steve. Everybody else, I&#x27;ll see you on the weekend. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins WPTF’s Triangle’s Afternoon News to discuss the economy, investments, and the concerns people bring to their financial future. Recorded July 2022.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Triangle&#x27;s Afternoon News with Steve O&#x27;Brien on FM 98.5 and AM 680 WPTF. The problems with our economy are affecting everyone when it comes to their investments, when it comes to their financial future, and I&#x27;m always happy to have Pete DeRuta on with us. Some people calling Coach Pete. I think I will, too. Coach, nice to have you here. How are you doing, Steve? I&#x27;m doing just great. Thanks for being here with us. So are people changing the way they are financially planning with what we&#x27;re going through right now? Well, let me tell you, this week I started in Vegas. I went to Chicago. I went back to Raleigh, and now I&#x27;m in Austin, Texas, and every single place I&#x27;ve been to, that&#x27;s all people are talking about.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> So, yes, people are changing. They&#x27;re paying more attention, Steve, to what&#x27;s really going on in the economy. And I am, too. I mean, I&#x27;m not the guy who does the main shopping of the family, but every now and then I go to the store, and what I usually buy is I want to cook out. So I buy the ground beef and potato chips and soft drinks, all the good stuff, as far as I&#x27;m concerned. And I&#x27;ve invented something I call the Coach Pete Ground Beef Index. The ground beef index? Yeah. It affects men. I know it&#x27;s affecting everybody else, too, when you start seeing these prices. But right now I&#x27;m sitting on a golf course here in Austin, Texas, and the golf course is crowded. So it&#x27;s not affecting people, everything they do, but people are paying attention to it. I guarantee you that. And, of course, when they go to fill up the car with gas, gas prices are better.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> But even with our gas prices going down a little bit, it&#x27;s still making things awfully tough. Do you see an end in sight to all this? Well, I would love to be able to tell you yes. I&#x27;m a positive person, Steve. I try to be positive all the time. But there&#x27;s two numbers I look at. We all hear about the CPI. That&#x27;s the Consumer Price Index. And then there&#x27;s something else. We get lost in this alphabet soup a lot of times when we&#x27;re watching the financial shows. We really don&#x27;t know what it means. But there&#x27;s another index called the PPI. That&#x27;s the Producer Price Index. And that&#x27;s about two points higher than the CPI. And that&#x27;s a forward indicator. And the CPI is a lagging indicator, which means you hear all these terms. Again, when Kramer starts talking about it, a lot of people don&#x27;t know what he means.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It means that we&#x27;ve got a lot more inflation on the way because it&#x27;s costing the producers a lot more to produce the things we&#x27;re going to have to buy. So if someone&#x27;s got investments for their retirement and the stock market&#x27;s been going down, understandably, because people are concerned about recession and what&#x27;s going to happen with the Fed, who&#x27;s probably going to raise the rate probably at least three quarters, if not a whole point. The people are concerned about that. What should people be doing? Should they be keeping their money where it&#x27;s at, or should they be looking at something a little bit more safe for now? Well, I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena 30 years now on July 2nd, so it&#x27;s hard to believe. I feel old now. My beard is getting a little gray. But over the 30 years, I&#x27;ve seen certain circumstances sort of like this, but I&#x27;ve never seen anything this bad as far as there&#x27;s no real end in sight.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And what they&#x27;re telling us isn&#x27;t coming true. Remember they said that inflation was transitory, which meant a lot of people had to figure out what that meant. They said it was only going to be here for a little while, and they were right. That bad inflation number was only here for a little while. It&#x27;s gotten larger, unfortunately, than costing more. Here&#x27;s what I recommend, Steve. And again, I&#x27;ve got 30 years behind me here, and I&#x27;ve never had a complaint for a reason because I&#x27;ve always told people the truth. We&#x27;re a fiduciary planning firm, but I recommend everyone listening get their very own retirement income security evaluation. And it covers risk and safety, inflation, what kind of income you&#x27;re going to need. And it factors in where you are now, but then it gives you instructions on how to get to where you really want to be. And that&#x27;s the most important part. Anyone can sit here and criticize, but if you&#x27;re criticizing without action, what good is it for anyone else?</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> So you can get your own. Anyone listening right now has opened up. I&#x27;ve had my tech department open it up free for everyone. If you text R-I-S-E, that&#x27;s RISE. So the word RISE, R-I-S-E, if you text that to the 600-700 number, so instead of a phone number, go up there and put 600-700 and text the word RISE, you&#x27;ll get a link to be able to do your very own RISE score. That&#x27;s, again, retirement income security evaluation. And after all, why are we saving? We&#x27;re saving so we can have a comfortable retirement so we can not worry about work and not worry about money. And so many people I talk to now are very worried about money, and they&#x27;re worried about work. They&#x27;re going to have to work longer now because the market has taken away their retirement years, and that&#x27;s not fair. So if you have the right plan in place, you can retire sometimes even earlier than you thought.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> You&#x27;ve got to have income. You&#x27;ve got to have safety and risk together. We call it Core and Explore. We have a 22-step total retirement plan. We cover that, Social Security planning, Medicare planning, everything, and then also getting into more advanced tax planning and then looking at your income. Because the most important thing for everyone listening is having enough income to do what they want to do all the way through retirement, not just 10 years or 15, but all the way through retirement, not only for you, but for your spouse. So get that RISE score done. Get your own retirement income security evaluation. Text RISE to 600-700. Now, Steve, I think everyone should be doing this right now because there&#x27;s really no end in sight despite what you hear on TV. And unfortunately, what we hear on TV many times is not the truth. And what the truth is is when they come out with the CPI, but more importantly, the PPI numbers.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> I think everyone listening needs to pay more attention to those numbers because politicians can lie all day long. But when you look at your bank account balance, that&#x27;s when the truth comes out. Well, I agree with everything you said about that, except that old part. I&#x27;m older than you, so what are you doing? Jeez. It happens overnight, Steve. Yeah, boy, it sure did. Well, it didn&#x27;t happen overnight. It took about 71 years for it to hit me. Please like it. Coach Pete D’Arruda is a guy that knows a lot about what&#x27;s going on in the financial market. Talk to your analysts and make sure you&#x27;re in the right place. Pete, as always, thank you for joining us on the show. Take care, Steve. Everybody else, I&#x27;ll see you on the weekend. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins WPTF’s Triangle’s Afternoon News to discuss the economy, investments, and the concerns people bring to their financial future. Recorded July 2022.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, investing, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf/image.jpg?t=1792071931&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-wptf-investing-in-an-uncertain-economy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf/image.jpg?t=1792071931&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>377</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/90f6fdbf-d239-49be-8fbc-b4e3000e01bf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="6073810" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-wptf-investing-in-an-uncertain-economy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>54</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investing in an Uncertain Economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Macchia: The Constrained Investor and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>David Macchia: The Constrained Investor and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss The Constrained Investor and the importance of retirement income. They explore the decisions facing people whose savings need to support their day-to-day lives.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference to me or I think that&#x27;s made a big difference in the financial world and it&#x27;s really no exception this week. We have a return visitor. He hasn&#x27;t been on the show for a while. We&#x27;ve had him on in the past talking about lifetime income and importance of making sure you have proper balance in your portfolio. He&#x27;s from Boston. His name is David Macchia. David welcome in. Coach Pete thanks for having me. Now you&#x27;ve written some books too. I</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> mean you&#x27;ve been all over the place in the financial world. What&#x27;s your most recent book? So it&#x27;s called constrained investor. It&#x27;s a timely topic and if you&#x27;re not familiar with that term let me explain it. So in financial services we segment people. We base it on their amount of money they have invested. AUM it&#x27;s called right and we have these neat categories of people. Mass market, high net worth, ultra high net worth. It&#x27;s great when you&#x27;re accumulating money but when it comes time for retirement it doesn&#x27;t really work. So what constrained investor does, it introduces three client segments and any person can fit into one of these segments. There are underfunded investors, overfunded investors and constrained investors. My work involves constrained investors. Those are people who get to retirement</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> with money which is great but the amount of money they have isn&#x27;t necessarily high compared to the level of income that they need to support their lifestyle. And when you&#x27;re in that position it means you have to be very very careful on the investing strategy that you use to create income. Yeah very very important because if not you can end up on the wrong side of the curve so to speak. Wrong side of the curve and going broke with your income being reduced or eliminated. So what are some of the main obstacles that you see these days as far as getting in the way of people getting the proper plan they deserve for the rest of their life in retirement? So there&#x27;s so many financial advisors in the United States but so few of them I would say are expert in retirement income planning. It&#x27;s a different world than accumulating money. It&#x27;s a different</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> set of disciplines financially. It&#x27;s a different set of insights and skills and so you really have to look for an advisor who&#x27;s schooled in that area. About five years ago there was a designation that I received called the Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP. And that deals strictly with making sure people have the retirement income they need throughout retirement. Not just the first 10 years or 12 years or whatever some broker&#x27;s Monte Carlo simulation told you is going to be but this is lifetime income that is structurally guaranteed. You can&#x27;t lose it and it&#x27;s always going to be there. How important is that for most anyone listening? It&#x27;s the most important thing in the world for a retiree. There&#x27;s no financial issue more important to a retiree than income. And the reason is this. In retirement it&#x27;s your income that creates your standard of living not your wealth. People don&#x27;t focus on that but it&#x27;s all</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> about income. We had in North Carolina the other day we had the first five million dollar scratch off winner. You know they buy these little lottery tickets they scratch off. My relative one of my grandmothers my wife&#x27;s grandmothers used to give us those scratch off tickets on Christmas every year. They were in our stockings we&#x27;d all scratch them off and no one won five million dollars. But he won five million. After taxes he got three million back and I read that he&#x27;s got an income plan already established where he&#x27;s never going to have to worry about income for the rest of his life. And his comment was he had no income before this. He basically had found some money and bought a lottery ticket. Sort of sounds like a Willy Wonka story. Not the way you want to go about it as a rule. But he walked into income and now he has income forever. But most people cannot depend on those</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> lottery tickets as picking the right stock or putting all the money on red on the roulette wheel. There are ways that are safer and more secure to make sure you have that guaranteed lifetime income aren&#x27;t there? Well that&#x27;s true and an annuity would be the ideal way. But I&#x27;ll tell you one thing you should keep in mind right now. Everyone listening should. If you don&#x27;t have the right kind of income strategy at a time when stock prices are falling that means you&#x27;re exposed to what we call timing risk. That is the biggest scariest monster of a financial risk you can experience and it can eat up your income very quickly. So it&#x27;s very very important to have a portfolio that&#x27;s structured in such a way that you&#x27;re protected against that kind of risk. You know there&#x27;s so many risks out there affecting or potentially affecting our money yet when the average consumer hears some of these risks it glazes right</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> over it doesn&#x27;t affect them in their mind they don&#x27;t think. But when something like a tidal wave comes in and wipes out a bunch of things in the market we learn real quick how important these risks are to to basically identify ahead of time and make sure to have some preventive maintenance done so you don&#x27;t have to fall for these. Well you know there&#x27;s this thing called recency bias. Your memory is prejudice. It remembers the recent stuff right? Sure does. And we&#x27;ve had we&#x27;ve had a 14-year engineered fake bull market that the Federal Reserve has created that has juiced the price of stocks. Well it&#x27;s seduced a lot of people into think that just keeps going including financial advisors. But you know we&#x27;re coming to a reckoning point right pretty soon I believe. Well all right now let&#x27;s talk about this. We have a bad let&#x27;s say we do have a really bad market environment and let&#x27;s say we have</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> a real bear market that lasts five or ten years. We&#x27;re so used to seeing what we call a bear market is five or ten minutes these days or five or ten days. The market goes back goes down then it zips right back up. But what you&#x27;re saying a lot of times is that the Fed has engineered this because they keep pumping more money into the supply and the money has to go somewhere so it goes to the market and supply and demand says we have more buying than selling the market goes up. But we have a lot of people on margin these days too so we can see accelerated downdrafts and then shorters get involved and we could see a real bad bear market for five or ten years and that&#x27;s when the word annuity will come into a lot of people&#x27;s minds and many people will try to get annuity after they&#x27;ve lost money. Many times I would argue it&#x27;s better to get it when you&#x27;re up in the market you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out of course so liquidate some of those gains and get that money to place you can&#x27;t lose</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> it again. Well that&#x27;s right and I think you need to think about at least protecting a part of your essential expenses in retirement with income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Again no retiree stops needing income. Yeah. That&#x27;s something to never ever forget. Well and in the traditional retirement income people depended many times on CDs at the bank when CDs were paying a really high interest rate you could live on the interest rate but lately well I say lately maybe the last 10 or 14 years bonds have taken way too much of a of that workload and and you you wrote a post to the other day I saw it was the worst month in bond history a month ago. That&#x27;s right and that&#x27;s a very long history bonds are crashing and where else what else could you expect we got near zero interest rates so there was no place for bonds to</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> go except down. Well folks we&#x27;re talking to David Machia he&#x27;s the author of the constrained investor he&#x27;s also a I consider him one of the one of the leading experts in income in retirement making sure you preserve protect and guarantee the money you&#x27;re going to need to to uh to live a comfortable retirement not just get by in retirement. David you&#x27;ve done a lot of work lately uh educating women on the importance of income planning you want to talk about that for a minute? Yeah and really there&#x27;s nothing more important because um because of demographics coach Pete women are going to inherit most of the available wealth assets well think about women you know they tend to be a little bit more risk averse than men and what we do know is they live longer than men and guess what again I go back to the same same idea</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> you never stop needing income if a woman is going to live to 95 97 100 102 right now there&#x27;s a million people over the age of 100 in the United States wow in the next 20 years is going to be 5 million so if you live for a really long time which is quite possible that income must continue what are some of the key issues affecting women who were preparing for retirement now you know we say women behind every good man there&#x27;s a good woman that&#x27;s what you always say but we&#x27;ve been trying to behind a successful man as a woman who&#x27;s been helping him all the way and many times though the women have have done a lot of work at the home and raising the children and don&#x27;t get a lot of credit for that but here&#x27;s a stat that women benefit on and you and I are in trouble women outlive men by about seven</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> years and a lot of men marry women a little younger than they are my wife is about six years younger than I am so she&#x27;s got a 13 year gap of me not being around that she needs to have someone she trusts and she needs to have a plan she believes in to make sure that no games or gimmicks are played with her retirement money that&#x27;s so true coach pete women need an income plan that&#x27;s understandable that builds confidence that they can you know buy into and keep for a long period of time but I&#x27;ll tell you something else it&#x27;s not a not a good thing for the financial advisory business when the husband dies a boomer husband in seven out of ten instances the spouse the female spouse fires the male advisor within one year well and that tells us that the most men male advisors haven&#x27;t been doing a good job and relating to the women and they have to do a lot better yeah and and so yeah if you don&#x27;t feel</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> that connection is so of course when husband passes away uh the wife will move the money to someone they trust and respect that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s exactly right and there&#x27;s no hesitancy women will definitely find an advisor that they can have an authentic relationship with they look for different things men men are all about roi you know they look at the the quick hit the quick profit women women are really focused on goals and values they want to be listened to they want to have an authentic relationship and if you are a financial advisor and you can relate to a woman on that basis and truly listen and truly care about her needs and her goals and aspirations you have a client for life when we talk about women and income i mean having an income plan gives that peace of mind i mean and many people especially as we get older we&#x27;re searching for that peace of mind knowing that we&#x27;re going to have certainty we call it a</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> financial fill-up strategy every single year a check will arrive to your mailbox regardless of what happens in the market didn&#x27;t seem like a big deal when the market was going up like crazy but now that the market&#x27;s teetering around how important is it for most everyone listening to make sure they have some money that can&#x27;t be stolen from financial termites and market volatility it&#x27;s 100 essential important again there&#x27;s nothing more important because expenses never stop and and today we&#x27;re inflation surging everything is becoming more expensive so the necessity for income is is never been greater will rogers always said it&#x27;s uh he&#x27;s more worried about the return of his investment than the return on his investment do you think a lot of people because we&#x27;re in this 24 7 investainment generation where you can go to the internet uh you can get text all the time or you can go watch tv</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> 24 7 tv networks all pumping the market have people forgot what the most important thing is they certainly have another will rogers anecdote i remember is i don&#x27;t remember personally but i&#x27;ve read about it he said at one point invest in inflation it&#x27;s the only thing going up it&#x27;s so true these days now inflation a whole different story we&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left i mean uh let&#x27;s talk about the inflation how important it is people to have an inflation adjusted and protected plan and then uh any kind of comments you&#x27;d like to make at the end well i think you need an investing strategy that blends safety and risk it&#x27;s important to be invested in the market long term but at the same time you have to have a portion of your assets that are covered by safe investments especially in the early part of retirement because that&#x27;s what protects you against</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> that awful timing risk right you need that you need a lifetime income component that&#x27;s fully guaranteed for as long as you live and then you need exposure to stocks and if you have those safety parts of the strategy right you can you can durably stay invested in stocks because whether the market is going up or down or teetering or volatile it don&#x27;t matter to you your income need has been secured you know doesn&#x27;t that give someone a peace of mind i mean when we talk about peace of mind it&#x27;s one thing to say it and talk about it but when you&#x27;re actually in that situation when you really do have that offensive line around you and you&#x27;re the quarterback and you&#x27;re not going to get touched you&#x27;re not going down your income&#x27;s not going down and you even have a chance for it to go up but it&#x27;s never going away what kind of feeling does that give people when they know they&#x27;re they&#x27;re totally protected and really nothing bad&#x27;s going to happen i think it&#x27;s the feeling of being</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> able to sleep comfortably every single night which is about everything for a retiree well we put a website together that&#x27;s tying into what you&#x27;ve helped us with uh to to explain the importance of protecting uh what you have protecting wealth but also getting income from wealth and especially if you&#x27;re a woman we&#x27;ve got woman wealth and income and it can be women or woman so we got both of the sites women wealth and income dot com go there and get uh get educated folks and uh and more importantly if you&#x27;d like to your very own plan put together right now we could do it for you the team can is ready for you right now 800-661-7383 is the number to call or text plan plan to 600 700 david&#x27;s book again is called the constrained investor i recommend uh everyone pick a copy</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> up because david this can really be uh it&#x27;s almost like paying 20 to get a million dollars worth of income in retirement when you think about it when you go to that read that book no i&#x27;d like to think that&#x27;s exactly true it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s it&#x27;s written in language that anyone can understand and it really gets to the heart of mitigating risks and making sure that your income lasts my uh grandmother used to hide 20 bills in certain books that was sort of her idea of making sure money was safe and uh that encouraged me to read you never know what i&#x27;d find a 20 bill in a book but again folks his name is david makia david we hope to have you on and again the future especially as we go forward working more to educate the women on the importance of having that wealth and income i&#x27;d enjoy it&#x27;s my pleasure and uh folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss The Constrained Investor and the importance of retirement income. They explore the decisions facing people whose savings need to support their day-to-day lives.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference to me or I think that&#x27;s made a big difference in the financial world and it&#x27;s really no exception this week. We have a return visitor. He hasn&#x27;t been on the show for a while. We&#x27;ve had him on in the past talking about lifetime income and importance of making sure you have proper balance in your portfolio. He&#x27;s from Boston. His name is David Macchia. David welcome in. Coach Pete thanks for having me. Now you&#x27;ve written some books too. I</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> mean you&#x27;ve been all over the place in the financial world. What&#x27;s your most recent book? So it&#x27;s called constrained investor. It&#x27;s a timely topic and if you&#x27;re not familiar with that term let me explain it. So in financial services we segment people. We base it on their amount of money they have invested. AUM it&#x27;s called right and we have these neat categories of people. Mass market, high net worth, ultra high net worth. It&#x27;s great when you&#x27;re accumulating money but when it comes time for retirement it doesn&#x27;t really work. So what constrained investor does, it introduces three client segments and any person can fit into one of these segments. There are underfunded investors, overfunded investors and constrained investors. My work involves constrained investors. Those are people who get to retirement</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> with money which is great but the amount of money they have isn&#x27;t necessarily high compared to the level of income that they need to support their lifestyle. And when you&#x27;re in that position it means you have to be very very careful on the investing strategy that you use to create income. Yeah very very important because if not you can end up on the wrong side of the curve so to speak. Wrong side of the curve and going broke with your income being reduced or eliminated. So what are some of the main obstacles that you see these days as far as getting in the way of people getting the proper plan they deserve for the rest of their life in retirement? So there&#x27;s so many financial advisors in the United States but so few of them I would say are expert in retirement income planning. It&#x27;s a different world than accumulating money. It&#x27;s a different</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> set of disciplines financially. It&#x27;s a different set of insights and skills and so you really have to look for an advisor who&#x27;s schooled in that area. About five years ago there was a designation that I received called the Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP. And that deals strictly with making sure people have the retirement income they need throughout retirement. Not just the first 10 years or 12 years or whatever some broker&#x27;s Monte Carlo simulation told you is going to be but this is lifetime income that is structurally guaranteed. You can&#x27;t lose it and it&#x27;s always going to be there. How important is that for most anyone listening? It&#x27;s the most important thing in the world for a retiree. There&#x27;s no financial issue more important to a retiree than income. And the reason is this. In retirement it&#x27;s your income that creates your standard of living not your wealth. People don&#x27;t focus on that but it&#x27;s all</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> about income. We had in North Carolina the other day we had the first five million dollar scratch off winner. You know they buy these little lottery tickets they scratch off. My relative one of my grandmothers my wife&#x27;s grandmothers used to give us those scratch off tickets on Christmas every year. They were in our stockings we&#x27;d all scratch them off and no one won five million dollars. But he won five million. After taxes he got three million back and I read that he&#x27;s got an income plan already established where he&#x27;s never going to have to worry about income for the rest of his life. And his comment was he had no income before this. He basically had found some money and bought a lottery ticket. Sort of sounds like a Willy Wonka story. Not the way you want to go about it as a rule. But he walked into income and now he has income forever. But most people cannot depend on those</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> lottery tickets as picking the right stock or putting all the money on red on the roulette wheel. There are ways that are safer and more secure to make sure you have that guaranteed lifetime income aren&#x27;t there? Well that&#x27;s true and an annuity would be the ideal way. But I&#x27;ll tell you one thing you should keep in mind right now. Everyone listening should. If you don&#x27;t have the right kind of income strategy at a time when stock prices are falling that means you&#x27;re exposed to what we call timing risk. That is the biggest scariest monster of a financial risk you can experience and it can eat up your income very quickly. So it&#x27;s very very important to have a portfolio that&#x27;s structured in such a way that you&#x27;re protected against that kind of risk. You know there&#x27;s so many risks out there affecting or potentially affecting our money yet when the average consumer hears some of these risks it glazes right</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> over it doesn&#x27;t affect them in their mind they don&#x27;t think. But when something like a tidal wave comes in and wipes out a bunch of things in the market we learn real quick how important these risks are to to basically identify ahead of time and make sure to have some preventive maintenance done so you don&#x27;t have to fall for these. Well you know there&#x27;s this thing called recency bias. Your memory is prejudice. It remembers the recent stuff right? Sure does. And we&#x27;ve had we&#x27;ve had a 14-year engineered fake bull market that the Federal Reserve has created that has juiced the price of stocks. Well it&#x27;s seduced a lot of people into think that just keeps going including financial advisors. But you know we&#x27;re coming to a reckoning point right pretty soon I believe. Well all right now let&#x27;s talk about this. We have a bad let&#x27;s say we do have a really bad market environment and let&#x27;s say we have</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> a real bear market that lasts five or ten years. We&#x27;re so used to seeing what we call a bear market is five or ten minutes these days or five or ten days. The market goes back goes down then it zips right back up. But what you&#x27;re saying a lot of times is that the Fed has engineered this because they keep pumping more money into the supply and the money has to go somewhere so it goes to the market and supply and demand says we have more buying than selling the market goes up. But we have a lot of people on margin these days too so we can see accelerated downdrafts and then shorters get involved and we could see a real bad bear market for five or ten years and that&#x27;s when the word annuity will come into a lot of people&#x27;s minds and many people will try to get annuity after they&#x27;ve lost money. Many times I would argue it&#x27;s better to get it when you&#x27;re up in the market you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out of course so liquidate some of those gains and get that money to place you can&#x27;t lose</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> it again. Well that&#x27;s right and I think you need to think about at least protecting a part of your essential expenses in retirement with income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Again no retiree stops needing income. Yeah. That&#x27;s something to never ever forget. Well and in the traditional retirement income people depended many times on CDs at the bank when CDs were paying a really high interest rate you could live on the interest rate but lately well I say lately maybe the last 10 or 14 years bonds have taken way too much of a of that workload and and you you wrote a post to the other day I saw it was the worst month in bond history a month ago. That&#x27;s right and that&#x27;s a very long history bonds are crashing and where else what else could you expect we got near zero interest rates so there was no place for bonds to</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> go except down. Well folks we&#x27;re talking to David Machia he&#x27;s the author of the constrained investor he&#x27;s also a I consider him one of the one of the leading experts in income in retirement making sure you preserve protect and guarantee the money you&#x27;re going to need to to uh to live a comfortable retirement not just get by in retirement. David you&#x27;ve done a lot of work lately uh educating women on the importance of income planning you want to talk about that for a minute? Yeah and really there&#x27;s nothing more important because um because of demographics coach Pete women are going to inherit most of the available wealth assets well think about women you know they tend to be a little bit more risk averse than men and what we do know is they live longer than men and guess what again I go back to the same same idea</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> you never stop needing income if a woman is going to live to 95 97 100 102 right now there&#x27;s a million people over the age of 100 in the United States wow in the next 20 years is going to be 5 million so if you live for a really long time which is quite possible that income must continue what are some of the key issues affecting women who were preparing for retirement now you know we say women behind every good man there&#x27;s a good woman that&#x27;s what you always say but we&#x27;ve been trying to behind a successful man as a woman who&#x27;s been helping him all the way and many times though the women have have done a lot of work at the home and raising the children and don&#x27;t get a lot of credit for that but here&#x27;s a stat that women benefit on and you and I are in trouble women outlive men by about seven</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> years and a lot of men marry women a little younger than they are my wife is about six years younger than I am so she&#x27;s got a 13 year gap of me not being around that she needs to have someone she trusts and she needs to have a plan she believes in to make sure that no games or gimmicks are played with her retirement money that&#x27;s so true coach pete women need an income plan that&#x27;s understandable that builds confidence that they can you know buy into and keep for a long period of time but I&#x27;ll tell you something else it&#x27;s not a not a good thing for the financial advisory business when the husband dies a boomer husband in seven out of ten instances the spouse the female spouse fires the male advisor within one year well and that tells us that the most men male advisors haven&#x27;t been doing a good job and relating to the women and they have to do a lot better yeah and and so yeah if you don&#x27;t feel</p><p><strong>09:20</strong> that connection is so of course when husband passes away uh the wife will move the money to someone they trust and respect that&#x27;s what that&#x27;s exactly right and there&#x27;s no hesitancy women will definitely find an advisor that they can have an authentic relationship with they look for different things men men are all about roi you know they look at the the quick hit the quick profit women women are really focused on goals and values they want to be listened to they want to have an authentic relationship and if you are a financial advisor and you can relate to a woman on that basis and truly listen and truly care about her needs and her goals and aspirations you have a client for life when we talk about women and income i mean having an income plan gives that peace of mind i mean and many people especially as we get older we&#x27;re searching for that peace of mind knowing that we&#x27;re going to have certainty we call it a</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> financial fill-up strategy every single year a check will arrive to your mailbox regardless of what happens in the market didn&#x27;t seem like a big deal when the market was going up like crazy but now that the market&#x27;s teetering around how important is it for most everyone listening to make sure they have some money that can&#x27;t be stolen from financial termites and market volatility it&#x27;s 100 essential important again there&#x27;s nothing more important because expenses never stop and and today we&#x27;re inflation surging everything is becoming more expensive so the necessity for income is is never been greater will rogers always said it&#x27;s uh he&#x27;s more worried about the return of his investment than the return on his investment do you think a lot of people because we&#x27;re in this 24 7 investainment generation where you can go to the internet uh you can get text all the time or you can go watch tv</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> 24 7 tv networks all pumping the market have people forgot what the most important thing is they certainly have another will rogers anecdote i remember is i don&#x27;t remember personally but i&#x27;ve read about it he said at one point invest in inflation it&#x27;s the only thing going up it&#x27;s so true these days now inflation a whole different story we&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left i mean uh let&#x27;s talk about the inflation how important it is people to have an inflation adjusted and protected plan and then uh any kind of comments you&#x27;d like to make at the end well i think you need an investing strategy that blends safety and risk it&#x27;s important to be invested in the market long term but at the same time you have to have a portion of your assets that are covered by safe investments especially in the early part of retirement because that&#x27;s what protects you against</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> that awful timing risk right you need that you need a lifetime income component that&#x27;s fully guaranteed for as long as you live and then you need exposure to stocks and if you have those safety parts of the strategy right you can you can durably stay invested in stocks because whether the market is going up or down or teetering or volatile it don&#x27;t matter to you your income need has been secured you know doesn&#x27;t that give someone a peace of mind i mean when we talk about peace of mind it&#x27;s one thing to say it and talk about it but when you&#x27;re actually in that situation when you really do have that offensive line around you and you&#x27;re the quarterback and you&#x27;re not going to get touched you&#x27;re not going down your income&#x27;s not going down and you even have a chance for it to go up but it&#x27;s never going away what kind of feeling does that give people when they know they&#x27;re they&#x27;re totally protected and really nothing bad&#x27;s going to happen i think it&#x27;s the feeling of being</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> able to sleep comfortably every single night which is about everything for a retiree well we put a website together that&#x27;s tying into what you&#x27;ve helped us with uh to to explain the importance of protecting uh what you have protecting wealth but also getting income from wealth and especially if you&#x27;re a woman we&#x27;ve got woman wealth and income and it can be women or woman so we got both of the sites women wealth and income dot com go there and get uh get educated folks and uh and more importantly if you&#x27;d like to your very own plan put together right now we could do it for you the team can is ready for you right now 800-661-7383 is the number to call or text plan plan to 600 700 david&#x27;s book again is called the constrained investor i recommend uh everyone pick a copy</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> up because david this can really be uh it&#x27;s almost like paying 20 to get a million dollars worth of income in retirement when you think about it when you go to that read that book no i&#x27;d like to think that&#x27;s exactly true it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s it&#x27;s written in language that anyone can understand and it really gets to the heart of mitigating risks and making sure that your income lasts my uh grandmother used to hide 20 bills in certain books that was sort of her idea of making sure money was safe and uh that encouraged me to read you never know what i&#x27;d find a 20 bill in a book but again folks his name is david makia david we hope to have you on and again the future especially as we go forward working more to educate the women on the importance of having that wealth and income i&#x27;d enjoy it&#x27;s my pleasure and uh folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss The Constrained Investor and the importance of retirement income. They explore the decisions facing people whose savings need to support their day-to-day lives.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Macchia</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Macchia, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b/image.jpg?t=1792073623&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-macchia-author-of-the-constrained-investor/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b/image.jpg?t=1792073623&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 20:10:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>849</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/080f81e0-7c84-41e4-98f1-aea10144a27b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13617317" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-macchia-author-of-the-constrained-investor</link>
      <itunes:order>55</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Constrained Investor and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:15" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:36" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Walker: The $10 Million a Minute Tour and Government Policy</title>
      <itunes:title>David Walker: The $10 Million a Minute Tour and Government Policy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss the $10 Million a Minute Tour. They consider government policy and the financial issues that affect American households.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find people who are making a difference who are have made a difference who I&#x27;ve known in the past and we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. It was back in 2000 I think the first time we had him on the show maybe 2011 and then 2012 we had he had a bus tour talking about the talking about the economy and talking about spending and his name is Dave Walker. You may have heard David Walker. He was the former U.S. Comptroller General put in under Bill Clinton and he also went through George or he</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> went through some of George Bush or maybe all of George Bush we&#x27;ll get him to say that. Dave is joining us from I think D.C. today. Dave welcome in. Well thanks. I&#x27;m Alexandria, Virginia which for the record is outside the beltway in the real world. Right outside the sausage factory we call it. That&#x27;s right. You don&#x27;t want to be there if you don&#x27;t have to be. So this again tell folks how you were appointed your feelings when you were appointed back then and then and then why you resigned. Well I held several presidential appointments. My first one was Reagan. My second one was Bush 41 and my third one was Clinton and that was as Comptroller General United States which in English is Auditor General Chief Accountability Officer and head of something called the Government Accountability Office and the GAO is responsible for trying to help the Congress improve the performance</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> and assure the accountability of the executive branch for the benefit of the American people. And you know I had three goals when I went to the GAO and I had accomplished two out of the three and Pete Peterson may God rest his soul who&#x27;s now no longer with us convinced me that I wasn&#x27;t going to be able to accomplish the third one in that job because when you Comptroller General you can talk about the problems but you&#x27;re not allowed to talk about policy solutions and my view is is that you need to wake people up show them a way forward and talk about solutions and that was what the tour was about 2012 and I&#x27;m happy to come back to that because it was incredibly successful and we need to do it again. And what was the title of that tour again? The 10 million a minute tour and the reason it was</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> called that was because the total liabilities and unfunded promises things for like unfunded social security and Medicare benefits were going up 10 million dollars a minute. And last year they were going up more than 10 million dollars a minute. You know that&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s all when we talk about that kind of money the average American me included can&#x27;t comprehend that we&#x27;re talking about 10 million a minute. I&#x27;ve never seen 10 million in my lifetime in one place 10 million a minute and and it&#x27;s in his past that you said huh? Well yes it was as of last year it was worse than that and you know the problem is is that you know people talk about deficits and the president talks about that the deficit is down significantly from this this year as compared to last year. Well there&#x27;s two reasons</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> for that. One reason is is we&#x27;re not spending trillions of extra money on COVID and secondly the Congress didn&#x27;t pass his you know his trillion dollar plus build back better bill and so that&#x27;s the only reason it&#x27;s down but but the the structural deficit you know that doesn&#x27;t have to do with one time items that deals with recurring items it&#x27;s actually up and and and a lot of people talk about deficits and debt the debt right now is about 30 and a half trillion dollars but that doesn&#x27;t count unfunded civilian and military pensions, retiree health care, it doesn&#x27;t count unfunded social security, Medicare obligations. The real number as of the end of last year was not around 30 trillion it was over 112 trillion. Well I mean it&#x27;s growing faster than the economy. When you look at people can</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> see just a microcosm of how the federal government works just look at the U.S. Post Office because or Amtrak. Yeah it&#x27;s had its share of challenges it has and and you know part of the problem is is that you know the the the Congress needs to get the the the post office a little bit more flexibility about how to operate yeah well than they have but yeah well here we&#x27;re talking about federal deficit and all this on unfunded unfunded liabilities and and then at the same time I hear Biden talking about wanting to forgive student debt how&#x27;s that going to work well here&#x27;s what&#x27;s interesting coach Pete the the number one asset or stated differently the largest asset on the financial statements or balance sheet of the U.S. government is student loans as of the end of last year is 1.6 trillion and going up rapidly so a he</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> doesn&#x27;t have the legal authority to do that number two it would be irresponsible number three would be inequitable what about people who&#x27;ve already paid back their loans or never took loans to begin with correct like me yep yeah right and me okay and um you know and and what&#x27;s he going to give away next I mean presidents don&#x27;t have the authority to give away federal property and the irony is this is the largest asset on the balance sheet yeah well it&#x27;s like walking into your house and just giving stuff away that&#x27;s because we&#x27;re taxpayers it&#x27;s our money that&#x27;s being given away and the people that are screaming for giveaways usually don&#x27;t pay and then people say well you won&#x27;t increase the debt that&#x27;s true it won&#x27;t increase the debt but it&#x27;ll increase it&#x27;ll decrease the net worth of the country because</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> you&#x27;re giving up an asset you&#x27;re not taking on an additional liability in this case student loans are an asset to the federal government not a liability well the spending is I mean it&#x27;s putting ourselves it isn&#x27;t it&#x27;s a national security issue when we go into debt like this there&#x27;s absolutely no question that it is I have a number of good friends in current and former military I&#x27;m on the defense business board I taught at the naval academy to two of many good friends of mine that were former joint chairman or vice chairman of the joint chiefs of staff Admiral Mullen and Admiral Owens have both said publicly that the largest national security threat that we face is our mounting debt burdens and in fact</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> my latest book American 2040 still a superpower question mark you know talks about you know the economic and national security challenges that we face and and what do we need to do to try to address them well well earlier before we got you on the air you&#x27;re talking about a constitutional amendment you&#x27;re working on that&#x27;s right because I&#x27;m convinced that the only way that the congress is going to put our federal finances in order and create a better future for our children grandchildren future generations is to be forced to do it and statutory limits have not worked the debt ceiling is a bad joke it&#x27;s done nothing to really constrain spending and other provisions that have been in from time to time</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> that the post bank caps have been suspended or repealed and so what we need to do is we need a limit on credit card limit we need a limit as to how much debt as a percentage of the economy we can take on absent a formal declaration of war certain narrow unexpected emergencies and we need to set a lower limit than where we are that we want to try to get to over over time to give us more fiscal flexibility and promote more growth and opportunity and we&#x27;ve actually made a lot of progress on that in fact there&#x27;s no joint concurrent resolution it&#x27;s going to be introduced to congress within the next several weeks that I&#x27;ve been involved with that shows that more than the required number of states</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> it asked for a convention to propose such an amendment in 1979 and congress never did anything well you know Dave amendments are an interesting thing matter of fact here in North Carolina the people like me included the people voted that we should have to have voter ID we had an amendment to the constitution of North Carolina and we said that we should have to have voter ID and it passed and yet one one judge in North Carolina overruled that and so we still can vote without voter ID which really in the in this day and age that chunks my chicken doesn&#x27;t make any sense well but did you do that in the constitution here&#x27;s part of the issue you know part part of the issue is you know it&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> whole different level when it&#x27;s in the constitution and unfortunately unlike some countries like Switzerland that is in the best financial condition of any country in the world okay you know they have initiative and referendum at the national level we don&#x27;t have initiative and referendum at the national level but one of the points that you make is okay we need to get and we need to have an amendment proposed but the way that we want to get it ratified we want it to be ratified by conventions of citizens in each of the states because the people are way ahead of the politicians on this and we proved that in the 2012 10 million a minute to tour where we got 77 to 97 percent agreement on specific reforms</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> that would get our debt to GDP down to reasonable and sustainable levels over a period of time so the people are ahead yeah of the politicians well when you mentioned the debt ceiling earlier and and the average american doesn&#x27;t understand that either though you know you can you can explain it a lot better than what the media does many times and then another confusing aspect comes up in the financial world how do you know if you&#x27;re getting what you pay for when you have a money manager and i know that you&#x27;ve got some feelings about some of the ones that advertise a lot that really don&#x27;t do what they say well you know i recently fired uh one of my money managers and i said publicly who it was it was future investments and you know if you i like the fact that they&#x27;re a fiduciary i like the fact that uh that they&#x27;re trying to create customized portfolios but uh but clearly their ad is misleading and they</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> say they do better when their clients do better well that infers that they have some type of a performance-based fee they really don&#x27;t they just have a standard fee and you know if your account goes up then you know you&#x27;ll pay more and if your account goes down you&#x27;ll pay less but it&#x27;s just a standard fee yeah you&#x27;re still paying right and and the problem that i had is i&#x27;d expressed concerns a number of times over what they were doing one of the biggest concerns that i had is they had a number of stocks in their portfolio that had gone down 40 50 percent you know over several months and they never did anything about it they just wrote them down wrote them down wrote them down i can do that and to me that well to me that makes no sense at all you know so but but in any event you pay your money you take your chances well there&#x27;s a lot of i call it</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> financial confusion and there is there&#x27;s a lot of financial confusion out there unfortunately and and i think that benefits uh the people in charge and also the people making a lot of money i mean if you&#x27;re confused you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing well that&#x27;s right and and in my case i&#x27;m fortunate because the market&#x27;s gone down significantly since i went to cash and obviously i&#x27;m going to end up redeploying that now because i&#x27;m not saying i&#x27;m not staying in cash forever but uh uh you know i was lucky in i i got into the market a fair amount back on march 23rd i think it was 2001 which i think was actually the low of the market now i had no idea to know that was the low of the market if i had known it then i would have put a heck of a lot more in when i did then i did yeah they always say a broken</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> clock is uh right twice a day so i mean you that was good timing on your point that&#x27;s right that&#x27;s right that&#x27;s right hey we got about a minute left tell us what uh what we can look forward to i know you&#x27;re i&#x27;d love to are you going to do another bus tour coming up or are they how can the average american get involved we clearly need another bus tour uh you know people may want to go to uh let us vote for bba.org and find out more about this uh constitutional amendment effort that&#x27;s underway uh and and and stay tuned to some you know developments that are likely to happen i think we need another tour i&#x27;m going to advocate for another tour we need two things in addition to that to prepare the way we need the constitutional amendment and then we need a statutory fiscal sustainability</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> commission that will engage the american people with facts the truth the tough choices solicit their input and then make recommendations to the congress that will be guaranteed a vote in the congress to put our finances in order that&#x27;s what we need hopefully we&#x27;ll get it well that&#x27;s eventually yeah that&#x27;s a great plan let us know when you do that we&#x27;ll make sure to have you on when you&#x27;re when you do the next tour and uh and i&#x27;d like love to see you again too dave that&#x27;d be great you take care folks his name is dave walker former u.s comptroller general and uh dave thanks for your time today we&#x27;ll be forward to talking to you again my pleasure take care you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss the $10 Million a Minute Tour. They consider government policy and the financial issues that affect American households.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find people who are making a difference who are have made a difference who I&#x27;ve known in the past and we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. It was back in 2000 I think the first time we had him on the show maybe 2011 and then 2012 we had he had a bus tour talking about the talking about the economy and talking about spending and his name is Dave Walker. You may have heard David Walker. He was the former U.S. Comptroller General put in under Bill Clinton and he also went through George or he</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> went through some of George Bush or maybe all of George Bush we&#x27;ll get him to say that. Dave is joining us from I think D.C. today. Dave welcome in. Well thanks. I&#x27;m Alexandria, Virginia which for the record is outside the beltway in the real world. Right outside the sausage factory we call it. That&#x27;s right. You don&#x27;t want to be there if you don&#x27;t have to be. So this again tell folks how you were appointed your feelings when you were appointed back then and then and then why you resigned. Well I held several presidential appointments. My first one was Reagan. My second one was Bush 41 and my third one was Clinton and that was as Comptroller General United States which in English is Auditor General Chief Accountability Officer and head of something called the Government Accountability Office and the GAO is responsible for trying to help the Congress improve the performance</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> and assure the accountability of the executive branch for the benefit of the American people. And you know I had three goals when I went to the GAO and I had accomplished two out of the three and Pete Peterson may God rest his soul who&#x27;s now no longer with us convinced me that I wasn&#x27;t going to be able to accomplish the third one in that job because when you Comptroller General you can talk about the problems but you&#x27;re not allowed to talk about policy solutions and my view is is that you need to wake people up show them a way forward and talk about solutions and that was what the tour was about 2012 and I&#x27;m happy to come back to that because it was incredibly successful and we need to do it again. And what was the title of that tour again? The 10 million a minute tour and the reason it was</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> called that was because the total liabilities and unfunded promises things for like unfunded social security and Medicare benefits were going up 10 million dollars a minute. And last year they were going up more than 10 million dollars a minute. You know that&#x27;s it&#x27;s it&#x27;s all when we talk about that kind of money the average American me included can&#x27;t comprehend that we&#x27;re talking about 10 million a minute. I&#x27;ve never seen 10 million in my lifetime in one place 10 million a minute and and it&#x27;s in his past that you said huh? Well yes it was as of last year it was worse than that and you know the problem is is that you know people talk about deficits and the president talks about that the deficit is down significantly from this this year as compared to last year. Well there&#x27;s two reasons</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> for that. One reason is is we&#x27;re not spending trillions of extra money on COVID and secondly the Congress didn&#x27;t pass his you know his trillion dollar plus build back better bill and so that&#x27;s the only reason it&#x27;s down but but the the structural deficit you know that doesn&#x27;t have to do with one time items that deals with recurring items it&#x27;s actually up and and and a lot of people talk about deficits and debt the debt right now is about 30 and a half trillion dollars but that doesn&#x27;t count unfunded civilian and military pensions, retiree health care, it doesn&#x27;t count unfunded social security, Medicare obligations. The real number as of the end of last year was not around 30 trillion it was over 112 trillion. Well I mean it&#x27;s growing faster than the economy. When you look at people can</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> see just a microcosm of how the federal government works just look at the U.S. Post Office because or Amtrak. Yeah it&#x27;s had its share of challenges it has and and you know part of the problem is is that you know the the the Congress needs to get the the the post office a little bit more flexibility about how to operate yeah well than they have but yeah well here we&#x27;re talking about federal deficit and all this on unfunded unfunded liabilities and and then at the same time I hear Biden talking about wanting to forgive student debt how&#x27;s that going to work well here&#x27;s what&#x27;s interesting coach Pete the the number one asset or stated differently the largest asset on the financial statements or balance sheet of the U.S. government is student loans as of the end of last year is 1.6 trillion and going up rapidly so a he</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> doesn&#x27;t have the legal authority to do that number two it would be irresponsible number three would be inequitable what about people who&#x27;ve already paid back their loans or never took loans to begin with correct like me yep yeah right and me okay and um you know and and what&#x27;s he going to give away next I mean presidents don&#x27;t have the authority to give away federal property and the irony is this is the largest asset on the balance sheet yeah well it&#x27;s like walking into your house and just giving stuff away that&#x27;s because we&#x27;re taxpayers it&#x27;s our money that&#x27;s being given away and the people that are screaming for giveaways usually don&#x27;t pay and then people say well you won&#x27;t increase the debt that&#x27;s true it won&#x27;t increase the debt but it&#x27;ll increase it&#x27;ll decrease the net worth of the country because</p><p><strong>05:52</strong> you&#x27;re giving up an asset you&#x27;re not taking on an additional liability in this case student loans are an asset to the federal government not a liability well the spending is I mean it&#x27;s putting ourselves it isn&#x27;t it&#x27;s a national security issue when we go into debt like this there&#x27;s absolutely no question that it is I have a number of good friends in current and former military I&#x27;m on the defense business board I taught at the naval academy to two of many good friends of mine that were former joint chairman or vice chairman of the joint chiefs of staff Admiral Mullen and Admiral Owens have both said publicly that the largest national security threat that we face is our mounting debt burdens and in fact</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> my latest book American 2040 still a superpower question mark you know talks about you know the economic and national security challenges that we face and and what do we need to do to try to address them well well earlier before we got you on the air you&#x27;re talking about a constitutional amendment you&#x27;re working on that&#x27;s right because I&#x27;m convinced that the only way that the congress is going to put our federal finances in order and create a better future for our children grandchildren future generations is to be forced to do it and statutory limits have not worked the debt ceiling is a bad joke it&#x27;s done nothing to really constrain spending and other provisions that have been in from time to time</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> that the post bank caps have been suspended or repealed and so what we need to do is we need a limit on credit card limit we need a limit as to how much debt as a percentage of the economy we can take on absent a formal declaration of war certain narrow unexpected emergencies and we need to set a lower limit than where we are that we want to try to get to over over time to give us more fiscal flexibility and promote more growth and opportunity and we&#x27;ve actually made a lot of progress on that in fact there&#x27;s no joint concurrent resolution it&#x27;s going to be introduced to congress within the next several weeks that I&#x27;ve been involved with that shows that more than the required number of states</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> it asked for a convention to propose such an amendment in 1979 and congress never did anything well you know Dave amendments are an interesting thing matter of fact here in North Carolina the people like me included the people voted that we should have to have voter ID we had an amendment to the constitution of North Carolina and we said that we should have to have voter ID and it passed and yet one one judge in North Carolina overruled that and so we still can vote without voter ID which really in the in this day and age that chunks my chicken doesn&#x27;t make any sense well but did you do that in the constitution here&#x27;s part of the issue you know part part of the issue is you know it&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> whole different level when it&#x27;s in the constitution and unfortunately unlike some countries like Switzerland that is in the best financial condition of any country in the world okay you know they have initiative and referendum at the national level we don&#x27;t have initiative and referendum at the national level but one of the points that you make is okay we need to get and we need to have an amendment proposed but the way that we want to get it ratified we want it to be ratified by conventions of citizens in each of the states because the people are way ahead of the politicians on this and we proved that in the 2012 10 million a minute to tour where we got 77 to 97 percent agreement on specific reforms</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> that would get our debt to GDP down to reasonable and sustainable levels over a period of time so the people are ahead yeah of the politicians well when you mentioned the debt ceiling earlier and and the average american doesn&#x27;t understand that either though you know you can you can explain it a lot better than what the media does many times and then another confusing aspect comes up in the financial world how do you know if you&#x27;re getting what you pay for when you have a money manager and i know that you&#x27;ve got some feelings about some of the ones that advertise a lot that really don&#x27;t do what they say well you know i recently fired uh one of my money managers and i said publicly who it was it was future investments and you know if you i like the fact that they&#x27;re a fiduciary i like the fact that uh that they&#x27;re trying to create customized portfolios but uh but clearly their ad is misleading and they</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> say they do better when their clients do better well that infers that they have some type of a performance-based fee they really don&#x27;t they just have a standard fee and you know if your account goes up then you know you&#x27;ll pay more and if your account goes down you&#x27;ll pay less but it&#x27;s just a standard fee yeah you&#x27;re still paying right and and the problem that i had is i&#x27;d expressed concerns a number of times over what they were doing one of the biggest concerns that i had is they had a number of stocks in their portfolio that had gone down 40 50 percent you know over several months and they never did anything about it they just wrote them down wrote them down wrote them down i can do that and to me that well to me that makes no sense at all you know so but but in any event you pay your money you take your chances well there&#x27;s a lot of i call it</p><p><strong>11:22</strong> financial confusion and there is there&#x27;s a lot of financial confusion out there unfortunately and and i think that benefits uh the people in charge and also the people making a lot of money i mean if you&#x27;re confused you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing well that&#x27;s right and and in my case i&#x27;m fortunate because the market&#x27;s gone down significantly since i went to cash and obviously i&#x27;m going to end up redeploying that now because i&#x27;m not saying i&#x27;m not staying in cash forever but uh uh you know i was lucky in i i got into the market a fair amount back on march 23rd i think it was 2001 which i think was actually the low of the market now i had no idea to know that was the low of the market if i had known it then i would have put a heck of a lot more in when i did then i did yeah they always say a broken</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> clock is uh right twice a day so i mean you that was good timing on your point that&#x27;s right that&#x27;s right that&#x27;s right hey we got about a minute left tell us what uh what we can look forward to i know you&#x27;re i&#x27;d love to are you going to do another bus tour coming up or are they how can the average american get involved we clearly need another bus tour uh you know people may want to go to uh let us vote for bba.org and find out more about this uh constitutional amendment effort that&#x27;s underway uh and and and stay tuned to some you know developments that are likely to happen i think we need another tour i&#x27;m going to advocate for another tour we need two things in addition to that to prepare the way we need the constitutional amendment and then we need a statutory fiscal sustainability</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> commission that will engage the american people with facts the truth the tough choices solicit their input and then make recommendations to the congress that will be guaranteed a vote in the congress to put our finances in order that&#x27;s what we need hopefully we&#x27;ll get it well that&#x27;s eventually yeah that&#x27;s a great plan let us know when you do that we&#x27;ll make sure to have you on when you&#x27;re when you do the next tour and uh and i&#x27;d like love to see you again too dave that&#x27;d be great you take care folks his name is dave walker former u.s comptroller general and uh dave thanks for your time today we&#x27;ll be forward to talking to you again my pleasure take care you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss the $10 Million a Minute Tour. They consider government policy and the financial issues that affect American households.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Walker</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>The $10 Million a Minute Tour and Government Policy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Walker, economic policy, The $10 Million a Minute Tour and Government Policy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3/image.jpg?t=1792073617&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-former-us-comptroller-general/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3/image.jpg?t=1792073617&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 20:03:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>813</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4d738ab7-f086-493b-9f0a-aea10144afe3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13045165" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-former-us-comptroller-general</link>
      <itunes:order>56</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with David Walker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:38" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eric Balchunas: The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry</title>
      <itunes:title>Eric Balchunas: The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle&#x27;s influence and the ideas behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and is interesting to me and if you&#x27;ve ever looked at the financial world if you&#x27;ve looked at these things called mutual funds for years people didn&#x27;t know which ones to get and if they were getting ripped off quite frankly and then a guy named John Bogle came along and founded Vanguard and it&#x27;s been an interesting study and people getting educated in</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the money world and not overpaying and making sure they do get educated more than they used to and we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Eric Balchunas and he&#x27;s joining us from right outside of Philadelphia. He&#x27;s a senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence where he leads ETF and passive fund research. He and his team write several notes a week for Bloomberg Terminal which total over a million reads per year. Eric&#x27;s also co-host of the weekly Bloomberg TV show called ETF IQ. He&#x27;s got a new book out called The Bogle Effect. I&#x27;m going to talk about John Bogle a little bit and I want to welcome you in. Eric welcome in. Hey it&#x27;s great to be here. Thank you for that nice introduction. Well you&#x27;ve got a long bio so I have to pick and choose what to talk about but The Bogle Effect here the book takes readers through the financial areas such as active management ETFs and advisory</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> world quantitative investing something called ESG which a lot of people are going to hear more and more about that coming up behavioral finance and even trading platforms to show how they and the investors they serve are being reshaped and reformed in that book. Now what what inspired you to to write the book I know you&#x27;ve talked to when John was alive I know you spent a lot of time talking to him. Yeah I had sat down with him for three different interviews for over an hour in the five years before he passed away and then we exchanged emails he was on my ETF show a couple times and I had all this audio on a dictaphone and I a couple years before he passed away and the pandemic hit and I&#x27;m sort of had a little more time and I thought you know let me get this out out there because I think what he did is really interesting it&#x27;s almost a business story that it&#x27;s not just like a Jeff Bezos</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> or Steve Jobs it&#x27;s actually I think another level given that he really didn&#x27;t get rich himself I think those other stories are usually that somebody becoming a billionaire this guy made everyone else rich and I find that story really interesting when it completely has is now dictating the whole industry basically they alone taken about a billion a day which is really an absurd amount of money they take in a billion a day for 10 years and then other people have now copied their sort of low cost index funds whether it&#x27;s BlackRock or Fidelity and that&#x27;s the funds they get assets in now so in a way Vanguard and Bogle the man have had I in my opinion the biggest effect in asset management if not all of Wall Street as you know compared to anybody else and really I think all of what Bogle did really comes</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> down to one phrase I think his life&#x27;s work could really be defined by addition by subtraction he removed management fees trading biases all the friction that just gets in the way of you and your money which once it starts compounding is glorious yeah that&#x27;s a good point you know the investment world is very confusing for a lot of folks too and then it&#x27;s more of the investainment when you watch some of these shows that are on like 24 7 is you can get financial information I think people get more enticed to do more things they shouldn&#x27;t do because they get impatient and you know the word the phrase dollar cost averaging means a lot instead of trying to buy and sell a lot of times always buy and add to something if you believe in it I think that&#x27;s one of the main things that the John was featuring is is the consistency and persistent and saving like that and and not trying to like find the</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> horse that&#x27;s going to win the race but bet on all the horses so and and and put the money in every single month the system systematic investing is something that every American should be doing yeah I think most people who have invested I think you know when you&#x27;re talking about this entertainment aspect of it I think young people drive that a lot I think when you look at Robin Hood yeah I remember I&#x27;m a Gen Xer in the 90s we were all thought we were geniuses because we bought Microsoft and Cisco and it went up a lot but then you know a correction hits and you realize this is harder than it looks and so most people who are young I think go through that process I think it&#x27;s generational but there&#x27;s a line in in war games uh that movie from the 80s where the the computer deduces that the only winning move is to not play and I think that&#x27;s what most people uh subscribe to</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> after they try this on their own it doesn&#x27;t work out and then also maybe they get older they have more responsibilities they have a family a mortgage they can&#x27;t mess around with money as much yeah and that&#x27;s where I think Vanguard is really really fits that time in your life when you&#x27;re finally done with the gambling aspect and you want to just save and grow your wealth and so I think you&#x27;re right that Vanguard is sort of at odds with that sort of culture but I will say um and I funny Bogle wrote a piece for the New York Times in 1999 right before the internet bubble burst and because that&#x27;s when day trading was crazy then too right um and he basically said that people who day trade only get about 60 percent of the actual market returns and and you know he didn&#x27;t like active mutual funds but he</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> said at least they get 75 percent of market returns but an index fund gets you 99 percent of the market returns and so as much as he would slam active managers he thought doing it yourself was was even worse if your goal is to grow wealth that that&#x27;s also part of the book because I was like listen this guy came out with an idea called the index fund and he wouldn&#x27;t pay brokers so a he he had an idea that sounded average it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t why don&#x27;t it be average and he was doing it outside of the entire system of incentives but he was able to break through and I look at all the creative ways he was to do it one of those ways is showing the growth of ten thousand dollars and I think this is what is interesting in the story of Vanguard is it took a long time because of this this guy operated outside of a system and so the company didn&#x27;t even get to 10 percent market share in the fund business</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> um not until 25 years after it started so this was a long process of him trying to explain to people that buying and holding an index fund is an average if you wait long enough you end up at the top of the heap you have to change the way you&#x27;re viewing investing and that&#x27;s hard he had to change hearts and minds in and do it without uh being inside the system and it&#x27;s a good business story in there too it&#x27;s interesting and I think a lot of uh the crypto and defy world I I&#x27;m trying to explain to them that actually if you&#x27;re in that world and you like crypto and all this and the defy thing um this book should appeal to you because this guy was like og defy um just in a different way but there&#x27;s a lot of the same spirit and ethos here between bogel and what young people are seeking out with crypto and decentralized finance folks we&#x27;re talking to eric baltunas a senior etf analyst at bloomberg</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> intelligence and author of the new book the bogel effect uh you brought crypto up I wanted to mention that when you said your generation x most of the folks I know who are generation x are dabbling or heard about the crypto what do you feel about crypto yeah so um crypto is interesting I still don&#x27;t quite get it um but it&#x27;s resilient its resiliency has made me respect it and there&#x27;s really smart people in the industry and I wouldn&#x27;t bet against some of them so that&#x27;s where I sort of give it my respect that said I still don&#x27;t totally think it&#x27;s going to overtake currency I I uh is it the new gold I mean you could debate all this I do think though that crypto is being helped by the bogel effect and I&#x27;ll explain why you talk about gen x or even boomers who are dabbling in crypto I think what you have now is that in the 90s you&#x27;d have these active mutual funds and you&#x27;d you&#x27;d have one that was</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> five stars and then it wouldn&#x27;t perform well so you&#x27;d sell it and buy the next five star one and you would just churn these active funds and it just made investing hard finally people find something to hold on to an index fund so they have that in their core the problem with an index fund for many people is it is boring yeah it&#x27;s really efficient and it&#x27;s really it can create uh it&#x27;s the best way to create wealth but it&#x27;s boring as hell so I think we have a chapter in the book called the fall and rise of active that legacy active that&#x27;s just sort of you know close to the benchmark and picking a couple stocks here and there that&#x27;s probably getting replaced by vanguard in the core of the portfolio but where active is now finding a home is in things like crypto or high active share active like cathy wood and arc or thematic investing um nfts those are not only um you know fun and ways to</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> distract yourself so you don&#x27;t touch the other part which has to grow it takes you know 30 40 years but those things have nothing to do with the index so they complement so we have this sort of visual of you&#x27;ve got this boring vanilla core which is great and good for you but then you go and you search for some hot sauce uh to put on dabble I think is the right word so I actually think crypto is being helped by the fact that vanguard has taken over the core portfolios because it&#x27;s allowed people to have a little more patience with those volatile areas of their portfolio which are in smaller slices uh you&#x27;re not as bummed when crypto goes down 30 40 percent because hey it&#x27;s three percent of my portfolio and I really have 80 percent of it in this uh you know s p 500 index fund uh it calms you down a lot</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> where anyone gets in trouble when they put too much money on the risk side and they don&#x27;t have their safe side established and you see that then they get then they make irrational decisions and they get trapped in the wrong places because all their money&#x27;s in the wrong place and unfortunately i&#x27;ve seen people who take way too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for retirement and nothing wrong with risk but making sure you know what the what the risk is and and they have an exit strategy to that risk too so one final we got about a minute here left i wanted to ask you a question here and i think it&#x27;s a good one what&#x27;s your biggest concern of the markets right now yeah i think my biggest concern you know short term is just that the 60 and the 40 you know the 60 40 portfolio they&#x27;ve both been going up for like 15 years usually stocks go up bonds don&#x27;t but they&#x27;ve both been going up because it&#x27;s low rates so i would say you know that&#x27;s my biggest worry should people look to something</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> that&#x27;s like alternative um but i don&#x27;t know i also think that in the end uh stocks are a really good place to be because people get up every day and create value at these corporations that&#x27;s something bogel preached and tried to sell people on was that you get a cash flow and you get um uh dividends and you get earnings growth when you buy stocks so i think it&#x27;s a good long-run investment it&#x27;s just you know what should you do you know to maybe uh protect yourself a little if the 60 and the 40 goes down for a while but the 40 part the bonds probably where i&#x27;m worried the most because obviously if the fed rates rate raises rates and they go up in a long cycle a lot of the bonds that are out there right now are just work less yeah and so that&#x27;s going to be an interesting thing to watch and that&#x27;s probably something that concerns me a little bit thoughts on inflation yeah i mean i look um i was a baby in the 70s but uh it was a big deal back in the day and um it&#x27;s scary where it hits home is like</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> oh i i went to my review and i got a four percent raise yay well inflation seven then that&#x27;s where it hits home people like yeah you&#x27;re right man um i&#x27;m actually starting to slide backwards so even if i&#x27;m even if i&#x27;m ahead i gotta subtract seven percent from everything now and that&#x27;s scary yeah and i think that&#x27;s this is something that&#x27;s going to be probably a big issue for a while i hope it&#x27;s just supply chain i hope it&#x27;s just pandemic supply chain and that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re seeing and it&#x27;s not as bad as we think but um yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s scary uh i would say that&#x27;s up on my worries too that&#x27;s part of why the fed is really committed this time to raising rates you know in the past they&#x27;ve always folded like a lawn chair yeah but now i think they&#x27;re going to see it through because inflation is worse than say the market&#x27;s uh you know having a spasm well yeah good points and uh and i think uh</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> how many pages is your new book how many pages of the boga effect uh about 340. wow that&#x27;s down for 500 so edited it down and also interviewed 50 people including warren buffett and michael lewis and and i have their quotes in there it&#x27;s sort of written like a semi-documentary and so i think i think it i try to make look mutual funds are as interesting as c-span to most people so i tried to really really bring it and include a lot of voices and make it as entertaining as possible well folks his name is eric baltunas and the name of the book is the bogle effect eric we hope to have you on again in the future i would love that thanks for uh having me on today yes sir and folks we&#x27;ll be right back</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle&#x27;s influence and the ideas behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference and is interesting to me and if you&#x27;ve ever looked at the financial world if you&#x27;ve looked at these things called mutual funds for years people didn&#x27;t know which ones to get and if they were getting ripped off quite frankly and then a guy named John Bogle came along and founded Vanguard and it&#x27;s been an interesting study and people getting educated in</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the money world and not overpaying and making sure they do get educated more than they used to and we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Eric Balchunas and he&#x27;s joining us from right outside of Philadelphia. He&#x27;s a senior ETF analyst at Bloomberg Intelligence where he leads ETF and passive fund research. He and his team write several notes a week for Bloomberg Terminal which total over a million reads per year. Eric&#x27;s also co-host of the weekly Bloomberg TV show called ETF IQ. He&#x27;s got a new book out called The Bogle Effect. I&#x27;m going to talk about John Bogle a little bit and I want to welcome you in. Eric welcome in. Hey it&#x27;s great to be here. Thank you for that nice introduction. Well you&#x27;ve got a long bio so I have to pick and choose what to talk about but The Bogle Effect here the book takes readers through the financial areas such as active management ETFs and advisory</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> world quantitative investing something called ESG which a lot of people are going to hear more and more about that coming up behavioral finance and even trading platforms to show how they and the investors they serve are being reshaped and reformed in that book. Now what what inspired you to to write the book I know you&#x27;ve talked to when John was alive I know you spent a lot of time talking to him. Yeah I had sat down with him for three different interviews for over an hour in the five years before he passed away and then we exchanged emails he was on my ETF show a couple times and I had all this audio on a dictaphone and I a couple years before he passed away and the pandemic hit and I&#x27;m sort of had a little more time and I thought you know let me get this out out there because I think what he did is really interesting it&#x27;s almost a business story that it&#x27;s not just like a Jeff Bezos</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> or Steve Jobs it&#x27;s actually I think another level given that he really didn&#x27;t get rich himself I think those other stories are usually that somebody becoming a billionaire this guy made everyone else rich and I find that story really interesting when it completely has is now dictating the whole industry basically they alone taken about a billion a day which is really an absurd amount of money they take in a billion a day for 10 years and then other people have now copied their sort of low cost index funds whether it&#x27;s BlackRock or Fidelity and that&#x27;s the funds they get assets in now so in a way Vanguard and Bogle the man have had I in my opinion the biggest effect in asset management if not all of Wall Street as you know compared to anybody else and really I think all of what Bogle did really comes</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> down to one phrase I think his life&#x27;s work could really be defined by addition by subtraction he removed management fees trading biases all the friction that just gets in the way of you and your money which once it starts compounding is glorious yeah that&#x27;s a good point you know the investment world is very confusing for a lot of folks too and then it&#x27;s more of the investainment when you watch some of these shows that are on like 24 7 is you can get financial information I think people get more enticed to do more things they shouldn&#x27;t do because they get impatient and you know the word the phrase dollar cost averaging means a lot instead of trying to buy and sell a lot of times always buy and add to something if you believe in it I think that&#x27;s one of the main things that the John was featuring is is the consistency and persistent and saving like that and and not trying to like find the</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> horse that&#x27;s going to win the race but bet on all the horses so and and and put the money in every single month the system systematic investing is something that every American should be doing yeah I think most people who have invested I think you know when you&#x27;re talking about this entertainment aspect of it I think young people drive that a lot I think when you look at Robin Hood yeah I remember I&#x27;m a Gen Xer in the 90s we were all thought we were geniuses because we bought Microsoft and Cisco and it went up a lot but then you know a correction hits and you realize this is harder than it looks and so most people who are young I think go through that process I think it&#x27;s generational but there&#x27;s a line in in war games uh that movie from the 80s where the the computer deduces that the only winning move is to not play and I think that&#x27;s what most people uh subscribe to</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> after they try this on their own it doesn&#x27;t work out and then also maybe they get older they have more responsibilities they have a family a mortgage they can&#x27;t mess around with money as much yeah and that&#x27;s where I think Vanguard is really really fits that time in your life when you&#x27;re finally done with the gambling aspect and you want to just save and grow your wealth and so I think you&#x27;re right that Vanguard is sort of at odds with that sort of culture but I will say um and I funny Bogle wrote a piece for the New York Times in 1999 right before the internet bubble burst and because that&#x27;s when day trading was crazy then too right um and he basically said that people who day trade only get about 60 percent of the actual market returns and and you know he didn&#x27;t like active mutual funds but he</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> said at least they get 75 percent of market returns but an index fund gets you 99 percent of the market returns and so as much as he would slam active managers he thought doing it yourself was was even worse if your goal is to grow wealth that that&#x27;s also part of the book because I was like listen this guy came out with an idea called the index fund and he wouldn&#x27;t pay brokers so a he he had an idea that sounded average it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t why don&#x27;t it be average and he was doing it outside of the entire system of incentives but he was able to break through and I look at all the creative ways he was to do it one of those ways is showing the growth of ten thousand dollars and I think this is what is interesting in the story of Vanguard is it took a long time because of this this guy operated outside of a system and so the company didn&#x27;t even get to 10 percent market share in the fund business</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> um not until 25 years after it started so this was a long process of him trying to explain to people that buying and holding an index fund is an average if you wait long enough you end up at the top of the heap you have to change the way you&#x27;re viewing investing and that&#x27;s hard he had to change hearts and minds in and do it without uh being inside the system and it&#x27;s a good business story in there too it&#x27;s interesting and I think a lot of uh the crypto and defy world I I&#x27;m trying to explain to them that actually if you&#x27;re in that world and you like crypto and all this and the defy thing um this book should appeal to you because this guy was like og defy um just in a different way but there&#x27;s a lot of the same spirit and ethos here between bogel and what young people are seeking out with crypto and decentralized finance folks we&#x27;re talking to eric baltunas a senior etf analyst at bloomberg</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> intelligence and author of the new book the bogel effect uh you brought crypto up I wanted to mention that when you said your generation x most of the folks I know who are generation x are dabbling or heard about the crypto what do you feel about crypto yeah so um crypto is interesting I still don&#x27;t quite get it um but it&#x27;s resilient its resiliency has made me respect it and there&#x27;s really smart people in the industry and I wouldn&#x27;t bet against some of them so that&#x27;s where I sort of give it my respect that said I still don&#x27;t totally think it&#x27;s going to overtake currency I I uh is it the new gold I mean you could debate all this I do think though that crypto is being helped by the bogel effect and I&#x27;ll explain why you talk about gen x or even boomers who are dabbling in crypto I think what you have now is that in the 90s you&#x27;d have these active mutual funds and you&#x27;d you&#x27;d have one that was</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> five stars and then it wouldn&#x27;t perform well so you&#x27;d sell it and buy the next five star one and you would just churn these active funds and it just made investing hard finally people find something to hold on to an index fund so they have that in their core the problem with an index fund for many people is it is boring yeah it&#x27;s really efficient and it&#x27;s really it can create uh it&#x27;s the best way to create wealth but it&#x27;s boring as hell so I think we have a chapter in the book called the fall and rise of active that legacy active that&#x27;s just sort of you know close to the benchmark and picking a couple stocks here and there that&#x27;s probably getting replaced by vanguard in the core of the portfolio but where active is now finding a home is in things like crypto or high active share active like cathy wood and arc or thematic investing um nfts those are not only um you know fun and ways to</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> distract yourself so you don&#x27;t touch the other part which has to grow it takes you know 30 40 years but those things have nothing to do with the index so they complement so we have this sort of visual of you&#x27;ve got this boring vanilla core which is great and good for you but then you go and you search for some hot sauce uh to put on dabble I think is the right word so I actually think crypto is being helped by the fact that vanguard has taken over the core portfolios because it&#x27;s allowed people to have a little more patience with those volatile areas of their portfolio which are in smaller slices uh you&#x27;re not as bummed when crypto goes down 30 40 percent because hey it&#x27;s three percent of my portfolio and I really have 80 percent of it in this uh you know s p 500 index fund uh it calms you down a lot</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> where anyone gets in trouble when they put too much money on the risk side and they don&#x27;t have their safe side established and you see that then they get then they make irrational decisions and they get trapped in the wrong places because all their money&#x27;s in the wrong place and unfortunately i&#x27;ve seen people who take way too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for retirement and nothing wrong with risk but making sure you know what the what the risk is and and they have an exit strategy to that risk too so one final we got about a minute here left i wanted to ask you a question here and i think it&#x27;s a good one what&#x27;s your biggest concern of the markets right now yeah i think my biggest concern you know short term is just that the 60 and the 40 you know the 60 40 portfolio they&#x27;ve both been going up for like 15 years usually stocks go up bonds don&#x27;t but they&#x27;ve both been going up because it&#x27;s low rates so i would say you know that&#x27;s my biggest worry should people look to something</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> that&#x27;s like alternative um but i don&#x27;t know i also think that in the end uh stocks are a really good place to be because people get up every day and create value at these corporations that&#x27;s something bogel preached and tried to sell people on was that you get a cash flow and you get um uh dividends and you get earnings growth when you buy stocks so i think it&#x27;s a good long-run investment it&#x27;s just you know what should you do you know to maybe uh protect yourself a little if the 60 and the 40 goes down for a while but the 40 part the bonds probably where i&#x27;m worried the most because obviously if the fed rates rate raises rates and they go up in a long cycle a lot of the bonds that are out there right now are just work less yeah and so that&#x27;s going to be an interesting thing to watch and that&#x27;s probably something that concerns me a little bit thoughts on inflation yeah i mean i look um i was a baby in the 70s but uh it was a big deal back in the day and um it&#x27;s scary where it hits home is like</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> oh i i went to my review and i got a four percent raise yay well inflation seven then that&#x27;s where it hits home people like yeah you&#x27;re right man um i&#x27;m actually starting to slide backwards so even if i&#x27;m even if i&#x27;m ahead i gotta subtract seven percent from everything now and that&#x27;s scary yeah and i think that&#x27;s this is something that&#x27;s going to be probably a big issue for a while i hope it&#x27;s just supply chain i hope it&#x27;s just pandemic supply chain and that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re seeing and it&#x27;s not as bad as we think but um yeah it&#x27;s it&#x27;s scary uh i would say that&#x27;s up on my worries too that&#x27;s part of why the fed is really committed this time to raising rates you know in the past they&#x27;ve always folded like a lawn chair yeah but now i think they&#x27;re going to see it through because inflation is worse than say the market&#x27;s uh you know having a spasm well yeah good points and uh and i think uh</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> how many pages is your new book how many pages of the boga effect uh about 340. wow that&#x27;s down for 500 so edited it down and also interviewed 50 people including warren buffett and michael lewis and and i have their quotes in there it&#x27;s sort of written like a semi-documentary and so i think i think it i try to make look mutual funds are as interesting as c-span to most people so i tried to really really bring it and include a lot of voices and make it as entertaining as possible well folks his name is eric baltunas and the name of the book is the bogle effect eric we hope to have you on again in the future i would love that thanks for uh having me on today yes sir and folks we&#x27;ll be right back</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bloomberg Intelligence ETF analyst Eric Balchunas joins Coach Pete to discuss The Bogle Effect. The conversation explores John Bogle's influence and the ideas behind the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eric Balchunas</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eric Balchunas, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/image.jpg?t=1792073628&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-balchunas-author-of-the-bogle-effect/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/image.jpg?t=1792073628&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 19:52:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4ab44e80-c7b0-4765-b52b-aea10144941a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12317083" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eric-balchunas-author-of-the-bogle-effect</link>
      <itunes:order>57</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Bogle Effect and the Investing Industry" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:50" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kelley Slaught: The Great Retirement Mystery</title>
      <itunes:title>Kelley Slaught: The Great Retirement Mystery</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is making a difference in the world specifically the financial world and got a really good guest today. Her book came across my desk the other day. She&#x27;s in our radio network as well. Her name is Kelly Slott and she&#x27;s in Southern Cal and the name of the book it&#x27;s The Great Retirement Mystery. Kelly welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s going to be fun to talk about this today. Well this is an interesting book and in the book I mean I mean what first of all I want</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> to ask you what inspired you to write the book? Well you know my job is to help people. That&#x27;s how I look at it. So I thought you know I&#x27;d like to get a book out there that really kind of covers the strategy that I use and to help people come understand financial markets because a lot of people really frankly that come to me don&#x27;t understand the markets much. So I wanted to take my years of knowledge in the financial field and put it in a book form that&#x27;s easy to read and really can help people with their financial portfolios and creating exactly what they&#x27;re looking for. That&#x27;s what inspired me. Yeah. Bill you&#x27;re right this book is very easy to read and I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has run across some of those financial books in the past where it looks good when you&#x27;re buying it ordering it when you get it home. It&#x27;s hundreds of pages of unexplainable or</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> understandable print where you really after you get done reading you don&#x27;t even know what you read. But your book takes people from point A to Z and walks people right through that planning for retirement process. Matter of fact what I really love about your book is you have the six biggest retirement blunders and I always say that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses can learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing here in this book is you&#x27;re educating folks on how to avoid some of those pitfalls and nobody wants to be the dummy in the room. So you can help everyone not be that person and let&#x27;s go through I want to go through all six of these retirement blunders. We&#x27;ll start in any order you want. What&#x27;s the biggest retirement blunder you see Kelly? Well one of the biggest ones is listening to the wrong sources. So when people hear from their</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> neighbor the person that works across the desk from them at work a friend and they say oh well my friend says this that and the other and that&#x27;s what I should invest in and I always say well do they know your full financial picture? Do they know what your risk tolerance is? This is really important and most time friends, family they don&#x27;t know that. So that&#x27;s why I say one of the biggest blunders is really listening to the wrong source and but really know what your risk tolerance is, know what your time frame is. Those are all important things that I ask people when I would they come and sit with me for the first time. So I think that&#x27;s really one of the biggest blunders I see. You know where I hear a lot of folks where they ask what their neighbor&#x27;s doing or the person next to next office over is when they&#x27;re trying to get their allocations right for the 401k. Do you hear about that too?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well absolutely. 401k allocations is interesting because there&#x27;s usually 10-15 different mutual funds to choose from and they all have different aspects to them. So yeah it&#x27;s important to know what your time frame is, your risk tolerance is based on those kind of choices. Yeah because I mean if your neighbor&#x27;s doing one thing doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you and I see that&#x27;s way too much and people use hearsay a lot of times well so and so said this and so therefore I&#x27;m going to take what so and so said and apply it to my plan and not listen to you Mr. Fiduciary or Mrs. Fiduciary. Right. Yeah exactly. Actually I just had a call yesterday from a radio show caller and she said well you know I had an advisor that my brother&#x27;s using and I told the advisor just do whatever my brother&#x27;s doing. So she gave me a list of all the recommendations and I said based on what you</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> told me your risk tolerance this this is not what you should be doing. So anyway it was interesting. I hear that a lot you know we have a family advisor and he&#x27;s worked my with my parents or my grandparents for years therefore we&#x27;re going to use that same person. Well how do you even know if it&#x27;s good or not? I mean just because your parents maybe your parents or grandparents don&#x27;t know that they haven&#x27;t been getting the best service or the best plan put together but they don&#x27;t know any better because that&#x27;s all they see. Right exactly you&#x27;ve really got to consider your source and your time frame your risk tolerance really personal to you that&#x27;s why I create specific plans for people absolutely. Good all right well that was that&#x27;s a big one you trusted the wrong people but looking at the book here here here&#x27;s another blunder not having a plan and sticking to it so this it&#x27;s basically a double blunder number one not having a plan and number two if you did have a plan not sticking to it. Yeah so again it kind of goes into the first one there as listening to the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> wrong sources because a lot of times people do things off the cuff oh I have a plan and then they hear something oh let&#x27;s go do this so that changes the plan well stick with your plan I mean and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s true in that case but it&#x27;s also true with markets because markets change and so people go oh I want to I want to go buy xyz because now that&#x27;s the next biggest thing it&#x27;s like well no that&#x27;s not your plan you&#x27;ve got to stick with your plan certainly adjustments could be made but it&#x27;s important to stick with the plan that we create for you unless something changes you inherit money you win the lottery and a lot of different things can change but sticking with the plan is important. Yeah very very much is and then here&#x27;s another one of your blunders here making decisions emotionally how many people have ruined a plan by making emotional decisions and having to affect</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> their investments in the wrong way or their retirement plan the wrong way. Yeah it&#x27;s so true I mean look at the cryptocurrency phase that people are into some people have made money with that certainly but that&#x27;s an emotional decision oh it&#x27;s the next biggest thing but is that really right for you and is that right for your risk tolerance so yeah emotional decisions are not wise and I really try and talk people through what might be going on that way something that&#x27;s fancy that might come their way so yeah be careful of that. Well two big emotions that people use at the wrong time fear and greed so when the market&#x27;s going down people get afraid and they sell at a low or on the other side the market&#x27;s going up like crazy doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s real estate stocks bonds crypto you name it the market&#x27;s going up like crazy you get what my daughter calls FOMO fear of missing out and so you jump in and greed</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> is the name of that emotion and so you buy at a high and then you have that other emotion when it&#x27;s at a low and you sell and it&#x27;s the exact opposite of what Warren Buffett says the success in investment world he says buy low and sell high and number two is repeat that. Repeat repeat absolutely. Used to laugh about the back of a bottle of shampoo it said wash rinse repeat. Good marketing. Repeat until you run out of shampoo and you&#x27;re done for the day. All right so trying to time the market&#x27;s another blunder what do you feel about that that emotional aspect? Yeah so it kind of goes with emotion too you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your plan is in place right so trying to time the market you&#x27;re never going to get out at the exact right time you&#x27;re never going to get in at the exact right time if I always</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> tell my clients if it&#x27;s a good time to sell sell if it&#x27;s a good time to buy buy we don&#x27;t try and time that because I really my many years in the business I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen this too coaches I don&#x27;t see people get that exactly right you just can&#x27;t so that&#x27;s why we have plans that&#x27;s why we create plans for people is so we don&#x27;t have to try and figure all of that stuff out because it&#x27;s you know I we&#x27;re not trading the market all day all you know and all the risks inherent in that so let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re doing it right for you. And folks we&#x27;re talking to Kelly Slott she&#x27;s from Southern California and the name of her book is The Great Retirement Mystery we&#x27;re talking about some of the six blunders that exist in your plan and you know emotions really take charge and a lot of people subject themselves to undo emotions by listening to folks on TV screaming about buy buy buy sell sell sell don&#x27;t buy don&#x27;t buy</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> so don&#x27;t don&#x27;t let that be the final deciding factor is what you see or read or whatever on TV especially because TV is there for a reason to sell advertisements that&#x27;s why soap opera is a good example now how about taking advice from the wrong sources is that a big blunder it&#x27;s a big blunder because again every source that you listen to and it could be the Wall Street Journal it could be the TV station or radio station they&#x27;re touting whatever they&#x27;re touting right and it may not be appropriate for you so you&#x27;ve got to make sure that you&#x27;re listening to someone that&#x27;s on your side that&#x27;s got your best interest at heart and going to do the right thing for you so that&#x27;s one of the biggest blunders I see with people is listening to those sources that maybe not maybe they don&#x27;t have their</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> best interest at heart. Yeah you also talk about lack of understanding of social security and medicare we see this all the time as well and it&#x27;s not just the fact that anyone go down and claim social security or buy a medicare supplement but are they doing the right one for themselves and many people have cost themselves hundreds of thousands of dollars in the past by selecting the wrong social security claiming option or strategy and many don&#x27;t realize that there are some good options for you out there that could make you a whole lot more money. Yeah that&#x27;s right you can take social security at 62 it&#x27;s the earliest you can take it but really do you need it then because that&#x27;s the lowest dollar amount you&#x27;ll ever get so if you wait every year that you wait you&#x27;re going to get eight percent more per year so full retirement age for most folks is around 66 you can take it at</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> 70 that&#x27;s the most dollar amount you&#x27;ll get so I always tell people go to ssa.gov socialsecurity.gov and look at the amounts you would get at each of those ages and I usually have people print those out for me and bring them in because then we can decide when do you need the money how much do you need it&#x27;s important to look at that because like you say coach you can lose thousands of dollars hundreds of thousands of dollars if you don&#x27;t take it at the right time so important to look at that right time or the right option many time and many people who have been married before for at least 10 years can be entitled to their spouse&#x27;s benefit without the spouse knowing and without it affecting the spouse in a negative way despite what some people would like to have happen so yeah that&#x27;s very true I always tell people too um the higher earning spouse if you can take it at age 70 that&#x27;s much</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> better right because if then they pass away then the remaining spouse gets their benefit which is really nice yep yeah it&#x27;s good when you say and and we&#x27;ve heard this over and over again a lot of people have said well I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s true almost but when you look at eight percent per year you&#x27;re costing yourself if you take this social security at 62 as opposed to waiting to 70 and the difference between 62 and 70 is eight years so if you use the rule of 72 you take that eight the the basically the interest will look at it or whatever you&#x27;re not getting eight into 72 goes nine times so you almost would have doubled your money because if you didn&#x27;t the interest into the number 72 tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take for the money to double it&#x27;d be nine years for a double but you&#x27;re going to hold it for eight years you almost get double the income in social security by waiting wow from 62 to 70 makes a whole lot of sense doesn&#x27;t it kelly yeah sure does yeah that&#x27;s why</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> i tell people really let&#x27;s look at that let&#x27;s let&#x27;s not let that get away from you so bring go to social security.gov print out that print sheet for yourself so you can see it they used to send you in the mail i don&#x27;t know how long it&#x27;s been it seems like just yesterday but it&#x27;s been years and years since they sent that one to you remember the one used to get in the mail and surprisingly i got one a couple of months ago dave got one huh all right now one final thing in the book we had about a one minute here we have to show uh this segment here with you but uh it is bonus blunder set it and forget it explain that ah yes well see this is why i do portfolio reviews periodically with my clients because i want to make sure that what we have set up for you is still appropriate for you so you don&#x27;t just set it and then walk away and never look at it again i have a lot of people unfortunately come to</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> me and their advisors don&#x27;t ever call them and look at okay this is what we have maybe we&#x27;re overweighted in something i mean look at the last 12 year bull market run a lot of people have high amounts in the stock market these days and maybe they&#x27;re not so comfortable with that anymore so we take some profits off the table do some alternative types of investments for them so don&#x27;t set it and forget it you&#x27;ve got to look at it that&#x27;s my job to make sure we&#x27;re looking at it making sure that it&#x27;s still what you want it to be year over year over year so by all means uh do portfolio reviews with your advisor if you&#x27;re not because you&#x27;ve got to make sure your allocations are where they need to be it is funny anytime i hear set it and forget it i get hungry and it&#x27;s because of that rotisserie chicken ad that used to be on tv all the time folks the name of the book the great retirement mystery</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> and how to avoid the six biggest blunders we just went over some of them but the book is a lot more advanced and really it&#x27;s a lot more advanced to meet with a planner but this is a good introductory level to some of the mistakes people are making the books available anywhere books are sold and her name is kelly slot kelly thanks for your time today coach p i really appreciate it and we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is making a difference in the world specifically the financial world and got a really good guest today. Her book came across my desk the other day. She&#x27;s in our radio network as well. Her name is Kelly Slott and she&#x27;s in Southern Cal and the name of the book it&#x27;s The Great Retirement Mystery. Kelly welcome in. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s going to be fun to talk about this today. Well this is an interesting book and in the book I mean I mean what first of all I want</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> to ask you what inspired you to write the book? Well you know my job is to help people. That&#x27;s how I look at it. So I thought you know I&#x27;d like to get a book out there that really kind of covers the strategy that I use and to help people come understand financial markets because a lot of people really frankly that come to me don&#x27;t understand the markets much. So I wanted to take my years of knowledge in the financial field and put it in a book form that&#x27;s easy to read and really can help people with their financial portfolios and creating exactly what they&#x27;re looking for. That&#x27;s what inspired me. Yeah. Bill you&#x27;re right this book is very easy to read and I&#x27;m sure everyone listening has run across some of those financial books in the past where it looks good when you&#x27;re buying it ordering it when you get it home. It&#x27;s hundreds of pages of unexplainable or</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> understandable print where you really after you get done reading you don&#x27;t even know what you read. But your book takes people from point A to Z and walks people right through that planning for retirement process. Matter of fact what I really love about your book is you have the six biggest retirement blunders and I always say that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses can learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re doing here in this book is you&#x27;re educating folks on how to avoid some of those pitfalls and nobody wants to be the dummy in the room. So you can help everyone not be that person and let&#x27;s go through I want to go through all six of these retirement blunders. We&#x27;ll start in any order you want. What&#x27;s the biggest retirement blunder you see Kelly? Well one of the biggest ones is listening to the wrong sources. So when people hear from their</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> neighbor the person that works across the desk from them at work a friend and they say oh well my friend says this that and the other and that&#x27;s what I should invest in and I always say well do they know your full financial picture? Do they know what your risk tolerance is? This is really important and most time friends, family they don&#x27;t know that. So that&#x27;s why I say one of the biggest blunders is really listening to the wrong source and but really know what your risk tolerance is, know what your time frame is. Those are all important things that I ask people when I would they come and sit with me for the first time. So I think that&#x27;s really one of the biggest blunders I see. You know where I hear a lot of folks where they ask what their neighbor&#x27;s doing or the person next to next office over is when they&#x27;re trying to get their allocations right for the 401k. Do you hear about that too?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> Well absolutely. 401k allocations is interesting because there&#x27;s usually 10-15 different mutual funds to choose from and they all have different aspects to them. So yeah it&#x27;s important to know what your time frame is, your risk tolerance is based on those kind of choices. Yeah because I mean if your neighbor&#x27;s doing one thing doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best thing for you and I see that&#x27;s way too much and people use hearsay a lot of times well so and so said this and so therefore I&#x27;m going to take what so and so said and apply it to my plan and not listen to you Mr. Fiduciary or Mrs. Fiduciary. Right. Yeah exactly. Actually I just had a call yesterday from a radio show caller and she said well you know I had an advisor that my brother&#x27;s using and I told the advisor just do whatever my brother&#x27;s doing. So she gave me a list of all the recommendations and I said based on what you</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> told me your risk tolerance this this is not what you should be doing. So anyway it was interesting. I hear that a lot you know we have a family advisor and he&#x27;s worked my with my parents or my grandparents for years therefore we&#x27;re going to use that same person. Well how do you even know if it&#x27;s good or not? I mean just because your parents maybe your parents or grandparents don&#x27;t know that they haven&#x27;t been getting the best service or the best plan put together but they don&#x27;t know any better because that&#x27;s all they see. Right exactly you&#x27;ve really got to consider your source and your time frame your risk tolerance really personal to you that&#x27;s why I create specific plans for people absolutely. Good all right well that was that&#x27;s a big one you trusted the wrong people but looking at the book here here here&#x27;s another blunder not having a plan and sticking to it so this it&#x27;s basically a double blunder number one not having a plan and number two if you did have a plan not sticking to it. Yeah so again it kind of goes into the first one there as listening to the</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> wrong sources because a lot of times people do things off the cuff oh I have a plan and then they hear something oh let&#x27;s go do this so that changes the plan well stick with your plan I mean and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s true in that case but it&#x27;s also true with markets because markets change and so people go oh I want to I want to go buy xyz because now that&#x27;s the next biggest thing it&#x27;s like well no that&#x27;s not your plan you&#x27;ve got to stick with your plan certainly adjustments could be made but it&#x27;s important to stick with the plan that we create for you unless something changes you inherit money you win the lottery and a lot of different things can change but sticking with the plan is important. Yeah very very much is and then here&#x27;s another one of your blunders here making decisions emotionally how many people have ruined a plan by making emotional decisions and having to affect</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> their investments in the wrong way or their retirement plan the wrong way. Yeah it&#x27;s so true I mean look at the cryptocurrency phase that people are into some people have made money with that certainly but that&#x27;s an emotional decision oh it&#x27;s the next biggest thing but is that really right for you and is that right for your risk tolerance so yeah emotional decisions are not wise and I really try and talk people through what might be going on that way something that&#x27;s fancy that might come their way so yeah be careful of that. Well two big emotions that people use at the wrong time fear and greed so when the market&#x27;s going down people get afraid and they sell at a low or on the other side the market&#x27;s going up like crazy doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s real estate stocks bonds crypto you name it the market&#x27;s going up like crazy you get what my daughter calls FOMO fear of missing out and so you jump in and greed</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> is the name of that emotion and so you buy at a high and then you have that other emotion when it&#x27;s at a low and you sell and it&#x27;s the exact opposite of what Warren Buffett says the success in investment world he says buy low and sell high and number two is repeat that. Repeat repeat absolutely. Used to laugh about the back of a bottle of shampoo it said wash rinse repeat. Good marketing. Repeat until you run out of shampoo and you&#x27;re done for the day. All right so trying to time the market&#x27;s another blunder what do you feel about that that emotional aspect? Yeah so it kind of goes with emotion too you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your plan is in place right so trying to time the market you&#x27;re never going to get out at the exact right time you&#x27;re never going to get in at the exact right time if I always</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> tell my clients if it&#x27;s a good time to sell sell if it&#x27;s a good time to buy buy we don&#x27;t try and time that because I really my many years in the business I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen this too coaches I don&#x27;t see people get that exactly right you just can&#x27;t so that&#x27;s why we have plans that&#x27;s why we create plans for people is so we don&#x27;t have to try and figure all of that stuff out because it&#x27;s you know I we&#x27;re not trading the market all day all you know and all the risks inherent in that so let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re doing it right for you. And folks we&#x27;re talking to Kelly Slott she&#x27;s from Southern California and the name of her book is The Great Retirement Mystery we&#x27;re talking about some of the six blunders that exist in your plan and you know emotions really take charge and a lot of people subject themselves to undo emotions by listening to folks on TV screaming about buy buy buy sell sell sell don&#x27;t buy don&#x27;t buy</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> so don&#x27;t don&#x27;t let that be the final deciding factor is what you see or read or whatever on TV especially because TV is there for a reason to sell advertisements that&#x27;s why soap opera is a good example now how about taking advice from the wrong sources is that a big blunder it&#x27;s a big blunder because again every source that you listen to and it could be the Wall Street Journal it could be the TV station or radio station they&#x27;re touting whatever they&#x27;re touting right and it may not be appropriate for you so you&#x27;ve got to make sure that you&#x27;re listening to someone that&#x27;s on your side that&#x27;s got your best interest at heart and going to do the right thing for you so that&#x27;s one of the biggest blunders I see with people is listening to those sources that maybe not maybe they don&#x27;t have their</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> best interest at heart. Yeah you also talk about lack of understanding of social security and medicare we see this all the time as well and it&#x27;s not just the fact that anyone go down and claim social security or buy a medicare supplement but are they doing the right one for themselves and many people have cost themselves hundreds of thousands of dollars in the past by selecting the wrong social security claiming option or strategy and many don&#x27;t realize that there are some good options for you out there that could make you a whole lot more money. Yeah that&#x27;s right you can take social security at 62 it&#x27;s the earliest you can take it but really do you need it then because that&#x27;s the lowest dollar amount you&#x27;ll ever get so if you wait every year that you wait you&#x27;re going to get eight percent more per year so full retirement age for most folks is around 66 you can take it at</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> 70 that&#x27;s the most dollar amount you&#x27;ll get so I always tell people go to ssa.gov socialsecurity.gov and look at the amounts you would get at each of those ages and I usually have people print those out for me and bring them in because then we can decide when do you need the money how much do you need it&#x27;s important to look at that because like you say coach you can lose thousands of dollars hundreds of thousands of dollars if you don&#x27;t take it at the right time so important to look at that right time or the right option many time and many people who have been married before for at least 10 years can be entitled to their spouse&#x27;s benefit without the spouse knowing and without it affecting the spouse in a negative way despite what some people would like to have happen so yeah that&#x27;s very true I always tell people too um the higher earning spouse if you can take it at age 70 that&#x27;s much</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> better right because if then they pass away then the remaining spouse gets their benefit which is really nice yep yeah it&#x27;s good when you say and and we&#x27;ve heard this over and over again a lot of people have said well I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s true almost but when you look at eight percent per year you&#x27;re costing yourself if you take this social security at 62 as opposed to waiting to 70 and the difference between 62 and 70 is eight years so if you use the rule of 72 you take that eight the the basically the interest will look at it or whatever you&#x27;re not getting eight into 72 goes nine times so you almost would have doubled your money because if you didn&#x27;t the interest into the number 72 tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take for the money to double it&#x27;d be nine years for a double but you&#x27;re going to hold it for eight years you almost get double the income in social security by waiting wow from 62 to 70 makes a whole lot of sense doesn&#x27;t it kelly yeah sure does yeah that&#x27;s why</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> i tell people really let&#x27;s look at that let&#x27;s let&#x27;s not let that get away from you so bring go to social security.gov print out that print sheet for yourself so you can see it they used to send you in the mail i don&#x27;t know how long it&#x27;s been it seems like just yesterday but it&#x27;s been years and years since they sent that one to you remember the one used to get in the mail and surprisingly i got one a couple of months ago dave got one huh all right now one final thing in the book we had about a one minute here we have to show uh this segment here with you but uh it is bonus blunder set it and forget it explain that ah yes well see this is why i do portfolio reviews periodically with my clients because i want to make sure that what we have set up for you is still appropriate for you so you don&#x27;t just set it and then walk away and never look at it again i have a lot of people unfortunately come to</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> me and their advisors don&#x27;t ever call them and look at okay this is what we have maybe we&#x27;re overweighted in something i mean look at the last 12 year bull market run a lot of people have high amounts in the stock market these days and maybe they&#x27;re not so comfortable with that anymore so we take some profits off the table do some alternative types of investments for them so don&#x27;t set it and forget it you&#x27;ve got to look at it that&#x27;s my job to make sure we&#x27;re looking at it making sure that it&#x27;s still what you want it to be year over year over year so by all means uh do portfolio reviews with your advisor if you&#x27;re not because you&#x27;ve got to make sure your allocations are where they need to be it is funny anytime i hear set it and forget it i get hungry and it&#x27;s because of that rotisserie chicken ad that used to be on tv all the time folks the name of the book the great retirement mystery</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> and how to avoid the six biggest blunders we just went over some of them but the book is a lot more advanced and really it&#x27;s a lot more advanced to meet with a planner but this is a good introductory level to some of the mistakes people are making the books available anywhere books are sold and her name is kelly slot kelly thanks for your time today coach p i really appreciate it and we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kelley Slaught joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Retirement Mystery. The conversation explores her book and the planning questions people face when preparing for retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kelley Slaught</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kelley Slaught, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/image.jpg?t=1792073635&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-slaught-author-of-the-great-retirement-myste/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/image.jpg?t=1792073635&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 19:56:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>793</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e4f56883-e801-4e62-8e1f-aea1014483f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12726490" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-slaught-author-of-the-great-retirement-myste</link>
      <itunes:order>58</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Retirement Mystery" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:03:03" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:42" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Markey: Sorting Through Retirement Planning Claims</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Markey: Sorting Through Retirement Planning Claims</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss the truth, conflicting claims, and middle ground in financial planning. They consider how people can think through the retirement information they encounter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is interesting to me, or that I&#x27;ve known in the past, and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to go to Grand Haven, Michigan. And those of you who have listened to the show for a while know that I was, for four years, I had two two-year terms with the International Association of Registered Financial Consultants, the IARFC. And as I was president,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> one of my favorite board members was a guy named Michael Markey. And he&#x27;s in, again, Grand Haven, Michigan, and he&#x27;s got a very special announcement to share with us on the show, I think. But Michael, welcome in. Hey, nice to see you again. Now, you&#x27;ve always been outspoken, which I love, in the financial world. Let&#x27;s talk about, I want to talk a little bit about the financial world, and then let&#x27;s make a little announcement with you, and then weave it into a different world. So the financial world is pretty confusing, isn&#x27;t it? Spend a few minutes on the internet, and you get lost in like a typhoon of financial information. One of the things I&#x27;ve seen in my almost 30 years in the financial arena is that there&#x27;s the truth, there&#x27;s lies, and then there&#x27;s the middle ground. And I don&#x27;t like middle ground, because middle ground is where confusion happens. I mean, really, financial planning is almost, there is a science that can be absolute as far as when we&#x27;re trying to plan income for folks,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> or make sure they get the right life insurance, and make sure they have the right retirement plan. I mean, in your career in the financial world, what have you seen misconception-wise, and what do you think has been your best achievement ever as far as talking somebody away from the confusion and getting them into the right plan? I think the biggest misconception is when somebody unilaterally says an entire product class is bad. And so you can see like a Ken Fisher says this, Dave Ramsey&#x27;s done it. And when you say that, you&#x27;re saying, you know, for the last, if that product&#x27;s been around for 100 years, for the last 100 years, every commissioner in every department of insurance in every state, they&#x27;ve either been too stupid to see what you see, or they&#x27;re all too corrupt. You could even make the argument most, but all in every state and for every year,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> it&#x27;s irrational. So, you know, I wrote a column for quite a while for advisors about Dave Ramsey. I wish I would have maybe tried to, it probably wouldn&#x27;t have gone anywhere if I tried to make it nicer. But I do feel bad of going maybe as harsh as I was, but yeah. Well, but again, it&#x27;s important that people get the truth. And the truth is what really makes, forms happiness in people&#x27;s minds when you know, and this happens, you know, if you ever bought a car before, if you do some research ahead of time and you really know what you&#x27;re looking for, then after you buy the car, if friends of yours who know the car world say, hey, you got a good deal, or that&#x27;s a great car. Whereas on the other side, they&#x27;ll say, gosh, you paid what for that? It&#x27;s the same thing in the financial world. There&#x27;s good, bad, and ugly. Yeah, you buy a car. It&#x27;s never a good sign when your family goes, why?</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Why did you buy that? I liked it, I thought. Then buyer&#x27;s remorse sets in even faster when everybody doesn&#x27;t like that. All right. So you&#x27;ve always been outspoken. That&#x27;s what I love about you. And you&#x27;ve got a special announcement today. Yeah. So a few weeks ago, we announced that I&#x27;m running for governor in the great state of Michigan. So we&#x27;ll be traversing the state. We&#x27;ve actually got a team right now canvassing the state. One of the things you have to do is you got to get 15,000 validated signatures, which is a process in itself. So as of early in the week, our team&#x27;s been out for about two weeks, and we&#x27;re halfway there. That&#x27;s good. So I think that says something about the momentum and what people want to see. Yeah. Well, I mean, I think, well, what have you seen when you&#x27;ve been out there talking to folks</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> in Michigan? What&#x27;s the overall consensus about the direction we&#x27;re going? Inflation. People are just, it&#x27;s killing them, especially retirees. Just inflation is just hitting them hard. Well, you and your wife do a radio show, and we&#x27;ve done a show here in North Carolina across the nation for the most part for about 17 years. And anytime we, in the past, when we talked about inflation and even social security, people didn&#x27;t really want to hear that conversation because, oh, we don&#x27;t have inflations here, but we don&#x27;t really, we don&#x27;t feel it. People are feeling it now, aren&#x27;t they? I&#x27;ve been warning people about inflation for over a decade, almost laughed out of the room for a while, but it&#x27;s simple because it&#x27;s a math term. It&#x27;s called reversion to the mean. And it&#x27;s like, the moment you say math, everyone goes, oh, it&#x27;s high school again. They just shut down. But reversion to the mean basically means that if you have a, if your average is right here in the</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> middle, if you have a period of time where it&#x27;s way below the average, you&#x27;re going to have a period of time where it&#x27;s way above the average. That&#x27;s how you get an average. And so we had almost no inflation for a decade, which meant at some point we&#x27;re going to get hammered. And that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at right now. It&#x27;s a swing into the pendulum, but it&#x27;s really swung fast and hard the other way, hasn&#x27;t it? Right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Markey. He&#x27;s visiting with us from Grand Haven, Michigan, and he&#x27;s just announced to us he&#x27;s the announcement&#x27;s been out a couple of weeks, but he&#x27;s running for governor in Michigan. What inspired you to want to run for office? Because, I mean, I&#x27;ve known you, you&#x27;ve been a pretty comfortable guy in the financial world, you know, being a politician, put a pretty big target on your back. Yeah. You know, I&#x27;ve had that target on my back for a while. It actually happened two years ago. Oddly enough, I was getting a coffee just like you probably have sitting at the Starbucks and I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> waiting in this long line. And it was right during President Trump&#x27;s last year when we were pushing through Supreme Court justice. And Republicans were shocked that Democrats were mad we were doing it. Yet four years earlier, we were telling them, no way are you going to do this? And I just sat there and I thought, what if I in my marriage, I did the same thing? Like, what if I did whatever I wanted to do just anytime I had the power, meaning I had the checkbook. And my wife and I had some of this friction because there&#x27;s been times where I wanted to buy something for the business where, let&#x27;s be honest, there was a little bit of personal use that could, you know, in a legal way. But, you know, I just wanted it. Yeah. And you&#x27;d be like, no. And I&#x27;m like, who are you saying? No, this is a business expenditure. But, you know, I realized that in a marriage that I had to work together and I had to admit fault sometimes when I didn&#x27;t think I was</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> wrong. But you had to care about the other person&#x27;s feelings in order to accomplish more. And I mean, we&#x27;ve been so lucky and blessed. We&#x27;ve done far more than we ever thought we&#x27;d do because we&#x27;ve done it together. And I thought, wait a minute, look at politics. Oh, yeah. When was the, especially here in Michigan, we don&#x27;t work together at all. I kind of joke, like right now you&#x27;ve got partisan voting and it&#x27;s like the moment one party has the power, why don&#x27;t we just send the other party home? It&#x27;s about what it&#x27;s come to. We don&#x27;t need, you know, we can save some money. You can mow the yard and we&#x27;ll go ahead and vote. Well, every now and then they find out some legislatures have gone home and still get paid too. We&#x27;ve heard about that every now. That&#x27;s a different story. So being a governor is basically being the president of a state. And, but the big difference to me is the governors cannot overextend</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> their budget. Sort of like if the U.S. government overspends, they just print more money. You don&#x27;t have a printing press in Michigan. So what&#x27;s your plan for keeping the budget balanced and making everybody happy? Well, you know, the first thing that I want to do is I think that we need to, and I made this mistake myself too. I said, let&#x27;s improve our education. And then I kind of, I got mad at myself because I sat there and I go, you know, as an, I used to play college baseball. I go, we never said, let&#x27;s improve our record. Let&#x27;s improve our hitting. No, it was, we&#x27;re going to be number one in the league in X, Y, or Z. So I think Michigan needs to focus on being number one in education. We&#x27;ve got a lot of race tensions here, which I think are also class tensions. But if we, if we give everyone not just access, but to educational opportunities, but we create world-class, lead the nation, we&#x27;re going to minimize and blast through a lot of these class tensions.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> We&#x27;re going to lift that up. We&#x27;re going to create revenue from that, but that&#x27;s also going to create jobs. So it all comes down to, it&#x27;s this multiplication. So yeah, I agree. We can&#x27;t just print money. But quite frankly, who better than an advisor to understand that? Yeah. Yeah. I had to say, I wouldn&#x27;t have thought of this way, but you know, as a, as an advisor, helping retirees, what do we do? You&#x27;ve done it for years. We help people dream. First of all, you&#x27;ve met somebody at some point goes, Hey coach, I don&#x27;t think I can retire. Right. Oh yeah. All the time. And so what do we do? We&#x27;re like, well, no, let&#x27;s, let&#x27;s define what retirement is. Right. Let&#x27;s make a plan to get there. And then we help them accomplish that dream. So, you know, that&#x27;s what we need to do in Michigan. We need to dream. Like people come in with a plan. They go, we&#x27;re going to make education better. No, we need to dream. A dream is let&#x27;s make it</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> number one. Yep. And then we put a plan together to do it. Well, Tom Brady&#x27;s famous for saying, let&#x27;s go before he runs out on the field or during the game, let&#x27;s go. Well, why a good slogan be, let&#x27;s win. Because that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re aiming for. Let&#x27;s win. I mean, winning all the time. That&#x27;s, that&#x27;s the best strategy ever. I know Donald Trump had a book that had the title. I think winning is in the title of that book too, because like I said, if you&#x27;re not winning, you&#x27;re losing. Right. So, I mean, winning is better. Winning with the financial life too is important. Winning in the political life is important too. I just think that, you know, it is amazing to talk to people on the state level when they manage a state government compared to the federal government. Federal government seems to have no worries. Again, they just send the tax collector out again and print more money. State government&#x27;s a little tougher. You start raising the taxes in the state and the industry moves away. We see, we saw that happen in a county in North Carolina I grew up in. The county raised</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> taxes to the point where all the industry left. And now the county is the hundredth. We have a hundred counties here in North Carolina. It is a hundredth poorest county in the state. That&#x27;s where I went to high school and grade school and all that. Nothing to brag about, but it&#x27;s not fun to watch that. But, but we could see it, it almost developing in slow motion. You raise taxes on industry, industry leaves, nobody to tax anymore. And then everybody else leaves too, or the people that stay can&#x27;t support the government they have. So it&#x27;s just, I&#x27;m proud of you for what you&#x27;re doing. What&#x27;s your, we&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes now. What are two of your main campaign planks? So campaign point, I obviously number one in education. Um, but we want to bring people back together. I think that, you know, a lot of my clients are split. They&#x27;re not all Republican. They&#x27;re not all Democrat. I think we&#x27;re more alike than we are different. I had somebody a couple</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> of years ago and he goes, well, Mike, you know, the problem with you Republicans, I said, all right, what&#x27;s that? And he goes, you guys don&#x27;t believe in a living wage. I said, what does that mean? He goes, well, minimum wage should be a living wage. I said, I think you&#x27;re defining the problem incorrectly. He goes, what do you mean? I go, um, do you want minimum wage to be a living wage? Or do you just want more people to at least have access if they&#x27;re willing to work hard that they should be able to make a living wage? They should be able to, you know, retire and have vacation and have some things. He goes, well, yeah, that&#x27;s what I want. I go, great. See, the moment we say it&#x27;s a minimum wage, now you separate people. Instead, let&#x27;s identify what the actual problem is, which is how do we get everyone who wants it, who&#x27;s willing to work hard to have a living wage. Then we work together to come up with ideas because, you know, here&#x27;s the thing you talk about Tom Brady. I&#x27;m yet to remember any</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> national champion of sports team that did it with just offense or just defense. They, you know, they might have a great defense and a mediocre offense, but they always have both to make it work. And so we need both. We got to get Republicans to start talking to Democrats and Democrats start talking about with Republicans. If we want to, if we really want to make Michigan great, if we really want to win in education and economy, we have to get all our best minds working in the same direction. Yeah. And then the momentum there would be a lot better than fighting, constantly playing the tug of war game. I mean, tug of war, nobody wins a tug of war. And I think it was a squid games I watched. Everybody lost a tug of war on one side too. So, yeah, I mean, I&#x27;m glad I never played tug of war like that. So, well, you know, one minute wrap up here. What, if you do get in the governor,</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> as a governor, what, what are, what would be the first two, I know you want to fix education or get it going good and, and make sure that, you know, we can talk that, have that wage talk or have the work talk. But what are some of the things you think you can accomplish in the first year realistically? I think right away, very fast, people say, how, Mike, how could you actually bring people together? I had one person challenge me. He goes, can you make your kids not fight? I go, yeah, I just put them in different rooms, done. But one of the ways to do it is my dad always said, locks, keep honest people honest. I do believe most people in politics that you got your outliers, but most are trying to do good, but we need some locks to keep honest people honest. And so what we need to do is when we have these negotiations, put it on TV. I hope it would be the most boring TV you&#x27;d watch because it&#x27;s just a bunch of people being polite and talking. But you want to, you know,</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> the issue is we need to be accountable and transparent with that so that when people aren&#x27;t working in Michigan&#x27;s best interest, we can be like, hey, you don&#x27;t have to take it from me. We don&#x27;t have to sling mud. You saw it. We sat here, tried to have a conversation and all we got was, you know, irrational rhetoric. So that would be right away. Well, here&#x27;s one final thought. I should have asked this earlier, but we still have like about 30 seconds here. Your ideas on Congress being able to insider trade like they&#x27;ve been doing for years and get away with it. Yeah, get rid of it, right? It&#x27;s not fair, man. I mean, look at some of the people that became multimillionaires because they&#x27;re trading on inside information. They&#x27;re sharing that information with their friends. Don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re not sharing it with their friends and family, too. And so you&#x27;re against that, too, right? It&#x27;s crazy. Absolutely. It&#x27;s crazy. Yes. Okay, folks, Michael Markey running for</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> governor of Michigan. Michael, good to see you. I hope we have you on again in the future. Thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss the truth, conflicting claims, and middle ground in financial planning. They consider how people can think through the retirement information they encounter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who is interesting to me, or that I&#x27;ve known in the past, and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to go to Grand Haven, Michigan. And those of you who have listened to the show for a while know that I was, for four years, I had two two-year terms with the International Association of Registered Financial Consultants, the IARFC. And as I was president,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> one of my favorite board members was a guy named Michael Markey. And he&#x27;s in, again, Grand Haven, Michigan, and he&#x27;s got a very special announcement to share with us on the show, I think. But Michael, welcome in. Hey, nice to see you again. Now, you&#x27;ve always been outspoken, which I love, in the financial world. Let&#x27;s talk about, I want to talk a little bit about the financial world, and then let&#x27;s make a little announcement with you, and then weave it into a different world. So the financial world is pretty confusing, isn&#x27;t it? Spend a few minutes on the internet, and you get lost in like a typhoon of financial information. One of the things I&#x27;ve seen in my almost 30 years in the financial arena is that there&#x27;s the truth, there&#x27;s lies, and then there&#x27;s the middle ground. And I don&#x27;t like middle ground, because middle ground is where confusion happens. I mean, really, financial planning is almost, there is a science that can be absolute as far as when we&#x27;re trying to plan income for folks,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> or make sure they get the right life insurance, and make sure they have the right retirement plan. I mean, in your career in the financial world, what have you seen misconception-wise, and what do you think has been your best achievement ever as far as talking somebody away from the confusion and getting them into the right plan? I think the biggest misconception is when somebody unilaterally says an entire product class is bad. And so you can see like a Ken Fisher says this, Dave Ramsey&#x27;s done it. And when you say that, you&#x27;re saying, you know, for the last, if that product&#x27;s been around for 100 years, for the last 100 years, every commissioner in every department of insurance in every state, they&#x27;ve either been too stupid to see what you see, or they&#x27;re all too corrupt. You could even make the argument most, but all in every state and for every year,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> it&#x27;s irrational. So, you know, I wrote a column for quite a while for advisors about Dave Ramsey. I wish I would have maybe tried to, it probably wouldn&#x27;t have gone anywhere if I tried to make it nicer. But I do feel bad of going maybe as harsh as I was, but yeah. Well, but again, it&#x27;s important that people get the truth. And the truth is what really makes, forms happiness in people&#x27;s minds when you know, and this happens, you know, if you ever bought a car before, if you do some research ahead of time and you really know what you&#x27;re looking for, then after you buy the car, if friends of yours who know the car world say, hey, you got a good deal, or that&#x27;s a great car. Whereas on the other side, they&#x27;ll say, gosh, you paid what for that? It&#x27;s the same thing in the financial world. There&#x27;s good, bad, and ugly. Yeah, you buy a car. It&#x27;s never a good sign when your family goes, why?</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Why did you buy that? I liked it, I thought. Then buyer&#x27;s remorse sets in even faster when everybody doesn&#x27;t like that. All right. So you&#x27;ve always been outspoken. That&#x27;s what I love about you. And you&#x27;ve got a special announcement today. Yeah. So a few weeks ago, we announced that I&#x27;m running for governor in the great state of Michigan. So we&#x27;ll be traversing the state. We&#x27;ve actually got a team right now canvassing the state. One of the things you have to do is you got to get 15,000 validated signatures, which is a process in itself. So as of early in the week, our team&#x27;s been out for about two weeks, and we&#x27;re halfway there. That&#x27;s good. So I think that says something about the momentum and what people want to see. Yeah. Well, I mean, I think, well, what have you seen when you&#x27;ve been out there talking to folks</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> in Michigan? What&#x27;s the overall consensus about the direction we&#x27;re going? Inflation. People are just, it&#x27;s killing them, especially retirees. Just inflation is just hitting them hard. Well, you and your wife do a radio show, and we&#x27;ve done a show here in North Carolina across the nation for the most part for about 17 years. And anytime we, in the past, when we talked about inflation and even social security, people didn&#x27;t really want to hear that conversation because, oh, we don&#x27;t have inflations here, but we don&#x27;t really, we don&#x27;t feel it. People are feeling it now, aren&#x27;t they? I&#x27;ve been warning people about inflation for over a decade, almost laughed out of the room for a while, but it&#x27;s simple because it&#x27;s a math term. It&#x27;s called reversion to the mean. And it&#x27;s like, the moment you say math, everyone goes, oh, it&#x27;s high school again. They just shut down. But reversion to the mean basically means that if you have a, if your average is right here in the</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> middle, if you have a period of time where it&#x27;s way below the average, you&#x27;re going to have a period of time where it&#x27;s way above the average. That&#x27;s how you get an average. And so we had almost no inflation for a decade, which meant at some point we&#x27;re going to get hammered. And that&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at right now. It&#x27;s a swing into the pendulum, but it&#x27;s really swung fast and hard the other way, hasn&#x27;t it? Right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Markey. He&#x27;s visiting with us from Grand Haven, Michigan, and he&#x27;s just announced to us he&#x27;s the announcement&#x27;s been out a couple of weeks, but he&#x27;s running for governor in Michigan. What inspired you to want to run for office? Because, I mean, I&#x27;ve known you, you&#x27;ve been a pretty comfortable guy in the financial world, you know, being a politician, put a pretty big target on your back. Yeah. You know, I&#x27;ve had that target on my back for a while. It actually happened two years ago. Oddly enough, I was getting a coffee just like you probably have sitting at the Starbucks and I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> waiting in this long line. And it was right during President Trump&#x27;s last year when we were pushing through Supreme Court justice. And Republicans were shocked that Democrats were mad we were doing it. Yet four years earlier, we were telling them, no way are you going to do this? And I just sat there and I thought, what if I in my marriage, I did the same thing? Like, what if I did whatever I wanted to do just anytime I had the power, meaning I had the checkbook. And my wife and I had some of this friction because there&#x27;s been times where I wanted to buy something for the business where, let&#x27;s be honest, there was a little bit of personal use that could, you know, in a legal way. But, you know, I just wanted it. Yeah. And you&#x27;d be like, no. And I&#x27;m like, who are you saying? No, this is a business expenditure. But, you know, I realized that in a marriage that I had to work together and I had to admit fault sometimes when I didn&#x27;t think I was</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> wrong. But you had to care about the other person&#x27;s feelings in order to accomplish more. And I mean, we&#x27;ve been so lucky and blessed. We&#x27;ve done far more than we ever thought we&#x27;d do because we&#x27;ve done it together. And I thought, wait a minute, look at politics. Oh, yeah. When was the, especially here in Michigan, we don&#x27;t work together at all. I kind of joke, like right now you&#x27;ve got partisan voting and it&#x27;s like the moment one party has the power, why don&#x27;t we just send the other party home? It&#x27;s about what it&#x27;s come to. We don&#x27;t need, you know, we can save some money. You can mow the yard and we&#x27;ll go ahead and vote. Well, every now and then they find out some legislatures have gone home and still get paid too. We&#x27;ve heard about that every now. That&#x27;s a different story. So being a governor is basically being the president of a state. And, but the big difference to me is the governors cannot overextend</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> their budget. Sort of like if the U.S. government overspends, they just print more money. You don&#x27;t have a printing press in Michigan. So what&#x27;s your plan for keeping the budget balanced and making everybody happy? Well, you know, the first thing that I want to do is I think that we need to, and I made this mistake myself too. I said, let&#x27;s improve our education. And then I kind of, I got mad at myself because I sat there and I go, you know, as an, I used to play college baseball. I go, we never said, let&#x27;s improve our record. Let&#x27;s improve our hitting. No, it was, we&#x27;re going to be number one in the league in X, Y, or Z. So I think Michigan needs to focus on being number one in education. We&#x27;ve got a lot of race tensions here, which I think are also class tensions. But if we, if we give everyone not just access, but to educational opportunities, but we create world-class, lead the nation, we&#x27;re going to minimize and blast through a lot of these class tensions.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> We&#x27;re going to lift that up. We&#x27;re going to create revenue from that, but that&#x27;s also going to create jobs. So it all comes down to, it&#x27;s this multiplication. So yeah, I agree. We can&#x27;t just print money. But quite frankly, who better than an advisor to understand that? Yeah. Yeah. I had to say, I wouldn&#x27;t have thought of this way, but you know, as a, as an advisor, helping retirees, what do we do? You&#x27;ve done it for years. We help people dream. First of all, you&#x27;ve met somebody at some point goes, Hey coach, I don&#x27;t think I can retire. Right. Oh yeah. All the time. And so what do we do? We&#x27;re like, well, no, let&#x27;s, let&#x27;s define what retirement is. Right. Let&#x27;s make a plan to get there. And then we help them accomplish that dream. So, you know, that&#x27;s what we need to do in Michigan. We need to dream. Like people come in with a plan. They go, we&#x27;re going to make education better. No, we need to dream. A dream is let&#x27;s make it</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> number one. Yep. And then we put a plan together to do it. Well, Tom Brady&#x27;s famous for saying, let&#x27;s go before he runs out on the field or during the game, let&#x27;s go. Well, why a good slogan be, let&#x27;s win. Because that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re aiming for. Let&#x27;s win. I mean, winning all the time. That&#x27;s, that&#x27;s the best strategy ever. I know Donald Trump had a book that had the title. I think winning is in the title of that book too, because like I said, if you&#x27;re not winning, you&#x27;re losing. Right. So, I mean, winning is better. Winning with the financial life too is important. Winning in the political life is important too. I just think that, you know, it is amazing to talk to people on the state level when they manage a state government compared to the federal government. Federal government seems to have no worries. Again, they just send the tax collector out again and print more money. State government&#x27;s a little tougher. You start raising the taxes in the state and the industry moves away. We see, we saw that happen in a county in North Carolina I grew up in. The county raised</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> taxes to the point where all the industry left. And now the county is the hundredth. We have a hundred counties here in North Carolina. It is a hundredth poorest county in the state. That&#x27;s where I went to high school and grade school and all that. Nothing to brag about, but it&#x27;s not fun to watch that. But, but we could see it, it almost developing in slow motion. You raise taxes on industry, industry leaves, nobody to tax anymore. And then everybody else leaves too, or the people that stay can&#x27;t support the government they have. So it&#x27;s just, I&#x27;m proud of you for what you&#x27;re doing. What&#x27;s your, we&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes now. What are two of your main campaign planks? So campaign point, I obviously number one in education. Um, but we want to bring people back together. I think that, you know, a lot of my clients are split. They&#x27;re not all Republican. They&#x27;re not all Democrat. I think we&#x27;re more alike than we are different. I had somebody a couple</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> of years ago and he goes, well, Mike, you know, the problem with you Republicans, I said, all right, what&#x27;s that? And he goes, you guys don&#x27;t believe in a living wage. I said, what does that mean? He goes, well, minimum wage should be a living wage. I said, I think you&#x27;re defining the problem incorrectly. He goes, what do you mean? I go, um, do you want minimum wage to be a living wage? Or do you just want more people to at least have access if they&#x27;re willing to work hard that they should be able to make a living wage? They should be able to, you know, retire and have vacation and have some things. He goes, well, yeah, that&#x27;s what I want. I go, great. See, the moment we say it&#x27;s a minimum wage, now you separate people. Instead, let&#x27;s identify what the actual problem is, which is how do we get everyone who wants it, who&#x27;s willing to work hard to have a living wage. Then we work together to come up with ideas because, you know, here&#x27;s the thing you talk about Tom Brady. I&#x27;m yet to remember any</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> national champion of sports team that did it with just offense or just defense. They, you know, they might have a great defense and a mediocre offense, but they always have both to make it work. And so we need both. We got to get Republicans to start talking to Democrats and Democrats start talking about with Republicans. If we want to, if we really want to make Michigan great, if we really want to win in education and economy, we have to get all our best minds working in the same direction. Yeah. And then the momentum there would be a lot better than fighting, constantly playing the tug of war game. I mean, tug of war, nobody wins a tug of war. And I think it was a squid games I watched. Everybody lost a tug of war on one side too. So, yeah, I mean, I&#x27;m glad I never played tug of war like that. So, well, you know, one minute wrap up here. What, if you do get in the governor,</p><p><strong>11:44</strong> as a governor, what, what are, what would be the first two, I know you want to fix education or get it going good and, and make sure that, you know, we can talk that, have that wage talk or have the work talk. But what are some of the things you think you can accomplish in the first year realistically? I think right away, very fast, people say, how, Mike, how could you actually bring people together? I had one person challenge me. He goes, can you make your kids not fight? I go, yeah, I just put them in different rooms, done. But one of the ways to do it is my dad always said, locks, keep honest people honest. I do believe most people in politics that you got your outliers, but most are trying to do good, but we need some locks to keep honest people honest. And so what we need to do is when we have these negotiations, put it on TV. I hope it would be the most boring TV you&#x27;d watch because it&#x27;s just a bunch of people being polite and talking. But you want to, you know,</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> the issue is we need to be accountable and transparent with that so that when people aren&#x27;t working in Michigan&#x27;s best interest, we can be like, hey, you don&#x27;t have to take it from me. We don&#x27;t have to sling mud. You saw it. We sat here, tried to have a conversation and all we got was, you know, irrational rhetoric. So that would be right away. Well, here&#x27;s one final thought. I should have asked this earlier, but we still have like about 30 seconds here. Your ideas on Congress being able to insider trade like they&#x27;ve been doing for years and get away with it. Yeah, get rid of it, right? It&#x27;s not fair, man. I mean, look at some of the people that became multimillionaires because they&#x27;re trading on inside information. They&#x27;re sharing that information with their friends. Don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re not sharing it with their friends and family, too. And so you&#x27;re against that, too, right? It&#x27;s crazy. Absolutely. It&#x27;s crazy. Yes. Okay, folks, Michael Markey running for</p><p><strong>13:19</strong> governor of Michigan. Michael, good to see you. I hope we have you on again in the future. Thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss the truth, conflicting claims, and middle ground in financial planning. They consider how people can think through the retirement information they encounter.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Markey</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Sorting Through Retirement Planning Claims</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Markey, retirement planning, Sorting Through Retirement Planning Claims, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6/image.jpg?t=1792073646&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/navigating-the-truth-lies-and-middle-ground-of-ret/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6/image.jpg?t=1792073646&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>805</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d499526-1e3a-4e59-a49b-ae53012a24a6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12912953" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/navigating-the-truth-lies-and-middle-ground-of-ret</link>
      <itunes:order>59</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Sorting Through Retirement Planning Claims" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:11" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:07:00" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kristina Ping: The Retirement Train</title>
      <itunes:title>Kristina Ping: The Retirement Train</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Hey welcome back into Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Dave Perkins here of course with America&#x27;s Wealth Coach and best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda and we&#x27;re going to talk about another book here. Christina Pien Kepperling is the CEO of Powerful Legacy Insurance and Financial Services. She is over 15 years in Central Kentucky with two offices in Lexington and Louisville and the author of the book The Retirement Train and Coach I know you&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got that book there but I love the whole concept of the book because it starts the train starts in Kidville and goes into Grown-Up Town and then Destination Retirement. Offices in Louisville and Lexington. That&#x27;s sort of like having an office at Carolina and one at Duke. Right. Good point. Yeah I have to make sure what color I&#x27;m wearing that day. Yes you do. There&#x27;s a gang colors I want to start. So The Retirement Train what a great title Christina. What inspired you to write a book first of all? Back in 2016 I was on an Alaskan cruise and went on one of those little excursions in Juneau Alaska and took a train ride and I was just sitting there they were kind of like these old church pews you know really uncomfortable under the bum and just sitting there on this train ride and I had been told when I bought my ticket buy this type of seat. Well when I was on the train there</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was a couple that was beside me on the opposite side and all they were seeing was a just a rock wall they weren&#x27;t seeing the beautiful view that I was seeing and the lady was kind of you know snickering at her husband a little bit. I wish we could have done things different and there&#x27;s a lot that we could have done different in our life and it kind of got me thinking about what mistakes have I made and what can I do to make that better? What mistakes are my retirees making and what can I do to make that better? Hence the retirement train. So from chapter one just Kidville what can you be doing to save for college and how should you teach your children about money? How much does it cost? And then chapter two of course is going to be your 20s. So it kind of instead of a chapter it&#x27;s actually a stop and each stop has a quote. I really love that. And then at the end of each chapter we kind of give you some just snapshots</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> or some talking points to make sure and give you these statistics that I know you are just dying to hear. So she was letting her husband have it. We call that North Carolina blessing him out. Yeah that&#x27;s right and bless his heart. Yes bless his heart. He was getting it. I know he was red-faced. He was pretty mad. Well the retirement world&#x27;s really complicated. It really is and but it really comes down to it&#x27;s not that complicated. I think I think with all the millions of dollars spent every single day in advertising to try to get for like financial institutions try to bring your money to them they try to make it seem like they have a better light bulb but there&#x27;s only one light bulb here and it really comes down to one thing making sure that you are comfortable in your retirement and your retirement is what you want to do in retirement not what somebody else is doing and unfortunately Christina you&#x27;ve probably seen this</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> when I say retirement&#x27;s about what you want to do when the husband and wife get to retirement many times they don&#x27;t want to do the same thing do they? They do not. I have actually seen people argue across my conference room table on multiple occasions because while you&#x27;re working and while you&#x27;re you know just getting your regular paycheck and a lot of times I see couples that have separate bank accounts well then when it comes time to talk about all of the savings it&#x27;s combined what kind of a lifestyle do we have they don&#x27;t agree on their spending habits or their savings habits and for that matter they don&#x27;t agree on the income and holy cow it makes for an interesting meeting but you&#x27;re right it&#x27;s your retirement when we&#x27;re talking to people we&#x27;re talking about them individually I&#x27;ve never seen a couple or an individual alike that has come through the doors of one of my firms and their situation has been the same as another. Yeah and that&#x27;s right and so</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> why why why do some financial firms treat everyone the same then? I have no idea I don&#x27;t think that there there is any type of a cookie cutter retirement strategy except when you&#x27;re cutting cookies I mean that&#x27;s about it it just doesn&#x27;t even exist and you know as much as I would really love to say that every retirement is going to be sweet it&#x27;s not going to and sometimes you&#x27;ve not done the right things sometimes you&#x27;ve not made the right decisions and we have to make some alternative decisions and some alternative changes and maybe a little bit of an alternative route to get to your retirement and that&#x27;s okay too when you&#x27;re coming in and seeing us we&#x27;re going to make sure that you&#x27;re on track which is part of the retirement train and the on-track retirement system so it is exciting. You know you say there&#x27;s there&#x27;s a couple national firms when when when folks walk in after hearing us on the radio or seeing us or</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> someone tell them to come see us that kind of thing when they tell us before we even pull out statements when they tell us who they&#x27;re with currently if it&#x27;s certain brokerage places or national firms you see advertised we tell them before they show us what they have what they&#x27;re going to have if we feel like a magician almost you know here&#x27;s what here&#x27;s what you have in your hand and and and most of the times unfortunately it&#x27;s right because that&#x27;s the cookie cutter method and that doesn&#x27;t really apply or shouldn&#x27;t apply to you listening I mean everyone out there has their own situation so I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve often argued and the people that have listened to the show over the years know it that there&#x27;s a saying called that there&#x27;s no two snowflakes look the same and I say well how does everyone how do you really know that though because no one&#x27;s actually looked at every snowflake they melt too fast so of course they don&#x27;t look the same there&#x27;s nobody to verify trust the science trust us on it right so you&#x27;ve got a chapter in your</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> book called exploring the pinnacles what is that about yes so first off I used to live in Berea Kentucky so obviously it&#x27;s stop three so we&#x27;re talking about when you&#x27;re at the pinnacles and this is a beautiful landmark by the way if you ever have the opportunity to visit there if you&#x27;re one of those people that likes to hike I don&#x27;t really like hiking but I did enjoy the view once I got up there and I&#x27;ve not done it again since but what does this really look like and in the middle of your life this is when if you&#x27;ve not talked to somebody about retirement or you&#x27;ve made a couple of mistakes in your 30s and 40s if you&#x27;ve not made any mistakes financially you&#x27;re probably not living I know all of us have kind of shook our head we bought too much car on a payment or maybe we rented an apartment we couldn&#x27;t afford or maybe we bought a house and we really couldn&#x27;t afford it or we bought in the wrong place and couldn&#x27;t get out of it we&#x27;re paying too much interest all of these</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> mistakes that we&#x27;ve made and then what does it look like on your everyday habitual behavior you know for example if you have an employer plan and you are not participating in 401k contributions and receiving that match you&#x27;re making a huge mistake so in those pinnacles of your career which is normally going to be your 30s 40s and even on into your 50s you want to make sure that you have all of those tax advantages contributing to your retirement saving for retirement making good sound financial decisions having excellent credit saving money every which way that you can that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really about christina i love the fact that you also give them because i know that your main thrust and goal is to get people to retirement properly especially in the financial red zone to make sure that they get on track and stay on track but you do also offer advice to younger people we both have young adult</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> children who could start saving now in just even little ways could make a big difference in their retirement you address that in the book it can&#x27;t and when we&#x27;re talking about in your savings remember folks when you hit the age of 50 you have what&#x27;s called catch-up contributions and in stop five which is called the oasis around the bend it says the small quote which is sharon stone one of my favorites it&#x27;s not like 50 is the new 30 it&#x27;s like 50 is the new chapter well let&#x27;s break that down for just a second and why did i pick that and how does that look well because maybe you&#x27;ve made some mistakes you didn&#x27;t save enough in your 30s and 40s and so there&#x27;s a possibility that you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire when and how you&#x27;re not discussing how you want to retire then you&#x27;re missing part of that retirement puzzle as well so there are just so many things to discuss and in the overall retirement</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> train one of my favorite pieces about it and the reason why it was written this way is because it&#x27;s so easy to understand there are a lot of really silly stories in there i&#x27;m getting so many people that are happy with the information because they&#x27;ll say i actually learned this in your book and i&#x27;m applying it to my life if that&#x27;s not the ultimate compliment when you&#x27;ve authored something i don&#x27;t know what is we&#x27;re talking with christina peen kepperling who is the author of the book the retirement train and also ceo of kentucky-based powerful legacy insurance and financial services who is all about well her book is aptly named the retirement train it does go through stages of life but the important thing is that christina you get people on track for retirement we do get people on track for retirement and you know it&#x27;s funny when we&#x27;re talking about being on track every person&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> track is different every destination every stop is going to be completely different and one of the things about destination retirement which is the sixth stop this is when we&#x27;re talking about getting there and how it works i do want to read just a smidge right at the very beginning of it one of my really good friends and i&#x27;m on her board for a non-profit organization she said that life seems to be broken down in three stages one falls between zero and 30 during this stage you have the energy and the time but just not the money stage two is between 30 and 60 and when you&#x27;re starting to just have the money you just don&#x27;t have the time and it&#x27;s so silly because then in the third stage this is the 60s to the end of your life this is the period when you&#x27;ve got the money you&#x27;ve got the time but you just don&#x27;t have the energy anymore oh life is so unfair it really happens like that and</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> folks this is like this is i love this book by the way it&#x27;s called the retirement train i call it the financial whistle stop tour hey i love it and step number or stop number five is the oasis around the bend what is that for the folks listening well if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement you know in your 50s you&#x27;re getting close to that oasis you&#x27;re going to be start taking some moves around here and the marshmallow theory i&#x27;m not going to tell you what that is i&#x27;m just going to give you the name of it the marshmallow theory is at the beginning of that chapter i want you to read about this it&#x27;s so fun now we do have three financial phases and i do share out in the community in our seminars about these three phases and you can have so many different professionals that state this different ways but let&#x27;s talk about growing protecting and spending i do love talking about spending money i am a really excellent consumer so i&#x27;m just going to say right there my husband will agree all day long but</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> i&#x27;m also excellent at saving so in that beginning of the financial phases that contribution folks this will be your 20s all the way up through possibly your 60s even 70s because people are living longer you&#x27;re contributing into your retirement savings there it is then we start to get in that financial red zone that everybody talks about what is that it sounds really exciting it is this is when we should start dialing down risk a little bit jumping into some conservation maybe start making a few changes in the way that we&#x27;re thinking about that distribution phase so this will be your 60s 70s 80s the rest of your life the number one fear that i hear from retirees and pre-retirees is running out of money in retirement so if you&#x27;re worried about running out of money in retirement if you&#x27;re worried about taxes volatility in the market all of these important things i want you to come and get a copy of this book</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> so first off it is available on amazon it&#x27;s 1995 which is so fun and exciting just jump on there and grab a copy of the book i know you&#x27;re going to enjoy it second you can also drop us a note on yourpowerfullegacy.com and just enter in your name your email address and let us know would like the retirement train and we&#x27;ll give you a call let you know lexington or louisville office whichever one you&#x27;d like to come and get that from we do have the payments available and for some of you our current clients you know that it was actually given to you so you&#x27;ve received a great value and we know how much you&#x27;ve loved it and enjoyed it and passed it on to several other people so let&#x27;s get this book out there and get that information out there well you know it&#x27;s very very important that people get the the right plan for the right time of their life and and and what got you there is not going to keep</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> you there a lot of times so again there&#x27;s when when the train stops a lot of people get on a lot of people get off and some people switch trains and many of you listening right now may be on the wrong train and might not realize it and so if your advisor if your advisor specializes in risk all the time and has never talked about retirement income matter of fact guaranteed lifetime income we call it a financial fill-up you might not be with the right advisor for the next train ride of your life which is all the way into the sunset so to find out if you are on the right train give us a call right now dave tell them how they can do that 800-661-7383 you can call or you can text plan to 600-700 so call 800-661-7383 or text keyword plan to 600-700 and again the book was the retirement</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> train christina we really appreciate you having having you on today thank you so much for having me it&#x27;s always a pleasure my sweet friend and i look forward to seeing you soon yes ma&#x27;am and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Hey welcome back into Financial Safari. Consumer advocate Dave Perkins here of course with America&#x27;s Wealth Coach and best-selling author Coach Pete D’Arruda and we&#x27;re going to talk about another book here. Christina Pien Kepperling is the CEO of Powerful Legacy Insurance and Financial Services. She is over 15 years in Central Kentucky with two offices in Lexington and Louisville and the author of the book The Retirement Train and Coach I know you&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got that book there but I love the whole concept of the book because it starts the train starts in Kidville and goes into Grown-Up Town and then Destination Retirement. Offices in Louisville and Lexington. That&#x27;s sort of like having an office at Carolina and one at Duke. Right. Good point. Yeah I have to make sure what color I&#x27;m wearing that day. Yes you do. There&#x27;s a gang colors I want to start. So The Retirement Train what a great title Christina. What inspired you to write a book first of all? Back in 2016 I was on an Alaskan cruise and went on one of those little excursions in Juneau Alaska and took a train ride and I was just sitting there they were kind of like these old church pews you know really uncomfortable under the bum and just sitting there on this train ride and I had been told when I bought my ticket buy this type of seat. Well when I was on the train there</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> was a couple that was beside me on the opposite side and all they were seeing was a just a rock wall they weren&#x27;t seeing the beautiful view that I was seeing and the lady was kind of you know snickering at her husband a little bit. I wish we could have done things different and there&#x27;s a lot that we could have done different in our life and it kind of got me thinking about what mistakes have I made and what can I do to make that better? What mistakes are my retirees making and what can I do to make that better? Hence the retirement train. So from chapter one just Kidville what can you be doing to save for college and how should you teach your children about money? How much does it cost? And then chapter two of course is going to be your 20s. So it kind of instead of a chapter it&#x27;s actually a stop and each stop has a quote. I really love that. And then at the end of each chapter we kind of give you some just snapshots</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> or some talking points to make sure and give you these statistics that I know you are just dying to hear. So she was letting her husband have it. We call that North Carolina blessing him out. Yeah that&#x27;s right and bless his heart. Yes bless his heart. He was getting it. I know he was red-faced. He was pretty mad. Well the retirement world&#x27;s really complicated. It really is and but it really comes down to it&#x27;s not that complicated. I think I think with all the millions of dollars spent every single day in advertising to try to get for like financial institutions try to bring your money to them they try to make it seem like they have a better light bulb but there&#x27;s only one light bulb here and it really comes down to one thing making sure that you are comfortable in your retirement and your retirement is what you want to do in retirement not what somebody else is doing and unfortunately Christina you&#x27;ve probably seen this</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> when I say retirement&#x27;s about what you want to do when the husband and wife get to retirement many times they don&#x27;t want to do the same thing do they? They do not. I have actually seen people argue across my conference room table on multiple occasions because while you&#x27;re working and while you&#x27;re you know just getting your regular paycheck and a lot of times I see couples that have separate bank accounts well then when it comes time to talk about all of the savings it&#x27;s combined what kind of a lifestyle do we have they don&#x27;t agree on their spending habits or their savings habits and for that matter they don&#x27;t agree on the income and holy cow it makes for an interesting meeting but you&#x27;re right it&#x27;s your retirement when we&#x27;re talking to people we&#x27;re talking about them individually I&#x27;ve never seen a couple or an individual alike that has come through the doors of one of my firms and their situation has been the same as another. Yeah and that&#x27;s right and so</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> why why why do some financial firms treat everyone the same then? I have no idea I don&#x27;t think that there there is any type of a cookie cutter retirement strategy except when you&#x27;re cutting cookies I mean that&#x27;s about it it just doesn&#x27;t even exist and you know as much as I would really love to say that every retirement is going to be sweet it&#x27;s not going to and sometimes you&#x27;ve not done the right things sometimes you&#x27;ve not made the right decisions and we have to make some alternative decisions and some alternative changes and maybe a little bit of an alternative route to get to your retirement and that&#x27;s okay too when you&#x27;re coming in and seeing us we&#x27;re going to make sure that you&#x27;re on track which is part of the retirement train and the on-track retirement system so it is exciting. You know you say there&#x27;s there&#x27;s a couple national firms when when when folks walk in after hearing us on the radio or seeing us or</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> someone tell them to come see us that kind of thing when they tell us before we even pull out statements when they tell us who they&#x27;re with currently if it&#x27;s certain brokerage places or national firms you see advertised we tell them before they show us what they have what they&#x27;re going to have if we feel like a magician almost you know here&#x27;s what here&#x27;s what you have in your hand and and and most of the times unfortunately it&#x27;s right because that&#x27;s the cookie cutter method and that doesn&#x27;t really apply or shouldn&#x27;t apply to you listening I mean everyone out there has their own situation so I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve often argued and the people that have listened to the show over the years know it that there&#x27;s a saying called that there&#x27;s no two snowflakes look the same and I say well how does everyone how do you really know that though because no one&#x27;s actually looked at every snowflake they melt too fast so of course they don&#x27;t look the same there&#x27;s nobody to verify trust the science trust us on it right so you&#x27;ve got a chapter in your</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> book called exploring the pinnacles what is that about yes so first off I used to live in Berea Kentucky so obviously it&#x27;s stop three so we&#x27;re talking about when you&#x27;re at the pinnacles and this is a beautiful landmark by the way if you ever have the opportunity to visit there if you&#x27;re one of those people that likes to hike I don&#x27;t really like hiking but I did enjoy the view once I got up there and I&#x27;ve not done it again since but what does this really look like and in the middle of your life this is when if you&#x27;ve not talked to somebody about retirement or you&#x27;ve made a couple of mistakes in your 30s and 40s if you&#x27;ve not made any mistakes financially you&#x27;re probably not living I know all of us have kind of shook our head we bought too much car on a payment or maybe we rented an apartment we couldn&#x27;t afford or maybe we bought a house and we really couldn&#x27;t afford it or we bought in the wrong place and couldn&#x27;t get out of it we&#x27;re paying too much interest all of these</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> mistakes that we&#x27;ve made and then what does it look like on your everyday habitual behavior you know for example if you have an employer plan and you are not participating in 401k contributions and receiving that match you&#x27;re making a huge mistake so in those pinnacles of your career which is normally going to be your 30s 40s and even on into your 50s you want to make sure that you have all of those tax advantages contributing to your retirement saving for retirement making good sound financial decisions having excellent credit saving money every which way that you can that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really about christina i love the fact that you also give them because i know that your main thrust and goal is to get people to retirement properly especially in the financial red zone to make sure that they get on track and stay on track but you do also offer advice to younger people we both have young adult</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> children who could start saving now in just even little ways could make a big difference in their retirement you address that in the book it can&#x27;t and when we&#x27;re talking about in your savings remember folks when you hit the age of 50 you have what&#x27;s called catch-up contributions and in stop five which is called the oasis around the bend it says the small quote which is sharon stone one of my favorites it&#x27;s not like 50 is the new 30 it&#x27;s like 50 is the new chapter well let&#x27;s break that down for just a second and why did i pick that and how does that look well because maybe you&#x27;ve made some mistakes you didn&#x27;t save enough in your 30s and 40s and so there&#x27;s a possibility that you&#x27;re not going to be able to retire when and how you&#x27;re not discussing how you want to retire then you&#x27;re missing part of that retirement puzzle as well so there are just so many things to discuss and in the overall retirement</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> train one of my favorite pieces about it and the reason why it was written this way is because it&#x27;s so easy to understand there are a lot of really silly stories in there i&#x27;m getting so many people that are happy with the information because they&#x27;ll say i actually learned this in your book and i&#x27;m applying it to my life if that&#x27;s not the ultimate compliment when you&#x27;ve authored something i don&#x27;t know what is we&#x27;re talking with christina peen kepperling who is the author of the book the retirement train and also ceo of kentucky-based powerful legacy insurance and financial services who is all about well her book is aptly named the retirement train it does go through stages of life but the important thing is that christina you get people on track for retirement we do get people on track for retirement and you know it&#x27;s funny when we&#x27;re talking about being on track every person&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> track is different every destination every stop is going to be completely different and one of the things about destination retirement which is the sixth stop this is when we&#x27;re talking about getting there and how it works i do want to read just a smidge right at the very beginning of it one of my really good friends and i&#x27;m on her board for a non-profit organization she said that life seems to be broken down in three stages one falls between zero and 30 during this stage you have the energy and the time but just not the money stage two is between 30 and 60 and when you&#x27;re starting to just have the money you just don&#x27;t have the time and it&#x27;s so silly because then in the third stage this is the 60s to the end of your life this is the period when you&#x27;ve got the money you&#x27;ve got the time but you just don&#x27;t have the energy anymore oh life is so unfair it really happens like that and</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> folks this is like this is i love this book by the way it&#x27;s called the retirement train i call it the financial whistle stop tour hey i love it and step number or stop number five is the oasis around the bend what is that for the folks listening well if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement you know in your 50s you&#x27;re getting close to that oasis you&#x27;re going to be start taking some moves around here and the marshmallow theory i&#x27;m not going to tell you what that is i&#x27;m just going to give you the name of it the marshmallow theory is at the beginning of that chapter i want you to read about this it&#x27;s so fun now we do have three financial phases and i do share out in the community in our seminars about these three phases and you can have so many different professionals that state this different ways but let&#x27;s talk about growing protecting and spending i do love talking about spending money i am a really excellent consumer so i&#x27;m just going to say right there my husband will agree all day long but</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> i&#x27;m also excellent at saving so in that beginning of the financial phases that contribution folks this will be your 20s all the way up through possibly your 60s even 70s because people are living longer you&#x27;re contributing into your retirement savings there it is then we start to get in that financial red zone that everybody talks about what is that it sounds really exciting it is this is when we should start dialing down risk a little bit jumping into some conservation maybe start making a few changes in the way that we&#x27;re thinking about that distribution phase so this will be your 60s 70s 80s the rest of your life the number one fear that i hear from retirees and pre-retirees is running out of money in retirement so if you&#x27;re worried about running out of money in retirement if you&#x27;re worried about taxes volatility in the market all of these important things i want you to come and get a copy of this book</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> so first off it is available on amazon it&#x27;s 1995 which is so fun and exciting just jump on there and grab a copy of the book i know you&#x27;re going to enjoy it second you can also drop us a note on yourpowerfullegacy.com and just enter in your name your email address and let us know would like the retirement train and we&#x27;ll give you a call let you know lexington or louisville office whichever one you&#x27;d like to come and get that from we do have the payments available and for some of you our current clients you know that it was actually given to you so you&#x27;ve received a great value and we know how much you&#x27;ve loved it and enjoyed it and passed it on to several other people so let&#x27;s get this book out there and get that information out there well you know it&#x27;s very very important that people get the the right plan for the right time of their life and and and what got you there is not going to keep</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> you there a lot of times so again there&#x27;s when when the train stops a lot of people get on a lot of people get off and some people switch trains and many of you listening right now may be on the wrong train and might not realize it and so if your advisor if your advisor specializes in risk all the time and has never talked about retirement income matter of fact guaranteed lifetime income we call it a financial fill-up you might not be with the right advisor for the next train ride of your life which is all the way into the sunset so to find out if you are on the right train give us a call right now dave tell them how they can do that 800-661-7383 you can call or you can text plan to 600-700 so call 800-661-7383 or text keyword plan to 600-700 and again the book was the retirement</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> train christina we really appreciate you having having you on today thank you so much for having me it&#x27;s always a pleasure my sweet friend and i look forward to seeing you soon yes ma&#x27;am and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kristina Ping joins Coach Pete to discuss The Retirement Train. The conversation explores her book and the decisions involved in planning for life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kristina Ping</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kristina Ping, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/image.jpg?t=1792073650&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristina-ping-author-of-the-retirement-train/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/image.jpg?t=1792073650&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Feb 2022 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>777</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db70c4dd-0883-45d3-864b-ae5301298435/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12461667" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristina-ping-author-of-the-retirement-train</link>
      <itunes:order>60</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Retirement Train" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Andrew Hallam: Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education</title>
      <itunes:title>Andrew Hallam: Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And you guys know that I love to talk to authors since I&#x27;m one myself. And this week we have a very special author joining us from Panama. Yeah, the country of Panama. And his name is Andrew Hollum. And he&#x27;s written the book, Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. And we talked about this a month or so ago on our show when I found this book. And I liked it so much and my staff loved it so much that I wanted to have the real author of the book on to talk from his own words what each chapter means or some of the chapters. And matter of fact, I like the book so much I bought a copy for everyone in my company&#x27;s organization. So I bought 20 copies and handed them out. And Thomas is nodding his head in there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thomas, have you started to look at the – I mean, you guys like the book. I have started going through it. It&#x27;s great. There&#x27;s so little information out there that&#x27;s practical that anything that you can get your hands on is very valuable. This is like an owner&#x27;s manual for the financial world, I think. So I&#x27;ve written some books too. I like this book along with my seven baby steps. I think these books are both really good. But without further ado, let&#x27;s welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome in. Hey, thanks very much, guys. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. I&#x27;m glad you guys at least aren&#x27;t turned off by a middle schooler&#x27;s sense of humor because that&#x27;s basically all I&#x27;ve got. And that&#x27;s about all I put into Millionaire Teacher. Well, if people listen to this show, they appreciate a middle school sense of humor because that&#x27;s about what we do all the time. You even have the drum to go along with it. All right. So explain first why you&#x27;re logging into the show from Panama today.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What&#x27;s going on in Panama? Hey, it&#x27;s warm for starters. So my wife and I have been globally nomadic for about eight years. And so I grew up in Canada and I was a public school teacher there. And I took a year off in 2002. And just to travel, I decided I&#x27;m going to travel the world. I was super naive, thinking I could see the world in a year. And the principal at the school that I was at in Canada ended up getting a job at a private international school based on a U.S. curriculum, mostly American students, servicing mostly American families in Singapore. And he said, you should apply for this job. So I took that job. It was fantastic. I taught high school English and then eventually I taught high school personal finance.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And we thought we&#x27;d take a year off in 2014. We figured let&#x27;s take a year off, take a break, travel a little bit. And one year led to two, which has led to eight so far. And we&#x27;re enjoying it. We&#x27;re floating around all over the place. So Panama is where we currently are, but we don&#x27;t tend to be in any one spot longer than typically a handful of months. So when you do that, do you find what, and I&#x27;m just using a term that I hear, Airbnb, do you find little houses to rent? Or how do you go about that when you&#x27;re nomadic in retirement? Yeah, sometimes we do. Sometimes like right now we&#x27;re staying at an Airbnb. Yep. And other times like we&#x27;ll actually rent a place. Renting is far cheaper, of course. No middleman. Sometimes.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Yeah, exactly. And Panama&#x27;s got, I mean, great value for your money. So right now we&#x27;re on this. We&#x27;ve got this place on the 35th floor with this spectacular ocean view. And it&#x27;s about a thousand. It would be, if we were not doing the Airbnb thing, it&#x27;d be about a thousand dollars a month. And it has, you know, like a swimming pool on the top floor and it has a gym. And it&#x27;s got this great gazillion dollar view. Like it&#x27;s the most spectacular view I think I&#x27;ve ever seen from a building. It&#x27;s incredible. You&#x27;re talking about a thousand dollars a month. I know a guy who rented a place in Malibu, Airbnb, it was a thousand dollars a night. It didn&#x27;t have a pool. So what a deal. You know, one of the things that a lot of people have been trying to say, well, gosh, when I retire, I want my dollar to stretch further.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So let me go to different countries. We heard a lot of people running to Mexico years ago and Mexico still running to Mexico. The one complaint I hear is security. It&#x27;s not the same safety feeling as we get in most neighborhoods here in America in Mexico. I don&#x27;t know what Panama is like. And you have to know it&#x27;s not going to be the same, but the food&#x27;s going to be different too. But I guess you guys like that. You know, what&#x27;s interesting is it&#x27;s when you&#x27;re looking at safety, it&#x27;s generally regional. So, you know, the United States is based on homicide rates per 100,000. It&#x27;s actually pretty low. And ironically, despite what we hear from the media, it&#x27;s safer to live in the United States now than it was in the 1990s. Wow. And the 1970s. But we don&#x27;t get that sense. Doesn&#x27;t seem like that, does it? You know, with the media, with the number one rule of media, and I know a lot of people in media, is if it bleeds, it leads.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It leads. So they get you to listen and watch and they keep you there and they keep it filled with negative news and get you all depressed in a half hour. And they&#x27;ve sold you a whole bunch of stuff like soap. Yeah. I mean, if you walk up and down the streets, you walk up and down the American streets and you ask people like, tell me about like homicide rate, gun violence, gun violence compared to how it was in the 90s and say the 1970s, they&#x27;ll tell you it&#x27;s way worse. Yeah. But if you look at FBI crime statistics on homicides per 100,000, it&#x27;s safer. It&#x27;s basically safer than it&#x27;s ever been. And so obviously there&#x27;s still issues. We still need to sort things out. But likewise, you know, when you get a place like Mexico, homicide rates pretty high. But again, it&#x27;s really regional. So you&#x27;ve got the port cities that are dangerous, the cities up by the U.S. border that are dangerous. Right. Anything where you&#x27;ve got, you know, drug movements back and forth.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Right, right. But there are pockets that are relatively safe. Having said that, Panama is another level. So Panama is far safer than Mexico. And with Panama, you can drink water out of the tap. It costs a little bit more to live in Panama or to be in Panama than it does to be in Mexico. But, you know, we&#x27;re, you know, the more I travel, guys, the more I realize I don&#x27;t know. And the more I realize, like, I have to keep learning. I&#x27;d never been here before. And I&#x27;m liking it. We&#x27;re having a really good winter here in Panama. Well, what I say in the financial world, it&#x27;s not the information that&#x27;s out there. It&#x27;s where you&#x27;re getting the information. So if you&#x27;re getting it from a biased source, guess what? It&#x27;s going to be biased. So that&#x27;s why we talk about in the financial world how important it is to deal with a fiduciary planning firm that has access to risk and safety.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> So you put that proper plan together. Now, let&#x27;s look at your rule number one in your book is spend like you want to grow rich. Now, what does that mean? Yeah, you know, many people think that wealthy people spend gobs of money. And that&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ll see on television. And you might read that in a flashy magazine and such. But the truth is that wealthy people spend far less than we often think they do, especially when we&#x27;re looking at depreciating assets like vehicles. It&#x27;s really interesting looking at, I mean, Thomas Stanley wrote about this in The Millionaire Next Door when he first published that book in 1996. And he continued his research. And then in 2019, a few years after his death, he was unfortunately killed in an automobile accident.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> He, his daughter, who he had been working on a new book with, ended up continuing the research and publishing a book called The Next Millionaire Next Door. And what that book showed was that the median price paid for a median price that a typical American millionaire paid for their latest car was $35,000. Now, what&#x27;s so interesting is this. So my wife and I have a condominium and there are 40 units in this place. And of my neighbors, you know, 39 neighbors there. It&#x27;s in Victoria, British Columbia. And if I go down into the parking area and I look around at the vehicles, I would say that probably the majority of those vehicles are worth more than $35,000.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But I&#x27;d be surprised if any of the people driving them are actually millionaires. Yeah. So that means they&#x27;re spending all their money on depreciation, depreciating assets, which is not the proper recipe, is it? You know, it&#x27;s not. And, you know, it becomes the norm because when you see other people doing it, like your neighbors are doing it, this just becomes what people do. And so you start thinking, because everyone else is doing it, it&#x27;s got to be at least normal. If not healthy, it&#x27;s normal. You don&#x27;t even think of it as unhealthy. But, you know, we do. We have this, I think, an unhealthy, most of us culturally have an unhealthy relationship with, I think, our desire to acquire stuff, depreciating assets. And often we borrow money to get them. Well, I don&#x27;t know if they have this bias yet. There&#x27;s like familiarity biases, all the biases.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> But what about the wealth bias? So you&#x27;re biased because you want to look wealthy. That&#x27;s what people buy. You know, when you, and I don&#x27;t know if your parents ever told you this. My dad never told me anything to spank. But mom would say, well, like if I came home and I did something wrong in school. And I said, well, mom, everyone else was doing it. And she would say, if everyone else was jumping off a cliff, would you do it too? And I would say no. And so that&#x27;s what happens here. You see everyone else blowing money and you decide, well, if they&#x27;re doing it, I could do it too. But the smart people, the rich people, they&#x27;re hiding in plain sight. And in your book, I learned a term. I&#x27;m honest. I didn&#x27;t know this term. The Deca Millionaire. And Thomas knew that. When I asked the guys when we were doing the show and that no one had seen the book yet, I said, what&#x27;s a Deca Millionaire? And Thomas knew it. And then one final point of that, and I want you to talk about this.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> But in that Deca Millionaire chapter in the book, and again, it&#x27;s chapter one, you talked about Warren Buffett in 2006 spent $55,000 on a Cadillac. The funny thing is, in 2005, I spent about that on the same Cadillac. I got a Cadillac SRX, which was the Hearst kind of one. It was a station wagon. I really loved that car. So I feel like Warren Buffett today. But Warren Buffett could buy million-dollar cars, and he&#x27;s sitting there buying, and it&#x27;s still a lot of money, but $55,000 Cadillac. Now explain the Deca Millionaire kind of philosophy and what gets people there and keeps them there. Well, it&#x27;s really spending less on depreciating assets like cars and thinking more about spending like a millionaire. And millionaires actually don&#x27;t typically dine out at really exclusive restaurants on a daily basis, for example.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Most millionaires don&#x27;t own Rolex watches. Most millionaires don&#x27;t go around buying extravagant jewelry or fancy brand-name purses. And that&#x27;s a total irony. If we were to grab the people that end up buying really expensive jewelry, really expensive purses, and really expensive cars, and we would like to corral them all into a room. Like we took, I don&#x27;t know, we found like a thousand of them. We went into an upscale parking lot. You found all these people that had these really high-end vehicles, and you jammed them all into a room, and you gave them truth serum. And you&#x27;re actually to ask them, like, how much money do you actually have? You&#x27;d find that most of them had really high salaries. So, you know, they might be doctors and lawyers and people that end up earning a lot of income. But they&#x27;re typically people that have low levels of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean that there aren&#x27;t rich people who end up driving really expensive cars. There are. But most rich people don&#x27;t. So it&#x27;s a great way of reframing things. Because, you know, what you&#x27;re not spending on an expensive vehicle, if you choose not to, you can put towards investing for your future. Yeah. You can put towards donating money to charitable causes. You can put towards potentially taking time off, a form of sabbatical to spend time with people you love and enjoy some really cool experiences. And generally speaking, you know, we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction. We think we do beforehand, but we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction from material acquisitions. Buyer&#x27;s remorse. Remember that term? Exactly. That&#x27;s what happens, too. You say, gosh, the little voice inside you said, I shouldn&#x27;t have done that.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Even though it felt good for the first couple minutes or first couple days, Buyer&#x27;s remorse kicks in and you realize you made a mistake. Hey, Andrew, this has been a fascinating interview. Do you have time? Can we hold you over one more segment to talk more about this same book here? I&#x27;d be thrilled to. Okay, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. You&#x27;re right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And you guys know that I love to talk to authors since I&#x27;m one myself. And this week we have a very special author joining us from Panama. Yeah, the country of Panama. And his name is Andrew Hollum. And he&#x27;s written the book, Millionaire Teacher, The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. And we talked about this a month or so ago on our show when I found this book. And I liked it so much and my staff loved it so much that I wanted to have the real author of the book on to talk from his own words what each chapter means or some of the chapters. And matter of fact, I like the book so much I bought a copy for everyone in my company&#x27;s organization. So I bought 20 copies and handed them out. And Thomas is nodding his head in there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Thomas, have you started to look at the – I mean, you guys like the book. I have started going through it. It&#x27;s great. There&#x27;s so little information out there that&#x27;s practical that anything that you can get your hands on is very valuable. This is like an owner&#x27;s manual for the financial world, I think. So I&#x27;ve written some books too. I like this book along with my seven baby steps. I think these books are both really good. But without further ado, let&#x27;s welcome Andrew in. Andrew, welcome in. Hey, thanks very much, guys. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. I&#x27;m glad you guys at least aren&#x27;t turned off by a middle schooler&#x27;s sense of humor because that&#x27;s basically all I&#x27;ve got. And that&#x27;s about all I put into Millionaire Teacher. Well, if people listen to this show, they appreciate a middle school sense of humor because that&#x27;s about what we do all the time. You even have the drum to go along with it. All right. So explain first why you&#x27;re logging into the show from Panama today.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What&#x27;s going on in Panama? Hey, it&#x27;s warm for starters. So my wife and I have been globally nomadic for about eight years. And so I grew up in Canada and I was a public school teacher there. And I took a year off in 2002. And just to travel, I decided I&#x27;m going to travel the world. I was super naive, thinking I could see the world in a year. And the principal at the school that I was at in Canada ended up getting a job at a private international school based on a U.S. curriculum, mostly American students, servicing mostly American families in Singapore. And he said, you should apply for this job. So I took that job. It was fantastic. I taught high school English and then eventually I taught high school personal finance.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And we thought we&#x27;d take a year off in 2014. We figured let&#x27;s take a year off, take a break, travel a little bit. And one year led to two, which has led to eight so far. And we&#x27;re enjoying it. We&#x27;re floating around all over the place. So Panama is where we currently are, but we don&#x27;t tend to be in any one spot longer than typically a handful of months. So when you do that, do you find what, and I&#x27;m just using a term that I hear, Airbnb, do you find little houses to rent? Or how do you go about that when you&#x27;re nomadic in retirement? Yeah, sometimes we do. Sometimes like right now we&#x27;re staying at an Airbnb. Yep. And other times like we&#x27;ll actually rent a place. Renting is far cheaper, of course. No middleman. Sometimes.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Yeah, exactly. And Panama&#x27;s got, I mean, great value for your money. So right now we&#x27;re on this. We&#x27;ve got this place on the 35th floor with this spectacular ocean view. And it&#x27;s about a thousand. It would be, if we were not doing the Airbnb thing, it&#x27;d be about a thousand dollars a month. And it has, you know, like a swimming pool on the top floor and it has a gym. And it&#x27;s got this great gazillion dollar view. Like it&#x27;s the most spectacular view I think I&#x27;ve ever seen from a building. It&#x27;s incredible. You&#x27;re talking about a thousand dollars a month. I know a guy who rented a place in Malibu, Airbnb, it was a thousand dollars a night. It didn&#x27;t have a pool. So what a deal. You know, one of the things that a lot of people have been trying to say, well, gosh, when I retire, I want my dollar to stretch further.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> So let me go to different countries. We heard a lot of people running to Mexico years ago and Mexico still running to Mexico. The one complaint I hear is security. It&#x27;s not the same safety feeling as we get in most neighborhoods here in America in Mexico. I don&#x27;t know what Panama is like. And you have to know it&#x27;s not going to be the same, but the food&#x27;s going to be different too. But I guess you guys like that. You know, what&#x27;s interesting is it&#x27;s when you&#x27;re looking at safety, it&#x27;s generally regional. So, you know, the United States is based on homicide rates per 100,000. It&#x27;s actually pretty low. And ironically, despite what we hear from the media, it&#x27;s safer to live in the United States now than it was in the 1990s. Wow. And the 1970s. But we don&#x27;t get that sense. Doesn&#x27;t seem like that, does it? You know, with the media, with the number one rule of media, and I know a lot of people in media, is if it bleeds, it leads.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It leads. So they get you to listen and watch and they keep you there and they keep it filled with negative news and get you all depressed in a half hour. And they&#x27;ve sold you a whole bunch of stuff like soap. Yeah. I mean, if you walk up and down the streets, you walk up and down the American streets and you ask people like, tell me about like homicide rate, gun violence, gun violence compared to how it was in the 90s and say the 1970s, they&#x27;ll tell you it&#x27;s way worse. Yeah. But if you look at FBI crime statistics on homicides per 100,000, it&#x27;s safer. It&#x27;s basically safer than it&#x27;s ever been. And so obviously there&#x27;s still issues. We still need to sort things out. But likewise, you know, when you get a place like Mexico, homicide rates pretty high. But again, it&#x27;s really regional. So you&#x27;ve got the port cities that are dangerous, the cities up by the U.S. border that are dangerous. Right. Anything where you&#x27;ve got, you know, drug movements back and forth.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Right, right. But there are pockets that are relatively safe. Having said that, Panama is another level. So Panama is far safer than Mexico. And with Panama, you can drink water out of the tap. It costs a little bit more to live in Panama or to be in Panama than it does to be in Mexico. But, you know, we&#x27;re, you know, the more I travel, guys, the more I realize I don&#x27;t know. And the more I realize, like, I have to keep learning. I&#x27;d never been here before. And I&#x27;m liking it. We&#x27;re having a really good winter here in Panama. Well, what I say in the financial world, it&#x27;s not the information that&#x27;s out there. It&#x27;s where you&#x27;re getting the information. So if you&#x27;re getting it from a biased source, guess what? It&#x27;s going to be biased. So that&#x27;s why we talk about in the financial world how important it is to deal with a fiduciary planning firm that has access to risk and safety.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> So you put that proper plan together. Now, let&#x27;s look at your rule number one in your book is spend like you want to grow rich. Now, what does that mean? Yeah, you know, many people think that wealthy people spend gobs of money. And that&#x27;s, you know, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ll see on television. And you might read that in a flashy magazine and such. But the truth is that wealthy people spend far less than we often think they do, especially when we&#x27;re looking at depreciating assets like vehicles. It&#x27;s really interesting looking at, I mean, Thomas Stanley wrote about this in The Millionaire Next Door when he first published that book in 1996. And he continued his research. And then in 2019, a few years after his death, he was unfortunately killed in an automobile accident.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> He, his daughter, who he had been working on a new book with, ended up continuing the research and publishing a book called The Next Millionaire Next Door. And what that book showed was that the median price paid for a median price that a typical American millionaire paid for their latest car was $35,000. Now, what&#x27;s so interesting is this. So my wife and I have a condominium and there are 40 units in this place. And of my neighbors, you know, 39 neighbors there. It&#x27;s in Victoria, British Columbia. And if I go down into the parking area and I look around at the vehicles, I would say that probably the majority of those vehicles are worth more than $35,000.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But I&#x27;d be surprised if any of the people driving them are actually millionaires. Yeah. So that means they&#x27;re spending all their money on depreciation, depreciating assets, which is not the proper recipe, is it? You know, it&#x27;s not. And, you know, it becomes the norm because when you see other people doing it, like your neighbors are doing it, this just becomes what people do. And so you start thinking, because everyone else is doing it, it&#x27;s got to be at least normal. If not healthy, it&#x27;s normal. You don&#x27;t even think of it as unhealthy. But, you know, we do. We have this, I think, an unhealthy, most of us culturally have an unhealthy relationship with, I think, our desire to acquire stuff, depreciating assets. And often we borrow money to get them. Well, I don&#x27;t know if they have this bias yet. There&#x27;s like familiarity biases, all the biases.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> But what about the wealth bias? So you&#x27;re biased because you want to look wealthy. That&#x27;s what people buy. You know, when you, and I don&#x27;t know if your parents ever told you this. My dad never told me anything to spank. But mom would say, well, like if I came home and I did something wrong in school. And I said, well, mom, everyone else was doing it. And she would say, if everyone else was jumping off a cliff, would you do it too? And I would say no. And so that&#x27;s what happens here. You see everyone else blowing money and you decide, well, if they&#x27;re doing it, I could do it too. But the smart people, the rich people, they&#x27;re hiding in plain sight. And in your book, I learned a term. I&#x27;m honest. I didn&#x27;t know this term. The Deca Millionaire. And Thomas knew that. When I asked the guys when we were doing the show and that no one had seen the book yet, I said, what&#x27;s a Deca Millionaire? And Thomas knew it. And then one final point of that, and I want you to talk about this.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> But in that Deca Millionaire chapter in the book, and again, it&#x27;s chapter one, you talked about Warren Buffett in 2006 spent $55,000 on a Cadillac. The funny thing is, in 2005, I spent about that on the same Cadillac. I got a Cadillac SRX, which was the Hearst kind of one. It was a station wagon. I really loved that car. So I feel like Warren Buffett today. But Warren Buffett could buy million-dollar cars, and he&#x27;s sitting there buying, and it&#x27;s still a lot of money, but $55,000 Cadillac. Now explain the Deca Millionaire kind of philosophy and what gets people there and keeps them there. Well, it&#x27;s really spending less on depreciating assets like cars and thinking more about spending like a millionaire. And millionaires actually don&#x27;t typically dine out at really exclusive restaurants on a daily basis, for example.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> Most millionaires don&#x27;t own Rolex watches. Most millionaires don&#x27;t go around buying extravagant jewelry or fancy brand-name purses. And that&#x27;s a total irony. If we were to grab the people that end up buying really expensive jewelry, really expensive purses, and really expensive cars, and we would like to corral them all into a room. Like we took, I don&#x27;t know, we found like a thousand of them. We went into an upscale parking lot. You found all these people that had these really high-end vehicles, and you jammed them all into a room, and you gave them truth serum. And you&#x27;re actually to ask them, like, how much money do you actually have? You&#x27;d find that most of them had really high salaries. So, you know, they might be doctors and lawyers and people that end up earning a lot of income. But they&#x27;re typically people that have low levels of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean that there aren&#x27;t rich people who end up driving really expensive cars. There are. But most rich people don&#x27;t. So it&#x27;s a great way of reframing things. Because, you know, what you&#x27;re not spending on an expensive vehicle, if you choose not to, you can put towards investing for your future. Yeah. You can put towards donating money to charitable causes. You can put towards potentially taking time off, a form of sabbatical to spend time with people you love and enjoy some really cool experiences. And generally speaking, you know, we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction. We think we do beforehand, but we don&#x27;t get a lot of satisfaction from material acquisitions. Buyer&#x27;s remorse. Remember that term? Exactly. That&#x27;s what happens, too. You say, gosh, the little voice inside you said, I shouldn&#x27;t have done that.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> Even though it felt good for the first couple minutes or first couple days, Buyer&#x27;s remorse kicks in and you realize you made a mistake. Hey, Andrew, this has been a fascinating interview. Do you have time? Can we hold you over one more segment to talk more about this same book here? I&#x27;d be thrilled to. Okay, folks. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. You&#x27;re right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Andrew Hallam joins Coach Pete to discuss Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School. They explore financial education and the lessons behind the book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Andrew Hallam</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Andrew Hallam, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/image.jpg?t=1792073669&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/2022-02-18-andrew-hallam-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/image.jpg?t=1792073669&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Feb 2022 17:47:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b59a5308-fb42-46d5-97f3-ae530124df31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11716532" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/2022-02-18-andrew-hallam-1</link>
      <itunes:order>61</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Millionaire Teacher and Financial Education" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Building Streams of Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Building Streams of Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss streams of income in retirement. They explore the difference between accumulating assets and using those assets to support life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Bessence. Folks we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari. Fascinating guest. We&#x27;ve had a mod before and every time we have mod people demand that we have mod again. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s written a couple books. The book we&#x27;re talking about today is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Tom that means a lot doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah and you know and I try to walk the walk. I said what good would it be if the guy who wrote the book Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy doesn&#x27;t retire and he&#x27;s not happy. So</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> that&#x27;s why I&#x27;ve kind of entered into my retirement. I&#x27;m kind of doing the hybrid retirement but I&#x27;d say I&#x27;m 70% retired now. You&#x27;re a pretty good golfer too. Well yeah I mean I won the club championship in 2020 at Flagstaff Ranch. I was the oldest club champion in course history and I would tell you this. That in my life is as big a moment as when I spoke main platform at MDRT or top of the table. I mean it was a big deal for me and you know but I&#x27;m being happy and I&#x27;m doing the things that I want to do in retirement and that&#x27;s what I want for your listeners. So happiness is defined differently by everyone but I think that no one complains and no one is unhappy when they have streams of income coming in retirement that will never go away until they do. How important is that? It&#x27;s very important. I mean you know the portfolio will do better if you add little guaranteed lifetime income because the</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> way that the income annuity functions inside of a portfolio it functions like a triple a rated bond because it&#x27;s guaranteed every single month as long as you&#x27;re breathing that check is coming. With a triple c rated yield the payout rate is much higher than what you&#x27;re going to get from a cd or a 10-year treasury with zero standard deviation it never fluctuates and so even the people who say they hate annuities I say okay well let&#x27;s throw the word annuity out what if I could get you a triple a rated bond with a triple c rated deal with zero standard deviation oh man I&#x27;d love that well yeah that&#x27;s how it functions inside of a portfolio so the portfolio will do better the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happier and now the latest research shows you&#x27;re likely to live longer as well because you have less stress you worry less because you&#x27;re being paid to live many people choose to live differently they watch what they eat they they exercise they see the doctor when they&#x27;re not</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> feeling well and all these things tend to cause people to live longer yeah all good points and when you have the money that&#x27;s coming in it gives you the availability to to live life on your terms instead of having to wait around to the next check comes because you build up streams of income and you can do what you want when you want to do it because every day is a saturday when you retire except for you you&#x27;re still having you still have a couple mondays in there because you&#x27;re semi-retired because you because you want to not because you have to though right right right and I I was just in san antonio yesterday and I I just realized why I don&#x27;t like traveling you know I mean I love speaking in front of people I don&#x27;t like the 35 hours I spend to get there and come back for a one hour presentation I think this is so much more efficient yeah well I mean being online is great I mean we&#x27;ve got so many more technology improvements coming down the pike and it&#x27;s going to make life simpler for those who can afford it and that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important to have streams of</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> income I know a lot of people listening and watching right now probably have big balances in IRAs or 401ks but they don&#x27;t have any idea what kind of income they get from that balance I mean how hard is it for someone to to come to the realization that they need to have that second opinion to show them income based on their lump sums yeah well you know Dr. Moshe Malevsky who&#x27;s in all my books but he&#x27;s in this movie the baby boomer dilemma he says you know we&#x27;re all getting wealthier we have more money and more money but that wealth buys us less and less income because interest rates are so down and so that&#x27;s why I think it&#x27;s so important to lock in these streams of guaranteed lifetime income and these annuities because they pay mortality credits that&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool the payout rates are much higher than what you&#x27;re going to get from other you know market</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> based income products that don&#x27;t have any mortality credits and people just really don&#x27;t understand that but I you know all the research shows like I said these PhDs are just lined up one after another an economist who who&#x27;s who stress the importance of using annuities in retirement let&#x27;s talk about the movie what&#x27;s it called again yeah it&#x27;s called the baby boomer dilemma that the the director is Doug Orchard he&#x27;s he&#x27;s he was also the director of power of zero he&#x27;s a he&#x27;s a world acclaimed uh uh director he&#x27;s had you know numerous uh shows on you know netflix and and and apple tv and all these places and so I mean he&#x27;s he&#x27;s a very well regarded director and he put this movie together that that features some of the top names we&#x27;re talking Nobel Prize winners Robert C. Merton Bill Sharp um you know</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Olivia Mitchell one of the smartest ladies in the world on retirement income Dr. David Babel Dr. Moshe Malevsky so I mean this is loaded but then throughout the movie there&#x27;s a real world family that&#x27;s dealing with a choice should they keep their pension should they switch it to a 401k and what happens if the market goes down so there&#x27;s so there&#x27;s all these experts but then there&#x27;s a there&#x27;s a narrative throughout the entire movie and it&#x27;s not any type of sales presentation whatsoever it is a true documentary it got a rating from the motion picture association they will not give a rating if they&#x27;re if if somebody comes in with an agenda this is a non-agenda movie it&#x27;s looking at retirement uh through the eyes of some of the smartest retirement research they have the father of the 401k in this movie tom henna all right so it&#x27;s yeah well i had well i i&#x27;m i&#x27;m in there too but yeah the father of 401k is</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> in there and it&#x27;s pretty interesting well it&#x27;s amazing but that was when the burden got shifted from the companies to yourself when we were talking about funding your retirement and a lot of people haven&#x27;t haven&#x27;t had that wake-up call yet but as more of our friends retire or try to retire and don&#x27;t have the income streams they thought they&#x27;re going to have we&#x27;re going to have more and more people paying attention to guaranteed lifetime income and you&#x27;re dealing with that bubble wealth these people see their 401k balances they think they&#x27;re rich you know i&#x27;ve got a you know i got a million bucks for my 401k if people say that to me and i say well i say how much of that is yours yeah and they say what do you mean it&#x27;s all mine i said it&#x27;s not yours you have a partner and you&#x27;re only the limited partner the government is the general partner and you have no idea how much they&#x27;re going to take from your 401k i mean right now it&#x27;s 36 37 38 39 percent but what happens if it goes to 70</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> or 80 or 60 you have no idea how much of that 401k is actually going to be yours and and that&#x27;s why i&#x27;m trying to get rid of all of my 401k and ira dollars and put it into things where i know what i&#x27;ve got and it&#x27;s coming to me tax-free that&#x27;s what i think is going to be so important a lot of people watching listening and they know they&#x27;ve got these big gains and they know it can&#x27;t go up forever it&#x27;s no jam there&#x27;s no jack in the beanstalk here my daughter carrie 16 years old taught me a term and i think it it applies to a lot of folks who have these big gains but are afraid to liquidate or don&#x27;t want to it&#x27;s called fomo fear of missing out they they fear that if they liquidate tomorrow the market will continue to go up and they&#x27;ll be behind they&#x27;ll think they could have made that money but we don&#x27;t i mean when we sit down with folks we don&#x27;t say liquidate all your money just portions of your money to reallocate so that if the market tanks you don&#x27;t go to the nice house to the poor house that you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> have a a situation where you have core money that you&#x27;re never going to lose and you&#x27;re going to have an income stream and then gamble money which is explore money nothing wrong with having some gamble money but only after we have a retirement fund to take care of yeah i&#x27;m not against the stock market i have money in the market but most most of my money is has some protection on it so like if the market goes up 20 or 30 i get to participate in that but if the market crashes i&#x27;m not going to lose all my money and i think that&#x27;s what&#x27;s so important is that you put some safety nets under your bubble wealth otherwise if it all goes away people are going to be very very unhappy that they didn&#x27;t lock in some of their gains folks just to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track if you want your review of your situation you can always text plan plan to 600 700 that&#x27;s plan to 600 700 tom life</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> insurance they&#x27;ve got a bad name too for a while because i think it has a connotation if you have to die to benefit from it but over the last five or so years the life insurance industry has stepped up and now you don&#x27;t have to die to benefit from a life insurance policy yeah you know people are shocked when they know that my my life insurance premium is 226 000 a year i put 226 000 a year into my life insurance because i want to have millions and millions of dollars available to me tax-free and and and i do now and and so you know people think oh that&#x27;s crazy it&#x27;s not crazy you find some of the wealthiest people in this country you know walt disney started walt disney from his life insurance policy jc penny started jc penny from life insurance policy ray crock started mcdonald&#x27;s from their life insurance policy i can tell you there are farmers and ranchers all over the country who&#x27;ve been saved</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> by the cash value in their life insurance policy and when times got tough they were able to take money out of there and continue their farming operation so that they could continue to become wealthy so i think the people who figured it out are the wealthy people the smart people have figured it out everybody else thinks oh it&#x27;s an expense it&#x27;s not an expense i want to put as much as i can into there that and if you start looking at it as an asset instead of an expense it&#x27;s going to change your whole thinking on life insurance it&#x27;s done right it&#x27;s streams of income that are now tax-free as well absolutely tax-free is going to be bigger and bigger as we go it&#x27;s going to be it&#x27;s going to be bigger and bigger and you know it&#x27;s not a republican or democrat issue it&#x27;s a math problem we need a math party because these parties can&#x27;t add and subtract and the math says taxes are going to have to go we need to teach math to congress that&#x27;s right that would be a good tutorial session right there but</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> there&#x27;s an added benefit because of long-term care the problem with traditional long-term care it was always hard to find a company that was going to keep the policy the same way that you bought was going to be there when you needed it and there&#x27;s been dirty tricks played in the long-term care world but now life insurance companies have said you can take some of your death benefit out tax-free if you have a special policy set up with the life insurance company and that will go towards paying any kind of long-term care situation you have yeah you know long-term care is the one thing most people forget about they can wipe out their entire life savings and and the way i used to explain this life insurance type policy is let&#x27;s say somebody had a hundred thousand dollars down at the bank or something i&#x27;d say okay you move that over here i draw a circle i put the hundred thousand in there this is your money and most of these policies have a money-back guarantee so if you have an emergency you</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> can get it out it&#x27;s going to earn an interest rate probably better than the bank it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred but it&#x27;s there as an emergency fund and then i draw a bigger circle and say but here&#x27;s the death benefit if you don&#x27;t use that and you die your family gets this tax-free and i&#x27;d write the amount of that death benefit and i said but what if you don&#x27;t die what if you need long-term care there&#x27;s a bigger circle and i&#x27;d write what the long-term care benefit is so this one this one policy can do three things it can be an emergency fund it can be a death benefit tax-free to your family or it can be a tax-free benefit for you if you need long-term care and i think this three things in one is going to resonate with a lot of people well it really makes a lot of sense i mean and many people are watching right now they may have or listening they may have a life insurance policy but they&#x27;re saying gosh do i have what is that the right policy or and life insurance rates have come down the last</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> 10 years maybe you&#x27;re overpaying for policy that doesn&#x27;t have what you need in it so we encourage anyone who&#x27;s listening or watching that has a life insurance policy or wants to find out how to get the right one to text us and all you have to do is to text to 600 700 you text the word life l-i-f-e to 600 700 and we can get a review for you we can also give you some prices and some forward-looking illustrations of what you could do if you do the right thing in the life insurance policy but getting that audit and review of your current policy is valuable and tom like we always say never cancel your current policy until you have a new policy in your hand absolutely and you know a lot of people just have money sitting around doing not much it&#x27;s sitting in a money market fund or sitting in a cd or a bank account earning less than one percent that&#x27;s perfect money where you can have because there&#x27;s really there&#x27;s really not a cost i mean there&#x27;s internal fees but i mean if you move</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> a hundred thousand in the whole hundred thousand goes in you get the emergency fund based on a hundred thousand plus whatever grows you get the death benefit that&#x27;s bigger than the hundred thousand you get the long-term care benefit and so you know i don&#x27;t know why somebody would keep a hundred grand sitting in a bank account or in less than one percent when it can be doing three things at the same time sounds like one of those infomercials but wait there&#x27;s more in a good way yeah well i don&#x27;t and and your listeners need no i don&#x27;t sell any financial products i don&#x27;t sell annuities i don&#x27;t sell life insurance i don&#x27;t sell long-term care insurance i just take the research of the top phds in the world and try to share that with advisors and with consumers so that they can that they can be knowledgeable when they make their decisions but see that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important to work with an advisor like you coach because i don&#x27;t believe retirement is a do-it-yourself project you know you don&#x27;t do your own dental work in your garage with your drill set and i don&#x27;t think you got to be doing your</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> retirement planning either and i stick to that i agree and folks uh if you want a copy i&#x27;ve got 20 copies of this book it&#x27;s don&#x27;t worry retire happy and we&#x27;ve got 20 copies for the next 20 of you call we&#x27;ll get that you also get a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan thomas will tell you how you do that</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss streams of income in retirement. They explore the difference between accumulating assets and using those assets to support life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Bessence. Folks we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari. Fascinating guest. We&#x27;ve had a mod before and every time we have mod people demand that we have mod again. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s written a couple books. The book we&#x27;re talking about today is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Tom that means a lot doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah and you know and I try to walk the walk. I said what good would it be if the guy who wrote the book Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy doesn&#x27;t retire and he&#x27;s not happy. So</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> that&#x27;s why I&#x27;ve kind of entered into my retirement. I&#x27;m kind of doing the hybrid retirement but I&#x27;d say I&#x27;m 70% retired now. You&#x27;re a pretty good golfer too. Well yeah I mean I won the club championship in 2020 at Flagstaff Ranch. I was the oldest club champion in course history and I would tell you this. That in my life is as big a moment as when I spoke main platform at MDRT or top of the table. I mean it was a big deal for me and you know but I&#x27;m being happy and I&#x27;m doing the things that I want to do in retirement and that&#x27;s what I want for your listeners. So happiness is defined differently by everyone but I think that no one complains and no one is unhappy when they have streams of income coming in retirement that will never go away until they do. How important is that? It&#x27;s very important. I mean you know the portfolio will do better if you add little guaranteed lifetime income because the</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> way that the income annuity functions inside of a portfolio it functions like a triple a rated bond because it&#x27;s guaranteed every single month as long as you&#x27;re breathing that check is coming. With a triple c rated yield the payout rate is much higher than what you&#x27;re going to get from a cd or a 10-year treasury with zero standard deviation it never fluctuates and so even the people who say they hate annuities I say okay well let&#x27;s throw the word annuity out what if I could get you a triple a rated bond with a triple c rated deal with zero standard deviation oh man I&#x27;d love that well yeah that&#x27;s how it functions inside of a portfolio so the portfolio will do better the research shows you&#x27;re going to be happier and now the latest research shows you&#x27;re likely to live longer as well because you have less stress you worry less because you&#x27;re being paid to live many people choose to live differently they watch what they eat they they exercise they see the doctor when they&#x27;re not</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> feeling well and all these things tend to cause people to live longer yeah all good points and when you have the money that&#x27;s coming in it gives you the availability to to live life on your terms instead of having to wait around to the next check comes because you build up streams of income and you can do what you want when you want to do it because every day is a saturday when you retire except for you you&#x27;re still having you still have a couple mondays in there because you&#x27;re semi-retired because you because you want to not because you have to though right right right and I I was just in san antonio yesterday and I I just realized why I don&#x27;t like traveling you know I mean I love speaking in front of people I don&#x27;t like the 35 hours I spend to get there and come back for a one hour presentation I think this is so much more efficient yeah well I mean being online is great I mean we&#x27;ve got so many more technology improvements coming down the pike and it&#x27;s going to make life simpler for those who can afford it and that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important to have streams of</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> income I know a lot of people listening and watching right now probably have big balances in IRAs or 401ks but they don&#x27;t have any idea what kind of income they get from that balance I mean how hard is it for someone to to come to the realization that they need to have that second opinion to show them income based on their lump sums yeah well you know Dr. Moshe Malevsky who&#x27;s in all my books but he&#x27;s in this movie the baby boomer dilemma he says you know we&#x27;re all getting wealthier we have more money and more money but that wealth buys us less and less income because interest rates are so down and so that&#x27;s why I think it&#x27;s so important to lock in these streams of guaranteed lifetime income and these annuities because they pay mortality credits that&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool the payout rates are much higher than what you&#x27;re going to get from other you know market</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> based income products that don&#x27;t have any mortality credits and people just really don&#x27;t understand that but I you know all the research shows like I said these PhDs are just lined up one after another an economist who who&#x27;s who stress the importance of using annuities in retirement let&#x27;s talk about the movie what&#x27;s it called again yeah it&#x27;s called the baby boomer dilemma that the the director is Doug Orchard he&#x27;s he&#x27;s he was also the director of power of zero he&#x27;s a he&#x27;s a world acclaimed uh uh director he&#x27;s had you know numerous uh shows on you know netflix and and and apple tv and all these places and so I mean he&#x27;s he&#x27;s a very well regarded director and he put this movie together that that features some of the top names we&#x27;re talking Nobel Prize winners Robert C. Merton Bill Sharp um you know</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Olivia Mitchell one of the smartest ladies in the world on retirement income Dr. David Babel Dr. Moshe Malevsky so I mean this is loaded but then throughout the movie there&#x27;s a real world family that&#x27;s dealing with a choice should they keep their pension should they switch it to a 401k and what happens if the market goes down so there&#x27;s so there&#x27;s all these experts but then there&#x27;s a there&#x27;s a narrative throughout the entire movie and it&#x27;s not any type of sales presentation whatsoever it is a true documentary it got a rating from the motion picture association they will not give a rating if they&#x27;re if if somebody comes in with an agenda this is a non-agenda movie it&#x27;s looking at retirement uh through the eyes of some of the smartest retirement research they have the father of the 401k in this movie tom henna all right so it&#x27;s yeah well i had well i i&#x27;m i&#x27;m in there too but yeah the father of 401k is</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> in there and it&#x27;s pretty interesting well it&#x27;s amazing but that was when the burden got shifted from the companies to yourself when we were talking about funding your retirement and a lot of people haven&#x27;t haven&#x27;t had that wake-up call yet but as more of our friends retire or try to retire and don&#x27;t have the income streams they thought they&#x27;re going to have we&#x27;re going to have more and more people paying attention to guaranteed lifetime income and you&#x27;re dealing with that bubble wealth these people see their 401k balances they think they&#x27;re rich you know i&#x27;ve got a you know i got a million bucks for my 401k if people say that to me and i say well i say how much of that is yours yeah and they say what do you mean it&#x27;s all mine i said it&#x27;s not yours you have a partner and you&#x27;re only the limited partner the government is the general partner and you have no idea how much they&#x27;re going to take from your 401k i mean right now it&#x27;s 36 37 38 39 percent but what happens if it goes to 70</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> or 80 or 60 you have no idea how much of that 401k is actually going to be yours and and that&#x27;s why i&#x27;m trying to get rid of all of my 401k and ira dollars and put it into things where i know what i&#x27;ve got and it&#x27;s coming to me tax-free that&#x27;s what i think is going to be so important a lot of people watching listening and they know they&#x27;ve got these big gains and they know it can&#x27;t go up forever it&#x27;s no jam there&#x27;s no jack in the beanstalk here my daughter carrie 16 years old taught me a term and i think it it applies to a lot of folks who have these big gains but are afraid to liquidate or don&#x27;t want to it&#x27;s called fomo fear of missing out they they fear that if they liquidate tomorrow the market will continue to go up and they&#x27;ll be behind they&#x27;ll think they could have made that money but we don&#x27;t i mean when we sit down with folks we don&#x27;t say liquidate all your money just portions of your money to reallocate so that if the market tanks you don&#x27;t go to the nice house to the poor house that you</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> have a a situation where you have core money that you&#x27;re never going to lose and you&#x27;re going to have an income stream and then gamble money which is explore money nothing wrong with having some gamble money but only after we have a retirement fund to take care of yeah i&#x27;m not against the stock market i have money in the market but most most of my money is has some protection on it so like if the market goes up 20 or 30 i get to participate in that but if the market crashes i&#x27;m not going to lose all my money and i think that&#x27;s what&#x27;s so important is that you put some safety nets under your bubble wealth otherwise if it all goes away people are going to be very very unhappy that they didn&#x27;t lock in some of their gains folks just to make sure you&#x27;re on the right track if you want your review of your situation you can always text plan plan to 600 700 that&#x27;s plan to 600 700 tom life</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> insurance they&#x27;ve got a bad name too for a while because i think it has a connotation if you have to die to benefit from it but over the last five or so years the life insurance industry has stepped up and now you don&#x27;t have to die to benefit from a life insurance policy yeah you know people are shocked when they know that my my life insurance premium is 226 000 a year i put 226 000 a year into my life insurance because i want to have millions and millions of dollars available to me tax-free and and and i do now and and so you know people think oh that&#x27;s crazy it&#x27;s not crazy you find some of the wealthiest people in this country you know walt disney started walt disney from his life insurance policy jc penny started jc penny from life insurance policy ray crock started mcdonald&#x27;s from their life insurance policy i can tell you there are farmers and ranchers all over the country who&#x27;ve been saved</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> by the cash value in their life insurance policy and when times got tough they were able to take money out of there and continue their farming operation so that they could continue to become wealthy so i think the people who figured it out are the wealthy people the smart people have figured it out everybody else thinks oh it&#x27;s an expense it&#x27;s not an expense i want to put as much as i can into there that and if you start looking at it as an asset instead of an expense it&#x27;s going to change your whole thinking on life insurance it&#x27;s done right it&#x27;s streams of income that are now tax-free as well absolutely tax-free is going to be bigger and bigger as we go it&#x27;s going to be it&#x27;s going to be bigger and bigger and you know it&#x27;s not a republican or democrat issue it&#x27;s a math problem we need a math party because these parties can&#x27;t add and subtract and the math says taxes are going to have to go we need to teach math to congress that&#x27;s right that would be a good tutorial session right there but</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> there&#x27;s an added benefit because of long-term care the problem with traditional long-term care it was always hard to find a company that was going to keep the policy the same way that you bought was going to be there when you needed it and there&#x27;s been dirty tricks played in the long-term care world but now life insurance companies have said you can take some of your death benefit out tax-free if you have a special policy set up with the life insurance company and that will go towards paying any kind of long-term care situation you have yeah you know long-term care is the one thing most people forget about they can wipe out their entire life savings and and the way i used to explain this life insurance type policy is let&#x27;s say somebody had a hundred thousand dollars down at the bank or something i&#x27;d say okay you move that over here i draw a circle i put the hundred thousand in there this is your money and most of these policies have a money-back guarantee so if you have an emergency you</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> can get it out it&#x27;s going to earn an interest rate probably better than the bank it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred but it&#x27;s there as an emergency fund and then i draw a bigger circle and say but here&#x27;s the death benefit if you don&#x27;t use that and you die your family gets this tax-free and i&#x27;d write the amount of that death benefit and i said but what if you don&#x27;t die what if you need long-term care there&#x27;s a bigger circle and i&#x27;d write what the long-term care benefit is so this one this one policy can do three things it can be an emergency fund it can be a death benefit tax-free to your family or it can be a tax-free benefit for you if you need long-term care and i think this three things in one is going to resonate with a lot of people well it really makes a lot of sense i mean and many people are watching right now they may have or listening they may have a life insurance policy but they&#x27;re saying gosh do i have what is that the right policy or and life insurance rates have come down the last</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> 10 years maybe you&#x27;re overpaying for policy that doesn&#x27;t have what you need in it so we encourage anyone who&#x27;s listening or watching that has a life insurance policy or wants to find out how to get the right one to text us and all you have to do is to text to 600 700 you text the word life l-i-f-e to 600 700 and we can get a review for you we can also give you some prices and some forward-looking illustrations of what you could do if you do the right thing in the life insurance policy but getting that audit and review of your current policy is valuable and tom like we always say never cancel your current policy until you have a new policy in your hand absolutely and you know a lot of people just have money sitting around doing not much it&#x27;s sitting in a money market fund or sitting in a cd or a bank account earning less than one percent that&#x27;s perfect money where you can have because there&#x27;s really there&#x27;s really not a cost i mean there&#x27;s internal fees but i mean if you move</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> a hundred thousand in the whole hundred thousand goes in you get the emergency fund based on a hundred thousand plus whatever grows you get the death benefit that&#x27;s bigger than the hundred thousand you get the long-term care benefit and so you know i don&#x27;t know why somebody would keep a hundred grand sitting in a bank account or in less than one percent when it can be doing three things at the same time sounds like one of those infomercials but wait there&#x27;s more in a good way yeah well i don&#x27;t and and your listeners need no i don&#x27;t sell any financial products i don&#x27;t sell annuities i don&#x27;t sell life insurance i don&#x27;t sell long-term care insurance i just take the research of the top phds in the world and try to share that with advisors and with consumers so that they can that they can be knowledgeable when they make their decisions but see that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important to work with an advisor like you coach because i don&#x27;t believe retirement is a do-it-yourself project you know you don&#x27;t do your own dental work in your garage with your drill set and i don&#x27;t think you got to be doing your</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> retirement planning either and i stick to that i agree and folks uh if you want a copy i&#x27;ve got 20 copies of this book it&#x27;s don&#x27;t worry retire happy and we&#x27;ve got 20 copies for the next 20 of you call we&#x27;ll get that you also get a golden ticket for your very own total retirement plan thomas will tell you how you do that</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss streams of income in retirement. They explore the difference between accumulating assets and using those assets to support life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd/image.jpg?t=1792073684&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-and-streams-of-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd/image.jpg?t=1792073684&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Dec 2021 20:11:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>774</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f6646504-df22-444a-ac84-ae3d014b31bd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12418316" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-and-streams-of-income</link>
      <itunes:order>62</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Building Streams of Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Bubble Wealth and Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Bubble Wealth and Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss the idea of bubble wealth. They consider how changes in asset values can affect the way people think about retirement savings and income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vessence. Well folks we&#x27;ve got a really good guest today. He&#x27;s a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show numerous times over the last 10 or 15 years. He&#x27;s one of my great buddies in the financial world. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna. If you&#x27;ve seen public TV you&#x27;ve probably seen his special Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. He even has a book called Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy which is really neat as well and a DVD. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of this. We&#x27;ve got some copies of this.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> We&#x27;re going to talk about how you can get your hands on these in the future. But more importantly we have Mr. Tom Hegna right on the line. Tom welcome in. Hey coach. Great to be with you again. It&#x27;s beautiful these days the technology. So a lot of folks are listening on the radio but a lot of folks are also watching our TV show at the same time. The beauty of the technology these days is we&#x27;re able you&#x27;re sitting in your office and I&#x27;m sitting in North Carolina. You&#x27;re in Arizona I think. Are you in Arizona this week? Yeah Arizona this week. And I&#x27;m in North Carolina and it&#x27;s spontaneous and instantaneous what we can talk to each other and see each other. It&#x27;s beautiful. So let&#x27;s talk about something. I heard you say a term the other day and I wanted to talk to this talk to the audience about it. It&#x27;s called bubble wealth. What is bubble wealth? Well you know I listened to a podcast with Dr. Michael Finca and Dr. David Blanchett.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Now these are two of the smartest PhDs around the subject of retirement. And they were talking about this concept of bubble wealth. And all it means is that right now the market&#x27;s up. You know crypto&#x27;s been up. Real estate is up. And everybody feels very wealthy. And they&#x27;re making plans. They&#x27;re quitting their jobs. They&#x27;re retiring. They&#x27;re doing all this stuff based on this bubble wealth. But when this market goes on. And the reason it&#x27;s a bubble is because all this money that&#x27;s been printed. The trillions of dollars of this bond buying by the Fed. And the trillions of dollars being spent by our government for COVID. And all this other stuff. And all this money&#x27;s going into the market. And it&#x27;s driving prices of everything. And we&#x27;re seeing inflation. But we&#x27;re seeing asset inflation too. And much of it is really a bubble. And when everybody heads for the exit at the same time.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Because at some point the market&#x27;s going to go down. Crypto&#x27;s going to go down. It&#x27;s going to get really ugly. And then people are going to be stuck with whatever they have left. And what I&#x27;m trying to encourage people to do. Is turn their bubble wealth into real wealth. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve been talking about a lot lately. Okay so step number one. And identifying if we have too much bubble wealth. We also call this paper profits. Many times if you have a lot of wealth. Maybe it&#x27;s time to realize some of that wealth. But what&#x27;s step two. If you realize you&#x27;re in way too much risk. But you have a lot of gain. What&#x27;s the step two to re-diversify I guess. Well I mean I&#x27;ll use me as an example. I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. You know I kind of announced my retirement last year. I&#x27;m about 70% retired. But I have been converting my IRAs and 401ks to Roth. Okay. And many of those Roth are in income annuities.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So they guarantee me now tax-free income for the rest of my life. I&#x27;ve been moving more of my personal wealth. Out of my brokerage account into cash value life insurance. Which may sound boring to some people. But it&#x27;s a way to secure your wealth. Because it&#x27;s not going to go down when the market crashes. And yet it can still you know have some upside potential as well. Plus it gives me tax-free income in retirement. And I think having tax-free income in retirement. Is going to be so important. Because with all this spending. You know it&#x27;s not free. And when they get up and say oh this is free. It&#x27;s not free. Somebody&#x27;s got to pay for it. And it&#x27;s going to be taxes. And we&#x27;re 28 going on 29 trillion dollars in debt. The debt&#x27;s climbing at 4 billion dollars every single morning. We have 200 trillion dollars of unfunded obligations. For social security, medicare, medicaid, government pensions, military pensions.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> Taxes are going to go up. So I believe these are the lowest tax rates I&#x27;m going to see for the rest of my life. So I&#x27;m trying to lock in my bubble wealth into real wealth. In ways that I can get tax-free income in the future. You identified two financial termites here. Taxation and too much risk. Those can eat people alive when they&#x27;re not really paying attention. And so what do you tell the person that says well Tom I love the idea of realizing some of this gain. This big gain. But I don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax. Well okay so there&#x27;s ways you can tax harvest. You know I know the market. The indexes are near all-time highs. But I&#x27;ve never seen so many stocks. Individual stocks that are down 40, 50, 60, 70, 80%. And these are companies that were boomers. Like you know Peloton and Roku and Square and PayPal. And you know I mean these are real stocks.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And they&#x27;re way down. And so I know in almost every one of your listeners portfolios. They have some winners. And they have some losers. This would be a great time to sell some of your losers. And then you can sell your winners. And if you sell the equal amount you don&#x27;t have to pay any taxes. So you can harvest some of your gains by taking it against some of your losses. And I would recommend looking at doing that. That&#x27;s the ultimate strategy right there. But if we don&#x27;t. After all. If we still have a bunch more of gain we haven&#x27;t realized. Because we&#x27;ve gone through all the tax harvesting. My next point is I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And if we wait too long. Like you&#x27;re talking about. You mentioned all those great companies were skyrocketing a couple years ago. And now they&#x27;ve hit the ground. We don&#x27;t want to watch our wealth disappear like that either. And pop in that bubble wealth.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Right. I always tell people you don&#x27;t want to let the tax tail wag the dog. You know I&#x27;ve had so many people who said well I don&#x27;t want to sell because I have to pay a lot of taxes. So they don&#x27;t sell. The market crashes. And then they don&#x27;t have any gains anyway. So you know it&#x27;s better to pay tax on a gain than to you know have more losses. Well when we talk about that that seems to be a very important ingredient to a happy retirement. When you&#x27;re not worrying if you have number one less taxation. But number two income streams. Let&#x27;s talk about income streams. Yeah well the you know the Wall Street Journal had the headline. The secret to a happier retirement. And friends neighbors and a fixed annuity. And they were talking about an income annuity. That the happiest people in retirement are the people surrounded by their friends. Surrounded by their families. Who have guaranteed paychecks every single month. At Time Magazine found the same thing in Great Britain.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> Lifetime income stream key to retirement happiness. Towers Watson. They&#x27;re not even in the insurance industry. They did a whole white paper on annuities and retirement happiness. The American College wrote a whole article on how annuities help with happiness and retirement. So we found that people who incorporate annuities in their portfolio. Number one their portfolio does better. It lowers the risk and increases the returns. Number two we found they&#x27;re happier. And now the new research shows they&#x27;re likely to live longer as well. So you know for those reasons I own 11 annuities. And there&#x27;s this movie that came out. This baby boomer dilemma. Dr. David Babel in that movie disclosed that he owns 14 annuities. And so he&#x27;s one of the smartest people ever to study retirement.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And he had 14 annuities. I&#x27;ve got 11 of them. And you know all those PhDs and researchers. They&#x27;re the ones that own the annuities. Because the math and science says you should have one. Great story about Dr. David Babel. I think it was 2009 I had him on my show. And he was getting ready to retire. And he was very adamant about researching annuities. And so he was I mean he was researching for himself. But he&#x27;s also turned into a research project. And he&#x27;s been very successful in his retirement strategy. Yeah I mean unfortunately he died in May. But yeah but he explained his entire strategy in that movie. The baby boomer dilemma. And there&#x27;s even some extra footage that the director made available. That even once you watch the movie there&#x27;s some extra footage. If you want to watch it on his full interview.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> But yeah he&#x27;s in all my books. You know he&#x27;s in paychecks and playchecks. He&#x27;s in don&#x27;t worry retire happy. And he&#x27;s one of the smartest people in the subject of retirement. Well I&#x27;m sad to hear that he passed away. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I mean it&#x27;s amazing when you start hearing about people that. I guess we&#x27;re getting older Thomas. We start hearing about people dying that we used to know. And that&#x27;s not fun. But we don&#x27;t want our income to ever die. And so let&#x27;s talk about this. Why is there a negative connotation or negative words. And negative articles about annuities from other planners many times. Well I you know I just did a post today about these fake fiduciaries. These are financial advisors who say they&#x27;re fiduciaries. But they don&#x27;t use annuities life insurance or long-term care. They can&#x27;t be fiduciaries. I mean that&#x27;s ridiculous. They may be investment fiduciary.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> But they&#x27;re not retirement fiduciaries. Well I mean I think the insurance industry did a little bit of it to themselves. Because as you know 15 years ago there were some bad annuities out there. There were annuities with you know long surrender charges. High surrender charges. Paying high commissions to advisors. I don&#x27;t see those anymore. I think they&#x27;ve been pretty much weeded out. But there&#x27;s still some bad aftertaste from some of those. But then there&#x27;s you know these people on TV who have agendas. That they want you to invest with them. Because they have high fees. And they don&#x27;t want to you know they can&#x27;t compete against Vanguard or Fidelity. So they pick against annuities. But the difference is if your broker has high fees. And you lose money. I mean you lose money. But in a variable. And it&#x27;s really only the variable annuities that have the high fees. The other annuities are not even fee products.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> So the variable annuities do have fees. And they are higher than a mutual fund. But it&#x27;s because they guarantee that you&#x27;re not going to lose money if the market crashes. I mean what&#x27;s that worth? You got to look at the value. Not at the fee. And then you know the fact that most annuities are not fee products. A single premium median annuity is not a fee product. A deferred income annuity is not a fee product. A fixed annuity is not a fee product. A base fixed indexed annuity is not a fee product. They&#x27;re called spread products. And so really it&#x27;s only the variable annuities and some optional riders that have fees. And I think that&#x27;s a big misconception among a lot of people. It&#x27;s funny when somebody writes about annuity. They&#x27;re digging up the old ones that don&#x27;t exist anymore when they want to be negative many times. And so yeah it&#x27;s very important to know that a planner who&#x27;s a true fiduciary has everything from risk to safety. And if you&#x27;re not offering safety then you&#x27;re not really a fiduciary.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> There&#x27;s a planner I saw on a website. He has a $10,000 annual fee. He charges his clients and then he manages their money for another fee. But his fee is $10,000 based on your assets. And he is totally negative about annuities but he claims to be a fiduciary. How is he a fiduciary? Yeah I think the fiduciary. See there&#x27;s not a good fiduciary standard. That&#x27;s the problem. And until they start you know convicting some of these people claiming to be fiduciaries who are not using annuities or life insurance or long term care insurance. They&#x27;ve really got to do enforcement actions on those people because they&#x27;re not doing what&#x27;s in the best interest of their clients. The research is clear. You know Dr. Moshe Malevsky in the movie says economists argue about everything. They argue about inflation, interest rates, you know unemployment, what level is good. But they don&#x27;t argue about annuities. The only thing they discuss about annuities is what type and when and how much should go into an annuity.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You&#x27;re not going to find economists and PhDs who are against annuities. You&#x27;re just not going to find it because the research is clear. Well it just means when I saw that when someone has a $10,000 minimum annual fee, it could be more, every single year. Are you really doing the best thing for the client when you&#x27;re starting them negative $10,000 every single year? I don&#x27;t think so. Right. Let&#x27;s talk, we&#x27;ve got about one more minute here in this segment then we&#x27;re going to have you on for another one to talk about the movie you&#x27;re talking about there and everything. And I want to talk about Paychecks and Playchecks, the first book you wrote and how important it is to have that retirement paycheck for life. We call it a financial fill-up strategy. But what inspired you to write the Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy book? Well I had given the Paychecks and Playchecks presentation down in San Diego about eight or nine years ago at a big industry meeting. And there was somebody there from PBS and they said, Tom, we want to do a PBS TV special.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> People need to hear this. But we&#x27;re not sure they&#x27;d really understand this paycheck and playcheck thing. We would need a simpler title. So I wrote the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy. And the difference is, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy is broader. It talks about having a plan, working with a financial professional, maximizing social security benefits, considering a hybrid strategy, having a plan to protect yourself against inflation, the importance of guaranteed income and retirement, having a plan for long-term care, using home equity wisely, and then using life insurance as the most efficient way to pass wealth to children, grandchildren, and charities. You&#x27;re supposed to spend your money, not leave any money. Don&#x27;t leave any money to kids. Spend your money. Leave them life insurance because you can do that for pennies on the dollar. I had a client one time. I said, well, you know, why are you flying first class all the time? He said, if I don&#x27;t, my daughter will. So basically someone&#x27;s going to spend the money.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> You need to enjoy your money, that&#x27;s your life, your retirement, make sure that you&#x27;re set, and then if and when you pass away, your spouse is taken care of, and then when both of you are gone, everyone&#x27;s taken care of. And so, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about the true strategies of a total fiduciary plan, Thomas is going to tell you how you can do that right now.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss the idea of bubble wealth. They consider how changes in asset values can affect the way people think about retirement savings and income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Vessence. Well folks we&#x27;ve got a really good guest today. He&#x27;s a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show numerous times over the last 10 or 15 years. He&#x27;s one of my great buddies in the financial world. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna. If you&#x27;ve seen public TV you&#x27;ve probably seen his special Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. He even has a book called Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy which is really neat as well and a DVD. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of this. We&#x27;ve got some copies of this.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> We&#x27;re going to talk about how you can get your hands on these in the future. But more importantly we have Mr. Tom Hegna right on the line. Tom welcome in. Hey coach. Great to be with you again. It&#x27;s beautiful these days the technology. So a lot of folks are listening on the radio but a lot of folks are also watching our TV show at the same time. The beauty of the technology these days is we&#x27;re able you&#x27;re sitting in your office and I&#x27;m sitting in North Carolina. You&#x27;re in Arizona I think. Are you in Arizona this week? Yeah Arizona this week. And I&#x27;m in North Carolina and it&#x27;s spontaneous and instantaneous what we can talk to each other and see each other. It&#x27;s beautiful. So let&#x27;s talk about something. I heard you say a term the other day and I wanted to talk to this talk to the audience about it. It&#x27;s called bubble wealth. What is bubble wealth? Well you know I listened to a podcast with Dr. Michael Finca and Dr. David Blanchett.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Now these are two of the smartest PhDs around the subject of retirement. And they were talking about this concept of bubble wealth. And all it means is that right now the market&#x27;s up. You know crypto&#x27;s been up. Real estate is up. And everybody feels very wealthy. And they&#x27;re making plans. They&#x27;re quitting their jobs. They&#x27;re retiring. They&#x27;re doing all this stuff based on this bubble wealth. But when this market goes on. And the reason it&#x27;s a bubble is because all this money that&#x27;s been printed. The trillions of dollars of this bond buying by the Fed. And the trillions of dollars being spent by our government for COVID. And all this other stuff. And all this money&#x27;s going into the market. And it&#x27;s driving prices of everything. And we&#x27;re seeing inflation. But we&#x27;re seeing asset inflation too. And much of it is really a bubble. And when everybody heads for the exit at the same time.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Because at some point the market&#x27;s going to go down. Crypto&#x27;s going to go down. It&#x27;s going to get really ugly. And then people are going to be stuck with whatever they have left. And what I&#x27;m trying to encourage people to do. Is turn their bubble wealth into real wealth. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve been talking about a lot lately. Okay so step number one. And identifying if we have too much bubble wealth. We also call this paper profits. Many times if you have a lot of wealth. Maybe it&#x27;s time to realize some of that wealth. But what&#x27;s step two. If you realize you&#x27;re in way too much risk. But you have a lot of gain. What&#x27;s the step two to re-diversify I guess. Well I mean I&#x27;ll use me as an example. I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. You know I kind of announced my retirement last year. I&#x27;m about 70% retired. But I have been converting my IRAs and 401ks to Roth. Okay. And many of those Roth are in income annuities.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So they guarantee me now tax-free income for the rest of my life. I&#x27;ve been moving more of my personal wealth. Out of my brokerage account into cash value life insurance. Which may sound boring to some people. But it&#x27;s a way to secure your wealth. Because it&#x27;s not going to go down when the market crashes. And yet it can still you know have some upside potential as well. Plus it gives me tax-free income in retirement. And I think having tax-free income in retirement. Is going to be so important. Because with all this spending. You know it&#x27;s not free. And when they get up and say oh this is free. It&#x27;s not free. Somebody&#x27;s got to pay for it. And it&#x27;s going to be taxes. And we&#x27;re 28 going on 29 trillion dollars in debt. The debt&#x27;s climbing at 4 billion dollars every single morning. We have 200 trillion dollars of unfunded obligations. For social security, medicare, medicaid, government pensions, military pensions.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> Taxes are going to go up. So I believe these are the lowest tax rates I&#x27;m going to see for the rest of my life. So I&#x27;m trying to lock in my bubble wealth into real wealth. In ways that I can get tax-free income in the future. You identified two financial termites here. Taxation and too much risk. Those can eat people alive when they&#x27;re not really paying attention. And so what do you tell the person that says well Tom I love the idea of realizing some of this gain. This big gain. But I don&#x27;t want to pay capital gains tax. Well okay so there&#x27;s ways you can tax harvest. You know I know the market. The indexes are near all-time highs. But I&#x27;ve never seen so many stocks. Individual stocks that are down 40, 50, 60, 70, 80%. And these are companies that were boomers. Like you know Peloton and Roku and Square and PayPal. And you know I mean these are real stocks.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And they&#x27;re way down. And so I know in almost every one of your listeners portfolios. They have some winners. And they have some losers. This would be a great time to sell some of your losers. And then you can sell your winners. And if you sell the equal amount you don&#x27;t have to pay any taxes. So you can harvest some of your gains by taking it against some of your losses. And I would recommend looking at doing that. That&#x27;s the ultimate strategy right there. But if we don&#x27;t. After all. If we still have a bunch more of gain we haven&#x27;t realized. Because we&#x27;ve gone through all the tax harvesting. My next point is I&#x27;d rather pay tax on a gain than have a write-off on a loss. And if we wait too long. Like you&#x27;re talking about. You mentioned all those great companies were skyrocketing a couple years ago. And now they&#x27;ve hit the ground. We don&#x27;t want to watch our wealth disappear like that either. And pop in that bubble wealth.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Right. I always tell people you don&#x27;t want to let the tax tail wag the dog. You know I&#x27;ve had so many people who said well I don&#x27;t want to sell because I have to pay a lot of taxes. So they don&#x27;t sell. The market crashes. And then they don&#x27;t have any gains anyway. So you know it&#x27;s better to pay tax on a gain than to you know have more losses. Well when we talk about that that seems to be a very important ingredient to a happy retirement. When you&#x27;re not worrying if you have number one less taxation. But number two income streams. Let&#x27;s talk about income streams. Yeah well the you know the Wall Street Journal had the headline. The secret to a happier retirement. And friends neighbors and a fixed annuity. And they were talking about an income annuity. That the happiest people in retirement are the people surrounded by their friends. Surrounded by their families. Who have guaranteed paychecks every single month. At Time Magazine found the same thing in Great Britain.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> Lifetime income stream key to retirement happiness. Towers Watson. They&#x27;re not even in the insurance industry. They did a whole white paper on annuities and retirement happiness. The American College wrote a whole article on how annuities help with happiness and retirement. So we found that people who incorporate annuities in their portfolio. Number one their portfolio does better. It lowers the risk and increases the returns. Number two we found they&#x27;re happier. And now the new research shows they&#x27;re likely to live longer as well. So you know for those reasons I own 11 annuities. And there&#x27;s this movie that came out. This baby boomer dilemma. Dr. David Babel in that movie disclosed that he owns 14 annuities. And so he&#x27;s one of the smartest people ever to study retirement.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And he had 14 annuities. I&#x27;ve got 11 of them. And you know all those PhDs and researchers. They&#x27;re the ones that own the annuities. Because the math and science says you should have one. Great story about Dr. David Babel. I think it was 2009 I had him on my show. And he was getting ready to retire. And he was very adamant about researching annuities. And so he was I mean he was researching for himself. But he&#x27;s also turned into a research project. And he&#x27;s been very successful in his retirement strategy. Yeah I mean unfortunately he died in May. But yeah but he explained his entire strategy in that movie. The baby boomer dilemma. And there&#x27;s even some extra footage that the director made available. That even once you watch the movie there&#x27;s some extra footage. If you want to watch it on his full interview.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> But yeah he&#x27;s in all my books. You know he&#x27;s in paychecks and playchecks. He&#x27;s in don&#x27;t worry retire happy. And he&#x27;s one of the smartest people in the subject of retirement. Well I&#x27;m sad to hear that he passed away. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I mean it&#x27;s amazing when you start hearing about people that. I guess we&#x27;re getting older Thomas. We start hearing about people dying that we used to know. And that&#x27;s not fun. But we don&#x27;t want our income to ever die. And so let&#x27;s talk about this. Why is there a negative connotation or negative words. And negative articles about annuities from other planners many times. Well I you know I just did a post today about these fake fiduciaries. These are financial advisors who say they&#x27;re fiduciaries. But they don&#x27;t use annuities life insurance or long-term care. They can&#x27;t be fiduciaries. I mean that&#x27;s ridiculous. They may be investment fiduciary.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> But they&#x27;re not retirement fiduciaries. Well I mean I think the insurance industry did a little bit of it to themselves. Because as you know 15 years ago there were some bad annuities out there. There were annuities with you know long surrender charges. High surrender charges. Paying high commissions to advisors. I don&#x27;t see those anymore. I think they&#x27;ve been pretty much weeded out. But there&#x27;s still some bad aftertaste from some of those. But then there&#x27;s you know these people on TV who have agendas. That they want you to invest with them. Because they have high fees. And they don&#x27;t want to you know they can&#x27;t compete against Vanguard or Fidelity. So they pick against annuities. But the difference is if your broker has high fees. And you lose money. I mean you lose money. But in a variable. And it&#x27;s really only the variable annuities that have the high fees. The other annuities are not even fee products.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> So the variable annuities do have fees. And they are higher than a mutual fund. But it&#x27;s because they guarantee that you&#x27;re not going to lose money if the market crashes. I mean what&#x27;s that worth? You got to look at the value. Not at the fee. And then you know the fact that most annuities are not fee products. A single premium median annuity is not a fee product. A deferred income annuity is not a fee product. A fixed annuity is not a fee product. A base fixed indexed annuity is not a fee product. They&#x27;re called spread products. And so really it&#x27;s only the variable annuities and some optional riders that have fees. And I think that&#x27;s a big misconception among a lot of people. It&#x27;s funny when somebody writes about annuity. They&#x27;re digging up the old ones that don&#x27;t exist anymore when they want to be negative many times. And so yeah it&#x27;s very important to know that a planner who&#x27;s a true fiduciary has everything from risk to safety. And if you&#x27;re not offering safety then you&#x27;re not really a fiduciary.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> There&#x27;s a planner I saw on a website. He has a $10,000 annual fee. He charges his clients and then he manages their money for another fee. But his fee is $10,000 based on your assets. And he is totally negative about annuities but he claims to be a fiduciary. How is he a fiduciary? Yeah I think the fiduciary. See there&#x27;s not a good fiduciary standard. That&#x27;s the problem. And until they start you know convicting some of these people claiming to be fiduciaries who are not using annuities or life insurance or long term care insurance. They&#x27;ve really got to do enforcement actions on those people because they&#x27;re not doing what&#x27;s in the best interest of their clients. The research is clear. You know Dr. Moshe Malevsky in the movie says economists argue about everything. They argue about inflation, interest rates, you know unemployment, what level is good. But they don&#x27;t argue about annuities. The only thing they discuss about annuities is what type and when and how much should go into an annuity.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You&#x27;re not going to find economists and PhDs who are against annuities. You&#x27;re just not going to find it because the research is clear. Well it just means when I saw that when someone has a $10,000 minimum annual fee, it could be more, every single year. Are you really doing the best thing for the client when you&#x27;re starting them negative $10,000 every single year? I don&#x27;t think so. Right. Let&#x27;s talk, we&#x27;ve got about one more minute here in this segment then we&#x27;re going to have you on for another one to talk about the movie you&#x27;re talking about there and everything. And I want to talk about Paychecks and Playchecks, the first book you wrote and how important it is to have that retirement paycheck for life. We call it a financial fill-up strategy. But what inspired you to write the Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy book? Well I had given the Paychecks and Playchecks presentation down in San Diego about eight or nine years ago at a big industry meeting. And there was somebody there from PBS and they said, Tom, we want to do a PBS TV special.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> People need to hear this. But we&#x27;re not sure they&#x27;d really understand this paycheck and playcheck thing. We would need a simpler title. So I wrote the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy. And the difference is, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire, Happy is broader. It talks about having a plan, working with a financial professional, maximizing social security benefits, considering a hybrid strategy, having a plan to protect yourself against inflation, the importance of guaranteed income and retirement, having a plan for long-term care, using home equity wisely, and then using life insurance as the most efficient way to pass wealth to children, grandchildren, and charities. You&#x27;re supposed to spend your money, not leave any money. Don&#x27;t leave any money to kids. Spend your money. Leave them life insurance because you can do that for pennies on the dollar. I had a client one time. I said, well, you know, why are you flying first class all the time? He said, if I don&#x27;t, my daughter will. So basically someone&#x27;s going to spend the money.</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> You need to enjoy your money, that&#x27;s your life, your retirement, make sure that you&#x27;re set, and then if and when you pass away, your spouse is taken care of, and then when both of you are gone, everyone&#x27;s taken care of. And so, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about the true strategies of a total fiduciary plan, Thomas is going to tell you how you can do that right now.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss the idea of bubble wealth. They consider how changes in asset values can affect the way people think about retirement savings and income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, market cycles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa/image.jpg?t=1792073691&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-and-bubble-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa/image.jpg?t=1792073691&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Dec 2021 20:09:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>767</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cdb7de3c-ff4e-47c9-a902-ae3d014b31aa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12299226" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-and-bubble-wealth</link>
      <itunes:order>63</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Bubble Wealth and Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:03" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:09:00" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil Graham: Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil Graham: Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete here, very special guest Mr. Phil Graham over there. Phil we were talking before the show there&#x27;s an acronym out there I want you to explain to people and we say it in a sentence. The sentence is don&#x27;t let your retirement take a hit. H-I-T. What does that stand for? Well to me the three biggest risks to retirement and I&#x27;m probably going to add a fourth. Okay. But the H stands for health care.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Health care big one. Long-term care, home care, assisted living or. Is that getting more expensive cheaper? Or I just renewed my health insurance at the glorious healthcare.gov with a $17,000 deductible. But so that&#x27;s a whole other conversation. And it costs you a lot more than it used to cost. It&#x27;s ridiculous. So that&#x27;s the H, health care. The I is for inflation. Inflation big one. That&#x27;s a big one these days isn&#x27;t it? We could talk for hours about that effect today. You know what we need to talk about sometime and that&#x27;s that we don&#x27;t have enough time on this show is the funny business the way the government can come up with the cost of inflation and make it seem not as bad as it is. Yeah let&#x27;s go pull some things that don&#x27;t matter into the equation there. If you&#x27;re shopping at all for anything you&#x27;ve seen inflation and you&#x27;re going to see more and more of it and it&#x27;s not just getting</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> gas. Now gas has a that&#x27;s a huge inflation there but it&#x27;s food it&#x27;s everything. Talk about that. So inflation&#x27;s big. H-I-T. What&#x27;s the T? And then the third taxes. Another fun one. And no I&#x27;ve lived by the rule for years that I can put more money in somebody&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminating their taxes than by chasing a higher rate of return. Tax planning. Tax navigation strategy we call it. Helping you navigate the tax code to protect your behind from the tax man. Well the key word you just said coach is strategy. Strategy. Not tax planning. Not tax preparation. Strategy is the word that makes the difference. And then the fourth that I&#x27;ve added is market volatility. Okay. Sequence of returns. The timing of the market. When you put your money in versus when you take it out. Warren Buffett always</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> said buy when others sell and sell when others buy. But the main thing is buy low. Sell win. High. And during the journey up the mountain. The accumulation years. The rates of return in the order that they happen are irrelevant. And I think you&#x27;re gonna have Tom Hegnaugh on. I know he talks a lot about sequence of returns. We&#x27;ve had Tom on a bunch of times. He has sequence of return. Very important. But when you&#x27;re coming down the mountain and you&#x27;re withdrawing money. Right. Negative returns early in retirement can be catastrophic and just completely implode. Which is why you hear me talk about guaranteed income. Very important. Paychecks during retirement. And it&#x27;s a fill up we call it. Making sure you have streams of income that are never going to go away that can increase to combat inflation and are tax efficient.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So it covers all your hit strategy there. Right. Yeah. So the great news is there are tools that can help with health care costs. You know whether it&#x27;s traditional long-term care or just other vehicles that have key components built in to assist with that. Inflation is how do we get a decent rate of return without the market volatility. You know I believe in that. Yep. And then taxes is working with someone that understands tax strategy and can help implement that plan. It&#x27;s more than just waiting until April 14th and trying to manipulate the numbers on the tax return. It&#x27;s a full-time job for a good planning team to make sure that they&#x27;re keeping you on the right tax strategy every single year. Folks if you&#x27;re interested in tax strategy all you have to do is text the word plan P-L-A-N to 600-700 by the way. 600-700 and the word plan and you&#x27;ll be taken care of.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about this a little bit. Let&#x27;s narrow. Let&#x27;s isolate some of these and let&#x27;s go through what the big problems are. Like when we&#x27;re talking about inflation, what can someone do to combat inflation? I know we all sit around and complain about it, but what can we do to make sure that we can control inflation going forward or make sure it doesn&#x27;t affect our family as bad as it affects others? I think obviously starting with living within your means to where you have more money than what you&#x27;re spending, which that&#x27;s difficult for a lot of people. But no one wants to be told to be on a budget. I know, but yeah. Here&#x27;s what it is. And it&#x27;s not as easy as it seems, but it&#x27;s not impossible either. Make sure that you&#x27;re getting a return that is equal to or greater than what the inflation rate is. Right. And then eliminating the volatility as well. So like how do we get a better than average chance</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to get a better than average return without the downside risk? And I think that&#x27;s going to be our best bet to outpace inflation is to get good market returns, index returns, but minimize or eliminate losing money in the down years. Unnecessary expenses, commissions and taxations. How&#x27;s that? So we can eliminate those. And there are tools, coach, that there are tools that as planners we use that during the income phase have the ability to increase income based on inflation. So when we&#x27;re putting together a plan, we&#x27;re taking those into consideration and literally, that&#x27;s why you and I love being independent is we can literally go research and find any financial tool available to man</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> and utilize it for the client. Being independent and being a fiduciary, they&#x27;re two of the best words you can hear if you&#x27;re working with an advisor. Make sure they&#x27;re independent, which means folks, they have access to most anything out there based on what you need, not what they&#x27;re being told to sell you, big thing. And just making sure you&#x27;re on the right track. And then being, of course, independent, being a fiduciary, we have to put our clients&#x27; needs above ours at all times. Very important. It&#x27;s funny you say that, coach. I&#x27;m not going to mention any names, but there are certain very large firms out there. If a client says they&#x27;re with that firm, I don&#x27;t even need to look at their statement. I can tell them the exact percentage that their assets are allocated. I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s other ones the same like that. And so here&#x27;s a phrase I don&#x27;t like, and I hear it on some commercials that says, when you do good,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we do good. But they forget when you do bad, they also do good. I want that job. It&#x27;s like the weatherman. Yeah, but the most important ingredients, Ted, are very successful, I think. A successful long-term plan are the three main words. Growth, got to have your money grow. Right. But then you&#x27;ve got to protect that growth. Don&#x27;t give it back the next year. What good is it to have great growth if you have a bigger loss next year? So lock the growth in so you can never lose that growth. And then when you decide, you can activate a lifetime income you never outlive. Now, how much peace of mind does that give somebody? Well, we&#x27;ve seen a lot of statistics that retirees with guaranteed income payments, whether it&#x27;s a pension or what I call personal pension using a guaranteed income stream. Very important these days because companies have taken pensions away for the most part. So having your own personal pension or two or three will give you the satisfaction of enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Well, not only do you enjoy retirement, it&#x27;s proven that they live longer. Because they&#x27;re not worried all the time. There&#x27;s no scientific fact other than the statistic is they live longer if they have guaranteed income. Happy people always look happier. You can tell the person that&#x27;s not happy, by the way, and you wonder why they&#x27;re not happy. Many times it&#x27;s probably because they didn&#x27;t have the right plan put together and they don&#x27;t know where the money&#x27;s going to come from tomorrow. Most people don&#x27;t want their retirement to be staring at the money channel, ticker symbol, wanting to know whether it&#x27;s going up or down. They want to be enjoying themselves knowing that, hey, I got this paycheck coming in. It&#x27;s been called the market. It&#x27;s been called a roller coaster and it makes a lot of sense. Very highs and very lows. And then everything in between is the anticipation of what&#x27;s going to happen next. And that&#x27;s not good. Then you get post-traumatic stress syndrome sometimes by watching the market too much.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> That&#x27;s not a good retirement. Well, and think about today where the market is and the unknown of, I think everybody agrees that it&#x27;s going to have to go back down sooner rather than later. But when? When? Nobody knows. And no one knows. We know the day after. By the way, I have a new crystal ball in my office. It still doesn&#x27;t work. And then I just got the magic eight ball in. Yep. It actually has answers. How&#x27;s it working? Neither one of them have been dead on. You ought to do a study, a comparison one year and every day. Just ask the magic eight ball and do your investments based on what it says. I like that. What does the eight ball say this week? Not good. So it&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s important though. And one of the most overlooked strategies though is having that lifetime income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Right. That&#x27;s that personal pension.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> We all have 401ks or we have money put in IRAs that have a big lump sum, which is fun to look at until you start figuring out, well, gosh, I&#x27;m going to have to attack that lump sum and start taking money out of there to live on in retirement. And what if that money is still tied to the market and the market goes down when I&#x27;m taking money out? I&#x27;ll never get that money back. And I might not be in a position where I&#x27;m going to get money for the rest of my life because I might outlive my money as opposed to the growth protection income kind of system where your money grows, it protects the growth. And then you have a guaranteed lifetime income based on that growth for life for you and your spouse if set up correctly. And then when you pass away, whenever that is, if there&#x27;s still money there, Phil, it goes on to the next again. Back in the day, that money many times was lost. Right. And you didn&#x27;t get it. Now you do if you set it up right. So many of you watching or listening may have a plan that isn&#x27;t right for you today.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And if you haven&#x27;t had your plan, your retirement plan analyzed, if you haven&#x27;t even thought about retirement income, it&#x27;s never too late. So what I&#x27;d say, again, all you have to do to get your very own plan that with no cost or obligation, text the word plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. Make it easy. It&#x27;s got to be easy. And then we analyze you and give your own strategy session based on where you are and where you want to be and your whole family situation. We could design a customized plan. Customized plans, Phil, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of advisors over the years. Many of them don&#x27;t customize plans. That&#x27;s important. Well, Coach, I think you guys, your whole team is amazing at the customized plan. But what I take away every time I spend time in the office is that your team is one of the best or the best at taking what a lot of people look at as complex situations.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Try to make it simple. And simplify it because the most successful plans are ones that the people following the plan actually understand and agree with it. Yep. Because if they don&#x27;t understand it, it&#x27;s like looking at a map in a different language. Like it&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going, but your team is amazing at making sure they understand it. And everyone watching, listening, needs to decide what they really want to do in retirement. Right. Because if you don&#x27;t want to do much in retirement, then you really don&#x27;t need much of a plan, but you still need that lifetime income. But if you want to travel the world or play golf or have the grandkids flown in, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to know with certainty you have a plan that will guarantee that money coming in so you can do what you thought you&#x27;re going to do? Well, you know, like you said earlier, pensions were the way everybody retired. Big companies in the government got together and said, let&#x27;s put this back on.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Let&#x27;s shift the burden back to the consumer. Back to the consumer. Yeah. And they gave you the 401k, but they didn&#x27;t give you the income. That&#x27;s why I say you don&#x27;t really have a retirement plan until you have lifetime income. Correct. Is that a fair statement? It worked when it was a pension. Now that it&#x27;s a personal pension. It&#x27;s up to you. It can&#x27;t be a personal pension without guaranteed income. Yeah. You have to have, well, yeah, you don&#x27;t have a retirement plan unless you have lifetime income. Right. You can look at a lump sum all day long, but if the lump sum disappears when you needed the most, how safe was it? How good was it? And was it customized? Probably not. So here&#x27;s what it is, folks. I mean, if you are one of the next 10 people call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you our 22-step total retirement plan. We&#x27;ll also give you a three-book set, and I&#x27;ve got a couple box sets. You can pick which one you want. I have the 401k survival box set, and I have the seven financial blind spots box set. If you&#x27;re nice, we&#x27;ll give you both of them.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> But I mean, it&#x27;s DVDs, workbooks, guidebooks, everything you need to help you figure out what it really is that you desire in retirement. Then we&#x27;ll put together, we&#x27;ll search the world, basically, as being financial independent fiduciaries. We&#x27;ll search the world, see if what you need is out there, and we&#x27;ll design a plan that fits you the most. Thomas, tell them how they can do that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well welcome back into the Financial Safari. Coach Pete here, very special guest Mr. Phil Graham over there. Phil we were talking before the show there&#x27;s an acronym out there I want you to explain to people and we say it in a sentence. The sentence is don&#x27;t let your retirement take a hit. H-I-T. What does that stand for? Well to me the three biggest risks to retirement and I&#x27;m probably going to add a fourth. Okay. But the H stands for health care.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Health care big one. Long-term care, home care, assisted living or. Is that getting more expensive cheaper? Or I just renewed my health insurance at the glorious healthcare.gov with a $17,000 deductible. But so that&#x27;s a whole other conversation. And it costs you a lot more than it used to cost. It&#x27;s ridiculous. So that&#x27;s the H, health care. The I is for inflation. Inflation big one. That&#x27;s a big one these days isn&#x27;t it? We could talk for hours about that effect today. You know what we need to talk about sometime and that&#x27;s that we don&#x27;t have enough time on this show is the funny business the way the government can come up with the cost of inflation and make it seem not as bad as it is. Yeah let&#x27;s go pull some things that don&#x27;t matter into the equation there. If you&#x27;re shopping at all for anything you&#x27;ve seen inflation and you&#x27;re going to see more and more of it and it&#x27;s not just getting</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> gas. Now gas has a that&#x27;s a huge inflation there but it&#x27;s food it&#x27;s everything. Talk about that. So inflation&#x27;s big. H-I-T. What&#x27;s the T? And then the third taxes. Another fun one. And no I&#x27;ve lived by the rule for years that I can put more money in somebody&#x27;s pocket by reducing or eliminating their taxes than by chasing a higher rate of return. Tax planning. Tax navigation strategy we call it. Helping you navigate the tax code to protect your behind from the tax man. Well the key word you just said coach is strategy. Strategy. Not tax planning. Not tax preparation. Strategy is the word that makes the difference. And then the fourth that I&#x27;ve added is market volatility. Okay. Sequence of returns. The timing of the market. When you put your money in versus when you take it out. Warren Buffett always</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> said buy when others sell and sell when others buy. But the main thing is buy low. Sell win. High. And during the journey up the mountain. The accumulation years. The rates of return in the order that they happen are irrelevant. And I think you&#x27;re gonna have Tom Hegnaugh on. I know he talks a lot about sequence of returns. We&#x27;ve had Tom on a bunch of times. He has sequence of return. Very important. But when you&#x27;re coming down the mountain and you&#x27;re withdrawing money. Right. Negative returns early in retirement can be catastrophic and just completely implode. Which is why you hear me talk about guaranteed income. Very important. Paychecks during retirement. And it&#x27;s a fill up we call it. Making sure you have streams of income that are never going to go away that can increase to combat inflation and are tax efficient.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So it covers all your hit strategy there. Right. Yeah. So the great news is there are tools that can help with health care costs. You know whether it&#x27;s traditional long-term care or just other vehicles that have key components built in to assist with that. Inflation is how do we get a decent rate of return without the market volatility. You know I believe in that. Yep. And then taxes is working with someone that understands tax strategy and can help implement that plan. It&#x27;s more than just waiting until April 14th and trying to manipulate the numbers on the tax return. It&#x27;s a full-time job for a good planning team to make sure that they&#x27;re keeping you on the right tax strategy every single year. Folks if you&#x27;re interested in tax strategy all you have to do is text the word plan P-L-A-N to 600-700 by the way. 600-700 and the word plan and you&#x27;ll be taken care of.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about this a little bit. Let&#x27;s narrow. Let&#x27;s isolate some of these and let&#x27;s go through what the big problems are. Like when we&#x27;re talking about inflation, what can someone do to combat inflation? I know we all sit around and complain about it, but what can we do to make sure that we can control inflation going forward or make sure it doesn&#x27;t affect our family as bad as it affects others? I think obviously starting with living within your means to where you have more money than what you&#x27;re spending, which that&#x27;s difficult for a lot of people. But no one wants to be told to be on a budget. I know, but yeah. Here&#x27;s what it is. And it&#x27;s not as easy as it seems, but it&#x27;s not impossible either. Make sure that you&#x27;re getting a return that is equal to or greater than what the inflation rate is. Right. And then eliminating the volatility as well. So like how do we get a better than average chance</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to get a better than average return without the downside risk? And I think that&#x27;s going to be our best bet to outpace inflation is to get good market returns, index returns, but minimize or eliminate losing money in the down years. Unnecessary expenses, commissions and taxations. How&#x27;s that? So we can eliminate those. And there are tools, coach, that there are tools that as planners we use that during the income phase have the ability to increase income based on inflation. So when we&#x27;re putting together a plan, we&#x27;re taking those into consideration and literally, that&#x27;s why you and I love being independent is we can literally go research and find any financial tool available to man</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> and utilize it for the client. Being independent and being a fiduciary, they&#x27;re two of the best words you can hear if you&#x27;re working with an advisor. Make sure they&#x27;re independent, which means folks, they have access to most anything out there based on what you need, not what they&#x27;re being told to sell you, big thing. And just making sure you&#x27;re on the right track. And then being, of course, independent, being a fiduciary, we have to put our clients&#x27; needs above ours at all times. Very important. It&#x27;s funny you say that, coach. I&#x27;m not going to mention any names, but there are certain very large firms out there. If a client says they&#x27;re with that firm, I don&#x27;t even need to look at their statement. I can tell them the exact percentage that their assets are allocated. I know exactly what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s other ones the same like that. And so here&#x27;s a phrase I don&#x27;t like, and I hear it on some commercials that says, when you do good,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> we do good. But they forget when you do bad, they also do good. I want that job. It&#x27;s like the weatherman. Yeah, but the most important ingredients, Ted, are very successful, I think. A successful long-term plan are the three main words. Growth, got to have your money grow. Right. But then you&#x27;ve got to protect that growth. Don&#x27;t give it back the next year. What good is it to have great growth if you have a bigger loss next year? So lock the growth in so you can never lose that growth. And then when you decide, you can activate a lifetime income you never outlive. Now, how much peace of mind does that give somebody? Well, we&#x27;ve seen a lot of statistics that retirees with guaranteed income payments, whether it&#x27;s a pension or what I call personal pension using a guaranteed income stream. Very important these days because companies have taken pensions away for the most part. So having your own personal pension or two or three will give you the satisfaction of enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Well, not only do you enjoy retirement, it&#x27;s proven that they live longer. Because they&#x27;re not worried all the time. There&#x27;s no scientific fact other than the statistic is they live longer if they have guaranteed income. Happy people always look happier. You can tell the person that&#x27;s not happy, by the way, and you wonder why they&#x27;re not happy. Many times it&#x27;s probably because they didn&#x27;t have the right plan put together and they don&#x27;t know where the money&#x27;s going to come from tomorrow. Most people don&#x27;t want their retirement to be staring at the money channel, ticker symbol, wanting to know whether it&#x27;s going up or down. They want to be enjoying themselves knowing that, hey, I got this paycheck coming in. It&#x27;s been called the market. It&#x27;s been called a roller coaster and it makes a lot of sense. Very highs and very lows. And then everything in between is the anticipation of what&#x27;s going to happen next. And that&#x27;s not good. Then you get post-traumatic stress syndrome sometimes by watching the market too much.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> That&#x27;s not a good retirement. Well, and think about today where the market is and the unknown of, I think everybody agrees that it&#x27;s going to have to go back down sooner rather than later. But when? When? Nobody knows. And no one knows. We know the day after. By the way, I have a new crystal ball in my office. It still doesn&#x27;t work. And then I just got the magic eight ball in. Yep. It actually has answers. How&#x27;s it working? Neither one of them have been dead on. You ought to do a study, a comparison one year and every day. Just ask the magic eight ball and do your investments based on what it says. I like that. What does the eight ball say this week? Not good. So it&#x27;s just, it&#x27;s important though. And one of the most overlooked strategies though is having that lifetime income that&#x27;s guaranteed. Right. That&#x27;s that personal pension.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> We all have 401ks or we have money put in IRAs that have a big lump sum, which is fun to look at until you start figuring out, well, gosh, I&#x27;m going to have to attack that lump sum and start taking money out of there to live on in retirement. And what if that money is still tied to the market and the market goes down when I&#x27;m taking money out? I&#x27;ll never get that money back. And I might not be in a position where I&#x27;m going to get money for the rest of my life because I might outlive my money as opposed to the growth protection income kind of system where your money grows, it protects the growth. And then you have a guaranteed lifetime income based on that growth for life for you and your spouse if set up correctly. And then when you pass away, whenever that is, if there&#x27;s still money there, Phil, it goes on to the next again. Back in the day, that money many times was lost. Right. And you didn&#x27;t get it. Now you do if you set it up right. So many of you watching or listening may have a plan that isn&#x27;t right for you today.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And if you haven&#x27;t had your plan, your retirement plan analyzed, if you haven&#x27;t even thought about retirement income, it&#x27;s never too late. So what I&#x27;d say, again, all you have to do to get your very own plan that with no cost or obligation, text the word plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. That&#x27;s plan, P-L-A-N, to 600-700. Make it easy. It&#x27;s got to be easy. And then we analyze you and give your own strategy session based on where you are and where you want to be and your whole family situation. We could design a customized plan. Customized plans, Phil, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of advisors over the years. Many of them don&#x27;t customize plans. That&#x27;s important. Well, Coach, I think you guys, your whole team is amazing at the customized plan. But what I take away every time I spend time in the office is that your team is one of the best or the best at taking what a lot of people look at as complex situations.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Try to make it simple. And simplify it because the most successful plans are ones that the people following the plan actually understand and agree with it. Yep. Because if they don&#x27;t understand it, it&#x27;s like looking at a map in a different language. Like it&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know where I&#x27;m going, but your team is amazing at making sure they understand it. And everyone watching, listening, needs to decide what they really want to do in retirement. Right. Because if you don&#x27;t want to do much in retirement, then you really don&#x27;t need much of a plan, but you still need that lifetime income. But if you want to travel the world or play golf or have the grandkids flown in, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to know with certainty you have a plan that will guarantee that money coming in so you can do what you thought you&#x27;re going to do? Well, you know, like you said earlier, pensions were the way everybody retired. Big companies in the government got together and said, let&#x27;s put this back on.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Let&#x27;s shift the burden back to the consumer. Back to the consumer. Yeah. And they gave you the 401k, but they didn&#x27;t give you the income. That&#x27;s why I say you don&#x27;t really have a retirement plan until you have lifetime income. Correct. Is that a fair statement? It worked when it was a pension. Now that it&#x27;s a personal pension. It&#x27;s up to you. It can&#x27;t be a personal pension without guaranteed income. Yeah. You have to have, well, yeah, you don&#x27;t have a retirement plan unless you have lifetime income. Right. You can look at a lump sum all day long, but if the lump sum disappears when you needed the most, how safe was it? How good was it? And was it customized? Probably not. So here&#x27;s what it is, folks. I mean, if you are one of the next 10 people call right now, we&#x27;ll put together for you our 22-step total retirement plan. We&#x27;ll also give you a three-book set, and I&#x27;ve got a couple box sets. You can pick which one you want. I have the 401k survival box set, and I have the seven financial blind spots box set. If you&#x27;re nice, we&#x27;ll give you both of them.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> But I mean, it&#x27;s DVDs, workbooks, guidebooks, everything you need to help you figure out what it really is that you desire in retirement. Then we&#x27;ll put together, we&#x27;ll search the world, basically, as being financial independent fiduciaries. We&#x27;ll search the world, see if what you need is out there, and we&#x27;ll design a plan that fits you the most. Thomas, tell them how they can do that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil Graham joins Coach Pete to explain the retirement risks represented by H.I.T.: healthcare, inflation, and taxes. They discuss why those costs deserve attention when building an income plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil Graham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil Graham, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning, healthcare, inflation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/image.jpg?t=1792073673&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-discusses-how-to-not-let-your-retireme/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/image.jpg?t=1792073673&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 20:16:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>731</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c84bbc0-2eb6-4425-afb3-ae3d014b413a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11734962" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-graham-discusses-how-to-not-let-your-retireme</link>
      <itunes:order>64</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare, Inflation, and Taxes in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:04" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:45" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Monte Carlo Simulations and Lifetime Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Monte Carlo Simulations and Lifetime Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Monte Carlo simulations and their use in retirement planning. They also examine Hegna&#x27;s perspective on annuities and creating income for life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. Someone who I like to talk to and hopefully you like to listen to. We have a return visitor he&#x27;s been on the show plenty of times in the past. I love having him on. He&#x27;s even written the foreword in my book The Seven Baby Steps to Mr. Tom Hegna. Now Tom is a best-selling author. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. My favorite one is Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. He&#x27;s also he has a public broadcasting special that&#x27;s been on before</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> videos all over the internet Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom welcome in. Hey coach good to be with you. Now you&#x27;re joining us from Arizona I think right? That&#x27;s correct. I&#x27;m in the Phoenix area right now. Phoenix is a great place. Yeah. I love going to Phoenix and Scottsdale the area right there and let&#x27;s talk about the money world. Now I saw you&#x27;re all over the internet a lot of times. I see you on LinkedIn and you talked about I saw a post you made on LinkedIn about Monte Carlo simulations. Do you want to talk about that for a minute? Yeah actually it wasn&#x27;t my post it was Michael Kitsis who you know he works with CFPs and he works with the RIA world you know the investing world. Right. And he&#x27;s kind of an advocate for Monte Carlo simulations and I just commented that I&#x27;m not an advocate for Monte Carlo simulations</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> and so we got we just kind of went back and forth on that a little bit. I joined the argument already in progress. Yeah well I mean here&#x27;s my problem like Monte Carlo simulations are for people who don&#x27;t necessarily believe in using annuities or other products and they think they can do better with an investment portfolio like a diversified portfolio. The problem is they don&#x27;t use the right age in many of these Monte Carlo simulations. I&#x27;d say 99% of the advisors use age 90. Well age 90 is going to fail 63% of the time because 33% of men, 43% of women and 63% of married couples will have somebody live beyond age 90. And so all I&#x27;m saying is if you&#x27;re going to run a Monte Carlo simulation you need to use age 100 or age 105 and if they do that almost every one of those portfolios will fail. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that&#x27;s just that&#x27;s just the way it is. Now let&#x27;s explain what the what the idea behind a Monte Carlo simulation is for the listener. Yeah so what they do is they would take a portfolio let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s 60% stock 40% bonds and let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re going to withdraw 4% or something in retirement and then they&#x27;d run 10,000 simulations if the market&#x27;s up if the market&#x27;s down if interest rates are up if interest rates are down if you got low inflation high inflation and all these combinations be like 10 or 20,000 combinations and then at the end it&#x27;ll say there&#x27;s a 83% chance your money will last you to age 90. Well there&#x27;d be almost a 0% chance that it would last to age 100 or 105 and that&#x27;s kind of my point that when people and and all I told Michael is I said Michael if if if there was a 10% failure</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> rate you would not get on an airline if it had a 10% failure rate if if 10% of all their flights crashed you&#x27;re not going to get on that airline you know and and I don&#x27;t think somebody should put their retirement that has a 10% chance of totally running out of money by an age that they&#x27;re almost certainly going to live past so I I just don&#x27;t believe in Monte Carlo simulations why do that when you can have guaranteed income to at least cover your basic living expenses and then you can invest however you want to be on that yeah it&#x27;s about the perfect combination and you&#x27;re right man I tell you I would get on any plane if it had a 2% failure rate because that&#x27;s a two out of two out of 100 crashing and so we don&#x27;t want two out of 100 plans crashing either right and and and I also got a kick out of it he said uh Tom they&#x27;re not failure rates they&#x27;re adjustment rates he said like an</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> a pilot when he takes off he doesn&#x27;t just set in one destination and it goes straight there he has to make adjustments as he flies well that&#x27;s kind of funny because every one of these Monte Carlo simulations says failure rate I&#x27;ve never seen one that says adjustment rate maybe you have I&#x27;ve never seen one that says adjustment rate so if you&#x27;re running out of money yeah you&#x27;re going to have to adjust and lower your spending and live a crappy lifestyle uh I guess that&#x27;s the adjustment that he wants I would rather make adjustments to the upside say oh I got too much money I can go spend out more now and I I just I just found the whole post to be very uh you know interesting and I&#x27;m not afraid to chime in don&#x27;t you love when people redefine the definition that&#x27;s not redefinable yeah I mean the Monte Carlos say failure every one of them says that your chance of failure and he says no that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> your chance of adjustment oh good grief adjusting to life with no money right that&#x27;s what you should come back and tell him right that&#x27;s right but I mean let&#x27;s just be be careful and and no one should ever have all their eggs in one basket and that&#x27;s what this Monte Carlo simulations that I&#x27;ve seen people do a lot of brokers do it it&#x27;s when they&#x27;re trying to get more of your money to put in there hey look you&#x27;ll be fine as long as this this and that happen and then they forget to tell you like you pointed out that the simulation runs to age 90 and I don&#x27;t know about you Tom but I want to live past the age 90 and I want my plans to live to age 121 and to retire beyond we call it well and we saw during COVID how fast they got these vaccines done well guess what they&#x27;re going to come up with a cure for Alzheimer&#x27;s they&#x27;re going to come up with a cure for diabetes for cancer for lung disease heart disease they&#x27;re going to cure these things over the next 10 or 15 years</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> and people are going to live longer whether they want to or not they are going to live longer and and also markets at all-time record highs we pumped in all this funny money and people who are thinking the next 10 years are going to have the same returns as the last 10 years are going to be very disappointed yeah there are many many very smart people out there say over the next 10 years the market could very well be zero or negative because we could have some really big downturns and the Monte Carlo simulations don&#x27;t always plan for that type of thing so I just think it&#x27;s it&#x27;s a fool&#x27;s errand to try to use a Monte Carlo simulation to retire when you don&#x27;t have to just cover your basic living expense to a guaranteed lifetime income and then invest after that we call that the core so get your core plan established where your your lifetime income is taken care of then you can gamble</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> if you&#x27;d like in the Monte Carlo&#x27;s type world you gamble with money you don&#x27;t need to survive with right and you know I even posted something positive about bitcoin a couple months ago and somebody thought my facebook site got hacked they said oh heck no would never talk about bitcoin he&#x27;s always about guarantees and I said no because I have most of my money guaranteed it allows me to take a little bit of risk if I want to and I all I ever said was put one percent I put one percent of my portfolio into bitcoin and turned out to be a great great call and I&#x27;ve even posted I think one percent is less risky than zero percent so you know I&#x27;m not against investments I&#x27;m just saying do it wisely and this Monte Carlo stuff I think is for the birds well it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to take risk when you have your guarantees in place on the other side I mean that makes it so much easier and that&#x27;s what we always talk about when we talk about the core and explore get your core plan established first not second</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> and then take risk with leftover money because then when the market starts bouncing around like it does you won&#x27;t be enticed to sell at the low and buy at the high you buy when you want and you sell when you want you don&#x27;t sell because you have to and that&#x27;s the most important thing in the money world now let&#x27;s talk about lifetime income though and because even to this day with so many success stories out there of people having lifetime income and guaranteed lifetime income with annuities people still have that bad connotation of annuities in their mind and sometimes when I ask people I say where are you getting this from well Susie Orman once said she didn&#x27;t like annuities well then when she&#x27;s been pressed she said she didn&#x27;t like variable annuities and she was fine with fixed annuities so when they hear these things maybe Dave Ramsey said he doesn&#x27;t like annuities well Dave Dave doesn&#x27;t know all the annuities that are out there neither do I I mean there&#x27;s so many different annuities out there but when you find ones that fit it is a perfect fit for some people yeah and to anybody who says they</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> don&#x27;t like annuities I say put your money where your mouth is cancel your social security checks then because social security is a lifetime income annuity cancel your pension because a pension is a lifetime income annuity so it&#x27;s ridiculous when people say they don&#x27;t like annuities they love their social security they love their pension and the people who have annuities love their income from their annuities as well and so anybody who talks bad about annuities doesn&#x27;t understand them you know I do I&#x27;ve read all these white papers hundreds of white papers from PhDs all over the world I can&#x27;t find a single PhD who studied retirement that says annuities are bad they in fact Dr. Michael Finkes says there&#x27;s no like zero debate among economists and PhDs about if you should have an annuity the debate is what type of annuity and when so there&#x27;s no question you you should have an annuity in your</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> portfolio the real question is what type and when should you start and that&#x27;s you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s a better discussion than saying annuities are bad that&#x27;s ridiculous well starting and that&#x27;s like starting a game of basketball with one hand tied behind your back if you can&#x27;t utilize annuities for what the purpose they are supposed to be used for and that&#x27;s to take a lot of the worry out of planning for retirement folks we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegner he&#x27;s the author of the book Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy he&#x27;s also been on PBS with a video special called Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security Tom we we talked about in that little battle you had on LinkedIn with Mike Mike Kitsis and he was talking about you&#x27;re an annuity salesman and Tom you don&#x27;t sell annuities I don&#x27;t sell annuities I don&#x27;t sell any financial products I own 11 annuities okay if they were dumb products if they were stupid products I would own zero of them I don&#x27;t sell them but I but I own them</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> I believe in them and and I&#x27;m entering retirement now myself and I&#x27;m gonna I&#x27;m gonna live what I&#x27;ve talked about I&#x27;m gonna not worry and I&#x27;m gonna retire happy don&#x27;t worry retire happy practice what you preach well it&#x27;s just fun I mean really when you look at it the money world is fun when you&#x27;re not tying all your net worth to one particular asset class and that&#x27;s what I see way too many times when people say well I lost all my money in cyber currency or cryptocurrency they had all their money there I lost all my money in the stock market I lost all my money in CDs at the bank because I can&#x27;t get a hold of them and I&#x27;m not getting any interest or I&#x27;m losing buying power Tom it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s about a combination of the financial products and strategies that are out there not all your eggs in one basket I mean how many times we have to say this it&#x27;s exactly it&#x27;s not stocks or annuities it&#x27;s annuities and stocks and manage money and you know real estate I own real estate I own dividend</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> paying stocks I own a little bit of Bitcoin but I&#x27;ve made sure that my base my foundation is covered with guaranteed lifetime income and then I got life insurance to go to the kids so that my wife and I can spend all of our money see if people realize if they just would spend all their money they they have plenty of money for retirement but they&#x27;re trying to save this money I guess to leave to kids don&#x27;t do that buy a policy for pennies on the dollar to go to your kids and then spend your money we call that a spend and leave plan so once you get that take care of then like you got your kids and your whatever you wanted to have taken care of when you die then you can take care of yourself and live a life instead of waiting to die and that&#x27;s what a lot of people are doing like you&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re they&#x27;re more waiting to to not be here than enjoying while they are here yeah and you know I I play golf almost every day now and I won my club championship last year I&#x27;m the oldest club champion in course history and it was because I got to practice my chipping my putting</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> I worked on my game I worked on my driver I worked on everything and it all gelled in that one magical weekend and and for me that&#x27;s a big lifetime event in my whole life and but I&#x27;m able to do it now because I&#x27;ve got this income coming in I don&#x27;t have to worry if the market&#x27;s down or what interest rates are doing or who&#x27;s in the White House doesn&#x27;t matter I&#x27;m gonna I&#x27;m gonna have a fun retirement well congratulations on your championship by the way yeah and let me ask you this one final question about your golf bag did you have one club in there did you have a selection of clubs I had a whole bunch of clubs I can 14 clubs in my bag and I used every one of them you know I don&#x27;t use my driver out of the sand wedge or out of the sand trap and I don&#x27;t use my sand wedge to tee off and and too many people are just think oh the stock portfolio will do everything no it won&#x27;t it won&#x27;t and annuities won&#x27;t do everything and life insurance won&#x27;t do everything but it&#x27;s a combination and that&#x27;s why I think it&#x27;s so important coach that they work with people like you and financial professionals</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> because I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a do-it-yourself project I don&#x27;t do it myself I have a financial advisor and and because I it when it comes time to buy a product how do I search 2,000 different products and find the best one for me I need a financial professional to help me so to put it in your terms a financial caddy can help you pick the right club for retirement how&#x27;s that absolutely so folks his name is Tom Hegna the book is don&#x27;t worry retire happy I&#x27;ve got about five of them here so if you call during the show today we&#x27;ll draw five names out of all the callers and and we&#x27;ll get some lucky winners to get this book but you can see Tom Hegna online you can buy his book right now he&#x27;s got you have paychecks and playchecks retirement was it retirement security for life right retirement solutions for life yeah that&#x27;s my first one yeah really good book as well and so these are all books that these are all information sources that you can use to make sure to put together that perfect</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> retirement for yourself Tom we thank you again for your attendance and we look forward to talking to you again soon hey thanks coach it&#x27;s always fun my brother</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Monte Carlo simulations and their use in retirement planning. They also examine Hegna&#x27;s perspective on annuities and creating income for life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. Someone who I like to talk to and hopefully you like to listen to. We have a return visitor he&#x27;s been on the show plenty of times in the past. I love having him on. He&#x27;s even written the foreword in my book The Seven Baby Steps to Mr. Tom Hegna. Now Tom is a best-selling author. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. My favorite one is Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. He&#x27;s also he has a public broadcasting special that&#x27;s been on before</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> videos all over the internet Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom welcome in. Hey coach good to be with you. Now you&#x27;re joining us from Arizona I think right? That&#x27;s correct. I&#x27;m in the Phoenix area right now. Phoenix is a great place. Yeah. I love going to Phoenix and Scottsdale the area right there and let&#x27;s talk about the money world. Now I saw you&#x27;re all over the internet a lot of times. I see you on LinkedIn and you talked about I saw a post you made on LinkedIn about Monte Carlo simulations. Do you want to talk about that for a minute? Yeah actually it wasn&#x27;t my post it was Michael Kitsis who you know he works with CFPs and he works with the RIA world you know the investing world. Right. And he&#x27;s kind of an advocate for Monte Carlo simulations and I just commented that I&#x27;m not an advocate for Monte Carlo simulations</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> and so we got we just kind of went back and forth on that a little bit. I joined the argument already in progress. Yeah well I mean here&#x27;s my problem like Monte Carlo simulations are for people who don&#x27;t necessarily believe in using annuities or other products and they think they can do better with an investment portfolio like a diversified portfolio. The problem is they don&#x27;t use the right age in many of these Monte Carlo simulations. I&#x27;d say 99% of the advisors use age 90. Well age 90 is going to fail 63% of the time because 33% of men, 43% of women and 63% of married couples will have somebody live beyond age 90. And so all I&#x27;m saying is if you&#x27;re going to run a Monte Carlo simulation you need to use age 100 or age 105 and if they do that almost every one of those portfolios will fail. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that&#x27;s just that&#x27;s just the way it is. Now let&#x27;s explain what the what the idea behind a Monte Carlo simulation is for the listener. Yeah so what they do is they would take a portfolio let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s 60% stock 40% bonds and let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re going to withdraw 4% or something in retirement and then they&#x27;d run 10,000 simulations if the market&#x27;s up if the market&#x27;s down if interest rates are up if interest rates are down if you got low inflation high inflation and all these combinations be like 10 or 20,000 combinations and then at the end it&#x27;ll say there&#x27;s a 83% chance your money will last you to age 90. Well there&#x27;d be almost a 0% chance that it would last to age 100 or 105 and that&#x27;s kind of my point that when people and and all I told Michael is I said Michael if if if there was a 10% failure</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> rate you would not get on an airline if it had a 10% failure rate if if 10% of all their flights crashed you&#x27;re not going to get on that airline you know and and I don&#x27;t think somebody should put their retirement that has a 10% chance of totally running out of money by an age that they&#x27;re almost certainly going to live past so I I just don&#x27;t believe in Monte Carlo simulations why do that when you can have guaranteed income to at least cover your basic living expenses and then you can invest however you want to be on that yeah it&#x27;s about the perfect combination and you&#x27;re right man I tell you I would get on any plane if it had a 2% failure rate because that&#x27;s a two out of two out of 100 crashing and so we don&#x27;t want two out of 100 plans crashing either right and and and I also got a kick out of it he said uh Tom they&#x27;re not failure rates they&#x27;re adjustment rates he said like an</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> a pilot when he takes off he doesn&#x27;t just set in one destination and it goes straight there he has to make adjustments as he flies well that&#x27;s kind of funny because every one of these Monte Carlo simulations says failure rate I&#x27;ve never seen one that says adjustment rate maybe you have I&#x27;ve never seen one that says adjustment rate so if you&#x27;re running out of money yeah you&#x27;re going to have to adjust and lower your spending and live a crappy lifestyle uh I guess that&#x27;s the adjustment that he wants I would rather make adjustments to the upside say oh I got too much money I can go spend out more now and I I just I just found the whole post to be very uh you know interesting and I&#x27;m not afraid to chime in don&#x27;t you love when people redefine the definition that&#x27;s not redefinable yeah I mean the Monte Carlos say failure every one of them says that your chance of failure and he says no that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> your chance of adjustment oh good grief adjusting to life with no money right that&#x27;s what you should come back and tell him right that&#x27;s right but I mean let&#x27;s just be be careful and and no one should ever have all their eggs in one basket and that&#x27;s what this Monte Carlo simulations that I&#x27;ve seen people do a lot of brokers do it it&#x27;s when they&#x27;re trying to get more of your money to put in there hey look you&#x27;ll be fine as long as this this and that happen and then they forget to tell you like you pointed out that the simulation runs to age 90 and I don&#x27;t know about you Tom but I want to live past the age 90 and I want my plans to live to age 121 and to retire beyond we call it well and we saw during COVID how fast they got these vaccines done well guess what they&#x27;re going to come up with a cure for Alzheimer&#x27;s they&#x27;re going to come up with a cure for diabetes for cancer for lung disease heart disease they&#x27;re going to cure these things over the next 10 or 15 years</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> and people are going to live longer whether they want to or not they are going to live longer and and also markets at all-time record highs we pumped in all this funny money and people who are thinking the next 10 years are going to have the same returns as the last 10 years are going to be very disappointed yeah there are many many very smart people out there say over the next 10 years the market could very well be zero or negative because we could have some really big downturns and the Monte Carlo simulations don&#x27;t always plan for that type of thing so I just think it&#x27;s it&#x27;s a fool&#x27;s errand to try to use a Monte Carlo simulation to retire when you don&#x27;t have to just cover your basic living expense to a guaranteed lifetime income and then invest after that we call that the core so get your core plan established where your your lifetime income is taken care of then you can gamble</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> if you&#x27;d like in the Monte Carlo&#x27;s type world you gamble with money you don&#x27;t need to survive with right and you know I even posted something positive about bitcoin a couple months ago and somebody thought my facebook site got hacked they said oh heck no would never talk about bitcoin he&#x27;s always about guarantees and I said no because I have most of my money guaranteed it allows me to take a little bit of risk if I want to and I all I ever said was put one percent I put one percent of my portfolio into bitcoin and turned out to be a great great call and I&#x27;ve even posted I think one percent is less risky than zero percent so you know I&#x27;m not against investments I&#x27;m just saying do it wisely and this Monte Carlo stuff I think is for the birds well it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to take risk when you have your guarantees in place on the other side I mean that makes it so much easier and that&#x27;s what we always talk about when we talk about the core and explore get your core plan established first not second</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> and then take risk with leftover money because then when the market starts bouncing around like it does you won&#x27;t be enticed to sell at the low and buy at the high you buy when you want and you sell when you want you don&#x27;t sell because you have to and that&#x27;s the most important thing in the money world now let&#x27;s talk about lifetime income though and because even to this day with so many success stories out there of people having lifetime income and guaranteed lifetime income with annuities people still have that bad connotation of annuities in their mind and sometimes when I ask people I say where are you getting this from well Susie Orman once said she didn&#x27;t like annuities well then when she&#x27;s been pressed she said she didn&#x27;t like variable annuities and she was fine with fixed annuities so when they hear these things maybe Dave Ramsey said he doesn&#x27;t like annuities well Dave Dave doesn&#x27;t know all the annuities that are out there neither do I I mean there&#x27;s so many different annuities out there but when you find ones that fit it is a perfect fit for some people yeah and to anybody who says they</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> don&#x27;t like annuities I say put your money where your mouth is cancel your social security checks then because social security is a lifetime income annuity cancel your pension because a pension is a lifetime income annuity so it&#x27;s ridiculous when people say they don&#x27;t like annuities they love their social security they love their pension and the people who have annuities love their income from their annuities as well and so anybody who talks bad about annuities doesn&#x27;t understand them you know I do I&#x27;ve read all these white papers hundreds of white papers from PhDs all over the world I can&#x27;t find a single PhD who studied retirement that says annuities are bad they in fact Dr. Michael Finkes says there&#x27;s no like zero debate among economists and PhDs about if you should have an annuity the debate is what type of annuity and when so there&#x27;s no question you you should have an annuity in your</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> portfolio the real question is what type and when should you start and that&#x27;s you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s a better discussion than saying annuities are bad that&#x27;s ridiculous well starting and that&#x27;s like starting a game of basketball with one hand tied behind your back if you can&#x27;t utilize annuities for what the purpose they are supposed to be used for and that&#x27;s to take a lot of the worry out of planning for retirement folks we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegner he&#x27;s the author of the book Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy he&#x27;s also been on PBS with a video special called Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security Tom we we talked about in that little battle you had on LinkedIn with Mike Mike Kitsis and he was talking about you&#x27;re an annuity salesman and Tom you don&#x27;t sell annuities I don&#x27;t sell annuities I don&#x27;t sell any financial products I own 11 annuities okay if they were dumb products if they were stupid products I would own zero of them I don&#x27;t sell them but I but I own them</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> I believe in them and and I&#x27;m entering retirement now myself and I&#x27;m gonna I&#x27;m gonna live what I&#x27;ve talked about I&#x27;m gonna not worry and I&#x27;m gonna retire happy don&#x27;t worry retire happy practice what you preach well it&#x27;s just fun I mean really when you look at it the money world is fun when you&#x27;re not tying all your net worth to one particular asset class and that&#x27;s what I see way too many times when people say well I lost all my money in cyber currency or cryptocurrency they had all their money there I lost all my money in the stock market I lost all my money in CDs at the bank because I can&#x27;t get a hold of them and I&#x27;m not getting any interest or I&#x27;m losing buying power Tom it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s about a combination of the financial products and strategies that are out there not all your eggs in one basket I mean how many times we have to say this it&#x27;s exactly it&#x27;s not stocks or annuities it&#x27;s annuities and stocks and manage money and you know real estate I own real estate I own dividend</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> paying stocks I own a little bit of Bitcoin but I&#x27;ve made sure that my base my foundation is covered with guaranteed lifetime income and then I got life insurance to go to the kids so that my wife and I can spend all of our money see if people realize if they just would spend all their money they they have plenty of money for retirement but they&#x27;re trying to save this money I guess to leave to kids don&#x27;t do that buy a policy for pennies on the dollar to go to your kids and then spend your money we call that a spend and leave plan so once you get that take care of then like you got your kids and your whatever you wanted to have taken care of when you die then you can take care of yourself and live a life instead of waiting to die and that&#x27;s what a lot of people are doing like you&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re they&#x27;re more waiting to to not be here than enjoying while they are here yeah and you know I I play golf almost every day now and I won my club championship last year I&#x27;m the oldest club champion in course history and it was because I got to practice my chipping my putting</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> I worked on my game I worked on my driver I worked on everything and it all gelled in that one magical weekend and and for me that&#x27;s a big lifetime event in my whole life and but I&#x27;m able to do it now because I&#x27;ve got this income coming in I don&#x27;t have to worry if the market&#x27;s down or what interest rates are doing or who&#x27;s in the White House doesn&#x27;t matter I&#x27;m gonna I&#x27;m gonna have a fun retirement well congratulations on your championship by the way yeah and let me ask you this one final question about your golf bag did you have one club in there did you have a selection of clubs I had a whole bunch of clubs I can 14 clubs in my bag and I used every one of them you know I don&#x27;t use my driver out of the sand wedge or out of the sand trap and I don&#x27;t use my sand wedge to tee off and and too many people are just think oh the stock portfolio will do everything no it won&#x27;t it won&#x27;t and annuities won&#x27;t do everything and life insurance won&#x27;t do everything but it&#x27;s a combination and that&#x27;s why I think it&#x27;s so important coach that they work with people like you and financial professionals</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> because I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a do-it-yourself project I don&#x27;t do it myself I have a financial advisor and and because I it when it comes time to buy a product how do I search 2,000 different products and find the best one for me I need a financial professional to help me so to put it in your terms a financial caddy can help you pick the right club for retirement how&#x27;s that absolutely so folks his name is Tom Hegna the book is don&#x27;t worry retire happy I&#x27;ve got about five of them here so if you call during the show today we&#x27;ll draw five names out of all the callers and and we&#x27;ll get some lucky winners to get this book but you can see Tom Hegna online you can buy his book right now he&#x27;s got you have paychecks and playchecks retirement was it retirement security for life right retirement solutions for life yeah that&#x27;s my first one yeah really good book as well and so these are all books that these are all information sources that you can use to make sure to put together that perfect</p><p><strong>12:47</strong> retirement for yourself Tom we thank you again for your attendance and we look forward to talking to you again soon hey thanks coach it&#x27;s always fun my brother</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Monte Carlo simulations and their use in retirement planning. They also examine Hegna's perspective on annuities and creating income for life.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db753761-339b-42e3-9150-adff01162c63/image.jpg?t=1792073695&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db753761-339b-42e3-9150-adff01162c63/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/the-problem-with-the-monte-carlo-simulation-and-ho/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db753761-339b-42e3-9150-adff01162c63/image.jpg?t=1792073695&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">137539cc-5f87-4ed9-b251-10b9954528cf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db753761-339b-42e3-9150-adff01162c63</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>775</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db753761-339b-42e3-9150-adff01162c63/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12436506" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/the-problem-with-the-monte-carlo-simulation-and-ho</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>65</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Monte Carlo Simulations and Lifetime Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:03" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vicki Gunvalson: Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind</title>
      <itunes:title>Vicki Gunvalson: Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women&#x27;s financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. I&#x27;ve got a friend I&#x27;ve had her she&#x27;s been a friend for like 10 years now or so and she maybe you&#x27;ve seen her Orange County Housewives it&#x27;s uh well yeah about 10 years right her name is Vicki Gunvalson and if you&#x27;ve ever watched Orange County Housewives you&#x27;ve seen her on there but you won&#x27;t see her anymore she has retired from that show and she&#x27;s written a book and the book&#x27;s title is Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Vicki you are too young to retire but I&#x27;m happy for you. Welcome in by the way. I&#x27;m not I&#x27;m not retired yet you can&#x27;t kick me out of this uh crazy life that we&#x27;re in with uh financial services but I did this because there are so many clients of mine that are trying to figure out what is their life going to be like after they stop working and I just felt it was a good time to get this launched thanks for having me on. Well you have a quote at the beginning of your book and it&#x27;s a fascinating one because this this individual I thought about when we were building our studios about nine years ago I wanted to have Mr. Rogers neighborhood and we still are going to do that by the way but Fred Rogers and he wrote or you you quoted him often when you think you&#x27;re at the end of something you&#x27;re at the beginning of something else and that makes a lot of sense for this book. Yep as well as COVID right?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Oh yeah. I still love Mr. Rogers. We had to reinvent our businesses a little bit but I um first of all Pete I wanted to thank you for having me on I know you&#x27;ve got the successful radio show and for the listeners I just appreciate you taking the time to listen to us um but really um just excited about the new book and thought we&#x27;d talk about it. Well let&#x27;s talk about I love to I&#x27;m the kind of guy and Thomas and everybody around here laughs at me because when I write books I usually come up with a title first and a book cover and then I write the book so. Oh that&#x27;s good. How do you come up with the title Life After Work? You know what I was had all these crazy names in front of that I was going to put my name as part of it uh but I really just said what do my clients come to me for and when they sit down with me they say what is my life going to be like when I stop working and it just kind of fit it was in</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> a authentic moment I was writing down I was journaling and I just thought you know what life after work and that&#x27;s what this book is about is what our life will be like after we stop working and for many of those of you that are having to retire or get forced out of work right now because of you know COVID um that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re facing is is what is life going to be like after work? Well yeah because life never well we don&#x27;t want life to stop we want to enjoy life and actually we&#x27;re working to make sure that in the future we can have fun where we don&#x27;t have to worry about going to work. I love to have fun you know that yeah well look I have fun at work by the way but I mean a lot of people don&#x27;t. I know now we&#x27;re fortunate enough that we can meet some incredible people incredible clients and you and I did meet about 10 years or more um and we just had a great</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> relationship I&#x27;ve done a lot of videos at your incredible office there so you got an incredible staff um and so I just I just feel like we&#x27;re really fortunate to be connected. Yeah well you&#x27;re right and and what I like about the book it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not just for females but it&#x27;s going to help a lot of females because a lot of females are looking for information and many times when I talk to couples it looks like the male has been the one who&#x27;s been in charge of the finances but females are starting to wake up and Thomas my producer Thomas tell Vicki what the shirt that I&#x27;m wearing says right now. Yes you&#x27;re wearing the women and money shirt. Yeah so because women it&#x27;s important that women run about money as well. Absolutely absolutely. So you wrote about in chapter 10 of the book Female Forward Finances. What is that about? The female forward finances we have got to know as</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> females both of you are males I&#x27;m a female we&#x27;ve got to know what&#x27;s going on in our finances or we&#x27;re going to get caught off guard. There&#x27;s an 85 to 90 percent chance we&#x27;re going to die single. If you&#x27;re married now that&#x27;s the statistics that you&#x27;re going to be alone sometime in your life. You came in this world alone you&#x27;re possibly going to leave alone. Those of you that aren&#x27;t married or divorced or widowed you&#x27;ve got to understand that this is a complicated time and maybe you&#x27;ve been safe and you&#x27;ve been saving and you&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden you&#x27;re not in a good place right now because all of a sudden you&#x27;ve lost you&#x27;ve lost your job and that&#x27;s what I think for women it&#x27;s super important to know what we&#x27;re doing. Very important and it&#x27;s not as hard as I you know a lot of people just like me trying to learn a foreign language let&#x27;s say French for instance I start trying to learn it or</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> well let&#x27;s look at Chinese where they have their own symbols and I say I&#x27;m not going to learn that I&#x27;ll just read what the fortune cookie says. But we lock up and we don&#x27;t do things but this this book is is simple because it takes you step by step on how to learn the financial world and I love that. Yep and you know school didn&#x27;t teach us sometimes it&#x27;s the hard knocks of life that teaches us but you don&#x27;t want to be taught by mistakes and I think that&#x27;s where you and I both come from when we&#x27;re doing our business is we want to avoid the pitfalls that could happen if people get a little bit too aggressive on their portfolios and then we see what happened earlier in 2020, 2008, 2000, 2002. I mean we can see that if you&#x27;re too heavily you know invested in the market you could have some downturn which we</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> don&#x27;t want to have to happen right? Yeah a long time ago someone said that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses well geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the that&#x27;s the the meat of the whole argument right there and folks by the way we are talking to Vicki Gunvalson and she has written a book called Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement available everywhere books are sold. Vicki this is a tremendous book and I want to talk about a chapter here where you talk about federal fees friend or foe. Let&#x27;s talk about the federal fees. Yes so those of you that may or may not know but in in 2026 we are looking at a tax increase and those people that have a 401k or haven&#x27;t converted some or all of it over to a Roth we are going to be imposed much higher taxes so those federal taxes are not going to go away. Now you may be fortunate</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> enough to be in a non-state tax environment those of you in Florida I don&#x27;t know North Carolina if you folks have state tax I believe you do. State tax yeah. Yeah so here in California where I live I mean we&#x27;re taxed the minute we wake up it just doesn&#x27;t go away so you know federal taxes federal fees all of those a lot of my clients are not prepared for they don&#x27;t understand that that they&#x27;ve been kicking the can down the road for 20-30 years in their 401k that account has grown and now they expect to receive that money you know is not a high tax and it&#x27;s going to be taxed it&#x27;s going to get larger and larger and larger the longer the time goes on so we love doing Roth conversions we love looking alternatives through life insurance I mean you know what you and I have been trained I think we&#x27;re the</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> best in the industry and so from that we just try to help our clients getting out of that tax environment got to get up got to get them in a in a better tax place. When you look at California&#x27;s state income taxes that&#x27;s higher than many people pay federal taxes in some states and that&#x27;s crazy and I also have heard well there&#x27;s been some rumors well yes rumors Vicki where they&#x27;re going to get a even if you leave California they want to tax you for the next 10 years they&#x27;ve been proposing those bills that&#x27;s coming so I know that&#x27;s a lovely thing Pete isn&#x27;t it so that&#x27;s why I just bought a place in North Carolina I&#x27;ve got a place in Puerto Vallarta if that happens I&#x27;m out of here I&#x27;m literally out of here and so yeah it&#x27;s really really disheartening our property taxes are lower here than a lot of states but we still have that huge huge you know state tax federal is the same no matter where you</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> go but these 401ks and IRAs you know that you&#x27;re going to be taxed heavily. If they pass that&#x27;ll be now I&#x27;ll look at it as call I&#x27;ll call it the Hotel California tax you can check in anytime you want but taxes will never leave check out anytime you want tax gonna come yeah leave your light on I might be knocking on your door someday so leave your light on as they say well no but you know these unpredictable taxes we we just have no control what you do have control is how you invest your money how you prepare for retirement and and the great thing about both of our firms in your firm especially as you create an opportunity for these people to see another side other than just you know put it in the market and walk away and hope it works. Well I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional that&#x27;s a designation by the American College very intense three courses about income and</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> retirement you write about income is the outcome in your book and that is vitally important explain that. Yep so the withdrawal rate a lot of advisors aren&#x27;t talking about that withdrawal rate so let&#x27;s say for instance you&#x27;ve got a hundred thousand dollars in your IRA account and your advisor you go to your advisor and say what can I withdraw from that account and never have that money be gone like it&#x27;ll last for a lifetime so let&#x27;s assume you live to age a hundred and he may or she may come back to you with a four percent withdrawal rate which is what was happening back in the day right Pete so we heard this four percent so that means you can withdraw four thousand dollars out of your car out of your account and you have a very probable opportunity for success right so when all this started coming about the</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> sequence rate of returns and the markets being so unstable we now are down to about a two and a half percent withdrawal rate so that same hundred thousand dollars safely saying you can take out twenty five hundred dollars a year and you have a probability of success now twenty five hundred dollars and a hundred thousand dollars may or may not be enough for you to live off of so we like looking at that withdrawal rate and we have vehicles that will give you a five or six percent withdrawal rate guaranteed for the rest of your life and even if you run out of money you will still get a paycheck so that&#x27;s incredible and so we do that through insurance vehicles and we love those type of accounts it&#x27;s like a pension you create a pension with your own account well it&#x27;s important because you go from paychecks that you get when you&#x27;re working and</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> tom hegda the famous author talks about going from paychecks to playchecks and playchecks is when your money that you put aside starts generating revenue so you can play in retirement you have to have those playchecks every single month for the rest of your life they can never go away and you are right some of the contracts out there are written a contract 100 guaranteed to give you that income for life even if your balance goes to zero how important is that well i love that i mean it&#x27;s like social security one of the things when my mother was alive she always felt social security was going to be gone and i said mother you&#x27;re 83 years old it&#x27;s going to be okay but when i really gave her that reassurance that god forbid if social security stops and you lose your twenty five hundred dollars a month um we as five children will help you but now we&#x27;ve got another opportunity other than just social security to give</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> you that guaranteed paycheck every single month dropped into your checking account and you never have to worry about it going away it partners well with social security uh so those of you that are getting pensions don&#x27;t you love your pension you pretty much can guess every single month that&#x27;s going to drop in your account and pete you and i love to create pensions with people&#x27;s money so i think that&#x27;s the specialty that we have and a lot of advisors don&#x27;t really understand it so we do vicky you know what i call those monthly or yearly checks that arrive to your house no matter what happens in the economy what&#x27;s that financial fill-ups because every single year you&#x27;re getting refilled and folks that&#x27;s the beauty of having an author like vicky her book in your collection and folks again the name of the book was life after work gaining financial peace of mind in retirement again her name was vicky</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> gunvalson and vicky i write about similar things in my book the seven baby steps and folks uh for listening to this interview for the next 20 people call you&#x27;re going to get that seven baby steps book at no cost or obligation if you call right now thomas give them that number out all right folks that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or you can just text the word coach to 21000 coach to 21000 and special thanks to vicky and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women&#x27;s financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. I&#x27;ve got a friend I&#x27;ve had her she&#x27;s been a friend for like 10 years now or so and she maybe you&#x27;ve seen her Orange County Housewives it&#x27;s uh well yeah about 10 years right her name is Vicki Gunvalson and if you&#x27;ve ever watched Orange County Housewives you&#x27;ve seen her on there but you won&#x27;t see her anymore she has retired from that show and she&#x27;s written a book and the book&#x27;s title is Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Vicki you are too young to retire but I&#x27;m happy for you. Welcome in by the way. I&#x27;m not I&#x27;m not retired yet you can&#x27;t kick me out of this uh crazy life that we&#x27;re in with uh financial services but I did this because there are so many clients of mine that are trying to figure out what is their life going to be like after they stop working and I just felt it was a good time to get this launched thanks for having me on. Well you have a quote at the beginning of your book and it&#x27;s a fascinating one because this this individual I thought about when we were building our studios about nine years ago I wanted to have Mr. Rogers neighborhood and we still are going to do that by the way but Fred Rogers and he wrote or you you quoted him often when you think you&#x27;re at the end of something you&#x27;re at the beginning of something else and that makes a lot of sense for this book. Yep as well as COVID right?</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Oh yeah. I still love Mr. Rogers. We had to reinvent our businesses a little bit but I um first of all Pete I wanted to thank you for having me on I know you&#x27;ve got the successful radio show and for the listeners I just appreciate you taking the time to listen to us um but really um just excited about the new book and thought we&#x27;d talk about it. Well let&#x27;s talk about I love to I&#x27;m the kind of guy and Thomas and everybody around here laughs at me because when I write books I usually come up with a title first and a book cover and then I write the book so. Oh that&#x27;s good. How do you come up with the title Life After Work? You know what I was had all these crazy names in front of that I was going to put my name as part of it uh but I really just said what do my clients come to me for and when they sit down with me they say what is my life going to be like when I stop working and it just kind of fit it was in</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> a authentic moment I was writing down I was journaling and I just thought you know what life after work and that&#x27;s what this book is about is what our life will be like after we stop working and for many of those of you that are having to retire or get forced out of work right now because of you know COVID um that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re facing is is what is life going to be like after work? Well yeah because life never well we don&#x27;t want life to stop we want to enjoy life and actually we&#x27;re working to make sure that in the future we can have fun where we don&#x27;t have to worry about going to work. I love to have fun you know that yeah well look I have fun at work by the way but I mean a lot of people don&#x27;t. I know now we&#x27;re fortunate enough that we can meet some incredible people incredible clients and you and I did meet about 10 years or more um and we just had a great</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> relationship I&#x27;ve done a lot of videos at your incredible office there so you got an incredible staff um and so I just I just feel like we&#x27;re really fortunate to be connected. Yeah well you&#x27;re right and and what I like about the book it&#x27;s it&#x27;s not just for females but it&#x27;s going to help a lot of females because a lot of females are looking for information and many times when I talk to couples it looks like the male has been the one who&#x27;s been in charge of the finances but females are starting to wake up and Thomas my producer Thomas tell Vicki what the shirt that I&#x27;m wearing says right now. Yes you&#x27;re wearing the women and money shirt. Yeah so because women it&#x27;s important that women run about money as well. Absolutely absolutely. So you wrote about in chapter 10 of the book Female Forward Finances. What is that about? The female forward finances we have got to know as</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> females both of you are males I&#x27;m a female we&#x27;ve got to know what&#x27;s going on in our finances or we&#x27;re going to get caught off guard. There&#x27;s an 85 to 90 percent chance we&#x27;re going to die single. If you&#x27;re married now that&#x27;s the statistics that you&#x27;re going to be alone sometime in your life. You came in this world alone you&#x27;re possibly going to leave alone. Those of you that aren&#x27;t married or divorced or widowed you&#x27;ve got to understand that this is a complicated time and maybe you&#x27;ve been safe and you&#x27;ve been saving and you&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden you&#x27;re not in a good place right now because all of a sudden you&#x27;ve lost you&#x27;ve lost your job and that&#x27;s what I think for women it&#x27;s super important to know what we&#x27;re doing. Very important and it&#x27;s not as hard as I you know a lot of people just like me trying to learn a foreign language let&#x27;s say French for instance I start trying to learn it or</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> well let&#x27;s look at Chinese where they have their own symbols and I say I&#x27;m not going to learn that I&#x27;ll just read what the fortune cookie says. But we lock up and we don&#x27;t do things but this this book is is simple because it takes you step by step on how to learn the financial world and I love that. Yep and you know school didn&#x27;t teach us sometimes it&#x27;s the hard knocks of life that teaches us but you don&#x27;t want to be taught by mistakes and I think that&#x27;s where you and I both come from when we&#x27;re doing our business is we want to avoid the pitfalls that could happen if people get a little bit too aggressive on their portfolios and then we see what happened earlier in 2020, 2008, 2000, 2002. I mean we can see that if you&#x27;re too heavily you know invested in the market you could have some downturn which we</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> don&#x27;t want to have to happen right? Yeah a long time ago someone said that smart people learn from their mistakes but geniuses well geniuses learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s the that&#x27;s the the meat of the whole argument right there and folks by the way we are talking to Vicki Gunvalson and she has written a book called Life After Work Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement available everywhere books are sold. Vicki this is a tremendous book and I want to talk about a chapter here where you talk about federal fees friend or foe. Let&#x27;s talk about the federal fees. Yes so those of you that may or may not know but in in 2026 we are looking at a tax increase and those people that have a 401k or haven&#x27;t converted some or all of it over to a Roth we are going to be imposed much higher taxes so those federal taxes are not going to go away. Now you may be fortunate</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> enough to be in a non-state tax environment those of you in Florida I don&#x27;t know North Carolina if you folks have state tax I believe you do. State tax yeah. Yeah so here in California where I live I mean we&#x27;re taxed the minute we wake up it just doesn&#x27;t go away so you know federal taxes federal fees all of those a lot of my clients are not prepared for they don&#x27;t understand that that they&#x27;ve been kicking the can down the road for 20-30 years in their 401k that account has grown and now they expect to receive that money you know is not a high tax and it&#x27;s going to be taxed it&#x27;s going to get larger and larger and larger the longer the time goes on so we love doing Roth conversions we love looking alternatives through life insurance I mean you know what you and I have been trained I think we&#x27;re the</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> best in the industry and so from that we just try to help our clients getting out of that tax environment got to get up got to get them in a in a better tax place. When you look at California&#x27;s state income taxes that&#x27;s higher than many people pay federal taxes in some states and that&#x27;s crazy and I also have heard well there&#x27;s been some rumors well yes rumors Vicki where they&#x27;re going to get a even if you leave California they want to tax you for the next 10 years they&#x27;ve been proposing those bills that&#x27;s coming so I know that&#x27;s a lovely thing Pete isn&#x27;t it so that&#x27;s why I just bought a place in North Carolina I&#x27;ve got a place in Puerto Vallarta if that happens I&#x27;m out of here I&#x27;m literally out of here and so yeah it&#x27;s really really disheartening our property taxes are lower here than a lot of states but we still have that huge huge you know state tax federal is the same no matter where you</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> go but these 401ks and IRAs you know that you&#x27;re going to be taxed heavily. If they pass that&#x27;ll be now I&#x27;ll look at it as call I&#x27;ll call it the Hotel California tax you can check in anytime you want but taxes will never leave check out anytime you want tax gonna come yeah leave your light on I might be knocking on your door someday so leave your light on as they say well no but you know these unpredictable taxes we we just have no control what you do have control is how you invest your money how you prepare for retirement and and the great thing about both of our firms in your firm especially as you create an opportunity for these people to see another side other than just you know put it in the market and walk away and hope it works. Well I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional that&#x27;s a designation by the American College very intense three courses about income and</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> retirement you write about income is the outcome in your book and that is vitally important explain that. Yep so the withdrawal rate a lot of advisors aren&#x27;t talking about that withdrawal rate so let&#x27;s say for instance you&#x27;ve got a hundred thousand dollars in your IRA account and your advisor you go to your advisor and say what can I withdraw from that account and never have that money be gone like it&#x27;ll last for a lifetime so let&#x27;s assume you live to age a hundred and he may or she may come back to you with a four percent withdrawal rate which is what was happening back in the day right Pete so we heard this four percent so that means you can withdraw four thousand dollars out of your car out of your account and you have a very probable opportunity for success right so when all this started coming about the</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> sequence rate of returns and the markets being so unstable we now are down to about a two and a half percent withdrawal rate so that same hundred thousand dollars safely saying you can take out twenty five hundred dollars a year and you have a probability of success now twenty five hundred dollars and a hundred thousand dollars may or may not be enough for you to live off of so we like looking at that withdrawal rate and we have vehicles that will give you a five or six percent withdrawal rate guaranteed for the rest of your life and even if you run out of money you will still get a paycheck so that&#x27;s incredible and so we do that through insurance vehicles and we love those type of accounts it&#x27;s like a pension you create a pension with your own account well it&#x27;s important because you go from paychecks that you get when you&#x27;re working and</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> tom hegda the famous author talks about going from paychecks to playchecks and playchecks is when your money that you put aside starts generating revenue so you can play in retirement you have to have those playchecks every single month for the rest of your life they can never go away and you are right some of the contracts out there are written a contract 100 guaranteed to give you that income for life even if your balance goes to zero how important is that well i love that i mean it&#x27;s like social security one of the things when my mother was alive she always felt social security was going to be gone and i said mother you&#x27;re 83 years old it&#x27;s going to be okay but when i really gave her that reassurance that god forbid if social security stops and you lose your twenty five hundred dollars a month um we as five children will help you but now we&#x27;ve got another opportunity other than just social security to give</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> you that guaranteed paycheck every single month dropped into your checking account and you never have to worry about it going away it partners well with social security uh so those of you that are getting pensions don&#x27;t you love your pension you pretty much can guess every single month that&#x27;s going to drop in your account and pete you and i love to create pensions with people&#x27;s money so i think that&#x27;s the specialty that we have and a lot of advisors don&#x27;t really understand it so we do vicky you know what i call those monthly or yearly checks that arrive to your house no matter what happens in the economy what&#x27;s that financial fill-ups because every single year you&#x27;re getting refilled and folks that&#x27;s the beauty of having an author like vicky her book in your collection and folks again the name of the book was life after work gaining financial peace of mind in retirement again her name was vicky</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> gunvalson and vicky i write about similar things in my book the seven baby steps and folks uh for listening to this interview for the next 20 people call you&#x27;re going to get that seven baby steps book at no cost or obligation if you call right now thomas give them that number out all right folks that number 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or you can just text the word coach to 21000 coach to 21000 and special thanks to vicky and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Vicki Gunvalson joins Coach Pete to discuss Life After Work: Gaining Financial Peace of Mind in Retirement. They explore life beyond a career, women's financial questions, and preparing for the next chapter.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Vicki Gunvalson</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Vicki Gunvalson, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/image.jpg?t=1792073725&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vicki-gunvalson/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/image.jpg?t=1792073725&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff29a80d-f40b-4df4-9808-07ea493d6c9f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2020 17:33:34 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>755</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9f75296-304b-4c79-977b-adff01165a42/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12113064" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vicki-gunvalson</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>66</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Life After Work and Financial Peace of Mind" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:19" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wade Pfau: A Safety-First Approach to Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Wade Pfau: A Safety-First Approach to Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau returns to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning, income, and preparing for the challenges of retirement. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I talk to knowledgeable people across the world as far as the financial world is concerned. And today is no exception at all. We have a return visitor, one of my favorite guests. I originally talked to him years ago when he&#x27;s a visiting professor in Japan, of all places. And through the beauty of technology, we were able to get him on the show. But his name is Dr. Wade Pfau. That&#x27;s P-F-A-U. And he&#x27;s a multi-award winning retirement authority. He&#x27;s a professor of retirement income and co-director of the New York Life Center for Retirement Income at the American College of Financial Services. And, gosh, he&#x27;s a really good guy. He&#x27;s an author of a great book, folks. And if you haven&#x27;t read it yet, Safety First, Retirement Planning. Doc, when this first came out last year or earlier this year, we had you on and we were talking about the importance of safety for retirement planning.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Has the COVID virus changed any of this? Well, it&#x27;s good to talk to you again, Coach. Yes, sir. Right. I mean, in the past, sometimes that seems more theoretical because when the stock market&#x27;s going up, people don&#x27;t always appreciate the value of safety. And we&#x27;ve got the reminder now that there&#x27;s a reason why you might want to approach your basic expenses in retirement differently. Like a wake-up call a little bit, isn&#x27;t it? What&#x27;s a trap that people have been – well, before we had this wake-up call for some, and some people still haven&#x27;t woken up, but what is one of the main – you know, anytime there&#x27;s a bad thing in life, not just financial, but we need to learn from our mistakes or learn from what happened, learn from bad things. What was the typical trap that people were falling into before the coronavirus as far as retirement planning? Well, just when it came to the basic way to approach funding a spending goal, there&#x27;s a popular idea.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Just use a diversified investment portfolio. And usually it calls for pretty aggressive asset allocations of, say, 50% to 75% stocks. And then you can comfortably rely on the stock market to provide outperformance. And that&#x27;s the way to approach building a retirement income strategy. That&#x27;s a very popular approach in practice that contrasts with the safety-first approach. Now, when we hear safety, a lot of people are listening to safety. I don&#x27;t want to go down to the bank and put my money there and maybe get 1% and fall behind because inflation is like on average about 3%. Where are some of the alternatives that people can get that retirement income? They don&#x27;t have to worry about the market taking away right when they need it the most. Right. And that&#x27;s a great point because it&#x27;s very important. There&#x27;s really three basic ways you can fund retirement. And when people first hear the word safety, they might be thinking of like bonds or even cash or savings accounts or CDs and so forth.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And that&#x27;s not necessarily safe. That&#x27;s a starting point. And there&#x27;s two ways to be able to spend more than bonds. One is that idea of relying on the stock market. There&#x27;s no protection or guarantee that will happen. But the belief is stocks will outperform bonds and that will let you spend more. But then the safety first approach is more about using the power of risk pooling and insurance. That you can have an insurance company that&#x27;s basically investing in a bond-like approach, but it allows retirees to spend more because retirees don&#x27;t have to worry about the possibility of stretching their money out to 95 or 100 or however old they may be worried they may live to. Through the power of risk pooling, you have this group of individuals and the insurance company can pay them like they&#x27;re going to live to their average life expectancy.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Because those who don&#x27;t live as long help to support those who do live longer. And it raises a standard of living for everyone. So it&#x27;s a way to just to make sure that when you get to retirement, there&#x27;s no worries about if the money is going to be there or not. I mean, basically, you&#x27;re taking the risk of retirement planning and pulling it onto the insurance companies many times. Yeah, yeah, that&#x27;s the basic idea. It&#x27;s instead of taking on all that risk on your own and being worried, well, what if I do live a very long time? And what if I do get bad market returns? And therefore, I just feel like I have to spend less to make sure I don&#x27;t run out of money. You transfer that risk to the insurance company. Yeah, I went over this with someone a few weeks ago and they said, you know what it sounds like, Coach? It sounds like the traditional pension that we used to have. Well, that&#x27;s what an annuity is. It&#x27;s a pension. With a traditional company pension, the employer pooled that risk.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And workers got a pension based on some formula linked to their work history, like how many years you worked and your salary and so forth. However, that works. But that&#x27;s how your pension was paid. It wasn&#x27;t based on the idea of the 401k where you&#x27;re now investing in an account on your own. And whatever you&#x27;re going to be able to spend, it depends on the performance of that account. But pensions can pull that risk across all the workers. And it makes a lot of sense. And there are two different reasons why people don&#x27;t want to get annuities. One person said, I&#x27;m too young for an annuity. And then another person says, it&#x27;s too late for an annuity. What would you tell people? I know we have some youngsters listening and it&#x27;s always great to get started and annuities may be a good fit. But the most important part, I want to talk to folks that are going to retire in the next year or two. Is it too late for them to buy an annuity now?</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> No, it&#x27;s certainly not too late. I sometimes the argument is made is that as you get older, you&#x27;re kind of becoming more exposed to longevity risk. And so the case for using an annuity actually strengthens as you get older. And so I&#x27;m usually arguing, no, it&#x27;s OK to go ahead and use them closer to your retirement date rather than waiting until you&#x27;re 75 or 80 or 85. But certainly it&#x27;s not really going to be the case that it&#x27;s too late to add some sort of lifetime income protection to the plan. Right. Now, in terms of it being too early, I think five or 10 years before retirement&#x27;s a nice sweet spot where you start to think about annuities. You could do it even sooner. But at some point you might just want to ride out the market until you get a little bit closer to, again, five or 10 years before retirement.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> If you can get a lifetime, what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen people get lifetime income annuities and they were able to retire sooner. So then the argument is, what is too soon to retire? Well, yeah. Hey, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Wade Pfau, and he is a Ph.D.&#x27;s professor of retirement income in the Financial and Retirement Planning Program and co-director of New York Life&#x27;s Center for Retirement Income and the Retirement Income Certified Professional Program Director at the American College of Financial Services. And it&#x27;s always a great time having you on. And you also wrote the book just recently, Safety First Retirement Planning. And in that book, you talked about the 4% rule. What is that for our listeners? And does that still apply? Well, that&#x27;s the basic investment approach. That&#x27;s where if you&#x27;re going to fund retirement with investments, it&#x27;s going to be some variation on the 4% rule.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> And it was Bill Bengen in 1994 published an article where he just looked at U.S. historical data and found that if you plan for a 30-year retirement and you use an asset allocation of 50% to 75% stocks, you could have taken out 4% of your retirement data count. So if you had a million dollars, say, you could take out $40,000 and then increase that spending with inflation. And in historical data, you wouldn&#x27;t have to worry about ever running out of money for at least 30 years. Now, whether that applies today is another matter. And there&#x27;s a number of issues to think about. The first is just interest rates are lower now than they ever were in the historical data. And that has a big impact. Lower interest rates means lower bond returns and lower sustainable spending.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And it could have impacts on stock returns as well. There&#x27;s all these just other issues, too, like the 4% rule. It assumes 30 years, but people are living longer now. It doesn&#x27;t consider taxes. It doesn&#x27;t consider any sort of investment fees. It&#x27;s assuming that investors really stick to this aggressive asset allocation throughout retirement and so forth. And so I really I do have concerns that 4% isn&#x27;t as safe as the historical data just suggests when you do that simple type of calculation. People that are listening that are 5 or 10 years away from retirement, what&#x27;s a proper retirement parachute they can use to take the market, some of the market risk off the table and make sure they have that successful retirement they&#x27;ve worked so hard for? Well, it starts about thinking about potential expenses in retirement. And for expenses that you really want to keep protected and not have exposed to stock market volatility, you look at what you already have.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> So like Social Security and delaying Social Security can be part of that. If you do have a traditional company pension and so forth. And then if there&#x27;s still a gap between the reliable income you have and what you really would like to have to feel comfortable in retirement, that&#x27;s where an annuity can fill that gap. And also potentially fill that gap with less assets than if you&#x27;re applying that safe withdrawal rate concept, like something like the 4% rule in terms of, well, what would I feel comfortable spending from an investment portfolio? The annuity could let you fill that gap with less assets than you might have to earmark with investments. So what type of annuities would you picture someone using to make sure to fill that gap and take some of the worry out of living in retirement? Well, the starting point is always the simple income annuity. And that requires annuitizing the contract.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> So you don&#x27;t get the upside exposure and you don&#x27;t get any liquidity for the contract. Right. But it&#x27;s a simple starting point. You could also then look at different types of deferred annuities that, and by deferred, I mean, you&#x27;re not annuitizing the contract. You might start your income right away still. You know what? It&#x27;s a little bit of a subtle distinction, but a living benefit. Yeah. Living benefit. Yeah. Very important because that means your whole life. And, you know, we used to call annuitizing annuicide because you&#x27;re giving up all control of your money to the insurance company. I try to stay away. If we can make a plan without annuitizing, it&#x27;s a good plan in my opinion. But sometimes annuitizing does make sense, but many times it doesn&#x27;t. Yeah. These days you don&#x27;t have to annuitize the contract. So you can have that deferred annuity with a guaranteed living withdrawal benefit that supports that lifetime income and still gives you access to the underlying account.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> If we haven&#x27;t confused the listeners thoroughly yet, we&#x27;ll try harder next time. It is funny these days. It&#x27;s a lot simpler than people realize, but if you&#x27;re dealing with, and unfortunately you&#x27;ve seen it too in your life and I have too, there&#x27;s a lot of people that have one product in mind no matter what appointment they&#x27;re seeing and what client they&#x27;re seeing or what person they&#x27;re seeing, and everyone gets the same thing. That&#x27;s not the right fit these days, is it? No. You really have to consider people have different styles and approaches and preferences. And for some people, investments can work, but it&#x27;s not for everyone. And there&#x27;s an important role for annuities as well. And a lot of people are going to feel more comfortable having that protection in place. Well, folks, I mean, it&#x27;s that time of our life where we need to approach retirement planning seriously. And if you want to do some home study, you can always get the book Safety First in Retirement Planning.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> That&#x27;s from Dr. Wade Pfau. It&#x27;s P-F-A-U. Doc, it&#x27;s always a pleasure and hope to have you on again soon. Oh, thanks. Yeah. Likewise. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Take care. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau returns to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning, income, and preparing for the challenges of retirement. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I talk to knowledgeable people across the world as far as the financial world is concerned. And today is no exception at all. We have a return visitor, one of my favorite guests. I originally talked to him years ago when he&#x27;s a visiting professor in Japan, of all places. And through the beauty of technology, we were able to get him on the show. But his name is Dr. Wade Pfau. That&#x27;s P-F-A-U. And he&#x27;s a multi-award winning retirement authority. He&#x27;s a professor of retirement income and co-director of the New York Life Center for Retirement Income at the American College of Financial Services. And, gosh, he&#x27;s a really good guy. He&#x27;s an author of a great book, folks. And if you haven&#x27;t read it yet, Safety First, Retirement Planning. Doc, when this first came out last year or earlier this year, we had you on and we were talking about the importance of safety for retirement planning.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Has the COVID virus changed any of this? Well, it&#x27;s good to talk to you again, Coach. Yes, sir. Right. I mean, in the past, sometimes that seems more theoretical because when the stock market&#x27;s going up, people don&#x27;t always appreciate the value of safety. And we&#x27;ve got the reminder now that there&#x27;s a reason why you might want to approach your basic expenses in retirement differently. Like a wake-up call a little bit, isn&#x27;t it? What&#x27;s a trap that people have been – well, before we had this wake-up call for some, and some people still haven&#x27;t woken up, but what is one of the main – you know, anytime there&#x27;s a bad thing in life, not just financial, but we need to learn from our mistakes or learn from what happened, learn from bad things. What was the typical trap that people were falling into before the coronavirus as far as retirement planning? Well, just when it came to the basic way to approach funding a spending goal, there&#x27;s a popular idea.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Just use a diversified investment portfolio. And usually it calls for pretty aggressive asset allocations of, say, 50% to 75% stocks. And then you can comfortably rely on the stock market to provide outperformance. And that&#x27;s the way to approach building a retirement income strategy. That&#x27;s a very popular approach in practice that contrasts with the safety-first approach. Now, when we hear safety, a lot of people are listening to safety. I don&#x27;t want to go down to the bank and put my money there and maybe get 1% and fall behind because inflation is like on average about 3%. Where are some of the alternatives that people can get that retirement income? They don&#x27;t have to worry about the market taking away right when they need it the most. Right. And that&#x27;s a great point because it&#x27;s very important. There&#x27;s really three basic ways you can fund retirement. And when people first hear the word safety, they might be thinking of like bonds or even cash or savings accounts or CDs and so forth.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> And that&#x27;s not necessarily safe. That&#x27;s a starting point. And there&#x27;s two ways to be able to spend more than bonds. One is that idea of relying on the stock market. There&#x27;s no protection or guarantee that will happen. But the belief is stocks will outperform bonds and that will let you spend more. But then the safety first approach is more about using the power of risk pooling and insurance. That you can have an insurance company that&#x27;s basically investing in a bond-like approach, but it allows retirees to spend more because retirees don&#x27;t have to worry about the possibility of stretching their money out to 95 or 100 or however old they may be worried they may live to. Through the power of risk pooling, you have this group of individuals and the insurance company can pay them like they&#x27;re going to live to their average life expectancy.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Because those who don&#x27;t live as long help to support those who do live longer. And it raises a standard of living for everyone. So it&#x27;s a way to just to make sure that when you get to retirement, there&#x27;s no worries about if the money is going to be there or not. I mean, basically, you&#x27;re taking the risk of retirement planning and pulling it onto the insurance companies many times. Yeah, yeah, that&#x27;s the basic idea. It&#x27;s instead of taking on all that risk on your own and being worried, well, what if I do live a very long time? And what if I do get bad market returns? And therefore, I just feel like I have to spend less to make sure I don&#x27;t run out of money. You transfer that risk to the insurance company. Yeah, I went over this with someone a few weeks ago and they said, you know what it sounds like, Coach? It sounds like the traditional pension that we used to have. Well, that&#x27;s what an annuity is. It&#x27;s a pension. With a traditional company pension, the employer pooled that risk.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And workers got a pension based on some formula linked to their work history, like how many years you worked and your salary and so forth. However, that works. But that&#x27;s how your pension was paid. It wasn&#x27;t based on the idea of the 401k where you&#x27;re now investing in an account on your own. And whatever you&#x27;re going to be able to spend, it depends on the performance of that account. But pensions can pull that risk across all the workers. And it makes a lot of sense. And there are two different reasons why people don&#x27;t want to get annuities. One person said, I&#x27;m too young for an annuity. And then another person says, it&#x27;s too late for an annuity. What would you tell people? I know we have some youngsters listening and it&#x27;s always great to get started and annuities may be a good fit. But the most important part, I want to talk to folks that are going to retire in the next year or two. Is it too late for them to buy an annuity now?</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> No, it&#x27;s certainly not too late. I sometimes the argument is made is that as you get older, you&#x27;re kind of becoming more exposed to longevity risk. And so the case for using an annuity actually strengthens as you get older. And so I&#x27;m usually arguing, no, it&#x27;s OK to go ahead and use them closer to your retirement date rather than waiting until you&#x27;re 75 or 80 or 85. But certainly it&#x27;s not really going to be the case that it&#x27;s too late to add some sort of lifetime income protection to the plan. Right. Now, in terms of it being too early, I think five or 10 years before retirement&#x27;s a nice sweet spot where you start to think about annuities. You could do it even sooner. But at some point you might just want to ride out the market until you get a little bit closer to, again, five or 10 years before retirement.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> If you can get a lifetime, what I&#x27;ve seen, I&#x27;ve seen people get lifetime income annuities and they were able to retire sooner. So then the argument is, what is too soon to retire? Well, yeah. Hey, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Wade Pfau, and he is a Ph.D.&#x27;s professor of retirement income in the Financial and Retirement Planning Program and co-director of New York Life&#x27;s Center for Retirement Income and the Retirement Income Certified Professional Program Director at the American College of Financial Services. And it&#x27;s always a great time having you on. And you also wrote the book just recently, Safety First Retirement Planning. And in that book, you talked about the 4% rule. What is that for our listeners? And does that still apply? Well, that&#x27;s the basic investment approach. That&#x27;s where if you&#x27;re going to fund retirement with investments, it&#x27;s going to be some variation on the 4% rule.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> And it was Bill Bengen in 1994 published an article where he just looked at U.S. historical data and found that if you plan for a 30-year retirement and you use an asset allocation of 50% to 75% stocks, you could have taken out 4% of your retirement data count. So if you had a million dollars, say, you could take out $40,000 and then increase that spending with inflation. And in historical data, you wouldn&#x27;t have to worry about ever running out of money for at least 30 years. Now, whether that applies today is another matter. And there&#x27;s a number of issues to think about. The first is just interest rates are lower now than they ever were in the historical data. And that has a big impact. Lower interest rates means lower bond returns and lower sustainable spending.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And it could have impacts on stock returns as well. There&#x27;s all these just other issues, too, like the 4% rule. It assumes 30 years, but people are living longer now. It doesn&#x27;t consider taxes. It doesn&#x27;t consider any sort of investment fees. It&#x27;s assuming that investors really stick to this aggressive asset allocation throughout retirement and so forth. And so I really I do have concerns that 4% isn&#x27;t as safe as the historical data just suggests when you do that simple type of calculation. People that are listening that are 5 or 10 years away from retirement, what&#x27;s a proper retirement parachute they can use to take the market, some of the market risk off the table and make sure they have that successful retirement they&#x27;ve worked so hard for? Well, it starts about thinking about potential expenses in retirement. And for expenses that you really want to keep protected and not have exposed to stock market volatility, you look at what you already have.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> So like Social Security and delaying Social Security can be part of that. If you do have a traditional company pension and so forth. And then if there&#x27;s still a gap between the reliable income you have and what you really would like to have to feel comfortable in retirement, that&#x27;s where an annuity can fill that gap. And also potentially fill that gap with less assets than if you&#x27;re applying that safe withdrawal rate concept, like something like the 4% rule in terms of, well, what would I feel comfortable spending from an investment portfolio? The annuity could let you fill that gap with less assets than you might have to earmark with investments. So what type of annuities would you picture someone using to make sure to fill that gap and take some of the worry out of living in retirement? Well, the starting point is always the simple income annuity. And that requires annuitizing the contract.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> So you don&#x27;t get the upside exposure and you don&#x27;t get any liquidity for the contract. Right. But it&#x27;s a simple starting point. You could also then look at different types of deferred annuities that, and by deferred, I mean, you&#x27;re not annuitizing the contract. You might start your income right away still. You know what? It&#x27;s a little bit of a subtle distinction, but a living benefit. Yeah. Living benefit. Yeah. Very important because that means your whole life. And, you know, we used to call annuitizing annuicide because you&#x27;re giving up all control of your money to the insurance company. I try to stay away. If we can make a plan without annuitizing, it&#x27;s a good plan in my opinion. But sometimes annuitizing does make sense, but many times it doesn&#x27;t. Yeah. These days you don&#x27;t have to annuitize the contract. So you can have that deferred annuity with a guaranteed living withdrawal benefit that supports that lifetime income and still gives you access to the underlying account.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> If we haven&#x27;t confused the listeners thoroughly yet, we&#x27;ll try harder next time. It is funny these days. It&#x27;s a lot simpler than people realize, but if you&#x27;re dealing with, and unfortunately you&#x27;ve seen it too in your life and I have too, there&#x27;s a lot of people that have one product in mind no matter what appointment they&#x27;re seeing and what client they&#x27;re seeing or what person they&#x27;re seeing, and everyone gets the same thing. That&#x27;s not the right fit these days, is it? No. You really have to consider people have different styles and approaches and preferences. And for some people, investments can work, but it&#x27;s not for everyone. And there&#x27;s an important role for annuities as well. And a lot of people are going to feel more comfortable having that protection in place. Well, folks, I mean, it&#x27;s that time of our life where we need to approach retirement planning seriously. And if you want to do some home study, you can always get the book Safety First in Retirement Planning.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> That&#x27;s from Dr. Wade Pfau. It&#x27;s P-F-A-U. Doc, it&#x27;s always a pleasure and hope to have you on again soon. Oh, thanks. Yeah. Likewise. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Take care. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Wade Pfau returns to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning, income, and preparing for the challenges of retirement. Recorded May 2020.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Wade Pfau</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>A Safety-First Approach to Retirement</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Wade Pfau, retirement planning, A Safety-First Approach to Retirement, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743/image.jpg?t=1792071942&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-a-safety-first-approach-to-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743/image.jpg?t=1792071942&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743</guid>
      <omny:clipId>40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>625</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/40ae17d5-6e5c-4381-8cab-b4e3000d0743/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10042357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-a-safety-first-approach-to-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>67</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Safety-First Approach to Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning During Uncertainty</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Planning During Uncertainty</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss retirement planning, income, and the ideas in Don’t Worry, Retire Happy during a period of uncertainty. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I really watch or listen to and I think makes a big difference in the financial world, and today is no exception by far. This is one of my favorite, if not my all-time favorite guests. He&#x27;s a return visitor on the show. I don&#x27;t know, we&#x27;ve had him on six, seven, eight times in the past. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s author of two books, Paychecks and Playchecks. But my favorite one is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. Yeah, it&#x27;s been a turmoil and turbulence and all these other adjectives and adverbs we could use to describe what&#x27;s happening in this year, but if we could put it in a sentence, what&#x27;s your feelings on what&#x27;s happened here in 2020? Well, I mean, everybody&#x27;s using the word</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> unprecedented, and I think that is true. We haven&#x27;t ever seen the economy shut down. The stock market doesn&#x27;t seem to make sense to a lot of people because the stock market is actually going up, but the economy is still in tough shape. And so it&#x27;s just strange times. These are not normal times. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard this phrase, and I hate some of these new phrases that are marketed, the new normal. What does that mean? I don&#x27;t like it. Well, we&#x27;ll see. I mean, I think people are going to maybe do less in-person meetings. I think this virtual world is going to stay for quite a while. But I think eventually we&#x27;ll get back to normal. But what people don&#x27;t understand is this is likely not the last pandemic. I mean, now that we&#x27;ve had this, any little virus, the media is going to go crazy over. And so I tell people, you&#x27;ve got to be</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> cautious, especially if you&#x27;re near or in retirement. Now is not the time, I don&#x27;t believe, to be naked in the stock market. You&#x27;ve got to put some protection on your portfolios. I&#x27;ve had so many people, and I&#x27;ve read a lot of articles about how because there&#x27;s no sporting events anymore and no casino&#x27;s really open, the gamblers who need that fix every day, that emotional fix are throwing their money into the market and trying to get that gambling mentality into the stock market, which isn&#x27;t the right recipe for folks that are 10 years away from retirement or in retirement. Right. And I saw that same article. I mean, I think even Barron&#x27;s talked about it and that there&#x27;s a lot more day trading going on by people who used to gamble in sports or casinos. But I think a lot of that&#x27;s just noise. I just think you have to position your portfolio</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re going to be OK. I mean, the reason this market&#x27;s up is because the Fed is pouring trillions of dollars in there. You know, they say don&#x27;t fight the Fed. But but, you know, as you know, Pete, there&#x27;s going to be consequences at some point, like taxes are going to have to go up, you know, and I&#x27;ve been shifting a lot of my own personal money into cash value life insurance and Roth IRAs because I can see these are the lowest tax rate I&#x27;m ever going to see for the rest of my life. So I&#x27;ll pay my taxes now and then I&#x27;ll get tax free income in retirement. Well, the best time to basically to transfer your money from a regular IRA or regular 401k to a Roth is when your value is down. Correct. Right. I say you get a double discount because the market&#x27;s down. So so so you transfer less and pay tax on less than you would have, you know, before.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And then these are the lowest tax rates we&#x27;re likely to see for the rest of our lives. So it&#x27;s kind of like a double discount. And if you don&#x27;t take advantage of it now, you know, I don&#x27;t know when somebody would take advantage of it. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Now, when we talk about retirement and you wrote about this in your book again, and it&#x27;s a great book, folks, and it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold. Don&#x27;t worry, retire happy. And you had seven steps to basically financial freedom in retirement. And step number five, and you wrote this book before the virus, obviously, this is this was in 2016, the copyright. But you say secure more guaranteed lifetime income. Now, people hear that phrase. What should they think? Well, you know, coach, there&#x27;s only three sources of guaranteed lifetime income, social security, which is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life, a pension,</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> which is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. But if people don&#x27;t have enough social security and pension, they&#x27;re supposed to go out and find an insurance company and buy some form of lifetime income annuity from an insurance company. And you need to have enough guaranteed income to at least cover your basic living expenses in retirement. So you got to figure out how much money do I need, you know, every month to live my normal retirement life. And that should be covered with guaranteed income. That&#x27;s the paycheck. And then for the play check. Yeah, you can invest in the market, you can invest in real estate, you can invest in all these things. But coach, all the people who said, I don&#x27;t want annuities, I got rental properties. Yeah, how&#x27;s that working out? You know, renters don&#x27;t have to pay rent and landlords can&#x27;t evict them. Or they said, Oh, I don&#x27;t need annuity. I&#x27;m going to do ladder bonds. Yeah, how&#x27;s that working when the 10 year treasury is at 70 basis points? That&#x27;s not going to work. Then they say to me,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Oh, dividend paying stocks. That&#x27;s what I do. Well, have you seen all the dividends have been cut, slashed, eliminated? It&#x27;s a record. And more to come, you know, or they say, I believe in municipal bonds. I&#x27;m buying tax free bonds instead of annuities. Yeah. If you read Barron&#x27;s just two weeks ago, they said about how many towns and cities are defaulting on their municipal bonds. So, you know, those products just cannot, they cannot replace guaranteed lifetime income from an annuity. All right. So then let&#x27;s talk about, and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s a tremendous author. He&#x27;s a great guest, a great friend of the show. The book that we&#x27;re talking about right now is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And he also has a great book, Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. Tom, it&#x27;s just a fact where when that annuity word comes up, we&#x27;ve had several people over the years come in and say, I want to have lifetime income and I want</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> to never worry about it. And I want checks coming forever, but you cannot use an annuity. And I said to one guy, it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re telling us that we&#x27;re a travel agent here in New York City. And you&#x27;re telling us you want to go to France, but we can&#x27;t use a plane or a boat. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, look, people, there&#x27;s so many misunderstandings about annuities. They think the fees are too high. Most annuities are not even feed products. They&#x27;re spread products. It&#x27;s only really variable annuities that have fees and some income riders on some of these other products have fees, but base indexed annuities, single premium, median annuities, deferred income annuities. None of those are fee products. So they don&#x27;t know, they don&#x27;t understand that. And they don&#x27;t understand that social security is a lifetime income annuity. So when people say they don&#x27;t like annuities, I say, really? So you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the social security administration. They stopped those checks. No more nasty social security checks in this house.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> We don&#x27;t like annuities. Are you seriously going to do that? You know, they worked for that company for 42 years. Are they really going to call the HR department and say, stop those pension checks. I don&#x27;t want to find any of those nasty things in my mailbox. We don&#x27;t like annuities in this house. And, you know, they don&#x27;t realize that those are lifetime income annuities and people love their social security. They love their pensions. And by the way, they love their income annuities when they buy them. Yeah. Very, very important. I own 11 of them, Pete. I own 11 and I don&#x27;t sell them and I don&#x27;t care if anybody buys them, but the math and science is clear. If you try to retire without an annuity in that portfolio, you will live a suboptimal retirement. It will be less than what it otherwise could or what it should be. And that is a mathematical, scientific and economic fact. Well, it should be the core of your portfolio, your retirement portfolio and the core and explore philosophy. Like core is the money you can&#x27;t lose and it has to be there for the rest</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> of your life. And then once you have that established, hey, if you want to take some risk and we are humans, humans, and we came out of the cave one day and that was a risk. And now we didn&#x27;t go back in the cave. So the cave is the core. That&#x27;s where you can&#x27;t lose. But if you want to explore, you got to know you could take some risk if some of those cavemen left the cave, never came back because they weren&#x27;t alive anymore. So we have to be very careful. Matter of fact, we had Dr. Wade Pfau on last week, a professor of retirement income and the PhD program there of the New York Life Center for Retirement Income. And he&#x27;s also the co-director of the RICP, Retirement Income Certified Professional. He said everyone needs annuities for that lifetime income. Yeah. And I mean, I&#x27;m a big fan of Dr. Pfau. I quote him a lot. In fact, you know, what his research, here&#x27;d be a great white paper that your audience could look up. It&#x27;s called</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> It&#x27;s More Than Money. It&#x27;s More Than Money. And it was written by Dr. Michael Finca and Dr. Wade Pfau. And what they say is if you at least cover your basic living expenses with guaranteed income, then you can actually be more aggressive with your other money. You can actually take more risk because you&#x27;re not worried about paying your bills if the market goes down. And one other thing, there was a great book by another friend of mine, PhD, Moshe Malevsky. He wrote a book, Are You a Stock or a Bond? And I think that&#x27;s perfect for this environment. And so I would just ask your listeners, are you a stock or a bond? And if your pay&#x27;s coming in and everything&#x27;s fine and you&#x27;re financially fine, you&#x27;re more like a bond. Well, then you can invest a little more risky. But if you&#x27;re one of those people out there, your paycheck has stopped, you&#x27;re worried about paying the rent or the bills, you&#x27;re more like a stock and you need to invest</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> more conservatively in your investment portfolio. Because if the market goes down, you don&#x27;t have your portfolio down and your income gone. And I just think it&#x27;s a great talking point, at least with people today, that they need some guarantees. Guarantees only matter in bad times like this. But this isn&#x27;t going to be the last bad time. Well, that&#x27;s the problem. We can&#x27;t predict when the next bad time is going to come. Call it a black swan. And remember 2001, remember 2007, 8, 9. And here we are with the coronavirus and who knows what&#x27;s going to happen next, right? We don&#x27;t know. And so the secret is having a portfolio set up where it doesn&#x27;t matter what happens, you&#x27;re still going to be fine. And you know, the Japanese stock market has been down for over 30 years. The European stock market has been down for over 20 years. Emerging markets have been down for over 10 years. I&#x27;m just saying Americans have no idea how far the</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> market can fall and how long it can stay down. You know, coach, I spent 22 years U.S. Army military intelligence. I could give you a hundred reasons why the stock market could go down and stay down for 20 years. I mean, you know, just think about a terrorist attack. No, I mean, I&#x27;m talking these suitcase nuke bombs or some something. There could be another pandemic. There&#x27;s all kinds of black swans out there. And I don&#x27;t want that to ruin my retirement because coach, remember, I&#x27;m going to retire next year, too. So I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. I hope you&#x27;ll keep visiting with us every now and then and tell us about retirement. By the way, thanks for your service. And you&#x27;ll be thrilled to know that Dr. Fowl knows you. And he was very excited when he when he heard that you&#x27;ve been on the show a lot. Yeah, well, Dr. Fowl and I are good friends. And, you know, I just totally respect him and Dr. Finka and Dr. Moschmolevski. I mean, these are these are some of the brilliant minds behind retirement and how to retire the optimal way,</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> how to get the most for the least in retirement. That&#x27;s what I write about how to get the most for the least because you only get one shot at retirement. Yep. So we have a listener right now. Let&#x27;s just pretend someone&#x27;s listening. They&#x27;re 60 years old. There are a couple and they&#x27;ve got $500,000 between them and they want to retire at 65. Like everyone has that imaginary number in their head. What should they do with some of their money right now? Well, first of all, they should come sit down with you and then you can ask them all the questions you need to like how much how much income do they want? How much risk do they want to take? But but even even if they just moved like the average person out there, coach, is invested 60 percent stock, 40 percent bonds. And I wrote an article saying the 40 percent bond side is dead and that that younger people should replace their bonds with with cash value life insurance to give them a bond like return, but don&#x27;t have the interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> But older people, let&#x27;s say 60 and above, should replace their bonds with with guaranteed lifetime income from an insurance company. It will immediately lower the risk and increase the returns of their portfolio because inside of a portfolio, the way that that income annuity functions, it functions like a triple A rated bond with a triple C rated yield with zero standard deviation. So we&#x27;ll immediately lower the risk and increase returns of a portfolio if you just move your bonds out. You don&#x27;t even have to touch your stocks. Just move your bonds into guaranteed lifetime income. You know what I love, Tom? This is a final point here before we go. And I really appreciate your time today. But I love it when you tell someone about the annuity story about that lifetime income and they&#x27;re 100 percent in risky investments, real estate and stock. And instead of do what we recommend, they come back with 50 reasons why they don&#x27;t think annuities are safe, yet they&#x27;re in unsafe investments to begin with. It always kills me.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> It&#x27;s hilarious almost. Well, I say this, SWSWSWN, some will, some won&#x27;t, so what next? And sometimes we&#x27;ve got to hit the next button and move on. I hate to see people destroy their retirement chances by not taking the right steps right now. And so the right step for us is having you on the show every now and then. I really appreciate your time. Thanks, Coach. Great being with you. Before I let Tom go, let me tell you one more time, the name of the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security, available everywhere books are sold. Thanks, Tom. Thanks, Coach.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss retirement planning, income, and the ideas in Don’t Worry, Retire Happy during a period of uncertainty. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I really watch or listen to and I think makes a big difference in the financial world, and today is no exception by far. This is one of my favorite, if not my all-time favorite guests. He&#x27;s a return visitor on the show. I don&#x27;t know, we&#x27;ve had him on six, seven, eight times in the past. His name is Mr. Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s author of two books, Paychecks and Playchecks. But my favorite one is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you again. Yeah, it&#x27;s been a turmoil and turbulence and all these other adjectives and adverbs we could use to describe what&#x27;s happening in this year, but if we could put it in a sentence, what&#x27;s your feelings on what&#x27;s happened here in 2020? Well, I mean, everybody&#x27;s using the word</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> unprecedented, and I think that is true. We haven&#x27;t ever seen the economy shut down. The stock market doesn&#x27;t seem to make sense to a lot of people because the stock market is actually going up, but the economy is still in tough shape. And so it&#x27;s just strange times. These are not normal times. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard this phrase, and I hate some of these new phrases that are marketed, the new normal. What does that mean? I don&#x27;t like it. Well, we&#x27;ll see. I mean, I think people are going to maybe do less in-person meetings. I think this virtual world is going to stay for quite a while. But I think eventually we&#x27;ll get back to normal. But what people don&#x27;t understand is this is likely not the last pandemic. I mean, now that we&#x27;ve had this, any little virus, the media is going to go crazy over. And so I tell people, you&#x27;ve got to be</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> cautious, especially if you&#x27;re near or in retirement. Now is not the time, I don&#x27;t believe, to be naked in the stock market. You&#x27;ve got to put some protection on your portfolios. I&#x27;ve had so many people, and I&#x27;ve read a lot of articles about how because there&#x27;s no sporting events anymore and no casino&#x27;s really open, the gamblers who need that fix every day, that emotional fix are throwing their money into the market and trying to get that gambling mentality into the stock market, which isn&#x27;t the right recipe for folks that are 10 years away from retirement or in retirement. Right. And I saw that same article. I mean, I think even Barron&#x27;s talked about it and that there&#x27;s a lot more day trading going on by people who used to gamble in sports or casinos. But I think a lot of that&#x27;s just noise. I just think you have to position your portfolio</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> that no matter what happens, you&#x27;re going to be OK. I mean, the reason this market&#x27;s up is because the Fed is pouring trillions of dollars in there. You know, they say don&#x27;t fight the Fed. But but, you know, as you know, Pete, there&#x27;s going to be consequences at some point, like taxes are going to have to go up, you know, and I&#x27;ve been shifting a lot of my own personal money into cash value life insurance and Roth IRAs because I can see these are the lowest tax rate I&#x27;m ever going to see for the rest of my life. So I&#x27;ll pay my taxes now and then I&#x27;ll get tax free income in retirement. Well, the best time to basically to transfer your money from a regular IRA or regular 401k to a Roth is when your value is down. Correct. Right. I say you get a double discount because the market&#x27;s down. So so so you transfer less and pay tax on less than you would have, you know, before.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And then these are the lowest tax rates we&#x27;re likely to see for the rest of our lives. So it&#x27;s kind of like a double discount. And if you don&#x27;t take advantage of it now, you know, I don&#x27;t know when somebody would take advantage of it. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense. Now, when we talk about retirement and you wrote about this in your book again, and it&#x27;s a great book, folks, and it&#x27;s available everywhere books are sold. Don&#x27;t worry, retire happy. And you had seven steps to basically financial freedom in retirement. And step number five, and you wrote this book before the virus, obviously, this is this was in 2016, the copyright. But you say secure more guaranteed lifetime income. Now, people hear that phrase. What should they think? Well, you know, coach, there&#x27;s only three sources of guaranteed lifetime income, social security, which is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life, a pension,</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> which is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. But if people don&#x27;t have enough social security and pension, they&#x27;re supposed to go out and find an insurance company and buy some form of lifetime income annuity from an insurance company. And you need to have enough guaranteed income to at least cover your basic living expenses in retirement. So you got to figure out how much money do I need, you know, every month to live my normal retirement life. And that should be covered with guaranteed income. That&#x27;s the paycheck. And then for the play check. Yeah, you can invest in the market, you can invest in real estate, you can invest in all these things. But coach, all the people who said, I don&#x27;t want annuities, I got rental properties. Yeah, how&#x27;s that working out? You know, renters don&#x27;t have to pay rent and landlords can&#x27;t evict them. Or they said, Oh, I don&#x27;t need annuity. I&#x27;m going to do ladder bonds. Yeah, how&#x27;s that working when the 10 year treasury is at 70 basis points? That&#x27;s not going to work. Then they say to me,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Oh, dividend paying stocks. That&#x27;s what I do. Well, have you seen all the dividends have been cut, slashed, eliminated? It&#x27;s a record. And more to come, you know, or they say, I believe in municipal bonds. I&#x27;m buying tax free bonds instead of annuities. Yeah. If you read Barron&#x27;s just two weeks ago, they said about how many towns and cities are defaulting on their municipal bonds. So, you know, those products just cannot, they cannot replace guaranteed lifetime income from an annuity. All right. So then let&#x27;s talk about, and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mr. Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s a tremendous author. He&#x27;s a great guest, a great friend of the show. The book that we&#x27;re talking about right now is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And he also has a great book, Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. Tom, it&#x27;s just a fact where when that annuity word comes up, we&#x27;ve had several people over the years come in and say, I want to have lifetime income and I want</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> to never worry about it. And I want checks coming forever, but you cannot use an annuity. And I said to one guy, it&#x27;s almost like you&#x27;re telling us that we&#x27;re a travel agent here in New York City. And you&#x27;re telling us you want to go to France, but we can&#x27;t use a plane or a boat. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, look, people, there&#x27;s so many misunderstandings about annuities. They think the fees are too high. Most annuities are not even feed products. They&#x27;re spread products. It&#x27;s only really variable annuities that have fees and some income riders on some of these other products have fees, but base indexed annuities, single premium, median annuities, deferred income annuities. None of those are fee products. So they don&#x27;t know, they don&#x27;t understand that. And they don&#x27;t understand that social security is a lifetime income annuity. So when people say they don&#x27;t like annuities, I say, really? So you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the social security administration. They stopped those checks. No more nasty social security checks in this house.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> We don&#x27;t like annuities. Are you seriously going to do that? You know, they worked for that company for 42 years. Are they really going to call the HR department and say, stop those pension checks. I don&#x27;t want to find any of those nasty things in my mailbox. We don&#x27;t like annuities in this house. And, you know, they don&#x27;t realize that those are lifetime income annuities and people love their social security. They love their pensions. And by the way, they love their income annuities when they buy them. Yeah. Very, very important. I own 11 of them, Pete. I own 11 and I don&#x27;t sell them and I don&#x27;t care if anybody buys them, but the math and science is clear. If you try to retire without an annuity in that portfolio, you will live a suboptimal retirement. It will be less than what it otherwise could or what it should be. And that is a mathematical, scientific and economic fact. Well, it should be the core of your portfolio, your retirement portfolio and the core and explore philosophy. Like core is the money you can&#x27;t lose and it has to be there for the rest</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> of your life. And then once you have that established, hey, if you want to take some risk and we are humans, humans, and we came out of the cave one day and that was a risk. And now we didn&#x27;t go back in the cave. So the cave is the core. That&#x27;s where you can&#x27;t lose. But if you want to explore, you got to know you could take some risk if some of those cavemen left the cave, never came back because they weren&#x27;t alive anymore. So we have to be very careful. Matter of fact, we had Dr. Wade Pfau on last week, a professor of retirement income and the PhD program there of the New York Life Center for Retirement Income. And he&#x27;s also the co-director of the RICP, Retirement Income Certified Professional. He said everyone needs annuities for that lifetime income. Yeah. And I mean, I&#x27;m a big fan of Dr. Pfau. I quote him a lot. In fact, you know, what his research, here&#x27;d be a great white paper that your audience could look up. It&#x27;s called</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> It&#x27;s More Than Money. It&#x27;s More Than Money. And it was written by Dr. Michael Finca and Dr. Wade Pfau. And what they say is if you at least cover your basic living expenses with guaranteed income, then you can actually be more aggressive with your other money. You can actually take more risk because you&#x27;re not worried about paying your bills if the market goes down. And one other thing, there was a great book by another friend of mine, PhD, Moshe Malevsky. He wrote a book, Are You a Stock or a Bond? And I think that&#x27;s perfect for this environment. And so I would just ask your listeners, are you a stock or a bond? And if your pay&#x27;s coming in and everything&#x27;s fine and you&#x27;re financially fine, you&#x27;re more like a bond. Well, then you can invest a little more risky. But if you&#x27;re one of those people out there, your paycheck has stopped, you&#x27;re worried about paying the rent or the bills, you&#x27;re more like a stock and you need to invest</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> more conservatively in your investment portfolio. Because if the market goes down, you don&#x27;t have your portfolio down and your income gone. And I just think it&#x27;s a great talking point, at least with people today, that they need some guarantees. Guarantees only matter in bad times like this. But this isn&#x27;t going to be the last bad time. Well, that&#x27;s the problem. We can&#x27;t predict when the next bad time is going to come. Call it a black swan. And remember 2001, remember 2007, 8, 9. And here we are with the coronavirus and who knows what&#x27;s going to happen next, right? We don&#x27;t know. And so the secret is having a portfolio set up where it doesn&#x27;t matter what happens, you&#x27;re still going to be fine. And you know, the Japanese stock market has been down for over 30 years. The European stock market has been down for over 20 years. Emerging markets have been down for over 10 years. I&#x27;m just saying Americans have no idea how far the</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> market can fall and how long it can stay down. You know, coach, I spent 22 years U.S. Army military intelligence. I could give you a hundred reasons why the stock market could go down and stay down for 20 years. I mean, you know, just think about a terrorist attack. No, I mean, I&#x27;m talking these suitcase nuke bombs or some something. There could be another pandemic. There&#x27;s all kinds of black swans out there. And I don&#x27;t want that to ruin my retirement because coach, remember, I&#x27;m going to retire next year, too. So I&#x27;m not just talking the talk. I&#x27;m walking the walk. I hope you&#x27;ll keep visiting with us every now and then and tell us about retirement. By the way, thanks for your service. And you&#x27;ll be thrilled to know that Dr. Fowl knows you. And he was very excited when he when he heard that you&#x27;ve been on the show a lot. Yeah, well, Dr. Fowl and I are good friends. And, you know, I just totally respect him and Dr. Finka and Dr. Moschmolevski. I mean, these are these are some of the brilliant minds behind retirement and how to retire the optimal way,</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> how to get the most for the least in retirement. That&#x27;s what I write about how to get the most for the least because you only get one shot at retirement. Yep. So we have a listener right now. Let&#x27;s just pretend someone&#x27;s listening. They&#x27;re 60 years old. There are a couple and they&#x27;ve got $500,000 between them and they want to retire at 65. Like everyone has that imaginary number in their head. What should they do with some of their money right now? Well, first of all, they should come sit down with you and then you can ask them all the questions you need to like how much how much income do they want? How much risk do they want to take? But but even even if they just moved like the average person out there, coach, is invested 60 percent stock, 40 percent bonds. And I wrote an article saying the 40 percent bond side is dead and that that younger people should replace their bonds with with cash value life insurance to give them a bond like return, but don&#x27;t have the interest rate risk.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> But older people, let&#x27;s say 60 and above, should replace their bonds with with guaranteed lifetime income from an insurance company. It will immediately lower the risk and increase the returns of their portfolio because inside of a portfolio, the way that that income annuity functions, it functions like a triple A rated bond with a triple C rated yield with zero standard deviation. So we&#x27;ll immediately lower the risk and increase returns of a portfolio if you just move your bonds out. You don&#x27;t even have to touch your stocks. Just move your bonds into guaranteed lifetime income. You know what I love, Tom? This is a final point here before we go. And I really appreciate your time today. But I love it when you tell someone about the annuity story about that lifetime income and they&#x27;re 100 percent in risky investments, real estate and stock. And instead of do what we recommend, they come back with 50 reasons why they don&#x27;t think annuities are safe, yet they&#x27;re in unsafe investments to begin with. It always kills me.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> It&#x27;s hilarious almost. Well, I say this, SWSWSWN, some will, some won&#x27;t, so what next? And sometimes we&#x27;ve got to hit the next button and move on. I hate to see people destroy their retirement chances by not taking the right steps right now. And so the right step for us is having you on the show every now and then. I really appreciate your time. Thanks, Coach. Great being with you. Before I let Tom go, let me tell you one more time, the name of the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security, available everywhere books are sold. Thanks, Tom. Thanks, Coach.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna returns to discuss retirement planning, income, and the ideas in Don’t Worry, Retire Happy during a period of uncertainty. Recorded May 2020.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retirement Planning During Uncertainty</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, Retirement Planning During Uncertainty, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4/image.jpg?t=1792071947&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-planning-during-uncertainty/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4/image.jpg?t=1792071947&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2ad49553-6372-4694-842c-b4e3000c89c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11912751" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-planning-during-uncertainty</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>68</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning During Uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:33" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:01" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Geller: Money Anxiety in Uncertain Markets</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Geller: Money Anxiety in Uncertain Markets</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety and financial decisions during uncertain market conditions. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this week we have a very special guest he&#x27;s been on. He&#x27;s a friend of the show. He&#x27;s been on probably about eight or nine times over the last ten years. His name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s an all-around great guy. He&#x27;s a professor. Doc, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show again. Now, let&#x27;s talk, you know, times have changed since we talked last, haven&#x27;t they? Boy, they sure have. They sure have. But there is light at the end of the tunnel. And we are actually pretty much entering now the stage of recovery. Yes, and that&#x27;s good. But a lot of times, and we&#x27;ve talked before, how the worst enemy of an investor many times is the investor themselves. That is true. That is always true.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So rather than cry about spilled milk, because if you watch TV or listen to the radio, everyone&#x27;s complaining about what happened and all that, let&#x27;s look forward, let&#x27;s try to be positive, and let&#x27;s give our listeners some positive advice on what they can do financially, emotionally, with their financially, to make sure they&#x27;re on the right direction as we go forward. Sure. So as far as the overall picture, we are pretty much entering now. These are kind of the early stages of the recovery. It looks like we are going to have some type of tilted, I call it tilted V-shape recession, meaning we went down very fast. The recovery is going to be much longer and much slower because we are dependent on a vaccine to go back to kind of some type of normalization.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> So we are looking at, let&#x27;s say, 12 to 18 months until we are totally out of the woods, pending a vaccine. That&#x27;s kind of the caveat. But things are looking better and businesses are opening up with restrictions. Nevertheless, it&#x27;s getting better than what we had, you know, just at the bottom of this economy. We lost 25 percent of our workforce. Nearly 40 million people were out of jobs. And we lost about also a quarter, 25 percent of our retail sales.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> So that&#x27;s substantial. This is kind of the bottom. And we&#x27;ll pretty much go upwards from here. As far as financial, on the personal finance, you know, this is a lesson to all of us, I think, that you never know. Meaning it&#x27;s always prudent and wise to have reserves. Because, you know, this came kind of as a surprise and it affected pretty much all of us. And as far as, you know, money management and investments, to be more on the cautious side.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> Yes, it looks like we are on the path for recovery. But things can happen along the way. And it&#x27;s always good to keep this in mind. You know, your book and how we met a long time ago, Money Anxiety, it means a lot today. Your book has been called one of the best books on behavioral finance ever written. I mean, you have to be proud of that. I am. I am. And, you know, I must say, as bad as this recession is, it actually validated and vindicated the central point, the theory of money anxiety, that basically says that when money anxiety increases, and, you know, by the way, the money anxiety index jumped tremendously.</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> It&#x27;s now at 81.5. And before the coronavirus kind of hit us, it was in the low 40s. So it doubled in a matter of a couple months. And so the central point in the theory of money anxiety is that when money anxiety goes up, consumption goes down, and people shift the money, the deposits in the bank to liquid account. And both happen right on the money. Well, people get scared, and then they don&#x27;t, you know, they think the world&#x27;s going to end tomorrow kind of thing. And we need to talk about, and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Dan Geller.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> He&#x27;s author of the book Money Anxiety. He&#x27;s joining us from San Francisco today. Doc, is there an inoculation or vaccine for risk or for bad behavior in the market? I wish there was. The only, you know, the only way to deal with it is to listen to those who have been around the block a few times. And, you know, just learn from the experience of those who know a little more about how things work. You know, we do learn from experience. I just turned 50-40 the other day, and more knowledge builds up. And in my lifetime, there have been a number of crashes and a number of recoveries,</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> but a number of people never recovered because they&#x27;ve done the wrong thing, or they were in the wrong place to begin with. That is true. That is absolutely true. But the good news is, again, Coach, things are getting better, and that&#x27;s the most important message that, you know, I can deliver today is that this has been a very, this has been a terrible experience for most people financially and otherwise. But things are looking better economy-wise, and we&#x27;ll get out of it. You know, this is the time where a lot of people make a lot of money, but a lot of people lose. And I had somebody ask me the other day, I try not to give individual stock advice, Doc, because you never know.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> And they said, Coach, what do you feel about the airline stocks? And I said, they&#x27;re going to go up, they&#x27;re going to go down. Yes. You know, because you never know, right? I mean, so we shouldn&#x27;t do, that&#x27;s not a true plan. That&#x27;s gambling. That&#x27;s like going to Vegas. People need a real plan these days, don&#x27;t they? They sure do. And, you know, I&#x27;ll tell you kind of my philosophy based on my research. And in an ideal world, if everyone had time, probably the safest bet is just to buy an index of the whole market and stay with it for, you know, 40, 50 years. But that&#x27;s kind of the ideal. Not everyone has 40, 50 years.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> So the other alternative that people are, as you said, kind of experimenting with, they buy individual stocks, hoping that, you know, next week they&#x27;ll hit the jackpot. Yep. Rarely happens. Very rarely happens. And it&#x27;s almost like a casino. Yes, you might hit the jackpot once, but you&#x27;ll stay there and lose it back again to the house. You know, it&#x27;s funny you said that, Doc, because with the casinos being closed, I&#x27;ve seen article after article about trying to explain the volume increase in the market. Because casinos are closed and there&#x27;s no sports to bet on either. The gamblers, the people that have to have that fix every day, have taken that gambling money and gone into the market with it.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> Yes. Oh, I can see that. Absolutely. Absolutely. And they, you know, they bought the same, you know, the same fallacy with them from the casino. Yep. You know, I always tell people who gamble, and I&#x27;m not talking about the amateur gambler who goes to Vegas and puts $50. I&#x27;m talking about people who are habitually gambler. So, how do you think all these fancy hotels were built in Vegas? Where do you think the money came from? Yeah. For everybody that lost, right? That&#x27;s right. Yeah. That&#x27;s right. So, the house always wins. The same thing happens with the stock market if you go on individual stocks.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> If you know what you&#x27;re doing and you stay the course or, you know, you&#x27;re somewhere in the middle, you&#x27;re diversified and longer term, not in and out. Every time you hear something on the news, then you&#x27;re much, your odds are much better. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute here. I want to look forward in your crystal ball of emotional, financial, behavioral, economics. What do you think the most surprising thing will be in the next five years? I think that we are going to see a shift in investment philosophy and practice. So, right now we have two extremes.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> So, we have one extreme where people have the 40, 50 years and, you know, in their 20s they put money in an index, let&#x27;s say an index of the S&amp;P 500, and they stay with it for 40, 50 years. Yes, they&#x27;ll come out ahead nicely. The problem, as I said, not everybody has the time. On the other extreme are the people who are just in and out a few times a day, and it never works. And somewhere in the middle we found a way that if one knows how to use behavioral economics as a predictor, like we do, that&#x27;s our expertise,</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> there is a way to find ways to invest and stay with the wave of the behavioral economics. And this looks like kind of an in-between solution that is proving to be beneficial. Well, it&#x27;s fascinating, and I absolutely love every time we talk to you. I get enlightened with the behavioral economics aspect. Folks, his name is Dr. Dan Geller. The book available on Amazon. I&#x27;d recommend you run out and get a copy of it, folks, because we&#x27;re going to have up and down markets forever, and doing the right things is the most important aspect of all financial planning. Money Anxiety is the book on Amazon.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Dr. Dan Geller. Doc, thanks for your time today. Coach, always a pleasure, and stay well. You too. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety and financial decisions during uncertain market conditions. Recorded May 2020.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this week we have a very special guest he&#x27;s been on. He&#x27;s a friend of the show. He&#x27;s been on probably about eight or nine times over the last ten years. His name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s an all-around great guy. He&#x27;s a professor. Doc, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show again. Now, let&#x27;s talk, you know, times have changed since we talked last, haven&#x27;t they? Boy, they sure have. They sure have. But there is light at the end of the tunnel. And we are actually pretty much entering now the stage of recovery. Yes, and that&#x27;s good. But a lot of times, and we&#x27;ve talked before, how the worst enemy of an investor many times is the investor themselves. That is true. That is always true.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So rather than cry about spilled milk, because if you watch TV or listen to the radio, everyone&#x27;s complaining about what happened and all that, let&#x27;s look forward, let&#x27;s try to be positive, and let&#x27;s give our listeners some positive advice on what they can do financially, emotionally, with their financially, to make sure they&#x27;re on the right direction as we go forward. Sure. So as far as the overall picture, we are pretty much entering now. These are kind of the early stages of the recovery. It looks like we are going to have some type of tilted, I call it tilted V-shape recession, meaning we went down very fast. The recovery is going to be much longer and much slower because we are dependent on a vaccine to go back to kind of some type of normalization.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> So we are looking at, let&#x27;s say, 12 to 18 months until we are totally out of the woods, pending a vaccine. That&#x27;s kind of the caveat. But things are looking better and businesses are opening up with restrictions. Nevertheless, it&#x27;s getting better than what we had, you know, just at the bottom of this economy. We lost 25 percent of our workforce. Nearly 40 million people were out of jobs. And we lost about also a quarter, 25 percent of our retail sales.</p><p><strong>02:30</strong> So that&#x27;s substantial. This is kind of the bottom. And we&#x27;ll pretty much go upwards from here. As far as financial, on the personal finance, you know, this is a lesson to all of us, I think, that you never know. Meaning it&#x27;s always prudent and wise to have reserves. Because, you know, this came kind of as a surprise and it affected pretty much all of us. And as far as, you know, money management and investments, to be more on the cautious side.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> Yes, it looks like we are on the path for recovery. But things can happen along the way. And it&#x27;s always good to keep this in mind. You know, your book and how we met a long time ago, Money Anxiety, it means a lot today. Your book has been called one of the best books on behavioral finance ever written. I mean, you have to be proud of that. I am. I am. And, you know, I must say, as bad as this recession is, it actually validated and vindicated the central point, the theory of money anxiety, that basically says that when money anxiety increases, and, you know, by the way, the money anxiety index jumped tremendously.</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> It&#x27;s now at 81.5. And before the coronavirus kind of hit us, it was in the low 40s. So it doubled in a matter of a couple months. And so the central point in the theory of money anxiety is that when money anxiety goes up, consumption goes down, and people shift the money, the deposits in the bank to liquid account. And both happen right on the money. Well, people get scared, and then they don&#x27;t, you know, they think the world&#x27;s going to end tomorrow kind of thing. And we need to talk about, and by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Dan Geller.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> He&#x27;s author of the book Money Anxiety. He&#x27;s joining us from San Francisco today. Doc, is there an inoculation or vaccine for risk or for bad behavior in the market? I wish there was. The only, you know, the only way to deal with it is to listen to those who have been around the block a few times. And, you know, just learn from the experience of those who know a little more about how things work. You know, we do learn from experience. I just turned 50-40 the other day, and more knowledge builds up. And in my lifetime, there have been a number of crashes and a number of recoveries,</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> but a number of people never recovered because they&#x27;ve done the wrong thing, or they were in the wrong place to begin with. That is true. That is absolutely true. But the good news is, again, Coach, things are getting better, and that&#x27;s the most important message that, you know, I can deliver today is that this has been a very, this has been a terrible experience for most people financially and otherwise. But things are looking better economy-wise, and we&#x27;ll get out of it. You know, this is the time where a lot of people make a lot of money, but a lot of people lose. And I had somebody ask me the other day, I try not to give individual stock advice, Doc, because you never know.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> And they said, Coach, what do you feel about the airline stocks? And I said, they&#x27;re going to go up, they&#x27;re going to go down. Yes. You know, because you never know, right? I mean, so we shouldn&#x27;t do, that&#x27;s not a true plan. That&#x27;s gambling. That&#x27;s like going to Vegas. People need a real plan these days, don&#x27;t they? They sure do. And, you know, I&#x27;ll tell you kind of my philosophy based on my research. And in an ideal world, if everyone had time, probably the safest bet is just to buy an index of the whole market and stay with it for, you know, 40, 50 years. But that&#x27;s kind of the ideal. Not everyone has 40, 50 years.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> So the other alternative that people are, as you said, kind of experimenting with, they buy individual stocks, hoping that, you know, next week they&#x27;ll hit the jackpot. Yep. Rarely happens. Very rarely happens. And it&#x27;s almost like a casino. Yes, you might hit the jackpot once, but you&#x27;ll stay there and lose it back again to the house. You know, it&#x27;s funny you said that, Doc, because with the casinos being closed, I&#x27;ve seen article after article about trying to explain the volume increase in the market. Because casinos are closed and there&#x27;s no sports to bet on either. The gamblers, the people that have to have that fix every day, have taken that gambling money and gone into the market with it.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> Yes. Oh, I can see that. Absolutely. Absolutely. And they, you know, they bought the same, you know, the same fallacy with them from the casino. Yep. You know, I always tell people who gamble, and I&#x27;m not talking about the amateur gambler who goes to Vegas and puts $50. I&#x27;m talking about people who are habitually gambler. So, how do you think all these fancy hotels were built in Vegas? Where do you think the money came from? Yeah. For everybody that lost, right? That&#x27;s right. Yeah. That&#x27;s right. So, the house always wins. The same thing happens with the stock market if you go on individual stocks.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> If you know what you&#x27;re doing and you stay the course or, you know, you&#x27;re somewhere in the middle, you&#x27;re diversified and longer term, not in and out. Every time you hear something on the news, then you&#x27;re much, your odds are much better. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute here. I want to look forward in your crystal ball of emotional, financial, behavioral, economics. What do you think the most surprising thing will be in the next five years? I think that we are going to see a shift in investment philosophy and practice. So, right now we have two extremes.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> So, we have one extreme where people have the 40, 50 years and, you know, in their 20s they put money in an index, let&#x27;s say an index of the S&amp;P 500, and they stay with it for 40, 50 years. Yes, they&#x27;ll come out ahead nicely. The problem, as I said, not everybody has the time. On the other extreme are the people who are just in and out a few times a day, and it never works. And somewhere in the middle we found a way that if one knows how to use behavioral economics as a predictor, like we do, that&#x27;s our expertise,</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> there is a way to find ways to invest and stay with the wave of the behavioral economics. And this looks like kind of an in-between solution that is proving to be beneficial. Well, it&#x27;s fascinating, and I absolutely love every time we talk to you. I get enlightened with the behavioral economics aspect. Folks, his name is Dr. Dan Geller. The book available on Amazon. I&#x27;d recommend you run out and get a copy of it, folks, because we&#x27;re going to have up and down markets forever, and doing the right things is the most important aspect of all financial planning. Money Anxiety is the book on Amazon.</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> Dr. Dan Geller. Doc, thanks for your time today. Coach, always a pleasure, and stay well. You too. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety and financial decisions during uncertain market conditions. Recorded May 2020.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Geller</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>Money Anxiety in Uncertain Markets</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Geller, behavioral finance, Money Anxiety in Uncertain Markets, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466/image.jpg?t=1792071954&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-geller-money-anxiety-in-uncertain-markets/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466/image.jpg?t=1792071954&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2020 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>687</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca3dada0-802c-4417-bf26-b4e3000bf466/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11025380" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-geller-money-anxiety-in-uncertain-markets</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>69</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Anxiety in Uncertain Markets" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Behavior and financial decisions" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Managing Wealth Through Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Managing Wealth Through Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss managing wealth through retirement. The conversation explores planning for the transition from building savings to using them during life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. I&#x27;m Coach Pete and I&#x27;m joined with Mr. Mike Wall. Now Mike Wall works with higher net worth families, he&#x27;s been doing that for about 20 years. And Mike tell us a little bit about your experience working with high net worth folks. Well you know Coach I tell you it&#x27;s definitely something you and I connected years back in the industry and as we&#x27;ve continued to grow kind of together in different ways as well. You know the needs of those with wealth are different, they just are. You know it&#x27;s like at the end of the day if you have a Ferrari and you need to get the oil changed or you need to get it serviced you&#x27;re probably not going to take it to the Ford dealership right.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> There&#x27;s nothing wrong with Ford but at the end of the day it&#x27;s just the needs are different. And so my experience has been like you I was on national media for about six years. I still write for Forbes as a commentator there, one of the Forbes financial contributors if you will. And been in a place where really we have exclusive focus now with the firms that we have from a consulting firm to a motivational company to a private wealth firm to advanced tax planning. And our niche coach really is kind of helping families throughout the country that at minimum have a million. Our true private wealth division starts at 25 million and then we have a pro athlete division. And again the needs for these folks are very very different because even like this with this whole coronavirus thing going on they might be in a place where we got a call the other day from a gentleman that&#x27;s currently with Goldman Sachs.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> He&#x27;s looking for a second opinion. He&#x27;s got about 15 million. Well he&#x27;s lost a couple million dollars from what&#x27;s going on here with coronavirus. He&#x27;s still going to be able to live his life but his needs are different. And a lot of times a lot of these firms that exist out there, these financial firms, their philosophy is just kind of ebb and flow at the market. And there&#x27;s more strategy that we need to be looking at. Well in my over 27 years in the financial arena what I have seen way too many times Mike is a one size fits all strategy from most of most even the big private wealth divisions of banks. It&#x27;s a one size fits all I see it over and over again Mike and people that are listening here they want their own customized strategies don&#x27;t they? Well they do. I mean when you think about a coach like even if you go into Chase as an example everybody&#x27;s familiar with Chase right and you walk into the bank and their private wealth division in a lot of ways starts at $250,000.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> And they try and make it unique and they try and make it special but the reality of it is it&#x27;s not. And you&#x27;re right it is it is important to have a tailored plan. It&#x27;s like listen everybody if they had to pick whether they&#x27;re going to go and get a dress or a suit off the rack even if it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s Saks Fifth Avenue. Nice shop right nice store. Yes. You would still rather have something that&#x27;s completely tailored made for you. You&#x27;re pitching all picking all the stitching all the buttons everything made just for you and it feels different it fits different it is different because it&#x27;s made for you not made for your neighbor. And that&#x27;s exactly what people need to be looking at when it comes to their investments in general because that&#x27;s just not happening out there. And by the way you and I both know as we&#x27;ve talked about this in many times in the past that a lot of these big firms whether it&#x27;s Wells or Merrill or whoever it is there they might be providing value and service but they don&#x27;t have the capacity because they are so large which sounds kind of counterintuitive but they actually don&#x27;t have the ability to really get granular and tailor the way that an independent or boutique firm can.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> That&#x27;s a great point and you know Mike I&#x27;ve known you over 10 years and about eight years ago you and I were together researching some real estate in New York City. And we spent a few days there and that was my first experience with a true tailored suit and sport coat. You took me by a place there and I got measured up and I almost had a heart attack when I saw the bill. But it&#x27;s still to this day the sports jacket that I got there is still my favorite sports jacket ever. I only wear it on special TV appearances when I go on CNBC or Fox or something like that or I bring it out every now and then for my office colleagues because I don&#x27;t want them to feel left out. But it&#x27;s such a great fit and it really does make a difference doesn&#x27;t it. Yeah it does it does. And so so the purpose of this show is we&#x27;re interacting and as you&#x27;re listening and you&#x27;re dialing in and tuning in each and every week as these shows come out. You know one of the things that we know is a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> So our goal and intention here with this podcast is really to kind of come above the clouds if you will. You know a lot of times people are in a place where they&#x27;re they&#x27;re flying in the clouds. They&#x27;re high they&#x27;re doing okay they think financially maybe they&#x27;re doing all right but they&#x27;re not high enough to really have the kind of clarity that they want. So if you can imagine when you&#x27;re flying in a plane whether it&#x27;s a private jet or commercial and you pop through the clouds and when you pop up there you have the availability to have a view that is not only well rounded but it is far reaching. And that&#x27;s one of the things that we want to be doing is sharing thoughts and ideas here that we have seen implemented to clients and families that we&#x27;re working with that have not only helped them save hundreds of thousands to millions of dollars in taxes in their portfolios and on their wealth. But also giving them the ability to really have what we call an efficient portfolio.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And that&#x27;s so important as you&#x27;re right as you mentioned it coach earlier this is way different than just stocks bonds mutual funds moving more to fixed income and less to equities when the markets are rocky. We all know that that solution has not fared well. In fact it&#x27;s it&#x27;s been tested and proven the fact that you know even in 2008 when markets were rocky a lot of people with safe quote unquote safe investments in the market because as you and I both know nothing is safe in the market lost money. So we want to be bringing things to the table that might be a little bit different. Some of you out there as you&#x27;re listening to this you might say I&#x27;ve heard of private equity before. I&#x27;ve heard of venture capital before. I&#x27;ve heard of easements before I&#x27;ve heard of a variety of other things. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re getting ready to sell a business for 25 30 40 50 million dollars. Did you know that there is a treaty that&#x27;s been signed and instituted with the country of Malta that actually gives you the ability to have some serious tax advantageous structure and potentially eliminate and for sure help drastically reduce the taxes on the sale of your business.</p><p><strong>05:58</strong> So all of these things we&#x27;re going to dive in coach and I think this is something that people in that lane it&#x27;s tough because people in that lane it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t know exactly where to go. To get that kind of information the general information for general investments are out there. But where do you go if you got 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 plus million or more to get the kind of knowledge that you really want. Yeah these are essential strategies to help you de-confuse yourself as it relates to private wealth and tax planning tax strategies. And folks if you&#x27;d like some information or want to get your own plan based on these strategies it&#x27;s very simple. All you have to do is text the word coach that&#x27;s c-o-a-c-h because I&#x27;m coach Pete coach to 21000 that&#x27;s 21000 or give us a call right now 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:43</strong> Mike you brought a good point up there talking about when you pop through the clouds in the airplane you have that 360 degree panoramic view. It&#x27;s been otherwise called a eagle eye view and it&#x27;s amazing what you can see from above that you don&#x27;t see when you&#x27;re down in the situation. And like you&#x27;re saying if someone is getting ready to sell a business they&#x27;re getting bombarded with all sorts of stuff they forget about the most important part themselves. Yeah well that&#x27;s exactly right. And the reason is think about it anytime that there&#x27;s new things that enter into our lives right new things that occur. Even right now you know we&#x27;re going through situations it&#x27;s pandemic in the world and all of these other things. What happens is is you have all of these additional pressures that are weighing on you that are more than your normal day-to-day pressures. So it causes you to be in a place where you could panic or you could do things or make decisions that are unfortunately irreversible.</p><p><strong>07:30</strong> You know I had a conversation with a tax preparer at one time and you and I both know that there&#x27;s nothing wrong with CPAs. There&#x27;s some quality quality CPAs out there and there&#x27;s some that you know are not so good. Just like anything else there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. But CPAs historically when you think about it you know a lot of people say well I have a CPA helping me with my taxes or they&#x27;re going to help me evaluate the cost evaluation of my business. As I look to transition and sell and all of these other things. But the CPA typically is someone who is helping you with basic day-to-day things. They&#x27;re historians right. Tell me what you&#x27;ve spent. Tell me what you made. I&#x27;ll tell you what you&#x27;re getting back or what you&#x27;re going to pay in taxes. And so one of the things that we know and all of these additional pressures come on because you have new things happen in life. Sometimes you need new strategy. And I love the thought that says what got you to where you are is not going to get you to where you need to go.</p><p><strong>08:20</strong> So what got you to where you are now is not what&#x27;s going to get you to where you need to go. And for a lot of times for a lot of folks when they sell a company coach they&#x27;re in a place where they may have been making four or five six seven hundred a million maybe two million a year in income or maybe more while they&#x27;re CEO and running their company. But now they get ready to sell their company. They&#x27;re used to running the business and all that all that goes with that. Now they get ready to sell their company and they&#x27;re in a place where they get maybe a 20 30 40 50 million or more payday. And now all of a sudden it&#x27;s like this is the first time in their life even though they&#x27;ve made a nice income. It&#x27;s the first time in their life they&#x27;ve gotten a check if you will for 50 million dollars. And what do you do with that? And that&#x27;s some of the strategy that we want to be bringing and sharing because this is just something that we&#x27;ve seen. We&#x27;ve been able to add a ton of value to families throughout the country over the years.</p><p><strong>09:06</strong> Yeah and I think it&#x27;s important for anyone listening to know there is a positive relationship and correlation between tax and wealth if you have the right team on your side. And folks if you&#x27;re looking for a team or if you want a second opinion or just want to get started on the new avenues here and the ways to really structure your money to take advantage of the tax code instead of being punished by it. All you have to do is give us a call 800-975-6717 800-975-6717 we offer a no cost initial consultation just to make sure to get you on that right track. And Mike any final words? I&#x27;m excited to kind of come back and collaborate together and use some of the wealth of knowledge that you&#x27;ve accumulated and I&#x27;ve accumulated and we&#x27;ve implemented it in helping families in different capacities. And so I&#x27;m excited for our listeners out there as we continue to grow the show throughout the country and quite honestly the world to add value to those that need it most because I believe that it&#x27;s a big part of stewardship when it comes to our money.</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> And those that really have amassed some wealth typically they want to be in a place they want to be a good steward and they want to use that wealth for ways that can impact places and people for generations to come. Dennis Waitley once said that it was his goal in life to plant shade trees under which he will never sit. That&#x27;s forward thinking and that only happens with the correct planning. So I&#x27;m excited for our listeners and I&#x27;m excited for this show. I do want you to know if you&#x27;ve got a question specifically that anytime you reach out it&#x27;s going to be a very individualized situation. All of the information is held privately so no one&#x27;s going to know your information obviously other than us when you talk specifically to us if you qualify. And we look forward to connecting with many of you and helping you protect grow and reduce taxes on your wealth for years to come. We have a national team folks and again you can always go to financialsafari.com or you can give me a call 800-661-7383 and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss managing wealth through retirement. The conversation explores planning for the transition from building savings to using them during life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. I&#x27;m Coach Pete and I&#x27;m joined with Mr. Mike Wall. Now Mike Wall works with higher net worth families, he&#x27;s been doing that for about 20 years. And Mike tell us a little bit about your experience working with high net worth folks. Well you know Coach I tell you it&#x27;s definitely something you and I connected years back in the industry and as we&#x27;ve continued to grow kind of together in different ways as well. You know the needs of those with wealth are different, they just are. You know it&#x27;s like at the end of the day if you have a Ferrari and you need to get the oil changed or you need to get it serviced you&#x27;re probably not going to take it to the Ford dealership right.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> There&#x27;s nothing wrong with Ford but at the end of the day it&#x27;s just the needs are different. And so my experience has been like you I was on national media for about six years. I still write for Forbes as a commentator there, one of the Forbes financial contributors if you will. And been in a place where really we have exclusive focus now with the firms that we have from a consulting firm to a motivational company to a private wealth firm to advanced tax planning. And our niche coach really is kind of helping families throughout the country that at minimum have a million. Our true private wealth division starts at 25 million and then we have a pro athlete division. And again the needs for these folks are very very different because even like this with this whole coronavirus thing going on they might be in a place where we got a call the other day from a gentleman that&#x27;s currently with Goldman Sachs.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> He&#x27;s looking for a second opinion. He&#x27;s got about 15 million. Well he&#x27;s lost a couple million dollars from what&#x27;s going on here with coronavirus. He&#x27;s still going to be able to live his life but his needs are different. And a lot of times a lot of these firms that exist out there, these financial firms, their philosophy is just kind of ebb and flow at the market. And there&#x27;s more strategy that we need to be looking at. Well in my over 27 years in the financial arena what I have seen way too many times Mike is a one size fits all strategy from most of most even the big private wealth divisions of banks. It&#x27;s a one size fits all I see it over and over again Mike and people that are listening here they want their own customized strategies don&#x27;t they? Well they do. I mean when you think about a coach like even if you go into Chase as an example everybody&#x27;s familiar with Chase right and you walk into the bank and their private wealth division in a lot of ways starts at $250,000.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> And they try and make it unique and they try and make it special but the reality of it is it&#x27;s not. And you&#x27;re right it is it is important to have a tailored plan. It&#x27;s like listen everybody if they had to pick whether they&#x27;re going to go and get a dress or a suit off the rack even if it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s Saks Fifth Avenue. Nice shop right nice store. Yes. You would still rather have something that&#x27;s completely tailored made for you. You&#x27;re pitching all picking all the stitching all the buttons everything made just for you and it feels different it fits different it is different because it&#x27;s made for you not made for your neighbor. And that&#x27;s exactly what people need to be looking at when it comes to their investments in general because that&#x27;s just not happening out there. And by the way you and I both know as we&#x27;ve talked about this in many times in the past that a lot of these big firms whether it&#x27;s Wells or Merrill or whoever it is there they might be providing value and service but they don&#x27;t have the capacity because they are so large which sounds kind of counterintuitive but they actually don&#x27;t have the ability to really get granular and tailor the way that an independent or boutique firm can.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> That&#x27;s a great point and you know Mike I&#x27;ve known you over 10 years and about eight years ago you and I were together researching some real estate in New York City. And we spent a few days there and that was my first experience with a true tailored suit and sport coat. You took me by a place there and I got measured up and I almost had a heart attack when I saw the bill. But it&#x27;s still to this day the sports jacket that I got there is still my favorite sports jacket ever. I only wear it on special TV appearances when I go on CNBC or Fox or something like that or I bring it out every now and then for my office colleagues because I don&#x27;t want them to feel left out. But it&#x27;s such a great fit and it really does make a difference doesn&#x27;t it. Yeah it does it does. And so so the purpose of this show is we&#x27;re interacting and as you&#x27;re listening and you&#x27;re dialing in and tuning in each and every week as these shows come out. You know one of the things that we know is a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want because they don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s available.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> So our goal and intention here with this podcast is really to kind of come above the clouds if you will. You know a lot of times people are in a place where they&#x27;re they&#x27;re flying in the clouds. They&#x27;re high they&#x27;re doing okay they think financially maybe they&#x27;re doing all right but they&#x27;re not high enough to really have the kind of clarity that they want. So if you can imagine when you&#x27;re flying in a plane whether it&#x27;s a private jet or commercial and you pop through the clouds and when you pop up there you have the availability to have a view that is not only well rounded but it is far reaching. And that&#x27;s one of the things that we want to be doing is sharing thoughts and ideas here that we have seen implemented to clients and families that we&#x27;re working with that have not only helped them save hundreds of thousands to millions of dollars in taxes in their portfolios and on their wealth. But also giving them the ability to really have what we call an efficient portfolio.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And that&#x27;s so important as you&#x27;re right as you mentioned it coach earlier this is way different than just stocks bonds mutual funds moving more to fixed income and less to equities when the markets are rocky. We all know that that solution has not fared well. In fact it&#x27;s it&#x27;s been tested and proven the fact that you know even in 2008 when markets were rocky a lot of people with safe quote unquote safe investments in the market because as you and I both know nothing is safe in the market lost money. So we want to be bringing things to the table that might be a little bit different. Some of you out there as you&#x27;re listening to this you might say I&#x27;ve heard of private equity before. I&#x27;ve heard of venture capital before. I&#x27;ve heard of easements before I&#x27;ve heard of a variety of other things. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re getting ready to sell a business for 25 30 40 50 million dollars. Did you know that there is a treaty that&#x27;s been signed and instituted with the country of Malta that actually gives you the ability to have some serious tax advantageous structure and potentially eliminate and for sure help drastically reduce the taxes on the sale of your business.</p><p><strong>05:58</strong> So all of these things we&#x27;re going to dive in coach and I think this is something that people in that lane it&#x27;s tough because people in that lane it&#x27;s like I don&#x27;t know exactly where to go. To get that kind of information the general information for general investments are out there. But where do you go if you got 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 plus million or more to get the kind of knowledge that you really want. Yeah these are essential strategies to help you de-confuse yourself as it relates to private wealth and tax planning tax strategies. And folks if you&#x27;d like some information or want to get your own plan based on these strategies it&#x27;s very simple. All you have to do is text the word coach that&#x27;s c-o-a-c-h because I&#x27;m coach Pete coach to 21000 that&#x27;s 21000 or give us a call right now 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:43</strong> Mike you brought a good point up there talking about when you pop through the clouds in the airplane you have that 360 degree panoramic view. It&#x27;s been otherwise called a eagle eye view and it&#x27;s amazing what you can see from above that you don&#x27;t see when you&#x27;re down in the situation. And like you&#x27;re saying if someone is getting ready to sell a business they&#x27;re getting bombarded with all sorts of stuff they forget about the most important part themselves. Yeah well that&#x27;s exactly right. And the reason is think about it anytime that there&#x27;s new things that enter into our lives right new things that occur. Even right now you know we&#x27;re going through situations it&#x27;s pandemic in the world and all of these other things. What happens is is you have all of these additional pressures that are weighing on you that are more than your normal day-to-day pressures. So it causes you to be in a place where you could panic or you could do things or make decisions that are unfortunately irreversible.</p><p><strong>07:30</strong> You know I had a conversation with a tax preparer at one time and you and I both know that there&#x27;s nothing wrong with CPAs. There&#x27;s some quality quality CPAs out there and there&#x27;s some that you know are not so good. Just like anything else there&#x27;s good and bad of everything. But CPAs historically when you think about it you know a lot of people say well I have a CPA helping me with my taxes or they&#x27;re going to help me evaluate the cost evaluation of my business. As I look to transition and sell and all of these other things. But the CPA typically is someone who is helping you with basic day-to-day things. They&#x27;re historians right. Tell me what you&#x27;ve spent. Tell me what you made. I&#x27;ll tell you what you&#x27;re getting back or what you&#x27;re going to pay in taxes. And so one of the things that we know and all of these additional pressures come on because you have new things happen in life. Sometimes you need new strategy. And I love the thought that says what got you to where you are is not going to get you to where you need to go.</p><p><strong>08:20</strong> So what got you to where you are now is not what&#x27;s going to get you to where you need to go. And for a lot of times for a lot of folks when they sell a company coach they&#x27;re in a place where they may have been making four or five six seven hundred a million maybe two million a year in income or maybe more while they&#x27;re CEO and running their company. But now they get ready to sell their company. They&#x27;re used to running the business and all that all that goes with that. Now they get ready to sell their company and they&#x27;re in a place where they get maybe a 20 30 40 50 million or more payday. And now all of a sudden it&#x27;s like this is the first time in their life even though they&#x27;ve made a nice income. It&#x27;s the first time in their life they&#x27;ve gotten a check if you will for 50 million dollars. And what do you do with that? And that&#x27;s some of the strategy that we want to be bringing and sharing because this is just something that we&#x27;ve seen. We&#x27;ve been able to add a ton of value to families throughout the country over the years.</p><p><strong>09:06</strong> Yeah and I think it&#x27;s important for anyone listening to know there is a positive relationship and correlation between tax and wealth if you have the right team on your side. And folks if you&#x27;re looking for a team or if you want a second opinion or just want to get started on the new avenues here and the ways to really structure your money to take advantage of the tax code instead of being punished by it. All you have to do is give us a call 800-975-6717 800-975-6717 we offer a no cost initial consultation just to make sure to get you on that right track. And Mike any final words? I&#x27;m excited to kind of come back and collaborate together and use some of the wealth of knowledge that you&#x27;ve accumulated and I&#x27;ve accumulated and we&#x27;ve implemented it in helping families in different capacities. And so I&#x27;m excited for our listeners out there as we continue to grow the show throughout the country and quite honestly the world to add value to those that need it most because I believe that it&#x27;s a big part of stewardship when it comes to our money.</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> And those that really have amassed some wealth typically they want to be in a place they want to be a good steward and they want to use that wealth for ways that can impact places and people for generations to come. Dennis Waitley once said that it was his goal in life to plant shade trees under which he will never sit. That&#x27;s forward thinking and that only happens with the correct planning. So I&#x27;m excited for our listeners and I&#x27;m excited for this show. I do want you to know if you&#x27;ve got a question specifically that anytime you reach out it&#x27;s going to be a very individualized situation. All of the information is held privately so no one&#x27;s going to know your information obviously other than us when you talk specifically to us if you qualify. And we look forward to connecting with many of you and helping you protect grow and reduce taxes on your wealth for years to come. We have a national team folks and again you can always go to financialsafari.com or you can give me a call 800-661-7383 and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss managing wealth through retirement. The conversation explores planning for the transition from building savings to using them during life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Managing Wealth Through Retirement</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, Managing Wealth Through Retirement, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5fc4cd2f-0344-48b1-8d62-adff011671cf/image.jpg?t=1792073729&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5fc4cd2f-0344-48b1-8d62-adff011671cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-coach-pete-and-guest-mike-wall/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5fc4cd2f-0344-48b1-8d62-adff011671cf/image.jpg?t=1792073729&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">504f596a-10b1-4a79-8781-fc44e2289458</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5fc4cd2f-0344-48b1-8d62-adff011671cf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2020 06:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>658</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5fc4cd2f-0344-48b1-8d62-adff011671cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10562948" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-coach-pete-and-guest-mike-wall</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>70</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Managing Wealth Through Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:03" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pete Trabucco: Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Pete Trabucco: Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Talking with Pete Trabuco, Pete wears many hats. He is a top travel expert. He&#x27;s a TV host, an author and an actor and a DJ. But we&#x27;re going to talk to him concerning his amusement park expert hat today. And his book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides and amusement water parks.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Hello Pete. Hello, how are you doing? Hope you&#x27;re having a great day. Having a great day and looking forward to the conversation here. I happen to love rides and I love amusement parks. And I know that you haven&#x27;t always loved rides. You had to overcome a bit of a fear of rides, didn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And one of the things that I did for my first book, which is America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters in Amusement Parks, was to actually take notes I had done because I was afraid of roller coasters. My daughter was born and I wanted to not miss out on those experiences. So I actually started riding roller coasters. Even though I&#x27;m a pilot, I&#x27;ve done aerobatics, I&#x27;ve done some crazy stuff in my life. I had that childhood fear of roller coasters. So I wrote the first book as therapy to actually get past that fear. And it was a childhood fear that eventually, once I realized that, you know, coasters are safe</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> and some of the stuff I&#x27;ve been doing is a lot more crazier than the roller coasters, but the rush is still there. You know, the feeling of doing aerobatic maneuvers that you would normally do in an airplane, tied to the ground on a rail. Well, it became a lot easier and a lot more enjoyable. Well, and yes, you are a pilot. I guess it&#x27;s a control thing then. You know, it boils down to when I was very young when I first went on the ride. It was in Coney Island. And basically, I just didn&#x27;t like the feeling of it. And, you know, any fear that you have, whether it&#x27;s roller coasters and fear of flying, fear of insects, fear of anything, if you don&#x27;t confront it, it gets bigger and bigger and bigger and to the point where you&#x27;re just not even willing to try to overcome it. What I tell people, and obviously in chapters in my book, I go over the basic ideas or basic</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> concepts in order to overcome that fear. You&#x27;ve really got to head on and basically get over the fear that way. And you find out most of the time that there was nothing to be afraid of. So this was somewhat of therapy for you, but you became an amusement park expert in the process. How are you an expert in amusement parks? Well, you know, my full-time job, I travel. I&#x27;m in aviation. And basically, I was visiting a lot of different places all over the country. And basically, there&#x27;s two things you can do when you&#x27;re visiting aviation people or customers or clients or whatever. It&#x27;s sit in a hotel, wait for the meeting and go. Or you can go out and do two things. And one of the things was I love ballparks and stadiums. So whenever I get a chance, I&#x27;ll go to them. Or I will go to an amusement park and ride roller coasters with customers, clients, or just by</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> myself. And while I&#x27;m there, you know, write little notes about the different rides and what I experienced and so on. So that&#x27;s pretty much how I got into it, other than the fact that after I overcame the fear, it became enjoyable. And again, I&#x27;m getting older. I don&#x27;t really do any aerobatics anymore or crazy things in an airplane because, you know, you&#x27;re older. But this is the same rush. It&#x27;s not nearly as intense as, let&#x27;s say, you know, doing a loop-de-loop or an animal man in an airplane, a souped-up aircraft. But the G-forces are there, both negative and positive. And it&#x27;s definitely still a rush. Oh, they certainly are. And even more so with roller coasters. Now, your book, A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides in Amusement Water Parks, is a must-read for any amusement park enthusiast because you offer some tips and reveal some secrets,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> too. I happen to love rides and always have. Hate the lines. But in your book, you offer tips on how to avoid the lines. How do you do that besides pick a rainy day to go? Well, you got it right there with the rainy day. I mean, you can do a lot of things if you don&#x27;t mind having a little rain in your face. But there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do. The first thing you should do is never, and I mean never, go to an amusement park during midday. Midday is when everyone is there. It&#x27;s hot. There&#x27;s a lot of big lines. So what I always tell people is if you&#x27;re going to go, go early morning or go late evening, because at that point, people have had it. They, you know, normally they want to go back to the hotel, maybe get something to eat, and they&#x27;re not going to really stay at that location. So what I tell them is that&#x27;s one of the major tips is go early morning or go late day.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Now, when the park opens, the first thing you should do, if you&#x27;re not doing a fast pass, get to the rides you want to get early, immediately, as soon as you get there. You want to get to whatever location that you can get to. And of course, Disney&#x27;s got a great program where you can actually fast pass everything on your cell phone. You can do it at home. You can do it whatever you need to do. And that makes it a heck of a lot easier to avoid those lines. And here&#x27;s my biggest one. This is the one I kind of like the most is normally when you go on a ride, a thrill ride, or just any event that goes on at these amusement parks. If you go on the single line, which means just you, it&#x27;s so much faster. For example, at the Harry Potter ride, if you&#x27;re on that, it could be two, three hours before you get on the actual 3D ride.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But on a single line, 10 minutes. Now, it&#x27;s certainly not cheap to get into these places, but you have some tips on discounts available. Yes, in order to save money, real simple. During the springtime, you&#x27;re going to see in all convenience stores, you&#x27;re going to see specials to all the amusement parks, all the local ones in your area. And there&#x27;s about 2,000 amusement parks throughout North America. So you&#x27;re going to see these are convenience stores and there&#x27;s special gifts that are going on where they do the special. Besides, also, another way to save money is if like during the holidays, like Thanksgiving and Christmas, when you&#x27;re up in the northeast area or the northern portions, once you&#x27;re do something like that, they give you a discount for the water parks as well as everything else that goes on. So let&#x27;s say you pay $50 to go to a Christmas thing or whatever, and it&#x27;s just a one-day</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> thing. For another $50, they will throw in. And again, this is just examples. It could be higher and lower depending on that. But for the same price that you paid or less, you can get a season pass, which normally would be in the hundreds of dollars to do that. So that&#x27;s special as well. You can go online. Disney is always having great things as well as Universal and the Cedar Fair operations and Busch Gardens where you get airfare, hotel. There are meal plans that are absolutely amazing as long as you don&#x27;t mind going to the places that are listed. You can save a lot of money. And here&#x27;s one way you can save a lot of money. People don&#x27;t know this too much, but any Disney park, and especially mostly all the parks around the country, if you ask for ice water, just ice water, they have to give it to you.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> By law, they have to give it to you. So you could save a lot of money just by going over to a booth, not paying for the soda, not paying for whatever. Just go over, ask for ice water, and they will give it to you every single time. And that&#x27;ll save you a lot of money in the long run. Oh, it certainly will over that $10 Coke. You know, we were talking about King&#x27;s Dominion, and when I was there last, and I&#x27;m not afraid of roller coasters, but I don&#x27;t like blacking out. And the Intimidator, I actually did black out, I guess, because of the G-force. Are you seeing more of that in roller coasters today than in the past? Well, the thing is, you know, when you have rides that go up to 5Gs, an Intimidator is one of the best out there. I mean, there&#x27;s even bigger ones and faster ones, but the bottom line is Intimidator is great. What you need to do is this, number one, and these are the things, as a pilot, I learned</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> this. When you&#x27;re doing high G maneuvers, you need to grunt, groan, or scream. Now, if you&#x27;re not wearing a G-suit like a pilot that keeps the blood up into the upper extremities, you&#x27;re going to experience what we call brownout or tunnel vision. And eventually, you might be able to black out. If you&#x27;re not hydrated enough, water-wise, you can black out. So what I tell people is if you&#x27;re going to ride, ride like Intimidator. You want to make sure, first of all, that you&#x27;re definitely hydrated. But also, scream. Keep the blood up into your upper extremities. Do not close your eyes. Focus on a point, because that&#x27;s what you do when you&#x27;re flying aerobatics. You focus on a point, and at that point, you&#x27;ll have fun. And where else can you actually scream your lungs off and not get arrested?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So it&#x27;s a great way to do it. Well, for most people, that wouldn&#x27;t be a problem, because most are screaming. What&#x27;s your favorite roller coaster? Well, the ones that I&#x27;m riding at the time, basically. Intimidator is one of my favorites. Obviously, Volcano, even though it was a slower roller coaster, it was the first to use that limb launch or magnetic launch system. But right now, I would say that on the cover of my first book, America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters and Amusement Parks, you&#x27;ve got Millennium Force out of Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, a 300-foot, 95-mile-an-hour marvel. While most rides are coming back into the train station, this one&#x27;s only halfway. So that&#x27;s probably one of my favorites. But there&#x27;s so many good ones. I mean, right now, we&#x27;ve got some great ones.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Jersey Devil at Six Flags, Great Adventures coming out with a new ride. The Icebreaker at SeaWorld is going to be an amazing ride. Texas Stingray over at San Antonio. These are all great, fantastic rides that are just coming into being, and they&#x27;re going to give these older rides a run for their money. I know Kingda Ka is super fast in the U.S., but I believe, and I may be wrong here, the fastest at this point is in the United Arab Emirates. Is that Formula Rosa? That&#x27;s correct. Formula Rosa at Ferrari World in the Dubai area, and that goes from zero to 150 miles an hour in about two and a half to three seconds. So if you ever wanted to know what it&#x27;s like to be on an aircraft carrier in an F-18 and get shot off the catapult, believe it or not, this is a morbid experience because, remember,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> you don&#x27;t have a canopy or glass blocking all the wind. So if you wanted an immediate facelift from the 5Gs, so 6Gs on takeoff, this is the way to go. And right now, Kingda Ka still is the tallest roller coaster at 455 feet, but it lost the speed record to that ride, Formula Russo. What is your favorite? We&#x27;ve talked about roller coasters. What&#x27;s your favorite or most thrilling non-roller coaster ride? Well, you know, I love the old-style rides, basically. I would say my favorite non-... Well, again, you&#x27;ve got to put into many considerations here because my non-coaster, I would say, soaring is actually one of my favorites in that basically it is a simulation, but it&#x27;s actually an amazing</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> experience. Obviously, Avatar now, which has another version at Animal Kingdom. These rides are so realistic. And as a pilot, I can tell you, it almost feels like you&#x27;re actually hang gliding on soaring, so that&#x27;s a great one. The Mummy, even though it is a semi-roller coaster over at Universal Studios, again, a lot of that is basically simulation. And one of the first ones to come out that&#x27;s not a roller coaster that I had the most fun with and is probably one of the most popular rides is the old Superman ride over at Universal Studios in Orlando, Florida. So these are great rides. They&#x27;re simulation rides, but at the same time, they are just absolutely amazing and ones I would recommend. Thrill rides seem so American.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> Were they born in the U.S.? Well, the first roller coaster in the United States was in 1884. I was at Coney Island of all places, and it was a great ride. Marcus Thompson, J. Marcus Thompson was the person who did that. It only went about seven miles an hour, basically. So if you had a top hat on, you could probably just keep your top hat on and nothing would have happened. But you have to go way back for the first roller coasters, which were basically more like toboggans. You have to go back to Russia, in which that&#x27;s where the rides actually originated. And they put them on mountain areas, and it was more like tobogganing. But at the same time, it did have a rail. So you&#x27;d have to say that they were the first to actually invent these type of roller coasters</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> that would go on a rail down a mountain, a snowy mountain in these cases. And that&#x27;s pretty much where it would start. But Marcus Thompson would be the person who created it at Coney Island way back. And, again, it was 1884, if I believe. Talking with Pete Trebuco, whose book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides. And I know that you offer, well, reveal some secrets at amusement parks. And I know one that you touch on is the feral cats at Disneyland. Yeah, believe it or not. There are a lot of secrets out there that basically that they have. And one of them, we&#x27;ve all seen the football game over at MetLife Stadium with the Giants, where the cats come out of nowhere onto the field. And, yes, believe it or not, you&#x27;ll find at Disney World and Disneyland that there are just many, many things.</p><p><strong>13:33</strong> In fact, every park will have stray cats, stray dogs, and other animals that basically are living there. Now, are they actually supposed to be there? Of course not. But do the people that work at these staff and the cast members see them? Of course they do. But the bottom line is they try not to have that because, again, sanitary reasons. You really don&#x27;t want cats or animals in the same places as humans without being taken care of and so on down the line. Secret-wise, I don&#x27;t know if you know this, but the Haunted Mansion, believe it or not, there&#x27;s actually living remains of people at the Haunted Mansion. Oh, wow. What happens is a lot of people will actually throw the ashes down of their loved ones</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> when no one is looking at the park. And this has been done for many, many, many years. Now, the secret is basically there are cameras now, and you can no longer do that. And if they do that, believe it or not, they have to close the ride down and hazmat has to be called in in order to clean that up. But in the past, before the cameras were set up, and this is a secret that a lot of people don&#x27;t know, people were doing that. And that means it actually could really be haunted. You never know. Yes, it could. Pete Trebuco, who&#x27;s author of A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides and Amusement Water Parks. Thanks for joining us, Pete. Thank you so much, and you have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Dave Perkins. Talking with Pete Trabuco, Pete wears many hats. He is a top travel expert. He&#x27;s a TV host, an author and an actor and a DJ. But we&#x27;re going to talk to him concerning his amusement park expert hat today. And his book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides and amusement water parks.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Hello Pete. Hello, how are you doing? Hope you&#x27;re having a great day. Having a great day and looking forward to the conversation here. I happen to love rides and I love amusement parks. And I know that you haven&#x27;t always loved rides. You had to overcome a bit of a fear of rides, didn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And one of the things that I did for my first book, which is America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters in Amusement Parks, was to actually take notes I had done because I was afraid of roller coasters. My daughter was born and I wanted to not miss out on those experiences. So I actually started riding roller coasters. Even though I&#x27;m a pilot, I&#x27;ve done aerobatics, I&#x27;ve done some crazy stuff in my life. I had that childhood fear of roller coasters. So I wrote the first book as therapy to actually get past that fear. And it was a childhood fear that eventually, once I realized that, you know, coasters are safe</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> and some of the stuff I&#x27;ve been doing is a lot more crazier than the roller coasters, but the rush is still there. You know, the feeling of doing aerobatic maneuvers that you would normally do in an airplane, tied to the ground on a rail. Well, it became a lot easier and a lot more enjoyable. Well, and yes, you are a pilot. I guess it&#x27;s a control thing then. You know, it boils down to when I was very young when I first went on the ride. It was in Coney Island. And basically, I just didn&#x27;t like the feeling of it. And, you know, any fear that you have, whether it&#x27;s roller coasters and fear of flying, fear of insects, fear of anything, if you don&#x27;t confront it, it gets bigger and bigger and bigger and to the point where you&#x27;re just not even willing to try to overcome it. What I tell people, and obviously in chapters in my book, I go over the basic ideas or basic</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> concepts in order to overcome that fear. You&#x27;ve really got to head on and basically get over the fear that way. And you find out most of the time that there was nothing to be afraid of. So this was somewhat of therapy for you, but you became an amusement park expert in the process. How are you an expert in amusement parks? Well, you know, my full-time job, I travel. I&#x27;m in aviation. And basically, I was visiting a lot of different places all over the country. And basically, there&#x27;s two things you can do when you&#x27;re visiting aviation people or customers or clients or whatever. It&#x27;s sit in a hotel, wait for the meeting and go. Or you can go out and do two things. And one of the things was I love ballparks and stadiums. So whenever I get a chance, I&#x27;ll go to them. Or I will go to an amusement park and ride roller coasters with customers, clients, or just by</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> myself. And while I&#x27;m there, you know, write little notes about the different rides and what I experienced and so on. So that&#x27;s pretty much how I got into it, other than the fact that after I overcame the fear, it became enjoyable. And again, I&#x27;m getting older. I don&#x27;t really do any aerobatics anymore or crazy things in an airplane because, you know, you&#x27;re older. But this is the same rush. It&#x27;s not nearly as intense as, let&#x27;s say, you know, doing a loop-de-loop or an animal man in an airplane, a souped-up aircraft. But the G-forces are there, both negative and positive. And it&#x27;s definitely still a rush. Oh, they certainly are. And even more so with roller coasters. Now, your book, A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides in Amusement Water Parks, is a must-read for any amusement park enthusiast because you offer some tips and reveal some secrets,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> too. I happen to love rides and always have. Hate the lines. But in your book, you offer tips on how to avoid the lines. How do you do that besides pick a rainy day to go? Well, you got it right there with the rainy day. I mean, you can do a lot of things if you don&#x27;t mind having a little rain in your face. But there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do. The first thing you should do is never, and I mean never, go to an amusement park during midday. Midday is when everyone is there. It&#x27;s hot. There&#x27;s a lot of big lines. So what I always tell people is if you&#x27;re going to go, go early morning or go late evening, because at that point, people have had it. They, you know, normally they want to go back to the hotel, maybe get something to eat, and they&#x27;re not going to really stay at that location. So what I tell them is that&#x27;s one of the major tips is go early morning or go late day.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Now, when the park opens, the first thing you should do, if you&#x27;re not doing a fast pass, get to the rides you want to get early, immediately, as soon as you get there. You want to get to whatever location that you can get to. And of course, Disney&#x27;s got a great program where you can actually fast pass everything on your cell phone. You can do it at home. You can do it whatever you need to do. And that makes it a heck of a lot easier to avoid those lines. And here&#x27;s my biggest one. This is the one I kind of like the most is normally when you go on a ride, a thrill ride, or just any event that goes on at these amusement parks. If you go on the single line, which means just you, it&#x27;s so much faster. For example, at the Harry Potter ride, if you&#x27;re on that, it could be two, three hours before you get on the actual 3D ride.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But on a single line, 10 minutes. Now, it&#x27;s certainly not cheap to get into these places, but you have some tips on discounts available. Yes, in order to save money, real simple. During the springtime, you&#x27;re going to see in all convenience stores, you&#x27;re going to see specials to all the amusement parks, all the local ones in your area. And there&#x27;s about 2,000 amusement parks throughout North America. So you&#x27;re going to see these are convenience stores and there&#x27;s special gifts that are going on where they do the special. Besides, also, another way to save money is if like during the holidays, like Thanksgiving and Christmas, when you&#x27;re up in the northeast area or the northern portions, once you&#x27;re do something like that, they give you a discount for the water parks as well as everything else that goes on. So let&#x27;s say you pay $50 to go to a Christmas thing or whatever, and it&#x27;s just a one-day</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> thing. For another $50, they will throw in. And again, this is just examples. It could be higher and lower depending on that. But for the same price that you paid or less, you can get a season pass, which normally would be in the hundreds of dollars to do that. So that&#x27;s special as well. You can go online. Disney is always having great things as well as Universal and the Cedar Fair operations and Busch Gardens where you get airfare, hotel. There are meal plans that are absolutely amazing as long as you don&#x27;t mind going to the places that are listed. You can save a lot of money. And here&#x27;s one way you can save a lot of money. People don&#x27;t know this too much, but any Disney park, and especially mostly all the parks around the country, if you ask for ice water, just ice water, they have to give it to you.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> By law, they have to give it to you. So you could save a lot of money just by going over to a booth, not paying for the soda, not paying for whatever. Just go over, ask for ice water, and they will give it to you every single time. And that&#x27;ll save you a lot of money in the long run. Oh, it certainly will over that $10 Coke. You know, we were talking about King&#x27;s Dominion, and when I was there last, and I&#x27;m not afraid of roller coasters, but I don&#x27;t like blacking out. And the Intimidator, I actually did black out, I guess, because of the G-force. Are you seeing more of that in roller coasters today than in the past? Well, the thing is, you know, when you have rides that go up to 5Gs, an Intimidator is one of the best out there. I mean, there&#x27;s even bigger ones and faster ones, but the bottom line is Intimidator is great. What you need to do is this, number one, and these are the things, as a pilot, I learned</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> this. When you&#x27;re doing high G maneuvers, you need to grunt, groan, or scream. Now, if you&#x27;re not wearing a G-suit like a pilot that keeps the blood up into the upper extremities, you&#x27;re going to experience what we call brownout or tunnel vision. And eventually, you might be able to black out. If you&#x27;re not hydrated enough, water-wise, you can black out. So what I tell people is if you&#x27;re going to ride, ride like Intimidator. You want to make sure, first of all, that you&#x27;re definitely hydrated. But also, scream. Keep the blood up into your upper extremities. Do not close your eyes. Focus on a point, because that&#x27;s what you do when you&#x27;re flying aerobatics. You focus on a point, and at that point, you&#x27;ll have fun. And where else can you actually scream your lungs off and not get arrested?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> So it&#x27;s a great way to do it. Well, for most people, that wouldn&#x27;t be a problem, because most are screaming. What&#x27;s your favorite roller coaster? Well, the ones that I&#x27;m riding at the time, basically. Intimidator is one of my favorites. Obviously, Volcano, even though it was a slower roller coaster, it was the first to use that limb launch or magnetic launch system. But right now, I would say that on the cover of my first book, America&#x27;s Top Roller Coasters and Amusement Parks, you&#x27;ve got Millennium Force out of Cedar Point, Sandusky, Ohio, a 300-foot, 95-mile-an-hour marvel. While most rides are coming back into the train station, this one&#x27;s only halfway. So that&#x27;s probably one of my favorites. But there&#x27;s so many good ones. I mean, right now, we&#x27;ve got some great ones.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Jersey Devil at Six Flags, Great Adventures coming out with a new ride. The Icebreaker at SeaWorld is going to be an amazing ride. Texas Stingray over at San Antonio. These are all great, fantastic rides that are just coming into being, and they&#x27;re going to give these older rides a run for their money. I know Kingda Ka is super fast in the U.S., but I believe, and I may be wrong here, the fastest at this point is in the United Arab Emirates. Is that Formula Rosa? That&#x27;s correct. Formula Rosa at Ferrari World in the Dubai area, and that goes from zero to 150 miles an hour in about two and a half to three seconds. So if you ever wanted to know what it&#x27;s like to be on an aircraft carrier in an F-18 and get shot off the catapult, believe it or not, this is a morbid experience because, remember,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> you don&#x27;t have a canopy or glass blocking all the wind. So if you wanted an immediate facelift from the 5Gs, so 6Gs on takeoff, this is the way to go. And right now, Kingda Ka still is the tallest roller coaster at 455 feet, but it lost the speed record to that ride, Formula Russo. What is your favorite? We&#x27;ve talked about roller coasters. What&#x27;s your favorite or most thrilling non-roller coaster ride? Well, you know, I love the old-style rides, basically. I would say my favorite non-... Well, again, you&#x27;ve got to put into many considerations here because my non-coaster, I would say, soaring is actually one of my favorites in that basically it is a simulation, but it&#x27;s actually an amazing</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> experience. Obviously, Avatar now, which has another version at Animal Kingdom. These rides are so realistic. And as a pilot, I can tell you, it almost feels like you&#x27;re actually hang gliding on soaring, so that&#x27;s a great one. The Mummy, even though it is a semi-roller coaster over at Universal Studios, again, a lot of that is basically simulation. And one of the first ones to come out that&#x27;s not a roller coaster that I had the most fun with and is probably one of the most popular rides is the old Superman ride over at Universal Studios in Orlando, Florida. So these are great rides. They&#x27;re simulation rides, but at the same time, they are just absolutely amazing and ones I would recommend. Thrill rides seem so American.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> Were they born in the U.S.? Well, the first roller coaster in the United States was in 1884. I was at Coney Island of all places, and it was a great ride. Marcus Thompson, J. Marcus Thompson was the person who did that. It only went about seven miles an hour, basically. So if you had a top hat on, you could probably just keep your top hat on and nothing would have happened. But you have to go way back for the first roller coasters, which were basically more like toboggans. You have to go back to Russia, in which that&#x27;s where the rides actually originated. And they put them on mountain areas, and it was more like tobogganing. But at the same time, it did have a rail. So you&#x27;d have to say that they were the first to actually invent these type of roller coasters</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> that would go on a rail down a mountain, a snowy mountain in these cases. And that&#x27;s pretty much where it would start. But Marcus Thompson would be the person who created it at Coney Island way back. And, again, it was 1884, if I believe. Talking with Pete Trebuco, whose book is a personal guide to the best thrill rides. And I know that you offer, well, reveal some secrets at amusement parks. And I know one that you touch on is the feral cats at Disneyland. Yeah, believe it or not. There are a lot of secrets out there that basically that they have. And one of them, we&#x27;ve all seen the football game over at MetLife Stadium with the Giants, where the cats come out of nowhere onto the field. And, yes, believe it or not, you&#x27;ll find at Disney World and Disneyland that there are just many, many things.</p><p><strong>13:33</strong> In fact, every park will have stray cats, stray dogs, and other animals that basically are living there. Now, are they actually supposed to be there? Of course not. But do the people that work at these staff and the cast members see them? Of course they do. But the bottom line is they try not to have that because, again, sanitary reasons. You really don&#x27;t want cats or animals in the same places as humans without being taken care of and so on down the line. Secret-wise, I don&#x27;t know if you know this, but the Haunted Mansion, believe it or not, there&#x27;s actually living remains of people at the Haunted Mansion. Oh, wow. What happens is a lot of people will actually throw the ashes down of their loved ones</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> when no one is looking at the park. And this has been done for many, many, many years. Now, the secret is basically there are cameras now, and you can no longer do that. And if they do that, believe it or not, they have to close the ride down and hazmat has to be called in in order to clean that up. But in the past, before the cameras were set up, and this is a secret that a lot of people don&#x27;t know, people were doing that. And that means it actually could really be haunted. You never know. Yes, it could. Pete Trebuco, who&#x27;s author of A Personal Guide to the Best Thrill Rides and Amusement Water Parks. Thanks for joining us, Pete. Thank you so much, and you have a great day.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Amusement park expert Pete Trabucco joins Coach Pete to discuss making the most of a park visit. He shares ideas from his book about planning, enjoying the experience, and managing the cost.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Pete Trabucco</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Pete Trabucco, budgeting, books and authors, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/image.jpg?t=1792073740&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-amusement-park-expert-pete-trab/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/image.jpg?t=1792073740&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bd41d4e-fa47-4afb-878d-042b7cfcd137</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Jan 2020 20:32:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>904</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e3caeb50-f458-4886-af59-adff01167936/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14498363" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-amusement-park-expert-pete-trab</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>71</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Amusement Parks, Travel Tips, and Saving Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:31" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lillian Karabaic: A Cat’s Guide to Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Lillian Karabaic: A Cat’s Guide to Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Lillian Karabaic discusses A Cat&#x27;s Guide to Money in this produced Financial Safari feature. She explains how cats and humor can make personal finance less intimidating, and explores money beliefs, budgeting, debt, and caring for your future self. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> There&#x27;s no shortage of books out there on financial planning, but there&#x27;s only one that approaches the subject of personal finance explained by cats. Enter Lillian Karabik, whose just-released book is getting a lot of attention. It&#x27;s called A Cat&#x27;s Guide to Money, Everything You Need to Know to Master Your Personal Finances, explained by cats. I had a chance to talk with Lillian recently and asked why cats and how in the world do they fit into financial planning? So as silly as it sounds, I genuinely think personal finance is so scary for so many people. But the big thing is that you need to get over that barrier of people being scared of it. And what better way to wrap it up is something that is generally liked by a lot of people, which is cats.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There turns out to be a lot of terrific cat puns for personal finance. Personal finance being one. Fiscal management. You know, I&#x27;ve got a lot of them. Cats and puns aside, the book offers a common sense approach to personal, or I guess I should say personal finance. The big thing for me is that I wanted to make something that was really, really approachable to talk about a lot of the core concepts with money. Because I think a lot of people get caught up in the idea that they&#x27;re bad with money or they&#x27;re bad at math. And it prevents them from taking kind of the first steps to feel better about their money. Lillian says avid readers of personal finance books, not her target audience. So who is? My target audience is your broke friend who really likes cats that keeps borrowing money from you. And instead you go, hey, I got this book about how to handle your personal finances.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> It has such a bunch of cute cats. Kara Bake has a degree in economics, but chose to work in the nonprofit world early in her career. And that, she says, led her to where she is today. I was working in a small nonprofit and there is about 30 people in this organization. And they came to me and they said, we are going to get rid of the 401k because you&#x27;re the only one using it. And I went, oh my gosh, what do you mean we have 30 employees and I&#x27;m the only one using the 401k? And so I begged them to let me teach a workshop for staff, you know, outside of work hours, just like a basic budgeting and retirement planning workshop. And that was how I saved the 401k. But it also ended up kind of turning into my job is teaching personal finance. She said her mindset about money had to evolve and that most of us have what she calls money scripts that dictate how we see and use money.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Even though my money script was built out of, you know, like it made me better with money. Like I&#x27;m, I&#x27;m, I&#x27;m great at saving money. It was born out of a place of fear. If you come from like a punk rock anti-capitalist background, it&#x27;s easy to believe that you don&#x27;t deserve to make a living wage because somehow you&#x27;ll become part of the oppressive class. If that&#x27;s true, you can be punk rock and still not be living paycheck to paycheck. I, for a long time, believed I needed to live in poverty to serve those in poverty. The book takes the reader on a journey from understanding our attitude about money and how that can affect our finances, as well as how to knock down debt, some basic investing tips, and of course, budgeting. Budgeting is like my favorite thing. I think one of the things that I like to emphasize though, is a lot of people, one, just the word budget has a negative connotation and implies like deprivation to them.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And you could call it whatever you want. You can call it money, fantastic, sparkle, glitter, outline if you want. It&#x27;s just making a plan for your money. And I work with a lot of people, like a lot of my listeners to my show and people that have used the book have ADD, ADHD, have a lot of trouble. Like they&#x27;re just not spreadsheet people. I spend a lot of time being like, there are a bunch of different ways to make a plan for your money that will work with your brain. But it&#x27;s a matter of trial and error. Like, you know, I have a lot of people that maybe use the envelope system or color-coded envelopes or they use multiple account methods. There are plenty of people that are never going to granularly track everything that comes in and out because it either causes them too much anxiety or is just not going to work for them. But that doesn&#x27;t mean that you can&#x27;t make a plan for your money. Each chapter of the book has discussion questions and worksheets along with encouragement from all those cute kitties.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> She says by following some basic steps, your future self will thank you. It&#x27;s easy to say, well, how can I possibly take care of my future self when current me is still struggling, like still trying to get together to live up to this apparent American dream narrative that we&#x27;ve been handed. And I think stepping back and taking away some of that anxiety with adorable cats, if you can, can really help you appreciate that taking care of your future self doesn&#x27;t have to be like, I think retirement sounds absolutely outrageous for a lot of people. A lot of people in their late 20s, early 30s, like the idea of retirement when the world is about to catch on fire seems absolutely outrageous. But making sure future self is a little less stressed out than current self, that seems doable.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> The book is a cat&#x27;s guide to money. Everything you need to know to master your personal finances explained by cats. Many thanks to author, speaker, radio host, and cat enthusiast Lillian Karabig. Now her podcast, Oh My Dollar, can be found on iTunes. You can learn more about Lillian at her website at ohmydollar.com. The book is available on Amazon and wherever books are sold. Now for a more in-depth conversation with Lillian, and it&#x27;s pretty interesting too, please visit coachlistens.com. That&#x27;s coachlistens.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lillian Karabaic discusses A Cat&#x27;s Guide to Money in this produced Financial Safari feature. She explains how cats and humor can make personal finance less intimidating, and explores money beliefs, budgeting, debt, and caring for your future self. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> There&#x27;s no shortage of books out there on financial planning, but there&#x27;s only one that approaches the subject of personal finance explained by cats. Enter Lillian Karabik, whose just-released book is getting a lot of attention. It&#x27;s called A Cat&#x27;s Guide to Money, Everything You Need to Know to Master Your Personal Finances, explained by cats. I had a chance to talk with Lillian recently and asked why cats and how in the world do they fit into financial planning? So as silly as it sounds, I genuinely think personal finance is so scary for so many people. But the big thing is that you need to get over that barrier of people being scared of it. And what better way to wrap it up is something that is generally liked by a lot of people, which is cats.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There turns out to be a lot of terrific cat puns for personal finance. Personal finance being one. Fiscal management. You know, I&#x27;ve got a lot of them. Cats and puns aside, the book offers a common sense approach to personal, or I guess I should say personal finance. The big thing for me is that I wanted to make something that was really, really approachable to talk about a lot of the core concepts with money. Because I think a lot of people get caught up in the idea that they&#x27;re bad with money or they&#x27;re bad at math. And it prevents them from taking kind of the first steps to feel better about their money. Lillian says avid readers of personal finance books, not her target audience. So who is? My target audience is your broke friend who really likes cats that keeps borrowing money from you. And instead you go, hey, I got this book about how to handle your personal finances.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> It has such a bunch of cute cats. Kara Bake has a degree in economics, but chose to work in the nonprofit world early in her career. And that, she says, led her to where she is today. I was working in a small nonprofit and there is about 30 people in this organization. And they came to me and they said, we are going to get rid of the 401k because you&#x27;re the only one using it. And I went, oh my gosh, what do you mean we have 30 employees and I&#x27;m the only one using the 401k? And so I begged them to let me teach a workshop for staff, you know, outside of work hours, just like a basic budgeting and retirement planning workshop. And that was how I saved the 401k. But it also ended up kind of turning into my job is teaching personal finance. She said her mindset about money had to evolve and that most of us have what she calls money scripts that dictate how we see and use money.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Even though my money script was built out of, you know, like it made me better with money. Like I&#x27;m, I&#x27;m, I&#x27;m great at saving money. It was born out of a place of fear. If you come from like a punk rock anti-capitalist background, it&#x27;s easy to believe that you don&#x27;t deserve to make a living wage because somehow you&#x27;ll become part of the oppressive class. If that&#x27;s true, you can be punk rock and still not be living paycheck to paycheck. I, for a long time, believed I needed to live in poverty to serve those in poverty. The book takes the reader on a journey from understanding our attitude about money and how that can affect our finances, as well as how to knock down debt, some basic investing tips, and of course, budgeting. Budgeting is like my favorite thing. I think one of the things that I like to emphasize though, is a lot of people, one, just the word budget has a negative connotation and implies like deprivation to them.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And you could call it whatever you want. You can call it money, fantastic, sparkle, glitter, outline if you want. It&#x27;s just making a plan for your money. And I work with a lot of people, like a lot of my listeners to my show and people that have used the book have ADD, ADHD, have a lot of trouble. Like they&#x27;re just not spreadsheet people. I spend a lot of time being like, there are a bunch of different ways to make a plan for your money that will work with your brain. But it&#x27;s a matter of trial and error. Like, you know, I have a lot of people that maybe use the envelope system or color-coded envelopes or they use multiple account methods. There are plenty of people that are never going to granularly track everything that comes in and out because it either causes them too much anxiety or is just not going to work for them. But that doesn&#x27;t mean that you can&#x27;t make a plan for your money. Each chapter of the book has discussion questions and worksheets along with encouragement from all those cute kitties.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> She says by following some basic steps, your future self will thank you. It&#x27;s easy to say, well, how can I possibly take care of my future self when current me is still struggling, like still trying to get together to live up to this apparent American dream narrative that we&#x27;ve been handed. And I think stepping back and taking away some of that anxiety with adorable cats, if you can, can really help you appreciate that taking care of your future self doesn&#x27;t have to be like, I think retirement sounds absolutely outrageous for a lot of people. A lot of people in their late 20s, early 30s, like the idea of retirement when the world is about to catch on fire seems absolutely outrageous. But making sure future self is a little less stressed out than current self, that seems doable.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> The book is a cat&#x27;s guide to money. Everything you need to know to master your personal finances explained by cats. Many thanks to author, speaker, radio host, and cat enthusiast Lillian Karabig. Now her podcast, Oh My Dollar, can be found on iTunes. You can learn more about Lillian at her website at ohmydollar.com. The book is available on Amazon and wherever books are sold. Now for a more in-depth conversation with Lillian, and it&#x27;s pretty interesting too, please visit coachlistens.com. That&#x27;s coachlistens.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Lillian Karabaic discusses A Cat's Guide to Money in this produced Financial Safari feature. She explains how cats and humor can make personal finance less intimidating, and explores money beliefs, budgeting, debt, and caring for your future self. Recorded November 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Lillian Karabaic</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Lillian Karabaic, financial education, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c/image.jpg?t=1792071207&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lillian-karabaic-a-cat-s-guide-to-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c/image.jpg?t=1792071207&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Nov 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>326</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e14aed4-b25d-4a69-b5c9-b4e3002f850c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="5252139" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/lillian-karabaic-a-cat-s-guide-to-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>72</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Cat’s Guide to Money" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Scranton: Preparing an Income Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>David Scranton: Preparing an Income Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I would love to talk to authors because not only do I get to talk to them, but I usually get a book and the books are great. And this week&#x27;s no exception. We&#x27;re going to go down to Florida today. We&#x27;re going to talk to Mr. David Scranton, and he&#x27;s the author of the book, The Retirement Income Story, the story behind the launch of the Retirement Income Store. David, welcome in. Thanks for having me back, Pete. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been, what has it been? Like two or three years, I think, since we had you on West. It&#x27;s way too long. It&#x27;s been a little while. I have been feeling the love from the coach. I&#x27;m glad to be back. Well, you know, we stopped interviewing people for a while. I don&#x27;t know why. We started doing video interviews locally. And then I think we had a meeting the other day and I said, we need to start having our authors back on. I had Dr. Wade Fowl on, a really good author there,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> who&#x27;s a professor at the American College. So you&#x27;re following him up. And I think this was the reason why, because you have a lot of the points that are similar to him. And one of the main points he had, and I think you have it as well in your book, is retirement is not about lump sum. It&#x27;s about income, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And you see that when people have the ability to cash out their traditional pension plans. That is, if any of your listeners are still fortunate to have the old type of traditional pension plans available to them, and they&#x27;re available to get a lump sum or they&#x27;re available to get a guaranteed lifetime income. A lot of people take the guaranteed lifetime income. And once they do that, they can never change it again. And the reason they often do that is because they know when they take the lump sum that they typically can&#x27;t get quite as much</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> income. So they&#x27;re willing to sacrifice the entire lump sum, essentially get an annuity payment with a zero lump sum value because the income is that much higher. So I think intuitively people know it&#x27;s really all about the income that the money can generate, not about the lump sum. The problem is it kind of flies in the face of what a lot of us have been taught in the 80s and 90s. And frankly, what a lot of advisors still preach, believe it or not. Yeah, but building, and I talk to retirees every day and they say, coach, what am I going to do with this lump sum of the 401k? I don&#x27;t know what kind of income I&#x27;m going to take. And if I start taking money out of it, I don&#x27;t have a real plan. I could run out of money. We don&#x27;t want that to happen. That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there used to be this rule called a 4% rule, where if you use the withdrawal method and you withdrew 4% of your account balance per year,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> based upon historical returns, there was a pretty high probability that you would not run out of money. Well, with the stock market having struggled in the early 2000s for a while, and with interest rates being suppressed, recent studies have shown that that number is closer to 2.7%. So that means, Pete, that if your listener does a great job and is diligent and saves a million dollars over the course of his or her lifetime, he can only, if he&#x27;s using the withdrawal method, get $27,000 a year from that million dollar lump sum and have a high likelihood of not running out of money. But how high? 90%. So that means there&#x27;s still a 10% chance that even taking that meager rate of withdrawal, that they could still run out of money. So imagine you and I are on an airplane</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> together, and the pilot comes on and says, hey, we shouldn&#x27;t have any turbulence today. It should be a smooth flight. And by the way, there&#x27;s only a 10% chance that we run out of fuel before we get to our destination. So buckle up and have a pleasant flight. You and I are going to be pushing each other out of the way like Archie Bunker and Meathead trying to get out the door before this guy takes off, right? I picture myself being that flight attendant guy that pulled the slide and went out with a six pack. I remember that. That&#x27;s right. And I&#x27;d be right behind you. So that&#x27;s the problem today is that a lot of people are still programmed to take a withdrawal. And yeah, 90% is a pretty good percentage, but not if the 10% failure rate means running out of money and all your life savings, but</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> still being retired. So I&#x27;m a big advocate of the income method, because when you invest for the income method, instead of crossing your fingers and toes, hoping to get growth or capital appreciation, you can get even in today&#x27;s lower interest rate environment over 4% net of fees. So that&#x27;s 50% more income, but not only is it 50% more income, but also now you&#x27;re leaving your principal intact. You&#x27;re not spending it down. So why is that important? Well, because some of your listeners may say, you know, I, I like to leave a legacy for my children and grandchildren. Others might find that over time, inflation is starting to put a stranglehold on their fixed income. And as they get in their 80s, they may want to start spending down principal to give themselves a little inflation hedge. We can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> spend down principal unless you&#x27;ve preserved it prior to that. And lastly, healthcare, you know, everybody knows long-term care insurance is really expensive. It&#x27;s a great thing to have, but you have to buy it young or you can&#x27;t afford it. And what good is your lump sum of money if you can&#x27;t ultimately use it to stay in the comfort of your home? Yeah. And conversely, if you spent down your principal using the withdrawal method and you take sick, you may be forced by the state in which you live into a convalescent facility. Keeping that principal intact means now you can spend it down to stay home as long as the money allows. Again, the name of the book, The Retirement Income Story, and his name was David Scranton. Now, David, I assume this is all over Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and anywhere books are sold. It is, and apparently it&#x27;s selling well. We just got a call at the end</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> of last week saying that Amazon was actually out of books. So we had to rattle the cage of the publisher. I guess that&#x27;s a good problem to have. That&#x27;s always a good problem to have. And my dad always said there&#x27;s no such thing as a good problem, Peter, but there is in this case. Folks, again, David Scranton, and Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me back. Well, folks, that was a great interview with David Scranton, and the book really is a really good book. And unfortunately, when we talk to folks on the air, on authors on the air, we can never cover the whole book, but he is similar to what we do. And I&#x27;ve written eight books. So let me make this promise to you guys that are listening. If you listen to the interview, like the interview, my ideas are exactly like David&#x27;s as far as retirement income planning, having that retirement TSA, total secure accounts for retirement. They give you that lifetime income. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, I&#x27;ll give you three of the books that I&#x27;ve written. And I think you&#x27;ll find them very valuable.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> I&#x27;ll also give you a box set on the 401k. We call it the 401k survival box set and a cliff note version of planning for your estate. It&#x27;s called the little green book of life. And everybody loves this. It&#x27;s a hundred pages and it&#x27;s interactive showing you how to plan what will happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. So your next of kin isn&#x27;t guessing. And that&#x27;s the most important part, not guessing. So taking the guesswork out of retirement planning and taking the guesswork out of what happens next, not only in life, but afterlife. If you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, all you have to do is call right now. Thomas will give you that number. Absolutely. Folks, that number to call 888-623-8858. We are in studio right now. Just leave your name, number. We will give you a call back just as soon as we&#x27;re able. And when you do call in, if you are one of</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> the first 10 callers, you will receive a comprehensive retirement review showing you where you are now, but much more important than that, it&#x27;s going to show you that roadmap to get you where you need to be. That number again, 888-623-8858. That&#x27;s 888-623-8858. And for all our introverts like myself out there, you don&#x27;t have to pick up the phone. All you need to do is text the word plan, P-L-A-N to 21,000. That&#x27;s plan to 21,000. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And I would love to talk to authors because not only do I get to talk to them, but I usually get a book and the books are great. And this week&#x27;s no exception. We&#x27;re going to go down to Florida today. We&#x27;re going to talk to Mr. David Scranton, and he&#x27;s the author of the book, The Retirement Income Story, the story behind the launch of the Retirement Income Store. David, welcome in. Thanks for having me back, Pete. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been, what has it been? Like two or three years, I think, since we had you on West. It&#x27;s way too long. It&#x27;s been a little while. I have been feeling the love from the coach. I&#x27;m glad to be back. Well, you know, we stopped interviewing people for a while. I don&#x27;t know why. We started doing video interviews locally. And then I think we had a meeting the other day and I said, we need to start having our authors back on. I had Dr. Wade Fowl on, a really good author there,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> who&#x27;s a professor at the American College. So you&#x27;re following him up. And I think this was the reason why, because you have a lot of the points that are similar to him. And one of the main points he had, and I think you have it as well in your book, is retirement is not about lump sum. It&#x27;s about income, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And you see that when people have the ability to cash out their traditional pension plans. That is, if any of your listeners are still fortunate to have the old type of traditional pension plans available to them, and they&#x27;re available to get a lump sum or they&#x27;re available to get a guaranteed lifetime income. A lot of people take the guaranteed lifetime income. And once they do that, they can never change it again. And the reason they often do that is because they know when they take the lump sum that they typically can&#x27;t get quite as much</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> income. So they&#x27;re willing to sacrifice the entire lump sum, essentially get an annuity payment with a zero lump sum value because the income is that much higher. So I think intuitively people know it&#x27;s really all about the income that the money can generate, not about the lump sum. The problem is it kind of flies in the face of what a lot of us have been taught in the 80s and 90s. And frankly, what a lot of advisors still preach, believe it or not. Yeah, but building, and I talk to retirees every day and they say, coach, what am I going to do with this lump sum of the 401k? I don&#x27;t know what kind of income I&#x27;m going to take. And if I start taking money out of it, I don&#x27;t have a real plan. I could run out of money. We don&#x27;t want that to happen. That&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there used to be this rule called a 4% rule, where if you use the withdrawal method and you withdrew 4% of your account balance per year,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> based upon historical returns, there was a pretty high probability that you would not run out of money. Well, with the stock market having struggled in the early 2000s for a while, and with interest rates being suppressed, recent studies have shown that that number is closer to 2.7%. So that means, Pete, that if your listener does a great job and is diligent and saves a million dollars over the course of his or her lifetime, he can only, if he&#x27;s using the withdrawal method, get $27,000 a year from that million dollar lump sum and have a high likelihood of not running out of money. But how high? 90%. So that means there&#x27;s still a 10% chance that even taking that meager rate of withdrawal, that they could still run out of money. So imagine you and I are on an airplane</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> together, and the pilot comes on and says, hey, we shouldn&#x27;t have any turbulence today. It should be a smooth flight. And by the way, there&#x27;s only a 10% chance that we run out of fuel before we get to our destination. So buckle up and have a pleasant flight. You and I are going to be pushing each other out of the way like Archie Bunker and Meathead trying to get out the door before this guy takes off, right? I picture myself being that flight attendant guy that pulled the slide and went out with a six pack. I remember that. That&#x27;s right. And I&#x27;d be right behind you. So that&#x27;s the problem today is that a lot of people are still programmed to take a withdrawal. And yeah, 90% is a pretty good percentage, but not if the 10% failure rate means running out of money and all your life savings, but</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> still being retired. So I&#x27;m a big advocate of the income method, because when you invest for the income method, instead of crossing your fingers and toes, hoping to get growth or capital appreciation, you can get even in today&#x27;s lower interest rate environment over 4% net of fees. So that&#x27;s 50% more income, but not only is it 50% more income, but also now you&#x27;re leaving your principal intact. You&#x27;re not spending it down. So why is that important? Well, because some of your listeners may say, you know, I, I like to leave a legacy for my children and grandchildren. Others might find that over time, inflation is starting to put a stranglehold on their fixed income. And as they get in their 80s, they may want to start spending down principal to give themselves a little inflation hedge. We can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> spend down principal unless you&#x27;ve preserved it prior to that. And lastly, healthcare, you know, everybody knows long-term care insurance is really expensive. It&#x27;s a great thing to have, but you have to buy it young or you can&#x27;t afford it. And what good is your lump sum of money if you can&#x27;t ultimately use it to stay in the comfort of your home? Yeah. And conversely, if you spent down your principal using the withdrawal method and you take sick, you may be forced by the state in which you live into a convalescent facility. Keeping that principal intact means now you can spend it down to stay home as long as the money allows. Again, the name of the book, The Retirement Income Story, and his name was David Scranton. Now, David, I assume this is all over Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and anywhere books are sold. It is, and apparently it&#x27;s selling well. We just got a call at the end</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> of last week saying that Amazon was actually out of books. So we had to rattle the cage of the publisher. I guess that&#x27;s a good problem to have. That&#x27;s always a good problem to have. And my dad always said there&#x27;s no such thing as a good problem, Peter, but there is in this case. Folks, again, David Scranton, and Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me back. Well, folks, that was a great interview with David Scranton, and the book really is a really good book. And unfortunately, when we talk to folks on the air, on authors on the air, we can never cover the whole book, but he is similar to what we do. And I&#x27;ve written eight books. So let me make this promise to you guys that are listening. If you listen to the interview, like the interview, my ideas are exactly like David&#x27;s as far as retirement income planning, having that retirement TSA, total secure accounts for retirement. They give you that lifetime income. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, I&#x27;ll give you three of the books that I&#x27;ve written. And I think you&#x27;ll find them very valuable.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> I&#x27;ll also give you a box set on the 401k. We call it the 401k survival box set and a cliff note version of planning for your estate. It&#x27;s called the little green book of life. And everybody loves this. It&#x27;s a hundred pages and it&#x27;s interactive showing you how to plan what will happen if you&#x27;re not here anymore. So your next of kin isn&#x27;t guessing. And that&#x27;s the most important part, not guessing. So taking the guesswork out of retirement planning and taking the guesswork out of what happens next, not only in life, but afterlife. If you&#x27;re one of the next 10 people call, all you have to do is call right now. Thomas will give you that number. Absolutely. Folks, that number to call 888-623-8858. We are in studio right now. Just leave your name, number. We will give you a call back just as soon as we&#x27;re able. And when you do call in, if you are one of</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> the first 10 callers, you will receive a comprehensive retirement review showing you where you are now, but much more important than that, it&#x27;s going to show you that roadmap to get you where you need to be. That number again, 888-623-8858. That&#x27;s 888-623-8858. And for all our introverts like myself out there, you don&#x27;t have to pick up the phone. All you need to do is text the word plan, P-L-A-N to 21,000. That&#x27;s plan to 21,000. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Scranton returns to discuss his writing, retirement income, and the importance of a plan that addresses a family’s goals. Recorded November 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Scranton</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Scranton, retirement income, retirement planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/image.jpg?t=1792071969&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-preparing-an-income-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/image.jpg?t=1792071969&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>454</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b013fb79-6271-4c0a-858f-b4e3000a7538/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="7299595" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-preparing-an-income-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>73</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing an Income Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:34" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wade Pfau: Safety-First Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Wade Pfau: Safety-First Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau joins Coach Pete to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning and the decisions involved in creating and using retirement income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. You know, folks, in life, it&#x27;s very important to surround yourself with people smarter than you and talk to people who know more than you do and leave all egos aside. And that&#x27;s what I love doing this segment of the show about, because we go across the world and find people who are really making a difference in the financial world. And today we have a repeat visitor. He was on about seven or eight years ago, and actually he was a visiting professor in Japan when we talked to him. Now he&#x27;s back in America. His name is Dr. Wade Pfau, and we&#x27;re going to talk about a brand new book that he has out called Safety First Retirement Planning. Now, let me tell you, Dr. Pfau is a professor at the American College. He also is a major instructor of a great designation put out by the American College called the Retirement Income Certified Professional. Dr. Pfau, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah. Now, I think it&#x27;s about seven or eight. When were you in Japan? Actually, I lived there for 10 years when I was first getting started with retirement research. about probably in 2011 or early 2012. Yeah, that&#x27;s about right. That&#x27;s when we first spoke. Time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. Yeah, absolutely. Now, I&#x27;ve got your book here, 350 pages. I call this, it&#x27;s an encyclopedia of the financial world, and it has a master&#x27;s, in my opinion, a master&#x27;s in retirement planning. And Dr. Pfau, why do we, as Americans and just people in general all over the world, why do we put money away? It&#x27;s to, in the future, hopefully it grows. And here in America, especially with pensions going the way the dinosaur, we put money away so we can have our own personal pensions, don&#x27;t we? Right. Yeah. You save during your working years so you can support your retirement years. I&#x27;m opening your book. And again, there&#x27;s no way we can cover all this on one segment,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but folks, we&#x27;re going to get some copies of the book from Dr. Pfau. And when you come in to visit with us, we&#x27;ll make sure to get you a copy. Dr. Pfau, there&#x27;s in the book, you have something called the Retirement Researcher Manifesto. Do you want to explain what that is? Uh-huh. Sure. Yeah. It&#x27;s a series of eight points where I really tried to summarize the main kind of thesis about how I think about retirement in terms of what you need to be thinking about, how you need to focus on the long-term and focus on realistic market return assumptions and being agnostic about different retirement income tools, because there&#x27;s really a different nature of risks in retirement. And so we really, the manifesto is about how to approach retirement income and how to approach the new risks of retirement. And there are a lot of risks out there, aren&#x27;t there? There are. And it&#x27;s a longevity risk with not knowing how long the money needs to last,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> coupled with when you&#x27;re taking distributions from investments, market volatility actually has a bigger impact on the financial plan. And then there&#x27;s the spending shocks, which are just unexpected, potentially large expenses that you also have to be prepared for. I love the way you call it spending shocks, because it is. I mean, it&#x27;s an unexpected event that takes money out of your wallet. Right. Yeah. And so we want to look at, and when we talk about market fluctuations, they don&#x27;t mean too much to those of us when we&#x27;re in our 20s, 30s, 40s. When we get to the 50s, 60s, into that retirement and financial red zone, we need to be very careful about having too much market risk, don&#x27;t we? That&#x27;s right. Because you become more vulnerable to market volatility just because when you&#x27;re working, you could always work a little longer or save a little more. You have more flexibility pre-retirement</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> to just overcome the hurdle of a market downturn. But then once you&#x27;ve retired, you have less flexibility to manage that. And also, it has a bigger impact because the act of when you&#x27;re taking distributions from your investments, if there&#x27;s a market downturn, you&#x27;re forced into selling more shares or a higher percentage of what&#x27;s left. And that can really dig a hole that becomes hard to come back out of. You have something in your book you call the Retirement Income Challenge. I like the way you described that. Do you want to talk to the folks that are listening about that? Yeah, it&#x27;s an effort in one diagram to try to explain the retirement problem where it&#x27;s at the center of it. There&#x27;s the goals of retirement. And I call them the four L&#x27;s, longevity, lifestyle, which are about your budget, legacy, and then liquidity for those spending shocks.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> And then the next circle around that is all the potential risks that confront your ability to achieve those goals. And then the circle around that is my effort to really identify all the different retirement income tools available to help manage those risks, whether it&#x27;s investments, annuities, life insurance, business holdings, Social Security, Medicare, even things like family support and community support if you&#x27;re part of a social network where people will help you if you have some illness and so forth. That&#x27;s all part of the tool set available to manage those retirement risks. And you look at, you call it the safety first school of thought. What does that mean? Well, the safety first school of thought is one of two very broad approaches to thinking about retirement. And safety first appreciates the role of investments, but also wants to bring in insurance</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> as well in the retirement income plan. So helping to manage retirement risk by pooling that risk, instead of worrying that I might live a very long time, and I might experience bad market returns, which would in turn mean I have to save an awful lot to have a successful retirement, I can pool that risk and be able to plan my retirement more around an average outcome. And that can really help with the efficiency of retirement to be able to retire with less assets or to get more spending power out of your assets. And that safety first approach, it has contractual protections and it can be more efficient. And it contrasts with what I call probability based, which is more of the folks to say, all you need is an investment portfolio, just invest in the stock</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> market and you&#x27;ll be fine for retirement. Yeah, that would be great if that would work. If you had a magic wand and knew when to get out and get in, but it doesn&#x27;t work all the time. It doesn&#x27;t. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to you&#x27;re more vulnerable. Oh, yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Wade Fowl. He&#x27;s author of the great book, Safety First Retirement Planning. He&#x27;s also professor at the American College. Dr. Fowl, what does it mean when you say to have less assets and more income? That&#x27;s true income planning, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It&#x27;s about getting more efficiency. Kind of the problem with that investments only approach, if you talked on your show about things like the 4% rule of thumb, which may not be conservative enough, but they&#x27;re meant to be conservative. That 4% rule was, well, if you end up living in 95 and you get the worst market returns experienced in US history,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> that&#x27;s how much you could have spent. So it means you have to have a lot more assets to retire because you have to have enough assets to manage a very long retirement and poor market returns. And that&#x27;s where using insurance and lifetime income protections in retirement, you don&#x27;t have to be so conservative with the planning. So you don&#x27;t have to have as many assets to successfully retire. When we talk about the 4% rule, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand this. I mean, it says if you have a million dollar portfolio all in the market, Wall Street says you could take 4% of that money out each year and you have about a 92% chance of not outliving your money. Okay. So that&#x27;s 40,000 out of a million. That&#x27;s not much money. And you only have a, you still have an 8% chance of not having enough money through retirement. And Dr. Fowl, I always say, if you get on an airplane,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> one of those jet liners and the, and the captain would come over the loudspeaker before you took off and say, good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen, we&#x27;re going from Boston to LA and we have about a 92% chance of landing safely. What would you do? Right. And even that, that&#x27;s where Wall Street, they&#x27;re just plugging in historical averages. So they&#x27;re assuming you&#x27;re going to be getting five or 6% bond returns when they say you have a 92% chance with the reality of lower interest rates today. That 4% rule is more like a 60 to 70% chance to work. Even lower odds for that plane to land. You know, I like history as much as anyone else, but we can&#x27;t use history to plan our future. Can we? No. I mean, we can learn from history, but we have to make sure we&#x27;re using it appropriately. That was part of that manifesto where you can&#x27;t assume bonds are going to average five or 6% like they have historically when interest</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> rates are between one and 2%. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Now in your book, I mean, your book, you go through so many things. I want to hit on one thing that we talk a lot about. It&#x27;s about income planning, using the proper strategies and tools to make sure to increase your probability of not having more ease in retirement. And in chapter four, you talk about income annuities. Let&#x27;s talk about those. Well, it&#x27;s the starting point for any discussion about annuities because they&#x27;re the simplest. You exchange a single premium for a guaranteed lifetime income, and that income can start within the first year, and then it&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. Or you could have a deferred income annuity where that income would start more than a year later. And it&#x27;s a way to just have that longevity protection. You&#x27;re basically investing in bonds because the insurance company is investing in</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> bonds for you. But you get a higher long-term yield than bonds because the longer you live, you have that income for life. And eventually a bond portfolio would deplete. But with the income annuity, those who end up not living as long help to subsidize those who live longer. And so it supports a higher standard of living for everyone. It allows everyone to spend like they&#x27;re going to live to their, if they&#x27;re in their 60s, spend like they&#x27;ll live to their mid-80s instead of being worried they might live to their 90s or to 100 and therefore have to spend less to stretch that money out longer. If set up correctly, I call it a financial fill-up. Every year, a new check arrives in your mailbox no matter how long you live. And if you want to set it up right, your spouse will also get that check if you pass away. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense to have it, just to have it as a combination and a part of a good retirement plan. Because I&#x27;m amazed at how many people I talk to who say they</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> have a retirement plan. When we sit down and look at it, there&#x27;s no income component. So it&#x27;s really just a financial plan masquerading as a retirement plan. It&#x27;s important to have income. Yeah, those income annuities. Yep. Right, it is. It&#x27;s the same thing that Social Security does. And it&#x27;s the same thing that a traditional company pension, not a 401k plan, but that traditional pension that provided the lifetime income. Well, the income annuity is a way to replace that and to get the same effect. Let&#x27;s talk about that 401k plan as a final topic here for this part. I would love to have you on again in the future to talk and revisit this book because this book is fantastic. But 401ks are great to help people save money. The problem with 401ks that I&#x27;ve seen is it has no income component usually. So you save a lump sum and then you say, now what will we do? What happens? That&#x27;s right. Yeah, that&#x27;s the traditional retirement planning was about getting to the top</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the mountain that you achieve all this wealth accumulation. But that&#x27;s really just the beginning. You have to get back down the mountain as well. And that means drawing from those assets and sustaining income for as long as you live. And that&#x27;s a big challenge that the 401k plan&#x27;s not really equipped to handle. Yeah, the old nursery rhyme, the bear went over the mountain. They forgot to tell you that a lot of bears got killed coming on the other side and more people die in Mount Everest when you come down, not going up. It&#x27;s very important as we build our retirement plans to make sure we have a real retirement plan that&#x27;ll take that worry out of all of our retirement, no matter how long we live. Folks, one of the best steps you can do is get this book and also get a review with the True Retirement Planning Professional Team. You can give us a call at any time, 800-661-7383. Again, his name was Dr. Wade Pfau and the name of the book, Safety First, Retirement Planning.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Dr. Pfau, thanks for your time today. Yeah, thank you. It was a pleasure. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau joins Coach Pete to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning and the decisions involved in creating and using retirement income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. You know, folks, in life, it&#x27;s very important to surround yourself with people smarter than you and talk to people who know more than you do and leave all egos aside. And that&#x27;s what I love doing this segment of the show about, because we go across the world and find people who are really making a difference in the financial world. And today we have a repeat visitor. He was on about seven or eight years ago, and actually he was a visiting professor in Japan when we talked to him. Now he&#x27;s back in America. His name is Dr. Wade Pfau, and we&#x27;re going to talk about a brand new book that he has out called Safety First Retirement Planning. Now, let me tell you, Dr. Pfau is a professor at the American College. He also is a major instructor of a great designation put out by the American College called the Retirement Income Certified Professional. Dr. Pfau, welcome in.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah. Now, I think it&#x27;s about seven or eight. When were you in Japan? Actually, I lived there for 10 years when I was first getting started with retirement research. about probably in 2011 or early 2012. Yeah, that&#x27;s about right. That&#x27;s when we first spoke. Time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. Yeah, absolutely. Now, I&#x27;ve got your book here, 350 pages. I call this, it&#x27;s an encyclopedia of the financial world, and it has a master&#x27;s, in my opinion, a master&#x27;s in retirement planning. And Dr. Pfau, why do we, as Americans and just people in general all over the world, why do we put money away? It&#x27;s to, in the future, hopefully it grows. And here in America, especially with pensions going the way the dinosaur, we put money away so we can have our own personal pensions, don&#x27;t we? Right. Yeah. You save during your working years so you can support your retirement years. I&#x27;m opening your book. And again, there&#x27;s no way we can cover all this on one segment,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but folks, we&#x27;re going to get some copies of the book from Dr. Pfau. And when you come in to visit with us, we&#x27;ll make sure to get you a copy. Dr. Pfau, there&#x27;s in the book, you have something called the Retirement Researcher Manifesto. Do you want to explain what that is? Uh-huh. Sure. Yeah. It&#x27;s a series of eight points where I really tried to summarize the main kind of thesis about how I think about retirement in terms of what you need to be thinking about, how you need to focus on the long-term and focus on realistic market return assumptions and being agnostic about different retirement income tools, because there&#x27;s really a different nature of risks in retirement. And so we really, the manifesto is about how to approach retirement income and how to approach the new risks of retirement. And there are a lot of risks out there, aren&#x27;t there? There are. And it&#x27;s a longevity risk with not knowing how long the money needs to last,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> coupled with when you&#x27;re taking distributions from investments, market volatility actually has a bigger impact on the financial plan. And then there&#x27;s the spending shocks, which are just unexpected, potentially large expenses that you also have to be prepared for. I love the way you call it spending shocks, because it is. I mean, it&#x27;s an unexpected event that takes money out of your wallet. Right. Yeah. And so we want to look at, and when we talk about market fluctuations, they don&#x27;t mean too much to those of us when we&#x27;re in our 20s, 30s, 40s. When we get to the 50s, 60s, into that retirement and financial red zone, we need to be very careful about having too much market risk, don&#x27;t we? That&#x27;s right. Because you become more vulnerable to market volatility just because when you&#x27;re working, you could always work a little longer or save a little more. You have more flexibility pre-retirement</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> to just overcome the hurdle of a market downturn. But then once you&#x27;ve retired, you have less flexibility to manage that. And also, it has a bigger impact because the act of when you&#x27;re taking distributions from your investments, if there&#x27;s a market downturn, you&#x27;re forced into selling more shares or a higher percentage of what&#x27;s left. And that can really dig a hole that becomes hard to come back out of. You have something in your book you call the Retirement Income Challenge. I like the way you described that. Do you want to talk to the folks that are listening about that? Yeah, it&#x27;s an effort in one diagram to try to explain the retirement problem where it&#x27;s at the center of it. There&#x27;s the goals of retirement. And I call them the four L&#x27;s, longevity, lifestyle, which are about your budget, legacy, and then liquidity for those spending shocks.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> And then the next circle around that is all the potential risks that confront your ability to achieve those goals. And then the circle around that is my effort to really identify all the different retirement income tools available to help manage those risks, whether it&#x27;s investments, annuities, life insurance, business holdings, Social Security, Medicare, even things like family support and community support if you&#x27;re part of a social network where people will help you if you have some illness and so forth. That&#x27;s all part of the tool set available to manage those retirement risks. And you look at, you call it the safety first school of thought. What does that mean? Well, the safety first school of thought is one of two very broad approaches to thinking about retirement. And safety first appreciates the role of investments, but also wants to bring in insurance</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> as well in the retirement income plan. So helping to manage retirement risk by pooling that risk, instead of worrying that I might live a very long time, and I might experience bad market returns, which would in turn mean I have to save an awful lot to have a successful retirement, I can pool that risk and be able to plan my retirement more around an average outcome. And that can really help with the efficiency of retirement to be able to retire with less assets or to get more spending power out of your assets. And that safety first approach, it has contractual protections and it can be more efficient. And it contrasts with what I call probability based, which is more of the folks to say, all you need is an investment portfolio, just invest in the stock</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> market and you&#x27;ll be fine for retirement. Yeah, that would be great if that would work. If you had a magic wand and knew when to get out and get in, but it doesn&#x27;t work all the time. It doesn&#x27;t. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to you&#x27;re more vulnerable. Oh, yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Wade Fowl. He&#x27;s author of the great book, Safety First Retirement Planning. He&#x27;s also professor at the American College. Dr. Fowl, what does it mean when you say to have less assets and more income? That&#x27;s true income planning, isn&#x27;t it? It is. It&#x27;s about getting more efficiency. Kind of the problem with that investments only approach, if you talked on your show about things like the 4% rule of thumb, which may not be conservative enough, but they&#x27;re meant to be conservative. That 4% rule was, well, if you end up living in 95 and you get the worst market returns experienced in US history,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> that&#x27;s how much you could have spent. So it means you have to have a lot more assets to retire because you have to have enough assets to manage a very long retirement and poor market returns. And that&#x27;s where using insurance and lifetime income protections in retirement, you don&#x27;t have to be so conservative with the planning. So you don&#x27;t have to have as many assets to successfully retire. When we talk about the 4% rule, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand this. I mean, it says if you have a million dollar portfolio all in the market, Wall Street says you could take 4% of that money out each year and you have about a 92% chance of not outliving your money. Okay. So that&#x27;s 40,000 out of a million. That&#x27;s not much money. And you only have a, you still have an 8% chance of not having enough money through retirement. And Dr. Fowl, I always say, if you get on an airplane,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> one of those jet liners and the, and the captain would come over the loudspeaker before you took off and say, good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen, we&#x27;re going from Boston to LA and we have about a 92% chance of landing safely. What would you do? Right. And even that, that&#x27;s where Wall Street, they&#x27;re just plugging in historical averages. So they&#x27;re assuming you&#x27;re going to be getting five or 6% bond returns when they say you have a 92% chance with the reality of lower interest rates today. That 4% rule is more like a 60 to 70% chance to work. Even lower odds for that plane to land. You know, I like history as much as anyone else, but we can&#x27;t use history to plan our future. Can we? No. I mean, we can learn from history, but we have to make sure we&#x27;re using it appropriately. That was part of that manifesto where you can&#x27;t assume bonds are going to average five or 6% like they have historically when interest</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> rates are between one and 2%. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Now in your book, I mean, your book, you go through so many things. I want to hit on one thing that we talk a lot about. It&#x27;s about income planning, using the proper strategies and tools to make sure to increase your probability of not having more ease in retirement. And in chapter four, you talk about income annuities. Let&#x27;s talk about those. Well, it&#x27;s the starting point for any discussion about annuities because they&#x27;re the simplest. You exchange a single premium for a guaranteed lifetime income, and that income can start within the first year, and then it&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. Or you could have a deferred income annuity where that income would start more than a year later. And it&#x27;s a way to just have that longevity protection. You&#x27;re basically investing in bonds because the insurance company is investing in</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> bonds for you. But you get a higher long-term yield than bonds because the longer you live, you have that income for life. And eventually a bond portfolio would deplete. But with the income annuity, those who end up not living as long help to subsidize those who live longer. And so it supports a higher standard of living for everyone. It allows everyone to spend like they&#x27;re going to live to their, if they&#x27;re in their 60s, spend like they&#x27;ll live to their mid-80s instead of being worried they might live to their 90s or to 100 and therefore have to spend less to stretch that money out longer. If set up correctly, I call it a financial fill-up. Every year, a new check arrives in your mailbox no matter how long you live. And if you want to set it up right, your spouse will also get that check if you pass away. Yeah, it makes a lot of sense to have it, just to have it as a combination and a part of a good retirement plan. Because I&#x27;m amazed at how many people I talk to who say they</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> have a retirement plan. When we sit down and look at it, there&#x27;s no income component. So it&#x27;s really just a financial plan masquerading as a retirement plan. It&#x27;s important to have income. Yeah, those income annuities. Yep. Right, it is. It&#x27;s the same thing that Social Security does. And it&#x27;s the same thing that a traditional company pension, not a 401k plan, but that traditional pension that provided the lifetime income. Well, the income annuity is a way to replace that and to get the same effect. Let&#x27;s talk about that 401k plan as a final topic here for this part. I would love to have you on again in the future to talk and revisit this book because this book is fantastic. But 401ks are great to help people save money. The problem with 401ks that I&#x27;ve seen is it has no income component usually. So you save a lump sum and then you say, now what will we do? What happens? That&#x27;s right. Yeah, that&#x27;s the traditional retirement planning was about getting to the top</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> of the mountain that you achieve all this wealth accumulation. But that&#x27;s really just the beginning. You have to get back down the mountain as well. And that means drawing from those assets and sustaining income for as long as you live. And that&#x27;s a big challenge that the 401k plan&#x27;s not really equipped to handle. Yeah, the old nursery rhyme, the bear went over the mountain. They forgot to tell you that a lot of bears got killed coming on the other side and more people die in Mount Everest when you come down, not going up. It&#x27;s very important as we build our retirement plans to make sure we have a real retirement plan that&#x27;ll take that worry out of all of our retirement, no matter how long we live. Folks, one of the best steps you can do is get this book and also get a review with the True Retirement Planning Professional Team. You can give us a call at any time, 800-661-7383. Again, his name was Dr. Wade Pfau and the name of the book, Safety First, Retirement Planning.</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> Dr. Pfau, thanks for your time today. Yeah, thank you. It was a pleasure. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Wade Pfau joins Coach Pete to discuss Safety-First Retirement Planning and the decisions involved in creating and using retirement income. Recorded October 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Wade Pfau</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Wade Pfau, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de/image.jpg?t=1792071976&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-safety-first-retirement-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de/image.jpg?t=1792071976&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de</guid>
      <omny:clipId>08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>674</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08d6c02f-0704-4e58-882e-b4e30009f7de/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10824320" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-safety-first-retirement-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>74</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Safety-First Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:08" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Keady: Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Keady: Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA&#x27;s Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Whether it&#x27;s market volatility or uncertainty about the future, a new survey finds that only 27 percent of people are very confident about a financially stable retirement. Dan Cady is chief financial planning strategist for TIAA. I had a chance to talk with Dan about the survey and what it really means for those in or near retirement. He says that retirement today is vastly different than it was even just a few years ago. People have really began to refocus on the concept of distribution, which at one time was mainly taken care of by our corporate pension plans, right? The check for life. And now people have to set up their own plan. Katie says retirement today is all about the income and maintaining lifestyle. That&#x27;s the big thing that we see as a change over time is people really are thinking about income.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One of the things we saw about the survey, the TIAA 2019 survey that I thought was really interesting is that our third most cited boost to financial confidence was guaranteed income. Now the winner was savings, which makes sense, right? We all know you have to save, save regularly, pay off debts, which was the runner up number two. But the third one was high. And interestingly, that&#x27;s expecting guaranteed income from a traditional pension plan. Now that could have even been higher, except most people don&#x27;t have a pension plan anymore to expect from. Without pensions as a mainstay to retirement anymore, Katie says we need to create our own form of pension, something that may be easier said than done. The challenge being that the DB pension plan was simple</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> because you didn&#x27;t really have to take action. And because it is kind of complex to go out there and say, I&#x27;m going to create my own self-pension and you could do it and I&#x27;ll give you a couple of resources. But in fact, the House of Representatives passed the bipartisan SECURE Act, which is now encouraging 401ks and other workplace plans to offer, you know, an annuity option, an option where you could take some of the money and convert it into a stream of income that you could never outlive. Why? Because, you know, the government&#x27;s concerned about people outliving their savings. The SECURE Act has not yet passed and is currently held up in the U.S. Senate. There are many layers of the SECURE Act. The 401k annuity is just one piece of a much larger bill. Many speculate that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> the SECURE Act will be attached to an omnibus budget bill and the president will certainly sign it. Financial education is an area of the TIAA survey that Katie says surprised nearly everyone. 35 percent of the respondents said that mutual funds offer lifetime guaranteed income that could never run out. And of course, we know that that&#x27;s not true. But 35 percent, so that&#x27;s over a third, are thinking that their retirement plan, if they&#x27;re in mutual funds, can never run out. And then 20 percent of the very popular target date funds, the people who had target date funds, think it offers, again, lifetime income, which, of course, it doesn&#x27;t. Katie says getting people to understand that they may live a lot longer than they think and then plan accordingly. So how do we do that?</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Get people to pick auto increase on their workplace plan. So say it goes up one percent a year, the savings ratio, much easier to get people to do that. The other part we found that really could help people is find out what those offerings are from your 401k. Does it offer a lifetime income option? At least find out if it does. And then finally, I think it can really help people if they sit back and think through longevity and say, wait a second, I could be alive a very long time. And therefore, you know, how am I going to offset that risk? Katie adds it&#x27;s important to have that conversation sooner than later. Thanks again to Dan Katie, Chief Financial Planning Strategist for TIAA. To learn more and see the results of that survey, visit TIAA.org. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA&#x27;s Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Whether it&#x27;s market volatility or uncertainty about the future, a new survey finds that only 27 percent of people are very confident about a financially stable retirement. Dan Cady is chief financial planning strategist for TIAA. I had a chance to talk with Dan about the survey and what it really means for those in or near retirement. He says that retirement today is vastly different than it was even just a few years ago. People have really began to refocus on the concept of distribution, which at one time was mainly taken care of by our corporate pension plans, right? The check for life. And now people have to set up their own plan. Katie says retirement today is all about the income and maintaining lifestyle. That&#x27;s the big thing that we see as a change over time is people really are thinking about income.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One of the things we saw about the survey, the TIAA 2019 survey that I thought was really interesting is that our third most cited boost to financial confidence was guaranteed income. Now the winner was savings, which makes sense, right? We all know you have to save, save regularly, pay off debts, which was the runner up number two. But the third one was high. And interestingly, that&#x27;s expecting guaranteed income from a traditional pension plan. Now that could have even been higher, except most people don&#x27;t have a pension plan anymore to expect from. Without pensions as a mainstay to retirement anymore, Katie says we need to create our own form of pension, something that may be easier said than done. The challenge being that the DB pension plan was simple</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> because you didn&#x27;t really have to take action. And because it is kind of complex to go out there and say, I&#x27;m going to create my own self-pension and you could do it and I&#x27;ll give you a couple of resources. But in fact, the House of Representatives passed the bipartisan SECURE Act, which is now encouraging 401ks and other workplace plans to offer, you know, an annuity option, an option where you could take some of the money and convert it into a stream of income that you could never outlive. Why? Because, you know, the government&#x27;s concerned about people outliving their savings. The SECURE Act has not yet passed and is currently held up in the U.S. Senate. There are many layers of the SECURE Act. The 401k annuity is just one piece of a much larger bill. Many speculate that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> the SECURE Act will be attached to an omnibus budget bill and the president will certainly sign it. Financial education is an area of the TIAA survey that Katie says surprised nearly everyone. 35 percent of the respondents said that mutual funds offer lifetime guaranteed income that could never run out. And of course, we know that that&#x27;s not true. But 35 percent, so that&#x27;s over a third, are thinking that their retirement plan, if they&#x27;re in mutual funds, can never run out. And then 20 percent of the very popular target date funds, the people who had target date funds, think it offers, again, lifetime income, which, of course, it doesn&#x27;t. Katie says getting people to understand that they may live a lot longer than they think and then plan accordingly. So how do we do that?</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> Get people to pick auto increase on their workplace plan. So say it goes up one percent a year, the savings ratio, much easier to get people to do that. The other part we found that really could help people is find out what those offerings are from your 401k. Does it offer a lifetime income option? At least find out if it does. And then finally, I think it can really help people if they sit back and think through longevity and say, wait a second, I could be alive a very long time. And therefore, you know, how am I going to offset that risk? Katie adds it&#x27;s important to have that conversation sooner than later. Thanks again to Dan Katie, Chief Financial Planning Strategist for TIAA. To learn more and see the results of that survey, visit TIAA.org. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steve Sedahl speaks with TIAA's Dan Keady about the 2019 retirement-confidence survey. This produced feature examines financial education, longevity, saving habits, and the distinction between an investment account and lifetime income. Recorded October 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Keady</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Keady, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/image.jpg?t=1792071224&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-keady-retirement-confidence-and-lifetime-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/image.jpg?t=1792071224&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>240</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/22e0ec86-0d2d-49f2-9997-b4e3002ea4c1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3871869" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-keady-retirement-confidence-and-lifetime-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>75</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Confidence and Lifetime Income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Daniel Ameduri: Don’t Save for Retirement and Financial Freedom</title>
      <itunes:title>Daniel Ameduri: Don’t Save for Retirement and Financial Freedom</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with Daniel Ameduri about Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement: A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom. This produced Financial Safari feature explores Ameduri&#x27;s experience during the financial crisis and his emphasis on cash flow and multiple sources of income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Saving for retirement is something baby boomers have heard all their lives. Save, save, save, and then save some more. Enter Daniel Amaduri, whose book, Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement, A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom, says working toward retirement at one job for a lifetime, that&#x27;s a thing of the past, and it isn&#x27;t working out at all, especially for millennials. I talked with Daniel recently, and he explained it this way. Baby boomers have the best bond market, best real estate market, best stock market, and according to Vanguard, the median account holder for 65 and up on a 401k is only 55 grand. So the question is, are there other alternatives to just saving for conventional retirement? And my philosophy is, yes, absolutely, mimic the rich. The rich preserve their wealth, and they focus on income. Today, Daniel Amaduri is a self-made millionaire.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> It didn&#x27;t start that way, however. He and his wife owned a number of properties, and then 2008 happened. In the midst of the Great Recession and staring at bankruptcy, he created what has become a wildly popular newsletter called Future Money Trends. It started off as a hobby. I just wanted to keep track of the things that I was trying to do to not be poor. In the beginning, I wasn&#x27;t even trying to get rich. After 2008, I was like, man, I can&#x27;t let this get any worse. You know, in debt, foreclosures. We never filed bankruptcy, but we went to a bank attorney&#x27;s office, and I&#x27;ll never forget that moment because my wife was sitting there crying, and just, it felt horrible. And so I wanted to, like, log this, and that&#x27;s kind of how it happened.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So Future Money Trends has just become a way for me to share what I&#x27;m learning and what I&#x27;m doing. And nothing in that letter is recommended that I&#x27;m not actively going to buy myself. Emma Dury says it&#x27;s all about income, multiple streams of income. Sometimes he says income can come from an unexpected source. I&#x27;ll give people a perfect example. My wife and I had a duplex in the 2008 crash. We had a lot of properties, actually, but I lost almost all of them. But this one duplex got cut in half on 50% of its value. But the rents actually went up because as people were foreclosing, the rental market got flooded with renters. And so the cash flow actually went up during the biggest and greatest real estate market crash in our history. Now, if I was a speculator hoping things would go up, I got crushed.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> But on the cash flow side, actually made money during one of the deepest recessions we&#x27;ve had since the 30s. He says traditional methods of saving for retirement clearly aren&#x27;t working for millennials. So I asked him what they should be doing instead, and how do we start? You know, I would say just reconditioning your mind into what an investment is, because Wall Street has turned us all into speculators. The middle class and poor have to invest and hope things go up. But you really need to change your mindset. What my wife and I did, we had a rule. We only bought something if a check came in the mail between 30 days and three months. So it&#x27;s either paying us a dividend, it&#x27;s paying a yield, some sort of check from a rental property, it didn&#x27;t matter.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And I&#x27;ve got it written in my children&#x27;s homeschool room, and it&#x27;s in huge writing on the wall. And it says, only buy assets that cash flow. And I want everybody to reflect on their life and all the mistakes we&#x27;ve all made financially. What would happen if you had only bought things that made you money? Think about where you would be right now. Whether you were, you know, investing and you&#x27;d had $100 a month in income or tens of thousands of dollars in income. But think about all the capital that you&#x27;ve allocated towards investments that have to go up for you to make money. Switch that. What would happen if you only bought things that actually sent checks in the mail? What would your life be like? Emma Dury says the old adage of paying yourself first is outdated and should be reconsidered. That retirement mindset that we&#x27;ve been conditioned to where, hey, defer everything for 40 years.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> I don&#x27;t do that. I actually, even when our personal passive income was very small, I would take the first 50 bucks and use it to pay the water bill. And that felt great because you actually had multiple sources now entering into your life of income. You know, so many people talk about one source of income or two sources of income. What about having 20 sources of income? Think of those George Washingtons and Ben Franklins as partners who can go out on their own and they can have jobs and they can make money and they can bring cash in. That, he says, is what led to the book, A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom, Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement. I was in a trust attorney&#x27;s office with my wife. We had set everything up in our life. And I was like, I turned to her, I said, everything&#x27;s set up except the knowledge that we need to pass on to the children.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> What happens if something happened early? And so that&#x27;s what this book actually started out as an instruction manual to my children. Us sharing, the first half of the book of us sharing our story. And then the last half sharing our philosophy on how we can live a more free life. And by the way, for your listeners, if they go to my website, futuremoneytrends.com slash save, they can actually read the intro and the first chapter free. Many thanks to Daniel Amaduri, the book available everywhere. And don&#x27;t forget, you can visit futuremoneytrends.com slash save for a preview of the book itself. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steve Sedahl speaks with Daniel Ameduri about Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement: A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom. This produced Financial Safari feature explores Ameduri&#x27;s experience during the financial crisis and his emphasis on cash flow and multiple sources of income. Recorded October 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Saving for retirement is something baby boomers have heard all their lives. Save, save, save, and then save some more. Enter Daniel Amaduri, whose book, Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement, A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom, says working toward retirement at one job for a lifetime, that&#x27;s a thing of the past, and it isn&#x27;t working out at all, especially for millennials. I talked with Daniel recently, and he explained it this way. Baby boomers have the best bond market, best real estate market, best stock market, and according to Vanguard, the median account holder for 65 and up on a 401k is only 55 grand. So the question is, are there other alternatives to just saving for conventional retirement? And my philosophy is, yes, absolutely, mimic the rich. The rich preserve their wealth, and they focus on income. Today, Daniel Amaduri is a self-made millionaire.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> It didn&#x27;t start that way, however. He and his wife owned a number of properties, and then 2008 happened. In the midst of the Great Recession and staring at bankruptcy, he created what has become a wildly popular newsletter called Future Money Trends. It started off as a hobby. I just wanted to keep track of the things that I was trying to do to not be poor. In the beginning, I wasn&#x27;t even trying to get rich. After 2008, I was like, man, I can&#x27;t let this get any worse. You know, in debt, foreclosures. We never filed bankruptcy, but we went to a bank attorney&#x27;s office, and I&#x27;ll never forget that moment because my wife was sitting there crying, and just, it felt horrible. And so I wanted to, like, log this, and that&#x27;s kind of how it happened.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So Future Money Trends has just become a way for me to share what I&#x27;m learning and what I&#x27;m doing. And nothing in that letter is recommended that I&#x27;m not actively going to buy myself. Emma Dury says it&#x27;s all about income, multiple streams of income. Sometimes he says income can come from an unexpected source. I&#x27;ll give people a perfect example. My wife and I had a duplex in the 2008 crash. We had a lot of properties, actually, but I lost almost all of them. But this one duplex got cut in half on 50% of its value. But the rents actually went up because as people were foreclosing, the rental market got flooded with renters. And so the cash flow actually went up during the biggest and greatest real estate market crash in our history. Now, if I was a speculator hoping things would go up, I got crushed.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> But on the cash flow side, actually made money during one of the deepest recessions we&#x27;ve had since the 30s. He says traditional methods of saving for retirement clearly aren&#x27;t working for millennials. So I asked him what they should be doing instead, and how do we start? You know, I would say just reconditioning your mind into what an investment is, because Wall Street has turned us all into speculators. The middle class and poor have to invest and hope things go up. But you really need to change your mindset. What my wife and I did, we had a rule. We only bought something if a check came in the mail between 30 days and three months. So it&#x27;s either paying us a dividend, it&#x27;s paying a yield, some sort of check from a rental property, it didn&#x27;t matter.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And I&#x27;ve got it written in my children&#x27;s homeschool room, and it&#x27;s in huge writing on the wall. And it says, only buy assets that cash flow. And I want everybody to reflect on their life and all the mistakes we&#x27;ve all made financially. What would happen if you had only bought things that made you money? Think about where you would be right now. Whether you were, you know, investing and you&#x27;d had $100 a month in income or tens of thousands of dollars in income. But think about all the capital that you&#x27;ve allocated towards investments that have to go up for you to make money. Switch that. What would happen if you only bought things that actually sent checks in the mail? What would your life be like? Emma Dury says the old adage of paying yourself first is outdated and should be reconsidered. That retirement mindset that we&#x27;ve been conditioned to where, hey, defer everything for 40 years.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> I don&#x27;t do that. I actually, even when our personal passive income was very small, I would take the first 50 bucks and use it to pay the water bill. And that felt great because you actually had multiple sources now entering into your life of income. You know, so many people talk about one source of income or two sources of income. What about having 20 sources of income? Think of those George Washingtons and Ben Franklins as partners who can go out on their own and they can have jobs and they can make money and they can bring cash in. That, he says, is what led to the book, A Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Financial Freedom, Don&#x27;t Save for Retirement. I was in a trust attorney&#x27;s office with my wife. We had set everything up in our life. And I was like, I turned to her, I said, everything&#x27;s set up except the knowledge that we need to pass on to the children.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> What happens if something happened early? And so that&#x27;s what this book actually started out as an instruction manual to my children. Us sharing, the first half of the book of us sharing our story. And then the last half sharing our philosophy on how we can live a more free life. And by the way, for your listeners, if they go to my website, futuremoneytrends.com slash save, they can actually read the intro and the first chapter free. Many thanks to Daniel Amaduri, the book available everywhere. And don&#x27;t forget, you can visit futuremoneytrends.com slash save for a preview of the book itself. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steve Sedahl speaks with Daniel Ameduri about Don't Save for Retirement: A Millennial's Guide to Financial Freedom. This produced Financial Safari feature explores Ameduri's experience during the financial crisis and his emphasis on cash flow and multiple sources of income. Recorded October 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Daniel Ameduri</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Daniel Ameduri, retirement planning, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba/image.jpg?t=1792071232&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/daniel-ameduri-don-t-save-for-retirement-and-financial-freedom/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba/image.jpg?t=1792071232&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 04 Oct 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>321</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b848c8da-28d6-4abe-8941-b4e3002e3eba/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="5179447" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/daniel-ameduri-don-t-save-for-retirement-and-financial-freedom</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>76</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Daniel Ameduri" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Income and Retiring Happy</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Income and Retiring Happy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and his work explaining retirement planning. Recorded September 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show I love to do because I get to talk to some real fascinating folks across the world. And today we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor. He&#x27;s a friend of the show. He&#x27;s great to have on. I love having him on. We get great comments every time. You may have seen him on PBS. He&#x27;s got a special called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. His number one book, the very first book he wrote that I read was called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. And this book, though, that I got in front of me right now, folks, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. The millions and millions of copies are out there. And his name is Tom Hegna. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk briefly about the title, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. That&#x27;s what everyone wants, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And if you think about it, most people aren&#x27;t retiring happy anymore.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Their parents did because they had paychecks coming in. They didn&#x27;t have to worry about markets and interest rates. But now people pretty much don&#x27;t have the pensions that their parents had. And they&#x27;re worried about the market. And they&#x27;re worried about interest rates. And they&#x27;re worried about a lot of different things. Yeah. And so much information&#x27;s out there. But a lot of the information isn&#x27;t all true. And a lot of it, it doesn&#x27;t apply to everybody. And so it&#x27;s hard for the average American, I think, to put together their own retirement plan. So what&#x27;s the most important thing to consider, number one, when saving for retirement? Well, I mean, you&#x27;ve got to save early and save often because, you know, it&#x27;s the amount of money that you save that&#x27;s going to allow you to turn that into income in retirement because retirement is really about income. It&#x27;s not about assets. But when you&#x27;re accumulating wealth, you have to accumulate enough wealth that you can drive</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> the necessary amount of income in retirement. So it really comes down to how much income are you going to have in retirement? But that does require money to turn that into income. We have a whole lot of listeners who have 401k balances, nice balances. I mean, really, we call them thick in the world, like a million dollars or more. But they are just floating balances. And I say that because it&#x27;s like watching a tennis ball in the ocean. It goes in, comes out, bobs away, disappears for a while, sometimes comes back. You don&#x27;t know where it went. But how can people out there, Tom, how can they lock their gains in? I always say you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah, and especially in the five years right before retirement, the five years right after retirement, that&#x27;s called the red zone. Because if you lose money right before or right after retirement, it can devastate your whole retirement.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And so one of the things that people who are, let&#x27;s say, 50, 55 and above should be doing is they should start locking in some of these gains. Because we&#x27;ve seen a 10-year bull market. Now, could it go 11? Could it go 12? It could. But we know we&#x27;re near the end than we are at the beginning. And so it&#x27;s wise to lock in some of those gains. And that&#x27;s what you do is help people lock in those gains. And then start thinking about turning that into some stream of guaranteed lifetime income that you cannot outlive. Because the number one risk in retirement is longevity risk, that you could live a long time. Because when you live a long time, it multiplies all the other risks. The longer you live, the more likely the market will crash. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll take out too much money. The more likely inflation decimates your purchasing power.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> The more likely you&#x27;re going to need long-term care. So the PhDs who study retirement say, you know, and if you get nothing else out of this 10 minutes, get this. You&#x27;ve got to take longevity risk off the table. Well, stocks can&#x27;t do that. Bonds can&#x27;t do that. Real estate can&#x27;t do that. Bitcoin cannot do it. And so there&#x27;s only a few products out there that can take longevity risk off the table. And you&#x27;ve got to at least put some of that into your portfolio. I love the folks who get, I don&#x27;t love it, but I see folks who get talked into putting money in precious metals, like all the retirement there. Then they reach retirement and that money hasn&#x27;t grown. It&#x27;s just sitting there. I mean, gold and silver, precious metals like that, they don&#x27;t gain as far as they&#x27;re not, there&#x27;s no interest. There&#x27;s no income from it. You have to sell them to basically realize that. And many times you buy at an ask, which is a high price, and you sell at a bid, which is a low price.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> What would you tell someone who&#x27;s trying to tie their retirement to precious metals? No, I mean, look, we are in a deflationary world, not an inflationary world. So the people who are buying gold are thinking, oh, because we printed this money, we&#x27;re going to have rampant inflation. That&#x27;s not going to happen. I mean, look at Japan. They printed tons and tons of money. They&#x27;re still in a deflationary economy. We are in a deflationary world. Now, I am not against gold and silver, but any expert that talks about it says you shouldn&#x27;t put more than 5% of your portfolio there. I&#x27;m not against Bitcoin, but every expert I know says you shouldn&#x27;t put more than 1% of your portfolio in there. So if you put 1% in Bitcoin, 5% in gold and silver, there&#x27;s 94% of your portfolio left that should not be in those things. Yeah. And I think a lot of people that love that gold and silver because of our childhood hero.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> Gold and silver, silver and gold. Yukon Cornelius. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Well, look, like I said, I&#x27;m not against gold and silver, but it does not earn anything. The reason that you&#x27;re seeing gold kind of go up now is that around the world, there&#x27;s 17, 16, $17 trillion of bonds paying negative interest rates. Well, if you got your choice between negative interest rates or you got to pay to put your money away versus gold or silver. But what people don&#x27;t understand about gold and silver is there&#x27;s a lot of risk with that too. You know, if you take the actual coins and bullion, they can be stolen. Your house can burn down. You could die and have it hidden in a wall. Nobody finds it for the rest of their life. But there is all kinds of risk, no matter, you know, even if you think that there&#x27;s no</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> risk in gold and silver, there is. And so that&#x27;s why you shouldn&#x27;t put too much in there. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to bestselling author Tom Hegna, author of the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, my favorite book. And he&#x27;s also a host on PBS Public Broadcasting with the show, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Now, Tom, in Kiplinger Magazine a few months ago, I saw an article and I thought about you when I read the title. It said, build a retirement plan that provides paychecks and playchecks. Sounds familiar, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And we actually had to contact them and get. So now if you look at it now, we&#x27;ll be credited in there because we have that trademarked. And somebody took that without using it. But I mean, you know, it&#x27;s just that&#x27;s how life goes, coach. But this guy in the article and basically it sounded like they were talking to you because the question they ask is, how do you get retirement paychecks?</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> It&#x27;s a common problem and dilemma everyone has out there. Tom, how do people do that? Yeah, well, you know, I&#x27;ve studied retirement now for over 30 years. And what what the research shows with the PhDs around the world who study have said that as a minimum, as a minimum, you should have guaranteed lifetime income covering your basic living expenses and retirement. So whatever you need to pay for the house, the car, your food, your Internet, you know, just your normal living expenses that that cannot be in the market. That cannot be in real estate. That has to be in guaranteed lifetime income. Now, above that, the play check to travel, the cruise is a fun stuff. That stuff can be in a portfolio if you want to. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;ve been studying this for now over 30 years and I own 11 guaranteed lifetime income products because I don&#x27;t just want my paychecks guaranteed.</p><p><strong>06:57</strong> I want my playchecks guaranteed. Now, I do have some money in the market, but I don&#x27;t have a lot of money in the market because when you really study this, a 60-40 portfolio, which is what most people have, is not going to outperform in most cases these guaranteed lifetime income products because you can because the income annuity products pay what are called mortality credits or longevity credits. It&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool. And this extra money is something that you cannot get from stocks or bonds or real estate or Bitcoin. The Wall Street Journal even had an article that said you can retire with as much as 40% less than a traditional stock, bond, and cash mix. And that&#x27;s because of this extra money from the risk pool, these longevity credits that are</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> included in every lifetime income product. Well, we look at that. And since childhood, we&#x27;ve always been taught to grow our money, get the biggest lump sum possible. But no one ever taught us about something I call financial fill-ups. And that means when you retire or whenever you choose to get lifetime income checks every single month delivered to your mailbox, it will never go away as long as you&#x27;re here. Tom, there&#x27;s nothing greater than that. That&#x27;s the greatest force known to man is having income. Yeah. And as you know, I did a trial retirement this summer. I took three and a half, four months off and just retired. And I played golf, played tennis, played pickleball. And it really comes down to income and managing risk. That&#x27;s what retirement&#x27;s all about. It&#x27;s about having increasing income for the rest of your life and having risk management,</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> taking those key retirement risks off the table. It&#x27;s really not about the stock market or the bond market or real estate. Those products can help you, but it&#x27;s all about risk management and having increasing income for the rest of your life. Tom, I&#x27;ve got a question, though. If you could only give one piece of advice to someone, if you had that magic genie, bottle and you rubbed it and there was only one wish left, what kind of retirement advice would you give everyone listening right now? Retirement is not a do-it-yourself project. You know, you don&#x27;t do your own dental work in your garage with your drill set. And I don&#x27;t think you had to do your own retirement planning either. You need to find a competent financial advisor who will set up a plan for you. And, Coach, I think you know somebody who fits that description pretty well. But that&#x27;s my best advice. You can&#x27;t do this by yourself.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> I even use a financial advisor because even though I know what to do, I don&#x27;t know every single product and every single new rider. As you know, they come out every week with new products. And I need an advisor to give me a choice of different products to solve what I know needs to be solved. Well, folks, I couldn&#x27;t say it any better. And that&#x27;s what I love about Tom. He gets right to the point. Tom, we&#x27;re going to have you sometime in 2020. I&#x27;m going to tell people ahead of time, we&#x27;re going to have you come in and speak in our area. And I want to give people that advance warning because I know when you come around and when you speak around the nation, those events fill up very quickly, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. I mean, look, all I do is try to help people retire happy and successful. I don&#x27;t sell anything. They can leave their checkbooks at home, locked up in a vault.</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> Nothing will be sold. And I&#x27;ll just come in and I will share with them. And they can ask any questions. I&#x27;m not afraid of any questions because, again, everything I do is based in math and science. It&#x27;s not based on my opinions. It&#x27;s based on facts. Well, you know, we have something. I didn&#x27;t realize this. I&#x27;ve talked to you probably about 30 times over my life here. And I didn&#x27;t realize both your parents are educators, correct? That&#x27;s true. Yes. Yeah. Both mine were too. So we both take that educational standpoint. My dad was a college professor. Mom was a school teacher. The joke in my family was mom worked three times harder and got paid three times less. Right. Right. Well, both my parents were teachers for 30 years. They didn&#x27;t make a lot of money, but they did get nice pensions that did help them, you know, live a happy retirement. Everyone out there can have their own pension if their company is not giving it. It&#x27;s about taking that lump sum and converting it to income, having growth, protection, and income.</p><p><strong>10:50</strong> Folks, it&#x27;s the triangle of happiness in this world. Tom, I really appreciate your time today, especially since you want to share with the audience, you are on your way to Australia tonight, I think. And so you took some time out of your busy schedule to talk to us. Yeah. I&#x27;m leaving. First time to Australia, I&#x27;m speaking there on next Wednesday. And so I&#x27;m coming a couple days early. I haven&#x27;t been there, so I&#x27;ll get to kind of see the country a little bit. And then I&#x27;ll be coming back later in the week. Well, folks, his name is Tom Hegna. The book is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And again, stay tuned for speaking announcements when Tom&#x27;s going to come here in 2020. Tom, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and his work explaining retirement planning. Recorded September 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show I love to do because I get to talk to some real fascinating folks across the world. And today we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor. He&#x27;s a friend of the show. He&#x27;s great to have on. I love having him on. We get great comments every time. You may have seen him on PBS. He&#x27;s got a special called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. His number one book, the very first book he wrote that I read was called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. And this book, though, that I got in front of me right now, folks, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. The millions and millions of copies are out there. And his name is Tom Hegna. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be with you. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk briefly about the title, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. That&#x27;s what everyone wants, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And if you think about it, most people aren&#x27;t retiring happy anymore.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Their parents did because they had paychecks coming in. They didn&#x27;t have to worry about markets and interest rates. But now people pretty much don&#x27;t have the pensions that their parents had. And they&#x27;re worried about the market. And they&#x27;re worried about interest rates. And they&#x27;re worried about a lot of different things. Yeah. And so much information&#x27;s out there. But a lot of the information isn&#x27;t all true. And a lot of it, it doesn&#x27;t apply to everybody. And so it&#x27;s hard for the average American, I think, to put together their own retirement plan. So what&#x27;s the most important thing to consider, number one, when saving for retirement? Well, I mean, you&#x27;ve got to save early and save often because, you know, it&#x27;s the amount of money that you save that&#x27;s going to allow you to turn that into income in retirement because retirement is really about income. It&#x27;s not about assets. But when you&#x27;re accumulating wealth, you have to accumulate enough wealth that you can drive</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> the necessary amount of income in retirement. So it really comes down to how much income are you going to have in retirement? But that does require money to turn that into income. We have a whole lot of listeners who have 401k balances, nice balances. I mean, really, we call them thick in the world, like a million dollars or more. But they are just floating balances. And I say that because it&#x27;s like watching a tennis ball in the ocean. It goes in, comes out, bobs away, disappears for a while, sometimes comes back. You don&#x27;t know where it went. But how can people out there, Tom, how can they lock their gains in? I always say you&#x27;re not up until you&#x27;re out. Yeah, and especially in the five years right before retirement, the five years right after retirement, that&#x27;s called the red zone. Because if you lose money right before or right after retirement, it can devastate your whole retirement.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> And so one of the things that people who are, let&#x27;s say, 50, 55 and above should be doing is they should start locking in some of these gains. Because we&#x27;ve seen a 10-year bull market. Now, could it go 11? Could it go 12? It could. But we know we&#x27;re near the end than we are at the beginning. And so it&#x27;s wise to lock in some of those gains. And that&#x27;s what you do is help people lock in those gains. And then start thinking about turning that into some stream of guaranteed lifetime income that you cannot outlive. Because the number one risk in retirement is longevity risk, that you could live a long time. Because when you live a long time, it multiplies all the other risks. The longer you live, the more likely the market will crash. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll take out too much money. The more likely inflation decimates your purchasing power.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> The more likely you&#x27;re going to need long-term care. So the PhDs who study retirement say, you know, and if you get nothing else out of this 10 minutes, get this. You&#x27;ve got to take longevity risk off the table. Well, stocks can&#x27;t do that. Bonds can&#x27;t do that. Real estate can&#x27;t do that. Bitcoin cannot do it. And so there&#x27;s only a few products out there that can take longevity risk off the table. And you&#x27;ve got to at least put some of that into your portfolio. I love the folks who get, I don&#x27;t love it, but I see folks who get talked into putting money in precious metals, like all the retirement there. Then they reach retirement and that money hasn&#x27;t grown. It&#x27;s just sitting there. I mean, gold and silver, precious metals like that, they don&#x27;t gain as far as they&#x27;re not, there&#x27;s no interest. There&#x27;s no income from it. You have to sell them to basically realize that. And many times you buy at an ask, which is a high price, and you sell at a bid, which is a low price.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> What would you tell someone who&#x27;s trying to tie their retirement to precious metals? No, I mean, look, we are in a deflationary world, not an inflationary world. So the people who are buying gold are thinking, oh, because we printed this money, we&#x27;re going to have rampant inflation. That&#x27;s not going to happen. I mean, look at Japan. They printed tons and tons of money. They&#x27;re still in a deflationary economy. We are in a deflationary world. Now, I am not against gold and silver, but any expert that talks about it says you shouldn&#x27;t put more than 5% of your portfolio there. I&#x27;m not against Bitcoin, but every expert I know says you shouldn&#x27;t put more than 1% of your portfolio in there. So if you put 1% in Bitcoin, 5% in gold and silver, there&#x27;s 94% of your portfolio left that should not be in those things. Yeah. And I think a lot of people that love that gold and silver because of our childhood hero.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> Gold and silver, silver and gold. Yukon Cornelius. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Well, look, like I said, I&#x27;m not against gold and silver, but it does not earn anything. The reason that you&#x27;re seeing gold kind of go up now is that around the world, there&#x27;s 17, 16, $17 trillion of bonds paying negative interest rates. Well, if you got your choice between negative interest rates or you got to pay to put your money away versus gold or silver. But what people don&#x27;t understand about gold and silver is there&#x27;s a lot of risk with that too. You know, if you take the actual coins and bullion, they can be stolen. Your house can burn down. You could die and have it hidden in a wall. Nobody finds it for the rest of their life. But there is all kinds of risk, no matter, you know, even if you think that there&#x27;s no</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> risk in gold and silver, there is. And so that&#x27;s why you shouldn&#x27;t put too much in there. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to bestselling author Tom Hegna, author of the book, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, my favorite book. And he&#x27;s also a host on PBS Public Broadcasting with the show, Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Now, Tom, in Kiplinger Magazine a few months ago, I saw an article and I thought about you when I read the title. It said, build a retirement plan that provides paychecks and playchecks. Sounds familiar, doesn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And we actually had to contact them and get. So now if you look at it now, we&#x27;ll be credited in there because we have that trademarked. And somebody took that without using it. But I mean, you know, it&#x27;s just that&#x27;s how life goes, coach. But this guy in the article and basically it sounded like they were talking to you because the question they ask is, how do you get retirement paychecks?</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> It&#x27;s a common problem and dilemma everyone has out there. Tom, how do people do that? Yeah, well, you know, I&#x27;ve studied retirement now for over 30 years. And what what the research shows with the PhDs around the world who study have said that as a minimum, as a minimum, you should have guaranteed lifetime income covering your basic living expenses and retirement. So whatever you need to pay for the house, the car, your food, your Internet, you know, just your normal living expenses that that cannot be in the market. That cannot be in real estate. That has to be in guaranteed lifetime income. Now, above that, the play check to travel, the cruise is a fun stuff. That stuff can be in a portfolio if you want to. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;ve been studying this for now over 30 years and I own 11 guaranteed lifetime income products because I don&#x27;t just want my paychecks guaranteed.</p><p><strong>06:57</strong> I want my playchecks guaranteed. Now, I do have some money in the market, but I don&#x27;t have a lot of money in the market because when you really study this, a 60-40 portfolio, which is what most people have, is not going to outperform in most cases these guaranteed lifetime income products because you can because the income annuity products pay what are called mortality credits or longevity credits. It&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool. And this extra money is something that you cannot get from stocks or bonds or real estate or Bitcoin. The Wall Street Journal even had an article that said you can retire with as much as 40% less than a traditional stock, bond, and cash mix. And that&#x27;s because of this extra money from the risk pool, these longevity credits that are</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> included in every lifetime income product. Well, we look at that. And since childhood, we&#x27;ve always been taught to grow our money, get the biggest lump sum possible. But no one ever taught us about something I call financial fill-ups. And that means when you retire or whenever you choose to get lifetime income checks every single month delivered to your mailbox, it will never go away as long as you&#x27;re here. Tom, there&#x27;s nothing greater than that. That&#x27;s the greatest force known to man is having income. Yeah. And as you know, I did a trial retirement this summer. I took three and a half, four months off and just retired. And I played golf, played tennis, played pickleball. And it really comes down to income and managing risk. That&#x27;s what retirement&#x27;s all about. It&#x27;s about having increasing income for the rest of your life and having risk management,</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> taking those key retirement risks off the table. It&#x27;s really not about the stock market or the bond market or real estate. Those products can help you, but it&#x27;s all about risk management and having increasing income for the rest of your life. Tom, I&#x27;ve got a question, though. If you could only give one piece of advice to someone, if you had that magic genie, bottle and you rubbed it and there was only one wish left, what kind of retirement advice would you give everyone listening right now? Retirement is not a do-it-yourself project. You know, you don&#x27;t do your own dental work in your garage with your drill set. And I don&#x27;t think you had to do your own retirement planning either. You need to find a competent financial advisor who will set up a plan for you. And, Coach, I think you know somebody who fits that description pretty well. But that&#x27;s my best advice. You can&#x27;t do this by yourself.</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> I even use a financial advisor because even though I know what to do, I don&#x27;t know every single product and every single new rider. As you know, they come out every week with new products. And I need an advisor to give me a choice of different products to solve what I know needs to be solved. Well, folks, I couldn&#x27;t say it any better. And that&#x27;s what I love about Tom. He gets right to the point. Tom, we&#x27;re going to have you sometime in 2020. I&#x27;m going to tell people ahead of time, we&#x27;re going to have you come in and speak in our area. And I want to give people that advance warning because I know when you come around and when you speak around the nation, those events fill up very quickly, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. I mean, look, all I do is try to help people retire happy and successful. I don&#x27;t sell anything. They can leave their checkbooks at home, locked up in a vault.</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> Nothing will be sold. And I&#x27;ll just come in and I will share with them. And they can ask any questions. I&#x27;m not afraid of any questions because, again, everything I do is based in math and science. It&#x27;s not based on my opinions. It&#x27;s based on facts. Well, you know, we have something. I didn&#x27;t realize this. I&#x27;ve talked to you probably about 30 times over my life here. And I didn&#x27;t realize both your parents are educators, correct? That&#x27;s true. Yes. Yeah. Both mine were too. So we both take that educational standpoint. My dad was a college professor. Mom was a school teacher. The joke in my family was mom worked three times harder and got paid three times less. Right. Right. Well, both my parents were teachers for 30 years. They didn&#x27;t make a lot of money, but they did get nice pensions that did help them, you know, live a happy retirement. Everyone out there can have their own pension if their company is not giving it. It&#x27;s about taking that lump sum and converting it to income, having growth, protection, and income.</p><p><strong>10:50</strong> Folks, it&#x27;s the triangle of happiness in this world. Tom, I really appreciate your time today, especially since you want to share with the audience, you are on your way to Australia tonight, I think. And so you took some time out of your busy schedule to talk to us. Yeah. I&#x27;m leaving. First time to Australia, I&#x27;m speaking there on next Wednesday. And so I&#x27;m coming a couple days early. I haven&#x27;t been there, so I&#x27;ll get to kind of see the country a little bit. And then I&#x27;ll be coming back later in the week. Well, folks, his name is Tom Hegna. The book is Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And again, stay tuned for speaking announcements when Tom&#x27;s going to come here in 2020. Tom, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and his work explaining retirement planning. Recorded September 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa/image.jpg?t=1792071980&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-income-and-retiring-happy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa/image.jpg?t=1792071980&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa</guid>
      <omny:clipId>85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>691</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85002095-94e0-4080-b1f2-b4e300097aaa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11084683" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-income-and-retiring-happy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>77</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income and Retiring Happy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:17" title="Cryptocurrency and digital assets" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kristin Shea: Financial Advice, Fees, and Fiduciary Claims</title>
      <itunes:title>Kristin Shea: Financial Advice, Fees, and Fiduciary Claims</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kristin Shea joins Coach Pete to discuss financial advice, fees, and the questions consumers can ask when evaluating an advisor’s claims. Recorded May 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial arena. No exception this week. We&#x27;ve got an excellent guest. She&#x27;s a retirement income certified professional. She&#x27;s joining us from the D.C. area. Her name is Kristen Shea. Kristen, welcome in. Hey, what&#x27;s going on, Coach Pete? How are you doing today? Doing great. Hopefully you are. Yeah, especially here in Virginia. We&#x27;ve got four seasons and my favorite one is finally here. Oh, that&#x27;s always good. Absolutely. My two favorite seasons are spring and fall because I&#x27;m looking forward to summer and then summer gets here and I&#x27;m looking forward to fall. You know what I&#x27;m saying? So that&#x27;s what happens. It gets too hot, too cold. Exactly. And you got a small window. You got to make the most of it. So you and I have known each other for a while. We&#x27;ve seen each other on LinkedIn. And I saw a couple about a month ago now where we were chatting about about an article written by somebody who is trying to entice people to just put all their money at risk in the market.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> And how we both agree that&#x27;s not a proper financial planning strategy. Yeah, we sure were. And I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional as well. And what we try to do is make sure that our clients and our listeners on our radio show are at least in the right direction for retirement. And to me, the proper recipe for retirement is the proper asset allocation and diversification models, which encompass risk and safety, not all risk all the time. What do you think about that? For every ideal portfolio, there is an ideal blend of maximum return at a minimized amount of risk. And it&#x27;s possible. And for people&#x27;s goals, there&#x27;s there&#x27;s always the best way to do it. And it depends on what they&#x27;re trying to accomplish. And I saw an article that you had written like last year. It&#x27;s do your clients want to retire from retirement? And a lot of our listeners are probably thinking, what does that mean?</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> I know what that means. But can you explain what retiring from retirement means to you? You know, I&#x27;m not retired yet. Thank goodness. And I don&#x27;t know if I ever will retire just from the sake that I probably will want to retire from retirement. A lot of people have a hard time playing golf 24-7, especially the type of people that that you and I work with that were hustlers. They worked hard. They built this beautiful career and nest egg. And then they have 40 years to sit and play golf. It&#x27;s not as fulfilling. There&#x27;s not as much engagement and brain synapses that you&#x27;re firing. So people don&#x27;t find it as stimulating, as fulfilling. So a lot of times retirees, after they retire, look for some kind of part-time job, some other activity, whether it&#x27;s a part-time job or organization to get involved with,</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> so that they can get that mental stimulation and engagement. And actually, those that do continue to stay engaged and stay active mentally or physically into retirement live longer, have lower long-term care costs, and, I mean, of course have a higher quality of life. I&#x27;m not very good at golfing, so I don&#x27;t know if golf would be my thing, but I don&#x27;t know how long I could paint. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s fun to do a trial retirement kind of thing. That&#x27;s what I tell my clients. I say, before you really retire, why don&#x27;t you take a couple weeks off from work? Don&#x27;t contact anybody from work and go do what you&#x27;re supposed to do in retirement and see if you like it or not. And a lot of times they come back and say, gosh, I was bored. I don&#x27;t know if I want to leave the work world or not. It&#x27;s not about income. It&#x27;s about making sure their mind is fulfilled. So funny you say that.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> I had the exact same conversation. Somebody threw a retirement party, had just been getting ready to pull the trigger, roll their 401K into a safer place, which they still ended up doing because of some of the market risks. But they came back and they said, hey, can I get my job back? Yeah. Well, I mean, yeah. And, of course, the objective there is to leave on good terms, not bad terms if you do it that way. My brother and I went to – this was, oh, God, about 20 years ago now. But we went to Vegas with my parents for a whole week. And my parents wanted to go sightseeing. My brother and I wanted to go to the casinos because that&#x27;s what you want to do when you&#x27;re 20 years old. You want to go to the casinos. But my brother and I lost all the money we came with within two days. And so the next five days we were bored. We were really bored in Vegas. And so I look at that as what would happen to me in retirement. My mind needs to be mentally stimulated all the times, and it was not being stimulated then.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> So I can&#x27;t imagine myself ever really fully retiring. And a lot of folks that are listening right now maybe should consider the option, again, not for money purposes, but for their mind and sanity purposes. And a lot of people say when someone&#x27;s mind is busy, they live longer lives too. But people should consider maybe part-time into retirement, not retiring full-time. This is true. We&#x27;ll have to talk offline. I didn&#x27;t know that the people gambled in Vegas. I&#x27;m surprised to hear running out of money left you bored. But that&#x27;s another thing. Yeah. Well, Vegas looks good with the lights, but a lot of times between the casinos isn&#x27;t too friendly. Let&#x27;s put it that way. Atlantic City, good example of that too, as is Reno. Both of them have nice casinos, but when you walk outside, things change. Just like when someone retires, you walk into a different world then. That is a great analogy. So let&#x27;s look at – well, I know in this article you encourage people to consider a new purpose in life, if they&#x27;re going to retire, to take up charity, maybe work part-time for charitable institutions, and just something that you look forward to getting up in the morning with.</p><p><strong>05:09</strong> Yeah. Not retiring from retirement. I&#x27;m so glad you brought that up. It doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean getting another job, bringing on a huge workload, generating cash flow. So it&#x27;s finding something that you&#x27;re passionate about, and ideally, if we do the retirement income planning right on the front end, it&#x27;s something that you don&#x27;t have to worry about. So you can really go find that thing that gets you super fired up, that you get really excited to go up and do every day exactly like you said, like in a charity or nonprofit or giving back capacity. If you&#x27;re not careful, you have too much time on your hands, and the rock and roll band called Sticks sung about that years ago, too much time on your hands. So we don&#x27;t want to have too much time on our hands in retirement that we&#x27;re not fulfilling things. It&#x27;s great to have a lot of time if we have a purpose, but not if we don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> Now, you hit on something that&#x27;s very important now for our listeners, the fact that having a retirement income plan is vital to a true retirement, a safe retirement, a retirement where you&#x27;re not having to go back to work because you have to if you ever go back to work and be on your terms. But having what I call a financial fill-up strategy, looking at the lump sums that you have out there in your 401ks or 403bs and making sure that some of that money is dedicated to lifetime income. How important is that? How important is that? On a scale of 1 to 10, I would give it a solid 15. There was a recent study that was published in the Insured Retirement Institute for 2019, and it spoke to the fact that 85% of people, baby boomers, who have a guaranteed lifetime income stream have confidence in their retirement savings and actually end up living longer as a result of that confidence and peace of mind.</p><p><strong>06:54</strong> And that not having enough money in retirement is one of the biggest issues that they struggle with. But at the same time, the feature of a retirement tool that is most important was that it guaranteed income for life and that whatever that income source is, it&#x27;s also equally important that it has to be guaranteed for life. I point that out because some products say that they&#x27;ll guarantee income, but it&#x27;s not forever. So number one priority, having a place where lifetime income is guaranteed, not stopping off at a certain time, equally important that it&#x27;s guaranteed for life. We call it, yeah, oh yeah, it makes a lot of sense. We call that to retirement and beyond. And basically it&#x27;s, we run all our plans to over age 121.</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> We call the guaranteed retirement income, we call it financial fill-up strategy. Your financial fill-up strategy is, I&#x27;m careful about umbrella statements, but basically the best I&#x27;ve seen. You guys talk about that with your clients? Yeah, we talk about it with everybody. And some people say, well, my broker says we don&#x27;t need it because we&#x27;ve got plenty of money in the stock market and it doesn&#x27;t matter. With the wall street says we could take 4% out and we&#x27;ll be, we&#x27;ll have about a 90% chance of not outliving money. But you know what I always say, if you have a 90% chance of not outliving money, you have a 10% chance of outliving money. And I want my clients to have a 100% chance of surety, not a 10% chance of worry. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard you guys talk about that before. Something we refer to as probability versus magnitude. You know, so let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re getting ready to get on a plane and they say, if you&#x27;re in rows 20 to 30, you&#x27;re probably not, there&#x27;s a 10% chance you&#x27;re not going to get any pretzels.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> Are you still going to get on the plane? Probably. Because you&#x27;ll be fine if you don&#x27;t get the pretzels. However, same scenario, but when you&#x27;re getting on the plane, they say, if you&#x27;re in rows 20 to 30, there&#x27;s a 10% chance you&#x27;re not making it to Reno. You&#x27;re probably not getting on the plane because the magnitude of that happening is insane. Just like, I mean, I can&#x27;t imagine running out of money in retirement. It&#x27;s a fascinating world in the financial world, but there&#x27;s so many different products and strategies and so many people trying to sell you things instead of being fiduciaries and putting you in the right place. And that&#x27;s the importance of having a real fiduciary plan that has lifetime income built in it, in my opinion. Everybody hears the big F word, fiduciary. But when you look at the definition of it and look under the hood, it&#x27;s using care, skill, prudence, diligence, and being unbiased and recommending a solution that acts in your best interest.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> And there are a lot of red flags just based on that definition alone that you can see if someone is acting in a fiduciary capacity or not. Yeah. Too many times it&#x27;s just lip service or there might be one fiduciary in the firm, but everybody else is a broker selling your products. But hey, Kristen, I really appreciate your time today. Hopefully you can come on again in the future. Yeah, absolutely. I&#x27;ll talk to you again soon. And thanks so much, Coach Pete. Yeah. Again, folks, her name is Kristen Shea. If you missed this interview and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kristin Shea joins Coach Pete to discuss financial advice, fees, and the questions consumers can ask when evaluating an advisor’s claims. Recorded May 2019.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I like to go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial arena. No exception this week. We&#x27;ve got an excellent guest. She&#x27;s a retirement income certified professional. She&#x27;s joining us from the D.C. area. Her name is Kristen Shea. Kristen, welcome in. Hey, what&#x27;s going on, Coach Pete? How are you doing today? Doing great. Hopefully you are. Yeah, especially here in Virginia. We&#x27;ve got four seasons and my favorite one is finally here. Oh, that&#x27;s always good. Absolutely. My two favorite seasons are spring and fall because I&#x27;m looking forward to summer and then summer gets here and I&#x27;m looking forward to fall. You know what I&#x27;m saying? So that&#x27;s what happens. It gets too hot, too cold. Exactly. And you got a small window. You got to make the most of it. So you and I have known each other for a while. We&#x27;ve seen each other on LinkedIn. And I saw a couple about a month ago now where we were chatting about about an article written by somebody who is trying to entice people to just put all their money at risk in the market.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> And how we both agree that&#x27;s not a proper financial planning strategy. Yeah, we sure were. And I&#x27;m a retirement income certified professional as well. And what we try to do is make sure that our clients and our listeners on our radio show are at least in the right direction for retirement. And to me, the proper recipe for retirement is the proper asset allocation and diversification models, which encompass risk and safety, not all risk all the time. What do you think about that? For every ideal portfolio, there is an ideal blend of maximum return at a minimized amount of risk. And it&#x27;s possible. And for people&#x27;s goals, there&#x27;s there&#x27;s always the best way to do it. And it depends on what they&#x27;re trying to accomplish. And I saw an article that you had written like last year. It&#x27;s do your clients want to retire from retirement? And a lot of our listeners are probably thinking, what does that mean?</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> I know what that means. But can you explain what retiring from retirement means to you? You know, I&#x27;m not retired yet. Thank goodness. And I don&#x27;t know if I ever will retire just from the sake that I probably will want to retire from retirement. A lot of people have a hard time playing golf 24-7, especially the type of people that that you and I work with that were hustlers. They worked hard. They built this beautiful career and nest egg. And then they have 40 years to sit and play golf. It&#x27;s not as fulfilling. There&#x27;s not as much engagement and brain synapses that you&#x27;re firing. So people don&#x27;t find it as stimulating, as fulfilling. So a lot of times retirees, after they retire, look for some kind of part-time job, some other activity, whether it&#x27;s a part-time job or organization to get involved with,</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> so that they can get that mental stimulation and engagement. And actually, those that do continue to stay engaged and stay active mentally or physically into retirement live longer, have lower long-term care costs, and, I mean, of course have a higher quality of life. I&#x27;m not very good at golfing, so I don&#x27;t know if golf would be my thing, but I don&#x27;t know how long I could paint. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s fun to do a trial retirement kind of thing. That&#x27;s what I tell my clients. I say, before you really retire, why don&#x27;t you take a couple weeks off from work? Don&#x27;t contact anybody from work and go do what you&#x27;re supposed to do in retirement and see if you like it or not. And a lot of times they come back and say, gosh, I was bored. I don&#x27;t know if I want to leave the work world or not. It&#x27;s not about income. It&#x27;s about making sure their mind is fulfilled. So funny you say that.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> I had the exact same conversation. Somebody threw a retirement party, had just been getting ready to pull the trigger, roll their 401K into a safer place, which they still ended up doing because of some of the market risks. But they came back and they said, hey, can I get my job back? Yeah. Well, I mean, yeah. And, of course, the objective there is to leave on good terms, not bad terms if you do it that way. My brother and I went to – this was, oh, God, about 20 years ago now. But we went to Vegas with my parents for a whole week. And my parents wanted to go sightseeing. My brother and I wanted to go to the casinos because that&#x27;s what you want to do when you&#x27;re 20 years old. You want to go to the casinos. But my brother and I lost all the money we came with within two days. And so the next five days we were bored. We were really bored in Vegas. And so I look at that as what would happen to me in retirement. My mind needs to be mentally stimulated all the times, and it was not being stimulated then.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> So I can&#x27;t imagine myself ever really fully retiring. And a lot of folks that are listening right now maybe should consider the option, again, not for money purposes, but for their mind and sanity purposes. And a lot of people say when someone&#x27;s mind is busy, they live longer lives too. But people should consider maybe part-time into retirement, not retiring full-time. This is true. We&#x27;ll have to talk offline. I didn&#x27;t know that the people gambled in Vegas. I&#x27;m surprised to hear running out of money left you bored. But that&#x27;s another thing. Yeah. Well, Vegas looks good with the lights, but a lot of times between the casinos isn&#x27;t too friendly. Let&#x27;s put it that way. Atlantic City, good example of that too, as is Reno. Both of them have nice casinos, but when you walk outside, things change. Just like when someone retires, you walk into a different world then. That is a great analogy. So let&#x27;s look at – well, I know in this article you encourage people to consider a new purpose in life, if they&#x27;re going to retire, to take up charity, maybe work part-time for charitable institutions, and just something that you look forward to getting up in the morning with.</p><p><strong>05:09</strong> Yeah. Not retiring from retirement. I&#x27;m so glad you brought that up. It doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean getting another job, bringing on a huge workload, generating cash flow. So it&#x27;s finding something that you&#x27;re passionate about, and ideally, if we do the retirement income planning right on the front end, it&#x27;s something that you don&#x27;t have to worry about. So you can really go find that thing that gets you super fired up, that you get really excited to go up and do every day exactly like you said, like in a charity or nonprofit or giving back capacity. If you&#x27;re not careful, you have too much time on your hands, and the rock and roll band called Sticks sung about that years ago, too much time on your hands. So we don&#x27;t want to have too much time on our hands in retirement that we&#x27;re not fulfilling things. It&#x27;s great to have a lot of time if we have a purpose, but not if we don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> Now, you hit on something that&#x27;s very important now for our listeners, the fact that having a retirement income plan is vital to a true retirement, a safe retirement, a retirement where you&#x27;re not having to go back to work because you have to if you ever go back to work and be on your terms. But having what I call a financial fill-up strategy, looking at the lump sums that you have out there in your 401ks or 403bs and making sure that some of that money is dedicated to lifetime income. How important is that? How important is that? On a scale of 1 to 10, I would give it a solid 15. There was a recent study that was published in the Insured Retirement Institute for 2019, and it spoke to the fact that 85% of people, baby boomers, who have a guaranteed lifetime income stream have confidence in their retirement savings and actually end up living longer as a result of that confidence and peace of mind.</p><p><strong>06:54</strong> And that not having enough money in retirement is one of the biggest issues that they struggle with. But at the same time, the feature of a retirement tool that is most important was that it guaranteed income for life and that whatever that income source is, it&#x27;s also equally important that it has to be guaranteed for life. I point that out because some products say that they&#x27;ll guarantee income, but it&#x27;s not forever. So number one priority, having a place where lifetime income is guaranteed, not stopping off at a certain time, equally important that it&#x27;s guaranteed for life. We call it, yeah, oh yeah, it makes a lot of sense. We call that to retirement and beyond. And basically it&#x27;s, we run all our plans to over age 121.</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> We call the guaranteed retirement income, we call it financial fill-up strategy. Your financial fill-up strategy is, I&#x27;m careful about umbrella statements, but basically the best I&#x27;ve seen. You guys talk about that with your clients? Yeah, we talk about it with everybody. And some people say, well, my broker says we don&#x27;t need it because we&#x27;ve got plenty of money in the stock market and it doesn&#x27;t matter. With the wall street says we could take 4% out and we&#x27;ll be, we&#x27;ll have about a 90% chance of not outliving money. But you know what I always say, if you have a 90% chance of not outliving money, you have a 10% chance of outliving money. And I want my clients to have a 100% chance of surety, not a 10% chance of worry. Yeah. I&#x27;ve heard you guys talk about that before. Something we refer to as probability versus magnitude. You know, so let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re getting ready to get on a plane and they say, if you&#x27;re in rows 20 to 30, you&#x27;re probably not, there&#x27;s a 10% chance you&#x27;re not going to get any pretzels.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> Are you still going to get on the plane? Probably. Because you&#x27;ll be fine if you don&#x27;t get the pretzels. However, same scenario, but when you&#x27;re getting on the plane, they say, if you&#x27;re in rows 20 to 30, there&#x27;s a 10% chance you&#x27;re not making it to Reno. You&#x27;re probably not getting on the plane because the magnitude of that happening is insane. Just like, I mean, I can&#x27;t imagine running out of money in retirement. It&#x27;s a fascinating world in the financial world, but there&#x27;s so many different products and strategies and so many people trying to sell you things instead of being fiduciaries and putting you in the right place. And that&#x27;s the importance of having a real fiduciary plan that has lifetime income built in it, in my opinion. Everybody hears the big F word, fiduciary. But when you look at the definition of it and look under the hood, it&#x27;s using care, skill, prudence, diligence, and being unbiased and recommending a solution that acts in your best interest.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> And there are a lot of red flags just based on that definition alone that you can see if someone is acting in a fiduciary capacity or not. Yeah. Too many times it&#x27;s just lip service or there might be one fiduciary in the firm, but everybody else is a broker selling your products. But hey, Kristen, I really appreciate your time today. Hopefully you can come on again in the future. Yeah, absolutely. I&#x27;ll talk to you again soon. And thanks so much, Coach Pete. Yeah. Again, folks, her name is Kristen Shea. If you missed this interview and want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kristin Shea joins Coach Pete to discuss financial advice, fees, and the questions consumers can ask when evaluating an advisor’s claims. Recorded May 2019.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kristin Shea</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <category>Financial Advice</category>
      <category>Fees</category>
      <category>Fiduciary Claims</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kristin Shea, investment fees, Financial Advice, Fees, Fiduciary Claims, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63/image.jpg?t=1792071988&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristin-shea-financial-advice-fees-and-fiduciary-claims/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63/image.jpg?t=1792071988&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 May 2019 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>604</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5ab44611-4615-4faa-b980-b4e30008fd63/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9697820" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kristin-shea-financial-advice-fees-and-fiduciary-claims</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>78</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Advice, Fees, and Fiduciary Claims" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Pilla: Tax Refunds, Withholding, and Working with the IRS</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Pilla: Tax Refunds, Withholding, and Working with the IRS</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. It happens every year about this time. We begin the arduous task of preparing our income taxes. Joining me today is Dan Pilla, considered by many to be one of the country&#x27;s premier experts in IRS procedures and general tax and financial problems, as well as resolution techniques.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Dan has authored 14 books on dealing with the IRS, including How to Get Tax Amnesty, now in its ninth edition. Dan, welcome. I was just reading that so far this year the number of tax refunds is down. And that does seem to contradict what we were told going in. Well, what we were told going in is that the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was in fact a tax cut. And the folks on the other side of the aisle are complaining that it&#x27;s nothing but tax cuts for the rich and that the typical American sees a tax increase. And, you know, that&#x27;s just not true. The fact that refunds are down does not mean that you didn&#x27;t get a tax cut. It means that the IRS took less of your money on the front end. And this is what people don&#x27;t realize is that on January 1, 2018, a year ago, more than a year ago now, the IRS changed all the withholding tables to reflect the tax cuts.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So people had less money coming out of their paychecks in the first place because of the adjusted tables. So, you know, you don&#x27;t get a refund because the government got religion and decided to give you free money. You get your refund because you paid too much to begin with. Well, people overpaid less this year because of the withholding table adjustments. And that is really the key to understanding how this works. I mean, so a lot of folks, most of us, me personally, I know I got a tax cut. Right. Yeah, no question about it. Eighty percent of the people out there are going to see a tax cut. There&#x27;s just as many questions about it. All of the analyses, including my own, that were done, you know, after the bill was passed. I published mine in about March of last year, so about a year ago. All of the analyses show that, as I said, about 80 percent of all taxpayers out there, I&#x27;m talking about the bottom 80 percent of income earners, are going to see a tax cut.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> The top 20 percent are going to see status quo or a tax increase, which I&#x27;m not in favor of, by the way. I don&#x27;t think there should be any tax increases on anybody. Right. I think the tax cuts should have been across the board. But the fact is that&#x27;s how the numbers shake down. And again, just like you just said, the fact that refunds are, well, people are still getting refunds, but they&#x27;re not as much as they expected. I mean, you know what I think? I can&#x27;t remember the figure for last year, but it seemed astronomical to me that that many people got that much money back that they didn&#x27;t need to pay in in the first place. Oh, and this happens year after year. The average tax refund year after year is about $3,000. Now, this year it&#x27;s down about 10 percent, so it&#x27;s like $2,700, you know, $2,750, about the 9 to 10 percent reduction, which, as I said, people got in their paychecks to begin with.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> But if we just, you know, just look, do the math simply here, $3,000 of average tax refund, about 75 to 80 percent of the people in America get a tax refund. And that&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t understand how to adjust their withholding in the first place, so they don&#x27;t overpay their taxes. This is a mistake that people make year in and year out, is letting the government hold their money for over 12 months, not pay them a nickel&#x27;s worth of interest on that money. And then every month that goes by, you continue to overpay. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s on us, then, to make the W-4 form correct. I mean, for me, I have spent many years trying to do nothing more than break even at tax time.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And that&#x27;s exactly what you should be doing. And people say, well, Dan, if I don&#x27;t get a tax refund, I sure as heck don&#x27;t want to owe the IRS a bunch of money either. Well, that&#x27;s true. But those aren&#x27;t the only two options. The third option is to spend a little time with your W-4 form, spend a little time reading the instructions, fill out the form properly so that you&#x27;re as close as possible to break even. They don&#x27;t owe you any money. You don&#x27;t owe them any money. That means you had the use and enjoyment of that extra $3,000 every single month in your paycheck. Right. Well, again, you know, Dan, you make it sound so simple. And in reality, it is that simple. But it is simple. It&#x27;s just not complicated at all to work your way through the W-4 form.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And in fact, in my writings, How to Win Your Tax Audit and other books that I&#x27;ve written, I talk about how to do this so that you don&#x27;t end up overpaying your taxes. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about that. You explain how to do that in your book called what? The book is called How to Win Your Tax Audit. How to Win Your Tax Audit. I talk about a great number of things. Yeah. And the fact that the book might be called How to Avoid Your Tax Audit because I talk very extensively about how to audit proof and penalty proof tax returns to begin with so you don&#x27;t get sideways with the IRS. You said you&#x27;ve been working with or, well, you&#x27;ve been dealing with the IRS for people as a consultant and, you know, as someone who&#x27;s knowledgeable for better than 40 years, you said. Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> What I do is my firm does not prepare tax returns. We do some tax return preparation, but that&#x27;s not what we focus on. What we focus on is tax litigation, IRS problem solving. So people come to me when they&#x27;ve got problems with the IRS, such as, for example, an audit or an appeal. About 70 percent of the work that we do is collection defense. So folks that have wage levies, bank levies, property seizures, tax liens, folks that are fighting with the IRS over the payment of taxes. These are the people that I help and represent and counsel through the process of resolving their situation and getting the IRS off their back once and for all. So is that for just everybody or do you deal with businesses as well and, you know, maybe a closely held business, that kind of thing? Any small business and individual problems, we handle all of them.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So from a small business standpoint, I mean, I think the average small business owner, entrepreneur, they&#x27;re concentrating so much on their business, so much on building their business that they don&#x27;t realize they&#x27;re overpaying their taxes. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. And, in fact, you know, they don&#x27;t realize a great number of things when they&#x27;re dealing with the IRS. You know, people are so focused on, just like you said, on building their business and, you know, providing the products and services to their customers that make customers&#x27; lives easier and make profit for business owners. You know, they&#x27;re focused on that. Listen, most business owners don&#x27;t want to be accountants. They don&#x27;t want to be tax preparers. They want to be engineers or they want to be plumbers or they want to be doctors or whatever it is they want to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> That&#x27;s what they want to focus on. And yet this federal government has made everybody an accountant and everybody a tax collector. And people get, I&#x27;ll tell you what, they get snowed under by this process. And here&#x27;s one of the key problems in this function. The tax code has been changed more than 5,900 times just since 2001 alone. That doesn&#x27;t even include the changes that were brought on by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017. 5,900 code section changes. It is impossible to keep up with this. And that&#x27;s why people throw up their hands. And, Frank, that&#x27;s why people get into so much trouble with the IRS because there is a myriad of hoops they have to jump through. I mean, this is rule after rule after rule that businesses have to comply with.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And it&#x27;s impossible to keep up with this stuff. Sure. I think people are, I mean, this makes me grateful there are people like you who live and breathe the tax code so that people, somebody at least knows what to do and understands it and can make it work for us as opposed to against us. Well, this is why I spend so much time writing because it&#x27;s just, you know, otherwise it&#x27;s impossible to get this message out to folks. So people need to use the resources that are available to equip themselves to, you know, have some understanding of this stuff. And it&#x27;s not good enough to just push it off onto an accountant, you know, and people tend to do that. They say, well, you know, I got my accountant to handle this stuff. Okay, that&#x27;s fine. But you sign the tax return. You&#x27;re obligated for what&#x27;s in the return. And if there&#x27;s a mistake in the tax return, guess what?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You still owe the tax. Right. Wow. So, Dan, where do we find your books? Yeah, the books are available on my website, which is TaxHelpOnline.com. That&#x27;s all one word, no spaces of any kind. TaxHelpOnline.com. And if you order any book directly off my website, you get a free 15-minute consultation directly with me. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic, Dan. That&#x27;s really good. So, what&#x27;s the big thing that&#x27;s sticking out to you this year? Well, the big thing that sticks out for me is the number of people that have tax debts that they owe and can&#x27;t pay. And this is, you know, this goes on every year, but it just seems to pick up steam. It seems to get worse and worse every year that folks that are getting ready to file their tax returns come April 15th and they don&#x27;t have the money. These people need help with that situation.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> They need to know what their alternatives are so they don&#x27;t get behind the eight ball with the IRS because they&#x27;ve filed returns without paying the tax, or worse, didn&#x27;t file the return at all because they were afraid they didn&#x27;t have the money. Right. Well, exactly. And so, and again, that website is TaxHelpOnline.com? That&#x27;s correct. TaxHelpOnline.com. Well, this time of year, I think it&#x27;s something we can all use a little insight, a little help. And again, you and your team must do a whole lot of good for people out there that are faced with the IRS. I mean, it&#x27;s very scary to have to stand up to them. Yeah, it is scary. It terrifies people, and particularly when you&#x27;ve got a problem with the IRS where you&#x27;re already in the soup because of a delinquency, for example.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Fear immobilizes people. It&#x27;s like getting stuck in a minefield. You know, when you&#x27;re in the middle of a minefield and you don&#x27;t have a, you know, you don&#x27;t know where the mines are, you don&#x27;t take any step at all. You don&#x27;t go forward or backward. You don&#x27;t want to go in any direction. And this is what is so difficult about getting out of the soup with the IRS because once you&#x27;re stuck in that minefield, you don&#x27;t want to do anything. And the problem then becomes that it just exacerbates the problem because you&#x27;re not taking affirmative steps to fix it. Absolutely. TaxHelp Online is the website. TaxHelpOnline.com. And then can I get your phone number? Yeah, the phone number is 1-800-346-6829. That&#x27;s 1-800-34-NO-TAX. 800-34-NO-TAX.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> I like the sound of that. So, Dan, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t touched or talked about yet? Well, yeah. I would say that there&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. You know, I don&#x27;t care what kind of problem you have with the IRS. I don&#x27;t care how long you&#x27;ve had the problem. I don&#x27;t care what you&#x27;ve tried to do to fix the problem that didn&#x27;t work. I don&#x27;t care who told you you can&#x27;t fix the problem. There&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. We&#x27;ve been helping people for over 40 years. I&#x27;ve seen every kind of tax problem you can imagine. I&#x27;ve seen a few that you can&#x27;t even imagine. And we help people resolve those situations. I don&#x27;t care what your case is. We can get some kind of resolution. Dan Pilla has written 14 books on solving tax problems. To learn more, visit TaxHelpOnline.com. TaxHelpOnline.com.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. It happens every year about this time. We begin the arduous task of preparing our income taxes. Joining me today is Dan Pilla, considered by many to be one of the country&#x27;s premier experts in IRS procedures and general tax and financial problems, as well as resolution techniques.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Dan has authored 14 books on dealing with the IRS, including How to Get Tax Amnesty, now in its ninth edition. Dan, welcome. I was just reading that so far this year the number of tax refunds is down. And that does seem to contradict what we were told going in. Well, what we were told going in is that the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was in fact a tax cut. And the folks on the other side of the aisle are complaining that it&#x27;s nothing but tax cuts for the rich and that the typical American sees a tax increase. And, you know, that&#x27;s just not true. The fact that refunds are down does not mean that you didn&#x27;t get a tax cut. It means that the IRS took less of your money on the front end. And this is what people don&#x27;t realize is that on January 1, 2018, a year ago, more than a year ago now, the IRS changed all the withholding tables to reflect the tax cuts.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So people had less money coming out of their paychecks in the first place because of the adjusted tables. So, you know, you don&#x27;t get a refund because the government got religion and decided to give you free money. You get your refund because you paid too much to begin with. Well, people overpaid less this year because of the withholding table adjustments. And that is really the key to understanding how this works. I mean, so a lot of folks, most of us, me personally, I know I got a tax cut. Right. Yeah, no question about it. Eighty percent of the people out there are going to see a tax cut. There&#x27;s just as many questions about it. All of the analyses, including my own, that were done, you know, after the bill was passed. I published mine in about March of last year, so about a year ago. All of the analyses show that, as I said, about 80 percent of all taxpayers out there, I&#x27;m talking about the bottom 80 percent of income earners, are going to see a tax cut.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> The top 20 percent are going to see status quo or a tax increase, which I&#x27;m not in favor of, by the way. I don&#x27;t think there should be any tax increases on anybody. Right. I think the tax cuts should have been across the board. But the fact is that&#x27;s how the numbers shake down. And again, just like you just said, the fact that refunds are, well, people are still getting refunds, but they&#x27;re not as much as they expected. I mean, you know what I think? I can&#x27;t remember the figure for last year, but it seemed astronomical to me that that many people got that much money back that they didn&#x27;t need to pay in in the first place. Oh, and this happens year after year. The average tax refund year after year is about $3,000. Now, this year it&#x27;s down about 10 percent, so it&#x27;s like $2,700, you know, $2,750, about the 9 to 10 percent reduction, which, as I said, people got in their paychecks to begin with.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> But if we just, you know, just look, do the math simply here, $3,000 of average tax refund, about 75 to 80 percent of the people in America get a tax refund. And that&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t understand how to adjust their withholding in the first place, so they don&#x27;t overpay their taxes. This is a mistake that people make year in and year out, is letting the government hold their money for over 12 months, not pay them a nickel&#x27;s worth of interest on that money. And then every month that goes by, you continue to overpay. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s on us, then, to make the W-4 form correct. I mean, for me, I have spent many years trying to do nothing more than break even at tax time.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And that&#x27;s exactly what you should be doing. And people say, well, Dan, if I don&#x27;t get a tax refund, I sure as heck don&#x27;t want to owe the IRS a bunch of money either. Well, that&#x27;s true. But those aren&#x27;t the only two options. The third option is to spend a little time with your W-4 form, spend a little time reading the instructions, fill out the form properly so that you&#x27;re as close as possible to break even. They don&#x27;t owe you any money. You don&#x27;t owe them any money. That means you had the use and enjoyment of that extra $3,000 every single month in your paycheck. Right. Well, again, you know, Dan, you make it sound so simple. And in reality, it is that simple. But it is simple. It&#x27;s just not complicated at all to work your way through the W-4 form.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And in fact, in my writings, How to Win Your Tax Audit and other books that I&#x27;ve written, I talk about how to do this so that you don&#x27;t end up overpaying your taxes. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about that. You explain how to do that in your book called what? The book is called How to Win Your Tax Audit. How to Win Your Tax Audit. I talk about a great number of things. Yeah. And the fact that the book might be called How to Avoid Your Tax Audit because I talk very extensively about how to audit proof and penalty proof tax returns to begin with so you don&#x27;t get sideways with the IRS. You said you&#x27;ve been working with or, well, you&#x27;ve been dealing with the IRS for people as a consultant and, you know, as someone who&#x27;s knowledgeable for better than 40 years, you said. Yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> What I do is my firm does not prepare tax returns. We do some tax return preparation, but that&#x27;s not what we focus on. What we focus on is tax litigation, IRS problem solving. So people come to me when they&#x27;ve got problems with the IRS, such as, for example, an audit or an appeal. About 70 percent of the work that we do is collection defense. So folks that have wage levies, bank levies, property seizures, tax liens, folks that are fighting with the IRS over the payment of taxes. These are the people that I help and represent and counsel through the process of resolving their situation and getting the IRS off their back once and for all. So is that for just everybody or do you deal with businesses as well and, you know, maybe a closely held business, that kind of thing? Any small business and individual problems, we handle all of them.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So from a small business standpoint, I mean, I think the average small business owner, entrepreneur, they&#x27;re concentrating so much on their business, so much on building their business that they don&#x27;t realize they&#x27;re overpaying their taxes. Well, yeah, that&#x27;s exactly right. And, in fact, you know, they don&#x27;t realize a great number of things when they&#x27;re dealing with the IRS. You know, people are so focused on, just like you said, on building their business and, you know, providing the products and services to their customers that make customers&#x27; lives easier and make profit for business owners. You know, they&#x27;re focused on that. Listen, most business owners don&#x27;t want to be accountants. They don&#x27;t want to be tax preparers. They want to be engineers or they want to be plumbers or they want to be doctors or whatever it is they want to be.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> That&#x27;s what they want to focus on. And yet this federal government has made everybody an accountant and everybody a tax collector. And people get, I&#x27;ll tell you what, they get snowed under by this process. And here&#x27;s one of the key problems in this function. The tax code has been changed more than 5,900 times just since 2001 alone. That doesn&#x27;t even include the changes that were brought on by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017. 5,900 code section changes. It is impossible to keep up with this. And that&#x27;s why people throw up their hands. And, Frank, that&#x27;s why people get into so much trouble with the IRS because there is a myriad of hoops they have to jump through. I mean, this is rule after rule after rule that businesses have to comply with.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And it&#x27;s impossible to keep up with this stuff. Sure. I think people are, I mean, this makes me grateful there are people like you who live and breathe the tax code so that people, somebody at least knows what to do and understands it and can make it work for us as opposed to against us. Well, this is why I spend so much time writing because it&#x27;s just, you know, otherwise it&#x27;s impossible to get this message out to folks. So people need to use the resources that are available to equip themselves to, you know, have some understanding of this stuff. And it&#x27;s not good enough to just push it off onto an accountant, you know, and people tend to do that. They say, well, you know, I got my accountant to handle this stuff. Okay, that&#x27;s fine. But you sign the tax return. You&#x27;re obligated for what&#x27;s in the return. And if there&#x27;s a mistake in the tax return, guess what?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You still owe the tax. Right. Wow. So, Dan, where do we find your books? Yeah, the books are available on my website, which is TaxHelpOnline.com. That&#x27;s all one word, no spaces of any kind. TaxHelpOnline.com. And if you order any book directly off my website, you get a free 15-minute consultation directly with me. Well, that&#x27;s fantastic, Dan. That&#x27;s really good. So, what&#x27;s the big thing that&#x27;s sticking out to you this year? Well, the big thing that sticks out for me is the number of people that have tax debts that they owe and can&#x27;t pay. And this is, you know, this goes on every year, but it just seems to pick up steam. It seems to get worse and worse every year that folks that are getting ready to file their tax returns come April 15th and they don&#x27;t have the money. These people need help with that situation.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> They need to know what their alternatives are so they don&#x27;t get behind the eight ball with the IRS because they&#x27;ve filed returns without paying the tax, or worse, didn&#x27;t file the return at all because they were afraid they didn&#x27;t have the money. Right. Well, exactly. And so, and again, that website is TaxHelpOnline.com? That&#x27;s correct. TaxHelpOnline.com. Well, this time of year, I think it&#x27;s something we can all use a little insight, a little help. And again, you and your team must do a whole lot of good for people out there that are faced with the IRS. I mean, it&#x27;s very scary to have to stand up to them. Yeah, it is scary. It terrifies people, and particularly when you&#x27;ve got a problem with the IRS where you&#x27;re already in the soup because of a delinquency, for example.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> Fear immobilizes people. It&#x27;s like getting stuck in a minefield. You know, when you&#x27;re in the middle of a minefield and you don&#x27;t have a, you know, you don&#x27;t know where the mines are, you don&#x27;t take any step at all. You don&#x27;t go forward or backward. You don&#x27;t want to go in any direction. And this is what is so difficult about getting out of the soup with the IRS because once you&#x27;re stuck in that minefield, you don&#x27;t want to do anything. And the problem then becomes that it just exacerbates the problem because you&#x27;re not taking affirmative steps to fix it. Absolutely. TaxHelp Online is the website. TaxHelpOnline.com. And then can I get your phone number? Yeah, the phone number is 1-800-346-6829. That&#x27;s 1-800-34-NO-TAX. 800-34-NO-TAX.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> I like the sound of that. So, Dan, is there anything else you want to touch on that we haven&#x27;t touched or talked about yet? Well, yeah. I would say that there&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. You know, I don&#x27;t care what kind of problem you have with the IRS. I don&#x27;t care how long you&#x27;ve had the problem. I don&#x27;t care what you&#x27;ve tried to do to fix the problem that didn&#x27;t work. I don&#x27;t care who told you you can&#x27;t fix the problem. There&#x27;s no such thing as a hopeless tax case. We&#x27;ve been helping people for over 40 years. I&#x27;ve seen every kind of tax problem you can imagine. I&#x27;ve seen a few that you can&#x27;t even imagine. And we help people resolve those situations. I don&#x27;t care what your case is. We can get some kind of resolution. Dan Pilla has written 14 books on solving tax problems. To learn more, visit TaxHelpOnline.com. TaxHelpOnline.com.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tax author Dan Pilla joins Steve Sedahl to discuss refunds, withholding, and IRS procedures. This archive interview examines tax changes and the questions taxpayers were asking at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Pilla</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Pilla, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/image.jpg?t=1792073776&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/a-conversation-with-dan-pilla-an-expert-in-dealing/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/image.jpg?t=1792073776&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bdfef9b170ea4193960036d47b2ad758</guid>
      <omny:clipId>406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 15 Mar 2019 14:02:49 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/406de800-5d91-4b60-91e3-adff0116ce15/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11579382" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/a-conversation-with-dan-pilla-an-expert-in-dealing</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>79</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Dan Pilla" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:23" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eddie Ghabour: The Common Sense Bull and Financial Independence</title>
      <itunes:title>Eddie Ghabour: The Common Sense Bull and Financial Independence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Ghabour discusses The Common Sense Bull and the path from building savings to using them in retirement. He shares his background and perspective on planning, risk, and financial independence.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. We see reports weekly lamenting the fact that Americans aren&#x27;t saving enough for retirement. It seems there&#x27;s more emphasis on keeping up with the Joneses rather than planning a successful retirement. Enter Eddie Ghabour, co-owner of Key Advisors Group in Delaware and author of the new book, The Common Sense Bull, The Key to the Good Life Before, During, and After Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I caught up with Eddie recently and asked him, how do you achieve financial independence? Sometimes people think that financial independence is an unattainable goal because they read something that says they need to have $5 million or $7 million. And that couldn&#x27;t be further from the truth. Everyone&#x27;s situation is different and I firmly believe that being financially independent is actually not difficult at all. As long as you have the right roadmap, the right coach, and the right plan in place, and more importantly, having someone to hold you accountable. In the book, Gabor takes us on a journey from his own humble beginnings. I&#x27;m a first generation American and so I got my work ethic and my drive from my parents. They came to this country with nothing and built a wonderful life for myself, my sister, and my brother.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And so I watched them every single day as a kid just know no other way than to work hard and do it in an ethical manner. Today, he and his team help people go from acquisition to distribution and helps us understand just how important that transition is for a successful retirement. The distribution phase, in my opinion, is when you&#x27;re five years away from retirement and you start to look at risk management strategies because now you&#x27;re looking at the next chapter in your life where you want to grow assets but in a more moderate fashion and you want an income strategy to help allow you to supplement your income. One of the keys, he says, is to enlist the help of a coach. I see the value in investing in a coach because I know that a coach allows me to stay disciplined.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It&#x27;s another sounding board. And more importantly, it allows me to stay focused and holds me accountable. And when you have a coach, you&#x27;re going to hit levels of achievement that you won&#x27;t be able to do on your own because as a human being, naturally, we can be lazy at times. We can procrastinate. When you have someone that cares enough about you that&#x27;s going to hold you accountable and call you out, you will not want to disappoint that person. He adds that it&#x27;s not just about work but finding that balance. And he says that will help you become more successful and is one of the things that he works on with his clients. Being successful, and I talk about this in the book, is not all about money. I think that&#x27;s a big misconception. I&#x27;ve met a lot of individuals that are wealthy, but forgive me for being so blunt, they&#x27;re just miserable. They&#x27;re not happy. And I think that&#x27;s because they never had balance in their life.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> So I talk about life planning in the book. I talk about having balance in the book. We coach our clients on this. He says the book helps give us perspective into investing and saving for retirement and at the same time offers some real-life examples of success. That it&#x27;s a book that is positioned in a way that it&#x27;s balanced, and it&#x27;s going to give you real-life examples on things that you can apply to your individual financial situation with your current advisor if you&#x27;re doing it on your own. The book is The Common Sense Bull and is available everywhere. To learn more, you can visit thecommonsensebull.com. And for an extended conversation with Eddie Ghabour, please visit coachlistens.com. Thanks again to Eddie Ghabour, author of The Common Sense Bull. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Ghabour discusses The Common Sense Bull and the path from building savings to using them in retirement. He shares his background and perspective on planning, risk, and financial independence.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. You&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari News Network. We see reports weekly lamenting the fact that Americans aren&#x27;t saving enough for retirement. It seems there&#x27;s more emphasis on keeping up with the Joneses rather than planning a successful retirement. Enter Eddie Ghabour, co-owner of Key Advisors Group in Delaware and author of the new book, The Common Sense Bull, The Key to the Good Life Before, During, and After Retirement.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I caught up with Eddie recently and asked him, how do you achieve financial independence? Sometimes people think that financial independence is an unattainable goal because they read something that says they need to have $5 million or $7 million. And that couldn&#x27;t be further from the truth. Everyone&#x27;s situation is different and I firmly believe that being financially independent is actually not difficult at all. As long as you have the right roadmap, the right coach, and the right plan in place, and more importantly, having someone to hold you accountable. In the book, Gabor takes us on a journey from his own humble beginnings. I&#x27;m a first generation American and so I got my work ethic and my drive from my parents. They came to this country with nothing and built a wonderful life for myself, my sister, and my brother.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And so I watched them every single day as a kid just know no other way than to work hard and do it in an ethical manner. Today, he and his team help people go from acquisition to distribution and helps us understand just how important that transition is for a successful retirement. The distribution phase, in my opinion, is when you&#x27;re five years away from retirement and you start to look at risk management strategies because now you&#x27;re looking at the next chapter in your life where you want to grow assets but in a more moderate fashion and you want an income strategy to help allow you to supplement your income. One of the keys, he says, is to enlist the help of a coach. I see the value in investing in a coach because I know that a coach allows me to stay disciplined.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> It&#x27;s another sounding board. And more importantly, it allows me to stay focused and holds me accountable. And when you have a coach, you&#x27;re going to hit levels of achievement that you won&#x27;t be able to do on your own because as a human being, naturally, we can be lazy at times. We can procrastinate. When you have someone that cares enough about you that&#x27;s going to hold you accountable and call you out, you will not want to disappoint that person. He adds that it&#x27;s not just about work but finding that balance. And he says that will help you become more successful and is one of the things that he works on with his clients. Being successful, and I talk about this in the book, is not all about money. I think that&#x27;s a big misconception. I&#x27;ve met a lot of individuals that are wealthy, but forgive me for being so blunt, they&#x27;re just miserable. They&#x27;re not happy. And I think that&#x27;s because they never had balance in their life.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> So I talk about life planning in the book. I talk about having balance in the book. We coach our clients on this. He says the book helps give us perspective into investing and saving for retirement and at the same time offers some real-life examples of success. That it&#x27;s a book that is positioned in a way that it&#x27;s balanced, and it&#x27;s going to give you real-life examples on things that you can apply to your individual financial situation with your current advisor if you&#x27;re doing it on your own. The book is The Common Sense Bull and is available everywhere. To learn more, you can visit thecommonsensebull.com. And for an extended conversation with Eddie Ghabour, please visit coachlistens.com. Thanks again to Eddie Ghabour, author of The Common Sense Bull. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Eddie Ghabour discusses The Common Sense Bull and the path from building savings to using them in retirement. He shares his background and perspective on planning, risk, and financial independence.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eddie Ghabour</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>The Common Sense Bull and Financial Independence</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eddie Ghabour, retirement planning, The Common Sense Bull and Financial Independence, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0daa556-f4f0-4d66-bdf6-adff0116d3f3/image.jpg?t=1792073780&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0daa556-f4f0-4d66-bdf6-adff0116d3f3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-ghabour-on-coach-listens-we-discuss-his-new/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0daa556-f4f0-4d66-bdf6-adff0116d3f3/image.jpg?t=1792073780&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21c98ab1e1494cbcb87d812d1709de51</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b0daa556-f4f0-4d66-bdf6-adff0116d3f3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2019 20:53:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>242</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0daa556-f4f0-4d66-bdf6-adff0116d3f3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3905951" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-ghabour-on-coach-listens-we-discuss-his-new</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>80</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Eddie Ghabour" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Glassman: The 2020 Business Leaders Outlook</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Glassman: The 2020 Business Leaders Outlook</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Economist Jim Glassman joins Steve Sedahl to discuss the 2020 Business Leaders Outlook survey. This archive conversation considers business leaders&#x27; expectations and the economic environment at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. At the start of a new decade the shrinking pool of qualified talent remains a top concern for both small and middle-sized business leaders. Nearly half of mid-sized business leaders and nearly a third of small business owners list finding candidates with the right skills as one of their top challenges. Joining us now to discuss the results of the 2020 Business Leaders Outlook survey is the Managing Director and Head Economist for Commercial Banking at JPMorgan Chase, Jim Glassman. Jim, welcome. So why are business leaders concerned</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> about finding qualified candidates? I think what&#x27;s really fascinating about this story is as you know there have been a lot of things to worry about in the last couple years and the market was taken aback by all this talk about recession, tariffs, trade war with China, Brexit issues and you know today another version yet. There&#x27;s always something to worry about and yet when you survey business leaders what you find is they&#x27;re able to distinguish between the noise in the air and what&#x27;s really going on on the ground. So what I find telling about all this is that they&#x27;re still really optimistic about their own circumstances and the things that they tell you are a challenge</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> like finding workers, they&#x27;re only expressing that because they&#x27;re trying to grow and you can&#x27;t grow without the people. So this has really popped up to be the top issue in the last couple years and I think the reason they&#x27;re running into this frankly is not much of a mystery. Unemployment has come down. We&#x27;re at three and a half percent, the lowest since we&#x27;ve been in say 1969 in the fall. All those pockets of hidden unemployment, people who work part-time, they&#x27;re counted as employed, they&#x27;re not counted as unemployed. Young people who give up and just disappear because they can&#x27;t find something. They disappear from the statistics. They&#x27;re not in unemployment. Well, that all is back to normal. So it&#x27;s not surprising to me watching the national trends that companies are telling us they&#x27;re having</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> a harder time to find people because the unemployment is very low and most people who want a job have already got one. And then, you know, at the same time, the workforce isn&#x27;t growing as fast as it used to because you&#x27;ve got a lot of baby boomers that are moving to retirement. So the natural growth of the workforce is slowed down. And yet we&#x27;ve got all this work we want to do, but we just don&#x27;t have the people for it. That tells you there&#x27;s a lot of promise if companies can figure out how to get around this. And there are little things you can do. You can&#x27;t grow people, but you can figure out how to get more out of them. And getting more out of them means helping to encourage them to be more loyal, help them learn new skills, better pay, better benefits. Those are all good things for workers.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> And is that happening? You&#x27;re seeing, you know, if you look at the national trends, you&#x27;re seeing that average hourly earnings are growing twice as fast as inflation. If you ask an economist, what would be normal? We will tell you this is starting to look real normal. This is what workers should be seeing. And when we look at our survey, the respondents tell us they are planning to boost compensation. They are boosting benefits. There&#x27;s little things, not as many are talking about allowing work from home, remote connect, better, you know, benefits away from traditional compensation packages. So that&#x27;s beginning to happen. And you see it in the national numbers as well. And so I&#x27;ve worked with a lot of the financial advisors and we&#x27;re talking about retirement and and you talked about baby boomers leaving the market. But what about the baby boomer that wants to</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> to still work? Is there is there a place for them? Yeah, I mean, they want to do it. They can. And what I think it&#x27;s sort of natural, though, when you get to a certain age, you want to move on to other things. So, you know, what&#x27;s interesting to me, I mean, you do find when you take a there are more 55 year olds working in the market than maybe a few decades ago. But the picture isn&#x27;t all that different. I mean, when you look at the work habits of people today, we all you got out of college, turn 22, about 80 percent of us go into the job market. It stays that way till you get to be about 55. And then things start drifting off. If you compare that picture with what it was 50 years ago, it really isn&#x27;t all that different. I mean, there are there are bigger challenges and people live</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> better and they live longer and maybe they&#x27;ve got more financial burdens and responsibilities. So they want to stay on the job longer. But you&#x27;re not seeing big changes in that. So, you know, what we&#x27;re despite the you know, there are some that are staying on the job longer, but you&#x27;re still seeing an awful lot of people moving off to retirement. So we&#x27;ve got, you know, the work, the people who work is a much smaller fraction of the population that&#x27;s working than was working 10 years ago. And that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing all these challenges popping up in surveys like the JPMorgan Chase survey. What&#x27;s the I mean, what&#x27;s the skill set that the people need and and what&#x27;s what&#x27;s missing out there? Well, you know, for a while we were all talking about because of technology, it&#x27;s up the bar for</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> the kind of skills you need in manufacturing in particular. But honestly, that&#x27;s not really the big challenge anymore. I think what&#x27;s happening is technical jobs pay better. Young people figure that out. They&#x27;re getting more and more of them are going through these training programs at community colleges and in universities that are reconfiguring some of their programs. The real challenges are really kind of all over the map. It&#x27;s it&#x27;s across the board, all over the all over the country, across all industries. And so when you look at, for example, the government survey of job openings, the Bureau of Labor Statistics tells us that there&#x27;s seven point three million job listings that can&#x27;t be filled. And when you look at what industries are behind it, it&#x27;s every single</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> industry. Well, that tells you this is more about just people are moving on. You know, it&#x27;s the demographics. It&#x27;s not so much the nature that the job skills of Pacific&#x27;s, you know, jobs have gotten more demanding. They&#x27;re always demanding. But there&#x27;s an awful lot of jobs. We just need human beings in those jobs to actually do the work. And that&#x27;s the problem. That&#x27;s the problem. You can&#x27;t grow people that quickly. And so this is not the first year the survey has been done. I mean, you&#x27;ve been doing this for 10 years. Are there trends over the 10 years that you&#x27;ve seen change? Yeah, you know, initially, everybody was very super cautious, kind of worried about the outlook, not so sure there was a real recovery. And you never heard about job skills and can&#x27;t find people. That is a story that really</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> began to emerge several years ago. And it&#x27;s just gotten more and more focus in our survey. So yeah, it&#x27;s the evolution of the findings in our survey kind of matched to me what I see going on in the national trends. And it&#x27;s what you expect to see when the economy gets back on its feet and unemployment is low. And there&#x27;s a lot of work to do. And when you have demographics kind of holding us back. So with 10,000 baby boomers turning 65 every day, and there&#x27;s no end in sight there, I mean, is the workforce just going to continue to shrink? It&#x27;s not really shrinking. It&#x27;s just growing more slowly. Let me give you an example. Until about 10 years ago, the number of people who are 16 years of age to 70 was growing about 200,000 a month. And then over the last 10 years, with people retiring,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> what&#x27;s happening is it&#x27;s not shrinking. It&#x27;s just slowing down. So the number of people who are 16 to 70 is now growing about 50,000 a month. That is a huge change. It&#x27;s not a contraction in the workforce, but it&#x27;s a real dramatic slowdown. And relative, you know, when you have a U.S. economy that&#x27;s strong again, and there&#x27;s work to do, and you&#x27;ve got a global economy, our partners are actually doing the same thing. We just don&#x27;t have the same number of people to accomplish the kind of work that we could do. It just tells you how much opportunity is lost by not, you know, by not being able to find people to fill these jobs. So besides increasing compensation, what can a small or medium-sized business owner do to, you know, sort of solve that problem and get people in the door? You know, I think what you often hear, young people want, you know, everybody wants to</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> feel proud of the company they work for. So building a culture is an important part of that. I think offering ways of helping people get different skills for maybe better paying jobs within the company. You know, we all go into a company in our first job. We have no idea what most of the job opportunities are out there. So I think once you get into a company, people discover that there might be other things they want to do, and I think companies that know how to give you that opportunity are going to generate more loyalty and do a better job retaining people. So I mean, and there are other little things you can do. I think we&#x27;re finding in this era, there&#x27;s a lot you can do on the innovation front, and that&#x27;s what companies are, they do embrace that, and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to be more efficient. You see this even in the quick service business,</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> the food businesses. There&#x27;s a lot of things you can do with technology if you don&#x27;t have the people. Go to any airport, you kind of see this story playing out. The corporate culture thing, that&#x27;s a big deal, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, people really do want to feel like they&#x27;re comfortable where they are, that they&#x27;re taken care of, that they&#x27;re appreciated. And is that something that you&#x27;re seeing, and how can somebody do that? Yeah, I think, and it&#x27;s particularly valuable to young people. You know, you want balance, but you also want to feel proud of the company you&#x27;re at. I think that&#x27;s the job of creative management. They&#x27;ve got to figure out how you create a value system that people are comfortable with, that they feel proud of. It&#x27;s a big job,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> and it&#x27;s an important job. I think it&#x27;s an important part of making people feel like they&#x27;re proud of being an employee for that company. That could be a job in and of itself. Yeah. Creating that culture, or helping to create that culture. So, Jim, what&#x27;s the biggest takeaway from all this? What do you think? To me, I think there are a lot of things you could worry about, and we&#x27;ve certainly aired a lot of those last year. But I think the fact, when you look at a survey like this, and you see that businesses are most optimistic about what they know most, which is their own business, and they&#x27;re willing to bet on themselves, and they&#x27;re struggling to figure out how to expand, that tells you that we&#x27;re still in an expansion mode, and there&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> reason to be optimistic about what lies ahead over the next couple of years. And, you know, what&#x27;s going to come with all that, of course, workers are going to find that the wind is at their back. Where can we find more about the survey? Where can we find the survey itself? If you go to jpmorganchase.com slash business leaders outlook, you can find more color on this survey. Thanks again to Jim Glassman, Managing Director and Head Economist for Commercial Banking at JPMorgan Chase. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Economist Jim Glassman joins Steve Sedahl to discuss the 2020 Business Leaders Outlook survey. This archive conversation considers business leaders&#x27; expectations and the economic environment at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. At the start of a new decade the shrinking pool of qualified talent remains a top concern for both small and middle-sized business leaders. Nearly half of mid-sized business leaders and nearly a third of small business owners list finding candidates with the right skills as one of their top challenges. Joining us now to discuss the results of the 2020 Business Leaders Outlook survey is the Managing Director and Head Economist for Commercial Banking at JPMorgan Chase, Jim Glassman. Jim, welcome. So why are business leaders concerned</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> about finding qualified candidates? I think what&#x27;s really fascinating about this story is as you know there have been a lot of things to worry about in the last couple years and the market was taken aback by all this talk about recession, tariffs, trade war with China, Brexit issues and you know today another version yet. There&#x27;s always something to worry about and yet when you survey business leaders what you find is they&#x27;re able to distinguish between the noise in the air and what&#x27;s really going on on the ground. So what I find telling about all this is that they&#x27;re still really optimistic about their own circumstances and the things that they tell you are a challenge</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> like finding workers, they&#x27;re only expressing that because they&#x27;re trying to grow and you can&#x27;t grow without the people. So this has really popped up to be the top issue in the last couple years and I think the reason they&#x27;re running into this frankly is not much of a mystery. Unemployment has come down. We&#x27;re at three and a half percent, the lowest since we&#x27;ve been in say 1969 in the fall. All those pockets of hidden unemployment, people who work part-time, they&#x27;re counted as employed, they&#x27;re not counted as unemployed. Young people who give up and just disappear because they can&#x27;t find something. They disappear from the statistics. They&#x27;re not in unemployment. Well, that all is back to normal. So it&#x27;s not surprising to me watching the national trends that companies are telling us they&#x27;re having</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> a harder time to find people because the unemployment is very low and most people who want a job have already got one. And then, you know, at the same time, the workforce isn&#x27;t growing as fast as it used to because you&#x27;ve got a lot of baby boomers that are moving to retirement. So the natural growth of the workforce is slowed down. And yet we&#x27;ve got all this work we want to do, but we just don&#x27;t have the people for it. That tells you there&#x27;s a lot of promise if companies can figure out how to get around this. And there are little things you can do. You can&#x27;t grow people, but you can figure out how to get more out of them. And getting more out of them means helping to encourage them to be more loyal, help them learn new skills, better pay, better benefits. Those are all good things for workers.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> And is that happening? You&#x27;re seeing, you know, if you look at the national trends, you&#x27;re seeing that average hourly earnings are growing twice as fast as inflation. If you ask an economist, what would be normal? We will tell you this is starting to look real normal. This is what workers should be seeing. And when we look at our survey, the respondents tell us they are planning to boost compensation. They are boosting benefits. There&#x27;s little things, not as many are talking about allowing work from home, remote connect, better, you know, benefits away from traditional compensation packages. So that&#x27;s beginning to happen. And you see it in the national numbers as well. And so I&#x27;ve worked with a lot of the financial advisors and we&#x27;re talking about retirement and and you talked about baby boomers leaving the market. But what about the baby boomer that wants to</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> to still work? Is there is there a place for them? Yeah, I mean, they want to do it. They can. And what I think it&#x27;s sort of natural, though, when you get to a certain age, you want to move on to other things. So, you know, what&#x27;s interesting to me, I mean, you do find when you take a there are more 55 year olds working in the market than maybe a few decades ago. But the picture isn&#x27;t all that different. I mean, when you look at the work habits of people today, we all you got out of college, turn 22, about 80 percent of us go into the job market. It stays that way till you get to be about 55. And then things start drifting off. If you compare that picture with what it was 50 years ago, it really isn&#x27;t all that different. I mean, there are there are bigger challenges and people live</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> better and they live longer and maybe they&#x27;ve got more financial burdens and responsibilities. So they want to stay on the job longer. But you&#x27;re not seeing big changes in that. So, you know, what we&#x27;re despite the you know, there are some that are staying on the job longer, but you&#x27;re still seeing an awful lot of people moving off to retirement. So we&#x27;ve got, you know, the work, the people who work is a much smaller fraction of the population that&#x27;s working than was working 10 years ago. And that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing all these challenges popping up in surveys like the JPMorgan Chase survey. What&#x27;s the I mean, what&#x27;s the skill set that the people need and and what&#x27;s what&#x27;s missing out there? Well, you know, for a while we were all talking about because of technology, it&#x27;s up the bar for</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> the kind of skills you need in manufacturing in particular. But honestly, that&#x27;s not really the big challenge anymore. I think what&#x27;s happening is technical jobs pay better. Young people figure that out. They&#x27;re getting more and more of them are going through these training programs at community colleges and in universities that are reconfiguring some of their programs. The real challenges are really kind of all over the map. It&#x27;s it&#x27;s across the board, all over the all over the country, across all industries. And so when you look at, for example, the government survey of job openings, the Bureau of Labor Statistics tells us that there&#x27;s seven point three million job listings that can&#x27;t be filled. And when you look at what industries are behind it, it&#x27;s every single</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> industry. Well, that tells you this is more about just people are moving on. You know, it&#x27;s the demographics. It&#x27;s not so much the nature that the job skills of Pacific&#x27;s, you know, jobs have gotten more demanding. They&#x27;re always demanding. But there&#x27;s an awful lot of jobs. We just need human beings in those jobs to actually do the work. And that&#x27;s the problem. That&#x27;s the problem. You can&#x27;t grow people that quickly. And so this is not the first year the survey has been done. I mean, you&#x27;ve been doing this for 10 years. Are there trends over the 10 years that you&#x27;ve seen change? Yeah, you know, initially, everybody was very super cautious, kind of worried about the outlook, not so sure there was a real recovery. And you never heard about job skills and can&#x27;t find people. That is a story that really</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> began to emerge several years ago. And it&#x27;s just gotten more and more focus in our survey. So yeah, it&#x27;s the evolution of the findings in our survey kind of matched to me what I see going on in the national trends. And it&#x27;s what you expect to see when the economy gets back on its feet and unemployment is low. And there&#x27;s a lot of work to do. And when you have demographics kind of holding us back. So with 10,000 baby boomers turning 65 every day, and there&#x27;s no end in sight there, I mean, is the workforce just going to continue to shrink? It&#x27;s not really shrinking. It&#x27;s just growing more slowly. Let me give you an example. Until about 10 years ago, the number of people who are 16 years of age to 70 was growing about 200,000 a month. And then over the last 10 years, with people retiring,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> what&#x27;s happening is it&#x27;s not shrinking. It&#x27;s just slowing down. So the number of people who are 16 to 70 is now growing about 50,000 a month. That is a huge change. It&#x27;s not a contraction in the workforce, but it&#x27;s a real dramatic slowdown. And relative, you know, when you have a U.S. economy that&#x27;s strong again, and there&#x27;s work to do, and you&#x27;ve got a global economy, our partners are actually doing the same thing. We just don&#x27;t have the same number of people to accomplish the kind of work that we could do. It just tells you how much opportunity is lost by not, you know, by not being able to find people to fill these jobs. So besides increasing compensation, what can a small or medium-sized business owner do to, you know, sort of solve that problem and get people in the door? You know, I think what you often hear, young people want, you know, everybody wants to</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> feel proud of the company they work for. So building a culture is an important part of that. I think offering ways of helping people get different skills for maybe better paying jobs within the company. You know, we all go into a company in our first job. We have no idea what most of the job opportunities are out there. So I think once you get into a company, people discover that there might be other things they want to do, and I think companies that know how to give you that opportunity are going to generate more loyalty and do a better job retaining people. So I mean, and there are other little things you can do. I think we&#x27;re finding in this era, there&#x27;s a lot you can do on the innovation front, and that&#x27;s what companies are, they do embrace that, and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to be more efficient. You see this even in the quick service business,</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> the food businesses. There&#x27;s a lot of things you can do with technology if you don&#x27;t have the people. Go to any airport, you kind of see this story playing out. The corporate culture thing, that&#x27;s a big deal, isn&#x27;t it? I mean, people really do want to feel like they&#x27;re comfortable where they are, that they&#x27;re taken care of, that they&#x27;re appreciated. And is that something that you&#x27;re seeing, and how can somebody do that? Yeah, I think, and it&#x27;s particularly valuable to young people. You know, you want balance, but you also want to feel proud of the company you&#x27;re at. I think that&#x27;s the job of creative management. They&#x27;ve got to figure out how you create a value system that people are comfortable with, that they feel proud of. It&#x27;s a big job,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> and it&#x27;s an important job. I think it&#x27;s an important part of making people feel like they&#x27;re proud of being an employee for that company. That could be a job in and of itself. Yeah. Creating that culture, or helping to create that culture. So, Jim, what&#x27;s the biggest takeaway from all this? What do you think? To me, I think there are a lot of things you could worry about, and we&#x27;ve certainly aired a lot of those last year. But I think the fact, when you look at a survey like this, and you see that businesses are most optimistic about what they know most, which is their own business, and they&#x27;re willing to bet on themselves, and they&#x27;re struggling to figure out how to expand, that tells you that we&#x27;re still in an expansion mode, and there&#x27;s</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> reason to be optimistic about what lies ahead over the next couple of years. And, you know, what&#x27;s going to come with all that, of course, workers are going to find that the wind is at their back. Where can we find more about the survey? Where can we find the survey itself? If you go to jpmorganchase.com slash business leaders outlook, you can find more color on this survey. Thanks again to Jim Glassman, Managing Director and Head Economist for Commercial Banking at JPMorgan Chase. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Economist Jim Glassman joins Steve Sedahl to discuss the 2020 Business Leaders Outlook survey. This archive conversation considers business leaders' expectations and the economic environment at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Glassman</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>The 2020 Business Leaders Outlook</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Glassman, economic policy, The 2020 Business Leaders Outlook, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>4</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c20d4d1e-28e5-42e5-8c0c-adff0116a196/image.jpg?t=1792073758&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c20d4d1e-28e5-42e5-8c0c-adff0116a196/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-glassman-discusses-results-of-the-2020-busines/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c20d4d1e-28e5-42e5-8c0c-adff0116a196/image.jpg?t=1792073758&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5c19bcb-674a-4f6f-8845-b48d56c12e69</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c20d4d1e-28e5-42e5-8c0c-adff0116a196</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jan 2019 20:15:56 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>698</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c20d4d1e-28e5-42e5-8c0c-adff0116a196/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11208019" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-glassman-discusses-results-of-the-2020-busines</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>81</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The 2020 Business Leaders Outlook" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Frisbie: Every Dime Every Day</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Frisbie: Every Dime Every Day</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, it&#x27;s not often where I get a chance to interview someone who I&#x27;ve known for a long time, who I respect, and who&#x27;s written a really good book. And this is one of those exceptions where we&#x27;ve got a really good interview set up today with a guy named Kevin Frisbee. And Kevin is in Maine. He&#x27;s all over Maine. He&#x27;s a financial planner. He also does a radio show in Maine. Kevin, welcome in. Hey, Coach. I&#x27;m glad to be on your show today. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Every Dime, Every Day, a life-changing personal finance plan created to take you from where you are today to wherever it is you want to go. That&#x27;s a great title. You know, I spent a lot of months, Coach, trying to figure out exactly what I wanted to put in the book. And it was a big project, not just in the book, but the title, what&#x27;s going to be the best summary of the book. And I think we found a winner. Well, let&#x27;s go into Every Dime, Every Day.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What does that mean to you? Well, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. So that comes from a financial seminar I attended here in Augusta, Maine, probably 23, 24 years ago. And the guy on stage says, if you really want to get control of your finances and have the discipline with your finances, you need to take a notebook around with you and write down every single dime, every single day that you spend. And I thought, that&#x27;s kind of nifty. That sounds pretty easy and it&#x27;s very difficult to do, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. But that&#x27;s where the title comes from. That seminar that I attended back in the mid-&#x27;90s changed my life. And I started to do what he recommended to do. And from what my wife and I have been able to create in our own lifestyle, I had to write this in a book. And it really is the beginning of a tremendous story that we&#x27;ve been able to put together here. Now, in the book, you talk about setting goals. And when people hear that, their eyes glass over a lot of times, setting goals.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Everyone has goals. But then you go one step further. I think this is important. You&#x27;d call it the logbook. Yeah, the logbook&#x27;s a big deal. So setting goals is important. I wrote a whole chapter on that. But then I give instructions on exactly what to do with the logbook. Meaning a logbook is you start to jot down, as I said, write down everything that you spend every single day. And everything from you go to the gas station, convenience stores, grocery stores, anything you might spend. You collect receipts and you lock it in a book. And at the end of the day, I ask people when I do financial seminars all over the state of Maine, how many people have ever owned or operated a business? And 20%, 30% of the hands go up. And the reality is, all the hands should be up in a room because everybody has a household. And if you look at your household like a business, and this logbook is designed to just kind of put everything in front of you, saying, all right, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;re spending.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Here&#x27;s what we have for income. And if you have a profit or loss at the end of the month, that&#x27;s what the logbook&#x27;s designed to do. Yeah, and then also, when you can do that, then you can accomplish achieving the goals that you want because you know exactly what you&#x27;re spending. And if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re spending, you really don&#x27;t know what you need to make, do you? That&#x27;s the basis of everything that we do in our planning practice. As you know, we talk about this all the time. We help people with their retirement planning. And at the end of the day, a lot of people don&#x27;t even know what they need for a monthly budget, what they need to spend or what they need to have for income. And so one of the tasks is go figure out what your budget looks like. And it&#x27;s the same what I write in the book as far as figuring out what your budget looks like. And then you have the logbook to help kind of put that up in front of you. And then you can make some better decisions because now you have control over your money. They used to have a show called The X-Files. Do you remember The X-Files? Yeah, the sci-fi show.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s almost like it had that music playing in the background. And then it was a show called Unsolved Mysteries. And both of those shows together go into what your Chapter 8 is, finding the right financial professional. One of the biggest mysteries in the world is how do you find one? And more importantly, how do you know if the one you have now might not be the right one? Yeah, it&#x27;s amazing. I wrote a whole chapter on this for this reason. One of the biggest complaints that people have is they come in and they might have an advisor they&#x27;re working with right now, but the advisor is kind of somebody that doesn&#x27;t... He or she skirts around the questions. They don&#x27;t answer direct. And you and I, Coach, we work the same way with our clients. We&#x27;re direct with people. We&#x27;re upfront. We&#x27;re transparent. And if you&#x27;re not having that with an advisor, that&#x27;s the biggest complaint I get is people don&#x27;t get their answers that they go into the advisor to get.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it seems sometimes like the advisor... I&#x27;m not saying this is the case, but it seems sometimes that the advisor is avoiding to answer these questions because they don&#x27;t want them to know the truth about what they&#x27;re paying for fees and what their portfolio looks like and how much risk they&#x27;re taking, all those type of things. You know, many times people forget to ask the right questions, too, where they don&#x27;t know the right questions to ask. That&#x27;s the whole thing. You know what? It is all about asking the right questions. Or, again, they don&#x27;t have the confidence of, you know, they don&#x27;t want to sound like foolish if they&#x27;re not asking the right question or asking it the right way. So I wrote the whole chapter, Chapter 8, Finding the Right Financial Professional, really giving a lot of a list of questions that people can go in and ask, you know, is your advisor a fiduciary, for example? I mean, that&#x27;s as important as anything else to find out if your advisor is required to work in your best interest. That&#x27;s not always the case, Coach, as you know.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Well, I hear, you know, and I hear all sorts of stories from across the world about that. And even locally, I hear radio shows from other advisors, and they make it a point to skirt the issue that they&#x27;re really not a fiduciary. If they are making commissions from you out of your money, they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. Exactly. And that&#x27;s the point. Again, if you know what to ask and the pointed question is, hey, are you a fiduciary? If they&#x27;re not a fiduciary, if they say, well, we have fiduciaries around here, that&#x27;s probably not the right advisor for you. You need to start looking elsewhere. And even if they say they are, isn&#x27;t it great to get it in writing? Well, you can look it up on FINRA. You can look it up and find out what they have for licenses. And the 65 Series 65 license is the fiduciary license. Correct. And I got to tell you, and you know this, but your audience doesn&#x27;t know this probably, 80% of all people that they call themselves financial advisors all across the United States, 80% of them do not have a fiduciary license.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> That&#x27;s a fact. It&#x27;s kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s scary because they&#x27;re not mandated to work in your best interest as a client. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to have questions in your mind, in the back of your head, thinking, are they putting me into this product? Are they giving me this investment because of them or because of me? And the fiduciary license says they have to work in your best interest. So, you kind of take that off the table. And you would think automatically that they should be working in your best interest. But you and I have talked all the time. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of cases where that&#x27;s just not the case. You&#x27;ve got a great chapter in here, Chapter 10, Turbocharge Your Savings. Now, who doesn&#x27;t want to turbocharge your savings? I wrote that chapter because now that people have paid off their debt, we talk about eliminating debt and debt knockout, those type of things in the beginning of the book. Now that after people have eliminated the debts, now what do you do?</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> You take that extra money. And how do you turbocharge that? How do you grow that quickly? And doing it, I&#x27;m not talking pie in the sky quickly. I&#x27;m talking about really having a game plan in place. Now you&#x27;ve got the additional monies that you&#x27;ll take from your budget. You&#x27;ve taken and eliminated debt. You&#x27;ve taken that money over now. And you really can put a game plan to turbocharge your savings. There&#x27;s a lot of things, a lot of great ideas out there to really get a real jump on what you&#x27;re making on your investments. Now, one of the things I always say, and this all goes back, I guess, to the fiduciary or somebody really not acting in your best interest if you&#x27;re out there and you don&#x27;t have this. But many people have financial plans. And their financial planner is telling them they have a retirement plan. But then when we analyze it, we see no lifetime income. And my opinion is, unless you have lifetime income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> This goes right into your Chapter 12, your risks to retirement. One of the risks is not having an income plan. Risk to retirement. You and I both know we do similar planning practice where we do what we call buckets of money strategies. So you have your investments. You have what I call risk money. You have your safe monies. That might be the six months in a savings account for living expenses. Then you have your safe money that should be set aside for your income plan. And again, most people don&#x27;t understand it. When we break it up in a simple way and in an explanation for people, if you look at it really broken up in a simple bucket form, people have a better understanding. Say, all right, I should have a certain percentage of my monies here in a safe income plan. Because, again, the burden&#x27;s on us now, Coach. As you know, we&#x27;ve got Social Security that is going to be there or not going to be there.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> There&#x27;s questions about that sometime in the future. Some people might have a pension. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen maybe only 5% to 6%, 7% of the people that come in anymore that have pensions. So that&#x27;s become a thing of the past. So now the burden is on us, the consumer, to take our retirement monies and now put that income plan in place. And this is, I think, the biggest area where people fall down on is they don&#x27;t strategize and take a chunk of that money and set it aside into that income plan. And the broker that they may be working with has them all in the risk, all in the market. They don&#x27;t have the guaranteed plan in place, and I think it&#x27;s a mistake. Yeah, that is scary when you think about it because it&#x27;s great to look at a big balance when the market&#x27;s going up. But what if you don&#x27;t secure some of that money? Tie it down. You know, you&#x27;ve got a big boat. If you don&#x27;t tie it to the dock and the storm comes, where&#x27;s the boat? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s gone. Especially in today&#x27;s world. Or dry docking.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Yeah. You know, dry docking for retirement. You need to get your money isolated from the forces of the market, the money you need to have for retirement. And that&#x27;s a big mistake people have made over the last, I guess, couple decades. I&#x27;ve seen people get more excited about the market, take their retirement money, throw it into the market, which is great when it&#x27;s going up. But I&#x27;ve seen way too many people on the other side after something bad happens. Yeah. And look at right now what&#x27;s going on with the volatility in the markets and the world. You know what? If somebody&#x27;s 60, 65, 70 years old and looking to retire, you tell me. I mean, you and I both have the same agreement. They shouldn&#x27;t have all their money at risk in the market. I mean, there&#x27;s great ways that they can take some of that money off the table and put it in a planning situation where they can guarantee some income. You don&#x27;t want to have to worry about your income when the markets have the volatility. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about basically today is minimizing the risk as you get older.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And doing it because you have to do it. But if your broker&#x27;s not doing it with you, you have to find somebody or a fiduciary that&#x27;s going to do it with you and for you. Folks, it&#x27;s a great book. Every Dime, Every Day, the author, Kevin Frisbee. He&#x27;s from Maine. You can find this book anywhere. Books are sold on Amazon. I&#x27;ve seen it on Amazon. It&#x27;s 16 chapters. One final one, Kevin. Find your financial common sense. Now, we&#x27;re talking about how many people have lost that compass. Yeah, I talk a lot about in that chapter about how long to finance a vehicle, how long to finance a home. You know, you never go beyond 15 years on a mortgage, for example. If you buy a vehicle and you can&#x27;t pay it off in two years, you&#x27;re buying something that&#x27;s too expensive for you. There&#x27;s a lot of common sense things that if people understood how much the mistakes they were costing them out of their pocket by making some just bad choices.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> And we&#x27;re lured in our world by all these choices to go spend money, you know, finance the furniture and finance, you know, the car for seven years. Those are all major mistakes. And I talk about it. Finding your financial common sense in one of the chapters. And by the way, Coach, I want to make a mention, people can find me all over the country on Amazon and in different platforms. We also have an audio book on my website, everydime.com. You can find the book and the audio book available right there if you want to go online and look us up. Well, Kevin, I appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. Appreciate having me on your show. And thanks to all your listeners. Again, folks, the title of the book, Every Dime, Every Day by Kevin Frisbee. We&#x27;ll be back right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, it&#x27;s not often where I get a chance to interview someone who I&#x27;ve known for a long time, who I respect, and who&#x27;s written a really good book. And this is one of those exceptions where we&#x27;ve got a really good interview set up today with a guy named Kevin Frisbee. And Kevin is in Maine. He&#x27;s all over Maine. He&#x27;s a financial planner. He also does a radio show in Maine. Kevin, welcome in. Hey, Coach. I&#x27;m glad to be on your show today. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Every Dime, Every Day, a life-changing personal finance plan created to take you from where you are today to wherever it is you want to go. That&#x27;s a great title. You know, I spent a lot of months, Coach, trying to figure out exactly what I wanted to put in the book. And it was a big project, not just in the book, but the title, what&#x27;s going to be the best summary of the book. And I think we found a winner. Well, let&#x27;s go into Every Dime, Every Day.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> What does that mean to you? Well, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. So that comes from a financial seminar I attended here in Augusta, Maine, probably 23, 24 years ago. And the guy on stage says, if you really want to get control of your finances and have the discipline with your finances, you need to take a notebook around with you and write down every single dime, every single day that you spend. And I thought, that&#x27;s kind of nifty. That sounds pretty easy and it&#x27;s very difficult to do, I&#x27;ve got to tell you. But that&#x27;s where the title comes from. That seminar that I attended back in the mid-&#x27;90s changed my life. And I started to do what he recommended to do. And from what my wife and I have been able to create in our own lifestyle, I had to write this in a book. And it really is the beginning of a tremendous story that we&#x27;ve been able to put together here. Now, in the book, you talk about setting goals. And when people hear that, their eyes glass over a lot of times, setting goals.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Everyone has goals. But then you go one step further. I think this is important. You&#x27;d call it the logbook. Yeah, the logbook&#x27;s a big deal. So setting goals is important. I wrote a whole chapter on that. But then I give instructions on exactly what to do with the logbook. Meaning a logbook is you start to jot down, as I said, write down everything that you spend every single day. And everything from you go to the gas station, convenience stores, grocery stores, anything you might spend. You collect receipts and you lock it in a book. And at the end of the day, I ask people when I do financial seminars all over the state of Maine, how many people have ever owned or operated a business? And 20%, 30% of the hands go up. And the reality is, all the hands should be up in a room because everybody has a household. And if you look at your household like a business, and this logbook is designed to just kind of put everything in front of you, saying, all right, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;re spending.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Here&#x27;s what we have for income. And if you have a profit or loss at the end of the month, that&#x27;s what the logbook&#x27;s designed to do. Yeah, and then also, when you can do that, then you can accomplish achieving the goals that you want because you know exactly what you&#x27;re spending. And if you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re spending, you really don&#x27;t know what you need to make, do you? That&#x27;s the basis of everything that we do in our planning practice. As you know, we talk about this all the time. We help people with their retirement planning. And at the end of the day, a lot of people don&#x27;t even know what they need for a monthly budget, what they need to spend or what they need to have for income. And so one of the tasks is go figure out what your budget looks like. And it&#x27;s the same what I write in the book as far as figuring out what your budget looks like. And then you have the logbook to help kind of put that up in front of you. And then you can make some better decisions because now you have control over your money. They used to have a show called The X-Files. Do you remember The X-Files? Yeah, the sci-fi show.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s almost like it had that music playing in the background. And then it was a show called Unsolved Mysteries. And both of those shows together go into what your Chapter 8 is, finding the right financial professional. One of the biggest mysteries in the world is how do you find one? And more importantly, how do you know if the one you have now might not be the right one? Yeah, it&#x27;s amazing. I wrote a whole chapter on this for this reason. One of the biggest complaints that people have is they come in and they might have an advisor they&#x27;re working with right now, but the advisor is kind of somebody that doesn&#x27;t... He or she skirts around the questions. They don&#x27;t answer direct. And you and I, Coach, we work the same way with our clients. We&#x27;re direct with people. We&#x27;re upfront. We&#x27;re transparent. And if you&#x27;re not having that with an advisor, that&#x27;s the biggest complaint I get is people don&#x27;t get their answers that they go into the advisor to get.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it seems sometimes like the advisor... I&#x27;m not saying this is the case, but it seems sometimes that the advisor is avoiding to answer these questions because they don&#x27;t want them to know the truth about what they&#x27;re paying for fees and what their portfolio looks like and how much risk they&#x27;re taking, all those type of things. You know, many times people forget to ask the right questions, too, where they don&#x27;t know the right questions to ask. That&#x27;s the whole thing. You know what? It is all about asking the right questions. Or, again, they don&#x27;t have the confidence of, you know, they don&#x27;t want to sound like foolish if they&#x27;re not asking the right question or asking it the right way. So I wrote the whole chapter, Chapter 8, Finding the Right Financial Professional, really giving a lot of a list of questions that people can go in and ask, you know, is your advisor a fiduciary, for example? I mean, that&#x27;s as important as anything else to find out if your advisor is required to work in your best interest. That&#x27;s not always the case, Coach, as you know.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> Well, I hear, you know, and I hear all sorts of stories from across the world about that. And even locally, I hear radio shows from other advisors, and they make it a point to skirt the issue that they&#x27;re really not a fiduciary. If they are making commissions from you out of your money, they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. Exactly. And that&#x27;s the point. Again, if you know what to ask and the pointed question is, hey, are you a fiduciary? If they&#x27;re not a fiduciary, if they say, well, we have fiduciaries around here, that&#x27;s probably not the right advisor for you. You need to start looking elsewhere. And even if they say they are, isn&#x27;t it great to get it in writing? Well, you can look it up on FINRA. You can look it up and find out what they have for licenses. And the 65 Series 65 license is the fiduciary license. Correct. And I got to tell you, and you know this, but your audience doesn&#x27;t know this probably, 80% of all people that they call themselves financial advisors all across the United States, 80% of them do not have a fiduciary license.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> That&#x27;s a fact. It&#x27;s kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s scary because they&#x27;re not mandated to work in your best interest as a client. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to have questions in your mind, in the back of your head, thinking, are they putting me into this product? Are they giving me this investment because of them or because of me? And the fiduciary license says they have to work in your best interest. So, you kind of take that off the table. And you would think automatically that they should be working in your best interest. But you and I have talked all the time. I&#x27;ve seen a lot of cases where that&#x27;s just not the case. You&#x27;ve got a great chapter in here, Chapter 10, Turbocharge Your Savings. Now, who doesn&#x27;t want to turbocharge your savings? I wrote that chapter because now that people have paid off their debt, we talk about eliminating debt and debt knockout, those type of things in the beginning of the book. Now that after people have eliminated the debts, now what do you do?</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> You take that extra money. And how do you turbocharge that? How do you grow that quickly? And doing it, I&#x27;m not talking pie in the sky quickly. I&#x27;m talking about really having a game plan in place. Now you&#x27;ve got the additional monies that you&#x27;ll take from your budget. You&#x27;ve taken and eliminated debt. You&#x27;ve taken that money over now. And you really can put a game plan to turbocharge your savings. There&#x27;s a lot of things, a lot of great ideas out there to really get a real jump on what you&#x27;re making on your investments. Now, one of the things I always say, and this all goes back, I guess, to the fiduciary or somebody really not acting in your best interest if you&#x27;re out there and you don&#x27;t have this. But many people have financial plans. And their financial planner is telling them they have a retirement plan. But then when we analyze it, we see no lifetime income. And my opinion is, unless you have lifetime income built into your plan, you do not have a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> This goes right into your Chapter 12, your risks to retirement. One of the risks is not having an income plan. Risk to retirement. You and I both know we do similar planning practice where we do what we call buckets of money strategies. So you have your investments. You have what I call risk money. You have your safe monies. That might be the six months in a savings account for living expenses. Then you have your safe money that should be set aside for your income plan. And again, most people don&#x27;t understand it. When we break it up in a simple way and in an explanation for people, if you look at it really broken up in a simple bucket form, people have a better understanding. Say, all right, I should have a certain percentage of my monies here in a safe income plan. Because, again, the burden&#x27;s on us now, Coach. As you know, we&#x27;ve got Social Security that is going to be there or not going to be there.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> There&#x27;s questions about that sometime in the future. Some people might have a pension. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen maybe only 5% to 6%, 7% of the people that come in anymore that have pensions. So that&#x27;s become a thing of the past. So now the burden is on us, the consumer, to take our retirement monies and now put that income plan in place. And this is, I think, the biggest area where people fall down on is they don&#x27;t strategize and take a chunk of that money and set it aside into that income plan. And the broker that they may be working with has them all in the risk, all in the market. They don&#x27;t have the guaranteed plan in place, and I think it&#x27;s a mistake. Yeah, that is scary when you think about it because it&#x27;s great to look at a big balance when the market&#x27;s going up. But what if you don&#x27;t secure some of that money? Tie it down. You know, you&#x27;ve got a big boat. If you don&#x27;t tie it to the dock and the storm comes, where&#x27;s the boat? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s gone. Especially in today&#x27;s world. Or dry docking.</p><p><strong>08:35</strong> Yeah. You know, dry docking for retirement. You need to get your money isolated from the forces of the market, the money you need to have for retirement. And that&#x27;s a big mistake people have made over the last, I guess, couple decades. I&#x27;ve seen people get more excited about the market, take their retirement money, throw it into the market, which is great when it&#x27;s going up. But I&#x27;ve seen way too many people on the other side after something bad happens. Yeah. And look at right now what&#x27;s going on with the volatility in the markets and the world. You know what? If somebody&#x27;s 60, 65, 70 years old and looking to retire, you tell me. I mean, you and I both have the same agreement. They shouldn&#x27;t have all their money at risk in the market. I mean, there&#x27;s great ways that they can take some of that money off the table and put it in a planning situation where they can guarantee some income. You don&#x27;t want to have to worry about your income when the markets have the volatility. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re talking about basically today is minimizing the risk as you get older.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And doing it because you have to do it. But if your broker&#x27;s not doing it with you, you have to find somebody or a fiduciary that&#x27;s going to do it with you and for you. Folks, it&#x27;s a great book. Every Dime, Every Day, the author, Kevin Frisbee. He&#x27;s from Maine. You can find this book anywhere. Books are sold on Amazon. I&#x27;ve seen it on Amazon. It&#x27;s 16 chapters. One final one, Kevin. Find your financial common sense. Now, we&#x27;re talking about how many people have lost that compass. Yeah, I talk a lot about in that chapter about how long to finance a vehicle, how long to finance a home. You know, you never go beyond 15 years on a mortgage, for example. If you buy a vehicle and you can&#x27;t pay it off in two years, you&#x27;re buying something that&#x27;s too expensive for you. There&#x27;s a lot of common sense things that if people understood how much the mistakes they were costing them out of their pocket by making some just bad choices.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> And we&#x27;re lured in our world by all these choices to go spend money, you know, finance the furniture and finance, you know, the car for seven years. Those are all major mistakes. And I talk about it. Finding your financial common sense in one of the chapters. And by the way, Coach, I want to make a mention, people can find me all over the country on Amazon and in different platforms. We also have an audio book on my website, everydime.com. You can find the book and the audio book available right there if you want to go online and look us up. Well, Kevin, I appreciate your time today. Thanks, Coach. Appreciate having me on your show. And thanks to all your listeners. Again, folks, the title of the book, Every Dime, Every Day by Kevin Frisbee. We&#x27;ll be back right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kevin Frisbie joins Coach Pete to discuss Every Dime Every Day, money habits, and preparing for retirement. Recorded June 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Frisbie</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Frisbie, retirement planning, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/image.jpg?t=1792072003&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-frisbie-every-dime-every-day/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/image.jpg?t=1792072003&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jun 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>651</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5cfa752d-0708-41ae-9e41-b4e30007787d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10443355" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-frisbie-every-dime-every-day</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>82</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Every Dime Every Day" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:40" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:52" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wade Pfau: Retirement Income, Longevity, and Home Equity</title>
      <itunes:title>Wade Pfau: Retirement Income, Longevity, and Home Equity</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to explain why retirement requires a different approach to risk and spending. They discuss retirement-income education, investment withdrawals, insurance, and the potential role of home equity. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol. Joining me today is Wade Pfau, an expert in the world of financial planning with particular expertise in the area of retirement income planning, from how to create income in retirement to how to effectively spend it and not run out of money. Wade is a professor at the American College of Financial Services, and Wade, welcome. Your title is a little bit more than just professor. Yeah, I mean, my job title is pretty unique, too. It&#x27;s professor of retirement income, so, yeah, I do feel the responsibility to look at all the different tools available for that. How is retirement different from pre-retirement? Yeah, it&#x27;s a great question, and it&#x27;s a really important one because it really relates to the idea that the nature of risk changes in retirement with the longevity risk, not knowing how long</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> someone&#x27;s going to live, but then also with the market risk. People&#x27;s lifestyles in retirement become more vulnerable to stock market volatility in that they have less flexibility to respond to the volatility, and also when they&#x27;re taking distributions from their assets, stock market volatility has a bigger impact on their financial plan after retiring than it does before retirement. When we get to retirement, I mean, we pretty much need to know where every dollar is going and why. And then it&#x27;s important not to double count assets, and that&#x27;s where I think a lot of the traditional way of thinking about investment management. Pre-retirement, it&#x27;s really an assets-only model. You&#x27;re choosing an asset allocation. How do you build that diversified investment portfolio?</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> But post-retirement, it&#x27;s really an asset liability matching problem. You have to match your assets to your expenses, and that&#x27;s fundamentally a different problem. And you can&#x27;t double count assets. Like, if you believe in the 4% rule of thumb that says, if you want to spend $40,000 a year and you have a million dollars, well, that million dollars could be in a liquid investment portfolio, but it&#x27;s not really liquid. It&#x27;s that entire million dollars has to be earmarked to meet your $40,000 spending goal. And you don&#x27;t really have the flexibility to spend that on something else without jeopardizing your spending goal. And that&#x27;s what I mean about not double counting assets and not having assets that are not already earmarked for some other purpose.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I saw one of your books, How Much Can You Spend in Retirement? That&#x27;s a great title, and what a great topic to really put into a book for folks to understand. Oh, thanks. Yeah, that book, it focuses on these investment questions. I think it&#x27;s important really that the best retirement income strategies are about integrating all the available tools, and that includes investments, insurance, home equity, and everything else. And so this particular book just focuses on the question of spending from an investment portfolio and how to think about things like the 4% rule and what happens if you vary all the assumptions behind it and so on and so forth. Well, I think as you go through that book, it begins to answer the question, I mean, how do you know you&#x27;re ready for retirement? How can you take that plunge, if you will,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> and with confidence? But again, you build it up to that point, and you kind of help us through that, at least understand how to maintain that income. That&#x27;s really the goal, to maintain a sustainable standard of living throughout retirement, not when you&#x27;re not sure how long that retirement may last, and you&#x27;re not sure what kind of market returns you&#x27;re going to experience. There&#x27;s this concept, it&#x27;s called longevity risk aversion, and it&#x27;s this, how fearful is a person about outliving their wealth? And I think a lot of people really become worried about that, and they ultimately then really underspend relative to what they could be spending, even with very conservative projections around everything, because of that worry, the worry that they&#x27;re going to outlive their investment portfolio. And in those kinds of cases,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> they may be better off by not having to rely on the stock market for everything, because then they&#x27;re just worried they&#x27;re going to get the bad market returns, and so they have to spend less to make sure the money lasts, and ultimately just leave a much larger legacy at the end than they&#x27;d really anticipated, because they spent so little. So let&#x27;s talk about the RICP for a second, and what that means. First, tell me what that is, and why it&#x27;s important. Well, it&#x27;s the Retirement Income Certified Professional designation at the American College for Financial Services, and we&#x27;ve had about 15,000 advisors now go through the three-course program to just get education about how retirement income is different and to really</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> provide an unbiased look at all the different tools available. So it&#x27;s not just investments, not just insurance, but everything, long-term care, home equity, any sort of approach, Social Security claiming, everything&#x27;s in there to think about retirement income planning and to really build that as part of the financial planning profession in a way that it hasn&#x27;t been in the past to really focus on what&#x27;s different in retirement and how to make sure people can get through their retirement in a comfortable and sustainable manner. People&#x27;s retirements now are going to be longer than they were in the past, and then fewer and fewer Americans are getting to retirement with the traditional company pensions that provided that guaranteed income for the rest of their life. They&#x27;re having to rely much more on 401k plans and the</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> investment accounts and then trying to figure out what they need to do differently after they&#x27;re no longer working and no longer saving their salary, but instead have to spend from their accumulated savings, it&#x27;s really a different problem that people are not used to dealing with. That&#x27;s where, you know, someone with the RICP designation, like Coach Pete, that understands that, and it&#x27;s so important to work with somebody on that distribution part of your plan. Yeah, to work with an advisor that appreciates how retirement&#x27;s different, because still, the conventional wisdom around all this is nothing really changes. You just have your investment portfolio, and rather than saving, you&#x27;re now spending from it. But things do change. You do</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> become more vulnerable to the market volatility that was easier to endure pre-retirement. It just becomes more challenging post-retirement. You have to think more broadly and holistically, and having that education on retirement is really important. Well, it&#x27;s that value of the lifetime income and how important that is, and creating that lifetime income as part of your plan. Yeah, that&#x27;s using the power of risk pooling and insurance as well, which provides this additional benefit that an investment portfolio can&#x27;t provide. It&#x27;s when people live longer, their retirements are more expensive, and that&#x27;s when they need the additional funds. If somebody, unfortunately, has a short retirement, they don&#x27;t need as much to fund their retirement. And by both of those groups</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> working together in a risk pool, it just allows everyone to spend like they&#x27;re going to live to their life expectancy, which lets them spend more than if they&#x27;re worried about living to 90 or 95 or 100, and then just underspending because they&#x27;re worried about living so long. If you would like more reliable income, and beyond most people that have social security, and for some people that may be enough, but if you&#x27;d really like more reliable income, that&#x27;s where you can also use the power of risk pooling and insurance and not have to rely solely on stock market gains to fund the retirement plan. Let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages for a moment if we can. Is there a value in that? I think so. The conventional wisdom around reverse mortgages has been that they&#x27;re really just</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> something to think about as a last resort when all else has failed to try to save that retirement at the last minute. But there&#x27;s been a lot of research that&#x27;s really questioned that conclusion. And I&#x27;ve, I started looking at reverse mortgages about four years ago, just because it&#x27;s a retirement income tool. I didn&#x27;t think much of it before starting to dig into it, but then became so impressed by how they work that I wrote the first book I wrote on retirement topics was about reverse mortgages, because I do think that it&#x27;s a very powerful and unique tool to help make home equity part of a more complete retirement income plan using the reverse mortgage potentially earlier on,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> not treating it as the last resort once all else has failed, because all the research that&#x27;s been published for financial advisors in the Journal of Financial Planning and places like that points to waiting until the last resort is really the worst possible way to use a reverse mortgage. There&#x27;s benefits from beginning the process sooner. And that&#x27;s what I discuss in my book about reverse mortgages. It can be a powerful tool for people to consider when they have the home and mostly have it paid off when they&#x27;re getting to the retirement point. The book is called Reverse Mortgages, How to Use Reverse Mortgages to Secure Your Retirement. Another book available, How Much Can I Spend in Retirement? A Guide to Investment-Based Retirement</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> Income Strategies. Both books are available everywhere. Wade, thanks so much for talking with us today. Really appreciate the insight. No, no, it&#x27;s been a pleasure talking with you. Thanks for having me on the show. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wade Pfau joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to explain why retirement requires a different approach to risk and spending. They discuss retirement-income education, investment withdrawals, insurance, and the potential role of home equity. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sudol. Joining me today is Wade Pfau, an expert in the world of financial planning with particular expertise in the area of retirement income planning, from how to create income in retirement to how to effectively spend it and not run out of money. Wade is a professor at the American College of Financial Services, and Wade, welcome. Your title is a little bit more than just professor. Yeah, I mean, my job title is pretty unique, too. It&#x27;s professor of retirement income, so, yeah, I do feel the responsibility to look at all the different tools available for that. How is retirement different from pre-retirement? Yeah, it&#x27;s a great question, and it&#x27;s a really important one because it really relates to the idea that the nature of risk changes in retirement with the longevity risk, not knowing how long</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> someone&#x27;s going to live, but then also with the market risk. People&#x27;s lifestyles in retirement become more vulnerable to stock market volatility in that they have less flexibility to respond to the volatility, and also when they&#x27;re taking distributions from their assets, stock market volatility has a bigger impact on their financial plan after retiring than it does before retirement. When we get to retirement, I mean, we pretty much need to know where every dollar is going and why. And then it&#x27;s important not to double count assets, and that&#x27;s where I think a lot of the traditional way of thinking about investment management. Pre-retirement, it&#x27;s really an assets-only model. You&#x27;re choosing an asset allocation. How do you build that diversified investment portfolio?</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> But post-retirement, it&#x27;s really an asset liability matching problem. You have to match your assets to your expenses, and that&#x27;s fundamentally a different problem. And you can&#x27;t double count assets. Like, if you believe in the 4% rule of thumb that says, if you want to spend $40,000 a year and you have a million dollars, well, that million dollars could be in a liquid investment portfolio, but it&#x27;s not really liquid. It&#x27;s that entire million dollars has to be earmarked to meet your $40,000 spending goal. And you don&#x27;t really have the flexibility to spend that on something else without jeopardizing your spending goal. And that&#x27;s what I mean about not double counting assets and not having assets that are not already earmarked for some other purpose.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I saw one of your books, How Much Can You Spend in Retirement? That&#x27;s a great title, and what a great topic to really put into a book for folks to understand. Oh, thanks. Yeah, that book, it focuses on these investment questions. I think it&#x27;s important really that the best retirement income strategies are about integrating all the available tools, and that includes investments, insurance, home equity, and everything else. And so this particular book just focuses on the question of spending from an investment portfolio and how to think about things like the 4% rule and what happens if you vary all the assumptions behind it and so on and so forth. Well, I think as you go through that book, it begins to answer the question, I mean, how do you know you&#x27;re ready for retirement? How can you take that plunge, if you will,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> and with confidence? But again, you build it up to that point, and you kind of help us through that, at least understand how to maintain that income. That&#x27;s really the goal, to maintain a sustainable standard of living throughout retirement, not when you&#x27;re not sure how long that retirement may last, and you&#x27;re not sure what kind of market returns you&#x27;re going to experience. There&#x27;s this concept, it&#x27;s called longevity risk aversion, and it&#x27;s this, how fearful is a person about outliving their wealth? And I think a lot of people really become worried about that, and they ultimately then really underspend relative to what they could be spending, even with very conservative projections around everything, because of that worry, the worry that they&#x27;re going to outlive their investment portfolio. And in those kinds of cases,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> they may be better off by not having to rely on the stock market for everything, because then they&#x27;re just worried they&#x27;re going to get the bad market returns, and so they have to spend less to make sure the money lasts, and ultimately just leave a much larger legacy at the end than they&#x27;d really anticipated, because they spent so little. So let&#x27;s talk about the RICP for a second, and what that means. First, tell me what that is, and why it&#x27;s important. Well, it&#x27;s the Retirement Income Certified Professional designation at the American College for Financial Services, and we&#x27;ve had about 15,000 advisors now go through the three-course program to just get education about how retirement income is different and to really</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> provide an unbiased look at all the different tools available. So it&#x27;s not just investments, not just insurance, but everything, long-term care, home equity, any sort of approach, Social Security claiming, everything&#x27;s in there to think about retirement income planning and to really build that as part of the financial planning profession in a way that it hasn&#x27;t been in the past to really focus on what&#x27;s different in retirement and how to make sure people can get through their retirement in a comfortable and sustainable manner. People&#x27;s retirements now are going to be longer than they were in the past, and then fewer and fewer Americans are getting to retirement with the traditional company pensions that provided that guaranteed income for the rest of their life. They&#x27;re having to rely much more on 401k plans and the</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> investment accounts and then trying to figure out what they need to do differently after they&#x27;re no longer working and no longer saving their salary, but instead have to spend from their accumulated savings, it&#x27;s really a different problem that people are not used to dealing with. That&#x27;s where, you know, someone with the RICP designation, like Coach Pete, that understands that, and it&#x27;s so important to work with somebody on that distribution part of your plan. Yeah, to work with an advisor that appreciates how retirement&#x27;s different, because still, the conventional wisdom around all this is nothing really changes. You just have your investment portfolio, and rather than saving, you&#x27;re now spending from it. But things do change. You do</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> become more vulnerable to the market volatility that was easier to endure pre-retirement. It just becomes more challenging post-retirement. You have to think more broadly and holistically, and having that education on retirement is really important. Well, it&#x27;s that value of the lifetime income and how important that is, and creating that lifetime income as part of your plan. Yeah, that&#x27;s using the power of risk pooling and insurance as well, which provides this additional benefit that an investment portfolio can&#x27;t provide. It&#x27;s when people live longer, their retirements are more expensive, and that&#x27;s when they need the additional funds. If somebody, unfortunately, has a short retirement, they don&#x27;t need as much to fund their retirement. And by both of those groups</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> working together in a risk pool, it just allows everyone to spend like they&#x27;re going to live to their life expectancy, which lets them spend more than if they&#x27;re worried about living to 90 or 95 or 100, and then just underspending because they&#x27;re worried about living so long. If you would like more reliable income, and beyond most people that have social security, and for some people that may be enough, but if you&#x27;d really like more reliable income, that&#x27;s where you can also use the power of risk pooling and insurance and not have to rely solely on stock market gains to fund the retirement plan. Let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages for a moment if we can. Is there a value in that? I think so. The conventional wisdom around reverse mortgages has been that they&#x27;re really just</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> something to think about as a last resort when all else has failed to try to save that retirement at the last minute. But there&#x27;s been a lot of research that&#x27;s really questioned that conclusion. And I&#x27;ve, I started looking at reverse mortgages about four years ago, just because it&#x27;s a retirement income tool. I didn&#x27;t think much of it before starting to dig into it, but then became so impressed by how they work that I wrote the first book I wrote on retirement topics was about reverse mortgages, because I do think that it&#x27;s a very powerful and unique tool to help make home equity part of a more complete retirement income plan using the reverse mortgage potentially earlier on,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> not treating it as the last resort once all else has failed, because all the research that&#x27;s been published for financial advisors in the Journal of Financial Planning and places like that points to waiting until the last resort is really the worst possible way to use a reverse mortgage. There&#x27;s benefits from beginning the process sooner. And that&#x27;s what I discuss in my book about reverse mortgages. It can be a powerful tool for people to consider when they have the home and mostly have it paid off when they&#x27;re getting to the retirement point. The book is called Reverse Mortgages, How to Use Reverse Mortgages to Secure Your Retirement. Another book available, How Much Can I Spend in Retirement? A Guide to Investment-Based Retirement</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> Income Strategies. Both books are available everywhere. Wade, thanks so much for talking with us today. Really appreciate the insight. No, no, it&#x27;s been a pleasure talking with you. Thanks for having me on the show. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Wade Pfau joins Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network to explain why retirement requires a different approach to risk and spending. They discuss retirement-income education, investment withdrawals, insurance, and the potential role of home equity. Recorded April 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Wade Pfau</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Wade Pfau, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540/image.jpg?t=1792071249&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-retirement-income-longevity-and-home-equity/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540/image.jpg?t=1792071249&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Apr 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>583</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f0c425f-9be1-44f2-ae05-b4e3002d4540/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9366699" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wade-pfau-retirement-income-longevity-and-home-equity</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>83</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income, Longevity, and Home Equity" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:27" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Geller: Money Anxiety and Financial Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Geller: Money Anxiety and Financial Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety, financial emotions, and the way uncertainty can influence decisions. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world, someone I think who you could benefit for hearing. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. We get so many positive comments every time we have him on. We want to have him on more, and we need to do that more often. It&#x27;s been since September of 2017 since we had him on last. But his name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s going to join us from San Francisco. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. Folks, if you haven&#x27;t read it, I recommend you look it up on Amazon and find it or somewhere anywhere books are sold. Money Anxiety. And again, his name is Dr. Dan Geller. Joining us from San Francisco. Dr. Dan, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show again. Well, the money world is a funny place, isn&#x27;t it? When one day everyone&#x27;s happy, the next day people are sad. And we look at it like it&#x27;s like a tennis ball in the ocean coming in from high tide going out low tide.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we want people&#x27;s emotions to be more in check when it comes to their financial and retirement situation, don&#x27;t we? We sure do. We sure do. And the starting point, Coach, is always in understanding the cause of the volatility in the market and our response to this volatility. If we understand the cause, we have a better chance of controlling and managing our response. Now, we&#x27;ve seen an increase in volatility lately in the equity markets, haven&#x27;t we? Yes, we have. But here is the thing, Coach. The volatility was caused based on anticipation for things that might come, speculation. So whenever there were talks about tariffs or trade wars, even though they didn&#x27;t exist in reality,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> just the anticipation and the discussion caused a little bit of an anxiety, mostly among retail investors. You see, the institutional investors, they know better. But the retail investors, they get nervous, they panic, and as soon as they hear something that might happen, they pull the money out. And that&#x27;s, in most cases, the wrong response to speculation. Yeah, and you are a behavioral economist, and you see that, like you&#x27;re saying, people make the worst decision at the worst time. And Dalbar, the ranking organization that studies investor behavior out of Boston, Mass, always say that the individual investor underperforms the institutions and the indexes, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Exactly. And this pretty much ties into the central question that everybody wants to know. Why is it that people make instinctive financial decisions versus an analytical financial decision in times of high money anxiety? And the reason is that, in a way, Coach, it&#x27;s really not our fault. We are built this way. We have a part of the brain that is called the reptilian part of the brain, which is the first part of the brain to evolve. And its sole purpose is to ensure our survival. That&#x27;s where our instincts come from. So our ancestors used these instincts to, you know, run away when they saw the tiger in the wood.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Good decision. Very good decision. That&#x27;s why we are here today. Otherwise, we don&#x27;t face the same life and death danger today, but still the same instinct gets activated when we feel financial danger. And that&#x27;s the problem, that when someone hears about trade wars or anything else, the instinctive response gets activated, and they make an instinctive decision, which is usually the wrong decision. Yeah. So the best way to reduce the impact of instinctive reactions during money anxiety is first to understand that this is a normal response, and we need to slow down and not react right away.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And, of course, always a good idea to consult with an advisor before you act. Yeah. And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Dan Geller, the author of the book Money Anxiety. You may have seen him on CNBC and all sorts of other financial channels talking about how the investors, you out there right there, are your own worst enemy a lot of times when we&#x27;re talking about saving money. I saw an article, Doc. Nobel Prize in Economics solidifies Dr. Dan Geller&#x27;s work in behavioral economics and money anxiety in banking. You want to explain that somebody won a Nobel Prize based on your concepts? Richard Taylor from the Booth School of Business in Chicago won Nobel Prize. He is one of the founding fathers of behavioral economics, and it shows that behavioral economics is now becoming mainstream.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about the people listening right now. How can investors avoid making instinctive financial decisions, which are often wrong on their part? The first stage is to understand why they&#x27;re responding the way they do. So the first one is to slow down or to delay reaction. So if they hear something about financial markets or trade wars or anything else that makes them panic, slow down, don&#x27;t respond right away, wait a little bit before you sell or before you get out of the equity market. Right. And the second thing is to educate yourself either by listening to programs such as yours, talking to an advisor, getting feedback from someone who is not emotionally involved in the process as you are,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> and chances are you&#x27;ll make a much better financial decision. You know, making impulsive decisions, they say that fear and greed cause more people to not have a successful retirement plan than anything else out there. That is absolutely true, Coach. Absolutely. Now, can you share with our listeners an actual case where an instinctive financial decision caused people to actually lose money, valuable money they had to put aside for their own self that they lose? Oh, absolutely. And we studied the behavior of people during and in the aftermath of the Great Recession as far as their bank savings. So we purposely chose a deposit savings in the bank because they are risk-free environment. We wanted to see if there is no risk.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> As you know, bank deposits are insured and there is no risk. Nobody ever lost a dime on an insured deposit. We wanted to see are they still behaving in an instinctive way even though there is no risk. And lo and behold, they did. So during the Great Recession, people actually moved money from higher-yielding accounts such as CDs to lower-yielding accounts such as checking, saving, and money market just to feel that the money is more accessible to them even though they could have earned five times higher-yields had they left it in CDs. Wow. This was an instinctive decision, obviously, because have they made an analytical decision,</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> they would have left it at the much higher-yield CDs versus in liquid account. And again, that&#x27;s the key to the study. Fear or risk was not a factor. There is no risk in either case. So this was a classic case how an instinctive decision cost depositors, bank depositors, a lot of money because of high money anxiety. People are their own worst enemy many times. I think getting educated so you can identify some of these emotions when they&#x27;re hitting and say, hey, emotions, you&#x27;re not going to take control of me and get me to lose money. Very important. And so your book, Money Anxiety, very important book. I think anyone should read if they&#x27;re listening. Doc, thanks for your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s always a pleasure.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> Thank you. Yes, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety, financial emotions, and the way uncertainty can influence decisions. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world, someone I think who you could benefit for hearing. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. We get so many positive comments every time we have him on. We want to have him on more, and we need to do that more often. It&#x27;s been since September of 2017 since we had him on last. But his name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s going to join us from San Francisco. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. Folks, if you haven&#x27;t read it, I recommend you look it up on Amazon and find it or somewhere anywhere books are sold. Money Anxiety. And again, his name is Dr. Dan Geller. Joining us from San Francisco. Dr. Dan, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show again. Well, the money world is a funny place, isn&#x27;t it? When one day everyone&#x27;s happy, the next day people are sad. And we look at it like it&#x27;s like a tennis ball in the ocean coming in from high tide going out low tide.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we want people&#x27;s emotions to be more in check when it comes to their financial and retirement situation, don&#x27;t we? We sure do. We sure do. And the starting point, Coach, is always in understanding the cause of the volatility in the market and our response to this volatility. If we understand the cause, we have a better chance of controlling and managing our response. Now, we&#x27;ve seen an increase in volatility lately in the equity markets, haven&#x27;t we? Yes, we have. But here is the thing, Coach. The volatility was caused based on anticipation for things that might come, speculation. So whenever there were talks about tariffs or trade wars, even though they didn&#x27;t exist in reality,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> just the anticipation and the discussion caused a little bit of an anxiety, mostly among retail investors. You see, the institutional investors, they know better. But the retail investors, they get nervous, they panic, and as soon as they hear something that might happen, they pull the money out. And that&#x27;s, in most cases, the wrong response to speculation. Yeah, and you are a behavioral economist, and you see that, like you&#x27;re saying, people make the worst decision at the worst time. And Dalbar, the ranking organization that studies investor behavior out of Boston, Mass, always say that the individual investor underperforms the institutions and the indexes, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Exactly. And this pretty much ties into the central question that everybody wants to know. Why is it that people make instinctive financial decisions versus an analytical financial decision in times of high money anxiety? And the reason is that, in a way, Coach, it&#x27;s really not our fault. We are built this way. We have a part of the brain that is called the reptilian part of the brain, which is the first part of the brain to evolve. And its sole purpose is to ensure our survival. That&#x27;s where our instincts come from. So our ancestors used these instincts to, you know, run away when they saw the tiger in the wood.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Good decision. Very good decision. That&#x27;s why we are here today. Otherwise, we don&#x27;t face the same life and death danger today, but still the same instinct gets activated when we feel financial danger. And that&#x27;s the problem, that when someone hears about trade wars or anything else, the instinctive response gets activated, and they make an instinctive decision, which is usually the wrong decision. Yeah. So the best way to reduce the impact of instinctive reactions during money anxiety is first to understand that this is a normal response, and we need to slow down and not react right away.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And, of course, always a good idea to consult with an advisor before you act. Yeah. And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Dan Geller, the author of the book Money Anxiety. You may have seen him on CNBC and all sorts of other financial channels talking about how the investors, you out there right there, are your own worst enemy a lot of times when we&#x27;re talking about saving money. I saw an article, Doc. Nobel Prize in Economics solidifies Dr. Dan Geller&#x27;s work in behavioral economics and money anxiety in banking. You want to explain that somebody won a Nobel Prize based on your concepts? Richard Taylor from the Booth School of Business in Chicago won Nobel Prize. He is one of the founding fathers of behavioral economics, and it shows that behavioral economics is now becoming mainstream.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Let&#x27;s talk about the people listening right now. How can investors avoid making instinctive financial decisions, which are often wrong on their part? The first stage is to understand why they&#x27;re responding the way they do. So the first one is to slow down or to delay reaction. So if they hear something about financial markets or trade wars or anything else that makes them panic, slow down, don&#x27;t respond right away, wait a little bit before you sell or before you get out of the equity market. Right. And the second thing is to educate yourself either by listening to programs such as yours, talking to an advisor, getting feedback from someone who is not emotionally involved in the process as you are,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> and chances are you&#x27;ll make a much better financial decision. You know, making impulsive decisions, they say that fear and greed cause more people to not have a successful retirement plan than anything else out there. That is absolutely true, Coach. Absolutely. Now, can you share with our listeners an actual case where an instinctive financial decision caused people to actually lose money, valuable money they had to put aside for their own self that they lose? Oh, absolutely. And we studied the behavior of people during and in the aftermath of the Great Recession as far as their bank savings. So we purposely chose a deposit savings in the bank because they are risk-free environment. We wanted to see if there is no risk.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> As you know, bank deposits are insured and there is no risk. Nobody ever lost a dime on an insured deposit. We wanted to see are they still behaving in an instinctive way even though there is no risk. And lo and behold, they did. So during the Great Recession, people actually moved money from higher-yielding accounts such as CDs to lower-yielding accounts such as checking, saving, and money market just to feel that the money is more accessible to them even though they could have earned five times higher-yields had they left it in CDs. Wow. This was an instinctive decision, obviously, because have they made an analytical decision,</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> they would have left it at the much higher-yield CDs versus in liquid account. And again, that&#x27;s the key to the study. Fear or risk was not a factor. There is no risk in either case. So this was a classic case how an instinctive decision cost depositors, bank depositors, a lot of money because of high money anxiety. People are their own worst enemy many times. I think getting educated so you can identify some of these emotions when they&#x27;re hitting and say, hey, emotions, you&#x27;re not going to take control of me and get me to lose money. Very important. And so your book, Money Anxiety, very important book. I think anyone should read if they&#x27;re listening. Doc, thanks for your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s always a pleasure.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> Thank you. Yes, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dan Geller returns to discuss Money Anxiety, financial emotions, and the way uncertainty can influence decisions. Recorded April 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Geller</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>Money Anxiety and Financial Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Geller, behavioral finance, Money Anxiety and Financial Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456/image.jpg?t=1792072025&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-geller-money-anxiety-and-financial-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456/image.jpg?t=1792072025&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456</guid>
      <omny:clipId>07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Apr 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>490</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07f48aed-60eb-4161-b698-b4e300050456/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="7876885" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-geller-money-anxiety-and-financial-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>84</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Anxiety and Financial Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Behavior and financial decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Don’t Worry, Retire Happy (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Don’t Worry, Retire Happy (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning and Don’t Worry, Retire Happy. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who is making a difference in the financial world and we have a second time or a third time or fourth time visitor on the show. Every time we have him on we get such great response over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s been one of my great buddies in the financial world. I&#x27;ve watched him. He is growing more and more successful every single time I check in with him. He&#x27;s been on PBS. He&#x27;s all over the media. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got one right in front of me right now we&#x27;re going to talk about Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy which is also the name of a PBS TV special you may have seen on public broadcasting. His name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Phoenix, Arizona. Thomas welcome in. Hey coach thanks for having me back. Yeah well hey it&#x27;s a pleasure to have you on and I know you travel all across the nation educating folks on that process how they can Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Yeah you know it&#x27;s really a simple process that you know nothing that I say is rocket science but when you put it all together it really makes a huge difference in a retirement and you know a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s about the stock market is about real estate or it&#x27;s about Bitcoin. I can tell you in all my studies of retirement retirement is not about those things. A successful retirement really has two key components.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Number one is increasing income for the rest of your life and number two is risk management and so what people need to understand is that the distribution phase of retirement is very different than the accumulation phase of retirement and if they&#x27;ve been dealing with a broker for the last 30 or 40 years and they think they&#x27;re just going to cruise to retirement taking money out of that portfolio I tell people they will be sadly sadly sadly disappointed. That is not what retirement&#x27;s all about. Well you know it&#x27;s pretty funny because when people we have that investainment now when you turn on the TV or the radio everyone we&#x27;re in the internet everyone&#x27;s always talking about how great they&#x27;re doing in the stock market so you try to rush in and catch up to them you end up losing money. Yeah yeah I mean look the stock market has a place right I mean it can be there to help protect against inflation it can be there for long-term planning it that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s a good place for it</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> but you cannot have your day-to-day needs and day-to-day money coming out of a stock market portfolio that is a recipe for disaster because of you know the huge risk called sequence of returns risk that most Americans don&#x27;t understand. Well explain sequence of return risk because I know when we try to approach it on our radio show we I think we lose some listeners because it&#x27;s confusing to a lot of people but explain that. Yeah so a sequence of returns risk is why the stock market has averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 but if you&#x27;re retired and you&#x27;re taking money out of a portfolio of retirement you can&#x27;t take out 12 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out 10 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out eight percent a year you can&#x27;t take out six percent a year you can&#x27;t even take out four percent a year you know what Morningstar says a safe withdrawal rate in retirement is 2.8 percent per year. Now people</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> say Tom that doesn&#x27;t make any sense I mean if the market&#x27;s averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 certainly I can take out more than 2.8 percent a year no you can&#x27;t and here&#x27;s why because the day you retire all the rules change. See average returns mean nothing in retirement once you&#x27;re retired and you start taking money out of a portfolio there&#x27;s only one thing that matters and that&#x27;s called the order or sequence of returns. You know in my first book Paychecks and Playchecks I give an example of a guy who retired in 1973. He had his money invested 50 percent stock 50 percent bonds and for the next 22 years he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years. Now think about that coach if somebody offered me 10.1 percent a year for the next 22 years I&#x27;d take that right now. Well he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years his broker told me he could take out five percent per year. Now you would</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> think if you were averaging over 10 you could certainly take out five right? Wrong. He&#x27;s dead broke. He completely ran out of money. Now people say well how can that even happen? I&#x27;m telling you coach it happens every day. Let me tell you what happened in this case. What happened in this case is the first three years that he was retired 73, 74, 75 the market went down, down, down three years in a row. Well here&#x27;s the deal. If it&#x27;s your turn to retire I don&#x27;t care if Warren Buffett himself is your money manager. If you&#x27;re taking money out of that portfolio and that market goes down three years in a row you too will likely run out of money. See coach everybody thinks the riskiest time for investing is when you&#x27;re in your 70s or 80s. That is not true. The riskiest time for you to invest is when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because if you lose money right before or right after retirement it can devastate your whole retirement.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know we call that the financial red zone. I classify it as age 52 and up. That&#x27;s when it&#x27;s really start it&#x27;s time to start really paying attention to your finances at that time. Yep yep and that&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve got to put some guarantees in that portfolio when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because that is the riskiest time for you to invest money because if you lose money there it can literally wipe out your whole retirement. Yeah so you basically you work all your life to put money aside and you put money in 401ks then it grows which is great but then there comes a time where the growth is not as important as the preservation of it not letting it go away. Right I&#x27;ll give you just a real quick analogy. When I was in the army I spent 22 years U.S. Army and when I was on active duty they had you buy savings bonds out of your paycheck and that&#x27;s what you did. You had money come out of your paycheck and buy these savings bonds. Well then</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> I got into this investment business where I became an investment advisor became so much smarter than that and I started investing in mutual funds and stocks and bonds and that kind of thing. Well when my two boys went to college guess when that was? That was right when the dot bomb bubble crashed. Well all my smart investments were worthless. I mean I couldn&#x27;t take money out of there to put them through college. You know put my first two boys through college? This huge stack of savings bonds. This stupid dumb boring 4% savings bonds of the past put two boys through college and all my super smart stock and mutual fund investments were worthless to me when they went to college because the market was in a bear market. And that could happen again. I mean that&#x27;s what people fail to realize. You know we&#x27;re in a we&#x27;re in a wobbly market right now and I love the the growth we&#x27;ve seen in a lot of portfolios but who cares what it&#x27;s grown to if you don&#x27;t lock some of those gains in?</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Got to lock them in and you can and retirement the other thing is retirement&#x27;s all about income it&#x27;s not about assets. So all these people are trying to you know grow their pile of money grow their pile of money that&#x27;s not what retirement&#x27;s about. Retirement&#x27;s all about income. You ought to be trying to grow your guaranteed lifetime income and I&#x27;ve got 11 just you know Pete I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve already bought guaranteed lifetime income that will kick in when I turn age 60 but I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 65. I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 70. I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 75. I got 11 income annuities that guarantee me increasing income for the rest of my life. Think about how secure I&#x27;m feeling in my retirement versus people who are worried about markets going up and down or all around and if the market crashes right before your retirement or right after you retired you&#x27;re going to be in big trouble if you&#x27;ve got all your hopes</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and dreams on that stock market. Yeah and unfortunately a lot of people are and gosh it&#x27;s just about diversification and we hear that term but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what it really means. Again folks we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna he&#x27;s author of a best-selling book Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom I&#x27;m looking at your seven steps they all make a lot of sense. Number four protect your savings from inflation very important because we we&#x27;ve been in a very low inflationary environment but step number five is the most important one I want to talk about secure more guaranteed lifetime income that&#x27;s what you were just talking about yourself. Yeah well if you read all the research and retirement&#x27;s been studied in depth by PhDs all over the world. Dr. David Babel of Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, most recently Dr. Robert C. Merton, a Nobel Prize winner who was just published in the Harvard Business</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> Review. Well if you read the works of these PhDs who study retirement they all sing in unison you need to cover your basic living expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. So one of the first questions a person who&#x27;s going to retire should figure out is how much money do they need to live their normal retirement and that should be covered with guaranteed lifetime income. Now there are three sources of guaranteed lifetime income. Social Security counts because it&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. A pension counts because it&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. But whatever you&#x27;re short you&#x27;re supposed to go find an insurance company and buy a lifetime income annuity. Now coach you know I speak all over the world and you know I&#x27;ll be doing seminars somewhere and somebody will raise their hand and they&#x27;ll say something like</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> this. Tom we don&#x27;t like annuities around here. Susie Orman doesn&#x27;t like annuities. Dave Ramsey doesn&#x27;t like annuities. Ken Fisher takes off full page ads. I hate annuities and so should you. We don&#x27;t like annuities around here. You know what I do? I just act surprised. I just say like really seriously you&#x27;re telling me you don&#x27;t like annuities? So let me understand what you just said. You paid into Social Security for 35 years but you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the Social Security administration and say stop those checks. I don&#x27;t want another Social Security check in this house. We don&#x27;t like annuities. Are you seriously going to do that? You know you work for that company for 42 years but you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the HR department say stop those pension checks. I don&#x27;t want to find one of those nasty things in my mailbox. We don&#x27;t like annuities in this house. Well then typically they&#x27;ll say well I guess we like those kind of annuities. It&#x27;s just those</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> insurance company annuities we don&#x27;t like. You know and then I have to explain to them that they can buy lifetime income annuities that aren&#x27;t even in a fee product and that you know it&#x27;s not just about fees. It&#x27;s about value. Where can you make the most lose the least after fees? That&#x27;s what&#x27;s so much more important than fees and so I mean we could go on and on about some of this stuff. Well we call that the green flag on the mailbox. Every single year you walk out to your mailbox and there&#x27;s a check in there instead of you having to put the red flag up and put a bill in there and pay it. So if you do the right process you get the right annuity on your side you&#x27;ll get lifetime income you can never outlive and if you can&#x27;t walk to the mailbox they&#x27;ll put it right in your bank account for you. Well and not only that but you&#x27;ve got math and science on your side. You can&#x27;t find a PhD out there who&#x27;s not going to say you need to have an annuity to cover those basic living expenses.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> That&#x27;s what they all say. That&#x27;s what all the research shows and then you know if you really want to get deep in the weeds. I got a friend by the name of Curtis Cloak and he runs this Thrive University. I mean what really did it for me is he laid out the average investors in a 60-40 portfolio. When you do what their real rate of return is after taxes, after fees, after everything. These income annuities are beating a 60-40 portfolio and they don&#x27;t have the risk of the 60-40 portfolio. So I mean when you really research this if you really want to do the math and science behind this it is clear that these income products that guarantee you income for life they should at least you know for the average person they should be somewhere between 20 and 40 percent of their portfolio should be in these guaranteed lifetime products and if you have that and if you have a</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> plan for long-term care and you know and if you have a plan for inflation well now you can have increasing income for the rest of your life and you can manage these other key risks in retirement and that is what a successful retirement is built on. Well I&#x27;ve got two of them myself. I&#x27;m 51 now. I bought them when I was in my 40s. They&#x27;re growing and they&#x27;re growing and they&#x27;re going to be there for lifetime income whenever I decide to retire. That&#x27;s the beauty of an annuity isn&#x27;t it? It is and you know I&#x27;ve got a couple pensions. I&#x27;ll have a military pension. I&#x27;ll have a couple you know insurance company pensions. So I&#x27;m going to have some guaranteed paychecks. I&#x27;m going to have a nice social security check. My wife will get half of mine. Plus now I&#x27;ve got 11 income annuities and you know I&#x27;ve stopped investing in the market. I mean I have a little bit in the market but I keep buying more income. I buy more income and more income because if you can get your income high enough in retirement who cares what the market does?</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Do you think I really want to worry about what Facebook is doing or what Amazon is doing or do I want to be out saying should we play 18 or 36 today? You know should we play the front nine or the back nine first? Those are the decisions I want to be making in retirement. Well your book and folks it&#x27;s available anywhere books are sold. Amazon, Barnes and Noble but it&#x27;s Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. I call it the instruction manual for a successful retirement. We&#x27;ve got 25 books Tom sent us autographed. They&#x27;re $24.95 each but if you call right now and come in for a no-cost consultation you&#x27;ll leave with one of these hardcover books. Again this is the golden ticket. Call right now 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383 or text COACH to 21000. Tom we really appreciate your</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> time today and hope to have you on again in the future. Hey thanks coach looking forward to it. And folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning and Don’t Worry, Retire Happy. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who is making a difference in the financial world and we have a second time or a third time or fourth time visitor on the show. Every time we have him on we get such great response over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s been one of my great buddies in the financial world. I&#x27;ve watched him. He is growing more and more successful every single time I check in with him. He&#x27;s been on PBS. He&#x27;s all over the media. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> got one right in front of me right now we&#x27;re going to talk about Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy which is also the name of a PBS TV special you may have seen on public broadcasting. His name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Phoenix, Arizona. Thomas welcome in. Hey coach thanks for having me back. Yeah well hey it&#x27;s a pleasure to have you on and I know you travel all across the nation educating folks on that process how they can Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. Yeah you know it&#x27;s really a simple process that you know nothing that I say is rocket science but when you put it all together it really makes a huge difference in a retirement and you know a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s about the stock market is about real estate or it&#x27;s about Bitcoin. I can tell you in all my studies of retirement retirement is not about those things. A successful retirement really has two key components.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Number one is increasing income for the rest of your life and number two is risk management and so what people need to understand is that the distribution phase of retirement is very different than the accumulation phase of retirement and if they&#x27;ve been dealing with a broker for the last 30 or 40 years and they think they&#x27;re just going to cruise to retirement taking money out of that portfolio I tell people they will be sadly sadly sadly disappointed. That is not what retirement&#x27;s all about. Well you know it&#x27;s pretty funny because when people we have that investainment now when you turn on the TV or the radio everyone we&#x27;re in the internet everyone&#x27;s always talking about how great they&#x27;re doing in the stock market so you try to rush in and catch up to them you end up losing money. Yeah yeah I mean look the stock market has a place right I mean it can be there to help protect against inflation it can be there for long-term planning it that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s a good place for it</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> but you cannot have your day-to-day needs and day-to-day money coming out of a stock market portfolio that is a recipe for disaster because of you know the huge risk called sequence of returns risk that most Americans don&#x27;t understand. Well explain sequence of return risk because I know when we try to approach it on our radio show we I think we lose some listeners because it&#x27;s confusing to a lot of people but explain that. Yeah so a sequence of returns risk is why the stock market has averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 but if you&#x27;re retired and you&#x27;re taking money out of a portfolio of retirement you can&#x27;t take out 12 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out 10 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out eight percent a year you can&#x27;t take out six percent a year you can&#x27;t even take out four percent a year you know what Morningstar says a safe withdrawal rate in retirement is 2.8 percent per year. Now people</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> say Tom that doesn&#x27;t make any sense I mean if the market&#x27;s averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 certainly I can take out more than 2.8 percent a year no you can&#x27;t and here&#x27;s why because the day you retire all the rules change. See average returns mean nothing in retirement once you&#x27;re retired and you start taking money out of a portfolio there&#x27;s only one thing that matters and that&#x27;s called the order or sequence of returns. You know in my first book Paychecks and Playchecks I give an example of a guy who retired in 1973. He had his money invested 50 percent stock 50 percent bonds and for the next 22 years he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years. Now think about that coach if somebody offered me 10.1 percent a year for the next 22 years I&#x27;d take that right now. Well he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years his broker told me he could take out five percent per year. Now you would</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> think if you were averaging over 10 you could certainly take out five right? Wrong. He&#x27;s dead broke. He completely ran out of money. Now people say well how can that even happen? I&#x27;m telling you coach it happens every day. Let me tell you what happened in this case. What happened in this case is the first three years that he was retired 73, 74, 75 the market went down, down, down three years in a row. Well here&#x27;s the deal. If it&#x27;s your turn to retire I don&#x27;t care if Warren Buffett himself is your money manager. If you&#x27;re taking money out of that portfolio and that market goes down three years in a row you too will likely run out of money. See coach everybody thinks the riskiest time for investing is when you&#x27;re in your 70s or 80s. That is not true. The riskiest time for you to invest is when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because if you lose money right before or right after retirement it can devastate your whole retirement.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know we call that the financial red zone. I classify it as age 52 and up. That&#x27;s when it&#x27;s really start it&#x27;s time to start really paying attention to your finances at that time. Yep yep and that&#x27;s why you&#x27;ve got to put some guarantees in that portfolio when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because that is the riskiest time for you to invest money because if you lose money there it can literally wipe out your whole retirement. Yeah so you basically you work all your life to put money aside and you put money in 401ks then it grows which is great but then there comes a time where the growth is not as important as the preservation of it not letting it go away. Right I&#x27;ll give you just a real quick analogy. When I was in the army I spent 22 years U.S. Army and when I was on active duty they had you buy savings bonds out of your paycheck and that&#x27;s what you did. You had money come out of your paycheck and buy these savings bonds. Well then</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> I got into this investment business where I became an investment advisor became so much smarter than that and I started investing in mutual funds and stocks and bonds and that kind of thing. Well when my two boys went to college guess when that was? That was right when the dot bomb bubble crashed. Well all my smart investments were worthless. I mean I couldn&#x27;t take money out of there to put them through college. You know put my first two boys through college? This huge stack of savings bonds. This stupid dumb boring 4% savings bonds of the past put two boys through college and all my super smart stock and mutual fund investments were worthless to me when they went to college because the market was in a bear market. And that could happen again. I mean that&#x27;s what people fail to realize. You know we&#x27;re in a we&#x27;re in a wobbly market right now and I love the the growth we&#x27;ve seen in a lot of portfolios but who cares what it&#x27;s grown to if you don&#x27;t lock some of those gains in?</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Got to lock them in and you can and retirement the other thing is retirement&#x27;s all about income it&#x27;s not about assets. So all these people are trying to you know grow their pile of money grow their pile of money that&#x27;s not what retirement&#x27;s about. Retirement&#x27;s all about income. You ought to be trying to grow your guaranteed lifetime income and I&#x27;ve got 11 just you know Pete I&#x27;ve I&#x27;ve already bought guaranteed lifetime income that will kick in when I turn age 60 but I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 65. I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 70. I bought even more of the kicks in when I turn age 75. I got 11 income annuities that guarantee me increasing income for the rest of my life. Think about how secure I&#x27;m feeling in my retirement versus people who are worried about markets going up and down or all around and if the market crashes right before your retirement or right after you retired you&#x27;re going to be in big trouble if you&#x27;ve got all your hopes</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and dreams on that stock market. Yeah and unfortunately a lot of people are and gosh it&#x27;s just about diversification and we hear that term but a lot of people don&#x27;t realize what it really means. Again folks we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna he&#x27;s author of a best-selling book Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. Tom I&#x27;m looking at your seven steps they all make a lot of sense. Number four protect your savings from inflation very important because we we&#x27;ve been in a very low inflationary environment but step number five is the most important one I want to talk about secure more guaranteed lifetime income that&#x27;s what you were just talking about yourself. Yeah well if you read all the research and retirement&#x27;s been studied in depth by PhDs all over the world. Dr. David Babel of Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, most recently Dr. Robert C. Merton, a Nobel Prize winner who was just published in the Harvard Business</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> Review. Well if you read the works of these PhDs who study retirement they all sing in unison you need to cover your basic living expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. So one of the first questions a person who&#x27;s going to retire should figure out is how much money do they need to live their normal retirement and that should be covered with guaranteed lifetime income. Now there are three sources of guaranteed lifetime income. Social Security counts because it&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. A pension counts because it&#x27;s a lifetime income annuity it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. But whatever you&#x27;re short you&#x27;re supposed to go find an insurance company and buy a lifetime income annuity. Now coach you know I speak all over the world and you know I&#x27;ll be doing seminars somewhere and somebody will raise their hand and they&#x27;ll say something like</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> this. Tom we don&#x27;t like annuities around here. Susie Orman doesn&#x27;t like annuities. Dave Ramsey doesn&#x27;t like annuities. Ken Fisher takes off full page ads. I hate annuities and so should you. We don&#x27;t like annuities around here. You know what I do? I just act surprised. I just say like really seriously you&#x27;re telling me you don&#x27;t like annuities? So let me understand what you just said. You paid into Social Security for 35 years but you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the Social Security administration and say stop those checks. I don&#x27;t want another Social Security check in this house. We don&#x27;t like annuities. Are you seriously going to do that? You know you work for that company for 42 years but you&#x27;re telling me you&#x27;re going to call up the HR department say stop those pension checks. I don&#x27;t want to find one of those nasty things in my mailbox. We don&#x27;t like annuities in this house. Well then typically they&#x27;ll say well I guess we like those kind of annuities. It&#x27;s just those</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> insurance company annuities we don&#x27;t like. You know and then I have to explain to them that they can buy lifetime income annuities that aren&#x27;t even in a fee product and that you know it&#x27;s not just about fees. It&#x27;s about value. Where can you make the most lose the least after fees? That&#x27;s what&#x27;s so much more important than fees and so I mean we could go on and on about some of this stuff. Well we call that the green flag on the mailbox. Every single year you walk out to your mailbox and there&#x27;s a check in there instead of you having to put the red flag up and put a bill in there and pay it. So if you do the right process you get the right annuity on your side you&#x27;ll get lifetime income you can never outlive and if you can&#x27;t walk to the mailbox they&#x27;ll put it right in your bank account for you. Well and not only that but you&#x27;ve got math and science on your side. You can&#x27;t find a PhD out there who&#x27;s not going to say you need to have an annuity to cover those basic living expenses.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> That&#x27;s what they all say. That&#x27;s what all the research shows and then you know if you really want to get deep in the weeds. I got a friend by the name of Curtis Cloak and he runs this Thrive University. I mean what really did it for me is he laid out the average investors in a 60-40 portfolio. When you do what their real rate of return is after taxes, after fees, after everything. These income annuities are beating a 60-40 portfolio and they don&#x27;t have the risk of the 60-40 portfolio. So I mean when you really research this if you really want to do the math and science behind this it is clear that these income products that guarantee you income for life they should at least you know for the average person they should be somewhere between 20 and 40 percent of their portfolio should be in these guaranteed lifetime products and if you have that and if you have a</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> plan for long-term care and you know and if you have a plan for inflation well now you can have increasing income for the rest of your life and you can manage these other key risks in retirement and that is what a successful retirement is built on. Well I&#x27;ve got two of them myself. I&#x27;m 51 now. I bought them when I was in my 40s. They&#x27;re growing and they&#x27;re growing and they&#x27;re going to be there for lifetime income whenever I decide to retire. That&#x27;s the beauty of an annuity isn&#x27;t it? It is and you know I&#x27;ve got a couple pensions. I&#x27;ll have a military pension. I&#x27;ll have a couple you know insurance company pensions. So I&#x27;m going to have some guaranteed paychecks. I&#x27;m going to have a nice social security check. My wife will get half of mine. Plus now I&#x27;ve got 11 income annuities and you know I&#x27;ve stopped investing in the market. I mean I have a little bit in the market but I keep buying more income. I buy more income and more income because if you can get your income high enough in retirement who cares what the market does?</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Do you think I really want to worry about what Facebook is doing or what Amazon is doing or do I want to be out saying should we play 18 or 36 today? You know should we play the front nine or the back nine first? Those are the decisions I want to be making in retirement. Well your book and folks it&#x27;s available anywhere books are sold. Amazon, Barnes and Noble but it&#x27;s Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, Seven Steps to Retirement Security. I call it the instruction manual for a successful retirement. We&#x27;ve got 25 books Tom sent us autographed. They&#x27;re $24.95 each but if you call right now and come in for a no-cost consultation you&#x27;ll leave with one of these hardcover books. Again this is the golden ticket. Call right now 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383 or text COACH to 21000. Tom we really appreciate your</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> time today and hope to have you on again in the future. Hey thanks coach looking forward to it. And folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning and Don’t Worry, Retire Happy. This complete interview includes discussion beyond the shorter segment previously published on the podcast. Recorded April 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Don’t Worry</category>
      <category>Retire Happy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement planning, Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69/image.jpg?t=1792071909&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-don-t-worry-retire-happy-full-interview/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69/image.jpg?t=1792071909&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>781</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ba25f81a-0202-4c5b-aafb-b4e3000fed69/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12534854" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-don-t-worry-retire-happy-full-interview</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>85</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don’t Worry, Retire Happy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:42" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:09" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don Graves: Reverse Mortgages and Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Don Graves: Reverse Mortgages and Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or is on a topic that is very interesting that I think could be very interesting to our audience here. And we&#x27;re going to go to Philadelphia and we&#x27;re going to join Mr. Don Graves. He&#x27;s a retirement income certified planner. He&#x27;s got some other destinations too we&#x27;re going to talk about. But he&#x27;s one of the nation&#x27;s leading educators on the HECM, Reverse Mortgages and Retirement Income Planning.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And you may have seen him quoted in Forbes and he&#x27;s also been on PBS. Don, welcome in. Thank you coach. Glad to be here. Now let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages because I&#x27;ve heard good, bad, ugly about those. I did research, extensive research on them about 10 years ago when I had a chapter in one of my books about reverse mortgages. And I went in totally negative and I left positive with people who really needed this fit here. So let&#x27;s talk about what is a reverse mortgage and how can it benefit some of the folks that are listening right now. You know one of the things I used to say jokingly is someone says what is a reverse mortgage? I used to say well it&#x27;s a way to ruin a good barbecue. Let someone bring it up around the table and you&#x27;ll see why Aunt Janie went to jail. So if you&#x27;re not careful you can really get hurt mentioning reverse mortgages.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But four words coach have helped a lot of people over these last few years. Four words. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. Most people know what a mortgage is. You want to get money for a home and you get a mortgage, you make a payment and pay it off and it&#x27;s over. A reverse mortgage is just a mortgage in the sense that for those over the age of 62 and you need some money from your home, you don&#x27;t want to move and sell it. You don&#x27;t want to take out a traditional loan to make payments. You can do a reverse mortgage. Which is you get money from your home. You can choose to make a payment or not make a payment and use that money to supplement your retirement income. And when you&#x27;re finished, when you move or permanently depart the home, whatever money you borrow plus the interest that accrues gets repaid. And 100% of all remaining equity passes on to you, your heirs or your estate.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So it&#x27;s just a mortgage. Yeah, I say one of the big misconceptions about a reverse mortgage is once someone does it, they can get kicked out of their house. Is that true? Yes, it is true in the sense that there are four requirements for a reverse mortgage and they&#x27;re pretty spooky to your listeners. So they may want to jot it down. You have to live in the house, number one. Take care of it, number two. Keep insurance enforced, number three. And pay your property taxes, number four. The articles that end up in the paper or the stories you hear is that you went over to Cousin Tracy&#x27;s house and Uncle Bill was in the spare bedroom. He said, Uncle Bill, what are you doing here? And he says, well, I had a reverse mortgage and I lost my home. And that&#x27;s true. So someone says, Don, is that true? I say, yeah, he did have a reverse mortgage and he did lose his home. Now, the question that&#x27;s not asked, Coach, is did he pay his property taxes? And that&#x27;s the story that ends up in the front of the newspaper but it&#x27;s never told.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And so I don&#x27;t know what happens in your part of the country, but here in greater Philadelphia, if you don&#x27;t pay your property taxes, the sheriff comes knocking. That has nothing to do with the lender. So the number one reason in America that people have struggled with reverse mortgages had nothing to do with the program itself. It had to do with their ability to pay their property taxes. So they would have lost their house anyway by not paying the property tax even if they didn&#x27;t have a reverse mortgage. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah, that&#x27;s important for people to realize. And you have to be 62 or older, correct? At least one spouse has to be age 62 or older. As of four years ago, you can have a wife that&#x27;s age 18. So you can be 70 and your wife can be age 18 and get a reverse mortgage. That&#x27;s some strong ginkgo biloka you&#x27;re taking, but you can do it. That&#x27;s a good one. Well, all right.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, that&#x27;s one of the big misconceptions that people had is that you can get kicked out of your house. But, you know, here&#x27;s one time where I think reverse mortgages really are a good fit. If you reach retirement and you have a lot of equity in your house, but you don&#x27;t have enough income coming in for your retirement plan, sometimes a reverse mortgage is a good thing to pursue. Sure. Absolutely. The most common way to use the reverse mortgages is right now somewhere between 15% and 68% of people entering into retirement are going to be carrying a mortgage payment, mortgage, home equity, loan, home equity, line of credit, a payment into retirement. And they may have gotten that at 55, but at 65 and 70, they realize, wow, I really wish I didn&#x27;t have to pay this $500, $800, $13, $1,700 a month mortgage payment. So the number one way reverse mortgages are being used is to eliminate an existing monthly mortgage payment.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And when that happens to your listeners, just think about what comes with not having a monthly mortgage payment. It&#x27;s my favorite question to ask, Coach, which is, Bob, Patty, what would retirement be like if you didn&#x27;t have to make a monthly mortgage payment? And typically what I hear before words is a sound. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ll catch it on radio, but it goes like this. That&#x27;s the sound of relief. And you just simply ask, what would you do with that extra $500, $800,000, $2,000 a month by not having a mortgage payment? That&#x27;s a tremendous use. In addition to what you&#x27;re saying, you came into retirement and you realize my budget allows me to spend this much a month, but I really, my lifestyle, I would like to spend this much. And there&#x27;s a gap between your budget and your lifestyle. One of the ways a reverse mortgage can be used is to simply bridge the gap.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> Is that an extra $200, $400, $600 a month? And you can bridge the gap that way. And there are certainly dozens of other ways to use it. I outline that in my book. But, yeah, absolutely. You know what it is, Coach? A reverse mortgage is not so much a product, but it is a tool. It is a strategy that&#x27;s incorporated with your income, your investments, and your insurance and annuities. When you use reverse mortgages not in an isolated way, but in a coordinated and incorporated way, it dramatically can increase your retirement outcomes. And that&#x27;s really, I&#x27;m an advocate for, don&#x27;t use a reverse mortgage. It may not be the conclusion to the matter, but it should be included in the conversation. And if it is, there are some outcomes that can be achieved that may otherwise not have been available to the client.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Yeah, when you think about anything in this world, it could be a benefit to somebody, but it could be missold or misused by other people. Cruise control in a car, a good example. One of the things, I mean, you hear the stories about how it works, and it helps people, you know, it saves your foot from carpal tunnel syndrome, whatever. You don&#x27;t have to keep pressing the gas or whatever. But where cruise control doesn&#x27;t work is if you are sleepy and you put cruise control on, you could run into a tree at full speed. So, again, you hear the bad stories and the good stories, but I think reverse mortgages are a good thing to pursue if someone is in a situation where extra income is needed and they have equity in the house. Sure, absolutely. Lots of strategies. Gray divorce is on the rise. The fastest group of people in America segment are seniors who are divorced, and gray divorce, silver divorce.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And one of the ways, one of the first things that gets divided is the housing asset. When you now incorporate housing wealth or reverse mortgages into that conversation, it allows the ability to take a situation that could be detrimental and make it better for both parties and spouses. And so reverse mortgage, I had a person who had $5 million in the bank, Coach, as an investment advisor called me. He had a $4.5 million home on the shore down in New Jersey and said, Don, we&#x27;re looking for a reverse mortgage. Now, people would say, well, Don, why would someone with $5 million in assets under management and a $4.5 million home need a reverse mortgage? Well, because he had $2.5 million in mortgage-related debt on his property. He&#x27;s paying $26,500 a month, principal and interest, to service that debt.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And so that&#x27;s $300,000 a year. And this person said, Don, if I could get a jumbo reverse mortgage, I could eliminate that debt. That gives me $300,000, and you could put another $200,000 in my pocket. Well, I suggest that they don&#x27;t do it. I said, I got a better strategy for you. Why don&#x27;t you consider selling your home, paying it off? You&#x27;re still going to have $2 million left over. You may not get a house on the shore, but you&#x27;ll get something on the bay, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And so the point I make when I tell that story is that it may not have been the right option for them, and I didn&#x27;t think it was, but I thought it was the right conversation to have because creating cash flow in retirement is very important. And so there are five things, Coach, that a reverse mortgage does real quickly and that most people, when they say, Well, I don&#x27;t know about reverse mortgage.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ll ever need it. And I said, That&#x27;s true. You may not. And I said, But if there was a resource that allowed you to increase cash flow, reduce risks, preserve assets, improve liquidity, or even add new dollars back into your retirement, would you want your advisor to tell you about it? Now, 100% of the people I&#x27;ve asked that question to say, Yes, I&#x27;d want to know about that. I said, That&#x27;s great because that&#x27;s exactly what the newly restructured reverse mortgage does. Increases cash flow, reduce retirement risks, preserve assets, improve, enhance liquidity, and even add new dollars back into retirement savings. Those are five strategic things that every retiree needs to have a cursory knowledge of in their advisor in order to plan for a sustainable retirement. Fantastic points. Thomas, I see my producer in there. Thomas is nodding, too.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> What&#x27;s the name of your book, Don? My book is called Housing Wealth. It&#x27;s simply Housing Wealth and Advisor&#x27;s Guide. Don&#x27;s also an instructor for the Retirement Income Certified Professional course. Don, you were the most enjoyable one for me to watch on our online series. I&#x27;m glad, Coach. I appreciate it. Because you can put Coach Pete to sleep really quick, but you did not. So I really appreciate that. Thank you, Coach. The Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP, is a really good designation. It&#x27;s sweeping the nation right now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. It&#x27;s the fastest-growing designation in America, having surpassed the Certified Financial Planner designation. Anyone involved in retirement income planning as a profession, I really believe this is a worthwhile pursuit. Yeah. I actually learned a lot in the three courses, and I didn&#x27;t like the three proctored exams, but I passed them all.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Yeah. Yeah, me neither. Me neither. All right. Well, hey, yeah, your book&#x27;s fantastic. You&#x27;ve been a great guest. We&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Folks, his name was Don Graves. He&#x27;s in Philadelphia. Look his book up on Amazon. Don, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listen. Well folks this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference or is on a topic that is very interesting that I think could be very interesting to our audience here. And we&#x27;re going to go to Philadelphia and we&#x27;re going to join Mr. Don Graves. He&#x27;s a retirement income certified planner. He&#x27;s got some other destinations too we&#x27;re going to talk about. But he&#x27;s one of the nation&#x27;s leading educators on the HECM, Reverse Mortgages and Retirement Income Planning.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And you may have seen him quoted in Forbes and he&#x27;s also been on PBS. Don, welcome in. Thank you coach. Glad to be here. Now let&#x27;s talk about reverse mortgages because I&#x27;ve heard good, bad, ugly about those. I did research, extensive research on them about 10 years ago when I had a chapter in one of my books about reverse mortgages. And I went in totally negative and I left positive with people who really needed this fit here. So let&#x27;s talk about what is a reverse mortgage and how can it benefit some of the folks that are listening right now. You know one of the things I used to say jokingly is someone says what is a reverse mortgage? I used to say well it&#x27;s a way to ruin a good barbecue. Let someone bring it up around the table and you&#x27;ll see why Aunt Janie went to jail. So if you&#x27;re not careful you can really get hurt mentioning reverse mortgages.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But four words coach have helped a lot of people over these last few years. Four words. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. It&#x27;s just a mortgage. Most people know what a mortgage is. You want to get money for a home and you get a mortgage, you make a payment and pay it off and it&#x27;s over. A reverse mortgage is just a mortgage in the sense that for those over the age of 62 and you need some money from your home, you don&#x27;t want to move and sell it. You don&#x27;t want to take out a traditional loan to make payments. You can do a reverse mortgage. Which is you get money from your home. You can choose to make a payment or not make a payment and use that money to supplement your retirement income. And when you&#x27;re finished, when you move or permanently depart the home, whatever money you borrow plus the interest that accrues gets repaid. And 100% of all remaining equity passes on to you, your heirs or your estate.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> So it&#x27;s just a mortgage. Yeah, I say one of the big misconceptions about a reverse mortgage is once someone does it, they can get kicked out of their house. Is that true? Yes, it is true in the sense that there are four requirements for a reverse mortgage and they&#x27;re pretty spooky to your listeners. So they may want to jot it down. You have to live in the house, number one. Take care of it, number two. Keep insurance enforced, number three. And pay your property taxes, number four. The articles that end up in the paper or the stories you hear is that you went over to Cousin Tracy&#x27;s house and Uncle Bill was in the spare bedroom. He said, Uncle Bill, what are you doing here? And he says, well, I had a reverse mortgage and I lost my home. And that&#x27;s true. So someone says, Don, is that true? I say, yeah, he did have a reverse mortgage and he did lose his home. Now, the question that&#x27;s not asked, Coach, is did he pay his property taxes? And that&#x27;s the story that ends up in the front of the newspaper but it&#x27;s never told.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And so I don&#x27;t know what happens in your part of the country, but here in greater Philadelphia, if you don&#x27;t pay your property taxes, the sheriff comes knocking. That has nothing to do with the lender. So the number one reason in America that people have struggled with reverse mortgages had nothing to do with the program itself. It had to do with their ability to pay their property taxes. So they would have lost their house anyway by not paying the property tax even if they didn&#x27;t have a reverse mortgage. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah, that&#x27;s important for people to realize. And you have to be 62 or older, correct? At least one spouse has to be age 62 or older. As of four years ago, you can have a wife that&#x27;s age 18. So you can be 70 and your wife can be age 18 and get a reverse mortgage. That&#x27;s some strong ginkgo biloka you&#x27;re taking, but you can do it. That&#x27;s a good one. Well, all right.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> You know, that&#x27;s one of the big misconceptions that people had is that you can get kicked out of your house. But, you know, here&#x27;s one time where I think reverse mortgages really are a good fit. If you reach retirement and you have a lot of equity in your house, but you don&#x27;t have enough income coming in for your retirement plan, sometimes a reverse mortgage is a good thing to pursue. Sure. Absolutely. The most common way to use the reverse mortgages is right now somewhere between 15% and 68% of people entering into retirement are going to be carrying a mortgage payment, mortgage, home equity, loan, home equity, line of credit, a payment into retirement. And they may have gotten that at 55, but at 65 and 70, they realize, wow, I really wish I didn&#x27;t have to pay this $500, $800, $13, $1,700 a month mortgage payment. So the number one way reverse mortgages are being used is to eliminate an existing monthly mortgage payment.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> And when that happens to your listeners, just think about what comes with not having a monthly mortgage payment. It&#x27;s my favorite question to ask, Coach, which is, Bob, Patty, what would retirement be like if you didn&#x27;t have to make a monthly mortgage payment? And typically what I hear before words is a sound. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ll catch it on radio, but it goes like this. That&#x27;s the sound of relief. And you just simply ask, what would you do with that extra $500, $800,000, $2,000 a month by not having a mortgage payment? That&#x27;s a tremendous use. In addition to what you&#x27;re saying, you came into retirement and you realize my budget allows me to spend this much a month, but I really, my lifestyle, I would like to spend this much. And there&#x27;s a gap between your budget and your lifestyle. One of the ways a reverse mortgage can be used is to simply bridge the gap.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> Is that an extra $200, $400, $600 a month? And you can bridge the gap that way. And there are certainly dozens of other ways to use it. I outline that in my book. But, yeah, absolutely. You know what it is, Coach? A reverse mortgage is not so much a product, but it is a tool. It is a strategy that&#x27;s incorporated with your income, your investments, and your insurance and annuities. When you use reverse mortgages not in an isolated way, but in a coordinated and incorporated way, it dramatically can increase your retirement outcomes. And that&#x27;s really, I&#x27;m an advocate for, don&#x27;t use a reverse mortgage. It may not be the conclusion to the matter, but it should be included in the conversation. And if it is, there are some outcomes that can be achieved that may otherwise not have been available to the client.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> Yeah, when you think about anything in this world, it could be a benefit to somebody, but it could be missold or misused by other people. Cruise control in a car, a good example. One of the things, I mean, you hear the stories about how it works, and it helps people, you know, it saves your foot from carpal tunnel syndrome, whatever. You don&#x27;t have to keep pressing the gas or whatever. But where cruise control doesn&#x27;t work is if you are sleepy and you put cruise control on, you could run into a tree at full speed. So, again, you hear the bad stories and the good stories, but I think reverse mortgages are a good thing to pursue if someone is in a situation where extra income is needed and they have equity in the house. Sure, absolutely. Lots of strategies. Gray divorce is on the rise. The fastest group of people in America segment are seniors who are divorced, and gray divorce, silver divorce.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And one of the ways, one of the first things that gets divided is the housing asset. When you now incorporate housing wealth or reverse mortgages into that conversation, it allows the ability to take a situation that could be detrimental and make it better for both parties and spouses. And so reverse mortgage, I had a person who had $5 million in the bank, Coach, as an investment advisor called me. He had a $4.5 million home on the shore down in New Jersey and said, Don, we&#x27;re looking for a reverse mortgage. Now, people would say, well, Don, why would someone with $5 million in assets under management and a $4.5 million home need a reverse mortgage? Well, because he had $2.5 million in mortgage-related debt on his property. He&#x27;s paying $26,500 a month, principal and interest, to service that debt.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> And so that&#x27;s $300,000 a year. And this person said, Don, if I could get a jumbo reverse mortgage, I could eliminate that debt. That gives me $300,000, and you could put another $200,000 in my pocket. Well, I suggest that they don&#x27;t do it. I said, I got a better strategy for you. Why don&#x27;t you consider selling your home, paying it off? You&#x27;re still going to have $2 million left over. You may not get a house on the shore, but you&#x27;ll get something on the bay, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. And so the point I make when I tell that story is that it may not have been the right option for them, and I didn&#x27;t think it was, but I thought it was the right conversation to have because creating cash flow in retirement is very important. And so there are five things, Coach, that a reverse mortgage does real quickly and that most people, when they say, Well, I don&#x27;t know about reverse mortgage.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;ll ever need it. And I said, That&#x27;s true. You may not. And I said, But if there was a resource that allowed you to increase cash flow, reduce risks, preserve assets, improve liquidity, or even add new dollars back into your retirement, would you want your advisor to tell you about it? Now, 100% of the people I&#x27;ve asked that question to say, Yes, I&#x27;d want to know about that. I said, That&#x27;s great because that&#x27;s exactly what the newly restructured reverse mortgage does. Increases cash flow, reduce retirement risks, preserve assets, improve, enhance liquidity, and even add new dollars back into retirement savings. Those are five strategic things that every retiree needs to have a cursory knowledge of in their advisor in order to plan for a sustainable retirement. Fantastic points. Thomas, I see my producer in there. Thomas is nodding, too.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> What&#x27;s the name of your book, Don? My book is called Housing Wealth. It&#x27;s simply Housing Wealth and Advisor&#x27;s Guide. Don&#x27;s also an instructor for the Retirement Income Certified Professional course. Don, you were the most enjoyable one for me to watch on our online series. I&#x27;m glad, Coach. I appreciate it. Because you can put Coach Pete to sleep really quick, but you did not. So I really appreciate that. Thank you, Coach. The Retirement Income Certified Professional, RICP, is a really good designation. It&#x27;s sweeping the nation right now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. It&#x27;s the fastest-growing designation in America, having surpassed the Certified Financial Planner designation. Anyone involved in retirement income planning as a profession, I really believe this is a worthwhile pursuit. Yeah. I actually learned a lot in the three courses, and I didn&#x27;t like the three proctored exams, but I passed them all.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> Yeah. Yeah, me neither. Me neither. All right. Well, hey, yeah, your book&#x27;s fantastic. You&#x27;ve been a great guest. We&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Folks, his name was Don Graves. He&#x27;s in Philadelphia. Look his book up on Amazon. Don, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Don Graves joins Coach Pete to discuss reverse mortgages, retirement planning, and the ideas in his book. Recorded April 2018.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Don Graves</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Don Graves, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/image.jpg?t=1792072033&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-graves-reverse-mortgages-and-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/image.jpg?t=1792072033&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2018 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>629</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bed96ac6-bff5-47b5-a171-b4e300048259/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10092401" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-graves-reverse-mortgages-and-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>86</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Reverse Mortgages and Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:20" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:30" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy and Income for Life</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Don't Worry, Retire Happy and Income for Life</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. They explore retirement income, the uncertainty of how long savings must last, and preparing for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Bessons. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who is making a difference in the financial world and we have a second time no a third time or fourth time visitor on the show. Every time we have him on we get such great response over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s been one of my great buddies in the financial world. I&#x27;ve watched him. He is growing more and more successful every single time I check in with him. He&#x27;s been on PBS. He&#x27;s all over the media. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. I&#x27;ve got one right</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> in front of me right now we&#x27;re going to talk about Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy which is also the name of a PBS TV special you may have seen on public broadcasting. His name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Phoenix Arizona. Thomas welcome in. Hey coach thanks for having me back. Yeah well hey it&#x27;s a pleasure to have you on and I know you travel all across the nation educating folks on that process how they can Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. Yeah you know it&#x27;s really a simple process that you know nothing that I say is rocket science but when you put it all together it really makes a huge difference in a retirement and you know a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s about the stock market is about real estate or it&#x27;s about Bitcoin. I can tell you in all my studies of retirement retirement is not about those things. A successful retirement really has two key</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> components. Number one is increasing income for the rest of your life and number two is risk management and so what people need to understand is that the distribution phase of retirement is very different than the accumulation phase of retirement and if they&#x27;ve been dealing with a broker for the last 30 or 40 years and they think they&#x27;re just going to cruise to retirement taking money out of that portfolio I tell people they will be sadly sadly sadly disappointed. That is not what retirement&#x27;s all about. Well you know it&#x27;s pretty funny because when people we have that investainment now when you turn on the tv or the radio everyone we&#x27;re in the internet everyone&#x27;s always talking about how great they&#x27;re doing in the stock market so you try to rush in and catch up to them you end up losing money. Yeah yeah I mean look the stock market has a place right I mean it can be there to help protect against inflation it can be there for long-term planning and that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s a good</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> place for it but you cannot have your day-to-day needs and day-to-day money coming out of a stock market portfolio that is a recipe for disaster because of you know the huge risk called sequence of returns risk that most Americans don&#x27;t understand. Well explain sequence of return risk because I know when we try to approach it on our radio show we I think we lose some listeners because it&#x27;s confusing to a lot of people but explain that. Yeah so a sequence of returns risk is why the stock market has averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 but if you&#x27;re retired and you&#x27;re taking money out of a portfolio of retirement you can&#x27;t take out 12 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out 10 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out eight percent a year you can&#x27;t take out six percent a year you can&#x27;t even take out four percent a year you know what Morningstar says a safe withdrawal rate in retirement is 2.8 percent per year. Now people say</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Tom that doesn&#x27;t make any sense I mean if the market&#x27;s averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 certainly I can take out more than 2.8 percent a year no you can&#x27;t and here&#x27;s why because the day you retire all the rules change. See average returns mean nothing in retirement once you&#x27;re retired and you start taking money out of a portfolio there&#x27;s only one thing that matters and that&#x27;s called the order or sequence of returns. You know in my first book Paychecks and Playchecks I give an example of a guy who retired in 1973. He had his money invested 50 percent stock 50 percent bonds and for the next 22 years he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years. Now think about that coach if somebody offered me 10.1 percent a year for the next 22 years I&#x27;d take that right now. Well he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years his broker told me he could take out five percent per year. Now you would</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> think if you were averaging over 10 you could certainly take out five right? Wrong. He&#x27;s dead broke. He completely ran out of money. Now people say well how can that even happen? I&#x27;m telling you coach it happens every day. Let me tell you what happened in this case. What happened in this case is the first three years that he was retired 73, 74, 75 the market went down, down, down three years in a row. Well here&#x27;s the deal. If it&#x27;s your turn to retire I don&#x27;t care if Warren Buffett himself is your money manager. If you&#x27;re taking money out of that portfolio and that market goes down three years in a row you too will likely run out of money. See coach everybody thinks the riskiest time for investing is when you&#x27;re in your 70s or 80s. That is not true. The riskiest time for you to invest is when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because if you lose money right before or right after retirement it can devastate your whole</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> retirement. Well your book and folks it&#x27;s available anywhere books are sold Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble but it&#x27;s Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. I call it the instruction manual for a successful retirement. We&#x27;ve got 25 books Tom sent us autographed. They&#x27;re $24.95 each but if you call right now and come in for a no-cost consultation you&#x27;ll leave with one of these hardcover books. Again this is the golden ticket. Call right now 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or text coach to 21000. Tom we really appreciate your time today and hope to have you on again in the future. Hey thanks coach looking forward to it. And folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. They explore retirement income, the uncertainty of how long savings must last, and preparing for life after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Bessons. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and we find someone who is making a difference in the financial world and we have a second time no a third time or fourth time visitor on the show. Every time we have him on we get such great response over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s been one of my great buddies in the financial world. I&#x27;ve watched him. He is growing more and more successful every single time I check in with him. He&#x27;s been on PBS. He&#x27;s all over the media. He&#x27;s written two best-selling books. I&#x27;ve got one right</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> in front of me right now we&#x27;re going to talk about Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy which is also the name of a PBS TV special you may have seen on public broadcasting. His name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s going to join us right now from Phoenix Arizona. Thomas welcome in. Hey coach thanks for having me back. Yeah well hey it&#x27;s a pleasure to have you on and I know you travel all across the nation educating folks on that process how they can Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy. Yeah you know it&#x27;s really a simple process that you know nothing that I say is rocket science but when you put it all together it really makes a huge difference in a retirement and you know a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s about the stock market is about real estate or it&#x27;s about Bitcoin. I can tell you in all my studies of retirement retirement is not about those things. A successful retirement really has two key</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> components. Number one is increasing income for the rest of your life and number two is risk management and so what people need to understand is that the distribution phase of retirement is very different than the accumulation phase of retirement and if they&#x27;ve been dealing with a broker for the last 30 or 40 years and they think they&#x27;re just going to cruise to retirement taking money out of that portfolio I tell people they will be sadly sadly sadly disappointed. That is not what retirement&#x27;s all about. Well you know it&#x27;s pretty funny because when people we have that investainment now when you turn on the tv or the radio everyone we&#x27;re in the internet everyone&#x27;s always talking about how great they&#x27;re doing in the stock market so you try to rush in and catch up to them you end up losing money. Yeah yeah I mean look the stock market has a place right I mean it can be there to help protect against inflation it can be there for long-term planning and that&#x27;s a that&#x27;s a good</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> place for it but you cannot have your day-to-day needs and day-to-day money coming out of a stock market portfolio that is a recipe for disaster because of you know the huge risk called sequence of returns risk that most Americans don&#x27;t understand. Well explain sequence of return risk because I know when we try to approach it on our radio show we I think we lose some listeners because it&#x27;s confusing to a lot of people but explain that. Yeah so a sequence of returns risk is why the stock market has averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 but if you&#x27;re retired and you&#x27;re taking money out of a portfolio of retirement you can&#x27;t take out 12 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out 10 percent a year you can&#x27;t take out eight percent a year you can&#x27;t take out six percent a year you can&#x27;t even take out four percent a year you know what Morningstar says a safe withdrawal rate in retirement is 2.8 percent per year. Now people say</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Tom that doesn&#x27;t make any sense I mean if the market&#x27;s averaged over 12 percent a year since 1924 certainly I can take out more than 2.8 percent a year no you can&#x27;t and here&#x27;s why because the day you retire all the rules change. See average returns mean nothing in retirement once you&#x27;re retired and you start taking money out of a portfolio there&#x27;s only one thing that matters and that&#x27;s called the order or sequence of returns. You know in my first book Paychecks and Playchecks I give an example of a guy who retired in 1973. He had his money invested 50 percent stock 50 percent bonds and for the next 22 years he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years. Now think about that coach if somebody offered me 10.1 percent a year for the next 22 years I&#x27;d take that right now. Well he averaged 10.1 percent a year for 22 years his broker told me he could take out five percent per year. Now you would</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> think if you were averaging over 10 you could certainly take out five right? Wrong. He&#x27;s dead broke. He completely ran out of money. Now people say well how can that even happen? I&#x27;m telling you coach it happens every day. Let me tell you what happened in this case. What happened in this case is the first three years that he was retired 73, 74, 75 the market went down, down, down three years in a row. Well here&#x27;s the deal. If it&#x27;s your turn to retire I don&#x27;t care if Warren Buffett himself is your money manager. If you&#x27;re taking money out of that portfolio and that market goes down three years in a row you too will likely run out of money. See coach everybody thinks the riskiest time for investing is when you&#x27;re in your 70s or 80s. That is not true. The riskiest time for you to invest is when you&#x27;re in your 50s and 60s because if you lose money right before or right after retirement it can devastate your whole</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> retirement. Well your book and folks it&#x27;s available anywhere books are sold Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble but it&#x27;s Don&#x27;t Worry Retire Happy Seven Steps to Retirement Security. I call it the instruction manual for a successful retirement. We&#x27;ve got 25 books Tom sent us autographed. They&#x27;re $24.95 each but if you call right now and come in for a no-cost consultation you&#x27;ll leave with one of these hardcover books. Again this is the golden ticket. Call right now 800-661-7383 800-661-7383 or text coach to 21000. Tom we really appreciate your time today and hope to have you on again in the future. Hey thanks coach looking forward to it. And folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna returns to Coach Pete's show to discuss Don't Worry, Retire Happy. They explore retirement income, the uncertainty of how long savings must last, and preparing for life after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a063ecca-87ca-45b8-949e-adff0116b086/image.jpg?t=1792073763&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a063ecca-87ca-45b8-949e-adff0116b086/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-returning-guest-author-of-dont/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a063ecca-87ca-45b8-949e-adff0116b086/image.jpg?t=1792073763&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a725d0f6-035e-4394-8be7-634ed15ff5fe</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a063ecca-87ca-45b8-949e-adff0116b086</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2018 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>335</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a063ecca-87ca-45b8-949e-adff0116b086/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="5388757" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-listens-with-returning-guest-author-of-dont</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>87</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don't Worry, Retire Happy and Income for Life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Eddie Money: Music, Reality Television, and Life Online</title>
      <itunes:title>Eddie Money: Music, Reality Television, and Life Online</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet&#x27;s effect on music and his views on California taxes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s been on my radar screen, making a difference or whatever. And this week is a great time for me because I remember back in the late 70s, early 80s, this new channel came on TV. It was called MTV and MTV had music videos and music videos really helped you understand it to actually see the music that you&#x27;re listening to and see behind the scenes a little bit. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on today. He&#x27;s had 24 songs in the top 100 over his lifetime. His name is Mr. Eddie Money. Eddie, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Yeah. Great honor. You got a lot of great fans out there. You had a great book and continued success. I&#x27;ve heard a lot of great things about the show. Well, I appreciate it, Eddie. You&#x27;ve got a brand new reality show coming out, don&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called Real Money. And what happened is we did this thing. You don&#x27;t want to pass up on Oprah. And Oprah wanted to do a segment called Where Are They Now? And in the middle of the show, they had the cameras on. And my daughter was fighting with my son. And I went up to my son&#x27;s room. And he had a bottle of vodka hidden underneath this mattress. And me being an ex-alcoholic and alcoholism runs on my family, I had a fit. So I started screaming at the kid. They had it all on camera. And all of a sudden saying, this is great TV. I&#x27;m like, what are you talking about? But then we got picked up by this kid, Mark Cuban, that runs the Dallas Mavericks. And he&#x27;s a real nice guy. I mean, this guy owns a professional basketball team. But he&#x27;s got a couple of kids. You&#x27;d like the guy. He&#x27;s really, really pretty cool. And he said to me, you know, they put a mic on me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I got these crazy kids in the house. And we did the whole thing. As a matter of fact, I just did an interview with Dan Rathers. It&#x27;s called The Big Interview with Dan Rathers. You can probably go to AXIS TV and get a check-in out. I thought it came out pretty good. And this new reality show is going to be Eastern time. It&#x27;s 9.30 Eastern on AXIS TV starting this Sunday, which is pretty neat. And you guys have 10 episodes filmed. Well, you know what? My wife gets mad at me because she calls me a fat hazman, which I really hate. You know how women are they? They can really hit below the belt. Yes. But people said to me, what&#x27;s the show about? I said, it&#x27;s about a dysfunctional rock star with two chins bitching about his five kids. Well, you know, your voice still sounds the same. I mean, I can hear Thomas. You can hear his voice, right?</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s Eddie Money right there. My favorite song was Shaken back in the day and Two Tickets to Paradise. Shaken, stop running. Yeah. The new TV show should be a lot of fun. You&#x27;ve got to kick it out of the kids. Now, you started singing, I guess, when you were little. When did you start singing to begin with? I was singing right when the Beatles came out, 1963, 64. I found that the best way to date a cheerleader, if you were too skinny to play football, is be in the rock band in high school. Whoever&#x27;s in the rock band in high school, you know. But did somebody come to you and say, hey, if you put your song to a video, we can get you more records sold? Yeah, that&#x27;s very true. I think Bill Graham was my manager. He was the rock and she could snow. He&#x27;s in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. He was my manager. And he said to me, you know what? I think this video concept for rock and roll was really going to be big.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And so we made a couple of videos and he was right. I was then I was the king of video to me and Louis Lewis. We&#x27;d like nobody else was making videos. And we came out. We made videos early. I mean, but now when I look at some of the old videos, I look like a singing. I look like a singing shoe salesman. But now I&#x27;m in North Malibu with California, paying a lot of taxes and, you know, doing a TV show. And I got my son&#x27;s name. My son&#x27;s name is Deadz Money, D-E-Z-M-O-N-E-Y. And I&#x27;m really what I&#x27;m trying to do is he&#x27;s got my other son on drums and he&#x27;s got Jessica doing all the harmonies. I&#x27;m trying to break him into the business to see where he get a career going for himself. And the only way you give it now, they don&#x27;t even have CD players or cars anymore. Nope. Everything is about the music business. It&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know, iTunes and emails and all this other stuff.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s not when they say video killed the radio star. That&#x27;s true. But you know what? The Internet, the Internet killed the recording star. Can you think about how many records Taylor Swift would have actually sold if people weren&#x27;t downloading his songs? It&#x27;s incredible. Or Imagine Dragons or any of those bands. It&#x27;s incredible. But you know, I think music&#x27;s in a pretty good place right now, so I can&#x27;t complain. Now, before you came on, before we went live here, you were talking about taxes and how taxes are eating your life. I mean, it is crazy these days how much we pay in taxes, isn&#x27;t it? I&#x27;m paying like 57% in taxes, but then again, I do live in the greatest country in the world. Correct. And I do love this country. So to me, I mean, it&#x27;s the haves and the have-nots. If I have, you might as well give it to the have-nots. What are you going to do? But you know, I mean, I should have married a blind woman.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> My wife spent so much money. I think she&#x27;s got a bigger shoe collection than Oprah Winfrey, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I tell you, women are really into jewelry and they&#x27;re really into shoes. What are you going to do? Well, you know, one of the things we talk about on the show is have some fun with some money. We call it fun money, but also put money aside and try to pay as less taxes as possible and build that retirement account out. Because, you know, when you reach retirement age, you want to be sure you have an income that you&#x27;re not going to outlive. I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;m ever going to retire. I can&#x27;t even get the kids to move out of the house. I can&#x27;t get the kids. I mean, I would love to have the empty nest, sell this house, get a condo with just me and my wife, but I just don&#x27;t see that happening. I don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with these kids. They never leave. Now, what&#x27;s the ages on your kids right now? I got a 31 year old. He can like bench press 350 pounds.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Wow. He&#x27;s in there. He&#x27;s trying to get he&#x27;s got a sports medicine junkie. Then I got my daughter who sings with me. Then I got my other son, Joe, went to Berkeley School of Music in Berkeley. But he stopped playing guitar and he&#x27;s into dubstep music, whatever the hell that is. Then I got Des. Des has got his own band. And then I got Julian on drums. And of course, I got my wife. And then I got my son&#x27;s I got my son&#x27;s girlfriend from Turkey. She doesn&#x27;t want to go back to Turkey. So she&#x27;s living at the house. I mean, it&#x27;s great. And then I got eight dogs on top of all that. Can you believe in him out of my mind? Folks, we are talking to Eddie Money, famous rock star, has 24 of his hits in the top 100 all time, which is amazing. And now, Eddie, we&#x27;re talking about your new reality show, Real Money, and it premieres and it&#x27;s on Sunday at 930 Eastern on AXS TV.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> But how fun has it been to work? Or has it been challenging to have all those cameras in front of you all the time? Well, I thought, you know, they took us go kart racing and make sure the kids all cut me off and make me cut crap, you know. And then we did one set, but they knew that I hated horseback riding. So they took me down to stables in the biggest fort, this big, big chestnut mare. He was like, really, I&#x27;m kind of a mean horse. And I went over to the horse and the cows were on me and I fed him an apple and I said, boy, you look really bummed out. Why the long face? And like my other son, he&#x27;s coming down the stairs, picking up all these guitars that I&#x27;m saying to him, why do you have a wool hat on? It&#x27;s 92 degrees out. You know, these kids, you know, it&#x27;s crazy. But it&#x27;s been a fun run.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I do something for the kids. And my wife looks really pretty on TV. So we&#x27;ll see what happens. Well, I love to watch reality shows. And I know that a lot of them are staged a little bit. And that&#x27;s what they do. They try to find out what you don&#x27;t want to do. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to do. But I tell you the truth, they didn&#x27;t really stage this. And I have to, well, I&#x27;m on the phone since I do go to church on Sunday. I have to apologize about my New York language. I got a little out of hand. And I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it. I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it, but he didn&#x27;t. But thank God I wasn&#x27;t cursing that much. But these kids, they really get on my nerves. I turn into my father, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I got a little bit of Irish temper. And I just want to apologize to all my fans out there that I&#x27;m really not trailer trash.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You know, I might look like it at times, but I&#x27;m not, you know. Well, I have a quarter Irish in me. And we have a segment on our show every now and then when I&#x27;m mad. We call it Coach Goes McEnroe. And so we, and I go off for a while. You remember John McEnroe, don&#x27;t you? He used to stay at my house. Oh, yeah? Very close when he was on top. Yeah, he was a good guy. Really cool guy. Really cool guy. Hey, before I let you go, I want to ask you a personal question here about your songs. If you had to put a number one label in your all-time favorite song of any songs you&#x27;ve ever sang, which one would it be? I&#x27;d have to say it&#x27;s probably Two Tickets to Paradise. Yeah. Not that I quit drinking. It should be like Two Tickets to Betty Ford. I got this couple of mine, this couple of mine, these friends of mine, and they worked for the greatest show on earth.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> They worked for the circus. And they wanted to adopt a child. They went down to the adoption agency. The adoption agency said to me, we don&#x27;t think that the circus is very conducive for raising children. And they said, we really begged a different. They came with really good mathematics because you&#x27;d be adding up all the tickets. Everybody in the circus is from all over the world. They wouldn&#x27;t have any trouble with geography. We got a doctor on call 24 hours a day. They said, well, maybe you&#x27;re right. Would you like a boy or a girl? They said, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference as long as they can fit in the cannon. Oh, you&#x27;ve got a great sense of humor, my friend. I got to say, it&#x27;s a good show. It&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on. And we&#x27;re going to be watching that show. And I hope that maybe at the end of the season, you want to come back on and talk about it.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> I&#x27;d love to have you on again. And thanks so much for having me on the show. You too, buddy. We&#x27;ll talk to you soon, Eddie. All the best. Okay, buddy. Take care of yourself. Folks, that was Eddie Money from his new reality show, Real Money. You can watch it every Sunday at 930 on AXS TV. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet&#x27;s effect on music and his views on California taxes.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the nation and find someone who&#x27;s been on my radar screen, making a difference or whatever. And this week is a great time for me because I remember back in the late 70s, early 80s, this new channel came on TV. It was called MTV and MTV had music videos and music videos really helped you understand it to actually see the music that you&#x27;re listening to and see behind the scenes a little bit. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest on today. He&#x27;s had 24 songs in the top 100 over his lifetime. His name is Mr. Eddie Money. Eddie, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Yeah. Great honor. You got a lot of great fans out there. You had a great book and continued success. I&#x27;ve heard a lot of great things about the show. Well, I appreciate it, Eddie. You&#x27;ve got a brand new reality show coming out, don&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called Real Money. And what happened is we did this thing. You don&#x27;t want to pass up on Oprah. And Oprah wanted to do a segment called Where Are They Now? And in the middle of the show, they had the cameras on. And my daughter was fighting with my son. And I went up to my son&#x27;s room. And he had a bottle of vodka hidden underneath this mattress. And me being an ex-alcoholic and alcoholism runs on my family, I had a fit. So I started screaming at the kid. They had it all on camera. And all of a sudden saying, this is great TV. I&#x27;m like, what are you talking about? But then we got picked up by this kid, Mark Cuban, that runs the Dallas Mavericks. And he&#x27;s a real nice guy. I mean, this guy owns a professional basketball team. But he&#x27;s got a couple of kids. You&#x27;d like the guy. He&#x27;s really, really pretty cool. And he said to me, you know, they put a mic on me.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I got these crazy kids in the house. And we did the whole thing. As a matter of fact, I just did an interview with Dan Rathers. It&#x27;s called The Big Interview with Dan Rathers. You can probably go to AXIS TV and get a check-in out. I thought it came out pretty good. And this new reality show is going to be Eastern time. It&#x27;s 9.30 Eastern on AXIS TV starting this Sunday, which is pretty neat. And you guys have 10 episodes filmed. Well, you know what? My wife gets mad at me because she calls me a fat hazman, which I really hate. You know how women are they? They can really hit below the belt. Yes. But people said to me, what&#x27;s the show about? I said, it&#x27;s about a dysfunctional rock star with two chins bitching about his five kids. Well, you know, your voice still sounds the same. I mean, I can hear Thomas. You can hear his voice, right?</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> Absolutely. That&#x27;s Eddie Money right there. My favorite song was Shaken back in the day and Two Tickets to Paradise. Shaken, stop running. Yeah. The new TV show should be a lot of fun. You&#x27;ve got to kick it out of the kids. Now, you started singing, I guess, when you were little. When did you start singing to begin with? I was singing right when the Beatles came out, 1963, 64. I found that the best way to date a cheerleader, if you were too skinny to play football, is be in the rock band in high school. Whoever&#x27;s in the rock band in high school, you know. But did somebody come to you and say, hey, if you put your song to a video, we can get you more records sold? Yeah, that&#x27;s very true. I think Bill Graham was my manager. He was the rock and she could snow. He&#x27;s in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. He was my manager. And he said to me, you know what? I think this video concept for rock and roll was really going to be big.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And so we made a couple of videos and he was right. I was then I was the king of video to me and Louis Lewis. We&#x27;d like nobody else was making videos. And we came out. We made videos early. I mean, but now when I look at some of the old videos, I look like a singing. I look like a singing shoe salesman. But now I&#x27;m in North Malibu with California, paying a lot of taxes and, you know, doing a TV show. And I got my son&#x27;s name. My son&#x27;s name is Deadz Money, D-E-Z-M-O-N-E-Y. And I&#x27;m really what I&#x27;m trying to do is he&#x27;s got my other son on drums and he&#x27;s got Jessica doing all the harmonies. I&#x27;m trying to break him into the business to see where he get a career going for himself. And the only way you give it now, they don&#x27;t even have CD players or cars anymore. Nope. Everything is about the music business. It&#x27;s like, I don&#x27;t know, iTunes and emails and all this other stuff.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s not when they say video killed the radio star. That&#x27;s true. But you know what? The Internet, the Internet killed the recording star. Can you think about how many records Taylor Swift would have actually sold if people weren&#x27;t downloading his songs? It&#x27;s incredible. Or Imagine Dragons or any of those bands. It&#x27;s incredible. But you know, I think music&#x27;s in a pretty good place right now, so I can&#x27;t complain. Now, before you came on, before we went live here, you were talking about taxes and how taxes are eating your life. I mean, it is crazy these days how much we pay in taxes, isn&#x27;t it? I&#x27;m paying like 57% in taxes, but then again, I do live in the greatest country in the world. Correct. And I do love this country. So to me, I mean, it&#x27;s the haves and the have-nots. If I have, you might as well give it to the have-nots. What are you going to do? But you know, I mean, I should have married a blind woman.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> My wife spent so much money. I think she&#x27;s got a bigger shoe collection than Oprah Winfrey, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I tell you, women are really into jewelry and they&#x27;re really into shoes. What are you going to do? Well, you know, one of the things we talk about on the show is have some fun with some money. We call it fun money, but also put money aside and try to pay as less taxes as possible and build that retirement account out. Because, you know, when you reach retirement age, you want to be sure you have an income that you&#x27;re not going to outlive. I don&#x27;t think I&#x27;m ever going to retire. I can&#x27;t even get the kids to move out of the house. I can&#x27;t get the kids. I mean, I would love to have the empty nest, sell this house, get a condo with just me and my wife, but I just don&#x27;t see that happening. I don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with these kids. They never leave. Now, what&#x27;s the ages on your kids right now? I got a 31 year old. He can like bench press 350 pounds.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> Wow. He&#x27;s in there. He&#x27;s trying to get he&#x27;s got a sports medicine junkie. Then I got my daughter who sings with me. Then I got my other son, Joe, went to Berkeley School of Music in Berkeley. But he stopped playing guitar and he&#x27;s into dubstep music, whatever the hell that is. Then I got Des. Des has got his own band. And then I got Julian on drums. And of course, I got my wife. And then I got my son&#x27;s I got my son&#x27;s girlfriend from Turkey. She doesn&#x27;t want to go back to Turkey. So she&#x27;s living at the house. I mean, it&#x27;s great. And then I got eight dogs on top of all that. Can you believe in him out of my mind? Folks, we are talking to Eddie Money, famous rock star, has 24 of his hits in the top 100 all time, which is amazing. And now, Eddie, we&#x27;re talking about your new reality show, Real Money, and it premieres and it&#x27;s on Sunday at 930 Eastern on AXS TV.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> But how fun has it been to work? Or has it been challenging to have all those cameras in front of you all the time? Well, I thought, you know, they took us go kart racing and make sure the kids all cut me off and make me cut crap, you know. And then we did one set, but they knew that I hated horseback riding. So they took me down to stables in the biggest fort, this big, big chestnut mare. He was like, really, I&#x27;m kind of a mean horse. And I went over to the horse and the cows were on me and I fed him an apple and I said, boy, you look really bummed out. Why the long face? And like my other son, he&#x27;s coming down the stairs, picking up all these guitars that I&#x27;m saying to him, why do you have a wool hat on? It&#x27;s 92 degrees out. You know, these kids, you know, it&#x27;s crazy. But it&#x27;s been a fun run.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I do something for the kids. And my wife looks really pretty on TV. So we&#x27;ll see what happens. Well, I love to watch reality shows. And I know that a lot of them are staged a little bit. And that&#x27;s what they do. They try to find out what you don&#x27;t want to do. And that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to do. But I tell you the truth, they didn&#x27;t really stage this. And I have to, well, I&#x27;m on the phone since I do go to church on Sunday. I have to apologize about my New York language. I got a little out of hand. And I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it. I thought Mark Cuban was going to beat it, but he didn&#x27;t. But thank God I wasn&#x27;t cursing that much. But these kids, they really get on my nerves. I turn into my father, for Christ&#x27;s sake. You know, I got a little bit of Irish temper. And I just want to apologize to all my fans out there that I&#x27;m really not trailer trash.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> You know, I might look like it at times, but I&#x27;m not, you know. Well, I have a quarter Irish in me. And we have a segment on our show every now and then when I&#x27;m mad. We call it Coach Goes McEnroe. And so we, and I go off for a while. You remember John McEnroe, don&#x27;t you? He used to stay at my house. Oh, yeah? Very close when he was on top. Yeah, he was a good guy. Really cool guy. Really cool guy. Hey, before I let you go, I want to ask you a personal question here about your songs. If you had to put a number one label in your all-time favorite song of any songs you&#x27;ve ever sang, which one would it be? I&#x27;d have to say it&#x27;s probably Two Tickets to Paradise. Yeah. Not that I quit drinking. It should be like Two Tickets to Betty Ford. I got this couple of mine, this couple of mine, these friends of mine, and they worked for the greatest show on earth.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> They worked for the circus. And they wanted to adopt a child. They went down to the adoption agency. The adoption agency said to me, we don&#x27;t think that the circus is very conducive for raising children. And they said, we really begged a different. They came with really good mathematics because you&#x27;d be adding up all the tickets. Everybody in the circus is from all over the world. They wouldn&#x27;t have any trouble with geography. We got a doctor on call 24 hours a day. They said, well, maybe you&#x27;re right. Would you like a boy or a girl? They said, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference as long as they can fit in the cannon. Oh, you&#x27;ve got a great sense of humor, my friend. I got to say, it&#x27;s a good show. It&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on. And we&#x27;re going to be watching that show. And I hope that maybe at the end of the season, you want to come back on and talk about it.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> I&#x27;d love to have you on again. And thanks so much for having me on the show. You too, buddy. We&#x27;ll talk to you soon, Eddie. All the best. Okay, buddy. Take care of yourself. Folks, that was Eddie Money from his new reality show, Real Money. You can watch it every Sunday at 930 on AXS TV. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Eddie Money joins Coach Pete to discuss his AXS TV reality show and life in the music business. They also talk about the internet's effect on music and his views on California taxes.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Eddie Money</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>music</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Eddie Money, tax planning, film and television, music</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/image.jpg?t=1792073786&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/image.jpg?t=1792073786&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ccc7ac63784f0c51627823068c06a03e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Apr 2018 17:42:06 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>578</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1291ad35-fcce-4e9b-afd7-adff0116e187/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9285750" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/eddie-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>88</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Music, Reality Television, and Life Online" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:19" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:14" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:05" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeffery Small: Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeffery Small: Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeffery Small discusses Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up and the role of purpose in a retirement strategy. The conversation considers how investment decisions relate to personal goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network. As consumer debt reaches all-time highs, many are finding it difficult to save enough for retirement. Author and financial planner Jeff Small says there are ways to do it. In his just-released book, Turning Financial Planning Right Side Up, Small says there is a better, safer way to invest than what you&#x27;ve been told. He calls it the Goldilocks zone. You have one bucket being aggressive, that bowl of porridge is too hot, the other bucket being cash, which doesn&#x27;t earn anything, that bowl is too cold, and right in the middle is fixed income.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And there&#x27;s a bevy of different programs that generate between 4% to 7% a year as fixed income, interest rates, dividends, slash yields. Jeff Small has been in the business nearly 30 years and says he knew from a young age he wanted to be in the financial business and help people. I always knew that I wanted to go into finance, and I had a passion for it, and I started reading the history of the markets when I was in my middle teens. And then I had a bunch of friends that were older than me that were reading the Wall Street Journal and stuff, and so I started picking it up, and I started just feeding as much information on myself as I could. My dad asked me one day, what are you going to do with your life, son? I&#x27;m like, I&#x27;m going to work in finance, Dad. I&#x27;m probably going to be a stockbroker and advisor. That&#x27;s my goal. He achieved that goal and quickly realized that some in the industry were more interested in making a profit for themselves rather than helping a client. Small started his own firm with the intention of teaching people a different way of looking at investing and literally turning their financial lives around or right side up.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> What&#x27;s missing, he says, is making your retirement plan into an income plan. And that&#x27;s really the missing ingredient of what our industry does not promote, because 99% of it&#x27;s cookie cutter, meaning they overpromote mutual funds and stocks and variable annuities. That&#x27;s pretty much their go-to. That&#x27;s what they put in the bank, whether it&#x27;s a self-directed account at Fidelity or a stockbroker account at Wells Fargo. That&#x27;s what they promote. In the book, Small talks about how his daughter was born with a congenital disease that left her nearly blind. Doctors weren&#x27;t optimistic, but she was determined, and Small and his wife were there every step of the way being advocates, and today she leads a nearly normal life. His point is that most people lead their financial lives in blindness, and he says that&#x27;s where the disconnect occurs.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> The disconnect from consumers to my industry is nobody teaches anybody how to calculate your net rate of return from a back-tested perspective and from a forward-tested perspective, and knowing how to modernize your money and respect what you want to accomplish and where the markets are today. Small says the book is not a telling book, but an illustrative book, and says anyone could make these changes themselves. We illustrate all of these points in the book. There are spreadsheets in the book that show you how to measure the efficiency of your money. Now, what you do after that is either call me, or you have to find an advisor that can do it for you, or you can build your own Excel spreadsheet and put the math formulas in and calculate it yourself. Finally, he says it all comes down to this.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> Invest for purpose. Understand what the effective risk is on your portfolio based on what your objectives are, and making sure you maintain a net rate of return of greater than 5%. Thanks again to Jeff Small. His new book is titled Turning Financial Planning Right Side Up, and is available everywhere, including Amazon and Barnes &amp; Noble. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeffery Small discusses Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up and the role of purpose in a retirement strategy. The conversation considers how investment decisions relate to personal goals.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl for the Financial Safari News Network. As consumer debt reaches all-time highs, many are finding it difficult to save enough for retirement. Author and financial planner Jeff Small says there are ways to do it. In his just-released book, Turning Financial Planning Right Side Up, Small says there is a better, safer way to invest than what you&#x27;ve been told. He calls it the Goldilocks zone. You have one bucket being aggressive, that bowl of porridge is too hot, the other bucket being cash, which doesn&#x27;t earn anything, that bowl is too cold, and right in the middle is fixed income.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> And there&#x27;s a bevy of different programs that generate between 4% to 7% a year as fixed income, interest rates, dividends, slash yields. Jeff Small has been in the business nearly 30 years and says he knew from a young age he wanted to be in the financial business and help people. I always knew that I wanted to go into finance, and I had a passion for it, and I started reading the history of the markets when I was in my middle teens. And then I had a bunch of friends that were older than me that were reading the Wall Street Journal and stuff, and so I started picking it up, and I started just feeding as much information on myself as I could. My dad asked me one day, what are you going to do with your life, son? I&#x27;m like, I&#x27;m going to work in finance, Dad. I&#x27;m probably going to be a stockbroker and advisor. That&#x27;s my goal. He achieved that goal and quickly realized that some in the industry were more interested in making a profit for themselves rather than helping a client. Small started his own firm with the intention of teaching people a different way of looking at investing and literally turning their financial lives around or right side up.</p><p><strong>01:44</strong> What&#x27;s missing, he says, is making your retirement plan into an income plan. And that&#x27;s really the missing ingredient of what our industry does not promote, because 99% of it&#x27;s cookie cutter, meaning they overpromote mutual funds and stocks and variable annuities. That&#x27;s pretty much their go-to. That&#x27;s what they put in the bank, whether it&#x27;s a self-directed account at Fidelity or a stockbroker account at Wells Fargo. That&#x27;s what they promote. In the book, Small talks about how his daughter was born with a congenital disease that left her nearly blind. Doctors weren&#x27;t optimistic, but she was determined, and Small and his wife were there every step of the way being advocates, and today she leads a nearly normal life. His point is that most people lead their financial lives in blindness, and he says that&#x27;s where the disconnect occurs.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> The disconnect from consumers to my industry is nobody teaches anybody how to calculate your net rate of return from a back-tested perspective and from a forward-tested perspective, and knowing how to modernize your money and respect what you want to accomplish and where the markets are today. Small says the book is not a telling book, but an illustrative book, and says anyone could make these changes themselves. We illustrate all of these points in the book. There are spreadsheets in the book that show you how to measure the efficiency of your money. Now, what you do after that is either call me, or you have to find an advisor that can do it for you, or you can build your own Excel spreadsheet and put the math formulas in and calculate it yourself. Finally, he says it all comes down to this.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> Invest for purpose. Understand what the effective risk is on your portfolio based on what your objectives are, and making sure you maintain a net rate of return of greater than 5%. Thanks again to Jeff Small. His new book is titled Turning Financial Planning Right Side Up, and is available everywhere, including Amazon and Barnes &amp; Noble. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jeffery Small discusses Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up and the role of purpose in a retirement strategy. The conversation considers how investment decisions relate to personal goals.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeffery Small</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeffery Small, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ad9bd3d-28a4-4e99-abd4-adff01170711/image.jpg?t=1792073808&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ad9bd3d-28a4-4e99-abd4-adff01170711/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jeffery-small/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ad9bd3d-28a4-4e99-abd4-adff01170711/image.jpg?t=1792073808&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7eebbf6d963f6467915b1df21610d5e4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8ad9bd3d-28a4-4e99-abd4-adff01170711</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 18:47:16 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>222</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8ad9bd3d-28a4-4e99-abd4-adff01170711/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3591033" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jeffery-small</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>89</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Turning Financial Planning Right-Side Up" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Laura Adams: Money Girl, Budgeting, and Preparing for Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Laura Adams: Money Girl, Budgeting, and Preparing for Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Money Girl host Laura Adams joins Coach Pete to discuss making financial topics easier to understand. They explore saving, budgeting, reducing expenses, and preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And this week is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Austin, Texas. We&#x27;re going to interview Laura Adams, and she is the host of a podcast called Money Girl. Laura, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me. Talk to us about Money Girl. What is it and why should people listen? It is a show I&#x27;ve been doing for a decade now. I can&#x27;t believe I&#x27;ve been podcasting that long.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But it&#x27;s all about helping people understand pretty complex topics in a very simple way. So the show is typically anywhere from, I&#x27;d say, 10 to 20 minutes. Sometimes we go longer if we have an interesting interview. But we cover all kinds of topics, everything from saving money to how to save for retirement, insurance, taxes, starting a business. There&#x27;s really no aspect of personal finance that we don&#x27;t touch upon. So I get to answer a lot of listener questions and get feedback, which is really fun. That&#x27;s one of the most favorite parts of the show for me is getting feedback from folks who are enjoying the show and hearing their questions and helping them save money and ultimately live a richer life. And in whatever way that means to them, having a richer life is not always about money.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> But if you do have a good financial base, you have the opportunity to do what you want to with your life and take it in whatever direction that you want to go. You know, I think the hardest part that people have when we&#x27;re talking about retirement is looking at this lump sum they&#x27;ve built up over the years. If they&#x27;re lucky enough to have built up a lump sum using 401K or IRAs or maybe inherit some money and converting that into what I call a financial fill-up every year, and that is giving their accounts a boost of retirement income, it&#x27;s translating that lump sum into an income. That&#x27;s the hardest part I think a lot of people are struggling with. It&#x27;s true. And I&#x27;ve seen my parents struggle with that as well, you know, and they were fortunate enough to be able to accumulate a nice little nest egg. And then it&#x27;s like, how do we make this last?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And how do we know how long we need to make it last? There are a lot of unknowns that happen in retirement. We don&#x27;t know what our health is going to be like. We don&#x27;t know, you know, a lot about the future. But it&#x27;s all about planning. And for many people who are a little behind the eight ball, they&#x27;ll say, is it too late? You know, is there still hope for me? Can I still get a retirement at this point? And I tell people it&#x27;s never too late to get started. And if you&#x27;re struggling to put money aside, I think it can come down to how do I change my spending? How do I change my budget so that I can carve out more to set aside? So for many people, that&#x27;s the key. How do I spend less? Or maybe how do I make more or do a combination of those things in order to get ahead so that I can have a comfortable retirement to look forward to?</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> So retirement income, we know it&#x27;s a problem. It&#x27;s a problem because many people don&#x27;t know what to do. But then the bigger problem I see is people haven&#x27;t saved enough for retirement. What do you think about that? Yeah, it&#x27;s true. People are definitely behind in the amount that they need. They underestimate what they&#x27;ll need. So this is something that you may need to get a little help with. You may need to use an online calculator. You may need to use a human advisor to help you figure out how much you need. And then the key is how do I get there? What do I do to put aside enough money to get there? And in some cases, it means making some sacrifices. In other cases, it means just being a little smarter about how you&#x27;re spending money right now. And people always say, well, what do I do? How do I cut back like this week?</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And there are a lot of ways to do that. With the holidays coming, this is definitely a time of year where people need to be a little more conscious about their spending. But I&#x27;ve got a lot of tips there. You know, one is to look at the expenses that you have every single month. What are you paying for that you really need, but, you know, you just want to pay less for it? So what about your smartphone? If you&#x27;re like me, you are on your phone all the time. You&#x27;re not going to be able to eliminate that. But if you can cut that cost, well, that&#x27;s going to go a really long way because carving that money out means, okay, that&#x27;s more than I can put toward retirement. So check out a site like trackphone.com to find out what is out there that&#x27;s more affordable for you. How can you stay connected to your family and friends for less money?</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> So that&#x27;s something that, you know, I encourage all of my friends to do. Pay less for your smartphone plan. What about insurance? Well, we&#x27;ve all got to have auto insurance, so, you know, shop that. Shop that and compare on a regular basis. People are not shopping their insurance as often as they really should. What about your gym membership? Are you, you know, not going to the gym? Are you paying for some kind of program that you&#x27;re just not using? Maybe it&#x27;s time to cut it and just get on your feet instead and go for a walk. So all these things that we&#x27;re paying for month after month after month, you need to reevaluate them and find ways to pay less. Yeah, one of the things I know you talk about is ways to save on taxes. And I think that&#x27;s a big point with a lot of folks because many people are overpaying on taxes, don&#x27;t even realize it.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s true. There are a lot of deductions that are out there that people don&#x27;t realize. I love retirement accounts because not only are you putting money aside for the future, but you&#x27;re cutting your taxes at the very same time. It&#x27;s a real win-win. So if you&#x27;re not maxing out a retirement plan at work or contributing to an IRA or maybe a SEP IRA, if you&#x27;re a freelancer or you&#x27;ve got self-employment income, that&#x27;s a great way to cut your taxes while you&#x27;re saving. I love health savings accounts for the same reason. If you&#x27;ve got a high-deductible health plan, a health savings account is a great way to save money on your medical expenses. If you keep that thing long enough, the funds in that account actually turn into something that look a lot more like a retirement plan because when you&#x27;re over 65, you can spend those funds on anything that you want.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> You don&#x27;t have to just spend them on medical costs. So that&#x27;s another great account that I love. And think about the deductions maybe that you&#x27;re just not keeping track of. So are you tracking your medical expenses that could be deductible? Are you getting all of the tax breaks that you&#x27;re entitled to? In a lot of cases, it may make sense to go to see a professional accountant to allow them to help you maximize and minimize what you&#x27;re paying in taxes. Because they&#x27;re going to cost a little bit of money, but in some cases, they may be able to save you that much or more. In your experience in the financial world and retirement world, are people, as they get close to what we call the financial red zone, which is within five years of retirement, are they taking too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for the rest of their life?</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s a really good question because some people are not taking enough risk. Some people are taking way too much risk. And this is a really fine line that folks have to straddle because you do want to maintain a more conservative portfolio moving into retirement. But you can&#x27;t go all cash, right? You can&#x27;t just turn everything into something super-duper conservative. You might need that money to grow for another 20 years if you&#x27;re lucky. So there does have to be a portion of your portfolio that is continuing to grow and that does have some amount of risk. But by and large, when you&#x27;re about five years from retirement, you do need to be shifting into more conservative investments and a little bit more cash as well.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> So that&#x27;s something that you can definitely get some help with from an advisor if you&#x27;re really not sure what that shift is. But I think people just need to be aware of that as a concept. You know, the closer you get to retirement, the more conservative you need to be because you&#x27;re all about preserving the money, right? You want to really preserve what you have grown and put less of it at risk. Got one final question for you as we run up to the break here. And it deals with long-term care. And when people hear that term, they run to the other room. They don&#x27;t want to hear it. They turn their ears off. But what&#x27;s your advice to people who don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy but, you know, one in two or one in three Americans are going to need some sort of long-term care? What do you advise for the folks that don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy? Yeah, it can be an expensive policy.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And so I don&#x27;t recommend getting it too early. You may not need it until maybe you&#x27;re in your mid-50s. That&#x27;s typically a good time to start shopping and looking at what&#x27;s available. This is a policy that really can, I mean, it can just save you if you ever need it. And this is going to provide care for you no matter whether you&#x27;ve got to, you know, stay in your home or you need to go to some other type of assisted environment. It can help you. It&#x27;s going to pay for costs that are not covered by health care. It&#x27;s going to pay for costs that are typically not covered by disability. So this is a totally separate type of expense that you may need for just day-to-day care, you know, day-to-day activities, living, getting dressed, getting food prepared, all those sorts of things that we may not think about so much now when we&#x27;re younger and healthier.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> But as you get older, those types of costs can be very expensive. And the policy, they&#x27;re not cheap. You know, I&#x27;ll tell you they&#x27;re not. But there&#x27;s something that can be very important to your retirement planning to make sure that you don&#x27;t run out of money if you do have to pay for these costs out of pocket. So start shopping in your mid-50s and see what&#x27;s out there. There are more and more companies that are getting innovative with these plans. So I think there will be more choices out there for consumers as time goes on. And you&#x27;ve written several books. One is Money Girl&#x27;s Smart Moves to Grow Rich. How can our listeners find that book? Yeah, they can go to Amazon or wherever fine books are sold. All right. And then all Money Girl Podcasts, they just search on Google, Money Girl Podcasts, or do you have a website?</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Yeah, so they can definitely search online. We&#x27;re on the iTunes, you know, in the iTunes store. Or they can reach me at lauradadams.com on my website. Be so happy for folks to tune in and join me. All right. Well, folks, her name is Laura Adams, and she&#x27;s just joined us from Austin, Texas. Laura, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Money Girl host Laura Adams joins Coach Pete to discuss making financial topics easier to understand. They explore saving, budgeting, reducing expenses, and preparing for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people. And the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And this week is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Austin, Texas. We&#x27;re going to interview Laura Adams, and she is the host of a podcast called Money Girl. Laura, welcome in. Thank you so much for having me. Talk to us about Money Girl. What is it and why should people listen? It is a show I&#x27;ve been doing for a decade now. I can&#x27;t believe I&#x27;ve been podcasting that long.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But it&#x27;s all about helping people understand pretty complex topics in a very simple way. So the show is typically anywhere from, I&#x27;d say, 10 to 20 minutes. Sometimes we go longer if we have an interesting interview. But we cover all kinds of topics, everything from saving money to how to save for retirement, insurance, taxes, starting a business. There&#x27;s really no aspect of personal finance that we don&#x27;t touch upon. So I get to answer a lot of listener questions and get feedback, which is really fun. That&#x27;s one of the most favorite parts of the show for me is getting feedback from folks who are enjoying the show and hearing their questions and helping them save money and ultimately live a richer life. And in whatever way that means to them, having a richer life is not always about money.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> But if you do have a good financial base, you have the opportunity to do what you want to with your life and take it in whatever direction that you want to go. You know, I think the hardest part that people have when we&#x27;re talking about retirement is looking at this lump sum they&#x27;ve built up over the years. If they&#x27;re lucky enough to have built up a lump sum using 401K or IRAs or maybe inherit some money and converting that into what I call a financial fill-up every year, and that is giving their accounts a boost of retirement income, it&#x27;s translating that lump sum into an income. That&#x27;s the hardest part I think a lot of people are struggling with. It&#x27;s true. And I&#x27;ve seen my parents struggle with that as well, you know, and they were fortunate enough to be able to accumulate a nice little nest egg. And then it&#x27;s like, how do we make this last?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And how do we know how long we need to make it last? There are a lot of unknowns that happen in retirement. We don&#x27;t know what our health is going to be like. We don&#x27;t know, you know, a lot about the future. But it&#x27;s all about planning. And for many people who are a little behind the eight ball, they&#x27;ll say, is it too late? You know, is there still hope for me? Can I still get a retirement at this point? And I tell people it&#x27;s never too late to get started. And if you&#x27;re struggling to put money aside, I think it can come down to how do I change my spending? How do I change my budget so that I can carve out more to set aside? So for many people, that&#x27;s the key. How do I spend less? Or maybe how do I make more or do a combination of those things in order to get ahead so that I can have a comfortable retirement to look forward to?</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> So retirement income, we know it&#x27;s a problem. It&#x27;s a problem because many people don&#x27;t know what to do. But then the bigger problem I see is people haven&#x27;t saved enough for retirement. What do you think about that? Yeah, it&#x27;s true. People are definitely behind in the amount that they need. They underestimate what they&#x27;ll need. So this is something that you may need to get a little help with. You may need to use an online calculator. You may need to use a human advisor to help you figure out how much you need. And then the key is how do I get there? What do I do to put aside enough money to get there? And in some cases, it means making some sacrifices. In other cases, it means just being a little smarter about how you&#x27;re spending money right now. And people always say, well, what do I do? How do I cut back like this week?</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> And there are a lot of ways to do that. With the holidays coming, this is definitely a time of year where people need to be a little more conscious about their spending. But I&#x27;ve got a lot of tips there. You know, one is to look at the expenses that you have every single month. What are you paying for that you really need, but, you know, you just want to pay less for it? So what about your smartphone? If you&#x27;re like me, you are on your phone all the time. You&#x27;re not going to be able to eliminate that. But if you can cut that cost, well, that&#x27;s going to go a really long way because carving that money out means, okay, that&#x27;s more than I can put toward retirement. So check out a site like trackphone.com to find out what is out there that&#x27;s more affordable for you. How can you stay connected to your family and friends for less money?</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> So that&#x27;s something that, you know, I encourage all of my friends to do. Pay less for your smartphone plan. What about insurance? Well, we&#x27;ve all got to have auto insurance, so, you know, shop that. Shop that and compare on a regular basis. People are not shopping their insurance as often as they really should. What about your gym membership? Are you, you know, not going to the gym? Are you paying for some kind of program that you&#x27;re just not using? Maybe it&#x27;s time to cut it and just get on your feet instead and go for a walk. So all these things that we&#x27;re paying for month after month after month, you need to reevaluate them and find ways to pay less. Yeah, one of the things I know you talk about is ways to save on taxes. And I think that&#x27;s a big point with a lot of folks because many people are overpaying on taxes, don&#x27;t even realize it.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s true. There are a lot of deductions that are out there that people don&#x27;t realize. I love retirement accounts because not only are you putting money aside for the future, but you&#x27;re cutting your taxes at the very same time. It&#x27;s a real win-win. So if you&#x27;re not maxing out a retirement plan at work or contributing to an IRA or maybe a SEP IRA, if you&#x27;re a freelancer or you&#x27;ve got self-employment income, that&#x27;s a great way to cut your taxes while you&#x27;re saving. I love health savings accounts for the same reason. If you&#x27;ve got a high-deductible health plan, a health savings account is a great way to save money on your medical expenses. If you keep that thing long enough, the funds in that account actually turn into something that look a lot more like a retirement plan because when you&#x27;re over 65, you can spend those funds on anything that you want.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> You don&#x27;t have to just spend them on medical costs. So that&#x27;s another great account that I love. And think about the deductions maybe that you&#x27;re just not keeping track of. So are you tracking your medical expenses that could be deductible? Are you getting all of the tax breaks that you&#x27;re entitled to? In a lot of cases, it may make sense to go to see a professional accountant to allow them to help you maximize and minimize what you&#x27;re paying in taxes. Because they&#x27;re going to cost a little bit of money, but in some cases, they may be able to save you that much or more. In your experience in the financial world and retirement world, are people, as they get close to what we call the financial red zone, which is within five years of retirement, are they taking too much risk with money they&#x27;re going to need for the rest of their life?</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s a really good question because some people are not taking enough risk. Some people are taking way too much risk. And this is a really fine line that folks have to straddle because you do want to maintain a more conservative portfolio moving into retirement. But you can&#x27;t go all cash, right? You can&#x27;t just turn everything into something super-duper conservative. You might need that money to grow for another 20 years if you&#x27;re lucky. So there does have to be a portion of your portfolio that is continuing to grow and that does have some amount of risk. But by and large, when you&#x27;re about five years from retirement, you do need to be shifting into more conservative investments and a little bit more cash as well.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> So that&#x27;s something that you can definitely get some help with from an advisor if you&#x27;re really not sure what that shift is. But I think people just need to be aware of that as a concept. You know, the closer you get to retirement, the more conservative you need to be because you&#x27;re all about preserving the money, right? You want to really preserve what you have grown and put less of it at risk. Got one final question for you as we run up to the break here. And it deals with long-term care. And when people hear that term, they run to the other room. They don&#x27;t want to hear it. They turn their ears off. But what&#x27;s your advice to people who don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy but, you know, one in two or one in three Americans are going to need some sort of long-term care? What do you advise for the folks that don&#x27;t have a long-term care policy? Yeah, it can be an expensive policy.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And so I don&#x27;t recommend getting it too early. You may not need it until maybe you&#x27;re in your mid-50s. That&#x27;s typically a good time to start shopping and looking at what&#x27;s available. This is a policy that really can, I mean, it can just save you if you ever need it. And this is going to provide care for you no matter whether you&#x27;ve got to, you know, stay in your home or you need to go to some other type of assisted environment. It can help you. It&#x27;s going to pay for costs that are not covered by health care. It&#x27;s going to pay for costs that are typically not covered by disability. So this is a totally separate type of expense that you may need for just day-to-day care, you know, day-to-day activities, living, getting dressed, getting food prepared, all those sorts of things that we may not think about so much now when we&#x27;re younger and healthier.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> But as you get older, those types of costs can be very expensive. And the policy, they&#x27;re not cheap. You know, I&#x27;ll tell you they&#x27;re not. But there&#x27;s something that can be very important to your retirement planning to make sure that you don&#x27;t run out of money if you do have to pay for these costs out of pocket. So start shopping in your mid-50s and see what&#x27;s out there. There are more and more companies that are getting innovative with these plans. So I think there will be more choices out there for consumers as time goes on. And you&#x27;ve written several books. One is Money Girl&#x27;s Smart Moves to Grow Rich. How can our listeners find that book? Yeah, they can go to Amazon or wherever fine books are sold. All right. And then all Money Girl Podcasts, they just search on Google, Money Girl Podcasts, or do you have a website?</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Yeah, so they can definitely search online. We&#x27;re on the iTunes, you know, in the iTunes store. Or they can reach me at lauradadams.com on my website. Be so happy for folks to tune in and join me. All right. Well, folks, her name is Laura Adams, and she&#x27;s just joined us from Austin, Texas. Laura, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate it. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Money Girl host Laura Adams joins Coach Pete to discuss making financial topics easier to understand. They explore saving, budgeting, reducing expenses, and preparing for retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Laura Adams</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Laura Adams, retirement planning, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/94169ad0-0dd2-4112-9366-adff01170eeb/image.jpg?t=1792073815&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/94169ad0-0dd2-4112-9366-adff01170eeb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laura-adams-personal-finance-expert/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/94169ad0-0dd2-4112-9366-adff01170eeb/image.jpg?t=1792073815&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19c1c30d140ebcb997ce90e5d3506711</guid>
      <omny:clipId>94169ad0-0dd2-4112-9366-adff01170eeb</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2017 14:34:29 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>653</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/94169ad0-0dd2-4112-9366-adff01170eeb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10484704" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laura-adams-personal-finance-expert</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>90</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Laura Adams" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:00" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:27" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Matt Nye: Income Taxes and Government Spending</title>
      <itunes:title>Matt Nye: Income Taxes and Government Spending</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Matt Nye discusses income taxes, their history, and the use of tax revenue. This archive conversation presents his perspective on the relationship between taxation and government spending.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And if you pay taxes at all you&#x27;re going to love this segment or hate this segment. But you&#x27;re at least going to get informed with this segment. We&#x27;re going to go to Melbourne, Florida. We&#x27;re going to join Matt Nye, the tax guy. And he&#x27;s also the chairman of the Republican Liberty Caucus. Matt, welcome in. Good morning. Thanks for having me. How do you like that intro? You&#x27;ve never heard that before.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I don&#x27;t know about the tax guy. I&#x27;ve been called lots of guys but the tax guy is not one of them. You&#x27;ve never heard that before have you? No. So who is the Republican Liberty Caucus by the way? So the Republican Liberty Caucus is essentially the libertarian wing of the Republican Party. It was founded back in 1991 by some big L libertarians that decided the libertarian party was not going to be able to effect change because of the way the laws are written to favor of the dominant two parties. So they decided they were going to work within the Republican Party to promote the small L libertarian ideals, free markets, individual rights, and limited government. So like I say, they&#x27;ve been around 25 years now or 26 years.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And total grassroots organization, all volunteers. We&#x27;ve got charters in about 38 states now. And we basically do two things. We work to promote the libertarian ideals from within the Republican Party itself. We try to get our people into positions in the various Republican committees. And then, of course, we also endorse candidates, you know, try to get candidates elected that support our values. So for your listeners, if you like Rand Paul or Thomas Massey or Mike Lee, those are the types of individuals. Mark Sanford in your area, those are the types of individuals that we get behind in support. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, I test out at 98 percent libertarian. So you&#x27;re preaching to the choir here. And my famous phrase, everyone always groans about April 15th when tax day comes.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> Some people extend it for six more months before they do their return, but they still have to send the money. And they&#x27;re groaning about the money. And there&#x27;s so much government waste, even on a local level. I&#x27;ll use Raleigh, North Carolina as an example. Some bright bulbs over there decided to pay $250,000 for a logo on the city, even though they already had a city seal. And the logo came back a oak tree with the word Raleigh on it. That&#x27;s $250,000. Thomas, my producer, is over there laughing. Thomas, you and I and probably Matt, we&#x27;re all in the wrong profession. We should be designing logos for cities. But, you know, it really makes me mad, Matt, when you look at the waste. And then I talked to somebody about this one time on a plane, which was a big mistake because I didn&#x27;t know who the person was. And he said that my waste, me and me, your waste, he said, your waste, Pete, is my windfall because he was a lobbyist.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And basically he had been drinking a little bit, evidently, because he had a pretty loose tongue that day. But what can we do to get rid of some of these taxes? Well, you just hit the nail on the head. The problem now is that at least at the federal level, the income tax revenue, you know, the tax revenue is completely detached from spending. So because there&#x27;s no balanced budget requirement, there&#x27;s no correlation between what they spend and what they take in. So that&#x27;s problem number one. At least here, like in Florida, we have a balanced budget amendment as part of our Constitution or as part of the Constitution. So, you know, we don&#x27;t have to worry about that part. But at the same time, like you say, if they are spending like drunken sailors, of course, by virtue of the fact that it&#x27;s balanced budget requirement, then, you know, taxes will be high as well.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> So step number one is a balanced budget amendment for the federal government. And then that would I think you would see taxes would basically go up even more right to cover the deficit. And then you&#x27;d have people screaming for change. Hopefully you would have people screaming for change. It&#x27;s surprising that we don&#x27;t have that already. But you have people screaming for change with this health care fiasco, yet nothing&#x27;s happening. And premiums continue to double and triple every single year for the people that are paying. Of course, unfortunately, the people who are paying are almost in the minority. So the people that are getting it free, they&#x27;re going to keep voting the people in. They keep giving it free. Sure. And, you know, again, you touched on a key thing. The Republicans have this amazing ability to snatch defeat from the jaws of victory.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> So, like you say, they have, you know, they were given everything they asked for. All they had to do was just the very basic, you know, honor the very basic campaign promises they made, repeal Obamacare. Honestly, I didn&#x27;t hear much, you know, at least from Trump in terms of cutting spending. So I&#x27;m not sure we should have had high hopes for that. But the Republicans consistently fail to follow through. And that&#x27;s why, you know, you saw the dismal turnout that you saw in the election the other day. I think we&#x27;re already seeing, you know, the discontent. The people are frustrated. They&#x27;re growing apathetic. And I&#x27;ve said many times on interviews prior to this one, the issue in the next cycle is not going to be – it&#x27;s not that the Democrats are going to offer some great alternative to the Republicans.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> It&#x27;s the fact that the Republican voters are going to be pissed off and they&#x27;re just going to spit it out. And so you&#x27;re going to have low turnout. And the Democrats are going to – you know, of course, they&#x27;re all pumped up because they hate Trump. So they&#x27;ll have good turnout. And the Republicans will have squandered a once-in-a-generation opportunity to really make some good changes. I&#x27;m amazed at the local level apathy. And we had local elections just the other day. And we were lucky in any state or any local municipality to get 25 percent return of people showing up to vote. And then we see what happens locally, like I just mentioned, the city of Raleigh where the city council and mayor get together and spend outrageous money because they think it&#x27;s their money. And it&#x27;s really not. And you guys have a good example. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Matt Nye, who is chairman of the Republican Liberty Caucus, and he&#x27;s joining us from Melbourne, Florida.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> Matt, you&#x27;re in a really good example of a state who does not have a state income tax yet seems to do pretty well for their citizens. Yeah, we&#x27;re very fortunate in that respect. I mean, right now, Florida is controlled by Republicans. All three houses are controlled by Republicans. And, you know, I can find lots of things to find fault with. But the one big thing for us, like you say, is no income tax. Again, because we have a balanced budget amendment, it&#x27;s impossible for them to really screw us up too bad. You know, you mentioned the low turnout in the municipal elections. I&#x27;ve got you beat here in some of the areas I was looking at. The turnout was only 12 and 15 percent. And, you know, it&#x27;s exactly what you said.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> People do not realize the city council or a county commission has a far more direct impact on your life than your congressman does. You know, they&#x27;re the ones that are voting on your property taxes. They&#x27;re the ones voting, like you say, on things like that logo for a quarter million dollars. I&#x27;ve got, you know, I&#x27;ve been active here in my area for the last 10 years as kind of a citizen watchdog. And I&#x27;ve got horror story after horror story that&#x27;s, you know, very similar to what you just described. And, you know, that money, they end up jacking up your property taxes to pay for that $250,000 logo. So there just seems to be a real disconnect between the average citizen. And I think it goes back, you know, this goes back into education. And, of course, the government controls the school system and so on.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> But, you know, you just don&#x27;t really have civics. Civics aren&#x27;t taught like they were, you know, when we were growing up. So I think that&#x27;s part of the problem. It seems like any time a politician tries to make a stand and at least doesn&#x27;t allow increases in spending, the other side goes wild and starts bringing children out and saying you&#x27;re going to affect their education, all that. Now, and they talk about budget cuts. But really, not increasing it is looked at as a cut these days, which is crazy. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense to me. It really, yeah, it&#x27;s amazing how they control the language, right, where they change the definitions. Like you say, where the fact that it&#x27;s not automatically getting increased is considered a cut. And it&#x27;s like, well, wait a second, what world are you, you know, what dictionary are you using? Their own. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. And that&#x27;s how they win. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly, they set up these false alternatives.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> You know, the Republicans have always been not very good at messaging. And I think that&#x27;s, you know, one of the reasons we seem to lose on the health care debate. You look at, you know, the basic, the Republicans folded on the most essential issue of the health care debate, which was, are pre-existing conditions going to be covered? Because insurance, by definition, involves risk. Absolutely. And so if you say that, if you say you&#x27;re going to cover pre-existing conditions, it&#x27;s no longer insurance. Now it&#x27;s an entitlement program. And all we&#x27;re arguing about is, like you said earlier, who&#x27;s going to pay for whose health care? Well, where do you draw the line is what I say. Because, look, why buy auto insurance if the government will come in and say, hey, you can buy insurance on your car after you wreck? Or why buy life insurance if you can buy life insurance a day after somebody dies? That&#x27;s the word insurance.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Basically, you&#x27;re pooling your resources with other people smart enough to know ahead of time something may happen. And it&#x27;s not fair to the people that are paying to give it free to other people who aren&#x27;t. And especially people that have pre-existing conditions. I feel sorry for them, but that&#x27;s not what insurance is for. That&#x27;s correct. But what&#x27;s so amazing is, like you said, the Republicans will not take that stand because they&#x27;re afraid of being accused of being heartless and cruel. And like you say, they want old people to die and so on. Well, Matt, they&#x27;re going to be accused of that regardless because the media is against them and the media is out there. I say that all the time. The media is so biased. It doesn&#x27;t matter. They&#x27;re going to say that anyway. So why not do the right thing and follow through on what you promised? It&#x27;s like trying to pet a vicious lion. And I&#x27;m going to be nice to the lion.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;m going to give him a piece of meat and he&#x27;s going to leave me alone. No, he&#x27;s going to finish that meat and then come for you. Well, this has been a great conversation. I want to have you back on in 2018 to talk about what&#x27;s happened, which I have a feeling. Unfortunately, I have a crystal ball in my office. It doesn&#x27;t work. But I don&#x27;t even need a crystal ball for this. Not much is going to happen between now and when we talk next, I don&#x27;t think, tax-wise. Yeah, I was going to say, sadly, it looks like they&#x27;re not even going to be able to get this tax reform done. And what they&#x27;re asking for is not that significant. That&#x27;s what, again, they really have a historic opportunity to make some dramatic changes. And once again, they&#x27;re just basically nibbling around the edges. So in the fact that they can&#x27;t get that done is – or that&#x27;s what it looks like. They&#x27;re not going to be able to get it done is significant.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> Matt, if they couldn&#x27;t get health care done with the outrageousness that even made it pass and all the backstories about how they knew it was not going to be what it was being sold as. And they had a majority in all houses, more the House and the Senate and the presidency. And, of course, there were some rhinos there. But even with that, they couldn&#x27;t get it done. They&#x27;re not going to get this tax stuff done at all. Not how we want it. And – right, and that&#x27;s what&#x27;s so amazing is you would think tax reform would just be something really easy for the Republicans. That&#x27;s supposed to be one of the basic Republican planks in the platform is less government, lower taxes. And like I say, the fact that they can&#x27;t even get it together on that is very disheartening. And I think you&#x27;re right when you mentioned not needing the crystal ball. I think you&#x27;re already seeing the voter turnout.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> If they can&#x27;t get their act together and follow through on what they promised, they&#x27;re not going to get that turnout. They&#x27;re definitely not going to have the grassroots support. They&#x27;re not going to have those people that volunteered. You know, I know here in Florida we had some people working, you know, really, really hard for Trump and all the other Republican candidates. And you&#x27;re not going to get that type of work ethic out of them the next cycle if there&#x27;s no follow through. Well, if you don&#x27;t keep a promise, there&#x27;s no need to work for somebody who&#x27;s not keeping promises. And I haven&#x27;t seen a single promise kept yet. No, that&#x27;s exactly right. And I remember, you know, going all the way back to prior to Romney winning the nomination. And I did a speech up in Jacksonville, and I predicted that if Romney was the nominee, he would be wiped out by Obama because nobody is going to get out of bed to go work for the guy that&#x27;s proposing Obamacare-lite.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> You know, it&#x27;s like, hey, if I&#x27;ve got to choose between Obamacare or Obamacare-lite, who cares? You know, at that point, just stay home. And that&#x27;s what I did. Well, it&#x27;s hard to walk without a backbone, much less fight. And unfortunately, we have a party, the Republican Party, there&#x27;s a lot of non-backbone people in there, unfortunately. And again, folks, his name is Matt Nye. Matt, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it. Talk to you soon. Folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. You can share it with friends and relatives. It also will be on CoachListens.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Good job, Matt.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Matt Nye discusses income taxes, their history, and the use of tax revenue. This archive conversation presents his perspective on the relationship between taxation and government spending.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Well folks this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference. And if you pay taxes at all you&#x27;re going to love this segment or hate this segment. But you&#x27;re at least going to get informed with this segment. We&#x27;re going to go to Melbourne, Florida. We&#x27;re going to join Matt Nye, the tax guy. And he&#x27;s also the chairman of the Republican Liberty Caucus. Matt, welcome in. Good morning. Thanks for having me. How do you like that intro? You&#x27;ve never heard that before.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I don&#x27;t know about the tax guy. I&#x27;ve been called lots of guys but the tax guy is not one of them. You&#x27;ve never heard that before have you? No. So who is the Republican Liberty Caucus by the way? So the Republican Liberty Caucus is essentially the libertarian wing of the Republican Party. It was founded back in 1991 by some big L libertarians that decided the libertarian party was not going to be able to effect change because of the way the laws are written to favor of the dominant two parties. So they decided they were going to work within the Republican Party to promote the small L libertarian ideals, free markets, individual rights, and limited government. So like I say, they&#x27;ve been around 25 years now or 26 years.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And total grassroots organization, all volunteers. We&#x27;ve got charters in about 38 states now. And we basically do two things. We work to promote the libertarian ideals from within the Republican Party itself. We try to get our people into positions in the various Republican committees. And then, of course, we also endorse candidates, you know, try to get candidates elected that support our values. So for your listeners, if you like Rand Paul or Thomas Massey or Mike Lee, those are the types of individuals. Mark Sanford in your area, those are the types of individuals that we get behind in support. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you, I test out at 98 percent libertarian. So you&#x27;re preaching to the choir here. And my famous phrase, everyone always groans about April 15th when tax day comes.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> Some people extend it for six more months before they do their return, but they still have to send the money. And they&#x27;re groaning about the money. And there&#x27;s so much government waste, even on a local level. I&#x27;ll use Raleigh, North Carolina as an example. Some bright bulbs over there decided to pay $250,000 for a logo on the city, even though they already had a city seal. And the logo came back a oak tree with the word Raleigh on it. That&#x27;s $250,000. Thomas, my producer, is over there laughing. Thomas, you and I and probably Matt, we&#x27;re all in the wrong profession. We should be designing logos for cities. But, you know, it really makes me mad, Matt, when you look at the waste. And then I talked to somebody about this one time on a plane, which was a big mistake because I didn&#x27;t know who the person was. And he said that my waste, me and me, your waste, he said, your waste, Pete, is my windfall because he was a lobbyist.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> And basically he had been drinking a little bit, evidently, because he had a pretty loose tongue that day. But what can we do to get rid of some of these taxes? Well, you just hit the nail on the head. The problem now is that at least at the federal level, the income tax revenue, you know, the tax revenue is completely detached from spending. So because there&#x27;s no balanced budget requirement, there&#x27;s no correlation between what they spend and what they take in. So that&#x27;s problem number one. At least here, like in Florida, we have a balanced budget amendment as part of our Constitution or as part of the Constitution. So, you know, we don&#x27;t have to worry about that part. But at the same time, like you say, if they are spending like drunken sailors, of course, by virtue of the fact that it&#x27;s balanced budget requirement, then, you know, taxes will be high as well.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> So step number one is a balanced budget amendment for the federal government. And then that would I think you would see taxes would basically go up even more right to cover the deficit. And then you&#x27;d have people screaming for change. Hopefully you would have people screaming for change. It&#x27;s surprising that we don&#x27;t have that already. But you have people screaming for change with this health care fiasco, yet nothing&#x27;s happening. And premiums continue to double and triple every single year for the people that are paying. Of course, unfortunately, the people who are paying are almost in the minority. So the people that are getting it free, they&#x27;re going to keep voting the people in. They keep giving it free. Sure. And, you know, again, you touched on a key thing. The Republicans have this amazing ability to snatch defeat from the jaws of victory.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> So, like you say, they have, you know, they were given everything they asked for. All they had to do was just the very basic, you know, honor the very basic campaign promises they made, repeal Obamacare. Honestly, I didn&#x27;t hear much, you know, at least from Trump in terms of cutting spending. So I&#x27;m not sure we should have had high hopes for that. But the Republicans consistently fail to follow through. And that&#x27;s why, you know, you saw the dismal turnout that you saw in the election the other day. I think we&#x27;re already seeing, you know, the discontent. The people are frustrated. They&#x27;re growing apathetic. And I&#x27;ve said many times on interviews prior to this one, the issue in the next cycle is not going to be – it&#x27;s not that the Democrats are going to offer some great alternative to the Republicans.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> It&#x27;s the fact that the Republican voters are going to be pissed off and they&#x27;re just going to spit it out. And so you&#x27;re going to have low turnout. And the Democrats are going to – you know, of course, they&#x27;re all pumped up because they hate Trump. So they&#x27;ll have good turnout. And the Republicans will have squandered a once-in-a-generation opportunity to really make some good changes. I&#x27;m amazed at the local level apathy. And we had local elections just the other day. And we were lucky in any state or any local municipality to get 25 percent return of people showing up to vote. And then we see what happens locally, like I just mentioned, the city of Raleigh where the city council and mayor get together and spend outrageous money because they think it&#x27;s their money. And it&#x27;s really not. And you guys have a good example. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Matt Nye, who is chairman of the Republican Liberty Caucus, and he&#x27;s joining us from Melbourne, Florida.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> Matt, you&#x27;re in a really good example of a state who does not have a state income tax yet seems to do pretty well for their citizens. Yeah, we&#x27;re very fortunate in that respect. I mean, right now, Florida is controlled by Republicans. All three houses are controlled by Republicans. And, you know, I can find lots of things to find fault with. But the one big thing for us, like you say, is no income tax. Again, because we have a balanced budget amendment, it&#x27;s impossible for them to really screw us up too bad. You know, you mentioned the low turnout in the municipal elections. I&#x27;ve got you beat here in some of the areas I was looking at. The turnout was only 12 and 15 percent. And, you know, it&#x27;s exactly what you said.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> People do not realize the city council or a county commission has a far more direct impact on your life than your congressman does. You know, they&#x27;re the ones that are voting on your property taxes. They&#x27;re the ones voting, like you say, on things like that logo for a quarter million dollars. I&#x27;ve got, you know, I&#x27;ve been active here in my area for the last 10 years as kind of a citizen watchdog. And I&#x27;ve got horror story after horror story that&#x27;s, you know, very similar to what you just described. And, you know, that money, they end up jacking up your property taxes to pay for that $250,000 logo. So there just seems to be a real disconnect between the average citizen. And I think it goes back, you know, this goes back into education. And, of course, the government controls the school system and so on.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> But, you know, you just don&#x27;t really have civics. Civics aren&#x27;t taught like they were, you know, when we were growing up. So I think that&#x27;s part of the problem. It seems like any time a politician tries to make a stand and at least doesn&#x27;t allow increases in spending, the other side goes wild and starts bringing children out and saying you&#x27;re going to affect their education, all that. Now, and they talk about budget cuts. But really, not increasing it is looked at as a cut these days, which is crazy. It doesn&#x27;t make any sense to me. It really, yeah, it&#x27;s amazing how they control the language, right, where they change the definitions. Like you say, where the fact that it&#x27;s not automatically getting increased is considered a cut. And it&#x27;s like, well, wait a second, what world are you, you know, what dictionary are you using? Their own. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. And that&#x27;s how they win. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly, they set up these false alternatives.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> You know, the Republicans have always been not very good at messaging. And I think that&#x27;s, you know, one of the reasons we seem to lose on the health care debate. You look at, you know, the basic, the Republicans folded on the most essential issue of the health care debate, which was, are pre-existing conditions going to be covered? Because insurance, by definition, involves risk. Absolutely. And so if you say that, if you say you&#x27;re going to cover pre-existing conditions, it&#x27;s no longer insurance. Now it&#x27;s an entitlement program. And all we&#x27;re arguing about is, like you said earlier, who&#x27;s going to pay for whose health care? Well, where do you draw the line is what I say. Because, look, why buy auto insurance if the government will come in and say, hey, you can buy insurance on your car after you wreck? Or why buy life insurance if you can buy life insurance a day after somebody dies? That&#x27;s the word insurance.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Basically, you&#x27;re pooling your resources with other people smart enough to know ahead of time something may happen. And it&#x27;s not fair to the people that are paying to give it free to other people who aren&#x27;t. And especially people that have pre-existing conditions. I feel sorry for them, but that&#x27;s not what insurance is for. That&#x27;s correct. But what&#x27;s so amazing is, like you said, the Republicans will not take that stand because they&#x27;re afraid of being accused of being heartless and cruel. And like you say, they want old people to die and so on. Well, Matt, they&#x27;re going to be accused of that regardless because the media is against them and the media is out there. I say that all the time. The media is so biased. It doesn&#x27;t matter. They&#x27;re going to say that anyway. So why not do the right thing and follow through on what you promised? It&#x27;s like trying to pet a vicious lion. And I&#x27;m going to be nice to the lion.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> I&#x27;m going to give him a piece of meat and he&#x27;s going to leave me alone. No, he&#x27;s going to finish that meat and then come for you. Well, this has been a great conversation. I want to have you back on in 2018 to talk about what&#x27;s happened, which I have a feeling. Unfortunately, I have a crystal ball in my office. It doesn&#x27;t work. But I don&#x27;t even need a crystal ball for this. Not much is going to happen between now and when we talk next, I don&#x27;t think, tax-wise. Yeah, I was going to say, sadly, it looks like they&#x27;re not even going to be able to get this tax reform done. And what they&#x27;re asking for is not that significant. That&#x27;s what, again, they really have a historic opportunity to make some dramatic changes. And once again, they&#x27;re just basically nibbling around the edges. So in the fact that they can&#x27;t get that done is – or that&#x27;s what it looks like. They&#x27;re not going to be able to get it done is significant.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> Matt, if they couldn&#x27;t get health care done with the outrageousness that even made it pass and all the backstories about how they knew it was not going to be what it was being sold as. And they had a majority in all houses, more the House and the Senate and the presidency. And, of course, there were some rhinos there. But even with that, they couldn&#x27;t get it done. They&#x27;re not going to get this tax stuff done at all. Not how we want it. And – right, and that&#x27;s what&#x27;s so amazing is you would think tax reform would just be something really easy for the Republicans. That&#x27;s supposed to be one of the basic Republican planks in the platform is less government, lower taxes. And like I say, the fact that they can&#x27;t even get it together on that is very disheartening. And I think you&#x27;re right when you mentioned not needing the crystal ball. I think you&#x27;re already seeing the voter turnout.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> If they can&#x27;t get their act together and follow through on what they promised, they&#x27;re not going to get that turnout. They&#x27;re definitely not going to have the grassroots support. They&#x27;re not going to have those people that volunteered. You know, I know here in Florida we had some people working, you know, really, really hard for Trump and all the other Republican candidates. And you&#x27;re not going to get that type of work ethic out of them the next cycle if there&#x27;s no follow through. Well, if you don&#x27;t keep a promise, there&#x27;s no need to work for somebody who&#x27;s not keeping promises. And I haven&#x27;t seen a single promise kept yet. No, that&#x27;s exactly right. And I remember, you know, going all the way back to prior to Romney winning the nomination. And I did a speech up in Jacksonville, and I predicted that if Romney was the nominee, he would be wiped out by Obama because nobody is going to get out of bed to go work for the guy that&#x27;s proposing Obamacare-lite.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> You know, it&#x27;s like, hey, if I&#x27;ve got to choose between Obamacare or Obamacare-lite, who cares? You know, at that point, just stay home. And that&#x27;s what I did. Well, it&#x27;s hard to walk without a backbone, much less fight. And unfortunately, we have a party, the Republican Party, there&#x27;s a lot of non-backbone people in there, unfortunately. And again, folks, his name is Matt Nye. Matt, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it. Talk to you soon. Folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. You can share it with friends and relatives. It also will be on CoachListens.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Good job, Matt.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Matt Nye discusses income taxes, their history, and the use of tax revenue. This archive conversation presents his perspective on the relationship between taxation and government spending.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Matt Nye</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Matt Nye, tax planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99caf28d-fa53-4382-8e14-adff01171952/image.jpg?t=1792073819&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99caf28d-fa53-4382-8e14-adff01171952/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-nye-political-activist-on-taxes/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99caf28d-fa53-4382-8e14-adff01171952/image.jpg?t=1792073819&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">deda7dffb5fce9f8a069c95707cbf6ec</guid>
      <omny:clipId>99caf28d-fa53-4382-8e14-adff01171952</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Nov 2017 21:04:11 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>800</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/99caf28d-fa53-4382-8e14-adff01171952/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12833040" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-nye-political-activist-on-taxes</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>91</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Income Taxes and Government Spending" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:28" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:54" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving on a Budget</title>
      <itunes:title>Jennifer FitzPatrick: Caregiving on a Budget</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a down-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick has been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. And she offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion or worry.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> On a scale of 0 to 10, 0 being no stress and feeling like your stress level of your head is going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60. If you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one. But get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. She says the financial burden can really take its toll and not just on the caregiver. If you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years. Fitzpatrick says checking with an elder law attorney can help you avoid problems and protect assets. For example, there may be two spouses and one is in need of nursing home care, and you don&#x27;t want the other to lose the house. So, an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So, it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So, if anybody is listening and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15-minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And she says look for a certified elder law attorney. The best place that you can go is NALA. So, it&#x27;s naela.org, and you plug in your zip code, and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law attorney. That website, again, is naela.org for the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys. Fitzpatrick adds that caregiving is a big job, and you don&#x27;t have to do it alone. Don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help. And think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. The book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved Ones by Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Wissens. If you&#x27;re facing the reality that you currently are about to become a caregiver, whether you plan for it or not, cruising through caregiving is a down-to-earth and authoritative resource. Jennifer Fitzpatrick has been through nearly every possible scenario in the caregiving spectrum, both professionally and personally. And she offers advice on how to be a responsible, loving caregiver without being overcome by guilt, exhaustion or worry.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> On a scale of 0 to 10, 0 being no stress and feeling like your stress level of your head is going to explode. If you&#x27;re at an 80, we can get you down to a 60. If you make some small changes. So that was the whole goal of writing down all these. Every chapter has a different tip in cruising through caregiving about how to reduce your stress and provide good care for your loved one. But get help and don&#x27;t let it overtake your entire life. She says the financial burden can really take its toll and not just on the caregiver. If you have a parent or a grandparent that you want to help taking care of, a lot of people start questioning, well, if I work, and again, most women are the caregivers, men are caregivers too, but more often it&#x27;s a female. Does, do I retire prematurely? Do I quit my job? So, or do I go part-time?</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that can have an impact on our own financial prosperity in our later years. Fitzpatrick says checking with an elder law attorney can help you avoid problems and protect assets. For example, there may be two spouses and one is in need of nursing home care, and you don&#x27;t want the other to lose the house. So, an elder law attorney can make sure that the person who&#x27;s ill can maybe apply for Medicaid, get approved for Medicaid, but the spouse that&#x27;s still living in the community gets to keep their car, they get to keep their home, they get to keep a certain amount of cash. So, it doesn&#x27;t, you know, it doesn&#x27;t bankrupt the family. So, if anybody is listening and they&#x27;re trying to figure out how to pay for things, I think at least a 15-minute consult with an elder law attorney, if you have any assets, is worthwhile.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And she says look for a certified elder law attorney. The best place that you can go is NALA. So, it&#x27;s naela.org, and you plug in your zip code, and it&#x27;ll fill out a bunch of different options in your geographic area for a certified elder law attorney. That website, again, is naela.org for the National Academy of Elder Law Attorneys. Fitzpatrick adds that caregiving is a big job, and you don&#x27;t have to do it alone. Don&#x27;t do it by yourself. Get plenty of help. And think really hard about your finances and how that&#x27;s going to impact caregiving. Don&#x27;t spend money you don&#x27;t have on caregiving. There&#x27;s lots of resources out there that can help you. The book is Cruising Through Caregiving, Reducing the Stress of Caring for Your Loved Ones by Jennifer Fitzpatrick.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Visit cruisingthroughcaregiving.com to learn more and download a free chapter. For the Financial Safari News Network, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jennifer FitzPatrick discusses Cruising Through Caregiving and the financial challenges of caring for a loved one. The conversation explores balancing care needs, household costs, and personal stress.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jennifer FitzPatrick</category>
      <category>caregiving</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jennifer FitzPatrick, caregiving, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/image.jpg?t=1792073826&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jennifer-fitzpatrick-on-caregiving-on-a-bud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/image.jpg?t=1792073826&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">687742ccf37ba371701c73fd9305d913</guid>
      <omny:clipId>60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Nov 2017 21:00:48 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>198</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60b0cc53-2cb4-48e6-b7a5-adff01171bb8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3210611" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-jennifer-fitzpatrick-on-caregiving-on-a-bud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>92</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Caregiving on a Budget" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin: Retirement Income and Longevity (Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin: Retirement Income and Longevity (Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss retirement income and the practical realities of a longer life. This interview explores lifetime income in retirement plans and the everyday expenses people need to consider.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Whether retirement is 30 years away or right around the corner, do you wonder if you&#x27;ll have enough to live on during your golden years? In fact, a new survey finds more than half of Americans would prefer a guaranteed monthly paycheck compared to a lump sum of money when they retire. Diane Garnick is managing director and chief income strategist at TIAA, the leading financial services provider for the not-for-profit market,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and said the results of a recent survey were surprising. TIAA entered this study asking people what type of options do you want in your retirement plan and our expectation was that people were going to say some of the currently important things like, oh I want access to NASDAQ or these fancy names, the Facebook, Amazons of the world, right? This seemed like the natural answer. And we were surprised to find that more than half of the people said that what they&#x27;re looking for in their retirement plan is lifetime income. So they&#x27;re not necessarily interested in the next investment stage. What people really want is they want income as a component of their retirement plan. And that was a big sea change for us. Well so when they say they want income,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I mean is someone&#x27;s 401k going to give them that? More and more plan sponsors right now are incorporating lifetime income into their menu options in their 401k. And that&#x27;s happening for a really important reason, Steve. You see, with income as a component of the 401k menu, what happens is older employees that are on the verge of retirement have a very easy transition from employee to retiree. Rather than just saving money and getting to this large amount of money saved, they have the opportunity to immediately transfer that money into a paycheck for life. And what that does is not just important for the retiree. See, when these older work members move into retirement, it creates tremendous</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> management opportunities for the next generation of leaders. And that&#x27;s a dual benefit, not only for the people, but for the company as a whole. Dr. Joe Coughlin, founder and director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy, says this is not your parents&#x27; or grandparents&#x27; retirement. He says we should make it more specific. You know, one of the things that we have to think about is that retirement is actually quite new. It is not that period of short number of years that our parents and grandparents may have had. It&#x27;s actually going to be not just a few years, but a few decades. So one of the things that we suggest based upon the research that we&#x27;ve done at MIT is that to make it more specific. That is, don&#x27;t talk about this long period of life where there&#x27;s going to be golf games and cruise ships and maybe a few walks along the beach, but rather the mundane,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> the everyday, the household expenses, transportation, many advisors are even shocked to look at the numbers to find that that&#x27;s the second largest cost in retirement. Yes, health, but boy, retirement is now 8,000 days long on average. Think about that. It&#x27;s the same amount of time from birth to college graduation. And in that, you might be starting a new company. You might be working part-time. You might be getting remarried. You might be doing lots of different things that are going to require different forms of income and a different lifestyle altogether. Thinking about those specifics drives people to plan and save and buy retirement, not simply to plan for it. Well, that really is the key, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s all about the planning. And sometimes, you know, someone isn&#x27;t necessarily saving as much as they should, but then once they get a little bit</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> closer, they try to kick-start it into high gear and hopefully get there. Yeah. Steve, you bring up such a good point. We know that people who listen to Financial Safari are very sophisticated when it comes to retirement. And we also know you talk a lot about target date funds. But here&#x27;s what we found in the TIAA survey. Two-thirds of the people who are invested in target date funds believe that they will automatically convert into income at the moment of retirement. Now, we know that nobody who listens to this show would make that mistake, but it ends up a majority of the people do make that mistake. They think that they&#x27;re automatically going to begin receiving paychecks so that they can have financial security in retirement. What we really need to do</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> is help people reframe the amount that they&#x27;re saving and think about it instead about how much income that could generate for them once they hit their golden years. And I think one of the things to think about, Steve, is that one of the big surprises in retirement is that we are living far longer than we expected. We did a survey, and I reveal it in my book, The Longevity Economy, of MIT graduates who had been out 50 years. And the number one piece of advice they were giving new MIT graduates was save, save, and save, because I never expected to live this long. In TIA study, 61% of people actually reported that they were worried about outliving retirement. Today, we&#x27;ve got to make sure that our wealth span and our lifespan is in sync.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Well, that&#x27;s really great advice to be able to do that. I&#x27;ve got a 25-year-old son, and I just had a long conversation with him about retirement, and I think I might have frightened him into saving a little more than he was going to. That&#x27;s a great outcome, Steve. You know, the single, simple message for all of us to deliver, not only to millennials, but even to Gen Xers, is save now or die trying. All too often, we think retirement will never come, particularly when we&#x27;re in our early 20s. But believe me, 40, 50, even 65 is sooner than you think. And I guess there&#x27;s a thing to think about, whether you&#x27;re a financial advisor or an individual planning or, frankly, even an HR executive. Let&#x27;s not talk about planning for 30 years of retirement. Chunk it out. It&#x27;s too big for us</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> to cognitively appreciate three decades of life. So chunk it out of those little things we may do as we transition from retirement to where we might live, to the complexity we may have to manage, to someday many of us may end up having to live solo. How do I plan for the retirements in that period of adult life we call retirement? Well, I&#x27;ve never thought about it that way, retirements. That&#x27;s a great way to look at it, too. You know, you mentioned something earlier, and it got me thinking, you said transportation. And I guess I never thought that that was as a big a deal as it is. But when you think about it, it really is. Hey, 70% of Americans over the age of 50 live either where transit does not serve at all or serves poorly. If you don&#x27;t drive, it doesn&#x27;t matter how much money you have and how much health you may have. If you don&#x27;t get there,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> life is basically staying in your home under a roof. We call that prison by another name. You know, one of the common things that happens is as we approach retirement, people want to take financial risk off the table. But in the past, that has merely meant moving out of equity and into fixed income. And you know, that&#x27;s helped people pretty well. Steve, over the last 10 years, interest rates have just declined and declined and declined. And what that has meant, a fixed income has gone up. But at long last, rates are on the rise, which means moving out of equities and into fixed income might not be the best solution for people who want to take risk out of their retirement savings. So a really good strategy is rather than think about moving into fixed income as the safety</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> haven, start to convert some of your savings into guaranteed lifetime income. And that&#x27;s key because that means you&#x27;re protecting yourself from not only market risks, you&#x27;re also protecting yourself from interest rate increases. So as rates go up, you&#x27;re protected from your balances falling down. And in fact, if you think about it, the reason we save for retirement is very simple. It&#x27;s so that we can spend the same amount of money in retirement that we have throughout our entire working lives. Nobody saves for retirement just to amass wealth. We save for retirement so that our standard of living can be consistent. So why not do that now, especially when interest rates are about to start climbing up?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Well, yeah. What about something like an ETF or ETFs in general? Those are fantastic tools. But one of the really important things for people to recognize about ETFs is the letters ETF are not the investment strategy. It&#x27;s the underlying investments that make a tremendous tremendous amount of sense. In other words, I can invest in the S&amp;P 500 either through a mutual fund or an ETF or some commingled fund or even through futures. The performance that matters will be the underlying instrument, and in this case, the S&amp;P 500. So don&#x27;t think of ETFs as an asset class. Think of ETFs as a vehicle to get you to that asset class. That&#x27;s a really important distinction</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> that people need to embrace. Well, and one of the things that we talk about on the show an awful lot, and you&#x27;ve said it repeatedly here too, is it&#x27;s more than a retirement plan. It&#x27;s an income plan. Yeah, think of it like income is the outcome that people are looking for. And in part, it&#x27;s because we have a new retirement where you&#x27;re more likely to be living longer. You&#x27;re more likely to be living where your children are either distant or maybe because we have fewer children, not at all. And as a result, we are now planning for an entire period of life that it&#x27;s going to have far greater uncertainty than any previous generation in retirement. So income is about taking the day-by-day activities of how retirement is going to be across many years. We think the most important thing for people to do is to not wait until the brink of retirement</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> to begin their planning. You need to prepare for retirement long in advance. In fact, I would even counsel your 25-year-old, hey, now&#x27;s the time to prepare for retirement. So one of the things we think is really key is just do a Google search, preparing for retirement, and you will get all of the tools at your fingertips that can help lead to a stable, secure retirement, so much so that with the right kind of planning, you can not only enter retirement, you can live in retirement with dignity. And plan for those not punctuated moments of trips to Disney or great vacations with the grandchildren. Plan for the daily activities, getting the mail, buying an ice cream cone, paying for the</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> house, paying for transportation, and then on top of that, plan for those trips that you may want to have because life goes on for a long time with costs every day. Thanks again to Diane Garnick, Managing Director and Chief Income Strategist at TIAA, and Dr. Joe Coughlin, Founder and Director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss retirement income and the practical realities of a longer life. This interview explores lifetime income in retirement plans and the everyday expenses people need to consider.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. Whether retirement is 30 years away or right around the corner, do you wonder if you&#x27;ll have enough to live on during your golden years? In fact, a new survey finds more than half of Americans would prefer a guaranteed monthly paycheck compared to a lump sum of money when they retire. Diane Garnick is managing director and chief income strategist at TIAA, the leading financial services provider for the not-for-profit market,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and said the results of a recent survey were surprising. TIAA entered this study asking people what type of options do you want in your retirement plan and our expectation was that people were going to say some of the currently important things like, oh I want access to NASDAQ or these fancy names, the Facebook, Amazons of the world, right? This seemed like the natural answer. And we were surprised to find that more than half of the people said that what they&#x27;re looking for in their retirement plan is lifetime income. So they&#x27;re not necessarily interested in the next investment stage. What people really want is they want income as a component of their retirement plan. And that was a big sea change for us. Well so when they say they want income,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I mean is someone&#x27;s 401k going to give them that? More and more plan sponsors right now are incorporating lifetime income into their menu options in their 401k. And that&#x27;s happening for a really important reason, Steve. You see, with income as a component of the 401k menu, what happens is older employees that are on the verge of retirement have a very easy transition from employee to retiree. Rather than just saving money and getting to this large amount of money saved, they have the opportunity to immediately transfer that money into a paycheck for life. And what that does is not just important for the retiree. See, when these older work members move into retirement, it creates tremendous</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> management opportunities for the next generation of leaders. And that&#x27;s a dual benefit, not only for the people, but for the company as a whole. Dr. Joe Coughlin, founder and director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy, says this is not your parents&#x27; or grandparents&#x27; retirement. He says we should make it more specific. You know, one of the things that we have to think about is that retirement is actually quite new. It is not that period of short number of years that our parents and grandparents may have had. It&#x27;s actually going to be not just a few years, but a few decades. So one of the things that we suggest based upon the research that we&#x27;ve done at MIT is that to make it more specific. That is, don&#x27;t talk about this long period of life where there&#x27;s going to be golf games and cruise ships and maybe a few walks along the beach, but rather the mundane,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> the everyday, the household expenses, transportation, many advisors are even shocked to look at the numbers to find that that&#x27;s the second largest cost in retirement. Yes, health, but boy, retirement is now 8,000 days long on average. Think about that. It&#x27;s the same amount of time from birth to college graduation. And in that, you might be starting a new company. You might be working part-time. You might be getting remarried. You might be doing lots of different things that are going to require different forms of income and a different lifestyle altogether. Thinking about those specifics drives people to plan and save and buy retirement, not simply to plan for it. Well, that really is the key, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s all about the planning. And sometimes, you know, someone isn&#x27;t necessarily saving as much as they should, but then once they get a little bit</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> closer, they try to kick-start it into high gear and hopefully get there. Yeah. Steve, you bring up such a good point. We know that people who listen to Financial Safari are very sophisticated when it comes to retirement. And we also know you talk a lot about target date funds. But here&#x27;s what we found in the TIAA survey. Two-thirds of the people who are invested in target date funds believe that they will automatically convert into income at the moment of retirement. Now, we know that nobody who listens to this show would make that mistake, but it ends up a majority of the people do make that mistake. They think that they&#x27;re automatically going to begin receiving paychecks so that they can have financial security in retirement. What we really need to do</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> is help people reframe the amount that they&#x27;re saving and think about it instead about how much income that could generate for them once they hit their golden years. And I think one of the things to think about, Steve, is that one of the big surprises in retirement is that we are living far longer than we expected. We did a survey, and I reveal it in my book, The Longevity Economy, of MIT graduates who had been out 50 years. And the number one piece of advice they were giving new MIT graduates was save, save, and save, because I never expected to live this long. In TIA study, 61% of people actually reported that they were worried about outliving retirement. Today, we&#x27;ve got to make sure that our wealth span and our lifespan is in sync.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Well, that&#x27;s really great advice to be able to do that. I&#x27;ve got a 25-year-old son, and I just had a long conversation with him about retirement, and I think I might have frightened him into saving a little more than he was going to. That&#x27;s a great outcome, Steve. You know, the single, simple message for all of us to deliver, not only to millennials, but even to Gen Xers, is save now or die trying. All too often, we think retirement will never come, particularly when we&#x27;re in our early 20s. But believe me, 40, 50, even 65 is sooner than you think. And I guess there&#x27;s a thing to think about, whether you&#x27;re a financial advisor or an individual planning or, frankly, even an HR executive. Let&#x27;s not talk about planning for 30 years of retirement. Chunk it out. It&#x27;s too big for us</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> to cognitively appreciate three decades of life. So chunk it out of those little things we may do as we transition from retirement to where we might live, to the complexity we may have to manage, to someday many of us may end up having to live solo. How do I plan for the retirements in that period of adult life we call retirement? Well, I&#x27;ve never thought about it that way, retirements. That&#x27;s a great way to look at it, too. You know, you mentioned something earlier, and it got me thinking, you said transportation. And I guess I never thought that that was as a big a deal as it is. But when you think about it, it really is. Hey, 70% of Americans over the age of 50 live either where transit does not serve at all or serves poorly. If you don&#x27;t drive, it doesn&#x27;t matter how much money you have and how much health you may have. If you don&#x27;t get there,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> life is basically staying in your home under a roof. We call that prison by another name. You know, one of the common things that happens is as we approach retirement, people want to take financial risk off the table. But in the past, that has merely meant moving out of equity and into fixed income. And you know, that&#x27;s helped people pretty well. Steve, over the last 10 years, interest rates have just declined and declined and declined. And what that has meant, a fixed income has gone up. But at long last, rates are on the rise, which means moving out of equities and into fixed income might not be the best solution for people who want to take risk out of their retirement savings. So a really good strategy is rather than think about moving into fixed income as the safety</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> haven, start to convert some of your savings into guaranteed lifetime income. And that&#x27;s key because that means you&#x27;re protecting yourself from not only market risks, you&#x27;re also protecting yourself from interest rate increases. So as rates go up, you&#x27;re protected from your balances falling down. And in fact, if you think about it, the reason we save for retirement is very simple. It&#x27;s so that we can spend the same amount of money in retirement that we have throughout our entire working lives. Nobody saves for retirement just to amass wealth. We save for retirement so that our standard of living can be consistent. So why not do that now, especially when interest rates are about to start climbing up?</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Well, yeah. What about something like an ETF or ETFs in general? Those are fantastic tools. But one of the really important things for people to recognize about ETFs is the letters ETF are not the investment strategy. It&#x27;s the underlying investments that make a tremendous tremendous amount of sense. In other words, I can invest in the S&amp;P 500 either through a mutual fund or an ETF or some commingled fund or even through futures. The performance that matters will be the underlying instrument, and in this case, the S&amp;P 500. So don&#x27;t think of ETFs as an asset class. Think of ETFs as a vehicle to get you to that asset class. That&#x27;s a really important distinction</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> that people need to embrace. Well, and one of the things that we talk about on the show an awful lot, and you&#x27;ve said it repeatedly here too, is it&#x27;s more than a retirement plan. It&#x27;s an income plan. Yeah, think of it like income is the outcome that people are looking for. And in part, it&#x27;s because we have a new retirement where you&#x27;re more likely to be living longer. You&#x27;re more likely to be living where your children are either distant or maybe because we have fewer children, not at all. And as a result, we are now planning for an entire period of life that it&#x27;s going to have far greater uncertainty than any previous generation in retirement. So income is about taking the day-by-day activities of how retirement is going to be across many years. We think the most important thing for people to do is to not wait until the brink of retirement</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> to begin their planning. You need to prepare for retirement long in advance. In fact, I would even counsel your 25-year-old, hey, now&#x27;s the time to prepare for retirement. So one of the things we think is really key is just do a Google search, preparing for retirement, and you will get all of the tools at your fingertips that can help lead to a stable, secure retirement, so much so that with the right kind of planning, you can not only enter retirement, you can live in retirement with dignity. And plan for those not punctuated moments of trips to Disney or great vacations with the grandchildren. Plan for the daily activities, getting the mail, buying an ice cream cone, paying for the</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> house, paying for transportation, and then on top of that, plan for those trips that you may want to have because life goes on for a long time with costs every day. Thanks again to Diane Garnick, Managing Director and Chief Income Strategist at TIAA, and Dr. Joe Coughlin, Founder and Director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss retirement income and the practical realities of a longer life. This interview explores lifetime income in retirement plans and the everyday expenses people need to consider.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin</category>
      <category>Diane Garnick</category>
      <category>Joseph Coughlin</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin, Diane Garnick, Joseph Coughlin, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/568489ba-6f16-41e3-8d4e-adff01173832/image.jpg?t=1792073842&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/568489ba-6f16-41e3-8d4e-adff01173832/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/two-experts-on-retirement-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/568489ba-6f16-41e3-8d4e-adff01173832/image.jpg?t=1792073842&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">561731745ad8521b2eed4c55a2710e16</guid>
      <omny:clipId>568489ba-6f16-41e3-8d4e-adff01173832</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Oct 2017 20:35:07 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>697</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/568489ba-6f16-41e3-8d4e-adff01173832/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11185449" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/two-experts-on-retirement-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>93</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income and Longevity" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin: Retirement Income and Longevity (Feature)</title>
      <itunes:title>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin: Retirement Income and Longevity (Feature)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss lifetime income and the practical costs of living longer. This produced feature presents their perspectives on retirement plans, household expenses, and the changing meaning of retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Whether retirement is 30 years away or right around the corner, do you wonder if you&#x27;ll have enough to live on during your golden years? In fact, a new survey finds more than half of Americans would prefer a guaranteed monthly paycheck compared to a lump sum of money when they retire. Diane Garnick is managing director and chief income strategist at TIAA, the leading financial services provider for the not-for-profit market,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and said the results of a recent survey were surprising. More than half of the people said that what they&#x27;re looking for in their retirement plan is lifetime income. So they&#x27;re not necessarily interested in the next investment stage. What people really want is they want income as a component of their retirement plan and that was a big state change for us. She says a trend today is plan sponsors are adding a lifetime income choice on their 401k plans. With income as a component of the 401k menu, what happens is older employees that are on the verge of retirement have a very easy transition from employee to retiree. Garnick says the effects benefit more than just the retiree.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> It&#x27;s not just important for the retiree. See, when these older work members move into retirement, it creates tremendous management opportunities for the next generation of leaders. And that&#x27;s a dual benefit, not only for the people, but for the company as a whole. Dr. Joe Coughlin, founder and director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy, says this is not your parents&#x27; or grandparents&#x27; retirement. He says we should make it more specific. That is, don&#x27;t talk about this long period of life where there&#x27;s going to be golf games and cruise ships and maybe a few walks along the beach, but rather the mundane, the everyday, the household expenses, transportation. Many advisors are even shocked to look at the numbers to find that that&#x27;s the second largest cost in</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> retirement. Yes, health. But boy, retirement is now 8,000 days long on average. Think about that. It&#x27;s the same amount of time from birth to college graduation. Garnick says as we age, we should lessen the risk in our portfolio and ensure that we have guaranteed lifetime income. The reason we save for retirement is very simple. It&#x27;s so that we can spend the same amount of money in retirement that we have for our entire working lives. Nobody saves for retirement just to amass wealth. We save for retirement so that our standard of living can be consistent. So why not do that now, especially when interest rates are about to start climbing up? Dr. Coughlin reminds us that planning is the key</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> and to look at the big picture while not losing sight of the day-to-day. Plan for those net-punctuated moments of trips to Disney or great vacations with the grandchildren. Plan for the daily activities. Getting the mail, buying an ice cream cone, paying for the house, paying for transportation, and then on top of that, plan for those trips that you may want to have because life goes on for a long time with costs every day. Thanks again to Diane Garnick, Managing Director and Chief Income Strategist at TIAA and Dr. Joe Coughlin, Founder and Director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy. Visit coachlistens.com for an extended interview with them. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss lifetime income and the practical costs of living longer. This produced feature presents their perspectives on retirement plans, household expenses, and the changing meaning of retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. Whether retirement is 30 years away or right around the corner, do you wonder if you&#x27;ll have enough to live on during your golden years? In fact, a new survey finds more than half of Americans would prefer a guaranteed monthly paycheck compared to a lump sum of money when they retire. Diane Garnick is managing director and chief income strategist at TIAA, the leading financial services provider for the not-for-profit market,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and said the results of a recent survey were surprising. More than half of the people said that what they&#x27;re looking for in their retirement plan is lifetime income. So they&#x27;re not necessarily interested in the next investment stage. What people really want is they want income as a component of their retirement plan and that was a big state change for us. She says a trend today is plan sponsors are adding a lifetime income choice on their 401k plans. With income as a component of the 401k menu, what happens is older employees that are on the verge of retirement have a very easy transition from employee to retiree. Garnick says the effects benefit more than just the retiree.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> It&#x27;s not just important for the retiree. See, when these older work members move into retirement, it creates tremendous management opportunities for the next generation of leaders. And that&#x27;s a dual benefit, not only for the people, but for the company as a whole. Dr. Joe Coughlin, founder and director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy, says this is not your parents&#x27; or grandparents&#x27; retirement. He says we should make it more specific. That is, don&#x27;t talk about this long period of life where there&#x27;s going to be golf games and cruise ships and maybe a few walks along the beach, but rather the mundane, the everyday, the household expenses, transportation. Many advisors are even shocked to look at the numbers to find that that&#x27;s the second largest cost in</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> retirement. Yes, health. But boy, retirement is now 8,000 days long on average. Think about that. It&#x27;s the same amount of time from birth to college graduation. Garnick says as we age, we should lessen the risk in our portfolio and ensure that we have guaranteed lifetime income. The reason we save for retirement is very simple. It&#x27;s so that we can spend the same amount of money in retirement that we have for our entire working lives. Nobody saves for retirement just to amass wealth. We save for retirement so that our standard of living can be consistent. So why not do that now, especially when interest rates are about to start climbing up? Dr. Coughlin reminds us that planning is the key</p><p><strong>03:02</strong> and to look at the big picture while not losing sight of the day-to-day. Plan for those net-punctuated moments of trips to Disney or great vacations with the grandchildren. Plan for the daily activities. Getting the mail, buying an ice cream cone, paying for the house, paying for transportation, and then on top of that, plan for those trips that you may want to have because life goes on for a long time with costs every day. Thanks again to Diane Garnick, Managing Director and Chief Income Strategist at TIAA and Dr. Joe Coughlin, Founder and Director of the MIT Age Lab and author of the new book, The Longevity Economy. Visit coachlistens.com for an extended interview with them. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin discuss lifetime income and the practical costs of living longer. This produced feature presents their perspectives on retirement plans, household expenses, and the changing meaning of retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin</category>
      <category>Diane Garnick</category>
      <category>Joseph Coughlin</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Diane Garnick and Joseph Coughlin, Diane Garnick, Joseph Coughlin, retirement income, retirement planning, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b76371f6-c893-40cd-9699-adff01174998/image.jpg?t=1792073848&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b76371f6-c893-40cd-9699-adff01174998/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/two-experts-discuss-retirement-planning-long-versi/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b76371f6-c893-40cd-9699-adff01174998/image.jpg?t=1792073848&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d3276815c403890c5e5da4a4ce9a7ea6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b76371f6-c893-40cd-9699-adff01174998</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 20:14:40 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>227</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b76371f6-c893-40cd-9699-adff01174998/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3664622" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/two-experts-discuss-retirement-planning-long-versi</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>94</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income and Longevity" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Al Zdenek: Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions (Short Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Al Zdenek: Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions (Short Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and making more deliberate financial choices. This short interview highlights the relationship between cash flow, personal goals, and long-term planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. A question we often ask ourselves about money is, are we making the best financial decisions? For most of us, the answer is, it depends. Today, author, speaker, and wealth advisor Al Zdenek offers some advice and perhaps a different way to look at your money and how you can put yourself on a path to more security and less stress getting there. Al Zdenek wrote the just-published book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. Al says managing your cash flow needs to be a priority, or you can find yourself in trouble.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> I&#x27;m the poster child for that. 30 years ago, I had a successful CPA firm, but I was on the verge of personal bankruptcy because I&#x27;d never watched my own personal cash flow. You could have very successful people in business, you know, making really poor financial choices that can lead them to a place they don&#x27;t want to go. Zeneck says there are two kinds of financial planners out there. One is a goals-based planner. The other, a cash flow planner. He says they&#x27;re both good and they ask the same kinds of questions like, when do you want to retire? Do you want a larger home? A vacation home? And they have the same goals, he says, but there are some differences with how you get there. We think those goals are really great also, but if you don&#x27;t look at insurance, at debt, the way you&#x27;re making decisions around your career, you can miss a lot of other things that can greatly increase your cash flow, reduce the time you have to work, get you there faster, have more wealth, and be really positive influence in your life.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> Zeneck says not all debt is bad. We here in the United States especially because of the Great Depression, other things in the past, feel debt is bad. We&#x27;ve been taught that by our parents, our grandparents, but very few people run the numbers. If you really get down to it, a person could never afford a house unless they took out debt. So the thing is, is debt can be your friend. Debt can be like with a small business, leverage your wealth and get you there faster. You want to avoid, of course, the consumer debt and being silly with it, but explore the benefits of using debt smarter. He says running our personal finances like a well-run business makes sense. A well-run business is always going to target its profit. It&#x27;s always going to target the bottom line. Most people don&#x27;t. Most people, it&#x27;s like, well, I hope it&#x27;s all there.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> I wonder what I made by the end of the year, and I hope it&#x27;s going to be all there for me, rather than really focusing on and planning it. He says one of the most important steps is to put together a winning team. Sometimes people say, where do you start out? Making sure you have the best advisors around you, the best attorney, the best accountant, the best insurance person. And make sure that, you know, you have what I call a championship team, the ones that are being proactive. They answer your phone calls. They&#x27;re making sure they&#x27;re making smart decisions for you. Many of us don&#x27;t do that. We ignore that, and we try to do it ourselves or else have this team that&#x27;s subgrade. And all that does, a bad team is going to cost you more years of working, or you&#x27;re not going to be able to achieve what you want. Again, the book is called Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> You can learn more at his website, alzenek.com. That&#x27;s spelled Z-D-N-E-K. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and making more deliberate financial choices. This short interview highlights the relationship between cash flow, personal goals, and long-term planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. A question we often ask ourselves about money is, are we making the best financial decisions? For most of us, the answer is, it depends. Today, author, speaker, and wealth advisor Al Zdenek offers some advice and perhaps a different way to look at your money and how you can put yourself on a path to more security and less stress getting there. Al Zdenek wrote the just-published book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. Al says managing your cash flow needs to be a priority, or you can find yourself in trouble.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> I&#x27;m the poster child for that. 30 years ago, I had a successful CPA firm, but I was on the verge of personal bankruptcy because I&#x27;d never watched my own personal cash flow. You could have very successful people in business, you know, making really poor financial choices that can lead them to a place they don&#x27;t want to go. Zeneck says there are two kinds of financial planners out there. One is a goals-based planner. The other, a cash flow planner. He says they&#x27;re both good and they ask the same kinds of questions like, when do you want to retire? Do you want a larger home? A vacation home? And they have the same goals, he says, but there are some differences with how you get there. We think those goals are really great also, but if you don&#x27;t look at insurance, at debt, the way you&#x27;re making decisions around your career, you can miss a lot of other things that can greatly increase your cash flow, reduce the time you have to work, get you there faster, have more wealth, and be really positive influence in your life.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> Zeneck says not all debt is bad. We here in the United States especially because of the Great Depression, other things in the past, feel debt is bad. We&#x27;ve been taught that by our parents, our grandparents, but very few people run the numbers. If you really get down to it, a person could never afford a house unless they took out debt. So the thing is, is debt can be your friend. Debt can be like with a small business, leverage your wealth and get you there faster. You want to avoid, of course, the consumer debt and being silly with it, but explore the benefits of using debt smarter. He says running our personal finances like a well-run business makes sense. A well-run business is always going to target its profit. It&#x27;s always going to target the bottom line. Most people don&#x27;t. Most people, it&#x27;s like, well, I hope it&#x27;s all there.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> I wonder what I made by the end of the year, and I hope it&#x27;s going to be all there for me, rather than really focusing on and planning it. He says one of the most important steps is to put together a winning team. Sometimes people say, where do you start out? Making sure you have the best advisors around you, the best attorney, the best accountant, the best insurance person. And make sure that, you know, you have what I call a championship team, the ones that are being proactive. They answer your phone calls. They&#x27;re making sure they&#x27;re making smart decisions for you. Many of us don&#x27;t do that. We ignore that, and we try to do it ourselves or else have this team that&#x27;s subgrade. And all that does, a bad team is going to cost you more years of working, or you&#x27;re not going to be able to achieve what you want. Again, the book is called Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> You can learn more at his website, alzenek.com. That&#x27;s spelled Z-D-N-E-K. For the Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and making more deliberate financial choices. This short interview highlights the relationship between cash flow, personal goals, and long-term planning.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Al Zdenek</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Al Zdenek, budgeting, Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eea6dae7-c0ba-4398-9f63-adff0117a482/image.jpg?t=1792073905&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eea6dae7-c0ba-4398-9f63-adff0117a482/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/al-zdenek-interview-short-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eea6dae7-c0ba-4398-9f63-adff0117a482/image.jpg?t=1792073905&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0ad883427e1f8257267d829b4b6ebb43</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eea6dae7-c0ba-4398-9f63-adff0117a482</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Oct 2017 14:06:58 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>206</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eea6dae7-c0ba-4398-9f63-adff0117a482/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="3335054" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/al-zdenek-interview-short-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>95</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Al Zdenek: Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions (Full Interview)</title>
      <itunes:title>Al Zdenek: Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions (Full Interview)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and the relationship between day-to-day money decisions and long-term goals. This full interview explores cash flow, planning, and financial confidence.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. A question we often ask ourselves about money is, are we making the best financial decisions? And for most of us, that answer is, well, that depends. Today, author, speaker, and wealth advisor Al Zdenek offers some advice and perhaps a different way to look at your money, and how you can put yourself on a path to more security and less stress getting there. Al Zdenek wrote the just-published book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Your Wealth.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> So I&#x27;ve been looking at your book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. Pretty interesting stuff, and your approach is interesting as well. I think a lot of folks will be interested in really looking at cash flow as a different way of really financial planning. Probably true, yeah. Most people look at it from an investment kind of conversation rather than concentrating on cash flow. So I hope so. So why should we look at cash flow? Why is that important? Well, again, most people look at the return on their investments, what I&#x27;ve gotten in the latest quote in the stock market. But if you have, even if the stock market got to a 25%, if you don&#x27;t have money in the bank or cash flow, who cares? And if you don&#x27;t look at your cash flow, some things can happen to you that really, you know, you want to avoid.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I&#x27;m the poster child for that. 30 years ago, I had a successful CPA firm, but I was on the verge of personal bankruptcy because I&#x27;d never watched my own personal cash flow. And so you could have very successful people in business, you know, making really poor financial choices that can lead them to a place they don&#x27;t want to go. So I always think cash flow is where you look at first. And one of the things that I found interesting is you mentioned two types of personal financial planners. And one is kind of the world that I live in where you&#x27;ve got financial planners who ask you all the questions, but then you are a cash flow planner. You ask the same questions, but look at the information a little differently. Yeah, most of the world is basically they&#x27;re goals-based planners. And there&#x27;s nothing wrong with that.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And the goals might be I want to retire by a certain age. I want a second home. I want to put my child through college and save for that. And those goals are very important. But if you&#x27;re only a goals-based planner, you&#x27;re looking at that, basically there&#x27;s going to be an amount you have to save, and then it becomes an investment conversation. A cash flow planner, we think those goals are really great also. But if you don&#x27;t look at insurance, at debt, the way you&#x27;re making decisions around your career, your cash flow, if you&#x27;re a small business, how you&#x27;re pricing, how you&#x27;re doing things there, you can miss a lot of other things that can greatly increase your cash flow, reduce the time you have to work, get you there faster, have more wealth, and be really positive influence in your life. Not to mention a little less stress. A lot less stress and anxiety because what&#x27;s happening today, there&#x27;s so many fears around finance.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Fear, am I going to be able to retire? Fear, am I saving enough? Am I going to lose money in the market? But the more that you concentrate on cash flow and you can see that you&#x27;re amassing the wealth or what you need to get to your goals, we think, like you just said, that reduces anxiety and stress in your life. And one of the things that you said, that debt isn&#x27;t always the enemy. That&#x27;s true. You know, we here in the United States especially because of the Great Depression, other things in the past, field debt is bad. We&#x27;ve been taught that by our parents, our grandparents. But very few people run the numbers. And when you get down to it, small businesses and larger businesses use debt to basically leverage their businesses to grow them. In fact, if you really get down to it, a person could never afford a house unless they took out debt instead of saving all the money to eventually buy one.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> But so the thing is, is debt can be your friend. Debt can be like with a small business, leverage your wealth and get you there faster. You want to avoid, of course, the consumer debt and being silly with it. But explore the benefits of using debt smarter. I mean, one of the examples you used was somebody wanted to buy a million-dollar house. And one person puts the million dollars down and buys the house. The other person takes out a $600,000 mortgage. They both lose their job. Who wins? Right. This is the one nuance that most people miss, and I&#x27;m glad you&#x27;re bringing this up. Not only is debt can it help you gain wealth faster if you use it wisely, it&#x27;s also safer. However, if you use all your debt to pay down all of your bills and then all of a sudden you lose your job, you may have a debt-free house, but so what?</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> You still have to pay the heat, the taxes and whatever. And so by not planning and balancing what you have in assets, liquid assets and debt and the house, you can get yourself into real trouble. One of the things I liked about the book, too, is you really demonstrated the cash flow funnels and how that really makes sense. And just that simple line drawing, you kind of go, huh, well, that makes perfect sense. I&#x27;m glad it did to you. I&#x27;m pleased it did because most people don&#x27;t realize that well-run businesses and people think differently. And by the way, the CEO of a well-run business thinks differently in his life, too. It&#x27;s really kind of odd. But a well-run business is always going to target its profit. It&#x27;s always going to target the bottom line. Most people don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Most people, it&#x27;s like, well, I hope it&#x27;s all there. I wonder what I made by the end of the year, and I hope it&#x27;s going to be all there for me, rather than really focusing on and planning it. Now, what made you decide that, one, you&#x27;ve had your own successful business on this cash flow advisory. Now, why the book? Why now? Well, it goes back to, again, about 30 years ago when I started getting into the financial planning and wealth advisory business, wealth management business. Again, I told you at one time I had a CPA firm, and it was doing very well. But personally, I was just making the wrong choices and stretching myself too thin and not making the best financial choices. But I was lucky. And I would employ anyone out there who&#x27;s having this problem to do the same thing. As you reach out for help, reach out for someone who can guide you, reach out for someone who you think is making those better financial decisions.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> I did, and someone stepped forward and became a mentor to me, and he showed me the power of making the best financial choices. And I became such a zealot of it, I changed my whole firm to a wealth management firm because that person helped me. And I wanted to go through my career helping people make the best financial choices they could to live the lifestyles they want now and in the future or have the highest probability of doing that. And after all these years, I decided to write the book because there&#x27;s so much of me, and hopefully I can reach more people and help them that way too. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what. The book is super easy to read. It&#x27;s not a complex financial book. It&#x27;s very – I mean, you speak to people on their level so that really we understand what you&#x27;re trying to say, and it makes sense.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> It&#x27;s an easy thing to understand. And I think a lot of folks are going to have that aha moment. You&#x27;ve got to love that when that happens. Oh, that&#x27;s very kind of to say. I went out of my way to make sure of that because, you know, you don&#x27;t want to speak to people in terms of section codes and legalese. You want to make sure they understand because while finance can be overwhelming to some people, when you get into it and you show them how simple some decisions can be, you know, it&#x27;s gratifying to know that they understand it. So the last chapter, I&#x27;m not going to spoil anything, but creating a championship team, pretty good. I appreciate that. You know, I have often thought maybe that should be one of the first chapters, but I saved it for last. You know, one of the ways to start, sometimes people say, where do you start out? Making sure you have the best advisors around you, the best attorney, the best accountant, the best insurance person.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And make sure that, you know, you have what I call a championship team, the ones that are being proactive. They answer your phone calls. They&#x27;re making sure they&#x27;re making smart decisions for you. Many of us don&#x27;t do that. We ignore that. And we try to do it ourselves or else have this team that&#x27;s subgrade. And all that does, a bad team is going to cost you more years of working or you&#x27;re not going to be able to achieve what you want. And you&#x27;ve got to be comfortable and trust the people you&#x27;re with, too. And that&#x27;s that face-to-face thing that happens. Trust is probably the most important thing as well as being able to click with them. And as you said a few minutes ago, you know, making sure that you have someone that they&#x27;re a good professional, but they&#x27;re going to speak to you in language that you know and understand. So, Al, we&#x27;ve got to wrap it up.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Anything else you want to toss in that we haven&#x27;t talked about? Well, the only thing I can say is that, you know, look, I know finance can be overwhelming. It&#x27;s not like you get up in the morning and say, yeah, let me check that cash flow and see the first financial report. And it can seem overwhelming, but, you know, take some first steps. You know, reach out to people you think that are making better decisions than you are. Look at your team. Make sure they&#x27;re being proactive for you because it&#x27;s not as overwhelming as you think once you get into it. Where do we get the book, Al? Well, best places you can go to my personal website, alzenek.com. That&#x27;s alzenek, Z-D-E-N-E-K.com. Terrific. Well, we&#x27;ll encourage folks to do that. And thanks much for your time today. I appreciate it. It was, I love the book too, by the way.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Steve, I really appreciate your kind words. And it was a pleasure being here. Thank you. Thanks again to Al Zenek, author of Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. For The Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and the relationship between day-to-day money decisions and long-term goals. This full interview explores cash flow, planning, and financial confidence.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people, and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me, that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned, folks, and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Business. A question we often ask ourselves about money is, are we making the best financial decisions? And for most of us, that answer is, well, that depends. Today, author, speaker, and wealth advisor Al Zdenek offers some advice and perhaps a different way to look at your money, and how you can put yourself on a path to more security and less stress getting there. Al Zdenek wrote the just-published book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Your Wealth.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> So I&#x27;ve been looking at your book, Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. Pretty interesting stuff, and your approach is interesting as well. I think a lot of folks will be interested in really looking at cash flow as a different way of really financial planning. Probably true, yeah. Most people look at it from an investment kind of conversation rather than concentrating on cash flow. So I hope so. So why should we look at cash flow? Why is that important? Well, again, most people look at the return on their investments, what I&#x27;ve gotten in the latest quote in the stock market. But if you have, even if the stock market got to a 25%, if you don&#x27;t have money in the bank or cash flow, who cares? And if you don&#x27;t look at your cash flow, some things can happen to you that really, you know, you want to avoid.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I&#x27;m the poster child for that. 30 years ago, I had a successful CPA firm, but I was on the verge of personal bankruptcy because I&#x27;d never watched my own personal cash flow. And so you could have very successful people in business, you know, making really poor financial choices that can lead them to a place they don&#x27;t want to go. So I always think cash flow is where you look at first. And one of the things that I found interesting is you mentioned two types of personal financial planners. And one is kind of the world that I live in where you&#x27;ve got financial planners who ask you all the questions, but then you are a cash flow planner. You ask the same questions, but look at the information a little differently. Yeah, most of the world is basically they&#x27;re goals-based planners. And there&#x27;s nothing wrong with that.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And the goals might be I want to retire by a certain age. I want a second home. I want to put my child through college and save for that. And those goals are very important. But if you&#x27;re only a goals-based planner, you&#x27;re looking at that, basically there&#x27;s going to be an amount you have to save, and then it becomes an investment conversation. A cash flow planner, we think those goals are really great also. But if you don&#x27;t look at insurance, at debt, the way you&#x27;re making decisions around your career, your cash flow, if you&#x27;re a small business, how you&#x27;re pricing, how you&#x27;re doing things there, you can miss a lot of other things that can greatly increase your cash flow, reduce the time you have to work, get you there faster, have more wealth, and be really positive influence in your life. Not to mention a little less stress. A lot less stress and anxiety because what&#x27;s happening today, there&#x27;s so many fears around finance.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Fear, am I going to be able to retire? Fear, am I saving enough? Am I going to lose money in the market? But the more that you concentrate on cash flow and you can see that you&#x27;re amassing the wealth or what you need to get to your goals, we think, like you just said, that reduces anxiety and stress in your life. And one of the things that you said, that debt isn&#x27;t always the enemy. That&#x27;s true. You know, we here in the United States especially because of the Great Depression, other things in the past, field debt is bad. We&#x27;ve been taught that by our parents, our grandparents. But very few people run the numbers. And when you get down to it, small businesses and larger businesses use debt to basically leverage their businesses to grow them. In fact, if you really get down to it, a person could never afford a house unless they took out debt instead of saving all the money to eventually buy one.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> But so the thing is, is debt can be your friend. Debt can be like with a small business, leverage your wealth and get you there faster. You want to avoid, of course, the consumer debt and being silly with it. But explore the benefits of using debt smarter. I mean, one of the examples you used was somebody wanted to buy a million-dollar house. And one person puts the million dollars down and buys the house. The other person takes out a $600,000 mortgage. They both lose their job. Who wins? Right. This is the one nuance that most people miss, and I&#x27;m glad you&#x27;re bringing this up. Not only is debt can it help you gain wealth faster if you use it wisely, it&#x27;s also safer. However, if you use all your debt to pay down all of your bills and then all of a sudden you lose your job, you may have a debt-free house, but so what?</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> You still have to pay the heat, the taxes and whatever. And so by not planning and balancing what you have in assets, liquid assets and debt and the house, you can get yourself into real trouble. One of the things I liked about the book, too, is you really demonstrated the cash flow funnels and how that really makes sense. And just that simple line drawing, you kind of go, huh, well, that makes perfect sense. I&#x27;m glad it did to you. I&#x27;m pleased it did because most people don&#x27;t realize that well-run businesses and people think differently. And by the way, the CEO of a well-run business thinks differently in his life, too. It&#x27;s really kind of odd. But a well-run business is always going to target its profit. It&#x27;s always going to target the bottom line. Most people don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Most people, it&#x27;s like, well, I hope it&#x27;s all there. I wonder what I made by the end of the year, and I hope it&#x27;s going to be all there for me, rather than really focusing on and planning it. Now, what made you decide that, one, you&#x27;ve had your own successful business on this cash flow advisory. Now, why the book? Why now? Well, it goes back to, again, about 30 years ago when I started getting into the financial planning and wealth advisory business, wealth management business. Again, I told you at one time I had a CPA firm, and it was doing very well. But personally, I was just making the wrong choices and stretching myself too thin and not making the best financial choices. But I was lucky. And I would employ anyone out there who&#x27;s having this problem to do the same thing. As you reach out for help, reach out for someone who can guide you, reach out for someone who you think is making those better financial decisions.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> I did, and someone stepped forward and became a mentor to me, and he showed me the power of making the best financial choices. And I became such a zealot of it, I changed my whole firm to a wealth management firm because that person helped me. And I wanted to go through my career helping people make the best financial choices they could to live the lifestyles they want now and in the future or have the highest probability of doing that. And after all these years, I decided to write the book because there&#x27;s so much of me, and hopefully I can reach more people and help them that way too. Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what. The book is super easy to read. It&#x27;s not a complex financial book. It&#x27;s very – I mean, you speak to people on their level so that really we understand what you&#x27;re trying to say, and it makes sense.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> It&#x27;s an easy thing to understand. And I think a lot of folks are going to have that aha moment. You&#x27;ve got to love that when that happens. Oh, that&#x27;s very kind of to say. I went out of my way to make sure of that because, you know, you don&#x27;t want to speak to people in terms of section codes and legalese. You want to make sure they understand because while finance can be overwhelming to some people, when you get into it and you show them how simple some decisions can be, you know, it&#x27;s gratifying to know that they understand it. So the last chapter, I&#x27;m not going to spoil anything, but creating a championship team, pretty good. I appreciate that. You know, I have often thought maybe that should be one of the first chapters, but I saved it for last. You know, one of the ways to start, sometimes people say, where do you start out? Making sure you have the best advisors around you, the best attorney, the best accountant, the best insurance person.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And make sure that, you know, you have what I call a championship team, the ones that are being proactive. They answer your phone calls. They&#x27;re making sure they&#x27;re making smart decisions for you. Many of us don&#x27;t do that. We ignore that. And we try to do it ourselves or else have this team that&#x27;s subgrade. And all that does, a bad team is going to cost you more years of working or you&#x27;re not going to be able to achieve what you want. And you&#x27;ve got to be comfortable and trust the people you&#x27;re with, too. And that&#x27;s that face-to-face thing that happens. Trust is probably the most important thing as well as being able to click with them. And as you said a few minutes ago, you know, making sure that you have someone that they&#x27;re a good professional, but they&#x27;re going to speak to you in language that you know and understand. So, Al, we&#x27;ve got to wrap it up.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Anything else you want to toss in that we haven&#x27;t talked about? Well, the only thing I can say is that, you know, look, I know finance can be overwhelming. It&#x27;s not like you get up in the morning and say, yeah, let me check that cash flow and see the first financial report. And it can seem overwhelming, but, you know, take some first steps. You know, reach out to people you think that are making better decisions than you are. Look at your team. Make sure they&#x27;re being proactive for you because it&#x27;s not as overwhelming as you think once you get into it. Where do we get the book, Al? Well, best places you can go to my personal website, alzenek.com. That&#x27;s alzenek, Z-D-E-N-E-K.com. Terrific. Well, we&#x27;ll encourage folks to do that. And thanks much for your time today. I appreciate it. It was, I love the book too, by the way.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> Steve, I really appreciate your kind words. And it was a pleasure being here. Thank you. Thanks again to Al Zenek, author of Master Your Cash Flow, The Key to Grow and Retain Wealth. For The Financial Safari, I&#x27;m Steve Sedahl.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Al Zdenek discusses Master Your Cash Flow and the relationship between day-to-day money decisions and long-term goals. This full interview explores cash flow, planning, and financial confidence.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Al Zdenek</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Al Zdenek, financial education, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ab6022f-2a12-4b38-9828-adff011750df/image.jpg?t=1792073853&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ab6022f-2a12-4b38-9828-adff011750df/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-al-zdenk-long-version/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ab6022f-2a12-4b38-9828-adff011750df/image.jpg?t=1792073853&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9145431850f15733123869ed01a0d858</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0ab6022f-2a12-4b38-9828-adff011750df</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Oct 2017 17:07:23 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>586</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0ab6022f-2a12-4b38-9828-adff011750df/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9414719" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/author-al-zdenk-long-version</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>96</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Master Your Cash Flow and Financial Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Dan Geller: Money Anxiety and Consumer Behavior</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Dan Geller: Money Anxiety and Consumer Behavior</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Dan Geller joins Coach Pete to discuss Money Anxiety and his Money Anxiety Index. They explore the difference between what people say about the economy and what they do with their money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. We&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor. We&#x27;ve had so many requests to have him back on. His name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s author of the book The Money Anxiety, and it&#x27;s how financial uncertainty changes consumer behavior and the economy. He&#x27;s been on national TV and on national radio. He&#x27;s also been the keynote speaker at the American Banker Analytics Symposium. He&#x27;s joining us from San Francisco. Dr. Geller, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show. Yeah, well, the financial world is a rapidly changing place, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, and actually things are looking good. Yeah, now you developed the Money Anxiety Index to measure the level of money anxiety out there in people&#x27;s minds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> How does that work? Okay. Okay. So up until the introduction of the Money Anxiety Index, the only way to measure kind of the level of financial anxiety was to do surveys. You know, we have all kinds of consumer confidence surveys. The only problem with those surveys, Coach, is that they are very subjective because they are based on a questionnaire. They ask people, how do you feel about the economy? Well, that&#x27;s very subjective. Right. So we set up to develop an objective index that measures what people do with their money, not what they say. And we found out that there is a tremendous difference between what people say and what they do with their money. And case in point is prior to the Great Recession, the Money Anxiety Index started increasing, meaning indicating elevated level of money anxiety, 14 months before the recession started.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> But at the same time, consumer confidence indices still reported high level of confidence. So basically, people were saying, oh, things are great. But in essence, they were starting to cut down on spending and increase their savings. And that&#x27;s how we detected it. So the Money Anxiety Index is a little more rapid. It&#x27;s like a speedboat instead of a big tanker as far as seeing what the overall perspective is in consumers&#x27; minds. Exactly. It&#x27;s like an early warning system that detects changes in people&#x27;s financial behavior based on what they do. Now, money anxiety, is it common or is it something that only other people seem to experience? Money anxiety is very common.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> It&#x27;s a normative condition. Yes, there are some cases on the fringe that are part of the general anxiety disorder. And those are very, you know, special cases. But generally speaking, according to the American Psychological Association survey, seven out of 10 people reported having money anxiety on a regular basis. And as you know, Coach, anything in social sciences that 70% report, that&#x27;s normative. That&#x27;s the norm. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s a lot of people. I mean, that&#x27;s a big percent, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. So how does our, you know, when we have money anxiety, how does it impact our financial decisions? Or how does it not having money anxiety impact our financial decisions?</p><p><strong>03:24</strong> Okay. So basically, the level of money anxiety dictates what we do with our money. It&#x27;s very simple. When money anxiety goes up, we spend less. It&#x27;s an instinct that we have that when uncertainty increases, anxiety increases, we start holding. That&#x27;s kind of our natural instinct. So we start saving more and spending less. And the impact on the economy is that when we are in the U.S., a consumption-based society, 70% of GDP is consumption. So when people start spending less, it basically impacts GDP and puts us into a recession.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> And then it works the other way, which is the case now. When money anxiety goes down, as it did now, it&#x27;s 54.1 right now, then people save less and spend more. And therefore, what we are seeing now is exactly what the model describes in the book. The level of spending consumption is up. July was up 0.3%. And savings is down, according to the FDIC second quarter report. Domestic deposits is down by $32 billion. Yeah, which banks don&#x27;t like. Well, they&#x27;ll have to compete more for consumer deposits, yes.</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> Now, banks love it when people are spending because they love to loan money, don&#x27;t they? Yes, banks actually like when the economy improves because, remember, banks make most of their money the old-fashioned way, basically. They lend money and make money on the interest. Right. So they like it when the economy improves and people feel better about buying new stuff and, yeah, taking loans and mortgages and everything else. Well, it makes a lot of sense. Folks, again, we are talking to Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s a behavioral economist and the author of Money Anxiety, a great book. He also pioneered the research on the link between money anxiety and financial behavior, and he developed something called the Money Anxiety Index.</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Dr. Geller. In your book, you describe two types of financial decisions, instinctive and analytical. Can you explain to the audience what the difference is between the two? Of course. So basically we have these two types of decision-making, especially when it comes to financial decisions. The instinctive is what we call in the professional jargon system one, which is our intuitive decision-making. Most of our decisions, when the money anxiety is high, defaults to our instinct. Why? Because this is our survival mood. So when our ancestors, you know, faced the tiger in the wood, their instinct told them, run.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> It&#x27;s the same thing with us. We don&#x27;t face tigers in the wood, but when we feel financial danger, we instinctively make decisions to pull the money out or to move it to certain places. Those are instinctive decisions. When money anxiety decreases, we move more towards our analytical decision-making, which is a different part of the brain. This emanates from our cortex. And those are more slower type of decisions and typically the more correct financial decisions that we make. So money anxiety drives our financial decisions, but can that impact our economy here in the United States?</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Yes, it can. And basically during the recession, one of the reasons that we had such a slow recovery is exactly that. The impact of the Great Recession, the level of money anxiety was so high. We reached over 100 index points. We are now at 54. We reached 100, almost twice as much. And pretty much people panicked. And they started increasing savings over and beyond normal pace. And this reduced the spending. And as I mentioned earlier, 70% of our GDP is consumption. And with such a major reduction in spending, it prolonged our recovery.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> It took almost 10 years. It&#x27;s almost 10 years to the month since the beginning of the Great Recession in December 2007. Well, Dr. Giller, roll out your crystal ball here and let&#x27;s predict. What do you see happening in the next six months to two years going forward? Okay. Okay. Short term, things are great. Economically speaking, that&#x27;s one disclaimer I have to make. There are geopolitical events that are unknown. So we put those aside. From an economic standpoint, things are good. People are confident about the economy. They are spending. Unemployment is very low.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And money anxiety is low. So things are good. Longer term, well, at some point, we will see a change in the cycle. As you know, recessions and downturn in the economy is inevitable. It will come. When? That&#x27;s the million-dollar question. But at some point, it will. We are kind of on the edge of the stretch, meaning 10 years since the last recession is pretty much the longest time between recessions that we had since the Great Depression, since the 30s. 10 years. We are at the 10-year mark. How long can we stretch it this time? How to tell? But at some point in the next couple years, we will start seeing a downturn in the economy.</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> That&#x27;s inevitable. Seems like everyone wants a prediction on when the market&#x27;s going to go the wrong way or when it&#x27;s going to keep going up. And I always tell people proper balance. You have Core and Explore. And then if the market goes down, I mean, you&#x27;ve got some dry powder, we call it, to buy or dry ammo to buy more at a lower price. But the worst time to buy is when we&#x27;re overpriced, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. And you know, sometimes the stock market is independent of the real economy, so to speak. So that&#x27;s why, yeah, always caution, as you said. Be cautious. Again, the name of the book, Money, Anxiety, and his name, Dr. Dan Geller. Dan, hope to have you on again in the future. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure. And folks, if you join this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> Thanks a lot, Doc. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Dan Geller joins Coach Pete to discuss Money Anxiety and his Money Anxiety Index. They explore the difference between what people say about the economy and what they do with their money.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. We&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor. We&#x27;ve had so many requests to have him back on. His name is Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s author of the book The Money Anxiety, and it&#x27;s how financial uncertainty changes consumer behavior and the economy. He&#x27;s been on national TV and on national radio. He&#x27;s also been the keynote speaker at the American Banker Analytics Symposium. He&#x27;s joining us from San Francisco. Dr. Geller, welcome in. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be on your great show. Yeah, well, the financial world is a rapidly changing place, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, and actually things are looking good. Yeah, now you developed the Money Anxiety Index to measure the level of money anxiety out there in people&#x27;s minds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> How does that work? Okay. Okay. So up until the introduction of the Money Anxiety Index, the only way to measure kind of the level of financial anxiety was to do surveys. You know, we have all kinds of consumer confidence surveys. The only problem with those surveys, Coach, is that they are very subjective because they are based on a questionnaire. They ask people, how do you feel about the economy? Well, that&#x27;s very subjective. Right. So we set up to develop an objective index that measures what people do with their money, not what they say. And we found out that there is a tremendous difference between what people say and what they do with their money. And case in point is prior to the Great Recession, the Money Anxiety Index started increasing, meaning indicating elevated level of money anxiety, 14 months before the recession started.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> But at the same time, consumer confidence indices still reported high level of confidence. So basically, people were saying, oh, things are great. But in essence, they were starting to cut down on spending and increase their savings. And that&#x27;s how we detected it. So the Money Anxiety Index is a little more rapid. It&#x27;s like a speedboat instead of a big tanker as far as seeing what the overall perspective is in consumers&#x27; minds. Exactly. It&#x27;s like an early warning system that detects changes in people&#x27;s financial behavior based on what they do. Now, money anxiety, is it common or is it something that only other people seem to experience? Money anxiety is very common.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> It&#x27;s a normative condition. Yes, there are some cases on the fringe that are part of the general anxiety disorder. And those are very, you know, special cases. But generally speaking, according to the American Psychological Association survey, seven out of 10 people reported having money anxiety on a regular basis. And as you know, Coach, anything in social sciences that 70% report, that&#x27;s normative. That&#x27;s the norm. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s a lot of people. I mean, that&#x27;s a big percent, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. So how does our, you know, when we have money anxiety, how does it impact our financial decisions? Or how does it not having money anxiety impact our financial decisions?</p><p><strong>03:24</strong> Okay. So basically, the level of money anxiety dictates what we do with our money. It&#x27;s very simple. When money anxiety goes up, we spend less. It&#x27;s an instinct that we have that when uncertainty increases, anxiety increases, we start holding. That&#x27;s kind of our natural instinct. So we start saving more and spending less. And the impact on the economy is that when we are in the U.S., a consumption-based society, 70% of GDP is consumption. So when people start spending less, it basically impacts GDP and puts us into a recession.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> And then it works the other way, which is the case now. When money anxiety goes down, as it did now, it&#x27;s 54.1 right now, then people save less and spend more. And therefore, what we are seeing now is exactly what the model describes in the book. The level of spending consumption is up. July was up 0.3%. And savings is down, according to the FDIC second quarter report. Domestic deposits is down by $32 billion. Yeah, which banks don&#x27;t like. Well, they&#x27;ll have to compete more for consumer deposits, yes.</p><p><strong>05:01</strong> Now, banks love it when people are spending because they love to loan money, don&#x27;t they? Yes, banks actually like when the economy improves because, remember, banks make most of their money the old-fashioned way, basically. They lend money and make money on the interest. Right. So they like it when the economy improves and people feel better about buying new stuff and, yeah, taking loans and mortgages and everything else. Well, it makes a lot of sense. Folks, again, we are talking to Dr. Dan Geller. He&#x27;s a behavioral economist and the author of Money Anxiety, a great book. He also pioneered the research on the link between money anxiety and financial behavior, and he developed something called the Money Anxiety Index.</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about your book, Dr. Geller. In your book, you describe two types of financial decisions, instinctive and analytical. Can you explain to the audience what the difference is between the two? Of course. So basically we have these two types of decision-making, especially when it comes to financial decisions. The instinctive is what we call in the professional jargon system one, which is our intuitive decision-making. Most of our decisions, when the money anxiety is high, defaults to our instinct. Why? Because this is our survival mood. So when our ancestors, you know, faced the tiger in the wood, their instinct told them, run.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> It&#x27;s the same thing with us. We don&#x27;t face tigers in the wood, but when we feel financial danger, we instinctively make decisions to pull the money out or to move it to certain places. Those are instinctive decisions. When money anxiety decreases, we move more towards our analytical decision-making, which is a different part of the brain. This emanates from our cortex. And those are more slower type of decisions and typically the more correct financial decisions that we make. So money anxiety drives our financial decisions, but can that impact our economy here in the United States?</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Yes, it can. And basically during the recession, one of the reasons that we had such a slow recovery is exactly that. The impact of the Great Recession, the level of money anxiety was so high. We reached over 100 index points. We are now at 54. We reached 100, almost twice as much. And pretty much people panicked. And they started increasing savings over and beyond normal pace. And this reduced the spending. And as I mentioned earlier, 70% of our GDP is consumption. And with such a major reduction in spending, it prolonged our recovery.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> It took almost 10 years. It&#x27;s almost 10 years to the month since the beginning of the Great Recession in December 2007. Well, Dr. Giller, roll out your crystal ball here and let&#x27;s predict. What do you see happening in the next six months to two years going forward? Okay. Okay. Short term, things are great. Economically speaking, that&#x27;s one disclaimer I have to make. There are geopolitical events that are unknown. So we put those aside. From an economic standpoint, things are good. People are confident about the economy. They are spending. Unemployment is very low.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And money anxiety is low. So things are good. Longer term, well, at some point, we will see a change in the cycle. As you know, recessions and downturn in the economy is inevitable. It will come. When? That&#x27;s the million-dollar question. But at some point, it will. We are kind of on the edge of the stretch, meaning 10 years since the last recession is pretty much the longest time between recessions that we had since the Great Depression, since the 30s. 10 years. We are at the 10-year mark. How long can we stretch it this time? How to tell? But at some point in the next couple years, we will start seeing a downturn in the economy.</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> That&#x27;s inevitable. Seems like everyone wants a prediction on when the market&#x27;s going to go the wrong way or when it&#x27;s going to keep going up. And I always tell people proper balance. You have Core and Explore. And then if the market goes down, I mean, you&#x27;ve got some dry powder, we call it, to buy or dry ammo to buy more at a lower price. But the worst time to buy is when we&#x27;re overpriced, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. And you know, sometimes the stock market is independent of the real economy, so to speak. So that&#x27;s why, yeah, always caution, as you said. Be cautious. Again, the name of the book, Money, Anxiety, and his name, Dr. Dan Geller. Dan, hope to have you on again in the future. Thank you, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure. And folks, if you join this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> Thanks a lot, Doc. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Dan Geller joins Coach Pete to discuss Money Anxiety and his Money Anxiety Index. They explore the difference between what people say about the economy and what they do with their money.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Dan Geller</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Dan Geller, behavioral finance, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6c8cf97-782a-4406-be2e-adff011783a8/image.jpg?t=1792073882&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6c8cf97-782a-4406-be2e-adff011783a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-dan-geller-interview/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6c8cf97-782a-4406-be2e-adff011783a8/image.jpg?t=1792073882&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bceb1c2954cc67a1904d508f3b4e2bc4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b6c8cf97-782a-4406-be2e-adff011783a8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2017 15:04:09 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>641</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6c8cf97-782a-4406-be2e-adff011783a8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10298463" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-dan-geller-interview</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>97</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Anxiety and Consumer Behavior" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Behavior and financial decisions" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Eastham: Planning for Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Eastham: Planning for Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Eastham returns to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies, preparing for retirement, and the decisions involved in creating income. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world, and many times they&#x27;re financial authors. And I&#x27;ve got a copy of a book in my hand, which is a tremendous read. It&#x27;s available all over the place where books are sold, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, those kind of things. But it&#x27;s called Common Sense Income Strategies, Simple Step-by-Step Ways to Maximize Your Retirement. We&#x27;re going to go to Orlando, Florida and visit with the author, Michael Easton. Michael, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah, I&#x27;ve written some books, and it takes time to do it. It takes passion and time to write a good book, and your book&#x27;s a real good book. What inspired you to write this? Well, you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry for over 25 years, and what I&#x27;ve discovered is, especially with baby boomers, you hear the term balanced approach all the time in financial</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> circles. And I believe people need to take a balanced approach in allocations, etc. But it needs to be based on a strategy that supports the goals that people have in retirement goals. Too often, I find that the strategy people have in place is in direct conflict. So we try to help people understand where that conflict is, identify red flags. And that was really one of the biggest impetuses for writing this book. There were two really good chapters in there I think our listeners all need to pay attention to. Number one was fact-checking Wall Street. How do you fact-check Wall Street? Number two was vetting financial advisors to find the right match. So let&#x27;s talk about that first one. How do you fact-check Wall Street? Well, I mean, by fact-checking Wall Street, it&#x27;s important to understand that, you know, you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> always get all the information. You might get a half-truth. And half-truths only paint part of the picture. So it can give you a false sense of security. And let me give you an example. If I were to tell you that between my wife and I, we run an average of 10 miles a week, you&#x27;re going to get a picture in your mind, right? But if I said, actually, she runs 20 miles a week, and I don&#x27;t run at all. Well, the average is still 10. So I haven&#x27;t really lied to you. But I&#x27;ve only told you half the truth. And that&#x27;s what happens in the market. You know, they teach us as financial advisors to tell people that the market on average returns about 10%. But they never tell you how long the long term is. And so fact-checking Wall Street simply looks at market history, understands the roles that stock market history plays in today&#x27;s environment. And especially for people who are in</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> that red zone of retirement, Coach Pete, they&#x27;ve got to look at their strategy and change from a growth-oriented strategy that I refer to as performance to an income-oriented strategy, interest and dividends that I refer to as purpose. Well, you look at the funny numbers, the funny math, you&#x27;re right. So let&#x27;s say someone starts with $100,000 and they go up 100% for the first year they&#x27;re in there. So now they have $200,000. The very next year, they&#x27;re down 50%. So now they&#x27;re right back to where they started two years later. Yet the brochure for that investment shows a annual return the last two years, 25% per year, because 100% up minus 50% down. It looks like it&#x27;s up 50%, but no, it&#x27;s you&#x27;re right back where you started. That&#x27;s the funny math you&#x27;re talking about. That&#x27;s exactly right. And I use a similar analogy when I talk about, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> what did the market do from the year 2000 to the year 2013? Absolutely nothing. So if you were a buy and hold investor during that time period, you got zero growth. But look at a Morningstar report that goes from 2003, which was the bottom of the market to 2013. And you&#x27;re going to be thrilled because you&#x27;ve got a, you know, eight, nine, 10, 11% growth rate in a straight line during those time periods. What do they forget? They forget a 60% drop from 2007 to 2009. I call it financial amnesia. People like to forget things they don&#x27;t want to remember, right? So especially when they&#x27;re making the brochures, they like to forget them things. And I know I&#x27;ve talked to people each and every day like you do. I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena over 25 years and people come in saying, well, gosh, I watch TV and according to TV, the market&#x27;s way up yet. I get</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> my statements and we&#x27;re, we&#x27;re barely treading water, doggy paddling. So not good. Not good. All right. So how do you vet financial advisors to find the right match? That&#x27;s a big one. Yeah, actually vetting financial advisors is, uh, is very important. What I tell people is, look, don&#x27;t be afraid to ask questions of, uh, of a financial advisor that you&#x27;re interviewing for the, um, you know, the privilege of helping you to accomplish your financial goals. A good financial advisor is going to welcome those questions. And, uh, and some of those questions are things like, well, how are you, how do you work? I mean, are you, uh, are you a fiduciary or are you someone who just really focuses on the sales of products? Now, neither one is bad, but, um, but if somebody is, if their primary professional obligation is to ensure that they&#x27;re looking</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> out for the best interest of the client, that could work very, very much to the benefit of somebody else. Um, you know, another thing is, is asking somebody, you know, how are you compensated? Are you compensated, uh, based on the advice that you give or managing assets or are you compensated based on the sales of an individual product? So, um, and then, and then really we, what are, what&#x27;s an ideal client for the, uh, the financial advisor? What do they specialize in? Are they traditional stock market, um, financial advisors? The, the, the, the typical ones, I call them stock market cheerleaders, or are they people who, uh, who look at, uh, a number of different areas and specialize in an area of something like what</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> we do specialize in income generating investments, things that pay interest in dividends. Yeah. Very, very important. You know, when you, when you talk to people each and every day and you ask them about their retirement plan, many people pull out this financial plan that has a lump sum, I call it a lump sum time bomb because they don&#x27;t know what to do with it. So I always say it doesn&#x27;t become a true retirement plan unless and until your financial plan has some lifetime income built in. Do you agree with that? I do agree with that. That&#x27;s a really good point. And the funny thing is when you ask people about, about decisions and purchases that they make in, um, in retirement, I ask them, are, do you plan to liquidate assets in order to take that trip to, um, to Europe? Or do you want to generate income so that you can pay for that out of cashflow? And invariably people say,</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> well, I want to generate income. And what is retirement all about? Retirement is about ensuring that you have enough income that you don&#x27;t run out of money before you run out of life. Yeah. And replacing a salary that you got when you were working, uh, people have a, the wrong idea of what retirement is. And unfortunately it&#x27;s just been propagated through the training from consumer mainstream financial media. Yeah. A lot of people are doing the wrong thing at the wrong time of their life. And you have something you call the common sense approach. What&#x27;s that? Well, the common sense approach is, is looking, is, is asking yourself, well, how much income do I need for, uh, to live comfortably in retirement? And let me give you an example of, of what I mean. In, in, uh, 2008, I had a 68 year old widow who came into my office and she had lost 40% of her</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> accounts. And I said to her, you know, I, I had asked her, you know, how, how did this happen? She told me that when her husband died, she went to find a financial advisor cause she wasn&#x27;t comfortable doing it herself. Well, the advisor was a typical, um, you know, more of a stock market approach guy. And he said, well, you should be earning 10%. The, the, the stock market cheerleader mantra. So she just let them go. And by the time she was so sick to her stomach, she had to pull everything out. She had already lost 40%. My question to her was, did he ever ask you how much income you need? When we rolled up our sleeves, you know, first of all, he never asked that question. Uh, and again, not his fault. It&#x27;s just not necessarily something that the advisors are trained to do. I believe most financial advisors do have their best, their client&#x27;s best interests at</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> heart. But when we rolled up our sleeves and did the math, then we discovered that all she needed to live comfortably was interest in dividends of about 4%. So think about the difference in risk between investing for 4% and investing for 10%. It&#x27;s orders of magnitude. That&#x27;s the difference right there, uh, between performance and purpose-based investing. Performance says I&#x27;m crossing my fingers and hoping that the market&#x27;s going to cooperate for the next 30 years while I&#x27;m retired. Purpose says, you know what, I know how much income I&#x27;ve got and I&#x27;m very comfortable at that level. Yeah. Very, very important. Now I, in your book, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute and a half left here, and I want to go through this too. You&#x27;ve got a chapter called Front Burner, Things to Do Now. And I think this is a very important for everybody listening. What should somebody do if they have a plan, but they don&#x27;t, but they&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s got a retirement and income plan built in?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, first of all, they need to find out. That is a critical thing. They need to ask themselves, how much income do I need? Uh, so look at your, you can do it either from a bottom-up approach, right? If you, you know, if you&#x27;re someone who is analytical, you do, you have Quicken or something, you can run a report to see what your expenses are. But a lot of people don&#x27;t operate that. They don&#x27;t function that way. So I, we take a top-down approach and we say, well, how much income are you earning now while you&#x27;re still working? And what are the things that you&#x27;re not going to need? Things like maybe you&#x27;ll pay your mortgage off, or you&#x27;re not going to be paying into social security, or you won&#x27;t be contributing to your 401k. So that&#x27;s a starting point. Then you back out things like social security. Um, and then if you have a pension that leaves you a gap, that gap is</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> what, um, what we can use to help figure out how much income you need to generate from other investments. Yeah, very, very important. And, and I think that a lot of people are sitting on accounts. They could retire sooner than they thought if they get the right plan put together. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s exactly right. So help in that area is something I think people are really, really longing for. Folks, the name of the book, Common Sense Income Strategies, Simple Step-by-Step Ways to Maximize Your Retirement. And his name again was Michael Easton. Michael, thanks for being on today. It&#x27;s my pleasure, Coach Pete. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Eastham returns to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies, preparing for retirement, and the decisions involved in creating income. Recorded July 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world, and many times they&#x27;re financial authors. And I&#x27;ve got a copy of a book in my hand, which is a tremendous read. It&#x27;s available all over the place where books are sold, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, those kind of things. But it&#x27;s called Common Sense Income Strategies, Simple Step-by-Step Ways to Maximize Your Retirement. We&#x27;re going to go to Orlando, Florida and visit with the author, Michael Easton. Michael, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah, I&#x27;ve written some books, and it takes time to do it. It takes passion and time to write a good book, and your book&#x27;s a real good book. What inspired you to write this? Well, you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry for over 25 years, and what I&#x27;ve discovered is, especially with baby boomers, you hear the term balanced approach all the time in financial</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> circles. And I believe people need to take a balanced approach in allocations, etc. But it needs to be based on a strategy that supports the goals that people have in retirement goals. Too often, I find that the strategy people have in place is in direct conflict. So we try to help people understand where that conflict is, identify red flags. And that was really one of the biggest impetuses for writing this book. There were two really good chapters in there I think our listeners all need to pay attention to. Number one was fact-checking Wall Street. How do you fact-check Wall Street? Number two was vetting financial advisors to find the right match. So let&#x27;s talk about that first one. How do you fact-check Wall Street? Well, I mean, by fact-checking Wall Street, it&#x27;s important to understand that, you know, you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> always get all the information. You might get a half-truth. And half-truths only paint part of the picture. So it can give you a false sense of security. And let me give you an example. If I were to tell you that between my wife and I, we run an average of 10 miles a week, you&#x27;re going to get a picture in your mind, right? But if I said, actually, she runs 20 miles a week, and I don&#x27;t run at all. Well, the average is still 10. So I haven&#x27;t really lied to you. But I&#x27;ve only told you half the truth. And that&#x27;s what happens in the market. You know, they teach us as financial advisors to tell people that the market on average returns about 10%. But they never tell you how long the long term is. And so fact-checking Wall Street simply looks at market history, understands the roles that stock market history plays in today&#x27;s environment. And especially for people who are in</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> that red zone of retirement, Coach Pete, they&#x27;ve got to look at their strategy and change from a growth-oriented strategy that I refer to as performance to an income-oriented strategy, interest and dividends that I refer to as purpose. Well, you look at the funny numbers, the funny math, you&#x27;re right. So let&#x27;s say someone starts with $100,000 and they go up 100% for the first year they&#x27;re in there. So now they have $200,000. The very next year, they&#x27;re down 50%. So now they&#x27;re right back to where they started two years later. Yet the brochure for that investment shows a annual return the last two years, 25% per year, because 100% up minus 50% down. It looks like it&#x27;s up 50%, but no, it&#x27;s you&#x27;re right back where you started. That&#x27;s the funny math you&#x27;re talking about. That&#x27;s exactly right. And I use a similar analogy when I talk about, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> what did the market do from the year 2000 to the year 2013? Absolutely nothing. So if you were a buy and hold investor during that time period, you got zero growth. But look at a Morningstar report that goes from 2003, which was the bottom of the market to 2013. And you&#x27;re going to be thrilled because you&#x27;ve got a, you know, eight, nine, 10, 11% growth rate in a straight line during those time periods. What do they forget? They forget a 60% drop from 2007 to 2009. I call it financial amnesia. People like to forget things they don&#x27;t want to remember, right? So especially when they&#x27;re making the brochures, they like to forget them things. And I know I&#x27;ve talked to people each and every day like you do. I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena over 25 years and people come in saying, well, gosh, I watch TV and according to TV, the market&#x27;s way up yet. I get</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> my statements and we&#x27;re, we&#x27;re barely treading water, doggy paddling. So not good. Not good. All right. So how do you vet financial advisors to find the right match? That&#x27;s a big one. Yeah, actually vetting financial advisors is, uh, is very important. What I tell people is, look, don&#x27;t be afraid to ask questions of, uh, of a financial advisor that you&#x27;re interviewing for the, um, you know, the privilege of helping you to accomplish your financial goals. A good financial advisor is going to welcome those questions. And, uh, and some of those questions are things like, well, how are you, how do you work? I mean, are you, uh, are you a fiduciary or are you someone who just really focuses on the sales of products? Now, neither one is bad, but, um, but if somebody is, if their primary professional obligation is to ensure that they&#x27;re looking</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> out for the best interest of the client, that could work very, very much to the benefit of somebody else. Um, you know, another thing is, is asking somebody, you know, how are you compensated? Are you compensated, uh, based on the advice that you give or managing assets or are you compensated based on the sales of an individual product? So, um, and then, and then really we, what are, what&#x27;s an ideal client for the, uh, the financial advisor? What do they specialize in? Are they traditional stock market, um, financial advisors? The, the, the, the typical ones, I call them stock market cheerleaders, or are they people who, uh, who look at, uh, a number of different areas and specialize in an area of something like what</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> we do specialize in income generating investments, things that pay interest in dividends. Yeah. Very, very important. You know, when you, when you talk to people each and every day and you ask them about their retirement plan, many people pull out this financial plan that has a lump sum, I call it a lump sum time bomb because they don&#x27;t know what to do with it. So I always say it doesn&#x27;t become a true retirement plan unless and until your financial plan has some lifetime income built in. Do you agree with that? I do agree with that. That&#x27;s a really good point. And the funny thing is when you ask people about, about decisions and purchases that they make in, um, in retirement, I ask them, are, do you plan to liquidate assets in order to take that trip to, um, to Europe? Or do you want to generate income so that you can pay for that out of cashflow? And invariably people say,</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> well, I want to generate income. And what is retirement all about? Retirement is about ensuring that you have enough income that you don&#x27;t run out of money before you run out of life. Yeah. And replacing a salary that you got when you were working, uh, people have a, the wrong idea of what retirement is. And unfortunately it&#x27;s just been propagated through the training from consumer mainstream financial media. Yeah. A lot of people are doing the wrong thing at the wrong time of their life. And you have something you call the common sense approach. What&#x27;s that? Well, the common sense approach is, is looking, is, is asking yourself, well, how much income do I need for, uh, to live comfortably in retirement? And let me give you an example of, of what I mean. In, in, uh, 2008, I had a 68 year old widow who came into my office and she had lost 40% of her</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> accounts. And I said to her, you know, I, I had asked her, you know, how, how did this happen? She told me that when her husband died, she went to find a financial advisor cause she wasn&#x27;t comfortable doing it herself. Well, the advisor was a typical, um, you know, more of a stock market approach guy. And he said, well, you should be earning 10%. The, the, the stock market cheerleader mantra. So she just let them go. And by the time she was so sick to her stomach, she had to pull everything out. She had already lost 40%. My question to her was, did he ever ask you how much income you need? When we rolled up our sleeves, you know, first of all, he never asked that question. Uh, and again, not his fault. It&#x27;s just not necessarily something that the advisors are trained to do. I believe most financial advisors do have their best, their client&#x27;s best interests at</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> heart. But when we rolled up our sleeves and did the math, then we discovered that all she needed to live comfortably was interest in dividends of about 4%. So think about the difference in risk between investing for 4% and investing for 10%. It&#x27;s orders of magnitude. That&#x27;s the difference right there, uh, between performance and purpose-based investing. Performance says I&#x27;m crossing my fingers and hoping that the market&#x27;s going to cooperate for the next 30 years while I&#x27;m retired. Purpose says, you know what, I know how much income I&#x27;ve got and I&#x27;m very comfortable at that level. Yeah. Very, very important. Now I, in your book, and we&#x27;ve got about a minute and a half left here, and I want to go through this too. You&#x27;ve got a chapter called Front Burner, Things to Do Now. And I think this is a very important for everybody listening. What should somebody do if they have a plan, but they don&#x27;t, but they&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s got a retirement and income plan built in?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, first of all, they need to find out. That is a critical thing. They need to ask themselves, how much income do I need? Uh, so look at your, you can do it either from a bottom-up approach, right? If you, you know, if you&#x27;re someone who is analytical, you do, you have Quicken or something, you can run a report to see what your expenses are. But a lot of people don&#x27;t operate that. They don&#x27;t function that way. So I, we take a top-down approach and we say, well, how much income are you earning now while you&#x27;re still working? And what are the things that you&#x27;re not going to need? Things like maybe you&#x27;ll pay your mortgage off, or you&#x27;re not going to be paying into social security, or you won&#x27;t be contributing to your 401k. So that&#x27;s a starting point. Then you back out things like social security. Um, and then if you have a pension that leaves you a gap, that gap is</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> what, um, what we can use to help figure out how much income you need to generate from other investments. Yeah, very, very important. And, and I think that a lot of people are sitting on accounts. They could retire sooner than they thought if they get the right plan put together. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s exactly right. So help in that area is something I think people are really, really longing for. Folks, the name of the book, Common Sense Income Strategies, Simple Step-by-Step Ways to Maximize Your Retirement. And his name again was Michael Easton. Michael, thanks for being on today. It&#x27;s my pleasure, Coach Pete. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Eastham returns to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies, preparing for retirement, and the decisions involved in creating income. Recorded July 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Eastham</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Eastham, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b/image.jpg?t=1792072048&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-eastham-planning-for-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b/image.jpg?t=1792072048&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jul 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>606</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/646def0a-5c78-4413-976c-b4e300030b2b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9726209" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-eastham-planning-for-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>98</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning for Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:34" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Tyrone Clark: Longevity Care Planning (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the show. We&#x27;ve visited with this topic before and I want to get to it again. It&#x27;s called longevity care planning and it may not mean anything to you because it doesn&#x27;t mean anything to a lot of people when I ask them about that. When you think about the chances of us ending up in needing care or have a relative that needs care, many of us are going through that right now or know someone who is. Matter of fact, 45 million Americans now are caring for somebody in their family. 45 million are caring for someone and we&#x27;re not just talking about someone staying home from the school with the flu and having given them chicken soup. This is really care, 24-7 care that&#x27;s never going to go away. And I&#x27;ve got some national experts from Denver, Colorado. Tyrone Clark is joining us and he has 37 years experience dealing with subjects such as this.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> He educates and speaks to attorneys, CPAs, tax accountants, and financial professionals. He&#x27;s also written books. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s a trainer. He&#x27;s a specialist in this area. Let&#x27;s welcome in Tyrone. Tyrone, welcome in. Hello, Coach. Great to be here. And you have a very special guest with you in studio as well, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. And I&#x27;m very honored to have an elder law attorney. His name is Michael Homier. And Michael, this is his passion in his area that he practices in to help the community and help consumers and help financial folks and other attorneys to wrestle and take care of this area. Now, a lot of people, when they hear longevity or long-term care or whatever, they think about a</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> long-term care policy and they say, uh-oh, here comes the sales pitch. But you&#x27;re taking a different approach to this. You want to educate folks on the need to have that true long-term care solution, longevity care solution, so that people can live to 121 and beyond and not worry about anything, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. So the bottom line is this. The United States Health and Human Services come out with an alarming statistic that over 70% of all retirees will need some type of care. Could be convalescent home health, skilled and media, or custodial care. And Medicare and the Affordable Care Act does not pay for this. So the bottom line is a high statistical need. So how are you going to do this? And some of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you listening right now are probably in a situation like this now, or you&#x27;ve got a loved one or a friend, relative, neighbor who is, and what can you do? And you hit the nail on the head, coach, and that is there&#x27;s many, many options. But the struggle here is people need to learn and become educated because there&#x27;s really light at the end of the tunnel here. And so if I can just mention some of the options here. So first of all, here&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at. You&#x27;re either in a position where you have a current situation, a parent or loved one, whoever that needs some kind of a long-term type of care. We call that a crisis situation. Or you&#x27;re not in that position, but most likely will be because</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> someday all of us will die and most of us will become ill with these long-term illnesses since we&#x27;re living longer than ever before. So you&#x27;re either in a crisis or you&#x27;re not. So if you&#x27;re in a crisis mode, you need very special planning. And this is usually done with a qualified, highly skilled elder law attorney, such as Mike. So folks, if this is something that sounds interesting to you, if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers and you call right now, 800-661-7383, I will do this longevity care risk assessment for you. My team will. No cost or obligation. Again, 800-661-7383. Yeah, Coach, one of the things, and Tyrone just talked about, you know, what can you do before the</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> crisis hits? And that&#x27;s really important because if you can be prepared before you have a problem, it just gives you all sorts of flexibility and options. So the key here is you&#x27;ve got to plan, whether that crisis has just occurred or you&#x27;re one of the 70% of us who are going to be looking at the need for long-term care during our lives. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s really important. And I think a lot of people just are, they&#x27;re not really ignoring it, but they know it exists, but they don&#x27;t want to address it. And folks, if you are one of those folks that wants your very own longevity care review, just make sure everything&#x27;s right. And if someone&#x27;s telling you everything&#x27;s fine, why not get a second opinion on that? No cost or obligation. Again, if you&#x27;re a radio listener,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> the number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You know, money is a valuable resource as is health, but combining the two together can give you a true peace of mind. Tyrone, do you agree with that? Absolutely. I appreciate that question. And let me, as you know, Coach, I&#x27;ve educated, trained and taught so many different financial folks for many, many years, but there&#x27;s nothing that has more grief, more anguish, more stress, because this is a day-to-day living situation. My wonderful mother, who is 96, is in a nursing home. And I had an experience where, and this is</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> typically what happens to Coach here. Like my mother, she lived in her own home, and that&#x27;s a good thing as long as she could. And then she fell and she cracked her knee. And she went from that to a rehab, and then from rehab to assisted care, and from assisted care to a nursing home. And so when I was looking at facilities, I found one that I felt comfortable with. And then I later learned that the care was not the quality that she really deserved. And thank goodness I was there to help and take care of her. And then I took her to another facility, which I kind of describe it like a country club environment. But I just feel for our listeners because the ability for my mom to have</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> choices. So see, this is more important than taxes, the economy, market risk. Is you making money today or not as a market up or down? This is way beyond that, because you&#x27;re living through the situation day to day with your family. And I know as a son, the guilt feelings that children have sometimes with their parents. And so that&#x27;s why you want the funding through these strategies to be there. I, you know, if I can just share a story. One time when I was going to see my mother, a car pulled up to the facility and a lady jumped out of the car, ran up to me as I was walking in.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> And she said to me, so I guess I could just leave my father here. And I said, I beg your pardon. She and she unfortunately had smelled of alcohol. And I looked over and there was somebody in a car with an elderly person in the back. And she says, well, I just can&#x27;t do this any longer. I&#x27;m just going to have to drop my dad off and they&#x27;ll take care of him. And I said, well, ma&#x27;am, it doesn&#x27;t work that way. Let me grab somebody here to discuss this with you. And I went inside and I said, we got to help this person. And of course they left. And I probably assumed that she was just trying to go somewhere to just drop off her father, which is a sad situation. These type of things happen, but it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. So here&#x27;s the bottom line coach is that your listeners need to learn about this.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> They need to grab hold of it. This is not something you procrastinate with. There&#x27;s not a lot of people that specialize in this area. Okay. So coach, you are one of the folks who does work in this area, specialize in this area. It&#x27;s not about just nursing home insurance. It&#x27;s about the whole variety of options. Mike mentioned there&#x27;s a whole variety of planning strategies that an elder law attorney may have, but you got to have an elder law attorney that really knows this area that preferably works with somebody like you. And that&#x27;s why Mike and I are kind of on a mission to provide education to the communities and to the financial industry about the variety of strategies. It&#x27;s not just one, it&#x27;s a variety. So which one is best? There&#x27;s even reverse mortgages. And Mike can tell you about</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> there&#x27;s things, you know, there&#x27;s some good reverse mortgages, some they&#x27;re not so good, but there&#x27;s ways to utilize a reverse mortgage to reduce the value of a home and qualify for care. So those are things an elder law attorney does, but there is good news, but don&#x27;t wait. So I would suggest that they get a, what we call this a longevity care risk assessment. And that&#x27;s, here&#x27;s how it works. Here&#x27;s all our financial situations as a consumer. Here it is. If this happened next week, how do we pay for it? Do we have a gap in our protection with our plan? That&#x27;s it. So now you have the peace of mind and knowing where you stand. And then you want to say to a professional, okay, so what are all my different options and strategies to, to cover this area?</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> And coach Pete might say, well, it could be this A, B, C, or D, or it could be this or this or this. You may, you may not qualify for some of the strategies. That&#x27;s okay. But you have other ones, but to do nothing is the worst decision. Well, we&#x27;ve got a, Tyron, I hate to break in, but we have a hard break coming up right now, hard break coming up. And so what I want to do is make an offer to everyone out there listening. Like you said, this is a valuable assessment we can offer you. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers who call in right now, we&#x27;ll do that longevity care risk assessment at no cost or obligation for you as a radio listener. I&#x27;ll also give you a copy of my brand new book, America Asks Coach. Again, that&#x27;s 27 chapters, each one with the action step there together with that longevity care assessment. Folks, this could be the most important phone call you</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> ever make and call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll have more from Tyron, I&#x27;m sure, down in the future. Folks, it&#x27;s a very important call you can make right now, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. And we&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the show. We&#x27;ve visited with this topic before and I want to get to it again. It&#x27;s called longevity care planning and it may not mean anything to you because it doesn&#x27;t mean anything to a lot of people when I ask them about that. When you think about the chances of us ending up in needing care or have a relative that needs care, many of us are going through that right now or know someone who is. Matter of fact, 45 million Americans now are caring for somebody in their family. 45 million are caring for someone and we&#x27;re not just talking about someone staying home from the school with the flu and having given them chicken soup. This is really care, 24-7 care that&#x27;s never going to go away. And I&#x27;ve got some national experts from Denver, Colorado. Tyrone Clark is joining us and he has 37 years experience dealing with subjects such as this.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> He educates and speaks to attorneys, CPAs, tax accountants, and financial professionals. He&#x27;s also written books. He&#x27;s an author. He&#x27;s a trainer. He&#x27;s a specialist in this area. Let&#x27;s welcome in Tyrone. Tyrone, welcome in. Hello, Coach. Great to be here. And you have a very special guest with you in studio as well, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. And I&#x27;m very honored to have an elder law attorney. His name is Michael Homier. And Michael, this is his passion in his area that he practices in to help the community and help consumers and help financial folks and other attorneys to wrestle and take care of this area. Now, a lot of people, when they hear longevity or long-term care or whatever, they think about a</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> long-term care policy and they say, uh-oh, here comes the sales pitch. But you&#x27;re taking a different approach to this. You want to educate folks on the need to have that true long-term care solution, longevity care solution, so that people can live to 121 and beyond and not worry about anything, don&#x27;t you? Yes, I do. So the bottom line is this. The United States Health and Human Services come out with an alarming statistic that over 70% of all retirees will need some type of care. Could be convalescent home health, skilled and media, or custodial care. And Medicare and the Affordable Care Act does not pay for this. So the bottom line is a high statistical need. So how are you going to do this? And some of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you listening right now are probably in a situation like this now, or you&#x27;ve got a loved one or a friend, relative, neighbor who is, and what can you do? And you hit the nail on the head, coach, and that is there&#x27;s many, many options. But the struggle here is people need to learn and become educated because there&#x27;s really light at the end of the tunnel here. And so if I can just mention some of the options here. So first of all, here&#x27;s where we&#x27;re at. You&#x27;re either in a position where you have a current situation, a parent or loved one, whoever that needs some kind of a long-term type of care. We call that a crisis situation. Or you&#x27;re not in that position, but most likely will be because</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> someday all of us will die and most of us will become ill with these long-term illnesses since we&#x27;re living longer than ever before. So you&#x27;re either in a crisis or you&#x27;re not. So if you&#x27;re in a crisis mode, you need very special planning. And this is usually done with a qualified, highly skilled elder law attorney, such as Mike. So folks, if this is something that sounds interesting to you, if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers and you call right now, 800-661-7383, I will do this longevity care risk assessment for you. My team will. No cost or obligation. Again, 800-661-7383. Yeah, Coach, one of the things, and Tyrone just talked about, you know, what can you do before the</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> crisis hits? And that&#x27;s really important because if you can be prepared before you have a problem, it just gives you all sorts of flexibility and options. So the key here is you&#x27;ve got to plan, whether that crisis has just occurred or you&#x27;re one of the 70% of us who are going to be looking at the need for long-term care during our lives. Yeah, I think it&#x27;s really important. And I think a lot of people just are, they&#x27;re not really ignoring it, but they know it exists, but they don&#x27;t want to address it. And folks, if you are one of those folks that wants your very own longevity care review, just make sure everything&#x27;s right. And if someone&#x27;s telling you everything&#x27;s fine, why not get a second opinion on that? No cost or obligation. Again, if you&#x27;re a radio listener,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> the number is 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. You know, money is a valuable resource as is health, but combining the two together can give you a true peace of mind. Tyrone, do you agree with that? Absolutely. I appreciate that question. And let me, as you know, Coach, I&#x27;ve educated, trained and taught so many different financial folks for many, many years, but there&#x27;s nothing that has more grief, more anguish, more stress, because this is a day-to-day living situation. My wonderful mother, who is 96, is in a nursing home. And I had an experience where, and this is</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> typically what happens to Coach here. Like my mother, she lived in her own home, and that&#x27;s a good thing as long as she could. And then she fell and she cracked her knee. And she went from that to a rehab, and then from rehab to assisted care, and from assisted care to a nursing home. And so when I was looking at facilities, I found one that I felt comfortable with. And then I later learned that the care was not the quality that she really deserved. And thank goodness I was there to help and take care of her. And then I took her to another facility, which I kind of describe it like a country club environment. But I just feel for our listeners because the ability for my mom to have</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> choices. So see, this is more important than taxes, the economy, market risk. Is you making money today or not as a market up or down? This is way beyond that, because you&#x27;re living through the situation day to day with your family. And I know as a son, the guilt feelings that children have sometimes with their parents. And so that&#x27;s why you want the funding through these strategies to be there. I, you know, if I can just share a story. One time when I was going to see my mother, a car pulled up to the facility and a lady jumped out of the car, ran up to me as I was walking in.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> And she said to me, so I guess I could just leave my father here. And I said, I beg your pardon. She and she unfortunately had smelled of alcohol. And I looked over and there was somebody in a car with an elderly person in the back. And she says, well, I just can&#x27;t do this any longer. I&#x27;m just going to have to drop my dad off and they&#x27;ll take care of him. And I said, well, ma&#x27;am, it doesn&#x27;t work that way. Let me grab somebody here to discuss this with you. And I went inside and I said, we got to help this person. And of course they left. And I probably assumed that she was just trying to go somewhere to just drop off her father, which is a sad situation. These type of things happen, but it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. So here&#x27;s the bottom line coach is that your listeners need to learn about this.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> They need to grab hold of it. This is not something you procrastinate with. There&#x27;s not a lot of people that specialize in this area. Okay. So coach, you are one of the folks who does work in this area, specialize in this area. It&#x27;s not about just nursing home insurance. It&#x27;s about the whole variety of options. Mike mentioned there&#x27;s a whole variety of planning strategies that an elder law attorney may have, but you got to have an elder law attorney that really knows this area that preferably works with somebody like you. And that&#x27;s why Mike and I are kind of on a mission to provide education to the communities and to the financial industry about the variety of strategies. It&#x27;s not just one, it&#x27;s a variety. So which one is best? There&#x27;s even reverse mortgages. And Mike can tell you about</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> there&#x27;s things, you know, there&#x27;s some good reverse mortgages, some they&#x27;re not so good, but there&#x27;s ways to utilize a reverse mortgage to reduce the value of a home and qualify for care. So those are things an elder law attorney does, but there is good news, but don&#x27;t wait. So I would suggest that they get a, what we call this a longevity care risk assessment. And that&#x27;s, here&#x27;s how it works. Here&#x27;s all our financial situations as a consumer. Here it is. If this happened next week, how do we pay for it? Do we have a gap in our protection with our plan? That&#x27;s it. So now you have the peace of mind and knowing where you stand. And then you want to say to a professional, okay, so what are all my different options and strategies to, to cover this area?</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> And coach Pete might say, well, it could be this A, B, C, or D, or it could be this or this or this. You may, you may not qualify for some of the strategies. That&#x27;s okay. But you have other ones, but to do nothing is the worst decision. Well, we&#x27;ve got a, Tyron, I hate to break in, but we have a hard break coming up right now, hard break coming up. And so what I want to do is make an offer to everyone out there listening. Like you said, this is a valuable assessment we can offer you. And if you&#x27;re one of the next 15 callers who call in right now, we&#x27;ll do that longevity care risk assessment at no cost or obligation for you as a radio listener. I&#x27;ll also give you a copy of my brand new book, America Asks Coach. Again, that&#x27;s 27 chapters, each one with the action step there together with that longevity care assessment. Folks, this could be the most important phone call you</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> ever make and call right now, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll have more from Tyron, I&#x27;m sure, down in the future. Folks, it&#x27;s a very important call you can make right now, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. And we&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tyrone Clark continues his conversation with Coach Pete about longevity care, assessing a family’s needs, and incorporating care planning into retirement decisions. Recorded June 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tyrone Clark</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tyrone Clark, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/image.jpg?t=1792072070&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/image.jpg?t=1792072070&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2017 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>649</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/906ccd4a-55f3-41fa-aa51-b4e30001173a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10423405" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tyrone-clark-longevity-care-planning-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>99</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Longevity Care Planning" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Poolman: Retirement Income and Understanding Annuities (Interview Segment)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Poolman: Retirement Income and Understanding Annuities (Interview Segment)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Poolman returns to Financial Safari to discuss retirement income, the 4% rule, and the differences between fixed, indexed, and variable annuities. Coach Pete asks about common misconceptions and the value of financial education. Recorded May 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or can educate us listeners on the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. He did such a great job the last time. He&#x27;s former insurance commissioner in North Dakota from 2001 to 2007. A big believer in retirement IQ. We&#x27;re going to talk about that as well. And really concerned as I am about Americans, the way they&#x27;re saving and where they&#x27;re saving. His name is Jim Pullman, joining us from Bismarck, North Dakota. Jim, welcome in. Hey, it&#x27;s great to be back with you, Coach. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. We talked off the air, but between 2000 and the year 2000, basically, after the big Y2K crash, and 2007 when we had our next crash, that was the time where we had a lot of developments in the insurance industry when they got away from just grandma&#x27;s annuity and developed products and strategies that really do fit the average American, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> Well, they do. Middle America is looking for alternatives in how they plan for retirement. You know, our mom and dad&#x27;s pension plan, the way it was constructed before if you worked for a company, isn&#x27;t there anymore. And so people have to take more responsibility for their own planning for retirement. And so a product like a fixed index annuity became much more popular in the 2000s and is continuing to grow today. We have something that I call the annuity soup. And that&#x27;s basically when someone hears the word annuity, they either talk to somebody else about it or ask somebody if they&#x27;ve heard of an annuity, or they&#x27;ve heard something bad about an annuity, a bad annuity in the past because there&#x27;s hundreds of annuities, or they go onto Google and they get like all different kind of information about people trying to sell you other things. What we promote is getting good education about annuities. Of course, you know, there are a lot of folks out there that compete against annuities.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And so they, of course, don&#x27;t like them because they&#x27;d rather sell you their product. We just encourage you to get sort of an unbiased sources of information to educate yourself about the benefits of different products, and especially a fixed index annuity. We&#x27;ve got a great website out there called fiainsights.org that really kind of walks you through the elements of a fixed index annuity product, gives you in layman&#x27;s terms an educational tool to learn about them. And rather than relying on somebody that might compete against them or somebody that doesn&#x27;t specifically like an annuity, then you can get an unbiased source of information. What I like about this also is it&#x27;s got a lot, this particular website&#x27;s got a lot of other financial planning information on it, like great retirement calculators to help people plan for retirement and really kind of learn about these things in the privacy of their own home.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> Yeah, yeah, very, very important because there are a lot of people out there who are trying to get you to do one thing when you really should be having a total plan built. And I did hear, you know, I&#x27;ve been on about 12 years now, nationally syndicated, so over 100 stations back in the day were getting back up there again. But I hear some of these national pundits who people put a lot of faith in because they&#x27;re on a lot of stations, and I&#x27;m the same person if I&#x27;m on one station or 500. But this one national host this past weekend was a caller called in and asked about the 4% rule. And this host said the 4% rule really meant nothing and they should ignore it. And they cited basically different years that the 4% rule would have worked. But that was a linear kind of example. The 4% rule basically says if you&#x27;re in a stock market model, you could take 4% of your portfolio balance out each and every year</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> and you have about a 90% chance of living a comfortable retirement, but a 10% chance that you&#x27;ll run out of money. And he said in his explanation to the caller, you have a reasonable explanation to assume that you&#x27;ll have an okay retirement. Well, I don&#x27;t like all these words. What about you, Jim? That&#x27;s a lot of words that don&#x27;t mean anything to anybody. Yes. And, you know, that they&#x27;re not very definitive. And so, you know, one of the things that is definitive, let&#x27;s just take a fixed index annuity product, for example, where you can put a certain amount of money in, whether it&#x27;s, you know, a certain amount per month over a period of time or a lump sum if you&#x27;re retiring and you want to transfer a 401k balance or something like that, you can get a guaranteed amount of income for life.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> Well, you know what? That&#x27;s guaranteed. And, frankly, it&#x27;s defined. And that doesn&#x27;t include all the nebulous words that you just talked about that you heard on the radio this weekend. So that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important for your listeners to do some research, to learn about different products that can provide that definitive amount of income at retirement rather than relying on somebody&#x27;s advice about a lot of words that don&#x27;t make sense. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Pullman, who&#x27;s the executive director of the IALC and former insurance commissioner of the state of North Dakota. And we&#x27;re talking about just all the different products and strategies out there and some of the misconceptions in the retirement world. And, you know, I really don&#x27;t like the word choices. I like some of the advisors that you use out there who are pushing strategies that aren&#x27;t guaranteed.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And then when we put together, my team and I are trusted advisors I work with across the nation, put together a plan that involves some annuities that gives them a guaranteed lifetime income, the advisor who has no guaranteed lifetime income tries to make fun of the term guaranteed. Yeah, I completely agree. And, of course, you know, there are competitors out there that think that they&#x27;ve made the next best, greatest widget out there. That might be a strategy or that might be. And you know what? Some of those strategies are good for some people. And we&#x27;re not saying an annuity is perfect for every person out there. But what we are saying is that there can be opportunities out there by using a fixed index annuity in a balanced portfolio as part of a strategy to plan for a really good retirement.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> We call it sleep insurance. It&#x27;s a guaranteed product that provides sleep insurance that does not put your money at risk. And there are some other riskier strategies out there that could be good for some people. If they have a long period of time to be able to ride out the peaks and valleys of the stock market, not everybody&#x27;s got that kind of time. You know, and I don&#x27;t want to be labeled it. I like annuities. We use those as a part of a plan, and we use those for our core when we&#x27;re building plans. That&#x27;s money people don&#x27;t want to lose and are going to need for income in the future, a place that they know is going to be there. But then we take extra money, money that&#x27;s left over, and we do utilize market-based investments, real estate, whatever it&#x27;s going to take to get the higher horsepower potential. But our clients know that if they lost that Explore money, they would always be able to fall back to the core money.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> We call that advance and protect. I agree. You know, we did a survey. The IALC does a nationwide survey every year, and it&#x27;s very interesting because 50% over half of people in our survey said that they&#x27;re worried about having enough money to last their lifetime. And over half say the steady paycheck is the number one thing they&#x27;ll miss when they retire. Well, that&#x27;s that guaranteed income you&#x27;ve just been talking about. That is incredibly important when putting together a plan, and that will help ease some of those fears over the long term. We call that steady paycheck that&#x27;s going to pay you the rest of your life from an annuity. We call that the green flag on the mailbox because, you know, we have the red flag when we&#x27;re paying bills. So the green flag is when the postman brings you a check, right? So now the word annuity, Jim, I want you to, you know, you were the insurance commissioner of North Dakota for, what, six or seven years.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> So you&#x27;ve heard a lot of people probably call and ask you questions back in the day when maybe they said, I&#x27;m worried about this annuity or someone&#x27;s talking about offering me annuity and I&#x27;ve heard they&#x27;re bad or I heard you could lose money. There are a lot of different kind of annuities. There&#x27;s something called a variable annuity. That&#x27;s where people can lose their principal, right? Yeah, a variable annuity is something that&#x27;s tied to the stock market where there is absolute investment risk in purchasing the product. A fixed annuity is basically a declared interest rate annuity where you have an interest rate that is declared by the insurance carrier. And then a fixed interest rate, a fixed index annuity where the interest is credited based on an index. And you have different indexes that you can participate in. You&#x27;re not necessarily, you&#x27;re not investing that money in an index, but your interest is credited based on that index.</p><p><strong>08:17</strong> And so it can provide for an increased growth in your principal balance. But here&#x27;s the important thing about that is that there&#x27;s always a guaranteed floor there where you&#x27;re not going to lose your principal unless you, of course, withdraw that money early, because there are early withdrawal charges along those lines with annuities. But if you&#x27;re investing over the long term, you&#x27;re never going to lose your principal. Yeah, that&#x27;s very, very important. And I know when pundits talk about annuities, and one even admitted at least one, Susie Ormans, has talked bad about annuities. But in her book, she says fixed annuities and fixed index annuities are good. It&#x27;s the variable annuities she was talking about. But you think when pundits are talking about annuities, they&#x27;re really talking about the one annuity like that variable annuity we&#x27;re talking about that people can lose money? Well, I think some people like to say that they&#x27;re too complicated and they&#x27;re not easily explained.</p><p><strong>09:08</strong> That&#x27;s not necessarily true. And I think that a lot of people focus on variable annuities and because there are sometimes charges that are wrapped into that where some stockbrokers think that they can create something better for you other than a variable annuity with mutual funds and other things. And so I&#x27;d like to think that a lot of those comments, negative comments, are focused on variable annuities. But we don&#x27;t know that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Poolman returns to Financial Safari to discuss retirement income, the 4% rule, and the differences between fixed, indexed, and variable annuities. Coach Pete asks about common misconceptions and the value of financial education. Recorded May 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or can educate us listeners on the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. He did such a great job the last time. He&#x27;s former insurance commissioner in North Dakota from 2001 to 2007. A big believer in retirement IQ. We&#x27;re going to talk about that as well. And really concerned as I am about Americans, the way they&#x27;re saving and where they&#x27;re saving. His name is Jim Pullman, joining us from Bismarck, North Dakota. Jim, welcome in. Hey, it&#x27;s great to be back with you, Coach. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. We talked off the air, but between 2000 and the year 2000, basically, after the big Y2K crash, and 2007 when we had our next crash, that was the time where we had a lot of developments in the insurance industry when they got away from just grandma&#x27;s annuity and developed products and strategies that really do fit the average American, don&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> Well, they do. Middle America is looking for alternatives in how they plan for retirement. You know, our mom and dad&#x27;s pension plan, the way it was constructed before if you worked for a company, isn&#x27;t there anymore. And so people have to take more responsibility for their own planning for retirement. And so a product like a fixed index annuity became much more popular in the 2000s and is continuing to grow today. We have something that I call the annuity soup. And that&#x27;s basically when someone hears the word annuity, they either talk to somebody else about it or ask somebody if they&#x27;ve heard of an annuity, or they&#x27;ve heard something bad about an annuity, a bad annuity in the past because there&#x27;s hundreds of annuities, or they go onto Google and they get like all different kind of information about people trying to sell you other things. What we promote is getting good education about annuities. Of course, you know, there are a lot of folks out there that compete against annuities.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And so they, of course, don&#x27;t like them because they&#x27;d rather sell you their product. We just encourage you to get sort of an unbiased sources of information to educate yourself about the benefits of different products, and especially a fixed index annuity. We&#x27;ve got a great website out there called fiainsights.org that really kind of walks you through the elements of a fixed index annuity product, gives you in layman&#x27;s terms an educational tool to learn about them. And rather than relying on somebody that might compete against them or somebody that doesn&#x27;t specifically like an annuity, then you can get an unbiased source of information. What I like about this also is it&#x27;s got a lot, this particular website&#x27;s got a lot of other financial planning information on it, like great retirement calculators to help people plan for retirement and really kind of learn about these things in the privacy of their own home.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> Yeah, yeah, very, very important because there are a lot of people out there who are trying to get you to do one thing when you really should be having a total plan built. And I did hear, you know, I&#x27;ve been on about 12 years now, nationally syndicated, so over 100 stations back in the day were getting back up there again. But I hear some of these national pundits who people put a lot of faith in because they&#x27;re on a lot of stations, and I&#x27;m the same person if I&#x27;m on one station or 500. But this one national host this past weekend was a caller called in and asked about the 4% rule. And this host said the 4% rule really meant nothing and they should ignore it. And they cited basically different years that the 4% rule would have worked. But that was a linear kind of example. The 4% rule basically says if you&#x27;re in a stock market model, you could take 4% of your portfolio balance out each and every year</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> and you have about a 90% chance of living a comfortable retirement, but a 10% chance that you&#x27;ll run out of money. And he said in his explanation to the caller, you have a reasonable explanation to assume that you&#x27;ll have an okay retirement. Well, I don&#x27;t like all these words. What about you, Jim? That&#x27;s a lot of words that don&#x27;t mean anything to anybody. Yes. And, you know, that they&#x27;re not very definitive. And so, you know, one of the things that is definitive, let&#x27;s just take a fixed index annuity product, for example, where you can put a certain amount of money in, whether it&#x27;s, you know, a certain amount per month over a period of time or a lump sum if you&#x27;re retiring and you want to transfer a 401k balance or something like that, you can get a guaranteed amount of income for life.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> Well, you know what? That&#x27;s guaranteed. And, frankly, it&#x27;s defined. And that doesn&#x27;t include all the nebulous words that you just talked about that you heard on the radio this weekend. So that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important for your listeners to do some research, to learn about different products that can provide that definitive amount of income at retirement rather than relying on somebody&#x27;s advice about a lot of words that don&#x27;t make sense. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Pullman, who&#x27;s the executive director of the IALC and former insurance commissioner of the state of North Dakota. And we&#x27;re talking about just all the different products and strategies out there and some of the misconceptions in the retirement world. And, you know, I really don&#x27;t like the word choices. I like some of the advisors that you use out there who are pushing strategies that aren&#x27;t guaranteed.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> And then when we put together, my team and I are trusted advisors I work with across the nation, put together a plan that involves some annuities that gives them a guaranteed lifetime income, the advisor who has no guaranteed lifetime income tries to make fun of the term guaranteed. Yeah, I completely agree. And, of course, you know, there are competitors out there that think that they&#x27;ve made the next best, greatest widget out there. That might be a strategy or that might be. And you know what? Some of those strategies are good for some people. And we&#x27;re not saying an annuity is perfect for every person out there. But what we are saying is that there can be opportunities out there by using a fixed index annuity in a balanced portfolio as part of a strategy to plan for a really good retirement.</p><p><strong>05:48</strong> We call it sleep insurance. It&#x27;s a guaranteed product that provides sleep insurance that does not put your money at risk. And there are some other riskier strategies out there that could be good for some people. If they have a long period of time to be able to ride out the peaks and valleys of the stock market, not everybody&#x27;s got that kind of time. You know, and I don&#x27;t want to be labeled it. I like annuities. We use those as a part of a plan, and we use those for our core when we&#x27;re building plans. That&#x27;s money people don&#x27;t want to lose and are going to need for income in the future, a place that they know is going to be there. But then we take extra money, money that&#x27;s left over, and we do utilize market-based investments, real estate, whatever it&#x27;s going to take to get the higher horsepower potential. But our clients know that if they lost that Explore money, they would always be able to fall back to the core money.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> We call that advance and protect. I agree. You know, we did a survey. The IALC does a nationwide survey every year, and it&#x27;s very interesting because 50% over half of people in our survey said that they&#x27;re worried about having enough money to last their lifetime. And over half say the steady paycheck is the number one thing they&#x27;ll miss when they retire. Well, that&#x27;s that guaranteed income you&#x27;ve just been talking about. That is incredibly important when putting together a plan, and that will help ease some of those fears over the long term. We call that steady paycheck that&#x27;s going to pay you the rest of your life from an annuity. We call that the green flag on the mailbox because, you know, we have the red flag when we&#x27;re paying bills. So the green flag is when the postman brings you a check, right? So now the word annuity, Jim, I want you to, you know, you were the insurance commissioner of North Dakota for, what, six or seven years.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> So you&#x27;ve heard a lot of people probably call and ask you questions back in the day when maybe they said, I&#x27;m worried about this annuity or someone&#x27;s talking about offering me annuity and I&#x27;ve heard they&#x27;re bad or I heard you could lose money. There are a lot of different kind of annuities. There&#x27;s something called a variable annuity. That&#x27;s where people can lose their principal, right? Yeah, a variable annuity is something that&#x27;s tied to the stock market where there is absolute investment risk in purchasing the product. A fixed annuity is basically a declared interest rate annuity where you have an interest rate that is declared by the insurance carrier. And then a fixed interest rate, a fixed index annuity where the interest is credited based on an index. And you have different indexes that you can participate in. You&#x27;re not necessarily, you&#x27;re not investing that money in an index, but your interest is credited based on that index.</p><p><strong>08:17</strong> And so it can provide for an increased growth in your principal balance. But here&#x27;s the important thing about that is that there&#x27;s always a guaranteed floor there where you&#x27;re not going to lose your principal unless you, of course, withdraw that money early, because there are early withdrawal charges along those lines with annuities. But if you&#x27;re investing over the long term, you&#x27;re never going to lose your principal. Yeah, that&#x27;s very, very important. And I know when pundits talk about annuities, and one even admitted at least one, Susie Ormans, has talked bad about annuities. But in her book, she says fixed annuities and fixed index annuities are good. It&#x27;s the variable annuities she was talking about. But you think when pundits are talking about annuities, they&#x27;re really talking about the one annuity like that variable annuity we&#x27;re talking about that people can lose money? Well, I think some people like to say that they&#x27;re too complicated and they&#x27;re not easily explained.</p><p><strong>09:08</strong> That&#x27;s not necessarily true. And I think that a lot of people focus on variable annuities and because there are sometimes charges that are wrapped into that where some stockbrokers think that they can create something better for you other than a variable annuity with mutual funds and other things. And so I&#x27;d like to think that a lot of those comments, negative comments, are focused on variable annuities. But we don&#x27;t know that.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Poolman returns to Financial Safari to discuss retirement income, the 4% rule, and the differences between fixed, indexed, and variable annuities. Coach Pete asks about common misconceptions and the value of financial education. Recorded May 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Poolman</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Poolman, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities, financial education</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458/image.jpg?t=1792071890&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-poolman-retirement-income-and-understanding-annuities-interview-segment/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458/image.jpg?t=1792071890&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2017 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>572</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd2ca200-404d-462a-ab5f-b4e300119458/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9190378" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-poolman-retirement-income-and-understanding-annuities-interview-segment</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>100</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income and Understanding Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ted Benna: 401(k)s and Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Ted Benna: 401(k)s and Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ted Benna returns to discuss the development of the 401(k), retirement saving, and the questions people face when building a plan. Recorded March 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world, in the financial world, hopefully. And this week we have a return visitor, one that was very popular in 2012 when I had him on. His name is Ted Benna. Now that name might not be familiar with you, but if you have a 401k, you have Ted to thank. Ted, welcome in. Pete, it&#x27;s certainly wonderful to be back to you. I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s been that long ago. Where&#x27;d those five years go? Where&#x27;d those five years go? Wow. Now, you are known as the father of the 401k and you&#x27;re in William, right outside of Williamsport, Pennsylvania. So I know where time goes, Ted. It seems like every single day I turn the TV on, there&#x27;s a Little League World Series on again. I mean, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Sure does. Now let&#x27;s talk about the 401k. A lot of people have one. They didn&#x27;t realize who invented</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> it. Let&#x27;s talk about just a brief history of the 401k as it relates to you. Hey, Pete, there&#x27;s myth and there&#x27;s reality. The myth is I was sitting with my dark eye shades on reading the IRS code and found a paragraph no one had ever found before. And that&#x27;s even appeared in print, but not because I said that&#x27;s what happened. It&#x27;s called creative journalism. So what actually happened, Pete, is I interpreted this section in a very different way than what was ever intended. And kind of the fast version of it is what I brought to the table was the idea of an employer matching contribution and</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> for employees to be able to participate actively in these plans by putting money into them on a pre-tax basis from their own salary. And, you know, neither of those ideas were included in the general, in the legislation. But you know what? There wasn&#x27;t anyone naming they&#x27;re saying thou shalt not. So I took the more aggressive approach. Well, and you&#x27;ve done a great job inventing it. There&#x27;s over three, it&#x27;s estimated over $3 trillion now in 401k plans. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s for sure. So, but lately, you have been quoted by saying that it&#x27;s almost not recognizable anymore as far as what you had planned for the 401k. There are two things, Pete, I guess, that come to mind. You know, the</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> first one is the fact that it&#x27;s now for most people, the primary way for them to be saving for retirement. And, you know, it was never intended. Well, it&#x27;s an accident. I mean, it&#x27;s a fluke legislatively. So, you know, it was never intended to be the big thing that it is today, for sure. But it was definitely, you know, never intended to be the primary vehicle other than Social Security in terms of providing retirement security. You know, that&#x27;s the one thing. And, you know, the other thing that, you know, that troubles me, it&#x27;s gotten much too complicated investment-wise and expensive for participants. You know, Ted, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for 25 years. And when I sit down with folks, especially people who call from the radio, and we sit down and analyze</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> where they are right now in the financial world, many people have huge balances in the 401k or retirement plans, but they&#x27;re not comfortable or happy because that balance doesn&#x27;t translate to an income plan like a pension, like our parents used to have, where they knew when they retired, they&#x27;d get a yearly paycheck. I spent a lot of time helping people take that lump sum and translate it into a yearly amount that they can get that they&#x27;ll never outlive. I mean, that would make the 401k a real good vehicle, wouldn&#x27;t it? It certainly would, Pete. And what you&#x27;re doing with individuals is really critical because you&#x27;re right. The average individual retiring doesn&#x27;t have an idea of, well, now how do I convert this thing into something that has the potential of lasting the rest of my life? And, you know, as we both</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> know, that&#x27;s the wrong stage of life to blow it because you&#x27;re never going to make it up, you know, if you screw up at that point. Yeah. And folks, we are talking to Ted Benna. He is the inventor of the 401k way back in the late 70s. He invented it. And maybe early 80s. Well, I guess it was late 70s, wasn&#x27;t it? 1981, I think, was the first one, right? Well, it was actually in the fall of 1980 that I came up with the design and the first plan became effective January 1 of 81. So if you have a balance at all, you have Ted to think. So it&#x27;s good. Now, Ted, let me tell you about this now. And this was really troubling to me. I met with a nice couple a few weeks back. They had over $2 million built up for retirement. Now, this was in the stock market and it was like a lump sum. And they had come in, they were talking about how their</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> other planner had put this plan together and they grew some money. But they were going to take 30,000 out when I was asking them what they were going to do in the future, because that&#x27;s what I always do when I asked people on the first appointment, what&#x27;s this money for? And he said, first of all, we need to take 30,000 out. I&#x27;m going to take the family to Aruba. And I love Aruba. I&#x27;ll tell you why. That&#x27;s where my wife and I went on our honeymoon. So I&#x27;ve been to Aruba eight times. All right. So let&#x27;s picture this. $2 million balance, $2 million balance. And he&#x27;s talking about taking 30,000 out. I got excited. They&#x27;d never been there before. I started talking about all the great places my wife and I went on our honeymoon there. And as I was talking, the husband started to withdraw. And then he put his arms on his chest. You know how you just fold your arms? And I said, oh, he&#x27;s getting mad about something. Maybe he doesn&#x27;t like that kind of beef I was talking about or whatever. So I said, wait a minute now, Mr. Jones, we&#x27;ll call him. You don&#x27;t look too happy</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> about this trip. And the wife was all happy. And then she looked at him like, what&#x27;s going on? And he said, coach, it&#x27;s not that I&#x27;m not happy about it. I&#x27;m going to take $30,000 out of my account that I&#x27;ll never replace. And this is the money that&#x27;s got to be here for the rest of our lives. So that is the power of having an income plan built into a lump sum plan. So later on, we talked through it and we got him an income plan put together. And now he&#x27;s happy because he knows that he can have money to spend and not worry about outliving the money. But what I found out, and I learned a good lesson there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how much of a balance people have if they don&#x27;t have a guarantee in place that they&#x27;re going to have an income for the rest of their life, they&#x27;re not going to outlive. It really doesn&#x27;t matter how much they have because he had over $2 million and he&#x27;s worried about taking $30,000 out. Well, you&#x27;re right on the money there, Pete. That&#x27;s certainly a perfect example of why you</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> need to get a plan in place and understand how it&#x27;s going to work for you. You might be living for 20 to 30 years and that&#x27;s a long time and just kind of willy-nilly taking $30,000 of it out before you nail down a plan that you feel comfortable about. It&#x27;s a gigantic mistake. Well, we were able to build them a plan that would give them at least $100,000 a year for the rest of their lives, both husband and wife, and never worry about it, plus leave a lump sum to give to the kids and grandkids. So it turned out to be a happy ending, but he was worried. And I was worried too because I looked like I was making him mad and he was bigger than I was. Coach P&#x27;s not a big guy. But let&#x27;s look now, the 401k, great invention when it started. It&#x27;s been abused a little bit, not as many options in there that they should have a lot of times and no income. But then</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Congress introduced something last year, or not DOL, Department of Labor did, called the fiduciary standard. And you think that&#x27;s gone way off course, hasn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Certainly there&#x27;s a need to make advisors who are involved with these plans, you know, at the plan sponsor and participant level more accountable, as you would agree, Pete. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been in this business, I started in the retirement business in 1960, and I&#x27;ve always considered myself to be a fiduciary, even if I wasn&#x27;t one legally, because I was involved with decisions that affected people&#x27;s retirement. And, you know, that&#x27;s a fiduciary type of responsibility. So the fact that advisors for years have been able to be in the position they are without that type of accountability is a huge mistake. But,</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> you know, the problem here, Pete, is, is you&#x27;re well aware, I mean, I don&#x27;t know what there are, I mean, there are, you know, tens of thousands of people who call themselves financial advisors in this field. And all of a sudden, just printing a new business card that says you&#x27;re a fiduciary doesn&#x27;t begin to get you in a position to be back like one. I mean, that takes years, you know, to build those kinds of skills. I agree. Yeah. I mean, and I see it, they&#x27;re popular, they pop up like dandy wines in the summertime, all these guys claiming to be fiduciaries and they&#x27;re not. I mean, one of the first things is to make sure the advisor is a 65 license, the investment advisor. But I&#x27;ve seen guys that have all the licenses that basically take people&#x27;s money and do the wrong thing with it too. So you have to really trust your instincts these days, don&#x27;t you? You need to have a lot of confidence in who you&#x27;re working with.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> And for sure, you need to be careful that, you know, you don&#x27;t get misled. I mean, most people are smart enough, Pete, to, if something sounds too good, they should walk away from it. But I mean, like Bernie Madoff, he was, that&#x27;s a good example, right? Everybody worship Bernie. And they do in prison, by the way, I&#x27;ve heard he&#x27;s right down the road in Butner here. And I hear the prisoners in there look up to him and ask him all the financial questions. So, you know, now if he, if he takes some of their money, he might get the swift punishment he deserves. So I wouldn&#x27;t mess with the prisoners. Now, hey, the financial world, complicated place. We agree on that. But you&#x27;ve got a brand new passion. I wanted to give you a couple minutes to talk about too, because we talked about this before the show. And explain your brand new passion to the folks.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Pete, I&#x27;ve certainly realized, you know, for years, obviously, there are a lot more important things in life than 401k and worried about our retirement. And I&#x27;ve recently started to focus raising funds for Compassion International. They&#x27;re a, you know, great organization, if you&#x27;re not familiar with them. They&#x27;re the premier group that, you know, find sponsors for children who need someone to, you know, give $45 a month to keep a family from, you know, starvation, literally, you know, in third world areas. And, you know, they also sponsor programs where you can buy a cow or you can invest in providing clean water for community or chicken or a sewing machine to help a, maybe a single mom or a young lady who&#x27;s trapped in sex trafficking get out of that kind of lifestyle.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> And, you know, I know a number of the key people at that organization and they&#x27;re just a great group of people, you know, they&#x27;ve avoided any controversy. You know, they&#x27;re extremely clean, which is not true of all charitable organizations. Yeah, very, very important because there&#x27;s a lot of charity organizations you give a dollar to and 90 some percent goes to quote unquote administration and 10 percent goes to the real cause. And that really makes me mad when I hear about that kind of stuff. Yeah, well, this is exactly the reverse. And, you know, their financials are open and available and it&#x27;s exactly the reverse of that, those numbers. Very important. It&#x27;s a complicated world. I think we can agree on that. The 401k plan, what would you advise someone who is just starting out work? I mean, that&#x27;s about the only savings vehicle that people can do systematically through their paycheck these days.</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> Well, yes. And, you know, I&#x27;ve learned over the years that the greatest benefit actually of 401k is to convert spenders into saving by making it automatic, coming out of your paycheck each pay period in growing and building up. So, you know, you&#x27;ve got to be an idiot, frankly, if you have that opportunity available to you and you don&#x27;t take advantage of it. Yeah. And especially with the matches, I mean, you can build it up, but building is not preserving. And so we call it like the financial crock pot. You need to have some money you put aside and it&#x27;s going to be there. My wife uses a crock pot all the time in the wintertime. In the morning, she puts the food in and the dinnertime we get home, the house smells real good. And there it is, it&#x27;s all done and we have no worries. And I think people need to make sure that once they have that lump sum, they convert that into what we call a never plan, never worry about it again,</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> and get it in that place where you get that income for the rest of your life. Hey, Pete, I got a final comment. I bet your wife had a plan when she threw the stuff in the crock pot, right? More than I would have. So the problem here is people need to have a plan and get help to build a good one. Absolutely. Well, Ted, hey, it&#x27;s been great talking to you. Thanks from all of us in 401k plans for your invention. Folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ted Benna returns to discuss the development of the 401(k), retirement saving, and the questions people face when building a plan. Recorded March 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world, in the financial world, hopefully. And this week we have a return visitor, one that was very popular in 2012 when I had him on. His name is Ted Benna. Now that name might not be familiar with you, but if you have a 401k, you have Ted to thank. Ted, welcome in. Pete, it&#x27;s certainly wonderful to be back to you. I can&#x27;t believe it&#x27;s been that long ago. Where&#x27;d those five years go? Where&#x27;d those five years go? Wow. Now, you are known as the father of the 401k and you&#x27;re in William, right outside of Williamsport, Pennsylvania. So I know where time goes, Ted. It seems like every single day I turn the TV on, there&#x27;s a Little League World Series on again. I mean, time flies, doesn&#x27;t it? Sure does. Now let&#x27;s talk about the 401k. A lot of people have one. They didn&#x27;t realize who invented</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> it. Let&#x27;s talk about just a brief history of the 401k as it relates to you. Hey, Pete, there&#x27;s myth and there&#x27;s reality. The myth is I was sitting with my dark eye shades on reading the IRS code and found a paragraph no one had ever found before. And that&#x27;s even appeared in print, but not because I said that&#x27;s what happened. It&#x27;s called creative journalism. So what actually happened, Pete, is I interpreted this section in a very different way than what was ever intended. And kind of the fast version of it is what I brought to the table was the idea of an employer matching contribution and</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> for employees to be able to participate actively in these plans by putting money into them on a pre-tax basis from their own salary. And, you know, neither of those ideas were included in the general, in the legislation. But you know what? There wasn&#x27;t anyone naming they&#x27;re saying thou shalt not. So I took the more aggressive approach. Well, and you&#x27;ve done a great job inventing it. There&#x27;s over three, it&#x27;s estimated over $3 trillion now in 401k plans. That&#x27;s a lot of money. That&#x27;s for sure. So, but lately, you have been quoted by saying that it&#x27;s almost not recognizable anymore as far as what you had planned for the 401k. There are two things, Pete, I guess, that come to mind. You know, the</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> first one is the fact that it&#x27;s now for most people, the primary way for them to be saving for retirement. And, you know, it was never intended. Well, it&#x27;s an accident. I mean, it&#x27;s a fluke legislatively. So, you know, it was never intended to be the big thing that it is today, for sure. But it was definitely, you know, never intended to be the primary vehicle other than Social Security in terms of providing retirement security. You know, that&#x27;s the one thing. And, you know, the other thing that, you know, that troubles me, it&#x27;s gotten much too complicated investment-wise and expensive for participants. You know, Ted, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for 25 years. And when I sit down with folks, especially people who call from the radio, and we sit down and analyze</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> where they are right now in the financial world, many people have huge balances in the 401k or retirement plans, but they&#x27;re not comfortable or happy because that balance doesn&#x27;t translate to an income plan like a pension, like our parents used to have, where they knew when they retired, they&#x27;d get a yearly paycheck. I spent a lot of time helping people take that lump sum and translate it into a yearly amount that they can get that they&#x27;ll never outlive. I mean, that would make the 401k a real good vehicle, wouldn&#x27;t it? It certainly would, Pete. And what you&#x27;re doing with individuals is really critical because you&#x27;re right. The average individual retiring doesn&#x27;t have an idea of, well, now how do I convert this thing into something that has the potential of lasting the rest of my life? And, you know, as we both</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> know, that&#x27;s the wrong stage of life to blow it because you&#x27;re never going to make it up, you know, if you screw up at that point. Yeah. And folks, we are talking to Ted Benna. He is the inventor of the 401k way back in the late 70s. He invented it. And maybe early 80s. Well, I guess it was late 70s, wasn&#x27;t it? 1981, I think, was the first one, right? Well, it was actually in the fall of 1980 that I came up with the design and the first plan became effective January 1 of 81. So if you have a balance at all, you have Ted to think. So it&#x27;s good. Now, Ted, let me tell you about this now. And this was really troubling to me. I met with a nice couple a few weeks back. They had over $2 million built up for retirement. Now, this was in the stock market and it was like a lump sum. And they had come in, they were talking about how their</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> other planner had put this plan together and they grew some money. But they were going to take 30,000 out when I was asking them what they were going to do in the future, because that&#x27;s what I always do when I asked people on the first appointment, what&#x27;s this money for? And he said, first of all, we need to take 30,000 out. I&#x27;m going to take the family to Aruba. And I love Aruba. I&#x27;ll tell you why. That&#x27;s where my wife and I went on our honeymoon. So I&#x27;ve been to Aruba eight times. All right. So let&#x27;s picture this. $2 million balance, $2 million balance. And he&#x27;s talking about taking 30,000 out. I got excited. They&#x27;d never been there before. I started talking about all the great places my wife and I went on our honeymoon there. And as I was talking, the husband started to withdraw. And then he put his arms on his chest. You know how you just fold your arms? And I said, oh, he&#x27;s getting mad about something. Maybe he doesn&#x27;t like that kind of beef I was talking about or whatever. So I said, wait a minute now, Mr. Jones, we&#x27;ll call him. You don&#x27;t look too happy</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> about this trip. And the wife was all happy. And then she looked at him like, what&#x27;s going on? And he said, coach, it&#x27;s not that I&#x27;m not happy about it. I&#x27;m going to take $30,000 out of my account that I&#x27;ll never replace. And this is the money that&#x27;s got to be here for the rest of our lives. So that is the power of having an income plan built into a lump sum plan. So later on, we talked through it and we got him an income plan put together. And now he&#x27;s happy because he knows that he can have money to spend and not worry about outliving the money. But what I found out, and I learned a good lesson there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how much of a balance people have if they don&#x27;t have a guarantee in place that they&#x27;re going to have an income for the rest of their life, they&#x27;re not going to outlive. It really doesn&#x27;t matter how much they have because he had over $2 million and he&#x27;s worried about taking $30,000 out. Well, you&#x27;re right on the money there, Pete. That&#x27;s certainly a perfect example of why you</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> need to get a plan in place and understand how it&#x27;s going to work for you. You might be living for 20 to 30 years and that&#x27;s a long time and just kind of willy-nilly taking $30,000 of it out before you nail down a plan that you feel comfortable about. It&#x27;s a gigantic mistake. Well, we were able to build them a plan that would give them at least $100,000 a year for the rest of their lives, both husband and wife, and never worry about it, plus leave a lump sum to give to the kids and grandkids. So it turned out to be a happy ending, but he was worried. And I was worried too because I looked like I was making him mad and he was bigger than I was. Coach P&#x27;s not a big guy. But let&#x27;s look now, the 401k, great invention when it started. It&#x27;s been abused a little bit, not as many options in there that they should have a lot of times and no income. But then</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Congress introduced something last year, or not DOL, Department of Labor did, called the fiduciary standard. And you think that&#x27;s gone way off course, hasn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Certainly there&#x27;s a need to make advisors who are involved with these plans, you know, at the plan sponsor and participant level more accountable, as you would agree, Pete. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been in this business, I started in the retirement business in 1960, and I&#x27;ve always considered myself to be a fiduciary, even if I wasn&#x27;t one legally, because I was involved with decisions that affected people&#x27;s retirement. And, you know, that&#x27;s a fiduciary type of responsibility. So the fact that advisors for years have been able to be in the position they are without that type of accountability is a huge mistake. But,</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> you know, the problem here, Pete, is, is you&#x27;re well aware, I mean, I don&#x27;t know what there are, I mean, there are, you know, tens of thousands of people who call themselves financial advisors in this field. And all of a sudden, just printing a new business card that says you&#x27;re a fiduciary doesn&#x27;t begin to get you in a position to be back like one. I mean, that takes years, you know, to build those kinds of skills. I agree. Yeah. I mean, and I see it, they&#x27;re popular, they pop up like dandy wines in the summertime, all these guys claiming to be fiduciaries and they&#x27;re not. I mean, one of the first things is to make sure the advisor is a 65 license, the investment advisor. But I&#x27;ve seen guys that have all the licenses that basically take people&#x27;s money and do the wrong thing with it too. So you have to really trust your instincts these days, don&#x27;t you? You need to have a lot of confidence in who you&#x27;re working with.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> And for sure, you need to be careful that, you know, you don&#x27;t get misled. I mean, most people are smart enough, Pete, to, if something sounds too good, they should walk away from it. But I mean, like Bernie Madoff, he was, that&#x27;s a good example, right? Everybody worship Bernie. And they do in prison, by the way, I&#x27;ve heard he&#x27;s right down the road in Butner here. And I hear the prisoners in there look up to him and ask him all the financial questions. So, you know, now if he, if he takes some of their money, he might get the swift punishment he deserves. So I wouldn&#x27;t mess with the prisoners. Now, hey, the financial world, complicated place. We agree on that. But you&#x27;ve got a brand new passion. I wanted to give you a couple minutes to talk about too, because we talked about this before the show. And explain your brand new passion to the folks.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Pete, I&#x27;ve certainly realized, you know, for years, obviously, there are a lot more important things in life than 401k and worried about our retirement. And I&#x27;ve recently started to focus raising funds for Compassion International. They&#x27;re a, you know, great organization, if you&#x27;re not familiar with them. They&#x27;re the premier group that, you know, find sponsors for children who need someone to, you know, give $45 a month to keep a family from, you know, starvation, literally, you know, in third world areas. And, you know, they also sponsor programs where you can buy a cow or you can invest in providing clean water for community or chicken or a sewing machine to help a, maybe a single mom or a young lady who&#x27;s trapped in sex trafficking get out of that kind of lifestyle.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> And, you know, I know a number of the key people at that organization and they&#x27;re just a great group of people, you know, they&#x27;ve avoided any controversy. You know, they&#x27;re extremely clean, which is not true of all charitable organizations. Yeah, very, very important because there&#x27;s a lot of charity organizations you give a dollar to and 90 some percent goes to quote unquote administration and 10 percent goes to the real cause. And that really makes me mad when I hear about that kind of stuff. Yeah, well, this is exactly the reverse. And, you know, their financials are open and available and it&#x27;s exactly the reverse of that, those numbers. Very important. It&#x27;s a complicated world. I think we can agree on that. The 401k plan, what would you advise someone who is just starting out work? I mean, that&#x27;s about the only savings vehicle that people can do systematically through their paycheck these days.</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> Well, yes. And, you know, I&#x27;ve learned over the years that the greatest benefit actually of 401k is to convert spenders into saving by making it automatic, coming out of your paycheck each pay period in growing and building up. So, you know, you&#x27;ve got to be an idiot, frankly, if you have that opportunity available to you and you don&#x27;t take advantage of it. Yeah. And especially with the matches, I mean, you can build it up, but building is not preserving. And so we call it like the financial crock pot. You need to have some money you put aside and it&#x27;s going to be there. My wife uses a crock pot all the time in the wintertime. In the morning, she puts the food in and the dinnertime we get home, the house smells real good. And there it is, it&#x27;s all done and we have no worries. And I think people need to make sure that once they have that lump sum, they convert that into what we call a never plan, never worry about it again,</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> and get it in that place where you get that income for the rest of your life. Hey, Pete, I got a final comment. I bet your wife had a plan when she threw the stuff in the crock pot, right? More than I would have. So the problem here is people need to have a plan and get help to build a good one. Absolutely. Well, Ted, hey, it&#x27;s been great talking to you. Thanks from all of us in 401k plans for your invention. Folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety. You can always go to financialsafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ted Benna returns to discuss the development of the 401(k), retirement saving, and the questions people face when building a plan. Recorded March 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ted Benna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>401(k) plans</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ted Benna, retirement planning, 401(k) plans</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58/image.jpg?t=1792072100&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-benna-401-k-s-and-retirement-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58/image.jpg?t=1792072100&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>747</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9451b6cc-54a2-4df1-abd5-b4e2018a1f58/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11984538" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-benna-401-k-s-and-retirement-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>101</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="401(k)s and Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:34" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emily Brandon: Pensionless</title>
      <itunes:title>Emily Brandon: Pensionless</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Emily Brandon joins Coach Pete to discuss Pensionless and the questions people face when planning a retirement without a traditional pension. Recorded January 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially the financial world. And today is no exception. We&#x27;ve got a great author. Matter of fact, I saw her. She writes a lot of articles for U.S. News. And I started researching. I said, gosh, she has a lot of good points. Let me research who this Emily girl is. And on my search, I found out she&#x27;s an author of a great book called Pensionless, the 10-step solution for a stress-free retirement. Her name is Emily Brandon. She&#x27;s joining us on the show. Emily, where are you located? In the San Francisco Bay Area. San Francisco. All right. Well, hey, what is going on in the pension world these days? Many people, I guess they think that they&#x27;re going to work for a company for 20 or 30 years or maybe longer than that or maybe switch and work for five or 10 different companies.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> But when they retire, many people are not like our parents and grandparents. They don&#x27;t have a pension, do they? No, most of us don&#x27;t receive a traditional pension through our jobs anymore. So it&#x27;s up to us to fund our own retirement. Fortunately, there is a lot you can do to make the best of the retirement benefits you do have. And in the book, it goes through 10 different ways you can really prepare for retirement if you don&#x27;t receive a pension through your job. And I think percentage-wise, and I hate percentages because, you know, you can twist them any way you want, but I think about 85 percent of Americans are not going to have a pension now, right? Yeah. Most of us do not receive a pension through our job anymore. And so it&#x27;s something we really need to plan on not having unless you have a specific guarantee through your current employer. And it&#x27;s mostly people who have government jobs or people at very large companies who still have pensions.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Now, speaking of government jobs, this just came across our newswire the other day. You&#x27;re out in California, and you have CalPERS, and that&#x27;s the government pay, basically the government pension accounts. And I saw in the article that they are reducing the amounts they&#x27;re going to give the people that are retired or retiring. And so having a pension isn&#x27;t always guaranteed as well, is it? It&#x27;s true. In the public sector, that is true, and it can be changed. In the private sector, most pensions are insured by the federal government. Right. And so in that case, they&#x27;re insured up to a certain amount. But if you have a pension that&#x27;s promised above that amount, you might not get the entire amount either. So most are insured in full, but there are some cases, especially with pilots, that they might not be insured up to the full amount.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So you might look at a reduction there too. I&#x27;ve talked to several pilots who lost about half their pension when the airline they were working for went bankrupt. And then, of course, the airline&#x27;s still there. They reinvent themselves. They get rid of all the stock. They get rid of a lot of the pensions or a lot of the pension liability. Then they come back out stronger than ever, but the employees aren&#x27;t. Exactly. And so it really speaks to the importance of having a backup plan and saving on your own to make sure that you will be okay if something like that happens to you. Yeah. And so, again, one of the subtitles on your book, or there&#x27;s a quote on the cover of your book, retirement is a beginning. You get to leave all the judgment behind to pursue your own fulfillment. So retirement isn&#x27;t the end. That&#x27;s what we used to look like. We retire at 65, die at 66 back in the old days. But now people can live 20, 30, 40 years of retirement, which is otherwise known as unemployment.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Well, it&#x27;s really the beginning of a new lifestyle that doesn&#x27;t involve going to work every day. And so you get to reinvent your life in a new way and hopefully with money that you have saved to finance. Now, you talk about in the book, one of the enemies is taxes. When we want to retire and we have some personal pension accounts or IRAs and we take the money out, we don&#x27;t get to take all that money home, do we? Exactly. The money that you have in traditional retirement accounts doesn&#x27;t really belong to you because you haven&#x27;t paid taxes on it yet. So you have to prepare for that. It&#x27;s very important to realize that if you have a million dollars in an IRA, you really don&#x27;t have that full amount. You might be paying a quarter of that in taxes. And so you need to. But there are things that you can do to minimize the taxes as you pull the money out of your retirement accounts.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And so it&#x27;s important to look at required minimum distributions and have a plan for getting that money out of there in a way that minimizes taxes. So every now and now I have someone come in, they&#x27;re over 70, and they&#x27;re complaining about having to take money out of their IRAs because the government makes you take those RMDs, required minimum distributions. And what I tell them is, hey, the government&#x27;s making you take some money out. Have some fun with it or reinvest it for your grandkids or create a legacy, something like that. So I know they make you take it out, but someone&#x27;s going to have to pay that tax. You might as well pay it when you know what the tax levels are and get it in a place where it&#x27;s not taxable anymore. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good point. Just because you pull it out of that account doesn&#x27;t mean you have to spend it. You can do something great with it. You can set something up for your children or your grandchildren. It doesn&#x27;t mean that you have to spend it. There&#x27;s actually one way to get it out without paying taxes now as well if you&#x27;re over 70 and a half.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> If you give the distribution directly to a qualifying charity, you will not owe income tax on that distribution of up to $100,000. So if you are charitably inclined, you can do that and avoid the tax bill at the same time. And you get a bigger stake when they have their little annual parties there for all the givers. Yes, yes. So you might get that as well and you get a social perk. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Emily Brandon. She&#x27;s senior editor for retirement at U.S. News. And she&#x27;s been writing about retirement and aging for over a decade. And her book is Pensionless. And it&#x27;s a great book. You can get it on Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, anywhere books are sold. But it&#x27;s step-by-step, a 10-step solution on how to make sure you have a stress-free retirement. And Emily, what are some of the big steps that you&#x27;d recommend people do to get this stress-free retirement you talk about in the book?</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Well, there&#x27;s a couple different things you can do. One of the basic things you need to do is have a plan to maximize Social Security. So you want to pay careful attention to when you sign up and look at the strategies that are available to you. Get as high of a Social Security payment as you can. And there are a couple different ways that you can do that. But that&#x27;s sort of the base retirement income you will have is that Social Security payment. So it&#x27;s very important to pay attention to the age when you sign up. Yeah. Social Security is one of the most important financial tools to do what we call flooring in retirement, which gives you the money you need to pay your bills. And some supplemental pension plans are always good, as well as 401Ks. The more you can have coming in, we call it the green flag on the mailbox during retirement. When you walk to the mailbox, usually you walk out, you put the red flag out because you&#x27;re paying bills.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> Wouldn&#x27;t it be great to walk out to the mailbox and see a green flag waving proudly, and you know there&#x27;s a check in that mailbox each and every month through retirement for you. And the bigger the check, the better. That&#x27;s why maximizing Social Security is very important, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. It&#x27;s one of the most important retirement decisions you&#x27;ll make when to sign up for that payment. Yeah, but think about a green flag. It&#x27;s pretty good, isn&#x27;t it? You wave the checkered flag, that&#x27;s retirement, and then you walk to the mailbox, and now there&#x27;s a bigger green flag than red flag out there. That&#x27;s what you want. You want bigger greens than reds, and that is what you say in the book. You have to reduce your cost of living sometimes if you retire and don&#x27;t have enough savings. You can still have a good retirement, but it involves having to minimize what you&#x27;ve been doing. So what I try to do, the goal is always to have people be able to do more in retirement, not less, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. You want to do the things that you&#x27;ve been dreaming about doing throughout your life,</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> and finally you will have this period of time in which you can do them if you plan for it, if you plan well and have the financial part taken care of. Yeah. I call it your income ID. You need to know what your income&#x27;s going to be. Identify what it is, what you need, what you want. But a lot of people, unfortunately, what I see play catch-up towards the end when they get to the financial red zone, which is about five years out of retirement, and they take way too much risk with their money they can&#x27;t afford to lose. Emily, what do you think about that? That is a problem as you get closer to retirement. There&#x27;s this temptation to want to take on risk to try to make up for a lack of saving. And it&#x27;s risky to do that. If the stock market does go down in the years leading up to retirement, it can sort of be a disaster. That being said, you still need some risk in your portfolio because you will have several decades of retirement,</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> in all likelihood, that you will need to finance. So you do want some of that risk in there. You really need to find a balance that matches your tolerance for risk and how long you expect to live in retirement. You very well might spend several decades in retirement, so you can have risk with some of your money because you have a long-time horizon for some of it. Absolutely. You know, I call it the core and explore. You need some money in the core, and that core needs to grow every year towards retirement because that&#x27;s going to fund your retirement. But the explore side can have the potential for higher horsepower. Knowing full well that you could lose some of the money in the explore side, but if you lost it all even, your core is still safe. And so as we get older, we want to make sure our core builds, and we want to make sure that we take the right steps. And one thing here I want to talk about towards the end of the interview is,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> I&#x27;ve been to Vegas several times. I have no idea how to play craps. Craps is that table where they&#x27;re rolling the dice, and everyone&#x27;s getting all excited, and people seem to be making a lot of money. And so if you&#x27;re walking through the casino and you see that table going wild, people giving each other high fives, you go and start putting money behind. You basically copy somebody who&#x27;s making money, and then all of a sudden someone rolls a seven. I know if you roll a seven, that&#x27;s a bad thing. And all the money gets swept off the table by the dealer, and you lose that money. That&#x27;s what happens when we&#x27;re in an upmarket a lot of times. People watch these TV shows. Everyone thinks they&#x27;re an expert because the market goes up. Everyone feels like an expert. And then the other side of the coin shows. And that&#x27;s what we want to make sure people don&#x27;t do is take too much risk as we get closer to retirement. I agree. It&#x27;s easy to get caught up in the financial news shows that recommend that you go on these tangents</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> based on what&#x27;s happening in the current news. But it&#x27;s really risk to change your entire investment strategy based on something that&#x27;s happening in the current news, especially when it&#x27;s for a long-term financial goal like retirement that is going to go on over a decade. So it&#x27;s easy to get caught up in that, but it&#x27;s important to try to resist that, at least with your retirement money or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. Sometimes it can be fun to play a little bit of that, but for your retirement money, it&#x27;s important to try to stay away from all of that. Well, it&#x27;s always fun when you&#x27;re winning, but everyone has to remember the crowd stops cheering eventually for everyone. And, folks, again, I&#x27;m cheering because this is a great book called Pensionless, and you can pick it up anywhere books are sold. And her name is Emily Brandon, Pensionless again, the 10-step solution for a stress-free retirement.</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> Emily, thanks for your time today. Thank you for having me. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Emily Brandon joins Coach Pete to discuss Pensionless and the questions people face when planning a retirement without a traditional pension. Recorded January 2017.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference in the world and especially the financial world. And today is no exception. We&#x27;ve got a great author. Matter of fact, I saw her. She writes a lot of articles for U.S. News. And I started researching. I said, gosh, she has a lot of good points. Let me research who this Emily girl is. And on my search, I found out she&#x27;s an author of a great book called Pensionless, the 10-step solution for a stress-free retirement. Her name is Emily Brandon. She&#x27;s joining us on the show. Emily, where are you located? In the San Francisco Bay Area. San Francisco. All right. Well, hey, what is going on in the pension world these days? Many people, I guess they think that they&#x27;re going to work for a company for 20 or 30 years or maybe longer than that or maybe switch and work for five or 10 different companies.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> But when they retire, many people are not like our parents and grandparents. They don&#x27;t have a pension, do they? No, most of us don&#x27;t receive a traditional pension through our jobs anymore. So it&#x27;s up to us to fund our own retirement. Fortunately, there is a lot you can do to make the best of the retirement benefits you do have. And in the book, it goes through 10 different ways you can really prepare for retirement if you don&#x27;t receive a pension through your job. And I think percentage-wise, and I hate percentages because, you know, you can twist them any way you want, but I think about 85 percent of Americans are not going to have a pension now, right? Yeah. Most of us do not receive a pension through our job anymore. And so it&#x27;s something we really need to plan on not having unless you have a specific guarantee through your current employer. And it&#x27;s mostly people who have government jobs or people at very large companies who still have pensions.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Now, speaking of government jobs, this just came across our newswire the other day. You&#x27;re out in California, and you have CalPERS, and that&#x27;s the government pay, basically the government pension accounts. And I saw in the article that they are reducing the amounts they&#x27;re going to give the people that are retired or retiring. And so having a pension isn&#x27;t always guaranteed as well, is it? It&#x27;s true. In the public sector, that is true, and it can be changed. In the private sector, most pensions are insured by the federal government. Right. And so in that case, they&#x27;re insured up to a certain amount. But if you have a pension that&#x27;s promised above that amount, you might not get the entire amount either. So most are insured in full, but there are some cases, especially with pilots, that they might not be insured up to the full amount.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So you might look at a reduction there too. I&#x27;ve talked to several pilots who lost about half their pension when the airline they were working for went bankrupt. And then, of course, the airline&#x27;s still there. They reinvent themselves. They get rid of all the stock. They get rid of a lot of the pensions or a lot of the pension liability. Then they come back out stronger than ever, but the employees aren&#x27;t. Exactly. And so it really speaks to the importance of having a backup plan and saving on your own to make sure that you will be okay if something like that happens to you. Yeah. And so, again, one of the subtitles on your book, or there&#x27;s a quote on the cover of your book, retirement is a beginning. You get to leave all the judgment behind to pursue your own fulfillment. So retirement isn&#x27;t the end. That&#x27;s what we used to look like. We retire at 65, die at 66 back in the old days. But now people can live 20, 30, 40 years of retirement, which is otherwise known as unemployment.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> Well, it&#x27;s really the beginning of a new lifestyle that doesn&#x27;t involve going to work every day. And so you get to reinvent your life in a new way and hopefully with money that you have saved to finance. Now, you talk about in the book, one of the enemies is taxes. When we want to retire and we have some personal pension accounts or IRAs and we take the money out, we don&#x27;t get to take all that money home, do we? Exactly. The money that you have in traditional retirement accounts doesn&#x27;t really belong to you because you haven&#x27;t paid taxes on it yet. So you have to prepare for that. It&#x27;s very important to realize that if you have a million dollars in an IRA, you really don&#x27;t have that full amount. You might be paying a quarter of that in taxes. And so you need to. But there are things that you can do to minimize the taxes as you pull the money out of your retirement accounts.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And so it&#x27;s important to look at required minimum distributions and have a plan for getting that money out of there in a way that minimizes taxes. So every now and now I have someone come in, they&#x27;re over 70, and they&#x27;re complaining about having to take money out of their IRAs because the government makes you take those RMDs, required minimum distributions. And what I tell them is, hey, the government&#x27;s making you take some money out. Have some fun with it or reinvest it for your grandkids or create a legacy, something like that. So I know they make you take it out, but someone&#x27;s going to have to pay that tax. You might as well pay it when you know what the tax levels are and get it in a place where it&#x27;s not taxable anymore. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good point. Just because you pull it out of that account doesn&#x27;t mean you have to spend it. You can do something great with it. You can set something up for your children or your grandchildren. It doesn&#x27;t mean that you have to spend it. There&#x27;s actually one way to get it out without paying taxes now as well if you&#x27;re over 70 and a half.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> If you give the distribution directly to a qualifying charity, you will not owe income tax on that distribution of up to $100,000. So if you are charitably inclined, you can do that and avoid the tax bill at the same time. And you get a bigger stake when they have their little annual parties there for all the givers. Yes, yes. So you might get that as well and you get a social perk. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Emily Brandon. She&#x27;s senior editor for retirement at U.S. News. And she&#x27;s been writing about retirement and aging for over a decade. And her book is Pensionless. And it&#x27;s a great book. You can get it on Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, anywhere books are sold. But it&#x27;s step-by-step, a 10-step solution on how to make sure you have a stress-free retirement. And Emily, what are some of the big steps that you&#x27;d recommend people do to get this stress-free retirement you talk about in the book?</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Well, there&#x27;s a couple different things you can do. One of the basic things you need to do is have a plan to maximize Social Security. So you want to pay careful attention to when you sign up and look at the strategies that are available to you. Get as high of a Social Security payment as you can. And there are a couple different ways that you can do that. But that&#x27;s sort of the base retirement income you will have is that Social Security payment. So it&#x27;s very important to pay attention to the age when you sign up. Yeah. Social Security is one of the most important financial tools to do what we call flooring in retirement, which gives you the money you need to pay your bills. And some supplemental pension plans are always good, as well as 401Ks. The more you can have coming in, we call it the green flag on the mailbox during retirement. When you walk to the mailbox, usually you walk out, you put the red flag out because you&#x27;re paying bills.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> Wouldn&#x27;t it be great to walk out to the mailbox and see a green flag waving proudly, and you know there&#x27;s a check in that mailbox each and every month through retirement for you. And the bigger the check, the better. That&#x27;s why maximizing Social Security is very important, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. It&#x27;s one of the most important retirement decisions you&#x27;ll make when to sign up for that payment. Yeah, but think about a green flag. It&#x27;s pretty good, isn&#x27;t it? You wave the checkered flag, that&#x27;s retirement, and then you walk to the mailbox, and now there&#x27;s a bigger green flag than red flag out there. That&#x27;s what you want. You want bigger greens than reds, and that is what you say in the book. You have to reduce your cost of living sometimes if you retire and don&#x27;t have enough savings. You can still have a good retirement, but it involves having to minimize what you&#x27;ve been doing. So what I try to do, the goal is always to have people be able to do more in retirement, not less, isn&#x27;t it? Exactly. You want to do the things that you&#x27;ve been dreaming about doing throughout your life,</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> and finally you will have this period of time in which you can do them if you plan for it, if you plan well and have the financial part taken care of. Yeah. I call it your income ID. You need to know what your income&#x27;s going to be. Identify what it is, what you need, what you want. But a lot of people, unfortunately, what I see play catch-up towards the end when they get to the financial red zone, which is about five years out of retirement, and they take way too much risk with their money they can&#x27;t afford to lose. Emily, what do you think about that? That is a problem as you get closer to retirement. There&#x27;s this temptation to want to take on risk to try to make up for a lack of saving. And it&#x27;s risky to do that. If the stock market does go down in the years leading up to retirement, it can sort of be a disaster. That being said, you still need some risk in your portfolio because you will have several decades of retirement,</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> in all likelihood, that you will need to finance. So you do want some of that risk in there. You really need to find a balance that matches your tolerance for risk and how long you expect to live in retirement. You very well might spend several decades in retirement, so you can have risk with some of your money because you have a long-time horizon for some of it. Absolutely. You know, I call it the core and explore. You need some money in the core, and that core needs to grow every year towards retirement because that&#x27;s going to fund your retirement. But the explore side can have the potential for higher horsepower. Knowing full well that you could lose some of the money in the explore side, but if you lost it all even, your core is still safe. And so as we get older, we want to make sure our core builds, and we want to make sure that we take the right steps. And one thing here I want to talk about towards the end of the interview is,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> I&#x27;ve been to Vegas several times. I have no idea how to play craps. Craps is that table where they&#x27;re rolling the dice, and everyone&#x27;s getting all excited, and people seem to be making a lot of money. And so if you&#x27;re walking through the casino and you see that table going wild, people giving each other high fives, you go and start putting money behind. You basically copy somebody who&#x27;s making money, and then all of a sudden someone rolls a seven. I know if you roll a seven, that&#x27;s a bad thing. And all the money gets swept off the table by the dealer, and you lose that money. That&#x27;s what happens when we&#x27;re in an upmarket a lot of times. People watch these TV shows. Everyone thinks they&#x27;re an expert because the market goes up. Everyone feels like an expert. And then the other side of the coin shows. And that&#x27;s what we want to make sure people don&#x27;t do is take too much risk as we get closer to retirement. I agree. It&#x27;s easy to get caught up in the financial news shows that recommend that you go on these tangents</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> based on what&#x27;s happening in the current news. But it&#x27;s really risk to change your entire investment strategy based on something that&#x27;s happening in the current news, especially when it&#x27;s for a long-term financial goal like retirement that is going to go on over a decade. So it&#x27;s easy to get caught up in that, but it&#x27;s important to try to resist that, at least with your retirement money or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. Sometimes it can be fun to play a little bit of that, but for your retirement money, it&#x27;s important to try to stay away from all of that. Well, it&#x27;s always fun when you&#x27;re winning, but everyone has to remember the crowd stops cheering eventually for everyone. And, folks, again, I&#x27;m cheering because this is a great book called Pensionless, and you can pick it up anywhere books are sold. And her name is Emily Brandon, Pensionless again, the 10-step solution for a stress-free retirement.</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> Emily, thanks for your time today. Thank you for having me. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Emily Brandon joins Coach Pete to discuss Pensionless and the questions people face when planning a retirement without a traditional pension. Recorded January 2017.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Emily Brandon</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Emily Brandon, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60/image.jpg?t=1792072122&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/emily-brandon-pensionless/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60/image.jpg?t=1792072122&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60</guid>
      <omny:clipId>04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2017 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>642</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/04bc6ad4-79f2-4f0b-9ecb-b4e201876e60/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10306015" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/emily-brandon-pensionless</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>102</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Pensionless" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:13" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter returns to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his concerns about how people prepare for retirement. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and should make a difference in your life, whether it be someone you&#x27;ve seen, a national celebrity, someone on TV, an actor, reality show stars, authors are my favorite people, and we&#x27;ve got a return visitor here on the show. Gosh, folks, time flies when you&#x27;re having fun. It was 2011 when I first had this author on, and then, you know, life happened and I forgot about him a little bit. But I was going through my library the other day and I found his book and I said, gosh, I wonder what he&#x27;s up to. Let me contact him again because nothing&#x27;s really changed out there in the financial world. His name is Rick Buter, and he&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401Ks, and Other Plans.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s joining us from the West Coast. Rick, welcome in. Well, thank you, Pete. Glad to be here with you today. Yeah, now, gosh, it&#x27;s funny how, you know, I&#x27;ve written a bunch of books, too. I wrote a book 11 years ago, and I got it out the other day, and most everything in there was still relevant. Things really don&#x27;t change in the financial world that much, do they? Well, they haven&#x27;t. Nothing has changed with regard to our retirement system today. If you look back, we still have the same thinking about IRAs and 401Ks that we did when we had the financial crash. There are still no mandated guarantees within these plans by the federal government. There&#x27;s not even an FDIC-insured choice that&#x27;s mandated within these plans. And, in fact, the choices within these 401Ks and IRAs are becoming even more and more limited to Wall Street-only products.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And even the safest accounts within these plans are accounts that blew up during the financial crisis, the money market funds. Those were sold to people during that time as the safe accounts. And President Bush, when we went through the financial crisis, I mean, he had to put an executive order to the Treasury to guarantee those types of accounts. So nothing&#x27;s changed, Pete. Nothing. You know, Rick, not a day goes by where someone doesn&#x27;t ask me what they should be doing with their 401K because they&#x27;re confused. They know that money comes out of their paycheck and it goes into the 401K. But they&#x27;re not quite sure if it&#x27;s in the right place for the right time of their life. We talk about the need for some safety and the need to, well, let&#x27;s look at what a 401K is. It&#x27;s a retirement plan. So if people are looking for a retirement plan, shouldn&#x27;t there be an option in a 401K that would give them a lifetime income they wouldn&#x27;t have to worry about in the future?</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> This is the whole scam of these 401K plans. And what people have to understand, first of all, is where the 401K came from and be able to see it for what it really is. The 401K is a government idea. So you have to start there. And whenever somebody comes to you and says, I&#x27;m from the government and I have an idea about how things should be done, that should immediately sound all the warning bills. So when you recognize that these are government plans, first of all, then you look at, say, how they&#x27;re structured and who they&#x27;re going to benefit the most. Because everything we know that comes from the government is not about we the people, is it? No, it isn&#x27;t. So those are the things I would think about in terms of the 401K. Number one, it&#x27;s a government idea.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Number two, it&#x27;s not going to serve the people. It&#x27;s going to serve Wall Street. Wall Street has immense influence over the laws, the tax laws surrounding these plans. So ask yourself the question, why are the limits on 401Ks so much higher than the IRA? That&#x27;s because Wall Street has influenced the tax laws to make sure that they can capture the money at the paycheck level, Pete. They don&#x27;t want you getting that money in your own IRA where they can&#x27;t skim the fees. The average lifetime fees that are going to be paid in 401K plans by a two-earner couple are over $150,000. Now, I can think of a lot of good uses for $150,000. How about you? Me too, Rick. A lot more than giving it to my broker. Well, things are going to change as we roll into 2017 with some of the fiduciary rules.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> But, you know, a lot of these rules were made to keep the money where it&#x27;s at. And that&#x27;s not a good thing many times. These were the lobbyists, the big financial institutions, trying to keep the little financial advisor away from giving. The proper advice to this massive pool of money that is being feed to death inside the 401Ks. Well, absolutely. What Americans need to recognize is, again, I can&#x27;t stress this enough. These are government ideas about what you should be doing with your money. So it all starts there. Number two, the 401K system is really just an extension of the government. So when you&#x27;re working with an advisor who is touting to be an expert in 401Ks, or even the 401K person who comes into your place of business where you work to tell you about all the options,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> they&#x27;re really an extension of government thinking about money. You have to understand that first and be aware of that. And if you&#x27;re fine with that and if you think that&#x27;s okay, well, that&#x27;s not how I see it. And I really think that we&#x27;ve got, with the serious problems that we&#x27;re looking at in this country fiscally, of Americans who have wealth, 90% of it is tied up in these types of accounts, in a government account where you can&#x27;t even get access to your own money for most of your life. It&#x27;s a problem. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401Ks, and Other Plans. And Rick, you&#x27;ve got a fantastic chapter in the book. I love checklists. That&#x27;s how I live my life. I make a checklist every day, and some days I complete some of the stuff on a checklist.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And if not, they get carried over to the next day. But if you have a checklist, it&#x27;s easier to follow along what&#x27;s going on. And you have in your chapter, chapter 11 in your book, seven strategies to guarantee growth and guaranteed retirement income for life. Now, that for life part is the most important part because a lot of people have come in and talked to me, and they said, I&#x27;ve got an income plan my advisor put me in, and I ask them, is it a lifetime income plan? And I get the strangest looks when I ask that question. Then when we analyze the plans, many times there&#x27;s no guarantees whatsoever for any income as we go into retirement. Yeah, you&#x27;re right, Pete. And first, let me just kind of make this clear. 99.9% of the financial advisors out there who say they are retirement income experts have never had any formal training</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> in professional portfolio management of Wall Street investments. Wow. So, and you can look at, you can find out the answer to these very simply. Simple. These are the fee-only advisors, typically, where they are proud to be fee-only and charge fees till the day you die. And you can look and ask for their documents, which will demonstrate the training that they&#x27;ve had. And in 99% of these, you&#x27;ll see no formal training in pension management. And that&#x27;s what you want. You want somebody who can bring you a guaranteed pension for life. And these Wall Street types, they can&#x27;t. They don&#x27;t have the solutions. They&#x27;ve never had the solutions, but they don&#x27;t want you to know that. The solutions exist. They&#x27;ve existed for 100 years. They existed before 401ks and IRAs came along.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> But it&#x27;s the system of retirement that Wall Street is suppressing from Americans. Wow. You know, I heard a while ago, and I think it&#x27;s true, the saying was that the barber and the hairdresser has more professional training than most of the retirement income planning specialists. Rick, do you agree with that? Absolutely. And they probably do a better job at giving haircuts than the ones who give you financial advice. Now, my mom could have used some of that training back in the day because I remember getting teased in fifth grade because I had what they called a bowl cut. You remember the bowl cut? Yes, I do. That was, yeah, I never had one of those, Pete. Well, but my mom must have had the bowl memorized because she never put a bowl on top of my head, but it sure looked like a bowl when she got done. I hear you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about some of the strategies in this checklist. Again, you have a checklist, the seven strategies to guarantee growth and guaranteed retirement income for life.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> One of the strategies is transfer your Wall Street IRA or previous employer&#x27;s retirement plan to a guaranteed fixed annuity IRA. Now, you laid the strategy down in the year 2010. Is that still viable today? Well, absolutely. If you have money in a 401k or an old 401k, you need to absolutely move that money immediately out of those employer-sponsored accounts. There&#x27;s a variety of reasons, but you want to get them in your under your own control. I&#x27;ve run across situations where spouses have died, where companies have closed. During the crash, people couldn&#x27;t get their money, and it was a disaster. So if you have the opportunity to move money from your company 401k or an old 401k, absolutely. Get it out of there as soon as you can. Get it into your own IRA, and then you can do something with it.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Now, a lot of people don&#x27;t understand their 401k, even though they put money into it each and every year. And you have something strategy number two. Use an in-service withdrawal to move your 401k to another plan. Rick, educate the listener on what an in-service withdrawal is. The in-service withdrawal is a feature within the particular plan of your company. And if you&#x27;re lucky, if you&#x27;re lucky, your company plan will allow you to do what&#x27;s called an in-service withdrawal, where you can actually get money out of the 401k tax-free and move it into your IRA. So you&#x27;ll do a tax-free transfer. There&#x27;s no taxes when you do this. A direct transfer into your own IRA, and there&#x27;s no taxes on that transfer. The money continues to be tax-deferred in the IRA. And if you are lucky, you will have this feature in the company plan that you have.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But, Pete, you know, I&#x27;ve run across many plans where they won&#x27;t allow you to do this. These mutual fund companies have the employer sold on locking that money up so the employee can&#x27;t get at it. And it&#x27;s wrong. It&#x27;s just wrong. Well, and you&#x27;ve got this checklist. It&#x27;s awesome. The seven points here. We&#x27;ve just touched on two of them. I want one final one before we let you go on this segment. But do you remember Jose Canseco, the baseball player? Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah, absolutely. What was now? He hit home runs. He was one of the Bash brothers, him and Mark McGuire, back in the day for the Oakland A&#x27;s. But, unfortunately, what were both of those guys known for in the long run? Help me out, Pete. Well, steroids. Remember steroids? Ah, yeah. And that brings me to strategy number five of your seven really good strategies there to make sure people have the proper retirement plan and guaranteed income for life.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> Strategy number five was use the annuity on steroids feature. So I wanted to say steroids aren&#x27;t all bad because you talk about annuities on steroids. Explain to the listener out there what annuities on steroids are. First of all, annuities are probably the greatest misunderstood financial solution that exists today. And that&#x27;s because of the media. You know, I&#x27;m going to ride Donald Trump&#x27;s wagon here. The media is rigged. The information system for people about money is rigged. And what I will tell you is there are solutions today that were not available probably 15, 20 years ago that will guarantee people an income at a specified point in time that you can count on for the rest of your life. I call it in my book the annuity on steroids.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> And it&#x27;s something that didn&#x27;t exist maybe 15 years ago. But today they&#x27;re used widely to provide people with financial security and comfort about where they&#x27;re going to be when they get to retirement. So it&#x27;s absolutely something to look into, something to ask about. And I think, Pete, that&#x27;s something that you know a lot about. If anyone&#x27;s out there thinking I&#x27;m too old or I&#x27;m too young for an annuity, what would you tell them? I would absolutely tell them to explore and ask and get some more information. You need to talk to a qualified expert who really understands this stuff. And, Pete, there are very few. There are very few people in this country that really understand the ins and outs of annuities, how they work, how to guarantee lifetime income properly, and do it in a way that will give you financial peace. And I know, Pete, you are one of the few people in this country that really understands that. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> And your book is factual. It&#x27;s to the point. Again, folks, his name is Rick Buter, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. If you want to look it up on Amazon. Rick, thanks for your time today. Oh, you&#x27;re so welcome. Glad to be here. And, folks, if you want to listen to this interview again in its entirety or share with anyone else, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter returns to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his concerns about how people prepare for retirement. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in my life and should make a difference in your life, whether it be someone you&#x27;ve seen, a national celebrity, someone on TV, an actor, reality show stars, authors are my favorite people, and we&#x27;ve got a return visitor here on the show. Gosh, folks, time flies when you&#x27;re having fun. It was 2011 when I first had this author on, and then, you know, life happened and I forgot about him a little bit. But I was going through my library the other day and I found his book and I said, gosh, I wonder what he&#x27;s up to. Let me contact him again because nothing&#x27;s really changed out there in the financial world. His name is Rick Buter, and he&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401Ks, and Other Plans.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s joining us from the West Coast. Rick, welcome in. Well, thank you, Pete. Glad to be here with you today. Yeah, now, gosh, it&#x27;s funny how, you know, I&#x27;ve written a bunch of books, too. I wrote a book 11 years ago, and I got it out the other day, and most everything in there was still relevant. Things really don&#x27;t change in the financial world that much, do they? Well, they haven&#x27;t. Nothing has changed with regard to our retirement system today. If you look back, we still have the same thinking about IRAs and 401Ks that we did when we had the financial crash. There are still no mandated guarantees within these plans by the federal government. There&#x27;s not even an FDIC-insured choice that&#x27;s mandated within these plans. And, in fact, the choices within these 401Ks and IRAs are becoming even more and more limited to Wall Street-only products.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And even the safest accounts within these plans are accounts that blew up during the financial crisis, the money market funds. Those were sold to people during that time as the safe accounts. And President Bush, when we went through the financial crisis, I mean, he had to put an executive order to the Treasury to guarantee those types of accounts. So nothing&#x27;s changed, Pete. Nothing. You know, Rick, not a day goes by where someone doesn&#x27;t ask me what they should be doing with their 401K because they&#x27;re confused. They know that money comes out of their paycheck and it goes into the 401K. But they&#x27;re not quite sure if it&#x27;s in the right place for the right time of their life. We talk about the need for some safety and the need to, well, let&#x27;s look at what a 401K is. It&#x27;s a retirement plan. So if people are looking for a retirement plan, shouldn&#x27;t there be an option in a 401K that would give them a lifetime income they wouldn&#x27;t have to worry about in the future?</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> This is the whole scam of these 401K plans. And what people have to understand, first of all, is where the 401K came from and be able to see it for what it really is. The 401K is a government idea. So you have to start there. And whenever somebody comes to you and says, I&#x27;m from the government and I have an idea about how things should be done, that should immediately sound all the warning bills. So when you recognize that these are government plans, first of all, then you look at, say, how they&#x27;re structured and who they&#x27;re going to benefit the most. Because everything we know that comes from the government is not about we the people, is it? No, it isn&#x27;t. So those are the things I would think about in terms of the 401K. Number one, it&#x27;s a government idea.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Number two, it&#x27;s not going to serve the people. It&#x27;s going to serve Wall Street. Wall Street has immense influence over the laws, the tax laws surrounding these plans. So ask yourself the question, why are the limits on 401Ks so much higher than the IRA? That&#x27;s because Wall Street has influenced the tax laws to make sure that they can capture the money at the paycheck level, Pete. They don&#x27;t want you getting that money in your own IRA where they can&#x27;t skim the fees. The average lifetime fees that are going to be paid in 401K plans by a two-earner couple are over $150,000. Now, I can think of a lot of good uses for $150,000. How about you? Me too, Rick. A lot more than giving it to my broker. Well, things are going to change as we roll into 2017 with some of the fiduciary rules.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> But, you know, a lot of these rules were made to keep the money where it&#x27;s at. And that&#x27;s not a good thing many times. These were the lobbyists, the big financial institutions, trying to keep the little financial advisor away from giving. The proper advice to this massive pool of money that is being feed to death inside the 401Ks. Well, absolutely. What Americans need to recognize is, again, I can&#x27;t stress this enough. These are government ideas about what you should be doing with your money. So it all starts there. Number two, the 401K system is really just an extension of the government. So when you&#x27;re working with an advisor who is touting to be an expert in 401Ks, or even the 401K person who comes into your place of business where you work to tell you about all the options,</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> they&#x27;re really an extension of government thinking about money. You have to understand that first and be aware of that. And if you&#x27;re fine with that and if you think that&#x27;s okay, well, that&#x27;s not how I see it. And I really think that we&#x27;ve got, with the serious problems that we&#x27;re looking at in this country fiscally, of Americans who have wealth, 90% of it is tied up in these types of accounts, in a government account where you can&#x27;t even get access to your own money for most of your life. It&#x27;s a problem. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401Ks, and Other Plans. And Rick, you&#x27;ve got a fantastic chapter in the book. I love checklists. That&#x27;s how I live my life. I make a checklist every day, and some days I complete some of the stuff on a checklist.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And if not, they get carried over to the next day. But if you have a checklist, it&#x27;s easier to follow along what&#x27;s going on. And you have in your chapter, chapter 11 in your book, seven strategies to guarantee growth and guaranteed retirement income for life. Now, that for life part is the most important part because a lot of people have come in and talked to me, and they said, I&#x27;ve got an income plan my advisor put me in, and I ask them, is it a lifetime income plan? And I get the strangest looks when I ask that question. Then when we analyze the plans, many times there&#x27;s no guarantees whatsoever for any income as we go into retirement. Yeah, you&#x27;re right, Pete. And first, let me just kind of make this clear. 99.9% of the financial advisors out there who say they are retirement income experts have never had any formal training</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> in professional portfolio management of Wall Street investments. Wow. So, and you can look at, you can find out the answer to these very simply. Simple. These are the fee-only advisors, typically, where they are proud to be fee-only and charge fees till the day you die. And you can look and ask for their documents, which will demonstrate the training that they&#x27;ve had. And in 99% of these, you&#x27;ll see no formal training in pension management. And that&#x27;s what you want. You want somebody who can bring you a guaranteed pension for life. And these Wall Street types, they can&#x27;t. They don&#x27;t have the solutions. They&#x27;ve never had the solutions, but they don&#x27;t want you to know that. The solutions exist. They&#x27;ve existed for 100 years. They existed before 401ks and IRAs came along.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> But it&#x27;s the system of retirement that Wall Street is suppressing from Americans. Wow. You know, I heard a while ago, and I think it&#x27;s true, the saying was that the barber and the hairdresser has more professional training than most of the retirement income planning specialists. Rick, do you agree with that? Absolutely. And they probably do a better job at giving haircuts than the ones who give you financial advice. Now, my mom could have used some of that training back in the day because I remember getting teased in fifth grade because I had what they called a bowl cut. You remember the bowl cut? Yes, I do. That was, yeah, I never had one of those, Pete. Well, but my mom must have had the bowl memorized because she never put a bowl on top of my head, but it sure looked like a bowl when she got done. I hear you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about some of the strategies in this checklist. Again, you have a checklist, the seven strategies to guarantee growth and guaranteed retirement income for life.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> One of the strategies is transfer your Wall Street IRA or previous employer&#x27;s retirement plan to a guaranteed fixed annuity IRA. Now, you laid the strategy down in the year 2010. Is that still viable today? Well, absolutely. If you have money in a 401k or an old 401k, you need to absolutely move that money immediately out of those employer-sponsored accounts. There&#x27;s a variety of reasons, but you want to get them in your under your own control. I&#x27;ve run across situations where spouses have died, where companies have closed. During the crash, people couldn&#x27;t get their money, and it was a disaster. So if you have the opportunity to move money from your company 401k or an old 401k, absolutely. Get it out of there as soon as you can. Get it into your own IRA, and then you can do something with it.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Now, a lot of people don&#x27;t understand their 401k, even though they put money into it each and every year. And you have something strategy number two. Use an in-service withdrawal to move your 401k to another plan. Rick, educate the listener on what an in-service withdrawal is. The in-service withdrawal is a feature within the particular plan of your company. And if you&#x27;re lucky, if you&#x27;re lucky, your company plan will allow you to do what&#x27;s called an in-service withdrawal, where you can actually get money out of the 401k tax-free and move it into your IRA. So you&#x27;ll do a tax-free transfer. There&#x27;s no taxes when you do this. A direct transfer into your own IRA, and there&#x27;s no taxes on that transfer. The money continues to be tax-deferred in the IRA. And if you are lucky, you will have this feature in the company plan that you have.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But, Pete, you know, I&#x27;ve run across many plans where they won&#x27;t allow you to do this. These mutual fund companies have the employer sold on locking that money up so the employee can&#x27;t get at it. And it&#x27;s wrong. It&#x27;s just wrong. Well, and you&#x27;ve got this checklist. It&#x27;s awesome. The seven points here. We&#x27;ve just touched on two of them. I want one final one before we let you go on this segment. But do you remember Jose Canseco, the baseball player? Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah, absolutely. What was now? He hit home runs. He was one of the Bash brothers, him and Mark McGuire, back in the day for the Oakland A&#x27;s. But, unfortunately, what were both of those guys known for in the long run? Help me out, Pete. Well, steroids. Remember steroids? Ah, yeah. And that brings me to strategy number five of your seven really good strategies there to make sure people have the proper retirement plan and guaranteed income for life.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> Strategy number five was use the annuity on steroids feature. So I wanted to say steroids aren&#x27;t all bad because you talk about annuities on steroids. Explain to the listener out there what annuities on steroids are. First of all, annuities are probably the greatest misunderstood financial solution that exists today. And that&#x27;s because of the media. You know, I&#x27;m going to ride Donald Trump&#x27;s wagon here. The media is rigged. The information system for people about money is rigged. And what I will tell you is there are solutions today that were not available probably 15, 20 years ago that will guarantee people an income at a specified point in time that you can count on for the rest of your life. I call it in my book the annuity on steroids.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> And it&#x27;s something that didn&#x27;t exist maybe 15 years ago. But today they&#x27;re used widely to provide people with financial security and comfort about where they&#x27;re going to be when they get to retirement. So it&#x27;s absolutely something to look into, something to ask about. And I think, Pete, that&#x27;s something that you know a lot about. If anyone&#x27;s out there thinking I&#x27;m too old or I&#x27;m too young for an annuity, what would you tell them? I would absolutely tell them to explore and ask and get some more information. You need to talk to a qualified expert who really understands this stuff. And, Pete, there are very few. There are very few people in this country that really understand the ins and outs of annuities, how they work, how to guarantee lifetime income properly, and do it in a way that will give you financial peace. And I know, Pete, you are one of the few people in this country that really understands that. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> And your book is factual. It&#x27;s to the point. Again, folks, his name is Rick Buter, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. If you want to look it up on Amazon. Rick, thanks for your time today. Oh, you&#x27;re so welcome. Glad to be here. And, folks, if you want to listen to this interview again in its entirety or share with anyone else, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rick Bueter returns to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his concerns about how people prepare for retirement. Recorded November 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, retirement planning, financial fraud</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c/image.jpg?t=1792072138&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c/image.jpg?t=1792072138&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>741</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b518a896-df44-493a-ab14-b4e201851a2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11886752" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>103</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:12" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:26" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kenneth Kim: Mutual Funds Exposed</title>
      <itunes:title>Kenneth Kim: Mutual Funds Exposed</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kenneth Kim joins Coach Pete to discuss Mutual Funds Exposed and the questions investors can ask about their funds. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> This is a very helpful segment this week. This is very important because I think everybody listening either has had a mutual fund or has a collection of mutual funds, maybe not know what&#x27;s going on. And we&#x27;ve got the author of a number one bestseller on Amazon in five different categories. His name is Ken Kim, and the name of the book is Mutual Funds Exposed, and What You Don&#x27;t Know May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. And he&#x27;s joining us from San Rafael, California. His name again is Ken Kim. Ken, welcome in. Hey, Pete. Thanks for having me on. This is a fantastic book, buddy. This is your second edition. I read the first edition a couple years ago. This is even better than the first edition, and I think that everybody listening should have a copy of this. What do you think? I appreciate that.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> You should be our PR person. Well, it&#x27;s a good book, and it puts it in easy-to-understand terms. And, Ken, you&#x27;ve got a Ph.D. You&#x27;ve been a professor. I think you still are teaching some classes, but when your students are listening to you, they want to understand what you&#x27;re saying. And, you know, I was in college. A lot of times you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was saying. You wrote stuff down, and hopefully later on you could understand, but you always nodded your head acting like you understood. But this is a way for people to understand. It&#x27;s after about 20 years of teaching 20-year-old fraternity boys at 8 a.m. If you don&#x27;t make that stuff easy to understand, they&#x27;re not going to learn it. So I gained a lot of experience in conveying what is otherwise a difficult concept, which is that of finance and investing. You know, trying to convey that in an easy-to-understand way.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that&#x27;s what I was trying to do with the Mutual Funds Exposed book. Yeah, well, my dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He&#x27;s got his Ph.D. in physics. And I was never good in physics, even though my dad&#x27;s a physicist. But a lot of people are looking at the financial world the same way I&#x27;ve looked at those fancy equations in physics. And they don&#x27;t understand. They throw their arms in the air. And then they go in their 401Ks and just buy Mutual Funds. They don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re getting, do they? You&#x27;re absolutely correct. You know, the thing about Mutual Funds is I feel like the vast majority of Americans think that this is the best way to invest. And I think that&#x27;s unfortunate because Mutual Funds have a lot of flaws. If you just Google Mutual Fund flaws, you&#x27;re going to get millions of hits. And you&#x27;ve been quoted in the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times before explaining the different flaws in Mutual Funds.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> But let&#x27;s talk about some of the challenges of the Mutual Funds. What are some of the challenges for the consumers when we look at trying to pick the right Mutual Fund or even if Mutual Funds are the right fit at all? I feel the vast majority of Mutual Funds, they are not a very good fit for a lot of investors. You know, they suffer from a tax inefficiency. They suffer from hidden costs. And there are so many confusing fees with regard to Mutual Funds. There are front-end loads, back-end loads, redemption fees, 12B1 fees. You know, what are all these fees? And then they also suffer from non-transparency, which means that you never know what&#x27;s in the Mutual Fund other than four times a year. It&#x27;s just a bundled product where investors don&#x27;t have direct owner of the securities. There&#x27;s a long laundry list of problems with Mutual Funds.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And it&#x27;s hard to talk about each one, you know, in a simple way. And that&#x27;s what I was trying to do in this book. Let&#x27;s go back in a time machine when the days were – when you were in college, okay? You were studying finance. And where did you go to college again? I did my undergrad at the University of Michigan. Go blue. All right. Michigan. They might pull off the championship this year. So you were in college, right? Like I was in college too. And I did some dividend reinvestment programs, investing directly in stocks and dollar cost averaging in. And I did a couple of Mutual Funds because back then, you know, that&#x27;s all – we didn&#x27;t have the internet back then when I was in school. So basically you got a magazine that said invest in Mutual Funds. And so are people these days basically living in the caveman days when they invest in Mutual Funds as far as the information they&#x27;re getting? I went to college back in the 1980s. That was before, you know, the internet and the wide availability of information and really before the technology boom because if you think about when technology kind of took over our lives, it was pretty much in the late 1990s.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And so at that time, you know, I bet Mutual Funds were probably the best way for a mass-influent or just a typical ordinary investor to get their hands on a managed – a professionally managed portfolio that was diversified. But today, given that the technology that we have, there are alternatives out there that are much better than Mutual Funds. Just to give you one example, what our firm does, Equus Capital, EQIS, what we do is we replicate the portfolios of institutional money managers. That way, you know, our investors that invest in our portfolios can get that direct ownership of securities rather than be a commingled investor in a Bundled Mutual Fund.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Yeah, and investing directly in the securities many times, especially if you&#x27;ve got a good manager on your side, many times much better performance than in a Mutual Fund. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ken Kim, the author of a five-category bestseller, number one bestseller on Amazon. The name of the book is Mutual Funds Exposed, the second edition. What you don&#x27;t know may be hazardous to your wealth. And I know you talk about – when we talk about Mutual Funds, you talk about sneaky behavior in the Mutual Funds. Let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute. I love talking about this topic. With Mutual Funds only being required to reveal their holdings four times per year per regulation, as you can imagine, this non-transparency can lead to some kind of years by these Mutual Funds. Let me just give you a few examples real quickly. One is questionable incubation. This is where Mutual Funds are tested before they&#x27;re being sold to the public.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> In theory, this is a good idea, just like we want pharmaceutical firms to test drugs before they&#x27;re sold. But what it turns out is that Mutual Funds, what they do is they simply create a bunch of random funds and then sell and market the ones that randomly outperform during this so-called incubation period, even though that outperformance was random. And, of course, these funds, because they were random outperformers during the incubation period, they subsequently underperform. There&#x27;s also something called leaning for the tape, where Mutual Funds buy more of what they currently own as the quarterly reporting draws near. And what they&#x27;re doing is that they&#x27;re hoping that they&#x27;re buying temporarily inflates prices to make reported returns look good. And then there&#x27;s window dressing right ahead of the quarterly reporting. Mutual Funds will oftentimes quickly sell their losers to hide from their investors that they had held these loser stocks.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> And they would buy stocks that had a nice run-up to act as if they had owned these winner stocks all along. Just three examples off the top of my head with regard to the sneaky behavior that Mutual Funds can engage in. Now, Ken, when they play these games, especially for our listeners out there who have what&#x27;s called a non-qualified or after-tax type accounts, they can all ignite tremendous tax time bombs for the folks that just get into Mutual Funds or have been in, not appreciating any of or not getting into gains, but they&#x27;re getting hit with a bunch of taxes. You know, the tax inefficiency of Mutual Funds is, for a lot of people, you know, the main problem with Mutual Funds is they underperform. But for me, I think another main problem with Mutual Funds is their tax inefficiencies. The issue that you&#x27;re bringing up right now, you&#x27;re absolutely right.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> You and I, let&#x27;s say you and I buy a Mutual Fund today and there&#x27;s a stock in there that&#x27;s priced at $80 a share. And let&#x27;s say it drops to $60 per share. So all else equal, we&#x27;ve lost wealth. But now let&#x27;s say that Mutual Fund decides to sell this stock. Now, so you and I are thinking that there&#x27;s going to be some tax loss benefits, but it might have turned out that the Mutual Fund purchased this $60 stock back maybe a year ago when it was only $40, which means it&#x27;s going to sell this stock at a capital gain, which means that the Mutual Fund is going to have to pay a capital gain. Guess what? You and I also have to participate in paying this capital gains tax, even though you and I have lost money in the Mutual Fund. So this is called the embedded capital gains problem. The thing is, as you point out, whenever any investor buys a Mutual Fund, they are already on the hook for whatever capital gains the Mutual Fund has experienced.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And that leads to this tremendous tax inefficiency. And real quickly, another tax inefficiency is that one of the benefits of being able to sell securities is to get the tax loss benefits to reduce your taxes. Right. With the Mutual Fund, you can&#x27;t ask the Mutual Fund manager, you can&#x27;t say, look, your five biggest loser holdings in your Mutual Fund, can you sell those so that I can get some tax loss benefit? You can&#x27;t do that because it&#x27;s a bundled product. And so that&#x27;s another example of the tax inefficiency, which you wouldn&#x27;t have if you just had a separately managed account where you had direct ownership of securities. And that brings me into the final point here on this interview because we&#x27;re running against the clock, but I want to make sure we end on a very good positive. And it&#x27;s SMAs.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Can you explain to the listener what an SMA is and how that can give them benefits that no one ever imagined Mutual Funds could ever get there and they can&#x27;t? So what separates SMAs from Mutual Funds? This is SMAs is how the super wealthy, how institutional investors have invested for decades. This is how Donald Trump, Oprah Winfrey, Mark Cuban, this is the way they invest. It&#x27;s having your very own institutional money manager. So they are professionally managed portfolios, these SMAs, these separately managed accounts, where investors can own securities directly with no other pooled or commingled investor like you would with a mutual fund. So these separately managed accounts or SMA investors, they don&#x27;t suffer from hidden costs normally associated with mutual funds.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> They don&#x27;t suffer from non-transparency because you will always know 24-7 what&#x27;s in your account. And you won&#x27;t also suffer the many sneaky behaviors that mutual fund managers can sometimes engage in because of that complete transparency. And you will not suffer from tax inefficiencies because the cost basis used to calculate the capital gains tax is your specific cost basis. And so this is what we try to do at our firm at Equus Capital is provide investors with this way of investing, which traditionally was only available if you had a minimum account of $1,000 to maybe $5 million. But Equus can put this all together for an investor for as little as $25,000 because we&#x27;re using technology. That&#x27;s amazing. I mean, so my question to you, and I guess it&#x27;s a problem in the information world here or financial institutions just not wanting people to know about this.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If I&#x27;m riding down the road right now, husband and wife are looking at the radio saying, gosh, I&#x27;ve never heard of these SMAs and had no idea someone could get in for $25,000 or above the accounts that used to be only available for millionaires. Why hasn&#x27;t everyone heard about these, Ken? You know, people are hearing about it. Here&#x27;s the thing. This, you know, mutual funds, I mean, right now, even though they&#x27;re managing anywhere between $13 and $15 trillion, there are so many people now that are being fed up with their flaws that they&#x27;re moving toward ETFs and SMAs. Now, ETFs, these are exchange traded funds. It&#x27;s a partial solution, but it&#x27;s still a bundled product. And so it suffers some of the same problems as mutual funds. Right. But people are starting to learn more and more about the separately managed accounts. And it&#x27;s been around for decades, but it&#x27;s just not has been it&#x27;s just not been accessible to the mass affluent.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those with, you know, $25,000 more. And so what I appreciate, Pete, is when you invite me on the show, I appreciate having that opportunity to get that word out is that that with technology, we can bring the way that super wealthy have invested the mass affluent. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept and it&#x27;s a fascinating book. And this is something that can open a lot of ideas and a lot of windows and doors for anyone listening. Folks, the name of the book, Mutual Funds Exposed, the second edition, What You Don&#x27;t Know May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. It&#x27;s available on Amazon and it&#x27;s been a five category bestseller, number one bestseller with Amazon. Ken, thanks for your time today. Thank you, Pete. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kenneth Kim joins Coach Pete to discuss Mutual Funds Exposed and the questions investors can ask about their funds. Recorded November 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> This is a very helpful segment this week. This is very important because I think everybody listening either has had a mutual fund or has a collection of mutual funds, maybe not know what&#x27;s going on. And we&#x27;ve got the author of a number one bestseller on Amazon in five different categories. His name is Ken Kim, and the name of the book is Mutual Funds Exposed, and What You Don&#x27;t Know May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. And he&#x27;s joining us from San Rafael, California. His name again is Ken Kim. Ken, welcome in. Hey, Pete. Thanks for having me on. This is a fantastic book, buddy. This is your second edition. I read the first edition a couple years ago. This is even better than the first edition, and I think that everybody listening should have a copy of this. What do you think? I appreciate that.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> You should be our PR person. Well, it&#x27;s a good book, and it puts it in easy-to-understand terms. And, Ken, you&#x27;ve got a Ph.D. You&#x27;ve been a professor. I think you still are teaching some classes, but when your students are listening to you, they want to understand what you&#x27;re saying. And, you know, I was in college. A lot of times you didn&#x27;t understand what the teacher was saying. You wrote stuff down, and hopefully later on you could understand, but you always nodded your head acting like you understood. But this is a way for people to understand. It&#x27;s after about 20 years of teaching 20-year-old fraternity boys at 8 a.m. If you don&#x27;t make that stuff easy to understand, they&#x27;re not going to learn it. So I gained a lot of experience in conveying what is otherwise a difficult concept, which is that of finance and investing. You know, trying to convey that in an easy-to-understand way.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And that&#x27;s what I was trying to do with the Mutual Funds Exposed book. Yeah, well, my dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He&#x27;s got his Ph.D. in physics. And I was never good in physics, even though my dad&#x27;s a physicist. But a lot of people are looking at the financial world the same way I&#x27;ve looked at those fancy equations in physics. And they don&#x27;t understand. They throw their arms in the air. And then they go in their 401Ks and just buy Mutual Funds. They don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re getting, do they? You&#x27;re absolutely correct. You know, the thing about Mutual Funds is I feel like the vast majority of Americans think that this is the best way to invest. And I think that&#x27;s unfortunate because Mutual Funds have a lot of flaws. If you just Google Mutual Fund flaws, you&#x27;re going to get millions of hits. And you&#x27;ve been quoted in the Wall Street Journal and the New York Times before explaining the different flaws in Mutual Funds.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> But let&#x27;s talk about some of the challenges of the Mutual Funds. What are some of the challenges for the consumers when we look at trying to pick the right Mutual Fund or even if Mutual Funds are the right fit at all? I feel the vast majority of Mutual Funds, they are not a very good fit for a lot of investors. You know, they suffer from a tax inefficiency. They suffer from hidden costs. And there are so many confusing fees with regard to Mutual Funds. There are front-end loads, back-end loads, redemption fees, 12B1 fees. You know, what are all these fees? And then they also suffer from non-transparency, which means that you never know what&#x27;s in the Mutual Fund other than four times a year. It&#x27;s just a bundled product where investors don&#x27;t have direct owner of the securities. There&#x27;s a long laundry list of problems with Mutual Funds.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And it&#x27;s hard to talk about each one, you know, in a simple way. And that&#x27;s what I was trying to do in this book. Let&#x27;s go back in a time machine when the days were – when you were in college, okay? You were studying finance. And where did you go to college again? I did my undergrad at the University of Michigan. Go blue. All right. Michigan. They might pull off the championship this year. So you were in college, right? Like I was in college too. And I did some dividend reinvestment programs, investing directly in stocks and dollar cost averaging in. And I did a couple of Mutual Funds because back then, you know, that&#x27;s all – we didn&#x27;t have the internet back then when I was in school. So basically you got a magazine that said invest in Mutual Funds. And so are people these days basically living in the caveman days when they invest in Mutual Funds as far as the information they&#x27;re getting? I went to college back in the 1980s. That was before, you know, the internet and the wide availability of information and really before the technology boom because if you think about when technology kind of took over our lives, it was pretty much in the late 1990s.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> And so at that time, you know, I bet Mutual Funds were probably the best way for a mass-influent or just a typical ordinary investor to get their hands on a managed – a professionally managed portfolio that was diversified. But today, given that the technology that we have, there are alternatives out there that are much better than Mutual Funds. Just to give you one example, what our firm does, Equus Capital, EQIS, what we do is we replicate the portfolios of institutional money managers. That way, you know, our investors that invest in our portfolios can get that direct ownership of securities rather than be a commingled investor in a Bundled Mutual Fund.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Yeah, and investing directly in the securities many times, especially if you&#x27;ve got a good manager on your side, many times much better performance than in a Mutual Fund. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ken Kim, the author of a five-category bestseller, number one bestseller on Amazon. The name of the book is Mutual Funds Exposed, the second edition. What you don&#x27;t know may be hazardous to your wealth. And I know you talk about – when we talk about Mutual Funds, you talk about sneaky behavior in the Mutual Funds. Let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute. I love talking about this topic. With Mutual Funds only being required to reveal their holdings four times per year per regulation, as you can imagine, this non-transparency can lead to some kind of years by these Mutual Funds. Let me just give you a few examples real quickly. One is questionable incubation. This is where Mutual Funds are tested before they&#x27;re being sold to the public.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> In theory, this is a good idea, just like we want pharmaceutical firms to test drugs before they&#x27;re sold. But what it turns out is that Mutual Funds, what they do is they simply create a bunch of random funds and then sell and market the ones that randomly outperform during this so-called incubation period, even though that outperformance was random. And, of course, these funds, because they were random outperformers during the incubation period, they subsequently underperform. There&#x27;s also something called leaning for the tape, where Mutual Funds buy more of what they currently own as the quarterly reporting draws near. And what they&#x27;re doing is that they&#x27;re hoping that they&#x27;re buying temporarily inflates prices to make reported returns look good. And then there&#x27;s window dressing right ahead of the quarterly reporting. Mutual Funds will oftentimes quickly sell their losers to hide from their investors that they had held these loser stocks.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> And they would buy stocks that had a nice run-up to act as if they had owned these winner stocks all along. Just three examples off the top of my head with regard to the sneaky behavior that Mutual Funds can engage in. Now, Ken, when they play these games, especially for our listeners out there who have what&#x27;s called a non-qualified or after-tax type accounts, they can all ignite tremendous tax time bombs for the folks that just get into Mutual Funds or have been in, not appreciating any of or not getting into gains, but they&#x27;re getting hit with a bunch of taxes. You know, the tax inefficiency of Mutual Funds is, for a lot of people, you know, the main problem with Mutual Funds is they underperform. But for me, I think another main problem with Mutual Funds is their tax inefficiencies. The issue that you&#x27;re bringing up right now, you&#x27;re absolutely right.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> You and I, let&#x27;s say you and I buy a Mutual Fund today and there&#x27;s a stock in there that&#x27;s priced at $80 a share. And let&#x27;s say it drops to $60 per share. So all else equal, we&#x27;ve lost wealth. But now let&#x27;s say that Mutual Fund decides to sell this stock. Now, so you and I are thinking that there&#x27;s going to be some tax loss benefits, but it might have turned out that the Mutual Fund purchased this $60 stock back maybe a year ago when it was only $40, which means it&#x27;s going to sell this stock at a capital gain, which means that the Mutual Fund is going to have to pay a capital gain. Guess what? You and I also have to participate in paying this capital gains tax, even though you and I have lost money in the Mutual Fund. So this is called the embedded capital gains problem. The thing is, as you point out, whenever any investor buys a Mutual Fund, they are already on the hook for whatever capital gains the Mutual Fund has experienced.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And that leads to this tremendous tax inefficiency. And real quickly, another tax inefficiency is that one of the benefits of being able to sell securities is to get the tax loss benefits to reduce your taxes. Right. With the Mutual Fund, you can&#x27;t ask the Mutual Fund manager, you can&#x27;t say, look, your five biggest loser holdings in your Mutual Fund, can you sell those so that I can get some tax loss benefit? You can&#x27;t do that because it&#x27;s a bundled product. And so that&#x27;s another example of the tax inefficiency, which you wouldn&#x27;t have if you just had a separately managed account where you had direct ownership of securities. And that brings me into the final point here on this interview because we&#x27;re running against the clock, but I want to make sure we end on a very good positive. And it&#x27;s SMAs.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Can you explain to the listener what an SMA is and how that can give them benefits that no one ever imagined Mutual Funds could ever get there and they can&#x27;t? So what separates SMAs from Mutual Funds? This is SMAs is how the super wealthy, how institutional investors have invested for decades. This is how Donald Trump, Oprah Winfrey, Mark Cuban, this is the way they invest. It&#x27;s having your very own institutional money manager. So they are professionally managed portfolios, these SMAs, these separately managed accounts, where investors can own securities directly with no other pooled or commingled investor like you would with a mutual fund. So these separately managed accounts or SMA investors, they don&#x27;t suffer from hidden costs normally associated with mutual funds.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> They don&#x27;t suffer from non-transparency because you will always know 24-7 what&#x27;s in your account. And you won&#x27;t also suffer the many sneaky behaviors that mutual fund managers can sometimes engage in because of that complete transparency. And you will not suffer from tax inefficiencies because the cost basis used to calculate the capital gains tax is your specific cost basis. And so this is what we try to do at our firm at Equus Capital is provide investors with this way of investing, which traditionally was only available if you had a minimum account of $1,000 to maybe $5 million. But Equus can put this all together for an investor for as little as $25,000 because we&#x27;re using technology. That&#x27;s amazing. I mean, so my question to you, and I guess it&#x27;s a problem in the information world here or financial institutions just not wanting people to know about this.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If I&#x27;m riding down the road right now, husband and wife are looking at the radio saying, gosh, I&#x27;ve never heard of these SMAs and had no idea someone could get in for $25,000 or above the accounts that used to be only available for millionaires. Why hasn&#x27;t everyone heard about these, Ken? You know, people are hearing about it. Here&#x27;s the thing. This, you know, mutual funds, I mean, right now, even though they&#x27;re managing anywhere between $13 and $15 trillion, there are so many people now that are being fed up with their flaws that they&#x27;re moving toward ETFs and SMAs. Now, ETFs, these are exchange traded funds. It&#x27;s a partial solution, but it&#x27;s still a bundled product. And so it suffers some of the same problems as mutual funds. Right. But people are starting to learn more and more about the separately managed accounts. And it&#x27;s been around for decades, but it&#x27;s just not has been it&#x27;s just not been accessible to the mass affluent.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those with, you know, $25,000 more. And so what I appreciate, Pete, is when you invite me on the show, I appreciate having that opportunity to get that word out is that that with technology, we can bring the way that super wealthy have invested the mass affluent. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating concept and it&#x27;s a fascinating book. And this is something that can open a lot of ideas and a lot of windows and doors for anyone listening. Folks, the name of the book, Mutual Funds Exposed, the second edition, What You Don&#x27;t Know May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. It&#x27;s available on Amazon and it&#x27;s been a five category bestseller, number one bestseller with Amazon. Ken, thanks for your time today. Thank you, Pete. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kenneth Kim joins Coach Pete to discuss Mutual Funds Exposed and the questions investors can ask about their funds. Recorded November 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kenneth Kim</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Mutual Funds Exposed</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kenneth Kim, investing, Mutual Funds Exposed, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c/image.jpg?t=1792072145&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kenneth-kim-mutual-funds-exposed/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c/image.jpg?t=1792072145&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>714</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/285689d0-c777-4235-91d9-b4e201849c9c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11453029" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kenneth-kim-mutual-funds-exposed</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>104</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Mutual Funds Exposed" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:38" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:37" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barbara Corcoran: Entrepreneurship, Cash Flow, and Small Business</title>
      <itunes:title>Barbara Corcoran: Entrepreneurship, Cash Flow, and Small Business</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Barbara Corcoran joins Coach Pete to discuss competition on Shark Tank, the cash-flow challenges of a growing business, and small-business financing. Their October 2016 conversation also explores what makes an entrepreneur&#x27;s pitch compelling. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out all across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or maybe you&#x27;ve seen on TV. And this week is no exception. We have a repeat visitor on the show. If you&#x27;ve ever watched a TV show called The Shark Tank, you&#x27;ve probably seen her on there as well. Her name is Barbara Corcoran. She is joining us here on the show. Barbara, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Nice to be here. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, you know, just in general, the business environment that you&#x27;re seeing. How is the business environment out there globally? I know on The Shark Tank, you guys have a lot of different business owners come in or entrepreneurs with ideas. And I noticed you have all six sharks on there many times when I&#x27;m watching this year. Has that made it more competitive? Have there been more loans available? Or what do you think is going on there? That&#x27;s a lot of questions at once. Let me start backwards on you, OK?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> You&#x27;re one of those guys that shoot through a lot of questions on the first one. Too much coffee. There&#x27;s a lot more. That&#x27;s all right. I need another one to keep up with you. But there&#x27;s a lot more competition, not just because we&#x27;ve had six sharks on the set at once, which, of course, makes it a more crowded set. It makes it harder to be heard and harder to get your bid in and harder to overbid and second guess what the next guy is going to do. So that&#x27;s bad enough. But you know what? We&#x27;ve all gotten more aggressive. The deals have gotten bigger. We&#x27;ve had a lot of big moneymakers. So there&#x27;s a lot of gold walking into that set. I remember in season one or two, you figured you might make a few bucks, but you expected to lose more money than you could make. Now, all of a sudden, each of us have good deals where we&#x27;re making a lot of money. So we get greedier. Instead of getting nicer, we&#x27;re getting greedier. And so that&#x27;s upping the ante. On top of that, the entrepreneurs that have been coming in are getting greedier and asking for more money.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And so it just seems like the stakes are higher. It seems a little bit more serious. I have to pinch myself at times to get myself to loosen up. And even a couple of times this season, I didn&#x27;t want to have dinner with my fellow sharks. That&#x27;s not like me. I&#x27;d love to have a glass of Pinot Noir and talk about the day. But no, a lot of us didn&#x27;t want to talk about the day because we&#x27;re pretty upset about losing deals to the next guy. It&#x27;s kind of crazy. It&#x27;s kind of gotten too crazy, I think. Speaking of wine, I think Mr. Wonderful is the big wine guy there, right? Oh, who wants to buy a brand named O&#x27;Leary Wines? Why didn&#x27;t he make scotch or gin or something? O&#x27;Leary Wines? How big could it be? I think he&#x27;s crazy. I had my first Maine lobster roll the other day, by the way. I know you&#x27;re big fans of those guys. That&#x27;s different. So let me tell you, don&#x27;t tell my other entrepreneurs, please, but they are my favorites.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> They&#x27;re both drop-dead gorgeous. They&#x27;re both phenomenal entrepreneurs. They&#x27;re sending me checks all the time, and they&#x27;re building a huge franchise. They are so friendly. Whenever they take pictures of us together, they have the decency to airbrush my face, and I look exactly their age, which is young 30s. I love these guys. I love everything about them. But sadly for me, one of them is now engaged. I&#x27;m like, doggone it. You sure you&#x27;re making the right decision? Let me slow you up on that one. One down, one to go. Yeah, yeah, yeah. And my favorite one is the one engaged. Doggone it. I don&#x27;t even like his girlfriend. I haven&#x27;t met her yet. That&#x27;s how it all works. That&#x27;s how it all works. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Now, hey, let&#x27;s talk about on-deck lending. I know I&#x27;ve seen a lot about that. You&#x27;ve got a special contest coming up with those guys. I think all entrepreneurs need to know about this because I talk to a lot of business owners,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> and one of the hardest things they have to do each day is figure out that cash flow. Money coming in, money going out. And Barbara, one of the things I see, it sure goes out a lot faster than it comes in. Everybody&#x27;s short on cash. If you&#x27;re building a business, your hopes are over, like, ahead of your capacity if you&#x27;re any good at a business. So you&#x27;re always short on cash. Coming to the holidays, for some reason, it&#x27;s a big money crunch. You need capital. And you can&#x27;t really get it through the traditional sources unless you&#x27;re a giant company anymore. The banks have gotten very greedy about holding on to the money. You have to prove you&#x27;re going to pay it back. And a young business cannot prove they can pay it back. So there is a real need for online lending like OnDeck does. They&#x27;re the largest one in that space, and there&#x27;s a reason for it. One, they&#x27;re good at it, but also, very importantly, there&#x27;s a real need for it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, why we did this contest is for two reasons. I love young businesses. I love entrepreneurs. They love young entrepreneurs and new businesses, and so we got together. But what&#x27;s fun about it, it&#x27;s like playing Christmas or Santa Claus for me because we&#x27;re giving $10,000 to three winners, and we&#x27;re also giving three winners an hour of my time in New York City where I&#x27;ll really understand their business and tell them what they&#x27;re doing right and what they could do better and what they&#x27;re doing wrong. And so I feel like I can make a big difference, and OnDeck feels they can make a big difference with the lending. So I think it&#x27;s really a fun thing for me, a lot more exciting than a lot of the other things I do with my days. You know, with banks, regular banks, I see that they want to loan money to people who don&#x27;t need to borrow money. That&#x27;s what it seems like a lot of times.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> So the business owner who is struggling and trying to get ahead, I mean, what&#x27;s a good way for them to get a loan? Go to OnDeck Lending, I guess, right? Yeah, they go to OnDeck Lending, and you&#x27;ll get the money you need. And most money needs that businesses have are always short-term. It&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re trying to build an apartment building. They&#x27;re trying to hire extra help over the holidays or getting extra stock because they know they can get the orders in. Basic things that make great common sense, no matter how you look at it, yet common sense isn&#x27;t good enough for the institutional lenders anymore. What they want is proof you&#x27;ll pay me back. So who can prove they&#x27;ll be paid back? The huge businesses. But think about who&#x27;s really producing all the new jobs in America. It&#x27;s small lenders like OnDeck. It&#x27;s small businesses that are hiring people.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> It&#x27;s small businesses that are making our economy what it is. And yet the banks are lending to the big companies that really don&#x27;t need the cash. I know it breaks my heart, actually, but that&#x27;s the way it is. I hope it&#x27;s going to change, but that&#x27;s the way it is. Well, let&#x27;s give the listener a fly-on-the-wall advantage to get a head start to be a winner in the Seal of Approval contest, Barbara. How does someone get there? Oh, it&#x27;s like trading, you mean. That&#x27;s right. Well, it&#x27;s very easy to enter. Everyone can go to Facebook.com, OnDeck Capital, and it takes one to two minutes just to fill out the form. And basically what the form is is tell us what you do with the money. Now, I think if you&#x27;re wise, you realize I&#x27;m judging it. I don&#x27;t want any highfalutin words like burn rates and all that kind of nonsense that turns me off. What I really want is a common-sense reason why you&#x27;d spend the money on what.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> And if you want to really appeal to me, make sure it amounts to sales, how I&#x27;m going to increase sales. Because when your sales are going up, every other illness in a business is cured. I know that because I&#x27;ve lived it, I&#x27;ve worked it. So give me a reason how this money is going to be spent that&#x27;s going to increase sales. And you&#x27;ve got a much better shot at winning, much better shot. Because I&#x27;m the judge, and that&#x27;s what I believe in. You know, how many entrants are you expecting? How many people entered last time? Well, last time we had thousands, but we had three winners. But I have to say these three winners stood apart the pack, stood above the pack in such a smart way. And to prove that, they&#x27;ve taken the money and they&#x27;ve really expanded their business with it. It wasn&#x27;t just talk. They really kept the heat on their business, took the money, it gave them a new momentum, and they&#x27;ve been able to carry that through the entire year.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> Sadly for them, they disqualified this year. They can&#x27;t win it two years in a row. We need three new winners, and that&#x27;s who we&#x27;re looking for. Well, hopefully they took the money they borrowed, and now they&#x27;re making enough where they don&#x27;t need to borrow again. No, they haven&#x27;t been borrowing money. One of the winners took their small business. It was a male grooming shop, very different than any other shop in Dallas, and now he&#x27;s turned into a franchise. He&#x27;s doing very well. A baker is producing her little cupcakes, which couldn&#x27;t be shipped, and now she&#x27;s producing them in little jars. And then one woman who had a health care product, an exercise slash health care product, took the money out and really aggressively sought sales, and now has it through a giant chain in her area where she lives and works. So they all did very good things with that money.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And, of course, I&#x27;m sure it was more due to my great advice. I&#x27;m sure it had nothing to do with the cash. Well, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to see one of the people that got one of these $10,000 loans sometime on the Shark Tank looking for millions of dollars of investment capital? Well, you are a good coach. You know what? I never even thought of that. No wonder they call you the coach. My gosh. You&#x27;re coaching me. I&#x27;m insulted. The coach is hungry now after you talked about cupcakes, Barbara. I&#x27;ll tell you that much. Oh, yeah? You know what I think? I think you should be going over the $10,000 from online lending on that capital. I can&#x27;t even get that straight. I guess I&#x27;m still early in the morning. I think you should be thinking about going for that cash. Forget about the cupcakes. Oh, yeah. Cash over cupcakes. You&#x27;ve got to have a good idea. A guy like you has got to have a good idea. You can buy a lot of cupcakes with cash, can&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> Yep, yep, yep. Get that cash from on deck. Well, folks, her name is Barbara Corcoran. You can see her on Shark Tank every single week. They have great ideas coming before them. And some don&#x27;t get funding, but they get orders from me, like the Ice Age guys with the Paleo Diet. I ordered a box of their food after being on the show, even though they didn&#x27;t get funding. Did you reorder? Did you reorder? This is the question. Well, I haven&#x27;t got the first box yet, so as soon as I get the first box, I&#x27;ll probably order a second box. And, folks, again, if you want to find out about this contest, it&#x27;s Facebook.com. It&#x27;s at On Deck Lending, and it&#x27;s a $10,000 scholarship, basically a loan program for three lucky people. Her name again, Barbara Corcoran. Barbara, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Nice seeing you with me, Coach. Yep. Again, Barbara Corcoran from the Shark Tank. You can catch her every single week on TV. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ABC, the Shark Tank.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> And if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Barbara Corcoran joins Coach Pete to discuss competition on Shark Tank, the cash-flow challenges of a growing business, and small-business financing. Their October 2016 conversation also explores what makes an entrepreneur&#x27;s pitch compelling. Recorded October 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out all across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference or maybe you&#x27;ve seen on TV. And this week is no exception. We have a repeat visitor on the show. If you&#x27;ve ever watched a TV show called The Shark Tank, you&#x27;ve probably seen her on there as well. Her name is Barbara Corcoran. She is joining us here on the show. Barbara, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Nice to be here. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, you know, just in general, the business environment that you&#x27;re seeing. How is the business environment out there globally? I know on The Shark Tank, you guys have a lot of different business owners come in or entrepreneurs with ideas. And I noticed you have all six sharks on there many times when I&#x27;m watching this year. Has that made it more competitive? Have there been more loans available? Or what do you think is going on there? That&#x27;s a lot of questions at once. Let me start backwards on you, OK?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> You&#x27;re one of those guys that shoot through a lot of questions on the first one. Too much coffee. There&#x27;s a lot more. That&#x27;s all right. I need another one to keep up with you. But there&#x27;s a lot more competition, not just because we&#x27;ve had six sharks on the set at once, which, of course, makes it a more crowded set. It makes it harder to be heard and harder to get your bid in and harder to overbid and second guess what the next guy is going to do. So that&#x27;s bad enough. But you know what? We&#x27;ve all gotten more aggressive. The deals have gotten bigger. We&#x27;ve had a lot of big moneymakers. So there&#x27;s a lot of gold walking into that set. I remember in season one or two, you figured you might make a few bucks, but you expected to lose more money than you could make. Now, all of a sudden, each of us have good deals where we&#x27;re making a lot of money. So we get greedier. Instead of getting nicer, we&#x27;re getting greedier. And so that&#x27;s upping the ante. On top of that, the entrepreneurs that have been coming in are getting greedier and asking for more money.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And so it just seems like the stakes are higher. It seems a little bit more serious. I have to pinch myself at times to get myself to loosen up. And even a couple of times this season, I didn&#x27;t want to have dinner with my fellow sharks. That&#x27;s not like me. I&#x27;d love to have a glass of Pinot Noir and talk about the day. But no, a lot of us didn&#x27;t want to talk about the day because we&#x27;re pretty upset about losing deals to the next guy. It&#x27;s kind of crazy. It&#x27;s kind of gotten too crazy, I think. Speaking of wine, I think Mr. Wonderful is the big wine guy there, right? Oh, who wants to buy a brand named O&#x27;Leary Wines? Why didn&#x27;t he make scotch or gin or something? O&#x27;Leary Wines? How big could it be? I think he&#x27;s crazy. I had my first Maine lobster roll the other day, by the way. I know you&#x27;re big fans of those guys. That&#x27;s different. So let me tell you, don&#x27;t tell my other entrepreneurs, please, but they are my favorites.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> They&#x27;re both drop-dead gorgeous. They&#x27;re both phenomenal entrepreneurs. They&#x27;re sending me checks all the time, and they&#x27;re building a huge franchise. They are so friendly. Whenever they take pictures of us together, they have the decency to airbrush my face, and I look exactly their age, which is young 30s. I love these guys. I love everything about them. But sadly for me, one of them is now engaged. I&#x27;m like, doggone it. You sure you&#x27;re making the right decision? Let me slow you up on that one. One down, one to go. Yeah, yeah, yeah. And my favorite one is the one engaged. Doggone it. I don&#x27;t even like his girlfriend. I haven&#x27;t met her yet. That&#x27;s how it all works. That&#x27;s how it all works. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Now, hey, let&#x27;s talk about on-deck lending. I know I&#x27;ve seen a lot about that. You&#x27;ve got a special contest coming up with those guys. I think all entrepreneurs need to know about this because I talk to a lot of business owners,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> and one of the hardest things they have to do each day is figure out that cash flow. Money coming in, money going out. And Barbara, one of the things I see, it sure goes out a lot faster than it comes in. Everybody&#x27;s short on cash. If you&#x27;re building a business, your hopes are over, like, ahead of your capacity if you&#x27;re any good at a business. So you&#x27;re always short on cash. Coming to the holidays, for some reason, it&#x27;s a big money crunch. You need capital. And you can&#x27;t really get it through the traditional sources unless you&#x27;re a giant company anymore. The banks have gotten very greedy about holding on to the money. You have to prove you&#x27;re going to pay it back. And a young business cannot prove they can pay it back. So there is a real need for online lending like OnDeck does. They&#x27;re the largest one in that space, and there&#x27;s a reason for it. One, they&#x27;re good at it, but also, very importantly, there&#x27;s a real need for it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, why we did this contest is for two reasons. I love young businesses. I love entrepreneurs. They love young entrepreneurs and new businesses, and so we got together. But what&#x27;s fun about it, it&#x27;s like playing Christmas or Santa Claus for me because we&#x27;re giving $10,000 to three winners, and we&#x27;re also giving three winners an hour of my time in New York City where I&#x27;ll really understand their business and tell them what they&#x27;re doing right and what they could do better and what they&#x27;re doing wrong. And so I feel like I can make a big difference, and OnDeck feels they can make a big difference with the lending. So I think it&#x27;s really a fun thing for me, a lot more exciting than a lot of the other things I do with my days. You know, with banks, regular banks, I see that they want to loan money to people who don&#x27;t need to borrow money. That&#x27;s what it seems like a lot of times.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> So the business owner who is struggling and trying to get ahead, I mean, what&#x27;s a good way for them to get a loan? Go to OnDeck Lending, I guess, right? Yeah, they go to OnDeck Lending, and you&#x27;ll get the money you need. And most money needs that businesses have are always short-term. It&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re trying to build an apartment building. They&#x27;re trying to hire extra help over the holidays or getting extra stock because they know they can get the orders in. Basic things that make great common sense, no matter how you look at it, yet common sense isn&#x27;t good enough for the institutional lenders anymore. What they want is proof you&#x27;ll pay me back. So who can prove they&#x27;ll be paid back? The huge businesses. But think about who&#x27;s really producing all the new jobs in America. It&#x27;s small lenders like OnDeck. It&#x27;s small businesses that are hiring people.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> It&#x27;s small businesses that are making our economy what it is. And yet the banks are lending to the big companies that really don&#x27;t need the cash. I know it breaks my heart, actually, but that&#x27;s the way it is. I hope it&#x27;s going to change, but that&#x27;s the way it is. Well, let&#x27;s give the listener a fly-on-the-wall advantage to get a head start to be a winner in the Seal of Approval contest, Barbara. How does someone get there? Oh, it&#x27;s like trading, you mean. That&#x27;s right. Well, it&#x27;s very easy to enter. Everyone can go to Facebook.com, OnDeck Capital, and it takes one to two minutes just to fill out the form. And basically what the form is is tell us what you do with the money. Now, I think if you&#x27;re wise, you realize I&#x27;m judging it. I don&#x27;t want any highfalutin words like burn rates and all that kind of nonsense that turns me off. What I really want is a common-sense reason why you&#x27;d spend the money on what.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> And if you want to really appeal to me, make sure it amounts to sales, how I&#x27;m going to increase sales. Because when your sales are going up, every other illness in a business is cured. I know that because I&#x27;ve lived it, I&#x27;ve worked it. So give me a reason how this money is going to be spent that&#x27;s going to increase sales. And you&#x27;ve got a much better shot at winning, much better shot. Because I&#x27;m the judge, and that&#x27;s what I believe in. You know, how many entrants are you expecting? How many people entered last time? Well, last time we had thousands, but we had three winners. But I have to say these three winners stood apart the pack, stood above the pack in such a smart way. And to prove that, they&#x27;ve taken the money and they&#x27;ve really expanded their business with it. It wasn&#x27;t just talk. They really kept the heat on their business, took the money, it gave them a new momentum, and they&#x27;ve been able to carry that through the entire year.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> Sadly for them, they disqualified this year. They can&#x27;t win it two years in a row. We need three new winners, and that&#x27;s who we&#x27;re looking for. Well, hopefully they took the money they borrowed, and now they&#x27;re making enough where they don&#x27;t need to borrow again. No, they haven&#x27;t been borrowing money. One of the winners took their small business. It was a male grooming shop, very different than any other shop in Dallas, and now he&#x27;s turned into a franchise. He&#x27;s doing very well. A baker is producing her little cupcakes, which couldn&#x27;t be shipped, and now she&#x27;s producing them in little jars. And then one woman who had a health care product, an exercise slash health care product, took the money out and really aggressively sought sales, and now has it through a giant chain in her area where she lives and works. So they all did very good things with that money.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And, of course, I&#x27;m sure it was more due to my great advice. I&#x27;m sure it had nothing to do with the cash. Well, wouldn&#x27;t it be great to see one of the people that got one of these $10,000 loans sometime on the Shark Tank looking for millions of dollars of investment capital? Well, you are a good coach. You know what? I never even thought of that. No wonder they call you the coach. My gosh. You&#x27;re coaching me. I&#x27;m insulted. The coach is hungry now after you talked about cupcakes, Barbara. I&#x27;ll tell you that much. Oh, yeah? You know what I think? I think you should be going over the $10,000 from online lending on that capital. I can&#x27;t even get that straight. I guess I&#x27;m still early in the morning. I think you should be thinking about going for that cash. Forget about the cupcakes. Oh, yeah. Cash over cupcakes. You&#x27;ve got to have a good idea. A guy like you has got to have a good idea. You can buy a lot of cupcakes with cash, can&#x27;t you?</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> Yep, yep, yep. Get that cash from on deck. Well, folks, her name is Barbara Corcoran. You can see her on Shark Tank every single week. They have great ideas coming before them. And some don&#x27;t get funding, but they get orders from me, like the Ice Age guys with the Paleo Diet. I ordered a box of their food after being on the show, even though they didn&#x27;t get funding. Did you reorder? Did you reorder? This is the question. Well, I haven&#x27;t got the first box yet, so as soon as I get the first box, I&#x27;ll probably order a second box. And, folks, again, if you want to find out about this contest, it&#x27;s Facebook.com. It&#x27;s at On Deck Lending, and it&#x27;s a $10,000 scholarship, basically a loan program for three lucky people. Her name again, Barbara Corcoran. Barbara, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Nice seeing you with me, Coach. Yep. Again, Barbara Corcoran from the Shark Tank. You can catch her every single week on TV. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ABC, the Shark Tank.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> And if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Barbara Corcoran joins Coach Pete to discuss competition on Shark Tank, the cash-flow challenges of a growing business, and small-business financing. Their October 2016 conversation also explores what makes an entrepreneur's pitch compelling. Recorded October 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Barbara Corcoran</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Barbara Corcoran, budgeting, entrepreneurship</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875/image.jpg?t=1792071257&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barbara-corcoran-entrepreneurship-cash-flow-and-small-business/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875/image.jpg?t=1792071257&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875</guid>
      <omny:clipId>204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>573</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/204d92d2-0487-41c8-8d5a-b4e3002cc875/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9206037" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barbara-corcoran-entrepreneurship-cash-flow-and-small-business</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>105</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Barbara Corcoran" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:16" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>William Birdthistle: Empire of the Fund</title>
      <itunes:title>William Birdthistle: Empire of the Fund</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>William Birdthistle joins Coach Pete to discuss Empire of the Fund, mutual funds, and the experiences of individual investors. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference either through writing or someone I&#x27;ve seen in person or whatever. He sometimes even had Hollywood actors on. But this week, we&#x27;ve got a great guest. We&#x27;re going to go to Chicagoland, the University of Chicago at Hyde Park, by the way. I&#x27;m going to talk to William Bird Thistle, who&#x27;s author of the book Empire of the Fund. He&#x27;s also a law school professor. Well, professor, welcome in. Thank you so much, coach. Great to be here. Now, you are originally from Ireland, too, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Born in Ireland, raised different places around the world, and then came to America for college and to take your jobs. Well, you&#x27;re more than welcome to. I&#x27;m quarter Irish, I guess. Half Portuguese, quarter Irish,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> quarter English. So I&#x27;ve got a little bit of Irish in me. Yeah, that&#x27;s quite a mix. Quite a mix. Tasty food, a lot of booze. Like to drink, eat, and fight. What a combo. I was one of three brothers growing up, and we always would eat and fight. We were obviously too young to drink, but we would eat and fight all the time and get disciplined by our parents all the time on that, too. Hey, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, writing a book is a big venture, and it&#x27;s not something you do overnight, even though the idea comes overnight. But it takes some time to outline things out and actually get a book in writing. Empire of the Fund, what caused you to write it, what inspired you to write it, and what kind of thoughts have you had since writing it? Yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. Writing a book is a big, big, big project, much bigger than you might think. So as an academic, we&#x27;re expected to write academic journal articles</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> multiple times a year. And I thought to myself, I&#x27;m just going to write a book as just six or seven of those. It turns out that, no, it&#x27;s actually a lot bigger. So the genesis comes from sort of two periods in my life. One is from being a professor. So I taught a seminar on this subject, and after having taught it three or four times, I thought, you know, maybe I could just put this in a book, and that would be the seminar. But the original ideas for the contents came from when I was in practice. I worked for a firm, and I happened to be working at a law firm when a lot of mutual fund issues came to the fore. There were a lot of scandals about a decade or so ago. I thought, wow, these are important lessons for people to understand to avoid in their own retirement. And also, they&#x27;re really juicy. You know, humans are awfully creative in all sorts of devious ways. And it&#x27;s hard to put $16 trillion of money into a financial instrument and not expect people to figure out all sorts of ways to nibble at</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> the cheese. Yeah. So let&#x27;s go into some of the – what are some of the most outrageous things you saw when doing research on mutual funds? Yeah, probably the most outrageous is late trading. So, you know, mutual funds, you have to place an order by four o&#x27;clock. And if you get your order in before four o&#x27;clock, you&#x27;ll get whatever price the fund trades at that day. If you&#x27;re late for the four o&#x27;clock, you&#x27;re meant to get the next day&#x27;s price. And what happened in some of the bad old days was people would place an order after four o&#x27;clock to see what the market had done or if there&#x27;d be market moving news after the market closed. But they would slip their order in through a friendly broker or a boiler room and get that day&#x27;s price. And as what prosecutors call that is betting on a horse race after its run. It&#x27;s the most flagrant. It&#x27;s obviously illegal. It&#x27;s very flagrant. And, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> it requires complicity. But people have done that. You know, that&#x27;s the most grotesque version of what goes wrong. I tend to think that some of the bigger problems are a lot more subtle. So this is at the other end of the spectrum. If you&#x27;ve ever asked or if you&#x27;ve ever known of anybody to ask for their money out of an account, you know, the legal rule is that you get it in T plus three within three business days. But if a firm drags their feet and there&#x27;s a couple of lawsuits kicking around where fund companies have been sued for taking six weeks, eight weeks to get the money back. And what&#x27;s happening on every one of those days is that they&#x27;re charging a little bit to manage that money. So that seems a lot more subtle. But if you do that systematically for hundreds of millions of dollars, you can make a pretty penny doing it. So the book sort of goes through a whole range of those creative ways to</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> get at your money. It&#x27;s pretty funny. Yeah. When all these brokerage firms are encouraging electronic trading and electronic funds transfer, yet when you want your money, they go through an act of war, then they&#x27;ll send it in the mail. And sometimes it seems like it&#x27;s the old mail on horseback because it takes three or four weeks to get there. And the whole time they&#x27;ve kept the money in their account, building interest on your money. And we&#x27;re talking about millions and millions of dollars many times when you talk about doing that to a lot of different people at the same time. Absolutely. I mean, it&#x27;s funny, right? At the same time that we have high frequency trading, trading in nanoseconds. Yeah, right. Exactly. When it comes to cut the check and get your own money out, yes, they sort of pull up a pony to try and get it to you as slowly as possible. It&#x27;s like that commercial, it&#x27;s my money and I want it now, right? Where is it? It&#x27;s what&#x27;s in the mail. The check&#x27;s in the mail. That phrase has been used over and over again from anywhere from people</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> paying child support, alimony to brokerages, sending you your money back. It&#x27;s the only thing keeping the mail service in business. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. Well, I mean, snail mail, we hear about snail mail and it is funny. I don&#x27;t get much junk mail anymore because it&#x27;s so expensive to mail mail, but I sure don&#x27;t get a check from a brokerage when I want it many times. Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s interesting because there&#x27;s a lot of things that can happen, right? So if your money, if it takes six weeks, four weeks to get your money, so they can make money obviously on the interest in the account, as you suggested. They can also make money if it&#x27;s a rising market. So this is what happened with some of the mutual fund companies. People said, sell my money on day one. They didn&#x27;t get the money until day 90. And what had happened in that time was that the market had risen substantially. The financial firm kept the profits,</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> gave the money that was on the price of day one. And then the third way, of course, is that every day, you know, the way mutual funds charge you is for a percentage of assets under management every day. So each of those 90 days, they bill you a few cents. And like you said, you know, when you realize that the amount of money moving through this industry is $16 trillion, with a river like that passing by, you don&#x27;t have to put in too big a ladle or a spoon to feed yourself comfortably. Yeah. And there&#x27;s been a lot of excess money made in the mutual fund world, hasn&#x27;t there? Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s an interesting industry. If you look at the average fees that people pay and you multiply or cost the amount of money in there, the industry takes home around $100 billion a year. You know, that&#x27;s a lot of money. Now, obviously, people provide a service they deserve and expect</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to get paid. The real question, though, is, is that a good use of our life savings? And there&#x27;s obviously a lot cheaper, more efficient, cost-effective ways of doing it. There was a study that the SEC put out, I think, a couple months ago. And basically, it said that the difference between someone paying a 1% fee compared to someone who only paid a quarter of a percent fee over 20 years was about $30,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. And that was just on $100,000 put into an account. So you think about that, multiply that by 10 if you have a million. Yeah. It&#x27;s staggering. You know, the thing is, and you raise a really good point here, because the way an industry can do this and not get a real shock response from its clientele is to do exactly what you said, which is it quotes its fees in percentages. Now, if you go, if you take a person</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> off the street and you say, listen, I&#x27;m going to sell you a financial product and I&#x27;ll charge you 0.97%, you know, people are going to think, as often they do when they look at mutual fund prospectuses, this is pennies. This is, you know, peanuts. Why are we getting bent out of shape about high fees when we&#x27;re only talking about 1%, 2%? And of course, you know, those are actually staggeringly large amounts of money. And if you aggregate that over time, you&#x27;re losing huge amounts. So there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do there. One, of course, would be to tell people exactly, not what they&#x27;re paying in percents, but what they&#x27;re paying in dollars, not just dollars lost in the future, but dollars every year. You might be paying a couple hundred dollars, a couple thousand dollars, depending on the size of your balance. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to William Berthistel. He&#x27;s author of the book Empire of the Fund. And William, what I like to do is I like to translate the dollar amount into something material, because</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> we all think about materialistic things these days. So $30,000, that&#x27;s a brand new Nissan Maxima you could have had right off the lot, brand new smelling good without having to ever pay with the fees you just lost paying the broker for 30 years. That would be an effective perspective. Instead of getting those things in the mail that we all throw away, if it just showed us pictures of lost objects that we didn&#x27;t have. No more iPhone. You lost an iPhone. You lost a swimming pool. What were you thinking? People lose iPhones all the day, all the time, by the way, because they&#x27;re made to break. I&#x27;m afraid my daughter&#x27;s going to be, well, she&#x27;s 11 now this Christmas. She wants an iPhone and I&#x27;ll need to buy insurance on that program. I&#x27;m pretty sure the way those screens break. Yeah, no question. No question. Good luck. Hey, now in your book, you talk about soft dollars. And I know people hear that term. And it&#x27;s not like the old Western movies you used to see when the guy was trying to see if the coin he was getting was real gold, he would bite on it. It was soft, it was gold. If it wasn&#x27;t,</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> if his tooth broke, it wasn&#x27;t real gold. What&#x27;s soft dollars these days? Yeah, soft dollars in the mutual fund industry is kind of a different thing. It refers to a couple of, you know, a range of things. Every time you give your money to a mutual fund company, and you can give, you know, as I say, we give billions of dollars. You know, those funds then go out and do something with it. So the first thing that they do is they do exactly what you would do in your own account. They would buy and sell stocks. Now, if you buy and sell stocks, that&#x27;s going to cost a lot of money. So we know what it costs, well, you know, a couple dollars to buy and trade with E-Trade or Ameritrade or something like that. You know, mutual fund companies can rack up millions and millions and millions of dollars each year in brokerage commissions. And what soft dollars are, soft dollars are essentially frequent flyer miles. Now, again,</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> if you went somewhere and you spent $10 million a year, you&#x27;d expect some loyalty reward points. So, you know, one of the things that happens with soft dollars is brokerage firms like JP Morgan or Merrill Lynch, you know, they keep track of this and they want that business from mutual funds. And so they give frequent flyer points to some of the people who use them. The question that, of course, you should have as a mutual fund investor is, well, why don&#x27;t we get those benefits? If it&#x27;s our money that&#x27;s being invested, if the fund, if I put, you know, $10,000, $100,000 into a mutual fund, and then it goes off and generates all these frequent flyer miles, well, we should see some of those benefits. Soft dollars is a practice where a lot of that money is kept by the mutual fund firms and it never trickles back to benefit us. It&#x27;s a practice that&#x27;s actually relatively hard to track</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> and not many people know about it, but it would be easy enough, I think, to sort of outlaw it or to require that the benefits flow back to the ultimate investors. Well, they will know about it if they read your book. Let&#x27;s hope so. Hey, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. I want to talk about, and this has been a fascinating interview and I&#x27;d love to have you on again, by the way, because there was so many things to talk about and you can&#x27;t talk about it in 10 minutes, but 401ks and individual retirement accounts. Now, we&#x27;ve seen the lawsuits already starting to come with 401ks because there&#x27;s been a lot of hidden fees in there that people didn&#x27;t realize or maybe the company&#x27;s not offering the employee enough choices so that if the market goes down, there was nowhere for them to protect themselves. What&#x27;s your opinion on the 401k market? You know, I&#x27;m a law professor, so I talk a lot about lawsuits and you might think I&#x27;m all in favor of them, but actually, you know, a lot of litigation is a bad</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> thing. It&#x27;s sclerotic, it&#x27;s expensive, it&#x27;s inefficient, but the one area that&#x27;s sort of a poster child for good litigation is some of the stuff that you&#x27;ve been talking about. So, you may have heard that a lot of universities have been sued for having bad 403b plans. Well, one of the things that that can do is that can encourage other employers to make good choices and I&#x27;ve experienced that myself personally where my employer said, hey, listen, we&#x27;re changing the offerings in your 403b and the only thing we&#x27;re doing, we&#x27;re not changing any of the offerings except for the fact that we&#x27;re moving out of retail shares and into institutional shares, which means that the price of each fund drops by half. So, that&#x27;s an example where I think litigation can be a good thing and if we can simply get 403b, 401k providers to offer the cheapest versions using their bargaining power, then we&#x27;ll all be a lot better off right away.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> One thing&#x27;s for sure, if I was offering a plan to a law school with a bunch of law professors, I&#x27;d try to make sure I did things the right way. Well, as you say, the real question when I looked at these lawsuits is, where were the professors? Where were the economists, the Nobel Prize winners? Should have been out there. Well, folks, again, the name of the book, Empire of the Fund, his name, Professor William Bird Thistle. Professor, I hope we&#x27;ll have you on again in the future. Thank you so much, Coach. I&#x27;d love it. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>William Birdthistle joins Coach Pete to discuss Empire of the Fund, mutual funds, and the experiences of individual investors. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference either through writing or someone I&#x27;ve seen in person or whatever. He sometimes even had Hollywood actors on. But this week, we&#x27;ve got a great guest. We&#x27;re going to go to Chicagoland, the University of Chicago at Hyde Park, by the way. I&#x27;m going to talk to William Bird Thistle, who&#x27;s author of the book Empire of the Fund. He&#x27;s also a law school professor. Well, professor, welcome in. Thank you so much, coach. Great to be here. Now, you are originally from Ireland, too, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Born in Ireland, raised different places around the world, and then came to America for college and to take your jobs. Well, you&#x27;re more than welcome to. I&#x27;m quarter Irish, I guess. Half Portuguese, quarter Irish,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> quarter English. So I&#x27;ve got a little bit of Irish in me. Yeah, that&#x27;s quite a mix. Quite a mix. Tasty food, a lot of booze. Like to drink, eat, and fight. What a combo. I was one of three brothers growing up, and we always would eat and fight. We were obviously too young to drink, but we would eat and fight all the time and get disciplined by our parents all the time on that, too. Hey, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, writing a book is a big venture, and it&#x27;s not something you do overnight, even though the idea comes overnight. But it takes some time to outline things out and actually get a book in writing. Empire of the Fund, what caused you to write it, what inspired you to write it, and what kind of thoughts have you had since writing it? Yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. Writing a book is a big, big, big project, much bigger than you might think. So as an academic, we&#x27;re expected to write academic journal articles</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> multiple times a year. And I thought to myself, I&#x27;m just going to write a book as just six or seven of those. It turns out that, no, it&#x27;s actually a lot bigger. So the genesis comes from sort of two periods in my life. One is from being a professor. So I taught a seminar on this subject, and after having taught it three or four times, I thought, you know, maybe I could just put this in a book, and that would be the seminar. But the original ideas for the contents came from when I was in practice. I worked for a firm, and I happened to be working at a law firm when a lot of mutual fund issues came to the fore. There were a lot of scandals about a decade or so ago. I thought, wow, these are important lessons for people to understand to avoid in their own retirement. And also, they&#x27;re really juicy. You know, humans are awfully creative in all sorts of devious ways. And it&#x27;s hard to put $16 trillion of money into a financial instrument and not expect people to figure out all sorts of ways to nibble at</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> the cheese. Yeah. So let&#x27;s go into some of the – what are some of the most outrageous things you saw when doing research on mutual funds? Yeah, probably the most outrageous is late trading. So, you know, mutual funds, you have to place an order by four o&#x27;clock. And if you get your order in before four o&#x27;clock, you&#x27;ll get whatever price the fund trades at that day. If you&#x27;re late for the four o&#x27;clock, you&#x27;re meant to get the next day&#x27;s price. And what happened in some of the bad old days was people would place an order after four o&#x27;clock to see what the market had done or if there&#x27;d be market moving news after the market closed. But they would slip their order in through a friendly broker or a boiler room and get that day&#x27;s price. And as what prosecutors call that is betting on a horse race after its run. It&#x27;s the most flagrant. It&#x27;s obviously illegal. It&#x27;s very flagrant. And, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> it requires complicity. But people have done that. You know, that&#x27;s the most grotesque version of what goes wrong. I tend to think that some of the bigger problems are a lot more subtle. So this is at the other end of the spectrum. If you&#x27;ve ever asked or if you&#x27;ve ever known of anybody to ask for their money out of an account, you know, the legal rule is that you get it in T plus three within three business days. But if a firm drags their feet and there&#x27;s a couple of lawsuits kicking around where fund companies have been sued for taking six weeks, eight weeks to get the money back. And what&#x27;s happening on every one of those days is that they&#x27;re charging a little bit to manage that money. So that seems a lot more subtle. But if you do that systematically for hundreds of millions of dollars, you can make a pretty penny doing it. So the book sort of goes through a whole range of those creative ways to</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> get at your money. It&#x27;s pretty funny. Yeah. When all these brokerage firms are encouraging electronic trading and electronic funds transfer, yet when you want your money, they go through an act of war, then they&#x27;ll send it in the mail. And sometimes it seems like it&#x27;s the old mail on horseback because it takes three or four weeks to get there. And the whole time they&#x27;ve kept the money in their account, building interest on your money. And we&#x27;re talking about millions and millions of dollars many times when you talk about doing that to a lot of different people at the same time. Absolutely. I mean, it&#x27;s funny, right? At the same time that we have high frequency trading, trading in nanoseconds. Yeah, right. Exactly. When it comes to cut the check and get your own money out, yes, they sort of pull up a pony to try and get it to you as slowly as possible. It&#x27;s like that commercial, it&#x27;s my money and I want it now, right? Where is it? It&#x27;s what&#x27;s in the mail. The check&#x27;s in the mail. That phrase has been used over and over again from anywhere from people</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> paying child support, alimony to brokerages, sending you your money back. It&#x27;s the only thing keeping the mail service in business. That&#x27;s right. Yeah. Well, I mean, snail mail, we hear about snail mail and it is funny. I don&#x27;t get much junk mail anymore because it&#x27;s so expensive to mail mail, but I sure don&#x27;t get a check from a brokerage when I want it many times. Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s interesting because there&#x27;s a lot of things that can happen, right? So if your money, if it takes six weeks, four weeks to get your money, so they can make money obviously on the interest in the account, as you suggested. They can also make money if it&#x27;s a rising market. So this is what happened with some of the mutual fund companies. People said, sell my money on day one. They didn&#x27;t get the money until day 90. And what had happened in that time was that the market had risen substantially. The financial firm kept the profits,</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> gave the money that was on the price of day one. And then the third way, of course, is that every day, you know, the way mutual funds charge you is for a percentage of assets under management every day. So each of those 90 days, they bill you a few cents. And like you said, you know, when you realize that the amount of money moving through this industry is $16 trillion, with a river like that passing by, you don&#x27;t have to put in too big a ladle or a spoon to feed yourself comfortably. Yeah. And there&#x27;s been a lot of excess money made in the mutual fund world, hasn&#x27;t there? Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s an interesting industry. If you look at the average fees that people pay and you multiply or cost the amount of money in there, the industry takes home around $100 billion a year. You know, that&#x27;s a lot of money. Now, obviously, people provide a service they deserve and expect</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> to get paid. The real question, though, is, is that a good use of our life savings? And there&#x27;s obviously a lot cheaper, more efficient, cost-effective ways of doing it. There was a study that the SEC put out, I think, a couple months ago. And basically, it said that the difference between someone paying a 1% fee compared to someone who only paid a quarter of a percent fee over 20 years was about $30,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. And that was just on $100,000 put into an account. So you think about that, multiply that by 10 if you have a million. Yeah. It&#x27;s staggering. You know, the thing is, and you raise a really good point here, because the way an industry can do this and not get a real shock response from its clientele is to do exactly what you said, which is it quotes its fees in percentages. Now, if you go, if you take a person</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> off the street and you say, listen, I&#x27;m going to sell you a financial product and I&#x27;ll charge you 0.97%, you know, people are going to think, as often they do when they look at mutual fund prospectuses, this is pennies. This is, you know, peanuts. Why are we getting bent out of shape about high fees when we&#x27;re only talking about 1%, 2%? And of course, you know, those are actually staggeringly large amounts of money. And if you aggregate that over time, you&#x27;re losing huge amounts. So there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do there. One, of course, would be to tell people exactly, not what they&#x27;re paying in percents, but what they&#x27;re paying in dollars, not just dollars lost in the future, but dollars every year. You might be paying a couple hundred dollars, a couple thousand dollars, depending on the size of your balance. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to William Berthistel. He&#x27;s author of the book Empire of the Fund. And William, what I like to do is I like to translate the dollar amount into something material, because</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> we all think about materialistic things these days. So $30,000, that&#x27;s a brand new Nissan Maxima you could have had right off the lot, brand new smelling good without having to ever pay with the fees you just lost paying the broker for 30 years. That would be an effective perspective. Instead of getting those things in the mail that we all throw away, if it just showed us pictures of lost objects that we didn&#x27;t have. No more iPhone. You lost an iPhone. You lost a swimming pool. What were you thinking? People lose iPhones all the day, all the time, by the way, because they&#x27;re made to break. I&#x27;m afraid my daughter&#x27;s going to be, well, she&#x27;s 11 now this Christmas. She wants an iPhone and I&#x27;ll need to buy insurance on that program. I&#x27;m pretty sure the way those screens break. Yeah, no question. No question. Good luck. Hey, now in your book, you talk about soft dollars. And I know people hear that term. And it&#x27;s not like the old Western movies you used to see when the guy was trying to see if the coin he was getting was real gold, he would bite on it. It was soft, it was gold. If it wasn&#x27;t,</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> if his tooth broke, it wasn&#x27;t real gold. What&#x27;s soft dollars these days? Yeah, soft dollars in the mutual fund industry is kind of a different thing. It refers to a couple of, you know, a range of things. Every time you give your money to a mutual fund company, and you can give, you know, as I say, we give billions of dollars. You know, those funds then go out and do something with it. So the first thing that they do is they do exactly what you would do in your own account. They would buy and sell stocks. Now, if you buy and sell stocks, that&#x27;s going to cost a lot of money. So we know what it costs, well, you know, a couple dollars to buy and trade with E-Trade or Ameritrade or something like that. You know, mutual fund companies can rack up millions and millions and millions of dollars each year in brokerage commissions. And what soft dollars are, soft dollars are essentially frequent flyer miles. Now, again,</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> if you went somewhere and you spent $10 million a year, you&#x27;d expect some loyalty reward points. So, you know, one of the things that happens with soft dollars is brokerage firms like JP Morgan or Merrill Lynch, you know, they keep track of this and they want that business from mutual funds. And so they give frequent flyer points to some of the people who use them. The question that, of course, you should have as a mutual fund investor is, well, why don&#x27;t we get those benefits? If it&#x27;s our money that&#x27;s being invested, if the fund, if I put, you know, $10,000, $100,000 into a mutual fund, and then it goes off and generates all these frequent flyer miles, well, we should see some of those benefits. Soft dollars is a practice where a lot of that money is kept by the mutual fund firms and it never trickles back to benefit us. It&#x27;s a practice that&#x27;s actually relatively hard to track</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> and not many people know about it, but it would be easy enough, I think, to sort of outlaw it or to require that the benefits flow back to the ultimate investors. Well, they will know about it if they read your book. Let&#x27;s hope so. Hey, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. I want to talk about, and this has been a fascinating interview and I&#x27;d love to have you on again, by the way, because there was so many things to talk about and you can&#x27;t talk about it in 10 minutes, but 401ks and individual retirement accounts. Now, we&#x27;ve seen the lawsuits already starting to come with 401ks because there&#x27;s been a lot of hidden fees in there that people didn&#x27;t realize or maybe the company&#x27;s not offering the employee enough choices so that if the market goes down, there was nowhere for them to protect themselves. What&#x27;s your opinion on the 401k market? You know, I&#x27;m a law professor, so I talk a lot about lawsuits and you might think I&#x27;m all in favor of them, but actually, you know, a lot of litigation is a bad</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> thing. It&#x27;s sclerotic, it&#x27;s expensive, it&#x27;s inefficient, but the one area that&#x27;s sort of a poster child for good litigation is some of the stuff that you&#x27;ve been talking about. So, you may have heard that a lot of universities have been sued for having bad 403b plans. Well, one of the things that that can do is that can encourage other employers to make good choices and I&#x27;ve experienced that myself personally where my employer said, hey, listen, we&#x27;re changing the offerings in your 403b and the only thing we&#x27;re doing, we&#x27;re not changing any of the offerings except for the fact that we&#x27;re moving out of retail shares and into institutional shares, which means that the price of each fund drops by half. So, that&#x27;s an example where I think litigation can be a good thing and if we can simply get 403b, 401k providers to offer the cheapest versions using their bargaining power, then we&#x27;ll all be a lot better off right away.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> One thing&#x27;s for sure, if I was offering a plan to a law school with a bunch of law professors, I&#x27;d try to make sure I did things the right way. Well, as you say, the real question when I looked at these lawsuits is, where were the professors? Where were the economists, the Nobel Prize winners? Should have been out there. Well, folks, again, the name of the book, Empire of the Fund, his name, Professor William Bird Thistle. Professor, I hope we&#x27;ll have you on again in the future. Thank you so much, Coach. I&#x27;d love it. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>William Birdthistle joins Coach Pete to discuss Empire of the Fund, mutual funds, and the experiences of individual investors. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>William Birdthistle</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Empire of the Fund</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>William Birdthistle, investing, Empire of the Fund, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3/image.jpg?t=1792072171&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/william-birdthistle-empire-of-the-fund/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3/image.jpg?t=1792072171&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>740</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47f152a3-69ad-4869-bd5c-b4e2018235d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11873833" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/william-birdthistle-empire-of-the-fund</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>106</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Empire of the Fund" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:32" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Lynn: Understanding Real Estate Investing</title>
      <itunes:title>David Lynn: Understanding Real Estate Investing</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Lynn joins Coach Pete to discuss real estate investing and the questions people can ask before adding property-related investments to a portfolio. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world or is doing something I think is interesting to you. And today we&#x27;re going to talk about something that is on a lot of radar screens. It&#x27;s real estate investing. We&#x27;ve even heard national commercials now by famous talk show hosts about real estate investment trusts. So I thought today we&#x27;d visit with Dr. David Lynn from Scottsdale, Arizona. Just happens to be in studio today with me this morning. And he is a specialist in investing in real estate and something called private equity. David, welcome in. Thank you, coaches. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here on your show. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it for the listener who is just starting in the world, in the financial world, or they&#x27;re not really sure. All they have is stocks, bonds, mutual funds, which a lot of people do. They call that proper diversification, right? That&#x27;s not proper diversification, is it?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> No, it isn&#x27;t. And the common allocation is the 60-40 portfolio, stocks and bonds, basically. But adding alternatives, particularly real estate, into that mix can lead to higher income and lower volatility. So it could be that this is modern portfolio theory, Markowitz, going back to the 50s. And it&#x27;s what a lot of institutions, endowments use. And it results in just better returns and lower risk. Yeah, a lot of the colleges, the endowments for the colleges use a particular model to make sure that they have good balance. And because they have to sponsor a lot of these endowments, they don&#x27;t want the money to go away. Absolutely. It&#x27;s about a risk look at your portfolio. So it&#x27;s not just overall return or income. It&#x27;s what you need to pay for that income, right?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> So if you have a drawdown, for example, the global financial crisis was a great lesson for a lot of investors, a lot of managers. The drawdowns in some portfolios were 40, 60, or more percent. It&#x27;s hard to come back from that kind of drawdown if you have a lot of it. So really, volatility is the best proxy for risk. And so when you&#x27;re down, for example, 50%, you need a 100% return just to get back to par. So very difficult to do that. So risk and volatility are very important. And real estate is one of those things. It&#x27;s not very correlated. It&#x27;s very low volatility. It&#x27;s very high income. So it&#x27;s a great addition to portfolios and a great income generator. We talk about when people lose money in the market, then they get happy years later. When they finally get back to where they started, they recover. But we always say recovery is not gain. You&#x27;re just getting back to where you started. So you&#x27;ve lost all that time that you could have been building money because you were just</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> trying to play catch up. And that&#x27;s not a good philosophy or strategy for those in retirement, is it? Right. That&#x27;s why we like real estate. I mean, 80% of their returns in core real estate come from income, rain or shine. And it&#x27;s underpinned by leases with solid tenants. In our case, medical tenants. These are doctors and hospitals. So these are folks and businesses who really have solid balance sheets. They&#x27;re always going to be there. They&#x27;re always going to need medical services. So a very good growth area. So that&#x27;s why we love real estate. And we think it should be a part of everyone&#x27;s portfolio. Now, let&#x27;s talk about real estate. Because when I hear real estate, many times people think you&#x27;re talking about these shows you see on TV where people are buying and flipping houses. And a lot of people don&#x27;t make money in that, by the way. They lose money because they&#x27;re trying to do like they see on TV, but they don&#x27;t come out good. That&#x27;s residential real estate.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> First of all, let&#x27;s start with the difference between investing in residential versus commercial real estate. Sure. If you can envision a giant pie, real estate is the largest asset class out there in the world. And in this country, it&#x27;s about $30 trillion. Roughly half of that is commercial real estate. And commercial real estate is all about people paying rent. It&#x27;s about the business, really U.S. corporate firms and cash flowing businesses. It&#x27;s not about single family homes and that sort of thing. So it&#x27;s much more transparent. It&#x27;s much more easy to quantify. It&#x27;s really an investable, much more investable asset class. It&#x27;s where a lot of people around the world make their money. And if you talk to wealth management clients, it&#x27;s typically real estate is a big part of their family wealth.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it&#x27;s also much more easy to accumulate and manage commercial real estate. So residential real estate is much more management intensive. It&#x27;s really not institutional, as we like to say in the business. I don&#x27;t see many people in commercial real estate, though. I see a lot more people that are trying to do the residential. So when we look at risk versus return, would you say it&#x27;s a better ratio for commercial real estate versus residential? Or is it a toss up? Or does it all depend on the place you buy and how you buy it? Well, you know, a very important distinction is that commercial real estate, a big part of the return is about income. It&#x27;s also underpinned by good quality credit leases. And these are contractual obligations that go anywhere from a year to five years, 10 years, 15 years. So it&#x27;s more bond-like and it&#x27;s safer than residential real estate. So big difference.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And you have more data about the investment returns and markets. So it really is more similar to bonds. And it&#x27;s becoming a more formalized asset class all the time. There&#x27;s more data, more information, more players. It&#x27;s growing in size as an investable asset class. And it&#x27;s in institutional portfolios. It&#x27;s been in those endowments and pension funds for decades. So it&#x27;s really a tried and true asset class. It&#x27;s just that when it gets out to the individual investor, sometimes it&#x27;s hard to package. And so often you don&#x27;t see it coming down to the retail investor. So income-producing properties, big deal. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. David Lynn from Scottsdale, Arizona with Everest Medical. Now, you and your company makes REITs and also private equity. Explain to the listener what a REIT is, R-E-I-T, a real estate investment trust.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But explain to them what that really is in a nutshell. Yeah, sure. A real estate investment trust is a way of pulling properties. And it&#x27;s a vehicle for making it easier to invest in commercial real estate. So instead of investing in one particular property and having the knowledge and information to do that, you invest in a professionally managed pool of properties. You diversify risk. And instead of getting a K-1, you&#x27;re getting a 1099. So it&#x27;s just a lot easier. And you&#x27;re diversifying the risk. So otherwise, if you had to go out and buy a commercial property yourself, it&#x27;s a lot of work. It&#x27;s a lot of money. Essentially, focusing your risk, there&#x27;s a concentration problem of your risk being in one or two properties. So the pooling of money, basically, not only can you invest in a building you never would be able to invest in yourself or afford to do it yourself,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> you&#x27;re getting several buildings. So you&#x27;re spreading out risk. And when the company looks behind the scenes, you try to get income-producing properties. So when you&#x27;re investing, you&#x27;re basically, the minute you invest, hopefully you&#x27;ll start getting income from those properties. That&#x27;s exactly right. So we take all the work and a lot of the risk out of the whole complexity of commercial real estate investing. So you really read what we have to offer. You don&#x27;t have to go and visit the property or manage leases or TI expenses or capital expense. It&#x27;s very complex. It&#x27;s a lot of work, a lot of friction. So it&#x27;s essentially a mutual fund for real estate. And for that, you get a very strong high current return. That&#x27;s a quarterly return, quarterly coupon, and a very strong total return. If trends have continued to go the way they&#x27;ve been going, which is high appreciation, it&#x27;s a hard asset class.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> So there&#x27;s a lot of comfort, I think, for investors more and more in having something that&#x27;s tangible, cash-flowing, with good credit underlying it. Now, you guys concentrate in something called MOB, medical office buildings. Explain what that is. Yeah. And if I can just make a little quick plug for one of my books, it&#x27;s called The Advisor&#x27;s Guide to Commercial Real Estate Investment. And that&#x27;s available on Amazon. And it talks about the various ways of investing in commercial real estate, including the medical sector. The medical sector is, I think, a great sector to invest in. Yeah. It&#x27;s a huge part of our economy, as we all know. People keep going to the doctor, don&#x27;t they? They don&#x27;t, unfortunately, stop getting sick. And we&#x27;re an aging population. We&#x27;re retiring about 10,000 baby boomers a day. And people are living longer. We have Obamacare, the ACA, kicking in, adding 30 to 40 new million insured people into the system.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> So, really, demand has been very strong. It&#x27;s going even further. The MOB is the outpatient medical service delivery vehicle, if you will. And it&#x27;s where most of us get our medical care. If we can avoid that big central urban hospital, we go to an upscale MOB in our affluent suburbs. And that&#x27;s where the doctors want to be. It&#x27;s where the hospitals want to grow. It&#x27;s profitable. And it&#x27;s all about the growth of outpatient care delivery over the last few decades. Well, it makes sense, because I&#x27;ve always said long-term care facilities, too. Because people are getting older, we need somewhere to go. Long-term care is a good investment. But when we look at, when I talk to somebody about trying to set up a good portfolio, look at something called ROI, return on investment. So, if someone is investing in a real estate investment trust in MOBs, like you&#x27;re talking about,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> what is a good goal for the return on investment per year, as far as income, income investment? Yeah, and just to put it in perspective, the other part of this are publicly traded REITs. And they&#x27;re listed. They were on the S&amp;P 500. They have their own part of the exchange now. So, actually, there&#x27;s a REIT index. And those are good. They offer liquidity. They&#x27;re lower in yield. They&#x27;re about low threes right now, which, in our universe of alternatives, it&#x27;s actually pretty good. Because you can get in and get out. Yeah, on a day, right? On a relative basis, compared to corporate dividends and AAA bonds, that&#x27;s actually a pretty good dividend. We offer private vehicles, in general, are more than twice that, typically. And so, it&#x27;s a higher income. But a very important thing is that the volatility is much lower. So, publicly traded REITs have a volatility of, you know, it&#x27;s really about the same as small cap stocks.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And so, you&#x27;re getting the equity beta of the stock market. And so, it dilutes some of the advantages of real estate, which is it&#x27;s really not correlated with the stock market at all or the bond market. It&#x27;s completely independent. And it&#x27;s very low volatility. Just consistent income. And so, you know, 5% to 7% cash and cash dividend every quarter. And then total returns in the highest single digits to the mid-teens are totally feasible. Well, when you&#x27;re building a portfolio you want to last, you want correlated and non-correlated assets just in case something happens again, which it will. We want to make sure we&#x27;re covered and we&#x27;re fully diversified. And that&#x27;s fully diversified, by the way, having correlated and non-correlated assets. Yeah, Coach. I mean, that&#x27;s well put. But, I mean, you want a balanced portfolio.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And if you&#x27;re, you know, stocks and bonds traditionally were that. But real estate is even less correlated and less volatile. So, real estate is even less volatile than bonds. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, you know, as with anything, investing, it takes risks. So, you need to make sure you get educated, get a good education, get a good planner on your side that can explain this fully to you. But it&#x27;s a good part of a portfolio, I think. David, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, Coach. Folks, if you joined us interview late and want to hear us again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Lynn joins Coach Pete to discuss real estate investing and the questions people can ask before adding property-related investments to a portfolio. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world or is doing something I think is interesting to you. And today we&#x27;re going to talk about something that is on a lot of radar screens. It&#x27;s real estate investing. We&#x27;ve even heard national commercials now by famous talk show hosts about real estate investment trusts. So I thought today we&#x27;d visit with Dr. David Lynn from Scottsdale, Arizona. Just happens to be in studio today with me this morning. And he is a specialist in investing in real estate and something called private equity. David, welcome in. Thank you, coaches. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here on your show. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it for the listener who is just starting in the world, in the financial world, or they&#x27;re not really sure. All they have is stocks, bonds, mutual funds, which a lot of people do. They call that proper diversification, right? That&#x27;s not proper diversification, is it?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> No, it isn&#x27;t. And the common allocation is the 60-40 portfolio, stocks and bonds, basically. But adding alternatives, particularly real estate, into that mix can lead to higher income and lower volatility. So it could be that this is modern portfolio theory, Markowitz, going back to the 50s. And it&#x27;s what a lot of institutions, endowments use. And it results in just better returns and lower risk. Yeah, a lot of the colleges, the endowments for the colleges use a particular model to make sure that they have good balance. And because they have to sponsor a lot of these endowments, they don&#x27;t want the money to go away. Absolutely. It&#x27;s about a risk look at your portfolio. So it&#x27;s not just overall return or income. It&#x27;s what you need to pay for that income, right?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> So if you have a drawdown, for example, the global financial crisis was a great lesson for a lot of investors, a lot of managers. The drawdowns in some portfolios were 40, 60, or more percent. It&#x27;s hard to come back from that kind of drawdown if you have a lot of it. So really, volatility is the best proxy for risk. And so when you&#x27;re down, for example, 50%, you need a 100% return just to get back to par. So very difficult to do that. So risk and volatility are very important. And real estate is one of those things. It&#x27;s not very correlated. It&#x27;s very low volatility. It&#x27;s very high income. So it&#x27;s a great addition to portfolios and a great income generator. We talk about when people lose money in the market, then they get happy years later. When they finally get back to where they started, they recover. But we always say recovery is not gain. You&#x27;re just getting back to where you started. So you&#x27;ve lost all that time that you could have been building money because you were just</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> trying to play catch up. And that&#x27;s not a good philosophy or strategy for those in retirement, is it? Right. That&#x27;s why we like real estate. I mean, 80% of their returns in core real estate come from income, rain or shine. And it&#x27;s underpinned by leases with solid tenants. In our case, medical tenants. These are doctors and hospitals. So these are folks and businesses who really have solid balance sheets. They&#x27;re always going to be there. They&#x27;re always going to need medical services. So a very good growth area. So that&#x27;s why we love real estate. And we think it should be a part of everyone&#x27;s portfolio. Now, let&#x27;s talk about real estate. Because when I hear real estate, many times people think you&#x27;re talking about these shows you see on TV where people are buying and flipping houses. And a lot of people don&#x27;t make money in that, by the way. They lose money because they&#x27;re trying to do like they see on TV, but they don&#x27;t come out good. That&#x27;s residential real estate.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> First of all, let&#x27;s start with the difference between investing in residential versus commercial real estate. Sure. If you can envision a giant pie, real estate is the largest asset class out there in the world. And in this country, it&#x27;s about $30 trillion. Roughly half of that is commercial real estate. And commercial real estate is all about people paying rent. It&#x27;s about the business, really U.S. corporate firms and cash flowing businesses. It&#x27;s not about single family homes and that sort of thing. So it&#x27;s much more transparent. It&#x27;s much more easy to quantify. It&#x27;s really an investable, much more investable asset class. It&#x27;s where a lot of people around the world make their money. And if you talk to wealth management clients, it&#x27;s typically real estate is a big part of their family wealth.</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> And it&#x27;s also much more easy to accumulate and manage commercial real estate. So residential real estate is much more management intensive. It&#x27;s really not institutional, as we like to say in the business. I don&#x27;t see many people in commercial real estate, though. I see a lot more people that are trying to do the residential. So when we look at risk versus return, would you say it&#x27;s a better ratio for commercial real estate versus residential? Or is it a toss up? Or does it all depend on the place you buy and how you buy it? Well, you know, a very important distinction is that commercial real estate, a big part of the return is about income. It&#x27;s also underpinned by good quality credit leases. And these are contractual obligations that go anywhere from a year to five years, 10 years, 15 years. So it&#x27;s more bond-like and it&#x27;s safer than residential real estate. So big difference.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> And you have more data about the investment returns and markets. So it really is more similar to bonds. And it&#x27;s becoming a more formalized asset class all the time. There&#x27;s more data, more information, more players. It&#x27;s growing in size as an investable asset class. And it&#x27;s in institutional portfolios. It&#x27;s been in those endowments and pension funds for decades. So it&#x27;s really a tried and true asset class. It&#x27;s just that when it gets out to the individual investor, sometimes it&#x27;s hard to package. And so often you don&#x27;t see it coming down to the retail investor. So income-producing properties, big deal. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. David Lynn from Scottsdale, Arizona with Everest Medical. Now, you and your company makes REITs and also private equity. Explain to the listener what a REIT is, R-E-I-T, a real estate investment trust.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But explain to them what that really is in a nutshell. Yeah, sure. A real estate investment trust is a way of pulling properties. And it&#x27;s a vehicle for making it easier to invest in commercial real estate. So instead of investing in one particular property and having the knowledge and information to do that, you invest in a professionally managed pool of properties. You diversify risk. And instead of getting a K-1, you&#x27;re getting a 1099. So it&#x27;s just a lot easier. And you&#x27;re diversifying the risk. So otherwise, if you had to go out and buy a commercial property yourself, it&#x27;s a lot of work. It&#x27;s a lot of money. Essentially, focusing your risk, there&#x27;s a concentration problem of your risk being in one or two properties. So the pooling of money, basically, not only can you invest in a building you never would be able to invest in yourself or afford to do it yourself,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> you&#x27;re getting several buildings. So you&#x27;re spreading out risk. And when the company looks behind the scenes, you try to get income-producing properties. So when you&#x27;re investing, you&#x27;re basically, the minute you invest, hopefully you&#x27;ll start getting income from those properties. That&#x27;s exactly right. So we take all the work and a lot of the risk out of the whole complexity of commercial real estate investing. So you really read what we have to offer. You don&#x27;t have to go and visit the property or manage leases or TI expenses or capital expense. It&#x27;s very complex. It&#x27;s a lot of work, a lot of friction. So it&#x27;s essentially a mutual fund for real estate. And for that, you get a very strong high current return. That&#x27;s a quarterly return, quarterly coupon, and a very strong total return. If trends have continued to go the way they&#x27;ve been going, which is high appreciation, it&#x27;s a hard asset class.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> So there&#x27;s a lot of comfort, I think, for investors more and more in having something that&#x27;s tangible, cash-flowing, with good credit underlying it. Now, you guys concentrate in something called MOB, medical office buildings. Explain what that is. Yeah. And if I can just make a little quick plug for one of my books, it&#x27;s called The Advisor&#x27;s Guide to Commercial Real Estate Investment. And that&#x27;s available on Amazon. And it talks about the various ways of investing in commercial real estate, including the medical sector. The medical sector is, I think, a great sector to invest in. Yeah. It&#x27;s a huge part of our economy, as we all know. People keep going to the doctor, don&#x27;t they? They don&#x27;t, unfortunately, stop getting sick. And we&#x27;re an aging population. We&#x27;re retiring about 10,000 baby boomers a day. And people are living longer. We have Obamacare, the ACA, kicking in, adding 30 to 40 new million insured people into the system.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> So, really, demand has been very strong. It&#x27;s going even further. The MOB is the outpatient medical service delivery vehicle, if you will. And it&#x27;s where most of us get our medical care. If we can avoid that big central urban hospital, we go to an upscale MOB in our affluent suburbs. And that&#x27;s where the doctors want to be. It&#x27;s where the hospitals want to grow. It&#x27;s profitable. And it&#x27;s all about the growth of outpatient care delivery over the last few decades. Well, it makes sense, because I&#x27;ve always said long-term care facilities, too. Because people are getting older, we need somewhere to go. Long-term care is a good investment. But when we look at, when I talk to somebody about trying to set up a good portfolio, look at something called ROI, return on investment. So, if someone is investing in a real estate investment trust in MOBs, like you&#x27;re talking about,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> what is a good goal for the return on investment per year, as far as income, income investment? Yeah, and just to put it in perspective, the other part of this are publicly traded REITs. And they&#x27;re listed. They were on the S&amp;P 500. They have their own part of the exchange now. So, actually, there&#x27;s a REIT index. And those are good. They offer liquidity. They&#x27;re lower in yield. They&#x27;re about low threes right now, which, in our universe of alternatives, it&#x27;s actually pretty good. Because you can get in and get out. Yeah, on a day, right? On a relative basis, compared to corporate dividends and AAA bonds, that&#x27;s actually a pretty good dividend. We offer private vehicles, in general, are more than twice that, typically. And so, it&#x27;s a higher income. But a very important thing is that the volatility is much lower. So, publicly traded REITs have a volatility of, you know, it&#x27;s really about the same as small cap stocks.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> And so, you&#x27;re getting the equity beta of the stock market. And so, it dilutes some of the advantages of real estate, which is it&#x27;s really not correlated with the stock market at all or the bond market. It&#x27;s completely independent. And it&#x27;s very low volatility. Just consistent income. And so, you know, 5% to 7% cash and cash dividend every quarter. And then total returns in the highest single digits to the mid-teens are totally feasible. Well, when you&#x27;re building a portfolio you want to last, you want correlated and non-correlated assets just in case something happens again, which it will. We want to make sure we&#x27;re covered and we&#x27;re fully diversified. And that&#x27;s fully diversified, by the way, having correlated and non-correlated assets. Yeah, Coach. I mean, that&#x27;s well put. But, I mean, you want a balanced portfolio.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And if you&#x27;re, you know, stocks and bonds traditionally were that. But real estate is even less correlated and less volatile. So, real estate is even less volatile than bonds. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, you know, as with anything, investing, it takes risks. So, you need to make sure you get educated, get a good education, get a good planner on your side that can explain this fully to you. But it&#x27;s a good part of a portfolio, I think. David, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, Coach. Folks, if you joined us interview late and want to hear us again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Lynn joins Coach Pete to discuss real estate investing and the questions people can ask before adding property-related investments to a portfolio. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Lynn</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Lynn, investing, real estate</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a/image.jpg?t=1792072178&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-lynn-understanding-real-estate-investing/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a/image.jpg?t=1792072178&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>655</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd71689b-ac12-4131-b37b-b4e20181b88a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10513587" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-lynn-understanding-real-estate-investing</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>107</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding Real Estate Investing" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:23" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Heather Wagenhals: Identity Theft and Your Finances</title>
      <itunes:title>Heather Wagenhals: Identity Theft and Your Finances</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Heather Wagenhals joins Coach Pete to discuss identity theft, financial fraud, and the concerns consumers face when their personal information is misused. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who is making a difference as an author or who is on to something that is interesting to our show audience. And we&#x27;re going to talk about what&#x27;s happening at the IRS and how many people&#x27;s identity has been stolen there by identity theft with the IRS and other things to do with your tax return. We&#x27;re going to go to Phoenix, Arizona and talk to Heather Wagonhals about this. Now, she is identity theft expert and she even has her own radio show as well. But I&#x27;ll let her talk about that. Heather, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me, Coach. Tell everyone about what you do and who you are and then let&#x27;s get into this. What&#x27;s going on at the IRS? Oh, well, goodness gracious. So first off, because that&#x27;ll carry me for the whole segment, what&#x27;s going on with the IRS.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But quickly, I&#x27;m a biology based money management expert. And pretty much what that means is that you already know to spend less and save more, but you don&#x27;t. And so on my radio program, Unlock Your Wealth Radio, we teach people how to identify what&#x27;s going on with them that takes them off the mark. And we also use that same technique to help people identify when they&#x27;re going to fall victim of identity theft, frauds and scams. I actually have a new book coming out called Money, Credit and You, How to Avoid Identity Theft, Frauds and Scams. And it works with the way your body works because we&#x27;re biologically set up to fail at long-term money management. Now, let&#x27;s talk about employment-related identity theft. What is that for the listener? And again, this was from 2011 to 2015. Over a million people had their identity stolen through employment-related identity theft.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I think this is an important definition. What is that? So we keep getting these subdivides in terms of identity theft. And when they say employer-related, it&#x27;s not what people think it is. So when we&#x27;re talking about the IRS and what they have discovered, it&#x27;s employment-related. And what that means essentially is that somebody is using your Social Security number and identity to seek employment. So it could be potentially people who are not in this country legally. It could be somebody else who is just looking to start over and they&#x27;re like, well, I&#x27;m just going to use this guy&#x27;s identity. It&#x27;s just as good as the last one I had until I screw this one up.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I&#x27;m going to use this one. My husband was actually a victim of that form of IRS fraud. And they actually went to prison for what they did because they actually filed taxes and received a refund and then defaulted on it. They went to one of those rapid refund places where they get the loan in advance of the refund. And because there was such an income disparity between my husband&#x27;s income and what they reported and received back in a tax refund, the FBI got involved. But for most people, that doesn&#x27;t happen. And the simplest thing to do would be for the IRS to potentially notify people. But if you think about the scope and depth of what that could mean for folks, first off, you&#x27;re not going to get Congress to really do anything about this because they don&#x27;t care that taxes are misreported because they&#x27;re just looking at how much tax that they can bring into the system and how much they can pilfer from the Social Security Administration and spend on all of their programs.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> So you&#x27;re not going to see a lot of help from Congress. And we have to look at this in terms of how we look at other forms of identity theft or credit card fraud. And that is, it&#x27;s our responsibility to maintain the accuracy of the information that&#x27;s disseminated about us. And there&#x27;s a simple way we can do that to confirm that nobody else is currently employed and reporting taxes under our taxpayer ID number. And that&#x27;s simply by the time you go to file your taxes, which would be before April 15th. But I would say after the 28th of February, when all of the employers have to report 1099 income and W-2 income to the IRS, you&#x27;ll know if somebody in another state or at another job is potentially using your Social Security number.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> The challenge the IRS has is that with so many people being underemployed, we&#x27;ll have two or three jobs. So how do you know if it&#x27;s truly an identity theft and misreported taxes or if it&#x27;s actually fraud? And the only person that knows that is you. So let me get this straight, though. So the IRS will cut a check, a refund check, if you file a return saying you&#x27;re owed one without even verifying if you ever sent that money to them to get refunded to begin with. No, not them. When you go to these third-party places to perform your taxes, H&amp;R Block was the one that helped these people out. And it took them years. These people got convicted. They went to prison and served their time before I was able to get them to remove this tax lien off my husband&#x27;s credit.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> So if somebody files a return in your name, even though it&#x27;s not you, and they say, let&#x27;s say that you had $10,000 withheld in taxes over the year. And they file a return that says that the IRS should give them $100,000 back. The IRS won&#x27;t do that because they already see that you didn&#x27;t give them $100,000, right? Exactly. Okay, that&#x27;s good then. Because you don&#x27;t want the IRS sending all sorts of money out without even verifying it and then chasing you around saying you owe money you never got. Right. These people went to a third-party tax preparation service where it happened. And that&#x27;s how, in this particular instance, they were able to make off with the cash. Oh, so the company itself, yeah, that rapid refund we hear about where they actually loan you the money ahead of time and then get outrageous interest rates on it. Yes, yes. It kind of serves them right. All right, well, how did the IRS drop the ball on this, and how were they implicit in this scam going on, or why didn&#x27;t they notify people who were victims?</p><p><strong>05:51</strong> Well, for precisely the reason, about 45,000 notices went out. But if you have more than one job, if the fraud is occurring in your same city, for example, how do they know that you didn&#x27;t actually have a second job or a second source of income? And maybe that W-2 didn&#x27;t make it into your tax form. It&#x27;s usually discovered by the discrepancies, not by the actual employer reporting of the information. So we can&#x27;t seem to have them get it right on a variety of fronts, just like what&#x27;s hitting the news now about destroying all of those emails, targeting conservative groups. Yet Hillary Clinton can have her charity give out, you know, 5% of the money it takes in and have 95% of expenses.</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> She&#x27;s okay, but then they target all of these other conservative groups. So their hands are full. So if they&#x27;re busy doing that, how can they possibly notify us consumers and taxpayers that potentially there&#x27;s fraud? This is kind of a tongue-in-cheek sort of comment. So during the course of 2011 to 2015, not only were they leaving taxpayers unprotected, they were targeting certain ones and going after them for no apparent reason other than their political beliefs. Correct. Kind of makes you mad, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re paying taxes to have someone chase us around and make our life miserable. We are the ones paying the salary to all the government employees, and I think a lot of times they forget that. Agreed. But, you know, I think that there&#x27;s something that happens. I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s a V-chip implantation, but once you become a bureaucrat, like, your whole mindset changes.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> And so all of a sudden, they can do no wrong. So we&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left. For the listener out there, and again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Heather Wagonhalls, who is an expert in identity theft management, risk management. And what are the best ways for someone out there to protect themselves? Because not only will you have the IRS not telling you when you may be a victim of fraud, you&#x27;ve got the IRS destroying their records if they think that maybe they don&#x27;t want anyone to see it. How do you know if you are a victim already? Because a lot of people probably already have their identity exposed and don&#x27;t even know it. So the best thing that we can do is to be proactive in how we manage our identity and our financial life. And so the first thing that we can do is we can proactively contact the IRS and find out what has been reported. And that&#x27;s one way we can do this.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> We can also confirm with the Social Security Administration how much benefits are in there. Because if there&#x27;s income being reported that we don&#x27;t know about, we&#x27;ll have more money in our accounts than we should. And this is something that we can track. We can also pay attention by monitoring our credit but going that one step further and freezing our credit. All right. And then, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s kind of strange these days. We get these letters in the mail, a lot of people do, that say, hey, we&#x27;re very happy to be your bank. We&#x27;re very happy to be this or that for you. But, oh, by the way, we had our records may have been compromised. And, by the way, if they send something out saying may have, it really should say have been because they really fight that sending that letter out. They don&#x27;t want to send that letter out to begin with. I know my wife&#x27;s with the Attorney General&#x27;s Office in North Carolina. She makes companies send out letters when identity thefts happen. And they don&#x27;t want to send that letter out.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> So if you get a letter in the mail that says you may have been exposed, your identity may have, assume it has, and take advantage of the, they give you like a year&#x27;s worth of credit monitoring, which, well, that&#x27;s going to do. But at least you can get it. So it&#x27;s better to be proactive and have some kind of protection than bear your head in the sand and have none. Would you agree with that? Yes. But remember, monitoring is reactive care. To be proactive, you need to just freeze your credit. And it serves as a double layer of protection because, one, you have to really think about applying for credit because you have to unfreeze it. So it will stop impulse purchases. And, second, it will render your Social Security number useless for credit purchases and credit frauds. Well, interesting topic. And it never goes away and it won&#x27;t go away as long as it&#x27;s white-collar criminals who basically could make a whole lot more money doing things legally</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> but have a lot more fun doing things illegally. Again, folks, her name is Heather Wagonhalls, and she&#x27;s been an excellent guest today. Heather, we hope to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;ll love to be back, Coach. Make it a prosperous day. And, folks, if you join this interview later and want to share it with someone you know, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Heather Wagenhals joins Coach Pete to discuss identity theft, financial fraud, and the concerns consumers face when their personal information is misused. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find someone who is making a difference as an author or who is on to something that is interesting to our show audience. And we&#x27;re going to talk about what&#x27;s happening at the IRS and how many people&#x27;s identity has been stolen there by identity theft with the IRS and other things to do with your tax return. We&#x27;re going to go to Phoenix, Arizona and talk to Heather Wagonhals about this. Now, she is identity theft expert and she even has her own radio show as well. But I&#x27;ll let her talk about that. Heather, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me, Coach. Tell everyone about what you do and who you are and then let&#x27;s get into this. What&#x27;s going on at the IRS? Oh, well, goodness gracious. So first off, because that&#x27;ll carry me for the whole segment, what&#x27;s going on with the IRS.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But quickly, I&#x27;m a biology based money management expert. And pretty much what that means is that you already know to spend less and save more, but you don&#x27;t. And so on my radio program, Unlock Your Wealth Radio, we teach people how to identify what&#x27;s going on with them that takes them off the mark. And we also use that same technique to help people identify when they&#x27;re going to fall victim of identity theft, frauds and scams. I actually have a new book coming out called Money, Credit and You, How to Avoid Identity Theft, Frauds and Scams. And it works with the way your body works because we&#x27;re biologically set up to fail at long-term money management. Now, let&#x27;s talk about employment-related identity theft. What is that for the listener? And again, this was from 2011 to 2015. Over a million people had their identity stolen through employment-related identity theft.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I think this is an important definition. What is that? So we keep getting these subdivides in terms of identity theft. And when they say employer-related, it&#x27;s not what people think it is. So when we&#x27;re talking about the IRS and what they have discovered, it&#x27;s employment-related. And what that means essentially is that somebody is using your Social Security number and identity to seek employment. So it could be potentially people who are not in this country legally. It could be somebody else who is just looking to start over and they&#x27;re like, well, I&#x27;m just going to use this guy&#x27;s identity. It&#x27;s just as good as the last one I had until I screw this one up.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I&#x27;m going to use this one. My husband was actually a victim of that form of IRS fraud. And they actually went to prison for what they did because they actually filed taxes and received a refund and then defaulted on it. They went to one of those rapid refund places where they get the loan in advance of the refund. And because there was such an income disparity between my husband&#x27;s income and what they reported and received back in a tax refund, the FBI got involved. But for most people, that doesn&#x27;t happen. And the simplest thing to do would be for the IRS to potentially notify people. But if you think about the scope and depth of what that could mean for folks, first off, you&#x27;re not going to get Congress to really do anything about this because they don&#x27;t care that taxes are misreported because they&#x27;re just looking at how much tax that they can bring into the system and how much they can pilfer from the Social Security Administration and spend on all of their programs.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> So you&#x27;re not going to see a lot of help from Congress. And we have to look at this in terms of how we look at other forms of identity theft or credit card fraud. And that is, it&#x27;s our responsibility to maintain the accuracy of the information that&#x27;s disseminated about us. And there&#x27;s a simple way we can do that to confirm that nobody else is currently employed and reporting taxes under our taxpayer ID number. And that&#x27;s simply by the time you go to file your taxes, which would be before April 15th. But I would say after the 28th of February, when all of the employers have to report 1099 income and W-2 income to the IRS, you&#x27;ll know if somebody in another state or at another job is potentially using your Social Security number.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> The challenge the IRS has is that with so many people being underemployed, we&#x27;ll have two or three jobs. So how do you know if it&#x27;s truly an identity theft and misreported taxes or if it&#x27;s actually fraud? And the only person that knows that is you. So let me get this straight, though. So the IRS will cut a check, a refund check, if you file a return saying you&#x27;re owed one without even verifying if you ever sent that money to them to get refunded to begin with. No, not them. When you go to these third-party places to perform your taxes, H&amp;R Block was the one that helped these people out. And it took them years. These people got convicted. They went to prison and served their time before I was able to get them to remove this tax lien off my husband&#x27;s credit.</p><p><strong>04:59</strong> So if somebody files a return in your name, even though it&#x27;s not you, and they say, let&#x27;s say that you had $10,000 withheld in taxes over the year. And they file a return that says that the IRS should give them $100,000 back. The IRS won&#x27;t do that because they already see that you didn&#x27;t give them $100,000, right? Exactly. Okay, that&#x27;s good then. Because you don&#x27;t want the IRS sending all sorts of money out without even verifying it and then chasing you around saying you owe money you never got. Right. These people went to a third-party tax preparation service where it happened. And that&#x27;s how, in this particular instance, they were able to make off with the cash. Oh, so the company itself, yeah, that rapid refund we hear about where they actually loan you the money ahead of time and then get outrageous interest rates on it. Yes, yes. It kind of serves them right. All right, well, how did the IRS drop the ball on this, and how were they implicit in this scam going on, or why didn&#x27;t they notify people who were victims?</p><p><strong>05:51</strong> Well, for precisely the reason, about 45,000 notices went out. But if you have more than one job, if the fraud is occurring in your same city, for example, how do they know that you didn&#x27;t actually have a second job or a second source of income? And maybe that W-2 didn&#x27;t make it into your tax form. It&#x27;s usually discovered by the discrepancies, not by the actual employer reporting of the information. So we can&#x27;t seem to have them get it right on a variety of fronts, just like what&#x27;s hitting the news now about destroying all of those emails, targeting conservative groups. Yet Hillary Clinton can have her charity give out, you know, 5% of the money it takes in and have 95% of expenses.</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> She&#x27;s okay, but then they target all of these other conservative groups. So their hands are full. So if they&#x27;re busy doing that, how can they possibly notify us consumers and taxpayers that potentially there&#x27;s fraud? This is kind of a tongue-in-cheek sort of comment. So during the course of 2011 to 2015, not only were they leaving taxpayers unprotected, they were targeting certain ones and going after them for no apparent reason other than their political beliefs. Correct. Kind of makes you mad, doesn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;re paying taxes to have someone chase us around and make our life miserable. We are the ones paying the salary to all the government employees, and I think a lot of times they forget that. Agreed. But, you know, I think that there&#x27;s something that happens. I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s a V-chip implantation, but once you become a bureaucrat, like, your whole mindset changes.</p><p><strong>07:27</strong> And so all of a sudden, they can do no wrong. So we&#x27;ve got about a minute or so left. For the listener out there, and again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Heather Wagonhalls, who is an expert in identity theft management, risk management. And what are the best ways for someone out there to protect themselves? Because not only will you have the IRS not telling you when you may be a victim of fraud, you&#x27;ve got the IRS destroying their records if they think that maybe they don&#x27;t want anyone to see it. How do you know if you are a victim already? Because a lot of people probably already have their identity exposed and don&#x27;t even know it. So the best thing that we can do is to be proactive in how we manage our identity and our financial life. And so the first thing that we can do is we can proactively contact the IRS and find out what has been reported. And that&#x27;s one way we can do this.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> We can also confirm with the Social Security Administration how much benefits are in there. Because if there&#x27;s income being reported that we don&#x27;t know about, we&#x27;ll have more money in our accounts than we should. And this is something that we can track. We can also pay attention by monitoring our credit but going that one step further and freezing our credit. All right. And then, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s kind of strange these days. We get these letters in the mail, a lot of people do, that say, hey, we&#x27;re very happy to be your bank. We&#x27;re very happy to be this or that for you. But, oh, by the way, we had our records may have been compromised. And, by the way, if they send something out saying may have, it really should say have been because they really fight that sending that letter out. They don&#x27;t want to send that letter out to begin with. I know my wife&#x27;s with the Attorney General&#x27;s Office in North Carolina. She makes companies send out letters when identity thefts happen. And they don&#x27;t want to send that letter out.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> So if you get a letter in the mail that says you may have been exposed, your identity may have, assume it has, and take advantage of the, they give you like a year&#x27;s worth of credit monitoring, which, well, that&#x27;s going to do. But at least you can get it. So it&#x27;s better to be proactive and have some kind of protection than bear your head in the sand and have none. Would you agree with that? Yes. But remember, monitoring is reactive care. To be proactive, you need to just freeze your credit. And it serves as a double layer of protection because, one, you have to really think about applying for credit because you have to unfreeze it. So it will stop impulse purchases. And, second, it will render your Social Security number useless for credit purchases and credit frauds. Well, interesting topic. And it never goes away and it won&#x27;t go away as long as it&#x27;s white-collar criminals who basically could make a whole lot more money doing things legally</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> but have a lot more fun doing things illegally. Again, folks, her name is Heather Wagonhalls, and she&#x27;s been an excellent guest today. Heather, we hope to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;ll love to be back, Coach. Make it a prosperous day. And, folks, if you join this interview later and want to share it with someone you know, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Heather Wagenhals joins Coach Pete to discuss identity theft, financial fraud, and the concerns consumers face when their personal information is misused. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Heather Wagenhals</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>Identity Theft and Your Finances</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Heather Wagenhals, financial fraud, Identity Theft and Your Finances, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a/image.jpg?t=1792072182&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/heather-wagenhals-identity-theft-and-your-finances/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a/image.jpg?t=1792072182&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>610</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c9d657dd-191b-49a7-9b03-b4e20181342a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9795989" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/heather-wagenhals-identity-theft-and-your-finances</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>108</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Identity Theft and Your Finances" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:23" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kathleen Grace: Money Habits and Financial Independence</title>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen Grace: Money Habits and Financial Independence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, made a difference, or is working on something that caught my interest. And we&#x27;ve had her on before, and it was a great interview, so I thought we&#x27;d touch base with her again. It&#x27;s been about three years since we had her on. Passed the last time. Her name is Kathleen Grace, Kathy Grace. Kathy, you go Kathleen or Kathy? Kathy, it&#x27;s good. Kathy Grace, and she is the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And it&#x27;s a great read, folks, and it really does touch on a lot of the important issues in the financial world. She&#x27;s joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hey there. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on in the financial world to you and what you&#x27;ve been seeing about as far as comments from your book since it&#x27;s been out for a while now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I can start with the book. I think the economy is probably more than just a small segment of a show today. So talking about the book, the book is doing great. It was picked up by Morgan James Publishing, and the second edition is out. And it&#x27;s really a tool to help empower women to be financially independent. And that&#x27;s been doing great. And the way I wove the financial planning advice through the story seemed appealing to some. And so now we have some interest in really capturing this whole concept and idea of women today in the workforce and the changes, the cultural and societal changes that brings about in and of itself by having, for example, women being the breadwinner.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> And, you know, what impact that has on relationships and things like that. So we&#x27;re talking about doing and writing right now a TV series specifically surrounding these issues that we face. Well, speaking just for me, I&#x27;ve never minded it if a woman wanted to pick up the check when we&#x27;re eating. I know, right? But believe it or not, there are still some, you know, biases we have in our culture that doesn&#x27;t always feel right for some people. Because, for example, the way I grew up, you know, my father was the breadwinner and my mother stayed home and raised the kids and really didn&#x27;t handle the finances or even really have a say in the finances.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And I think that that has changed tremendously today. Yet, I think our culture is still dealing with, you know, how do we handle this change, this difference? And is it okay? Does it feel okay, you know, for, for example, the husband or father to stay home with the kids? Well, how important is it for both spouses to pay attention to the financial situation there at the household? I think it&#x27;s imperative. And I think if you don&#x27;t understand your business, it could be anybody, it could even be your business partner, but your spouse or partner&#x27;s habits and biases when it comes to money, it can cause huge problems down the road.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t need to tell you that, you know, the statistics, one of the leading causes of divorce is financial issues. So, for example, if you enter a relationship on mutual ground where you&#x27;re both involved in the financial decisions and you&#x27;re both discussing it and you understand how the other person operates, you can better do planning, financial planning and communication as a couple around money. Explain some financial biases that you see more than you should, more like almost on a daily basis, because I see some, but what are some of the you see out there that are leading people down that wrong path financially? There&#x27;s three main money minds and biases that we all have. It&#x27;s happiness, fear, or commitment. Those three things are like blinders and drive our financial decision making.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> It could be a combination of two or just one singularly, but for the most part, everybody has a combination of all three. So they&#x27;re working together or the combination, you&#x27;re going to explain that, I guess, right now. Yeah. Yeah. For example, I&#x27;m a fear and happiness money mind. Okay. So try to live in my head when you&#x27;re making a decision. It&#x27;s pretty tough because on the happiness side, I really want that new car. I really want that Audi convertible and the fast car. And I really also have fear that I&#x27;m going to go broke. I live in constant fear of making sure I have enough saved, making sure I stay within my budget, making sure. So those two biases working together can either harm or help me.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> You know what I mean? So for example, if I&#x27;m too much happiness, I&#x27;m going to buy that car, regret it later to my financial detriment. If I don&#x27;t buy the car, I&#x27;m going to be happy financially, but maybe not feel so good that I feel like I missed out on something. Almost non-buyer&#x27;s remorse, right? Non-buyer&#x27;s remorse if you don&#x27;t buy something. Exactly. So some of these things play out. Think about now you have a significant other spouse partner and you&#x27;re living together and you have to learn to make big decisions like that together. You know, when somebody comes home and says, yeah, I want to buy a $60,000 car, it&#x27;s a decision that needs to be made together. Yeah.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And a lot of times you buy a new car and you lose 30% of it the minute you put the keys in ignition there. So the depreciation is amazing in that first year of buying a new car. For sure. And so a lot of these points and discussion, actually, I talk about it in my book, depending, you have to spreadsheet things out because depending on, you know, whether or not your employer gives you allocation for a car or you use your car for work purposes, depending on all that, it might make more sense to lease rather than buy. It all, you know, it all depends on somebody&#x27;s personal financial situation. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace and she&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And Kathy, you have a section in the book of financial strategies to help you safeguard yourself and those you love.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> How important are those? I think from my perspective, the book is really a tool to say finances, you know, managing your money is not hard. Finance should be easy. And it should be something that you have to do each and every day and, you know, manage your checkbook and finances daily. And I think really the main goal and the main purpose of that statement is to be financially independent and to make sure that you&#x27;re making decisions that are in your best financial future. How important is it for everybody out there to make sure that they have a lifetime income plan they can&#x27;t outlive as they get close to retirement?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We call it the financial red zone within five or 10 years out of retirement to have that income planning strategy already developed. From my perspective, I believe that everybody should have a financial plan. And then, of course, I&#x27;m biased because I&#x27;m a certified financial planner. So I advocate that everyone should be able to understand and know the number they need to be at before they retire and how they are going to survive. What income are they going to live on? You know, unfortunately, today we have way too many retirees that are in the red zone. And I think we all know it&#x27;s very difficult to live off of Social Security today. We talk about the importance of having a real plan and especially having income, generating income for a lifetime.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But many people I talk to have a lump sum that&#x27;s not going to give them the income they want. What is someone going to do if they have what they&#x27;re retiring now and they&#x27;ve got $300,000, but they want to get $80,000 a year for income? It&#x27;s impossible, isn&#x27;t it? It is, especially with today&#x27;s interest rate environment. And what I see happening, and I don&#x27;t know your clients, but what I see happening is people are taking on way too much risk because they&#x27;re looking for yield. And unfortunately, you know, sometimes people don&#x27;t understand that there&#x27;s additional risk inherent in certain instruments, vehicles, and it could cause a major decline and erosion in the principle of their portfolio if they&#x27;re not careful. And fully and well diversified.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> When did the education system of the financial world go off track when people lost track of the thought process that the more risk you take, actually the more return you get, but if you&#x27;re taking risk, you could lose that money. You know, everyone says, well, I&#x27;m taking more risk because I need more return. But the flip side of that coin is you take more risk and you lose a lot of money and you have less return. Where do people forget that that could happen? Greed. I think it&#x27;s human nature. I think it&#x27;s human nature for us to, again, have biases where we think about one thing and that&#x27;s, okay, just I need the yield. And unfortunately, you know, maybe they&#x27;re not working with a competent advisor who can help educate them as to the downsides and the fears involved in putting too much of their capital at risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> Yeah, the more risk you take, the more chance you have at a good return, but also the more chance you have that you could lose that money. That is vitally important. And I think people have forgotten that over the years when the market just bounces right back magically and everything&#x27;s fine. Folks, there will be a day where that doesn&#x27;t happen. And when you kiss the frog, it doesn&#x27;t turn into a prince. Again, folks, there&#x27;s Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming. Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is a great read. It&#x27;s in its second edition right now. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Pleasure being here. And folks, if you join this interview later, you want to share it with anybody else, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Make sure to click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete&#x27;s show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference, made a difference, or is working on something that caught my interest. And we&#x27;ve had her on before, and it was a great interview, so I thought we&#x27;d touch base with her again. It&#x27;s been about three years since we had her on. Passed the last time. Her name is Kathleen Grace, Kathy Grace. Kathy, you go Kathleen or Kathy? Kathy, it&#x27;s good. Kathy Grace, and she is the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And it&#x27;s a great read, folks, and it really does touch on a lot of the important issues in the financial world. She&#x27;s joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hey there. Now, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on in the financial world to you and what you&#x27;ve been seeing about as far as comments from your book since it&#x27;s been out for a while now.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I can start with the book. I think the economy is probably more than just a small segment of a show today. So talking about the book, the book is doing great. It was picked up by Morgan James Publishing, and the second edition is out. And it&#x27;s really a tool to help empower women to be financially independent. And that&#x27;s been doing great. And the way I wove the financial planning advice through the story seemed appealing to some. And so now we have some interest in really capturing this whole concept and idea of women today in the workforce and the changes, the cultural and societal changes that brings about in and of itself by having, for example, women being the breadwinner.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> And, you know, what impact that has on relationships and things like that. So we&#x27;re talking about doing and writing right now a TV series specifically surrounding these issues that we face. Well, speaking just for me, I&#x27;ve never minded it if a woman wanted to pick up the check when we&#x27;re eating. I know, right? But believe it or not, there are still some, you know, biases we have in our culture that doesn&#x27;t always feel right for some people. Because, for example, the way I grew up, you know, my father was the breadwinner and my mother stayed home and raised the kids and really didn&#x27;t handle the finances or even really have a say in the finances.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And I think that that has changed tremendously today. Yet, I think our culture is still dealing with, you know, how do we handle this change, this difference? And is it okay? Does it feel okay, you know, for, for example, the husband or father to stay home with the kids? Well, how important is it for both spouses to pay attention to the financial situation there at the household? I think it&#x27;s imperative. And I think if you don&#x27;t understand your business, it could be anybody, it could even be your business partner, but your spouse or partner&#x27;s habits and biases when it comes to money, it can cause huge problems down the road.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> I mean, I don&#x27;t need to tell you that, you know, the statistics, one of the leading causes of divorce is financial issues. So, for example, if you enter a relationship on mutual ground where you&#x27;re both involved in the financial decisions and you&#x27;re both discussing it and you understand how the other person operates, you can better do planning, financial planning and communication as a couple around money. Explain some financial biases that you see more than you should, more like almost on a daily basis, because I see some, but what are some of the you see out there that are leading people down that wrong path financially? There&#x27;s three main money minds and biases that we all have. It&#x27;s happiness, fear, or commitment. Those three things are like blinders and drive our financial decision making.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> It could be a combination of two or just one singularly, but for the most part, everybody has a combination of all three. So they&#x27;re working together or the combination, you&#x27;re going to explain that, I guess, right now. Yeah. Yeah. For example, I&#x27;m a fear and happiness money mind. Okay. So try to live in my head when you&#x27;re making a decision. It&#x27;s pretty tough because on the happiness side, I really want that new car. I really want that Audi convertible and the fast car. And I really also have fear that I&#x27;m going to go broke. I live in constant fear of making sure I have enough saved, making sure I stay within my budget, making sure. So those two biases working together can either harm or help me.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> You know what I mean? So for example, if I&#x27;m too much happiness, I&#x27;m going to buy that car, regret it later to my financial detriment. If I don&#x27;t buy the car, I&#x27;m going to be happy financially, but maybe not feel so good that I feel like I missed out on something. Almost non-buyer&#x27;s remorse, right? Non-buyer&#x27;s remorse if you don&#x27;t buy something. Exactly. So some of these things play out. Think about now you have a significant other spouse partner and you&#x27;re living together and you have to learn to make big decisions like that together. You know, when somebody comes home and says, yeah, I want to buy a $60,000 car, it&#x27;s a decision that needs to be made together. Yeah.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And a lot of times you buy a new car and you lose 30% of it the minute you put the keys in ignition there. So the depreciation is amazing in that first year of buying a new car. For sure. And so a lot of these points and discussion, actually, I talk about it in my book, depending, you have to spreadsheet things out because depending on, you know, whether or not your employer gives you allocation for a car or you use your car for work purposes, depending on all that, it might make more sense to lease rather than buy. It all, you know, it all depends on somebody&#x27;s personal financial situation. So again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace and she&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming, Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence. And Kathy, you have a section in the book of financial strategies to help you safeguard yourself and those you love.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> How important are those? I think from my perspective, the book is really a tool to say finances, you know, managing your money is not hard. Finance should be easy. And it should be something that you have to do each and every day and, you know, manage your checkbook and finances daily. And I think really the main goal and the main purpose of that statement is to be financially independent and to make sure that you&#x27;re making decisions that are in your best financial future. How important is it for everybody out there to make sure that they have a lifetime income plan they can&#x27;t outlive as they get close to retirement?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We call it the financial red zone within five or 10 years out of retirement to have that income planning strategy already developed. From my perspective, I believe that everybody should have a financial plan. And then, of course, I&#x27;m biased because I&#x27;m a certified financial planner. So I advocate that everyone should be able to understand and know the number they need to be at before they retire and how they are going to survive. What income are they going to live on? You know, unfortunately, today we have way too many retirees that are in the red zone. And I think we all know it&#x27;s very difficult to live off of Social Security today. We talk about the importance of having a real plan and especially having income, generating income for a lifetime.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But many people I talk to have a lump sum that&#x27;s not going to give them the income they want. What is someone going to do if they have what they&#x27;re retiring now and they&#x27;ve got $300,000, but they want to get $80,000 a year for income? It&#x27;s impossible, isn&#x27;t it? It is, especially with today&#x27;s interest rate environment. And what I see happening, and I don&#x27;t know your clients, but what I see happening is people are taking on way too much risk because they&#x27;re looking for yield. And unfortunately, you know, sometimes people don&#x27;t understand that there&#x27;s additional risk inherent in certain instruments, vehicles, and it could cause a major decline and erosion in the principle of their portfolio if they&#x27;re not careful. And fully and well diversified.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> When did the education system of the financial world go off track when people lost track of the thought process that the more risk you take, actually the more return you get, but if you&#x27;re taking risk, you could lose that money. You know, everyone says, well, I&#x27;m taking more risk because I need more return. But the flip side of that coin is you take more risk and you lose a lot of money and you have less return. Where do people forget that that could happen? Greed. I think it&#x27;s human nature. I think it&#x27;s human nature for us to, again, have biases where we think about one thing and that&#x27;s, okay, just I need the yield. And unfortunately, you know, maybe they&#x27;re not working with a competent advisor who can help educate them as to the downsides and the fears involved in putting too much of their capital at risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> Yeah, the more risk you take, the more chance you have at a good return, but also the more chance you have that you could lose that money. That is vitally important. And I think people have forgotten that over the years when the market just bounces right back magically and everything&#x27;s fine. Folks, there will be a day where that doesn&#x27;t happen. And when you kiss the frog, it doesn&#x27;t turn into a prince. Again, folks, there&#x27;s Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming. Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is a great read. It&#x27;s in its second edition right now. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Pleasure being here. And folks, if you join this interview later, you want to share it with anybody else, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Make sure to click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Grace returns to Coach Pete's show to discuss Prince Not So Charming: Cinderella's Guide to Financial Independence. They explore money biases, communication between spouses, and building a plan that accounts for risk and retirement income. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kathleen Grace</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kathleen Grace, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/image.jpg?t=1792071274&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-money-habits-and-financial-independence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/image.jpg?t=1792071274&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>629</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/60c742cc-6f98-479b-8560-b4e3002ae44e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10092732" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-money-habits-and-financial-independence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>109</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Habits and Financial Independence" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Scranton: Return on Principle and Retirement Defense</title>
      <itunes:title>David Scranton: Return on Principle and Retirement Defense</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton joins Coach Pete to discuss Return on Principle and the values behind financial decisions. They explore income planning, defensive strategies near retirement, and choosing an advisor who shares your financial philosophy. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world. They can be someone in the financial world. They can be an author, an actor, a musician. This week, we&#x27;ve got a great author and a financial advisor. His name is David Scranton. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale. He&#x27;s the author of a great book I&#x27;ve got in my hand right now, Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. David, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah, now I&#x27;ve written some books, and it&#x27;s not something, even though you&#x27;d like it to be, it&#x27;s not something you can sit down in the middle of the night and type out. It takes a lot of planning and effort, and you also have to be inspired. What inspired you to write this book? That&#x27;s a great question, because when we were writing this book, I actually started a couple of years ago.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we had gotten through one entire manuscript, more about the typical how-to book. I call that the external game of investing, you know, the how-to book about when to buy, when to sell, what kind of algorithms work, what doesn&#x27;t work, et cetera, et cetera. And we got through the script, and I was doing some edits, and I just wasn&#x27;t loving it. I felt as though there was something more important that people needed to hear or read about. And then I realized it was the inside game. I realized that, you know, when I&#x27;ve interviewed on my television show, the difference between the very, very successful investors, multimillionaires, even billionaires, versus those that are just maybe okay, average, I realized that it wasn&#x27;t about having certain algorithms or knowing when to buy, when to sell.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> It was more or less, do they possess the internal game? Do they have what it takes inside to truly be a good investor? Or do they have what it takes inside to truly be a good money manager or financial advisor? And all of a sudden, when I realized that, I shredded the first manuscript, and we started all over again about a year ago. And I think the timing is perfect because, as you know, you write a book, and a year, year and a half later, you never know if the topic is going to be as timely as it was when you started. But we&#x27;ve already made two Amazon Top 100 Best Seller lists just in the first week. So I think our timing was very fortuitous. Well, all right, yeah. And because, you know, if you look at, search financial books on Amazon, there&#x27;s around 85,000 different financial books. So to be on that bestseller list is pretty good, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> We&#x27;re very proud of it. And I believe that, again, part of it is just the right time. So I&#x27;m happy that I followed my judgment more than a year ago. We tore up that first manuscript and went this route because this is really, truly what people need at a time like this when nothing in the financial world seems to make sense. Nothing in the stock market seems to make sense anymore. Well, when the average consumer or average American turns on a financial TV show, they see the market going up every single day, and then they wonder why their accounts aren&#x27;t going up. And many times the Dow Jones is featured as a barometer, but that&#x27;s only 30 stocks. And a lot of people are confused on different indexes, what they really mean, aren&#x27;t they? Oh, absolutely. And the Dow is 30.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> But the Dow tracks the S&amp;P 500, which is 500. I mean, they&#x27;re pretty close. But the problem is not so much even that, okay, one index is going up and the other one&#x27;s not. You know, the real issue becomes, I don&#x27;t think people really have a real feel for why the market has hit these record high levels over the last couple of years. They don&#x27;t understand the incredible impact of all this cheap money that&#x27;s been printed by various central banks around the world, and that if it hadn&#x27;t been for that, we might right now be in the midst of a drop to rival when the technology bubble burst in 2000, or when the financial crisis hit. So everyone&#x27;s always wondering, when&#x27;s the next shoe going to drop or what&#x27;s going to happen next? And we have a lot of listeners here who are in that financial red zone, five years out of retirement or in retirement,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> and they&#x27;ve got their nest egg, and they want to make sure their money is in the right place for 20, 30, 40, even 50 years of unemployment we call retirement. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Unemployment we call retirement. I like that. That&#x27;s what it is. I actually take your red zone and expand it to 10 years. I say when you&#x27;re 10 years outside of retirement, you really need to watch your asset allocation and focus on defense more than offense. All right. Explain defensive strategies in the financial world that actually can help keep up with inflation and make sure people don&#x27;t lose money. Well, yeah. It&#x27;s actually getting back to basics. Most people think, oh, well, it&#x27;s about these complex financial products that make Wall Street a lot of money. You all know those are the products that got us in trouble in 2008.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> The reality is that ever since 1980, we launched into the best bull market in U.S. history, as you well know, from 1980 through 2000. And we became a country of people addicted to the stock market, a country of people addicted to mutual funds. And we lost sight of the fact that before 1980, when people got within 10 years of retirement, they would reduce their stock market exposure, and they put more money in various types of bonds and bond-like instruments. And depending upon how you break down the subcategories, there are eight or 10 different types of investments that fall within that broad category of bonds and bond-like instruments that all have two things in common. First, they are, to some degree, much more conservative than the stock market. And second, that they are things that people invest in for income,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> for consistent interest or dividends, instead of crossing your fingers and toes hoping to get growth for capital appreciation. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Scranton. His book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. But, David, there&#x27;s a term here that many more people are hearing, and they&#x27;re going to hear more and more about it, because we&#x27;re looking at, we have to finance our own retirement. So there aren&#x27;t many pensions out there anymore. So the term is income planning. How important is it that all the listeners out there understand what income planning really means and get that right plan put together? Hugely important, Peter. It&#x27;s interesting because back in the 80s and 90s, because the stock market did so well for 20 years, financial advisors got away from basics,</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> and they forgot about the need for income planning. So what happened was they said, well, you can just take a systematic withdrawal from a mutual fund. And yes, we know you&#x27;re selling shares, but that&#x27;s all right. It&#x27;ll grow back next year, and you&#x27;ll make up for it. It&#x27;s almost like, well, I could chop my arm off, and it&#x27;s going to grow back. And that was the thought process. And that, in fact, is a great analogy, because as crazy as it would be to cut off a limb, assuming it would grow back, that&#x27;s what people were doing in their portfolios from 2000, before 2000 in the 80s and 90s, and they were getting away with it. But income planning since 2000 is something that&#x27;s become more crucial than ever before. Unfortunately, a lot of advisors are slow to pull the trigger and make that transition back to basics. They&#x27;re still guilty of something I often refer to</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> as being stuck in the 90s mentally when it comes to their clients&#x27; investment strategies. Yeah, and we look at exit strategies when we talk about financial planning, and it&#x27;s great to have a good return in the market, but the market might not go up every single year in retirement, so we have to know when to take money out, when to put money in. Many people are just buying and hoping, and that&#x27;s not a strategy, is it? No, buying hope is definitely not a strategy. And that&#x27;s why when people get within 10 years of retirement, if I may take the liberty to expand your red zone just a little bit, they really need to start focusing more and more on defense and less on offense. I mean, let&#x27;s face it, as the financial coach, you know that bottom line is if you had a football team that had a great offense, every time it had the ball,</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> it would score a touchdown, but it had a terrible defense that every time the opponent had the ball, they&#x27;d score a touchdown also. That wouldn&#x27;t be a very good team, would it? Nope. Yeah. And that&#x27;s what a lot of advisors are right now. They&#x27;re great. A lot of financial advisors, a lot of do-it-yourself investors are great offensive coordinators when it comes to money, but they&#x27;ve lost the arc and skill of defensive coordination. And that&#x27;s in large part what that book&#x27;s about, the importance of being a good defensive coordinator. To verify that, I interviewed Rocky Blyer, a former football player with the Pittsburgh Steelers, four-time Super Bowl champion. He wrote a book called Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, and he talked about how once you get the lead, you don&#x27;t want to fumble the ball.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> And that&#x27;s what happens many times. He actually had it happen to himself because he trusted the wrong people in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes. I want to talk about, you have a term in your book called financial overprotection and also financial leadership and honesty. How important is it for people to protect their money and then also deal with an advisor who follows the same philosophies for retirement that they&#x27;re looking for? Well, the most important thing with finding an advisor is to find an advisor that matches you philosophically. And we&#x27;ve been talking about overprotection up until now because the reality of it is when you lose 50% on your money, and a lot of people haven&#x27;t thought this through, but you need 100% gain just to get back to even again. And that&#x27;s just how the math works. And that&#x27;s why financial overprotection is so incredibly important.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> In all of our seven areas, these seven core values, because of course the book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad, we put questions there so that the do-it-yourself investor can read those questions to him or herself and determine whether or not he or she has those core values. Or for somebody who works with an advisor, they can take those questions and ask the advisor those questions to help determine if the advisor has those seven core values. So it&#x27;s designed to be a very tangible, user-friendly book. And that&#x27;s why when we talk about honesty, we talk about the need to be brutally honest with yourself or to have an advisor that will be brutally honest with him or herself as to the strengths and limitations. You know, in the medical field, you&#x27;re Hippocratic Oath, doctors have to send you to a specialist</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> when it&#x27;s outside their realm. In the financial advisory field, all too often advisors are afraid to do that. They pretend they specialize in everything and common sense dictates that no one specializes in everything. You tend to be more of an offensive coordinator or a defensive coordinator. Leadership, real quick, has to do with, are you willing to take the road less traveled? You know, when everyone&#x27;s going down the path with mutual funds and because they&#x27;re so popular and you realize that the market might just be at a record high, we might be due for another major drop as we are now, overdue in fact, are you willing to take the road less traveled and look into more conservative alternatives? That&#x27;s to me what financial leadership is about. Very, very good book. Very good interview, folks. Again, Return on a Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> in Good Times and Bad. And his name is David Scranton. If you joined this interview later, want to share it with friends or listen to it again yourself, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. David, thanks for your time today. Peter, it&#x27;s been great. Thank you so much. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Scranton joins Coach Pete to discuss Return on Principle and the values behind financial decisions. They explore income planning, defensive strategies near retirement, and choosing an advisor who shares your financial philosophy. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world. They can be someone in the financial world. They can be an author, an actor, a musician. This week, we&#x27;ve got a great author and a financial advisor. His name is David Scranton. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale. He&#x27;s the author of a great book I&#x27;ve got in my hand right now, Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. David, welcome in. Well, thanks for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Yeah, now I&#x27;ve written some books, and it&#x27;s not something, even though you&#x27;d like it to be, it&#x27;s not something you can sit down in the middle of the night and type out. It takes a lot of planning and effort, and you also have to be inspired. What inspired you to write this book? That&#x27;s a great question, because when we were writing this book, I actually started a couple of years ago.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we had gotten through one entire manuscript, more about the typical how-to book. I call that the external game of investing, you know, the how-to book about when to buy, when to sell, what kind of algorithms work, what doesn&#x27;t work, et cetera, et cetera. And we got through the script, and I was doing some edits, and I just wasn&#x27;t loving it. I felt as though there was something more important that people needed to hear or read about. And then I realized it was the inside game. I realized that, you know, when I&#x27;ve interviewed on my television show, the difference between the very, very successful investors, multimillionaires, even billionaires, versus those that are just maybe okay, average, I realized that it wasn&#x27;t about having certain algorithms or knowing when to buy, when to sell.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> It was more or less, do they possess the internal game? Do they have what it takes inside to truly be a good investor? Or do they have what it takes inside to truly be a good money manager or financial advisor? And all of a sudden, when I realized that, I shredded the first manuscript, and we started all over again about a year ago. And I think the timing is perfect because, as you know, you write a book, and a year, year and a half later, you never know if the topic is going to be as timely as it was when you started. But we&#x27;ve already made two Amazon Top 100 Best Seller lists just in the first week. So I think our timing was very fortuitous. Well, all right, yeah. And because, you know, if you look at, search financial books on Amazon, there&#x27;s around 85,000 different financial books. So to be on that bestseller list is pretty good, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> We&#x27;re very proud of it. And I believe that, again, part of it is just the right time. So I&#x27;m happy that I followed my judgment more than a year ago. We tore up that first manuscript and went this route because this is really, truly what people need at a time like this when nothing in the financial world seems to make sense. Nothing in the stock market seems to make sense anymore. Well, when the average consumer or average American turns on a financial TV show, they see the market going up every single day, and then they wonder why their accounts aren&#x27;t going up. And many times the Dow Jones is featured as a barometer, but that&#x27;s only 30 stocks. And a lot of people are confused on different indexes, what they really mean, aren&#x27;t they? Oh, absolutely. And the Dow is 30.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> But the Dow tracks the S&amp;P 500, which is 500. I mean, they&#x27;re pretty close. But the problem is not so much even that, okay, one index is going up and the other one&#x27;s not. You know, the real issue becomes, I don&#x27;t think people really have a real feel for why the market has hit these record high levels over the last couple of years. They don&#x27;t understand the incredible impact of all this cheap money that&#x27;s been printed by various central banks around the world, and that if it hadn&#x27;t been for that, we might right now be in the midst of a drop to rival when the technology bubble burst in 2000, or when the financial crisis hit. So everyone&#x27;s always wondering, when&#x27;s the next shoe going to drop or what&#x27;s going to happen next? And we have a lot of listeners here who are in that financial red zone, five years out of retirement or in retirement,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> and they&#x27;ve got their nest egg, and they want to make sure their money is in the right place for 20, 30, 40, even 50 years of unemployment we call retirement. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Unemployment we call retirement. I like that. That&#x27;s what it is. I actually take your red zone and expand it to 10 years. I say when you&#x27;re 10 years outside of retirement, you really need to watch your asset allocation and focus on defense more than offense. All right. Explain defensive strategies in the financial world that actually can help keep up with inflation and make sure people don&#x27;t lose money. Well, yeah. It&#x27;s actually getting back to basics. Most people think, oh, well, it&#x27;s about these complex financial products that make Wall Street a lot of money. You all know those are the products that got us in trouble in 2008.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> The reality is that ever since 1980, we launched into the best bull market in U.S. history, as you well know, from 1980 through 2000. And we became a country of people addicted to the stock market, a country of people addicted to mutual funds. And we lost sight of the fact that before 1980, when people got within 10 years of retirement, they would reduce their stock market exposure, and they put more money in various types of bonds and bond-like instruments. And depending upon how you break down the subcategories, there are eight or 10 different types of investments that fall within that broad category of bonds and bond-like instruments that all have two things in common. First, they are, to some degree, much more conservative than the stock market. And second, that they are things that people invest in for income,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> for consistent interest or dividends, instead of crossing your fingers and toes hoping to get growth for capital appreciation. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Scranton. His book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad. But, David, there&#x27;s a term here that many more people are hearing, and they&#x27;re going to hear more and more about it, because we&#x27;re looking at, we have to finance our own retirement. So there aren&#x27;t many pensions out there anymore. So the term is income planning. How important is it that all the listeners out there understand what income planning really means and get that right plan put together? Hugely important, Peter. It&#x27;s interesting because back in the 80s and 90s, because the stock market did so well for 20 years, financial advisors got away from basics,</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> and they forgot about the need for income planning. So what happened was they said, well, you can just take a systematic withdrawal from a mutual fund. And yes, we know you&#x27;re selling shares, but that&#x27;s all right. It&#x27;ll grow back next year, and you&#x27;ll make up for it. It&#x27;s almost like, well, I could chop my arm off, and it&#x27;s going to grow back. And that was the thought process. And that, in fact, is a great analogy, because as crazy as it would be to cut off a limb, assuming it would grow back, that&#x27;s what people were doing in their portfolios from 2000, before 2000 in the 80s and 90s, and they were getting away with it. But income planning since 2000 is something that&#x27;s become more crucial than ever before. Unfortunately, a lot of advisors are slow to pull the trigger and make that transition back to basics. They&#x27;re still guilty of something I often refer to</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> as being stuck in the 90s mentally when it comes to their clients&#x27; investment strategies. Yeah, and we look at exit strategies when we talk about financial planning, and it&#x27;s great to have a good return in the market, but the market might not go up every single year in retirement, so we have to know when to take money out, when to put money in. Many people are just buying and hoping, and that&#x27;s not a strategy, is it? No, buying hope is definitely not a strategy. And that&#x27;s why when people get within 10 years of retirement, if I may take the liberty to expand your red zone just a little bit, they really need to start focusing more and more on defense and less on offense. I mean, let&#x27;s face it, as the financial coach, you know that bottom line is if you had a football team that had a great offense, every time it had the ball,</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> it would score a touchdown, but it had a terrible defense that every time the opponent had the ball, they&#x27;d score a touchdown also. That wouldn&#x27;t be a very good team, would it? Nope. Yeah. And that&#x27;s what a lot of advisors are right now. They&#x27;re great. A lot of financial advisors, a lot of do-it-yourself investors are great offensive coordinators when it comes to money, but they&#x27;ve lost the arc and skill of defensive coordination. And that&#x27;s in large part what that book&#x27;s about, the importance of being a good defensive coordinator. To verify that, I interviewed Rocky Blyer, a former football player with the Pittsburgh Steelers, four-time Super Bowl champion. He wrote a book called Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, and he talked about how once you get the lead, you don&#x27;t want to fumble the ball.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> And that&#x27;s what happens many times. He actually had it happen to himself because he trusted the wrong people in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes. I want to talk about, you have a term in your book called financial overprotection and also financial leadership and honesty. How important is it for people to protect their money and then also deal with an advisor who follows the same philosophies for retirement that they&#x27;re looking for? Well, the most important thing with finding an advisor is to find an advisor that matches you philosophically. And we&#x27;ve been talking about overprotection up until now because the reality of it is when you lose 50% on your money, and a lot of people haven&#x27;t thought this through, but you need 100% gain just to get back to even again. And that&#x27;s just how the math works. And that&#x27;s why financial overprotection is so incredibly important.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> In all of our seven areas, these seven core values, because of course the book is Return on Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money in Good Times and Bad, we put questions there so that the do-it-yourself investor can read those questions to him or herself and determine whether or not he or she has those core values. Or for somebody who works with an advisor, they can take those questions and ask the advisor those questions to help determine if the advisor has those seven core values. So it&#x27;s designed to be a very tangible, user-friendly book. And that&#x27;s why when we talk about honesty, we talk about the need to be brutally honest with yourself or to have an advisor that will be brutally honest with him or herself as to the strengths and limitations. You know, in the medical field, you&#x27;re Hippocratic Oath, doctors have to send you to a specialist</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> when it&#x27;s outside their realm. In the financial advisory field, all too often advisors are afraid to do that. They pretend they specialize in everything and common sense dictates that no one specializes in everything. You tend to be more of an offensive coordinator or a defensive coordinator. Leadership, real quick, has to do with, are you willing to take the road less traveled? You know, when everyone&#x27;s going down the path with mutual funds and because they&#x27;re so popular and you realize that the market might just be at a record high, we might be due for another major drop as we are now, overdue in fact, are you willing to take the road less traveled and look into more conservative alternatives? That&#x27;s to me what financial leadership is about. Very, very good book. Very good interview, folks. Again, Return on a Principle, Seven Core Values to Help Protect Your Money</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> in Good Times and Bad. And his name is David Scranton. If you joined this interview later, want to share it with friends or listen to it again yourself, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. David, thanks for your time today. Peter, it&#x27;s been great. Thank you so much. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Scranton joins Coach Pete to discuss Return on Principle and the values behind financial decisions. They explore income planning, defensive strategies near retirement, and choosing an advisor who shares your financial philosophy. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Scranton</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Return on Principle and Retirement Defense</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Scranton, retirement planning, Return on Principle and Retirement Defense, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc/image.jpg?t=1792071282&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-return-on-principle-and-retirement-defense/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc/image.jpg?t=1792071282&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>673</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/fdba6530-71f3-44cc-b25d-b4e3002a60bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10796277" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-scranton-return-on-principle-and-retirement-defense</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>110</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Return on Principle and Retirement Defense" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:23" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Markowski: Preparing for a Financial Storm</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Markowski: Preparing for a Financial Storm</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world or nation and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest this week from New York City. His name is Christopher Markowski, and we&#x27;re going to talk about surviving the financial storm. You may have seen Chris on Fox, CNN. He&#x27;s a daily columnist for The Blaze and also Newsmax. Chris, welcome in. Good afternoon. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. I hope you are. Hanging in there. Yeah. All right. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the surviving the financial storm, because a lot of people are telling me, and I don&#x27;t agree, by the way, but they&#x27;re telling me, hey, coach, there&#x27;s no storm in sight. Chris, isn&#x27;t it the time you really need to start worrying is when everything seems calm? Well, I mean, you should always have a little bit of skepticism and a little bit of worry there. It&#x27;s just to be prudent in regards to what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But I&#x27;m looking at things, and I&#x27;m not so much taking a look at just overall the markets as a whole. I&#x27;m just taking a look at financial planning and your plan as a whole. For generations now, a couple generations, not that many, we&#x27;ve had this concept out there. I think all of your listeners have heard of it. It&#x27;s called retirement. Yep. Familiar with that? Well, it actually is a fairly new concept. It was actually started by a Kaiser in Germany around 1880. And then we took it, and we decided on Social Security program and kind of ran with that for a period of time. We had a pension system that was put into place, and various different factors allowed for that to work. Now there are factors that are in play, which in many respects makes traditional retirement just almost impossible.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And this is especially the case for the younger generations out there, people in the 20s, 30s, and 40s. And, you know, many of your listeners, they take a look at their Social Security statement, if you want to call it that. And you&#x27;ve got to notice a little asterisk next to that number where you&#x27;re supposed to be receiving. And you&#x27;re going to see that, you know what, the Social Security system is going to be out of money in 2032. And they can change that amount at any point in time. And we&#x27;re seeing pensions all around the country blow up, blow up. I mean, there&#x27;s over a $2 trillion, at least a $2 trillion shortfall with public pensions, close to $300 billion with public pensions. Where&#x27;s that money going to come from? And the reality is there&#x27;s a bunch of factors out there which have kind of led to this.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, people getting all bent out of shape. I demand this. I demand that. Well, you know what? You&#x27;re going to live longer and you&#x27;re going to have a healthier life. The amount of people that are going to be over 100 years old within the next several years is going to be breaking records, breaking records now. We&#x27;ve got fantastic medical advances in regards to cancer and Alzheimer&#x27;s. And they already said that there&#x27;s somebody alive today that&#x27;s going to actually become 140 to 150 years old. So, again, you&#x27;ve got time as a factor. I mean, if you were actually to index the Social Security system to the actual death rate in the country, people wouldn&#x27;t be receiving Social Security until they were 84 today. If you want to make it the same way and do it in comparison to the way it was when Social Security was started. You also have another factor out there as well.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And that factor is these ridiculous low interest rates that have been played for a long period of time. Pension funds have to keep a certain amount of cash, a certain amount of cash on hand, cash and cash equivalents on hand, just to be prudent. All of a sudden, that whole cash portion of your portfolio is worth yielding you nothing. I mean, if you go back 20 years, you go back to 1996, if you saved yourself a million dollars and you were just to buy a 10-year treasury, you&#x27;d make $60,000 a year on that. Today, you&#x27;re making $13,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. You know, there was a song by the Barenaked Waities, if you had a million dollars. Well, nowadays, you sure wouldn&#x27;t put it in a CD, would you? You&#x27;d lose money safely. If you&#x27;re underperforming inflation, you are losing money safely. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s the key. And a lot of people just, they&#x27;re not preparing for this.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> And I talk about these things and I make people&#x27;s heads spin. It&#x27;s a reality. And it&#x27;s not, listen, it&#x27;s not the end of the world. And I&#x27;ve been doing financial planning for a very, very, very long period of time. And we try to teach people you want to think of things a little bit differently. You don&#x27;t want to set an end date to when you&#x27;re going to be out because then you end up turning life into this point in time where you&#x27;re working up to this moment and then what? You don&#x27;t want to look at things that way. You know, we&#x27;re suggesting to even a lot of senior citizens now, we&#x27;re saying, hey, listen, you know what? Work for a couple days a week. Don&#x27;t completely check yourself. It&#x27;s going to be much healthier for you, first and foremost. Every single study I&#x27;ve seen, it&#x27;s going to be the case. And you&#x27;re not going to have to sacrifice as much. And who wants to go into later on in life and all of a sudden say, gee whiz, I am running out of money.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> You know, I need to die soon because I&#x27;m running out of money. Who wants that? Who wants to give up the things that they like to do because, listen, I&#x27;ve got to even budget to a greater degree. You can&#x27;t do that. And like I said, there&#x27;s various different factors that have come into play. And, you know, especially living longer and healthier is not necessarily a bad one. There&#x27;s some rumors that float around. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Markowski. He&#x27;s America&#x27;s watchdog on Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He has a nationally syndicated show called the Watchdog on Wall Street radio show. But when we talk about rumors that Wall Street floats and then tries to make it a part of the public vernacular where people just assume it&#x27;s true, the 4% rule. We&#x27;re telling people that if you keep all your money in Wall Street, you have a 90% chance of not outliving your money. But I always say, what about the 10% that will run out of money? What&#x27;s going to happen then?</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Yeah. I mean, well, again, there&#x27;s a lot of other things that we&#x27;re recommending to people for them to start considering in regards to life. And I know it just doesn&#x27;t work for everyone. But, you know, I come from a bit of a Mediterranean family background. Living with extended relatives is going to be more of a thing. We&#x27;re going to get back to that where families are going to be living closer together and helping each other out. And we&#x27;re going to start seeing more multi-generational households. And I&#x27;m not talking parents and kids. I&#x27;m talking parents and grandparents and their kids living together to some degree because it helps out. And like I said, I recommend that people do that to some degree. It&#x27;s great for your grandkids. You know, we&#x27;ve almost kind of programmed life to a certain way. And I don&#x27;t necessarily agree with it. I think a lot of these people that are, you know, 62, 65, 70 years old, they still have a lot to offer.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> They need to be utilized to a greater degree. It&#x27;s an asset that we have here in this country. And I don&#x27;t think that they should be discarded. Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called the nuclear family, basically, when you have different generations together. And it works fine until it goes nuclear, we always said, when someone has an argument. But we&#x27;ve just been engineered these days to grow up and, like the birds, get thrown out of the nest and fly away. That is something that I don&#x27;t like. And that&#x27;s because we&#x27;ve got this ridiculous problem in regards to student loan debt and kids taking on way too much debt and, you know, not able to leave their households. And, you know, we&#x27;ve almost got an arrested development period of time. I don&#x27;t mind. I think kids finish school. I think it&#x27;s almost like a rite of passage to go out there and try to go, you know, stake a claim and go out there and, you know, work your butt off, get a second, third job, get an apartment in the city and do something.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I think that makes the country dynamic to some degree. But because of this arrested development where kids are not leaving, they&#x27;re not buying homes at the age that they normally would, they&#x27;re not having families at the age that they normally would. It&#x27;s throwing things off. And a lot of it has to do to a very weakened economy for an extended period of time and also the fact that these kids have just got tons and tons of debt. We&#x27;ve done this to our kids. I mean, I&#x27;ve been yelling and screaming about this for a period of time. I mean, I know you want little Johnny or Sally to go to fancy pants private school. But are you doing the right thing by your kid if they&#x27;re graduating six figures in debt? Hell no. I don&#x27;t care if they&#x27;re top of class. Okay. It&#x27;s absolutely insane to get somebody into that much debt at 21. I couldn&#x27;t even fathom that. Then they get out and their student loan debt is what would have been a house payment.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And therefore, they are trying to buy a house at the same time. And you know what suffers? They don&#x27;t save any money for their retirement, do they? No. Well, it&#x27;s not even just a house payment to some degree. I mean, a car, whatever it may be. I mean, you&#x27;re basically stuck at a point in time. I mean, you take a look at that type of amount, you&#x27;ve got to climb. I mean, I remember when I was 21 years old, $100,000 is all the money in the world. Imagine owing it. Yep. I know. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. And we&#x27;re talking about more than $100,000 now. When I went to school, tuition was like a couple thousand dollars a year. It was a state school here in North Carolina, but that was back in the early 80s. And inflation has really kicked in. One of the bigger problems here is when people get out of school, they have a degree that&#x27;s not marketable. Well, that&#x27;s, again... A whole different story. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> I mean, again, we conduct schools constantly adding these ridiculous degrees that make no sense whatsoever because they can keep charging people all of this money because the government subsidizes education. You want college costs. You want college inflation to go away. And actually, it&#x27;s one of the most inflationary items. It&#x27;s a higher inflationary than anything else. It&#x27;s college education and textbooks, believe it or not. One would think that they don&#x27;t change many physics laws to make it that much more expensive. So, honestly, it&#x27;s kind of patently absurd. We&#x27;re paying for all these administrators and all these stupid degrees and fancy sports stadiums and all these various different things. If you just price schools based upon what people could afford to pay, get the government out of it, eliminate... No student loans, no student aid. You know what? You have to be like every other business out there, and you&#x27;d have to price your product based upon what somebody could afford to pay.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And that price would come way down. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. If you could get your crystal ball out, which I have one in my office that never works, but if we look at 2018, regardless of what happens in the elections and what happens in 2017, what do you think... I mean, as long as interest rates stay low or artificially low like they are, I mean, people are going to be piling money into the market. They shouldn&#x27;t be, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. And I mean, there&#x27;s got to come a point in time where you&#x27;re going to see certain dividend stocks. And I&#x27;ve always been a big believer in having companies pay you to own them. They&#x27;re going to get just way too expensive, and then you&#x27;re going to see it hit some sort of wall. But yeah, we&#x27;re in basically a negative feedback loop when it comes to these ultra-low interest rates. I mean, nobody... Who can raise rates? If the United States decides to raise rates, then money is going to flow into our bonds</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> and just drive the rates right back down again. We need to get some real sort of economic growth going, and that&#x27;s going to kind of work us out of the situation. Being stuck at this, you know, god-awful 1%. I mean, people talk about recession. What difference does it make? Yeah. I mean, we&#x27;re doing nothing, honestly. Now, let&#x27;s say that something does turn around down the road and interest rates start to go up, and someone who has piled money in the market they maybe shouldn&#x27;t have, are they going to have advance warning to get out before the market crashes, or is it going to be instantaneous and a lot of people are going to get left shattered against the rocks, so to speak, without a lighthouse? I don&#x27;t think rates going up is necessarily going to crash the market. I think you would definitely see a correction based upon that. You know, you should try to use corrections and try to take and use them as opportunities.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> I think we definitely have to see more of a crisis type of event for that to happen. And actually, I think higher rates would be much better off for the overall economy. I mean, it&#x27;s killing savers at this point in time, making it much more difficult for small businesses, which is the dynamic part of our economy, to go out there and borrow money. The world&#x27;s not fair right now. I just learned that a bunch of European companies actually borrowed money, and they were paid to borrow money, in essence, because of negative interest rates. How&#x27;s that fair? I mean, how do you compete as a small business trying to build a better mousetrap? And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the economy down. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping wages down. I&#x27;d borrow money all day long if someone paid me to take it. Damn straight. So, yeah, it&#x27;s a crazy economy right now. If you find a really good deal out there on a house that hasn&#x27;t been artificially inflated price-wise and the interest rates as they are now, you could probably get a lot more</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> bang for your buck and lock the banks into a very low interest rate going forward. I don&#x27;t like variable interest rate mortgages right now. No, no, no. I talked to one of my clients who&#x27;s refined it 15 years, like 2.75. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a 15-year moment. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic rate. And honestly, I mean, that&#x27;s lower than inflation, is my accounting of inflation, not the government&#x27;s accounting. Well, hey, fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again. Again, folks, his name is Christopher Markowski, America&#x27;s Watchdog on Wall Street, joined us from New York City today. Chris, thanks for your time today. You got it. Have a great day. Yeah. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out across the world or nation and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest this week from New York City. His name is Christopher Markowski, and we&#x27;re going to talk about surviving the financial storm. You may have seen Chris on Fox, CNN. He&#x27;s a daily columnist for The Blaze and also Newsmax. Chris, welcome in. Good afternoon. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. I hope you are. Hanging in there. Yeah. All right. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the surviving the financial storm, because a lot of people are telling me, and I don&#x27;t agree, by the way, but they&#x27;re telling me, hey, coach, there&#x27;s no storm in sight. Chris, isn&#x27;t it the time you really need to start worrying is when everything seems calm? Well, I mean, you should always have a little bit of skepticism and a little bit of worry there. It&#x27;s just to be prudent in regards to what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> But I&#x27;m looking at things, and I&#x27;m not so much taking a look at just overall the markets as a whole. I&#x27;m just taking a look at financial planning and your plan as a whole. For generations now, a couple generations, not that many, we&#x27;ve had this concept out there. I think all of your listeners have heard of it. It&#x27;s called retirement. Yep. Familiar with that? Well, it actually is a fairly new concept. It was actually started by a Kaiser in Germany around 1880. And then we took it, and we decided on Social Security program and kind of ran with that for a period of time. We had a pension system that was put into place, and various different factors allowed for that to work. Now there are factors that are in play, which in many respects makes traditional retirement just almost impossible.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And this is especially the case for the younger generations out there, people in the 20s, 30s, and 40s. And, you know, many of your listeners, they take a look at their Social Security statement, if you want to call it that. And you&#x27;ve got to notice a little asterisk next to that number where you&#x27;re supposed to be receiving. And you&#x27;re going to see that, you know what, the Social Security system is going to be out of money in 2032. And they can change that amount at any point in time. And we&#x27;re seeing pensions all around the country blow up, blow up. I mean, there&#x27;s over a $2 trillion, at least a $2 trillion shortfall with public pensions, close to $300 billion with public pensions. Where&#x27;s that money going to come from? And the reality is there&#x27;s a bunch of factors out there which have kind of led to this.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, people getting all bent out of shape. I demand this. I demand that. Well, you know what? You&#x27;re going to live longer and you&#x27;re going to have a healthier life. The amount of people that are going to be over 100 years old within the next several years is going to be breaking records, breaking records now. We&#x27;ve got fantastic medical advances in regards to cancer and Alzheimer&#x27;s. And they already said that there&#x27;s somebody alive today that&#x27;s going to actually become 140 to 150 years old. So, again, you&#x27;ve got time as a factor. I mean, if you were actually to index the Social Security system to the actual death rate in the country, people wouldn&#x27;t be receiving Social Security until they were 84 today. If you want to make it the same way and do it in comparison to the way it was when Social Security was started. You also have another factor out there as well.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And that factor is these ridiculous low interest rates that have been played for a long period of time. Pension funds have to keep a certain amount of cash, a certain amount of cash on hand, cash and cash equivalents on hand, just to be prudent. All of a sudden, that whole cash portion of your portfolio is worth yielding you nothing. I mean, if you go back 20 years, you go back to 1996, if you saved yourself a million dollars and you were just to buy a 10-year treasury, you&#x27;d make $60,000 a year on that. Today, you&#x27;re making $13,000. That&#x27;s a big difference. You know, there was a song by the Barenaked Waities, if you had a million dollars. Well, nowadays, you sure wouldn&#x27;t put it in a CD, would you? You&#x27;d lose money safely. If you&#x27;re underperforming inflation, you are losing money safely. Yeah, yeah. And that&#x27;s the key. And a lot of people just, they&#x27;re not preparing for this.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> And I talk about these things and I make people&#x27;s heads spin. It&#x27;s a reality. And it&#x27;s not, listen, it&#x27;s not the end of the world. And I&#x27;ve been doing financial planning for a very, very, very long period of time. And we try to teach people you want to think of things a little bit differently. You don&#x27;t want to set an end date to when you&#x27;re going to be out because then you end up turning life into this point in time where you&#x27;re working up to this moment and then what? You don&#x27;t want to look at things that way. You know, we&#x27;re suggesting to even a lot of senior citizens now, we&#x27;re saying, hey, listen, you know what? Work for a couple days a week. Don&#x27;t completely check yourself. It&#x27;s going to be much healthier for you, first and foremost. Every single study I&#x27;ve seen, it&#x27;s going to be the case. And you&#x27;re not going to have to sacrifice as much. And who wants to go into later on in life and all of a sudden say, gee whiz, I am running out of money.</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> You know, I need to die soon because I&#x27;m running out of money. Who wants that? Who wants to give up the things that they like to do because, listen, I&#x27;ve got to even budget to a greater degree. You can&#x27;t do that. And like I said, there&#x27;s various different factors that have come into play. And, you know, especially living longer and healthier is not necessarily a bad one. There&#x27;s some rumors that float around. And by the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Chris Markowski. He&#x27;s America&#x27;s watchdog on Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He has a nationally syndicated show called the Watchdog on Wall Street radio show. But when we talk about rumors that Wall Street floats and then tries to make it a part of the public vernacular where people just assume it&#x27;s true, the 4% rule. We&#x27;re telling people that if you keep all your money in Wall Street, you have a 90% chance of not outliving your money. But I always say, what about the 10% that will run out of money? What&#x27;s going to happen then?</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Yeah. I mean, well, again, there&#x27;s a lot of other things that we&#x27;re recommending to people for them to start considering in regards to life. And I know it just doesn&#x27;t work for everyone. But, you know, I come from a bit of a Mediterranean family background. Living with extended relatives is going to be more of a thing. We&#x27;re going to get back to that where families are going to be living closer together and helping each other out. And we&#x27;re going to start seeing more multi-generational households. And I&#x27;m not talking parents and kids. I&#x27;m talking parents and grandparents and their kids living together to some degree because it helps out. And like I said, I recommend that people do that to some degree. It&#x27;s great for your grandkids. You know, we&#x27;ve almost kind of programmed life to a certain way. And I don&#x27;t necessarily agree with it. I think a lot of these people that are, you know, 62, 65, 70 years old, they still have a lot to offer.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> They need to be utilized to a greater degree. It&#x27;s an asset that we have here in this country. And I don&#x27;t think that they should be discarded. Well, yeah, it&#x27;s called the nuclear family, basically, when you have different generations together. And it works fine until it goes nuclear, we always said, when someone has an argument. But we&#x27;ve just been engineered these days to grow up and, like the birds, get thrown out of the nest and fly away. That is something that I don&#x27;t like. And that&#x27;s because we&#x27;ve got this ridiculous problem in regards to student loan debt and kids taking on way too much debt and, you know, not able to leave their households. And, you know, we&#x27;ve almost got an arrested development period of time. I don&#x27;t mind. I think kids finish school. I think it&#x27;s almost like a rite of passage to go out there and try to go, you know, stake a claim and go out there and, you know, work your butt off, get a second, third job, get an apartment in the city and do something.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> And I think that makes the country dynamic to some degree. But because of this arrested development where kids are not leaving, they&#x27;re not buying homes at the age that they normally would, they&#x27;re not having families at the age that they normally would. It&#x27;s throwing things off. And a lot of it has to do to a very weakened economy for an extended period of time and also the fact that these kids have just got tons and tons of debt. We&#x27;ve done this to our kids. I mean, I&#x27;ve been yelling and screaming about this for a period of time. I mean, I know you want little Johnny or Sally to go to fancy pants private school. But are you doing the right thing by your kid if they&#x27;re graduating six figures in debt? Hell no. I don&#x27;t care if they&#x27;re top of class. Okay. It&#x27;s absolutely insane to get somebody into that much debt at 21. I couldn&#x27;t even fathom that. Then they get out and their student loan debt is what would have been a house payment.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And therefore, they are trying to buy a house at the same time. And you know what suffers? They don&#x27;t save any money for their retirement, do they? No. Well, it&#x27;s not even just a house payment to some degree. I mean, a car, whatever it may be. I mean, you&#x27;re basically stuck at a point in time. I mean, you take a look at that type of amount, you&#x27;ve got to climb. I mean, I remember when I was 21 years old, $100,000 is all the money in the world. Imagine owing it. Yep. I know. Oh, yeah. It&#x27;s crazy. And we&#x27;re talking about more than $100,000 now. When I went to school, tuition was like a couple thousand dollars a year. It was a state school here in North Carolina, but that was back in the early 80s. And inflation has really kicked in. One of the bigger problems here is when people get out of school, they have a degree that&#x27;s not marketable. Well, that&#x27;s, again... A whole different story. Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> I mean, again, we conduct schools constantly adding these ridiculous degrees that make no sense whatsoever because they can keep charging people all of this money because the government subsidizes education. You want college costs. You want college inflation to go away. And actually, it&#x27;s one of the most inflationary items. It&#x27;s a higher inflationary than anything else. It&#x27;s college education and textbooks, believe it or not. One would think that they don&#x27;t change many physics laws to make it that much more expensive. So, honestly, it&#x27;s kind of patently absurd. We&#x27;re paying for all these administrators and all these stupid degrees and fancy sports stadiums and all these various different things. If you just price schools based upon what people could afford to pay, get the government out of it, eliminate... No student loans, no student aid. You know what? You have to be like every other business out there, and you&#x27;d have to price your product based upon what somebody could afford to pay.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And that price would come way down. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. If you could get your crystal ball out, which I have one in my office that never works, but if we look at 2018, regardless of what happens in the elections and what happens in 2017, what do you think... I mean, as long as interest rates stay low or artificially low like they are, I mean, people are going to be piling money into the market. They shouldn&#x27;t be, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. And I mean, there&#x27;s got to come a point in time where you&#x27;re going to see certain dividend stocks. And I&#x27;ve always been a big believer in having companies pay you to own them. They&#x27;re going to get just way too expensive, and then you&#x27;re going to see it hit some sort of wall. But yeah, we&#x27;re in basically a negative feedback loop when it comes to these ultra-low interest rates. I mean, nobody... Who can raise rates? If the United States decides to raise rates, then money is going to flow into our bonds</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> and just drive the rates right back down again. We need to get some real sort of economic growth going, and that&#x27;s going to kind of work us out of the situation. Being stuck at this, you know, god-awful 1%. I mean, people talk about recession. What difference does it make? Yeah. I mean, we&#x27;re doing nothing, honestly. Now, let&#x27;s say that something does turn around down the road and interest rates start to go up, and someone who has piled money in the market they maybe shouldn&#x27;t have, are they going to have advance warning to get out before the market crashes, or is it going to be instantaneous and a lot of people are going to get left shattered against the rocks, so to speak, without a lighthouse? I don&#x27;t think rates going up is necessarily going to crash the market. I think you would definitely see a correction based upon that. You know, you should try to use corrections and try to take and use them as opportunities.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> I think we definitely have to see more of a crisis type of event for that to happen. And actually, I think higher rates would be much better off for the overall economy. I mean, it&#x27;s killing savers at this point in time, making it much more difficult for small businesses, which is the dynamic part of our economy, to go out there and borrow money. The world&#x27;s not fair right now. I just learned that a bunch of European companies actually borrowed money, and they were paid to borrow money, in essence, because of negative interest rates. How&#x27;s that fair? I mean, how do you compete as a small business trying to build a better mousetrap? And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the economy down. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping wages down. I&#x27;d borrow money all day long if someone paid me to take it. Damn straight. So, yeah, it&#x27;s a crazy economy right now. If you find a really good deal out there on a house that hasn&#x27;t been artificially inflated price-wise and the interest rates as they are now, you could probably get a lot more</p><p><strong>11:39</strong> bang for your buck and lock the banks into a very low interest rate going forward. I don&#x27;t like variable interest rate mortgages right now. No, no, no. I talked to one of my clients who&#x27;s refined it 15 years, like 2.75. Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s a 15-year moment. I mean, it&#x27;s a fantastic rate. And honestly, I mean, that&#x27;s lower than inflation, is my accounting of inflation, not the government&#x27;s accounting. Well, hey, fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again. Again, folks, his name is Christopher Markowski, America&#x27;s Watchdog on Wall Street, joined us from New York City today. Chris, thanks for your time today. You got it. Have a great day. Yeah. And folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com. Click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Markowski joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning in a low-interest-rate environment. Their conversation covers pensions, longevity, student debt, and the need to look beyond a single rule of thumb when planning for the future. Recorded September 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Markowski</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Markowski, retirement planning, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/image.jpg?t=1792071298&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-markowski-preparing-for-a-financial-storm/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/image.jpg?t=1792071298&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>740</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bae4b28b-09b4-41db-ad06-b4e300296606/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11877078" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-markowski-preparing-for-a-financial-storm</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>111</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing for a Financial Storm" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:47" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:16" title="Education and college costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Richard Eisenberg: Mutual Funds, 401(k)s, and Your Wealth</title>
      <itunes:title>Richard Eisenberg: Mutual Funds, 401(k)s, and Your Wealth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Richard Eisenberg joins Coach Pete to discuss his article about mutual funds and 401(k)s, financial fees, and keeping track of a retirement plan. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me that I think will be interesting to you. And we talk to authors and famous people and anybody who really gets on my radar screen. And the other day, I was at home late one night Googling financial articles and came up with a great article. And I wanted to find the author. His name is Richard Eisenberg, and he&#x27;s going to join us from New Jersey. But the article&#x27;s title was Mutual Funds and 401ks May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that as well as other things. Now, Richard is an author. He wrote a book years ago, How to Avoid a Midlife Financial Crisis. Even though it was a long time ago when he wrote that book, I think he&#x27;ll agree that people still have crisis in financial planning. And let&#x27;s get him on. Let&#x27;s let him talk. Hey, Richard, how are you doing?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I&#x27;m fine. How are you, Pete? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. 401k plans, I mean, it seems like everybody out there has a 401k or knows someone who has a 401k. And many people I talk to have had 401ks, but they don&#x27;t seem to be making much money in them. You want to talk about that? Yeah. You know, the 401k, I think, has a lot of promise. It&#x27;s a good idea in general to allow people to invest for their own retirement. But there&#x27;s a lot of problems with the way it&#x27;s designed and the way that we use them or don&#x27;t use them. And there&#x27;s a really interesting book. I interviewed the author of it recently. The book&#x27;s called Empire of the Fund, The Way We Save Now, by a man named William Bird-Sistel, who&#x27;s a law professor. But he takes issue with a lot of the way 401ks and mutual funds work and don&#x27;t work for us.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I think he makes a lot of good points. Yeah. So he&#x27;s a law professor. And what I guess is funny, law and 401ks, I mean, they are merging now because it seems like every day I pick up the newspaper and companies being sued over their 401k plan. That&#x27;s happening more and more. And now we&#x27;re even seeing it happening with colleges with their 403b plans. And often the suits are about the fact that the fees are often excessive. The employees are having to pay more to invest in these funds than maybe they ought to. And often the investment choices are not great. They&#x27;re too many. They&#x27;re complicated. They&#x27;re in funds that maybe aren&#x27;t as good as ones that are out there that could be offered. And one of the points in the book is there are 8,000 mutual funds today, and most of them are actively managed.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And as you probably know, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know, most actively managed mutual funds, sadly, do not outperform the stock market year after year. Some of them will be able to do it every now and then, and maybe if they&#x27;re really lucky for a few years in a row, but rarely consistently. And the problem is a lot of people are putting their money into these funds, assuming that they&#x27;re going to outperform the market, and then get disappointed when they find that they don&#x27;t. Yeah, there&#x27;s something called a benchmark. And like this S&amp;P 500 is a good benchmark, and that&#x27;s what advisors compare their return to the benchmark, the S&amp;P 500. And unfortunately, year after year, three out of four advisors don&#x27;t perform up to the benchmark. Well, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, it&#x27;s hard. You don&#x27;t really want to fault them. They&#x27;re not bad people or bad investment managers, but it&#x27;s really hard to outperform the averages.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And that&#x27;s why I think it makes a lot of sense for many people to invest not necessarily all of their money, but a good chunk of their money into index funds, where you know that you&#x27;re going to do just as well as the market, not better, not worse, but you know you&#x27;re going to be diversified, and you don&#x27;t need to worry about whether the investment manager is making the right choices and is smart enough to find the stocks that are going to go up more than the market is. Yeah, it&#x27;s always fun to be able to brag and say, hey, my manager is beating the index or your manager. And I remember Money Magazine used to feature the top ten funds every year, and then the next year the guys that were in the top ten were in the bottom ten. So, I mean, it averages out, doesn&#x27;t it? It all comes down to averages. My dad&#x27;s a college professor, and I know back in the day he had the bell curve, where you&#x27;d have to curve grades and get an average kind of score.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And everyone wants to do better than average, but no one wants to do less than average, and that&#x27;s what happens many times when we aim high, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s true, and also we need to remember that different sectors in the financial markets do well, work poorly at any given time. So if international stocks or a particular country are doing really well this year, there&#x27;s a pretty good chance that next year or two years from now they won&#x27;t be doing so well. If big companies are doing very well now and small companies aren&#x27;t, that could flip in a year or two. So sometimes it isn&#x27;t so much the manager, it&#x27;s the fact that they have a specialization that happens to do very well at a given time, but no specialization would do well all the time. Yeah, and when you look at, again, when you look at the index fund, if the expense is usually a lot lower than somebody who you&#x27;re paying to actively manage your account,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> therefore, when you&#x27;re outperforming, you&#x27;re outperforming even more because you&#x27;re not paying a lot of fees. That&#x27;s right. But it&#x27;s also worth remembering that even an index fund is not going to give you everything that you want to be investing in. So, for example, if you&#x27;re in an S&amp;P 500 index fund, you&#x27;re missing out on investing in small companies, so you probably want to invest in those as well. You&#x27;re also not getting any returns from a bond fund if you&#x27;re doing just this S&amp;P 500 fund, so you really want to have a good, diversified, safe bond fund as well because you don&#x27;t want to put all of your money into just the biggest stocks in America. I had somebody I was talking to the other day. By the way, folks, we are talking to Richard Eisenberg, and he is from nextavenue.org. He&#x27;s the editor there.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> He&#x27;s also an author in the past of a good financial book called How to Avoid a Midlife Financial Crisis. But, Richard, I was talking to somebody the other day, and we went through their risk tolerance and all that, and we were trying to give them some advice on their 401k plan. They didn&#x27;t have many options in there, but they had a pretty good risk tolerance. So I advise that they put 50% in the S&amp;P 500 index fund that they had available to them in their 401k. But I wanted them to have a little bit of, like you said, chance of higher horsepower, so I had them 25% in small cap fund, which looked like a pretty good one, low expenses, and 25% in international so that they had their anchor down as far as they weren&#x27;t going to get roughed up too much because they had 50% in the S&amp;P index fund, sort of like the aircraft carrier in the Navy. It&#x27;s not going to get moved around too much.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Then we got the submarine and the destroyers with the other two accounts. Well, that makes a lot of sense. I also think target funds, target-gate funds make a lot of sense for people, particularly through 401k plans. These are the kinds of funds where the investment manager will change the allocation from stocks to bonds as the investor gets older because, as a rule, as you get older, you want to be a little more conservative and have a little bit more in bonds and less in stocks as you get older. The one thing that people need to know, and this is one of the points in that book that I wrote about on Next Avenue, is that a target-gate fund can also go down in a year that the stock market goes down. So some people who put money into target-gate funds were surprised and sadly surprised in 2008-2009</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> when they looked at their returns and they saw that they had lost money. They thought, well, gee, with the target-gate fund, they&#x27;re going to cover my bases. I&#x27;m going to be fine because they&#x27;re diversifying, and it&#x27;s true, but they&#x27;re still investing in the overall stock market. And when the market goes down, the target-gate fund is going to go down too. Yeah, yes. You have to be – I mean, there&#x27;s no such thing as a sure thing, is there? No, sadly there&#x27;s not, not in the financial world. And when we look at the target-gate funds, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize if they have a 529 plan, many times those are automatic target-gate funds because your children are going to college at 18 or 19 so that they don&#x27;t want them to lose all the money as they get closer to college so they get a little bit more conservative or a lot more conservative as that age of college approaches. That&#x27;s right, and I think that makes sense. I think people just need to understand that as you&#x27;re going to get more conservative,</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> chances are your returns are going to get lower too because of the risk-reward ratio. So people shouldn&#x27;t be disappointed if suddenly they&#x27;re earning 3% a year instead of 9% a year because they&#x27;re in a target-age fund that is now more tilted towards bonds, particularly in these days when interest rates are so low. I tell you, being up 3% or 4% is a whole lot better than being down 30% or 40% when that tidal wave comes in, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Especially when you&#x27;re talking about money that you need to pay the college tuition bill or you&#x27;re going to need for your retirement. College is not going to care what the market does. They&#x27;re going to charge you whatever the tuition is that year and they&#x27;re going to expect you to come up with that money for it. Yeah, and a lot of people don&#x27;t realize in their 401k plans, when they reach a certain age, many of their employers will let them transfer some of that money or all the money out tax-free into their own individual IRAs,</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> and many times that makes sense if they have better choices and a better plan available to them outside that 401k. I think that&#x27;s true. It could be a good thing. I guess my only question is if somebody is thinking about doing that, do you have the interest, the time, the patience to be your own investment manager, in effect, to do it yourself? Now, some people say, absolutely, I can do that. I don&#x27;t need to hire anybody to do it for me. I can take care of it, and that&#x27;s great. But then there are going to be other people who are going to say, you know what, I&#x27;m not sure I really know enough about how to do this, so maybe it would be better if I just keep the money in the 401k plan or at least put it into an IRA that&#x27;s professionally managed, maybe an index fund or two or diversified bond fund, so that I don&#x27;t need to be the one deciding this is the particular stock or fund to be buying in.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> When you have your own IRA, though, it&#x27;s up to you to manage it, and so you may need to decide, do I need to rebalance? Is it doing as well as I thought it was going to do from year to year? It&#x27;s a little more work. I see a lot of people make mistakes when they take money out of their IRA or 401k and don&#x27;t put it in a new IRA, and then they get that tax bill. So it&#x27;s important you have professionals on your side before you ever touch your IRA or 401k, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely true. Yes, sir. Well, this is fascinating. I mean, the concept of 401k, I&#x27;m glad people are saving. People need to do a better job of allocation. They need to make sure that they aren&#x27;t their own worst enemy where they&#x27;re trying to copy whatever their cubicle buddy is doing or the guy down the hall in the office is bragging about a better performance, so then you start chasing and you start losing. The most important thing is to get a professional plan and make sure it&#x27;s individualized for yourself. Do you agree with that?</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> I do agree with that. I think that makes a lot of sense. I think particularly as people are getting closer to retirement, it becomes even more important for them to really start taking seriously their investing and thinking about getting a financial advisor who could help them out to keep an eye on things and be sure that they&#x27;re on the right track. Great points. Again, his name is Richard Eisenberg. He is an editor at nextavenue.org, and the article we were talking about was Mutual Funds and the 401ks May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. Richard, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much, Pete. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Richard Eisenberg joins Coach Pete to discuss his article about mutual funds and 401(k)s, financial fees, and keeping track of a retirement plan. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and find something that&#x27;s interesting to me that I think will be interesting to you. And we talk to authors and famous people and anybody who really gets on my radar screen. And the other day, I was at home late one night Googling financial articles and came up with a great article. And I wanted to find the author. His name is Richard Eisenberg, and he&#x27;s going to join us from New Jersey. But the article&#x27;s title was Mutual Funds and 401ks May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that as well as other things. Now, Richard is an author. He wrote a book years ago, How to Avoid a Midlife Financial Crisis. Even though it was a long time ago when he wrote that book, I think he&#x27;ll agree that people still have crisis in financial planning. And let&#x27;s get him on. Let&#x27;s let him talk. Hey, Richard, how are you doing?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I&#x27;m fine. How are you, Pete? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. 401k plans, I mean, it seems like everybody out there has a 401k or knows someone who has a 401k. And many people I talk to have had 401ks, but they don&#x27;t seem to be making much money in them. You want to talk about that? Yeah. You know, the 401k, I think, has a lot of promise. It&#x27;s a good idea in general to allow people to invest for their own retirement. But there&#x27;s a lot of problems with the way it&#x27;s designed and the way that we use them or don&#x27;t use them. And there&#x27;s a really interesting book. I interviewed the author of it recently. The book&#x27;s called Empire of the Fund, The Way We Save Now, by a man named William Bird-Sistel, who&#x27;s a law professor. But he takes issue with a lot of the way 401ks and mutual funds work and don&#x27;t work for us.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And I think he makes a lot of good points. Yeah. So he&#x27;s a law professor. And what I guess is funny, law and 401ks, I mean, they are merging now because it seems like every day I pick up the newspaper and companies being sued over their 401k plan. That&#x27;s happening more and more. And now we&#x27;re even seeing it happening with colleges with their 403b plans. And often the suits are about the fact that the fees are often excessive. The employees are having to pay more to invest in these funds than maybe they ought to. And often the investment choices are not great. They&#x27;re too many. They&#x27;re complicated. They&#x27;re in funds that maybe aren&#x27;t as good as ones that are out there that could be offered. And one of the points in the book is there are 8,000 mutual funds today, and most of them are actively managed.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And as you probably know, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know, most actively managed mutual funds, sadly, do not outperform the stock market year after year. Some of them will be able to do it every now and then, and maybe if they&#x27;re really lucky for a few years in a row, but rarely consistently. And the problem is a lot of people are putting their money into these funds, assuming that they&#x27;re going to outperform the market, and then get disappointed when they find that they don&#x27;t. Yeah, there&#x27;s something called a benchmark. And like this S&amp;P 500 is a good benchmark, and that&#x27;s what advisors compare their return to the benchmark, the S&amp;P 500. And unfortunately, year after year, three out of four advisors don&#x27;t perform up to the benchmark. Well, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, it&#x27;s hard. You don&#x27;t really want to fault them. They&#x27;re not bad people or bad investment managers, but it&#x27;s really hard to outperform the averages.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And that&#x27;s why I think it makes a lot of sense for many people to invest not necessarily all of their money, but a good chunk of their money into index funds, where you know that you&#x27;re going to do just as well as the market, not better, not worse, but you know you&#x27;re going to be diversified, and you don&#x27;t need to worry about whether the investment manager is making the right choices and is smart enough to find the stocks that are going to go up more than the market is. Yeah, it&#x27;s always fun to be able to brag and say, hey, my manager is beating the index or your manager. And I remember Money Magazine used to feature the top ten funds every year, and then the next year the guys that were in the top ten were in the bottom ten. So, I mean, it averages out, doesn&#x27;t it? It all comes down to averages. My dad&#x27;s a college professor, and I know back in the day he had the bell curve, where you&#x27;d have to curve grades and get an average kind of score.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And everyone wants to do better than average, but no one wants to do less than average, and that&#x27;s what happens many times when we aim high, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s true, and also we need to remember that different sectors in the financial markets do well, work poorly at any given time. So if international stocks or a particular country are doing really well this year, there&#x27;s a pretty good chance that next year or two years from now they won&#x27;t be doing so well. If big companies are doing very well now and small companies aren&#x27;t, that could flip in a year or two. So sometimes it isn&#x27;t so much the manager, it&#x27;s the fact that they have a specialization that happens to do very well at a given time, but no specialization would do well all the time. Yeah, and when you look at, again, when you look at the index fund, if the expense is usually a lot lower than somebody who you&#x27;re paying to actively manage your account,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> therefore, when you&#x27;re outperforming, you&#x27;re outperforming even more because you&#x27;re not paying a lot of fees. That&#x27;s right. But it&#x27;s also worth remembering that even an index fund is not going to give you everything that you want to be investing in. So, for example, if you&#x27;re in an S&amp;P 500 index fund, you&#x27;re missing out on investing in small companies, so you probably want to invest in those as well. You&#x27;re also not getting any returns from a bond fund if you&#x27;re doing just this S&amp;P 500 fund, so you really want to have a good, diversified, safe bond fund as well because you don&#x27;t want to put all of your money into just the biggest stocks in America. I had somebody I was talking to the other day. By the way, folks, we are talking to Richard Eisenberg, and he is from nextavenue.org. He&#x27;s the editor there.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> He&#x27;s also an author in the past of a good financial book called How to Avoid a Midlife Financial Crisis. But, Richard, I was talking to somebody the other day, and we went through their risk tolerance and all that, and we were trying to give them some advice on their 401k plan. They didn&#x27;t have many options in there, but they had a pretty good risk tolerance. So I advise that they put 50% in the S&amp;P 500 index fund that they had available to them in their 401k. But I wanted them to have a little bit of, like you said, chance of higher horsepower, so I had them 25% in small cap fund, which looked like a pretty good one, low expenses, and 25% in international so that they had their anchor down as far as they weren&#x27;t going to get roughed up too much because they had 50% in the S&amp;P index fund, sort of like the aircraft carrier in the Navy. It&#x27;s not going to get moved around too much.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Then we got the submarine and the destroyers with the other two accounts. Well, that makes a lot of sense. I also think target funds, target-gate funds make a lot of sense for people, particularly through 401k plans. These are the kinds of funds where the investment manager will change the allocation from stocks to bonds as the investor gets older because, as a rule, as you get older, you want to be a little more conservative and have a little bit more in bonds and less in stocks as you get older. The one thing that people need to know, and this is one of the points in that book that I wrote about on Next Avenue, is that a target-gate fund can also go down in a year that the stock market goes down. So some people who put money into target-gate funds were surprised and sadly surprised in 2008-2009</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> when they looked at their returns and they saw that they had lost money. They thought, well, gee, with the target-gate fund, they&#x27;re going to cover my bases. I&#x27;m going to be fine because they&#x27;re diversifying, and it&#x27;s true, but they&#x27;re still investing in the overall stock market. And when the market goes down, the target-gate fund is going to go down too. Yeah, yes. You have to be – I mean, there&#x27;s no such thing as a sure thing, is there? No, sadly there&#x27;s not, not in the financial world. And when we look at the target-gate funds, a lot of people don&#x27;t realize if they have a 529 plan, many times those are automatic target-gate funds because your children are going to college at 18 or 19 so that they don&#x27;t want them to lose all the money as they get closer to college so they get a little bit more conservative or a lot more conservative as that age of college approaches. That&#x27;s right, and I think that makes sense. I think people just need to understand that as you&#x27;re going to get more conservative,</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> chances are your returns are going to get lower too because of the risk-reward ratio. So people shouldn&#x27;t be disappointed if suddenly they&#x27;re earning 3% a year instead of 9% a year because they&#x27;re in a target-age fund that is now more tilted towards bonds, particularly in these days when interest rates are so low. I tell you, being up 3% or 4% is a whole lot better than being down 30% or 40% when that tidal wave comes in, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. Especially when you&#x27;re talking about money that you need to pay the college tuition bill or you&#x27;re going to need for your retirement. College is not going to care what the market does. They&#x27;re going to charge you whatever the tuition is that year and they&#x27;re going to expect you to come up with that money for it. Yeah, and a lot of people don&#x27;t realize in their 401k plans, when they reach a certain age, many of their employers will let them transfer some of that money or all the money out tax-free into their own individual IRAs,</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> and many times that makes sense if they have better choices and a better plan available to them outside that 401k. I think that&#x27;s true. It could be a good thing. I guess my only question is if somebody is thinking about doing that, do you have the interest, the time, the patience to be your own investment manager, in effect, to do it yourself? Now, some people say, absolutely, I can do that. I don&#x27;t need to hire anybody to do it for me. I can take care of it, and that&#x27;s great. But then there are going to be other people who are going to say, you know what, I&#x27;m not sure I really know enough about how to do this, so maybe it would be better if I just keep the money in the 401k plan or at least put it into an IRA that&#x27;s professionally managed, maybe an index fund or two or diversified bond fund, so that I don&#x27;t need to be the one deciding this is the particular stock or fund to be buying in.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> When you have your own IRA, though, it&#x27;s up to you to manage it, and so you may need to decide, do I need to rebalance? Is it doing as well as I thought it was going to do from year to year? It&#x27;s a little more work. I see a lot of people make mistakes when they take money out of their IRA or 401k and don&#x27;t put it in a new IRA, and then they get that tax bill. So it&#x27;s important you have professionals on your side before you ever touch your IRA or 401k, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely true. Yes, sir. Well, this is fascinating. I mean, the concept of 401k, I&#x27;m glad people are saving. People need to do a better job of allocation. They need to make sure that they aren&#x27;t their own worst enemy where they&#x27;re trying to copy whatever their cubicle buddy is doing or the guy down the hall in the office is bragging about a better performance, so then you start chasing and you start losing. The most important thing is to get a professional plan and make sure it&#x27;s individualized for yourself. Do you agree with that?</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> I do agree with that. I think that makes a lot of sense. I think particularly as people are getting closer to retirement, it becomes even more important for them to really start taking seriously their investing and thinking about getting a financial advisor who could help them out to keep an eye on things and be sure that they&#x27;re on the right track. Great points. Again, his name is Richard Eisenberg. He is an editor at nextavenue.org, and the article we were talking about was Mutual Funds and the 401ks May Be Hazardous to Your Wealth. Richard, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much, Pete. And, folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again as an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Richard Eisenberg joins Coach Pete to discuss his article about mutual funds and 401(k)s, financial fees, and keeping track of a retirement plan. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Richard Eisenberg</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>401(k) plans</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Richard Eisenberg, retirement planning, 401(k) plans, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c/image.jpg?t=1792072190&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-eisenberg-mutual-funds-401-k-s-and-your-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c/image.jpg?t=1792072190&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>654</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a328f47-7f2a-414e-894f-b4e20180b70c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10507553" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-eisenberg-mutual-funds-401-k-s-and-your-wealth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>112</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Mutual Funds, 401(k)s, and Your Wealth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:29" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rocky Bleier: Don’t Fumble Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Rocky Bleier: Don’t Fumble Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And gosh, we got a great guest on. I used to do a radio show for him in Pittsburgh or with him in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The name of the show was Rock on Retirement. We&#x27;re going to join four-time Super Bowl champ and author of the book, Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, New Money Lessons Learned by four-time Super Bowl champion, Rocky Blyer. Rock, welcome in. Hey, Coach. How are you doing? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, we got you on the road today, don&#x27;t we? You are on the way to Cincinnati, Ohio. I&#x27;m on my way to Cincinnati, Ohio to take care of some potential customers, hopefully. You know, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. I&#x27;m on the way to the American Legion Conference that has taken place in the national conferences in Cincinnati, Ohio.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And we put together a package for them. It is a property casualty package for their posts. They&#x27;ve had some problems being able to maintain some of the costs and the rising costs. And so, anyway, so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re doing there. And I&#x27;m happy to be involved. The American Legion has been a big part of my life, maybe a lot of people&#x27;s lives, when I was growing up in Wisconsin. And so, I got a chance to hopefully maybe give back to what they&#x27;ve done in their communities around the country. So, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Cincinnati. Well, Rocky&#x27;s a veteran. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. Yeah, and I appreciate your service, Rocky. Well, thanks very much. Thanks very much.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And what you were talking about before, I mean, you did. Didn&#x27;t I have to just tell the people, yes. You know, we did a show together. Coach produced it. It was instrumental of getting it off the ground. And our first foray into that media. And so, it was terrific. And I owe you a lot. And I appreciate it. So, it&#x27;s always nice to be able to be on your show. Well, it was a fun show to do. It was fun to talk to you every single week. And, you know, the book, though, we&#x27;ll talk about that. I want to talk today with you for about 10 minutes. But I&#x27;ll talk about football season that&#x27;s coming up. I know you&#x27;re excited about that. As well as, you know, what happened. I talked to a lot of athletes. And the athletic career is a lot shorter than they think it&#x27;s going to be. Especially when it comes down to money, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it sure is. You know. I mean, but it, and I suppose to some degree in an athletic world, it&#x27;s brought to the forefront.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Because it is a short period of your life. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily a vocation. It&#x27;s an ad vocation. But, well, on a professional level, let&#x27;s assume football today, baseball as well. You know, you have the opportunity to make an impact. You have an opportunity to make a lot of money, depending on where you are. And it&#x27;s what you do with it. So, there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s a natural, there&#x27;s a natural factor. If we look back at our young lives, when we were, you know, coming out of school, when you&#x27;re 22, 23, 24 years old. And you&#x27;re starting into the business world. And you were young. And you had a life ahead of you that seemed that you could conquer.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That, you know, there was no end to it. And in the sporting world, that is kind of compressed. But you still have those same, you know, feelings. Like, nothing&#x27;s ever going to happen to you. You know, you&#x27;re going to do everything that you had said to. And then, all of a sudden, you become old, like me. And then you go, oh. Right? I mean, all of a sudden, it&#x27;s like, oh, Pete, man. I mean, what happened to those last 50 years of our lives? What did I do to prepare for those? And those are questions that we have. Those are questions that we have as individuals and, you know, and athletes have. But when you&#x27;re that young, you know, you don&#x27;t really think about it. You know, there&#x27;s some, I suppose there&#x27;s some leeway where you get to sit back and say, hey, I finally made it.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> I can go back home, stand on the corner, take a look at me, you know. I get a brand new car. I make a whole lot of money. So, I must be better than everybody else only because of that criteria. And all of a sudden, an injury away, and it&#x27;s gone. So, the smart players, like, you know, plan for it. And plan for their future. And knowing that, well, they may have to work. But, you know, they have a nest egg. And it&#x27;s really that foundation that we try to establish within our lives that really carry us, you know, through the remaining part of our lives. Yeah, about five years ago. Well, Rocky, about five years ago, I remember being at Veterans Stadium. Or whatever the baseball, the new baseball stadium is called.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> Three River Stadium. Three River Stadium. Oh, no, it&#x27;s over at PNC Park. PNC Park now. It&#x27;s hard to tell you. Right, right. That&#x27;s right. Bringing you up to date, Pete. But it was you, me. You know, you were there. Hines Ward was there. We had a great conversation about what he was doing because Hines is like the generation after you in football. But he&#x27;s already retired now, too. And he was looking at what he was going to do next. Very much so. You know, and let&#x27;s use Hines as an example. And Hines is a pretty smart guy. And Hines has done a wonderful job of being able to parlay what he had done in the football world. Meaning that the money that he was able to save, use it as a foundation built on that so that he can do the things that he wanted to do.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> So we&#x27;ve seen him dancing with stars. We&#x27;ve seen him on television, college scene as well as professional scene. So he&#x27;s, but he gives you that ability, that comfort. So a lot of times, you know, a lot of times guys don&#x27;t take advantage of it. And or they make stupid mistakes. And we all make mistakes along the way. But we have to be careful because it&#x27;s tough to be able to, as we&#x27;ve come to learn, to be able to bounce back from some of the mistakes. Whether we make them in the financial world as well as within our own lives. Rocky, let&#x27;s talk about the athletes these days. A lot of them are getting paid a lot more money than you got paid when you played, aren&#x27;t they? Isn&#x27;t that the truth?</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> Don&#x27;t bring it up. But they still make mistakes. And they are. But they still make mistakes. I mean, they still make mistakes. And you go, what are you thinking? Here&#x27;s an opportunity. And, you know, and so you go, okay, fine. You know, they&#x27;re young. We try to rationalize a decision that they&#x27;re making. But, you know, but the reality is that you can&#x27;t bounce back. You know, and as we&#x27;ve looked at the markets and how the markets affect when you invest in the markets, you know, and going back to, let&#x27;s just say, 2008. But, you know, where you might take a hit. All of a sudden, it&#x27;s very difficult. You don&#x27;t have the time to be able to make up for those losses at times within the marketplace.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And it&#x27;s the same thing with these young athletes. I mean, the consideration is you don&#x27;t have time to make this up, you know, or the opportunity that sits there in front of you. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. And, you know, they have something called the fog of war. So in action, I mean, you don&#x27;t really make the best decisions at the time. But they turn out to be good or bad. But you don&#x27;t know. But the same thing when the market starts to tumble, that fog of investing, the fog of war hits, and you start doing things you shouldn&#x27;t. You turn into a zombie sometimes when you shouldn&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s true. You know, and so you had made mention that don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And that&#x27;s a little book that I had written about my life and some of the lessons I learned about how they transfer over into our ordinary, everyday life on how things should be handled.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> You know, it&#x27;s all those. You know, the sports, as we well know, is a great analogy for what we do. And it&#x27;s all those things that we watch, even as fans, as we watch our favorite college team, high school team, professional team. And you question, you know, why are they doing that? You know, well, that&#x27;s stupid. They&#x27;re not doing what, you know, they&#x27;re not blocking or they&#x27;re not tackling or they&#x27;re not covering. And we do that within our own lives at times are the basic fundamentals of life and of sports. I think, you know, the important thing, and I think the important thing is doing the things that we need to do. I think that the majority of people understand that.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> They know what needs to be done. They just don&#x27;t necessarily take the action or follow through on getting them done or finding the right coach or advisor to be able to help them. And we all need help along the way in the game, you know, in all games that we play. What do we have? We do have a coach and we have position coaches that teach you how to become better within that position and thus within the team. And then you&#x27;ve got a head coach that gives you the direction of what needs to be done. Got people that look at your opponent, break down films, find a weakness. This is how we can attack them. This is how we can do. The player doesn&#x27;t do that. He just executes what has been taught to him and then be able to take it to the next level.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And it&#x27;s really doing ordinary things and getting to the point where you can do them in an extraordinary way. And I think we, as people, you know, need to be able to find that person, you know, that can help us, that we believe in, that shows us the way of what needs to be done as we come into retirement. But foundation is very important because all of a sudden, as I said, you know, bam, those 50 years go by pretty quickly. And so now you&#x27;re looking at, you know, what am I going to do? Even though we may be living longer, even though we may be feeling better, even though because of medicine things may last. But, you know, it&#x27;s like, oh, I can&#x27;t work forever.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> I don&#x27;t necessarily want to work forever. How do I handle my retirement? What can I do? You know, and there are some basic fundamentals, like all things within our lives and within the world of sports that need to be paid attention to and finding the right person to help you pay attention to and give you that direction. Well, how important is it? And we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. How important is it for people to, I know when you were, you hated your coach sometimes. You had the good coaches because they made you do things over and over again and you wondered why. Or they had advice that you didn&#x27;t agree with. But when it came time to, you know, to put the pads on, the coaches were right most of the time, weren&#x27;t they? You know, very much so. I mean, it is, yeah, I can remember, you know, I can remember Chuck Null.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> And this is just, I can remember Chuck Null and his first day of training camp when he became our head coach. And we were up in training camp and in his introduction to us, he said, listen, I&#x27;ve watched every film of every practice of every game that you&#x27;ve played in over the last five years. And I can tell you why you have been losing. Because you&#x27;re just not any good. You have no techniques. You&#x27;re not basic. You&#x27;re not fast. You know, you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And to some degree, I always think about that. We need somebody out there that takes our hand. You know, we are still that kid. I don&#x27;t care if we&#x27;re 40, 50, 60.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> We want somebody to show us a way, take a hand, and say, hey, I&#x27;ve been watching this. I&#x27;ve been doing this. This is what you need to do. And you have to believe in that person. And so, you know, it&#x27;s not rocket science, okay? But it&#x27;s somebody to be able to say, okay, fine. You know, let&#x27;s take a look at your Social Security. You know, we&#x27;ll take a look at your Social Security. And there are some things that we might be able to maximize some of the returns. Okay, fine. You know, simple little things, but you need to be able to take advantage. So don&#x27;t humble that, you know, and we look about dates, you know, and the effect of dates, and especially our, you know, 2008.</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> 2008 was a big date. Why was it a big date? Not necessarily that the market crashed and we took a big dump. But the fact is, is that that was the year that the first baby boomer turned 62 and a half and became eligible for Social Security. And then by five years later, 2013, then they had to define what they&#x27;re going to take. And then 2016, we now have to dip into our retirements and 401ks. And so it&#x27;s how you, those things you can&#x27;t get away from, you have to face them. But it&#x27;s how you prepare for them and having the right game plan at that moment with the</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> right advisor and coach to be able to take you the rest of the way. Yeah, the age wave. We, well, it&#x27;s better than the alternative. Getting older is not bad because it&#x27;s better than the alternative. But yeah, I hit 50 this year. And, you know, 50 seems like 30 to me, but it&#x27;s 50. And I am, I can&#x27;t argue with it. But now one final thing, you&#x27;ve got a son, Adrian. What kind of advice would you give your son if he would listen to it, number one? If you had one piece of advice for him going forward in the financial world, what would you tell him? To be able to plan. I mean, in all honesty, to be able to sit down and come up with a concrete plan and don&#x27;t veer from the plan. I mean, to understand, to be able to, you know, to say, okay, fine, this is where, where do you want to go? What do you want to be? People say, I don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> I don&#x27;t know. Okay, we do know one thing is that we want to be able to maintain or be able to have a substantial foundation. And one way of being able to do that is to be able to plan for that. People don&#x27;t plan today. And they just think things will happen. But you really, and that&#x27;s my basic thing is, you know, to be able to plan to understand the marketplace. And more importantly, to understand the risk of money that&#x27;s out there and find yourself a great advisor that you believe in. Well, he&#x27;s a great son, too. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I love talking to him every time I get a chance. Yeah, right. Now, you were on. He&#x27;s in the business, though. Yeah, he&#x27;s a financial guy, too. You&#x27;re on your way to Cincinnati. So I&#x27;ve got one piece of advice for you.</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> Actually, two, a piece of advice. Grater&#x27;s ice cream and Skyline Chili. That&#x27;s the two places I make sure to visit. Get off the plane. Skyline Chili check. And there&#x27;s another chili place, too, which is good. I forget what that is. But Grater&#x27;s ice cream, the best ice cream in the world. Best ice cream in the world. So I&#x27;m going to have both of those. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, Rocky, be safe on the road, my brother. And I look forward to seeing you again soon. All right. Thanks, Pete. Yep, folks. That&#x27;s four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer, author of the book Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement. New money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. If you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to see it again in its entirety, you can go to Facebook Live and watch it. Or you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to it down the road. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And gosh, we got a great guest on. I used to do a radio show for him in Pittsburgh or with him in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The name of the show was Rock on Retirement. We&#x27;re going to join four-time Super Bowl champ and author of the book, Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement, New Money Lessons Learned by four-time Super Bowl champion, Rocky Blyer. Rock, welcome in. Hey, Coach. How are you doing? I&#x27;m doing great. Now, we got you on the road today, don&#x27;t we? You are on the way to Cincinnati, Ohio. I&#x27;m on my way to Cincinnati, Ohio to take care of some potential customers, hopefully. You know, that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all about. I&#x27;m on the way to the American Legion Conference that has taken place in the national conferences in Cincinnati, Ohio.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And we put together a package for them. It is a property casualty package for their posts. They&#x27;ve had some problems being able to maintain some of the costs and the rising costs. And so, anyway, so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re doing there. And I&#x27;m happy to be involved. The American Legion has been a big part of my life, maybe a lot of people&#x27;s lives, when I was growing up in Wisconsin. And so, I got a chance to hopefully maybe give back to what they&#x27;ve done in their communities around the country. So, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Cincinnati. Well, Rocky&#x27;s a veteran. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. Yeah, and I appreciate your service, Rocky. Well, thanks very much. Thanks very much.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And what you were talking about before, I mean, you did. Didn&#x27;t I have to just tell the people, yes. You know, we did a show together. Coach produced it. It was instrumental of getting it off the ground. And our first foray into that media. And so, it was terrific. And I owe you a lot. And I appreciate it. So, it&#x27;s always nice to be able to be on your show. Well, it was a fun show to do. It was fun to talk to you every single week. And, you know, the book, though, we&#x27;ll talk about that. I want to talk today with you for about 10 minutes. But I&#x27;ll talk about football season that&#x27;s coming up. I know you&#x27;re excited about that. As well as, you know, what happened. I talked to a lot of athletes. And the athletic career is a lot shorter than they think it&#x27;s going to be. Especially when it comes down to money, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it sure is. You know. I mean, but it, and I suppose to some degree in an athletic world, it&#x27;s brought to the forefront.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Because it is a short period of your life. You know, it&#x27;s not necessarily a vocation. It&#x27;s an ad vocation. But, well, on a professional level, let&#x27;s assume football today, baseball as well. You know, you have the opportunity to make an impact. You have an opportunity to make a lot of money, depending on where you are. And it&#x27;s what you do with it. So, there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s a natural, there&#x27;s a natural factor. If we look back at our young lives, when we were, you know, coming out of school, when you&#x27;re 22, 23, 24 years old. And you&#x27;re starting into the business world. And you were young. And you had a life ahead of you that seemed that you could conquer.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That, you know, there was no end to it. And in the sporting world, that is kind of compressed. But you still have those same, you know, feelings. Like, nothing&#x27;s ever going to happen to you. You know, you&#x27;re going to do everything that you had said to. And then, all of a sudden, you become old, like me. And then you go, oh. Right? I mean, all of a sudden, it&#x27;s like, oh, Pete, man. I mean, what happened to those last 50 years of our lives? What did I do to prepare for those? And those are questions that we have. Those are questions that we have as individuals and, you know, and athletes have. But when you&#x27;re that young, you know, you don&#x27;t really think about it. You know, there&#x27;s some, I suppose there&#x27;s some leeway where you get to sit back and say, hey, I finally made it.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> I can go back home, stand on the corner, take a look at me, you know. I get a brand new car. I make a whole lot of money. So, I must be better than everybody else only because of that criteria. And all of a sudden, an injury away, and it&#x27;s gone. So, the smart players, like, you know, plan for it. And plan for their future. And knowing that, well, they may have to work. But, you know, they have a nest egg. And it&#x27;s really that foundation that we try to establish within our lives that really carry us, you know, through the remaining part of our lives. Yeah, about five years ago. Well, Rocky, about five years ago, I remember being at Veterans Stadium. Or whatever the baseball, the new baseball stadium is called.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> Three River Stadium. Three River Stadium. Oh, no, it&#x27;s over at PNC Park. PNC Park now. It&#x27;s hard to tell you. Right, right. That&#x27;s right. Bringing you up to date, Pete. But it was you, me. You know, you were there. Hines Ward was there. We had a great conversation about what he was doing because Hines is like the generation after you in football. But he&#x27;s already retired now, too. And he was looking at what he was going to do next. Very much so. You know, and let&#x27;s use Hines as an example. And Hines is a pretty smart guy. And Hines has done a wonderful job of being able to parlay what he had done in the football world. Meaning that the money that he was able to save, use it as a foundation built on that so that he can do the things that he wanted to do.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> So we&#x27;ve seen him dancing with stars. We&#x27;ve seen him on television, college scene as well as professional scene. So he&#x27;s, but he gives you that ability, that comfort. So a lot of times, you know, a lot of times guys don&#x27;t take advantage of it. And or they make stupid mistakes. And we all make mistakes along the way. But we have to be careful because it&#x27;s tough to be able to, as we&#x27;ve come to learn, to be able to bounce back from some of the mistakes. Whether we make them in the financial world as well as within our own lives. Rocky, let&#x27;s talk about the athletes these days. A lot of them are getting paid a lot more money than you got paid when you played, aren&#x27;t they? Isn&#x27;t that the truth?</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> Don&#x27;t bring it up. But they still make mistakes. And they are. But they still make mistakes. I mean, they still make mistakes. And you go, what are you thinking? Here&#x27;s an opportunity. And, you know, and so you go, okay, fine. You know, they&#x27;re young. We try to rationalize a decision that they&#x27;re making. But, you know, but the reality is that you can&#x27;t bounce back. You know, and as we&#x27;ve looked at the markets and how the markets affect when you invest in the markets, you know, and going back to, let&#x27;s just say, 2008. But, you know, where you might take a hit. All of a sudden, it&#x27;s very difficult. You don&#x27;t have the time to be able to make up for those losses at times within the marketplace.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And it&#x27;s the same thing with these young athletes. I mean, the consideration is you don&#x27;t have time to make this up, you know, or the opportunity that sits there in front of you. Well, you&#x27;re a veteran. And, you know, they have something called the fog of war. So in action, I mean, you don&#x27;t really make the best decisions at the time. But they turn out to be good or bad. But you don&#x27;t know. But the same thing when the market starts to tumble, that fog of investing, the fog of war hits, and you start doing things you shouldn&#x27;t. You turn into a zombie sometimes when you shouldn&#x27;t. I mean, it&#x27;s true. You know, and so you had made mention that don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And that&#x27;s a little book that I had written about my life and some of the lessons I learned about how they transfer over into our ordinary, everyday life on how things should be handled.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> You know, it&#x27;s all those. You know, the sports, as we well know, is a great analogy for what we do. And it&#x27;s all those things that we watch, even as fans, as we watch our favorite college team, high school team, professional team. And you question, you know, why are they doing that? You know, well, that&#x27;s stupid. They&#x27;re not doing what, you know, they&#x27;re not blocking or they&#x27;re not tackling or they&#x27;re not covering. And we do that within our own lives at times are the basic fundamentals of life and of sports. I think, you know, the important thing, and I think the important thing is doing the things that we need to do. I think that the majority of people understand that.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> They know what needs to be done. They just don&#x27;t necessarily take the action or follow through on getting them done or finding the right coach or advisor to be able to help them. And we all need help along the way in the game, you know, in all games that we play. What do we have? We do have a coach and we have position coaches that teach you how to become better within that position and thus within the team. And then you&#x27;ve got a head coach that gives you the direction of what needs to be done. Got people that look at your opponent, break down films, find a weakness. This is how we can attack them. This is how we can do. The player doesn&#x27;t do that. He just executes what has been taught to him and then be able to take it to the next level.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And it&#x27;s really doing ordinary things and getting to the point where you can do them in an extraordinary way. And I think we, as people, you know, need to be able to find that person, you know, that can help us, that we believe in, that shows us the way of what needs to be done as we come into retirement. But foundation is very important because all of a sudden, as I said, you know, bam, those 50 years go by pretty quickly. And so now you&#x27;re looking at, you know, what am I going to do? Even though we may be living longer, even though we may be feeling better, even though because of medicine things may last. But, you know, it&#x27;s like, oh, I can&#x27;t work forever.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> I don&#x27;t necessarily want to work forever. How do I handle my retirement? What can I do? You know, and there are some basic fundamentals, like all things within our lives and within the world of sports that need to be paid attention to and finding the right person to help you pay attention to and give you that direction. Well, how important is it? And we&#x27;ve got about a minute left. How important is it for people to, I know when you were, you hated your coach sometimes. You had the good coaches because they made you do things over and over again and you wondered why. Or they had advice that you didn&#x27;t agree with. But when it came time to, you know, to put the pads on, the coaches were right most of the time, weren&#x27;t they? You know, very much so. I mean, it is, yeah, I can remember, you know, I can remember Chuck Null.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> And this is just, I can remember Chuck Null and his first day of training camp when he became our head coach. And we were up in training camp and in his introduction to us, he said, listen, I&#x27;ve watched every film of every practice of every game that you&#x27;ve played in over the last five years. And I can tell you why you have been losing. Because you&#x27;re just not any good. You have no techniques. You&#x27;re not basic. You&#x27;re not fast. You know, you don&#x27;t know what you&#x27;re doing. And to some degree, I always think about that. We need somebody out there that takes our hand. You know, we are still that kid. I don&#x27;t care if we&#x27;re 40, 50, 60.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> We want somebody to show us a way, take a hand, and say, hey, I&#x27;ve been watching this. I&#x27;ve been doing this. This is what you need to do. And you have to believe in that person. And so, you know, it&#x27;s not rocket science, okay? But it&#x27;s somebody to be able to say, okay, fine. You know, let&#x27;s take a look at your Social Security. You know, we&#x27;ll take a look at your Social Security. And there are some things that we might be able to maximize some of the returns. Okay, fine. You know, simple little things, but you need to be able to take advantage. So don&#x27;t humble that, you know, and we look about dates, you know, and the effect of dates, and especially our, you know, 2008.</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> 2008 was a big date. Why was it a big date? Not necessarily that the market crashed and we took a big dump. But the fact is, is that that was the year that the first baby boomer turned 62 and a half and became eligible for Social Security. And then by five years later, 2013, then they had to define what they&#x27;re going to take. And then 2016, we now have to dip into our retirements and 401ks. And so it&#x27;s how you, those things you can&#x27;t get away from, you have to face them. But it&#x27;s how you prepare for them and having the right game plan at that moment with the</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> right advisor and coach to be able to take you the rest of the way. Yeah, the age wave. We, well, it&#x27;s better than the alternative. Getting older is not bad because it&#x27;s better than the alternative. But yeah, I hit 50 this year. And, you know, 50 seems like 30 to me, but it&#x27;s 50. And I am, I can&#x27;t argue with it. But now one final thing, you&#x27;ve got a son, Adrian. What kind of advice would you give your son if he would listen to it, number one? If you had one piece of advice for him going forward in the financial world, what would you tell him? To be able to plan. I mean, in all honesty, to be able to sit down and come up with a concrete plan and don&#x27;t veer from the plan. I mean, to understand, to be able to, you know, to say, okay, fine, this is where, where do you want to go? What do you want to be? People say, I don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>14:22</strong> I don&#x27;t know. Okay, we do know one thing is that we want to be able to maintain or be able to have a substantial foundation. And one way of being able to do that is to be able to plan for that. People don&#x27;t plan today. And they just think things will happen. But you really, and that&#x27;s my basic thing is, you know, to be able to plan to understand the marketplace. And more importantly, to understand the risk of money that&#x27;s out there and find yourself a great advisor that you believe in. Well, he&#x27;s a great son, too. He&#x27;s a really good guy. I love talking to him every time I get a chance. Yeah, right. Now, you were on. He&#x27;s in the business, though. Yeah, he&#x27;s a financial guy, too. You&#x27;re on your way to Cincinnati. So I&#x27;ve got one piece of advice for you.</p><p><strong>15:08</strong> Actually, two, a piece of advice. Grater&#x27;s ice cream and Skyline Chili. That&#x27;s the two places I make sure to visit. Get off the plane. Skyline Chili check. And there&#x27;s another chili place, too, which is good. I forget what that is. But Grater&#x27;s ice cream, the best ice cream in the world. Best ice cream in the world. So I&#x27;m going to have both of those. Yep. Yep. All right. Well, Rocky, be safe on the road, my brother. And I look forward to seeing you again soon. All right. Thanks, Pete. Yep, folks. That&#x27;s four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer, author of the book Don&#x27;t Fumble Your Retirement. New money lessons learned by four-time Super Bowl champion Rocky Blyer. If you&#x27;ve joined this interview late and want to see it again in its entirety, you can go to Facebook Live and watch it. Or you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to it down the road. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rocky Bleier joins Coach Pete to discuss Don't Fumble Your Retirement and the money lessons he learned through football and life. They explore planning, financial mistakes, and finding an advisor whose guidance you trust. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rocky Bleier</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rocky Bleier, retirement planning, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/image.jpg?t=1792071314&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rocky-bleier-don-t-fumble-your-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/image.jpg?t=1792071314&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>954</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/57dbcb1b-46b8-4b95-85cf-b4e300286b31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15298307" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rocky-bleier-don-t-fumble-your-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>113</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don’t Fumble Your Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:28" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>J.J. Montanaro: Credit Cards and College Money Habits</title>
      <itunes:title>J.J. Montanaro: Credit Cards and College Money Habits</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference or has made a difference. And this is a fascinating topic because once upon a time, little Coach Pete was in college and I had a job or two in college, but I wasn&#x27;t making the kind of money the credit cards that I had in my wallet said I did or felt I did. In other words, I got myself in credit card trouble because I was charging a lot more than I really was making. And credit card companies got me in a little trouble there on my freshman year in college. I learned very quickly credit cards were not your friend sometimes. And we&#x27;re going to go to San Antonio, Texas and talk to a USAA certified financial planner. His name is JJ Montanaro and he&#x27;s been in the financial industry for about 22 years.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s got some great advice about getting your kids off to a good start. JJ, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And like you said, there&#x27;s perils of credit cards and college students that we&#x27;ve seen both ourselves and seen in others. And today we&#x27;re here to talk about going the other way and making it work to our advantage in terms of getting off to a good financial start. And that may very well include credit cards. Yeah. And that was a recent survey where they surveyed 500 parents. Sure. USA Bank surveyed 500 parents to get a sense of, okay, were you sending your kids or are you sending your kids off to college with credit cards? How are you going to address that? What are they using the credit cards for? And got some pretty interesting results. Believe it or not, half parents said, or just over half said they were going to send their kids</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> off to college with a credit card, which to me is a little bit scary. But on the positive side, 80% plus reported that guess what? They were going to pay that credit card off every month in full. And that&#x27;s something that will keep you out of trouble. It&#x27;ll actually get your credit score to go up too. It&#x27;ll help you. Yeah. That&#x27;s one of the things we asked them is why are you doing this? And while half the folks that responded said it&#x27;s because of convenience of paying for things that way, but a full third, and this is an answer that you and I like, is that they answered, we thought it was a good opportunity to teach our kids about credit. And so I think if you look at the lessons learned at college, this would certainly be one that may not be in the curriculum, but is pretty darn important to moving beyond college and being successful.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> As you know, in life, there are hard ways and easy ways to learn lessons, right? Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly right. So, so I may have learned some lessons hard. I don&#x27;t want my kids to learn them the same way. And I, and I think a lot of people would echo that sentiment. My grandpa and my dad would always tell me don&#x27;t do something and because this and that would happen. Of course, what would I do right away? I would do what they said not to do because you almost have to experience yourself to feel the full effects, the negative enforcement, I guess, of, of not doing something. But Albert Einstein once said that smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses and experts learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I guess I&#x27;m just a smart person. Yeah, me too. But let&#x27;s try to make some geniuses out there. Yeah. Yeah. Now here&#x27;s what happened to me. After I got in trouble with credit cards my freshman year, by my junior year, I had something called a prepaid debit card. It was not a debit card like we see</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> nowadays that are attached to your bank account. You can basically empty your bank account out. I had to establish an account. I put $500 in there and I could only charge up to $500. And if I did more, it would decline. So as long as I would pay that bill off and keep it going, it really helped me budget money and learn the credit card system a lot better than a regular credit card did with almost an open checkbook. Yeah. And today we have secured credit cards out there that really work pretty much similar to what you talked about in terms of a prepaid card. But the neat thing about a secured card is same thing. You put the $500 in there, it&#x27;s collateralized, usually put into a CD at the bank, and you have a credit limit of $500. The difference between what you did in a secured credit card is with a secured credit card, when you make those on-time payments, it is being reported</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> to the credit reporting agencies. So you&#x27;re starting to build that history. So I see a lot of parents that like that option, similar to the path that you took that&#x27;s available through a secured credit card. Was it? There was a card that Susie Orman was pushing and saying it would help your credit out. It was one of those kind of debit cards, but it wasn&#x27;t helping credit at all when she was making a lot of money on that. Remember hearing about that? I vaguely remember hearing about that. In terms of my experience, I know USAA has a secured credit card, and we use it like the way it works is you put the money in the CD, but we do report it to the reporting agencies just like a normal credit card. So they can&#x27;t differentiate that from a regular credit card. And if folks want to take a look at that, they can visit USA.com forward slash credit card and look for the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> secured credit card if that&#x27;s something they want to look for for their kids. Yeah, that&#x27;s the most important thing is that you&#x27;re building a good credit ranking or rating with the credit agencies, because if you&#x27;re not, then it&#x27;s not worth having a card like that. So that&#x27;s great that you guys do that. Now let&#x27;s look at again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to JJ Montanero. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner with USAA. And we&#x27;re talking about when the children go to college and that happens. It happens a lot quicker than you think. My daughter is 10 now, and it seems like she was just born yesterday. She&#x27;ll be going to college soon. I&#x27;m going to send her with one where like a $500 limit. And I get also the record of her transactions because you want to know what your kids are spending, right? And you want to make sure they&#x27;re building the credit up in the right way, not charging stuff like candy bars and stuff like that. So even though I did order pizza, too. Well, you know, hey, pizza. With a name like Montanero, you can&#x27;t say no to pizza. But the thing about</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> today&#x27;s environment is, like you point out, is you really have the ability to look at transaction reports on a daily basis. So back when I went to school, you&#x27;d wait for the credit card statement. But today we can go online, go on our phones and see what&#x27;s happening or not happening with those credit cards. Make sure the payments are being made. Watch what&#x27;s being charged. So I think it does provide a good environment to allow our kids to dip their toes into the world of credit without really putting them or us, because if we co-sign for a card, we&#x27;re responsible at a lot of risk. If used correctly, the credit, your credit when you get out of college, when your children get out of college, they can hit the ground running in the right direction. I know years ago, the Wall Street Journal interviewed me about how to build credit the right way and almost turn the tables on the credit ranking agencies to basically build your credit score up as high as possible.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> They call me the credit card king. And you can help your children that way, too, by helping them budget and establish credit and also the motivation to pay the bills off as quickly as possible, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, those are all great points. And like I said, that&#x27;s not necessarily part of the normal curriculum, the classes that they&#x27;re going to see in college, but they certainly are central to being successful financially and avoiding a lot of headaches in their adult life. And as you know, Coach, I mean, when we talk about credit and credit scoring, credit reporting and that credit record, it actually touches a lot of different parts of our lives, whether it&#x27;s applying for an apartment or looking at talking to a landlord or filling out an application for an apartment or a home, job applications in the employment process, insurance rates. So what you do with credit or don&#x27;t do can have either a positive or negative impact on a lot</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> of different aspects of our lives. That was the most surprising thing to a lot of folks when they find out that their credit ranking could cost them an opportunity at a great job. Yeah. So let&#x27;s help launch our kids in the right way. And this could be part of it. And like I said, it looks like a lot of people out there are already using credit cards. What we hope to do is make sure they&#x27;re doing it in a way that&#x27;s constructive and positive for their children. Now, you mentioned co-signing and co-signing gets people in a lot of trouble. It&#x27;s the quickest way I see to have a family fall apart is if a father, mother or grandpa, something like that, co-signs on an automobile loan or something like that for a child and then they get in credit problems. And then the person who co-signed is on the hook too. Is co-signing for a credit card or the credit responsibility? Is that a good idea for the parents to do for college-age children? Well, you know, Coach, with the rules as they are now, a lot of cases if you have a student</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> without income, they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a credit card without a co-signer. I think when we look at credit cards that fit in this particular situation, we&#x27;re talking about no fees, low interest rates, or as low as possible. And certainly the key here is low limit. Because as you said, the co-signer is responsible. Well, let&#x27;s don&#x27;t set ourselves up for failure by putting some $10,000 credit card in the hand of our student. How about $1,000 or how about $500? Again, it&#x27;s about dipping their toes in the water, not taking a dive off the high dive into the shallow water. Yeah, I&#x27;d be more than happy to pay $1,000 or co-sign for $1,000 credit card for my daughter. And if something went wrong, we would see what was going on to be a life lesson for her and for me at the same time.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Hey, one final thing. When we talk about credit cards, and I&#x27;ve heard of people buying cars on credit cards. If they have a high enough limit, they get the credit card points, they use a credit card to buy a car, they pay it off if they have the money to pay it off, and it really helps their credit out. Do you think that paying for college tuition on a credit card is a good idea? Yeah, I think that the key part of that story is that you use the credit card as a mechanism to make the payment, but then you&#x27;ve got the money set aside already to pay it off. So you cash in on the points or rewards, which is fine, but at the same time, it&#x27;s not put it on the credit card and with no plan to pay off that credit card. So I like the idea in the context of a bigger plan or, for example, somebody&#x27;s got money sitting in savings that they&#x27;re going to use to pay off that credit card, then fine. Use the credit card to get</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> the points, to get the rewards, to get the rebates, and then pay it off. Don&#x27;t just make it an open-ended, hey, I&#x27;m going to use the credit card and I don&#x27;t have a plan to pay that money off because that can really do exactly the opposite of what we&#x27;re talking about, is put somebody in a hole coming out of college as a parent, as opposed to helping them jumpstart their finances for the future. Great points, great points. And folks, keep in mind, when you have children in college, it&#x27;s not just what&#x27;s on their report card, it&#x27;s what&#x27;s in their wallet. His name was J.J. Montanaro, and certified financial planner, you&#x27;ll see him quoted in Wall Street Journal, CNN Money, Washington Post, and many other places. J.J., thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who I think is making a difference or has made a difference. And this is a fascinating topic because once upon a time, little Coach Pete was in college and I had a job or two in college, but I wasn&#x27;t making the kind of money the credit cards that I had in my wallet said I did or felt I did. In other words, I got myself in credit card trouble because I was charging a lot more than I really was making. And credit card companies got me in a little trouble there on my freshman year in college. I learned very quickly credit cards were not your friend sometimes. And we&#x27;re going to go to San Antonio, Texas and talk to a USAA certified financial planner. His name is JJ Montanaro and he&#x27;s been in the financial industry for about 22 years.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And he&#x27;s got some great advice about getting your kids off to a good start. JJ, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And like you said, there&#x27;s perils of credit cards and college students that we&#x27;ve seen both ourselves and seen in others. And today we&#x27;re here to talk about going the other way and making it work to our advantage in terms of getting off to a good financial start. And that may very well include credit cards. Yeah. And that was a recent survey where they surveyed 500 parents. Sure. USA Bank surveyed 500 parents to get a sense of, okay, were you sending your kids or are you sending your kids off to college with credit cards? How are you going to address that? What are they using the credit cards for? And got some pretty interesting results. Believe it or not, half parents said, or just over half said they were going to send their kids</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> off to college with a credit card, which to me is a little bit scary. But on the positive side, 80% plus reported that guess what? They were going to pay that credit card off every month in full. And that&#x27;s something that will keep you out of trouble. It&#x27;ll actually get your credit score to go up too. It&#x27;ll help you. Yeah. That&#x27;s one of the things we asked them is why are you doing this? And while half the folks that responded said it&#x27;s because of convenience of paying for things that way, but a full third, and this is an answer that you and I like, is that they answered, we thought it was a good opportunity to teach our kids about credit. And so I think if you look at the lessons learned at college, this would certainly be one that may not be in the curriculum, but is pretty darn important to moving beyond college and being successful.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> As you know, in life, there are hard ways and easy ways to learn lessons, right? Yeah. I mean, that&#x27;s exactly right. So, so I may have learned some lessons hard. I don&#x27;t want my kids to learn them the same way. And I, and I think a lot of people would echo that sentiment. My grandpa and my dad would always tell me don&#x27;t do something and because this and that would happen. Of course, what would I do right away? I would do what they said not to do because you almost have to experience yourself to feel the full effects, the negative enforcement, I guess, of, of not doing something. But Albert Einstein once said that smart people learn from their mistakes, but geniuses and experts learn from other people&#x27;s mistakes. I guess I&#x27;m just a smart person. Yeah, me too. But let&#x27;s try to make some geniuses out there. Yeah. Yeah. Now here&#x27;s what happened to me. After I got in trouble with credit cards my freshman year, by my junior year, I had something called a prepaid debit card. It was not a debit card like we see</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> nowadays that are attached to your bank account. You can basically empty your bank account out. I had to establish an account. I put $500 in there and I could only charge up to $500. And if I did more, it would decline. So as long as I would pay that bill off and keep it going, it really helped me budget money and learn the credit card system a lot better than a regular credit card did with almost an open checkbook. Yeah. And today we have secured credit cards out there that really work pretty much similar to what you talked about in terms of a prepaid card. But the neat thing about a secured card is same thing. You put the $500 in there, it&#x27;s collateralized, usually put into a CD at the bank, and you have a credit limit of $500. The difference between what you did in a secured credit card is with a secured credit card, when you make those on-time payments, it is being reported</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> to the credit reporting agencies. So you&#x27;re starting to build that history. So I see a lot of parents that like that option, similar to the path that you took that&#x27;s available through a secured credit card. Was it? There was a card that Susie Orman was pushing and saying it would help your credit out. It was one of those kind of debit cards, but it wasn&#x27;t helping credit at all when she was making a lot of money on that. Remember hearing about that? I vaguely remember hearing about that. In terms of my experience, I know USAA has a secured credit card, and we use it like the way it works is you put the money in the CD, but we do report it to the reporting agencies just like a normal credit card. So they can&#x27;t differentiate that from a regular credit card. And if folks want to take a look at that, they can visit USA.com forward slash credit card and look for the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> secured credit card if that&#x27;s something they want to look for for their kids. Yeah, that&#x27;s the most important thing is that you&#x27;re building a good credit ranking or rating with the credit agencies, because if you&#x27;re not, then it&#x27;s not worth having a card like that. So that&#x27;s great that you guys do that. Now let&#x27;s look at again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to JJ Montanero. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner with USAA. And we&#x27;re talking about when the children go to college and that happens. It happens a lot quicker than you think. My daughter is 10 now, and it seems like she was just born yesterday. She&#x27;ll be going to college soon. I&#x27;m going to send her with one where like a $500 limit. And I get also the record of her transactions because you want to know what your kids are spending, right? And you want to make sure they&#x27;re building the credit up in the right way, not charging stuff like candy bars and stuff like that. So even though I did order pizza, too. Well, you know, hey, pizza. With a name like Montanero, you can&#x27;t say no to pizza. But the thing about</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> today&#x27;s environment is, like you point out, is you really have the ability to look at transaction reports on a daily basis. So back when I went to school, you&#x27;d wait for the credit card statement. But today we can go online, go on our phones and see what&#x27;s happening or not happening with those credit cards. Make sure the payments are being made. Watch what&#x27;s being charged. So I think it does provide a good environment to allow our kids to dip their toes into the world of credit without really putting them or us, because if we co-sign for a card, we&#x27;re responsible at a lot of risk. If used correctly, the credit, your credit when you get out of college, when your children get out of college, they can hit the ground running in the right direction. I know years ago, the Wall Street Journal interviewed me about how to build credit the right way and almost turn the tables on the credit ranking agencies to basically build your credit score up as high as possible.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> They call me the credit card king. And you can help your children that way, too, by helping them budget and establish credit and also the motivation to pay the bills off as quickly as possible, can&#x27;t you? Yeah, those are all great points. And like I said, that&#x27;s not necessarily part of the normal curriculum, the classes that they&#x27;re going to see in college, but they certainly are central to being successful financially and avoiding a lot of headaches in their adult life. And as you know, Coach, I mean, when we talk about credit and credit scoring, credit reporting and that credit record, it actually touches a lot of different parts of our lives, whether it&#x27;s applying for an apartment or looking at talking to a landlord or filling out an application for an apartment or a home, job applications in the employment process, insurance rates. So what you do with credit or don&#x27;t do can have either a positive or negative impact on a lot</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> of different aspects of our lives. That was the most surprising thing to a lot of folks when they find out that their credit ranking could cost them an opportunity at a great job. Yeah. So let&#x27;s help launch our kids in the right way. And this could be part of it. And like I said, it looks like a lot of people out there are already using credit cards. What we hope to do is make sure they&#x27;re doing it in a way that&#x27;s constructive and positive for their children. Now, you mentioned co-signing and co-signing gets people in a lot of trouble. It&#x27;s the quickest way I see to have a family fall apart is if a father, mother or grandpa, something like that, co-signs on an automobile loan or something like that for a child and then they get in credit problems. And then the person who co-signed is on the hook too. Is co-signing for a credit card or the credit responsibility? Is that a good idea for the parents to do for college-age children? Well, you know, Coach, with the rules as they are now, a lot of cases if you have a student</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> without income, they&#x27;re not going to be able to get a credit card without a co-signer. I think when we look at credit cards that fit in this particular situation, we&#x27;re talking about no fees, low interest rates, or as low as possible. And certainly the key here is low limit. Because as you said, the co-signer is responsible. Well, let&#x27;s don&#x27;t set ourselves up for failure by putting some $10,000 credit card in the hand of our student. How about $1,000 or how about $500? Again, it&#x27;s about dipping their toes in the water, not taking a dive off the high dive into the shallow water. Yeah, I&#x27;d be more than happy to pay $1,000 or co-sign for $1,000 credit card for my daughter. And if something went wrong, we would see what was going on to be a life lesson for her and for me at the same time.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Hey, one final thing. When we talk about credit cards, and I&#x27;ve heard of people buying cars on credit cards. If they have a high enough limit, they get the credit card points, they use a credit card to buy a car, they pay it off if they have the money to pay it off, and it really helps their credit out. Do you think that paying for college tuition on a credit card is a good idea? Yeah, I think that the key part of that story is that you use the credit card as a mechanism to make the payment, but then you&#x27;ve got the money set aside already to pay it off. So you cash in on the points or rewards, which is fine, but at the same time, it&#x27;s not put it on the credit card and with no plan to pay off that credit card. So I like the idea in the context of a bigger plan or, for example, somebody&#x27;s got money sitting in savings that they&#x27;re going to use to pay off that credit card, then fine. Use the credit card to get</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> the points, to get the rewards, to get the rebates, and then pay it off. Don&#x27;t just make it an open-ended, hey, I&#x27;m going to use the credit card and I don&#x27;t have a plan to pay that money off because that can really do exactly the opposite of what we&#x27;re talking about, is put somebody in a hole coming out of college as a parent, as opposed to helping them jumpstart their finances for the future. Great points, great points. And folks, keep in mind, when you have children in college, it&#x27;s not just what&#x27;s on their report card, it&#x27;s what&#x27;s in their wallet. His name was J.J. Montanaro, and certified financial planner, you&#x27;ll see him quoted in Wall Street Journal, CNN Money, Washington Post, and many other places. J.J., thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Thanks for having me. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it again, it&#x27;s an entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>J.J. Montanaro joins Coach Pete to discuss credit cards, college finances, and the habits young adults bring to their money decisions. Recorded August 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>J.J. Montanaro</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <category>college planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>J.J. Montanaro, financial education, personal growth, college planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/image.jpg?t=1792072212&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-j-montanaro-credit-cards-and-college-money-habits/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/image.jpg?t=1792072212&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>614</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7fa95863-95c9-47ba-8125-b4e2017eb944/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9859629" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/j-j-montanaro-credit-cards-and-college-money-habits</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>114</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Credit Cards and College Money Habits" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Don’t Worry, Retire Happy</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Don’t Worry, Retire Happy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and the importance of a plan. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world and maybe in the news or, and hopefully, someone who&#x27;s had an impact in the financial world. And this week, we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show five or six times over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s an author. You may have seen him on the public broadcasting system. His first book was Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. The last one was Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, which is an excellent book, folks, if you haven&#x27;t picked a copy of that one up. It&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. You can get it on Amazon and all over the place. But we&#x27;re going to talk about something called Retirement Alpha. We&#x27;re going to talk about the interest rates. We&#x27;re going to talk about the market being around all-time highs. Hey, why don&#x27;t we just leave the money there and let it continue to grow? But is that a safe strategy for retirement? But let me introduce our favorite author for the show, a longtime guest,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Mr. Tom Hegna, joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be with you again. Yeah. Now, was I inaccurate in anything I said in my intro about you? No, I thought it was very good. Now, you&#x27;ve been on several years. And I know when we first had you on almost 10 years ago now, a decade, Tommy, it&#x27;s the time flies. But interest rates were on their way down back then. And you said that you were very worried about them being down for a long, long time. We didn&#x27;t even think it&#x27;d be down this far. And they&#x27;re not coming back up, are they? Well, not for a very long time. I mean, if you look around the world, you know, people think our rates are low. Well, you know, Germany&#x27;s got negative interest rates. Most of Europe&#x27;s got negative interest rates. Japan has negative interest rates. So if you know anything about globalization, if their rates are down here and our rates are way up here, what happens, globalization is like</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> water. It all kind of levels out. And so if anything, their rates may come up a little and ours are going to continue to go down or we may both go down together. So because of all this massive debt around the world, there&#x27;s over 60 trillion of government debt. The deleveraging that eventually people have to start getting out of debt, which means they&#x27;re paying off debt instead of investing and saving and spending. And then the demographics of the developed world that people are getting older and old people don&#x27;t spend money. Those are the three driving factors that remain out there that are going to continue to push interest rates probably lower or at least stay low for a very, very long time, probably decades. You know, years ago, I was talking to Harvard economist Terry S. Dent Jr. He&#x27;s been on CNBC all over the place. He makes a lot of predictions. And he said that there&#x27;s going to come a time where people pay to have their money at the bank. And I thought he was joking, but he was serious.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> No. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Japan and in Europe. You know, and what&#x27;s funny is negative interest rates mean instead of going to the bank and earning interest, you go to the bank, you pay them to hold your money. And we can&#x27;t even fathom that. But in Denmark, listen to this, when you take out a mortgage in your house, they pay you to take a mortgage. So I mean, it&#x27;s an upside down world, Pete. Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s pretty funny, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s almost the opposite of what you think. I mean, that&#x27;s a good investment strategy a lot of times is do the opposite of what everybody else is. Maybe you&#x27;ll come out ahead. It&#x27;s really hurting savers and retirees because that&#x27;s what this retirement alpha that you talked about is all about is how do you get a solid retirement in a terrible, you know, interest rate environment like this. And there&#x27;s, there are still places out there you can do it. Yeah. And it&#x27;s not all doom and gloom, but it is if you&#x27;re talking to</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> the wrong people. And if someone is, is motivated to keep you in the market or keep you at the bank in as low interest rates, it&#x27;s going to seem all doom and gloom to you if the market goes the wrong way or if interest rates stay low, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And you know, you said how markets are at an all time high. Well, there&#x27;s one reason that markets are at an all time high and it&#x27;s called Tina and this Tina girl, she&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s doing it. And what Tina stands for is there is no alternative. And that is not a good reason to be in the stock market. The only reason that this market is going up is because interest rates are low. We printed $4 trillion that we had not printed $4 trillion. If interest rates were not at this level, the stock market would not be where it&#x27;s at. And just because there&#x27;s no other alternative, that is not a reason to be in the market. And when this thing turns and it will, it&#x27;s going to be very ugly and people are going to find out that,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> you know, there were alternatives and they didn&#x27;t take advantage. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to bestselling author Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s also featured on a public broadcast system TV show called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And Tom, I&#x27;ve got in front of me a brand new booklet you&#x27;ve put together called Retirement Alpha, How Mortality Credits Improve Retirement Outcomes. Now, let&#x27;s break this title down for the listener. What is retirement alpha first? And then what&#x27;s a mortality credit? Sure. So everybody kind of knows what alpha is, at least stockbrokers know. Alpha is an extra return that the manager brings to the portfolio. So like Warren Buffett brings alpha to his portfolio because his portfolio does better than the average portfolio. So alpha is this measurement of extra return. And what retirement alpha is, if I asked a 70-year-old couple, hey, where are you going to find any alpha in today&#x27;s market? Are you going to get any alpha</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> from your CDs? No. Are you going to get any alpha from your bonds? No. Are you going to get consistent, reliable alpha from the stock market? No. Well, then what is a 70-year-old couple supposed to do? They&#x27;re supposed to come to the insurance industry and get the new form of alpha, retirement alpha, which is really the mortality credits of both life insurance and annuities that you can only get from an insurance company. And this is a new form of alpha. Yeah. And in the white paper, you talk about other people&#x27;s money and using that properly. What&#x27;s other people&#x27;s money, Tom? Well, it ties into this whole mortality credit. See, every check you get from an insurance company and a lifetime income annuities composed of three parts. Part number one is principle. Anybody can give you principle. Part number two is interest. Anybody can give you interest. But the third part is something only a life insurance company can</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> manufacture. It&#x27;s called mortality credits. It&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool, the older you are and the longer you live. And the more these mortality credits you get paid, that is the new form of this retirement alpha. And one advisor who really kind of studied mortality credits, he said, you know what I call it? I call it other people&#x27;s money. He said, I work with a bunch of baby boomers who haven&#x27;t saved enough money. And the only shot they got is if they pool their money with a bunch of other baby boomers who haven&#x27;t saved enough money. And if everybody picks a life only payout, so it pays the maximum amount for the rest of their life, they&#x27;ll all make it. Now, the ones that die early, some of their money is going to the ones that live too long. And he said, I tell clients, you don&#x27;t have enough of your own money to retire. I got to find you some other people&#x27;s money. And he calls these mortality credits other people&#x27;s money. I just put it in there because it&#x27;s kind of a cute</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> analogy. Now we talk about retirement and retirement comes faster than we realize many times. And we get there and then we have a lump sum we look at. Maybe we have it on a 401k or a stock account or whatever. We have a lump sum. But how do you make that lump sum into a lifetime income you can&#x27;t outlive? I think people have been taught something that&#x27;s very wrong. See, we were always taught, Pete, that the bigger the pile of money, the better your retirement. So we kept saving and saving and investing. We tried to make our pile of money bigger and bigger and bigger. And the bigger our pile of money, the better our retirement. Well, that&#x27;s not true. Your assets can be lost. They can be stolen. They can be swindled. They can be sued. They can be divorced. They can be decimated in a market crash or wiped out by long-term care. And so what the success of your retirement really comes down to is your answers to these two questions. Question number one, how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? Do you notice I didn&#x27;t ask you, what was your rate</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> of return on your investment? Did you outperform the S&amp;P 500? That will have very little to do with the ultimate success of your retirement. Far more important is how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? And question number two, have you taken the key retirement risks off the table? See, your answers to those two questions will determine the ultimate success of retirement. And coach, you talk about these risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk. There&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. There&#x27;s sequence of returns risk, which people don&#x27;t understand. We might have inflation, might have deflation. You might need long-term care. You might live a long time. There&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement. And that&#x27;s what I talk about. You&#x27;ve got to take those risks off the table and you&#x27;ve got to have guaranteed lifetime income. And you insure your income because you can take some of that money from the risk pool and put it in a place where you can&#x27;t outlive it and you can&#x27;t lose it if the tide shifts.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And, you know, I was at the beach last weekend and I saw these kids building this gigantic sandcastle. The problem is they built it right where the tide came back in. It doesn&#x27;t matter how big your mode is, how big your wall is. If the sandcastle&#x27;s there and the tide comes in, the sandcastle&#x27;s gone. And that happens to a lot of people&#x27;s retirement accounts if they don&#x27;t take the right steps, correct? Yeah. And, you know, there&#x27;s a place for the stock market, even in retirement. I think we both believe there&#x27;s a place, you know, to hedge against inflation and to give you some potential growth. There is a place for it, but that should never be the foundation. Stock should never be the foundation of your retirement. Guaranteed lifetime income must be the foundation of your retirement. And that&#x27;s not my opinion. That&#x27;s all the research of all the PhDs who study retirement, the Dr. David Babels of Wharton, the Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, the Menachem Yaris of Israel, the Dr. Robert C. Merton, Nobel Prize winner. They say you&#x27;ve got to</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> have a base level of guaranteed lifetime income to whether the tides come in and out. Yeah. Well, annuities have been proven mathematically to be the place for the personal pension plan. And I think people forgot that when the market started going like crazy, people just piled their money into the market. Then they forgot they need to protect some of that money once they grow it. But as annuities like you, you&#x27;ve backed that up with science over speculation. I mean, annuities really do work. But why do annuities get so much negative press these days? Is it because people are trying to keep you all in one place or people just found a bad annuity and they want to feature the bad annuity and forget about the good ones? Yeah, I think the industry did itself a very bad disservice. They did not police the annuity industry very well. And so there were some very bad annuities that were created that are out there. But that does not mean annuities are bad. It means</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> that there are a few bad annuities out there. And I just, in my books, I tell people how to avoid the bad annuities, but the good ones are worth their weight in gold. And the math and science says you must have guaranteed lifetime income. It&#x27;s not optional. You must have a source of guaranteed lifetime income. There are only three sources. Social security is a source of guaranteed lifetime income. A pension is a source of guaranteed lifetime income and a lifetime income annuity. But let&#x27;s look. What is social security? Social security is a lifetime income annuity. What is a pension? A pension is a lifetime income annuity. So people say they don&#x27;t like annuities. I say, really? Seriously? So you&#x27;re going to call up the Social Security Administration and say, stop those checks? You don&#x27;t want any more social security anymore because you don&#x27;t like annuities? Are you seriously going to do that? You&#x27;re going to call up the HR department in the company you worked for 42 years and you&#x27;re going to tell them, stop</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> those pension checks because you don&#x27;t like annuity? And people say, well, I guess I like those kind of annuities. It&#x27;s just those insurance companies annuities they don&#x27;t like. I go, really? Why is that? Well, because they&#x27;re all loaded up with fees and everything. Really? Do you know that a lifetime income annuity has no fee? It&#x27;s not even a fee product. It&#x27;s called a spread product. So I just think there&#x27;s so much misunderstanding around the whole subject of annuities, but you&#x27;ve got to have guaranteed lifetime income. You know, there&#x27;s a national ad that runs where a guy says he hates annuities and you should too. But when you analyze where this guy invests his money, one of his biggest investments is in annuity companies. So he&#x27;s telling you he hates annuities yet he gets your money and puts it in managed accounts where you invest in the insurance companies. So it&#x27;s pretty funny, Tom. My last newsletter, the title was why Ken Fisher really loves annuities and you should too. So people can Google that. Why Ken Fisher really loves annuities by Tom Hagne. You can read it and</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you, he loves them. So yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s all about getting educated and you know, what got you there sometimes isn&#x27;t what&#x27;s going to get you through the next part of your life. And it&#x27;s about getting the proper plan. And Tom, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks coach. It was great being with you and you&#x27;re doing a great job helping people retire successfully and just keep up the great work. And folks, his name again is Tom Hagne. You can look him up on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. Don&#x27;t worry, retire happy and also catch him on PBS. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and the importance of a plan. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world and I find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the world and maybe in the news or, and hopefully, someone who&#x27;s had an impact in the financial world. And this week, we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. He&#x27;s been on the show five or six times over the last 10 years. He&#x27;s an author. You may have seen him on the public broadcasting system. His first book was Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Income for Life. The last one was Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy, which is an excellent book, folks, if you haven&#x27;t picked a copy of that one up. It&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. You can get it on Amazon and all over the place. But we&#x27;re going to talk about something called Retirement Alpha. We&#x27;re going to talk about the interest rates. We&#x27;re going to talk about the market being around all-time highs. Hey, why don&#x27;t we just leave the money there and let it continue to grow? But is that a safe strategy for retirement? But let me introduce our favorite author for the show, a longtime guest,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Mr. Tom Hegna, joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be with you again. Yeah. Now, was I inaccurate in anything I said in my intro about you? No, I thought it was very good. Now, you&#x27;ve been on several years. And I know when we first had you on almost 10 years ago now, a decade, Tommy, it&#x27;s the time flies. But interest rates were on their way down back then. And you said that you were very worried about them being down for a long, long time. We didn&#x27;t even think it&#x27;d be down this far. And they&#x27;re not coming back up, are they? Well, not for a very long time. I mean, if you look around the world, you know, people think our rates are low. Well, you know, Germany&#x27;s got negative interest rates. Most of Europe&#x27;s got negative interest rates. Japan has negative interest rates. So if you know anything about globalization, if their rates are down here and our rates are way up here, what happens, globalization is like</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> water. It all kind of levels out. And so if anything, their rates may come up a little and ours are going to continue to go down or we may both go down together. So because of all this massive debt around the world, there&#x27;s over 60 trillion of government debt. The deleveraging that eventually people have to start getting out of debt, which means they&#x27;re paying off debt instead of investing and saving and spending. And then the demographics of the developed world that people are getting older and old people don&#x27;t spend money. Those are the three driving factors that remain out there that are going to continue to push interest rates probably lower or at least stay low for a very, very long time, probably decades. You know, years ago, I was talking to Harvard economist Terry S. Dent Jr. He&#x27;s been on CNBC all over the place. He makes a lot of predictions. And he said that there&#x27;s going to come a time where people pay to have their money at the bank. And I thought he was joking, but he was serious.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> No. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening in Japan and in Europe. You know, and what&#x27;s funny is negative interest rates mean instead of going to the bank and earning interest, you go to the bank, you pay them to hold your money. And we can&#x27;t even fathom that. But in Denmark, listen to this, when you take out a mortgage in your house, they pay you to take a mortgage. So I mean, it&#x27;s an upside down world, Pete. Yeah. I mean, it&#x27;s pretty funny, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s almost the opposite of what you think. I mean, that&#x27;s a good investment strategy a lot of times is do the opposite of what everybody else is. Maybe you&#x27;ll come out ahead. It&#x27;s really hurting savers and retirees because that&#x27;s what this retirement alpha that you talked about is all about is how do you get a solid retirement in a terrible, you know, interest rate environment like this. And there&#x27;s, there are still places out there you can do it. Yeah. And it&#x27;s not all doom and gloom, but it is if you&#x27;re talking to</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> the wrong people. And if someone is, is motivated to keep you in the market or keep you at the bank in as low interest rates, it&#x27;s going to seem all doom and gloom to you if the market goes the wrong way or if interest rates stay low, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. And you know, you said how markets are at an all time high. Well, there&#x27;s one reason that markets are at an all time high and it&#x27;s called Tina and this Tina girl, she&#x27;s the one that&#x27;s doing it. And what Tina stands for is there is no alternative. And that is not a good reason to be in the stock market. The only reason that this market is going up is because interest rates are low. We printed $4 trillion that we had not printed $4 trillion. If interest rates were not at this level, the stock market would not be where it&#x27;s at. And just because there&#x27;s no other alternative, that is not a reason to be in the market. And when this thing turns and it will, it&#x27;s going to be very ugly and people are going to find out that,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> you know, there were alternatives and they didn&#x27;t take advantage. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to bestselling author Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s also featured on a public broadcast system TV show called Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. And Tom, I&#x27;ve got in front of me a brand new booklet you&#x27;ve put together called Retirement Alpha, How Mortality Credits Improve Retirement Outcomes. Now, let&#x27;s break this title down for the listener. What is retirement alpha first? And then what&#x27;s a mortality credit? Sure. So everybody kind of knows what alpha is, at least stockbrokers know. Alpha is an extra return that the manager brings to the portfolio. So like Warren Buffett brings alpha to his portfolio because his portfolio does better than the average portfolio. So alpha is this measurement of extra return. And what retirement alpha is, if I asked a 70-year-old couple, hey, where are you going to find any alpha in today&#x27;s market? Are you going to get any alpha</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> from your CDs? No. Are you going to get any alpha from your bonds? No. Are you going to get consistent, reliable alpha from the stock market? No. Well, then what is a 70-year-old couple supposed to do? They&#x27;re supposed to come to the insurance industry and get the new form of alpha, retirement alpha, which is really the mortality credits of both life insurance and annuities that you can only get from an insurance company. And this is a new form of alpha. Yeah. And in the white paper, you talk about other people&#x27;s money and using that properly. What&#x27;s other people&#x27;s money, Tom? Well, it ties into this whole mortality credit. See, every check you get from an insurance company and a lifetime income annuities composed of three parts. Part number one is principle. Anybody can give you principle. Part number two is interest. Anybody can give you interest. But the third part is something only a life insurance company can</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> manufacture. It&#x27;s called mortality credits. It&#x27;s extra money from the risk pool, the older you are and the longer you live. And the more these mortality credits you get paid, that is the new form of this retirement alpha. And one advisor who really kind of studied mortality credits, he said, you know what I call it? I call it other people&#x27;s money. He said, I work with a bunch of baby boomers who haven&#x27;t saved enough money. And the only shot they got is if they pool their money with a bunch of other baby boomers who haven&#x27;t saved enough money. And if everybody picks a life only payout, so it pays the maximum amount for the rest of their life, they&#x27;ll all make it. Now, the ones that die early, some of their money is going to the ones that live too long. And he said, I tell clients, you don&#x27;t have enough of your own money to retire. I got to find you some other people&#x27;s money. And he calls these mortality credits other people&#x27;s money. I just put it in there because it&#x27;s kind of a cute</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> analogy. Now we talk about retirement and retirement comes faster than we realize many times. And we get there and then we have a lump sum we look at. Maybe we have it on a 401k or a stock account or whatever. We have a lump sum. But how do you make that lump sum into a lifetime income you can&#x27;t outlive? I think people have been taught something that&#x27;s very wrong. See, we were always taught, Pete, that the bigger the pile of money, the better your retirement. So we kept saving and saving and investing. We tried to make our pile of money bigger and bigger and bigger. And the bigger our pile of money, the better our retirement. Well, that&#x27;s not true. Your assets can be lost. They can be stolen. They can be swindled. They can be sued. They can be divorced. They can be decimated in a market crash or wiped out by long-term care. And so what the success of your retirement really comes down to is your answers to these two questions. Question number one, how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? Do you notice I didn&#x27;t ask you, what was your rate</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> of return on your investment? Did you outperform the S&amp;P 500? That will have very little to do with the ultimate success of your retirement. Far more important is how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? And question number two, have you taken the key retirement risks off the table? See, your answers to those two questions will determine the ultimate success of retirement. And coach, you talk about these risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk. There&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. There&#x27;s sequence of returns risk, which people don&#x27;t understand. We might have inflation, might have deflation. You might need long-term care. You might live a long time. There&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement. And that&#x27;s what I talk about. You&#x27;ve got to take those risks off the table and you&#x27;ve got to have guaranteed lifetime income. And you insure your income because you can take some of that money from the risk pool and put it in a place where you can&#x27;t outlive it and you can&#x27;t lose it if the tide shifts.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And, you know, I was at the beach last weekend and I saw these kids building this gigantic sandcastle. The problem is they built it right where the tide came back in. It doesn&#x27;t matter how big your mode is, how big your wall is. If the sandcastle&#x27;s there and the tide comes in, the sandcastle&#x27;s gone. And that happens to a lot of people&#x27;s retirement accounts if they don&#x27;t take the right steps, correct? Yeah. And, you know, there&#x27;s a place for the stock market, even in retirement. I think we both believe there&#x27;s a place, you know, to hedge against inflation and to give you some potential growth. There is a place for it, but that should never be the foundation. Stock should never be the foundation of your retirement. Guaranteed lifetime income must be the foundation of your retirement. And that&#x27;s not my opinion. That&#x27;s all the research of all the PhDs who study retirement, the Dr. David Babels of Wharton, the Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, the Menachem Yaris of Israel, the Dr. Robert C. Merton, Nobel Prize winner. They say you&#x27;ve got to</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> have a base level of guaranteed lifetime income to whether the tides come in and out. Yeah. Well, annuities have been proven mathematically to be the place for the personal pension plan. And I think people forgot that when the market started going like crazy, people just piled their money into the market. Then they forgot they need to protect some of that money once they grow it. But as annuities like you, you&#x27;ve backed that up with science over speculation. I mean, annuities really do work. But why do annuities get so much negative press these days? Is it because people are trying to keep you all in one place or people just found a bad annuity and they want to feature the bad annuity and forget about the good ones? Yeah, I think the industry did itself a very bad disservice. They did not police the annuity industry very well. And so there were some very bad annuities that were created that are out there. But that does not mean annuities are bad. It means</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> that there are a few bad annuities out there. And I just, in my books, I tell people how to avoid the bad annuities, but the good ones are worth their weight in gold. And the math and science says you must have guaranteed lifetime income. It&#x27;s not optional. You must have a source of guaranteed lifetime income. There are only three sources. Social security is a source of guaranteed lifetime income. A pension is a source of guaranteed lifetime income and a lifetime income annuity. But let&#x27;s look. What is social security? Social security is a lifetime income annuity. What is a pension? A pension is a lifetime income annuity. So people say they don&#x27;t like annuities. I say, really? Seriously? So you&#x27;re going to call up the Social Security Administration and say, stop those checks? You don&#x27;t want any more social security anymore because you don&#x27;t like annuities? Are you seriously going to do that? You&#x27;re going to call up the HR department in the company you worked for 42 years and you&#x27;re going to tell them, stop</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> those pension checks because you don&#x27;t like annuity? And people say, well, I guess I like those kind of annuities. It&#x27;s just those insurance companies annuities they don&#x27;t like. I go, really? Why is that? Well, because they&#x27;re all loaded up with fees and everything. Really? Do you know that a lifetime income annuity has no fee? It&#x27;s not even a fee product. It&#x27;s called a spread product. So I just think there&#x27;s so much misunderstanding around the whole subject of annuities, but you&#x27;ve got to have guaranteed lifetime income. You know, there&#x27;s a national ad that runs where a guy says he hates annuities and you should too. But when you analyze where this guy invests his money, one of his biggest investments is in annuity companies. So he&#x27;s telling you he hates annuities yet he gets your money and puts it in managed accounts where you invest in the insurance companies. So it&#x27;s pretty funny, Tom. My last newsletter, the title was why Ken Fisher really loves annuities and you should too. So people can Google that. Why Ken Fisher really loves annuities by Tom Hagne. You can read it and</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you, he loves them. So yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s all about getting educated and you know, what got you there sometimes isn&#x27;t what&#x27;s going to get you through the next part of your life. And it&#x27;s about getting the proper plan. And Tom, I really appreciate your time today. Thanks coach. It was great being with you and you&#x27;re doing a great job helping people retire successfully and just keep up the great work. And folks, his name again is Tom Hagne. You can look him up on Amazon or anywhere books are sold. Don&#x27;t worry, retire happy and also catch him on PBS. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Don’t Worry, Retire Happy, retirement income, and the importance of a plan. Recorded July 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e/image.jpg?t=1792072235&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-don-t-worry-retire-happy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e/image.jpg?t=1792072235&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>688</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1dd855-c420-4e2a-bf74-b4e2017cc34e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11040600" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-don-t-worry-retire-happy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>115</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Don’t Worry, Retire Happy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:25" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:43" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jordan Goodman: Mortgages, Credit, and Money Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Jordan Goodman: Mortgages, Credit, and Money Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jordan Goodman returns to discuss mortgages, credit cards, and other financial choices. Coach Pete asks about the opportunities and issues he sees for consumers. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to, well, I love to do this segment because I talk to interesting people. And sometimes they&#x27;re so interesting, I want to have them on again and again and again. So we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor on the show. His name is Jordan Goodman. He&#x27;s known as America&#x27;s Money Answer Man. For 35 years, you may have seen him anywhere out there in Money Magazine, CNN, CNBC, The View, all sorts of places. And he&#x27;s written a bunch of books. One is called Money Type. One is Master Your Debt. And one is Fast Profits and Hard Times. Jordan, welcome in. Great to be with you again, Pete. Yeah, well, you know, one thing about the money world, it always changes and is always something to talk about, isn&#x27;t there? Oh, yeah, for sure. And this is a very unusual time we&#x27;ve got right now, where in general the stock market has been doing pretty well lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But people are literally earning 0% on their savings account, CDs, money market funds, and around the world, literally negative yields. There&#x27;s $12 trillion currently trading at negative yields. You give a Swiss bank a dollar and they&#x27;ll say, oh, we&#x27;ll give you back 97 cents. That&#x27;s what you so-called earn, is you actually know in advance you&#x27;re going to lose money. It&#x27;s a crazy world out there. Years ago when I heard, I think it was Harry Dent talking about how you were eventually someday have to pay the banks to take your money. I thought he was joking, but he&#x27;s not. Right now we&#x27;re pretty much at zero in the U.S. What about the mortgage? With mortgage rates at all-time lows now, a lot of people are refinancing, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. Well, it does make some sense. If your current mortgage is, I would say, 4% or higher, it&#x27;s going to make sense for you to refinance. The current rates today on 30-year fixed are about 3.5%.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> We&#x27;ve never seen that in our lifestyle, Pete. Yeah, that&#x27;s very low. 15-year, about 2.5%. We&#x27;ve never seen that in our lifetime either. So there are going to be some closing costs and points to do it. But again, 4% or higher, and then you&#x27;re locking in a lower rate. The other thing you can do to take advantage of these really low rates today is what&#x27;s called the mortgage optimization strategy. Now, that allows you to pay off a 30-year mortgage typically in about 5 to 7 years on your existing level of income. You use a home equity line of credit, what&#x27;s called a HELOC, which is a liquid line against your house. You keep your income, which is normally sitting in your checking account, in the HELOC, pushing down your principal every day. And literally, you&#x27;re making progress on your principal every day as opposed to a traditional mortgage. We make very, very little progress for many, many years to make sure you get the best deal and work this whole thing through.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> You can literally save 25 years off your mortgage and tens of thousands of dollars in needless interest. You know, I was talking about this seven or eight years ago with a mortgage guy I knew. But he tried to present it to his clients, and they would all say, too good to be true, scam, no way. And, you know, they would go ask the banker. It is true if you do it right. If you do it wrong, it might not work. There was, several years ago, a place called United First Financial out of Utah that did this concept as a, like, multi-level marketing pyramid scheme. Okay. That was bad. Okay. I never thought that was a good idea because you have gardeners and nail manicurists telling people about their mortgages. But the Truth in Equity people know what they&#x27;re doing. They&#x27;ve been doing this for many, many years and help you do it right. So the three things you need to make it work are you have to have positive cash flow. You have to have equity in your house because you&#x27;re going to have to have something to borrow against.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Decent credit score, 680 or higher. Then you can get a HELOC. And then you can make it work. And I bet the majority of your listeners have those three things. So you are literally spending tens of thousands of dollars in needless interest. Wouldn&#x27;t it be nice to have your mortgage paid off at five years instead of 30 on your existing level of income? So truthinequity.com can show them how it works. When we say any equity in the home, how much equity do you really need to? Maybe 10%. So not much. You don&#x27;t have to have a bunch of money. I mean, say your mortgage is typically going to be 80% when you start. They&#x27;re not going to go up to 100% of the value of your home. Correct. They might go up to 90%. So the HELOC can be relatively small, but you just use it many times to kind of cycle off that first. And, you know, it&#x27;s not that hard, but you don&#x27;t need huge amounts of equity, just some. Well, it makes a lot of sense.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And, you know, I know one particular organization that doesn&#x27;t want you to do this. The banks. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. They love the 30-year mortgage. Isn&#x27;t it a wonderful thing? All the interest is paid up front. And even better, refinance and start a new 30-year clock all over again. They&#x27;ll never tell you about mortgage optimization. I think that&#x27;s it. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jordan Goodman, America&#x27;s Money Answer Man. I really think, Jordan, it&#x27;s important that people, when they do refinance right now with rates as low as they are, number one, they look at the no closing cost option versus the closing cost option. But number two, let&#x27;s say you did a 15-year mortgage like four or five years ago, and now you&#x27;re refinancing to get another 15. Look at a 10-year instead. So you still have that clock in your direction. I&#x27;m big on paying mortgages off faster, as are you, Pete. And that&#x27;s a way of doing it. If you do it with closing costs, in effect, you&#x27;re buying down the rate.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You get a lower rate, maybe another quarter point or so. But then it&#x27;s over with. You&#x27;ve paid the closing costs. It&#x27;s done. If you do it without closing costs, you&#x27;re going to pay a higher rate. And what I don&#x27;t like is the closing costs. They still have closing costs. You just don&#x27;t pay them out of pocket. You&#x27;re paying interest on those closing costs for 10 or 15 or 30 years. So I&#x27;d much rather just get it out of the way, get the lowest possible rate, and do it with a bit of closing costs. And with rates as low as they are now, I mean, they can only go so much lower, right? They&#x27;re not going to pay you to take a mortgage in the future. Maybe they will. We&#x27;ll see. I guess in Switzerland and Germany, they do take, you know, with negative interest rates spreading. And they&#x27;re going deeper. The European Central Bank current rate is now minus 0.4%. And Mario Draghi is talking about going even deeper into negative. So who knows what could go on in this world? Who would have thought $12 trillion would have been traded at negative interest rates?</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> But that&#x27;s where we are today. Start paying you to do mortgages. I&#x27;ll look like the Monopoly board with all the houses on there. I&#x27;ll buy hotels. I&#x27;ll do everything. Yeah. So, but, you know, we&#x27;re getting there. And so you&#x27;re saying it&#x27;s a great time to lock in the banks now at a low rate for forever, basically, as long as you stay in that house. Correct. And you want people to know about this, too. There&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who have life insurance policies and they figured out they don&#x27;t need the life insurance. Correct. So don&#x27;t just get rid of it. A lot of people. So this is another thing. The life insurance agent&#x27;s never going to tell you if you have a policy you don&#x27;t need anymore to sell it. They&#x27;re going to tell you to let it lapse, right? Take your cash value out of it and just let it lapse. So a lot of people do not realize that that is potentially hundreds of thousands of dollars in their pockets if they sell that policy. So let&#x27;s just do a simple example. Say you had a million dollar policy and say you had 100,000 cash value in it.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> If you just cash in, you get the 100,000 back out. If you were to sell that policy and say you&#x27;re like 70 years old or something like that, you might get four or 500,000 out of it. Say you got 400,000. The people buying it pay you 400,000 now. They become beneficiaries of the policy. And when you die, they get the million. You get the 400,000 up front. They don&#x27;t know when they&#x27;re going to get the million, but they&#x27;re willing to wait. Now, frankly, the older you are and the sicker you are, the better it&#x27;s going to be because they don&#x27;t want to wait that long. So if you&#x27;ve got a heart condition, that would be a wonderful thing. You know, I think other disease would be wonderful as well because you&#x27;ll get a higher price because they want to, they do underwriting and see that you have a chance of not sticking around too long. So they get their payoff. So you, the listener would be the seller of a life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And then they look at your age, your condition, how much money you&#x27;ve got, cash value, all those things. And then they bid it out and have various buyers competing to give you the highest possible price. And you&#x27;d be surprised. So, so many people have life insurance policies. They don&#x27;t need any more or their premiums are going up every year and they can&#x27;t really afford them anymore. Instead of just letting it lapse, sell it in what&#x27;s called the life settlement market. I&#x27;ve just given your listeners hundreds of thousands of dollars, Pete. Well, you know, when you say they&#x27;re willing to wait, it&#x27;s important that if you are going to sell your life insurance policy, you get someone who is willing to wait because you don&#x27;t need anyone cutting your brake lines in your car. That&#x27;s true. Yeah. So the hit is not a good way of collecting on your policies. You don&#x27;t want to have anything that is. That&#x27;s why they want you a little bit older and sicker. I mean, if you&#x27;re like 50 and healthy, you&#x27;re not going to be able to sell your policy.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> They don&#x27;t want to wait 30 years. But they might be willing to wait five or 10 years, something like that. You know, that market got thrown into a wrench there back when AIDS, people stopped dying very quickly with AIDS because they were buying folks who had HIV. They were buying their policies and they were getting a very quick return. But then like Magic Johnson&#x27;s still here for somebody did that to him, they&#x27;d be very angry right now. Well, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s called a viatical, actually. Okay. You can&#x27;t really do that. That&#x27;s a bad thing. You have to have at least two years. You can&#x27;t go buy a policy and then sell it right away because you think you&#x27;re going to die. Yeah. You have to wait at least two years, which is called the contestability period, before you can sell the policy. But there&#x27;s lots of people probably in your audience who have policies they&#x27;ve had for many, many years. And maybe they don&#x27;t need them anymore because maybe their kids are now self-supporting.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> So they don&#x27;t really have the need for the policy. But having three or four hundred thousand dollars in cash right now would be a good thing, which they could invest in the bridge loans we talked about at the beginning and earn six or eight percent. So we&#x27;ve made a lot of money for your audience in the last few minutes here. Yeah. Insurance companies would love for you to cancel your policy, but you&#x27;re better off keeping it and maybe getting selling it to somebody else and letting them utilize it. They&#x27;d love for it to lapse because then they&#x27;re off the hook. They&#x27;ve been collecting premiums through all those years. They&#x27;re off the hook. Just like the bankers would love you to refinance and start the interest clock all over again. I think we&#x27;ve shown you here that the financial institutions like insurance companies and banks may not always be on your side. Yeah. Well, they have investors in them and they want to make a profit too. That&#x27;s right. Now, one final thing. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, but credit cards. I mean, a lot of folks are still paying way too much interest on their credit cards. Way too much. Yeah. Recently, the amount of credit card downstanding went over $1 trillion for the first time ever.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> About 40% of the people with credit cards actually pay interest on it every month. 60% pay off the balance. 40% revolve those balances and at very, very high interest rates. 18, 25, 30% just ridiculous rates and fees. Several things you can do. First of all, you can get better credit cards. You don&#x27;t have to put up with these ridiculously high rates. All the best deals, frequent flyer miles, low interest rates. That&#x27;s the first thing. Second thing, you can consolidate all that credit card debt with a nonprofit credit counseling organization. My favorite place called Cambridge Credit Counseling, cambridgecredit.org. They&#x27;ve helped many, many people for many years. They&#x27;ve got deals with a credit card company you can&#x27;t get on your own. 6, 7% long-term. So they&#x27;ll consolidate all. You make one payment a month to Cambridge. They pay the credit cards and two, three, four years you&#x27;re out of debt.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> And the last thing, get errors off your credit report. There&#x27;s tons of errors on these things. And Pete, whenever you&#x27;re confused with somebody else, it&#x27;s not Warren Buffett or Bill Gates. It&#x27;s some deadbeat who&#x27;s like doing terrible things to your credit all the time. So get those things off, get your credit score up and your report as clean as possible. And that&#x27;ll help you get better credit cards as well. Yeah, very, very important. You just pay attention. I know a lot of people out there have credit cards that they could probably get a better one, but they just are used to keeping. I would say in personal finance, inertia and apathy are the greatest forces. I&#x27;m not sure why it is. People don&#x27;t do and they don&#x27;t care. But what your show is about and what my mission has been for many, many years is to help people care and do much better. The steps we&#x27;ve talked about, taking advantage of lower mortgage rates, getting better credit</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> cards, selling your life insurance policies. Those things alone could have a huge impact on some of your listeners. Momentum builds momentum, both positive and negative. And Jordan, I really appreciate your time today. Hope to have you on again in the future. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jordan Goodman returns to discuss mortgages, credit cards, and other financial choices. Coach Pete asks about the opportunities and issues he sees for consumers. Recorded July 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. I love to talk to, well, I love to do this segment because I talk to interesting people. And sometimes they&#x27;re so interesting, I want to have them on again and again and again. So we&#x27;ve got a repeat visitor on the show. His name is Jordan Goodman. He&#x27;s known as America&#x27;s Money Answer Man. For 35 years, you may have seen him anywhere out there in Money Magazine, CNN, CNBC, The View, all sorts of places. And he&#x27;s written a bunch of books. One is called Money Type. One is Master Your Debt. And one is Fast Profits and Hard Times. Jordan, welcome in. Great to be with you again, Pete. Yeah, well, you know, one thing about the money world, it always changes and is always something to talk about, isn&#x27;t there? Oh, yeah, for sure. And this is a very unusual time we&#x27;ve got right now, where in general the stock market has been doing pretty well lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But people are literally earning 0% on their savings account, CDs, money market funds, and around the world, literally negative yields. There&#x27;s $12 trillion currently trading at negative yields. You give a Swiss bank a dollar and they&#x27;ll say, oh, we&#x27;ll give you back 97 cents. That&#x27;s what you so-called earn, is you actually know in advance you&#x27;re going to lose money. It&#x27;s a crazy world out there. Years ago when I heard, I think it was Harry Dent talking about how you were eventually someday have to pay the banks to take your money. I thought he was joking, but he&#x27;s not. Right now we&#x27;re pretty much at zero in the U.S. What about the mortgage? With mortgage rates at all-time lows now, a lot of people are refinancing, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah. Well, it does make some sense. If your current mortgage is, I would say, 4% or higher, it&#x27;s going to make sense for you to refinance. The current rates today on 30-year fixed are about 3.5%.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> We&#x27;ve never seen that in our lifestyle, Pete. Yeah, that&#x27;s very low. 15-year, about 2.5%. We&#x27;ve never seen that in our lifetime either. So there are going to be some closing costs and points to do it. But again, 4% or higher, and then you&#x27;re locking in a lower rate. The other thing you can do to take advantage of these really low rates today is what&#x27;s called the mortgage optimization strategy. Now, that allows you to pay off a 30-year mortgage typically in about 5 to 7 years on your existing level of income. You use a home equity line of credit, what&#x27;s called a HELOC, which is a liquid line against your house. You keep your income, which is normally sitting in your checking account, in the HELOC, pushing down your principal every day. And literally, you&#x27;re making progress on your principal every day as opposed to a traditional mortgage. We make very, very little progress for many, many years to make sure you get the best deal and work this whole thing through.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> You can literally save 25 years off your mortgage and tens of thousands of dollars in needless interest. You know, I was talking about this seven or eight years ago with a mortgage guy I knew. But he tried to present it to his clients, and they would all say, too good to be true, scam, no way. And, you know, they would go ask the banker. It is true if you do it right. If you do it wrong, it might not work. There was, several years ago, a place called United First Financial out of Utah that did this concept as a, like, multi-level marketing pyramid scheme. Okay. That was bad. Okay. I never thought that was a good idea because you have gardeners and nail manicurists telling people about their mortgages. But the Truth in Equity people know what they&#x27;re doing. They&#x27;ve been doing this for many, many years and help you do it right. So the three things you need to make it work are you have to have positive cash flow. You have to have equity in your house because you&#x27;re going to have to have something to borrow against.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Decent credit score, 680 or higher. Then you can get a HELOC. And then you can make it work. And I bet the majority of your listeners have those three things. So you are literally spending tens of thousands of dollars in needless interest. Wouldn&#x27;t it be nice to have your mortgage paid off at five years instead of 30 on your existing level of income? So truthinequity.com can show them how it works. When we say any equity in the home, how much equity do you really need to? Maybe 10%. So not much. You don&#x27;t have to have a bunch of money. I mean, say your mortgage is typically going to be 80% when you start. They&#x27;re not going to go up to 100% of the value of your home. Correct. They might go up to 90%. So the HELOC can be relatively small, but you just use it many times to kind of cycle off that first. And, you know, it&#x27;s not that hard, but you don&#x27;t need huge amounts of equity, just some. Well, it makes a lot of sense.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And, you know, I know one particular organization that doesn&#x27;t want you to do this. The banks. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. They love the 30-year mortgage. Isn&#x27;t it a wonderful thing? All the interest is paid up front. And even better, refinance and start a new 30-year clock all over again. They&#x27;ll never tell you about mortgage optimization. I think that&#x27;s it. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jordan Goodman, America&#x27;s Money Answer Man. I really think, Jordan, it&#x27;s important that people, when they do refinance right now with rates as low as they are, number one, they look at the no closing cost option versus the closing cost option. But number two, let&#x27;s say you did a 15-year mortgage like four or five years ago, and now you&#x27;re refinancing to get another 15. Look at a 10-year instead. So you still have that clock in your direction. I&#x27;m big on paying mortgages off faster, as are you, Pete. And that&#x27;s a way of doing it. If you do it with closing costs, in effect, you&#x27;re buying down the rate.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You get a lower rate, maybe another quarter point or so. But then it&#x27;s over with. You&#x27;ve paid the closing costs. It&#x27;s done. If you do it without closing costs, you&#x27;re going to pay a higher rate. And what I don&#x27;t like is the closing costs. They still have closing costs. You just don&#x27;t pay them out of pocket. You&#x27;re paying interest on those closing costs for 10 or 15 or 30 years. So I&#x27;d much rather just get it out of the way, get the lowest possible rate, and do it with a bit of closing costs. And with rates as low as they are now, I mean, they can only go so much lower, right? They&#x27;re not going to pay you to take a mortgage in the future. Maybe they will. We&#x27;ll see. I guess in Switzerland and Germany, they do take, you know, with negative interest rates spreading. And they&#x27;re going deeper. The European Central Bank current rate is now minus 0.4%. And Mario Draghi is talking about going even deeper into negative. So who knows what could go on in this world? Who would have thought $12 trillion would have been traded at negative interest rates?</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> But that&#x27;s where we are today. Start paying you to do mortgages. I&#x27;ll look like the Monopoly board with all the houses on there. I&#x27;ll buy hotels. I&#x27;ll do everything. Yeah. So, but, you know, we&#x27;re getting there. And so you&#x27;re saying it&#x27;s a great time to lock in the banks now at a low rate for forever, basically, as long as you stay in that house. Correct. And you want people to know about this, too. There&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who have life insurance policies and they figured out they don&#x27;t need the life insurance. Correct. So don&#x27;t just get rid of it. A lot of people. So this is another thing. The life insurance agent&#x27;s never going to tell you if you have a policy you don&#x27;t need anymore to sell it. They&#x27;re going to tell you to let it lapse, right? Take your cash value out of it and just let it lapse. So a lot of people do not realize that that is potentially hundreds of thousands of dollars in their pockets if they sell that policy. So let&#x27;s just do a simple example. Say you had a million dollar policy and say you had 100,000 cash value in it.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> If you just cash in, you get the 100,000 back out. If you were to sell that policy and say you&#x27;re like 70 years old or something like that, you might get four or 500,000 out of it. Say you got 400,000. The people buying it pay you 400,000 now. They become beneficiaries of the policy. And when you die, they get the million. You get the 400,000 up front. They don&#x27;t know when they&#x27;re going to get the million, but they&#x27;re willing to wait. Now, frankly, the older you are and the sicker you are, the better it&#x27;s going to be because they don&#x27;t want to wait that long. So if you&#x27;ve got a heart condition, that would be a wonderful thing. You know, I think other disease would be wonderful as well because you&#x27;ll get a higher price because they want to, they do underwriting and see that you have a chance of not sticking around too long. So they get their payoff. So you, the listener would be the seller of a life insurance policy.</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> And then they look at your age, your condition, how much money you&#x27;ve got, cash value, all those things. And then they bid it out and have various buyers competing to give you the highest possible price. And you&#x27;d be surprised. So, so many people have life insurance policies. They don&#x27;t need any more or their premiums are going up every year and they can&#x27;t really afford them anymore. Instead of just letting it lapse, sell it in what&#x27;s called the life settlement market. I&#x27;ve just given your listeners hundreds of thousands of dollars, Pete. Well, you know, when you say they&#x27;re willing to wait, it&#x27;s important that if you are going to sell your life insurance policy, you get someone who is willing to wait because you don&#x27;t need anyone cutting your brake lines in your car. That&#x27;s true. Yeah. So the hit is not a good way of collecting on your policies. You don&#x27;t want to have anything that is. That&#x27;s why they want you a little bit older and sicker. I mean, if you&#x27;re like 50 and healthy, you&#x27;re not going to be able to sell your policy.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> They don&#x27;t want to wait 30 years. But they might be willing to wait five or 10 years, something like that. You know, that market got thrown into a wrench there back when AIDS, people stopped dying very quickly with AIDS because they were buying folks who had HIV. They were buying their policies and they were getting a very quick return. But then like Magic Johnson&#x27;s still here for somebody did that to him, they&#x27;d be very angry right now. Well, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s called a viatical, actually. Okay. You can&#x27;t really do that. That&#x27;s a bad thing. You have to have at least two years. You can&#x27;t go buy a policy and then sell it right away because you think you&#x27;re going to die. Yeah. You have to wait at least two years, which is called the contestability period, before you can sell the policy. But there&#x27;s lots of people probably in your audience who have policies they&#x27;ve had for many, many years. And maybe they don&#x27;t need them anymore because maybe their kids are now self-supporting.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> So they don&#x27;t really have the need for the policy. But having three or four hundred thousand dollars in cash right now would be a good thing, which they could invest in the bridge loans we talked about at the beginning and earn six or eight percent. So we&#x27;ve made a lot of money for your audience in the last few minutes here. Yeah. Insurance companies would love for you to cancel your policy, but you&#x27;re better off keeping it and maybe getting selling it to somebody else and letting them utilize it. They&#x27;d love for it to lapse because then they&#x27;re off the hook. They&#x27;ve been collecting premiums through all those years. They&#x27;re off the hook. Just like the bankers would love you to refinance and start the interest clock all over again. I think we&#x27;ve shown you here that the financial institutions like insurance companies and banks may not always be on your side. Yeah. Well, they have investors in them and they want to make a profit too. That&#x27;s right. Now, one final thing. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, but credit cards. I mean, a lot of folks are still paying way too much interest on their credit cards. Way too much. Yeah. Recently, the amount of credit card downstanding went over $1 trillion for the first time ever.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> About 40% of the people with credit cards actually pay interest on it every month. 60% pay off the balance. 40% revolve those balances and at very, very high interest rates. 18, 25, 30% just ridiculous rates and fees. Several things you can do. First of all, you can get better credit cards. You don&#x27;t have to put up with these ridiculously high rates. All the best deals, frequent flyer miles, low interest rates. That&#x27;s the first thing. Second thing, you can consolidate all that credit card debt with a nonprofit credit counseling organization. My favorite place called Cambridge Credit Counseling, cambridgecredit.org. They&#x27;ve helped many, many people for many years. They&#x27;ve got deals with a credit card company you can&#x27;t get on your own. 6, 7% long-term. So they&#x27;ll consolidate all. You make one payment a month to Cambridge. They pay the credit cards and two, three, four years you&#x27;re out of debt.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> And the last thing, get errors off your credit report. There&#x27;s tons of errors on these things. And Pete, whenever you&#x27;re confused with somebody else, it&#x27;s not Warren Buffett or Bill Gates. It&#x27;s some deadbeat who&#x27;s like doing terrible things to your credit all the time. So get those things off, get your credit score up and your report as clean as possible. And that&#x27;ll help you get better credit cards as well. Yeah, very, very important. You just pay attention. I know a lot of people out there have credit cards that they could probably get a better one, but they just are used to keeping. I would say in personal finance, inertia and apathy are the greatest forces. I&#x27;m not sure why it is. People don&#x27;t do and they don&#x27;t care. But what your show is about and what my mission has been for many, many years is to help people care and do much better. The steps we&#x27;ve talked about, taking advantage of lower mortgage rates, getting better credit</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> cards, selling your life insurance policies. Those things alone could have a huge impact on some of your listeners. Momentum builds momentum, both positive and negative. And Jordan, I really appreciate your time today. Hope to have you on again in the future. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jordan Goodman returns to discuss mortgages, credit cards, and other financial choices. Coach Pete asks about the opportunities and issues he sees for consumers. Recorded July 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jordan Goodman</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>Mortgages</category>
      <category>Credit</category>
      <category>Money Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jordan Goodman, financial education, Mortgages, Credit, Money Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8/image.jpg?t=1792072239&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jordan-goodman-mortgages-credit-and-money-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8/image.jpg?t=1792072239&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>674</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3661fa99-60b8-4891-989f-b4e2017c45e8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10827575" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jordan-goodman-mortgages-credit-and-money-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>116</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Mortgages, Credit, and Money Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:12" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Eastham: Common Sense Income Strategies</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Eastham: Common Sense Income Strategies</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Eastham joins Coach Pete to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies and the questions families face as they prepare for retirement. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go right outside of Orlando, Florida today. And we&#x27;ve got a guest on who hosted a show for over eight years in the area down there and around Florida called Your Home, Your Money. His name is Michael Easton, and he&#x27;s a financial advisor. He&#x27;s a personal financial specialist. He holds many licenses and a graduate from James Madison University, which I&#x27;ve been up that way plenty of times in Virginia. But we&#x27;re going to talk about the financial world in general, but also the world events that we see. And who can&#x27;t know about what the Brexit is now? It popped up out of nowhere on a lot of people&#x27;s radars, but then you saw what happened to the market a couple days afterwards and what&#x27;s happened since then.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And now everyone knows what Brexit is. And now everyone should know who Michael is. Michael, welcome in. It&#x27;s great to be here, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Yeah. Now, you can agree or disagree, but, I mean, I think that the financial world is a confusing place. And many people get run over if they&#x27;re not sure why they&#x27;re even on the road they&#x27;re on, correct? Yeah, I totally agree with that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s often been said if you don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going, any road will do. But in the financial planning world, it&#x27;s all about looking at the road you&#x27;re on right now and making sure that the road you&#x27;re on will get you to the destination you want to get to. And I have been in the financial industry for 24 years, and I&#x27;ve spent many of those days in those 24 years helping people not figure out where they&#x27;re going, but figure out where they are right now. I mean, you have to know where you are right now in the financial world before you can even figure out where you&#x27;re going. And, you know, this noise we see on TV, we call it investainment, 24-7 of financial news, and people get confused and they do the wrong thing or they leave the money where it shouldn&#x27;t be left.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> But let&#x27;s talk about the Brexit. Let&#x27;s talk about long-term effects for what happened with Britain saying they wanted out of the EU. Yeah, that&#x27;s a really good jumping point. I think a lot of people don&#x27;t really look at the overall impact on global economies, and that&#x27;s what I tend to do. I say, well, what&#x27;s the impact of this Brexit on U.S. markets? And I think globally, many other countries look at the U.S. as kind of the cleanest, dirty shirt in the laundry basket, if you will. And so as a result, even though our economy, in my opinion, is certainly not on solid footing, we&#x27;re still better than the rest of them. And so what happens is people still look to the U.S. for leadership.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> They are investing a lot of money here, and they see us as a safe haven. So we still are going to continue to see a significant amount of investment in U.S. companies. And so our markets, I don&#x27;t think, in the long term are going to be negatively affected necessarily by just the British exit. You know, the reaction, though, the reaction, I think, is maybe a reactionary reaction. That&#x27;s a real phrase right there. But the two days after the Brexit, like when the markets opened on the Monday and Tuesday, and what happened in the markets, or actually Friday, when the markets opened Friday, and then that Monday following, the markets were down about 800 points here in America. And then they bounced back a little bit, and then it&#x27;s been all around. But, I mean, why do you think that it&#x27;s just because people were worried about what was going on over there, or is it because there&#x27;s a lot of U.S. companies that have significant presence over in Europe?</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I think it was really about two things. One was uncertainty. And number two is that if you look at the way the scales were tipping, the scales were tipping towards Britain remaining a part of the EU. So it was a surprise on that Friday when they actually finalized the vote and came out and realized, hey, we got to, you know, the scales have completely tipped here. So there was an element of surprise that took people, you know, off guard. And as a result, there was a reaction. There was clearly a reaction. I think the fact that there&#x27;s uncertainty about, well, what&#x27;s going to happen going forward, nobody really knows because we haven&#x27;t seen this happen before. And that&#x27;s why I look at that and I say, okay, well, Britain in and of itself to me is not that,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> it&#x27;s not the only concern that exists here. It&#x27;s what&#x27;s the copycat effect? Because now that Britain has said, yeah, we can do this, well, you&#x27;ll have other countries that are likely to jump on board as well. And it could be one of those situations where this is the tipping point, if you will, of the collapse of the Eurozone as we know it. And how could that affect, could it also be a triggering event for the U.S.? Because I know that you&#x27;ve been calling for a downward slide here coming up sometime soon. Yep. Yep. It certainly could be a tipping point for the U.S., that third correction. I look at bear market cycles over a secular period of time, over a long-term period of time, which is different from the way most financial analysts look at it.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> I look at a 20-year time period for most bear markets over the last 200 years in the stock market. And what I&#x27;ve learned from that is that in these 20-year bear market time periods, well, we generally have at least three major corrections, sometimes as many as five or six. Now, in the current bear market, we&#x27;ve only seen two major corrections. One was from the year 2000 to 2003. The second one was 2000 to 2000, March of 2009 at the bottom. And so here we are at the top. So my biggest concern is that we&#x27;ve seen the market increase by 150%, even more at times. And we haven&#x27;t seen that third precipitous drop. So an event of this magnitude could certainly be the trigger into that third drop.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> I know we&#x27;ve interviewed Harry Dent on the show before, and he&#x27;s been calling for that. Of course, Harry Dent&#x27;s a Harvard economist, makes a lot of predictions. And his demographic quiff, he calls it, because we&#x27;re getting older and less people are in the workforce, so therefore less money going into pensions and more money coming out. So, and if we went into that third leg of the bear market, how, and the market really took a tumble, like I&#x27;ve heard people predict down to Dow on 5,000 or 6,000 going from where it is now. That&#x27;s a heck of a fall. How long do you think it would take for a market recovery? Well, I mean, the recovery, if you look at the last couple of drops, I mean, it&#x27;s a seven-year process. I mean, from point to point, seven to eight years is what happened. From 2000 to 2007 is when the market corrected. Then from 2007 to 2013, essentially, is where the market got back up to where it was in 2007.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> So seven, eight years. And the problem with that is that if you&#x27;re in retirement or if you&#x27;re approaching retirement, you don&#x27;t have time for that recovery. Because you&#x27;re going to be drawing on those IRAs and 401k dollars. Or if you&#x27;re 70 and older, then you&#x27;re going to have to draw on monies from your IRAs, from your required minimum distributions. And the problem is, if you think about it this way, if I have to take $100 out of my mutual fund accounts and the price is $10, I only have to sell 10 shares to get my $100. But if the price is dropped by 50%, now I have to sell 20 shares. So the problem, I refer to that as reverse dollar cost averaging.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And essentially what it means is that you&#x27;re taking more money out of your principal when the market&#x27;s down than you are when the market&#x27;s up. If you&#x27;re in retirement, what that means is that you have cannibalized your principal. And even when the market does recover, you&#x27;re not likely to see a recovery in your account. It&#x27;s a dangerous strategy. Yeah, we&#x27;re talking to personal financial strategist, Michael Easton. And, you know, I want to, we talk about this all every day. It&#x27;s almost like going to Vegas when you play the market. But when people approach that financial red zone, which is five years out of retirement or all the way through retirement, they should minimize risk and increase income accounts, right? Yeah, absolutely. I think looking towards an income-oriented, we&#x27;ve lost that mindset. I mean, this isn&#x27;t new information. It&#x27;s not a new strategy.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> The analogy I like to use is you protect the goose and you eat the eggs, all right? If you&#x27;re doing that, then if you&#x27;re eating your, you&#x27;re using your interest, then you&#x27;re eating the eggs. When you start eating the chicken or the goose, well, then your principal is going downhill. So we forgot about that incredible principle of protecting that principle but generating interest and dividends so that I can live off of those, especially during the early years of retirement, so that I have enough principle in the latter years. And there&#x27;s really, there&#x27;s a whole suite of investment options that meet those categories, that meet that description, that generate interest and dividends, that can give people the confidence that they&#x27;re going to accomplish their financial goals in retirement.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> I think during what I call the roaring 90s, people saw so many people making money just investing in anything with a dot-com after it. They started taking money out of their retirement accounts and putting it in risk accounts, and that&#x27;s way off base because retirement accounts are supposed to be there all the way through retirement and to help you make sure you have plenty of money to do things in retirement, yet the thrill of putting that money in and being able to brag to your neighbors about getting 100% gain in a week in some of these dot-com companies, people forgot all about having their money allocated the correct way. Is that a true statement? That&#x27;s right. It absolutely is, and I like your analogy. It&#x27;s very similar. I mean, think about it. If you go to Vegas and you&#x27;re sitting at the table and you&#x27;re down 20%, what&#x27;s the dealer going to say? Is he going to say, you know, is he going to say you need to get out now, or is he going to say double down?</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> The rule of thumb is that, you know, stay the course, right? But if you&#x27;re invested for growth when you should be invested for income, then you&#x27;re on a collision course and you need to redirect that a bit. Yeah, many people stay in risk because they&#x27;re trying to get maybe a 30% or 40% more gain in their portfolio, but you ask yourself, would your life change that much if you had 30% more money compared to if you had 30% less money? And I guarantee people&#x27;s lives would change drastically in the wrong direction if they lost 30% or 40% of their retirement money. That&#x27;s so true. That&#x27;s a great point. Well, Michael, it&#x27;s been great having you on the show. Folks, we hope to have you on again. I know you&#x27;re writing a book right now, so when you come out with a book, we&#x27;d love to have you on talking about that book. But, folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Michael, again, thanks for your time today. My pleasure, Coach Pete. Thanks so much. Talk to you soon. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Eastham joins Coach Pete to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies and the questions families face as they prepare for retirement. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world or the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go right outside of Orlando, Florida today. And we&#x27;ve got a guest on who hosted a show for over eight years in the area down there and around Florida called Your Home, Your Money. His name is Michael Easton, and he&#x27;s a financial advisor. He&#x27;s a personal financial specialist. He holds many licenses and a graduate from James Madison University, which I&#x27;ve been up that way plenty of times in Virginia. But we&#x27;re going to talk about the financial world in general, but also the world events that we see. And who can&#x27;t know about what the Brexit is now? It popped up out of nowhere on a lot of people&#x27;s radars, but then you saw what happened to the market a couple days afterwards and what&#x27;s happened since then.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And now everyone knows what Brexit is. And now everyone should know who Michael is. Michael, welcome in. It&#x27;s great to be here, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Yeah. Now, you can agree or disagree, but, I mean, I think that the financial world is a confusing place. And many people get run over if they&#x27;re not sure why they&#x27;re even on the road they&#x27;re on, correct? Yeah, I totally agree with that. Absolutely. It&#x27;s often been said if you don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re going, any road will do. But in the financial planning world, it&#x27;s all about looking at the road you&#x27;re on right now and making sure that the road you&#x27;re on will get you to the destination you want to get to. And I have been in the financial industry for 24 years, and I&#x27;ve spent many of those days in those 24 years helping people not figure out where they&#x27;re going, but figure out where they are right now. I mean, you have to know where you are right now in the financial world before you can even figure out where you&#x27;re going. And, you know, this noise we see on TV, we call it investainment, 24-7 of financial news, and people get confused and they do the wrong thing or they leave the money where it shouldn&#x27;t be left.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> But let&#x27;s talk about the Brexit. Let&#x27;s talk about long-term effects for what happened with Britain saying they wanted out of the EU. Yeah, that&#x27;s a really good jumping point. I think a lot of people don&#x27;t really look at the overall impact on global economies, and that&#x27;s what I tend to do. I say, well, what&#x27;s the impact of this Brexit on U.S. markets? And I think globally, many other countries look at the U.S. as kind of the cleanest, dirty shirt in the laundry basket, if you will. And so as a result, even though our economy, in my opinion, is certainly not on solid footing, we&#x27;re still better than the rest of them. And so what happens is people still look to the U.S. for leadership.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> They are investing a lot of money here, and they see us as a safe haven. So we still are going to continue to see a significant amount of investment in U.S. companies. And so our markets, I don&#x27;t think, in the long term are going to be negatively affected necessarily by just the British exit. You know, the reaction, though, the reaction, I think, is maybe a reactionary reaction. That&#x27;s a real phrase right there. But the two days after the Brexit, like when the markets opened on the Monday and Tuesday, and what happened in the markets, or actually Friday, when the markets opened Friday, and then that Monday following, the markets were down about 800 points here in America. And then they bounced back a little bit, and then it&#x27;s been all around. But, I mean, why do you think that it&#x27;s just because people were worried about what was going on over there, or is it because there&#x27;s a lot of U.S. companies that have significant presence over in Europe?</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I think it was really about two things. One was uncertainty. And number two is that if you look at the way the scales were tipping, the scales were tipping towards Britain remaining a part of the EU. So it was a surprise on that Friday when they actually finalized the vote and came out and realized, hey, we got to, you know, the scales have completely tipped here. So there was an element of surprise that took people, you know, off guard. And as a result, there was a reaction. There was clearly a reaction. I think the fact that there&#x27;s uncertainty about, well, what&#x27;s going to happen going forward, nobody really knows because we haven&#x27;t seen this happen before. And that&#x27;s why I look at that and I say, okay, well, Britain in and of itself to me is not that,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> it&#x27;s not the only concern that exists here. It&#x27;s what&#x27;s the copycat effect? Because now that Britain has said, yeah, we can do this, well, you&#x27;ll have other countries that are likely to jump on board as well. And it could be one of those situations where this is the tipping point, if you will, of the collapse of the Eurozone as we know it. And how could that affect, could it also be a triggering event for the U.S.? Because I know that you&#x27;ve been calling for a downward slide here coming up sometime soon. Yep. Yep. It certainly could be a tipping point for the U.S., that third correction. I look at bear market cycles over a secular period of time, over a long-term period of time, which is different from the way most financial analysts look at it.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> I look at a 20-year time period for most bear markets over the last 200 years in the stock market. And what I&#x27;ve learned from that is that in these 20-year bear market time periods, well, we generally have at least three major corrections, sometimes as many as five or six. Now, in the current bear market, we&#x27;ve only seen two major corrections. One was from the year 2000 to 2003. The second one was 2000 to 2000, March of 2009 at the bottom. And so here we are at the top. So my biggest concern is that we&#x27;ve seen the market increase by 150%, even more at times. And we haven&#x27;t seen that third precipitous drop. So an event of this magnitude could certainly be the trigger into that third drop.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> I know we&#x27;ve interviewed Harry Dent on the show before, and he&#x27;s been calling for that. Of course, Harry Dent&#x27;s a Harvard economist, makes a lot of predictions. And his demographic quiff, he calls it, because we&#x27;re getting older and less people are in the workforce, so therefore less money going into pensions and more money coming out. So, and if we went into that third leg of the bear market, how, and the market really took a tumble, like I&#x27;ve heard people predict down to Dow on 5,000 or 6,000 going from where it is now. That&#x27;s a heck of a fall. How long do you think it would take for a market recovery? Well, I mean, the recovery, if you look at the last couple of drops, I mean, it&#x27;s a seven-year process. I mean, from point to point, seven to eight years is what happened. From 2000 to 2007 is when the market corrected. Then from 2007 to 2013, essentially, is where the market got back up to where it was in 2007.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> So seven, eight years. And the problem with that is that if you&#x27;re in retirement or if you&#x27;re approaching retirement, you don&#x27;t have time for that recovery. Because you&#x27;re going to be drawing on those IRAs and 401k dollars. Or if you&#x27;re 70 and older, then you&#x27;re going to have to draw on monies from your IRAs, from your required minimum distributions. And the problem is, if you think about it this way, if I have to take $100 out of my mutual fund accounts and the price is $10, I only have to sell 10 shares to get my $100. But if the price is dropped by 50%, now I have to sell 20 shares. So the problem, I refer to that as reverse dollar cost averaging.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And essentially what it means is that you&#x27;re taking more money out of your principal when the market&#x27;s down than you are when the market&#x27;s up. If you&#x27;re in retirement, what that means is that you have cannibalized your principal. And even when the market does recover, you&#x27;re not likely to see a recovery in your account. It&#x27;s a dangerous strategy. Yeah, we&#x27;re talking to personal financial strategist, Michael Easton. And, you know, I want to, we talk about this all every day. It&#x27;s almost like going to Vegas when you play the market. But when people approach that financial red zone, which is five years out of retirement or all the way through retirement, they should minimize risk and increase income accounts, right? Yeah, absolutely. I think looking towards an income-oriented, we&#x27;ve lost that mindset. I mean, this isn&#x27;t new information. It&#x27;s not a new strategy.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> The analogy I like to use is you protect the goose and you eat the eggs, all right? If you&#x27;re doing that, then if you&#x27;re eating your, you&#x27;re using your interest, then you&#x27;re eating the eggs. When you start eating the chicken or the goose, well, then your principal is going downhill. So we forgot about that incredible principle of protecting that principle but generating interest and dividends so that I can live off of those, especially during the early years of retirement, so that I have enough principle in the latter years. And there&#x27;s really, there&#x27;s a whole suite of investment options that meet those categories, that meet that description, that generate interest and dividends, that can give people the confidence that they&#x27;re going to accomplish their financial goals in retirement.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> I think during what I call the roaring 90s, people saw so many people making money just investing in anything with a dot-com after it. They started taking money out of their retirement accounts and putting it in risk accounts, and that&#x27;s way off base because retirement accounts are supposed to be there all the way through retirement and to help you make sure you have plenty of money to do things in retirement, yet the thrill of putting that money in and being able to brag to your neighbors about getting 100% gain in a week in some of these dot-com companies, people forgot all about having their money allocated the correct way. Is that a true statement? That&#x27;s right. It absolutely is, and I like your analogy. It&#x27;s very similar. I mean, think about it. If you go to Vegas and you&#x27;re sitting at the table and you&#x27;re down 20%, what&#x27;s the dealer going to say? Is he going to say, you know, is he going to say you need to get out now, or is he going to say double down?</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> The rule of thumb is that, you know, stay the course, right? But if you&#x27;re invested for growth when you should be invested for income, then you&#x27;re on a collision course and you need to redirect that a bit. Yeah, many people stay in risk because they&#x27;re trying to get maybe a 30% or 40% more gain in their portfolio, but you ask yourself, would your life change that much if you had 30% more money compared to if you had 30% less money? And I guarantee people&#x27;s lives would change drastically in the wrong direction if they lost 30% or 40% of their retirement money. That&#x27;s so true. That&#x27;s a great point. Well, Michael, it&#x27;s been great having you on the show. Folks, we hope to have you on again. I know you&#x27;re writing a book right now, so when you come out with a book, we&#x27;d love to have you on talking about that book. But, folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety,</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Michael, again, thanks for your time today. My pleasure, Coach Pete. Thanks so much. Talk to you soon. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Eastham joins Coach Pete to discuss Common Sense Income Strategies and the questions families face as they prepare for retirement. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Eastham</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Common Sense Income Strategies</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Eastham, retirement planning, Common Sense Income Strategies, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348/image.jpg?t=1792072261&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-eastham-common-sense-income-strategies/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348/image.jpg?t=1792072261&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>638</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cd9584cb-2715-4f68-98b9-b4e2017a1348/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10239151" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-eastham-common-sense-income-strategies</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>117</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Common Sense Income Strategies" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Josh Bernstein: Media and Political Commentary</title>
      <itunes:title>Josh Bernstein: Media and Political Commentary</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Josh Bernstein joins Coach Pete to discuss his work as a commentator and his views on political issues and the media. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, whether it be an author or whatever, somebody who&#x27;s speaking out, has a show. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Josh Bernstein, and he is a TV commentator. He&#x27;s got a great show on there. He&#x27;s got a great podcast. And the saying is, the Josh Bernstein show starts where the rest of the media ends. Josh, welcome in. Oh, it&#x27;s great to be with you. You know, I thought we&#x27;d have you on because, I mean, gosh, you turn the TV on these days and there&#x27;s always some kind of terrorism going on somewhere. And minds like mine, and there aren&#x27;t many minds like mine, I&#x27;m told by a lot of people around me who wish I&#x27;d shut up sometimes,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but I start to wonder and try to put pieces together. I used to put puzzles together growing up. And when you take all these little media events and sound blurbs from across the world, sometimes it looks like it could fit into a pretty good puzzle. And I want to get your opinion on terrorist attacks, what you think&#x27;s going on, what you think may happen in the future, and see if maybe you can help tie some loose ends together. How does that sound? Well, that sounds good. You know, if you&#x27;re looking at what&#x27;s been going on with the terrorist attacks, we are truly in a situation of, you know, falling back. We&#x27;re really not leading. If you look at what&#x27;s going on in Afghanistan, if you look at what&#x27;s going on in Syria, we have taken a back seat. Barack Obama&#x27;s goal was to fundamentally transform America by increasing the size of the government&#x27;s role at home,</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> and then also simultaneously decreasing the size of and scope of American influence abroad. And he&#x27;s been very successful, unfortunately, at doing that. You know, the last couple of terrorist attacks, when you have, you know, this Omar Mateen, who obviously his motivations were to ISIS and to radical Islam. When you have the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Injustice, as I like to call them, say, we will never know why this person did what they did, Omar Mateen, at this nightclub. I would assume that the 911 call would have been a big clue. Not to mention, the FBI was notified about five weeks beforehand by Lotus Gunworks,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> which is a gun store in Florida. They were notified because Omar Mateen went into the gun store and said, I would like to buy some bulk ammunition. Thankfully, the clerk said, I&#x27;m sorry, sir, we cannot sell you that. So after he walked out of the gun store, he picked up his cell phone, and he was speaking Arabic on his cell phone, according to the worker. They immediately called the FBI. Now, when the FBI was notified, they were told this story about five weeks before this happened. So they were notified, and yet nothing really had come of it. They didn&#x27;t really do anything. They didn&#x27;t investigate it or anything. So in some respects, the FBI could have saved these 49 Americans, these 49 people from being slaughtered and being killed five weeks later.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> So when you see the complicitness, if you will, of the Obama administration, the Department of Justice, the Homeland Security, I mean, Jay Johnson actually said that gun control will now be a matter of national security. Then you have these Democrat babies, you know, go into the house and start singing songs about they want gun control. So it&#x27;s just we&#x27;re not focused on the real threat, and the real threat is radical Islam. This administration will not even say those words. And until we deal with the issue, acknowledge the problem, unfortunately we are going to see and continue to see these types of events tragically take place. Why are they so quick to come out? I mean, it&#x27;s almost like the shooting isn&#x27;t even done yet,</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> and they&#x27;re coming out saying there&#x27;s no ties to terrorism, or they re-terminalize things, like they called the shooting at the military base a couple years ago workplace violence. But on the other side of the coin, they rush to judgment and blame the gun right away. I mean, what&#x27;s going on here? It&#x27;s just to divert people&#x27;s attention from the real cause over to a make-believe cause, I guess, huh? Well, I think what a lot of it has to deal with is the fact that you have an administration that is, without a doubt, pro-Islamic. There&#x27;s no question about it. You had at least five to ten members of the Muslim Brotherhood inside our government. You had, you know, Mohammed al-Biari. You had Rashid Hussain.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> The list goes on and on. Imu Patel. There&#x27;s a whole bunch of others. Some of those, thankfully, are no longer inside the government. The bottom line is this administration has looked upon our allies as our enemies. They have looked upon our adversaries as our allies. Everything has been backwards, and this is not anything that Americans that have been born here, raised here, and are used to, they&#x27;re looking at this going, what is going on? Why is our government going out of its way to apologize for people that want to slaughter us and want to kill us? And I think the question should be more of, we may never know why this shooter went and did what he did.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> The question should be, we&#x27;ll never know why our government is not protecting us and siding with our enemies. I think that&#x27;s more of the question here. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Bernstein. He&#x27;s called the political savant. And I&#x27;ve got a note here to ask you why the shooter sold his house for $100 this April to a family member. Do you want to talk about that? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. As a matter of fact, we don&#x27;t know the reason why, but according to the tax records, it does show that he gifted and sold his house for $100 to his cousin, who I believe was, and I had it written down. I don&#x27;t have my notes in front of me. And, like, Mustafa or Astana or something was his cousin who works as an insurance broker for Alliance Insurance.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> He sold it to him and, I believe, his father, Siddiqui, who, by the way, is going around on the media and saying, well, I&#x27;m sorry, I didn&#x27;t know about his radical ties. I didn&#x27;t know anything about any of this. Meanwhile, this is a guy that ran for the presidency of Afghanistan and hosted a television show, an internet television show, in which he would talk about the Taliban. He was pro-Taliban. He was anti-American. He&#x27;s been to Hillary Clinton&#x27;s State Department. There are pictures of him there. So, again, it&#x27;s tied back to Hillary Clinton. You can even say that when she was at the State Department, the Fort Pierce Islamic Center was under surveillance. She actually stopped the surveillance and the investigation.</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> She basically said to the FBI to not do that because we don&#x27;t want to be seen as profiling. Well, meanwhile, the clerk or mullah or whatever, the sheik or whatever that runs the Fort Pierce Islamic Center is where Omar Mateen would go once a week to pray and to go to mosque. So, again, political correctness, once again, got in the way of our safety. Yeah. I mean, if we know who the enemy is, why not target them and why not profile them? Because that&#x27;s how FBI has stopped crimes for years, by profiling the typical shooters and the typical terrorists. Exactly. And that&#x27;s why I say everything is just backwards these days.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. Political correctness get the best of us, and it&#x27;s put us in a dangerous position. Now, I just turned 50 this year, and that means I guess I&#x27;m old in the eyes of some of these organizations out here. There&#x27;s one big organization that&#x27;s really a political lobbying group where people join it and get old people discounts like me, old people like me discounts. But you&#x27;ve got an organization you think is better than that other organization I&#x27;m not going to mention. Without a doubt. I&#x27;m a proud spokesman for an amazing group called AMAC, the Association of Mature American Citizens. Folks can go to www.amac.us. We are that conservative alternative to AARP. And when we do lobby on behalf of our members and to Congress, it is to give seniors more power, more control over their health care decisions.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> You know, the federal government got a 1.3% increase in their federal pay. And meanwhile, seniors did not get a cost of living adjustment with the price of prescription drugs going up and medical premiums skyrocketing and supplies and things like that and food supplies going up. Seniors got absolutely nothing. So we are working right now on bipartisan legislation, both parties, H.R. 4140, the Seniors Act, as well as H.R. 5295, which is another cost of living adjustment act in which we&#x27;re trying to get seniors the much needed pay that they rightfully deserve, as well as a 1% increase in veterans pay as well. So if you are a senior, 50 years of age or older, and you do have AARP, understand that there is an alternative.</p><p><strong>09:51</strong> $16 a year is typically what it costs to join. However, if you say and call them at 888-262-2006, 888-262-2006, tell them that you heard Josh Bernstein, their national spokesman, talking about them, we&#x27;ll waive that $16 and give you a free membership. That&#x27;s right, a free membership. Check us out at amac.us. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. I mean, I hate the fact that a lot of people donate to other organizations and then the organization turns around and lobbies against what those people believe in. $2.8 billion was spent lobbying to get Obamacare passed, and then once it passed, they turned around and they exempted their members from being a part of it.</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> Wow. That&#x27;s what AARP did. Wow. Well, Josh, lots of things to talk about. I hope to have you on again in the future because, you know, as you and I both know and as everybody out there knows, every single day is a news event. Something&#x27;s going to happen out there. And the way these bad things have been happening, seemingly almost day after day, I&#x27;m sure we&#x27;ll never run out of things to talk about. Absolutely. Anytime, any topic. And folks, if you joined the show late or want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. And by the way, Josh has several hundred TV shows. You can go Google his name, Josh Bernstein, on Google, and you&#x27;ll find many of those TV shows. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Josh Bernstein joins Coach Pete to discuss his work as a commentator and his views on political issues and the media. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, whether it be an author or whatever, somebody who&#x27;s speaking out, has a show. And we&#x27;ve got a great guest today. His name is Josh Bernstein, and he is a TV commentator. He&#x27;s got a great show on there. He&#x27;s got a great podcast. And the saying is, the Josh Bernstein show starts where the rest of the media ends. Josh, welcome in. Oh, it&#x27;s great to be with you. You know, I thought we&#x27;d have you on because, I mean, gosh, you turn the TV on these days and there&#x27;s always some kind of terrorism going on somewhere. And minds like mine, and there aren&#x27;t many minds like mine, I&#x27;m told by a lot of people around me who wish I&#x27;d shut up sometimes,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but I start to wonder and try to put pieces together. I used to put puzzles together growing up. And when you take all these little media events and sound blurbs from across the world, sometimes it looks like it could fit into a pretty good puzzle. And I want to get your opinion on terrorist attacks, what you think&#x27;s going on, what you think may happen in the future, and see if maybe you can help tie some loose ends together. How does that sound? Well, that sounds good. You know, if you&#x27;re looking at what&#x27;s been going on with the terrorist attacks, we are truly in a situation of, you know, falling back. We&#x27;re really not leading. If you look at what&#x27;s going on in Afghanistan, if you look at what&#x27;s going on in Syria, we have taken a back seat. Barack Obama&#x27;s goal was to fundamentally transform America by increasing the size of the government&#x27;s role at home,</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> and then also simultaneously decreasing the size of and scope of American influence abroad. And he&#x27;s been very successful, unfortunately, at doing that. You know, the last couple of terrorist attacks, when you have, you know, this Omar Mateen, who obviously his motivations were to ISIS and to radical Islam. When you have the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Injustice, as I like to call them, say, we will never know why this person did what they did, Omar Mateen, at this nightclub. I would assume that the 911 call would have been a big clue. Not to mention, the FBI was notified about five weeks beforehand by Lotus Gunworks,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> which is a gun store in Florida. They were notified because Omar Mateen went into the gun store and said, I would like to buy some bulk ammunition. Thankfully, the clerk said, I&#x27;m sorry, sir, we cannot sell you that. So after he walked out of the gun store, he picked up his cell phone, and he was speaking Arabic on his cell phone, according to the worker. They immediately called the FBI. Now, when the FBI was notified, they were told this story about five weeks before this happened. So they were notified, and yet nothing really had come of it. They didn&#x27;t really do anything. They didn&#x27;t investigate it or anything. So in some respects, the FBI could have saved these 49 Americans, these 49 people from being slaughtered and being killed five weeks later.</p><p><strong>03:22</strong> So when you see the complicitness, if you will, of the Obama administration, the Department of Justice, the Homeland Security, I mean, Jay Johnson actually said that gun control will now be a matter of national security. Then you have these Democrat babies, you know, go into the house and start singing songs about they want gun control. So it&#x27;s just we&#x27;re not focused on the real threat, and the real threat is radical Islam. This administration will not even say those words. And until we deal with the issue, acknowledge the problem, unfortunately we are going to see and continue to see these types of events tragically take place. Why are they so quick to come out? I mean, it&#x27;s almost like the shooting isn&#x27;t even done yet,</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> and they&#x27;re coming out saying there&#x27;s no ties to terrorism, or they re-terminalize things, like they called the shooting at the military base a couple years ago workplace violence. But on the other side of the coin, they rush to judgment and blame the gun right away. I mean, what&#x27;s going on here? It&#x27;s just to divert people&#x27;s attention from the real cause over to a make-believe cause, I guess, huh? Well, I think what a lot of it has to deal with is the fact that you have an administration that is, without a doubt, pro-Islamic. There&#x27;s no question about it. You had at least five to ten members of the Muslim Brotherhood inside our government. You had, you know, Mohammed al-Biari. You had Rashid Hussain.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> The list goes on and on. Imu Patel. There&#x27;s a whole bunch of others. Some of those, thankfully, are no longer inside the government. The bottom line is this administration has looked upon our allies as our enemies. They have looked upon our adversaries as our allies. Everything has been backwards, and this is not anything that Americans that have been born here, raised here, and are used to, they&#x27;re looking at this going, what is going on? Why is our government going out of its way to apologize for people that want to slaughter us and want to kill us? And I think the question should be more of, we may never know why this shooter went and did what he did.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> The question should be, we&#x27;ll never know why our government is not protecting us and siding with our enemies. I think that&#x27;s more of the question here. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Bernstein. He&#x27;s called the political savant. And I&#x27;ve got a note here to ask you why the shooter sold his house for $100 this April to a family member. Do you want to talk about that? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. As a matter of fact, we don&#x27;t know the reason why, but according to the tax records, it does show that he gifted and sold his house for $100 to his cousin, who I believe was, and I had it written down. I don&#x27;t have my notes in front of me. And, like, Mustafa or Astana or something was his cousin who works as an insurance broker for Alliance Insurance.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> He sold it to him and, I believe, his father, Siddiqui, who, by the way, is going around on the media and saying, well, I&#x27;m sorry, I didn&#x27;t know about his radical ties. I didn&#x27;t know anything about any of this. Meanwhile, this is a guy that ran for the presidency of Afghanistan and hosted a television show, an internet television show, in which he would talk about the Taliban. He was pro-Taliban. He was anti-American. He&#x27;s been to Hillary Clinton&#x27;s State Department. There are pictures of him there. So, again, it&#x27;s tied back to Hillary Clinton. You can even say that when she was at the State Department, the Fort Pierce Islamic Center was under surveillance. She actually stopped the surveillance and the investigation.</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> She basically said to the FBI to not do that because we don&#x27;t want to be seen as profiling. Well, meanwhile, the clerk or mullah or whatever, the sheik or whatever that runs the Fort Pierce Islamic Center is where Omar Mateen would go once a week to pray and to go to mosque. So, again, political correctness, once again, got in the way of our safety. Yeah. I mean, if we know who the enemy is, why not target them and why not profile them? Because that&#x27;s how FBI has stopped crimes for years, by profiling the typical shooters and the typical terrorists. Exactly. And that&#x27;s why I say everything is just backwards these days.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. Political correctness get the best of us, and it&#x27;s put us in a dangerous position. Now, I just turned 50 this year, and that means I guess I&#x27;m old in the eyes of some of these organizations out here. There&#x27;s one big organization that&#x27;s really a political lobbying group where people join it and get old people discounts like me, old people like me discounts. But you&#x27;ve got an organization you think is better than that other organization I&#x27;m not going to mention. Without a doubt. I&#x27;m a proud spokesman for an amazing group called AMAC, the Association of Mature American Citizens. Folks can go to www.amac.us. We are that conservative alternative to AARP. And when we do lobby on behalf of our members and to Congress, it is to give seniors more power, more control over their health care decisions.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> You know, the federal government got a 1.3% increase in their federal pay. And meanwhile, seniors did not get a cost of living adjustment with the price of prescription drugs going up and medical premiums skyrocketing and supplies and things like that and food supplies going up. Seniors got absolutely nothing. So we are working right now on bipartisan legislation, both parties, H.R. 4140, the Seniors Act, as well as H.R. 5295, which is another cost of living adjustment act in which we&#x27;re trying to get seniors the much needed pay that they rightfully deserve, as well as a 1% increase in veterans pay as well. So if you are a senior, 50 years of age or older, and you do have AARP, understand that there is an alternative.</p><p><strong>09:51</strong> $16 a year is typically what it costs to join. However, if you say and call them at 888-262-2006, 888-262-2006, tell them that you heard Josh Bernstein, their national spokesman, talking about them, we&#x27;ll waive that $16 and give you a free membership. That&#x27;s right, a free membership. Check us out at amac.us. Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. I mean, I hate the fact that a lot of people donate to other organizations and then the organization turns around and lobbies against what those people believe in. $2.8 billion was spent lobbying to get Obamacare passed, and then once it passed, they turned around and they exempted their members from being a part of it.</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> Wow. That&#x27;s what AARP did. Wow. Well, Josh, lots of things to talk about. I hope to have you on again in the future because, you know, as you and I both know and as everybody out there knows, every single day is a news event. Something&#x27;s going to happen out there. And the way these bad things have been happening, seemingly almost day after day, I&#x27;m sure we&#x27;ll never run out of things to talk about. Absolutely. Anytime, any topic. And folks, if you joined the show late or want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on that as heard on the show icon. And by the way, Josh has several hundred TV shows. You can go Google his name, Josh Bernstein, on Google, and you&#x27;ll find many of those TV shows. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Josh Bernstein joins Coach Pete to discuss his work as a commentator and his views on political issues and the media. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Josh Bernstein</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Media and Political Commentary</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Josh Bernstein, economic policy, Media and Political Commentary, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525/image.jpg?t=1792072268&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-bernstein-media-and-political-commentary/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525/image.jpg?t=1792072268&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>681</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3667a91c-c040-4ab3-99c7-b4e201799525/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10932241" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-bernstein-media-and-political-commentary</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>118</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Media and Political Commentary" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jason Roberts: The Importance of a Retirement Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>Jason Roberts: The Importance of a Retirement Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jason Roberts joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning, financial advice, and building a plan around personal goals. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial industry or just a difference in the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to right outside of Daytona Beach, Florida, and talk to Jason Roberts, who&#x27;s an investment advising and financial expert. Jason, welcome in. Hi, sir. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. Let&#x27;s talk about the investment world in general. I know you&#x27;ve been around the investment world for about 20 or some years and made a lot of money in real estate, too. What can the average listener learn about the financial world that they haven&#x27;t already heard on TV or read in all the magazines that are out there these days? Well, I think the first issue is that we need to get educated as a population. You know, I went to school and I had a business finance major, and I didn&#x27;t learn one thing about real estate or how to invest money in college.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And we spent a lot of money to get me through there. So it&#x27;s something that you&#x27;ve got to do on your own. It&#x27;s just not being taught in the school systems right now. But it is probably one of the most important things that you&#x27;ll ever have to learn. Yeah, and when we talk about saving, everyone wants to spend these days. That&#x27;s what all the commercials are on TV and the radio and the newspapers, getting you to spend your money. But what are some of the most efficient and disciplined ways for people to save? And how can people take some of their money and get in the right place efficiently? Well, let&#x27;s be honest. And that&#x27;s one thing that it doesn&#x27;t seem like most people are honest about is how to save money. As a population, we are pretty much living paycheck to paycheck. And that is a very serious concern. The generation in the 50s to 60s, 65 range just haven&#x27;t saved enough money to retire. And that&#x27;s something that we can do, especially the millennials, they need to learn.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> When you&#x27;re young, the more you can save, the bigger that asset will be when it comes time to retire. So we have got to get back to the basics that our grandpa and grandma taught us about saving money on every single paycheck you get. Now, there&#x27;s a lot of different ways to do that, and we can talk about how to do that. But the most important thing is that you create the process that makes you save money. Everybody talks about buying a house, which is great. I&#x27;m a huge believer in a family purchasing a home and making it a home. But the truth of the matter is that&#x27;s not really an investment. It&#x27;s where we live, and we&#x27;re making payments on it. Now, long term, if you live in that thing for 30 years, obviously, it&#x27;s a forced vehicle savings. You&#x27;ve paid the thing off. Hopefully, you&#x27;ve gotten some appreciation, and you&#x27;ll have an asset there that you could do something with when it&#x27;s time to retire.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But we don&#x27;t, as a population, save the way we need to be saving. Did I pretty much put the nail on the head that it&#x27;s more fun to send than save? Unfortunately, the truth, and that&#x27;s unfortunately the reality of what we are doing as a country. You can see it right now. Go to grocery stores and look at these bad groceries that are checking people out. It&#x27;s not the 15- and 16-year-old kids that used to do it when I was that age. It&#x27;s grandma and grandpa trying to make ends meet. So we&#x27;ve got to save money. We just have to get back to that philosophy of every time you earn money, you&#x27;ve got to put some of it away. Even though the biggest struggle and the biggest concern we have right now from an income standpoint is we&#x27;re making less money than we did 7, 8, 10 years ago. But you&#x27;ve still got to plan for the future. And things are getting more expensive.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> So you&#x27;re making less and things are costing more. That&#x27;s a bad equation, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s a very bad equation, and that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s happened. Now, we look at people who have 401ks and they&#x27;re not taking advantage of the match that the employer&#x27;s given them, and they tell me many times that they can&#x27;t afford to save any money. And I always say, well, if you can&#x27;t afford to save when you&#x27;re working, what&#x27;s going to happen when you don&#x27;t have that paycheck coming in? You haven&#x27;t saved. You&#x27;re going to be in a lot of trouble. And they say, well, Social Security will be there. Well, maybe it will, maybe it won&#x27;t. But even if it is, is Social Security going to be there to carry you through all the expenses in retirement? And I say, no. There&#x27;s no way. We all know Social Security is probably going to continue to be dropped. You cannot make, almost at this point, depending on where you live, you can&#x27;t make your house payment on the $1,200 you&#x27;re going to get from Social Security.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So that is the absolute wrong way to think. The one thing people don&#x27;t realize is you&#x27;re costing yourself money, free money, if you don&#x27;t put any money in a 401k when your employer is matching. And, you know, they call it match for a reason. If you don&#x27;t put any money in, the employer&#x27;s not going to put any money in because they figure if you don&#x27;t care, they don&#x27;t care. But if you do put money in and they match, I mean, it&#x27;s almost criminal for you. It&#x27;s a crime against yourself if you&#x27;re not funding your own 401k. You&#x27;re passing up at least, at minimum, a 100% return on every dollar you put in there. Yeah. And you don&#x27;t get 100% returns anymore in most any other place legally, can you? So it&#x27;s a good place. If you do, please let me know. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Roberts. He&#x27;s an investment advising and financial expert. We&#x27;re talking to him right outside of Daytona Beach, Florida, which is a great place to be.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Probably a lot of retirees right around you, Jason. Everywhere. Yeah, everywhere. And more and more folks are flocking down here. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the amounts. And people say it&#x27;s one thing to say, well, you need to save in your 401k. They say, well, Coach Pete and Jason said to do that, so I&#x27;m going to put a couple dollars a month in. You know, what should be the actual target goal, money-wise, that someone should try to save per paycheck or per month in their 401k or other places to get that goal of an income account in retirement? Well, that&#x27;s a very hard question to answer, but here&#x27;s the problem. How many people are just, because it&#x27;s such a big decision to make and there&#x27;s so many factors, how many people just don&#x27;t even go see a financial planner? Yeah, a lot. Whenever you&#x27;re trying to learn a new venture or new expertise, you&#x27;ve got to go to school. You&#x27;ve got to learn.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> In this case, there&#x27;s no school that really teaches it, so you&#x27;ve got to teach yourself. And if you don&#x27;t know, you go find an expert who will help you. And that&#x27;s the problem is a lot of people just, I don&#x27;t make enough money to go see a financial planner. You&#x27;ve got to start somewhere, man. I talk to kids, you know, I say kids, but 23-year-old, 24-year-old kids just out of college, hey, what do I do? Those are the folks that we need to be pounding on right now. Because the truth of the matter is if you&#x27;re 55 years old and you haven&#x27;t saved any money yet, you just have to get used to the idea you&#x27;re going to have to work a lot longer than you thought. So that&#x27;s the issue. We know that&#x27;s how you solve that problem. What we need to do, in my opinion, is focus on the millennials and focus on our grandchildren. One of the big things that I talk about all the time is it might be too late to save for your college kids fund.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> It might be too late to save for your retirement. I don&#x27;t mean that literally. I just mean if you have no money saved and you&#x27;re 55, you&#x27;re not going to accumulate $500,000 or $700,000 in a short period of time on your current salary. So how can we fix our problem? If we look over a 50-year kind of lifetime, one, we can make our grandchildren rich by sticking money in an account for them and saying, you need to be debt-free by the time you&#x27;re 60 years old. If you&#x27;ll stick $5,000 or $10,000 in an account for them, you know how much money that&#x27;s worth in 50 or 60 years, even if they don&#x27;t spend another dollar? Yeah. It&#x27;s a compounding aspect of money, and it either works for you or against you, doesn&#x27;t it? It absolutely does. Yeah, and so now a lot of people, we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left on the segment here.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> A lot of people won&#x27;t go to a financial advisor just like someone with a toothache won&#x27;t go to a dentist. They&#x27;re afraid of what the advice is going to be or whatever, but is all advice the right advice that people are getting from their financial advisors? Well, that&#x27;s hard to say. I don&#x27;t want to bash financial advisors because for the vast majority, they&#x27;re great people, and their job, they genuinely want to help folks. You&#x27;re going to find the occasional ones like Bernie Madoff and those guys that obviously don&#x27;t have your best interest at heart, but it&#x27;s such a governed institute now that for the most part, anybody you talk to, they&#x27;re going to have a lot more knowledge than you are. So start with that first person. If you don&#x27;t like them, go talk to another person. But it is your job, and it ultimately is your responsibility to plan for your own retirement.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> If you&#x27;re waiting on the government to do it, I don&#x27;t want to say you get what you deserve, but you know the answer to that. Yeah. Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I think that, you know, again, if the advice isn&#x27;t what you want to hear, sometimes that&#x27;s the best advice too, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely, because we have to get out of our comfort zone. You know, starting a business, obviously, you&#x27;ve got to get out of your comfort zone. Investing and saying, man, I don&#x27;t make enough money to invest, you&#x27;ve got to get out of your comfort zone and think outside of the box. You can start with as little as $1,000 in some cases, but if you save $15,000 or $20,000 or $25,000, and it&#x27;s sitting in an old IRA account, in a cash account, even worse, you&#x27;re earning negative interest. Yep. And you&#x27;ve got to get that money to work. Call that losing money safely.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> A lot of people just throw it in the bank because they want it to be safe, but the inflation rate&#x27;s going up higher than your savings rate, therefore you&#x27;re losing buying power. Not a good thing. By almost more than four. Yep. You know, we have negative interest rates for the most part, and inflation is really, what, 3%, 3.5% if you&#x27;re really looking at the number. So you&#x27;ve got to get at least that amount just to pay next year&#x27;s bills at the same pace. Anyone who tells me there&#x27;s not inflation, I say, well, do you remember the 10-cent candy bar? And then they look at me and shake their head, yes, they do. And I say, I do too. And now they&#x27;re about $1 each, so it&#x27;s kind of crazy. That&#x27;s inflation right in front of you. They don&#x27;t do their own shopping if they don&#x27;t understand what. Well, great interview, Jason. Folks, the most important thing is that you get a plan, you work the plan, and you get a planner who understands your plan and customizes it for you. Jason, hope to have you on again in the future.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Yep, and folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jason Roberts joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning, financial advice, and building a plan around personal goals. Recorded June 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out around the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial industry or just a difference in the world in general. And we&#x27;re going to go to right outside of Daytona Beach, Florida, and talk to Jason Roberts, who&#x27;s an investment advising and financial expert. Jason, welcome in. Hi, sir. How are you? I&#x27;m doing great. Let&#x27;s talk about the investment world in general. I know you&#x27;ve been around the investment world for about 20 or some years and made a lot of money in real estate, too. What can the average listener learn about the financial world that they haven&#x27;t already heard on TV or read in all the magazines that are out there these days? Well, I think the first issue is that we need to get educated as a population. You know, I went to school and I had a business finance major, and I didn&#x27;t learn one thing about real estate or how to invest money in college.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And we spent a lot of money to get me through there. So it&#x27;s something that you&#x27;ve got to do on your own. It&#x27;s just not being taught in the school systems right now. But it is probably one of the most important things that you&#x27;ll ever have to learn. Yeah, and when we talk about saving, everyone wants to spend these days. That&#x27;s what all the commercials are on TV and the radio and the newspapers, getting you to spend your money. But what are some of the most efficient and disciplined ways for people to save? And how can people take some of their money and get in the right place efficiently? Well, let&#x27;s be honest. And that&#x27;s one thing that it doesn&#x27;t seem like most people are honest about is how to save money. As a population, we are pretty much living paycheck to paycheck. And that is a very serious concern. The generation in the 50s to 60s, 65 range just haven&#x27;t saved enough money to retire. And that&#x27;s something that we can do, especially the millennials, they need to learn.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> When you&#x27;re young, the more you can save, the bigger that asset will be when it comes time to retire. So we have got to get back to the basics that our grandpa and grandma taught us about saving money on every single paycheck you get. Now, there&#x27;s a lot of different ways to do that, and we can talk about how to do that. But the most important thing is that you create the process that makes you save money. Everybody talks about buying a house, which is great. I&#x27;m a huge believer in a family purchasing a home and making it a home. But the truth of the matter is that&#x27;s not really an investment. It&#x27;s where we live, and we&#x27;re making payments on it. Now, long term, if you live in that thing for 30 years, obviously, it&#x27;s a forced vehicle savings. You&#x27;ve paid the thing off. Hopefully, you&#x27;ve gotten some appreciation, and you&#x27;ll have an asset there that you could do something with when it&#x27;s time to retire.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But we don&#x27;t, as a population, save the way we need to be saving. Did I pretty much put the nail on the head that it&#x27;s more fun to send than save? Unfortunately, the truth, and that&#x27;s unfortunately the reality of what we are doing as a country. You can see it right now. Go to grocery stores and look at these bad groceries that are checking people out. It&#x27;s not the 15- and 16-year-old kids that used to do it when I was that age. It&#x27;s grandma and grandpa trying to make ends meet. So we&#x27;ve got to save money. We just have to get back to that philosophy of every time you earn money, you&#x27;ve got to put some of it away. Even though the biggest struggle and the biggest concern we have right now from an income standpoint is we&#x27;re making less money than we did 7, 8, 10 years ago. But you&#x27;ve still got to plan for the future. And things are getting more expensive.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> So you&#x27;re making less and things are costing more. That&#x27;s a bad equation, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s a very bad equation, and that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s happened. Now, we look at people who have 401ks and they&#x27;re not taking advantage of the match that the employer&#x27;s given them, and they tell me many times that they can&#x27;t afford to save any money. And I always say, well, if you can&#x27;t afford to save when you&#x27;re working, what&#x27;s going to happen when you don&#x27;t have that paycheck coming in? You haven&#x27;t saved. You&#x27;re going to be in a lot of trouble. And they say, well, Social Security will be there. Well, maybe it will, maybe it won&#x27;t. But even if it is, is Social Security going to be there to carry you through all the expenses in retirement? And I say, no. There&#x27;s no way. We all know Social Security is probably going to continue to be dropped. You cannot make, almost at this point, depending on where you live, you can&#x27;t make your house payment on the $1,200 you&#x27;re going to get from Social Security.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> So that is the absolute wrong way to think. The one thing people don&#x27;t realize is you&#x27;re costing yourself money, free money, if you don&#x27;t put any money in a 401k when your employer is matching. And, you know, they call it match for a reason. If you don&#x27;t put any money in, the employer&#x27;s not going to put any money in because they figure if you don&#x27;t care, they don&#x27;t care. But if you do put money in and they match, I mean, it&#x27;s almost criminal for you. It&#x27;s a crime against yourself if you&#x27;re not funding your own 401k. You&#x27;re passing up at least, at minimum, a 100% return on every dollar you put in there. Yeah. And you don&#x27;t get 100% returns anymore in most any other place legally, can you? So it&#x27;s a good place. If you do, please let me know. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jason Roberts. He&#x27;s an investment advising and financial expert. We&#x27;re talking to him right outside of Daytona Beach, Florida, which is a great place to be.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> Probably a lot of retirees right around you, Jason. Everywhere. Yeah, everywhere. And more and more folks are flocking down here. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the amounts. And people say it&#x27;s one thing to say, well, you need to save in your 401k. They say, well, Coach Pete and Jason said to do that, so I&#x27;m going to put a couple dollars a month in. You know, what should be the actual target goal, money-wise, that someone should try to save per paycheck or per month in their 401k or other places to get that goal of an income account in retirement? Well, that&#x27;s a very hard question to answer, but here&#x27;s the problem. How many people are just, because it&#x27;s such a big decision to make and there&#x27;s so many factors, how many people just don&#x27;t even go see a financial planner? Yeah, a lot. Whenever you&#x27;re trying to learn a new venture or new expertise, you&#x27;ve got to go to school. You&#x27;ve got to learn.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> In this case, there&#x27;s no school that really teaches it, so you&#x27;ve got to teach yourself. And if you don&#x27;t know, you go find an expert who will help you. And that&#x27;s the problem is a lot of people just, I don&#x27;t make enough money to go see a financial planner. You&#x27;ve got to start somewhere, man. I talk to kids, you know, I say kids, but 23-year-old, 24-year-old kids just out of college, hey, what do I do? Those are the folks that we need to be pounding on right now. Because the truth of the matter is if you&#x27;re 55 years old and you haven&#x27;t saved any money yet, you just have to get used to the idea you&#x27;re going to have to work a lot longer than you thought. So that&#x27;s the issue. We know that&#x27;s how you solve that problem. What we need to do, in my opinion, is focus on the millennials and focus on our grandchildren. One of the big things that I talk about all the time is it might be too late to save for your college kids fund.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> It might be too late to save for your retirement. I don&#x27;t mean that literally. I just mean if you have no money saved and you&#x27;re 55, you&#x27;re not going to accumulate $500,000 or $700,000 in a short period of time on your current salary. So how can we fix our problem? If we look over a 50-year kind of lifetime, one, we can make our grandchildren rich by sticking money in an account for them and saying, you need to be debt-free by the time you&#x27;re 60 years old. If you&#x27;ll stick $5,000 or $10,000 in an account for them, you know how much money that&#x27;s worth in 50 or 60 years, even if they don&#x27;t spend another dollar? Yeah. It&#x27;s a compounding aspect of money, and it either works for you or against you, doesn&#x27;t it? It absolutely does. Yeah, and so now a lot of people, we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes left on the segment here.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> A lot of people won&#x27;t go to a financial advisor just like someone with a toothache won&#x27;t go to a dentist. They&#x27;re afraid of what the advice is going to be or whatever, but is all advice the right advice that people are getting from their financial advisors? Well, that&#x27;s hard to say. I don&#x27;t want to bash financial advisors because for the vast majority, they&#x27;re great people, and their job, they genuinely want to help folks. You&#x27;re going to find the occasional ones like Bernie Madoff and those guys that obviously don&#x27;t have your best interest at heart, but it&#x27;s such a governed institute now that for the most part, anybody you talk to, they&#x27;re going to have a lot more knowledge than you are. So start with that first person. If you don&#x27;t like them, go talk to another person. But it is your job, and it ultimately is your responsibility to plan for your own retirement.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> If you&#x27;re waiting on the government to do it, I don&#x27;t want to say you get what you deserve, but you know the answer to that. Yeah. Yeah, it&#x27;s just important. I think that, you know, again, if the advice isn&#x27;t what you want to hear, sometimes that&#x27;s the best advice too, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely, because we have to get out of our comfort zone. You know, starting a business, obviously, you&#x27;ve got to get out of your comfort zone. Investing and saying, man, I don&#x27;t make enough money to invest, you&#x27;ve got to get out of your comfort zone and think outside of the box. You can start with as little as $1,000 in some cases, but if you save $15,000 or $20,000 or $25,000, and it&#x27;s sitting in an old IRA account, in a cash account, even worse, you&#x27;re earning negative interest. Yep. And you&#x27;ve got to get that money to work. Call that losing money safely.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> A lot of people just throw it in the bank because they want it to be safe, but the inflation rate&#x27;s going up higher than your savings rate, therefore you&#x27;re losing buying power. Not a good thing. By almost more than four. Yep. You know, we have negative interest rates for the most part, and inflation is really, what, 3%, 3.5% if you&#x27;re really looking at the number. So you&#x27;ve got to get at least that amount just to pay next year&#x27;s bills at the same pace. Anyone who tells me there&#x27;s not inflation, I say, well, do you remember the 10-cent candy bar? And then they look at me and shake their head, yes, they do. And I say, I do too. And now they&#x27;re about $1 each, so it&#x27;s kind of crazy. That&#x27;s inflation right in front of you. They don&#x27;t do their own shopping if they don&#x27;t understand what. Well, great interview, Jason. Folks, the most important thing is that you get a plan, you work the plan, and you get a planner who understands your plan and customizes it for you. Jason, hope to have you on again in the future.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> Absolutely. Thank you for having us. Yep, and folks, if you want to hear this interview again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jason Roberts joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement planning, financial advice, and building a plan around personal goals. Recorded June 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jason Roberts</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>The Importance of a Retirement Plan</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jason Roberts, retirement planning, The Importance of a Retirement Plan, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4/image.jpg?t=1792072279&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-roberts-the-importance-of-a-retirement-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4/image.jpg?t=1792072279&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jun 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>579</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8812ba47-c647-4c85-a01d-b4e2017800c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9296492" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-roberts-the-importance-of-a-retirement-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>119</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Importance of a Retirement Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Matt Hall: Odds On and Evidence-Based Investing</title>
      <itunes:title>Matt Hall: Odds On and Evidence-Based Investing</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Matt Hall joins Coach Pete to discuss Odds On and the ideas behind an evidence-based approach to investing. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world, basically, and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And I&#x27;ve got a great book that came across my desk the other day. The title is Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor. And the author is Matt Hall from St. Louis. He&#x27;s going to join us on the show today and talk a little bit about the book and what evidence-based investing is. Matt, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach Pete. Glad to be with you. Yeah, now it&#x27;s a great book. And, you know, I like Carl Richards. He&#x27;s from the New York Times, and he draws pictures that depict the financial world. And I know you&#x27;re familiar with him as well. Yeah, Carl has been a friend and definitely had an influence on my career and practice. You know, one of the things I like to say about Carl is he has done a better job of connecting money and emotion</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> than almost anybody else I know. And oftentimes he does it through pictures drawn with a Sharpie. So he&#x27;s a pretty cool guy, and he&#x27;s been a great inspiration for the book that I wrote. Yeah, I&#x27;ve had him on my show before, too. And I&#x27;ve got one of his famous pictures on my wall in my office. And it&#x27;s basically, it says how to lose money in the market. And it shows the classic diagram of a camel&#x27;s back, basically, up and down. And it says, you know, buy here. And it&#x27;s talking about the high point and sell here. And it talks about the low point. And in other words, the investor is their own worst enemy many times, aren&#x27;t they? That&#x27;s right. Greed and Fear, I think, is the title of that sketch. That one and another one called The Behavior Gap are two of his most popular drawings because I think people can look at them and see themselves or past experiences in those drawings.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> They don&#x27;t have to even read a book. They can just look for a few seconds at something and say, yep, I did that or that was me. And it starts a conversation that might not otherwise happen because, as you probably know, people don&#x27;t always love talking about money. In my experience, people would almost rather talk about politics or sex before they talk about money. And whether that&#x27;s because our parents didn&#x27;t talk about money or because we&#x27;re not sure what we value in it or what it means to us, we just don&#x27;t talk as much about it as maybe we should. And I think Carl&#x27;s drawings have really helped start conversations that might not otherwise happen. Yeah, exactly. And one of your quotes there is, most financial institutions today don&#x27;t want you to know how to put the odds on your side because if you knew the secret, you&#x27;ll leave them because you won&#x27;t overpay them to underperform any longer.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I know you said that. And I want to talk about the book. You talk about why the investor, the individual investor out there, needs to self-educate before they delegate. Do you want to talk about that? Yeah. And, Coach, maybe I could tell you, too, why I even thought the world needed another investment book. I have, for most of my career, been giving away books. For 16 years, I&#x27;ve been giving away investment books. And most of them are sort of wonky and technical. And when I would give them to people, you could tell they had the intention of reading them. But then a few weeks later, when I&#x27;d follow up with them and say, did you read the book? They&#x27;d say, no, I ran into some language that threw me off or hit some hurdle and stopped and didn&#x27;t make it through. So my motivation to even write a book was primarily based on the idea that I wanted to make something that was relatable and understandable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And I&#x27;ve been actually timing people who have bought the book. And a lot of people can read the book in three hours, five or six hours if you break it up into a couple sittings. But, I mean, it&#x27;s very important to me that it not have industry jargon, that it not be the typical investment book, which is just boring and leaves people feeling powerless. So I tried to do the opposite. And by doing the opposite, I buried the wonky and the technical into life stories and experiences of my own. Well, it&#x27;s my experience. You know, if you get too technical, people aren&#x27;t going to hear a thing you say anyway. So, I mean, dumbing it down is a term that I hate to use a lot of times, but it really makes sense. I mean, if people understand something, they&#x27;re more apt to pay attention to it. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Well, here&#x27;s the concept I&#x27;m fond of. If you&#x27;ve ever heard of a book written by two guys called the Heath Brothers, they wrote a book called Made to Stick.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And it was about how certain ideas really seem to grab hold and be understood and then become at some point viral. And one of their lessons is this thing called the curse of knowledge, that sometimes when we know too much, we forget what it was like to unknow the thing we know and really have sort of that beginner&#x27;s mindset. So in our industry, too often, we throw around terms like IPC and fiduciary and things that we think, you know, an investment policy committee or an investment policy statement inside of our industry is like typical kind of lingo. But if you throw that stuff out to any regular person, even a highly successful person, and in my experience, even highly successful people working in corporate finance with MBAs from the best schools,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> they don&#x27;t even know or care about a lot of the industry jargon. So it gets in the way. And what I wanted to do was, and the book is really divided into three sections. One, what I witnessed that I thought was wrong in our industry. Two, what I saw as the solution. And then three, what I decided to do about it. So in the sort of what was wrong space, what I found was people paying a lot in fees to underperform. Now, I&#x27;m not against paying for something when you get value, but if you&#x27;re paying a lot and you&#x27;re underperforming a simple benchmark, I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s the objective. So how can you reverse that? What can you do about it? Well, what I learned is that, you know, and this is now becoming more and more commonly understood, is that most people who are trying to beat a benchmark or the average can&#x27;t do it.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> So if you can&#x27;t do that, how can you get sort of market returns? Well, the simplest way is you could buy an index fund and keep your costs low and be tax efficient, and you&#x27;ll do, you know, pretty well. Now, Warren Buffett&#x27;s, you know, made a bet with a hedge fund manager that he looks like he&#x27;s going to win, where an index fund is beating this person&#x27;s hedge fund. He says he&#x27;s leaving a lot of his money after he passes away to the S&amp;P 500. The idea of index funds being a great way to capture market returns is becoming more and more popular. So the second section is really about unveiling sort of the data and the evidence that I had been exposed to and what that could mean for investors. And then the third piece was at the end of the book is really about how sort of, I think, the ideal relationship with an advisor and someone who is both technically savvy</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> and who really cares about you and your interests, how that can work. So, yeah, so that&#x27;s odds on, and it&#x27;s done quite well. I&#x27;m really proud of it and excited for your listeners to check it out. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Matt Hall. He&#x27;s the author of the book Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor. And Carl Richards, the sketch guy from the New York Times and also author of The Behavior Gap, says about this book, this is not a book. It&#x27;s a gift to every investor who has ever wondered if there is a better way. And speaking of that, you talk about in the book what Wall Street is not telling consumers about our investment system. Do you want to touch on that briefly? Sure. I think that just simplicity and transparency are huge basics that investors should have, and yet the biggest firms in our country can&#x27;t or don&#x27;t give them to investors.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> So, for example, if you ask anyone out on the street, do you know what your fees are? Do you know what your returns are? Do you know what your allocation is? They don&#x27;t know what those things are, and those are just the vital signs. Forget about evidence-based or active management or index funds or any of that stuff. But just simplicity and transparency could liberate people and make them feel much better about the financial decisions they&#x27;ve made. But if you say, what are your fees? Most people can&#x27;t even find the information to determine what their fees are. Or if they do find the information, it&#x27;s a schedule that requires them to get out a calculator and do a little bit of math. It shouldn&#x27;t be that hard. It should be much easier. And a lot of people get lost in the fees, too. But, you know, I&#x27;d gladly pay somebody 3% if they made me 20% every year. Sure, sure. Well, and the goal should be, I think, to find that accountability.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> You know, and so if you don&#x27;t have transparency and simplicity, I can&#x27;t even make a judgment. Even if I&#x27;m looking to make a judgment over a long period of time, and I&#x27;m not a short-term thinker, in the old days, if you think about going back to the 60s, if you said, how have the markets done? No one could easily answer that question because we just didn&#x27;t have the data. Now we have the data. We know what the benchmark is, but we have to easily be able to hold the people accountable to what they say they&#x27;re going to do. So I haven&#x27;t met anyone, even, again, highly successful people with millions of dollars who work with Goldman Sachs or Northern Trust or any of the big firms. And when I ask them, do you know your fees, returns, and allocation, and my sample size of asking that question is humongous. I have found no one who knows all three of those answers. Well, that&#x27;s confusing a lot of times of why they wouldn&#x27;t know that.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> But, you know, it&#x27;s easy to get lost in the shuffle these days, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. Now, you talk about that your investments tell a story, and you say, what&#x27;s yours? You want to talk, we have about a minute or so left here. Why don&#x27;t you explain how your investments that you hold tell a story and how the listener can figure out what their story is? Well, going back, we can go back to Carl Richards again. He has a great quote where he says, if you show me your checkbook and your calendar, I&#x27;ll tell you what&#x27;s important to you. I think you can make a similar statement about your investments. How have you made decisions in the past? Have you made them willy-nilly? Have you had a plan? Have you thought about it? Or did you just do what your parents or grandparents did? I think if we get clearer on what our goals are, what we want our money to do, what our plan is, and what kind of risk we&#x27;re willing to take versus not,</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> and be intentional about what&#x27;s in our portfolio, what&#x27;s in our plan, and, you know, how much we&#x27;re spending. I ask people that are prospective clients, do you know how much you spend? And I&#x27;m blown away by how few people actually know what they&#x27;re spending on an annual basis. So having a plan, getting intentional, and much like Carl has said, looking at your calendar, looking at your checkbook, figuring out what&#x27;s important, and having your investments reflect those decisions and your intentions, I think, can be really powerful. And if you have the advantage of time, people underestimate the power of compounding, but small little advantages can add up over long periods of time. My firm&#x27;s motto is take the long view, and that&#x27;s because we think that sort of perspective is required for real success. Very, very important. Again, folks, the name of the book, Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> His name is Matt Hall, and if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Matt Hall joins Coach Pete to discuss Odds On and the ideas behind an evidence-based approach to investing. Recorded May 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where I go out around the world, basically, and find someone who&#x27;s making a difference in the financial world. And I&#x27;ve got a great book that came across my desk the other day. The title is Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor. And the author is Matt Hall from St. Louis. He&#x27;s going to join us on the show today and talk a little bit about the book and what evidence-based investing is. Matt, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach Pete. Glad to be with you. Yeah, now it&#x27;s a great book. And, you know, I like Carl Richards. He&#x27;s from the New York Times, and he draws pictures that depict the financial world. And I know you&#x27;re familiar with him as well. Yeah, Carl has been a friend and definitely had an influence on my career and practice. You know, one of the things I like to say about Carl is he has done a better job of connecting money and emotion</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> than almost anybody else I know. And oftentimes he does it through pictures drawn with a Sharpie. So he&#x27;s a pretty cool guy, and he&#x27;s been a great inspiration for the book that I wrote. Yeah, I&#x27;ve had him on my show before, too. And I&#x27;ve got one of his famous pictures on my wall in my office. And it&#x27;s basically, it says how to lose money in the market. And it shows the classic diagram of a camel&#x27;s back, basically, up and down. And it says, you know, buy here. And it&#x27;s talking about the high point and sell here. And it talks about the low point. And in other words, the investor is their own worst enemy many times, aren&#x27;t they? That&#x27;s right. Greed and Fear, I think, is the title of that sketch. That one and another one called The Behavior Gap are two of his most popular drawings because I think people can look at them and see themselves or past experiences in those drawings.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> They don&#x27;t have to even read a book. They can just look for a few seconds at something and say, yep, I did that or that was me. And it starts a conversation that might not otherwise happen because, as you probably know, people don&#x27;t always love talking about money. In my experience, people would almost rather talk about politics or sex before they talk about money. And whether that&#x27;s because our parents didn&#x27;t talk about money or because we&#x27;re not sure what we value in it or what it means to us, we just don&#x27;t talk as much about it as maybe we should. And I think Carl&#x27;s drawings have really helped start conversations that might not otherwise happen. Yeah, exactly. And one of your quotes there is, most financial institutions today don&#x27;t want you to know how to put the odds on your side because if you knew the secret, you&#x27;ll leave them because you won&#x27;t overpay them to underperform any longer.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> I know you said that. And I want to talk about the book. You talk about why the investor, the individual investor out there, needs to self-educate before they delegate. Do you want to talk about that? Yeah. And, Coach, maybe I could tell you, too, why I even thought the world needed another investment book. I have, for most of my career, been giving away books. For 16 years, I&#x27;ve been giving away investment books. And most of them are sort of wonky and technical. And when I would give them to people, you could tell they had the intention of reading them. But then a few weeks later, when I&#x27;d follow up with them and say, did you read the book? They&#x27;d say, no, I ran into some language that threw me off or hit some hurdle and stopped and didn&#x27;t make it through. So my motivation to even write a book was primarily based on the idea that I wanted to make something that was relatable and understandable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And I&#x27;ve been actually timing people who have bought the book. And a lot of people can read the book in three hours, five or six hours if you break it up into a couple sittings. But, I mean, it&#x27;s very important to me that it not have industry jargon, that it not be the typical investment book, which is just boring and leaves people feeling powerless. So I tried to do the opposite. And by doing the opposite, I buried the wonky and the technical into life stories and experiences of my own. Well, it&#x27;s my experience. You know, if you get too technical, people aren&#x27;t going to hear a thing you say anyway. So, I mean, dumbing it down is a term that I hate to use a lot of times, but it really makes sense. I mean, if people understand something, they&#x27;re more apt to pay attention to it. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. Well, here&#x27;s the concept I&#x27;m fond of. If you&#x27;ve ever heard of a book written by two guys called the Heath Brothers, they wrote a book called Made to Stick.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And it was about how certain ideas really seem to grab hold and be understood and then become at some point viral. And one of their lessons is this thing called the curse of knowledge, that sometimes when we know too much, we forget what it was like to unknow the thing we know and really have sort of that beginner&#x27;s mindset. So in our industry, too often, we throw around terms like IPC and fiduciary and things that we think, you know, an investment policy committee or an investment policy statement inside of our industry is like typical kind of lingo. But if you throw that stuff out to any regular person, even a highly successful person, and in my experience, even highly successful people working in corporate finance with MBAs from the best schools,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> they don&#x27;t even know or care about a lot of the industry jargon. So it gets in the way. And what I wanted to do was, and the book is really divided into three sections. One, what I witnessed that I thought was wrong in our industry. Two, what I saw as the solution. And then three, what I decided to do about it. So in the sort of what was wrong space, what I found was people paying a lot in fees to underperform. Now, I&#x27;m not against paying for something when you get value, but if you&#x27;re paying a lot and you&#x27;re underperforming a simple benchmark, I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s the objective. So how can you reverse that? What can you do about it? Well, what I learned is that, you know, and this is now becoming more and more commonly understood, is that most people who are trying to beat a benchmark or the average can&#x27;t do it.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> So if you can&#x27;t do that, how can you get sort of market returns? Well, the simplest way is you could buy an index fund and keep your costs low and be tax efficient, and you&#x27;ll do, you know, pretty well. Now, Warren Buffett&#x27;s, you know, made a bet with a hedge fund manager that he looks like he&#x27;s going to win, where an index fund is beating this person&#x27;s hedge fund. He says he&#x27;s leaving a lot of his money after he passes away to the S&amp;P 500. The idea of index funds being a great way to capture market returns is becoming more and more popular. So the second section is really about unveiling sort of the data and the evidence that I had been exposed to and what that could mean for investors. And then the third piece was at the end of the book is really about how sort of, I think, the ideal relationship with an advisor and someone who is both technically savvy</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> and who really cares about you and your interests, how that can work. So, yeah, so that&#x27;s odds on, and it&#x27;s done quite well. I&#x27;m really proud of it and excited for your listeners to check it out. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Matt Hall. He&#x27;s the author of the book Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor. And Carl Richards, the sketch guy from the New York Times and also author of The Behavior Gap, says about this book, this is not a book. It&#x27;s a gift to every investor who has ever wondered if there is a better way. And speaking of that, you talk about in the book what Wall Street is not telling consumers about our investment system. Do you want to touch on that briefly? Sure. I think that just simplicity and transparency are huge basics that investors should have, and yet the biggest firms in our country can&#x27;t or don&#x27;t give them to investors.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> So, for example, if you ask anyone out on the street, do you know what your fees are? Do you know what your returns are? Do you know what your allocation is? They don&#x27;t know what those things are, and those are just the vital signs. Forget about evidence-based or active management or index funds or any of that stuff. But just simplicity and transparency could liberate people and make them feel much better about the financial decisions they&#x27;ve made. But if you say, what are your fees? Most people can&#x27;t even find the information to determine what their fees are. Or if they do find the information, it&#x27;s a schedule that requires them to get out a calculator and do a little bit of math. It shouldn&#x27;t be that hard. It should be much easier. And a lot of people get lost in the fees, too. But, you know, I&#x27;d gladly pay somebody 3% if they made me 20% every year. Sure, sure. Well, and the goal should be, I think, to find that accountability.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> You know, and so if you don&#x27;t have transparency and simplicity, I can&#x27;t even make a judgment. Even if I&#x27;m looking to make a judgment over a long period of time, and I&#x27;m not a short-term thinker, in the old days, if you think about going back to the 60s, if you said, how have the markets done? No one could easily answer that question because we just didn&#x27;t have the data. Now we have the data. We know what the benchmark is, but we have to easily be able to hold the people accountable to what they say they&#x27;re going to do. So I haven&#x27;t met anyone, even, again, highly successful people with millions of dollars who work with Goldman Sachs or Northern Trust or any of the big firms. And when I ask them, do you know your fees, returns, and allocation, and my sample size of asking that question is humongous. I have found no one who knows all three of those answers. Well, that&#x27;s confusing a lot of times of why they wouldn&#x27;t know that.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> But, you know, it&#x27;s easy to get lost in the shuffle these days, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. Now, you talk about that your investments tell a story, and you say, what&#x27;s yours? You want to talk, we have about a minute or so left here. Why don&#x27;t you explain how your investments that you hold tell a story and how the listener can figure out what their story is? Well, going back, we can go back to Carl Richards again. He has a great quote where he says, if you show me your checkbook and your calendar, I&#x27;ll tell you what&#x27;s important to you. I think you can make a similar statement about your investments. How have you made decisions in the past? Have you made them willy-nilly? Have you had a plan? Have you thought about it? Or did you just do what your parents or grandparents did? I think if we get clearer on what our goals are, what we want our money to do, what our plan is, and what kind of risk we&#x27;re willing to take versus not,</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> and be intentional about what&#x27;s in our portfolio, what&#x27;s in our plan, and, you know, how much we&#x27;re spending. I ask people that are prospective clients, do you know how much you spend? And I&#x27;m blown away by how few people actually know what they&#x27;re spending on an annual basis. So having a plan, getting intentional, and much like Carl has said, looking at your calendar, looking at your checkbook, figuring out what&#x27;s important, and having your investments reflect those decisions and your intentions, I think, can be really powerful. And if you have the advantage of time, people underestimate the power of compounding, but small little advantages can add up over long periods of time. My firm&#x27;s motto is take the long view, and that&#x27;s because we think that sort of perspective is required for real success. Very, very important. Again, folks, the name of the book, Odds On, The Making of an Evidence-Based Investor.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> His name is Matt Hall, and if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can always go to FinancialSafari.com and click on that As Heard on the Show icon. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Matt Hall joins Coach Pete to discuss Odds On and the ideas behind an evidence-based approach to investing. Recorded May 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Matt Hall</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Odds On and Evidence-Based Investing</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Matt Hall, investing, Odds On and Evidence-Based Investing, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa/image.jpg?t=1792072296&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-hall-odds-on-and-evidence-based-investing/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa/image.jpg?t=1792072296&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>633</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a7eee19-417f-4f3d-83ed-b4e2017687fa/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10157812" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-hall-odds-on-and-evidence-based-investing</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>120</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Odds On and Evidence-Based Investing" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Tanner: Unaccountable Government</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Tanner: Unaccountable Government</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Tanner joins Coach Pete to discuss his article Unaccountable Government, public spending, and accountability in government. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And you know, I like to interview authors and article writers. And I&#x27;ve found a real good article came across my desk from the National Review online in early April. And the title was Unaccountable Government in Washington, D.C. And I said to myself, when has that ever been a surprise? But this is a great article here about, you know, it specializes in or it goes into what happened in the D.C. metro transit system and the crash they had in 2009 and what they&#x27;ve done to fix it or supposedly what they&#x27;ve spent to fix it. We&#x27;ve got Michael Tanner joining us from the Cato Institute, who wrote the article joining us from D.C. Mike, welcome in. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s a real pleasure to be with you. Yeah. And let&#x27;s say, you know, one of the things that keeps me up at night when I start thinking about it is government waste. I mean, how much we pay in taxes and governments always claim they</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> don&#x27;t have enough, but they&#x27;re wasting a lot of money, aren&#x27;t they? Well, they certainly are. I mean, waste is sort of endemic to any government program. Now, you can argue about whether or not the program itself is the waste. And of course, the big bucks comes in programs like Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid that make up half of all federal spending. That said, government seems to spend money without any particular regard for whether it&#x27;s effective or not, and then simply comes back and asks for more. Yeah, that&#x27;d be nice if we had a checkbook like that at home, Winnabee. Well, you find that any business could not operate the way government does. If a restaurant turned out hamburgers that made people sick, it would go out of business. If the government didn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> come in and shut it down, people would simply stop going there. The owner would probably be sued. You might even find criminal charges. But yet you find that the government, when they do something wrong, there&#x27;s almost no repercussions. People don&#x27;t get fired. Think of the VA that in 110 VA institutions, they were actually falsifying paperwork. They were basically lying about the size of the waiting list. As a result of those waiting lists, people died. And yet so far, exactly three people lost their jobs because of that. Only three people, and they probably weren&#x27;t big people, were they? Well, no, that&#x27;s right. I do believe one of them that was forced out was actually Big Fish, but the other two were minor officials. The people who were actually committing the fraud seem to have gotten away with it. Are there so many stories like this out there for</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> all the various departments and government agencies that people in, you know, just general public, they&#x27;re immune to them now and they don&#x27;t even listen? Well, that&#x27;s right. I mean, you could think about the IRS scandal or the Secret Service, many scandals there, and yet there doesn&#x27;t ever seem to be any consequences. Now, I don&#x27;t think that this is a particular failing of the Obama administration. You can go back certainly into the Bush administration. Did anyone lose their job because of the intelligence failures over the Iraq war? Not that I&#x27;m aware of. I mean, I think that essentially this is sort of indemnity government. It&#x27;s not ideological. It&#x27;s not whether you have a Republican or a Democratic administration. It is simply the nature of the beast. And the more money that&#x27;s made, the more they want to make more money and take it and use it for the wrong thing. So talking about the metro system, though, in D.C., I mean, they spent all that money,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> and now, according to the article, they may have to shut down some of the parts of the system because it&#x27;s deteriorated so much that it&#x27;s just almost unrepairable. Well, that&#x27;s right. There was a big crash in 2009. A number of people died on it. There was the reports that came out and said that there was safety problems in the metro system. Since then, they spent about $4.5 billion on capital improvements, and yet we&#x27;re finding safety problems again that are so bad, according to the last audit, that they may have to shut down a part of the system for as much as six months in order to fix the problems that they haven&#x27;t fixed over the last seven or eight years. So clearly, something hasn&#x27;t gotten done, and yet, once again, we&#x27;re finding that people are not losing their jobs, that the people in charge of safety were</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> allowed to retire with their pensions. They&#x27;re down in Florida sitting on a beach someplace now, and yet we&#x27;re going to find massive inconvenience for the people who live in the district. You know, on a smaller scale, it&#x27;s like you or I paying someone $10,000 to fix our roof, put new shingles up, and then like the next week, not only are the shingles not fixed, but we have holes in our roof. Well, if that was the case, we&#x27;d actually have a recourse in that event. We would certainly sue that contractor. They would be out of business in a hurry. The private sector, quite simply, cannot offer inferior services at inflated costs and expect more money. Certainly, that roofer could not come back and bill you more, say, well, I guess I screwed up the first time here. Pay me again so I can fix it. But that&#x27;s exactly what government does. When the VA had these scandals and all the</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> problems they just talked about, they actually got another $10 billion in funding in the bill designed to correct that. It&#x27;s crazy. I mean, there was a book a couple years back. I remember the subtitle, the part of the subtitle was Government Gone Wild, and that&#x27;s about where we are. We are in a case now where the government is just feeding upon itself, and more money comes in there from lobbyists, and they get the contracts when the elected politicians get in. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Tanner. He is with the Cato Institute, and we&#x27;re talking about an article that I saw, Unaccountable Government in Washington, D.C. That was in the National Review Online. And let&#x27;s talk about this now. I mean, what kind of recourse do we as citizens have? A lot of these government agencies, many people argue that if we&#x27;d use private agencies, it would be done a lot cheaper and a lot better. Well, certainly we know that that&#x27;s the case. In many instances, the private sector does a better</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> job at doing these things. And I&#x27;m all for investigating. We have inspectors generals doing a lot of investigations. The GAO does good work. I mean, Congress certainly should look at these things, and we should try to root out fraud, waste, and abuse wherever we can. But I think there&#x27;s a larger point that it&#x27;s not just that there&#x27;s an occasional abuse. It&#x27;s that it&#x27;s built into the DNA of these government programs that you have a lack of accountability. And that&#x27;s something we should keep in mind whenever we try to turn something over to the government. If we say government should do more, we should understand that it&#x27;s going to come with this lack of accountability and with the chances for fraud, waste, and abuse. That&#x27;s just the nature of big government. In the article, you mentioned there was more than $22 trillion, that&#x27;s with a T, folks, in anti-poverty spending, and it&#x27;s failed to reduce poverty. I mean,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> how much more money are you going to throw at that? Well, that&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s been rising every year without any appreciable decrease in the poverty rate. Last year, the federal government spent $608 billion to fund over 100 anti-poverty programs. State and local governments threw in another $300 billion. So that&#x27;s nearly $1 trillion we spent fighting poverty last year, and yet the poverty rate kicked up. Can you imagine that sort of failure being accepted in the private sector? No. And do you think the numbers are so big these days, Michael, that people just don&#x27;t pay attention to them anymore? Oh, absolutely. I mean, I think there was a survey out there that said about a third of Americans really can&#x27;t tell which is bigger, a billion or a trillion. And we start throwing around these numbers, a $19 trillion national debt, $70 trillion in unfunded liabilities for the</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Social Security and Medicare system. And I think that the eyes just glaze over. Yeah, that&#x27;s unfortunate, too. I&#x27;ve seen some of the cartoons online where it shows you the difference between a billion and a trillion, where they have the little piles that&#x27;s stacking up, I think, as high as the Empire State Building or something like that, $100 bills. Crazy. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s real money. And of course, we&#x27;re the ones paying it. Well, it&#x27;s real money when you file your tax return and see you&#x27;re not getting a refund and you&#x27;re paying more money. Or if you&#x27;re filing quarterly, you really feel that when you write four checks a year and then you wonder where the heck that money went. I think that&#x27;s what the main problem is out here in the country when I talk to people, is they don&#x27;t mind paying for something they know they&#x27;re getting, but they hate paying for something when it&#x27;s just going into slush funds or someone else&#x27;s pocket or those big yachts you see on the river or the ocean that you never</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> would be able to afford. Well, there certainly is a reason why many of the wealthiest counties in the country are around Washington, D.C. I believe that some seven or eight of the top 10 are Washington, D.C. suburbs, and there&#x27;s a reason for that. Now, you also argue it&#x27;s not an R or a D problem. It&#x27;s really a G problem, a government problem, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. I mean, certainly we&#x27;re seeing a lot of scandals and a lot of waste and abuse and fraud going on right now. People call Republicans say, well, that&#x27;s because of the Obama administration. But these things went on under the Bush administration as well, and then the Clinton administration, and it goes all the way back. In fact, Jimmy Carter was actually the first president to make a promise to get rid of fraud, waste, and abuse. It&#x27;s still here. Well, you know, anytime money gets involved, they say it&#x27;s the root of all evil, and it is a big part of a lot</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> of things that shouldn&#x27;t be going on. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. What do you think the average consumer, average listener out there can do to curb this or hopefully join up and put an end to a lot of this waste we have in the government? Well, I think it&#x27;s understanding that this is part of government, and it&#x27;s not a matter of making government more efficient. It&#x27;s a matter of making government smaller. And I think right now, one of the things that disappoints me in this presidential race is we have too many candidates who say that they&#x27;ll make government run better, that they&#x27;ll be more efficient managers of government. That&#x27;s great, but it&#x27;s not going to solve the problem. The problem is that government is too big, and it needs to be smaller. You know, it&#x27;s always fascinating to talk to folks that are up in D.C., because you see it every single day, and the average American just sees it on TV and little sound clips or whatever on the radio or in articles, and I don&#x27;t think they really</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> understand the true impact of all this waste, do they? Well, it adds up, and it comes out of our money, and that means that we have a smaller economy, fewer jobs, lower wages. In addition to all those checks, we have to write to the government. And nothing&#x27;s getting fixed. Of course, if you use the subway there in D.C. as a good example, it&#x27;s not getting fixed, and they want to throw more money at it. That&#x27;s always the government&#x27;s solution, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ve asked for another billion dollars a year to fix the problems they didn&#x27;t fix with the first four and a half billion. That&#x27;s a good way to ensure you keep getting money. Just don&#x27;t fix it and keep asking for more. Well, you&#x27;re absolutely right, and we see that from the police force to the school systems, to the welfare system, to the D.C. transit system. That&#x27;s what happens every time. Wow. Fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again in the future, Michael. Anytime. Thank you very much. Folks, again, that&#x27;s Michael Tanner from the Cato Institute, and if you joined this interview late or would like to listen to it</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Tanner joins Coach Pete to discuss his article Unaccountable Government, public spending, and accountability in government. Recorded April 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference. And you know, I like to interview authors and article writers. And I&#x27;ve found a real good article came across my desk from the National Review online in early April. And the title was Unaccountable Government in Washington, D.C. And I said to myself, when has that ever been a surprise? But this is a great article here about, you know, it specializes in or it goes into what happened in the D.C. metro transit system and the crash they had in 2009 and what they&#x27;ve done to fix it or supposedly what they&#x27;ve spent to fix it. We&#x27;ve got Michael Tanner joining us from the Cato Institute, who wrote the article joining us from D.C. Mike, welcome in. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s a real pleasure to be with you. Yeah. And let&#x27;s say, you know, one of the things that keeps me up at night when I start thinking about it is government waste. I mean, how much we pay in taxes and governments always claim they</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> don&#x27;t have enough, but they&#x27;re wasting a lot of money, aren&#x27;t they? Well, they certainly are. I mean, waste is sort of endemic to any government program. Now, you can argue about whether or not the program itself is the waste. And of course, the big bucks comes in programs like Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid that make up half of all federal spending. That said, government seems to spend money without any particular regard for whether it&#x27;s effective or not, and then simply comes back and asks for more. Yeah, that&#x27;d be nice if we had a checkbook like that at home, Winnabee. Well, you find that any business could not operate the way government does. If a restaurant turned out hamburgers that made people sick, it would go out of business. If the government didn&#x27;t</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> come in and shut it down, people would simply stop going there. The owner would probably be sued. You might even find criminal charges. But yet you find that the government, when they do something wrong, there&#x27;s almost no repercussions. People don&#x27;t get fired. Think of the VA that in 110 VA institutions, they were actually falsifying paperwork. They were basically lying about the size of the waiting list. As a result of those waiting lists, people died. And yet so far, exactly three people lost their jobs because of that. Only three people, and they probably weren&#x27;t big people, were they? Well, no, that&#x27;s right. I do believe one of them that was forced out was actually Big Fish, but the other two were minor officials. The people who were actually committing the fraud seem to have gotten away with it. Are there so many stories like this out there for</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> all the various departments and government agencies that people in, you know, just general public, they&#x27;re immune to them now and they don&#x27;t even listen? Well, that&#x27;s right. I mean, you could think about the IRS scandal or the Secret Service, many scandals there, and yet there doesn&#x27;t ever seem to be any consequences. Now, I don&#x27;t think that this is a particular failing of the Obama administration. You can go back certainly into the Bush administration. Did anyone lose their job because of the intelligence failures over the Iraq war? Not that I&#x27;m aware of. I mean, I think that essentially this is sort of indemnity government. It&#x27;s not ideological. It&#x27;s not whether you have a Republican or a Democratic administration. It is simply the nature of the beast. And the more money that&#x27;s made, the more they want to make more money and take it and use it for the wrong thing. So talking about the metro system, though, in D.C., I mean, they spent all that money,</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> and now, according to the article, they may have to shut down some of the parts of the system because it&#x27;s deteriorated so much that it&#x27;s just almost unrepairable. Well, that&#x27;s right. There was a big crash in 2009. A number of people died on it. There was the reports that came out and said that there was safety problems in the metro system. Since then, they spent about $4.5 billion on capital improvements, and yet we&#x27;re finding safety problems again that are so bad, according to the last audit, that they may have to shut down a part of the system for as much as six months in order to fix the problems that they haven&#x27;t fixed over the last seven or eight years. So clearly, something hasn&#x27;t gotten done, and yet, once again, we&#x27;re finding that people are not losing their jobs, that the people in charge of safety were</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> allowed to retire with their pensions. They&#x27;re down in Florida sitting on a beach someplace now, and yet we&#x27;re going to find massive inconvenience for the people who live in the district. You know, on a smaller scale, it&#x27;s like you or I paying someone $10,000 to fix our roof, put new shingles up, and then like the next week, not only are the shingles not fixed, but we have holes in our roof. Well, if that was the case, we&#x27;d actually have a recourse in that event. We would certainly sue that contractor. They would be out of business in a hurry. The private sector, quite simply, cannot offer inferior services at inflated costs and expect more money. Certainly, that roofer could not come back and bill you more, say, well, I guess I screwed up the first time here. Pay me again so I can fix it. But that&#x27;s exactly what government does. When the VA had these scandals and all the</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> problems they just talked about, they actually got another $10 billion in funding in the bill designed to correct that. It&#x27;s crazy. I mean, there was a book a couple years back. I remember the subtitle, the part of the subtitle was Government Gone Wild, and that&#x27;s about where we are. We are in a case now where the government is just feeding upon itself, and more money comes in there from lobbyists, and they get the contracts when the elected politicians get in. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Tanner. He is with the Cato Institute, and we&#x27;re talking about an article that I saw, Unaccountable Government in Washington, D.C. That was in the National Review Online. And let&#x27;s talk about this now. I mean, what kind of recourse do we as citizens have? A lot of these government agencies, many people argue that if we&#x27;d use private agencies, it would be done a lot cheaper and a lot better. Well, certainly we know that that&#x27;s the case. In many instances, the private sector does a better</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> job at doing these things. And I&#x27;m all for investigating. We have inspectors generals doing a lot of investigations. The GAO does good work. I mean, Congress certainly should look at these things, and we should try to root out fraud, waste, and abuse wherever we can. But I think there&#x27;s a larger point that it&#x27;s not just that there&#x27;s an occasional abuse. It&#x27;s that it&#x27;s built into the DNA of these government programs that you have a lack of accountability. And that&#x27;s something we should keep in mind whenever we try to turn something over to the government. If we say government should do more, we should understand that it&#x27;s going to come with this lack of accountability and with the chances for fraud, waste, and abuse. That&#x27;s just the nature of big government. In the article, you mentioned there was more than $22 trillion, that&#x27;s with a T, folks, in anti-poverty spending, and it&#x27;s failed to reduce poverty. I mean,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> how much more money are you going to throw at that? Well, that&#x27;s right. And it&#x27;s been rising every year without any appreciable decrease in the poverty rate. Last year, the federal government spent $608 billion to fund over 100 anti-poverty programs. State and local governments threw in another $300 billion. So that&#x27;s nearly $1 trillion we spent fighting poverty last year, and yet the poverty rate kicked up. Can you imagine that sort of failure being accepted in the private sector? No. And do you think the numbers are so big these days, Michael, that people just don&#x27;t pay attention to them anymore? Oh, absolutely. I mean, I think there was a survey out there that said about a third of Americans really can&#x27;t tell which is bigger, a billion or a trillion. And we start throwing around these numbers, a $19 trillion national debt, $70 trillion in unfunded liabilities for the</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Social Security and Medicare system. And I think that the eyes just glaze over. Yeah, that&#x27;s unfortunate, too. I&#x27;ve seen some of the cartoons online where it shows you the difference between a billion and a trillion, where they have the little piles that&#x27;s stacking up, I think, as high as the Empire State Building or something like that, $100 bills. Crazy. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s real money. And of course, we&#x27;re the ones paying it. Well, it&#x27;s real money when you file your tax return and see you&#x27;re not getting a refund and you&#x27;re paying more money. Or if you&#x27;re filing quarterly, you really feel that when you write four checks a year and then you wonder where the heck that money went. I think that&#x27;s what the main problem is out here in the country when I talk to people, is they don&#x27;t mind paying for something they know they&#x27;re getting, but they hate paying for something when it&#x27;s just going into slush funds or someone else&#x27;s pocket or those big yachts you see on the river or the ocean that you never</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> would be able to afford. Well, there certainly is a reason why many of the wealthiest counties in the country are around Washington, D.C. I believe that some seven or eight of the top 10 are Washington, D.C. suburbs, and there&#x27;s a reason for that. Now, you also argue it&#x27;s not an R or a D problem. It&#x27;s really a G problem, a government problem, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. I mean, certainly we&#x27;re seeing a lot of scandals and a lot of waste and abuse and fraud going on right now. People call Republicans say, well, that&#x27;s because of the Obama administration. But these things went on under the Bush administration as well, and then the Clinton administration, and it goes all the way back. In fact, Jimmy Carter was actually the first president to make a promise to get rid of fraud, waste, and abuse. It&#x27;s still here. Well, you know, anytime money gets involved, they say it&#x27;s the root of all evil, and it is a big part of a lot</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> of things that shouldn&#x27;t be going on. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here. What do you think the average consumer, average listener out there can do to curb this or hopefully join up and put an end to a lot of this waste we have in the government? Well, I think it&#x27;s understanding that this is part of government, and it&#x27;s not a matter of making government more efficient. It&#x27;s a matter of making government smaller. And I think right now, one of the things that disappoints me in this presidential race is we have too many candidates who say that they&#x27;ll make government run better, that they&#x27;ll be more efficient managers of government. That&#x27;s great, but it&#x27;s not going to solve the problem. The problem is that government is too big, and it needs to be smaller. You know, it&#x27;s always fascinating to talk to folks that are up in D.C., because you see it every single day, and the average American just sees it on TV and little sound clips or whatever on the radio or in articles, and I don&#x27;t think they really</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> understand the true impact of all this waste, do they? Well, it adds up, and it comes out of our money, and that means that we have a smaller economy, fewer jobs, lower wages. In addition to all those checks, we have to write to the government. And nothing&#x27;s getting fixed. Of course, if you use the subway there in D.C. as a good example, it&#x27;s not getting fixed, and they want to throw more money at it. That&#x27;s always the government&#x27;s solution, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. They&#x27;ve asked for another billion dollars a year to fix the problems they didn&#x27;t fix with the first four and a half billion. That&#x27;s a good way to ensure you keep getting money. Just don&#x27;t fix it and keep asking for more. Well, you&#x27;re absolutely right, and we see that from the police force to the school systems, to the welfare system, to the D.C. transit system. That&#x27;s what happens every time. Wow. Fascinating interview, and we hope to have you on again in the future, Michael. Anytime. Thank you very much. Folks, again, that&#x27;s Michael Tanner from the Cato Institute, and if you joined this interview late or would like to listen to it</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> again in its entirety, you can always go to financialsafari.com, click on that As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Tanner joins Coach Pete to discuss his article Unaccountable Government, public spending, and accountability in government. Recorded April 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Tanner</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Unaccountable Government</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Tanner, economic policy, Unaccountable Government, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431/image.jpg?t=1792072323&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-tanner-unaccountable-government/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431/image.jpg?t=1792072323&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 08 Apr 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>618</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7777ba73-72b3-4b3f-b6b3-b4e201740431/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9917630" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-tanner-unaccountable-government</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>121</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Unaccountable Government" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:12" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Retirement Planning Questions (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Retirement Planning Questions (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the Retirement Roundtable section of the show, and we&#x27;re lucky enough to have guests, the partners at Creative Senior Solutions, Jared Florence and Thad Welcher in the studio with us today. And they&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas, folks, and they travel the nation educating people approaching the time to file for Social Security and income planning and looking at the time of retirement coming up and looking at that big roller coaster we call the stock market, making sure you have the right amount of money in the right places. Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I want you to educate the listener. This is something that&#x27;s pretty common knowledge amongst us in the financial industry, but a lot of times it&#x27;s misunderstood in the general public. Can you explain to the listener what the rule of 100 is? You bet. Basically, you take the number 100 and you subtract your age</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> to it. The number that you have left is what percentage of your portfolio should be in risk. Yeah. And so as you get closer to retirement, basically, you want to minimize risk. And my simple way of looking at that, if you&#x27;re 65 years old, put a percent after 65. 65% of your money at least should not be exposed to risk forces like investing in real estate, stock market, gold and silver, those kind of things, because what? They can go down. They can go up, but they can go down. The old what goes up must come down sometimes, right? We&#x27;ve seen that. Absolutely. So there are some financial planning vehicles available there. The money won&#x27;t go down and we&#x27;ll give them a lifetime income, correct? Correct. In my opinion, there&#x27;s two distinct stages of kind of your life. The number one is your accumulation stage to where we are building. We&#x27;re acquiring things. We&#x27;re getting</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> your house. We&#x27;re getting cars. We&#x27;re putting into 401ks. This is the time at your younger age when you&#x27;re doing this that I think it is very important that you have some risk or mainly have risk in your portfolio because each and every month it may go down, it may go up, but on the times it goes down, that&#x27;s okay. Yeah. Your bottom line&#x27;s going down, but the money that you&#x27;re putting in each and every month is buying more of whatever it is that you&#x27;re buying. So you&#x27;re going to dollar cost average out. So it&#x27;s great. But now when you&#x27;re nearing retirement, you&#x27;re coming to the withdrawal stage. And in the withdrawal stage, I always like telling folks, well, yeah, when you start to see the light at the end of the tunnel, let&#x27;s make sure that light isn&#x27;t a train. Yeah. Another train coming, right? Yeah. That&#x27;s not good. So there are ways financially to do that, but you don&#x27;t want to wait to even see</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that light coming. You want to do it ahead of time. So you never go through that tunnel where there might be another light coming towards you. Can&#x27;t reiterate how important that is, coach. A lot of times I see folks when they come in, when&#x27;s the right time to start planning? Well, right now, taking something off of Dr. Phil, what&#x27;s worse than being in a one-year bad relationship? Well, being in that relationship for one year and one day. So let&#x27;s start planning now. And a lot of times I hear folks say, well, I&#x27;m not old enough to be doing this. I need to wait a little bit longer until my 401k or before I quit my job. I can&#x27;t reiterate enough. That is not the case. We need to start planning ASAP. Yeah. And the number to call, if you&#x27;d like to start your planning process with one of the team members on the Financial Safari Network, they are all financial coaches. They all</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> understand the situations we talk about here on the show. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Now, I want to talk about the strategic development process as it relates in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got four buckets on a sheet we go over with folks from taxable all the way to tax-free times two. And to start off, the most important thing anyone can do is review their tax returns to uncover long-term tax issues like IRAs, capital gains, and social security taxes. How important is it for folks to minimize taxes as we go into the future? Personally, I love paying taxes because that means that I&#x27;m- You make money, right? That&#x27;s exactly right. But I want to do what&#x27;s fair to me and my family. So it is very important that</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> you take a look and see on your tax situation, can we save you money on taxes in your current? There are several different ways you can do that by tax-deferred and also tax-free. In tax-deferred instruments we have out there are annuities that you will not be taxed at on a yearly basis just if you withdraw from it. And then there&#x27;s tax-free such as life insurance products that can gain market value. Yeah. So when we look at annuities, they are great because they build tax-deferred. The problem is you have to pay taxes in the future, but there are special annuities there. If you&#x27;re using after-tax money, you can minimize your taxes going forward with that. And a lot of people aren&#x27;t familiar with the exclusion allowance. It&#x27;s called an exclusion process that will help exclude some of that income from the non-qualified annuity from taxes in the future.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I know we&#x27;re talking a lot of the terms here, folks, but there are ways to minimize taxes, not just looking at your return and saying there&#x27;s nothing you can do about it. There&#x27;s also the Roth IRA, which is a tax-free option where you don&#x27;t get a reduction on the money when you put it in, but you never pay tax on that money when you take it out as long as you follow the rules by the government. And again, by the way, it builds tax-free as well. Tax-free growth, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s huge. Really, it&#x27;s like a gift that the government&#x27;s giving you. And then if we&#x27;re going to look at tax-free, maybe you don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth. Jared, there&#x27;s a lot of people who are making too much money. They don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth, do they? Yeah, it happens all the time. There are guidelines as far as how much money you can make to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. So you need to take a look at what other options are out there. And we do a lot with setting folks up with tax-free retirement income. And we use life insurance</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> products a lot of times to do it. And a lot of folks hear the word life insurance and they think, oh, that means I&#x27;ve got to die before somebody really takes advantage of this benefit. But the reality is there&#x27;s living benefits now with life insurance that allows you to supplement your retirement on a tax-free basis. Well, IRS code 7702 allows for a lot more things for people to take advantage of life insurance. Not only will it give them an income that could be tax-free in the future, but they can also use the life insurance death benefit while they&#x27;re here to pay for long-term care. How important is that, Thad? Incredible. I&#x27;m not one of the traditional long-term care sales folks. Me either. I would be one of the best in the country because I could probably scare, you know, the living the heck out of you, so to speak. I&#x27;m telling you about cost. The only thing I do not like about it is many times we put in tens of thousands of dollars into these type of</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> structures and you don&#x27;t end up using it. You lose that money. So what we have out there available is, is we have the best of a couple of different worlds. We can be into a life insurance product that not only gives tax-free money potentially to you as income, so long as we keep that insurance product running and open, we can&#x27;t close it out or it could become taxable. The other thing is, is that we have inside of this, we have a living benefit to where if you go to a nursing home, 94 to 95% of what your death benefit could be used over a five-year period for nursing homes. So people love this because if they don&#x27;t use it, they don&#x27;t lose it. Yeah, very, very important. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in just getting a personalized printout</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> to see what some of the different options out there can mean to you as far as maximizing your income and lowering your taxes in retirement, the number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. I want to go to the guy I call my tax mechanic and that&#x27;s Jared Florence here. Jared, I know you don&#x27;t like taxes any more than anybody else does, and you can help people finely tune their financial products to make sure to minimize the taxes going forward, utilizing the financial vehicles available today. Education is the key. If you understand what options are out there, what products, what things you can take advantage of to lessen your tax burden, you&#x27;re doing yourself a disservice for not doing it. So when folks come in, it&#x27;s one of the very first things that we do is we sit down, we talk about what they have, what they need, what&#x27;s their tax situation,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> and how do we help decrease that tax burden? Yeah, the number one thing that I think people should do, they need to establish their retirement income goal, how much money they want to have in retirement, and then look at the money needed to cover the cost to have an enjoyable lifestyle as they go forward. A lot of people wait till they get there, the day they get there, and they say, well, now what? Right. You know, you should never rule out any financial planning vehicle or strategy until you&#x27;ve seen it in person and see what it can do for you. But a lot of people wait till it&#x27;s almost too late to get that plan started, right? Absolutely correct. They not only wait too late, but maybe they take the advice of somebody because they&#x27;ve had them 20, 30, 40 years. And I appreciate and understand that loyalty. What we do here is we will offer something completely different in most cases than what their advisor or coach, so to speak, has given them over the last 30 to 40 years.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So I think what you&#x27;re saying is it&#x27;s important for people to analyze their current investments, to establish the real costs and fees, and calculate a risk exposure level of the investments as they are today and make sure they correlate with the time of the life they&#x27;re going into and what they can withstand as far as a loss in the future. That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s so important to not only realize what you need now, but what are you going to need 10, 15, 20 years from now? Because one thing&#x27;s for certain, we&#x27;re living longer. Yeah, we are. And I think one of the biggest fears out there is outliving your money. So not only can we guarantee X amount of dollars for your lifetime, we can also guarantee that that can go up by two or three percent to help cover for inflation. Very, very important. And folks, if you call us in the next 15 minutes, what we&#x27;ll do for you, we&#x27;ll custom design for you an easy to understand financial review. Now, this will indicate if</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> you&#x27;re in need of a full-blown financial plan or not. Keep in mind, as with everything on the show, there&#x27;s never a cost or obligation for this initial review to all callers who call in the next 15 minutes. So if you meet those qualifications, which is pretty easy, just call in the next 15 minutes, here&#x27;s what you can expect. First, we&#x27;ll run a fee report for you that&#x27;ll help you untangle what it costs to work with your current planner or advisor. We&#x27;ll also show you how you can protect your investments and keep more of your money in your accounts. Next, we&#x27;ll perform that very important tax analysis to show you how you could possibly reduce your taxes and increase your cash flow. Keep in mind, the less you give Uncle Sam, the more you keep in your wallet. And finally, we&#x27;ll create a customized lifetime income plan utilizing proven strategies and techniques that could turbocharge your retirement income plan. Folks, many people out there listening don&#x27;t even</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> have an income plan in place. At least get this review and this customized income plan to show you what you could be getting in the future. In short, we&#x27;ll help you take the guesswork out of the financial planning process just for you. For all callers who call in the next 15 minutes, that&#x27;s a comprehensive financial review that we&#x27;re offering at no cost or obligation. The number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is the Retirement Roundtable section of the show, and we&#x27;re lucky enough to have guests, the partners at Creative Senior Solutions, Jared Florence and Thad Welcher in the studio with us today. And they&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas, folks, and they travel the nation educating people approaching the time to file for Social Security and income planning and looking at the time of retirement coming up and looking at that big roller coaster we call the stock market, making sure you have the right amount of money in the right places. Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, I want you to educate the listener. This is something that&#x27;s pretty common knowledge amongst us in the financial industry, but a lot of times it&#x27;s misunderstood in the general public. Can you explain to the listener what the rule of 100 is? You bet. Basically, you take the number 100 and you subtract your age</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> to it. The number that you have left is what percentage of your portfolio should be in risk. Yeah. And so as you get closer to retirement, basically, you want to minimize risk. And my simple way of looking at that, if you&#x27;re 65 years old, put a percent after 65. 65% of your money at least should not be exposed to risk forces like investing in real estate, stock market, gold and silver, those kind of things, because what? They can go down. They can go up, but they can go down. The old what goes up must come down sometimes, right? We&#x27;ve seen that. Absolutely. So there are some financial planning vehicles available there. The money won&#x27;t go down and we&#x27;ll give them a lifetime income, correct? Correct. In my opinion, there&#x27;s two distinct stages of kind of your life. The number one is your accumulation stage to where we are building. We&#x27;re acquiring things. We&#x27;re getting</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> your house. We&#x27;re getting cars. We&#x27;re putting into 401ks. This is the time at your younger age when you&#x27;re doing this that I think it is very important that you have some risk or mainly have risk in your portfolio because each and every month it may go down, it may go up, but on the times it goes down, that&#x27;s okay. Yeah. Your bottom line&#x27;s going down, but the money that you&#x27;re putting in each and every month is buying more of whatever it is that you&#x27;re buying. So you&#x27;re going to dollar cost average out. So it&#x27;s great. But now when you&#x27;re nearing retirement, you&#x27;re coming to the withdrawal stage. And in the withdrawal stage, I always like telling folks, well, yeah, when you start to see the light at the end of the tunnel, let&#x27;s make sure that light isn&#x27;t a train. Yeah. Another train coming, right? Yeah. That&#x27;s not good. So there are ways financially to do that, but you don&#x27;t want to wait to even see</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> that light coming. You want to do it ahead of time. So you never go through that tunnel where there might be another light coming towards you. Can&#x27;t reiterate how important that is, coach. A lot of times I see folks when they come in, when&#x27;s the right time to start planning? Well, right now, taking something off of Dr. Phil, what&#x27;s worse than being in a one-year bad relationship? Well, being in that relationship for one year and one day. So let&#x27;s start planning now. And a lot of times I hear folks say, well, I&#x27;m not old enough to be doing this. I need to wait a little bit longer until my 401k or before I quit my job. I can&#x27;t reiterate enough. That is not the case. We need to start planning ASAP. Yeah. And the number to call, if you&#x27;d like to start your planning process with one of the team members on the Financial Safari Network, they are all financial coaches. They all</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> understand the situations we talk about here on the show. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Now, I want to talk about the strategic development process as it relates in the financial world. And we&#x27;ve got four buckets on a sheet we go over with folks from taxable all the way to tax-free times two. And to start off, the most important thing anyone can do is review their tax returns to uncover long-term tax issues like IRAs, capital gains, and social security taxes. How important is it for folks to minimize taxes as we go into the future? Personally, I love paying taxes because that means that I&#x27;m- You make money, right? That&#x27;s exactly right. But I want to do what&#x27;s fair to me and my family. So it is very important that</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> you take a look and see on your tax situation, can we save you money on taxes in your current? There are several different ways you can do that by tax-deferred and also tax-free. In tax-deferred instruments we have out there are annuities that you will not be taxed at on a yearly basis just if you withdraw from it. And then there&#x27;s tax-free such as life insurance products that can gain market value. Yeah. So when we look at annuities, they are great because they build tax-deferred. The problem is you have to pay taxes in the future, but there are special annuities there. If you&#x27;re using after-tax money, you can minimize your taxes going forward with that. And a lot of people aren&#x27;t familiar with the exclusion allowance. It&#x27;s called an exclusion process that will help exclude some of that income from the non-qualified annuity from taxes in the future.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> I know we&#x27;re talking a lot of the terms here, folks, but there are ways to minimize taxes, not just looking at your return and saying there&#x27;s nothing you can do about it. There&#x27;s also the Roth IRA, which is a tax-free option where you don&#x27;t get a reduction on the money when you put it in, but you never pay tax on that money when you take it out as long as you follow the rules by the government. And again, by the way, it builds tax-free as well. Tax-free growth, very important, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s huge. Really, it&#x27;s like a gift that the government&#x27;s giving you. And then if we&#x27;re going to look at tax-free, maybe you don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth. Jared, there&#x27;s a lot of people who are making too much money. They don&#x27;t qualify for a Roth, do they? Yeah, it happens all the time. There are guidelines as far as how much money you can make to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. So you need to take a look at what other options are out there. And we do a lot with setting folks up with tax-free retirement income. And we use life insurance</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> products a lot of times to do it. And a lot of folks hear the word life insurance and they think, oh, that means I&#x27;ve got to die before somebody really takes advantage of this benefit. But the reality is there&#x27;s living benefits now with life insurance that allows you to supplement your retirement on a tax-free basis. Well, IRS code 7702 allows for a lot more things for people to take advantage of life insurance. Not only will it give them an income that could be tax-free in the future, but they can also use the life insurance death benefit while they&#x27;re here to pay for long-term care. How important is that, Thad? Incredible. I&#x27;m not one of the traditional long-term care sales folks. Me either. I would be one of the best in the country because I could probably scare, you know, the living the heck out of you, so to speak. I&#x27;m telling you about cost. The only thing I do not like about it is many times we put in tens of thousands of dollars into these type of</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> structures and you don&#x27;t end up using it. You lose that money. So what we have out there available is, is we have the best of a couple of different worlds. We can be into a life insurance product that not only gives tax-free money potentially to you as income, so long as we keep that insurance product running and open, we can&#x27;t close it out or it could become taxable. The other thing is, is that we have inside of this, we have a living benefit to where if you go to a nursing home, 94 to 95% of what your death benefit could be used over a five-year period for nursing homes. So people love this because if they don&#x27;t use it, they don&#x27;t lose it. Yeah, very, very important. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in just getting a personalized printout</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> to see what some of the different options out there can mean to you as far as maximizing your income and lowering your taxes in retirement, the number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, that&#x27;s 800-604-1099. I want to go to the guy I call my tax mechanic and that&#x27;s Jared Florence here. Jared, I know you don&#x27;t like taxes any more than anybody else does, and you can help people finely tune their financial products to make sure to minimize the taxes going forward, utilizing the financial vehicles available today. Education is the key. If you understand what options are out there, what products, what things you can take advantage of to lessen your tax burden, you&#x27;re doing yourself a disservice for not doing it. So when folks come in, it&#x27;s one of the very first things that we do is we sit down, we talk about what they have, what they need, what&#x27;s their tax situation,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> and how do we help decrease that tax burden? Yeah, the number one thing that I think people should do, they need to establish their retirement income goal, how much money they want to have in retirement, and then look at the money needed to cover the cost to have an enjoyable lifestyle as they go forward. A lot of people wait till they get there, the day they get there, and they say, well, now what? Right. You know, you should never rule out any financial planning vehicle or strategy until you&#x27;ve seen it in person and see what it can do for you. But a lot of people wait till it&#x27;s almost too late to get that plan started, right? Absolutely correct. They not only wait too late, but maybe they take the advice of somebody because they&#x27;ve had them 20, 30, 40 years. And I appreciate and understand that loyalty. What we do here is we will offer something completely different in most cases than what their advisor or coach, so to speak, has given them over the last 30 to 40 years.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So I think what you&#x27;re saying is it&#x27;s important for people to analyze their current investments, to establish the real costs and fees, and calculate a risk exposure level of the investments as they are today and make sure they correlate with the time of the life they&#x27;re going into and what they can withstand as far as a loss in the future. That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s so important to not only realize what you need now, but what are you going to need 10, 15, 20 years from now? Because one thing&#x27;s for certain, we&#x27;re living longer. Yeah, we are. And I think one of the biggest fears out there is outliving your money. So not only can we guarantee X amount of dollars for your lifetime, we can also guarantee that that can go up by two or three percent to help cover for inflation. Very, very important. And folks, if you call us in the next 15 minutes, what we&#x27;ll do for you, we&#x27;ll custom design for you an easy to understand financial review. Now, this will indicate if</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> you&#x27;re in need of a full-blown financial plan or not. Keep in mind, as with everything on the show, there&#x27;s never a cost or obligation for this initial review to all callers who call in the next 15 minutes. So if you meet those qualifications, which is pretty easy, just call in the next 15 minutes, here&#x27;s what you can expect. First, we&#x27;ll run a fee report for you that&#x27;ll help you untangle what it costs to work with your current planner or advisor. We&#x27;ll also show you how you can protect your investments and keep more of your money in your accounts. Next, we&#x27;ll perform that very important tax analysis to show you how you could possibly reduce your taxes and increase your cash flow. Keep in mind, the less you give Uncle Sam, the more you keep in your wallet. And finally, we&#x27;ll create a customized lifetime income plan utilizing proven strategies and techniques that could turbocharge your retirement income plan. Folks, many people out there listening don&#x27;t even</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> have an income plan in place. At least get this review and this customized income plan to show you what you could be getting in the future. In short, we&#x27;ll help you take the guesswork out of the financial planning process just for you. For all callers who call in the next 15 minutes, that&#x27;s a comprehensive financial review that we&#x27;re offering at no cost or obligation. The number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear continue their Retirement Roundtable conversation with Coach Pete. They discuss retirement planning, taxes, income, and looking at a family’s complete financial picture. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>Jarrod Florence</category>
      <category>Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear, Jarrod Florence, Thad Wellshear, retirement planning, tax planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/image.jpg?t=1792072342&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-retirement-planning-questions-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/image.jpg?t=1792072342&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef</guid>
      <omny:clipId>69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2016 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/69a0fb86-fc2c-4b58-9d94-b4e201728cef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10468408" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-retirement-planning-questions-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>122</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Planning Questions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:00" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Social Security Decisions (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear: Social Security Decisions (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear join Coach Pete for the Retirement Roundtable. This segment examines Social Security decisions and the role of a coordinated retirement income plan. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is a special segment of the show called Retirement Roundtable, and I&#x27;ve seen way too many mistakes lately with people filing Social Security. So I&#x27;ve invited the partners of Creative Senior Solutions to come in. We&#x27;ve got Thad Welcher and Jared Florence, who&#x27;s a consumer advocate in here. We&#x27;re going to talk about some of the mistakes people are making in Social Security, some of the ways you can avoid making mistakes, and more importantly, how you can maximize your Social Security. First of all, Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about the importance of maximizing your Social Security. If someone&#x27;s listening out there, you know, that&#x27;s a common question a lot of people have, where they think that whatever the government tells you you can get, that&#x27;s all you can get. And you should go in and file right away. And by the way, folks, none of us work for the Social Security Administration, thank goodness, because we can give you some information here. If you call the Social Security office, though,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Thad, what are they going to tell you? They&#x27;re going to basically give you three bits of information. They&#x27;re going to tell you what you will receive on your Social Security at age 62, age 66, which is your full retirement age, and 70, when most of us have to start drawing on your own. Yeah. And so those are good numbers to know, right? And we, they used to send out that, sometimes, I don&#x27;t know if they still do or not. Some people see it, some people don&#x27;t, but they&#x27;d send you out that annual statement telling you how much you could qualify for if you take your option right then, right? Correct. The only ones that are still receiving those on a yearly basis right now are military folks. Otherwise, they&#x27;re trying to direct everybody to ssa.gov to get your estimated benefits and your earning records. And I know you speak nationally, and you probably have the same questions no matter what state you&#x27;re in. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Yeah. What is one of the most common mistakes that people make? One of the most common mistakes would absolutely be drawing too early. People have been told whether it&#x27;s from their neighbor, maybe somebody from human resources, a parent to draw immediately at age 62. And they don&#x27;t really ask themselves all the important questions to see if that&#x27;s the correct thing to do. And Jared Florence, now, I know you&#x27;ve traveled around and you&#x27;ve spoken along with that on a lot of these events, and you&#x27;ve watched a lot of the concerned citizens that arrive at the events, not really knowing what&#x27;s in store for them if they don&#x27;t select the right option with the Social Security Administration, correct? Yeah, absolutely. Folks are, you know, confused because they get lots of different advice. And the advice is so big picture,</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> and it&#x27;s not specific to their situation. And the best thing they need to do, number one, is just to be educated. Number two, figure out which scenario makes the most sense for them and their particular plan and their particular situation. Now, I know you&#x27;ve put together a special guidebook that listeners can get a hold of. Yeah, we do. We have a retirement guide on Social Security. It really answers just a lot of basic questions, provides a lot of basic information about when to take Social Security, why, things to consider, you know, important facts. It&#x27;s really a good guide that folks should at least take some time to download, to take a look at, to become familiar with, to generate some questions, and make sure that they educate themselves about Social Security and when to take it. Yeah, when you say it&#x27;s basic guidelines, but a lot of people don&#x27;t understand how the basic guidelines work, and they make big mistakes that could cost them hundreds of thousands of dollars,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> in some cases, over their lifetime. We see it each and every week. And as Thad and I sit down with folks, we see each and every week folks make mistakes that cost them hundreds of thousands of dollars. So if you&#x27;d like to get a hold of this guidebook, call the number and we&#x27;ll get you the link to download the guidebook or get you the physical guidebook in person. But the number to call is 800-604-1099. That&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Every single one of the financial coaches on the Financial Safari Show can help guide you through this process too. And Thad, I think the most important thing people realize is that many decisions that you make are irrevocable. In other words, once you make them, you&#x27;re stuck with them if you don&#x27;t realize it real fast. That&#x27;s correct. If you are drawing on your Social Security currently, you have up to a year to where you could pay that back. Otherwise, once you start to draw on it,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to be receiving. Yeah. So, I mean, have you seen, unfortunately, I&#x27;m sure you have, but in talking to people across the nation, have you seen people who&#x27;ve made mistakes and have regrets that they didn&#x27;t talk to somebody before they made their decision? Absolutely. I see that on a weekly basis also to where somebody, maybe they were advised, maybe they weren&#x27;t, and they just decided to draw it because they heard that was the best thing to do. And now that they are getting older and they wish they could have done a different strategy or taking a different benefit. Yeah. There&#x27;s so many choices though. And, you know, how many different options can people choose? Not just the 62, the 65 or 70, but how many, if you look at all different combinations, what&#x27;s that number? Currently, there&#x27;s about 81 different ways you can draw on your Social Security. And so that&#x27;s playing Russian mollet. If you don&#x27;t really know, you&#x27;re spinning a</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> wheel and hoping it lands on the right option, but you have 81 choices. And what would you say percentage-wise of people that are making the wrong choices? I would say right at about 50. Wow. So you&#x27;ve got a 50-50 chance of getting the right number. Flip a coin. Wow, folks, you really need to see this guidebook. And I would recommend a personal consultation with a local coach to make sure you have that total income plan put together, maximizing Social Security and maximizing your benefits as we go forward and minimizing your risk being exposed to forces that could take your retirement down in the wrong direction if the market goes the wrong way. But luckily there is a guidebook and the guidebook is available for all radio listeners. If you call right now, the number is 800-604-1099. 800-604-1099. I&#x27;ve got to tell you, Jared, I learned a lot</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> reading that guidebook. I mean, you guys took a long time putting that together, a lot of time and a lot of research, correct? Yeah. And it wasn&#x27;t just us sitting down saying, hey, let us come up with all the things we think we should share about Social Security. But it was real-life examples and real-life things that we&#x27;ve learned in dealing with clients and seeing mistakes they&#x27;ve made. That&#x27;s how we determined what it is we should share, what it is we should provide that really is beneficial for folks to read about. So that&#x27;s what the guide is made of. Again, that number, folks, 800-604-1099 is the number to call right now. As a radio listener, no cost or obligation, we&#x27;ll get that guidebook right in your hands. 800-604-1099. You know, Thad, the reason why I&#x27;m on my soapbox on this is because I&#x27;ve talked to so many people who had misconceptions about the Social Security claiming strategies, or they were given bad advice by someone who claimed to know. I mean, how does that make</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> you feel when you see that bad advice out there? It makes me feel very sad for the client. Not only is there bad advice, a lot of times there&#x27;s no advice. I have found that it&#x27;s not a lot of times that the plan failed. It&#x27;s just an absolute failure to plan. A lot of times when I do these across the country, I realize that people spend more time planning their family vacations, their class reunions, things of that, they kind of take the retirement for granted. Well, we call retirement 30 or 40 years of unemployment. That&#x27;s exactly right. Otherwise, no is retirement. Because think about it. If you didn&#x27;t have a job, you don&#x27;t have income, right? Or if you have maybe disability payments coming in. But in retirement now, we don&#x27;t have a paycheck coming in. So it&#x27;s up to us to make sure we get, we maximize our Social Security paycheck, but then looking at the assets we&#x27;ve built up through our life and turning those</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> assets into a stream of income you cannot live. Jared, how important is that? It&#x27;s the most important thing. I mean, we really do look at Social Security. And we ask a lot of folks that we sit down with and that we speak in front of, hey, have you put together a jigsaw puzzle before? And of course, everybody has. And we ask them, what&#x27;s the very first thing you do when you&#x27;re putting together that puzzle? And they all say, well, we put together the border or the edges, and that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s Social Security. If you don&#x27;t put together the edges first, which is your basis for your income plan, you&#x27;re making a big mistake. And likewise, if you don&#x27;t do the rest, then all you have is just a puzzle with the border. You don&#x27;t have the rest of the pieces put together. So you got to look at everything in order to put together a full financial plan. We used to go on summer vacation back in the day. And I think I was around 10 years old and dad had a vacation house in Maine. We were in the middle of nowhere. There was nothing to do.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> There was a puzzle on the bookcase, you know, in the box already opened. That should have been a telltale sign about what I&#x27;m going to tell you in the future. I spent a lot of time. I&#x27;m with her for a whole week and it was rainy. So I was bored. So I started putting the puzzle together, couldn&#x27;t find one piece. And it turns out the piece wasn&#x27;t even in the box, right? So a lot of people are looking at their financial plan. They&#x27;re talking to their current planner and he or she&#x27;s telling them everything&#x27;s fine. They&#x27;ve solved the puzzle. Yet when it comes down to that retirement income plan, that piece isn&#x27;t in their box. It&#x27;s not in their box of tools. And folks, it&#x27;s very important that you deal with a planner who knows how to design an income plan, making sure that you can maximize your benefits while decreasing your risk and taking risk out of the equation as much as possible in retirement. Again, the number to call if you&#x27;d like your personalized Social Security printout done for you, as well as a meeting with the true planner on</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> income. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. You also get that Social Security guide when you call 800-604-1099. I&#x27;m going to read you a quote from a book I have right here. And this is back from March 11, 2008. Bear Stearns is not in trouble, the quote says. I believe in Bear Stearns franchise at 69 bucks. I&#x27;m not giving up on the thing. These statements were both made by Jim Cramer of Mad Money on CNBC uttered on March 6 and March 11, 2008. 11 days later, Bear Stearns stock had dropped from $69 to $2. Imagine if that was your retirement. Would it ever recover? And Bear Stearns is gone, right? So how important is it for folks now that are listening to make sure, number one, they understand their Social Security, but number two, make sure they&#x27;re not taking too much risk with the money</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> they need for retirement income, Thad? Incredibly important. You know, we were talking earlier about guaranteed income. What I like to call those are your paychecks. And even though you&#x27;re retired, it&#x27;s just as important to have whatever you need a month for your monthly income coming in, I call it mailbox money. And so one of the things that I really pride myself in what I do is, is I try to make sure in what you need and what you think you need a month to make sure we have that in a paycheck. Everything outside of that, your family vacations, maybe gifting, your fund money, those are called your paychecks. So I think people really, really, it&#x27;s incredibly important to look at this for guaranteed income. One of my real good buddies, Tom Hagen is on the circuit. He&#x27;s an author and he&#x27;s also been on public TV with his special Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. But his very first book he wrote,</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> that, strangely enough, it&#x27;s called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. You know, the number one thing Tom says in his book is to minimize risk as we get close to retirement and understand Social Security. Folks, if you&#x27;d like to understand Social Security, if you&#x27;d like to have your very own printout showing you how to maximize your benefits, having your own income plan designed as well, as well as that guide on Social Security, as a radio listener, call right now. We&#x27;ll make sure to put you on the top of the list and get you at all these items at no cost or obligation. The number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear join Coach Pete for the Retirement Roundtable. This segment examines Social Security decisions and the role of a coordinated retirement income plan. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is a special segment of the show called Retirement Roundtable, and I&#x27;ve seen way too many mistakes lately with people filing Social Security. So I&#x27;ve invited the partners of Creative Senior Solutions to come in. We&#x27;ve got Thad Welcher and Jared Florence, who&#x27;s a consumer advocate in here. We&#x27;re going to talk about some of the mistakes people are making in Social Security, some of the ways you can avoid making mistakes, and more importantly, how you can maximize your Social Security. First of all, Thad, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about the importance of maximizing your Social Security. If someone&#x27;s listening out there, you know, that&#x27;s a common question a lot of people have, where they think that whatever the government tells you you can get, that&#x27;s all you can get. And you should go in and file right away. And by the way, folks, none of us work for the Social Security Administration, thank goodness, because we can give you some information here. If you call the Social Security office, though,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Thad, what are they going to tell you? They&#x27;re going to basically give you three bits of information. They&#x27;re going to tell you what you will receive on your Social Security at age 62, age 66, which is your full retirement age, and 70, when most of us have to start drawing on your own. Yeah. And so those are good numbers to know, right? And we, they used to send out that, sometimes, I don&#x27;t know if they still do or not. Some people see it, some people don&#x27;t, but they&#x27;d send you out that annual statement telling you how much you could qualify for if you take your option right then, right? Correct. The only ones that are still receiving those on a yearly basis right now are military folks. Otherwise, they&#x27;re trying to direct everybody to ssa.gov to get your estimated benefits and your earning records. And I know you speak nationally, and you probably have the same questions no matter what state you&#x27;re in. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> Yeah. What is one of the most common mistakes that people make? One of the most common mistakes would absolutely be drawing too early. People have been told whether it&#x27;s from their neighbor, maybe somebody from human resources, a parent to draw immediately at age 62. And they don&#x27;t really ask themselves all the important questions to see if that&#x27;s the correct thing to do. And Jared Florence, now, I know you&#x27;ve traveled around and you&#x27;ve spoken along with that on a lot of these events, and you&#x27;ve watched a lot of the concerned citizens that arrive at the events, not really knowing what&#x27;s in store for them if they don&#x27;t select the right option with the Social Security Administration, correct? Yeah, absolutely. Folks are, you know, confused because they get lots of different advice. And the advice is so big picture,</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> and it&#x27;s not specific to their situation. And the best thing they need to do, number one, is just to be educated. Number two, figure out which scenario makes the most sense for them and their particular plan and their particular situation. Now, I know you&#x27;ve put together a special guidebook that listeners can get a hold of. Yeah, we do. We have a retirement guide on Social Security. It really answers just a lot of basic questions, provides a lot of basic information about when to take Social Security, why, things to consider, you know, important facts. It&#x27;s really a good guide that folks should at least take some time to download, to take a look at, to become familiar with, to generate some questions, and make sure that they educate themselves about Social Security and when to take it. Yeah, when you say it&#x27;s basic guidelines, but a lot of people don&#x27;t understand how the basic guidelines work, and they make big mistakes that could cost them hundreds of thousands of dollars,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> in some cases, over their lifetime. We see it each and every week. And as Thad and I sit down with folks, we see each and every week folks make mistakes that cost them hundreds of thousands of dollars. So if you&#x27;d like to get a hold of this guidebook, call the number and we&#x27;ll get you the link to download the guidebook or get you the physical guidebook in person. But the number to call is 800-604-1099. That&#x27;s 800-604-1099. Every single one of the financial coaches on the Financial Safari Show can help guide you through this process too. And Thad, I think the most important thing people realize is that many decisions that you make are irrevocable. In other words, once you make them, you&#x27;re stuck with them if you don&#x27;t realize it real fast. That&#x27;s correct. If you are drawing on your Social Security currently, you have up to a year to where you could pay that back. Otherwise, once you start to draw on it,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re going to be receiving. Yeah. So, I mean, have you seen, unfortunately, I&#x27;m sure you have, but in talking to people across the nation, have you seen people who&#x27;ve made mistakes and have regrets that they didn&#x27;t talk to somebody before they made their decision? Absolutely. I see that on a weekly basis also to where somebody, maybe they were advised, maybe they weren&#x27;t, and they just decided to draw it because they heard that was the best thing to do. And now that they are getting older and they wish they could have done a different strategy or taking a different benefit. Yeah. There&#x27;s so many choices though. And, you know, how many different options can people choose? Not just the 62, the 65 or 70, but how many, if you look at all different combinations, what&#x27;s that number? Currently, there&#x27;s about 81 different ways you can draw on your Social Security. And so that&#x27;s playing Russian mollet. If you don&#x27;t really know, you&#x27;re spinning a</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> wheel and hoping it lands on the right option, but you have 81 choices. And what would you say percentage-wise of people that are making the wrong choices? I would say right at about 50. Wow. So you&#x27;ve got a 50-50 chance of getting the right number. Flip a coin. Wow, folks, you really need to see this guidebook. And I would recommend a personal consultation with a local coach to make sure you have that total income plan put together, maximizing Social Security and maximizing your benefits as we go forward and minimizing your risk being exposed to forces that could take your retirement down in the wrong direction if the market goes the wrong way. But luckily there is a guidebook and the guidebook is available for all radio listeners. If you call right now, the number is 800-604-1099. 800-604-1099. I&#x27;ve got to tell you, Jared, I learned a lot</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> reading that guidebook. I mean, you guys took a long time putting that together, a lot of time and a lot of research, correct? Yeah. And it wasn&#x27;t just us sitting down saying, hey, let us come up with all the things we think we should share about Social Security. But it was real-life examples and real-life things that we&#x27;ve learned in dealing with clients and seeing mistakes they&#x27;ve made. That&#x27;s how we determined what it is we should share, what it is we should provide that really is beneficial for folks to read about. So that&#x27;s what the guide is made of. Again, that number, folks, 800-604-1099 is the number to call right now. As a radio listener, no cost or obligation, we&#x27;ll get that guidebook right in your hands. 800-604-1099. You know, Thad, the reason why I&#x27;m on my soapbox on this is because I&#x27;ve talked to so many people who had misconceptions about the Social Security claiming strategies, or they were given bad advice by someone who claimed to know. I mean, how does that make</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> you feel when you see that bad advice out there? It makes me feel very sad for the client. Not only is there bad advice, a lot of times there&#x27;s no advice. I have found that it&#x27;s not a lot of times that the plan failed. It&#x27;s just an absolute failure to plan. A lot of times when I do these across the country, I realize that people spend more time planning their family vacations, their class reunions, things of that, they kind of take the retirement for granted. Well, we call retirement 30 or 40 years of unemployment. That&#x27;s exactly right. Otherwise, no is retirement. Because think about it. If you didn&#x27;t have a job, you don&#x27;t have income, right? Or if you have maybe disability payments coming in. But in retirement now, we don&#x27;t have a paycheck coming in. So it&#x27;s up to us to make sure we get, we maximize our Social Security paycheck, but then looking at the assets we&#x27;ve built up through our life and turning those</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> assets into a stream of income you cannot live. Jared, how important is that? It&#x27;s the most important thing. I mean, we really do look at Social Security. And we ask a lot of folks that we sit down with and that we speak in front of, hey, have you put together a jigsaw puzzle before? And of course, everybody has. And we ask them, what&#x27;s the very first thing you do when you&#x27;re putting together that puzzle? And they all say, well, we put together the border or the edges, and that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s Social Security. If you don&#x27;t put together the edges first, which is your basis for your income plan, you&#x27;re making a big mistake. And likewise, if you don&#x27;t do the rest, then all you have is just a puzzle with the border. You don&#x27;t have the rest of the pieces put together. So you got to look at everything in order to put together a full financial plan. We used to go on summer vacation back in the day. And I think I was around 10 years old and dad had a vacation house in Maine. We were in the middle of nowhere. There was nothing to do.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> There was a puzzle on the bookcase, you know, in the box already opened. That should have been a telltale sign about what I&#x27;m going to tell you in the future. I spent a lot of time. I&#x27;m with her for a whole week and it was rainy. So I was bored. So I started putting the puzzle together, couldn&#x27;t find one piece. And it turns out the piece wasn&#x27;t even in the box, right? So a lot of people are looking at their financial plan. They&#x27;re talking to their current planner and he or she&#x27;s telling them everything&#x27;s fine. They&#x27;ve solved the puzzle. Yet when it comes down to that retirement income plan, that piece isn&#x27;t in their box. It&#x27;s not in their box of tools. And folks, it&#x27;s very important that you deal with a planner who knows how to design an income plan, making sure that you can maximize your benefits while decreasing your risk and taking risk out of the equation as much as possible in retirement. Again, the number to call if you&#x27;d like your personalized Social Security printout done for you, as well as a meeting with the true planner on</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> income. 800-604-1099 is the number to call. You also get that Social Security guide when you call 800-604-1099. I&#x27;m going to read you a quote from a book I have right here. And this is back from March 11, 2008. Bear Stearns is not in trouble, the quote says. I believe in Bear Stearns franchise at 69 bucks. I&#x27;m not giving up on the thing. These statements were both made by Jim Cramer of Mad Money on CNBC uttered on March 6 and March 11, 2008. 11 days later, Bear Stearns stock had dropped from $69 to $2. Imagine if that was your retirement. Would it ever recover? And Bear Stearns is gone, right? So how important is it for folks now that are listening to make sure, number one, they understand their Social Security, but number two, make sure they&#x27;re not taking too much risk with the money</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> they need for retirement income, Thad? Incredibly important. You know, we were talking earlier about guaranteed income. What I like to call those are your paychecks. And even though you&#x27;re retired, it&#x27;s just as important to have whatever you need a month for your monthly income coming in, I call it mailbox money. And so one of the things that I really pride myself in what I do is, is I try to make sure in what you need and what you think you need a month to make sure we have that in a paycheck. Everything outside of that, your family vacations, maybe gifting, your fund money, those are called your paychecks. So I think people really, really, it&#x27;s incredibly important to look at this for guaranteed income. One of my real good buddies, Tom Hagen is on the circuit. He&#x27;s an author and he&#x27;s also been on public TV with his special Don&#x27;t Worry, Retire Happy. But his very first book he wrote,</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> that, strangely enough, it&#x27;s called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. You know, the number one thing Tom says in his book is to minimize risk as we get close to retirement and understand Social Security. Folks, if you&#x27;d like to understand Social Security, if you&#x27;d like to have your very own printout showing you how to maximize your benefits, having your own income plan designed as well, as well as that guide on Social Security, as a radio listener, call right now. We&#x27;ll make sure to put you on the top of the list and get you at all these items at no cost or obligation. The number to call is 800-604-1099. Again, 800-604-1099. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear join Coach Pete for the Retirement Roundtable. This segment examines Social Security decisions and the role of a coordinated retirement income plan. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>Jarrod Florence</category>
      <category>Thad Wellshear</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jarrod Florence and Thad Wellshear, Jarrod Florence, Thad Wellshear, retirement income, retirement planning, Social Security</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73/image.jpg?t=1792072346&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-social-security-decisions-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73/image.jpg?t=1792072346&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>660</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3dc362a-a6f9-431d-8a05-b4e201720f73/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10590663" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jarrod-florence-and-thad-wellshear-social-security-decisions-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>123</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Social Security Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:14" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:21" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Markey: Fireproof Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Markey: Fireproof Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss Fireproof Your Retirement, evaluating financial advice, and the questions consumers can ask about their retirement plans. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, again, this is the time of the show where I go across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world. And we&#x27;re very excited today to have the author of a book, Fireproof Your Retirement. And the subtitle is, It&#x27;s Your Money, Learn How to Make Your Advisor Work for You. It&#x27;s a lost art, by the way, folks. You have a lot more room to tell your advisor what to do than you think a lot of times and make sure your advisor is doing right for you and not for just themselves. And we&#x27;re going to join, again, Michael Markey, and he is the author of This Is a Great Book. And we&#x27;re going to talk about the book and as well as another radio show host who&#x27;s done some damage, it looks like, in the financial world to many folks who assume that his advice is 100% correct. Michael, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now, where are we talking to you from?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I&#x27;m out of Grand Rapids, Michigan. Michigan. All right, well, good. Well, now, the first thing I like to do when I talk to an author, because I&#x27;ve written some books and it&#x27;s not something you just sit down in the middle of the night and write a book. It takes some thought and it takes a lot of work. What inspired you to write this book? You know, really what inspired me to write this was, I mean, it&#x27;s right there in the title. And, you know, I&#x27;m a younger guy and I would go to conventions and I would go to different meetings around the country and I&#x27;d talk to different advisors about something and some things that weren&#x27;t making sense to me. And a lot of times, one of the first responses I got from other advisors, which I always knew they didn&#x27;t have a valid retort or response, when the first thing they&#x27;d look at me and just say, you&#x27;re too young to understand this. That always told me, okay, you don&#x27;t have a valid response to that proposition there. Sort of like the white flag in an argument, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of confusion in the financial world and a lot of it begins with people not knowing what they have. And I know in your book, you talk about people organizing their assets. That&#x27;s the first step in the financial plan, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, very few people understand what they have. I mean, it&#x27;s about organizing assets, but I mean, I&#x27;m a big believer in fees, that fees do matter. And I think that&#x27;s one of the things where I&#x27;d get a lot of raised eyebrows at different advisors when I&#x27;d talk to them. And, you know, one of the things I would always tell them is, or that I kind of came up with is, you know, if there&#x27;s a diabetic person sitting in front of you, and they&#x27;re having a hard time controlling their sugar, and you put two wonderful, big, giant, you know, warm cookies in front of them. And one cookie has all of the sugar on top. You can see exactly how much sugar is on it.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And then the other cookie has all the sugar baked in. And I&#x27;d ask them, what cookie do you think that client would grab? And they&#x27;d look at me a little dumbfounded, and I&#x27;d go, neither. Come on. I mean, it&#x27;s a diabetic client who has a hard time controlling their sugar. They understand that all sugar matters. You know, and my belief is that all fees matter. You know what I would do? I would scrape the sugar off the top of that one cookie and enjoy it. You know, that&#x27;s the first time I&#x27;ve ever heard that response. Well, Coach Pete likes cookies. Yeah. Now, so in other words, if you see it, you know, the correct thing is if you see the fees, though, a lot of times you identify them. But if you don&#x27;t see them, they&#x27;re baked in, and they hurt a lot. And I see this in the 401k plan a lot when people see they see a small fee on their 401k statement, but they don&#x27;t realize there could be 18 or 19 other fees baked into the 401k through the mutual funds or whatever else they&#x27;re managed with.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Me, variable annuities in a 401k is harmful, very harmful to the person who has the 401k with a variable annuity in there, in my opinion. What do you think about that? Yeah. You know, I completely agree with you. I mean, you know, when my wife and I went on our honeymoon, I had to let her know that on all these little bottles, you know, together, they equal big bottle. And, you know, the same thing with fees. A bunch of little fees together equal big fee, and all fees matter. We&#x27;ve got to pay attention to what we&#x27;re paying. I mean, over the long term, I mean, I understand it. There&#x27;s a cost with quality. I get that. But there&#x27;s also a point at which that cost does not exceed that quality. I mean, look at it. If you think a Cadillac is the epitome of a quality automobile, not everyone does. But if you do, double the cost of that Cadillac, see how many sell. I&#x27;m pretty sure that if GM could double the cost of the Cadillac and they&#x27;d still sell, they would have done it already.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> I assume they&#x27;re that smart. So fees matter. Well, you look at a lot of the folks that brag about, they&#x27;re with one of the major brokerages they see advertised on TV all the time, or one of the big banks. And they like to brag to their friends about that. But many of these big corporations have proprietary funds that they push, which add even more fees in there, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. You know, one of the things I love, you know, we talk about this at our firm. And I think it&#x27;s one of the strong points of a firm, the smaller independent firms, if they take this to heart. Because we talk to our employees and our team members every day about this, and that is, if we do everything that the Raymond James, the Edward Jones, Morgan Stanley, UBS, all those guys, if we do everything that they do, but we do it just a little bit better for a little bit less cost, how many clients will we have? None. None. No one&#x27;s going to leave the security of those big box firms that they, you know, I was joking, Edward Jones is almost like a Starbucks.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> If you find a Starbucks, you&#x27;ll probably find an Edward Jones. And there&#x27;s a level of comfort that comes to people with that. So the smaller firms, I think most of them, the successful ones, they&#x27;ve identified, hey, if we&#x27;re going to compete with these people, we can&#x27;t do what they do and just a little bit better for a little bit less cost. We need to specialize in what we do. We need to do extremely well and be extremely reasonable. And, you know, so I think that&#x27;s one of the plus sides of the independent firms. Well, the funny thing is, depending on what the big corporation is, when people come in and say, I&#x27;m with XYZ Brokerage Company, I can tell them without even looking at their portfolio what mutual funds they have or they&#x27;ll have a variable annuity because I know that there&#x27;s proprietary funds that are pushed. And it&#x27;s in the stock reports of these major companies how much profit they make by pushing products on people instead of putting a good plan together.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Michael, in my opinion, dealing with an independent advisor is more important than ever because they have the same kind of investments that any other person does. The market&#x27;s only so big. There&#x27;s only so many stocks. It&#x27;s all about getting an independent advisor who doesn&#x27;t push proprietary products. You know, we were – and this is public information, so it&#x27;s not going at them. But I&#x27;ve got a lot of clients who have come to us, and they had this right there in their statements. They didn&#x27;t look at it to read it. But it said that in 2014 they had $770 million of net profit. So, obviously, Edward Jones is huge. But almost a third of that – and I don&#x27;t remember the exact number. It was 230 or 220, 280, somewhere around that. Somewhere in the $200-plus million came from the sale, extra compensation directly related from these proprietary – they call it preferred partnerships.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> And so when the corporate headquarters of these major firms go, oh, we don&#x27;t care who they sell and what mutual fund companies or what annuities, whether they&#x27;re variable or – these are independent representatives. But yet when a quarter or a third of your net profits come from the relationships with just a few partners, you can&#x27;t tell me that there&#x27;s not a conflict of interest, and then that&#x27;s not coming down the pipeline to some degree. Well, if your broker is making a lot of profits, that means you&#x27;re making less profits is what it comes down to as an investor because there&#x27;s only so much profit to go around, right? Sure. And I love the word Olympics, I call it. They play in their annual reports where they say instead of saying proprietary funds or kickbacks, they call it whatever they call it, preferred funds or whatever. Sure. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Markey, and he is the author of Fireproof Your Retirement. It&#x27;s a great book. The subtitle, It&#x27;s Your Money, Learn How to Make Your Advisor Work for You.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> Now, Michael, I&#x27;ve seen you write some articles lately, and there&#x27;s a certain radio show host named Dave Ramsey. You&#x27;re not too fond of him. No. No. We&#x27;ve – about 14, 15 months ago. Over the years, I&#x27;ve had a couple times where Life Health Pro has reached out to me and said, hey, would you – could we get your take on this? Or I&#x27;ll look for 2,000, whatever. And I don&#x27;t know why, but one day I was just sitting there and I go, you know, I wonder if they&#x27;d be okay with doing a monthly column. So I approached them with the idea, and they loved it. And at the time, I didn&#x27;t quite know why they were that enthusiastic. But, you know, we really have gone at the core of Dave&#x27;s bad math because, as you&#x27;ll – if you read the column, you&#x27;ll see me say this a lot of times, that bad math equals bad advice, and bad advice hurts people. And the thing that just gets me with Dave isn&#x27;t that he&#x27;s out there giving the advice.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> It&#x27;s because, you know, I had a Forbes writer write a column about me recently saying I&#x27;m trying to take away Dave Ramsey&#x27;s First Amendment rights. And I&#x27;m going to tell you what, our website was almost shut down with traffic and hate mail and anonymous phone calls and letters. People weren&#x27;t too fond of that. What you&#x27;ve got to realize is we&#x27;re not taking away Dave&#x27;s First Amendment rights. What we&#x27;re doing is saying, hey, if you want to give financial advice, then you need to be regulated and held accountable to the same level and responsibilities as what any licensed person would be. And Dave oftentimes gives horrible math. I heard him the other day telling somebody they were in a 50% tax bracket, and they make $80,000 a year as a couple. Wow. Well, how on earth, Dave, are they in the 50% federal tax bracket?</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> First of all, there isn&#x27;t such a thing. And then second of all, you know, I really start to question. I&#x27;m starting to put together a line here and really documenting it. My gut here, and I probably shouldn&#x27;t release this now before I write the column here in a few months, but is that he&#x27;s giving advice differently to different sets of people. And what I mean by that is if it&#x27;s a group of people or an individual calling who&#x27;s likely to use his services, his relationships, just like we&#x27;re talking about proprietary relationships. He calls them ELPs, endorsed local providers. If he thinks that those people are likely to go to those advisors, say somebody with maybe $200,000 or less, and you can kind of tell the way some of these people talk that they&#x27;re not hands-on people with their finances. They&#x27;re more likely to use the ELP.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> Right. And to them, he&#x27;ll say, no, no, no, the taxation would be horrendous to liquidate your 401k to pay off a debt. You&#x27;ll be in the 50% tax bracket, yet it doesn&#x27;t exist and you&#x27;re nowhere near it. Or then I&#x27;ve heard people call in with $600,000 or $700,000 of assets, 401k assets, IRA assets. And they say, you know, I&#x27;m thinking about paying off my house with $100,000 or $200,000. Should I do it? At that point, he goes, yes, absolutely. The taxation&#x27;s not it. They&#x27;ve got all about the taxes. Yeah. Then they&#x27;ve got $200,000 of income. And he goes, the taxation&#x27;s not that big a deal. I heard him tell one person, $600,000 of assets. I don&#x27;t remember now the specifics, but not a lot of debt. And he said, you&#x27;ve got to get rid of this debt. And they go, why? He goes, it&#x27;s the debt that&#x27;s holding you. It&#x27;s like $40,000 of debt. Yeah. He goes, that debt is just holding you down.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> They have $100,000 and something thousand dollars of income and said, we don&#x27;t understand why outside of our IRA, 401ks, we can&#x27;t save anything. I&#x27;m pretty sure it wasn&#x27;t the $50,000 or $60,000 of debt holding them down. Well, some of the richest people in the world have got there by managing debt correctly. So there&#x27;s nothing wrong with carrying debt. Now, let me ask you, because there&#x27;s a little confusion. I&#x27;m sure people listening are probably confused, too. You said Dave is not licensed. Is Dave Ramsey not licensed to give advice? No. Dave Ramsey does not hold an insurance license. He does not hold a securities license. Interesting. He was briefly licensed in the late 80s to about 91, 92. By the time he wrote his first book, I bought it off Amazon before he had an editor, which I thought would be interesting because my editor takes away, in my opinion, my best jokes and my best sarcasm. And I thought it might be interesting to get a book before Dave had an editor.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> And by the time in 1992 that he published that book, Financial Peace, first edition, he already says then that I am no longer licensed. He says I at one time held a securities and insurance license. Now, one of the things that, you know, I&#x27;ve tried to call his show several times, and mysteriously I never get through because when I tell the screener what I want to talk about, I&#x27;m hung up on, basically. I wanted to question him about, he mentions a 12% mutual fund. He tells people, just put your money in the stock market. You&#x27;ll get 12% a year. Yep. Where is this 12% mutual fund Dave Ramsey always talks about? I&#x27;d like to put my money in there. So here&#x27;s what&#x27;s fun about this. You get that first book, Financial Peace. He doesn&#x27;t use 12%. You know what he uses? He actually says 18% back then. 18%. Yeah, back then it was 18, and he almost laughed at 12. He says 14 is easy, and in fact, most mutual funds will make you 20 to 30.</p><p><strong>11:38</strong> Now, he&#x27;s brought that number down a little bit, obviously, to 12. And then when really questioned and held, you know, where is this at? He gives either one of two responses. Now, if it&#x27;s to a financial person like you or I, here&#x27;s what he&#x27;s going to say, is it&#x27;s illustrative to inspire people. And that when I put that on the screen, people get motivated to change their lifestyle. Now, but when it comes down to a reader or a listener who clearly isn&#x27;t going to have that financial wherewithal to challenge him on that, then what he says is, I personally own these. And I&#x27;m looking at the track record of what I personally own, and therefore 12% is attainable. But I disagree when he tells the financial world that it&#x27;s illustrative only, because when you see all of his programs and propaganda, it shows the 10s and the 12s and the 18 like</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> it did in that book. And my complaint and my argument there, we could argue back and forth about the 12%, but it&#x27;s this. As he says, it inspires people. So instead of arguing him about the math here, let&#x27;s just argue on the premise. He says it inspires people. And he agrees with me, and I don&#x27;t know if you agree with me on this, but the number one indicator of wealth is actually how much people save. That&#x27;s the biggest thing. How much you save. Number one indicator of wealth. Well, who&#x27;s most likely to save more? The person who had a financial plan that maybe assumed a 5% rate of return, who makes, I&#x27;ll even use it, 7. Or the person who had a financial plan, a Dave Ramsey plan, where he promises them 12. I mean, that&#x27;s essentially what it is. It&#x27;s not this, I think you might get it. It&#x27;s, I know you will get this based on my experience. How about the one who plans on 12, but only gets 7? Yeah, they&#x27;re frustrated.</p><p><strong>13:15</strong> And they haven&#x27;t put enough in, because the lazy way is to assume a higher interest rate, because that&#x27;s less you have to save, more you can spend. And it&#x27;s crazy. And I think it&#x27;s malpractice, but he doesn&#x27;t have anybody who can take his license away, because he doesn&#x27;t have one. Those people are going to give up on this plan. I&#x27;ve met too many people that have already given up on the plan. Well, it&#x27;s the tortoise and the hare. I&#x27;d rather be the tortoise all day long. And if you or I did illustrations as investment advisors at 12%, we&#x27;d lose our license in a heartbeat. We&#x27;d lose it overnight. We&#x27;d probably end up in jail. So the fact that he&#x27;s not licensed is crazy. And the fact that millions of people listen to his advice, acting like, and think. And Michael, they think he&#x27;s licensed. They think he&#x27;s licensed to give this advice because he&#x27;s been on air. Now, I&#x27;m on air, and I don&#x27;t give that kind of advice like that. I give true advice. And we don&#x27;t get as many clients as Dave, but our clients aren&#x27;t mad either, because they don&#x27;t assume a 12% return. You know, we&#x27;re running against the clock right now, but I want to tell folks about this book.</p><p><strong>14:04</strong> And folks, you can get it on Amazon. Fireproof your retirement. It&#x27;s your money. Learn how to make your advisor work for you. Michael J. Markey Jr. is the author. We&#x27;ve been talking to him today. And Michael, I hope we can have you on again in the future. Very good. More than happy to do it. Yeah. And folks, if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again, and you probably do if you know anyone who swears by Dave Ramsey&#x27;s 12%, or whatever else he says, you can visit FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;re also available on iTunes. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss Fireproof Your Retirement, evaluating financial advice, and the questions consumers can ask about their retirement plans. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, again, this is the time of the show where I go across the world and find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world. And we&#x27;re very excited today to have the author of a book, Fireproof Your Retirement. And the subtitle is, It&#x27;s Your Money, Learn How to Make Your Advisor Work for You. It&#x27;s a lost art, by the way, folks. You have a lot more room to tell your advisor what to do than you think a lot of times and make sure your advisor is doing right for you and not for just themselves. And we&#x27;re going to join, again, Michael Markey, and he is the author of This Is a Great Book. And we&#x27;re going to talk about the book and as well as another radio show host who&#x27;s done some damage, it looks like, in the financial world to many folks who assume that his advice is 100% correct. Michael, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now, where are we talking to you from?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> I&#x27;m out of Grand Rapids, Michigan. Michigan. All right, well, good. Well, now, the first thing I like to do when I talk to an author, because I&#x27;ve written some books and it&#x27;s not something you just sit down in the middle of the night and write a book. It takes some thought and it takes a lot of work. What inspired you to write this book? You know, really what inspired me to write this was, I mean, it&#x27;s right there in the title. And, you know, I&#x27;m a younger guy and I would go to conventions and I would go to different meetings around the country and I&#x27;d talk to different advisors about something and some things that weren&#x27;t making sense to me. And a lot of times, one of the first responses I got from other advisors, which I always knew they didn&#x27;t have a valid retort or response, when the first thing they&#x27;d look at me and just say, you&#x27;re too young to understand this. That always told me, okay, you don&#x27;t have a valid response to that proposition there. Sort of like the white flag in an argument, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of confusion in the financial world and a lot of it begins with people not knowing what they have. And I know in your book, you talk about people organizing their assets. That&#x27;s the first step in the financial plan, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, very few people understand what they have. I mean, it&#x27;s about organizing assets, but I mean, I&#x27;m a big believer in fees, that fees do matter. And I think that&#x27;s one of the things where I&#x27;d get a lot of raised eyebrows at different advisors when I&#x27;d talk to them. And, you know, one of the things I would always tell them is, or that I kind of came up with is, you know, if there&#x27;s a diabetic person sitting in front of you, and they&#x27;re having a hard time controlling their sugar, and you put two wonderful, big, giant, you know, warm cookies in front of them. And one cookie has all of the sugar on top. You can see exactly how much sugar is on it.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And then the other cookie has all the sugar baked in. And I&#x27;d ask them, what cookie do you think that client would grab? And they&#x27;d look at me a little dumbfounded, and I&#x27;d go, neither. Come on. I mean, it&#x27;s a diabetic client who has a hard time controlling their sugar. They understand that all sugar matters. You know, and my belief is that all fees matter. You know what I would do? I would scrape the sugar off the top of that one cookie and enjoy it. You know, that&#x27;s the first time I&#x27;ve ever heard that response. Well, Coach Pete likes cookies. Yeah. Now, so in other words, if you see it, you know, the correct thing is if you see the fees, though, a lot of times you identify them. But if you don&#x27;t see them, they&#x27;re baked in, and they hurt a lot. And I see this in the 401k plan a lot when people see they see a small fee on their 401k statement, but they don&#x27;t realize there could be 18 or 19 other fees baked into the 401k through the mutual funds or whatever else they&#x27;re managed with.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Me, variable annuities in a 401k is harmful, very harmful to the person who has the 401k with a variable annuity in there, in my opinion. What do you think about that? Yeah. You know, I completely agree with you. I mean, you know, when my wife and I went on our honeymoon, I had to let her know that on all these little bottles, you know, together, they equal big bottle. And, you know, the same thing with fees. A bunch of little fees together equal big fee, and all fees matter. We&#x27;ve got to pay attention to what we&#x27;re paying. I mean, over the long term, I mean, I understand it. There&#x27;s a cost with quality. I get that. But there&#x27;s also a point at which that cost does not exceed that quality. I mean, look at it. If you think a Cadillac is the epitome of a quality automobile, not everyone does. But if you do, double the cost of that Cadillac, see how many sell. I&#x27;m pretty sure that if GM could double the cost of the Cadillac and they&#x27;d still sell, they would have done it already.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> I assume they&#x27;re that smart. So fees matter. Well, you look at a lot of the folks that brag about, they&#x27;re with one of the major brokerages they see advertised on TV all the time, or one of the big banks. And they like to brag to their friends about that. But many of these big corporations have proprietary funds that they push, which add even more fees in there, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. You know, one of the things I love, you know, we talk about this at our firm. And I think it&#x27;s one of the strong points of a firm, the smaller independent firms, if they take this to heart. Because we talk to our employees and our team members every day about this, and that is, if we do everything that the Raymond James, the Edward Jones, Morgan Stanley, UBS, all those guys, if we do everything that they do, but we do it just a little bit better for a little bit less cost, how many clients will we have? None. None. No one&#x27;s going to leave the security of those big box firms that they, you know, I was joking, Edward Jones is almost like a Starbucks.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> If you find a Starbucks, you&#x27;ll probably find an Edward Jones. And there&#x27;s a level of comfort that comes to people with that. So the smaller firms, I think most of them, the successful ones, they&#x27;ve identified, hey, if we&#x27;re going to compete with these people, we can&#x27;t do what they do and just a little bit better for a little bit less cost. We need to specialize in what we do. We need to do extremely well and be extremely reasonable. And, you know, so I think that&#x27;s one of the plus sides of the independent firms. Well, the funny thing is, depending on what the big corporation is, when people come in and say, I&#x27;m with XYZ Brokerage Company, I can tell them without even looking at their portfolio what mutual funds they have or they&#x27;ll have a variable annuity because I know that there&#x27;s proprietary funds that are pushed. And it&#x27;s in the stock reports of these major companies how much profit they make by pushing products on people instead of putting a good plan together.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Michael, in my opinion, dealing with an independent advisor is more important than ever because they have the same kind of investments that any other person does. The market&#x27;s only so big. There&#x27;s only so many stocks. It&#x27;s all about getting an independent advisor who doesn&#x27;t push proprietary products. You know, we were – and this is public information, so it&#x27;s not going at them. But I&#x27;ve got a lot of clients who have come to us, and they had this right there in their statements. They didn&#x27;t look at it to read it. But it said that in 2014 they had $770 million of net profit. So, obviously, Edward Jones is huge. But almost a third of that – and I don&#x27;t remember the exact number. It was 230 or 220, 280, somewhere around that. Somewhere in the $200-plus million came from the sale, extra compensation directly related from these proprietary – they call it preferred partnerships.</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> And so when the corporate headquarters of these major firms go, oh, we don&#x27;t care who they sell and what mutual fund companies or what annuities, whether they&#x27;re variable or – these are independent representatives. But yet when a quarter or a third of your net profits come from the relationships with just a few partners, you can&#x27;t tell me that there&#x27;s not a conflict of interest, and then that&#x27;s not coming down the pipeline to some degree. Well, if your broker is making a lot of profits, that means you&#x27;re making less profits is what it comes down to as an investor because there&#x27;s only so much profit to go around, right? Sure. And I love the word Olympics, I call it. They play in their annual reports where they say instead of saying proprietary funds or kickbacks, they call it whatever they call it, preferred funds or whatever. Sure. Again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Markey, and he is the author of Fireproof Your Retirement. It&#x27;s a great book. The subtitle, It&#x27;s Your Money, Learn How to Make Your Advisor Work for You.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> Now, Michael, I&#x27;ve seen you write some articles lately, and there&#x27;s a certain radio show host named Dave Ramsey. You&#x27;re not too fond of him. No. No. We&#x27;ve – about 14, 15 months ago. Over the years, I&#x27;ve had a couple times where Life Health Pro has reached out to me and said, hey, would you – could we get your take on this? Or I&#x27;ll look for 2,000, whatever. And I don&#x27;t know why, but one day I was just sitting there and I go, you know, I wonder if they&#x27;d be okay with doing a monthly column. So I approached them with the idea, and they loved it. And at the time, I didn&#x27;t quite know why they were that enthusiastic. But, you know, we really have gone at the core of Dave&#x27;s bad math because, as you&#x27;ll – if you read the column, you&#x27;ll see me say this a lot of times, that bad math equals bad advice, and bad advice hurts people. And the thing that just gets me with Dave isn&#x27;t that he&#x27;s out there giving the advice.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> It&#x27;s because, you know, I had a Forbes writer write a column about me recently saying I&#x27;m trying to take away Dave Ramsey&#x27;s First Amendment rights. And I&#x27;m going to tell you what, our website was almost shut down with traffic and hate mail and anonymous phone calls and letters. People weren&#x27;t too fond of that. What you&#x27;ve got to realize is we&#x27;re not taking away Dave&#x27;s First Amendment rights. What we&#x27;re doing is saying, hey, if you want to give financial advice, then you need to be regulated and held accountable to the same level and responsibilities as what any licensed person would be. And Dave oftentimes gives horrible math. I heard him the other day telling somebody they were in a 50% tax bracket, and they make $80,000 a year as a couple. Wow. Well, how on earth, Dave, are they in the 50% federal tax bracket?</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> First of all, there isn&#x27;t such a thing. And then second of all, you know, I really start to question. I&#x27;m starting to put together a line here and really documenting it. My gut here, and I probably shouldn&#x27;t release this now before I write the column here in a few months, but is that he&#x27;s giving advice differently to different sets of people. And what I mean by that is if it&#x27;s a group of people or an individual calling who&#x27;s likely to use his services, his relationships, just like we&#x27;re talking about proprietary relationships. He calls them ELPs, endorsed local providers. If he thinks that those people are likely to go to those advisors, say somebody with maybe $200,000 or less, and you can kind of tell the way some of these people talk that they&#x27;re not hands-on people with their finances. They&#x27;re more likely to use the ELP.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> Right. And to them, he&#x27;ll say, no, no, no, the taxation would be horrendous to liquidate your 401k to pay off a debt. You&#x27;ll be in the 50% tax bracket, yet it doesn&#x27;t exist and you&#x27;re nowhere near it. Or then I&#x27;ve heard people call in with $600,000 or $700,000 of assets, 401k assets, IRA assets. And they say, you know, I&#x27;m thinking about paying off my house with $100,000 or $200,000. Should I do it? At that point, he goes, yes, absolutely. The taxation&#x27;s not it. They&#x27;ve got all about the taxes. Yeah. Then they&#x27;ve got $200,000 of income. And he goes, the taxation&#x27;s not that big a deal. I heard him tell one person, $600,000 of assets. I don&#x27;t remember now the specifics, but not a lot of debt. And he said, you&#x27;ve got to get rid of this debt. And they go, why? He goes, it&#x27;s the debt that&#x27;s holding you. It&#x27;s like $40,000 of debt. Yeah. He goes, that debt is just holding you down.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> They have $100,000 and something thousand dollars of income and said, we don&#x27;t understand why outside of our IRA, 401ks, we can&#x27;t save anything. I&#x27;m pretty sure it wasn&#x27;t the $50,000 or $60,000 of debt holding them down. Well, some of the richest people in the world have got there by managing debt correctly. So there&#x27;s nothing wrong with carrying debt. Now, let me ask you, because there&#x27;s a little confusion. I&#x27;m sure people listening are probably confused, too. You said Dave is not licensed. Is Dave Ramsey not licensed to give advice? No. Dave Ramsey does not hold an insurance license. He does not hold a securities license. Interesting. He was briefly licensed in the late 80s to about 91, 92. By the time he wrote his first book, I bought it off Amazon before he had an editor, which I thought would be interesting because my editor takes away, in my opinion, my best jokes and my best sarcasm. And I thought it might be interesting to get a book before Dave had an editor.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> And by the time in 1992 that he published that book, Financial Peace, first edition, he already says then that I am no longer licensed. He says I at one time held a securities and insurance license. Now, one of the things that, you know, I&#x27;ve tried to call his show several times, and mysteriously I never get through because when I tell the screener what I want to talk about, I&#x27;m hung up on, basically. I wanted to question him about, he mentions a 12% mutual fund. He tells people, just put your money in the stock market. You&#x27;ll get 12% a year. Yep. Where is this 12% mutual fund Dave Ramsey always talks about? I&#x27;d like to put my money in there. So here&#x27;s what&#x27;s fun about this. You get that first book, Financial Peace. He doesn&#x27;t use 12%. You know what he uses? He actually says 18% back then. 18%. Yeah, back then it was 18, and he almost laughed at 12. He says 14 is easy, and in fact, most mutual funds will make you 20 to 30.</p><p><strong>11:38</strong> Now, he&#x27;s brought that number down a little bit, obviously, to 12. And then when really questioned and held, you know, where is this at? He gives either one of two responses. Now, if it&#x27;s to a financial person like you or I, here&#x27;s what he&#x27;s going to say, is it&#x27;s illustrative to inspire people. And that when I put that on the screen, people get motivated to change their lifestyle. Now, but when it comes down to a reader or a listener who clearly isn&#x27;t going to have that financial wherewithal to challenge him on that, then what he says is, I personally own these. And I&#x27;m looking at the track record of what I personally own, and therefore 12% is attainable. But I disagree when he tells the financial world that it&#x27;s illustrative only, because when you see all of his programs and propaganda, it shows the 10s and the 12s and the 18 like</p><p><strong>12:29</strong> it did in that book. And my complaint and my argument there, we could argue back and forth about the 12%, but it&#x27;s this. As he says, it inspires people. So instead of arguing him about the math here, let&#x27;s just argue on the premise. He says it inspires people. And he agrees with me, and I don&#x27;t know if you agree with me on this, but the number one indicator of wealth is actually how much people save. That&#x27;s the biggest thing. How much you save. Number one indicator of wealth. Well, who&#x27;s most likely to save more? The person who had a financial plan that maybe assumed a 5% rate of return, who makes, I&#x27;ll even use it, 7. Or the person who had a financial plan, a Dave Ramsey plan, where he promises them 12. I mean, that&#x27;s essentially what it is. It&#x27;s not this, I think you might get it. It&#x27;s, I know you will get this based on my experience. How about the one who plans on 12, but only gets 7? Yeah, they&#x27;re frustrated.</p><p><strong>13:15</strong> And they haven&#x27;t put enough in, because the lazy way is to assume a higher interest rate, because that&#x27;s less you have to save, more you can spend. And it&#x27;s crazy. And I think it&#x27;s malpractice, but he doesn&#x27;t have anybody who can take his license away, because he doesn&#x27;t have one. Those people are going to give up on this plan. I&#x27;ve met too many people that have already given up on the plan. Well, it&#x27;s the tortoise and the hare. I&#x27;d rather be the tortoise all day long. And if you or I did illustrations as investment advisors at 12%, we&#x27;d lose our license in a heartbeat. We&#x27;d lose it overnight. We&#x27;d probably end up in jail. So the fact that he&#x27;s not licensed is crazy. And the fact that millions of people listen to his advice, acting like, and think. And Michael, they think he&#x27;s licensed. They think he&#x27;s licensed to give this advice because he&#x27;s been on air. Now, I&#x27;m on air, and I don&#x27;t give that kind of advice like that. I give true advice. And we don&#x27;t get as many clients as Dave, but our clients aren&#x27;t mad either, because they don&#x27;t assume a 12% return. You know, we&#x27;re running against the clock right now, but I want to tell folks about this book.</p><p><strong>14:04</strong> And folks, you can get it on Amazon. Fireproof your retirement. It&#x27;s your money. Learn how to make your advisor work for you. Michael J. Markey Jr. is the author. We&#x27;ve been talking to him today. And Michael, I hope we can have you on again in the future. Very good. More than happy to do it. Yeah. And folks, if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again, and you probably do if you know anyone who swears by Dave Ramsey&#x27;s 12%, or whatever else he says, you can visit FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. We&#x27;re also available on iTunes. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Markey joins Coach Pete to discuss Fireproof Your Retirement, evaluating financial advice, and the questions consumers can ask about their retirement plans. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Markey</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Fireproof Your Retirement</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Markey, retirement planning, Fireproof Your Retirement, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5/image.jpg?t=1792072358&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-markey-fireproof-your-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5/image.jpg?t=1792072358&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>876</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7716b13a-c2bc-4c88-9c02-b4e2017108b5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14047321" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-markey-fireproof-your-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>124</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Fireproof Your Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:33" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:21" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elizabeth Loewy: Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud</title>
      <itunes:title>Elizabeth Loewy: Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation, across the world many times, and find someone who I think is an interesting guest to interview on the show. And today is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Manhattan, New York, and we&#x27;re going to join Liz Lowy, who is former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit in the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office, and she was co-counsel in the trial involving the financial exploitation of philanthropist Brooke Astor. She is now general counsel and senior vice president for the industry relations for a company called Eversafe, and that&#x27;s based in Washington, D.C. Liz, welcome in. Thank you, and thanks for having me. Now, we see a stat here. It says one in five Americans over the age 65 has been victimized by elder financial abuse,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> yet only one in 44 cases is ever reported. That&#x27;s an alarming stat to me. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s alarming. Since I&#x27;ve been working on this problem for such a long time, it&#x27;s not all that surprising. The one in five was based on a study conducted by Investor Protection Trust, and that doesn&#x27;t mean that one in five older adults has been the victim of a crime, but it was a stat relating to folks who have been defrauded. So that&#x27;s a pretty wide range of abuse or abuses. The one in 44 statistic is really disturbing. Again, not all that surprising.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Domestic violence is underreported and has been for some time, and I used to run that unit for Manhattan DA before I started focusing on elder abuse. But elder abuse, and especially elder financial abuse, is even more underreported for a bunch of different reasons. For one thing, a lot of the cases involve children, adult children, relatives, who abuse their parents and grandparents, and so those older folks in the family are really reluctant to call in law enforcement when there&#x27;s been a problem. You know, they love their kids and their relatives. They feel somehow that they&#x27;re to blame, wrongly, of course.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But, you know, there are those old sayings like, raise just to chip off the old block, and I think a lot of older parents and grandparents somehow, again, wrongly feel responsible if their kids abuse them or financially exploit them, so they&#x27;re unlikely to call the police until it gets really bad, if at all. And I think there&#x27;s also a real misconception about the fact that family members can be charged with theft as a crime when they take property from their parents and grandparents. They feel like they&#x27;re getting it anyway sometimes. Maybe they&#x27;re the sole beneficiary in a will. And, you know, another reason for that one in 44 cases being reported</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> is the fact that a good number, a significant number of seniors, do suffer from some form of impairment. You know, dementia, such as Alzheimer&#x27;s disease. So, this is depressing, but not all that surprising to those of us who work in the field. Yeah, it&#x27;s been called the silent epidemic, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. And I think, you know, the term elder abuse is finally sort of becoming a more recognized term. So, hopefully, although it&#x27;s an epidemic, given demographics and the aging of the baby boomers, hopefully not so silent anymore once we start educating people about the fact that, you know, this is criminal and that folks can do something about it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Well, it&#x27;s been said now that technology is the solution to elder financial abuse. How would technology be a solution or at least help out? So, yes, I do believe technology can help resolve elder fraud, unlike other types of crime, unlike domestic violence, sex crimes, child abuse. I think that type of crime will always occur, unfortunately. But it occurred to me when I received a case involving elder fraud at the Manhattan DA that these cases weren&#x27;t just happening, that thefts weren&#x27;t happening in one fell swoop. In almost every case, the exploitation had been happening for a long period of time.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> The crooks were smart. It started small. And I met countless victims and family members who were devastated. Victims that they felt that they hadn&#x27;t watched their own money closely enough or many of our victims were impaired. And family members and professionals who were just so regretful that they hadn&#x27;t done a better job of monitoring. And it occurred to me that this was one type of crime that technology really could resolve with better monitoring. I met my CEO, whose name is Howard Tischler. He&#x27;s the CEO of Eversafe. Because he called my office, actually, after a big case we tried.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The case involving Brooke Astor was in the news for a long time. And his mother was a somewhat typical case, I&#x27;m sorry to say. She was defrauded when she was about 80 years old. I believe she probably had some mild cognitive impairment. And she was sold auto club services, a car club service, over the phone at a time when she was legally blind, didn&#x27;t own the driver&#x27;s license, and didn&#x27;t own a car. Wow. And then she was stopped paying bills. I believe she was probably on a sucker list. So she was sold some other inappropriate products. She allowed someone to come into her home to help her with her bills.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That person stole some money. So this gentleman who called me was very interested in how this could happen. How his mother could be defrauded. How the banks didn&#x27;t notice. Why her financial advisor didn&#x27;t reach out. And I explained to him that the financial institutions are finally focused on this problem and trying to do more. But that they don&#x27;t always notify customers when there&#x27;s suspicious activity. And after speaking with Mr. Tischler, my current CEO, he explained to me that, first of all, he was a serial entrepreneur, been involved in business for a long time, and he really thought that technology could solve this problem.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And I agree, which is why I jumped ship to work on this service. We do financial monitoring, but we&#x27;re focused on the older population and what happens to folks as they age. And Eversafe is a service that monitors bank and investment accounts, credit card activity, and the credit report that does all of these things, which is important. Because banks may be getting better with their algorithms at detecting fraud, but it&#x27;s important to have a service that has a full view. Because, as I said, the exploiters are smart, and many of them know not to just take from one account.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> As I saw as a prosecutor, they often take from different accounts, because it&#x27;s less likely to be detected that way. Well, when you say start small, I&#x27;ve monitored my own credit cards, and I&#x27;ve seen little charges I didn&#x27;t know what they were, and then all of a sudden bigger charges, like in a day or two later when they figure out the card works. But because I&#x27;m younger and I&#x27;m able to monitor it, I&#x27;m able to catch that. But I think what you&#x27;re saying is as people get older, they&#x27;re not able to many times, as able as I am, to check and monitor what&#x27;s going on. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Liz Lowy, who is a former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit of the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office. And she&#x27;s joining us to talk about elder abuse and some of the things that are existing these days. There&#x27;s some common scams on the rise, too, aren&#x27;t there, Liz? Oh, there are a bunch of scams that are on the rise.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> It feels like there&#x27;s a new scam du jour every time you read about them. I still get notices about new ones, I would say, every week. And, you know, you mentioned how as you age, sometimes it&#x27;s maybe more difficult to monitor on your own. And I agree. I think most of the experts out there would agree that something called financial capacity is affected as we age, much as we&#x27;d like to deny it. There&#x27;s a lot of research being done at the University of Alabama, and concluded that you start to lose financial capacity as early as your early 50s, which is perhaps a little depressing. And it doesn&#x27;t go out the window all at once. But I think keeping an eye, having an extra set of eyes is really important.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And I think it&#x27;s important for, it takes a family, for younger folks in the family to perhaps ask their parents if they can help keep an eye on things. And that&#x27;s another thing that Eversafe offers is the ability for a trusted advocate, whether it be a trusted child or a trusted lawyer or accountant or financial advisor, to help with monitoring by receiving, using the tech to receive alerts and or view transactions. But as you said, there&#x27;s a new scam every minute. And it&#x27;s tax season now, and there are plenty of scams related to the IRS. You know, fake returns being filed, fake refunds that are purportedly on the way</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> if you provide personal information. And folks have to understand and educate themselves and educate the older folks in their family that there are scams everywhere and try to keep on top of them and help each other out. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, Liz. Can you give out some information to the listeners about what they can do if they&#x27;re worried about potentially becoming a victim or if they think they might be now? What are some of the steps in about a minute that someone could take here? I think really it&#x27;s important to act as a family team and to have a conversation about what&#x27;s going on. And that conversation should really happen before there&#x27;s a problem. Yeah. So that personal emergency contact information is shared.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You know, share information about who is your doctor, who is your lawyer, what&#x27;s your general sense of your estate plan, who&#x27;s your financial advisor, what banks do you use. Sharing that information, providing the financial institution with a trusted contact is important. And perhaps most important, if you&#x27;re worried about elder fraud, is to use technology, a service like Eversafe or another service to involve an extra set of eyes in monitoring. We don&#x27;t all open our credit card bills the day they come. You know, it&#x27;s important to have a support system so that folks can get help with monitoring. That would be, I think, most important advice that I could share.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> So being vigilant and communicate with your family members are two important items or two important ingredients in that recipe, correct? And monitor, monitor, monitor. So you notice when there&#x27;s the first bit of a regular activity. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And folks, if you are joining this interview late, want to hear it again in its entirety, share it with other people. You can always do that. Go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Liz, thanks very much for your time today. Thank you. And if folks want to reach our company, we&#x27;re located at eversafe.com online. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation, across the world many times, and find someone who I think is an interesting guest to interview on the show. And today is no exception. We&#x27;re going to go to Manhattan, New York, and we&#x27;re going to join Liz Lowy, who is former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit in the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office, and she was co-counsel in the trial involving the financial exploitation of philanthropist Brooke Astor. She is now general counsel and senior vice president for the industry relations for a company called Eversafe, and that&#x27;s based in Washington, D.C. Liz, welcome in. Thank you, and thanks for having me. Now, we see a stat here. It says one in five Americans over the age 65 has been victimized by elder financial abuse,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> yet only one in 44 cases is ever reported. That&#x27;s an alarming stat to me. What about you? Well, it&#x27;s alarming. Since I&#x27;ve been working on this problem for such a long time, it&#x27;s not all that surprising. The one in five was based on a study conducted by Investor Protection Trust, and that doesn&#x27;t mean that one in five older adults has been the victim of a crime, but it was a stat relating to folks who have been defrauded. So that&#x27;s a pretty wide range of abuse or abuses. The one in 44 statistic is really disturbing. Again, not all that surprising.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Domestic violence is underreported and has been for some time, and I used to run that unit for Manhattan DA before I started focusing on elder abuse. But elder abuse, and especially elder financial abuse, is even more underreported for a bunch of different reasons. For one thing, a lot of the cases involve children, adult children, relatives, who abuse their parents and grandparents, and so those older folks in the family are really reluctant to call in law enforcement when there&#x27;s been a problem. You know, they love their kids and their relatives. They feel somehow that they&#x27;re to blame, wrongly, of course.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But, you know, there are those old sayings like, raise just to chip off the old block, and I think a lot of older parents and grandparents somehow, again, wrongly feel responsible if their kids abuse them or financially exploit them, so they&#x27;re unlikely to call the police until it gets really bad, if at all. And I think there&#x27;s also a real misconception about the fact that family members can be charged with theft as a crime when they take property from their parents and grandparents. They feel like they&#x27;re getting it anyway sometimes. Maybe they&#x27;re the sole beneficiary in a will. And, you know, another reason for that one in 44 cases being reported</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> is the fact that a good number, a significant number of seniors, do suffer from some form of impairment. You know, dementia, such as Alzheimer&#x27;s disease. So, this is depressing, but not all that surprising to those of us who work in the field. Yeah, it&#x27;s been called the silent epidemic, hasn&#x27;t it? It has. And I think, you know, the term elder abuse is finally sort of becoming a more recognized term. So, hopefully, although it&#x27;s an epidemic, given demographics and the aging of the baby boomers, hopefully not so silent anymore once we start educating people about the fact that, you know, this is criminal and that folks can do something about it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Well, it&#x27;s been said now that technology is the solution to elder financial abuse. How would technology be a solution or at least help out? So, yes, I do believe technology can help resolve elder fraud, unlike other types of crime, unlike domestic violence, sex crimes, child abuse. I think that type of crime will always occur, unfortunately. But it occurred to me when I received a case involving elder fraud at the Manhattan DA that these cases weren&#x27;t just happening, that thefts weren&#x27;t happening in one fell swoop. In almost every case, the exploitation had been happening for a long period of time.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> The crooks were smart. It started small. And I met countless victims and family members who were devastated. Victims that they felt that they hadn&#x27;t watched their own money closely enough or many of our victims were impaired. And family members and professionals who were just so regretful that they hadn&#x27;t done a better job of monitoring. And it occurred to me that this was one type of crime that technology really could resolve with better monitoring. I met my CEO, whose name is Howard Tischler. He&#x27;s the CEO of Eversafe. Because he called my office, actually, after a big case we tried.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The case involving Brooke Astor was in the news for a long time. And his mother was a somewhat typical case, I&#x27;m sorry to say. She was defrauded when she was about 80 years old. I believe she probably had some mild cognitive impairment. And she was sold auto club services, a car club service, over the phone at a time when she was legally blind, didn&#x27;t own the driver&#x27;s license, and didn&#x27;t own a car. Wow. And then she was stopped paying bills. I believe she was probably on a sucker list. So she was sold some other inappropriate products. She allowed someone to come into her home to help her with her bills.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That person stole some money. So this gentleman who called me was very interested in how this could happen. How his mother could be defrauded. How the banks didn&#x27;t notice. Why her financial advisor didn&#x27;t reach out. And I explained to him that the financial institutions are finally focused on this problem and trying to do more. But that they don&#x27;t always notify customers when there&#x27;s suspicious activity. And after speaking with Mr. Tischler, my current CEO, he explained to me that, first of all, he was a serial entrepreneur, been involved in business for a long time, and he really thought that technology could solve this problem.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> And I agree, which is why I jumped ship to work on this service. We do financial monitoring, but we&#x27;re focused on the older population and what happens to folks as they age. And Eversafe is a service that monitors bank and investment accounts, credit card activity, and the credit report that does all of these things, which is important. Because banks may be getting better with their algorithms at detecting fraud, but it&#x27;s important to have a service that has a full view. Because, as I said, the exploiters are smart, and many of them know not to just take from one account.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> As I saw as a prosecutor, they often take from different accounts, because it&#x27;s less likely to be detected that way. Well, when you say start small, I&#x27;ve monitored my own credit cards, and I&#x27;ve seen little charges I didn&#x27;t know what they were, and then all of a sudden bigger charges, like in a day or two later when they figure out the card works. But because I&#x27;m younger and I&#x27;m able to monitor it, I&#x27;m able to catch that. But I think what you&#x27;re saying is as people get older, they&#x27;re not able to many times, as able as I am, to check and monitor what&#x27;s going on. By the way, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Liz Lowy, who is a former chief of the Elder Abuse Unit of the Manhattan DA&#x27;s office. And she&#x27;s joining us to talk about elder abuse and some of the things that are existing these days. There&#x27;s some common scams on the rise, too, aren&#x27;t there, Liz? Oh, there are a bunch of scams that are on the rise.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> It feels like there&#x27;s a new scam du jour every time you read about them. I still get notices about new ones, I would say, every week. And, you know, you mentioned how as you age, sometimes it&#x27;s maybe more difficult to monitor on your own. And I agree. I think most of the experts out there would agree that something called financial capacity is affected as we age, much as we&#x27;d like to deny it. There&#x27;s a lot of research being done at the University of Alabama, and concluded that you start to lose financial capacity as early as your early 50s, which is perhaps a little depressing. And it doesn&#x27;t go out the window all at once. But I think keeping an eye, having an extra set of eyes is really important.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> And I think it&#x27;s important for, it takes a family, for younger folks in the family to perhaps ask their parents if they can help keep an eye on things. And that&#x27;s another thing that Eversafe offers is the ability for a trusted advocate, whether it be a trusted child or a trusted lawyer or accountant or financial advisor, to help with monitoring by receiving, using the tech to receive alerts and or view transactions. But as you said, there&#x27;s a new scam every minute. And it&#x27;s tax season now, and there are plenty of scams related to the IRS. You know, fake returns being filed, fake refunds that are purportedly on the way</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> if you provide personal information. And folks have to understand and educate themselves and educate the older folks in their family that there are scams everywhere and try to keep on top of them and help each other out. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here, Liz. Can you give out some information to the listeners about what they can do if they&#x27;re worried about potentially becoming a victim or if they think they might be now? What are some of the steps in about a minute that someone could take here? I think really it&#x27;s important to act as a family team and to have a conversation about what&#x27;s going on. And that conversation should really happen before there&#x27;s a problem. Yeah. So that personal emergency contact information is shared.</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> You know, share information about who is your doctor, who is your lawyer, what&#x27;s your general sense of your estate plan, who&#x27;s your financial advisor, what banks do you use. Sharing that information, providing the financial institution with a trusted contact is important. And perhaps most important, if you&#x27;re worried about elder fraud, is to use technology, a service like Eversafe or another service to involve an extra set of eyes in monitoring. We don&#x27;t all open our credit card bills the day they come. You know, it&#x27;s important to have a support system so that folks can get help with monitoring. That would be, I think, most important advice that I could share.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> So being vigilant and communicate with your family members are two important items or two important ingredients in that recipe, correct? And monitor, monitor, monitor. So you notice when there&#x27;s the first bit of a regular activity. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And folks, if you are joining this interview late, want to hear it again in its entirety, share it with other people. You can always do that. Go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Liz, thanks very much for your time today. Thank you. And if folks want to reach our company, we&#x27;re located at eversafe.com online. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Elizabeth Loewy joins Coach Pete to discuss financial exploitation, protecting older adults, and the work of Eversafe. Recorded March 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Elizabeth Loewy</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Elizabeth Loewy, financial fraud, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/image.jpg?t=1792072369&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/elizabeth-loewy-protecting-older-adults-from-financial-fraud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/image.jpg?t=1792072369&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2016 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>743</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc06f555-eea2-4e9a-ba5b-b4e2016fe04d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11918631" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/elizabeth-loewy-protecting-older-adults-from-financial-fraud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>125</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Protecting Older Adults from Financial Fraud" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Technology and everyday life" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:28" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Vox Day: SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Vox Day: SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, as you know, I go across the world and I try to find somebody who&#x27;s relevant to talk about what&#x27;s going on current event-wise, financial-wise, or just anything that&#x27;s happened in the world. And we&#x27;re going to go to Italy right now through the beauty of modern technology. And we&#x27;re going to talk to an author. His name is Vox Day. And he&#x27;s written a book called SJW&#x27;s Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. And welcome in, Vox. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, social justice warriors, can you define that term to our listeners and our viewers and just let them know what they are and why they exist? Well, social justice warriors are the left-wing extremists who are sort of the shock troops of the social justice movement. You know, social justice was defined by John Stuart Mill back in the 19th century.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And the problem with them is that they attempt to turn every organization that they enter into into an organization that is dedicated to fostering their ideals, regardless of what the purpose of the organization is. So that&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve seen them destroy the public schools. We&#x27;ve seen them destroy the media. You know, I got involved when they went after my industry, which is the game industry. So, you know, it&#x27;s like the old saying is like the baby in the room crying. Everyone has to stop what they&#x27;re doing and make sure the baby&#x27;s happy so everyone else can be happy. And it&#x27;s usually a very vocal minority, right? Oh, yeah. There&#x27;s not very many of them at all, but they are almost astonishingly vocal. And they&#x27;re really crusaders. You know, they&#x27;re sort of the descendants of the prohibitionists, you know, back in the U.S.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And they&#x27;re every bit as committed to their cause as, you know, Carrie Nation ever was. Well, and they&#x27;ve taken a mainstream view. I mean, they use the Internet. They use all the social media out there to make it seem like they&#x27;re a larger group than they are, like Twitter and Facebook and all the different places out there to scare big companies, almost bring big companies to their knees many times. Yeah, it&#x27;s kind of alarming. One of the things that I specifically deal with, I spent a chapter talking about, is their entryism. You know, they&#x27;re very, very good at entering corporations and entering organizations. And, you know, right now they&#x27;re very focused on entering open source projects and putting themselves in positions of influence. And so in a corporation, you&#x27;re going to usually find them in the HR department.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> In an open source project, you&#x27;re always going to find them on the various committees or boards, especially those related to equality or inclusiveness. And in the media, you&#x27;ll often find them either as, you know, editors. In the publishing world, they tend to be editors and publishers. They&#x27;re always trying to put themselves in a position of being a gatekeeper. You know, where I&#x27;ve seen them in, like, the publishing industry, especially as it relates to the K-12 school systems. I mean, it&#x27;s crazy what&#x27;s going on there with the books and the rewriting history and those kind of things. Absolutely. The most important thing to understand about social justice warriors, and the thing that normal people find very difficult to believe until they experience it for themselves,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is that social justice warriors have no concept of what you or I would consider to be truth. You know, they don&#x27;t believe in any sort of objective reality. You know, their approach to communication is essentially that of an ad agency. You know, the idea of an ad is to shape a vision of reality for you in order to bring it about. And so that&#x27;s exactly what social justice warriors do is they attempt to create a vision of reality that is not actually in line with reality, but is in line with the reality that they want to create. Well, in your book, of course, the book, folks, is called Social Justice Warriors, SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And you talk about the three laws of social justice and the warriors, what they do. The first one is to always lie. Absolutely. That&#x27;s related to what I was talking about in terms of their attempting to reshape reality. They always have to lie because, you know, the reality that they&#x27;re attempting to convince you is real is not, in fact, real, and they know it. It&#x27;s the reality that they want to bring about. That&#x27;s the first law of SJW. The second law of SJW is SJW is always double down. You know, whenever you catch them in the act, they will, instead of saying, okay, you know, you got me and modifying their behavior, they will always double down. They&#x27;ll always, you know, call you out.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> If you call them a liar, they&#x27;ll come back and say, no, you&#x27;re the liar. It&#x27;s inevitable. It&#x27;s really remarkable, to be honest. I found it very difficult to believe myself. And then the third law of SJW is that SJWs always project. So, and this is one of their weaknesses, actually, because any time they&#x27;re attempting to attack you, they&#x27;re often, usually, in fact, giving you a clue regarding where they themselves are vulnerable. I guess I&#x27;m almost 50 years old. I&#x27;ll be 50 this year. And so I&#x27;m not quite a baby boomer. I&#x27;m just under that. I&#x27;m Generation X, I guess. So I&#x27;m a very skeptical person. But Vox, why is it, again, folks, Vox Day, author of the SJWS, Always Lie, Social Justice Warriors, Always Lie. It&#x27;s a great-selling book, real good book, and it&#x27;s going to be on audiobook coming out soon here in this year, in the spring.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And he&#x27;s been called the most despised man in science fiction by The Wall Street Journal. But, Vox, why is it or how is it so easy for me to see right through these phony arguments that the social justice warriors always launch? I mean, why do I see it? Why does it become so clear that they&#x27;re basically full of whatever they&#x27;re shoveling there? Well, because you&#x27;re obviously someone to whom the truth matters. You know, people who are genuinely dedicated to the truth and to whom, you know, truth and facts and history are important tend to be able to spot them and expose them very rapidly. But, you know, to people that are really vulnerable to social pressure, those are the people who tend to be most bamboozled by them. They&#x27;re very, very good at creating the perception of everyone being in agreement and you&#x27;ll be left out if you don&#x27;t agree with them.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And so, I mean, it tends to predominantly – you know, that&#x27;s why SJWs tend to predominantly be women and men who are of – we&#x27;ll call it lower social sexual rank. People who really want to belong, people who want to get along with everyone tend to be very susceptible to the SJW approach. And for somebody who, you know, you have a successful radio show, you pretty much do what you want. You probably control your own hours and that sort of thing. You&#x27;re probably a lot less susceptible to that than the average individual. Yeah, but I love to get along with people, but I&#x27;m not going to let somebody float lies and get away with them. And I think that so many of the – I guess the politicians and the corporation CEOs have bowed down before the social justice warriors because they don&#x27;t want to create a lot of controversy or don&#x27;t want the stink to grow.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And I know Rush Limbaugh was talking about how that the social justice warriors now are attacking the NFL and trying to make a national football league almost like a flag football league, you know, not even tackling anymore, that kind of thing. Well, that&#x27;s why a number of people have called – the book, which – it was a bestseller in political philosophy for 14 straight weeks. And it really ended up being useful to a lot of people who are, you know, from worlds very different from the game industry world or the science fiction world that I&#x27;m involved with. And the reason is that there is no one, there&#x27;s no industry, there&#x27;s no individual, there&#x27;s no corporation who is safe from their activities because their goal has always been to reach what they call social justice convergence, which is every individual and every organization being dedicated 100 percent to social justice ideals.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> You know, we talk about – and I hear these slogans all the time. They make little nursery rhyme type slogans and everybody falls for it like Johnny Cochran, if the glove doesn&#x27;t fit, you must acquit, which was one of the – looks like one of the starting points of all the different social justice slogans. But this is a money show, and I see this relating to money because it&#x27;s all about when you trace back a lot of this social justice, whatever they call it, it comes down to a money grab, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, yeah, if you look at Feminist Frequency, which is Anita Sarkeesian and Jonathan McIntosh, who are the two SJW scam artists par excellence, they managed to get Intel to cough up over $300,000 to pursue equality and women in tech.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> You know, money, of course, that is basically going to be in their hands to direct and use to influence people. And there&#x27;s another element to the money too, which is the more converged a company gets, the more converged an open source project gets, the more you&#x27;ve got the opportunity to compete with it because that organization has ceased to focus on whatever its business is, whatever its purpose is, and is much more focused on inclusiveness and women in tech and whatever the particular emphasis is at the moment instead of doing its business and pursuing its capitalist objectives. Which gets in the way of anybody flourishing when you&#x27;re spending all your time. I know a lot of folks deal this in the regulation industry.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> They&#x27;re so busy with all the new government regulations, having to hire new people to put up with all the government regulations, they can&#x27;t put the money towards making money for the company. Which brings me to a final point here. If somebody is under attack by social justice warriors, if they&#x27;re attacking you or your company, you&#x27;ve got a battle plan there to counteract the attack they&#x27;re doing, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, there&#x27;s an eight-stage social justice warrior attack sequence that they almost always follow. I mean they&#x27;ve followed it with Tim Hunt in the science world, they&#x27;ve followed it with Brendan Eich in the technology world. And the most important thing is do not apologize. They regard an apology the same way that the police view a confession. And so actually on my blog at Vox Populi, there&#x27;s a PDF.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> It&#x27;s so important that I put together a six-page PDF that outlines not only the eight-stage attack sequence, but also the ways to respond to each stage. And it&#x27;s a free PDF that people can download. And it&#x27;s something that you should send. First of all, everyone should read it. And you should definitely send it to any of your friends who find themselves under SJW attack. Very, very important. And your book, which I found fascinating, is going to be available again on audiobook here coming in the spring. Folks, his name is Vox Day. He&#x27;s joined us from Italy. The name of the book is SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. Vox, I hope to have you on again in the future. Anytime. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety or listen to other interviews from the show,</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> you can always do that by going to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, as you know, I go across the world and I try to find somebody who&#x27;s relevant to talk about what&#x27;s going on current event-wise, financial-wise, or just anything that&#x27;s happened in the world. And we&#x27;re going to go to Italy right now through the beauty of modern technology. And we&#x27;re going to talk to an author. His name is Vox Day. And he&#x27;s written a book called SJW&#x27;s Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. And welcome in, Vox. Thanks for having me. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Now, social justice warriors, can you define that term to our listeners and our viewers and just let them know what they are and why they exist? Well, social justice warriors are the left-wing extremists who are sort of the shock troops of the social justice movement. You know, social justice was defined by John Stuart Mill back in the 19th century.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And the problem with them is that they attempt to turn every organization that they enter into into an organization that is dedicated to fostering their ideals, regardless of what the purpose of the organization is. So that&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve seen them destroy the public schools. We&#x27;ve seen them destroy the media. You know, I got involved when they went after my industry, which is the game industry. So, you know, it&#x27;s like the old saying is like the baby in the room crying. Everyone has to stop what they&#x27;re doing and make sure the baby&#x27;s happy so everyone else can be happy. And it&#x27;s usually a very vocal minority, right? Oh, yeah. There&#x27;s not very many of them at all, but they are almost astonishingly vocal. And they&#x27;re really crusaders. You know, they&#x27;re sort of the descendants of the prohibitionists, you know, back in the U.S.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And they&#x27;re every bit as committed to their cause as, you know, Carrie Nation ever was. Well, and they&#x27;ve taken a mainstream view. I mean, they use the Internet. They use all the social media out there to make it seem like they&#x27;re a larger group than they are, like Twitter and Facebook and all the different places out there to scare big companies, almost bring big companies to their knees many times. Yeah, it&#x27;s kind of alarming. One of the things that I specifically deal with, I spent a chapter talking about, is their entryism. You know, they&#x27;re very, very good at entering corporations and entering organizations. And, you know, right now they&#x27;re very focused on entering open source projects and putting themselves in positions of influence. And so in a corporation, you&#x27;re going to usually find them in the HR department.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> In an open source project, you&#x27;re always going to find them on the various committees or boards, especially those related to equality or inclusiveness. And in the media, you&#x27;ll often find them either as, you know, editors. In the publishing world, they tend to be editors and publishers. They&#x27;re always trying to put themselves in a position of being a gatekeeper. You know, where I&#x27;ve seen them in, like, the publishing industry, especially as it relates to the K-12 school systems. I mean, it&#x27;s crazy what&#x27;s going on there with the books and the rewriting history and those kind of things. Absolutely. The most important thing to understand about social justice warriors, and the thing that normal people find very difficult to believe until they experience it for themselves,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is that social justice warriors have no concept of what you or I would consider to be truth. You know, they don&#x27;t believe in any sort of objective reality. You know, their approach to communication is essentially that of an ad agency. You know, the idea of an ad is to shape a vision of reality for you in order to bring it about. And so that&#x27;s exactly what social justice warriors do is they attempt to create a vision of reality that is not actually in line with reality, but is in line with the reality that they want to create. Well, in your book, of course, the book, folks, is called Social Justice Warriors, SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And you talk about the three laws of social justice and the warriors, what they do. The first one is to always lie. Absolutely. That&#x27;s related to what I was talking about in terms of their attempting to reshape reality. They always have to lie because, you know, the reality that they&#x27;re attempting to convince you is real is not, in fact, real, and they know it. It&#x27;s the reality that they want to bring about. That&#x27;s the first law of SJW. The second law of SJW is SJW is always double down. You know, whenever you catch them in the act, they will, instead of saying, okay, you know, you got me and modifying their behavior, they will always double down. They&#x27;ll always, you know, call you out.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> If you call them a liar, they&#x27;ll come back and say, no, you&#x27;re the liar. It&#x27;s inevitable. It&#x27;s really remarkable, to be honest. I found it very difficult to believe myself. And then the third law of SJW is that SJWs always project. So, and this is one of their weaknesses, actually, because any time they&#x27;re attempting to attack you, they&#x27;re often, usually, in fact, giving you a clue regarding where they themselves are vulnerable. I guess I&#x27;m almost 50 years old. I&#x27;ll be 50 this year. And so I&#x27;m not quite a baby boomer. I&#x27;m just under that. I&#x27;m Generation X, I guess. So I&#x27;m a very skeptical person. But Vox, why is it, again, folks, Vox Day, author of the SJWS, Always Lie, Social Justice Warriors, Always Lie. It&#x27;s a great-selling book, real good book, and it&#x27;s going to be on audiobook coming out soon here in this year, in the spring.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And he&#x27;s been called the most despised man in science fiction by The Wall Street Journal. But, Vox, why is it or how is it so easy for me to see right through these phony arguments that the social justice warriors always launch? I mean, why do I see it? Why does it become so clear that they&#x27;re basically full of whatever they&#x27;re shoveling there? Well, because you&#x27;re obviously someone to whom the truth matters. You know, people who are genuinely dedicated to the truth and to whom, you know, truth and facts and history are important tend to be able to spot them and expose them very rapidly. But, you know, to people that are really vulnerable to social pressure, those are the people who tend to be most bamboozled by them. They&#x27;re very, very good at creating the perception of everyone being in agreement and you&#x27;ll be left out if you don&#x27;t agree with them.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And so, I mean, it tends to predominantly – you know, that&#x27;s why SJWs tend to predominantly be women and men who are of – we&#x27;ll call it lower social sexual rank. People who really want to belong, people who want to get along with everyone tend to be very susceptible to the SJW approach. And for somebody who, you know, you have a successful radio show, you pretty much do what you want. You probably control your own hours and that sort of thing. You&#x27;re probably a lot less susceptible to that than the average individual. Yeah, but I love to get along with people, but I&#x27;m not going to let somebody float lies and get away with them. And I think that so many of the – I guess the politicians and the corporation CEOs have bowed down before the social justice warriors because they don&#x27;t want to create a lot of controversy or don&#x27;t want the stink to grow.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And I know Rush Limbaugh was talking about how that the social justice warriors now are attacking the NFL and trying to make a national football league almost like a flag football league, you know, not even tackling anymore, that kind of thing. Well, that&#x27;s why a number of people have called – the book, which – it was a bestseller in political philosophy for 14 straight weeks. And it really ended up being useful to a lot of people who are, you know, from worlds very different from the game industry world or the science fiction world that I&#x27;m involved with. And the reason is that there is no one, there&#x27;s no industry, there&#x27;s no individual, there&#x27;s no corporation who is safe from their activities because their goal has always been to reach what they call social justice convergence, which is every individual and every organization being dedicated 100 percent to social justice ideals.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> You know, we talk about – and I hear these slogans all the time. They make little nursery rhyme type slogans and everybody falls for it like Johnny Cochran, if the glove doesn&#x27;t fit, you must acquit, which was one of the – looks like one of the starting points of all the different social justice slogans. But this is a money show, and I see this relating to money because it&#x27;s all about when you trace back a lot of this social justice, whatever they call it, it comes down to a money grab, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, yeah, if you look at Feminist Frequency, which is Anita Sarkeesian and Jonathan McIntosh, who are the two SJW scam artists par excellence, they managed to get Intel to cough up over $300,000 to pursue equality and women in tech.</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> You know, money, of course, that is basically going to be in their hands to direct and use to influence people. And there&#x27;s another element to the money too, which is the more converged a company gets, the more converged an open source project gets, the more you&#x27;ve got the opportunity to compete with it because that organization has ceased to focus on whatever its business is, whatever its purpose is, and is much more focused on inclusiveness and women in tech and whatever the particular emphasis is at the moment instead of doing its business and pursuing its capitalist objectives. Which gets in the way of anybody flourishing when you&#x27;re spending all your time. I know a lot of folks deal this in the regulation industry.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> They&#x27;re so busy with all the new government regulations, having to hire new people to put up with all the government regulations, they can&#x27;t put the money towards making money for the company. Which brings me to a final point here. If somebody is under attack by social justice warriors, if they&#x27;re attacking you or your company, you&#x27;ve got a battle plan there to counteract the attack they&#x27;re doing, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, there&#x27;s an eight-stage social justice warrior attack sequence that they almost always follow. I mean they&#x27;ve followed it with Tim Hunt in the science world, they&#x27;ve followed it with Brendan Eich in the technology world. And the most important thing is do not apologize. They regard an apology the same way that the police view a confession. And so actually on my blog at Vox Populi, there&#x27;s a PDF.</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> It&#x27;s so important that I put together a six-page PDF that outlines not only the eight-stage attack sequence, but also the ways to respond to each stage. And it&#x27;s a free PDF that people can download. And it&#x27;s something that you should send. First of all, everyone should read it. And you should definitely send it to any of your friends who find themselves under SJW attack. Very, very important. And your book, which I found fascinating, is going to be available again on audiobook here coming in the spring. Folks, his name is Vox Day. He&#x27;s joined us from Italy. The name of the book is SJWS, Always Lie, Taking Down the Thought Police. Vox, I hope to have you on again in the future. Anytime. And folks, if you joined this interview late and want to hear it in its entirety or listen to other interviews from the show,</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> you can always do that by going to FinancialSafari.com. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Vox Day joins Coach Pete from Italy to discuss SJWs Always Lie and his views on political correctness, media, and public debate. Recorded January 2016.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Vox Day</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Vox Day, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/image.jpg?t=1792072373&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vox-day-sjws-always-lie-and-political-debate/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/image.jpg?t=1792072373&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2016 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>685</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9840acca-8f32-4ddb-a0e9-b4e2016f63c5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11000094" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/vox-day-sjws-always-lie-and-political-debate</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>126</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="SJWs Always Lie and Political Debate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barry James Dyke: Guaranteed Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Barry James Dyke: Guaranteed Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> well folks today&#x27;s guest is a return visitor on the show he was with us about three to four years ago he wrote a series of books to a series of two called the pirates of manhattan about all the different things that go on and on wall street and he&#x27;s joining us with his new book the new book is called guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement so his name is barry james dyke and he&#x27;s joining us from new hampshire barry welcome in well thank you peter it&#x27;s always good to uh to talk to you and uh uh how&#x27;s everything down how&#x27;s the weather in north carolina is it warm well the weather changes every single day but you know what we do here it&#x27;s just like the financial world barry it goes back and forth and and i know the climate out there in the investment community especially</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> with the war on social security and a lot of folks wondering if if they&#x27;re even going to get any money back from the social security administration or if the government&#x27;s going to let them have what they thought they were entitled to people are more worried today and we&#x27;ll talk about this i know you talk about this in your book and by the way david walker the former u.s comptroller general wrote the forward to this book and he had a lot of good things to say about this book but the main worry i think people have these days is where&#x27;s that money going to come from in retirement and is it going to be there for the rest of their lives yeah it really is and as you know pete well people who know me know my feelings on the market and uh not against investments at all um uh but the thing is is that a lot of the retail uh assets of people in right now it&#x27;s totally rigged against the consumer and i&#x27;m just trying to help them um build a you know safer retirement well we&#x27;ll get through your table</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> contests it&#x27;s a fascinating collection of topics the number one chapter is the collapse of the american pension now let&#x27;s talk about this because i think a lot of folks that go to work nine to five or even longer many times and they do that 30 or 40 years they retire but there&#x27;s nothing left for them if they haven&#x27;t funded it on their own these days yeah well that&#x27;s the whole thing is statistics 1983 uh pete uh roughly 83 percent of the population or right around there 80 percent had a defined benefit pension plan for for a employee and spouse so the guaranteed income if you will was kind of a sure thing then they had social security as well so people were pretty much much better position today that is down dropped down to around 17 percent the majority of the people who have these uh pete are</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> really people in the in the public sector you know state federal uh municipal employees now that&#x27;s an issue into itself uh which is really highly underfunded but those are the only people really have uh the core um uh pension plans if you will so the fact of the matter is is that the most of the uh today&#x27;s american public is essentially it&#x27;s you do it yourself you&#x27;re on your own plan uh today and and majority of the team they&#x27;ve never worked and they will not work so let&#x27;s talk about this now when we talk about you said 17 percent of people have a pension and most of them are federal employees or state employees yeah my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office in north carolina she&#x27;s a state employee now she has a pension but guess what barry the state takes out six percent of her pay and puts it in that pension so the state&#x27;s not paying for it my wife&#x27;s paying for it is is that what you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> talking about with the 17 percent yeah yeah well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s part of it uh people to say but as you know uh you&#x27;re in your wife is funding part of her own pension um and i don&#x27;t know if she&#x27;s covering us for security as well i wouldn&#x27;t think so but doubt it um the the thing is is that the you know the state of north carolina which actually has one of the better funded uh state uh pension plans is really on the hook for the longevity and the investment rate of return see the problem what has happened pete is that all the economic risk um which you&#x27;re absorbed in a pension plan like your wife&#x27;s in essentially been shifted onto the retail consumer and most people don&#x27;t have a clue and i&#x27;m a registered investment advisor i&#x27;ve been doing this stuff for over 30 years some of the stuff is even very complicated for me so this is a real problem well i&#x27;m glad they take six percent out of her paycheck because if they didn&#x27;t bury she would spend it so at least they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> doing that for savings we&#x27;re talking about and but you know when you look at it people should be taking 15 percent of their paycheck and putting it aside every single pay period before taxes if possible yeah yeah ideally you&#x27;re correct uh but you know i think the thing is people are having a hard time making ends meet and so forth but no that that is correct and uh the ideal savings rate if you will is around 15 percent but because of you know costs now they are much higher than they were before it&#x27;s hard for people to do so someone&#x27;s having a hard time making ends meet when they&#x27;re getting a paycheck but if they don&#x27;t save now when they retire and don&#x27;t get a paycheck barry if they&#x27;re having trouble now saving they&#x27;re gonna have a whole lot of trouble with with retirement because there won&#x27;t be any money there yeah and then then this is this is the you know uh this is a this is a huge problem and the thing is there&#x27;s a time lag as you know pete uh i don&#x27;t know how long</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> you&#x27;ve been in the financial service business but as you know any of these problems they have a a lag and so this problem is going to rear its ugly head five ten fifteen years from now not right today but as a population agent it&#x27;s going to be more of a problem so it&#x27;s a big problem so in this book pete what i&#x27;m trying to do is giving people a safer guaranteed way to receive income and again folks we&#x27;re talking to barry james dyke he&#x27;s author of the brand new book guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and you talk about in the book you talk about guaranteed income and and i hear that phrase a lot of times and a lot of the consumers hear that too barry i think these days people say guaranteed is no such thing as guarantees people are not considering guaranteed income as part of a portfolio as much as they should why do you think that is and what can the average consumer do to</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> make sure they can educate themselves on how they can get their own share of guaranteed income well they they need to understand because there are things that would guarantee and this these are primarily by life insurance companies peter or be a corporate balance sheet there is guarantees and for instance uh as you know social security essentially is an annuity for life right and so what i&#x27;m just trying to do is just to bring that to the next level of the consumers but the fact of the matter there is guarantees because a life company by nature who issues these products and backs them up is much more stable than any bank will ever be and you&#x27;ll see in my research peter that uh people may think i&#x27;m crazy but i&#x27;m just telling people to do what general motors is doing in british telecom and ncr and um bristol myers squibb and panasonic and all these other companies who can&#x27;t manage their own</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> economic risk so they&#x27;re all essentially buying enormous nudies to manage their pension risk and then what i actually show in the book as well pete and we&#x27;re kind of getting ahead of ourselves this is what major executives like as well so let&#x27;s talk about you&#x27;ve used the word annuity and a lot of people listening may have never heard that term before can you educate the listener on what an annuity is and and how it could be a part of a that income plan we&#x27;re talking about in the future well annuity comes from the word annua which is really goes back to to latin it was generally these are the first pension plans uh issued to roman soldiers for their in other words for them being uh serving you know the empire at that at that time the roman empire would guarantee these soldiers a retirement income called an annua or annuity and that&#x27;s where so these go all the way back to roman time so annuity is means a</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> guaranteed income stream and this regardless of how long they live and regardless of the stock market performance so they&#x27;ve been really with us since since ancient times and uh they get more popular in roughly 1800s in this country and people need to read the book but then they became more popular with the creation of tia craft with by rockefell in 1905 and then they&#x27;ve been very very big uh since that time so but most people do not know about it pete and a lot of advisors uh don&#x27;t like to sell them because there&#x27;s you know there&#x27;s not an ongoing income stream so but it&#x27;s a good thing for most consumers yeah and it&#x27;s almost like buying a car i mean you can buy a stripped down car you can put all the options on there get the cadillac version of that that model car and you talk about some of the new product updates in the annuity world that have really benefited the consumer especially those</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> who want that guaranteed lifetime income without risk right yeah yeah and they back this up and um and matter of fact the now wall street kind of hates me but that&#x27;s okay but uh but but my research shows that the general accounting office uh recommends that people do to guarantee their income stream this is what the treasuries actually ruled on this about a year ago because they want people have some seat belts around their money in these 401ks a lot of these 401ks as you know pete it&#x27;s it&#x27;s like playing pinball with your hands tied behind your back we just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen so people really want to have safety and peace of mind and as a matter of fact um northwestern mutual did a study that released in april of this year pete which says that people today are more concerned about safety of their money today than they were during the financial crisis so the truth is is</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> that people want to have some safety in their retirement savings so this just addresses this so barry i remember back in the 70s and 80s my grandmother how she got her pension her pension was basically she didn&#x27;t work but she had money in a uh in a cd at the bank and she got an interest on that cd of maybe 10 to 12 15 percent she was able to live on the interest without touching the principle unfortunately those days are gone and what people are doing now they&#x27;re putting their money into wall street and they&#x27;re putting their money at a supreme amount of risk to hopefully get a return they can live on what&#x27;s your opinion on that well you&#x27;re 100 correct pete i call it the wall street casino and the only people who really benefit in this thing long term uh since the asset managers who run the money because there&#x27;s no risk to them see it&#x27;s an annuity income stream to them or the insiders</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> who use other people&#x27;s money to cash out of their these new companies these new startups these unicorns and so forth which are um they&#x27;re not doing too well but uh no the reason is is that the federal reserve pete as you know the drop down interest rates down to 40 year lows and um so people really scrimm for for yield but the irony of the whole thing pete and when people buy it go if they go to my book and they go to barryjamesdyke.com again that&#x27;s barryjamesdyke.com they&#x27;ll see that the federal reserve itself pete has 75 of their own 401k in fixed annuities and i have the actual audit from deloitte in my book so people may think i&#x27;m crazy but the fact of the matter is the central world&#x27;s largest central bank the federal reserve has had roughly 75 of its own money for 18 000 employees</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> in fixed annuities yeah makes sense it&#x27;s all true now so let&#x27;s talk about now that finally here we&#x27;ve got like a minute left on the segment here but if someone wants to think about it in in terms of the vegas mentality and and folks when you&#x27;re out there if you&#x27;re thinking about uh barry&#x27;s comparing wall street if you&#x27;re in the wrong places to vegas because it is a gamble you really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with a lot of the companies or the mutual funds you put your hard-earned retirement money there and and it doesn&#x27;t do what it&#x27;s supposed to do but barry i think people can think about it this way would they be willing to take their 100 200 300 000 whatever they have in their retirement accounts and go to vegas and put it on a spin of the casino wheel and if then if that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening a lot of times with people putting money into a lot of these stocks they don&#x27;t know anything about they don&#x27;t and it&#x27;s a joke i call it the search of the greater fool it&#x27;s all about the use and</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> exploitation of other people&#x27;s money america needs to wake up about this fact okay that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening and with arbitration agreements as you know pete people do not have a prayer if they get caught in a new issue or any any stock for that matter and um and numerous companies have collapsed or gone bankrupt and um it&#x27;s the retail investor who ends up pulling the bags of this stuff yeah yeah i mean if the goal is to have retirement income some of the money that you&#x27;ve earned in your life needs to be in a place you absolutely cannot lose and absolutely will give you that lifetime income stream that you&#x27;ll never outlive barry james dykes his name folks and the the name of the book is guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again as an entirety you can go to financialsafari.com</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> where you can listen to this interview and many others as well as links to what barry talked about barry thanks for your time today thank you pete and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> well folks today&#x27;s guest is a return visitor on the show he was with us about three to four years ago he wrote a series of books to a series of two called the pirates of manhattan about all the different things that go on and on wall street and he&#x27;s joining us with his new book the new book is called guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement so his name is barry james dyke and he&#x27;s joining us from new hampshire barry welcome in well thank you peter it&#x27;s always good to uh to talk to you and uh uh how&#x27;s everything down how&#x27;s the weather in north carolina is it warm well the weather changes every single day but you know what we do here it&#x27;s just like the financial world barry it goes back and forth and and i know the climate out there in the investment community especially</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> with the war on social security and a lot of folks wondering if if they&#x27;re even going to get any money back from the social security administration or if the government&#x27;s going to let them have what they thought they were entitled to people are more worried today and we&#x27;ll talk about this i know you talk about this in your book and by the way david walker the former u.s comptroller general wrote the forward to this book and he had a lot of good things to say about this book but the main worry i think people have these days is where&#x27;s that money going to come from in retirement and is it going to be there for the rest of their lives yeah it really is and as you know pete well people who know me know my feelings on the market and uh not against investments at all um uh but the thing is is that a lot of the retail uh assets of people in right now it&#x27;s totally rigged against the consumer and i&#x27;m just trying to help them um build a you know safer retirement well we&#x27;ll get through your table</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> contests it&#x27;s a fascinating collection of topics the number one chapter is the collapse of the american pension now let&#x27;s talk about this because i think a lot of folks that go to work nine to five or even longer many times and they do that 30 or 40 years they retire but there&#x27;s nothing left for them if they haven&#x27;t funded it on their own these days yeah well that&#x27;s the whole thing is statistics 1983 uh pete uh roughly 83 percent of the population or right around there 80 percent had a defined benefit pension plan for for a employee and spouse so the guaranteed income if you will was kind of a sure thing then they had social security as well so people were pretty much much better position today that is down dropped down to around 17 percent the majority of the people who have these uh pete are</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> really people in the in the public sector you know state federal uh municipal employees now that&#x27;s an issue into itself uh which is really highly underfunded but those are the only people really have uh the core um uh pension plans if you will so the fact of the matter is is that the most of the uh today&#x27;s american public is essentially it&#x27;s you do it yourself you&#x27;re on your own plan uh today and and majority of the team they&#x27;ve never worked and they will not work so let&#x27;s talk about this now when we talk about you said 17 percent of people have a pension and most of them are federal employees or state employees yeah my wife&#x27;s with the attorney general&#x27;s office in north carolina she&#x27;s a state employee now she has a pension but guess what barry the state takes out six percent of her pay and puts it in that pension so the state&#x27;s not paying for it my wife&#x27;s paying for it is is that what you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> talking about with the 17 percent yeah yeah well that&#x27;s that&#x27;s part of it uh people to say but as you know uh you&#x27;re in your wife is funding part of her own pension um and i don&#x27;t know if she&#x27;s covering us for security as well i wouldn&#x27;t think so but doubt it um the the thing is is that the you know the state of north carolina which actually has one of the better funded uh state uh pension plans is really on the hook for the longevity and the investment rate of return see the problem what has happened pete is that all the economic risk um which you&#x27;re absorbed in a pension plan like your wife&#x27;s in essentially been shifted onto the retail consumer and most people don&#x27;t have a clue and i&#x27;m a registered investment advisor i&#x27;ve been doing this stuff for over 30 years some of the stuff is even very complicated for me so this is a real problem well i&#x27;m glad they take six percent out of her paycheck because if they didn&#x27;t bury she would spend it so at least they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> doing that for savings we&#x27;re talking about and but you know when you look at it people should be taking 15 percent of their paycheck and putting it aside every single pay period before taxes if possible yeah yeah ideally you&#x27;re correct uh but you know i think the thing is people are having a hard time making ends meet and so forth but no that that is correct and uh the ideal savings rate if you will is around 15 percent but because of you know costs now they are much higher than they were before it&#x27;s hard for people to do so someone&#x27;s having a hard time making ends meet when they&#x27;re getting a paycheck but if they don&#x27;t save now when they retire and don&#x27;t get a paycheck barry if they&#x27;re having trouble now saving they&#x27;re gonna have a whole lot of trouble with with retirement because there won&#x27;t be any money there yeah and then then this is this is the you know uh this is a this is a huge problem and the thing is there&#x27;s a time lag as you know pete uh i don&#x27;t know how long</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> you&#x27;ve been in the financial service business but as you know any of these problems they have a a lag and so this problem is going to rear its ugly head five ten fifteen years from now not right today but as a population agent it&#x27;s going to be more of a problem so it&#x27;s a big problem so in this book pete what i&#x27;m trying to do is giving people a safer guaranteed way to receive income and again folks we&#x27;re talking to barry james dyke he&#x27;s author of the brand new book guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and you talk about in the book you talk about guaranteed income and and i hear that phrase a lot of times and a lot of the consumers hear that too barry i think these days people say guaranteed is no such thing as guarantees people are not considering guaranteed income as part of a portfolio as much as they should why do you think that is and what can the average consumer do to</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> make sure they can educate themselves on how they can get their own share of guaranteed income well they they need to understand because there are things that would guarantee and this these are primarily by life insurance companies peter or be a corporate balance sheet there is guarantees and for instance uh as you know social security essentially is an annuity for life right and so what i&#x27;m just trying to do is just to bring that to the next level of the consumers but the fact of the matter there is guarantees because a life company by nature who issues these products and backs them up is much more stable than any bank will ever be and you&#x27;ll see in my research peter that uh people may think i&#x27;m crazy but i&#x27;m just telling people to do what general motors is doing in british telecom and ncr and um bristol myers squibb and panasonic and all these other companies who can&#x27;t manage their own</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> economic risk so they&#x27;re all essentially buying enormous nudies to manage their pension risk and then what i actually show in the book as well pete and we&#x27;re kind of getting ahead of ourselves this is what major executives like as well so let&#x27;s talk about you&#x27;ve used the word annuity and a lot of people listening may have never heard that term before can you educate the listener on what an annuity is and and how it could be a part of a that income plan we&#x27;re talking about in the future well annuity comes from the word annua which is really goes back to to latin it was generally these are the first pension plans uh issued to roman soldiers for their in other words for them being uh serving you know the empire at that at that time the roman empire would guarantee these soldiers a retirement income called an annua or annuity and that&#x27;s where so these go all the way back to roman time so annuity is means a</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> guaranteed income stream and this regardless of how long they live and regardless of the stock market performance so they&#x27;ve been really with us since since ancient times and uh they get more popular in roughly 1800s in this country and people need to read the book but then they became more popular with the creation of tia craft with by rockefell in 1905 and then they&#x27;ve been very very big uh since that time so but most people do not know about it pete and a lot of advisors uh don&#x27;t like to sell them because there&#x27;s you know there&#x27;s not an ongoing income stream so but it&#x27;s a good thing for most consumers yeah and it&#x27;s almost like buying a car i mean you can buy a stripped down car you can put all the options on there get the cadillac version of that that model car and you talk about some of the new product updates in the annuity world that have really benefited the consumer especially those</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> who want that guaranteed lifetime income without risk right yeah yeah and they back this up and um and matter of fact the now wall street kind of hates me but that&#x27;s okay but uh but but my research shows that the general accounting office uh recommends that people do to guarantee their income stream this is what the treasuries actually ruled on this about a year ago because they want people have some seat belts around their money in these 401ks a lot of these 401ks as you know pete it&#x27;s it&#x27;s like playing pinball with your hands tied behind your back we just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen so people really want to have safety and peace of mind and as a matter of fact um northwestern mutual did a study that released in april of this year pete which says that people today are more concerned about safety of their money today than they were during the financial crisis so the truth is is</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> that people want to have some safety in their retirement savings so this just addresses this so barry i remember back in the 70s and 80s my grandmother how she got her pension her pension was basically she didn&#x27;t work but she had money in a uh in a cd at the bank and she got an interest on that cd of maybe 10 to 12 15 percent she was able to live on the interest without touching the principle unfortunately those days are gone and what people are doing now they&#x27;re putting their money into wall street and they&#x27;re putting their money at a supreme amount of risk to hopefully get a return they can live on what&#x27;s your opinion on that well you&#x27;re 100 correct pete i call it the wall street casino and the only people who really benefit in this thing long term uh since the asset managers who run the money because there&#x27;s no risk to them see it&#x27;s an annuity income stream to them or the insiders</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> who use other people&#x27;s money to cash out of their these new companies these new startups these unicorns and so forth which are um they&#x27;re not doing too well but uh no the reason is is that the federal reserve pete as you know the drop down interest rates down to 40 year lows and um so people really scrimm for for yield but the irony of the whole thing pete and when people buy it go if they go to my book and they go to barryjamesdyke.com again that&#x27;s barryjamesdyke.com they&#x27;ll see that the federal reserve itself pete has 75 of their own 401k in fixed annuities and i have the actual audit from deloitte in my book so people may think i&#x27;m crazy but the fact of the matter is the central world&#x27;s largest central bank the federal reserve has had roughly 75 of its own money for 18 000 employees</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> in fixed annuities yeah makes sense it&#x27;s all true now so let&#x27;s talk about now that finally here we&#x27;ve got like a minute left on the segment here but if someone wants to think about it in in terms of the vegas mentality and and folks when you&#x27;re out there if you&#x27;re thinking about uh barry&#x27;s comparing wall street if you&#x27;re in the wrong places to vegas because it is a gamble you really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on with a lot of the companies or the mutual funds you put your hard-earned retirement money there and and it doesn&#x27;t do what it&#x27;s supposed to do but barry i think people can think about it this way would they be willing to take their 100 200 300 000 whatever they have in their retirement accounts and go to vegas and put it on a spin of the casino wheel and if then if that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening a lot of times with people putting money into a lot of these stocks they don&#x27;t know anything about they don&#x27;t and it&#x27;s a joke i call it the search of the greater fool it&#x27;s all about the use and</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> exploitation of other people&#x27;s money america needs to wake up about this fact okay that&#x27;s what&#x27;s happening and with arbitration agreements as you know pete people do not have a prayer if they get caught in a new issue or any any stock for that matter and um and numerous companies have collapsed or gone bankrupt and um it&#x27;s the retail investor who ends up pulling the bags of this stuff yeah yeah i mean if the goal is to have retirement income some of the money that you&#x27;ve earned in your life needs to be in a place you absolutely cannot lose and absolutely will give you that lifetime income stream that you&#x27;ll never outlive barry james dykes his name folks and the the name of the book is guaranteed income a risk-free guide to retirement and if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again as an entirety you can go to financialsafari.com</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> where you can listen to this interview and many others as well as links to what barry talked about barry thanks for your time today thank you pete and folks we&#x27;ll be right back after this you</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Barry James Dyke returns to discuss Guaranteed Income and his concerns about Wall Street, Social Security, and preparing for retirement. Coach Pete asks about the ideas behind the book. Archive date: December 16, 2015.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Barry James Dyke</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Social Security</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Barry James Dyke, retirement planning, Social Security, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/image.jpg?t=1792072380&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-guaranteed-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/image.jpg?t=1792072380&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Dec 2015 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>732</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a62fde1-c66f-48d3-8597-b4e2016ee119/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11740362" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-guaranteed-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>127</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Guaranteed Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:33" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joel Johnson: The Money Map and Retirement Confidence (Interview Segment)</title>
      <itunes:title>Joel Johnson: The Money Map and Retirement Confidence (Interview Segment)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joel Johnson joins Coach Pete to discuss The Money Map. This October 2014 interview segment explores retirement fears, building income, and learning from the financial mistakes others have made.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We have a lot of listeners who are approaching what you talk about in your book, and these are folks that are over 50. They&#x27;ve done a reasonably good job of saving either 401ks or on their own or whatever. They&#x27;ve got money, but Joel, they&#x27;re not really sure if the money is in the right place, and that&#x27;s where the money map comes in, correct? Well, it sure does. I mean, there&#x27;s two big issues that people face, I think, as they approach retirement and as they go into retirement, and that is fear and confidence. They have fear, and sometimes, depending on the type of person, they don&#x27;t want to really admit that it&#x27;s fear, but underlying behind the scenes in their mind or maybe down deep, there&#x27;s a real fear of the change that&#x27;s going to happen when they retire. And so what we try to do in the book, The Money Map, but also in my working with clients, because I also</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> own a financial practice here and work with clients in Connecticut, is remove that fear. You know, how do we lay out a roadmap, hence the book, The Money Map, how do we lay out a roadmap for people where they can clearly see where they&#x27;re going, they can see the obstacles or detours that are along the way, the money obstacles, if you will, and figure out how are we going to get there, and how are we going to get there with the most certainty? How can we create streams of income that come in no matter what? How can we remove all the roadblocks, if you will, to use another cliche when we&#x27;re talking about going down the road? How do we remove those roadblocks in retirement, the emergencies that can come up, the child needing to get bailed out, things like that. So that was my desire in writing The Money Map. It really was drawn from 20 years&#x27; experience of</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> working with people that are either near retirement or have just retired. You know, everyone hears about Charles Lindbergh for his famous flight, and a lot of people forget that he took a lot of the lessons learned from people who failed to put together a perfect flight plan to make sure he would land safely and had a good trip. But Joe, I think what you do in the financial world is you&#x27;ve taken mistakes that people have made in the past, and you help make sure to educate your clients on ways so they don&#x27;t make that same mistake. Well, no question about it. I mean, let&#x27;s just talk about a few of those mistakes, Coach Pete, that things like taking too much risk with your portfolio, listening to advice from biased sources like big Wall Street firms and media people that might not have our best interest at heart, maybe sacrificing our own retirement security because we&#x27;re trying to pay for kids&#x27;</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> college education or grandkids&#x27; college education. Well, we really need to keep that money for ourselves so that we don&#x27;t end up living with our educated grandkids. So all of this has to do with mistakes that we&#x27;ve seen people make, and many times we&#x27;re coming in after the mistake is being made. Sometimes the mistake is being made while these clients are working with other financial planners. We get them after they&#x27;ve fired that person, and we end up having to fix those mistakes. And we want to talk about those things publicly so that other people can learn from the mistakes of others because really that&#x27;s where wisdom comes from.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joel Johnson joins Coach Pete to discuss The Money Map. This October 2014 interview segment explores retirement fears, building income, and learning from the financial mistakes others have made.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We have a lot of listeners who are approaching what you talk about in your book, and these are folks that are over 50. They&#x27;ve done a reasonably good job of saving either 401ks or on their own or whatever. They&#x27;ve got money, but Joel, they&#x27;re not really sure if the money is in the right place, and that&#x27;s where the money map comes in, correct? Well, it sure does. I mean, there&#x27;s two big issues that people face, I think, as they approach retirement and as they go into retirement, and that is fear and confidence. They have fear, and sometimes, depending on the type of person, they don&#x27;t want to really admit that it&#x27;s fear, but underlying behind the scenes in their mind or maybe down deep, there&#x27;s a real fear of the change that&#x27;s going to happen when they retire. And so what we try to do in the book, The Money Map, but also in my working with clients, because I also</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> own a financial practice here and work with clients in Connecticut, is remove that fear. You know, how do we lay out a roadmap, hence the book, The Money Map, how do we lay out a roadmap for people where they can clearly see where they&#x27;re going, they can see the obstacles or detours that are along the way, the money obstacles, if you will, and figure out how are we going to get there, and how are we going to get there with the most certainty? How can we create streams of income that come in no matter what? How can we remove all the roadblocks, if you will, to use another cliche when we&#x27;re talking about going down the road? How do we remove those roadblocks in retirement, the emergencies that can come up, the child needing to get bailed out, things like that. So that was my desire in writing The Money Map. It really was drawn from 20 years&#x27; experience of</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> working with people that are either near retirement or have just retired. You know, everyone hears about Charles Lindbergh for his famous flight, and a lot of people forget that he took a lot of the lessons learned from people who failed to put together a perfect flight plan to make sure he would land safely and had a good trip. But Joe, I think what you do in the financial world is you&#x27;ve taken mistakes that people have made in the past, and you help make sure to educate your clients on ways so they don&#x27;t make that same mistake. Well, no question about it. I mean, let&#x27;s just talk about a few of those mistakes, Coach Pete, that things like taking too much risk with your portfolio, listening to advice from biased sources like big Wall Street firms and media people that might not have our best interest at heart, maybe sacrificing our own retirement security because we&#x27;re trying to pay for kids&#x27;</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> college education or grandkids&#x27; college education. Well, we really need to keep that money for ourselves so that we don&#x27;t end up living with our educated grandkids. So all of this has to do with mistakes that we&#x27;ve seen people make, and many times we&#x27;re coming in after the mistake is being made. Sometimes the mistake is being made while these clients are working with other financial planners. We get them after they&#x27;ve fired that person, and we end up having to fix those mistakes. And we want to talk about those things publicly so that other people can learn from the mistakes of others because really that&#x27;s where wisdom comes from.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joel Johnson joins Coach Pete to discuss The Money Map. This October 2014 interview segment explores retirement fears, building income, and learning from the financial mistakes others have made.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joel Johnson</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>The Money Map and Retirement Confidence</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joel Johnson, retirement planning, The Money Map and Retirement Confidence, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d/image.jpg?t=1792071875&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joel-johnson-the-money-map-and-retirement-confidence-interview-segment/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d/image.jpg?t=1792071875&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Oct 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>174</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8a941b56-34a0-4bb1-b273-b4e300137a3d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="2825108" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joel-johnson-the-money-map-and-retirement-confidence-interview-segment</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>128</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Money Map and Retirement Confidence" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Laurence Kotlikoff: Investor Protection and the SIPC</title>
      <itunes:title>Laurence Kotlikoff: Investor Protection and the SIPC</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Laurence Kotlikoff joins Coach Pete to discuss the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, investor protection, and his concerns about how the system works. Recorded September 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is a fascinating guest to me, folks. He&#x27;s joining us from Boston. Now, he has his Ph.D. from Harvard University in economics. He also got his undergrad degree from the University of Pennsylvania in economics. He&#x27;s currently a professor of economics at Boston University. His name is Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff, and he&#x27;s joining us to talk about a very interesting concept about the SIPC. Doc, welcome in. Pleasure being with you. Yeah, the issue is not really a concept. It&#x27;s a huge problem for anybody with a brokerage account. What happened is in the aftermath of the Madoff scandal, the insurance company called SIPC, Security Investors Protection Corporation, which is a company that Congress forced Wall Street to set up to insure people against fraud in their brokerage accounts.</p><p><strong>00:55</strong> And whenever we go into a brokerage office, we see this sign that says SIPC, and we think our brokerage accounts are insured. Well, what SIPC did in the years running up to Madoff was collect insurance premiums from companies like Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan of $150 total for all the brokerage accounts per year. So when Madoff exploded, SIPC was facing claims of up to $500,000 from thousands of people. And, of course, they didn&#x27;t have the money because they weren&#x27;t collecting the premiums. So they&#x27;ve basically been running an insurance scam all these years, pretending they would have to pay off. So instead of actually paying the victims, what they did is they got the Second Court of New York to make the law such that if they declare a fraud, a Ponzi scheme,</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> and they have all the ability in the world to do that, any brokerage account fraud can be described as a Ponzi scheme. Then what they&#x27;ll do is any money that you&#x27;ve taken out that exceeds what you put in, so if you put money in years ago, decades ago, and you&#x27;ve done okay in it and you&#x27;ve earned a return, and you take out that money and spend it, well, up to six years, you can have that. First of all, if you have money in your brokerage account, all the money that you have left in your brokerage account, you won&#x27;t be able to get any insurance protection on. So you lose the $500,000 protection that they&#x27;ve been telling you you had. And then, in addition, they can sue you for up to every penny you withdrew over the last six years. Wow.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> So consequently, none of the brokerage account is safe, and I&#x27;ve been writing columns saying close your brokerage account. I have friends and relatives, colleagues at Boston University who&#x27;ve been caught up in this Madoff scandal. But in addition to the Madoff fraud, SIPC has been running its own Ponzi scheme in the way it&#x27;s been conducting itself, and is now in a situation where they&#x27;ve got the courts to do something which puts everybody at risk if you&#x27;ve got a brokerage account. Because if you have a brokerage account, you earn money, you spend the money, you can&#x27;t sleep for the next six years because you can be sued for the money that you took out. So, you know, the situation&#x27;s different depending on each person&#x27;s, how much they took out, how much they put in.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> But potentially for every penny that you took out, you can be sued. I can give you a very simple example if you&#x27;d like to make it clearer. Suppose you&#x27;ve got somebody who put in $200,000 40 years ago when he was 30. Now he&#x27;s 70. The money is accumulated to, let&#x27;s say, $3 million. A couple years ago he took out $1 million to pay for maybe whatever, kids&#x27; college, maybe for somebody who&#x27;s had an emergency operation, whatever it was. He&#x27;s got $2 million left in his account. There&#x27;s a fraud declared on his brokerage firm in the brokerage account. He goes to SIPC. I was counting the $2 million to retire on. I&#x27;ve got no money left. Give me the $500,000. They say, no. You took out more than you put in.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> You took out $1 million, you put in $200,000. Not only are we not going to cover $500,000 of your $2 million loss, but we&#x27;re going to sue you for $800,000 because you took out $1 million and you only put in $200,000. Therefore, you are a thief. You are a winner, a net winner. You have participated in a Ponzi scheme. You are not a victim. You are one of the perpetrators, in effect. In effect, the victims are being called criminals. And you took your money out over the last six years, and therefore you owe us $800,000. And that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s happening right now to made-out victims. And then with the Stanford Ponzi scheme, you know, Alan Stanford ran a $7 billion Ponzi scheme.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And what they did is they said, we don&#x27;t owe any money on that either because we are going to declare that the money that was contributed by the Stanford victims was given in exchange for CDs. Of course, the CDs were never purchased. The money was just taken and handed, you know, Stanford used it personally and to keep the rest of the scam going. And anyway, the fact that it was called CDs allowed SIPC to say, guess what? You weren&#x27;t investing with Alan Stanford, but you were actually making a loan to Alan Stanford. You were a business partner of Alan Stanford. And you are actually not entitled to any insurance protection whatsoever because you bought CDs.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> You actually invested in Alan Stanford&#x27;s brokerage firm. This is what SIPC, the lengths to which SIPC is going to avoid paying legitimate claims. So nobody actually is insured by SIPC in any real sense because the two biggest cases of fraud in brokerage accounts, they&#x27;ve actually victimized the victims. And then beyond that, they&#x27;ve set up things through the courts at this point where if you do have a brokerage account, you are incredibly at risk for spending your money. You put money in, you think you&#x27;re going to make a good return. You do get a good return. That&#x27;s the American idea, right? That&#x27;s a capitalism idea. You should do well on your investments. And then you spend your money and then you&#x27;re sued for it. Wow. That&#x27;s not good. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking to a Boston University professor.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> He&#x27;s also got his Ph.D. in economics from Harvard. His name is Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff. And he&#x27;s on something here. You&#x27;re on a good path here because I see a lot of people, they see that SIPC. They see insurance in the name. And I know in an article I read that you had been quoted in, you were asked if any brokerage accounts out there at all are safe. What&#x27;s your answer on that? I believe none are. I mean, I&#x27;ve had somebody check with Vanguard the other day. Vanguard, I would think, would be the safest place around. And you find out that Vanguard sounds like Vanguard. I can&#x27;t say this for sure. I mean, this is what I&#x27;ve found through a third party. Vanguard is custodying for itself, just like Madoff was custodying for itself. Or at least I believe that&#x27;s the case, so I was told. And that they have this secondary backup insurance, but it&#x27;s only insurance to cover SIPC.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You know, if SIPC can&#x27;t cover what it said it was going to cover, they can come in. But it&#x27;s a very small amount of money, extremely minor relative to the size of their brokerage accounts. And if SIPC says they don&#x27;t owe you anything, that insurance doesn&#x27;t kick in. So it&#x27;s another scam on top of this scam, a SIPC scam. So this secondary level of insurance, if you read for Fidelity or Vanguard or Kira Price or any of these companies about their backup insurance, it is, again, another scam. So I don&#x27;t know who Wall Street thinks they&#x27;re kidding here. But in the end, if the word gets out through your radio show and other radio shows and TV shows and so forth, media, that the brokerage accounts are extremely dangerous. Because we&#x27;re getting, you know, Madoff and Alan Stanford may seem like a once, you know, twice in a century kind of thing in terms of Ponzi schemes.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But actually, the New York Times reported about two weeks ago or three weeks ago that there&#x27;s a Ponzi scheme being discovered every four days in this country. Wow. So these things are a dime a dozen. And SIPC, at any moment, can describe your, decide your Ponzi scheme, your fraud in your particular account, your brokerage account, is a Ponzi scheme. Because there&#x27;s no clear definition of a Ponzi scheme in economics. You know, when you talk about these scams that are built upon other scams, I call those scam skyscrapers. I mean, and when they fall, they fall pretty bad, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. So I&#x27;m telling everybody the truth, which is close your brokerage account. There is a bill in front of Congress. Congressman Hensherling is deciding whether or not to push it through his finance committee there in the House.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> If they go to, if your readers, if your listeners go to my website, which is just kotlikoff.net, K-O-T-L-I-K-O-F-F, and you look at the columns I&#x27;ve written about SIPC, there&#x27;s a column that I invited the former controller of the currency, James Smith, to write. I&#x27;m not making this stuff up. And it&#x27;s really bad. It&#x27;s really dangerous. I would not touch a brokerage account for a mile-long pole. Let&#x27;s talk about this now. What is your opinion of, and this is scary, I&#x27;ve never really liked this, what is your opinion of banks housing major brokerages in their buildings or in their whole realm of doing business these days?</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> I think the whole thing is very dicey. I think, you know, the fact is that when you buy securities, they&#x27;re in street name. For example, with Vanguard, you buy, I think, any of these major companies, you could buy GM stock, and it&#x27;s held in street name or bonds, whatever. What that means is that they can go and borrow against those securities, and then they could, you know, your security is in somebody else&#x27;s hands. They don&#x27;t have your name on it. They could borrow, invest in something highly risky that has lots of open exposure, kind of naked shorts is a term that&#x27;s used. You&#x27;ve got a $700 trillion or so size derivative market.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> The magnitude of this stuff is just amazing. And so you&#x27;ve got some rogue trader in one of these brokerage accounts bring down the entire darn thing. Just in one trade, as far as I can tell. That&#x27;s happening. There&#x27;s no limits, and your security is not your security. It&#x27;s in street. It doesn&#x27;t have your name on it. It&#x27;s been lent out. So somebody else has a claim before your claim on your own money, on your own security. And then typically will turn around and say, well, that was a Ponzi scheme, and guess what? You&#x27;re not insured, and you actually owe us money. It&#x27;s like people buying gold and having somebody keep the gold in their safe instead of your safe. But let me give time for one more question here. And this is a good one, I think, because, I mean, you have students you talk to all the time. What do you tell your students right now about when they get out into the real world and in the money world start making money?</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> What should they do with their money? Should they do the 401K like everybody does, or what do you tell your students to do? I think, yeah, I think they should diversify. And when they&#x27;re young, you should certainly be in equities. I think long-term bonds now, nominal bonds, whether government bonds or corporate bonds are very risky because the Federal Reserve has been printing so much money in the last seven years. It&#x27;s just amazing, nothing like we&#x27;ve ever seen. And so there&#x27;s always this potential out there that money can get loose into the economy and start leading to huge inflation. So I would tell people to stay away from long-term nominal bonds. Inflation index bonds are safer. And stocks buy bonds from countries that actually are running responsible fiscal policies, which our country is not.</p><p><strong>12:08</strong> It&#x27;s actually in worse shape than, I think, Greece, when you really look at all the liabilities, most of which, almost all of which are off the books, you know, social security benefits, Medicare benefits, Medicaid benefits. I&#x27;m not opposed to these programs. I think they&#x27;re vital. But the way they&#x27;re funded is far worse than what&#x27;s going on in Detroit. So, but, you know, on top of all that, how you hold your money, I would say that a mutual fund that&#x27;s got a third-party custodian is a safer way to invest these days than with a brokerage account because this risk. You know, I know people personally that are being sued, that, you know, lost their entire retirement, didn&#x27;t get the $500,000 insurance, and now are being sued by these people running CIPIC to get money back to hand over to other victims.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> So they&#x27;re, you know, engaged in a redistribution among victims, and they&#x27;re taking – over half of the Madoff victims got nothing back from Madoff. Many of them are being sued by CIPIC. No, sorry, over half of the victims, first of all, lost all their money to Madoff, but then got nothing back from CIPIC, and are being sued. And many of those are being sued by CIPIC. Well, would it be fair to say that folks out there, I mean, we&#x27;re talking about retirement, trying to save for retirement. I mean, they really need to check and make sure they have a custodial account. Their advisor is using a custodial account that they&#x27;re not related to, and the advisor has no beholden relationship with the places he&#x27;s putting the money for them. Is that right? Yeah, and that the custodian is also not a brokerage account who&#x27;s borrowing, and that those securities are in the person&#x27;s name, not in the street name.</p><p><strong>13:49</strong> It may just be safer to buy bonds directly from a company or from stocks from a company and put them on your mattress. I think that&#x27;s actually safer today than using a CIPIC insured brokerage account. So I would say in the short run, and, you know, unless you talk, these guys have all kinds of language. You know, you could talk to your broker, and the broker will say all kinds of things that aren&#x27;t true, just like we heard from, I heard secondhand from the people who were speaking for Fidel, for Vanguard. They said, oh, Vanguard&#x27;s perfectly safe because it&#x27;s owned by the investors. Well, that has nothing to do with this issue. Mm-hmm. And so I think the safest thing for right now is to, if you&#x27;re going to hold individual stocks and bonds, get those securities and get them into your safe deposit box somewhere.</p><p><strong>14:39</strong> Maybe at the post office, if you can have such a box there, I think you can. That might be the safest place. Or put them under your mattress or safe in your house because these brokerage accounts are not safe right now. Until this bill that Congressman Henseling has to push through Congress, which I encourage everybody to contact him who&#x27;s got a brokerage account, contact his office and ask him what&#x27;s the delight, why has he been sitting on this bill. It&#x27;s time to get it going. He&#x27;s been sitting on that bill for a couple of years now. Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff, Professor of Economics at Boston University, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Laurence Kotlikoff joins Coach Pete to discuss the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, investor protection, and his concerns about how the system works. Recorded September 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is a fascinating guest to me, folks. He&#x27;s joining us from Boston. Now, he has his Ph.D. from Harvard University in economics. He also got his undergrad degree from the University of Pennsylvania in economics. He&#x27;s currently a professor of economics at Boston University. His name is Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff, and he&#x27;s joining us to talk about a very interesting concept about the SIPC. Doc, welcome in. Pleasure being with you. Yeah, the issue is not really a concept. It&#x27;s a huge problem for anybody with a brokerage account. What happened is in the aftermath of the Madoff scandal, the insurance company called SIPC, Security Investors Protection Corporation, which is a company that Congress forced Wall Street to set up to insure people against fraud in their brokerage accounts.</p><p><strong>00:55</strong> And whenever we go into a brokerage office, we see this sign that says SIPC, and we think our brokerage accounts are insured. Well, what SIPC did in the years running up to Madoff was collect insurance premiums from companies like Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan of $150 total for all the brokerage accounts per year. So when Madoff exploded, SIPC was facing claims of up to $500,000 from thousands of people. And, of course, they didn&#x27;t have the money because they weren&#x27;t collecting the premiums. So they&#x27;ve basically been running an insurance scam all these years, pretending they would have to pay off. So instead of actually paying the victims, what they did is they got the Second Court of New York to make the law such that if they declare a fraud, a Ponzi scheme,</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> and they have all the ability in the world to do that, any brokerage account fraud can be described as a Ponzi scheme. Then what they&#x27;ll do is any money that you&#x27;ve taken out that exceeds what you put in, so if you put money in years ago, decades ago, and you&#x27;ve done okay in it and you&#x27;ve earned a return, and you take out that money and spend it, well, up to six years, you can have that. First of all, if you have money in your brokerage account, all the money that you have left in your brokerage account, you won&#x27;t be able to get any insurance protection on. So you lose the $500,000 protection that they&#x27;ve been telling you you had. And then, in addition, they can sue you for up to every penny you withdrew over the last six years. Wow.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> So consequently, none of the brokerage account is safe, and I&#x27;ve been writing columns saying close your brokerage account. I have friends and relatives, colleagues at Boston University who&#x27;ve been caught up in this Madoff scandal. But in addition to the Madoff fraud, SIPC has been running its own Ponzi scheme in the way it&#x27;s been conducting itself, and is now in a situation where they&#x27;ve got the courts to do something which puts everybody at risk if you&#x27;ve got a brokerage account. Because if you have a brokerage account, you earn money, you spend the money, you can&#x27;t sleep for the next six years because you can be sued for the money that you took out. So, you know, the situation&#x27;s different depending on each person&#x27;s, how much they took out, how much they put in.</p><p><strong>03:21</strong> But potentially for every penny that you took out, you can be sued. I can give you a very simple example if you&#x27;d like to make it clearer. Suppose you&#x27;ve got somebody who put in $200,000 40 years ago when he was 30. Now he&#x27;s 70. The money is accumulated to, let&#x27;s say, $3 million. A couple years ago he took out $1 million to pay for maybe whatever, kids&#x27; college, maybe for somebody who&#x27;s had an emergency operation, whatever it was. He&#x27;s got $2 million left in his account. There&#x27;s a fraud declared on his brokerage firm in the brokerage account. He goes to SIPC. I was counting the $2 million to retire on. I&#x27;ve got no money left. Give me the $500,000. They say, no. You took out more than you put in.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> You took out $1 million, you put in $200,000. Not only are we not going to cover $500,000 of your $2 million loss, but we&#x27;re going to sue you for $800,000 because you took out $1 million and you only put in $200,000. Therefore, you are a thief. You are a winner, a net winner. You have participated in a Ponzi scheme. You are not a victim. You are one of the perpetrators, in effect. In effect, the victims are being called criminals. And you took your money out over the last six years, and therefore you owe us $800,000. And that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s happening right now to made-out victims. And then with the Stanford Ponzi scheme, you know, Alan Stanford ran a $7 billion Ponzi scheme.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And what they did is they said, we don&#x27;t owe any money on that either because we are going to declare that the money that was contributed by the Stanford victims was given in exchange for CDs. Of course, the CDs were never purchased. The money was just taken and handed, you know, Stanford used it personally and to keep the rest of the scam going. And anyway, the fact that it was called CDs allowed SIPC to say, guess what? You weren&#x27;t investing with Alan Stanford, but you were actually making a loan to Alan Stanford. You were a business partner of Alan Stanford. And you are actually not entitled to any insurance protection whatsoever because you bought CDs.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> You actually invested in Alan Stanford&#x27;s brokerage firm. This is what SIPC, the lengths to which SIPC is going to avoid paying legitimate claims. So nobody actually is insured by SIPC in any real sense because the two biggest cases of fraud in brokerage accounts, they&#x27;ve actually victimized the victims. And then beyond that, they&#x27;ve set up things through the courts at this point where if you do have a brokerage account, you are incredibly at risk for spending your money. You put money in, you think you&#x27;re going to make a good return. You do get a good return. That&#x27;s the American idea, right? That&#x27;s a capitalism idea. You should do well on your investments. And then you spend your money and then you&#x27;re sued for it. Wow. That&#x27;s not good. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking to a Boston University professor.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> He&#x27;s also got his Ph.D. in economics from Harvard. His name is Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff. And he&#x27;s on something here. You&#x27;re on a good path here because I see a lot of people, they see that SIPC. They see insurance in the name. And I know in an article I read that you had been quoted in, you were asked if any brokerage accounts out there at all are safe. What&#x27;s your answer on that? I believe none are. I mean, I&#x27;ve had somebody check with Vanguard the other day. Vanguard, I would think, would be the safest place around. And you find out that Vanguard sounds like Vanguard. I can&#x27;t say this for sure. I mean, this is what I&#x27;ve found through a third party. Vanguard is custodying for itself, just like Madoff was custodying for itself. Or at least I believe that&#x27;s the case, so I was told. And that they have this secondary backup insurance, but it&#x27;s only insurance to cover SIPC.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You know, if SIPC can&#x27;t cover what it said it was going to cover, they can come in. But it&#x27;s a very small amount of money, extremely minor relative to the size of their brokerage accounts. And if SIPC says they don&#x27;t owe you anything, that insurance doesn&#x27;t kick in. So it&#x27;s another scam on top of this scam, a SIPC scam. So this secondary level of insurance, if you read for Fidelity or Vanguard or Kira Price or any of these companies about their backup insurance, it is, again, another scam. So I don&#x27;t know who Wall Street thinks they&#x27;re kidding here. But in the end, if the word gets out through your radio show and other radio shows and TV shows and so forth, media, that the brokerage accounts are extremely dangerous. Because we&#x27;re getting, you know, Madoff and Alan Stanford may seem like a once, you know, twice in a century kind of thing in terms of Ponzi schemes.</p><p><strong>08:10</strong> But actually, the New York Times reported about two weeks ago or three weeks ago that there&#x27;s a Ponzi scheme being discovered every four days in this country. Wow. So these things are a dime a dozen. And SIPC, at any moment, can describe your, decide your Ponzi scheme, your fraud in your particular account, your brokerage account, is a Ponzi scheme. Because there&#x27;s no clear definition of a Ponzi scheme in economics. You know, when you talk about these scams that are built upon other scams, I call those scam skyscrapers. I mean, and when they fall, they fall pretty bad, don&#x27;t they? Yeah. So I&#x27;m telling everybody the truth, which is close your brokerage account. There is a bill in front of Congress. Congressman Hensherling is deciding whether or not to push it through his finance committee there in the House.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> If they go to, if your readers, if your listeners go to my website, which is just kotlikoff.net, K-O-T-L-I-K-O-F-F, and you look at the columns I&#x27;ve written about SIPC, there&#x27;s a column that I invited the former controller of the currency, James Smith, to write. I&#x27;m not making this stuff up. And it&#x27;s really bad. It&#x27;s really dangerous. I would not touch a brokerage account for a mile-long pole. Let&#x27;s talk about this now. What is your opinion of, and this is scary, I&#x27;ve never really liked this, what is your opinion of banks housing major brokerages in their buildings or in their whole realm of doing business these days?</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> I think the whole thing is very dicey. I think, you know, the fact is that when you buy securities, they&#x27;re in street name. For example, with Vanguard, you buy, I think, any of these major companies, you could buy GM stock, and it&#x27;s held in street name or bonds, whatever. What that means is that they can go and borrow against those securities, and then they could, you know, your security is in somebody else&#x27;s hands. They don&#x27;t have your name on it. They could borrow, invest in something highly risky that has lots of open exposure, kind of naked shorts is a term that&#x27;s used. You&#x27;ve got a $700 trillion or so size derivative market.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> The magnitude of this stuff is just amazing. And so you&#x27;ve got some rogue trader in one of these brokerage accounts bring down the entire darn thing. Just in one trade, as far as I can tell. That&#x27;s happening. There&#x27;s no limits, and your security is not your security. It&#x27;s in street. It doesn&#x27;t have your name on it. It&#x27;s been lent out. So somebody else has a claim before your claim on your own money, on your own security. And then typically will turn around and say, well, that was a Ponzi scheme, and guess what? You&#x27;re not insured, and you actually owe us money. It&#x27;s like people buying gold and having somebody keep the gold in their safe instead of your safe. But let me give time for one more question here. And this is a good one, I think, because, I mean, you have students you talk to all the time. What do you tell your students right now about when they get out into the real world and in the money world start making money?</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> What should they do with their money? Should they do the 401K like everybody does, or what do you tell your students to do? I think, yeah, I think they should diversify. And when they&#x27;re young, you should certainly be in equities. I think long-term bonds now, nominal bonds, whether government bonds or corporate bonds are very risky because the Federal Reserve has been printing so much money in the last seven years. It&#x27;s just amazing, nothing like we&#x27;ve ever seen. And so there&#x27;s always this potential out there that money can get loose into the economy and start leading to huge inflation. So I would tell people to stay away from long-term nominal bonds. Inflation index bonds are safer. And stocks buy bonds from countries that actually are running responsible fiscal policies, which our country is not.</p><p><strong>12:08</strong> It&#x27;s actually in worse shape than, I think, Greece, when you really look at all the liabilities, most of which, almost all of which are off the books, you know, social security benefits, Medicare benefits, Medicaid benefits. I&#x27;m not opposed to these programs. I think they&#x27;re vital. But the way they&#x27;re funded is far worse than what&#x27;s going on in Detroit. So, but, you know, on top of all that, how you hold your money, I would say that a mutual fund that&#x27;s got a third-party custodian is a safer way to invest these days than with a brokerage account because this risk. You know, I know people personally that are being sued, that, you know, lost their entire retirement, didn&#x27;t get the $500,000 insurance, and now are being sued by these people running CIPIC to get money back to hand over to other victims.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> So they&#x27;re, you know, engaged in a redistribution among victims, and they&#x27;re taking – over half of the Madoff victims got nothing back from Madoff. Many of them are being sued by CIPIC. No, sorry, over half of the victims, first of all, lost all their money to Madoff, but then got nothing back from CIPIC, and are being sued. And many of those are being sued by CIPIC. Well, would it be fair to say that folks out there, I mean, we&#x27;re talking about retirement, trying to save for retirement. I mean, they really need to check and make sure they have a custodial account. Their advisor is using a custodial account that they&#x27;re not related to, and the advisor has no beholden relationship with the places he&#x27;s putting the money for them. Is that right? Yeah, and that the custodian is also not a brokerage account who&#x27;s borrowing, and that those securities are in the person&#x27;s name, not in the street name.</p><p><strong>13:49</strong> It may just be safer to buy bonds directly from a company or from stocks from a company and put them on your mattress. I think that&#x27;s actually safer today than using a CIPIC insured brokerage account. So I would say in the short run, and, you know, unless you talk, these guys have all kinds of language. You know, you could talk to your broker, and the broker will say all kinds of things that aren&#x27;t true, just like we heard from, I heard secondhand from the people who were speaking for Fidel, for Vanguard. They said, oh, Vanguard&#x27;s perfectly safe because it&#x27;s owned by the investors. Well, that has nothing to do with this issue. Mm-hmm. And so I think the safest thing for right now is to, if you&#x27;re going to hold individual stocks and bonds, get those securities and get them into your safe deposit box somewhere.</p><p><strong>14:39</strong> Maybe at the post office, if you can have such a box there, I think you can. That might be the safest place. Or put them under your mattress or safe in your house because these brokerage accounts are not safe right now. Until this bill that Congressman Henseling has to push through Congress, which I encourage everybody to contact him who&#x27;s got a brokerage account, contact his office and ask him what&#x27;s the delight, why has he been sitting on this bill. It&#x27;s time to get it going. He&#x27;s been sitting on that bill for a couple of years now. Dr. Lawrence Kotlikoff, Professor of Economics at Boston University, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Laurence Kotlikoff joins Coach Pete to discuss the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, investor protection, and his concerns about how the system works. Recorded September 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Laurence Kotlikoff</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Investor Protection and the SIPC</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Laurence Kotlikoff, investing, Investor Protection and the SIPC, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2/image.jpg?t=1792072392&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurence-kotlikoff-investor-protection-and-the-sipc/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2/image.jpg?t=1792072392&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>917</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1328afea-d9ed-4e67-9071-b4e2016de4c2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14714740" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurence-kotlikoff-investor-protection-and-the-sipc</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>129</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investor Protection and the SIPC" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:41" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ken Wisnefski: Alibaba’s IPO and the Technology Market</title>
      <itunes:title>Ken Wisnefski: Alibaba’s IPO and the Technology Market</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ken Wisnefski joins Coach Pete for a historical discussion of Alibaba’s upcoming IPO. They talk about initial public offerings, technology businesses, and investor expectations. Recorded September 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So, folks, if you&#x27;ve watched at all the stock market, you&#x27;ve heard of this term. It&#x27;s called IPO, and that&#x27;s Initial Public Offering. And I was just talking the other day to somebody in the money world about this, and it&#x27;s funny, IPOs 20 years ago, everybody wanted to get in one because it was a forbidden fruit. And if you had the right relationships, you could get into a company right when it was coming out, as far as trading the stock. And many people made a whole lot of money. But unfortunately, many people in the history of IPOs have lost money as well. So there&#x27;s no guarantees when we talk about IPOs. And Facebook is a good example of this. When it IPO&#x27;d a couple years ago, it went rocketing up to almost $50. And a lot of people, that was the only price they could get it right at the beginning is $50 a share. It came out, I think it listed for $17 or $18, and then it ended up going all the way up to $50.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> So if you got in early, or if you were one of the people that was inside the wealth circle, we call it, the friendly circle of getting in before everyone else, you made some money. But a lot of people bought at $50, and then Facebook went down into the teens, and then has made a U-turn and gone back up again. So it&#x27;s not about what you get, it&#x27;s when you get it a lot. And we&#x27;ve got a company called Alibaba that&#x27;s coming out. They&#x27;re going to be IPO-ing here very shortly. And they are anticipating $20 billion in their IPO. And this year in general, 2014, is on track to be an $80 billion year for IPOs. That&#x27;s a fascinating number. And we&#x27;ve got a guest joining us from Atlantic City, New Jersey area. His name is Ken Wisniewski.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And he&#x27;s going to talk about these IPOs and what&#x27;s going on. Ken, welcome in. Thank you very much, Pete. I appreciate the opportunity. Yeah, now I&#x27;ve read that you agree with me, I think, on this part here, where IPOs are good in the short term, bad in the long term. Explain that concept to the folks out there. And maybe if I didn&#x27;t do a good job explaining what IPOs are, introduce IPO concept to the listener. Yeah, no, I think you did a great job kind of explaining the IPOs. I think IPO has become a real buzzword out there over the past probably decade or so just related to new stocks that are coming out that kind of maybe are seen as being undervalued and having really high feelings to really grow. And I think, you know, that that started going back several years ago with Google</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and then obviously trended over in the Facebook. So when we hear about IPOs now, I think there&#x27;s a lot of hype around them and people kind of view it as the opportunity to get in on the quote unquote ground floor and watch it really explode from that point. You know, when you think about ground floor, it&#x27;s a relative term because some of the people on the inside are in a lot cheaper, so to speak, than people that are in at the IPO price, aren&#x27;t they? 100%. People that have had the opportunity to get involved in kind of the pre-public offerings have, you know, really nice levels of stock that they might have bought at varying different times and in turn, you know, have it at a much lower rate. So when these IPOs occur, a lot of times what you&#x27;ll see is, you know, some of them kind of gaining some sort of liquidation, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> where they&#x27;re selling some level of their stock and obviously seeing a nice appreciated value on top of what they quote unquote were into it for. Now, Alibaba is an interesting concept. It sounds like, you know, it sounds like you go there to buy the flying carpets and stuff like that. It sounds like something from, it&#x27;s like a Mideast kind of sound, but it&#x27;s a China company and it is a buying place, I guess. I mean, how would you describe Alibaba? It&#x27;s basically what Amazon is here in, you know, the United States, but the difference between Alibaba and Amazon is also, it also connects you to a lot of other portals that sell products. So Amazon, you know, all the kind of sells is products that are somewhat connected to Amazon. In this particular case, it also sells products that are outside of the Alibaba kind of domain, if you will.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> So they also make a lot of revenue through kind of referral. So the interesting thing is it kind of combines what Amazon does and in some ways what Google does. And obviously it&#x27;s been extremely profitable in the China market, and they&#x27;re obviously looking to take that and try to transport it over here into the U.S. market. And that&#x27;s a fascinating thing because it remains an interesting IPO here in America, yet most all of its revenues are coming from China, correct? Yes, and I think that the reason they&#x27;re looking at doing the IPO goes back to kind of the onset of our discussion, which was really the hype that really surrounds it. By doing the IPO here in America, it gives it relevance here in America, and it enables it to probably be able to kind of launch with some level of relevance into the United States sector</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> and obviously take advantage of our very large population of e-commerce buyers. So I think the IPO in this particular case is one that really plays on hype but also plays on an opportunity for kind of almost media promotion in the fact that it provides a lot of credence to the company, you know, just as it&#x27;s even beginning to launch here in the United States. And folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Ken Wisniewski, and you may have seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg TV, Fox News, and Fox Business discussing internet marketing, social media, and such things as tech. And his insights here, we&#x27;re talking about the IPO market. And Ken, I really think this is starting to remind me of the Y2K years. You remember they were just launching out anything with a .com was going up like crazy</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> because when we&#x27;re talking about Alibaba and just what&#x27;s the fascination and the magnitude of this wave coming in with this IPO, this could be the largest IPO in history, couldn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, the one difference, I guess, that we look at there is that they&#x27;ve got really tremendous revenues already, Alibaba. Yep. You know, the question is, you know, when you look at kind of some of these other IPOs that maybe sit somewhat on the peripheral, you know, companies, you know, Snapchat is a company that&#x27;s been talked about a lot. They don&#x27;t really have any revenue at all. You know, they&#x27;re working at an operating loss. So they&#x27;re based all on kind of hype and, you know, expectation. When Alibaba&#x27;s case, I mean, the only thing I could say about them that would be concerning is, you know, have they peaked?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> You know, is this kind of their highest valuation? And then are they really not going to have the opportunity to kind of see that growth? You know, people could take the counter stance that, you know, there&#x27;s, even if they can&#x27;t defeat Google or the Amazon marketplace here in the United States, and they&#x27;re a second player in that space, even if they have 20 or 30 percent of the market share, that&#x27;s a tremendous amount of revenue. And obviously they could still be a very good bargain, you know, even at their IPO price. Now, when we talk about there was a fantasy island back in the day, and they had the tattoo his name was, and he would always look up and say, the boss, the plane, right, the plane. And so let&#x27;s talk about in the IPO market, let&#x27;s pretend to your tattoo, and you&#x27;re talking about Coach Pete, the play. How can people play this stock IPO to make the most money in this IPO period</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> for Alibaba and maybe other ones? What&#x27;s a good play? The interesting thing with Alibaba is that there&#x27;s also a very unique play that you could do that is one that I haven&#x27;t really seen very often, and it&#x27;s the fact that Yahoo a few years back had made a very large investment during that kind of friends and family period that you talked about, Pete, where they were able to kind of make that investment in Alibaba. And now as Alibaba is going public, Yahoo is going to actually sell about 25 percent of their equity or their shares that they control, which is about a bottom line, you know, after taxes and everything, about a $12 billion bounce to Yahoo. So one of the things that I found interesting is that, you know,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> potentially you would have the opportunity to be able to get in on the IPO and still have the Yahoo stock if you were to kind of purchase Yahoo stocks. Yahoo stocks have kind of skyrocketed here recently, not based upon anything that Yahoo is doing, but really based upon what they&#x27;ve done with their investments. So it&#x27;s an interesting play and a different type of play and one that maybe ultimately provides you a bit more security if you were going to go and felt strong about Alibaba but were concerned about that quick rise and maybe a settling. Yahoo provides you with that opportunity to get engaged with a little bit of that, but at the same time still see the benefit and the security of maybe having another kind of company that&#x27;s been in the marketplace for some time, you know, contributing towards that stock as well.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So that&#x27;s a good indirect play. And, you know, I was wondering, and I just checked Yahoo&#x27;s price, it&#x27;s been going up like crazy here in the last couple of years, and it&#x27;s probably because of that fascination and basically the mystery of what Alibaba is going to do because Yahoo still exists, obviously, but we saw the same thing when Twitter came out. There were some companies that had invested in Twitter, and they rocketed up before the IPO but then came down afterwards. So would investing in Yahoo now be almost like the wrong time to get in, like you want to buy the rumor, sell the news kind of thing, and basically the price of Yahoo is Alibaba already baked into that price? Yeah, it is a little bit now. You know, the time would have been a little while ago when this kind of wasn&#x27;t as prominent</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> and, you know, people weren&#x27;t kind of paying so close attention to it. The only reason that I could see that being a realistic play would be the fact, and it&#x27;s kind of a unique scenario, where if Yahoo kind of goes and takes this $12 billion kind of asset that they&#x27;re going to have left with after they sell this and turns around and can make another very strong investment in another company, you know, or even purchase a company, that could be an interesting way for, you know, you to be able to get engaged with some of these other companies that are kind of up and coming, and keeping in mind that Yahoo still owns a very large amount of stock in Alibaba. Right. 75% more of it they&#x27;re still going to have as opposed to selling their whole position.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> So to me, I kind of feel it might be the safer play, and again, I guess I can make a more definitive notation on that if I knew kind of what Yahoo was going to do with that $12 million. If they were going to utilize that to a great degree, Yahoo could suddenly become a very intriguing play, not necessarily because of what they&#x27;re doing from their search perspective, but what they&#x27;re really doing from their investment perspective. Yeah, and people need to be very careful here, because a lot of people get burnt. They fall for what I call the excitable hype, and everyone gets excited. It spikes up. You&#x27;re buying into the spike because it&#x27;s never going to be any cheaper than today, and this can last a day or two or a month or two, but eventually, again, Facebook came out with a bunch of hype too, but eventually it came back down,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and the buying opportunity was a lot better later, not right then. If you&#x27;re not in, you know, again, if you&#x27;re not in at a very cheap price, not one of the insiders, sometimes it&#x27;s better to wait not only for Alibaba, but also for Yahoo. See what happens there. One final point. Alibaba is not a site where they are selling merchandise. They are a collection of sites, so to me, they are almost like eBay and Amazon together instead of just buying Amazon, and Amazon makes a lot more money because they control all their profits, and they are the site, but explain your opinion on Alibaba as a shopping network, I guess. People go into the, it&#x27;s like a flea market, I guess, and they go in there, and it&#x27;s all different shops, right? Yeah, it&#x27;s true. They do have some aspect of it as their own kind of product that&#x27;s similar to Amazon, but they do make a lot of money with that kind of shopping kind of network,</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> if you will, which is more almost, if you think about it, like a Google. You know, people, you know, have their listings, and, you know, through their paid search, and in turn, you know, people come through that marketplace and make those purchases, so they&#x27;ve kind of combined e-commerce from that perspective, but, you know, my feeling is that ultimately, you know, Amazon really does control the market share here in the United States. I think they&#x27;re only kind of growing in kind of popularity and kind of, you know, with some of the creative things that they&#x27;re looking to do. I feel that they continue to be at the forefront of probably innovation related to delivery and whatnot, so it&#x27;s going to be tough for Alibaba to come in and really, you know, move them off their perch, but, you know, people are also cost conscious. If Alibaba can find a way to leverage costs at a better price</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> and things people can buy on Amazon, you know, let&#x27;s be honest. You know, brand favoritism doesn&#x27;t necessarily, and brand loyalty doesn&#x27;t mean that much if you&#x27;ve got to pay more money. People, you know, nowadays have the opportunity to buy the same thing somewhere else at a lower price with a quick of amount, so, you know, that&#x27;s going to be the area that I think will make the most interest and intrigue is if they&#x27;re able to, you know, be able to compete at a lower price. Well, it is fascinating, and it really is something that people need to, I guess, spend some time researching and watching. It&#x27;ll be a fun thing to watch, and Ken, I want to have you back on in the future to talk about what happened after it came out. Perfect. I&#x27;d love the opportunity. I appreciate the chance today to talk about it. Yeah, now let&#x27;s pivot. That&#x27;s the term that&#x27;s used a lot these days in the political world. Let&#x27;s pivot away from Alibaba for a minute. Let&#x27;s talk about, I want to talk about Snapchat for a minute,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> because Snapchat is something that a lot of kids used to send pictures to each other they shouldn&#x27;t be sending a lot of times, but how do you think they can monetize? How will Snapchat monetize themselves? Because I saw, I think I read an article, what are they, $3 to $5 billion valuation on them now for some odd reason? Yeah. Why? You know, I guess just pure critical math. They feel a lot of people are using it, but ultimately this is kind of that hype game that you come up with. You know, we&#x27;ve got people using it. We&#x27;ve got people using it. Oh, we&#x27;ll find a way to monetize it. And I think it&#x27;s very difficult to do. Facebook was that same type of company, but Facebook kind of had, you know, at least some model and had some revenue. The thing that Facebook&#x27;s really been helped by is the fact that they&#x27;re kind of the leader</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> in the kind of the mobile marketing space. You know, Google kind of dropped behind Facebook in the mobile marketing side. So Facebook&#x27;s really seeing the revenue growth there. I have major concerns that Snapchat will be able to monetize to the degree to meet anywhere that type of valuation. Don&#x27;t get me wrong. I think it&#x27;s got a place. I think it, you know, has, you know, value. But I think if you look at it as a, you know, $5 to $10 billion valuation, in this particular case, I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s justified. That&#x27;s a lot of money. Now, Facebook had offered the Snapchat guy, what, $500 million a few years ago or something? It was a great number. I mean, I would have sold it in a heartbeat myself and gone to work on some others. But he&#x27;s basically, the valuation is what his company&#x27;s being put at now,</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> but he hasn&#x27;t made any money yet, has he? No, he hasn&#x27;t. And, you know, I think, you know, nowadays a lot of it is just really Facebook and Google and these companies, what they really look at is, you know, they try to build some things for their kind of components that they&#x27;re working on. So they&#x27;ll build divisions. They&#x27;ll try to create aspects. But then they also view growth through acquisition. So if somebody&#x27;s got a good idea and they think they can take it and roll it into their grouping of services, that&#x27;s probably where, you know, Facebook really saw kind of that opportunity was, hey, this could be an extension of what we&#x27;re already doing. We&#x27;d be able to find a way to monetize it. And the other big thing is they like to take competitors off the table. You know, if people, if kids, you know,</p><p><strong>15:45</strong> which it&#x27;s primarily the younger generation that Snapchat&#x27;s really endeared to, if they could pull these people, you know, the kids back, that maybe are losing a little bit of steam on Facebook because it&#x27;s not as cool as it used to be and they can ultimately keep them within their quote-unquote network, you know, it&#x27;s probably worth the $500 million. You know why it&#x27;s not cool anymore is because their parents have found it. 100%. That&#x27;s what always happens. They don&#x27;t want their parents seeing what they&#x27;re doing, babysitting them and stuff. So now in your research, and you spend a lot of time researching these trends here in the social media markets and whatnot like that, the internet, but what do you find the most fascinating as far as the upcoming year and maybe the next decade? What do you see coming down? What are the trends? I mean, I think one of the biggest areas</p><p><strong>16:31</strong> that I really look at as far as trends is just kind of expansion from the mobile advertising space. You know, more and more people are doing searches on their mobile phones and it&#x27;s really been a change in landscape. You know, Google&#x27;s still catching up. There&#x27;s a lot of companies still catching up. You know, their websites aren&#x27;t even really viewed all that great, you know, via mobile phone. So I think right now the biggest area that I see opportunity in and growth in is really around the mobile marketing space and this is where, you know, ultimately Facebook is seeing such tremendous growth in and I&#x27;m certain that there&#x27;s a lot of other players that are kind of looking to enter into that kind of space. I think the social media side of things is, you know, ultimately something that plays into mobile,</p><p><strong>17:17</strong> but I think just business in general is really controlled so much by mobile now and that&#x27;s one of the biggest things I think to look at as far as when you&#x27;re kind of trying to understand companies, how well they really translate to kind of the new environment that&#x27;s out there. Right. Well, all right, so let&#x27;s finally, and I know I&#x27;ve kept John, but I want to keep you, this is fascinating, this internet in general. I mean, I&#x27;m one of the guys, I&#x27;m 48 and I&#x27;m one of the guys that said I will never have the computer on in the same room that I&#x27;m watching TV. I would never disturb my TV watching and yet my wife and I sit in chairs in the TV room at night and we&#x27;re both on our iPhones the whole time and every now and then we&#x27;ll look up and see what&#x27;s on TV. That&#x27;s how fast this has changed, Ken, and it&#x27;s kind of crazy, isn&#x27;t it? You&#x27;re not the only one.</p><p><strong>18:02</strong> I think what you just described is probably pretty commonplace for many people and I think that just the way we even watch TV, the way we kind of do a lot of different things are really controlled so much by our access to information and the ability to get things. You look at TV commercials now, what is kind of the one prominent thing you see? You see they&#x27;re trying to push people to their website where they can engage with them, where they can collect data. So, you know, everything is really being pushed towards, you know, more towards your phones and your mobile devices than anything else. So, you&#x27;re absolutely right. You know, this Sunday the NFL kicks off. There&#x27;ll be a lot of people sitting there watching, quote unquote, the game, but at the same time on their phones, checking their fantasy leagues, doing whatever they&#x27;re going to be doing. So, it&#x27;s kind of almost an accessory</p><p><strong>18:49</strong> to any type of media that&#x27;s out there now. It&#x27;s almost like interactive TV, but it&#x27;s not the interactive TV we envisioned back, what, 15 years ago. It&#x27;s even better, I think. The clunky, the clunky interactive TV. This gives you more of a personalized experience. Very fast, too. Now, we have a lot of business owners who listen to our show and let&#x27;s do a pretend thing here, finally. Let&#x27;s pretend that I&#x27;m a business owner and I&#x27;ve got a $100,000 advertising budget for 2015. This is about the time we&#x27;re sitting down forward looking for budgets and let&#x27;s say I want to regionally let people know I exist using the internet and I want to basically appear bigger and better than any other, let&#x27;s say, financial firm because I&#x27;m in the financial world here and I&#x27;ve got a $100,000 advertising budget and I just want to be the man in North Carolina and I want to attack North Carolina through the social media</p><p><strong>19:35</strong> or through internet. How would you, if you were me, how would you spend that $100,000 to get the best bang for your advertising buck? Great question. Obviously, Google still dominates. It&#x27;s where almost everyone goes to begin with with any type of searches. So you&#x27;d want to have good presence on Google from that localized search. So you&#x27;d want to be able to allocate some of that budget towards kind of ratings and rankings on Google would be probably a good amount of that budget. You know, maybe let&#x27;s just throw out arbitrarily 50% of it. Additionally, with the fact that Facebook and some of the social media tools give you the opportunity to drill down into demographic and geographic areas so well, we&#x27;d want to allocate a portion of that budget into some of these social media channels</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> to be able to kind of endure to the audience and also the audience that&#x27;s definitively in our marketplace. So we would also use that. And then beyond that, the other 25% would probably look at utilizing across the board with a lot of other scenarios as far as promotion of content. Content is one of the biggest areas where people really, you know, we talked about it, you know, sitting, watching TV with your iPhone, you know, a lot of people are doing research, kind of reviewing things. So more and more, people are drawn to companies, drawn to businesses because of an article or a piece that they wrote about something very specific to them. So content marketing, if you will, to me, is one of the best opportunities to really be able to drive new business. And again, especially if you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>21:06</strong> talking about being in the financial space where research kind of comes hand in hand with that, content marketing is another area that we would also focus heavily on as well. The old saying, content is king, is coming back now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. You know, I preface it by saying good, engaging content is king. Too much of a bad thing is still a bad thing, right? Too much fluff nobody wants to read. Yep. Now, one of the things that I see pushed a lot and I see people that go to these sites before they do anything are sites like Yelp and Angie&#x27;s List and even Groupon. You know, they go there. Yelp and Angie&#x27;s List are ranking places and Groupon actually has a little ranking capability as well. What&#x27;s your opinion on sites like that or are there any new ones</p><p><strong>21:51</strong> that are coming on the horizon? You know, I think if you look at Yelp, it&#x27;s kind of coming under scrutiny here lately because, you know, there&#x27;s the notion that, you know, probably 70 to 80 percent of their kind of reviews are potentially, you know, bogus. And, you know, to me, that&#x27;s where, you know, Angie&#x27;s List is a little bit different. It&#x27;s behind a paywall. You have to have the ability to kind of have an account. So, you know, if you were going to, you know, trash somebody, you know, you&#x27;re kind of, your name appears with it. So Angie&#x27;s List to me has more value and credibility to it. And additionally, I can go back and research that person. So if, you know, if you look and Ken Wisniewski is on Angie&#x27;s List and you were going to use a contractor and,</p><p><strong>22:36</strong> you know, I ripped them, but then you go in and you look at everything and all I do is go on and rip people. You know, you could probably cross my name off the list as somebody you really want to pay attention to. Yeah. The anonymity of Yelp and these other services to me over time are really starting to, you know, kind of people, again, while they&#x27;re influenced by these scenarios, I think are starting to understand that how credible really are they. And I think, you know, Yelp&#x27;s one of those companies that, in theory, you know, has great value, but in reality, I think, you know, it&#x27;s just a location where, you know, your closest competitor can go on there and spend a couple of days writing bad reviews and, you know, just try to, you know, ultimately, you know, take business away from you by putting up bogus information.</p><p><strong>23:22</strong> So that&#x27;s the challenge with the anonymity on the internet that obviously is something I think is starting to change. That&#x27;s a scary thing when you think about it. Somebody anonymous can destroy your business and I talked to a real estate agent last year and he had this, I think it was eOpinions or one site where someone, it was one of his competitors was coming in under all different kind of login names so it made it look like it was a bunch of people but it was one person writing all, because the use of the English language was the same and all the different kind of comments even though they were supposedly from different people. you could tell, right? And so he contacted the site and I forget what site it was now to tell him that it was bogus and all that and the site said we&#x27;ll be happy to take it down but you&#x27;ll have to pay us $25,000 to do that. So it&#x27;s almost like legalized extortion, wasn&#x27;t it? It is</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> and you know, I do think that one of the things we&#x27;ll start to see over time is more transparency in that. I think that companies are beginning to look at moving away from these anonymous kind of listings because again, you know, I think there&#x27;s just too much of this that kind of goes on out there. So as far as like companies that are going to kind of be coming up in that area, you know, I think there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s kind of that&#x27;s going to be the general notion that, you know, hey, you need to kind of tie your name to this and you know, again, it&#x27;s easy to bash someone when you&#x27;re anonymous or you know, not even, you know, really have any real insight into them. You know, you just made this kind of case based on conjecture but it&#x27;s a little bit different to really be able to go out and bash someone or talk negatively about them when you&#x27;ve got to put your,</p><p><strong>24:53</strong> you know, your picture next to it and you know, you basically open yourself up for scrutiny as well. Folks, his name is Ken Wisniewski and Ken, how can our listeners find you if they wanted to, you know, read some of your writings or just ask you something? Sure. Well, they can visit my, on my corporate website which is webimax.com or I actually have a site that I post a lot of information to related to stocks and different scenarios related just towards the marketing industry at simply just kenwisneski.com which is K-E-N-W-I-S-N-E-S-K-I.com. Fascinating. All right, so I want to have you on after this IPO settles down a little bit and we&#x27;ll talk about it. How&#x27;s that?</p><p><strong>25:39</strong> Perfect. I appreciate it. Thanks again. Thanks for your time today, Ken. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ken Wisnefski joins Coach Pete for a historical discussion of Alibaba’s upcoming IPO. They talk about initial public offerings, technology businesses, and investor expectations. Recorded September 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So, folks, if you&#x27;ve watched at all the stock market, you&#x27;ve heard of this term. It&#x27;s called IPO, and that&#x27;s Initial Public Offering. And I was just talking the other day to somebody in the money world about this, and it&#x27;s funny, IPOs 20 years ago, everybody wanted to get in one because it was a forbidden fruit. And if you had the right relationships, you could get into a company right when it was coming out, as far as trading the stock. And many people made a whole lot of money. But unfortunately, many people in the history of IPOs have lost money as well. So there&#x27;s no guarantees when we talk about IPOs. And Facebook is a good example of this. When it IPO&#x27;d a couple years ago, it went rocketing up to almost $50. And a lot of people, that was the only price they could get it right at the beginning is $50 a share. It came out, I think it listed for $17 or $18, and then it ended up going all the way up to $50.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> So if you got in early, or if you were one of the people that was inside the wealth circle, we call it, the friendly circle of getting in before everyone else, you made some money. But a lot of people bought at $50, and then Facebook went down into the teens, and then has made a U-turn and gone back up again. So it&#x27;s not about what you get, it&#x27;s when you get it a lot. And we&#x27;ve got a company called Alibaba that&#x27;s coming out. They&#x27;re going to be IPO-ing here very shortly. And they are anticipating $20 billion in their IPO. And this year in general, 2014, is on track to be an $80 billion year for IPOs. That&#x27;s a fascinating number. And we&#x27;ve got a guest joining us from Atlantic City, New Jersey area. His name is Ken Wisniewski.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And he&#x27;s going to talk about these IPOs and what&#x27;s going on. Ken, welcome in. Thank you very much, Pete. I appreciate the opportunity. Yeah, now I&#x27;ve read that you agree with me, I think, on this part here, where IPOs are good in the short term, bad in the long term. Explain that concept to the folks out there. And maybe if I didn&#x27;t do a good job explaining what IPOs are, introduce IPO concept to the listener. Yeah, no, I think you did a great job kind of explaining the IPOs. I think IPO has become a real buzzword out there over the past probably decade or so just related to new stocks that are coming out that kind of maybe are seen as being undervalued and having really high feelings to really grow. And I think, you know, that that started going back several years ago with Google</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and then obviously trended over in the Facebook. So when we hear about IPOs now, I think there&#x27;s a lot of hype around them and people kind of view it as the opportunity to get in on the quote unquote ground floor and watch it really explode from that point. You know, when you think about ground floor, it&#x27;s a relative term because some of the people on the inside are in a lot cheaper, so to speak, than people that are in at the IPO price, aren&#x27;t they? 100%. People that have had the opportunity to get involved in kind of the pre-public offerings have, you know, really nice levels of stock that they might have bought at varying different times and in turn, you know, have it at a much lower rate. So when these IPOs occur, a lot of times what you&#x27;ll see is, you know, some of them kind of gaining some sort of liquidation, you know,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> where they&#x27;re selling some level of their stock and obviously seeing a nice appreciated value on top of what they quote unquote were into it for. Now, Alibaba is an interesting concept. It sounds like, you know, it sounds like you go there to buy the flying carpets and stuff like that. It sounds like something from, it&#x27;s like a Mideast kind of sound, but it&#x27;s a China company and it is a buying place, I guess. I mean, how would you describe Alibaba? It&#x27;s basically what Amazon is here in, you know, the United States, but the difference between Alibaba and Amazon is also, it also connects you to a lot of other portals that sell products. So Amazon, you know, all the kind of sells is products that are somewhat connected to Amazon. In this particular case, it also sells products that are outside of the Alibaba kind of domain, if you will.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> So they also make a lot of revenue through kind of referral. So the interesting thing is it kind of combines what Amazon does and in some ways what Google does. And obviously it&#x27;s been extremely profitable in the China market, and they&#x27;re obviously looking to take that and try to transport it over here into the U.S. market. And that&#x27;s a fascinating thing because it remains an interesting IPO here in America, yet most all of its revenues are coming from China, correct? Yes, and I think that the reason they&#x27;re looking at doing the IPO goes back to kind of the onset of our discussion, which was really the hype that really surrounds it. By doing the IPO here in America, it gives it relevance here in America, and it enables it to probably be able to kind of launch with some level of relevance into the United States sector</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> and obviously take advantage of our very large population of e-commerce buyers. So I think the IPO in this particular case is one that really plays on hype but also plays on an opportunity for kind of almost media promotion in the fact that it provides a lot of credence to the company, you know, just as it&#x27;s even beginning to launch here in the United States. And folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Ken Wisniewski, and you may have seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg TV, Fox News, and Fox Business discussing internet marketing, social media, and such things as tech. And his insights here, we&#x27;re talking about the IPO market. And Ken, I really think this is starting to remind me of the Y2K years. You remember they were just launching out anything with a .com was going up like crazy</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> because when we&#x27;re talking about Alibaba and just what&#x27;s the fascination and the magnitude of this wave coming in with this IPO, this could be the largest IPO in history, couldn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, the one difference, I guess, that we look at there is that they&#x27;ve got really tremendous revenues already, Alibaba. Yep. You know, the question is, you know, when you look at kind of some of these other IPOs that maybe sit somewhat on the peripheral, you know, companies, you know, Snapchat is a company that&#x27;s been talked about a lot. They don&#x27;t really have any revenue at all. You know, they&#x27;re working at an operating loss. So they&#x27;re based all on kind of hype and, you know, expectation. When Alibaba&#x27;s case, I mean, the only thing I could say about them that would be concerning is, you know, have they peaked?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> You know, is this kind of their highest valuation? And then are they really not going to have the opportunity to kind of see that growth? You know, people could take the counter stance that, you know, there&#x27;s, even if they can&#x27;t defeat Google or the Amazon marketplace here in the United States, and they&#x27;re a second player in that space, even if they have 20 or 30 percent of the market share, that&#x27;s a tremendous amount of revenue. And obviously they could still be a very good bargain, you know, even at their IPO price. Now, when we talk about there was a fantasy island back in the day, and they had the tattoo his name was, and he would always look up and say, the boss, the plane, right, the plane. And so let&#x27;s talk about in the IPO market, let&#x27;s pretend to your tattoo, and you&#x27;re talking about Coach Pete, the play. How can people play this stock IPO to make the most money in this IPO period</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> for Alibaba and maybe other ones? What&#x27;s a good play? The interesting thing with Alibaba is that there&#x27;s also a very unique play that you could do that is one that I haven&#x27;t really seen very often, and it&#x27;s the fact that Yahoo a few years back had made a very large investment during that kind of friends and family period that you talked about, Pete, where they were able to kind of make that investment in Alibaba. And now as Alibaba is going public, Yahoo is going to actually sell about 25 percent of their equity or their shares that they control, which is about a bottom line, you know, after taxes and everything, about a $12 billion bounce to Yahoo. So one of the things that I found interesting is that, you know,</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> potentially you would have the opportunity to be able to get in on the IPO and still have the Yahoo stock if you were to kind of purchase Yahoo stocks. Yahoo stocks have kind of skyrocketed here recently, not based upon anything that Yahoo is doing, but really based upon what they&#x27;ve done with their investments. So it&#x27;s an interesting play and a different type of play and one that maybe ultimately provides you a bit more security if you were going to go and felt strong about Alibaba but were concerned about that quick rise and maybe a settling. Yahoo provides you with that opportunity to get engaged with a little bit of that, but at the same time still see the benefit and the security of maybe having another kind of company that&#x27;s been in the marketplace for some time, you know, contributing towards that stock as well.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> So that&#x27;s a good indirect play. And, you know, I was wondering, and I just checked Yahoo&#x27;s price, it&#x27;s been going up like crazy here in the last couple of years, and it&#x27;s probably because of that fascination and basically the mystery of what Alibaba is going to do because Yahoo still exists, obviously, but we saw the same thing when Twitter came out. There were some companies that had invested in Twitter, and they rocketed up before the IPO but then came down afterwards. So would investing in Yahoo now be almost like the wrong time to get in, like you want to buy the rumor, sell the news kind of thing, and basically the price of Yahoo is Alibaba already baked into that price? Yeah, it is a little bit now. You know, the time would have been a little while ago when this kind of wasn&#x27;t as prominent</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> and, you know, people weren&#x27;t kind of paying so close attention to it. The only reason that I could see that being a realistic play would be the fact, and it&#x27;s kind of a unique scenario, where if Yahoo kind of goes and takes this $12 billion kind of asset that they&#x27;re going to have left with after they sell this and turns around and can make another very strong investment in another company, you know, or even purchase a company, that could be an interesting way for, you know, you to be able to get engaged with some of these other companies that are kind of up and coming, and keeping in mind that Yahoo still owns a very large amount of stock in Alibaba. Right. 75% more of it they&#x27;re still going to have as opposed to selling their whole position.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> So to me, I kind of feel it might be the safer play, and again, I guess I can make a more definitive notation on that if I knew kind of what Yahoo was going to do with that $12 million. If they were going to utilize that to a great degree, Yahoo could suddenly become a very intriguing play, not necessarily because of what they&#x27;re doing from their search perspective, but what they&#x27;re really doing from their investment perspective. Yeah, and people need to be very careful here, because a lot of people get burnt. They fall for what I call the excitable hype, and everyone gets excited. It spikes up. You&#x27;re buying into the spike because it&#x27;s never going to be any cheaper than today, and this can last a day or two or a month or two, but eventually, again, Facebook came out with a bunch of hype too, but eventually it came back down,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and the buying opportunity was a lot better later, not right then. If you&#x27;re not in, you know, again, if you&#x27;re not in at a very cheap price, not one of the insiders, sometimes it&#x27;s better to wait not only for Alibaba, but also for Yahoo. See what happens there. One final point. Alibaba is not a site where they are selling merchandise. They are a collection of sites, so to me, they are almost like eBay and Amazon together instead of just buying Amazon, and Amazon makes a lot more money because they control all their profits, and they are the site, but explain your opinion on Alibaba as a shopping network, I guess. People go into the, it&#x27;s like a flea market, I guess, and they go in there, and it&#x27;s all different shops, right? Yeah, it&#x27;s true. They do have some aspect of it as their own kind of product that&#x27;s similar to Amazon, but they do make a lot of money with that kind of shopping kind of network,</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> if you will, which is more almost, if you think about it, like a Google. You know, people, you know, have their listings, and, you know, through their paid search, and in turn, you know, people come through that marketplace and make those purchases, so they&#x27;ve kind of combined e-commerce from that perspective, but, you know, my feeling is that ultimately, you know, Amazon really does control the market share here in the United States. I think they&#x27;re only kind of growing in kind of popularity and kind of, you know, with some of the creative things that they&#x27;re looking to do. I feel that they continue to be at the forefront of probably innovation related to delivery and whatnot, so it&#x27;s going to be tough for Alibaba to come in and really, you know, move them off their perch, but, you know, people are also cost conscious. If Alibaba can find a way to leverage costs at a better price</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> and things people can buy on Amazon, you know, let&#x27;s be honest. You know, brand favoritism doesn&#x27;t necessarily, and brand loyalty doesn&#x27;t mean that much if you&#x27;ve got to pay more money. People, you know, nowadays have the opportunity to buy the same thing somewhere else at a lower price with a quick of amount, so, you know, that&#x27;s going to be the area that I think will make the most interest and intrigue is if they&#x27;re able to, you know, be able to compete at a lower price. Well, it is fascinating, and it really is something that people need to, I guess, spend some time researching and watching. It&#x27;ll be a fun thing to watch, and Ken, I want to have you back on in the future to talk about what happened after it came out. Perfect. I&#x27;d love the opportunity. I appreciate the chance today to talk about it. Yeah, now let&#x27;s pivot. That&#x27;s the term that&#x27;s used a lot these days in the political world. Let&#x27;s pivot away from Alibaba for a minute. Let&#x27;s talk about, I want to talk about Snapchat for a minute,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> because Snapchat is something that a lot of kids used to send pictures to each other they shouldn&#x27;t be sending a lot of times, but how do you think they can monetize? How will Snapchat monetize themselves? Because I saw, I think I read an article, what are they, $3 to $5 billion valuation on them now for some odd reason? Yeah. Why? You know, I guess just pure critical math. They feel a lot of people are using it, but ultimately this is kind of that hype game that you come up with. You know, we&#x27;ve got people using it. We&#x27;ve got people using it. Oh, we&#x27;ll find a way to monetize it. And I think it&#x27;s very difficult to do. Facebook was that same type of company, but Facebook kind of had, you know, at least some model and had some revenue. The thing that Facebook&#x27;s really been helped by is the fact that they&#x27;re kind of the leader</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> in the kind of the mobile marketing space. You know, Google kind of dropped behind Facebook in the mobile marketing side. So Facebook&#x27;s really seeing the revenue growth there. I have major concerns that Snapchat will be able to monetize to the degree to meet anywhere that type of valuation. Don&#x27;t get me wrong. I think it&#x27;s got a place. I think it, you know, has, you know, value. But I think if you look at it as a, you know, $5 to $10 billion valuation, in this particular case, I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s justified. That&#x27;s a lot of money. Now, Facebook had offered the Snapchat guy, what, $500 million a few years ago or something? It was a great number. I mean, I would have sold it in a heartbeat myself and gone to work on some others. But he&#x27;s basically, the valuation is what his company&#x27;s being put at now,</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> but he hasn&#x27;t made any money yet, has he? No, he hasn&#x27;t. And, you know, I think, you know, nowadays a lot of it is just really Facebook and Google and these companies, what they really look at is, you know, they try to build some things for their kind of components that they&#x27;re working on. So they&#x27;ll build divisions. They&#x27;ll try to create aspects. But then they also view growth through acquisition. So if somebody&#x27;s got a good idea and they think they can take it and roll it into their grouping of services, that&#x27;s probably where, you know, Facebook really saw kind of that opportunity was, hey, this could be an extension of what we&#x27;re already doing. We&#x27;d be able to find a way to monetize it. And the other big thing is they like to take competitors off the table. You know, if people, if kids, you know,</p><p><strong>15:45</strong> which it&#x27;s primarily the younger generation that Snapchat&#x27;s really endeared to, if they could pull these people, you know, the kids back, that maybe are losing a little bit of steam on Facebook because it&#x27;s not as cool as it used to be and they can ultimately keep them within their quote-unquote network, you know, it&#x27;s probably worth the $500 million. You know why it&#x27;s not cool anymore is because their parents have found it. 100%. That&#x27;s what always happens. They don&#x27;t want their parents seeing what they&#x27;re doing, babysitting them and stuff. So now in your research, and you spend a lot of time researching these trends here in the social media markets and whatnot like that, the internet, but what do you find the most fascinating as far as the upcoming year and maybe the next decade? What do you see coming down? What are the trends? I mean, I think one of the biggest areas</p><p><strong>16:31</strong> that I really look at as far as trends is just kind of expansion from the mobile advertising space. You know, more and more people are doing searches on their mobile phones and it&#x27;s really been a change in landscape. You know, Google&#x27;s still catching up. There&#x27;s a lot of companies still catching up. You know, their websites aren&#x27;t even really viewed all that great, you know, via mobile phone. So I think right now the biggest area that I see opportunity in and growth in is really around the mobile marketing space and this is where, you know, ultimately Facebook is seeing such tremendous growth in and I&#x27;m certain that there&#x27;s a lot of other players that are kind of looking to enter into that kind of space. I think the social media side of things is, you know, ultimately something that plays into mobile,</p><p><strong>17:17</strong> but I think just business in general is really controlled so much by mobile now and that&#x27;s one of the biggest things I think to look at as far as when you&#x27;re kind of trying to understand companies, how well they really translate to kind of the new environment that&#x27;s out there. Right. Well, all right, so let&#x27;s finally, and I know I&#x27;ve kept John, but I want to keep you, this is fascinating, this internet in general. I mean, I&#x27;m one of the guys, I&#x27;m 48 and I&#x27;m one of the guys that said I will never have the computer on in the same room that I&#x27;m watching TV. I would never disturb my TV watching and yet my wife and I sit in chairs in the TV room at night and we&#x27;re both on our iPhones the whole time and every now and then we&#x27;ll look up and see what&#x27;s on TV. That&#x27;s how fast this has changed, Ken, and it&#x27;s kind of crazy, isn&#x27;t it? You&#x27;re not the only one.</p><p><strong>18:02</strong> I think what you just described is probably pretty commonplace for many people and I think that just the way we even watch TV, the way we kind of do a lot of different things are really controlled so much by our access to information and the ability to get things. You look at TV commercials now, what is kind of the one prominent thing you see? You see they&#x27;re trying to push people to their website where they can engage with them, where they can collect data. So, you know, everything is really being pushed towards, you know, more towards your phones and your mobile devices than anything else. So, you&#x27;re absolutely right. You know, this Sunday the NFL kicks off. There&#x27;ll be a lot of people sitting there watching, quote unquote, the game, but at the same time on their phones, checking their fantasy leagues, doing whatever they&#x27;re going to be doing. So, it&#x27;s kind of almost an accessory</p><p><strong>18:49</strong> to any type of media that&#x27;s out there now. It&#x27;s almost like interactive TV, but it&#x27;s not the interactive TV we envisioned back, what, 15 years ago. It&#x27;s even better, I think. The clunky, the clunky interactive TV. This gives you more of a personalized experience. Very fast, too. Now, we have a lot of business owners who listen to our show and let&#x27;s do a pretend thing here, finally. Let&#x27;s pretend that I&#x27;m a business owner and I&#x27;ve got a $100,000 advertising budget for 2015. This is about the time we&#x27;re sitting down forward looking for budgets and let&#x27;s say I want to regionally let people know I exist using the internet and I want to basically appear bigger and better than any other, let&#x27;s say, financial firm because I&#x27;m in the financial world here and I&#x27;ve got a $100,000 advertising budget and I just want to be the man in North Carolina and I want to attack North Carolina through the social media</p><p><strong>19:35</strong> or through internet. How would you, if you were me, how would you spend that $100,000 to get the best bang for your advertising buck? Great question. Obviously, Google still dominates. It&#x27;s where almost everyone goes to begin with with any type of searches. So you&#x27;d want to have good presence on Google from that localized search. So you&#x27;d want to be able to allocate some of that budget towards kind of ratings and rankings on Google would be probably a good amount of that budget. You know, maybe let&#x27;s just throw out arbitrarily 50% of it. Additionally, with the fact that Facebook and some of the social media tools give you the opportunity to drill down into demographic and geographic areas so well, we&#x27;d want to allocate a portion of that budget into some of these social media channels</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> to be able to kind of endure to the audience and also the audience that&#x27;s definitively in our marketplace. So we would also use that. And then beyond that, the other 25% would probably look at utilizing across the board with a lot of other scenarios as far as promotion of content. Content is one of the biggest areas where people really, you know, we talked about it, you know, sitting, watching TV with your iPhone, you know, a lot of people are doing research, kind of reviewing things. So more and more, people are drawn to companies, drawn to businesses because of an article or a piece that they wrote about something very specific to them. So content marketing, if you will, to me, is one of the best opportunities to really be able to drive new business. And again, especially if you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>21:06</strong> talking about being in the financial space where research kind of comes hand in hand with that, content marketing is another area that we would also focus heavily on as well. The old saying, content is king, is coming back now, isn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. You know, I preface it by saying good, engaging content is king. Too much of a bad thing is still a bad thing, right? Too much fluff nobody wants to read. Yep. Now, one of the things that I see pushed a lot and I see people that go to these sites before they do anything are sites like Yelp and Angie&#x27;s List and even Groupon. You know, they go there. Yelp and Angie&#x27;s List are ranking places and Groupon actually has a little ranking capability as well. What&#x27;s your opinion on sites like that or are there any new ones</p><p><strong>21:51</strong> that are coming on the horizon? You know, I think if you look at Yelp, it&#x27;s kind of coming under scrutiny here lately because, you know, there&#x27;s the notion that, you know, probably 70 to 80 percent of their kind of reviews are potentially, you know, bogus. And, you know, to me, that&#x27;s where, you know, Angie&#x27;s List is a little bit different. It&#x27;s behind a paywall. You have to have the ability to kind of have an account. So, you know, if you were going to, you know, trash somebody, you know, you&#x27;re kind of, your name appears with it. So Angie&#x27;s List to me has more value and credibility to it. And additionally, I can go back and research that person. So if, you know, if you look and Ken Wisniewski is on Angie&#x27;s List and you were going to use a contractor and,</p><p><strong>22:36</strong> you know, I ripped them, but then you go in and you look at everything and all I do is go on and rip people. You know, you could probably cross my name off the list as somebody you really want to pay attention to. Yeah. The anonymity of Yelp and these other services to me over time are really starting to, you know, kind of people, again, while they&#x27;re influenced by these scenarios, I think are starting to understand that how credible really are they. And I think, you know, Yelp&#x27;s one of those companies that, in theory, you know, has great value, but in reality, I think, you know, it&#x27;s just a location where, you know, your closest competitor can go on there and spend a couple of days writing bad reviews and, you know, just try to, you know, ultimately, you know, take business away from you by putting up bogus information.</p><p><strong>23:22</strong> So that&#x27;s the challenge with the anonymity on the internet that obviously is something I think is starting to change. That&#x27;s a scary thing when you think about it. Somebody anonymous can destroy your business and I talked to a real estate agent last year and he had this, I think it was eOpinions or one site where someone, it was one of his competitors was coming in under all different kind of login names so it made it look like it was a bunch of people but it was one person writing all, because the use of the English language was the same and all the different kind of comments even though they were supposedly from different people. you could tell, right? And so he contacted the site and I forget what site it was now to tell him that it was bogus and all that and the site said we&#x27;ll be happy to take it down but you&#x27;ll have to pay us $25,000 to do that. So it&#x27;s almost like legalized extortion, wasn&#x27;t it? It is</p><p><strong>24:08</strong> and you know, I do think that one of the things we&#x27;ll start to see over time is more transparency in that. I think that companies are beginning to look at moving away from these anonymous kind of listings because again, you know, I think there&#x27;s just too much of this that kind of goes on out there. So as far as like companies that are going to kind of be coming up in that area, you know, I think there&#x27;s, you know, there&#x27;s kind of that&#x27;s going to be the general notion that, you know, hey, you need to kind of tie your name to this and you know, again, it&#x27;s easy to bash someone when you&#x27;re anonymous or you know, not even, you know, really have any real insight into them. You know, you just made this kind of case based on conjecture but it&#x27;s a little bit different to really be able to go out and bash someone or talk negatively about them when you&#x27;ve got to put your,</p><p><strong>24:53</strong> you know, your picture next to it and you know, you basically open yourself up for scrutiny as well. Folks, his name is Ken Wisniewski and Ken, how can our listeners find you if they wanted to, you know, read some of your writings or just ask you something? Sure. Well, they can visit my, on my corporate website which is webimax.com or I actually have a site that I post a lot of information to related to stocks and different scenarios related just towards the marketing industry at simply just kenwisneski.com which is K-E-N-W-I-S-N-E-S-K-I.com. Fascinating. All right, so I want to have you on after this IPO settles down a little bit and we&#x27;ll talk about it. How&#x27;s that?</p><p><strong>25:39</strong> Perfect. I appreciate it. Thanks again. Thanks for your time today, Ken. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ken Wisnefski joins Coach Pete for a historical discussion of Alibaba’s upcoming IPO. They talk about initial public offerings, technology businesses, and investor expectations. Recorded September 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ken Wisnefski</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ken Wisnefski, investing, technology</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c/image.jpg?t=1792072396&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ken-wisnefski-alibaba-s-ipo-and-the-technology-market/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c/image.jpg?t=1792072396&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1544</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8885ee5a-0214-4c47-a53f-b4e2016c1a8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="24745597" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ken-wisnefski-alibaba-s-ipo-and-the-technology-market</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>130</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Alibaba’s IPO and the Technology Market" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:12" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:07" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:02" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Laurie Itkin: Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence</title>
      <itunes:title>Laurie Itkin: Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, here we are back on the show. You know, folks, it is a crazy world out there. It&#x27;s a crazy world for anybody who is trying to just make ends meet. But then we throw in another variable called investing. And you see the TV shows where people are making all this money. And you see these lifestyles of the rich and famous where people are driving around on those big old yachts. And you wonder how the heck they got there. Well, unless they inherited it, which some people did. But there&#x27;s also stories about people inheriting money and blowing it. The Vanderbilts are a good example of that. The Biltmore House. Have you ever heard of the Biltmores and all that? The Vanderbilts, when they passed away, had all sorts of children and grandchildren and left them all equal sums of money. And I think in the last studies, there were only two of them still had some of the money. And the ones that did have those two are making a whole lot of money with it. But the other ones blew it real fast.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So the secret to money is knowing how to save. And when I talk to women, women say, gosh, no one&#x27;s ever talking our language. So I wanted to get Lori Idkin on. And she basically says every woman should know her options, invest her way. Or invest your way to financial empowerment. And so we&#x27;ve got Lori on the line. Lori, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Pete. Happy to be here. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in San Diego. I was just out there two weeks ago now. Awesome place. It is. No humidity. Expensive place. Expensive state to live in. High state income tax. But I&#x27;ll tell you, it&#x27;s worth every cent. Yeah. And Lori, I want you to meet Amy Simon. Amy&#x27;s in the studio with us, too. Amy, say hi to Lori. Hey, Lori. How are you? Hi, Amy. Amy and I were talking about your appearance today before you came on.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> We were talking earlier today. And she said that she really wanted to ask you some questions. Because she&#x27;s like most of the women I talk to. Lori, she really wants to do the right thing. But she doesn&#x27;t know what to do or how to get started, I guess. So tell us about your story. Well, my story, and I wrote a book, as you mentioned, Every Woman Should Know Her Options. I was 24 years old, living in Washington, D.C. I&#x27;d already been laid off twice from jobs in finance, actually. It was a pretty bad recession then in the 1990, 1990 period. Anyway, my grandmother leaves me a $1,600 inheritance. And I know it wasn&#x27;t much, but I&#x27;ll tell you, I really wanted to use that money to buy clothes and shoes like any other 24-year-old woman would want to do.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But instead, you know, I realized early on that I couldn&#x27;t count on an employer to really guarantee me financial security. And I certainly was too young to even think about getting married. And I knew I had to create my wealth on my own. So instead of spending that $1,600, I bought my first shares of stock. And it just sent me on a life path. And the short conclusion is that because of decisions I made going from there, I had built a million-dollar portfolio before I turned 40. Awesome. And the stock you bought was Starbucks, I think, correct? It was Starbucks. It was. Yep. And I did the same mistake that many beginning investors did.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I put all my eggs in one basket. Now, Starbucks ended up being a very good investment. But what I tell people starting out is you probably want to spread your money over a variety of stocks or even some exchange-traded funds or mutual funds for diversification. Yeah. Now, when we look at trading in stocks, a lot of times I&#x27;ll recommend people paper trade ahead of time, too. So you pretend you&#x27;re actually buying the stock and then see what happens. So that works with some folks. But paper trading is also the first step to procrastination, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there&#x27;s a couple of online brokerage firms that do provide a paper trading platform. And it&#x27;s really virtual trading. And as you said, Pete, you can trade anything you want. You can buy stocks, mutual funds. You can short sell.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You can try options all with fake money. But it trades like the real marketplace. So you can see over time, did your decision pay off? But actually, most people I work with, by the time they want to paper trade, they&#x27;re ready to trade real money. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s the gateway, almost. It gets people, or they procrastinate or they don&#x27;t do the right thing. Amy, I saw you looking at me. I raised my hand. Yes. I have a question. So I&#x27;ve never bought a stock or stocks before. And I&#x27;m in my 30s and single mom. And I guess my question is, how do you know what to buy? How much money should I set aside to buy my first stock or stocks? And where do I go from there?</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> I&#x27;m just, maybe there&#x27;s some other people out there listening that have never done this. Because we feel like, oh, that&#x27;s other people do that, not me. Should I take money that I&#x27;m saving that I have now and basically gamble with it and put it into stocks? I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know anything about this. So can you help me? Absolutely. So first of all, when people refer to the stock market like gambling, I cringe because... I&#x27;m sorry. No offense. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I have never spent $1 in Vegas. I&#x27;ve never played the lottery. So, you know, with the stock market, what the difference is, is that over time, we know from history that if you invest in a diversified portfolio of stocks or funds, on average, you should get an 8% return a year.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Some years, of course, like in the 2008 crash, you&#x27;re going to lose money. Some years, like last year, people made a 30% gain. But over time, the secret is, if you start young and you&#x27;re in your mid-30s, let me tell you, it&#x27;s the right way to go over time. Now, have you ever... A lot of people think they&#x27;ve never bought a stock. But many of us have worked in the past. Maybe we worked for a company that had a 401k plan, or maybe we worked at a nonprofit that had a 403b. Have you ever had a retirement plan offered to you? No, I haven&#x27;t. I&#x27;m self-employed. I&#x27;m freelance. So I don&#x27;t have anything like that set up. And I was just thinking about that today. She needs to meet with her HR department, doesn&#x27;t she? Well, she is her HR department.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> That&#x27;s right. Myself. The self-employed have a wonderful opportunity. First of all, the easy way to get started, depending on your income that you have, the number one way... There&#x27;s a few ways to get started, but you can open something called a Roth IRA or a traditional IRA. And at your age, you&#x27;re able to put your single and you&#x27;re in your 30s, you&#x27;re able to put $5,500 a year away. And if you are self-employed, you can take advantage of something called a SEP IRA, where you can shield up to 25% of your earnings also from state and federal tax. So the easy way to get started is, in your case, you might want to consider a traditional IRA or a SEP IRA, where that means $5,500 of your income every year is going to be shielded from state and federal tax.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred. And that&#x27;s the quickest and easiest way to grow your wealth. And it forces you to save. Yeah. So that&#x27;s something... But once I start that, I have to put in the $5,500 every year? No. You don&#x27;t have to. That&#x27;s the max you can until you&#x27;re 50. But you should try to because you&#x27;re best friend. Absolutely. You try. And you know what makes it easy? There&#x27;s automatic ways to do it. You can set aside, if you want to set aside, $100 a month that comes out of your checking account that just goes into the brokerage account, the IRA and the brokerage account. It&#x27;s all automated. Now, it&#x27;s very easy to do it. And even if you&#x27;re a freelancer and your income is inconsistent, well, then, you know, one month maybe you&#x27;ll put in $20.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> One month maybe you&#x27;ll put $100. The point is, Amy, you don&#x27;t have to be the best stock picker in the world if you&#x27;re continually adding small amounts of money at regular intervals. Because what happens is a concept called dollar cost averaging. When the market is low, like after the 2008 crash, in 2009, stocks were on sale. There were stocks that were trading at 30%, 40%, 50% lower than what they were the previous year. And you buy stocks at a low price. Then when the market&#x27;s high like it is now, if you&#x27;re putting in the same amount of money, you&#x27;ll buy fewer shares at a high price. And it all averages out over time. So, you see, it&#x27;s getting – I think what she needs to do, Lori, and it&#x27;s what a lot of people are afraid of doing, it&#x27;s putting that toe in the water to try something.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And what I was telling her about earlier is something called a dividend reinvestment program, the drips. I&#x27;ve been doing three different drips since high school just because I read something back then. I started real small, $100 a month out of my checking account back then. I was a paper boy, so if I didn&#x27;t do that, I probably would have blown it on candy. So, I&#x27;m glad I did that. But I did McDonald&#x27;s, Exxon, and Wisconsin Energy, and all three of them have done well. Oh, well, they&#x27;re good dividend payers. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, even if you – I tell people – I teach a class called How to Start Investing with just $5,000. And a lot of the brokerage accounts now have commission-free exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that have no loads that you can actually – I mean, even in Amy&#x27;s case, if she just doesn&#x27;t know where to start, to start with a life cycle fund where she just puts her money in a fund that&#x27;s already allocated for her.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And so, there&#x27;s really no excuse not to get started, especially when you think – in a state like California where my state and federal tax combined might be 35% or higher, if I take $100 home and I don&#x27;t put it away in a retirement fund, I&#x27;m really only taking $65 home. I may think I&#x27;m earning $100, but I&#x27;m really only earning $65 after tax, so why not put that entire $100 into the retirement account and it&#x27;s going to be compound interest and it&#x27;s going to grow over time without taxes being taken out every year. I mean, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ll say. You can&#x27;t grow wealth by leaving your money in a checking or savings account earning half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And you can&#x27;t grow your wealth by leaving your money in the mattress. The first step is the scariest, but the first step is the most important. That&#x27;s the only way you can build wealth. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, her name is Lori Itkin, and the name of the book is Every Woman Should Know Her Options, Invest Your Way to Financial Empowerment. Lori, you&#x27;ve got a lot of other great topics in the book, and I want to have you on for a longer segment in the future. Hopefully, you can come on and talk about the writing, the covered calls, the puts, and one of the chapters in your book that I really like. It&#x27;s Even Grandma&#x27;s Trade Options. So we definitely need to have you on and talk about that, okay? All right, looking forward to it. Thanks a lot. Thanks for your time today. Thank you, Lori. All right, bye-bye. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> All right, here we are back on the show. You know, folks, it is a crazy world out there. It&#x27;s a crazy world for anybody who is trying to just make ends meet. But then we throw in another variable called investing. And you see the TV shows where people are making all this money. And you see these lifestyles of the rich and famous where people are driving around on those big old yachts. And you wonder how the heck they got there. Well, unless they inherited it, which some people did. But there&#x27;s also stories about people inheriting money and blowing it. The Vanderbilts are a good example of that. The Biltmore House. Have you ever heard of the Biltmores and all that? The Vanderbilts, when they passed away, had all sorts of children and grandchildren and left them all equal sums of money. And I think in the last studies, there were only two of them still had some of the money. And the ones that did have those two are making a whole lot of money with it. But the other ones blew it real fast.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> So the secret to money is knowing how to save. And when I talk to women, women say, gosh, no one&#x27;s ever talking our language. So I wanted to get Lori Idkin on. And she basically says every woman should know her options, invest her way. Or invest your way to financial empowerment. And so we&#x27;ve got Lori on the line. Lori, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Pete. Happy to be here. Yeah. Now, where are you joining us from? I am in San Diego. I was just out there two weeks ago now. Awesome place. It is. No humidity. Expensive place. Expensive state to live in. High state income tax. But I&#x27;ll tell you, it&#x27;s worth every cent. Yeah. And Lori, I want you to meet Amy Simon. Amy&#x27;s in the studio with us, too. Amy, say hi to Lori. Hey, Lori. How are you? Hi, Amy. Amy and I were talking about your appearance today before you came on.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> We were talking earlier today. And she said that she really wanted to ask you some questions. Because she&#x27;s like most of the women I talk to. Lori, she really wants to do the right thing. But she doesn&#x27;t know what to do or how to get started, I guess. So tell us about your story. Well, my story, and I wrote a book, as you mentioned, Every Woman Should Know Her Options. I was 24 years old, living in Washington, D.C. I&#x27;d already been laid off twice from jobs in finance, actually. It was a pretty bad recession then in the 1990, 1990 period. Anyway, my grandmother leaves me a $1,600 inheritance. And I know it wasn&#x27;t much, but I&#x27;ll tell you, I really wanted to use that money to buy clothes and shoes like any other 24-year-old woman would want to do.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But instead, you know, I realized early on that I couldn&#x27;t count on an employer to really guarantee me financial security. And I certainly was too young to even think about getting married. And I knew I had to create my wealth on my own. So instead of spending that $1,600, I bought my first shares of stock. And it just sent me on a life path. And the short conclusion is that because of decisions I made going from there, I had built a million-dollar portfolio before I turned 40. Awesome. And the stock you bought was Starbucks, I think, correct? It was Starbucks. It was. Yep. And I did the same mistake that many beginning investors did.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> I put all my eggs in one basket. Now, Starbucks ended up being a very good investment. But what I tell people starting out is you probably want to spread your money over a variety of stocks or even some exchange-traded funds or mutual funds for diversification. Yeah. Now, when we look at trading in stocks, a lot of times I&#x27;ll recommend people paper trade ahead of time, too. So you pretend you&#x27;re actually buying the stock and then see what happens. So that works with some folks. But paper trading is also the first step to procrastination, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. You know, there&#x27;s a couple of online brokerage firms that do provide a paper trading platform. And it&#x27;s really virtual trading. And as you said, Pete, you can trade anything you want. You can buy stocks, mutual funds. You can short sell.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> You can try options all with fake money. But it trades like the real marketplace. So you can see over time, did your decision pay off? But actually, most people I work with, by the time they want to paper trade, they&#x27;re ready to trade real money. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s the gateway, almost. It gets people, or they procrastinate or they don&#x27;t do the right thing. Amy, I saw you looking at me. I raised my hand. Yes. I have a question. So I&#x27;ve never bought a stock or stocks before. And I&#x27;m in my 30s and single mom. And I guess my question is, how do you know what to buy? How much money should I set aside to buy my first stock or stocks? And where do I go from there?</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> I&#x27;m just, maybe there&#x27;s some other people out there listening that have never done this. Because we feel like, oh, that&#x27;s other people do that, not me. Should I take money that I&#x27;m saving that I have now and basically gamble with it and put it into stocks? I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know anything about this. So can you help me? Absolutely. So first of all, when people refer to the stock market like gambling, I cringe because... I&#x27;m sorry. No offense. But I&#x27;ll tell you, I have never spent $1 in Vegas. I&#x27;ve never played the lottery. So, you know, with the stock market, what the difference is, is that over time, we know from history that if you invest in a diversified portfolio of stocks or funds, on average, you should get an 8% return a year.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Some years, of course, like in the 2008 crash, you&#x27;re going to lose money. Some years, like last year, people made a 30% gain. But over time, the secret is, if you start young and you&#x27;re in your mid-30s, let me tell you, it&#x27;s the right way to go over time. Now, have you ever... A lot of people think they&#x27;ve never bought a stock. But many of us have worked in the past. Maybe we worked for a company that had a 401k plan, or maybe we worked at a nonprofit that had a 403b. Have you ever had a retirement plan offered to you? No, I haven&#x27;t. I&#x27;m self-employed. I&#x27;m freelance. So I don&#x27;t have anything like that set up. And I was just thinking about that today. She needs to meet with her HR department, doesn&#x27;t she? Well, she is her HR department.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> That&#x27;s right. Myself. The self-employed have a wonderful opportunity. First of all, the easy way to get started, depending on your income that you have, the number one way... There&#x27;s a few ways to get started, but you can open something called a Roth IRA or a traditional IRA. And at your age, you&#x27;re able to put your single and you&#x27;re in your 30s, you&#x27;re able to put $5,500 a year away. And if you are self-employed, you can take advantage of something called a SEP IRA, where you can shield up to 25% of your earnings also from state and federal tax. So the easy way to get started is, in your case, you might want to consider a traditional IRA or a SEP IRA, where that means $5,500 of your income every year is going to be shielded from state and federal tax.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And it&#x27;s going to grow tax-deferred. And that&#x27;s the quickest and easiest way to grow your wealth. And it forces you to save. Yeah. So that&#x27;s something... But once I start that, I have to put in the $5,500 every year? No. You don&#x27;t have to. That&#x27;s the max you can until you&#x27;re 50. But you should try to because you&#x27;re best friend. Absolutely. You try. And you know what makes it easy? There&#x27;s automatic ways to do it. You can set aside, if you want to set aside, $100 a month that comes out of your checking account that just goes into the brokerage account, the IRA and the brokerage account. It&#x27;s all automated. Now, it&#x27;s very easy to do it. And even if you&#x27;re a freelancer and your income is inconsistent, well, then, you know, one month maybe you&#x27;ll put in $20.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> One month maybe you&#x27;ll put $100. The point is, Amy, you don&#x27;t have to be the best stock picker in the world if you&#x27;re continually adding small amounts of money at regular intervals. Because what happens is a concept called dollar cost averaging. When the market is low, like after the 2008 crash, in 2009, stocks were on sale. There were stocks that were trading at 30%, 40%, 50% lower than what they were the previous year. And you buy stocks at a low price. Then when the market&#x27;s high like it is now, if you&#x27;re putting in the same amount of money, you&#x27;ll buy fewer shares at a high price. And it all averages out over time. So, you see, it&#x27;s getting – I think what she needs to do, Lori, and it&#x27;s what a lot of people are afraid of doing, it&#x27;s putting that toe in the water to try something.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And what I was telling her about earlier is something called a dividend reinvestment program, the drips. I&#x27;ve been doing three different drips since high school just because I read something back then. I started real small, $100 a month out of my checking account back then. I was a paper boy, so if I didn&#x27;t do that, I probably would have blown it on candy. So, I&#x27;m glad I did that. But I did McDonald&#x27;s, Exxon, and Wisconsin Energy, and all three of them have done well. Oh, well, they&#x27;re good dividend payers. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, even if you – I tell people – I teach a class called How to Start Investing with just $5,000. And a lot of the brokerage accounts now have commission-free exchange-traded funds or mutual funds that have no loads that you can actually – I mean, even in Amy&#x27;s case, if she just doesn&#x27;t know where to start, to start with a life cycle fund where she just puts her money in a fund that&#x27;s already allocated for her.</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> And so, there&#x27;s really no excuse not to get started, especially when you think – in a state like California where my state and federal tax combined might be 35% or higher, if I take $100 home and I don&#x27;t put it away in a retirement fund, I&#x27;m really only taking $65 home. I may think I&#x27;m earning $100, but I&#x27;m really only earning $65 after tax, so why not put that entire $100 into the retirement account and it&#x27;s going to be compound interest and it&#x27;s going to grow over time without taxes being taken out every year. I mean, here&#x27;s what I&#x27;ll say. You can&#x27;t grow wealth by leaving your money in a checking or savings account earning half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And you can&#x27;t grow your wealth by leaving your money in the mattress. The first step is the scariest, but the first step is the most important. That&#x27;s the only way you can build wealth. Yeah, very, very important. Folks, her name is Lori Itkin, and the name of the book is Every Woman Should Know Her Options, Invest Your Way to Financial Empowerment. Lori, you&#x27;ve got a lot of other great topics in the book, and I want to have you on for a longer segment in the future. Hopefully, you can come on and talk about the writing, the covered calls, the puts, and one of the chapters in your book that I really like. It&#x27;s Even Grandma&#x27;s Trade Options. So we definitely need to have you on and talk about that, okay? All right, looking forward to it. Thanks a lot. Thanks for your time today. Thank you, Lori. All right, bye-bye. Take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Laurie Itkin joins Coach Pete to discuss investing, financial confidence, and the importance of women taking an active role in their financial decisions. Recorded August 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Laurie Itkin</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Laurie Itkin, investing, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/image.jpg?t=1792072404&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurie-itkin-women-investing-and-financial-confidence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/image.jpg?t=1792072404&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>673</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/12360bd5-8097-4347-b99f-b4e2016b8f2c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10804936" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/laurie-itkin-women-investing-and-financial-confidence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>131</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Women, Investing, and Financial Confidence" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:44" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adam Cufr: Off the Record and a Lasting Legacy</title>
      <itunes:title>Adam Cufr: Off the Record and a Lasting Legacy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Adam Cufr joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Off the Record, retirement planning, and creating a lasting legacy. They explore the shift from accumulating money to using it in retirement. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Our guest right now joining us from Toledo, Ohio. Ohio&#x27;s a great place. Amy is, well, you were from the Kentucky-Cincinnati area, right? Northern Kentucky, right across the road from Cincinnati. Ohio&#x27;s a great place. There&#x27;s an ice cream store there, which is still my favorite ice cream. It&#x27;s Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream. Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream. How do you know about Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream? Amy, you learned something about me. I know where food is. Me too. Find the food. I will find the food. I&#x27;m a foodie. I&#x27;m going to say that&#x27;s the best ice cream in the world. I&#x27;m going to go ahead and say that. It was on Oprah&#x27;s Favorite Things. And a lot of people have, well, if you&#x27;re not around that area, I think it&#x27;s just regional. It&#x27;s just around there, right? Well. Is it coming here? They have it here. Oh. Is it, what, in the store? Yes, they have it at the Fresh Market. I didn&#x27;t know that. And they even have my favorite flavor, which is peanut butter chocolate chip. Hey, Grater&#x27;s. I&#x27;ll see you when I come home soon. You know, the funny thing is, but I still like to go into the ice cream shop and watch</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> them scoop it out and see if you get ripped off or if you&#x27;ve got a real good server who doesn&#x27;t have any stock in the company. They&#x27;ll give you the big old cones. The ones in Fort Thomas, where I grew up, they give some nice scoops. Nice scoops. You smile at them, you get more. More. So, yeah, you can get a lot more if you&#x27;re nice to the people, right? Oh, absolutely. That&#x27;s what it comes down to. If you&#x27;re nice to them and they still don&#x27;t give you much, then you&#x27;ll be mean to them next time. Well, you know what? Take care of your customers. You know what? You should give them just a little bit more so you feel like you&#x27;re getting more for your money. That&#x27;s right. Just do it. You&#x27;re going to get more return business. And you can make a lot of money on ice cream if you scoop it right. And if you&#x27;re nice to people. Now, our guest, his book is Off the Record, Secrets to Building a Successful Retirement and a Lasting Legacy. Again, joining us from Toledo, Adam Sufer, who&#x27;s a registered, well, Adam, I guess you&#x27;ve got the new designation, the Retired Income Certified Planner, correct?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> That&#x27;s correct. Yes. Yeah. It&#x27;s all the rage up here. And by the way, the food topic, we happen to be famous for Tony Paco&#x27;s hot dogs up here. You know Tony Paco? No. No. Okay. I&#x27;m sorry. Should I know that? Is that a Toledo thing? It&#x27;s a Toledo thing. Jamie Farr on MASH made it famous. Tony Paco&#x27;s hot dogs and the Mud Hens, our baseball team. The Mud Hens. I had Jamie Farr on my show about four years ago. He was a great guy talking about his, I think he has a charity golf tournament every year and we were talking about that. Excellent. He has a very big deal. He does a lot in our community. Yeah. He was a good guy. So Adam, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, you&#x27;ve, and by the way, I&#x27;m numbered, I&#x27;m one more test away from getting that designation to the Retirement Income Certified Planner, which I think is the big thing these days. Three big tests. And the reason why we&#x27;re getting these designations like this is because most of the Americans</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> we talk to are worried about income in the future, aren&#x27;t they? Yes. Isn&#x27;t that the big question that retirees and aspiring retirees have is will I have enough? And, you know, the data suggests that people are more concerned about running out of money during their life than they are actually dying. So this is an important topic to a lot of people. And I thought, wow, it really makes a lot of sense for me to get, you know, some very specialized training. And I congratulate you on doing the same. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s a good thing. But, you know, and unfortunately, when we talk about retirement, people either under or overestimate what they&#x27;re going to need. But to me, when I get to retirement, I want to be able to buy two ice cream cones instead of one if I feel like it, right? Instead of getting half a cone or getting one of those little pink spoons and that&#x27;s it. So you&#x27;ll sample one.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> I suppose if you have the choice, a little bit extra would be a good thing. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You say setting the proper pace for retirement in your book. What is that about? Well, the book has a musical theme to it. I&#x27;ve been playing drums for my 30th year of playing drums. I&#x27;ve played in all kinds of ensembles. And what&#x27;s interesting is as I take a step back and look at the parallels between music and financial planning, specifically retirement planning, there&#x27;s a lot that one can say to the other. So in terms of pace, you know, the pace of a musical score has everything to do with the level of energy that it creates and the mood that it sets. With regard to planning one&#x27;s retirement, you really have to understand, okay, what do we want this to look like? Do we want to be really active in retirement?</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Do we want to have just a quiet retirement? And more specifically, gearing up for that, it really makes sense to understand kind of who you are as an investor and who should be on your team to bring that plan to life. So, you know, pace is such a critical thing and getting the right movement toward your goals is everything, like you said earlier. And then once you have something accumulated, getting those pieces to play nicely together is really critical. So that&#x27;s the theme we&#x27;re trying to carry out. And really what I found, and you probably know this, that a lot of people know about certain parts of retirement planning. But I try to connect those things to something they may already know and they can already associate with, hence the musical theme. Well, they used to call me the financial maestro on the show, Walt in the studio.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Do you remember the control room? Do you remember them calling us the financial? Maybe you called me that back in the day, Walt. Can we hear Walt? It&#x27;s very possible. Yeah, there&#x27;s Walt. But it&#x27;s about, and Adam, and here it is, it&#x27;s about making sure that, like, the orchestras are gigantic. You&#x27;ve got hundreds of instruments, hundreds of different people, and you want them to all be on the same, I guess, page of music, correct? That&#x27;s a great point. It&#x27;s interesting that a lot of people are trying to manage their own affairs and trying to put the right pieces in place in their retirement. But if you think about it, at least in my experience, the person in the orchestra that should be the most knowledgeable about all those pieces is the conductor, the maestro. So if you&#x27;re trying to do your own conducting, if you will, of your own financial orchestra, that can be a pretty scary thing, especially with the changes in the economy, the markets,</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> and then the just array of investments and products. So having a sense of what that final score, that musical piece should look like is a big part of the challenge. But then knowing how to bring those different pieces together to make a unified whole is really, it&#x27;s a challenging thing. And that&#x27;s why the education is so critical. And just the understanding that all these pieces need to play well together, Social Security, pensions, investments, annuities, taxes, estate planning. For somebody to set out and try to do it on their own, it&#x27;s a pretty daunting task. We&#x27;ve got Amy Simon in the studio. She&#x27;s our consumer advocate and basically our guinea pig about the financial world. Because she&#x27;s just getting started as far as looking at financial stuff. And Amy, we talk in his book, Adam talks about, by the way, say hi to Adam.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Hi, Adam. Hi, Amy. So he talks about hitting the right beat for your life goals. Now, we&#x27;re going to be talking about this going down the road, Amy, but the first step for anybody is figuring out what they want their life to be. And when they get to retirement, what they want that to be like. Have you given that any thought yourself right now in your 30s? Absolutely not. And actually, well, I was thinking about today when you sent me some notes. And I think about my parents because they don&#x27;t have anything set aside. And I&#x27;m thinking I&#x27;m going to be taking care of them someday. But a lot of them, you know, my dad retired from teaching and took his retirement early, money early. So, but yeah, I do think about that for myself. How do I start? Where do I start? How much do I put aside? And gosh, I might live to be 120 years old.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> So I don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;d be a good thing, hopefully, right? So we want to actually the 90 and above age group is the fastest growing percentage wise age group in all of America, which is great, I guess. But it&#x27;s also scary at the same time. Adam, you&#x27;ll agree. Most of the financial planners in the past did something called Monte Carlo simulations when they met with people who are approaching retirement. And the Monte Carlo illustration would show you all the different scenarios that could happen that could keep your money from not being there when you need it. But unfortunately, Adam, the Monte Carlo simulations would only go to age 80 or 90. After that, it&#x27;s a wild west as far as if you&#x27;re going to have money or not. That&#x27;s a very good point. It&#x27;s a very scary place to be. And you&#x27;re at that point in your life when you really can&#x27;t do much about it. So yeah, the Monte Carlo analysis led to the safe withdrawal rate, which ensured people</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> that, well, if you follow the model and the simulation, there&#x27;s about a 90% chance that you won&#x27;t run out of money during your life. But again, the ages weren&#x27;t what they are today. And I don&#x27;t know how you feel, but I&#x27;m not real comfortable being in that 10% who does run out of money. Well, think about getting on a plane and having to sit down. And the stewardess will make you put the seatbelt on and all that kind of stuff. And then the pilot comes over and say, hey, welcome folks to the flight here from Boston to LA. We&#x27;ve got about a 90% chance of getting there and 10% chance of crashing. I&#x27;d be the first one off. I&#x27;d pull that chute and be down. I&#x27;d grab a six pack of beer and go down the chute like that steward guy did a couple years ago. But I mean, people don&#x27;t think about it that way, do they? They say, well, I&#x27;m not going to be in that 10% that is going to not get there. But Adam, we see it happen every day in our profession, don&#x27;t we?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> We do. And we all fear being that 10%, but we don&#x27;t always know what to do about it. And to use your illustration of a pilot, I think there are a lot of advisors out there who are operating without a flight plan. And thus, a lot of their clients and a lot of folks that are trying to retire don&#x27;t have a flight plan. And so it really pays to have a process to this because there is a way to plan for enough and to be able to determine what your lifestyle should look like. Back to your question to Amy, what are the goals that you have? Well, what does that lifestyle look like? What does it cost? How do you arrive at that? And how do we secure this so that you don&#x27;t have to worry about being the 10%? And we call that the enough number. And once you hit that and perhaps exceed that, then you&#x27;re in this new realm where you get</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> to do some really cool stuff in retirement without having to worry about, will I run out? Because the model that I was trusting said that I might be okay, but I might not be. So having that plan is critical. And the goal here, and I know a lot of people, well, heck, I&#x27;m 48 now. I never knew I was going to be 48 when I was 22. I didn&#x27;t know it was going to come this fast either. But it&#x27;s funny how, and I&#x27;ll be thinking about this day when I&#x27;m 78 saying, I wish I could be 48 again. So our life has changes and we need to make sure that our financial plan changes with our life. And you have an excellent chapter in the book called Rhythm, Finding the Right Time for Reliable Income. Now, this is one of the most overlooked topics, I think, still to this day in building a retirement plan</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> or saving money in general, is the fact that people need to have what I call a floor beneath them in retirement every single day of retirement forever for income. And most people don&#x27;t. They don&#x27;t have that guaranteed paycheck coming besides Social Security and maybe a pension from a company. But Adam, it&#x27;s up to us now as a society and you and me as planners to make sure people like Amy have plenty of income in retirement. They don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving, isn&#x27;t it? Right. Yeah, we&#x27;ve seen companies transfer that risk of that lifetime paycheck from the company itself to the employee. So, you know, employees which once would have had a wonderful pension and would know, hey, I need to live on that amount, now have to design their own. So they have to set out to design their own personal or family pension. But if you think about it, we once had experts working on and creating those pensions for people,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> but now you have to be the expert. You had to be an expert in your profession and you have to be an expert in pension planning. So it is absolutely imperative that we understand where the income comes from. Are we building an efficient income stream? Is it tax efficient? Is it reliable and sustainable? Well, it&#x27;s certainly not easy, but the tools are out there. And I don&#x27;t think people realize that you can literally guarantee that you will not run out of money. You just have to do a little bit of work to find an advisor or a team of professionals that can help you do that. Yeah. Well, I think you&#x27;re like me. Sometimes I feel like I&#x27;m spending more time worrying about my retirees&#x27; income than they are. And that&#x27;s kind of concerning to me because it&#x27;s not all roses when they get to retirement if they haven&#x27;t taken the right plans.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> I know everyone says the government will take care of me, but number one, do you want the government to take care of you? I don&#x27;t think so. Social Security, especially someone in Amy&#x27;s age group there in the 30s, I don&#x27;t know what form it will be there when she gets to 75, whatever the age limit will be then when she gets there. So we need to plan, and I know you do this a lot with your clients, you need to plan as if Social Security wasn&#x27;t going to be there. And you need to have a plan that if it is there, the Social Security money is just what we call gravy on the steak, right? Right. Yeah. You would want to act as if it&#x27;s not going to be there. And then once you do take Social Security, ensure that you&#x27;re taking it at the right age, that you understand all those ramifications that can affect not only you, but your beneficiaries, your heirs. But really that floor of income is really the critical building block of a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But most people, like you said, most people really aren&#x27;t thinking that. In fact, if I may add, there&#x27;s a really interesting, well, at least interesting to me, but a Harvard Business Review article recently that talked about how we need to change the dialogue. So most people that are nearing retirement have been so accustomed to talking about rates of return their whole working life. So what is my investment getting in terms of rate of return? Whereas we should be talking, what is the probability that this pile of money I&#x27;m accumulating will generate the income that I need in and through retirement? So it&#x27;s a bit of a shift in thinking that we need to be cognizant of and really kind of help people make that transformation as they near and enter into retirement. Yeah, and folks, it doesn&#x27;t have to be complicated. Again, the book, Off the Record, Secrets to Building Successful Retirement and a Lasting Legacy is available on Amazon and I think Barnes &amp; Noble too.</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> Adam is a knowledgeable source, a great book. Adam, I&#x27;d love to have you on again to talk in more detail on the book. Anytime. This has been great. Thank you for the opportunity. Thanks for coming on. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Adam Cufr joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Off the Record, retirement planning, and creating a lasting legacy. They explore the shift from accumulating money to using it in retirement. Recorded August 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Our guest right now joining us from Toledo, Ohio. Ohio&#x27;s a great place. Amy is, well, you were from the Kentucky-Cincinnati area, right? Northern Kentucky, right across the road from Cincinnati. Ohio&#x27;s a great place. There&#x27;s an ice cream store there, which is still my favorite ice cream. It&#x27;s Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream. Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream. How do you know about Grater&#x27;s Ice Cream? Amy, you learned something about me. I know where food is. Me too. Find the food. I will find the food. I&#x27;m a foodie. I&#x27;m going to say that&#x27;s the best ice cream in the world. I&#x27;m going to go ahead and say that. It was on Oprah&#x27;s Favorite Things. And a lot of people have, well, if you&#x27;re not around that area, I think it&#x27;s just regional. It&#x27;s just around there, right? Well. Is it coming here? They have it here. Oh. Is it, what, in the store? Yes, they have it at the Fresh Market. I didn&#x27;t know that. And they even have my favorite flavor, which is peanut butter chocolate chip. Hey, Grater&#x27;s. I&#x27;ll see you when I come home soon. You know, the funny thing is, but I still like to go into the ice cream shop and watch</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> them scoop it out and see if you get ripped off or if you&#x27;ve got a real good server who doesn&#x27;t have any stock in the company. They&#x27;ll give you the big old cones. The ones in Fort Thomas, where I grew up, they give some nice scoops. Nice scoops. You smile at them, you get more. More. So, yeah, you can get a lot more if you&#x27;re nice to the people, right? Oh, absolutely. That&#x27;s what it comes down to. If you&#x27;re nice to them and they still don&#x27;t give you much, then you&#x27;ll be mean to them next time. Well, you know what? Take care of your customers. You know what? You should give them just a little bit more so you feel like you&#x27;re getting more for your money. That&#x27;s right. Just do it. You&#x27;re going to get more return business. And you can make a lot of money on ice cream if you scoop it right. And if you&#x27;re nice to people. Now, our guest, his book is Off the Record, Secrets to Building a Successful Retirement and a Lasting Legacy. Again, joining us from Toledo, Adam Sufer, who&#x27;s a registered, well, Adam, I guess you&#x27;ve got the new designation, the Retired Income Certified Planner, correct?</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> That&#x27;s correct. Yes. Yeah. It&#x27;s all the rage up here. And by the way, the food topic, we happen to be famous for Tony Paco&#x27;s hot dogs up here. You know Tony Paco? No. No. Okay. I&#x27;m sorry. Should I know that? Is that a Toledo thing? It&#x27;s a Toledo thing. Jamie Farr on MASH made it famous. Tony Paco&#x27;s hot dogs and the Mud Hens, our baseball team. The Mud Hens. I had Jamie Farr on my show about four years ago. He was a great guy talking about his, I think he has a charity golf tournament every year and we were talking about that. Excellent. He has a very big deal. He does a lot in our community. Yeah. He was a good guy. So Adam, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, you&#x27;ve, and by the way, I&#x27;m numbered, I&#x27;m one more test away from getting that designation to the Retirement Income Certified Planner, which I think is the big thing these days. Three big tests. And the reason why we&#x27;re getting these designations like this is because most of the Americans</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> we talk to are worried about income in the future, aren&#x27;t they? Yes. Isn&#x27;t that the big question that retirees and aspiring retirees have is will I have enough? And, you know, the data suggests that people are more concerned about running out of money during their life than they are actually dying. So this is an important topic to a lot of people. And I thought, wow, it really makes a lot of sense for me to get, you know, some very specialized training. And I congratulate you on doing the same. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s a good thing. But, you know, and unfortunately, when we talk about retirement, people either under or overestimate what they&#x27;re going to need. But to me, when I get to retirement, I want to be able to buy two ice cream cones instead of one if I feel like it, right? Instead of getting half a cone or getting one of those little pink spoons and that&#x27;s it. So you&#x27;ll sample one.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> I suppose if you have the choice, a little bit extra would be a good thing. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You say setting the proper pace for retirement in your book. What is that about? Well, the book has a musical theme to it. I&#x27;ve been playing drums for my 30th year of playing drums. I&#x27;ve played in all kinds of ensembles. And what&#x27;s interesting is as I take a step back and look at the parallels between music and financial planning, specifically retirement planning, there&#x27;s a lot that one can say to the other. So in terms of pace, you know, the pace of a musical score has everything to do with the level of energy that it creates and the mood that it sets. With regard to planning one&#x27;s retirement, you really have to understand, okay, what do we want this to look like? Do we want to be really active in retirement?</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Do we want to have just a quiet retirement? And more specifically, gearing up for that, it really makes sense to understand kind of who you are as an investor and who should be on your team to bring that plan to life. So, you know, pace is such a critical thing and getting the right movement toward your goals is everything, like you said earlier. And then once you have something accumulated, getting those pieces to play nicely together is really critical. So that&#x27;s the theme we&#x27;re trying to carry out. And really what I found, and you probably know this, that a lot of people know about certain parts of retirement planning. But I try to connect those things to something they may already know and they can already associate with, hence the musical theme. Well, they used to call me the financial maestro on the show, Walt in the studio.</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Do you remember the control room? Do you remember them calling us the financial? Maybe you called me that back in the day, Walt. Can we hear Walt? It&#x27;s very possible. Yeah, there&#x27;s Walt. But it&#x27;s about, and Adam, and here it is, it&#x27;s about making sure that, like, the orchestras are gigantic. You&#x27;ve got hundreds of instruments, hundreds of different people, and you want them to all be on the same, I guess, page of music, correct? That&#x27;s a great point. It&#x27;s interesting that a lot of people are trying to manage their own affairs and trying to put the right pieces in place in their retirement. But if you think about it, at least in my experience, the person in the orchestra that should be the most knowledgeable about all those pieces is the conductor, the maestro. So if you&#x27;re trying to do your own conducting, if you will, of your own financial orchestra, that can be a pretty scary thing, especially with the changes in the economy, the markets,</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> and then the just array of investments and products. So having a sense of what that final score, that musical piece should look like is a big part of the challenge. But then knowing how to bring those different pieces together to make a unified whole is really, it&#x27;s a challenging thing. And that&#x27;s why the education is so critical. And just the understanding that all these pieces need to play well together, Social Security, pensions, investments, annuities, taxes, estate planning. For somebody to set out and try to do it on their own, it&#x27;s a pretty daunting task. We&#x27;ve got Amy Simon in the studio. She&#x27;s our consumer advocate and basically our guinea pig about the financial world. Because she&#x27;s just getting started as far as looking at financial stuff. And Amy, we talk in his book, Adam talks about, by the way, say hi to Adam.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Hi, Adam. Hi, Amy. So he talks about hitting the right beat for your life goals. Now, we&#x27;re going to be talking about this going down the road, Amy, but the first step for anybody is figuring out what they want their life to be. And when they get to retirement, what they want that to be like. Have you given that any thought yourself right now in your 30s? Absolutely not. And actually, well, I was thinking about today when you sent me some notes. And I think about my parents because they don&#x27;t have anything set aside. And I&#x27;m thinking I&#x27;m going to be taking care of them someday. But a lot of them, you know, my dad retired from teaching and took his retirement early, money early. So, but yeah, I do think about that for myself. How do I start? Where do I start? How much do I put aside? And gosh, I might live to be 120 years old.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> So I don&#x27;t know. That&#x27;d be a good thing, hopefully, right? So we want to actually the 90 and above age group is the fastest growing percentage wise age group in all of America, which is great, I guess. But it&#x27;s also scary at the same time. Adam, you&#x27;ll agree. Most of the financial planners in the past did something called Monte Carlo simulations when they met with people who are approaching retirement. And the Monte Carlo illustration would show you all the different scenarios that could happen that could keep your money from not being there when you need it. But unfortunately, Adam, the Monte Carlo simulations would only go to age 80 or 90. After that, it&#x27;s a wild west as far as if you&#x27;re going to have money or not. That&#x27;s a very good point. It&#x27;s a very scary place to be. And you&#x27;re at that point in your life when you really can&#x27;t do much about it. So yeah, the Monte Carlo analysis led to the safe withdrawal rate, which ensured people</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> that, well, if you follow the model and the simulation, there&#x27;s about a 90% chance that you won&#x27;t run out of money during your life. But again, the ages weren&#x27;t what they are today. And I don&#x27;t know how you feel, but I&#x27;m not real comfortable being in that 10% who does run out of money. Well, think about getting on a plane and having to sit down. And the stewardess will make you put the seatbelt on and all that kind of stuff. And then the pilot comes over and say, hey, welcome folks to the flight here from Boston to LA. We&#x27;ve got about a 90% chance of getting there and 10% chance of crashing. I&#x27;d be the first one off. I&#x27;d pull that chute and be down. I&#x27;d grab a six pack of beer and go down the chute like that steward guy did a couple years ago. But I mean, people don&#x27;t think about it that way, do they? They say, well, I&#x27;m not going to be in that 10% that is going to not get there. But Adam, we see it happen every day in our profession, don&#x27;t we?</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> We do. And we all fear being that 10%, but we don&#x27;t always know what to do about it. And to use your illustration of a pilot, I think there are a lot of advisors out there who are operating without a flight plan. And thus, a lot of their clients and a lot of folks that are trying to retire don&#x27;t have a flight plan. And so it really pays to have a process to this because there is a way to plan for enough and to be able to determine what your lifestyle should look like. Back to your question to Amy, what are the goals that you have? Well, what does that lifestyle look like? What does it cost? How do you arrive at that? And how do we secure this so that you don&#x27;t have to worry about being the 10%? And we call that the enough number. And once you hit that and perhaps exceed that, then you&#x27;re in this new realm where you get</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> to do some really cool stuff in retirement without having to worry about, will I run out? Because the model that I was trusting said that I might be okay, but I might not be. So having that plan is critical. And the goal here, and I know a lot of people, well, heck, I&#x27;m 48 now. I never knew I was going to be 48 when I was 22. I didn&#x27;t know it was going to come this fast either. But it&#x27;s funny how, and I&#x27;ll be thinking about this day when I&#x27;m 78 saying, I wish I could be 48 again. So our life has changes and we need to make sure that our financial plan changes with our life. And you have an excellent chapter in the book called Rhythm, Finding the Right Time for Reliable Income. Now, this is one of the most overlooked topics, I think, still to this day in building a retirement plan</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> or saving money in general, is the fact that people need to have what I call a floor beneath them in retirement every single day of retirement forever for income. And most people don&#x27;t. They don&#x27;t have that guaranteed paycheck coming besides Social Security and maybe a pension from a company. But Adam, it&#x27;s up to us now as a society and you and me as planners to make sure people like Amy have plenty of income in retirement. They don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving, isn&#x27;t it? Right. Yeah, we&#x27;ve seen companies transfer that risk of that lifetime paycheck from the company itself to the employee. So, you know, employees which once would have had a wonderful pension and would know, hey, I need to live on that amount, now have to design their own. So they have to set out to design their own personal or family pension. But if you think about it, we once had experts working on and creating those pensions for people,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> but now you have to be the expert. You had to be an expert in your profession and you have to be an expert in pension planning. So it is absolutely imperative that we understand where the income comes from. Are we building an efficient income stream? Is it tax efficient? Is it reliable and sustainable? Well, it&#x27;s certainly not easy, but the tools are out there. And I don&#x27;t think people realize that you can literally guarantee that you will not run out of money. You just have to do a little bit of work to find an advisor or a team of professionals that can help you do that. Yeah. Well, I think you&#x27;re like me. Sometimes I feel like I&#x27;m spending more time worrying about my retirees&#x27; income than they are. And that&#x27;s kind of concerning to me because it&#x27;s not all roses when they get to retirement if they haven&#x27;t taken the right plans.</p><p><strong>11:57</strong> I know everyone says the government will take care of me, but number one, do you want the government to take care of you? I don&#x27;t think so. Social Security, especially someone in Amy&#x27;s age group there in the 30s, I don&#x27;t know what form it will be there when she gets to 75, whatever the age limit will be then when she gets there. So we need to plan, and I know you do this a lot with your clients, you need to plan as if Social Security wasn&#x27;t going to be there. And you need to have a plan that if it is there, the Social Security money is just what we call gravy on the steak, right? Right. Yeah. You would want to act as if it&#x27;s not going to be there. And then once you do take Social Security, ensure that you&#x27;re taking it at the right age, that you understand all those ramifications that can affect not only you, but your beneficiaries, your heirs. But really that floor of income is really the critical building block of a retirement plan.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But most people, like you said, most people really aren&#x27;t thinking that. In fact, if I may add, there&#x27;s a really interesting, well, at least interesting to me, but a Harvard Business Review article recently that talked about how we need to change the dialogue. So most people that are nearing retirement have been so accustomed to talking about rates of return their whole working life. So what is my investment getting in terms of rate of return? Whereas we should be talking, what is the probability that this pile of money I&#x27;m accumulating will generate the income that I need in and through retirement? So it&#x27;s a bit of a shift in thinking that we need to be cognizant of and really kind of help people make that transformation as they near and enter into retirement. Yeah, and folks, it doesn&#x27;t have to be complicated. Again, the book, Off the Record, Secrets to Building Successful Retirement and a Lasting Legacy is available on Amazon and I think Barnes &amp; Noble too.</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> Adam is a knowledgeable source, a great book. Adam, I&#x27;d love to have you on again to talk in more detail on the book. Anytime. This has been great. Thank you for the opportunity. Thanks for coming on. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Adam Cufr joins the Financial Safari team to discuss Off the Record, retirement planning, and creating a lasting legacy. They explore the shift from accumulating money to using it in retirement. Recorded August 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Adam Cufr</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Off the Record and a Lasting Legacy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Adam Cufr, retirement planning, Off the Record and a Lasting Legacy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e/image.jpg?t=1792072408&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/adam-cufr-off-the-record-and-a-lasting-legacy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e/image.jpg?t=1792072408&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Aug 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>826</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f5b4215e-75cc-4d68-8b55-b4e2016b119e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13256107" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/adam-cufr-off-the-record-and-a-lasting-legacy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>132</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Off the Record and a Lasting Legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:27" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Craig Lack: Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Craig Lack: Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve been paying attention at all to any news cycles or even watched TV, read the radio, anything like that, you know that we have a health care situation here in the country. And, I mean, who knows what&#x27;s going to happen in the future. We have the Obamacare, otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act situation going on. And you watch the Supreme Court battles, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s over yet. But I wanted to get an expert on the health care field today on, and his name is Craig Lack. And Craig is an author. He&#x27;s a speaker. He&#x27;s also in charge of keeping up with health care situations. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area. Craig, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me today, Coach Pete. Now, where exactly are you? You&#x27;re in Orange County, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m in San Juan Capistrano, famous for where the swallows migrate once a year to the Mission San Juan Cap.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Okay, okay. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So let&#x27;s look at this now. What do you think? I mean, what do you think, in your opinion, because you talk to a lot of health care professionals, you talk to big companies, you talk to people who have their foot on the pedal, so to speak, of the health care system. What does the future hold for our health care system here in America? Sure. That&#x27;s a great question. And if I had a crystal ball, I could tell you for sure. But what we know is four years ago, this law, the Affordable Care Act, passed, and it was about 2,800 pages. And today it&#x27;s over 28,000 pages. And it&#x27;s growing every month as they literally write the law and continue to change the law. So what we know is that the current political regime has indicated that they want to have a universal health care plan in the United States.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And they know that they can&#x27;t get there through the front door. So the Affordable Care Act is a long-term solution, a long-term solution. It&#x27;s a long-term attempt at getting to universal health care. Yeah. So working backwards, we have a $3 trillion health care system in the United States. There&#x27;s a lot of very powerful players in that market sector. For example, five of the top 15 contributors, lobbyists, are all health care related. So these guys don&#x27;t want things to change overnight. So we&#x27;re just in the second inning of a nine-inning ball game, if you will. Yeah. Well, and a lot of people don&#x27;t like to go to baseball games because they&#x27;re boring to watch sometimes. And it just happens so slow, Craig.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But unfortunately here, there doesn&#x27;t seem to be the direction that everyone&#x27;s looking for and the cost savings that were talked about that got the bill through. Most people I talk to who are trapped in the system haven&#x27;t seen any cost savings. Matter of fact, they&#x27;ve seen premium increases. Now, what&#x27;s the deal with that? You know, that&#x27;s true. What we have out there with 300 million Americans is we have 300 million markets of one. And so we&#x27;re always going to be able to have anecdotal stories about how it was wonderful for me and how the guy next door says it was horrible for me. And so the challenge that we have is we&#x27;ve got a health care system that has been built over the last 30 years where sickness creates the revenue model for all the players in the system.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So I will tell you that while absolutely from state to state, from market to market, rates are generally up. If they&#x27;re down, it&#x27;s only because if you get sick, it will cost you more money. But on the front end, the premium is lower. And so the Affordable Care Act is the beginning of an attempt to change the sicknesses, the revenue model health care system, into a model where it&#x27;s more about the patient. And we&#x27;re going to start to pay physicians based on the quality of the care they deliver instead of the volume. So it&#x27;s a big change. People are slow to want to change. And the impacts clearly are going to drive up costs, and they have already.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And now everything&#x27;s political. The law&#x27;s four years old. Everything&#x27;s politics all the time now. I&#x27;ll tell you my main worry here, and we&#x27;re already starting to see it because I&#x27;m talking to a lot of doctors who are not too excited about their job anymore, and many of them are going to retire. And then I talked to folks who had considered medical school as a way to, you know, that was going to be their career, but are changing focus now. And when you offer free health care, all right, so free health care to people who haven&#x27;t had it before, and this is what clogged the system up to begin with when we had HMO-type plans. People were going in. If they sneezed once, they&#x27;d go to the doctor. So what&#x27;s going to happen and what&#x27;s already happened is that the people who really aren&#x27;t sick, they just need reassurance that they&#x27;re fine, are clogging up the doctor&#x27;s offices and the hospitals from people who really need care.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Now, what&#x27;s the solution to that, or is there a solution at all? Well, there&#x27;s an old saying, when you rob Peter to pay Paul, you can always count on the support of Paul. Yeah. So when you&#x27;ve conditioned the consumer to believe that health care is a buffet line, you overwhelm the system. So keeping in mind the way this law is structured currently, if you play checkers, you know, you&#x27;ve got one or two moves you can plan ahead. And so the perception is, hey, the insurance companies are going to be unduly enriched these first three years because of the way the law was written and all these financial backstops that they created in order to protect them from the bad claimants that they know are going to be the guys who sign up first. And, of course, we&#x27;ve already seen that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Yeah. On the other hand, the people who want nationalized health care, they&#x27;re playing chess and they&#x27;re thinking 10 moves ahead. And they&#x27;re saying, look, we&#x27;re going to let we&#x27;re going to we&#x27;re going to take the heat for a few years. But keep in mind, you know, there&#x27;s 40 million uninsured people. And, you know, every week, depending on the news cycle, the number of enrolled members, you know, this first year was six million. It was eight million. This morning, an article came out and said it was 10 million, but it&#x27;s a plus or minus five million number. So, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s really squishy. It&#x27;s totally political. And so what we have for the chess players is let&#x27;s let&#x27;s overwhelm the system over time so that in time everyone will throw their hands up and say, OK, let&#x27;s do a Medicare. This is what they float out there today. Let&#x27;s do a Medicare for everybody program.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Well, this is that&#x27;s a classic. You know, we have people battling. Well, yeah, Craig, it&#x27;s classic Solinsky tactics right here. You overload the system till it breaks and then you convert everybody to a single payer system. You&#x27;ve heard that term before, which basically means the government pays for it. But who is the government, Craig? Let me ask you this. Who is the government? It is us, the taxpayer. So when we say, yeah, the government&#x27;s going to pay for it, well, that means your taxes are going up. And if you&#x27;re not paying taxes, you really have no right to argue as far as I&#x27;m concerned. Yeah, you probably could have some fun with man on the street interviews like some of these late night guys do and just asking people, you know, how does the government get its money? I bet you have some really creative answers from man on the street. Well, there&#x27;s no magic money tree that some people seem to think of.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> When we say the government, it&#x27;s not you haven&#x27;t personalized it. So in order to personalize it, you need to know the government is you. Anyone who pays taxes, that&#x27;s you. And if you want more people to get health care, your taxes are going to go up and your care is going to go down. The quality is there&#x27;s no other way to look at it. Now, again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Craig Lack, and he is founder and president of Employers National Expert Resource Group, and it&#x27;s called ENERGY as the acronym for it. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area to talk about health care because he is a health care expert here, and he sees a lot of the topics out there. And you deal with mainly large groups, don&#x27;t you, Craig? That&#x27;s correct. The Affordable Care Act really has multiple impacts for multiple different markets. The Affordable Care Act really focused, you know, the point of the spear, if you will, was about being able to mandate access to care for individuals.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Because here prior to the Affordable Care Act, if you had preexisting conditions, everybody knows you couldn&#x27;t get insurance coverage. So it&#x27;s kind of like, you know, the old adage about the banker, you know, they never want to give you an umbrella when it&#x27;s raining, but you can buy it during the summertime when you don&#x27;t need it. So the Affordable Care Act basically said, okay, hey, insurance companies, you have to offer health insurance to individuals. Okay, that&#x27;s the individual market. Then you had the small company market, which is basically two to 100 employees. That&#x27;s 98% of the companies in the United States. Yeah. And it changed and reformed the insurance system for those companies, and it&#x27;s been implementing that over the last three years. And just as of a couple of weeks ago, they changed the law for the company sizes with two to 50 employees and gave them another one-year extension so that it wouldn&#x27;t be effective until 1-1-16, which, of course, was a political maneuver.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> Because what was going to happen was last year we had articles about millions of people, individuals losing their policies. And you said we were going to be able to keep our policies. So this year it was going to be tens of millions of people insured under small company group medical plans who were going to lose their coverage, quote-unquote lose it. It&#x27;s semantics. And so now by deferring that a year, that won&#x27;t happen during the election cycle. So, I mean, it could just be a coincidence, but my suspicion is probably not. Well, when you say they changed the law, who is they when you talk about they changing the law? Well, the funny thing about that is it&#x27;s the White House. Yeah. And, of course, there are lawsuits pending. It&#x27;s not constitutional. About whether or not there is a legal right to do that.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But you know how those things can be dragged on and on and on. I think someone in the White House has been spending way too much time watching Game of Thrones. How about you? Nobody thinks they&#x27;re kidding. You know, honestly, if I knew what that was, I could agree completely. No, it was a show about kingdoms in the past. So, I mean, you have a checks and balances system for a reason. All these things are breaking new ground. Well, and they&#x27;re not breaking the kind of ground I want to have broken, if you ask me. I mean, and many people I talk to. I mean, that&#x27;s why we have a Constitution, a Bill of Rights, and that&#x27;s why we have checks and balances, three forms of government, three systems of government. And, unfortunately, one can&#x27;t be making the rules up, can&#x27;t change the rules. Back when I was little, there was a kid down the street, and he would always change the rules when we played the game. We stopped playing with him. He got beat up a couple times, too, Greg.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> So, you&#x27;ve got to be careful. Now, finally here, what are the challenges that you foresee here in the immediate future for physicians, consumers, hospitals, and insurance companies as far as the health care system in general? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. Let me use the metaphor of a construction job site, if you will. I think that what&#x27;s happened is the Affordable Care Act is not going to be repealed, everybody. Not going to happen. Think of it like pouring the foundation. So, the foundation has been poured. So, the things that aren&#x27;t going to go away are guaranteed issue access for individuals, unlimited lifetime maximums, coverage to age 26 for kids. These things that were fairly innocuous, that didn&#x27;t really modify, you know, tremendously the insurance system and the health care system.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those things are here to stay. Now, from here on out, because the law is four years old, it&#x27;s going to be all politics all the time now, and these very powerful players in the health care system are going to lobby to slow things down and have more of an evolutionary change. So, let&#x27;s look at the different markets. Hospitals are under tremendous pressure under this new law because, all of a sudden, the people who access their hospital, you know, the patients, they&#x27;re now going to be at risk and have more, quote-unquote, skin in the game because it&#x27;s going to cost them higher out-of-pocket expenses and higher deductibles, many of whom have never had those things before. It&#x27;s cutting the amount of reimbursement that they&#x27;re getting reimbursed through the Medi-Cal, Medicaid system, through the Medicare system, and through the commercial payer system.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> So, their margins are getting squeezed. The idea behind the Affordable Care Act is to focus on prevention. If less people are being hospitalized, the bed days are already – if a hospital was a hotel, they have an average occupancy of about 65%. So, if that starts to go down, they&#x27;re under pressure. So, I think what you&#x27;re going to see is you&#x27;re literally going to have hundreds of community hospitals in the next five years go out of business. So, the supply chain is going to shrink. Doctors, there&#x27;s about 850,000 doctors. I recently wrote an article on the doctor shortage looming. It&#x27;s going to be bigger. Half of the doctors are age 50. Yep. About 20% of them are planning on retiring in the next 10 years. At least. Because sickness was the revenue model, medical schools have been training specialists, not primary care docs.</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> And when we had 30 million people to the insured population, we need primary care docs, not specialists. Right. So, there&#x27;s a big lagging economic indicator there as to, you know, the supply chain is going to shrink and the supply of physicians isn&#x27;t growing fast enough. But, Craig, here&#x27;s the point, though. If you – okay, so now they&#x27;re going to transfer over to the medical schools training more general practitioners. So, the problem, in my opinion, is it will be harder to get a specialist now in the future, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to happen. If you divert the doctors who wanted to be specialists now to primary care, it&#x27;s going to be a lot harder to get those specialists that we need when we have those problems that require a specialist. You&#x27;re absolutely right, but I will tell you that it depends on where you live. So, there&#x27;s a report that the government puts out now that already – that shows where people live in underserved markets.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Right. And there&#x27;s a good six or eight states now that are pretty rural where they already have a hard time. Yeah. So, a lot of these issues depend on where you live. You know, if you live in Los Angeles, you have access to care like people in the middle of South Dakota don&#x27;t. Right, right. But you pay a lot of taxes, too, that they don&#x27;t pay there. Yes, we do. Well, we&#x27;re running out – we&#x27;re running against the clock here on the break. But, I mean, I really appreciate your time. I think we need to get you back on in about a year to see what&#x27;s happening here in the health care situation because it&#x27;s a fluid situation and it&#x27;s not going to go away. And, in my opinion, unfortunately, it&#x27;s not going to get any better. But, Craig, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Have a great day. Now, where can people go to find out more about what you do? To find out more about us, go to premiumreductionstrategies.com or you can just check me out online at craiglack.com.</p><p><strong>14:41</strong> All right. Well, thanks a lot. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve been paying attention at all to any news cycles or even watched TV, read the radio, anything like that, you know that we have a health care situation here in the country. And, I mean, who knows what&#x27;s going to happen in the future. We have the Obamacare, otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act situation going on. And you watch the Supreme Court battles, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s over yet. But I wanted to get an expert on the health care field today on, and his name is Craig Lack. And Craig is an author. He&#x27;s a speaker. He&#x27;s also in charge of keeping up with health care situations. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area. Craig, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me today, Coach Pete. Now, where exactly are you? You&#x27;re in Orange County, aren&#x27;t you? I&#x27;m in San Juan Capistrano, famous for where the swallows migrate once a year to the Mission San Juan Cap.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Okay, okay. That&#x27;s pretty neat. So let&#x27;s look at this now. What do you think? I mean, what do you think, in your opinion, because you talk to a lot of health care professionals, you talk to big companies, you talk to people who have their foot on the pedal, so to speak, of the health care system. What does the future hold for our health care system here in America? Sure. That&#x27;s a great question. And if I had a crystal ball, I could tell you for sure. But what we know is four years ago, this law, the Affordable Care Act, passed, and it was about 2,800 pages. And today it&#x27;s over 28,000 pages. And it&#x27;s growing every month as they literally write the law and continue to change the law. So what we know is that the current political regime has indicated that they want to have a universal health care plan in the United States.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> And they know that they can&#x27;t get there through the front door. So the Affordable Care Act is a long-term solution, a long-term solution. It&#x27;s a long-term attempt at getting to universal health care. Yeah. So working backwards, we have a $3 trillion health care system in the United States. There&#x27;s a lot of very powerful players in that market sector. For example, five of the top 15 contributors, lobbyists, are all health care related. So these guys don&#x27;t want things to change overnight. So we&#x27;re just in the second inning of a nine-inning ball game, if you will. Yeah. Well, and a lot of people don&#x27;t like to go to baseball games because they&#x27;re boring to watch sometimes. And it just happens so slow, Craig.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But unfortunately here, there doesn&#x27;t seem to be the direction that everyone&#x27;s looking for and the cost savings that were talked about that got the bill through. Most people I talk to who are trapped in the system haven&#x27;t seen any cost savings. Matter of fact, they&#x27;ve seen premium increases. Now, what&#x27;s the deal with that? You know, that&#x27;s true. What we have out there with 300 million Americans is we have 300 million markets of one. And so we&#x27;re always going to be able to have anecdotal stories about how it was wonderful for me and how the guy next door says it was horrible for me. And so the challenge that we have is we&#x27;ve got a health care system that has been built over the last 30 years where sickness creates the revenue model for all the players in the system.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> So I will tell you that while absolutely from state to state, from market to market, rates are generally up. If they&#x27;re down, it&#x27;s only because if you get sick, it will cost you more money. But on the front end, the premium is lower. And so the Affordable Care Act is the beginning of an attempt to change the sicknesses, the revenue model health care system, into a model where it&#x27;s more about the patient. And we&#x27;re going to start to pay physicians based on the quality of the care they deliver instead of the volume. So it&#x27;s a big change. People are slow to want to change. And the impacts clearly are going to drive up costs, and they have already.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And now everything&#x27;s political. The law&#x27;s four years old. Everything&#x27;s politics all the time now. I&#x27;ll tell you my main worry here, and we&#x27;re already starting to see it because I&#x27;m talking to a lot of doctors who are not too excited about their job anymore, and many of them are going to retire. And then I talked to folks who had considered medical school as a way to, you know, that was going to be their career, but are changing focus now. And when you offer free health care, all right, so free health care to people who haven&#x27;t had it before, and this is what clogged the system up to begin with when we had HMO-type plans. People were going in. If they sneezed once, they&#x27;d go to the doctor. So what&#x27;s going to happen and what&#x27;s already happened is that the people who really aren&#x27;t sick, they just need reassurance that they&#x27;re fine, are clogging up the doctor&#x27;s offices and the hospitals from people who really need care.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Now, what&#x27;s the solution to that, or is there a solution at all? Well, there&#x27;s an old saying, when you rob Peter to pay Paul, you can always count on the support of Paul. Yeah. So when you&#x27;ve conditioned the consumer to believe that health care is a buffet line, you overwhelm the system. So keeping in mind the way this law is structured currently, if you play checkers, you know, you&#x27;ve got one or two moves you can plan ahead. And so the perception is, hey, the insurance companies are going to be unduly enriched these first three years because of the way the law was written and all these financial backstops that they created in order to protect them from the bad claimants that they know are going to be the guys who sign up first. And, of course, we&#x27;ve already seen that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Yeah. On the other hand, the people who want nationalized health care, they&#x27;re playing chess and they&#x27;re thinking 10 moves ahead. And they&#x27;re saying, look, we&#x27;re going to let we&#x27;re going to we&#x27;re going to take the heat for a few years. But keep in mind, you know, there&#x27;s 40 million uninsured people. And, you know, every week, depending on the news cycle, the number of enrolled members, you know, this first year was six million. It was eight million. This morning, an article came out and said it was 10 million, but it&#x27;s a plus or minus five million number. So, I mean, you know, it&#x27;s really squishy. It&#x27;s totally political. And so what we have for the chess players is let&#x27;s let&#x27;s overwhelm the system over time so that in time everyone will throw their hands up and say, OK, let&#x27;s do a Medicare. This is what they float out there today. Let&#x27;s do a Medicare for everybody program.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Well, this is that&#x27;s a classic. You know, we have people battling. Well, yeah, Craig, it&#x27;s classic Solinsky tactics right here. You overload the system till it breaks and then you convert everybody to a single payer system. You&#x27;ve heard that term before, which basically means the government pays for it. But who is the government, Craig? Let me ask you this. Who is the government? It is us, the taxpayer. So when we say, yeah, the government&#x27;s going to pay for it, well, that means your taxes are going up. And if you&#x27;re not paying taxes, you really have no right to argue as far as I&#x27;m concerned. Yeah, you probably could have some fun with man on the street interviews like some of these late night guys do and just asking people, you know, how does the government get its money? I bet you have some really creative answers from man on the street. Well, there&#x27;s no magic money tree that some people seem to think of.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> When we say the government, it&#x27;s not you haven&#x27;t personalized it. So in order to personalize it, you need to know the government is you. Anyone who pays taxes, that&#x27;s you. And if you want more people to get health care, your taxes are going to go up and your care is going to go down. The quality is there&#x27;s no other way to look at it. Now, again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Craig Lack, and he is founder and president of Employers National Expert Resource Group, and it&#x27;s called ENERGY as the acronym for it. And he&#x27;s joining us from the California area to talk about health care because he is a health care expert here, and he sees a lot of the topics out there. And you deal with mainly large groups, don&#x27;t you, Craig? That&#x27;s correct. The Affordable Care Act really has multiple impacts for multiple different markets. The Affordable Care Act really focused, you know, the point of the spear, if you will, was about being able to mandate access to care for individuals.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> Because here prior to the Affordable Care Act, if you had preexisting conditions, everybody knows you couldn&#x27;t get insurance coverage. So it&#x27;s kind of like, you know, the old adage about the banker, you know, they never want to give you an umbrella when it&#x27;s raining, but you can buy it during the summertime when you don&#x27;t need it. So the Affordable Care Act basically said, okay, hey, insurance companies, you have to offer health insurance to individuals. Okay, that&#x27;s the individual market. Then you had the small company market, which is basically two to 100 employees. That&#x27;s 98% of the companies in the United States. Yeah. And it changed and reformed the insurance system for those companies, and it&#x27;s been implementing that over the last three years. And just as of a couple of weeks ago, they changed the law for the company sizes with two to 50 employees and gave them another one-year extension so that it wouldn&#x27;t be effective until 1-1-16, which, of course, was a political maneuver.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> Because what was going to happen was last year we had articles about millions of people, individuals losing their policies. And you said we were going to be able to keep our policies. So this year it was going to be tens of millions of people insured under small company group medical plans who were going to lose their coverage, quote-unquote lose it. It&#x27;s semantics. And so now by deferring that a year, that won&#x27;t happen during the election cycle. So, I mean, it could just be a coincidence, but my suspicion is probably not. Well, when you say they changed the law, who is they when you talk about they changing the law? Well, the funny thing about that is it&#x27;s the White House. Yeah. And, of course, there are lawsuits pending. It&#x27;s not constitutional. About whether or not there is a legal right to do that.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> But you know how those things can be dragged on and on and on. I think someone in the White House has been spending way too much time watching Game of Thrones. How about you? Nobody thinks they&#x27;re kidding. You know, honestly, if I knew what that was, I could agree completely. No, it was a show about kingdoms in the past. So, I mean, you have a checks and balances system for a reason. All these things are breaking new ground. Well, and they&#x27;re not breaking the kind of ground I want to have broken, if you ask me. I mean, and many people I talk to. I mean, that&#x27;s why we have a Constitution, a Bill of Rights, and that&#x27;s why we have checks and balances, three forms of government, three systems of government. And, unfortunately, one can&#x27;t be making the rules up, can&#x27;t change the rules. Back when I was little, there was a kid down the street, and he would always change the rules when we played the game. We stopped playing with him. He got beat up a couple times, too, Greg.</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> So, you&#x27;ve got to be careful. Now, finally here, what are the challenges that you foresee here in the immediate future for physicians, consumers, hospitals, and insurance companies as far as the health care system in general? Well, that&#x27;s a great question. Let me use the metaphor of a construction job site, if you will. I think that what&#x27;s happened is the Affordable Care Act is not going to be repealed, everybody. Not going to happen. Think of it like pouring the foundation. So, the foundation has been poured. So, the things that aren&#x27;t going to go away are guaranteed issue access for individuals, unlimited lifetime maximums, coverage to age 26 for kids. These things that were fairly innocuous, that didn&#x27;t really modify, you know, tremendously the insurance system and the health care system.</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> Those things are here to stay. Now, from here on out, because the law is four years old, it&#x27;s going to be all politics all the time now, and these very powerful players in the health care system are going to lobby to slow things down and have more of an evolutionary change. So, let&#x27;s look at the different markets. Hospitals are under tremendous pressure under this new law because, all of a sudden, the people who access their hospital, you know, the patients, they&#x27;re now going to be at risk and have more, quote-unquote, skin in the game because it&#x27;s going to cost them higher out-of-pocket expenses and higher deductibles, many of whom have never had those things before. It&#x27;s cutting the amount of reimbursement that they&#x27;re getting reimbursed through the Medi-Cal, Medicaid system, through the Medicare system, and through the commercial payer system.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> So, their margins are getting squeezed. The idea behind the Affordable Care Act is to focus on prevention. If less people are being hospitalized, the bed days are already – if a hospital was a hotel, they have an average occupancy of about 65%. So, if that starts to go down, they&#x27;re under pressure. So, I think what you&#x27;re going to see is you&#x27;re literally going to have hundreds of community hospitals in the next five years go out of business. So, the supply chain is going to shrink. Doctors, there&#x27;s about 850,000 doctors. I recently wrote an article on the doctor shortage looming. It&#x27;s going to be bigger. Half of the doctors are age 50. Yep. About 20% of them are planning on retiring in the next 10 years. At least. Because sickness was the revenue model, medical schools have been training specialists, not primary care docs.</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> And when we had 30 million people to the insured population, we need primary care docs, not specialists. Right. So, there&#x27;s a big lagging economic indicator there as to, you know, the supply chain is going to shrink and the supply of physicians isn&#x27;t growing fast enough. But, Craig, here&#x27;s the point, though. If you – okay, so now they&#x27;re going to transfer over to the medical schools training more general practitioners. So, the problem, in my opinion, is it will be harder to get a specialist now in the future, right? I mean, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to happen. If you divert the doctors who wanted to be specialists now to primary care, it&#x27;s going to be a lot harder to get those specialists that we need when we have those problems that require a specialist. You&#x27;re absolutely right, but I will tell you that it depends on where you live. So, there&#x27;s a report that the government puts out now that already – that shows where people live in underserved markets.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Right. And there&#x27;s a good six or eight states now that are pretty rural where they already have a hard time. Yeah. So, a lot of these issues depend on where you live. You know, if you live in Los Angeles, you have access to care like people in the middle of South Dakota don&#x27;t. Right, right. But you pay a lot of taxes, too, that they don&#x27;t pay there. Yes, we do. Well, we&#x27;re running out – we&#x27;re running against the clock here on the break. But, I mean, I really appreciate your time. I think we need to get you back on in about a year to see what&#x27;s happening here in the health care situation because it&#x27;s a fluid situation and it&#x27;s not going to go away. And, in my opinion, unfortunately, it&#x27;s not going to get any better. But, Craig, thanks for your time today. Really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Have a great day. Now, where can people go to find out more about what you do? To find out more about us, go to premiumreductionstrategies.com or you can just check me out online at craiglack.com.</p><p><strong>14:41</strong> All right. Well, thanks a lot. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Craig Lack joins Coach Pete to discuss healthcare costs, the Affordable Care Act, and the decisions employers face when providing health coverage. Recorded July 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Craig Lack</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Craig Lack, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/image.jpg?t=1792072414&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/craig-lack-healthcare-costs-and-business-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/image.jpg?t=1792072414&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19</guid>
      <omny:clipId>74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>884</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74067891-dc69-42f5-8cbf-b4e2016a7c19/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14182540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/craig-lack-healthcare-costs-and-business-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>133</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Costs and Business Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:06" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kathleen Grace: Prince Not So Charming</title>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen Grace: Prince Not So Charming</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace joins Coach Pete to discuss Prince Not So Charming, a story about financial independence. Their conversation explores money decisions, relationships, and preparing for uncertainty. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, and she has written an excellent book. I mean, it&#x27;s a fairy tale, Prince Not So Charming, and it&#x27;s a romantic tale of financial independence. And that got my attention, so I thought we&#x27;d bring her on the show and talk about the book and talk about her insights. And her name is Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hi, how are you? Good, good. Now, what I always like to do, especially when we&#x27;re talking about the romantic fairy tale of financial independence, I&#x27;d like to ask you, what enticed you to write a book such as this? Well, a number of things. I&#x27;ve been in the industry for over 23 years, and I felt, I think, just frustrated by the tools that were out there, primarily for women as well.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s pretty difficult if you&#x27;re, and I&#x27;m a single mom, so I know, raising a child and working, you know, at a career and then coming home at night. And the last thing you really want to do is read a financial planning book. So I kind of thought, well, geez, if, for example, I could put together a story that had specific financial planning examples in it, but it was entertaining and, quite frankly, realistic to what happens in relationships, that would be a win-win. Yeah. And you&#x27;re a certified financial planner as well, aren&#x27;t you? Yes, I am. So, I mean, this is a way to offer financial advice to women, almost like fooling them to start reading it because it&#x27;s a romantic novel, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s about financial advice, so they learn it, and they are happy to learn it.</p><p><strong>01:49</strong> Exactly. And I think the back of the book where it has Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is the best part of the book because it provides an example of what could happen in any situation. You know, for somebody who&#x27;s single, you know, for somebody who&#x27;s, you know, in their 40s, married, divorced, single, you know, it covers the gambit of what could potentially be your specific situation. Yeah, well, it makes a lot of sense. And, yeah, interesting stat that you had given me, that nine out of ten women will be solely responsible for their finances at some point in their lives. And that&#x27;s a very alarming statistic for people who aren&#x27;t educated in the financial world. It&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> You know, either divorce, death, or some incapacity will force women to, or, you know, singlehood will force women to be responsible for their own finances. Yeah. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize it, too. I mean, I think the best time to learn is right now, and especially not just women, but children. I mean, educating children on financial matters because, I know, I went to college, and we never really got taught about how to manage our finances. I know that in the area where all the students would walk through, there were people there, like, getting you to sign up for credit cards, give you a free T-shirt for a credit card. That was about my first experience with financial planning is I realized I was way over my head because you could charge all you wanted, but the bills came. It was hard to pay them. And you know what?</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> That was a major problem in the credit card industry. They were handing out credit cards to college kids. That&#x27;s a perfect example. But also, I was a finance and accounting major, and I didn&#x27;t know what points were on a mortgage when I graduated from school and was buying my first place. So I think that you put it succinctly that I don&#x27;t think we do the best job preparing people for their financial future. Let&#x27;s look at some of the topics you approach here in the book. Number one is strategies for women to regain their power and avoid financial ruin. Now, let&#x27;s talk about how you approach that in the book. Well, I think there&#x27;s probably, I like to say, four broad key components.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> I think the first step is giving anybody control over your financial future, whether you&#x27;re married, single, whatever your status is. I think handing over and kind of putting on the blinders to your financial future is a huge mistake, and it will only make you vulnerable to, God forbid, a potential crisis. Yeah, and I mean, you know firsthand, you&#x27;re a managing director of a company that oversees over $19.3 billion nationwide in assets. And I mean, so you are educating, but you&#x27;re also demonstrating the ability to manage money, aren&#x27;t you? Yes, and I think that helping clients through different scenarios or situations that come up in their life that, quite frankly, have a financial aspect to them.</p><p><strong>05:07</strong> Because when you think about it, most of the things that happen to us in our lives have some financial impact. Yeah, I agree. I mean, and if you learn from the mistakes, and also, I guess, learn from your positives, too. Don&#x27;t forget things that work. Every now and then, you have a computer, probably, and an iPhone, and every now and then I&#x27;ll be on a program on the computer or iPhone where I&#x27;m trying to figure out how to do something. And when I finally figure out how to do something, I forgot how I did it. So you need to learn from your positives, too. You know how it is when you&#x27;re trial and error and finally something works, but then you forgot the buttons you pressed to get something to work right. I hear you. I hear you. That happens often. So it is important, and you&#x27;re in this field as well, to have a plan to go back to.</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> You know, a roadmap. We talk about this all the time. We have a United Capital, a guidebook. And it&#x27;s exactly that. Here&#x27;s your roadmap. Hey, things are going to change along the way, along the road. We&#x27;re going to take some detours, but we&#x27;re always going to come back, revisit it, determine whether or not these things that you said originally were important to you are still important to you. And if they are, great, we can move forward. If not, let&#x27;s alter the roadmap to where we need to go then, because things happen and pop up in our life that may make something less important than it was before. For example, a disability, a child illness, you know, something that creates an emergency or urgency to change your roadmap.</p><p><strong>06:47</strong> Yeah, I agree. You know, the most important part of the map, besides the destination, obviously, is the starting point. And you have to know where you are to begin the journey or to make sure you&#x27;re on the right path. And so many people think they&#x27;re on the right path, Kathy, but they&#x27;re not on the right path, either because they&#x27;re not getting the right advice or they&#x27;re doing things to harm themselves financially, aren&#x27;t they? I think we all, as human beings, have a tendency to ignore or, you know, set aside things that are unpleasant, right? It&#x27;s probably better, I&#x27;ll deal with that later. I&#x27;ll deal with that later. It&#x27;s human nature. We&#x27;re, you know, we&#x27;re creatures in that sense. So, yes, I agree. But some people are also afraid of, well, where do I start and how do I find somebody and what&#x27;s my first step?</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> And so that anxiety also puts them in a place where they, you know, kind of put off what&#x27;s most important in their financial life. That&#x27;s when fear stops action and also what happens next is procrastination. If you&#x27;re so afraid to do anything that you&#x27;re frozen in place, it really doesn&#x27;t help at all. Let&#x27;s look at this. You also have some ideas to reduce the financial and emotional burdens of divorce. And that&#x27;s a big thing. I mean, you know, believe it or not, about half the people out there in America are getting divorced or have been divorced. For sure. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been through it myself. But I think the best plan of action, and we talk about having your own board of directors, that is absolutely critical and key.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> Having advisors next to you who can help you make good financial decisions at a point in time in your life where, quite frankly, nobody would be able to make perfect decisions while you&#x27;re, you know, in the midst of an emotional turmoil. So it&#x27;s really good. We call it your board of directors. It&#x27;s, you know, your CPA, your financial advisor, your lawyer, you know, people that are skilled and unemotional and unbiased to the outcome to help guide you to make better decisions, specifically during an emotional time. Yeah, that&#x27;s very important. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace. She&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming. It&#x27;s a romantic tale of financial independence. Kathy, we have time for one more topic here, and I wanted to get to this.</p><p><strong>09:14</strong> In the book, you talk about financial strategies that will help you safeguard yourself and those you love. What are some of those strategies? Well, I think the key is living below your means. You know, I think that I call it paying yourself first. Yep. So creating an emergency fund, setting aside some sort of savings, whether it&#x27;s in your company retirement plan or another savings vehicle, is critical. Because emergencies happen. Yesterday, my disposal went out and I had water everywhere. So I can tell you that it won&#x27;t be cheap to fix. So emergencies do happen in life. Obviously, that&#x27;s a small one.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> But you need to be prepared. The second thing I would say is, you know, we&#x27;re, again, human beings. And sometimes we use money to fill a hole or to make ourselves feel better. But just like any other vice in life, that is very fleeting. And it will create what we call the financial hangover. And then, obviously, it&#x27;s not in your best interest going forward. It creates additional stress. Controlling your money, not letting it control you, is along those same lines. Making sure that when you make decisions, you&#x27;re making decisions where it&#x27;s not going to come back to haunt you later. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> We call that the tail wagging the dog after a while, right? So if the decisions are weighing on you instead of you weighing on them, the decisions take control. The money takes control. One final thing. Do you see a lot of people out there? Because, I mean, the market is zooming up right now. Are they doing the right thing financially? Unfortunately, lately, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people who have too many of their financial eggs in one basket. That would be the market basket without any safeguards in place. I mean, what are some of the protected vehicles that people can use to make sure they don&#x27;t get swept up in a title? Wave if the market goes down the wrong direction. I think going back to having an emergency fund is critical. So having some short-term liquidity is imperative. You know, cash, cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, you know, things where you can get your hands on the money.</p><p><strong>11:35</strong> You need to be careful with the terms of CDs because sometimes people don&#x27;t realize that there are actual penalties if you try to get your money out. So it&#x27;s important to make sure that you have some liquidity in place. But if you work with a good advisor, all of these things should be taken into consideration. Nobody&#x27;s financial situation is the same. So working with a competent advisor should help you determine whether or not you have the correct investment vehicles to stomach, you know, a downturn, should we have one, and build a portfolio where you can sleep at night. Even if there is a downturn, you&#x27;re in it, you know, you have a long-term time horizon, or there&#x27;s a portion of your assets and savings that are earmarked for emergency or for short-term liquidity.</p><p><strong>12:28</strong> Folks, her name is Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming, A Romantic Tale of Financial Independence. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Appreciate it. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Grace joins Coach Pete to discuss Prince Not So Charming, a story about financial independence. Their conversation explores money decisions, relationships, and preparing for uncertainty. Recorded July 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And our guest this week is joining us from Boca Raton, Florida, and she has written an excellent book. I mean, it&#x27;s a fairy tale, Prince Not So Charming, and it&#x27;s a romantic tale of financial independence. And that got my attention, so I thought we&#x27;d bring her on the show and talk about the book and talk about her insights. And her name is Kathy Grace. Kathy, welcome in. Hi, how are you? Good, good. Now, what I always like to do, especially when we&#x27;re talking about the romantic fairy tale of financial independence, I&#x27;d like to ask you, what enticed you to write a book such as this? Well, a number of things. I&#x27;ve been in the industry for over 23 years, and I felt, I think, just frustrated by the tools that were out there, primarily for women as well.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> I mean, it&#x27;s pretty difficult if you&#x27;re, and I&#x27;m a single mom, so I know, raising a child and working, you know, at a career and then coming home at night. And the last thing you really want to do is read a financial planning book. So I kind of thought, well, geez, if, for example, I could put together a story that had specific financial planning examples in it, but it was entertaining and, quite frankly, realistic to what happens in relationships, that would be a win-win. Yeah. And you&#x27;re a certified financial planner as well, aren&#x27;t you? Yes, I am. So, I mean, this is a way to offer financial advice to women, almost like fooling them to start reading it because it&#x27;s a romantic novel, and all of a sudden it&#x27;s about financial advice, so they learn it, and they are happy to learn it.</p><p><strong>01:49</strong> Exactly. And I think the back of the book where it has Cinderella&#x27;s Guide to Financial Independence is the best part of the book because it provides an example of what could happen in any situation. You know, for somebody who&#x27;s single, you know, for somebody who&#x27;s, you know, in their 40s, married, divorced, single, you know, it covers the gambit of what could potentially be your specific situation. Yeah, well, it makes a lot of sense. And, yeah, interesting stat that you had given me, that nine out of ten women will be solely responsible for their finances at some point in their lives. And that&#x27;s a very alarming statistic for people who aren&#x27;t educated in the financial world. It&#x27;s true.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> You know, either divorce, death, or some incapacity will force women to, or, you know, singlehood will force women to be responsible for their own finances. Yeah. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize it, too. I mean, I think the best time to learn is right now, and especially not just women, but children. I mean, educating children on financial matters because, I know, I went to college, and we never really got taught about how to manage our finances. I know that in the area where all the students would walk through, there were people there, like, getting you to sign up for credit cards, give you a free T-shirt for a credit card. That was about my first experience with financial planning is I realized I was way over my head because you could charge all you wanted, but the bills came. It was hard to pay them. And you know what?</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> That was a major problem in the credit card industry. They were handing out credit cards to college kids. That&#x27;s a perfect example. But also, I was a finance and accounting major, and I didn&#x27;t know what points were on a mortgage when I graduated from school and was buying my first place. So I think that you put it succinctly that I don&#x27;t think we do the best job preparing people for their financial future. Let&#x27;s look at some of the topics you approach here in the book. Number one is strategies for women to regain their power and avoid financial ruin. Now, let&#x27;s talk about how you approach that in the book. Well, I think there&#x27;s probably, I like to say, four broad key components.</p><p><strong>04:13</strong> I think the first step is giving anybody control over your financial future, whether you&#x27;re married, single, whatever your status is. I think handing over and kind of putting on the blinders to your financial future is a huge mistake, and it will only make you vulnerable to, God forbid, a potential crisis. Yeah, and I mean, you know firsthand, you&#x27;re a managing director of a company that oversees over $19.3 billion nationwide in assets. And I mean, so you are educating, but you&#x27;re also demonstrating the ability to manage money, aren&#x27;t you? Yes, and I think that helping clients through different scenarios or situations that come up in their life that, quite frankly, have a financial aspect to them.</p><p><strong>05:07</strong> Because when you think about it, most of the things that happen to us in our lives have some financial impact. Yeah, I agree. I mean, and if you learn from the mistakes, and also, I guess, learn from your positives, too. Don&#x27;t forget things that work. Every now and then, you have a computer, probably, and an iPhone, and every now and then I&#x27;ll be on a program on the computer or iPhone where I&#x27;m trying to figure out how to do something. And when I finally figure out how to do something, I forgot how I did it. So you need to learn from your positives, too. You know how it is when you&#x27;re trial and error and finally something works, but then you forgot the buttons you pressed to get something to work right. I hear you. I hear you. That happens often. So it is important, and you&#x27;re in this field as well, to have a plan to go back to.</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> You know, a roadmap. We talk about this all the time. We have a United Capital, a guidebook. And it&#x27;s exactly that. Here&#x27;s your roadmap. Hey, things are going to change along the way, along the road. We&#x27;re going to take some detours, but we&#x27;re always going to come back, revisit it, determine whether or not these things that you said originally were important to you are still important to you. And if they are, great, we can move forward. If not, let&#x27;s alter the roadmap to where we need to go then, because things happen and pop up in our life that may make something less important than it was before. For example, a disability, a child illness, you know, something that creates an emergency or urgency to change your roadmap.</p><p><strong>06:47</strong> Yeah, I agree. You know, the most important part of the map, besides the destination, obviously, is the starting point. And you have to know where you are to begin the journey or to make sure you&#x27;re on the right path. And so many people think they&#x27;re on the right path, Kathy, but they&#x27;re not on the right path, either because they&#x27;re not getting the right advice or they&#x27;re doing things to harm themselves financially, aren&#x27;t they? I think we all, as human beings, have a tendency to ignore or, you know, set aside things that are unpleasant, right? It&#x27;s probably better, I&#x27;ll deal with that later. I&#x27;ll deal with that later. It&#x27;s human nature. We&#x27;re, you know, we&#x27;re creatures in that sense. So, yes, I agree. But some people are also afraid of, well, where do I start and how do I find somebody and what&#x27;s my first step?</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> And so that anxiety also puts them in a place where they, you know, kind of put off what&#x27;s most important in their financial life. That&#x27;s when fear stops action and also what happens next is procrastination. If you&#x27;re so afraid to do anything that you&#x27;re frozen in place, it really doesn&#x27;t help at all. Let&#x27;s look at this. You also have some ideas to reduce the financial and emotional burdens of divorce. And that&#x27;s a big thing. I mean, you know, believe it or not, about half the people out there in America are getting divorced or have been divorced. For sure. And, you know, I&#x27;ve been through it myself. But I think the best plan of action, and we talk about having your own board of directors, that is absolutely critical and key.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> Having advisors next to you who can help you make good financial decisions at a point in time in your life where, quite frankly, nobody would be able to make perfect decisions while you&#x27;re, you know, in the midst of an emotional turmoil. So it&#x27;s really good. We call it your board of directors. It&#x27;s, you know, your CPA, your financial advisor, your lawyer, you know, people that are skilled and unemotional and unbiased to the outcome to help guide you to make better decisions, specifically during an emotional time. Yeah, that&#x27;s very important. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Kathy Grace. She&#x27;s the author of Prince Not So Charming. It&#x27;s a romantic tale of financial independence. Kathy, we have time for one more topic here, and I wanted to get to this.</p><p><strong>09:14</strong> In the book, you talk about financial strategies that will help you safeguard yourself and those you love. What are some of those strategies? Well, I think the key is living below your means. You know, I think that I call it paying yourself first. Yep. So creating an emergency fund, setting aside some sort of savings, whether it&#x27;s in your company retirement plan or another savings vehicle, is critical. Because emergencies happen. Yesterday, my disposal went out and I had water everywhere. So I can tell you that it won&#x27;t be cheap to fix. So emergencies do happen in life. Obviously, that&#x27;s a small one.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> But you need to be prepared. The second thing I would say is, you know, we&#x27;re, again, human beings. And sometimes we use money to fill a hole or to make ourselves feel better. But just like any other vice in life, that is very fleeting. And it will create what we call the financial hangover. And then, obviously, it&#x27;s not in your best interest going forward. It creates additional stress. Controlling your money, not letting it control you, is along those same lines. Making sure that when you make decisions, you&#x27;re making decisions where it&#x27;s not going to come back to haunt you later. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> We call that the tail wagging the dog after a while, right? So if the decisions are weighing on you instead of you weighing on them, the decisions take control. The money takes control. One final thing. Do you see a lot of people out there? Because, I mean, the market is zooming up right now. Are they doing the right thing financially? Unfortunately, lately, I&#x27;ve seen way too many people who have too many of their financial eggs in one basket. That would be the market basket without any safeguards in place. I mean, what are some of the protected vehicles that people can use to make sure they don&#x27;t get swept up in a title? Wave if the market goes down the wrong direction. I think going back to having an emergency fund is critical. So having some short-term liquidity is imperative. You know, cash, cash equivalents, certificates of deposit, you know, things where you can get your hands on the money.</p><p><strong>11:35</strong> You need to be careful with the terms of CDs because sometimes people don&#x27;t realize that there are actual penalties if you try to get your money out. So it&#x27;s important to make sure that you have some liquidity in place. But if you work with a good advisor, all of these things should be taken into consideration. Nobody&#x27;s financial situation is the same. So working with a competent advisor should help you determine whether or not you have the correct investment vehicles to stomach, you know, a downturn, should we have one, and build a portfolio where you can sleep at night. Even if there is a downturn, you&#x27;re in it, you know, you have a long-term time horizon, or there&#x27;s a portion of your assets and savings that are earmarked for emergency or for short-term liquidity.</p><p><strong>12:28</strong> Folks, her name is Kathy Grace. The name of the book is Prince Not So Charming, A Romantic Tale of Financial Independence. Kathy, thanks for your time today. Thank you so much. Appreciate it. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Grace joins Coach Pete to discuss Prince Not So Charming, a story about financial independence. Their conversation explores money decisions, relationships, and preparing for uncertainty. Recorded July 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kathleen Grace</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>Prince Not So Charming</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kathleen Grace, financial education, Prince Not So Charming, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3/image.jpg?t=1792072418&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-prince-not-so-charming/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3/image.jpg?t=1792072418&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>762</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5497d73a-be9b-4d47-802d-b4e20169feb3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12226720" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-grace-prince-not-so-charming</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>134</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Prince Not So Charming" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Russak: Teaching Kids to Save and Invest</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Russak: Teaching Kids to Save and Invest</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week&#x27;s guest, I mean folks, let&#x27;s face it, we all have kids or grandkids or know someone who does. And, you know, these days the kids are all about the new toys, the new gimmicks, the new gizmos, the new clothes. I mean, everything about spending money and not much about saving money. And we&#x27;ve got Kevin Rusak. He&#x27;s the author of a book called Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. And he&#x27;s joining us from Florida. Kevin, welcome in. Hello, how are you today? Good. Now you have a rather unique story. You are not a financial advisor. You&#x27;re a real-life experience type advisor. So tell the folks your qualifications in writing this book. Well, when I was – my dad&#x27;s 40 years older than me, so he&#x27;s actually 91 years old and I&#x27;m 50 years old.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I was 11 years old – my dad retired when he was 50. And when I was 11 years old, he would be reading his Wall Street Journal. And then after he got done – because it was only one section at that time – I would read it. And people in school thought I was a nerd for reading the Wall Street Journal. But my dad at that time was teaching me, you know, you need to put a little bit of money away so you could retire someday. But when I turned 45, my mom passed away. And then we found out my dad had Alzheimer&#x27;s. So all of a sudden I got thrown into now being his caregiver. So I really had to quit work. But it&#x27;s a good thing I saved money, invested money when I was younger because I was able to go right into being a caregiver for my father and taking care of him.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And he has enough income coming in on his investments to be able to live very comfortably in retirement too. He doesn&#x27;t have – his Social Security check is only $1,300 a month and his pension is $111. So that doesn&#x27;t even – his electric bill on his house costs $600 a month. So that doesn&#x27;t even – he couldn&#x27;t live on those things. Yeah, you say it&#x27;s never too early to start and never too late to start saving and teaching family members the same thing about how to save money, correct? Correct. If you start at a younger age, you know, if you put $100 away a month for 40 years, you will probably have about $1 million saved up and invested. You know, if you have a 50-year time frame, you can put less money away to $1 million.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And if you&#x27;ve got – if you&#x27;re like me now, if you&#x27;re 50 years old and you want to retire at 65 and you haven&#x27;t started saving, you&#x27;re going to have to put a lot more money away. But it&#x27;s best if you can do it at a young age. But if you can&#x27;t, just starting and doing something is the most important thing. Yeah, and I noticed in your book, I think it&#x27;s Chapter 4 or 5, you talk about dividend reinvestment programs. And I&#x27;ve had one of those, or I&#x27;ve had a couple of them since high school. Explain to the listener how powerful the dividend reinvestment program is, not only to start saving money and building up a pretty good amount of income in the future for retirement, but also to teach your children about the power of saving to begin with in the stock market. Pick this stock, McDonald&#x27;s. You know, everyone knows McDonald&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I&#x27;ve got it. It&#x27;s been around for a long time. And if you have that in a dividend reinvestment plan, it seems like McDonald&#x27;s every year raises their dividend a few cents. So that means to buy more – if you have a DRIP account, which is a dividend reinvestment plan, you&#x27;re buying more shares every time they pay a dividend. Because right now you don&#x27;t really need the income from that dividend, so you just buy more shares. And when you do get ready to retire, you&#x27;re going to have a lot of shares. And then at that time, it&#x27;s going to be still paying a dividend that you can live off of. And every year you&#x27;re going to get an increase in the dividend. So that&#x27;s the kind of company you would want as long as they look like they&#x27;re going to still be in business, and which McDonald&#x27;s does.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, right now there&#x27;s financial problems. Let me tell you about McDonald&#x27;s. I mean, I&#x27;ve had it since high school. I&#x27;ve started with – I think it was you had to have one share of stock back then. So you had to go to a broker. And back then, brokers would charge you a fortune to buy one share of stock. Now you can do it electronically with all these electronic trading platforms. But we&#x27;re talking here 1985 or 86, right around there. I mean, I don&#x27;t even know if we had an Apple II yet, you know, or Comrex, whatever that&#x27;s called. It was a Commodore 65. It was a Commodore 65. We didn&#x27;t even have that. But what we did, what I did is I bought one share. Then I started the dividend reinvestment program at about $100 a month, and I&#x27;ve increased it a little bit. I think I&#x27;m doing $200 a month now. But I am mad at McDonald&#x27;s because they succumb to the paperless age. Because I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve done McDonald&#x27;s or not, but if you remember, you used to get the annual report sent to you.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was a big old booklet. But I always would know to thumb through because inside that booklet, the stock report for the year, somewhere hidden in there was a coupon for a free sandwich at McDonald&#x27;s. And since they&#x27;ve gone electronic, they&#x27;ve taken the free sandwich away, and I don&#x27;t like that. Yep, that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s going electronic. Disney used to give you a free Disney pass to go to Disney World. Oh, that&#x27;s a nice one. But that&#x27;s gone away, too. But, you know, everything&#x27;s pretty much electronically. Unless you&#x27;re like my father, you know, he has a regular old-line stockbroker, and he still gets everything coming in the mail. And he won&#x27;t even let me switch it over to electronic. And he doesn&#x27;t even read any of it. Yeah, yeah. So, I mean, it&#x27;s kind of tough.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s a good start. And I always say if you have children, they eat breakfast cereal or whatever, or Pop-Tarts or whatever. Get them some shares or get them a dividend reinvestment program at Kellogg&#x27;s so they can get excited about saving money and see the power of the growth instead of spending it on all these things that end up at yard sales. What do you think about that, Kevin? I had two kids, two of my own kids, and I had a stepson. And when I set them up with their dividend reinvestment plans, my stepson had Charles Schwab. And I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for technology? My daughter, she liked Johnson &amp; Johnson. I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for Band-Aids? And at the time, Bush Gardens was not owned by Embev, but it was a regular company.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I made a comment about Bush Gardens in Tampa, Florida, since we didn&#x27;t live far from there at the time, to my son. And so that&#x27;s what I brought for them. And they watched them go up over time in price. And my son&#x27;s stock ended up ultimately getting taken over with Embev. But they had it set up as a dividend reinvestment plan. And that&#x27;s how I&#x27;ve gotten them started. When my son was in the Navy, he signed up for some of his money being taken out of his pay to go into mutual funds. And my daughter at her workplace has got a 401K. Now, I talk about paying yourself first a lot on the show. And explain to folks what that means, because I don&#x27;t think people understand the power of taking money off the top and giving it to yourself.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Yeah. Before you pay any of your bills or anything, what I would recommend is you pay yourself first. And I would recommend paying yourself 10% of your income. And, you know, because the compounding effect is just going to go tremendously. But most people, what they do is they&#x27;ll go and pay their bills, you know, go out and pay for their food. They&#x27;re going to go grocery shopping, go out to eat. And then what&#x27;s left is they&#x27;re going to sit there and say, oh, this is what&#x27;s left and I&#x27;ll save that. But if you pay yourself first and set it up as a regular payment, you know, like you would a credit card or a car payment or a house payment, you aren&#x27;t going to miss it. Yeah. Yeah. And you say, what about using your computer?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You have a chapter in your book. Again, the book is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Children to Invest or Your Kids to Invest. You talk about using your computer. How do you use your computer to teach the children? Well, you can get on Yahoo Finance or AOL Finance or Microsoft Finance. And there&#x27;s other finance things out there. But these are just, you know, tools that everyone is very simple. And Google is the same way. And you can get in the finance section and just read different articles on financial things. You can research stocks this way to figure out what you would like to buy and sell. And you can also get the annual reports of the company, the quarterly reports. You know, there&#x27;s so much information you can get, you know, going online.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> But some people don&#x27;t have the time to do it. So that&#x27;s why I would say you can just do a little research. You know, it would be like years ago you could have read the financial section of the local newspaper and learned something. Now you just read the financial section of one of these websites and learn. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s very important. Now the 4% rule is the final thing I want to talk about. Explain to the listener what the 4% rule is and how important it is to make sure they don&#x27;t run out of money in retirement. Well, back in the 70s, some financial planning guy came up with living off 4%. Well, I&#x27;m taking a look at just my father. He&#x27;s got a sister, my aunt, who&#x27;s 96. And he&#x27;s got a brother who&#x27;s 89. His sister is now, she is out of savings because, you know, she&#x27;s lived to be 96.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Back then we weren&#x27;t thinking of people living that long. And now we don&#x27;t know how long people are living because of the medical technology of keeping them alive. But if you&#x27;re getting a dividend with some of the MLPs and REITs and closed-end funds, you could get 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%. So you can live off 4%, but you don&#x27;t want to touch your principal unless there&#x27;s an emergency situation. You know, if your car goes bad and you&#x27;ve got to go out and get a new car because you&#x27;ve had the last one for 20 years or the roof on your house that&#x27;s 30 years old needs to be replaced, that would be maybe the only time to ever touch principal. But I would not, you know, highly recommend it.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> You know, like my dad, he&#x27;s going to need a new roof on his house. And because interest rates are so low right now, we&#x27;re going to actually go out and take a mortgage out on the house to, you know, pay for the new roof. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And, folks, again, this book is 27 chapters. Its title is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. His name is Kevin Rusak. Kevin, thanks for joining us today. Thank you. You have a great weekend. You too. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this week&#x27;s guest, I mean folks, let&#x27;s face it, we all have kids or grandkids or know someone who does. And, you know, these days the kids are all about the new toys, the new gimmicks, the new gizmos, the new clothes. I mean, everything about spending money and not much about saving money. And we&#x27;ve got Kevin Rusak. He&#x27;s the author of a book called Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. And he&#x27;s joining us from Florida. Kevin, welcome in. Hello, how are you today? Good. Now you have a rather unique story. You are not a financial advisor. You&#x27;re a real-life experience type advisor. So tell the folks your qualifications in writing this book. Well, when I was – my dad&#x27;s 40 years older than me, so he&#x27;s actually 91 years old and I&#x27;m 50 years old.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I was 11 years old – my dad retired when he was 50. And when I was 11 years old, he would be reading his Wall Street Journal. And then after he got done – because it was only one section at that time – I would read it. And people in school thought I was a nerd for reading the Wall Street Journal. But my dad at that time was teaching me, you know, you need to put a little bit of money away so you could retire someday. But when I turned 45, my mom passed away. And then we found out my dad had Alzheimer&#x27;s. So all of a sudden I got thrown into now being his caregiver. So I really had to quit work. But it&#x27;s a good thing I saved money, invested money when I was younger because I was able to go right into being a caregiver for my father and taking care of him.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And he has enough income coming in on his investments to be able to live very comfortably in retirement too. He doesn&#x27;t have – his Social Security check is only $1,300 a month and his pension is $111. So that doesn&#x27;t even – his electric bill on his house costs $600 a month. So that doesn&#x27;t even – he couldn&#x27;t live on those things. Yeah, you say it&#x27;s never too early to start and never too late to start saving and teaching family members the same thing about how to save money, correct? Correct. If you start at a younger age, you know, if you put $100 away a month for 40 years, you will probably have about $1 million saved up and invested. You know, if you have a 50-year time frame, you can put less money away to $1 million.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And if you&#x27;ve got – if you&#x27;re like me now, if you&#x27;re 50 years old and you want to retire at 65 and you haven&#x27;t started saving, you&#x27;re going to have to put a lot more money away. But it&#x27;s best if you can do it at a young age. But if you can&#x27;t, just starting and doing something is the most important thing. Yeah, and I noticed in your book, I think it&#x27;s Chapter 4 or 5, you talk about dividend reinvestment programs. And I&#x27;ve had one of those, or I&#x27;ve had a couple of them since high school. Explain to the listener how powerful the dividend reinvestment program is, not only to start saving money and building up a pretty good amount of income in the future for retirement, but also to teach your children about the power of saving to begin with in the stock market. Pick this stock, McDonald&#x27;s. You know, everyone knows McDonald&#x27;s.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I&#x27;ve got it. It&#x27;s been around for a long time. And if you have that in a dividend reinvestment plan, it seems like McDonald&#x27;s every year raises their dividend a few cents. So that means to buy more – if you have a DRIP account, which is a dividend reinvestment plan, you&#x27;re buying more shares every time they pay a dividend. Because right now you don&#x27;t really need the income from that dividend, so you just buy more shares. And when you do get ready to retire, you&#x27;re going to have a lot of shares. And then at that time, it&#x27;s going to be still paying a dividend that you can live off of. And every year you&#x27;re going to get an increase in the dividend. So that&#x27;s the kind of company you would want as long as they look like they&#x27;re going to still be in business, and which McDonald&#x27;s does.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, right now there&#x27;s financial problems. Let me tell you about McDonald&#x27;s. I mean, I&#x27;ve had it since high school. I&#x27;ve started with – I think it was you had to have one share of stock back then. So you had to go to a broker. And back then, brokers would charge you a fortune to buy one share of stock. Now you can do it electronically with all these electronic trading platforms. But we&#x27;re talking here 1985 or 86, right around there. I mean, I don&#x27;t even know if we had an Apple II yet, you know, or Comrex, whatever that&#x27;s called. It was a Commodore 65. It was a Commodore 65. We didn&#x27;t even have that. But what we did, what I did is I bought one share. Then I started the dividend reinvestment program at about $100 a month, and I&#x27;ve increased it a little bit. I think I&#x27;m doing $200 a month now. But I am mad at McDonald&#x27;s because they succumb to the paperless age. Because I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve done McDonald&#x27;s or not, but if you remember, you used to get the annual report sent to you.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> It was a big old booklet. But I always would know to thumb through because inside that booklet, the stock report for the year, somewhere hidden in there was a coupon for a free sandwich at McDonald&#x27;s. And since they&#x27;ve gone electronic, they&#x27;ve taken the free sandwich away, and I don&#x27;t like that. Yep, that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s going electronic. Disney used to give you a free Disney pass to go to Disney World. Oh, that&#x27;s a nice one. But that&#x27;s gone away, too. But, you know, everything&#x27;s pretty much electronically. Unless you&#x27;re like my father, you know, he has a regular old-line stockbroker, and he still gets everything coming in the mail. And he won&#x27;t even let me switch it over to electronic. And he doesn&#x27;t even read any of it. Yeah, yeah. So, I mean, it&#x27;s kind of tough.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s a good start. And I always say if you have children, they eat breakfast cereal or whatever, or Pop-Tarts or whatever. Get them some shares or get them a dividend reinvestment program at Kellogg&#x27;s so they can get excited about saving money and see the power of the growth instead of spending it on all these things that end up at yard sales. What do you think about that, Kevin? I had two kids, two of my own kids, and I had a stepson. And when I set them up with their dividend reinvestment plans, my stepson had Charles Schwab. And I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for technology? My daughter, she liked Johnson &amp; Johnson. I said, why don&#x27;t you buy that for Band-Aids? And at the time, Bush Gardens was not owned by Embev, but it was a regular company.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I made a comment about Bush Gardens in Tampa, Florida, since we didn&#x27;t live far from there at the time, to my son. And so that&#x27;s what I brought for them. And they watched them go up over time in price. And my son&#x27;s stock ended up ultimately getting taken over with Embev. But they had it set up as a dividend reinvestment plan. And that&#x27;s how I&#x27;ve gotten them started. When my son was in the Navy, he signed up for some of his money being taken out of his pay to go into mutual funds. And my daughter at her workplace has got a 401K. Now, I talk about paying yourself first a lot on the show. And explain to folks what that means, because I don&#x27;t think people understand the power of taking money off the top and giving it to yourself.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Yeah. Before you pay any of your bills or anything, what I would recommend is you pay yourself first. And I would recommend paying yourself 10% of your income. And, you know, because the compounding effect is just going to go tremendously. But most people, what they do is they&#x27;ll go and pay their bills, you know, go out and pay for their food. They&#x27;re going to go grocery shopping, go out to eat. And then what&#x27;s left is they&#x27;re going to sit there and say, oh, this is what&#x27;s left and I&#x27;ll save that. But if you pay yourself first and set it up as a regular payment, you know, like you would a credit card or a car payment or a house payment, you aren&#x27;t going to miss it. Yeah. Yeah. And you say, what about using your computer?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You have a chapter in your book. Again, the book is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Children to Invest or Your Kids to Invest. You talk about using your computer. How do you use your computer to teach the children? Well, you can get on Yahoo Finance or AOL Finance or Microsoft Finance. And there&#x27;s other finance things out there. But these are just, you know, tools that everyone is very simple. And Google is the same way. And you can get in the finance section and just read different articles on financial things. You can research stocks this way to figure out what you would like to buy and sell. And you can also get the annual reports of the company, the quarterly reports. You know, there&#x27;s so much information you can get, you know, going online.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> But some people don&#x27;t have the time to do it. So that&#x27;s why I would say you can just do a little research. You know, it would be like years ago you could have read the financial section of the local newspaper and learned something. Now you just read the financial section of one of these websites and learn. Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s very important. Now the 4% rule is the final thing I want to talk about. Explain to the listener what the 4% rule is and how important it is to make sure they don&#x27;t run out of money in retirement. Well, back in the 70s, some financial planning guy came up with living off 4%. Well, I&#x27;m taking a look at just my father. He&#x27;s got a sister, my aunt, who&#x27;s 96. And he&#x27;s got a brother who&#x27;s 89. His sister is now, she is out of savings because, you know, she&#x27;s lived to be 96.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Back then we weren&#x27;t thinking of people living that long. And now we don&#x27;t know how long people are living because of the medical technology of keeping them alive. But if you&#x27;re getting a dividend with some of the MLPs and REITs and closed-end funds, you could get 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%. So you can live off 4%, but you don&#x27;t want to touch your principal unless there&#x27;s an emergency situation. You know, if your car goes bad and you&#x27;ve got to go out and get a new car because you&#x27;ve had the last one for 20 years or the roof on your house that&#x27;s 30 years old needs to be replaced, that would be maybe the only time to ever touch principal. But I would not, you know, highly recommend it.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> You know, like my dad, he&#x27;s going to need a new roof on his house. And because interest rates are so low right now, we&#x27;re going to actually go out and take a mortgage out on the house to, you know, pay for the new roof. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. And, folks, again, this book is 27 chapters. Its title is Daddy Tax, How to Teach Your Kids to Invest. His name is Kevin Rusak. Kevin, thanks for joining us today. Thank you. You have a great weekend. You too. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this, folks. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Kevin Russak discusses Daddy Tax: How to Teach Your Kids to Invest and the lessons he learned from his father. This July 2014 interview explores helping children think about saving, investing, and retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Russak</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Russak, retirement planning, tax planning, investing, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/image.jpg?t=1792071363&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-russak-teaching-kids-to-save-and-invest-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/image.jpg?t=1792071363&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>652</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0497a74c-3809-40c7-b2b2-b4e3002520c8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10465091" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-russak-teaching-kids-to-save-and-invest-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>135</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Teaching Kids to Save and Invest" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carl Richards: The Behavior Gap</title>
      <itunes:title>Carl Richards: The Behavior Gap</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Carl Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Behavior Gap and the way emotions influence financial decisions. They explore how people can think more clearly about investing and planning. Recorded June 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, our guest this week, I&#x27;ve had him on, I guess, a couple years ago now. Time sure flies when you&#x27;re having fun. But he&#x27;s joining us from Park City, Utah. He&#x27;s a great author, and he also uses some tremendous charts that he draws. So I guess he&#x27;s an artist, and he&#x27;s a financial planner. He&#x27;s an all-around great guy. He really understands the financial world. His name is Carl Richards. The book that he&#x27;s written that I have in my possession is called The Behavior Gap, Simple Ways to Stop Doing Dumb Things with Money. Carl, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Pete. I appreciate it. Yeah, so let&#x27;s talk about this. We were talking off air, and we were talking about how complacent people are getting with taking risks these days because the market has been going so well. Yeah, I just think it&#x27;s an important thing to sort of check back in with ourselves and remember what we felt like in 2008 and 2009.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Because it&#x27;s a similar thing that went on, you know, 2005, 2006, and 2007 were kind of felt like. I remember having these conversations where people sort of felt like the stock market was like a 12% CD, right? That you would ask them about risk, and they would say, what risk? And that&#x27;s a human trait. It&#x27;s a natural thing. When we have these periods of really stable environment, we forget really quickly what that pain felt like when the market went down. And so we just naturally start taking on more risk. We get more comfortable with debt. We think, you know what? Even though I didn&#x27;t want to own stocks ever again in my whole life in 2009, you know, maybe it&#x27;d be fine to have all of my 401k in the stock market.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> And, you know, we start to – it feels natural because risk, you know, risk is a – stock market risk, or at least investing risk is sort of an arbitrary – it&#x27;s an arbitrary concept until you experience it. And then the dilemma is, of course, even once you&#x27;ve experienced it, you tend to forget real quickly pain. That&#x27;s a human trait. It&#x27;s kept us alive as a species, but it&#x27;s not good for us as investors. So I just think it&#x27;s important to check in. Like, hey, you know, why don&#x27;t you have a quick conversation with anybody that knew you in 2008 and 2009? How were you feeling then about investing? And maybe just as boring as it might sound, just kind of stick to your boring plan. You know, rebalance a little bit. You know, remember that things go down too.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> And I&#x27;m not predicting it, but I am saying it – I&#x27;m actually kind of guaranteeing it. It will go down again. I just don&#x27;t know. We just don&#x27;t know when. Well, it&#x27;s the old tortoise and the hare all over again. I mean, it happens in cycles. And, you know, we look at the stock charts, and I&#x27;ve seen 3D charting where you have different dimensional objects shown on the stock chart. But, you know, what people forget about is the emotional feeling they had when the market was going down. You can look at all the stock charts in the world, but it doesn&#x27;t show you your feelings. And if you could look back and also experience the pain you were feeling in the downward cycles, it might make a little more sense. And people may make less mistakes. You know, Dalbar is the investment research firm in Massachusetts, and they do research on investor behavior.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And every year they come out with a study showing people versus the indexes. And people usually perform half as good as the indexes because emotions, Carl. The emotions start kicking in at the wrong times, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s – you know, again, that&#x27;s a human trait that&#x27;s been really good for us as a species, right? We forget pain pretty quickly. I mean, and if we hadn&#x27;t, I doubt very many people would have a second child. And I doubt anybody would run a second marathon if we didn&#x27;t forget pain pretty quickly. And I think that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s just we&#x27;re forgetting that when the market – you know, risk in terms of market fluctuations that going up and down is painful.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And if we can just remind ourselves of what that feels like, I think we make better decisions in the long run just to sort of, you know, just stay the course, be kind of boring. You know, don&#x27;t get too caught up in waves and things because we always regret it. There&#x27;s the old saying, though, it&#x27;s easier said than done. And it&#x27;s hard to get people to pay attention to what could happen when the market is going up like a rocket, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, for sure. And that&#x27;s another human trait, right? We take the recent past and we project it indefinitely into the future. And so you&#x27;ll start saying things like, you know, after it&#x27;s rained for three days, you&#x27;ll be like, it&#x27;s never going to stop raining. You know, and we certainly do that with our money.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> You know, you got a raise or a bonus last year. And so, of course, you&#x27;re going to get one next year. And then the danger, of course, comes when you start making decisions. Like, oh, of course, I&#x27;m going to get a bonus next year. So, therefore, I can afford this house based on this bonus. And then it doesn&#x27;t come. And with the stock market, we do that. You know, interest rates will never go up, right? The European debt crisis will never end. You know, all of these, the budget stalemates we had in Washington will never stop, right? And all of them, of course, have ended. And so I think you just have to stop and realize, okay, the market&#x27;s been awesome for a couple of years now. And last year was great. And, you know, but that doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s going to be awesome forever. And markets go up and down.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And just, just, just pull yourself, pull the reins back just a little bit there, trigger. Yeah, I think it reminds me a little bit about Chevy Chase and Christmas Vacation. Remember, he had already spent his Christmas bonus he thought he was going to get on a new swimming pool. And then he got the Jelly of the Month Club instead. That&#x27;s funny. No, I hadn&#x27;t remembered that. That&#x27;s perfect. Yeah, I think we get in trouble when we start projecting the recent past into the future indefinitely. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Carl Richards. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Behavior Gap, Simple Ways to Stop Doing Dumb Things with Your Money. He&#x27;s also known as the sketch guy. He writes a weekly sketch for the New York Times. And I know that&#x27;s a lot of fun, isn&#x27;t it, Carl? It is fun. You know, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, um, there&#x27;s never a shortage of things to write about with, you know, us humans making mistakes with our money.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> And, uh, normally I can just go to my own life if I run out of material from other people&#x27;s lives. Like, but, but coming up with an image each week is getting more and more challenging. So it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, uh, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a fun challenge each week. Well, there&#x27;s so many different things that can, that can affect people&#x27;s portfolios. They don&#x27;t think about it. We call them hidden levers. There&#x27;s, there&#x27;s different things that can be pulled, uh, economically, uh, geopolitically. You, you name it, things happen and they drive the market cycles and then emotions kick in and they drive them even further. And I think that&#x27;s one of the most important things. And as you&#x27;re a certified financial planner, you can agree or disagree, but here&#x27;s what people need to do. If you&#x27;re doing great in the market, that&#x27;s great. But isn&#x27;t rebalancing, Carl, isn&#x27;t that one of the most important aspects that many people forget to do with their portfolios? Yeah. And I, I think explaining it real quick is just so important to understand.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> I think rebalancing is sort of a, the seventh wonder of the world. And, and only because it, it, it acts as a guardrail to, to protect us from these emotional mistakes that we tend to make. And so all it means is right. If you sat down and built a, a plan based on your goal, like our, okay. So first of all, our investment decisions should be based on goals, not news, not what&#x27;s going on the market, not what your brother-in-law said, not what you heard of the barbecue. It should be invest on, based on your goals. So you establish a set of goals and then you build an investment plan based on that. And let&#x27;s just say that that investment plan said you were supposed to be 50% in stocks and 50% in bonds to keep it really simple. You know, if, if you did nothing, you know, by the end of 2013 or, or even now you&#x27;d be, you wouldn&#x27;t be 50% anymore because the stock market did so well.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> You&#x27;d maybe be 60% and 40% in bonds. So that&#x27;s way more risk than you had originally planned on. And so the idea is, think of the magic of this, right? The idea would be, you should take 10% from the stock market and put it into the safe bond side of your portfolio. Now you&#x27;re doing that at exactly the opposite time as everybody else is starting to get excited. And so you&#x27;re forcing yourself in an undisciplined, unemotional, I&#x27;m sorry, in a disciplined, unemotional way to sell relatively high, that 10% and move it to something that&#x27;s relatively to the other things in your portfolio, relatively low. And that practice, if you could, if you could do that for the rest of your life, you would avoid a lot of these big pitfalls in terms of just the emotional risk.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Now, I don&#x27;t know how much it adds to your return or how much it really reduces your risk, but the emotional risk, it plays a huge, it could play a huge role. So, yeah, I think rebalancing is something, it&#x27;s so simple that nobody does it. Well, Warren Buffett always says to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. And that&#x27;s basically taking the emotions out and going against the herd. Matter of fact, you have a great, one of your most famous sketches to me is a line that goes up and down. It&#x27;s like a curved line up and then it comes, it dips down and goes back up again. And you say that greed is when people buy at the top and fear is when they sell at the bottom and people should do the exact opposite, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, one of Buffett&#x27;s great quotes is you want to be greedy when everyone else is fearful and fearful when everyone else is greedy.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> And that&#x27;s hard to do. So, I think the easy way to do it is mechanically, like just automate rebalancing. Make rebalancing a rule and then you will be forcing yourself to do that instead of having to rely on yourself to look around and go, whoa, everybody&#x27;s greedy. I think I should be fearful. Well, you&#x27;ll just be, in a disciplined way, you&#x27;ll just be doing it naturally. Yeah. One of your other sketches I like here, it&#x27;s real simple. It&#x27;s a door and then on one side of the door it says me and the door says my advisor and the other side of the door says stupid. Between me and stupid, you call that. Explain that. Yeah, that was actually drawn for me. I was thinking about why we, our family, hired a financial advisor and I was trying to put my finger on why.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And there was three reasons. One was that we wanted somebody to help us clarify our goals. Number two, we wanted somebody to remind us of our goals when we weren&#x27;t thinking rationally. Right? We&#x27;re getting ready to do something stupid that we wanted an advisor to say, oh, remember these were your goals. Have they changed? And number three was I wanted something between me and stupid. And so that&#x27;s what I think of any objective third party can sort of stand between. It&#x27;s really hard to see your own mistakes. Ask your spouse. But it&#x27;s really easy. It&#x27;s almost painfully obvious to other people. They&#x27;re like, I can&#x27;t believe they&#x27;re doing that again. And I wanted somebody in that role. And to me, that&#x27;s what a real financial advisor is.</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> Well, you know, the old joke is that the guy with the worst yard in the cul-de-sac is probably the guy who owns a landscaping firm. Yeah, for sure. Because he&#x27;s so busy helping everybody else have a great yard, forgets about his own. Right, Carl? Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Well, this has been a fast-moving interview. You know, folks, if, Carl, we&#x27;ve got to have you on again in the future because there&#x27;s so many good things to talk about here. But, folks, if you join the interview late, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as-heard-on-the-show icon there. And we&#x27;ll have Carl&#x27;s interview in entirety. Again, Carl is a fantastic individual, a certified financial planner, and a great sketch artist. You can see his sketches every week as a sketch guy in the New York Times. Carl, thanks for your time today. Coach Peter, I appreciate you having me. It was fun. Oh, yeah. My pleasure. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> But, if you&#x27;re not going to be right back now, it&#x27;s all about you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carl Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Behavior Gap and the way emotions influence financial decisions. They explore how people can think more clearly about investing and planning. Recorded June 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, our guest this week, I&#x27;ve had him on, I guess, a couple years ago now. Time sure flies when you&#x27;re having fun. But he&#x27;s joining us from Park City, Utah. He&#x27;s a great author, and he also uses some tremendous charts that he draws. So I guess he&#x27;s an artist, and he&#x27;s a financial planner. He&#x27;s an all-around great guy. He really understands the financial world. His name is Carl Richards. The book that he&#x27;s written that I have in my possession is called The Behavior Gap, Simple Ways to Stop Doing Dumb Things with Money. Carl, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Pete. I appreciate it. Yeah, so let&#x27;s talk about this. We were talking off air, and we were talking about how complacent people are getting with taking risks these days because the market has been going so well. Yeah, I just think it&#x27;s an important thing to sort of check back in with ourselves and remember what we felt like in 2008 and 2009.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Because it&#x27;s a similar thing that went on, you know, 2005, 2006, and 2007 were kind of felt like. I remember having these conversations where people sort of felt like the stock market was like a 12% CD, right? That you would ask them about risk, and they would say, what risk? And that&#x27;s a human trait. It&#x27;s a natural thing. When we have these periods of really stable environment, we forget really quickly what that pain felt like when the market went down. And so we just naturally start taking on more risk. We get more comfortable with debt. We think, you know what? Even though I didn&#x27;t want to own stocks ever again in my whole life in 2009, you know, maybe it&#x27;d be fine to have all of my 401k in the stock market.</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> And, you know, we start to – it feels natural because risk, you know, risk is a – stock market risk, or at least investing risk is sort of an arbitrary – it&#x27;s an arbitrary concept until you experience it. And then the dilemma is, of course, even once you&#x27;ve experienced it, you tend to forget real quickly pain. That&#x27;s a human trait. It&#x27;s kept us alive as a species, but it&#x27;s not good for us as investors. So I just think it&#x27;s important to check in. Like, hey, you know, why don&#x27;t you have a quick conversation with anybody that knew you in 2008 and 2009? How were you feeling then about investing? And maybe just as boring as it might sound, just kind of stick to your boring plan. You know, rebalance a little bit. You know, remember that things go down too.</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> And I&#x27;m not predicting it, but I am saying it – I&#x27;m actually kind of guaranteeing it. It will go down again. I just don&#x27;t know. We just don&#x27;t know when. Well, it&#x27;s the old tortoise and the hare all over again. I mean, it happens in cycles. And, you know, we look at the stock charts, and I&#x27;ve seen 3D charting where you have different dimensional objects shown on the stock chart. But, you know, what people forget about is the emotional feeling they had when the market was going down. You can look at all the stock charts in the world, but it doesn&#x27;t show you your feelings. And if you could look back and also experience the pain you were feeling in the downward cycles, it might make a little more sense. And people may make less mistakes. You know, Dalbar is the investment research firm in Massachusetts, and they do research on investor behavior.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And every year they come out with a study showing people versus the indexes. And people usually perform half as good as the indexes because emotions, Carl. The emotions start kicking in at the wrong times, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s – you know, again, that&#x27;s a human trait that&#x27;s been really good for us as a species, right? We forget pain pretty quickly. I mean, and if we hadn&#x27;t, I doubt very many people would have a second child. And I doubt anybody would run a second marathon if we didn&#x27;t forget pain pretty quickly. And I think that&#x27;s sort of what we&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s just we&#x27;re forgetting that when the market – you know, risk in terms of market fluctuations that going up and down is painful.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And if we can just remind ourselves of what that feels like, I think we make better decisions in the long run just to sort of, you know, just stay the course, be kind of boring. You know, don&#x27;t get too caught up in waves and things because we always regret it. There&#x27;s the old saying, though, it&#x27;s easier said than done. And it&#x27;s hard to get people to pay attention to what could happen when the market is going up like a rocket, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, for sure. And that&#x27;s another human trait, right? We take the recent past and we project it indefinitely into the future. And so you&#x27;ll start saying things like, you know, after it&#x27;s rained for three days, you&#x27;ll be like, it&#x27;s never going to stop raining. You know, and we certainly do that with our money.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> You know, you got a raise or a bonus last year. And so, of course, you&#x27;re going to get one next year. And then the danger, of course, comes when you start making decisions. Like, oh, of course, I&#x27;m going to get a bonus next year. So, therefore, I can afford this house based on this bonus. And then it doesn&#x27;t come. And with the stock market, we do that. You know, interest rates will never go up, right? The European debt crisis will never end. You know, all of these, the budget stalemates we had in Washington will never stop, right? And all of them, of course, have ended. And so I think you just have to stop and realize, okay, the market&#x27;s been awesome for a couple of years now. And last year was great. And, you know, but that doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s going to be awesome forever. And markets go up and down.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And just, just, just pull yourself, pull the reins back just a little bit there, trigger. Yeah, I think it reminds me a little bit about Chevy Chase and Christmas Vacation. Remember, he had already spent his Christmas bonus he thought he was going to get on a new swimming pool. And then he got the Jelly of the Month Club instead. That&#x27;s funny. No, I hadn&#x27;t remembered that. That&#x27;s perfect. Yeah, I think we get in trouble when we start projecting the recent past into the future indefinitely. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Carl Richards. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Behavior Gap, Simple Ways to Stop Doing Dumb Things with Your Money. He&#x27;s also known as the sketch guy. He writes a weekly sketch for the New York Times. And I know that&#x27;s a lot of fun, isn&#x27;t it, Carl? It is fun. You know, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, um, there&#x27;s never a shortage of things to write about with, you know, us humans making mistakes with our money.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> And, uh, normally I can just go to my own life if I run out of material from other people&#x27;s lives. Like, but, but coming up with an image each week is getting more and more challenging. So it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s, uh, it&#x27;s, it&#x27;s a fun challenge each week. Well, there&#x27;s so many different things that can, that can affect people&#x27;s portfolios. They don&#x27;t think about it. We call them hidden levers. There&#x27;s, there&#x27;s different things that can be pulled, uh, economically, uh, geopolitically. You, you name it, things happen and they drive the market cycles and then emotions kick in and they drive them even further. And I think that&#x27;s one of the most important things. And as you&#x27;re a certified financial planner, you can agree or disagree, but here&#x27;s what people need to do. If you&#x27;re doing great in the market, that&#x27;s great. But isn&#x27;t rebalancing, Carl, isn&#x27;t that one of the most important aspects that many people forget to do with their portfolios? Yeah. And I, I think explaining it real quick is just so important to understand.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> I think rebalancing is sort of a, the seventh wonder of the world. And, and only because it, it, it acts as a guardrail to, to protect us from these emotional mistakes that we tend to make. And so all it means is right. If you sat down and built a, a plan based on your goal, like our, okay. So first of all, our investment decisions should be based on goals, not news, not what&#x27;s going on the market, not what your brother-in-law said, not what you heard of the barbecue. It should be invest on, based on your goals. So you establish a set of goals and then you build an investment plan based on that. And let&#x27;s just say that that investment plan said you were supposed to be 50% in stocks and 50% in bonds to keep it really simple. You know, if, if you did nothing, you know, by the end of 2013 or, or even now you&#x27;d be, you wouldn&#x27;t be 50% anymore because the stock market did so well.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> You&#x27;d maybe be 60% and 40% in bonds. So that&#x27;s way more risk than you had originally planned on. And so the idea is, think of the magic of this, right? The idea would be, you should take 10% from the stock market and put it into the safe bond side of your portfolio. Now you&#x27;re doing that at exactly the opposite time as everybody else is starting to get excited. And so you&#x27;re forcing yourself in an undisciplined, unemotional, I&#x27;m sorry, in a disciplined, unemotional way to sell relatively high, that 10% and move it to something that&#x27;s relatively to the other things in your portfolio, relatively low. And that practice, if you could, if you could do that for the rest of your life, you would avoid a lot of these big pitfalls in terms of just the emotional risk.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Now, I don&#x27;t know how much it adds to your return or how much it really reduces your risk, but the emotional risk, it plays a huge, it could play a huge role. So, yeah, I think rebalancing is something, it&#x27;s so simple that nobody does it. Well, Warren Buffett always says to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. And that&#x27;s basically taking the emotions out and going against the herd. Matter of fact, you have a great, one of your most famous sketches to me is a line that goes up and down. It&#x27;s like a curved line up and then it comes, it dips down and goes back up again. And you say that greed is when people buy at the top and fear is when they sell at the bottom and people should do the exact opposite, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, one of Buffett&#x27;s great quotes is you want to be greedy when everyone else is fearful and fearful when everyone else is greedy.</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> And that&#x27;s hard to do. So, I think the easy way to do it is mechanically, like just automate rebalancing. Make rebalancing a rule and then you will be forcing yourself to do that instead of having to rely on yourself to look around and go, whoa, everybody&#x27;s greedy. I think I should be fearful. Well, you&#x27;ll just be, in a disciplined way, you&#x27;ll just be doing it naturally. Yeah. One of your other sketches I like here, it&#x27;s real simple. It&#x27;s a door and then on one side of the door it says me and the door says my advisor and the other side of the door says stupid. Between me and stupid, you call that. Explain that. Yeah, that was actually drawn for me. I was thinking about why we, our family, hired a financial advisor and I was trying to put my finger on why.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And there was three reasons. One was that we wanted somebody to help us clarify our goals. Number two, we wanted somebody to remind us of our goals when we weren&#x27;t thinking rationally. Right? We&#x27;re getting ready to do something stupid that we wanted an advisor to say, oh, remember these were your goals. Have they changed? And number three was I wanted something between me and stupid. And so that&#x27;s what I think of any objective third party can sort of stand between. It&#x27;s really hard to see your own mistakes. Ask your spouse. But it&#x27;s really easy. It&#x27;s almost painfully obvious to other people. They&#x27;re like, I can&#x27;t believe they&#x27;re doing that again. And I wanted somebody in that role. And to me, that&#x27;s what a real financial advisor is.</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> Well, you know, the old joke is that the guy with the worst yard in the cul-de-sac is probably the guy who owns a landscaping firm. Yeah, for sure. Because he&#x27;s so busy helping everybody else have a great yard, forgets about his own. Right, Carl? Yeah, that&#x27;s true. Well, this has been a fast-moving interview. You know, folks, if, Carl, we&#x27;ve got to have you on again in the future because there&#x27;s so many good things to talk about here. But, folks, if you join the interview late, you can always go to financialsafari.com and click on the as-heard-on-the-show icon there. And we&#x27;ll have Carl&#x27;s interview in entirety. Again, Carl is a fantastic individual, a certified financial planner, and a great sketch artist. You can see his sketches every week as a sketch guy in the New York Times. Carl, thanks for your time today. Coach Peter, I appreciate you having me. It was fun. Oh, yeah. My pleasure. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> But, if you&#x27;re not going to be right back now, it&#x27;s all about you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Carl Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Behavior Gap and the way emotions influence financial decisions. They explore how people can think more clearly about investing and planning. Recorded June 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Carl Richards</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Carl Richards, investing, behavioral finance</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3/image.jpg?t=1792072425&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/carl-richards-the-behavior-gap/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3/image.jpg?t=1792072425&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jun 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>724</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b3480486-b436-4611-b40e-b4e2016978f3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11624540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/carl-richards-the-behavior-gap</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>136</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Behavior Gap" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stan The Annuity Man: Understanding the Annuity Stanifesto</title>
      <itunes:title>Stan The Annuity Man: Understanding the Annuity Stanifesto</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stan The Annuity Man joins Coach Pete to discuss The Annuity Stanifesto and the confusion surrounding annuities. They examine how contracts work, their limitations, and the questions consumers should ask.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, today we have an excellent guest, and matter of fact, he&#x27;s a fellow that I&#x27;ve communicated with for years online, but I&#x27;ve never had on the show before. And what better time to have him on the show? He&#x27;s just come out with a new book called The Annuity Stanifesto. Now, what is that? Well, what is an annuity? What is a Stanifesto? Well, we&#x27;ve got Stan, the annuity man, on, and he&#x27;s going to talk about his book and the annuity world and a lot of the confusion that exists today out there in the world that we call the financial world and the sub-world in that world is the annuity world. And gosh, folks, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been living in a cave, you&#x27;ve probably heard about annuities. You&#x27;ve probably heard about the good, bad, and the ugly. I&#x27;m going to drill into those today. Stan, welcome in. Glad to be here, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Glad to be on your show. Yeah, now, I&#x27;ve written some books, and here&#x27;s one of the things that you&#x27;ve learned by writing your book. It&#x27;s a big project to do that, isn&#x27;t it? It is, and that book actually got pared down. I mean, we&#x27;ve got another one coming probably in about 18 months, but I wanted that one to be almost a primer so that people could pick it up, read it in an afternoon, and have a very good foundation on how annuities work, the good, the bad, and the ugly of all of them, the limitations, the contractual guarantees, the history, and then where I think things are going to go within the industry. It&#x27;s the wild, wild west. It&#x27;s actually a very unregulated market. I know the industry doesn&#x27;t want to hear that, but it is. And if you don&#x27;t believe that, turn on your radio or TV or type in the word annuity into Google and see what happens. Yeah, now, let&#x27;s start from the beginning on the annuities. When were the annuities first invented?</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> When did they first become on the scene? And I know it&#x27;s a long time ago, right? Long time ago. And actually, you know, you really kind of trace it farther back than the Roman times. But Roman times was the first error that we really saw a lot of use with the Roman soldiers. And the annuities, where the word annuity comes from, A-N-N-U-A is Latin for payment, annual payment. And that&#x27;s how they compensated the Roman soldiers for being away for so long. And they would also pay their family as well, a lifetime income stream. And that single premium immediate annuity structure was introduced in this country over 200 years ago. And until 1952, that was the only income annuity or annuity type available. In 1952, the company that we now know of as TIA Cref introduced the variable annuity.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> I&#x27;m not sure whether to, you know, blame them or congratulate them. There we are. We&#x27;ll get into the good, bad, and the ugly annuities in a minute. But first of all, let&#x27;s talk about you for a minute. Who is Stan, the annuity man? And why should anybody listen to what Stan has to say? It&#x27;s a good question. I&#x27;m the walking middle finger of annuity truth. I&#x27;m very abrasive and factual, and I shoot it straight. So if you don&#x27;t, you know, if you&#x27;re going to call me and ask me about annuities, get ready for the truth. And it might not fit for you. Annuities aren&#x27;t a perfect fit for everybody. Put myself through college shooting a basketball for the people in North Carolina. That&#x27;ll kind of ring true. But, you know, got my degrees and have been in the financial business for a long time. Worked for the major warehouse firms, all the names that you know that don&#x27;t need promoted. And then left about eight years ago when Wall Street kind of got a little crazy for me</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> because 80% of all trades were non-human at that time. Now we&#x27;re up to 85. And I said, you know what, I&#x27;m going to take a break. And just kind of got into the annuity world because I couldn&#x27;t believe what was being said on the local radio. And that was eight years ago. And from there, I&#x27;m just on a mission to almost reframe the argument. I really believe that annuities should be owned for their contractual guarantees only, for what they will do, not what they might do. And if I was the annuity leader for a day, we would change the motto to got guarantees. Similar to got milk, it should just be got guarantees. These are the value proposition of annuities that sets them apart from everybody is it will pay you for the rest of your life regardless of how long you live. However, our industry, the annuity industry, wants to talk about growth, which is overwhelmingly</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> dumb in my opinion. Yeah, when I utilize annuities in my practice, it&#x27;s as a bond alternative. And we want to have a floor. And we want to know in the future what the income is going to be. That&#x27;s what we use annuities for. But Stan, you&#x27;re right. I see a lot of people out there doing hypothetical examples for folks saying, well, what if we could get this much return over and above what the promises are? And that&#x27;s what guarantees are, aren&#x27;t they? There are promises for income in the future for the annuities. Absolutely. I tell people, if I did 1,000 sit-ups a day, I&#x27;d have a six-pack app. But I don&#x27;t. It&#x27;s similar to the proposals that agents show you that show markets moving at 7% per year. I always tell people when they show me these proposals that 6%, 7%, 8% per year, if you could get that every year on Wall Street, they&#x27;d build a statue of you. And where this is happening primarily is the variable and indexed annuity.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> We&#x27;re on the index world. Those products were developed in 1995 to compete with CD returns. And that&#x27;s exactly what they do. They&#x27;re very good products, but they are not going to get you market returns. They are going to protect the downside. And if placed properly in a portfolio as somewhat of a non-correlated asset, it works like a charm. But that&#x27;s not how they&#x27;re sold. They&#x27;re sold as the bad chicken dinner seminar, too good to be true, one-size-fits-all, panacea, upfront bonus, income rider thing that nobody understands. Why did, I mean, yeah, and I see these. Bad chicken dinner is a good way to look at it, too. But where did this mentality of one-size-fits-all come from, Stan? Every single annuity should only be put with people who need them, and the amount should be adjusted for the person you&#x27;re talking to, not a one-size-fits-all mentality.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> I don&#x27;t know where this came from. I don&#x27;t either. You know, I have an acronym that I use called PIL. P stands for Principal Protection. I is Income for Life. L is Legacy. And the other L is Long-Term Care. If you don&#x27;t need to solve for one or more of those issues, then you don&#x27;t need an annuity. Notice I didn&#x27;t put the letter G for growth in there. My conspiracy theory on all of this is I think that the complex products, which are variable and index annuities, which I&#x27;m not saying all of those are bad, but they&#x27;re pretty complex. They represent over 75% of all annuity sales, which is $200 billion or more per year. I do think that there is a level of complexity for no reason that is created on the carrier side to think that the person that&#x27;s buying thinking they&#x27;re going to get more than they</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> bargained for. The great example of that, Coach Pete, is the word hybrid. Hybrid&#x27;s a plant. Hybrid&#x27;s a car. Hybrid is not an annuity. This is a made-up word by a person or persons on the internet to make people think that they&#x27;re getting more for their money. It&#x27;s a fill-in-the-blank word. It&#x27;s like one of these ads I saw said, reasonable rate of return. What does that mean? That means a million things to different people. So in the unregulated sales world of annuities, if you did that in the securities world and ran those ads, you&#x27;d lose your license. Somehow, because annuities are regulated at the state level, these people are getting away with murder, in my opinion, with the advertising message of annuities, and they&#x27;re damaging the brand, period. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we are talking to Stan the Annuity Man, and he has written</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> a great book that we&#x27;re talking about right now. It&#x27;s called The Annuity Stanifesto. And Stan, yeah, I look at that, and people are. They&#x27;ve got into annuities where someone was telling them they were going to get gigantic returns, variable annuities. I see these as a culprit a lot of times, too. They forget to tell them that the principal is not protected if certain things happen in the market. And I think it&#x27;s all about setting expectations. And a lot of folks out there in the money world are making promises that the annuities won&#x27;t keep. And I always tell people, if you get a too-good-to-be-true pitch from an agent or advisor or broker or banker, now the banks are involved selling the annuities, and it sounds too good to be true, write down exactly what that agent said and how you understand it. Sign and date that piece of paper, turn it around, and give it to that agent and say, you know what? That sounds real good. Can you sign off on what you just told me?</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> I will guarantee you a couple things. If it&#x27;s true, they&#x27;ll sign it. If it&#x27;s not true, that pen&#x27;s going to weigh about 1,000 pounds. But it does, it&#x27;s a consumer way to get at the truth. Because annuities are sold in bullet points, but at the end of the day, you&#x27;re not buying bullet points. You&#x27;re buying a contract between you and the issuing carrier. We always say the brochure and the salesman giveth and the contract taketh away. Exactly. Don&#x27;t buy the annuity dreams, buy the contractual realities. That&#x27;s the reason we always say, base your decision on the contractual realities. Worst case scenario, Armageddon, if everything went wrong, if the policy, just the guarantee of the policy, base your decision there, start at the finish line, and figure out if an annuity can contractually guarantee and solve for the problem at hand. If not, then maybe an annuity is not for you.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Yeah. And unfortunately, there are a lot of people that just fall for the sales techniques, the gimmicks, and all the things happening out there. Let&#x27;s look at some of the types of annuities. There&#x27;s a bunch of different annuities out there, aren&#x27;t there? They really are. And a lot of people just blatantly say, I hate all annuities, Stan. Well, that&#x27;s like saying I hate all restaurants, or I hate all trucks. I mean, it&#x27;s too broad of a statement. There&#x27;s 15 different types of annuities. The primary types that are sold in this country are index and variable, which represent those are deferred annuities that are primarily bought for growth that are non-guaranteed returns, unfortunately. And then there&#x27;s the simplistic annuities, the immediate annuities, deferred immediate annuities, the CD-type annuities, which are called MIGAs, fixed-rate annuities. And those have no fees, very simplistic transfer risk. In my perfect world, I wish 75% of all sales were the simplistic ones, and then 25% were</p><p><strong>09:18</strong> the complicated ones. But the commission drives the recommendation, unfortunately, too many times in the annuity world. And the high commission products are the index annuities and the variable. It&#x27;s not saying they&#x27;re bad, but it is what it is. And always remember this. The longer the surrender charge, the higher the commission. Yeah, and a lot of people don&#x27;t look at the surrender charge or aren&#x27;t told about it before they get in. And it&#x27;s amazing how many people sign paperwork not even knowing what they&#x27;re doing, Stan. And I&#x27;ve seen now we&#x27;ve utilized annuities for good pieces and good fits in people&#x27;s portfolio, but I have to make sure that the client understands what they&#x27;re getting before I&#x27;ll ever sign my name on that contract, to tell you that much. Well, absolutely. I mean, you do not want them with... And I think you said it really well, Pete, is you don&#x27;t want people&#x27;s expectations out</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> of whack with the reality of the contract. You need to tell them this is what&#x27;s probably going to happen with either a return scenario, or this is what is going to happen with the contractual guarantees of the policy, and then have them make the decision there. I think it&#x27;s tragic that the annuity brand, which is a great product, I mean, truly, everyone already owns an annuity, Pete. It&#x27;s called Social Security. And by the way, Social Security is the best inflation annuity on the planet. So you can&#x27;t say, I hate annuities or any type of annuity because you already own it. So really, in my world, annuities fill those gaps for the pill, principal protection, income for life, legacy, and long-term care. Most of the time, it&#x27;s income. And most of the time, it&#x27;s to fill gaps, fill gaps of income. So to me, it&#x27;s a very simplistic thought. It&#x27;s very easily explainable if you&#x27;re only looking at the contractual guarantees.</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> And the decision is easy to make if you&#x27;re only looking at the contractual guarantees. Now, just as we said, all annuities aren&#x27;t good, all annuities aren&#x27;t bad, yet there is a company, a major company out there that runs full-page ads in papers saying, I hate all annuities. And that&#x27;s a gimmick for selling something else, isn&#x27;t it? Well, absolutely. I mean, all they&#x27;re trying to do is make you surrender your annuity and then go to their money management type platform. Again, I don&#x27;t know if that&#x27;s good or bad, but that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re doing. You can&#x27;t say you hate all annuities because annuities have their place. And with over $200 billion of them sold every year, they are helping people, especially from the standpoint of solving for longevity risk, which is outliving your money. The Treasury and the IRS just approved in July use of the longevity annuity product, which is a long-term deferred pension product, within IRAs and 401ks.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> Why? Because people need to plan for income. Instead of calling it lifetime income stream, I always call it lifestyle income stream because what you&#x27;re trying to do is maintain your lifestyle, transferring the risk to that insurance company to provide that income that you can never outlive. And that&#x27;s important, too, because a lot of people overlook that and look at the annuity as a growth vehicle. But this is just to keep you maintaining, I guess. We call it maintaining your income. Or maybe if you build a laddering strategy with annuities, maybe increasing the lifestyle in the future, but never going backwards, I guess, correct? That is correct. I mean, I&#x27;m not a... See, variable annuities were put on the planet in 1952 for tax deferred growth, and that&#x27;s fantastic. And there are some no-load, no-fee, fully liquid from day one variable annuities out there</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> that are fantastic. But you can&#x27;t buy them from an agent. You&#x27;ve got to buy them directly from the company. But for pure tax deferred growth, it&#x27;s not a bad thought. What&#x27;s happened, though, is in the variable annuity world, they&#x27;ve added all kinds of riders and all kinds of benefits. And me and you both know, Coach Pete, that with a lot of these contracts, once you start adding the benefits, they start limiting your investment choices, which kind of defeats the purpose of the whole thing. In addition to that, the average annual fee of a variable annuity is 3% annually for the life of the policy, which is going to eat into any type of returns, in my opinion. Now, I think we have about a minute to go here in this segment, but I want to talk about those variable annuities, because they are the ones that I see, they have been sold the most to people who need them the least, in my opinion, for the wrong reasons.</p><p><strong>13:11</strong> And I don&#x27;t understand it. Maybe it&#x27;s commission-driven or whatever. But if you had one or two pet peeves about variable annuities, what would they be? Well, I can tell you exactly why they&#x27;re being sold. Having worked at the wire house firms, having worked in World Trade Center, too, for a part of my career with the wire house firms, it&#x27;s the last place that brokers, advisors, and people in those industries can make a big commission. Everything else is fee-based. Everything else has been stripped down because of the E-trades of the world. And that&#x27;s the last place these people can make 5%, 6%, 7%, 8% in commission. And that&#x27;s the reason it&#x27;s being sold. It&#x27;s tragic. And the fact that banks are getting involved in taking CDs and depositors and trying to convince them or transition them to a variable annuity is criminal, in my opinion. It&#x27;s financial and a malpractice. And I think there&#x27;s going to be issues down the road because of it.</p><p><strong>13:58</strong> Yeah, I agree. And we&#x27;ll get into that. In the future here, we&#x27;ll talk about the reasons why people are recommending the wrong fit for the consumer out there and how the wrong fit for one person gives the whole industry a bad name. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Stan the Annuity Man and the book that he has written. And I recommend you get a copy of it. It&#x27;s available everywhere. Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble. It&#x27;s called The Annuity Stanifesto. And Stan, thanks for joining us today on the show. It&#x27;s been fun. Thank you. We&#x27;ll get you. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stan The Annuity Man joins Coach Pete to discuss The Annuity Stanifesto and the confusion surrounding annuities. They examine how contracts work, their limitations, and the questions consumers should ask.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, today we have an excellent guest, and matter of fact, he&#x27;s a fellow that I&#x27;ve communicated with for years online, but I&#x27;ve never had on the show before. And what better time to have him on the show? He&#x27;s just come out with a new book called The Annuity Stanifesto. Now, what is that? Well, what is an annuity? What is a Stanifesto? Well, we&#x27;ve got Stan, the annuity man, on, and he&#x27;s going to talk about his book and the annuity world and a lot of the confusion that exists today out there in the world that we call the financial world and the sub-world in that world is the annuity world. And gosh, folks, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been living in a cave, you&#x27;ve probably heard about annuities. You&#x27;ve probably heard about the good, bad, and the ugly. I&#x27;m going to drill into those today. Stan, welcome in. Glad to be here, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Glad to be on your show. Yeah, now, I&#x27;ve written some books, and here&#x27;s one of the things that you&#x27;ve learned by writing your book. It&#x27;s a big project to do that, isn&#x27;t it? It is, and that book actually got pared down. I mean, we&#x27;ve got another one coming probably in about 18 months, but I wanted that one to be almost a primer so that people could pick it up, read it in an afternoon, and have a very good foundation on how annuities work, the good, the bad, and the ugly of all of them, the limitations, the contractual guarantees, the history, and then where I think things are going to go within the industry. It&#x27;s the wild, wild west. It&#x27;s actually a very unregulated market. I know the industry doesn&#x27;t want to hear that, but it is. And if you don&#x27;t believe that, turn on your radio or TV or type in the word annuity into Google and see what happens. Yeah, now, let&#x27;s start from the beginning on the annuities. When were the annuities first invented?</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> When did they first become on the scene? And I know it&#x27;s a long time ago, right? Long time ago. And actually, you know, you really kind of trace it farther back than the Roman times. But Roman times was the first error that we really saw a lot of use with the Roman soldiers. And the annuities, where the word annuity comes from, A-N-N-U-A is Latin for payment, annual payment. And that&#x27;s how they compensated the Roman soldiers for being away for so long. And they would also pay their family as well, a lifetime income stream. And that single premium immediate annuity structure was introduced in this country over 200 years ago. And until 1952, that was the only income annuity or annuity type available. In 1952, the company that we now know of as TIA Cref introduced the variable annuity.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> I&#x27;m not sure whether to, you know, blame them or congratulate them. There we are. We&#x27;ll get into the good, bad, and the ugly annuities in a minute. But first of all, let&#x27;s talk about you for a minute. Who is Stan, the annuity man? And why should anybody listen to what Stan has to say? It&#x27;s a good question. I&#x27;m the walking middle finger of annuity truth. I&#x27;m very abrasive and factual, and I shoot it straight. So if you don&#x27;t, you know, if you&#x27;re going to call me and ask me about annuities, get ready for the truth. And it might not fit for you. Annuities aren&#x27;t a perfect fit for everybody. Put myself through college shooting a basketball for the people in North Carolina. That&#x27;ll kind of ring true. But, you know, got my degrees and have been in the financial business for a long time. Worked for the major warehouse firms, all the names that you know that don&#x27;t need promoted. And then left about eight years ago when Wall Street kind of got a little crazy for me</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> because 80% of all trades were non-human at that time. Now we&#x27;re up to 85. And I said, you know what, I&#x27;m going to take a break. And just kind of got into the annuity world because I couldn&#x27;t believe what was being said on the local radio. And that was eight years ago. And from there, I&#x27;m just on a mission to almost reframe the argument. I really believe that annuities should be owned for their contractual guarantees only, for what they will do, not what they might do. And if I was the annuity leader for a day, we would change the motto to got guarantees. Similar to got milk, it should just be got guarantees. These are the value proposition of annuities that sets them apart from everybody is it will pay you for the rest of your life regardless of how long you live. However, our industry, the annuity industry, wants to talk about growth, which is overwhelmingly</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> dumb in my opinion. Yeah, when I utilize annuities in my practice, it&#x27;s as a bond alternative. And we want to have a floor. And we want to know in the future what the income is going to be. That&#x27;s what we use annuities for. But Stan, you&#x27;re right. I see a lot of people out there doing hypothetical examples for folks saying, well, what if we could get this much return over and above what the promises are? And that&#x27;s what guarantees are, aren&#x27;t they? There are promises for income in the future for the annuities. Absolutely. I tell people, if I did 1,000 sit-ups a day, I&#x27;d have a six-pack app. But I don&#x27;t. It&#x27;s similar to the proposals that agents show you that show markets moving at 7% per year. I always tell people when they show me these proposals that 6%, 7%, 8% per year, if you could get that every year on Wall Street, they&#x27;d build a statue of you. And where this is happening primarily is the variable and indexed annuity.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> We&#x27;re on the index world. Those products were developed in 1995 to compete with CD returns. And that&#x27;s exactly what they do. They&#x27;re very good products, but they are not going to get you market returns. They are going to protect the downside. And if placed properly in a portfolio as somewhat of a non-correlated asset, it works like a charm. But that&#x27;s not how they&#x27;re sold. They&#x27;re sold as the bad chicken dinner seminar, too good to be true, one-size-fits-all, panacea, upfront bonus, income rider thing that nobody understands. Why did, I mean, yeah, and I see these. Bad chicken dinner is a good way to look at it, too. But where did this mentality of one-size-fits-all come from, Stan? Every single annuity should only be put with people who need them, and the amount should be adjusted for the person you&#x27;re talking to, not a one-size-fits-all mentality.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> I don&#x27;t know where this came from. I don&#x27;t either. You know, I have an acronym that I use called PIL. P stands for Principal Protection. I is Income for Life. L is Legacy. And the other L is Long-Term Care. If you don&#x27;t need to solve for one or more of those issues, then you don&#x27;t need an annuity. Notice I didn&#x27;t put the letter G for growth in there. My conspiracy theory on all of this is I think that the complex products, which are variable and index annuities, which I&#x27;m not saying all of those are bad, but they&#x27;re pretty complex. They represent over 75% of all annuity sales, which is $200 billion or more per year. I do think that there is a level of complexity for no reason that is created on the carrier side to think that the person that&#x27;s buying thinking they&#x27;re going to get more than they</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> bargained for. The great example of that, Coach Pete, is the word hybrid. Hybrid&#x27;s a plant. Hybrid&#x27;s a car. Hybrid is not an annuity. This is a made-up word by a person or persons on the internet to make people think that they&#x27;re getting more for their money. It&#x27;s a fill-in-the-blank word. It&#x27;s like one of these ads I saw said, reasonable rate of return. What does that mean? That means a million things to different people. So in the unregulated sales world of annuities, if you did that in the securities world and ran those ads, you&#x27;d lose your license. Somehow, because annuities are regulated at the state level, these people are getting away with murder, in my opinion, with the advertising message of annuities, and they&#x27;re damaging the brand, period. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we are talking to Stan the Annuity Man, and he has written</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> a great book that we&#x27;re talking about right now. It&#x27;s called The Annuity Stanifesto. And Stan, yeah, I look at that, and people are. They&#x27;ve got into annuities where someone was telling them they were going to get gigantic returns, variable annuities. I see these as a culprit a lot of times, too. They forget to tell them that the principal is not protected if certain things happen in the market. And I think it&#x27;s all about setting expectations. And a lot of folks out there in the money world are making promises that the annuities won&#x27;t keep. And I always tell people, if you get a too-good-to-be-true pitch from an agent or advisor or broker or banker, now the banks are involved selling the annuities, and it sounds too good to be true, write down exactly what that agent said and how you understand it. Sign and date that piece of paper, turn it around, and give it to that agent and say, you know what? That sounds real good. Can you sign off on what you just told me?</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> I will guarantee you a couple things. If it&#x27;s true, they&#x27;ll sign it. If it&#x27;s not true, that pen&#x27;s going to weigh about 1,000 pounds. But it does, it&#x27;s a consumer way to get at the truth. Because annuities are sold in bullet points, but at the end of the day, you&#x27;re not buying bullet points. You&#x27;re buying a contract between you and the issuing carrier. We always say the brochure and the salesman giveth and the contract taketh away. Exactly. Don&#x27;t buy the annuity dreams, buy the contractual realities. That&#x27;s the reason we always say, base your decision on the contractual realities. Worst case scenario, Armageddon, if everything went wrong, if the policy, just the guarantee of the policy, base your decision there, start at the finish line, and figure out if an annuity can contractually guarantee and solve for the problem at hand. If not, then maybe an annuity is not for you.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Yeah. And unfortunately, there are a lot of people that just fall for the sales techniques, the gimmicks, and all the things happening out there. Let&#x27;s look at some of the types of annuities. There&#x27;s a bunch of different annuities out there, aren&#x27;t there? They really are. And a lot of people just blatantly say, I hate all annuities, Stan. Well, that&#x27;s like saying I hate all restaurants, or I hate all trucks. I mean, it&#x27;s too broad of a statement. There&#x27;s 15 different types of annuities. The primary types that are sold in this country are index and variable, which represent those are deferred annuities that are primarily bought for growth that are non-guaranteed returns, unfortunately. And then there&#x27;s the simplistic annuities, the immediate annuities, deferred immediate annuities, the CD-type annuities, which are called MIGAs, fixed-rate annuities. And those have no fees, very simplistic transfer risk. In my perfect world, I wish 75% of all sales were the simplistic ones, and then 25% were</p><p><strong>09:18</strong> the complicated ones. But the commission drives the recommendation, unfortunately, too many times in the annuity world. And the high commission products are the index annuities and the variable. It&#x27;s not saying they&#x27;re bad, but it is what it is. And always remember this. The longer the surrender charge, the higher the commission. Yeah, and a lot of people don&#x27;t look at the surrender charge or aren&#x27;t told about it before they get in. And it&#x27;s amazing how many people sign paperwork not even knowing what they&#x27;re doing, Stan. And I&#x27;ve seen now we&#x27;ve utilized annuities for good pieces and good fits in people&#x27;s portfolio, but I have to make sure that the client understands what they&#x27;re getting before I&#x27;ll ever sign my name on that contract, to tell you that much. Well, absolutely. I mean, you do not want them with... And I think you said it really well, Pete, is you don&#x27;t want people&#x27;s expectations out</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> of whack with the reality of the contract. You need to tell them this is what&#x27;s probably going to happen with either a return scenario, or this is what is going to happen with the contractual guarantees of the policy, and then have them make the decision there. I think it&#x27;s tragic that the annuity brand, which is a great product, I mean, truly, everyone already owns an annuity, Pete. It&#x27;s called Social Security. And by the way, Social Security is the best inflation annuity on the planet. So you can&#x27;t say, I hate annuities or any type of annuity because you already own it. So really, in my world, annuities fill those gaps for the pill, principal protection, income for life, legacy, and long-term care. Most of the time, it&#x27;s income. And most of the time, it&#x27;s to fill gaps, fill gaps of income. So to me, it&#x27;s a very simplistic thought. It&#x27;s very easily explainable if you&#x27;re only looking at the contractual guarantees.</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> And the decision is easy to make if you&#x27;re only looking at the contractual guarantees. Now, just as we said, all annuities aren&#x27;t good, all annuities aren&#x27;t bad, yet there is a company, a major company out there that runs full-page ads in papers saying, I hate all annuities. And that&#x27;s a gimmick for selling something else, isn&#x27;t it? Well, absolutely. I mean, all they&#x27;re trying to do is make you surrender your annuity and then go to their money management type platform. Again, I don&#x27;t know if that&#x27;s good or bad, but that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re doing. You can&#x27;t say you hate all annuities because annuities have their place. And with over $200 billion of them sold every year, they are helping people, especially from the standpoint of solving for longevity risk, which is outliving your money. The Treasury and the IRS just approved in July use of the longevity annuity product, which is a long-term deferred pension product, within IRAs and 401ks.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> Why? Because people need to plan for income. Instead of calling it lifetime income stream, I always call it lifestyle income stream because what you&#x27;re trying to do is maintain your lifestyle, transferring the risk to that insurance company to provide that income that you can never outlive. And that&#x27;s important, too, because a lot of people overlook that and look at the annuity as a growth vehicle. But this is just to keep you maintaining, I guess. We call it maintaining your income. Or maybe if you build a laddering strategy with annuities, maybe increasing the lifestyle in the future, but never going backwards, I guess, correct? That is correct. I mean, I&#x27;m not a... See, variable annuities were put on the planet in 1952 for tax deferred growth, and that&#x27;s fantastic. And there are some no-load, no-fee, fully liquid from day one variable annuities out there</p><p><strong>12:26</strong> that are fantastic. But you can&#x27;t buy them from an agent. You&#x27;ve got to buy them directly from the company. But for pure tax deferred growth, it&#x27;s not a bad thought. What&#x27;s happened, though, is in the variable annuity world, they&#x27;ve added all kinds of riders and all kinds of benefits. And me and you both know, Coach Pete, that with a lot of these contracts, once you start adding the benefits, they start limiting your investment choices, which kind of defeats the purpose of the whole thing. In addition to that, the average annual fee of a variable annuity is 3% annually for the life of the policy, which is going to eat into any type of returns, in my opinion. Now, I think we have about a minute to go here in this segment, but I want to talk about those variable annuities, because they are the ones that I see, they have been sold the most to people who need them the least, in my opinion, for the wrong reasons.</p><p><strong>13:11</strong> And I don&#x27;t understand it. Maybe it&#x27;s commission-driven or whatever. But if you had one or two pet peeves about variable annuities, what would they be? Well, I can tell you exactly why they&#x27;re being sold. Having worked at the wire house firms, having worked in World Trade Center, too, for a part of my career with the wire house firms, it&#x27;s the last place that brokers, advisors, and people in those industries can make a big commission. Everything else is fee-based. Everything else has been stripped down because of the E-trades of the world. And that&#x27;s the last place these people can make 5%, 6%, 7%, 8% in commission. And that&#x27;s the reason it&#x27;s being sold. It&#x27;s tragic. And the fact that banks are getting involved in taking CDs and depositors and trying to convince them or transition them to a variable annuity is criminal, in my opinion. It&#x27;s financial and a malpractice. And I think there&#x27;s going to be issues down the road because of it.</p><p><strong>13:58</strong> Yeah, I agree. And we&#x27;ll get into that. In the future here, we&#x27;ll talk about the reasons why people are recommending the wrong fit for the consumer out there and how the wrong fit for one person gives the whole industry a bad name. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Stan the Annuity Man and the book that he has written. And I recommend you get a copy of it. It&#x27;s available everywhere. Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble. It&#x27;s called The Annuity Stanifesto. And Stan, thanks for joining us today on the show. It&#x27;s been fun. Thank you. We&#x27;ll get you. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Stan The Annuity Man joins Coach Pete to discuss The Annuity Stanifesto and the confusion surrounding annuities. They examine how contracts work, their limitations, and the questions consumers should ask.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stan The Annuity Man</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>Understanding the Annuity Stanifesto</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stan The Annuity Man, annuities, Understanding the Annuity Stanifesto, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d/image.jpg?t=1792073495&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-the-annuity-man/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d/image.jpg?t=1792073495&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Apr 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>870</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/400acff2-1cb6-4c64-9d37-b09a0122942d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13950523" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stan-the-annuity-man</link>
      <itunes:order>137</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding the Annuity Stanifesto" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:35" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:23" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:16" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Larry Doyle: Following Up on Wall Street and Public Trust</title>
      <itunes:title>Larry Doyle: Following Up on Wall Street and Public Trust</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Larry Doyle returns to discuss developments following In Bed with Wall Street. He and Coach Pete revisit financial institutions, accountability, and the concerns of individual investors. Recorded April 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation and find somebody who&#x27;s very knowledgeable about something that we care about on the show. And today, obviously, we&#x27;re a financial show, so we have a guest on we&#x27;ve had on before. He&#x27;s a great author. He wrote the book In Bed with Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from Connecticut. His name is Larry Doyle. Larry, welcome in. Coach, thanks very much for having me on the show. Always a pleasure. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about just what we&#x27;ve seen here lately here in 2014. Of course, we&#x27;re into 2014 going strong up and down. I mean, depending on what stock you&#x27;re in, you&#x27;re either having a good year or a bad year. And we know from day to day that changes for everybody. But there was a shocking story a few months back on 60 Minutes. And it was about something known as high-frequency trading.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And they had somebody on there who we&#x27;ve had on our show before. His name is Michael Lewis. And Michael&#x27;s written a whole lot of books in the financial world where he goes behind the scenes and sort of busts the myths or reaffirms some of the worries that people have had about the market, doesn&#x27;t he? Certainly, no doubt. I mean, Mr. Lewis clearly is the preeminent financial writer in the country, if not the world, today. And, you know, what&#x27;s interesting is that there have been people in the markets, you know, on the floors of the exchanges or, you know, to the extent that there are people still on those floors there, you know, involved in the markets, writing about the issues that Michael on his obviously enormous platform brings real attention to.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And so credit to Mr. Lewis as well as these other individuals who are saying, hey, there are some real issues here that need to get addressed. And so I&#x27;m glad that they&#x27;re getting further attention because, you know, they impact investors, whether, you know, regulators or people in the industry want to admit that or not. Now let&#x27;s talk about high-frequency trading because a lot of people hear that and they say, oh, that doesn&#x27;t matter to me or whatever. And it may not. In my opinion, if you&#x27;re buying stocks for the long term and not trying to trade back and forth and try to beat Wall Street at its own game, you&#x27;ll probably be okay. But if someone&#x27;s trying to day trade and get in and out of a stock, high-frequency trading companies and programs, software programs or engineered structures can kill you, can&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Well, there is no doubt about that. But in my opinion, there are a number of issues over and above the high-frequency trading that have promoted this practice. And what are some of those issues? The fact that the equity exchanges themselves have gone to a for-profit model. So rather than simply serving as a utility to facilitate the buying and trading of stocks, these equity exchanges back in 2005 went to a for-profit model with the blessing of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under that for-profit model, they have been incented to attract volume to their exchanges. So how do they attract volume? They give rebates. It&#x27;s called payment for order flow.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> So they&#x27;re going out and they go out and negotiate these deals with these high-frequency trading outfits to bring their business. And they&#x27;re paying for their order flow. So the high-frequency traders would say, well, we&#x27;re bringing liquidity. I think critics would say it&#x27;s not really liquidity, it&#x27;s volume. It&#x27;s a churning effect. Trying to sniff out orders, in my opinion. This is a form of legalized front-running. Yeah. Now, you know, a lot of people say, well, it doesn&#x27;t matter to me because I don&#x27;t have much money in the stock market. But a lot of people do. They have 401ks and things like that or mutual funds. And indirectly, they&#x27;re in the stock market. They&#x27;re not trading day-to-day, but the fund companies are sometimes. And here&#x27;s my question to you, Larry. If you were to go to Vegas, and there&#x27;s a lot of choices in Vegas for casinos,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> and if the word was out that one of the casinos was putting bets in before you could get yours in or doing something that wasn&#x27;t really helping you or helping your odds, you might avoid that casino and go to a different one, correct? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And as Mr. Lewis attested in his book, that&#x27;s why the, you know, as he defined them, the flash boys. I mean, this fellow Brad Katsuyama from RBC, you know, he&#x27;s setting up an exchange, or dare I say kind of a casino, and saying we&#x27;re not going to allow orders to be front-run. We&#x27;re not going to be giving up your information, you know, what your bets are, so that others can jump right in front of you. And, you know, this is why it&#x27;s very interesting to see the reaction that the folks at Goldman Sachs,</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> I think Goldman Sachs realizes that this is a, you know, truly a deeply meaningful change and development in the markets, and that they&#x27;re kind of disavowing themselves of high-frequency trading practices and some of the other things that are involved in that because they realize that, you know, the market&#x27;s moving away from that. But what&#x27;s incredible is, you know, even though people say, oh, it&#x27;s just a thin, it&#x27;s a penny here, a penny there, all those pennies add up to billions of dollars. Yes, yes, and fast, too. I mean, real fast, especially if you&#x27;re doing a lot of shares and you&#x27;re getting beat on each share. That adds up quick, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, see, the issue here is, unlike under our prior model, that had issues as well.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> That is the model in which specialists made markets. The specialist had an obligation to make a market both on the bid and ask and stand by that. Now, again, plenty of specialists and under that system were gaming the system as well. The high-frequency traders, there&#x27;s no obligation to make the market, none whatsoever. So that&#x27;s why you end up with situations like that flash crash back in May of 2010. But what doesn&#x27;t get a lot of exposure is the fact that there are, you know, many flash crashes, perhaps not in, you know, the market as a whole here in the last few years, but in individual stocks, these mini flash crashes in which typically on a down market,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> you know, bids are just pulled out in people who place, you know, sell orders at the market. And that&#x27;s a dangerous proposition. Yes. People should use limit orders when they&#x27;re trading and not market orders so that they don&#x27;t get caught into, you know, one of these massive downdrafts and they end up selling things, you know, points below where they thought the market was. That goes on on a regular basis. That doesn&#x27;t get a lot of attention, but it certainly deserves to. Larry, there are a lot of stories there about the last flash crash we had where people went away to work then in the morning and they had some sell orders in and the market crashed down and then it rebounded up. So they sold at the low and by the time they got back home,</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> the stock was about where it was where they left for work, but they didn&#x27;t own it anymore. So lots of people, middle America, lost a lot of money. That was a massively coordinated effort in which that was what the system allowed. And who&#x27;s at fault in a system like that? The regulators. The regulators, which I have tried to lay out in spades in my book, In Bed with Wall Street, you know, have acted in concert to allow things like that to happen so that people, I think they broke trades when stocks were sold down over 60 percent. But people sold liquidated positions, you know, down 50 to 55 percent.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And then within a matter of hours, you know, they were right back to, you know, where the market was before. I mean, in my opinion, that&#x27;s not a market. Yeah. Well, I mean, you know, and a lot of people out there, and me included, I mean, we put a lot of confidence or a lot of our trust in the regulators to look out for us in everything we do. The water we drink and the cars we drive, we want the regulators to make sure that we&#x27;re drinking safe water and in a safe car. But here&#x27;s a question for you, and I think it&#x27;s a big one out there for everyone listening, because I talk to people every day who like to think they&#x27;re doing their own trading. Everyone wants to be a do-it-yourselfer nowadays. And with all the different electronic trading vehicles out there today, all these different companies that will help you be your own broker, is it hurting people more than helping to be able to make your own trades without the help of a financial professional?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Well, as with anything, if you don&#x27;t fully know what you&#x27;re doing, you know, regardless of what it is, whether it&#x27;s, you know, I wouldn&#x27;t go out and try to fix my own car. I don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;m not a mechanic. You know, you engage professionals. And I write about this all the time. You have to know with whom are you doing business and what are all the embedded costs and risks associated with the process. You know, those are questions that people need to get addressed. Relationships take time to develop. And, you know, costs need to be fully explained and exposed. So that&#x27;s why, yeah, I mean, in my opinion, unless people have got significant experience dealing in the markets,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> they should try to engage somebody on a fiduciary basis, somebody who, you know, is willing to take a sense of that obligation that they&#x27;re acting in your best interests as opposed to merely trying to sell products. Yeah, and I just see that a lot. And it&#x27;s a great feeling when you can save money. But if you&#x27;re saving money on one end, it&#x27;s costing you a lot more than you realize on the other. No doubt about it. All the time. Yeah. I mean, if you think you&#x27;re saving money, well, you have to understand all the embedded, I mean, as I define them, you know, costs. There are a lot of synonyms for costs. Costs, commissions, fees, expenses, loads, charges, you know, all these different things you have to understand. Yeah. Well, I tried one time in my life to be a do-it-yourselfer for a home repair,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and I ended up with holes in my wall, and I had to pay someone to come and fix them, and it cost me a lot more than it would have if I would have just paid someone to put the TV up to begin with. So, folks, his name is Larry Doyle. He&#x27;s a great author. He&#x27;s a great knowledgeable source. He has a blog, SenseOnSense.com. You can go there. Larry, you update that a lot, I see, as well. We write there on a very regular basis. As I&#x27;ve told people, there&#x27;s been a lot to write about. Not necessarily all of it&#x27;s good, but we just try to provide, you know, utilize my experience to help people understand, you know, ultimately understand risk. It&#x27;s all about understanding risk. And Larry&#x27;s a friend of the show, and we&#x27;ll have him back, try to have him on each and every quarter to go over what&#x27;s going on in the world. And, Larry, as always, it&#x27;s been my pleasure having you on today. Thank you very much for having me.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> It&#x27;s always a pleasure and truly an honor. And, folks, you can see this or listen to this interview in its entirety on our website, FinancialSafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Larry Doyle returns to discuss developments following In Bed with Wall Street. He and Coach Pete revisit financial institutions, accountability, and the concerns of individual investors. Recorded April 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, this is the time of the show where we go out across the nation and find somebody who&#x27;s very knowledgeable about something that we care about on the show. And today, obviously, we&#x27;re a financial show, so we have a guest on we&#x27;ve had on before. He&#x27;s a great author. He wrote the book In Bed with Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from Connecticut. His name is Larry Doyle. Larry, welcome in. Coach, thanks very much for having me on the show. Always a pleasure. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about just what we&#x27;ve seen here lately here in 2014. Of course, we&#x27;re into 2014 going strong up and down. I mean, depending on what stock you&#x27;re in, you&#x27;re either having a good year or a bad year. And we know from day to day that changes for everybody. But there was a shocking story a few months back on 60 Minutes. And it was about something known as high-frequency trading.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And they had somebody on there who we&#x27;ve had on our show before. His name is Michael Lewis. And Michael&#x27;s written a whole lot of books in the financial world where he goes behind the scenes and sort of busts the myths or reaffirms some of the worries that people have had about the market, doesn&#x27;t he? Certainly, no doubt. I mean, Mr. Lewis clearly is the preeminent financial writer in the country, if not the world, today. And, you know, what&#x27;s interesting is that there have been people in the markets, you know, on the floors of the exchanges or, you know, to the extent that there are people still on those floors there, you know, involved in the markets, writing about the issues that Michael on his obviously enormous platform brings real attention to.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And so credit to Mr. Lewis as well as these other individuals who are saying, hey, there are some real issues here that need to get addressed. And so I&#x27;m glad that they&#x27;re getting further attention because, you know, they impact investors, whether, you know, regulators or people in the industry want to admit that or not. Now let&#x27;s talk about high-frequency trading because a lot of people hear that and they say, oh, that doesn&#x27;t matter to me or whatever. And it may not. In my opinion, if you&#x27;re buying stocks for the long term and not trying to trade back and forth and try to beat Wall Street at its own game, you&#x27;ll probably be okay. But if someone&#x27;s trying to day trade and get in and out of a stock, high-frequency trading companies and programs, software programs or engineered structures can kill you, can&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Well, there is no doubt about that. But in my opinion, there are a number of issues over and above the high-frequency trading that have promoted this practice. And what are some of those issues? The fact that the equity exchanges themselves have gone to a for-profit model. So rather than simply serving as a utility to facilitate the buying and trading of stocks, these equity exchanges back in 2005 went to a for-profit model with the blessing of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under that for-profit model, they have been incented to attract volume to their exchanges. So how do they attract volume? They give rebates. It&#x27;s called payment for order flow.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> So they&#x27;re going out and they go out and negotiate these deals with these high-frequency trading outfits to bring their business. And they&#x27;re paying for their order flow. So the high-frequency traders would say, well, we&#x27;re bringing liquidity. I think critics would say it&#x27;s not really liquidity, it&#x27;s volume. It&#x27;s a churning effect. Trying to sniff out orders, in my opinion. This is a form of legalized front-running. Yeah. Now, you know, a lot of people say, well, it doesn&#x27;t matter to me because I don&#x27;t have much money in the stock market. But a lot of people do. They have 401ks and things like that or mutual funds. And indirectly, they&#x27;re in the stock market. They&#x27;re not trading day-to-day, but the fund companies are sometimes. And here&#x27;s my question to you, Larry. If you were to go to Vegas, and there&#x27;s a lot of choices in Vegas for casinos,</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> and if the word was out that one of the casinos was putting bets in before you could get yours in or doing something that wasn&#x27;t really helping you or helping your odds, you might avoid that casino and go to a different one, correct? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And as Mr. Lewis attested in his book, that&#x27;s why the, you know, as he defined them, the flash boys. I mean, this fellow Brad Katsuyama from RBC, you know, he&#x27;s setting up an exchange, or dare I say kind of a casino, and saying we&#x27;re not going to allow orders to be front-run. We&#x27;re not going to be giving up your information, you know, what your bets are, so that others can jump right in front of you. And, you know, this is why it&#x27;s very interesting to see the reaction that the folks at Goldman Sachs,</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> I think Goldman Sachs realizes that this is a, you know, truly a deeply meaningful change and development in the markets, and that they&#x27;re kind of disavowing themselves of high-frequency trading practices and some of the other things that are involved in that because they realize that, you know, the market&#x27;s moving away from that. But what&#x27;s incredible is, you know, even though people say, oh, it&#x27;s just a thin, it&#x27;s a penny here, a penny there, all those pennies add up to billions of dollars. Yes, yes, and fast, too. I mean, real fast, especially if you&#x27;re doing a lot of shares and you&#x27;re getting beat on each share. That adds up quick, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, see, the issue here is, unlike under our prior model, that had issues as well.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> That is the model in which specialists made markets. The specialist had an obligation to make a market both on the bid and ask and stand by that. Now, again, plenty of specialists and under that system were gaming the system as well. The high-frequency traders, there&#x27;s no obligation to make the market, none whatsoever. So that&#x27;s why you end up with situations like that flash crash back in May of 2010. But what doesn&#x27;t get a lot of exposure is the fact that there are, you know, many flash crashes, perhaps not in, you know, the market as a whole here in the last few years, but in individual stocks, these mini flash crashes in which typically on a down market,</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> you know, bids are just pulled out in people who place, you know, sell orders at the market. And that&#x27;s a dangerous proposition. Yes. People should use limit orders when they&#x27;re trading and not market orders so that they don&#x27;t get caught into, you know, one of these massive downdrafts and they end up selling things, you know, points below where they thought the market was. That goes on on a regular basis. That doesn&#x27;t get a lot of attention, but it certainly deserves to. Larry, there are a lot of stories there about the last flash crash we had where people went away to work then in the morning and they had some sell orders in and the market crashed down and then it rebounded up. So they sold at the low and by the time they got back home,</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> the stock was about where it was where they left for work, but they didn&#x27;t own it anymore. So lots of people, middle America, lost a lot of money. That was a massively coordinated effort in which that was what the system allowed. And who&#x27;s at fault in a system like that? The regulators. The regulators, which I have tried to lay out in spades in my book, In Bed with Wall Street, you know, have acted in concert to allow things like that to happen so that people, I think they broke trades when stocks were sold down over 60 percent. But people sold liquidated positions, you know, down 50 to 55 percent.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And then within a matter of hours, you know, they were right back to, you know, where the market was before. I mean, in my opinion, that&#x27;s not a market. Yeah. Well, I mean, you know, and a lot of people out there, and me included, I mean, we put a lot of confidence or a lot of our trust in the regulators to look out for us in everything we do. The water we drink and the cars we drive, we want the regulators to make sure that we&#x27;re drinking safe water and in a safe car. But here&#x27;s a question for you, and I think it&#x27;s a big one out there for everyone listening, because I talk to people every day who like to think they&#x27;re doing their own trading. Everyone wants to be a do-it-yourselfer nowadays. And with all the different electronic trading vehicles out there today, all these different companies that will help you be your own broker, is it hurting people more than helping to be able to make your own trades without the help of a financial professional?</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> Well, as with anything, if you don&#x27;t fully know what you&#x27;re doing, you know, regardless of what it is, whether it&#x27;s, you know, I wouldn&#x27;t go out and try to fix my own car. I don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;m not a mechanic. You know, you engage professionals. And I write about this all the time. You have to know with whom are you doing business and what are all the embedded costs and risks associated with the process. You know, those are questions that people need to get addressed. Relationships take time to develop. And, you know, costs need to be fully explained and exposed. So that&#x27;s why, yeah, I mean, in my opinion, unless people have got significant experience dealing in the markets,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> they should try to engage somebody on a fiduciary basis, somebody who, you know, is willing to take a sense of that obligation that they&#x27;re acting in your best interests as opposed to merely trying to sell products. Yeah, and I just see that a lot. And it&#x27;s a great feeling when you can save money. But if you&#x27;re saving money on one end, it&#x27;s costing you a lot more than you realize on the other. No doubt about it. All the time. Yeah. I mean, if you think you&#x27;re saving money, well, you have to understand all the embedded, I mean, as I define them, you know, costs. There are a lot of synonyms for costs. Costs, commissions, fees, expenses, loads, charges, you know, all these different things you have to understand. Yeah. Well, I tried one time in my life to be a do-it-yourselfer for a home repair,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and I ended up with holes in my wall, and I had to pay someone to come and fix them, and it cost me a lot more than it would have if I would have just paid someone to put the TV up to begin with. So, folks, his name is Larry Doyle. He&#x27;s a great author. He&#x27;s a great knowledgeable source. He has a blog, SenseOnSense.com. You can go there. Larry, you update that a lot, I see, as well. We write there on a very regular basis. As I&#x27;ve told people, there&#x27;s been a lot to write about. Not necessarily all of it&#x27;s good, but we just try to provide, you know, utilize my experience to help people understand, you know, ultimately understand risk. It&#x27;s all about understanding risk. And Larry&#x27;s a friend of the show, and we&#x27;ll have him back, try to have him on each and every quarter to go over what&#x27;s going on in the world. And, Larry, as always, it&#x27;s been my pleasure having you on today. Thank you very much for having me.</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> It&#x27;s always a pleasure and truly an honor. And, folks, you can see this or listen to this interview in its entirety on our website, FinancialSafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Larry Doyle returns to discuss developments following In Bed with Wall Street. He and Coach Pete revisit financial institutions, accountability, and the concerns of individual investors. Recorded April 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Larry Doyle</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Following Up on Wall Street and Public Trust</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Larry Doyle, investing, Following Up on Wall Street and Public Trust, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84/image.jpg?t=1792072441&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/larry-doyle-following-up-on-wall-street-and-public-trust/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84/image.jpg?t=1792072441&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>678</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d054b642-6d20-4447-a0c5-b4e20167fe84/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10884798" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/larry-doyle-following-up-on-wall-street-and-public-trust</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>138</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Following Up on Wall Street and Public Trust" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Larry Doyle: In Bed with Wall Street</title>
      <itunes:title>Larry Doyle: In Bed with Wall Street</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Larry Doyle discusses In Bed with Wall Street and his experiences in the financial industry. Coach Pete asks about Wall Street, public trust, and the questions investors should be asking. Recorded March 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show each and every week where I find somebody out there in the world who&#x27;s made a difference. And I really love to talk to authors. And I&#x27;ve got in front of me a very excellent book. It&#x27;s called In Bed with Wall Street, subtitled The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy. And we&#x27;re joined by Mr. Larry Doyle, joining us from right outside of New York City in Connecticut. And Larry is a former – he&#x27;s been on Wall Street. He&#x27;s worked with all the big companies, First Boston, J.P. Morgan, and Bear Stearns. But now he&#x27;s an investment advisor, and he&#x27;s exposing some of the things that we all know is out there. And I think it&#x27;s a – this book really hits home. Larry, welcome to the show. Coach, thanks very much for having me on. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. First of all, I mean, your experience on Wall Street caused you to – you&#x27;ve got to be passionate about something to write a book.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I&#x27;ve written some books, and it&#x27;s not something you sit down one night and do, but it&#x27;s something you sit down one night and get fired up about. What fired you up enough to write this book, especially the one with the title, In Bed with Wall Street? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what fired me up. January 15, 2009, watching the confirmation hearing from Mary Shapiro and feeling like both I and everybody in the American public were being pandered to by Congress because they didn&#x27;t properly vet her to be the next head of the SEC. So I turned off my TV, and I started looking hard into the regulatory system. And as I&#x27;ve told people, once I started going down that hole, before I knew it, I was in the Grand Canyon. And so that&#x27;s what motivated me to write the book. And I exposed a whole wide array of specific scandalous activities, corruptible acts, and ultimately very real corruption.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Yeah, which is sad in a way because we&#x27;re talking to the – you know, our show especially talks to the average American out there, someone that&#x27;s working hard and trying to build enough money to retire and then have that retirement they dream about going on – what you see on TV, going on the cruises and seeing the grandkids, that kind of thing. But, Larry, a lot of times those dreams are shattered because people put the trust, their trust in Wall Street. And Wall Street&#x27;s looking out for themselves a lot of times, not for the people that are putting the money with them. Well, the presumption is – the presumption both going into the crisis and even still coming out of the crisis, the presumption is, okay, well, you know what? There are people out there, you know, regulators and our public officials who, you know, have the public interest at heart, and they will protect our interest. Well, the fact is, you know, those officials, whether they&#x27;re regulators as well as our politicians, not only failed us massively going into the crisis, but I would maintain that they continue to fail us.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> And that&#x27;s what – and when I started to get into the specific stories of individuals, specific legal cases, and you get – you take a hard look at this, that&#x27;s really what, you know, got my adrenaline going and motivated me to initially launch my blog. You know, I launched a blog for – you know, I was blogging for three and a half years before a literary agent contacted me and said, you know, how come you haven&#x27;t written a book? It makes a lot of sense. And you talk about – now, we all hear about Bernie Madoff, but there are a lot of other things going on there. You talk about your first chapter is about pillow talk. Now, let&#x27;s educate the listener on what pillow talk is and how it could be harmful to the average investor. Well, I mean, again, whether it&#x27;s pillow talk or ultimately the term that I use in the subtitle, the conspiracy, because a lot of people say, well, conspiracy, you know, it&#x27;s a hard word and a hard term.</p><p><strong>03:24</strong> I don&#x27;t put it out there for, you know, hyperbole. When you look at the relationships – and really what I&#x27;ve done in my book is I&#x27;ve utilized my instincts that I&#x27;ve developed on Wall Street in which – and what are those? Follow the money, information is everything, develop and utilize relationships. So utilizing those three skills, you know, I started just connecting the dots. And you look at the amount of money that goes from Wall Street to Washington, the payoffs that come back in the form of ineffectual regulatory oversight that, you know, lets the crowd on Wall Street kind of have a field date. So, you know, massive amount of money prior to the crisis and three times that amount of money after the crisis because there&#x27;s been war on the line.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> Yeah, yeah. And I know people need to be vigilant these days, but, you know, it&#x27;s often said that when you&#x27;re vigilant, you really know what&#x27;s going on, but you have to know all the facts before you can be vigilant. Well, again, to me it&#x27;s kind of like you look at people and where, you know, where are they coming from? Are they trying to sell you something? You look at regulators and you find out, okay, what is their mandate and are they conflicted? Because when I started to look into the regulatory realm, you know, both the SEC as well as Wall Street&#x27;s self-regulatory organization, an outfit known as FINRA. And I don&#x27;t think America has a full, you know, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;ve got any semblance of appreciation for the fact that Wall Street is to a large extent self-regulated. What exactly does that mean? What that means is that Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan and all, you know, all the broker-dealers, large, medium, and small, fund an organization, this regulatory organization known as FINRA, so that that organization can in turn regulate the industry.</p><p><strong>05:10</strong> So Goldman Sachs is funding FINRA so that FINRA can regulate Goldman Sachs. How do you think that&#x27;s going to work? You know, the fact of the matter is it doesn&#x27;t. But that&#x27;s the system that we&#x27;ve got, and that&#x27;s the system that I expose. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to author Larry Doyle. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to author Larry Doyle. The title of the book is In Bed with Wall Street, The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy. And, you know, you talk about the kangaroo court also in the book. Larry, you want to talk about that to the listeners? Sure. Well, when there are disputes in the industry, whether it&#x27;s a dispute between a customer and his broker or a dispute that an employee at a Wall Street firm has, you know, you&#x27;re not going to court. You&#x27;re going into an arbitration process. And the arbitration process is overseen by this self-regulatory organization known as FINRA.</p><p><strong>06:00</strong> So here you are. You&#x27;re taking on the industry, the arbitrators. You know, the process is overseen by this regulatory organization that&#x27;s funded by the industry. And the arbitrators are paid by the regulator that&#x27;s funded by the industry. So all of a sudden you think you&#x27;ve got like, hey, I&#x27;ve got a strong case. But you&#x27;re going into like a spider&#x27;s web. And I expose some situations where, I mean, there literally was one case where a fellow lost his arbitration case but then appealed. He appealed this case. And you&#x27;re like any appeal, you know, give me the testimony back so I can remake my case. FINRA, there were 18 hours worth of testimony. They gave this individual 10 hours of testimony. He said, well, where&#x27;s the other eight hours? And they&#x27;re like, it wasn&#x27;t the first eight hours, the last eight hours, the middle eight hours.</p><p><strong>06:50</strong> There were 14 separate points where the testimony, and it was an audio tape, was deleted. And it wasn&#x27;t provided to him. And he&#x27;s like, are you kidding me? In any regular court of law, you would say that&#x27;s a travesty of justice, a miscarriage. But in the FINRA court, what does FINRA say? Sorry. And there you go. So, you know, it doesn&#x27;t come anywhere close to passing the smell test. So I&#x27;m happy to expose whether it&#x27;s kangaroo courts, whether it&#x27;s fraudulent activities within the regulatory system, investor abuses, whistleblower violations. I mean, this book, believe me, we&#x27;re playing hardball here, Coach. Well, let&#x27;s talk – I think somebody needs to be, Larry, because what happens here is the status quo. One day after another, people just forget about things. Time heals all wounds or whatever. And, you know, one of the things you believe in, just as I do, is the fact that the prospectus that you get before you buy a risk investment is too confusing to read, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Well, no doubt about it. I mean, you think you have to have an advanced legal degree in order to read these things and figure out where the hell is the risk. Yep. You know, it&#x27;s not – because it just – it gets intentionally buried into, you know, these 100-page documents. And then you start to say, well, what is this thing going to cost me? And you&#x27;re looking for fees, costs, loads, commission, charges. I mean, all these different synonymous terms in terms of, you know, how deeply do they have their hand in my pocket? So all these sorts of things get to we need significantly increased disclosures and transparency. Transparency is the great disinfectant. The industry, as well as the regulators, you know, their business model is, you know what, very limited disclosures, little to no transparency, and we&#x27;re all paying the price in the process.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> So I&#x27;m happy to bring attention to that as well as all kinds of scandalous practices here that, you know, where American investors, consumers, and taxpayers aren&#x27;t being properly protected. Let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re talking to John and Mary, average investors. They&#x27;ve worked hard all their life, saved a lot of money, and let&#x27;s say they have about $800,000 to $900,000 right now in their retirement accounts, and they&#x27;re approaching age 65, Larry. What should somebody be doing? I mean, here&#x27;s what the problem is. I mean, when you&#x27;re working, you just put money in the 401K, and you&#x27;re just saving and going along with life. But then retirement comes, and it&#x27;s a dramatic change. And some people keep doing what they were doing as far as the risks they&#x27;re taking and all that. But what should somebody do if they&#x27;re what I call the financial red zone, that within five years of retirement or they&#x27;re in retirement now or they&#x27;re getting ready to retire,</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> what should they do to make sure their money is going to be there when they need it the most through retirement? Well, no doubt about it. I mean, as with most people going into retirement, you&#x27;re looking for vehicles that can generate income because you&#x27;re not going to be generating income in an employment capacity. So how do I go out and find vehicles, investment vehicles that can generate income, but in which I understand risk? And this becomes a challenge because the challenge is that the Federal Reserve has kept interest rate levels negative real rates of interest because of their programs to keep interest rates down. So then how do I go find investment products? And so there are all sorts of different investment products.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> But then what are the implied risks in terms of whether it&#x27;s interest rate, market risk, credit risk, all these different things? It becomes a real challenge. What I try to compel people to do is, you know what, find somebody who&#x27;s working on a fiduciary basis. And the fiduciary standard is that individual is working in your best interests as opposed to, you know, perhaps many who are simply working on a suitability basis, meaning I&#x27;m selling you a product that may be deemed suitable or may be deemed appropriate for you, but they&#x27;re not held to this higher fiduciary standard. I&#x27;m a big proponent that engage advisors who have a fiduciary standard. Yeah, I am too. And I think the average consumer has no idea what that means in the capacity of what their retirement accounts could or could not do in the future.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> And I think people are getting more educated on that with people like you and me out there telling people how important it is to get someone who is looking out for your best interest, becoming your own CFO for your family instead of working for the company&#x27;s best interest. And that&#x27;s a tough line sometimes, Larry, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is a tough line. But again, you know what, people have to, they&#x27;ve got to take responsibility. But you have to get some trusted advisors. And you can&#x27;t presume that the regulators, you know, are going to be looking out for your interest and protecting you. Because I&#x27;m telling you, they&#x27;re not. I mean, they may try to, but they&#x27;re significantly conflicted. The technical term is regulatory capture. They are captured by the industry where they end up protecting the interests of the industry instead of upholding their mandate to protect the interests of, you know, investors and ultimately American taxpayers.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> I mean, there&#x27;s rampant evidence of this. Not only, you know, the last couple of years going into the crisis, but long before that. I mean, a lot of people think, well, you know, how come there weren&#x27;t people on Wall Street blowing the whistle? The fact is, you know what, there were lots of people trying to blow the whistle. And what happened to these whistleblowers? They were ignored, intimidated, sometimes physically, and ultimately fired. Rampant evidence of that. And it&#x27;s like, you know, that&#x27;s just wrong. And the information that the whistleblowers could have brought to bear would have been for the benefit of investors. So again, I try to highlight those specific situations in my book as well. I think it&#x27;s very important these days that people get educated on what&#x27;s really going on behind the scenes.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> And this book, In Bed with Wall Street, The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy by Larry Doyle we just talked to. Folks, it&#x27;s a good book to pick up. It&#x27;s a great book to pick up for the future. And it would be a great gift to give to someone if you know someone who has any money in the market and doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on. Larry, I really appreciate your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s been great being on. I appreciate your touting the book. I mean, I not only exposed scandalous practices in the past, but I also put out proposed reforms, 14 proposed reforms, you know, for the future because we&#x27;ve got to continue to move forward here. So, Coach, thanks again very much for having me on. You know, Larry, I&#x27;d love to have you on again, and we&#x27;ll talk about some of those proposals. How&#x27;s that? Sounds good. We&#x27;re playing a win. Now, folks, if you joined us late or you want to hear this interview again in its entirety or share with your friends, go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon, and you can listen to the interview and others in their entirety there.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> Larry, again, thanks for your time today. Coach, have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Larry Doyle discusses In Bed with Wall Street and his experiences in the financial industry. Coach Pete asks about Wall Street, public trust, and the questions investors should be asking. Recorded March 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the time of the show each and every week where I find somebody out there in the world who&#x27;s made a difference. And I really love to talk to authors. And I&#x27;ve got in front of me a very excellent book. It&#x27;s called In Bed with Wall Street, subtitled The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy. And we&#x27;re joined by Mr. Larry Doyle, joining us from right outside of New York City in Connecticut. And Larry is a former – he&#x27;s been on Wall Street. He&#x27;s worked with all the big companies, First Boston, J.P. Morgan, and Bear Stearns. But now he&#x27;s an investment advisor, and he&#x27;s exposing some of the things that we all know is out there. And I think it&#x27;s a – this book really hits home. Larry, welcome to the show. Coach, thanks very much for having me on. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. First of all, I mean, your experience on Wall Street caused you to – you&#x27;ve got to be passionate about something to write a book.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> I&#x27;ve written some books, and it&#x27;s not something you sit down one night and do, but it&#x27;s something you sit down one night and get fired up about. What fired you up enough to write this book, especially the one with the title, In Bed with Wall Street? Well, I&#x27;ll tell you what fired me up. January 15, 2009, watching the confirmation hearing from Mary Shapiro and feeling like both I and everybody in the American public were being pandered to by Congress because they didn&#x27;t properly vet her to be the next head of the SEC. So I turned off my TV, and I started looking hard into the regulatory system. And as I&#x27;ve told people, once I started going down that hole, before I knew it, I was in the Grand Canyon. And so that&#x27;s what motivated me to write the book. And I exposed a whole wide array of specific scandalous activities, corruptible acts, and ultimately very real corruption.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Yeah, which is sad in a way because we&#x27;re talking to the – you know, our show especially talks to the average American out there, someone that&#x27;s working hard and trying to build enough money to retire and then have that retirement they dream about going on – what you see on TV, going on the cruises and seeing the grandkids, that kind of thing. But, Larry, a lot of times those dreams are shattered because people put the trust, their trust in Wall Street. And Wall Street&#x27;s looking out for themselves a lot of times, not for the people that are putting the money with them. Well, the presumption is – the presumption both going into the crisis and even still coming out of the crisis, the presumption is, okay, well, you know what? There are people out there, you know, regulators and our public officials who, you know, have the public interest at heart, and they will protect our interest. Well, the fact is, you know, those officials, whether they&#x27;re regulators as well as our politicians, not only failed us massively going into the crisis, but I would maintain that they continue to fail us.</p><p><strong>02:34</strong> And that&#x27;s what – and when I started to get into the specific stories of individuals, specific legal cases, and you get – you take a hard look at this, that&#x27;s really what, you know, got my adrenaline going and motivated me to initially launch my blog. You know, I launched a blog for – you know, I was blogging for three and a half years before a literary agent contacted me and said, you know, how come you haven&#x27;t written a book? It makes a lot of sense. And you talk about – now, we all hear about Bernie Madoff, but there are a lot of other things going on there. You talk about your first chapter is about pillow talk. Now, let&#x27;s educate the listener on what pillow talk is and how it could be harmful to the average investor. Well, I mean, again, whether it&#x27;s pillow talk or ultimately the term that I use in the subtitle, the conspiracy, because a lot of people say, well, conspiracy, you know, it&#x27;s a hard word and a hard term.</p><p><strong>03:24</strong> I don&#x27;t put it out there for, you know, hyperbole. When you look at the relationships – and really what I&#x27;ve done in my book is I&#x27;ve utilized my instincts that I&#x27;ve developed on Wall Street in which – and what are those? Follow the money, information is everything, develop and utilize relationships. So utilizing those three skills, you know, I started just connecting the dots. And you look at the amount of money that goes from Wall Street to Washington, the payoffs that come back in the form of ineffectual regulatory oversight that, you know, lets the crowd on Wall Street kind of have a field date. So, you know, massive amount of money prior to the crisis and three times that amount of money after the crisis because there&#x27;s been war on the line.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> Yeah, yeah. And I know people need to be vigilant these days, but, you know, it&#x27;s often said that when you&#x27;re vigilant, you really know what&#x27;s going on, but you have to know all the facts before you can be vigilant. Well, again, to me it&#x27;s kind of like you look at people and where, you know, where are they coming from? Are they trying to sell you something? You look at regulators and you find out, okay, what is their mandate and are they conflicted? Because when I started to look into the regulatory realm, you know, both the SEC as well as Wall Street&#x27;s self-regulatory organization, an outfit known as FINRA. And I don&#x27;t think America has a full, you know, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;ve got any semblance of appreciation for the fact that Wall Street is to a large extent self-regulated. What exactly does that mean? What that means is that Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan and all, you know, all the broker-dealers, large, medium, and small, fund an organization, this regulatory organization known as FINRA, so that that organization can in turn regulate the industry.</p><p><strong>05:10</strong> So Goldman Sachs is funding FINRA so that FINRA can regulate Goldman Sachs. How do you think that&#x27;s going to work? You know, the fact of the matter is it doesn&#x27;t. But that&#x27;s the system that we&#x27;ve got, and that&#x27;s the system that I expose. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to author Larry Doyle. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to author Larry Doyle. The title of the book is In Bed with Wall Street, The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy. And, you know, you talk about the kangaroo court also in the book. Larry, you want to talk about that to the listeners? Sure. Well, when there are disputes in the industry, whether it&#x27;s a dispute between a customer and his broker or a dispute that an employee at a Wall Street firm has, you know, you&#x27;re not going to court. You&#x27;re going into an arbitration process. And the arbitration process is overseen by this self-regulatory organization known as FINRA.</p><p><strong>06:00</strong> So here you are. You&#x27;re taking on the industry, the arbitrators. You know, the process is overseen by this regulatory organization that&#x27;s funded by the industry. And the arbitrators are paid by the regulator that&#x27;s funded by the industry. So all of a sudden you think you&#x27;ve got like, hey, I&#x27;ve got a strong case. But you&#x27;re going into like a spider&#x27;s web. And I expose some situations where, I mean, there literally was one case where a fellow lost his arbitration case but then appealed. He appealed this case. And you&#x27;re like any appeal, you know, give me the testimony back so I can remake my case. FINRA, there were 18 hours worth of testimony. They gave this individual 10 hours of testimony. He said, well, where&#x27;s the other eight hours? And they&#x27;re like, it wasn&#x27;t the first eight hours, the last eight hours, the middle eight hours.</p><p><strong>06:50</strong> There were 14 separate points where the testimony, and it was an audio tape, was deleted. And it wasn&#x27;t provided to him. And he&#x27;s like, are you kidding me? In any regular court of law, you would say that&#x27;s a travesty of justice, a miscarriage. But in the FINRA court, what does FINRA say? Sorry. And there you go. So, you know, it doesn&#x27;t come anywhere close to passing the smell test. So I&#x27;m happy to expose whether it&#x27;s kangaroo courts, whether it&#x27;s fraudulent activities within the regulatory system, investor abuses, whistleblower violations. I mean, this book, believe me, we&#x27;re playing hardball here, Coach. Well, let&#x27;s talk – I think somebody needs to be, Larry, because what happens here is the status quo. One day after another, people just forget about things. Time heals all wounds or whatever. And, you know, one of the things you believe in, just as I do, is the fact that the prospectus that you get before you buy a risk investment is too confusing to read, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Well, no doubt about it. I mean, you think you have to have an advanced legal degree in order to read these things and figure out where the hell is the risk. Yep. You know, it&#x27;s not – because it just – it gets intentionally buried into, you know, these 100-page documents. And then you start to say, well, what is this thing going to cost me? And you&#x27;re looking for fees, costs, loads, commission, charges. I mean, all these different synonymous terms in terms of, you know, how deeply do they have their hand in my pocket? So all these sorts of things get to we need significantly increased disclosures and transparency. Transparency is the great disinfectant. The industry, as well as the regulators, you know, their business model is, you know what, very limited disclosures, little to no transparency, and we&#x27;re all paying the price in the process.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> So I&#x27;m happy to bring attention to that as well as all kinds of scandalous practices here that, you know, where American investors, consumers, and taxpayers aren&#x27;t being properly protected. Let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re talking to John and Mary, average investors. They&#x27;ve worked hard all their life, saved a lot of money, and let&#x27;s say they have about $800,000 to $900,000 right now in their retirement accounts, and they&#x27;re approaching age 65, Larry. What should somebody be doing? I mean, here&#x27;s what the problem is. I mean, when you&#x27;re working, you just put money in the 401K, and you&#x27;re just saving and going along with life. But then retirement comes, and it&#x27;s a dramatic change. And some people keep doing what they were doing as far as the risks they&#x27;re taking and all that. But what should somebody do if they&#x27;re what I call the financial red zone, that within five years of retirement or they&#x27;re in retirement now or they&#x27;re getting ready to retire,</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> what should they do to make sure their money is going to be there when they need it the most through retirement? Well, no doubt about it. I mean, as with most people going into retirement, you&#x27;re looking for vehicles that can generate income because you&#x27;re not going to be generating income in an employment capacity. So how do I go out and find vehicles, investment vehicles that can generate income, but in which I understand risk? And this becomes a challenge because the challenge is that the Federal Reserve has kept interest rate levels negative real rates of interest because of their programs to keep interest rates down. So then how do I go find investment products? And so there are all sorts of different investment products.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> But then what are the implied risks in terms of whether it&#x27;s interest rate, market risk, credit risk, all these different things? It becomes a real challenge. What I try to compel people to do is, you know what, find somebody who&#x27;s working on a fiduciary basis. And the fiduciary standard is that individual is working in your best interests as opposed to, you know, perhaps many who are simply working on a suitability basis, meaning I&#x27;m selling you a product that may be deemed suitable or may be deemed appropriate for you, but they&#x27;re not held to this higher fiduciary standard. I&#x27;m a big proponent that engage advisors who have a fiduciary standard. Yeah, I am too. And I think the average consumer has no idea what that means in the capacity of what their retirement accounts could or could not do in the future.</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> And I think people are getting more educated on that with people like you and me out there telling people how important it is to get someone who is looking out for your best interest, becoming your own CFO for your family instead of working for the company&#x27;s best interest. And that&#x27;s a tough line sometimes, Larry, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is a tough line. But again, you know what, people have to, they&#x27;ve got to take responsibility. But you have to get some trusted advisors. And you can&#x27;t presume that the regulators, you know, are going to be looking out for your interest and protecting you. Because I&#x27;m telling you, they&#x27;re not. I mean, they may try to, but they&#x27;re significantly conflicted. The technical term is regulatory capture. They are captured by the industry where they end up protecting the interests of the industry instead of upholding their mandate to protect the interests of, you know, investors and ultimately American taxpayers.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> I mean, there&#x27;s rampant evidence of this. Not only, you know, the last couple of years going into the crisis, but long before that. I mean, a lot of people think, well, you know, how come there weren&#x27;t people on Wall Street blowing the whistle? The fact is, you know what, there were lots of people trying to blow the whistle. And what happened to these whistleblowers? They were ignored, intimidated, sometimes physically, and ultimately fired. Rampant evidence of that. And it&#x27;s like, you know, that&#x27;s just wrong. And the information that the whistleblowers could have brought to bear would have been for the benefit of investors. So again, I try to highlight those specific situations in my book as well. I think it&#x27;s very important these days that people get educated on what&#x27;s really going on behind the scenes.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> And this book, In Bed with Wall Street, The Conspiracy Crippling Our Global Economy by Larry Doyle we just talked to. Folks, it&#x27;s a good book to pick up. It&#x27;s a great book to pick up for the future. And it would be a great gift to give to someone if you know someone who has any money in the market and doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on. Larry, I really appreciate your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s been great being on. I appreciate your touting the book. I mean, I not only exposed scandalous practices in the past, but I also put out proposed reforms, 14 proposed reforms, you know, for the future because we&#x27;ve got to continue to move forward here. So, Coach, thanks again very much for having me on. You know, Larry, I&#x27;d love to have you on again, and we&#x27;ll talk about some of those proposals. How&#x27;s that? Sounds good. We&#x27;re playing a win. Now, folks, if you joined us late or you want to hear this interview again in its entirety or share with your friends, go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show icon, and you can listen to the interview and others in their entirety there.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> Larry, again, thanks for your time today. Coach, have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Larry Doyle discusses In Bed with Wall Street and his experiences in the financial industry. Coach Pete asks about Wall Street, public trust, and the questions investors should be asking. Recorded March 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Larry Doyle</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>In Bed with Wall Street</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Larry Doyle, investing, In Bed with Wall Street, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b/image.jpg?t=1792072448&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/larry-doyle-in-bed-with-wall-street/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b/image.jpg?t=1792072448&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Mar 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>819</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c776b634-d6db-479a-86f9-b4e20167754b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13139198" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/larry-doyle-in-bed-with-wall-street</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>139</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="In Bed with Wall Street" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hardin: Investor Revolution</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hardin: Investor Revolution</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hardin joins Coach Pete to discuss Investor Revolution, changing market conditions, and the role of a plan in investment decisions. Recorded February 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, you know, the money world is always changing, folks, and from one day to the next, you can be positive or negative, but one thing you need to do is you need to have a plan on your side. And today&#x27;s guest, we&#x27;ve found the author of Investor Revolution, and he&#x27;s joining us from Indiana. His name is Tom Harden, and he&#x27;s going to be talking about some of the strategies that have worked in the past that may not work in the future and vice versa, and just money management and the money world in general. Tom, welcome in. Hi, Coach. Great to be on the show. Thanks for having me. Great to have you on. Now, I&#x27;ve got your book in front of me, and we were talking before you came on about different things that are going on in the money world and some of the things that don&#x27;t work anymore that used to. And when we talk about it, Tom, I mean, everyone out there listening has their own particular portfolio, their own views of the market.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But what they&#x27;re really trying to do, what most people try to do when I talk to them, is they try to save enough to not worry in retirement. And that used to be an easy phrase, but nowadays, Tom, you never know what&#x27;s going to happen the next day. It&#x27;s a little tougher, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. And I think we have to kind of go back and see what&#x27;s been broken with the system. And, you know, I can&#x27;t tell you how many times I&#x27;ve had people come in the office and say, you know, Tom, I followed the rules. You know, I went through a process. I defined my risk tolerance level. I have an asset allocation. It was conservative or moderately conservative, 70% stocks, 30% bonds. I&#x27;m diversified. I own the best funds. And next thing you know, something comes up, and my portfolio takes a big hit.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So, you know, I think there&#x27;s one of two things that we can conclude from that is either, number one, the markets themselves are broken because it&#x27;s difficult to make money, or the approach that we use to manage money is broken. And one thing I can tell you for sure, Coach, is the markets are not broken. I mean, we&#x27;re still using the same strategies that have been around for 50 years, and they work great in bull markets. Pretty much everything works in the bull market. But they&#x27;ve never really been able to manage risk, and particularly they haven&#x27;t been able to maintain the risk tolerance that investors define, you know, for the retirement. They say, I want to be conservatively moderate or, you know, whatever it is. And that risk tolerance, though, of the portfolio is very dynamic and ever-changing, and it never really tends to fit what it is they&#x27;re expecting.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Again, your book&#x27;s title is Investor Revolution, and the subtitle is Overthrow Wall Street and Take Back Your Future. Now, explain that. Well, I&#x27;m talking a little more philosophically than I am, you know, physically throwing over Wall Street. But Wall Street&#x27;s methodologies have not changed. You know, Wall Street based a lot of their investment management on modern portfolio theory, bell curve probabilities, which, you know, if you&#x27;re talking about flipping coins or you&#x27;re talking about the average heights of men in the world, people like Yao Ming, who&#x27;s 7&#x27;6&quot;, kind of gets averaged out, doesn&#x27;t have a lot of impact on the average heights. Well, markets aren&#x27;t like that.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Markets have these big outliers. You know, periods like, you know, to kind of give you an example, Coach, if you go back to August of 2011, okay, we had six days within seven that were statistically impossible. I mean, we had, I think it was on the 4th, the market was down 4.76%. That&#x27;s, probabilities of that happening should be about once every 7,000 years, give or take a few thousand. The following Monday, we had an event 6.66%. Should happen about once every 1.5 billion years. Then another day and another day, back to back to back, which are, you know, statistically impossible.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And the idea that every time we see a decline in the market, a 10% drop, well, it takes 11% to get back to break even. You know, 25% takes 33%. So, you know, markets are liquid, and if we buy and hold liquid securities and we allow them to go through these gyrations, every time we go through a little cycle, we always have to make more money to get back to break even than what we lost. And that&#x27;s one of the big problems I think that people are seeing. And Wall Street, again, has been built on the idea of fixed asset allocation based on your objective, diversification among as many different securities as you can, that you can hold.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And it never really adjusts. It never adjusts to the ever, you know, the dynamic market environments that we have. Yeah, and a lot of people have heard the phrase, don&#x27;t worry, it&#x27;s just a paper loss. That&#x27;s when they are with somebody who&#x27;s just telling them not to pay attention. But, Tom, nowadays in the interactive society, people just can&#x27;t ignore what&#x27;s going on in their financial situation, can they? Well, no. I mean, I think you really need a process. And the days of subjectivity, you know, the idea of just buying what you think will do well in setting up a portfolio and walking away and just hoping that it works out are pretty much gone. I mean, the technologies that we have today are just, you know, unbelievable. The platforms that are available, the unique securities we have, like exchange-traded funds that will allow you.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I was just looking at coffee today. You can actually own coffee on the New York Stock Exchange, an exchange-traded fund. So the more moving parts, the more technologies you have, the more we need to move more towards the scientific process as opposed to just, you know, kind of going by our gut feeling or listening to CNBC. Are you there, Coach? Yeah, yeah, yeah. I thought you were going to – just a bit, Tyler. Just put a little pause there on that. I thought you were going to talk more about CNBC. So are you done with that? Okay. Well, yeah, I can do that. Sorry. Go ahead. Go ahead. Keep going. Yeah. So CNBC – and I don&#x27;t mean to pick on them because we do need financial news.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But I think that they need to kind of draw a line when you start giving investment advice. And we&#x27;ve had a number of periods when you have kind of an outlier day that might be up or down 300 points. And they blow that up like it&#x27;s a huge event and it&#x27;s going to have some big impact in the future. And there&#x27;s always a number of people that will react to that. And more often than not, they&#x27;re reacting in the wrong way. So we&#x27;re moving much more towards a scientific approach. I mean, there&#x27;s one thing that drives the markets. And that is, you know, it&#x27;s the law of supply and demand. I mean, that&#x27;s what drives every market. And supply and demand is driven by people and what people believe and how strongly and emotionally they believe what they think they know.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So people vacillate between, you know, from one side where they&#x27;re very rational and markets are efficient to irrational, emotional, where you have bear markets and bubbles. Well, you know, well, yeah. And, Tom, a whole cottage industry has sprung up because of investor behavior and they&#x27;re influenced by what I call investainment. That&#x27;s these 24-hour news places like CNBC and Bloomberg and all that. And I&#x27;ve been on both of those channels and Fox Business as well because they need programming. They call me every now and then to come on with them. But, you know, 24-hour cycles, they have to fill it with stuff and people get in trouble. And then the other industry that sprung up is investor psychology and investor philosophy type places like Dalbar, a research organization that makes their money every year studying investor behavior.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> And what Dalbar consistently finds is that the investor is their own worst enemy when it comes to buying too high and selling too low. A lot of times they do the exact opposite of what they should do because they&#x27;re influenced by the cycles of news and the fog of investing, we call it. It&#x27;s like the fog of war. They get lost in the euphoria of something going up like crazy. They start buying like with no rational realization to what&#x27;s going to happen next. And they&#x27;ll also sell on the way down when they should be holding something many times. Oh, that&#x27;s so true. And that&#x27;s one of the, I guess, counterintuitive things that relate to markets is when you feel really good, markets are generally at a peak and vice versa. I mean, if everyone thinks the market&#x27;s going up, that means they&#x27;re already in.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> A lot of people who could potentially sell, not that many people left to buy and vice versa. So it is one of the few areas where your gut feeling will pretty much all, most of the time, send you in the wrong direction. That&#x27;s, again, why we need a scientific approach as opposed to using our gut feeling. It&#x27;s also difficult to take events that are occurring and connect those directly to the markets. You know, after the fact, they try to do it. So the market was down today or the market&#x27;s been down for the last month because, you know, the fiscal cliff or they&#x27;ll come up with some reason. But really, it just comes down to the law of supply and demand. And we know that bull markets, the primary characteristic of a bull market is low or decreasing volatility, rationality.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> They just kind of climb along, kind of higher highs, higher lows. And bear markets are faster. They&#x27;re more emotional. So one of the goals is just to be able to adjust your portfolio in a way to be able to maintain stability on securities that have bull market characteristics. And if your portfolio begins to get volatile, then that means whatever diversification was working for you in the past is now not working. The market environment is changing. And these markets compete for money. And when it flows out of one market, it goes into another. So you have to continue to adjust that, kind of like you would your thermostat. You know, here in Indiana, I didn&#x27;t know it could get so cold. I think it got down to, like, wind chill 35 below or something.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> But, you know, if I said, well, give me 100 degrees of hot air, blast of hot air over and above what it is now, it sounds pretty aggressive. But if you&#x27;re 30 below zero, maybe it&#x27;s not. So the idea is we want the portfolio to be able to adjust to match and benefit from the environment and maintain holdings that have either lower decreasing volatility. There&#x27;s more to it than that, but that&#x27;s really the key thing. If we have one thing that&#x27;s going to be stable, we want it to be our portfolio&#x27;s volatility. Well, that makes a lot of sense there. And you do, in your investment management practice, you have something you call the portfolio thermostat, don&#x27;t you? Yes. Yes, we do. It&#x27;s something we&#x27;ve developed over a number of years.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s a series of algorithms. And we&#x27;ve identified 12 different market environments. Each one&#x27;s a little different. For a pretty long period throughout most of – actually through all of 2013 and into the first part of 2014, volatility was very low. So you could have a lot more in equity. You know, we can&#x27;t – we don&#x27;t really assign labels, risk labels on market classes. For example, if you – most people would say, well, bonds are safer than stocks. Well, most of the time they are. But for 2013, that wasn&#x27;t the case. You know, the 20-year Treasury bond averaged 20 to 40 percent more volatility than the S&amp;P 500.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> And, of course, the S&amp;P 500, I think, was up over 30 percent, where bonds were down more than 10 percent. And the declines, the little peak-to-trough declines that we saw in the stock market were never close to being double-digit percentage. You know, it was very stable, just kind of grinded out. So in that case, stocks were safer than bonds. Down the road, it will be something else. Tom, finally here, we&#x27;ve got just about a minute left here for this interview, but let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s listening right now, and they&#x27;ve been spending their whole life working and taking advantage of what&#x27;s been offered to them at their place of employment. Maybe it&#x27;s a 403B, TSP, 401K, or just saving on their own in IRAs. Or if they&#x27;re a business owner, they&#x27;ve been saving in their own set plan or something like that. But what&#x27;s the first step they can do if they&#x27;ve just been almost self-managing and not really had somebody on their side with the coaching and getting them in the right direction?</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> What&#x27;s the first step people should take as they get, we&#x27;ll call it in the financial red zone, let&#x27;s say, five to ten years out from retirement or getting ready to hit retirement? What should they do to make sure they have proper control of their money and not fall for some of the dirty tricks out there? Well, that&#x27;s a great question because, you know, again, basic common knowledge is kind of the traditional approach. You know, the allocation, the age-based allocations. You know, I think there&#x27;s no real replacement for education. And I think that now that the technologies have changed and now the strategies are beginning to catch up, I would focus energy on reading a lot of the new material out there. People have new ideas.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It&#x27;s a scientific approach. Again, it makes no sense to own a portfolio of liquid securities and a 401K plan that are going to fluctuate and just hold them because we&#x27;re getting the disadvantage of liquidity. You know, for the tradeoff that we have, you know, to be able to actually move these and be able to continually put the portfolio in a better position to maintain stability and low volatility. But there are a number of good advisors out there who kind of move beyond the traditional modern portfolio theory and tend to subscribe to more of a scientific process. One thing I can tell you, Coach, is, you know, the old pie chart, the pie chart allocation where you have your stocks, bonds, and cash, and then you diversify.</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> You have all those colors, kind of looks like a peacock. You know, markets are dynamic and ever-changing. Pie charts aren&#x27;t. Pie charts are pretty stable. And, again, if you go back to the thermostat analogy, you know, if I said, well, the average temperature in Indiana is 58 degrees, the average return you&#x27;d expect in the stock market is 10 percent. So, you know, give me 13 degrees heat all the time. Well, that&#x27;s not going to work. Your portfolio is going to be variable. So, definitely look for some kind of approach or model that will stabilize the portfolio. Risk management, portfolio management is all about risk management. If you can&#x27;t control the risk in your portfolio, then you can&#x27;t control the outcome.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And it&#x27;s pretty much as simple. Yep. Folks, again, his name is Tom Harden. The name of the book is Investor Revolution. And, Tom, we look forward to having you on again in the future sometime. Coach, thanks again. It was great. I have enjoyed your show. And I&#x27;ll look forward to continuing to listen to you. Folks, if you join this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show segment there. And you can listen to the interview in its entirety again. Tom, take care. And we&#x27;ll see you in the future. Great. Thanks again, Coach. Take care. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hardin joins Coach Pete to discuss Investor Revolution, changing market conditions, and the role of a plan in investment decisions. Recorded February 2014.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, you know, the money world is always changing, folks, and from one day to the next, you can be positive or negative, but one thing you need to do is you need to have a plan on your side. And today&#x27;s guest, we&#x27;ve found the author of Investor Revolution, and he&#x27;s joining us from Indiana. His name is Tom Harden, and he&#x27;s going to be talking about some of the strategies that have worked in the past that may not work in the future and vice versa, and just money management and the money world in general. Tom, welcome in. Hi, Coach. Great to be on the show. Thanks for having me. Great to have you on. Now, I&#x27;ve got your book in front of me, and we were talking before you came on about different things that are going on in the money world and some of the things that don&#x27;t work anymore that used to. And when we talk about it, Tom, I mean, everyone out there listening has their own particular portfolio, their own views of the market.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But what they&#x27;re really trying to do, what most people try to do when I talk to them, is they try to save enough to not worry in retirement. And that used to be an easy phrase, but nowadays, Tom, you never know what&#x27;s going to happen the next day. It&#x27;s a little tougher, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. And I think we have to kind of go back and see what&#x27;s been broken with the system. And, you know, I can&#x27;t tell you how many times I&#x27;ve had people come in the office and say, you know, Tom, I followed the rules. You know, I went through a process. I defined my risk tolerance level. I have an asset allocation. It was conservative or moderately conservative, 70% stocks, 30% bonds. I&#x27;m diversified. I own the best funds. And next thing you know, something comes up, and my portfolio takes a big hit.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So, you know, I think there&#x27;s one of two things that we can conclude from that is either, number one, the markets themselves are broken because it&#x27;s difficult to make money, or the approach that we use to manage money is broken. And one thing I can tell you for sure, Coach, is the markets are not broken. I mean, we&#x27;re still using the same strategies that have been around for 50 years, and they work great in bull markets. Pretty much everything works in the bull market. But they&#x27;ve never really been able to manage risk, and particularly they haven&#x27;t been able to maintain the risk tolerance that investors define, you know, for the retirement. They say, I want to be conservatively moderate or, you know, whatever it is. And that risk tolerance, though, of the portfolio is very dynamic and ever-changing, and it never really tends to fit what it is they&#x27;re expecting.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Again, your book&#x27;s title is Investor Revolution, and the subtitle is Overthrow Wall Street and Take Back Your Future. Now, explain that. Well, I&#x27;m talking a little more philosophically than I am, you know, physically throwing over Wall Street. But Wall Street&#x27;s methodologies have not changed. You know, Wall Street based a lot of their investment management on modern portfolio theory, bell curve probabilities, which, you know, if you&#x27;re talking about flipping coins or you&#x27;re talking about the average heights of men in the world, people like Yao Ming, who&#x27;s 7&#x27;6&quot;, kind of gets averaged out, doesn&#x27;t have a lot of impact on the average heights. Well, markets aren&#x27;t like that.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> Markets have these big outliers. You know, periods like, you know, to kind of give you an example, Coach, if you go back to August of 2011, okay, we had six days within seven that were statistically impossible. I mean, we had, I think it was on the 4th, the market was down 4.76%. That&#x27;s, probabilities of that happening should be about once every 7,000 years, give or take a few thousand. The following Monday, we had an event 6.66%. Should happen about once every 1.5 billion years. Then another day and another day, back to back to back, which are, you know, statistically impossible.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> And the idea that every time we see a decline in the market, a 10% drop, well, it takes 11% to get back to break even. You know, 25% takes 33%. So, you know, markets are liquid, and if we buy and hold liquid securities and we allow them to go through these gyrations, every time we go through a little cycle, we always have to make more money to get back to break even than what we lost. And that&#x27;s one of the big problems I think that people are seeing. And Wall Street, again, has been built on the idea of fixed asset allocation based on your objective, diversification among as many different securities as you can, that you can hold.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> And it never really adjusts. It never adjusts to the ever, you know, the dynamic market environments that we have. Yeah, and a lot of people have heard the phrase, don&#x27;t worry, it&#x27;s just a paper loss. That&#x27;s when they are with somebody who&#x27;s just telling them not to pay attention. But, Tom, nowadays in the interactive society, people just can&#x27;t ignore what&#x27;s going on in their financial situation, can they? Well, no. I mean, I think you really need a process. And the days of subjectivity, you know, the idea of just buying what you think will do well in setting up a portfolio and walking away and just hoping that it works out are pretty much gone. I mean, the technologies that we have today are just, you know, unbelievable. The platforms that are available, the unique securities we have, like exchange-traded funds that will allow you.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I was just looking at coffee today. You can actually own coffee on the New York Stock Exchange, an exchange-traded fund. So the more moving parts, the more technologies you have, the more we need to move more towards the scientific process as opposed to just, you know, kind of going by our gut feeling or listening to CNBC. Are you there, Coach? Yeah, yeah, yeah. I thought you were going to – just a bit, Tyler. Just put a little pause there on that. I thought you were going to talk more about CNBC. So are you done with that? Okay. Well, yeah, I can do that. Sorry. Go ahead. Go ahead. Keep going. Yeah. So CNBC – and I don&#x27;t mean to pick on them because we do need financial news.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But I think that they need to kind of draw a line when you start giving investment advice. And we&#x27;ve had a number of periods when you have kind of an outlier day that might be up or down 300 points. And they blow that up like it&#x27;s a huge event and it&#x27;s going to have some big impact in the future. And there&#x27;s always a number of people that will react to that. And more often than not, they&#x27;re reacting in the wrong way. So we&#x27;re moving much more towards a scientific approach. I mean, there&#x27;s one thing that drives the markets. And that is, you know, it&#x27;s the law of supply and demand. I mean, that&#x27;s what drives every market. And supply and demand is driven by people and what people believe and how strongly and emotionally they believe what they think they know.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So people vacillate between, you know, from one side where they&#x27;re very rational and markets are efficient to irrational, emotional, where you have bear markets and bubbles. Well, you know, well, yeah. And, Tom, a whole cottage industry has sprung up because of investor behavior and they&#x27;re influenced by what I call investainment. That&#x27;s these 24-hour news places like CNBC and Bloomberg and all that. And I&#x27;ve been on both of those channels and Fox Business as well because they need programming. They call me every now and then to come on with them. But, you know, 24-hour cycles, they have to fill it with stuff and people get in trouble. And then the other industry that sprung up is investor psychology and investor philosophy type places like Dalbar, a research organization that makes their money every year studying investor behavior.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> And what Dalbar consistently finds is that the investor is their own worst enemy when it comes to buying too high and selling too low. A lot of times they do the exact opposite of what they should do because they&#x27;re influenced by the cycles of news and the fog of investing, we call it. It&#x27;s like the fog of war. They get lost in the euphoria of something going up like crazy. They start buying like with no rational realization to what&#x27;s going to happen next. And they&#x27;ll also sell on the way down when they should be holding something many times. Oh, that&#x27;s so true. And that&#x27;s one of the, I guess, counterintuitive things that relate to markets is when you feel really good, markets are generally at a peak and vice versa. I mean, if everyone thinks the market&#x27;s going up, that means they&#x27;re already in.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> A lot of people who could potentially sell, not that many people left to buy and vice versa. So it is one of the few areas where your gut feeling will pretty much all, most of the time, send you in the wrong direction. That&#x27;s, again, why we need a scientific approach as opposed to using our gut feeling. It&#x27;s also difficult to take events that are occurring and connect those directly to the markets. You know, after the fact, they try to do it. So the market was down today or the market&#x27;s been down for the last month because, you know, the fiscal cliff or they&#x27;ll come up with some reason. But really, it just comes down to the law of supply and demand. And we know that bull markets, the primary characteristic of a bull market is low or decreasing volatility, rationality.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> They just kind of climb along, kind of higher highs, higher lows. And bear markets are faster. They&#x27;re more emotional. So one of the goals is just to be able to adjust your portfolio in a way to be able to maintain stability on securities that have bull market characteristics. And if your portfolio begins to get volatile, then that means whatever diversification was working for you in the past is now not working. The market environment is changing. And these markets compete for money. And when it flows out of one market, it goes into another. So you have to continue to adjust that, kind of like you would your thermostat. You know, here in Indiana, I didn&#x27;t know it could get so cold. I think it got down to, like, wind chill 35 below or something.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> But, you know, if I said, well, give me 100 degrees of hot air, blast of hot air over and above what it is now, it sounds pretty aggressive. But if you&#x27;re 30 below zero, maybe it&#x27;s not. So the idea is we want the portfolio to be able to adjust to match and benefit from the environment and maintain holdings that have either lower decreasing volatility. There&#x27;s more to it than that, but that&#x27;s really the key thing. If we have one thing that&#x27;s going to be stable, we want it to be our portfolio&#x27;s volatility. Well, that makes a lot of sense there. And you do, in your investment management practice, you have something you call the portfolio thermostat, don&#x27;t you? Yes. Yes, we do. It&#x27;s something we&#x27;ve developed over a number of years.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> It&#x27;s a series of algorithms. And we&#x27;ve identified 12 different market environments. Each one&#x27;s a little different. For a pretty long period throughout most of – actually through all of 2013 and into the first part of 2014, volatility was very low. So you could have a lot more in equity. You know, we can&#x27;t – we don&#x27;t really assign labels, risk labels on market classes. For example, if you – most people would say, well, bonds are safer than stocks. Well, most of the time they are. But for 2013, that wasn&#x27;t the case. You know, the 20-year Treasury bond averaged 20 to 40 percent more volatility than the S&amp;P 500.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> And, of course, the S&amp;P 500, I think, was up over 30 percent, where bonds were down more than 10 percent. And the declines, the little peak-to-trough declines that we saw in the stock market were never close to being double-digit percentage. You know, it was very stable, just kind of grinded out. So in that case, stocks were safer than bonds. Down the road, it will be something else. Tom, finally here, we&#x27;ve got just about a minute left here for this interview, but let&#x27;s say someone&#x27;s listening right now, and they&#x27;ve been spending their whole life working and taking advantage of what&#x27;s been offered to them at their place of employment. Maybe it&#x27;s a 403B, TSP, 401K, or just saving on their own in IRAs. Or if they&#x27;re a business owner, they&#x27;ve been saving in their own set plan or something like that. But what&#x27;s the first step they can do if they&#x27;ve just been almost self-managing and not really had somebody on their side with the coaching and getting them in the right direction?</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> What&#x27;s the first step people should take as they get, we&#x27;ll call it in the financial red zone, let&#x27;s say, five to ten years out from retirement or getting ready to hit retirement? What should they do to make sure they have proper control of their money and not fall for some of the dirty tricks out there? Well, that&#x27;s a great question because, you know, again, basic common knowledge is kind of the traditional approach. You know, the allocation, the age-based allocations. You know, I think there&#x27;s no real replacement for education. And I think that now that the technologies have changed and now the strategies are beginning to catch up, I would focus energy on reading a lot of the new material out there. People have new ideas.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It&#x27;s a scientific approach. Again, it makes no sense to own a portfolio of liquid securities and a 401K plan that are going to fluctuate and just hold them because we&#x27;re getting the disadvantage of liquidity. You know, for the tradeoff that we have, you know, to be able to actually move these and be able to continually put the portfolio in a better position to maintain stability and low volatility. But there are a number of good advisors out there who kind of move beyond the traditional modern portfolio theory and tend to subscribe to more of a scientific process. One thing I can tell you, Coach, is, you know, the old pie chart, the pie chart allocation where you have your stocks, bonds, and cash, and then you diversify.</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> You have all those colors, kind of looks like a peacock. You know, markets are dynamic and ever-changing. Pie charts aren&#x27;t. Pie charts are pretty stable. And, again, if you go back to the thermostat analogy, you know, if I said, well, the average temperature in Indiana is 58 degrees, the average return you&#x27;d expect in the stock market is 10 percent. So, you know, give me 13 degrees heat all the time. Well, that&#x27;s not going to work. Your portfolio is going to be variable. So, definitely look for some kind of approach or model that will stabilize the portfolio. Risk management, portfolio management is all about risk management. If you can&#x27;t control the risk in your portfolio, then you can&#x27;t control the outcome.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And it&#x27;s pretty much as simple. Yep. Folks, again, his name is Tom Harden. The name of the book is Investor Revolution. And, Tom, we look forward to having you on again in the future sometime. Coach, thanks again. It was great. I have enjoyed your show. And I&#x27;ll look forward to continuing to listen to you. Folks, if you join this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show segment there. And you can listen to the interview in its entirety again. Tom, take care. And we&#x27;ll see you in the future. Great. Thanks again, Coach. Take care. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hardin joins Coach Pete to discuss Investor Revolution, changing market conditions, and the role of a plan in investment decisions. Recorded February 2014.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hardin</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Investor Revolution</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hardin, investing, Investor Revolution, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713/image.jpg?t=1792072452&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hardin-investor-revolution/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713/image.jpg?t=1792072452&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Feb 2014 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>947</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a87f0554-ed3d-4c11-9315-b4e20166f713/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15190850" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hardin-investor-revolution</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>140</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investor Revolution" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don Mazzella: Healthcare Policy and Small Business</title>
      <itunes:title>Don Mazzella: Healthcare Policy and Small Business</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, today&#x27;s guest is what I consider one of the national experts on Obamacare. He has analyzed the law through and through, and I wanted to talk about today some of the myths of loopholes in the Obamacare law, because everyone&#x27;s out there, I&#x27;ve seen people trying to promote ways to get around it, and gosh, believe me, if there were ways around it, everyone would be taking advantage of that, especially ones who are having to pay for it out of their own pocket. Of course, we&#x27;re going to join right now with a nationally known expert. You&#x27;ve seen him in Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg, and all sorts of radio programs across the country. It&#x27;s the U.S. code that was supposedly going to protect people from Obamacare in the U.S. code number 42, but you&#x27;ve analyzed that, and it really doesn&#x27;t, does it? Well, yeah, that&#x27;s correct, and the reason people are confused by it, as people may remember,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> they rushed through that law, and they made a lot of mistakes in the law, and that&#x27;s one of them. I&#x27;m not a lawyer, but I&#x27;ve talked to any number of lawyers. I&#x27;ve talked to people on both sides of the question, those who support it and those who don&#x27;t support it, and I think Obamacare is the newest way for lawyers to make money because there&#x27;s so much in the law. But in that particular case, people are reading it, and if you read it one way, it says, yes, you don&#x27;t have to buy the insurance. But if you read it the way, and as lawyers explain to me, it&#x27;s the intent, and that&#x27;s what the courts will look at.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And if people rely on that, on what some people are saying about it, they&#x27;re going to end up in trouble. Well, the president has eliminated all but the individual mandate from the law as we speak, and who knows, he may, as it gets closer to election time, even eliminate that by the time this all is said and done. But right now, the law is clear. You must buy insurance or pay the penalties. I wish you were otherwise. I don&#x27;t like the law as much as anybody doesn&#x27;t like the law, and I&#x27;ve had to wade through a</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> tremendous amount of it. And at this point, people who rely on that interpretation are leaving themselves open to liability. So I&#x27;m strongly urging them not to rely on it. And the people I talk to on both sides of this question have said it any number of times. What can I say? Some people are making a lot of money and a lot of bruhua about that section of the law. And I&#x27;ve been at Washington hearings. I&#x27;ve been down to Washington on the point. And it&#x27;s just not there.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> You must buy the insurance unless you&#x27;re getting it from your employer, unless there&#x27;s certain exclusions. And by the way, there are a heck of a lot of exclusions now. You&#x27;re just leaving yourself open. What can I say? It&#x27;s there. It&#x27;s the law of the land. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ever going to be repealed, by the way, even if the Republicans take the Senate this fall and hold the House. They don&#x27;t have enough votes to override the presidential veto. And he will veto any sort of changes in the law.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s sad. So let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, you are, of course, the COO of Information Strategies. And I know as a commentator and reporter, you&#x27;ve interviewed several thousand businesses over the years. I mean, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve talked to small, medium, and large-sized business about this law. What do you think the true impact is going to be? I mean, you know, nothing&#x27;s for nothing, Don. So if the government&#x27;s making a company pay for health care for all the employees and they weren&#x27;t doing it before, something has to give. Absolutely. And what&#x27;s going to give are small businesses. The president recognized the political aspects of it when he postponed, unilaterally, by the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> way, and illegally, in my opinion, an opinion of a lot of constitutional lawyers, the mandate for the companies between 51 and 100 employees. A lot of what the president has done, if people went to court on it, would be declared illegally because the law, while the law gave the government tremendous latitude, there are certain things which the president has unilaterally postponed that clearly indicate the impact on small business. And it&#x27;s going to affect it.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> It&#x27;s going to affect companies. He&#x27;s hoping that with this mandate, people, companies will start hiring employees. But every study that I&#x27;ve seen, despite what the government says, indicates small businesses are not hiring that 50th employee. A lot of businesses that were considering offering health care to their employees are simply not doing it. It&#x27;s cheaper to pay the penalty than it is to provide health care insurance if you&#x27;re not already doing it. And the other problem is the cost of health care insurance went up in 2013 for most small businesses,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> averaging between 13% and 23%, depending on what survey you take. And that&#x27;s a big hit for many small businesses. You&#x27;ve been in a recession. We&#x27;re supposedly out of a recession. I&#x27;m not necessarily agreeing with that point of view. And small businesses are just faced with almost a Hobson&#x27;s choice on this issue. And for many of them, the decision not to offer health care insurance or what is even worse, in some cases, saying, well, here, I&#x27;m going to bump your salary up $1,000.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Go out and get your own insurance. And when that happens to people and they see the cost of insurance, even on the exchanges, if they can get on the exchanges, clearly indicate that this law has been bad for small businesses and for people in general. And despite what the government might say, the net effect. It&#x27;s interesting. The government is claiming that health care spending, the rate of increase has slowed and fails to take into account the impact of consumer-directed health care, which was projected three years ago to fully impact in 2013.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And no one ever mentions we&#x27;ve gone to consumer-directed health care. Major companies like Deere, GE, et cetera, have all gone to consumer-directed health care programs, health savings accounts, health reimbursement accounts, et cetera. And that&#x27;s having a major effect because people are starting to realize the true cost of health care. And, by the way, the law is going to make it even more so because many of the exchange insurance policies available have deductibles of $5,000. That&#x27;s a heck of a big deductible.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And the co-pays have gone up. Excuse me. Well, here&#x27;s one of the things that I was wondering the other day, and I saw this come across the newswire, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re familiar with this, is the threat by the Obama administration saying to businesses that, let&#x27;s say a business has 52 employees right now, and to get under that 50 threshold they lay off four people. Well, Obama is going to, through his attorney general and whatever else he has out there, tell the company that they&#x27;re going to have to prove that the reason the company got rid of four employees was not because of the health care. So if you go below 50, you don&#x27;t have to cover them. And so it&#x27;s almost like, I mean, this is a can of worms that we have no idea where it&#x27;s going to end. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> I saw that as well. And, again, these are threats. The attorney general has used the threat in a great many cases, not only for this but for other things as well. They&#x27;re trying to use the impact of government and the IRS. The scandal, by the way, I think the worst scandal the IRS did with the conservative 501Cs, it&#x27;s just the tip of the iceberg of how they&#x27;re doing it. And that particular one is going to hurt. But any company can demonstrate layoff for employees.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If the money is not there, you can&#x27;t pay the employees. Excuse me. So, yes, I saw that as well. I get worried about that. We should really worry about this administration and how it&#x27;s turning the laws upside down in order to accomplish its goals. And when you have to coerce American people, hopefully they&#x27;ll at some point stop and say enough is enough. Well, it&#x27;s just amazing, Don, because let&#x27;s just say here we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds to go and I just want to get your quick opinion on this. But what if George Bush was doing this?</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> What do you think the media would be doing? What do you think the Democrats would be saying if George Bush was doing this? Oh, my God. They&#x27;d be saying the next coming or the first coming of the Caesars if Bush was doing it. But as a member of the media sometimes I cringe at what we do on occasion. I&#x27;m not a conservative. I&#x27;m an online newsman. I sit on a medical marijuana board, a nonprofit, so I can&#x27;t be considered too much of a conservative. But I do feel that the media has not done its job of really holding this administration&#x27;s toes to the fire.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> And it&#x27;s a shame because they&#x27;re doing a disservice to the American public. Well, you know, the difference between, I guess, a Democrat and Republican, conservative or not, is a conservative just smokes a smaller joint than a liberal does. I like that one. I&#x27;ll have to tell that one at the next board meeting. Well, you know a conservative is a liberal who was mugged last night. Well, folks, that is a great interview. Don Mazzella, again, joining us from New Jersey. Don, we&#x27;re going to stay in touch with you and see what happens here going forward. But it&#x27;s just a confusing world we live in, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, but I&#x27;m convinced the republic will survive. Yeah. Well, folks, you heard it right from Don. Don, thanks a lot today.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, today&#x27;s guest is what I consider one of the national experts on Obamacare. He has analyzed the law through and through, and I wanted to talk about today some of the myths of loopholes in the Obamacare law, because everyone&#x27;s out there, I&#x27;ve seen people trying to promote ways to get around it, and gosh, believe me, if there were ways around it, everyone would be taking advantage of that, especially ones who are having to pay for it out of their own pocket. Of course, we&#x27;re going to join right now with a nationally known expert. You&#x27;ve seen him in Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on MSNBC, Bloomberg, and all sorts of radio programs across the country. It&#x27;s the U.S. code that was supposedly going to protect people from Obamacare in the U.S. code number 42, but you&#x27;ve analyzed that, and it really doesn&#x27;t, does it? Well, yeah, that&#x27;s correct, and the reason people are confused by it, as people may remember,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> they rushed through that law, and they made a lot of mistakes in the law, and that&#x27;s one of them. I&#x27;m not a lawyer, but I&#x27;ve talked to any number of lawyers. I&#x27;ve talked to people on both sides of the question, those who support it and those who don&#x27;t support it, and I think Obamacare is the newest way for lawyers to make money because there&#x27;s so much in the law. But in that particular case, people are reading it, and if you read it one way, it says, yes, you don&#x27;t have to buy the insurance. But if you read it the way, and as lawyers explain to me, it&#x27;s the intent, and that&#x27;s what the courts will look at.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> And if people rely on that, on what some people are saying about it, they&#x27;re going to end up in trouble. Well, the president has eliminated all but the individual mandate from the law as we speak, and who knows, he may, as it gets closer to election time, even eliminate that by the time this all is said and done. But right now, the law is clear. You must buy insurance or pay the penalties. I wish you were otherwise. I don&#x27;t like the law as much as anybody doesn&#x27;t like the law, and I&#x27;ve had to wade through a</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> tremendous amount of it. And at this point, people who rely on that interpretation are leaving themselves open to liability. So I&#x27;m strongly urging them not to rely on it. And the people I talk to on both sides of this question have said it any number of times. What can I say? Some people are making a lot of money and a lot of bruhua about that section of the law. And I&#x27;ve been at Washington hearings. I&#x27;ve been down to Washington on the point. And it&#x27;s just not there.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> You must buy the insurance unless you&#x27;re getting it from your employer, unless there&#x27;s certain exclusions. And by the way, there are a heck of a lot of exclusions now. You&#x27;re just leaving yourself open. What can I say? It&#x27;s there. It&#x27;s the law of the land. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s ever going to be repealed, by the way, even if the Republicans take the Senate this fall and hold the House. They don&#x27;t have enough votes to override the presidential veto. And he will veto any sort of changes in the law.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> It&#x27;s sad. So let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, you are, of course, the COO of Information Strategies. And I know as a commentator and reporter, you&#x27;ve interviewed several thousand businesses over the years. I mean, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve talked to small, medium, and large-sized business about this law. What do you think the true impact is going to be? I mean, you know, nothing&#x27;s for nothing, Don. So if the government&#x27;s making a company pay for health care for all the employees and they weren&#x27;t doing it before, something has to give. Absolutely. And what&#x27;s going to give are small businesses. The president recognized the political aspects of it when he postponed, unilaterally, by the</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> way, and illegally, in my opinion, an opinion of a lot of constitutional lawyers, the mandate for the companies between 51 and 100 employees. A lot of what the president has done, if people went to court on it, would be declared illegally because the law, while the law gave the government tremendous latitude, there are certain things which the president has unilaterally postponed that clearly indicate the impact on small business. And it&#x27;s going to affect it.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> It&#x27;s going to affect companies. He&#x27;s hoping that with this mandate, people, companies will start hiring employees. But every study that I&#x27;ve seen, despite what the government says, indicates small businesses are not hiring that 50th employee. A lot of businesses that were considering offering health care to their employees are simply not doing it. It&#x27;s cheaper to pay the penalty than it is to provide health care insurance if you&#x27;re not already doing it. And the other problem is the cost of health care insurance went up in 2013 for most small businesses,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> averaging between 13% and 23%, depending on what survey you take. And that&#x27;s a big hit for many small businesses. You&#x27;ve been in a recession. We&#x27;re supposedly out of a recession. I&#x27;m not necessarily agreeing with that point of view. And small businesses are just faced with almost a Hobson&#x27;s choice on this issue. And for many of them, the decision not to offer health care insurance or what is even worse, in some cases, saying, well, here, I&#x27;m going to bump your salary up $1,000.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> Go out and get your own insurance. And when that happens to people and they see the cost of insurance, even on the exchanges, if they can get on the exchanges, clearly indicate that this law has been bad for small businesses and for people in general. And despite what the government might say, the net effect. It&#x27;s interesting. The government is claiming that health care spending, the rate of increase has slowed and fails to take into account the impact of consumer-directed health care, which was projected three years ago to fully impact in 2013.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And no one ever mentions we&#x27;ve gone to consumer-directed health care. Major companies like Deere, GE, et cetera, have all gone to consumer-directed health care programs, health savings accounts, health reimbursement accounts, et cetera. And that&#x27;s having a major effect because people are starting to realize the true cost of health care. And, by the way, the law is going to make it even more so because many of the exchange insurance policies available have deductibles of $5,000. That&#x27;s a heck of a big deductible.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And the co-pays have gone up. Excuse me. Well, here&#x27;s one of the things that I was wondering the other day, and I saw this come across the newswire, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re familiar with this, is the threat by the Obama administration saying to businesses that, let&#x27;s say a business has 52 employees right now, and to get under that 50 threshold they lay off four people. Well, Obama is going to, through his attorney general and whatever else he has out there, tell the company that they&#x27;re going to have to prove that the reason the company got rid of four employees was not because of the health care. So if you go below 50, you don&#x27;t have to cover them. And so it&#x27;s almost like, I mean, this is a can of worms that we have no idea where it&#x27;s going to end. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> I saw that as well. And, again, these are threats. The attorney general has used the threat in a great many cases, not only for this but for other things as well. They&#x27;re trying to use the impact of government and the IRS. The scandal, by the way, I think the worst scandal the IRS did with the conservative 501Cs, it&#x27;s just the tip of the iceberg of how they&#x27;re doing it. And that particular one is going to hurt. But any company can demonstrate layoff for employees.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> If the money is not there, you can&#x27;t pay the employees. Excuse me. So, yes, I saw that as well. I get worried about that. We should really worry about this administration and how it&#x27;s turning the laws upside down in order to accomplish its goals. And when you have to coerce American people, hopefully they&#x27;ll at some point stop and say enough is enough. Well, it&#x27;s just amazing, Don, because let&#x27;s just say here we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds to go and I just want to get your quick opinion on this. But what if George Bush was doing this?</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> What do you think the media would be doing? What do you think the Democrats would be saying if George Bush was doing this? Oh, my God. They&#x27;d be saying the next coming or the first coming of the Caesars if Bush was doing it. But as a member of the media sometimes I cringe at what we do on occasion. I&#x27;m not a conservative. I&#x27;m an online newsman. I sit on a medical marijuana board, a nonprofit, so I can&#x27;t be considered too much of a conservative. But I do feel that the media has not done its job of really holding this administration&#x27;s toes to the fire.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> And it&#x27;s a shame because they&#x27;re doing a disservice to the American public. Well, you know, the difference between, I guess, a Democrat and Republican, conservative or not, is a conservative just smokes a smaller joint than a liberal does. I like that one. I&#x27;ll have to tell that one at the next board meeting. Well, you know a conservative is a liberal who was mugged last night. Well, folks, that is a great interview. Don Mazzella, again, joining us from New Jersey. Don, we&#x27;re going to stay in touch with you and see what happens here going forward. But it&#x27;s just a confusing world we live in, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, but I&#x27;m convinced the republic will survive. Yeah. Well, folks, you heard it right from Don. Don, thanks a lot today.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Don Mazzella discusses the Affordable Care Act, small business, and the debate over claimed loopholes. This February 2014 interview reflects the healthcare policy discussion at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Don Mazzella</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Don Mazzella, healthcare, entrepreneurship, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/image.jpg?t=1792071371&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-mazzella-healthcare-policy-and-small-business-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/image.jpg?t=1792071371&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Feb 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>768</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bb8ffaba-4b9a-4c0f-9421-b4e30024a362/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12322382" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/don-mazzella-healthcare-policy-and-small-business-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>141</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Policy and Small Business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:07" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kathleen Peddicord: How to Retire Overseas</title>
      <itunes:title>Kathleen Peddicord: How to Retire Overseas</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week on the Financial Safari, we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world. Authors, artists, actors, and financial experts. You never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the Financial Safari. So let&#x27;s send it to Coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest. Take it away, Coach. This is Walter Storholt filling in for Coach Pete on this week&#x27;s interview. And today we&#x27;re going to be joined by the author of the book, How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. And our guest is Kathleen Petticord, the author of the book. And Kathleen, thank you for joining us today. And first of all, it says on the back of the book, retiring abroad has never been more accessible, appealing, and affordable.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Why? Hello. Good morning. I&#x27;m very glad to be here. It is because primarily of thanks to the internet. The internet makes this much easier, a much more accessible idea, much easier to research, much easier to consider. You can wake up one morning with the idea in your head that you would like to retire to the south of France or to an island off Belize. And you can go to Google and search and find all the information you could need or want to figure out how to actually make that happen. So is this something that you have done yourself, Kathleen, or have you seen it personally for many people? I&#x27;ve been covering this beat, as it were, for almost 30 years. But I&#x27;m not retired yet. I&#x27;m still working away. But I left the States about 16 years ago. I lived in Ireland for seven</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years, Paris for four. And we&#x27;re living now in Panama City, Panama. We&#x27;ve been here about five and a half years. So I have a fair amount of experience living outside the States and doing business, but not as a retiree. But I&#x27;ve been working over these 29 years with tens and tens of thousands of people who have retired overseas during that time. Now, tell me a little bit about this, because, you know, a lot of people traditionally are going to Florida. We know that Arizona over the past several years has kind of exploded into a retiree haven. Why go overseas when you can get what you, you know, you can get the nice beaches, you can get the warm weather here in the U.S.? You can. And the primary motivating factor, the impetus that gets a lot of people to consider</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> this idea, puts this idea on the table for a lot of retirees, is cost of living and especially of health care. Because both those things, your cost of living overall and especially your cost of medical care and health insurance can be dramatically reduced. It sounds like kind of marketing speak, but they can become a fraction of what they would be back home, you know, depending on wherever that you&#x27;re coming from. So you can afford a kind of lifestyle that you might have to write off your list entirely if you were to stay in the States. So the best of a California Pacific Coast lifestyle, or the best of a Caribbean Coast lifestyle, or mountain or city or whatever your retirement dream is, you&#x27;ll be able to afford that lifestyle in its fully packaged glory. You won&#x27;t be skimping or</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> scraping by or making do. You&#x27;ll have the retirement you dreamed of because your money, whatever your retirement nest egg is, it will just go much farther. So that&#x27;s what gets a lot of people going on this idea. It&#x27;s just a very practical, you know, back to basics idea. Your retirement dollars, however many of them you have, will go farther. But then what happens once you begin to consider this idea, and certainly once you begin to look at specific destinations and take your research trip and start spending time in other places you&#x27;re considering, is you realize that the reduced cost of living is just the beginning of the payoff, that the real payoff is a much enriched, a much broadened and expanded lifestyle. We&#x27;re talking to Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Live Well for Less Abroad. Do you run into the situation where folks, they kind of have that dream of living overseas, but they also don&#x27;t want to leave the good old USA? They&#x27;ve been happy being American citizens. And do you ever run into that scenario where they want the, they want that tropical feel and they want that retirement destination, but at the same time don&#x27;t want to leave the country they&#x27;ve lived in their whole lives? Definitely. There are a lot of emotional and psychological factors to consider. And what I say to people is, this is not all or nothing. And it isn&#x27;t like jumping off a cliff, or it shouldn&#x27;t be. You don&#x27;t have to decide you&#x27;re retiring to Belize or Uruguay or Argentina or France or Thailand or wherever you, you know, your, your imagination takes you. You don&#x27;t have to wake up. I&#x27;m retiring to Thailand. I&#x27;m selling my house. I&#x27;m selling my two cars. I&#x27;m selling my lawnmower. I&#x27;m selling</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and giving away everything I own at this point. And I&#x27;m packing my suitcases and I&#x27;m going to Chiang Mai, Thailand, and I&#x27;m never coming back. Well, the thought of that is, is intimidating, scary, and kind of crazy. On the face of it, that&#x27;s a kind of crazy idea. So don&#x27;t approach it that way. I really recommend to people approach this in stages, in steps, and the steps can be as big or as small as you&#x27;re comfortable with. Also, this idea is very customizable. So if you&#x27;re not interested or if you&#x27;re intimidated by the idea of retiring full time to another country, don&#x27;t. Just think of it this way. Start out by taking a trip. Go for two weeks or a month to someplace that has your attention someplace you&#x27;ve dreamed about your whole life. You&#x27;ve wanted to spend time in Italy. Fair</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> enough. Go spend two weeks or four weeks in Italy and just see what you see. See where that leads. It can all develop very organically and gradually. You talked about health insurance and medical care and those kinds of things. What about taxes? Are taxes better outside the United States in some of these locations? How often are people going to be putting themselves into a better tax situation? It depends on your situation. Where does your money come from? For the typical retiree, if what you&#x27;re talking about is pension income, social security income, just quote unquote retirement income, then moving to another country, retiring overseas should be a tax neutral event for you. You won&#x27;t pay any more tax and you probably won&#x27;t pay any less. If though you still have earned income,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> then if you are running a business, an internet business or consulting or earning income in any capacity, then the tax savings can be substantial. Excellent. This is good information to know. Now, we can talk in generics all day, Kathleen, but I like to get into specifics. So let&#x27;s hear some of the popular places that people like to go. If you had a top three of the most popular places and the places that give you the best benefits, where would they be and what are some of those best benefits that you&#x27;d get? I&#x27;d say right now, the three places that make the most sense and where the greatest numbers of Americans are retiring would be Panama, Belize and Ecuador. And why? Panama is, I see it as</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> the destination with the lowest level of culture shock. This is kind of the easiest place to go if you&#x27;re just not sure about the idea, worried about what your new life will be like. You don&#x27;t want to learn Spanish. You don&#x27;t want life to be too different. Panama is a really good choice. I think of it sometimes as kind of a halfway house for retirees because Americans are very much a part of the landscape here. You know, we built the canal for the past hundred years. We&#x27;ve been a big part of life, especially in Panama City. In Panama City, you definitely can get by without learning Spanish and you&#x27;ll be tapping into, you&#x27;ll have the opportunity to tap into a very established, very big and very fast growing community of other people just like you. Like-minded people of your same age, with your same interests, your same life experiences, looking for more friends just like you are at this</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> stage of life. So Panama, it offers affordable or even really low, depending where in the country you go, cost of living, world standard health care, especially in Panama City. It&#x27;s very accessible. It&#x27;s the travel hub of the Americas. So it&#x27;s very easy place to come to and from, from North America. It has everything that the retiree is looking for. It has beaches. It has lots of sunshine, warm weather. So it&#x27;s an all around great destination. And again, it&#x27;s very well packaged at this point because there are just so many other Americans who&#x27;ve already retired here. Ecuador is a top choice if budget is your primary concern. Ecuador is the most affordable place to retire overseas comfortably right now. There are places where you could retire on less, but you would be moving farther outside your comfort</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> zone as an American retiree. For a typical American retiree looking for a reasonably comfortable lifestyle, Ecuador is the best choice from a cost of living factor. And then I mentioned Belize. I think Belize is the best choice for someone who wants a Caribbean lifestyle in retirement. And for some people, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;ve dreamt of their whole lives. They&#x27;d want to swing in a havoc, you know, with the warm tropical breeze and the white sand all around and the blue waters and here the lapping Caribbean sea, that&#x27;s their ideal retirement picture. And Belize is, I think, the best place to pursue that right now. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. One little item I want to go over, Kathleen, before we let you go</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> is what about safety? Because I know that that&#x27;s going to be a primary concern. It&#x27;s not necessarily a financial one, but a lot of people are going to say, well, these places all sound wonderful, but how safe am I going to be to drive a car there and to feel free to walk around at night and those kinds of things? And where do you stand? And does that change sort of your answers on any of the questions that people have for you frequently? Definitely. That&#x27;s a primary concern. I&#x27;d say along with health care, medical care, that safety is the biggest concern for a retiree and understandably so, especially a single woman retiring on her own to another country. And I&#x27;m asked this question really every day at this point from single women in their 50s or 60s thinking about retiring to a new country. And I&#x27;m so impressed by them because I recognize it takes not an insignificant amount of courage to take this step on your own</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> as a woman in your 50s or 60s or even older. And my response is all of the places that we recommend and that I write about, all the countries and destinations that I feature in the book, for example, they are all safe. They are definitely all safe places for the American retiree, including a single woman retiree. That&#x27;s not to say there&#x27;s no crime. There&#x27;s nowhere in the world where crime doesn&#x27;t exist. In any city, you&#x27;re going to have, you know, street crime, petty crime, pickpockets, etc. Anywhere in the world, there&#x27;s crimes of opportunity will take place. If you leave your iPad sitting on a park bench anywhere in the world, somebody&#x27;s probably going to pick it up. Does that mean it&#x27;s an unsafe place? No. So you have to make a distinction between certainly violent crime and the places I talk about, that&#x27;s not a concern at all. Petty crime, you just, you know,</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> use your common sense. But again, the places that we recommend, they&#x27;re all places where I&#x27;ve spent time, I was a single mom for a part of my career, part of my life. These are places I traveled to on my own with my young daughter when it was just her and me and where I have always felt very safe. I recently was in Cancun and stayed in one of those all-inclusive resorts. And when I, when I hear places like Panama or Belize or, you know, or Mexico or something else where you&#x27;re going to this sort of tropical location to retire, I, the first thing that I picture is going to be the sort of that resort style. Is that how people are retiring in these locations? Or are you in your own home or your own condo and you&#x27;ve still got to go to the market and do all those kinds of things? Or are both of those options available? Both of those options. All versions of this are possible.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> And that, that question speaks to what I think is a critical question for anyone considering this idea to address very early on in the thinking. And that is, do you want to retire to that kind of an environment to a resort style environment or what is very common in, in places where retirees are congregating foreign retirees established and kind of turnkey developments designed and built specifically for foreign retirees. These are increasingly common in lots of places, especially Panama, Ecuador, Belize, and the places that I write about all the time. You&#x27;ll find lots of these. These developments are typically designed, conceived, built by Americans. Sometimes Americans who&#x27;ve retired to the country, looked around, saw an opportunity for this kind of a product, this</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> kind of a lifestyle product and, and are building them. So now, you know, there have been retirees in Panama for 15 years. Americans have been retiring here in big numbers. And a number of them now in all those years have worked to build these kinds of developments. Moving into one of these places, your day-to-day experience of life could be very much the same as though you were retired in Florida or Arizona in the States. Everything would feel very comfortable, would look the same because it&#x27;s been built by someone like you from your same background and lifestyle history in the States. So it&#x27;s going to look like what you grew up with, what you&#x27;re used to. Or do you want to move outside that comfort zone and have a more adventuresome experience? And I think of this as the question of how local do you</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> want to go. Buying into one of the packaged turnkey developments is a non-local choice. Your neighbors are going to be other foreigners like you. Lots of pluses and some minuses. Or do you want to, again, have a more exotic experience and have, you know, in Panama, live in a Panamanian neighborhood and have Panamanians as, as your new friends? That&#x27;s a really critical question to address up front. Lots of options, lots of questions, and that&#x27;s where I want to leave this, Kathleen. Kathleen, I&#x27;m not at retirement age, but if I were, having read through some of your book already, I want to get started. So what do I need to do first? Do I need to pick the location I want to go? Do I pick a style? Or do I start with what my budget is and then see all the different places that might be options? All those are important things, but where I think you&#x27;d start is, it sounds</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> a little silly, a little corny, but you need to get to know yourself. What is it you want? What kind of lifestyle are you looking for? And this probably speaks to your suggestion of what style are you looking for. I suggest, think of it this way. This makes it very specific, very tangible. What view would you like to have outside your bedroom window every morning? Do you want to see the Caribbean Sea? Do you want to see the crashing Pacific Ocean? Do you want to see a city street scene? Do you want to see a hillside covered with wildflowers? What lifestyle do you want? Start there. What&#x27;s important to you and what&#x27;s not? Make a list. Make a detailed list and then you go and try to connect the dots between your priorities and your preferences and the lifestyle you want to create for yourself. Connect that to where in the world you can afford it. Again, the book is How to Retire Overseas,</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad, written by Kathleen Petticord. She&#x27;s been our guest here today on The Financial Safari. If you&#x27;re interested in retiring overseas, this is a must read. Again, the book, How to Retire Overseas. Kathleen, thank you so much for joining us here on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it and enjoy the warm weather down there for us, would you? Thank you very much. It was great to talk to you. Stay tuned. There&#x27;s more coming up here on The Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week on the Financial Safari, we like to bring in a special guest to help us find out what&#x27;s happening in the financial world. Authors, artists, actors, and financial experts. You never know who&#x27;s going to stop by and bring their unique perspective to the Financial Safari. So let&#x27;s send it to Coach Pete with this week&#x27;s special guest. Take it away, Coach. This is Walter Storholt filling in for Coach Pete on this week&#x27;s interview. And today we&#x27;re going to be joined by the author of the book, How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. And our guest is Kathleen Petticord, the author of the book. And Kathleen, thank you for joining us today. And first of all, it says on the back of the book, retiring abroad has never been more accessible, appealing, and affordable.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Why? Hello. Good morning. I&#x27;m very glad to be here. It is because primarily of thanks to the internet. The internet makes this much easier, a much more accessible idea, much easier to research, much easier to consider. You can wake up one morning with the idea in your head that you would like to retire to the south of France or to an island off Belize. And you can go to Google and search and find all the information you could need or want to figure out how to actually make that happen. So is this something that you have done yourself, Kathleen, or have you seen it personally for many people? I&#x27;ve been covering this beat, as it were, for almost 30 years. But I&#x27;m not retired yet. I&#x27;m still working away. But I left the States about 16 years ago. I lived in Ireland for seven</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> years, Paris for four. And we&#x27;re living now in Panama City, Panama. We&#x27;ve been here about five and a half years. So I have a fair amount of experience living outside the States and doing business, but not as a retiree. But I&#x27;ve been working over these 29 years with tens and tens of thousands of people who have retired overseas during that time. Now, tell me a little bit about this, because, you know, a lot of people traditionally are going to Florida. We know that Arizona over the past several years has kind of exploded into a retiree haven. Why go overseas when you can get what you, you know, you can get the nice beaches, you can get the warm weather here in the U.S.? You can. And the primary motivating factor, the impetus that gets a lot of people to consider</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> this idea, puts this idea on the table for a lot of retirees, is cost of living and especially of health care. Because both those things, your cost of living overall and especially your cost of medical care and health insurance can be dramatically reduced. It sounds like kind of marketing speak, but they can become a fraction of what they would be back home, you know, depending on wherever that you&#x27;re coming from. So you can afford a kind of lifestyle that you might have to write off your list entirely if you were to stay in the States. So the best of a California Pacific Coast lifestyle, or the best of a Caribbean Coast lifestyle, or mountain or city or whatever your retirement dream is, you&#x27;ll be able to afford that lifestyle in its fully packaged glory. You won&#x27;t be skimping or</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> scraping by or making do. You&#x27;ll have the retirement you dreamed of because your money, whatever your retirement nest egg is, it will just go much farther. So that&#x27;s what gets a lot of people going on this idea. It&#x27;s just a very practical, you know, back to basics idea. Your retirement dollars, however many of them you have, will go farther. But then what happens once you begin to consider this idea, and certainly once you begin to look at specific destinations and take your research trip and start spending time in other places you&#x27;re considering, is you realize that the reduced cost of living is just the beginning of the payoff, that the real payoff is a much enriched, a much broadened and expanded lifestyle. We&#x27;re talking to Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Live Well for Less Abroad. Do you run into the situation where folks, they kind of have that dream of living overseas, but they also don&#x27;t want to leave the good old USA? They&#x27;ve been happy being American citizens. And do you ever run into that scenario where they want the, they want that tropical feel and they want that retirement destination, but at the same time don&#x27;t want to leave the country they&#x27;ve lived in their whole lives? Definitely. There are a lot of emotional and psychological factors to consider. And what I say to people is, this is not all or nothing. And it isn&#x27;t like jumping off a cliff, or it shouldn&#x27;t be. You don&#x27;t have to decide you&#x27;re retiring to Belize or Uruguay or Argentina or France or Thailand or wherever you, you know, your, your imagination takes you. You don&#x27;t have to wake up. I&#x27;m retiring to Thailand. I&#x27;m selling my house. I&#x27;m selling my two cars. I&#x27;m selling my lawnmower. I&#x27;m selling</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and giving away everything I own at this point. And I&#x27;m packing my suitcases and I&#x27;m going to Chiang Mai, Thailand, and I&#x27;m never coming back. Well, the thought of that is, is intimidating, scary, and kind of crazy. On the face of it, that&#x27;s a kind of crazy idea. So don&#x27;t approach it that way. I really recommend to people approach this in stages, in steps, and the steps can be as big or as small as you&#x27;re comfortable with. Also, this idea is very customizable. So if you&#x27;re not interested or if you&#x27;re intimidated by the idea of retiring full time to another country, don&#x27;t. Just think of it this way. Start out by taking a trip. Go for two weeks or a month to someplace that has your attention someplace you&#x27;ve dreamed about your whole life. You&#x27;ve wanted to spend time in Italy. Fair</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> enough. Go spend two weeks or four weeks in Italy and just see what you see. See where that leads. It can all develop very organically and gradually. You talked about health insurance and medical care and those kinds of things. What about taxes? Are taxes better outside the United States in some of these locations? How often are people going to be putting themselves into a better tax situation? It depends on your situation. Where does your money come from? For the typical retiree, if what you&#x27;re talking about is pension income, social security income, just quote unquote retirement income, then moving to another country, retiring overseas should be a tax neutral event for you. You won&#x27;t pay any more tax and you probably won&#x27;t pay any less. If though you still have earned income,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> then if you are running a business, an internet business or consulting or earning income in any capacity, then the tax savings can be substantial. Excellent. This is good information to know. Now, we can talk in generics all day, Kathleen, but I like to get into specifics. So let&#x27;s hear some of the popular places that people like to go. If you had a top three of the most popular places and the places that give you the best benefits, where would they be and what are some of those best benefits that you&#x27;d get? I&#x27;d say right now, the three places that make the most sense and where the greatest numbers of Americans are retiring would be Panama, Belize and Ecuador. And why? Panama is, I see it as</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> the destination with the lowest level of culture shock. This is kind of the easiest place to go if you&#x27;re just not sure about the idea, worried about what your new life will be like. You don&#x27;t want to learn Spanish. You don&#x27;t want life to be too different. Panama is a really good choice. I think of it sometimes as kind of a halfway house for retirees because Americans are very much a part of the landscape here. You know, we built the canal for the past hundred years. We&#x27;ve been a big part of life, especially in Panama City. In Panama City, you definitely can get by without learning Spanish and you&#x27;ll be tapping into, you&#x27;ll have the opportunity to tap into a very established, very big and very fast growing community of other people just like you. Like-minded people of your same age, with your same interests, your same life experiences, looking for more friends just like you are at this</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> stage of life. So Panama, it offers affordable or even really low, depending where in the country you go, cost of living, world standard health care, especially in Panama City. It&#x27;s very accessible. It&#x27;s the travel hub of the Americas. So it&#x27;s very easy place to come to and from, from North America. It has everything that the retiree is looking for. It has beaches. It has lots of sunshine, warm weather. So it&#x27;s an all around great destination. And again, it&#x27;s very well packaged at this point because there are just so many other Americans who&#x27;ve already retired here. Ecuador is a top choice if budget is your primary concern. Ecuador is the most affordable place to retire overseas comfortably right now. There are places where you could retire on less, but you would be moving farther outside your comfort</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> zone as an American retiree. For a typical American retiree looking for a reasonably comfortable lifestyle, Ecuador is the best choice from a cost of living factor. And then I mentioned Belize. I think Belize is the best choice for someone who wants a Caribbean lifestyle in retirement. And for some people, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;ve dreamt of their whole lives. They&#x27;d want to swing in a havoc, you know, with the warm tropical breeze and the white sand all around and the blue waters and here the lapping Caribbean sea, that&#x27;s their ideal retirement picture. And Belize is, I think, the best place to pursue that right now. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Kathleen Petticord, the author of How to Retire Overseas, Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad. One little item I want to go over, Kathleen, before we let you go</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> is what about safety? Because I know that that&#x27;s going to be a primary concern. It&#x27;s not necessarily a financial one, but a lot of people are going to say, well, these places all sound wonderful, but how safe am I going to be to drive a car there and to feel free to walk around at night and those kinds of things? And where do you stand? And does that change sort of your answers on any of the questions that people have for you frequently? Definitely. That&#x27;s a primary concern. I&#x27;d say along with health care, medical care, that safety is the biggest concern for a retiree and understandably so, especially a single woman retiring on her own to another country. And I&#x27;m asked this question really every day at this point from single women in their 50s or 60s thinking about retiring to a new country. And I&#x27;m so impressed by them because I recognize it takes not an insignificant amount of courage to take this step on your own</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> as a woman in your 50s or 60s or even older. And my response is all of the places that we recommend and that I write about, all the countries and destinations that I feature in the book, for example, they are all safe. They are definitely all safe places for the American retiree, including a single woman retiree. That&#x27;s not to say there&#x27;s no crime. There&#x27;s nowhere in the world where crime doesn&#x27;t exist. In any city, you&#x27;re going to have, you know, street crime, petty crime, pickpockets, etc. Anywhere in the world, there&#x27;s crimes of opportunity will take place. If you leave your iPad sitting on a park bench anywhere in the world, somebody&#x27;s probably going to pick it up. Does that mean it&#x27;s an unsafe place? No. So you have to make a distinction between certainly violent crime and the places I talk about, that&#x27;s not a concern at all. Petty crime, you just, you know,</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> use your common sense. But again, the places that we recommend, they&#x27;re all places where I&#x27;ve spent time, I was a single mom for a part of my career, part of my life. These are places I traveled to on my own with my young daughter when it was just her and me and where I have always felt very safe. I recently was in Cancun and stayed in one of those all-inclusive resorts. And when I, when I hear places like Panama or Belize or, you know, or Mexico or something else where you&#x27;re going to this sort of tropical location to retire, I, the first thing that I picture is going to be the sort of that resort style. Is that how people are retiring in these locations? Or are you in your own home or your own condo and you&#x27;ve still got to go to the market and do all those kinds of things? Or are both of those options available? Both of those options. All versions of this are possible.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> And that, that question speaks to what I think is a critical question for anyone considering this idea to address very early on in the thinking. And that is, do you want to retire to that kind of an environment to a resort style environment or what is very common in, in places where retirees are congregating foreign retirees established and kind of turnkey developments designed and built specifically for foreign retirees. These are increasingly common in lots of places, especially Panama, Ecuador, Belize, and the places that I write about all the time. You&#x27;ll find lots of these. These developments are typically designed, conceived, built by Americans. Sometimes Americans who&#x27;ve retired to the country, looked around, saw an opportunity for this kind of a product, this</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> kind of a lifestyle product and, and are building them. So now, you know, there have been retirees in Panama for 15 years. Americans have been retiring here in big numbers. And a number of them now in all those years have worked to build these kinds of developments. Moving into one of these places, your day-to-day experience of life could be very much the same as though you were retired in Florida or Arizona in the States. Everything would feel very comfortable, would look the same because it&#x27;s been built by someone like you from your same background and lifestyle history in the States. So it&#x27;s going to look like what you grew up with, what you&#x27;re used to. Or do you want to move outside that comfort zone and have a more adventuresome experience? And I think of this as the question of how local do you</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> want to go. Buying into one of the packaged turnkey developments is a non-local choice. Your neighbors are going to be other foreigners like you. Lots of pluses and some minuses. Or do you want to, again, have a more exotic experience and have, you know, in Panama, live in a Panamanian neighborhood and have Panamanians as, as your new friends? That&#x27;s a really critical question to address up front. Lots of options, lots of questions, and that&#x27;s where I want to leave this, Kathleen. Kathleen, I&#x27;m not at retirement age, but if I were, having read through some of your book already, I want to get started. So what do I need to do first? Do I need to pick the location I want to go? Do I pick a style? Or do I start with what my budget is and then see all the different places that might be options? All those are important things, but where I think you&#x27;d start is, it sounds</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> a little silly, a little corny, but you need to get to know yourself. What is it you want? What kind of lifestyle are you looking for? And this probably speaks to your suggestion of what style are you looking for. I suggest, think of it this way. This makes it very specific, very tangible. What view would you like to have outside your bedroom window every morning? Do you want to see the Caribbean Sea? Do you want to see the crashing Pacific Ocean? Do you want to see a city street scene? Do you want to see a hillside covered with wildflowers? What lifestyle do you want? Start there. What&#x27;s important to you and what&#x27;s not? Make a list. Make a detailed list and then you go and try to connect the dots between your priorities and your preferences and the lifestyle you want to create for yourself. Connect that to where in the world you can afford it. Again, the book is How to Retire Overseas,</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Everything You Need to Know to Live Well for Less Abroad, written by Kathleen Petticord. She&#x27;s been our guest here today on The Financial Safari. If you&#x27;re interested in retiring overseas, this is a must read. Again, the book, How to Retire Overseas. Kathleen, thank you so much for joining us here on The Financial Safari. Appreciate it and enjoy the warm weather down there for us, would you? Thank you very much. It was great to talk to you. Stay tuned. There&#x27;s more coming up here on The Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kathleen Peddicord joins the Financial Safari team to discuss How to Retire Overseas, researching a move abroad, and choosing a lifestyle.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kathleen Peddicord</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kathleen Peddicord, retirement planning, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/image.jpg?t=1792071191&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-peddicord-how-to-retire-overseas/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/image.jpg?t=1792071191&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2014 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>922</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8bbae8dd-c76b-4c1e-8fb1-b4e300310eb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14783717" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kathleen-peddicord-how-to-retire-overseas</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>142</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How to Retire Overseas" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:01" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 1 of this January 2014 conversation, they examine investment costs, market risk, and the questions behind a complete retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to a special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. I&#x27;m a registered financial consultant, best-selling author, and retirement income certified planner. I&#x27;m joined today with a very special guest. He&#x27;s an author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. His name is Mike Wall, who has offices in Pennsylvania and Florida. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me. You&#x27;re also a registered financial consultant and investment advisor, as I am as well. Now, Mike, today I want to spend some time, and we&#x27;ve got a little checklist here, going over some financial aspects or financial topics that I think a lot of people don&#x27;t realize or don&#x27;t spend any time with. And I know you wrote about it in your book, and we&#x27;re going to talk about your book in a little while, but let&#x27;s talk about retirement planning.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s a broad term, but so many people out there are not spending enough time planning for retirement. They think they are putting money in a 401k, 403b, or an IRA every now and then because their CPA tells them to. But, Mike, just throwing money in an account without a plan is not really a plan, is it? No. You know, it&#x27;s almost like life in general, Coach. You know, a lot of people out there are just wondering generalities, trying to find something, trying to find purpose. And we want to be specific. We want to be focused in what we do in life. And same thing with our retirement. You know, when it comes to it, we want to make sure we have a plan. We want to make sure we know exactly what we&#x27;re going to do, how much risk we&#x27;re taking, what our fees look like. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of different things we want to focus on, but absolutely having a plan is huge. Now, what our fees look like, that&#x27;s a good point right there because many people will tell you they&#x27;re not paying too much in fees.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah. Not paying many fees at all. But 60 Minutes, and, you know, 60 Minutes, you watch it every now and then because it comes on right after the football games. And they did a special about a year ago, and it exposed up to 28 different fees in the 401k. Now, not everyone has 28 fees. Some people don&#x27;t have many at all. Case by case. But one thing people need to realize is it&#x27;s not just on the statement that they get where the fees are. There&#x27;s a lot of fees that are hidden inside the 401k program, aren&#x27;t there? Well, and there&#x27;s a lot of stuff they don&#x27;t have to show. That&#x27;s really the big thing. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of people, you know, they have these investments, and there&#x27;s just things. And it&#x27;s not just 401ks, it&#x27;s other things as well. 401ks is an easy topic and target because everyone has one or has heard about them. They&#x27;ve heard about it. Exactly. But, yeah, there&#x27;s a lot of stuff, and that&#x27;s the big thing about it is they don&#x27;t have to show them.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> You know, if they had to be shown, then people would be in a situation where they&#x27;d say, you know what, maybe cut this out, cut that out. But, yeah, that&#x27;s the big problem. Not that they&#x27;re all bad. It&#x27;s not that. It&#x27;s the fact that, you know, you want to analyze really what you have. Okay. So retirement planning, broad term, like I said, it&#x27;s just about saving money for retirement. It&#x27;s just step one in retirement planning. Another step is something we call wealth accumulation. So it&#x27;s one thing to put the money into the retirement plan, but without a true, I guess, recipe, you&#x27;re not doing the right thing. So wealth accumulation is we say time doesn&#x27;t stand still, so we need to make sure that as time grows or goes by, so does our money. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, how can someone do that? How do they know they&#x27;re doing the right forms of wealth accumulation? Well, you know, I think, Coach, one of the big things is everybody&#x27;s heard about the idea of compounding, right?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You know, the younger you are, the longer time you have to compound your money, et cetera, which is obviously very important and it&#x27;s very powerful. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s also important, just as important, to know what your money is being invested in. You know, you might have a lot of time, but if you&#x27;re not investing in the right things, then you may not really take advantage of compounding. So many people try to play financial catch-up. They sure do. They feel they&#x27;re behind because they start late in life, and so then they take more risk. Now, is it true that if you take more risk, you&#x27;re always going to come out way ahead? No. But that&#x27;s what a lot of people are told. Well, it is true, and, you know, that&#x27;s the interesting thing. Most of our clients are wealthier. You know, we have minimums. I know you do and I do. And most of our clients are higher net worth type clients. And one of the things that we found is that, you know, when they come in, a lot of times they don&#x27;t know exactly, you know, as far as catch-up.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> They always want to make more, always want to make more. Well, that&#x27;s something where we need to make sure that we take a look at what their investments are in but also how much risk they&#x27;re taking. Right. And if we&#x27;re taking risk, we want it to be calculated risk. And that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very important. So many people we see, they&#x27;re worried about chasing the best returns out there. And a lot of times they&#x27;ll get a magazine that will tell them who had the best performing mutual fund last year. They&#x27;ll throw all their money in this year at the same time that people that were in there last year in those mutual funds are getting out. Well, it&#x27;s the idea of being fearful when people are greedy and greedy when people are fearful. Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s the reverse psychology kind of. So, unfortunately, what we see is a lot of people, they&#x27;re worried about building money or putting money away. But at the same time, they&#x27;re not controlling debt on the other side. So, they&#x27;re sending money out every month. Matter of fact, more money than it&#x27;s coming in.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> That&#x27;s the true recipe for disaster. And that doesn&#x27;t matter how good you do trying to accumulate assets if you&#x27;re spending too much money on the other side. And you have credit card bills that are eating into what you&#x27;re trying to save. Yeah. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s like pouring water into a cup because you&#x27;re real thirsty and there&#x27;s a quarter-sized hole in the bottom. You&#x27;re not really going to accomplish too much. Probably not going to take that drink and enjoy it. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you didn&#x27;t clean the cup to begin with, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s in it to begin with. So, if you&#x27;re drinking something, it might not be good for you, too. Yeah, but think about that. If you are drinking out of a cup with holes in it, it better be water because if it&#x27;s anything else, your wife&#x27;s going to kill you because you&#x27;re making a mess of the carpet, too, probably. All right. So, asset protection. All right. You&#x27;ve done a good job. You&#x27;ve built up great accounts. We see a lot of people that have built up over a million dollars or even two or three million dollars, but they&#x27;ve left themselves exposed.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> In other words, they&#x27;re driving down the road one day. They&#x27;re not paying attention. Had a great golf game, let&#x27;s say, and they&#x27;re so proud of their golf game. They&#x27;re thinking about all the holes they had that were real good. They&#x27;re thinking about the great tee shot where they didn&#x27;t have to use a mulligan that day and daydreaming, and they rear-end somebody. All right. Here goes their retirement a lot of times, right, if you don&#x27;t have proper asset protection in place. Now, that&#x27;s when we work with attorneys to make sure we get bulletproof plans. But what are some things that people can do out there these days to make sure they have at least the head start or getting started in the right direction as far as asset protection? You know, I think the first thing is, and you kind of mentioned it about the golf course. It&#x27;s interesting. A lot of people over the years have built up relationships with an advisor. Nothing wrong with that. You know, relationships and friendships occur and happen. But the problem lies, Coach, whenever people continue to do what they&#x27;ve always done just because of a friendship.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Just as a quick example, I have a client that actually had a practice for 35 years. He was a doctor, sold the practice, had a great relationship with an advisor over those years. But unfortunately, the advisor that he was with just was not well-suited for the retirement years. One of the things that makes us different is we only we only focus on folks in the retirement years. And the reason that&#x27;s huge is because our first goal is to focus on protection first, not necessarily just growth. We&#x27;re at a different stage of life. A phrase that you like to use, which I love, is the financial red zone. You know, just like football. We&#x27;re close to the end zone. We want to make sure we&#x27;re doing it right. We want to make sure we&#x27;re protected. So the first thing, I think, in actually creating that plan is looking at what happens if the market turns over and then start there. Then from there, you can get into legacy planning, estate planning, tax planning, and all the different things that are also very important.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> If you have a question, folks, by the way, at any time, you can give us a call, and we&#x27;ll try to get you on live here. And if not, we can answer a question for you afterwards. But the number to call is 888-667-5309. We&#x27;ll have the number come up on the screen here just in case you didn&#x27;t hear me. But it&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, asset protection, we&#x27;re talking about the legal part, but it&#x27;s also a part where there are ways that people can create a strategic asset allocation model, which will give them some of their money isolated from the market on the downside. Let them share if the market goes up on the upside. But more importantly, grow their money every single year for an income in the future they can&#x27;t outlive. Absolutely. And I think the big problem out there today is people are so busy chasing the next big thing, they never put some money in a place that can&#x27;t be messed with.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> And we need to have lifetime income because that&#x27;s true lifetime security is having money that will pay the bills, at least in retirement. We call it a floor. So you can put a floor under your portfolio. Not all your portfolio. What we try to do when we meet with people is take as little as possible and devote to that floor and then take the rest of the money and divide it in different asset classes and make sure you have an emergency account and all the things people hear. But I think when they meet with an advisor or maybe they try to do it themselves at home, the advisor doesn&#x27;t do what they should be doing as far as true asset allocation to give you that asset protection for retirement. What do you think about that? Well, I think it&#x27;s a great point. You know, I think sometimes clients can get caught up, you know, in the fact that they just like to see their number grow. You know, they got a million, they want it to be two million.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> They got two million, they want it to be three million, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. Four, five, six, seven, ten, whatever. And not that there&#x27;s anything wrong with that. We certainly want the monies to grow. Yep. We got to remember that the reason we save these monies in the first place was to ensure that when we retire, we can have the kind of retirement we want. So having that floor and putting a certain amount of our money, figuring that out, figuring out exactly when we sit down and do, you know, financial analysis, strategic financial analysis saying, okay, how much do we need to put in a place that can give us the ability to have the income coach? So that way, regardless of what happens economically, financially, politically, you know, with all the garbage that goes on, it allows them the ability to know that they&#x27;re never going to change their lifestyle. You know, I&#x27;ll tell you, it can really be a fearful thing for people, regardless of net worth, you know, to think about they&#x27;re going to maybe someday in the future change their lifestyle.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> So we want to make sure that that&#x27;s taken care of first. And then next what we want to do is put monies in such a way where we&#x27;re not just diversified. You know, the idea of diversity before was being in a situation where you&#x27;d protect yourself. But we want to diversify in such a way where we can watch the monies grow in a calculated manner. Yeah, and it&#x27;s fun to watch, and it makes life a little simpler if you know what&#x27;s happening. Now, a significant investment loss right when you reach retirement, right before or right after retirement, again, in that financial red zone, can be devastating. You can have an impact on your portfolio and on your income in the future you&#x27;ll never recover from. And the sooner that happens, right close to retirement, the worse it&#x27;s going to be. But there are scientific methods out there, very proof positive, proved in the financial world, that can have your money using a combination of investment and insurance products to give you a lifetime income you cannot live.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And I don&#x27;t understand why more people aren&#x27;t jumping on this bandwagon. And I do understand because as the market goes up, everyone thinks they&#x27;re a stock trader and an expert. And it&#x27;s not until it isn&#x27;t working that people realize it didn&#x27;t work, right? Right, right. And so Yogi Berra, the famous baseball player, always said you don&#x27;t know what you don&#x27;t know. And so there are some people out there, be willing to bet, who are talking to each other now. They&#x27;re watching the show either on the Internet or they&#x27;re watching on TV or they&#x27;re listening to us here on the radio. Again, special edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show and – again, special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. And they are wondering, Mike, what can they do to have their own income plan in place? How simple is it? How complex is it?</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> Is it a long process? Is there anything to be afraid of? Let&#x27;s go over that and then let&#x27;s take a break. Yeah. You know, first off, it&#x27;s not – it isn&#x27;t simple. Yeah. It is a complex thing, but it is something that can be easy. So let&#x27;s kind of preface that. But once it&#x27;s in play, once you get it set up, it is pretty simple, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s not a simple step to get started, and it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself kind of thing. That&#x27;s what I meant by that. The reason it&#x27;s complex is a lot of people think they can do it on their own, but, you know, things change. I would not want to be in a situation where even if I read all these ads online and read medical books all day long, I still wouldn&#x27;t want to do surgery on my foot. No, me either. I need to hire a professional for that. So the problem with the industry is a lot of times professionals out there have put yourself in a situation where you don&#x27;t know who to trust. So that&#x27;s exactly why you need to do your research.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> You find the right person that specializes in a stage of life, and now you can say, okay, let&#x27;s get a plan in place that actually makes sense. Makes sense to me. Again, folks, if you want to get your question on air live, we can answer that right now. If you call during the break, we&#x27;ll get you set up. If you have a question you want to ask in person, in a personal matter, or set up a time to meet with somebody in the Money Waves program and the Wealth Roundtable show, give a call right now as we go to break. The number&#x27;s on the screen. Of course, it&#x27;s toll-free, 888-667-5309. And again, that&#x27;s toll-free, 888-667-5309. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 1 of this January 2014 conversation, they examine investment costs, market risk, and the questions behind a complete retirement plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to a special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda. I&#x27;m a registered financial consultant, best-selling author, and retirement income certified planner. I&#x27;m joined today with a very special guest. He&#x27;s an author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. His name is Mike Wall, who has offices in Pennsylvania and Florida. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me. You&#x27;re also a registered financial consultant and investment advisor, as I am as well. Now, Mike, today I want to spend some time, and we&#x27;ve got a little checklist here, going over some financial aspects or financial topics that I think a lot of people don&#x27;t realize or don&#x27;t spend any time with. And I know you wrote about it in your book, and we&#x27;re going to talk about your book in a little while, but let&#x27;s talk about retirement planning.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s a broad term, but so many people out there are not spending enough time planning for retirement. They think they are putting money in a 401k, 403b, or an IRA every now and then because their CPA tells them to. But, Mike, just throwing money in an account without a plan is not really a plan, is it? No. You know, it&#x27;s almost like life in general, Coach. You know, a lot of people out there are just wondering generalities, trying to find something, trying to find purpose. And we want to be specific. We want to be focused in what we do in life. And same thing with our retirement. You know, when it comes to it, we want to make sure we have a plan. We want to make sure we know exactly what we&#x27;re going to do, how much risk we&#x27;re taking, what our fees look like. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of different things we want to focus on, but absolutely having a plan is huge. Now, what our fees look like, that&#x27;s a good point right there because many people will tell you they&#x27;re not paying too much in fees.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah. Not paying many fees at all. But 60 Minutes, and, you know, 60 Minutes, you watch it every now and then because it comes on right after the football games. And they did a special about a year ago, and it exposed up to 28 different fees in the 401k. Now, not everyone has 28 fees. Some people don&#x27;t have many at all. Case by case. But one thing people need to realize is it&#x27;s not just on the statement that they get where the fees are. There&#x27;s a lot of fees that are hidden inside the 401k program, aren&#x27;t there? Well, and there&#x27;s a lot of stuff they don&#x27;t have to show. That&#x27;s really the big thing. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of people, you know, they have these investments, and there&#x27;s just things. And it&#x27;s not just 401ks, it&#x27;s other things as well. 401ks is an easy topic and target because everyone has one or has heard about them. They&#x27;ve heard about it. Exactly. But, yeah, there&#x27;s a lot of stuff, and that&#x27;s the big thing about it is they don&#x27;t have to show them.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> You know, if they had to be shown, then people would be in a situation where they&#x27;d say, you know what, maybe cut this out, cut that out. But, yeah, that&#x27;s the big problem. Not that they&#x27;re all bad. It&#x27;s not that. It&#x27;s the fact that, you know, you want to analyze really what you have. Okay. So retirement planning, broad term, like I said, it&#x27;s just about saving money for retirement. It&#x27;s just step one in retirement planning. Another step is something we call wealth accumulation. So it&#x27;s one thing to put the money into the retirement plan, but without a true, I guess, recipe, you&#x27;re not doing the right thing. So wealth accumulation is we say time doesn&#x27;t stand still, so we need to make sure that as time grows or goes by, so does our money. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, how can someone do that? How do they know they&#x27;re doing the right forms of wealth accumulation? Well, you know, I think, Coach, one of the big things is everybody&#x27;s heard about the idea of compounding, right?</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> You know, the younger you are, the longer time you have to compound your money, et cetera, which is obviously very important and it&#x27;s very powerful. But at the end of the day, it&#x27;s also important, just as important, to know what your money is being invested in. You know, you might have a lot of time, but if you&#x27;re not investing in the right things, then you may not really take advantage of compounding. So many people try to play financial catch-up. They sure do. They feel they&#x27;re behind because they start late in life, and so then they take more risk. Now, is it true that if you take more risk, you&#x27;re always going to come out way ahead? No. But that&#x27;s what a lot of people are told. Well, it is true, and, you know, that&#x27;s the interesting thing. Most of our clients are wealthier. You know, we have minimums. I know you do and I do. And most of our clients are higher net worth type clients. And one of the things that we found is that, you know, when they come in, a lot of times they don&#x27;t know exactly, you know, as far as catch-up.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> They always want to make more, always want to make more. Well, that&#x27;s something where we need to make sure that we take a look at what their investments are in but also how much risk they&#x27;re taking. Right. And if we&#x27;re taking risk, we want it to be calculated risk. And that&#x27;s something that&#x27;s very important. So many people we see, they&#x27;re worried about chasing the best returns out there. And a lot of times they&#x27;ll get a magazine that will tell them who had the best performing mutual fund last year. They&#x27;ll throw all their money in this year at the same time that people that were in there last year in those mutual funds are getting out. Well, it&#x27;s the idea of being fearful when people are greedy and greedy when people are fearful. Yeah. You know, it&#x27;s the reverse psychology kind of. So, unfortunately, what we see is a lot of people, they&#x27;re worried about building money or putting money away. But at the same time, they&#x27;re not controlling debt on the other side. So, they&#x27;re sending money out every month. Matter of fact, more money than it&#x27;s coming in.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> That&#x27;s the true recipe for disaster. And that doesn&#x27;t matter how good you do trying to accumulate assets if you&#x27;re spending too much money on the other side. And you have credit card bills that are eating into what you&#x27;re trying to save. Yeah. Well, I mean, it&#x27;s like pouring water into a cup because you&#x27;re real thirsty and there&#x27;s a quarter-sized hole in the bottom. You&#x27;re not really going to accomplish too much. Probably not going to take that drink and enjoy it. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you didn&#x27;t clean the cup to begin with, you don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s in it to begin with. So, if you&#x27;re drinking something, it might not be good for you, too. Yeah, but think about that. If you are drinking out of a cup with holes in it, it better be water because if it&#x27;s anything else, your wife&#x27;s going to kill you because you&#x27;re making a mess of the carpet, too, probably. All right. So, asset protection. All right. You&#x27;ve done a good job. You&#x27;ve built up great accounts. We see a lot of people that have built up over a million dollars or even two or three million dollars, but they&#x27;ve left themselves exposed.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> In other words, they&#x27;re driving down the road one day. They&#x27;re not paying attention. Had a great golf game, let&#x27;s say, and they&#x27;re so proud of their golf game. They&#x27;re thinking about all the holes they had that were real good. They&#x27;re thinking about the great tee shot where they didn&#x27;t have to use a mulligan that day and daydreaming, and they rear-end somebody. All right. Here goes their retirement a lot of times, right, if you don&#x27;t have proper asset protection in place. Now, that&#x27;s when we work with attorneys to make sure we get bulletproof plans. But what are some things that people can do out there these days to make sure they have at least the head start or getting started in the right direction as far as asset protection? You know, I think the first thing is, and you kind of mentioned it about the golf course. It&#x27;s interesting. A lot of people over the years have built up relationships with an advisor. Nothing wrong with that. You know, relationships and friendships occur and happen. But the problem lies, Coach, whenever people continue to do what they&#x27;ve always done just because of a friendship.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Just as a quick example, I have a client that actually had a practice for 35 years. He was a doctor, sold the practice, had a great relationship with an advisor over those years. But unfortunately, the advisor that he was with just was not well-suited for the retirement years. One of the things that makes us different is we only we only focus on folks in the retirement years. And the reason that&#x27;s huge is because our first goal is to focus on protection first, not necessarily just growth. We&#x27;re at a different stage of life. A phrase that you like to use, which I love, is the financial red zone. You know, just like football. We&#x27;re close to the end zone. We want to make sure we&#x27;re doing it right. We want to make sure we&#x27;re protected. So the first thing, I think, in actually creating that plan is looking at what happens if the market turns over and then start there. Then from there, you can get into legacy planning, estate planning, tax planning, and all the different things that are also very important.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> If you have a question, folks, by the way, at any time, you can give us a call, and we&#x27;ll try to get you on live here. And if not, we can answer a question for you afterwards. But the number to call is 888-667-5309. We&#x27;ll have the number come up on the screen here just in case you didn&#x27;t hear me. But it&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, asset protection, we&#x27;re talking about the legal part, but it&#x27;s also a part where there are ways that people can create a strategic asset allocation model, which will give them some of their money isolated from the market on the downside. Let them share if the market goes up on the upside. But more importantly, grow their money every single year for an income in the future they can&#x27;t outlive. Absolutely. And I think the big problem out there today is people are so busy chasing the next big thing, they never put some money in a place that can&#x27;t be messed with.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> And we need to have lifetime income because that&#x27;s true lifetime security is having money that will pay the bills, at least in retirement. We call it a floor. So you can put a floor under your portfolio. Not all your portfolio. What we try to do when we meet with people is take as little as possible and devote to that floor and then take the rest of the money and divide it in different asset classes and make sure you have an emergency account and all the things people hear. But I think when they meet with an advisor or maybe they try to do it themselves at home, the advisor doesn&#x27;t do what they should be doing as far as true asset allocation to give you that asset protection for retirement. What do you think about that? Well, I think it&#x27;s a great point. You know, I think sometimes clients can get caught up, you know, in the fact that they just like to see their number grow. You know, they got a million, they want it to be two million.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> They got two million, they want it to be three million, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. Four, five, six, seven, ten, whatever. And not that there&#x27;s anything wrong with that. We certainly want the monies to grow. Yep. We got to remember that the reason we save these monies in the first place was to ensure that when we retire, we can have the kind of retirement we want. So having that floor and putting a certain amount of our money, figuring that out, figuring out exactly when we sit down and do, you know, financial analysis, strategic financial analysis saying, okay, how much do we need to put in a place that can give us the ability to have the income coach? So that way, regardless of what happens economically, financially, politically, you know, with all the garbage that goes on, it allows them the ability to know that they&#x27;re never going to change their lifestyle. You know, I&#x27;ll tell you, it can really be a fearful thing for people, regardless of net worth, you know, to think about they&#x27;re going to maybe someday in the future change their lifestyle.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> So we want to make sure that that&#x27;s taken care of first. And then next what we want to do is put monies in such a way where we&#x27;re not just diversified. You know, the idea of diversity before was being in a situation where you&#x27;d protect yourself. But we want to diversify in such a way where we can watch the monies grow in a calculated manner. Yeah, and it&#x27;s fun to watch, and it makes life a little simpler if you know what&#x27;s happening. Now, a significant investment loss right when you reach retirement, right before or right after retirement, again, in that financial red zone, can be devastating. You can have an impact on your portfolio and on your income in the future you&#x27;ll never recover from. And the sooner that happens, right close to retirement, the worse it&#x27;s going to be. But there are scientific methods out there, very proof positive, proved in the financial world, that can have your money using a combination of investment and insurance products to give you a lifetime income you cannot live.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And I don&#x27;t understand why more people aren&#x27;t jumping on this bandwagon. And I do understand because as the market goes up, everyone thinks they&#x27;re a stock trader and an expert. And it&#x27;s not until it isn&#x27;t working that people realize it didn&#x27;t work, right? Right, right. And so Yogi Berra, the famous baseball player, always said you don&#x27;t know what you don&#x27;t know. And so there are some people out there, be willing to bet, who are talking to each other now. They&#x27;re watching the show either on the Internet or they&#x27;re watching on TV or they&#x27;re listening to us here on the radio. Again, special edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show and – again, special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. And they are wondering, Mike, what can they do to have their own income plan in place? How simple is it? How complex is it?</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> Is it a long process? Is there anything to be afraid of? Let&#x27;s go over that and then let&#x27;s take a break. Yeah. You know, first off, it&#x27;s not – it isn&#x27;t simple. Yeah. It is a complex thing, but it is something that can be easy. So let&#x27;s kind of preface that. But once it&#x27;s in play, once you get it set up, it is pretty simple, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s not a simple step to get started, and it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself kind of thing. That&#x27;s what I meant by that. The reason it&#x27;s complex is a lot of people think they can do it on their own, but, you know, things change. I would not want to be in a situation where even if I read all these ads online and read medical books all day long, I still wouldn&#x27;t want to do surgery on my foot. No, me either. I need to hire a professional for that. So the problem with the industry is a lot of times professionals out there have put yourself in a situation where you don&#x27;t know who to trust. So that&#x27;s exactly why you need to do your research.</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> You find the right person that specializes in a stage of life, and now you can say, okay, let&#x27;s get a plan in place that actually makes sense. Makes sense to me. Again, folks, if you want to get your question on air live, we can answer that right now. If you call during the break, we&#x27;ll get you set up. If you have a question you want to ask in person, in a personal matter, or set up a time to meet with somebody in the Money Waves program and the Wealth Roundtable show, give a call right now as we go to break. The number&#x27;s on the screen. Of course, it&#x27;s toll-free, 888-667-5309. And again, that&#x27;s toll-free, 888-667-5309. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 1 of this January 2014 conversation, they examine investment costs, market risk, and the questions behind a complete retirement plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486/image.jpg?t=1792072536&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486/image.jpg?t=1792072536&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2014 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>754</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d2a61018-618d-4846-bc3d-b4e2015f9486/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12090716" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>143</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:12" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 2 of this January 2014 conversation, they discuss planning for income and how different parts of a portfolio can serve different needs.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome to a special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. Folks, if you have a question you want answered live on air, or if you&#x27;d rather have it done in person, give a call right now to the number toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, earlier on the show, we were talking about just ways people need to make sure they are in charge of their portfolio and making sure money&#x27;s not going out unnecessarily. One of the ways that we see people that are doing the best thing they can financially, but the mistake they make is in tax planning. They are paying too much in taxes, and one thing we see with the government, if you pay too little in taxes, they&#x27;ll give you a call, send you a letter.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> If you don&#x27;t take advantage of a lot of things that are out there in the tax code, they&#x27;re not going to send you a letter telling you you should have taken advantage of them, right? Absolutely. Tax planning is looking forward in the tax code to help you protect your behind, we always say. Absolutely. And we can look at people&#x27;s taxes, and we&#x27;ve done this a lot of times in the past with our CPAs and our certified tax coaches, and we can show where if you go back, you can actually refile three years in the past and get some money back. So a lot of people that are out there right now and file tax returns and had one person do it and really didn&#x27;t know if the person was taking advantage of everything in the tax code, and unfortunately a lot of CPAs don&#x27;t even know they&#x27;re – it&#x27;s not their fault. They keep changing the tax code. So is it advantageous to do tax planning instead of just tax preparation where April 14th you get everything you can,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> you put all the numbers in, and you just in time get it in the mail so you don&#x27;t get a penalty because you file late? That&#x27;s not the way to do taxes, is it? No, no. And, you know, that&#x27;s exactly why one of the chapters in the book that I wrote was on tax planning. You know, Coach, it&#x27;s really important. A lot of times people when they&#x27;re working in their working years and they&#x27;re growing their money, and they&#x27;re talking to their CPAs, they&#x27;re focused on that year, but they&#x27;re not forward-looking. And so I think the biggest thing is we want to always be looking for ways with a client&#x27;s portfolio where we can really legally, morally, and ethically look for ways to disinherit the IRS. We&#x27;re not trying to cut any corners. We want to do it all ethically, but there&#x27;s a lot of different ways out there, whether it be income-wise or whether it be from the perspective of looking at the portfolio to look for ways to save money in taxes.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Because, hey, at the end of the day, if we can figure out ways to save 10% to 15% in taxes on a portfolio over time, that&#x27;s just like making 10% to 15%. That adds up big time because then it compounds upon itself. So money you would have lost now is in your account. Not only is it there, but you&#x27;re getting interest on it. And if you have it set up right, you can go to the moon with that. So, all right, let&#x27;s talk about the person who&#x27;s done everything right. They&#x27;ve done a great job of asset allocation. They&#x27;ve done a great job of tax planning. They&#x27;ve done a great job of retirement planning and saving money, and everything&#x27;s been fine. They retire, and then they pass away. One year later, 50 years later, somewhere in between or whatever. And, again, retirement is 40, 50 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. They&#x27;ve done everything the right way except they forgot one thing,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> and a lot of famous people have done this. Like Tony Soprano didn&#x27;t do this, and Elvis didn&#x27;t do it. Estate planning. I don&#x27;t even know if – I think Marilyn Monroe, she had a bunch of money, but she didn&#x27;t have it set up right. And estate planning is basically the process of sitting down while you&#x27;re here and planning out who&#x27;s going to get the money when you&#x27;re not here and making sure it&#x27;s divided the right way to keep family feuds from popping up. But not many people do it right, do they? They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s a great point. Elvis was one of the ones. He had a lot of money that went in. And there&#x27;s lots of other cases out there. But, I mean, really the key is a lot of people don&#x27;t want to think about estate planning because it&#x27;s, you know, I guess thinking about more – you know, I&#x27;m going to pass away someday. I don&#x27;t want to think about that, I guess. So, you know, it&#x27;s the idea of saying, listen, we know that it&#x27;s not exciting,</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> but let&#x27;s sit down and get our ducks in a row, so to speak, and get this stuff in place so that way we know it&#x27;s been taken care of. And, by the way, it&#x27;s not just something you do once. It&#x27;s something you&#x27;ve got to revisit as time moves along because the rules change, the laws change. What about the – well, your relationships change. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m saying. Your beneficiary. So we&#x27;ve seen – actually, this is unfortunate. Divorces. Unfortunate. All kinds of things. Yeah. Well, people get divorced. It happens. I mean, 50% of Americans are getting divorced, right? So the problem is they had an estate plan put together, and they had, like, life insurance or whatever put together with the first spouse. And that spouse was a beneficiary. They pass away before – and they get married again, right? And so they have – that first spouse is gone, new spouse is here. And they pass away before they change the designation.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> So the first spouse inherits everything that the second spouse should have. Should have gotten, yeah. And case after case in the court say that the first spouse is entitled to it because you didn&#x27;t change your beneficiary form. That&#x27;s exactly right. And people are always going to do it tomorrow, but tomorrow never comes, or people procrastinate, or don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to die. No one thinks they&#x27;re going to die tomorrow. Right. Well, and the other thing, too, is just the fact of not having some things lined up. It&#x27;s amazing to me some of the clients that we&#x27;ll meet from time to time that have large portfolios, and they don&#x27;t have an updated will or living will or power of attorney, you know, just some basic things. Sometimes they need trust. Sometimes they don&#x27;t. It just depends on the situation. But, you know, the big thing also is the longer – when you don&#x27;t have these things set up, it takes longer when someone passes away to settle the estate, which means more attorney&#x27;s costs, more attorney&#x27;s fees,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> and, you know, potentially their kids and other people are going to be sitting down writing larger checks to the IRS than they should be. So estate planning is really important. So people sometimes put together a will, and they do that because it&#x27;s more affordable than a trust, and it&#x27;s simpler usually. And we&#x27;re not attorneys here, so this is a topic for an attorney to get involved, but we have some good attorneys we usually recommend or refer people to so they can interview the attorney and see. But the reason why people say – when I say, well, why don&#x27;t you have a trust yet? And these are people with a lot of money a lot of times. Well, they don&#x27;t have time or it&#x27;s too expensive or whatever. If you don&#x27;t do a trust now – and you might not need a trust, but if you don&#x27;t do an estate plan now, maybe a will or whatever because you think it&#x27;s not affordable or you don&#x27;t have time, just think of the heartache and time and expense it&#x27;s going to cost the people you&#x27;re leaving money to to have to go back.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> And maybe in a lot of cases here, somebody you didn&#x27;t want to get money gets money because you didn&#x27;t ever put it down in writing. It&#x27;s very important people do this, and we&#x27;re not going to spend too much time on that, but there&#x27;s a lot of differences between wills and trusts, and unfortunately a lot of people are sold a trust by someone who&#x27;s not even an attorney, so you have to be careful with that. But it&#x27;s just about sitting down and making sure you get educated and you get the right plan for you. Just like the financial world, the legal world is very complicated, but not having something planned out is a lot worse than having something planned out in my opinion. Absolutely. Getting good advice. People understand that generally if you pay for good advice, you&#x27;re probably going to get good advice. You&#x27;ve got to be willing to pay for it, but it&#x27;s worth it long term. So if you want to make sure that you&#x27;re on the right direction there for the estate planning world, and just make maybe a referral if you&#x27;d like to sit down with the attorney, we can refer some to you,</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> or you can start the process yourself. If you have a question about that, you can call right now toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, life insurance. And I&#x27;ve always said that life insurance is not for those who have died. It&#x27;s for those who are living. And people don&#x27;t like life insurance because there&#x27;s been so many horror stories about people being sold life insurance. But I&#x27;ll tell you one person who appreciates life insurance, the person who&#x27;s left behind after you pass away, and if you&#x27;re in a family with two income earners in it, and now one of you has gone, we call that moving to a different zip code. Because if you&#x27;re not here anymore and your spouse is dependent on your income to live in the nice neighborhood you&#x27;re in now, she&#x27;s not going to be able to stay there.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> Or he&#x27;s not going to be able to stay there. Or maybe the kids aren&#x27;t going to be able to keep doing what they want. So life insurance should never be sold. It should be purchased if needed. But unfortunately, we see a lot of people who don&#x27;t have enough life insurance. One of the main ways that we use life insurance in our operation is when people select their pension options when they retire. And when the pension options, they say, hey, you can either take the maximum amount, we&#x27;ll give you a maximum amount of payment for every year you&#x27;re here. But when you disappear, when you&#x27;re not here anymore, take the limousine to heaven. My friend Bob Grace always says in Florida, when you&#x27;re not here anymore, the payments stop, no one gets anything. So most people say, oh, I can&#x27;t do that. I want to leave the spouse with some money. So you take a lesser amount to make sure that if you&#x27;re not here anymore, the spouse gets money. Now, the problems arise when, because you&#x27;re taking a lesser amount to make sure the spouse gets money if you&#x27;re not here,</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> guess who dies first? The spouse that you&#x27;re getting less money for passes away. You&#x27;re trapped a lot of times in the lesser amount. So that&#x27;s not good financial planning. So what we recommend is a process called pension maximization. And it&#x27;s where you take the maximum amount you&#x27;re entitled to and you get a life insurance policy that will give your spouse a tax-free lump sum, if set up correctly, if you pass away. The beauty of this is if your spouse passes away first, well, then you don&#x27;t need the life insurance policy anymore. But you&#x27;re still getting the max payment from your pension. But pension maximization, Mike, I think a lot of people are overlooking that these days. Yeah, I think it makes a lot of sense. And, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of different misconceptions also. You mentioned a little bit there, Coach, about life insurance. You know, a lot of people have heard the term before, insurance poor. So they become leery of different things.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> But, you know, one of the things that I see a lot in our firm as well with clients that are higher net worth, which is generally who we work with, they get it. The wealthier folks get the fact that life insurance is one of the best tools to, number one, transfer wealth. But not only that, build up accounts where they can actually do kind of tax planning, where they can create actually tax-free monies growing in the future. Now, here&#x27;s what&#x27;s really important because you need to make sure with life insurance, not all life insurance is created equal. Wow, there&#x27;s so many different life insurance policies out there. There&#x27;s exactly. Different types of life insurance. Types, policies, companies. Yep. So, you know, you need to make sure. It&#x27;s like saying I drive a car. Well, that narrows it down. Everybody drives a car, yeah. Yeah, yeah. Does it have four wheels, two wheels, three wheels? Yeah. Is it turbo? Is it a fast car, a slow car, great gas mileage?</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Same thing in insurance world. Yep. There are a lot of different kind of policies. And so the generic term life insurance is just a start. You&#x27;ve got to analyze your situation. Yep. You&#x27;ve got to sit down. And, again, that&#x27;s where people become fearful because, like you said, life insurance was sold instead of advised as part of the portfolio. And so when we sit down and look at that, we want to advise and say, okay, number one, is it necessary? And number two, what type should we add? And number three, when we add it in, what is the main goal and purpose of it? Many people don&#x27;t realize that they may be in the wrong life insurance policy. And if it&#x27;s a cash value type policy, they may be able to roll tax-free the value of that current policy into a better policy. Exchange for new. If it is good. If it&#x27;s a good way to do that. Because there have been a lot of different additions to the life insurance policies out there. And actually, some life insurance policies will even give you a long-term care benefit.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Yeah. Be able to use some of your death benefit to pay for the long-term care stay. Yep. Now, that&#x27;s ingenious. But I guarantee you, Mike, a lot of people that are watching or listening to this show do not have the right policy. Well, and the other thing is, here&#x27;s a good quick check, so to speak, for folks. Discount. Yeah. Check. Discount. Triple check. Yeah. As they&#x27;re listening to the show and they&#x27;re saying, okay, do I have the type of policy? Maybe it&#x27;s older. Should I exchange it? You know, generally, if you have at minimum, at minimum, 20, 25, usually more than that, but 30, 40, 50, whatever, which is very common with somebody who&#x27;s been paying on a policy for 20, 30 years. Could have had it for that long. Yeah. Paying towards it. Paying premiums every year. Right. You&#x27;ve got 20, 30, 40, 50,000 or more of what&#x27;s called cash surrender value. You want to make sure of that. Not just cash value, but cash surrender value. The amount you can actually take out in the policy.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Yep. And if you have that, then a lot of times it makes sense to sit down and get a second opinion to say, you know what? Can we maximize this? And it&#x27;s called a 1035 exchange a lot of times to make sure you do it the right way so you don&#x27;t have the taxable consequences. That&#x27;s exactly right. Big mistake people are making. Yep. Instead of just taking it out. Yep. Again, folks, if there&#x27;s something here that we&#x27;ve talked about that&#x27;s interesting to you or you want to find out more information, give us a call at any time. We can talk to you live or we can answer the question for you private. But the number to call is toll free 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 2 of this January 2014 conversation, they discuss planning for income and how different parts of a portfolio can serve different needs.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome to a special Money Waves edition of the Wealth Roundtable Show. Folks, if you have a question you want answered live on air, or if you&#x27;d rather have it done in person, give a call right now to the number toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, earlier on the show, we were talking about just ways people need to make sure they are in charge of their portfolio and making sure money&#x27;s not going out unnecessarily. One of the ways that we see people that are doing the best thing they can financially, but the mistake they make is in tax planning. They are paying too much in taxes, and one thing we see with the government, if you pay too little in taxes, they&#x27;ll give you a call, send you a letter.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> If you don&#x27;t take advantage of a lot of things that are out there in the tax code, they&#x27;re not going to send you a letter telling you you should have taken advantage of them, right? Absolutely. Tax planning is looking forward in the tax code to help you protect your behind, we always say. Absolutely. And we can look at people&#x27;s taxes, and we&#x27;ve done this a lot of times in the past with our CPAs and our certified tax coaches, and we can show where if you go back, you can actually refile three years in the past and get some money back. So a lot of people that are out there right now and file tax returns and had one person do it and really didn&#x27;t know if the person was taking advantage of everything in the tax code, and unfortunately a lot of CPAs don&#x27;t even know they&#x27;re – it&#x27;s not their fault. They keep changing the tax code. So is it advantageous to do tax planning instead of just tax preparation where April 14th you get everything you can,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> you put all the numbers in, and you just in time get it in the mail so you don&#x27;t get a penalty because you file late? That&#x27;s not the way to do taxes, is it? No, no. And, you know, that&#x27;s exactly why one of the chapters in the book that I wrote was on tax planning. You know, Coach, it&#x27;s really important. A lot of times people when they&#x27;re working in their working years and they&#x27;re growing their money, and they&#x27;re talking to their CPAs, they&#x27;re focused on that year, but they&#x27;re not forward-looking. And so I think the biggest thing is we want to always be looking for ways with a client&#x27;s portfolio where we can really legally, morally, and ethically look for ways to disinherit the IRS. We&#x27;re not trying to cut any corners. We want to do it all ethically, but there&#x27;s a lot of different ways out there, whether it be income-wise or whether it be from the perspective of looking at the portfolio to look for ways to save money in taxes.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Because, hey, at the end of the day, if we can figure out ways to save 10% to 15% in taxes on a portfolio over time, that&#x27;s just like making 10% to 15%. That adds up big time because then it compounds upon itself. So money you would have lost now is in your account. Not only is it there, but you&#x27;re getting interest on it. And if you have it set up right, you can go to the moon with that. So, all right, let&#x27;s talk about the person who&#x27;s done everything right. They&#x27;ve done a great job of asset allocation. They&#x27;ve done a great job of tax planning. They&#x27;ve done a great job of retirement planning and saving money, and everything&#x27;s been fine. They retire, and then they pass away. One year later, 50 years later, somewhere in between or whatever. And, again, retirement is 40, 50 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. They&#x27;ve done everything the right way except they forgot one thing,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> and a lot of famous people have done this. Like Tony Soprano didn&#x27;t do this, and Elvis didn&#x27;t do it. Estate planning. I don&#x27;t even know if – I think Marilyn Monroe, she had a bunch of money, but she didn&#x27;t have it set up right. And estate planning is basically the process of sitting down while you&#x27;re here and planning out who&#x27;s going to get the money when you&#x27;re not here and making sure it&#x27;s divided the right way to keep family feuds from popping up. But not many people do it right, do they? They don&#x27;t. And it&#x27;s a great point. Elvis was one of the ones. He had a lot of money that went in. And there&#x27;s lots of other cases out there. But, I mean, really the key is a lot of people don&#x27;t want to think about estate planning because it&#x27;s, you know, I guess thinking about more – you know, I&#x27;m going to pass away someday. I don&#x27;t want to think about that, I guess. So, you know, it&#x27;s the idea of saying, listen, we know that it&#x27;s not exciting,</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> but let&#x27;s sit down and get our ducks in a row, so to speak, and get this stuff in place so that way we know it&#x27;s been taken care of. And, by the way, it&#x27;s not just something you do once. It&#x27;s something you&#x27;ve got to revisit as time moves along because the rules change, the laws change. What about the – well, your relationships change. That&#x27;s what I&#x27;m saying. Your beneficiary. So we&#x27;ve seen – actually, this is unfortunate. Divorces. Unfortunate. All kinds of things. Yeah. Well, people get divorced. It happens. I mean, 50% of Americans are getting divorced, right? So the problem is they had an estate plan put together, and they had, like, life insurance or whatever put together with the first spouse. And that spouse was a beneficiary. They pass away before – and they get married again, right? And so they have – that first spouse is gone, new spouse is here. And they pass away before they change the designation.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> So the first spouse inherits everything that the second spouse should have. Should have gotten, yeah. And case after case in the court say that the first spouse is entitled to it because you didn&#x27;t change your beneficiary form. That&#x27;s exactly right. And people are always going to do it tomorrow, but tomorrow never comes, or people procrastinate, or don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to die. No one thinks they&#x27;re going to die tomorrow. Right. Well, and the other thing, too, is just the fact of not having some things lined up. It&#x27;s amazing to me some of the clients that we&#x27;ll meet from time to time that have large portfolios, and they don&#x27;t have an updated will or living will or power of attorney, you know, just some basic things. Sometimes they need trust. Sometimes they don&#x27;t. It just depends on the situation. But, you know, the big thing also is the longer – when you don&#x27;t have these things set up, it takes longer when someone passes away to settle the estate, which means more attorney&#x27;s costs, more attorney&#x27;s fees,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> and, you know, potentially their kids and other people are going to be sitting down writing larger checks to the IRS than they should be. So estate planning is really important. So people sometimes put together a will, and they do that because it&#x27;s more affordable than a trust, and it&#x27;s simpler usually. And we&#x27;re not attorneys here, so this is a topic for an attorney to get involved, but we have some good attorneys we usually recommend or refer people to so they can interview the attorney and see. But the reason why people say – when I say, well, why don&#x27;t you have a trust yet? And these are people with a lot of money a lot of times. Well, they don&#x27;t have time or it&#x27;s too expensive or whatever. If you don&#x27;t do a trust now – and you might not need a trust, but if you don&#x27;t do an estate plan now, maybe a will or whatever because you think it&#x27;s not affordable or you don&#x27;t have time, just think of the heartache and time and expense it&#x27;s going to cost the people you&#x27;re leaving money to to have to go back.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> And maybe in a lot of cases here, somebody you didn&#x27;t want to get money gets money because you didn&#x27;t ever put it down in writing. It&#x27;s very important people do this, and we&#x27;re not going to spend too much time on that, but there&#x27;s a lot of differences between wills and trusts, and unfortunately a lot of people are sold a trust by someone who&#x27;s not even an attorney, so you have to be careful with that. But it&#x27;s just about sitting down and making sure you get educated and you get the right plan for you. Just like the financial world, the legal world is very complicated, but not having something planned out is a lot worse than having something planned out in my opinion. Absolutely. Getting good advice. People understand that generally if you pay for good advice, you&#x27;re probably going to get good advice. You&#x27;ve got to be willing to pay for it, but it&#x27;s worth it long term. So if you want to make sure that you&#x27;re on the right direction there for the estate planning world, and just make maybe a referral if you&#x27;d like to sit down with the attorney, we can refer some to you,</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> or you can start the process yourself. If you have a question about that, you can call right now toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, life insurance. And I&#x27;ve always said that life insurance is not for those who have died. It&#x27;s for those who are living. And people don&#x27;t like life insurance because there&#x27;s been so many horror stories about people being sold life insurance. But I&#x27;ll tell you one person who appreciates life insurance, the person who&#x27;s left behind after you pass away, and if you&#x27;re in a family with two income earners in it, and now one of you has gone, we call that moving to a different zip code. Because if you&#x27;re not here anymore and your spouse is dependent on your income to live in the nice neighborhood you&#x27;re in now, she&#x27;s not going to be able to stay there.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> Or he&#x27;s not going to be able to stay there. Or maybe the kids aren&#x27;t going to be able to keep doing what they want. So life insurance should never be sold. It should be purchased if needed. But unfortunately, we see a lot of people who don&#x27;t have enough life insurance. One of the main ways that we use life insurance in our operation is when people select their pension options when they retire. And when the pension options, they say, hey, you can either take the maximum amount, we&#x27;ll give you a maximum amount of payment for every year you&#x27;re here. But when you disappear, when you&#x27;re not here anymore, take the limousine to heaven. My friend Bob Grace always says in Florida, when you&#x27;re not here anymore, the payments stop, no one gets anything. So most people say, oh, I can&#x27;t do that. I want to leave the spouse with some money. So you take a lesser amount to make sure that if you&#x27;re not here anymore, the spouse gets money. Now, the problems arise when, because you&#x27;re taking a lesser amount to make sure the spouse gets money if you&#x27;re not here,</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> guess who dies first? The spouse that you&#x27;re getting less money for passes away. You&#x27;re trapped a lot of times in the lesser amount. So that&#x27;s not good financial planning. So what we recommend is a process called pension maximization. And it&#x27;s where you take the maximum amount you&#x27;re entitled to and you get a life insurance policy that will give your spouse a tax-free lump sum, if set up correctly, if you pass away. The beauty of this is if your spouse passes away first, well, then you don&#x27;t need the life insurance policy anymore. But you&#x27;re still getting the max payment from your pension. But pension maximization, Mike, I think a lot of people are overlooking that these days. Yeah, I think it makes a lot of sense. And, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of different misconceptions also. You mentioned a little bit there, Coach, about life insurance. You know, a lot of people have heard the term before, insurance poor. So they become leery of different things.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> But, you know, one of the things that I see a lot in our firm as well with clients that are higher net worth, which is generally who we work with, they get it. The wealthier folks get the fact that life insurance is one of the best tools to, number one, transfer wealth. But not only that, build up accounts where they can actually do kind of tax planning, where they can create actually tax-free monies growing in the future. Now, here&#x27;s what&#x27;s really important because you need to make sure with life insurance, not all life insurance is created equal. Wow, there&#x27;s so many different life insurance policies out there. There&#x27;s exactly. Different types of life insurance. Types, policies, companies. Yep. So, you know, you need to make sure. It&#x27;s like saying I drive a car. Well, that narrows it down. Everybody drives a car, yeah. Yeah, yeah. Does it have four wheels, two wheels, three wheels? Yeah. Is it turbo? Is it a fast car, a slow car, great gas mileage?</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Same thing in insurance world. Yep. There are a lot of different kind of policies. And so the generic term life insurance is just a start. You&#x27;ve got to analyze your situation. Yep. You&#x27;ve got to sit down. And, again, that&#x27;s where people become fearful because, like you said, life insurance was sold instead of advised as part of the portfolio. And so when we sit down and look at that, we want to advise and say, okay, number one, is it necessary? And number two, what type should we add? And number three, when we add it in, what is the main goal and purpose of it? Many people don&#x27;t realize that they may be in the wrong life insurance policy. And if it&#x27;s a cash value type policy, they may be able to roll tax-free the value of that current policy into a better policy. Exchange for new. If it is good. If it&#x27;s a good way to do that. Because there have been a lot of different additions to the life insurance policies out there. And actually, some life insurance policies will even give you a long-term care benefit.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> Yeah. Be able to use some of your death benefit to pay for the long-term care stay. Yep. Now, that&#x27;s ingenious. But I guarantee you, Mike, a lot of people that are watching or listening to this show do not have the right policy. Well, and the other thing is, here&#x27;s a good quick check, so to speak, for folks. Discount. Yeah. Check. Discount. Triple check. Yeah. As they&#x27;re listening to the show and they&#x27;re saying, okay, do I have the type of policy? Maybe it&#x27;s older. Should I exchange it? You know, generally, if you have at minimum, at minimum, 20, 25, usually more than that, but 30, 40, 50, whatever, which is very common with somebody who&#x27;s been paying on a policy for 20, 30 years. Could have had it for that long. Yeah. Paying towards it. Paying premiums every year. Right. You&#x27;ve got 20, 30, 40, 50,000 or more of what&#x27;s called cash surrender value. You want to make sure of that. Not just cash value, but cash surrender value. The amount you can actually take out in the policy.</p><p><strong>11:49</strong> Yep. And if you have that, then a lot of times it makes sense to sit down and get a second opinion to say, you know what? Can we maximize this? And it&#x27;s called a 1035 exchange a lot of times to make sure you do it the right way so you don&#x27;t have the taxable consequences. That&#x27;s exactly right. Big mistake people are making. Yep. Instead of just taking it out. Yep. Again, folks, if there&#x27;s something here that we&#x27;ve talked about that&#x27;s interesting to you or you want to find out more information, give us a call at any time. We can talk to you live or we can answer the question for you private. But the number to call is toll free 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 2 of this January 2014 conversation, they discuss planning for income and how different parts of a portfolio can serve different needs.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c/image.jpg?t=1792072532&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c/image.jpg?t=1792072532&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2014 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>749</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5d7a4787-e763-4d6a-b296-b4e20160124c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12011537" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>144</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:01" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:58" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 3)</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Retire Once, Retire Well (Part 3)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Money Wave special edition of the Wealth Roundtable show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda, joined with author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. He is from Pennsylvania, also has an office in the Miami area of Florida. His name is Mr. Mike Wall. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, this is a good book, man. I tell you, it&#x27;s easy to read. And that&#x27;s the simple thing about books. And if people know me, I have a lot of books that are sent to me all the time because everyone wants me to interview them for the show. And I want to tell everyone that I actually found your book online and bought it before you even told me you&#x27;d wrote one. So the good thing about this is this is a book that I&#x27;ve read and I appreciate. And I want to go through some of the chapters in here. And this is almost going to be like a book on tape summary edition, which, you know, these days people are so busy with life.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> They get a book like this. And it&#x27;s an easy to read book. How many pages was it? It was like about 100 pages. And they put it over on the counter. And then all of a sudden, the mail comes that day. They put it on top of the book and tomorrow&#x27;s mail and so on. And eventually, they don&#x27;t read the book. So what I want to do today is go through a summary of what the book is and some of the chapters here. And I think that once people hear about the book and about the great information you have in here, they&#x27;ll probably want to get a copy of it. So we&#x27;ll try to figure out. Is it on Amazon? It&#x27;s on Amazon. That&#x27;s where I bought it. It&#x27;s on Barnes &amp; Noble. That&#x27;s where I bought it. Because I bought it on Amazon. It&#x27;s Barnes &amp; Noble. So again, retire once, retire well. Why do you want to get it? Well, we&#x27;ll see if it makes sense to you. Or we&#x27;ll see if these topics here are relevant, in my opinion, to anyone, especially with people with money they don&#x27;t want to lose in retirement or want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So you start Chapter 1 with something called The Reason. Yeah. What&#x27;s the reason, Mike? Well, you know, Coach, first off, I appreciate the compliments about The Read. Yep. You know, the reason is really all about – you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for, geez, almost 13 years, basically, and done a lot of research. We&#x27;ve had a lot of great opportunities to do different media here and there and all over the place. And it&#x27;s really come down to – I&#x27;ve come to understand that a lot of the needs and concerns for the clients that we work with and the clients that are out there that are retired or soon will be are really similar, really the same. So I wanted to sit down and really kind of say, okay, you know what? What can we do and how can I put down some information that&#x27;s easy to read, quick, simple, and put it in a way that they can take from it and actually gain from it and help them improve their life in the future?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And your subtitle is Uncovering and Avoiding Pitfalls to Keep Your Retirement Safe. And I think – well, it covers it, Mike. I mean, you spend a lot of time building up these retirement plans. And 2008 is still fresh on my mind. Yeah. We had people calling our show and we had people coming in whose advisor wasn&#x27;t calling them back, wasn&#x27;t returning calls. And you remember those mountain charts where they show – every day the market was going down 100, 200, 300, 400 points, and people weren&#x27;t getting any communication. And unfortunately, this is when people realized they weren&#x27;t allocated correctly. It was after the fact, not before. And you argue that the most important thing anyone can do out there in the financial world is get a plan before something happens wrong. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s the idea of if you knew – The pre-catalyst kind of event. Exactly. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a situation where you lost $400,000,000, $600,000,000 or more or less depending on the portfolio size.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> But let&#x27;s say you lost that in your portfolio. And you sat down before 2008 and had a conversation with your advisor. And he said, hey, if we have a 2008 or a big negative market, this is what you could lose. And they gave you roughly a number. You know, not exactly, but roughly. And you said, you know what? I&#x27;m okay with that amount of risk. Right. And then you lost money. Whose fault is it? What&#x27;s your fault? It&#x27;s your fault. Because you were willing to take the risk. Exactly. But you didn&#x27;t realize how much that risk was going to hurt. But if you never had that conversation, if the advisor never sat down and had the conversation with you, now whose fault is it? Well, it&#x27;s the advisor&#x27;s fault. That&#x27;s exactly right. But in a way, yes, it&#x27;s 98% the advisor&#x27;s fault, but still 2% your fault for not saying, hey. Being educated. Yeah, or shaking them and saying, either you&#x27;re going to help me or I&#x27;m going to find somebody else or I&#x27;m going to educate myself. And that&#x27;s the point of the book. I wanted to create something that would allow people the knowledge to be able to be educated in such a way that they can know what to ask, know where to go, and know where to get answers to help them to know how to protect themselves.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And then not only protect themselves, but grow things in a way that puts them where they want to be. If you have a question for Mike you want to ask right now on air, give a call right now to our toll-free money line. It is 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, in the book you have a topic, a chapter called Hope is Not a Strategy, although it seems like it is for a lot of people. Now, let&#x27;s go quickly into what that chapter is about. You know, it&#x27;s really the idea of a lot of people live on an island, I like to say. It&#x27;s called Someday Isle. It would be better than Gilligan&#x27;s Island. Yeah, a little bit better than Gilligan, yeah. Maybe someday they&#x27;ll do something, right? Yeah, someday I&#x27;ll do this, someday I&#x27;ll do that. You know, I&#x27;m hoping that this happens.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I&#x27;m hoping that that happens. The problem is this hope isn&#x27;t reality. And you can&#x27;t base your future on hope. You&#x27;ve got to be basing your future on fundamentals. You know what&#x27;s happening. You know what&#x27;s going on. And you know there&#x27;s a real plan written around it. So that was kind of what – I kind of talk about the idea of don&#x27;t just hope that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Yeah. Well, there was a show on a long time ago where the guy would – every evening there&#x27;d be a knock on the door, like not somebody knocking, but something would hit his door. And he would open the door and there&#x27;d be in tomorrow&#x27;s newspaper, right? And he would basically be able to do things or save people because he knew what the news was going to be. And there&#x27;s no such thing, unfortunately, with that. But if you had that, you wouldn&#x27;t have to hope anymore. So you can either get the newspaper early, which you can&#x27;t, or you can get a plan together that has already in it the built-in contingencies for if things go the wrong way.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And so I&#x27;d like to get a subscription to that newspaper, everybody would, I think. Yeah, that would be a great one. Now, another chapter, gain and retain. And that&#x27;s pretty fascinating to me because it&#x27;s a nice little – we used to call them Johnny Cochran-type nursery rhymes. Gain and retain. What is it? And why can it benefit anyone out there who is in the world here trying to learn financial planning? Well, you know, the reason I put that chapter in the book is to kind of help people with the idea of the fact that, you know, a lot of people get excited when they gain money in their portfolio. You know, okay, your values, you know, $500,000 or $1 million or $2 million, $3 million, $10 million, $100 million, whatever, and it grows to X dollars. That makes you feel good. But then the problem is, is the market turns over. Things change in such a way that, you know, you lose maybe 20%, 30%, 40% of your portfolio. Well, that really hurts. And then the problem is, obviously, if you lose 50% of your portfolio, you&#x27;ve got to make 100% just to get back to even.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So you&#x27;ve made nothing if it takes you two to three or four years. So we want to make sure that we&#x27;re looking for ways that we can not only gain money, but there&#x27;s strategies out there that we can gain money and then also retain regardless of what happens to market conditions. So let&#x27;s talk about that again. If you lose 50% of your portfolio, which we – it&#x27;s not impossible. We saw that happen to people. Unfortunately, you hear about news stories in 2008. Right. In 2000, those years when we had bad market cycles. If you lose 50% of your money, in order to get back to where you started that year before you lost the 50%, you have to gain 100%. 100%, yeah. And, Mike, there aren&#x27;t too many stocks or strategies out there that are going to do that in one year, two years, even 10 years a lot of times, are there? Yeah. You&#x27;re not always going to be going up. Not always. I mean, there&#x27;s stuff out there that&#x27;s made great money, but not everybody&#x27;s doing it. But if you make great money, the secret is to lock that great money in so you don&#x27;t lose it back sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And the older you are, the closer you are to retirement – and we see people retiring 30, actually. And some of the people out there who have done a real good job of investing or hit it rich or inherited money retire early. But most of the people that we talk to are in their 50s, 60s, even 70s when they retire. I&#x27;d argue that the secret there – I think that&#x27;s why I like your gain and retain. I mean, when you gain some, in order to 100% guarantee you&#x27;re going to retain it, is to take it out of a place where you could lose it back. Yeah. Like a yo-yo. And really, Coach, there&#x27;s two things that happen there. Number one, you want to make sure that it&#x27;s actively traded if you are taking calculated risks. Somebody that&#x27;s watching it, and that&#x27;s one of the things that we pride ourselves on. It&#x27;s called actively managed, right? Yep. Tactical investing. And not all actively managed stuff&#x27;s good, so you&#x27;ve got to research that. But at least you have a better chance there for sure it&#x27;s calculated. And the other idea is we want to make sure that when clients come to us that are retired or soon will be, that we help them realize they need to lower their level of greed for the future.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> You know, it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower rate of return. Now, we&#x27;re not trying to make, you know, real low rates. We want to make nice return. But it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower, not shoot for the fences all the time, but keep – you know, guess who won the race? The turtle or the hare? Oh, the turtle win. That&#x27;s exactly right. Until he was made into soup later on. Right? Turtle soup. Exactly. So that&#x27;s kind of the idea and focus there. You want to be systematic and methodical and make sure that you&#x27;re not taking risk. You shouldn&#x27;t. And controlling the bills on the other side. Nothing wrong with risk as long as it&#x27;s calculated. Now, a chapter here I think a lot of people are going to get a kick out of is the one you call flea training. Now, I hate fleas. You know, we used to have dogs. Yeah. They&#x27;ve passed away now. But what would happen in the summertime, despite our efforts, there would always be a flea every now and then. And when you see one flea, I think they&#x27;re all over the place, right?</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> Yeah. What is flea training in the financial world, though? Well, you know, Coach, it&#x27;s the idea. I thought it was kind of funny, so that&#x27;s why I put it in. Of course, when you buy the book, you&#x27;ll see there&#x27;s a neat little picture and some other things that talk about it. But, you know, it&#x27;s really the idea of the fact that, you know, you can actually train fleas. You know, there&#x27;s been studies. In fact, if you go to YouTube. Train them to get out of my house. Yeah, yeah. So if you go to YouTube or something like that, you can actually see you can put a bunch of fleas in a jar. Right. Okay. And then what they&#x27;ll do is they will jump up only so high until they touch the top of the jar. Because they hit that jar and that&#x27;s, ooh, that&#x27;s pain, right? Flea Olympics. Flea Olympics. So what they&#x27;ll do, this is kind of neat, what they&#x27;ll do is they&#x27;ll actually start to jump only so high that they will not touch the top of the jar. You can take the lid off of the jar. And they won&#x27;t jump out. They will not jump out. Because they&#x27;ve been trained. They&#x27;ve been trained. Okay. So same thing with people. Okay. So how do we, you know, fleas are pretty smart. It&#x27;s like the two at the bottom of the hill.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> Should we walk or take the dog? You&#x27;ve heard that before, right? Yeah, yeah, yeah. Take the dog. So with people, it&#x27;s something where what happens is when the markets turn over, you know, 0-1-0-2, we had 9-11, some things happen, pretty scary times. Obviously, the tech bubble burst, you know, late 99, 2000s, whatever. And so people lost a lot of money. What started happening is they started becoming conditioning, being conditioned by that fear. But what was happening in the market over and over again. Then the market goes strong for a couple of years. Then we have 2008. Again, they&#x27;re conditioned. So the point of this chapter is the idea of just because maybe you&#x27;ve sought out advice or looked for things before and it might not necessarily have worked out, I want to applaud those people that have not allowed themselves to become trained or conditioned. And I&#x27;ve said, you know what? No, there&#x27;s got to be answers out there.</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> And I&#x27;m going to continue to seek and search until I can find someone or the information out there that&#x27;s going to help me get to where I want to go. Well, a good example of this, and, you know, we&#x27;re at Money Managers, so we have access to every kind of account out there, risk and safety. But what we see a lot of times in our office, and I think you do as well, is that people have been trained or conditioned to hate annuities just because they hear that word annuity because somebody in the past had a bad annuity. Again, like cars. We&#x27;ve talked about this. You don&#x27;t just drive a car. You drive a model car in a special year on that car, and it has different options. Well, there are about 1,500 different annuities out there, and some, very few small portion of them, but some are a great fit for people, especially those that are getting close to retirement. Yes, some absolutely can be, and so it&#x27;s evaluating. But people have been trained to hate annuities because their broker doesn&#x27;t want them to go into annuities because the more the broker has under management, in other words, at risk, the more the broker makes.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And the more chance there is of somebody losing money if the market goes the wrong way. Now, this isn&#x27;t an advertisement for annuities, but I just think they&#x27;re ignored or there&#x27;s such disdain about annuities, and a lot of it doesn&#x27;t exist for any reason but the fact that people have been told they&#x27;re not good. And the key to it all is understanding that there&#x27;s a lot of investments out there. You know, I have two different companies that give me the ability to use any investment that&#x27;s out there in the market. The key is when I sit down with somebody and we&#x27;re creating a portfolio, doing a second opinion, creating proposals, whatever, we&#x27;re looking at every single type of investment coach as a tool. You&#x27;re never going to use a hammer to put a screw in the end. You can try. You can try. But a light bulb would never work. You would screw the light bulb in with a hammer. That&#x27;s not going to work. Not going to work. But a screw, you can jam a screw in with a hammer, but it&#x27;s not the right fit for it.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Not the right fit. So it&#x27;s making sure that we look at every investment as a tool and then evaluating which tool is appropriate, not writing anyone off, but looking at them, researching them, and then going from that perspective. Well, there&#x27;s 12 great chapters in this book, folks. And my producer, Mark, is holding a sign up. Evidently, your publisher, I don&#x27;t know if you knew this, your publisher has 10 copies to give away if people call right now. Okay, there you go. So, folks, if you want to get a copy of Retire Once, Retire Well, a best-selling book by Mr. Mike Wall, we&#x27;ve been just briefly touching on it like an iceberg. You&#x27;ve seen a tip of the iceberg, but to get the real facts and get the book yourself, give a call right now, toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Money Wave special edition of the Wealth Roundtable show. I&#x27;m your host, Coach Pete D’Arruda, joined with author of the book, Retire Once, Retire Well. He is from Pennsylvania, also has an office in the Miami area of Florida. His name is Mr. Mike Wall. Mike, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah, this is a good book, man. I tell you, it&#x27;s easy to read. And that&#x27;s the simple thing about books. And if people know me, I have a lot of books that are sent to me all the time because everyone wants me to interview them for the show. And I want to tell everyone that I actually found your book online and bought it before you even told me you&#x27;d wrote one. So the good thing about this is this is a book that I&#x27;ve read and I appreciate. And I want to go through some of the chapters in here. And this is almost going to be like a book on tape summary edition, which, you know, these days people are so busy with life.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> They get a book like this. And it&#x27;s an easy to read book. How many pages was it? It was like about 100 pages. And they put it over on the counter. And then all of a sudden, the mail comes that day. They put it on top of the book and tomorrow&#x27;s mail and so on. And eventually, they don&#x27;t read the book. So what I want to do today is go through a summary of what the book is and some of the chapters here. And I think that once people hear about the book and about the great information you have in here, they&#x27;ll probably want to get a copy of it. So we&#x27;ll try to figure out. Is it on Amazon? It&#x27;s on Amazon. That&#x27;s where I bought it. It&#x27;s on Barnes &amp; Noble. That&#x27;s where I bought it. Because I bought it on Amazon. It&#x27;s Barnes &amp; Noble. So again, retire once, retire well. Why do you want to get it? Well, we&#x27;ll see if it makes sense to you. Or we&#x27;ll see if these topics here are relevant, in my opinion, to anyone, especially with people with money they don&#x27;t want to lose in retirement or want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So you start Chapter 1 with something called The Reason. Yeah. What&#x27;s the reason, Mike? Well, you know, Coach, first off, I appreciate the compliments about The Read. Yep. You know, the reason is really all about – you know, I&#x27;ve been in the financial industry now for, geez, almost 13 years, basically, and done a lot of research. We&#x27;ve had a lot of great opportunities to do different media here and there and all over the place. And it&#x27;s really come down to – I&#x27;ve come to understand that a lot of the needs and concerns for the clients that we work with and the clients that are out there that are retired or soon will be are really similar, really the same. So I wanted to sit down and really kind of say, okay, you know what? What can we do and how can I put down some information that&#x27;s easy to read, quick, simple, and put it in a way that they can take from it and actually gain from it and help them improve their life in the future?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And your subtitle is Uncovering and Avoiding Pitfalls to Keep Your Retirement Safe. And I think – well, it covers it, Mike. I mean, you spend a lot of time building up these retirement plans. And 2008 is still fresh on my mind. Yeah. We had people calling our show and we had people coming in whose advisor wasn&#x27;t calling them back, wasn&#x27;t returning calls. And you remember those mountain charts where they show – every day the market was going down 100, 200, 300, 400 points, and people weren&#x27;t getting any communication. And unfortunately, this is when people realized they weren&#x27;t allocated correctly. It was after the fact, not before. And you argue that the most important thing anyone can do out there in the financial world is get a plan before something happens wrong. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s the idea of if you knew – The pre-catalyst kind of event. Exactly. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a situation where you lost $400,000,000, $600,000,000 or more or less depending on the portfolio size.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> But let&#x27;s say you lost that in your portfolio. And you sat down before 2008 and had a conversation with your advisor. And he said, hey, if we have a 2008 or a big negative market, this is what you could lose. And they gave you roughly a number. You know, not exactly, but roughly. And you said, you know what? I&#x27;m okay with that amount of risk. Right. And then you lost money. Whose fault is it? What&#x27;s your fault? It&#x27;s your fault. Because you were willing to take the risk. Exactly. But you didn&#x27;t realize how much that risk was going to hurt. But if you never had that conversation, if the advisor never sat down and had the conversation with you, now whose fault is it? Well, it&#x27;s the advisor&#x27;s fault. That&#x27;s exactly right. But in a way, yes, it&#x27;s 98% the advisor&#x27;s fault, but still 2% your fault for not saying, hey. Being educated. Yeah, or shaking them and saying, either you&#x27;re going to help me or I&#x27;m going to find somebody else or I&#x27;m going to educate myself. And that&#x27;s the point of the book. I wanted to create something that would allow people the knowledge to be able to be educated in such a way that they can know what to ask, know where to go, and know where to get answers to help them to know how to protect themselves.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And then not only protect themselves, but grow things in a way that puts them where they want to be. If you have a question for Mike you want to ask right now on air, give a call right now to our toll-free money line. It is 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. Now, Mike, in the book you have a topic, a chapter called Hope is Not a Strategy, although it seems like it is for a lot of people. Now, let&#x27;s go quickly into what that chapter is about. You know, it&#x27;s really the idea of a lot of people live on an island, I like to say. It&#x27;s called Someday Isle. It would be better than Gilligan&#x27;s Island. Yeah, a little bit better than Gilligan, yeah. Maybe someday they&#x27;ll do something, right? Yeah, someday I&#x27;ll do this, someday I&#x27;ll do that. You know, I&#x27;m hoping that this happens.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I&#x27;m hoping that that happens. The problem is this hope isn&#x27;t reality. And you can&#x27;t base your future on hope. You&#x27;ve got to be basing your future on fundamentals. You know what&#x27;s happening. You know what&#x27;s going on. And you know there&#x27;s a real plan written around it. So that was kind of what – I kind of talk about the idea of don&#x27;t just hope that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Know that you&#x27;re going to be okay. Yeah. Well, there was a show on a long time ago where the guy would – every evening there&#x27;d be a knock on the door, like not somebody knocking, but something would hit his door. And he would open the door and there&#x27;d be in tomorrow&#x27;s newspaper, right? And he would basically be able to do things or save people because he knew what the news was going to be. And there&#x27;s no such thing, unfortunately, with that. But if you had that, you wouldn&#x27;t have to hope anymore. So you can either get the newspaper early, which you can&#x27;t, or you can get a plan together that has already in it the built-in contingencies for if things go the wrong way.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And so I&#x27;d like to get a subscription to that newspaper, everybody would, I think. Yeah, that would be a great one. Now, another chapter, gain and retain. And that&#x27;s pretty fascinating to me because it&#x27;s a nice little – we used to call them Johnny Cochran-type nursery rhymes. Gain and retain. What is it? And why can it benefit anyone out there who is in the world here trying to learn financial planning? Well, you know, the reason I put that chapter in the book is to kind of help people with the idea of the fact that, you know, a lot of people get excited when they gain money in their portfolio. You know, okay, your values, you know, $500,000 or $1 million or $2 million, $3 million, $10 million, $100 million, whatever, and it grows to X dollars. That makes you feel good. But then the problem is, is the market turns over. Things change in such a way that, you know, you lose maybe 20%, 30%, 40% of your portfolio. Well, that really hurts. And then the problem is, obviously, if you lose 50% of your portfolio, you&#x27;ve got to make 100% just to get back to even.</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> So you&#x27;ve made nothing if it takes you two to three or four years. So we want to make sure that we&#x27;re looking for ways that we can not only gain money, but there&#x27;s strategies out there that we can gain money and then also retain regardless of what happens to market conditions. So let&#x27;s talk about that again. If you lose 50% of your portfolio, which we – it&#x27;s not impossible. We saw that happen to people. Unfortunately, you hear about news stories in 2008. Right. In 2000, those years when we had bad market cycles. If you lose 50% of your money, in order to get back to where you started that year before you lost the 50%, you have to gain 100%. 100%, yeah. And, Mike, there aren&#x27;t too many stocks or strategies out there that are going to do that in one year, two years, even 10 years a lot of times, are there? Yeah. You&#x27;re not always going to be going up. Not always. I mean, there&#x27;s stuff out there that&#x27;s made great money, but not everybody&#x27;s doing it. But if you make great money, the secret is to lock that great money in so you don&#x27;t lose it back sometimes.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. And the older you are, the closer you are to retirement – and we see people retiring 30, actually. And some of the people out there who have done a real good job of investing or hit it rich or inherited money retire early. But most of the people that we talk to are in their 50s, 60s, even 70s when they retire. I&#x27;d argue that the secret there – I think that&#x27;s why I like your gain and retain. I mean, when you gain some, in order to 100% guarantee you&#x27;re going to retain it, is to take it out of a place where you could lose it back. Yeah. Like a yo-yo. And really, Coach, there&#x27;s two things that happen there. Number one, you want to make sure that it&#x27;s actively traded if you are taking calculated risks. Somebody that&#x27;s watching it, and that&#x27;s one of the things that we pride ourselves on. It&#x27;s called actively managed, right? Yep. Tactical investing. And not all actively managed stuff&#x27;s good, so you&#x27;ve got to research that. But at least you have a better chance there for sure it&#x27;s calculated. And the other idea is we want to make sure that when clients come to us that are retired or soon will be, that we help them realize they need to lower their level of greed for the future.</p><p><strong>08:18</strong> You know, it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower rate of return. Now, we&#x27;re not trying to make, you know, real low rates. We want to make nice return. But it&#x27;s okay to make a little lower, not shoot for the fences all the time, but keep – you know, guess who won the race? The turtle or the hare? Oh, the turtle win. That&#x27;s exactly right. Until he was made into soup later on. Right? Turtle soup. Exactly. So that&#x27;s kind of the idea and focus there. You want to be systematic and methodical and make sure that you&#x27;re not taking risk. You shouldn&#x27;t. And controlling the bills on the other side. Nothing wrong with risk as long as it&#x27;s calculated. Now, a chapter here I think a lot of people are going to get a kick out of is the one you call flea training. Now, I hate fleas. You know, we used to have dogs. Yeah. They&#x27;ve passed away now. But what would happen in the summertime, despite our efforts, there would always be a flea every now and then. And when you see one flea, I think they&#x27;re all over the place, right?</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> Yeah. What is flea training in the financial world, though? Well, you know, Coach, it&#x27;s the idea. I thought it was kind of funny, so that&#x27;s why I put it in. Of course, when you buy the book, you&#x27;ll see there&#x27;s a neat little picture and some other things that talk about it. But, you know, it&#x27;s really the idea of the fact that, you know, you can actually train fleas. You know, there&#x27;s been studies. In fact, if you go to YouTube. Train them to get out of my house. Yeah, yeah. So if you go to YouTube or something like that, you can actually see you can put a bunch of fleas in a jar. Right. Okay. And then what they&#x27;ll do is they will jump up only so high until they touch the top of the jar. Because they hit that jar and that&#x27;s, ooh, that&#x27;s pain, right? Flea Olympics. Flea Olympics. So what they&#x27;ll do, this is kind of neat, what they&#x27;ll do is they&#x27;ll actually start to jump only so high that they will not touch the top of the jar. You can take the lid off of the jar. And they won&#x27;t jump out. They will not jump out. Because they&#x27;ve been trained. They&#x27;ve been trained. Okay. So same thing with people. Okay. So how do we, you know, fleas are pretty smart. It&#x27;s like the two at the bottom of the hill.</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> Should we walk or take the dog? You&#x27;ve heard that before, right? Yeah, yeah, yeah. Take the dog. So with people, it&#x27;s something where what happens is when the markets turn over, you know, 0-1-0-2, we had 9-11, some things happen, pretty scary times. Obviously, the tech bubble burst, you know, late 99, 2000s, whatever. And so people lost a lot of money. What started happening is they started becoming conditioning, being conditioned by that fear. But what was happening in the market over and over again. Then the market goes strong for a couple of years. Then we have 2008. Again, they&#x27;re conditioned. So the point of this chapter is the idea of just because maybe you&#x27;ve sought out advice or looked for things before and it might not necessarily have worked out, I want to applaud those people that have not allowed themselves to become trained or conditioned. And I&#x27;ve said, you know what? No, there&#x27;s got to be answers out there.</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> And I&#x27;m going to continue to seek and search until I can find someone or the information out there that&#x27;s going to help me get to where I want to go. Well, a good example of this, and, you know, we&#x27;re at Money Managers, so we have access to every kind of account out there, risk and safety. But what we see a lot of times in our office, and I think you do as well, is that people have been trained or conditioned to hate annuities just because they hear that word annuity because somebody in the past had a bad annuity. Again, like cars. We&#x27;ve talked about this. You don&#x27;t just drive a car. You drive a model car in a special year on that car, and it has different options. Well, there are about 1,500 different annuities out there, and some, very few small portion of them, but some are a great fit for people, especially those that are getting close to retirement. Yes, some absolutely can be, and so it&#x27;s evaluating. But people have been trained to hate annuities because their broker doesn&#x27;t want them to go into annuities because the more the broker has under management, in other words, at risk, the more the broker makes.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And the more chance there is of somebody losing money if the market goes the wrong way. Now, this isn&#x27;t an advertisement for annuities, but I just think they&#x27;re ignored or there&#x27;s such disdain about annuities, and a lot of it doesn&#x27;t exist for any reason but the fact that people have been told they&#x27;re not good. And the key to it all is understanding that there&#x27;s a lot of investments out there. You know, I have two different companies that give me the ability to use any investment that&#x27;s out there in the market. The key is when I sit down with somebody and we&#x27;re creating a portfolio, doing a second opinion, creating proposals, whatever, we&#x27;re looking at every single type of investment coach as a tool. You&#x27;re never going to use a hammer to put a screw in the end. You can try. You can try. But a light bulb would never work. You would screw the light bulb in with a hammer. That&#x27;s not going to work. Not going to work. But a screw, you can jam a screw in with a hammer, but it&#x27;s not the right fit for it.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> Not the right fit. So it&#x27;s making sure that we look at every investment as a tool and then evaluating which tool is appropriate, not writing anyone off, but looking at them, researching them, and then going from that perspective. Well, there&#x27;s 12 great chapters in this book, folks. And my producer, Mark, is holding a sign up. Evidently, your publisher, I don&#x27;t know if you knew this, your publisher has 10 copies to give away if people call right now. Okay, there you go. So, folks, if you want to get a copy of Retire Once, Retire Well, a best-selling book by Mr. Mike Wall, we&#x27;ve been just briefly touching on it like an iceberg. You&#x27;ve seen a tip of the iceberg, but to get the real facts and get the book yourself, give a call right now, toll-free, 888-667-5309. Again, that&#x27;s 888-667-5309. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Once, Retire Well. In part 3 of this January 2014 conversation, they explore the ideas behind his book and the importance of preparing for a retirement that lasts.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/image.jpg?t=1792072525&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-3/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/image.jpg?t=1792072525&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Jan 2014 16:00:02 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>781</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8312cb27-e8f0-432d-bc88-b4e201608fc3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12537055" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-retire-once-retire-well-part-3</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>145</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retire Once, Retire Well" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:48" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Preparing for a Long Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Preparing for a Long Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks with Coach Pete. This December 2013 interview explores retirement income, longevity, and the importance of preparing for the future rather than focusing only on today.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> This week, we have a very special guest. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s written a book. It&#x27;s a tremendous book. If you haven&#x27;t read it yet, you&#x27;re really cheating yourself and your family. The name of the book is Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life, and it&#x27;s a great book. Tom, welcome back in. Thank you. Great to be back. Now, I mean, you know, people don&#x27;t really think about tomorrow as much as they should. They&#x27;re always thinking about in the moment and, you know, the risk of putting a seatbelt in the car because there&#x27;s a risk of getting in a wreck and all sorts of risks in life. But what&#x27;s the number one risk for people as they approach retirement and when they&#x27;re in retirement, Tom? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk. There&#x27;s order return risk. There&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. I know you had Harry Dent come on and talk about deflation risk.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> There&#x27;s also the risk of inflation. There&#x27;s a risk you might need long-term care. You might die. Hey, there&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement, but there&#x27;s only one number one risk. The number one risk in retirement is longevity risk that you could live a long time in. And the reason that&#x27;s not just a risk, it&#x27;s a risk multiplier of all the other risks. Now, what am I talking about? Well, if you live to be age 65 and three years later you drop dead at 68, it won&#x27;t matter if the market went down 3,000 points. It won&#x27;t matter if you were drawing 10 or 12 percent a year, and it won&#x27;t matter if you forgot to buy long-term care policy. You didn&#x27;t live long enough. But if you live to be 85, 90, or 95, it&#x27;s all those other risks that can wipe you out. And so if I had to summarize my book, my book summary would be you&#x27;ve got to take longevity risk off the table. I mean, you&#x27;ve just</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> got to do it, and there&#x27;s only a few products that can do it. And so let&#x27;s talk about that. I mean, a lot of people are out there saying, yeah, I know I want to live longer than 68, and if I do, I want to make sure what Tom&#x27;s talking about, I have that in place. How can people make sure to take longevity risk off the table, Tom? Yeah, so there&#x27;s only a few products that can do it. A lifetime income annuity that you could buy from an insurance company can do it. A deferred lifetime income annuity that companies would call longevity insurance, that could do it. Or a guaranteed income benefit rider from a fixed or variable annuity. But that&#x27;s it. And so if you look at the products, what are the products that can do it? They all come down to one word, and that&#x27;s annuity. You have to have some form of an annuity in your portfolio, because only an annuity can take longevity risk off the table. See, stocks can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> do it, bonds can&#x27;t do it, CDs can&#x27;t do it, managed money can&#x27;t do it. Only some form of an annuity, and here&#x27;s why. Only a life insurance company can issue an annuity. You know why? Because only a life insurance company can issue a life insurance policy to be on the other side of that risk. See, the risk when you buy life insurance is that you would die too soon, and they&#x27;d have to pay a big death claim. The risk to the insurance company when you buy a lifetime income annuity is that you live a long time, and they&#x27;ve got to keep sending you these paychecks. Because they&#x27;re on both sides of that risk, they can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to their clients. So let me explain it this way. Last year, I spoke in Singapore, and I was interviewed by Asia Insurance Review. And the Asia Insurance Review said, Tom, we&#x27;ve reviewed your material, and we&#x27;re very concerned</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> about U.S. life insurance companies that sell guaranteed lifetime income. And I said, really? They said, yes, because we believe medical technology is going to allow people to live to be 100, 120, 150 years of age. And if you&#x27;re guaranteeing paychecks for life, you&#x27;re all going to go broke. And I just smiled, and I said, well, you got that half right. You&#x27;re right. We will be paying a lot of lifetime income, but guess what? We won&#x27;t be paying any death claims. Because the insurance companies on both sides of that risk, they&#x27;re protected from people living too long or dying too soon. Because they have products on both sides of that. And they&#x27;re the only industry that can take longevity risk off the table. So, Tom, I mean, it brings a point. I&#x27;m an investment advisor, and I&#x27;m insurance licensed as well. So I&#x27;m on both sides of that table, the risk side and the safe side. But when I go to industry events or I go to money manager conferences, I&#x27;m amazed at how many people that are supposedly</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> looking after their clients&#x27; best interests are so negative towards annuities in general and won&#x27;t recommend any of them to any clients. Tom, who are they really hurting when they do that? Well, they&#x27;re hurting themselves. And what I would say is if somebody out there is negative on annuities, here&#x27;s what I do. I say, really? So you&#x27;re not going to take your Social Security benefits? Because Social Security is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. Oh, you&#x27;re not going to take any pension benefits that you&#x27;ve earned? Because a pension is an annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. And so, you know, I think some annuities got a bad name. There were bad annuities out there. There were annuities with high fees and all that. That&#x27;s not what we&#x27;re talking about. We&#x27;re talking about guaranteed lifetime income from an insurance company no different than what Social Security offers or a pension offers, a guaranteed paycheck</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> for life. And there still are a lot of bad annuities out there. I think it&#x27;s important that people get a true review of their portfolio and deal with someone who&#x27;s not pushing one company&#x27;s products. Do you agree with that? Absolutely. I say you should deal with a financially strong organization, but among those financially strong organizations, go ahead and shop amongst those highest rated carriers for which is best for you. The nice thing about the lifetime income annuities is there are no ongoing fees. Most policies have a one-time policy fee of, you know, $100 or $200, $300, something like that. But that&#x27;s one time only. After that, there are no other fees. And so, this is the kind of annuity that you have to have. And I always tell people, you don&#x27;t have to take my word for it. Just do the research. If they pick up a copy of my book, Paychecks and Playchecks, I put a lot of the research in the math and science chapter. But Dr. David Babel of</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, all the research clearly states you&#x27;ve got to have some form of an annuity in your portfolio to take that longevity risk off the table. It&#x27;s the number one risk in retirement. If you don&#x27;t have a guaranteed income plan in place, and let&#x27;s say all your money&#x27;s in the market and you&#x27;re taking out a certain percent every year, if the market goes the wrong way, there&#x27;s no way your money will survive through that downturn if you live a long time, will it? Well, and that&#x27;s what&#x27;s called the order of returns or sequence of returns, because when the market goes down, you have to take out more shares, you know, to liquidate. And then those shares can never grow back. And, you know, for years, people said, well, 4% was the safe withdrawal rate. Well, that&#x27;s been thrown out the window. 4% is not safe anymore. Morningstar now</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> has it at 2.8%. What does that mean? I mean, do you need a million bucks in a portfolio to draw out $28,000 a year? I mean, how many people are going to have that much money to do that? The other thing is all of these withdrawal illustrations, they use Monte Carlo simulations. And if you look at the bottom, like if you have a broker and they have an income plan for you at the bottom, read it in the small print, it&#x27;ll say something like this. We&#x27;ve run 10,000 Monte Carlo simulations, and there&#x27;s a 70% chance your money will last you to age 90. The brokers all use age 90 in their Monte Carlo simulations. Well, age 90 now fails 63% of the time. And if people do live longer, let&#x27;s say people do start living to 100, 110, 120, 130, every one of those Monte Carlo simulations will fail. Every single</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> one of them, not a single one of them could last to 120. And that is where, you know, you&#x27;re going to see big problems. If people continue to live longer and they&#x27;ve been in these portfolios, they are going to run out of money. Well, I call it retirement autopilot. And the only way to get that income that you never have to worry about living, not a percentage chance that you won&#x27;t, but never living out your money, no matter if you live to be 110, 120, you need a fixed indexed annuity with an income rider. These days, Tom, there have been some tremendous advancements in the income planning world. People can get 5%, 6%, even 7% return on their money for an income in the future these days by shopping around with the right insurance company. Well, and what I say is you only need a portion of your portfolio to do it. Absolutely. And maybe to kind of wrap this up, I&#x27;ll tell you a story. It&#x27;s coming out in my second book,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> but I&#x27;ll kind of share with your listeners. There was this family from the Northeast, and they&#x27;d never seen the desert before. And they wanted to see suaro cactuses and coyotes and lizards. And so they booked a trip to Death Valley, California. They&#x27;re going to go through California, Nevada, and Arizona. And they flew out in July. It was 126 degrees, but that&#x27;s okay. They rented a big old Lincoln Continental with air conditioning and they&#x27;re driving through the desert. Oh, look at that. We haven&#x27;t seen that. Oh, look at that. Look at it. They&#x27;re just enjoying the desert. Well, as the day goes on, all of a sudden, somebody notices the tank is on E and the next town is a hundred miles away. And now the windows come down, the air conditioner goes off, the heat of the day pours in, and now they start arguing, how fast should we drive? And they&#x27;re not viewing anything outside anymore. They&#x27;re just arguing back and forth. And the guy in this chapter is a</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> guy by the name of Dick Austin. He said, that&#x27;s the way it is when you run out of money. See, people think running out of money is the day you run out. He said, no, it&#x27;s all those years in retirement when you know you&#x27;re going to run out. You just don&#x27;t know when. And you&#x27;re staring at that gas gate, your bank account or your investment account. And it keeps going down, down, down. And now you&#x27;re fighting and arguing. You&#x27;re not even enjoying retirement. He said, that&#x27;s why you have to have a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s like having a quarter of a tank of gas for, you know, guaranteeing that you&#x27;ll never run out of gas in the desert. Just a portion of your portfolio to make sure your basic expenses are covered in retirement. We&#x27;ll call that financial cruise control to tie in with your story. How&#x27;s that? Yeah, that was great. Folks, again, his name is Tom Hegna. The offer of the book Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, as always, it&#x27;s our pleasure to have you</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> on the show. And hopefully you&#x27;ll come on again when your new book comes out. Thanks, coach.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks with Coach Pete. This December 2013 interview explores retirement income, longevity, and the importance of preparing for the future rather than focusing only on today.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> This week, we have a very special guest. His name is Tom Hegna, and he&#x27;s written a book. It&#x27;s a tremendous book. If you haven&#x27;t read it yet, you&#x27;re really cheating yourself and your family. The name of the book is Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life, and it&#x27;s a great book. Tom, welcome back in. Thank you. Great to be back. Now, I mean, you know, people don&#x27;t really think about tomorrow as much as they should. They&#x27;re always thinking about in the moment and, you know, the risk of putting a seatbelt in the car because there&#x27;s a risk of getting in a wreck and all sorts of risks in life. But what&#x27;s the number one risk for people as they approach retirement and when they&#x27;re in retirement, Tom? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk. There&#x27;s order return risk. There&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. I know you had Harry Dent come on and talk about deflation risk.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> There&#x27;s also the risk of inflation. There&#x27;s a risk you might need long-term care. You might die. Hey, there&#x27;s a lot of risks in retirement, but there&#x27;s only one number one risk. The number one risk in retirement is longevity risk that you could live a long time in. And the reason that&#x27;s not just a risk, it&#x27;s a risk multiplier of all the other risks. Now, what am I talking about? Well, if you live to be age 65 and three years later you drop dead at 68, it won&#x27;t matter if the market went down 3,000 points. It won&#x27;t matter if you were drawing 10 or 12 percent a year, and it won&#x27;t matter if you forgot to buy long-term care policy. You didn&#x27;t live long enough. But if you live to be 85, 90, or 95, it&#x27;s all those other risks that can wipe you out. And so if I had to summarize my book, my book summary would be you&#x27;ve got to take longevity risk off the table. I mean, you&#x27;ve just</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> got to do it, and there&#x27;s only a few products that can do it. And so let&#x27;s talk about that. I mean, a lot of people are out there saying, yeah, I know I want to live longer than 68, and if I do, I want to make sure what Tom&#x27;s talking about, I have that in place. How can people make sure to take longevity risk off the table, Tom? Yeah, so there&#x27;s only a few products that can do it. A lifetime income annuity that you could buy from an insurance company can do it. A deferred lifetime income annuity that companies would call longevity insurance, that could do it. Or a guaranteed income benefit rider from a fixed or variable annuity. But that&#x27;s it. And so if you look at the products, what are the products that can do it? They all come down to one word, and that&#x27;s annuity. You have to have some form of an annuity in your portfolio, because only an annuity can take longevity risk off the table. See, stocks can&#x27;t</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> do it, bonds can&#x27;t do it, CDs can&#x27;t do it, managed money can&#x27;t do it. Only some form of an annuity, and here&#x27;s why. Only a life insurance company can issue an annuity. You know why? Because only a life insurance company can issue a life insurance policy to be on the other side of that risk. See, the risk when you buy life insurance is that you would die too soon, and they&#x27;d have to pay a big death claim. The risk to the insurance company when you buy a lifetime income annuity is that you live a long time, and they&#x27;ve got to keep sending you these paychecks. Because they&#x27;re on both sides of that risk, they can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to their clients. So let me explain it this way. Last year, I spoke in Singapore, and I was interviewed by Asia Insurance Review. And the Asia Insurance Review said, Tom, we&#x27;ve reviewed your material, and we&#x27;re very concerned</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> about U.S. life insurance companies that sell guaranteed lifetime income. And I said, really? They said, yes, because we believe medical technology is going to allow people to live to be 100, 120, 150 years of age. And if you&#x27;re guaranteeing paychecks for life, you&#x27;re all going to go broke. And I just smiled, and I said, well, you got that half right. You&#x27;re right. We will be paying a lot of lifetime income, but guess what? We won&#x27;t be paying any death claims. Because the insurance companies on both sides of that risk, they&#x27;re protected from people living too long or dying too soon. Because they have products on both sides of that. And they&#x27;re the only industry that can take longevity risk off the table. So, Tom, I mean, it brings a point. I&#x27;m an investment advisor, and I&#x27;m insurance licensed as well. So I&#x27;m on both sides of that table, the risk side and the safe side. But when I go to industry events or I go to money manager conferences, I&#x27;m amazed at how many people that are supposedly</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> looking after their clients&#x27; best interests are so negative towards annuities in general and won&#x27;t recommend any of them to any clients. Tom, who are they really hurting when they do that? Well, they&#x27;re hurting themselves. And what I would say is if somebody out there is negative on annuities, here&#x27;s what I do. I say, really? So you&#x27;re not going to take your Social Security benefits? Because Social Security is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. Oh, you&#x27;re not going to take any pension benefits that you&#x27;ve earned? Because a pension is an annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. And so, you know, I think some annuities got a bad name. There were bad annuities out there. There were annuities with high fees and all that. That&#x27;s not what we&#x27;re talking about. We&#x27;re talking about guaranteed lifetime income from an insurance company no different than what Social Security offers or a pension offers, a guaranteed paycheck</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> for life. And there still are a lot of bad annuities out there. I think it&#x27;s important that people get a true review of their portfolio and deal with someone who&#x27;s not pushing one company&#x27;s products. Do you agree with that? Absolutely. I say you should deal with a financially strong organization, but among those financially strong organizations, go ahead and shop amongst those highest rated carriers for which is best for you. The nice thing about the lifetime income annuities is there are no ongoing fees. Most policies have a one-time policy fee of, you know, $100 or $200, $300, something like that. But that&#x27;s one time only. After that, there are no other fees. And so, this is the kind of annuity that you have to have. And I always tell people, you don&#x27;t have to take my word for it. Just do the research. If they pick up a copy of my book, Paychecks and Playchecks, I put a lot of the research in the math and science chapter. But Dr. David Babel of</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel, all the research clearly states you&#x27;ve got to have some form of an annuity in your portfolio to take that longevity risk off the table. It&#x27;s the number one risk in retirement. If you don&#x27;t have a guaranteed income plan in place, and let&#x27;s say all your money&#x27;s in the market and you&#x27;re taking out a certain percent every year, if the market goes the wrong way, there&#x27;s no way your money will survive through that downturn if you live a long time, will it? Well, and that&#x27;s what&#x27;s called the order of returns or sequence of returns, because when the market goes down, you have to take out more shares, you know, to liquidate. And then those shares can never grow back. And, you know, for years, people said, well, 4% was the safe withdrawal rate. Well, that&#x27;s been thrown out the window. 4% is not safe anymore. Morningstar now</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> has it at 2.8%. What does that mean? I mean, do you need a million bucks in a portfolio to draw out $28,000 a year? I mean, how many people are going to have that much money to do that? The other thing is all of these withdrawal illustrations, they use Monte Carlo simulations. And if you look at the bottom, like if you have a broker and they have an income plan for you at the bottom, read it in the small print, it&#x27;ll say something like this. We&#x27;ve run 10,000 Monte Carlo simulations, and there&#x27;s a 70% chance your money will last you to age 90. The brokers all use age 90 in their Monte Carlo simulations. Well, age 90 now fails 63% of the time. And if people do live longer, let&#x27;s say people do start living to 100, 110, 120, 130, every one of those Monte Carlo simulations will fail. Every single</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> one of them, not a single one of them could last to 120. And that is where, you know, you&#x27;re going to see big problems. If people continue to live longer and they&#x27;ve been in these portfolios, they are going to run out of money. Well, I call it retirement autopilot. And the only way to get that income that you never have to worry about living, not a percentage chance that you won&#x27;t, but never living out your money, no matter if you live to be 110, 120, you need a fixed indexed annuity with an income rider. These days, Tom, there have been some tremendous advancements in the income planning world. People can get 5%, 6%, even 7% return on their money for an income in the future these days by shopping around with the right insurance company. Well, and what I say is you only need a portion of your portfolio to do it. Absolutely. And maybe to kind of wrap this up, I&#x27;ll tell you a story. It&#x27;s coming out in my second book,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> but I&#x27;ll kind of share with your listeners. There was this family from the Northeast, and they&#x27;d never seen the desert before. And they wanted to see suaro cactuses and coyotes and lizards. And so they booked a trip to Death Valley, California. They&#x27;re going to go through California, Nevada, and Arizona. And they flew out in July. It was 126 degrees, but that&#x27;s okay. They rented a big old Lincoln Continental with air conditioning and they&#x27;re driving through the desert. Oh, look at that. We haven&#x27;t seen that. Oh, look at that. Look at it. They&#x27;re just enjoying the desert. Well, as the day goes on, all of a sudden, somebody notices the tank is on E and the next town is a hundred miles away. And now the windows come down, the air conditioner goes off, the heat of the day pours in, and now they start arguing, how fast should we drive? And they&#x27;re not viewing anything outside anymore. They&#x27;re just arguing back and forth. And the guy in this chapter is a</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> guy by the name of Dick Austin. He said, that&#x27;s the way it is when you run out of money. See, people think running out of money is the day you run out. He said, no, it&#x27;s all those years in retirement when you know you&#x27;re going to run out. You just don&#x27;t know when. And you&#x27;re staring at that gas gate, your bank account or your investment account. And it keeps going down, down, down. And now you&#x27;re fighting and arguing. You&#x27;re not even enjoying retirement. He said, that&#x27;s why you have to have a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s like having a quarter of a tank of gas for, you know, guaranteeing that you&#x27;ll never run out of gas in the desert. Just a portion of your portfolio to make sure your basic expenses are covered in retirement. We&#x27;ll call that financial cruise control to tie in with your story. How&#x27;s that? Yeah, that was great. Folks, again, his name is Tom Hegna. The offer of the book Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, as always, it&#x27;s our pleasure to have you</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> on the show. And hopefully you&#x27;ll come on again when your new book comes out. Thanks, coach.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna returns to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks with Coach Pete. This December 2013 interview explores retirement income, longevity, and the importance of preparing for the future rather than focusing only on today.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118/image.jpg?t=1792072510&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-preparing-for-a-long-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118/image.jpg?t=1792072510&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>578</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ca7767d8-9138-466a-b679-b4e201621118/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9283145" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-preparing-for-a-long-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>146</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Preparing for a Long Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Income and Preserving Your Savings</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Retirement Income and Preserving Your Savings</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete for a March 2014 conversation about retirement income. They discuss the ideas behind his books, preserving savings, and planning for the financial risks that can accompany a long retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the segment of the show where I interview folks from across the nation who are in the financial world or just known in the national spotlight. And I bring people back every now and then, ones that have had tremendous return of response when they&#x27;re on. People, you know, email us and call us and say, gosh, can you have him back on again or her back on again? And one of the main superstars, in my opinion, in the income planning world, in the financial world, showing people how to preserve their money, making sure they don&#x27;t fall for some of the dirty tricks out there. Folks, it&#x27;s always fun when the market&#x27;s going up. But when retirement comes, if the market goes down, we want to make sure your money&#x27;s in the right place. And there&#x27;s nobody better, in my opinion, if you&#x27;ve ever flown, especially on Southwest Airlines, if you open up one of those magazines in the back, there&#x27;s feature type ads back there for a book called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And the author of that book is joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. His name is Tom Hegna. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be back. Yeah. Now, I mean, this is a – when we talk about it, it&#x27;s harder to think about income planning. It&#x27;s harder to think about safe money when the market is going up like a rocket ship, Tom. But you and I have both been around long enough, and a lot of our listeners have too, to know that all rockets return to Earth, don&#x27;t they? They do. And, you know, I think both of us know that there&#x27;s a place for money in the market. There absolutely is, but not the basic expense money that you want to retire on. So it&#x27;s using the market for the right amount. You know, you need to have some money in the market to protect yourself against inflation, but you don&#x27;t want to have that money in the market that you need to buy groceries next month or this week. You don&#x27;t want to have that money in the market. Yeah.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But I think that people, I don&#x27;t know, get hypnotized a little bit or get in a trance when the market&#x27;s going up because I saw this happen in my – well, I&#x27;ve been in the industry, the financial industry, for 21 years. And the main time, a couple times I saw people make mistakes and basically they got wiped out by the financial tidal wave was the year 2000 and the year 2008. And we know that there will be another year in the future just like that, Tom. And I think your book shows people how to isolate some money from the risk. And there&#x27;s nothing wrong with having some money at risk as long as you have safe money first. And I know you agree with that. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what my first book, Paychecks and Playchecks, was really the math and science of how to retire the right way. Because right now your clients have 50 different financial advisors, how they should retire. They&#x27;re going to get 50 different opinions. But there aren&#x27;t 50 optimal ways to retire.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> There&#x27;s really one optimal way to retire, and that&#x27;s based on math and science. And that&#x27;s what I lay out in the book, Paychecks and Playchecks. The old story is if you call the IRS 10 times, you get 12 different answers in the same way in the financial world, unfortunately. Now, tell me about the new book. You interviewed 14 superstar professionals across the nation, and you got their opinion on retirement income planning, correct? Yeah. So the name of the new book is called Retirement Income Master, Secrets of the Pros. And this book is different than the Paychecks and Playchecks. So Paychecks and Playchecks is really for everybody to read. It&#x27;s the math and science of how to retire. Retirement Income Master, Secrets of the Pros is really more for financial advisors, although a lot of clients do buy it. So what I did was I went around the country, and I identified 14 of the top retirement income pros.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And each chapter is their story. What do they do? What do they say? How do they explain these concepts to their clients? Because we all kind of get to the same place because it&#x27;s math and science. You&#x27;ve got to get to this place. But we all got there differently, and each chapter is their story. It&#x27;s pretty interesting. My dad once said, and he&#x27;s a college professor, if you can learn something in a day, it&#x27;s not a wasted day. So let me ask you this. When you interviewed these 14 professionals, did you learn stuff by talking to them? Oh, absolutely. I mean, there&#x27;s very powerful stories in here. You know, Raul Garuda, who we both know, a very respected financial professional. His background is he came from India, and his dad bought him a one-way plane ticket and put $7 in his pocket and basically said, go out and make something for yourself. So he lands in America with $7 in his pocket.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> He&#x27;s made 21 consecutive top-of-the-table qualifications. And for your listeners who don&#x27;t know that, that&#x27;s like one of the elite levels of production in the whole country of any financial service professional. And he&#x27;s got a very powerful story. I didn&#x27;t know his dad bought him a one-way ticket, though. That&#x27;s almost like don&#x27;t come back, right? Unless you can afford to buy them. Well, you&#x27;ve got to be successful then, right? You&#x27;ve got no other alternative than to become successful. There&#x27;s others in here. You know, Christy Mueller, who&#x27;s really probably done more lifetime income production, guaranteed lifetime income production, than any other woman in the country. And she tells a story about when her mother was dying that, you know, it really solidified the role of guaranteed lifetime income because her mom was worried about a lot of things.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> But she said, Mom, you don&#x27;t have to worry about your income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money. Don&#x27;t worry about that. And just the peace of mind that she saw with her mother because she&#x27;d used lifetime income annuities. Another one is she had a client come in. This was when the market crashed in 2008, and then her husband died. But she had bought a variable annuity with a guaranteed death benefit, and she kept looking at the check and looking at Christy, looking at the check, looking at Christy, and she said, This is too much. Our account value isn&#x27;t worth this much. And Christy said, No, that&#x27;s because you have this guaranteed death benefit. You got paid all this money that you had at the top of the market. You didn&#x27;t lose that just because, you know, your husband died. That was a guarantee in the contract. And so those incidents really solidified these products for Christy.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> When we talk about income planning and just how to put math over markets, and I know in your first book, The Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life, you talk about the mathematical science and economic facts behind a happy retirement. Do you want to share some of those facts with us? Sure. I mean, this has been studied by PhDs at Wharton, you know, Dr. David Babel of Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malefsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel. All the research shows that if you want to retire the right way, you must take the number one risk in retirement off the table, which is longevity risk. See, the longer you live, the more likely the market will crash. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll see inflation. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll take too much money out. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll need long-term care. So what all the research surrounding retirement says is you must take longevity risk off the table.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Stocks can&#x27;t do that. Bonds can&#x27;t do that. Real estate can&#x27;t do that. Mutual funds cannot do that. Only some form of guaranteed lifetime income, typically a lifetime income annuity or a deferred lifetime income annuity or an income or withdrawal rate benefit from a fixed or variable annuity. That is it. All the research around retirement says you must have an annuity in your portfolio to retire properly. Why? Because only an annuity can take longevity risk off the table. Why? Because only a life insurance company can issue an annuity. Why? Because only a life insurance company sells life insurance to be on the other side of that risk. See, if all of a sudden people live to be 150, the insurance companies won&#x27;t go broke because, yes, they&#x27;ll be paying a lot of lifetime income, but they won&#x27;t be paying death claims on their life insurance policy. Because they&#x27;re on both sides of that risk, they are uniquely positioned to take longevity risk off the table.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> No other industry can do it. Now let&#x27;s talk about this because, I mean, you know, there&#x27;s financial toolboxes out there, we call them, just like in my garage, even though I don&#x27;t know how to fix a car, I&#x27;ve got one of those red toolboxes, and it&#x27;s got all different tools in every different drawer, and each tool has a purpose. It&#x27;s not just one hammer for every job. And unfortunately, I think there&#x27;s a lot of misconceptions out there about the power of income planning annuities. And people, when they hear that word annuity, Tom, and I see it almost every single day when I&#x27;m out there in the public talking to people, when they hear the word annuity, it&#x27;s almost like a bad smell just appeared in the room. And I can&#x27;t figure it out except the fact that maybe there&#x27;s some bad misconceptions out there. And I think it&#x27;s the only people that really get hurt if they believe some of these misconceptions about annuities are the people who don&#x27;t get an annuity when they need one.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> Yeah. You know, annuities are not bad, but there are bad annuities. And see, that&#x27;s been the problem, is there have been some bad annuities that are out there. And these bad annuities cause problems for people, and then they just say, well, all annuities are bad. Well, that&#x27;s not true. Social Security is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. A pension is an annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. And, you know, people love their Social Security checks. In fact, I can prove it to you. The Social Security Administration receives millions of phone calls every year. They never get this one. Would you stop sending me that check? I&#x27;m getting sick and tired of it. It comes every single month. Just stop it. They never get that. People love guaranteed paychecks for life. And that&#x27;s what a lifetime income annuity is, that&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. Yeah, I call it retirement autopilot. I mean, it&#x27;s just the money keeps coming, and it just comes to your mailbox each and every month</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> or each and every year, depending on how you set it up. But, Tom, I think there are a lot of people out there. I&#x27;m worried a little bit here because the market has been going up. It&#x27;s overinflated. We know that. It could keep going up. But we&#x27;ve seen this movie before, Tom, haven&#x27;t we? Yeah. Yeah. And so maybe to kind of close this, Coach, what I could do is say here are the four simple steps I&#x27;m advising people to have a successful retirement. Step number one, they should cover their basic expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. And here&#x27;s why. You take five key risks off the table. You take longevity risk off the table because it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. You take deflation risk off the table because if you&#x27;re getting a check and things actually go down in a depression or deflationary environment, it&#x27;s one of the best things you can do. There&#x27;s no market risk, no order of return risk, or no withdrawal rate risk.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> You took five key risks off the table simply by covering basic expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. Step two, you optimize the rest of the portfolio to protect yourself against inflation. So stocks could fit here. Bonds and real estate can fit here because if we get inflation and interest rates go up, you want the portfolio to go up. And when the portfolio goes up, you can take profits and buy more income. All right? Step three, you want to have a plan for long-term care. No retirement plan is complete without a plan for long-term care. And step four, the most efficient way to transfer wealth to your children and grandchildren is through permanent life insurance. Too many people say, I got this $200,000 over here, and when we die, that&#x27;s going to go to the kids. Well, they&#x27;re using $200,000 to transfer $200,000. When they could have just taken $50,000 or $60,000, bought a $200,000 policy that goes to</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> the kids when they die tax-free, then they could have spent the other. See, the whole point about this efficient retirement is to get the most for the least. Your retirement is not about your assets. Your assets can be lost. They can be sued. They can be divorced. They can be stolen. They can be swindled. They can be decimated in a market crash. The success of your retirement really depends on two things. How much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? And have you taken those key risks off the table? Very, very important. Folks, again, his name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s author of a best-selling book, Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. And really, this is a book that everyone should read. I really feel they should. And if you&#x27;ve just joined the show late, or if you want to hear this interview again, or share it with your friends, go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show button.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> Again, FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show button. Tom, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Yeah, I look forward to talking to you again in the future. Look forward to it. Folks, thanks for listening to the Financial Safari today. Coming up next, we&#x27;re going to check in again with your local trusted advisor.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete for a March 2014 conversation about retirement income. They discuss the ideas behind his books, preserving savings, and planning for the financial risks that can accompany a long retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, this is the segment of the show where I interview folks from across the nation who are in the financial world or just known in the national spotlight. And I bring people back every now and then, ones that have had tremendous return of response when they&#x27;re on. People, you know, email us and call us and say, gosh, can you have him back on again or her back on again? And one of the main superstars, in my opinion, in the income planning world, in the financial world, showing people how to preserve their money, making sure they don&#x27;t fall for some of the dirty tricks out there. Folks, it&#x27;s always fun when the market&#x27;s going up. But when retirement comes, if the market goes down, we want to make sure your money&#x27;s in the right place. And there&#x27;s nobody better, in my opinion, if you&#x27;ve ever flown, especially on Southwest Airlines, if you open up one of those magazines in the back, there&#x27;s feature type ads back there for a book called Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And the author of that book is joining us from Phoenix, Arizona. His name is Tom Hegna. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. Great to be back. Yeah. Now, I mean, this is a – when we talk about it, it&#x27;s harder to think about income planning. It&#x27;s harder to think about safe money when the market is going up like a rocket ship, Tom. But you and I have both been around long enough, and a lot of our listeners have too, to know that all rockets return to Earth, don&#x27;t they? They do. And, you know, I think both of us know that there&#x27;s a place for money in the market. There absolutely is, but not the basic expense money that you want to retire on. So it&#x27;s using the market for the right amount. You know, you need to have some money in the market to protect yourself against inflation, but you don&#x27;t want to have that money in the market that you need to buy groceries next month or this week. You don&#x27;t want to have that money in the market. Yeah.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> But I think that people, I don&#x27;t know, get hypnotized a little bit or get in a trance when the market&#x27;s going up because I saw this happen in my – well, I&#x27;ve been in the industry, the financial industry, for 21 years. And the main time, a couple times I saw people make mistakes and basically they got wiped out by the financial tidal wave was the year 2000 and the year 2008. And we know that there will be another year in the future just like that, Tom. And I think your book shows people how to isolate some money from the risk. And there&#x27;s nothing wrong with having some money at risk as long as you have safe money first. And I know you agree with that. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what my first book, Paychecks and Playchecks, was really the math and science of how to retire the right way. Because right now your clients have 50 different financial advisors, how they should retire. They&#x27;re going to get 50 different opinions. But there aren&#x27;t 50 optimal ways to retire.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> There&#x27;s really one optimal way to retire, and that&#x27;s based on math and science. And that&#x27;s what I lay out in the book, Paychecks and Playchecks. The old story is if you call the IRS 10 times, you get 12 different answers in the same way in the financial world, unfortunately. Now, tell me about the new book. You interviewed 14 superstar professionals across the nation, and you got their opinion on retirement income planning, correct? Yeah. So the name of the new book is called Retirement Income Master, Secrets of the Pros. And this book is different than the Paychecks and Playchecks. So Paychecks and Playchecks is really for everybody to read. It&#x27;s the math and science of how to retire. Retirement Income Master, Secrets of the Pros is really more for financial advisors, although a lot of clients do buy it. So what I did was I went around the country, and I identified 14 of the top retirement income pros.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> And each chapter is their story. What do they do? What do they say? How do they explain these concepts to their clients? Because we all kind of get to the same place because it&#x27;s math and science. You&#x27;ve got to get to this place. But we all got there differently, and each chapter is their story. It&#x27;s pretty interesting. My dad once said, and he&#x27;s a college professor, if you can learn something in a day, it&#x27;s not a wasted day. So let me ask you this. When you interviewed these 14 professionals, did you learn stuff by talking to them? Oh, absolutely. I mean, there&#x27;s very powerful stories in here. You know, Raul Garuda, who we both know, a very respected financial professional. His background is he came from India, and his dad bought him a one-way plane ticket and put $7 in his pocket and basically said, go out and make something for yourself. So he lands in America with $7 in his pocket.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> He&#x27;s made 21 consecutive top-of-the-table qualifications. And for your listeners who don&#x27;t know that, that&#x27;s like one of the elite levels of production in the whole country of any financial service professional. And he&#x27;s got a very powerful story. I didn&#x27;t know his dad bought him a one-way ticket, though. That&#x27;s almost like don&#x27;t come back, right? Unless you can afford to buy them. Well, you&#x27;ve got to be successful then, right? You&#x27;ve got no other alternative than to become successful. There&#x27;s others in here. You know, Christy Mueller, who&#x27;s really probably done more lifetime income production, guaranteed lifetime income production, than any other woman in the country. And she tells a story about when her mother was dying that, you know, it really solidified the role of guaranteed lifetime income because her mom was worried about a lot of things.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> But she said, Mom, you don&#x27;t have to worry about your income. You&#x27;re never going to run out of money. Don&#x27;t worry about that. And just the peace of mind that she saw with her mother because she&#x27;d used lifetime income annuities. Another one is she had a client come in. This was when the market crashed in 2008, and then her husband died. But she had bought a variable annuity with a guaranteed death benefit, and she kept looking at the check and looking at Christy, looking at the check, looking at Christy, and she said, This is too much. Our account value isn&#x27;t worth this much. And Christy said, No, that&#x27;s because you have this guaranteed death benefit. You got paid all this money that you had at the top of the market. You didn&#x27;t lose that just because, you know, your husband died. That was a guarantee in the contract. And so those incidents really solidified these products for Christy.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> When we talk about income planning and just how to put math over markets, and I know in your first book, The Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life, you talk about the mathematical science and economic facts behind a happy retirement. Do you want to share some of those facts with us? Sure. I mean, this has been studied by PhDs at Wharton, you know, Dr. David Babel of Wharton, Dr. Moshe Malefsky of Toronto, Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel. All the research shows that if you want to retire the right way, you must take the number one risk in retirement off the table, which is longevity risk. See, the longer you live, the more likely the market will crash. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll see inflation. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll take too much money out. The longer you live, the more likely you&#x27;ll need long-term care. So what all the research surrounding retirement says is you must take longevity risk off the table.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Stocks can&#x27;t do that. Bonds can&#x27;t do that. Real estate can&#x27;t do that. Mutual funds cannot do that. Only some form of guaranteed lifetime income, typically a lifetime income annuity or a deferred lifetime income annuity or an income or withdrawal rate benefit from a fixed or variable annuity. That is it. All the research around retirement says you must have an annuity in your portfolio to retire properly. Why? Because only an annuity can take longevity risk off the table. Why? Because only a life insurance company can issue an annuity. Why? Because only a life insurance company sells life insurance to be on the other side of that risk. See, if all of a sudden people live to be 150, the insurance companies won&#x27;t go broke because, yes, they&#x27;ll be paying a lot of lifetime income, but they won&#x27;t be paying death claims on their life insurance policy. Because they&#x27;re on both sides of that risk, they are uniquely positioned to take longevity risk off the table.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> No other industry can do it. Now let&#x27;s talk about this because, I mean, you know, there&#x27;s financial toolboxes out there, we call them, just like in my garage, even though I don&#x27;t know how to fix a car, I&#x27;ve got one of those red toolboxes, and it&#x27;s got all different tools in every different drawer, and each tool has a purpose. It&#x27;s not just one hammer for every job. And unfortunately, I think there&#x27;s a lot of misconceptions out there about the power of income planning annuities. And people, when they hear that word annuity, Tom, and I see it almost every single day when I&#x27;m out there in the public talking to people, when they hear the word annuity, it&#x27;s almost like a bad smell just appeared in the room. And I can&#x27;t figure it out except the fact that maybe there&#x27;s some bad misconceptions out there. And I think it&#x27;s the only people that really get hurt if they believe some of these misconceptions about annuities are the people who don&#x27;t get an annuity when they need one.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> Yeah. You know, annuities are not bad, but there are bad annuities. And see, that&#x27;s been the problem, is there have been some bad annuities that are out there. And these bad annuities cause problems for people, and then they just say, well, all annuities are bad. Well, that&#x27;s not true. Social Security is a lifetime income annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. A pension is an annuity. It&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. And, you know, people love their Social Security checks. In fact, I can prove it to you. The Social Security Administration receives millions of phone calls every year. They never get this one. Would you stop sending me that check? I&#x27;m getting sick and tired of it. It comes every single month. Just stop it. They never get that. People love guaranteed paychecks for life. And that&#x27;s what a lifetime income annuity is, that&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. Yeah, I call it retirement autopilot. I mean, it&#x27;s just the money keeps coming, and it just comes to your mailbox each and every month</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> or each and every year, depending on how you set it up. But, Tom, I think there are a lot of people out there. I&#x27;m worried a little bit here because the market has been going up. It&#x27;s overinflated. We know that. It could keep going up. But we&#x27;ve seen this movie before, Tom, haven&#x27;t we? Yeah. Yeah. And so maybe to kind of close this, Coach, what I could do is say here are the four simple steps I&#x27;m advising people to have a successful retirement. Step number one, they should cover their basic expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. And here&#x27;s why. You take five key risks off the table. You take longevity risk off the table because it&#x27;s a guaranteed paycheck for life. You take deflation risk off the table because if you&#x27;re getting a check and things actually go down in a depression or deflationary environment, it&#x27;s one of the best things you can do. There&#x27;s no market risk, no order of return risk, or no withdrawal rate risk.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> You took five key risks off the table simply by covering basic expenses with guaranteed lifetime income. Step two, you optimize the rest of the portfolio to protect yourself against inflation. So stocks could fit here. Bonds and real estate can fit here because if we get inflation and interest rates go up, you want the portfolio to go up. And when the portfolio goes up, you can take profits and buy more income. All right? Step three, you want to have a plan for long-term care. No retirement plan is complete without a plan for long-term care. And step four, the most efficient way to transfer wealth to your children and grandchildren is through permanent life insurance. Too many people say, I got this $200,000 over here, and when we die, that&#x27;s going to go to the kids. Well, they&#x27;re using $200,000 to transfer $200,000. When they could have just taken $50,000 or $60,000, bought a $200,000 policy that goes to</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> the kids when they die tax-free, then they could have spent the other. See, the whole point about this efficient retirement is to get the most for the least. Your retirement is not about your assets. Your assets can be lost. They can be sued. They can be divorced. They can be stolen. They can be swindled. They can be decimated in a market crash. The success of your retirement really depends on two things. How much guaranteed lifetime income do you have? And have you taken those key risks off the table? Very, very important. Folks, again, his name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s author of a best-selling book, Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. And really, this is a book that everyone should read. I really feel they should. And if you&#x27;ve just joined the show late, or if you want to hear this interview again, or share it with your friends, go to FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show button.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> Again, FinancialSafari.com and click on the As Heard on the Show button. Tom, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach. Yeah, I look forward to talking to you again in the future. Look forward to it. Folks, thanks for listening to the Financial Safari today. Coming up next, we&#x27;re going to check in again with your local trusted advisor.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete for a March 2014 conversation about retirement income. They discuss the ideas behind his books, preserving savings, and planning for the financial risks that can accompany a long retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56/image.jpg?t=1792071663&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-income-and-preserving-your-savings/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56/image.jpg?t=1792071663&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2013 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>676</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d0fa6d10-f527-48b5-8656-b4e300204d56/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10844394" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-retirement-income-and-preserving-your-savings</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>147</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Income and Preserving Your Savings" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:45" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:41" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pocket Guide to Obamacare. Part one of this October 2013 conversation explores the Affordable Care Act, taxes, and the questions families and employers were asking at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And, folks, I mean, we talk about something that, I mean, you hear about it. You can&#x27;t turn the TV on these days without hearing about health care and all the hidden mysteries inside what they call Obamacare, the otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act. And we&#x27;ve got an expert in taxation online with us, and I&#x27;ve been working together to put together the pocket guide to Obamacare with this individual. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. Ed, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah. Now, this is a gift that keeps on giving. I mean, as we&#x27;ve been doing research on Obamacare, it&#x27;s not what we see right now that hurts the most, is it, Ed? It&#x27;s not, and it may not even – we may not even be able to see what hurts the most or what creates the greatest opportunities.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Yeah. Now, we&#x27;re talking to – the people that are listening to our show usually are people who are paying taxes, and it can be argued that Obamacare is just another tax. But can you go over – just let&#x27;s pretend that someone – let&#x27;s say they went to the moon for a year, and now they just came back and they decided to wake up and pay attention to what&#x27;s going on in the news cycle, and they&#x27;ve heard about this law. Can you explain to folks in just layman&#x27;s terms how this law works? What the president wanted to do when he introduced the law, what Congress wanted to do when they passed the law, was make health care more affordable for everybody. Notice I didn&#x27;t say they want to make health care affordable. They wanted to make it more affordable. Yep. That is a big distinction. They also wanted to increase access to insurance.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So they said essentially that everyone in America must have what&#x27;s called minimum qualified coverage. You&#x27;ve got to have insurance. And in exchange for that, we will loosen some requirements in insurance. You&#x27;ll be able to qualify. You can&#x27;t get turned down for preexisting conditions. We&#x27;ll get rid of lifetime maximums and annual maximums. But to make that work, we need more people in the system. We need more younger people, healthier people who may have said, I don&#x27;t want to buy insurance because I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a good deal for me. So that&#x27;s the fundamental concept of Obamacare. The rest of it is details and implementation. So you&#x27;ve got new Medicare taxes on your investment income. What&#x27;s that have to do with health care? Nothing.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> It&#x27;s just a way to pay for it. But it&#x27;s this bargain that we&#x27;re going to increase coverage, and we&#x27;re going to make health care more affordable, and we&#x27;re going to do it by bringing more people into the health care system. And that&#x27;s that dreaded individual mandate that goes into effect on January 1st that says you have got to have health insurance or pay the price. Okay. So I live in a neighborhood, and I don&#x27;t have a pool. But let&#x27;s say I joined together with a bunch of my neighbors, and we decided to all build a pool. And it would be affordable because we could all use the same pool. But let&#x27;s say we went out of hand because we wanted to make it more and more affordable, so we added more and more people helping us pay for the pool. When the pool gets done, there&#x27;s not enough room in the pool for us all. Is that what&#x27;s going to happen here with the health care law? It&#x27;s probably not what&#x27;s going to happen with the health care law.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> People have been getting the pool all along. People have been getting the service. And even if they don&#x27;t have insurance, even if they can&#x27;t pay for it, they go to a hospital, they can&#x27;t get turned down. So people will get the service. The question is, how do we pay for it? And now it&#x27;s going to be explicit how much you&#x27;re paying for health care in general. That&#x27;s the first answer. The second answer is, well, if everybody&#x27;s got health insurance, then everybody&#x27;s got coverage. People will go to the doctor&#x27;s office more often. The pool will get more crowded. But maybe we&#x27;ll be healthier, live longer. We won&#x27;t spend as much on health care over our life. We don&#x27;t know. Congress doesn&#x27;t know. Harry Reid doesn&#x27;t know. John Boehner doesn&#x27;t know. Barack Obama, bright guy, doesn&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Yeah. I mean, to me, it&#x27;s the supply and demand thing, though, because, and I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of physicians, and they don&#x27;t understand what&#x27;s going on here, and they can&#x27;t take any more patients on to begin with. I mean, if you&#x27;re putting, I guess the last numbers I saw was between 11 and 15 million more people into the pool when you don&#x27;t have any, and you&#x27;re not adding any more lifeguards, so to speak. So, I mean, to me, I think it&#x27;s almost a false argument when you say everyone&#x27;s going to be healthier, because if you&#x27;re waiting, I mean, we&#x27;re going to see people, I think, dying in the waiting room just trying to wait to get in to see the doctor. Who knows? That could happen. We&#x27;re adding a demand for services, you&#x27;re right, and we&#x27;re not adding capacity for services. And demand is great as long as there is a supply. So you&#x27;ve got a finite resource, which is the supply of health care services and physicians.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> You will be putting more demand on it because now somebody, let&#x27;s say they don&#x27;t have health insurance, they don&#x27;t go to the doctor until something goes really wrong and they go to the emergency room. Now they&#x27;ll be showing up at the doctor&#x27;s office. And that may be a good thing for their health down the road, but a system this big, health care takes up, what, 16%, 17% of our national economy? You cannot remake 16% or 17% of our national economy without unintended consequences. And so I guess the story is yet to be told as far as what&#x27;s going to happen next on that. We have a lot of business owners, people that are in business for themselves or self-employed that listen to this show, and there are some employer tax credits in the bill.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And, you know, we want to get into that too because this is a way to get some money back if you have to pay for insurance for your employees, correct? Sure. There are some employer tax credits. They&#x27;re probably not going to be all that valuable because they are limited to employers with average employee income under $50,000. The full credit&#x27;s available only if the average employee income is under $25,000. And realistically, if you&#x27;re in a business where you can&#x27;t afford to pay your employees more than $25,000 a year, you probably don&#x27;t have the spare cash left to cover their health insurance in the first place. It&#x27;s still a nice opportunity, but nobody&#x27;s going to get rich on that employer tax credit. Now, and again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he and I have been working on something called the Pocket Guide to</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Obamacare. It&#x27;s 72 pages. It&#x27;s a booklet. It&#x27;s loaded with information. And if you&#x27;d like to get a copy of that, as a listener, your reward is you can have one of the first copies right off the press. We&#x27;ve got an electronic version right now. The version right now at the printer, we have no idea when the publisher is going to get it to us. But if you call right now, we&#x27;ll make sure to email you an electronic version as soon as next week. And the number is 800-661-7383. Everything we do on the show is at no cost to the listener. So don&#x27;t worry. There&#x27;ll be no hidden strings attached. It is a free service for you, no cost, as a listener. And I really think you need to educate yourself because you will be very surprised what&#x27;s in this Pocket Guide to Obamacare. Again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> Now, Ed, you and I have discussed at length something called the individual mandate. This is where somebody decides they don&#x27;t want insurance. They basically pay what&#x27;s been labeled as a small penalty and goes upon their life. But this is a bait and switch, in my opinion, because the small penalty grows pretty huge as we approach 2018, doesn&#x27;t it? The small penalty gets bigger. For 2014, it&#x27;s $95. That doesn&#x27;t sound like a real big deal. Well, in 2016, all of a sudden, it goes way up. And that individual penalty goes up to $695 or 2% of your income. And now that&#x27;s not such a little penalty. When we say 2%, is it whichever is higher, right?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> It&#x27;s actually going to be whichever is lower. It would be capped at 2% or at 600. But $695 is $695. I don&#x27;t have $695 that I feel like throwing away if I don&#x27;t want that coverage. And yet, that&#x27;s part of the bargain. If healthy people aren&#x27;t part of the insurance pool, the system doesn&#x27;t work. You can&#x27;t say, all right, we&#x27;re going to eliminate preexisting conditions. We&#x27;re going to give you unlimited lifetime benefits, unlimited annual benefits. That&#x27;s fine. And as a public policy decision, that&#x27;s absolutely a subject for Congress and the President to decide. The real question, though, as with so much that happens in Washington, D.C., is how are we going to pay for it? And will it really cost what they tell us it&#x27;s going to cost?</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> If Obamacare costs more than they project, it&#x27;s not going to be the first time that a government program has cost more. Yeah. Well, I saw a couple weeks ago Kathleen Sebelius, I guess I&#x27;d rather you pronounce her name. She was, of course, the Health and Human Services Director. She was on with Jon Stewart, and he asked her a question, and she let something slip that I don&#x27;t think she wanted to. She said the main goal was to have an individual, what do they call it, exchange? Everyone in the exchange instead of having a single-payer system. Her main goal was to have a single-payer system. And what that, to me, would be is that&#x27;s socialism right there, getting everyone in single-payer. Do you want to explain to the listener out there who may hear these terms that government employees throw out, what does single-payer really mean? Well, single-payer is what people would also call socialized medicine.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> It means that we get rid of the current system of paying for health care. Right now, lots of different people pay for health care. You and I pay deductibles, co-pays, prescriptions. We have health insurance. Health insurance pays for part of our coverage. The government pays for part of coverage to hospitals, things like that. So it&#x27;s a complicated system, but it lets us as consumers make choices. If we get rid of that, if we go to true single-payer health care, that is a government-run health care like something they have in Canada or England. And you can have a debate over whether that&#x27;s a more efficient way to pay for health care, whether that&#x27;s a better or worse way to pay for health care. But it&#x27;s certainly a huge change in the way we pay for health care.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> And there were a lot of people in Congress, as the Affordable Care Act was being debated, who wanted to have a government option and who ultimately would like to see the United States go to single-payer health insurance. I&#x27;m not here to debate whether that&#x27;s a good thing or a bad thing, but it is a huge, huge transformation. It&#x27;s certainly not something to do lightly. And people really don&#x27;t understand so much of the terminology that we&#x27;re throwing around. You know, it&#x27;s funny. One poll, I think, showed that 34% of Americans were opposed to the Affordable Care Act and 44% of Americans were opposed to Obamacare. And they&#x27;re the same thing. That&#x27;s why the pocket guide to Obamacare is so important, because there&#x27;s so much misinformation out there and there&#x27;s so much ignorance out there.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> And I don&#x27;t mean that in a negative term. People just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s in the law. And particularly with the pocket guide, call and get the pocket guide. A little information can go a long, long way. Yeah, I agree. And, folks, the number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Again, there&#x27;s no cost. It&#x27;s a 72-page booklet packed with information. We&#x27;re covering a little bit of it today. We&#x27;re basically on the tip of the iceberg. But you really need to get this in your hands so you can see where you are on this map of health coverage and what you need to plan for going ahead. Because there are a lot of surprises built into this bill that the news media is not talking about. And these surprises are going to hurt if you haven&#x27;t planned ahead. They&#x27;re going to hurt no matter what. But they&#x27;ll hurt less if you&#x27;ve planned ahead a little bit.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about the employer mandate. We&#x27;re going to talk about options for small and large employers. We&#x27;re also going to talk about the Medicare tax on earned income and a red tape alert. Anytime you talk about government, we talk about red tape. Again, that number is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pocket Guide to Obamacare. Part one of this October 2013 conversation explores the Affordable Care Act, taxes, and the questions families and employers were asking at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And, folks, I mean, we talk about something that, I mean, you hear about it. You can&#x27;t turn the TV on these days without hearing about health care and all the hidden mysteries inside what they call Obamacare, the otherwise known as the Affordable Care Act. And we&#x27;ve got an expert in taxation online with us, and I&#x27;ve been working together to put together the pocket guide to Obamacare with this individual. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. Ed, welcome in. Thanks for having me, Coach. Yeah. Now, this is a gift that keeps on giving. I mean, as we&#x27;ve been doing research on Obamacare, it&#x27;s not what we see right now that hurts the most, is it, Ed? It&#x27;s not, and it may not even – we may not even be able to see what hurts the most or what creates the greatest opportunities.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Yeah. Now, we&#x27;re talking to – the people that are listening to our show usually are people who are paying taxes, and it can be argued that Obamacare is just another tax. But can you go over – just let&#x27;s pretend that someone – let&#x27;s say they went to the moon for a year, and now they just came back and they decided to wake up and pay attention to what&#x27;s going on in the news cycle, and they&#x27;ve heard about this law. Can you explain to folks in just layman&#x27;s terms how this law works? What the president wanted to do when he introduced the law, what Congress wanted to do when they passed the law, was make health care more affordable for everybody. Notice I didn&#x27;t say they want to make health care affordable. They wanted to make it more affordable. Yep. That is a big distinction. They also wanted to increase access to insurance.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So they said essentially that everyone in America must have what&#x27;s called minimum qualified coverage. You&#x27;ve got to have insurance. And in exchange for that, we will loosen some requirements in insurance. You&#x27;ll be able to qualify. You can&#x27;t get turned down for preexisting conditions. We&#x27;ll get rid of lifetime maximums and annual maximums. But to make that work, we need more people in the system. We need more younger people, healthier people who may have said, I don&#x27;t want to buy insurance because I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a good deal for me. So that&#x27;s the fundamental concept of Obamacare. The rest of it is details and implementation. So you&#x27;ve got new Medicare taxes on your investment income. What&#x27;s that have to do with health care? Nothing.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> It&#x27;s just a way to pay for it. But it&#x27;s this bargain that we&#x27;re going to increase coverage, and we&#x27;re going to make health care more affordable, and we&#x27;re going to do it by bringing more people into the health care system. And that&#x27;s that dreaded individual mandate that goes into effect on January 1st that says you have got to have health insurance or pay the price. Okay. So I live in a neighborhood, and I don&#x27;t have a pool. But let&#x27;s say I joined together with a bunch of my neighbors, and we decided to all build a pool. And it would be affordable because we could all use the same pool. But let&#x27;s say we went out of hand because we wanted to make it more and more affordable, so we added more and more people helping us pay for the pool. When the pool gets done, there&#x27;s not enough room in the pool for us all. Is that what&#x27;s going to happen here with the health care law? It&#x27;s probably not what&#x27;s going to happen with the health care law.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> People have been getting the pool all along. People have been getting the service. And even if they don&#x27;t have insurance, even if they can&#x27;t pay for it, they go to a hospital, they can&#x27;t get turned down. So people will get the service. The question is, how do we pay for it? And now it&#x27;s going to be explicit how much you&#x27;re paying for health care in general. That&#x27;s the first answer. The second answer is, well, if everybody&#x27;s got health insurance, then everybody&#x27;s got coverage. People will go to the doctor&#x27;s office more often. The pool will get more crowded. But maybe we&#x27;ll be healthier, live longer. We won&#x27;t spend as much on health care over our life. We don&#x27;t know. Congress doesn&#x27;t know. Harry Reid doesn&#x27;t know. John Boehner doesn&#x27;t know. Barack Obama, bright guy, doesn&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> Yeah. I mean, to me, it&#x27;s the supply and demand thing, though, because, and I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of physicians, and they don&#x27;t understand what&#x27;s going on here, and they can&#x27;t take any more patients on to begin with. I mean, if you&#x27;re putting, I guess the last numbers I saw was between 11 and 15 million more people into the pool when you don&#x27;t have any, and you&#x27;re not adding any more lifeguards, so to speak. So, I mean, to me, I think it&#x27;s almost a false argument when you say everyone&#x27;s going to be healthier, because if you&#x27;re waiting, I mean, we&#x27;re going to see people, I think, dying in the waiting room just trying to wait to get in to see the doctor. Who knows? That could happen. We&#x27;re adding a demand for services, you&#x27;re right, and we&#x27;re not adding capacity for services. And demand is great as long as there is a supply. So you&#x27;ve got a finite resource, which is the supply of health care services and physicians.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> You will be putting more demand on it because now somebody, let&#x27;s say they don&#x27;t have health insurance, they don&#x27;t go to the doctor until something goes really wrong and they go to the emergency room. Now they&#x27;ll be showing up at the doctor&#x27;s office. And that may be a good thing for their health down the road, but a system this big, health care takes up, what, 16%, 17% of our national economy? You cannot remake 16% or 17% of our national economy without unintended consequences. And so I guess the story is yet to be told as far as what&#x27;s going to happen next on that. We have a lot of business owners, people that are in business for themselves or self-employed that listen to this show, and there are some employer tax credits in the bill.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And, you know, we want to get into that too because this is a way to get some money back if you have to pay for insurance for your employees, correct? Sure. There are some employer tax credits. They&#x27;re probably not going to be all that valuable because they are limited to employers with average employee income under $50,000. The full credit&#x27;s available only if the average employee income is under $25,000. And realistically, if you&#x27;re in a business where you can&#x27;t afford to pay your employees more than $25,000 a year, you probably don&#x27;t have the spare cash left to cover their health insurance in the first place. It&#x27;s still a nice opportunity, but nobody&#x27;s going to get rich on that employer tax credit. Now, and again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he and I have been working on something called the Pocket Guide to</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Obamacare. It&#x27;s 72 pages. It&#x27;s a booklet. It&#x27;s loaded with information. And if you&#x27;d like to get a copy of that, as a listener, your reward is you can have one of the first copies right off the press. We&#x27;ve got an electronic version right now. The version right now at the printer, we have no idea when the publisher is going to get it to us. But if you call right now, we&#x27;ll make sure to email you an electronic version as soon as next week. And the number is 800-661-7383. Everything we do on the show is at no cost to the listener. So don&#x27;t worry. There&#x27;ll be no hidden strings attached. It is a free service for you, no cost, as a listener. And I really think you need to educate yourself because you will be very surprised what&#x27;s in this Pocket Guide to Obamacare. Again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> Now, Ed, you and I have discussed at length something called the individual mandate. This is where somebody decides they don&#x27;t want insurance. They basically pay what&#x27;s been labeled as a small penalty and goes upon their life. But this is a bait and switch, in my opinion, because the small penalty grows pretty huge as we approach 2018, doesn&#x27;t it? The small penalty gets bigger. For 2014, it&#x27;s $95. That doesn&#x27;t sound like a real big deal. Well, in 2016, all of a sudden, it goes way up. And that individual penalty goes up to $695 or 2% of your income. And now that&#x27;s not such a little penalty. When we say 2%, is it whichever is higher, right?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> It&#x27;s actually going to be whichever is lower. It would be capped at 2% or at 600. But $695 is $695. I don&#x27;t have $695 that I feel like throwing away if I don&#x27;t want that coverage. And yet, that&#x27;s part of the bargain. If healthy people aren&#x27;t part of the insurance pool, the system doesn&#x27;t work. You can&#x27;t say, all right, we&#x27;re going to eliminate preexisting conditions. We&#x27;re going to give you unlimited lifetime benefits, unlimited annual benefits. That&#x27;s fine. And as a public policy decision, that&#x27;s absolutely a subject for Congress and the President to decide. The real question, though, as with so much that happens in Washington, D.C., is how are we going to pay for it? And will it really cost what they tell us it&#x27;s going to cost?</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> If Obamacare costs more than they project, it&#x27;s not going to be the first time that a government program has cost more. Yeah. Well, I saw a couple weeks ago Kathleen Sebelius, I guess I&#x27;d rather you pronounce her name. She was, of course, the Health and Human Services Director. She was on with Jon Stewart, and he asked her a question, and she let something slip that I don&#x27;t think she wanted to. She said the main goal was to have an individual, what do they call it, exchange? Everyone in the exchange instead of having a single-payer system. Her main goal was to have a single-payer system. And what that, to me, would be is that&#x27;s socialism right there, getting everyone in single-payer. Do you want to explain to the listener out there who may hear these terms that government employees throw out, what does single-payer really mean? Well, single-payer is what people would also call socialized medicine.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> It means that we get rid of the current system of paying for health care. Right now, lots of different people pay for health care. You and I pay deductibles, co-pays, prescriptions. We have health insurance. Health insurance pays for part of our coverage. The government pays for part of coverage to hospitals, things like that. So it&#x27;s a complicated system, but it lets us as consumers make choices. If we get rid of that, if we go to true single-payer health care, that is a government-run health care like something they have in Canada or England. And you can have a debate over whether that&#x27;s a more efficient way to pay for health care, whether that&#x27;s a better or worse way to pay for health care. But it&#x27;s certainly a huge change in the way we pay for health care.</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> And there were a lot of people in Congress, as the Affordable Care Act was being debated, who wanted to have a government option and who ultimately would like to see the United States go to single-payer health insurance. I&#x27;m not here to debate whether that&#x27;s a good thing or a bad thing, but it is a huge, huge transformation. It&#x27;s certainly not something to do lightly. And people really don&#x27;t understand so much of the terminology that we&#x27;re throwing around. You know, it&#x27;s funny. One poll, I think, showed that 34% of Americans were opposed to the Affordable Care Act and 44% of Americans were opposed to Obamacare. And they&#x27;re the same thing. That&#x27;s why the pocket guide to Obamacare is so important, because there&#x27;s so much misinformation out there and there&#x27;s so much ignorance out there.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> And I don&#x27;t mean that in a negative term. People just don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s in the law. And particularly with the pocket guide, call and get the pocket guide. A little information can go a long, long way. Yeah, I agree. And, folks, the number to call as we go to break, it&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Again, there&#x27;s no cost. It&#x27;s a 72-page booklet packed with information. We&#x27;re covering a little bit of it today. We&#x27;re basically on the tip of the iceberg. But you really need to get this in your hands so you can see where you are on this map of health coverage and what you need to plan for going ahead. Because there are a lot of surprises built into this bill that the news media is not talking about. And these surprises are going to hurt if you haven&#x27;t planned ahead. They&#x27;re going to hurt no matter what. But they&#x27;ll hurt less if you&#x27;ve planned ahead a little bit.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. When we come back, we&#x27;re going to talk about the employer mandate. We&#x27;re going to talk about options for small and large employers. We&#x27;re also going to talk about the Medicare tax on earned income and a red tape alert. Anytime you talk about government, we talk about red tape. Again, that number is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ed Lyon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pocket Guide to Obamacare. Part one of this October 2013 conversation explores the Affordable Care Act, taxes, and the questions families and employers were asking at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ed Lyon</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ed Lyon, tax planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead/image.jpg?t=1792072521&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead/image.jpg?t=1792072521&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>743</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d5ddb62b-a046-4633-ad24-b4e201610ead/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11920691" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>148</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Pocket Guide to Obamacare" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:11" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ed Lyon: The Pocket Guide to Obamacare (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back in to the Tax Guys radio show. We have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he&#x27;s been working together with me to put together the Pocket Guide to Obamacare. And if you&#x27;re listening to this show, there&#x27;s no cost or obligation to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s 72 pages packed with information, information you need to know. And the number to call to get a copy, that is 800-661-7383. Now, we were talking about earlier in the show, we were talking about the individual mandate and how you have to either buy insurance or pay a penalty. But there&#x27;s also an employer mandate, isn&#x27;t there, Ed? There is. This is a final piece of the whole Obamacare puzzle. And employers with more than 50 full-time equivalents, not 50 employees, but 50 full-time equivalents as determined through a bureaucratic process,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> will be obligated to provide coverage to their employees or pay a penalty. Doesn&#x27;t mean that they have to provide the coverage. And I think we&#x27;re going to see a lot of employers just paying the penalty and being done with it. But that&#x27;s a pretty big step in America. You&#x27;ve got to pay employees. You&#x27;ve got to withhold taxes from their wages. You&#x27;ve got to provide them a safe workplace. Typically, employers will provide health benefits to their employees because they want to compete for talent. But that&#x27;s a very different thing from the government saying you must provide health care to your employees. This is the first time that&#x27;s happened. Yeah, yeah. And so that&#x27;s going to be a big step for a lot of people. And again, it&#x27;s going against what capitalism has been founded on and what the country has been founded on is individual choices, liberty and freedom for all,</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> not being told what to do by the government, especially when it relates to how to operate your business and what kind of profit you can make. Ed, it&#x27;s almost like it&#x27;s a grab for more profits. It&#x27;s a grab to redistribute income, isn&#x27;t it? You could certainly look at it that way. It&#x27;s kind of like minimum wage laws where the government says we deem that an hour of an employee&#x27;s time must be worth X dollars, regardless of whether the employee actually contributes that value to the business or not. That decision, most business owners would say, should be up to the business owner. But the government is now saying that you must also provide this benefit to full-time equivalent employees, and that doesn&#x27;t necessarily matter whether the employee is delivering the value to the employer or not.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a hamburger place and the government says you have to pay your employees double what you&#x27;re paying them now. Well, the hamburger restaurant will then have to raise the prices of their meals, and then it could be argued that people will stop going there. Therefore, the employer will have to start weighing people off. So it could end up hurting more than helping. It could end up hurting more than helping. It&#x27;s the law of unintended consequences. And boy, it wouldn&#x27;t be the first time that the government passes legislation to do one thing and finds that it accomplishes another thing. I&#x27;m a small business owner myself, and I like the freedom to choose my employees, to bargain with my employees, to decide how much their service is worth. And if they do a good job, great. They&#x27;ll get paid more because they&#x27;ll be more valuable to me.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But the government doesn&#x27;t tell me what I&#x27;ve got to pay or what sort of benefits I&#x27;ve got to offer. Yeah, I&#x27;m always trying to see. I&#x27;m the kind of guy I&#x27;m always trying to see because I had two brothers. We were separated by only 18 months apart growing up, and we would plan our attack around getting more candy or more food or getting the other brother in trouble. So I&#x27;m always looking at the end game. What&#x27;s the objective to doing something? And Brother Bob, the middle guy, would always be scheming. So a lot of times I don&#x27;t trust what the government&#x27;s saying. I don&#x27;t mind paying taxes. I pay taxes all the time, just like you do. But I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes and get nothing in return. We need to get what we pay for, in other words. And I sure don&#x27;t like the government telling us we have to pay when we have really nothing to show in return. Well, what the government wants is a healthier America.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> We spend the most amount per capita on health care of any country in the world. And we sure don&#x27;t get the healthiest Americans. Now, we could debate from now until the sun goes down, the causes, and get up early next morning and start the debate all over again. The end game that the government wants is healthier Americans at a lower cost. But as we said in the previous segment, health care is a huge part of the economy. And you&#x27;ve got regulators and bureaucrats in Washington who are writing rules that will affect millions of Americans and billions and trillions of dollars in payment for health care. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah. And like New York City is a good example. Mayor Bloomberg was trying to control what people were eating. And its studies have shown people have gained more weight in New York City than lost.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I mean, they have gotten fatter as a city during his term as a mayor. Now, what does that mean? It means nothing. But it sure means to me that government really can&#x27;t control what people do. Individual behavior is something that we&#x27;re all born with. It&#x27;s something that makes us Americans is our ability to choose. It&#x27;s one thing for the government to say, you know, you really shouldn&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work. And you know what? We shouldn&#x27;t, Coach. We shouldn&#x27;t. But it&#x27;s a very different thing for the mayor to say you can&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work and force us to go and buy three 16-ounce Mountain Dews to get around the rule. And it would cost more money to buy a 316 instead of buying bulk. But, you know, I still would like to buy a 40-ounce if I choose but not drink at all but just because I can.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> You know, if you can do something, it makes a lot more sense. And studies have also shown that United States, we&#x27;ve been taking care of people that couldn&#x27;t afford to buy food for a long time. We have the fattest poor people in the world because we&#x27;ve been giving them fat and food. So the government needs to look at themselves before they start pointing fingers at individual citizens. Now, off my soapbox, let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, because you can get me going wild on this kind of thing. And it&#x27;s crazy because there&#x27;s so many things in this health care law. But let&#x27;s look at the insurance exchanges. This is when the different states either chose to offer their own insurance or offer the government&#x27;s insurance, right, the federal or state kind of things. Right. The goal of the insurance exchange was to give everybody a place where they could go and buy health insurance on an apples-to-apples basis.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> See, one of the problems with our health care system is most Americans don&#x27;t understand how much it costs. We don&#x27;t buy our own insurance. We get it through our employer. The employer&#x27;s insurance pays for our health care costs. We don&#x27;t know when we go to the doctor how much the total cost is. And we&#x27;re not even buying the insurance because the employer is picking the health insurance for us. Well, for people who don&#x27;t have insurance through an employer, the idea of the exchange is we&#x27;re going to set up a website where you can go. And it&#x27;s going to be like an Expedia or a Travelocity.com where you can compare different plans from different insurers on an apples-to-apples basis. So here in Ohio, I can look and I can see here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Group Health, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Humana, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from UnitedHealthcare, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Anthem.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> And I can compare them, and I can see what I&#x27;m getting. And the idea, this is capitalism. This is the government saying we&#x27;re going to require the states to set up an exchange to facilitate competition. Or if the states don&#x27;t want to do it, we&#x27;re going to set up a federal exchange where we can facilitate competition. I like that. I like that. Mitt Romney got into a lot of trouble when he was running for president when he said, I like to be able to fire the people who provide services to me. He wasn&#x27;t saying that he likes firing people. He was saying that he likes having choice, and the insurance exchanges will facilitate choice. But there&#x27;s another side to the insurance exchanges. The insurance has to be required minimum coverage, and the government has now stepped in and says, to qualify, the insurance must cover X and must cover Y and must cover Z.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> Well, do you and I necessarily want insurance that covers all of those things? Maybe we do. Maybe we don&#x27;t. Let me give you an example that&#x27;s extreme. It shows how ridiculous this bill is so far. Walt, in my office, is 25 years old. He&#x27;s a male. His name is Walter. And he had an increase in premium almost 200 percent because one of the things they added to his policy was maternity coverage. Now, come on. Now, Walt&#x27;s a good kid. He&#x27;s not going to go out and get himself in the family way. I mean, that is ridiculous. And that&#x27;s not the only person I&#x27;ve heard that had maternity coverage built into their policy as a male. Now, maybe the government knows something we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> Ed, maybe they have figured out a way that males can get pregnant, too. Boy, I hope not. Yeah, it&#x27;s unisex insurance coverage. Same rates for men and women. Oh, man. And so us guys who are young and healthy, I&#x27;m 47. I&#x27;m still at a reasonable rate. I haven&#x27;t got my increase yet, 179 per month. But I have a higher deductible because I don&#x27;t like going to the doctor. Ed, I choose to stay away from the doctor. But I&#x27;ve always had a policy that if I ever go to the hospital, I&#x27;ll have a $10,000 deductible. Then I&#x27;ll get help paying for the bill. And to me, that&#x27;s fair. I&#x27;m taking the risk that I&#x27;m not going to get hurt. And I&#x27;m being rewarded by that with a lower premium. I&#x27;ve made a similar decision. I have high deductible coverage for my health and my family. And I&#x27;ve set up a tax strategy called a medical expense reimbursement plan that we talk about</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> in the pocket guide to Obamacare to pay the difference between the first dollar and the deductible with tax advantage dollars. I&#x27;ve made that choice based on, I think, a pretty comprehensive and sophisticated analysis of ways to finance my own health care. And you know what&#x27;s great? Whether I&#x27;m right or wrong, and I&#x27;m not wrong, but I got to make that choice for myself. And again, you mentioned the pocket guide to Obamacare. You and I have consulted in length about this. It&#x27;s 72 pages. And as a listener to the show, you can get a copy. All you have to do, no cost or obligation, give a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> Both Ed and I are certified tax coaches at CTC. I&#x27;m also a licensed health insurance agent. I haven&#x27;t sold health insurance in probably 15 years, Ed, but I&#x27;m licensed in that. And it&#x27;s funny. Now the tax world and the health world have combined in Obamacare. And, you know, it&#x27;s amazing what&#x27;s in there. But unfortunately, when you get the government involved in something, there&#x27;s something called red tape. And on page 67 of the guide, we have something called the red tape alert. Do you want to talk about that? Well, it&#x27;s just the fact that the government has come along and they&#x27;ve decided that they&#x27;re going to get more involved in delivering 16 or 17 percent of the economy. And naturally, it&#x27;s going to be red tape. We&#x27;ve got regulations. The law itself is about 2,400 pages. And, Coach, let&#x27;s confess right here to people who are going to read our pocket guide.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> Neither of us have read every page. There are going to be tens of thousands more pages of regulations issued. The government issued final regulations defining what constitutes minimum qualified coverage that we talked about a few minutes ago. That&#x27;s 140 pages. And we&#x27;re not talking big print. And there are no pictures. This is tough sledding here. So it&#x27;s going to be a lot of red tape. Those of you who have tried to access the insurance exchanges, depending on what state you&#x27;re in, if you&#x27;re in a federal exchange state, you may have spent some fruitless hours on healthcare.gov and not even been able to get in to get quotes on your insurance. That&#x27;s a common frustration. Now, the kinks will be worked out at some point.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> When you buy a software product from Microsoft, it&#x27;s not bug-free. But it&#x27;s hoops to jump through and it&#x27;s red tape to fight. You know, this bill sort of reminds me. Around holiday season, my mom had a friend who would always give her—my mom was a school teacher, by the way, so one of her teacher friends would always give her this dough. And she had to feed the dough. We put it in the refrigerator. She had to keep feeding it every day. And then she&#x27;d make cupcakes or bread with it. But you had to keep feeding the dough every single day and it would grow in the refrigerator. I think it was called friendship bread. And actually, it was the quickest way to break a friendship because you didn&#x27;t want to get rid of the bread. It kept growing and growing. And this healthcare bill is crazy right now, the way it&#x27;s growing. And people don&#x27;t know where to go. So what we help people with is with this guide, the pocket guide to Obamacare, is help you get an understanding of what&#x27;s going on right now.</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> But we also make the offer, Ed, to anyone listening, is to help you plan out where to go from here tax-wise. Do tax planning and combine that with a strategy for healthcare. And that makes a lot of sense to be informed. Puts you ahead of the pack these days, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. When it comes to tax advice, you want someone who&#x27;s not just going to record the history that you give them. You don&#x27;t want someone who&#x27;s just going to put the right numbers in the right boxes and get them on the right forms and fill them out. You want somebody who can take your information, look at what the options are, and proactively show you what you can do. Now, we tend to think of that as how we work tax planning. But with the new healthcare options, you really need an advisor who&#x27;s going to take that same proactive approach</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> towards financing healthcare. And that&#x27;s why a couple of tax guys are collaborating on the pocket guide to Obamacare. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re discussing this on the Tax Guys radio show. And, folks, again, it&#x27;s the pocket guide to Obamacare. You&#x27;re welcome to call right now. Phone lines are open. We&#x27;ve got about 20 lines waiting. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Tax Guys radio every single week at this time. Ed, I really appreciate you coming in today. Appreciate the opportunity to talk with you, Coach. Always a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll join you next week on the Tax Guys radio show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, welcome back in to the Tax Guys radio show. We have a very special guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Cincinnati, Ohio. His name is Ed Lyon. He&#x27;s a tax expert, and he&#x27;s been working together with me to put together the Pocket Guide to Obamacare. And if you&#x27;re listening to this show, there&#x27;s no cost or obligation to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s 72 pages packed with information, information you need to know. And the number to call to get a copy, that is 800-661-7383. Now, we were talking about earlier in the show, we were talking about the individual mandate and how you have to either buy insurance or pay a penalty. But there&#x27;s also an employer mandate, isn&#x27;t there, Ed? There is. This is a final piece of the whole Obamacare puzzle. And employers with more than 50 full-time equivalents, not 50 employees, but 50 full-time equivalents as determined through a bureaucratic process,</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> will be obligated to provide coverage to their employees or pay a penalty. Doesn&#x27;t mean that they have to provide the coverage. And I think we&#x27;re going to see a lot of employers just paying the penalty and being done with it. But that&#x27;s a pretty big step in America. You&#x27;ve got to pay employees. You&#x27;ve got to withhold taxes from their wages. You&#x27;ve got to provide them a safe workplace. Typically, employers will provide health benefits to their employees because they want to compete for talent. But that&#x27;s a very different thing from the government saying you must provide health care to your employees. This is the first time that&#x27;s happened. Yeah, yeah. And so that&#x27;s going to be a big step for a lot of people. And again, it&#x27;s going against what capitalism has been founded on and what the country has been founded on is individual choices, liberty and freedom for all,</p><p><strong>01:46</strong> not being told what to do by the government, especially when it relates to how to operate your business and what kind of profit you can make. Ed, it&#x27;s almost like it&#x27;s a grab for more profits. It&#x27;s a grab to redistribute income, isn&#x27;t it? You could certainly look at it that way. It&#x27;s kind of like minimum wage laws where the government says we deem that an hour of an employee&#x27;s time must be worth X dollars, regardless of whether the employee actually contributes that value to the business or not. That decision, most business owners would say, should be up to the business owner. But the government is now saying that you must also provide this benefit to full-time equivalent employees, and that doesn&#x27;t necessarily matter whether the employee is delivering the value to the employer or not.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a hamburger place and the government says you have to pay your employees double what you&#x27;re paying them now. Well, the hamburger restaurant will then have to raise the prices of their meals, and then it could be argued that people will stop going there. Therefore, the employer will have to start weighing people off. So it could end up hurting more than helping. It could end up hurting more than helping. It&#x27;s the law of unintended consequences. And boy, it wouldn&#x27;t be the first time that the government passes legislation to do one thing and finds that it accomplishes another thing. I&#x27;m a small business owner myself, and I like the freedom to choose my employees, to bargain with my employees, to decide how much their service is worth. And if they do a good job, great. They&#x27;ll get paid more because they&#x27;ll be more valuable to me.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But the government doesn&#x27;t tell me what I&#x27;ve got to pay or what sort of benefits I&#x27;ve got to offer. Yeah, I&#x27;m always trying to see. I&#x27;m the kind of guy I&#x27;m always trying to see because I had two brothers. We were separated by only 18 months apart growing up, and we would plan our attack around getting more candy or more food or getting the other brother in trouble. So I&#x27;m always looking at the end game. What&#x27;s the objective to doing something? And Brother Bob, the middle guy, would always be scheming. So a lot of times I don&#x27;t trust what the government&#x27;s saying. I don&#x27;t mind paying taxes. I pay taxes all the time, just like you do. But I don&#x27;t want to pay taxes and get nothing in return. We need to get what we pay for, in other words. And I sure don&#x27;t like the government telling us we have to pay when we have really nothing to show in return. Well, what the government wants is a healthier America.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> We spend the most amount per capita on health care of any country in the world. And we sure don&#x27;t get the healthiest Americans. Now, we could debate from now until the sun goes down, the causes, and get up early next morning and start the debate all over again. The end game that the government wants is healthier Americans at a lower cost. But as we said in the previous segment, health care is a huge part of the economy. And you&#x27;ve got regulators and bureaucrats in Washington who are writing rules that will affect millions of Americans and billions and trillions of dollars in payment for health care. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen. Yeah. And like New York City is a good example. Mayor Bloomberg was trying to control what people were eating. And its studies have shown people have gained more weight in New York City than lost.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> I mean, they have gotten fatter as a city during his term as a mayor. Now, what does that mean? It means nothing. But it sure means to me that government really can&#x27;t control what people do. Individual behavior is something that we&#x27;re all born with. It&#x27;s something that makes us Americans is our ability to choose. It&#x27;s one thing for the government to say, you know, you really shouldn&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work. And you know what? We shouldn&#x27;t, Coach. We shouldn&#x27;t. But it&#x27;s a very different thing for the mayor to say you can&#x27;t have a 40-ounce Mountain Dew on the way to work and force us to go and buy three 16-ounce Mountain Dews to get around the rule. And it would cost more money to buy a 316 instead of buying bulk. But, you know, I still would like to buy a 40-ounce if I choose but not drink at all but just because I can.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> You know, if you can do something, it makes a lot more sense. And studies have also shown that United States, we&#x27;ve been taking care of people that couldn&#x27;t afford to buy food for a long time. We have the fattest poor people in the world because we&#x27;ve been giving them fat and food. So the government needs to look at themselves before they start pointing fingers at individual citizens. Now, off my soapbox, let&#x27;s talk about this. You know, because you can get me going wild on this kind of thing. And it&#x27;s crazy because there&#x27;s so many things in this health care law. But let&#x27;s look at the insurance exchanges. This is when the different states either chose to offer their own insurance or offer the government&#x27;s insurance, right, the federal or state kind of things. Right. The goal of the insurance exchange was to give everybody a place where they could go and buy health insurance on an apples-to-apples basis.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> See, one of the problems with our health care system is most Americans don&#x27;t understand how much it costs. We don&#x27;t buy our own insurance. We get it through our employer. The employer&#x27;s insurance pays for our health care costs. We don&#x27;t know when we go to the doctor how much the total cost is. And we&#x27;re not even buying the insurance because the employer is picking the health insurance for us. Well, for people who don&#x27;t have insurance through an employer, the idea of the exchange is we&#x27;re going to set up a website where you can go. And it&#x27;s going to be like an Expedia or a Travelocity.com where you can compare different plans from different insurers on an apples-to-apples basis. So here in Ohio, I can look and I can see here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Group Health, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Humana, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from UnitedHealthcare, and here&#x27;s a bronze-level plan from Anthem.</p><p><strong>07:24</strong> And I can compare them, and I can see what I&#x27;m getting. And the idea, this is capitalism. This is the government saying we&#x27;re going to require the states to set up an exchange to facilitate competition. Or if the states don&#x27;t want to do it, we&#x27;re going to set up a federal exchange where we can facilitate competition. I like that. I like that. Mitt Romney got into a lot of trouble when he was running for president when he said, I like to be able to fire the people who provide services to me. He wasn&#x27;t saying that he likes firing people. He was saying that he likes having choice, and the insurance exchanges will facilitate choice. But there&#x27;s another side to the insurance exchanges. The insurance has to be required minimum coverage, and the government has now stepped in and says, to qualify, the insurance must cover X and must cover Y and must cover Z.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> Well, do you and I necessarily want insurance that covers all of those things? Maybe we do. Maybe we don&#x27;t. Let me give you an example that&#x27;s extreme. It shows how ridiculous this bill is so far. Walt, in my office, is 25 years old. He&#x27;s a male. His name is Walter. And he had an increase in premium almost 200 percent because one of the things they added to his policy was maternity coverage. Now, come on. Now, Walt&#x27;s a good kid. He&#x27;s not going to go out and get himself in the family way. I mean, that is ridiculous. And that&#x27;s not the only person I&#x27;ve heard that had maternity coverage built into their policy as a male. Now, maybe the government knows something we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> Ed, maybe they have figured out a way that males can get pregnant, too. Boy, I hope not. Yeah, it&#x27;s unisex insurance coverage. Same rates for men and women. Oh, man. And so us guys who are young and healthy, I&#x27;m 47. I&#x27;m still at a reasonable rate. I haven&#x27;t got my increase yet, 179 per month. But I have a higher deductible because I don&#x27;t like going to the doctor. Ed, I choose to stay away from the doctor. But I&#x27;ve always had a policy that if I ever go to the hospital, I&#x27;ll have a $10,000 deductible. Then I&#x27;ll get help paying for the bill. And to me, that&#x27;s fair. I&#x27;m taking the risk that I&#x27;m not going to get hurt. And I&#x27;m being rewarded by that with a lower premium. I&#x27;ve made a similar decision. I have high deductible coverage for my health and my family. And I&#x27;ve set up a tax strategy called a medical expense reimbursement plan that we talk about</p><p><strong>09:49</strong> in the pocket guide to Obamacare to pay the difference between the first dollar and the deductible with tax advantage dollars. I&#x27;ve made that choice based on, I think, a pretty comprehensive and sophisticated analysis of ways to finance my own health care. And you know what&#x27;s great? Whether I&#x27;m right or wrong, and I&#x27;m not wrong, but I got to make that choice for myself. And again, you mentioned the pocket guide to Obamacare. You and I have consulted in length about this. It&#x27;s 72 pages. And as a listener to the show, you can get a copy. All you have to do, no cost or obligation, give a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> Both Ed and I are certified tax coaches at CTC. I&#x27;m also a licensed health insurance agent. I haven&#x27;t sold health insurance in probably 15 years, Ed, but I&#x27;m licensed in that. And it&#x27;s funny. Now the tax world and the health world have combined in Obamacare. And, you know, it&#x27;s amazing what&#x27;s in there. But unfortunately, when you get the government involved in something, there&#x27;s something called red tape. And on page 67 of the guide, we have something called the red tape alert. Do you want to talk about that? Well, it&#x27;s just the fact that the government has come along and they&#x27;ve decided that they&#x27;re going to get more involved in delivering 16 or 17 percent of the economy. And naturally, it&#x27;s going to be red tape. We&#x27;ve got regulations. The law itself is about 2,400 pages. And, Coach, let&#x27;s confess right here to people who are going to read our pocket guide.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> Neither of us have read every page. There are going to be tens of thousands more pages of regulations issued. The government issued final regulations defining what constitutes minimum qualified coverage that we talked about a few minutes ago. That&#x27;s 140 pages. And we&#x27;re not talking big print. And there are no pictures. This is tough sledding here. So it&#x27;s going to be a lot of red tape. Those of you who have tried to access the insurance exchanges, depending on what state you&#x27;re in, if you&#x27;re in a federal exchange state, you may have spent some fruitless hours on healthcare.gov and not even been able to get in to get quotes on your insurance. That&#x27;s a common frustration. Now, the kinks will be worked out at some point.</p><p><strong>12:13</strong> When you buy a software product from Microsoft, it&#x27;s not bug-free. But it&#x27;s hoops to jump through and it&#x27;s red tape to fight. You know, this bill sort of reminds me. Around holiday season, my mom had a friend who would always give her—my mom was a school teacher, by the way, so one of her teacher friends would always give her this dough. And she had to feed the dough. We put it in the refrigerator. She had to keep feeding it every day. And then she&#x27;d make cupcakes or bread with it. But you had to keep feeding the dough every single day and it would grow in the refrigerator. I think it was called friendship bread. And actually, it was the quickest way to break a friendship because you didn&#x27;t want to get rid of the bread. It kept growing and growing. And this healthcare bill is crazy right now, the way it&#x27;s growing. And people don&#x27;t know where to go. So what we help people with is with this guide, the pocket guide to Obamacare, is help you get an understanding of what&#x27;s going on right now.</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> But we also make the offer, Ed, to anyone listening, is to help you plan out where to go from here tax-wise. Do tax planning and combine that with a strategy for healthcare. And that makes a lot of sense to be informed. Puts you ahead of the pack these days, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. When it comes to tax advice, you want someone who&#x27;s not just going to record the history that you give them. You don&#x27;t want someone who&#x27;s just going to put the right numbers in the right boxes and get them on the right forms and fill them out. You want somebody who can take your information, look at what the options are, and proactively show you what you can do. Now, we tend to think of that as how we work tax planning. But with the new healthcare options, you really need an advisor who&#x27;s going to take that same proactive approach</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> towards financing healthcare. And that&#x27;s why a couple of tax guys are collaborating on the pocket guide to Obamacare. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re discussing this on the Tax Guys radio show. And, folks, again, it&#x27;s the pocket guide to Obamacare. You&#x27;re welcome to call right now. Phone lines are open. We&#x27;ve got about 20 lines waiting. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Tax Guys radio every single week at this time. Ed, I really appreciate you coming in today. Appreciate the opportunity to talk with you, Coach. Always a pleasure. And, folks, we&#x27;ll join you next week on the Tax Guys radio show.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ed Lyon’s October 2013 discussion with Coach Pete continues on the Tax Guys radio show. Part two explores employer options, taxes, and the healthcare planning questions behind The Pocket Guide to Obamacare.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ed Lyon</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ed Lyon, tax planning, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/image.jpg?t=1792072514&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/image.jpg?t=1792072514&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Oct 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>868</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2c7744a4-569e-4c59-abed-b4e2016193d4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13915739" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-lyon-the-pocket-guide-to-obamacare-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>149</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Pocket Guide to Obamacare" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:07" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:35" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix: Instant Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix: Instant Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix join Coach Pete to discuss Instant Retirement and the questions that come with an inheritance or windfall. They explore turning a sudden financial change into a considered retirement plan. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So I read a lot, and I&#x27;ve got in my hands here a copy of a book that I&#x27;ve been reading lately. It&#x27;s called Instant Retirement. And I remember back in the day where before we had these great coffee makers, mom used to make coffee and a couple scoops of something, spoonfuls, into a glass and then some hot water and made instant coffee, and it wasn&#x27;t that good. But Instant Retirement here, this book, is a way to transform your inheritance or windfall into retirement dreams. And this is a relevant topic these days because we hear, I mean, it seems like almost every week, someone falls into some money, people we know. Unfortunately, it&#x27;s never me. But we&#x27;ve got the authors of the book. We&#x27;ve got Vicki Pettix and Paul Bode, and they&#x27;re joining us from San Diego. Guys, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the book. You know, why did you write the book to begin with?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Did you have people come in and say they needed some help on what to do with money, or what was the catalyst to writing this book? The big reason is the change in the economic environment that started back in 2008. You know, in San Diego, a lot of people&#x27;s homes doubled and tripled in value 10 years ago, and people&#x27;s 401K was doing pretty well. And then we get the crisis in 2008, and they&#x27;d lose their money in their 401K. A lot of people lost their house, and then they would inherit money or something would trigger. In the old days, people would come into our office, and by the time they got to us, they had already spent their inheritance or whatever windfall they got. Well, now they come in, and they basically say, you know, this inheritance is my retirement,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and I can&#x27;t afford to lose it, and I need to be really smart. So we kind of saw a change in people&#x27;s mentality about their monies and various windfalls that they were getting. And it&#x27;s still going on. It&#x27;s still very pertinent. We see this a lot with professional athletes. I mean, they have, in effect, a windfall because they&#x27;re getting paid a whole lot of money, but that stream ends very quickly, doesn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I mean, everything&#x27;s relative. You know, what&#x27;s a lot of money to one person might not be so much to another, but without good planning and forethought, you know, especially if you look at the professional athletes and their situation, they haven&#x27;t had any experience or maybe they don&#x27;t get good advice,</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and the next thing they know, they&#x27;re filing for bankruptcy. Yeah. And Mike Tyson&#x27;s a good example of that. I mean, when you look at it, there&#x27;s a big list of people we&#x27;ve seen on TV, actors, actresses, athletes, and maybe lottery winners. I mean, there was a case a couple years ago about a guy in Wisconsin who won millions of dollars in the lottery, and then he ended up suing the state of Wisconsin&#x27;s lottery system because after he spent all the money, he was poorer after he spent all the money than he was before he won the lottery. A lot of mistakes made with money. Yeah, it&#x27;s interesting how sometimes we look to blame somebody else for something, but the truth of the matter is that you&#x27;ve got to take responsibility for your own financial well-being, and without putting some time and energy in and giving it the attention that it deserves,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> it doesn&#x27;t matter how much money you have, as we&#x27;ve seen with a lot of lottery winners. In fact, the statistics show that most lottery winners end up back to where they started. Now, we have a lot of current and former coaches and players listening to our show, but the average listener out there doesn&#x27;t have a gigantic amount of money put aside. So what they inherit or what they fall into is a big windfall for them. So with that being in mind, when we&#x27;re talking about your book, this book is just not for people who have multimillion dollars that they&#x27;ve inherited. It&#x27;s for most anybody. Who should be reading this book? Anybody that cares about their finances, that wants to avoid mistakes before they invest. We try to make the book where it intellectually stimulates them to gain more information and make really good decisions.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> It could be somebody with $50,000 or a $200,000 retirement. Again, like Vicki said, it&#x27;s all relative. And it&#x27;s about trying to help folks understand that it&#x27;s kind of like your physical health, your financial health. In order to take care of it, you&#x27;ve got to make smart decisions. And it&#x27;s not a fad or a period of doing things the right way. It becomes a lifestyle. It&#x27;s a matter of learning how to make the right decisions and getting assistance in doing that. Now, myself, I have three or four books. I lose track. I think four books now on Amazon.com. And every now and then I&#x27;ll go on Amazon and search my name and see my books. And then it&#x27;ll say, see other books on this topic. And, of course, financial topics are all over the place.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And there&#x27;s millions and millions of books out there. So for the listener who&#x27;s trying to decide, maybe they&#x27;re looking for Christmas gifts for someone to give, someone in the family, a good book on money, what makes your book stand out from all the other investment and retirement books that are out there? Well, you know, the thing about our book, and it probably speaks to how, you know, the kind of people that Paul and I are, it&#x27;s not a super technical book. It really talks to the whole person. And it&#x27;s very easy to understand. There&#x27;s a lot of stories in there. We&#x27;ve been at this financial planning business for a number of years. And we&#x27;ve seen a lot of people make poor decisions. And so there&#x27;s a lot of experiential stories in there that we wanted to share that we, you know, so people know that, you know, they&#x27;re not alone.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And we&#x27;re just trying to help folks understand, you know, what to do right and help teach them. You know, we&#x27;re not trying to tell them through this book what investments to buy. That&#x27;s not the point of it. The point of it is to help them understand that they have to take a holistic approach to, you know, to taking care of their financial well-being. And we try to make it a very, very common sense book. Like Vicki said, this is not a highly intellectual book. It&#x27;s not highly stimulating. It&#x27;s just common sense, very easy to read. And you can read it, you know, in about two hours. We didn&#x27;t want it to be something that was going to take forever to read. Now, have you seen a lot of people, I know you guys are financial planners and you see people almost every day.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Have you seen people who should have been fine if they had done the right thing, get themselves in trouble with money because they didn&#x27;t take the right steps? Over and over. All the time. Yeah. What are some of the biggest mistakes you see? Before they seek advice, buying that big expensive car or a second home, remodeling their house, setting themselves up in a lifestyle that they could afford to put money out for, but they can&#x27;t pay the bills afterwards. They can&#x27;t sustain. They can&#x27;t sustain. The other thing we see a lot of is where they just make very poor, you know, investment decisions based on a fad or trying to make a big buck.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> I think to sum it up is, you know, the people that make the gravest mistakes are the people that take the shotgun approach. And they kind of wing it. They wing things. And that might work, you know, on a particular play in football or something like that, you know, when you&#x27;re under the gun and you&#x27;ve got to make a decision. But when you&#x27;re talking about your financial well-being, you really ought to give it the attention it deserves and make a plan and have a strategy and stick to it. And have a team of people, advisors. You get a team on your side. So, I mean, when we talk about when people are approaching retirement now, I mean, there aren&#x27;t any real good how-to manuals on how to make sure they have income through retirement.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> Do you guys see a lot of people who don&#x27;t understand the income planning aspect of what you&#x27;ve built up through your working years? And how important is it to make sure that people set up streams of income they can&#x27;t outlive? Very important. And we address that in the book about, you know, the safe withdrawal rate. And there&#x27;s a lot of, you know, different white papers and things written on that. But the biggest thing is to, you know, do some number crunching. And a lot of times people will come to us, even with a windfall, it might be, you know, 60, 65 years old. Longevity&#x27;s 30 years out now or even longer. And you better do the numbers based on your lifestyle to determine if you can retire and or do you need to downsize now. And just, you know.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> And it&#x27;s not a one-time process. It&#x27;s not a one-time event, this planning. You know, things change. And so you&#x27;ve got to be willing to, you know, to stay on top of it and continually update numbers. We&#x27;re talking to the authors of Instant Retirement, Transform Your Inheritance or Windfall into Your Retirement Dreams. And it&#x27;s Vicki Pettix and Paul Bode. Any final words, guys? You know, surround yourself with people that support this kind of thinking. And if you can&#x27;t do that, realize that you&#x27;re going to, you should be a salmon going upstream, you know, going against the current. Because in order to be successful financially, you&#x27;ve got to make smart decisions and you&#x27;ve got to surround yourself with good people that can help you along the way.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And so I think that&#x27;s the best advice we can give folks is surround yourself with people that are going to help you, that you trust, and just make that your lifestyle. And monitor. Continue to monitor. Yeah, because if you ignore things, sometimes they&#x27;re not going to get better or they might get worse. You don&#x27;t even know it. Folks, again, the name of the book, Instant Retirement. And if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety or share with your family or friends, you can hear it again on FinancialSafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Thanks for your time today, guys. Thanks, Coach. Thanks, Coach. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix join Coach Pete to discuss Instant Retirement and the questions that come with an inheritance or windfall. They explore turning a sudden financial change into a considered retirement plan. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So I read a lot, and I&#x27;ve got in my hands here a copy of a book that I&#x27;ve been reading lately. It&#x27;s called Instant Retirement. And I remember back in the day where before we had these great coffee makers, mom used to make coffee and a couple scoops of something, spoonfuls, into a glass and then some hot water and made instant coffee, and it wasn&#x27;t that good. But Instant Retirement here, this book, is a way to transform your inheritance or windfall into retirement dreams. And this is a relevant topic these days because we hear, I mean, it seems like almost every week, someone falls into some money, people we know. Unfortunately, it&#x27;s never me. But we&#x27;ve got the authors of the book. We&#x27;ve got Vicki Pettix and Paul Bode, and they&#x27;re joining us from San Diego. Guys, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the book. You know, why did you write the book to begin with?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Did you have people come in and say they needed some help on what to do with money, or what was the catalyst to writing this book? The big reason is the change in the economic environment that started back in 2008. You know, in San Diego, a lot of people&#x27;s homes doubled and tripled in value 10 years ago, and people&#x27;s 401K was doing pretty well. And then we get the crisis in 2008, and they&#x27;d lose their money in their 401K. A lot of people lost their house, and then they would inherit money or something would trigger. In the old days, people would come into our office, and by the time they got to us, they had already spent their inheritance or whatever windfall they got. Well, now they come in, and they basically say, you know, this inheritance is my retirement,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> and I can&#x27;t afford to lose it, and I need to be really smart. So we kind of saw a change in people&#x27;s mentality about their monies and various windfalls that they were getting. And it&#x27;s still going on. It&#x27;s still very pertinent. We see this a lot with professional athletes. I mean, they have, in effect, a windfall because they&#x27;re getting paid a whole lot of money, but that stream ends very quickly, doesn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I mean, everything&#x27;s relative. You know, what&#x27;s a lot of money to one person might not be so much to another, but without good planning and forethought, you know, especially if you look at the professional athletes and their situation, they haven&#x27;t had any experience or maybe they don&#x27;t get good advice,</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> and the next thing they know, they&#x27;re filing for bankruptcy. Yeah. And Mike Tyson&#x27;s a good example of that. I mean, when you look at it, there&#x27;s a big list of people we&#x27;ve seen on TV, actors, actresses, athletes, and maybe lottery winners. I mean, there was a case a couple years ago about a guy in Wisconsin who won millions of dollars in the lottery, and then he ended up suing the state of Wisconsin&#x27;s lottery system because after he spent all the money, he was poorer after he spent all the money than he was before he won the lottery. A lot of mistakes made with money. Yeah, it&#x27;s interesting how sometimes we look to blame somebody else for something, but the truth of the matter is that you&#x27;ve got to take responsibility for your own financial well-being, and without putting some time and energy in and giving it the attention that it deserves,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> it doesn&#x27;t matter how much money you have, as we&#x27;ve seen with a lot of lottery winners. In fact, the statistics show that most lottery winners end up back to where they started. Now, we have a lot of current and former coaches and players listening to our show, but the average listener out there doesn&#x27;t have a gigantic amount of money put aside. So what they inherit or what they fall into is a big windfall for them. So with that being in mind, when we&#x27;re talking about your book, this book is just not for people who have multimillion dollars that they&#x27;ve inherited. It&#x27;s for most anybody. Who should be reading this book? Anybody that cares about their finances, that wants to avoid mistakes before they invest. We try to make the book where it intellectually stimulates them to gain more information and make really good decisions.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> It could be somebody with $50,000 or a $200,000 retirement. Again, like Vicki said, it&#x27;s all relative. And it&#x27;s about trying to help folks understand that it&#x27;s kind of like your physical health, your financial health. In order to take care of it, you&#x27;ve got to make smart decisions. And it&#x27;s not a fad or a period of doing things the right way. It becomes a lifestyle. It&#x27;s a matter of learning how to make the right decisions and getting assistance in doing that. Now, myself, I have three or four books. I lose track. I think four books now on Amazon.com. And every now and then I&#x27;ll go on Amazon and search my name and see my books. And then it&#x27;ll say, see other books on this topic. And, of course, financial topics are all over the place.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> And there&#x27;s millions and millions of books out there. So for the listener who&#x27;s trying to decide, maybe they&#x27;re looking for Christmas gifts for someone to give, someone in the family, a good book on money, what makes your book stand out from all the other investment and retirement books that are out there? Well, you know, the thing about our book, and it probably speaks to how, you know, the kind of people that Paul and I are, it&#x27;s not a super technical book. It really talks to the whole person. And it&#x27;s very easy to understand. There&#x27;s a lot of stories in there. We&#x27;ve been at this financial planning business for a number of years. And we&#x27;ve seen a lot of people make poor decisions. And so there&#x27;s a lot of experiential stories in there that we wanted to share that we, you know, so people know that, you know, they&#x27;re not alone.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> And we&#x27;re just trying to help folks understand, you know, what to do right and help teach them. You know, we&#x27;re not trying to tell them through this book what investments to buy. That&#x27;s not the point of it. The point of it is to help them understand that they have to take a holistic approach to, you know, to taking care of their financial well-being. And we try to make it a very, very common sense book. Like Vicki said, this is not a highly intellectual book. It&#x27;s not highly stimulating. It&#x27;s just common sense, very easy to read. And you can read it, you know, in about two hours. We didn&#x27;t want it to be something that was going to take forever to read. Now, have you seen a lot of people, I know you guys are financial planners and you see people almost every day.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> Have you seen people who should have been fine if they had done the right thing, get themselves in trouble with money because they didn&#x27;t take the right steps? Over and over. All the time. Yeah. What are some of the biggest mistakes you see? Before they seek advice, buying that big expensive car or a second home, remodeling their house, setting themselves up in a lifestyle that they could afford to put money out for, but they can&#x27;t pay the bills afterwards. They can&#x27;t sustain. They can&#x27;t sustain. The other thing we see a lot of is where they just make very poor, you know, investment decisions based on a fad or trying to make a big buck.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> I think to sum it up is, you know, the people that make the gravest mistakes are the people that take the shotgun approach. And they kind of wing it. They wing things. And that might work, you know, on a particular play in football or something like that, you know, when you&#x27;re under the gun and you&#x27;ve got to make a decision. But when you&#x27;re talking about your financial well-being, you really ought to give it the attention it deserves and make a plan and have a strategy and stick to it. And have a team of people, advisors. You get a team on your side. So, I mean, when we talk about when people are approaching retirement now, I mean, there aren&#x27;t any real good how-to manuals on how to make sure they have income through retirement.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> Do you guys see a lot of people who don&#x27;t understand the income planning aspect of what you&#x27;ve built up through your working years? And how important is it to make sure that people set up streams of income they can&#x27;t outlive? Very important. And we address that in the book about, you know, the safe withdrawal rate. And there&#x27;s a lot of, you know, different white papers and things written on that. But the biggest thing is to, you know, do some number crunching. And a lot of times people will come to us, even with a windfall, it might be, you know, 60, 65 years old. Longevity&#x27;s 30 years out now or even longer. And you better do the numbers based on your lifestyle to determine if you can retire and or do you need to downsize now. And just, you know.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> And it&#x27;s not a one-time process. It&#x27;s not a one-time event, this planning. You know, things change. And so you&#x27;ve got to be willing to, you know, to stay on top of it and continually update numbers. We&#x27;re talking to the authors of Instant Retirement, Transform Your Inheritance or Windfall into Your Retirement Dreams. And it&#x27;s Vicki Pettix and Paul Bode. Any final words, guys? You know, surround yourself with people that support this kind of thinking. And if you can&#x27;t do that, realize that you&#x27;re going to, you should be a salmon going upstream, you know, going against the current. Because in order to be successful financially, you&#x27;ve got to make smart decisions and you&#x27;ve got to surround yourself with good people that can help you along the way.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And so I think that&#x27;s the best advice we can give folks is surround yourself with people that are going to help you, that you trust, and just make that your lifestyle. And monitor. Continue to monitor. Yeah, because if you ignore things, sometimes they&#x27;re not going to get better or they might get worse. You don&#x27;t even know it. Folks, again, the name of the book, Instant Retirement. And if you joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety or share with your family or friends, you can hear it again on FinancialSafari.com. Click on the As Heard on the Show icon. Thanks for your time today, guys. Thanks, Coach. Thanks, Coach. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix join Coach Pete to discuss Instant Retirement and the questions that come with an inheritance or windfall. They explore turning a sudden financial change into a considered retirement plan. Recorded September 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix</category>
      <category>Paul Botte</category>
      <category>Vickie Petix</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Paul Botte and Vickie Petix, Paul Botte, Vickie Petix, retirement planning, estate planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e/image.jpg?t=1792072463&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/paul-botte-and-vickie-petix-instant-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e/image.jpg?t=1792072463&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 Sep 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>618</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1a5af93c-b480-44ee-af68-b4e20165fc3e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9919618" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/paul-botte-and-vickie-petix-instant-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>150</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Instant Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Woloshin: Income Planning and Managing Risk</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Woloshin: Income Planning and Managing Risk</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Woloshin joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income, investment risk, and the choices families face when they want income without taking more risk than they can handle. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So today I thought we&#x27;d talk about one of the common concerns that&#x27;s out there for folks, and it&#x27;s how to get a good income without putting your money at too much risk. In other words, reducing your risk, but also getting income. And we have a money manager that&#x27;s joining us live in studio. His name is Mike Wallachian. He&#x27;s from Wallachian Investment Management out of New Jersey. Mike, welcome in. Well, thank you so much. Glad to be here. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your firm. You&#x27;ve got about 30 years experience in the financial world, so you&#x27;ve seen some ups and downs in the cycles of the market. You&#x27;ve also seen people reach retirement and raise their hands up in air, and that white flag sometimes surrendering to the market or surrendering to the financial world because they don&#x27;t know how to get income with their portfolio, do they? Well, you know, that&#x27;s a big problem, and we see it every day. In my 30 years of investment experience managing clients&#x27; monies,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> we focus on retirees and pre-retirees, and basically with the big box Wall Street firms, and what they&#x27;re recommending is doing the same. We think there&#x27;s an investment mountain on here, and the one side of that investment mountain is where you&#x27;re focusing on accumulation. But once you&#x27;re a retiree, Coach Pete, or a pre-retiree, you&#x27;re at that peak of that mountain, and basically you&#x27;re on the other side. And that other side of the mountain is where we need to focus on income, consistent and regular predictable income, and a little bit more capital safety. When you talk about the investment mountain, I used to watch The Price is Right a lot of times, and it was one game that Bob Barker would have them play, the contestants, and it would be a little climber, and if they guessed The Price right, The Climber would go up the mountain, but not too fast and not too far. If they overguessed The Price or came out wrong,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> The Climber would come up to the top of the mountain and fall off the other side. And that brings up the theory there that more people die on the way down from Mount Everest than climbing up to the top. And that could be parallel to retirement. A lot of people do a great job of building their money up for retirement, and then when we get to retirement, they don&#x27;t do the right things, do they, Mike? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s a slippery slope, and in the investment climate out there, it&#x27;s kind of like swimming with the sharks. Yeah, it is. There&#x27;s some danger out there, and the old advisor that helped you accumulate this might not be the exact advisor or the correct advisor to get you to that other side of the mountain, where you need that income, where you need that capital stability. The old advisor might not be the one for you today. Now, market volatility, one of the big enemies for folks</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> as they get close to retirement or in retirement, isn&#x27;t it? Well, market volatility can affect you directly. If your capital depreciates or what we like to call when your account values are going down, that could be negative dollar cost averaging on your account. That could be some problems. So, I mean, when I&#x27;m talking to people throughout the nation, the main concern they express to me when they get close to retirement or even when they&#x27;re in retirement is how they&#x27;re going to get income from their portfolio. And you&#x27;ve seen this, too, and actually you devised a process that enables people to get income with reduced risk. We&#x27;ve created at Waller&#x27;s Investment Management, which we call WIM, Waller&#x27;s Investment Management, WIM, we&#x27;ve created the WIM income portfolio. And this portfolio is completely owned by the client. We&#x27;re the registered investment advisor.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> As an institutional portfolio manager, we&#x27;re able to seek out fantastic securities that will pay, on a regular basis, high-yield income. Okay, when we say high yields, do we have a ballpark range of the high yields of the income? Well, it&#x27;s more than that normal, and we&#x27;re getting these particular rates and good returns. And we&#x27;re able to put together a portfolio where retirees and pre-retirees, working with their financial advisor, are able to achieve a significant income on a predictable, regular, monthly basis. So when we hear this term, high yields, and I know I&#x27;m speaking for most everyone listening, they hear high yields, they&#x27;re thinking high risk. How do you do high yields, or how do you accomplish the high yield factor</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> without putting too much money at risk? Well, we diversify the portfolio in a number of different ways. We diversify in asset class through stocks, bonds, and other financial securities. And everything that we do is publicly traded so that we have information just like everyone else does. But as an institutional portfolio manager, we don&#x27;t have an inside track, but we have additional tracks where we get a lot of information directly from the companies that we invest in. What I like about why you became on my radar screen is what I like about what you do is you actually have an income plan built into a managed platform. You know, usually when people are talking about taking risk in the market, they&#x27;re throwing their money in the market, even if they have a money manager, hoping, number one, they don&#x27;t lose money,</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> and number two, hoping the money grows, and number three, hoping they can take money out of that money and not have the money shrink too much for income, in other words. How do you accomplish all three of those things, Mike, without having too much money at risk? What&#x27;s great about that concept that you just mentioned, Coach, is that we work hand-in-hand with the client and the client&#x27;s investment advisor. This is so important, that the clients have an investment advisor to help guide them, help build their plan, and we are complementary to that plan. So if they focus on their safe money with their financial advisor, given their investment objectives and income needs, the financial advisor, along with the client, partners with us, and we can help develop</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> and implement our side of the equation to provide the income stream that clients need. Yeah, a good house has a good solid floor. It&#x27;s got walls to protect you and also a roof to protect you from the outside elements. And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement planning, you need to have a floor, and we use safe money, completely safe money, either bonds, annuities, or even money market accounts for that income for the first five or so years in the bucketing strategy, we call it. But money we can put away for a longer term, I think your money platform works well with that, especially if it&#x27;s kicking off income every year. Because your portfolio automatically starts kicking off income, and if it works right, it doesn&#x27;t affect the principal either, does it? Well, what&#x27;s great about our planning, along with your financial advisor, is that our portfolio can generate</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> a steady stream of predictable income. Also, there&#x27;s what we like to call in our industry, liquidity. So if a client needs additional funds, there&#x27;s no penalties to pull the money out or anything, but basically you can get a solid, predictable income stream that can help you with your retirement, and it complements the safe money strategies. And I&#x27;ve seen it in writing, and it looks very, very good. And now, what&#x27;s a typical client for your firm? Our typical client is someone who&#x27;s a retiree or a pre-retiree that&#x27;s looking for that steady stream of income. Perhaps they might not have a pension, or they&#x27;re delaying their Social Security. A lot of the advisors out there are very good at Social Security optimization and safe money strategies. We work with that advisor.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> We utilize the strategies that we have and couple that with the investment advisor&#x27;s strategic income suggestions, and we could provide that income for the client. Our monies pay monthly, and we could start the income stream in about three, four months. These incomes are coming from interest, dividends, and distributions from the securities we are managing. But it makes a lot of sense to me, because, I mean, no one should have all their eggs in one basket. I believe someone should have some money in a totally safe place, but I also believe they should have what I call higher horsepower models for some of their money, and without taking too much risk. I mean, you know, anyone can gamble in the market, and they either, there&#x27;s only three things the market can do. It can go down, it can go sideways, or it can go up. So two out of three of those choices</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> aren&#x27;t appealing, are they? Not to many of us. So if the odds are one-third in your favor and two-third against you, why do people continue to throw money into the market with no plan, Mike? Well, what&#x27;s interesting is the old way of doing things, while you&#x27;re accumulating your money, the typical way is a total return strategy, where if you have $100,000 and you make $10,000, you&#x27;ve made 10% total return. But if you need money or an income stream, there&#x27;s only one way to get the money out of the portfolio with your old advisor. And that&#x27;s having to sell something. With the WIM income portfolio, you don&#x27;t have to sell because you&#x27;re getting a constant, steady income stream from the securities that we&#x27;re managing for you. All your securities are custodied at TD Ameritrade. So you have constant access,</p><p><strong>08:28</strong> 24-7 internet. And we like the way we manage because this constant flow of income is predictable and consistent. And what happens is you can plan around that. Having the money custodialized at, is that a word, Mike? Custodialized? Using Ameritrade? We&#x27;ll take it. We&#x27;ll create that word, Coach. It&#x27;s fine. TD Ameritrade. Well, when you think about it, and that&#x27;s what people didn&#x27;t do with Bernie Madoff. They wrote checks to Bernie Madoff, and he supposedly managed the money. Having TD Ameritrade look after the money means there&#x27;s no funny business being done, in other words. No funny business. We have no access to the assets. TD Ameritrade is the custodian of our clients&#x27; monies. Very important. And folks, I mean, if you&#x27;re out there listening, you&#x27;ve had, maybe you&#x27;ve got a money manager, but he&#x27;s never talked about income for you</p><p><strong>09:14</strong> or even safe money. If you call in the next 10 minutes, or let&#x27;s take this, Tyler, let&#x27;s do this. The phone line&#x27;s been lighting up today. Let&#x27;s take the next 25 callers to 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. We will do for you your very own WIM income customized example based on where you are right now, what you have, and what your goals are. We&#x27;ll put together a plan that makes sense to you. Again, 800-661-7383. Mike, you&#x27;ve told me before when people actually sit down and understand what their money&#x27;s going to do for them in the future, they are tremendously satisfied, aren&#x27;t they? 100%. Thank you so much. Yeah, again, folks, 800-661-7383. Find out about what your money should and could be doing for you</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> in the next 20, 30, 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Yeah, that&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Woloshin joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income, investment risk, and the choices families face when they want income without taking more risk than they can handle. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So today I thought we&#x27;d talk about one of the common concerns that&#x27;s out there for folks, and it&#x27;s how to get a good income without putting your money at too much risk. In other words, reducing your risk, but also getting income. And we have a money manager that&#x27;s joining us live in studio. His name is Mike Wallachian. He&#x27;s from Wallachian Investment Management out of New Jersey. Mike, welcome in. Well, thank you so much. Glad to be here. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s talk about your firm. You&#x27;ve got about 30 years experience in the financial world, so you&#x27;ve seen some ups and downs in the cycles of the market. You&#x27;ve also seen people reach retirement and raise their hands up in air, and that white flag sometimes surrendering to the market or surrendering to the financial world because they don&#x27;t know how to get income with their portfolio, do they? Well, you know, that&#x27;s a big problem, and we see it every day. In my 30 years of investment experience managing clients&#x27; monies,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> we focus on retirees and pre-retirees, and basically with the big box Wall Street firms, and what they&#x27;re recommending is doing the same. We think there&#x27;s an investment mountain on here, and the one side of that investment mountain is where you&#x27;re focusing on accumulation. But once you&#x27;re a retiree, Coach Pete, or a pre-retiree, you&#x27;re at that peak of that mountain, and basically you&#x27;re on the other side. And that other side of the mountain is where we need to focus on income, consistent and regular predictable income, and a little bit more capital safety. When you talk about the investment mountain, I used to watch The Price is Right a lot of times, and it was one game that Bob Barker would have them play, the contestants, and it would be a little climber, and if they guessed The Price right, The Climber would go up the mountain, but not too fast and not too far. If they overguessed The Price or came out wrong,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> The Climber would come up to the top of the mountain and fall off the other side. And that brings up the theory there that more people die on the way down from Mount Everest than climbing up to the top. And that could be parallel to retirement. A lot of people do a great job of building their money up for retirement, and then when we get to retirement, they don&#x27;t do the right things, do they, Mike? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. It&#x27;s a slippery slope, and in the investment climate out there, it&#x27;s kind of like swimming with the sharks. Yeah, it is. There&#x27;s some danger out there, and the old advisor that helped you accumulate this might not be the exact advisor or the correct advisor to get you to that other side of the mountain, where you need that income, where you need that capital stability. The old advisor might not be the one for you today. Now, market volatility, one of the big enemies for folks</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> as they get close to retirement or in retirement, isn&#x27;t it? Well, market volatility can affect you directly. If your capital depreciates or what we like to call when your account values are going down, that could be negative dollar cost averaging on your account. That could be some problems. So, I mean, when I&#x27;m talking to people throughout the nation, the main concern they express to me when they get close to retirement or even when they&#x27;re in retirement is how they&#x27;re going to get income from their portfolio. And you&#x27;ve seen this, too, and actually you devised a process that enables people to get income with reduced risk. We&#x27;ve created at Waller&#x27;s Investment Management, which we call WIM, Waller&#x27;s Investment Management, WIM, we&#x27;ve created the WIM income portfolio. And this portfolio is completely owned by the client. We&#x27;re the registered investment advisor.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> As an institutional portfolio manager, we&#x27;re able to seek out fantastic securities that will pay, on a regular basis, high-yield income. Okay, when we say high yields, do we have a ballpark range of the high yields of the income? Well, it&#x27;s more than that normal, and we&#x27;re getting these particular rates and good returns. And we&#x27;re able to put together a portfolio where retirees and pre-retirees, working with their financial advisor, are able to achieve a significant income on a predictable, regular, monthly basis. So when we hear this term, high yields, and I know I&#x27;m speaking for most everyone listening, they hear high yields, they&#x27;re thinking high risk. How do you do high yields, or how do you accomplish the high yield factor</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> without putting too much money at risk? Well, we diversify the portfolio in a number of different ways. We diversify in asset class through stocks, bonds, and other financial securities. And everything that we do is publicly traded so that we have information just like everyone else does. But as an institutional portfolio manager, we don&#x27;t have an inside track, but we have additional tracks where we get a lot of information directly from the companies that we invest in. What I like about why you became on my radar screen is what I like about what you do is you actually have an income plan built into a managed platform. You know, usually when people are talking about taking risk in the market, they&#x27;re throwing their money in the market, even if they have a money manager, hoping, number one, they don&#x27;t lose money,</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> and number two, hoping the money grows, and number three, hoping they can take money out of that money and not have the money shrink too much for income, in other words. How do you accomplish all three of those things, Mike, without having too much money at risk? What&#x27;s great about that concept that you just mentioned, Coach, is that we work hand-in-hand with the client and the client&#x27;s investment advisor. This is so important, that the clients have an investment advisor to help guide them, help build their plan, and we are complementary to that plan. So if they focus on their safe money with their financial advisor, given their investment objectives and income needs, the financial advisor, along with the client, partners with us, and we can help develop</p><p><strong>05:23</strong> and implement our side of the equation to provide the income stream that clients need. Yeah, a good house has a good solid floor. It&#x27;s got walls to protect you and also a roof to protect you from the outside elements. And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement planning, you need to have a floor, and we use safe money, completely safe money, either bonds, annuities, or even money market accounts for that income for the first five or so years in the bucketing strategy, we call it. But money we can put away for a longer term, I think your money platform works well with that, especially if it&#x27;s kicking off income every year. Because your portfolio automatically starts kicking off income, and if it works right, it doesn&#x27;t affect the principal either, does it? Well, what&#x27;s great about our planning, along with your financial advisor, is that our portfolio can generate</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> a steady stream of predictable income. Also, there&#x27;s what we like to call in our industry, liquidity. So if a client needs additional funds, there&#x27;s no penalties to pull the money out or anything, but basically you can get a solid, predictable income stream that can help you with your retirement, and it complements the safe money strategies. And I&#x27;ve seen it in writing, and it looks very, very good. And now, what&#x27;s a typical client for your firm? Our typical client is someone who&#x27;s a retiree or a pre-retiree that&#x27;s looking for that steady stream of income. Perhaps they might not have a pension, or they&#x27;re delaying their Social Security. A lot of the advisors out there are very good at Social Security optimization and safe money strategies. We work with that advisor.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> We utilize the strategies that we have and couple that with the investment advisor&#x27;s strategic income suggestions, and we could provide that income for the client. Our monies pay monthly, and we could start the income stream in about three, four months. These incomes are coming from interest, dividends, and distributions from the securities we are managing. But it makes a lot of sense to me, because, I mean, no one should have all their eggs in one basket. I believe someone should have some money in a totally safe place, but I also believe they should have what I call higher horsepower models for some of their money, and without taking too much risk. I mean, you know, anyone can gamble in the market, and they either, there&#x27;s only three things the market can do. It can go down, it can go sideways, or it can go up. So two out of three of those choices</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> aren&#x27;t appealing, are they? Not to many of us. So if the odds are one-third in your favor and two-third against you, why do people continue to throw money into the market with no plan, Mike? Well, what&#x27;s interesting is the old way of doing things, while you&#x27;re accumulating your money, the typical way is a total return strategy, where if you have $100,000 and you make $10,000, you&#x27;ve made 10% total return. But if you need money or an income stream, there&#x27;s only one way to get the money out of the portfolio with your old advisor. And that&#x27;s having to sell something. With the WIM income portfolio, you don&#x27;t have to sell because you&#x27;re getting a constant, steady income stream from the securities that we&#x27;re managing for you. All your securities are custodied at TD Ameritrade. So you have constant access,</p><p><strong>08:28</strong> 24-7 internet. And we like the way we manage because this constant flow of income is predictable and consistent. And what happens is you can plan around that. Having the money custodialized at, is that a word, Mike? Custodialized? Using Ameritrade? We&#x27;ll take it. We&#x27;ll create that word, Coach. It&#x27;s fine. TD Ameritrade. Well, when you think about it, and that&#x27;s what people didn&#x27;t do with Bernie Madoff. They wrote checks to Bernie Madoff, and he supposedly managed the money. Having TD Ameritrade look after the money means there&#x27;s no funny business being done, in other words. No funny business. We have no access to the assets. TD Ameritrade is the custodian of our clients&#x27; monies. Very important. And folks, I mean, if you&#x27;re out there listening, you&#x27;ve had, maybe you&#x27;ve got a money manager, but he&#x27;s never talked about income for you</p><p><strong>09:14</strong> or even safe money. If you call in the next 10 minutes, or let&#x27;s take this, Tyler, let&#x27;s do this. The phone line&#x27;s been lighting up today. Let&#x27;s take the next 25 callers to 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. We will do for you your very own WIM income customized example based on where you are right now, what you have, and what your goals are. We&#x27;ll put together a plan that makes sense to you. Again, 800-661-7383. Mike, you&#x27;ve told me before when people actually sit down and understand what their money&#x27;s going to do for them in the future, they are tremendously satisfied, aren&#x27;t they? 100%. Thank you so much. Yeah, again, folks, 800-661-7383. Find out about what your money should and could be doing for you</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> in the next 20, 30, 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Yeah, that&#x27;s not what you&#x27;re doing.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Woloshin joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income, investment risk, and the choices families face when they want income without taking more risk than they can handle. Recorded September 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Woloshin</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Woloshin, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b/image.jpg?t=1792072475&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-woloshin-income-planning-and-managing-risk/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b/image.jpg?t=1792072475&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Sep 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>611</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4340b81a-9998-419f-9d61-b4e20165022b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9809246" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-woloshin-income-planning-and-managing-risk</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>151</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Income Planning and Managing Risk" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:23" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:52" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh: Investing in Cancer Research</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh: Investing in Cancer Research</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, we have very special visitors in the studio today. We have Nick Valvano and John Kavanaugh. And you may recognize Nick&#x27;s name. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He had a very famous brother. I did. Well, welcome in, guys. Thank you. Good to be here. Thanks. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. The reason I have you in is because we have a common enemy. Everyone listening to the show, you guys, me, everybody out there, we have a common enemy, and its name is Cancer, isn&#x27;t it? Yep. It&#x27;s Cancer. Yeah, and you founded this foundation, the V Foundation, 20 years ago, more than 20 years ago, I guess, right? Yep. And now, who is John Kavanaugh and why is he on the show? John, explain to folks what your relationship is with the V Foundation and some of the advancements you guys have been making lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I&#x27;m a professor at NC State. I&#x27;ve been there about 13 years. I&#x27;m in the Department of Biochemistry. And I&#x27;m associated with the V Foundation because about five years ago now, the foundation came to NC State just to generally talk about if there was anything going on campus in the cancer arena. And you don&#x27;t really think of NC State as a place that does a lot of that kind of work. We don&#x27;t have a medical school. But we, in fact, have a huge amount of very basic science going on, and a lot of it addressing a lot of diseases. And when Nick came, he looked around. We had a very interesting first meeting, as I recall. And it transpired that the V Foundation were looking for something a little bit different to perhaps do with NC State. And it took us some time to come up with the idea that maybe a training program for kids</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that wanted to stay in the cancer field or even be attracted to it in the first place would be a good legacy for Jim and also a way to promote the next generation of cancer researchers. Yeah. Well, a few months ago, I heard you speak at a dinner event, and you guys have made some tremendous advancements in your research. Incredibly. This was supposed to be just all about bringing new students through and getting this next wave of people to treat the disease. But in the past 12 months or so, we&#x27;ve come up with what we think might be a groundbreaking potential treatment, a drug that we can add to existing chemo drugs or to even new chemo drugs to make those chemo drugs work a lot more efficiently, maybe up to 100, 1,000 times better. And that would be terrific because it would mean you would get less dose of the chemo drug,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and so the side effects would be reduced. And that&#x27;s one of the – if you actually look at the statistics, people are as afraid of the treatment as they are of the cancer itself. So if we could mitigate those problems, and especially in the pediatric arena, kids cannot tolerate these side effects. So if we can lower those dosages, that would be fantastic. Now, Nick Valvano, how does that make you feel, that the money you&#x27;ve been out there raising is going to such a – it&#x27;s going to good results. We&#x27;re getting good results with it. It&#x27;s going to a great cause. This probably is one of the most gratifying programs for us, not only because it&#x27;s at NC State, but more strategically. If you go back to when Jim was dying, and he was talking about what the foundation could do, one of the things he wanted was to help young scientists get their careers started.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Well, this goes one step earlier. This takes people who might be interested in science and maybe might even look at research and then helps get them hands-on experience. You know, you never know what you like to do until you try and do it. You say, oh, my God, I hate this. You know, John has done a great job in identifying young talent, even now at the high school level, high school level who comes and works in the labs and gets hands-on experience and are investigating careers in cancer research. So that was the primary motivational thing. And when John says we&#x27;ve had some discussions – We had some discussions. Yes, we did. It took us a long time because I&#x27;m a stubborn Italian,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I really wanted something that stayed in Jim&#x27;s memory, but I didn&#x27;t want it to be with basketball. I wanted it to fit in with the mission. And John, after five very long lunches, came up with this idea that was embraced by everybody. And now, this short period of time later, to see that we&#x27;re getting a benefit besides the careers, but we&#x27;re actually having an impact on treatments is more than we could have expected. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Now, John, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they want to get into this field or if they&#x27;re a potential high school student that&#x27;s looking at something like this, is there a way they can contact you, or what can they do to get involved in this research?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Just go right to the NC State website. If you just do a search on Jimmy V, it will come up with the program website, and you can send applications through there. It will come straight to me and to some of the other professors involved. We do some screening. We interview all the kids, and it&#x27;s been remarkable. The level of students that have applied has just been off the charts. So they&#x27;ve been a remarkable set of individuals. But it&#x27;s an easy thing to do. Yeah, well, once the word gets out here, as it gets out further and further, you&#x27;ll get more and more applicants in, I&#x27;m sure. And, you know, that&#x27;s to be said for the V Foundation to give the initial starting point and direction on that. Now, we were talking before we came on there, you guys were talking about there&#x27;s some volunteers that have been with the organization since its beginning,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> and they&#x27;ve volunteered, put countless hours into it. You know, Nick, how does that make you feel? Humble. Believe me or not. I mean, it&#x27;s hard for a Valvano to be humble, but it is. It is. When you think of 20 years for our golf event here in North Carolina, that people, I know there&#x27;s at least 30 that have never missed a year. And that&#x27;s dedication. And it&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re getting paid. They buy their own shirts. They come out and they walk in the 90-degree heat for six hours. But, you know, what we&#x27;ve tried to do all along, and I hope we never lose this, is the ability to give people an opportunity to help however they can. You know, you can get involved in this fight. You don&#x27;t have to have a lot of money.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You can give us the most important thing that you have, which is your time. And they&#x27;re doing that, and we are incredibly grateful for that. And all you need to do is talk to any celebrity who plays in our golf tournament. The first thing they say is the volunteers, how great they are. Yeah, well, I&#x27;ve seen, like, Stuart Scott&#x27;s been there. I think he was there this year. Charles Barkley. Dick Vitale, of course, is a big vocal supporter of the foundation. And, I mean, if we had a crystal ball and we look 20 years into the future, where do you envision cancer research going? Where&#x27;s the V Foundation going to be there? And, John, where&#x27;s the research going to be? Well, we&#x27;re going to be here. I mean, we&#x27;ve made this decision. And we&#x27;ve already started our transition for me to go and play as much bad golf as I can possibly play.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And we&#x27;re increasing our staff. And we&#x27;re re-analyzing what we&#x27;re going to do with all the additional money. You know, one of the things we learned with our collaboration at NC State is that we can think outside the box a little and still stay true to our mission. So I think one of the things you&#x27;ll see is the V Foundation trying to make some decisions that will have more of an impact on patients&#x27; care, not so much long term, but, you know, in the realm of cancer. Right. But we&#x27;re going to be committed. And I think you&#x27;ll see many of these cancers be treated as chronic diseases.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And we&#x27;ll still have to respect the foe, you know. But I think we&#x27;re going to take it on. Well, John, I really like the fact that the chemo isn&#x27;t as painful. And that&#x27;s, I mean, that worries. I don&#x27;t have cancer, but what if I did? That would worry me more than the cancer itself a lot of times. It&#x27;s a psychological detriment. You know, people will try and almost evade the treatment to some degree or try and do as little as possible just to evade the side effects. And so if we can, you know, as I say, slow that down or make it so much more tolerable, then, you know, that&#x27;s what we want to do. And over the next 10 years, 20 years, there&#x27;s going to be more stuff going on in the cancer field than you can ever imagine. We know so much more now, all the genomic data that we&#x27;ve got, all the genetic stuff.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> There&#x27;s tons and tons of data out there that we&#x27;re sifting through that&#x27;s suddenly just going to explode. And, you know, we want to make sure that we take advantage of all that data. So things are going to escalate rapidly over the next few years. Well, we really appreciate the work that you guys are doing, the money you&#x27;re putting towards this. And we have, as in the past, have made an offer on the show that if people come in, we&#x27;ll donate an hour of our time if they give a donation of at least $50 to the V Foundation. We&#x27;re going to make that again today. I think that, you know, because, and here&#x27;s why, when we look at all the charities that are out there, as a financial guy, I look at something called ROI, return on investment. And it is obvious that the money that goes to the V Foundation is going to a good cause, is actually going to the research that people think the money&#x27;s going towards.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> You know, a lot of charities out there, by the time your dollar gets to wherever the cause is, it might be a dime. 90 cents disappears on the way over to where it&#x27;s supposed to go. And so, folks, if you call right now, the number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. Please give at least $50 donation to the V Foundation. I&#x27;ll waive an hour of my time to sit down and go over initial financial plan with you. I&#x27;ll also match your contribution up to $500. So if you give $500, I&#x27;ll match $500. And it&#x27;s a special thanks to Nick because Nick was here when the Discovery Channel was in with the bio channel, Discovery Channel, last year and filmed the documentary on me. I just gave you a copy of that, Nick, so you&#x27;ll get a kick seeing that. And, folks, if you want to get a copy of that, when you come in, we&#x27;ll give you a copy of the DVD that is a documentary on what goes on in a financial planning firm.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> I really appreciate you guys taking the time out today. Again, it was Nick Valvano and John Cavanaugh. And John is a professor at NC State. And Nick has just recently approached a new area of his life, I think. Nick, do you want to talk about that? Yeah. I stepped down as CEO. And I&#x27;m going to remain on the board and on the committees. And they&#x27;ve given me a title of a president emeritus. And emeritus means you make copies. I think that&#x27;s what it means. But I&#x27;m going to stay very involved. And, you know, you talked about ROI. I&#x27;ll just leave you with one thought. We have given over $100 million in cancer research grants. And we have stayed in contact with all those scientists. And they have leveraged that $100 million to an additional $1 billion of cancer funding.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Wow. So that&#x27;s how we kind of judge our investments. That&#x27;s a real good return on investment. And it&#x27;s a great – I mean, we&#x27;ve been making great strides, it looks like. I think so. I look forward to having you on in a couple years when we talk about beating cancer totally. How&#x27;s that? My pleasure. Folks, again, that number, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, we have very special visitors in the studio today. We have Nick Valvano and John Kavanaugh. And you may recognize Nick&#x27;s name. He&#x27;s been on the show before. He had a very famous brother. I did. Well, welcome in, guys. Thank you. Good to be here. Thanks. Now, let&#x27;s talk about it. The reason I have you in is because we have a common enemy. Everyone listening to the show, you guys, me, everybody out there, we have a common enemy, and its name is Cancer, isn&#x27;t it? Yep. It&#x27;s Cancer. Yeah, and you founded this foundation, the V Foundation, 20 years ago, more than 20 years ago, I guess, right? Yep. And now, who is John Kavanaugh and why is he on the show? John, explain to folks what your relationship is with the V Foundation and some of the advancements you guys have been making lately.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I&#x27;m a professor at NC State. I&#x27;ve been there about 13 years. I&#x27;m in the Department of Biochemistry. And I&#x27;m associated with the V Foundation because about five years ago now, the foundation came to NC State just to generally talk about if there was anything going on campus in the cancer arena. And you don&#x27;t really think of NC State as a place that does a lot of that kind of work. We don&#x27;t have a medical school. But we, in fact, have a huge amount of very basic science going on, and a lot of it addressing a lot of diseases. And when Nick came, he looked around. We had a very interesting first meeting, as I recall. And it transpired that the V Foundation were looking for something a little bit different to perhaps do with NC State. And it took us some time to come up with the idea that maybe a training program for kids</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> that wanted to stay in the cancer field or even be attracted to it in the first place would be a good legacy for Jim and also a way to promote the next generation of cancer researchers. Yeah. Well, a few months ago, I heard you speak at a dinner event, and you guys have made some tremendous advancements in your research. Incredibly. This was supposed to be just all about bringing new students through and getting this next wave of people to treat the disease. But in the past 12 months or so, we&#x27;ve come up with what we think might be a groundbreaking potential treatment, a drug that we can add to existing chemo drugs or to even new chemo drugs to make those chemo drugs work a lot more efficiently, maybe up to 100, 1,000 times better. And that would be terrific because it would mean you would get less dose of the chemo drug,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> and so the side effects would be reduced. And that&#x27;s one of the – if you actually look at the statistics, people are as afraid of the treatment as they are of the cancer itself. So if we could mitigate those problems, and especially in the pediatric arena, kids cannot tolerate these side effects. So if we can lower those dosages, that would be fantastic. Now, Nick Valvano, how does that make you feel, that the money you&#x27;ve been out there raising is going to such a – it&#x27;s going to good results. We&#x27;re getting good results with it. It&#x27;s going to a great cause. This probably is one of the most gratifying programs for us, not only because it&#x27;s at NC State, but more strategically. If you go back to when Jim was dying, and he was talking about what the foundation could do, one of the things he wanted was to help young scientists get their careers started.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> Well, this goes one step earlier. This takes people who might be interested in science and maybe might even look at research and then helps get them hands-on experience. You know, you never know what you like to do until you try and do it. You say, oh, my God, I hate this. You know, John has done a great job in identifying young talent, even now at the high school level, high school level who comes and works in the labs and gets hands-on experience and are investigating careers in cancer research. So that was the primary motivational thing. And when John says we&#x27;ve had some discussions – We had some discussions. Yes, we did. It took us a long time because I&#x27;m a stubborn Italian,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I really wanted something that stayed in Jim&#x27;s memory, but I didn&#x27;t want it to be with basketball. I wanted it to fit in with the mission. And John, after five very long lunches, came up with this idea that was embraced by everybody. And now, this short period of time later, to see that we&#x27;re getting a benefit besides the careers, but we&#x27;re actually having an impact on treatments is more than we could have expected. Yeah, it&#x27;s fantastic. Now, John, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they want to get into this field or if they&#x27;re a potential high school student that&#x27;s looking at something like this, is there a way they can contact you, or what can they do to get involved in this research?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> Just go right to the NC State website. If you just do a search on Jimmy V, it will come up with the program website, and you can send applications through there. It will come straight to me and to some of the other professors involved. We do some screening. We interview all the kids, and it&#x27;s been remarkable. The level of students that have applied has just been off the charts. So they&#x27;ve been a remarkable set of individuals. But it&#x27;s an easy thing to do. Yeah, well, once the word gets out here, as it gets out further and further, you&#x27;ll get more and more applicants in, I&#x27;m sure. And, you know, that&#x27;s to be said for the V Foundation to give the initial starting point and direction on that. Now, we were talking before we came on there, you guys were talking about there&#x27;s some volunteers that have been with the organization since its beginning,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> and they&#x27;ve volunteered, put countless hours into it. You know, Nick, how does that make you feel? Humble. Believe me or not. I mean, it&#x27;s hard for a Valvano to be humble, but it is. It is. When you think of 20 years for our golf event here in North Carolina, that people, I know there&#x27;s at least 30 that have never missed a year. And that&#x27;s dedication. And it&#x27;s not like they&#x27;re getting paid. They buy their own shirts. They come out and they walk in the 90-degree heat for six hours. But, you know, what we&#x27;ve tried to do all along, and I hope we never lose this, is the ability to give people an opportunity to help however they can. You know, you can get involved in this fight. You don&#x27;t have to have a lot of money.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> You can give us the most important thing that you have, which is your time. And they&#x27;re doing that, and we are incredibly grateful for that. And all you need to do is talk to any celebrity who plays in our golf tournament. The first thing they say is the volunteers, how great they are. Yeah, well, I&#x27;ve seen, like, Stuart Scott&#x27;s been there. I think he was there this year. Charles Barkley. Dick Vitale, of course, is a big vocal supporter of the foundation. And, I mean, if we had a crystal ball and we look 20 years into the future, where do you envision cancer research going? Where&#x27;s the V Foundation going to be there? And, John, where&#x27;s the research going to be? Well, we&#x27;re going to be here. I mean, we&#x27;ve made this decision. And we&#x27;ve already started our transition for me to go and play as much bad golf as I can possibly play.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> And we&#x27;re increasing our staff. And we&#x27;re re-analyzing what we&#x27;re going to do with all the additional money. You know, one of the things we learned with our collaboration at NC State is that we can think outside the box a little and still stay true to our mission. So I think one of the things you&#x27;ll see is the V Foundation trying to make some decisions that will have more of an impact on patients&#x27; care, not so much long term, but, you know, in the realm of cancer. Right. But we&#x27;re going to be committed. And I think you&#x27;ll see many of these cancers be treated as chronic diseases.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And we&#x27;ll still have to respect the foe, you know. But I think we&#x27;re going to take it on. Well, John, I really like the fact that the chemo isn&#x27;t as painful. And that&#x27;s, I mean, that worries. I don&#x27;t have cancer, but what if I did? That would worry me more than the cancer itself a lot of times. It&#x27;s a psychological detriment. You know, people will try and almost evade the treatment to some degree or try and do as little as possible just to evade the side effects. And so if we can, you know, as I say, slow that down or make it so much more tolerable, then, you know, that&#x27;s what we want to do. And over the next 10 years, 20 years, there&#x27;s going to be more stuff going on in the cancer field than you can ever imagine. We know so much more now, all the genomic data that we&#x27;ve got, all the genetic stuff.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> There&#x27;s tons and tons of data out there that we&#x27;re sifting through that&#x27;s suddenly just going to explode. And, you know, we want to make sure that we take advantage of all that data. So things are going to escalate rapidly over the next few years. Well, we really appreciate the work that you guys are doing, the money you&#x27;re putting towards this. And we have, as in the past, have made an offer on the show that if people come in, we&#x27;ll donate an hour of our time if they give a donation of at least $50 to the V Foundation. We&#x27;re going to make that again today. I think that, you know, because, and here&#x27;s why, when we look at all the charities that are out there, as a financial guy, I look at something called ROI, return on investment. And it is obvious that the money that goes to the V Foundation is going to a good cause, is actually going to the research that people think the money&#x27;s going towards.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> You know, a lot of charities out there, by the time your dollar gets to wherever the cause is, it might be a dime. 90 cents disappears on the way over to where it&#x27;s supposed to go. And so, folks, if you call right now, the number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. Please give at least $50 donation to the V Foundation. I&#x27;ll waive an hour of my time to sit down and go over initial financial plan with you. I&#x27;ll also match your contribution up to $500. So if you give $500, I&#x27;ll match $500. And it&#x27;s a special thanks to Nick because Nick was here when the Discovery Channel was in with the bio channel, Discovery Channel, last year and filmed the documentary on me. I just gave you a copy of that, Nick, so you&#x27;ll get a kick seeing that. And, folks, if you want to get a copy of that, when you come in, we&#x27;ll give you a copy of the DVD that is a documentary on what goes on in a financial planning firm.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> I really appreciate you guys taking the time out today. Again, it was Nick Valvano and John Cavanaugh. And John is a professor at NC State. And Nick has just recently approached a new area of his life, I think. Nick, do you want to talk about that? Yeah. I stepped down as CEO. And I&#x27;m going to remain on the board and on the committees. And they&#x27;ve given me a title of a president emeritus. And emeritus means you make copies. I think that&#x27;s what it means. But I&#x27;m going to stay very involved. And, you know, you talked about ROI. I&#x27;ll just leave you with one thought. We have given over $100 million in cancer research grants. And we have stayed in contact with all those scientists. And they have leveraged that $100 million to an additional $1 billion of cancer funding.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Wow. So that&#x27;s how we kind of judge our investments. That&#x27;s a real good return on investment. And it&#x27;s a great – I mean, we&#x27;ve been making great strides, it looks like. I think so. I look forward to having you on in a couple years when we talk about beating cancer totally. How&#x27;s that? My pleasure. Folks, again, that number, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh join Coach Pete to discuss the V Foundation, cancer research, and the impact of supporting researchers working toward better outcomes. Recorded September 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh</category>
      <category>Nick Valvano</category>
      <category>John Cavanagh</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Valvano and John Cavanagh, Nick Valvano, John Cavanagh, investing, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/image.jpg?t=1792072482&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-and-john-cavanagh-investing-in-cancer-research/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/image.jpg?t=1792072482&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557</guid>
      <omny:clipId>01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>688</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/01dc084c-5213-41a3-b443-b4e201648557/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11044651" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-valvano-and-john-cavanagh-investing-in-cancer-research</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>152</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investing in Cancer Research" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:45" title="Charity and giving back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:00" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Simonds: Save Your Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Joe Simonds: Save Your Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joe Simonds joins Coach Pete to discuss Save Your Retirement. Their conversation covers financial information overload, personal goals, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual. Recorded August 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So I&#x27;ve got a copy of a book in my hand called Save Your Retirement, and it&#x27;s written by a guy named Joe Simons. He&#x27;s joining us from Atlanta, Georgia, and I really think this book is important for a lot of people out there. The financial world is just loaded with information. The problem is there&#x27;s too much information, and a lot of the information people read or hear about really doesn&#x27;t apply to them. It&#x27;s more about customizing what your situation is to what your goals and everything that&#x27;s available out there, making the perfect recipe, I guess, making the perfect product from the perfect recipe. Joe, welcome in. Thank you, Coach Pete. I&#x27;ve been excited to be on this. I told my wife a long time ago I&#x27;m going to make it on Coach Pete&#x27;s Financial Safari Show one day, so here I am. I appreciate you having me, man.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, you know, I&#x27;ve written some books before, and you don&#x27;t just sit down one day and write a book. I mean, you know, we see the old pictures of Ben Frankel with his feather pen. It took him a long time to write the stuff he did, and it takes authors these days a lot of time to do research. I guess once I finally got all the research done, the writing was the simple part. How long did it take you to write the book, and what inspired you to do that? It really took me around eight months to do it, which, you know, could sound like a long time for some people. Some people say that&#x27;s a really short time if you actually sat down and had a write-up, you know, 100-plus-page book. What inspired me, though, is I think you know a little bit about my background, but I&#x27;m sure your listeners don&#x27;t. I was a producer, meaning I&#x27;m licensed in all 50 states and now own a distribution company. And so I saw it from one end, and now I&#x27;ve got to see it from the other.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And I use the analogy of like an appliance, like a refrigerator. If you&#x27;re Home Depot, like a distribution center for GE and LG and Maytag and all the big refrigerator, you know, companies, you get to see a lot. You get to see which ones get returned the most often, which ones have the complaints, and really which ones get all the praises. And what I saw is there&#x27;s a ton of miscommunication and really bad information out there from a lot of talking heads and other people that we see and listen to and want to believe. And my parents, I&#x27;m not going to hide behind the fact that I&#x27;m young. I&#x27;m in my mid-30s. I do own an annuity myself. I do believe in them that much where I personally own them. But my parents were a big inspiration for this, and I talk about them because they are in their 60s. They&#x27;re in Florida. And as you know, Coach Pete, that&#x27;s a hotbed for a lot of annuities in a good way.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But it also brings some bad information down there. And I wanted to write something that opened up people&#x27;s eyes to the pros and the cons, because they do have cons as well, of annuities and who they could be a fit for. And I think you mentioned on the back of my book, and it&#x27;s really important to know, my grandparents and I learned a lot from my grandfather in particular that had a pension. And he was never, ever worried about running out of money in retirement. I mean, it didn&#x27;t even cross his mind because he worked his tail off for 30-plus years for one company and had a nice pension. And my parents are in a different position these days, and they worry about it. It&#x27;s something they struggle with. I know daily, I&#x27;m sure they think about it, especially now when they&#x27;re mid-60s. So I wrote this really for them, just to explain where we were, where we are today,</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> and really to give some solutions on how we can fix some of these problems. Yeah, I think a lot of people are confused out there about the financial world in general, and the market&#x27;s been going up like crazy. I still talk to people, though, who say that just because they see on TV the market going up, their portfolio hasn&#x27;t done what everybody else seems to be doing. That&#x27;s right. And so, go ahead. Go for it. No, go for it. All you, Coach Pete. Oh, okay, yeah. So what we&#x27;re talking about, I mean, when we look at it, the old song, I&#x27;ve been working on the railroad. I remember that song when I was growing up. I don&#x27;t know, you&#x27;re in the 30s. I&#x27;m in the late 40s, and we used to sing that every now and then when we had a road trip because we didn&#x27;t have all these fancy video recorder, video devices, and iPhones and iPads and all that. My daughter, when we travel now, she just buries her head in those things</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> and doesn&#x27;t really look around and doesn&#x27;t pay attention. And the parallels to that are amazing when you think about it, to people being confused with too much information. There&#x27;s so much information available to her these days. But even if we travel just from Raleigh to the beach, I bet she couldn&#x27;t identify anything that we saw on that ride there because she&#x27;s not paying attention. And a lot of people out there are in that same kind of boat when we&#x27;re talking about their retirement plans. They certainly are. And I will give some credit to another rider because you and I both know how much it takes. And that&#x27;s Susie Orman and Dave Ramsey&#x27;s and Clark Howard&#x27;s The World. I&#x27;ve actually read their books. I read a lot. And they&#x27;re pretty good books. And I like them personally. But even those people who I do respect, and they give some great information,</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> they&#x27;re even good. Our great friend there, Clark Howard, did a recent thing on annuities, and it was just completely wrong. He threw in all annuities in the one-to-one. I&#x27;m sure people who read that are just as confused as your daughter was on the car ride from not seeing anything. I mean, I read it, and I was like, if I was a consumer, I would have no idea what just happened because he basically threw in every single kind of annuity. And, Coach Pete, you know that there&#x27;s hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of different kinds of annuities out there all into one big wrapper and one article. And it was completely misleading and actually did disservice to Iger, I think, to anyone trying to buy an annuity or do real research on it. I really think.</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Now, this is an example because of what radio does. But, I mean, anyone taking financial advice from Clark Howard, it&#x27;s almost like going to your dentist or your travel agent and getting financial advice. I mean, the dentist and travel agent, they know what they&#x27;re doing in their field, but they really shouldn&#x27;t be giving advice in fields they have no business giving advice in. Yep, absolutely. Absolutely. Another piece I want to touch on, and this book touches on, and I encourage everyone to read it or even contact Coach Pete. I&#x27;ll give you guys a digital version. I&#x27;m glad to give bits and pieces, especially important chapters I feel are crucial to understanding what&#x27;s going on out there, is the importance of understanding insurance companies versus banks. I think a lot of people underestimate, you know, how powerful and how strong insurance carries are versus banks.</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> And, once again, I own annuities. I own insurance products. I also have some money at a bank, and I&#x27;m not saying either are bad or good. But you really need to know the differences between the two. And then taxes. I know you talk about that because I&#x27;ve listened to some of your shows, Coach Pete, about how important the future, with all the debt that we have right now, the taxes are going to play. And if you can get some, you know, the right tax vehicles and Roth conversions and stuff you also talk about, I mean, it can completely alter your retirement for the better, if you know what you&#x27;re doing. And, once again, as long as you get good, smart advice from someone who specializes in it, not a Clark Howard or a talking head that kind of knows a lot about everything. It still amazes me when I talk to folks after they call the radio show and we sit down, and I ask them, you know,</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> what did your current advisor tell you about your tax situation? Or how have they designed the plans to combat the big tax bomb that&#x27;s going to explode in retirement? And I get a confused look on many people&#x27;s faces. Well, my advisor never talked about that. Joe, I mean, that&#x27;s part of a financial plan, looking at future taxation and inflation and making sure you have your financial vehicle set up to combat that, right? I think it&#x27;s one of the biggest parts, right? And that&#x27;s what financial advisors should be doing now, not just selling one product. And if you have someone who just always sells just one product and doesn&#x27;t explain the full picture, I really think they&#x27;re doing you a disservice personally. I know there&#x27;s some people out there and some people we work with, and that&#x27;s part of my job is also to coach these advisors to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing. Because I look at my parents every day who have been pitched up in seminars,</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> and some of it&#x27;s really good. Some of it&#x27;s actually really good, and some of it&#x27;s not as good as it probably should be. Well, I like to use an analogy, since we&#x27;re in the summertime here, is every now and then during the summer, my dad, I had two brothers, so my parents were struggling a little bit growing up, so it was a treat to go get an ice cream cone. And it was an extra treat, and I don&#x27;t know why, but we got good grades, I guess. Dad was all excited. Dad&#x27;s a college professor, so we brought a good report card home. We&#x27;d get to go out and get more than one scoop of ice cream on our ice cream cone. And one time, I got three scoops, and he let us all get three scoops. My brothers and I were separated by only 18 months each, so when one guy got it, the other guys had to get it too. And I got three different kind of ice creams, because I wanted to try three different ones together. My brother Bob got three of the same,</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> and my brother Jeff and I both got three different ones, and we tease Bob all the time about that. But there are a lot of people out there in the financial world, they have all their money in one basket. That&#x27;s the equivalent of having three scoops of the same ice cream, isn&#x27;t it? It is. We see it. I&#x27;m sure you see it every day. I see it on the distribution side, because we do get to see a lot of different portfolios that come through and different questions. And it does shock me that some people think they can get through that way. And in the past, Dad, if you have a $300,000 guaranteed pension, I hate to say it, but there&#x27;s probably not too much I need to help you out with, or maybe you do. There&#x27;s life insurance stuff that you can definitely do on estate planning, but for income, maybe not so much if you have $300,000 guaranteed. But how many people, Coach Pete, do you talk to a day that have a $300,000 guaranteed pension these days?</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah, not many. Exactly. And that&#x27;s really the point of my book. There were a lot of people in the past that had it. If you&#x27;re an executive for a GM or any of the big manufacturing plants, you could have that kind of stuff in place. It&#x27;s not really common these days. And I talk about this movement to these private pension plans, which I&#x27;ll be 100% transparent, are using types of annuities and life insurance to create that. And it can be incredibly powerful if it&#x27;s done the right way by someone like you. And I want to give you a lot of props for all the help and education you do and just for specializing in that. I know a lot of people have said really, really nice things about you. I&#x27;ve seen some testimonials and heard a lot of things. So thank you for being just an incredible educator out there. Well, I appreciate that. But the main thing, though, for everyone out there, Joe,</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> and it&#x27;s the power of an income annuity. And annuity is not a bad word. I think more and more people are realizing that. What I like to do when we sit down with somebody, we do something, we isolate some money that they want to definitely have for income. And people tell us what kind of income they want into the future. And we can actually design the income and even have increasing income infused into the plan by what I call annuity twister. And that&#x27;s taking more than one annuity, combining them, and having at least one of those annuities in the future grow the income each and every year to combat inflation. Makes a lot of sense. You need to trademark that before someone else does. I love that. Annuity twister. Yep, annuity twister. So it&#x27;s basically just putting the annuities together and making sure that they&#x27;re all doing the right thing for you.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Folks, his name is Joe Simons, and his book is Save Your Retirement. And Joe wants you to read it. Joe, Simon Says, right? Simon Says, read the book. And once again, contact Coach Pete. I&#x27;ll send you some more and I&#x27;ll give you some digital copies of it. And I would love it. I don&#x27;t even worry about making money. I want the word to get out there and educate people just like my parents out there. So I appreciate that, Coach Pete. Folks, if you want to read a little bit more about this book or want some more information, call us right now, 800-661-7383 or visit us on financialsafari.com. Joe, I really appreciate your time today. Thank you, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joe Simonds joins Coach Pete to discuss Save Your Retirement. Their conversation covers financial information overload, personal goals, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual. Recorded August 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So I&#x27;ve got a copy of a book in my hand called Save Your Retirement, and it&#x27;s written by a guy named Joe Simons. He&#x27;s joining us from Atlanta, Georgia, and I really think this book is important for a lot of people out there. The financial world is just loaded with information. The problem is there&#x27;s too much information, and a lot of the information people read or hear about really doesn&#x27;t apply to them. It&#x27;s more about customizing what your situation is to what your goals and everything that&#x27;s available out there, making the perfect recipe, I guess, making the perfect product from the perfect recipe. Joe, welcome in. Thank you, Coach Pete. I&#x27;ve been excited to be on this. I told my wife a long time ago I&#x27;m going to make it on Coach Pete&#x27;s Financial Safari Show one day, so here I am. I appreciate you having me, man.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, you know, I&#x27;ve written some books before, and you don&#x27;t just sit down one day and write a book. I mean, you know, we see the old pictures of Ben Frankel with his feather pen. It took him a long time to write the stuff he did, and it takes authors these days a lot of time to do research. I guess once I finally got all the research done, the writing was the simple part. How long did it take you to write the book, and what inspired you to do that? It really took me around eight months to do it, which, you know, could sound like a long time for some people. Some people say that&#x27;s a really short time if you actually sat down and had a write-up, you know, 100-plus-page book. What inspired me, though, is I think you know a little bit about my background, but I&#x27;m sure your listeners don&#x27;t. I was a producer, meaning I&#x27;m licensed in all 50 states and now own a distribution company. And so I saw it from one end, and now I&#x27;ve got to see it from the other.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And I use the analogy of like an appliance, like a refrigerator. If you&#x27;re Home Depot, like a distribution center for GE and LG and Maytag and all the big refrigerator, you know, companies, you get to see a lot. You get to see which ones get returned the most often, which ones have the complaints, and really which ones get all the praises. And what I saw is there&#x27;s a ton of miscommunication and really bad information out there from a lot of talking heads and other people that we see and listen to and want to believe. And my parents, I&#x27;m not going to hide behind the fact that I&#x27;m young. I&#x27;m in my mid-30s. I do own an annuity myself. I do believe in them that much where I personally own them. But my parents were a big inspiration for this, and I talk about them because they are in their 60s. They&#x27;re in Florida. And as you know, Coach Pete, that&#x27;s a hotbed for a lot of annuities in a good way.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> But it also brings some bad information down there. And I wanted to write something that opened up people&#x27;s eyes to the pros and the cons, because they do have cons as well, of annuities and who they could be a fit for. And I think you mentioned on the back of my book, and it&#x27;s really important to know, my grandparents and I learned a lot from my grandfather in particular that had a pension. And he was never, ever worried about running out of money in retirement. I mean, it didn&#x27;t even cross his mind because he worked his tail off for 30-plus years for one company and had a nice pension. And my parents are in a different position these days, and they worry about it. It&#x27;s something they struggle with. I know daily, I&#x27;m sure they think about it, especially now when they&#x27;re mid-60s. So I wrote this really for them, just to explain where we were, where we are today,</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> and really to give some solutions on how we can fix some of these problems. Yeah, I think a lot of people are confused out there about the financial world in general, and the market&#x27;s been going up like crazy. I still talk to people, though, who say that just because they see on TV the market going up, their portfolio hasn&#x27;t done what everybody else seems to be doing. That&#x27;s right. And so, go ahead. Go for it. No, go for it. All you, Coach Pete. Oh, okay, yeah. So what we&#x27;re talking about, I mean, when we look at it, the old song, I&#x27;ve been working on the railroad. I remember that song when I was growing up. I don&#x27;t know, you&#x27;re in the 30s. I&#x27;m in the late 40s, and we used to sing that every now and then when we had a road trip because we didn&#x27;t have all these fancy video recorder, video devices, and iPhones and iPads and all that. My daughter, when we travel now, she just buries her head in those things</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> and doesn&#x27;t really look around and doesn&#x27;t pay attention. And the parallels to that are amazing when you think about it, to people being confused with too much information. There&#x27;s so much information available to her these days. But even if we travel just from Raleigh to the beach, I bet she couldn&#x27;t identify anything that we saw on that ride there because she&#x27;s not paying attention. And a lot of people out there are in that same kind of boat when we&#x27;re talking about their retirement plans. They certainly are. And I will give some credit to another rider because you and I both know how much it takes. And that&#x27;s Susie Orman and Dave Ramsey&#x27;s and Clark Howard&#x27;s The World. I&#x27;ve actually read their books. I read a lot. And they&#x27;re pretty good books. And I like them personally. But even those people who I do respect, and they give some great information,</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> they&#x27;re even good. Our great friend there, Clark Howard, did a recent thing on annuities, and it was just completely wrong. He threw in all annuities in the one-to-one. I&#x27;m sure people who read that are just as confused as your daughter was on the car ride from not seeing anything. I mean, I read it, and I was like, if I was a consumer, I would have no idea what just happened because he basically threw in every single kind of annuity. And, Coach Pete, you know that there&#x27;s hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of different kinds of annuities out there all into one big wrapper and one article. And it was completely misleading and actually did disservice to Iger, I think, to anyone trying to buy an annuity or do real research on it. I really think.</p><p><strong>05:22</strong> Now, this is an example because of what radio does. But, I mean, anyone taking financial advice from Clark Howard, it&#x27;s almost like going to your dentist or your travel agent and getting financial advice. I mean, the dentist and travel agent, they know what they&#x27;re doing in their field, but they really shouldn&#x27;t be giving advice in fields they have no business giving advice in. Yep, absolutely. Absolutely. Another piece I want to touch on, and this book touches on, and I encourage everyone to read it or even contact Coach Pete. I&#x27;ll give you guys a digital version. I&#x27;m glad to give bits and pieces, especially important chapters I feel are crucial to understanding what&#x27;s going on out there, is the importance of understanding insurance companies versus banks. I think a lot of people underestimate, you know, how powerful and how strong insurance carries are versus banks.</p><p><strong>06:09</strong> And, once again, I own annuities. I own insurance products. I also have some money at a bank, and I&#x27;m not saying either are bad or good. But you really need to know the differences between the two. And then taxes. I know you talk about that because I&#x27;ve listened to some of your shows, Coach Pete, about how important the future, with all the debt that we have right now, the taxes are going to play. And if you can get some, you know, the right tax vehicles and Roth conversions and stuff you also talk about, I mean, it can completely alter your retirement for the better, if you know what you&#x27;re doing. And, once again, as long as you get good, smart advice from someone who specializes in it, not a Clark Howard or a talking head that kind of knows a lot about everything. It still amazes me when I talk to folks after they call the radio show and we sit down, and I ask them, you know,</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> what did your current advisor tell you about your tax situation? Or how have they designed the plans to combat the big tax bomb that&#x27;s going to explode in retirement? And I get a confused look on many people&#x27;s faces. Well, my advisor never talked about that. Joe, I mean, that&#x27;s part of a financial plan, looking at future taxation and inflation and making sure you have your financial vehicle set up to combat that, right? I think it&#x27;s one of the biggest parts, right? And that&#x27;s what financial advisors should be doing now, not just selling one product. And if you have someone who just always sells just one product and doesn&#x27;t explain the full picture, I really think they&#x27;re doing you a disservice personally. I know there&#x27;s some people out there and some people we work with, and that&#x27;s part of my job is also to coach these advisors to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing. Because I look at my parents every day who have been pitched up in seminars,</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> and some of it&#x27;s really good. Some of it&#x27;s actually really good, and some of it&#x27;s not as good as it probably should be. Well, I like to use an analogy, since we&#x27;re in the summertime here, is every now and then during the summer, my dad, I had two brothers, so my parents were struggling a little bit growing up, so it was a treat to go get an ice cream cone. And it was an extra treat, and I don&#x27;t know why, but we got good grades, I guess. Dad was all excited. Dad&#x27;s a college professor, so we brought a good report card home. We&#x27;d get to go out and get more than one scoop of ice cream on our ice cream cone. And one time, I got three scoops, and he let us all get three scoops. My brothers and I were separated by only 18 months each, so when one guy got it, the other guys had to get it too. And I got three different kind of ice creams, because I wanted to try three different ones together. My brother Bob got three of the same,</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> and my brother Jeff and I both got three different ones, and we tease Bob all the time about that. But there are a lot of people out there in the financial world, they have all their money in one basket. That&#x27;s the equivalent of having three scoops of the same ice cream, isn&#x27;t it? It is. We see it. I&#x27;m sure you see it every day. I see it on the distribution side, because we do get to see a lot of different portfolios that come through and different questions. And it does shock me that some people think they can get through that way. And in the past, Dad, if you have a $300,000 guaranteed pension, I hate to say it, but there&#x27;s probably not too much I need to help you out with, or maybe you do. There&#x27;s life insurance stuff that you can definitely do on estate planning, but for income, maybe not so much if you have $300,000 guaranteed. But how many people, Coach Pete, do you talk to a day that have a $300,000 guaranteed pension these days?</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah, not many. Exactly. And that&#x27;s really the point of my book. There were a lot of people in the past that had it. If you&#x27;re an executive for a GM or any of the big manufacturing plants, you could have that kind of stuff in place. It&#x27;s not really common these days. And I talk about this movement to these private pension plans, which I&#x27;ll be 100% transparent, are using types of annuities and life insurance to create that. And it can be incredibly powerful if it&#x27;s done the right way by someone like you. And I want to give you a lot of props for all the help and education you do and just for specializing in that. I know a lot of people have said really, really nice things about you. I&#x27;ve seen some testimonials and heard a lot of things. So thank you for being just an incredible educator out there. Well, I appreciate that. But the main thing, though, for everyone out there, Joe,</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> and it&#x27;s the power of an income annuity. And annuity is not a bad word. I think more and more people are realizing that. What I like to do when we sit down with somebody, we do something, we isolate some money that they want to definitely have for income. And people tell us what kind of income they want into the future. And we can actually design the income and even have increasing income infused into the plan by what I call annuity twister. And that&#x27;s taking more than one annuity, combining them, and having at least one of those annuities in the future grow the income each and every year to combat inflation. Makes a lot of sense. You need to trademark that before someone else does. I love that. Annuity twister. Yep, annuity twister. So it&#x27;s basically just putting the annuities together and making sure that they&#x27;re all doing the right thing for you.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> Folks, his name is Joe Simons, and his book is Save Your Retirement. And Joe wants you to read it. Joe, Simon Says, right? Simon Says, read the book. And once again, contact Coach Pete. I&#x27;ll send you some more and I&#x27;ll give you some digital copies of it. And I would love it. I don&#x27;t even worry about making money. I want the word to get out there and educate people just like my parents out there. So I appreciate that, Coach Pete. Folks, if you want to read a little bit more about this book or want some more information, call us right now, 800-661-7383 or visit us on financialsafari.com. Joe, I really appreciate your time today. Thank you, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joe Simonds joins Coach Pete to discuss Save Your Retirement. Their conversation covers financial information overload, personal goals, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual. Recorded August 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joe Simonds</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Save Your Retirement</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joe Simonds, retirement planning, Save Your Retirement, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988/image.jpg?t=1792072492&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-simonds-save-your-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988/image.jpg?t=1792072492&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>694</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ecab03be-b14c-406d-a9e2-b4e201638988/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11128419" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-simonds-save-your-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>153</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Save Your Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:19" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tope Fajingbesi: What Color Is Your Money?</title>
      <itunes:title>Tope Fajingbesi: What Color Is Your Money?</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve ever thought about money, I mean, you know the color here in America, it&#x27;s green. And copper, I guess, for a penny, even though there&#x27;s no copper there anymore. Silver. Yeah, there&#x27;s no silver in that either. That&#x27;s Skip Dyer with me, folks. He&#x27;s in the studio. We&#x27;ve got a great interview, though, today. There&#x27;s different categories. People are categorized according to what color they like. Their interactions with money are identified with five different colors. And we have Tope Fajibisi on the phone for us. She is from Washington, D.C. She&#x27;s joining us right now from Detroit, Michigan. She&#x27;s up there doing some education. Tope, welcome in. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You&#x27;ve identified interactions with clients over the years and found that everyone fits into one of five categories of colors.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And that&#x27;s fascinating in itself. But let&#x27;s start with green. What does green mean to you? You know, first of all, I think, yes, many people fit into one color. But there are some people who are rainbows and they fit into a couple of colors. But green easily looks like the best color in the room because anybody who is green is a growth machine of any economy. When you look at economies that are thriving, they have a lot of green people because when they see a dollar, they see an investment opportunity. That&#x27;s the good part about them. They want to invest. They have the employers of all of us. But the bad part about a green person is that a green person is so focused on investment that they forget to leave for today. And then they&#x27;re so focused on growing wealth that they could also rack up debt on, you know, business ventures that don&#x27;t work.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> So green people, and they are. I&#x27;ve met those kind of people. They&#x27;re always talking about money no matter where. Even if they&#x27;re in a social setting, they&#x27;re bragging about how much they&#x27;ve gained. Skip, we&#x27;ve always had that next-door neighbor who brags to everybody about how much they make, yet you see them. They don&#x27;t look like they&#x27;re making too much money, do they? Well, they always have these. They tell you about these wonderful investments that they&#x27;re doing exceedingly well on. They&#x27;re asking you to borrow money from coffee the next day. That&#x27;s right. Now, Tope, you&#x27;re in Detroit right now. I bet you don&#x27;t see many green people there, do you? No, unfortunately I do not. But when you see a state or a city that is struggling, I think what has happened is that the green people migrated to some other states. Right, yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So, I mean, well, we&#x27;ll get into the other four colors in a minute here, but what caused you to start analyzing colors with how people manage money? I mean, what got you into the spectrum of money? You know, honestly, what happened was that I was thinking one day about questions that people usually ask me about money. Because I&#x27;m a CPA. I audit, and I do a little speaking engagements. And I started thinking, I said, you know, really, what makes you succeed or fail in business really depends on how you see money personally. And I wanted to write a book and tell people about that. But I didn&#x27;t want to write just another finance book that people saw all the time. So I thought, why not write something that they can relate with? Everybody feels some way about color.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You&#x27;re either colorblind or you like one color or you don&#x27;t like one color. So I feel like, and I have, you know, seen that to be true. But when you start talking about money and colors, people are fascinated. And they want to listen. And that&#x27;s really what I wanted to hear. Now, when we talk about blue, green, again, was the growth machine people, the people that are always talking about money. Blue is the cautious savers. Now, explain that to our listeners. You know, blue, if you go to a company that is well-managed, the CFO, the CEO, they are probably blue. But they are not the ones who started the company. But the blues are the best managers you can ever hire. If you&#x27;re a green person and you&#x27;ve taken the risk, hire a blue person. Because a blue person sticks to budget. A blue person is so risk-averse. They&#x27;re not going to play with your money or go gamble with it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s the extent of how great the blue is. The problem with the blue is that they&#x27;re so busy saving for the rainy day that they don&#x27;t want to take any risk about growing their investment. They are very afraid of growing their investment. They&#x27;re very afraid of putting their money in the company that somebody else is managing. So, you know, there&#x27;s a good side and a bad side of every color. Yeah, blue to me is when we hear about people being blue, we hear that around Christmas time where they&#x27;re sad. Right? And so, what I say is, and we see this a lot too, people are so afraid of losing money, they put it all under their pillow or in the bank. And I call that losing money safely because you&#x27;re not keeping up with the inflation rate. Right, especially with the investment yield survey. Without a doubt.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> You know, and that&#x27;s the example I actually use in the book. In the book, I talk about the fact that a blue person would never get rich because they keep their money under their pillow. Yep, so they stay sad, which is blue. Now, Skip, what were you saying? Now, we&#x27;ve seen mortgage rates very low, and a lot of people are procrastinating. They&#x27;re waiting for another quarter point before they refinance. And by doing that, they missed a point that they could have been lower. Well, that&#x27;s right. They do. They miss that. But, you know, additionally, when you&#x27;ve got those fixed investments that are yielding so just a miserable yield. I had a client call me the other day that wanted to talk about, you know, fixed investments. And CDs, you know, are paying like a quarter of a percent. What&#x27;s the point? It is. It is losing money safely. Now, Skip, when they call you, guess what you should do? Have them send a call right to you.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s right. Coach Pete&#x27;s number is on your desk. Now, look at yellow. Now, the yellow person is one that I don&#x27;t get along with too much as a financial coach trying to plan for retirement. That is the happy spender, isn&#x27;t it, Tope? Yes. You know, when you see that there&#x27;s a new gadget out and you see those people who line up the day before at the electronics store because they want to be the first person to get the next whatever 8, 9, 10 version. They are the yellow people. They are not necessarily in debt, but they feel like, you know what? I work hard and I need to play hard. But what they forget is that you need to sustain this lifestyle. And if you&#x27;re not saving money, if you&#x27;re not investing money, then you can also sustain this happy-go-lucky yellow lifestyle. Yeah, until the bills come.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s never fun. And those are the ones that we hear about that have the credit cards that they&#x27;re paying 29% interest on a lot of times. They&#x27;ve overspent. You know, and you see, the thing about the yellow person is that if the person has a credit card that has 29% interest, they&#x27;re keeping up with it. Unlike the red person. I don&#x27;t want to jump ahead of myself. But the bad thing about the yellow person is that when you&#x27;re paying 29% interest on credit card and you&#x27;re paying it on time, you might as well be growing that money instead of borrowing it. Yeah. And instead of buying the shoes that you don&#x27;t want to wear next season. What&#x27;s the point? Yep. Yep. I agree. Now, on the other side there, I have nothing against people borrowing money for 30 years at the interest rates they are now for a mortgage because it&#x27;s, in my opinion, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense to pay a mortgage off when you can get money so cheap from the banks and put the banks on the hook.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> You&#x27;re turning the tables on the banks. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about gray. The gray person is the conservative and content person, correct? Yes. We don&#x27;t have a lot of them right now in America. We don&#x27;t have a lot. But the gray people are the people who have what I call the patient capital. If you ever want to start a business, the best person to go to is a gray person because they&#x27;re very patient. They don&#x27;t want their money next to a few years. They can wait for 20 years. But the only catch is that they must have an alignment with the business you want to do. They don&#x27;t like to get rich or, you know, they&#x27;re content with one pair of pants and five shirts. They don&#x27;t want to go to hell because they&#x27;re religious or they just are socially conservative. But they are the owners of patient capital. If they love what you&#x27;re trying to do, they&#x27;re going to put their money in your business and they&#x27;re not going to disturb you.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Okay. Okay. And then finally, the red are the debtors. The debtors. Now, who are they? And how can people identify with them? Yeah. You know, the thing about the red people is that they don&#x27;t think about money in terms of reality. They want a new Lamborghini. They go buy it. Whether they have money or not, it doesn&#x27;t matter. I had a neighbor like that once and then he was gone all of a sudden with a foreclosure sign in his yard. He&#x27;s surely red. The fancy car, the fancy house, but when you go in, there&#x27;s nothing inside. Right? Yeah. He&#x27;s red because he wanted a fancy car. He thought, you know what? I deserve it. Whether I have money or not, I&#x27;m just going to get it. My friends in Texas would call that big hat, no cattle. All right.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Well, now, look. This is a fascinating spectrum of colors from green to red. And now, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people in your studies who have portions of all these colors, though. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. I always say that women have a hint of yellow. Many women have a hint of yellow. You know, just a little bit. Okay. And, you know, so many men, especially those who are religious, have a little bit of gray. But a lot of men who aren&#x27;t religious have a little bit of gray. And that&#x27;s my observation, not just in a stereotype. I see it. I hear it. And, you know, but the best thing is to have a combination of colors. Well, as long as that combination doesn&#x27;t include red. Yeah. You know, to live a little, save for the rainy day, be able to be careful, take your due diligence, and invest.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> You have to grow. So, it&#x27;s to combine all those colors, to find what your primary color is, and to see how you can play on the strengths and work on the areas of improvement. Well, Topi, I would say if somebody is red, it&#x27;s better for them to admit it. And I think it&#x27;s hard for them to do that. And I know you say that when someone can figure out their personality, their money personality as far as the color scheme, it&#x27;s a lot easier for them to put together a personalized roadmap for success in the financial world, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. Absolutely. Correct. Absolutely. And how do you find that people are able to change? If you&#x27;ve got somebody that is a red person, how do they become less red and more green or more blue or gray or whatever the more appropriate color would be for a secure financial future?</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> The thing about red people, I have to say this, is that for someone who is red, honestly, the first thing to do is to see a counselor because they&#x27;re dealing with an issue that is not really financial. Yeah. The money part is just something they&#x27;re using to camouflage the underlying issue. Somebody might feel, for example, that they had a bad childhood or they were deprived when they were kids. But now they feel like they have to overcompensate for themselves and their children. So they&#x27;re dealing with something else. And many people, you know, money is like food. Some people who eat and eat all the time are trying to eat away on happiness that will not go. And it&#x27;s the exact same thing about money. You have to, first of all, find out what is that demon that you&#x27;re fighting. Yeah. And deal with that first before you can progress to something else. Well, Skip, you know they&#x27;ve called me the Dr. Phil of the financial world. And what Topi just said, there are some underlying issues of why people do what they do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And the best people are those who strike healthy balances between colors. They save, invest, enjoy life&#x27;s pleasures, and don&#x27;t spend their whole life worrying about money. Topi, we really appreciate your time today. Folks, if you missed this interview in its entirety or want to hear it again, it&#x27;ll be posted live online at FinancialSafari.com. Topi, thanks a lot for your time today. Thank you so much. I had a good time here. We hope to have you on again in the future. I hope so, too. I hope to be back. Okay, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;ve ever thought about money, I mean, you know the color here in America, it&#x27;s green. And copper, I guess, for a penny, even though there&#x27;s no copper there anymore. Silver. Yeah, there&#x27;s no silver in that either. That&#x27;s Skip Dyer with me, folks. He&#x27;s in the studio. We&#x27;ve got a great interview, though, today. There&#x27;s different categories. People are categorized according to what color they like. Their interactions with money are identified with five different colors. And we have Tope Fajibisi on the phone for us. She is from Washington, D.C. She&#x27;s joining us right now from Detroit, Michigan. She&#x27;s up there doing some education. Tope, welcome in. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. You&#x27;ve identified interactions with clients over the years and found that everyone fits into one of five categories of colors.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And that&#x27;s fascinating in itself. But let&#x27;s start with green. What does green mean to you? You know, first of all, I think, yes, many people fit into one color. But there are some people who are rainbows and they fit into a couple of colors. But green easily looks like the best color in the room because anybody who is green is a growth machine of any economy. When you look at economies that are thriving, they have a lot of green people because when they see a dollar, they see an investment opportunity. That&#x27;s the good part about them. They want to invest. They have the employers of all of us. But the bad part about a green person is that a green person is so focused on investment that they forget to leave for today. And then they&#x27;re so focused on growing wealth that they could also rack up debt on, you know, business ventures that don&#x27;t work.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> So green people, and they are. I&#x27;ve met those kind of people. They&#x27;re always talking about money no matter where. Even if they&#x27;re in a social setting, they&#x27;re bragging about how much they&#x27;ve gained. Skip, we&#x27;ve always had that next-door neighbor who brags to everybody about how much they make, yet you see them. They don&#x27;t look like they&#x27;re making too much money, do they? Well, they always have these. They tell you about these wonderful investments that they&#x27;re doing exceedingly well on. They&#x27;re asking you to borrow money from coffee the next day. That&#x27;s right. Now, Tope, you&#x27;re in Detroit right now. I bet you don&#x27;t see many green people there, do you? No, unfortunately I do not. But when you see a state or a city that is struggling, I think what has happened is that the green people migrated to some other states. Right, yeah, yeah.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> So, I mean, well, we&#x27;ll get into the other four colors in a minute here, but what caused you to start analyzing colors with how people manage money? I mean, what got you into the spectrum of money? You know, honestly, what happened was that I was thinking one day about questions that people usually ask me about money. Because I&#x27;m a CPA. I audit, and I do a little speaking engagements. And I started thinking, I said, you know, really, what makes you succeed or fail in business really depends on how you see money personally. And I wanted to write a book and tell people about that. But I didn&#x27;t want to write just another finance book that people saw all the time. So I thought, why not write something that they can relate with? Everybody feels some way about color.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You&#x27;re either colorblind or you like one color or you don&#x27;t like one color. So I feel like, and I have, you know, seen that to be true. But when you start talking about money and colors, people are fascinated. And they want to listen. And that&#x27;s really what I wanted to hear. Now, when we talk about blue, green, again, was the growth machine people, the people that are always talking about money. Blue is the cautious savers. Now, explain that to our listeners. You know, blue, if you go to a company that is well-managed, the CFO, the CEO, they are probably blue. But they are not the ones who started the company. But the blues are the best managers you can ever hire. If you&#x27;re a green person and you&#x27;ve taken the risk, hire a blue person. Because a blue person sticks to budget. A blue person is so risk-averse. They&#x27;re not going to play with your money or go gamble with it.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But, you know, that&#x27;s the extent of how great the blue is. The problem with the blue is that they&#x27;re so busy saving for the rainy day that they don&#x27;t want to take any risk about growing their investment. They are very afraid of growing their investment. They&#x27;re very afraid of putting their money in the company that somebody else is managing. So, you know, there&#x27;s a good side and a bad side of every color. Yeah, blue to me is when we hear about people being blue, we hear that around Christmas time where they&#x27;re sad. Right? And so, what I say is, and we see this a lot too, people are so afraid of losing money, they put it all under their pillow or in the bank. And I call that losing money safely because you&#x27;re not keeping up with the inflation rate. Right, especially with the investment yield survey. Without a doubt.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> You know, and that&#x27;s the example I actually use in the book. In the book, I talk about the fact that a blue person would never get rich because they keep their money under their pillow. Yep, so they stay sad, which is blue. Now, Skip, what were you saying? Now, we&#x27;ve seen mortgage rates very low, and a lot of people are procrastinating. They&#x27;re waiting for another quarter point before they refinance. And by doing that, they missed a point that they could have been lower. Well, that&#x27;s right. They do. They miss that. But, you know, additionally, when you&#x27;ve got those fixed investments that are yielding so just a miserable yield. I had a client call me the other day that wanted to talk about, you know, fixed investments. And CDs, you know, are paying like a quarter of a percent. What&#x27;s the point? It is. It is losing money safely. Now, Skip, when they call you, guess what you should do? Have them send a call right to you.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> That&#x27;s right. Coach Pete&#x27;s number is on your desk. Now, look at yellow. Now, the yellow person is one that I don&#x27;t get along with too much as a financial coach trying to plan for retirement. That is the happy spender, isn&#x27;t it, Tope? Yes. You know, when you see that there&#x27;s a new gadget out and you see those people who line up the day before at the electronics store because they want to be the first person to get the next whatever 8, 9, 10 version. They are the yellow people. They are not necessarily in debt, but they feel like, you know what? I work hard and I need to play hard. But what they forget is that you need to sustain this lifestyle. And if you&#x27;re not saving money, if you&#x27;re not investing money, then you can also sustain this happy-go-lucky yellow lifestyle. Yeah, until the bills come.</p><p><strong>06:11</strong> Right. Yeah. It&#x27;s never fun. And those are the ones that we hear about that have the credit cards that they&#x27;re paying 29% interest on a lot of times. They&#x27;ve overspent. You know, and you see, the thing about the yellow person is that if the person has a credit card that has 29% interest, they&#x27;re keeping up with it. Unlike the red person. I don&#x27;t want to jump ahead of myself. But the bad thing about the yellow person is that when you&#x27;re paying 29% interest on credit card and you&#x27;re paying it on time, you might as well be growing that money instead of borrowing it. Yeah. And instead of buying the shoes that you don&#x27;t want to wear next season. What&#x27;s the point? Yep. Yep. I agree. Now, on the other side there, I have nothing against people borrowing money for 30 years at the interest rates they are now for a mortgage because it&#x27;s, in my opinion, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense to pay a mortgage off when you can get money so cheap from the banks and put the banks on the hook.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> You&#x27;re turning the tables on the banks. All right. Let&#x27;s talk about gray. The gray person is the conservative and content person, correct? Yes. We don&#x27;t have a lot of them right now in America. We don&#x27;t have a lot. But the gray people are the people who have what I call the patient capital. If you ever want to start a business, the best person to go to is a gray person because they&#x27;re very patient. They don&#x27;t want their money next to a few years. They can wait for 20 years. But the only catch is that they must have an alignment with the business you want to do. They don&#x27;t like to get rich or, you know, they&#x27;re content with one pair of pants and five shirts. They don&#x27;t want to go to hell because they&#x27;re religious or they just are socially conservative. But they are the owners of patient capital. If they love what you&#x27;re trying to do, they&#x27;re going to put their money in your business and they&#x27;re not going to disturb you.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Okay. Okay. And then finally, the red are the debtors. The debtors. Now, who are they? And how can people identify with them? Yeah. You know, the thing about the red people is that they don&#x27;t think about money in terms of reality. They want a new Lamborghini. They go buy it. Whether they have money or not, it doesn&#x27;t matter. I had a neighbor like that once and then he was gone all of a sudden with a foreclosure sign in his yard. He&#x27;s surely red. The fancy car, the fancy house, but when you go in, there&#x27;s nothing inside. Right? Yeah. He&#x27;s red because he wanted a fancy car. He thought, you know what? I deserve it. Whether I have money or not, I&#x27;m just going to get it. My friends in Texas would call that big hat, no cattle. All right.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Well, now, look. This is a fascinating spectrum of colors from green to red. And now, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people in your studies who have portions of all these colors, though. Absolutely. Absolutely. Absolutely. I always say that women have a hint of yellow. Many women have a hint of yellow. You know, just a little bit. Okay. And, you know, so many men, especially those who are religious, have a little bit of gray. But a lot of men who aren&#x27;t religious have a little bit of gray. And that&#x27;s my observation, not just in a stereotype. I see it. I hear it. And, you know, but the best thing is to have a combination of colors. Well, as long as that combination doesn&#x27;t include red. Yeah. You know, to live a little, save for the rainy day, be able to be careful, take your due diligence, and invest.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> You have to grow. So, it&#x27;s to combine all those colors, to find what your primary color is, and to see how you can play on the strengths and work on the areas of improvement. Well, Topi, I would say if somebody is red, it&#x27;s better for them to admit it. And I think it&#x27;s hard for them to do that. And I know you say that when someone can figure out their personality, their money personality as far as the color scheme, it&#x27;s a lot easier for them to put together a personalized roadmap for success in the financial world, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. Absolutely. Correct. Absolutely. And how do you find that people are able to change? If you&#x27;ve got somebody that is a red person, how do they become less red and more green or more blue or gray or whatever the more appropriate color would be for a secure financial future?</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> The thing about red people, I have to say this, is that for someone who is red, honestly, the first thing to do is to see a counselor because they&#x27;re dealing with an issue that is not really financial. Yeah. The money part is just something they&#x27;re using to camouflage the underlying issue. Somebody might feel, for example, that they had a bad childhood or they were deprived when they were kids. But now they feel like they have to overcompensate for themselves and their children. So they&#x27;re dealing with something else. And many people, you know, money is like food. Some people who eat and eat all the time are trying to eat away on happiness that will not go. And it&#x27;s the exact same thing about money. You have to, first of all, find out what is that demon that you&#x27;re fighting. Yeah. And deal with that first before you can progress to something else. Well, Skip, you know they&#x27;ve called me the Dr. Phil of the financial world. And what Topi just said, there are some underlying issues of why people do what they do.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> And the best people are those who strike healthy balances between colors. They save, invest, enjoy life&#x27;s pleasures, and don&#x27;t spend their whole life worrying about money. Topi, we really appreciate your time today. Folks, if you missed this interview in its entirety or want to hear it again, it&#x27;ll be posted live online at FinancialSafari.com. Topi, thanks a lot for your time today. Thank you so much. I had a good time here. We hope to have you on again in the future. I hope so, too. I hope to be back. Okay, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tope Fajingbesi discusses the different personalities people bring to money decisions. Coach Pete and Skip Dyer explore how understanding those habits can help people think about their financial choices. Recorded July 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tope Fajingbesi</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tope Fajingbesi, financial education, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/image.jpg?t=1792072499&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tope-fajingbesi-what-color-is-your-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/image.jpg?t=1792072499&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>686</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b293ac5-b8bc-4ead-a553-b4e201630c40/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11009330" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tope-fajingbesi-what-color-is-your-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>154</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="What Color Is Your Money?" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Greenburg: Why Professional Athletes Go Broke</title>
      <itunes:title>John Greenburg: Why Professional Athletes Go Broke</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re like me, when you watch sports on TV, you see the players out there and you hear about their salaries and you say, gosh, they&#x27;re making a lot of money. But you don&#x27;t realize sometimes how short their lifespan is as far as in pro sports. And we&#x27;ve got an author on today. His name is John Greenberg, and he&#x27;s a sports historian and author of 15 or 20 books. One of them is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. He writes nonfiction books, which are important these days, because nonfiction books educate you on what&#x27;s really happening. And I wanted to talk to you today, John. First of all, welcome in. Okay. Welcome into the show. Thank you ever so much for having me. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about why athletes go broke. I mean, they&#x27;re making so much money. How do they lose the money?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s the same reason that anybody who goes through what&#x27;s called sudden wealth syndrome, such as lotto winners, they blow through it in a hurry. People who have gotten the money all at one time, maybe they&#x27;re not used to handling money. Their backgrounds are such that they didn&#x27;t really have parents who knew how to handle money. You know, it&#x27;s not just athletes. It could be movie stars. It could be anybody in a high-profile feast or famine type of business. Yeah, I agree. And, you know, one of the famous examples is Mike Tyson. He would go and buy five or six cars at a time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> And it was only him. It was just for him, just so he could have a different car every day of the week. And I deal with some athletes, too, John. And when I try to, as an investment advisor, I try to make sure that when they have all this money come in, I try to educate them on how short the lifespan is. And, of course, I have to do it very gingerly because they&#x27;re usually a lot bigger than I am, John. I&#x27;ll tell you that right now. Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to. That&#x27;s one factor. But it&#x27;s also the culture we live in. America is infamous for not saving money. You know, we live in a consumer society. So it&#x27;s a lot of different factors. First of all, if a person is going through a lot of years to get to be successful, they want to do things.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> They feel that now I can do whatever I want to do. I really don&#x27;t have to worry because there&#x27;s more where that comes from. And, of course, that&#x27;s an important lesson to learn. Always put something aside for a rainy day. Always try to live below your means. I mean, you and I know the secret to living a quality of life in your future years because this is what we have to think about. But when you&#x27;re an athlete, you&#x27;re in a here and now existence. It happens today. And then you have to get into another mindset where you&#x27;re really thinking about the future and planning for the future and having money set aside for unforeseen circumstances.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And then there&#x27;s the other factor, that you can do everything right. You can make the right investments. And because of forces beyond your control, it just turns out wrong. You know, the real estate market is an example. There&#x27;s people in all walks of life that have gotten into financial problems because of the real estate situation. But now you look at Mike Tyson. He went through rough times, okay? And some of them were brought upon by himself. Some of it, you know, he was out and there&#x27;s people that work many hours a day figuring ways to get money away from people. But now look at where he is.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> He is now arguably the most famous person when it comes to boxing in these times. And he&#x27;s just started a promotion company called Iron Mike Promotions. He&#x27;s going to be out putting on boxing shows around the country. So he&#x27;s made a comeback. He was in these movies. He was doing this stand-up monologue all around the country that&#x27;s been well-received. So it just goes to show you that life is an interesting journey. There&#x27;s good things that happen. There&#x27;s bad things that happen. But the bad things, there&#x27;s good things that come along with them. And the good things, you know, they&#x27;re accompanied by not-so-good things. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Greenberg. He&#x27;s a sports historian and author of many books, nonfiction and nature, about why athletes make decisions they do and what they do after they&#x27;ve made those decisions.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> You know, Mike Tyson&#x27;s famous for the tattoo. Everyone knows that facial tattoo he has. And he was in the movie series The Hangover. And that basically made his comeback right there, which is pretty funny because when you think of hangovers, usually it&#x27;s not a good thing. But for Mike Tyson, that was a great thing, wasn&#x27;t it? Hangover helper, we&#x27;ll call him. The way that it&#x27;s going for him now, he&#x27;s on the uptick. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s just like Michael Vick. He went through a horrendous time because of some wrong decisions. But now he&#x27;s on the uptick. So this is what we have to remember about everything in life is that you&#x27;ve got to roll with the punches, you know, no pun intended. And you&#x27;ve got to take the good with the bad and try to make some lemon out of that lemon, you know, make some lemonade out of those lemons that life presents you with.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> If you&#x27;re like Arnold Palmer, you can add that to tea. Oh, yeah. You have Arnold Palmer. That&#x27;s half iced tea and half lemonade. That&#x27;s right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, there&#x27;s another athlete for you, Arnold Palmer. And golf is an athletic sport. I mean, it takes a lot of energy to play golf, especially if you&#x27;re walking the course. It&#x27;s the pressure. That&#x27;s the commonality. It&#x27;s the absolute intense pressure. Knowing that you have to sink a short putt and do it in front of millions of TV viewers and with a lot riding on it, that&#x27;s the true nature of competition. But, you know, even when you talk about the world of business, business is a very competitive thing. And even philanthropy is a competitive thing. You know, Bill Gates, he likes to get some notoriety for all the good things that he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> And so is Warren Buffett. Warren Buffett&#x27;s got this new thing where he wants to hold a contest on giving away his sister&#x27;s money. And all of this is tied in with the truth, which is that the most moments of happiness that you get is by helping other people get some moments of happiness. And I think, you know, if we&#x27;re going to get down to the bottom of why people and athletes get into financial messes, it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re not looking outside themselves. This is what you have to do and to respect what you have worked for, respect what you have going for you, and don&#x27;t squander. Don&#x27;t squander your talents and don&#x27;t squander your assets. Now, as a sports historian, what is your opinion on, you know, baseball has been marred lately with different kind of supplements.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> And now they&#x27;ve got the new one where Ryan Brown was just suspended for the rest of the year with Milwaukee. What are they going to do with the record books, John? I mean, they can&#x27;t change the record books because they don&#x27;t know if maybe the pitchers might have been juicing as well. Well, there&#x27;s two ways of looking at it. Ken Burns, who&#x27;s the noted documentary filmmaker, he says, hey, this is all part of baseball. There shouldn&#x27;t be any asterisk because there&#x27;s always been, you know, there&#x27;s been notorious stories about all these people. The Black Sox scandals and all this other stuff. But I do notice that there was nobody elected into the Baseball Hall of Fame last year, and there may not be anybody elected in the Baseball Hall of Fame this year. So, yes, it&#x27;s definitely had an impact on the legacy of baseball.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> And this performance-enhancing drug situation, we are just at the beginning of it. Ryan Braun is the first of several suspensions. And, you know, baseball has had this problem for a long time. It&#x27;s like talking about a lot of the other issues in this country. They were neglected, procrastinated. It went on and on and on. And now it&#x27;s coming to a head. And, you know, the public, they insist on it because they want to see natural athletes out there so that they can legitimately compare the exploits of today&#x27;s players with the greats of the past. That&#x27;s always been a big selling point of baseball is that the rules are essentially the same for all these many years.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> It&#x27;s not like football where the rules are being tinkered with and some of the other sports. Let me use a real-life situation to give you my idea, my opinion, of a hypothetical plan for a professional athlete, one that&#x27;s made the news here lately. His name is Dustin Pedroia, second baseman for the Red Sox. Real small guy, but he just signed a $100 million contract for seven or eight years. That&#x27;s a big contract. And he&#x27;s guaranteed that money. This isn&#x27;t like the NFL where he may not necessarily get that much money. You know, the funny thing about him, and it&#x27;s not funny in a way, but the NFL, they&#x27;re sitting there hitting each other each play, yet most of their contracts are not guaranteed, whereas baseball, they&#x27;re sitting out there on an island. I played second base when I played.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> I mean, you have to worry about the guy sliding in hard, trying to break a double play up or stealing, but you&#x27;re a lot safer playing baseball than football, yet all your money most of the time in baseball is guaranteed, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it&#x27;s guaranteed, but you do have the risk of getting hit with a ball. Yeah. You know, and we had a—I&#x27;m down in the Tampa Bay area. We just had a pitcher by the name of Cobb who caught a line shot. Yep. And, you know, it was a frightening head injury. But you&#x27;re right. For the most part, the incidents of head injuries are far more common in professional football. So Dustin Pedroia— But what would your plan be for this phenom? Yeah, and he&#x27;s like 30, right around 30 years old, maybe 31, 32. So this is probably the last big contract he&#x27;s ever going to sign.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> Okay. And I&#x27;m sure he&#x27;s aware of that, so it&#x27;s $100 million. If he met with me, we&#x27;d design a plan which would enable him to have the lifestyle he wants, but take about half the money and put in what I call retirement autopilot-type accounts, which are going to build for retirement, and then give him a predictable stream of income for the rest of his life when he reaches retirement. And he&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. He&#x27;ll never worry about that money. And then he won&#x27;t want to blow all the other money that&#x27;s outside because when someone tells you you can do it, you don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. It&#x27;s when people rebel is when they&#x27;re told, hey, you can&#x27;t spend any of your money. And they say, I&#x27;m going to show you. I&#x27;m going to spend all my money. So it&#x27;s just important. I think athletes, if they would realize the power of retirement autopilot accounts, peeling some money off now and putting in a time capsule-type account that&#x27;s going to grow until you need it</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> and then give you an income that you never have to be like Mike Tyson and reinvent yourself with. The only addition I would make is this Curt Schilling story. Okay. Now, this is a guy who saved $50 million. Right. But he had a dream of becoming a Bill Gates billionaire because of his video game. And he went out and he couldn&#x27;t get the venture capitalist to make the deal he wanted. So he borrowed $75 million from the state of Rhode Island in the promise that he&#x27;d bring him 450 jobs. And he blew through that money in two years. And now he&#x27;s getting sued. The $50 million is gone. He&#x27;s getting sued for $75 million. So that&#x27;s another thing is stick with what you do well and don&#x27;t think that you&#x27;re going to be a financial genius</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> just because you happen to be very good at sport. Well, it&#x27;s never enough sometimes to some people. And it&#x27;s hard to understand. You always want what somebody else has. The grass is always greener. And unfortunately, I see this a lot. Athletes are retired. They&#x27;ll have plenty of money, yet they&#x27;ll want to go open up a restaurant or a bar. And they have a failure rate of over 90% restaurants after a couple years. Because that&#x27;s just throwing money away. It&#x27;s the dream of running a restaurant. Why? You&#x27;ve got enough money where you can just go to a restaurant, sit at the bar, and drink and eat and never run out of money. Because it gets down to having friendly faces come in and smile at you and give you some props, give you some adulation. Because eventually, everybody&#x27;s going to forget about every athlete. There will come a day when kids will not know who Muhammad Ali was, who Michael Jordan was.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> So I think that&#x27;s kind of a factor. But the idea of restaurants, that&#x27;s never been a really great investment as far as athletes are concerned. Sometimes I talk about how I feel like I&#x27;m the Dr. Phil of financial. When I talk to people with a lot of money, and athletes in particular, and I say, what&#x27;s going to happen when the cheering stops? And it&#x27;s going to stop for everybody, John. Well, and then also you&#x27;ve got to learn how to say no. That&#x27;s right. Because all these people that your relatives and your friends, they&#x27;re going to come to you. And they&#x27;re going to say, look, you know, can&#x27;t you do this for me? I mean, you got it. And look at what I did for you. Yep. You know, I remember you when. I came through and I did this favor for you. And, you know, show me some love.</p><p><strong>13:44</strong> I changed your diapers. But you&#x27;ve got to say no. Well, folks, his name is John Greenberg. Pick up one of his books. I mean, and if you just joined the interview late or want to listen again, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on the As Heard on the show icon, and listen to it to your heart&#x27;s content. John, I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;d like to do it again with you. It&#x27;s been a lot of fun. And, folks, again, John Greenberg, sports historian and author of about 20 books. John, thanks for coming on today. Thank you ever so much for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re like me, when you watch sports on TV, you see the players out there and you hear about their salaries and you say, gosh, they&#x27;re making a lot of money. But you don&#x27;t realize sometimes how short their lifespan is as far as in pro sports. And we&#x27;ve got an author on today. His name is John Greenberg, and he&#x27;s a sports historian and author of 15 or 20 books. One of them is The Grand Old Man, Amos Alonzo Stagg. He writes nonfiction books, which are important these days, because nonfiction books educate you on what&#x27;s really happening. And I wanted to talk to you today, John. First of all, welcome in. Okay. Welcome into the show. Thank you ever so much for having me. Yeah, let&#x27;s talk about why athletes go broke. I mean, they&#x27;re making so much money. How do they lose the money?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, it&#x27;s the same reason that anybody who goes through what&#x27;s called sudden wealth syndrome, such as lotto winners, they blow through it in a hurry. People who have gotten the money all at one time, maybe they&#x27;re not used to handling money. Their backgrounds are such that they didn&#x27;t really have parents who knew how to handle money. You know, it&#x27;s not just athletes. It could be movie stars. It could be anybody in a high-profile feast or famine type of business. Yeah, I agree. And, you know, one of the famous examples is Mike Tyson. He would go and buy five or six cars at a time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> And it was only him. It was just for him, just so he could have a different car every day of the week. And I deal with some athletes, too, John. And when I try to, as an investment advisor, I try to make sure that when they have all this money come in, I try to educate them on how short the lifespan is. And, of course, I have to do it very gingerly because they&#x27;re usually a lot bigger than I am, John. I&#x27;ll tell you that right now. Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to. That&#x27;s one factor. But it&#x27;s also the culture we live in. America is infamous for not saving money. You know, we live in a consumer society. So it&#x27;s a lot of different factors. First of all, if a person is going through a lot of years to get to be successful, they want to do things.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> They feel that now I can do whatever I want to do. I really don&#x27;t have to worry because there&#x27;s more where that comes from. And, of course, that&#x27;s an important lesson to learn. Always put something aside for a rainy day. Always try to live below your means. I mean, you and I know the secret to living a quality of life in your future years because this is what we have to think about. But when you&#x27;re an athlete, you&#x27;re in a here and now existence. It happens today. And then you have to get into another mindset where you&#x27;re really thinking about the future and planning for the future and having money set aside for unforeseen circumstances.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And then there&#x27;s the other factor, that you can do everything right. You can make the right investments. And because of forces beyond your control, it just turns out wrong. You know, the real estate market is an example. There&#x27;s people in all walks of life that have gotten into financial problems because of the real estate situation. But now you look at Mike Tyson. He went through rough times, okay? And some of them were brought upon by himself. Some of it, you know, he was out and there&#x27;s people that work many hours a day figuring ways to get money away from people. But now look at where he is.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> He is now arguably the most famous person when it comes to boxing in these times. And he&#x27;s just started a promotion company called Iron Mike Promotions. He&#x27;s going to be out putting on boxing shows around the country. So he&#x27;s made a comeback. He was in these movies. He was doing this stand-up monologue all around the country that&#x27;s been well-received. So it just goes to show you that life is an interesting journey. There&#x27;s good things that happen. There&#x27;s bad things that happen. But the bad things, there&#x27;s good things that come along with them. And the good things, you know, they&#x27;re accompanied by not-so-good things. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Greenberg. He&#x27;s a sports historian and author of many books, nonfiction and nature, about why athletes make decisions they do and what they do after they&#x27;ve made those decisions.</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> You know, Mike Tyson&#x27;s famous for the tattoo. Everyone knows that facial tattoo he has. And he was in the movie series The Hangover. And that basically made his comeback right there, which is pretty funny because when you think of hangovers, usually it&#x27;s not a good thing. But for Mike Tyson, that was a great thing, wasn&#x27;t it? Hangover helper, we&#x27;ll call him. The way that it&#x27;s going for him now, he&#x27;s on the uptick. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s just like Michael Vick. He went through a horrendous time because of some wrong decisions. But now he&#x27;s on the uptick. So this is what we have to remember about everything in life is that you&#x27;ve got to roll with the punches, you know, no pun intended. And you&#x27;ve got to take the good with the bad and try to make some lemon out of that lemon, you know, make some lemonade out of those lemons that life presents you with.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> If you&#x27;re like Arnold Palmer, you can add that to tea. Oh, yeah. You have Arnold Palmer. That&#x27;s half iced tea and half lemonade. That&#x27;s right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about, there&#x27;s another athlete for you, Arnold Palmer. And golf is an athletic sport. I mean, it takes a lot of energy to play golf, especially if you&#x27;re walking the course. It&#x27;s the pressure. That&#x27;s the commonality. It&#x27;s the absolute intense pressure. Knowing that you have to sink a short putt and do it in front of millions of TV viewers and with a lot riding on it, that&#x27;s the true nature of competition. But, you know, even when you talk about the world of business, business is a very competitive thing. And even philanthropy is a competitive thing. You know, Bill Gates, he likes to get some notoriety for all the good things that he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> And so is Warren Buffett. Warren Buffett&#x27;s got this new thing where he wants to hold a contest on giving away his sister&#x27;s money. And all of this is tied in with the truth, which is that the most moments of happiness that you get is by helping other people get some moments of happiness. And I think, you know, if we&#x27;re going to get down to the bottom of why people and athletes get into financial messes, it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re not looking outside themselves. This is what you have to do and to respect what you have worked for, respect what you have going for you, and don&#x27;t squander. Don&#x27;t squander your talents and don&#x27;t squander your assets. Now, as a sports historian, what is your opinion on, you know, baseball has been marred lately with different kind of supplements.</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> And now they&#x27;ve got the new one where Ryan Brown was just suspended for the rest of the year with Milwaukee. What are they going to do with the record books, John? I mean, they can&#x27;t change the record books because they don&#x27;t know if maybe the pitchers might have been juicing as well. Well, there&#x27;s two ways of looking at it. Ken Burns, who&#x27;s the noted documentary filmmaker, he says, hey, this is all part of baseball. There shouldn&#x27;t be any asterisk because there&#x27;s always been, you know, there&#x27;s been notorious stories about all these people. The Black Sox scandals and all this other stuff. But I do notice that there was nobody elected into the Baseball Hall of Fame last year, and there may not be anybody elected in the Baseball Hall of Fame this year. So, yes, it&#x27;s definitely had an impact on the legacy of baseball.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> And this performance-enhancing drug situation, we are just at the beginning of it. Ryan Braun is the first of several suspensions. And, you know, baseball has had this problem for a long time. It&#x27;s like talking about a lot of the other issues in this country. They were neglected, procrastinated. It went on and on and on. And now it&#x27;s coming to a head. And, you know, the public, they insist on it because they want to see natural athletes out there so that they can legitimately compare the exploits of today&#x27;s players with the greats of the past. That&#x27;s always been a big selling point of baseball is that the rules are essentially the same for all these many years.</p><p><strong>09:00</strong> It&#x27;s not like football where the rules are being tinkered with and some of the other sports. Let me use a real-life situation to give you my idea, my opinion, of a hypothetical plan for a professional athlete, one that&#x27;s made the news here lately. His name is Dustin Pedroia, second baseman for the Red Sox. Real small guy, but he just signed a $100 million contract for seven or eight years. That&#x27;s a big contract. And he&#x27;s guaranteed that money. This isn&#x27;t like the NFL where he may not necessarily get that much money. You know, the funny thing about him, and it&#x27;s not funny in a way, but the NFL, they&#x27;re sitting there hitting each other each play, yet most of their contracts are not guaranteed, whereas baseball, they&#x27;re sitting out there on an island. I played second base when I played.</p><p><strong>09:46</strong> I mean, you have to worry about the guy sliding in hard, trying to break a double play up or stealing, but you&#x27;re a lot safer playing baseball than football, yet all your money most of the time in baseball is guaranteed, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it&#x27;s guaranteed, but you do have the risk of getting hit with a ball. Yeah. You know, and we had a—I&#x27;m down in the Tampa Bay area. We just had a pitcher by the name of Cobb who caught a line shot. Yep. And, you know, it was a frightening head injury. But you&#x27;re right. For the most part, the incidents of head injuries are far more common in professional football. So Dustin Pedroia— But what would your plan be for this phenom? Yeah, and he&#x27;s like 30, right around 30 years old, maybe 31, 32. So this is probably the last big contract he&#x27;s ever going to sign.</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> Okay. And I&#x27;m sure he&#x27;s aware of that, so it&#x27;s $100 million. If he met with me, we&#x27;d design a plan which would enable him to have the lifestyle he wants, but take about half the money and put in what I call retirement autopilot-type accounts, which are going to build for retirement, and then give him a predictable stream of income for the rest of his life when he reaches retirement. And he&#x27;ll take the worry out of living in retirement. He&#x27;ll never worry about that money. And then he won&#x27;t want to blow all the other money that&#x27;s outside because when someone tells you you can do it, you don&#x27;t want to do it anymore. It&#x27;s when people rebel is when they&#x27;re told, hey, you can&#x27;t spend any of your money. And they say, I&#x27;m going to show you. I&#x27;m going to spend all my money. So it&#x27;s just important. I think athletes, if they would realize the power of retirement autopilot accounts, peeling some money off now and putting in a time capsule-type account that&#x27;s going to grow until you need it</p><p><strong>11:17</strong> and then give you an income that you never have to be like Mike Tyson and reinvent yourself with. The only addition I would make is this Curt Schilling story. Okay. Now, this is a guy who saved $50 million. Right. But he had a dream of becoming a Bill Gates billionaire because of his video game. And he went out and he couldn&#x27;t get the venture capitalist to make the deal he wanted. So he borrowed $75 million from the state of Rhode Island in the promise that he&#x27;d bring him 450 jobs. And he blew through that money in two years. And now he&#x27;s getting sued. The $50 million is gone. He&#x27;s getting sued for $75 million. So that&#x27;s another thing is stick with what you do well and don&#x27;t think that you&#x27;re going to be a financial genius</p><p><strong>12:05</strong> just because you happen to be very good at sport. Well, it&#x27;s never enough sometimes to some people. And it&#x27;s hard to understand. You always want what somebody else has. The grass is always greener. And unfortunately, I see this a lot. Athletes are retired. They&#x27;ll have plenty of money, yet they&#x27;ll want to go open up a restaurant or a bar. And they have a failure rate of over 90% restaurants after a couple years. Because that&#x27;s just throwing money away. It&#x27;s the dream of running a restaurant. Why? You&#x27;ve got enough money where you can just go to a restaurant, sit at the bar, and drink and eat and never run out of money. Because it gets down to having friendly faces come in and smile at you and give you some props, give you some adulation. Because eventually, everybody&#x27;s going to forget about every athlete. There will come a day when kids will not know who Muhammad Ali was, who Michael Jordan was.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> So I think that&#x27;s kind of a factor. But the idea of restaurants, that&#x27;s never been a really great investment as far as athletes are concerned. Sometimes I talk about how I feel like I&#x27;m the Dr. Phil of financial. When I talk to people with a lot of money, and athletes in particular, and I say, what&#x27;s going to happen when the cheering stops? And it&#x27;s going to stop for everybody, John. Well, and then also you&#x27;ve got to learn how to say no. That&#x27;s right. Because all these people that your relatives and your friends, they&#x27;re going to come to you. And they&#x27;re going to say, look, you know, can&#x27;t you do this for me? I mean, you got it. And look at what I did for you. Yep. You know, I remember you when. I came through and I did this favor for you. And, you know, show me some love.</p><p><strong>13:44</strong> I changed your diapers. But you&#x27;ve got to say no. Well, folks, his name is John Greenberg. Pick up one of his books. I mean, and if you just joined the interview late or want to listen again, you can go to financialsafari.com, click on the As Heard on the show icon, and listen to it to your heart&#x27;s content. John, I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. I&#x27;d like to do it again with you. It&#x27;s been a lot of fun. And, folks, again, John Greenberg, sports historian and author of about 20 books. John, thanks for coming on today. Thank you ever so much for having me. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sports historian John Greenburg joins Coach Pete to discuss the short careers, large paychecks, and financial challenges of professional athletes. They consider money management and the lessons athletes’ experiences offer other families. Recorded July 2013.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Greenburg</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Greenburg, retirement income, financial education, sports</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/image.jpg?t=1792072503&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-why-professional-athletes-go-broke/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/image.jpg?t=1792072503&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>859</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c3889724-6602-4d12-976c-b4e201628e9f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13775055" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-greenburg-why-professional-athletes-go-broke</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>155</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why Professional Athletes Go Broke" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:17" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:38" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:18" title="Hospitality and service" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Deaux: Growth, Markets, and Economic Indicators</title>
      <itunes:title>Joe Deaux: Growth, Markets, and Economic Indicators</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joe Deaux joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about economic growth and financial markets. They discuss GDP, the recovery, and making sense of the indicators being reported at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. This week, I went out and found a very special guest. If you&#x27;ve ever been online or even on TV, a lot of times you see these features. It&#x27;s called TheStreet.com. And we&#x27;ve got Joe Doe, who is a columnist with TheStreet.com. And Joe&#x27;s coming in to talk about different things that are happening here in 2013 and what we can hopefully anticipate going forward. We&#x27;re going to talk about GDP, job growth, and what&#x27;s going to happen with the money you&#x27;ve put aside for retirement and what should happen, those kind of things. Joe, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me. And you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s the heart of the financial world. We like to say so. Yeah. Well, I was up there about a month or so ago with Steve Forbes, and he had some positive things to say about the local economy there in New York City.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I mean, New York City is a great example of the comeback that we&#x27;ve seen in the nation, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. I mean, you know, the housing market has been incredibly strong here in, you know, Manhattan to Brooklyn to Queens. You know, we&#x27;re right at the heart of the equity markets, which have seen basically a 100, not basically, but 150 percent rise over the past five years. So it&#x27;s pretty incredible. Now, let&#x27;s talk about – now, people hear these terms, and I know people that are honest. It&#x27;s like in class. There was always someone who would raise their hand and ask the teacher the question that everyone else was thinking but was afraid to sound stupid. Okay? Remember those kind of days? Sure. And every now and then, I was the one – my dad&#x27;s a college professor, and he said there&#x27;s no such thing as a stupid question. Of course, until you ask it, and then everybody laughs at you, right?</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So – but let&#x27;s talk about this. People hear GDP, and they have no idea what people are talking about many a times. Explain to our listeners what gross domestic product is and why it&#x27;s very important for people to pay attention to. I guess the very, very basic way of explaining is it&#x27;s all the goods and services that were transacted here through the United States. So when people talk about the general health of the economy, the real base point of it is GDP, so the gross domestic product. If you have – if goods and services are being bought and sold at a very good rate here in the U.S., then we generally look at that as expansionary.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> In other words, the economy is growing, and that&#x27;s a good thing. If it is not, and it&#x27;s actually contracting as it did from 2008 until the bottom in 2009, then we generally say we&#x27;re in a recession or I guess you can go back real far in history and call it a depression, which by definition is two years of negative gross domestic product growth, which we haven&#x27;t seen in a long time. But the Great Recession, it was pretty bad. They say a recession is something that happens to your neighbor. A depression is when it happens to you. Something like that. Well, trade imbalance. Okay, so when we talk about – when people hear about the trade imbalance and just the macroeconomic impact and all that,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I mean what does it really mean to the average mom and pop? They&#x27;ve got jobs or they&#x27;re in retirement now and they&#x27;re just trying to – you know, they&#x27;re trying to go to Dunkin&#x27; Donuts every now and then, go on a vacation, see the grandkids. What does the trade imbalance mean to just the average citizen? Right. Well, you know, so there&#x27;s the trade deficit, right? And we look at the trade deficit as, you know, are we bringing in more goods and services than we&#x27;re exporting? You know, you would sometimes want to be exporting more goods and services from the country. That does show that businesses here are, you know, well, they actually have customers that they&#x27;re serving. But this is a different point from the debt. You know, if we&#x27;re bringing in more from other countries, you know, that&#x27;s just kind of part of the service economy that we&#x27;re in now.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And we&#x27;re a net consumer now, more so than a net producer. And what does it mean to the average mom and pop? Well, you know, I don&#x27;t think they should be sitting around worrying too much on a daily basis about trade deficits as much as they should be looking forward to expansionary policies, growth in small businesses and moderate-sized businesses. Sure, we&#x27;ve seen, you know, increase of revenues and profits by large corporations. But really, you want to look on that kind of that micro level and see if small businesses are hiring because in that case, that suggests that they&#x27;re growing. And right now, at least according to a lot of the analysts I&#x27;ve spoken to, you know, they&#x27;re still seeing a lot of struggles for those smaller businesses.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> And it&#x27;s not a surprise when you see GDP numbers. I mean, the Federal Reserve is looking for a 2013 year-end change in real GDP year-over-year to be 2.3% to 2.6%. That&#x27;s not fantastic. And that projection could lower by the end of the year. You know, and the unemployment rate, they&#x27;re looking for a year-end 7.2% to 7.3%. That&#x27;s still very high. And it suggests that, you know, small businesses and the general private sector are not growing at the type of clip that we&#x27;ve been used to pre-financial crisis. Yeah. So, I mean, people are just – I think people don&#x27;t need to stay up late at night worrying about it. But it&#x27;s just the trade imbalance after a while, it starts to worry me a little bit.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you, when I was growing up – you know, I&#x27;m 47 now. And I remember when I was little, we would get these little snow globes and we&#x27;d shake them around and all the snow and stuff inside there. But I remember on the bottom of it, my dad would always say, if it ever breaks, don&#x27;t drink the water because it was made in Taiwan, it would say on the bottom of it. And then through my high school years and college years, even after college, I&#x27;d turn a toy or whatever over and say made in China. Well, the other day – and maybe this has been happening for a while and I just noticed it – it doesn&#x27;t say made in China anymore. It says made in PRC. Now, that&#x27;s People&#x27;s Republic of China, but they&#x27;ve renamed it. It&#x27;s pretty funny how they&#x27;ve done that. And I think they&#x27;ve done that slowly. But maybe someone listening might not realize that PRC means China too. Yeah, maybe not. I mean, you could go back to the whole history of the ROC, which is the Republic of China, which was Chiang Kai-shek, and the so-called Democratic – the nationalists that had wrestled for control from the communists under Mao Zedong back in the late 40s.</p><p><strong>06:41</strong> But yeah, yeah, I mean, the PRC is what they are. You know, it&#x27;s the People&#x27;s Republic of China and, you know, I don&#x27;t know. That seems like an interesting branding to me. I&#x27;m not sure if all companies will be doing that, but we&#x27;ll see. I just noticed it. It&#x27;s pretty funny. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Joe Doe. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He&#x27;s a columnist with TheStreet.com. And, Joe, one of the things I want to talk about is something I&#x27;ve noticed myself is just the price of fuel going up. And what kind of – I know in New York City, I don&#x27;t know if you – do you have a car there yourself? I don&#x27;t. There&#x27;s no need to, is there? You have to – No, no. Parking and all that. But now just out here in middle America, we have to use cars and we have to buy fuel and everything. And it&#x27;s just – will that – or what point do you think – we were talking about this at lunch today at the office – is at what point do you think that – we were talking about this the other day with some people in the office.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> But at what point do you think that fuel prices will slow the economy down? Well, you know, it would have to be prolonged and it would have to be outpacing the inflation of the economy. I mean, the rise that we&#x27;ve seen in gas prices recently have risen with – have been slow to rise with the immense jump in crude prices and WTI, light sweet crude. You know, and finally, we&#x27;re seeing gas kind of jump up, kind of run alongside that. You know, a lot of analysts, a lot of oil analysts were saying this was inevitable. But a lot of them are saying, you know, as we head into the fall, you might see these prices kind of back off. It could be a seasonal thing.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> How much of an effect will it have on the pocketbooks of people? Well, if we go off what these analysts are saying and we do see an easing into fall, then it won&#x27;t be as much of a problem. If for some reason gas prices do continue to spike through the final quarter of the year, yeah, I mean, you could see it hit people. But overall, you know, if you really look on Fed projections and projections of other economists, they&#x27;re not expecting inflation to really run rampant. And again, I mentioned inflation because gasoline and food, you know, are not considered part of the core inflation projection, but they&#x27;re still considered overall. And that&#x27;s because they do – inflation does have an effect on your pocketbook, on your wallet.</p><p><strong>09:08</strong> But so every other sector, we&#x27;re not seeing a huge jump. And if we do see gas prices come back as are expected to, I don&#x27;t think people should have to worry too much. Sure, it might be a little bit of a push for some time, but it shouldn&#x27;t just completely change, you know, the way things are moving. Okay, good. Well, we&#x27;re up against the clock right now, but I&#x27;d love to have you on in the future to talk about things that pop up in the economy, which they do, Joe, every single day, don&#x27;t they? Indeed, they do, and they always surprise. Folks, again, his name was Joe Doe, a columnist with TheStreet.com. And if you joined this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on the as heard on the show quicker there or icon, and you can listen to it again.</p><p><strong>09:54</strong> Joe, thanks for coming in today. Thanks so much for having me. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joe Deaux joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about economic growth and financial markets. They discuss GDP, the recovery, and making sense of the indicators being reported at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. This week, I went out and found a very special guest. If you&#x27;ve ever been online or even on TV, a lot of times you see these features. It&#x27;s called TheStreet.com. And we&#x27;ve got Joe Doe, who is a columnist with TheStreet.com. And Joe&#x27;s coming in to talk about different things that are happening here in 2013 and what we can hopefully anticipate going forward. We&#x27;re going to talk about GDP, job growth, and what&#x27;s going to happen with the money you&#x27;ve put aside for retirement and what should happen, those kind of things. Joe, welcome in. Thanks so much for having me. And you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s the heart of the financial world. We like to say so. Yeah. Well, I was up there about a month or so ago with Steve Forbes, and he had some positive things to say about the local economy there in New York City.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I mean, New York City is a great example of the comeback that we&#x27;ve seen in the nation, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. I mean, you know, the housing market has been incredibly strong here in, you know, Manhattan to Brooklyn to Queens. You know, we&#x27;re right at the heart of the equity markets, which have seen basically a 100, not basically, but 150 percent rise over the past five years. So it&#x27;s pretty incredible. Now, let&#x27;s talk about – now, people hear these terms, and I know people that are honest. It&#x27;s like in class. There was always someone who would raise their hand and ask the teacher the question that everyone else was thinking but was afraid to sound stupid. Okay? Remember those kind of days? Sure. And every now and then, I was the one – my dad&#x27;s a college professor, and he said there&#x27;s no such thing as a stupid question. Of course, until you ask it, and then everybody laughs at you, right?</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> So – but let&#x27;s talk about this. People hear GDP, and they have no idea what people are talking about many a times. Explain to our listeners what gross domestic product is and why it&#x27;s very important for people to pay attention to. I guess the very, very basic way of explaining is it&#x27;s all the goods and services that were transacted here through the United States. So when people talk about the general health of the economy, the real base point of it is GDP, so the gross domestic product. If you have – if goods and services are being bought and sold at a very good rate here in the U.S., then we generally look at that as expansionary.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> In other words, the economy is growing, and that&#x27;s a good thing. If it is not, and it&#x27;s actually contracting as it did from 2008 until the bottom in 2009, then we generally say we&#x27;re in a recession or I guess you can go back real far in history and call it a depression, which by definition is two years of negative gross domestic product growth, which we haven&#x27;t seen in a long time. But the Great Recession, it was pretty bad. They say a recession is something that happens to your neighbor. A depression is when it happens to you. Something like that. Well, trade imbalance. Okay, so when we talk about – when people hear about the trade imbalance and just the macroeconomic impact and all that,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> I mean what does it really mean to the average mom and pop? They&#x27;ve got jobs or they&#x27;re in retirement now and they&#x27;re just trying to – you know, they&#x27;re trying to go to Dunkin&#x27; Donuts every now and then, go on a vacation, see the grandkids. What does the trade imbalance mean to just the average citizen? Right. Well, you know, so there&#x27;s the trade deficit, right? And we look at the trade deficit as, you know, are we bringing in more goods and services than we&#x27;re exporting? You know, you would sometimes want to be exporting more goods and services from the country. That does show that businesses here are, you know, well, they actually have customers that they&#x27;re serving. But this is a different point from the debt. You know, if we&#x27;re bringing in more from other countries, you know, that&#x27;s just kind of part of the service economy that we&#x27;re in now.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And we&#x27;re a net consumer now, more so than a net producer. And what does it mean to the average mom and pop? Well, you know, I don&#x27;t think they should be sitting around worrying too much on a daily basis about trade deficits as much as they should be looking forward to expansionary policies, growth in small businesses and moderate-sized businesses. Sure, we&#x27;ve seen, you know, increase of revenues and profits by large corporations. But really, you want to look on that kind of that micro level and see if small businesses are hiring because in that case, that suggests that they&#x27;re growing. And right now, at least according to a lot of the analysts I&#x27;ve spoken to, you know, they&#x27;re still seeing a lot of struggles for those smaller businesses.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> And it&#x27;s not a surprise when you see GDP numbers. I mean, the Federal Reserve is looking for a 2013 year-end change in real GDP year-over-year to be 2.3% to 2.6%. That&#x27;s not fantastic. And that projection could lower by the end of the year. You know, and the unemployment rate, they&#x27;re looking for a year-end 7.2% to 7.3%. That&#x27;s still very high. And it suggests that, you know, small businesses and the general private sector are not growing at the type of clip that we&#x27;ve been used to pre-financial crisis. Yeah. So, I mean, people are just – I think people don&#x27;t need to stay up late at night worrying about it. But it&#x27;s just the trade imbalance after a while, it starts to worry me a little bit.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you, when I was growing up – you know, I&#x27;m 47 now. And I remember when I was little, we would get these little snow globes and we&#x27;d shake them around and all the snow and stuff inside there. But I remember on the bottom of it, my dad would always say, if it ever breaks, don&#x27;t drink the water because it was made in Taiwan, it would say on the bottom of it. And then through my high school years and college years, even after college, I&#x27;d turn a toy or whatever over and say made in China. Well, the other day – and maybe this has been happening for a while and I just noticed it – it doesn&#x27;t say made in China anymore. It says made in PRC. Now, that&#x27;s People&#x27;s Republic of China, but they&#x27;ve renamed it. It&#x27;s pretty funny how they&#x27;ve done that. And I think they&#x27;ve done that slowly. But maybe someone listening might not realize that PRC means China too. Yeah, maybe not. I mean, you could go back to the whole history of the ROC, which is the Republic of China, which was Chiang Kai-shek, and the so-called Democratic – the nationalists that had wrestled for control from the communists under Mao Zedong back in the late 40s.</p><p><strong>06:41</strong> But yeah, yeah, I mean, the PRC is what they are. You know, it&#x27;s the People&#x27;s Republic of China and, you know, I don&#x27;t know. That seems like an interesting branding to me. I&#x27;m not sure if all companies will be doing that, but we&#x27;ll see. I just noticed it. It&#x27;s pretty funny. Folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Joe Doe. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. He&#x27;s a columnist with TheStreet.com. And, Joe, one of the things I want to talk about is something I&#x27;ve noticed myself is just the price of fuel going up. And what kind of – I know in New York City, I don&#x27;t know if you – do you have a car there yourself? I don&#x27;t. There&#x27;s no need to, is there? You have to – No, no. Parking and all that. But now just out here in middle America, we have to use cars and we have to buy fuel and everything. And it&#x27;s just – will that – or what point do you think – we were talking about this at lunch today at the office – is at what point do you think that – we were talking about this the other day with some people in the office.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> But at what point do you think that fuel prices will slow the economy down? Well, you know, it would have to be prolonged and it would have to be outpacing the inflation of the economy. I mean, the rise that we&#x27;ve seen in gas prices recently have risen with – have been slow to rise with the immense jump in crude prices and WTI, light sweet crude. You know, and finally, we&#x27;re seeing gas kind of jump up, kind of run alongside that. You know, a lot of analysts, a lot of oil analysts were saying this was inevitable. But a lot of them are saying, you know, as we head into the fall, you might see these prices kind of back off. It could be a seasonal thing.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> How much of an effect will it have on the pocketbooks of people? Well, if we go off what these analysts are saying and we do see an easing into fall, then it won&#x27;t be as much of a problem. If for some reason gas prices do continue to spike through the final quarter of the year, yeah, I mean, you could see it hit people. But overall, you know, if you really look on Fed projections and projections of other economists, they&#x27;re not expecting inflation to really run rampant. And again, I mentioned inflation because gasoline and food, you know, are not considered part of the core inflation projection, but they&#x27;re still considered overall. And that&#x27;s because they do – inflation does have an effect on your pocketbook, on your wallet.</p><p><strong>09:08</strong> But so every other sector, we&#x27;re not seeing a huge jump. And if we do see gas prices come back as are expected to, I don&#x27;t think people should have to worry too much. Sure, it might be a little bit of a push for some time, but it shouldn&#x27;t just completely change, you know, the way things are moving. Okay, good. Well, we&#x27;re up against the clock right now, but I&#x27;d love to have you on in the future to talk about things that pop up in the economy, which they do, Joe, every single day, don&#x27;t they? Indeed, they do, and they always surprise. Folks, again, his name was Joe Doe, a columnist with TheStreet.com. And if you joined this interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, go to FinancialSafari.com. Click on the as heard on the show quicker there or icon, and you can listen to it again.</p><p><strong>09:54</strong> Joe, thanks for coming in today. Thanks so much for having me. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joe Deaux joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about economic growth and financial markets. They discuss GDP, the recovery, and making sense of the indicators being reported at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joe Deaux</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Growth</category>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <category>Economic Indicators</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joe Deaux, economic policy, Growth, Markets, Economic Indicators, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072544&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-deaux-growth-markets-and-economic-indicators/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072544&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>600</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bd7e571f-da27-4930-8ef1-b4e2015f0e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9640865" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joe-deaux-growth-markets-and-economic-indicators</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>156</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Growth, Markets, and Economic Indicators" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:24" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:41" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Lawrence Gelman: Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Lawrence Gelman: Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, the topic today, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been in a cave with no radio, no TV, no iPhone or anything, you&#x27;ve heard about it. It&#x27;s called Obamacare, and there&#x27;s been a delay in Obamacare on the employer mandate you may have heard about. But we&#x27;ve got Dr. Lawrence Gelman on, and he is a constitutional rights expert, a political, social, and economic strategist, and a former CEO of a hospital. Dr. Gelman, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, what does this mean? I mean, people now, I think, you know, when I talk to people each day, they&#x27;re basically tired of hearing about it. I mean, they hear about so much every single day and bombarded with information, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s going on in the Obamacare world these days. Well, even the government doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on, but it&#x27;s all political.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> It has nothing to do with anything the government is saying. And what their strategy, the Democrat strategists have figured out is that in the upcoming election of 2014, they would be adversely affected if the Affordable Care Act went into effect at the beginning of the year. And so everything else they&#x27;re saying is just a cover story. They want to push it back a year so it doesn&#x27;t affect the upcoming election. You know, and it&#x27;s funny. And we thought that, too. I mean, when they originally pushed it back and then they came out with a spin saying it&#x27;s just they needed more time to get it all in order. And it reminds me of Nancy Pelosi saying about a year ago that everyone could have the same coverage and there wouldn&#x27;t be a rate increase. And now she&#x27;s been quoted as saying that, well, not everyone&#x27;s going to get the same coverage and not everyone&#x27;s not going to have a rate increase, a double negative there.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> So, I mean, it&#x27;s funny what happens in – well, it&#x27;s not funny. It&#x27;s amazing what happens in politics, isn&#x27;t it? Well, not if you understand the underlying motivation, which is to support the government and take it away from the people. Once you understand that, it all becomes crystal clear. You need to understand that the government really is only interested in weakening the productive sector because the productive sector is a danger to the government. And the government really doesn&#x27;t care where the money goes too much, as evidenced by all the waste and graft in government. The only underlying principle of government benefit distribution is that the people who get it do not deserve it.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> That&#x27;s the underlying motivation. And the answer why that is so is because those are the people who will continue to promote big government because it&#x27;s a big government that gives them what they want undeservedly. And I&#x27;m not just talking about welfare queens. All the money ends up in the hands of big corporations like Pfizer and General Electric. They&#x27;re the real drivers of all this. And the other side of the coin, we&#x27;re trying to make this just down to basic fundamental principles of government, is that the other side of the coin is the government wants to take it away from people who produce because the producers are the threat to government. That is why there&#x27;s a personal income tax. That is why you have all these regulations and mandates.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> It has nothing to do with revenues for the government, so-called revenues. It has nothing to do with improving anything for anybody, improving standards of care, anything like that. All it has to do with is weakening the private independent sector, which is a threat to the government, and strengthening the parasitic class, which depends upon the government. And there you have the function of government pretty much in one sentence. Yeah, and I was talking to a CEO of a small company, of course, small in the government&#x27;s eyes, but not in his because he has about 100 employees, which he&#x27;s right in that target area. But he says he was frustrated how the government takes and he said actually steals our money to fight us.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Basically, they take our money as corporations and small business people and just average Americans take our money and use that money against us. And in that matter of speaking, though, we know that the mandate has prompted many businesses to cut full-time employees to part-time. But have you seen it impact even future hiring right now? Well, I think most small businesses, and I have both a small business with 10 employees and a hospital business with 35,000 employees, that for sure the small businesses are either releasing people and they&#x27;re not hiring because of all of these added-on costs. As far as the big business of the hospital right now, we&#x27;re self-insured. And how this is going to play into the self-insurance, we still have to wait and see.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But there&#x27;s no doubt that if you look at it as speaking strictly in the business sense, it behooves companies to reduce their overhead as much as possible. And health care costs have become the second largest cost for most health care companies beyond their salary. Therefore, if they can reduce the cost of their health care expenditure, that adds a lot to their bottom line. In any way that they can, you know that the private sector will always respond to what the government does. The problem that we have is that because the government behaves in an arbitrary manner, which makes little sense to anyone who understands the business,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> it&#x27;s very hard for the private sector to predict, to be able to predict what the government is going to do, and therefore plan accordingly. So usually what you find the private sector doing is reacting to the immediate changes or the changes which are immediately on the table, and that&#x27;s about the best they can do because nobody knows what the government will do from one day to the next. I agree. You know, my dad&#x27;s a physicist, and he used to do experiments, and in the experiments he would change one variable and then do the experiment, and he would know the effect that one change had on the experiment. But unfortunately, in the world of government, they change three or four variables. You never know what&#x27;s going to happen, and most people I talk to out there, especially in the financial world, they want predictable, reliable results,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> and they want to know that everything&#x27;s going to be taken care of the right way. But I&#x27;ve done some informal studies and surveys, and what it looks like most people out there who don&#x27;t do any research or thinking on their own think Obamacare is a free program for everyone. I mean, I hear that over and over again. It&#x27;s going to be free health care. Not for anybody I know. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. But, you know, they don&#x27;t get that information or opinion out of nowhere. The government propaganda machine disseminated through your system of public education, the media, and other sources, that is what fills these people&#x27;s brains with that type of nonsense. And they fully believe that is the case. And really, in their individual lives, it almost is that way.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> They do not spend for anything, and they get free, so to speak, food, clothing, rent, health care, education, and other things. And to them, it is, in their little world, free. And they cannot think beyond, because the system of public education has turned into a bunch of drones, they cannot think beyond the fact that this comes from somewhere, other than the government. The government makes them believe that this is largest from the government, that the government wakes up every morning with this bundle of cash, and food, and health care, and then distributed that to the needy. With the people not being aware, the government cannot produce anything. Everything the government has, it has taken from a producer</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> and to distribute to a non-producer. But you have to hand it to them. They&#x27;ve managed to turn half the country into a bunch of parasites who really think that all this largesse is actually coming from the government. Unfortunately, what I see happening is sort of what&#x27;s happened in the public school system. I mean, you&#x27;ve got the public schools, and then the parents who don&#x27;t want their kids to be subjected to that. They have to, not only do they pay taxes for the schools, but then they have to go pay an additional amount of money to put their children in private schools. And, of course, they get a lot better education many times in the private school, where they don&#x27;t have to worry about them being brainwashed. But I think the same thing is going to happen in the health care industry. There will be a public health care sector, and all of us will have to pay taxes to that sector,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> even if we don&#x27;t use it. And many people will go to private sector to get health care. I mean, the doctors won&#x27;t accept any Medicare or insurance, and you&#x27;ll basically pay per service. You know, that wouldn&#x27;t be as bad as what&#x27;s coming down the road, because what&#x27;s coming down the road is that you will not have a private sector option. The government, if you read the Affordable Care Act, is going to eliminate the private sector option. And so we&#x27;re actually going to have a more restrictive system of health care than exists either in England or in Mexico. In fact, there will be more freedom to get health care in Mexico than in the United States, because the government in the United States is so venal that they want everyone to have the same second-rate level of health care,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> because they don&#x27;t want to have a private sector offering a better provision of health care that the ones in the public health care system will notice. So their goal is not just to take over more of the health care system. Their goal is to eliminate the private sector in health care so that there won&#x27;t be an option for those who can afford it. And they already have rules in place, which makes it felonies for a physician or for a patient to pay a doctor if it&#x27;s outside the system of Medicare, Medicaid, or in their, what do they call that, the approved private insurance companies,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> which will be the only ones that you will be allowed to buy insurance from. That&#x27;s scary. That is real scary. I mean, the government is getting way too involved in people&#x27;s lives. Most people like me just want the government to leave us alone. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s our motto, leave us alone. And government&#x27;s motto is we&#x27;re going to control your life. There we have the internal conflict. But the bottom line is, which I&#x27;ve already said before, I&#x27;ll say it another way, is we live in a fascist tyranny. And if you think that we&#x27;re free, well, don&#x27;t pay your taxes one day. Don&#x27;t pay your property taxes. Don&#x27;t pay your sales tax. Oh, maybe take a little cocaine or marijuana. And then you&#x27;re going to find out exactly what kind of society we live in.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We do not live in a free society. We are no better off in a Stalinist or Maoist dictatorship. Over there, as long as you obey the rules of the government, they left you pretty much alone. Only those who cross the government by doing something the government didn&#x27;t like, they&#x27;re the ones who got taken care of. In our society, we do exactly the same thing. If anyone behaves outside what the government allows, then they stick the Internal Revenue Service on you, or they concoct some other regulation which you have violated, in which your business has to close down. And so we do not live in a free society. We are only free as long as we remain within the confines of the rules that the government makes up. One final thing. What can people who are listening, what can they do to stand up to this,</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> and what can they do to get some of the freedom back? Ultimately, we&#x27;re on our own. We have no representation. All the politicians believe in big government. It&#x27;s a two-party system. It&#x27;s like two mafioso gangs. And so we&#x27;re on our own. And all I can say is I don&#x27;t know what we can actually do other than get rid of the government that we have. And people may poo-poo that, but I might remind them that&#x27;s exactly the way that our country came into existence, was by eliminating the government that existed at the time, which, for those who have any interest, was the most powerful military and government in the world at the time, was that of Great Britain, and the American colonists, without an army, was able to actually defeat the most powerful military in the world.</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> So there&#x27;s always that glimmer of hope that the American people may be able to do something. But let me assure you, it will be up to the American people. We have no representatives at either the federal or state level, because they all belong to one party or another, and they believe in big government. Folks, he&#x27;s joined us from the great state of Texas. His name is Dr. Lawrence Gilman. Doc, we&#x27;d love to have you back on in a couple months to talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then, because things are constantly changing here. And I really think people need to be paying a lot more attention to this, don&#x27;t they? They would if they weren&#x27;t wasting their time watching ESPN and other things. It&#x27;s amazing. My wife, even, and daughter, they&#x27;ll be talking about what stars are wearing,</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> what kind of outfit they wore, and I&#x27;m sitting here talking about, wait a minute, our country is self-destructing. You&#x27;re worried about what kind of outfit some celebrity wore. It&#x27;s crazy. Nothing new there. Even bread and circus. Nothing new. Yep, yep. Well, hey, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can visit FinancialSafari.com. Dr. Gilman, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for the opportunity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, folks, the topic today, I mean, unless you&#x27;ve been in a cave with no radio, no TV, no iPhone or anything, you&#x27;ve heard about it. It&#x27;s called Obamacare, and there&#x27;s been a delay in Obamacare on the employer mandate you may have heard about. But we&#x27;ve got Dr. Lawrence Gelman on, and he is a constitutional rights expert, a political, social, and economic strategist, and a former CEO of a hospital. Dr. Gelman, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Yeah, now let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, what does this mean? I mean, people now, I think, you know, when I talk to people each day, they&#x27;re basically tired of hearing about it. I mean, they hear about so much every single day and bombarded with information, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s going on in the Obamacare world these days. Well, even the government doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on, but it&#x27;s all political.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> It has nothing to do with anything the government is saying. And what their strategy, the Democrat strategists have figured out is that in the upcoming election of 2014, they would be adversely affected if the Affordable Care Act went into effect at the beginning of the year. And so everything else they&#x27;re saying is just a cover story. They want to push it back a year so it doesn&#x27;t affect the upcoming election. You know, and it&#x27;s funny. And we thought that, too. I mean, when they originally pushed it back and then they came out with a spin saying it&#x27;s just they needed more time to get it all in order. And it reminds me of Nancy Pelosi saying about a year ago that everyone could have the same coverage and there wouldn&#x27;t be a rate increase. And now she&#x27;s been quoted as saying that, well, not everyone&#x27;s going to get the same coverage and not everyone&#x27;s not going to have a rate increase, a double negative there.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> So, I mean, it&#x27;s funny what happens in – well, it&#x27;s not funny. It&#x27;s amazing what happens in politics, isn&#x27;t it? Well, not if you understand the underlying motivation, which is to support the government and take it away from the people. Once you understand that, it all becomes crystal clear. You need to understand that the government really is only interested in weakening the productive sector because the productive sector is a danger to the government. And the government really doesn&#x27;t care where the money goes too much, as evidenced by all the waste and graft in government. The only underlying principle of government benefit distribution is that the people who get it do not deserve it.</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> That&#x27;s the underlying motivation. And the answer why that is so is because those are the people who will continue to promote big government because it&#x27;s a big government that gives them what they want undeservedly. And I&#x27;m not just talking about welfare queens. All the money ends up in the hands of big corporations like Pfizer and General Electric. They&#x27;re the real drivers of all this. And the other side of the coin, we&#x27;re trying to make this just down to basic fundamental principles of government, is that the other side of the coin is the government wants to take it away from people who produce because the producers are the threat to government. That is why there&#x27;s a personal income tax. That is why you have all these regulations and mandates.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> It has nothing to do with revenues for the government, so-called revenues. It has nothing to do with improving anything for anybody, improving standards of care, anything like that. All it has to do with is weakening the private independent sector, which is a threat to the government, and strengthening the parasitic class, which depends upon the government. And there you have the function of government pretty much in one sentence. Yeah, and I was talking to a CEO of a small company, of course, small in the government&#x27;s eyes, but not in his because he has about 100 employees, which he&#x27;s right in that target area. But he says he was frustrated how the government takes and he said actually steals our money to fight us.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Basically, they take our money as corporations and small business people and just average Americans take our money and use that money against us. And in that matter of speaking, though, we know that the mandate has prompted many businesses to cut full-time employees to part-time. But have you seen it impact even future hiring right now? Well, I think most small businesses, and I have both a small business with 10 employees and a hospital business with 35,000 employees, that for sure the small businesses are either releasing people and they&#x27;re not hiring because of all of these added-on costs. As far as the big business of the hospital right now, we&#x27;re self-insured. And how this is going to play into the self-insurance, we still have to wait and see.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But there&#x27;s no doubt that if you look at it as speaking strictly in the business sense, it behooves companies to reduce their overhead as much as possible. And health care costs have become the second largest cost for most health care companies beyond their salary. Therefore, if they can reduce the cost of their health care expenditure, that adds a lot to their bottom line. In any way that they can, you know that the private sector will always respond to what the government does. The problem that we have is that because the government behaves in an arbitrary manner, which makes little sense to anyone who understands the business,</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> it&#x27;s very hard for the private sector to predict, to be able to predict what the government is going to do, and therefore plan accordingly. So usually what you find the private sector doing is reacting to the immediate changes or the changes which are immediately on the table, and that&#x27;s about the best they can do because nobody knows what the government will do from one day to the next. I agree. You know, my dad&#x27;s a physicist, and he used to do experiments, and in the experiments he would change one variable and then do the experiment, and he would know the effect that one change had on the experiment. But unfortunately, in the world of government, they change three or four variables. You never know what&#x27;s going to happen, and most people I talk to out there, especially in the financial world, they want predictable, reliable results,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> and they want to know that everything&#x27;s going to be taken care of the right way. But I&#x27;ve done some informal studies and surveys, and what it looks like most people out there who don&#x27;t do any research or thinking on their own think Obamacare is a free program for everyone. I mean, I hear that over and over again. It&#x27;s going to be free health care. Not for anybody I know. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. But, you know, they don&#x27;t get that information or opinion out of nowhere. The government propaganda machine disseminated through your system of public education, the media, and other sources, that is what fills these people&#x27;s brains with that type of nonsense. And they fully believe that is the case. And really, in their individual lives, it almost is that way.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> They do not spend for anything, and they get free, so to speak, food, clothing, rent, health care, education, and other things. And to them, it is, in their little world, free. And they cannot think beyond, because the system of public education has turned into a bunch of drones, they cannot think beyond the fact that this comes from somewhere, other than the government. The government makes them believe that this is largest from the government, that the government wakes up every morning with this bundle of cash, and food, and health care, and then distributed that to the needy. With the people not being aware, the government cannot produce anything. Everything the government has, it has taken from a producer</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> and to distribute to a non-producer. But you have to hand it to them. They&#x27;ve managed to turn half the country into a bunch of parasites who really think that all this largesse is actually coming from the government. Unfortunately, what I see happening is sort of what&#x27;s happened in the public school system. I mean, you&#x27;ve got the public schools, and then the parents who don&#x27;t want their kids to be subjected to that. They have to, not only do they pay taxes for the schools, but then they have to go pay an additional amount of money to put their children in private schools. And, of course, they get a lot better education many times in the private school, where they don&#x27;t have to worry about them being brainwashed. But I think the same thing is going to happen in the health care industry. There will be a public health care sector, and all of us will have to pay taxes to that sector,</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> even if we don&#x27;t use it. And many people will go to private sector to get health care. I mean, the doctors won&#x27;t accept any Medicare or insurance, and you&#x27;ll basically pay per service. You know, that wouldn&#x27;t be as bad as what&#x27;s coming down the road, because what&#x27;s coming down the road is that you will not have a private sector option. The government, if you read the Affordable Care Act, is going to eliminate the private sector option. And so we&#x27;re actually going to have a more restrictive system of health care than exists either in England or in Mexico. In fact, there will be more freedom to get health care in Mexico than in the United States, because the government in the United States is so venal that they want everyone to have the same second-rate level of health care,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> because they don&#x27;t want to have a private sector offering a better provision of health care that the ones in the public health care system will notice. So their goal is not just to take over more of the health care system. Their goal is to eliminate the private sector in health care so that there won&#x27;t be an option for those who can afford it. And they already have rules in place, which makes it felonies for a physician or for a patient to pay a doctor if it&#x27;s outside the system of Medicare, Medicaid, or in their, what do they call that, the approved private insurance companies,</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> which will be the only ones that you will be allowed to buy insurance from. That&#x27;s scary. That is real scary. I mean, the government is getting way too involved in people&#x27;s lives. Most people like me just want the government to leave us alone. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s our motto, leave us alone. And government&#x27;s motto is we&#x27;re going to control your life. There we have the internal conflict. But the bottom line is, which I&#x27;ve already said before, I&#x27;ll say it another way, is we live in a fascist tyranny. And if you think that we&#x27;re free, well, don&#x27;t pay your taxes one day. Don&#x27;t pay your property taxes. Don&#x27;t pay your sales tax. Oh, maybe take a little cocaine or marijuana. And then you&#x27;re going to find out exactly what kind of society we live in.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> We do not live in a free society. We are no better off in a Stalinist or Maoist dictatorship. Over there, as long as you obey the rules of the government, they left you pretty much alone. Only those who cross the government by doing something the government didn&#x27;t like, they&#x27;re the ones who got taken care of. In our society, we do exactly the same thing. If anyone behaves outside what the government allows, then they stick the Internal Revenue Service on you, or they concoct some other regulation which you have violated, in which your business has to close down. And so we do not live in a free society. We are only free as long as we remain within the confines of the rules that the government makes up. One final thing. What can people who are listening, what can they do to stand up to this,</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> and what can they do to get some of the freedom back? Ultimately, we&#x27;re on our own. We have no representation. All the politicians believe in big government. It&#x27;s a two-party system. It&#x27;s like two mafioso gangs. And so we&#x27;re on our own. And all I can say is I don&#x27;t know what we can actually do other than get rid of the government that we have. And people may poo-poo that, but I might remind them that&#x27;s exactly the way that our country came into existence, was by eliminating the government that existed at the time, which, for those who have any interest, was the most powerful military and government in the world at the time, was that of Great Britain, and the American colonists, without an army, was able to actually defeat the most powerful military in the world.</p><p><strong>12:46</strong> So there&#x27;s always that glimmer of hope that the American people may be able to do something. But let me assure you, it will be up to the American people. We have no representatives at either the federal or state level, because they all belong to one party or another, and they believe in big government. Folks, he&#x27;s joined us from the great state of Texas. His name is Dr. Lawrence Gilman. Doc, we&#x27;d love to have you back on in a couple months to talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then, because things are constantly changing here. And I really think people need to be paying a lot more attention to this, don&#x27;t they? They would if they weren&#x27;t wasting their time watching ESPN and other things. It&#x27;s amazing. My wife, even, and daughter, they&#x27;ll be talking about what stars are wearing,</p><p><strong>13:35</strong> what kind of outfit they wore, and I&#x27;m sitting here talking about, wait a minute, our country is self-destructing. You&#x27;re worried about what kind of outfit some celebrity wore. It&#x27;s crazy. Nothing new there. Even bread and circus. Nothing new. Yep, yep. Well, hey, folks, if you&#x27;ve joined this interview late or want to hear it again in its entirety, you can visit FinancialSafari.com. Dr. Gilman, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for the opportunity. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Lawrence Gelman joins Coach Pete for a July 2013 conversation about healthcare policy. He shares his perspective on delays, implementation, and the political and economic questions surrounding the Affordable Care Act at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Lawrence Gelman</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Lawrence Gelman, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/image.jpg?t=1792072547&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-lawrence-gelman-healthcare-policy-and-the-affordable-care-act/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/image.jpg?t=1792072547&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>840</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/15b3236c-20a8-4777-860a-b4e2015e8cd1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13477653" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-lawrence-gelman-healthcare-policy-and-the-affordable-care-act</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>157</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Healthcare Policy and the Affordable Care Act" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:39" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:52" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Scalese: A Safety Net for Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Scalese: A Safety Net for Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Scalese joins the Financial Safari team for a July 2013 conversation about retirement planning. They discuss investment risk, the value of a safety net, and what it takes to prepare for a long retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back in the studio for our Ask the Expert section on the program. That&#x27;s when we turn to our professional in the field of retirement planning for the advice and guidance that all retirees and pre-retirees need when planning for a more secure and stable future. And that&#x27;s why we always turn to the president of Fortune Financial Group joining us from Northeast Pennsylvania. He is Chris Scalise, and he joins us on the program, author of Retirement is a Marathon, not a sprint. It can be a long journey, Chris, and that&#x27;s why we turn to you for your advice. Welcome back to the program. Thanks for having me, Peter. And it&#x27;s good to be back. I was away on vacation last week. I was up in the Mount Washington area of New Hampshire, which is just a beautiful part of the country. It&#x27;s some</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> of the highest mountains in the Northeast. And I did a lot of cool things. I was ziplining. I was rock climbing. I&#x27;m not a big thrill seeker by nature, but doing those kinds of things was fun. And it really reminded me of some things when it comes to financial planning. And what that is, is when I was doing the ziplining, when I was doing the rock climbing, I was strapped into a harness. So even though the whole time we were two, three, 400 feet above the ground, I never really felt in danger because I had that safety valve, if you will, or that safety net, that if something did go wrong, I&#x27;d have that harness to catch me. Yeah, even as... Sorry, Chris. Sorry, man.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So even as an adrenaline junkie thrill seeker, you are taking the necessary precautions is what you&#x27;re saying. Exactly. Exactly right. And that reminded me about retirement planning, that there are so many unknowns out there that could potentially wreck your retirement plan, whether it&#x27;s a volatile stock market or it&#x27;s some type of medical issue that could incapacitate you. All these things could potentially really damage your retirement savings plan. But if you have some type of safety harness attached to your plan, well, then anything that goes wrong, you&#x27;re going to be prepared for, and you&#x27;re going to be able to weather it out. So that&#x27;s just today&#x27;s lesson from my vacation is just</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> have a safety harness attached to your retirement plan so that no matter what goes wrong, you&#x27;re still going to be okay. So come back from vacation with the words of wisdom. It&#x27;s always good to take those opportunities in life as a learning experience. But Chris, talk to us about that safety harness. Is there such a thing in the financial world as a true safety harness? Can we really be protected from the ups and downs in the market and the financial risks that are out there? Yeah, there are certainly ways to protect your retirement income. And that&#x27;s the most important part of your retirement is the income, because that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to drive your lifestyle is the income that you have. And there are certainly ways out there, Peter, that you could have guaranteed retirement income no matter what happens to the</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> stock market. You could have that income guaranteed month in and month out, year in and year out. And is that one of the most important things that you see retirees protecting in retirement is their income? It is. That&#x27;s the thing that they should be protecting because think about it. Everybody has insurance for their home. Everybody has insurance for their automobile. Most people have insurance for their for their medical coverage. Well, then, doesn&#x27;t it make sense to have insurance for your retirement income as well? Because this is going to be the most important part of your golden years is the income. Have it guaranteed. Have it insured. What are the benefits or advantages of insuring your retirement income? And then two-part question,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> are there any disadvantages to taking the steps to insure your income? Well, the big advantage of it, Peter, is that you could have the peace of mind knowing that no matter what happens with the stock market, no matter what happens with interest rates, no matter what happens with the economy in general, you have the peace of mind of knowing that your retirement income is not going to change no matter what. And that always reminds me of a story of a couple that I met from Clark Summit a couple years ago. And their story is one that we hear very often. And what had happened with them, they had retired in 2004 with a $1 million nest egg. And they told their</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> stockbroker at the time, Peter, that they needed about $45,000 a year income from that nest egg. So the stockbroker said, well, that&#x27;s easy. That&#x27;s 4.5% of a million dollars. You&#x27;re going to be fine for the rest of your life. Well, let&#x27;s think about it. What has the stock market been like from 2004 through today? Yeah, unfortunately, a little rocky there, a valley and a mountain, but certainly not stable, secure, and predictable, if anything. Right, right. There&#x27;s been a lot of volatility. So what happened when I met these folks is that their portfolio dropped from a million dollars in 2004 down to $500,000 in 2011 when I met with them.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> So their portfolio was cut in half over the course of seven years. And even though they still had that income coming in of $45,000 a year, they&#x27;re doing the math and thinking, we could be out of money in another seven or 10 years if we don&#x27;t do something different. So that&#x27;s the whole advantage, Peter, of guaranteeing your income because you&#x27;re never going to have that situation that these people did where seven years into your retirement, they&#x27;re scared to death now about running out of money. Okay. Now let&#x27;s go to part two of your question where you ask, what&#x27;s the disadvantage? Well, the only disadvantage is when you set up your account with a guaranteed income, that guaranteed</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> income could be the same. So let&#x27;s take these folks. Let&#x27;s say they had their income guaranteed $45,000 a year for the rest of their lives, no matter what. Well, we do know because of inflation that $45,000 today is not going to go as far as $45,000 10 years from now. So you do want to build in some type of inflation protection into that account or into your retirement situation. So you could give yourself periodic increases to always keep up with inflation. So there are ways to combat even those risks. But Chris, when you go from a million dollar portfolio to a $500,000 portfolio, it doesn&#x27;t make you feel very confident about the future and even</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> your ability to produce the same amount of income, not even talking about inflation and having to increase that income. So I&#x27;m sure this couple wasn&#x27;t very confident in their ability to move forward until they talked to you and you showed them a different way. And that&#x27;s one of the things that retirees or near retirees need to realize is there are different ways to invest your funds to achieve these type of goals of security in retirement, correct? There is. There is. And everybody&#x27;s situation is different. Everybody needs to have an individualized plan that addresses what their specific situation is going to be. So what I&#x27;d like to do, Peter, I&#x27;d like to make an offer right now for the listeners that for anybody who calls in in the next 15 minutes.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a great offer from president of Fortune Financial Group, our resident expert in the field of retirement planning here on the Financial Safari. Chris Scalise is giving this offer, ladies and gentlemen, your resource in Northeast Pennsylvania for this type of information. Pick up the phone and give a call right now to take him up on that offer. 800-993-1526. That number again, 800-993-1526. And you can go through that complimentary review, sit down with Chris Scalise, uncover the problems, the pitfalls, those risks that you&#x27;re exposing yourself to into your financial future, and do what you can to solve and avoid financial problems in the future. Pick up the phone right now. Again, sit down for this complimentary review.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> with Chris Scalise with Chris Scalise. It&#x27;s an excellent offer for you to take stock and evaluate your financial plan. 800-993-1526 is the number to call. 800-993-1526. We got to take a quick break here. Coming up next, Coach Pete will be talking with a very special guest, and we&#x27;ll check back in one more time with Chris Scalise a little bit later in the program. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Scalese joins the Financial Safari team for a July 2013 conversation about retirement planning. They discuss investment risk, the value of a safety net, and what it takes to prepare for a long retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back in the studio for our Ask the Expert section on the program. That&#x27;s when we turn to our professional in the field of retirement planning for the advice and guidance that all retirees and pre-retirees need when planning for a more secure and stable future. And that&#x27;s why we always turn to the president of Fortune Financial Group joining us from Northeast Pennsylvania. He is Chris Scalise, and he joins us on the program, author of Retirement is a Marathon, not a sprint. It can be a long journey, Chris, and that&#x27;s why we turn to you for your advice. Welcome back to the program. Thanks for having me, Peter. And it&#x27;s good to be back. I was away on vacation last week. I was up in the Mount Washington area of New Hampshire, which is just a beautiful part of the country. It&#x27;s some</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> of the highest mountains in the Northeast. And I did a lot of cool things. I was ziplining. I was rock climbing. I&#x27;m not a big thrill seeker by nature, but doing those kinds of things was fun. And it really reminded me of some things when it comes to financial planning. And what that is, is when I was doing the ziplining, when I was doing the rock climbing, I was strapped into a harness. So even though the whole time we were two, three, 400 feet above the ground, I never really felt in danger because I had that safety valve, if you will, or that safety net, that if something did go wrong, I&#x27;d have that harness to catch me. Yeah, even as... Sorry, Chris. Sorry, man.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> So even as an adrenaline junkie thrill seeker, you are taking the necessary precautions is what you&#x27;re saying. Exactly. Exactly right. And that reminded me about retirement planning, that there are so many unknowns out there that could potentially wreck your retirement plan, whether it&#x27;s a volatile stock market or it&#x27;s some type of medical issue that could incapacitate you. All these things could potentially really damage your retirement savings plan. But if you have some type of safety harness attached to your plan, well, then anything that goes wrong, you&#x27;re going to be prepared for, and you&#x27;re going to be able to weather it out. So that&#x27;s just today&#x27;s lesson from my vacation is just</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> have a safety harness attached to your retirement plan so that no matter what goes wrong, you&#x27;re still going to be okay. So come back from vacation with the words of wisdom. It&#x27;s always good to take those opportunities in life as a learning experience. But Chris, talk to us about that safety harness. Is there such a thing in the financial world as a true safety harness? Can we really be protected from the ups and downs in the market and the financial risks that are out there? Yeah, there are certainly ways to protect your retirement income. And that&#x27;s the most important part of your retirement is the income, because that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to drive your lifestyle is the income that you have. And there are certainly ways out there, Peter, that you could have guaranteed retirement income no matter what happens to the</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> stock market. You could have that income guaranteed month in and month out, year in and year out. And is that one of the most important things that you see retirees protecting in retirement is their income? It is. That&#x27;s the thing that they should be protecting because think about it. Everybody has insurance for their home. Everybody has insurance for their automobile. Most people have insurance for their for their medical coverage. Well, then, doesn&#x27;t it make sense to have insurance for your retirement income as well? Because this is going to be the most important part of your golden years is the income. Have it guaranteed. Have it insured. What are the benefits or advantages of insuring your retirement income? And then two-part question,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> are there any disadvantages to taking the steps to insure your income? Well, the big advantage of it, Peter, is that you could have the peace of mind knowing that no matter what happens with the stock market, no matter what happens with interest rates, no matter what happens with the economy in general, you have the peace of mind of knowing that your retirement income is not going to change no matter what. And that always reminds me of a story of a couple that I met from Clark Summit a couple years ago. And their story is one that we hear very often. And what had happened with them, they had retired in 2004 with a $1 million nest egg. And they told their</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> stockbroker at the time, Peter, that they needed about $45,000 a year income from that nest egg. So the stockbroker said, well, that&#x27;s easy. That&#x27;s 4.5% of a million dollars. You&#x27;re going to be fine for the rest of your life. Well, let&#x27;s think about it. What has the stock market been like from 2004 through today? Yeah, unfortunately, a little rocky there, a valley and a mountain, but certainly not stable, secure, and predictable, if anything. Right, right. There&#x27;s been a lot of volatility. So what happened when I met these folks is that their portfolio dropped from a million dollars in 2004 down to $500,000 in 2011 when I met with them.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> So their portfolio was cut in half over the course of seven years. And even though they still had that income coming in of $45,000 a year, they&#x27;re doing the math and thinking, we could be out of money in another seven or 10 years if we don&#x27;t do something different. So that&#x27;s the whole advantage, Peter, of guaranteeing your income because you&#x27;re never going to have that situation that these people did where seven years into your retirement, they&#x27;re scared to death now about running out of money. Okay. Now let&#x27;s go to part two of your question where you ask, what&#x27;s the disadvantage? Well, the only disadvantage is when you set up your account with a guaranteed income, that guaranteed</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> income could be the same. So let&#x27;s take these folks. Let&#x27;s say they had their income guaranteed $45,000 a year for the rest of their lives, no matter what. Well, we do know because of inflation that $45,000 today is not going to go as far as $45,000 10 years from now. So you do want to build in some type of inflation protection into that account or into your retirement situation. So you could give yourself periodic increases to always keep up with inflation. So there are ways to combat even those risks. But Chris, when you go from a million dollar portfolio to a $500,000 portfolio, it doesn&#x27;t make you feel very confident about the future and even</p><p><strong>07:22</strong> your ability to produce the same amount of income, not even talking about inflation and having to increase that income. So I&#x27;m sure this couple wasn&#x27;t very confident in their ability to move forward until they talked to you and you showed them a different way. And that&#x27;s one of the things that retirees or near retirees need to realize is there are different ways to invest your funds to achieve these type of goals of security in retirement, correct? There is. There is. And everybody&#x27;s situation is different. Everybody needs to have an individualized plan that addresses what their specific situation is going to be. So what I&#x27;d like to do, Peter, I&#x27;d like to make an offer right now for the listeners that for anybody who calls in in the next 15 minutes.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a great offer from president of Fortune Financial Group, our resident expert in the field of retirement planning here on the Financial Safari. Chris Scalise is giving this offer, ladies and gentlemen, your resource in Northeast Pennsylvania for this type of information. Pick up the phone and give a call right now to take him up on that offer. 800-993-1526. That number again, 800-993-1526. And you can go through that complimentary review, sit down with Chris Scalise, uncover the problems, the pitfalls, those risks that you&#x27;re exposing yourself to into your financial future, and do what you can to solve and avoid financial problems in the future. Pick up the phone right now. Again, sit down for this complimentary review.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> with Chris Scalise with Chris Scalise. It&#x27;s an excellent offer for you to take stock and evaluate your financial plan. 800-993-1526 is the number to call. 800-993-1526. We got to take a quick break here. Coming up next, Coach Pete will be talking with a very special guest, and we&#x27;ll check back in one more time with Chris Scalise a little bit later in the program. .</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Scalese joins the Financial Safari team for a July 2013 conversation about retirement planning. They discuss investment risk, the value of a safety net, and what it takes to prepare for a long retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Scalese</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Scalese, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2/image.jpg?t=1792072559&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-scalese-a-safety-net-for-retirement-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2/image.jpg?t=1792072559&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>562</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bc4fb1ed-21dc-44f0-afae-b4e2015d87a2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9019350" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-scalese-a-safety-net-for-retirement-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>158</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Safety Net for Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Travel, leisure, and new experiences" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:34" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marty Ruby: An Actuary’s Perspective on Annuities</title>
      <itunes:title>Marty Ruby: An Actuary’s Perspective on Annuities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Marty Ruby joins Coach Pete to explain actuarial work and discuss annuities. This July 2013 interview explores product design, the differences among annuities, and the importance of understanding a financial strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, today&#x27;s special guest on the show joins us from Louisville, Kentucky, and he is an actuary in the financial world. We&#x27;re going to get him to explain what that is, but in my opinion, he&#x27;s an expert looking at financial products behind the scenes, how they work and why they work and why they may be a good fit for you, especially if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement. His name is Marty Ruby. Marty, welcome to the show. Thank you, Coach P. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Now, first of all, let&#x27;s talk about an actuary. What is an actuary and why should all our listeners care what an actuary is? Well, an actuary is not where they bury dead actors. It&#x27;s actually, we&#x27;re kind of the math geeks of the insurance industry. We&#x27;re the ones that develop new products, price them, determine what kind of premium rates are being charged and interest rates are being credited.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Basically, we have overall responsibility for the product that financial institutions offer. And it&#x27;s a financial world these days that is very confusing. It&#x27;s littered with bad products, bad strategies, bad salespeople, unfortunately. But there are some good. There&#x27;s some silver lining there. And I wanted to talk about the word annuity to begin with because I want to get your opinion on this. I hear people say, I hate all annuities, or then I hear other people say all annuities are good. Then I also hear that when people actually find out about some of the annuities that work, they say this is too good to be true. Let&#x27;s go through a quick overview, maybe a minute or two, about how you think annuities fit into the retirement plans. And then we&#x27;ll go into something you call annuities on steroids. Right. Well, I think annuities are a great product given what the objectives of the client are.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> I know I&#x27;ve personally used them for my own retirement income planning. They are a great tool to generate large amounts of guaranteed lifetime income. And that&#x27;s where I see a lot of the benefit of using annuities. And there&#x27;s really no other financial instrument in the marketplace today that could do quite the job that an annuity can do. Now, there&#x27;s all different kind of annuities out there. There&#x27;s variable and there&#x27;s fixed and there&#x27;s all kinds of different features and so forth. So it is good to have an expert who knows about annuities recommend the right one. But basically what you always want to make sure of is that do you have the right tool for the job you&#x27;re trying to do? If the job you&#x27;re trying to do is generate lifetime income, annuities really do that job tremendously.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> Now, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they&#x27;re getting close to retirement, let&#x27;s say they&#x27;re 59 or so, and they have a 401k. And the 401k just shows them what their lump balance is at the end of each quarter. And actually the fees on the 401ks is another – that&#x27;s a completely whole segment. We can spend hours talking about all the hidden fees there. But let&#x27;s just assume someone is not feeling they&#x27;re getting all the right options now in their 401k as it relates to what I call the financial red zone. They&#x27;re getting into that part of their life where they&#x27;re going to have 20, 30, 40 years of unemployment called retirement. And they need that money that they&#x27;ve built up to be there for the rest of their life in the form of a monthly or yearly paycheck. That&#x27;s where your annuity on steroids, or you call it CD on steroids, comes into effect, correct? Right.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Basically, people are really saying today, isn&#x27;t there a place I can put my money where it&#x27;s both safe but also can earn a reasonable return? And, of course, today, safe money people think of as, well, I have to put it in a CD and get half a percent or put it in a money market fund and get even less than that. So one of the things we&#x27;ve worked on is a product that kind of gives you the best of both worlds, gives you the safety of a guaranteed product, but on the other hand, gives you a potential for a much higher upside they can get from comparable instruments today. So define safety, because a lot of people are wondering, what does safe mean when you say that? Well, the particular product we&#x27;re using here is guaranteed by a life insurance company.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And you are a policyholder of that company, so you are, if you will, the senior part of that credit structure, like you are with any kind of insurance company policy. So these are fully guaranteed products issued by a life insurance company, highly rated life insurance company. Have you ever known anyone who&#x27;s lost money in a life insurance company by the company itself going out of business? No, I haven&#x27;t. In fact, if you look at, I think a great test of that was the financial crisis of 2008. Correct. When hundreds of banks were going under, mortgage companies, stockbroker firms, investment banking firms, no insurance companies went under. I think it was a great test of the kind of state regulation of insurance companies,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> how they&#x27;re regulated by the state, and the fact that they have to pursue, by law, very sound investment policies. And I think the real test of that was 2008 and how well, as an industry, life insurance companies came out. So compared to a 401K where the money usually is in a safe account there that&#x27;s not paying them anything or they have to take some risk and then that money could go down, the safety of the money they put in this CD or annuity on steroids, life insurance type product, is pretty much going to be there when they need it. Exactly. And that is the key. So many people have looked at the last, really, 13 years of the market and seen very little net growth over a very long period of time.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And it&#x27;s nice to know there&#x27;s something out there where you can actually get a good return and not have to risk that 2008 or the tech bubble burst in the early 2000s to really see those dramatic drops in the market, which you won&#x27;t get from this kind of product. Now, I was talking to a fellow a couple weeks ago, and I asked him to define what he considered a reasonable rate of return. And I don&#x27;t know if he was being a smart aleck, but he said 12% per year. And that&#x27;s not reasonable. But what would you consider a reasonable rate of return in a strategy for retirement income? Well, I think that particularly with this one particular product, you could expect a 6% to 6.5% average return over kind of a market cycle, if you will. And it does have downside guarantees.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So it&#x27;s not a matter of losing money. It&#x27;s a matter of how much upside you&#x27;re going to get each and every year. But a 6% average is probably, I&#x27;d say, a reasonable expectation. 12%, quite frankly, I think is unreasonable. And you&#x27;ve got to take a lot of risk to get there if you&#x27;re going to do that. Well, I&#x27;d love to have a safe product that gave me 12% per year compounded, but I haven&#x27;t seen one yet. And if I ever do, we&#x27;ll be talking about it on our 100-some stations here on the radio. But now let&#x27;s talk about the fact that people are looking for the downside protection you talk about. What does downside protection mean when you put a strategy together? Well, in this particular product, you literally, there&#x27;s an underlying guarantee that says, if the credit rate over time has been less than an average of 3% a year,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> the insurance company goes back and credits the difference. In other words, before any mortality expense fee, the lowest credit rate you&#x27;ll experience, even in markets like 2008 that&#x27;s falling or like the early 2000s, which is dropping three straight years, the worst you do on average for credit rate on this product is 3% a year. That&#x27;s the guarantee that I think people find so attractive because when you run the numbers out, you realize you don&#x27;t know how much upside you&#x27;ll get from these products, but you know you&#x27;ll get some kind of minimum return no matter what. Yeah. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute and a half to two minutes left here on this segment. And I just want to remind people, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Marty Ruby. He&#x27;s an actuary, which means he looks behind the scenes in the financial world.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> He knows how the numbers work. And, Marty, let&#x27;s pretend that I&#x27;m coming in and I&#x27;m sitting down with you and I&#x27;m getting near retirement age and I&#x27;ve got a 401k with about $500,000 and I&#x27;m looking to protect that money, but I need income going into future. Go over with me and the listeners what you would say to me, pretending we haven&#x27;t had our conversation already here on the radio. Well, I would – I mean, the first thing I look at is what are your needs? And for most people in that situation, needs are income. That&#x27;s kind of what they have to live on. They can&#x27;t live on an asset. They really have to live on income. And then I talk about what I think is really what actuaries think of as longevity risk. The biggest risk you face in retirement is living too long, outliving your assets.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So what we do is we actually do an analysis for people and look at different strategies that assume they&#x27;re going to live a relatively long life. And for most of us, kind of people in normal health, you&#x27;re going to live in your well into your 80s or 90s. So the question you have to ask yourself is how do you stretch that $500,000 as much as you can without worrying about running out of assets? And that&#x27;s where I still think the retirement income riders that are attaching these annuities that guarantee a stream of lifetime income, basically you&#x27;re pooling your longevity risk, your risk of living too long with everybody else. It allows you to actually derive more income from your portfolio.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> So income is important now. And you also have the CD on steroids, which would give tax deferral of the growth and a death benefit in long-term care if somebody needs that in the future. Right. And I view that as not so much the income side as the kind of asset growth side, because you want to keep some of your assets growing, obviously, for future needs, liquidity, whatever, your future health care, for example, other kind of unexpected things. And that&#x27;s what this instrument does the best, because it provides that good, steady growth over time without worrying about the big negative markets. And in most states, you&#x27;re also captured from this what&#x27;s called a long-term care type benefit,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> which actually allows you to accelerate a portion of the death benefit under this product to use for long-term care purposes. Outstanding. I think... Pretty kind of Swiss Army knife type of instrument for a lot of different uses. And I think everyone out there listening really could use an example on this, combining income with growth potential without the downside risk. And the downside risk is something that worries me a lot. In my studio here, I have a crystal ball, and it works perfectly looking backwards, and it knows nothing going frontwards. And no one has a crystal ball that works. Folks, his name is Marty Ruby. If you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about the strategies you heard right here on the show, all of our wealth coaches across the nation can help educate you on this at financialsafari.com. You can also go there and listen to this interview again in its entirety</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> in the As Heard on the Show segment. Again, financialsafari.com. Marty, we really thank you for your time today on the Financial Safari. It was my pleasure. Glad to be here. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Marty Ruby joins Coach Pete to explain actuarial work and discuss annuities. This July 2013 interview explores product design, the differences among annuities, and the importance of understanding a financial strategy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And folks, today&#x27;s special guest on the show joins us from Louisville, Kentucky, and he is an actuary in the financial world. We&#x27;re going to get him to explain what that is, but in my opinion, he&#x27;s an expert looking at financial products behind the scenes, how they work and why they work and why they may be a good fit for you, especially if you&#x27;re getting close to retirement. His name is Marty Ruby. Marty, welcome to the show. Thank you, Coach P. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Now, first of all, let&#x27;s talk about an actuary. What is an actuary and why should all our listeners care what an actuary is? Well, an actuary is not where they bury dead actors. It&#x27;s actually, we&#x27;re kind of the math geeks of the insurance industry. We&#x27;re the ones that develop new products, price them, determine what kind of premium rates are being charged and interest rates are being credited.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Basically, we have overall responsibility for the product that financial institutions offer. And it&#x27;s a financial world these days that is very confusing. It&#x27;s littered with bad products, bad strategies, bad salespeople, unfortunately. But there are some good. There&#x27;s some silver lining there. And I wanted to talk about the word annuity to begin with because I want to get your opinion on this. I hear people say, I hate all annuities, or then I hear other people say all annuities are good. Then I also hear that when people actually find out about some of the annuities that work, they say this is too good to be true. Let&#x27;s go through a quick overview, maybe a minute or two, about how you think annuities fit into the retirement plans. And then we&#x27;ll go into something you call annuities on steroids. Right. Well, I think annuities are a great product given what the objectives of the client are.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> I know I&#x27;ve personally used them for my own retirement income planning. They are a great tool to generate large amounts of guaranteed lifetime income. And that&#x27;s where I see a lot of the benefit of using annuities. And there&#x27;s really no other financial instrument in the marketplace today that could do quite the job that an annuity can do. Now, there&#x27;s all different kind of annuities out there. There&#x27;s variable and there&#x27;s fixed and there&#x27;s all kinds of different features and so forth. So it is good to have an expert who knows about annuities recommend the right one. But basically what you always want to make sure of is that do you have the right tool for the job you&#x27;re trying to do? If the job you&#x27;re trying to do is generate lifetime income, annuities really do that job tremendously.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> Now, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they&#x27;re getting close to retirement, let&#x27;s say they&#x27;re 59 or so, and they have a 401k. And the 401k just shows them what their lump balance is at the end of each quarter. And actually the fees on the 401ks is another – that&#x27;s a completely whole segment. We can spend hours talking about all the hidden fees there. But let&#x27;s just assume someone is not feeling they&#x27;re getting all the right options now in their 401k as it relates to what I call the financial red zone. They&#x27;re getting into that part of their life where they&#x27;re going to have 20, 30, 40 years of unemployment called retirement. And they need that money that they&#x27;ve built up to be there for the rest of their life in the form of a monthly or yearly paycheck. That&#x27;s where your annuity on steroids, or you call it CD on steroids, comes into effect, correct? Right.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> Basically, people are really saying today, isn&#x27;t there a place I can put my money where it&#x27;s both safe but also can earn a reasonable return? And, of course, today, safe money people think of as, well, I have to put it in a CD and get half a percent or put it in a money market fund and get even less than that. So one of the things we&#x27;ve worked on is a product that kind of gives you the best of both worlds, gives you the safety of a guaranteed product, but on the other hand, gives you a potential for a much higher upside they can get from comparable instruments today. So define safety, because a lot of people are wondering, what does safe mean when you say that? Well, the particular product we&#x27;re using here is guaranteed by a life insurance company.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> And you are a policyholder of that company, so you are, if you will, the senior part of that credit structure, like you are with any kind of insurance company policy. So these are fully guaranteed products issued by a life insurance company, highly rated life insurance company. Have you ever known anyone who&#x27;s lost money in a life insurance company by the company itself going out of business? No, I haven&#x27;t. In fact, if you look at, I think a great test of that was the financial crisis of 2008. Correct. When hundreds of banks were going under, mortgage companies, stockbroker firms, investment banking firms, no insurance companies went under. I think it was a great test of the kind of state regulation of insurance companies,</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> how they&#x27;re regulated by the state, and the fact that they have to pursue, by law, very sound investment policies. And I think the real test of that was 2008 and how well, as an industry, life insurance companies came out. So compared to a 401K where the money usually is in a safe account there that&#x27;s not paying them anything or they have to take some risk and then that money could go down, the safety of the money they put in this CD or annuity on steroids, life insurance type product, is pretty much going to be there when they need it. Exactly. And that is the key. So many people have looked at the last, really, 13 years of the market and seen very little net growth over a very long period of time.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And it&#x27;s nice to know there&#x27;s something out there where you can actually get a good return and not have to risk that 2008 or the tech bubble burst in the early 2000s to really see those dramatic drops in the market, which you won&#x27;t get from this kind of product. Now, I was talking to a fellow a couple weeks ago, and I asked him to define what he considered a reasonable rate of return. And I don&#x27;t know if he was being a smart aleck, but he said 12% per year. And that&#x27;s not reasonable. But what would you consider a reasonable rate of return in a strategy for retirement income? Well, I think that particularly with this one particular product, you could expect a 6% to 6.5% average return over kind of a market cycle, if you will. And it does have downside guarantees.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So it&#x27;s not a matter of losing money. It&#x27;s a matter of how much upside you&#x27;re going to get each and every year. But a 6% average is probably, I&#x27;d say, a reasonable expectation. 12%, quite frankly, I think is unreasonable. And you&#x27;ve got to take a lot of risk to get there if you&#x27;re going to do that. Well, I&#x27;d love to have a safe product that gave me 12% per year compounded, but I haven&#x27;t seen one yet. And if I ever do, we&#x27;ll be talking about it on our 100-some stations here on the radio. But now let&#x27;s talk about the fact that people are looking for the downside protection you talk about. What does downside protection mean when you put a strategy together? Well, in this particular product, you literally, there&#x27;s an underlying guarantee that says, if the credit rate over time has been less than an average of 3% a year,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> the insurance company goes back and credits the difference. In other words, before any mortality expense fee, the lowest credit rate you&#x27;ll experience, even in markets like 2008 that&#x27;s falling or like the early 2000s, which is dropping three straight years, the worst you do on average for credit rate on this product is 3% a year. That&#x27;s the guarantee that I think people find so attractive because when you run the numbers out, you realize you don&#x27;t know how much upside you&#x27;ll get from these products, but you know you&#x27;ll get some kind of minimum return no matter what. Yeah. Now, we&#x27;ve got about a minute and a half to two minutes left here on this segment. And I just want to remind people, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Marty Ruby. He&#x27;s an actuary, which means he looks behind the scenes in the financial world.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> He knows how the numbers work. And, Marty, let&#x27;s pretend that I&#x27;m coming in and I&#x27;m sitting down with you and I&#x27;m getting near retirement age and I&#x27;ve got a 401k with about $500,000 and I&#x27;m looking to protect that money, but I need income going into future. Go over with me and the listeners what you would say to me, pretending we haven&#x27;t had our conversation already here on the radio. Well, I would – I mean, the first thing I look at is what are your needs? And for most people in that situation, needs are income. That&#x27;s kind of what they have to live on. They can&#x27;t live on an asset. They really have to live on income. And then I talk about what I think is really what actuaries think of as longevity risk. The biggest risk you face in retirement is living too long, outliving your assets.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> So what we do is we actually do an analysis for people and look at different strategies that assume they&#x27;re going to live a relatively long life. And for most of us, kind of people in normal health, you&#x27;re going to live in your well into your 80s or 90s. So the question you have to ask yourself is how do you stretch that $500,000 as much as you can without worrying about running out of assets? And that&#x27;s where I still think the retirement income riders that are attaching these annuities that guarantee a stream of lifetime income, basically you&#x27;re pooling your longevity risk, your risk of living too long with everybody else. It allows you to actually derive more income from your portfolio.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> So income is important now. And you also have the CD on steroids, which would give tax deferral of the growth and a death benefit in long-term care if somebody needs that in the future. Right. And I view that as not so much the income side as the kind of asset growth side, because you want to keep some of your assets growing, obviously, for future needs, liquidity, whatever, your future health care, for example, other kind of unexpected things. And that&#x27;s what this instrument does the best, because it provides that good, steady growth over time without worrying about the big negative markets. And in most states, you&#x27;re also captured from this what&#x27;s called a long-term care type benefit,</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> which actually allows you to accelerate a portion of the death benefit under this product to use for long-term care purposes. Outstanding. I think... Pretty kind of Swiss Army knife type of instrument for a lot of different uses. And I think everyone out there listening really could use an example on this, combining income with growth potential without the downside risk. And the downside risk is something that worries me a lot. In my studio here, I have a crystal ball, and it works perfectly looking backwards, and it knows nothing going frontwards. And no one has a crystal ball that works. Folks, his name is Marty Ruby. If you&#x27;re interested in finding out more about the strategies you heard right here on the show, all of our wealth coaches across the nation can help educate you on this at financialsafari.com. You can also go there and listen to this interview again in its entirety</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> in the As Heard on the Show segment. Again, financialsafari.com. Marty, we really thank you for your time today on the Financial Safari. It was my pleasure. Glad to be here. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Marty Ruby joins Coach Pete to explain actuarial work and discuss annuities. This July 2013 interview explores product design, the differences among annuities, and the importance of understanding a financial strategy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Marty Ruby</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>An Actuary’s Perspective on Annuities</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Marty Ruby, annuities, An Actuary’s Perspective on Annuities, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165/image.jpg?t=1792072566&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marty-ruby-an-actuary-s-perspective-on-annuities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165/image.jpg?t=1792072566&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165</guid>
      <omny:clipId>18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>675</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/18ef37a3-2d61-4726-8378-b4e2015bd165/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10838923" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/marty-ruby-an-actuary-s-perspective-on-annuities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>159</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="An Actuary’s Perspective on Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:15" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wayne Allyn Root: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide</title>
      <itunes:title>Wayne Allyn Root: The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;ve got a fantastic guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Las Vegas, Nevada. I&#x27;ve heard it called lost wages before. Las Vegas, Nevada. And he is the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. His name is Wayne Allen Root. Folks, you may have seen him as a host on CNBC. He&#x27;s been on Fox. I mean, he&#x27;s everywhere you look these days, and the book is fantastic. Wayne, welcome in. You know what&#x27;s funny, Coach Pete, is I wrote this book as a political book. When you hear that title, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, it certainly sounds like a political book. And it opened up as the number one book in the United States of America at Amazon in the political category. But then the same day it went to number one in the finance category.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And the next day it went to number one in the economics category. And I think most people who bought it thought of it as a financial book, which is good, because I&#x27;m on your show, which is a financial show. So it started out as politics, but I&#x27;m a small businessman. And everything I write about, I write from a financial perspective, how it affects a businessman or woman like me. And that&#x27;s what this book wound up becoming about. It went from politics really to being a finance book, telling you how to get your finances in order over the next, you know, over the second term of Barack Obama. Well, isn&#x27;t it funny, though, how – and it&#x27;s not really funny, I guess ironic – how politics and financial matters overlap? Well, they&#x27;re the same thing. I mean, in other words, I&#x27;ve been a guy that&#x27;s been in politics my whole life. I don&#x27;t remember if you mentioned it in the opening. I don&#x27;t think you did.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> But you may not know I was the vice presidential candidate of the Libertarian Party in 2008. And so I was on the ticket. Bob Barr, the former Republican congressman, was the presidential candidate. I won the vice presidential nomination, and I&#x27;m a political observer and commentator on Fox News and thousands of conservative radio talk stations. But all I ever talk about is money because, to me, politics is about money. It&#x27;s about the economy. Everything else is like number 10,001 on a list of what&#x27;s important from 1 through 10,000. You know, abortion, gay marriage, stem cell research. None of it matters if you can&#x27;t run a business. None of it matters if you don&#x27;t have a job. It&#x27;s like one of my heroes, Ronald Reagan, once said, you know, when your neighbor loses his job, it&#x27;s a recession. When you lose your job, it&#x27;s a depression and a tragedy.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And so if you can&#x27;t find a job in this economy, does abortion really matter? All that matters is, first, you&#x27;ve got to be working. So I think politics is, first and foremost, about economics. And that&#x27;s how I wrote – you know, that was the angle, how I wrote The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Well, it&#x27;s a great book, too. And, yeah, here&#x27;s what I talk to. I talk to people every single day throughout the nation. And what they tell me, Wayne, is they just want the government to leave them alone. They want to be left alone. Business owners are getting trampled by all these regulations, rules, taxes, you name it. We&#x27;re getting trampled as small businessmen out here. Well, you&#x27;re talking my language. And I come up with the facts. See, that&#x27;s the problem is that very often people on the left and the Obama team doesn&#x27;t like facts. And when you give them facts, they get scared and they try and change the topic and they demonize you.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> So here&#x27;s a fact. You know, you mentioned we don&#x27;t want government in our lives. We just want to be left alone. Too many regulations. But did you know the exact number of regulations since January 1st until March 31st? I don&#x27;t have updated numbers for the second quarter. But for the first quarter of 2013, the Barack Obama administration added 6,118 new government regulations. That&#x27;s an average of 68 a day. Listen, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s possible. I think he&#x27;s got like 24 hours a day sweatshop going. And lawyers are being whipped in the sweatshop to come up with ways to destroy business and block businessmen from making money. But how could you ever come up with 6,118 new government regulations in three months? And that came on the heels of the fourth quarter, which was terrible, right?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It was in retraction. Our country&#x27;s going in reverse. And to solve the problem, they stuck 6,118 new regulations in the way of every businessman and woman in America. This is crazy. So I come up with stats that they can&#x27;t debate. Nobody could argue with that. That&#x27;s a real number. You know where I got it? Regulations.gov. I got it from the government&#x27;s website. And guess what&#x27;s happened since then? I don&#x27;t have the updated final number, but I know that the average in April and May was 72 new government regulations a day. Remember now, I just said the first three months, it was 68 regulations a day. Now it&#x27;s been 72. So the economy keeps getting worse, and they keep adding more regulations. And people wonder why there&#x27;s a correlation between those two, or if there&#x27;s a correlation.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You&#x27;re darn right there&#x27;s a correlation. One is causing the other. You can&#x27;t run a business with 72 new regulations every day because no small businessman can possibly keep up with the regulation. Well, it&#x27;s like an out-of-control train coming down the tracks, isn&#x27;t it? Going faster and faster down the hill. Well, yeah, and you can&#x27;t believe what you hear in the media. So many lies. You know, last month, or I should say last week or two, I guess it was about two weeks ago now, there was a new jobs report for the month before, the month prior, which was June. And the jobs report for June said 195,000 jobs created. And that was about a couple weeks ago. People were jumping up and down saying, well, the media was anyway, saying, what great news we&#x27;re in recovery. Well, you know, if you read headlines, you&#x27;re reading lies.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The headlines are set up so that you get excited and you buy the newspaper or you tune into the news show. But then when you go to the eighth paragraph, that&#x27;s where they bury the real lead story, the facts. And if you dig down into the unemployment report, yes, overall, they claim 195,000 jobs are created, but they were all part-time jobs. Hey, Coach Pete, last month, 360,000 part-time jobs were created in the United States in one month. Guess how many full-time jobs are created? Zero. Zero. Negative 240,000. So we lost good jobs. We gained part-time jobs. And so when you look at the start of the year, since January 1st through July 1st, 130,000 full-time jobs are created in a country of 330 million people.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That&#x27;s the total number of net positive full-time jobs created, 130,000. You need 100,000 a month just to keep equal with population and birth. You need 100,000 a month. We created 130,000 in six months. None of that deals with the 9 million or so people who lost their jobs in this Great Depression, number two. So when you talk about how bad things are, 101 million Americans are on food assistance. Only 97 million Americans have jobs in the private sector. So more people get food stamps and food checks from the government of all kinds. They have all kinds of names. They call it the overall umbrella is called food assistance. More people get checks from government to pay for their food than have jobs in the private sector in the United States in the year 2013.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> If those numbers don&#x27;t make you just open your jaw in awe, I don&#x27;t know what else I could say to prove to you that the economy is in reverse right now. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;re talking to Wayne Allen Root. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. And on the cover of the book, the book is almost 450 pages, by the way, folks, and a great read. On the cover, we have a comment from Ann Coulter. She says, Wayne shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell. And that&#x27;s what it sounds like here, Wayne, because as independent people out here, we&#x27;re independent thinkers. We&#x27;re trying to make our own money. We want to have our own retirement. And by the way, Obama says you can only have a certain amount of money in retirement plans now, which is crazy. How does the average American listening to our show right now who&#x27;s trying to plan for retirement, how do they combat all the silliness out there in the political world to make sure their retirement is as comfortable as they wanted it to be?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Well, you know, before you worry about making money, I think you have to worry about protecting your money. I think that&#x27;s the most important thing is protecting what you&#x27;ve got, even more than thinking, how can I double it or triple it? Because in this environment, the answer is you probably can&#x27;t double it or triple it. It&#x27;s very difficult. But you certainly better make sure you protect what&#x27;s already there. So if you&#x27;re listening right now and, you know, you make X amount of dollars and you have X amount of assets and you say, well, how do I protect it? Well, here&#x27;s the first thing. I went out and I interviewed for my book 18 of the richest men in America. Okay? It just happened to be that somebody said, yes, I&#x27;ll participate in your book, 18. That&#x27;s where that number came from. I called them and 18 said yes, and they wrote 18 separate chapters. And then I went and looked at what they all had to say, and here&#x27;s some of the commonalities that 18 men who are almost all worth $100 million or more said the average middle class person has to do.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Number one, here&#x27;s the one thing they all agreed on, all 18. You have to move to a no-tax state. You have to get your assets to a Nevada, a Florida, a Texas, a Tennessee, an Alaska, a Wyoming. Those are the no-tax states in the United States. I live in Las Vegas, Nevada. See, I&#x27;m already ahead of the ballgame. I knew that 13 years ago. I moved to Las Vegas because I wanted to get the hell out of New York, California, two states that I had lived in most of my life. And I couldn&#x27;t stand the taxes. And I moved to Nevada where the income tax rate is zero. So these really rich guys pointed out they don&#x27;t understand how the average middle class person doesn&#x27;t get this. These guys would say things to me like, I&#x27;m worth $100 million, Wayne, and I would never give an extra $1.50 to the state of California.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Why would 48 million people live in California and be willing to pay 13.3% state income tax when I&#x27;m worth $100 million? I wouldn&#x27;t even think of paying that extra money to the state. That&#x27;s why I live in Florida, Texas, or Nevada. That&#x27;s where almost every one of the millionaires moved. And none of them started out there. So you&#x27;ve got to get there because they all pointed out that over a 40-year working career, you might have an extra half million to a million dollars on the day you retire just because you live in a no-tax state. So that was the first tip they all gave me. The second one was they all said don&#x27;t worry about whether gold is going up or down today. In the long run, gold is the greatest insurance policy in the world. And over time, you&#x27;ll always do great. Gold&#x27;s done great for 5,000 years. It has done better than paper money issued by the United States government or any other government.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> So gold is done fairly lousy of late, but it doesn&#x27;t matter. That&#x27;s a short-term blip. That&#x27;s like predicting the stock market today or tomorrow. Over time, gold always does well. So here was the stat they gave me that just blew my mind, Coach Pete. I just couldn&#x27;t believe it. In 1913, if you had a million dollars in cash stuffed in your mattress, today it would be worth $40,000. A million dollars in 1913 because of inflation and the value of the dollar has gone down so much is today worth $40,000. But if you put the same million dollars in gold, today it&#x27;s worth somewhere north of $70 million. $40,000 versus $70 million in exactly 100 years, 1913 to 2013. How&#x27;s that for a long-term positive appreciation?</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> So they said, don&#x27;t worry if gold goes down this week or this month. Consider it a great buying opportunity. You&#x27;re getting in cheaper. Over the long run, the U.S. dollar will go down. And we just recently heard Ben Bernanke just a couple weeks ago report that, yes, siri, the economy isn&#x27;t so bad. We&#x27;re going to continue QE3 and 4 and infinity. We&#x27;re going to keep printing money because there is no choice. He just came out and finally admitted that. And that&#x27;s going to make gold go up in the near term. So I think gold&#x27;s a very important part of anybody&#x27;s strategy to protect their money and even to try and multiply their money. Good thing. I think energy stocks are good with Barack Obama as president because anything that is limited, you can&#x27;t get enough of it, is going to go up in value. And Obama keeps trying to put coal out of business and he won&#x27;t issue any drilling permits for oil.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> And so it becomes more valuable and the price goes up. So most of my 18 millionaires and billionaires thought you should invest in oil and energy. And here&#x27;s a big one. People are moving like crazy to the states I just recommended, Nevada, Texas, Florida. There are a lot of states that are financially healthy and growing with population. And then there are states that are dying. I call them Democrat blue states. You know, they&#x27;re high-tax states. Everybody&#x27;s leaving. No one wants to live there. New York, California, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, terrible states financially. They&#x27;re train wrecks. So you want to buy the bonds, not of every state in America, only of the good states that are a good financial condition that people are moving to that have a great financial future. So that was another hint, suggestion that a lot of my millionaires and billionaires gave.</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> And then here&#x27;s one from me, Wayne Root. You want to homeschool your children. You know, I grew up here last 13 years I&#x27;ve been in Las Vegas. My kids grew up here. They&#x27;re educated here. The Vegas schools are the worst in America, but all the schools are bad in America. We just have the worst SAT scores in history in the United States of America. The dropout rate is mind-boggling all over the country. But here in Las Vegas, about 45% of the kids drop out of high school. Wow. And the ones who do graduate are, you know, are dumbed down so badly they can&#x27;t even attend community college without remedial math and English. So my kids were raised here homeschooled. My daughter is a straight-A student at Harvard. So if you want your kids to have a future in this America and you want them to make big money and have a great career and a profession,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> you&#x27;re going to have to figure out something to do other than to allow them to go to public schools. To me, even though there&#x27;s a financial show, Coach B, nothing is more important than the future financial opportunities for your children. And they&#x27;re not going to have any opportunity if you let them get educated in public school. I cannot agree more with that. I mean, that is so true. I mean, people are getting brainwashed every single day. Hey, let me ask you one final point here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment. But you talked about the states that are doing so bad, and I&#x27;ve heard it through the grapevine now that when states like, you know, California out there, out west, right next to you or Illinois, when they get into so much trouble where they can&#x27;t pay their debts, they&#x27;re going to try to hit up the federal government to help them bail themselves out, which will mean us in the good states, the states we&#x27;re working hard at and not getting all these giveaway programs thrown out by the state.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> We&#x27;re going to have to bail out big states like that, aren&#x27;t we? Well, you know, you have to bail them out if the country is run by Barack Obama, you know, in the next three years. You have to bail them out if the country is doing well financially. Maybe that has to happen. But if the country is bankrupt, I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to be bailing out the states when the federal government is so bankrupt. Right now it owes just under $17 trillion. If you add an unfunded liability, it&#x27;s about $100 trillion. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the money to bail anyone out at this point, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the political will to get it passed. It&#x27;ll have to pass the United States Congress, and the House is run by Republicans who will never allow that to happen as long as they keep the House. So I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be able to pull that off on us. But I will tell you this, Pete, I know time is short. I&#x27;ll keep it short. My millionaires and billionaires in the Ultimate Obama Survival Guide also recommended for that reason, investing with your stockbroker here in America,</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> but investing in foreign stocks and mutual funds because they feel America is really not going to do as well for the next five and ten years as other countries all over the world, especially the emerging markets. It won&#x27;t grow as fast because of the tax policies and regulation policies of Barack Obama. So invest globally. Think internationally. Don&#x27;t think everything is about America. It&#x27;s not. There&#x27;s lots of great countries to invest in. Folks, his name is Wayne Allen Root. Again, the name of the book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. If you join the interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com. Wayne, I hope to have you on again in the future and talk about more of these topics and also when you have another book come out. Thank you, Coach Pete. Love to be on and talk to you anytime.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> My website&#x27;s rootforamerica.com, and the book is The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Have yourself a great day and a great weekend. God bless. You too, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;ve got a fantastic guest today. He&#x27;s joining us from Las Vegas, Nevada. I&#x27;ve heard it called lost wages before. Las Vegas, Nevada. And he is the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. His name is Wayne Allen Root. Folks, you may have seen him as a host on CNBC. He&#x27;s been on Fox. I mean, he&#x27;s everywhere you look these days, and the book is fantastic. Wayne, welcome in. You know what&#x27;s funny, Coach Pete, is I wrote this book as a political book. When you hear that title, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, it certainly sounds like a political book. And it opened up as the number one book in the United States of America at Amazon in the political category. But then the same day it went to number one in the finance category.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And the next day it went to number one in the economics category. And I think most people who bought it thought of it as a financial book, which is good, because I&#x27;m on your show, which is a financial show. So it started out as politics, but I&#x27;m a small businessman. And everything I write about, I write from a financial perspective, how it affects a businessman or woman like me. And that&#x27;s what this book wound up becoming about. It went from politics really to being a finance book, telling you how to get your finances in order over the next, you know, over the second term of Barack Obama. Well, isn&#x27;t it funny, though, how – and it&#x27;s not really funny, I guess ironic – how politics and financial matters overlap? Well, they&#x27;re the same thing. I mean, in other words, I&#x27;ve been a guy that&#x27;s been in politics my whole life. I don&#x27;t remember if you mentioned it in the opening. I don&#x27;t think you did.</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> But you may not know I was the vice presidential candidate of the Libertarian Party in 2008. And so I was on the ticket. Bob Barr, the former Republican congressman, was the presidential candidate. I won the vice presidential nomination, and I&#x27;m a political observer and commentator on Fox News and thousands of conservative radio talk stations. But all I ever talk about is money because, to me, politics is about money. It&#x27;s about the economy. Everything else is like number 10,001 on a list of what&#x27;s important from 1 through 10,000. You know, abortion, gay marriage, stem cell research. None of it matters if you can&#x27;t run a business. None of it matters if you don&#x27;t have a job. It&#x27;s like one of my heroes, Ronald Reagan, once said, you know, when your neighbor loses his job, it&#x27;s a recession. When you lose your job, it&#x27;s a depression and a tragedy.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> And so if you can&#x27;t find a job in this economy, does abortion really matter? All that matters is, first, you&#x27;ve got to be working. So I think politics is, first and foremost, about economics. And that&#x27;s how I wrote – you know, that was the angle, how I wrote The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Well, it&#x27;s a great book, too. And, yeah, here&#x27;s what I talk to. I talk to people every single day throughout the nation. And what they tell me, Wayne, is they just want the government to leave them alone. They want to be left alone. Business owners are getting trampled by all these regulations, rules, taxes, you name it. We&#x27;re getting trampled as small businessmen out here. Well, you&#x27;re talking my language. And I come up with the facts. See, that&#x27;s the problem is that very often people on the left and the Obama team doesn&#x27;t like facts. And when you give them facts, they get scared and they try and change the topic and they demonize you.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> So here&#x27;s a fact. You know, you mentioned we don&#x27;t want government in our lives. We just want to be left alone. Too many regulations. But did you know the exact number of regulations since January 1st until March 31st? I don&#x27;t have updated numbers for the second quarter. But for the first quarter of 2013, the Barack Obama administration added 6,118 new government regulations. That&#x27;s an average of 68 a day. Listen, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s possible. I think he&#x27;s got like 24 hours a day sweatshop going. And lawyers are being whipped in the sweatshop to come up with ways to destroy business and block businessmen from making money. But how could you ever come up with 6,118 new government regulations in three months? And that came on the heels of the fourth quarter, which was terrible, right?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> It was in retraction. Our country&#x27;s going in reverse. And to solve the problem, they stuck 6,118 new regulations in the way of every businessman and woman in America. This is crazy. So I come up with stats that they can&#x27;t debate. Nobody could argue with that. That&#x27;s a real number. You know where I got it? Regulations.gov. I got it from the government&#x27;s website. And guess what&#x27;s happened since then? I don&#x27;t have the updated final number, but I know that the average in April and May was 72 new government regulations a day. Remember now, I just said the first three months, it was 68 regulations a day. Now it&#x27;s been 72. So the economy keeps getting worse, and they keep adding more regulations. And people wonder why there&#x27;s a correlation between those two, or if there&#x27;s a correlation.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> You&#x27;re darn right there&#x27;s a correlation. One is causing the other. You can&#x27;t run a business with 72 new regulations every day because no small businessman can possibly keep up with the regulation. Well, it&#x27;s like an out-of-control train coming down the tracks, isn&#x27;t it? Going faster and faster down the hill. Well, yeah, and you can&#x27;t believe what you hear in the media. So many lies. You know, last month, or I should say last week or two, I guess it was about two weeks ago now, there was a new jobs report for the month before, the month prior, which was June. And the jobs report for June said 195,000 jobs created. And that was about a couple weeks ago. People were jumping up and down saying, well, the media was anyway, saying, what great news we&#x27;re in recovery. Well, you know, if you read headlines, you&#x27;re reading lies.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> The headlines are set up so that you get excited and you buy the newspaper or you tune into the news show. But then when you go to the eighth paragraph, that&#x27;s where they bury the real lead story, the facts. And if you dig down into the unemployment report, yes, overall, they claim 195,000 jobs are created, but they were all part-time jobs. Hey, Coach Pete, last month, 360,000 part-time jobs were created in the United States in one month. Guess how many full-time jobs are created? Zero. Zero. Negative 240,000. So we lost good jobs. We gained part-time jobs. And so when you look at the start of the year, since January 1st through July 1st, 130,000 full-time jobs are created in a country of 330 million people.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> That&#x27;s the total number of net positive full-time jobs created, 130,000. You need 100,000 a month just to keep equal with population and birth. You need 100,000 a month. We created 130,000 in six months. None of that deals with the 9 million or so people who lost their jobs in this Great Depression, number two. So when you talk about how bad things are, 101 million Americans are on food assistance. Only 97 million Americans have jobs in the private sector. So more people get food stamps and food checks from the government of all kinds. They have all kinds of names. They call it the overall umbrella is called food assistance. More people get checks from government to pay for their food than have jobs in the private sector in the United States in the year 2013.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> If those numbers don&#x27;t make you just open your jaw in awe, I don&#x27;t know what else I could say to prove to you that the economy is in reverse right now. Yeah, and folks, we&#x27;re talking to Wayne Allen Root. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. And on the cover of the book, the book is almost 450 pages, by the way, folks, and a great read. On the cover, we have a comment from Ann Coulter. She says, Wayne shows you how to capitalize and prosper through hell. And that&#x27;s what it sounds like here, Wayne, because as independent people out here, we&#x27;re independent thinkers. We&#x27;re trying to make our own money. We want to have our own retirement. And by the way, Obama says you can only have a certain amount of money in retirement plans now, which is crazy. How does the average American listening to our show right now who&#x27;s trying to plan for retirement, how do they combat all the silliness out there in the political world to make sure their retirement is as comfortable as they wanted it to be?</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> Well, you know, before you worry about making money, I think you have to worry about protecting your money. I think that&#x27;s the most important thing is protecting what you&#x27;ve got, even more than thinking, how can I double it or triple it? Because in this environment, the answer is you probably can&#x27;t double it or triple it. It&#x27;s very difficult. But you certainly better make sure you protect what&#x27;s already there. So if you&#x27;re listening right now and, you know, you make X amount of dollars and you have X amount of assets and you say, well, how do I protect it? Well, here&#x27;s the first thing. I went out and I interviewed for my book 18 of the richest men in America. Okay? It just happened to be that somebody said, yes, I&#x27;ll participate in your book, 18. That&#x27;s where that number came from. I called them and 18 said yes, and they wrote 18 separate chapters. And then I went and looked at what they all had to say, and here&#x27;s some of the commonalities that 18 men who are almost all worth $100 million or more said the average middle class person has to do.</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> Number one, here&#x27;s the one thing they all agreed on, all 18. You have to move to a no-tax state. You have to get your assets to a Nevada, a Florida, a Texas, a Tennessee, an Alaska, a Wyoming. Those are the no-tax states in the United States. I live in Las Vegas, Nevada. See, I&#x27;m already ahead of the ballgame. I knew that 13 years ago. I moved to Las Vegas because I wanted to get the hell out of New York, California, two states that I had lived in most of my life. And I couldn&#x27;t stand the taxes. And I moved to Nevada where the income tax rate is zero. So these really rich guys pointed out they don&#x27;t understand how the average middle class person doesn&#x27;t get this. These guys would say things to me like, I&#x27;m worth $100 million, Wayne, and I would never give an extra $1.50 to the state of California.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Why would 48 million people live in California and be willing to pay 13.3% state income tax when I&#x27;m worth $100 million? I wouldn&#x27;t even think of paying that extra money to the state. That&#x27;s why I live in Florida, Texas, or Nevada. That&#x27;s where almost every one of the millionaires moved. And none of them started out there. So you&#x27;ve got to get there because they all pointed out that over a 40-year working career, you might have an extra half million to a million dollars on the day you retire just because you live in a no-tax state. So that was the first tip they all gave me. The second one was they all said don&#x27;t worry about whether gold is going up or down today. In the long run, gold is the greatest insurance policy in the world. And over time, you&#x27;ll always do great. Gold&#x27;s done great for 5,000 years. It has done better than paper money issued by the United States government or any other government.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> So gold is done fairly lousy of late, but it doesn&#x27;t matter. That&#x27;s a short-term blip. That&#x27;s like predicting the stock market today or tomorrow. Over time, gold always does well. So here was the stat they gave me that just blew my mind, Coach Pete. I just couldn&#x27;t believe it. In 1913, if you had a million dollars in cash stuffed in your mattress, today it would be worth $40,000. A million dollars in 1913 because of inflation and the value of the dollar has gone down so much is today worth $40,000. But if you put the same million dollars in gold, today it&#x27;s worth somewhere north of $70 million. $40,000 versus $70 million in exactly 100 years, 1913 to 2013. How&#x27;s that for a long-term positive appreciation?</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> So they said, don&#x27;t worry if gold goes down this week or this month. Consider it a great buying opportunity. You&#x27;re getting in cheaper. Over the long run, the U.S. dollar will go down. And we just recently heard Ben Bernanke just a couple weeks ago report that, yes, siri, the economy isn&#x27;t so bad. We&#x27;re going to continue QE3 and 4 and infinity. We&#x27;re going to keep printing money because there is no choice. He just came out and finally admitted that. And that&#x27;s going to make gold go up in the near term. So I think gold&#x27;s a very important part of anybody&#x27;s strategy to protect their money and even to try and multiply their money. Good thing. I think energy stocks are good with Barack Obama as president because anything that is limited, you can&#x27;t get enough of it, is going to go up in value. And Obama keeps trying to put coal out of business and he won&#x27;t issue any drilling permits for oil.</p><p><strong>11:55</strong> And so it becomes more valuable and the price goes up. So most of my 18 millionaires and billionaires thought you should invest in oil and energy. And here&#x27;s a big one. People are moving like crazy to the states I just recommended, Nevada, Texas, Florida. There are a lot of states that are financially healthy and growing with population. And then there are states that are dying. I call them Democrat blue states. You know, they&#x27;re high-tax states. Everybody&#x27;s leaving. No one wants to live there. New York, California, Michigan, Maryland, Illinois, terrible states financially. They&#x27;re train wrecks. So you want to buy the bonds, not of every state in America, only of the good states that are a good financial condition that people are moving to that have a great financial future. So that was another hint, suggestion that a lot of my millionaires and billionaires gave.</p><p><strong>12:43</strong> And then here&#x27;s one from me, Wayne Root. You want to homeschool your children. You know, I grew up here last 13 years I&#x27;ve been in Las Vegas. My kids grew up here. They&#x27;re educated here. The Vegas schools are the worst in America, but all the schools are bad in America. We just have the worst SAT scores in history in the United States of America. The dropout rate is mind-boggling all over the country. But here in Las Vegas, about 45% of the kids drop out of high school. Wow. And the ones who do graduate are, you know, are dumbed down so badly they can&#x27;t even attend community college without remedial math and English. So my kids were raised here homeschooled. My daughter is a straight-A student at Harvard. So if you want your kids to have a future in this America and you want them to make big money and have a great career and a profession,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> you&#x27;re going to have to figure out something to do other than to allow them to go to public schools. To me, even though there&#x27;s a financial show, Coach B, nothing is more important than the future financial opportunities for your children. And they&#x27;re not going to have any opportunity if you let them get educated in public school. I cannot agree more with that. I mean, that is so true. I mean, people are getting brainwashed every single day. Hey, let me ask you one final point here. We&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on this segment. But you talked about the states that are doing so bad, and I&#x27;ve heard it through the grapevine now that when states like, you know, California out there, out west, right next to you or Illinois, when they get into so much trouble where they can&#x27;t pay their debts, they&#x27;re going to try to hit up the federal government to help them bail themselves out, which will mean us in the good states, the states we&#x27;re working hard at and not getting all these giveaway programs thrown out by the state.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> We&#x27;re going to have to bail out big states like that, aren&#x27;t we? Well, you know, you have to bail them out if the country is run by Barack Obama, you know, in the next three years. You have to bail them out if the country is doing well financially. Maybe that has to happen. But if the country is bankrupt, I don&#x27;t think we&#x27;re going to be bailing out the states when the federal government is so bankrupt. Right now it owes just under $17 trillion. If you add an unfunded liability, it&#x27;s about $100 trillion. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the money to bail anyone out at this point, and I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s the political will to get it passed. It&#x27;ll have to pass the United States Congress, and the House is run by Republicans who will never allow that to happen as long as they keep the House. So I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be able to pull that off on us. But I will tell you this, Pete, I know time is short. I&#x27;ll keep it short. My millionaires and billionaires in the Ultimate Obama Survival Guide also recommended for that reason, investing with your stockbroker here in America,</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> but investing in foreign stocks and mutual funds because they feel America is really not going to do as well for the next five and ten years as other countries all over the world, especially the emerging markets. It won&#x27;t grow as fast because of the tax policies and regulation policies of Barack Obama. So invest globally. Think internationally. Don&#x27;t think everything is about America. It&#x27;s not. There&#x27;s lots of great countries to invest in. Folks, his name is Wayne Allen Root. Again, the name of the book, The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide, How to Survive, Thrive, and Prosper During Obamageddon. If you join the interview late or want to hear it in its entirety again, you can go to financialsafari.com. Wayne, I hope to have you on again in the future and talk about more of these topics and also when you have another book come out. Thank you, Coach Pete. Love to be on and talk to you anytime.</p><p><strong>16:01</strong> My website&#x27;s rootforamerica.com, and the book is The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. Have yourself a great day and a great weekend. God bless. You too, my friend. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Wayne Allyn Root joins Coach Pete to discuss The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide. This July 2013 interview explores the financial, economic, and political ideas behind his book and his perspective as a business owner.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Wayne Allyn Root</category>
      <category>entrepreneurship</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Wayne Allyn Root, entrepreneurship, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/image.jpg?t=1792072577&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wayne-allyn-root-the-ultimate-obama-survival-guide/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/image.jpg?t=1792072577&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>972</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/88fab853-79ed-4855-97ff-b4e2015acf1c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15586595" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/wayne-allyn-root-the-ultimate-obama-survival-guide</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>160</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Ultimate Obama Survival Guide" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:48" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Martha Zoller: Taxes, Politics, and a Divided America</title>
      <itunes:title>Martha Zoller: Taxes, Politics, and a Divided America</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Martha Zoller joins Coach Pete for a June 2013 conversation about taxes and political debate. They discuss Indivisible and her perspective on bringing values together in a divided America.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we visit with an expert nationally, and we&#x27;re going to go to Gainesville, Georgia, and we&#x27;re going to talk to Martha Zahler. Martha, welcome in. Hey, it is great to be with you. Thank you for having me. Now, you&#x27;ve written books. You&#x27;re talking about the tax code here, what&#x27;s going on in the tax code. The name of your book is Uniting or Indivisible, Uniting Values in a Divided America. That was back in 2005. But more recently, I&#x27;ve seen you on TV talking about Obama&#x27;s tax proposals and his fiscal year of 2014 budget. Now, what does the 2014 budget include? Well, I think that the problem you have with the 2014 budget is it just looks the heck of a lot like the 2013 and the 2012. I mean, these people still don&#x27;t seem to have the ability to understand what actual cuts are versus just spending more money or this baseline budgeting thing.</p><p><strong>00:57</strong> I think the best thing that came out of some of these budget battles over the last couple of years is people now understand what a baseline budget is, and that is that you don&#x27;t necessarily build a budget from scratch, from zero. You just keep adding a little bit on every year, and that&#x27;s what 2014 looks like. I think in light of the IRS scandals that have happened, this targeting of groups because of their beliefs, more people are looking at the IRS. And I think we have the best opportunity that we&#x27;ve had in a while to be able to take a look at something like this and say, maybe we need a new tax system. Maybe we need a new budgeting system. And I think that, you know, I&#x27;ve got to always look at the positive side, and I think there is a positive side. Yeah. Well, when we look at it, there&#x27;s always a vocal minority out there screaming and yelling anytime you make a budget cut.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> And unfortunately, the media pops it up and makes it look like everyone feels that way, and they always make sure to show a crying baby or somebody in a wheelchair and say you&#x27;re affecting them. But we have to do something. We have to tighten our purse strings because we can&#x27;t keep spending money we don&#x27;t have. No, you&#x27;re right. And I talked to a guy, an accountant yesterday that does some volunteer accounting for some of these summer programs that young people are involved in. They get a lot of federal money, okay? And he was looking at their books with them, and they said, well, can&#x27;t you make the cuts in supplies, office supplies, and things like that? Can&#x27;t you do that? And they said, no, we were told to cut student scholarships. That&#x27;s what we were told. So the idea was that, okay, we&#x27;re going to make these so-called cuts, the sequester cuts.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> We&#x27;re going to make them on things that hurt people rather than the things where you know you have duplication. The president in two State of the Union addresses in a row, he identified programs that had duplication across departments. And he keeps talking about getting rid of them, but he never does. And it&#x27;s not just President Obama. This has been going on, you know, since the federal government went on steroids, starting back in 1966 when President Johnson mixed the Social Security and the Medicare money with the general budget. And from that point on, the schedules were on steroids. Yeah. I mean, the budgets were on steroids. Right. Well, we&#x27;ve had the – I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who work for the government, and they&#x27;re always amazed about the end of December each year where they&#x27;re told to – they have to spend money.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> They have mandatory spending or they&#x27;re not going to get the money included in the budget the next year. So they just start buying stuff they don&#x27;t need. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And it happens everywhere. And look, I am a small government constitutionalist, and I look at defense as being something that actually is in the Constitution. But there&#x27;s waste in defense also. But you don&#x27;t start out by cutting the tip of the spear, right? If you are trying to cut back on expenses in something as big as, say, the Department of Defense or Medicare or other areas that have very large budgets, you don&#x27;t start with the things that is closest to your, quote, customer, right? You start with the things that you can do without. And those private industry has learned that over the last five years. This private industry has become lean and mean and been able to continue to function and know it&#x27;s not the best thing that you would want.</p><p><strong>04:17</strong> But at the same time, you&#x27;ve got leaner and more productive companies that can now, in an economic upturn, build out from there. Yeah, yeah. And another thing that we&#x27;re talking about, the 2014 budget, and then I want to talk about some taxes again. But in the new budget, there&#x27;s a financial crisis responsibility fee for banks and financial institutions. What is that, and how do you feel about it? Well, it&#x27;s, again, another fee. And what do we know about fees? Fees just end up being paid by the customer. I mean, that&#x27;s the thing that I hate about this kind of thing. And, look, banks did get out there and do some things they shouldn&#x27;t have done. But it was all predicated by the government wanting to pick winners as far as banks were concerned. And there&#x27;s a great book out there called Reckless Endangerment that was written by the New York Times reporters about the financial crisis.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> And they name names and take names, Democrats and Republicans, that led us down to this picking winners. We cannot have banks or businesses or anything like that where you pick winners. You&#x27;ve got to go by what is the best practices. I talked to a woman who wrote mortgages her whole career, and she talked about how lenient it got to writing mortgages compared to when she started out in the business. That&#x27;s what led us to this problem. It wasn&#x27;t that banks were so much. You know, they made some mistakes, don&#x27;t get me wrong, but they also were mandated by the government to basically give a mortgage to anybody that had a pulse. And that&#x27;s not the way it&#x27;s supposed to be. When I bought my first house, I had to save 20 percent to put down because it was my first house.</p><p><strong>05:54</strong> And you had to show that you could save money. You also had to show that that money didn&#x27;t just show up somewhere, that you earned that money. There were a lot of things that were taken away that were safety measures as far as mortgages were concerned. And, yeah, they&#x27;re coming back. They&#x27;re coming back right now. The values of homes are coming back. But it&#x27;s going to be a while before they come back completely. And for people like me that are in their 50s, you know, we may never make back. We may never make back what we lost. Now, my kids in their 20s, my children are doing great. I mean, they don&#x27;t have student loans. They&#x27;re buying houses. And they&#x27;re saving money. And they&#x27;re actually acting a lot more like my parents did than we did. Well, it&#x27;s about personal responsibility. But, unfortunately, I&#x27;ve seen some of the mortgages now they&#x27;re starting to do that again.</p><p><strong>06:42</strong> They&#x27;re starting to have mandatory lending. And the same problem, it&#x27;s the same thing that got us in the problem in 2008. Yeah, you can&#x27;t do the mandatory lending. You&#x27;ve got to have criteria. And the reason why mortgages were so safe for so many years is because they had strong criteria. You had to have down payments. You had to have proof of income. Gee, that&#x27;s a shocking thing. You had to show that you&#x27;d been at work for a period of time. You know, 40% of the foreclosures in 2008 and 2009 and 2010, they had never made the first payment. The people had never made the first payment. They always painted it as, oh, these poor folks who have been going on doing everything right. No. These people, many, 40%, had never made the first payment. And then you create this environment now, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people like this.</p><p><strong>07:31</strong> I&#x27;ve met people like this, where they are good people, but they&#x27;re being advised by their accountants to walk away from their mortgages. And that is still happening, not as much as it was happening a year or two ago. But what are we saying to people when we say, okay, it&#x27;s all right, just walk away? It is something that is a cancer on our financial future. And so that&#x27;s why we need to get back to basics here as far as finances are concerned, whether it&#x27;s the federal government or it&#x27;s your own personal. And I know we&#x27;re doing it at my house. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re doing it at your house. We have to start looking at things in a way that is going to get us back to the individual free market, taking risk, but not necessarily having a guaranteed outcome. Let&#x27;s talk about one thing I want to get out here, and it&#x27;s about the U.S. tax system.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> And I want to ask you, do you think it should be based on income? I mean, if someone&#x27;s making a lot of money, why should they pay a whole lot of taxes if they&#x27;re not getting more benefits than someone who&#x27;s paying less taxes? Yeah, I&#x27;m a fair taxer, which I believe in the national retail sales tax. I know some people like the 999 plan that Herman Cain had. Other people like the flat tax. But I don&#x27;t think the government needs to know what your income is. I mean, I really don&#x27;t understand why that is a necessary thing. We went for a very long time in this country without an income tax and did pretty well. I think consumption-based is the way it ought to go, and that way you have complete control. If you need to cut back, I mean, if you need to cut back on your spending, then you cut back on your taxes that way. And the people that spend the most pay the most. And that is the best way to go.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> The government&#x27;s almost like that drunk uncle that&#x27;s always going to be spending everyone else&#x27;s money. That&#x27;s right. Now, when we look at the tax system in general, though, I mean, what do you think is going to happen going down the road? What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going to happen in the tax system? Look, I&#x27;ve been working on the fair tax for more than 10 years, and it is definitely something that people thought would never happen. With, again, this IRS problem, more people are looking at these things and saying to people, hey, you know, we need a different tax system. We don&#x27;t need one organization having that kind of power. And I think that&#x27;s the right way to go. Now, I like the fair tax, but I think we&#x27;re going to have a replacement of the tax code within the next 10 years.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> Yeah, Neil Bortz had a real good plan. And him and Herman Cain are about the same on that kind of opinion, too, correct? Yes, they are. In fact, you know, Neil and I have been talking about the fair tax for a long time. Herman Cain and I, Herman actually started out his radio career filling in for me, you know, a few years ago after his Senate race. And he and I have done a lot of fair tax events together. And I think that Georgia, for whatever reason, has really embraced the fair tax. And I&#x27;ve got to give that credit to John Linder and Neil Bortz. And I hope that it will catch on around the country. I mean, just look at the states that have done well through this recession. Tennessee, Texas, Florida had a difficult time real estate-wise, but they bounced back fairly quickly.</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> But there are states that don&#x27;t have state income tax, people that had some flexibility over things. And I wish we&#x27;d do that in Georgia. I mean, I&#x27;m really working hard to try to get rid of the state income tax here, too. I just don&#x27;t think we should be taxing on income. I think we ought to be taxing on productivity. Well, we&#x27;re in North Carolina, and our General Assembly now has changed hands, and they are trying to come up with a better tax system, too. Folks, her name is Martha Zoller. You&#x27;ve seen her on TV. You&#x27;ve probably heard her on the radio. Martha, we&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future to talk more about the tax system. Hey, thank you so much for having me today. And thanks for coming on. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Martha Zoller joins Coach Pete for a June 2013 conversation about taxes and political debate. They discuss Indivisible and her perspective on bringing values together in a divided America.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And this is the time of the show where we visit with an expert nationally, and we&#x27;re going to go to Gainesville, Georgia, and we&#x27;re going to talk to Martha Zahler. Martha, welcome in. Hey, it is great to be with you. Thank you for having me. Now, you&#x27;ve written books. You&#x27;re talking about the tax code here, what&#x27;s going on in the tax code. The name of your book is Uniting or Indivisible, Uniting Values in a Divided America. That was back in 2005. But more recently, I&#x27;ve seen you on TV talking about Obama&#x27;s tax proposals and his fiscal year of 2014 budget. Now, what does the 2014 budget include? Well, I think that the problem you have with the 2014 budget is it just looks the heck of a lot like the 2013 and the 2012. I mean, these people still don&#x27;t seem to have the ability to understand what actual cuts are versus just spending more money or this baseline budgeting thing.</p><p><strong>00:57</strong> I think the best thing that came out of some of these budget battles over the last couple of years is people now understand what a baseline budget is, and that is that you don&#x27;t necessarily build a budget from scratch, from zero. You just keep adding a little bit on every year, and that&#x27;s what 2014 looks like. I think in light of the IRS scandals that have happened, this targeting of groups because of their beliefs, more people are looking at the IRS. And I think we have the best opportunity that we&#x27;ve had in a while to be able to take a look at something like this and say, maybe we need a new tax system. Maybe we need a new budgeting system. And I think that, you know, I&#x27;ve got to always look at the positive side, and I think there is a positive side. Yeah. Well, when we look at it, there&#x27;s always a vocal minority out there screaming and yelling anytime you make a budget cut.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> And unfortunately, the media pops it up and makes it look like everyone feels that way, and they always make sure to show a crying baby or somebody in a wheelchair and say you&#x27;re affecting them. But we have to do something. We have to tighten our purse strings because we can&#x27;t keep spending money we don&#x27;t have. No, you&#x27;re right. And I talked to a guy, an accountant yesterday that does some volunteer accounting for some of these summer programs that young people are involved in. They get a lot of federal money, okay? And he was looking at their books with them, and they said, well, can&#x27;t you make the cuts in supplies, office supplies, and things like that? Can&#x27;t you do that? And they said, no, we were told to cut student scholarships. That&#x27;s what we were told. So the idea was that, okay, we&#x27;re going to make these so-called cuts, the sequester cuts.</p><p><strong>02:36</strong> We&#x27;re going to make them on things that hurt people rather than the things where you know you have duplication. The president in two State of the Union addresses in a row, he identified programs that had duplication across departments. And he keeps talking about getting rid of them, but he never does. And it&#x27;s not just President Obama. This has been going on, you know, since the federal government went on steroids, starting back in 1966 when President Johnson mixed the Social Security and the Medicare money with the general budget. And from that point on, the schedules were on steroids. Yeah. I mean, the budgets were on steroids. Right. Well, we&#x27;ve had the – I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who work for the government, and they&#x27;re always amazed about the end of December each year where they&#x27;re told to – they have to spend money.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> They have mandatory spending or they&#x27;re not going to get the money included in the budget the next year. So they just start buying stuff they don&#x27;t need. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And it happens everywhere. And look, I am a small government constitutionalist, and I look at defense as being something that actually is in the Constitution. But there&#x27;s waste in defense also. But you don&#x27;t start out by cutting the tip of the spear, right? If you are trying to cut back on expenses in something as big as, say, the Department of Defense or Medicare or other areas that have very large budgets, you don&#x27;t start with the things that is closest to your, quote, customer, right? You start with the things that you can do without. And those private industry has learned that over the last five years. This private industry has become lean and mean and been able to continue to function and know it&#x27;s not the best thing that you would want.</p><p><strong>04:17</strong> But at the same time, you&#x27;ve got leaner and more productive companies that can now, in an economic upturn, build out from there. Yeah, yeah. And another thing that we&#x27;re talking about, the 2014 budget, and then I want to talk about some taxes again. But in the new budget, there&#x27;s a financial crisis responsibility fee for banks and financial institutions. What is that, and how do you feel about it? Well, it&#x27;s, again, another fee. And what do we know about fees? Fees just end up being paid by the customer. I mean, that&#x27;s the thing that I hate about this kind of thing. And, look, banks did get out there and do some things they shouldn&#x27;t have done. But it was all predicated by the government wanting to pick winners as far as banks were concerned. And there&#x27;s a great book out there called Reckless Endangerment that was written by the New York Times reporters about the financial crisis.</p><p><strong>05:08</strong> And they name names and take names, Democrats and Republicans, that led us down to this picking winners. We cannot have banks or businesses or anything like that where you pick winners. You&#x27;ve got to go by what is the best practices. I talked to a woman who wrote mortgages her whole career, and she talked about how lenient it got to writing mortgages compared to when she started out in the business. That&#x27;s what led us to this problem. It wasn&#x27;t that banks were so much. You know, they made some mistakes, don&#x27;t get me wrong, but they also were mandated by the government to basically give a mortgage to anybody that had a pulse. And that&#x27;s not the way it&#x27;s supposed to be. When I bought my first house, I had to save 20 percent to put down because it was my first house.</p><p><strong>05:54</strong> And you had to show that you could save money. You also had to show that that money didn&#x27;t just show up somewhere, that you earned that money. There were a lot of things that were taken away that were safety measures as far as mortgages were concerned. And, yeah, they&#x27;re coming back. They&#x27;re coming back right now. The values of homes are coming back. But it&#x27;s going to be a while before they come back completely. And for people like me that are in their 50s, you know, we may never make back. We may never make back what we lost. Now, my kids in their 20s, my children are doing great. I mean, they don&#x27;t have student loans. They&#x27;re buying houses. And they&#x27;re saving money. And they&#x27;re actually acting a lot more like my parents did than we did. Well, it&#x27;s about personal responsibility. But, unfortunately, I&#x27;ve seen some of the mortgages now they&#x27;re starting to do that again.</p><p><strong>06:42</strong> They&#x27;re starting to have mandatory lending. And the same problem, it&#x27;s the same thing that got us in the problem in 2008. Yeah, you can&#x27;t do the mandatory lending. You&#x27;ve got to have criteria. And the reason why mortgages were so safe for so many years is because they had strong criteria. You had to have down payments. You had to have proof of income. Gee, that&#x27;s a shocking thing. You had to show that you&#x27;d been at work for a period of time. You know, 40% of the foreclosures in 2008 and 2009 and 2010, they had never made the first payment. The people had never made the first payment. They always painted it as, oh, these poor folks who have been going on doing everything right. No. These people, many, 40%, had never made the first payment. And then you create this environment now, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve met people like this.</p><p><strong>07:31</strong> I&#x27;ve met people like this, where they are good people, but they&#x27;re being advised by their accountants to walk away from their mortgages. And that is still happening, not as much as it was happening a year or two ago. But what are we saying to people when we say, okay, it&#x27;s all right, just walk away? It is something that is a cancer on our financial future. And so that&#x27;s why we need to get back to basics here as far as finances are concerned, whether it&#x27;s the federal government or it&#x27;s your own personal. And I know we&#x27;re doing it at my house. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re doing it at your house. We have to start looking at things in a way that is going to get us back to the individual free market, taking risk, but not necessarily having a guaranteed outcome. Let&#x27;s talk about one thing I want to get out here, and it&#x27;s about the U.S. tax system.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> And I want to ask you, do you think it should be based on income? I mean, if someone&#x27;s making a lot of money, why should they pay a whole lot of taxes if they&#x27;re not getting more benefits than someone who&#x27;s paying less taxes? Yeah, I&#x27;m a fair taxer, which I believe in the national retail sales tax. I know some people like the 999 plan that Herman Cain had. Other people like the flat tax. But I don&#x27;t think the government needs to know what your income is. I mean, I really don&#x27;t understand why that is a necessary thing. We went for a very long time in this country without an income tax and did pretty well. I think consumption-based is the way it ought to go, and that way you have complete control. If you need to cut back, I mean, if you need to cut back on your spending, then you cut back on your taxes that way. And the people that spend the most pay the most. And that is the best way to go.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> The government&#x27;s almost like that drunk uncle that&#x27;s always going to be spending everyone else&#x27;s money. That&#x27;s right. Now, when we look at the tax system in general, though, I mean, what do you think is going to happen going down the road? What&#x27;s your opinion on what&#x27;s going to happen in the tax system? Look, I&#x27;ve been working on the fair tax for more than 10 years, and it is definitely something that people thought would never happen. With, again, this IRS problem, more people are looking at these things and saying to people, hey, you know, we need a different tax system. We don&#x27;t need one organization having that kind of power. And I think that&#x27;s the right way to go. Now, I like the fair tax, but I think we&#x27;re going to have a replacement of the tax code within the next 10 years.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> Yeah, Neil Bortz had a real good plan. And him and Herman Cain are about the same on that kind of opinion, too, correct? Yes, they are. In fact, you know, Neil and I have been talking about the fair tax for a long time. Herman Cain and I, Herman actually started out his radio career filling in for me, you know, a few years ago after his Senate race. And he and I have done a lot of fair tax events together. And I think that Georgia, for whatever reason, has really embraced the fair tax. And I&#x27;ve got to give that credit to John Linder and Neil Bortz. And I hope that it will catch on around the country. I mean, just look at the states that have done well through this recession. Tennessee, Texas, Florida had a difficult time real estate-wise, but they bounced back fairly quickly.</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> But there are states that don&#x27;t have state income tax, people that had some flexibility over things. And I wish we&#x27;d do that in Georgia. I mean, I&#x27;m really working hard to try to get rid of the state income tax here, too. I just don&#x27;t think we should be taxing on income. I think we ought to be taxing on productivity. Well, we&#x27;re in North Carolina, and our General Assembly now has changed hands, and they are trying to come up with a better tax system, too. Folks, her name is Martha Zoller. You&#x27;ve seen her on TV. You&#x27;ve probably heard her on the radio. Martha, we&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future to talk more about the tax system. Hey, thank you so much for having me today. And thanks for coming on. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Martha Zoller joins Coach Pete for a June 2013 conversation about taxes and political debate. They discuss Indivisible and her perspective on bringing values together in a divided America.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Martha Zoller</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Martha Zoller, tax planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d/image.jpg?t=1792072588&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martha-zoller-taxes-politics-and-a-divided-america/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d/image.jpg?t=1792072588&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>676</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1807dc-94b5-43ec-b09d-b4e20159ce7d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10845125" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martha-zoller-taxes-politics-and-a-divided-america</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>161</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Taxes, Politics, and a Divided America" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:30" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:13" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peter Treadway: Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults</title>
      <itunes:title>Peter Treadway: Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Peter Treadway joins Coach Pete to discuss Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults. This May 2013 interview explores government debt, technology, and the economic developments he was observing in Asia and beyond.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we have a fascinating guest joining us today. He&#x27;s joining us from Hong Kong, China. His name is Dr. Peter Treadway, and he&#x27;s author of the book Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults, How to Preserve Your Wealth in the Coming Crisis. Dr. Treadway, welcome to the show. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Matter of fact, thanks for taking your time. I mean, it&#x27;s a 12-hour difference between where we are here in the East Coast of North Carolina and where you are in Hong Kong, but I really appreciate you taking time out today to talk because you said something very interesting right before we came on the air. You said the world changes by the minute. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Okay. Well, probably the biggest change by the minute is what&#x27;s happening in Japan.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The Japanese government made this giant about-face and instituted a program of quantitative easing and fiscal stimulus program, which has basically had the effect of, well, stage one, it kind of destroyed the Japanese yen, which went from around 80 to over 100 in a really short period of time, and at the same time the Japanese stock market rallied. But now we&#x27;re in phase two where the market is saying, wait, maybe this is not such a great idea. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a great idea. And so we&#x27;ve had almost a collapse in the Japanese market in the last week. And this is very important out here because the Japanese yen,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> the weakening of the yen is negative for other countries like Korea, Germany. And so that&#x27;s a major topic here. Japan, of course, has a huge amount of government debt, which the yields on Japanese government bonds have gone up significantly, although they&#x27;re at ridiculously low levels. But Japanese bond prices have declined. Japan is a major country, which we sometimes forget about, but it&#x27;s a major part of the global economy. And the global economy itself, Europe&#x27;s in recession, China&#x27;s slowing down, and the U.S. is sort of chugging along at a low rate.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> But the U.S. is in positive territory. The GDP numbers were revised down slightly. But the U.S. is the star of the global economy right now. Well, Dr. Treadway, I&#x27;m 47 years old, and I went to undergrad at UNC Chapel Hill. And I see you went to UNC Chapel Hill for your PhD. PhD in economics. That&#x27;s correct. So I remember, as a 47-year-old, I remember the day when everyone was worried about the Japanese economy eating everybody up. I mean, they were on autopilot, and it looked like they were on turbocharged, too. And then all of a sudden, something happened, didn&#x27;t it? Yeah, well, what happened was they had a giant real estate and stock market bubble, which sort of peaked in 1990.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And then the prices collapsed. I think Japanese real estate prices went down 87%. And the companies in Japan and the consumers were basically in sovereign, and they&#x27;ve been saving ever since to sort of recover from that. And I think that process has probably ended, but, I mean, it was a 20-year process. Now, Japan is almost an exaggeration of what&#x27;s facing Europe and the U.S. less so as well, because Japan has a basically aging population, which is certainly true of all the Western countries, and it actually now has a declining population. And Japan faces an enormous amount of entitlement benefits that are owed to its senior citizens and have been promised.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And this is true in Europe and the U.S. as well. And so Japan has a huge level of debt. The Japanese government debt is roughly, well, on a gross basis. It&#x27;s 240% of GDP, about half that on a net basis if you subtract out their foreign exchange reserves and some other things. But they&#x27;ve got really high levels of debt right now, and they&#x27;re going to have to start growing again, or they&#x27;re going to have to default. And they&#x27;ll default broadly defined. You can default on the obligations towards your citizens, or you can default on your bonds, or you can do both. And you can default in several ways. You can not pay, or you can inflate your currency so that essentially you&#x27;re repaying in really worthless or currency that has a much lower value.</p><p><strong>05:04</strong> So – go ahead. Well, I mean, why should people in America care what&#x27;s happening in Japan? Should we learn from it, or should we expect the same thing to happen here? I know we have so many entitlements here. Some are good. A lot are bad. And I&#x27;ve also heard that entitlements are a way to destroy an economy from within. Do you want to comment on that? Yeah, your question is your answer. That&#x27;s why we should care about Japan. My book kind of looks at all of the major countries. I mean, these are the countries that are the wealthiest, that people are educated. Why are they having all these problems? And what has happened in all these countries, although each one is a little different, is that in a democracy, we vote for what we can&#x27;t get out of the market.</p><p><strong>05:50</strong> So we vote – the majority of people are not wealthy, and they vote for essentially entitlements and benefits that ultimately the government can afford. And what happened also when – you know, we put in Social Security. We had a – there were very few recipients. You know, the recipient-worker ratio was very favorable, and that&#x27;s gradually declined over the years. And with the aging of the population, that&#x27;s going to be made worse in the future. So, yeah, there&#x27;s one positive thing that I want to sort of get in here, that technology is accelerating globally. And the major corporations are, in my opinion, the big beneficiaries of this.</p><p><strong>06:43</strong> The major corporations use technology. You don&#x27;t have to own a tech stock to really be long tech, because the major corporations, whether it&#x27;s Starbucks or Coca-Cola or any of the major corporations, Procter &amp; Gamble, they benefit from the acceleration of technology. They wouldn&#x27;t be possible if it weren&#x27;t for technology. Technology – you know, we started in the 19th century getting rid of sailing ships and replacing screw propeller ships. Then we had the refrigeration. We had the railroads. We had the telephone. We had the telegraph. We have airplanes. We have the internet, fiber optic cables. All of this makes it possible to manage and run a global corporation and global brands.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> Here in Hong Kong, you know, you walk down the street, so many things are the same. And some people don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s bad. But, I mean, you have all the European brands here as well. You know, American music, everybody knows all of the major artists all over the world. This has become globalized. And the corporation is the largest. Singapore, the bank with the largest number of employees is Citibank. You know, American corporations are really the – that&#x27;s where the center of technological innovation is going on. And Japan – Japan has a lot of great corporations.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> But Japan has a bad economic model. It&#x27;s very protectionist. And the Japanese home market is protected from imports. And that&#x27;s really hurt the major corporations in the long run. They&#x27;d be better off if they didn&#x27;t have that protection. And I think Japan is going to have to change its economic model. But you asked me a question, what should this matter to Americans? And all of the major countries basically have the same problems, although some are – Europe is much more socialist so far anyway than the United States. So far. Yeah, that&#x27;s another subject. But, I mean, the U.S. is still freer, and information flows very freely in the U.S.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> That&#x27;s important. You know, let&#x27;s talk about the subtitle of your book. We&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes left before we have to end this segment, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. But how to preserve your wealth in the coming crisis. Our average listener out there is more worried about their own financial situation, what they&#x27;re going to do going forward, what they can do to minimize the effects of any crisis that does come in the future. What would be your blanket statement kind of recommendation? A couple of – one is take some money and put it in currencies that are not – basically have governments that are not over-indebted. And it&#x27;s not so – it&#x27;s actually getting easier for Americans to do this. I mean, if you have an account at one of the major brokerage firms, you can buy Singapore dollars. You can buy Hong Kong dollars.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> You can buy Swiss francs. You can do all of this online. So I have some money outside the U.S. in – outside the U.S. dollar. Now, the second thing, though, I&#x27;ve become more and more a bigger fan of the American and global corporations. They will be able to fight off governments better. They&#x27;ll be able to deal with all the regulations that are getting thrown at them. And smaller companies, I think, are going to have more of a problem. And the big companies, as I said, I think they&#x27;re the beneficiaries of the acceleration of technology. And that favors capital. That favors the companies that use the technology. You don&#x27;t have to figure out whether Samsung or Apple is going to be the winner.</p><p><strong>10:43</strong> Because all of the major S&amp;P companies are using technology. So I&#x27;m sort of bullish, I guess, on relatively bullish. I think you have to own the stocks of the major corporations. It can&#x27;t be 100% in cash. And I&#x27;m really not a fan of bonds. So that&#x27;s – you know, bonds, you&#x27;re supposed to buy bonds when you get old and clip your coupons. But how much are they worth today? I mean, it&#x27;s a reality. And if we flip from – we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment right now or disinflationary. If we flip to inflation, bonds are all going to have capital losses. And by the way, I am not a gold bug.</p><p><strong>11:30</strong> The gold is – in a disinflationary environment, gold is not a great investment. And if we flip to inflation, it will probably keep up with inflation. I don&#x27;t think governments will ever allow a gold standard to be reinstituted. I have a lot about this in the book. And I&#x27;m a – the gold standard worked from 1880 to 1914. It was like the economist heaven. It was great human progress, low inflation, economic growth. Capital flowed around really one currency. It was gold. But 1914 ended it all with the World War I. And it never got put back together correctly. And I don&#x27;t think governments now will ever allow gold – the gold standard to return.</p><p><strong>12:17</strong> Because that would mean they&#x27;d give up control of monetary policy, which they will not do. Folks, his name is Dr. Peter Treadway. He&#x27;s joined us from Hong Kong. And the name of his book is Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults, How to Preserve Your Wealth in the Coming Crisis. Peter, thanks so very much for your time today. Well, my pleasure. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Peter Treadway joins Coach Pete to discuss Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults. This May 2013 interview explores government debt, technology, and the economic developments he was observing in Asia and beyond.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we have a fascinating guest joining us today. He&#x27;s joining us from Hong Kong, China. His name is Dr. Peter Treadway, and he&#x27;s author of the book Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults, How to Preserve Your Wealth in the Coming Crisis. Dr. Treadway, welcome to the show. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Matter of fact, thanks for taking your time. I mean, it&#x27;s a 12-hour difference between where we are here in the East Coast of North Carolina and where you are in Hong Kong, but I really appreciate you taking time out today to talk because you said something very interesting right before we came on the air. You said the world changes by the minute. Let&#x27;s talk about that. Okay. Well, probably the biggest change by the minute is what&#x27;s happening in Japan.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The Japanese government made this giant about-face and instituted a program of quantitative easing and fiscal stimulus program, which has basically had the effect of, well, stage one, it kind of destroyed the Japanese yen, which went from around 80 to over 100 in a really short period of time, and at the same time the Japanese stock market rallied. But now we&#x27;re in phase two where the market is saying, wait, maybe this is not such a great idea. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s a great idea. And so we&#x27;ve had almost a collapse in the Japanese market in the last week. And this is very important out here because the Japanese yen,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> the weakening of the yen is negative for other countries like Korea, Germany. And so that&#x27;s a major topic here. Japan, of course, has a huge amount of government debt, which the yields on Japanese government bonds have gone up significantly, although they&#x27;re at ridiculously low levels. But Japanese bond prices have declined. Japan is a major country, which we sometimes forget about, but it&#x27;s a major part of the global economy. And the global economy itself, Europe&#x27;s in recession, China&#x27;s slowing down, and the U.S. is sort of chugging along at a low rate.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> But the U.S. is in positive territory. The GDP numbers were revised down slightly. But the U.S. is the star of the global economy right now. Well, Dr. Treadway, I&#x27;m 47 years old, and I went to undergrad at UNC Chapel Hill. And I see you went to UNC Chapel Hill for your PhD. PhD in economics. That&#x27;s correct. So I remember, as a 47-year-old, I remember the day when everyone was worried about the Japanese economy eating everybody up. I mean, they were on autopilot, and it looked like they were on turbocharged, too. And then all of a sudden, something happened, didn&#x27;t it? Yeah, well, what happened was they had a giant real estate and stock market bubble, which sort of peaked in 1990.</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> And then the prices collapsed. I think Japanese real estate prices went down 87%. And the companies in Japan and the consumers were basically in sovereign, and they&#x27;ve been saving ever since to sort of recover from that. And I think that process has probably ended, but, I mean, it was a 20-year process. Now, Japan is almost an exaggeration of what&#x27;s facing Europe and the U.S. less so as well, because Japan has a basically aging population, which is certainly true of all the Western countries, and it actually now has a declining population. And Japan faces an enormous amount of entitlement benefits that are owed to its senior citizens and have been promised.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And this is true in Europe and the U.S. as well. And so Japan has a huge level of debt. The Japanese government debt is roughly, well, on a gross basis. It&#x27;s 240% of GDP, about half that on a net basis if you subtract out their foreign exchange reserves and some other things. But they&#x27;ve got really high levels of debt right now, and they&#x27;re going to have to start growing again, or they&#x27;re going to have to default. And they&#x27;ll default broadly defined. You can default on the obligations towards your citizens, or you can default on your bonds, or you can do both. And you can default in several ways. You can not pay, or you can inflate your currency so that essentially you&#x27;re repaying in really worthless or currency that has a much lower value.</p><p><strong>05:04</strong> So – go ahead. Well, I mean, why should people in America care what&#x27;s happening in Japan? Should we learn from it, or should we expect the same thing to happen here? I know we have so many entitlements here. Some are good. A lot are bad. And I&#x27;ve also heard that entitlements are a way to destroy an economy from within. Do you want to comment on that? Yeah, your question is your answer. That&#x27;s why we should care about Japan. My book kind of looks at all of the major countries. I mean, these are the countries that are the wealthiest, that people are educated. Why are they having all these problems? And what has happened in all these countries, although each one is a little different, is that in a democracy, we vote for what we can&#x27;t get out of the market.</p><p><strong>05:50</strong> So we vote – the majority of people are not wealthy, and they vote for essentially entitlements and benefits that ultimately the government can afford. And what happened also when – you know, we put in Social Security. We had a – there were very few recipients. You know, the recipient-worker ratio was very favorable, and that&#x27;s gradually declined over the years. And with the aging of the population, that&#x27;s going to be made worse in the future. So, yeah, there&#x27;s one positive thing that I want to sort of get in here, that technology is accelerating globally. And the major corporations are, in my opinion, the big beneficiaries of this.</p><p><strong>06:43</strong> The major corporations use technology. You don&#x27;t have to own a tech stock to really be long tech, because the major corporations, whether it&#x27;s Starbucks or Coca-Cola or any of the major corporations, Procter &amp; Gamble, they benefit from the acceleration of technology. They wouldn&#x27;t be possible if it weren&#x27;t for technology. Technology – you know, we started in the 19th century getting rid of sailing ships and replacing screw propeller ships. Then we had the refrigeration. We had the railroads. We had the telephone. We had the telegraph. We have airplanes. We have the internet, fiber optic cables. All of this makes it possible to manage and run a global corporation and global brands.</p><p><strong>07:33</strong> Here in Hong Kong, you know, you walk down the street, so many things are the same. And some people don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s bad. But, I mean, you have all the European brands here as well. You know, American music, everybody knows all of the major artists all over the world. This has become globalized. And the corporation is the largest. Singapore, the bank with the largest number of employees is Citibank. You know, American corporations are really the – that&#x27;s where the center of technological innovation is going on. And Japan – Japan has a lot of great corporations.</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> But Japan has a bad economic model. It&#x27;s very protectionist. And the Japanese home market is protected from imports. And that&#x27;s really hurt the major corporations in the long run. They&#x27;d be better off if they didn&#x27;t have that protection. And I think Japan is going to have to change its economic model. But you asked me a question, what should this matter to Americans? And all of the major countries basically have the same problems, although some are – Europe is much more socialist so far anyway than the United States. So far. Yeah, that&#x27;s another subject. But, I mean, the U.S. is still freer, and information flows very freely in the U.S.</p><p><strong>09:05</strong> That&#x27;s important. You know, let&#x27;s talk about the subtitle of your book. We&#x27;ve got a couple more minutes left before we have to end this segment, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. But how to preserve your wealth in the coming crisis. Our average listener out there is more worried about their own financial situation, what they&#x27;re going to do going forward, what they can do to minimize the effects of any crisis that does come in the future. What would be your blanket statement kind of recommendation? A couple of – one is take some money and put it in currencies that are not – basically have governments that are not over-indebted. And it&#x27;s not so – it&#x27;s actually getting easier for Americans to do this. I mean, if you have an account at one of the major brokerage firms, you can buy Singapore dollars. You can buy Hong Kong dollars.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> You can buy Swiss francs. You can do all of this online. So I have some money outside the U.S. in – outside the U.S. dollar. Now, the second thing, though, I&#x27;ve become more and more a bigger fan of the American and global corporations. They will be able to fight off governments better. They&#x27;ll be able to deal with all the regulations that are getting thrown at them. And smaller companies, I think, are going to have more of a problem. And the big companies, as I said, I think they&#x27;re the beneficiaries of the acceleration of technology. And that favors capital. That favors the companies that use the technology. You don&#x27;t have to figure out whether Samsung or Apple is going to be the winner.</p><p><strong>10:43</strong> Because all of the major S&amp;P companies are using technology. So I&#x27;m sort of bullish, I guess, on relatively bullish. I think you have to own the stocks of the major corporations. It can&#x27;t be 100% in cash. And I&#x27;m really not a fan of bonds. So that&#x27;s – you know, bonds, you&#x27;re supposed to buy bonds when you get old and clip your coupons. But how much are they worth today? I mean, it&#x27;s a reality. And if we flip from – we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment right now or disinflationary. If we flip to inflation, bonds are all going to have capital losses. And by the way, I am not a gold bug.</p><p><strong>11:30</strong> The gold is – in a disinflationary environment, gold is not a great investment. And if we flip to inflation, it will probably keep up with inflation. I don&#x27;t think governments will ever allow a gold standard to be reinstituted. I have a lot about this in the book. And I&#x27;m a – the gold standard worked from 1880 to 1914. It was like the economist heaven. It was great human progress, low inflation, economic growth. Capital flowed around really one currency. It was gold. But 1914 ended it all with the World War I. And it never got put back together correctly. And I don&#x27;t think governments now will ever allow gold – the gold standard to return.</p><p><strong>12:17</strong> Because that would mean they&#x27;d give up control of monetary policy, which they will not do. Folks, his name is Dr. Peter Treadway. He&#x27;s joined us from Hong Kong. And the name of his book is Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults, How to Preserve Your Wealth in the Coming Crisis. Peter, thanks so very much for your time today. Well, my pleasure. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Peter Treadway joins Coach Pete to discuss Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults. This May 2013 interview explores government debt, technology, and the economic developments he was observing in Asia and beyond.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Peter Treadway</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>technology</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Peter Treadway, investing, technology, national debt, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105/image.jpg?t=1792072592&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-treadway-investing-in-the-age-of-sovereign-defaults/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105/image.jpg?t=1792072592&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2145d034-c9c0-481d-b3df-b4e201595105/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12196823" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-treadway-investing-in-the-age-of-sovereign-defaults</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>162</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investing in the Age of Sovereign Defaults" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:25" title="Technology and everyday life" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Bowman: Life Insurance and Planning for the Future</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Bowman: Life Insurance and Planning for the Future</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss developments in life insurance and the planning questions families face. This May 2013 interview explores the products being discussed at that time and the importance of understanding their purpose.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we&#x27;re going out to Topeka, Kansas. We&#x27;re going to visit with the president of life at Advisors XL. His name is Mr. Jim Bowman. Jim, welcome to the show. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. Hope you are. I&#x27;m doing fantastic. Looking forward to and being on your show. Well, I wanted to talk today. I mean, life insurance is a bad word to many people, but I&#x27;ve never heard anyone complain when someone passes away and someone comes to their door with a check that&#x27;s tax-free in nature for them, an inheritance, basically. And I just don&#x27;t know where the bad feelings of life insurance come from. I think I do. I think life insurance was sold too much back in the day, oversold, and people who were selling it didn&#x27;t know what they were selling. But I want you to tell the listeners out there and our viewers how things have really changed in the life insurance industry,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> especially the last 10 years. I mean, is it fair to say the life insurance policies of today are in many cases a lot better than what was available yesterday? Absolutely, Coach. And you&#x27;re right. I&#x27;ve been in the life business for 25 years, and the connotations that go with life insurance and used car salesmen have been around for a long time, unfortunately. And my wife has had to suffer at parties when we&#x27;re there, and people find out what I do for a living. But all that kidding aside, what I think has really happened, and the financial crisis that we&#x27;ve been going through, really has heightened the value and awareness of what life insurance really is. And it&#x27;s a separate, distinct asset class than anything else.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And because of this asset class, it has unique features that the IRS allows that no other product can provide you. So it&#x27;s really put into the portfolio of somebody&#x27;s asset classes. Using life as an asset class is really a phenomenal tool to accomplish a client&#x27;s goals. Well, we look at asset classes. People hear this term a lot of times. Let&#x27;s get down to the brass tacks on that. You have 100% of your money somewhere. You have it hopefully divided in different places. But some of that 100% should be in a life insurance policy, not only to reward your beneficiaries or keep them going with the same standard of living that they have right now when you&#x27;re here, but there are some new additions to life insurance that a lot of people,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> I would guarantee about 9 out of 10 people listening, don&#x27;t know about the living benefits of life insurance. Because life insurance was always for people when they passed away. Let&#x27;s get into what the living benefits of life insurance are, and let&#x27;s go through some of the unique features of them. Terrific. There&#x27;s really two main living benefits that stick out to me that we educate people on. The first is the inside buildup of cash value on a permanent life insurance contract. And that can be a universal life, a whole life, an indexed universal life of variable contract. There&#x27;s a buildup of the cash inside the contract. That grows tax-deferred, which is really important when people are looking at ways to supplement their retirement income.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> In addition, when you want to access that cash, another benefit is you can borrow your money back through loans and borrowing your deposits that you put in there that will not create a taxable event. The IRS has looked at this and allows this. So you can truly build a tax-free retirement plan based on today&#x27;s internal revenue code and how life insurance is treated. So you want to talk about a great benefit. That&#x27;s a great living benefit there. Now, should the insured deceased prior to life expectancy, then there&#x27;s a pile of cash that goes tax-free to the beneficiaries.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> But that&#x27;s not a living benefit, unfortunately. But the access to the cash in a special tax vehicle is a true living benefit for individuals. Does that make sense, Coach? Yeah, I call that a true self-completing plan. So let&#x27;s say someone is trying to build up a tax-free income in retirement. They start to put money in a life insurance policy, and they pass away way too soon. Let&#x27;s say five years after they purchased that policy. Let&#x27;s say the policy was for $500,000. The spouse then gets a $500,000 check tax-free, and that, in effect, self-completed the plan, even though the person didn&#x27;t put anywhere near $500,000 into the policy. Maybe only put $10,000 in, right? Absolutely correct. We are seeing a real revitalization in life insurance in that manner</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> because of a financial crisis where people are afraid of the volatility in the marketplace, whether it&#x27;s the stock marketplace or other assets. So, again, to your point, a portion of somebody&#x27;s portfolio really should be in life insurance, in our opinion. The other living benefit is long-term care. And this is, especially for clients over 55, a very hot topic about their financial future. How do they insulate themselves from these issues that are very costly if you have to go into a nursing home or if you need specific care and attention that long-term care policies will cover? The new type of life insurance provides access to the death benefit as long as they meet certain criteria for requiring it.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And so there&#x27;s another living benefit. So, for example, if you bought a $600,000 policy and you needed long-term care coverage, as long as you met the two of six assisted daily living requirements to trigger the benefit, very similar to an individual long-term care policy, then you could access that $600,000. And different companies have different formulas. So you&#x27;d have to work with an advisor like yourself, Coach, to be able to determine which is the best policy. But the point being is the client and their family could have some real comfort of accessing that $600,000, and a portion of it versus spending the other assets in their portfolio</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> and that really having a negative impact on the surviving spouse or family from a quality of life. You know, a big problem people say to me about purchasing their own long-term care policy where they just went out and shopped around and bought a policy specific for long-term care, there&#x27;s two problems. Number one is they&#x27;ve had rate increases they were never told about. They can&#x27;t afford to keep it a lot of times. And number two is if they don&#x27;t use the policy, they lose all that money put aside. So in effect, if they get the right life insurance policy with living benefits on there, it&#x27;s like having a long-term care policy. They never have to worry about rate increases. They know exactly what the benefit will be in the future. And they never have to worry about being kicked out as long as they pay their premiums that will never go up. That&#x27;s just a big thing to me. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> We have seen a lot of clients who never would have considered purchasing permanent life insurance in the past, in their 60s and even 70s, that say, geez, I can handle some of this long-term care exposure. And then if I don&#x27;t use it, the benefits, the life insurance policy particularly, goes tax-free to my beneficiaries. Why wouldn&#x27;t I do this? Well, I&#x27;ve said there, we&#x27;re talking about permanent life insurance. And yes, it&#x27;s more expensive than term at the beginning. But if you get a piece of paper and you draw from the left side to the right side, a line that starts at the bottom and goes up to the top, like a diagonal line goes up from the bottom left to the top right. And then you draw another line that you go up about, let&#x27;s say, a third of the page.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And you just draw a line that goes horizontal to the page, straight across. Eventually, those lines will intersect. The line that keeps going up is the term, because as you get older, term gets more expensive when you reapply for it, if you can even qualify. The permanent life policy never has a rate increase. I don&#x27;t think people really understand that, Jim. And studies have shown people are either underinsured, in other words, they don&#x27;t even have any insurance at all, or they have way too much term and no permanent life insurance. So everything&#x27;s fine today, just like it is in the market. Everything&#x27;s always fine until it isn&#x27;t. But when it comes time to renew that policy, you can&#x27;t afford it anymore. And this permanent policy is a way, if you&#x27;re young and you&#x27;re listening right now, it&#x27;s a great way to lock in what you&#x27;ll pay forever and never have to worry about a rate increase, isn&#x27;t it? You know, you combine the safety that life insurance provides for the family</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> with the living benefits of supplemental retirement, especially in this day and age where a lot of people do not have a pension plan at their office. They have to rely on doing it themselves through a 401K or some other type of qualified vehicle. The concern that a lot of people in the media especially talk about Social Security not being what it is today, how are younger people, people my age, you know, 50 years old, how are we going to be able to manage our finances? And I think it&#x27;s vehicles like life insurance that can play a role in that, of putting away money in a safe vehicle that, depending on what type of product you buy, we&#x27;re very pro-indexed universal life these days because you have downside protection and upside potential.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> We&#x27;re big on using vehicles like that for supplemental retirement. And we&#x27;re seeing a lot of business owners now take this route as well. Well, finally here, the one final topic, I call it the spend and leave plan. There&#x27;s a way, and you&#x27;ve got to meet with a planner to make sure you get the plan put together correctly. But if you&#x27;re sitting on, let&#x27;s say, $500,000, you&#x27;re getting ready to convert that to an income stream, your husband and wife, and you&#x27;re worried about, you know, the surviving spouse. Usually it&#x27;s the wife because husbands many times are older and our lifespan is shorter. But there is a way where you can turn that whole $500,000 into income and set up a life insurance policy that, upon passing, your spouse will get that same $500,000 tax-free and then they can make their own income plan. That&#x27;s fantastic, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s truly a wonderful use, and I think the perfect use of life insurance,</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> which is ensuring the safety of your loved one. I say all the time, Coach, you&#x27;ve heard me say this as well, people buy life insurance for two reasons and two reasons only. One is they love somebody as much or more than they love themselves. Their spouse, their family fall into that category. The second reason is they hate the IRS. They want somebody else&#x27;s money to pay the IRS, whether it&#x27;s estate taxes, covering the excess taxes on qualified money. They would prefer an insurance company to pay for it than themselves dollar for dollar. So those are the two reasons people buy life insurance. And to your point of your spend and leave, if you can have a vehicle where you can siphon off a portion of that $500,000,</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> put it into a tax-efficient product like life insurance, and that replace the $500,000, I think it&#x27;s a great story. It&#x27;s a great case design. And, again, like you said, working with an advisor or professional can really show you how to use these tools to the benefit of the client. Well, Jim Bowman from Topeka, Kansas, president of Advisors Excel Life Division, thanks so very much for your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s a pleasure as always. Hope you have a great day. You too, my friend. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss developments in life insurance and the planning questions families face. This May 2013 interview explores the products being discussed at that time and the importance of understanding their purpose.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we&#x27;re going out to Topeka, Kansas. We&#x27;re going to visit with the president of life at Advisors XL. His name is Mr. Jim Bowman. Jim, welcome to the show. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. Hope you are. I&#x27;m doing fantastic. Looking forward to and being on your show. Well, I wanted to talk today. I mean, life insurance is a bad word to many people, but I&#x27;ve never heard anyone complain when someone passes away and someone comes to their door with a check that&#x27;s tax-free in nature for them, an inheritance, basically. And I just don&#x27;t know where the bad feelings of life insurance come from. I think I do. I think life insurance was sold too much back in the day, oversold, and people who were selling it didn&#x27;t know what they were selling. But I want you to tell the listeners out there and our viewers how things have really changed in the life insurance industry,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> especially the last 10 years. I mean, is it fair to say the life insurance policies of today are in many cases a lot better than what was available yesterday? Absolutely, Coach. And you&#x27;re right. I&#x27;ve been in the life business for 25 years, and the connotations that go with life insurance and used car salesmen have been around for a long time, unfortunately. And my wife has had to suffer at parties when we&#x27;re there, and people find out what I do for a living. But all that kidding aside, what I think has really happened, and the financial crisis that we&#x27;ve been going through, really has heightened the value and awareness of what life insurance really is. And it&#x27;s a separate, distinct asset class than anything else.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And because of this asset class, it has unique features that the IRS allows that no other product can provide you. So it&#x27;s really put into the portfolio of somebody&#x27;s asset classes. Using life as an asset class is really a phenomenal tool to accomplish a client&#x27;s goals. Well, we look at asset classes. People hear this term a lot of times. Let&#x27;s get down to the brass tacks on that. You have 100% of your money somewhere. You have it hopefully divided in different places. But some of that 100% should be in a life insurance policy, not only to reward your beneficiaries or keep them going with the same standard of living that they have right now when you&#x27;re here, but there are some new additions to life insurance that a lot of people,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> I would guarantee about 9 out of 10 people listening, don&#x27;t know about the living benefits of life insurance. Because life insurance was always for people when they passed away. Let&#x27;s get into what the living benefits of life insurance are, and let&#x27;s go through some of the unique features of them. Terrific. There&#x27;s really two main living benefits that stick out to me that we educate people on. The first is the inside buildup of cash value on a permanent life insurance contract. And that can be a universal life, a whole life, an indexed universal life of variable contract. There&#x27;s a buildup of the cash inside the contract. That grows tax-deferred, which is really important when people are looking at ways to supplement their retirement income.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> In addition, when you want to access that cash, another benefit is you can borrow your money back through loans and borrowing your deposits that you put in there that will not create a taxable event. The IRS has looked at this and allows this. So you can truly build a tax-free retirement plan based on today&#x27;s internal revenue code and how life insurance is treated. So you want to talk about a great benefit. That&#x27;s a great living benefit there. Now, should the insured deceased prior to life expectancy, then there&#x27;s a pile of cash that goes tax-free to the beneficiaries.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> But that&#x27;s not a living benefit, unfortunately. But the access to the cash in a special tax vehicle is a true living benefit for individuals. Does that make sense, Coach? Yeah, I call that a true self-completing plan. So let&#x27;s say someone is trying to build up a tax-free income in retirement. They start to put money in a life insurance policy, and they pass away way too soon. Let&#x27;s say five years after they purchased that policy. Let&#x27;s say the policy was for $500,000. The spouse then gets a $500,000 check tax-free, and that, in effect, self-completed the plan, even though the person didn&#x27;t put anywhere near $500,000 into the policy. Maybe only put $10,000 in, right? Absolutely correct. We are seeing a real revitalization in life insurance in that manner</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> because of a financial crisis where people are afraid of the volatility in the marketplace, whether it&#x27;s the stock marketplace or other assets. So, again, to your point, a portion of somebody&#x27;s portfolio really should be in life insurance, in our opinion. The other living benefit is long-term care. And this is, especially for clients over 55, a very hot topic about their financial future. How do they insulate themselves from these issues that are very costly if you have to go into a nursing home or if you need specific care and attention that long-term care policies will cover? The new type of life insurance provides access to the death benefit as long as they meet certain criteria for requiring it.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And so there&#x27;s another living benefit. So, for example, if you bought a $600,000 policy and you needed long-term care coverage, as long as you met the two of six assisted daily living requirements to trigger the benefit, very similar to an individual long-term care policy, then you could access that $600,000. And different companies have different formulas. So you&#x27;d have to work with an advisor like yourself, Coach, to be able to determine which is the best policy. But the point being is the client and their family could have some real comfort of accessing that $600,000, and a portion of it versus spending the other assets in their portfolio</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> and that really having a negative impact on the surviving spouse or family from a quality of life. You know, a big problem people say to me about purchasing their own long-term care policy where they just went out and shopped around and bought a policy specific for long-term care, there&#x27;s two problems. Number one is they&#x27;ve had rate increases they were never told about. They can&#x27;t afford to keep it a lot of times. And number two is if they don&#x27;t use the policy, they lose all that money put aside. So in effect, if they get the right life insurance policy with living benefits on there, it&#x27;s like having a long-term care policy. They never have to worry about rate increases. They know exactly what the benefit will be in the future. And they never have to worry about being kicked out as long as they pay their premiums that will never go up. That&#x27;s just a big thing to me. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> We have seen a lot of clients who never would have considered purchasing permanent life insurance in the past, in their 60s and even 70s, that say, geez, I can handle some of this long-term care exposure. And then if I don&#x27;t use it, the benefits, the life insurance policy particularly, goes tax-free to my beneficiaries. Why wouldn&#x27;t I do this? Well, I&#x27;ve said there, we&#x27;re talking about permanent life insurance. And yes, it&#x27;s more expensive than term at the beginning. But if you get a piece of paper and you draw from the left side to the right side, a line that starts at the bottom and goes up to the top, like a diagonal line goes up from the bottom left to the top right. And then you draw another line that you go up about, let&#x27;s say, a third of the page.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> And you just draw a line that goes horizontal to the page, straight across. Eventually, those lines will intersect. The line that keeps going up is the term, because as you get older, term gets more expensive when you reapply for it, if you can even qualify. The permanent life policy never has a rate increase. I don&#x27;t think people really understand that, Jim. And studies have shown people are either underinsured, in other words, they don&#x27;t even have any insurance at all, or they have way too much term and no permanent life insurance. So everything&#x27;s fine today, just like it is in the market. Everything&#x27;s always fine until it isn&#x27;t. But when it comes time to renew that policy, you can&#x27;t afford it anymore. And this permanent policy is a way, if you&#x27;re young and you&#x27;re listening right now, it&#x27;s a great way to lock in what you&#x27;ll pay forever and never have to worry about a rate increase, isn&#x27;t it? You know, you combine the safety that life insurance provides for the family</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> with the living benefits of supplemental retirement, especially in this day and age where a lot of people do not have a pension plan at their office. They have to rely on doing it themselves through a 401K or some other type of qualified vehicle. The concern that a lot of people in the media especially talk about Social Security not being what it is today, how are younger people, people my age, you know, 50 years old, how are we going to be able to manage our finances? And I think it&#x27;s vehicles like life insurance that can play a role in that, of putting away money in a safe vehicle that, depending on what type of product you buy, we&#x27;re very pro-indexed universal life these days because you have downside protection and upside potential.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> We&#x27;re big on using vehicles like that for supplemental retirement. And we&#x27;re seeing a lot of business owners now take this route as well. Well, finally here, the one final topic, I call it the spend and leave plan. There&#x27;s a way, and you&#x27;ve got to meet with a planner to make sure you get the plan put together correctly. But if you&#x27;re sitting on, let&#x27;s say, $500,000, you&#x27;re getting ready to convert that to an income stream, your husband and wife, and you&#x27;re worried about, you know, the surviving spouse. Usually it&#x27;s the wife because husbands many times are older and our lifespan is shorter. But there is a way where you can turn that whole $500,000 into income and set up a life insurance policy that, upon passing, your spouse will get that same $500,000 tax-free and then they can make their own income plan. That&#x27;s fantastic, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s truly a wonderful use, and I think the perfect use of life insurance,</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> which is ensuring the safety of your loved one. I say all the time, Coach, you&#x27;ve heard me say this as well, people buy life insurance for two reasons and two reasons only. One is they love somebody as much or more than they love themselves. Their spouse, their family fall into that category. The second reason is they hate the IRS. They want somebody else&#x27;s money to pay the IRS, whether it&#x27;s estate taxes, covering the excess taxes on qualified money. They would prefer an insurance company to pay for it than themselves dollar for dollar. So those are the two reasons people buy life insurance. And to your point of your spend and leave, if you can have a vehicle where you can siphon off a portion of that $500,000,</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> put it into a tax-efficient product like life insurance, and that replace the $500,000, I think it&#x27;s a great story. It&#x27;s a great case design. And, again, like you said, working with an advisor or professional can really show you how to use these tools to the benefit of the client. Well, Jim Bowman from Topeka, Kansas, president of Advisors Excel Life Division, thanks so very much for your time today. Coach, it&#x27;s a pleasure as always. Hope you have a great day. You too, my friend. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss developments in life insurance and the planning questions families face. This May 2013 interview explores the products being discussed at that time and the importance of understanding their purpose.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Bowman</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>Life Insurance and Planning for the Future</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Bowman, life insurance, Life Insurance and Planning for the Future, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a/image.jpg?t=1792072599&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-life-insurance-and-planning-for-the-future/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a/image.jpg?t=1792072599&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>726</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf00d173-f99f-44d8-881c-b4e20158d35a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11641103" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-life-insurance-and-planning-for-the-future</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>163</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Life Insurance and Planning for the Future" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:34" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:03" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David McAlvany: Markets, Emotion, and Precious Metals</title>
      <itunes:title>David McAlvany: Markets, Emotion, and Precious Metals</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David McAlvany joins Coach Pete for a May 2013 conversation about the global financial picture. They discuss market behavior, emotional reactions, and the role of precious metals in the economic debate at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we go out to Durango, Colorado, and visit with David McElveney about the global financial picture and just what&#x27;s going on in the world in general. Of course, David is CEO of his own company since 1972, International Collectors Associates, ICA Europe, and McAlveney Wealth Management. And you&#x27;re also director of Swiss corporation Global Gold. David, welcome in. Good to be with you, Pete. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this just in general. The market&#x27;s been going bananas lately, and we&#x27;ve seen this. This is a story we&#x27;ve seen before. You know, the other day I bought a book on tape through a service. You can get books on tape on your iPad and iPhone, and I was starting to listen to it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I realized it was the third book in a series that I just recently started liking to listen to, Action Adventure Series. And it&#x27;s been out for like five years, but I just found the author. And I was about three minutes into it, David, and I realized I&#x27;d already listened to the book in the past. But, you know, so I&#x27;ve heard this story before in the market, too. Every day we watch the fear and the greed battle each other, and it&#x27;s just amazing these days that people haven&#x27;t learned from past mistakes, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, Pete, couldn&#x27;t have said it better. I mean, when you look at Action Adventure, I think one of the things that keeps us going in terms of those kinds of stories is behind the scenes there&#x27;s some sort of peril. And I think that&#x27;s most underappreciated in these markets today, that there is a tremendous amount of peril. And, in fact, it&#x27;s the growth in the equity markets that&#x27;s been primarily fueled by Ben Bernanke&#x27;s QE3 and QE4ever.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> You have the $40 billion a month in mortgage-backed securities purchases, which started September 13th. That was followed on December 12th by a $45 billion promise to buy Treasury paper that&#x27;s $45 billion a month. And, you know, these things, you think, well, what does that have to do with stocks or the price of a bowl of rice in China? It has everything to do with all of the above. Essentially, what you have is an equity market, which is floating higher on the basis of cheap capital, rates that have been set at zero, and a lot of loose money policies. And you&#x27;ve got a real estate market that is 100% subsidized by the Fed. But without that $40 billion in mortgage-backed securities paper being purchased each month, there is no money flowing through to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and there are no mortgages being written. So that&#x27;s the nature of it.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> We don&#x27;t have a private market in the mortgage market hardly at all anymore. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac representing close to 97% of that market. And that, again, being backstopped by the Fed and this direct monetization of mortgage-backed securities. So when you look at things, just in the last few days, we&#x27;ve had this massive improvement, a Kay Schiller home price index up 10.9%, and it appears that all is back to normal. At the same time, we&#x27;ve got companies doing well and earnings continuing to improve. But I think it&#x27;s very worth noting is Barry Knapp, who&#x27;s the chief U.S. stock strategist at Barclays Capital. He just pointed this out a few days ago. So 40% of the increase in earnings per share for the S&amp;P 500 companies in the last 12 months have come from reducing the number of shares out there.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> In other words, you&#x27;ve had companies taking their massive stockpile of cash and buying their shares back, which implicitly improves their earnings per share because you&#x27;re dividing the earnings by a smaller number of shares, and it appears that the company is growing. The problem is we&#x27;re not talking about organic growth. We&#x27;re not talking about organic growth, and we&#x27;re not talking about real economic activity that is driving the S&amp;P and Dow higher. We&#x27;re talking about funny money, antics from the Fed, and jawboning, which has gotten us this far. So again, we come back to your notion, Pete, of action, adventure, and really what keeps us on the edge of our seats when we&#x27;re reading a book like that or watching a movie or what have you. It&#x27;s peril. It&#x27;s the potential of loss that keeps us intrigued and on the edge of our seats. Only I don&#x27;t see very many investors today on the edge of their seats.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> I see them ignoring every possible peril and assuming that we have only blue skies ahead. Yeah, and it&#x27;s tampering with the supply and demand curve that the companies are doing there as far as minimizing the number of shares. That&#x27;s amazing that they&#x27;re getting away with that, and, well, I guess the investors are falling for it. Well, the other thing that investors are not realizing is that we&#x27;re looking at near-record insider selling at the same time. So we have just the classic Patsy move where the general public feels like we can&#x27;t miss this next late hire, and they get the support from the news media saying, okay, well, we&#x27;re nearly 16,000 on the Dow. We can now set our targets on 20,000 or higher. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen some arguments for Dow&#x27;s 60,000. I don&#x27;t particularly buy that unless we&#x27;re talking about a hyperinflationary scenario.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> But what we do have is, again, people checking their brains and saying, what&#x27;s the real story here? Insiders who are managing these companies, we started the year at 1,500 shares to one being liquidated, 1,500 to one liquidations compared to one-share purchase. Now we&#x27;re at over 31,000 shares liquidated, sold. These are CEOs, CFOs, CIOs who are saying, listen, a bird in the hand is better than two in the bush. I will happily sell at today&#x27;s prices and not worry about tomorrow. Let tomorrow take care of itself. Only one share purchase for every 31,000 sold. That&#x27;s the reality. That&#x27;s the reality, Pete. And so I think folks coming into the market today are really neglecting the risk side of the equation and only focusing on the reward. Meanwhile, you look at a market like gold and silver, for instance.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Bruised, battered, beaten up, ugly, beyond belief. The last two years have been painful for owners of gold unless, of course, you bought it at 2,300. Then you&#x27;re still looking at a 400, 500% return, which beats the pants off of virtually anything else out there. But nonetheless, sentiment is negative, dark. And it probably will remain so. But I think we&#x27;ll find over the next 6 to 12 months, the price is 20, 30, 40% higher. Each period of consolidation over the last 10 years in that particular market has taken the price 20 to 30% lower. And that period of price consolidation and decline has been followed by a 50 to 100% gain on the other side of that consolidation. Meanwhile, people focus on, and I think over-focus on, risk and potential loss.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> And again, it&#x27;s just a natural response to pain to disengage and behave. As Jason Zweig said in Money in Your Brain, a great book, would recommend it for all your listeners. You end up with sort of this evolutionary animal instinct, fight or flight. And yes, when you&#x27;re in fear mode, sell it all and don&#x27;t think about it until tomorrow. We&#x27;ve got the same thing in terms of that animal instinct towards greed. Oh, my gosh, if it&#x27;s this good, it&#x27;s only going to get better. And I think this is where investors, without a keen awareness of themselves, without a keen awareness of what makes them tick internally, will continue to make the wrong choice at the wrong time. It&#x27;s just amazing the emotional reaction people have to the equity markets. And it&#x27;s a potential of loss on both sides.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> They don&#x27;t want to lose the opportunity when everyone else is bragging about how much they&#x27;re making. But then when the market starts going the other way, they don&#x27;t want to lose their money. So loss, the potential loss, affects people&#x27;s emotions and, in effect, affects their finances, doesn&#x27;t it, David? David, I think that&#x27;s one of the things that if investors do sort of grow up and mature in the context of being an investor, it has to do with self-reflection. It has to do with taking an account for who they are, not only as rational beings, but also emotional beings. And if they look back over their history as an investor and they&#x27;re honest with themselves, they&#x27;ll see that they tend to make the wrong decisions at the wrong time. It&#x27;s very easy to just simply go back to the cliche of buy high, buy low, and sell high. And it&#x27;s very hard to actually get that done.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Buying low and selling high means that you&#x27;re really bucking the trend because there&#x27;s a reason why. There&#x27;s a whole plethora of reasons why the asset in question is selling at low prices. It&#x27;s unpopular. To do that, to buy low and sell high, is very difficult. Typically, what you find is people buying high and selling low because it&#x27;s very popular to buy. When things are high, you&#x27;ve got lots of support. You&#x27;ve got sort of a social mechanism which pats you on the back immediately. And the next thing you know, all the potential buyers are already in, and you may have been the last patsy to buy. And lo and behold, months or years later, you&#x27;re licking wounds and saying, why did I do that? Why did I do that all over again? Self-reflection is so important in the investment process. And if you don&#x27;t know yourself, you shouldn&#x27;t be an investor.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Because, again, you won&#x27;t understand what you are subject to in terms of the non-rational pressures on a day-to-day basis. Yeah, it&#x27;s a lottery mentality almost. People don&#x27;t want to be left behind, but they wait until it&#x27;s almost too late to get in with P.E. ratios of stocks, price-to-earnings ratios getting really high right now. People are still pouring money in like it&#x27;s really low. In effect, they are buying high, and they&#x27;re going to eventually, when this rollercoaster goes the other way, many of them will sell low. Low volatility stocks, dividend payers, I mean, basically, because of Fed manipulation of the yield curve, they&#x27;ve set interest rates at zero. And this has created what we call seedy refugees, folks that would have been comfortable sitting in seedy or money market funds earning 5%, 6% on their money are now having to step into the stock market and say,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> hey, wait a minute, if I can&#x27;t get any yield in a 5- or 10-year CD or even a 1-year CD, if they like short-term paper, they&#x27;re looking at stocks. And so you&#x27;ve had a massive outperformance in terms of dividend payers, low volatility stocks, but they now trade anywhere from 22 to 24 in terms of price-earnings multiples. You&#x27;re paying in today&#x27;s price for the equivalent of 22 years&#x27; worth of earnings. Hardly a bargain. Hardly a bargain. And so you find that, just as you said, Pete, folks piling in, but they&#x27;re being forced to take more risk in large part because the Fed has manipulated rates so low and they, for many living on a fixed income, don&#x27;t have a choice but to increase their risk profile in order to meet their income needs. That&#x27;s a travesty. In fact, I am morally</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> outraged that the Fed is doing this to the middle class and those living on a fixed income, forcing them at the exact wrong time to be taking more and more risk just to make ends meet. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on the show. I want to ask you this one question here because this is always, on my mind, media helping or hurting the average Americans when it comes to investing? I think media is hurting only because, and I&#x27;d say alternative media is quite different, but your mainline media is hurting because, listen, this is the business model. They sell advertising and Wall Street is their primary purchaser of advertising slots. If they are reporting bad news, you know what people generally do with bad news? It&#x27;s a self-survival tactic. They turn it off. They turn it off. No one listens to bad news. Why? Because it&#x27;s not fun.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> So they have an impossible task. They cannot sell advertising slots if things are going from bad to worse. They have to be perpetually getting better. So what you have is the news media looking at information forever and always through a rose-colored set of glasses. And that means they&#x27;re right probably one-third to half the time and wrong the rest of the time, but they&#x27;re not willing to say that. And I think that&#x27;s where they do the general public a disservice because it&#x27;s not just a question of reporting the facts as they are. It&#x27;s reporting the facts as they need to be reported so that advertising revenue can continue to flow into the network. Yeah. Horror and gore only works in Hollywood. They sell a lot of motion pictures because of that, but it doesn&#x27;t work in real life. David, we appreciate your time today, and I want to have you back on</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> the future to talk about ways to buy precious metals. I think a lot of people are – they want some in their portfolio, but they just don&#x27;t know how to get it the right way. And I want to have you on again and talk about that. Yeah, Pete, if people are interested in who we are and what we do, McElvenny.com is our main website. It&#x27;s mcalvany.com. That&#x27;s mcalvany.com. Where our 800 number is 800-525-9556. I would encourage folks to request a DVD series called The Fuse is Lit. We talk about Asia, Europe, in the United States, and how the debt markets and the currency markets, in our opinion, are a ticking time bomb. We have major issues here in the United States, and by 2016 to 2018, we think we&#x27;ll be in one of the worst bear markets and bonds we&#x27;ve ever seen with major consequences into all</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> other asset classes as well. So the Fuse is Lit series. It&#x27;s yours free. It&#x27;s a DVD series that we put together this last year, and I think it&#x27;d be most valuable. McElvenny.com is where you can find that. Thanks for your time, David. Thank you, Pete. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David McAlvany joins Coach Pete for a May 2013 conversation about the global financial picture. They discuss market behavior, emotional reactions, and the role of precious metals in the economic debate at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we go out to Durango, Colorado, and visit with David McElveney about the global financial picture and just what&#x27;s going on in the world in general. Of course, David is CEO of his own company since 1972, International Collectors Associates, ICA Europe, and McAlveney Wealth Management. And you&#x27;re also director of Swiss corporation Global Gold. David, welcome in. Good to be with you, Pete. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this just in general. The market&#x27;s been going bananas lately, and we&#x27;ve seen this. This is a story we&#x27;ve seen before. You know, the other day I bought a book on tape through a service. You can get books on tape on your iPad and iPhone, and I was starting to listen to it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And I realized it was the third book in a series that I just recently started liking to listen to, Action Adventure Series. And it&#x27;s been out for like five years, but I just found the author. And I was about three minutes into it, David, and I realized I&#x27;d already listened to the book in the past. But, you know, so I&#x27;ve heard this story before in the market, too. Every day we watch the fear and the greed battle each other, and it&#x27;s just amazing these days that people haven&#x27;t learned from past mistakes, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, Pete, couldn&#x27;t have said it better. I mean, when you look at Action Adventure, I think one of the things that keeps us going in terms of those kinds of stories is behind the scenes there&#x27;s some sort of peril. And I think that&#x27;s most underappreciated in these markets today, that there is a tremendous amount of peril. And, in fact, it&#x27;s the growth in the equity markets that&#x27;s been primarily fueled by Ben Bernanke&#x27;s QE3 and QE4ever.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> You have the $40 billion a month in mortgage-backed securities purchases, which started September 13th. That was followed on December 12th by a $45 billion promise to buy Treasury paper that&#x27;s $45 billion a month. And, you know, these things, you think, well, what does that have to do with stocks or the price of a bowl of rice in China? It has everything to do with all of the above. Essentially, what you have is an equity market, which is floating higher on the basis of cheap capital, rates that have been set at zero, and a lot of loose money policies. And you&#x27;ve got a real estate market that is 100% subsidized by the Fed. But without that $40 billion in mortgage-backed securities paper being purchased each month, there is no money flowing through to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and there are no mortgages being written. So that&#x27;s the nature of it.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> We don&#x27;t have a private market in the mortgage market hardly at all anymore. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac representing close to 97% of that market. And that, again, being backstopped by the Fed and this direct monetization of mortgage-backed securities. So when you look at things, just in the last few days, we&#x27;ve had this massive improvement, a Kay Schiller home price index up 10.9%, and it appears that all is back to normal. At the same time, we&#x27;ve got companies doing well and earnings continuing to improve. But I think it&#x27;s very worth noting is Barry Knapp, who&#x27;s the chief U.S. stock strategist at Barclays Capital. He just pointed this out a few days ago. So 40% of the increase in earnings per share for the S&amp;P 500 companies in the last 12 months have come from reducing the number of shares out there.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> In other words, you&#x27;ve had companies taking their massive stockpile of cash and buying their shares back, which implicitly improves their earnings per share because you&#x27;re dividing the earnings by a smaller number of shares, and it appears that the company is growing. The problem is we&#x27;re not talking about organic growth. We&#x27;re not talking about organic growth, and we&#x27;re not talking about real economic activity that is driving the S&amp;P and Dow higher. We&#x27;re talking about funny money, antics from the Fed, and jawboning, which has gotten us this far. So again, we come back to your notion, Pete, of action, adventure, and really what keeps us on the edge of our seats when we&#x27;re reading a book like that or watching a movie or what have you. It&#x27;s peril. It&#x27;s the potential of loss that keeps us intrigued and on the edge of our seats. Only I don&#x27;t see very many investors today on the edge of their seats.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> I see them ignoring every possible peril and assuming that we have only blue skies ahead. Yeah, and it&#x27;s tampering with the supply and demand curve that the companies are doing there as far as minimizing the number of shares. That&#x27;s amazing that they&#x27;re getting away with that, and, well, I guess the investors are falling for it. Well, the other thing that investors are not realizing is that we&#x27;re looking at near-record insider selling at the same time. So we have just the classic Patsy move where the general public feels like we can&#x27;t miss this next late hire, and they get the support from the news media saying, okay, well, we&#x27;re nearly 16,000 on the Dow. We can now set our targets on 20,000 or higher. I mean, I&#x27;ve seen some arguments for Dow&#x27;s 60,000. I don&#x27;t particularly buy that unless we&#x27;re talking about a hyperinflationary scenario.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> But what we do have is, again, people checking their brains and saying, what&#x27;s the real story here? Insiders who are managing these companies, we started the year at 1,500 shares to one being liquidated, 1,500 to one liquidations compared to one-share purchase. Now we&#x27;re at over 31,000 shares liquidated, sold. These are CEOs, CFOs, CIOs who are saying, listen, a bird in the hand is better than two in the bush. I will happily sell at today&#x27;s prices and not worry about tomorrow. Let tomorrow take care of itself. Only one share purchase for every 31,000 sold. That&#x27;s the reality. That&#x27;s the reality, Pete. And so I think folks coming into the market today are really neglecting the risk side of the equation and only focusing on the reward. Meanwhile, you look at a market like gold and silver, for instance.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> Bruised, battered, beaten up, ugly, beyond belief. The last two years have been painful for owners of gold unless, of course, you bought it at 2,300. Then you&#x27;re still looking at a 400, 500% return, which beats the pants off of virtually anything else out there. But nonetheless, sentiment is negative, dark. And it probably will remain so. But I think we&#x27;ll find over the next 6 to 12 months, the price is 20, 30, 40% higher. Each period of consolidation over the last 10 years in that particular market has taken the price 20 to 30% lower. And that period of price consolidation and decline has been followed by a 50 to 100% gain on the other side of that consolidation. Meanwhile, people focus on, and I think over-focus on, risk and potential loss.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> And again, it&#x27;s just a natural response to pain to disengage and behave. As Jason Zweig said in Money in Your Brain, a great book, would recommend it for all your listeners. You end up with sort of this evolutionary animal instinct, fight or flight. And yes, when you&#x27;re in fear mode, sell it all and don&#x27;t think about it until tomorrow. We&#x27;ve got the same thing in terms of that animal instinct towards greed. Oh, my gosh, if it&#x27;s this good, it&#x27;s only going to get better. And I think this is where investors, without a keen awareness of themselves, without a keen awareness of what makes them tick internally, will continue to make the wrong choice at the wrong time. It&#x27;s just amazing the emotional reaction people have to the equity markets. And it&#x27;s a potential of loss on both sides.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> They don&#x27;t want to lose the opportunity when everyone else is bragging about how much they&#x27;re making. But then when the market starts going the other way, they don&#x27;t want to lose their money. So loss, the potential loss, affects people&#x27;s emotions and, in effect, affects their finances, doesn&#x27;t it, David? David, I think that&#x27;s one of the things that if investors do sort of grow up and mature in the context of being an investor, it has to do with self-reflection. It has to do with taking an account for who they are, not only as rational beings, but also emotional beings. And if they look back over their history as an investor and they&#x27;re honest with themselves, they&#x27;ll see that they tend to make the wrong decisions at the wrong time. It&#x27;s very easy to just simply go back to the cliche of buy high, buy low, and sell high. And it&#x27;s very hard to actually get that done.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> Buying low and selling high means that you&#x27;re really bucking the trend because there&#x27;s a reason why. There&#x27;s a whole plethora of reasons why the asset in question is selling at low prices. It&#x27;s unpopular. To do that, to buy low and sell high, is very difficult. Typically, what you find is people buying high and selling low because it&#x27;s very popular to buy. When things are high, you&#x27;ve got lots of support. You&#x27;ve got sort of a social mechanism which pats you on the back immediately. And the next thing you know, all the potential buyers are already in, and you may have been the last patsy to buy. And lo and behold, months or years later, you&#x27;re licking wounds and saying, why did I do that? Why did I do that all over again? Self-reflection is so important in the investment process. And if you don&#x27;t know yourself, you shouldn&#x27;t be an investor.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Because, again, you won&#x27;t understand what you are subject to in terms of the non-rational pressures on a day-to-day basis. Yeah, it&#x27;s a lottery mentality almost. People don&#x27;t want to be left behind, but they wait until it&#x27;s almost too late to get in with P.E. ratios of stocks, price-to-earnings ratios getting really high right now. People are still pouring money in like it&#x27;s really low. In effect, they are buying high, and they&#x27;re going to eventually, when this rollercoaster goes the other way, many of them will sell low. Low volatility stocks, dividend payers, I mean, basically, because of Fed manipulation of the yield curve, they&#x27;ve set interest rates at zero. And this has created what we call seedy refugees, folks that would have been comfortable sitting in seedy or money market funds earning 5%, 6% on their money are now having to step into the stock market and say,</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> hey, wait a minute, if I can&#x27;t get any yield in a 5- or 10-year CD or even a 1-year CD, if they like short-term paper, they&#x27;re looking at stocks. And so you&#x27;ve had a massive outperformance in terms of dividend payers, low volatility stocks, but they now trade anywhere from 22 to 24 in terms of price-earnings multiples. You&#x27;re paying in today&#x27;s price for the equivalent of 22 years&#x27; worth of earnings. Hardly a bargain. Hardly a bargain. And so you find that, just as you said, Pete, folks piling in, but they&#x27;re being forced to take more risk in large part because the Fed has manipulated rates so low and they, for many living on a fixed income, don&#x27;t have a choice but to increase their risk profile in order to meet their income needs. That&#x27;s a travesty. In fact, I am morally</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> outraged that the Fed is doing this to the middle class and those living on a fixed income, forcing them at the exact wrong time to be taking more and more risk just to make ends meet. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute left here on the show. I want to ask you this one question here because this is always, on my mind, media helping or hurting the average Americans when it comes to investing? I think media is hurting only because, and I&#x27;d say alternative media is quite different, but your mainline media is hurting because, listen, this is the business model. They sell advertising and Wall Street is their primary purchaser of advertising slots. If they are reporting bad news, you know what people generally do with bad news? It&#x27;s a self-survival tactic. They turn it off. They turn it off. No one listens to bad news. Why? Because it&#x27;s not fun.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> So they have an impossible task. They cannot sell advertising slots if things are going from bad to worse. They have to be perpetually getting better. So what you have is the news media looking at information forever and always through a rose-colored set of glasses. And that means they&#x27;re right probably one-third to half the time and wrong the rest of the time, but they&#x27;re not willing to say that. And I think that&#x27;s where they do the general public a disservice because it&#x27;s not just a question of reporting the facts as they are. It&#x27;s reporting the facts as they need to be reported so that advertising revenue can continue to flow into the network. Yeah. Horror and gore only works in Hollywood. They sell a lot of motion pictures because of that, but it doesn&#x27;t work in real life. David, we appreciate your time today, and I want to have you back on</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> the future to talk about ways to buy precious metals. I think a lot of people are – they want some in their portfolio, but they just don&#x27;t know how to get it the right way. And I want to have you on again and talk about that. Yeah, Pete, if people are interested in who we are and what we do, McElvenny.com is our main website. It&#x27;s mcalvany.com. That&#x27;s mcalvany.com. Where our 800 number is 800-525-9556. I would encourage folks to request a DVD series called The Fuse is Lit. We talk about Asia, Europe, in the United States, and how the debt markets and the currency markets, in our opinion, are a ticking time bomb. We have major issues here in the United States, and by 2016 to 2018, we think we&#x27;ll be in one of the worst bear markets and bonds we&#x27;ve ever seen with major consequences into all</p><p><strong>12:53</strong> other asset classes as well. So the Fuse is Lit series. It&#x27;s yours free. It&#x27;s a DVD series that we put together this last year, and I think it&#x27;d be most valuable. McElvenny.com is where you can find that. Thanks for your time, David. Thank you, Pete. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David McAlvany joins Coach Pete for a May 2013 conversation about the global financial picture. They discuss market behavior, emotional reactions, and the role of precious metals in the economic debate at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David McAlvany</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Markets</category>
      <category>Emotion</category>
      <category>Precious Metals</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David McAlvany, economic policy, Markets, Emotion, Precious Metals, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf/image.jpg?t=1792072604&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-mcalvany-markets-emotion-and-precious-metals/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf/image.jpg?t=1792072604&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>789</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3271942a-5112-4c43-b947-b4e2015855cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12663432" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-mcalvany-markets-emotion-and-precious-metals</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>164</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Markets, Emotion, and Precious Metals" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:04" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mark DeWeaver: Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics</title>
      <itunes:title>Mark DeWeaver: Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest has written a book that I find fascinating. His name is Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. The name of the book is Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, subtitle Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Dr. DeWeaver, Mark, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this because I know a lot of people are investing in Chinese stocks or watching China. They&#x27;re trying to almost mirror what China&#x27;s doing over here. And you would argue maybe that doesn&#x27;t make sense most of the time or a lot of the time, correct? Yeah, I think there are a lot of misconceptions about what&#x27;s going on in the Chinese economy.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> A lot of times people look at what&#x27;s going on over there through the lens of their own preconceptions. So people on the left see it as proof that, hey, you know what, socialism works after all. And people on the right see it as some sort of looming menace to the world economy. It&#x27;s actually really none of those things. It has its own characteristics that don&#x27;t really have anything to do with the things that we normally think about as important. Now, I think it&#x27;s important for our viewers and our listeners to understand you&#x27;re not some guy who just did a bunch of Google searches and did all that research. You lived in China for 10 years, 85 to 94. That&#x27;s true, though.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I did some Google searches as well. But you experienced it. An indispensable tool. That&#x27;s right. Yes, yes, that&#x27;s right. If you don&#x27;t – searching Google is fine as long as you have a base knowledge. But if you Google search blindly, you get Google slapped, I call it, where you get misinformation and you start treating it as real information. Then all your friends start laughing at you behind your back. That&#x27;s true enough. It&#x27;s also possible to find true information and misunderstand what it means, what its significance is. We run into that all the time in the financial world. You put one name of a financial product in Google and you get 12, 15 million hits and then you read the first couple pages and you quit. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, Mark, that the first couple pages, at least on many of these search engines, are paid to play.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So that you have to pay to get there. Yeah, that&#x27;s right, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not a coincidence which ones come up first, is it? No, just because it&#x27;s first doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best. I mean, we had a guy in class, his last name, when I was in kindergarten, his last name ended with an A. And guess what? He always got to be first in line, so he always got that smirk back to me. And I was in a D&#x27;s. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay for that. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay. There was no fast pass like Disney World has a fast pass or where you pay extra to go to the front of the line. He got it free. And there was a book. We had a guy whose last name began with a Z in class. And there was a book about how the teacher reversed the order and went to Z first one time. And I remember that guy&#x27;s mom, I think, bought that book and gave it to the teacher one holiday season. But she never reversed the order, as always said. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world, though. So there&#x27;s always an order. There&#x27;s always going to be the stock of the day, the sector of the century a lot of times.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But what&#x27;s the proper – I know you manage a hedge fund and you look into what&#x27;s going on in the market. But what are some of the secrets here people can get from – to invest, I guess, to plan for retirement? What should someone do if they&#x27;re just trying to plan for retirement? Well, it&#x27;s a little hard to say how one should plan for retirement at the moment, because we can see that all the asset markets are quite distorted by U.S. monetary policy. There is no safe return to be made on anything. So one is forced to look for more risky bets. And that&#x27;s not really what one wants to do with one&#x27;s retirement savings either.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> So it seems to me that it&#x27;s really never been harder than it is now to find options for your retirement money. But if I had to sound one note of caution, I would say that with regard to China, I think that that&#x27;s not really a story that anyone should be putting retirement money into, because I think that the long-term trajectory for China&#x27;s growth is going to be down. That Chinese growth – I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to go down directly, but I think it&#x27;s going to go down in a series of lower highs and lower lows. And over the period of time we&#x27;re talking about with regard to retirement savings,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> that&#x27;s really not what you want. I think for someone that&#x27;s looking at something long-term, I would rather be betting on the U.S. economy. It seems to me the U.S. economy has a lot of bright spots that China doesn&#x27;t really have. But I do see a lot of what we call story stocks out there pushed on the Internet, and people buy Chinese stocks, and they go right into the Chinese stock market. And there&#x27;s always that debate, Dr. DeWeaver. Is investing in the Chinese economy – is your money really safe? I mean, yes, they seem like they&#x27;re free. They&#x27;re trying to portray the fact that they&#x27;re a free market enterprise there, but could the Chinese government come in and eliminate all your shares someday? Oh, I don&#x27;t really think that&#x27;s a risk, though. Good. Yeah, of course, anything&#x27;s possible.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But I think that particular risk is kind of remote. The risk that all the assets would be renationalized in some dramatic way seems to me to be a remote risk. Let&#x27;s check that off the list. But I think the real risk is just the risk one always has, that the price isn&#x27;t going to go up enough to compensate you for the inflation between now and when you retire. When we look at the Japanese economy, I mean, look what&#x27;s been happening there. The market there hasn&#x27;t recovered in 20-some years. Yeah, right. And that&#x27;s exactly, I think, what the worry should be with regard to investing in Chinese stocks for the long term, is that it really seems that there are a number of rather striking parallels between China today and Japan in, say, 1990.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And once a country like that goes X growth, you don&#x27;t really see the returns in the stock market anymore. You can find interesting opportunities for short-term investing, but it&#x27;s really not a long-term story anymore. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. He&#x27;s the author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Now, one of the things that I&#x27;ve read about, and again, this could be Google Slap, so you can slap me if you want on air because I won&#x27;t feel it. But I&#x27;ve read that there are a lot of – I mean, the Chinese have been pouring billions and billions into building cities, and no one&#x27;s there yet.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Right, yeah. This is a really strange phenomenon that has occurred in a number of Chinese cities by now to varying extents. And it really seems to be the case that a lot of these empty properties are simply being held by people as investments, that there&#x27;s no real – that on the one hand, these properties generally aren&#x27;t unsold, that the developer has sold them to someone. But that the person that&#x27;s bought them is just going to sit on them. They&#x27;re not going to rent them out, and they&#x27;re not going to live in them. And the expectation of the investor is simply that the prices will go up because Chinese property prices have always gone up over the long term, one.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And two, there&#x27;s a real lack of alternative investments for people to put their money in over there. So, it&#x27;s got that on the one hand. And then on the other hand, this type of building is something that local governments strongly support. It&#x27;s not necessarily that the local government is the developer. The local government may be supporting these types of projects in a number of ways, the principle one of which is to provide low-cost land to the developer. The local government wants these projects built simply for the sake of generating GDP growth during the construction phase. So, yeah, these are rather – the result can be rather extreme examples of waste when you see entire blocks of buildings with no one living in them.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> But if they&#x27;re owned by somebody as an investment, sort of reminds me now as a non-traded real estate investment trust, non-traded REITs, because, you know, you&#x27;re basically holding it and waiting for it to go up in value, hopefully. Yeah. You could think of it as something like that, yeah. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to get to one of the most important parts. What&#x27;s the big lesson that one can take away from what&#x27;s happening in China, what will happen in China? What can people learn in an economic sense from this? Well, I think the most important lesson is that if you have the state controlling the economy, you&#x27;re not – you can&#x27;t expect that that&#x27;s going to give you economic growth that&#x27;s free of booms and busts. It&#x27;s not any guarantee that the economic growth is going to be more rational than it is in the free enterprise economy.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> In fact, in a lot of cases, it seems to be a lot less rational. So that we can see in the U.S. every time there&#x27;s a financial crisis that there are calls for having more state control of the economy. And I think that if we look at the Chinese case, you can see that the logic of state control of the economy is a flawed one. It&#x27;s almost like – it sounds like you say if the government can help in a way, but it can also get in the way. And with football season, you know, always here it seems like it&#x27;s the equivalent of that big 300-pound offensive lineman helping the running back, the very fast running back, get through the initial line of scrimmage, but stay in front of the running back, slowing him down as he tries to get down the field. Yeah, that&#x27;s an interesting analogy.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> Yeah, I think that&#x27;s not far off the mark, yes. Well, Dr. DeWeaver, we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Dr. Mark DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics. Thanks for your time today. Thanks very much, Coach. It was great to talk to you. Hope to have you on again in the future. All right, thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. After this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today&#x27;s guest has written a book that I find fascinating. His name is Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. The name of the book is Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, subtitle Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Dr. DeWeaver, Mark, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this because I know a lot of people are investing in Chinese stocks or watching China. They&#x27;re trying to almost mirror what China&#x27;s doing over here. And you would argue maybe that doesn&#x27;t make sense most of the time or a lot of the time, correct? Yeah, I think there are a lot of misconceptions about what&#x27;s going on in the Chinese economy.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> A lot of times people look at what&#x27;s going on over there through the lens of their own preconceptions. So people on the left see it as proof that, hey, you know what, socialism works after all. And people on the right see it as some sort of looming menace to the world economy. It&#x27;s actually really none of those things. It has its own characteristics that don&#x27;t really have anything to do with the things that we normally think about as important. Now, I think it&#x27;s important for our viewers and our listeners to understand you&#x27;re not some guy who just did a bunch of Google searches and did all that research. You lived in China for 10 years, 85 to 94. That&#x27;s true, though.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I did some Google searches as well. But you experienced it. An indispensable tool. That&#x27;s right. Yes, yes, that&#x27;s right. If you don&#x27;t – searching Google is fine as long as you have a base knowledge. But if you Google search blindly, you get Google slapped, I call it, where you get misinformation and you start treating it as real information. Then all your friends start laughing at you behind your back. That&#x27;s true enough. It&#x27;s also possible to find true information and misunderstand what it means, what its significance is. We run into that all the time in the financial world. You put one name of a financial product in Google and you get 12, 15 million hits and then you read the first couple pages and you quit. And a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, Mark, that the first couple pages, at least on many of these search engines, are paid to play.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So that you have to pay to get there. Yeah, that&#x27;s right, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not a coincidence which ones come up first, is it? No, just because it&#x27;s first doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s the best. I mean, we had a guy in class, his last name, when I was in kindergarten, his last name ended with an A. And guess what? He always got to be first in line, so he always got that smirk back to me. And I was in a D&#x27;s. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay for that. He didn&#x27;t even have to pay. There was no fast pass like Disney World has a fast pass or where you pay extra to go to the front of the line. He got it free. And there was a book. We had a guy whose last name began with a Z in class. And there was a book about how the teacher reversed the order and went to Z first one time. And I remember that guy&#x27;s mom, I think, bought that book and gave it to the teacher one holiday season. But she never reversed the order, as always said. Now, let&#x27;s talk about the financial world, though. So there&#x27;s always an order. There&#x27;s always going to be the stock of the day, the sector of the century a lot of times.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But what&#x27;s the proper – I know you manage a hedge fund and you look into what&#x27;s going on in the market. But what are some of the secrets here people can get from – to invest, I guess, to plan for retirement? What should someone do if they&#x27;re just trying to plan for retirement? Well, it&#x27;s a little hard to say how one should plan for retirement at the moment, because we can see that all the asset markets are quite distorted by U.S. monetary policy. There is no safe return to be made on anything. So one is forced to look for more risky bets. And that&#x27;s not really what one wants to do with one&#x27;s retirement savings either.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> So it seems to me that it&#x27;s really never been harder than it is now to find options for your retirement money. But if I had to sound one note of caution, I would say that with regard to China, I think that that&#x27;s not really a story that anyone should be putting retirement money into, because I think that the long-term trajectory for China&#x27;s growth is going to be down. That Chinese growth – I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to go down directly, but I think it&#x27;s going to go down in a series of lower highs and lower lows. And over the period of time we&#x27;re talking about with regard to retirement savings,</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> that&#x27;s really not what you want. I think for someone that&#x27;s looking at something long-term, I would rather be betting on the U.S. economy. It seems to me the U.S. economy has a lot of bright spots that China doesn&#x27;t really have. But I do see a lot of what we call story stocks out there pushed on the Internet, and people buy Chinese stocks, and they go right into the Chinese stock market. And there&#x27;s always that debate, Dr. DeWeaver. Is investing in the Chinese economy – is your money really safe? I mean, yes, they seem like they&#x27;re free. They&#x27;re trying to portray the fact that they&#x27;re a free market enterprise there, but could the Chinese government come in and eliminate all your shares someday? Oh, I don&#x27;t really think that&#x27;s a risk, though. Good. Yeah, of course, anything&#x27;s possible.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But I think that particular risk is kind of remote. The risk that all the assets would be renationalized in some dramatic way seems to me to be a remote risk. Let&#x27;s check that off the list. But I think the real risk is just the risk one always has, that the price isn&#x27;t going to go up enough to compensate you for the inflation between now and when you retire. When we look at the Japanese economy, I mean, look what&#x27;s been happening there. The market there hasn&#x27;t recovered in 20-some years. Yeah, right. And that&#x27;s exactly, I think, what the worry should be with regard to investing in Chinese stocks for the long term, is that it really seems that there are a number of rather striking parallels between China today and Japan in, say, 1990.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And once a country like that goes X growth, you don&#x27;t really see the returns in the stock market anymore. You can find interesting opportunities for short-term investing, but it&#x27;s really not a long-term story anymore. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Mark A. DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s joining us from Washington, D.C. He&#x27;s the author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics, Investment Booms and Busts in the World&#x27;s Emerging Economic Giant. Now, one of the things that I&#x27;ve read about, and again, this could be Google Slap, so you can slap me if you want on air because I won&#x27;t feel it. But I&#x27;ve read that there are a lot of – I mean, the Chinese have been pouring billions and billions into building cities, and no one&#x27;s there yet.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Right, yeah. This is a really strange phenomenon that has occurred in a number of Chinese cities by now to varying extents. And it really seems to be the case that a lot of these empty properties are simply being held by people as investments, that there&#x27;s no real – that on the one hand, these properties generally aren&#x27;t unsold, that the developer has sold them to someone. But that the person that&#x27;s bought them is just going to sit on them. They&#x27;re not going to rent them out, and they&#x27;re not going to live in them. And the expectation of the investor is simply that the prices will go up because Chinese property prices have always gone up over the long term, one.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> And two, there&#x27;s a real lack of alternative investments for people to put their money in over there. So, it&#x27;s got that on the one hand. And then on the other hand, this type of building is something that local governments strongly support. It&#x27;s not necessarily that the local government is the developer. The local government may be supporting these types of projects in a number of ways, the principle one of which is to provide low-cost land to the developer. The local government wants these projects built simply for the sake of generating GDP growth during the construction phase. So, yeah, these are rather – the result can be rather extreme examples of waste when you see entire blocks of buildings with no one living in them.</p><p><strong>08:57</strong> But if they&#x27;re owned by somebody as an investment, sort of reminds me now as a non-traded real estate investment trust, non-traded REITs, because, you know, you&#x27;re basically holding it and waiting for it to go up in value, hopefully. Yeah. You could think of it as something like that, yeah. Now, let me – we&#x27;ve got about a minute left, and I want to get to one of the most important parts. What&#x27;s the big lesson that one can take away from what&#x27;s happening in China, what will happen in China? What can people learn in an economic sense from this? Well, I think the most important lesson is that if you have the state controlling the economy, you&#x27;re not – you can&#x27;t expect that that&#x27;s going to give you economic growth that&#x27;s free of booms and busts. It&#x27;s not any guarantee that the economic growth is going to be more rational than it is in the free enterprise economy.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> In fact, in a lot of cases, it seems to be a lot less rational. So that we can see in the U.S. every time there&#x27;s a financial crisis that there are calls for having more state control of the economy. And I think that if we look at the Chinese case, you can see that the logic of state control of the economy is a flawed one. It&#x27;s almost like – it sounds like you say if the government can help in a way, but it can also get in the way. And with football season, you know, always here it seems like it&#x27;s the equivalent of that big 300-pound offensive lineman helping the running back, the very fast running back, get through the initial line of scrimmage, but stay in front of the running back, slowing him down as he tries to get down the field. Yeah, that&#x27;s an interesting analogy.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> Yeah, I think that&#x27;s not far off the mark, yes. Well, Dr. DeWeaver, we really appreciate your time. Again, folks, his name is Dr. Mark DeWeaver, and he&#x27;s author of the book Animal Spirits with Chinese Characteristics. Thanks for your time today. Thanks very much, Coach. It was great to talk to you. Hope to have you on again in the future. All right, thanks. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back. After this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mark DeWeaver joins Coach Pete to discuss Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics. This May 2013 conversation explores investment booms and busts in China and the misconceptions he examines in his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mark DeWeaver</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mark DeWeaver, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/image.jpg?t=1792072611&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mark-deweaver-animal-spirits-with-chinese-characteristics/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/image.jpg?t=1792072611&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>653</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f25671c-b274-4369-b506-b4e20157d8c4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10486211" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mark-deweaver-animal-spirits-with-chinese-characteristics</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>165</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Animal Spirits With Chinese Characteristics" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Walter Wild: Winning Investment Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Walter Wild: Winning Investment Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Walter Wild joins Coach Pete to discuss Winning Investment Decisions. This May 2013 interview explores the psychology of investing, emotional reactions, and the thinking behind financial choices.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we go to Hawaii, and we&#x27;re talking to a psychologist, a Ph.D. in psychology. His name is Dr. Walter F. Wild, Ph.D., and he&#x27;s written a great book. It&#x27;s got on my radar screen. It&#x27;s a great read, folks. The name is Winning Investment Decisions. Dr. Wild, welcome to the show. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s start with the basics. What caused you to write the book, and what have you gained from writing this book? Well, although I shifted my profession from finance to psychology, I&#x27;ve been actively investing since I was 20, and have continued to successfully manage several investment portfolios besides my own. So recently, I was asked if I would give a series of lectures on investments to a group of women who were concerned about their financial future.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> I agreed, but said that first I must gather my thoughts. When I did, that became this book, Winning Investment Decisions. Yeah, and people are their own worst enemy a lot of times in the financial world, aren&#x27;t they, Doc? Frequently, that&#x27;s the case, yes. Now, I&#x27;m looking in your table of contents here, and there&#x27;s a lot of great chapters, and the book is great, but let&#x27;s look at the psychological hazards there in the financial world. What are they, and how can people prevent them? Well, there are several hazards. One is impatience. Wanting to immediately strike for millions of dollars in plunges.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> But the best way to invest is through a long-term approach. The fear and panic also cause a rush to sell stocks at a sharply falling market and create needless losses. Hope and desire may propel investors into sharply rising markets at the wrong time, causing great losses. Lack of self-confidence may lead to investors being swayed by others to promote something rather than looking at the facts that have been gathered by those who want to be recognized for their factual accuracy.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> Investors should, therefore, restrain their emotions and check the data. One of the best ways to do that is to follow what my book prescribes with a long-term investment in solid stocks that have some predictability of growth and dividends. What&#x27;s your opinion on dividend stocks? Well, I think they&#x27;re important. A stock growing at 8% and giving an investment of 3% is a dividend of 3% is much better than a stock growing at 8% and not giving any dividend at all.</p><p><strong>03:38</strong> So the dividend keeps providing you with money to live on or to build and increase so you can add to your investments. Yeah, I really love dividend stocks. And it&#x27;s a way for people to basically get paid to take risks. What do you think about that statement? Get paid to take risks? Yeah. How do you mean get paid to take risks? Well, basically you buy a stock, and of course stocks go up and down by nature, but you&#x27;re getting a dividend, which is paying you to take risk in that stock. I mean, of course, there&#x27;s no guarantees in the stock market, as we all know, but it&#x27;s a way to – it&#x27;s a lot better than buying a penny stock, I guess I would say.</p><p><strong>04:24</strong> What do you think about penny stock mentality that&#x27;s out there today? Well, that&#x27;s the kind of thing that I was thinking of with impatience. Many people want to jump on that, but I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re – they&#x27;re not – well, every now and then some will strike, but for everyone that does, there are many that do not. Let me tell you a psychological ploy that&#x27;s used in the stock world with these guys that are pumping stocks and trying to get you to buy these penny stocks, which that&#x27;s a whole different show, but they get paid to basically promote the stock. What I think is they&#x27;ll compare XYZ company, a pink sheet or over-the-counter kind of penny stock, and they&#x27;ll call it the next apple because people see and they&#x27;ll show a chart of apple going from $0.10 to $0.700, and they&#x27;ll say, don&#x27;t miss the boat.</p><p><strong>05:17</strong> That kind of mentality does more harm than good, doesn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And that&#x27;s what I was talking about in terms of the investors&#x27; lack of self-confidence. They should pay attention to their own study in the market. It doesn&#x27;t take that long. And one thing I would like investors to know is that it&#x27;s always – it&#x27;s not as hard as people think to invest profitably, nor is it as time-consuming.</p><p><strong>06:04</strong> Yeah, I agree. I mean, there&#x27;s just so many mistakes that people make out there because they are their own worst enemy. Now, here&#x27;s something a lot of people have been mentioning to me, and I talk to people each and every week who are getting near retirement, and they&#x27;re looking for strategies to have income in retirement because most companies don&#x27;t have pension plans anymore that used to give someone a monthly check. Dr. Weil, what do you recommend for somebody who&#x27;s out there and they are looking for a place to put money to build for retirement income or actually get retirement income from it? Well, I would look for companies with solid financial history that have – that can show – that can show increasing profitability across the years</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> and that continue to pay and increase their dividends. If you find several companies like that, you have to have some diversification because one is never sure of actually one&#x27;s predictions. But if you have, say, 20 positions or fewer, slightly fewer, that are well-picked, you should do very well. Finally, I want to talk about a topic that people hear about a lot of times, especially these days, inflation and then stagflation. I mean, can you explain to the listener what stagflation is and how to combat it?</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> Well, stagflation was what we experienced in the 1970s where inflation was accompanied by a stagnant economy. The economy not growing, but prices for things keep rising. Inflation really is a problem. It&#x27;s one of the major risks facing the investor. Over the long term, it&#x27;s nearly relentless, though varying intensity from time to time. It directly affects everything denominated in dollars or other currency.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Common stocks, as with other goods, lose value in the short term. But in the long term, only stocks and land will rise with the inflation. However, stocks will be paying you dividends while you&#x27;re going through this period. But land, unless you have it invested in something, is going to cause taxes and lesser income.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Folks, his name is Dr. Walter F. Wilde. The book is an outstanding book. It&#x27;s Winning Investment Decisions. Dr. Wilde, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Walter Wild joins Coach Pete to discuss Winning Investment Decisions. This May 2013 interview explores the psychology of investing, emotional reactions, and the thinking behind financial choices.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we go to Hawaii, and we&#x27;re talking to a psychologist, a Ph.D. in psychology. His name is Dr. Walter F. Wild, Ph.D., and he&#x27;s written a great book. It&#x27;s got on my radar screen. It&#x27;s a great read, folks. The name is Winning Investment Decisions. Dr. Wild, welcome to the show. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s start with the basics. What caused you to write the book, and what have you gained from writing this book? Well, although I shifted my profession from finance to psychology, I&#x27;ve been actively investing since I was 20, and have continued to successfully manage several investment portfolios besides my own. So recently, I was asked if I would give a series of lectures on investments to a group of women who were concerned about their financial future.</p><p><strong>00:54</strong> I agreed, but said that first I must gather my thoughts. When I did, that became this book, Winning Investment Decisions. Yeah, and people are their own worst enemy a lot of times in the financial world, aren&#x27;t they, Doc? Frequently, that&#x27;s the case, yes. Now, I&#x27;m looking in your table of contents here, and there&#x27;s a lot of great chapters, and the book is great, but let&#x27;s look at the psychological hazards there in the financial world. What are they, and how can people prevent them? Well, there are several hazards. One is impatience. Wanting to immediately strike for millions of dollars in plunges.</p><p><strong>01:47</strong> But the best way to invest is through a long-term approach. The fear and panic also cause a rush to sell stocks at a sharply falling market and create needless losses. Hope and desire may propel investors into sharply rising markets at the wrong time, causing great losses. Lack of self-confidence may lead to investors being swayed by others to promote something rather than looking at the facts that have been gathered by those who want to be recognized for their factual accuracy.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> Investors should, therefore, restrain their emotions and check the data. One of the best ways to do that is to follow what my book prescribes with a long-term investment in solid stocks that have some predictability of growth and dividends. What&#x27;s your opinion on dividend stocks? Well, I think they&#x27;re important. A stock growing at 8% and giving an investment of 3% is a dividend of 3% is much better than a stock growing at 8% and not giving any dividend at all.</p><p><strong>03:38</strong> So the dividend keeps providing you with money to live on or to build and increase so you can add to your investments. Yeah, I really love dividend stocks. And it&#x27;s a way for people to basically get paid to take risks. What do you think about that statement? Get paid to take risks? Yeah. How do you mean get paid to take risks? Well, basically you buy a stock, and of course stocks go up and down by nature, but you&#x27;re getting a dividend, which is paying you to take risk in that stock. I mean, of course, there&#x27;s no guarantees in the stock market, as we all know, but it&#x27;s a way to – it&#x27;s a lot better than buying a penny stock, I guess I would say.</p><p><strong>04:24</strong> What do you think about penny stock mentality that&#x27;s out there today? Well, that&#x27;s the kind of thing that I was thinking of with impatience. Many people want to jump on that, but I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re – they&#x27;re not – well, every now and then some will strike, but for everyone that does, there are many that do not. Let me tell you a psychological ploy that&#x27;s used in the stock world with these guys that are pumping stocks and trying to get you to buy these penny stocks, which that&#x27;s a whole different show, but they get paid to basically promote the stock. What I think is they&#x27;ll compare XYZ company, a pink sheet or over-the-counter kind of penny stock, and they&#x27;ll call it the next apple because people see and they&#x27;ll show a chart of apple going from $0.10 to $0.700, and they&#x27;ll say, don&#x27;t miss the boat.</p><p><strong>05:17</strong> That kind of mentality does more harm than good, doesn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And that&#x27;s what I was talking about in terms of the investors&#x27; lack of self-confidence. They should pay attention to their own study in the market. It doesn&#x27;t take that long. And one thing I would like investors to know is that it&#x27;s always – it&#x27;s not as hard as people think to invest profitably, nor is it as time-consuming.</p><p><strong>06:04</strong> Yeah, I agree. I mean, there&#x27;s just so many mistakes that people make out there because they are their own worst enemy. Now, here&#x27;s something a lot of people have been mentioning to me, and I talk to people each and every week who are getting near retirement, and they&#x27;re looking for strategies to have income in retirement because most companies don&#x27;t have pension plans anymore that used to give someone a monthly check. Dr. Weil, what do you recommend for somebody who&#x27;s out there and they are looking for a place to put money to build for retirement income or actually get retirement income from it? Well, I would look for companies with solid financial history that have – that can show – that can show increasing profitability across the years</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> and that continue to pay and increase their dividends. If you find several companies like that, you have to have some diversification because one is never sure of actually one&#x27;s predictions. But if you have, say, 20 positions or fewer, slightly fewer, that are well-picked, you should do very well. Finally, I want to talk about a topic that people hear about a lot of times, especially these days, inflation and then stagflation. I mean, can you explain to the listener what stagflation is and how to combat it?</p><p><strong>07:44</strong> Well, stagflation was what we experienced in the 1970s where inflation was accompanied by a stagnant economy. The economy not growing, but prices for things keep rising. Inflation really is a problem. It&#x27;s one of the major risks facing the investor. Over the long term, it&#x27;s nearly relentless, though varying intensity from time to time. It directly affects everything denominated in dollars or other currency.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Common stocks, as with other goods, lose value in the short term. But in the long term, only stocks and land will rise with the inflation. However, stocks will be paying you dividends while you&#x27;re going through this period. But land, unless you have it invested in something, is going to cause taxes and lesser income.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Folks, his name is Dr. Walter F. Wilde. The book is an outstanding book. It&#x27;s Winning Investment Decisions. Dr. Wilde, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Walter Wild joins Coach Pete to discuss Winning Investment Decisions. This May 2013 interview explores the psychology of investing, emotional reactions, and the thinking behind financial choices.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Walter Wild</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Winning Investment Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Walter Wild, investing, Winning Investment Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9/image.jpg?t=1792072615&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-walter-wild-winning-investment-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9/image.jpg?t=1792072615&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>577</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/85fccc75-0d31-48f1-a299-b4e201575ac9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9263941" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-walter-wild-winning-investment-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>166</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Winning Investment Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:08" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on Money for Lunch: Financial Education and Income Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on Money for Lunch: Financial Education and Income Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Anyway, Peter Deruta, also known as Coach Pete, is a best-selling author, financial educator, and investment advisor. Host of the nationally syndicated financial safari radio and TV show, he&#x27;s an investment advisor, certified tax coach, and registered financial consultant. And father to a spoiled seven-year-old Carrie, and his documentary is soon to be featured on the Biography Channel. For some reason, my lips are wearing out. Something has gone horribly wrong for some reason. Either way, no further delay, Peter Deruta, welcome to Money for Lunch. Hey, guys, how you doing? Great. All right, so tell me about this documentary that&#x27;s going to be featured on the Biography Channel. This is exciting.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s behind the scenes. It&#x27;s almost like the office for the financial world. I mean, a lot of people wonder what&#x27;s going on in the back rooms, and the documentary crew followed me around for a week and a half. And it&#x27;s funny, they filmed probably over 100 hours of film, and it&#x27;s whittled down to about a 28-minute show. Now that is, right? So, wait. You know what? I was going to say, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that, but that&#x27;s just the way it is. You know, they will do exactly what you said. They&#x27;ll do 100 hours, and they whittle it down to 30, 40 minutes or an hour. In some cases, you know, you&#x27;ll – if you&#x27;ve ever done a photo shoot, if you&#x27;ve ever seen these glamour girls do a photo shoot, they&#x27;re out there for, you know, for 10 or 12 hours, and they use, like, three or four photos.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So it&#x27;s just one of those – one of the insides to, quote, show business, right? Yeah, it sure is. And it&#x27;s fun. It&#x27;s just a financial world, and I think a lot of people are wondering if they are getting the right advice from their advisors. And this was just behind the scenes to show you what really goes into a real financial plan, what kind of research goes into it, what does somebody do, and what goes into all that minutiae that comes out with that financial plan that people have in a three-ring binder they never look at, put it on a shelf somewhere. Right. But let me ask you this, Pete. Okay. Don&#x27;t you think that part of that is really our society&#x27;s training about money? I mean, on one side, we&#x27;re taught that money isn&#x27;t everything, and in some cases, we&#x27;re taught incorrectly that money is the root of all evil,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> and we have all this love-hate about money. On the other side, we know it&#x27;s important, and we want to be wealthy. We want to save for our retirement. But we have this constant inner struggle. Do you think that&#x27;s a lot of it? Yeah. Everyone hates someone with money until they get money, and then they don&#x27;t hate the person with money anymore. So it&#x27;s like everyone&#x27;s jealous, and they don&#x27;t want to act like it. And we also are in what I call gratisfaction society. We want immediate things. We want them right now. So we want gratitude and satisfaction all at once. I call it gratisfaction. People don&#x27;t have time to wait anymore. Good thing we have some good winemakers. You know, the fine wine, it takes time for wine to get better in the barrels. If we had people in society now, if they manage the wine like they try to manage money, we&#x27;d have grape juice all the time.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> We wouldn&#x27;t have any wine. I love it. I love it. You know what? And you&#x27;re right. We do have, and I like that phrase, that gratis, what is it, gratisfaction? Gratisfaction. I love it. Not only do they want it now, but they want it free, they want it cheap, and they don&#x27;t want to take any responsibility for their actions as well. Yeah. And I just think that when we look at retirement, you know, a lot of people are retiring now. Baby boomers are hitting full force into the retirement world. And many of them didn&#x27;t plan for the 30 or 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. And so we look at the need these days, a tremendous need for what I call an income mechanic, someone to help you. You know, we take our cars in for tune-ups and make sure it&#x27;s running smoothly.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> And if we don&#x27;t, it ends up breaking down to the side of the road. So if we can have a financial planner who specializes in income planning, someone to give you that tune-up every year, you&#x27;ll never have to worry about your income plan breaking down. And you never have to worry about walking down the road with a red can trying to find a filling station in retirement. You know what? That&#x27;s a great analogy. I think that is probably the best analogy I&#x27;ve heard in a long time, an income mechanic. Let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me ask you this. With your experience, your background, how would you define risk tolerance in someone&#x27;s retirement plan? Yeah, everyone says they can afford to take risk until they see there&#x27;s their portfolio losing money. That&#x27;s the unfortunate truth these days. I mean, people don&#x27;t really – you have to really feel it to realize what true risk tolerance is.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And, you know, we look at the rule of 100. A lot of us use that in the financial world. See guys who are pushing more risk than they should using the rule of 110. That way, basically, they can get people to take more risk. But you take your age, you subtract it from 100. And whatever number you get, that&#x27;s the maximum amount that I really think anyone should have at risk. In other words, places where they could look at the money today and have it be gone tomorrow without spending it. That&#x27;s risk. And so someone&#x27;s spending it. It&#x27;s just not you. So a 65-year-old, 35% of their money still could be in risk as long as it&#x27;s managed risk and as long as somebody really can picture themselves looking at their bank account one day having $100,000 in it. And then looking at it in a week and having $65,000 in it. That&#x27;s what 35% risk means. Right. Now, when you say at risk, let&#x27;s say you have a client.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> He&#x27;s 65 years old. What kind of instruments or investments would you put a 65-year-old in? Would you get them into things like Coca-Cola? Or is that considered too slow? What kind of stocks or what kind of instruments would you put a 65-year-old in? Yeah, the very first thing they need to do is understand the concept of income laddering. In other words, not having all your eggs in one basket, financially speaking, for retirement. So the first thing we do is we draw four or five boxes on a whiteboard and we put in what they have right now. And everyone needs some money for emergencies. So the very first box we fill up, it is an emergency account. And to me, that&#x27;s got to be at least six months&#x27; worth of your current expenses without lying about it. You know, everyone claims they don&#x27;t spend any money going out to eat.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> But then when they start writing down what they really spend, people spend a lot more than they realize. And really, that&#x27;s an emergency account. So you need to have six months&#x27; worth of emergency money before you start thinking about putting money anywhere. Okay, now that can be in a CD because CDs at the bank, they are liquid even though the bank wants you to think they&#x27;re not. You pay about a three-month&#x27;s worth of interest penalty when you take money out of the CD. And at a 1% CD rate, that&#x27;s not a big penalty anymore, is it? So we have that. You know, it&#x27;s better than burying it under the bed because if you bury it under the bed and the house burns down or someone breaks in, that money&#x27;s gone. So it needs to be somewhere like in a bank account. Then we look at, when we look at one to five years out, we set up sometimes some income annuities that you put money in right away to insurance company. Then right away, they start giving you a check for five years.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> It&#x27;s a five-year immediate annuity. That gives your other investments time to grow for five years. So we use for the year six through ten, sometimes we put money into income generating annuity that will build for five years and then kick in and give you an income for the next five or life, depending on how you set it up. And after we get those established, then we take what&#x27;s left and we do managed accounts. We use money managers to put together stock portfolios that have, especially people in that age, dividend-producing stocks. We also can look at some mutual life insurance companies to give some tax-free retirement income. Life insurance is considered an asset class now. It&#x27;s about four or five years ago on CNBC. They even admitted that. And CNBC is 24 hours a day about how to buy stocks and help Kramer make his living. Right, right.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> So just getting all your— CNBC needs to be my favorite place. Yeah, yeah. But it&#x27;s just about not having all your eggs in one basket. And dividend stocks are fine for the longer term. I look at dividend-paying stocks as the stock market paying you to take risk. Because as long as that company is paying dividend, you look at ones with long track records of dividend history. You don&#x27;t want to go to these fly-by-night companies that are promising a very high dividend because they could be gone tomorrow. And keep in mind, when you do buy stocks, if you buy like Exxon at $90 a share for the dividend, and then Exxon goes down a little bit, and then they lower their dividend, and the stock price goes down even further, you&#x27;re in effect trapped in that stock because you can&#x27;t get back what you paid. So you&#x27;re trapped to that for a while. So it&#x27;s just not having all your eggs in one basket. Using annuities, using life insurance, using mutual funds, stocks, managed accounts, and ETFs.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Even REITs these days, real estate investment trusts for people with money they can afford to lose again because you have to have some money put away. You have to have some investment knowledge before you can invest in real estate investment trusts. But what I like are the long-term care facilities. You can, in effect, pool your money with thousands of other people and invest in long-term care facilities. And there&#x27;s one need that&#x27;s even greater than money these days. It&#x27;s the need for long-term care. Because we&#x27;re getting older, we&#x27;re living longer. Long-term care facilities, in my opinion, are a great investment. There will always be people lining up to go into those facilities, and they are not cheap, are they? No, no, they&#x27;re not. In fact, they&#x27;re one of the, as you mentioned, they&#x27;re one of the fastest, hottest industries to invest in. And the reason for that is because they&#x27;re not cheap. And, you know, they are almost like an immediate profit.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> Hey, speaking of profit, let me take a quick commercial break. And then we&#x27;re going to come back. We&#x27;re talking to Peter Deruta, a financial advisor, right after this quick commercial break. Did you bring the camera phone? I did. Do you want to go first? I&#x27;ve been waiting for this all day. Okay, this is Phil. And Stacy. Introducing Chase Quick Deposit. Just photograph the front and back of your check using the Chase mobile app on your iPhone and hit send. Hey, Winter, so cool. This is so cool. You want to try it? Yeah. Okay. All right, it was nice. Make a deposit from anywhere, anytime with your iPhone. So Mr. and Mrs. Walker, why would they send my parents a check? Chase what matters. Tune in Monday through Friday here on Money for Lunch.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And check out our website at moneyforlunch.com. Guys, we&#x27;re off to a great start talking about you and your money with Coach Pete D’Arruda, bestselling author, certified financial educator, and investment advisor. Pete, I want to talk about this real quick. I&#x27;m at your website, We Save Hair, and I want to let people know about this website. It&#x27;s called wesavehair.com. And how are you saving people&#x27;s hair? Well, there&#x27;s the old commercial, Leave the Driving to Us. You remember hearing that on TV? I think it&#x27;s for Greyhound Plus or something. So here&#x27;s what it is. That&#x27;s right. It is a 24-hour, seven-day-a-week job to manage money. And anyone who thinks they&#x27;re going to do it themselves, you can do it yourself, but you can also spend hours worrying about things.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> And the old saying is if you worry, you lose hair, and you pull your hair out when you&#x27;re worrying. So let us do the worrying for you, and that&#x27;s what we always tell people, and it&#x27;s true. You can have a worry-free retirement if you have your assets allocated right and if you have the right advisor on your team. And, you know, the advisor is almost like the quarterback, even though you&#x27;re the coach still, it&#x27;s your money. But the quarterback can help you, and you look at the NFL. You know, a good quarterback means a whole lot. Look at the New England Patriots, what they were doing when they were in their heyday. I mean, Tom Brady was all over the place. Without Tom Brady, New England Patriots never would have won the first Super Bowl or the second or the third. And so it&#x27;s about having the quarterback on your team. And I always believe, and there&#x27;s a saying that Tony Robbins used, and he&#x27;s used it over and over again, and he said, our own decisions determine our destiny.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Our own decisions determine our destiny. You know, people like to blame other people for everything, but really, it comes down to you. And it comes down to what do you really want to happen in retirement? You know, it&#x27;s fun to go to the cocktail parties and brag about the stock that you found that no one else did, and you made a 30% return. You want to tell everyone about it. But then you go to the cocktail party the next year, say it&#x27;s around Christmas time, and that stock that you were bragging about last year doesn&#x27;t exist anymore, and you&#x27;ve lost all that money. Or you even piled more money into it when it was going up. And so it&#x27;s not about what you or how you put money in. It&#x27;s how you take money out. The exit strategy is so vitally important in the financial world, and it&#x27;s overlooked. So when you&#x27;re playing the stock market, just keep in mind, if you&#x27;re trying to do it on your own, you have to be right twice, not once. You have to be right going in, getting a cheap price on a stock, and you have to be right coming out, locking in gains and getting out before it goes the other way.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> I love it. I love it. Pete Deruta, what&#x27;s the website we should give out here in case somebody wants to reach you? WeSaveHair.com or TheKingOfIncome.com? Yeah, The King of Income is about income planning, and We Save Hair gives a broad overview. And we do have a TV show each week. It&#x27;s FinancialSafari.tv. If people want to go look at some of the old TV shows, FinancialSafari, S-A-F-A-R-I, .tv. And so we&#x27;re real proud. The TV show is about 15 weeks old, so it&#x27;s a pretty new show. But it&#x27;s sweeping the nation. People love it when they see it. I love it. Pete Deruta, thank you so much for stopping by. We appreciate it. Hey, the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone. All righty, sir. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. WeSaveHair.com</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Anyway, Peter Deruta, also known as Coach Pete, is a best-selling author, financial educator, and investment advisor. Host of the nationally syndicated financial safari radio and TV show, he&#x27;s an investment advisor, certified tax coach, and registered financial consultant. And father to a spoiled seven-year-old Carrie, and his documentary is soon to be featured on the Biography Channel. For some reason, my lips are wearing out. Something has gone horribly wrong for some reason. Either way, no further delay, Peter Deruta, welcome to Money for Lunch. Hey, guys, how you doing? Great. All right, so tell me about this documentary that&#x27;s going to be featured on the Biography Channel. This is exciting.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> Yeah, it&#x27;s behind the scenes. It&#x27;s almost like the office for the financial world. I mean, a lot of people wonder what&#x27;s going on in the back rooms, and the documentary crew followed me around for a week and a half. And it&#x27;s funny, they filmed probably over 100 hours of film, and it&#x27;s whittled down to about a 28-minute show. Now that is, right? So, wait. You know what? I was going to say, and a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that, but that&#x27;s just the way it is. You know, they will do exactly what you said. They&#x27;ll do 100 hours, and they whittle it down to 30, 40 minutes or an hour. In some cases, you know, you&#x27;ll – if you&#x27;ve ever done a photo shoot, if you&#x27;ve ever seen these glamour girls do a photo shoot, they&#x27;re out there for, you know, for 10 or 12 hours, and they use, like, three or four photos.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> So it&#x27;s just one of those – one of the insides to, quote, show business, right? Yeah, it sure is. And it&#x27;s fun. It&#x27;s just a financial world, and I think a lot of people are wondering if they are getting the right advice from their advisors. And this was just behind the scenes to show you what really goes into a real financial plan, what kind of research goes into it, what does somebody do, and what goes into all that minutiae that comes out with that financial plan that people have in a three-ring binder they never look at, put it on a shelf somewhere. Right. But let me ask you this, Pete. Okay. Don&#x27;t you think that part of that is really our society&#x27;s training about money? I mean, on one side, we&#x27;re taught that money isn&#x27;t everything, and in some cases, we&#x27;re taught incorrectly that money is the root of all evil,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> and we have all this love-hate about money. On the other side, we know it&#x27;s important, and we want to be wealthy. We want to save for our retirement. But we have this constant inner struggle. Do you think that&#x27;s a lot of it? Yeah. Everyone hates someone with money until they get money, and then they don&#x27;t hate the person with money anymore. So it&#x27;s like everyone&#x27;s jealous, and they don&#x27;t want to act like it. And we also are in what I call gratisfaction society. We want immediate things. We want them right now. So we want gratitude and satisfaction all at once. I call it gratisfaction. People don&#x27;t have time to wait anymore. Good thing we have some good winemakers. You know, the fine wine, it takes time for wine to get better in the barrels. If we had people in society now, if they manage the wine like they try to manage money, we&#x27;d have grape juice all the time.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> We wouldn&#x27;t have any wine. I love it. I love it. You know what? And you&#x27;re right. We do have, and I like that phrase, that gratis, what is it, gratisfaction? Gratisfaction. I love it. Not only do they want it now, but they want it free, they want it cheap, and they don&#x27;t want to take any responsibility for their actions as well. Yeah. And I just think that when we look at retirement, you know, a lot of people are retiring now. Baby boomers are hitting full force into the retirement world. And many of them didn&#x27;t plan for the 30 or 40 years of unemployment, otherwise known as retirement. And so we look at the need these days, a tremendous need for what I call an income mechanic, someone to help you. You know, we take our cars in for tune-ups and make sure it&#x27;s running smoothly.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> And if we don&#x27;t, it ends up breaking down to the side of the road. So if we can have a financial planner who specializes in income planning, someone to give you that tune-up every year, you&#x27;ll never have to worry about your income plan breaking down. And you never have to worry about walking down the road with a red can trying to find a filling station in retirement. You know what? That&#x27;s a great analogy. I think that is probably the best analogy I&#x27;ve heard in a long time, an income mechanic. Let&#x27;s talk about this. Let me ask you this. With your experience, your background, how would you define risk tolerance in someone&#x27;s retirement plan? Yeah, everyone says they can afford to take risk until they see there&#x27;s their portfolio losing money. That&#x27;s the unfortunate truth these days. I mean, people don&#x27;t really – you have to really feel it to realize what true risk tolerance is.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And, you know, we look at the rule of 100. A lot of us use that in the financial world. See guys who are pushing more risk than they should using the rule of 110. That way, basically, they can get people to take more risk. But you take your age, you subtract it from 100. And whatever number you get, that&#x27;s the maximum amount that I really think anyone should have at risk. In other words, places where they could look at the money today and have it be gone tomorrow without spending it. That&#x27;s risk. And so someone&#x27;s spending it. It&#x27;s just not you. So a 65-year-old, 35% of their money still could be in risk as long as it&#x27;s managed risk and as long as somebody really can picture themselves looking at their bank account one day having $100,000 in it. And then looking at it in a week and having $65,000 in it. That&#x27;s what 35% risk means. Right. Now, when you say at risk, let&#x27;s say you have a client.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> He&#x27;s 65 years old. What kind of instruments or investments would you put a 65-year-old in? Would you get them into things like Coca-Cola? Or is that considered too slow? What kind of stocks or what kind of instruments would you put a 65-year-old in? Yeah, the very first thing they need to do is understand the concept of income laddering. In other words, not having all your eggs in one basket, financially speaking, for retirement. So the first thing we do is we draw four or five boxes on a whiteboard and we put in what they have right now. And everyone needs some money for emergencies. So the very first box we fill up, it is an emergency account. And to me, that&#x27;s got to be at least six months&#x27; worth of your current expenses without lying about it. You know, everyone claims they don&#x27;t spend any money going out to eat.</p><p><strong>06:33</strong> But then when they start writing down what they really spend, people spend a lot more than they realize. And really, that&#x27;s an emergency account. So you need to have six months&#x27; worth of emergency money before you start thinking about putting money anywhere. Okay, now that can be in a CD because CDs at the bank, they are liquid even though the bank wants you to think they&#x27;re not. You pay about a three-month&#x27;s worth of interest penalty when you take money out of the CD. And at a 1% CD rate, that&#x27;s not a big penalty anymore, is it? So we have that. You know, it&#x27;s better than burying it under the bed because if you bury it under the bed and the house burns down or someone breaks in, that money&#x27;s gone. So it needs to be somewhere like in a bank account. Then we look at, when we look at one to five years out, we set up sometimes some income annuities that you put money in right away to insurance company. Then right away, they start giving you a check for five years.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> It&#x27;s a five-year immediate annuity. That gives your other investments time to grow for five years. So we use for the year six through ten, sometimes we put money into income generating annuity that will build for five years and then kick in and give you an income for the next five or life, depending on how you set it up. And after we get those established, then we take what&#x27;s left and we do managed accounts. We use money managers to put together stock portfolios that have, especially people in that age, dividend-producing stocks. We also can look at some mutual life insurance companies to give some tax-free retirement income. Life insurance is considered an asset class now. It&#x27;s about four or five years ago on CNBC. They even admitted that. And CNBC is 24 hours a day about how to buy stocks and help Kramer make his living. Right, right.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> So just getting all your— CNBC needs to be my favorite place. Yeah, yeah. But it&#x27;s just about not having all your eggs in one basket. And dividend stocks are fine for the longer term. I look at dividend-paying stocks as the stock market paying you to take risk. Because as long as that company is paying dividend, you look at ones with long track records of dividend history. You don&#x27;t want to go to these fly-by-night companies that are promising a very high dividend because they could be gone tomorrow. And keep in mind, when you do buy stocks, if you buy like Exxon at $90 a share for the dividend, and then Exxon goes down a little bit, and then they lower their dividend, and the stock price goes down even further, you&#x27;re in effect trapped in that stock because you can&#x27;t get back what you paid. So you&#x27;re trapped to that for a while. So it&#x27;s just not having all your eggs in one basket. Using annuities, using life insurance, using mutual funds, stocks, managed accounts, and ETFs.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> Even REITs these days, real estate investment trusts for people with money they can afford to lose again because you have to have some money put away. You have to have some investment knowledge before you can invest in real estate investment trusts. But what I like are the long-term care facilities. You can, in effect, pool your money with thousands of other people and invest in long-term care facilities. And there&#x27;s one need that&#x27;s even greater than money these days. It&#x27;s the need for long-term care. Because we&#x27;re getting older, we&#x27;re living longer. Long-term care facilities, in my opinion, are a great investment. There will always be people lining up to go into those facilities, and they are not cheap, are they? No, no, they&#x27;re not. In fact, they&#x27;re one of the, as you mentioned, they&#x27;re one of the fastest, hottest industries to invest in. And the reason for that is because they&#x27;re not cheap. And, you know, they are almost like an immediate profit.</p><p><strong>09:45</strong> Hey, speaking of profit, let me take a quick commercial break. And then we&#x27;re going to come back. We&#x27;re talking to Peter Deruta, a financial advisor, right after this quick commercial break. Did you bring the camera phone? I did. Do you want to go first? I&#x27;ve been waiting for this all day. Okay, this is Phil. And Stacy. Introducing Chase Quick Deposit. Just photograph the front and back of your check using the Chase mobile app on your iPhone and hit send. Hey, Winter, so cool. This is so cool. You want to try it? Yeah. Okay. All right, it was nice. Make a deposit from anywhere, anytime with your iPhone. So Mr. and Mrs. Walker, why would they send my parents a check? Chase what matters. Tune in Monday through Friday here on Money for Lunch.</p><p><strong>10:31</strong> And check out our website at moneyforlunch.com. Guys, we&#x27;re off to a great start talking about you and your money with Coach Pete D’Arruda, bestselling author, certified financial educator, and investment advisor. Pete, I want to talk about this real quick. I&#x27;m at your website, We Save Hair, and I want to let people know about this website. It&#x27;s called wesavehair.com. And how are you saving people&#x27;s hair? Well, there&#x27;s the old commercial, Leave the Driving to Us. You remember hearing that on TV? I think it&#x27;s for Greyhound Plus or something. So here&#x27;s what it is. That&#x27;s right. It is a 24-hour, seven-day-a-week job to manage money. And anyone who thinks they&#x27;re going to do it themselves, you can do it yourself, but you can also spend hours worrying about things.</p><p><strong>11:19</strong> And the old saying is if you worry, you lose hair, and you pull your hair out when you&#x27;re worrying. So let us do the worrying for you, and that&#x27;s what we always tell people, and it&#x27;s true. You can have a worry-free retirement if you have your assets allocated right and if you have the right advisor on your team. And, you know, the advisor is almost like the quarterback, even though you&#x27;re the coach still, it&#x27;s your money. But the quarterback can help you, and you look at the NFL. You know, a good quarterback means a whole lot. Look at the New England Patriots, what they were doing when they were in their heyday. I mean, Tom Brady was all over the place. Without Tom Brady, New England Patriots never would have won the first Super Bowl or the second or the third. And so it&#x27;s about having the quarterback on your team. And I always believe, and there&#x27;s a saying that Tony Robbins used, and he&#x27;s used it over and over again, and he said, our own decisions determine our destiny.</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> Our own decisions determine our destiny. You know, people like to blame other people for everything, but really, it comes down to you. And it comes down to what do you really want to happen in retirement? You know, it&#x27;s fun to go to the cocktail parties and brag about the stock that you found that no one else did, and you made a 30% return. You want to tell everyone about it. But then you go to the cocktail party the next year, say it&#x27;s around Christmas time, and that stock that you were bragging about last year doesn&#x27;t exist anymore, and you&#x27;ve lost all that money. Or you even piled more money into it when it was going up. And so it&#x27;s not about what you or how you put money in. It&#x27;s how you take money out. The exit strategy is so vitally important in the financial world, and it&#x27;s overlooked. So when you&#x27;re playing the stock market, just keep in mind, if you&#x27;re trying to do it on your own, you have to be right twice, not once. You have to be right going in, getting a cheap price on a stock, and you have to be right coming out, locking in gains and getting out before it goes the other way.</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> I love it. I love it. Pete Deruta, what&#x27;s the website we should give out here in case somebody wants to reach you? WeSaveHair.com or TheKingOfIncome.com? Yeah, The King of Income is about income planning, and We Save Hair gives a broad overview. And we do have a TV show each week. It&#x27;s FinancialSafari.tv. If people want to go look at some of the old TV shows, FinancialSafari, S-A-F-A-R-I, .tv. And so we&#x27;re real proud. The TV show is about 15 weeks old, so it&#x27;s a pretty new show. But it&#x27;s sweeping the nation. People love it when they see it. I love it. Pete Deruta, thank you so much for stopping by. We appreciate it. Hey, the pleasure has been on this side of the microphone. All righty, sir. We&#x27;ll talk to you later. WeSaveHair.com</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete visits Money for Lunch to discuss financial education, retirement income, and his television and documentary work. This April 2013 guest appearance explores the ideas behind his approach to helping people understand their finances.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement income, retirement planning, financial education, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/image.jpg?t=1792072626&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-money-for-lunch-financial-education-and-income-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/image.jpg?t=1792072626&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Apr 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>820</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bf94f961-66ad-44b4-8fdc-b4e201566108/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13162266" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-money-for-lunch-financial-education-and-income-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>167</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Education and Income Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:55" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Aaron Clarey: Enjoy the Decline</title>
      <itunes:title>Aaron Clarey: Enjoy the Decline</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest joining us from Minneapolis, Minnesota. His name is Aaron Clary. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. It&#x27;s called Enjoy the Decline, Accepting the Living with the Death of the United States. And this book is packed with information, folks. And we&#x27;re going to have a link to Aaron&#x27;s website on our website. And I really recommend you read this book. And I know it takes a lot of time to write books. I&#x27;ve written a few myself. And Aaron, welcome to the show. Howdy. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Number one, what caused you to write a book such as this? What was the catalyst? Because you have to be excited or fed up or just emotionally ready when you write a book, because it&#x27;s not something you sit down in one day and do, is it? No. It was the re-election of Barack Obama.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And I promised myself, depending, my next book would be based on the election results. I honestly didn&#x27;t think he would win. And he did. And myself, along with many other people, you know, it&#x27;s like, holy cow. It kind of like, it was a game changer. Like, okay, what direction does this country want to go? And so a lot of my friends were depressed. I was certainly down, or at least generally down with the general direction of the country. And so I wrote this book saying, okay, look, you know, this is the path we&#x27;re going to go down. There are certain things, you know, within your control and certain things that are outside of your control. And it&#x27;s insanity trying to get worked up or trying to control things that you don&#x27;t control. So given this is the route, this is the way that the electorate wants to go, how do you, with this kind of new change of rules in the game, how do you go and benefit and enjoy this decline?</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> How do you get the most out of life? So that was the catalyst that prompted me to write the book. Aaron, when you hear this phrase, and I want to get your opinion because I know how I feel on it, but when you hear the phrase, you need to pay your fair share, what does that do to you emotionally? It angers me. Because it is 100% of the time coming from a parasite who doesn&#x27;t want to work for a living. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s, I don&#x27;t pay my fair share. It&#x27;s like, okay, what is your fair share, depending on what metric you want to use? Right now, the average person, you know, everyone focuses on income tax rates, which are certainly progressive, and the rich pay more than their fair share. You know, you look at 35% top tax rates, stuff like that. But you&#x27;re forgetting things like state taxes, sales taxes, property taxes.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> When you add all that up, the average person is forfeiting, depending on the state you live in, around 40% of their income. Well, what&#x27;s enough? You know, how many deadbeat losers do I have to support just because I was responsible, managed my finances correctly, and worked hard for a living? So anger and rage is the initial response to get to something like that. When I talk to people about it, too, they say they&#x27;re fine with paying – you know, we&#x27;re all fine with paying taxes as long as we know what the taxes are going to be and as long as we know where the limit&#x27;s going to be. But there doesn&#x27;t seem to be a limit these days to the insanity as far as taxation. No, and that&#x27;s the problem. And politicians have done this purposely. And you know this, where you have a pay-as-you-go system, and everyone gets all – you know, tax season&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Everyone&#x27;s going to get excited about the amount of money they&#x27;re going to get for a refund because they never cut one check like you do for your mortgage or your credit card bill or your cable bill. They pay it – they don&#x27;t realize it. It&#x27;s like leeches. It literally is like leeches. You know, when you get bit by a leech, you don&#x27;t know it because leeches actually have this sedative, like this salve that you don&#x27;t know that you&#x27;re being parasited off of. It&#x27;s the exact same thing with our pay-as-you-go system. So that these veritable ignorant morons, when they get their refund, they&#x27;re all excited because they got $1,000, but they don&#x27;t realize that they paid $10,000 in. And so what – and the issue of pricing that you bring up is a very perfect point. You don&#x27;t know what the price of government is because of all these various and hidden taxes.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> If you eliminated or consolidated all the taxes saying we&#x27;re going to have one tax, it&#x27;s going to be a sales tax, you would know just as you do the price of a Big Mac, the price of an Xbox, the price of a purebred wiener dog. You would know the exact price of government and then therefore would be able to judge whether or not you&#x27;re getting your bang for your buck. But politicians have consciously done this, having multiple taxes hidden away, spread out and amortized over a year that you don&#x27;t know just how screwed you&#x27;re getting over. And another word for – a couple other words for taxes are tolls, licenses, fees, permits, registration. Those are all taxes, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Any – this is the definition of a tax, and I would like to pat myself on the back for coming up with it because I haven&#x27;t heard it yet, so hopefully we&#x27;ll get it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Any transfer of money from the private sector to the public sector is by economic definition a tax. Yeah, and then the money goes to places we don&#x27;t even know and get – government by definition wastes a lot of money. I saw a parity sign like the National Park signs. They went to Yellowstone when I was little, and the bears would come right up to the cars, and you weren&#x27;t allowed to feed them because they would become dependent on the people feeding them. So the parity sign said – it was that brown sign with the white writing, please do not feed the park animals. They become dependent and will soon want cell phones. Like when you were a kid? No, it was a parity sign just recently, but I remember back when I was a kid at Yellowstone, the sign said, please do not feed the animals. They will become dependent.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But then the parity sign went a step further and said, and we&#x27;ll soon want cell phones because we are, as a government, giving people on welfare cell phones, which is ridiculous. Right, right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about silver and gold. I mean, Yukon Cornelius on Rudolph talked about silver and gold. Now, silver and gold has become a big thing in the financial world, and it used to – gold used to back up the dollars we spent. That&#x27;s changed back under the Nixon administration. It&#x27;s been going downhill since then, hasn&#x27;t it? Correct, yes. No, I&#x27;m a big fan. I&#x27;m not saying, you know, have all your portfolio in gold and silver. And even with the retirement bubble occurring in the stock market, I still actually like stocks in the sense that it is future dollars, which would naturally be hedged against inflation. Therefore, it is a natural hedge against inflation.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> So I&#x27;m not necessarily against stocks, but in terms of gold, silver, stocks, it&#x27;s sad. Most of these investments that we have are more insurance plays against the collapsing currency. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, I want to get an 8% real rate of return so I can save for retirement. It&#x27;s more like, where do I take what money I make today and in what non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets that have a natural hedge against inflation built into them? Where do I invest those? So gold and silver, definitely. You know, I&#x27;ve also – I like investing in guns and bullets because you can actually have fun with a gun and a bullet in AR-15. Gold you can&#x27;t shoot. It just kind of sits there. You look and say, oh, it&#x27;s shiny and pretty. But in AR-15, you can have a little fun with that investment. But, yes, I&#x27;m definitely a pro of those investments, especially given the finances today.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Aaron Query. He&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. He&#x27;s the author of the book Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. Aaron, in your book, you talk about fight or flight. Now, what does that mean? Well, it&#x27;s originally referencing a biological or psychological reference that humans have this inert – you&#x27;re unconscious about it. Like if you&#x27;re threatened with something, you&#x27;re either going to fight it or you&#x27;re going to try and run away with it. And we kind of face a similar economic decision we have to make here is the threat or the challenges we face, the individual faces here in the United States, do you want to stick it out here in the United States and fight it? Or do you want to say, you know what, I can&#x27;t overcome this, and I&#x27;m going to leave. I&#x27;m going to flight. And this is a tough decision because if you look at your life, your life is based here.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And everything isn&#x27;t about money. You have your family, your friends, your loved ones. That&#x27;s what really is important about life. So unless you&#x27;re like a single swinging bachelor, you just can&#x27;t pick up and leave because your life is here. You have roots here. So part of my book delves into this. Okay, is it worth it to look for greener pastures? Do you go to Hong Kong? Do you go to Singapore? Do you try and find other places where your work will be rewarded and you won&#x27;t be taxed as much? Or in the case that you&#x27;re going to stay here, you&#x27;re going to fight. So that means you minimalize yourself. You make as little money as possible. You cut your expenditures. And you spend time enjoying life with your family. And should you be lucky enough to make a ton of money, yeah, then you can always leave. So that&#x27;s kind of what that topic of the chapter delves into. And if people were to – let&#x27;s go back to gold and silver.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If people were to decide to buy gold and silver, do you advise the physical gold, like taking possession of it or having someone give you a piece of paper that says you own gold somewhere else? Almost. No, no. It&#x27;s physical possession. I mean you&#x27;re investing in gold and silver, again, for an insurance plate. And if you have an S hits the fan scenario, you really need the gold physically. It doesn&#x27;t do you any good. That gold is sitting in some mine in Australia. You need it physically. So if you&#x27;re going to buy gold – and you know what? If you&#x27;ve got kids, investing in coins – point collecting is a great way to have fun with that. You don&#x27;t have to just buy gold or silver bullion, which you certainly can do. But kids love it. I mean you&#x27;ve got – so use it as an educational experience as well.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> Yeah. Bags of silver coins make a lot of sense too because it&#x27;s tradable. It&#x27;s something you can actually – if we go to that kind of economy, if we had a disaster and an electromagnetic pulse bomb goes off and there&#x27;s no more banks anywhere, there&#x27;s no more information on any computers, the bags of silver would actually be in the denominations you could trade for a loaf of bread. That kind of thing. Oh, absolutely. I mean you look at all of our electronic transactions. Forget it. You&#x27;re going to – and this is why I kind of prefer silver over gold because gold would be – primarily used as a store of value like you want to have the bulk of your wealth saved up there. But in terms of like if we have a very emergency-like scenario, you need something that&#x27;s a bit more divisible. So silver pieces, even copper pieces, save your pre-1982 pennies. I think those are going to become more of the trading or consumer currency.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And then gold would be kind of more like, well, that&#x27;s where you store the majority of your wealth, be it your house or a car or something like that. Again, folks, his name is Aaron Query, author of Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. If you joined our interview later or if you want to hear it again, go to financialsafari.com. And if you want to watch the interview, financialsafari.tv. Aaron, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much, guys. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And today we have a very special guest joining us from Minneapolis, Minnesota. His name is Aaron Clary. He&#x27;s the author of a fantastic book. It&#x27;s called Enjoy the Decline, Accepting the Living with the Death of the United States. And this book is packed with information, folks. And we&#x27;re going to have a link to Aaron&#x27;s website on our website. And I really recommend you read this book. And I know it takes a lot of time to write books. I&#x27;ve written a few myself. And Aaron, welcome to the show. Howdy. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this book. Number one, what caused you to write a book such as this? What was the catalyst? Because you have to be excited or fed up or just emotionally ready when you write a book, because it&#x27;s not something you sit down in one day and do, is it? No. It was the re-election of Barack Obama.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And I promised myself, depending, my next book would be based on the election results. I honestly didn&#x27;t think he would win. And he did. And myself, along with many other people, you know, it&#x27;s like, holy cow. It kind of like, it was a game changer. Like, okay, what direction does this country want to go? And so a lot of my friends were depressed. I was certainly down, or at least generally down with the general direction of the country. And so I wrote this book saying, okay, look, you know, this is the path we&#x27;re going to go down. There are certain things, you know, within your control and certain things that are outside of your control. And it&#x27;s insanity trying to get worked up or trying to control things that you don&#x27;t control. So given this is the route, this is the way that the electorate wants to go, how do you, with this kind of new change of rules in the game, how do you go and benefit and enjoy this decline?</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> How do you get the most out of life? So that was the catalyst that prompted me to write the book. Aaron, when you hear this phrase, and I want to get your opinion because I know how I feel on it, but when you hear the phrase, you need to pay your fair share, what does that do to you emotionally? It angers me. Because it is 100% of the time coming from a parasite who doesn&#x27;t want to work for a living. That&#x27;s what it is. It&#x27;s, I don&#x27;t pay my fair share. It&#x27;s like, okay, what is your fair share, depending on what metric you want to use? Right now, the average person, you know, everyone focuses on income tax rates, which are certainly progressive, and the rich pay more than their fair share. You know, you look at 35% top tax rates, stuff like that. But you&#x27;re forgetting things like state taxes, sales taxes, property taxes.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> When you add all that up, the average person is forfeiting, depending on the state you live in, around 40% of their income. Well, what&#x27;s enough? You know, how many deadbeat losers do I have to support just because I was responsible, managed my finances correctly, and worked hard for a living? So anger and rage is the initial response to get to something like that. When I talk to people about it, too, they say they&#x27;re fine with paying – you know, we&#x27;re all fine with paying taxes as long as we know what the taxes are going to be and as long as we know where the limit&#x27;s going to be. But there doesn&#x27;t seem to be a limit these days to the insanity as far as taxation. No, and that&#x27;s the problem. And politicians have done this purposely. And you know this, where you have a pay-as-you-go system, and everyone gets all – you know, tax season&#x27;s coming up.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Everyone&#x27;s going to get excited about the amount of money they&#x27;re going to get for a refund because they never cut one check like you do for your mortgage or your credit card bill or your cable bill. They pay it – they don&#x27;t realize it. It&#x27;s like leeches. It literally is like leeches. You know, when you get bit by a leech, you don&#x27;t know it because leeches actually have this sedative, like this salve that you don&#x27;t know that you&#x27;re being parasited off of. It&#x27;s the exact same thing with our pay-as-you-go system. So that these veritable ignorant morons, when they get their refund, they&#x27;re all excited because they got $1,000, but they don&#x27;t realize that they paid $10,000 in. And so what – and the issue of pricing that you bring up is a very perfect point. You don&#x27;t know what the price of government is because of all these various and hidden taxes.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> If you eliminated or consolidated all the taxes saying we&#x27;re going to have one tax, it&#x27;s going to be a sales tax, you would know just as you do the price of a Big Mac, the price of an Xbox, the price of a purebred wiener dog. You would know the exact price of government and then therefore would be able to judge whether or not you&#x27;re getting your bang for your buck. But politicians have consciously done this, having multiple taxes hidden away, spread out and amortized over a year that you don&#x27;t know just how screwed you&#x27;re getting over. And another word for – a couple other words for taxes are tolls, licenses, fees, permits, registration. Those are all taxes, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Any – this is the definition of a tax, and I would like to pat myself on the back for coming up with it because I haven&#x27;t heard it yet, so hopefully we&#x27;ll get it.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Any transfer of money from the private sector to the public sector is by economic definition a tax. Yeah, and then the money goes to places we don&#x27;t even know and get – government by definition wastes a lot of money. I saw a parity sign like the National Park signs. They went to Yellowstone when I was little, and the bears would come right up to the cars, and you weren&#x27;t allowed to feed them because they would become dependent on the people feeding them. So the parity sign said – it was that brown sign with the white writing, please do not feed the park animals. They become dependent and will soon want cell phones. Like when you were a kid? No, it was a parity sign just recently, but I remember back when I was a kid at Yellowstone, the sign said, please do not feed the animals. They will become dependent.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> But then the parity sign went a step further and said, and we&#x27;ll soon want cell phones because we are, as a government, giving people on welfare cell phones, which is ridiculous. Right, right. Now, let&#x27;s talk about silver and gold. I mean, Yukon Cornelius on Rudolph talked about silver and gold. Now, silver and gold has become a big thing in the financial world, and it used to – gold used to back up the dollars we spent. That&#x27;s changed back under the Nixon administration. It&#x27;s been going downhill since then, hasn&#x27;t it? Correct, yes. No, I&#x27;m a big fan. I&#x27;m not saying, you know, have all your portfolio in gold and silver. And even with the retirement bubble occurring in the stock market, I still actually like stocks in the sense that it is future dollars, which would naturally be hedged against inflation. Therefore, it is a natural hedge against inflation.</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> So I&#x27;m not necessarily against stocks, but in terms of gold, silver, stocks, it&#x27;s sad. Most of these investments that we have are more insurance plays against the collapsing currency. So it&#x27;s not like, oh, I want to get an 8% real rate of return so I can save for retirement. It&#x27;s more like, where do I take what money I make today and in what non-U.S. dollar-denominated assets that have a natural hedge against inflation built into them? Where do I invest those? So gold and silver, definitely. You know, I&#x27;ve also – I like investing in guns and bullets because you can actually have fun with a gun and a bullet in AR-15. Gold you can&#x27;t shoot. It just kind of sits there. You look and say, oh, it&#x27;s shiny and pretty. But in AR-15, you can have a little fun with that investment. But, yes, I&#x27;m definitely a pro of those investments, especially given the finances today.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And, folks, again, we&#x27;re talking to Aaron Query. He&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. He&#x27;s the author of the book Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. Aaron, in your book, you talk about fight or flight. Now, what does that mean? Well, it&#x27;s originally referencing a biological or psychological reference that humans have this inert – you&#x27;re unconscious about it. Like if you&#x27;re threatened with something, you&#x27;re either going to fight it or you&#x27;re going to try and run away with it. And we kind of face a similar economic decision we have to make here is the threat or the challenges we face, the individual faces here in the United States, do you want to stick it out here in the United States and fight it? Or do you want to say, you know what, I can&#x27;t overcome this, and I&#x27;m going to leave. I&#x27;m going to flight. And this is a tough decision because if you look at your life, your life is based here.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> And everything isn&#x27;t about money. You have your family, your friends, your loved ones. That&#x27;s what really is important about life. So unless you&#x27;re like a single swinging bachelor, you just can&#x27;t pick up and leave because your life is here. You have roots here. So part of my book delves into this. Okay, is it worth it to look for greener pastures? Do you go to Hong Kong? Do you go to Singapore? Do you try and find other places where your work will be rewarded and you won&#x27;t be taxed as much? Or in the case that you&#x27;re going to stay here, you&#x27;re going to fight. So that means you minimalize yourself. You make as little money as possible. You cut your expenditures. And you spend time enjoying life with your family. And should you be lucky enough to make a ton of money, yeah, then you can always leave. So that&#x27;s kind of what that topic of the chapter delves into. And if people were to – let&#x27;s go back to gold and silver.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If people were to decide to buy gold and silver, do you advise the physical gold, like taking possession of it or having someone give you a piece of paper that says you own gold somewhere else? Almost. No, no. It&#x27;s physical possession. I mean you&#x27;re investing in gold and silver, again, for an insurance plate. And if you have an S hits the fan scenario, you really need the gold physically. It doesn&#x27;t do you any good. That gold is sitting in some mine in Australia. You need it physically. So if you&#x27;re going to buy gold – and you know what? If you&#x27;ve got kids, investing in coins – point collecting is a great way to have fun with that. You don&#x27;t have to just buy gold or silver bullion, which you certainly can do. But kids love it. I mean you&#x27;ve got – so use it as an educational experience as well.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> Yeah. Bags of silver coins make a lot of sense too because it&#x27;s tradable. It&#x27;s something you can actually – if we go to that kind of economy, if we had a disaster and an electromagnetic pulse bomb goes off and there&#x27;s no more banks anywhere, there&#x27;s no more information on any computers, the bags of silver would actually be in the denominations you could trade for a loaf of bread. That kind of thing. Oh, absolutely. I mean you look at all of our electronic transactions. Forget it. You&#x27;re going to – and this is why I kind of prefer silver over gold because gold would be – primarily used as a store of value like you want to have the bulk of your wealth saved up there. But in terms of like if we have a very emergency-like scenario, you need something that&#x27;s a bit more divisible. So silver pieces, even copper pieces, save your pre-1982 pennies. I think those are going to become more of the trading or consumer currency.</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> And then gold would be kind of more like, well, that&#x27;s where you store the majority of your wealth, be it your house or a car or something like that. Again, folks, his name is Aaron Query, author of Enjoy the Decline, Accepting and Living with the Death of the United States. If you joined our interview later or if you want to hear it again, go to financialsafari.com. And if you want to watch the interview, financialsafari.tv. Aaron, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much, guys. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Aaron Clarey joins Coach Pete to discuss Enjoy the Decline. This April 2013 conversation explores the motivation behind his book and his perspective on adapting to political and economic conditions.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Aaron Clarey</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Aaron Clarey, economic policy, books and authors, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/image.jpg?t=1792072633&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/aaron-clarey-enjoy-the-decline/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/image.jpg?t=1792072633&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Apr 2013 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>640</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a2908284-e322-4192-89f1-b4e2014fc7ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10272040" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/aaron-clarey-enjoy-the-decline</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>168</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Enjoy the Decline" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>After the 2012 Election: The Economy and Retirement (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>After the 2012 Election: The Economy and Retirement (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and his economics guest discuss the financial implications of the 2012 election. This November 2012 Financial Safari segment examines government policy, the economic outlook, and the questions facing retirees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in, folks. Again, this is a special report, the Financial Safari, post-election financial coverage. And this is Coach Pete, and I&#x27;m joined with economics professor at Elon University, adjunct professor, Mr. Frank Roach. Thank you, Peter. Thanks for having me here today. Well, Frank, you know, it&#x27;s good to have you here because, I mean, you know, people are now starting to get their bearings. The election happened, and it has consequences. And the financial world is a strange place, and people need to, I guess, start paying attention to what&#x27;s going on out there, don&#x27;t they? Well, start, I hate to use that word. I hope they were paying attention. But if they weren&#x27;t before Tuesday, they should be now. Now, what can the average investor do? Most of the people I talk to, they pay attention to some politics, so they watch the news.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And, of course, when you watch the news, you&#x27;re getting somebody&#x27;s version of politics. It might not be your own, so people need to do some of their own research. But what should the listener do right now to, again, you&#x27;re teaching economics. What are you telling your students, or what are your lessons plans going to be here the next couple of weeks or months about what happened in the election? And how does that tie in with economic cycles? Yeah, well, you obviously touched on a couple different things, how to manage personal finance in this environment, and how do we direct the students that are 18, 19 years old going forward. I tell them to pay attention mostly. That&#x27;s the best message you can offer these people. Pay attention to what you&#x27;re doing, whether you&#x27;re a student at Elon University trying to find your way through college and then into the job market. You&#x27;ve got to pay attention to the world around you. Just because you&#x27;re in college doesn&#x27;t mean that the policy decisions going on in Washington, D.C.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> or the statehouse in your home state don&#x27;t matter to your life. And on the personal finance position, know where your money is. Read. Do your research. Don&#x27;t listen to others to tell you how to invest your money. If you hear something you like, if you&#x27;re listening to us right now and you like what we&#x27;re going to say, bite onto that and go do your own homework on that particular area of discussion we&#x27;ve had. There&#x27;s no substitute for doing your own homework and, most importantly, paying attention to the world around you. You know, that&#x27;s so important. And when I think about it, you know, the average college kid these days, the way they pay attention to economics, unless they&#x27;re taking an economics class, is to go to the bank machine and see how much the balance is. How much did mom and dad put in their checking account? Yeah, economics goes, of course, way beyond that. That&#x27;s more just personal finance. And, you know, fortunately, most universities still require some economic study.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Unfortunately, past your first and second semester, it&#x27;s a choice whether you&#x27;re going to pursue that further. If you take my class, you&#x27;re in good shape. I can&#x27;t vouch for other economics teachers. I think it&#x27;s a great idea. I think everyone should have to take an economics class, at least learn about supply and demand curves and consumption function, all the kind of things out there that really mean something when you go shopping. Well, you know, we really would love to have that in high school. Well, you should see, I won&#x27;t get down on my particular students, but students aren&#x27;t ready for economics, even at the college level. They need to have it in high school, junior or senior year, and it just isn&#x27;t happening. Social studies is not economics. Well, Frank, I had a paper route, and I started when I was seven years old in the neighborhood. And then I developed out into a longer route. I was in Lahrenburg, North Carolina, a small town in eastern North Carolina. So back then, we didn&#x27;t wear helmets on when we rode a bike. And I would fall down.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> I&#x27;d have the basket in the front. And then on Wednesdays, when all the ads were in the paper, I fell down two or three times a day when I did that. And I&#x27;d have to learn how to get back up and find all the papers. It was a windy day. It was a real tough day to get all the ads back in. But I learned economics because I had to collect from the people on my route. And I realized that if I didn&#x27;t collect enough because I had to pay the paper for the papers, then I was in a deficit. And I didn&#x27;t want to work all day delivering papers all year and at the end of the year have less than I started with because that wasn&#x27;t a fun job. Yeah, that sounds like simple math that you caught on pretty quickly. I would love to use that at the National League. Wouldn&#x27;t that be great? We realize that simple connection, that simple correlation between the expenditures and revenues. I know. And speaking of which, now we&#x27;re going to have a special guest. He&#x27;s going to be calling in any minute now. Okay. And he&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General. His name is David Walker.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> You&#x27;ve probably seen him on CNBC, 60 Minutes. He was in the movie Obama 2016. I mean, he is a great guy. He&#x27;s not political. He basically is an economics guy. And he basically said he resigned from being the Comptroller General years ago because he said he was in charge of signing the checks. I can&#x27;t sign checks that are going to bounce, he said. And that&#x27;s our government 101 right there, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s the simplicity of it. And now, of course, a little tongue-in-cheek because the checks don&#x27;t bounce because we borrow sufficient money. On a daily basis to cover those checks, already this week we&#x27;ve borrowed $130 billion in the Treasury markets just to pay our ongoing bills. So he says that often. I&#x27;ve heard that from David before. It&#x27;s a great point to make. But our own general economy, you know, your household, my household. And, yeah, I guess you can write some of those checks that credit card companies give you if you want to float to balance.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> But if you&#x27;ve seen the interest rates on those, up to 29% right away, I mean, you can go broke very fast. And, of course, as you borrow more, the interest goes up. If you&#x27;re borrowing just to pay the interest, you&#x27;re in trouble. It&#x27;s true. You know, there&#x27;s a bizarre situation going on. As bad as our debt situation right now and our deficit spending ongoing, $3.5 billion a day, by the way. You know, we&#x27;re getting money so cheaply. You know, it&#x27;s really amazing. If we have to do it, and, again, I&#x27;m doing this with a little smile on my face, if you have to do it at 0.01%, not so bad. We&#x27;re getting money so easily. I agree. At such cheap levels, it&#x27;s hard not to chase after it from a cash management perspective. Well, just look at us. And, you know, I just refinanced at 2.99%. Oh, congratulations. No closing costs. No closing costs. So I could have maybe even got a better deal, but I did 15-year.</p><p><strong>05:21</strong> And I&#x27;m going against what I usually preach, because at rates as cheap as they are, I would have been better off locking the bank in at a 30-year rate, having them have to accept that money over 30 years at such a low interest rate. But 2.99 over 15 years, I&#x27;m 46. When I&#x27;m 61, the house will be paid off. Yeah, either way, you&#x27;re locked in that period of time. You just pay a little bit bigger mortgage per month. That&#x27;s great. Come on, that&#x27;s historic levels. I never thought we&#x27;d see this. And after I got out of college, you know, I got an 8% or 9% was my first mortgage rate. And I thought that was a good deal. It was good. I mean, historically, it was real good. Look at Jimmy Carter years. What were they then, 16% or 17%? I mean, we&#x27;ve really lost a little bit of perspective here. You know, we talk about Italy and Greece and their financing troubles because they&#x27;re paying 6% for money. You know, five years ago, 6% money was no big deal for the U.S. That&#x27;s right. So, all right.</p><p><strong>06:07</strong> So now we&#x27;re starting to hear, and you brought that in good. I mean, Europe. We didn&#x27;t hear a thing about Europe for about three months before the election. Now, the day after the election, all of a sudden, Europe&#x27;s a problem again. Come on, help me figure that out. I can help you that for exactly. Because about three months ago, the European Central Bank came out with this program called the OMT, the Open Market Transactions Program, which calmed all the markets. It was basically, okay, finally, we&#x27;re going to put the printing presses on. We&#x27;re there if Spain and Greece needs us. That calmed everything down. And that is really what changed because we really weren&#x27;t focused on Greece and Europe in the election to our dismay. We should have been because it&#x27;s an example for what we&#x27;re heading towards. But really, it was a rhetorical printing press position by the ECB that calmed things down for the past few months. So we&#x27;re in a worldwide economy now, and we can&#x27;t ignore that fact.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> That&#x27;s true. Although I&#x27;d like to point out we were in a worldwide economy in 1776 as well. People forget that. Yeah. But I mean, okay, so now looking at it, now we&#x27;ve got trade imbalances, and now we still have a good country. We&#x27;re still producing a lot of good stuff. What can we do, though, to get back on track? And what can we do to lower our deficit, Frank? Because it&#x27;s out of control right now. Are you talking about budget deficit? I&#x27;m talking about the long-term debt we have in 16, 17. Well, listen, you know, there&#x27;s only one simple solution. I guarantee you David Walker will agree to this when we get him on the air. The only way you reduce your debt is to incur periods of time where revenues exceed expenditures. There&#x27;s no other way to reduce your debt. We talk about Simpson-Bowles and the $4 trillion debt reduction program. You know what that does? That just slows the first derivative, the rate of change.</p><p><strong>07:41</strong> Until you have yearly revenues higher than expenditures at the federal level, you cannot pay down your debt. So until you&#x27;re ready to reduce spending and or raise revenue, to rebalance the federal budget, no debt decrease, period. It will not happen. Okay. So, well, I mean, this is very important that people pay attention to this. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Frank Roach. He&#x27;s professor of economics at Elon University. He also has his own radio show. It&#x27;s WFXRradio.com. And, Frank, that&#x27;s daily. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re on 4 o&#x27;clock, the Frank Roach show, Monday through Thursday at live. And then we do the morning meeting Monday through Friday in the morning. Check the website for the programming schedule. It depends on overnight activity and economic data releases for each day. And we&#x27;ll have a link to this on our financialsafari.com site. We&#x27;ll have a link to this complete interview as well as a link to Frank&#x27;s website there so you can listen to it.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> Frank&#x27;s got a fantastic show. He&#x27;s a good friend of mine of the show. And he knows his stuff when it comes to economics. Now, Frank, while we&#x27;re waiting for David Walker, let&#x27;s say that people are listening right now and they are in retirement or getting close to retirement. And we just got done having a little fun with how low interest rates are and how good it is if you&#x27;re borrowing money. But how good it is to borrow, it&#x27;s bad if someone&#x27;s trying to live on a fixed budget now if they have money in CDs or short-term savings. I mean, the interest rates there, it&#x27;s impossible to live on those these days. Savers and seniors in particular have been really damaged in the past six years as a result of the reaction, the monetary policy reaction to the financial chaos. Check CD rates today for one-month CDs, 1%. Six-month CDs, 0.8%. There&#x27;s really no option for the elderly or the people that live off their savings except for to constrain your expenditures.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> The only way to find greater yield is to take more risk. And if you&#x27;re in your senior years, that&#x27;s not really the way to go. You&#x27;re going to have to just find a way to struggle through this. Rates will normalize. There&#x27;s no denying that. We will not stay at these rates for long. But in the meantime, though, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people take drastic steps where they&#x27;re taking the money out of CDs and going into the stock market. Very risky. Very risky as a retirement age person. And people like you or I, before we got on today, I was telling you, you know, I&#x27;ve tried to day trade myself back in the day. In the 90s, I made a lot of money. And I lost it all back right when we hit 2000. So if you were, and of course, I&#x27;m young, so I can get away with that, I guess. But I don&#x27;t like losing money. And no one out there likes losing money, Frank. Well, now you&#x27;re in the business, the personal finance business, the broker business. Here&#x27;s what you know as well as I know. Seniors are being advised by brokers who live off commission to move that money into these riskier assets.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> A, because they have an interest in, and B, because they have nothing else to tell them. Because to tell them the truth is to say to do nothing. And you can&#x27;t make money off of doing nothing. So seniors in a real challenge who are allowing others to advise them on their money, who are making money from that advisement. Because there&#x27;s really not a good option for seniors right now. We are stuck in a historical low interest rate environment related to a historic situation in the financial community. And that&#x27;s just the situation. Terrible timing. Folks must learn what a true fiduciary is. And people who call themselves financial advisors are many times the sharks in a fish tank. Folks, it must be someone who has a 65 or 66 license. Someone who is a true fiduciary. And you must know that. You can&#x27;t call yourself a financial advisor if you&#x27;re there trying to sell for commission-based products there. And I in no way want to appear in the financial advisory world. I advise people myself.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> It&#x27;s important. Everyone doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on all the time. But you understand the conflict for seniors. You&#x27;ve got to know where you&#x27;re getting your advice from. Exactly. Basically. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. When we come back, David Walker should be joining us live. And if you have a question, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re going to address that on next week&#x27;s show, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and his economics guest discuss the financial implications of the 2012 election. This November 2012 Financial Safari segment examines government policy, the economic outlook, and the questions facing retirees.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in, folks. Again, this is a special report, the Financial Safari, post-election financial coverage. And this is Coach Pete, and I&#x27;m joined with economics professor at Elon University, adjunct professor, Mr. Frank Roach. Thank you, Peter. Thanks for having me here today. Well, Frank, you know, it&#x27;s good to have you here because, I mean, you know, people are now starting to get their bearings. The election happened, and it has consequences. And the financial world is a strange place, and people need to, I guess, start paying attention to what&#x27;s going on out there, don&#x27;t they? Well, start, I hate to use that word. I hope they were paying attention. But if they weren&#x27;t before Tuesday, they should be now. Now, what can the average investor do? Most of the people I talk to, they pay attention to some politics, so they watch the news.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And, of course, when you watch the news, you&#x27;re getting somebody&#x27;s version of politics. It might not be your own, so people need to do some of their own research. But what should the listener do right now to, again, you&#x27;re teaching economics. What are you telling your students, or what are your lessons plans going to be here the next couple of weeks or months about what happened in the election? And how does that tie in with economic cycles? Yeah, well, you obviously touched on a couple different things, how to manage personal finance in this environment, and how do we direct the students that are 18, 19 years old going forward. I tell them to pay attention mostly. That&#x27;s the best message you can offer these people. Pay attention to what you&#x27;re doing, whether you&#x27;re a student at Elon University trying to find your way through college and then into the job market. You&#x27;ve got to pay attention to the world around you. Just because you&#x27;re in college doesn&#x27;t mean that the policy decisions going on in Washington, D.C.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> or the statehouse in your home state don&#x27;t matter to your life. And on the personal finance position, know where your money is. Read. Do your research. Don&#x27;t listen to others to tell you how to invest your money. If you hear something you like, if you&#x27;re listening to us right now and you like what we&#x27;re going to say, bite onto that and go do your own homework on that particular area of discussion we&#x27;ve had. There&#x27;s no substitute for doing your own homework and, most importantly, paying attention to the world around you. You know, that&#x27;s so important. And when I think about it, you know, the average college kid these days, the way they pay attention to economics, unless they&#x27;re taking an economics class, is to go to the bank machine and see how much the balance is. How much did mom and dad put in their checking account? Yeah, economics goes, of course, way beyond that. That&#x27;s more just personal finance. And, you know, fortunately, most universities still require some economic study.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Unfortunately, past your first and second semester, it&#x27;s a choice whether you&#x27;re going to pursue that further. If you take my class, you&#x27;re in good shape. I can&#x27;t vouch for other economics teachers. I think it&#x27;s a great idea. I think everyone should have to take an economics class, at least learn about supply and demand curves and consumption function, all the kind of things out there that really mean something when you go shopping. Well, you know, we really would love to have that in high school. Well, you should see, I won&#x27;t get down on my particular students, but students aren&#x27;t ready for economics, even at the college level. They need to have it in high school, junior or senior year, and it just isn&#x27;t happening. Social studies is not economics. Well, Frank, I had a paper route, and I started when I was seven years old in the neighborhood. And then I developed out into a longer route. I was in Lahrenburg, North Carolina, a small town in eastern North Carolina. So back then, we didn&#x27;t wear helmets on when we rode a bike. And I would fall down.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> I&#x27;d have the basket in the front. And then on Wednesdays, when all the ads were in the paper, I fell down two or three times a day when I did that. And I&#x27;d have to learn how to get back up and find all the papers. It was a windy day. It was a real tough day to get all the ads back in. But I learned economics because I had to collect from the people on my route. And I realized that if I didn&#x27;t collect enough because I had to pay the paper for the papers, then I was in a deficit. And I didn&#x27;t want to work all day delivering papers all year and at the end of the year have less than I started with because that wasn&#x27;t a fun job. Yeah, that sounds like simple math that you caught on pretty quickly. I would love to use that at the National League. Wouldn&#x27;t that be great? We realize that simple connection, that simple correlation between the expenditures and revenues. I know. And speaking of which, now we&#x27;re going to have a special guest. He&#x27;s going to be calling in any minute now. Okay. And he&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General. His name is David Walker.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> You&#x27;ve probably seen him on CNBC, 60 Minutes. He was in the movie Obama 2016. I mean, he is a great guy. He&#x27;s not political. He basically is an economics guy. And he basically said he resigned from being the Comptroller General years ago because he said he was in charge of signing the checks. I can&#x27;t sign checks that are going to bounce, he said. And that&#x27;s our government 101 right there, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s the simplicity of it. And now, of course, a little tongue-in-cheek because the checks don&#x27;t bounce because we borrow sufficient money. On a daily basis to cover those checks, already this week we&#x27;ve borrowed $130 billion in the Treasury markets just to pay our ongoing bills. So he says that often. I&#x27;ve heard that from David before. It&#x27;s a great point to make. But our own general economy, you know, your household, my household. And, yeah, I guess you can write some of those checks that credit card companies give you if you want to float to balance.</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> But if you&#x27;ve seen the interest rates on those, up to 29% right away, I mean, you can go broke very fast. And, of course, as you borrow more, the interest goes up. If you&#x27;re borrowing just to pay the interest, you&#x27;re in trouble. It&#x27;s true. You know, there&#x27;s a bizarre situation going on. As bad as our debt situation right now and our deficit spending ongoing, $3.5 billion a day, by the way. You know, we&#x27;re getting money so cheaply. You know, it&#x27;s really amazing. If we have to do it, and, again, I&#x27;m doing this with a little smile on my face, if you have to do it at 0.01%, not so bad. We&#x27;re getting money so easily. I agree. At such cheap levels, it&#x27;s hard not to chase after it from a cash management perspective. Well, just look at us. And, you know, I just refinanced at 2.99%. Oh, congratulations. No closing costs. No closing costs. So I could have maybe even got a better deal, but I did 15-year.</p><p><strong>05:21</strong> And I&#x27;m going against what I usually preach, because at rates as cheap as they are, I would have been better off locking the bank in at a 30-year rate, having them have to accept that money over 30 years at such a low interest rate. But 2.99 over 15 years, I&#x27;m 46. When I&#x27;m 61, the house will be paid off. Yeah, either way, you&#x27;re locked in that period of time. You just pay a little bit bigger mortgage per month. That&#x27;s great. Come on, that&#x27;s historic levels. I never thought we&#x27;d see this. And after I got out of college, you know, I got an 8% or 9% was my first mortgage rate. And I thought that was a good deal. It was good. I mean, historically, it was real good. Look at Jimmy Carter years. What were they then, 16% or 17%? I mean, we&#x27;ve really lost a little bit of perspective here. You know, we talk about Italy and Greece and their financing troubles because they&#x27;re paying 6% for money. You know, five years ago, 6% money was no big deal for the U.S. That&#x27;s right. So, all right.</p><p><strong>06:07</strong> So now we&#x27;re starting to hear, and you brought that in good. I mean, Europe. We didn&#x27;t hear a thing about Europe for about three months before the election. Now, the day after the election, all of a sudden, Europe&#x27;s a problem again. Come on, help me figure that out. I can help you that for exactly. Because about three months ago, the European Central Bank came out with this program called the OMT, the Open Market Transactions Program, which calmed all the markets. It was basically, okay, finally, we&#x27;re going to put the printing presses on. We&#x27;re there if Spain and Greece needs us. That calmed everything down. And that is really what changed because we really weren&#x27;t focused on Greece and Europe in the election to our dismay. We should have been because it&#x27;s an example for what we&#x27;re heading towards. But really, it was a rhetorical printing press position by the ECB that calmed things down for the past few months. So we&#x27;re in a worldwide economy now, and we can&#x27;t ignore that fact.</p><p><strong>06:53</strong> That&#x27;s true. Although I&#x27;d like to point out we were in a worldwide economy in 1776 as well. People forget that. Yeah. But I mean, okay, so now looking at it, now we&#x27;ve got trade imbalances, and now we still have a good country. We&#x27;re still producing a lot of good stuff. What can we do, though, to get back on track? And what can we do to lower our deficit, Frank? Because it&#x27;s out of control right now. Are you talking about budget deficit? I&#x27;m talking about the long-term debt we have in 16, 17. Well, listen, you know, there&#x27;s only one simple solution. I guarantee you David Walker will agree to this when we get him on the air. The only way you reduce your debt is to incur periods of time where revenues exceed expenditures. There&#x27;s no other way to reduce your debt. We talk about Simpson-Bowles and the $4 trillion debt reduction program. You know what that does? That just slows the first derivative, the rate of change.</p><p><strong>07:41</strong> Until you have yearly revenues higher than expenditures at the federal level, you cannot pay down your debt. So until you&#x27;re ready to reduce spending and or raise revenue, to rebalance the federal budget, no debt decrease, period. It will not happen. Okay. So, well, I mean, this is very important that people pay attention to this. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Frank Roach. He&#x27;s professor of economics at Elon University. He also has his own radio show. It&#x27;s WFXRradio.com. And, Frank, that&#x27;s daily. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re on 4 o&#x27;clock, the Frank Roach show, Monday through Thursday at live. And then we do the morning meeting Monday through Friday in the morning. Check the website for the programming schedule. It depends on overnight activity and economic data releases for each day. And we&#x27;ll have a link to this on our financialsafari.com site. We&#x27;ll have a link to this complete interview as well as a link to Frank&#x27;s website there so you can listen to it.</p><p><strong>08:30</strong> Frank&#x27;s got a fantastic show. He&#x27;s a good friend of mine of the show. And he knows his stuff when it comes to economics. Now, Frank, while we&#x27;re waiting for David Walker, let&#x27;s say that people are listening right now and they are in retirement or getting close to retirement. And we just got done having a little fun with how low interest rates are and how good it is if you&#x27;re borrowing money. But how good it is to borrow, it&#x27;s bad if someone&#x27;s trying to live on a fixed budget now if they have money in CDs or short-term savings. I mean, the interest rates there, it&#x27;s impossible to live on those these days. Savers and seniors in particular have been really damaged in the past six years as a result of the reaction, the monetary policy reaction to the financial chaos. Check CD rates today for one-month CDs, 1%. Six-month CDs, 0.8%. There&#x27;s really no option for the elderly or the people that live off their savings except for to constrain your expenditures.</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> The only way to find greater yield is to take more risk. And if you&#x27;re in your senior years, that&#x27;s not really the way to go. You&#x27;re going to have to just find a way to struggle through this. Rates will normalize. There&#x27;s no denying that. We will not stay at these rates for long. But in the meantime, though, I&#x27;ve seen a lot of people take drastic steps where they&#x27;re taking the money out of CDs and going into the stock market. Very risky. Very risky as a retirement age person. And people like you or I, before we got on today, I was telling you, you know, I&#x27;ve tried to day trade myself back in the day. In the 90s, I made a lot of money. And I lost it all back right when we hit 2000. So if you were, and of course, I&#x27;m young, so I can get away with that, I guess. But I don&#x27;t like losing money. And no one out there likes losing money, Frank. Well, now you&#x27;re in the business, the personal finance business, the broker business. Here&#x27;s what you know as well as I know. Seniors are being advised by brokers who live off commission to move that money into these riskier assets.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> A, because they have an interest in, and B, because they have nothing else to tell them. Because to tell them the truth is to say to do nothing. And you can&#x27;t make money off of doing nothing. So seniors in a real challenge who are allowing others to advise them on their money, who are making money from that advisement. Because there&#x27;s really not a good option for seniors right now. We are stuck in a historical low interest rate environment related to a historic situation in the financial community. And that&#x27;s just the situation. Terrible timing. Folks must learn what a true fiduciary is. And people who call themselves financial advisors are many times the sharks in a fish tank. Folks, it must be someone who has a 65 or 66 license. Someone who is a true fiduciary. And you must know that. You can&#x27;t call yourself a financial advisor if you&#x27;re there trying to sell for commission-based products there. And I in no way want to appear in the financial advisory world. I advise people myself.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> It&#x27;s important. Everyone doesn&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on all the time. But you understand the conflict for seniors. You&#x27;ve got to know where you&#x27;re getting your advice from. Exactly. Basically. Folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. When we come back, David Walker should be joining us live. And if you have a question, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re going to address that on next week&#x27;s show, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete and his economics guest discuss the financial implications of the 2012 election. This November 2012 Financial Safari segment examines government policy, the economic outlook, and the questions facing retirees.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437/image.jpg?t=1792071711&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/after-the-2012-election-the-economy-and-retirement-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437/image.jpg?t=1792071711&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Nov 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>683</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d4619e9-b798-44d2-8f3b-b4e3001cd437/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10964991" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/after-the-2012-election-the-economy-and-retirement-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>169</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Economy and Retirement" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>After the 2012 Election: The Economy and Retirement (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>After the 2012 Election: The Economy and Retirement (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>The Financial Safari’s November 2012 post-election discussion continues with Coach Pete and his economics guest. They explore household finances, retirement concerns, and the uncertainty surrounding economic policy at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in. Again, this is the Financial Safari, a special post-election show. I&#x27;m joined on my left by Mr. Frank Roach. He is an economist. He&#x27;s also an economics teacher at Elon University, and he&#x27;s an expert on what we&#x27;re going through right now. He also has his own radio show, WFXRradio.com. He&#x27;s also on 106 periodically, right, Frank? Yeah, from time to time. And so now we&#x27;re waiting for Mr. David Walker. We&#x27;ve been notified he&#x27;s having some travel difficulties on the East Coast, so he&#x27;s trying to get a phone in the airport somewhere. If he doesn&#x27;t come in, we&#x27;ll have him on again in the future. But Frank, let&#x27;s talk about this. This is the beauty of live radio. You never know when someone&#x27;s going to call in or not. But let&#x27;s just talk about what the average consumer can do right now when they&#x27;re looking at their</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> checkbook, they&#x27;re looking at their savings. Maybe they didn&#x27;t like the way the elections came out. Most people I&#x27;ve talked to did not. But what are they going to do now? I mean, are they going to wait four years and then start saving or then start shifting their assets around? Or should they make sure that their assets are working like they should right now? Well, of course, they got to be on it right now. They should be on that on a weekly basis, of course. If you want to manage your personal money, you should be a regular adherent to doing that. But there&#x27;s no, you know, your question begs an answer, an easy answer. You know, show me what to do. It&#x27;s easy. And if you just tell me, we&#x27;ll know. There&#x27;s no simple answer here. You can work harder. You can work more hours. You can reduce your expenditures at your house. You can make better decisions in life. You can get more education. But between now and 2016, in terms of what you can do</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> awaiting political developments, nothing. You should pursue your contentment. You should pursue your happiness. You should pursue more of what you want. And if that&#x27;s working week to week for the paycheck to paycheck, then that means you&#x27;re spending more money than you earn. You need to find ways to reduce those expenditures. This is a challenge in life, Peter. This doesn&#x27;t go away. The vast majority of Americans, you know, we&#x27;re talking food, clothing, shelter. Yeah. Well, I was talking to the writers from CNBC last week, and they were asking me, what is someone going to do about income planning? Because you have a certain amount of money, and you have to manage that money to make sure you don&#x27;t outlive the money. But you also need enough money every single month to pay the bills and have some fun. That&#x27;s what I talk to a lot of retirees about, is having a fun box, we call it. Put a certain amount of money each year and make sure you use that for fun stuff, because life is too short, isn&#x27;t it, Frank?</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> Yeah. And that&#x27;s the nickel and dime aspect of personal finance. Everyone out there that&#x27;s listening right now, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know this already, Peter, you&#x27;ve been hammering on this for years. If you haven&#x27;t done so yet, get a spreadsheet together, either by hand or on your computer, write down your monthly bills, find out where you&#x27;re spending your money. I keep a spreadsheet in my home, I&#x27;ve been doing it for the better part of 25 years, to the dollar. There was a point in my life when I wasn&#x27;t earning as much, it was to the quarter. Whatever it is, you must track your expenditures on a daily basis. Do this for three or four or five months. You&#x27;ll see the pattern develop. This involves you, your wife, your children, your girlfriend, whatever it is, you want to track all that money, get it in a spreadsheet, find the patterns, and then from there you can develop a strategy for making money off your money or increasing your savings by managing your money more properly. It&#x27;s about cash flow management.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> I agree. And folks, what I did several months ago, and I haven&#x27;t done it since then, I made available to the listeners, Frank, my own personal budget worksheet. It&#x27;s not my own numbers, but of course, my own categories. And it&#x27;s worked great for me since basically when I was delivering papers. Of course, I&#x27;ve made a lot of additions to that worksheet. And when I was delivering papers back in the 70s, there was no Excel. It was all on paper, right? Right on paper. So now we&#x27;ve got Excel or PDF. We call it graph paper. Remember the graph paper, that&#x27;s right. So I&#x27;ll make that available to anyone who&#x27;s listening right now. If you want to call and get a copy of that, we&#x27;ll email you my budget worksheets. You can start on your own budget. And it&#x27;s not to be intimidating. It&#x27;s not an intimidating thing. It&#x27;s worse if you don&#x27;t do anything than if you start somewhere. So at least start jotting down or saving your receipts, everything you&#x27;re spending and everything that&#x27;s coming in too, income-wise.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> You cannot make wise investment decisions or saving decisions without knowing where your money&#x27;s going and where it&#x27;s coming from. Coming from is usually pretty easy. That&#x27;s a lump sum paycheck. Yep. And by the way, you want to track your expenditures for Social Security, your payroll taxes, your Social Security taxes, the whole thing. It&#x27;s not hard. You just got to do it on a regular basis. Once you achieve a pattern, you&#x27;ll just zoom through it. I agree. And then we&#x27;ll also do, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;ll do. We&#x27;ll do the budget worksheet as someone calls. We&#x27;ll also offer a no-cost risk analysis just to look at where they are right now, making sure that their portfolio is a little bit more bulletproof than it is today, maybe, or make sure they have the right plan in place. A lot of people have fees they&#x27;re paying each and every year, Frank, they don&#x27;t even know about. So I want to make that offer to folks. If you call right now, 800-661-7383, we&#x27;ll get you the budget worksheet. But if you want to qualify</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> to come in at a no-cost, no-obligation risk analysis meeting with me, you can do that too. I&#x27;ll sit down with you. I&#x27;ll devote at least a half hour, 10 hour for you to however long you want to at least talk about what&#x27;s going on in your own financial world. And if you come in, I&#x27;ll autograph one of my newest books. It&#x27;s Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? You see it up there, Frank, the big poster. Oh, yes. Nice cover. And it&#x27;s Your Practical Guide to Translating the Complex Financial Universe to Protect Your Portfolio from Being Zapped by Shrink Rays. Now, it&#x27;s a funny title, but Frank, you would not believe how many times I&#x27;ve seen people come in, and it is like they had their portfolio zapped by a shrink ray. And what I did is I interviewed 13 different advisors across the nation. I asked them the same eight questions, and then I translated their answers because they gave me gigantic answers, but I shrunk their answers down a little bit, took the fluff out, and told people exactly what they</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> need to do to manage their portfolios going forward. Again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re talking to Mr. Frank Roche. He&#x27;s an economics professor at Elon College. He also has his own radio show, and you can find his show each and every day, wfxrradio.com. We&#x27;re going to have a link to this on our website, financialsafari.com, this whole interview, as well as a link to Frank&#x27;s site, and way to get in touch with Frank. But Frank, now, going forward here, we&#x27;re approaching 2013 at a light speed almost. I mean, you know, this year has flown by, 2012, probably because of the election cycle. Now we&#x27;re in November. I mean, what can someone do right now? We&#x27;ve got this cliff, the fiscal cliff is coming, we&#x27;ve got estate planning that needs to be done, and we&#x27;ve got all sorts of taxes that may be appearing when 2013 does. What should someone do right now?</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> The position right now is risk off for the balance of the year. For those of you who are thinking to allocate capital somewhere, to invest funds somewhere, stay patient for the next 45-odd days. Don&#x27;t do anything. Stay as close to cash as possible. If you&#x27;re in equity positions that are being caught right now in this sell-off since the Obama election on Tuesday, find a price at which you want to get out of that stock. We call that a stop-loss position. Make sure you know what that stop-loss is. Otherwise, stay calm, stay patient. Come after the inauguration in January. You can reassess the outlook at that point for the balance of the year. Stay pat. So the person who&#x27;s saying, hey, I&#x27;ve got to get in the stock market right now because it&#x27;s down, and it may go up in tomorrow. I mean, that&#x27;s not good. That&#x27;s cold. Well, that&#x27;s an investor. That&#x27;s a day trader. And that person, listen, right now, here&#x27;s an opportunity to buy these sell-offs in the S&amp;P 500.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;re at technical levels right here at like $1,395 on just today. If you&#x27;re a day trader or weekly participant in the equity markets, you might want to buy these dips. But for a saver, an investor, someone who&#x27;s managing a portfolio for their future, for the balance of the year, you need to watch out because you&#x27;ve got Greece. We have the decisions in Greece with respect to austerity, another cash flow payment for them to pay their bills. We have the fiscal cliff. We have the chaos related to that fiscal cliff. We have a debt ceiling increase that has to be put in place, by the way, as well. So a lot of volatility. If you&#x27;re not on it full time, you should stay away. There&#x27;s a lot of uncertainty out there right now, isn&#x27;t there? And someone who&#x27;s buying and selling each and every day, it&#x27;s okay if it&#x27;s money you can afford to lose. But I call that Tarzan trading because it&#x27;s like going from one vine to the other, just like Tarzan used to do. And every now and then he might miss a vine. And every now and then</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> you&#x27;ll see a squirrel in the road who&#x27;s not moving anymore. It&#x27;s because he was jumping from one branch to another. And what happened, Frank? He didn&#x27;t get it. Well, here&#x27;s the thing. If you&#x27;re a regular trader, a day trader, of course, we know on the daily basis, thousands of people make their money like this. You&#x27;ve got to keep your stops tight and you&#x27;re going to let those profits run. Otherwise, you will be out of money quickly. Can I make a quick point on a 401k? You&#x27;re mentioning about strategy and portfolios. For people with respect to the 401k world, let&#x27;s make sure we understand we should not participate in our 401k if there&#x27;s no matching and or if you don&#x27;t have any options. If they&#x27;re giving you one option to invest your 401k at your company, don&#x27;t be involved. And make sure you&#x27;re getting matching. Absent matching and options for your 401k, the fees you talked about, Peter, that&#x27;s where the fees are mostly paid in 401k funds because the real end user is disconnected</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> from that cash flow stream. You don&#x27;t see them. You know what I see in 401ks and one of the main culprits of those fees are variable annuity 401ks because you&#x27;re paying someone else to manage your 401k, which you don&#x27;t need that kind of. You&#x27;ve got more and more wrappers around there and each wrapper has more fees on it, Frank. And to me, that&#x27;s criminal because this is someone&#x27;s retirement that they&#x27;re supposed to be saving. And the only retirement that&#x27;s getting funded a lot of times is the broker who put that 401k in. That&#x27;s the moral hazard of these type of national programs. We talk about privatizing Social Security. Can you imagine the moral hazard for the financial community if we did that kind of thing? I mean, there&#x27;d be so many hands in the cookie jar, there wouldn&#x27;t be any cookies left. So we&#x27;ve got about a minute left on the show. Rob, you want to say something? Where did Mr. David Walker go? I was talking to his people and it just became a technical issue with him and his travel. So he apologizes, sends his apologizes. He&#x27;d love to talk to you guys again in the future here sometime.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> I bet he would. But no, we&#x27;ll have him on again. We&#x27;ve had him on several times in the past and he&#x27;s a tremendous economist, but so is Frank. And Frank, we&#x27;ve appreciated having you on the show today. Thank you, Peter. And I&#x27;m going to give you a book here from Rocky Blyer. He&#x27;s a buddy of mine. He&#x27;s a four-time Super Bowl champion with the Pittsburgh Steelers. I remember him well. And it&#x27;s an autograph for you. Thank you very much. Don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. Don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And so, and folks, don&#x27;t forget, you can come in. We can give you the budget worksheet. We can do a no-cost risk analysis, making sure you&#x27;re not in the wrong places. And if you come in, if you give a call right now, I&#x27;ll also give you an autographed copy of my book, Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens. That number to call right now is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383 or visit us at financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> We&#x27;ll see you next week on the Financial Safari. Frank, thanks for visiting with us. Thank you. Great to hear you, guys. And oh, by the way, I want to remind you, next week at 4.30, we have a special edition of the Financial Safari again. But this one is about how to pair wine with the Thanksgiving meal. Because after all, Thanksgiving&#x27;s right around the corner. So we&#x27;re going to have a special show. We&#x27;re going to have a special guest in giving us a wine tasting live on air. And we&#x27;re going to talk about how to pair wine with the food that&#x27;s coming up and what a good wine to bring. If you&#x27;re going to visit relatives or friends, what kind of wine to bring for those occasions. We&#x27;re looking forward to that. Again, that&#x27;s next week on the same station at 4.30. And we&#x27;ll see you next week on the Financial Safari. Coach P Radio.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The Financial Safari’s November 2012 post-election discussion continues with Coach Pete and his economics guest. They explore household finances, retirement concerns, and the uncertainty surrounding economic policy at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in. Again, this is the Financial Safari, a special post-election show. I&#x27;m joined on my left by Mr. Frank Roach. He is an economist. He&#x27;s also an economics teacher at Elon University, and he&#x27;s an expert on what we&#x27;re going through right now. He also has his own radio show, WFXRradio.com. He&#x27;s also on 106 periodically, right, Frank? Yeah, from time to time. And so now we&#x27;re waiting for Mr. David Walker. We&#x27;ve been notified he&#x27;s having some travel difficulties on the East Coast, so he&#x27;s trying to get a phone in the airport somewhere. If he doesn&#x27;t come in, we&#x27;ll have him on again in the future. But Frank, let&#x27;s talk about this. This is the beauty of live radio. You never know when someone&#x27;s going to call in or not. But let&#x27;s just talk about what the average consumer can do right now when they&#x27;re looking at their</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> checkbook, they&#x27;re looking at their savings. Maybe they didn&#x27;t like the way the elections came out. Most people I&#x27;ve talked to did not. But what are they going to do now? I mean, are they going to wait four years and then start saving or then start shifting their assets around? Or should they make sure that their assets are working like they should right now? Well, of course, they got to be on it right now. They should be on that on a weekly basis, of course. If you want to manage your personal money, you should be a regular adherent to doing that. But there&#x27;s no, you know, your question begs an answer, an easy answer. You know, show me what to do. It&#x27;s easy. And if you just tell me, we&#x27;ll know. There&#x27;s no simple answer here. You can work harder. You can work more hours. You can reduce your expenditures at your house. You can make better decisions in life. You can get more education. But between now and 2016, in terms of what you can do</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> awaiting political developments, nothing. You should pursue your contentment. You should pursue your happiness. You should pursue more of what you want. And if that&#x27;s working week to week for the paycheck to paycheck, then that means you&#x27;re spending more money than you earn. You need to find ways to reduce those expenditures. This is a challenge in life, Peter. This doesn&#x27;t go away. The vast majority of Americans, you know, we&#x27;re talking food, clothing, shelter. Yeah. Well, I was talking to the writers from CNBC last week, and they were asking me, what is someone going to do about income planning? Because you have a certain amount of money, and you have to manage that money to make sure you don&#x27;t outlive the money. But you also need enough money every single month to pay the bills and have some fun. That&#x27;s what I talk to a lot of retirees about, is having a fun box, we call it. Put a certain amount of money each year and make sure you use that for fun stuff, because life is too short, isn&#x27;t it, Frank?</p><p><strong>02:16</strong> Yeah. And that&#x27;s the nickel and dime aspect of personal finance. Everyone out there that&#x27;s listening right now, and I&#x27;m sure your listeners know this already, Peter, you&#x27;ve been hammering on this for years. If you haven&#x27;t done so yet, get a spreadsheet together, either by hand or on your computer, write down your monthly bills, find out where you&#x27;re spending your money. I keep a spreadsheet in my home, I&#x27;ve been doing it for the better part of 25 years, to the dollar. There was a point in my life when I wasn&#x27;t earning as much, it was to the quarter. Whatever it is, you must track your expenditures on a daily basis. Do this for three or four or five months. You&#x27;ll see the pattern develop. This involves you, your wife, your children, your girlfriend, whatever it is, you want to track all that money, get it in a spreadsheet, find the patterns, and then from there you can develop a strategy for making money off your money or increasing your savings by managing your money more properly. It&#x27;s about cash flow management.</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> I agree. And folks, what I did several months ago, and I haven&#x27;t done it since then, I made available to the listeners, Frank, my own personal budget worksheet. It&#x27;s not my own numbers, but of course, my own categories. And it&#x27;s worked great for me since basically when I was delivering papers. Of course, I&#x27;ve made a lot of additions to that worksheet. And when I was delivering papers back in the 70s, there was no Excel. It was all on paper, right? Right on paper. So now we&#x27;ve got Excel or PDF. We call it graph paper. Remember the graph paper, that&#x27;s right. So I&#x27;ll make that available to anyone who&#x27;s listening right now. If you want to call and get a copy of that, we&#x27;ll email you my budget worksheets. You can start on your own budget. And it&#x27;s not to be intimidating. It&#x27;s not an intimidating thing. It&#x27;s worse if you don&#x27;t do anything than if you start somewhere. So at least start jotting down or saving your receipts, everything you&#x27;re spending and everything that&#x27;s coming in too, income-wise.</p><p><strong>03:50</strong> You cannot make wise investment decisions or saving decisions without knowing where your money&#x27;s going and where it&#x27;s coming from. Coming from is usually pretty easy. That&#x27;s a lump sum paycheck. Yep. And by the way, you want to track your expenditures for Social Security, your payroll taxes, your Social Security taxes, the whole thing. It&#x27;s not hard. You just got to do it on a regular basis. Once you achieve a pattern, you&#x27;ll just zoom through it. I agree. And then we&#x27;ll also do, here&#x27;s what we&#x27;ll do. We&#x27;ll do the budget worksheet as someone calls. We&#x27;ll also offer a no-cost risk analysis just to look at where they are right now, making sure that their portfolio is a little bit more bulletproof than it is today, maybe, or make sure they have the right plan in place. A lot of people have fees they&#x27;re paying each and every year, Frank, they don&#x27;t even know about. So I want to make that offer to folks. If you call right now, 800-661-7383, we&#x27;ll get you the budget worksheet. But if you want to qualify</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> to come in at a no-cost, no-obligation risk analysis meeting with me, you can do that too. I&#x27;ll sit down with you. I&#x27;ll devote at least a half hour, 10 hour for you to however long you want to at least talk about what&#x27;s going on in your own financial world. And if you come in, I&#x27;ll autograph one of my newest books. It&#x27;s Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? You see it up there, Frank, the big poster. Oh, yes. Nice cover. And it&#x27;s Your Practical Guide to Translating the Complex Financial Universe to Protect Your Portfolio from Being Zapped by Shrink Rays. Now, it&#x27;s a funny title, but Frank, you would not believe how many times I&#x27;ve seen people come in, and it is like they had their portfolio zapped by a shrink ray. And what I did is I interviewed 13 different advisors across the nation. I asked them the same eight questions, and then I translated their answers because they gave me gigantic answers, but I shrunk their answers down a little bit, took the fluff out, and told people exactly what they</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> need to do to manage their portfolios going forward. Again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;re talking to Mr. Frank Roche. He&#x27;s an economics professor at Elon College. He also has his own radio show, and you can find his show each and every day, wfxrradio.com. We&#x27;re going to have a link to this on our website, financialsafari.com, this whole interview, as well as a link to Frank&#x27;s site, and way to get in touch with Frank. But Frank, now, going forward here, we&#x27;re approaching 2013 at a light speed almost. I mean, you know, this year has flown by, 2012, probably because of the election cycle. Now we&#x27;re in November. I mean, what can someone do right now? We&#x27;ve got this cliff, the fiscal cliff is coming, we&#x27;ve got estate planning that needs to be done, and we&#x27;ve got all sorts of taxes that may be appearing when 2013 does. What should someone do right now?</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> The position right now is risk off for the balance of the year. For those of you who are thinking to allocate capital somewhere, to invest funds somewhere, stay patient for the next 45-odd days. Don&#x27;t do anything. Stay as close to cash as possible. If you&#x27;re in equity positions that are being caught right now in this sell-off since the Obama election on Tuesday, find a price at which you want to get out of that stock. We call that a stop-loss position. Make sure you know what that stop-loss is. Otherwise, stay calm, stay patient. Come after the inauguration in January. You can reassess the outlook at that point for the balance of the year. Stay pat. So the person who&#x27;s saying, hey, I&#x27;ve got to get in the stock market right now because it&#x27;s down, and it may go up in tomorrow. I mean, that&#x27;s not good. That&#x27;s cold. Well, that&#x27;s an investor. That&#x27;s a day trader. And that person, listen, right now, here&#x27;s an opportunity to buy these sell-offs in the S&amp;P 500.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;re at technical levels right here at like $1,395 on just today. If you&#x27;re a day trader or weekly participant in the equity markets, you might want to buy these dips. But for a saver, an investor, someone who&#x27;s managing a portfolio for their future, for the balance of the year, you need to watch out because you&#x27;ve got Greece. We have the decisions in Greece with respect to austerity, another cash flow payment for them to pay their bills. We have the fiscal cliff. We have the chaos related to that fiscal cliff. We have a debt ceiling increase that has to be put in place, by the way, as well. So a lot of volatility. If you&#x27;re not on it full time, you should stay away. There&#x27;s a lot of uncertainty out there right now, isn&#x27;t there? And someone who&#x27;s buying and selling each and every day, it&#x27;s okay if it&#x27;s money you can afford to lose. But I call that Tarzan trading because it&#x27;s like going from one vine to the other, just like Tarzan used to do. And every now and then he might miss a vine. And every now and then</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> you&#x27;ll see a squirrel in the road who&#x27;s not moving anymore. It&#x27;s because he was jumping from one branch to another. And what happened, Frank? He didn&#x27;t get it. Well, here&#x27;s the thing. If you&#x27;re a regular trader, a day trader, of course, we know on the daily basis, thousands of people make their money like this. You&#x27;ve got to keep your stops tight and you&#x27;re going to let those profits run. Otherwise, you will be out of money quickly. Can I make a quick point on a 401k? You&#x27;re mentioning about strategy and portfolios. For people with respect to the 401k world, let&#x27;s make sure we understand we should not participate in our 401k if there&#x27;s no matching and or if you don&#x27;t have any options. If they&#x27;re giving you one option to invest your 401k at your company, don&#x27;t be involved. And make sure you&#x27;re getting matching. Absent matching and options for your 401k, the fees you talked about, Peter, that&#x27;s where the fees are mostly paid in 401k funds because the real end user is disconnected</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> from that cash flow stream. You don&#x27;t see them. You know what I see in 401ks and one of the main culprits of those fees are variable annuity 401ks because you&#x27;re paying someone else to manage your 401k, which you don&#x27;t need that kind of. You&#x27;ve got more and more wrappers around there and each wrapper has more fees on it, Frank. And to me, that&#x27;s criminal because this is someone&#x27;s retirement that they&#x27;re supposed to be saving. And the only retirement that&#x27;s getting funded a lot of times is the broker who put that 401k in. That&#x27;s the moral hazard of these type of national programs. We talk about privatizing Social Security. Can you imagine the moral hazard for the financial community if we did that kind of thing? I mean, there&#x27;d be so many hands in the cookie jar, there wouldn&#x27;t be any cookies left. So we&#x27;ve got about a minute left on the show. Rob, you want to say something? Where did Mr. David Walker go? I was talking to his people and it just became a technical issue with him and his travel. So he apologizes, sends his apologizes. He&#x27;d love to talk to you guys again in the future here sometime.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> I bet he would. But no, we&#x27;ll have him on again. We&#x27;ve had him on several times in the past and he&#x27;s a tremendous economist, but so is Frank. And Frank, we&#x27;ve appreciated having you on the show today. Thank you, Peter. And I&#x27;m going to give you a book here from Rocky Blyer. He&#x27;s a buddy of mine. He&#x27;s a four-time Super Bowl champion with the Pittsburgh Steelers. I remember him well. And it&#x27;s an autograph for you. Thank you very much. Don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. Don&#x27;t fumble your retirement. And so, and folks, don&#x27;t forget, you can come in. We can give you the budget worksheet. We can do a no-cost risk analysis, making sure you&#x27;re not in the wrong places. And if you come in, if you give a call right now, I&#x27;ll also give you an autographed copy of my book, Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens. That number to call right now is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383 or visit us at financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> We&#x27;ll see you next week on the Financial Safari. Frank, thanks for visiting with us. Thank you. Great to hear you, guys. And oh, by the way, I want to remind you, next week at 4.30, we have a special edition of the Financial Safari again. But this one is about how to pair wine with the Thanksgiving meal. Because after all, Thanksgiving&#x27;s right around the corner. So we&#x27;re going to have a special show. We&#x27;re going to have a special guest in giving us a wine tasting live on air. And we&#x27;re going to talk about how to pair wine with the food that&#x27;s coming up and what a good wine to bring. If you&#x27;re going to visit relatives or friends, what kind of wine to bring for those occasions. We&#x27;re looking forward to that. Again, that&#x27;s next week on the same station at 4.30. And we&#x27;ll see you next week on the Financial Safari. Coach P Radio.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Information provided is for illustrative purposes only and does not constitute investment, tax, or legal advice. Information has been obtained from sources that are deemed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness cannot be guaranteed. Neither Peter J. Deruta or his guests are liable for the usage of information discussed. Always consult with a qualified investment, legal, or tax professional before taking any action. Annuity guarantees are based solely on the financial strength and claims paying ability of the issuing company. Individuals should thoroughly review the contract for specific details of the product features and costs. Income payments and withdrawals from deferred annuities are generally taxable as ordinary income in the year they are taken.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>The Financial Safari’s November 2012 post-election discussion continues with Coach Pete and his economics guest. They explore household finances, retirement concerns, and the uncertainty surrounding economic policy at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175/image.jpg?t=1792071703&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/after-the-2012-election-the-economy-and-retirement-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175/image.jpg?t=1792071703&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175</guid>
      <omny:clipId>32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Nov 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>698</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32f5d4f2-482b-4085-b452-b4e3001d5175/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11203850" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/after-the-2012-election-the-economy-and-retirement-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>170</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Economy and Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:03:01" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:04" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Bowman: Estate Planning Questions Ahead of 2013</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Bowman: Estate Planning Questions Ahead of 2013</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss estate planning, life insurance, and the uncertainty before 2013. This December 2012 interview examines the tax and insurance changes being debated at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This part of the show, I&#x27;ve got a very excellent guest who&#x27;s going to join us from Topeka, Kansas. His name is Mr. Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Advisors Excel&#x27;s Life Division, and he specializes in wealth transfer strategies. Jim, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. I&#x27;m doing about as good as can be expected, Jim. Now, we&#x27;ve got a freight train coming down the tracks here. About 2013, January 1st, the freight train&#x27;s going to hit us in the form of estate taxes going up, and also in the form of life insurance rates are going to skyrocket potentially because of a process you call AG38. Now, explain to our listeners what that is and how they can overcome this. Yes, AG38 is Actuarial Guidance No. 38,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and this is the actuarial world that truly governs how insurance companies have to reserve for specific products, products, and mainly in the life insurance world, it&#x27;s long-term guarantees, which is what we use for our strategies of wealth transfer to get the cheapest cost of insurance for the maximum benefit to transfer to the beneficiaries or to charities. And so, over the last 10 years, I know life insurance rates have been coming down, so a lot of people have been locking in great rates that they&#x27;ll never have a rate increase for the rest of their life. Is that still possible now until January? It still is possible now until January, and most companies are affected. Some companies had made changes earlier in the year, back in June and July.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And, Coach, just to give your listeners an idea, you&#x27;re going to see potential rate increases, depending on the carrier, from anywhere from 6% to 30%. Yeah, that&#x27;s a big increase. And now, I did read an article, though, just a while back. Even though we&#x27;ve had these great rates on life insurance the last 10 years, still about 70 or more percent of Americans are underinsured, Jim. It is so true. And what&#x27;s happened in our society, that middle America has really not had the benefit of financial planners being able to reach out to them. It&#x27;s a different society than having meetings at your home at the kitchen table to talk about your financial well-being. And that has not been replaced, and that&#x27;s why we have such a void of people who have insurance coverage,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> as well as proper retirement planning. Jim, back in 1992, I worked for a company called American Income Life. It was my very first job in the insurance industry. When I was starting my process of becoming a true financial planner, the first step was getting my insurance license. And I sat down at numerous tables of people. At that kitchen table you&#x27;re talking about, one such couple had just had a baby. And so we put $5,000 worth of insurance on the baby just in case. Jim, three months afterwards, I got a call. The baby passed away. And if it wasn&#x27;t for that $5,000 policy, they wouldn&#x27;t have had a decent funeral for it. You know, and God, that&#x27;s a sad, sad way to start your career, Coach. But it&#x27;s the realities of what we do. You know, our job as financial planners is to make sure the clients are able to meet their goals for retirement,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> as well as, God forbid, something happens premature, the family is protected, whether you&#x27;re protecting a child or the breadwinner&#x27;s income. And even later in life, when people are over 65, 70, you know, you still have to protect the pension and Social Security income because if the main pension goes away because they didn&#x27;t pick the 100% survivor benefit, well, geez, then the spouse, the widow, may have very limited income to have a good quality life. And so life insurance, you know, fits all the way across the board in those scenarios. Now, there have been some cases where folks have used a life insurance policy to supplement their retirement income in a tax-free manner, otherwise known as a Roth IRA alternative, Jim.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> Absolutely. One of the neat things of life insurance, and people cringe when you say life insurance, and I get that, I&#x27;ve dealt with it my whole career, but what I&#x27;m trying to get people to understand, Coach, is life insurance is a separate asset class, and it&#x27;s no different than a mutual fund or an annuity, whether it&#x27;s an indexed or variable or a stock. All those are separate asset classes. The great thing about life insurance as an asset class is it has some special privileges that the other assets do not have. It grows tax-deferred. Benefits go to the beneficiaries tax-free. It can be set up properly outside of your estate, so it can be set up estate tax and gift tax-free.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> No other assets have those benefits. So that&#x27;s some of the beauty, as well as when you build up this cash inside the contract, you can access that tax-free if done properly. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s joining us live from Topeka, Kansas. He&#x27;s president of Advisors XL&#x27;s Life Division, and he specializes in wealth transfer processes and planning. Now, Jim, one of the things that we&#x27;ve seen here lately is long-term care policies. The rates have been skyrocketing, and folks who have been in a long-term care policy are now being told that they&#x27;ll have to pay more just to keep that policy in place. Life insurance, though, has a special provision on some of the policies, which lets you dig into the policy when you&#x27;re still here to pay for long-term care, correct?</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Absolutely, and it&#x27;s one of the best innovative things that have happened in the life insurance business in the last five years is having these long-term care-like benefits to the benefit that is purchased. Not the cash value, but the actual death benefit. If you have a half-a-million-dollar policy, if you cannot perform two of the six assisted daily functions of living, ADLs, you can then tap into that benefit and enjoy those dollars while you&#x27;re living. Enjoy may not be the right word, but insulate your other assets from spending them down because you&#x27;ll have this pool of money to draw from. And it&#x27;s a big reason, Coach, why I would recommend all your listeners who do have life insurance today to give you a call to see if they can qualify for a newer contract.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> It&#x27;s kind of like upgrading your car. You know, you had a model 2008. It was great at the time. Now it&#x27;s 2013 coming in. These models have more options for the consumer, and the new life insurance products are the same. Yeah, so, I mean, is there like an age limit, or can anyone as young as 40 years old qualify for one of these policies that has a long-term care benefit for when they need it in the future? There are a number of different options. Age is only a limit at the upper end, 75, 80 years old. That is where carriers may not offer it. But if you&#x27;re underneath 80 and you&#x27;re in reasonable good health, you don&#x27;t have to be a preferred risk. You don&#x27;t even have to be a standard. You can be a slightly rated. As I get older, I&#x27;m probably not as healthy as I used to be either.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> There are carriers out there that will, A, provide the insurance, and B, provide the rider at no cost up front, and very minimal cost on the back end, to have access to these benefits. Now let me tell you about some of the hearsay I&#x27;ve been listening to out there from folks across the nation when we talk about life insurance with them. And I talk to over 50 different financial advisors each and every week, and they tell us the pulse out there is that people are unsure of the safety of a life insurance company. And, Jim, my only thing is, who&#x27;s floating these rumors? I mean, how safe are life insurance companies, and why are people talking people out of things they should be doing based on the false premise that life insurance companies aren&#x27;t safe? Well, I don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re hearing that or where your listeners are hearing it, but life insurance companies are unbelievably safe.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> You can even go back to the days of the Depression. No life insurance company failed. Now, we did have a buyout with American General, but that was not because of any of the life insurance company issues. That was some aggressive non-insurance-related issues that caused that. And if you look today, that company, AIG slash American General, is still doing very, very well, and they&#x27;ve been paying the government back what was poured into them to provide the safety to the consumers at the point in time. So I think companies are doing fantastic. Yes, they are struggling to make returns because of the low-yield environment, just like every other company, but I don&#x27;t see any insurance company failing in the near future. I&#x27;ll tell you where I think these rumors started,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> and my own brother, who&#x27;s an attorney in Wisconsin, fell for this too back in the 90s. He purchased a variable universal life policy, which the agent who sold it to him promised him he&#x27;d make a fortune if the market went up, but the agent forgot to tell him that when the market went down, he could lose his life insurance policy. Same thing with variable annuities, Jim. Absolutely. And that&#x27;s where it&#x27;s really a shame that some advisors have not done the proper job of advising the upside as well as equally advising the downside. And, you know, I&#x27;ve never been a big proponent of using variable life insurance myself personally because I&#x27;m just not a big fan of risk, so I didn&#x27;t want to put a lot of money into the market on my life insurance. I want to make sure I get some reasonable gain on that.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> I want it controlled where I don&#x27;t lose any money. That&#x27;s where an indexed universal life contract works very well. I have one of those for myself for supplemental retirement, as well as if I pass prematurely, my wife and our children are going to be just fine. So I&#x27;ve never been a big variable fan. It doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re not good contracts, but you have to manage them, and you have to manage them quite frequently as far as what&#x27;s going on in the marketplace. And you know this, Coach, with your experience. You know, the market&#x27;s a scary place if you don&#x27;t like risk. Yeah, and I think that people really need to spend some time, and I&#x27;m amazed at how many people don&#x27;t have enough or any life insurance or ones that have the wrong policies in place, maybe ones that they could lose money if the market goes down. Now, Jim, we&#x27;ll also post this interview live on our financialsafari.com website.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> So, folks, if you joined us late and you want to hear the complete interview, if you want to hear it again, again, that address, www.financialsafari.com. Jim, I want to have you back on in the future. I want to wait to 2013 after we know what the real estate taxes are going to be, and I want to talk about wealth transfer strategies in 2013. How&#x27;s that sound to you? It sounds great. I just hope there&#x27;s a finalization on the estate taxes by then, Pete. I think it&#x27;s going to continue to be a quagmire and really be a problem for people who are indecisive of where this is all going. Yeah, I agree. And, Jim Bowman, thank you for visiting with the Financial Safari, and look forward to having you on again soon. Oh, it&#x27;s always a pleasure. Coach, you have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss estate planning, life insurance, and the uncertainty before 2013. This December 2012 interview examines the tax and insurance changes being debated at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This part of the show, I&#x27;ve got a very excellent guest who&#x27;s going to join us from Topeka, Kansas. His name is Mr. Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Advisors Excel&#x27;s Life Division, and he specializes in wealth transfer strategies. Jim, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great. I&#x27;m doing about as good as can be expected, Jim. Now, we&#x27;ve got a freight train coming down the tracks here. About 2013, January 1st, the freight train&#x27;s going to hit us in the form of estate taxes going up, and also in the form of life insurance rates are going to skyrocket potentially because of a process you call AG38. Now, explain to our listeners what that is and how they can overcome this. Yes, AG38 is Actuarial Guidance No. 38,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and this is the actuarial world that truly governs how insurance companies have to reserve for specific products, products, and mainly in the life insurance world, it&#x27;s long-term guarantees, which is what we use for our strategies of wealth transfer to get the cheapest cost of insurance for the maximum benefit to transfer to the beneficiaries or to charities. And so, over the last 10 years, I know life insurance rates have been coming down, so a lot of people have been locking in great rates that they&#x27;ll never have a rate increase for the rest of their life. Is that still possible now until January? It still is possible now until January, and most companies are affected. Some companies had made changes earlier in the year, back in June and July.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And, Coach, just to give your listeners an idea, you&#x27;re going to see potential rate increases, depending on the carrier, from anywhere from 6% to 30%. Yeah, that&#x27;s a big increase. And now, I did read an article, though, just a while back. Even though we&#x27;ve had these great rates on life insurance the last 10 years, still about 70 or more percent of Americans are underinsured, Jim. It is so true. And what&#x27;s happened in our society, that middle America has really not had the benefit of financial planners being able to reach out to them. It&#x27;s a different society than having meetings at your home at the kitchen table to talk about your financial well-being. And that has not been replaced, and that&#x27;s why we have such a void of people who have insurance coverage,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> as well as proper retirement planning. Jim, back in 1992, I worked for a company called American Income Life. It was my very first job in the insurance industry. When I was starting my process of becoming a true financial planner, the first step was getting my insurance license. And I sat down at numerous tables of people. At that kitchen table you&#x27;re talking about, one such couple had just had a baby. And so we put $5,000 worth of insurance on the baby just in case. Jim, three months afterwards, I got a call. The baby passed away. And if it wasn&#x27;t for that $5,000 policy, they wouldn&#x27;t have had a decent funeral for it. You know, and God, that&#x27;s a sad, sad way to start your career, Coach. But it&#x27;s the realities of what we do. You know, our job as financial planners is to make sure the clients are able to meet their goals for retirement,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> as well as, God forbid, something happens premature, the family is protected, whether you&#x27;re protecting a child or the breadwinner&#x27;s income. And even later in life, when people are over 65, 70, you know, you still have to protect the pension and Social Security income because if the main pension goes away because they didn&#x27;t pick the 100% survivor benefit, well, geez, then the spouse, the widow, may have very limited income to have a good quality life. And so life insurance, you know, fits all the way across the board in those scenarios. Now, there have been some cases where folks have used a life insurance policy to supplement their retirement income in a tax-free manner, otherwise known as a Roth IRA alternative, Jim.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> Absolutely. One of the neat things of life insurance, and people cringe when you say life insurance, and I get that, I&#x27;ve dealt with it my whole career, but what I&#x27;m trying to get people to understand, Coach, is life insurance is a separate asset class, and it&#x27;s no different than a mutual fund or an annuity, whether it&#x27;s an indexed or variable or a stock. All those are separate asset classes. The great thing about life insurance as an asset class is it has some special privileges that the other assets do not have. It grows tax-deferred. Benefits go to the beneficiaries tax-free. It can be set up properly outside of your estate, so it can be set up estate tax and gift tax-free.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> No other assets have those benefits. So that&#x27;s some of the beauty, as well as when you build up this cash inside the contract, you can access that tax-free if done properly. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s joining us live from Topeka, Kansas. He&#x27;s president of Advisors XL&#x27;s Life Division, and he specializes in wealth transfer processes and planning. Now, Jim, one of the things that we&#x27;ve seen here lately is long-term care policies. The rates have been skyrocketing, and folks who have been in a long-term care policy are now being told that they&#x27;ll have to pay more just to keep that policy in place. Life insurance, though, has a special provision on some of the policies, which lets you dig into the policy when you&#x27;re still here to pay for long-term care, correct?</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> Absolutely, and it&#x27;s one of the best innovative things that have happened in the life insurance business in the last five years is having these long-term care-like benefits to the benefit that is purchased. Not the cash value, but the actual death benefit. If you have a half-a-million-dollar policy, if you cannot perform two of the six assisted daily functions of living, ADLs, you can then tap into that benefit and enjoy those dollars while you&#x27;re living. Enjoy may not be the right word, but insulate your other assets from spending them down because you&#x27;ll have this pool of money to draw from. And it&#x27;s a big reason, Coach, why I would recommend all your listeners who do have life insurance today to give you a call to see if they can qualify for a newer contract.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> It&#x27;s kind of like upgrading your car. You know, you had a model 2008. It was great at the time. Now it&#x27;s 2013 coming in. These models have more options for the consumer, and the new life insurance products are the same. Yeah, so, I mean, is there like an age limit, or can anyone as young as 40 years old qualify for one of these policies that has a long-term care benefit for when they need it in the future? There are a number of different options. Age is only a limit at the upper end, 75, 80 years old. That is where carriers may not offer it. But if you&#x27;re underneath 80 and you&#x27;re in reasonable good health, you don&#x27;t have to be a preferred risk. You don&#x27;t even have to be a standard. You can be a slightly rated. As I get older, I&#x27;m probably not as healthy as I used to be either.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> There are carriers out there that will, A, provide the insurance, and B, provide the rider at no cost up front, and very minimal cost on the back end, to have access to these benefits. Now let me tell you about some of the hearsay I&#x27;ve been listening to out there from folks across the nation when we talk about life insurance with them. And I talk to over 50 different financial advisors each and every week, and they tell us the pulse out there is that people are unsure of the safety of a life insurance company. And, Jim, my only thing is, who&#x27;s floating these rumors? I mean, how safe are life insurance companies, and why are people talking people out of things they should be doing based on the false premise that life insurance companies aren&#x27;t safe? Well, I don&#x27;t know where you&#x27;re hearing that or where your listeners are hearing it, but life insurance companies are unbelievably safe.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> You can even go back to the days of the Depression. No life insurance company failed. Now, we did have a buyout with American General, but that was not because of any of the life insurance company issues. That was some aggressive non-insurance-related issues that caused that. And if you look today, that company, AIG slash American General, is still doing very, very well, and they&#x27;ve been paying the government back what was poured into them to provide the safety to the consumers at the point in time. So I think companies are doing fantastic. Yes, they are struggling to make returns because of the low-yield environment, just like every other company, but I don&#x27;t see any insurance company failing in the near future. I&#x27;ll tell you where I think these rumors started,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> and my own brother, who&#x27;s an attorney in Wisconsin, fell for this too back in the 90s. He purchased a variable universal life policy, which the agent who sold it to him promised him he&#x27;d make a fortune if the market went up, but the agent forgot to tell him that when the market went down, he could lose his life insurance policy. Same thing with variable annuities, Jim. Absolutely. And that&#x27;s where it&#x27;s really a shame that some advisors have not done the proper job of advising the upside as well as equally advising the downside. And, you know, I&#x27;ve never been a big proponent of using variable life insurance myself personally because I&#x27;m just not a big fan of risk, so I didn&#x27;t want to put a lot of money into the market on my life insurance. I want to make sure I get some reasonable gain on that.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> I want it controlled where I don&#x27;t lose any money. That&#x27;s where an indexed universal life contract works very well. I have one of those for myself for supplemental retirement, as well as if I pass prematurely, my wife and our children are going to be just fine. So I&#x27;ve never been a big variable fan. It doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re not good contracts, but you have to manage them, and you have to manage them quite frequently as far as what&#x27;s going on in the marketplace. And you know this, Coach, with your experience. You know, the market&#x27;s a scary place if you don&#x27;t like risk. Yeah, and I think that people really need to spend some time, and I&#x27;m amazed at how many people don&#x27;t have enough or any life insurance or ones that have the wrong policies in place, maybe ones that they could lose money if the market goes down. Now, Jim, we&#x27;ll also post this interview live on our financialsafari.com website.</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> So, folks, if you joined us late and you want to hear the complete interview, if you want to hear it again, again, that address, www.financialsafari.com. Jim, I want to have you back on in the future. I want to wait to 2013 after we know what the real estate taxes are going to be, and I want to talk about wealth transfer strategies in 2013. How&#x27;s that sound to you? It sounds great. I just hope there&#x27;s a finalization on the estate taxes by then, Pete. I think it&#x27;s going to continue to be a quagmire and really be a problem for people who are indecisive of where this is all going. Yeah, I agree. And, Jim Bowman, thank you for visiting with the Financial Safari, and look forward to having you on again soon. Oh, it&#x27;s always a pleasure. Coach, you have a great day. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss estate planning, life insurance, and the uncertainty before 2013. This December 2012 interview examines the tax and insurance changes being debated at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Bowman</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Bowman, tax planning, estate planning, life insurance</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c/image.jpg?t=1792072762&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-estate-planning-questions-ahead-of-2013/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c/image.jpg?t=1792072762&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Nov 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>674</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ebd26ea7-e4ef-4ce8-a0ef-b4e20142595c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10812757" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-estate-planning-questions-ahead-of-2013</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>171</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Estate Planning Questions Ahead of 2013" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:36" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:04" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chuck Woolery: Television, Senior Advocacy, and the Healthcare Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Chuck Woolery: Television, Senior Advocacy, and the Healthcare Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this week we have a very special guest. I remember him from back in the day when I watched a lot of TV. His name is Mr. Chuck Woolery, and you&#x27;ll remember him from shows like The Love Connection, The Dating Game. He was also the first host on The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975, and he&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Austin, Texas. Chuck, welcome into the show. Well, thanks, Coach. Nice to be with you. Now, what has Chuck Woolery been up to lately? Well, mostly just fishing. I do a lot of bass fishing because that&#x27;s what I moved here for, and have my family here, and, you know, just working, tweeting 24 hours a day, it seems, and keeping up with what&#x27;s happening in politics and staying</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> active in that, and representing a few people around the country, and looking toward doing a new show on a network that I can&#x27;t talk about, so don&#x27;t ask me. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about politics for a minute, and specifically what AARP did in promoting the Obamacare. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really funny. I have to put a disclaimer up here because I&#x27;m involved with a company that is really counter AARP. I work for a company called Generation America, which is a very conservative company that does basically the same thing as AARP does, so I really need to put that disclaimer out to let people know that I do have a dog in this fight, and yet, as a senior, I am stunned by some of the things that AARP has done. On December 5th, for instance, in 2009, Jim Messina, who&#x27;s the deputy chief of staff in the White House, he sent an email to Nancy</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Lamont, who&#x27;s a senior vice president at AARP. Now, you understand, these people are nonpartisan. That&#x27;s what they say. They come out and they say, we&#x27;re nonpartisan. We&#x27;re not, you know, for any group or anything like that. We only care about seniors. And here&#x27;s what he said. We need Barry Rand, CEO of AARP, this is an email, by the way, to go meet with Ben Nelson, the Nebraska representative. You remember he was kind of the swing vote. Right. To personally just lay it on the line. We will be with you. We will protect you. But if you kill this bill, seniors will never forget, we&#x27;re at 59. We have to have you to win. I mean, excuse me? So they&#x27;re not only lobbying. And by the way, that&#x27;s one of, I don&#x27;t know, 70 emails that they had between senior people in the White House that AARP had between senior people in the White House.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And this came through, some of it came through the Freedom of Information Act. And some of it came from insiders at AARP. And of course, we can&#x27;t mention who they are. But I mean, when you&#x27;re talking about Jim Messina, who&#x27;s deputy chief of staff at the White House, talking to Barry Rand, who&#x27;s CEO of AARP, and then Ben Nelson, who&#x27;s the swing vote for, you know, Obamacare, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing. And then they go on in some of these emails and they say, well, you know, our membership really isn&#x27;t for this, like 14 to 1. They&#x27;re against it. But we have to come out and show that we&#x27;re nonpartisan and it&#x27;s really for their benefit. Well, for their benefit, here&#x27;s what their benefit is. AARP is a nonprofit organization, right? Right. That will make about a billion dollars a year from Medigap. If it hadn&#x27;t been for AARP, quite</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> frankly, Obamacare probably would not have passed. Without a doubt, it wouldn&#x27;t have passed. And they pressured Ben Nelson from Nebraska and just, you know, they put it on him, man. Now, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, AARP, has it always been this political? Because, I mean, I don&#x27;t remember it being this political back in the day. Well, the problem is you don&#x27;t remember it being this political because it&#x27;s never been brought to the forefront. It&#x27;s kind of one of those things that goes under the radar. And we&#x27;ve been working on this because we knew it was going on, but nobody was talking about it. So we kind of started investigating and saying, you know, what the heck is going on? These guys are very left wing. And which is why, you know, Generation America was started because it&#x27;s on the right side. So we began to investigate, look at them, and they are the big dog in the room, man. I mean, they are just the gorilla in the room because, you know, you&#x27;re talking about a multi-billion dollar</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> corporation that is non-profit and they will, everybody was scared to death to go after them and bring this stuff up. And quite frankly, we&#x27;ve just kind of put it on the line and said, you know what, why should seniors, number one, be uninformed, number two, be taken advantage of, and number three, not have a choice? And so, you know, they wrap all their commercials in this kind of we&#x27;re non-partisan and we&#x27;re out for seniors and all this kind of stuff. Well, making tons of money and pushing Obamacare through. That&#x27;s basically what they did. And there&#x27;s so many aspects of the Obamacare that we don&#x27;t even realize yet, or we haven&#x27;t even felt the true impact of it, have we? Oh my God. The cost of insurance will go up probably $95 per senior. I mean, it is truly amazing. It&#x27;s just amazing the stuff that&#x27;s embedded in this that people will never know about until the bill comes and they&#x27;ll say, well, why did this happen?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> So, you know, they&#x27;re really worried about their non-profit tax-exempt status. They&#x27;re tax-exempt, by the way, on top of everything else, being jeopardized if they coordinate with any political party. Well, they&#x27;ve done more. I mean, coordinate, excuse me there. I have, if you go to Generation America&#x27;s site, it&#x27;s generationamerica.com. We have like 70 emails that we&#x27;ve posted just to inform seniors so that they know what AARP&#x27;s been up to. Well, it&#x27;s important to keep people informed. And folks, we are talking to Chuck Woolery. He&#x27;s former game show host of The Love Connection and The Dating Game, as well as many other ones. He also was the first host of The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975. Chuck, what else can we learn here from what&#x27;s going on with AARP and the media ignoring it? I mean, what&#x27;s going on today in</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> society that people just won&#x27;t ask the tough questions? Well, you know, I really don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve got a real war with the mainstream media that&#x27;s personal. It&#x27;s my own personal war, but I&#x27;m sure a lot of other people do too. It just seems that nobody will go after the hard questions today and ask these people, you know, what they&#x27;re for, what they&#x27;re against, what&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s very, very political. And so with politics, you know, the left hand never knows what the right hand is doing, and it&#x27;s tough. People work for a living. They don&#x27;t pay attention to a lot of this stuff. I mean, AARP&#x27;s been around for a long, long time. People know it. They trust it. And yet the talking points at AARP and the White House is just, it&#x27;s an unethical relationship that people need to know about. And so at least, you know, we&#x27;re bringing it to the forefront. And look, we have a certain profit motive</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> involved in it because we have, you know, the other choice, but you need to know what the heck you&#x27;re involved with. And so that&#x27;s why we&#x27;re talking about it. I mean, we got, you know, confidential emails between AARP and the White House and their strategies to get Obamacare passed and multiple emails that show AARP knew their members were opposed 14 to 1, but they worked to get it passed to protect their future profits. That&#x27;s basically what they&#x27;re all about. They&#x27;re a profit, you know, so are we, but not to the expense of our members. I mean, we&#x27;re not going to lie to our members. We&#x27;re not going to misrepresent to our members. At least they know what we are and what we&#x27;re about. And they just, they&#x27;ve lied and misrepresented. You know, it&#x27;s just, when you read these emails, it&#x27;s breathtaking. It really is. So when people pay their AARP dues to get the discounts, what they are doing in effect is</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> financing a political machine, aren&#x27;t they? They&#x27;re financing a lobbying group, a left lobbying group. That&#x27;s exactly what it is. Look, I don&#x27;t resent anybody doing well and making money and we&#x27;re a capitalist society. I believe in that, but I don&#x27;t believe in it to the point where you, you misrepresent to your membership who you&#x27;re supposed to be protecting, frankly. Now, Chuck, you had over 2,000 episodes of Love Connection. You were, again, the Wheel of Fortune. You had a show called Lingo on the Game Show Network. It was the number one show. You&#x27;ve been on QVC. I mean, you&#x27;re supposed to, didn&#x27;t you ever hear that you&#x27;re supposed to relax in retirement, Chuck? You know, somebody asked me, he said, well, will you retire? And I said, no, I didn&#x27;t retire. I just moved. You know, I&#x27;m one of those guys that I&#x27;ll retire when I die. You put me in the coffin</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with my boots on. I really, number one, I really like to work. I like people. I like talking with them and enjoy their conversations and points of view. And so I&#x27;ll always work and, you know, represent companies that I believe in and like. And so it&#x27;s nice that I have this time in my life where I can make the choices that I want to make. But yeah, I just, I love show business. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s get into a time machine and let&#x27;s go 10 years into the future and let&#x27;s pretend that nothing ever happens. Obamacare is still here in 10 years. What does the country look like at that time? Well, it&#x27;ll look like Western Europe. We&#x27;ve been moving toward that since 1880, really. I mean, with progressivism that came out of Germany, that&#x27;s really where it came from and kind of filtered down through our college PhDs. And then Woodrow Wilson was, well, Woodrow</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Wilson was the second progressive president, the first progressive president, really Theodore Roosevelt, who was a Republican. So Republican was the first. And the word progressive and liberal are just kind of the same. It&#x27;s just that progressives are a little more dangerous than liberals. Most progressives have no idea who they are and what they are. So by the way, you can go to heritage.com and look up what progressive is and how it started and what they are. It&#x27;s basically socialism. It&#x27;s linked with every kind of fascism and Marxism around the world. I mean, it&#x27;s dangerous stuff. So as people don&#x27;t pay attention and they don&#x27;t know much about their history and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about, they listen to the platitudes and they&#x27;re kind of carried on a wave of comfort until they hit the boulder in the middle of the ocean and then it&#x27;s all over. But it&#x27;s over before they know it.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> So I feel like this whole progressive socialist kind of template that&#x27;s been constructed for us since the late 1880s and came to fruition in the early 1900s and really Calvin Coolidge was an interruption to it in 1920, 21, and then kind of came right back in with FDR. And I mean, I guarantee you there are people out there that have no idea the history of FDR and realize that he hated the constitution. He wanted a new constitution. He wanted a progressive constitution. Most people don&#x27;t know that about him. They don&#x27;t know that about Woodrow Wilson. They don&#x27;t know that the government, for instance, in many government offices, there were blacks and whites in all of these high positions. And by the time Woodrow Wilson came in, he completely desegregated the entire government. Did you know that? I had no idea. He desegregated the government. And all of a</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> sudden now we start with segregation, real bad segregation, not that there wasn&#x27;t racism, but I&#x27;m talking about government segregation. And then we came through this whole thing. I mean, the history of this country, if people just go back and look and try to figure out what the real history of it is, it&#x27;s very interesting. And so I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m an anti-progressive person. I don&#x27;t like it. When Hillary Clinton came out and said she was a progressive about, I don&#x27;t know, four or five years ago, I had no idea what she was talking about. And then I started to study it and look at it and realized I knew very little about the history of this country. And I was kind of upset because my teachers hadn&#x27;t taught me. Well, Chuck, what were you also served two years in the Navy? And we&#x27;re all thankful for that as well. I did. Actually, I was about six years. I was in the reserve for four of those years and two on active duty. And I got to spend about three months off Jamaica,</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> not on Jamaica, but off Jamaica during the Cuban Missile Crisis. So that was about as close as I ever came to, you know, real action. But thank God the Russians blinked on that one. Absolutely. Now, Chuck, we&#x27;d love to have you on after the election sometime to analyze what&#x27;s going on. How&#x27;s that sound? Thank you. I&#x27;ll give you my prediction. Yeah. Would you like to have my prediction? I sure would. And I believe this, and I&#x27;ve said this since he was nominated, I believe it will be Mitt Romney in a landslide. I think all of these polls and all this stuff is just to make it a horse race. It&#x27;s not about the country. It&#x27;s about the ratings. Well, good. Chuck, worry his prediction. And we&#x27;ll talk about that afterwards. All right, buddy. We usually say we&#x27;ll be right back. But before we go to the break, I want you to do what you used to do. And we&#x27;d leave the love connection for a break. What would you say then? And we&#x27;ll be back in two and two. And two and two.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Thanks, folks. Chuck, thanks for your time today. All right. Thanks. Thanks, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this week we have a very special guest. I remember him from back in the day when I watched a lot of TV. His name is Mr. Chuck Woolery, and you&#x27;ll remember him from shows like The Love Connection, The Dating Game. He was also the first host on The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975, and he&#x27;s joining us from just outside of Austin, Texas. Chuck, welcome into the show. Well, thanks, Coach. Nice to be with you. Now, what has Chuck Woolery been up to lately? Well, mostly just fishing. I do a lot of bass fishing because that&#x27;s what I moved here for, and have my family here, and, you know, just working, tweeting 24 hours a day, it seems, and keeping up with what&#x27;s happening in politics and staying</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> active in that, and representing a few people around the country, and looking toward doing a new show on a network that I can&#x27;t talk about, so don&#x27;t ask me. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about politics for a minute, and specifically what AARP did in promoting the Obamacare. Well, you know, it&#x27;s really funny. I have to put a disclaimer up here because I&#x27;m involved with a company that is really counter AARP. I work for a company called Generation America, which is a very conservative company that does basically the same thing as AARP does, so I really need to put that disclaimer out to let people know that I do have a dog in this fight, and yet, as a senior, I am stunned by some of the things that AARP has done. On December 5th, for instance, in 2009, Jim Messina, who&#x27;s the deputy chief of staff in the White House, he sent an email to Nancy</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Lamont, who&#x27;s a senior vice president at AARP. Now, you understand, these people are nonpartisan. That&#x27;s what they say. They come out and they say, we&#x27;re nonpartisan. We&#x27;re not, you know, for any group or anything like that. We only care about seniors. And here&#x27;s what he said. We need Barry Rand, CEO of AARP, this is an email, by the way, to go meet with Ben Nelson, the Nebraska representative. You remember he was kind of the swing vote. Right. To personally just lay it on the line. We will be with you. We will protect you. But if you kill this bill, seniors will never forget, we&#x27;re at 59. We have to have you to win. I mean, excuse me? So they&#x27;re not only lobbying. And by the way, that&#x27;s one of, I don&#x27;t know, 70 emails that they had between senior people in the White House that AARP had between senior people in the White House.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And this came through, some of it came through the Freedom of Information Act. And some of it came from insiders at AARP. And of course, we can&#x27;t mention who they are. But I mean, when you&#x27;re talking about Jim Messina, who&#x27;s deputy chief of staff at the White House, talking to Barry Rand, who&#x27;s CEO of AARP, and then Ben Nelson, who&#x27;s the swing vote for, you know, Obamacare, I mean, it&#x27;s just amazing. And then they go on in some of these emails and they say, well, you know, our membership really isn&#x27;t for this, like 14 to 1. They&#x27;re against it. But we have to come out and show that we&#x27;re nonpartisan and it&#x27;s really for their benefit. Well, for their benefit, here&#x27;s what their benefit is. AARP is a nonprofit organization, right? Right. That will make about a billion dollars a year from Medigap. If it hadn&#x27;t been for AARP, quite</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> frankly, Obamacare probably would not have passed. Without a doubt, it wouldn&#x27;t have passed. And they pressured Ben Nelson from Nebraska and just, you know, they put it on him, man. Now, Chuck, let&#x27;s talk about, I mean, AARP, has it always been this political? Because, I mean, I don&#x27;t remember it being this political back in the day. Well, the problem is you don&#x27;t remember it being this political because it&#x27;s never been brought to the forefront. It&#x27;s kind of one of those things that goes under the radar. And we&#x27;ve been working on this because we knew it was going on, but nobody was talking about it. So we kind of started investigating and saying, you know, what the heck is going on? These guys are very left wing. And which is why, you know, Generation America was started because it&#x27;s on the right side. So we began to investigate, look at them, and they are the big dog in the room, man. I mean, they are just the gorilla in the room because, you know, you&#x27;re talking about a multi-billion dollar</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> corporation that is non-profit and they will, everybody was scared to death to go after them and bring this stuff up. And quite frankly, we&#x27;ve just kind of put it on the line and said, you know what, why should seniors, number one, be uninformed, number two, be taken advantage of, and number three, not have a choice? And so, you know, they wrap all their commercials in this kind of we&#x27;re non-partisan and we&#x27;re out for seniors and all this kind of stuff. Well, making tons of money and pushing Obamacare through. That&#x27;s basically what they did. And there&#x27;s so many aspects of the Obamacare that we don&#x27;t even realize yet, or we haven&#x27;t even felt the true impact of it, have we? Oh my God. The cost of insurance will go up probably $95 per senior. I mean, it is truly amazing. It&#x27;s just amazing the stuff that&#x27;s embedded in this that people will never know about until the bill comes and they&#x27;ll say, well, why did this happen?</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> So, you know, they&#x27;re really worried about their non-profit tax-exempt status. They&#x27;re tax-exempt, by the way, on top of everything else, being jeopardized if they coordinate with any political party. Well, they&#x27;ve done more. I mean, coordinate, excuse me there. I have, if you go to Generation America&#x27;s site, it&#x27;s generationamerica.com. We have like 70 emails that we&#x27;ve posted just to inform seniors so that they know what AARP&#x27;s been up to. Well, it&#x27;s important to keep people informed. And folks, we are talking to Chuck Woolery. He&#x27;s former game show host of The Love Connection and The Dating Game, as well as many other ones. He also was the first host of The Wheel of Fortune back in 1975. Chuck, what else can we learn here from what&#x27;s going on with AARP and the media ignoring it? I mean, what&#x27;s going on today in</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> society that people just won&#x27;t ask the tough questions? Well, you know, I really don&#x27;t know. I&#x27;ve got a real war with the mainstream media that&#x27;s personal. It&#x27;s my own personal war, but I&#x27;m sure a lot of other people do too. It just seems that nobody will go after the hard questions today and ask these people, you know, what they&#x27;re for, what they&#x27;re against, what&#x27;s going on. It&#x27;s very, very political. And so with politics, you know, the left hand never knows what the right hand is doing, and it&#x27;s tough. People work for a living. They don&#x27;t pay attention to a lot of this stuff. I mean, AARP&#x27;s been around for a long, long time. People know it. They trust it. And yet the talking points at AARP and the White House is just, it&#x27;s an unethical relationship that people need to know about. And so at least, you know, we&#x27;re bringing it to the forefront. And look, we have a certain profit motive</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> involved in it because we have, you know, the other choice, but you need to know what the heck you&#x27;re involved with. And so that&#x27;s why we&#x27;re talking about it. I mean, we got, you know, confidential emails between AARP and the White House and their strategies to get Obamacare passed and multiple emails that show AARP knew their members were opposed 14 to 1, but they worked to get it passed to protect their future profits. That&#x27;s basically what they&#x27;re all about. They&#x27;re a profit, you know, so are we, but not to the expense of our members. I mean, we&#x27;re not going to lie to our members. We&#x27;re not going to misrepresent to our members. At least they know what we are and what we&#x27;re about. And they just, they&#x27;ve lied and misrepresented. You know, it&#x27;s just, when you read these emails, it&#x27;s breathtaking. It really is. So when people pay their AARP dues to get the discounts, what they are doing in effect is</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> financing a political machine, aren&#x27;t they? They&#x27;re financing a lobbying group, a left lobbying group. That&#x27;s exactly what it is. Look, I don&#x27;t resent anybody doing well and making money and we&#x27;re a capitalist society. I believe in that, but I don&#x27;t believe in it to the point where you, you misrepresent to your membership who you&#x27;re supposed to be protecting, frankly. Now, Chuck, you had over 2,000 episodes of Love Connection. You were, again, the Wheel of Fortune. You had a show called Lingo on the Game Show Network. It was the number one show. You&#x27;ve been on QVC. I mean, you&#x27;re supposed to, didn&#x27;t you ever hear that you&#x27;re supposed to relax in retirement, Chuck? You know, somebody asked me, he said, well, will you retire? And I said, no, I didn&#x27;t retire. I just moved. You know, I&#x27;m one of those guys that I&#x27;ll retire when I die. You put me in the coffin</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with my boots on. I really, number one, I really like to work. I like people. I like talking with them and enjoy their conversations and points of view. And so I&#x27;ll always work and, you know, represent companies that I believe in and like. And so it&#x27;s nice that I have this time in my life where I can make the choices that I want to make. But yeah, I just, I love show business. Well, Chuck, let&#x27;s get into a time machine and let&#x27;s go 10 years into the future and let&#x27;s pretend that nothing ever happens. Obamacare is still here in 10 years. What does the country look like at that time? Well, it&#x27;ll look like Western Europe. We&#x27;ve been moving toward that since 1880, really. I mean, with progressivism that came out of Germany, that&#x27;s really where it came from and kind of filtered down through our college PhDs. And then Woodrow Wilson was, well, Woodrow</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> Wilson was the second progressive president, the first progressive president, really Theodore Roosevelt, who was a Republican. So Republican was the first. And the word progressive and liberal are just kind of the same. It&#x27;s just that progressives are a little more dangerous than liberals. Most progressives have no idea who they are and what they are. So by the way, you can go to heritage.com and look up what progressive is and how it started and what they are. It&#x27;s basically socialism. It&#x27;s linked with every kind of fascism and Marxism around the world. I mean, it&#x27;s dangerous stuff. So as people don&#x27;t pay attention and they don&#x27;t know much about their history and they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about, they listen to the platitudes and they&#x27;re kind of carried on a wave of comfort until they hit the boulder in the middle of the ocean and then it&#x27;s all over. But it&#x27;s over before they know it.</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> So I feel like this whole progressive socialist kind of template that&#x27;s been constructed for us since the late 1880s and came to fruition in the early 1900s and really Calvin Coolidge was an interruption to it in 1920, 21, and then kind of came right back in with FDR. And I mean, I guarantee you there are people out there that have no idea the history of FDR and realize that he hated the constitution. He wanted a new constitution. He wanted a progressive constitution. Most people don&#x27;t know that about him. They don&#x27;t know that about Woodrow Wilson. They don&#x27;t know that the government, for instance, in many government offices, there were blacks and whites in all of these high positions. And by the time Woodrow Wilson came in, he completely desegregated the entire government. Did you know that? I had no idea. He desegregated the government. And all of a</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> sudden now we start with segregation, real bad segregation, not that there wasn&#x27;t racism, but I&#x27;m talking about government segregation. And then we came through this whole thing. I mean, the history of this country, if people just go back and look and try to figure out what the real history of it is, it&#x27;s very interesting. And so I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m an anti-progressive person. I don&#x27;t like it. When Hillary Clinton came out and said she was a progressive about, I don&#x27;t know, four or five years ago, I had no idea what she was talking about. And then I started to study it and look at it and realized I knew very little about the history of this country. And I was kind of upset because my teachers hadn&#x27;t taught me. Well, Chuck, what were you also served two years in the Navy? And we&#x27;re all thankful for that as well. I did. Actually, I was about six years. I was in the reserve for four of those years and two on active duty. And I got to spend about three months off Jamaica,</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> not on Jamaica, but off Jamaica during the Cuban Missile Crisis. So that was about as close as I ever came to, you know, real action. But thank God the Russians blinked on that one. Absolutely. Now, Chuck, we&#x27;d love to have you on after the election sometime to analyze what&#x27;s going on. How&#x27;s that sound? Thank you. I&#x27;ll give you my prediction. Yeah. Would you like to have my prediction? I sure would. And I believe this, and I&#x27;ve said this since he was nominated, I believe it will be Mitt Romney in a landslide. I think all of these polls and all this stuff is just to make it a horse race. It&#x27;s not about the country. It&#x27;s about the ratings. Well, good. Chuck, worry his prediction. And we&#x27;ll talk about that afterwards. All right, buddy. We usually say we&#x27;ll be right back. But before we go to the break, I want you to do what you used to do. And we&#x27;d leave the love connection for a break. What would you say then? And we&#x27;ll be back in two and two. And two and two.</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> Thanks, folks. Chuck, thanks for your time today. All right. Thanks. Thanks, folks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chuck Woolery joins Coach Pete for an archive conversation about life after television, senior advocacy, and healthcare politics. He shares his views on AARP, Generation America, and the Affordable Care Act.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chuck Woolery</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chuck Woolery, healthcare, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/image.jpg?t=1792073461&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-woolery/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/image.jpg?t=1792073461&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Nov 2012 15:31:21 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>723</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b8f7936d-f060-4f76-be6c-b235010ffefc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11597185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-woolery</link>
      <itunes:order>172</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Chuck Woolery" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dale Ledbetter: How Wall Street Rips You Off</title>
      <itunes:title>Dale Ledbetter: How Wall Street Rips You Off</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, we have a very special guest this week. His name is Mr. Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale, Florida. He&#x27;s got a great book out, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. You know, Dale spent over 40 years in the securities industry, many of which were spent representing victims of investment fraud and abuse. He&#x27;s a securities attorney, and he felt that few books offered comprehensive takes on the obstacles and difficulties that the average investor faces. And Dale, I&#x27;m going to let you tell us about your book because you&#x27;re with us on here, but great book and welcome onto the show. Well, thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s really an honor to be on your show. I&#x27;ve followed you for years, and it&#x27;s an honor. We got together, my paralegal, Cunningbecker and I, and decided to write the book</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> because we&#x27;ve seen so many lives devastated and hearts broken, and we found that next to life itself and health and family and in some cases faith, the next most important thing to people was their money because they couldn&#x27;t enjoy those other things without money. And we just saw pattern after pattern, situation after situation where people were being ripped off. And what we saw were a lot of books written telling people how to get rich and a lot of books describing crises and problems, but nothing that combined the specifics, the ways Wall Street was ripping people off and the specific ways in which people could arm and defend themselves so they didn&#x27;t become a victim. And that was the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> goal of this book. Can you give us a couple examples of, now when we hear about people being scammed or sometimes it&#x27;s people&#x27;s own greed takes place, but many times people are trusting their advisor and their advisors leading them down the wrong path, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And we find that the vast majority of products in the marketplace today are not bought, they&#x27;re sold. And unfortunately, the products that have the largest commissions seem to be the ones that are sold most aggressively. And it&#x27;s true, some people day trade and they do things on their own. But I can just give you one example. We represented a lady who was 100 years old at the time and the firm had concentrated her in 99% of her portfolio in one holding. And when she lost all</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> of her money, they defended the case by saying that she had 60 years of investment experience. And we can just give you story after story of people who trusted the firm and in many cases, even the brokers within those firms, they don&#x27;t set out to hurt people, Pete. They&#x27;re selling what they&#x27;re told to sell, what they&#x27;re required to sell. And time after time, you get into structured finance products and asset-backed securities and things that the average individual has no business owning. And the brokers that are selling them don&#x27;t understand them at all. They&#x27;re just told to sell them and they do what they&#x27;re told. That&#x27;s a key point these days, Dale. A lot of times, the financial salespeople, they&#x27;ll hide behind different designations or whatever, but their</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> salespeople, a lot of times, they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re selling, do they? No, not at all. And it&#x27;s frightening when you get into a hearing when we represent people and you ask the brokers at 20 years experience and all to explain the product and they don&#x27;t have a clue. And then your client comes on who&#x27;s a brain surgeon or does open heart surgery. And they say he is a sophisticated investor who fully understood them because for 10 years, he&#x27;d been investing in stocks. And we have a line in the book. It&#x27;s actually a true story where the surgeon said to me, well, as I understand it, I should stop practicing medicine, stop saving lives, stop doing what I do and spend full time monitoring my portfolio. And that&#x27;s what I thought they were supposed to do.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Yeah. Well, I mean, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re paying a fee a lot of times for. A lot of people pay for fee-only advice. And a lot of times the advice they&#x27;re getting isn&#x27;t worth the fee they&#x27;re paying. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s author of the book, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. And of course, Dale is an attorney. Dale, you&#x27;ve got something in the book you call Demand Your Investor Bill of Rights. Do you want to talk about that? Yes. That&#x27;s something that the Association of State Securities Regulators put together a number of years ago. And we try to make sure that all of our clients are aware of that. And the book is sending a message to people. As you know, we devoted a whole chapter to that. And it&#x27;s things like receive complete information about the risks, obligations, and cause. Receive account statements</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> that are accurate and understandable. Get a copy of all the completed account forms and so on. Because the average person is not aware that they have all those rights. And they not only have them, but they can demand them. And which leads me to one other point that I think is worth stressing. There are a number of very aggressive state regulators. And when I say aggressive, they&#x27;re aggressive in defending and protecting the citizens of their state. And in many instances, politically now, the very same people who cry out for states&#x27; rights and let&#x27;s take the power away from the federal government, put it in the states, they&#x27;re trying to abolish state securities regulators and concentrate all the regulatory authority in Washington, in the SEC, and in FINRA, the</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> self-regulated organization, because they know that&#x27;s easier to control than these state regulators. So bill rights are important, and it&#x27;s an important symbol on the part of the state regulators that they did that. Now, many people get lost in acronyms. Can you explain to the listener as easy as you can what FINRA is and how they&#x27;re supposed to protect the investor? Yes. Great, great question. And we devote a whole chapter in the book to telling people, don&#x27;t expect that FINRA can defend you. FINRA is the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers. And the reason they changed the name to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which the acronym, of course, is FINRA. The National</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Association of Securities Dealers told people, we are a trade association made up of the registered broker dealers, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s, the Smith Barney&#x27;s, the Morgan Stanley&#x27;s, et cetera. By changing the name to FINRA, they sought to deceive people and make them think that they are imbued with some governmental power regulatory authority. It&#x27;s the same self-regulatory organization that operated for years under the name National Association of Securities Dealers. And what&#x27;s really ironic, it would be like trying a lawsuit if the doctor accidentally cuts off one leg and you bought a medical malpractice action and you</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> had to try the case before the American Medical Association and had doctors on the panel. That&#x27;s what people are subjected to when they bring an action in front of FINRA. And amazingly, only 43% of clients who bring an action against a broker dealer under the required FINRA arbitration. And if you have an account with a registered broker dealer, you cannot sue them in court. You&#x27;re required to arbitrate. And only 43% of the people win those cases. And when they win, they get on average between 12% to 40% of what their losses were, depending on the size of the claim. So if you&#x27;ve got a size of</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> claim, the odds are even if you win, you&#x27;re going to get 12% to 15% of what you lost. It&#x27;s a travesty. Wow. And that mandatory arbitration sheet is one of the many pieces of paper that someone signs when they sign up for a financial product, correct? Well, it&#x27;s worse than that. It&#x27;s not even a separate sheet of paper. It&#x27;s paragraph 69 or 73 or whatever buried away in the very small print on one of the sheets that someone signs. And it&#x27;s never called to their attention. I&#x27;d say of the hundreds and hundreds of clients we&#x27;ve represented, Pete, we probably haven&#x27;t had 10 who knew that they were required to arbitrate until they had a claim and came to us. Yeah. And I really hate fine print.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I wrote a book called The Fine Print Fiasco years ago, just identifying all the fine print. I mean, the print should be big enough for anyone to read without a magnifying glass, and it shouldn&#x27;t be hidden in paragraph 69 or 70, which brings up another point, Dale. And this might be our final one today, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Talk about variable annuities. We see so many variable annuities that are misused and missold to people who have no business being in a risky product like that. Well, there&#x27;s no question about it. And people don&#x27;t realize when they get into a variable rate annuity, they&#x27;re really getting into the stock market. And we saw tons of people who got hammered in the tech rack. They get out of the stock market and they go and a salesman puts them into a variable rate annuity, and they had no idea that that&#x27;s what they were in. And of course,</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> there are fixed rate annuities, there are fixed indexed annuities, and there are other alternatives. But the variable rate annuities, first of all, people don&#x27;t understand it&#x27;s tax deferred, not tax avoidant. A lot of times they get put into IRA accounts, so people are paying twice for the tax deferral. They don&#x27;t understand, as I said, that they&#x27;re investing in the stock market, and they don&#x27;t understand the differences from a mutual fund, that they don&#x27;t understand the payment options, and the surrender charges, that that money is really locked in. And it&#x27;s a matter of education and understanding, and they get very little of either, typically, before they&#x27;re sold a variable rate annuity. Folks, his name is Dale Ledbetter. If you want to learn more about his book, How Wall</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Street Rips You Off, and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself, go to our website. We&#x27;ll have a link to how to get his book, as well as the complete interview we just had with him online at financialsafari.com. Dale, thanks for your time today, and we look forward to having you on again in the future. Thanks, Pete. Again, an honor to be on with you, and thank you to you and to your listeners. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, Dale, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. mince. 3 things. 2</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, we have a very special guest this week. His name is Mr. Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s joining us from Fort Lauderdale, Florida. He&#x27;s got a great book out, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. You know, Dale spent over 40 years in the securities industry, many of which were spent representing victims of investment fraud and abuse. He&#x27;s a securities attorney, and he felt that few books offered comprehensive takes on the obstacles and difficulties that the average investor faces. And Dale, I&#x27;m going to let you tell us about your book because you&#x27;re with us on here, but great book and welcome onto the show. Well, thank you, Coach Pete. It&#x27;s really an honor to be on your show. I&#x27;ve followed you for years, and it&#x27;s an honor. We got together, my paralegal, Cunningbecker and I, and decided to write the book</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> because we&#x27;ve seen so many lives devastated and hearts broken, and we found that next to life itself and health and family and in some cases faith, the next most important thing to people was their money because they couldn&#x27;t enjoy those other things without money. And we just saw pattern after pattern, situation after situation where people were being ripped off. And what we saw were a lot of books written telling people how to get rich and a lot of books describing crises and problems, but nothing that combined the specifics, the ways Wall Street was ripping people off and the specific ways in which people could arm and defend themselves so they didn&#x27;t become a victim. And that was the</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> goal of this book. Can you give us a couple examples of, now when we hear about people being scammed or sometimes it&#x27;s people&#x27;s own greed takes place, but many times people are trusting their advisor and their advisors leading them down the wrong path, correct? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And we find that the vast majority of products in the marketplace today are not bought, they&#x27;re sold. And unfortunately, the products that have the largest commissions seem to be the ones that are sold most aggressively. And it&#x27;s true, some people day trade and they do things on their own. But I can just give you one example. We represented a lady who was 100 years old at the time and the firm had concentrated her in 99% of her portfolio in one holding. And when she lost all</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> of her money, they defended the case by saying that she had 60 years of investment experience. And we can just give you story after story of people who trusted the firm and in many cases, even the brokers within those firms, they don&#x27;t set out to hurt people, Pete. They&#x27;re selling what they&#x27;re told to sell, what they&#x27;re required to sell. And time after time, you get into structured finance products and asset-backed securities and things that the average individual has no business owning. And the brokers that are selling them don&#x27;t understand them at all. They&#x27;re just told to sell them and they do what they&#x27;re told. That&#x27;s a key point these days, Dale. A lot of times, the financial salespeople, they&#x27;ll hide behind different designations or whatever, but their</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> salespeople, a lot of times, they don&#x27;t understand what they&#x27;re selling, do they? No, not at all. And it&#x27;s frightening when you get into a hearing when we represent people and you ask the brokers at 20 years experience and all to explain the product and they don&#x27;t have a clue. And then your client comes on who&#x27;s a brain surgeon or does open heart surgery. And they say he is a sophisticated investor who fully understood them because for 10 years, he&#x27;d been investing in stocks. And we have a line in the book. It&#x27;s actually a true story where the surgeon said to me, well, as I understand it, I should stop practicing medicine, stop saving lives, stop doing what I do and spend full time monitoring my portfolio. And that&#x27;s what I thought they were supposed to do.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Yeah. Well, I mean, that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re paying a fee a lot of times for. A lot of people pay for fee-only advice. And a lot of times the advice they&#x27;re getting isn&#x27;t worth the fee they&#x27;re paying. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dale Ledbetter. He&#x27;s author of the book, How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. And of course, Dale is an attorney. Dale, you&#x27;ve got something in the book you call Demand Your Investor Bill of Rights. Do you want to talk about that? Yes. That&#x27;s something that the Association of State Securities Regulators put together a number of years ago. And we try to make sure that all of our clients are aware of that. And the book is sending a message to people. As you know, we devoted a whole chapter to that. And it&#x27;s things like receive complete information about the risks, obligations, and cause. Receive account statements</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> that are accurate and understandable. Get a copy of all the completed account forms and so on. Because the average person is not aware that they have all those rights. And they not only have them, but they can demand them. And which leads me to one other point that I think is worth stressing. There are a number of very aggressive state regulators. And when I say aggressive, they&#x27;re aggressive in defending and protecting the citizens of their state. And in many instances, politically now, the very same people who cry out for states&#x27; rights and let&#x27;s take the power away from the federal government, put it in the states, they&#x27;re trying to abolish state securities regulators and concentrate all the regulatory authority in Washington, in the SEC, and in FINRA, the</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> self-regulated organization, because they know that&#x27;s easier to control than these state regulators. So bill rights are important, and it&#x27;s an important symbol on the part of the state regulators that they did that. Now, many people get lost in acronyms. Can you explain to the listener as easy as you can what FINRA is and how they&#x27;re supposed to protect the investor? Yes. Great, great question. And we devote a whole chapter in the book to telling people, don&#x27;t expect that FINRA can defend you. FINRA is the successor to the National Association of Securities Dealers. And the reason they changed the name to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which the acronym, of course, is FINRA. The National</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> Association of Securities Dealers told people, we are a trade association made up of the registered broker dealers, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s, the Smith Barney&#x27;s, the Morgan Stanley&#x27;s, et cetera. By changing the name to FINRA, they sought to deceive people and make them think that they are imbued with some governmental power regulatory authority. It&#x27;s the same self-regulatory organization that operated for years under the name National Association of Securities Dealers. And what&#x27;s really ironic, it would be like trying a lawsuit if the doctor accidentally cuts off one leg and you bought a medical malpractice action and you</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> had to try the case before the American Medical Association and had doctors on the panel. That&#x27;s what people are subjected to when they bring an action in front of FINRA. And amazingly, only 43% of clients who bring an action against a broker dealer under the required FINRA arbitration. And if you have an account with a registered broker dealer, you cannot sue them in court. You&#x27;re required to arbitrate. And only 43% of the people win those cases. And when they win, they get on average between 12% to 40% of what their losses were, depending on the size of the claim. So if you&#x27;ve got a size of</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> claim, the odds are even if you win, you&#x27;re going to get 12% to 15% of what you lost. It&#x27;s a travesty. Wow. And that mandatory arbitration sheet is one of the many pieces of paper that someone signs when they sign up for a financial product, correct? Well, it&#x27;s worse than that. It&#x27;s not even a separate sheet of paper. It&#x27;s paragraph 69 or 73 or whatever buried away in the very small print on one of the sheets that someone signs. And it&#x27;s never called to their attention. I&#x27;d say of the hundreds and hundreds of clients we&#x27;ve represented, Pete, we probably haven&#x27;t had 10 who knew that they were required to arbitrate until they had a claim and came to us. Yeah. And I really hate fine print.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> I wrote a book called The Fine Print Fiasco years ago, just identifying all the fine print. I mean, the print should be big enough for anyone to read without a magnifying glass, and it shouldn&#x27;t be hidden in paragraph 69 or 70, which brings up another point, Dale. And this might be our final one today, but I&#x27;d love to have you on again in the future. Talk about variable annuities. We see so many variable annuities that are misused and missold to people who have no business being in a risky product like that. Well, there&#x27;s no question about it. And people don&#x27;t realize when they get into a variable rate annuity, they&#x27;re really getting into the stock market. And we saw tons of people who got hammered in the tech rack. They get out of the stock market and they go and a salesman puts them into a variable rate annuity, and they had no idea that that&#x27;s what they were in. And of course,</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> there are fixed rate annuities, there are fixed indexed annuities, and there are other alternatives. But the variable rate annuities, first of all, people don&#x27;t understand it&#x27;s tax deferred, not tax avoidant. A lot of times they get put into IRA accounts, so people are paying twice for the tax deferral. They don&#x27;t understand, as I said, that they&#x27;re investing in the stock market, and they don&#x27;t understand the differences from a mutual fund, that they don&#x27;t understand the payment options, and the surrender charges, that that money is really locked in. And it&#x27;s a matter of education and understanding, and they get very little of either, typically, before they&#x27;re sold a variable rate annuity. Folks, his name is Dale Ledbetter. If you want to learn more about his book, How Wall</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Street Rips You Off, and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself, go to our website. We&#x27;ll have a link to how to get his book, as well as the complete interview we just had with him online at financialsafari.com. Dale, thanks for your time today, and we look forward to having you on again in the future. Thanks, Pete. Again, an honor to be on with you, and thank you to you and to your listeners. The pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, Dale, and folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. mince. 3 things. 2</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dale Ledbetter joins Coach Pete to discuss How Wall Street Rips You Off and What You Can Do to Defend Yourself. This December 2012 interview explores investment fraud, investor rights, and the experiences behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dale Ledbetter</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dale Ledbetter, investing, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/image.jpg?t=1792072751&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dale-ledbetter-how-wall-street-rips-you-off/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/image.jpg?t=1792072751&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff</guid>
      <omny:clipId>20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Nov 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>656</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20e33e1c-131c-4054-a073-b4e201432eff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10525191" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dale-ledbetter-how-wall-street-rips-you-off</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>173</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How Wall Street Rips You Off" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:41" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:09:04" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dan Hill: Emotionomics and How People Make Decisions</title>
      <itunes:title>Dan Hill: Emotionomics and How People Make Decisions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dan Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss Emotionomics: Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. This October 2012 conversation explores the role of emotion in decision-making, business, and everyday choices.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari Course, folks. This is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is the time of the show where we go out into the nation, find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, maybe an author or a person you&#x27;ve seen on TV. Today we&#x27;ve got Dan Hill, and he&#x27;s author of a book, Emotionomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. Dan&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. What caused you to write this book, Dan? Someone in 1998 at IBM changed my life. They sent over an article from American Demographics talking about the breakthroughs in brain science and how we have a much stronger understanding now of how people make decisions. For probably about 300 years, we&#x27;ve basically lied to ourselves. Descartes famously said, I think, therefore I am.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> What we now know is that rational thought is a very small part of the decision-making process, whether it&#x27;s one&#x27;s personal finance or in business or anything else in life. It&#x27;s sensory impressions, emotional response, a little bit of cognitive thought and action, and 95% of our thought activity is intuitive and mostly sensory-emotional. So that&#x27;s a huge change, and I thought most of the world didn&#x27;t know about that, and there was a chance to really make a difference in people&#x27;s lives. And we see this in car lots a lot of times. When people go into car lots, emotions overtake logic, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Cars are complicated. What&#x27;s easier is, wow, that design&#x27;s really cool. I like that color. It feels nice when it speeds up. And so suddenly, lo and behold, we&#x27;ve spent $25,000 to $40,000 on a gut impression.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, and that&#x27;s why a lot of times the spouses don&#x27;t agree, because there&#x27;s one spouse that&#x27;s looking at the decision from a logical standpoint, and the other one is emotional. And we do know that a lot of decisions, most decisions are made emotionally, aren&#x27;t they? They absolutely are. In fact, I remember working in a company, and the woman sitting next to me gets a phone call. Her husband&#x27;s gone out at lunchtime and bought a car. They obviously have not discussed this. She&#x27;s irate. What does she do? She goes out and buys a car herself on her lunchtime. So by the time this couple got back together for dinner, they had spent probably $50,000 on two decisions, neither of which were really thought through. Wow. And so when we talk about just life in general, I mean, yeah, the packaging of product is something that leads people to make emotional decisions. The stores know this.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> When you&#x27;re walking down the aisle, they put their best products or the products they&#x27;re trying to push the most right on eye level in the prettiest boxes, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, they&#x27;re trying to grab your attention. But there&#x27;s a couple of interesting things we&#x27;ve learned now about brain science and how people make decisions. Obviously, we always know that, you know, you&#x27;re always selling hope and happiness. But what the brain science has shown is that in your desperation to get back to happiness, sadness is a really great thing to induce. So if the companies want to be wise, and if the consumer wants to be wise against it, be wary of cases where they&#x27;re making you yearn or think back on regrets, you&#x27;re so eager to get over sadness that you will pay more money for the same product than if you were in a mood or an emotional state that wasn&#x27;t sadness. Now, we see this a lot in the money world as well,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> where people won&#x27;t admit defeat when they buy a bad stock or whatever. Instead of getting out of it, at least with some of their money left, they pile more money into it. Is that an emotional trigger as well? Oh, absolutely. The problem is overconfidence. You want to think that you can&#x27;t really be wrong. Human beings, the biggest lies in life are probably the ones we tell ourselves, you know, this is all going to turn out right. I can&#x27;t possibly have made a mistake. What&#x27;s really going on here is pride. Pride is happiness, but pride is also anger, this idea that I can control the circumstances, that somehow I&#x27;m bigger than all the market forces, and I&#x27;m going to hang in there long enough to make it right, when often, of course, that&#x27;s not the case. And branding you talk about in your book as well. I mean, branding can make an inferior product seem better, right,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> if you brand yourself better. Oh, yeah. I mean, look at Steve Jobs. I&#x27;m not saying that those are bad products by any stretch of the imagination, but look at the tremendous price point they summon. So branding is really about loyalty. It&#x27;s essentially emotional. It means you go right past all the claims and benefits and price point in a lot of ways, and that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s a goldmine for companies. If you can make them oblivious just because this is cool, I want to belong, I want to identify with this brand, then you&#x27;re in a fabulous business space. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dan Hill. He&#x27;s author of a book, Emotiononomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success, and emotions take a big part in today&#x27;s society, especially when it relates to branding and how emotions matter when we make decisions.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Dan, packaging makes a big difference too, doesn&#x27;t it, in the buying decision? It certainly does because at the shelf you may be spending as little as .5 seconds to probably no more than a window of three to five seconds. So, first of all, I always tell my clients there is no money being made in making people feel stupid. If I&#x27;m at the shelf, I&#x27;m in a hurry, I&#x27;m tired, whatever the case may be, I want to get a ready beat on what this thing offers. So, you need to have a compelling visual and probably just one claim. But companies, you know, mull this over too much, they overthink it. And if you make people overthink it, then they underfeel it, which undercuts loyalty and compulsion to buy. So, packaging is definitely emotional. It goes below our radar screen. The companies make the mistake of taking it above the radar screen.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Now, what can someone in business or someone who is just trying to study the emotions that are out there or the way people do things to sell you things, what can someone learn from a simple coffee shop these days as far as emotional marketing? Well, scent, you know, is very powerful. It&#x27;s actually the origin of the brain, a small note atop the spinal column. It&#x27;s still the most powerful, the most intimate of all the senses. So, you know, smell is huge. Tactile impressions. Again, you know, it&#x27;s a close range. You know, that warm coffee mug I&#x27;m putting my hand around, especially as winter is approaching here. Those are really strong things that make us feel grateful, like we&#x27;re anchored, that we&#x27;ve got a cozy little nest that we can occupy. In many ways, you&#x27;re selling the cozy nest as much as you&#x27;re selling the coffee itself,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> even though we&#x27;re not aware of that. What would you say to the statement I&#x27;m going to make here, people hate to be sold, but they love to buy. Is that true? Oh, absolutely. Let&#x27;s go back to the anger emotion. It&#x27;s really prevalent. We want to feel in control of our circumstances. If I&#x27;m being sold to, I do not feel like I&#x27;m in control. And furthermore, maybe I&#x27;m prey. Maybe someone&#x27;s seizing on me. And that brings back, you know, the savannah and, you know, the zebras being hunted by the lion. No one wants to be someone else&#x27;s breakfast. And so I think it triggers that impulse of I&#x27;m going to freeze. And if I freeze, well, then I&#x27;m not going to buy. That&#x27;s why that&#x27;s destructive to create that scenario. You talk about a couple cycles in your book, too. Cycle of opportunity and then the cycle of satisfaction.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> How do emotions fall into when people have something called buyer&#x27;s remorse? Does that fall into either one of those cycles? It certainly does because buyer&#x27;s regret really is going to happen once you&#x27;ve got the product, you&#x27;ve got it home, you&#x27;re past the claims and promises you were made on TV or by the salesperson. And now you try the thing out and you don&#x27;t actually have satisfaction. Sadness, buyer&#x27;s regret, basically the same thing. That&#x27;s an emotion none of us wishes to have. And then suddenly we maybe go back to customer service. Customer service is almost like a mislabeling. It&#x27;s really not that we&#x27;re there because we think we had service or want service. It&#x27;s that we want to be restored as a human being. We feel like we&#x27;ve made a mistake and now we&#x27;re up against the big bad company. And we&#x27;re hoping even though we&#x27;re just a lone consumer that they&#x27;re going to respect us and make things right.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And really what you&#x27;re trying to make right most of all is this bad sense that I was a fool for buying this thing. Is it past mistakes that keep people from making a good decision going forward? In other words, do they let that residual regret interfere with a great decision they should be making in the future? Well, I play a lot of sports and I can tell you that every best shot I&#x27;ve ever hit in any sport or any best play I&#x27;ve ever done pretty much just happened. I&#x27;m not saying it wasn&#x27;t through some practice, but the implication of your question is correct. I think that sadness is an emotion is supposed to slow us down, make sure we don&#x27;t rush into the next mistake. But if it slows us down too much, it overrides our gut instincts. Trust is the emotion of business. It&#x27;s the emotion of all sorts of good decision-making. It feels right or it doesn&#x27;t feel right.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If I overthink it, then I&#x27;m actually in trouble. Historically, we&#x27;ve always thought emotions were just kind of noisy data and I should be a rational being. But that&#x27;s really a joke. I mean, none of us are Mr. Spock. We&#x27;re all Homer Simpson. We make decisions for emotional reasons and let&#x27;s just be honest about it, but use them wisely. Folks, his name is Dan Hill. The name of the book is Emotionomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. Dan, we really appreciate your time today. Absolutely. It was fun. Folks, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dan Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss Emotionomics: Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. This October 2012 conversation explores the role of emotion in decision-making, business, and everyday choices.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari Course, folks. This is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is the time of the show where we go out into the nation, find someone who&#x27;s made a difference, maybe an author or a person you&#x27;ve seen on TV. Today we&#x27;ve got Dan Hill, and he&#x27;s author of a book, Emotionomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. Dan&#x27;s joining us from Minneapolis. What caused you to write this book, Dan? Someone in 1998 at IBM changed my life. They sent over an article from American Demographics talking about the breakthroughs in brain science and how we have a much stronger understanding now of how people make decisions. For probably about 300 years, we&#x27;ve basically lied to ourselves. Descartes famously said, I think, therefore I am.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> What we now know is that rational thought is a very small part of the decision-making process, whether it&#x27;s one&#x27;s personal finance or in business or anything else in life. It&#x27;s sensory impressions, emotional response, a little bit of cognitive thought and action, and 95% of our thought activity is intuitive and mostly sensory-emotional. So that&#x27;s a huge change, and I thought most of the world didn&#x27;t know about that, and there was a chance to really make a difference in people&#x27;s lives. And we see this in car lots a lot of times. When people go into car lots, emotions overtake logic, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. Cars are complicated. What&#x27;s easier is, wow, that design&#x27;s really cool. I like that color. It feels nice when it speeds up. And so suddenly, lo and behold, we&#x27;ve spent $25,000 to $40,000 on a gut impression.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Yeah, and that&#x27;s why a lot of times the spouses don&#x27;t agree, because there&#x27;s one spouse that&#x27;s looking at the decision from a logical standpoint, and the other one is emotional. And we do know that a lot of decisions, most decisions are made emotionally, aren&#x27;t they? They absolutely are. In fact, I remember working in a company, and the woman sitting next to me gets a phone call. Her husband&#x27;s gone out at lunchtime and bought a car. They obviously have not discussed this. She&#x27;s irate. What does she do? She goes out and buys a car herself on her lunchtime. So by the time this couple got back together for dinner, they had spent probably $50,000 on two decisions, neither of which were really thought through. Wow. And so when we talk about just life in general, I mean, yeah, the packaging of product is something that leads people to make emotional decisions. The stores know this.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> When you&#x27;re walking down the aisle, they put their best products or the products they&#x27;re trying to push the most right on eye level in the prettiest boxes, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, they&#x27;re trying to grab your attention. But there&#x27;s a couple of interesting things we&#x27;ve learned now about brain science and how people make decisions. Obviously, we always know that, you know, you&#x27;re always selling hope and happiness. But what the brain science has shown is that in your desperation to get back to happiness, sadness is a really great thing to induce. So if the companies want to be wise, and if the consumer wants to be wise against it, be wary of cases where they&#x27;re making you yearn or think back on regrets, you&#x27;re so eager to get over sadness that you will pay more money for the same product than if you were in a mood or an emotional state that wasn&#x27;t sadness. Now, we see this a lot in the money world as well,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> where people won&#x27;t admit defeat when they buy a bad stock or whatever. Instead of getting out of it, at least with some of their money left, they pile more money into it. Is that an emotional trigger as well? Oh, absolutely. The problem is overconfidence. You want to think that you can&#x27;t really be wrong. Human beings, the biggest lies in life are probably the ones we tell ourselves, you know, this is all going to turn out right. I can&#x27;t possibly have made a mistake. What&#x27;s really going on here is pride. Pride is happiness, but pride is also anger, this idea that I can control the circumstances, that somehow I&#x27;m bigger than all the market forces, and I&#x27;m going to hang in there long enough to make it right, when often, of course, that&#x27;s not the case. And branding you talk about in your book as well. I mean, branding can make an inferior product seem better, right,</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> if you brand yourself better. Oh, yeah. I mean, look at Steve Jobs. I&#x27;m not saying that those are bad products by any stretch of the imagination, but look at the tremendous price point they summon. So branding is really about loyalty. It&#x27;s essentially emotional. It means you go right past all the claims and benefits and price point in a lot of ways, and that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s a goldmine for companies. If you can make them oblivious just because this is cool, I want to belong, I want to identify with this brand, then you&#x27;re in a fabulous business space. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dan Hill. He&#x27;s author of a book, Emotiononomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success, and emotions take a big part in today&#x27;s society, especially when it relates to branding and how emotions matter when we make decisions.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Dan, packaging makes a big difference too, doesn&#x27;t it, in the buying decision? It certainly does because at the shelf you may be spending as little as .5 seconds to probably no more than a window of three to five seconds. So, first of all, I always tell my clients there is no money being made in making people feel stupid. If I&#x27;m at the shelf, I&#x27;m in a hurry, I&#x27;m tired, whatever the case may be, I want to get a ready beat on what this thing offers. So, you need to have a compelling visual and probably just one claim. But companies, you know, mull this over too much, they overthink it. And if you make people overthink it, then they underfeel it, which undercuts loyalty and compulsion to buy. So, packaging is definitely emotional. It goes below our radar screen. The companies make the mistake of taking it above the radar screen.</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Now, what can someone in business or someone who is just trying to study the emotions that are out there or the way people do things to sell you things, what can someone learn from a simple coffee shop these days as far as emotional marketing? Well, scent, you know, is very powerful. It&#x27;s actually the origin of the brain, a small note atop the spinal column. It&#x27;s still the most powerful, the most intimate of all the senses. So, you know, smell is huge. Tactile impressions. Again, you know, it&#x27;s a close range. You know, that warm coffee mug I&#x27;m putting my hand around, especially as winter is approaching here. Those are really strong things that make us feel grateful, like we&#x27;re anchored, that we&#x27;ve got a cozy little nest that we can occupy. In many ways, you&#x27;re selling the cozy nest as much as you&#x27;re selling the coffee itself,</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> even though we&#x27;re not aware of that. What would you say to the statement I&#x27;m going to make here, people hate to be sold, but they love to buy. Is that true? Oh, absolutely. Let&#x27;s go back to the anger emotion. It&#x27;s really prevalent. We want to feel in control of our circumstances. If I&#x27;m being sold to, I do not feel like I&#x27;m in control. And furthermore, maybe I&#x27;m prey. Maybe someone&#x27;s seizing on me. And that brings back, you know, the savannah and, you know, the zebras being hunted by the lion. No one wants to be someone else&#x27;s breakfast. And so I think it triggers that impulse of I&#x27;m going to freeze. And if I freeze, well, then I&#x27;m not going to buy. That&#x27;s why that&#x27;s destructive to create that scenario. You talk about a couple cycles in your book, too. Cycle of opportunity and then the cycle of satisfaction.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> How do emotions fall into when people have something called buyer&#x27;s remorse? Does that fall into either one of those cycles? It certainly does because buyer&#x27;s regret really is going to happen once you&#x27;ve got the product, you&#x27;ve got it home, you&#x27;re past the claims and promises you were made on TV or by the salesperson. And now you try the thing out and you don&#x27;t actually have satisfaction. Sadness, buyer&#x27;s regret, basically the same thing. That&#x27;s an emotion none of us wishes to have. And then suddenly we maybe go back to customer service. Customer service is almost like a mislabeling. It&#x27;s really not that we&#x27;re there because we think we had service or want service. It&#x27;s that we want to be restored as a human being. We feel like we&#x27;ve made a mistake and now we&#x27;re up against the big bad company. And we&#x27;re hoping even though we&#x27;re just a lone consumer that they&#x27;re going to respect us and make things right.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And really what you&#x27;re trying to make right most of all is this bad sense that I was a fool for buying this thing. Is it past mistakes that keep people from making a good decision going forward? In other words, do they let that residual regret interfere with a great decision they should be making in the future? Well, I play a lot of sports and I can tell you that every best shot I&#x27;ve ever hit in any sport or any best play I&#x27;ve ever done pretty much just happened. I&#x27;m not saying it wasn&#x27;t through some practice, but the implication of your question is correct. I think that sadness is an emotion is supposed to slow us down, make sure we don&#x27;t rush into the next mistake. But if it slows us down too much, it overrides our gut instincts. Trust is the emotion of business. It&#x27;s the emotion of all sorts of good decision-making. It feels right or it doesn&#x27;t feel right.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> If I overthink it, then I&#x27;m actually in trouble. Historically, we&#x27;ve always thought emotions were just kind of noisy data and I should be a rational being. But that&#x27;s really a joke. I mean, none of us are Mr. Spock. We&#x27;re all Homer Simpson. We make decisions for emotional reasons and let&#x27;s just be honest about it, but use them wisely. Folks, his name is Dan Hill. The name of the book is Emotionomics, Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. Dan, we really appreciate your time today. Absolutely. It was fun. Folks, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dan Hill joins Coach Pete to discuss Emotionomics: Leveraging Emotions for Business Success. This October 2012 conversation explores the role of emotion in decision-making, business, and everyday choices.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dan Hill</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>Emotionomics and How People Make Decisions</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dan Hill, behavioral finance, Emotionomics and How People Make Decisions, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec/image.jpg?t=1792072789&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-hill-emotionomics-and-how-people-make-decisions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec/image.jpg?t=1792072789&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>549</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eae04c01-4922-4340-a961-b4e2014022ec/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="8825281" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dan-hill-emotionomics-and-how-people-make-decisions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>174</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Emotionomics and How People Make Decisions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:34" title="Personal growth and life choices" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Miller: Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Miller: Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the very complex world. We call it the financial world. And we&#x27;re very privileged today to have an excellent guest he&#x27;s been on before. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. He&#x27;s going to talk about a new survey that&#x27;s recently come out. The survey revealed that Americans are concerned about their finances, but they avoid discussing the topic. And first of all, Mike, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate you having me back. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m joining from Des Moines today, from our home office in Des Moines, Iowa. Okay, from the bunker in Des Moines. You got it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this survey, because I talk to people each and every day, and they say they&#x27;re concerned about their finances. And yes, they also say</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> they don&#x27;t know what to do a lot of times, or they will do it tomorrow. And tomorrow doesn&#x27;t seem to come, does it, Mike? No, it doesn&#x27;t. And, you know, when we did the survey, the survey provided a lot of really good information. And one of the things we took away from it, Coach Pete, was people generally feel like they&#x27;re in pretty good health. But the big takeaway was financial issues tend to be the major stressor in people&#x27;s lives. Yeah, I can see that, because, I mean, the financial issues weigh down people mentally, and maybe they won&#x27;t discuss it with a spouse or a family member, and then it really starts to weigh down, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And as we looked into the findings, what we learned was a lot of this stress is really driven by, you know, people&#x27;s lack of understanding of preparedness for retirement and what&#x27;s most important for leaving a legacy to their family members.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> If you had to pin it down a couple things, what are some of the key retirement options people are not aware of these days as far as their finances? Well, you have a couple of kind of big categories, I&#x27;d say, Coach Pete. One is, what are the asset levels required for a consumer to be prepared for retirement? So, what do you need to accumulate during your working years to have a comfortable retirement? And I think the second piece is, how do you prepare for leaving your family a legacy? And so, typically, that involves a life insurance kind of structure or life insurance policy to leave to your loved ones. Now, I think when people hear the word life insurance, I mean, what comes to mind is Hollywood&#x27;s done a pretty good job of making fun of life insurance or life insurance agents, like on Groundhog Day, that agent that keeps following Bill Murray around every single day, you know,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> over and over again. But life insurance is a great ally if used correctly. Now, unfortunately, sometimes it&#x27;s not explained right. If someone was trying to ask you to tell them two or three good points about life insurance and why they should consider life insurance, what would you tell them? Well, I think there are really two aspects to it. And I think, for many, the first thing you think about is term life, which is a type of policy that you pay regular premiums on for a specific period of time to provide a death benefit to your heirs. But that&#x27;s not the only type. There are other kinds of life insurance. Universal life insurance is another example, or whole life insurance is another example, where they really provide an opportunity to accumulate assets that can be used during your retirement, but also have the ability to pay a death benefit down the road to your heirs. So there are really a couple of different</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> structures or types of life insurance policies that a consumer can look to. And it&#x27;s really based on the needs of the consumer, you know, which of these policies may make the most sense. When we talk about life insurance, us in the financial world, we have things called living benefits. Now, life insurance used to be you didn&#x27;t benefit at all if you bought a life insurance policy on yourself, but you knew your family was taken care of. Nowadays, though, there&#x27;s been some new living benefits added to life insurance policies. Can you explain what a living benefit is on a life insurance policy? Yeah, I sure can. As a matter of fact, the Viva USA just introduced a new kind of living benefit on our universal life policy that is an accelerated access rider. And it&#x27;s, you know, in states where that&#x27;s available, it provides a payout to the insured in the event of an illness or</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> something that restricts their ability to perform, you know, activities of daily living. So it is, it&#x27;s a way for the insured to access a portion of the death benefit that might be payable to the heirs later in the policy while the insured is still living. Could it be looked at as almost a long-term care type alternative as far as funding long-term care? Yeah, very similar to a long-term care. And there are different versions of these available in the marketplace. But yeah, it is, it&#x27;s a perfect long-term care alternative. But it provides, again, that access to continue to accumulate assets within the policy and then provides for a death benefit. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. And Mike, we&#x27;re talking about this survey. And it was an interesting survey that revealed Americans are concerned about their finances, but avoid discussing the topic. How can one get a hold</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> of the survey? You can access it on Aviva USA&#x27;s website, avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of great information out there about the survey, but then also about some of the products and services that Aviva USA has to offer. But I think one of the things, if you go there and you look at some of the findings from the survey, one of the things you take away is, and one of the things we learned from the survey is, there is this discomfort that we see from customers and consumers about their preparedness for retirement. And I think one of the biggest issues, Coach Pete, is they don&#x27;t want to talk about it. So they live with this uncertainty and lack of knowledge, and it makes it difficult for them to understand what they need in retirement and whether they have enough. And that&#x27;s what really creates that higher level of stress. Do you think the uncertain aspect of trying to invest in the stock market the last 12 to 13 years is one of the main culprits that people just are</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> afraid to talk about retirement or make any decisions going forward these days? Yeah, there&#x27;s no question in my mind that the volatility in the market in the past few years has certainly created a different level of stress for many people who&#x27;ve seen significant losses in the market, seen retirement assets and their retirement plans disappear as some of the markets have gone down. And through this volatile market or this volatile time in the markets, it&#x27;s certainly been challenging and certainly has added a different level of stress, I think, to people who are trying to plan for retirement. One of the main worries of people I talk to, they&#x27;re worried about where income is going to come from in retirement, and they&#x27;re also worried if they&#x27;re going to run out of money before they before they leave the earth. And so my question to you is, what&#x27;s been done lately in the insurance</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> industry per se to insure lifetime incomes? Yeah, and let me start the answer with a piece more about preparedness, because I do think that there is an aspect to this, Coach Pete, where a consumer needs to sit down with a financial advisor and understand what their current situation is, then build a plan to get to where they need to be. Most people don&#x27;t understand how much they need. They don&#x27;t understand realistically what their spending habits are. And until you put those things together, you can&#x27;t develop an appropriate plan. But once you get that information together and start working with a financial advisor, they can build programs that utilize some of the features in products that are out there in the marketplace, like some of the products that Aviva USA offers that have, again, some of the living</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> benefits that you&#x27;d mentioned. And some of the products that we use for these strategies are income riders. So deferred annuities with income riders or annuitization features where the customer can have a guaranteed stream of income for their life or throughout their retirement. You know, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s maybe because Wall Street&#x27;s done a real good job of advertising, getting people to think that the only way they can have a retirement is to put their money at risk in the market. But when we go over a strategy with someone and sit down and go through all their options, when we come to the option that has their what we call retirement income step-up account included in it, giving them increase of income or increase in their income amount each year, depending on when they start to take the money, they say it&#x27;s too good to be true. Now, Mike, what do you say to people who say that these kind of accounts that have protection of principle</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with growth for future income are too good to be true? Are they? And if not, why do people think that? No, no, they aren&#x27;t. And the growth that you&#x27;re talking about is really a function of the accumulation in the product during the deferral period. So, you know, if the customer is targeting a specific level of income in the future, there are products designed around this that provide a minimum guarantee and accumulation of a cash value for a deferral period. And then at some point in the future, when that consumer wants to turn on an income stream, whether that&#x27;s via an income rider that provides a guaranteed level of income for life or a guarantee period, or whether that&#x27;s just an annuitization of the product in a deferred annuity, both of those options can provide the level of income desired by the consumer. So if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they haven&#x27;t had</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> an income plan explained to them, would it make sense to at least find out what&#x27;s out there? Boy, yeah, I would say so. And there&#x27;s access to financial advisors in a number of different ways. There are sources in local communities where you can connect with a financial advisor. I believe, Coach Pete, you can connect with a financial advisor through your show. So there are multiple ways to connect with the right people who can lay out some of these options to help make you successful and give you some comfort and remove some of the stress that we&#x27;ve identified in the survey. If you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re curious, go to financialsafari.com, enter your area, and it will direct you right to a financial advisor in your area that&#x27;s familiar with these income strategies. Mike Miller, Executive Vice President at Aviva USA, thanks for your time today. I really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me on again.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Hope to have you on again in the future. Sounds good. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside the very complex world. We call it the financial world. And we&#x27;re very privileged today to have an excellent guest he&#x27;s been on before. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. He&#x27;s going to talk about a new survey that&#x27;s recently come out. The survey revealed that Americans are concerned about their finances, but they avoid discussing the topic. And first of all, Mike, welcome into the show. Thanks, Coach Pete. I appreciate you having me back. Now, where are you joining us from? I&#x27;m joining from Des Moines today, from our home office in Des Moines, Iowa. Okay, from the bunker in Des Moines. You got it. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this survey, because I talk to people each and every day, and they say they&#x27;re concerned about their finances. And yes, they also say</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> they don&#x27;t know what to do a lot of times, or they will do it tomorrow. And tomorrow doesn&#x27;t seem to come, does it, Mike? No, it doesn&#x27;t. And, you know, when we did the survey, the survey provided a lot of really good information. And one of the things we took away from it, Coach Pete, was people generally feel like they&#x27;re in pretty good health. But the big takeaway was financial issues tend to be the major stressor in people&#x27;s lives. Yeah, I can see that, because, I mean, the financial issues weigh down people mentally, and maybe they won&#x27;t discuss it with a spouse or a family member, and then it really starts to weigh down, doesn&#x27;t it? It does. And as we looked into the findings, what we learned was a lot of this stress is really driven by, you know, people&#x27;s lack of understanding of preparedness for retirement and what&#x27;s most important for leaving a legacy to their family members.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> If you had to pin it down a couple things, what are some of the key retirement options people are not aware of these days as far as their finances? Well, you have a couple of kind of big categories, I&#x27;d say, Coach Pete. One is, what are the asset levels required for a consumer to be prepared for retirement? So, what do you need to accumulate during your working years to have a comfortable retirement? And I think the second piece is, how do you prepare for leaving your family a legacy? And so, typically, that involves a life insurance kind of structure or life insurance policy to leave to your loved ones. Now, I think when people hear the word life insurance, I mean, what comes to mind is Hollywood&#x27;s done a pretty good job of making fun of life insurance or life insurance agents, like on Groundhog Day, that agent that keeps following Bill Murray around every single day, you know,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> over and over again. But life insurance is a great ally if used correctly. Now, unfortunately, sometimes it&#x27;s not explained right. If someone was trying to ask you to tell them two or three good points about life insurance and why they should consider life insurance, what would you tell them? Well, I think there are really two aspects to it. And I think, for many, the first thing you think about is term life, which is a type of policy that you pay regular premiums on for a specific period of time to provide a death benefit to your heirs. But that&#x27;s not the only type. There are other kinds of life insurance. Universal life insurance is another example, or whole life insurance is another example, where they really provide an opportunity to accumulate assets that can be used during your retirement, but also have the ability to pay a death benefit down the road to your heirs. So there are really a couple of different</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> structures or types of life insurance policies that a consumer can look to. And it&#x27;s really based on the needs of the consumer, you know, which of these policies may make the most sense. When we talk about life insurance, us in the financial world, we have things called living benefits. Now, life insurance used to be you didn&#x27;t benefit at all if you bought a life insurance policy on yourself, but you knew your family was taken care of. Nowadays, though, there&#x27;s been some new living benefits added to life insurance policies. Can you explain what a living benefit is on a life insurance policy? Yeah, I sure can. As a matter of fact, the Viva USA just introduced a new kind of living benefit on our universal life policy that is an accelerated access rider. And it&#x27;s, you know, in states where that&#x27;s available, it provides a payout to the insured in the event of an illness or</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> something that restricts their ability to perform, you know, activities of daily living. So it is, it&#x27;s a way for the insured to access a portion of the death benefit that might be payable to the heirs later in the policy while the insured is still living. Could it be looked at as almost a long-term care type alternative as far as funding long-term care? Yeah, very similar to a long-term care. And there are different versions of these available in the marketplace. But yeah, it is, it&#x27;s a perfect long-term care alternative. But it provides, again, that access to continue to accumulate assets within the policy and then provides for a death benefit. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Mike Miller. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President at Aviva USA. And Mike, we&#x27;re talking about this survey. And it was an interesting survey that revealed Americans are concerned about their finances, but avoid discussing the topic. How can one get a hold</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> of the survey? You can access it on Aviva USA&#x27;s website, avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of great information out there about the survey, but then also about some of the products and services that Aviva USA has to offer. But I think one of the things, if you go there and you look at some of the findings from the survey, one of the things you take away is, and one of the things we learned from the survey is, there is this discomfort that we see from customers and consumers about their preparedness for retirement. And I think one of the biggest issues, Coach Pete, is they don&#x27;t want to talk about it. So they live with this uncertainty and lack of knowledge, and it makes it difficult for them to understand what they need in retirement and whether they have enough. And that&#x27;s what really creates that higher level of stress. Do you think the uncertain aspect of trying to invest in the stock market the last 12 to 13 years is one of the main culprits that people just are</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> afraid to talk about retirement or make any decisions going forward these days? Yeah, there&#x27;s no question in my mind that the volatility in the market in the past few years has certainly created a different level of stress for many people who&#x27;ve seen significant losses in the market, seen retirement assets and their retirement plans disappear as some of the markets have gone down. And through this volatile market or this volatile time in the markets, it&#x27;s certainly been challenging and certainly has added a different level of stress, I think, to people who are trying to plan for retirement. One of the main worries of people I talk to, they&#x27;re worried about where income is going to come from in retirement, and they&#x27;re also worried if they&#x27;re going to run out of money before they before they leave the earth. And so my question to you is, what&#x27;s been done lately in the insurance</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> industry per se to insure lifetime incomes? Yeah, and let me start the answer with a piece more about preparedness, because I do think that there is an aspect to this, Coach Pete, where a consumer needs to sit down with a financial advisor and understand what their current situation is, then build a plan to get to where they need to be. Most people don&#x27;t understand how much they need. They don&#x27;t understand realistically what their spending habits are. And until you put those things together, you can&#x27;t develop an appropriate plan. But once you get that information together and start working with a financial advisor, they can build programs that utilize some of the features in products that are out there in the marketplace, like some of the products that Aviva USA offers that have, again, some of the living</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> benefits that you&#x27;d mentioned. And some of the products that we use for these strategies are income riders. So deferred annuities with income riders or annuitization features where the customer can have a guaranteed stream of income for their life or throughout their retirement. You know, and I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s maybe because Wall Street&#x27;s done a real good job of advertising, getting people to think that the only way they can have a retirement is to put their money at risk in the market. But when we go over a strategy with someone and sit down and go through all their options, when we come to the option that has their what we call retirement income step-up account included in it, giving them increase of income or increase in their income amount each year, depending on when they start to take the money, they say it&#x27;s too good to be true. Now, Mike, what do you say to people who say that these kind of accounts that have protection of principle</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> with growth for future income are too good to be true? Are they? And if not, why do people think that? No, no, they aren&#x27;t. And the growth that you&#x27;re talking about is really a function of the accumulation in the product during the deferral period. So, you know, if the customer is targeting a specific level of income in the future, there are products designed around this that provide a minimum guarantee and accumulation of a cash value for a deferral period. And then at some point in the future, when that consumer wants to turn on an income stream, whether that&#x27;s via an income rider that provides a guaranteed level of income for life or a guarantee period, or whether that&#x27;s just an annuitization of the product in a deferred annuity, both of those options can provide the level of income desired by the consumer. So if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they haven&#x27;t had</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> an income plan explained to them, would it make sense to at least find out what&#x27;s out there? Boy, yeah, I would say so. And there&#x27;s access to financial advisors in a number of different ways. There are sources in local communities where you can connect with a financial advisor. I believe, Coach Pete, you can connect with a financial advisor through your show. So there are multiple ways to connect with the right people who can lay out some of these options to help make you successful and give you some comfort and remove some of the stress that we&#x27;ve identified in the survey. If you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re curious, go to financialsafari.com, enter your area, and it will direct you right to a financial advisor in your area that&#x27;s familiar with these income strategies. Mike Miller, Executive Vice President at Aviva USA, thanks for your time today. I really appreciate it, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me on again.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Hope to have you on again in the future. Sounds good. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss a survey about financial concerns and the reluctance to talk about them. This November 2012 interview explores family conversations, retirement planning, and the obstacles to getting started.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Miller</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Miller, retirement planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/image.jpg?t=1792072774&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-why-americans-avoid-talking-about-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/image.jpg?t=1792072774&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Oct 2012 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>577</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1100b0-e855-4815-b394-b4e2014182bc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9263584" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-why-americans-avoid-talking-about-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>175</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Why Americans Avoid Talking About Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nick Tate: The Obamacare Survival Guide</title>
      <itunes:title>Nick Tate: The Obamacare Survival Guide</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, folks. Every week I go out, we try to find somebody who&#x27;s made a difference out there in the world or is writing about something that&#x27;s made a difference. And when you hear the word Obamacare, you think of a lot of different things. And Nick Tate is joining us. He&#x27;s joining us from the Miami area, South Florida. And he is deputy health editor with Newsmax. And Nick has written an excellent book called Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means to you and your health care. Nick, welcome in. Well, thanks. Good to be with you today. Yeah. Now, this is a complex topic. I mean, and I ordered the book myself because I want to get more educated on what&#x27;s in this bill. And Nancy Pelosi&#x27;s famous line she said is, in order to find out what&#x27;s in it, we have to pass it first so that Nick can write about it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, she didn&#x27;t say that part, but that&#x27;s what I was thinking. Welcome in, Nick. Well, thank you. It is a massive piece of legislation, 2,700 pages and some 500 provisions. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s an overstatement to say that it is so vast and comprehensive that it will affect virtually every American in some way in this country over the next 10 years. It fundamentally restructures and changes the way health care is delivered. And we thought it was important to break it out in a reference book, a guide, a survival guide, if you will, to let people know what&#x27;s coming your way, whether you&#x27;re a senior on Medicare or a college student, have a preexisting condition, are self-employed, or are working with a large or small company. It&#x27;s going to have an effect, and some of those provisions have already started rolling in. Now, one of the things that I want to clear up, it&#x27;s not free health care for everyone, and that&#x27;s what people were thinking.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This is going to be free health care. That&#x27;s not what it is, is it? No, there is no free lunch. In fact, the estimates are that everyone will have or will have to have health care by the year 2014 as part of the individual mandate. You&#x27;ll have to purchase it or get it through your employer or Medicare or Medicaid, but it does not come free. In fact, the expectation is that the existing costs of health care are going to continue to rise, and there&#x27;s virtually nothing in the legislation that keeps health care costs down or restricts insurers from passing on those increased costs of health care to consumers in the form of higher premiums. So, no, there is no free lunch here at all. Now, one of the talking points that I&#x27;ve heard battered around for a long time on this is that it&#x27;s going to help people with pre-existing conditions get insurance,</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> but to me that&#x27;s like someone getting in an auto wreck and then after the fact going and getting auto insurance to cover the wreck they just had. It&#x27;s a good analogy, and I think it&#x27;s a pretty accurate one. The way that the plan is intended to work and by design, about 37 million Americans now do not have health insurance, and under the provisions of the law they will have it either through Medicaid or expansions of Medicaid in the various states or the creation of these new state-based health insurance exchanges, which are going to be designed to provide affordable cost, high-quality health insurance plans. The idea is if more people are insured, the greater the likelihood they are going to get preventive care, which will keep the costs down in the long run, so that we&#x27;re getting treated in ERs and hospitals after the fact,</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> which is something that we all pay for. So the idea is that health care costs will come down in the long run, but in the short run they&#x27;re clearly going to go up because someone is going to need to pay for those people who have pre-existing conditions. If you have cancer or diabetes or heart disease or some other pre-existing condition, if you get into an insurance plan that you haven&#x27;t been paying into for years, someone&#x27;s picking up the cost of that, and right now that cost is taxpayers and that cost is being borne by people who have insurance. So the idea is to raise the number of people who are paying into the insurance system so that those people who need more care, i.e. seniors and people with pre-existing conditions, will be covered by the cost coming from other folks. It all sounds good, but I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who were thinking about getting in the medical profession</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> and they&#x27;ve changed their thought process. I mean, if there aren&#x27;t enough physicians out there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how good the Obamacare is if there aren&#x27;t physicians to see people. That&#x27;s a good point. I think that this is sort of a double-edged sword with Obamacare. In some ways, if you work in a health care field, your job is going to become vital. Knowing about how the health care system works and the complexities of changes that are coming will make your job probably more lucrative. You probably will be secure if you&#x27;re working as a nurse in a hospital or in the health care field. But for doctors themselves, people that practice medicine, there are likely to be reductions in Medicare reimbursements that they&#x27;re going to get. There are shifts in emphasis, though, that doctors will be directed to order fewer services for their patients unless they can justify that they&#x27;re necessary. And that&#x27;s the way many doctor&#x27;s offices bring in, come in, and keep their practices going.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> And, in fact, the surveys of doctors nationwide have found that a great number are saying they&#x27;re likely to retire in the next couple of years rather than stick with and live with the new changes that are coming through Obamacare. And, as you know, there are already shortages of doctors in many places in the country, particularly in places like Florida where they have a lot of seniors. So we could, in fact, see more shortages come as a result as an unintended consequence of this law. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick J. Tate. He&#x27;s an award-winning journalist. He&#x27;s just published Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. And, Nick, now let&#x27;s look at the financial impacts of this health care reform to consumers, business owners. We&#x27;ve talked about the health care providers here in 2013 and beyond, but how is this going to affect just the regular consumer and business owner?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re a small business owner, meaning you employ 25 or fewer people, you will get a tax break and a benefit if you insure your employees. But you lose that tax break if you go above 25. So the upside is you may get a break if you&#x27;re a small business owner, but you&#x27;re not going to want to grow your business beyond 25 employees because you will lose that tax break, which some say is holding down job hiring. The other impact is on larger businesses. The businesses that have 50 or more employees will be required in 2014 to cover insurance for all of their workers or pay a penalty, which will amount to about $2,000 a year per employee. Now, you know as well as I, businesses that pay for the health insurance for their employees pay a lot more than $2,000 per person. So the concern is that that penalty may actually drive many large business owners to just drop the coverage for their workers</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and send them to these health care exchanges that will be created to buy it on their own. The other thing that we&#x27;re hearing is that several restaurant chains and larger retailers are talking about experimenting with hours so that there are fewer numbers of hours that their employees are working, so they are not qualified under the law as full-time employees. So what many people working at large businesses could find is that not only are they looking for health care because their employer isn&#x27;t paying for their insurance, but they also may be looking for a second job because their hours have been cut back to under 30. So those are two consequences on large and small businesses. On individuals, as we&#x27;ve discussed, the likelihood is that insurance rates are going to continue to rise and in fact have been doing so in the two years since Obamacare was signed into law. By 9% for the typical American family, household insurance premiums rose last year,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. The projections are that those are going to continue to rise. So, you know, the big picture is more people may be covered. People will not be barred if you have preexisting conditions. But it is going to cost businesses and individuals more money for the new health care plan and the new health care system that Obamacare puts in place. Nick, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, if I was an employer and I had more than 25 employees, I would cancel my health insurance and pay the penalty. Well, I think a lot of people are going to do that. It kicks in at 50. But a lot of people we&#x27;re hearing are going to do that. And in fact, some of the restaurant associations and restaurateurs have said that they&#x27;re already experimenting with those kinds of hourly adjustments just to prepare for what they expect is coming. Regardless of what happens in November, regardless of what happens in Washington, the expectation is that these provisions are going to come through and people are already beginning to prepare.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, we&#x27;ve seen the mismanagement on the Medicare side. I mean, how&#x27;s the government going to magically fix itself and get on the right track and looking after everyone? Well, that&#x27;s a really good question. And in fact, in the individual states that do not create their own health care exchanges as designed under the law, the federal government will step in and run them. So far, I think it&#x27;s 15 or 16 states have moved forward with their own plans. So you do the math. You can see that a number of states are probably going to have the federal government come in and run those programs as well as expansions of Medicaid. And it&#x27;s not my position to give an opinion on whether that&#x27;s going to work really well or not. But as you say, we have lots of history to look back to see how those programs have been run when the federal government steps in and tells states what to do. Well, in the financial world, we always say past performance can&#x27;t guarantee future results,</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> but at least it can give you a pattern. And if a pattern&#x27;s been established, it&#x27;s a pretty clear one. It&#x27;s a place for governments, not health care. Let&#x27;s look at the unknown details of Obamacare. Put it in layman&#x27;s terms. Well, there are a lot of uncertainties about the way that the provisions will play out. In fact, we&#x27;ve talked about some of them. You know, possible doctor shortages, increased expenditures for health care for individuals and businesses, and the possibility that worker-based insurance may be eroded by the plan. But there are also things that have not been discussed too broadly. One thing I would point out is the Medicare cuts that have been proposed for the next 10 years under Obamacare amount to about $716 billion. Now, we know that that money, according to the law, will be largely taken from reimbursements to insurers and to hospitals, but we don&#x27;t know whether it will have an impact on individual</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Medicare recipients and how. So that&#x27;s one uncertainty. The second uncertainty is the law creates an independent advisory board that will be able to propose and implement additional cuts to Medicare without the authority or the authorization or the approval of Congress or the president. So they will be able to move independently and recommend additional cuts. The panel has not even been created. The model is the Federal Reserve Bank. It would be like a Federal Reserve Bank for health care. So what that panel looks like, what they recommend, we just don&#x27;t know. Congress would have to reverse any policies they set for future Medicare spending cuts by, I think it&#x27;s a three-fifth supermajority. So the likelihood of that actually happening, getting that kind of congressional mobilization</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> to overturn a decision like that, seems to me to be a real difficult challenge. So that&#x27;s yet another uncertainty, and we just don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s going to play out. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And folks, his name is Nick Tate. He&#x27;s deputy health editor with Newsmax. He&#x27;s written a book called Obamacare Survival Guide, The Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. Nick, how can one get a copy of the book? Nick Tate. It&#x27;s available at all major booksellers, Barnes &amp; Noble, Amazon.com, and you can go to a website we&#x27;ve created. I&#x27;ll give it to you. It&#x27;s Obamacare911.com, Obamacare911.com. And if I could just say, really, the intent of the book is not to look at the politics and whether this is a good or a bad thing for the country, step in the right direction or the wrong direction. It really is a resource to help people maximize their health care dollar,</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> see what&#x27;s coming their way, see how they&#x27;re going to be affected, and to learn what they can do about it. And we&#x27;ll put a link to that site you mentioned on our website. And, folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear the interview again, you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to the complete interview. Nick, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to do it. Thank you so much. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, folks. Every week I go out, we try to find somebody who&#x27;s made a difference out there in the world or is writing about something that&#x27;s made a difference. And when you hear the word Obamacare, you think of a lot of different things. And Nick Tate is joining us. He&#x27;s joining us from the Miami area, South Florida. And he is deputy health editor with Newsmax. And Nick has written an excellent book called Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means to you and your health care. Nick, welcome in. Well, thanks. Good to be with you today. Yeah. Now, this is a complex topic. I mean, and I ordered the book myself because I want to get more educated on what&#x27;s in this bill. And Nancy Pelosi&#x27;s famous line she said is, in order to find out what&#x27;s in it, we have to pass it first so that Nick can write about it.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, she didn&#x27;t say that part, but that&#x27;s what I was thinking. Welcome in, Nick. Well, thank you. It is a massive piece of legislation, 2,700 pages and some 500 provisions. And I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s an overstatement to say that it is so vast and comprehensive that it will affect virtually every American in some way in this country over the next 10 years. It fundamentally restructures and changes the way health care is delivered. And we thought it was important to break it out in a reference book, a guide, a survival guide, if you will, to let people know what&#x27;s coming your way, whether you&#x27;re a senior on Medicare or a college student, have a preexisting condition, are self-employed, or are working with a large or small company. It&#x27;s going to have an effect, and some of those provisions have already started rolling in. Now, one of the things that I want to clear up, it&#x27;s not free health care for everyone, and that&#x27;s what people were thinking.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> This is going to be free health care. That&#x27;s not what it is, is it? No, there is no free lunch. In fact, the estimates are that everyone will have or will have to have health care by the year 2014 as part of the individual mandate. You&#x27;ll have to purchase it or get it through your employer or Medicare or Medicaid, but it does not come free. In fact, the expectation is that the existing costs of health care are going to continue to rise, and there&#x27;s virtually nothing in the legislation that keeps health care costs down or restricts insurers from passing on those increased costs of health care to consumers in the form of higher premiums. So, no, there is no free lunch here at all. Now, one of the talking points that I&#x27;ve heard battered around for a long time on this is that it&#x27;s going to help people with pre-existing conditions get insurance,</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> but to me that&#x27;s like someone getting in an auto wreck and then after the fact going and getting auto insurance to cover the wreck they just had. It&#x27;s a good analogy, and I think it&#x27;s a pretty accurate one. The way that the plan is intended to work and by design, about 37 million Americans now do not have health insurance, and under the provisions of the law they will have it either through Medicaid or expansions of Medicaid in the various states or the creation of these new state-based health insurance exchanges, which are going to be designed to provide affordable cost, high-quality health insurance plans. The idea is if more people are insured, the greater the likelihood they are going to get preventive care, which will keep the costs down in the long run, so that we&#x27;re getting treated in ERs and hospitals after the fact,</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> which is something that we all pay for. So the idea is that health care costs will come down in the long run, but in the short run they&#x27;re clearly going to go up because someone is going to need to pay for those people who have pre-existing conditions. If you have cancer or diabetes or heart disease or some other pre-existing condition, if you get into an insurance plan that you haven&#x27;t been paying into for years, someone&#x27;s picking up the cost of that, and right now that cost is taxpayers and that cost is being borne by people who have insurance. So the idea is to raise the number of people who are paying into the insurance system so that those people who need more care, i.e. seniors and people with pre-existing conditions, will be covered by the cost coming from other folks. It all sounds good, but I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people who were thinking about getting in the medical profession</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> and they&#x27;ve changed their thought process. I mean, if there aren&#x27;t enough physicians out there, it doesn&#x27;t matter how good the Obamacare is if there aren&#x27;t physicians to see people. That&#x27;s a good point. I think that this is sort of a double-edged sword with Obamacare. In some ways, if you work in a health care field, your job is going to become vital. Knowing about how the health care system works and the complexities of changes that are coming will make your job probably more lucrative. You probably will be secure if you&#x27;re working as a nurse in a hospital or in the health care field. But for doctors themselves, people that practice medicine, there are likely to be reductions in Medicare reimbursements that they&#x27;re going to get. There are shifts in emphasis, though, that doctors will be directed to order fewer services for their patients unless they can justify that they&#x27;re necessary. And that&#x27;s the way many doctor&#x27;s offices bring in, come in, and keep their practices going.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> And, in fact, the surveys of doctors nationwide have found that a great number are saying they&#x27;re likely to retire in the next couple of years rather than stick with and live with the new changes that are coming through Obamacare. And, as you know, there are already shortages of doctors in many places in the country, particularly in places like Florida where they have a lot of seniors. So we could, in fact, see more shortages come as a result as an unintended consequence of this law. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Nick J. Tate. He&#x27;s an award-winning journalist. He&#x27;s just published Obamacare Survival Guide, the Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. And, Nick, now let&#x27;s look at the financial impacts of this health care reform to consumers, business owners. We&#x27;ve talked about the health care providers here in 2013 and beyond, but how is this going to affect just the regular consumer and business owner?</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> Well, if you&#x27;re a small business owner, meaning you employ 25 or fewer people, you will get a tax break and a benefit if you insure your employees. But you lose that tax break if you go above 25. So the upside is you may get a break if you&#x27;re a small business owner, but you&#x27;re not going to want to grow your business beyond 25 employees because you will lose that tax break, which some say is holding down job hiring. The other impact is on larger businesses. The businesses that have 50 or more employees will be required in 2014 to cover insurance for all of their workers or pay a penalty, which will amount to about $2,000 a year per employee. Now, you know as well as I, businesses that pay for the health insurance for their employees pay a lot more than $2,000 per person. So the concern is that that penalty may actually drive many large business owners to just drop the coverage for their workers</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> and send them to these health care exchanges that will be created to buy it on their own. The other thing that we&#x27;re hearing is that several restaurant chains and larger retailers are talking about experimenting with hours so that there are fewer numbers of hours that their employees are working, so they are not qualified under the law as full-time employees. So what many people working at large businesses could find is that not only are they looking for health care because their employer isn&#x27;t paying for their insurance, but they also may be looking for a second job because their hours have been cut back to under 30. So those are two consequences on large and small businesses. On individuals, as we&#x27;ve discussed, the likelihood is that insurance rates are going to continue to rise and in fact have been doing so in the two years since Obamacare was signed into law. By 9% for the typical American family, household insurance premiums rose last year,</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> according to the Kaiser Family Foundation. The projections are that those are going to continue to rise. So, you know, the big picture is more people may be covered. People will not be barred if you have preexisting conditions. But it is going to cost businesses and individuals more money for the new health care plan and the new health care system that Obamacare puts in place. Nick, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, if I was an employer and I had more than 25 employees, I would cancel my health insurance and pay the penalty. Well, I think a lot of people are going to do that. It kicks in at 50. But a lot of people we&#x27;re hearing are going to do that. And in fact, some of the restaurant associations and restaurateurs have said that they&#x27;re already experimenting with those kinds of hourly adjustments just to prepare for what they expect is coming. Regardless of what happens in November, regardless of what happens in Washington, the expectation is that these provisions are going to come through and people are already beginning to prepare.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, we&#x27;ve seen the mismanagement on the Medicare side. I mean, how&#x27;s the government going to magically fix itself and get on the right track and looking after everyone? Well, that&#x27;s a really good question. And in fact, in the individual states that do not create their own health care exchanges as designed under the law, the federal government will step in and run them. So far, I think it&#x27;s 15 or 16 states have moved forward with their own plans. So you do the math. You can see that a number of states are probably going to have the federal government come in and run those programs as well as expansions of Medicaid. And it&#x27;s not my position to give an opinion on whether that&#x27;s going to work really well or not. But as you say, we have lots of history to look back to see how those programs have been run when the federal government steps in and tells states what to do. Well, in the financial world, we always say past performance can&#x27;t guarantee future results,</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> but at least it can give you a pattern. And if a pattern&#x27;s been established, it&#x27;s a pretty clear one. It&#x27;s a place for governments, not health care. Let&#x27;s look at the unknown details of Obamacare. Put it in layman&#x27;s terms. Well, there are a lot of uncertainties about the way that the provisions will play out. In fact, we&#x27;ve talked about some of them. You know, possible doctor shortages, increased expenditures for health care for individuals and businesses, and the possibility that worker-based insurance may be eroded by the plan. But there are also things that have not been discussed too broadly. One thing I would point out is the Medicare cuts that have been proposed for the next 10 years under Obamacare amount to about $716 billion. Now, we know that that money, according to the law, will be largely taken from reimbursements to insurers and to hospitals, but we don&#x27;t know whether it will have an impact on individual</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Medicare recipients and how. So that&#x27;s one uncertainty. The second uncertainty is the law creates an independent advisory board that will be able to propose and implement additional cuts to Medicare without the authority or the authorization or the approval of Congress or the president. So they will be able to move independently and recommend additional cuts. The panel has not even been created. The model is the Federal Reserve Bank. It would be like a Federal Reserve Bank for health care. So what that panel looks like, what they recommend, we just don&#x27;t know. Congress would have to reverse any policies they set for future Medicare spending cuts by, I think it&#x27;s a three-fifth supermajority. So the likelihood of that actually happening, getting that kind of congressional mobilization</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> to overturn a decision like that, seems to me to be a real difficult challenge. So that&#x27;s yet another uncertainty, and we just don&#x27;t know how that&#x27;s going to play out. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And folks, his name is Nick Tate. He&#x27;s deputy health editor with Newsmax. He&#x27;s written a book called Obamacare Survival Guide, The Affordable Care Act, and what it means for you and your health care. Nick, how can one get a copy of the book? Nick Tate. It&#x27;s available at all major booksellers, Barnes &amp; Noble, Amazon.com, and you can go to a website we&#x27;ve created. I&#x27;ll give it to you. It&#x27;s Obamacare911.com, Obamacare911.com. And if I could just say, really, the intent of the book is not to look at the politics and whether this is a good or a bad thing for the country, step in the right direction or the wrong direction. It really is a resource to help people maximize their health care dollar,</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> see what&#x27;s coming their way, see how they&#x27;re going to be affected, and to learn what they can do about it. And we&#x27;ll put a link to that site you mentioned on our website. And, folks, if you just joined us later, want to hear the interview again, you can go to FinancialSafari.com and listen to the complete interview. Nick, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to do it. Thank you so much. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Let&#x27;s do it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nick Tate joins Coach Pete to discuss the Obamacare Survival Guide. This October 2012 interview explores the Affordable Care Act and the questions consumers were asking about healthcare changes at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nick Tate</category>
      <category>healthcare</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nick Tate, healthcare, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/image.jpg?t=1792071720&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-tate-the-obamacare-survival-guide/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/image.jpg?t=1792071720&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693</guid>
      <omny:clipId>078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>684</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/078a448b-cb7b-4973-ab6f-b4e3001c5693/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10973335" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nick-tate-the-obamacare-survival-guide</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>176</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Obamacare Survival Guide" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Keene: Gun Rights and the 2012 Election</title>
      <itunes:title>David Keene: Gun Rights and the 2012 Election</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Keene joins Coach Pete to discuss gun rights and the election debate of October 2012. The conversation presents the NRA’s perspective at that time and considers the issues facing gun owners.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. This week we have an excellent guest. He&#x27;s president of the NRA. His name is David Keene, joining us from Maryland. David, welcome in. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I own a .38 Special myself, and it&#x27;s a nice little gun. It&#x27;s hammerless, and it&#x27;s titanium. And I like my .38 Special at home because I feel safer. I also have a shotgun at home just in case someone would break in. I&#x27;d want them to hear that pump action and make them think twice about taking another step. So we&#x27;ve heard a lot, though, lately about gun rights, and they&#x27;re under attack, aren&#x27;t they? They absolutely are. We&#x27;ve been of the opinion for the last year or so that the reelection of Barack Obama as president</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> could set Second Amendment advocates and gun rights enthusiasts and those involved in shooting sports back decades. Think about this. This guy, before he ever ran for elected office, was an anti-gun rights activist in Illinois. He has at various times in his career proposed legislation that would ban the ownership, sale, and manufacture of handguns, of any shotguns that are capable of firing more than one shot, which would include double barrels and over-unders, as well as semi-automatics and pump guns. He has suggested that we need legislation that would ban concealed carry laws in all 50 states. But as president, he has not been able to accomplish those things, partly because he&#x27;s been busy reforming our health care system,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but in part because Congress made it very clear at the very beginning of this administration that if you come to us with something that infringes on the American people&#x27;s Second Amendment rights, we&#x27;re going to reject it. So he backed off. He&#x27;s been harassing dealers. He launched Fast and Furious to try and build a case for gun control. He signaled the U.N. that maybe we&#x27;d sign a small arms trade treaty if they could get one. But he tried to keep guns off the table because he knows just how politically dangerous it is to take on gun owners head-on, as Al Gore discovered in 2000. But at that town hall debate, I don&#x27;t think he was expecting a question on guns. And when he got one, it was as if he&#x27;d opened the closet door, stuck his head out, and said, hey, by the way, the NRA&#x27;s right. I am after your gun rights.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> I don&#x27;t like long guns. I don&#x27;t like sidearms either. And if I get reelected, I&#x27;m going to go after him. So that was a wake-up call to those people who had been thinking that just because he hadn&#x27;t succeeded in doing anything to infringe on their rights during his first four years, that maybe they&#x27;d get through another four years, even if he&#x27;s reelected. But if he&#x27;s reelected, he&#x27;s going to change the Supreme Court. If he changes the Supreme Court by getting one, two, or three appointments, he can have his court reverse the Heller decision, which guarantees individuals the right to own firearms, or restrict it in a way that it becomes meaningless. If he&#x27;s reelected, I&#x27;d be willing to bet he signs a United Nations small arms treaty, and he continues his assault on gun dealers.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> The number of them has decreased significantly since he&#x27;s been in, and continues to try and build a case for further restrictions on firearms in this country. Well, in the second term, it&#x27;s very worrisome to me, especially when he&#x27;s been caught on tape, like when he was talking to the leader of Russia, saying, just wait until after the election, those kind of things. That scares me. Well, he was caught saying virtually the same thing to Sarah Brady, who heads the largest anti-Second Amendment group in the country. He said, I intend to deliver on my promises, but for now I have to work under the radar. That&#x27;s very reminiscent of what he said to the president of Russia, which was basically, just cool it until we get past this election. If I can win, I&#x27;m going to have the flexibility to deliver for you.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And delivering for Sarah Brady means taking the rights away from millions and millions of Americans across this country. You know, any incident there that involves a gun, of course there are some whack jobs out there that if they didn&#x27;t have a gun, they would use something else to be stupid and create mayhem. So any little incident, though, they never let an incident like that go to waste, and they use that as another battling point in their platform of limiting or eliminating gun ownership. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. You know, when the Aurora shooting took place in Colorado, the governor of Colorado got it right. He said, look, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with our gun laws. Good people should have guns. Bad people should not. We can&#x27;t control evil, and we can&#x27;t control crazy people. But what we need to do is prosecute gun crime.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> If this guy who had involved himself in that shooting there hadn&#x27;t had a gun, he&#x27;d have used explosives to accomplish the same thing. He&#x27;d have used something. The problem we have is that there is a group within our society, the sort of liberal elite, who, one, don&#x27;t like guns because they symbolize an America that they don&#x27;t like, an old America where people took care of their own problems, where they were self-reliant, the values that have been passed on from the days of the founders to today. They&#x27;d like to change all that. A different kind of an America is what they&#x27;d like. But also, it&#x27;s people who really don&#x27;t blame criminals. They blame guns. Their attitude toward gun crime would be analogous to if the police,</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> when someone got arrested for drunk driving, crush the car and let the driver go. You know, in those cities in which gun restrictions are most severe, in which, in other words, victims are disarmed and predators are empowered, there is less prosecution under federal gun laws than in any other jurisdiction. Chicago, the president&#x27;s hometown and Mayor Emanuel&#x27;s city, is rapidly becoming the murder capital of the United States. There are federal laws against felons possessing guns, drug dealers possessing guns, felons using guns in committing crimes for which they can be prosecuted. In the list of jurisdictions in which such prosecutions take place,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Chicago, one of our largest cities, is 89th. And the number of prosecutions for gun crimes in Chicago has been going down, not up. Now, that means one of two things. Either there isn&#x27;t any gun crime in Chicago to speak of, and we know that&#x27;s not true, or prosecutors, law enforcement officials, and politicians in Chicago aren&#x27;t going after criminals. Instead, they&#x27;re saying, let&#x27;s tax ammunition. Let&#x27;s tax .22 caliber ammunition so that an innocent civilian&#x27;s son or daughter or nephew can&#x27;t afford to go out and shoot his or her .22. Let&#x27;s do that, but let&#x27;s not blame the criminals. Let&#x27;s blame the guns. Well, yeah, and we&#x27;ve seen that, too, and that goes along with how he&#x27;s attacking the gun dealers,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> and also they&#x27;re limiting ammunition, so the price is going up. It costs a fortune now just to go to the gun range. Right. All of these, you know, taxing ammunition for a liberal politician is a twofer. He gets to attack the ammunition and the gun user, and he gets to have more money to spend on other fantasies that he might want to pass. But you&#x27;re exactly right, and this has been what&#x27;s going on so far is the harassment of gun dealers. There are fewer gun dealers today than there were when Barack Obama took office, and all of this is important. It&#x27;s of a piece. Think about this. When the Supreme Court in the Heller case decided that a citizen of the District of Columbia had a right to possess a firearm, a sidearm, in his home to protect his family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> the District of Columbia government said, okay, yeah, we recognize that, but you&#x27;re going to have to purchase your gun in the District of Columbia. It happened that there was no place you could do that in the District of Columbia. So if you don&#x27;t have a dealer, you can&#x27;t buy a gun, you don&#x27;t get to exercise your rights. If you can&#x27;t buy ammo or you can&#x27;t afford it, you can&#x27;t shoot your gun, you can&#x27;t go hunting, you can&#x27;t go to the range, your rights become meaningless. If you don&#x27;t have the ability to get a firearm and to have ammo, then what happens? You, the potential victim of crime, are disarmed. The predator goes on. Do you actually think, or does anyone think, including the president and the mayor of Chicago, think that putting a tax on bullets is going to keep a criminal from getting bullets? Do they think that putting a $25 tax on the purchase of a firearm</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> is going to keep a criminal from procuring the tools of his trade, which he mostly buys on street corners from other criminals anyway? These are not measures designed to deal with crime and gun violence. They are measures designed to get at legitimate citizens who exercise their constitutional rights by owning and using firearms. Well, look at the tax on cigarettes, $5 a pack, but I still see people smoking. That&#x27;s right. In fact, it&#x27;s a situation where they almost have to promote smoking because they get so much money from the tax. I mean, as I say, it&#x27;s a twofer. You know, you get to tax the bullets and you get to spend the money for something else. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s going to, that the president can get something like that through the Congress because the Congress has enough Second Amendment believers of both parties, incidentally, to stop him. But cities like Chicago, which are run much</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> differently, are probably going to try that in the next few years. So gun rights are really threatened. And yes, there are big issues of the economy and the jobs and all of that, but millions upon millions of Americans believe in the Second Amendment are involved in the shooting sports and own firearms. Did you know that in this country today, in all households headed by someone over the age of 30, a majority of those households are gun-owning households? Or that in Wisconsin, when the recall election took place up there recently for the governor, we commissioned an exit poll and asked people coming out of the polling places, do you agree with the principles and goals of the National Rifle Association? 45% said yes. What the president realizes but pretends isn&#x27;t true is that gun owners are not</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> those bitter clingers. He talked about the few Americans who sit in church clinging to their Bibles and their guns because they&#x27;re afraid of the modern world. The fact is that American gun owners are a virtual majority and millions of them will turn out on election day to vote against someone they see as a threat to their rights. Folks, his name is David Keene. He&#x27;s president of the NRA. And David, I&#x27;ve been quoted to call the taking of guns would be the last foothold of freedom, basically taking our guns away. That&#x27;s exactly right. I like to tell a story. Some years ago in Moscow, on the occasion of his 85th birthday, there was a banquet honoring General Kalashnikov, the man who invented the AK-47 back</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> during World War II. And he&#x27;s one of the few heroes that they have in Russia anymore. He&#x27;s in his 90s now. Mr. Putin got up to deliver the toast. And when he finished, General Kalashnikov got up, looked him in the eye, raised his glass and said, Mr. President, my dream is of a country like the United States, governed by men and women, not afraid of an armed citizenry, and sat down. I don&#x27;t think Putin liked that any more than Rahm Emanuel would like it or Mayor Bloomberg in New York would like it. But the fact is, it reminds you that we have lived in a country since our founding that people in other countries can only dream about. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s at stake, the kind of country that this is, the values</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> that we share, the traditions that we&#x27;ve inherited from the founders and from our grandparents and our parents, and whether or not we&#x27;ll be able to defend those traditions, those values, and pass them on to succeeding generations. David, what can our listener do right now to make sure their rights aren&#x27;t taken away? Well, in the first instance, they can get out on November 6th and vote for the Romney-Ryan ticket. These two men are committed to the Second Amendment, as Mitt Romney demonstrated in that town hall debate when he said, we don&#x27;t need any more gun restrictions in this country. They can do that. They can get their friends to do that. They can get their neighbors and their wives and their children that are of voting in the second age to do that. And then they can go to NRA.org and look at our recommendations for the</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> Senate and the House. We grade elected officials and candidates, not on the basis of what they say. After all, Michael Bloomberg says, I believe, in the Second Amendment. I just think there ought to be reasonable restrictions, restrictions which, if they were imposed, would basically gut the Second Amendment. What we look at is what politicians do when they&#x27;re in office, and we grade them on that basis and we endorse on that basis. We don&#x27;t endorse based on party. We endorse Democrats as well as Republicans. We&#x27;re interested in the Second Amendment, and we&#x27;re interested in people who share our values on that question. So if your listeners care about the Second Amendment, if they care about their right to self-defense, if they care about the traditions and the values that the Second</p><p><strong>13:43</strong> Amendment represents, if they care about the shooting sports, if they want their children to be able to go into the field and hunt or to go to the range or to be part of a high school shooting team, they need to get out and vote for candidates that support the values that they share with us. Couldn&#x27;t say it better myself. Folks, his name is David Keene, president of the NRA. David, thanks for visiting with us, and I hope to have you on again after the election. Anytime. It&#x27;d be a pleasure. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Keene joins Coach Pete to discuss gun rights and the election debate of October 2012. The conversation presents the NRA’s perspective at that time and considers the issues facing gun owners.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. This week we have an excellent guest. He&#x27;s president of the NRA. His name is David Keene, joining us from Maryland. David, welcome in. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Thank you. Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I own a .38 Special myself, and it&#x27;s a nice little gun. It&#x27;s hammerless, and it&#x27;s titanium. And I like my .38 Special at home because I feel safer. I also have a shotgun at home just in case someone would break in. I&#x27;d want them to hear that pump action and make them think twice about taking another step. So we&#x27;ve heard a lot, though, lately about gun rights, and they&#x27;re under attack, aren&#x27;t they? They absolutely are. We&#x27;ve been of the opinion for the last year or so that the reelection of Barack Obama as president</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> could set Second Amendment advocates and gun rights enthusiasts and those involved in shooting sports back decades. Think about this. This guy, before he ever ran for elected office, was an anti-gun rights activist in Illinois. He has at various times in his career proposed legislation that would ban the ownership, sale, and manufacture of handguns, of any shotguns that are capable of firing more than one shot, which would include double barrels and over-unders, as well as semi-automatics and pump guns. He has suggested that we need legislation that would ban concealed carry laws in all 50 states. But as president, he has not been able to accomplish those things, partly because he&#x27;s been busy reforming our health care system,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but in part because Congress made it very clear at the very beginning of this administration that if you come to us with something that infringes on the American people&#x27;s Second Amendment rights, we&#x27;re going to reject it. So he backed off. He&#x27;s been harassing dealers. He launched Fast and Furious to try and build a case for gun control. He signaled the U.N. that maybe we&#x27;d sign a small arms trade treaty if they could get one. But he tried to keep guns off the table because he knows just how politically dangerous it is to take on gun owners head-on, as Al Gore discovered in 2000. But at that town hall debate, I don&#x27;t think he was expecting a question on guns. And when he got one, it was as if he&#x27;d opened the closet door, stuck his head out, and said, hey, by the way, the NRA&#x27;s right. I am after your gun rights.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> I don&#x27;t like long guns. I don&#x27;t like sidearms either. And if I get reelected, I&#x27;m going to go after him. So that was a wake-up call to those people who had been thinking that just because he hadn&#x27;t succeeded in doing anything to infringe on their rights during his first four years, that maybe they&#x27;d get through another four years, even if he&#x27;s reelected. But if he&#x27;s reelected, he&#x27;s going to change the Supreme Court. If he changes the Supreme Court by getting one, two, or three appointments, he can have his court reverse the Heller decision, which guarantees individuals the right to own firearms, or restrict it in a way that it becomes meaningless. If he&#x27;s reelected, I&#x27;d be willing to bet he signs a United Nations small arms treaty, and he continues his assault on gun dealers.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> The number of them has decreased significantly since he&#x27;s been in, and continues to try and build a case for further restrictions on firearms in this country. Well, in the second term, it&#x27;s very worrisome to me, especially when he&#x27;s been caught on tape, like when he was talking to the leader of Russia, saying, just wait until after the election, those kind of things. That scares me. Well, he was caught saying virtually the same thing to Sarah Brady, who heads the largest anti-Second Amendment group in the country. He said, I intend to deliver on my promises, but for now I have to work under the radar. That&#x27;s very reminiscent of what he said to the president of Russia, which was basically, just cool it until we get past this election. If I can win, I&#x27;m going to have the flexibility to deliver for you.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And delivering for Sarah Brady means taking the rights away from millions and millions of Americans across this country. You know, any incident there that involves a gun, of course there are some whack jobs out there that if they didn&#x27;t have a gun, they would use something else to be stupid and create mayhem. So any little incident, though, they never let an incident like that go to waste, and they use that as another battling point in their platform of limiting or eliminating gun ownership. Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. You know, when the Aurora shooting took place in Colorado, the governor of Colorado got it right. He said, look, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with our gun laws. Good people should have guns. Bad people should not. We can&#x27;t control evil, and we can&#x27;t control crazy people. But what we need to do is prosecute gun crime.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> If this guy who had involved himself in that shooting there hadn&#x27;t had a gun, he&#x27;d have used explosives to accomplish the same thing. He&#x27;d have used something. The problem we have is that there is a group within our society, the sort of liberal elite, who, one, don&#x27;t like guns because they symbolize an America that they don&#x27;t like, an old America where people took care of their own problems, where they were self-reliant, the values that have been passed on from the days of the founders to today. They&#x27;d like to change all that. A different kind of an America is what they&#x27;d like. But also, it&#x27;s people who really don&#x27;t blame criminals. They blame guns. Their attitude toward gun crime would be analogous to if the police,</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> when someone got arrested for drunk driving, crush the car and let the driver go. You know, in those cities in which gun restrictions are most severe, in which, in other words, victims are disarmed and predators are empowered, there is less prosecution under federal gun laws than in any other jurisdiction. Chicago, the president&#x27;s hometown and Mayor Emanuel&#x27;s city, is rapidly becoming the murder capital of the United States. There are federal laws against felons possessing guns, drug dealers possessing guns, felons using guns in committing crimes for which they can be prosecuted. In the list of jurisdictions in which such prosecutions take place,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Chicago, one of our largest cities, is 89th. And the number of prosecutions for gun crimes in Chicago has been going down, not up. Now, that means one of two things. Either there isn&#x27;t any gun crime in Chicago to speak of, and we know that&#x27;s not true, or prosecutors, law enforcement officials, and politicians in Chicago aren&#x27;t going after criminals. Instead, they&#x27;re saying, let&#x27;s tax ammunition. Let&#x27;s tax .22 caliber ammunition so that an innocent civilian&#x27;s son or daughter or nephew can&#x27;t afford to go out and shoot his or her .22. Let&#x27;s do that, but let&#x27;s not blame the criminals. Let&#x27;s blame the guns. Well, yeah, and we&#x27;ve seen that, too, and that goes along with how he&#x27;s attacking the gun dealers,</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> and also they&#x27;re limiting ammunition, so the price is going up. It costs a fortune now just to go to the gun range. Right. All of these, you know, taxing ammunition for a liberal politician is a twofer. He gets to attack the ammunition and the gun user, and he gets to have more money to spend on other fantasies that he might want to pass. But you&#x27;re exactly right, and this has been what&#x27;s going on so far is the harassment of gun dealers. There are fewer gun dealers today than there were when Barack Obama took office, and all of this is important. It&#x27;s of a piece. Think about this. When the Supreme Court in the Heller case decided that a citizen of the District of Columbia had a right to possess a firearm, a sidearm, in his home to protect his family,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> the District of Columbia government said, okay, yeah, we recognize that, but you&#x27;re going to have to purchase your gun in the District of Columbia. It happened that there was no place you could do that in the District of Columbia. So if you don&#x27;t have a dealer, you can&#x27;t buy a gun, you don&#x27;t get to exercise your rights. If you can&#x27;t buy ammo or you can&#x27;t afford it, you can&#x27;t shoot your gun, you can&#x27;t go hunting, you can&#x27;t go to the range, your rights become meaningless. If you don&#x27;t have the ability to get a firearm and to have ammo, then what happens? You, the potential victim of crime, are disarmed. The predator goes on. Do you actually think, or does anyone think, including the president and the mayor of Chicago, think that putting a tax on bullets is going to keep a criminal from getting bullets? Do they think that putting a $25 tax on the purchase of a firearm</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> is going to keep a criminal from procuring the tools of his trade, which he mostly buys on street corners from other criminals anyway? These are not measures designed to deal with crime and gun violence. They are measures designed to get at legitimate citizens who exercise their constitutional rights by owning and using firearms. Well, look at the tax on cigarettes, $5 a pack, but I still see people smoking. That&#x27;s right. In fact, it&#x27;s a situation where they almost have to promote smoking because they get so much money from the tax. I mean, as I say, it&#x27;s a twofer. You know, you get to tax the bullets and you get to spend the money for something else. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s going to, that the president can get something like that through the Congress because the Congress has enough Second Amendment believers of both parties, incidentally, to stop him. But cities like Chicago, which are run much</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> differently, are probably going to try that in the next few years. So gun rights are really threatened. And yes, there are big issues of the economy and the jobs and all of that, but millions upon millions of Americans believe in the Second Amendment are involved in the shooting sports and own firearms. Did you know that in this country today, in all households headed by someone over the age of 30, a majority of those households are gun-owning households? Or that in Wisconsin, when the recall election took place up there recently for the governor, we commissioned an exit poll and asked people coming out of the polling places, do you agree with the principles and goals of the National Rifle Association? 45% said yes. What the president realizes but pretends isn&#x27;t true is that gun owners are not</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> those bitter clingers. He talked about the few Americans who sit in church clinging to their Bibles and their guns because they&#x27;re afraid of the modern world. The fact is that American gun owners are a virtual majority and millions of them will turn out on election day to vote against someone they see as a threat to their rights. Folks, his name is David Keene. He&#x27;s president of the NRA. And David, I&#x27;ve been quoted to call the taking of guns would be the last foothold of freedom, basically taking our guns away. That&#x27;s exactly right. I like to tell a story. Some years ago in Moscow, on the occasion of his 85th birthday, there was a banquet honoring General Kalashnikov, the man who invented the AK-47 back</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> during World War II. And he&#x27;s one of the few heroes that they have in Russia anymore. He&#x27;s in his 90s now. Mr. Putin got up to deliver the toast. And when he finished, General Kalashnikov got up, looked him in the eye, raised his glass and said, Mr. President, my dream is of a country like the United States, governed by men and women, not afraid of an armed citizenry, and sat down. I don&#x27;t think Putin liked that any more than Rahm Emanuel would like it or Mayor Bloomberg in New York would like it. But the fact is, it reminds you that we have lived in a country since our founding that people in other countries can only dream about. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s at stake, the kind of country that this is, the values</p><p><strong>12:06</strong> that we share, the traditions that we&#x27;ve inherited from the founders and from our grandparents and our parents, and whether or not we&#x27;ll be able to defend those traditions, those values, and pass them on to succeeding generations. David, what can our listener do right now to make sure their rights aren&#x27;t taken away? Well, in the first instance, they can get out on November 6th and vote for the Romney-Ryan ticket. These two men are committed to the Second Amendment, as Mitt Romney demonstrated in that town hall debate when he said, we don&#x27;t need any more gun restrictions in this country. They can do that. They can get their friends to do that. They can get their neighbors and their wives and their children that are of voting in the second age to do that. And then they can go to NRA.org and look at our recommendations for the</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> Senate and the House. We grade elected officials and candidates, not on the basis of what they say. After all, Michael Bloomberg says, I believe, in the Second Amendment. I just think there ought to be reasonable restrictions, restrictions which, if they were imposed, would basically gut the Second Amendment. What we look at is what politicians do when they&#x27;re in office, and we grade them on that basis and we endorse on that basis. We don&#x27;t endorse based on party. We endorse Democrats as well as Republicans. We&#x27;re interested in the Second Amendment, and we&#x27;re interested in people who share our values on that question. So if your listeners care about the Second Amendment, if they care about their right to self-defense, if they care about the traditions and the values that the Second</p><p><strong>13:43</strong> Amendment represents, if they care about the shooting sports, if they want their children to be able to go into the field and hunt or to go to the range or to be part of a high school shooting team, they need to get out and vote for candidates that support the values that they share with us. Couldn&#x27;t say it better myself. Folks, his name is David Keene, president of the NRA. David, thanks for visiting with us, and I hope to have you on again after the election. Anytime. It&#x27;d be a pleasure. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Keene joins Coach Pete to discuss gun rights and the election debate of October 2012. The conversation presents the NRA’s perspective at that time and considers the issues facing gun owners.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Keene</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Gun Rights and the 2012 Election</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Keene, economic policy, Gun Rights and the 2012 Election, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425/image.jpg?t=1792071728&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-keene-gun-rights-and-the-2012-election/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425/image.jpg?t=1792071728&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>852</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e428c99-5844-4736-a230-b4e3001bd425/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13673445" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-keene-gun-rights-and-the-2012-election</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>177</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Gun Rights and the 2012 Election" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:48" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robert Murray: Coal, Energy, and the 2012 Election</title>
      <itunes:title>Robert Murray: Coal, Energy, and the 2012 Election</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Robert Murray joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about coal and energy policy. He shares his perspective on the industry, energy costs, and the policy debate before the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, again, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world. And the world is very complex when we talk about economics, especially when we talk about your power bills, your gas, your fuel, whatever you need to make life easier. And we&#x27;re very privileged today. I was watching Fox the other day and on Megyn Kelly&#x27;s show, she had a very interesting individual. His name was Robert Murray. He goes by Bob. And he&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. And he&#x27;s joining us on the show live from the Southern Ohio area. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be on your show, Coach Pete. You know, Mr. Murray, I flip light switches every day when I want light in the house and I turn the heater on. I want to make sure the heat comes on or anything I do that&#x27;s energy related. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> noticed because I&#x27;m a financial guy, I&#x27;ve noticed a 30% increase in the last four years of my power bill. They sneak these little increases in. And the reason why they&#x27;re having to increase things now is Obama&#x27;s war on coal. And I wanted to get into that today, as well as the fact that you&#x27;re not running for office, but in your area, you have a local senator running ads against you, attack ads against you. So I want to talk about that too. But you&#x27;re on the side of all of us out here, the people that are just trying to make a living and just trying to do what&#x27;s right. Welcome in, Bob. Thank you. Coach Pete, low cost electricity is a staple of life. And Barack Obama and his radical appointees have already increased electric bills tremendously in the United States,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> but it&#x27;s just the beginning. I grew up very poor. My dad was paralyzed from the neck down when I was nine years old, Coach Pete. I know what it is to be poor. And people in this country, because of what Barack Obama and his radical appointees are doing, are not going to be able to pay their electric bills. People in this country who depend on low cost electricity to sell a product in a global marketplace, are not going to be able to compete with China. Why? Because Barack Obama has closed 204 coal-fired power plants. That&#x27;s four cents a kilowatt hour electricity compared to the 22 cent kilowatt hour electricity made from wind and solar that he promotes. And that wind and solar gets</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> $24 a kilowatt hour from the taxpayer already. It shouldn&#x27;t even exist. It artificially exists because of taxpayer subsidies. China, at the same time, Coach Pete, is building a new 500 megawatt power plant every week and have been for years. So they&#x27;re going to have the low cost electricity. And so the jobs are going to go to China, where they&#x27;re going to have the coal-fired electricity. That man has killed 204 coal-fired power plants, the four cent kilowatt hour electricity, as he promotes 22 cent a kilowatt hour electricity. That&#x27;s 83,000 megawatts. That&#x27;s more power than the entire state of Ohio uses, Coach Pete. Well, you know, they went to this little curly light bulb that doesn&#x27;t put out anywhere near the light I want, because supposedly you&#x27;re saving energy on that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> But now that we look behind the administration, especially with the solar energy waste that they were throwing money all over the place in these windmills, if you&#x27;re paying money as a government to support an industry that&#x27;s not good when we have all this coal right under us, Bob, what are we doing? We&#x27;re destroying the future of the United States of America for my grandchildren, my children, and yours, and everyone that is a listener to your program. You know, they look at his war on coal, that is Mr. Obama&#x27;s, and think, well, you know, I&#x27;m not in the coal industry, he&#x27;s attacking. No, no, they don&#x27;t understand. He said that when he was running for election that I want to raise the electric rates in this country. His secretary of energy, Chu, said the same thing and still says it.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> And why? It&#x27;s a staple of life. We need low-cost electricity. And people on fixed incomes, he&#x27;s going to be asking the government to pass legislation to pay people&#x27;s electric bills. What you&#x27;ve seen in that 30 percent increase, Coach Pete, is just the beginning of the destruction that he is causing that people don&#x27;t realize. If they are paying for people&#x27;s energy bills, then, of course, what they&#x27;re doing now is they&#x27;re buying boats all over again. That&#x27;s another place to buy boats. But, I mean, shutting down all these power plants is, I mean, not only does it hurt you and I, Bob, every time we flip a light switch on, because it costs more money, but let&#x27;s look at the human element. I mean, how many jobs, each power plant you shut down, how many jobs does that equal? My office is here in southern Ohio, where I have mines. I grew up, worked underground 16 years,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> grew up with these folks, know them all by name, the ones that aren&#x27;t my friends or my relatives. Their lives are being destroyed. It&#x27;s a human issue to me. Also, these people just want to work in honor and dignity. And when their jobs are eliminated in their markets, and he has already eliminated 204 power plants, we&#x27;re down to 800 million tons of production in the coal industry in 2012 already. We normally produce about 1.2 billion. So we&#x27;re down 400 million. These people who just want to work in honor and dignity are losing their jobs. I&#x27;ve already had to close mines. And it isn&#x27;t the America that I cherish, because these people just want to work. So it&#x27;s not only an issue for anyone that depends on low-cost electricity in America for their survival. It&#x27;s also even a bigger issue,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because he&#x27;s destroying jobs, lives, and livelihoods right here in Belmont County, Ohio, where I&#x27;m located today and where I&#x27;m headquartered. He&#x27;s destroying their lives. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Robert Murray. He&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV. He&#x27;s been on Fox News a lot with Megan Kelly. He&#x27;s also been on with Neil Cavuto. But let&#x27;s talk about this, Bob. I mean, what is the main reason they&#x27;re hiding behind when they are closing these plants down? I know they&#x27;re over-regulating people now, but I mean, what&#x27;s the reason why they&#x27;re shutting plants down here in America, when at the same time, other countries are opening up tremendous, big, gigantic power companies that are coal-burning? Mr. Obama pits one sector of our society against another, the rich, the poor,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> and one type of business against another. He is so wedded to Hollywood characters. I won&#x27;t dignify him by calling them anything but Hollywood characters, radical liberal elitists and unions and the radical environmentalists, that they&#x27;re getting their payday. He said when he was running for election, they can build coal-fired plants in the United States, but I&#x27;ll bankrupt them. Joe Biden said, no coal in America. Those are direct quotes. And they&#x27;re making good on those promises. But he&#x27;s never had a job, and he&#x27;s never been in southeastern Ohio to see what these people do daily in mining the coal and going to work and making a living for their people. I have mines in</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> southern Illinois, western Kentucky, and Utah as well, and it&#x27;s the same across the country. He&#x27;s destroying an entire sector of the economy of America. He&#x27;s driving electric rates up for everyone, and all he&#x27;s doing is rewarding his constituents. Plus, I don&#x27;t know where Barack Obama&#x27;s incompetence starts and stops and his evil motivations start and stop. It&#x27;s very hard to tell. It&#x27;s almost like his goal is to have us back in the caves. I mean, if you don&#x27;t have any energy, you have to resort to going back into the caves and no transportation. I mean, his war on gas and oil, too. But let me ask you this. When you do have a coal plant shut down or when the government forces one out of business, let&#x27;s say a new administration comes in, how hard is it to reopen that plant? It&#x27;s not going to be reversible. The destruction that Barack Obama, no matter who&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> going to be elected president, this can&#x27;t be reversed. It can be stopped, and hundreds of thousands of people that he&#x27;s brought into the federal government can be eliminated. That can happen. But a power plant deteriorates very fast when it&#x27;s shut down. A coal mine deteriorates even faster. An underground, I&#x27;m strictly an underground miner, and so the mines flood. They slake. That means the roof falls down. They deteriorate very rapidly. Can&#x27;t bring it back. So what he&#x27;s destroyed, most of it is permanent. There&#x27;s also legal reasons why we can&#x27;t bring it all back. But we can stop it, and then we can build a new industry again going forward, because coal can be burned cleanly, just as cleanly as any other fuel, if there&#x27;s a commitment to it. But Mr. Obama has his</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> crony capitalists that he wants to reward, who make windmills, who make solar panels, who paid into his campaign heavily. And that&#x27;s what he is intent to do. And I want to tell you one more thing that&#x27;s already happened that your listeners should know. Every quarter, there are 13 utilities east of the Mississippi River tied together, and they have a quarterly auction. It&#x27;s called the PJM interconnection. 13 utilities east of the Mississippi. In this last quarterly auction, the power cost by the utilities themselves, the incremental power, was built up 800 percent, eight times for the years 2015 and 2016 over 2011 and 2012. Folks, that is what&#x27;s coming. The utilities themselves, now this is not all power. This is that incremental power, where one utility</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> wanted to sell some and another one to buy it. They bid it up 800 percent, eight times. This is proof of what is going to happen from the destruction being wrought by Obama, whether he gets elected again or not. So one final question, Mr. Murray. What can the average individual do now to put a stop to this, or at least try to at least make some noise about what&#x27;s going on out there? The only thing that they can do, and it is still the United States of America, they push back on me, trying to silence me. But these people I know by name whose lives are being destroyed, and I grew up poor, as I said, and I want people to be able to pay their electric bills. What they need to do is very obvious. Eliminate every Democrat from office that would be a supporter</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> of Barack Obama. You know, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference whether you&#x27;re a Democrat or a Republican. Most people in America are for jobs. This fellow is not. He&#x27;s evil. And so you&#x27;ve got to separate the Democrats from how you often look at Democrats as supporters of jobs versus a supporter of Obama. They&#x27;re not the same people. And vote Republican. Folks, his name is Robert Murray. He&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. Bob, thanks for joining us today. Thank you, Coach Pete. And I&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future, especially after the elections, just to get a status report. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;ll be fine, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Robert Murray joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about coal and energy policy. He shares his perspective on the industry, energy costs, and the policy debate before the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, again, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world. And the world is very complex when we talk about economics, especially when we talk about your power bills, your gas, your fuel, whatever you need to make life easier. And we&#x27;re very privileged today. I was watching Fox the other day and on Megyn Kelly&#x27;s show, she had a very interesting individual. His name was Robert Murray. He goes by Bob. And he&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. And he&#x27;s joining us on the show live from the Southern Ohio area. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be on your show, Coach Pete. You know, Mr. Murray, I flip light switches every day when I want light in the house and I turn the heater on. I want to make sure the heat comes on or anything I do that&#x27;s energy related. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> noticed because I&#x27;m a financial guy, I&#x27;ve noticed a 30% increase in the last four years of my power bill. They sneak these little increases in. And the reason why they&#x27;re having to increase things now is Obama&#x27;s war on coal. And I wanted to get into that today, as well as the fact that you&#x27;re not running for office, but in your area, you have a local senator running ads against you, attack ads against you. So I want to talk about that too. But you&#x27;re on the side of all of us out here, the people that are just trying to make a living and just trying to do what&#x27;s right. Welcome in, Bob. Thank you. Coach Pete, low cost electricity is a staple of life. And Barack Obama and his radical appointees have already increased electric bills tremendously in the United States,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> but it&#x27;s just the beginning. I grew up very poor. My dad was paralyzed from the neck down when I was nine years old, Coach Pete. I know what it is to be poor. And people in this country, because of what Barack Obama and his radical appointees are doing, are not going to be able to pay their electric bills. People in this country who depend on low cost electricity to sell a product in a global marketplace, are not going to be able to compete with China. Why? Because Barack Obama has closed 204 coal-fired power plants. That&#x27;s four cents a kilowatt hour electricity compared to the 22 cent kilowatt hour electricity made from wind and solar that he promotes. And that wind and solar gets</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> $24 a kilowatt hour from the taxpayer already. It shouldn&#x27;t even exist. It artificially exists because of taxpayer subsidies. China, at the same time, Coach Pete, is building a new 500 megawatt power plant every week and have been for years. So they&#x27;re going to have the low cost electricity. And so the jobs are going to go to China, where they&#x27;re going to have the coal-fired electricity. That man has killed 204 coal-fired power plants, the four cent kilowatt hour electricity, as he promotes 22 cent a kilowatt hour electricity. That&#x27;s 83,000 megawatts. That&#x27;s more power than the entire state of Ohio uses, Coach Pete. Well, you know, they went to this little curly light bulb that doesn&#x27;t put out anywhere near the light I want, because supposedly you&#x27;re saving energy on that.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> But now that we look behind the administration, especially with the solar energy waste that they were throwing money all over the place in these windmills, if you&#x27;re paying money as a government to support an industry that&#x27;s not good when we have all this coal right under us, Bob, what are we doing? We&#x27;re destroying the future of the United States of America for my grandchildren, my children, and yours, and everyone that is a listener to your program. You know, they look at his war on coal, that is Mr. Obama&#x27;s, and think, well, you know, I&#x27;m not in the coal industry, he&#x27;s attacking. No, no, they don&#x27;t understand. He said that when he was running for election that I want to raise the electric rates in this country. His secretary of energy, Chu, said the same thing and still says it.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> And why? It&#x27;s a staple of life. We need low-cost electricity. And people on fixed incomes, he&#x27;s going to be asking the government to pass legislation to pay people&#x27;s electric bills. What you&#x27;ve seen in that 30 percent increase, Coach Pete, is just the beginning of the destruction that he is causing that people don&#x27;t realize. If they are paying for people&#x27;s energy bills, then, of course, what they&#x27;re doing now is they&#x27;re buying boats all over again. That&#x27;s another place to buy boats. But, I mean, shutting down all these power plants is, I mean, not only does it hurt you and I, Bob, every time we flip a light switch on, because it costs more money, but let&#x27;s look at the human element. I mean, how many jobs, each power plant you shut down, how many jobs does that equal? My office is here in southern Ohio, where I have mines. I grew up, worked underground 16 years,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> grew up with these folks, know them all by name, the ones that aren&#x27;t my friends or my relatives. Their lives are being destroyed. It&#x27;s a human issue to me. Also, these people just want to work in honor and dignity. And when their jobs are eliminated in their markets, and he has already eliminated 204 power plants, we&#x27;re down to 800 million tons of production in the coal industry in 2012 already. We normally produce about 1.2 billion. So we&#x27;re down 400 million. These people who just want to work in honor and dignity are losing their jobs. I&#x27;ve already had to close mines. And it isn&#x27;t the America that I cherish, because these people just want to work. So it&#x27;s not only an issue for anyone that depends on low-cost electricity in America for their survival. It&#x27;s also even a bigger issue,</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because he&#x27;s destroying jobs, lives, and livelihoods right here in Belmont County, Ohio, where I&#x27;m located today and where I&#x27;m headquartered. He&#x27;s destroying their lives. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Robert Murray. He&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV. He&#x27;s been on Fox News a lot with Megan Kelly. He&#x27;s also been on with Neil Cavuto. But let&#x27;s talk about this, Bob. I mean, what is the main reason they&#x27;re hiding behind when they are closing these plants down? I know they&#x27;re over-regulating people now, but I mean, what&#x27;s the reason why they&#x27;re shutting plants down here in America, when at the same time, other countries are opening up tremendous, big, gigantic power companies that are coal-burning? Mr. Obama pits one sector of our society against another, the rich, the poor,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> and one type of business against another. He is so wedded to Hollywood characters. I won&#x27;t dignify him by calling them anything but Hollywood characters, radical liberal elitists and unions and the radical environmentalists, that they&#x27;re getting their payday. He said when he was running for election, they can build coal-fired plants in the United States, but I&#x27;ll bankrupt them. Joe Biden said, no coal in America. Those are direct quotes. And they&#x27;re making good on those promises. But he&#x27;s never had a job, and he&#x27;s never been in southeastern Ohio to see what these people do daily in mining the coal and going to work and making a living for their people. I have mines in</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> southern Illinois, western Kentucky, and Utah as well, and it&#x27;s the same across the country. He&#x27;s destroying an entire sector of the economy of America. He&#x27;s driving electric rates up for everyone, and all he&#x27;s doing is rewarding his constituents. Plus, I don&#x27;t know where Barack Obama&#x27;s incompetence starts and stops and his evil motivations start and stop. It&#x27;s very hard to tell. It&#x27;s almost like his goal is to have us back in the caves. I mean, if you don&#x27;t have any energy, you have to resort to going back into the caves and no transportation. I mean, his war on gas and oil, too. But let me ask you this. When you do have a coal plant shut down or when the government forces one out of business, let&#x27;s say a new administration comes in, how hard is it to reopen that plant? It&#x27;s not going to be reversible. The destruction that Barack Obama, no matter who&#x27;s</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> going to be elected president, this can&#x27;t be reversed. It can be stopped, and hundreds of thousands of people that he&#x27;s brought into the federal government can be eliminated. That can happen. But a power plant deteriorates very fast when it&#x27;s shut down. A coal mine deteriorates even faster. An underground, I&#x27;m strictly an underground miner, and so the mines flood. They slake. That means the roof falls down. They deteriorate very rapidly. Can&#x27;t bring it back. So what he&#x27;s destroyed, most of it is permanent. There&#x27;s also legal reasons why we can&#x27;t bring it all back. But we can stop it, and then we can build a new industry again going forward, because coal can be burned cleanly, just as cleanly as any other fuel, if there&#x27;s a commitment to it. But Mr. Obama has his</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> crony capitalists that he wants to reward, who make windmills, who make solar panels, who paid into his campaign heavily. And that&#x27;s what he is intent to do. And I want to tell you one more thing that&#x27;s already happened that your listeners should know. Every quarter, there are 13 utilities east of the Mississippi River tied together, and they have a quarterly auction. It&#x27;s called the PJM interconnection. 13 utilities east of the Mississippi. In this last quarterly auction, the power cost by the utilities themselves, the incremental power, was built up 800 percent, eight times for the years 2015 and 2016 over 2011 and 2012. Folks, that is what&#x27;s coming. The utilities themselves, now this is not all power. This is that incremental power, where one utility</p><p><strong>09:42</strong> wanted to sell some and another one to buy it. They bid it up 800 percent, eight times. This is proof of what is going to happen from the destruction being wrought by Obama, whether he gets elected again or not. So one final question, Mr. Murray. What can the average individual do now to put a stop to this, or at least try to at least make some noise about what&#x27;s going on out there? The only thing that they can do, and it is still the United States of America, they push back on me, trying to silence me. But these people I know by name whose lives are being destroyed, and I grew up poor, as I said, and I want people to be able to pay their electric bills. What they need to do is very obvious. Eliminate every Democrat from office that would be a supporter</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> of Barack Obama. You know, it doesn&#x27;t make any difference whether you&#x27;re a Democrat or a Republican. Most people in America are for jobs. This fellow is not. He&#x27;s evil. And so you&#x27;ve got to separate the Democrats from how you often look at Democrats as supporters of jobs versus a supporter of Obama. They&#x27;re not the same people. And vote Republican. Folks, his name is Robert Murray. He&#x27;s a coal and energy expert and founder of Murray Energy Corporation. Bob, thanks for joining us today. Thank you, Coach Pete. And I&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future, especially after the elections, just to get a status report. How&#x27;s that? That&#x27;ll be fine, sir. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Robert Murray joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about coal and energy policy. He shares his perspective on the industry, energy costs, and the policy debate before the election.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Robert Murray</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Robert Murray, economic policy, energy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738/image.jpg?t=1792072796&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-murray-coal-energy-and-the-2012-election/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738/image.jpg?t=1792072796&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738</guid>
      <omny:clipId>76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 20 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>671</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/76bef73b-3f48-4090-8867-b4e2013fb738/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10769886" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-murray-coal-energy-and-the-2012-election</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>178</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Coal, Energy, and the 2012 Election" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:02" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Walker: The $10 Million a Minute Tour</title>
      <itunes:title>David Walker: The $10 Million a Minute Tour</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Walker returns to discuss the $10 Million a Minute tour and the fiscal debate ahead of the 2012 election. This October 2012 interview explores government spending, debt, and the public response to his tour.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari. This is your weekly show, as always, looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the experts in the world and bring them on the show. And today we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. His name is Mr. Dave Walker. He&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General, and he also keeps very busy now that he&#x27;s in his own little world of trying to monitor the government&#x27;s spending. And he has a website there, 10 million a minute. He had a tour that just recently wrapped up here at the beginning of October. And Dave, I wanted to talk a little bit about that. But first of all, welcome into the show. Good to be back, Coach B. Now, I say you&#x27;re in your own little world because a lot of people see this debt clock</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> in New York City, I guess it is, and it says we were about 15 or 16 trillion, give or take a trillion or two. Who&#x27;s counting, Dave? But you have something called the burden barometer, which is more truthful. And I guess the purpose of your tour was at least to get the word out about how people really need to pay attention to our national debt and how it could affect a lot of things we take for granted. And I want you to tell us about what you saw on the tour and some of the things that are sticking out right now in your own mind as far as things we can do on our own proactively to put an end to this debt cycle we&#x27;re in. Well, most Americans are aware of the national debt clock, which is just recently passed $16 trillion. But it really understates the problem. Because when you look at the official financial statements of the U.S. government, you see that we have a bunch of other liabilities</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> and unfunded promises for things like Medicare and Social Security and a range of other commitments and contingencies. And when you just simply add up the numbers, the real number is over $70.8 trillion, growing by $10 million a minute, $100 billion a week. So in reality, our problem is a lot bigger than the politicians admit. It&#x27;s growing fast by doing nothing, which Washington has become very adept at. The good news is, if we can get a grand bargain next year, that number can come down tens of trillions of dollars, and the rate can slow dramatically, even if the changes are phased in over a number of years. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re trying to do, and the American people get it. But, you know, unfortunately, Washington tends to be a lag indicator. And this isn&#x27;t a political event. I mean, you are basically, you are against the spending of money</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> we don&#x27;t have, and your Comeback America initiative, Keeping America Great. That&#x27;s why you&#x27;re so adamant about this, because we&#x27;re spending money we don&#x27;t have. And I saw you on your bus tour. You came to Chapel Hill, North Carolina at the Friday Center. We were sitting in a room with hundreds of CPAs, all in agreement, no matter what political party they came from, but all in agreement when you ask certain questions and people raise their hand to vote, all in agreement we&#x27;re spending too much money. Well, our tour and our organization is fact-based, nonpartisan, non-ideological, non-personal. And what the tour was all about was to engage the American people in order to test a hypothesis. I&#x27;ve had a hypothesis that the American people are a lot smarter than most politicians realize. They know we&#x27;re in trouble. They can handle the truth. They&#x27;re willing to accept tough</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> choices as long as they&#x27;re part of a comprehensive plan that they deem to be fair and that they&#x27;re disgusted with the gridlock in Washington. And we proved that over and over and over again, no matter where we were in America. And let&#x27;s sum up to the folks that are listening. Where did your bus tour start and where did it end? We started in Manchester, New Hampshire, which is an important swing state. We went as far west as Las Vegas, Nevada, which is also a swing state. We went as far south as Orlando, Florida, which is a critically important swing state. And we ended up in Washington, D.C. from November 7th to October 10th. And we hit all of the nine critical swing states, seven other states, as well as the District of Columbia during a 34-day, 9,500-mile national bus tour.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And I saw you towards the end of that. You&#x27;re telling me, I don&#x27;t know how I got talked into doing this. I thought myself, I mean, here&#x27;s the amazing thing. You know, I really just came up with this idea in May, and our staff talked about it. We&#x27;ve got a small staff of six people, including myself and two interns at the time. So we made this national bus tour happen in a record amount of time. We didn&#x27;t even pull the trigger on it for sure until June. And we weren&#x27;t late for one event and, you know, had incredibly positive feedback from the American people all over the country. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Dave Walker. He&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General, and his organization is the Comeback America Initiative, Keeping America Great. We&#x27;re talking about his 10 million a minute bus tour that just recently wrapped up here at the beginning of October.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Dave, tell me about the crowds on the tour. You had many stops here, whistle stop tour, basically on a bus instead of a train. How were the crowds? Well, the crowds varied. I mean, typically they were in the hundreds. Some places you had more than others. But what was consistent was that we received overwhelming supermajority support for the principles that we outlined, that you guide a grand bargain, and for a range of illustrative reforms in eight different areas. In particular, we had several hundred people in Ohio and Virginia that were recruited to represent a demographically representative sample of voters there. And to give you a sense, 97% said that our fiscal challenge is extremely serious. 97% said it ought to be a top</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> priority for the presidential candidates. We got a minimum of 77% support for a range of reforms, dealing with social insurance programs, health care, taxes, defense, etc. And yet, only 8% of participants had confidence that Congress would adopt a bipartisan solution in 2013. So that gap is something that only can be filled, frankly, by the President of the United States and the first three words of the Constitution, we the people. The confidence here people have in government is lacking tremendously these days, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s about at an all-time low. You know, 20 years ago, Ross Perot Sr. ran for president the first time. He ran on fiscal irresponsibility in Washington, political dysfunctionality in Washington,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> declining trust in government, declining confidence in the future, and the need for fair trade as well as free trade. And we&#x27;re in much worse shape in all of those areas today than we were 20 years ago, and losing ground fast. So we&#x27;re going to have to make some tough choices, and we need to do it in 2013. And so now on your tour, how was the media coverage? Did you get much national coverage, or was it more of local coverage? We got some national coverage, but we got a lot of local coverage. And again, the strategy was to go to places that matter at a time that matters on an issue of critical importance to the country. And we focused on swing states because we knew that the candidates in the media would have to spend a disproportionate amount of time there. We have gotten some national media. CNN did a special segment</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> when we were in Philadelphia. USA Today and C-SPAN did a joint interview of Ross Perot and myself when we were in Dallas, and that&#x27;s online on C-SPAN, 70 minutes. We had some other coverage from CNBC and MSNBC on a national basis. The Huffington Post has a seven-minute video of the tour that&#x27;s highlighted on their homepage, focusing on young people and their concerns about what&#x27;s going on right now and the need to change course. We&#x27;ll get more as time goes on, I&#x27;m confident. Now, on your tour, what were some of the most unusual questions you were asked? You&#x27;re talking about the national debt and all that. Was there any surprising questions or surprising attitudes you found? Well, what I found was that the American people are way ahead of their elected officials.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> They understand that we&#x27;ve got a serious problem, and they&#x27;re not just frustrated. They&#x27;re disgusted with the lack of progress, with the ideological divide, with the hyper-partisanship in Washington. What really surprised me was the gap between the 97 percent that said that this should be a top priority for the Congress and for the President, and yet only eight percent had confidence they would do something within the next year. That was shocking. I knew there would be, you know, a big gap. I had no idea it would be that big. Well, Dave Walker, of course, folks we&#x27;re talking to, and we&#x27;re going to post online, if you&#x27;re just joining us so late, we&#x27;re going to post this whole interview on FinancialSafari.com. Every time we have you on, Dave, we get tremendous response from folks. As a matter of fact, you lead the response, so we awarded you in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, when you were here,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> a platinum record. Folks will have a picture of me giving it to Dave on the site as well. Dave, that platinum record will be on the wall somewhere, I&#x27;m sure. I will. In fact, we brought it into the office this morning. This is literally my first day back in our Connecticut offices, and we brought in the platinum record, and we will find a prominent place for it in the office. Now, are there any final words you want anyone listening to take to heart? As a lot of people throwing their arms in the air right now, saying, oh, there&#x27;s no way we can fix this. What can someone do grassroots-wise right now to try to get us back on track? Well, first, they ought to go to keepingamericagreat.org, which is our website. There&#x27;s a lot of invaluable information, including what you can do as a citizen. Secondly, we&#x27;ve got to start asking tough questions to these presidential candidates. We need to know where they stand on how</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> they&#x27;re going to grow the economy, generate jobs, put our finances in order. We can&#x27;t let them dance anymore about what they propose to do in the area of taxes, health care, and defense. Those are the big three. They&#x27;ve been dancing too long, but they&#x27;re going to dance us right off an abyss if they don&#x27;t start getting more serious. Well, Dave, you stay in touch with us, and I want to have you on after the election to talk about what&#x27;s going to happen next. How&#x27;s that? Be great. Take care, Coach Pete. Folks, his name is Dave Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Walker returns to discuss the $10 Million a Minute tour and the fiscal debate ahead of the 2012 election. This October 2012 interview explores government spending, debt, and the public response to his tour.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari. This is your weekly show, as always, looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is the time of the show where we go out amongst the experts in the world and bring them on the show. And today we&#x27;ve got a return visitor. His name is Mr. Dave Walker. He&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General, and he also keeps very busy now that he&#x27;s in his own little world of trying to monitor the government&#x27;s spending. And he has a website there, 10 million a minute. He had a tour that just recently wrapped up here at the beginning of October. And Dave, I wanted to talk a little bit about that. But first of all, welcome into the show. Good to be back, Coach B. Now, I say you&#x27;re in your own little world because a lot of people see this debt clock</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> in New York City, I guess it is, and it says we were about 15 or 16 trillion, give or take a trillion or two. Who&#x27;s counting, Dave? But you have something called the burden barometer, which is more truthful. And I guess the purpose of your tour was at least to get the word out about how people really need to pay attention to our national debt and how it could affect a lot of things we take for granted. And I want you to tell us about what you saw on the tour and some of the things that are sticking out right now in your own mind as far as things we can do on our own proactively to put an end to this debt cycle we&#x27;re in. Well, most Americans are aware of the national debt clock, which is just recently passed $16 trillion. But it really understates the problem. Because when you look at the official financial statements of the U.S. government, you see that we have a bunch of other liabilities</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> and unfunded promises for things like Medicare and Social Security and a range of other commitments and contingencies. And when you just simply add up the numbers, the real number is over $70.8 trillion, growing by $10 million a minute, $100 billion a week. So in reality, our problem is a lot bigger than the politicians admit. It&#x27;s growing fast by doing nothing, which Washington has become very adept at. The good news is, if we can get a grand bargain next year, that number can come down tens of trillions of dollars, and the rate can slow dramatically, even if the changes are phased in over a number of years. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re trying to do, and the American people get it. But, you know, unfortunately, Washington tends to be a lag indicator. And this isn&#x27;t a political event. I mean, you are basically, you are against the spending of money</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> we don&#x27;t have, and your Comeback America initiative, Keeping America Great. That&#x27;s why you&#x27;re so adamant about this, because we&#x27;re spending money we don&#x27;t have. And I saw you on your bus tour. You came to Chapel Hill, North Carolina at the Friday Center. We were sitting in a room with hundreds of CPAs, all in agreement, no matter what political party they came from, but all in agreement when you ask certain questions and people raise their hand to vote, all in agreement we&#x27;re spending too much money. Well, our tour and our organization is fact-based, nonpartisan, non-ideological, non-personal. And what the tour was all about was to engage the American people in order to test a hypothesis. I&#x27;ve had a hypothesis that the American people are a lot smarter than most politicians realize. They know we&#x27;re in trouble. They can handle the truth. They&#x27;re willing to accept tough</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> choices as long as they&#x27;re part of a comprehensive plan that they deem to be fair and that they&#x27;re disgusted with the gridlock in Washington. And we proved that over and over and over again, no matter where we were in America. And let&#x27;s sum up to the folks that are listening. Where did your bus tour start and where did it end? We started in Manchester, New Hampshire, which is an important swing state. We went as far west as Las Vegas, Nevada, which is also a swing state. We went as far south as Orlando, Florida, which is a critically important swing state. And we ended up in Washington, D.C. from November 7th to October 10th. And we hit all of the nine critical swing states, seven other states, as well as the District of Columbia during a 34-day, 9,500-mile national bus tour.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And I saw you towards the end of that. You&#x27;re telling me, I don&#x27;t know how I got talked into doing this. I thought myself, I mean, here&#x27;s the amazing thing. You know, I really just came up with this idea in May, and our staff talked about it. We&#x27;ve got a small staff of six people, including myself and two interns at the time. So we made this national bus tour happen in a record amount of time. We didn&#x27;t even pull the trigger on it for sure until June. And we weren&#x27;t late for one event and, you know, had incredibly positive feedback from the American people all over the country. Folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Dave Walker. He&#x27;s former U.S. Comptroller General, and his organization is the Comeback America Initiative, Keeping America Great. We&#x27;re talking about his 10 million a minute bus tour that just recently wrapped up here at the beginning of October.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Dave, tell me about the crowds on the tour. You had many stops here, whistle stop tour, basically on a bus instead of a train. How were the crowds? Well, the crowds varied. I mean, typically they were in the hundreds. Some places you had more than others. But what was consistent was that we received overwhelming supermajority support for the principles that we outlined, that you guide a grand bargain, and for a range of illustrative reforms in eight different areas. In particular, we had several hundred people in Ohio and Virginia that were recruited to represent a demographically representative sample of voters there. And to give you a sense, 97% said that our fiscal challenge is extremely serious. 97% said it ought to be a top</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> priority for the presidential candidates. We got a minimum of 77% support for a range of reforms, dealing with social insurance programs, health care, taxes, defense, etc. And yet, only 8% of participants had confidence that Congress would adopt a bipartisan solution in 2013. So that gap is something that only can be filled, frankly, by the President of the United States and the first three words of the Constitution, we the people. The confidence here people have in government is lacking tremendously these days, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s about at an all-time low. You know, 20 years ago, Ross Perot Sr. ran for president the first time. He ran on fiscal irresponsibility in Washington, political dysfunctionality in Washington,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> declining trust in government, declining confidence in the future, and the need for fair trade as well as free trade. And we&#x27;re in much worse shape in all of those areas today than we were 20 years ago, and losing ground fast. So we&#x27;re going to have to make some tough choices, and we need to do it in 2013. And so now on your tour, how was the media coverage? Did you get much national coverage, or was it more of local coverage? We got some national coverage, but we got a lot of local coverage. And again, the strategy was to go to places that matter at a time that matters on an issue of critical importance to the country. And we focused on swing states because we knew that the candidates in the media would have to spend a disproportionate amount of time there. We have gotten some national media. CNN did a special segment</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> when we were in Philadelphia. USA Today and C-SPAN did a joint interview of Ross Perot and myself when we were in Dallas, and that&#x27;s online on C-SPAN, 70 minutes. We had some other coverage from CNBC and MSNBC on a national basis. The Huffington Post has a seven-minute video of the tour that&#x27;s highlighted on their homepage, focusing on young people and their concerns about what&#x27;s going on right now and the need to change course. We&#x27;ll get more as time goes on, I&#x27;m confident. Now, on your tour, what were some of the most unusual questions you were asked? You&#x27;re talking about the national debt and all that. Was there any surprising questions or surprising attitudes you found? Well, what I found was that the American people are way ahead of their elected officials.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> They understand that we&#x27;ve got a serious problem, and they&#x27;re not just frustrated. They&#x27;re disgusted with the lack of progress, with the ideological divide, with the hyper-partisanship in Washington. What really surprised me was the gap between the 97 percent that said that this should be a top priority for the Congress and for the President, and yet only eight percent had confidence they would do something within the next year. That was shocking. I knew there would be, you know, a big gap. I had no idea it would be that big. Well, Dave Walker, of course, folks we&#x27;re talking to, and we&#x27;re going to post online, if you&#x27;re just joining us so late, we&#x27;re going to post this whole interview on FinancialSafari.com. Every time we have you on, Dave, we get tremendous response from folks. As a matter of fact, you lead the response, so we awarded you in Chapel Hill, North Carolina, when you were here,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> a platinum record. Folks will have a picture of me giving it to Dave on the site as well. Dave, that platinum record will be on the wall somewhere, I&#x27;m sure. I will. In fact, we brought it into the office this morning. This is literally my first day back in our Connecticut offices, and we brought in the platinum record, and we will find a prominent place for it in the office. Now, are there any final words you want anyone listening to take to heart? As a lot of people throwing their arms in the air right now, saying, oh, there&#x27;s no way we can fix this. What can someone do grassroots-wise right now to try to get us back on track? Well, first, they ought to go to keepingamericagreat.org, which is our website. There&#x27;s a lot of invaluable information, including what you can do as a citizen. Secondly, we&#x27;ve got to start asking tough questions to these presidential candidates. We need to know where they stand on how</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> they&#x27;re going to grow the economy, generate jobs, put our finances in order. We can&#x27;t let them dance anymore about what they propose to do in the area of taxes, health care, and defense. Those are the big three. They&#x27;ve been dancing too long, but they&#x27;re going to dance us right off an abyss if they don&#x27;t start getting more serious. Well, Dave, you stay in touch with us, and I want to have you on after the election to talk about what&#x27;s going to happen next. How&#x27;s that? Be great. Take care, Coach Pete. Folks, his name is Dave Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Walker returns to discuss the $10 Million a Minute tour and the fiscal debate ahead of the 2012 election. This October 2012 interview explores government spending, debt, and the public response to his tour.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Walker</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Walker, national debt, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7/image.jpg?t=1792072800&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-the-10-million-a-minute-tour/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7/image.jpg?t=1792072800&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7</guid>
      <omny:clipId>209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>607</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/209a616a-6b3a-4a8d-a77d-b4e2013f4bd7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9740743" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-the-10-million-a-minute-tour</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>179</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The $10 Million a Minute Tour" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tom Hegna: Paychecks and Playchecks</title>
      <itunes:title>Tom Hegna: Paychecks and Playchecks</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks: Retirement Solutions for Life. This October 2012 conversation explores retirement income, longevity, and the difference between funding necessities and enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, we are your weekly show looking inside this complex financial world. This is the time of the show where I like to go out into the nation and find somebody who&#x27;s well-known or is a good author or knows the financial world. And today we&#x27;re going to talk to Tom Hegna. And Tom has written a book called Paychecks and Playchecks, and the subtitle is Retirement Solutions for Life. And he&#x27;s joining us from Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on the show. Now, tell me what caused you to write the book. I know you have over 25 years&#x27; experience here in the financial arena, but what has caused you to feel so adamant about something to put it in book form? Well, here&#x27;s the problem. If a client sits down with 50 different financial advisors and says,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how should I retire, you know what they&#x27;re going to get? They&#x27;re going to get 50 different opinions. And what I&#x27;ve found is that almost all those opinions are suboptimal. Now, I say suboptimal because that doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re bad. It just means they&#x27;re less than what they could and what they should be. So what I did is I dug into the research, because retirement and retirement income has been studied by people like Dr. David Babel of Wharton and Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto and Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel. And so it&#x27;s really been studied. And what I found is there is an optimal way for you and every one of your clients to retire. And that&#x27;s really what the book is about. It&#x27;s not about my opinion. It&#x27;s about the math and the science of how to retire the right way. We had Dr. David Babel on about five years ago on the show when he was in the middle of doing his research project there</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> about how to retire with income for life and not worry about it. Yeah. And so, you know, somebody said, Tom, summarize the book for me. Here&#x27;s what I would say. I would say there&#x27;s lots of risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk and there&#x27;s order return risk and there&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. And you might need long-term care and you might die. But there&#x27;s only one number one risk in retirement. And the number one risk in retirement is longevity risk. And here&#x27;s why. It&#x27;s because longevity is not just a risk. It&#x27;s a risk multiplier. Now, what do I mean by that? Well, let&#x27;s say you retired age 65 and three years later you dropped dead of a heart attack at 68. Does it matter if the market went down 40%? Does it matter if you were taking out 10 or 12% a year? Does it matter if you forgot to buy the long-term care policy? No, it doesn&#x27;t matter. You didn&#x27;t live long enough.</p><p><strong>02:15</strong> But if you live to be 85, 90, or 95, it&#x27;s all those other risks that will wipe you out. You know, find me a 95-year-old that weathered a 40% hit to his or her portfolio in their 70s. Find me a 95-year-old that&#x27;s been withdrawing 10% a year every year in retirement. Find me a 95-year-old that doesn&#x27;t need a form of long-term care. And so what math and science says is if you&#x27;re going to retire properly, you have to take longevity risk off the table. There are only two optimal ways to do it. A lifetime income annuity or a deferred lifetime income annuity. That&#x27;s it. And that&#x27;s what math and science shows. And that&#x27;s kind of what the book is. Because a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s all about saving for this big number. Oh, I got to have a number. No, it&#x27;s not. Your success in retirement will depend on two things. Number one, how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have?</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And number two, have you taken the key risks off the table? Longevity risk. Long-term care. Inflation. And so that&#x27;s kind of what the book is all about. It&#x27;s the solutions of how to solve all these problems. We call it putting math over markets, Tom. And it makes a lot of sense when you think about it. Now, the listener out there, there&#x27;s a famous ad campaign by a travel-type firm, and it says, name your own price. And people love that because they can actually name the price when they fly or travel or rent a car or whatever. In effect, they can name their own retirement income these days, can&#x27;t they, if they take the right choices? Absolutely. And now there are products out there that you can buy when you&#x27;re in your 40s and 50s that will guarantee you a level of income when you&#x27;re 60 or 65. You pick what day you want to retire and how much.</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> And there&#x27;s flexibility. You can move it up or delay it. You know, there&#x27;s some amount of flexibility. But it&#x27;s so critical that people line up their guaranteed lifetime income because people just don&#x27;t have pensions anymore. And pensions were the bedrock of this country&#x27;s retirement system for 50 years, 100 years. And now you&#x27;ve got to create your own pension. And stocks can&#x27;t do it. Bonds can&#x27;t do it. Hedge funds can&#x27;t do it. Bankers can&#x27;t do it. Only the life insurance industry can take longevity risk off the table. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s author of Paychecks and Playchecks, subtitled Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, on the book cover here, there&#x27;s an excellent quote from Richard Fisher, who&#x27;s president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. And his quote is, Americans who&#x27;ve done everything right have worked hard, saved their</p><p><strong>04:35</strong> money, and stayed out of debt are the ones being punished. Now explain that. Well, here&#x27;s why. Where do conservative investors put their money? They put it in CDs in the bank because it&#x27;s FDIC insured. Well, part of Bernanke&#x27;s plan to recapitalize all the banks is they have pushed these interest rates artificially low. So one-year CDs are paying 0.37. Two-year CDs are paying 0.68. CDs normally would pay 4% or 5%. Where&#x27;s that other 3.5% to 4% going? It&#x27;s going into the banks to rebuild their balance sheet. So it&#x27;s the savers that are being punished to bail out really the banks because they needed to recapitalize them. That&#x27;s what that means. You know, I tell people CDs were never made for income. And I know there are a lot of 80 and 85-year-old widows out there that buy CDs and they&#x27;re really</p><p><strong>05:21</strong> hurting because there&#x27;s no interest for income. But the thing is, lifetime income annuities were made for income. And I&#x27;ve literally helped people get 7, 8, 9, 10 times as much income guaranteed for the rest of their lives using lifetime income versus a CD that was never made for income. Now, the banking world and many times the Wall Street world want people to think that these kind of solutions, these insured mathematical solutions are too good to be true. What would you say to the listener out there who&#x27;s heard that phrase, too good to be true, or thought it themselves? Well, they&#x27;re not too good to be true because they&#x27;re based in math and science. Let me explain. The risk when an insurance company sells a life insurance policy is that somebody dies too soon and they got to pay a big claim and they only picked up $25. The risk when they sell a lifetime income annuities is that somebody lives too long and they got to keep making these payments.</p><p><strong>06:07</strong> You see, because the insurance company is on both sides of the longevity risk, they&#x27;re the only industry that can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to the client. I&#x27;ll explain it another way. I was recently in Singapore. I spoke over there for the Million Dollar Roundtable. And the day before I spoke, I got interviewed by Asia Insurance Review. And Asia Insurance Review said, Tom, we&#x27;re very concerned about U.S. life insurance companies that don&#x27;t guarantee lifetime income because we believe medical technology will develop to the point where people live to be 120, 130, 150 years of age. And if you&#x27;re guaranteeing paychecks for life, you&#x27;re going to go broke. And I just smiled and I said, no, you only got it half right. You&#x27;re right. We will be paying a lot of lifetime income. But guess what? We won&#x27;t be paying any death claims. You see, because the insurance industry is on both sides of the longevity risk, they can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to the client.</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> Only the life insurance industry can do it. It&#x27;s not too good to be true. Well, that&#x27;s a good point. And I haven&#x27;t thought about it that way. Yeah, but the insurance company, they&#x27;re going to pay one way or the other. And their actuaries have already written that into their business plan, in other words. And they all know when we&#x27;re going to die. Now, they don&#x27;t know when each one of us is going to die. But they know how long 1,000 people that listen to the show will live almost to the exact day. And so it&#x27;s all actuarially done. And because they&#x27;re on both sides of the risk, if people start living longer, they&#x27;ll be paying less death claims. They&#x27;ll be paying more lifetime income. If the Asian flu wiped out a bunch of the country, they&#x27;d pay more death claims. But they wouldn&#x27;t be paying lifetime income. And so they have a natural hedge against longevity risk. And this is what most people don&#x27;t understand. Most people tell me, and we&#x27;re on almost 100 stations throughout the nation when we get calls every week from all over almost every single state out there.</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> People are worried right now, Tom. They don&#x27;t want to do the wrong thing. They need to have their money grow better than a CD or anything in the bank. And yet they make the wrong decisions by trying to make their money grow. They sometimes put the money in the place where they shouldn&#x27;t put it. Absolutely. I mean, I see it all the time. In fact, one of the chapters in my book is called Ensure Your Investment. See, here&#x27;s what I found about the markets and people. People love to be in the market when the market&#x27;s going up. They just don&#x27;t like to be in the market when the market&#x27;s going down. Well, did you know there&#x27;s a place you can invest your money where you can get all or much of the upside, but you don&#x27;t have to have the downside? You transfer the downside market risk to the insurance company. That&#x27;s called an annuity with these living benefit guarantees where you can get the upside, but you transfer the downside risk to the insurance company for a fee. And so everybody says, oh, the fees are too high.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> The fees. Look, if I got to retire on low fees, I guess fees would matter. But here&#x27;s the deal. I don&#x27;t get to retire on low fees. You know where I get to retire? On where can I make the most, lose the least after fees? That&#x27;s what I get to retire on. And so I would say the insurance industry was built for markets like these, and the products were built for markets just like these. One of the topics you talk about in your book, and this is the final one I want to talk to you about. Hopefully, we can have you on again in the future. This is a fascinating subject, and you&#x27;re a great interview here. But one is understanding the biggest risk of retirement and how to avoid them. Yeah. Well, I think I already discussed longevity risk is the number one risk. But let me just say something about the number two risk, and I&#x27;ll say something about the number three. Number two risk is long-term care. You see, it&#x27;s the one thing that most people don&#x27;t plan for that can wipe out their entire</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> life&#x27;s work. Look, I was just speaking down in Miami, and an executive vice president for the company got up and told a story about his dad. And he said, my dad had the best financial planner in the world. This guy knew alpha, beta, standard deviation. He always used a good mutual fund. He rebalanced regularly. He got my dad superior returns. My dad earned millions of dollars by working with this guy. But this guy never recommended long-term care insurance. And now $2.5 million has not gone to mom or the kids. It went to the nursing home. Now, let me ask you, in this whole scheme of things, how good a job did that financial advisor do? What difference did 50 basis points a year make in superior returns if they didn&#x27;t take the key risks off the table? See, my chapter in the book on long-term care is called, What&#x27;s Your Plan?</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> Because I always brag about my plan. My plan is I never have to go into a nursing home, ever. I get to stay in my house till the day I die. The nurse has to come to me. And my favorite part, I get to pick the nurse. You know why? Because I have a plan. I have a long-term care policy with home health care. I get to stay in my house. And if we asked everybody who&#x27;s listening, would you rather stay in your house or would you rather wind up in a stinky nursing home? I&#x27;ll bet everybody would say they&#x27;d rather stay in their house. So now my question, what&#x27;s your plan? Because the only way you can stay in your house is if you have a plan. And that plan needs to include long-term care insurance. And then quickly, the third risk is inflation. And I say, you know, everybody&#x27;s worried about inflation as a near-term threat. Inflation is not a near-term threat. Deflation is a near-term threat. But inflation is a significant long-term threat. Because we have printed a lot of money.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> And eventually, when that works its way into the system and we get some money velocity. See, there&#x27;s no money velocity now. So there&#x27;s really been no core inflation. But at some point, inflation will kick in. And so you&#x27;ve got to invest some of that money with an eye on inflation. Because inflation over time can wipe out a person&#x27;s portfolio and limit their income. And, Tom, you&#x27;re also a retired lieutenant colonel from the Army, correct? Yes, I am. Thank you for your service. I&#x27;m glad to serve and glad to be retired. Folks, his name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks: Retirement Solutions for Life. This October 2012 conversation explores retirement income, longevity, and the difference between funding necessities and enjoying retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, we are your weekly show looking inside this complex financial world. This is the time of the show where I like to go out into the nation and find somebody who&#x27;s well-known or is a good author or knows the financial world. And today we&#x27;re going to talk to Tom Hegna. And Tom has written a book called Paychecks and Playchecks, and the subtitle is Retirement Solutions for Life. And he&#x27;s joining us from Arizona. Tom, welcome in. Hey, thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s great to be on the show. Now, tell me what caused you to write the book. I know you have over 25 years&#x27; experience here in the financial arena, but what has caused you to feel so adamant about something to put it in book form? Well, here&#x27;s the problem. If a client sits down with 50 different financial advisors and says,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> how should I retire, you know what they&#x27;re going to get? They&#x27;re going to get 50 different opinions. And what I&#x27;ve found is that almost all those opinions are suboptimal. Now, I say suboptimal because that doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re bad. It just means they&#x27;re less than what they could and what they should be. So what I did is I dug into the research, because retirement and retirement income has been studied by people like Dr. David Babel of Wharton and Dr. Moshe Malevsky of Toronto and Dr. Menachem Yari of Israel. And so it&#x27;s really been studied. And what I found is there is an optimal way for you and every one of your clients to retire. And that&#x27;s really what the book is about. It&#x27;s not about my opinion. It&#x27;s about the math and the science of how to retire the right way. We had Dr. David Babel on about five years ago on the show when he was in the middle of doing his research project there</p><p><strong>01:30</strong> about how to retire with income for life and not worry about it. Yeah. And so, you know, somebody said, Tom, summarize the book for me. Here&#x27;s what I would say. I would say there&#x27;s lots of risks in retirement. There&#x27;s market risk and there&#x27;s order return risk and there&#x27;s withdrawal rate risk. And you might need long-term care and you might die. But there&#x27;s only one number one risk in retirement. And the number one risk in retirement is longevity risk. And here&#x27;s why. It&#x27;s because longevity is not just a risk. It&#x27;s a risk multiplier. Now, what do I mean by that? Well, let&#x27;s say you retired age 65 and three years later you dropped dead of a heart attack at 68. Does it matter if the market went down 40%? Does it matter if you were taking out 10 or 12% a year? Does it matter if you forgot to buy the long-term care policy? No, it doesn&#x27;t matter. You didn&#x27;t live long enough.</p><p><strong>02:15</strong> But if you live to be 85, 90, or 95, it&#x27;s all those other risks that will wipe you out. You know, find me a 95-year-old that weathered a 40% hit to his or her portfolio in their 70s. Find me a 95-year-old that&#x27;s been withdrawing 10% a year every year in retirement. Find me a 95-year-old that doesn&#x27;t need a form of long-term care. And so what math and science says is if you&#x27;re going to retire properly, you have to take longevity risk off the table. There are only two optimal ways to do it. A lifetime income annuity or a deferred lifetime income annuity. That&#x27;s it. And that&#x27;s what math and science shows. And that&#x27;s kind of what the book is. Because a lot of people think retirement&#x27;s all about saving for this big number. Oh, I got to have a number. No, it&#x27;s not. Your success in retirement will depend on two things. Number one, how much guaranteed lifetime income do you have?</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> And number two, have you taken the key risks off the table? Longevity risk. Long-term care. Inflation. And so that&#x27;s kind of what the book is all about. It&#x27;s the solutions of how to solve all these problems. We call it putting math over markets, Tom. And it makes a lot of sense when you think about it. Now, the listener out there, there&#x27;s a famous ad campaign by a travel-type firm, and it says, name your own price. And people love that because they can actually name the price when they fly or travel or rent a car or whatever. In effect, they can name their own retirement income these days, can&#x27;t they, if they take the right choices? Absolutely. And now there are products out there that you can buy when you&#x27;re in your 40s and 50s that will guarantee you a level of income when you&#x27;re 60 or 65. You pick what day you want to retire and how much.</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> And there&#x27;s flexibility. You can move it up or delay it. You know, there&#x27;s some amount of flexibility. But it&#x27;s so critical that people line up their guaranteed lifetime income because people just don&#x27;t have pensions anymore. And pensions were the bedrock of this country&#x27;s retirement system for 50 years, 100 years. And now you&#x27;ve got to create your own pension. And stocks can&#x27;t do it. Bonds can&#x27;t do it. Hedge funds can&#x27;t do it. Bankers can&#x27;t do it. Only the life insurance industry can take longevity risk off the table. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s author of Paychecks and Playchecks, subtitled Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, on the book cover here, there&#x27;s an excellent quote from Richard Fisher, who&#x27;s president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. And his quote is, Americans who&#x27;ve done everything right have worked hard, saved their</p><p><strong>04:35</strong> money, and stayed out of debt are the ones being punished. Now explain that. Well, here&#x27;s why. Where do conservative investors put their money? They put it in CDs in the bank because it&#x27;s FDIC insured. Well, part of Bernanke&#x27;s plan to recapitalize all the banks is they have pushed these interest rates artificially low. So one-year CDs are paying 0.37. Two-year CDs are paying 0.68. CDs normally would pay 4% or 5%. Where&#x27;s that other 3.5% to 4% going? It&#x27;s going into the banks to rebuild their balance sheet. So it&#x27;s the savers that are being punished to bail out really the banks because they needed to recapitalize them. That&#x27;s what that means. You know, I tell people CDs were never made for income. And I know there are a lot of 80 and 85-year-old widows out there that buy CDs and they&#x27;re really</p><p><strong>05:21</strong> hurting because there&#x27;s no interest for income. But the thing is, lifetime income annuities were made for income. And I&#x27;ve literally helped people get 7, 8, 9, 10 times as much income guaranteed for the rest of their lives using lifetime income versus a CD that was never made for income. Now, the banking world and many times the Wall Street world want people to think that these kind of solutions, these insured mathematical solutions are too good to be true. What would you say to the listener out there who&#x27;s heard that phrase, too good to be true, or thought it themselves? Well, they&#x27;re not too good to be true because they&#x27;re based in math and science. Let me explain. The risk when an insurance company sells a life insurance policy is that somebody dies too soon and they got to pay a big claim and they only picked up $25. The risk when they sell a lifetime income annuities is that somebody lives too long and they got to keep making these payments.</p><p><strong>06:07</strong> You see, because the insurance company is on both sides of the longevity risk, they&#x27;re the only industry that can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to the client. I&#x27;ll explain it another way. I was recently in Singapore. I spoke over there for the Million Dollar Roundtable. And the day before I spoke, I got interviewed by Asia Insurance Review. And Asia Insurance Review said, Tom, we&#x27;re very concerned about U.S. life insurance companies that don&#x27;t guarantee lifetime income because we believe medical technology will develop to the point where people live to be 120, 130, 150 years of age. And if you&#x27;re guaranteeing paychecks for life, you&#x27;re going to go broke. And I just smiled and I said, no, you only got it half right. You&#x27;re right. We will be paying a lot of lifetime income. But guess what? We won&#x27;t be paying any death claims. You see, because the insurance industry is on both sides of the longevity risk, they can neutralize longevity risk to themselves and to the client.</p><p><strong>06:55</strong> Only the life insurance industry can do it. It&#x27;s not too good to be true. Well, that&#x27;s a good point. And I haven&#x27;t thought about it that way. Yeah, but the insurance company, they&#x27;re going to pay one way or the other. And their actuaries have already written that into their business plan, in other words. And they all know when we&#x27;re going to die. Now, they don&#x27;t know when each one of us is going to die. But they know how long 1,000 people that listen to the show will live almost to the exact day. And so it&#x27;s all actuarially done. And because they&#x27;re on both sides of the risk, if people start living longer, they&#x27;ll be paying less death claims. They&#x27;ll be paying more lifetime income. If the Asian flu wiped out a bunch of the country, they&#x27;d pay more death claims. But they wouldn&#x27;t be paying lifetime income. And so they have a natural hedge against longevity risk. And this is what most people don&#x27;t understand. Most people tell me, and we&#x27;re on almost 100 stations throughout the nation when we get calls every week from all over almost every single state out there.</p><p><strong>07:42</strong> People are worried right now, Tom. They don&#x27;t want to do the wrong thing. They need to have their money grow better than a CD or anything in the bank. And yet they make the wrong decisions by trying to make their money grow. They sometimes put the money in the place where they shouldn&#x27;t put it. Absolutely. I mean, I see it all the time. In fact, one of the chapters in my book is called Ensure Your Investment. See, here&#x27;s what I found about the markets and people. People love to be in the market when the market&#x27;s going up. They just don&#x27;t like to be in the market when the market&#x27;s going down. Well, did you know there&#x27;s a place you can invest your money where you can get all or much of the upside, but you don&#x27;t have to have the downside? You transfer the downside market risk to the insurance company. That&#x27;s called an annuity with these living benefit guarantees where you can get the upside, but you transfer the downside risk to the insurance company for a fee. And so everybody says, oh, the fees are too high.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> The fees. Look, if I got to retire on low fees, I guess fees would matter. But here&#x27;s the deal. I don&#x27;t get to retire on low fees. You know where I get to retire? On where can I make the most, lose the least after fees? That&#x27;s what I get to retire on. And so I would say the insurance industry was built for markets like these, and the products were built for markets just like these. One of the topics you talk about in your book, and this is the final one I want to talk to you about. Hopefully, we can have you on again in the future. This is a fascinating subject, and you&#x27;re a great interview here. But one is understanding the biggest risk of retirement and how to avoid them. Yeah. Well, I think I already discussed longevity risk is the number one risk. But let me just say something about the number two risk, and I&#x27;ll say something about the number three. Number two risk is long-term care. You see, it&#x27;s the one thing that most people don&#x27;t plan for that can wipe out their entire</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> life&#x27;s work. Look, I was just speaking down in Miami, and an executive vice president for the company got up and told a story about his dad. And he said, my dad had the best financial planner in the world. This guy knew alpha, beta, standard deviation. He always used a good mutual fund. He rebalanced regularly. He got my dad superior returns. My dad earned millions of dollars by working with this guy. But this guy never recommended long-term care insurance. And now $2.5 million has not gone to mom or the kids. It went to the nursing home. Now, let me ask you, in this whole scheme of things, how good a job did that financial advisor do? What difference did 50 basis points a year make in superior returns if they didn&#x27;t take the key risks off the table? See, my chapter in the book on long-term care is called, What&#x27;s Your Plan?</p><p><strong>10:01</strong> Because I always brag about my plan. My plan is I never have to go into a nursing home, ever. I get to stay in my house till the day I die. The nurse has to come to me. And my favorite part, I get to pick the nurse. You know why? Because I have a plan. I have a long-term care policy with home health care. I get to stay in my house. And if we asked everybody who&#x27;s listening, would you rather stay in your house or would you rather wind up in a stinky nursing home? I&#x27;ll bet everybody would say they&#x27;d rather stay in their house. So now my question, what&#x27;s your plan? Because the only way you can stay in your house is if you have a plan. And that plan needs to include long-term care insurance. And then quickly, the third risk is inflation. And I say, you know, everybody&#x27;s worried about inflation as a near-term threat. Inflation is not a near-term threat. Deflation is a near-term threat. But inflation is a significant long-term threat. Because we have printed a lot of money.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> And eventually, when that works its way into the system and we get some money velocity. See, there&#x27;s no money velocity now. So there&#x27;s really been no core inflation. But at some point, inflation will kick in. And so you&#x27;ve got to invest some of that money with an eye on inflation. Because inflation over time can wipe out a person&#x27;s portfolio and limit their income. And, Tom, you&#x27;re also a retired lieutenant colonel from the Army, correct? Yes, I am. Thank you for your service. I&#x27;m glad to serve and glad to be retired. Folks, his name is Tom Hegna. He&#x27;s the author of Paychecks and Playchecks, Retirement Solutions for Life. Tom, thanks for your time today. Hey, thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Tom Hegna joins Coach Pete to discuss Paychecks and Playchecks: Retirement Solutions for Life. This October 2012 conversation explores retirement income, longevity, and the difference between funding necessities and enjoying retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Tom Hegna</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Tom Hegna, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907/image.jpg?t=1792071744&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-paychecks-and-playchecks/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907/image.jpg?t=1792071744&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 13 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>688</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8751edb5-4add-466a-8052-b4e3001ad907/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11037387" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/tom-hegna-paychecks-and-playchecks</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>180</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Paychecks and Playchecks" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:10" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:25" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:23" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week, we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s a friend of the show he&#x27;s been on in the past. His name is Rick Buter. He&#x27;s author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. Rick, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I&#x27;m excited to be here with you today. And you&#x27;re joining us from San Diego, I believe, correct? Yep, on the other coast here, all the way in San Diego. And beautiful day here. Glad to be here to share with you. Now, what caused you to write the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, Rick? Well, being a financial advisor in the profession for nearly 30 years, during the decade of the 2000s, I was going home as a professional with headaches, saying, why aren&#x27;t the traditional methods of thinking about money that advisors are educated on working? And so,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> we went through the tech bus, we went through the 9-11, we had all these things happen during the decade. And it caused me to ask, why? Why? And so, I started doing the research on this. I studied the history of retirement in America. I studied the training systems for financial advisors. I studied the politics between Wall Street and government. And the conclusions that I came up with were just shocking. And I had to put it in a format where everybody in America could understand what is happening is that we have all been part of a financial indoctrination program under the influence of Wall Street and sponsored by the government of America. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of amazing when you start digging behind the curtain and seeing what&#x27;s back there, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. And it&#x27;s very</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> hard for the average person to really understand exactly what&#x27;s going on. And in the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we provide some resources, we provide some data points, and we answer questions to help people understand that this program, the retirement system that we have today in America, has been heavily influenced by Wall Street. Even the founding father of the 401k plan came out and said, this is a huge mistake. It&#x27;s a huge problem. They should blow it up and start all over again. And this came out after my book came out. So we definitely see something going on that really needs to be unveiled to every American who&#x27;s concerned about their retirement. Now, when you</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> mentioned 401k, I know you write about the 401k, and you call it the financial triangle of doom. Now, what is that? Well, basically, the way that I see this, as I mentioned before, I see this as the financial indoctrination of Americans. But if you imagine the shape of a triangle, Pete, in the bottom left-hand corner of that triangle, we have 401ks and IRAs. And basically, what happens here is you put money into these retirement accounts, you can&#x27;t touch it for the next 40 years. So your money is mostly inaccessible to you. I mean, there&#x27;s 401ks. People can&#x27;t even get their money out there, horrible investment option. But all the while, that money is sitting in that triangle. You might have losses, but you&#x27;re certainly going to have fees. So you really don&#x27;t have any great benefit while it is sitting there. And there&#x27;s no assurance or guarantee of any retirement benefit. Okay, now imagine you</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> accumulate a substantial amount of money there, but you can&#x27;t touch it. So now we have to go to the top of the triangle, banks. And we have to go to the banks now to be able to finance our major purchases of life, even though we might have a substantial savings in these retirement accounts. So now when we finance through banks, we have money flowing away from us there in the form of interest costs to be able to finance the major purchases, even though we&#x27;re following the advice of every financial planner in America, putting the money in these 401ks, never to be seen again for 40 years. That&#x27;s costing us. The banks are costing us. Now get to the bottom right-hand corner of this triangle, Pete. Here&#x27;s what I see happening right now in America that I&#x27;m very, very concerned about, especially with the financial predicament that the government&#x27;s in. When you start drawing this</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> money out and you start using this money in retirement, Coach Pete, you&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on that money. But Pete, if you were a farmer and you had your choice between paying taxes on a little bag of seed or paying taxes on the entire harvest of crops, what would you choose? The little bag of seed all day long, Rick. Oh, that&#x27;s the right answer. Good for you. But here&#x27;s what we have going on. We have Americans pulling this money out now. These retirement accounts are paying taxes on the harvest. By the way, Pete, do you think taxes are going up or down in the next 10 years? Unfortunately, and I wish I was wrong. I think they&#x27;re going up. Yeah, they&#x27;re up. I mean, our government is in a serious predicament, and the only way out of this is to raise taxes and destroy benefits. But that&#x27;s not the worst part of this triangle. In the bottom right-hand corner, we have the government, the IRS. Let me ask you a question,</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Coach Pete. Would you ever go in, buy a house, sign a contract, move into the house, and find out what you paid for the house after you moved in? That&#x27;s like Congress signing a bill and then reading it later. Okay. What about buying a car? Would you ever go in, buy a new car, sign a contract, take it off the lot without knowing what you paid for it? Nope. Okay. Think about this for a moment. The government, through this triangle of doom, I call it triangle of oppression because it really is because you can&#x27;t get your money, has all of these retirees now, they&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on their retirement distributions at a rate that is yet to be determined. They don&#x27;t even know what they&#x27;re going to be charged</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> to get the use of their own money. Think about that for a moment. It&#x27;s crazy. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. And Rick, that&#x27;s a good title. And finding financial security and retirement with 401k and IRA plans is difficult these days, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. And I think what you have to look at and think about is this system that we have in terms of being able to create income in retirement, it&#x27;s only been around 37 years now. And it&#x27;s an experiment. We&#x27;ve never done it before in history. And it came out in 1974. I call it the Home Depot system. And it&#x27;s where you do it yourself. Now, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know about you,</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> but I was not given the four-year course and training program on how to create my own pension paid for by the government. Did you get that course? No, we&#x27;re still waiting on that one, Rick. Yeah. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what the government has asked the average American to do. They&#x27;ve asked them to become a professional pension manager. And it&#x27;s been a complete failure. And so I guess the path that you have to take is if you are involved in this, how do you protect yourself? Isn&#x27;t that the right question that we want to be thinking about? Yes. Very good question. Yeah. And so what now you want to be thinking about, especially in the environment that we&#x27;re in, is we&#x27;ve got these headwinds that we&#x27;ve got ahead of us with higher taxes. Higher interest rates are going to come. We have to think about all of the repercussions that are going to happen when rates</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> go up, companies become less profitable, everything costs more, government borrowing is going to go up. We&#x27;ve got the Federal Reserve who&#x27;s injecting huge amounts of money into the banking system. We&#x27;ve got Europe that&#x27;s beginning to melt down. And we have this system now that the government has lured Americans into where their money&#x27;s tied up. It&#x27;s on Wall Street. And we need to be looking at solutions that can protect us. And what I have to tell you is the system has been there. It has always existed to be able to protect your most serious, your most conservative money. And that system comes amazingly from the life insurance industry. Most people are not aware of this. If you talk to your great grandparents, they could give you a great lesson on this. But if we go back to the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> depression, the financial institutions that made it through the Great Depression of 1929 and the 30s were the life insurance companies. And today, people receive pension checks. Millions of people receive pension checks guaranteed by life insurance industries because that is where retirement security has been created if you look at the history of retirement in America. Rick, are you familiar with the term income rider? I am. How is it income rider? How would it benefit the listener out there who has a 401k and a 403b to have an income rider which would guarantee lifetime income on their plans? Well, the income rider is actually a new feature that the insurance companies have been able to place on annuities to be able to guarantee a future income at a future point in time to have total</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> confidence that you will have a guaranteed income for life when you choose to turn that income on. And so for folks that need to have that security, that want to absolutely be able to point out and say, I&#x27;m going to have this income at this point in time guaranteed for the rest of my life, an income rider on a fixed annuity can make tremendous sense. So why doesn&#x27;t everyone have at least one of these in their plan, especially for retirement income they don&#x27;t want to outlive? Well, I think many people are not aware of all the features and benefits and solutions that come from the life insurance industry. You have to go back and remember and understand that we&#x27;ve all been part of</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> a financial indoctrination program. All through the 90s, there was a propaganda campaign by Wall Street to really tell people to avoid annuities, to avoid these solutions. And so we&#x27;ve been brainwashed to think that that&#x27;s not what we should be doing. And therefore, no one&#x27;s gone out and gotten educated on these things. They&#x27;ve lost money. They&#x27;ve lost their retirement. And it&#x27;s really funny now because you&#x27;ll start to hear Wall Street people starting to talk about these solutions. And of course, now we&#x27;ve had all the losses, right? But and I would be very weary of any Wall Street person that begins to talk about these because many, many advisors are just not that well educated and understand these features</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> that Pete and I are talking about right now. So if you are concerned, if you see what I see, and that&#x27;s really a financial indoctrination program that&#x27;s taken place where Wall Street has influenced people to put money who would have not otherwise done so on Wall Street, you really need to investigate these features that we&#x27;re talking about. And folks, I couldn&#x27;t agree more. And Rick Buter, author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you back on when your new book comes out. Hey, great. Thanks, Coach Pete, for having me. Enjoyed being here today. Pleasure was all on this side of the microphone, Rick. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. This week, we have a very special guest. He&#x27;s a friend of the show he&#x27;s been on in the past. His name is Rick Buter. He&#x27;s author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. Rick, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I&#x27;m excited to be here with you today. And you&#x27;re joining us from San Diego, I believe, correct? Yep, on the other coast here, all the way in San Diego. And beautiful day here. Glad to be here to share with you. Now, what caused you to write the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, Rick? Well, being a financial advisor in the profession for nearly 30 years, during the decade of the 2000s, I was going home as a professional with headaches, saying, why aren&#x27;t the traditional methods of thinking about money that advisors are educated on working? And so,</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> we went through the tech bus, we went through the 9-11, we had all these things happen during the decade. And it caused me to ask, why? Why? And so, I started doing the research on this. I studied the history of retirement in America. I studied the training systems for financial advisors. I studied the politics between Wall Street and government. And the conclusions that I came up with were just shocking. And I had to put it in a format where everybody in America could understand what is happening is that we have all been part of a financial indoctrination program under the influence of Wall Street and sponsored by the government of America. Yes. It&#x27;s kind of amazing when you start digging behind the curtain and seeing what&#x27;s back there, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, it&#x27;s incredible. And it&#x27;s very</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> hard for the average person to really understand exactly what&#x27;s going on. And in the book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we provide some resources, we provide some data points, and we answer questions to help people understand that this program, the retirement system that we have today in America, has been heavily influenced by Wall Street. Even the founding father of the 401k plan came out and said, this is a huge mistake. It&#x27;s a huge problem. They should blow it up and start all over again. And this came out after my book came out. So we definitely see something going on that really needs to be unveiled to every American who&#x27;s concerned about their retirement. Now, when you</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> mentioned 401k, I know you write about the 401k, and you call it the financial triangle of doom. Now, what is that? Well, basically, the way that I see this, as I mentioned before, I see this as the financial indoctrination of Americans. But if you imagine the shape of a triangle, Pete, in the bottom left-hand corner of that triangle, we have 401ks and IRAs. And basically, what happens here is you put money into these retirement accounts, you can&#x27;t touch it for the next 40 years. So your money is mostly inaccessible to you. I mean, there&#x27;s 401ks. People can&#x27;t even get their money out there, horrible investment option. But all the while, that money is sitting in that triangle. You might have losses, but you&#x27;re certainly going to have fees. So you really don&#x27;t have any great benefit while it is sitting there. And there&#x27;s no assurance or guarantee of any retirement benefit. Okay, now imagine you</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> accumulate a substantial amount of money there, but you can&#x27;t touch it. So now we have to go to the top of the triangle, banks. And we have to go to the banks now to be able to finance our major purchases of life, even though we might have a substantial savings in these retirement accounts. So now when we finance through banks, we have money flowing away from us there in the form of interest costs to be able to finance the major purchases, even though we&#x27;re following the advice of every financial planner in America, putting the money in these 401ks, never to be seen again for 40 years. That&#x27;s costing us. The banks are costing us. Now get to the bottom right-hand corner of this triangle, Pete. Here&#x27;s what I see happening right now in America that I&#x27;m very, very concerned about, especially with the financial predicament that the government&#x27;s in. When you start drawing this</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> money out and you start using this money in retirement, Coach Pete, you&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on that money. But Pete, if you were a farmer and you had your choice between paying taxes on a little bag of seed or paying taxes on the entire harvest of crops, what would you choose? The little bag of seed all day long, Rick. Oh, that&#x27;s the right answer. Good for you. But here&#x27;s what we have going on. We have Americans pulling this money out now. These retirement accounts are paying taxes on the harvest. By the way, Pete, do you think taxes are going up or down in the next 10 years? Unfortunately, and I wish I was wrong. I think they&#x27;re going up. Yeah, they&#x27;re up. I mean, our government is in a serious predicament, and the only way out of this is to raise taxes and destroy benefits. But that&#x27;s not the worst part of this triangle. In the bottom right-hand corner, we have the government, the IRS. Let me ask you a question,</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Coach Pete. Would you ever go in, buy a house, sign a contract, move into the house, and find out what you paid for the house after you moved in? That&#x27;s like Congress signing a bill and then reading it later. Okay. What about buying a car? Would you ever go in, buy a new car, sign a contract, take it off the lot without knowing what you paid for it? Nope. Okay. Think about this for a moment. The government, through this triangle of doom, I call it triangle of oppression because it really is because you can&#x27;t get your money, has all of these retirees now, they&#x27;re going to be paying taxes on their retirement distributions at a rate that is yet to be determined. They don&#x27;t even know what they&#x27;re going to be charged</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> to get the use of their own money. Think about that for a moment. It&#x27;s crazy. Yeah. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Buter. He&#x27;s the author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know About Your IRAs, 401k, and Other Plans. And Rick, that&#x27;s a good title. And finding financial security and retirement with 401k and IRA plans is difficult these days, isn&#x27;t it? It absolutely is. And I think what you have to look at and think about is this system that we have in terms of being able to create income in retirement, it&#x27;s only been around 37 years now. And it&#x27;s an experiment. We&#x27;ve never done it before in history. And it came out in 1974. I call it the Home Depot system. And it&#x27;s where you do it yourself. Now, Coach Pete, I don&#x27;t know about you,</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> but I was not given the four-year course and training program on how to create my own pension paid for by the government. Did you get that course? No, we&#x27;re still waiting on that one, Rick. Yeah. Yeah. And so that&#x27;s what the government has asked the average American to do. They&#x27;ve asked them to become a professional pension manager. And it&#x27;s been a complete failure. And so I guess the path that you have to take is if you are involved in this, how do you protect yourself? Isn&#x27;t that the right question that we want to be thinking about? Yes. Very good question. Yeah. And so what now you want to be thinking about, especially in the environment that we&#x27;re in, is we&#x27;ve got these headwinds that we&#x27;ve got ahead of us with higher taxes. Higher interest rates are going to come. We have to think about all of the repercussions that are going to happen when rates</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> go up, companies become less profitable, everything costs more, government borrowing is going to go up. We&#x27;ve got the Federal Reserve who&#x27;s injecting huge amounts of money into the banking system. We&#x27;ve got Europe that&#x27;s beginning to melt down. And we have this system now that the government has lured Americans into where their money&#x27;s tied up. It&#x27;s on Wall Street. And we need to be looking at solutions that can protect us. And what I have to tell you is the system has been there. It has always existed to be able to protect your most serious, your most conservative money. And that system comes amazingly from the life insurance industry. Most people are not aware of this. If you talk to your great grandparents, they could give you a great lesson on this. But if we go back to the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> depression, the financial institutions that made it through the Great Depression of 1929 and the 30s were the life insurance companies. And today, people receive pension checks. Millions of people receive pension checks guaranteed by life insurance industries because that is where retirement security has been created if you look at the history of retirement in America. Rick, are you familiar with the term income rider? I am. How is it income rider? How would it benefit the listener out there who has a 401k and a 403b to have an income rider which would guarantee lifetime income on their plans? Well, the income rider is actually a new feature that the insurance companies have been able to place on annuities to be able to guarantee a future income at a future point in time to have total</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> confidence that you will have a guaranteed income for life when you choose to turn that income on. And so for folks that need to have that security, that want to absolutely be able to point out and say, I&#x27;m going to have this income at this point in time guaranteed for the rest of my life, an income rider on a fixed annuity can make tremendous sense. So why doesn&#x27;t everyone have at least one of these in their plan, especially for retirement income they don&#x27;t want to outlive? Well, I think many people are not aware of all the features and benefits and solutions that come from the life insurance industry. You have to go back and remember and understand that we&#x27;ve all been part of</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> a financial indoctrination program. All through the 90s, there was a propaganda campaign by Wall Street to really tell people to avoid annuities, to avoid these solutions. And so we&#x27;ve been brainwashed to think that that&#x27;s not what we should be doing. And therefore, no one&#x27;s gone out and gotten educated on these things. They&#x27;ve lost money. They&#x27;ve lost their retirement. And it&#x27;s really funny now because you&#x27;ll start to hear Wall Street people starting to talk about these solutions. And of course, now we&#x27;ve had all the losses, right? But and I would be very weary of any Wall Street person that begins to talk about these because many, many advisors are just not that well educated and understand these features</p><p><strong>10:30</strong> that Pete and I are talking about right now. So if you are concerned, if you see what I see, and that&#x27;s really a financial indoctrination program that&#x27;s taken place where Wall Street has influenced people to put money who would have not otherwise done so on Wall Street, you really need to investigate these features that we&#x27;re talking about. And folks, I couldn&#x27;t agree more. And Rick Buter, author of The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, we appreciate your time and look forward to having you back on when your new book comes out. Hey, great. Thanks, Coach Pete, for having me. Enjoyed being here today. Pleasure was all on this side of the microphone, Rick. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rick Bueter joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. This October 2012 interview explores the concerns behind his book and his perspective on retirement accounts and financial planning.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, retirement planning, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/image.jpg?t=1792072807&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/image.jpg?t=1792072807&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>667</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6804497d-3b34-4653-899f-b4e2013edb80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10707272" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>181</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:12" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:29" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steven Crowder: The Political Debate Before the 2012 Election</title>
      <itunes:title>Steven Crowder: The Political Debate Before the 2012 Election</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steven Crowder joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about politics, commentary, and the upcoming election. The interview presents Crowder’s perspective on the issues being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Again, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is a section of the show where we go out into the world and find somebody you&#x27;ve seen on TV, has made some kind of impact before. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough from New York City to have Mr. Stephen Crowder. Now, you may recognize that name. You may not. You may recognize his voice when you start hearing him. Stephen, you&#x27;ve been on TV before. I&#x27;ve seen you on Fox. Where else have you been? Stephen. You know, I&#x27;m actually a Fox News contributor, so I can&#x27;t really appear elsewhere now. So mostly just on Fox. Every Sunday on Fox, you&#x27;re friends. And then if you follow me on Twitter, that&#x27;s Crowder. You can find out about all the other appearances. And you follow the political environment here, and it does have a parallel likeness to what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> going on in the financial world, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, I guess so. You know, I&#x27;m not really a financial guy. I used to be on Fox Business a lot as a contributor when I had a lot of original programming just because I had to. You know, I think we both know a mutual friend where it seems pretty simple to me. If you invest conservatively and diversify over the long term, you win out. But of course, they have entire networks right now devoted to keeping the lie alive. If you can pick a hot tip or find a hot ticket and you&#x27;ll do really well in the short term, which personally, I just don&#x27;t really believe it. I think if someone tells me that in the stock market, either they&#x27;re lying or doing something illegal. And it&#x27;s pretty much the same thing with media right now. You look at the way they&#x27;re trying to cover up the tracks of this president. Still get people to believe the lie, to buy into the lie, in this case, of course, with their vote. I was told a long time ago, slow and steady. When you&#x27;re collecting information or when</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> you&#x27;re trying to build retirement, slow and steady always beats the fast thing, like tortoise and the hare a little bit. You know where that comes from, right? Slow and steady. What does that come from? That&#x27;s that old story. Remember the tortoise and the hare was the slow and steady wins the race? And I remember, even though as a kid, while I agree with the sentiment, the moral of the story was slow and steady wins the race. I remember even if a kid&#x27;s thinking, no, wait a second. I can&#x27;t be right. The real moral of the story is, if you&#x27;re in the middle of a heated race, don&#x27;t take a nap. Yeah. Yep. Well, yeah, and that&#x27;s right. There have been a lot of naps being taken on the taxpayer dime here the last four years, correct? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, the fact is, we&#x27;re going into these debates here. I was just watching the old Reagan-Mondale debate here on C-SPAN. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve actually gone back to the</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> archive and looked at that. It&#x27;s really amazing to see debate where the dynamic is the president, at this point, Ronald Reagan, when asked a question or a task, pretty much all he did was point to his record. That was entirely his defense was, well, in the last four years, I&#x27;ve done A, B, and C. What do you think? Shoot thunderous applause. You&#x27;re going to see the exact opposite right now. You&#x27;re going to see a president like Barack Obama who has to absolutely disavow the existence of the last four years or completely try and somehow twist it into blaming George Bush. You&#x27;re not going to see Barack Obama making his last four years as president his go-to weapon in the arsenal because it would be stupid and because he&#x27;s a terrible president. So it&#x27;s going to be really interesting to see what he does in the debate with the dynamic is, my guess, is class warfare,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> and he&#x27;s hoping on Mitt Romney coming in a little lamby-pamby like he does sometimes. If Mitt Romney doesn&#x27;t come in aggressively, who knows what could happen? It should be a deadlock. That&#x27;s the point. The American people right now know that Barack Obama is not the man for the job. They&#x27;re just not entirely convinced that Mitt Romney is. He needs to finish the sale. He needs to close, and we&#x27;ll see what happens and see if he does. So depending on who you listen to out there, there are a lot of political commentators that say there aren&#x27;t many people that are truly undecided. How do you feel about that? Well, I don&#x27;t know how you can be undecided at this point. You&#x27;ve got to be an absolute idiot. That being said, there are quite a few idiots across this country. It seems because there are undecided voters. Again, these are the kinds of voters who, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be voting based on ideals. I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> voting based on what&#x27;s good for the country or what the Founding Fathers originally intended. I think a lot of these people are voting based on more free crap. They&#x27;re both voting based on what the government can give them. And that&#x27;s a horrible thing. I wrote a column on it at Fox News called The Selfish Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Voting. But even if you&#x27;re going to be a selfish voter, voting in your own self-interest, which you should not do, but I acknowledge the fact that many people do, if you&#x27;re going to be that person and you are below the age of 45, you cannot vote for this president. Whether it&#x27;s health care costs, social security, hint, you&#x27;re not getting a dime, or college tuition, or even wanting to save personally your money. That&#x27;s nearly impossible to do. The thing is, low interest rates are in fact, Coach B. You and I both know that. Generally, they&#x27;re a good thing. But they&#x27;re a good thing if banks are lending. Because generally,</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> it&#x27;s an indicator of banks lending. That&#x27;s not really necessarily the case right now. You have banks who are obviously artificially forced to keep low interest rates. They&#x27;re sitting on stockpiles of cash. And so what we end up with is the fact that if you want to save your money, what do you get now in a savings account? What&#x27;s the national average? 0.4? 0.4%? Something like that. Good luck with that if you&#x27;re going to try to retire with that kind of savings. Yeah, if you&#x27;re lucky, you get 0.4. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Fox News political commentator Stephen Crowder. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Stephen, how many more years, let&#x27;s say Barack Obama does win, how many more years can he continue to blame George Bush? I mean, shouldn&#x27;t he blame the previous president? If he wins the next term, he should blame the guy who was there the four years before him, correct? Well, here&#x27;s the thing. I understand where you&#x27;re coming from,</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> Coach B, but I&#x27;m going to have to correct you here. You&#x27;re wrong on a couple of things. Barack Obama is not an honest man. Oh, okay. My bad. So then you&#x27;re starting off from the premise. Right, yeah. It&#x27;s okay. I don&#x27;t know. You made the common mistake of assuming that maybe the president isn&#x27;t a lying dirtbag, but you were wrong to do so. This guy is not an honest man, and it doesn&#x27;t matter. He doesn&#x27;t care about the truth. First off, right now, he&#x27;s blaming George Bush because he&#x27;s constantly running for re-election. The day Barack Obama was elected, he decided, okay, I&#x27;m going to start running for re-election, and that&#x27;s why he&#x27;s blaming George Bush. After this, in the next four years, he&#x27;ll probably still blame George Bush if the country doesn&#x27;t turn around, which it likely won&#x27;t. That being said, you&#x27;re going to see him go way far to the left because he&#x27;s going to be unencumbered by running for re-election, and that is a scary, scary thing. What I find so funny is if he&#x27;s going to blame the previous administration, the last two years of Bush, where Democrat-run Congress</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> and the House. I mean, you&#x27;re talking about a guy, essentially, a president who really can only sign or veto bills that were given to him by the House. Really, they&#x27;re largely in charge of spending, and that&#x27;s what Barack Obama inherited, with the kind of spending from a Pelosi-led House. So if he really wants to find someone to blame, you should look at the stretch-faced Pelosi over there and point the finger. Yeah, there&#x27;s so many. I mean, this is like kindergarten when you start blaming people. I had two little brothers, and our objective in life was to get the other guys in trouble with Dad every day. So we would come up with phony lies to get the other guys in trouble, and then we&#x27;d blame everybody else. But politicians are supposed to get us forward, like the slogan says, but instead we&#x27;re backwards. We&#x27;re going way backward in race relations, too, it appears. Yeah, well, listen, here&#x27;s the thing. You know, white people elected Barack Obama, not black people. If all black people turned out to vote, statistically a lot of them don&#x27;t,</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> though more of them didn&#x27;t allow for election, but if every single black person in the country, including women and children, got out to vote, it wouldn&#x27;t be enough to elect Barack Obama. It was white people. We put that to rest. A black, I shouldn&#x27;t say black, a biracial man, let&#x27;s be honest, I mean, he barely passed in the brown paper bag test, a biracial man was elected president. We put that to rest. The highest office in the land, white people gave it to him, okay? The problem is, once that happens, he needs to keep it alive, because that&#x27;s a huge arrow in his quiver for Barack Obama. He needs to keep the race fading alive. And as you can see here, of course, the Tea Party came up, and it was a perfect way for them to say, okay, if you oppose this president, it&#x27;s because he&#x27;s black. Well, in that same breath, if someone voted for the president, it must have been because he was black. We can blame these identity politics</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> all day long. Let&#x27;s just get down to the issues. I don&#x27;t care if he&#x27;s white, black, he sucks as president. That&#x27;s the problem I have with him. He&#x27;s terrible at his job. And that&#x27;s the problem most Americans have. But of course, leftists don&#x27;t want to, again, they don&#x27;t want to debate. They don&#x27;t want to acknowledge the last four years. They don&#x27;t want to go on a point-by-point basis defending the failed policies of this administration. So it&#x27;s much easier to shut off that dialogue before it begins and call you a racist. You see it with Nancy Pelosi. You see it with Harry Reid. You see it with MSNBC. You see it with Comedy Central. You see it with MTV and all this Rocks to Vote, all these people. Their only argument is, well, if you don&#x27;t vote for Barack Obama, you&#x27;re a racist. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to work anymore. I think the American people have caught on. And I think, if anything,</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> it&#x27;s gone too far the other way. I think you&#x27;re going to see Americans embracing political incorrectness now because they&#x27;re tired of being made to feel guilty for something they didn&#x27;t do. Let&#x27;s talk about a couple of things here. Yeah, and I agree. It&#x27;s just crazy where we&#x27;re going right now with, you can&#x27;t just, they call it the race card. You can&#x27;t play it every single hand or else no one believes it anymore. And it&#x27;s not true. But Stephen, what are three of the things, or one or two at least, of the things that have, I know you&#x27;re not a fan of Obama. Not many people I know are, especially when we talk about financial things. But what are three, two or three of the things that really surprised you as far as how bad he has done the last four years? Oh, man. Well, obviously right now you have to look at national security. You have to look at Libya. You have to look at these issues, the complete and total turmoil</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> in the Middle East. The guy&#x27;s been an absolute disaster. He thought that was going to be sort of a strong suit because, you know, still Team Six basically caused Osama bin Laden to assume room temperature and Barack Obama took credit for it. So he thought it was a brilliant political move there. But now you see what&#x27;s actually going on and the way how this, you know, you see how these folks across the pond don&#x27;t really respect this guy, certainly don&#x27;t fear him. And you&#x27;re seeing the results of that. So I think that is honestly probably the biggest deal because, for me, you&#x27;re really talking about the loss of human life. So that&#x27;s the most important. Then, of course, if you look at the health care issue here, you tell me the fact that the health care costs have gone up by thousands of dollars in the last year. Premiums rose an average of 3% over the last year. So you&#x27;re talking about some of the guy really expected to be his mark. He</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> really wanted to be, you know, his place in history. And it is. And it&#x27;s a terrible spot in history. It&#x27;s been awful. So the health care thing is obviously an incredible debacle. So aside from that, you know, listen, on a personal level, I really hated that he reversed the Mexico City policy. That was the first thing he did as president. We&#x27;re now paying for abortions overseas. But I think the biggest thing with America is the lying, the divisiveness he&#x27;s caused. Listen, I don&#x27;t think we need to be united. I have no problem with polarization. What I have a problem with is a guy who said he&#x27;s going to reach across the aisle. And then he reaches across, flipping everybody over there, the finger. That&#x27;s what I have a problem with. And Barack Obama&#x27;s done that more than anybody before. He&#x27;s been the most polarizing president. He&#x27;s an effective Barack Obama is no different from the furthest of the left</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> guest you could have on MSNBC. That is this president. It is the college hipster who is smoking weed and doing crack with his professor who talked about the system, man, and the guy who just wanted to shut up because he annoyed you and he wanted to do your classwork in college. That&#x27;s Barack Obama, the only difference that he&#x27;s now running the country. And that&#x27;s the idea or certainly the concept here that I find most unsettling. This country for the last four years has been run by the equivalent to the Thanksgiving Day children&#x27;s table. Well, and that&#x27;s a good one. Well, he actually wrote a book that bragged about all the drug use. So it&#x27;s not like this is made up. And of course, the media overlooks that as well. We have a president who&#x27;s an admitted drug user. Right, exactly. If you call him a crackhead, it&#x27;s racist. No, he literally was a crackhead.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> And everyone wanted to condemn George Bush for having been an alcoholic and the fact that he was very open about it. And he talked about his previous struggles of alcohol. Listen, I&#x27;m not going to judge a guy for something that he, you know, a mistake that he made. But the fact is, you can look into someone&#x27;s past, certainly when Democrats do not play nice when it comes to politics. You&#x27;re talking about a guy, that&#x27;s the character of this guy. He may not be doing drugs anymore, but he&#x27;s no different than that kid who in college was experimenting and new ideas. Man, my professor opened my eyes. We all know that person. The professor didn&#x27;t open your eyes. He opened your wallet. You&#x27;re still dumb as a bag of rocks. That&#x27;s the most kid in college. If you go into college and you don&#x27;t know exactly what you believe and why you believe it, you will come out of it a liberal. And that&#x27;s Barack Obama. He&#x27;s a man who was raised without a father. He was a man who was raised without a worldview. And the worldview that was shaping him was incredibly leftist and hateful towards anyone</p><p><strong>12:25</strong> not like himself. And then the second he got to college, he was told how to think, what to think, and when to think. The guy is an absolute loser, and he&#x27;s our president. Folks, his name is Stephen Crowder. He&#x27;s a Fox News political commentator. He&#x27;s from New York City, recently married Stephen Crowder, by the way. Congratulations, Stephen. Thank you very much. I appreciate that. I&#x27;m way above my batting average, so he&#x27;d be even more enthusiastic if he met her. And we&#x27;ll put a link to your website on our site, as well as this complete interview on FinancialSafari.com. For everyone who might have just joined us late and wanted to hear the interview or want to share it with your friends, we&#x27;ll have a link to your website. Thank you, Coach. Pete, appreciate that. That&#x27;s very nice. And Stephen, I&#x27;d love to have you back on right after the election to talk about it. Sure, anytime. Okay, folks, that&#x27;s Stephen Crowder, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steven Crowder joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about politics, commentary, and the upcoming election. The interview presents Crowder’s perspective on the issues being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Again, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world, trying to make it a little simpler. And this is a section of the show where we go out into the world and find somebody you&#x27;ve seen on TV, has made some kind of impact before. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough from New York City to have Mr. Stephen Crowder. Now, you may recognize that name. You may not. You may recognize his voice when you start hearing him. Stephen, you&#x27;ve been on TV before. I&#x27;ve seen you on Fox. Where else have you been? Stephen. You know, I&#x27;m actually a Fox News contributor, so I can&#x27;t really appear elsewhere now. So mostly just on Fox. Every Sunday on Fox, you&#x27;re friends. And then if you follow me on Twitter, that&#x27;s Crowder. You can find out about all the other appearances. And you follow the political environment here, and it does have a parallel likeness to what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> going on in the financial world, doesn&#x27;t it? Well, I guess so. You know, I&#x27;m not really a financial guy. I used to be on Fox Business a lot as a contributor when I had a lot of original programming just because I had to. You know, I think we both know a mutual friend where it seems pretty simple to me. If you invest conservatively and diversify over the long term, you win out. But of course, they have entire networks right now devoted to keeping the lie alive. If you can pick a hot tip or find a hot ticket and you&#x27;ll do really well in the short term, which personally, I just don&#x27;t really believe it. I think if someone tells me that in the stock market, either they&#x27;re lying or doing something illegal. And it&#x27;s pretty much the same thing with media right now. You look at the way they&#x27;re trying to cover up the tracks of this president. Still get people to believe the lie, to buy into the lie, in this case, of course, with their vote. I was told a long time ago, slow and steady. When you&#x27;re collecting information or when</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> you&#x27;re trying to build retirement, slow and steady always beats the fast thing, like tortoise and the hare a little bit. You know where that comes from, right? Slow and steady. What does that come from? That&#x27;s that old story. Remember the tortoise and the hare was the slow and steady wins the race? And I remember, even though as a kid, while I agree with the sentiment, the moral of the story was slow and steady wins the race. I remember even if a kid&#x27;s thinking, no, wait a second. I can&#x27;t be right. The real moral of the story is, if you&#x27;re in the middle of a heated race, don&#x27;t take a nap. Yeah. Yep. Well, yeah, and that&#x27;s right. There have been a lot of naps being taken on the taxpayer dime here the last four years, correct? Yeah, absolutely. I mean, the fact is, we&#x27;re going into these debates here. I was just watching the old Reagan-Mondale debate here on C-SPAN. I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve actually gone back to the</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> archive and looked at that. It&#x27;s really amazing to see debate where the dynamic is the president, at this point, Ronald Reagan, when asked a question or a task, pretty much all he did was point to his record. That was entirely his defense was, well, in the last four years, I&#x27;ve done A, B, and C. What do you think? Shoot thunderous applause. You&#x27;re going to see the exact opposite right now. You&#x27;re going to see a president like Barack Obama who has to absolutely disavow the existence of the last four years or completely try and somehow twist it into blaming George Bush. You&#x27;re not going to see Barack Obama making his last four years as president his go-to weapon in the arsenal because it would be stupid and because he&#x27;s a terrible president. So it&#x27;s going to be really interesting to see what he does in the debate with the dynamic is, my guess, is class warfare,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> and he&#x27;s hoping on Mitt Romney coming in a little lamby-pamby like he does sometimes. If Mitt Romney doesn&#x27;t come in aggressively, who knows what could happen? It should be a deadlock. That&#x27;s the point. The American people right now know that Barack Obama is not the man for the job. They&#x27;re just not entirely convinced that Mitt Romney is. He needs to finish the sale. He needs to close, and we&#x27;ll see what happens and see if he does. So depending on who you listen to out there, there are a lot of political commentators that say there aren&#x27;t many people that are truly undecided. How do you feel about that? Well, I don&#x27;t know how you can be undecided at this point. You&#x27;ve got to be an absolute idiot. That being said, there are quite a few idiots across this country. It seems because there are undecided voters. Again, these are the kinds of voters who, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be voting based on ideals. I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> voting based on what&#x27;s good for the country or what the Founding Fathers originally intended. I think a lot of these people are voting based on more free crap. They&#x27;re both voting based on what the government can give them. And that&#x27;s a horrible thing. I wrote a column on it at Fox News called The Selfish Millennial&#x27;s Guide to Voting. But even if you&#x27;re going to be a selfish voter, voting in your own self-interest, which you should not do, but I acknowledge the fact that many people do, if you&#x27;re going to be that person and you are below the age of 45, you cannot vote for this president. Whether it&#x27;s health care costs, social security, hint, you&#x27;re not getting a dime, or college tuition, or even wanting to save personally your money. That&#x27;s nearly impossible to do. The thing is, low interest rates are in fact, Coach B. You and I both know that. Generally, they&#x27;re a good thing. But they&#x27;re a good thing if banks are lending. Because generally,</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> it&#x27;s an indicator of banks lending. That&#x27;s not really necessarily the case right now. You have banks who are obviously artificially forced to keep low interest rates. They&#x27;re sitting on stockpiles of cash. And so what we end up with is the fact that if you want to save your money, what do you get now in a savings account? What&#x27;s the national average? 0.4? 0.4%? Something like that. Good luck with that if you&#x27;re going to try to retire with that kind of savings. Yeah, if you&#x27;re lucky, you get 0.4. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Fox News political commentator Stephen Crowder. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City. Stephen, how many more years, let&#x27;s say Barack Obama does win, how many more years can he continue to blame George Bush? I mean, shouldn&#x27;t he blame the previous president? If he wins the next term, he should blame the guy who was there the four years before him, correct? Well, here&#x27;s the thing. I understand where you&#x27;re coming from,</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> Coach B, but I&#x27;m going to have to correct you here. You&#x27;re wrong on a couple of things. Barack Obama is not an honest man. Oh, okay. My bad. So then you&#x27;re starting off from the premise. Right, yeah. It&#x27;s okay. I don&#x27;t know. You made the common mistake of assuming that maybe the president isn&#x27;t a lying dirtbag, but you were wrong to do so. This guy is not an honest man, and it doesn&#x27;t matter. He doesn&#x27;t care about the truth. First off, right now, he&#x27;s blaming George Bush because he&#x27;s constantly running for re-election. The day Barack Obama was elected, he decided, okay, I&#x27;m going to start running for re-election, and that&#x27;s why he&#x27;s blaming George Bush. After this, in the next four years, he&#x27;ll probably still blame George Bush if the country doesn&#x27;t turn around, which it likely won&#x27;t. That being said, you&#x27;re going to see him go way far to the left because he&#x27;s going to be unencumbered by running for re-election, and that is a scary, scary thing. What I find so funny is if he&#x27;s going to blame the previous administration, the last two years of Bush, where Democrat-run Congress</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> and the House. I mean, you&#x27;re talking about a guy, essentially, a president who really can only sign or veto bills that were given to him by the House. Really, they&#x27;re largely in charge of spending, and that&#x27;s what Barack Obama inherited, with the kind of spending from a Pelosi-led House. So if he really wants to find someone to blame, you should look at the stretch-faced Pelosi over there and point the finger. Yeah, there&#x27;s so many. I mean, this is like kindergarten when you start blaming people. I had two little brothers, and our objective in life was to get the other guys in trouble with Dad every day. So we would come up with phony lies to get the other guys in trouble, and then we&#x27;d blame everybody else. But politicians are supposed to get us forward, like the slogan says, but instead we&#x27;re backwards. We&#x27;re going way backward in race relations, too, it appears. Yeah, well, listen, here&#x27;s the thing. You know, white people elected Barack Obama, not black people. If all black people turned out to vote, statistically a lot of them don&#x27;t,</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> though more of them didn&#x27;t allow for election, but if every single black person in the country, including women and children, got out to vote, it wouldn&#x27;t be enough to elect Barack Obama. It was white people. We put that to rest. A black, I shouldn&#x27;t say black, a biracial man, let&#x27;s be honest, I mean, he barely passed in the brown paper bag test, a biracial man was elected president. We put that to rest. The highest office in the land, white people gave it to him, okay? The problem is, once that happens, he needs to keep it alive, because that&#x27;s a huge arrow in his quiver for Barack Obama. He needs to keep the race fading alive. And as you can see here, of course, the Tea Party came up, and it was a perfect way for them to say, okay, if you oppose this president, it&#x27;s because he&#x27;s black. Well, in that same breath, if someone voted for the president, it must have been because he was black. We can blame these identity politics</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> all day long. Let&#x27;s just get down to the issues. I don&#x27;t care if he&#x27;s white, black, he sucks as president. That&#x27;s the problem I have with him. He&#x27;s terrible at his job. And that&#x27;s the problem most Americans have. But of course, leftists don&#x27;t want to, again, they don&#x27;t want to debate. They don&#x27;t want to acknowledge the last four years. They don&#x27;t want to go on a point-by-point basis defending the failed policies of this administration. So it&#x27;s much easier to shut off that dialogue before it begins and call you a racist. You see it with Nancy Pelosi. You see it with Harry Reid. You see it with MSNBC. You see it with Comedy Central. You see it with MTV and all this Rocks to Vote, all these people. Their only argument is, well, if you don&#x27;t vote for Barack Obama, you&#x27;re a racist. I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to work anymore. I think the American people have caught on. And I think, if anything,</p><p><strong>08:32</strong> it&#x27;s gone too far the other way. I think you&#x27;re going to see Americans embracing political incorrectness now because they&#x27;re tired of being made to feel guilty for something they didn&#x27;t do. Let&#x27;s talk about a couple of things here. Yeah, and I agree. It&#x27;s just crazy where we&#x27;re going right now with, you can&#x27;t just, they call it the race card. You can&#x27;t play it every single hand or else no one believes it anymore. And it&#x27;s not true. But Stephen, what are three of the things, or one or two at least, of the things that have, I know you&#x27;re not a fan of Obama. Not many people I know are, especially when we talk about financial things. But what are three, two or three of the things that really surprised you as far as how bad he has done the last four years? Oh, man. Well, obviously right now you have to look at national security. You have to look at Libya. You have to look at these issues, the complete and total turmoil</p><p><strong>09:17</strong> in the Middle East. The guy&#x27;s been an absolute disaster. He thought that was going to be sort of a strong suit because, you know, still Team Six basically caused Osama bin Laden to assume room temperature and Barack Obama took credit for it. So he thought it was a brilliant political move there. But now you see what&#x27;s actually going on and the way how this, you know, you see how these folks across the pond don&#x27;t really respect this guy, certainly don&#x27;t fear him. And you&#x27;re seeing the results of that. So I think that is honestly probably the biggest deal because, for me, you&#x27;re really talking about the loss of human life. So that&#x27;s the most important. Then, of course, if you look at the health care issue here, you tell me the fact that the health care costs have gone up by thousands of dollars in the last year. Premiums rose an average of 3% over the last year. So you&#x27;re talking about some of the guy really expected to be his mark. He</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> really wanted to be, you know, his place in history. And it is. And it&#x27;s a terrible spot in history. It&#x27;s been awful. So the health care thing is obviously an incredible debacle. So aside from that, you know, listen, on a personal level, I really hated that he reversed the Mexico City policy. That was the first thing he did as president. We&#x27;re now paying for abortions overseas. But I think the biggest thing with America is the lying, the divisiveness he&#x27;s caused. Listen, I don&#x27;t think we need to be united. I have no problem with polarization. What I have a problem with is a guy who said he&#x27;s going to reach across the aisle. And then he reaches across, flipping everybody over there, the finger. That&#x27;s what I have a problem with. And Barack Obama&#x27;s done that more than anybody before. He&#x27;s been the most polarizing president. He&#x27;s an effective Barack Obama is no different from the furthest of the left</p><p><strong>10:51</strong> guest you could have on MSNBC. That is this president. It is the college hipster who is smoking weed and doing crack with his professor who talked about the system, man, and the guy who just wanted to shut up because he annoyed you and he wanted to do your classwork in college. That&#x27;s Barack Obama, the only difference that he&#x27;s now running the country. And that&#x27;s the idea or certainly the concept here that I find most unsettling. This country for the last four years has been run by the equivalent to the Thanksgiving Day children&#x27;s table. Well, and that&#x27;s a good one. Well, he actually wrote a book that bragged about all the drug use. So it&#x27;s not like this is made up. And of course, the media overlooks that as well. We have a president who&#x27;s an admitted drug user. Right, exactly. If you call him a crackhead, it&#x27;s racist. No, he literally was a crackhead.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> And everyone wanted to condemn George Bush for having been an alcoholic and the fact that he was very open about it. And he talked about his previous struggles of alcohol. Listen, I&#x27;m not going to judge a guy for something that he, you know, a mistake that he made. But the fact is, you can look into someone&#x27;s past, certainly when Democrats do not play nice when it comes to politics. You&#x27;re talking about a guy, that&#x27;s the character of this guy. He may not be doing drugs anymore, but he&#x27;s no different than that kid who in college was experimenting and new ideas. Man, my professor opened my eyes. We all know that person. The professor didn&#x27;t open your eyes. He opened your wallet. You&#x27;re still dumb as a bag of rocks. That&#x27;s the most kid in college. If you go into college and you don&#x27;t know exactly what you believe and why you believe it, you will come out of it a liberal. And that&#x27;s Barack Obama. He&#x27;s a man who was raised without a father. He was a man who was raised without a worldview. And the worldview that was shaping him was incredibly leftist and hateful towards anyone</p><p><strong>12:25</strong> not like himself. And then the second he got to college, he was told how to think, what to think, and when to think. The guy is an absolute loser, and he&#x27;s our president. Folks, his name is Stephen Crowder. He&#x27;s a Fox News political commentator. He&#x27;s from New York City, recently married Stephen Crowder, by the way. Congratulations, Stephen. Thank you very much. I appreciate that. I&#x27;m way above my batting average, so he&#x27;d be even more enthusiastic if he met her. And we&#x27;ll put a link to your website on our site, as well as this complete interview on FinancialSafari.com. For everyone who might have just joined us late and wanted to hear the interview or want to share it with your friends, we&#x27;ll have a link to your website. Thank you, Coach. Pete, appreciate that. That&#x27;s very nice. And Stephen, I&#x27;d love to have you back on right after the election to talk about it. Sure, anytime. Okay, folks, that&#x27;s Stephen Crowder, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steven Crowder joins Coach Pete for an October 2012 conversation about politics, commentary, and the upcoming election. The interview presents Crowder’s perspective on the issues being debated at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Steven Crowder</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>The Political Debate Before the 2012 Election</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Steven Crowder, economic policy, The Political Debate Before the 2012 Election, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842/image.jpg?t=1792072811&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-crowder-the-political-debate-before-the-2012-election/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842/image.jpg?t=1792072811&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Oct 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>791</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9d98fa28-9b60-44a6-ae6f-b4e2013e5842/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12686920" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-crowder-the-political-debate-before-the-2012-election</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>182</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Political Debate Before the 2012 Election" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Sullivan: Behind 2016: Obama’s America</title>
      <itunes:title>John Sullivan: Behind 2016: Obama’s America</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where we go out across the world. We span the globe and we find someone who&#x27;s interesting to talk to, whether it be an author, a movie producer, current event kind of person, or whatever. Today we&#x27;re lucky. Just a few weeks ago, I went to a movie by myself with a buddy of mine. My wife was out of town at the beach and I was looking for something to do. It was a movie that was reaching my radar screen because I&#x27;d heard something about it. The name of the movie was 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. And, gosh, I mean, I watched the movie, almost wanted to sit there and watch it again. I mean, it was so good and so bad at the same time as far as our future. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have the co-writer and co-producer of 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. His name is John Sullivan. He&#x27;s joining us from L.A.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> John, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me on, Coach Pete. Yeah, I mean, watching the movie, we hear all these things on the Internet these days and in the news cycles. And so I thought I was going to see a movie that I already knew everything about. John, you guys shocked me with a lot of the stuff you had in that movie as far as things I didn&#x27;t realize. Well, what was one of the things that shocked you? Because we get people from all kinds of across the political spectrum. And a lot of them say there&#x27;s a lot in the film I never knew about. What was one thing for you that was new? Well, it was the ties there to the radical side and basically trying to bring down America by overloading us with debt. I knew we were going out of control with debt, but I didn&#x27;t realize there was a master goal to that. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s the one thing we bring out in the film is how debt could be used as what we call a weapon of mass destruction. And, you know, we&#x27;re on our way to a $20 trillion debt level.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You know, our GDP is only about 15.6 or 7. Well, we&#x27;re already over our national debt to our GDP at this now. And so it&#x27;s a really scary time. And it&#x27;s very easy to sink this economy and sink America just by debt. Yeah, and it&#x27;s getting out of control. We had David Walker on the show a couple months ago, and he basically – he&#x27;s in your movie as well. He is. Yep, he&#x27;s the one that kind of raises this alarm and this issue of where we could be in just a very short time. Now, David was the former comptroller general of the United States. Basically, he signed the checks that were written for the government. He resigned – and this is maybe hearsay, but I heard he resigned because he wasn&#x27;t going to sign checks anymore that were going to bounce. He was tired of that. Well, we&#x27;re still borrowing at a record rate. You know, we don&#x27;t have the internal capacity to kind of fund our own spending.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, I could understand – if I was in that position, I&#x27;d feel that frustration too. Now, but let&#x27;s look at it. Now, one of the things there in the movie was just how little we have done to keep Iran from getting nuclear weapons and at the same time reducing our stock. And actually, the AP did a false fact check on your movie, and they said that wasn&#x27;t true. And we&#x27;ve got a list of some of the false fact checks that AP claimed were not true that were in the movie. But let&#x27;s talk about this. What is the master goal here when you&#x27;re letting these little rogue nations build a nuclear arsenal? At the same time, the goal here is to reduce ours down to nothing. Yeah. Now, it isn&#x27;t a bad goal to want to reduce nuclear weapons. President Reagan had that. Jimmy Carter had that. You know, other presidents have had this. Bill Clinton. That&#x27;s not the bad goal.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> You know, I think everybody would like a nuclear-free world. However, in light of the fact that you have China modernizing their nuclear weapons, you have North Korea doing the same, and you have Iran pursuing nuclear weapons in a ballistic capacity, too, that they could shoot a missile or put it on a ship or some other form. You know, that is where it gets dangerous. And so at the current time under the START treaty, we&#x27;re to reduce our weapons down to about 1,500 nuclear warheads. A couple other countries are kind of doing that, too. But at the same time, we have other countries, as I mentioned, Iran, North Korea, China, all kind of modernizing and or developing weapons. So this creates a very dangerous situation moving forward and one that, you know, has to be addressed and is currently not being addressed by this administration.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about the idea of doing a movie to begin with and how it has grown from one screen up to a gigantic amount of screens, just the growth and the buzz. Has that surprised you? It has. You know, it really has. I mean, we started on one screen in Houston. It did extremely well there, so we knew we had something on our hands so we could manage it well and get the word out there. But we had to prove, you know, to the theater chains, look at, you know, we&#x27;re something you should be putting on the screen compared to other movies. And we were an unknown entity. But over the weeks, we proved ourselves. And we had a huge jump a couple weeks ago where we went from 169 screens and we were the number 13 movie in the country on just 169 screens. And we jumped to 1,091. And at the same time, our per screen average, which is very important in our industry, in the movie industry, didn&#x27;t drop hardly at all.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And it was a real indicator that there was a real hunger and a real audience out there for 2016. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan, co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. And you say the first screen you started was Houston. Now, I&#x27;m a master of puns sometimes in my own head. But I would have thought if I would have started in Houston, the title would have been or the subtitle, Houston, we have a problem. That&#x27;s true. Well, it might be more appropriate. Washington, D.C., we have a problem. But, yeah, we started in Houston and we had a huge audience come out for the show. And we started in one theater and a 140-seat theater there by the afternoon. It had already sold out. They put us to a 300-seat auditorium. That sold out. So they added a second show. I mean, the buzz just started immediately on the movie.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> It just never stopped. We continue to every week add more and more theaters as we march along. You know, I keep seeing these headlines, you know, 2016 shocks Hollywood, all this. It&#x27;s all audience-driven. The audience is driving this demand and showing that there&#x27;s a real hunger out there to know more about President Obama. Yeah. Now, I mean, so what is the plan going forward? What are you guys going to do next? Or where&#x27;s the movie going to go next? I mean, what&#x27;s the master plan here? Because it&#x27;s growing, not shrinking here with the number of screens. Correct. We will continue to add screens as the demand grows for it. You know, it&#x27;s over 2,000 screens at this point in time. Our ninth week, I believe, of release, which is just unheard of in the movie business, usually started a big number and moved very quickly to zero.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We started with one and gone up to thousands. And it just continues to go. You know, every week we&#x27;re pleasantly surprised by the response to it and the demand. And we&#x27;ve got theaters calling us all across the country looking to keep 2016 going. So I think it&#x27;ll be out there for quite a while. It&#x27;ll be going for probably another couple months that this film will be out in theaters. And eventually it&#x27;ll make its way to DVD and, you know, VOD and rentals and all that stuff. But it&#x27;s going strong in the theaters. So we&#x27;re very happy with that. Now, Dinesh D&#x27;Souza was the star of the show, if you want to look at a star. I mean, there&#x27;s no special effects. There&#x27;s no explosion scenes, not like a Bourne identity or Bourne kind of movie. But he traveled around. Now, did you travel with him across the span of the globe like he did? Not on all. We had several crews do that.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a kind of a co-director title with Dinesh and myself. He did a lot of the on-ground stuff. I did a number of the shooting the recreations and different scenes we had and some of the other footage. So it was truly a shared job and responsibility that we did. And then we co-wrote the movie together. But we do. We travel to Hawaii, Indonesia, Kenya. And we go to places where news crews and documentary crews have never been. It was quite shocking, though, when our crew was in Kenya. And we asked some of the people, well, who&#x27;s been here to interview you? And they said, you&#x27;re the first. Nobody else has been here to interview us. And these were close, very close friends to Barack Obama Sr. and it kind of showed us that there was no vetting going on of the president at the end of the day by the mainstream news agencies. And so it was very intriguing to do that.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, there was one scene there where it got kind of testy, it looked like, where the tribal leaders or whatever it was didn&#x27;t want the film anymore. So basically kicked you out for or kicked the film crew out. And they left wisely because it might have got kind of dicey there. Yeah, that was we were in Kogelo, Kenya, which is just outside of Nairobi by a couple hours. And that is where the Obama clan is and the grave of Barack Obama Sr. and his grandfather are. And we were supposed to interview Granny Obama, Granny Sarah. And at first the crew was welcomed there. But slowly kind of the mood changed there when they called Ioma, the president&#x27;s half-sister. And we were asked to kind of leave. And things kind of turned a little bit sour. And we were really concerned, not so much for the safety. I mean, that was one concern, but it was more that our gear would get confiscated, you know,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> all of our camera gear and all of that. And we traveled thousands of miles to be in Kenya to shoot. And we had a lot more shooting to go. So we didn&#x27;t want that to happen. So the crew booked back to Nairobi. I wonder what kind of reception you&#x27;d get if you visited Elizabeth Warren&#x27;s tribe. Well, we&#x27;d have to find it first. And then maybe we&#x27;ll find out there. But I&#x27;m sure it would be kind of a similar reception there. We&#x27;d probably have to be scrambling so our gear wasn&#x27;t confiscated. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan. He&#x27;s co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. It&#x27;s a great documentary. And one final question before I let you go, John. The question is, do you think 2016 would have been as popular if the media really vetted Obama in 2008? No, I don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> I don&#x27;t think we would have had a job in putting out this film. If the media had really done and asked the tough questions. I mean, we even have Tom Brokaw right before the election with Charlie Rose. These are two venerable news guys known in journalism. And they&#x27;re both saying, I don&#x27;t know Barack Obama&#x27;s worldview. I really don&#x27;t know him. The tough questions haven&#x27;t been asked of him. And this is five days before the election. When you have two journalists of that stature saying those comments, I think it is an absolute reflection of the poor job that was done by the media in general about who Barack Obama was and who he is today and where he would take America. Where can someone listening find out more about the movie? They can visit our website, which is 2016themovie.com.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 2016themovie.com. If you want to find a theater, just click on the theater button and you can choose your state or choose on the map there. And it will bring it up. And, again, we&#x27;re in thousands of screens and theaters right now. So there should be one within just a few miles of you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll put a link to that website on our website as well as this complete interview if you joined us late and want to listen again or want to share with your friends. Of course, the website for us is financialsafari.com, financialsafari.com. John, we enjoyed this interview, and I hope we can have you on again around election time. Oh, that would be great. Thank you, Coach Pete, for having me on. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show where we go out across the world. We span the globe and we find someone who&#x27;s interesting to talk to, whether it be an author, a movie producer, current event kind of person, or whatever. Today we&#x27;re lucky. Just a few weeks ago, I went to a movie by myself with a buddy of mine. My wife was out of town at the beach and I was looking for something to do. It was a movie that was reaching my radar screen because I&#x27;d heard something about it. The name of the movie was 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. And, gosh, I mean, I watched the movie, almost wanted to sit there and watch it again. I mean, it was so good and so bad at the same time as far as our future. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have the co-writer and co-producer of 2016, Obama&#x27;s America. His name is John Sullivan. He&#x27;s joining us from L.A.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> John, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me on, Coach Pete. Yeah, I mean, watching the movie, we hear all these things on the Internet these days and in the news cycles. And so I thought I was going to see a movie that I already knew everything about. John, you guys shocked me with a lot of the stuff you had in that movie as far as things I didn&#x27;t realize. Well, what was one of the things that shocked you? Because we get people from all kinds of across the political spectrum. And a lot of them say there&#x27;s a lot in the film I never knew about. What was one thing for you that was new? Well, it was the ties there to the radical side and basically trying to bring down America by overloading us with debt. I knew we were going out of control with debt, but I didn&#x27;t realize there was a master goal to that. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s the one thing we bring out in the film is how debt could be used as what we call a weapon of mass destruction. And, you know, we&#x27;re on our way to a $20 trillion debt level.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> You know, our GDP is only about 15.6 or 7. Well, we&#x27;re already over our national debt to our GDP at this now. And so it&#x27;s a really scary time. And it&#x27;s very easy to sink this economy and sink America just by debt. Yeah, and it&#x27;s getting out of control. We had David Walker on the show a couple months ago, and he basically – he&#x27;s in your movie as well. He is. Yep, he&#x27;s the one that kind of raises this alarm and this issue of where we could be in just a very short time. Now, David was the former comptroller general of the United States. Basically, he signed the checks that were written for the government. He resigned – and this is maybe hearsay, but I heard he resigned because he wasn&#x27;t going to sign checks anymore that were going to bounce. He was tired of that. Well, we&#x27;re still borrowing at a record rate. You know, we don&#x27;t have the internal capacity to kind of fund our own spending.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And, you know, I could understand – if I was in that position, I&#x27;d feel that frustration too. Now, but let&#x27;s look at it. Now, one of the things there in the movie was just how little we have done to keep Iran from getting nuclear weapons and at the same time reducing our stock. And actually, the AP did a false fact check on your movie, and they said that wasn&#x27;t true. And we&#x27;ve got a list of some of the false fact checks that AP claimed were not true that were in the movie. But let&#x27;s talk about this. What is the master goal here when you&#x27;re letting these little rogue nations build a nuclear arsenal? At the same time, the goal here is to reduce ours down to nothing. Yeah. Now, it isn&#x27;t a bad goal to want to reduce nuclear weapons. President Reagan had that. Jimmy Carter had that. You know, other presidents have had this. Bill Clinton. That&#x27;s not the bad goal.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> You know, I think everybody would like a nuclear-free world. However, in light of the fact that you have China modernizing their nuclear weapons, you have North Korea doing the same, and you have Iran pursuing nuclear weapons in a ballistic capacity, too, that they could shoot a missile or put it on a ship or some other form. You know, that is where it gets dangerous. And so at the current time under the START treaty, we&#x27;re to reduce our weapons down to about 1,500 nuclear warheads. A couple other countries are kind of doing that, too. But at the same time, we have other countries, as I mentioned, Iran, North Korea, China, all kind of modernizing and or developing weapons. So this creates a very dangerous situation moving forward and one that, you know, has to be addressed and is currently not being addressed by this administration.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about the idea of doing a movie to begin with and how it has grown from one screen up to a gigantic amount of screens, just the growth and the buzz. Has that surprised you? It has. You know, it really has. I mean, we started on one screen in Houston. It did extremely well there, so we knew we had something on our hands so we could manage it well and get the word out there. But we had to prove, you know, to the theater chains, look at, you know, we&#x27;re something you should be putting on the screen compared to other movies. And we were an unknown entity. But over the weeks, we proved ourselves. And we had a huge jump a couple weeks ago where we went from 169 screens and we were the number 13 movie in the country on just 169 screens. And we jumped to 1,091. And at the same time, our per screen average, which is very important in our industry, in the movie industry, didn&#x27;t drop hardly at all.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And it was a real indicator that there was a real hunger and a real audience out there for 2016. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan, co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. And you say the first screen you started was Houston. Now, I&#x27;m a master of puns sometimes in my own head. But I would have thought if I would have started in Houston, the title would have been or the subtitle, Houston, we have a problem. That&#x27;s true. Well, it might be more appropriate. Washington, D.C., we have a problem. But, yeah, we started in Houston and we had a huge audience come out for the show. And we started in one theater and a 140-seat theater there by the afternoon. It had already sold out. They put us to a 300-seat auditorium. That sold out. So they added a second show. I mean, the buzz just started immediately on the movie.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> It just never stopped. We continue to every week add more and more theaters as we march along. You know, I keep seeing these headlines, you know, 2016 shocks Hollywood, all this. It&#x27;s all audience-driven. The audience is driving this demand and showing that there&#x27;s a real hunger out there to know more about President Obama. Yeah. Now, I mean, so what is the plan going forward? What are you guys going to do next? Or where&#x27;s the movie going to go next? I mean, what&#x27;s the master plan here? Because it&#x27;s growing, not shrinking here with the number of screens. Correct. We will continue to add screens as the demand grows for it. You know, it&#x27;s over 2,000 screens at this point in time. Our ninth week, I believe, of release, which is just unheard of in the movie business, usually started a big number and moved very quickly to zero.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> We started with one and gone up to thousands. And it just continues to go. You know, every week we&#x27;re pleasantly surprised by the response to it and the demand. And we&#x27;ve got theaters calling us all across the country looking to keep 2016 going. So I think it&#x27;ll be out there for quite a while. It&#x27;ll be going for probably another couple months that this film will be out in theaters. And eventually it&#x27;ll make its way to DVD and, you know, VOD and rentals and all that stuff. But it&#x27;s going strong in the theaters. So we&#x27;re very happy with that. Now, Dinesh D&#x27;Souza was the star of the show, if you want to look at a star. I mean, there&#x27;s no special effects. There&#x27;s no explosion scenes, not like a Bourne identity or Bourne kind of movie. But he traveled around. Now, did you travel with him across the span of the globe like he did? Not on all. We had several crews do that.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a kind of a co-director title with Dinesh and myself. He did a lot of the on-ground stuff. I did a number of the shooting the recreations and different scenes we had and some of the other footage. So it was truly a shared job and responsibility that we did. And then we co-wrote the movie together. But we do. We travel to Hawaii, Indonesia, Kenya. And we go to places where news crews and documentary crews have never been. It was quite shocking, though, when our crew was in Kenya. And we asked some of the people, well, who&#x27;s been here to interview you? And they said, you&#x27;re the first. Nobody else has been here to interview us. And these were close, very close friends to Barack Obama Sr. and it kind of showed us that there was no vetting going on of the president at the end of the day by the mainstream news agencies. And so it was very intriguing to do that.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Well, there was one scene there where it got kind of testy, it looked like, where the tribal leaders or whatever it was didn&#x27;t want the film anymore. So basically kicked you out for or kicked the film crew out. And they left wisely because it might have got kind of dicey there. Yeah, that was we were in Kogelo, Kenya, which is just outside of Nairobi by a couple hours. And that is where the Obama clan is and the grave of Barack Obama Sr. and his grandfather are. And we were supposed to interview Granny Obama, Granny Sarah. And at first the crew was welcomed there. But slowly kind of the mood changed there when they called Ioma, the president&#x27;s half-sister. And we were asked to kind of leave. And things kind of turned a little bit sour. And we were really concerned, not so much for the safety. I mean, that was one concern, but it was more that our gear would get confiscated, you know,</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> all of our camera gear and all of that. And we traveled thousands of miles to be in Kenya to shoot. And we had a lot more shooting to go. So we didn&#x27;t want that to happen. So the crew booked back to Nairobi. I wonder what kind of reception you&#x27;d get if you visited Elizabeth Warren&#x27;s tribe. Well, we&#x27;d have to find it first. And then maybe we&#x27;ll find out there. But I&#x27;m sure it would be kind of a similar reception there. We&#x27;d probably have to be scrambling so our gear wasn&#x27;t confiscated. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Sullivan. He&#x27;s co-writer and co-director of 2016 Obama&#x27;s America. It&#x27;s a great documentary. And one final question before I let you go, John. The question is, do you think 2016 would have been as popular if the media really vetted Obama in 2008? No, I don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> I don&#x27;t think we would have had a job in putting out this film. If the media had really done and asked the tough questions. I mean, we even have Tom Brokaw right before the election with Charlie Rose. These are two venerable news guys known in journalism. And they&#x27;re both saying, I don&#x27;t know Barack Obama&#x27;s worldview. I really don&#x27;t know him. The tough questions haven&#x27;t been asked of him. And this is five days before the election. When you have two journalists of that stature saying those comments, I think it is an absolute reflection of the poor job that was done by the media in general about who Barack Obama was and who he is today and where he would take America. Where can someone listening find out more about the movie? They can visit our website, which is 2016themovie.com.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 2016themovie.com. If you want to find a theater, just click on the theater button and you can choose your state or choose on the map there. And it will bring it up. And, again, we&#x27;re in thousands of screens and theaters right now. So there should be one within just a few miles of you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll put a link to that website on our website as well as this complete interview if you joined us late and want to listen again or want to share with your friends. Of course, the website for us is financialsafari.com, financialsafari.com. John, we enjoyed this interview, and I hope we can have you on again around election time. Oh, that would be great. Thank you, Coach Pete, for having me on. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Sullivan joins Coach Pete to discuss the documentary 2016: Obama’s America. This September 2012 interview explores the film’s production, its arguments, and the response it received ahead of the election.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Sullivan</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Sullivan, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/image.jpg?t=1792071687&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-sullivan-behind-2016-obama-s-america/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/image.jpg?t=1792071687&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 22 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>654</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/d366004a-0eb0-4b06-8d29-b4e3001e4d8c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10490483" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-sullivan-behind-2016-obama-s-america</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>183</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Behind 2016: Obama’s America" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Martin Jacques: When China Rules the World</title>
      <itunes:title>Martin Jacques: When China Rules the World</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making. And, of course, we are living in an ever-more global economy. And there are certain factors that go into how this economy and, in fact, how the world will be shaped into the coming years, decades, and century. And Mr. Martin Jakes is here with us. He is the author of When China Rules the World, The End of the Western World and the Birth of a New Global Order. Mr. Jakes, thank you for joining us. My pleasure. Now, first question, is it really that serious? Do you feel that the end of the Western world and the birth of a new global order really is upon us?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I think that, I mean, it&#x27;s not a fact, but it&#x27;s, of course, a process. And by the end of the Western world, of course, I don&#x27;t mean literally the end of the Western world. I mean the end of a world which has been overwhelmingly shaped by the West over the last 200 years. I think that situation is already just beginning to shift. And Western power, in that sense, is in decline. So each culture, Mr. Jakes, really has a centricity about it where that culture&#x27;s history in their books is the most important history and what they focus on. How does the strong sense of superiority rooted in China&#x27;s history promise to resurface the 21st century and reshape the Chinese thought of superiority?</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Yeah, well, of course, this is absolutely crucial question is what is the nature of China? How do the Chinese think? What is the sort of legacy of history, if you like? And I think the Chinese approach to these things is very different from the Western history. China actually has not and never has been a particularly expansionist power, except on its own sort of landmass, if you like. It&#x27;s never tried to colonize anywhere. And it&#x27;s never tried to project its power in maritime forms. So I think the way China is likely to influence the world, and it will undoubtedly seek to influence the world, it&#x27;ll have major global interests and it will have power, huge power, I think, economically, which will spill over into all sorts of forms, political, cultural, military, and so on over time.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> But I think that unlike the West, the Chinese view of themselves is essentially, you know, theirs is a great civilization. This is the oldest civilization. It&#x27;s had many great periods, which indeed it has. And it is this side, this what I&#x27;ll call sort of cultural pride, this sense of Chinese civilization being the greatest civilization, this notion of Chinese superiority, I think, which will probably be the most distinctive feature of Chinese global power. In other words, when people worry about Chinese military power, I think they&#x27;re largely barking up the wrong tree. I don&#x27;t mean that China isn&#x27;t going to develop significant military power. Of course it is. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s, as it were, going to be its calling card.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Its calling card is going to be, in that sense, much more cultural. How does the size and population, the sheer mass of China, play into this? Well, I think that this is crucial because the reason why China is going to become dominant, and there is not economically dominant, and there&#x27;s nothing the United States can do about it, in my view, over the coming decades to prevent this situation. It&#x27;s going to happen. And the reason it&#x27;s going to happen is because, you know, you had a remarkable situation for 200 years, from 1800, and the British Industrial Revolution, when China did not economically take off. And when the circumstances arrived in which it was able to economically take off and have its Industrial Revolution 200 years after the British,</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> then it was inevitable that with a population of 1.3 billion people, it was going to be an economic colysis. And that is exactly what it&#x27;s going to be. So this was something which was long postponed, but once it happened, was inevitable. So they&#x27;re quickly catching up, though. How do you see China affecting the shape of our economy moving into the future from here? What, do you mean the American economy? Correct. Well, I think that so far, the relationship between the American economy and the Chinese economy has been pretty interdependent and symbiotic. I mean, what China specialized in was a very cheap end production, and it&#x27;s that essentially which make up the great bulk of China&#x27;s exports to the United States.</p><p><strong>05:05</strong> Now, I think over time, that&#x27;s going to change because, obviously, China is going to steadily move up the value chain and make more sophisticated products. It&#x27;ll take time, but it will happen. And as that point arrives, then China will become more competitive with the United States. But, you know, in the modern world, I think that the process of globalization, the growing interaction, exposure of various economies to each other and so on. So new forms of interdependency will be established between the United States and China. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s anything particularly to angst out about. I think that America will respond to that and hopefully we&#x27;ll be able to adjust to it.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> And how about the strength of the U.S. dollar versus the strength of the Chinese currency and the yen? Is that of concern to you into the future? Well, certainly it&#x27;s an area where we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, looking at it broadly speaking, I mean, I think the dollar is no longer able to sustain its reserve currency role in the way that it was in the past. I think that the American economy vis-a-vis the total global economy is no longer strong enough to sustain it without quite a lot of difficulty. And that difficulty, I think, will increase. Meanwhile, the renminbi, the Chinese currency, which hitherto has not been convertible and has not been available,</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> the Chinese have just started to set in motion since the end of 2008, making it available outside its own borders for the payment of trade. And that means, in the first instance, I think China will pay for a significant range of its imports from developing countries in the renminbi and vice versa. And I think that that spells the decline of the dollar in trading terms because, you know, I mean, the HSBC has estimated that – I don&#x27;t know whether this has come true, but I noticed it&#x27;s estimated that between 2013 and 2015, half of China&#x27;s trade with the developing world – and remember, half of China&#x27;s total trade is with the developing world – half of that trade with the developing world will be paid for in the renminbi.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Well, I assume now the great majority of that trade is paid for in the dollar. So, I mean, in the medium term – not in the next 10 years, but in the medium term – I think that the renminbi will progressively replace the dollar as the dominant global currency. So certainly something to think about as we are looking out into the future of this new global economy. And you mentioned this symbiotic relationship that America and China and our two economies have had and the development of more sophisticated products coming out of China. Now, to me, it seems like they&#x27;ve already developed many sophisticated products. I&#x27;m, of course, in a radio studio here, and I&#x27;m looking around at all the technology, and I think at least 90 percent of this stuff was probably made in China.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> And I&#x27;m not sure if you heard about this, but recently the new iPhone 5 was released. And, of course, that is largely produced in China. I heard through the news outlets that five colleges in the city that the iPhone 5 is produced in actually suspended classes and sent their students to go have an internship at the plant and at the factories, the production outlets that the production outlets that the iPhone 5 was produced at. What advantage is this type of compulsory workforce that China can mobilize over the American workforce? Well, I don&#x27;t think it needs any compulsion, actually. I think that the Chinese workforce is very, very curious and very, very anxious to learn.</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> I mean, it embraces the possibilities of the future with an enthusiasm which, I&#x27;m afraid, leaves us in the West in a rather poor light. It doesn&#x27;t require compulsion. I mean, you know, the truth is that the Chinese are absolutely enthralled by their transformation. And so, you know, enthrallment breeds enthusiasm and commitment, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ve got. But the point I want to make is that this kind of production for Apple, for example, which is basically done in – I mean, the major supplier is Foxconn, and that is, you know, a major employee in China. But it&#x27;s actually a Taiwanese firm. That basically, you know, when you look around your studio and say, well, you know, this is made in China and that&#x27;s made in China, often by subsidiaries of overseas companies, including American.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> And, you know, so that in a way, the characteristic form of Chinese contribution so far to global production has been as a component manufacturer supplying major foreign multinationals and, most importantly, American. Now, what I mean by rising up the value chain is the rise of Chinese firms and the rise of Chinese patents, Chinese innovations and so on. Now, that is not – I mean, there are Chinese firms operating in the United States, but they&#x27;re not – you know, they&#x27;re not yet major players. And we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, a firm like Huawei, which is a very sophisticated telecommunications producer, is an example of this.</p><p><strong>10:47</strong> Solar Panels is another example. The biggest firm in the world, Suntech, is a Chinese firm. Likewise, wind turbines. So you can – or high-speed rail. You know, they&#x27;re getting into high-speed rail in a big way. So you&#x27;re seeing the rise of new forms of production by Chinese companies as opposed to either Western or Japanese multinationals or being sort of subcontracted to them. So that&#x27;s the big shift. Those are all initiatives – And that&#x27;s, I think, what we&#x27;re going to see. Those are all initiatives that we are trying to push heavily here in America. It seems that we&#x27;re behind the curve then. Well, I think that in some areas that might be true, and in some areas it&#x27;s not true. I mean, you take an area like infrastructure.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> Now, because the United States, like Europe, by the way, has hugely neglected its infrastructure. So your infrastructure, you know, if you go to the airports in the States or the railways or what have you, railway stations, you know, they are a tribute to the past, not a testimony to the future. Now, if you go to China, you know, you get, you know, airports – there are countless very modern airports, fantastic expressway systems. You know, they&#x27;ve already got the largest high-speed rail system in the world, and soon they will have a network larger than the rest of the world put together. Now, in that sort of area, then there&#x27;s no question China leads the United States. And indeed, I think, with great benefit, the United States would use Chinese know-how and Chinese companies and so on to help modernize the infrastructure and even provide funding for it.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> I mean, because America is short of money. That, I think, would be a perfectly reasonable thing for the United States to do. So it sounds like you are enthusiastic about the effects of China on the evolution of our global economy into the future. Yeah, I mean, look, how can we not be? This was a country that was dirt poor. It comprises 20 percent of the world&#x27;s population. It lived in great poverty. So to see the transformation of one-fifth of humanity from a situation of really serious poverty, but, you know, to a situation where they are rising up to a situation of relative material well-being, with all that that means in terms of expectation of life, lifestyle, and providing markets for the rest of us and so on,</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> that has got to be a good thing. And so you feel like China has evolved and is coming a long way and is certainly making progress. What effects do you foresee this to have on the American economy in the coming decades? Well, I think it&#x27;s going to pose a great challenge to the American economy. I mean, so far China&#x27;s been so behind the United States that it was almost like chalk and cheese. You know, China was the supplier of very cheap manufactured goods, consumer goods and so on, to America. Now, when China – as China becomes a more sophisticated economy and a more variegated economy with some very advanced aspects to it, as well as this kind of grunt, low-value grunt phenomenon that we&#x27;re very used to now,</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> then this is definitely going to pose a challenge to the United States. But, you know, I think that&#x27;s going to be difficult. People are going to suffer from it in the United States, but it&#x27;s also going to provide a challenge and therefore a source of stimulus to the United States. Oh, you know, I mean, it&#x27;s going to persuade America it needs to do this, it needs to do that. It can&#x27;t carry on with this dilapidated, antiquated infrastructure. It needs to do something about it. And where will the lesson come from? The lesson comes from China. So I think it could have a very stimulating, positive effect. You know, that&#x27;s what competition does, isn&#x27;t it? And the main thing is that the competition is economic competition or, you know, cultural competition and so on, and not military competition. We do tend to thrive and advance in the face of challenge and adversity here in America.</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> So certainly this is something that we will need to be looking at certainly a little closer into the future. And I enjoyed the insights in your book. Again, it&#x27;s When China Rules the World, the End of the Western World, and the Birth of a New Global Order, Mr. Martin Jacks. Where is the book available? Where can people pick it up? It&#x27;s been available since 2009 in hardback. It&#x27;s sold incredibly well in America, actually. And what&#x27;s happened now is I&#x27;ve just produced a new edition, which is in paperback form. So, you know, it&#x27;s much cheaper. And you can get it from, you know, any decent bookshop will have it. And, of course, you can get it on, you know, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble site and so on. So it&#x27;s readily accessible and well-known. So, you know, all good bookshops at Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble.</p><p><strong>15:46</strong> All right. Thank you for being here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciated the time and the insights that you provided us in the book. Thank you for being here. Thank you very much. Take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making. And, of course, we are living in an ever-more global economy. And there are certain factors that go into how this economy and, in fact, how the world will be shaped into the coming years, decades, and century. And Mr. Martin Jakes is here with us. He is the author of When China Rules the World, The End of the Western World and the Birth of a New Global Order. Mr. Jakes, thank you for joining us. My pleasure. Now, first question, is it really that serious? Do you feel that the end of the Western world and the birth of a new global order really is upon us?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, I think that, I mean, it&#x27;s not a fact, but it&#x27;s, of course, a process. And by the end of the Western world, of course, I don&#x27;t mean literally the end of the Western world. I mean the end of a world which has been overwhelmingly shaped by the West over the last 200 years. I think that situation is already just beginning to shift. And Western power, in that sense, is in decline. So each culture, Mr. Jakes, really has a centricity about it where that culture&#x27;s history in their books is the most important history and what they focus on. How does the strong sense of superiority rooted in China&#x27;s history promise to resurface the 21st century and reshape the Chinese thought of superiority?</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Yeah, well, of course, this is absolutely crucial question is what is the nature of China? How do the Chinese think? What is the sort of legacy of history, if you like? And I think the Chinese approach to these things is very different from the Western history. China actually has not and never has been a particularly expansionist power, except on its own sort of landmass, if you like. It&#x27;s never tried to colonize anywhere. And it&#x27;s never tried to project its power in maritime forms. So I think the way China is likely to influence the world, and it will undoubtedly seek to influence the world, it&#x27;ll have major global interests and it will have power, huge power, I think, economically, which will spill over into all sorts of forms, political, cultural, military, and so on over time.</p><p><strong>02:35</strong> But I think that unlike the West, the Chinese view of themselves is essentially, you know, theirs is a great civilization. This is the oldest civilization. It&#x27;s had many great periods, which indeed it has. And it is this side, this what I&#x27;ll call sort of cultural pride, this sense of Chinese civilization being the greatest civilization, this notion of Chinese superiority, I think, which will probably be the most distinctive feature of Chinese global power. In other words, when people worry about Chinese military power, I think they&#x27;re largely barking up the wrong tree. I don&#x27;t mean that China isn&#x27;t going to develop significant military power. Of course it is. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s, as it were, going to be its calling card.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Its calling card is going to be, in that sense, much more cultural. How does the size and population, the sheer mass of China, play into this? Well, I think that this is crucial because the reason why China is going to become dominant, and there is not economically dominant, and there&#x27;s nothing the United States can do about it, in my view, over the coming decades to prevent this situation. It&#x27;s going to happen. And the reason it&#x27;s going to happen is because, you know, you had a remarkable situation for 200 years, from 1800, and the British Industrial Revolution, when China did not economically take off. And when the circumstances arrived in which it was able to economically take off and have its Industrial Revolution 200 years after the British,</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> then it was inevitable that with a population of 1.3 billion people, it was going to be an economic colysis. And that is exactly what it&#x27;s going to be. So this was something which was long postponed, but once it happened, was inevitable. So they&#x27;re quickly catching up, though. How do you see China affecting the shape of our economy moving into the future from here? What, do you mean the American economy? Correct. Well, I think that so far, the relationship between the American economy and the Chinese economy has been pretty interdependent and symbiotic. I mean, what China specialized in was a very cheap end production, and it&#x27;s that essentially which make up the great bulk of China&#x27;s exports to the United States.</p><p><strong>05:05</strong> Now, I think over time, that&#x27;s going to change because, obviously, China is going to steadily move up the value chain and make more sophisticated products. It&#x27;ll take time, but it will happen. And as that point arrives, then China will become more competitive with the United States. But, you know, in the modern world, I think that the process of globalization, the growing interaction, exposure of various economies to each other and so on. So new forms of interdependency will be established between the United States and China. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s anything particularly to angst out about. I think that America will respond to that and hopefully we&#x27;ll be able to adjust to it.</p><p><strong>05:53</strong> And how about the strength of the U.S. dollar versus the strength of the Chinese currency and the yen? Is that of concern to you into the future? Well, certainly it&#x27;s an area where we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, looking at it broadly speaking, I mean, I think the dollar is no longer able to sustain its reserve currency role in the way that it was in the past. I think that the American economy vis-a-vis the total global economy is no longer strong enough to sustain it without quite a lot of difficulty. And that difficulty, I think, will increase. Meanwhile, the renminbi, the Chinese currency, which hitherto has not been convertible and has not been available,</p><p><strong>06:39</strong> the Chinese have just started to set in motion since the end of 2008, making it available outside its own borders for the payment of trade. And that means, in the first instance, I think China will pay for a significant range of its imports from developing countries in the renminbi and vice versa. And I think that that spells the decline of the dollar in trading terms because, you know, I mean, the HSBC has estimated that – I don&#x27;t know whether this has come true, but I noticed it&#x27;s estimated that between 2013 and 2015, half of China&#x27;s trade with the developing world – and remember, half of China&#x27;s total trade is with the developing world – half of that trade with the developing world will be paid for in the renminbi.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> Well, I assume now the great majority of that trade is paid for in the dollar. So, I mean, in the medium term – not in the next 10 years, but in the medium term – I think that the renminbi will progressively replace the dollar as the dominant global currency. So certainly something to think about as we are looking out into the future of this new global economy. And you mentioned this symbiotic relationship that America and China and our two economies have had and the development of more sophisticated products coming out of China. Now, to me, it seems like they&#x27;ve already developed many sophisticated products. I&#x27;m, of course, in a radio studio here, and I&#x27;m looking around at all the technology, and I think at least 90 percent of this stuff was probably made in China.</p><p><strong>08:15</strong> And I&#x27;m not sure if you heard about this, but recently the new iPhone 5 was released. And, of course, that is largely produced in China. I heard through the news outlets that five colleges in the city that the iPhone 5 is produced in actually suspended classes and sent their students to go have an internship at the plant and at the factories, the production outlets that the production outlets that the iPhone 5 was produced at. What advantage is this type of compulsory workforce that China can mobilize over the American workforce? Well, I don&#x27;t think it needs any compulsion, actually. I think that the Chinese workforce is very, very curious and very, very anxious to learn.</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> I mean, it embraces the possibilities of the future with an enthusiasm which, I&#x27;m afraid, leaves us in the West in a rather poor light. It doesn&#x27;t require compulsion. I mean, you know, the truth is that the Chinese are absolutely enthralled by their transformation. And so, you know, enthrallment breeds enthusiasm and commitment, and that&#x27;s what you&#x27;ve got. But the point I want to make is that this kind of production for Apple, for example, which is basically done in – I mean, the major supplier is Foxconn, and that is, you know, a major employee in China. But it&#x27;s actually a Taiwanese firm. That basically, you know, when you look around your studio and say, well, you know, this is made in China and that&#x27;s made in China, often by subsidiaries of overseas companies, including American.</p><p><strong>10:00</strong> And, you know, so that in a way, the characteristic form of Chinese contribution so far to global production has been as a component manufacturer supplying major foreign multinationals and, most importantly, American. Now, what I mean by rising up the value chain is the rise of Chinese firms and the rise of Chinese patents, Chinese innovations and so on. Now, that is not – I mean, there are Chinese firms operating in the United States, but they&#x27;re not – you know, they&#x27;re not yet major players. And we&#x27;re going to see a big change. I mean, a firm like Huawei, which is a very sophisticated telecommunications producer, is an example of this.</p><p><strong>10:47</strong> Solar Panels is another example. The biggest firm in the world, Suntech, is a Chinese firm. Likewise, wind turbines. So you can – or high-speed rail. You know, they&#x27;re getting into high-speed rail in a big way. So you&#x27;re seeing the rise of new forms of production by Chinese companies as opposed to either Western or Japanese multinationals or being sort of subcontracted to them. So that&#x27;s the big shift. Those are all initiatives – And that&#x27;s, I think, what we&#x27;re going to see. Those are all initiatives that we are trying to push heavily here in America. It seems that we&#x27;re behind the curve then. Well, I think that in some areas that might be true, and in some areas it&#x27;s not true. I mean, you take an area like infrastructure.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> Now, because the United States, like Europe, by the way, has hugely neglected its infrastructure. So your infrastructure, you know, if you go to the airports in the States or the railways or what have you, railway stations, you know, they are a tribute to the past, not a testimony to the future. Now, if you go to China, you know, you get, you know, airports – there are countless very modern airports, fantastic expressway systems. You know, they&#x27;ve already got the largest high-speed rail system in the world, and soon they will have a network larger than the rest of the world put together. Now, in that sort of area, then there&#x27;s no question China leads the United States. And indeed, I think, with great benefit, the United States would use Chinese know-how and Chinese companies and so on to help modernize the infrastructure and even provide funding for it.</p><p><strong>12:33</strong> I mean, because America is short of money. That, I think, would be a perfectly reasonable thing for the United States to do. So it sounds like you are enthusiastic about the effects of China on the evolution of our global economy into the future. Yeah, I mean, look, how can we not be? This was a country that was dirt poor. It comprises 20 percent of the world&#x27;s population. It lived in great poverty. So to see the transformation of one-fifth of humanity from a situation of really serious poverty, but, you know, to a situation where they are rising up to a situation of relative material well-being, with all that that means in terms of expectation of life, lifestyle, and providing markets for the rest of us and so on,</p><p><strong>13:21</strong> that has got to be a good thing. And so you feel like China has evolved and is coming a long way and is certainly making progress. What effects do you foresee this to have on the American economy in the coming decades? Well, I think it&#x27;s going to pose a great challenge to the American economy. I mean, so far China&#x27;s been so behind the United States that it was almost like chalk and cheese. You know, China was the supplier of very cheap manufactured goods, consumer goods and so on, to America. Now, when China – as China becomes a more sophisticated economy and a more variegated economy with some very advanced aspects to it, as well as this kind of grunt, low-value grunt phenomenon that we&#x27;re very used to now,</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> then this is definitely going to pose a challenge to the United States. But, you know, I think that&#x27;s going to be difficult. People are going to suffer from it in the United States, but it&#x27;s also going to provide a challenge and therefore a source of stimulus to the United States. Oh, you know, I mean, it&#x27;s going to persuade America it needs to do this, it needs to do that. It can&#x27;t carry on with this dilapidated, antiquated infrastructure. It needs to do something about it. And where will the lesson come from? The lesson comes from China. So I think it could have a very stimulating, positive effect. You know, that&#x27;s what competition does, isn&#x27;t it? And the main thing is that the competition is economic competition or, you know, cultural competition and so on, and not military competition. We do tend to thrive and advance in the face of challenge and adversity here in America.</p><p><strong>14:59</strong> So certainly this is something that we will need to be looking at certainly a little closer into the future. And I enjoyed the insights in your book. Again, it&#x27;s When China Rules the World, the End of the Western World, and the Birth of a New Global Order, Mr. Martin Jacks. Where is the book available? Where can people pick it up? It&#x27;s been available since 2009 in hardback. It&#x27;s sold incredibly well in America, actually. And what&#x27;s happened now is I&#x27;ve just produced a new edition, which is in paperback form. So, you know, it&#x27;s much cheaper. And you can get it from, you know, any decent bookshop will have it. And, of course, you can get it on, you know, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble site and so on. So it&#x27;s readily accessible and well-known. So, you know, all good bookshops at Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble.</p><p><strong>15:46</strong> All right. Thank you for being here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciated the time and the insights that you provided us in the book. Thank you for being here. Thank you very much. Take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Martin Jacques joins the Financial Safari to discuss When China Rules the World. This September 2012 conversation examines the changing global economy, China’s influence, and the arguments behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Martin Jacques</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Martin Jacques, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/image.jpg?t=1792071695&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-jacques-when-china-rules-the-world/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/image.jpg?t=1792071695&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>956</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3317c5f3-5d60-4a35-82bc-b4e3001dced5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15330664" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-jacques-when-china-rules-the-world</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>184</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="When China Rules the World" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Military service and veterans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ted Benna: The Origins of the 401(k)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ted Benna: The Origins of the 401(k)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ted Benna joins Coach Pete to explain how the 401(k) developed. This September 2012 interview explores the origins of the plan, its evolution, and the challenges of helping employees prepare for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is the time of the show where we reach out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made an impact in the financial world. And we&#x27;re very lucky today. If you&#x27;ve ever had a 401k, you&#x27;re getting ready to hear the guy who invented the 401k. His name is Ted Benna. And Ted, why did you originally invent the 401k? What got into that thought process for you? Oh, wow. Hey, that&#x27;s an interesting question. And that&#x27;s one, Pete, that&#x27;s pretty long to give a detailed answer, but kind of guess the faster version is I was working on a consulting assignment, helping one of our bank clients redesign their retirement plan. And I was doing that without getting into the details. And I was led back to this section of the IRS code, which had been enacted</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> a couple of years earlier. And it was during that process that I came up with the idea of interpreting this section of the code in a very different way than what was originally intended. And what I added to it was the matching contributions from an employer and for employees to be able to make pre-tax contributions of these salary deferrals. And there wasn&#x27;t anything in the law at that time saying that you could do either one of those things, but there wasn&#x27;t anything saying that thou shalt not. So, you know, I chose to take the more liberal interpretation and, you know, that got it kicked off and spent a lot of time and energy getting that out in the</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> marketplace and attention for it and all that stuff before it really caught on. Well, and it&#x27;s caught on big time. I mean, that&#x27;s where a lot of people, when they&#x27;re interviewing for jobs, they ask, and one of the things they ask the company is, do you have a 401k? How does that make you feel? Well, it&#x27;s good, Pete. I mean, you know, the reality is at this point in time, it&#x27;s helped 50 to 60 million people save trillions of dollars. And the biggest benefit of 401k, you know, from all the people that I&#x27;ve talked to over the years of all ages, is the fact that it helps them to do something they wouldn&#x27;t do otherwise. And that&#x27;s to save money for their future. You know, the reason it works is, you know, because of that automatic paycheck by paycheck that, you know, just comes out and gets slapped into your account. You don&#x27;t have to do it on your own.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the most important thing, the systematic savings and the dollar cost averaging that goes along with it, Ted. Absolutely. Now, I did see an interview, though, between you and Neil Cavuto, I think it was in November last year, 2011, where you said the 401k appears to be a mess nowadays. Well, if you can&#x27;t believe it, I got taken out of context a little bit, Pete. Actually, what I was referring to when I was saying I would, you know, blow it up was the investment structure of how most 401ks operate today. And, you know, not blowing 401k up as a plan. But, you know, what I was referring to actually was the fact that investing has become much too complex. complicated, you know, for most participants. And, you know, knowing what we know today,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> we need to help them simplify it. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ted Benna. He&#x27;s the inventor of the 401k. And, Ted, that was back in 1981. That&#x27;s over 31 years ago now. Can you believe that? Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been a while. Time flies when you&#x27;re having fun, Ted. Absolutely. One of the main rules of investing, and of course, in 1981, it came out and it was a great way for people to start saving on a pre-tax dollar and building up that retirement account. And then companies started shifting the burden from them saving for your retirement to you saving for your own retirement. And just this year now, the Department of Labor has come out with some new disclosure levels, which I think are positive. What do you feel about that? Well, I&#x27;ve worked with the Department of Labor on fee disclosure going back for probably about, you know, 12 years now. And, yeah, I&#x27;ve certainly been pushing for greater disclosure and,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> you know, happy that, you know, finally there&#x27;s going to be more information out there for plan sponsors and participants. Have you ever talked to somebody? Because, you know, it&#x27;s a little pride of having a child growing up and getting famous. Have you ever talked to anyone when they realized that you were the inventor of 401ks? Do they have good things to say to you? Have I? Has that ever happened? Yeah. Well, actually, I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m 70 years old at this point, pretty much retired, but, you know, I still travel around the country when I&#x27;m hired to do speaking engagements. And, you know, those are like rock star speakers with people that are in this field. And, you know, it&#x27;s kind of funny because they usually involve picture shoots and stuff like that. And, you know, then I come back home and, you know, get back to reality. But, yeah, it is kind of funny.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> Let&#x27;s look at the, just about keeping your investment risk at a reasonable level. And I think people lose track of that when they watch TV and they see people investing in one stock and having it go to the moon, like Apple, for instance. But then there&#x27;s a lot of, for every Apple, there&#x27;s like 10 Facebooks or something where people invest and the value goes down. So rule number one is diversify your investments. Do you agree with that? Oh, absolutely. I am in favor of, you know, legislatively changing the law so people can&#x27;t put their own retirement savings in the company stock. I think it&#x27;s a bad idea. You know, there are plenty of other opportunities people have to be able to buy their employer stock and doing it with their own money is just not a good idea. Rule number two is be shrewd in choosing any investment. Now, what does that mean to you? Well, I would say it means, you know, knowing what you&#x27;re doing and why you&#x27;re doing it. And if,</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> you know, that&#x27;s not something you&#x27;re capable of doing it, doing yourself, you know, then go the route of getting professional help or, you know, divert into, you know, one of these funds that are structured now to give you a better shot at being properly diversified and, you know, automatically rebalancing and reducing your risk as you get older and so forth, you know, doing it for you. You know, those tools are out there now to make it, you know, easier for participants who don&#x27;t want to put time and effort into it. Now, with all the volatility we&#x27;ve had in the market the last 12 or 13 years, something has popped up and it&#x27;s a bad thing to a lot of people is understand the risk of being too conservative. People are running in and putting all their money in CDs at a bank or burying it under their bed and they&#x27;re not earning anything. So inflation is going to take a toll on their portfolio that way,</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> correct? Well, absolutely. There, as you well know, Pete, there are two risks. One is the investment risk of the ups and downs, but the other, when you&#x27;re talking about retirement, you know, you&#x27;re really talking about a program where the ultimate goal is to provide enough income to sustain you for life during retirement. And, you know, the other risk that&#x27;s related there is longevity. You know, the fact is, hey, you got to have enough, you know, to be able to produce the income you&#x27;re going to need. So that&#x27;s tough to do if, you know, you&#x27;re earning 1% or something like that. Yeah. My wife&#x27;s grandmother just passed away. She was 99 years old. And that&#x27;s so important there to save so that you can have a lifetime retirement. You don&#x27;t have to worry about money in, correct?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ted Benna. He is the inventor of the 401k. He&#x27;s joining us from Pennsylvania. And Ted, we talked about this earlier, the 401k was invented in 1981. You&#x27;ve seen the movies Back to the Future, haven&#x27;t you, with Michael J. Fox? Yeah, yeah. If you could get in one of those time machines and go back to 1980, when the idea of the 401k was coming up, would you change anything that you did back then? No, probably not back then, because, you know, at that point, Pete, the early 401ks, involved two investment options. I mean, you decided how you&#x27;re going to split your money in 25% multiples. You know, 50-50, zero, 100, 75-25. So, you know, investing was very easy at the beginning, and it&#x27;s mushroomed over the last 31 years to make it much more challenging and difficult for</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> participants. So, you know, my answer on it is I would probably revert back to something closer to, you know, what the original investment structures were, a lot simpler and easier for most participants. But, you know, giving those who still want the opportunity to run it on their own and are capable of doing that to have access to an unlimited mutual fund window to take advantage of that opportunity. It is pretty funny that the more choices someone gets, the less apt they are to make the right choice, isn&#x27;t it? Well, absolutely. And one of the other real serious problems, you were touching on it a little bit earlier here, and that is the fact, you know, when participants who lack sufficient knowledge in this area are, you know, running it on their own, you know, by managing it, too often they panic and go</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> out at the wrong time and, you know, sit on the sidelines. And, you know, now being a perfect example, you know, the market&#x27;s starting to regain some of its euphoria, you know, and that kind of an individual is tempted now to jump back into the stock market, you know, when it&#x27;s up around 13, 14,000 or whatever, you know, with a high potential that they&#x27;re going to get hammered again. Well, studies have always shown that people seem to do the wrong thing at exactly the wrong time, Ted. Yeah. And one of the big things I&#x27;ve seen with, you know, with these structured kind of portfolios, target maturity or advice products or whatever, participants tend to stay in them during the ups and downs. You know, if they understand them, they realize that, hey, look, you know, this is the answer. You know, you kind of ignore it, keep plowing your money into it and realize it&#x27;s going to go up</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> and down, but you don&#x27;t worry about the short term. His name is Ted Benna. He&#x27;s the inventor of the 401k. Ted, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, Pete. Pleasure being with you. Hope we can get you on again in the future there to see what&#x27;s happened maybe next year at this time. I think it&#x27;ll probably be interesting a year from now to talk about it. Again, Ted, thanks for your time today. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ted Benna joins Coach Pete to explain how the 401(k) developed. This September 2012 interview explores the origins of the plan, its evolution, and the challenges of helping employees prepare for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is the time of the show where we reach out across the world and we find someone who&#x27;s made an impact in the financial world. And we&#x27;re very lucky today. If you&#x27;ve ever had a 401k, you&#x27;re getting ready to hear the guy who invented the 401k. His name is Ted Benna. And Ted, why did you originally invent the 401k? What got into that thought process for you? Oh, wow. Hey, that&#x27;s an interesting question. And that&#x27;s one, Pete, that&#x27;s pretty long to give a detailed answer, but kind of guess the faster version is I was working on a consulting assignment, helping one of our bank clients redesign their retirement plan. And I was doing that without getting into the details. And I was led back to this section of the IRS code, which had been enacted</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> a couple of years earlier. And it was during that process that I came up with the idea of interpreting this section of the code in a very different way than what was originally intended. And what I added to it was the matching contributions from an employer and for employees to be able to make pre-tax contributions of these salary deferrals. And there wasn&#x27;t anything in the law at that time saying that you could do either one of those things, but there wasn&#x27;t anything saying that thou shalt not. So, you know, I chose to take the more liberal interpretation and, you know, that got it kicked off and spent a lot of time and energy getting that out in the</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> marketplace and attention for it and all that stuff before it really caught on. Well, and it&#x27;s caught on big time. I mean, that&#x27;s where a lot of people, when they&#x27;re interviewing for jobs, they ask, and one of the things they ask the company is, do you have a 401k? How does that make you feel? Well, it&#x27;s good, Pete. I mean, you know, the reality is at this point in time, it&#x27;s helped 50 to 60 million people save trillions of dollars. And the biggest benefit of 401k, you know, from all the people that I&#x27;ve talked to over the years of all ages, is the fact that it helps them to do something they wouldn&#x27;t do otherwise. And that&#x27;s to save money for their future. You know, the reason it works is, you know, because of that automatic paycheck by paycheck that, you know, just comes out and gets slapped into your account. You don&#x27;t have to do it on your own.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the most important thing, the systematic savings and the dollar cost averaging that goes along with it, Ted. Absolutely. Now, I did see an interview, though, between you and Neil Cavuto, I think it was in November last year, 2011, where you said the 401k appears to be a mess nowadays. Well, if you can&#x27;t believe it, I got taken out of context a little bit, Pete. Actually, what I was referring to when I was saying I would, you know, blow it up was the investment structure of how most 401ks operate today. And, you know, not blowing 401k up as a plan. But, you know, what I was referring to actually was the fact that investing has become much too complex. complicated, you know, for most participants. And, you know, knowing what we know today,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> we need to help them simplify it. And, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ted Benna. He&#x27;s the inventor of the 401k. And, Ted, that was back in 1981. That&#x27;s over 31 years ago now. Can you believe that? Yeah. Yeah. It&#x27;s been a while. Time flies when you&#x27;re having fun, Ted. Absolutely. One of the main rules of investing, and of course, in 1981, it came out and it was a great way for people to start saving on a pre-tax dollar and building up that retirement account. And then companies started shifting the burden from them saving for your retirement to you saving for your own retirement. And just this year now, the Department of Labor has come out with some new disclosure levels, which I think are positive. What do you feel about that? Well, I&#x27;ve worked with the Department of Labor on fee disclosure going back for probably about, you know, 12 years now. And, yeah, I&#x27;ve certainly been pushing for greater disclosure and,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> you know, happy that, you know, finally there&#x27;s going to be more information out there for plan sponsors and participants. Have you ever talked to somebody? Because, you know, it&#x27;s a little pride of having a child growing up and getting famous. Have you ever talked to anyone when they realized that you were the inventor of 401ks? Do they have good things to say to you? Have I? Has that ever happened? Yeah. Well, actually, I&#x27;m, you know, I&#x27;m 70 years old at this point, pretty much retired, but, you know, I still travel around the country when I&#x27;m hired to do speaking engagements. And, you know, those are like rock star speakers with people that are in this field. And, you know, it&#x27;s kind of funny because they usually involve picture shoots and stuff like that. And, you know, then I come back home and, you know, get back to reality. But, yeah, it is kind of funny.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> Let&#x27;s look at the, just about keeping your investment risk at a reasonable level. And I think people lose track of that when they watch TV and they see people investing in one stock and having it go to the moon, like Apple, for instance. But then there&#x27;s a lot of, for every Apple, there&#x27;s like 10 Facebooks or something where people invest and the value goes down. So rule number one is diversify your investments. Do you agree with that? Oh, absolutely. I am in favor of, you know, legislatively changing the law so people can&#x27;t put their own retirement savings in the company stock. I think it&#x27;s a bad idea. You know, there are plenty of other opportunities people have to be able to buy their employer stock and doing it with their own money is just not a good idea. Rule number two is be shrewd in choosing any investment. Now, what does that mean to you? Well, I would say it means, you know, knowing what you&#x27;re doing and why you&#x27;re doing it. And if,</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> you know, that&#x27;s not something you&#x27;re capable of doing it, doing yourself, you know, then go the route of getting professional help or, you know, divert into, you know, one of these funds that are structured now to give you a better shot at being properly diversified and, you know, automatically rebalancing and reducing your risk as you get older and so forth, you know, doing it for you. You know, those tools are out there now to make it, you know, easier for participants who don&#x27;t want to put time and effort into it. Now, with all the volatility we&#x27;ve had in the market the last 12 or 13 years, something has popped up and it&#x27;s a bad thing to a lot of people is understand the risk of being too conservative. People are running in and putting all their money in CDs at a bank or burying it under their bed and they&#x27;re not earning anything. So inflation is going to take a toll on their portfolio that way,</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> correct? Well, absolutely. There, as you well know, Pete, there are two risks. One is the investment risk of the ups and downs, but the other, when you&#x27;re talking about retirement, you know, you&#x27;re really talking about a program where the ultimate goal is to provide enough income to sustain you for life during retirement. And, you know, the other risk that&#x27;s related there is longevity. You know, the fact is, hey, you got to have enough, you know, to be able to produce the income you&#x27;re going to need. So that&#x27;s tough to do if, you know, you&#x27;re earning 1% or something like that. Yeah. My wife&#x27;s grandmother just passed away. She was 99 years old. And that&#x27;s so important there to save so that you can have a lifetime retirement. You don&#x27;t have to worry about money in, correct?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ted Benna. He is the inventor of the 401k. He&#x27;s joining us from Pennsylvania. And Ted, we talked about this earlier, the 401k was invented in 1981. You&#x27;ve seen the movies Back to the Future, haven&#x27;t you, with Michael J. Fox? Yeah, yeah. If you could get in one of those time machines and go back to 1980, when the idea of the 401k was coming up, would you change anything that you did back then? No, probably not back then, because, you know, at that point, Pete, the early 401ks, involved two investment options. I mean, you decided how you&#x27;re going to split your money in 25% multiples. You know, 50-50, zero, 100, 75-25. So, you know, investing was very easy at the beginning, and it&#x27;s mushroomed over the last 31 years to make it much more challenging and difficult for</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> participants. So, you know, my answer on it is I would probably revert back to something closer to, you know, what the original investment structures were, a lot simpler and easier for most participants. But, you know, giving those who still want the opportunity to run it on their own and are capable of doing that to have access to an unlimited mutual fund window to take advantage of that opportunity. It is pretty funny that the more choices someone gets, the less apt they are to make the right choice, isn&#x27;t it? Well, absolutely. And one of the other real serious problems, you were touching on it a little bit earlier here, and that is the fact, you know, when participants who lack sufficient knowledge in this area are, you know, running it on their own, you know, by managing it, too often they panic and go</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> out at the wrong time and, you know, sit on the sidelines. And, you know, now being a perfect example, you know, the market&#x27;s starting to regain some of its euphoria, you know, and that kind of an individual is tempted now to jump back into the stock market, you know, when it&#x27;s up around 13, 14,000 or whatever, you know, with a high potential that they&#x27;re going to get hammered again. Well, studies have always shown that people seem to do the wrong thing at exactly the wrong time, Ted. Yeah. And one of the big things I&#x27;ve seen with, you know, with these structured kind of portfolios, target maturity or advice products or whatever, participants tend to stay in them during the ups and downs. You know, if they understand them, they realize that, hey, look, you know, this is the answer. You know, you kind of ignore it, keep plowing your money into it and realize it&#x27;s going to go up</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> and down, but you don&#x27;t worry about the short term. His name is Ted Benna. He&#x27;s the inventor of the 401k. Ted, we really appreciate your time today. Hey, Pete. Pleasure being with you. Hope we can get you on again in the future there to see what&#x27;s happened maybe next year at this time. I think it&#x27;ll probably be interesting a year from now to talk about it. Again, Ted, thanks for your time today. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ted Benna joins Coach Pete to explain how the 401(k) developed. This September 2012 interview explores the origins of the plan, its evolution, and the challenges of helping employees prepare for retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ted Benna</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>401(k) plans</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ted Benna, retirement planning, 401(k) plans</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243/image.jpg?t=1792071769&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-benna-the-origins-of-the-401-k/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243/image.jpg?t=1792071769&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>614</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b0e192ef-f883-4fad-a97c-b4e300196243/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9860596" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-benna-the-origins-of-the-401-k</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>185</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Origins of the 401" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:39" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Bowman: Wealth Transfer and Retirement Distributions</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Bowman: Wealth Transfer and Retirement Distributions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss wealth transfer planning and required retirement distributions. This September 2012 conversation examines the planning questions and rules being discussed at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early September 2012, Coach Pete interviews Jim Bowman with AdvisorsXL. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where I go out into the world and find an expert in some financial fashion. We&#x27;re very lucky this week to have Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Life Operations for AdvisorsXL. He&#x27;s also a wealth transfer planning specialist. Jim, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Thrilled to be here. Now, you&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas today, aren&#x27;t you? And today it&#x27;s a lovely Topeka, Kansas. Let&#x27;s talk about some of the things that I know everyone out there is thinking about. One is something called required minimum distributions.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s when you reach 70 and a half, the government makes you start taking money out of any of your qualified retirement plans, 401ks, IRAs, you name it. And another thing I want to talk about, because we&#x27;ve had a lot of questions lately from our listeners nationwide, how people can get long-term care insurance without having to buy a specific long-term care policy, Jim. Yeah. And those are two very big topics, as you well know, in working with your clients. When you get that required minimum distribution, one of the hardest things to do for clients, if they don&#x27;t need the money, is to figure out where to put it. And they&#x27;re going to put it into a vehicle 99 times out of 100, that&#x27;s going to generate more tax. So what we teach our advisors and clients to do is to let&#x27;s put it into a vehicle that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> not going to create any more taxes. In addition to that, let&#x27;s put it into a vehicle that if you need some home health care or long-term care nursing coverage, that it will cover that as well. And the only asset that can do both of those things is life insurance. Okay. You know, I read an article just the other day where it said only a third of Americans are properly covered on life insurance. That means about 70% of Americans out there either don&#x27;t have any life insurance or don&#x27;t have enough, Jim. That&#x27;s a worrying trend, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is. And especially when you&#x27;re dealing with clients over 65 retired, a lot of people are like, well, geez, what do I really need life insurance for? And there&#x27;s really two reasons. One is you care for your spouse and your family more than you care for yourself.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So you want them to have success financially and not have to worry about dollars. And the second one is you&#x27;re tired of paying the IRS any more money. So how can you pass an asset income and estate tax free? And life insurance can do both of those things if set up properly. The last 10 years or so, there have been some major rate decreases in life insurance, which is hard for people to believe that life insurance is getting more affordable instead of more expensive. Absolutely. There&#x27;s been a number of techniques in reserving as well as mortality improvements that insurers have been passing on. Let me share with you, that trend is going to end. Because of this low yield environment that we&#x27;re living in, that&#x27;s impacting life insurers</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> as well. So I think that time period of decreasing mortality cost is here. It&#x27;s going to start leveling out and even increasing. Jim, what would you tell someone who&#x27;s listening right now who is thinking about life insurance or maybe has a life insurance policy? They&#x27;re not sure if that&#x27;s the right policy or not. Does it make sense to get a life insurance review? Absolutely. Like any asset, well, first of all, let me go back. Life insurance is now being viewed as a separate asset class, but it&#x27;s a different asset class. And with that, just like any other asset, it needs to be reviewed. And in addition, because of what we talked about a few minutes ago, this advent of putting terminal illness, chronic illness as use of the benefit,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> that&#x27;s a new product design that really is beneficial. And when you talk about long-term care coverage, the downside of long-term care coverage on an individual policy is it&#x27;s like your car insurance. If you never have an accident or you never go into a nursing facility, those dollars are lost from your use and your family&#x27;s use forever. However, with these new combination products, you can tap into the death benefit to cover the chronic illness and terminal illness if your policy has that rider. And so it&#x27;s very important to go back and review with a planning professional, an advisor that has access and knowledge of how to put those benefits to use for the client.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Advisors XL. And, of course, they&#x27;re a firm that specializes in coaching and educating advisors nationwide so that those advisors can then educate you, the listener. And Jim&#x27;s also a specialist in wealth transfer planning techniques. And, Jim, I know someone&#x27;s listening right now and they&#x27;re saying, well, gosh, I&#x27;m holding this long-term care policy. I just had a rate increase of 90 percent last year, and I don&#x27;t know if I can afford to keep my long-term care. And now they&#x27;re telling me on the radio that I can get a life insurance policy, and I don&#x27;t need to get a long-term care policy because inside that life insurance policy is long-term care coverage. Is that what you&#x27;re saying? I&#x27;m saying that&#x27;s certainly an option, and that&#x27;s something that should be reviewed. Depending on that person&#x27;s situation, life insurance does have some medical requirements.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And you would want to make sure that you qualify first before you ever gave up a policy of value. Absolutely. You really want to sit down with an advisor that understands the whole marketplace, that does a comprehensive planning job for the client, from handling their retirement funds to looking at wealth transfer, as well as understanding the long-term care marketplace. Now, what would you tell someone who has a life insurance policy that does not have this long-term care option on it? Of course, don&#x27;t cancel your current policy, but does it make sense to have a review and see what&#x27;s available out there for the same buck you&#x27;re paying now, maybe getting more bang for it? Totally, especially policies that are tied to the marketplace, like a variable universal life contract.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> If you do not need the upside for retirement income, you may want to look at the different policy that has that combination of a long-term care rider and may provide an additional death benefit above that current policy. But again, it needs to be reviewed. Numbers need to be crunched. The medicals need to be done to make sure of what&#x27;s the best for the client&#x27;s goals and wishes. Jim, what does it hurt to look, though? It costs nothing and hurts it none at all, does it? Oh, absolutely not. The best thing you could do for yourself and your family&#x27;s benefit is to go out there, take a look, meet with an advisor, meet with Coach Pete, and say, here&#x27;s my goals. Here&#x27;s what I want to accomplish. Can I get there with what I have in front of me?</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Jim, unfortunately, there&#x27;s an unfortunate circumstance right now, and it&#x27;s many people out there who have had life insurance and have been paying on a policy for years or maybe they thought it was paid up. And now they&#x27;re seeing that policy evaporate right before their eyes. Is there a solution for that? Potentially, yes. And there are some policies that are in jeopardy of lapsing because the interest rate tied to that policy has not been able to maintain its level from the original illustration. And without going into a lot of details, there are ways to look at those policies, do a pure review to see if there&#x27;s a better contract out there. A policy review to me is no different than taking a look at the latest model of car and deciding, hey, I like those options and features.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And that&#x27;s where there are some estate liquidity riders. There&#x27;s long-term care chronic illness riders that really make the newer model policies more convenient and more beneficial for the insureds. Jim, we&#x27;ve got about one minute left here. I want to ask you a question, then you can give me any kind of explanation about this question, but it&#x27;s pretty simple. Life insurance, friend or foe? Definitely a friend. Why? When you look at what&#x27;s going on in the economy, what&#x27;s going on with what people believe the future holds for the next generation, Coach, you&#x27;ve heard this stat before that most of us fear that the next generation will not have the benefits that we have. It will be the first generation to not be as successful. Well, in order to transfer dollars to the next generation to help them for college costs, to start businesses, to be philanthropic if that&#x27;s what they desire,</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> the best and only vehicle that you can transfer if set up properly, income and estate tax-free, is life insurance. It&#x27;s right there in the Internal Revenue Code. Publication 525 allows for the transfer of wealth using life insurance. So I think it&#x27;s definitely a friend to everybody&#x27;s financial picture. And Jim Bowman, friend of the show and wealth transfer specialist, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Anytime, Coach. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss wealth transfer planning and required retirement distributions. This September 2012 conversation examines the planning questions and rules being discussed at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early September 2012, Coach Pete interviews Jim Bowman with AdvisorsXL. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where I go out into the world and find an expert in some financial fashion. We&#x27;re very lucky this week to have Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Life Operations for AdvisorsXL. He&#x27;s also a wealth transfer planning specialist. Jim, welcome in. Hey, Coach. Thrilled to be here. Now, you&#x27;re joining us from Topeka, Kansas today, aren&#x27;t you? And today it&#x27;s a lovely Topeka, Kansas. Let&#x27;s talk about some of the things that I know everyone out there is thinking about. One is something called required minimum distributions.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That&#x27;s when you reach 70 and a half, the government makes you start taking money out of any of your qualified retirement plans, 401ks, IRAs, you name it. And another thing I want to talk about, because we&#x27;ve had a lot of questions lately from our listeners nationwide, how people can get long-term care insurance without having to buy a specific long-term care policy, Jim. Yeah. And those are two very big topics, as you well know, in working with your clients. When you get that required minimum distribution, one of the hardest things to do for clients, if they don&#x27;t need the money, is to figure out where to put it. And they&#x27;re going to put it into a vehicle 99 times out of 100, that&#x27;s going to generate more tax. So what we teach our advisors and clients to do is to let&#x27;s put it into a vehicle that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> not going to create any more taxes. In addition to that, let&#x27;s put it into a vehicle that if you need some home health care or long-term care nursing coverage, that it will cover that as well. And the only asset that can do both of those things is life insurance. Okay. You know, I read an article just the other day where it said only a third of Americans are properly covered on life insurance. That means about 70% of Americans out there either don&#x27;t have any life insurance or don&#x27;t have enough, Jim. That&#x27;s a worrying trend, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is. And especially when you&#x27;re dealing with clients over 65 retired, a lot of people are like, well, geez, what do I really need life insurance for? And there&#x27;s really two reasons. One is you care for your spouse and your family more than you care for yourself.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> So you want them to have success financially and not have to worry about dollars. And the second one is you&#x27;re tired of paying the IRS any more money. So how can you pass an asset income and estate tax free? And life insurance can do both of those things if set up properly. The last 10 years or so, there have been some major rate decreases in life insurance, which is hard for people to believe that life insurance is getting more affordable instead of more expensive. Absolutely. There&#x27;s been a number of techniques in reserving as well as mortality improvements that insurers have been passing on. Let me share with you, that trend is going to end. Because of this low yield environment that we&#x27;re living in, that&#x27;s impacting life insurers</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> as well. So I think that time period of decreasing mortality cost is here. It&#x27;s going to start leveling out and even increasing. Jim, what would you tell someone who&#x27;s listening right now who is thinking about life insurance or maybe has a life insurance policy? They&#x27;re not sure if that&#x27;s the right policy or not. Does it make sense to get a life insurance review? Absolutely. Like any asset, well, first of all, let me go back. Life insurance is now being viewed as a separate asset class, but it&#x27;s a different asset class. And with that, just like any other asset, it needs to be reviewed. And in addition, because of what we talked about a few minutes ago, this advent of putting terminal illness, chronic illness as use of the benefit,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> that&#x27;s a new product design that really is beneficial. And when you talk about long-term care coverage, the downside of long-term care coverage on an individual policy is it&#x27;s like your car insurance. If you never have an accident or you never go into a nursing facility, those dollars are lost from your use and your family&#x27;s use forever. However, with these new combination products, you can tap into the death benefit to cover the chronic illness and terminal illness if your policy has that rider. And so it&#x27;s very important to go back and review with a planning professional, an advisor that has access and knowledge of how to put those benefits to use for the client.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Bowman. He&#x27;s president of Advisors XL. And, of course, they&#x27;re a firm that specializes in coaching and educating advisors nationwide so that those advisors can then educate you, the listener. And Jim&#x27;s also a specialist in wealth transfer planning techniques. And, Jim, I know someone&#x27;s listening right now and they&#x27;re saying, well, gosh, I&#x27;m holding this long-term care policy. I just had a rate increase of 90 percent last year, and I don&#x27;t know if I can afford to keep my long-term care. And now they&#x27;re telling me on the radio that I can get a life insurance policy, and I don&#x27;t need to get a long-term care policy because inside that life insurance policy is long-term care coverage. Is that what you&#x27;re saying? I&#x27;m saying that&#x27;s certainly an option, and that&#x27;s something that should be reviewed. Depending on that person&#x27;s situation, life insurance does have some medical requirements.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> And you would want to make sure that you qualify first before you ever gave up a policy of value. Absolutely. You really want to sit down with an advisor that understands the whole marketplace, that does a comprehensive planning job for the client, from handling their retirement funds to looking at wealth transfer, as well as understanding the long-term care marketplace. Now, what would you tell someone who has a life insurance policy that does not have this long-term care option on it? Of course, don&#x27;t cancel your current policy, but does it make sense to have a review and see what&#x27;s available out there for the same buck you&#x27;re paying now, maybe getting more bang for it? Totally, especially policies that are tied to the marketplace, like a variable universal life contract.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> If you do not need the upside for retirement income, you may want to look at the different policy that has that combination of a long-term care rider and may provide an additional death benefit above that current policy. But again, it needs to be reviewed. Numbers need to be crunched. The medicals need to be done to make sure of what&#x27;s the best for the client&#x27;s goals and wishes. Jim, what does it hurt to look, though? It costs nothing and hurts it none at all, does it? Oh, absolutely not. The best thing you could do for yourself and your family&#x27;s benefit is to go out there, take a look, meet with an advisor, meet with Coach Pete, and say, here&#x27;s my goals. Here&#x27;s what I want to accomplish. Can I get there with what I have in front of me?</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Jim, unfortunately, there&#x27;s an unfortunate circumstance right now, and it&#x27;s many people out there who have had life insurance and have been paying on a policy for years or maybe they thought it was paid up. And now they&#x27;re seeing that policy evaporate right before their eyes. Is there a solution for that? Potentially, yes. And there are some policies that are in jeopardy of lapsing because the interest rate tied to that policy has not been able to maintain its level from the original illustration. And without going into a lot of details, there are ways to look at those policies, do a pure review to see if there&#x27;s a better contract out there. A policy review to me is no different than taking a look at the latest model of car and deciding, hey, I like those options and features.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And that&#x27;s where there are some estate liquidity riders. There&#x27;s long-term care chronic illness riders that really make the newer model policies more convenient and more beneficial for the insureds. Jim, we&#x27;ve got about one minute left here. I want to ask you a question, then you can give me any kind of explanation about this question, but it&#x27;s pretty simple. Life insurance, friend or foe? Definitely a friend. Why? When you look at what&#x27;s going on in the economy, what&#x27;s going on with what people believe the future holds for the next generation, Coach, you&#x27;ve heard this stat before that most of us fear that the next generation will not have the benefits that we have. It will be the first generation to not be as successful. Well, in order to transfer dollars to the next generation to help them for college costs, to start businesses, to be philanthropic if that&#x27;s what they desire,</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> the best and only vehicle that you can transfer if set up properly, income and estate tax-free, is life insurance. It&#x27;s right there in the Internal Revenue Code. Publication 525 allows for the transfer of wealth using life insurance. So I think it&#x27;s definitely a friend to everybody&#x27;s financial picture. And Jim Bowman, friend of the show and wealth transfer specialist, thanks for your time today. My pleasure. Anytime, Coach. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Bowman joins Coach Pete to discuss wealth transfer planning and required retirement distributions. This September 2012 conversation examines the planning questions and rules being discussed at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Bowman</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Bowman, retirement planning, estate planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda/image.jpg?t=1792072818&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-wealth-transfer-and-retirement-distributions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda/image.jpg?t=1792072818&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Sep 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>583</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9c571944-992b-4631-bde4-b4e2013dedda/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9368147" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-bowman-wealth-transfer-and-retirement-distributions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>186</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Wealth Transfer and Retirement Distributions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:11" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:03" title="Long-term care" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ed Easterling: Probable Outcomes and Market Cycles</title>
      <itunes:title>Ed Easterling: Probable Outcomes and Market Cycles</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ed Easterling joins Coach Pete to discuss Probable Outcomes and Unexpected Returns. Their August 2012 conversation explores secular stock market cycles and the research behind his approach to understanding long-term market conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world. We call it the financial world. And this is the time of the segment when we go out into the nation and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world, either an author or someone you&#x27;ve seen on the news. Today we&#x27;re bringing back someone who I had on about three years ago on the show. His name is Ed Easterling. And when I had him on three or four years ago, we were talking about the book that he had out called Unexpected Returns. Understanding Secular Stock Market Cycles. Now, he&#x27;s got a new book out and it&#x27;s called Probable Outcomes. And the subtitle is Secular Stock Market Insights. And Ed&#x27;s joining us from Corvallis, Oregon. Ed, welcome in. Well, thanks, Pete. Good to be here.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, it&#x27;s a confusing world out there in the money world. And a lot of people listening right now are trying to do the best thing, Ed. What they want to do is they want to work hard. They want to put money away. And they want to put money away. And they want that money to grow for when they need it in retirement. Now, what should someone do if they&#x27;re in this kind of situation? Well, the first thing is to understand the environment that we&#x27;re in. It&#x27;s important to understand the landscape that&#x27;s in front of us. And that&#x27;s part of what unexpected returns did is it set the principles that help us understand what drives stock market returns over a decade or longer periods. Well, outcomes applies it to this decade. So the first step is to understand that we&#x27;re in a below average return environment. The second thing to do is to capitalize on all the investment alternatives and skills and techniques available to try and enhance returns so that people don&#x27;t have to have such subpar return just because the environment is low.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> So, I mean, but the average investor, I know, we see it all the time, Dalbar, the research organization in Massachusetts, say they rank investor behavior. And then they say constantly the average investor is doing the wrong thing at the wrong time. I mean, how can people make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing and not fall for some of the fancy brochures that tout averages and how everyone&#x27;s going to be fine in the future if they just throw all their money in one place? Well, and that&#x27;s where discipline comes in. And I think that&#x27;s the hardest part is that people go in with an expectation after reading all that literature that if you just sit back and do the right things, you&#x27;ll get a 10% return or better. And the reality is the market either gives you well above average or well below average returns. And since the market has some natural volatility to it, human nature drives us to fear and jump out just when it&#x27;s going down and to get excited and jump in just when it&#x27;s going up.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And, of course, in an environment like we&#x27;re in, which is a very flat, choppy, no-return environment, that leads to even worse returns than what the market would provide passively. You&#x27;ve got a chapter, Chapter 8 in the book, Great Theories and Busted Myths. And some of the myths you talk about are theories, are modern portfolio theory and efficient market hypothesis. Do you want to explain these to the listener and explain if it&#x27;s a myth or a theory that&#x27;s correct to follow? Sure. Modern portfolio theory, Harry Markowitz, came out with this theory about 50 years ago. In fact, it&#x27;s very applicable. What it says is that if you diversify, you will lower your risk profile and increase your return. So the goal is to have better returns with less risk. Now, the dilemma is he led off and said the first step before you use this is to make sure that you pick the right assumption.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> Unfortunately, what we find is that conventional wisdom and all those glossy brochures want to use average returns that are applicable today. And so that theory gets misapplied to lead investors to believe that if you just passively invest today, you&#x27;ll get your 10%. And the reality is we&#x27;re not set for anything close to that. Yeah. Ed, as an investment advisor myself, I mean, one of the first things I have to tell someone when we&#x27;re looking at anything from the past is that past performance cannot dictate future results. Yet they&#x27;re featured prominently in many of the software programs and brochures, what&#x27;s happened in the past. Another thing I see a lot is people coming in with Monte Carlo-type simulations. And they believe that everything that happened in the past in the simulation will now go forward and be, I guess, the fairytale ending for their financial plan.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And that doesn&#x27;t work a lot of times, does it? No. Actually, Monte Carlo process is one that I also include in that chapter. The concept is basically they go back and take the last 80 years&#x27; worth of history or 100 years&#x27; worth of history, and they create a million scenarios using a whole bunch of different combinations. So they&#x27;ll add together 1929, 1938, 1956. I mean, that&#x27;s like doing a weather analysis of Chicago, of picking a – so you&#x27;re going to go to Chicago for a week. So we pick a bunch of random days, seven days across the year, and average them together and call that a reasonable scenario. And the reality is if they would instead just do the same analysis but say only, if you&#x27;re going to go to Chicago in the summer, let&#x27;s take all the summers for the last 100 years and look at the scenarios on summers or all the winters and look at the scenarios on winters rather than try to mix together a January day and a June afternoon.</p><p><strong>05:04</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a good point. I like that example right there. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ed Easterling. He&#x27;s author of a book called Unexpected Returns and a new book called Probable Outcomes, Secular Stock Market Insights. Ed, in the Probable Outcome book, you have a chapter there or a subtitle saying that hope is not a strategy. You want to explain that to the listener? It is, and I think there are a lot of investors that lead out sort of looking at it and saying, gosh, if you can&#x27;t predict the next year or two, how can you possibly predict the next decade or two? But the reality is that although the years are very unpredictable, the starting point has a lot of insight into what returns you can expect over the longer term, over what are investors&#x27; horizons. So rather than kind of lead into it and just sort of blindly pick a portfolio and hope that it gets you a good return, investors need to be a little bit more thoughtful and diligent.</p><p><strong>05:59</strong> Look for ways to enhance returns. Look for ways to either themselves or with assistance, professional assistance, to bring skill and discipline to portfolios. And that then provides a much more businesslike approach to investing that has a greater chance of success rather than a more random approach that has a very hopeful chance of success. I think people in the hopes of diversification end up collecting way too many financial products. And there&#x27;s a show on TV that&#x27;s very popular called Hoarders where someone just goes out and collects things and never throws anything away. And so I believe in financial decluttering, making sure that you have the right products in place and not too many of them. And you call it clean up your room, don&#x27;t you? Yes. Yeah. And by the way, room in this case is all caps, R-O-O-M, which is run out of money.</p><p><strong>06:45</strong> And the one thing we want to do is to make sure we avoid the room. And one of the things exactly is just that you&#x27;ve got to clean up your room. You&#x27;ve got to make sure you do the right things so that you can ensure financial success and not be in the employment line at Walmart at 80. Well, Ed, I&#x27;ve had people come in and they have a collection of products. They&#x27;ve got these glossy binders with all these products in it, but not a single one guarantees a lifetime income. And so income strategies, as people get older, they&#x27;re more important these days, aren&#x27;t they? It really is. When we&#x27;re in an environment that has a low single-digit return profile, and I think everyone looks today and says, if I get a bond portfolio, I&#x27;m going to have very low returns. Because if you get long bonds, you get low returns. If you get real short, hoping they&#x27;re going to go back up, you&#x27;re earning no return.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> Most stocks are financial assets like bonds. And so when you put all of those together in a low return environment that has a lot of risk, cash flow is king. And that constant cash flow goes a long way to helping you meet your obligations and avoiding principal loss. I say having a real income plan in place takes the worry out of living in retirement. If you have a check that&#x27;s in the mailbox each and every month, then a lot of the worry goes away, and it&#x27;s a lot easier to invest the money that you have left over, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is. And a big part of this is that people want to be able to withdraw 2%, 3%, 4%, 5% a year from their portfolios. And if you&#x27;re counting on capital gains, it means that you&#x27;re drawing principal all the time. If you have an income strategy, then there&#x27;s that income available to help supplement that withdrawal so your principal can be there to work for you, not get swung around in the marketplace or risk being lost.</p><p><strong>08:21</strong> Absolutely. So vitally important. Now, one final topic I want to talk about is Chapter 12 in your book, The Four Bears. I mean, because I think you did a real good job of, I guess, making the illustration visible to most anyone out there by using the four bears that we all know about when we grow up. That&#x27;s right. In this case, if we look out, there are two main drivers. I&#x27;m going to give away the secrets of the book at this point. The two main drivers of stock market returns are economic growth, which drive earnings growth, and inflation. And we can put all of the scenarios together and create basically four scenarios, the four bears. One of them is the proper bear. That&#x27;s where we have slower growth and inflation or deflation. And if that happens, returns are negative for the decade. Mama bear is a little less than that.</p><p><strong>09:06</strong> There&#x27;s baby bear, which means we still have pretty poor returns. Only if we have good economic growth and low inflation do we get moderate returns. But there&#x27;s no scenario that gives us a bull. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Certainly not a super bull. Now, we&#x27;re going to have periods of bull. Let me just qualify that. In secular bear markets, in these long-term bear markets, we do get periods like 2009 and 10, where the market soars upward. But they usually follow periods where the market plunges downward. And that seesaw back and forth that we&#x27;ve seen now over the last 13 years is likely to continue because we&#x27;re starting out with such high valuations in the market, such low interest rates and such low inflation, that we&#x27;re set to endure this for quite a bit longer. Unfortunately, the only periods of bull I&#x27;ve seen in the last 12 years are from the people telling you just to buy and hold and not even look at your financial plan at all.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> I like that. That&#x27;s good. Now, again, folks, this was Ed Easterling. Ed&#x27;s got two books, Unexpected Returns and Probable Outcomes. Ed, are these both available on Amazon? They are. They&#x27;re both on Amazon and available nationally. And all of the charts and graphs in both books are available online at CrestmontResearch.com and updated every year, free for readers to be able to continue to track this information into the future. And, folks, if you joined us late in this interview, we&#x27;ll post this up on our website, FinancialSafari.com. You&#x27;ll be able to listen to the complete interview. And we&#x27;ll also have links to Ed&#x27;s website, Crestmont Research, as well as how to get his books on Amazon. Ed, thanks for your time today. Absolutely. All the best, and I look forward to visiting again. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ed Easterling joins Coach Pete to discuss Probable Outcomes and Unexpected Returns. Their August 2012 conversation explores secular stock market cycles and the research behind his approach to understanding long-term market conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, this is your weekly show looking inside that very complex world. We call it the financial world. And this is the time of the segment when we go out into the nation and we find someone who&#x27;s made a difference in the financial world, either an author or someone you&#x27;ve seen on the news. Today we&#x27;re bringing back someone who I had on about three years ago on the show. His name is Ed Easterling. And when I had him on three or four years ago, we were talking about the book that he had out called Unexpected Returns. Understanding Secular Stock Market Cycles. Now, he&#x27;s got a new book out and it&#x27;s called Probable Outcomes. And the subtitle is Secular Stock Market Insights. And Ed&#x27;s joining us from Corvallis, Oregon. Ed, welcome in. Well, thanks, Pete. Good to be here.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, it&#x27;s a confusing world out there in the money world. And a lot of people listening right now are trying to do the best thing, Ed. What they want to do is they want to work hard. They want to put money away. And they want to put money away. And they want that money to grow for when they need it in retirement. Now, what should someone do if they&#x27;re in this kind of situation? Well, the first thing is to understand the environment that we&#x27;re in. It&#x27;s important to understand the landscape that&#x27;s in front of us. And that&#x27;s part of what unexpected returns did is it set the principles that help us understand what drives stock market returns over a decade or longer periods. Well, outcomes applies it to this decade. So the first step is to understand that we&#x27;re in a below average return environment. The second thing to do is to capitalize on all the investment alternatives and skills and techniques available to try and enhance returns so that people don&#x27;t have to have such subpar return just because the environment is low.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> So, I mean, but the average investor, I know, we see it all the time, Dalbar, the research organization in Massachusetts, say they rank investor behavior. And then they say constantly the average investor is doing the wrong thing at the wrong time. I mean, how can people make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing and not fall for some of the fancy brochures that tout averages and how everyone&#x27;s going to be fine in the future if they just throw all their money in one place? Well, and that&#x27;s where discipline comes in. And I think that&#x27;s the hardest part is that people go in with an expectation after reading all that literature that if you just sit back and do the right things, you&#x27;ll get a 10% return or better. And the reality is the market either gives you well above average or well below average returns. And since the market has some natural volatility to it, human nature drives us to fear and jump out just when it&#x27;s going down and to get excited and jump in just when it&#x27;s going up.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> And, of course, in an environment like we&#x27;re in, which is a very flat, choppy, no-return environment, that leads to even worse returns than what the market would provide passively. You&#x27;ve got a chapter, Chapter 8 in the book, Great Theories and Busted Myths. And some of the myths you talk about are theories, are modern portfolio theory and efficient market hypothesis. Do you want to explain these to the listener and explain if it&#x27;s a myth or a theory that&#x27;s correct to follow? Sure. Modern portfolio theory, Harry Markowitz, came out with this theory about 50 years ago. In fact, it&#x27;s very applicable. What it says is that if you diversify, you will lower your risk profile and increase your return. So the goal is to have better returns with less risk. Now, the dilemma is he led off and said the first step before you use this is to make sure that you pick the right assumption.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> Unfortunately, what we find is that conventional wisdom and all those glossy brochures want to use average returns that are applicable today. And so that theory gets misapplied to lead investors to believe that if you just passively invest today, you&#x27;ll get your 10%. And the reality is we&#x27;re not set for anything close to that. Yeah. Ed, as an investment advisor myself, I mean, one of the first things I have to tell someone when we&#x27;re looking at anything from the past is that past performance cannot dictate future results. Yet they&#x27;re featured prominently in many of the software programs and brochures, what&#x27;s happened in the past. Another thing I see a lot is people coming in with Monte Carlo-type simulations. And they believe that everything that happened in the past in the simulation will now go forward and be, I guess, the fairytale ending for their financial plan.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> And that doesn&#x27;t work a lot of times, does it? No. Actually, Monte Carlo process is one that I also include in that chapter. The concept is basically they go back and take the last 80 years&#x27; worth of history or 100 years&#x27; worth of history, and they create a million scenarios using a whole bunch of different combinations. So they&#x27;ll add together 1929, 1938, 1956. I mean, that&#x27;s like doing a weather analysis of Chicago, of picking a – so you&#x27;re going to go to Chicago for a week. So we pick a bunch of random days, seven days across the year, and average them together and call that a reasonable scenario. And the reality is if they would instead just do the same analysis but say only, if you&#x27;re going to go to Chicago in the summer, let&#x27;s take all the summers for the last 100 years and look at the scenarios on summers or all the winters and look at the scenarios on winters rather than try to mix together a January day and a June afternoon.</p><p><strong>05:04</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a good point. I like that example right there. Now, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Ed Easterling. He&#x27;s author of a book called Unexpected Returns and a new book called Probable Outcomes, Secular Stock Market Insights. Ed, in the Probable Outcome book, you have a chapter there or a subtitle saying that hope is not a strategy. You want to explain that to the listener? It is, and I think there are a lot of investors that lead out sort of looking at it and saying, gosh, if you can&#x27;t predict the next year or two, how can you possibly predict the next decade or two? But the reality is that although the years are very unpredictable, the starting point has a lot of insight into what returns you can expect over the longer term, over what are investors&#x27; horizons. So rather than kind of lead into it and just sort of blindly pick a portfolio and hope that it gets you a good return, investors need to be a little bit more thoughtful and diligent.</p><p><strong>05:59</strong> Look for ways to enhance returns. Look for ways to either themselves or with assistance, professional assistance, to bring skill and discipline to portfolios. And that then provides a much more businesslike approach to investing that has a greater chance of success rather than a more random approach that has a very hopeful chance of success. I think people in the hopes of diversification end up collecting way too many financial products. And there&#x27;s a show on TV that&#x27;s very popular called Hoarders where someone just goes out and collects things and never throws anything away. And so I believe in financial decluttering, making sure that you have the right products in place and not too many of them. And you call it clean up your room, don&#x27;t you? Yes. Yeah. And by the way, room in this case is all caps, R-O-O-M, which is run out of money.</p><p><strong>06:45</strong> And the one thing we want to do is to make sure we avoid the room. And one of the things exactly is just that you&#x27;ve got to clean up your room. You&#x27;ve got to make sure you do the right things so that you can ensure financial success and not be in the employment line at Walmart at 80. Well, Ed, I&#x27;ve had people come in and they have a collection of products. They&#x27;ve got these glossy binders with all these products in it, but not a single one guarantees a lifetime income. And so income strategies, as people get older, they&#x27;re more important these days, aren&#x27;t they? It really is. When we&#x27;re in an environment that has a low single-digit return profile, and I think everyone looks today and says, if I get a bond portfolio, I&#x27;m going to have very low returns. Because if you get long bonds, you get low returns. If you get real short, hoping they&#x27;re going to go back up, you&#x27;re earning no return.</p><p><strong>07:32</strong> Most stocks are financial assets like bonds. And so when you put all of those together in a low return environment that has a lot of risk, cash flow is king. And that constant cash flow goes a long way to helping you meet your obligations and avoiding principal loss. I say having a real income plan in place takes the worry out of living in retirement. If you have a check that&#x27;s in the mailbox each and every month, then a lot of the worry goes away, and it&#x27;s a lot easier to invest the money that you have left over, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is. And a big part of this is that people want to be able to withdraw 2%, 3%, 4%, 5% a year from their portfolios. And if you&#x27;re counting on capital gains, it means that you&#x27;re drawing principal all the time. If you have an income strategy, then there&#x27;s that income available to help supplement that withdrawal so your principal can be there to work for you, not get swung around in the marketplace or risk being lost.</p><p><strong>08:21</strong> Absolutely. So vitally important. Now, one final topic I want to talk about is Chapter 12 in your book, The Four Bears. I mean, because I think you did a real good job of, I guess, making the illustration visible to most anyone out there by using the four bears that we all know about when we grow up. That&#x27;s right. In this case, if we look out, there are two main drivers. I&#x27;m going to give away the secrets of the book at this point. The two main drivers of stock market returns are economic growth, which drive earnings growth, and inflation. And we can put all of the scenarios together and create basically four scenarios, the four bears. One of them is the proper bear. That&#x27;s where we have slower growth and inflation or deflation. And if that happens, returns are negative for the decade. Mama bear is a little less than that.</p><p><strong>09:06</strong> There&#x27;s baby bear, which means we still have pretty poor returns. Only if we have good economic growth and low inflation do we get moderate returns. But there&#x27;s no scenario that gives us a bull. That&#x27;s a good way to look at it. Certainly not a super bull. Now, we&#x27;re going to have periods of bull. Let me just qualify that. In secular bear markets, in these long-term bear markets, we do get periods like 2009 and 10, where the market soars upward. But they usually follow periods where the market plunges downward. And that seesaw back and forth that we&#x27;ve seen now over the last 13 years is likely to continue because we&#x27;re starting out with such high valuations in the market, such low interest rates and such low inflation, that we&#x27;re set to endure this for quite a bit longer. Unfortunately, the only periods of bull I&#x27;ve seen in the last 12 years are from the people telling you just to buy and hold and not even look at your financial plan at all.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> I like that. That&#x27;s good. Now, again, folks, this was Ed Easterling. Ed&#x27;s got two books, Unexpected Returns and Probable Outcomes. Ed, are these both available on Amazon? They are. They&#x27;re both on Amazon and available nationally. And all of the charts and graphs in both books are available online at CrestmontResearch.com and updated every year, free for readers to be able to continue to track this information into the future. And, folks, if you joined us late in this interview, we&#x27;ll post this up on our website, FinancialSafari.com. You&#x27;ll be able to listen to the complete interview. And we&#x27;ll also have links to Ed&#x27;s website, Crestmont Research, as well as how to get his books on Amazon. Ed, thanks for your time today. Absolutely. All the best, and I look forward to visiting again. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ed Easterling joins Coach Pete to discuss Probable Outcomes and Unexpected Returns. Their August 2012 conversation explores secular stock market cycles and the research behind his approach to understanding long-term market conditions.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ed Easterling</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ed Easterling, investing, market cycles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc/image.jpg?t=1792071776&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-easterling-probable-outcomes-and-market-cycles/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc/image.jpg?t=1792071776&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc</guid>
      <omny:clipId>38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 31 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>641</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/38f8a8a8-680d-4582-9161-b4e30018e4fc/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10289444" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-easterling-probable-outcomes-and-market-cycles</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>187</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Probable Outcomes and Market Cycles" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:44" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barry James Dyke: The Pirates of Manhattan</title>
      <itunes:title>Barry James Dyke: The Pirates of Manhattan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews Barry James Dyke, the author of The Pirates of Manhattan. And welcome back in folks to the Financial Safari. You know, doing this show, it brings me in contact with a lot of great people throughout the nation and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to be talking to a fantastic author. His name is Barry James Dyke and he&#x27;s written two books that are on my desk and I am reading through right now. The first one is called The Pirates of Manhattan and the second one is The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfton. Again, his name is Barry James Dyke. He&#x27;s joining us from New Hampshire live on the Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Barry, welcome in. Well, thanks so much for having me, Pete. It&#x27;s always a blessing to share the radio waves with your listeners. The financial world, it&#x27;s a confusing place, Barry, and I don&#x27;t really think it has to be. And you&#x27;ve done a lot of research and you uncover things that I think people are making it more complex so they can get by with things these days. Yeah, they certainly are. And actually, Pete, what I&#x27;m trying to do, the object for the rest of my life is really to simplify things and explain these things in simple terms for people. But yeah, what I&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been doing this as an advisor and now an author. And I kind of speak around the country on these issues. But I&#x27;m trying to explain to consumers really the best thing is to invest in themselves first and really be really aware of the pitfalls of Wall Street. And the thing is, as you can imagine, Pete, a lot of the people in the media or even the Wall Street or the fund companies really do not like me too much.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There was one quote I saw a couple years ago, and it was, no one&#x27;s ever got rich from mutual funds. I don&#x27;t know if that was in your book or somebody else&#x27;s book that I read. Yeah, I was the guy quoting that. I said, never met a man who&#x27;s made his millions in mutual funds. And the truth of the matter is, Pete, this is the truth. When people make their fortunes in America today, and this has been the case for years, people generally make their money in some small business or some profession. They work at it a very long period of time. They sacrifice, they work hard at it. And they see some explosive growth or some type of steady growth. And this is where they make their money, whether it be running a gas station or a construction company or being a dentist or a doctor or an Indian chief or a tech company. People don&#x27;t make their money in mutual funds. And the whole thing is the mutual funds is rates of return. It&#x27;s pretty much an absolute illusion. You know, if you have a guy like Dave Ramsey, he says people get 12% on mutual funds.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now, it&#x27;s a total illusion. And he&#x27;s policing the flock with that one. So, but good old Dave, he says 12 people get 12%. Now, the fact of the matter is, Dalbar, they charted 1990 to 2000 over a 20-year period that actually the average actively managed mutual fund got about 3.6%. So it&#x27;s way lower than what Ramsey does. Secondly, if you look at something like CalPERS, which is the largest pension fund in America, which has about $240 billion in it, you know what they get over a one-year period of time on their money? What&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s 1%. Wow. Now, this is what I&#x27;m saying. This is the best advisors money can buy, theoretically. And they can&#x27;t make money. So if CalPERS can&#x27;t make money with $240 billion, how is the average folk going to make with mutual funds? They can&#x27;t do it. It&#x27;s an impossibility. I think people get confused when they&#x27;re putting money into their 401ks because they&#x27;re putting money in each pay period when they get the statement.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> See, the ballot&#x27;s a little higher. They forget that the fact that they&#x27;re the ones making the ballots go higher with their contributions. And actually, the funny thing about Fidelity actually even spilled the beans. They actually admitted that as much last year in a report they released that 75% of the growth in a 401k is really from people&#x27;s, their contributions. It hasn&#x27;t been from the market. So Fidelity, which is really kind of the 800-pound gorilla in all this, admitted as much. So the reason why accounts go up is people contribute money into them. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of other financial vehicles and ways to save out there. So why are mutual funds the sole engine many times in many 401k plants? Because they are that driving force there. It could be argued they&#x27;re the gas-guzzling engine in the financial world. The bigger reason is money. It&#x27;s about the money, Pete. And if people go to my website, www.thepiratesmanhattan.com.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Again, that&#x27;s www.thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out about me and they order the book or whatever. But the fact of the matter, the reason why 401k is such a dominant force and the mutual funds are such a dominant force is because of the growth of asset management complex, which is roughly $13 to anywhere between $13 and $20 trillion. And it&#x27;s all about advertising and lobbying and so forth. So poor consumer really doesn&#x27;t have a prayer with this stuff. They&#x27;ve kind of been driven into this stuff relentlessly. And the reason why mutual funds and 401ks are filled with them is because of lobbying and advertising. There was an artist back in the day. I used to watch TV every now and then. You&#x27;d flip the channels around and you&#x27;d see him. He had the afro and he&#x27;d start with a blank canvas and all of a sudden and within minutes he would have this mountain scene with trees and snow. And his name was Bob Ross.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Do you remember watching him paint before? I think I remember seeing film clips of him. It was really quite something. It was amazing. But he actually designed something and built it right in front of you. But it could be argued there are a lot of financial illusionists out there who are trying to be like Bob Ross audio-wise in your head, get you to design things and have a perfect world. And when you talk about Dave Ramsey, I&#x27;ve heard him before. He says buy term insurance, which also we&#x27;ll talk about that in a minute, and invest the rest in a mutual fund. And then I&#x27;ve heard him say, and you&#x27;ll get about 12% a year in that mutual fund. Barry, if I could find a 12% mutual fund, I&#x27;d probably retire and just put all my money in those mutual funds. Me too, yeah. If Dave would show me 12% of mutual fund, I&#x27;ll take it. Matter of fact, if state pension plans get 12%, we wouldn&#x27;t have any problems with these. And what&#x27;s the national problem right now? Virtually every state in this country has a problem with pension returns.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> So state pension plans, they can&#x27;t even, CalPERS is only 1%. So how is a retail investor going to get 12%? It&#x27;s impossible. Now, insurance. I&#x27;ve set people up many times before with term insurance, but only if they also have a permanent plan in place. I mean, there&#x27;s all sorts of insurance policies out there. Too many people are going and putting all their eggs in one insurance basket when they should diversify those as well, correct? Yeah. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with term insurance or whole life or whatever the case may be or universal or whatever. The thing is, is that you just got to look at the whole entire picture of the whole thing. But the fact of the matter is, is that life insurance and annuity products, which I documented in the books, okay? Guess who buys more insurance, life insurance, annuity products than anyone, Pete? Who does? Where do we deposit our checks? The banks. The banks buy more of it than a country mile. The Bank of America actually has more money invested in life insurance than they all have all the fixed assets combined.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The Federal Reserve, which is a central bank in the United States, the largest central bank in the world, has 75% of its money on fixed annuities from life insurance companies. If you have bankers putting into it and the Federal Reserve or a central bank putting their money with life companies, is that such a bad thing? Well, the reason I think is once a person puts their money in there, it&#x27;s not going to be moved anymore for the most part. People aren&#x27;t going to be making commissions on it each and every year. And that&#x27;s the whole thing. With mutual funds, there&#x27;s so many costs, which even I can&#x27;t figure out. And the thing is, when you put money with a life company, it&#x27;s pretty much in a fixed income portfolio. It would be bonds, but it&#x27;s not moving around every day. Whereas a mutual fund, there&#x27;s so many fees. You get 12B1 fees. You get asset management fees. You get, heck, you got the trading costs, which we can&#x27;t even figure it out, Pete. You know, so, which could be anywhere from 200 to 600%.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Barry Dyke. He is author of two great books. The first one&#x27;s called The Pirates of Manhattan. The subtitle is Systematically Plundering the American Consumer and How to Protect Against It. And the second book, The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfdom. You know, Barry, you talk about the casino age out there these days. What is that? In the old days, Pete, which was 20, 30 years ago, most people had a guaranteed pension. As a matter of fact, 83% of the population had a guaranteed pension. This is Boston College statistics. Today, only about 20% have a guaranteed pension. What has happened today is people being forced into the market because the Federal Reserve is driving interest rates down to zero. They&#x27;re being forced into the market. And they&#x27;re being forced to speculate. I wouldn&#x27;t take my paycheck. I&#x27;d go to a local racetrack and put it on a horse. I don&#x27;t think most of your listeners would either.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> But this is what they&#x27;ve been forcing people to do today with 401ks, IRAs, that type of thing. So they&#x27;re being forced into a casino. Now, the thing is with a casino, at least if you lose your own money, you&#x27;re going to have some fun doing it, Pete. Get a steak, dinner. In mutual fund, you don&#x27;t even get to have fun losing your money. And I got one for you. What&#x27;s the difference between Las Vegas and Manhattan? Do you know, Pete? No. What&#x27;s that? One&#x27;s a casino in the desert, and another&#x27;s a casino on an island in Manhattan. It&#x27;s about there&#x27;s no difference, is there? No, no. So speculating gambling, but it&#x27;s the end thing these days, Barry. I see so many people who are glued to the TV set when I&#x27;m in the airports, and they&#x27;re watching the stock, that ticker going by, and they&#x27;re almost like mesmerized and hypnotized about what&#x27;s going on every single minute. Yeah, yeah. Because, you know, it is, Pete, because all these, whether it be E-Trade or Fidelity or Schwab or any of these guys, they make huge, or TD Ameritrade, they make huge money in executing the trades,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> and the difference between the bid and ask and so forth and the commissions. It&#x27;s actually a supplement, because a lot of people are heading for the exits, okay? They&#x27;re getting out of mutual funds, actually manage ones, and rightfully so. But they&#x27;re making up new forms of revenue and speculating getting in and out of stocks, and they love that. And the thing is, is that they get crushed, and we&#x27;re being taught, Pete, in this country that you can make something for nothing. And the fact of the matter is, no matter what you do, what I do, whatever, it takes us years and years and years to get good at what we do. And you can&#x27;t do that in investing either. And so, but we&#x27;re being sold that you can speculate your way out of this. So the fact of the matter is, it&#x27;s part of the advertising empire, whatever, and it&#x27;s part of Wall Street. And that&#x27;s what it is. Well, Barry, one final point. What would you tell the listener right now? We have a lot of listeners who are 50 and older, and some are still working, some are just now retiring.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> If they&#x27;re looking for a way to make sure they have their own personal pension in line and get a yearly income for the rest of their life, what&#x27;s the magic bullet if they are 50 or older to get a lifetime income they don&#x27;t have to worry about? Well, as you know, the only thing you can do is annuities. We know that. And as a matter of fact, I&#x27;m not making this up. The GAO, the Government Accounting Office, actually conferred and complimented my research in the book. So the only one who can really guarantee an income for life is a life insurance company. We know that. And so that&#x27;s one thing. You know, I would also suggest getting into hard asses. Anything the Federal Reserve can&#x27;t get their hands on, gold and things like that, obviously restores a value. And invest in themselves. Stay away from Wall Street speculation. But annuities are definitely a rock-solid idea, even with low rates. I have a little joke I ask people.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> I ask, are there pirates in the sea of retirement? And I think you already know the answer to that one. Ahoy! There&#x27;s lots of them. And then the final one is taking too much risk, like having your retirement walk the plank. You know something, Pete? What I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, I&#x27;ve been very blessed. I&#x27;ve worked with people worth, you know, virtually nothing to over $100 million. And what I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, none of them speculate with their money and the funds. They laugh about mutual funds. They think it&#x27;s a joke. So for all your listeners out there, rich people do not speculate with their money. And people can just go to thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out all about it. Folks, his name is Barry James Dyke, and he&#x27;s author of The Pirates of Manhattan 1 and 2. You can get them online. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s on Amazon as well. Right, Barry? Pirates 1 is on Amazon, but Pirates 2 is only available off the website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Okay. Thanks, Barry, and look forward to having you on again in the future. Thank you, sir. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews Barry James Dyke, the author of The Pirates of Manhattan. And welcome back in folks to the Financial Safari. You know, doing this show, it brings me in contact with a lot of great people throughout the nation and this week is no exception. This week we&#x27;re going to be talking to a fantastic author. His name is Barry James Dyke and he&#x27;s written two books that are on my desk and I am reading through right now. The first one is called The Pirates of Manhattan and the second one is The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfton. Again, his name is Barry James Dyke. He&#x27;s joining us from New Hampshire live on the Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Barry, welcome in. Well, thanks so much for having me, Pete. It&#x27;s always a blessing to share the radio waves with your listeners. The financial world, it&#x27;s a confusing place, Barry, and I don&#x27;t really think it has to be. And you&#x27;ve done a lot of research and you uncover things that I think people are making it more complex so they can get by with things these days. Yeah, they certainly are. And actually, Pete, what I&#x27;m trying to do, the object for the rest of my life is really to simplify things and explain these things in simple terms for people. But yeah, what I&#x27;ve done, I&#x27;ve been doing this as an advisor and now an author. And I kind of speak around the country on these issues. But I&#x27;m trying to explain to consumers really the best thing is to invest in themselves first and really be really aware of the pitfalls of Wall Street. And the thing is, as you can imagine, Pete, a lot of the people in the media or even the Wall Street or the fund companies really do not like me too much.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> There was one quote I saw a couple years ago, and it was, no one&#x27;s ever got rich from mutual funds. I don&#x27;t know if that was in your book or somebody else&#x27;s book that I read. Yeah, I was the guy quoting that. I said, never met a man who&#x27;s made his millions in mutual funds. And the truth of the matter is, Pete, this is the truth. When people make their fortunes in America today, and this has been the case for years, people generally make their money in some small business or some profession. They work at it a very long period of time. They sacrifice, they work hard at it. And they see some explosive growth or some type of steady growth. And this is where they make their money, whether it be running a gas station or a construction company or being a dentist or a doctor or an Indian chief or a tech company. People don&#x27;t make their money in mutual funds. And the whole thing is the mutual funds is rates of return. It&#x27;s pretty much an absolute illusion. You know, if you have a guy like Dave Ramsey, he says people get 12% on mutual funds.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Now, it&#x27;s a total illusion. And he&#x27;s policing the flock with that one. So, but good old Dave, he says 12 people get 12%. Now, the fact of the matter is, Dalbar, they charted 1990 to 2000 over a 20-year period that actually the average actively managed mutual fund got about 3.6%. So it&#x27;s way lower than what Ramsey does. Secondly, if you look at something like CalPERS, which is the largest pension fund in America, which has about $240 billion in it, you know what they get over a one-year period of time on their money? What&#x27;s that? That&#x27;s 1%. Wow. Now, this is what I&#x27;m saying. This is the best advisors money can buy, theoretically. And they can&#x27;t make money. So if CalPERS can&#x27;t make money with $240 billion, how is the average folk going to make with mutual funds? They can&#x27;t do it. It&#x27;s an impossibility. I think people get confused when they&#x27;re putting money into their 401ks because they&#x27;re putting money in each pay period when they get the statement.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> See, the ballot&#x27;s a little higher. They forget that the fact that they&#x27;re the ones making the ballots go higher with their contributions. And actually, the funny thing about Fidelity actually even spilled the beans. They actually admitted that as much last year in a report they released that 75% of the growth in a 401k is really from people&#x27;s, their contributions. It hasn&#x27;t been from the market. So Fidelity, which is really kind of the 800-pound gorilla in all this, admitted as much. So the reason why accounts go up is people contribute money into them. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of other financial vehicles and ways to save out there. So why are mutual funds the sole engine many times in many 401k plants? Because they are that driving force there. It could be argued they&#x27;re the gas-guzzling engine in the financial world. The bigger reason is money. It&#x27;s about the money, Pete. And if people go to my website, www.thepiratesmanhattan.com.</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> Again, that&#x27;s www.thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out about me and they order the book or whatever. But the fact of the matter, the reason why 401k is such a dominant force and the mutual funds are such a dominant force is because of the growth of asset management complex, which is roughly $13 to anywhere between $13 and $20 trillion. And it&#x27;s all about advertising and lobbying and so forth. So poor consumer really doesn&#x27;t have a prayer with this stuff. They&#x27;ve kind of been driven into this stuff relentlessly. And the reason why mutual funds and 401ks are filled with them is because of lobbying and advertising. There was an artist back in the day. I used to watch TV every now and then. You&#x27;d flip the channels around and you&#x27;d see him. He had the afro and he&#x27;d start with a blank canvas and all of a sudden and within minutes he would have this mountain scene with trees and snow. And his name was Bob Ross.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> Do you remember watching him paint before? I think I remember seeing film clips of him. It was really quite something. It was amazing. But he actually designed something and built it right in front of you. But it could be argued there are a lot of financial illusionists out there who are trying to be like Bob Ross audio-wise in your head, get you to design things and have a perfect world. And when you talk about Dave Ramsey, I&#x27;ve heard him before. He says buy term insurance, which also we&#x27;ll talk about that in a minute, and invest the rest in a mutual fund. And then I&#x27;ve heard him say, and you&#x27;ll get about 12% a year in that mutual fund. Barry, if I could find a 12% mutual fund, I&#x27;d probably retire and just put all my money in those mutual funds. Me too, yeah. If Dave would show me 12% of mutual fund, I&#x27;ll take it. Matter of fact, if state pension plans get 12%, we wouldn&#x27;t have any problems with these. And what&#x27;s the national problem right now? Virtually every state in this country has a problem with pension returns.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> So state pension plans, they can&#x27;t even, CalPERS is only 1%. So how is a retail investor going to get 12%? It&#x27;s impossible. Now, insurance. I&#x27;ve set people up many times before with term insurance, but only if they also have a permanent plan in place. I mean, there&#x27;s all sorts of insurance policies out there. Too many people are going and putting all their eggs in one insurance basket when they should diversify those as well, correct? Yeah. There&#x27;s nothing wrong with term insurance or whole life or whatever the case may be or universal or whatever. The thing is, is that you just got to look at the whole entire picture of the whole thing. But the fact of the matter is, is that life insurance and annuity products, which I documented in the books, okay? Guess who buys more insurance, life insurance, annuity products than anyone, Pete? Who does? Where do we deposit our checks? The banks. The banks buy more of it than a country mile. The Bank of America actually has more money invested in life insurance than they all have all the fixed assets combined.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> The Federal Reserve, which is a central bank in the United States, the largest central bank in the world, has 75% of its money on fixed annuities from life insurance companies. If you have bankers putting into it and the Federal Reserve or a central bank putting their money with life companies, is that such a bad thing? Well, the reason I think is once a person puts their money in there, it&#x27;s not going to be moved anymore for the most part. People aren&#x27;t going to be making commissions on it each and every year. And that&#x27;s the whole thing. With mutual funds, there&#x27;s so many costs, which even I can&#x27;t figure out. And the thing is, when you put money with a life company, it&#x27;s pretty much in a fixed income portfolio. It would be bonds, but it&#x27;s not moving around every day. Whereas a mutual fund, there&#x27;s so many fees. You get 12B1 fees. You get asset management fees. You get, heck, you got the trading costs, which we can&#x27;t even figure it out, Pete. You know, so, which could be anywhere from 200 to 600%.</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Barry Dyke. He is author of two great books. The first one&#x27;s called The Pirates of Manhattan. The subtitle is Systematically Plundering the American Consumer and How to Protect Against It. And the second book, The Pirates of Manhattan 2, Highway to Serfdom. You know, Barry, you talk about the casino age out there these days. What is that? In the old days, Pete, which was 20, 30 years ago, most people had a guaranteed pension. As a matter of fact, 83% of the population had a guaranteed pension. This is Boston College statistics. Today, only about 20% have a guaranteed pension. What has happened today is people being forced into the market because the Federal Reserve is driving interest rates down to zero. They&#x27;re being forced into the market. And they&#x27;re being forced to speculate. I wouldn&#x27;t take my paycheck. I&#x27;d go to a local racetrack and put it on a horse. I don&#x27;t think most of your listeners would either.</p><p><strong>07:56</strong> But this is what they&#x27;ve been forcing people to do today with 401ks, IRAs, that type of thing. So they&#x27;re being forced into a casino. Now, the thing is with a casino, at least if you lose your own money, you&#x27;re going to have some fun doing it, Pete. Get a steak, dinner. In mutual fund, you don&#x27;t even get to have fun losing your money. And I got one for you. What&#x27;s the difference between Las Vegas and Manhattan? Do you know, Pete? No. What&#x27;s that? One&#x27;s a casino in the desert, and another&#x27;s a casino on an island in Manhattan. It&#x27;s about there&#x27;s no difference, is there? No, no. So speculating gambling, but it&#x27;s the end thing these days, Barry. I see so many people who are glued to the TV set when I&#x27;m in the airports, and they&#x27;re watching the stock, that ticker going by, and they&#x27;re almost like mesmerized and hypnotized about what&#x27;s going on every single minute. Yeah, yeah. Because, you know, it is, Pete, because all these, whether it be E-Trade or Fidelity or Schwab or any of these guys, they make huge, or TD Ameritrade, they make huge money in executing the trades,</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> and the difference between the bid and ask and so forth and the commissions. It&#x27;s actually a supplement, because a lot of people are heading for the exits, okay? They&#x27;re getting out of mutual funds, actually manage ones, and rightfully so. But they&#x27;re making up new forms of revenue and speculating getting in and out of stocks, and they love that. And the thing is, is that they get crushed, and we&#x27;re being taught, Pete, in this country that you can make something for nothing. And the fact of the matter is, no matter what you do, what I do, whatever, it takes us years and years and years to get good at what we do. And you can&#x27;t do that in investing either. And so, but we&#x27;re being sold that you can speculate your way out of this. So the fact of the matter is, it&#x27;s part of the advertising empire, whatever, and it&#x27;s part of Wall Street. And that&#x27;s what it is. Well, Barry, one final point. What would you tell the listener right now? We have a lot of listeners who are 50 and older, and some are still working, some are just now retiring.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> If they&#x27;re looking for a way to make sure they have their own personal pension in line and get a yearly income for the rest of their life, what&#x27;s the magic bullet if they are 50 or older to get a lifetime income they don&#x27;t have to worry about? Well, as you know, the only thing you can do is annuities. We know that. And as a matter of fact, I&#x27;m not making this up. The GAO, the Government Accounting Office, actually conferred and complimented my research in the book. So the only one who can really guarantee an income for life is a life insurance company. We know that. And so that&#x27;s one thing. You know, I would also suggest getting into hard asses. Anything the Federal Reserve can&#x27;t get their hands on, gold and things like that, obviously restores a value. And invest in themselves. Stay away from Wall Street speculation. But annuities are definitely a rock-solid idea, even with low rates. I have a little joke I ask people.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> I ask, are there pirates in the sea of retirement? And I think you already know the answer to that one. Ahoy! There&#x27;s lots of them. And then the final one is taking too much risk, like having your retirement walk the plank. You know something, Pete? What I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, I&#x27;ve been very blessed. I&#x27;ve worked with people worth, you know, virtually nothing to over $100 million. And what I&#x27;ve found is that when these people make their really big money, none of them speculate with their money and the funds. They laugh about mutual funds. They think it&#x27;s a joke. So for all your listeners out there, rich people do not speculate with their money. And people can just go to thepiratesmanhattan.com. They can find out all about it. Folks, his name is Barry James Dyke, and he&#x27;s author of The Pirates of Manhattan 1 and 2. You can get them online. I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s on Amazon as well. Right, Barry? Pirates 1 is on Amazon, but Pirates 2 is only available off the website.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> Okay. Thanks, Barry, and look forward to having you on again in the future. Thank you, sir. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Barry James Dyke joins Coach Pete to discuss The Pirates of Manhattan books. This August 2012 conversation explores the financial industry, retirement savings, and the concerns behind his writing.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Barry James Dyke</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Barry James Dyke, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/image.jpg?t=1792072830&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-the-pirates-of-manhattan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/image.jpg?t=1792072830&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>697</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4b253ac3-ccd6-4be1-904b-b4e2013cfa6e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11185357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/barry-james-dyke-the-pirates-of-manhattan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>188</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Pirates of Manhattan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:02" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Simon Constable: Economic Indicators That Really Matter</title>
      <itunes:title>Simon Constable: Economic Indicators That Really Matter</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Simon Constable joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wall Street Journal Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. This August 2012 interview explores how to make economic information more understandable and useful.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete interviews Simon Constable, writer for The Wall Street Journal. Today we have a very special guest. His name is Simon Constable. He works for The Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV, I&#x27;m sure. His book that&#x27;s out is called The Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. Simon, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now let&#x27;s talk about this book. This is a fascinating book. I&#x27;ve spent a lot of time looking through it. There&#x27;s a lot of great points here. What caused you to write this book and how did you identify the 50 economic indicators that really matter? What caused me to write this is that I actually have a deep love for economics and I remember</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the economics books that I read at college and at high school were kind of mind-numbingly boring and I wanted to present stuff in a way that made a lot of sense to people who hadn&#x27;t really studied economics and had no interest in it, wanted to make it accessible. We also wanted to have it not be academic, wanted to be practical, sort of help people with their investments, you know, make it useful, something you could dip into, put in the bathroom, pick up for a few minutes and then put down and then go back and read another chapter. And how we got to the 50 that we picked was both me and my co-author Robert Wright, who&#x27;s a financial historian. We already knew a lot about economic indicators, but we sent the list around to our friends in the business and</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> they seemed pretty happy with what we had and they helped tweak it a little bit and we just went from that. Now, have you ever seen the Seinfeld show? Yes, I have seen the Seinfeld show. When you said in the bathroom, I thought about that episode where George tried to take a book into the bathroom at the bookstore in downtown New York. Ah, that one. No, I haven&#x27;t seen that one, but I can imagine where that goes. Somewhere rather bizarre. They made George buy that book once he took it to the bathroom. It was considered a used book then, but this is a book that would be a great information source for anybody out there. Let&#x27;s talk about if you could identify maybe five of the top economic indicators that people should be paying attention to. Maybe they&#x27;re not. Maybe they&#x27;re not. I mean, that&#x27;s important. I mean, one of the things we did here was to sort of plump this into various areas in the economy. So, we look at things like consumption. I think</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> durable goods orders are a very important one and that&#x27;s stuff that companies buy like machinery. That&#x27;s important because companies could stop buying tomorrow and never buy anything again. They don&#x27;t have to invest. They&#x27;re not like you and me. We have to buy clothing and food and that means that personal consumption, personal things we spend tends to not go up and down as much as it does with businesses. So, if you keep a close eye on business and what they&#x27;re spending on their machinery and investment and plant and widget stamping machines, that&#x27;s very important. I would take a look at that one. It&#x27;s chapter eight in our book. I&#x27;d look at the Texas zombie bank ratio. It tells you if your bank is sort of among the living dead. And once it gets to be among the</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> living dead, it&#x27;s time to bail out of that bank. It also gives you an idea about how bad the financial sector is. So, I think that&#x27;s an important one too. Other stuff, the Baltic Dry Index, that&#x27;s a shipping index. It&#x27;s nothing dry about it because it&#x27;s ships that go across the ocean, but it&#x27;s dry in that it&#x27;s dry freight. So, we&#x27;re talking about iron ore, coal, and grains like wheat or rice. They&#x27;re important. And then my favorite, the Vixen, which is the hot waitress syndicator. And that basically says to you that when the waitresses in your local diner are smoking hot, then the economy is in a really bad way. Not to be confused with one of Rudolph&#x27;s buddies. Nice. Nice. I like that.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Now, these are all fascinating ones. And I know my dad&#x27;s a college professor and several years ago in his investment club, they talked about the dry shipping indicator there. And dad started buying a stock. I think the symbol was D-R-Y-S and it was about a shipping company. Dry ships. Yeah. And I said, dad, be careful. And of course, dad&#x27;s a PhD in physics and dad doesn&#x27;t listen to his oldest son a lot of times. And he might&#x27;ve bought a little bit too much, a little bit too high. Anytime you find these indicators and you find a stock or two that fits this, you should dollar cost average in or out, shouldn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And you should also be very, very careful about learning what works and what doesn&#x27;t. You should paper trade for at least six months. And that means write down the price at which you would buy. Literally write it down, but absolutely keep honest with yourself and then write down the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> price at which you would sell. You&#x27;ll find if you do that, you&#x27;ll have in black and white what you made or would have made and what you would have lost. And that&#x27;s important because you will make mistakes. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Simon Constable. He&#x27;s author of the new book, Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. He writes for the Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV, I&#x27;m sure. Where have you been on TV lately, Simon? Fox News, which is in our building here at News Corp, Midtown Manhattan. Do a bit with the BBC and some stuff with ABC and Nightly Business Report. The average investor, they see this list, 50 economic indicators, and they get intimidated because they don&#x27;t know where to find some of these. Or maybe they&#x27;re misled and they deal with somebody who manipulates them using one or two of the indicators and not the total story.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> How can the average investor make sure they get the proper information? Where should they go before they, like you said, paper trading is good, making sure you&#x27;re not putting your own money at risk. You&#x27;re just basically playing with monopoly money until you feel confident. But how can someone get that confidence they need besides reading your book, which is a great starting point? We point to the way the data, where the data is, and the way you can find the data in every chapter of the book. And almost all of the chapters, the data that you can find is freely available. This isn&#x27;t like, you know, most of it isn&#x27;t subscription-based. So that&#x27;s one thing to do is look at the places we point to in the book. Briefing.com has a great website on economic data, and they post the data there in an easy-to-understand way. And we have a little plan in the book for how</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> you should get to grips with this. And it&#x27;s a little outline of what you can do and sort of how you get to grips with this, which is basically most of this data comes out first thing in the morning. So we say, read the chapter. When you know what&#x27;s coming up on the calendar tomorrow morning, read the chapter in the book or the chapters the night before. That won&#x27;t take you more than, say, 20 minutes total for like multiple chapters. And then maybe read some news reports, then look up the data in the morning the next morning, see how that compares with what you&#x27;d expected, and then do that for a few months. We&#x27;re talking total time commitment, you know, each day of not very much. But it&#x27;s the coming back to it multiple times again and again and again, you&#x27;ll begin to see</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> things that you wouldn&#x27;t have noticed before. So it&#x27;s a matter of little and often. I love the subtitle, too. The subtitle of your book is From Big Macs to Zombie Banks, The Indicator Smart Investors Watch to Beat the Market. Now, I know you mentioned zombie banks a minute ago. For the average investor, what does a zombie bank mean? What does that mean? Is the money safe if you have it on deposit there? Or what should people do to research their own bank? To research your own bank, you can look up the data sources that we have in this book. The government will provide the data on whether your bank is basically going to become insolvent or not. There was a guy called Gerard Cassidy, who worked for a brokerage firm in the 1980s in Texas. And he noticed during basically the debanking failure there, that when the zombie bank ratio</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> becomes more than one, that the banks tended to go bust. I talked to him again, and he&#x27;s still working at the same bank. And he says, you know, you can look this data up at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and work out whether your bank is dead. Now, the good news is, if you have less than $250,000 with a bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will cover that money, and you&#x27;ll get your money back. If you&#x27;ve got more than that, well done. And I salute you, but you might want to be putting your money in multiple places. Your chapter 24 talks about the Beige Book, and that&#x27;s not to be confused with the little black book that many people carry around phone numbers in, is it? No. The Beige Book is a book of... Most of these indicators are basically a series of numbers</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> that you can interpret. The Beige Book is a book of anecdotes from the Federal Reserve, and its business people across the U.S. in the different regions of the Fed. And it basically gives you anecdotes about what&#x27;s going on in the economy in each of those different regions. So, there&#x27;s the West, and there&#x27;s the upper Midwest, and, you know, the East Coast, and the, you know, upper East Coast. And you can look through all of those and really get an idea. So, November 2006, there&#x27;s a great quote we have in the book here. So, credit quality was high in general with few delinquencies. However, contacts provided scattered reports of delinquencies on loans to home builders. Well, that was just before the credit crisis broke. So, you were already seeing it in the anecdotes that things weren&#x27;t going so well or starting to deteriorate. So, you can learn a lot just from</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> reading those anecdotes. It&#x27;s a government publication, so it tends to be a bit dry. But if you, you know, if you can wade through it, it might be valuable to you. I look at your book like when you go to the beach and you&#x27;re wading around. And when I was little, I used to do this all the time as I got older and realized how many things could go wrong when you&#x27;re in the water. I don&#x27;t go in the water as much. But you&#x27;d look out into the ocean, and you&#x27;d see the waves developing. And if you timed it right, you could get on that wave and ride it right into shore. Remember those days? Oh, yes. And that&#x27;s the idea with this, is that when you&#x27;ve really been studying it, studying something, you begin to be able to anticipate what&#x27;s going to happen. So, it&#x27;s pretty clear right now that we are seeing the economy slow down. It looks more than likely, in my view, that we will be going into a recession, whether it&#x27;s a deep recession or not. It&#x27;s difficult to tell at this stage, but it clearly</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> looks like things are looking rougher than they were even a few months ago here in the U.S., really quite bad in Europe. And they&#x27;re really cooling off in China. And we&#x27;re looking at the three massive trading blocs there. The European Union, China, and the U.S. really dominate the global GDP. So, you look at that, we&#x27;re looking at really harsh times. What I would say to everyone who&#x27;s got a job is hold on to it for the time being. If you&#x27;re going to jump to a new position, do so and make sure that the company you&#x27;re going to is secure. Fascinating. And folks, Simon Costable has joined us from New York City. He&#x27;s the author of Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. Simon, look forward to having you on again in the future. My pleasure. I would love that. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks,</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Simon Constable joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wall Street Journal Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. This August 2012 interview explores how to make economic information more understandable and useful.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August 2012, Coach Pete interviews Simon Constable, writer for The Wall Street Journal. Today we have a very special guest. His name is Simon Constable. He works for The Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV, I&#x27;m sure. His book that&#x27;s out is called The Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. Simon, welcome in. Thanks for having me. Now let&#x27;s talk about this book. This is a fascinating book. I&#x27;ve spent a lot of time looking through it. There&#x27;s a lot of great points here. What caused you to write this book and how did you identify the 50 economic indicators that really matter? What caused me to write this is that I actually have a deep love for economics and I remember</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the economics books that I read at college and at high school were kind of mind-numbingly boring and I wanted to present stuff in a way that made a lot of sense to people who hadn&#x27;t really studied economics and had no interest in it, wanted to make it accessible. We also wanted to have it not be academic, wanted to be practical, sort of help people with their investments, you know, make it useful, something you could dip into, put in the bathroom, pick up for a few minutes and then put down and then go back and read another chapter. And how we got to the 50 that we picked was both me and my co-author Robert Wright, who&#x27;s a financial historian. We already knew a lot about economic indicators, but we sent the list around to our friends in the business and</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> they seemed pretty happy with what we had and they helped tweak it a little bit and we just went from that. Now, have you ever seen the Seinfeld show? Yes, I have seen the Seinfeld show. When you said in the bathroom, I thought about that episode where George tried to take a book into the bathroom at the bookstore in downtown New York. Ah, that one. No, I haven&#x27;t seen that one, but I can imagine where that goes. Somewhere rather bizarre. They made George buy that book once he took it to the bathroom. It was considered a used book then, but this is a book that would be a great information source for anybody out there. Let&#x27;s talk about if you could identify maybe five of the top economic indicators that people should be paying attention to. Maybe they&#x27;re not. Maybe they&#x27;re not. I mean, that&#x27;s important. I mean, one of the things we did here was to sort of plump this into various areas in the economy. So, we look at things like consumption. I think</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> durable goods orders are a very important one and that&#x27;s stuff that companies buy like machinery. That&#x27;s important because companies could stop buying tomorrow and never buy anything again. They don&#x27;t have to invest. They&#x27;re not like you and me. We have to buy clothing and food and that means that personal consumption, personal things we spend tends to not go up and down as much as it does with businesses. So, if you keep a close eye on business and what they&#x27;re spending on their machinery and investment and plant and widget stamping machines, that&#x27;s very important. I would take a look at that one. It&#x27;s chapter eight in our book. I&#x27;d look at the Texas zombie bank ratio. It tells you if your bank is sort of among the living dead. And once it gets to be among the</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> living dead, it&#x27;s time to bail out of that bank. It also gives you an idea about how bad the financial sector is. So, I think that&#x27;s an important one too. Other stuff, the Baltic Dry Index, that&#x27;s a shipping index. It&#x27;s nothing dry about it because it&#x27;s ships that go across the ocean, but it&#x27;s dry in that it&#x27;s dry freight. So, we&#x27;re talking about iron ore, coal, and grains like wheat or rice. They&#x27;re important. And then my favorite, the Vixen, which is the hot waitress syndicator. And that basically says to you that when the waitresses in your local diner are smoking hot, then the economy is in a really bad way. Not to be confused with one of Rudolph&#x27;s buddies. Nice. Nice. I like that.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Now, these are all fascinating ones. And I know my dad&#x27;s a college professor and several years ago in his investment club, they talked about the dry shipping indicator there. And dad started buying a stock. I think the symbol was D-R-Y-S and it was about a shipping company. Dry ships. Yeah. And I said, dad, be careful. And of course, dad&#x27;s a PhD in physics and dad doesn&#x27;t listen to his oldest son a lot of times. And he might&#x27;ve bought a little bit too much, a little bit too high. Anytime you find these indicators and you find a stock or two that fits this, you should dollar cost average in or out, shouldn&#x27;t you? Absolutely. And you should also be very, very careful about learning what works and what doesn&#x27;t. You should paper trade for at least six months. And that means write down the price at which you would buy. Literally write it down, but absolutely keep honest with yourself and then write down the</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> price at which you would sell. You&#x27;ll find if you do that, you&#x27;ll have in black and white what you made or would have made and what you would have lost. And that&#x27;s important because you will make mistakes. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Simon Constable. He&#x27;s author of the new book, Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. He writes for the Wall Street Journal. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV, I&#x27;m sure. Where have you been on TV lately, Simon? Fox News, which is in our building here at News Corp, Midtown Manhattan. Do a bit with the BBC and some stuff with ABC and Nightly Business Report. The average investor, they see this list, 50 economic indicators, and they get intimidated because they don&#x27;t know where to find some of these. Or maybe they&#x27;re misled and they deal with somebody who manipulates them using one or two of the indicators and not the total story.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> How can the average investor make sure they get the proper information? Where should they go before they, like you said, paper trading is good, making sure you&#x27;re not putting your own money at risk. You&#x27;re just basically playing with monopoly money until you feel confident. But how can someone get that confidence they need besides reading your book, which is a great starting point? We point to the way the data, where the data is, and the way you can find the data in every chapter of the book. And almost all of the chapters, the data that you can find is freely available. This isn&#x27;t like, you know, most of it isn&#x27;t subscription-based. So that&#x27;s one thing to do is look at the places we point to in the book. Briefing.com has a great website on economic data, and they post the data there in an easy-to-understand way. And we have a little plan in the book for how</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> you should get to grips with this. And it&#x27;s a little outline of what you can do and sort of how you get to grips with this, which is basically most of this data comes out first thing in the morning. So we say, read the chapter. When you know what&#x27;s coming up on the calendar tomorrow morning, read the chapter in the book or the chapters the night before. That won&#x27;t take you more than, say, 20 minutes total for like multiple chapters. And then maybe read some news reports, then look up the data in the morning the next morning, see how that compares with what you&#x27;d expected, and then do that for a few months. We&#x27;re talking total time commitment, you know, each day of not very much. But it&#x27;s the coming back to it multiple times again and again and again, you&#x27;ll begin to see</p><p><strong>06:58</strong> things that you wouldn&#x27;t have noticed before. So it&#x27;s a matter of little and often. I love the subtitle, too. The subtitle of your book is From Big Macs to Zombie Banks, The Indicator Smart Investors Watch to Beat the Market. Now, I know you mentioned zombie banks a minute ago. For the average investor, what does a zombie bank mean? What does that mean? Is the money safe if you have it on deposit there? Or what should people do to research their own bank? To research your own bank, you can look up the data sources that we have in this book. The government will provide the data on whether your bank is basically going to become insolvent or not. There was a guy called Gerard Cassidy, who worked for a brokerage firm in the 1980s in Texas. And he noticed during basically the debanking failure there, that when the zombie bank ratio</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> becomes more than one, that the banks tended to go bust. I talked to him again, and he&#x27;s still working at the same bank. And he says, you know, you can look this data up at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and work out whether your bank is dead. Now, the good news is, if you have less than $250,000 with a bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will cover that money, and you&#x27;ll get your money back. If you&#x27;ve got more than that, well done. And I salute you, but you might want to be putting your money in multiple places. Your chapter 24 talks about the Beige Book, and that&#x27;s not to be confused with the little black book that many people carry around phone numbers in, is it? No. The Beige Book is a book of... Most of these indicators are basically a series of numbers</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> that you can interpret. The Beige Book is a book of anecdotes from the Federal Reserve, and its business people across the U.S. in the different regions of the Fed. And it basically gives you anecdotes about what&#x27;s going on in the economy in each of those different regions. So, there&#x27;s the West, and there&#x27;s the upper Midwest, and, you know, the East Coast, and the, you know, upper East Coast. And you can look through all of those and really get an idea. So, November 2006, there&#x27;s a great quote we have in the book here. So, credit quality was high in general with few delinquencies. However, contacts provided scattered reports of delinquencies on loans to home builders. Well, that was just before the credit crisis broke. So, you were already seeing it in the anecdotes that things weren&#x27;t going so well or starting to deteriorate. So, you can learn a lot just from</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> reading those anecdotes. It&#x27;s a government publication, so it tends to be a bit dry. But if you, you know, if you can wade through it, it might be valuable to you. I look at your book like when you go to the beach and you&#x27;re wading around. And when I was little, I used to do this all the time as I got older and realized how many things could go wrong when you&#x27;re in the water. I don&#x27;t go in the water as much. But you&#x27;d look out into the ocean, and you&#x27;d see the waves developing. And if you timed it right, you could get on that wave and ride it right into shore. Remember those days? Oh, yes. And that&#x27;s the idea with this, is that when you&#x27;ve really been studying it, studying something, you begin to be able to anticipate what&#x27;s going to happen. So, it&#x27;s pretty clear right now that we are seeing the economy slow down. It looks more than likely, in my view, that we will be going into a recession, whether it&#x27;s a deep recession or not. It&#x27;s difficult to tell at this stage, but it clearly</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> looks like things are looking rougher than they were even a few months ago here in the U.S., really quite bad in Europe. And they&#x27;re really cooling off in China. And we&#x27;re looking at the three massive trading blocs there. The European Union, China, and the U.S. really dominate the global GDP. So, you look at that, we&#x27;re looking at really harsh times. What I would say to everyone who&#x27;s got a job is hold on to it for the time being. If you&#x27;re going to jump to a new position, do so and make sure that the company you&#x27;re going to is secure. Fascinating. And folks, Simon Costable has joined us from New York City. He&#x27;s the author of Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. Simon, look forward to having you on again in the future. My pleasure. I would love that. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks,</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Simon Constable joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wall Street Journal Guide to the 50 Economic Indicators That Really Matter. This August 2012 interview explores how to make economic information more understandable and useful.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Simon Constable</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Economic Indicators That Really Matter</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Simon Constable, economic policy, Economic Indicators That Really Matter, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6/image.jpg?t=1792071785&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/simon-constable-economic-indicators-that-really-matter/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6/image.jpg?t=1792071785&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 18 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>670</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7437eb07-318e-4714-a18d-b4e3001867b6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10752989" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/simon-constable-economic-indicators-that-really-matter</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>189</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Economic Indicators That Really Matter" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:55" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Walker: Comeback America and Fiscal Responsibility</title>
      <itunes:title>David Walker: Comeback America and Fiscal Responsibility</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss Comeback America and fiscal responsibility. This August 2012 conversation explores debt, government spending, and his efforts to bring the economic debate to the public.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, each and every week we go across the nation and interview somebody who is making an impact on the local economy or the U.S. economy, or at least trying to get the word out. And this week is a fantastic week. We have former U.S. Comptroller General. His name is David M. Walker. You might have seen him on 60 Minutes before. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He is working very hard with a new initiative called Comeback America. And Mr. David Walker, welcome in. Great to be with you, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, you go by Dave, correct? I do. Dave, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on right now in the economy for folks, and what are you going to be doing here in the next couple months to get the word out? Well, we have a serious problem, Coach, as you know. I mean, we&#x27;ve got a slow economic recovery, high unemployment, even higher underemployment. And we need to make sure that we can get growth going so we can generate more jobs. But our financial condition, the financial condition of the United States, frankly, is in poor and deteriorating condition. So we need to make progress on both. And the Comeback America initiative, which I head, which is a nonpartisan, non-ideological organization, is going to conduct a national fiscal responsibility bus tour to swing states from September 7th, October 9th, to speak the truth, talk about the tough choices, and</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> actually engage Americans in places that matter on how we can solve this problem. And so far, the candidates aren&#x27;t doing that. And it&#x27;s important that they start doing it so that they can have a mandate for action once they&#x27;re elected. You know, a lot of people go online, they see something called the debt clock, and they&#x27;ve got the big numbers, and I think it&#x27;s over 15 million right now. And that scares people, David. But you have an even scarier proposition, don&#x27;t you? Well, I do. Of course, the national debt clock was unveiled in 1989, and it was $2.7 trillion when it was unveiled in 1989. Now it&#x27;s approaching $15.9 trillion. And that&#x27;s a lot of money, you know, but it really understates our problem because it doesn&#x27;t count unfunded Medicare, Social Security, pensions, retiree health care, and a range of</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> other liabilities and commitments and contingencies. So we&#x27;re going to unveil the U.S. financial burden barometer. It&#x27;s going to start at about $70 trillion, and it&#x27;s going to be going up at about $10 million a minute because based upon official government documents that have been produced, that&#x27;s how fast our federal financial sinkhole is growing. And so we need to recognize the reality of the problem&#x27;s a lot bigger than the politicians claim. It&#x27;s getting worse fast by doing nothing. But the good news is, if we can actually achieve some meaningful progress on social insurance reforms, health care reform, tax reform next year, unlike the federal debt clock, which won&#x27;t come down a dime, the financial burden barometer can come down tens of trillions of dollars.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Well, Dave, I think a lot of people here just assume that they throw their arms in the air when they see that, even the $15 trillion. They say, there&#x27;s nothing we can do about it. But you&#x27;re saying there is something we can do about it. Well, absolutely. You also have to convert those numbers to something that you and I and other Americans can understand. The $15.9 trillion is about $50,000 a person. The $70 trillion is about $225,000 a person. And going up fast. But we can solve this problem. Look, Australia, New Zealand, Sweden, Canada had serious financial problems in the 90s. They came together, made tough choices. And now they&#x27;re among the best in the world with regard to financial condition. If they can do it, we can do it. There&#x27;s broad-based consensus that we need to reform our tax system.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We need to recapture control of the budget. We need to reform social insurance programs and reduce defense and other spending without compromising national security or increasing poverty. But we have to be able to put more pressure on these politicians to act. And we have to make the price of them doing nothing greater than the price of making tough choices that will help create a better future. And if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Dave Walker. Dave, you&#x27;ve got a bus tour coming up, and I wanted to talk about that. But people can go see this 10millionaminute.com, and they can watch the real debt, correct? That&#x27;s correct. They can see the federal burden barometer and how it&#x27;s going up $167,000 a second, $10 million a minute, $14.4 billion a day. That&#x27;s a lot of money. I wish I could make money like that.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> I wish you could make a small percentage of what we ultimately will save. Well, okay, so people can go to the website, check it out, see that clock. But you&#x27;ve got something even more proactive. You&#x27;ve organized a bus tour starting on September 7th. It will start in Manchester, New Hampshire. And you&#x27;ll be ending October 9th probably with a big rally there in Washington, D.C., correct? That&#x27;s correct. And we&#x27;re going as far west as Nevada, as far south as Orlando. We&#x27;re going to hit at least 16 states and at least 20 cities. We&#x27;re going where it matters, on a subject that matters, when it matters. And believe it or not, Coach Pete, the only city that we&#x27;re going to that doesn&#x27;t have an MAIN street or Main Street is Washington, D.C. which serves to further reinforce how to out-of-touch reality are.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Now, they do have an MAIN E Street, the state of Main, but no MAIN street. Yeah, I think a lot of people just think that Washington&#x27;s way out of touch. And I know back in 2008 when you resigned as the Comptroller General. Now, this may be a myth, David, but I think that the comment I heard was you couldn&#x27;t sign checks that were going to bounce anymore. Well, first, it&#x27;s important to understand that as the Comptroller General, I was the Auditor General. And I did not work for the executive branch, so I didn&#x27;t work for the president. I worked for the Congress of the American people. And the reason that I resigned is I had accomplished two of the three objectives that I set out for myself when I became Comptroller General in 1998. And the third one, which is to try to make meaningful progress in putting our nation&#x27;s finances in order, I ultimately came to believe that I needed to do some things that I couldn&#x27;t do in that job.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> I needed to put pressure on the Congress and the president to act, to hold them accountable if they fail to act. I needed to be able to talk about specific policy solutions. You couldn&#x27;t do that as Comptroller General, and I&#x27;m doing it now. Yeah, it&#x27;s very important that people just realize they can make a difference. They can put a little effort forth and stop this out-of-control train going down the tracks. David, my first car was a 1968 Volkswagen. And remember back in the day, the emergency brake was right there between the driver&#x27;s seat and the passenger seat. I remember it well. I&#x27;ve had a Volkswagen myself in the past. Now, I never told my dad about this, but what we&#x27;d do back in the day when we were trying to have fun in high school is we&#x27;d get up a pretty good speed for a Volkswagen, maybe 50 miles an hour. That was pretty fast from Volkswagen. And we&#x27;d pull up the emergency brake real fast, and it would make the car stop real fast and sometimes go out of control a little bit.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> But that was fun back in high school. Is there an emergency brake here in the financial world that we can pull as a society to stop this out-of-control train? Well, we have to recognize that spending is out of control, and we need to recapture control of the budget. Believe it or not, we haven&#x27;t had a budget in three years. And even when we have a budget, only about 37 percent of the spending is controlled. The rest is we&#x27;re writing a blank check for it. It&#x27;s on autopilot. You can&#x27;t run anything that way. And while mainly our problem is going to be the need to try to recapture control of spending, we&#x27;re going to need additional revenues, too, because both political parties are responsible for where we are. Government&#x27;s grown too big, promised too much, waited too long to restructure. But it&#x27;s not too late. So we&#x27;re going to need comprehensive tax reform that&#x27;s going to make it simpler, fairer, more competitive, more equitable, and generate more revenues.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And the longer we wait, the bigger the changes are going to have to be, the less transition time, and the greater the chances of having a U.S. debt crisis, which we must avoid at all costs, because that would result in a global depression. And again, David Walker&#x27;s site is 10 million, the number 10 million, a minute dot com, or we&#x27;ll link to it, David, right from our website, financialsafari.com, with a full write-up there about the interview. People can listen to this interview if they didn&#x27;t hear the whole thing, and they&#x27;ll have a link right to your 10 million a minute dot com. But let me ask you, how did Congress, how did Washington get so out of touch with the American people here, and how did we get in this situation just to begin with? Well, we have something that the founders of our great nation didn&#x27;t anticipate. It&#x27;s called career politicians. Our politics are dominated today by people who may or may not have had a real job in the real world, but once they get elected, they want to keep it for life.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> And they view their position in elective office as a job. Human beings don&#x27;t want to lose their job. A lot of them don&#x27;t think that people can handle the truth. You know, they don&#x27;t want to make the tough choices because it might cause them not to get reelected. And so we have to deal with that. We also have a situation where the political parties, the duty of loyalty to a political party is trumping the duty of loyalty to country. So in addition to making policy and operational reforms, we need political reforms. We need redistricting reform. We need integrated open primaries. We need campaign finance reform. And we need 12- to 18-year term limits. That&#x27;s going to take time to make those happen, and the last two are going to require constitutional amendments. But in the meantime, we have to be able to diffuse the ticking time bomb associated with our financial condition before it&#x27;s too late.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about the book, Comeback America, Turning the Country Around and Restoring Fiscal Responsibility. How was that project? Well, I published that book in 2010, way ahead of the curve, before the Simpson-Bowles Commission, before the Domenici-Rivlin Commission, etc., laid out the problem and outlined a range of sensible solutions that ought to be able to get bipartisan support. Budget controls, Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, defense, tax reforms. And guess what? It&#x27;s just as valid today, if not more so, than it was in 2010. It&#x27;s made several national bestseller lists. If somebody&#x27;s interested in getting it, I suggest they go to Amazon, buy the paperback version. It&#x27;s cheaper, it&#x27;s lighter, and it&#x27;s more up-to-date. Whenever I have some free time and I&#x27;ll lay out at a pool maybe for a couple hours, I love the paperback books because they&#x27;re easier to lay on your back and read without them digging into your stomach.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Exactly. Exactly. His name is Dave Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, and if you want to see him in person, go to 10millionaminute.com and check out the bus schedule. The bus tour starts again September 7th, goes to October 9th. See if there&#x27;s an area around you and come hear him speak, see the bus tour, or go to our site, financialsafari.com, and we&#x27;ll have a full link and end this interview where you can listen to it over and over again and share it with your friends. Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. Look forward to talking again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss Comeback America and fiscal responsibility. This August 2012 conversation explores debt, government spending, and his efforts to bring the economic debate to the public.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early August 2012, Coach Pete D’Arruda interviews former U.S. Comptroller General David Walker. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, each and every week we go across the nation and interview somebody who is making an impact on the local economy or the U.S. economy, or at least trying to get the word out. And this week is a fantastic week. We have former U.S. Comptroller General. His name is David M. Walker. You might have seen him on 60 Minutes before. Maybe you&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He is working very hard with a new initiative called Comeback America. And Mr. David Walker, welcome in. Great to be with you, Coach Pete.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Now, you go by Dave, correct? I do. Dave, let&#x27;s talk about what&#x27;s going on right now in the economy for folks, and what are you going to be doing here in the next couple months to get the word out? Well, we have a serious problem, Coach, as you know. I mean, we&#x27;ve got a slow economic recovery, high unemployment, even higher underemployment. And we need to make sure that we can get growth going so we can generate more jobs. But our financial condition, the financial condition of the United States, frankly, is in poor and deteriorating condition. So we need to make progress on both. And the Comeback America initiative, which I head, which is a nonpartisan, non-ideological organization, is going to conduct a national fiscal responsibility bus tour to swing states from September 7th, October 9th, to speak the truth, talk about the tough choices, and</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> actually engage Americans in places that matter on how we can solve this problem. And so far, the candidates aren&#x27;t doing that. And it&#x27;s important that they start doing it so that they can have a mandate for action once they&#x27;re elected. You know, a lot of people go online, they see something called the debt clock, and they&#x27;ve got the big numbers, and I think it&#x27;s over 15 million right now. And that scares people, David. But you have an even scarier proposition, don&#x27;t you? Well, I do. Of course, the national debt clock was unveiled in 1989, and it was $2.7 trillion when it was unveiled in 1989. Now it&#x27;s approaching $15.9 trillion. And that&#x27;s a lot of money, you know, but it really understates our problem because it doesn&#x27;t count unfunded Medicare, Social Security, pensions, retiree health care, and a range of</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> other liabilities and commitments and contingencies. So we&#x27;re going to unveil the U.S. financial burden barometer. It&#x27;s going to start at about $70 trillion, and it&#x27;s going to be going up at about $10 million a minute because based upon official government documents that have been produced, that&#x27;s how fast our federal financial sinkhole is growing. And so we need to recognize the reality of the problem&#x27;s a lot bigger than the politicians claim. It&#x27;s getting worse fast by doing nothing. But the good news is, if we can actually achieve some meaningful progress on social insurance reforms, health care reform, tax reform next year, unlike the federal debt clock, which won&#x27;t come down a dime, the financial burden barometer can come down tens of trillions of dollars.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> Well, Dave, I think a lot of people here just assume that they throw their arms in the air when they see that, even the $15 trillion. They say, there&#x27;s nothing we can do about it. But you&#x27;re saying there is something we can do about it. Well, absolutely. You also have to convert those numbers to something that you and I and other Americans can understand. The $15.9 trillion is about $50,000 a person. The $70 trillion is about $225,000 a person. And going up fast. But we can solve this problem. Look, Australia, New Zealand, Sweden, Canada had serious financial problems in the 90s. They came together, made tough choices. And now they&#x27;re among the best in the world with regard to financial condition. If they can do it, we can do it. There&#x27;s broad-based consensus that we need to reform our tax system.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> We need to recapture control of the budget. We need to reform social insurance programs and reduce defense and other spending without compromising national security or increasing poverty. But we have to be able to put more pressure on these politicians to act. And we have to make the price of them doing nothing greater than the price of making tough choices that will help create a better future. And if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to former U.S. Comptroller General Dave Walker. Dave, you&#x27;ve got a bus tour coming up, and I wanted to talk about that. But people can go see this 10millionaminute.com, and they can watch the real debt, correct? That&#x27;s correct. They can see the federal burden barometer and how it&#x27;s going up $167,000 a second, $10 million a minute, $14.4 billion a day. That&#x27;s a lot of money. I wish I could make money like that.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> I wish you could make a small percentage of what we ultimately will save. Well, okay, so people can go to the website, check it out, see that clock. But you&#x27;ve got something even more proactive. You&#x27;ve organized a bus tour starting on September 7th. It will start in Manchester, New Hampshire. And you&#x27;ll be ending October 9th probably with a big rally there in Washington, D.C., correct? That&#x27;s correct. And we&#x27;re going as far west as Nevada, as far south as Orlando. We&#x27;re going to hit at least 16 states and at least 20 cities. We&#x27;re going where it matters, on a subject that matters, when it matters. And believe it or not, Coach Pete, the only city that we&#x27;re going to that doesn&#x27;t have an MAIN street or Main Street is Washington, D.C. which serves to further reinforce how to out-of-touch reality are.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Now, they do have an MAIN E Street, the state of Main, but no MAIN street. Yeah, I think a lot of people just think that Washington&#x27;s way out of touch. And I know back in 2008 when you resigned as the Comptroller General. Now, this may be a myth, David, but I think that the comment I heard was you couldn&#x27;t sign checks that were going to bounce anymore. Well, first, it&#x27;s important to understand that as the Comptroller General, I was the Auditor General. And I did not work for the executive branch, so I didn&#x27;t work for the president. I worked for the Congress of the American people. And the reason that I resigned is I had accomplished two of the three objectives that I set out for myself when I became Comptroller General in 1998. And the third one, which is to try to make meaningful progress in putting our nation&#x27;s finances in order, I ultimately came to believe that I needed to do some things that I couldn&#x27;t do in that job.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> I needed to put pressure on the Congress and the president to act, to hold them accountable if they fail to act. I needed to be able to talk about specific policy solutions. You couldn&#x27;t do that as Comptroller General, and I&#x27;m doing it now. Yeah, it&#x27;s very important that people just realize they can make a difference. They can put a little effort forth and stop this out-of-control train going down the tracks. David, my first car was a 1968 Volkswagen. And remember back in the day, the emergency brake was right there between the driver&#x27;s seat and the passenger seat. I remember it well. I&#x27;ve had a Volkswagen myself in the past. Now, I never told my dad about this, but what we&#x27;d do back in the day when we were trying to have fun in high school is we&#x27;d get up a pretty good speed for a Volkswagen, maybe 50 miles an hour. That was pretty fast from Volkswagen. And we&#x27;d pull up the emergency brake real fast, and it would make the car stop real fast and sometimes go out of control a little bit.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> But that was fun back in high school. Is there an emergency brake here in the financial world that we can pull as a society to stop this out-of-control train? Well, we have to recognize that spending is out of control, and we need to recapture control of the budget. Believe it or not, we haven&#x27;t had a budget in three years. And even when we have a budget, only about 37 percent of the spending is controlled. The rest is we&#x27;re writing a blank check for it. It&#x27;s on autopilot. You can&#x27;t run anything that way. And while mainly our problem is going to be the need to try to recapture control of spending, we&#x27;re going to need additional revenues, too, because both political parties are responsible for where we are. Government&#x27;s grown too big, promised too much, waited too long to restructure. But it&#x27;s not too late. So we&#x27;re going to need comprehensive tax reform that&#x27;s going to make it simpler, fairer, more competitive, more equitable, and generate more revenues.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> And the longer we wait, the bigger the changes are going to have to be, the less transition time, and the greater the chances of having a U.S. debt crisis, which we must avoid at all costs, because that would result in a global depression. And again, David Walker&#x27;s site is 10 million, the number 10 million, a minute dot com, or we&#x27;ll link to it, David, right from our website, financialsafari.com, with a full write-up there about the interview. People can listen to this interview if they didn&#x27;t hear the whole thing, and they&#x27;ll have a link right to your 10 million a minute dot com. But let me ask you, how did Congress, how did Washington get so out of touch with the American people here, and how did we get in this situation just to begin with? Well, we have something that the founders of our great nation didn&#x27;t anticipate. It&#x27;s called career politicians. Our politics are dominated today by people who may or may not have had a real job in the real world, but once they get elected, they want to keep it for life.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> And they view their position in elective office as a job. Human beings don&#x27;t want to lose their job. A lot of them don&#x27;t think that people can handle the truth. You know, they don&#x27;t want to make the tough choices because it might cause them not to get reelected. And so we have to deal with that. We also have a situation where the political parties, the duty of loyalty to a political party is trumping the duty of loyalty to country. So in addition to making policy and operational reforms, we need political reforms. We need redistricting reform. We need integrated open primaries. We need campaign finance reform. And we need 12- to 18-year term limits. That&#x27;s going to take time to make those happen, and the last two are going to require constitutional amendments. But in the meantime, we have to be able to diffuse the ticking time bomb associated with our financial condition before it&#x27;s too late.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Now let&#x27;s talk about the book, Comeback America, Turning the Country Around and Restoring Fiscal Responsibility. How was that project? Well, I published that book in 2010, way ahead of the curve, before the Simpson-Bowles Commission, before the Domenici-Rivlin Commission, etc., laid out the problem and outlined a range of sensible solutions that ought to be able to get bipartisan support. Budget controls, Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, defense, tax reforms. And guess what? It&#x27;s just as valid today, if not more so, than it was in 2010. It&#x27;s made several national bestseller lists. If somebody&#x27;s interested in getting it, I suggest they go to Amazon, buy the paperback version. It&#x27;s cheaper, it&#x27;s lighter, and it&#x27;s more up-to-date. Whenever I have some free time and I&#x27;ll lay out at a pool maybe for a couple hours, I love the paperback books because they&#x27;re easier to lay on your back and read without them digging into your stomach.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Exactly. Exactly. His name is Dave Walker, former U.S. Comptroller General, and if you want to see him in person, go to 10millionaminute.com and check out the bus schedule. The bus tour starts again September 7th, goes to October 9th. See if there&#x27;s an area around you and come hear him speak, see the bus tour, or go to our site, financialsafari.com, and we&#x27;ll have a full link and end this interview where you can listen to it over and over again and share it with your friends. Dave, thanks for your time today. Thanks, Coach Pete. Look forward to talking again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Walker joins Coach Pete to discuss Comeback America and fiscal responsibility. This August 2012 conversation explores debt, government spending, and his efforts to bring the economic debate to the public.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Walker</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Walker, national debt, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248/image.jpg?t=1792072841&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-comeback-america-and-fiscal-responsibility/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248/image.jpg?t=1792072841&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Aug 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>674</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0e40b6b5-8519-4fc2-a1c3-b4e2013c1248/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10819343" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-walker-comeback-america-and-fiscal-responsibility</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>190</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Comeback America and Fiscal Responsibility" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:13" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Santelli: Taking the Pulse of the Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Santelli: Taking the Pulse of the Economy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rick Santelli joins Coach Pete for a July 2012 conversation about financial markets and the economy. They discuss the conditions Santelli was observing and the policy questions facing the country at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late July 2012, Coach Pete interviews CNBC commentator Rick Santelli. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this is the time of the show where we go out into the nation. We find someone who you&#x27;ve seen on TV or maybe you&#x27;ve heard of. Today, we&#x27;re very privileged to have Mr. Rick Santelli. If you&#x27;ve ever watched CNBC, you&#x27;ve seen him broadcasting live from Chicago. Rick, welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach Pete. I&#x27;m glad to be on the show. You know, Rick, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days, but in the broadcasting profession like you or I are in, we never run out of things to talk about these days, do we? No, and really, it&#x27;s very depressing in a way, Pete, because the things that we are talking</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> about are not happy topics. These are very trying times from the financial vantage point. And from a geographic standpoint, no matter where you aim your gaze, there&#x27;s something that just isn&#x27;t quite right. You look towards Europe. Obviously, Spain is the most recent orphan that we&#x27;re paying attention to. And not long ago, we see that the German vote to allow the process of bailout the way it&#x27;s constructed, and we won&#x27;t go into weeds, is allowed to proceed. Spain will still be on the hook, of course. There&#x27;s so many various programs in Europe where they&#x27;re trying to fix what ails them. But these programs are more trying to stabilize situations more than actually affect solutions. And I think the same could be definitely said for the U.S. Just watch some of these political commercials.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I don&#x27;t know about you, Coach, but I don&#x27;t see much in the way of solutions on the commercials. Well, it&#x27;s crazy right now. I mean, well, here&#x27;s the solution. It&#x27;s really helping out the advertising industry with the millions and billions that are spent on political ads these days. Yeah, no, I&#x27;ll tell you what, I&#x27;m kind of saddened by the whole thing. You know, at a time in our history, and I really believe this, where really tough choices have to be made. The November vote is a critical vote for a number of reasons. I think the country has to decide, you know, how they&#x27;re going to prioritize the revenues we take in. Because obviously, we&#x27;d all like to help everybody all the time. Wouldn&#x27;t we? I mean, we want to have nobody ever be hungry. We don&#x27;t want anybody sick. That&#x27;s the way we are as a civilization, as a culture in the United States. But there&#x27;s also this little thing called accounting. You take in so much money, now you have to prioritize your choices on how you want to</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> spend it. It&#x27;s the prioritization process that&#x27;s been missing. And it isn&#x27;t just under this administration. It goes back a ways. You know, we have these trillion-dollar tags every year that we spend more than we take in. It just can&#x27;t go on. And when I look towards Europe, and I think about those commercials I mentioned before, it just makes me very angry. Because I can see our future. I just have to look at the Financial Times and read about Greece, Portugal, Italy, even France and Spain. You know, these countries are having problems, and these problems aren&#x27;t going to be solved by printing more money, which is the answer to every central bank has, like our own Ben Bernanke, head of our Federal Open Market Committee, head of the Federal Reserve Bank. And what do we get? We get more printing. It&#x27;s not a liquidity issue. More money isn&#x27;t going to help.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> It ends up getting stockpiled because businesses look to the government. They see non-solutions. They don&#x27;t want to hire. They want to expand. They don&#x27;t want to think of new innovative products. They&#x27;re just trying to figure out what the heck to do with all this liquidity they have. And to print more of it, that isn&#x27;t going to go into loaning for people to buy homes and cars. It just seems crazy. And when you look at the real issue, the word that nobody wants to talk about, it&#x27;s solvency. You know, the banks in Europe are basically insolvent. This isn&#x27;t a liquidity issue. It&#x27;s a solvency issue. And this isn&#x27;t something that, you know, I&#x27;ve arrived at today, Peter. This is, you know, people I talk to have been talking about this ever since the crisis first metastasized in 07, 08. So has the political world come into the financial world such that it&#x27;s almost impossible to fix this? Well, nothing is impossible to fix.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> What&#x27;s impossible to get your arms around is the fact that we have governments around the globe that are just disingenuous to the people that need to vote to put them in office. They&#x27;re disingenuous about the conditions of things like entitlements and the financial ability for these entitlements to grow at their current rates. They&#x27;re disingenuous about the idea that deficits don&#x27;t matter in the here and now. And it&#x27;s horrible to even talk about spending now. You know, going all the way back to Reagan, maybe the one blemish was is that he had an arrangement, you know, OK, we&#x27;ll cut taxes so much and we&#x27;ll moderate spending so much. Well, the tax side hit, the spending side never did. So this is normal operating procedure, not only for our government, but for many. Yes, we can get this under control. I think people in America understand there are problems. I just think we all need to get on the same page.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And I think that shared pain doesn&#x27;t go over well. You look at Spain and others, there&#x27;s a lot of unions that are going on strike. There&#x27;s a lot of very unhappy people. There&#x27;s protesting going on. We saw it in Greece. Think about it this way. Every single dollar, whether it should go somewhere or not, it does. And when you try to take those dollars away or euros away from whoever gets them, that person isn&#x27;t going to be happy. OK, so no matter what you&#x27;re talking about, what programs, how beneficial they are in the most basic form of kind of the way humans respond, you take something away that you promised them or you have given them for a long period of time, they&#x27;re not happy about it. We&#x27;re at that crossroads. There&#x27;s going to be unhappy people. We can&#x27;t keep going on this way. But the trick is try to get your fiscal house in order, but do it in a way that allows growth to resume via the private sector.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> And believe me, that&#x27;s not an easy task. And if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Santelli. He&#x27;s joining us from Chicago. You see him on CNBC each and every day. Rick, if we could, like on weekends, I have to sit down and put together a to-do list to get things done. If we could put a to-do list in order, maybe step one to five, to get this momentum going in a positive direction to fix the economy, not only here but globally, what would be step number one? Well, I think step number one would be to address the tax code. And I know that the word reform is laughed at now. So, you know, when you ask any politician what&#x27;s wrong, you know, they&#x27;ll say reform. And reform basically means, well, we kind of know what&#x27;s wrong, but we have no desire to really address it. That&#x27;s what it means, unfortunately. Well, let&#x27;s redefine it back to what it&#x27;s supposed to mean. It means reform.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> We need to get the loopholes and all the various nuanced thousands of pages, this Mount Rushmore-sized thing we call a tax code. We have to make it manageable. And, you know, just take this whole issue with tax returns and candidates. Now, I understand it, but let&#x27;s look at it from a different perspective. Nothing that many of these commercials or the political left or right when they discuss income and taxes, you know, do you have bank accounts overseas? Have you done this? Do you write off that? Gee, you only pay, you know, 15% or a smaller percent on dividends? Listen, these aren&#x27;t people trying to do anything wrong. This is the tax code. To see the politicians who made the tax code then break off and vilify people that follow it, it just makes no sense.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Pete, you and I and your listeners, we can&#x27;t make the tax code. It&#x27;s basically 537 people. It&#x27;s the president, the vice president, 100 senators, 435 congressmen. That&#x27;s where the tax code comes from. So if something isn&#x27;t right about it, I just find it very disingenuous that the people who make it, who have watched it morph into this monster, seem to think Mars beamed it down and they had to follow it. So, you know, that&#x27;s where I&#x27;d start. And I&#x27;d also actually start, instead of doing dumb commercials that are negative, shame on them, I would start running some commercials about financial literacy, things like, you know, creative destruction, things like outsourcing. There&#x27;s actually benefits to these things. Isolation is where the danger is, and it&#x27;s one of the main reasons the depression lasted as long as it did.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Just think about it this way. You take a company that displaces people, okay? So let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a tech company. People used to do whatever this app is more manually. Well, when you automate things, certain people may lose. That&#x27;s destructive. The creative part of creative destruction is it makes productivity in the country more enhanced. It makes money that is invested go farther. So ultimately, these things create more hiring. But the government&#x27;s not only ours, they&#x27;re never into creative destruction. Think about it this way. You remember those pictures, Pete, in the old days of rooms full of people on their adding machines that used to be considered bookkeepers? Well, of course, they&#x27;re all out of work. And I&#x27;m sure they had unions, and I&#x27;m sure there was a big fight. But in the end, we have many more jobs now with the automation and people being able to do their own taxes, the productivity.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> This is what makes capitalism and free markets in our country so great. It&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve been the job generator of envy throughout the world in only 236 years. It has its hiccups every now and again. I defy anybody to come up with a better system than ours, even with the governments making capitalism less than pure capitalism because it doesn&#x27;t exist. There&#x27;s no better system. But every time it has the hiccup, usually it&#x27;s through malfeasance and things like the banking industry, the securities industry. These things happen from time to time. But we have to remember in the 30s, just like now, same thing. We throw the baby out with the bathwater. You have a certain amount of the country that just wants to start from scratch. These are all bad ideas. We just need to roll up our sleeves, be honest about the fact that the government&#x27;s good at certain things.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> But if you&#x27;re talking about jobs, it&#x27;s the private sector. It always has been. Making a profit and trying to move up the ladder in this country, these aren&#x27;t things to be upset about. These are things to brag about. Well, Rick, give me the most positive thing you&#x27;ve seen happen in 2012 from a financial point of view. Oh, I guess the most positive thing that I&#x27;ve seen in 2012, boy, you know, you really put me on a hot spot here because there aren&#x27;t that many positives. I think what is a positive is everything going on in the world, countries in Europe that are falling in insolvency, and we still have positive GDP growth. Granted, it&#x27;s not much. It&#x27;s probably between 1% and 2%. But that gives me hope. It gives me hope that all the things, in my opinion, that are being done wrong, we just talked tax policy.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> The next thing I would have brought up is regulation. You know, regulation has just gone to the insane. You know, thousands of pages written that nobody could read in legalese. That&#x27;s not regulation. You know, that&#x27;s mumbo-jumbo, and it&#x27;s never going to accomplish anything. But I think that a positive is that it would take much less to get us right back on the job creation course. Countries like Spain, Greece, Portugal, it&#x27;s going to be almost impossible, Greece, for them to dig out. There&#x27;s going to be defaults. We are in a much better situation. But the clock is ticking. And I don&#x27;t mean to say this as a joke, but a kind of, in quotations, air quotations joke on the trading floor in Chicago is, what&#x27;s the difference between the United States and Greece? And the answer is, eight to ten years. Now, that isn&#x27;t really funny, but it tells us something.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> So, yes, the biggest positive is we&#x27;re the United States, most exceptional economy on the planet. What we need to quit doing is fighting with both hands behind our back, whether it&#x27;s natural gas should be a fuel that we brag about. You know, the president takes some credit for natural gas. He didn&#x27;t really push it. He&#x27;s pushing electric cars. We pushed electric cars. We pushed it at the turn of the last century. Didn&#x27;t get us very far. Not a really good idea. Well, pushing electric cars is a good image, because that&#x27;s about what you have to do with an electric car when it stops working, doesn&#x27;t it? Push it down the road. Oh, yeah. And believe me, I&#x27;m not trying to pick on anything. I did a spot that your listeners might not be familiar with, I think it was in the month of April. I went to Oklahoma, and I personally worked along with a mechanic, because I&#x27;m a mechanic by hobby. And we converted a 2012 Ford F-150 V8 to run on gas and NAC gas in about three and a half hours.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> No special real tools required. Okay, now the government doesn&#x27;t like people tinkering with cars. This isn&#x27;t like the 50s, unfortunately. I&#x27;m a tinkerer, and my government isn&#x27;t going to stop me from tinkering. That&#x27;s what makes America great. But the point of this is, natural gas really works well in internal combustion engines, and it&#x27;s a whole lot cheaper. His name is Rick Santelli. He&#x27;s joined us from Chicago. You can see him each and every day on CNBC. And, Rick, I hope to have you on again in the future. I hope you invite me, Coach Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rick Santelli joins Coach Pete for a July 2012 conversation about financial markets and the economy. They discuss the conditions Santelli was observing and the policy questions facing the country at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late July 2012, Coach Pete interviews CNBC commentator Rick Santelli. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and this is the time of the show where we go out into the nation. We find someone who you&#x27;ve seen on TV or maybe you&#x27;ve heard of. Today, we&#x27;re very privileged to have Mr. Rick Santelli. If you&#x27;ve ever watched CNBC, you&#x27;ve seen him broadcasting live from Chicago. Rick, welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach Pete. I&#x27;m glad to be on the show. You know, Rick, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days, but in the broadcasting profession like you or I are in, we never run out of things to talk about these days, do we? No, and really, it&#x27;s very depressing in a way, Pete, because the things that we are talking</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> about are not happy topics. These are very trying times from the financial vantage point. And from a geographic standpoint, no matter where you aim your gaze, there&#x27;s something that just isn&#x27;t quite right. You look towards Europe. Obviously, Spain is the most recent orphan that we&#x27;re paying attention to. And not long ago, we see that the German vote to allow the process of bailout the way it&#x27;s constructed, and we won&#x27;t go into weeds, is allowed to proceed. Spain will still be on the hook, of course. There&#x27;s so many various programs in Europe where they&#x27;re trying to fix what ails them. But these programs are more trying to stabilize situations more than actually affect solutions. And I think the same could be definitely said for the U.S. Just watch some of these political commercials.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> I don&#x27;t know about you, Coach, but I don&#x27;t see much in the way of solutions on the commercials. Well, it&#x27;s crazy right now. I mean, well, here&#x27;s the solution. It&#x27;s really helping out the advertising industry with the millions and billions that are spent on political ads these days. Yeah, no, I&#x27;ll tell you what, I&#x27;m kind of saddened by the whole thing. You know, at a time in our history, and I really believe this, where really tough choices have to be made. The November vote is a critical vote for a number of reasons. I think the country has to decide, you know, how they&#x27;re going to prioritize the revenues we take in. Because obviously, we&#x27;d all like to help everybody all the time. Wouldn&#x27;t we? I mean, we want to have nobody ever be hungry. We don&#x27;t want anybody sick. That&#x27;s the way we are as a civilization, as a culture in the United States. But there&#x27;s also this little thing called accounting. You take in so much money, now you have to prioritize your choices on how you want to</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> spend it. It&#x27;s the prioritization process that&#x27;s been missing. And it isn&#x27;t just under this administration. It goes back a ways. You know, we have these trillion-dollar tags every year that we spend more than we take in. It just can&#x27;t go on. And when I look towards Europe, and I think about those commercials I mentioned before, it just makes me very angry. Because I can see our future. I just have to look at the Financial Times and read about Greece, Portugal, Italy, even France and Spain. You know, these countries are having problems, and these problems aren&#x27;t going to be solved by printing more money, which is the answer to every central bank has, like our own Ben Bernanke, head of our Federal Open Market Committee, head of the Federal Reserve Bank. And what do we get? We get more printing. It&#x27;s not a liquidity issue. More money isn&#x27;t going to help.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> It ends up getting stockpiled because businesses look to the government. They see non-solutions. They don&#x27;t want to hire. They want to expand. They don&#x27;t want to think of new innovative products. They&#x27;re just trying to figure out what the heck to do with all this liquidity they have. And to print more of it, that isn&#x27;t going to go into loaning for people to buy homes and cars. It just seems crazy. And when you look at the real issue, the word that nobody wants to talk about, it&#x27;s solvency. You know, the banks in Europe are basically insolvent. This isn&#x27;t a liquidity issue. It&#x27;s a solvency issue. And this isn&#x27;t something that, you know, I&#x27;ve arrived at today, Peter. This is, you know, people I talk to have been talking about this ever since the crisis first metastasized in 07, 08. So has the political world come into the financial world such that it&#x27;s almost impossible to fix this? Well, nothing is impossible to fix.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> What&#x27;s impossible to get your arms around is the fact that we have governments around the globe that are just disingenuous to the people that need to vote to put them in office. They&#x27;re disingenuous about the conditions of things like entitlements and the financial ability for these entitlements to grow at their current rates. They&#x27;re disingenuous about the idea that deficits don&#x27;t matter in the here and now. And it&#x27;s horrible to even talk about spending now. You know, going all the way back to Reagan, maybe the one blemish was is that he had an arrangement, you know, OK, we&#x27;ll cut taxes so much and we&#x27;ll moderate spending so much. Well, the tax side hit, the spending side never did. So this is normal operating procedure, not only for our government, but for many. Yes, we can get this under control. I think people in America understand there are problems. I just think we all need to get on the same page.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And I think that shared pain doesn&#x27;t go over well. You look at Spain and others, there&#x27;s a lot of unions that are going on strike. There&#x27;s a lot of very unhappy people. There&#x27;s protesting going on. We saw it in Greece. Think about it this way. Every single dollar, whether it should go somewhere or not, it does. And when you try to take those dollars away or euros away from whoever gets them, that person isn&#x27;t going to be happy. OK, so no matter what you&#x27;re talking about, what programs, how beneficial they are in the most basic form of kind of the way humans respond, you take something away that you promised them or you have given them for a long period of time, they&#x27;re not happy about it. We&#x27;re at that crossroads. There&#x27;s going to be unhappy people. We can&#x27;t keep going on this way. But the trick is try to get your fiscal house in order, but do it in a way that allows growth to resume via the private sector.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> And believe me, that&#x27;s not an easy task. And if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Rick Santelli. He&#x27;s joining us from Chicago. You see him on CNBC each and every day. Rick, if we could, like on weekends, I have to sit down and put together a to-do list to get things done. If we could put a to-do list in order, maybe step one to five, to get this momentum going in a positive direction to fix the economy, not only here but globally, what would be step number one? Well, I think step number one would be to address the tax code. And I know that the word reform is laughed at now. So, you know, when you ask any politician what&#x27;s wrong, you know, they&#x27;ll say reform. And reform basically means, well, we kind of know what&#x27;s wrong, but we have no desire to really address it. That&#x27;s what it means, unfortunately. Well, let&#x27;s redefine it back to what it&#x27;s supposed to mean. It means reform.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> We need to get the loopholes and all the various nuanced thousands of pages, this Mount Rushmore-sized thing we call a tax code. We have to make it manageable. And, you know, just take this whole issue with tax returns and candidates. Now, I understand it, but let&#x27;s look at it from a different perspective. Nothing that many of these commercials or the political left or right when they discuss income and taxes, you know, do you have bank accounts overseas? Have you done this? Do you write off that? Gee, you only pay, you know, 15% or a smaller percent on dividends? Listen, these aren&#x27;t people trying to do anything wrong. This is the tax code. To see the politicians who made the tax code then break off and vilify people that follow it, it just makes no sense.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Pete, you and I and your listeners, we can&#x27;t make the tax code. It&#x27;s basically 537 people. It&#x27;s the president, the vice president, 100 senators, 435 congressmen. That&#x27;s where the tax code comes from. So if something isn&#x27;t right about it, I just find it very disingenuous that the people who make it, who have watched it morph into this monster, seem to think Mars beamed it down and they had to follow it. So, you know, that&#x27;s where I&#x27;d start. And I&#x27;d also actually start, instead of doing dumb commercials that are negative, shame on them, I would start running some commercials about financial literacy, things like, you know, creative destruction, things like outsourcing. There&#x27;s actually benefits to these things. Isolation is where the danger is, and it&#x27;s one of the main reasons the depression lasted as long as it did.</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> Just think about it this way. You take a company that displaces people, okay? So let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a tech company. People used to do whatever this app is more manually. Well, when you automate things, certain people may lose. That&#x27;s destructive. The creative part of creative destruction is it makes productivity in the country more enhanced. It makes money that is invested go farther. So ultimately, these things create more hiring. But the government&#x27;s not only ours, they&#x27;re never into creative destruction. Think about it this way. You remember those pictures, Pete, in the old days of rooms full of people on their adding machines that used to be considered bookkeepers? Well, of course, they&#x27;re all out of work. And I&#x27;m sure they had unions, and I&#x27;m sure there was a big fight. But in the end, we have many more jobs now with the automation and people being able to do their own taxes, the productivity.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> This is what makes capitalism and free markets in our country so great. It&#x27;s why we&#x27;ve been the job generator of envy throughout the world in only 236 years. It has its hiccups every now and again. I defy anybody to come up with a better system than ours, even with the governments making capitalism less than pure capitalism because it doesn&#x27;t exist. There&#x27;s no better system. But every time it has the hiccup, usually it&#x27;s through malfeasance and things like the banking industry, the securities industry. These things happen from time to time. But we have to remember in the 30s, just like now, same thing. We throw the baby out with the bathwater. You have a certain amount of the country that just wants to start from scratch. These are all bad ideas. We just need to roll up our sleeves, be honest about the fact that the government&#x27;s good at certain things.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> But if you&#x27;re talking about jobs, it&#x27;s the private sector. It always has been. Making a profit and trying to move up the ladder in this country, these aren&#x27;t things to be upset about. These are things to brag about. Well, Rick, give me the most positive thing you&#x27;ve seen happen in 2012 from a financial point of view. Oh, I guess the most positive thing that I&#x27;ve seen in 2012, boy, you know, you really put me on a hot spot here because there aren&#x27;t that many positives. I think what is a positive is everything going on in the world, countries in Europe that are falling in insolvency, and we still have positive GDP growth. Granted, it&#x27;s not much. It&#x27;s probably between 1% and 2%. But that gives me hope. It gives me hope that all the things, in my opinion, that are being done wrong, we just talked tax policy.</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> The next thing I would have brought up is regulation. You know, regulation has just gone to the insane. You know, thousands of pages written that nobody could read in legalese. That&#x27;s not regulation. You know, that&#x27;s mumbo-jumbo, and it&#x27;s never going to accomplish anything. But I think that a positive is that it would take much less to get us right back on the job creation course. Countries like Spain, Greece, Portugal, it&#x27;s going to be almost impossible, Greece, for them to dig out. There&#x27;s going to be defaults. We are in a much better situation. But the clock is ticking. And I don&#x27;t mean to say this as a joke, but a kind of, in quotations, air quotations joke on the trading floor in Chicago is, what&#x27;s the difference between the United States and Greece? And the answer is, eight to ten years. Now, that isn&#x27;t really funny, but it tells us something.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> So, yes, the biggest positive is we&#x27;re the United States, most exceptional economy on the planet. What we need to quit doing is fighting with both hands behind our back, whether it&#x27;s natural gas should be a fuel that we brag about. You know, the president takes some credit for natural gas. He didn&#x27;t really push it. He&#x27;s pushing electric cars. We pushed electric cars. We pushed it at the turn of the last century. Didn&#x27;t get us very far. Not a really good idea. Well, pushing electric cars is a good image, because that&#x27;s about what you have to do with an electric car when it stops working, doesn&#x27;t it? Push it down the road. Oh, yeah. And believe me, I&#x27;m not trying to pick on anything. I did a spot that your listeners might not be familiar with, I think it was in the month of April. I went to Oklahoma, and I personally worked along with a mechanic, because I&#x27;m a mechanic by hobby. And we converted a 2012 Ford F-150 V8 to run on gas and NAC gas in about three and a half hours.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> No special real tools required. Okay, now the government doesn&#x27;t like people tinkering with cars. This isn&#x27;t like the 50s, unfortunately. I&#x27;m a tinkerer, and my government isn&#x27;t going to stop me from tinkering. That&#x27;s what makes America great. But the point of this is, natural gas really works well in internal combustion engines, and it&#x27;s a whole lot cheaper. His name is Rick Santelli. He&#x27;s joined us from Chicago. You can see him each and every day on CNBC. And, Rick, I hope to have you on again in the future. I hope you invite me, Coach Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rick Santelli joins Coach Pete for a July 2012 conversation about financial markets and the economy. They discuss the conditions Santelli was observing and the policy questions facing the country at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Santelli</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Taking the Pulse of the Economy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Santelli, economic policy, Taking the Pulse of the Economy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3/image.jpg?t=1792072845&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-santelli-taking-the-pulse-of-the-economy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3/image.jpg?t=1792072845&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Jul 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>756</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/b6aa1190-96ce-48d2-9bf0-b4e2013ba6d3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12128082" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-santelli-taking-the-pulse-of-the-economy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>191</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Taking the Pulse of the Economy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Greg Farrell: Corporate Fraud and Crash of the Titans</title>
      <itunes:title>Greg Farrell: Corporate Fraud and Crash of the Titans</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Greg Farrell joins Coach Pete to discuss America Robbed Blind and Crash of the Titans. Their July 2012 conversation explores corporate misconduct, the financial crisis, and the research behind his reporting.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-July 2012, Coach Pete interviews Greg Farrell of Bloomberg News. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this week we have a very special guest. His name is Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s with Bloomberg News. But Greg became on my radar about in the year 2005 when I purchased a book they had written. The name of it was America Robbed Blind, How Corporate Crooks Fleeced American Stockholders. And Greg has since, and at that time he was writing for USA Today, now he&#x27;s with Bloomberg, and he&#x27;s also written a new book called The Crash of the Titans. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that as well. Greg, welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach Pete. Great to be here.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? Absolutely, absolutely. Well, let&#x27;s talk about what inspired you to write the first book and then what you learned in the process of that that made you want to write the second book. Sure. Basically, when I was at USA Today, I became basically the white-collar crime reporter just in time for Enron. And so I had to try to decipher what happened at Enron, you know, and make it intelligible for our readership at USA Today, which is, you know, a broad swath of the country without getting too bogged down into accounting details. And then after the meltdown at Enron, you had an accounting fraud at WorldCom. You had a few other, you know, a big meltdown at HealthSouth in Alabama, as well as the Martha Stewart insider trading case. And I thought it would be a very good idea to try to walk the average reader through what happened.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> There was a growing level of mistrust towards corporate America. And I thought it would be good to basically, in a very understandable non-accounting, for non-accounting experts, try to describe in 25 pages or less what happened really at Enron, what happened at WorldCom, and why so many smart people did some really dumb things back then. Yeah. That was the original book, America Rob Blind, also known as Corporate Crooks, but that was my original book back then. Well, it&#x27;s a great book. And you&#x27;re right, it does put things in perspective. And a lot of folks are out there, just mom and pop America are trying to work hard. They&#x27;re trying to save money. They&#x27;re trying to put it in places with a little bit of certainty. We&#x27;ll know it&#x27;ll be there for retirement and hopefully grow it a little bit, Greg. And that&#x27;s what the average person is trying to do.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yet when the corporate crooks appear, I mean, the money disappears real fast. Yes, exactly. And in some ways, the system that worked so well in the second half of the 20th century and made this economy not only the envy of the world, but just terrific performer for everybody involved, people almost full employment, people could save, put their money in stocks with fairly confident that the stocks would just continue over time to go up and up. The past decade has sort of thrown some of those presumptions into question. And just when we&#x27;re getting back on our feet, the financial crisis came around in 2007, 2008, with a far more devastating effect than the accounting blowups earlier, a decade ago. And what was kind of horrifying about the financial crisis was some of the same problems that we saw at Enron</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> and other companies in terms of shortcuts or ingenious financial maneuvering and ingenious financial products that could improve a company&#x27;s bottom line turned out to be toxic for average investors and for real people. So that led to – I was at the Financial Times for a couple of years covering Wall Street when Merrill Lynch got into real trouble and had to be sold to Bank of America. And I thought, how can this happen? Merrill Lynch is one of the bedrock companies. One of the great achievements, again, of the 20th century U.S. financial system was Merrill Lynch and their thundering herd of brokers who helped reintroduce a bunch of regular investors who had been burned in the great crash and the depression of the 30s get America to believe in the stock market once again.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> And that&#x27;s a rock-solid business. That&#x27;s not a business that goes over the rails when there&#x27;s a bursting of a bubble here or there because you&#x27;re just managing other people&#x27;s money. But unfortunately, Merrill Lynch, the end of – in the late 1990s and a decade ago, got so caught up in the Goldman Sachs area of the business and trying to multiply their earnings at a much higher rate than what they were getting from just managing other people&#x27;s money that they took incredible risks with other people&#x27;s money and wounded themselves badly and put themselves in a position where in 2008 they had to be sold in a last-minute distress-type deal to Bank of America. And it really hurt Bank of America for a few months as well. But that&#x27;s part of the story in my second book, Crash of the Titans. Well, would it be fair to label it as a tremendous misuse of trust?</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Because these companies have been the bedrock of the U.S. economy, and people trusted them just by default. And in my opinion, they&#x27;ve misused that trust. Yes, and the one thing that I found in common between what happened at Enron and other companies a decade ago and what happened during the financial crisis, you have the same motivating force. No one tries to blow these companies up. No one wants to hurt investors the way they did. But you have a compensation scheme where incentive compensation sounds great on paper, works great. The better you produce, the better you do, the more you&#x27;re compensated for it. That&#x27;s legitimate. That makes a lot of sense. However, when you ramp that up in the financial system where you return, you have the chance at making, instead of $1 million a year,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> as much as $50 or $60 million, if a high-stakes bet pays off, this temptation proved to be too much for some very talented and otherwise talented smart people at the helm of Merrill Lynch and other investment banks took some outsized risks, basically because of how much money they could make off it. And the downside of that is if the bets came through, as they did in 2005 and 2006, their pay packages were enormous. When the bets went wrong and their companies and shareholders suffered, they didn&#x27;t have to give the money back. So the incentive compensation scheme was kind of skewed and did not serve investors very well in 07, 08. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s a former investigative reporter at USA Today.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> He&#x27;s currently with Bloomberg, and he&#x27;s the author of a couple of great books. One&#x27;s called America Robbed Blind, How Corporate Crooks Fleeced American Shareholders, and also the newest one, Crash of the Titans. Now, Greg, what can the average American do to try to protect some of their money from the thieves that are out there? Well, I don&#x27;t want to conflate things. Money invested a year ago in the stock market or in the last few months, for the most part, until the past few weeks, has done very well. And most of the major companies out there have performed extremely well. What happened in the two books, what happened, the real threat to corporate trust, was 10 years ago when people started asking, can we believe what major companies are reporting? And therefore, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was passed.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> And despite a lot of the costs that Sarbanes-Oxley has converted or put on, burdensome costs, U.S. businesses, numbers that get reported by non-financial companies are far more accurate, far more trustworthy now than they used to be. And the financial system is being cleaned up now as well. Unfortunately, it&#x27;s another big reform act that was required. You&#x27;d rather not have all these new regulations. But unfortunately, given the events of 2008, you end up in a situation where there&#x27;s going to be more burdensome regulations. And hopefully, like Sarbanes-Oxley, the overall net will be a plus, not a minus. But whenever there&#x27;s a big blow-up, Congress responds by trying to closing whatever avenues were used to lead to that blow-up. Yeah, I see a big problem for the average investor a lot of times. Like you said, the market has gone up, which is great for a lot of folks.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But if they don&#x27;t lock in some gains or have an exit strategy, they could in the future see it go right back down again. Yes. And in this interconnected world, what we&#x27;re also seeing, it&#x27;s not just that U.S. companies are doing pretty well right now. The problem is they&#x27;re not alone. You&#x27;ve got a huge question mark over in Europe. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen with Greece. And then there&#x27;s Spain, Portugal, Italy. If you look at worst-case scenarios in Europe, the U.S. is not just going to go merrily along its way if there&#x27;s a major meltdown of any kind in Europe. So we&#x27;re, to a great extent, dependent on what happens there, dependent on what happens in China. Things are going all right right now. I think everybody would like the U.S. economy performing better.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> But considering the dangers that work on the other side of the Atlantic and the Pacific, you know, things are relatively good here right now. There was a show on back when I was in high school and in college called Quantum Leap, where a guy would leap from one person to another in different situations. Do you remember that? I think it was Scott Bakula was the star in that show. Oh, wow. No, that&#x27;s a bit beyond me. Well, he would basically hop from one situation to another. So if we could do a financial Quantum Leap and go from this year right now to the year 2020, what do you think is going to be the financial environment then? Well, I don&#x27;t think, I think long term, we are going to go to a safer financial system. And the blow up at JPMorgan Chase last month is actually going to contribute to that</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> because the chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, Jamie Dimon, had been outspoken in criticizing all the new regulations, arguing that banks could pretty well take care of themselves. And they had an embarrassing loss that they disclosed a few weeks ago there. Now, the bank is very healthy. Diamond is a terrific executive, and JPMorgan Chase will recover from this. However, that blow up has sort of strengthened the hand of people who want banks to get out of the business of speculating, banks to be, you know, steer clear of anything involving, you know, outsized risk, and to be in the more, you know, safer, low-returning zones that they were in before, you know,</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> the Glass-Steagall Act was repealed back in the late 1990s. So I think that trend, the global trend towards having higher capitalization rates for banks, I think the bank business isn&#x27;t, and this is not, this is not a bad thing, the banking business is not going to return to where it was in 06, 07 during the frothy years. Brings back a statement my grandfather used to tell me. It was those who don&#x27;t learn from their mistakes are deemed to repeat them. And we&#x27;ve seen it, unfortunately, that JPMorgan Chase situation was similar to what happened years ago. Yes, but again, it&#x27;s more outsized because Jamie Dimon had such a high profile in speaking out against regulations. It&#x27;s not a mortal wound in any stretch of the imagination. They&#x27;re still going to report a profit for the quarter. It&#x27;s not like what we saw in 2007 when Merrill Lynch and Citibank suddenly announced losses in excess of $5 billion on things that three months before they said were fine.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> So anyway, you do want to keep things in perspective and not overreact. His name is Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s a columnist with Bloomberg and his book, The Crash of the Titans. Greg, I hope to have you on again in the future. Coach Pete, thank you so much. It&#x27;s been great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Greg Farrell joins Coach Pete to discuss America Robbed Blind and Crash of the Titans. Their July 2012 conversation explores corporate misconduct, the financial crisis, and the research behind his reporting.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-July 2012, Coach Pete interviews Greg Farrell of Bloomberg News. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Folks, this week we have a very special guest. His name is Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s with Bloomberg News. But Greg became on my radar about in the year 2005 when I purchased a book they had written. The name of it was America Robbed Blind, How Corporate Crooks Fleeced American Stockholders. And Greg has since, and at that time he was writing for USA Today, now he&#x27;s with Bloomberg, and he&#x27;s also written a new book called The Crash of the Titans. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that as well. Greg, welcome in. Well, thanks, Coach Pete. Great to be here.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And you&#x27;re joining us from New York City, correct? Absolutely, absolutely. Well, let&#x27;s talk about what inspired you to write the first book and then what you learned in the process of that that made you want to write the second book. Sure. Basically, when I was at USA Today, I became basically the white-collar crime reporter just in time for Enron. And so I had to try to decipher what happened at Enron, you know, and make it intelligible for our readership at USA Today, which is, you know, a broad swath of the country without getting too bogged down into accounting details. And then after the meltdown at Enron, you had an accounting fraud at WorldCom. You had a few other, you know, a big meltdown at HealthSouth in Alabama, as well as the Martha Stewart insider trading case. And I thought it would be a very good idea to try to walk the average reader through what happened.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> There was a growing level of mistrust towards corporate America. And I thought it would be good to basically, in a very understandable non-accounting, for non-accounting experts, try to describe in 25 pages or less what happened really at Enron, what happened at WorldCom, and why so many smart people did some really dumb things back then. Yeah. That was the original book, America Rob Blind, also known as Corporate Crooks, but that was my original book back then. Well, it&#x27;s a great book. And you&#x27;re right, it does put things in perspective. And a lot of folks are out there, just mom and pop America are trying to work hard. They&#x27;re trying to save money. They&#x27;re trying to put it in places with a little bit of certainty. We&#x27;ll know it&#x27;ll be there for retirement and hopefully grow it a little bit, Greg. And that&#x27;s what the average person is trying to do.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yet when the corporate crooks appear, I mean, the money disappears real fast. Yes, exactly. And in some ways, the system that worked so well in the second half of the 20th century and made this economy not only the envy of the world, but just terrific performer for everybody involved, people almost full employment, people could save, put their money in stocks with fairly confident that the stocks would just continue over time to go up and up. The past decade has sort of thrown some of those presumptions into question. And just when we&#x27;re getting back on our feet, the financial crisis came around in 2007, 2008, with a far more devastating effect than the accounting blowups earlier, a decade ago. And what was kind of horrifying about the financial crisis was some of the same problems that we saw at Enron</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> and other companies in terms of shortcuts or ingenious financial maneuvering and ingenious financial products that could improve a company&#x27;s bottom line turned out to be toxic for average investors and for real people. So that led to – I was at the Financial Times for a couple of years covering Wall Street when Merrill Lynch got into real trouble and had to be sold to Bank of America. And I thought, how can this happen? Merrill Lynch is one of the bedrock companies. One of the great achievements, again, of the 20th century U.S. financial system was Merrill Lynch and their thundering herd of brokers who helped reintroduce a bunch of regular investors who had been burned in the great crash and the depression of the 30s get America to believe in the stock market once again.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> And that&#x27;s a rock-solid business. That&#x27;s not a business that goes over the rails when there&#x27;s a bursting of a bubble here or there because you&#x27;re just managing other people&#x27;s money. But unfortunately, Merrill Lynch, the end of – in the late 1990s and a decade ago, got so caught up in the Goldman Sachs area of the business and trying to multiply their earnings at a much higher rate than what they were getting from just managing other people&#x27;s money that they took incredible risks with other people&#x27;s money and wounded themselves badly and put themselves in a position where in 2008 they had to be sold in a last-minute distress-type deal to Bank of America. And it really hurt Bank of America for a few months as well. But that&#x27;s part of the story in my second book, Crash of the Titans. Well, would it be fair to label it as a tremendous misuse of trust?</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> Because these companies have been the bedrock of the U.S. economy, and people trusted them just by default. And in my opinion, they&#x27;ve misused that trust. Yes, and the one thing that I found in common between what happened at Enron and other companies a decade ago and what happened during the financial crisis, you have the same motivating force. No one tries to blow these companies up. No one wants to hurt investors the way they did. But you have a compensation scheme where incentive compensation sounds great on paper, works great. The better you produce, the better you do, the more you&#x27;re compensated for it. That&#x27;s legitimate. That makes a lot of sense. However, when you ramp that up in the financial system where you return, you have the chance at making, instead of $1 million a year,</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> as much as $50 or $60 million, if a high-stakes bet pays off, this temptation proved to be too much for some very talented and otherwise talented smart people at the helm of Merrill Lynch and other investment banks took some outsized risks, basically because of how much money they could make off it. And the downside of that is if the bets came through, as they did in 2005 and 2006, their pay packages were enormous. When the bets went wrong and their companies and shareholders suffered, they didn&#x27;t have to give the money back. So the incentive compensation scheme was kind of skewed and did not serve investors very well in 07, 08. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s a former investigative reporter at USA Today.</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> He&#x27;s currently with Bloomberg, and he&#x27;s the author of a couple of great books. One&#x27;s called America Robbed Blind, How Corporate Crooks Fleeced American Shareholders, and also the newest one, Crash of the Titans. Now, Greg, what can the average American do to try to protect some of their money from the thieves that are out there? Well, I don&#x27;t want to conflate things. Money invested a year ago in the stock market or in the last few months, for the most part, until the past few weeks, has done very well. And most of the major companies out there have performed extremely well. What happened in the two books, what happened, the real threat to corporate trust, was 10 years ago when people started asking, can we believe what major companies are reporting? And therefore, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was passed.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> And despite a lot of the costs that Sarbanes-Oxley has converted or put on, burdensome costs, U.S. businesses, numbers that get reported by non-financial companies are far more accurate, far more trustworthy now than they used to be. And the financial system is being cleaned up now as well. Unfortunately, it&#x27;s another big reform act that was required. You&#x27;d rather not have all these new regulations. But unfortunately, given the events of 2008, you end up in a situation where there&#x27;s going to be more burdensome regulations. And hopefully, like Sarbanes-Oxley, the overall net will be a plus, not a minus. But whenever there&#x27;s a big blow-up, Congress responds by trying to closing whatever avenues were used to lead to that blow-up. Yeah, I see a big problem for the average investor a lot of times. Like you said, the market has gone up, which is great for a lot of folks.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> But if they don&#x27;t lock in some gains or have an exit strategy, they could in the future see it go right back down again. Yes. And in this interconnected world, what we&#x27;re also seeing, it&#x27;s not just that U.S. companies are doing pretty well right now. The problem is they&#x27;re not alone. You&#x27;ve got a huge question mark over in Europe. We don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going to happen with Greece. And then there&#x27;s Spain, Portugal, Italy. If you look at worst-case scenarios in Europe, the U.S. is not just going to go merrily along its way if there&#x27;s a major meltdown of any kind in Europe. So we&#x27;re, to a great extent, dependent on what happens there, dependent on what happens in China. Things are going all right right now. I think everybody would like the U.S. economy performing better.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> But considering the dangers that work on the other side of the Atlantic and the Pacific, you know, things are relatively good here right now. There was a show on back when I was in high school and in college called Quantum Leap, where a guy would leap from one person to another in different situations. Do you remember that? I think it was Scott Bakula was the star in that show. Oh, wow. No, that&#x27;s a bit beyond me. Well, he would basically hop from one situation to another. So if we could do a financial Quantum Leap and go from this year right now to the year 2020, what do you think is going to be the financial environment then? Well, I don&#x27;t think, I think long term, we are going to go to a safer financial system. And the blow up at JPMorgan Chase last month is actually going to contribute to that</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> because the chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase, Jamie Dimon, had been outspoken in criticizing all the new regulations, arguing that banks could pretty well take care of themselves. And they had an embarrassing loss that they disclosed a few weeks ago there. Now, the bank is very healthy. Diamond is a terrific executive, and JPMorgan Chase will recover from this. However, that blow up has sort of strengthened the hand of people who want banks to get out of the business of speculating, banks to be, you know, steer clear of anything involving, you know, outsized risk, and to be in the more, you know, safer, low-returning zones that they were in before, you know,</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> the Glass-Steagall Act was repealed back in the late 1990s. So I think that trend, the global trend towards having higher capitalization rates for banks, I think the bank business isn&#x27;t, and this is not, this is not a bad thing, the banking business is not going to return to where it was in 06, 07 during the frothy years. Brings back a statement my grandfather used to tell me. It was those who don&#x27;t learn from their mistakes are deemed to repeat them. And we&#x27;ve seen it, unfortunately, that JPMorgan Chase situation was similar to what happened years ago. Yes, but again, it&#x27;s more outsized because Jamie Dimon had such a high profile in speaking out against regulations. It&#x27;s not a mortal wound in any stretch of the imagination. They&#x27;re still going to report a profit for the quarter. It&#x27;s not like what we saw in 2007 when Merrill Lynch and Citibank suddenly announced losses in excess of $5 billion on things that three months before they said were fine.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> So anyway, you do want to keep things in perspective and not overreact. His name is Greg Farrell. He&#x27;s a columnist with Bloomberg and his book, The Crash of the Titans. Greg, I hope to have you on again in the future. Coach Pete, thank you so much. It&#x27;s been great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Greg Farrell joins Coach Pete to discuss America Robbed Blind and Crash of the Titans. Their July 2012 conversation explores corporate misconduct, the financial crisis, and the research behind his reporting.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Greg Farrell</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>Corporate Fraud and Crash of the Titans</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Greg Farrell, financial fraud, Corporate Fraud and Crash of the Titans, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591/image.jpg?t=1792071809&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/greg-farrell-corporate-fraud-and-crash-of-the-titans/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591/image.jpg?t=1792071809&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591</guid>
      <omny:clipId>20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Jul 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>691</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/20fadaff-39b9-45dc-9a3a-b4e30016e591/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11093503" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/greg-farrell-corporate-fraud-and-crash-of-the-titans</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>192</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Corporate Fraud and Crash of the Titans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Josh Brown: Backstage Wall Street</title>
      <itunes:title>Josh Brown: Backstage Wall Street</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Josh Brown joins Coach Pete to discuss Backstage Wall Street. This July 2012 interview looks behind the scenes of the financial industry and examines the incentives and practices investors may not see.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early July 2012, Coach Pete interviews Josh Brown, the vice president of Fusion Analytics and author of Backstage Wall Street. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that very complex world known as the financial world. Today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have as a guest, Josh Brown. He&#x27;s vice president of Fusion Analytics and author of a fantastic book, folks. It&#x27;s called Backstage Wall Street. Josh, welcome in. Thank you for having me. This book is making waves throughout the financial world. Any ideas, number one, why it&#x27;s making such great waves? And number two, what gave you the inspiration to write it?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> You know, I think it&#x27;s making waves because I&#x27;m saying the things that a lot of us think, but don&#x27;t ever say out loud, or at least in public. And I have the luxury of doing that because I left the sell side stock brokerage world, and I went to the kind of more financial advisory world. So a lot of what I&#x27;ve left behind, I&#x27;m now able to talk about honestly. And I think that stands out in a world where most people write books that are about, you know, how to invest or how to trade. So I think it&#x27;s a pretty different book. The inspiration for writing it, all of this stuff was just kind of building up inside of me throughout my career. And I knew at some point, I&#x27;d have to put it somewhere. And I figured a book would be the best place as opposed to just writing articles online. I agree. And often it&#x27;s been said now about this book, it&#x27;s four books in one. And so I want to</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> take the four sections that have been identified in there and go through them. Number one is, there&#x27;s a big difference between brokers and advisors these days, aren&#x27;t there? Yes. And what&#x27;s astonishing is that almost no one understands that that&#x27;s outside of the financial services world. In fact, there was a study in 2010, where they asked affluent investors, does your broker have a fiduciary responsibility to you? And 93% of them said yes. And in fact, the answer is no. So I spent a lot of time in the book trying to explain the difference between a broker who sells you products versus an advisor who charges you a fee for the advice they give on an ongoing basis. There&#x27;s a very big difference. And you were a broker, but then you had some ethical difficulties being in that profession, I guess. Is that why you decided not to be one anymore?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. You know, I spent almost 10 years not doing any good for anyone. And it ate me up inside. And there are people that don&#x27;t have a problem doing that as long as they get paid. And I suppose I found out the hard way that I&#x27;m not one of them. And then the question became, well, how do I escape? And so, yeah, I started out in a career as a very aggressive salesperson, dialing the phone morning, noon, and night, looking for people who would buy things from me and selling them whatever paid the highest commission. I certainly meant well, but I came to realize that there were inherent conflicts in my business model that no amount of meaning well could cure. And it became a matter of time before I realized I had to stop doing things that way and do them a different way. And so how do those listening for themselves, how can they distinguish the fact or figure out if</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> they&#x27;re dealing with a broker or an advisor right now? I think the first thing they need to figure out is how does the person they&#x27;re talking to get paid? Not how much, but how. What is the mechanism of payment for that person? And if it turns out that they are paid on a transaction-by-transaction basis, well, then it&#x27;s not a far reach to realize that, well, this person&#x27;s going to want me to do as many transactions as possible. And that is almost always a losing recipe for a brokerage account. So I think that&#x27;s the starting point. And then, you know, there are a lot of other things that I cover in the book that I won&#x27;t take too much time here, but, you know, anything that&#x27;s, any product that&#x27;s got the firm&#x27;s name on it is probably bad. Any product that can&#x27;t be explained within one or two sentences is probably bad. Any product that pays a commission that you don&#x27;t see anywhere in a confirmation because it&#x27;s being</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> paid by the company that made the product is probably bad. And there&#x27;s a whole laundry list of things that I call murder holes that are to be avoided at all costs. Would you say if the listener right now is looking at some of their brokerage statements and every single mutual fund is with the same fund family, is that a telltale sign? Yeah, there are a lot of steak dinners and baseball tickets involved, I would say. Yeah. So again, it&#x27;s All in the Family was a great comedy back in the 70s, but it&#x27;s not good for financial planning. The investment strategy, right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Brown. He&#x27;s author of Backstage Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City to talk about some of the things he&#x27;s uncovered right in the book, as well as what he uncovered in his own life as a broker and why he&#x27;s made changes to the effect. Now, Josh, Dalbar is an independent research organization in Boston, Mass., and they spend full-time studying investor behavior.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Just came out with their 2012 study, and it said over the last 20 years, the average investor only averaged about a little bit over 3% per year, whereas the index, like the S&amp;P index, averaged almost 8% per year. And their argument is investor behavior causes folks a lot of money and causes folks not to be able to retire as comfortably as they would. And you talk about this in the book, the difficulties faced by do-it-yourself investors and the benefits of exchange-traded funds. Do you want to talk about that? You know, I think one of the things that took me a long time to learn is that action doesn&#x27;t always mean you&#x27;re doing something productive. Just because you&#x27;re doing something doesn&#x27;t always mean it&#x27;s in your best interest. And so when you look at the way the human mind works, a lot of the things that have allowed us to survive as a species for so long actually go against what&#x27;s best as an</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> investor. The greatest investors in history understood this and mastered it. We have been trained, when we see something coming that&#x27;s dangerous, to jump out of the way, the fight or flight reflex. It&#x27;s kept us from being eaten by, you know, rhinoceri and so on and so forth. But in the market, when there&#x27;s a panic and you run away as opposed to buy, you&#x27;re actually acting against your own best interest. And so there are all kinds of these kind of psychological things that are built into us that we have to learn how to master to be good investors. The easiest way is to be more of a passive, you know, look for index type strategies, even if they&#x27;re not cap weighted indexes. There are smart indexes that are fundamentally weighted indexes. But there are things that you can do to essentially</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> take your own psychological foibles out of the equation, remove what we call the wetware that&#x27;s in our skull that forces us to do things that are not in our best interest as investors. So, you know, we try to advocate that approach whenever possible, as opposed to trying to trade every single day and try to make money every hour the market&#x27;s open. Because most of that leads to what you referenced in your study, which is drastic underperformance. When you get folks that are getting close to retirement, we call it the financial red zone, within 10 years of retirement or in retirement. Do you ever authorize some bucketing strategies, laddering strategies, making sure that people have money in the correct asset allocation models for retirement? Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s exactly what we do. And we don&#x27;t wait till the red zone. I think if you look at our typical portfolio, it&#x27;ll be some sort of growth strategy for the most part.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And then it will be run with a practical overlay alongside of it that&#x27;s a little bit more of a risk-off, risk-on approach, which is rules-based, no gut instincts, no cowboy stuff. When this, that, and the other thing happens, we do this. So I think when you can run those two things concurrently, and as you get a client closer to retirement or in retirement, more and more of the assets are going to go into more of an income-producing account. So I think having various strategies running at once and then shifting the balance of the assets more or less toward each of those buckets is probably the key. It sounds really easy to explain it that way, but in practice, it&#x27;s not easy at all. And I think that that&#x27;s where working with a professional comes in, as opposed to trying to do it all yourself. Now, when the people do it themselves, many times we see folks coming in with all their eggs in one</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> basket, or they think they&#x27;re diversified because they&#x27;ve bought several different mutual funds, but when we uncover the mutual fund, peel off the skin, they all have the same stocks in them. Especially these days, because all these mutual fund managers are essentially hugging the indexes. The way the game is played now, it&#x27;s not about being a contrarian or making a big call. So it&#x27;s about being just close enough to the averages that you can raise money year in, year out. And if you get too far in the wrong direction, even if your trade ends up paying off a year later, you essentially are a victim to huge outflows. So we see a lot of index hugging and actively managed funds. And for the most part, we avoid them. There&#x27;s only a handful of managers that we trust, and most of them have nothing to do with an index at all. They tend to be asset allocation managers who can go anywhere. A guy that&#x27;s managing a large cap growth strategy, you&#x27;re probably just</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> better off owning the large cap growth index. The book, folks, again, is Backstage Wall Street. We&#x27;re talking to author Josh Brown. Josh, there&#x27;s one section I wanted to spend a couple minutes on, and you talk about investments to avoid and advice from the wise. Do you want to talk about that? What you want to try to avoid is anything that involves a heavily traded account or a ton of transactions. One of the things that Warren Buffett&#x27;s been saying for decades is keep your costs low. It&#x27;s very hard to keep your costs low when your money&#x27;s in motion at all times. So I think that&#x27;s a really key thing to watch out for, whether it&#x27;s a mutual fund with high turnover or a stockbroker who&#x27;s churning your account. The more the money moves, even if you have great months, you know, hey, I did great in January. Hey, I did great in February. What&#x27;s going to happen in March? What&#x27;s going to happen in April? That kind of approach where you&#x27;re trying to trade and</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> outperform the markets at all times. I know you&#x27;re going to lose. I&#x27;ve seen it a million times. So that&#x27;s the kind of thing people should watch out for. And then anything that&#x27;s even vaguely exotic, like special purpose acquisition, IPOs, or Chinese art, you know, reverse merger stocks, all of that stuff, it&#x27;s fun to read about. It&#x27;s fun to watch trade. It is no place in a retirement account. In the end, even if you win a few, you&#x27;re going to lose. And I think those types of things just are not necessary to learn about or to buy. What about real estate investment trusts? We&#x27;ve seen a lot of them come up and traded and non-traded. Any advice for the listener on those? Yeah. Non-traded is basically your broker saying he hates you. If you buy a private wheat, you&#x27;re essentially being taken advantage of. The only compelling argument I&#x27;ve ever heard made about</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> a private and real estate investment trust, and this is from a broker, because I asked them, why would you, what&#x27;s the benefit? I know what the net, the downside is there&#x27;s a huge fee involved, and the client is locked in, and they have no way of getting out quickly if they want to, et cetera. So the only upside that a broker&#x27;s ever been able to explain to me is that, well, it cuts down on volatility because there&#x27;s no daily NAV that a price is at. They said, yeah, but the underlying assets fluctuate surely with the local real estate market. And he says, yeah, but the client doesn&#x27;t see it, so they feel like there&#x27;s less volatility. So that whole thing is nonsense. And non-traded wheat should be avoided by any means possible. Public wheat can be good. I mean, everything has its place in a portfolio. I don&#x27;t know that it&#x27;s an area that you want to be</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> overweight, but they certainly pay good yields. And there are some great companies that have been running wheat for a long time with incredible properties. So I think you can do some homework and find some good ones. But again, you want to stick with liquidity. Don&#x27;t want to be invested in anything that you can&#x27;t get out of unless it&#x27;s your own company. And I think you want to look for transparency. And when you own anything private, you&#x27;re going to have way less insight into what it&#x27;s made up of and what its risks are than if you own something public. Yeah, good points. Josh Brown, author of Backstage Wall Street. We loved having you on today. Hopefully, we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future. Okay, great. Thank you so much for having me. I appreciate it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Josh Brown joins Coach Pete to discuss Backstage Wall Street. This July 2012 interview looks behind the scenes of the financial industry and examines the incentives and practices investors may not see.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early July 2012, Coach Pete interviews Josh Brown, the vice president of Fusion Analytics and author of Backstage Wall Street. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that very complex world known as the financial world. Today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have as a guest, Josh Brown. He&#x27;s vice president of Fusion Analytics and author of a fantastic book, folks. It&#x27;s called Backstage Wall Street. Josh, welcome in. Thank you for having me. This book is making waves throughout the financial world. Any ideas, number one, why it&#x27;s making such great waves? And number two, what gave you the inspiration to write it?</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> You know, I think it&#x27;s making waves because I&#x27;m saying the things that a lot of us think, but don&#x27;t ever say out loud, or at least in public. And I have the luxury of doing that because I left the sell side stock brokerage world, and I went to the kind of more financial advisory world. So a lot of what I&#x27;ve left behind, I&#x27;m now able to talk about honestly. And I think that stands out in a world where most people write books that are about, you know, how to invest or how to trade. So I think it&#x27;s a pretty different book. The inspiration for writing it, all of this stuff was just kind of building up inside of me throughout my career. And I knew at some point, I&#x27;d have to put it somewhere. And I figured a book would be the best place as opposed to just writing articles online. I agree. And often it&#x27;s been said now about this book, it&#x27;s four books in one. And so I want to</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> take the four sections that have been identified in there and go through them. Number one is, there&#x27;s a big difference between brokers and advisors these days, aren&#x27;t there? Yes. And what&#x27;s astonishing is that almost no one understands that that&#x27;s outside of the financial services world. In fact, there was a study in 2010, where they asked affluent investors, does your broker have a fiduciary responsibility to you? And 93% of them said yes. And in fact, the answer is no. So I spent a lot of time in the book trying to explain the difference between a broker who sells you products versus an advisor who charges you a fee for the advice they give on an ongoing basis. There&#x27;s a very big difference. And you were a broker, but then you had some ethical difficulties being in that profession, I guess. Is that why you decided not to be one anymore?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Yeah. You know, I spent almost 10 years not doing any good for anyone. And it ate me up inside. And there are people that don&#x27;t have a problem doing that as long as they get paid. And I suppose I found out the hard way that I&#x27;m not one of them. And then the question became, well, how do I escape? And so, yeah, I started out in a career as a very aggressive salesperson, dialing the phone morning, noon, and night, looking for people who would buy things from me and selling them whatever paid the highest commission. I certainly meant well, but I came to realize that there were inherent conflicts in my business model that no amount of meaning well could cure. And it became a matter of time before I realized I had to stop doing things that way and do them a different way. And so how do those listening for themselves, how can they distinguish the fact or figure out if</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> they&#x27;re dealing with a broker or an advisor right now? I think the first thing they need to figure out is how does the person they&#x27;re talking to get paid? Not how much, but how. What is the mechanism of payment for that person? And if it turns out that they are paid on a transaction-by-transaction basis, well, then it&#x27;s not a far reach to realize that, well, this person&#x27;s going to want me to do as many transactions as possible. And that is almost always a losing recipe for a brokerage account. So I think that&#x27;s the starting point. And then, you know, there are a lot of other things that I cover in the book that I won&#x27;t take too much time here, but, you know, anything that&#x27;s, any product that&#x27;s got the firm&#x27;s name on it is probably bad. Any product that can&#x27;t be explained within one or two sentences is probably bad. Any product that pays a commission that you don&#x27;t see anywhere in a confirmation because it&#x27;s being</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> paid by the company that made the product is probably bad. And there&#x27;s a whole laundry list of things that I call murder holes that are to be avoided at all costs. Would you say if the listener right now is looking at some of their brokerage statements and every single mutual fund is with the same fund family, is that a telltale sign? Yeah, there are a lot of steak dinners and baseball tickets involved, I would say. Yeah. So again, it&#x27;s All in the Family was a great comedy back in the 70s, but it&#x27;s not good for financial planning. The investment strategy, right. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Brown. He&#x27;s author of Backstage Wall Street. He&#x27;s joining us from New York City to talk about some of the things he&#x27;s uncovered right in the book, as well as what he uncovered in his own life as a broker and why he&#x27;s made changes to the effect. Now, Josh, Dalbar is an independent research organization in Boston, Mass., and they spend full-time studying investor behavior.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> Just came out with their 2012 study, and it said over the last 20 years, the average investor only averaged about a little bit over 3% per year, whereas the index, like the S&amp;P index, averaged almost 8% per year. And their argument is investor behavior causes folks a lot of money and causes folks not to be able to retire as comfortably as they would. And you talk about this in the book, the difficulties faced by do-it-yourself investors and the benefits of exchange-traded funds. Do you want to talk about that? You know, I think one of the things that took me a long time to learn is that action doesn&#x27;t always mean you&#x27;re doing something productive. Just because you&#x27;re doing something doesn&#x27;t always mean it&#x27;s in your best interest. And so when you look at the way the human mind works, a lot of the things that have allowed us to survive as a species for so long actually go against what&#x27;s best as an</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> investor. The greatest investors in history understood this and mastered it. We have been trained, when we see something coming that&#x27;s dangerous, to jump out of the way, the fight or flight reflex. It&#x27;s kept us from being eaten by, you know, rhinoceri and so on and so forth. But in the market, when there&#x27;s a panic and you run away as opposed to buy, you&#x27;re actually acting against your own best interest. And so there are all kinds of these kind of psychological things that are built into us that we have to learn how to master to be good investors. The easiest way is to be more of a passive, you know, look for index type strategies, even if they&#x27;re not cap weighted indexes. There are smart indexes that are fundamentally weighted indexes. But there are things that you can do to essentially</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> take your own psychological foibles out of the equation, remove what we call the wetware that&#x27;s in our skull that forces us to do things that are not in our best interest as investors. So, you know, we try to advocate that approach whenever possible, as opposed to trying to trade every single day and try to make money every hour the market&#x27;s open. Because most of that leads to what you referenced in your study, which is drastic underperformance. When you get folks that are getting close to retirement, we call it the financial red zone, within 10 years of retirement or in retirement. Do you ever authorize some bucketing strategies, laddering strategies, making sure that people have money in the correct asset allocation models for retirement? Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s exactly what we do. And we don&#x27;t wait till the red zone. I think if you look at our typical portfolio, it&#x27;ll be some sort of growth strategy for the most part.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And then it will be run with a practical overlay alongside of it that&#x27;s a little bit more of a risk-off, risk-on approach, which is rules-based, no gut instincts, no cowboy stuff. When this, that, and the other thing happens, we do this. So I think when you can run those two things concurrently, and as you get a client closer to retirement or in retirement, more and more of the assets are going to go into more of an income-producing account. So I think having various strategies running at once and then shifting the balance of the assets more or less toward each of those buckets is probably the key. It sounds really easy to explain it that way, but in practice, it&#x27;s not easy at all. And I think that that&#x27;s where working with a professional comes in, as opposed to trying to do it all yourself. Now, when the people do it themselves, many times we see folks coming in with all their eggs in one</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> basket, or they think they&#x27;re diversified because they&#x27;ve bought several different mutual funds, but when we uncover the mutual fund, peel off the skin, they all have the same stocks in them. Especially these days, because all these mutual fund managers are essentially hugging the indexes. The way the game is played now, it&#x27;s not about being a contrarian or making a big call. So it&#x27;s about being just close enough to the averages that you can raise money year in, year out. And if you get too far in the wrong direction, even if your trade ends up paying off a year later, you essentially are a victim to huge outflows. So we see a lot of index hugging and actively managed funds. And for the most part, we avoid them. There&#x27;s only a handful of managers that we trust, and most of them have nothing to do with an index at all. They tend to be asset allocation managers who can go anywhere. A guy that&#x27;s managing a large cap growth strategy, you&#x27;re probably just</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> better off owning the large cap growth index. The book, folks, again, is Backstage Wall Street. We&#x27;re talking to author Josh Brown. Josh, there&#x27;s one section I wanted to spend a couple minutes on, and you talk about investments to avoid and advice from the wise. Do you want to talk about that? What you want to try to avoid is anything that involves a heavily traded account or a ton of transactions. One of the things that Warren Buffett&#x27;s been saying for decades is keep your costs low. It&#x27;s very hard to keep your costs low when your money&#x27;s in motion at all times. So I think that&#x27;s a really key thing to watch out for, whether it&#x27;s a mutual fund with high turnover or a stockbroker who&#x27;s churning your account. The more the money moves, even if you have great months, you know, hey, I did great in January. Hey, I did great in February. What&#x27;s going to happen in March? What&#x27;s going to happen in April? That kind of approach where you&#x27;re trying to trade and</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> outperform the markets at all times. I know you&#x27;re going to lose. I&#x27;ve seen it a million times. So that&#x27;s the kind of thing people should watch out for. And then anything that&#x27;s even vaguely exotic, like special purpose acquisition, IPOs, or Chinese art, you know, reverse merger stocks, all of that stuff, it&#x27;s fun to read about. It&#x27;s fun to watch trade. It is no place in a retirement account. In the end, even if you win a few, you&#x27;re going to lose. And I think those types of things just are not necessary to learn about or to buy. What about real estate investment trusts? We&#x27;ve seen a lot of them come up and traded and non-traded. Any advice for the listener on those? Yeah. Non-traded is basically your broker saying he hates you. If you buy a private wheat, you&#x27;re essentially being taken advantage of. The only compelling argument I&#x27;ve ever heard made about</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> a private and real estate investment trust, and this is from a broker, because I asked them, why would you, what&#x27;s the benefit? I know what the net, the downside is there&#x27;s a huge fee involved, and the client is locked in, and they have no way of getting out quickly if they want to, et cetera. So the only upside that a broker&#x27;s ever been able to explain to me is that, well, it cuts down on volatility because there&#x27;s no daily NAV that a price is at. They said, yeah, but the underlying assets fluctuate surely with the local real estate market. And he says, yeah, but the client doesn&#x27;t see it, so they feel like there&#x27;s less volatility. So that whole thing is nonsense. And non-traded wheat should be avoided by any means possible. Public wheat can be good. I mean, everything has its place in a portfolio. I don&#x27;t know that it&#x27;s an area that you want to be</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> overweight, but they certainly pay good yields. And there are some great companies that have been running wheat for a long time with incredible properties. So I think you can do some homework and find some good ones. But again, you want to stick with liquidity. Don&#x27;t want to be invested in anything that you can&#x27;t get out of unless it&#x27;s your own company. And I think you want to look for transparency. And when you own anything private, you&#x27;re going to have way less insight into what it&#x27;s made up of and what its risks are than if you own something public. Yeah, good points. Josh Brown, author of Backstage Wall Street. We loved having you on today. Hopefully, we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future. Okay, great. Thank you so much for having me. I appreciate it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Josh Brown joins Coach Pete to discuss Backstage Wall Street. This July 2012 interview looks behind the scenes of the financial industry and examines the incentives and practices investors may not see.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Josh Brown</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Backstage Wall Street</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Josh Brown, investing, Backstage Wall Street, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b/image.jpg?t=1792072856&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-brown-backstage-wall-street/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b/image.jpg?t=1792072856&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 Jul 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>726</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c31cf3e0-3be8-40d5-bfd6-b4e2013ab63b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11652816" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-brown-backstage-wall-street</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>193</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Backstage Wall Street" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:07" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kim Lankford: The Questions Readers Ask About Money</title>
      <itunes:title>Kim Lankford: The Questions Readers Ask About Money</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late June 2012, Coach Pete interviews Kim Lankford of Kiplinger Magazine. Folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest. Her name is Kim Lankford and she works with Kiplinger Magazine. Now, Kim has a lot of duties over there and I&#x27;ll let her explain what she does. But she&#x27;s a fascinating guest because she has her finger on the pulse of just what&#x27;s going on in general in the economy, in the financial world. Kim, welcome in. Oh, thanks for having me. So what are your titles, Kim? Well, the main thing that I do is for about, gosh, 15 years now I&#x27;ve been writing what they call the Ask Kim column. And readers write in from all over the country with all kinds of personal finance questions.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And I do that both on our website and in the magazine. And I love that because it does, it really helps me keep good tabs on everything that people are really concerned about. And we always get so many great article ideas from our readers. And you and I have talked before and actually you&#x27;ve quoted me in some of your articles. And you do have good questions out there from your readers and you come up with good questions yourself. But what are some of the most popular questions you&#x27;re asked to write about or that you uncover when you are writing? Well, right now, you know, so many people, I mean, we always have a lot of questions about retirement. But the really interesting thing is, you know, so many people have been changing their focus from the saving to how to use that money and withdraw that money in retirement. And trying to figure out how to stretch the retirement income, how to protect themselves against some potential costs during retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I know one of the things that we talked about recently was long-term care and the potential cost of long-term care. And kind of how that potentially huge expense fits within their financial plans. So it&#x27;s really been interesting, especially as a lot of our readers get older and closer to retirement age, how a lot of their concerns have been shifting from, you know, how do I invest the money to how do I take it out? Kim, I had a caller from the radio show a couple weeks ago. She said she just got a rate increase from a major life insurance company that handles long-term care. And it was 90% rate increase. So, and I don&#x27;t know the specifics yet. She&#x27;s going to come in and show it to me. But that is ridiculous, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know, and that is actually not surprising. There have been many people throughout the country who, over the last year or so, had rate increases of 50% to 90%. And there was actually a big block that had a 90% rate increase.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And it&#x27;s actually caught a lot of people off guard. I mean, there was never any guarantee that their rates wouldn&#x27;t increase. But many of them went for 10, 15 years without any rate increase. And, you know, it hits them particularly hard because a lot of the people have purchased their policies quite a while ago and maybe in retirement now may not have nearly as much flexibility with their cash flow to be able to afford a rate increase as they would have earlier. So, you know, we&#x27;ve been talking with people about what they can do to preserve that coverage, you know, because as they&#x27;re getting older, they&#x27;re getting closer to that age where they may have the need for long-term care and may have some of those big expenses. But to make it so it&#x27;s more affordable, one of the things that we talk to people about is if you&#x27;ve had a really long benefit period, like a policy that would pay out for your entire lifetime,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> maybe look at reducing that to three to five years, which covers most long-term care claims, or maybe cut back a bit on the type of inflation protection. A lot of them had increased benefits by 5% compounded per year. Some are letting you cut back to maybe about 3% per year from now on and preserve that same rate that you&#x27;ve been paying. So we&#x27;re trying to help people figure out just a lot of ways to get creative and try to make it so it&#x27;s affordable for them but still have some coverage, especially as they get closer to that age where they may need it. Yeah, and one of the new inventions, and that&#x27;s what I like about the financial world, is when something goes awry like this. I mean, yeah, you can get a less benefit and keep the cost the same, but a gentleman once told me that that&#x27;s like switching from a bigger car to a smaller car just to get better gas mileage,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> but he doesn&#x27;t feel as safe anymore, see? So it&#x27;s like taking less for the same amount. But the hybridization of the life insurance world, there are some life insurance policies from some major companies now that have a long-term care rider on there, which let you dig into the death benefit and use it for a long-term care benefit. And those are pretty neat because it&#x27;s about the premium of a life insurance contract, and your rates never go up. They&#x27;re guaranteed not to. And that is where a lot of the growth in this business is. There&#x27;s a lot of, like you said, a lot of big companies that have been getting into this over the last year or so. There&#x27;s been a lot of new developments there. And it does. It&#x27;s really attractive to people, especially who may have had, you know, some money sitting around in very, very low interest, you know, safe accounts just as a kind of what-if type money.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And they can shift that to a policy that will cover their long-term care costs if they need it for that. And if they don&#x27;t, their heirs get the death benefit. And it just, you know, a lot of people who are worried about paying for long-term care for years and years and wondering whether or not they&#x27;ll actually use it, this gives them something that, you know, covers kind of those two potential uses for it and makes them feel a lot better that, you know, if they don&#x27;t have a long-term care need, if they do have it, they&#x27;ve got some coverage. And if they don&#x27;t have the need, their heirs inherit the money. So you still, the money is doing something for you no matter what. Yeah. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kim Lankford. She writes for Kiplinger Magazine. And, Kim, one of the phrases that gets people in more trouble than can be imagined in the financial world is the phrase, that&#x27;s too good to be true. And I have my pulse on the safe money world and the risk money world.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And I hear that phrase over and over again when it just is something that someone hasn&#x27;t heard of before. And just because you haven&#x27;t heard about it doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s too good to be true, correct? That is true. I mean, any time you look at something that, you know, may have, you know, may look a lot better than some of the other options out there, just delve deep into it. Find out exactly how it works. And sometimes you will find out it&#x27;s just something new that you&#x27;re not familiar with. And sometimes you may find out, oh, gosh, this isn&#x27;t what I thought it was. I mean, so really that&#x27;s the kind of thing that you need to do a lot of research, ask a lot of questions, and learn a lot more about how that product works and what it is because it may be something new or it may not be quite what you realized. All kinds of different situations. Yeah. My dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He has his Ph.D. in physics. So he likes to see the science of things, and I have that in my genes, even though I&#x27;m a financial guy.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So the joke in the office, whenever we get a contract in to review to make sure it&#x27;s what it says it is, I go to the back and read to the front because they usually hide the bad stuff in the back. And as I get closer to the front. That&#x27;s a great idea. I mean, the prospectus is just a wonderful thing. So many times you get that big old, you know, pile of papers that might be very intimidating, but the answers are all in there. And a lot of times you just need to know what questions to ask. But if you read through some of those things and you think about, you know, what are the things that don&#x27;t make sense? And don&#x27;t be afraid to ask some questions about, you know, things that don&#x27;t make sense. Ask how they work. Ask, you know, ask things to be explained very clearly. That&#x27;s when you find out a lot more about whether these, whether, whatever it is that&#x27;s being offered is right for you. Yeah. And it&#x27;s, again, my opinion that every single financial product out there has a fit for somebody,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> or they wouldn&#x27;t have invented it, but it&#x27;s not a fit for everyone. And that&#x27;s where it gets people in more trouble as they hear a neighbor say something, and then they want what the neighbor has, but that might not be the right fit for them, Kim. And that&#x27;s that generic financial advice that gets people in trouble, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so good to be able to step back and kind of look at your overall financial plan. You know, if you&#x27;re working with a financial planner, that&#x27;s where they can really help and look at not just, oh, how does this work and what does it do, but how does it fit in with what my goals are? Because, like you said, I mean, depending on your age, your risk tolerance, your other investments, whether you have a pension, whether you have any, you know, any other types of insurance, I mean, that all affects whether, you know, any of these things are right for you. And especially things like some of these combo policies. And, you know, for some people it may work out great, especially if they do have a lot of times,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> you know, you may have to pay a lump sum in order to get that coverage. And if you have that money set aside, that could work for you. But if you don&#x27;t have that money set aside, then you may want to look at some other options. And it makes a huge difference. I mean, all of them end up being able to cover, you know, long-term care one way or the other. But there&#x27;s just so many ways that you can cover that potential cost. And that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really exciting about. Because, you know, like you had said, there&#x27;s a lot going on in the long-term care business right now. Some companies have had rate increases. Some have left the business. But meanwhile, there&#x27;s some other companies coming in with new solutions and new ways to cover some of these potential risks. And that&#x27;s where, you know, kind of figuring out what&#x27;s the best way in your particular situation, considering your finances and considering, you know, what else you have and what your investments are like and what money you have available, that&#x27;s how you can match the best solution for you.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You know, we&#x27;re on 92 stations nationally. And the second most calls on the topic that we get are about long-term care, what&#x27;s going on and what someone can do to make sure they don&#x27;t become without long-term care in the future. And the number one topic, though, that people call about because they want to be informed, they want to get educated, is about income planning. And income planning has reached the top of the pyramid there as far as most financial seminars are about. And even the American College, which is where financial advisors go for real good advice and designations, has a new designation about retirement income planning, Kim. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important these days that people learn about what they&#x27;re going to do with all that money they worked hard for, making sure they don&#x27;t outlive it. That&#x27;s exactly right. And kind of tied in with that, you know, the covering the different risks and also just your various forms of, you know, where your money&#x27;s coming from.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> I&#x27;ve been getting a lot of questions about Social Security strategies, too. Yep. And people trying to figure out, you know, should I delay taking my benefits so I can, you know, have, you know, a higher benefit that will then last the rest of my lifetime? You know, a lot of people are looking into delaying benefits and kind of using that kind of almost like longevity insurance themselves and figuring out if that&#x27;s right for them. So it&#x27;s really interesting kind of piecing together all of these things that they&#x27;ve been working towards for years. But it&#x27;s a totally different strategy than what people had been dealing with as they were accumulating the money. It&#x27;s a lot of new knowledge and new information, and that&#x27;s where we are getting a lot of the questions. Well, I know you talk to a lot of financial advisors each and every week. Do you have a consensus on what they are recommending as far as people taking their Social Security now or later,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> or are they like me and they say it&#x27;s on a case-by-case basis? Well, that&#x27;s like you said. I mean, everything with financial planning is on such a case-by-case basis. I mean, some people need to take the money early, and they just need it to live on. But it&#x27;s interesting because more people who may have a pension and who may have a lot of savings are looking into some strategies they may not have considered earlier, maybe taking out some of their money from some of their savings and being able to delay taking that Social Security, especially as people are starting to really understand about longevity risk and really understand the concept of, you know, outliving your retirement income, and they know that Social Security is one source of retirement income that lasts as long as you do. So trying to maximize that.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So I have been seeing a lot more people ask questions about whether they, you know, what they can do and whether they can delay taking Social Security so they can get those bigger annual benefits. And it&#x27;s really interesting to see a shift. I mean, I think back in, you know, back in the day, a lot of people would take it as soon as they possibly could, and now they&#x27;re realizing, huh, maybe they should wait a bit. But like you said, totally case-by-case basis, all depending on what your savings are, what income you have coming in in retirement, if you have a pension or not, what your expenses are. So many different factors affect that decision. Absolutely. And the whole financial world is like that. Folks, it&#x27;s Kim Lankford, a columnist with Kiplinger Magazine. Kim, I hope to have you on again in the future. Wonderful. Thanks for inviting me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late June 2012, Coach Pete interviews Kim Lankford of Kiplinger Magazine. Folks, welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest. Her name is Kim Lankford and she works with Kiplinger Magazine. Now, Kim has a lot of duties over there and I&#x27;ll let her explain what she does. But she&#x27;s a fascinating guest because she has her finger on the pulse of just what&#x27;s going on in general in the economy, in the financial world. Kim, welcome in. Oh, thanks for having me. So what are your titles, Kim? Well, the main thing that I do is for about, gosh, 15 years now I&#x27;ve been writing what they call the Ask Kim column. And readers write in from all over the country with all kinds of personal finance questions.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> And I do that both on our website and in the magazine. And I love that because it does, it really helps me keep good tabs on everything that people are really concerned about. And we always get so many great article ideas from our readers. And you and I have talked before and actually you&#x27;ve quoted me in some of your articles. And you do have good questions out there from your readers and you come up with good questions yourself. But what are some of the most popular questions you&#x27;re asked to write about or that you uncover when you are writing? Well, right now, you know, so many people, I mean, we always have a lot of questions about retirement. But the really interesting thing is, you know, so many people have been changing their focus from the saving to how to use that money and withdraw that money in retirement. And trying to figure out how to stretch the retirement income, how to protect themselves against some potential costs during retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I know one of the things that we talked about recently was long-term care and the potential cost of long-term care. And kind of how that potentially huge expense fits within their financial plans. So it&#x27;s really been interesting, especially as a lot of our readers get older and closer to retirement age, how a lot of their concerns have been shifting from, you know, how do I invest the money to how do I take it out? Kim, I had a caller from the radio show a couple weeks ago. She said she just got a rate increase from a major life insurance company that handles long-term care. And it was 90% rate increase. So, and I don&#x27;t know the specifics yet. She&#x27;s going to come in and show it to me. But that is ridiculous, isn&#x27;t it? Well, you know, and that is actually not surprising. There have been many people throughout the country who, over the last year or so, had rate increases of 50% to 90%. And there was actually a big block that had a 90% rate increase.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And it&#x27;s actually caught a lot of people off guard. I mean, there was never any guarantee that their rates wouldn&#x27;t increase. But many of them went for 10, 15 years without any rate increase. And, you know, it hits them particularly hard because a lot of the people have purchased their policies quite a while ago and maybe in retirement now may not have nearly as much flexibility with their cash flow to be able to afford a rate increase as they would have earlier. So, you know, we&#x27;ve been talking with people about what they can do to preserve that coverage, you know, because as they&#x27;re getting older, they&#x27;re getting closer to that age where they may have the need for long-term care and may have some of those big expenses. But to make it so it&#x27;s more affordable, one of the things that we talk to people about is if you&#x27;ve had a really long benefit period, like a policy that would pay out for your entire lifetime,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> maybe look at reducing that to three to five years, which covers most long-term care claims, or maybe cut back a bit on the type of inflation protection. A lot of them had increased benefits by 5% compounded per year. Some are letting you cut back to maybe about 3% per year from now on and preserve that same rate that you&#x27;ve been paying. So we&#x27;re trying to help people figure out just a lot of ways to get creative and try to make it so it&#x27;s affordable for them but still have some coverage, especially as they get closer to that age where they may need it. Yeah, and one of the new inventions, and that&#x27;s what I like about the financial world, is when something goes awry like this. I mean, yeah, you can get a less benefit and keep the cost the same, but a gentleman once told me that that&#x27;s like switching from a bigger car to a smaller car just to get better gas mileage,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> but he doesn&#x27;t feel as safe anymore, see? So it&#x27;s like taking less for the same amount. But the hybridization of the life insurance world, there are some life insurance policies from some major companies now that have a long-term care rider on there, which let you dig into the death benefit and use it for a long-term care benefit. And those are pretty neat because it&#x27;s about the premium of a life insurance contract, and your rates never go up. They&#x27;re guaranteed not to. And that is where a lot of the growth in this business is. There&#x27;s a lot of, like you said, a lot of big companies that have been getting into this over the last year or so. There&#x27;s been a lot of new developments there. And it does. It&#x27;s really attractive to people, especially who may have had, you know, some money sitting around in very, very low interest, you know, safe accounts just as a kind of what-if type money.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And they can shift that to a policy that will cover their long-term care costs if they need it for that. And if they don&#x27;t, their heirs get the death benefit. And it just, you know, a lot of people who are worried about paying for long-term care for years and years and wondering whether or not they&#x27;ll actually use it, this gives them something that, you know, covers kind of those two potential uses for it and makes them feel a lot better that, you know, if they don&#x27;t have a long-term care need, if they do have it, they&#x27;ve got some coverage. And if they don&#x27;t have the need, their heirs inherit the money. So you still, the money is doing something for you no matter what. Yeah. And again, folks, we&#x27;re talking to Kim Lankford. She writes for Kiplinger Magazine. And, Kim, one of the phrases that gets people in more trouble than can be imagined in the financial world is the phrase, that&#x27;s too good to be true. And I have my pulse on the safe money world and the risk money world.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And I hear that phrase over and over again when it just is something that someone hasn&#x27;t heard of before. And just because you haven&#x27;t heard about it doesn&#x27;t mean it&#x27;s too good to be true, correct? That is true. I mean, any time you look at something that, you know, may have, you know, may look a lot better than some of the other options out there, just delve deep into it. Find out exactly how it works. And sometimes you will find out it&#x27;s just something new that you&#x27;re not familiar with. And sometimes you may find out, oh, gosh, this isn&#x27;t what I thought it was. I mean, so really that&#x27;s the kind of thing that you need to do a lot of research, ask a lot of questions, and learn a lot more about how that product works and what it is because it may be something new or it may not be quite what you realized. All kinds of different situations. Yeah. My dad&#x27;s a physics professor. He has his Ph.D. in physics. So he likes to see the science of things, and I have that in my genes, even though I&#x27;m a financial guy.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> So the joke in the office, whenever we get a contract in to review to make sure it&#x27;s what it says it is, I go to the back and read to the front because they usually hide the bad stuff in the back. And as I get closer to the front. That&#x27;s a great idea. I mean, the prospectus is just a wonderful thing. So many times you get that big old, you know, pile of papers that might be very intimidating, but the answers are all in there. And a lot of times you just need to know what questions to ask. But if you read through some of those things and you think about, you know, what are the things that don&#x27;t make sense? And don&#x27;t be afraid to ask some questions about, you know, things that don&#x27;t make sense. Ask how they work. Ask, you know, ask things to be explained very clearly. That&#x27;s when you find out a lot more about whether these, whether, whatever it is that&#x27;s being offered is right for you. Yeah. And it&#x27;s, again, my opinion that every single financial product out there has a fit for somebody,</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> or they wouldn&#x27;t have invented it, but it&#x27;s not a fit for everyone. And that&#x27;s where it gets people in more trouble as they hear a neighbor say something, and then they want what the neighbor has, but that might not be the right fit for them, Kim. And that&#x27;s that generic financial advice that gets people in trouble, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s exactly right. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so good to be able to step back and kind of look at your overall financial plan. You know, if you&#x27;re working with a financial planner, that&#x27;s where they can really help and look at not just, oh, how does this work and what does it do, but how does it fit in with what my goals are? Because, like you said, I mean, depending on your age, your risk tolerance, your other investments, whether you have a pension, whether you have any, you know, any other types of insurance, I mean, that all affects whether, you know, any of these things are right for you. And especially things like some of these combo policies. And, you know, for some people it may work out great, especially if they do have a lot of times,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> you know, you may have to pay a lump sum in order to get that coverage. And if you have that money set aside, that could work for you. But if you don&#x27;t have that money set aside, then you may want to look at some other options. And it makes a huge difference. I mean, all of them end up being able to cover, you know, long-term care one way or the other. But there&#x27;s just so many ways that you can cover that potential cost. And that&#x27;s what it&#x27;s really exciting about. Because, you know, like you had said, there&#x27;s a lot going on in the long-term care business right now. Some companies have had rate increases. Some have left the business. But meanwhile, there&#x27;s some other companies coming in with new solutions and new ways to cover some of these potential risks. And that&#x27;s where, you know, kind of figuring out what&#x27;s the best way in your particular situation, considering your finances and considering, you know, what else you have and what your investments are like and what money you have available, that&#x27;s how you can match the best solution for you.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> You know, we&#x27;re on 92 stations nationally. And the second most calls on the topic that we get are about long-term care, what&#x27;s going on and what someone can do to make sure they don&#x27;t become without long-term care in the future. And the number one topic, though, that people call about because they want to be informed, they want to get educated, is about income planning. And income planning has reached the top of the pyramid there as far as most financial seminars are about. And even the American College, which is where financial advisors go for real good advice and designations, has a new designation about retirement income planning, Kim. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so important these days that people learn about what they&#x27;re going to do with all that money they worked hard for, making sure they don&#x27;t outlive it. That&#x27;s exactly right. And kind of tied in with that, you know, the covering the different risks and also just your various forms of, you know, where your money&#x27;s coming from.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> I&#x27;ve been getting a lot of questions about Social Security strategies, too. Yep. And people trying to figure out, you know, should I delay taking my benefits so I can, you know, have, you know, a higher benefit that will then last the rest of my lifetime? You know, a lot of people are looking into delaying benefits and kind of using that kind of almost like longevity insurance themselves and figuring out if that&#x27;s right for them. So it&#x27;s really interesting kind of piecing together all of these things that they&#x27;ve been working towards for years. But it&#x27;s a totally different strategy than what people had been dealing with as they were accumulating the money. It&#x27;s a lot of new knowledge and new information, and that&#x27;s where we are getting a lot of the questions. Well, I know you talk to a lot of financial advisors each and every week. Do you have a consensus on what they are recommending as far as people taking their Social Security now or later,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> or are they like me and they say it&#x27;s on a case-by-case basis? Well, that&#x27;s like you said. I mean, everything with financial planning is on such a case-by-case basis. I mean, some people need to take the money early, and they just need it to live on. But it&#x27;s interesting because more people who may have a pension and who may have a lot of savings are looking into some strategies they may not have considered earlier, maybe taking out some of their money from some of their savings and being able to delay taking that Social Security, especially as people are starting to really understand about longevity risk and really understand the concept of, you know, outliving your retirement income, and they know that Social Security is one source of retirement income that lasts as long as you do. So trying to maximize that.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So I have been seeing a lot more people ask questions about whether they, you know, what they can do and whether they can delay taking Social Security so they can get those bigger annual benefits. And it&#x27;s really interesting to see a shift. I mean, I think back in, you know, back in the day, a lot of people would take it as soon as they possibly could, and now they&#x27;re realizing, huh, maybe they should wait a bit. But like you said, totally case-by-case basis, all depending on what your savings are, what income you have coming in in retirement, if you have a pension or not, what your expenses are. So many different factors affect that decision. Absolutely. And the whole financial world is like that. Folks, it&#x27;s Kim Lankford, a columnist with Kiplinger Magazine. Kim, I hope to have you on again in the future. Wonderful. Thanks for inviting me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kim Lankford of Kiplinger joins Coach Pete to discuss the personal finance questions arriving in her Ask Kim column. This June 2012 interview explores retirement concerns, long-term care coverage, and the decisions facing readers at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kim Lankford</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>long-term care</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kim Lankford, retirement planning, long-term care, financial education</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/image.jpg?t=1792071843&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-lankford-the-questions-readers-ask-about-money/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/image.jpg?t=1792071843&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>730</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6e1c9a25-05ae-4608-90ac-b4e300166858/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11710169" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-lankford-the-questions-readers-ask-about-money</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>194</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Questions Readers Ask About Money" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:00" title="Long-term care" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:18" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Limbaugh: The Great Destroyer</title>
      <itunes:title>David Limbaugh: The Great Destroyer</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-June 2012, Coach Pete interviews author David Limbaugh. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where we get a national author, someone you&#x27;ve heard about, maybe seen on TV, maybe even read the book. We&#x27;re lucky, very lucky this week to have Mr. David Limbaugh joining us. His new book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. David, welcome in. Hey, thank you. How are you? Good. I&#x27;m doing great. Now, David, we are all over the nation. We&#x27;re on almost 100 stations right here. So folks across the nation are hearing about this book, and it&#x27;s generating a lot of interest. Explain what caused you to write the book and what you found out in your research on writing</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the book. I wrote the book because I had written Crimes Against Liberty, and it came out in the summer of 2010. And it chronicled Obama&#x27;s abuses of power and war on the nation from the time of his inauguration until that time. And then I wanted this book, The Great Destroyer, to pick up where that left off, continue the saga and explain exactly what he&#x27;s doing to destroy the nation in various categories. And I&#x27;ve talked about his war on the economy, war on domestic energy and oil, his war on our national defenses, on our values, and seriously, on our financial picture overall. So in a comprehensive encyclopedic history, current history, I&#x27;ve tried to itemize and discuss everything he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Literally. I mean, it&#x27;s chock full of stuff. Charles Krautheimer has said that politics is fought between the 40-yard lines. And again, a lot of decisions happen there. But when we get down to the goal line of things, it does come down to, in the financial aspects of everything, conservative and liberal. And conservatism here, to me, is making sure that you have fiscal responsibility. You&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of cases where that&#x27;s not the case in the administration. Well, it&#x27;s pretty stark. In two chapters, I take on the economic issues, chapter five and six, and I show exactly what Obama&#x27;s record has been and what his prescription is for the future and how he&#x27;s blocking attempts for us to rein in our spending. Let me just give you a few stats. And you may be familiar with them. He said he would be judged on his performance.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> That&#x27;s what he said earlier, and that Bush was immoral for the debt he was mounting up. He said if he passed his stimulus bill, if the Congress passed his stimulus bill, he would keep unemployment below 8% by the end of 2012. And in fact, it never, it rarely, if ever, got below 8%. It&#x27;s been hovering between 8 and 10 ever since. He said he would create three, save or create 3.5 million jobs. In fact, he lost about 4.1 million, which is a 7.6 million difference between what he promised versus what he produced. His stimulus cost something like $278,000 per job. Think of that astronomical figure, $278,000 per job that he did create. It had a net negative effect on GDP. We&#x27;ve had the longest stretch of high unemployment since the Great Depression. We are experiencing the worst recovery since World War II.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> In every other recovery, we had returned to our level of pre-recession level of employment within four years. This recession started December 2007. In December 2011, we were four percentage points below that in our labor employment figures. So every year, I mean, he&#x27;s now added $5 trillion to the debt, plus it will be $6 trillion before his first term is over. He&#x27;ll double it if he gets re-elected. And he is refusing to do anything to control spending. His own budget, his last budget, every one of his budgets, he&#x27;s had $1 trillion plus in his deficit. And in his most recently proposed budget, you&#x27;d think he would apply a little austerity. But instead, his own figures show that he would add $750 billion a year over the next 10 years. That&#x27;s $7.5 trillion.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The CBO rescored it. It&#x27;s actually closer to $9.5 trillion, about a trillion a year. What&#x27;s even worse than that, he claims, Timothy Geithner, his Treasury Secretary, claims he&#x27;s stabilizing the situation over the next 10 years. In fact, he&#x27;s not. He&#x27;s adding a trillion a year. But then after that, Paul Ryan says, well, then it shoots up. It just goes vertical. You do nothing to control entitlement structuring and our unfunded liabilities, which are now almost $100 trillion, increasing at the alarming rate of $10 trillion a year. These are the unfunded liabilities. Ryan has put forth a plan, and I put this in Chapter 6 of The Great Destroyer, and contrast it with Obama&#x27;s non-plan. Ryan brings us into solvency. Geithner, Obama, and the rest of the administration knuckleheads refuse to do anything about entitlements,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and they just say, well, we don&#x27;t like your plan. We&#x27;re not going to offer our own. We just don&#x27;t like yours. Why they don&#x27;t like it? They could offer their own, regardless of whether they like ours. But what they don&#x27;t like about Ryan&#x27;s plan, they say, is that it doesn&#x27;t protect seniors and the middle class. In fact, Ryan&#x27;s plan specifically carves out special protection for those two groups. So they&#x27;re lying about that. Who knows what their end game is? I mean, a lot of people have suggested that they are deliberately destroying the country and the economy. I think that&#x27;s a reasonable inference based on their policies. But I don&#x27;t go that far. I just say what they are doing is intentionally implementing policies that will necessarily destroy the country, take us into bankruptcy. That much is intentional. Whether they view the end game as destruction is another question.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> I think Obama and his liberal utopians see that as a wonderful conclusion where everybody is equal in outcomes and not equal opportunity. We&#x27;re no longer the strongest nation in the world. We defer to international bodies in some blissful transnationalistic phase. And so I think that it&#x27;s a completely different America that you and I grew up in and that you and I want to preserve for our children. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Limbaugh. He&#x27;s author of The Great Destroyer and several other books. But that&#x27;s a good book to talk about now since you just wrote it. Inside your book, you talk about in July 2011, Eric Holder, who&#x27;s been in the news a little bit lately, hasn&#x27;t he, ordered banks to relax the mortgage qualifications for the poor. That&#x27;s the same insane policy that led to the housing crash in the first place, David.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Yeah. It&#x27;s just mind-blowing that these do-gooder liberal policies that were supposed to get everyone in affordable housing and force banks to lend money to people whose loans weren&#x27;t creditworthy and they had no ability to pay it back was one of the primary causal factors that led to this housing crisis. And instead of learning from it, they want to double down on it, just like with the stimulus. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work, $868 billion thrown at the economy, didn&#x27;t do any good, just got us further into debt. And Obama&#x27;s answer, $50 billion more for infrastructure, high-speed rail. Now he won, then he next won at $447 billion on Stimulus Jr., his new jobs bill. So I think they&#x27;re unteachable, they&#x27;re incorrigible ideologues, mainly Obama, the people he surrounds himself with.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> It&#x27;s horrifying. I don&#x27;t know at this point how anyone can reasonably vote for him. I really don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re supporting him, the people that are. Mr. Limbaugh, what is the true goal here of the war on the economy that Obama and his ilk seem to be waging right now? He sees a different America than I do, than conservatives do, than red-blooded patriots do, than the Tea Partiers do. He sees Tea Partiers and people who believe in rugged individualism and entrepreneurism and the profit motive as bitter clingers, people that are stingy and selfish and don&#x27;t want to share. He wants to use the offices of government, the power of government, to coerce people out of their money and redistribute it to people he thinks are more deserving.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, this has never worked in history. Liberals think it&#x27;s compassionate, and they&#x27;re always patting themselves on the back for confiscating other people&#x27;s money and giving it to people they want to give it to. It has a deleterious, damaging effect on the economy. It constricts the pie. It reduces GDP and growth, and everybody ends up having less. You can see the malaise that covers the country now, the feelings of pessimism, the fear, the unwillingness of businesses to hire, because they&#x27;re so unsure of what&#x27;s going to happen in this climate of uncertainty, of unprecedented regulations that Obama has imposed on the country. And by the way, he has amassed federal regulations at an unprecedented pace. He&#x27;s dwarfed those of Bush, and those of Bush were bad enough. If for some reason, somehow, if Obama is elected for another term, where do you see the country here in the next ten years if Obama serves a second term?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a bleak picture. And as much abuse of power as Obama has engaged in, as much as he&#x27;s issued executive orders to get around Congress, as much as he&#x27;s unleashed his unaccountable administrative agencies to do their mischief, when he faces the prospect of being defeated in an election for re-election, just think about what he would do if he was a lame duck for four years and didn&#x27;t have to worry because it was his last term. He could become even more lawless, exceed his authority even more, and there&#x27;s no telling the kinds of things he could do. I mean, he&#x27;s already imposed draconian rules through his EPA. So, for example, his CAFE standards, doubling his CAFE standards so that car mileage required goes from 30.2 to 55.4 or whatever, just completely unattainable,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> will send us all into battery-powered cars going two miles an hour or whatever it is. He has passed a rule, the EPA has passed a rule concerning coal that they can&#x27;t emit a certain amount of carbon dioxide. It requires them to cut in half almost the amount they&#x27;re emitting into the atmosphere, which is virtually impossible. It&#x27;s unsupported by science. And in no time at all, it will shut down, if it&#x27;s effective, shut down new coal plants. Basically shut down the Yucca Mountain nuclear storage facility, again, based on no science, but just his policy of wanting to curtail nukes, because if you don&#x27;t have a safe storage facility, you can&#x27;t really develop nuclear power. And so, despite Congress having spent $12 billion, he&#x27;s nevertheless at war against nuclear energy.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Same thing with oil. You saw him impose the moratorium using the Gulf oil spill as an excuse, manipulating the data, lying about the possible damage that the leak, that the spill would cause, and that imposing these regulations would cause, and a moratorium would cause, and then understating the amount of damage that his moratorium would cause. And he&#x27;s actually manipulated a report that came out from some experts on this in order to achieve the result that he wanted to achieve. When the federal court lifted the ban, saying that the drilling had to begin again, he just had his Secretary of Interior, Ken Salazar, rewrite the rules to get around the court order. And then, when the moratorium was finally about to be lifted, he imposed new, very stringent rules to get permits.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> And so, when he finally announced the ban was being lifted, the newly revised ban, the newly drafted ban, was lifted, open for business. Well, in fact, it was very cynical because he wasn&#x27;t, as a practical matter, open for business because he had issued such strict regulations that we ended up having a de facto moratorium or permatorium, as some people were calling it. So, he&#x27;s basically shut down oil drilling to the extent that he could, too. So, it&#x27;s on and on and on in The Great Destroyer. I document how he&#x27;s been at war with all aspects of what you and I would consider great and good in this country. Well, David, this war on energy is confusing to me because they always try to push people to the battery-powered devices, but do they not realize it takes energy to recharge those batteries? Yeah, that&#x27;s another good point. I don&#x27;t know how these eggheads would have us get around that.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re thinking. What was the guy&#x27;s name that had the novel he was chasing the windmills around there in the old Portuguese novel? Don Quixote. It&#x27;s sort of like a Don Quixote novel. They want windmills everywhere, and that&#x27;s not going to work. They don&#x27;t want them in their own yard, though. Yeah, exactly. And I do refer to them as Quixotic quite often. Folks, his name is David Limbaugh. The book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. And one final question, David. Is your brother Rush proud of you for this book? It seems to be. I mean, he mentioned my book for several minutes on his show, and then he interviewed me for his upcoming Limbaugh letter. So, yeah, we work very closely together, and we&#x27;re mutually supportive. Yeah. Now, this book is climbing the bestsellers list. I mean, folks can get a hold of this by going to Amazon, all the bookstores.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Anywhere else they can get a copy? Yeah, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the bookstores, as far as I know, are carrying it. It&#x27;s out there pretty much in pretty big numbers. Again, folks, the name of the book, The Great Destroyer, the author, David Limbaugh. David, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from mid-June 2012, Coach Pete interviews author David Limbaugh. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. This is the time of the show, folks, where we get a national author, someone you&#x27;ve heard about, maybe seen on TV, maybe even read the book. We&#x27;re lucky, very lucky this week to have Mr. David Limbaugh joining us. His new book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. David, welcome in. Hey, thank you. How are you? Good. I&#x27;m doing great. Now, David, we are all over the nation. We&#x27;re on almost 100 stations right here. So folks across the nation are hearing about this book, and it&#x27;s generating a lot of interest. Explain what caused you to write the book and what you found out in your research on writing</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> the book. I wrote the book because I had written Crimes Against Liberty, and it came out in the summer of 2010. And it chronicled Obama&#x27;s abuses of power and war on the nation from the time of his inauguration until that time. And then I wanted this book, The Great Destroyer, to pick up where that left off, continue the saga and explain exactly what he&#x27;s doing to destroy the nation in various categories. And I&#x27;ve talked about his war on the economy, war on domestic energy and oil, his war on our national defenses, on our values, and seriously, on our financial picture overall. So in a comprehensive encyclopedic history, current history, I&#x27;ve tried to itemize and discuss everything he&#x27;s done.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> Literally. I mean, it&#x27;s chock full of stuff. Charles Krautheimer has said that politics is fought between the 40-yard lines. And again, a lot of decisions happen there. But when we get down to the goal line of things, it does come down to, in the financial aspects of everything, conservative and liberal. And conservatism here, to me, is making sure that you have fiscal responsibility. You&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of cases where that&#x27;s not the case in the administration. Well, it&#x27;s pretty stark. In two chapters, I take on the economic issues, chapter five and six, and I show exactly what Obama&#x27;s record has been and what his prescription is for the future and how he&#x27;s blocking attempts for us to rein in our spending. Let me just give you a few stats. And you may be familiar with them. He said he would be judged on his performance.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> That&#x27;s what he said earlier, and that Bush was immoral for the debt he was mounting up. He said if he passed his stimulus bill, if the Congress passed his stimulus bill, he would keep unemployment below 8% by the end of 2012. And in fact, it never, it rarely, if ever, got below 8%. It&#x27;s been hovering between 8 and 10 ever since. He said he would create three, save or create 3.5 million jobs. In fact, he lost about 4.1 million, which is a 7.6 million difference between what he promised versus what he produced. His stimulus cost something like $278,000 per job. Think of that astronomical figure, $278,000 per job that he did create. It had a net negative effect on GDP. We&#x27;ve had the longest stretch of high unemployment since the Great Depression. We are experiencing the worst recovery since World War II.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> In every other recovery, we had returned to our level of pre-recession level of employment within four years. This recession started December 2007. In December 2011, we were four percentage points below that in our labor employment figures. So every year, I mean, he&#x27;s now added $5 trillion to the debt, plus it will be $6 trillion before his first term is over. He&#x27;ll double it if he gets re-elected. And he is refusing to do anything to control spending. His own budget, his last budget, every one of his budgets, he&#x27;s had $1 trillion plus in his deficit. And in his most recently proposed budget, you&#x27;d think he would apply a little austerity. But instead, his own figures show that he would add $750 billion a year over the next 10 years. That&#x27;s $7.5 trillion.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> The CBO rescored it. It&#x27;s actually closer to $9.5 trillion, about a trillion a year. What&#x27;s even worse than that, he claims, Timothy Geithner, his Treasury Secretary, claims he&#x27;s stabilizing the situation over the next 10 years. In fact, he&#x27;s not. He&#x27;s adding a trillion a year. But then after that, Paul Ryan says, well, then it shoots up. It just goes vertical. You do nothing to control entitlement structuring and our unfunded liabilities, which are now almost $100 trillion, increasing at the alarming rate of $10 trillion a year. These are the unfunded liabilities. Ryan has put forth a plan, and I put this in Chapter 6 of The Great Destroyer, and contrast it with Obama&#x27;s non-plan. Ryan brings us into solvency. Geithner, Obama, and the rest of the administration knuckleheads refuse to do anything about entitlements,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and they just say, well, we don&#x27;t like your plan. We&#x27;re not going to offer our own. We just don&#x27;t like yours. Why they don&#x27;t like it? They could offer their own, regardless of whether they like ours. But what they don&#x27;t like about Ryan&#x27;s plan, they say, is that it doesn&#x27;t protect seniors and the middle class. In fact, Ryan&#x27;s plan specifically carves out special protection for those two groups. So they&#x27;re lying about that. Who knows what their end game is? I mean, a lot of people have suggested that they are deliberately destroying the country and the economy. I think that&#x27;s a reasonable inference based on their policies. But I don&#x27;t go that far. I just say what they are doing is intentionally implementing policies that will necessarily destroy the country, take us into bankruptcy. That much is intentional. Whether they view the end game as destruction is another question.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> I think Obama and his liberal utopians see that as a wonderful conclusion where everybody is equal in outcomes and not equal opportunity. We&#x27;re no longer the strongest nation in the world. We defer to international bodies in some blissful transnationalistic phase. And so I think that it&#x27;s a completely different America that you and I grew up in and that you and I want to preserve for our children. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to David Limbaugh. He&#x27;s author of The Great Destroyer and several other books. But that&#x27;s a good book to talk about now since you just wrote it. Inside your book, you talk about in July 2011, Eric Holder, who&#x27;s been in the news a little bit lately, hasn&#x27;t he, ordered banks to relax the mortgage qualifications for the poor. That&#x27;s the same insane policy that led to the housing crash in the first place, David.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Yeah. It&#x27;s just mind-blowing that these do-gooder liberal policies that were supposed to get everyone in affordable housing and force banks to lend money to people whose loans weren&#x27;t creditworthy and they had no ability to pay it back was one of the primary causal factors that led to this housing crisis. And instead of learning from it, they want to double down on it, just like with the stimulus. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work, $868 billion thrown at the economy, didn&#x27;t do any good, just got us further into debt. And Obama&#x27;s answer, $50 billion more for infrastructure, high-speed rail. Now he won, then he next won at $447 billion on Stimulus Jr., his new jobs bill. So I think they&#x27;re unteachable, they&#x27;re incorrigible ideologues, mainly Obama, the people he surrounds himself with.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> It&#x27;s horrifying. I don&#x27;t know at this point how anyone can reasonably vote for him. I really don&#x27;t. I don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re supporting him, the people that are. Mr. Limbaugh, what is the true goal here of the war on the economy that Obama and his ilk seem to be waging right now? He sees a different America than I do, than conservatives do, than red-blooded patriots do, than the Tea Partiers do. He sees Tea Partiers and people who believe in rugged individualism and entrepreneurism and the profit motive as bitter clingers, people that are stingy and selfish and don&#x27;t want to share. He wants to use the offices of government, the power of government, to coerce people out of their money and redistribute it to people he thinks are more deserving.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> Well, this has never worked in history. Liberals think it&#x27;s compassionate, and they&#x27;re always patting themselves on the back for confiscating other people&#x27;s money and giving it to people they want to give it to. It has a deleterious, damaging effect on the economy. It constricts the pie. It reduces GDP and growth, and everybody ends up having less. You can see the malaise that covers the country now, the feelings of pessimism, the fear, the unwillingness of businesses to hire, because they&#x27;re so unsure of what&#x27;s going to happen in this climate of uncertainty, of unprecedented regulations that Obama has imposed on the country. And by the way, he has amassed federal regulations at an unprecedented pace. He&#x27;s dwarfed those of Bush, and those of Bush were bad enough. If for some reason, somehow, if Obama is elected for another term, where do you see the country here in the next ten years if Obama serves a second term?</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a bleak picture. And as much abuse of power as Obama has engaged in, as much as he&#x27;s issued executive orders to get around Congress, as much as he&#x27;s unleashed his unaccountable administrative agencies to do their mischief, when he faces the prospect of being defeated in an election for re-election, just think about what he would do if he was a lame duck for four years and didn&#x27;t have to worry because it was his last term. He could become even more lawless, exceed his authority even more, and there&#x27;s no telling the kinds of things he could do. I mean, he&#x27;s already imposed draconian rules through his EPA. So, for example, his CAFE standards, doubling his CAFE standards so that car mileage required goes from 30.2 to 55.4 or whatever, just completely unattainable,</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> will send us all into battery-powered cars going two miles an hour or whatever it is. He has passed a rule, the EPA has passed a rule concerning coal that they can&#x27;t emit a certain amount of carbon dioxide. It requires them to cut in half almost the amount they&#x27;re emitting into the atmosphere, which is virtually impossible. It&#x27;s unsupported by science. And in no time at all, it will shut down, if it&#x27;s effective, shut down new coal plants. Basically shut down the Yucca Mountain nuclear storage facility, again, based on no science, but just his policy of wanting to curtail nukes, because if you don&#x27;t have a safe storage facility, you can&#x27;t really develop nuclear power. And so, despite Congress having spent $12 billion, he&#x27;s nevertheless at war against nuclear energy.</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> Same thing with oil. You saw him impose the moratorium using the Gulf oil spill as an excuse, manipulating the data, lying about the possible damage that the leak, that the spill would cause, and that imposing these regulations would cause, and a moratorium would cause, and then understating the amount of damage that his moratorium would cause. And he&#x27;s actually manipulated a report that came out from some experts on this in order to achieve the result that he wanted to achieve. When the federal court lifted the ban, saying that the drilling had to begin again, he just had his Secretary of Interior, Ken Salazar, rewrite the rules to get around the court order. And then, when the moratorium was finally about to be lifted, he imposed new, very stringent rules to get permits.</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> And so, when he finally announced the ban was being lifted, the newly revised ban, the newly drafted ban, was lifted, open for business. Well, in fact, it was very cynical because he wasn&#x27;t, as a practical matter, open for business because he had issued such strict regulations that we ended up having a de facto moratorium or permatorium, as some people were calling it. So, he&#x27;s basically shut down oil drilling to the extent that he could, too. So, it&#x27;s on and on and on in The Great Destroyer. I document how he&#x27;s been at war with all aspects of what you and I would consider great and good in this country. Well, David, this war on energy is confusing to me because they always try to push people to the battery-powered devices, but do they not realize it takes energy to recharge those batteries? Yeah, that&#x27;s another good point. I don&#x27;t know how these eggheads would have us get around that.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know. I don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re thinking. What was the guy&#x27;s name that had the novel he was chasing the windmills around there in the old Portuguese novel? Don Quixote. It&#x27;s sort of like a Don Quixote novel. They want windmills everywhere, and that&#x27;s not going to work. They don&#x27;t want them in their own yard, though. Yeah, exactly. And I do refer to them as Quixotic quite often. Folks, his name is David Limbaugh. The book is called The Great Destroyer, Barack Obama&#x27;s War on the Republic. And one final question, David. Is your brother Rush proud of you for this book? It seems to be. I mean, he mentioned my book for several minutes on his show, and then he interviewed me for his upcoming Limbaugh letter. So, yeah, we work very closely together, and we&#x27;re mutually supportive. Yeah. Now, this book is climbing the bestsellers list. I mean, folks can get a hold of this by going to Amazon, all the bookstores.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Anywhere else they can get a copy? Yeah, Amazon, Barnes &amp; Noble, and all the bookstores, as far as I know, are carrying it. It&#x27;s out there pretty much in pretty big numbers. Again, folks, the name of the book, The Great Destroyer, the author, David Limbaugh. David, thanks for your time today. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Limbaugh joins Coach Pete to discuss The Great Destroyer and the research behind his book. This June 2012 interview presents Limbaugh’s perspective on government spending, employment, and the political debate of that period.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Limbaugh</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Limbaugh, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/image.jpg?t=1792072864&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-limbaugh-the-great-destroyer/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/image.jpg?t=1792072864&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 23 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>788</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c21368fd-6cee-43ed-9226-b4e2013a28d2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12636960" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-limbaugh-the-great-destroyer</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>195</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Destroyer" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:06" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Macchia: Turning Savings Into Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>David Macchia: Turning Savings Into Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income planning. Their June 2012 conversation explores written income plans, investment behavior during turbulent markets, and the transition from saving money to relying on it.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back from June 2012, Coach Pete interviews income planning specialist David Macchia. And welcome back into the Financial Safari course, folks, your weekly show looking inside this very complex world. We call it the financial world. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have an excellent guest. His name is David Macchia, and David is an income planning specialist, folks, and I&#x27;m and I wanted to get his perspective on what&#x27;s going on out there in the financial world. And David, how many years experience do you have doing income planning? Well, Coach Pete, it&#x27;s almost 10 years now where it&#x27;s been virtually my exclusive focus. And you&#x27;re joining us from Massachusetts, correct? From Boston. Right in Boston.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Right in Boston. Right in historic Boston. All right. And now, look, we remember Paul Revere. He went up and down the road with his horse telling everyone the British were coming, and he&#x27;s trying to warn people about certain things. And here in the financial world, sometimes we feel like Paul Revere because we&#x27;re trying to warn people that putting too many eggs in one basket is harmful, and a lot of folks are still ignoring the concept of income planning, aren&#x27;t they, David? Well, they really are. And what they&#x27;re tending to do is to think that their normal approaches to investing money will be sufficient when it comes time to spend down those retirement assets. And for most people, unfortunately, that&#x27;s just going to be an inadequate approach. People have to think differently when it comes to creating income. They have to think about what&#x27;s sustainable, what&#x27;s predictable, what&#x27;s certain, what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> risk-free. Because most people, Coach Pete, as you know, need to have an ongoing ability to meet at least their essential living expenses, those are the expenses that just can&#x27;t be risked. And so it requires a different approach to investing money once people get into this phase of life. And the concept basically is time-segmented asset allocation, otherwise known as bucketing, basketing, laddering, segmenting strategies. It all just means making sure you have different money in different places to give you money at different times of your life, correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. You know, and people intuitively are used to thinking about this concept. I can recall when I was, you know, an eight or nine-year-old boy, I would spend some time in the summers with my cousin. And my cousin&#x27;s mom, my aunt, had a kitchen drawer.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And in the kitchen drawer, she had envelopes, Coach Pete, where one envelope would say rent, one envelope would say groceries, one envelope would say electric, one envelope would say gas. And so she was bucketing. Her budget was bucketing. And so I think this is an approach that&#x27;s sort of intuitive for lots of people. But what it means when you get into retirement is that you have to segment your money and you have to use some of that money to provide vehicles that will create guaranteed retirement income for you. And then other segments of money into vehicles that may have more risk, market risk, for instance. And by mixing these two approaches together, you get the ability to have guaranteed paychecks, which can keep you invested in assets that are more risky when markets turn turbulent and topsy-turvy and uncertain. So just having your money in an investment account, which is subject to a great deal of fluctuation,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> leads many people to make bad decisions at exactly the wrong time. And if set up properly, these plans can be done in writing and show people with guaranteed certainty what will happen in the future, correct? That&#x27;s right. And I think it&#x27;s very important that people have a formal written income plan describing how they&#x27;re going to create their retirement income. There&#x27;s really nothing more important when you think about it. When people stop working and they have to rely upon their assets to create durable retirement income, well, there&#x27;s nothing more deserving of a formal approach and plan to reach that objective. And as I said before, you know, the foundation of creating an income plan today for most people is going to be finding a way to create durable, guaranteed income that protects them throughout their retirement years, at least to the extent of meeting their most essential expenses.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Now, the core and explore philosophy says you take what you&#x27;re going to need in the future and you put that in a protected place and hopefully use that a segmenting or laddering strategy with that money. And then with money left over, after you&#x27;re totally sure that the money you&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get into the future will be enough, then and only then you take what&#x27;s left and put into riskier vehicles. Does that make sense? That makes all the sense in the world to me. For most people, I describe that as first build a floor, you know, in the same way that you would build a foundation before you put a house on top. You would certainly build your foundation of retirement income and to meet those expenses that you just can&#x27;t afford not to meet. The basic living expenses that all of us have to confront, that has to be taken care of first. Once that&#x27;s done, and again, only after that&#x27;s done, is it appropriate to take the appropriate</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> amount of money and put it at risk in the hopes of receiving a higher rate of return in the future? And if someone&#x27;s listening right now, let&#x27;s pretend they&#x27;re just getting ready to retire or just entered retirement, and they have plenty of money saved in 401ks or thrift savings, 403bs, wherever they saved it. David, what do you tell someone who&#x27;s looking for a lifetime income using that money they&#x27;ve already put aside? Well, the convenient way for most people to do it is to buy what we call an income annuity. And, you know, that&#x27;s taking a lump sum of money, putting it in an annuity, and then using that annuity to create lifetime income, paychecks that are going to be guaranteed to come in the first of every month, no matter what. And so allocating some of those funds to that purpose is the smart thing for most investors.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> There are some people, you know, very lucky people, Coach Pete, who have more money than they need to produce the retirement income that they require. And for folks in that category, you know, it sort of doesn&#x27;t matter what approach they take. But for the great majority of people who have to be very, very careful about how they deploy their retirement savings and don&#x27;t have a margin of error, you know, can&#x27;t afford to make a mistake, creating that guaranteed income base, that floor of lifetime guaranteed income is the number one goal. And so using the appropriate amount of savings in order to achieve that is step one. Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very important. And the problem, now you mentioned the word annuity, and whenever we say that word annuity, I&#x27;m sure alarm bells go off in many people&#x27;s households, because the problems with annuities are also the positives of annuities. There are a lot of choices out there, David, and some are good and some are bad, unfortunately,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> these days, correct? Yeah, well, when I talk about annuity, I&#x27;m talking about annuity in the more generic sense, the literal sense of systematic payments. It&#x27;s important that, you know, people are provided paychecks that come in every month. Now, having said that, you&#x27;re exactly right. There&#x27;s a difference between one annuity and the other. And making a good purchase and not purchasing an annuity that has excessive costs or fees or charges in it is really important. But the underlying principle, the ability of an insurance company to guarantee monthly paychecks for life is an extraordinarily important value proposition that people need to understand and benefit from. And these are known as contractual guarantees. And of course, the contract is only as strong as the safety and security and power of the insurance company. That&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> for people to do their homework ahead of time. And folks, his name is David Machia. He&#x27;s president and CEO of Wealth2K. And what we&#x27;re talking about here with segmenting the money, this can be done in a written form. Matter of fact, you have pioneered some great software that we use in our office to make sure people get the right plan organized before they ever move money. Well, that&#x27;s right. You know, my company offers a program called the Income for Life model, which a number of financial advisors around the country use. And that&#x27;s software that simply helps people design a plan for creating sustainable retirement income and finding the right base to provide guaranteed income and also putting the right amount of money at risk if they want to take risk after that base is created. So it&#x27;s not as simple as, as I said in the beginning of putting</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> money in an account, just taking a withdrawal out of an account each year. Segmentation is a little more complex, but it&#x27;s much more outcome driven. It&#x27;s much more focused on giving people predictability and reliability. I always like to use the term ROI. You know, most people think of ROI as return on investment. But once we get into this phase of life, retirees are concerned about a different ROI, Coach Pete. They want reliability of income. And having a strategy that starts out with the assertion of reliability of income in it is probably the most important thing people need to be concerned about. And when you&#x27;ve helped folks with the reliability of income type plans, I mean, how does it make them feel? And what&#x27;s the main benefit of them getting a plan like that? Well, let me take you back to 2008. The investors had different approaches to creating retirement income. If someone simply had an investment account and was taking out three or four or 5% a year,</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> they had a lot of anxiety when they saw asset classes falling in unison all around them. And a lot of people who had that type of strategy, which I would say was the traditional approach to creating retirement income, you know, sold out, sold out of the market at exactly the wrong time. Because we did see that after 2008, you know, it took a while, but the market recovered. But people who had a strategy that had a foundation of lifetime guaranteed paychecks as part of it were able generally to weather that storm much better, much more successfully than people who didn&#x27;t have that. So you can be very nervous when when the market is turbulent or declining. But if you know you have a paycheck that&#x27;s guaranteed to come in the first of every month, it just may make all the difference in the world and you being able to be sustainable with your strategy. And sustaining the strategy is the difference between success or</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> failure over long periods of time. Absolutely, folks. His name is David Machia. He&#x27;s president and CEO of Wealth2k. He&#x27;s joined us from Boston. Mass. David, I hope to have you on again in the future. Well, thank you, Coach Peach. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income planning. Their June 2012 conversation explores written income plans, investment behavior during turbulent markets, and the transition from saving money to relying on it.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back from June 2012, Coach Pete interviews income planning specialist David Macchia. And welcome back into the Financial Safari course, folks, your weekly show looking inside this very complex world. We call it the financial world. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have an excellent guest. His name is David Macchia, and David is an income planning specialist, folks, and I&#x27;m and I wanted to get his perspective on what&#x27;s going on out there in the financial world. And David, how many years experience do you have doing income planning? Well, Coach Pete, it&#x27;s almost 10 years now where it&#x27;s been virtually my exclusive focus. And you&#x27;re joining us from Massachusetts, correct? From Boston. Right in Boston.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Right in Boston. Right in historic Boston. All right. And now, look, we remember Paul Revere. He went up and down the road with his horse telling everyone the British were coming, and he&#x27;s trying to warn people about certain things. And here in the financial world, sometimes we feel like Paul Revere because we&#x27;re trying to warn people that putting too many eggs in one basket is harmful, and a lot of folks are still ignoring the concept of income planning, aren&#x27;t they, David? Well, they really are. And what they&#x27;re tending to do is to think that their normal approaches to investing money will be sufficient when it comes time to spend down those retirement assets. And for most people, unfortunately, that&#x27;s just going to be an inadequate approach. People have to think differently when it comes to creating income. They have to think about what&#x27;s sustainable, what&#x27;s predictable, what&#x27;s certain, what&#x27;s</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> risk-free. Because most people, Coach Pete, as you know, need to have an ongoing ability to meet at least their essential living expenses, those are the expenses that just can&#x27;t be risked. And so it requires a different approach to investing money once people get into this phase of life. And the concept basically is time-segmented asset allocation, otherwise known as bucketing, basketing, laddering, segmenting strategies. It all just means making sure you have different money in different places to give you money at different times of your life, correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. You know, and people intuitively are used to thinking about this concept. I can recall when I was, you know, an eight or nine-year-old boy, I would spend some time in the summers with my cousin. And my cousin&#x27;s mom, my aunt, had a kitchen drawer.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And in the kitchen drawer, she had envelopes, Coach Pete, where one envelope would say rent, one envelope would say groceries, one envelope would say electric, one envelope would say gas. And so she was bucketing. Her budget was bucketing. And so I think this is an approach that&#x27;s sort of intuitive for lots of people. But what it means when you get into retirement is that you have to segment your money and you have to use some of that money to provide vehicles that will create guaranteed retirement income for you. And then other segments of money into vehicles that may have more risk, market risk, for instance. And by mixing these two approaches together, you get the ability to have guaranteed paychecks, which can keep you invested in assets that are more risky when markets turn turbulent and topsy-turvy and uncertain. So just having your money in an investment account, which is subject to a great deal of fluctuation,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> leads many people to make bad decisions at exactly the wrong time. And if set up properly, these plans can be done in writing and show people with guaranteed certainty what will happen in the future, correct? That&#x27;s right. And I think it&#x27;s very important that people have a formal written income plan describing how they&#x27;re going to create their retirement income. There&#x27;s really nothing more important when you think about it. When people stop working and they have to rely upon their assets to create durable retirement income, well, there&#x27;s nothing more deserving of a formal approach and plan to reach that objective. And as I said before, you know, the foundation of creating an income plan today for most people is going to be finding a way to create durable, guaranteed income that protects them throughout their retirement years, at least to the extent of meeting their most essential expenses.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> Now, the core and explore philosophy says you take what you&#x27;re going to need in the future and you put that in a protected place and hopefully use that a segmenting or laddering strategy with that money. And then with money left over, after you&#x27;re totally sure that the money you&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get into the future will be enough, then and only then you take what&#x27;s left and put into riskier vehicles. Does that make sense? That makes all the sense in the world to me. For most people, I describe that as first build a floor, you know, in the same way that you would build a foundation before you put a house on top. You would certainly build your foundation of retirement income and to meet those expenses that you just can&#x27;t afford not to meet. The basic living expenses that all of us have to confront, that has to be taken care of first. Once that&#x27;s done, and again, only after that&#x27;s done, is it appropriate to take the appropriate</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> amount of money and put it at risk in the hopes of receiving a higher rate of return in the future? And if someone&#x27;s listening right now, let&#x27;s pretend they&#x27;re just getting ready to retire or just entered retirement, and they have plenty of money saved in 401ks or thrift savings, 403bs, wherever they saved it. David, what do you tell someone who&#x27;s looking for a lifetime income using that money they&#x27;ve already put aside? Well, the convenient way for most people to do it is to buy what we call an income annuity. And, you know, that&#x27;s taking a lump sum of money, putting it in an annuity, and then using that annuity to create lifetime income, paychecks that are going to be guaranteed to come in the first of every month, no matter what. And so allocating some of those funds to that purpose is the smart thing for most investors.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> There are some people, you know, very lucky people, Coach Pete, who have more money than they need to produce the retirement income that they require. And for folks in that category, you know, it sort of doesn&#x27;t matter what approach they take. But for the great majority of people who have to be very, very careful about how they deploy their retirement savings and don&#x27;t have a margin of error, you know, can&#x27;t afford to make a mistake, creating that guaranteed income base, that floor of lifetime guaranteed income is the number one goal. And so using the appropriate amount of savings in order to achieve that is step one. Yeah, it&#x27;s very, very important. And the problem, now you mentioned the word annuity, and whenever we say that word annuity, I&#x27;m sure alarm bells go off in many people&#x27;s households, because the problems with annuities are also the positives of annuities. There are a lot of choices out there, David, and some are good and some are bad, unfortunately,</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> these days, correct? Yeah, well, when I talk about annuity, I&#x27;m talking about annuity in the more generic sense, the literal sense of systematic payments. It&#x27;s important that, you know, people are provided paychecks that come in every month. Now, having said that, you&#x27;re exactly right. There&#x27;s a difference between one annuity and the other. And making a good purchase and not purchasing an annuity that has excessive costs or fees or charges in it is really important. But the underlying principle, the ability of an insurance company to guarantee monthly paychecks for life is an extraordinarily important value proposition that people need to understand and benefit from. And these are known as contractual guarantees. And of course, the contract is only as strong as the safety and security and power of the insurance company. That&#x27;s why it&#x27;s important</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> for people to do their homework ahead of time. And folks, his name is David Machia. He&#x27;s president and CEO of Wealth2K. And what we&#x27;re talking about here with segmenting the money, this can be done in a written form. Matter of fact, you have pioneered some great software that we use in our office to make sure people get the right plan organized before they ever move money. Well, that&#x27;s right. You know, my company offers a program called the Income for Life model, which a number of financial advisors around the country use. And that&#x27;s software that simply helps people design a plan for creating sustainable retirement income and finding the right base to provide guaranteed income and also putting the right amount of money at risk if they want to take risk after that base is created. So it&#x27;s not as simple as, as I said in the beginning of putting</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> money in an account, just taking a withdrawal out of an account each year. Segmentation is a little more complex, but it&#x27;s much more outcome driven. It&#x27;s much more focused on giving people predictability and reliability. I always like to use the term ROI. You know, most people think of ROI as return on investment. But once we get into this phase of life, retirees are concerned about a different ROI, Coach Pete. They want reliability of income. And having a strategy that starts out with the assertion of reliability of income in it is probably the most important thing people need to be concerned about. And when you&#x27;ve helped folks with the reliability of income type plans, I mean, how does it make them feel? And what&#x27;s the main benefit of them getting a plan like that? Well, let me take you back to 2008. The investors had different approaches to creating retirement income. If someone simply had an investment account and was taking out three or four or 5% a year,</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> they had a lot of anxiety when they saw asset classes falling in unison all around them. And a lot of people who had that type of strategy, which I would say was the traditional approach to creating retirement income, you know, sold out, sold out of the market at exactly the wrong time. Because we did see that after 2008, you know, it took a while, but the market recovered. But people who had a strategy that had a foundation of lifetime guaranteed paychecks as part of it were able generally to weather that storm much better, much more successfully than people who didn&#x27;t have that. So you can be very nervous when when the market is turbulent or declining. But if you know you have a paycheck that&#x27;s guaranteed to come in the first of every month, it just may make all the difference in the world and you being able to be sustainable with your strategy. And sustaining the strategy is the difference between success or</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> failure over long periods of time. Absolutely, folks. His name is David Machia. He&#x27;s president and CEO of Wealth2k. He&#x27;s joined us from Boston. Mass. David, I hope to have you on again in the future. Well, thank you, Coach Peach. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Macchia joins Coach Pete to discuss retirement income planning. Their June 2012 conversation explores written income plans, investment behavior during turbulent markets, and the transition from saving money to relying on it.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Macchia</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Macchia, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75/image.jpg?t=1792071846&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-macchia-turning-savings-into-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75/image.jpg?t=1792071846&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>611</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e8c7d5d-a7d5-4575-8efd-b4e30015eb75/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9803191" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-macchia-turning-savings-into-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>196</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Turning Savings Into Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:33" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diana Henriques: Revisiting the Madoff Story</title>
      <itunes:title>Diana Henriques: Revisiting the Madoff Story</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Diana Henriques returns to discuss The Wizard of Lies and developments in the Bernie Madoff story. This June 2012 conversation examines investment fraud, the challenges facing regulators, and the lessons for investors.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early June 2012, Coach Pete interviews New York Times financial reporter Diana Henriquez. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks looking inside the very complex world we call the financial world. We have a very special guest on today. We&#x27;ve had her on before. Her name is Diana Henriquez. She&#x27;s a writer with the New York Times, and she&#x27;s written a book called The Wizard of Lies. It&#x27;s the Bernie Madoff story. And coming up now, I guess it&#x27;ll be out in paperback soon, right, Diana? It&#x27;s out in paperback right now. Pete, folks can find it in their stores or find it online or go to my website, which is dianabhenriquez.com, and it&#x27;ll steer them to all the places they can find it.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, the Bernie Madoff story is the one that won&#x27;t seem to go away. It&#x27;s the gift that keeps on giving, that&#x27;s for sure. For a financial writer, you just couldn&#x27;t make this stuff up. It&#x27;s just amazing. And we&#x27;ve had, most recently now, with the bank problem here, J.P. Morgan had a problem just recently, and that ties in a little bit with Bernie Madoff, you were telling me. It did, to my astonishment. I&#x27;m sure your listeners will know about the $2 billion loss that J.P. Morgan-Chase incurred in an operation called the Investment Office that was supposed to actually be making the bank safer by hedging its investment portfolio. But instead, the hedge turned upside down and has cost them at least $2 billion in losses so far. Now, what&#x27;s the connection with Bernie Madoff? Well, we know from before that J.P.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Morgan-Chase was Madoff&#x27;s bank. Every Ponzi schemer needs a banker, and Chase was Bernie&#x27;s. And Chase managed his bank account through the many years that the authorities say that this Ponzi scheme was going on without ever, they say, suspecting that anything suspicious was going on. However, the young man who has now been put in charge of that troubled office at J.P. Morgan-Chase that incurred this $2 billion loss played a cameo role in the Madoff case. Back in 2007, according to a lawsuit filed by the Madoff trustee against the bank, this young man, Matt Zames, expressed in an email to the chief investment officer at the bank his concerns about Bernie Madoff, his suspicions that Madoff was rumored to be operating a Ponzi</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> scheme. That email was discussed within a small circle at the bank, but the bank did nothing to either shut down Madoff&#x27;s account, investigate the allegations, do anything to protect investors in Madoff&#x27;s scheme. They continued to provide banking services to Madoff right up until the day he was arrested. So I never thought these two mongles by J.P. Morgan-Chase would ever meet, but they did this week with that particular personnel move on the part of the banks. Well, it&#x27;s a confusing financial world, and sometimes it gets a little clearer, a little bit too clear sometimes. When we talk about $2 billion or more, and people, I think their eyes glaze over when they hear that word billion. That&#x27;s a lot of money. It is.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You know, I&#x27;m kind of sympathetic to the problems that the regulators at the SEC had in believing the whistleblower who was arguing that they ought to look into Bernie Madoff. I mean, if you say somebody&#x27;s running a $500 million Ponzi scheme, regulators might believe you. We&#x27;ve actually had a Ponzi scheme as big as $550 million before Madoff was arrested. It was the biggest in history at the time. But if you come and tell them, this guy&#x27;s running a $50, $60 billion Ponzi scheme, they&#x27;re going to think you&#x27;re off your meds. You know, they&#x27;re going to think that you&#x27;re a little bit crazy because nothing could be that big, but in fact, this Ponzi scheme was. And a lot of that money was retirement money. People had worked their whole life to put money away with Bernie Madoff or other advisors,</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> too, who have done the same thing. Many Madoffs, we call them. So what are some of the steps that our listeners can do to make sure their retirement money is protected as they go forward? I think one of the key things that people need to think about right now is how vulnerable they are to scams that won&#x27;t have any of the traditional red flags of a Ponzi scheme. You know, a smart Ponzi schemer today is not going to be offering investors 20%, even 15%. Why? Well, you&#x27;d instantly be suspicious of that. You know, how is he earning that kind of money? What he&#x27;s going to do is offer you 3%, just like a money market fund, just as safe as a money market fund, but it pays you a little bit more. And you know, people would love to hear about an investment like that because we&#x27;re so starved</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> for earnings on our retirement savings. And people are going to be tempted to look for something that they believe is safe, but that&#x27;s going to pay them a little bit more. That&#x27;s leaving us all very vulnerable to the next Bernie Madoff. And I hope your listeners will be careful to understand that it&#x27;s no longer true that you can recognize a Ponzi scheme by its big, outsized promises that, you know, it&#x27;s going to make you 100% in the year. They don&#x27;t do that anymore. Bernie Madoff taught Ponzi schemers that you don&#x27;t have to do that. Offer people just a little bit more than they can get in a money market fund, but not so much more that they will be instantly suspicious. So that&#x27;s what worries me is the scams like that. We&#x27;ve seen a few of them already shut down by the SEC.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Ponzi schemes, as you know, Peter, devilishly hard to catch because their victims are so happy with the returns they&#x27;re getting. They don&#x27;t even know they&#x27;re victims until the music stops. So it&#x27;s going to be up to investors to be very vigilant about what they&#x27;re investing in. So that&#x27;s step one. Be careful about even low returns, things that sound like they ought to be safe, to look into them carefully. And second, be sure you&#x27;re dealing with an investment where the assets are held by a third-party custodian, some independent bank or trust company that&#x27;s actually holding the stocks and bonds that the money manager is purchasing for you. That wasn&#x27;t the case with Bernie Madoff. And if it had been the case, his Ponzi scheme would have been impossible. So those are two good ways people can protect themselves.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But, you know, it&#x27;s going to remain a regulatory challenge. Absolutely. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Diana Henriquez. She&#x27;s a New York Times columnist and writer of the book, A Wizard of Lies, the Bernie Madoff story. Diana, you&#x27;ve talked to Mr. Madoff a couple times at least. And what is he saying? Is he remorseful at all these days? Well, I did. I visited him twice in prison before the hardcover came out and have remained in email touch and had some phone calls with him as I was preparing the updated information for the paperback, which is now out. You know, my impression, Pete, is that he&#x27;s kind of hardening in his position about his victims. He is moving more to blaming them for putting him on the spot.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> He shows, to my mind, less remorse than he did, even when I interviewed him in prison a year and a half ago. He&#x27;s not well. His family has totally written him off. Ruth hasn&#x27;t visited him in more than a year and a half, two years. And so he&#x27;s sort of becoming, I think, angrier and unhappier. And he&#x27;s taking that out in his perspective on his victims. He&#x27;s saying comments to me and in emails, he says, well, you know, they should have known better. They should have been suspicious. I mean, he&#x27;s not gone so far as to say it wasn&#x27;t my fault. He admits he committed a crime here. But you don&#x27;t get the kind of remorse that you might expect he would feel towards all of these victims who&#x27;ve just been devastated by the fraud and now caught up in this endless</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> tangle of bankruptcy, which I was able to update in the paperback, the prospects for that bankruptcy case, which is just dragging on and on. And many of the people that used Bernie Madoff had their money they were looking to get a retirement income from with him. And that brings up another point to you. And because you&#x27;re in New York and I&#x27;m sure you talked to a lot of folks, people are still making these mistakes where they&#x27;re not putting enough money into a place where they could get a guaranteed stream of income from. They are. And I can understand why after the 2008 crash and the immense evaporation of trust. I mean, the subtitle of my book is Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. And certainly that crisis and his mammoth fraud in which he ripped off even members of his</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> own family would give people good reason to be suspicious and doubtful. And, you know, the temptation would be just to stuff the money in the mattress or to get around to saving later on when things are better off. But, you know, the importance of saving for retirement and saving safely in a well-regulated investment product. You know, most of the people who lost their retirement funds in the Madoff scandal and in many other Ponzi schemes were investing through self-directed IRAs where they assumed that the administrator of that IRA would have some due diligence responsibilities, some fiduciary duties. But in fact, they don&#x27;t. Under the law, they just don&#x27;t. And so they were responsible for doing their own due diligence and didn&#x27;t know it.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> That&#x27;s the kind of situation where you can really lose big. And I would urge folks who are developing self-directed IRAs to take that to heart, to read the background on the Madoff story and see how $1 billion in IRA money wound up in this Ponzi scheme. And it wasn&#x27;t the first Ponzi scheme that had sucked up IRA money. So people, even in an IRA, need to be very cautious about those self-directed options that they have. Well, it&#x27;s a battle. Trusted advisors fight every day. Is educating the general public on the income planning strategies that are available in contractually guaranteed options? Well, certainly there are safer options that people can choose. I&#x27;m not an investment advisor. I leave that to the experts.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> One thing I do know is that people do need to take some responsibility for their own investment health. You know, you can&#x27;t just, you know, say, oh, I trust so-and-so and, you know, shove all the papers in his or her direction and walk away and say, they&#x27;re going to take care of me. It doesn&#x27;t work that way. You know, people need to understand what they&#x27;re investing in. And they need to invest within their limits, not only their risk tolerance. They shouldn&#x27;t invest in things that are riskier than they can incur. But also within their knowledge tolerance. If you can&#x27;t understand it and your financial advisor can&#x27;t explain it to you, don&#x27;t invest in it. That&#x27;s just common sense.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Well, in your research, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of places where folks would have just got a second opinion and enacted checks and balances of their advisor. Everything would have been better, I think. Well, certainly the Madoff scandal has so many of those, what I call the titanic moments, you know, where you just want to say, the iceberg&#x27;s coming, turn right. You know, places where if people had just taken one more step, if they had just looked one layer deeper, made one more phone call, they would have seen that something was troubling, something was wrong. But you know what the problem is, really, Pete, is that people have this tendency to elect wizards in their lives. I call this book The Wizard of Lies because Madoff was widely seen as kind of a Wall Street</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> wizard, a guy who had the magic touch. He was, you know, a better trader. He was a great businessman. And people trusted him. And you know what? Once people trust you, you don&#x27;t have to bend the rules. They&#x27;ll bend them for you. People will bend the rules all the time for a wizard that they trust because they think the wizard is somehow better, smarter, more successful than they are and is going to look out for them. It&#x27;s a very dangerous mindset. And it is really, that was the mistake that was at the heart of every single law in the Madoff fraud and in every other Ponzi scheme. People see the Ponzi schemer as somehow this magical person who&#x27;s so smart, so successful, successful. And then once you trust somebody that way, you don&#x27;t even see all the red flags that</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> should warn you that you&#x27;re getting into trouble. What a great point. Folks, Diana Henriquez, she&#x27;s a New York Times columnist and writer of the book The Wizard of Lies, which goes into detail on the Bernie Madoff situation available in hardback and paperback. Diana, thanks for your time today. Delighted to be with you again, Pete. Thanks. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diana Henriques returns to discuss The Wizard of Lies and developments in the Bernie Madoff story. This June 2012 conversation examines investment fraud, the challenges facing regulators, and the lessons for investors.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early June 2012, Coach Pete interviews New York Times financial reporter Diana Henriquez. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks looking inside the very complex world we call the financial world. We have a very special guest on today. We&#x27;ve had her on before. Her name is Diana Henriquez. She&#x27;s a writer with the New York Times, and she&#x27;s written a book called The Wizard of Lies. It&#x27;s the Bernie Madoff story. And coming up now, I guess it&#x27;ll be out in paperback soon, right, Diana? It&#x27;s out in paperback right now. Pete, folks can find it in their stores or find it online or go to my website, which is dianabhenriquez.com, and it&#x27;ll steer them to all the places they can find it.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> Well, the Bernie Madoff story is the one that won&#x27;t seem to go away. It&#x27;s the gift that keeps on giving, that&#x27;s for sure. For a financial writer, you just couldn&#x27;t make this stuff up. It&#x27;s just amazing. And we&#x27;ve had, most recently now, with the bank problem here, J.P. Morgan had a problem just recently, and that ties in a little bit with Bernie Madoff, you were telling me. It did, to my astonishment. I&#x27;m sure your listeners will know about the $2 billion loss that J.P. Morgan-Chase incurred in an operation called the Investment Office that was supposed to actually be making the bank safer by hedging its investment portfolio. But instead, the hedge turned upside down and has cost them at least $2 billion in losses so far. Now, what&#x27;s the connection with Bernie Madoff? Well, we know from before that J.P.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Morgan-Chase was Madoff&#x27;s bank. Every Ponzi schemer needs a banker, and Chase was Bernie&#x27;s. And Chase managed his bank account through the many years that the authorities say that this Ponzi scheme was going on without ever, they say, suspecting that anything suspicious was going on. However, the young man who has now been put in charge of that troubled office at J.P. Morgan-Chase that incurred this $2 billion loss played a cameo role in the Madoff case. Back in 2007, according to a lawsuit filed by the Madoff trustee against the bank, this young man, Matt Zames, expressed in an email to the chief investment officer at the bank his concerns about Bernie Madoff, his suspicions that Madoff was rumored to be operating a Ponzi</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> scheme. That email was discussed within a small circle at the bank, but the bank did nothing to either shut down Madoff&#x27;s account, investigate the allegations, do anything to protect investors in Madoff&#x27;s scheme. They continued to provide banking services to Madoff right up until the day he was arrested. So I never thought these two mongles by J.P. Morgan-Chase would ever meet, but they did this week with that particular personnel move on the part of the banks. Well, it&#x27;s a confusing financial world, and sometimes it gets a little clearer, a little bit too clear sometimes. When we talk about $2 billion or more, and people, I think their eyes glaze over when they hear that word billion. That&#x27;s a lot of money. It is.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> You know, I&#x27;m kind of sympathetic to the problems that the regulators at the SEC had in believing the whistleblower who was arguing that they ought to look into Bernie Madoff. I mean, if you say somebody&#x27;s running a $500 million Ponzi scheme, regulators might believe you. We&#x27;ve actually had a Ponzi scheme as big as $550 million before Madoff was arrested. It was the biggest in history at the time. But if you come and tell them, this guy&#x27;s running a $50, $60 billion Ponzi scheme, they&#x27;re going to think you&#x27;re off your meds. You know, they&#x27;re going to think that you&#x27;re a little bit crazy because nothing could be that big, but in fact, this Ponzi scheme was. And a lot of that money was retirement money. People had worked their whole life to put money away with Bernie Madoff or other advisors,</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> too, who have done the same thing. Many Madoffs, we call them. So what are some of the steps that our listeners can do to make sure their retirement money is protected as they go forward? I think one of the key things that people need to think about right now is how vulnerable they are to scams that won&#x27;t have any of the traditional red flags of a Ponzi scheme. You know, a smart Ponzi schemer today is not going to be offering investors 20%, even 15%. Why? Well, you&#x27;d instantly be suspicious of that. You know, how is he earning that kind of money? What he&#x27;s going to do is offer you 3%, just like a money market fund, just as safe as a money market fund, but it pays you a little bit more. And you know, people would love to hear about an investment like that because we&#x27;re so starved</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> for earnings on our retirement savings. And people are going to be tempted to look for something that they believe is safe, but that&#x27;s going to pay them a little bit more. That&#x27;s leaving us all very vulnerable to the next Bernie Madoff. And I hope your listeners will be careful to understand that it&#x27;s no longer true that you can recognize a Ponzi scheme by its big, outsized promises that, you know, it&#x27;s going to make you 100% in the year. They don&#x27;t do that anymore. Bernie Madoff taught Ponzi schemers that you don&#x27;t have to do that. Offer people just a little bit more than they can get in a money market fund, but not so much more that they will be instantly suspicious. So that&#x27;s what worries me is the scams like that. We&#x27;ve seen a few of them already shut down by the SEC.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> Ponzi schemes, as you know, Peter, devilishly hard to catch because their victims are so happy with the returns they&#x27;re getting. They don&#x27;t even know they&#x27;re victims until the music stops. So it&#x27;s going to be up to investors to be very vigilant about what they&#x27;re investing in. So that&#x27;s step one. Be careful about even low returns, things that sound like they ought to be safe, to look into them carefully. And second, be sure you&#x27;re dealing with an investment where the assets are held by a third-party custodian, some independent bank or trust company that&#x27;s actually holding the stocks and bonds that the money manager is purchasing for you. That wasn&#x27;t the case with Bernie Madoff. And if it had been the case, his Ponzi scheme would have been impossible. So those are two good ways people can protect themselves.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But, you know, it&#x27;s going to remain a regulatory challenge. Absolutely. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Diana Henriquez. She&#x27;s a New York Times columnist and writer of the book, A Wizard of Lies, the Bernie Madoff story. Diana, you&#x27;ve talked to Mr. Madoff a couple times at least. And what is he saying? Is he remorseful at all these days? Well, I did. I visited him twice in prison before the hardcover came out and have remained in email touch and had some phone calls with him as I was preparing the updated information for the paperback, which is now out. You know, my impression, Pete, is that he&#x27;s kind of hardening in his position about his victims. He is moving more to blaming them for putting him on the spot.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> He shows, to my mind, less remorse than he did, even when I interviewed him in prison a year and a half ago. He&#x27;s not well. His family has totally written him off. Ruth hasn&#x27;t visited him in more than a year and a half, two years. And so he&#x27;s sort of becoming, I think, angrier and unhappier. And he&#x27;s taking that out in his perspective on his victims. He&#x27;s saying comments to me and in emails, he says, well, you know, they should have known better. They should have been suspicious. I mean, he&#x27;s not gone so far as to say it wasn&#x27;t my fault. He admits he committed a crime here. But you don&#x27;t get the kind of remorse that you might expect he would feel towards all of these victims who&#x27;ve just been devastated by the fraud and now caught up in this endless</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> tangle of bankruptcy, which I was able to update in the paperback, the prospects for that bankruptcy case, which is just dragging on and on. And many of the people that used Bernie Madoff had their money they were looking to get a retirement income from with him. And that brings up another point to you. And because you&#x27;re in New York and I&#x27;m sure you talked to a lot of folks, people are still making these mistakes where they&#x27;re not putting enough money into a place where they could get a guaranteed stream of income from. They are. And I can understand why after the 2008 crash and the immense evaporation of trust. I mean, the subtitle of my book is Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. And certainly that crisis and his mammoth fraud in which he ripped off even members of his</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> own family would give people good reason to be suspicious and doubtful. And, you know, the temptation would be just to stuff the money in the mattress or to get around to saving later on when things are better off. But, you know, the importance of saving for retirement and saving safely in a well-regulated investment product. You know, most of the people who lost their retirement funds in the Madoff scandal and in many other Ponzi schemes were investing through self-directed IRAs where they assumed that the administrator of that IRA would have some due diligence responsibilities, some fiduciary duties. But in fact, they don&#x27;t. Under the law, they just don&#x27;t. And so they were responsible for doing their own due diligence and didn&#x27;t know it.</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> That&#x27;s the kind of situation where you can really lose big. And I would urge folks who are developing self-directed IRAs to take that to heart, to read the background on the Madoff story and see how $1 billion in IRA money wound up in this Ponzi scheme. And it wasn&#x27;t the first Ponzi scheme that had sucked up IRA money. So people, even in an IRA, need to be very cautious about those self-directed options that they have. Well, it&#x27;s a battle. Trusted advisors fight every day. Is educating the general public on the income planning strategies that are available in contractually guaranteed options? Well, certainly there are safer options that people can choose. I&#x27;m not an investment advisor. I leave that to the experts.</p><p><strong>10:20</strong> One thing I do know is that people do need to take some responsibility for their own investment health. You know, you can&#x27;t just, you know, say, oh, I trust so-and-so and, you know, shove all the papers in his or her direction and walk away and say, they&#x27;re going to take care of me. It doesn&#x27;t work that way. You know, people need to understand what they&#x27;re investing in. And they need to invest within their limits, not only their risk tolerance. They shouldn&#x27;t invest in things that are riskier than they can incur. But also within their knowledge tolerance. If you can&#x27;t understand it and your financial advisor can&#x27;t explain it to you, don&#x27;t invest in it. That&#x27;s just common sense.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Well, in your research, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve uncovered a lot of places where folks would have just got a second opinion and enacted checks and balances of their advisor. Everything would have been better, I think. Well, certainly the Madoff scandal has so many of those, what I call the titanic moments, you know, where you just want to say, the iceberg&#x27;s coming, turn right. You know, places where if people had just taken one more step, if they had just looked one layer deeper, made one more phone call, they would have seen that something was troubling, something was wrong. But you know what the problem is, really, Pete, is that people have this tendency to elect wizards in their lives. I call this book The Wizard of Lies because Madoff was widely seen as kind of a Wall Street</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> wizard, a guy who had the magic touch. He was, you know, a better trader. He was a great businessman. And people trusted him. And you know what? Once people trust you, you don&#x27;t have to bend the rules. They&#x27;ll bend them for you. People will bend the rules all the time for a wizard that they trust because they think the wizard is somehow better, smarter, more successful than they are and is going to look out for them. It&#x27;s a very dangerous mindset. And it is really, that was the mistake that was at the heart of every single law in the Madoff fraud and in every other Ponzi scheme. People see the Ponzi schemer as somehow this magical person who&#x27;s so smart, so successful, successful. And then once you trust somebody that way, you don&#x27;t even see all the red flags that</p><p><strong>12:44</strong> should warn you that you&#x27;re getting into trouble. What a great point. Folks, Diana Henriquez, she&#x27;s a New York Times columnist and writer of the book The Wizard of Lies, which goes into detail on the Bernie Madoff situation available in hardback and paperback. Diana, thanks for your time today. Delighted to be with you again, Pete. Thanks. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Diana Henriques returns to discuss The Wizard of Lies and developments in the Bernie Madoff story. This June 2012 conversation examines investment fraud, the challenges facing regulators, and the lessons for investors.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Diana Henriques</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Diana Henriques, investing, financial fraud</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf/image.jpg?t=1792072875&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diana-henriques-revisiting-the-madoff-story/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf/image.jpg?t=1792072875&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 02 Jun 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>799</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/808ff443-ad7f-4cd0-a4ca-b4e201392ebf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12817007" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diana-henriques-revisiting-the-madoff-story</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>197</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Revisiting the Madoff Story" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Findlay: The Value of Art</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Findlay: The Value of Art</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May of 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Michael Finley. And welcome back into the Financial Safari radio program. Again, educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on this segment of the program. He&#x27;s going to be talking to us about the sometimes seemingly random value of art. He is Michael Finley, and he&#x27;s written a book, the new book, The Value of Art. And first, Michael, thank you for joining us on the program. Pete, it&#x27;s my pleasure to be here. And also thank you for sending us a wonderful copy of your book. Now, this is a beautiful book, great information, some great examples of the kind of pieces of</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> art that you are describing here. Now, Michael, it seems to me that art can be, in fact, as you indicate, very random. Some pieces of artwork can be worth literally hundreds of millions of dollars, while art that is seemingly, at least on the surface, of the same quality could be worth nothing. So what is the difference? What makes some art priceless and some art worthless? I think, though, that the quality is the keystone, quality and rarity. What gives a work of art value is, first of all, to some extent, a historical perspective on it, the generations that it&#x27;s been around, the number of people who have enjoyed it, the</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> critics, the collectors who have wanted to buy it, the competition for it. And I don&#x27;t sell something for $40 million because I simply decide I want $40 million today. I have to be able to justify that price or, indeed, any price. And I do that by explaining to my clients and showing them that works relative to the one that I am offering them have sold for similar prices or more. And there is now easy access to the prices of pictures that are sold at auction, for instance, a public auction, so that these prices can be verified. It&#x27;s not actually random. It is competitive.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And it is based primarily on rarity. Michael, in the financial world, we see people going to the Internet trying to get financial advice, and there&#x27;s good and bad advice on there. Would you recommend people maybe use the Internet to give them a guideline, but never the final judgment on art? I don&#x27;t believe people should buy art on the Internet. I think they could get plenty of information about it. galleries like mine have good websites, and that will show you things we have. However, the actual point of sale has got to be you looking at the painting, talking to somebody knowledgeable about it. It has got to be live.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> If you&#x27;re spending any kind of serious money at all, if you&#x27;re going to buy a $50 reproduction on the Internet, fine. It probably won&#x27;t be the color you thought it was. It may not be the size you thought it was. But, hey, you know, $50 isn&#x27;t that much. But if you&#x27;re going into serious money, you have to have good advice, a relationship with a local dealer, somebody who knows what they&#x27;re talking about. When we talk about serious money, what would you, in your opinion, feel is a good annual return on investment in art? I don&#x27;t counsel people to invest in art. If they want to collect art and they have available funds and they&#x27;re prepared to buy the best in whatever category and budget area they are,</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> then they should spend the money, think of it as spent, put it on the wall, and enjoy it. The people who have taken that attitude usually end up being the people whose collections are worth the most. The people who have entered art collecting with the sole objective of investing won&#x27;t spend the top dollar, end up with pictures that are B or C or D in quality, and they always remain that way. And 10, 15, or 50 years later, they&#x27;re still not great pictures. They may be sold for more, but probably not much more than inflation. So, in other words, Michael, those that don&#x27;t care as much about the actual dollar value of their art tend to make out better.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> They do make out better if they&#x27;re buying with their hearts, with their heads, with good advice as far as the value. Buy, don&#x27;t pay less, or don&#x27;t seek to pay less or more than the current market value. I have no crystal ball. I don&#x27;t know if that current market value is going to go up or go down. More or less, since 1945, in the general category of Impressionist and modern paintings, Western paintings, it&#x27;s been like 12% a year. But that is flattening out all the peaks and valleys. And much the same with the market. If you flatten out the peaks and valleys, you can look at the whole picture. But in between there, there&#x27;s a lot of volatility.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Now, this may be a personal question, if you don&#x27;t mind me asking or you don&#x27;t mind answering it. But what is the most expensive piece of art or painting that you have ever sold? Well, I&#x27;ve had two careers. One is as an art dealer, which is basically a private art dealer, and was as an auction house specialist when I worked at Christie&#x27;s. I supervised the sale of a painting by Vincent van Gogh called Portrait of Dr. Gachet. In 1990, it sold for $82.5 million, which for quite a long time was the highest price paid publicly for a work of art. It was bought by Mr. Saito, a well-known Japanese collector. Talk to us for a moment. I know that the IRS does look at the value of art, in fact.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Can you talk to us about what the IRS Art Panel does? The IRS Art Panel, of which I&#x27;m a member, is a group of art dealers and museum curators. And we are, let&#x27;s say, an adjunct to the IRS department, which has its own art appraisers full-time in-house. When a taxpayer presents the value of a work of art on their tax return, for whatever reason, they could have inherited it, they could have given it away, they or their appraiser assigns it a value that&#x27;s part of their tax return. It matters to the government that that value is correct. And we are available to look over these values and to give our opinion as to whether those taxpayer values are accurate or not.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> It&#x27;s an unpaid job that we do. And I have to say, in many, many cases, the taxpayer&#x27;s values are passed. They&#x27;re accurate. In other cases, there is some kind of exchange that takes place. And, Michael, here&#x27;s a very important question to me, because I don&#x27;t really collect art, but I have some paintings on the wall. How do you know if a painting is fake or not? Well, I know if I know the area, if it&#x27;s an area that I have spent, you know, several decades looking at, I know because I&#x27;ve seen many, many other paintings by that particular artist. There&#x27;s your eye, there&#x27;s your ability to go to the literature and find that that painting has a history, has an exhibition history.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> There were photographs of it done in the artist&#x27;s studio. And there&#x27;s scientific testing. Scientific testing can tell you that somebody could not have done something at a particular point in time, cannot tell you that somebody did. The easiest way to tell whether you&#x27;re being offered a fake is the price. Most people who try and pass off fakes ask prices that are way below market, and that&#x27;s probably the biggest red flag. Now, there is a black market for art, in fact, and, in fact, there have been some entertaining movies about art heists. The Thomas Crown Affair actually comes to mind. It probably is the most well-known. People need to be aware of the fact that they may be purchasing something, or if they are looking at this,</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> this can be a very dangerous market, in fact, to be in, correct? I don&#x27;t really think so, quite honestly. I think the movies play it up. If you steal a well-known painting, it&#x27;s very, very difficult to resell it, because the only people who are interested in buying a well-known painting by a particularly famous artist will know the field. And the FBI has an extremely sophisticated group of people who track these things. A lot of art is stolen in order for it to be ransomed back to the owner. Most art is stolen by people when it&#x27;s a moment of opportunity by people who have no idea what they&#x27;re going to do with it, and they find out that they cannot do anything with it.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> There is also an organization called the Art Loss Register. If you think you&#x27;re being offered a work of art that is stolen, they can research it for you very quickly and tell you whether, in fact, or not, it&#x27;s on any list of stolen merchandise. And several that have been involved in heists have been recovered over the past several years. In fact, I think there was one very recently that was just recovered from a heist from a museum about four or five years ago, correct? Indeed. And there&#x27;s a story in my book about a collector in California who stole his own paintings from himself in order to get the insurance. I and a lot of other people thought he had destroyed them,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> and about ten years later they turned up in a Cleveland warehouse in a totally unrelated case. So it happens. So, I mean, and 60 Minutes has even done a special on contemporary art and the value of it, and it does make sense for folks who are looking at some diversification or asset allocation of their portfolio to maybe invest in something they can also enjoy. I believe so, and I agree with you on that. However, the contemporary art market is one that&#x27;s highly subject to hype and fashion, and is probably the most volatile. If you&#x27;re buying artists that have some historical footprint, you&#x27;re more likely buying what the equivalent of would be blue-chip stocks. They&#x27;ve been around for 50 years, 100 years.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> If an artist who&#x27;s alive today, who&#x27;s in mid-career, whose paintings are selling for millions of dollars, I would caution against spending vast sums of money on artists who are currently very fashionable because they may go out of fashion very quickly. Mike, it&#x27;s almost like the Internet stocks back in the late 1990s. People were jumping on something they had no idea what they were jumping on. Sadly, I think there is some truth to that. And again, I discuss the commoditization of contemporary art in my book, and I&#x27;m not keen on it. And again, that book is The Value of Art. Our very special guest, Michael Finlay, here with us, the author of that book. And Michael, we certainly enjoyed the book and enjoyed your take on the value of art</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> and appreciate your time that you shared with us here on The Financial Safari. Pete, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in May of 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Michael Finley. And welcome back into the Financial Safari radio program. Again, educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. We&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on this segment of the program. He&#x27;s going to be talking to us about the sometimes seemingly random value of art. He is Michael Finley, and he&#x27;s written a book, the new book, The Value of Art. And first, Michael, thank you for joining us on the program. Pete, it&#x27;s my pleasure to be here. And also thank you for sending us a wonderful copy of your book. Now, this is a beautiful book, great information, some great examples of the kind of pieces of</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> art that you are describing here. Now, Michael, it seems to me that art can be, in fact, as you indicate, very random. Some pieces of artwork can be worth literally hundreds of millions of dollars, while art that is seemingly, at least on the surface, of the same quality could be worth nothing. So what is the difference? What makes some art priceless and some art worthless? I think, though, that the quality is the keystone, quality and rarity. What gives a work of art value is, first of all, to some extent, a historical perspective on it, the generations that it&#x27;s been around, the number of people who have enjoyed it, the</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> critics, the collectors who have wanted to buy it, the competition for it. And I don&#x27;t sell something for $40 million because I simply decide I want $40 million today. I have to be able to justify that price or, indeed, any price. And I do that by explaining to my clients and showing them that works relative to the one that I am offering them have sold for similar prices or more. And there is now easy access to the prices of pictures that are sold at auction, for instance, a public auction, so that these prices can be verified. It&#x27;s not actually random. It is competitive.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And it is based primarily on rarity. Michael, in the financial world, we see people going to the Internet trying to get financial advice, and there&#x27;s good and bad advice on there. Would you recommend people maybe use the Internet to give them a guideline, but never the final judgment on art? I don&#x27;t believe people should buy art on the Internet. I think they could get plenty of information about it. galleries like mine have good websites, and that will show you things we have. However, the actual point of sale has got to be you looking at the painting, talking to somebody knowledgeable about it. It has got to be live.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> If you&#x27;re spending any kind of serious money at all, if you&#x27;re going to buy a $50 reproduction on the Internet, fine. It probably won&#x27;t be the color you thought it was. It may not be the size you thought it was. But, hey, you know, $50 isn&#x27;t that much. But if you&#x27;re going into serious money, you have to have good advice, a relationship with a local dealer, somebody who knows what they&#x27;re talking about. When we talk about serious money, what would you, in your opinion, feel is a good annual return on investment in art? I don&#x27;t counsel people to invest in art. If they want to collect art and they have available funds and they&#x27;re prepared to buy the best in whatever category and budget area they are,</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> then they should spend the money, think of it as spent, put it on the wall, and enjoy it. The people who have taken that attitude usually end up being the people whose collections are worth the most. The people who have entered art collecting with the sole objective of investing won&#x27;t spend the top dollar, end up with pictures that are B or C or D in quality, and they always remain that way. And 10, 15, or 50 years later, they&#x27;re still not great pictures. They may be sold for more, but probably not much more than inflation. So, in other words, Michael, those that don&#x27;t care as much about the actual dollar value of their art tend to make out better.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> They do make out better if they&#x27;re buying with their hearts, with their heads, with good advice as far as the value. Buy, don&#x27;t pay less, or don&#x27;t seek to pay less or more than the current market value. I have no crystal ball. I don&#x27;t know if that current market value is going to go up or go down. More or less, since 1945, in the general category of Impressionist and modern paintings, Western paintings, it&#x27;s been like 12% a year. But that is flattening out all the peaks and valleys. And much the same with the market. If you flatten out the peaks and valleys, you can look at the whole picture. But in between there, there&#x27;s a lot of volatility.</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> Now, this may be a personal question, if you don&#x27;t mind me asking or you don&#x27;t mind answering it. But what is the most expensive piece of art or painting that you have ever sold? Well, I&#x27;ve had two careers. One is as an art dealer, which is basically a private art dealer, and was as an auction house specialist when I worked at Christie&#x27;s. I supervised the sale of a painting by Vincent van Gogh called Portrait of Dr. Gachet. In 1990, it sold for $82.5 million, which for quite a long time was the highest price paid publicly for a work of art. It was bought by Mr. Saito, a well-known Japanese collector. Talk to us for a moment. I know that the IRS does look at the value of art, in fact.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> Can you talk to us about what the IRS Art Panel does? The IRS Art Panel, of which I&#x27;m a member, is a group of art dealers and museum curators. And we are, let&#x27;s say, an adjunct to the IRS department, which has its own art appraisers full-time in-house. When a taxpayer presents the value of a work of art on their tax return, for whatever reason, they could have inherited it, they could have given it away, they or their appraiser assigns it a value that&#x27;s part of their tax return. It matters to the government that that value is correct. And we are available to look over these values and to give our opinion as to whether those taxpayer values are accurate or not.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> It&#x27;s an unpaid job that we do. And I have to say, in many, many cases, the taxpayer&#x27;s values are passed. They&#x27;re accurate. In other cases, there is some kind of exchange that takes place. And, Michael, here&#x27;s a very important question to me, because I don&#x27;t really collect art, but I have some paintings on the wall. How do you know if a painting is fake or not? Well, I know if I know the area, if it&#x27;s an area that I have spent, you know, several decades looking at, I know because I&#x27;ve seen many, many other paintings by that particular artist. There&#x27;s your eye, there&#x27;s your ability to go to the literature and find that that painting has a history, has an exhibition history.</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> There were photographs of it done in the artist&#x27;s studio. And there&#x27;s scientific testing. Scientific testing can tell you that somebody could not have done something at a particular point in time, cannot tell you that somebody did. The easiest way to tell whether you&#x27;re being offered a fake is the price. Most people who try and pass off fakes ask prices that are way below market, and that&#x27;s probably the biggest red flag. Now, there is a black market for art, in fact, and, in fact, there have been some entertaining movies about art heists. The Thomas Crown Affair actually comes to mind. It probably is the most well-known. People need to be aware of the fact that they may be purchasing something, or if they are looking at this,</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> this can be a very dangerous market, in fact, to be in, correct? I don&#x27;t really think so, quite honestly. I think the movies play it up. If you steal a well-known painting, it&#x27;s very, very difficult to resell it, because the only people who are interested in buying a well-known painting by a particularly famous artist will know the field. And the FBI has an extremely sophisticated group of people who track these things. A lot of art is stolen in order for it to be ransomed back to the owner. Most art is stolen by people when it&#x27;s a moment of opportunity by people who have no idea what they&#x27;re going to do with it, and they find out that they cannot do anything with it.</p><p><strong>09:41</strong> There is also an organization called the Art Loss Register. If you think you&#x27;re being offered a work of art that is stolen, they can research it for you very quickly and tell you whether, in fact, or not, it&#x27;s on any list of stolen merchandise. And several that have been involved in heists have been recovered over the past several years. In fact, I think there was one very recently that was just recovered from a heist from a museum about four or five years ago, correct? Indeed. And there&#x27;s a story in my book about a collector in California who stole his own paintings from himself in order to get the insurance. I and a lot of other people thought he had destroyed them,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> and about ten years later they turned up in a Cleveland warehouse in a totally unrelated case. So it happens. So, I mean, and 60 Minutes has even done a special on contemporary art and the value of it, and it does make sense for folks who are looking at some diversification or asset allocation of their portfolio to maybe invest in something they can also enjoy. I believe so, and I agree with you on that. However, the contemporary art market is one that&#x27;s highly subject to hype and fashion, and is probably the most volatile. If you&#x27;re buying artists that have some historical footprint, you&#x27;re more likely buying what the equivalent of would be blue-chip stocks. They&#x27;ve been around for 50 years, 100 years.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> If an artist who&#x27;s alive today, who&#x27;s in mid-career, whose paintings are selling for millions of dollars, I would caution against spending vast sums of money on artists who are currently very fashionable because they may go out of fashion very quickly. Mike, it&#x27;s almost like the Internet stocks back in the late 1990s. People were jumping on something they had no idea what they were jumping on. Sadly, I think there is some truth to that. And again, I discuss the commoditization of contemporary art in my book, and I&#x27;m not keen on it. And again, that book is The Value of Art. Our very special guest, Michael Finlay, here with us, the author of that book. And Michael, we certainly enjoyed the book and enjoyed your take on the value of art</p><p><strong>11:58</strong> and appreciate your time that you shared with us here on The Financial Safari. Pete, thank you very much. It&#x27;s been a pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Findlay joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Value of Art. Their May 2012 conversation explores what gives artwork value, the role of knowledgeable advice, and the difference between enjoying art and buying it as an investment.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Findlay</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>art</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Findlay, investing, art</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/image.jpg?t=1792072890&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-findlay-the-value-of-art/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/image.jpg?t=1792072890&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 12 May 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/33b187dc-447a-4eb1-993b-b4e20137edd6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11902754" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-findlay-the-value-of-art</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>198</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Value of Art" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:08" title="Art and creativity" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Waggoner: The Gold Standard and Dividend Stocks</title>
      <itunes:title>John Waggoner: The Gold Standard and Dividend Stocks</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss the gold standard, dividend stocks, and the pulse of the economy. This May 2012 interview draws on the financial topics Waggoner was covering for USA Today at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early May 2012, Coach Pete interviews USA Today columnist and reporter, John Wagoner. Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside this very complex world we call the financial world. Today I&#x27;ve got our semi-regular guest. I guess we have him on about once every quarter. His name is John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer with USA Today. He&#x27;s got a column in the money section seemingly every day. John, how many columns do you write each week? Well, I write a Friday column, but they&#x27;re not going to let me just write one column a week, so I&#x27;m also a daily reporter. Yeah, so every time I pick one up, I see something about you in there. And there have been a couple</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> recently I wanted to talk about today. And one was a recent article you wrote, and the title was, Should We Return to the Gold Standard? Now, educate the listener on what the gold standard is or was, and why maybe we should return to it. The gold standard, which we were on until 1971, although the last time individuals really would have experienced it would have been 1933, was basically at one point you could walk up to the Federal Reserve and hand in your $20 bill, and they would give you $20 worth of gold, which at that point was one ounce. So what it does is it ties the amount of money you can issue to the amount of gold that the United States has. One of the attractions of that is currency is backed by something tangible. So you basically have something</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> to show instead of some imaginary standard that has no backing to it. Well, that&#x27;s right. Today&#x27;s money, and this is true in every country, is money of the mind. It&#x27;s only worth what you happen to think it&#x27;s worth. We used to hear a lot about that a couple years ago, we need to get to the gold standard. But as the market has recovered, and we&#x27;ve had a great run the last three years, looking back at it now, I mean, during the run, it&#x27;s been hard to figure out if it will last or not. And still today, when you talk to the average investor, many of them in their 401k plans, it sure doesn&#x27;t look like they&#x27;ve had that great appreciation they hear about on the news each and every day. It could be argued it&#x27;s some of the hidden fees in the 401k plans that are bogging them down, that financial anchor, we call it. Well, I think that&#x27;s very true. I think one reason why consumers are kind of glum is that their two biggest assets, which is their 401k and their home,</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> have dropped dramatically in price. It&#x27;s really a fairly deflationary environment in terms of people&#x27;s wealth. So the wealth isn&#x27;t what it should have been, but if they&#x27;re in a house and they&#x27;re still making their mortgage payment, John, it could be argued it&#x27;s a great time to buy right now, real estate, especially with interest rates at all time lows. Oh, I think it&#x27;s a fabulous time to buy a house. Housing has never been more affordable, particularly with, as you say, mortgage rates, but also, you know, you can pick up real bargains from houses. Houses that were 20, 30, 40 percent higher four years ago are now pretty cheap. Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer for the USA Today. We try to have him on about once a quarter to take the pulse of the economy nationwide. John, looking back over a list of some of the titles of the articles that you&#x27;ve written here in the last month or so, there was an article you wrote</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> about dividend stocks, and a good place to start when looking at stocks is ones that pay you for investing in them, and that&#x27;s what I call a dividend stock. What&#x27;s your opinion on dividend stocks going forward? Really, what&#x27;s not to like, at this point, we&#x27;re at an interesting spot in the market, which is that the dividend yield on the S&amp;P 500, so if you take the amount they pay out versus the price of the S&amp;P 500, is higher than the yield on the 10-year Treasury note. And so you can get more money, you&#x27;re getting more risk, obviously, than you would from a Treasury bond. And the nice thing about dividends is that, you know, many companies raise them every year. You&#x27;re never going to get a raise from a bond. So if you&#x27;re looking for income, then you can tolerate the risk. Dividends are just great. Now, bringing bonds in the picture, government bond funds, they&#x27;re losing some of their allure</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> these days, and you wrote about that also here. I think it was April Fool&#x27;s Day you wrote that article. And I meant it, too. So government bonds, a lot of people have been piling money in. Why are they not quite as palatable as they were a couple years ago? Two things. One of which is, bonds have been in a bull market since 1981, one of the longest bull markets in bonds in history, bond prices go up when yields go down. So from 1981, back when it was like a 15% to get a mortgage, to today, bonds have been rallying and rallying. Now, I&#x27;m looking at the screen now, and the 10-year Treasury note is at, I believe, 1.95. So if you lock in your money for a</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> decade, you&#x27;ll get less than 2% a year. To my mind, there&#x27;s a whole lot more room for rates to go up than to go down. And when rates go up, you&#x27;re going to lose principal value on your bond fund. And I think people are starting to realize that, that they&#x27;re not getting paid for the risk they&#x27;re taking. And one of the hardest things for all investors out there that I&#x27;ve seen in my over 20 years&#x27; experience of working with the individual investor out there is not when to buy, John, but when to get out, the exit strategy. And that&#x27;s tough for people to know. I mean, if you have a profit, should you lock some of that profit in, or should you continue to let it roll and hopefully go up? I mean, what&#x27;s the rule of thumb there for the average investor who may have a profit in some money they&#x27;re trying to build for retirement? Well, I think you&#x27;re right. I think some of the</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> greatest investors are not so much brilliant buyers, although that&#x27;s part of it, but they are brilliant sellers. They know when to get out. I use a couple of things, one of which is with bonds, you have to think of, well, what&#x27;s the alternative there? What can I do that&#x27;s going to do the same thing as a bond does in my portfolio that I can substitute? And there&#x27;s not a lot of palatable answers there. I do know there&#x27;s one type of fund that I guarantee you will be worth more in five years than it is today, and that&#x27;s a money market fund. I can just tell you right now, yields are going to be higher because yields are at zero right now. So if you&#x27;re looking for income and you&#x27;re looking for something that will probably rise in yield, one alternative would be a money fund.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But at the moment, you&#x27;re just going to have to, it&#x27;s really not much different than shoving it under a mattress. You&#x27;re not getting anything for it. In fact, you&#x27;re losing money to inflation. The other thing, it&#x27;s good to take profits. If you say, look, I want 60% of my money in stock funds, and you do a quick calculation, you see you&#x27;re up to 70% because the stocks have gone up, take 10 percentage points off the table and put it somewhere else. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer for the USA Today. We try to have him on about once a quarter to take the pulse of the economy nationwide. John, when people get to that retirement age, they get the nice gold watch, the cake, and now they&#x27;re retired. What should someone do when they do have a life-changing event like that, going into retirement, not getting a paycheck anymore from the company? And unfortunately, many companies don&#x27;t give pensions anymore. So</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> hopefully the person has saved on their own in 401ks or on their own in just regular IRAs. What should the person do now that they&#x27;re reaching retirement age to have that income they&#x27;re going to need to go through retirement? Well, what you&#x27;re going to do is you&#x27;re going to gradually switch into more income-generating investments. To my mind, and we talked about this earlier, what you really like ideally is very solid dividend-paying stocks. You can even arrange a portfolio so that you have 12 stocks and you get a dividend check every month, depending on how they pay out. And to me, that&#x27;s probably the best way to go. You&#x27;ll get increases that will help you keep up with inflation. You may get some increases in principal value. But if you don&#x27;t sell and you&#x27;re just looking for that check, you know, really top rate dividend stocks are, I think, one of the best bets around right now.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> So if someone has most of their or all of their portfolio in maybe growth stocks that don&#x27;t have a dividend and they&#x27;re retiring or already retired, maybe it&#x27;s time to at least have those reviewed and put together a laddering strategy, get some money and some kind of financial instrument that&#x27;ll give them a check for the rest of their life, correct? Absolutely. And you can always have the, you know, growth stocks are fun, but, you know, you&#x27;re going to want to limit that down because you can&#x27;t afford to take losses, particularly if you&#x27;re taking money out on a regular basis, which means that essentially your losses are going to be higher because you&#x27;re taking money out at the bottom as well as the top. Now that we&#x27;re in an election year, it&#x27;s kind of hard to make judgments going forward. But what do you see happening? Let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re talking again and it&#x27;s 2013, May of 2013, and we&#x27;re talking,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> what will we be summarizing happened the last year since we talked just now? Well, I&#x27;m sure we&#x27;ll probably still be talking about the election. But what I think, and I&#x27;m pretty constructive on the economy now, I think we&#x27;re getting a little bit better. It&#x27;s a slower recover than we&#x27;d like. I think the one thing that will surprise people is that over the next year, and really over the next five or 10 years, that overall energy prices should be going down. Well, that&#x27;d be good. That&#x27;d be a welcome news for everyone, John, to have the energy prices come down because a lot of the disposable income these days is going right out the window for energy. Yeah. And interestingly, the United States is now the largest, fastest growing, non-OPEC producer of oil. And this is largely in the continental United States. And that&#x27;s actually pretty exciting. Yeah. And I want to do a segment here, come up, maybe next quarter we&#x27;ll talk about it,</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> but maybe some of the companies people could invest in to share in some of these energy gains. Oh, absolutely. And it&#x27;s an exciting time. I mean, it may be that if this all pans out, and bear in mind, your natural gas is dirt cheap at this point. So it affects not just producers of gas and oil, which is a little dicey because there are costs associated with it. But manufacturers who use a lot of energy could see their expenses drop rather dramatically. Yes, it is an exciting time. And we never run out of content for the show each and every week. And John Wagoner from USA Today, I look forward to having you on again in a couple months. Well, thanks so much, Coach. I appreciate it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss the gold standard, dividend stocks, and the pulse of the economy. This May 2012 interview draws on the financial topics Waggoner was covering for USA Today at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early May 2012, Coach Pete interviews USA Today columnist and reporter, John Wagoner. Welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside this very complex world we call the financial world. Today I&#x27;ve got our semi-regular guest. I guess we have him on about once every quarter. His name is John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer with USA Today. He&#x27;s got a column in the money section seemingly every day. John, how many columns do you write each week? Well, I write a Friday column, but they&#x27;re not going to let me just write one column a week, so I&#x27;m also a daily reporter. Yeah, so every time I pick one up, I see something about you in there. And there have been a couple</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> recently I wanted to talk about today. And one was a recent article you wrote, and the title was, Should We Return to the Gold Standard? Now, educate the listener on what the gold standard is or was, and why maybe we should return to it. The gold standard, which we were on until 1971, although the last time individuals really would have experienced it would have been 1933, was basically at one point you could walk up to the Federal Reserve and hand in your $20 bill, and they would give you $20 worth of gold, which at that point was one ounce. So what it does is it ties the amount of money you can issue to the amount of gold that the United States has. One of the attractions of that is currency is backed by something tangible. So you basically have something</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> to show instead of some imaginary standard that has no backing to it. Well, that&#x27;s right. Today&#x27;s money, and this is true in every country, is money of the mind. It&#x27;s only worth what you happen to think it&#x27;s worth. We used to hear a lot about that a couple years ago, we need to get to the gold standard. But as the market has recovered, and we&#x27;ve had a great run the last three years, looking back at it now, I mean, during the run, it&#x27;s been hard to figure out if it will last or not. And still today, when you talk to the average investor, many of them in their 401k plans, it sure doesn&#x27;t look like they&#x27;ve had that great appreciation they hear about on the news each and every day. It could be argued it&#x27;s some of the hidden fees in the 401k plans that are bogging them down, that financial anchor, we call it. Well, I think that&#x27;s very true. I think one reason why consumers are kind of glum is that their two biggest assets, which is their 401k and their home,</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> have dropped dramatically in price. It&#x27;s really a fairly deflationary environment in terms of people&#x27;s wealth. So the wealth isn&#x27;t what it should have been, but if they&#x27;re in a house and they&#x27;re still making their mortgage payment, John, it could be argued it&#x27;s a great time to buy right now, real estate, especially with interest rates at all time lows. Oh, I think it&#x27;s a fabulous time to buy a house. Housing has never been more affordable, particularly with, as you say, mortgage rates, but also, you know, you can pick up real bargains from houses. Houses that were 20, 30, 40 percent higher four years ago are now pretty cheap. Absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer for the USA Today. We try to have him on about once a quarter to take the pulse of the economy nationwide. John, looking back over a list of some of the titles of the articles that you&#x27;ve written here in the last month or so, there was an article you wrote</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> about dividend stocks, and a good place to start when looking at stocks is ones that pay you for investing in them, and that&#x27;s what I call a dividend stock. What&#x27;s your opinion on dividend stocks going forward? Really, what&#x27;s not to like, at this point, we&#x27;re at an interesting spot in the market, which is that the dividend yield on the S&amp;P 500, so if you take the amount they pay out versus the price of the S&amp;P 500, is higher than the yield on the 10-year Treasury note. And so you can get more money, you&#x27;re getting more risk, obviously, than you would from a Treasury bond. And the nice thing about dividends is that, you know, many companies raise them every year. You&#x27;re never going to get a raise from a bond. So if you&#x27;re looking for income, then you can tolerate the risk. Dividends are just great. Now, bringing bonds in the picture, government bond funds, they&#x27;re losing some of their allure</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> these days, and you wrote about that also here. I think it was April Fool&#x27;s Day you wrote that article. And I meant it, too. So government bonds, a lot of people have been piling money in. Why are they not quite as palatable as they were a couple years ago? Two things. One of which is, bonds have been in a bull market since 1981, one of the longest bull markets in bonds in history, bond prices go up when yields go down. So from 1981, back when it was like a 15% to get a mortgage, to today, bonds have been rallying and rallying. Now, I&#x27;m looking at the screen now, and the 10-year Treasury note is at, I believe, 1.95. So if you lock in your money for a</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> decade, you&#x27;ll get less than 2% a year. To my mind, there&#x27;s a whole lot more room for rates to go up than to go down. And when rates go up, you&#x27;re going to lose principal value on your bond fund. And I think people are starting to realize that, that they&#x27;re not getting paid for the risk they&#x27;re taking. And one of the hardest things for all investors out there that I&#x27;ve seen in my over 20 years&#x27; experience of working with the individual investor out there is not when to buy, John, but when to get out, the exit strategy. And that&#x27;s tough for people to know. I mean, if you have a profit, should you lock some of that profit in, or should you continue to let it roll and hopefully go up? I mean, what&#x27;s the rule of thumb there for the average investor who may have a profit in some money they&#x27;re trying to build for retirement? Well, I think you&#x27;re right. I think some of the</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> greatest investors are not so much brilliant buyers, although that&#x27;s part of it, but they are brilliant sellers. They know when to get out. I use a couple of things, one of which is with bonds, you have to think of, well, what&#x27;s the alternative there? What can I do that&#x27;s going to do the same thing as a bond does in my portfolio that I can substitute? And there&#x27;s not a lot of palatable answers there. I do know there&#x27;s one type of fund that I guarantee you will be worth more in five years than it is today, and that&#x27;s a money market fund. I can just tell you right now, yields are going to be higher because yields are at zero right now. So if you&#x27;re looking for income and you&#x27;re looking for something that will probably rise in yield, one alternative would be a money fund.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But at the moment, you&#x27;re just going to have to, it&#x27;s really not much different than shoving it under a mattress. You&#x27;re not getting anything for it. In fact, you&#x27;re losing money to inflation. The other thing, it&#x27;s good to take profits. If you say, look, I want 60% of my money in stock funds, and you do a quick calculation, you see you&#x27;re up to 70% because the stocks have gone up, take 10 percentage points off the table and put it somewhere else. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Wagoner. He&#x27;s a writer for the USA Today. We try to have him on about once a quarter to take the pulse of the economy nationwide. John, when people get to that retirement age, they get the nice gold watch, the cake, and now they&#x27;re retired. What should someone do when they do have a life-changing event like that, going into retirement, not getting a paycheck anymore from the company? And unfortunately, many companies don&#x27;t give pensions anymore. So</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> hopefully the person has saved on their own in 401ks or on their own in just regular IRAs. What should the person do now that they&#x27;re reaching retirement age to have that income they&#x27;re going to need to go through retirement? Well, what you&#x27;re going to do is you&#x27;re going to gradually switch into more income-generating investments. To my mind, and we talked about this earlier, what you really like ideally is very solid dividend-paying stocks. You can even arrange a portfolio so that you have 12 stocks and you get a dividend check every month, depending on how they pay out. And to me, that&#x27;s probably the best way to go. You&#x27;ll get increases that will help you keep up with inflation. You may get some increases in principal value. But if you don&#x27;t sell and you&#x27;re just looking for that check, you know, really top rate dividend stocks are, I think, one of the best bets around right now.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> So if someone has most of their or all of their portfolio in maybe growth stocks that don&#x27;t have a dividend and they&#x27;re retiring or already retired, maybe it&#x27;s time to at least have those reviewed and put together a laddering strategy, get some money and some kind of financial instrument that&#x27;ll give them a check for the rest of their life, correct? Absolutely. And you can always have the, you know, growth stocks are fun, but, you know, you&#x27;re going to want to limit that down because you can&#x27;t afford to take losses, particularly if you&#x27;re taking money out on a regular basis, which means that essentially your losses are going to be higher because you&#x27;re taking money out at the bottom as well as the top. Now that we&#x27;re in an election year, it&#x27;s kind of hard to make judgments going forward. But what do you see happening? Let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re talking again and it&#x27;s 2013, May of 2013, and we&#x27;re talking,</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> what will we be summarizing happened the last year since we talked just now? Well, I&#x27;m sure we&#x27;ll probably still be talking about the election. But what I think, and I&#x27;m pretty constructive on the economy now, I think we&#x27;re getting a little bit better. It&#x27;s a slower recover than we&#x27;d like. I think the one thing that will surprise people is that over the next year, and really over the next five or 10 years, that overall energy prices should be going down. Well, that&#x27;d be good. That&#x27;d be a welcome news for everyone, John, to have the energy prices come down because a lot of the disposable income these days is going right out the window for energy. Yeah. And interestingly, the United States is now the largest, fastest growing, non-OPEC producer of oil. And this is largely in the continental United States. And that&#x27;s actually pretty exciting. Yeah. And I want to do a segment here, come up, maybe next quarter we&#x27;ll talk about it,</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> but maybe some of the companies people could invest in to share in some of these energy gains. Oh, absolutely. And it&#x27;s an exciting time. I mean, it may be that if this all pans out, and bear in mind, your natural gas is dirt cheap at this point. So it affects not just producers of gas and oil, which is a little dicey because there are costs associated with it. But manufacturers who use a lot of energy could see their expenses drop rather dramatically. Yes, it is an exciting time. And we never run out of content for the show each and every week. And John Wagoner from USA Today, I look forward to having you on again in a couple months. Well, thanks so much, Coach. I appreciate it. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss the gold standard, dividend stocks, and the pulse of the economy. This May 2012 interview draws on the financial topics Waggoner was covering for USA Today at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Waggoner</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Waggoner, investing, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331/image.jpg?t=1792072897&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-waggoner-the-gold-standard-and-dividend-stocks/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331/image.jpg?t=1792072897&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>627</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c84e65a5-f78c-452d-a793-b4e201378331/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10069323" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-waggoner-the-gold-standard-and-dividend-stocks</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>199</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Gold Standard and Dividend Stocks" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:35" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:09:02" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Lange: The Roth Revolution</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Lange: The Roth Revolution</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete to discuss The Roth Revolution. This April 2012 conversation explores the difference between traditional and Roth retirement accounts and the planning questions involved in a conversion.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview, back in late April 2012, Coach Pete interviews author James Lang. Welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and today we&#x27;ve got a very special guest. His name is Jim Lang, and he is the author of a book called The Roth Revolution. I consider Jim to be one of the main experts out there in the world as far as the Roth IRA. How does that sound, Jim? Well, that sounds very flattering. I&#x27;m not sure how true, but I do spend a lot of time working in the area. And Jim is a CPA. He&#x27;s also an attorney, and he&#x27;s nationally acclaimed in the Roth world. So let&#x27;s start there from the basics, Jim, and then let&#x27;s get a little bit more advanced. First of all, explain to the listener what a Roth is and why everyone should have some Roth IRA accounts.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, the Roth IRA, unlike a traditional IRA or unlike a traditional retirement plan like a 401k or a 403b, is money that grows income tax-free. So let&#x27;s say that one of your listeners, they&#x27;re still working, and let&#x27;s say that they&#x27;re less than 50 and they have $5,000, or they&#x27;re 50 and older and they have $6,000. They have a chance to invest money in a Roth IRA, and after that, they make that $5,000 or $6,000 investment. And by the way, they can invest it in whatever they like, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, etc. That money will grow income tax-free for the rest of their lives.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> If they then pass and leave it to the spouse, to the rest of the spouse&#x27;s life, if they then die and leave it to the kids or even the grandkids, it will continue to grow income tax-free. So really, it is a wonderful vehicle in order for people to invest money, have an enormously broad scope of what they&#x27;re allowed to invest in, and have the money grow tax-free for the rest of their lives and the rest of their family&#x27;s lives. So, Jim, why is the Roth IRA ignored so much? I think one of the reasons is lack of knowledge. I don&#x27;t want to use the word ignorance, but I&#x27;d say lack of knowledge on many people&#x27;s parts. I think the CPAs are gradually getting on board with it. A lot of people are maybe a little bit more short-sighted, and they think, well, gee, if I can put money in a traditional IRA or a traditional 401k where I get a tax deduction and it lowers my taxes immediately,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> why would I want to put money in a Roth IRA that doesn&#x27;t? Of course, the reason is if you put money in a traditional IRA or a traditional 401k or a traditional 403b, eventually, when either you or your spouse or your kids or your grandkids, eventually, whenever that money is withdrawn, you have to pay tax on the whole thing, not just the growth. With the Roth, you get the not only initial distribution back, but you also get all the growth tax-free. So what you&#x27;re, in effect, doing when you&#x27;re doing a Roth IRA contribution or, for that matter, and we can talk about this more if you like, a Roth 401k or a Roth 403b or even a Roth conversion, is you are buying out your partner, which is Uncle Sam,</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> and you&#x27;re buying him out or her out, well, let&#x27;s say Uncle Sam, him out, when the Roth has a small value. Hopefully, the investment will grow and your growth will be income tax-free. Now, Jim, if you&#x27;ve talked to, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of CPAs because you are one, but do you talk to some CPAs that don&#x27;t quite understand the true advantages of the Roth? There are certainly CPAs that don&#x27;t understand it out there, and unfortunately, unlike you, there are many financial advisors who don&#x27;t really get it, and they, for a number of selfish reasons, don&#x27;t encourage their clients to look into a Roth IRA or a Roth IRA conversion. But to me, and I&#x27;m not going to say it&#x27;s for everybody, and we can talk about the people who it&#x27;s not for, but to me, I&#x27;m going to start with the assumption that at least some Roth IRA, Roth 401k, Roth 403b,</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> or Roth IRA conversion is going to be good for the vast majority of your listeners. Yeah, but yet the vast majority of my listeners, I would be willing to bet, don&#x27;t even have a Roth in their portfolio. That&#x27;s too bad. I mean, frankly, one of the advantages of listening to shows like yours is that they&#x27;re going to get some education, and they&#x27;re going to learn about some of these issues. But I think that if you study the numbers behind the Roth or if you study the theory just from a gut instinct, if you have $6,000 and you put it, let&#x27;s say you just put it in any investment, it&#x27;s going to earn interest and dividends and occasionally capital gains, and you&#x27;re going to have to pay tax on it. If you can put that same money in a Roth IRA where it grows income tax-free, that sounds like a better deal to me.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> Now, I think people just hate paying taxes, so they&#x27;d rather kick the can down the road. So let&#x27;s look at the costs and benefits of a Roth IRA conversion. Let&#x27;s say someone saved money in a 401k or a regular IRA, and they still have time to leave that money alone. So let&#x27;s go and say maybe they have 10 years to leave the money alone. Would it make sense to convert some of that money, or maybe even all of it, from a regular IRA to a Roth? Well, I am a big fan of Roth IRA conversions. And there again, you&#x27;re basically buying the government out. So for hopefully a relatively small amount of tax that is paid, depending on how much of the conversion, you&#x27;re basically saying to the IRS, you never get to tax this Roth IRA again as long as I live, as long as my spouse lives, as long as my kids live, and as long as my grandkids live.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> And if you experience some growth after you convert, you&#x27;re going to be way to the good. In round numbers, if you convert $100,000 20 years later, you&#x27;re about $50,000 better off. If you then die 20 years after the conversion, your kids are about $500,000 or $600,000 better off. And if that money goes to your grandkids, they&#x27;re like $8 or $9 million better off. Now, to be fair, those numbers don&#x27;t include inflation. But I guess my point is that there are some tremendous benefits for Roth IRA conversions for families who are thinking long-term. And 10 years would certainly be long enough that they would enjoy substantial benefits from a Roth IRA conversion. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Lang.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> He&#x27;s a CPA and attorney. He&#x27;s written a book called The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Jim, it&#x27;s just now I think people overlook the fact that the government loves to tax, and they also overlook the elements that I think the state and the federal government will increase taxes in the future. So the benefits of a Roth could be even better in the future, couldn&#x27;t they? Well, that&#x27;s right. There&#x27;s a two-edged sword. That&#x27;s my feeling. The tax rates will eventually go up. And if they do, then you&#x27;ll be doubly glad that you have a Roth IRA conversion. I have heard the argument that the government is going to need money and they&#x27;re going to start taxing Roth IRAs. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s going to happen because it&#x27;s literally in the statute that says this money will never be taxed, including the growth.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> But they can change the law in the future. But I think anybody who&#x27;s in the Roth now would be grandfathered. And between that, where I think is a, let&#x27;s call it a break-even situation, and the fact that Roths are good in general, and if you believe that taxes are going up, and certainly most of my clients do ultimately believe that, then those are all factors in favor of doing a Roth IRA conversion, or I should say doing a portion of the IRA converting that into a Roth. You had alluded to that earlier, which is what I would call a partial conversion. Now, when we think of Roth, most people think of just regular IRAs or 401ks, but you also say there&#x27;s ways to do tax-free conversions of after-tax dollars in IRAs and retirement plans. Yeah, now this is going to apply to probably some of the higher net income and higher net worth clients that you might have,</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> or listeners that are listening now. And what that is, is in the old days when people put in $2,000 IRA deductions, sometimes their income was high enough that they weren&#x27;t allowed to make a deduction. But they put the $2,000 in, even though they couldn&#x27;t deduct it, on the theory that the money would grow tax-deferred as a traditional non-deductible IRA. And conceptually, the same thing is when people were making enough money that they could afford to put more money than the company or the IRS would allow you to deduct in their retirement plan, it was the same thing. You could put in a non-deductible portion of the 401k for which you didn&#x27;t get a deduction,</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> but the reason you did it is it grew tax-deferred. Or just say for discussion&#x27;s sake that somebody has a million dollars in an IRA or a 401k, and it came from years where they were making actually more than the amount that they put in their retirement plan was deductible. In that case, that non-deductible portion is still out there, and they still have it. And if they can&#x27;t through a couple hoops that I describe in the book, The Roth Revolution, they can do a Roth IRA conversion of that after-tax dollars, either in the 401k or the IRA or from what used to be the non-deductible IRA, into a Roth without having to pay the tax. And that&#x27;s really sweet when you get future income tax-free growth without having to pay a nickel today.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> And, I mean, it just makes a lot of sense. And then if someone does convert from a regular IRA to a Roth, there is an ability for them to be able to recharacterize that. In other words, put it back if something changes. Yeah, kind of like an undo. So let&#x27;s say you, just for discussion&#x27;s sake, you make a $50,000 Roth IRA conversion, and sometime between the time that you make the conversion and October 15th of the following year, what will happen is that money, and let&#x27;s say that the investment goes down substantially in value. So if you&#x27;ve made a $50,000 conversion and the investment goes down to $25,000, and you&#x27;re pretty miserable because you&#x27;re paying tax on $50,000, you only have a Roth of $25,000. You could undo it, which would put you in the same position as you were before.</p><p><strong>10:44</strong> That is no tax, no Roth. Of course, you still lost the money. I can&#x27;t get your money back on your investment. Jim Lang, where can people get your book? They can get it. Probably the easiest is Amazon.com, and it&#x27;s called The Roth Revolution. And I think people will be pleased. Folks, his name again was Mr. Jim Lang. The title of the book was The Roth Revolution. Jim, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete to discuss The Roth Revolution. This April 2012 conversation explores the difference between traditional and Roth retirement accounts and the planning questions involved in a conversion.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview, back in late April 2012, Coach Pete interviews author James Lang. Welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, and today we&#x27;ve got a very special guest. His name is Jim Lang, and he is the author of a book called The Roth Revolution. I consider Jim to be one of the main experts out there in the world as far as the Roth IRA. How does that sound, Jim? Well, that sounds very flattering. I&#x27;m not sure how true, but I do spend a lot of time working in the area. And Jim is a CPA. He&#x27;s also an attorney, and he&#x27;s nationally acclaimed in the Roth world. So let&#x27;s start there from the basics, Jim, and then let&#x27;s get a little bit more advanced. First of all, explain to the listener what a Roth is and why everyone should have some Roth IRA accounts.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, the Roth IRA, unlike a traditional IRA or unlike a traditional retirement plan like a 401k or a 403b, is money that grows income tax-free. So let&#x27;s say that one of your listeners, they&#x27;re still working, and let&#x27;s say that they&#x27;re less than 50 and they have $5,000, or they&#x27;re 50 and older and they have $6,000. They have a chance to invest money in a Roth IRA, and after that, they make that $5,000 or $6,000 investment. And by the way, they can invest it in whatever they like, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, etc. That money will grow income tax-free for the rest of their lives.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> If they then pass and leave it to the spouse, to the rest of the spouse&#x27;s life, if they then die and leave it to the kids or even the grandkids, it will continue to grow income tax-free. So really, it is a wonderful vehicle in order for people to invest money, have an enormously broad scope of what they&#x27;re allowed to invest in, and have the money grow tax-free for the rest of their lives and the rest of their family&#x27;s lives. So, Jim, why is the Roth IRA ignored so much? I think one of the reasons is lack of knowledge. I don&#x27;t want to use the word ignorance, but I&#x27;d say lack of knowledge on many people&#x27;s parts. I think the CPAs are gradually getting on board with it. A lot of people are maybe a little bit more short-sighted, and they think, well, gee, if I can put money in a traditional IRA or a traditional 401k where I get a tax deduction and it lowers my taxes immediately,</p><p><strong>02:32</strong> why would I want to put money in a Roth IRA that doesn&#x27;t? Of course, the reason is if you put money in a traditional IRA or a traditional 401k or a traditional 403b, eventually, when either you or your spouse or your kids or your grandkids, eventually, whenever that money is withdrawn, you have to pay tax on the whole thing, not just the growth. With the Roth, you get the not only initial distribution back, but you also get all the growth tax-free. So what you&#x27;re, in effect, doing when you&#x27;re doing a Roth IRA contribution or, for that matter, and we can talk about this more if you like, a Roth 401k or a Roth 403b or even a Roth conversion, is you are buying out your partner, which is Uncle Sam,</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> and you&#x27;re buying him out or her out, well, let&#x27;s say Uncle Sam, him out, when the Roth has a small value. Hopefully, the investment will grow and your growth will be income tax-free. Now, Jim, if you&#x27;ve talked to, I know you&#x27;ve talked to a lot of CPAs because you are one, but do you talk to some CPAs that don&#x27;t quite understand the true advantages of the Roth? There are certainly CPAs that don&#x27;t understand it out there, and unfortunately, unlike you, there are many financial advisors who don&#x27;t really get it, and they, for a number of selfish reasons, don&#x27;t encourage their clients to look into a Roth IRA or a Roth IRA conversion. But to me, and I&#x27;m not going to say it&#x27;s for everybody, and we can talk about the people who it&#x27;s not for, but to me, I&#x27;m going to start with the assumption that at least some Roth IRA, Roth 401k, Roth 403b,</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> or Roth IRA conversion is going to be good for the vast majority of your listeners. Yeah, but yet the vast majority of my listeners, I would be willing to bet, don&#x27;t even have a Roth in their portfolio. That&#x27;s too bad. I mean, frankly, one of the advantages of listening to shows like yours is that they&#x27;re going to get some education, and they&#x27;re going to learn about some of these issues. But I think that if you study the numbers behind the Roth or if you study the theory just from a gut instinct, if you have $6,000 and you put it, let&#x27;s say you just put it in any investment, it&#x27;s going to earn interest and dividends and occasionally capital gains, and you&#x27;re going to have to pay tax on it. If you can put that same money in a Roth IRA where it grows income tax-free, that sounds like a better deal to me.</p><p><strong>05:00</strong> Now, I think people just hate paying taxes, so they&#x27;d rather kick the can down the road. So let&#x27;s look at the costs and benefits of a Roth IRA conversion. Let&#x27;s say someone saved money in a 401k or a regular IRA, and they still have time to leave that money alone. So let&#x27;s go and say maybe they have 10 years to leave the money alone. Would it make sense to convert some of that money, or maybe even all of it, from a regular IRA to a Roth? Well, I am a big fan of Roth IRA conversions. And there again, you&#x27;re basically buying the government out. So for hopefully a relatively small amount of tax that is paid, depending on how much of the conversion, you&#x27;re basically saying to the IRS, you never get to tax this Roth IRA again as long as I live, as long as my spouse lives, as long as my kids live, and as long as my grandkids live.</p><p><strong>05:49</strong> And if you experience some growth after you convert, you&#x27;re going to be way to the good. In round numbers, if you convert $100,000 20 years later, you&#x27;re about $50,000 better off. If you then die 20 years after the conversion, your kids are about $500,000 or $600,000 better off. And if that money goes to your grandkids, they&#x27;re like $8 or $9 million better off. Now, to be fair, those numbers don&#x27;t include inflation. But I guess my point is that there are some tremendous benefits for Roth IRA conversions for families who are thinking long-term. And 10 years would certainly be long enough that they would enjoy substantial benefits from a Roth IRA conversion. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Jim Lang.</p><p><strong>06:35</strong> He&#x27;s a CPA and attorney. He&#x27;s written a book called The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Jim, it&#x27;s just now I think people overlook the fact that the government loves to tax, and they also overlook the elements that I think the state and the federal government will increase taxes in the future. So the benefits of a Roth could be even better in the future, couldn&#x27;t they? Well, that&#x27;s right. There&#x27;s a two-edged sword. That&#x27;s my feeling. The tax rates will eventually go up. And if they do, then you&#x27;ll be doubly glad that you have a Roth IRA conversion. I have heard the argument that the government is going to need money and they&#x27;re going to start taxing Roth IRAs. But I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s going to happen because it&#x27;s literally in the statute that says this money will never be taxed, including the growth.</p><p><strong>07:25</strong> But they can change the law in the future. But I think anybody who&#x27;s in the Roth now would be grandfathered. And between that, where I think is a, let&#x27;s call it a break-even situation, and the fact that Roths are good in general, and if you believe that taxes are going up, and certainly most of my clients do ultimately believe that, then those are all factors in favor of doing a Roth IRA conversion, or I should say doing a portion of the IRA converting that into a Roth. You had alluded to that earlier, which is what I would call a partial conversion. Now, when we think of Roth, most people think of just regular IRAs or 401ks, but you also say there&#x27;s ways to do tax-free conversions of after-tax dollars in IRAs and retirement plans. Yeah, now this is going to apply to probably some of the higher net income and higher net worth clients that you might have,</p><p><strong>08:19</strong> or listeners that are listening now. And what that is, is in the old days when people put in $2,000 IRA deductions, sometimes their income was high enough that they weren&#x27;t allowed to make a deduction. But they put the $2,000 in, even though they couldn&#x27;t deduct it, on the theory that the money would grow tax-deferred as a traditional non-deductible IRA. And conceptually, the same thing is when people were making enough money that they could afford to put more money than the company or the IRS would allow you to deduct in their retirement plan, it was the same thing. You could put in a non-deductible portion of the 401k for which you didn&#x27;t get a deduction,</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> but the reason you did it is it grew tax-deferred. Or just say for discussion&#x27;s sake that somebody has a million dollars in an IRA or a 401k, and it came from years where they were making actually more than the amount that they put in their retirement plan was deductible. In that case, that non-deductible portion is still out there, and they still have it. And if they can&#x27;t through a couple hoops that I describe in the book, The Roth Revolution, they can do a Roth IRA conversion of that after-tax dollars, either in the 401k or the IRA or from what used to be the non-deductible IRA, into a Roth without having to pay the tax. And that&#x27;s really sweet when you get future income tax-free growth without having to pay a nickel today.</p><p><strong>09:57</strong> And, I mean, it just makes a lot of sense. And then if someone does convert from a regular IRA to a Roth, there is an ability for them to be able to recharacterize that. In other words, put it back if something changes. Yeah, kind of like an undo. So let&#x27;s say you, just for discussion&#x27;s sake, you make a $50,000 Roth IRA conversion, and sometime between the time that you make the conversion and October 15th of the following year, what will happen is that money, and let&#x27;s say that the investment goes down substantially in value. So if you&#x27;ve made a $50,000 conversion and the investment goes down to $25,000, and you&#x27;re pretty miserable because you&#x27;re paying tax on $50,000, you only have a Roth of $25,000. You could undo it, which would put you in the same position as you were before.</p><p><strong>10:44</strong> That is no tax, no Roth. Of course, you still lost the money. I can&#x27;t get your money back on your investment. Jim Lang, where can people get your book? They can get it. Probably the easiest is Amazon.com, and it&#x27;s called The Roth Revolution. And I think people will be pleased. Folks, his name again was Mr. Jim Lang. The title of the book was The Roth Revolution. Jim, thanks for your time today. Thanks so much for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete to discuss The Roth Revolution. This April 2012 conversation explores the difference between traditional and Roth retirement accounts and the planning questions involved in a conversion.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Lange</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Lange, retirement planning, Roth conversions</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac/image.jpg?t=1792072901&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-lange-the-roth-revolution/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac/image.jpg?t=1792072901&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Apr 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>686</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2e1daeb6-9450-4962-b425-b4e20136e3ac/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11011880" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-lange-the-roth-revolution</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>200</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Roth Revolution" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:03" title="Roth accounts and conversions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:48" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Miller: A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Miller: A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss his article A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities. This April 2012 interview explains the products being discussed at the time and the importance of matching an annuity to a person’s needs and risk tolerance.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late April 2012, Coach Pete interviews the Executive Vice President of Sales and Distribution at Aviva Life Insurance, Mike Miller. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. Today I&#x27;ve got a very special guest. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s joining us from Des Moines, Iowa. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President of Sales and Distribution at Aviva Life Insurance. Mike, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I appreciate you having me on. You know, Mike, one of the things that got my attention and got you on my radar was you wrote a great article a few weeks back called A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I want to talk about that today, but I also want to start from the basics. Explain to folks what is an annuity, what is an indexed annuity, and a lot of the confusion out there, I think, in the annuity world. We call it the annuity soup. There&#x27;s so many different kind of annuities out there. People get confused and they assume every annuity is the same. What is the difference between a fixed annuity and a variable annuity? There is a fair amount of confusion there. And a fixed annuity guarantees a fixed rate of interest during the accumulation period. And typically that fixed rate of interest is set and that interest is credited to the policy values for a period of time. It could be a one-year time frame or it could be longer than that. It could be a multi-year guaranteed fixed rate. Indexed annuity, on the other hand, is very similar.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> It has a guaranteed rate of interest that&#x27;s credited to the policy. But it also provides the consumer with some upside potential. It&#x27;s tied to typically a well-known index like the S&amp;P 500. So when a consumer purchases an indexed annuity, it gives the customer the opportunity to participate in some of the upside potential of the S&amp;P 500 over a period of time. So it&#x27;s a good way for people to share in some potential gains but not lose anything if the market goes backwards, correct? That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Unlike the variable products, the variable annuities that are out there where the customer participates in the upside and the downside. And so over any period of time, a customer may see the market go down and they&#x27;re going to realize those gains immediately as the market sinks. And I think people are searching these days for some certainty. But in that search, Mike, a lot of times they come up with a phrase, too good to be true, especially when we describe some of the income riders are called that you can attach to these annuities, which can grow the person&#x27;s retirement income account, money they can get a yearly income for the rest of their life from, by anywhere between 5% and 7% in many cases. Why is that not too good to be true? Well, because insurers invest typically in fixed securities.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> So they invest for the longer period of time. And so they can plan for the longer term payout that a customer may need in the future as they&#x27;re planning for their retirement. Mike, do you ever watch Price is Right? Sure. Sure. I&#x27;ve seen it many times. Well, this comes to mind when we talk about retirement planning. At the end of each half hour, they get the three winners together and they spin this wheel. Well, every now and then you&#x27;ll see someone who has 95. It lands on 95 and they should stay. But instead, they decide to spend one more time trying to get 100. And what happens a lot of times? Well, sometimes you lose a little more than the 95. They go over. Or you go bust if you go over. Sure. So the correlation here is many people we talk to are very close if they would make the right steps going forward to have a retirement they never have to worry about, yet they continue</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> to take risk with it. And I think that&#x27;s a good correlation to why you wrote that article, A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities. Indexed annuities are a way for people to take what they have right now and make sure they never lose it. Correct? There&#x27;s no question about it. And in this economic environment, the benefits that you get from an indexed product like this in terms of the downside guarantees and the potential participation in upside returns based on the performance of the index, when you tie that together with the income that can be provided with some of the riders that are available today, it really is a perfect fit for a consumer whose risk appetite may not be to ride the ups and downs of the market and risk the principle that they put in the contract. So you have the ability to have some insurance against the downside risk in the market, but</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> you also have a product where you have the ability to get a guaranteed stream of income for your life. There aren&#x27;t very many other options available out there where a consumer can go and get that kind of guarantee. Folks, we were talking to Mike Miller, who&#x27;s executive vice president of Aviva Life Insurance Company. Michael, tell folks who Aviva is and how long you guys have been offering what you offer these days. Sure. Aviva USA is a leader in both fixed indexed annuities, but also fixed index life insurance. And we&#x27;re located here in West Des Moines, Iowa, but we have offices in a couple other places in the U.S., in Topeka and also in New York. We&#x27;ve been in the indexed business going back to when the product was first designed and introduced. Our first indexed annuity product was introduced in the mid-1990s.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Been a leader in this space for a very long time. And if you want to learn more about Aviva, feel free to look us up at avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of information about the kinds of products that we offer, both life insurance and annuities, plus a lot of good consumer information that could be useful in your decision-making about the products that might suit your needs. So, Mike, the need for safety these days out there, and when we talk about safety, a lot of people just are running to the bank right now. And I have nothing against bank accounts. As a matter of fact, I advise people have some money that&#x27;s in a liquid place. Because annuities, you do take some sacrifices. You sacrifice some liquidity for long-term safety and security and certainty. But that makes a lot of sense for money that people aren&#x27;t going to need for their day-to-day lifestyle, correct? No question. And even in the indexed products, you do sacrifice some liquidity.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> But most indexed products, and certainly the products offered by Aviva, have liquidity options for the customer during the term of the product. So, most of them offer 10% free withdrawal benefits. And there are also benefits for nursing home confinement and those kinds of things as well. So, there is some opportunity for liquidity. And, of course, all of our products have a death benefit associated with them as well. So, yes, you give up some liquidity, but there are some other benefits and some protections for the consumer should a need arise where liquidity is necessary. Why did insurance companies come up with these income guarantees? Is it because people weren&#x27;t saving enough or weren&#x27;t going to have enough for retirement? I think that the consumer today, many consumers today, don&#x27;t have a really good understanding</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> of what the need will be in retirement. And so, insurance companies like Aviva have started designing some products that are designed to provide longer-term benefits to consumers so that there is certainty about the amount of income that they&#x27;ll have in retirement as opposed to, you know, putting money in other investments and being uncertain about what those investments will provide five or 10 years down the road or 15 years down the road when the consumer enters retirement. So, the idea here is let&#x27;s provide some certainty to consumers. And you&#x27;re starting to see this get picked up in Washington in Congress where there&#x27;s a lot of discussion around adding annuities to 401ks or adding options to 401ks where consumers will have</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> the ability to choose an option where they&#x27;re going to have a longer-term payout and provide some certainty in their retirement years. So, it is something that there is a growing momentum around, and I think you&#x27;ll see this momentum continue to pick up. Well, Mike, I think you&#x27;d agree it&#x27;s all about translating that lump sum that you&#x27;ve saved for retirement into a yearly income and also getting through this jungle of misinformation that&#x27;s out there, unfortunately put out by a lot of folks in Wall Street who don&#x27;t want you to take money from risk and put it in a safe place. It&#x27;s exactly right. And so, this is where I think it&#x27;s really critical for the consumer to be talking to their advisor and understand what the differences in these products are. So, as a consumer looks at an indexed product versus a variable product, the questions they</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> should be asking the advisor is, you know, what&#x27;s the downside risk associated with this in addition to what are the benefits for me in retirement and how am I going to have some certainty around what potential benefits the product will provide. And that needs to match up with their risk tolerances so that they can be sure that they not only understand the product, but also that they&#x27;re buying a product that meets their needs and will provide the benefits that they&#x27;re looking for longer term. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss his article A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities. This April 2012 interview explains the products being discussed at the time and the importance of matching an annuity to a person’s needs and risk tolerance.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late April 2012, Coach Pete interviews the Executive Vice President of Sales and Distribution at Aviva Life Insurance, Mike Miller. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. Today I&#x27;ve got a very special guest. His name is Mike Miller. He&#x27;s joining us from Des Moines, Iowa. He&#x27;s Executive Vice President of Sales and Distribution at Aviva Life Insurance. Mike, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. I appreciate you having me on. You know, Mike, one of the things that got my attention and got you on my radar was you wrote a great article a few weeks back called A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I want to talk about that today, but I also want to start from the basics. Explain to folks what is an annuity, what is an indexed annuity, and a lot of the confusion out there, I think, in the annuity world. We call it the annuity soup. There&#x27;s so many different kind of annuities out there. People get confused and they assume every annuity is the same. What is the difference between a fixed annuity and a variable annuity? There is a fair amount of confusion there. And a fixed annuity guarantees a fixed rate of interest during the accumulation period. And typically that fixed rate of interest is set and that interest is credited to the policy values for a period of time. It could be a one-year time frame or it could be longer than that. It could be a multi-year guaranteed fixed rate. Indexed annuity, on the other hand, is very similar.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> It has a guaranteed rate of interest that&#x27;s credited to the policy. But it also provides the consumer with some upside potential. It&#x27;s tied to typically a well-known index like the S&amp;P 500. So when a consumer purchases an indexed annuity, it gives the customer the opportunity to participate in some of the upside potential of the S&amp;P 500 over a period of time. So it&#x27;s a good way for people to share in some potential gains but not lose anything if the market goes backwards, correct? That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> Unlike the variable products, the variable annuities that are out there where the customer participates in the upside and the downside. And so over any period of time, a customer may see the market go down and they&#x27;re going to realize those gains immediately as the market sinks. And I think people are searching these days for some certainty. But in that search, Mike, a lot of times they come up with a phrase, too good to be true, especially when we describe some of the income riders are called that you can attach to these annuities, which can grow the person&#x27;s retirement income account, money they can get a yearly income for the rest of their life from, by anywhere between 5% and 7% in many cases. Why is that not too good to be true? Well, because insurers invest typically in fixed securities.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> So they invest for the longer period of time. And so they can plan for the longer term payout that a customer may need in the future as they&#x27;re planning for their retirement. Mike, do you ever watch Price is Right? Sure. Sure. I&#x27;ve seen it many times. Well, this comes to mind when we talk about retirement planning. At the end of each half hour, they get the three winners together and they spin this wheel. Well, every now and then you&#x27;ll see someone who has 95. It lands on 95 and they should stay. But instead, they decide to spend one more time trying to get 100. And what happens a lot of times? Well, sometimes you lose a little more than the 95. They go over. Or you go bust if you go over. Sure. So the correlation here is many people we talk to are very close if they would make the right steps going forward to have a retirement they never have to worry about, yet they continue</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> to take risk with it. And I think that&#x27;s a good correlation to why you wrote that article, A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities. Indexed annuities are a way for people to take what they have right now and make sure they never lose it. Correct? There&#x27;s no question about it. And in this economic environment, the benefits that you get from an indexed product like this in terms of the downside guarantees and the potential participation in upside returns based on the performance of the index, when you tie that together with the income that can be provided with some of the riders that are available today, it really is a perfect fit for a consumer whose risk appetite may not be to ride the ups and downs of the market and risk the principle that they put in the contract. So you have the ability to have some insurance against the downside risk in the market, but</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> you also have a product where you have the ability to get a guaranteed stream of income for your life. There aren&#x27;t very many other options available out there where a consumer can go and get that kind of guarantee. Folks, we were talking to Mike Miller, who&#x27;s executive vice president of Aviva Life Insurance Company. Michael, tell folks who Aviva is and how long you guys have been offering what you offer these days. Sure. Aviva USA is a leader in both fixed indexed annuities, but also fixed index life insurance. And we&#x27;re located here in West Des Moines, Iowa, but we have offices in a couple other places in the U.S., in Topeka and also in New York. We&#x27;ve been in the indexed business going back to when the product was first designed and introduced. Our first indexed annuity product was introduced in the mid-1990s.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Been a leader in this space for a very long time. And if you want to learn more about Aviva, feel free to look us up at avivausa.com. And there&#x27;s a lot of information about the kinds of products that we offer, both life insurance and annuities, plus a lot of good consumer information that could be useful in your decision-making about the products that might suit your needs. So, Mike, the need for safety these days out there, and when we talk about safety, a lot of people just are running to the bank right now. And I have nothing against bank accounts. As a matter of fact, I advise people have some money that&#x27;s in a liquid place. Because annuities, you do take some sacrifices. You sacrifice some liquidity for long-term safety and security and certainty. But that makes a lot of sense for money that people aren&#x27;t going to need for their day-to-day lifestyle, correct? No question. And even in the indexed products, you do sacrifice some liquidity.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> But most indexed products, and certainly the products offered by Aviva, have liquidity options for the customer during the term of the product. So, most of them offer 10% free withdrawal benefits. And there are also benefits for nursing home confinement and those kinds of things as well. So, there is some opportunity for liquidity. And, of course, all of our products have a death benefit associated with them as well. So, yes, you give up some liquidity, but there are some other benefits and some protections for the consumer should a need arise where liquidity is necessary. Why did insurance companies come up with these income guarantees? Is it because people weren&#x27;t saving enough or weren&#x27;t going to have enough for retirement? I think that the consumer today, many consumers today, don&#x27;t have a really good understanding</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> of what the need will be in retirement. And so, insurance companies like Aviva have started designing some products that are designed to provide longer-term benefits to consumers so that there is certainty about the amount of income that they&#x27;ll have in retirement as opposed to, you know, putting money in other investments and being uncertain about what those investments will provide five or 10 years down the road or 15 years down the road when the consumer enters retirement. So, the idea here is let&#x27;s provide some certainty to consumers. And you&#x27;re starting to see this get picked up in Washington in Congress where there&#x27;s a lot of discussion around adding annuities to 401ks or adding options to 401ks where consumers will have</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> the ability to choose an option where they&#x27;re going to have a longer-term payout and provide some certainty in their retirement years. So, it is something that there is a growing momentum around, and I think you&#x27;ll see this momentum continue to pick up. Well, Mike, I think you&#x27;d agree it&#x27;s all about translating that lump sum that you&#x27;ve saved for retirement into a yearly income and also getting through this jungle of misinformation that&#x27;s out there, unfortunately put out by a lot of folks in Wall Street who don&#x27;t want you to take money from risk and put it in a safe place. It&#x27;s exactly right. And so, this is where I think it&#x27;s really critical for the consumer to be talking to their advisor and understand what the differences in these products are. So, as a consumer looks at an indexed product versus a variable product, the questions they</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> should be asking the advisor is, you know, what&#x27;s the downside risk associated with this in addition to what are the benefits for me in retirement and how am I going to have some certainty around what potential benefits the product will provide. And that needs to match up with their risk tolerances so that they can be sure that they not only understand the product, but also that they&#x27;re buying a product that meets their needs and will provide the benefits that they&#x27;re looking for longer term. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Miller joins Coach Pete to discuss his article A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities. This April 2012 interview explains the products being discussed at the time and the importance of matching an annuity to a person’s needs and risk tolerance.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Miller</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Miller, annuities, A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c/image.jpg?t=1792072910&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-a-perfect-storm-for-indexed-annuities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c/image.jpg?t=1792072910&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Apr 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>572</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e73cdc66-81c4-4596-b88f-b4e20136790c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9183600" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-miller-a-perfect-storm-for-indexed-annuities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>201</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Perfect Storm for Indexed Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:33" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stephen Moore: Making Sense of Economic Debate</title>
      <itunes:title>Stephen Moore: Making Sense of Economic Debate</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Stephen Moore joins Coach Pete to discuss his economic columns and the policy debate of April 2012. They examine spending, taxation, fairness, and why economic arguments can be confusing for the public.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in mid-April 2012, Coach Pete interviews Wall Street Journal columnist Stephen Moore. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside this complex financial world. And we&#x27;re very lucky to have Wall Street Journal columnist as well as someone you&#x27;ve seen on Fox Business, folks. His name is Stephen Moore. Stephen, welcome in. Hi, thanks for having me. Yeah, now you&#x27;ve written some real good columns lately. And one was why Americans hate economics. And people do hate economics right now, I think because it&#x27;s confusing or from one day to the next things change. And what&#x27;s the average American to do these days if they want to get more familiar with the economy and what it means to them when they watch the news? Well, the reason people hate economics is</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> because so much of what is passing is good economics these days in Washington, D.C. and so many state capitals and political centers is just a lot of garbage. And it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. I think the vast majority of Americans know that if the government spends a dollar, it has to come from somewhere. There&#x27;s no tooth fairy out there. You know, there&#x27;s so many discredited ideas out there that are being passed along as good economics. It&#x27;s no wonder that Americans hate economics, because so much of it has led to our current economic crisis. Yeah, Stephen, and a term that really gets me, and I know you wrote a column about it, is fairness. What is fairness when it comes to the economy? And if someone&#x27;s working hard, isn&#x27;t it fair for them to make more? Well, you know,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think most Americans believe that we should be a meritocracy. If you produce something that Americans want, if you&#x27;re Bill Gates or Steve Jobs, and you&#x27;re making a computer or software or a program or a cell phone that people want to buy, then yes, you should get rich. If you&#x27;re Peyton Manning or if you&#x27;re Katy Perry and you&#x27;re producing something that everyone wants, I don&#x27;t think Americans have any sense of envy or greed that that person got rich. That is the American dream, to produce a product or to start a business and then to be successful. And then in Washington, economic success these days is denigrated, and it&#x27;s treated as if it&#x27;s a vice rather than a virtue. And that&#x27;s not a very good way to advance a society and to make everyone better off.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And when we talk about security and when people are looking for economic security, I define security as freedom from worry. It&#x27;s safety, certainty, and similarity between prediction and event. How can the listeners out there, how can they accomplish the goal of security in their own financial plan starting right now? I like your definition and the sense that you know what the rules of the game are, that the rules won&#x27;t change, that the politicians won&#x27;t inject new policies into the equation that change everything. A good example of that is all the money that the Federal Reserve Board over the last three or four years has injected into the economy. The printing money created wealth. That only creates more inflation and it hurts people who are savers.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And so I hate when they change the rule of the game, and that&#x27;s what government does. It&#x27;s very difficult to be an investor these days because there are so many question marks about where we&#x27;re headed on policy. The rules are changing so often. You know, you buy bonds, you can only get, you know, two or three percent interest rate on those, and stocks are risky because of all the taxes that are coming. The real estate market&#x27;s been lousy, so it&#x27;s a very tough time to be a shrewd investor. Stephen, independence is freedom from the control of another, and why do you feel it&#x27;s important for everyone listening to have financial independence, especially in retirement? And more importantly, Stephen, is this possible these days? Yeah, it is. And, you know, I agree with you that we want independence from government in our personal life, but we want financial</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> independence so that we&#x27;re not, quote, dependent on government programs. So my advice to young people, anyone under the age of 30, is don&#x27;t depend on Social Security when you retire because there&#x27;s a good chance that the program that is as it exists now won&#x27;t be there 20 years from now. Did you participate in any of the lottery madness? I was in New York, and it was amazing how caught up that whole city of Manhattan was in the lottery. But, you know, I prefer to make money by investing and by working hard. And that&#x27;s, you know, ultimately, that&#x27;s the way you get ahead in this country, not by winning the lottery. Again, folks, this is Stephen Moore from The Wall Street Journal and Fox Business. We&#x27;re interviewing. And Stephen, you know, we are in that quick fix economy and society in general. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> why the rapid race to buy those lottery tickets there. And then the controversy afterwards, people are always looking for that quick fix. And I found a book on my bookshelf. The title was The 100 Best Internet Stocks to Own. And it was written in April of 2000, the year 2000, by Greg Kyle. And I went through the book and I did a study on those 100 stocks he was recommending. And less than 10 percent are still in business. So, you know, there are a lot of false gurus out there. There are a lot of people who think they can tell you, you know, when the market&#x27;s going to rise and when it&#x27;s going to fall. You know, some of them can do it, but, you know, they&#x27;re right until they&#x27;re wrong. And that&#x27;s why I always think there&#x27;s no substitute for doing a lot of your own research. And also, you know, I think these get-rich-quick schemes are almost always fool&#x27;s gold.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Yeah. And now when we talk about folks entering the financial red zone within five years of retirement or in retirement, income planning becomes more and more important. Do you have any recommendations or ideas for folks in that age group there for income planning techniques? You know, I&#x27;ve always liked the idea that as you get older, you move more into safer investments. As you&#x27;re younger, you want riskier investments, but that will give you a higher rate of return over time. And we&#x27;ve seen some of the strategies, their laddering strategies that work good with the bond ladders and also stocks, minimizing stocks, but having some dividend stocks, as well as with some of the annuities out there that have income riders, not the variable ones, but the safe annuities. They fit pretty good as well with people who don&#x27;t want to lose money and want to have at least that floor of income coming in each year.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> I&#x27;m not a great investment guru, but I do think, you know, just one observation, I do think the economy is starting to turn around a bit. And I do think, you know, given what&#x27;s happened in the real estate market, especially in states like Arizona, states like California, states like Florida, you know, my gut instinct tells me that they&#x27;ve finally gotten very close to, if not already hit rock bottom. And in fact, in some of those states like Florida and Arizona, you&#x27;re starting to see housing being built again. And, you know, 10 years from now, you&#x27;ll look back and say, oh my God, I couldn&#x27;t believe I could buy that condo on the beach in Florida for $300,000 when it, you know, it could easily go up to $600,000 or $700,000. So, you know, there&#x27;s an old saying that it&#x27;s always darkest before the dawn. Yep. And what we&#x27;re looking at real estate right now could be the darkness before the dawn. Proper mix of assets and asset classes has always been the key in financial planning, correct?</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> No question about it. And, you know, you always want to protect your principal. And that&#x27;s, you know, one mistake a lot of people make, you know, when they invest is that, you know, you want to make sure some of your principal is protected against downside risk. But, you know, on the other hand, you do want to look at long-term investment. Folks, you&#x27;ve been listening to Stephen Moore from the Wall Street Journal, and you&#x27;ve also seen him on Fox Business. Stephen, I hope you&#x27;ll come back on again soon. Love to do it. Thank you for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Stephen Moore joins Coach Pete to discuss his economic columns and the policy debate of April 2012. They examine spending, taxation, fairness, and why economic arguments can be confusing for the public.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in mid-April 2012, Coach Pete interviews Wall Street Journal columnist Stephen Moore. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside this complex financial world. And we&#x27;re very lucky to have Wall Street Journal columnist as well as someone you&#x27;ve seen on Fox Business, folks. His name is Stephen Moore. Stephen, welcome in. Hi, thanks for having me. Yeah, now you&#x27;ve written some real good columns lately. And one was why Americans hate economics. And people do hate economics right now, I think because it&#x27;s confusing or from one day to the next things change. And what&#x27;s the average American to do these days if they want to get more familiar with the economy and what it means to them when they watch the news? Well, the reason people hate economics is</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> because so much of what is passing is good economics these days in Washington, D.C. and so many state capitals and political centers is just a lot of garbage. And it doesn&#x27;t make any sense. I think the vast majority of Americans know that if the government spends a dollar, it has to come from somewhere. There&#x27;s no tooth fairy out there. You know, there&#x27;s so many discredited ideas out there that are being passed along as good economics. It&#x27;s no wonder that Americans hate economics, because so much of it has led to our current economic crisis. Yeah, Stephen, and a term that really gets me, and I know you wrote a column about it, is fairness. What is fairness when it comes to the economy? And if someone&#x27;s working hard, isn&#x27;t it fair for them to make more? Well, you know,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think most Americans believe that we should be a meritocracy. If you produce something that Americans want, if you&#x27;re Bill Gates or Steve Jobs, and you&#x27;re making a computer or software or a program or a cell phone that people want to buy, then yes, you should get rich. If you&#x27;re Peyton Manning or if you&#x27;re Katy Perry and you&#x27;re producing something that everyone wants, I don&#x27;t think Americans have any sense of envy or greed that that person got rich. That is the American dream, to produce a product or to start a business and then to be successful. And then in Washington, economic success these days is denigrated, and it&#x27;s treated as if it&#x27;s a vice rather than a virtue. And that&#x27;s not a very good way to advance a society and to make everyone better off.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> And when we talk about security and when people are looking for economic security, I define security as freedom from worry. It&#x27;s safety, certainty, and similarity between prediction and event. How can the listeners out there, how can they accomplish the goal of security in their own financial plan starting right now? I like your definition and the sense that you know what the rules of the game are, that the rules won&#x27;t change, that the politicians won&#x27;t inject new policies into the equation that change everything. A good example of that is all the money that the Federal Reserve Board over the last three or four years has injected into the economy. The printing money created wealth. That only creates more inflation and it hurts people who are savers.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And so I hate when they change the rule of the game, and that&#x27;s what government does. It&#x27;s very difficult to be an investor these days because there are so many question marks about where we&#x27;re headed on policy. The rules are changing so often. You know, you buy bonds, you can only get, you know, two or three percent interest rate on those, and stocks are risky because of all the taxes that are coming. The real estate market&#x27;s been lousy, so it&#x27;s a very tough time to be a shrewd investor. Stephen, independence is freedom from the control of another, and why do you feel it&#x27;s important for everyone listening to have financial independence, especially in retirement? And more importantly, Stephen, is this possible these days? Yeah, it is. And, you know, I agree with you that we want independence from government in our personal life, but we want financial</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> independence so that we&#x27;re not, quote, dependent on government programs. So my advice to young people, anyone under the age of 30, is don&#x27;t depend on Social Security when you retire because there&#x27;s a good chance that the program that is as it exists now won&#x27;t be there 20 years from now. Did you participate in any of the lottery madness? I was in New York, and it was amazing how caught up that whole city of Manhattan was in the lottery. But, you know, I prefer to make money by investing and by working hard. And that&#x27;s, you know, ultimately, that&#x27;s the way you get ahead in this country, not by winning the lottery. Again, folks, this is Stephen Moore from The Wall Street Journal and Fox Business. We&#x27;re interviewing. And Stephen, you know, we are in that quick fix economy and society in general. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> why the rapid race to buy those lottery tickets there. And then the controversy afterwards, people are always looking for that quick fix. And I found a book on my bookshelf. The title was The 100 Best Internet Stocks to Own. And it was written in April of 2000, the year 2000, by Greg Kyle. And I went through the book and I did a study on those 100 stocks he was recommending. And less than 10 percent are still in business. So, you know, there are a lot of false gurus out there. There are a lot of people who think they can tell you, you know, when the market&#x27;s going to rise and when it&#x27;s going to fall. You know, some of them can do it, but, you know, they&#x27;re right until they&#x27;re wrong. And that&#x27;s why I always think there&#x27;s no substitute for doing a lot of your own research. And also, you know, I think these get-rich-quick schemes are almost always fool&#x27;s gold.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> Yeah. And now when we talk about folks entering the financial red zone within five years of retirement or in retirement, income planning becomes more and more important. Do you have any recommendations or ideas for folks in that age group there for income planning techniques? You know, I&#x27;ve always liked the idea that as you get older, you move more into safer investments. As you&#x27;re younger, you want riskier investments, but that will give you a higher rate of return over time. And we&#x27;ve seen some of the strategies, their laddering strategies that work good with the bond ladders and also stocks, minimizing stocks, but having some dividend stocks, as well as with some of the annuities out there that have income riders, not the variable ones, but the safe annuities. They fit pretty good as well with people who don&#x27;t want to lose money and want to have at least that floor of income coming in each year.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> I&#x27;m not a great investment guru, but I do think, you know, just one observation, I do think the economy is starting to turn around a bit. And I do think, you know, given what&#x27;s happened in the real estate market, especially in states like Arizona, states like California, states like Florida, you know, my gut instinct tells me that they&#x27;ve finally gotten very close to, if not already hit rock bottom. And in fact, in some of those states like Florida and Arizona, you&#x27;re starting to see housing being built again. And, you know, 10 years from now, you&#x27;ll look back and say, oh my God, I couldn&#x27;t believe I could buy that condo on the beach in Florida for $300,000 when it, you know, it could easily go up to $600,000 or $700,000. So, you know, there&#x27;s an old saying that it&#x27;s always darkest before the dawn. Yep. And what we&#x27;re looking at real estate right now could be the darkness before the dawn. Proper mix of assets and asset classes has always been the key in financial planning, correct?</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> No question about it. And, you know, you always want to protect your principal. And that&#x27;s, you know, one mistake a lot of people make, you know, when they invest is that, you know, you want to make sure some of your principal is protected against downside risk. But, you know, on the other hand, you do want to look at long-term investment. Folks, you&#x27;ve been listening to Stephen Moore from the Wall Street Journal, and you&#x27;ve also seen him on Fox Business. Stephen, I hope you&#x27;ll come back on again soon. Love to do it. Thank you for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Stephen Moore joins Coach Pete to discuss his economic columns and the policy debate of April 2012. They examine spending, taxation, fairness, and why economic arguments can be confusing for the public.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Stephen Moore</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Stephen Moore, tax planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e/image.jpg?t=1792071853&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stephen-moore-making-sense-of-economic-debate/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e/image.jpg?t=1792071853&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Apr 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>476</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/433d7f27-d2b8-4292-85ca-b4e300156f2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="7651867" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/stephen-moore-making-sense-of-economic-debate</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>202</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Making Sense of Economic Debate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chris Edwards: Taxes and Government Spending</title>
      <itunes:title>Chris Edwards: Taxes and Government Spending</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chris Edwards of the Cato Institute joins Coach Pete to discuss taxes, government spending, and fiscal policy. This April 2012 interview examines the economic debate and the government programs under discussion at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early April 2012, Coach Pete interviews Tax Policy Director of the Cato Institute, Chris Edwards. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks, looking inside that very complex world we call the financial world. And the financial world has another aspect to it. It&#x27;s called taxes, folks. And the secret to having a successful financial life is to minimize or eliminate unnecessary taxes. And today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Tax Policy Director of the Cato Institute. His name is Chris Edwards. He also has a website, downsizinggovernment.org. Chris, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me. Now, where are you located, Chris?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I&#x27;m in Washington, D.C. at Cato&#x27;s large and expanded headquarters here, where we try to influence what the Congress critters on Capitol Hill do in the administration. Well, you&#x27;re right next to the sausage factory, in other words. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, in these days of what I call the government gone wild, is government too big? And if so, how do we get the government to stop growing? Well, government is very large. I mean, a lot of Americans may think that the United States has uniquely small government compared to other countries in Europe and elsewhere. The fact is, we used to have a much more of a small government advantage than other countries. But the latest international data shows that total U.S. government, federal, state, and</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> local, now is about 41% of our economy. That&#x27;s not much below the 45% average amongst all the rich countries in the world, you know, in Europe and Australia and Canada. So we&#x27;ve unfortunately been closing the gap here. And we&#x27;ve become just another kind of big bloated welfare state, which is really sad, I think, because, you know, America&#x27;s high income and high standard of living has been based mainly on our relatively small government. But unfortunately, we&#x27;ve been blowing that advantage in recent years. Well, how do we stop this out-of-control locomotive we call government and government spending? Well, ultimately, I suppose it comes down to elections.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> We&#x27;ve got to influence, you know, more voters to understand the problems with big government. And we&#x27;ve got to change the mind of members of Congress and convince them that all these higher taxes and higher spending, ultimately, it sucks money out of the private sector of the economy. And it reduces American growth and harms U.S. entrepreneurship. Big government comes at the expense of a robust private economy. We&#x27;re talking to Chris Edwards from the Cato Institute, Director of Tax Policy Studies. Chris, taxes are a people problem, not a party problem. Would you agree with that? That&#x27;s true. You know, the parties have become sort of more separate on their views on tax policy.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Though back in the 80s, you had Republicans, including Ronald Reagan and Bob Dole, who agreed to many tax increases. But starting, you know, about 15, 20 years ago, the Republicans have more thoughtfully become an anti-tax party. The Democrats more of a pro-tax party. So I&#x27;m with the Republicans on their resistance to tax increases. Unfortunately, Republicans, they want to cut taxes, but they spend every bit as much as the Democrats do. So the Republican fiscal policy is very inconsistent. And we saw this with President Bush. He increased spending pretty dramatically across the board. But at the same time, he wanted tax cuts. That just doesn&#x27;t work. And we&#x27;ve got trillion-dollar deficits because he spent far too much money.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Now, the taxes that are going out of control, I mean, it&#x27;s really hurting the folks that are in retirement right now. I mean, they are basically giving a lot of their money that they need for retirement expenses away to the government. Well, that&#x27;s true. I mean, higher taxes hurt a lot of people. I must say, with people in retirement, they&#x27;re also being hurt by the Federal Reserve&#x27;s artificially low interest rate policy. I mean, with interest rates so low, savers are hurt. And that&#x27;s not really a good thing because, you know, saving is ultimately sort of the seed corn of investment in the economy. So I think all this manipulation by the Federal Reserve Board to keep our interest rates low is really a harmful policy. Higher taxes ultimately hurt everyone. President Obama talks about only, you know, taxing rich people more, as if that would only</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> hurt the, you know, the tiny top 1% of the population. In fact, the people at the top end of the income spectrum are extremely productive people who are extremely important to the economy. President Obama just seems to think that they&#x27;re sort of Wall Street speculators in that top 1%. In fact, if you look at the data, a huge number of doctors and surgeons, for example, are in the top 1% of income earners. So if you increase tax rates on them, as President Obama wants to do, you&#x27;re going to reduce the incentive for doctors and surgeons to work so hard they&#x27;re going to retire earlier. And when highly skilled people like that work less and retire earlier, that ends up hurting all of us. So, you know, tax increases really don&#x27;t do the economy any good.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Yeah, but unfortunately, that&#x27;s political speak. It&#x27;s always easy to just raise taxes or say you&#x27;re going to on the rich and get votes that way. Oh, yeah. I mean, they think it&#x27;s a, for some reason, the Democrats think it&#x27;s a politically winning strategy to just talk about tax hikes on the idle rich. I don&#x27;t think Americans buy that. They use that really in every election. And it hasn&#x27;t really worked. I think it&#x27;s a dead-end strategy for them. And I think it ultimately hurts the economy just by demonizing, again, these people at the top end who are very productive and hardworking people. America hasn&#x27;t been successful. Our standard of living hasn&#x27;t been so high because of high tax rates, quite the reverse.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> America has been a land of opportunity for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists and investors. And because of that, we&#x27;ve had a great success with Silicon Valley and many of our other great industries. So is oversight even possible these days? I mean, there&#x27;s so many different federal programs, departments spending money that&#x27;s just autopilot. There was once a story where I heard when Colin Powell took over as Secretary of State, each and every week there was a new gigantic shipment coming in of pins and lapel pins and tie quips and coffee mugs and all that that said Secretary of State Colin Powell on it. And he said, stop these from coming. He couldn&#x27;t figure out who he would contact to stop the supplies from coming. It&#x27;s pretty bad, isn&#x27;t it? There&#x27;s no doubt that there&#x27;s a massive amount of that just run-of-the-mill sort of waste in Washington.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> And both parties complain about that. However, that&#x27;s not the real problem with Washington. The real problem is that the federal government just tries to do too much, and it has far too many subsidy programs. There&#x27;s actually an official list of the number of subsidy programs the federal government has, and there&#x27;s now over 2,000 different subsidy programs, which is more than double the amount that there was in the 1980s. So, for example, Medicare is one of those subsidy programs. But there&#x27;s 1,999 other subsidy programs in Washington. Farm subsidies, housing subsidies, subsidies for the elderly, you know, all kinds of other subsidies. Ultimately, these damage the economy. They make Americans more dependent on the government, which doesn&#x27;t do us any good.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> So, I think, you know, my complaint with the Republicans is that they bash President Obama for spending too much money, but they haven&#x27;t got down to the actual, they haven&#x27;t rolled up their sleeves, gone through the budget, and said, look, we don&#x27;t need these housing subsidy programs anymore. We don&#x27;t need the farm subsidy programs anymore. Let&#x27;s terminate them. Chris, when Herman Cain came out with his 999 plan, you had an op-ed piece or an article you&#x27;d written said, Herman Cain, how about the 15-15-15? Well, that&#x27;s right. Herman Cain had his 999 plan. I like the 9% income tax there and the 9% business tax, but he had a VAT in his plan as well, which is sort of like a national retail sales tax. And, you know, if you could rip out the income tax and make sure it never came back and put</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> in place a national sales tax, I think that would be a good direction to go. Unfortunately, in Washington today, so many members of Congress are greedy for more revenue from the public that I fear that if they started talking about a national sales tax, they would add it on top of the current income tax system. And that&#x27;s the last thing we need in the United States today is to give the federal government another source of revenue. So I was against Herman Cain&#x27;s tax plan for that. I like the fact that he was thinking big, but I think his addition of a national sales tax was the wrong way to go. Now, you&#x27;ve got a book out called Global Tax Revolution, The Rise of Tax Competition and the Battle to Defend It. That&#x27;s an interesting title. Well, the book Global Tax Revolution is about the revolution in lower tax rates across the</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Western world and really everywhere in the world over the last few decades. Before the 1970s, countries basically blocked off their borders and didn&#x27;t allow investment to flow over their borders. So they were able to have these very high tax rates on individuals and corporations like 70 and 80 and 90 percent. Once the borders were flung open in the 1970s and 80s, investment and wealthy people started flowing over the borders, and that started forcing countries around the world to cut their tax rates. From my perspective, this has been excellent. As countries cut their tax rates, the economy becomes more efficient. The standard of living grows. So it is a lot tougher these days for governments to raise their tax rates to unreasonable levels</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> than it was in the past. And my book, Global Tax Revolution, sort of documents how globalization has forced governments to keep their tax rates lower. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute or two left here, Chris. What are some of the tips you would give folks out here who are listening right now trying to just manage their own personal economy? What can they do to control government on their own or stand up to some of these unnecessary and unfair taxes that are out there today? I think that people have to start looking at what their own members of Congress are doing and the programs that they are spending money on and complain to them directly about the big spending programs, whether it&#x27;s housing subsidies or farm subsidies, that they are supporting. I mean, too many members of Congress pretend that they&#x27;re fiscal conservatives and they blame</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> other guys for big spending. But if you look on their own congressional websites, you find, in fact, they support a lot of big spending programs as well. So, you know, ultimately, members of Congress, they listen to their constituents, they listen to the people in their home state. And so I think the most effective strategy, like it always has been, is to directly complain to your member of Congress about all the spending that is going on. This level of spending we&#x27;ve got in this country are ultimately going to bankrupt the government. We have a trillion dollar deficits year after year. It can&#x27;t be sustained forever. We don&#x27;t want to become like Greece or Spain or Italy, which are having debt crises. We&#x27;ve got to cut the spending. Folks, his name is Chris Edwards. He is with the Cato Institute, also has a great website, downsizinggovernment.org.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> Chris, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chris Edwards of the Cato Institute joins Coach Pete to discuss taxes, government spending, and fiscal policy. This April 2012 interview examines the economic debate and the government programs under discussion at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early April 2012, Coach Pete interviews Tax Policy Director of the Cato Institute, Chris Edwards. Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks, looking inside that very complex world we call the financial world. And the financial world has another aspect to it. It&#x27;s called taxes, folks. And the secret to having a successful financial life is to minimize or eliminate unnecessary taxes. And today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Tax Policy Director of the Cato Institute. His name is Chris Edwards. He also has a website, downsizinggovernment.org. Chris, welcome in. Hey, thanks for having me. Now, where are you located, Chris?</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I&#x27;m in Washington, D.C. at Cato&#x27;s large and expanded headquarters here, where we try to influence what the Congress critters on Capitol Hill do in the administration. Well, you&#x27;re right next to the sausage factory, in other words. That&#x27;s exactly right. Now, in these days of what I call the government gone wild, is government too big? And if so, how do we get the government to stop growing? Well, government is very large. I mean, a lot of Americans may think that the United States has uniquely small government compared to other countries in Europe and elsewhere. The fact is, we used to have a much more of a small government advantage than other countries. But the latest international data shows that total U.S. government, federal, state, and</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> local, now is about 41% of our economy. That&#x27;s not much below the 45% average amongst all the rich countries in the world, you know, in Europe and Australia and Canada. So we&#x27;ve unfortunately been closing the gap here. And we&#x27;ve become just another kind of big bloated welfare state, which is really sad, I think, because, you know, America&#x27;s high income and high standard of living has been based mainly on our relatively small government. But unfortunately, we&#x27;ve been blowing that advantage in recent years. Well, how do we stop this out-of-control locomotive we call government and government spending? Well, ultimately, I suppose it comes down to elections.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> We&#x27;ve got to influence, you know, more voters to understand the problems with big government. And we&#x27;ve got to change the mind of members of Congress and convince them that all these higher taxes and higher spending, ultimately, it sucks money out of the private sector of the economy. And it reduces American growth and harms U.S. entrepreneurship. Big government comes at the expense of a robust private economy. We&#x27;re talking to Chris Edwards from the Cato Institute, Director of Tax Policy Studies. Chris, taxes are a people problem, not a party problem. Would you agree with that? That&#x27;s true. You know, the parties have become sort of more separate on their views on tax policy.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Though back in the 80s, you had Republicans, including Ronald Reagan and Bob Dole, who agreed to many tax increases. But starting, you know, about 15, 20 years ago, the Republicans have more thoughtfully become an anti-tax party. The Democrats more of a pro-tax party. So I&#x27;m with the Republicans on their resistance to tax increases. Unfortunately, Republicans, they want to cut taxes, but they spend every bit as much as the Democrats do. So the Republican fiscal policy is very inconsistent. And we saw this with President Bush. He increased spending pretty dramatically across the board. But at the same time, he wanted tax cuts. That just doesn&#x27;t work. And we&#x27;ve got trillion-dollar deficits because he spent far too much money.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Now, the taxes that are going out of control, I mean, it&#x27;s really hurting the folks that are in retirement right now. I mean, they are basically giving a lot of their money that they need for retirement expenses away to the government. Well, that&#x27;s true. I mean, higher taxes hurt a lot of people. I must say, with people in retirement, they&#x27;re also being hurt by the Federal Reserve&#x27;s artificially low interest rate policy. I mean, with interest rates so low, savers are hurt. And that&#x27;s not really a good thing because, you know, saving is ultimately sort of the seed corn of investment in the economy. So I think all this manipulation by the Federal Reserve Board to keep our interest rates low is really a harmful policy. Higher taxes ultimately hurt everyone. President Obama talks about only, you know, taxing rich people more, as if that would only</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> hurt the, you know, the tiny top 1% of the population. In fact, the people at the top end of the income spectrum are extremely productive people who are extremely important to the economy. President Obama just seems to think that they&#x27;re sort of Wall Street speculators in that top 1%. In fact, if you look at the data, a huge number of doctors and surgeons, for example, are in the top 1% of income earners. So if you increase tax rates on them, as President Obama wants to do, you&#x27;re going to reduce the incentive for doctors and surgeons to work so hard they&#x27;re going to retire earlier. And when highly skilled people like that work less and retire earlier, that ends up hurting all of us. So, you know, tax increases really don&#x27;t do the economy any good.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Yeah, but unfortunately, that&#x27;s political speak. It&#x27;s always easy to just raise taxes or say you&#x27;re going to on the rich and get votes that way. Oh, yeah. I mean, they think it&#x27;s a, for some reason, the Democrats think it&#x27;s a politically winning strategy to just talk about tax hikes on the idle rich. I don&#x27;t think Americans buy that. They use that really in every election. And it hasn&#x27;t really worked. I think it&#x27;s a dead-end strategy for them. And I think it ultimately hurts the economy just by demonizing, again, these people at the top end who are very productive and hardworking people. America hasn&#x27;t been successful. Our standard of living hasn&#x27;t been so high because of high tax rates, quite the reverse.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> America has been a land of opportunity for entrepreneurs and venture capitalists and investors. And because of that, we&#x27;ve had a great success with Silicon Valley and many of our other great industries. So is oversight even possible these days? I mean, there&#x27;s so many different federal programs, departments spending money that&#x27;s just autopilot. There was once a story where I heard when Colin Powell took over as Secretary of State, each and every week there was a new gigantic shipment coming in of pins and lapel pins and tie quips and coffee mugs and all that that said Secretary of State Colin Powell on it. And he said, stop these from coming. He couldn&#x27;t figure out who he would contact to stop the supplies from coming. It&#x27;s pretty bad, isn&#x27;t it? There&#x27;s no doubt that there&#x27;s a massive amount of that just run-of-the-mill sort of waste in Washington.</p><p><strong>07:15</strong> And both parties complain about that. However, that&#x27;s not the real problem with Washington. The real problem is that the federal government just tries to do too much, and it has far too many subsidy programs. There&#x27;s actually an official list of the number of subsidy programs the federal government has, and there&#x27;s now over 2,000 different subsidy programs, which is more than double the amount that there was in the 1980s. So, for example, Medicare is one of those subsidy programs. But there&#x27;s 1,999 other subsidy programs in Washington. Farm subsidies, housing subsidies, subsidies for the elderly, you know, all kinds of other subsidies. Ultimately, these damage the economy. They make Americans more dependent on the government, which doesn&#x27;t do us any good.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> So, I think, you know, my complaint with the Republicans is that they bash President Obama for spending too much money, but they haven&#x27;t got down to the actual, they haven&#x27;t rolled up their sleeves, gone through the budget, and said, look, we don&#x27;t need these housing subsidy programs anymore. We don&#x27;t need the farm subsidy programs anymore. Let&#x27;s terminate them. Chris, when Herman Cain came out with his 999 plan, you had an op-ed piece or an article you&#x27;d written said, Herman Cain, how about the 15-15-15? Well, that&#x27;s right. Herman Cain had his 999 plan. I like the 9% income tax there and the 9% business tax, but he had a VAT in his plan as well, which is sort of like a national retail sales tax. And, you know, if you could rip out the income tax and make sure it never came back and put</p><p><strong>08:53</strong> in place a national sales tax, I think that would be a good direction to go. Unfortunately, in Washington today, so many members of Congress are greedy for more revenue from the public that I fear that if they started talking about a national sales tax, they would add it on top of the current income tax system. And that&#x27;s the last thing we need in the United States today is to give the federal government another source of revenue. So I was against Herman Cain&#x27;s tax plan for that. I like the fact that he was thinking big, but I think his addition of a national sales tax was the wrong way to go. Now, you&#x27;ve got a book out called Global Tax Revolution, The Rise of Tax Competition and the Battle to Defend It. That&#x27;s an interesting title. Well, the book Global Tax Revolution is about the revolution in lower tax rates across the</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Western world and really everywhere in the world over the last few decades. Before the 1970s, countries basically blocked off their borders and didn&#x27;t allow investment to flow over their borders. So they were able to have these very high tax rates on individuals and corporations like 70 and 80 and 90 percent. Once the borders were flung open in the 1970s and 80s, investment and wealthy people started flowing over the borders, and that started forcing countries around the world to cut their tax rates. From my perspective, this has been excellent. As countries cut their tax rates, the economy becomes more efficient. The standard of living grows. So it is a lot tougher these days for governments to raise their tax rates to unreasonable levels</p><p><strong>10:33</strong> than it was in the past. And my book, Global Tax Revolution, sort of documents how globalization has forced governments to keep their tax rates lower. Well, we&#x27;ve got about a minute or two left here, Chris. What are some of the tips you would give folks out here who are listening right now trying to just manage their own personal economy? What can they do to control government on their own or stand up to some of these unnecessary and unfair taxes that are out there today? I think that people have to start looking at what their own members of Congress are doing and the programs that they are spending money on and complain to them directly about the big spending programs, whether it&#x27;s housing subsidies or farm subsidies, that they are supporting. I mean, too many members of Congress pretend that they&#x27;re fiscal conservatives and they blame</p><p><strong>11:18</strong> other guys for big spending. But if you look on their own congressional websites, you find, in fact, they support a lot of big spending programs as well. So, you know, ultimately, members of Congress, they listen to their constituents, they listen to the people in their home state. And so I think the most effective strategy, like it always has been, is to directly complain to your member of Congress about all the spending that is going on. This level of spending we&#x27;ve got in this country are ultimately going to bankrupt the government. We have a trillion dollar deficits year after year. It can&#x27;t be sustained forever. We don&#x27;t want to become like Greece or Spain or Italy, which are having debt crises. We&#x27;ve got to cut the spending. Folks, his name is Chris Edwards. He is with the Cato Institute, also has a great website, downsizinggovernment.org.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> Chris, thanks for your time today. Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chris Edwards of the Cato Institute joins Coach Pete to discuss taxes, government spending, and fiscal policy. This April 2012 interview examines the economic debate and the government programs under discussion at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chris Edwards</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chris Edwards, tax planning, national debt, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08/image.jpg?t=1792072913&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-edwards-taxes-and-government-spending/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08/image.jpg?t=1792072913&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08</guid>
      <omny:clipId>93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 Apr 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>750</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/93801851-5bcb-406d-84fe-b4e201360e08/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12029401" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chris-edwards-taxes-and-government-spending</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>203</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Taxes and Government Spending" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:36" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:42" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: Demographics, Debt, and His 2012 Market Outlook</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: Demographics, Debt, and His 2012 Market Outlook</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent returns to the Financial Safari to discuss changes in his economic outlook. This March 2012 conversation examines demographics, debt, capital flows, and the market conditions behind his forecasts at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview Harvard economist and author Harry Dent. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here as always joined by Coach Pete D’Arruda, the rest of the Financial Safari team, and we&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on the line with us. He is Harvard economist, multiply published author, and founder of the Dent Foundation. He is Harry S. Dent Jr. Mr. Dent, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Yeah, nice to be back. It&#x27;s always a pleasure having you on. Now, you&#x27;ve been on the Financial Safari several</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> times in the past, and you&#x27;ve made some predictions. Now, what are you seeing coming up in the near future or extended future for what the market has in store for us? Well, you know, we&#x27;ve changed our views a good bit because of two things. We first saw kind of a flight of bond capital from Europe and Southern Europe into the United States, also to Germany, and pushed our long-term Treasury bond rates down even farther than, I mean, the Fed had already pushed. I mean, these rates should be sitting at 4% plus with the growth in the economy and inflation, and they&#x27;re down, they&#x27;ve been down below 2% recently. So, what that says to me, we thought, you know, late last year that, you know, the Fed might be getting in a pinch here because we thought the economy would be stronger in the fourth and first quarter, which it was, and we thought inflation would remain high. And, you know,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> it&#x27;s kind of hard to do a QE3 under that circumstance. But with bond rates so low, and we&#x27;re seeing slowing in Europe, slowing in China and ending rising oil prices, the Fed pretty much saying, hey, we&#x27;re going to be there for QE3. So, I see limited downside this year in the market. We are due for a correction here in the next few months, especially if oil prices go up. But I think it&#x27;s just going to be a sideways correction. The second thing that happened was Europe, after talking austerity, austerity, austerity, all of a sudden they come up with $1.3 trillion in QE. So, they did a QE2, much bigger than the QE2 in the United States, on a lag. They finally just threw in a towel and said, yeah, we may be forcing austerity, but we&#x27;re going to get plenty of liquidity so these banks can roll over their loans, cover their losses, and don&#x27;t melt down. To me, we see this epic battle. Demographics are slowing here and around</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> the world. Massive private debt bubbles, way more than government debt bubbles here and around the world. And governments are just saying, this isn&#x27;t going to happen. We&#x27;re not going to let it slow down. Well, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to win that war. But with QE3 likely around the corner, if we slow down when QE2 wears off, and a big, giant QE2 from Europe, I think they put this thing off for another year. I think the markets correct sometime over the next few months, sideways more, you know, and maybe 5%, maybe 10%, maybe 20%. But I think probably a shallow correction, more like 5% to 8%. And then we see another run, especially if the Fed announces a QE3 in a couple months or something. Each bubble tops a little higher, and each crash goes lower. So, you know, we&#x27;ve always been like, you know, sooner or later, this is going to crash. But the danger starts to come in early</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> 2013 or mid-2013. Well, Harry, hearing about all the quantitative easing, all this money coming out of nowhere, it&#x27;s almost like someone having a massive party with stolen credit cards. So, when is the piper going to have to be paid from all this money being given away? I was just in a conference up in Whistler with some really astute hedge fund managers. We all see that this debt bubble, this is unsustainable. This is crazy. This is beyond anything that&#x27;s been done in history. But we all also agreed, it&#x27;s the bond market that decides when the party&#x27;s over. And the bond market already decided. The first country, they said, Greece, party over. You know, of course, then it was Ireland, Portugal, and increasingly Spain and Italy. You know, they&#x27;ve raised the rates. When the bond market starts saying, we don&#x27;t trust your stimulus anymore, we don&#x27;t think your economies are growing fast enough, or you&#x27;re controlling your</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> deficits enough, that we have a long-term problem here. And they start raising your rates. And once they start raising your rates, if you stimulate any more, they raise them even more. So, you&#x27;re dead. The bond markets have not done that to three major countries. They have not done it to Germany, the UK, or the US. The bond markets have said, you know, these countries still look okay to us because they&#x27;re the lesser of evils. To me, the US already looks like Southern Europe. We already have an 8% to 10% government deficit of our GDP. We already have debt ratios of 400%. And then you add entitlements to that. It&#x27;s 800%. So, I mean, this is out of control. But the bond markets have to say no. And when the bond markets do change their mind, they change very quickly. Literally, in Greece, 10-year Treasury bond rates went from 4.5% one day to a week later, 12.5%. I mean, that quick. And of</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> course, they kept going up to 38% before the Greek default and all this stuff happened. And, you know, at this conference, same thing. People are saying, look, Portugal and Ireland are going to default. It&#x27;s just a matter of time. And then, of course, Spain and Italy are question marks. So, this crisis isn&#x27;t going away. You can&#x27;t add debt to debt and get out of this. But governments are sure trying very, very hard. And the bond markets are still saying, hey, if Germany and the ECB want to stimulate, US wants to stimulate, UK wants to stimulate, we&#x27;re not going to say no at this point. We think it&#x27;s okay. And when they see that the stimulus doesn&#x27;t create enough growth or they see rising inflation, which I think you&#x27;re going to see both in the next year, there&#x27;s a point where I think bond rates are going to start heading up. And that&#x27;s when you know the stimulus, the party is starting to be over. And that&#x27;s when you have to start worrying about stocks. But again,</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> with these bond rates around 2%, pretty hard for the Fed not to be able to do QE3. And nothing more a market on crack likes than more crack. So QE3 is more crack. And I think the stocks are going to rally the more they see QE3 coming and certainly when it gets announced. And once again, we&#x27;re talking with Harvard economist, multiply published author, Harry S. Dent Jr., author of The Great Crash Ahead. Mr. Dent, you mentioned a fear of inflation and certainly in some sectors of the economy, food prices, energy, we&#x27;ve seen that inflation and it is a concern that we hear about. One of your three D&#x27;s was deflation, however. Tell me if this is an illustration of how this works in a very simplistic form. When the government wrote off a lot of the debt for the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> mortgage-backed securities, home prices have fallen dramatically. Does that illustrate the example? Yes, exactly. There&#x27;s two things that happened in deflation. The assets that bubbled up. Now, housing&#x27;s been the biggest bubble to pop. Stocks also popped. Commodities also went down. But the Fed has been able to drive them back up temporarily. But I write assets fall. And people who own those assets, houses, stocks, commodities, this is real money they thought they had in their investment account or their retirement account or whatever, and it disappears. When money disappears, that&#x27;s deflationary. There&#x27;s less money. Same thing. There&#x27;s a lot of debt against those homes. And we haven&#x27;t even begun to write off all the debt. $42 trillion, about half of that should be written off before we move out of this deflation crisis. $20 trillion is a lot. We&#x27;ve only written down about</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> $4 trillion of the $42 trillion in the private debt. We got another $16 to $18 trillion to go. When you write off debts or write down debts or banks cancel loans or banks go under or whatever, that is also destroying dollars. When you have fewer dollars in the economy through assets, inflated assets and debts, then you have less dollar power and the dollar goes up in value. There&#x27;s fewer dollars chasing the same goods, and that&#x27;s deflation. That&#x27;s how you get deflation. It&#x27;s the deleveraging of asset and debt bubbles. Every time you&#x27;ve seen deflation in history, like the 1930s or the 1870s and 80s, or you keep going back, every time you see them, it&#x27;s always preceded by a major asset and debt bubble. We had the railroad bubble crash into the 1870s, 80s,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> the auto bubble crash in the 1930s. Now we have the whole tech and the real estate bubble crashing here. So you&#x27;re right. It&#x27;s homes going down in price, loans being written down. That&#x27;s what causes deflation. And you&#x27;re right. Food prices are going up, oil and stuff, but our biggest cost of living is housing, and the price of buying a house and financing a house has gone down very substantially. You know, Harry, I talk to a lot of folks in their 60s and 70s, and they are worried right now. They don&#x27;t know where to put their money, and this is retirement money. They don&#x27;t want to lose it. So what should someone like that do? Well, you know, here&#x27;s the dilemma here, and, you know, the Fed has created this, and the government, they have pushed down low-risk assets, treasury bonds, treasury bills, a lot of things that people want to buy in retirement down to such low rates that people say,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> well, I can&#x27;t live off this. I can&#x27;t invest and do my retirement in this. So people are going more into high-dividend stocks, and they&#x27;re going into higher-yield corporate and junk bonds. You know, people are trading up at risk just at a time when they&#x27;re near retirement or in retirement, and they can&#x27;t afford that risk. And when this next set of bubbles burst, and the bubbles always burst, then they&#x27;re going to get totally wiped out like they did in 2008, even worse. This next crash is going to be worse than the last one. So that&#x27;s the problem. I tell people, look, since we&#x27;re in a bubble now, until the bubble crashes, and it&#x27;ll take two, maybe three years when it does, until the bubble crashes, you should be less worried about getting enough short-term returns to retire on or live on. You may have to take a little of your capital to do</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> that. Protect your capital. Don&#x27;t sit here and follow everybody into gold and silver and follow everybody into large-cap stocks, and then next thing you know, they&#x27;re down 60%, 70%, and you&#x27;re wiped out, and now you have no capital. Protect your capital first. If you&#x27;ve got to pull a little capital to live on to protect that capital, then do that. But don&#x27;t follow everybody. I mean, I wouldn&#x27;t tell people to be too worried about stocks here with all this stimulus, but about a year from now, we&#x27;re going to be saying, get out of stocks or hedge yourself, because the next crash is probably going to be 70% or more. And that is not something any retiree can take in their capital account. Well, there&#x27;s a different mentality between the growth and the conservation of money, isn&#x27;t there, Mr. Dent? Yes. And again, normally, people can move into retirement. I mean, in most of</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> history, you can make 5%, 6% on fairly safe bonds. Treasury bonds, for example, average about 6% over time. Well, now they&#x27;re 2%. Then they could get down to almost 1%. This is distorting the markets. Why are the banks, the government&#x27;s doing this to save the banks. Low interest rates save the banks. They can borrow cheap and reinvest at higher rates, more sophisticated way. It&#x27;s easier for them to lend at lower rates. Everything here is to save the banks. It&#x27;s killing pension funds. It&#x27;s killing retirement funds, and it&#x27;s killing retirees. Here they&#x27;re getting this food and oil and this type of inflation, and yet their returns on their portfolio has gone down to nothing unless they get into bubble stuff, and then they get into bubble stuff, and it bursts, and they&#x27;re dead. So this is a horrible environment for retirees, and the government is doing this on purpose,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> and then somebody ought to slap them for doing it. Well, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate your time, your insight, your knowledge, and your expertise here on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll see who we can get to lay that hand on them and make them think with some sense. Okay. Well, we&#x27;ll keep spreading the word, and we look forward to having you back on the program real soon. Okay. Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent returns to the Financial Safari to discuss changes in his economic outlook. This March 2012 conversation examines demographics, debt, capital flows, and the market conditions behind his forecasts at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in late March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview Harvard economist and author Harry Dent. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here as always joined by Coach Pete D’Arruda, the rest of the Financial Safari team, and we&#x27;ve got a very special guest here on the line with us. He is Harvard economist, multiply published author, and founder of the Dent Foundation. He is Harry S. Dent Jr. Mr. Dent, welcome back into the Financial Safari. Yeah, nice to be back. It&#x27;s always a pleasure having you on. Now, you&#x27;ve been on the Financial Safari several</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> times in the past, and you&#x27;ve made some predictions. Now, what are you seeing coming up in the near future or extended future for what the market has in store for us? Well, you know, we&#x27;ve changed our views a good bit because of two things. We first saw kind of a flight of bond capital from Europe and Southern Europe into the United States, also to Germany, and pushed our long-term Treasury bond rates down even farther than, I mean, the Fed had already pushed. I mean, these rates should be sitting at 4% plus with the growth in the economy and inflation, and they&#x27;re down, they&#x27;ve been down below 2% recently. So, what that says to me, we thought, you know, late last year that, you know, the Fed might be getting in a pinch here because we thought the economy would be stronger in the fourth and first quarter, which it was, and we thought inflation would remain high. And, you know,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> it&#x27;s kind of hard to do a QE3 under that circumstance. But with bond rates so low, and we&#x27;re seeing slowing in Europe, slowing in China and ending rising oil prices, the Fed pretty much saying, hey, we&#x27;re going to be there for QE3. So, I see limited downside this year in the market. We are due for a correction here in the next few months, especially if oil prices go up. But I think it&#x27;s just going to be a sideways correction. The second thing that happened was Europe, after talking austerity, austerity, austerity, all of a sudden they come up with $1.3 trillion in QE. So, they did a QE2, much bigger than the QE2 in the United States, on a lag. They finally just threw in a towel and said, yeah, we may be forcing austerity, but we&#x27;re going to get plenty of liquidity so these banks can roll over their loans, cover their losses, and don&#x27;t melt down. To me, we see this epic battle. Demographics are slowing here and around</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> the world. Massive private debt bubbles, way more than government debt bubbles here and around the world. And governments are just saying, this isn&#x27;t going to happen. We&#x27;re not going to let it slow down. Well, I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to win that war. But with QE3 likely around the corner, if we slow down when QE2 wears off, and a big, giant QE2 from Europe, I think they put this thing off for another year. I think the markets correct sometime over the next few months, sideways more, you know, and maybe 5%, maybe 10%, maybe 20%. But I think probably a shallow correction, more like 5% to 8%. And then we see another run, especially if the Fed announces a QE3 in a couple months or something. Each bubble tops a little higher, and each crash goes lower. So, you know, we&#x27;ve always been like, you know, sooner or later, this is going to crash. But the danger starts to come in early</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> 2013 or mid-2013. Well, Harry, hearing about all the quantitative easing, all this money coming out of nowhere, it&#x27;s almost like someone having a massive party with stolen credit cards. So, when is the piper going to have to be paid from all this money being given away? I was just in a conference up in Whistler with some really astute hedge fund managers. We all see that this debt bubble, this is unsustainable. This is crazy. This is beyond anything that&#x27;s been done in history. But we all also agreed, it&#x27;s the bond market that decides when the party&#x27;s over. And the bond market already decided. The first country, they said, Greece, party over. You know, of course, then it was Ireland, Portugal, and increasingly Spain and Italy. You know, they&#x27;ve raised the rates. When the bond market starts saying, we don&#x27;t trust your stimulus anymore, we don&#x27;t think your economies are growing fast enough, or you&#x27;re controlling your</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> deficits enough, that we have a long-term problem here. And they start raising your rates. And once they start raising your rates, if you stimulate any more, they raise them even more. So, you&#x27;re dead. The bond markets have not done that to three major countries. They have not done it to Germany, the UK, or the US. The bond markets have said, you know, these countries still look okay to us because they&#x27;re the lesser of evils. To me, the US already looks like Southern Europe. We already have an 8% to 10% government deficit of our GDP. We already have debt ratios of 400%. And then you add entitlements to that. It&#x27;s 800%. So, I mean, this is out of control. But the bond markets have to say no. And when the bond markets do change their mind, they change very quickly. Literally, in Greece, 10-year Treasury bond rates went from 4.5% one day to a week later, 12.5%. I mean, that quick. And of</p><p><strong>04:52</strong> course, they kept going up to 38% before the Greek default and all this stuff happened. And, you know, at this conference, same thing. People are saying, look, Portugal and Ireland are going to default. It&#x27;s just a matter of time. And then, of course, Spain and Italy are question marks. So, this crisis isn&#x27;t going away. You can&#x27;t add debt to debt and get out of this. But governments are sure trying very, very hard. And the bond markets are still saying, hey, if Germany and the ECB want to stimulate, US wants to stimulate, UK wants to stimulate, we&#x27;re not going to say no at this point. We think it&#x27;s okay. And when they see that the stimulus doesn&#x27;t create enough growth or they see rising inflation, which I think you&#x27;re going to see both in the next year, there&#x27;s a point where I think bond rates are going to start heading up. And that&#x27;s when you know the stimulus, the party is starting to be over. And that&#x27;s when you have to start worrying about stocks. But again,</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> with these bond rates around 2%, pretty hard for the Fed not to be able to do QE3. And nothing more a market on crack likes than more crack. So QE3 is more crack. And I think the stocks are going to rally the more they see QE3 coming and certainly when it gets announced. And once again, we&#x27;re talking with Harvard economist, multiply published author, Harry S. Dent Jr., author of The Great Crash Ahead. Mr. Dent, you mentioned a fear of inflation and certainly in some sectors of the economy, food prices, energy, we&#x27;ve seen that inflation and it is a concern that we hear about. One of your three D&#x27;s was deflation, however. Tell me if this is an illustration of how this works in a very simplistic form. When the government wrote off a lot of the debt for the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> mortgage-backed securities, home prices have fallen dramatically. Does that illustrate the example? Yes, exactly. There&#x27;s two things that happened in deflation. The assets that bubbled up. Now, housing&#x27;s been the biggest bubble to pop. Stocks also popped. Commodities also went down. But the Fed has been able to drive them back up temporarily. But I write assets fall. And people who own those assets, houses, stocks, commodities, this is real money they thought they had in their investment account or their retirement account or whatever, and it disappears. When money disappears, that&#x27;s deflationary. There&#x27;s less money. Same thing. There&#x27;s a lot of debt against those homes. And we haven&#x27;t even begun to write off all the debt. $42 trillion, about half of that should be written off before we move out of this deflation crisis. $20 trillion is a lot. We&#x27;ve only written down about</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> $4 trillion of the $42 trillion in the private debt. We got another $16 to $18 trillion to go. When you write off debts or write down debts or banks cancel loans or banks go under or whatever, that is also destroying dollars. When you have fewer dollars in the economy through assets, inflated assets and debts, then you have less dollar power and the dollar goes up in value. There&#x27;s fewer dollars chasing the same goods, and that&#x27;s deflation. That&#x27;s how you get deflation. It&#x27;s the deleveraging of asset and debt bubbles. Every time you&#x27;ve seen deflation in history, like the 1930s or the 1870s and 80s, or you keep going back, every time you see them, it&#x27;s always preceded by a major asset and debt bubble. We had the railroad bubble crash into the 1870s, 80s,</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> the auto bubble crash in the 1930s. Now we have the whole tech and the real estate bubble crashing here. So you&#x27;re right. It&#x27;s homes going down in price, loans being written down. That&#x27;s what causes deflation. And you&#x27;re right. Food prices are going up, oil and stuff, but our biggest cost of living is housing, and the price of buying a house and financing a house has gone down very substantially. You know, Harry, I talk to a lot of folks in their 60s and 70s, and they are worried right now. They don&#x27;t know where to put their money, and this is retirement money. They don&#x27;t want to lose it. So what should someone like that do? Well, you know, here&#x27;s the dilemma here, and, you know, the Fed has created this, and the government, they have pushed down low-risk assets, treasury bonds, treasury bills, a lot of things that people want to buy in retirement down to such low rates that people say,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> well, I can&#x27;t live off this. I can&#x27;t invest and do my retirement in this. So people are going more into high-dividend stocks, and they&#x27;re going into higher-yield corporate and junk bonds. You know, people are trading up at risk just at a time when they&#x27;re near retirement or in retirement, and they can&#x27;t afford that risk. And when this next set of bubbles burst, and the bubbles always burst, then they&#x27;re going to get totally wiped out like they did in 2008, even worse. This next crash is going to be worse than the last one. So that&#x27;s the problem. I tell people, look, since we&#x27;re in a bubble now, until the bubble crashes, and it&#x27;ll take two, maybe three years when it does, until the bubble crashes, you should be less worried about getting enough short-term returns to retire on or live on. You may have to take a little of your capital to do</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> that. Protect your capital. Don&#x27;t sit here and follow everybody into gold and silver and follow everybody into large-cap stocks, and then next thing you know, they&#x27;re down 60%, 70%, and you&#x27;re wiped out, and now you have no capital. Protect your capital first. If you&#x27;ve got to pull a little capital to live on to protect that capital, then do that. But don&#x27;t follow everybody. I mean, I wouldn&#x27;t tell people to be too worried about stocks here with all this stimulus, but about a year from now, we&#x27;re going to be saying, get out of stocks or hedge yourself, because the next crash is probably going to be 70% or more. And that is not something any retiree can take in their capital account. Well, there&#x27;s a different mentality between the growth and the conservation of money, isn&#x27;t there, Mr. Dent? Yes. And again, normally, people can move into retirement. I mean, in most of</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> history, you can make 5%, 6% on fairly safe bonds. Treasury bonds, for example, average about 6% over time. Well, now they&#x27;re 2%. Then they could get down to almost 1%. This is distorting the markets. Why are the banks, the government&#x27;s doing this to save the banks. Low interest rates save the banks. They can borrow cheap and reinvest at higher rates, more sophisticated way. It&#x27;s easier for them to lend at lower rates. Everything here is to save the banks. It&#x27;s killing pension funds. It&#x27;s killing retirement funds, and it&#x27;s killing retirees. Here they&#x27;re getting this food and oil and this type of inflation, and yet their returns on their portfolio has gone down to nothing unless they get into bubble stuff, and then they get into bubble stuff, and it bursts, and they&#x27;re dead. So this is a horrible environment for retirees, and the government is doing this on purpose,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> and then somebody ought to slap them for doing it. Well, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate your time, your insight, your knowledge, and your expertise here on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll see who we can get to lay that hand on them and make them think with some sense. Okay. Well, we&#x27;ll keep spreading the word, and we look forward to having you back on the program real soon. Okay. Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Harry Dent returns to the Financial Safari to discuss changes in his economic outlook. This March 2012 conversation examines demographics, debt, capital flows, and the market conditions behind his forecasts at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Demographics</category>
      <category>Debt</category>
      <category>His 2012 Market Outlook</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, economic policy, Demographics, Debt, His 2012 Market Outlook, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1/image.jpg?t=1792072924&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-demographics-debt-and-his-2012-market-outlook/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1/image.jpg?t=1792072924&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 31 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>700</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c462ff00-4c75-4ab9-a0a8-b4e201350bf1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11239441" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-demographics-debt-and-his-2012-market-outlook</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>204</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Harry Dent" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:01" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dave D’Antoni: The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Dave D’Antoni: The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in the middle of March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. And we have a very special guest on the program with us. He is the author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. And let me tell you folks, this is an enjoyable and entertaining book about how to retire in style the right way. He is Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And Dave, welcome into the program. Well, thank you very much. Glad to be with you today. Well, I enjoyed your book, so I&#x27;m glad that you are able to join us here on the program.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now tell me, what inspired you to write this book? What was the purpose behind it? Well, when I first retired, I guess when anyone first retires, a lot of people are curious about what it&#x27;s like, people who haven&#x27;t retired yet. And so in answering the question time after time after time again, I kind of developed a philosophy that led me to write the book. And one of my friends, I had written a book, and when I explained to him what I thought retirement was all about and what you needed to do to get prepared for retirement, he said, you&#x27;ve got a book here. And so I sat down and started writing it, and three years later, here it is. Excellent. So, of course, it&#x27;s about your take on what retirement is all about. Now, I have certainly heard the comments that once you are in retirement, you&#x27;re busier than</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> you can be. In fact, busier than your work and career. Have you found that to be true, Dave? That is true. That&#x27;s true for most people. Most people who have successful retirements. Now, I can tell you that not everybody has successful retirements. That&#x27;s really a shame. But successful retirement takes a lot of thinking, a lot of planning, and doing things before you retire to get ready to retire. So I feel this book is really aimed at the conscious retirement planners, those people that have done a good job proactively planning and preparing for retirement. And we&#x27;ve seen that golfers&#x27; households typically have a higher income and net worth. So it really is geared more to the folks that have done a great job, or a good job at least, preparing for retirement. Right, Dave? Well, that&#x27;s true. From the work that you and others do, the most important thing in getting ready to retirement</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> is getting your financial plan done and getting the financial part done right. But once that&#x27;s done, you&#x27;ve still got a lot of decisions to make, and you still have to live your life and figure out how you&#x27;re going to live your life. And that&#x27;s what this book is all about. When I began to research the book, I looked, and there are lots of books on financial planning for retirement. But there&#x27;s not many books on decision-making and about retirement and what retirement is really like when you stop working. And you talk about the value of family, the value of exercise, the value of proper nutrition, the value of travel and enjoying yourself. So many great subjects here. But it also does include a financial aspect. And Dave, you&#x27;ve talked about the cost of enjoying retirement. It can be a little bit higher than people anticipate.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> In fact, as a financial planner and here on the Financial Safari radio program, we talked to a lot of individuals that expected to spend less in retirement but find themselves spending more. That&#x27;s been my experience, and it does cost more because you&#x27;re more active and there are more things to do, and there&#x27;s more things you want to do and have time to do. Also, there&#x27;s ways you can get yourself into trouble in retirement by spending more than you actually plan to spend. It&#x27;s easy to do, and it requires a lot of discipline. One of the guys I worked with early on said that most people he knows that get trouble in retirement is because they buy too big a house or they make too big a commitment to a place to live. It&#x27;ll suck you dry after a while. You talk about staying flexible, being able to adapt. And while you&#x27;re setting plans on that first day of retirement, the first day of the rest</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> of your life, as you call it here in the book, which I thought was a great mantra and motto there for what retirement really is all about. It&#x27;s a new beginning, but you do want to have the plan with the ability to be flexible and change that plan as you adapt to changing times, correct? That certainly was true in my experience. I retired in 2004. With those of us who retired in that period, things were going really, really well until 2008 showed up. And in 2008, there was considerable money lost from retirement plans that people had, and people had to readjust. I certainly learned the value of liquidity, and I&#x27;m sure many others did too. So being liquid, being flexible, not being overextended is a real key because not everything</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> is going to go well. And when things don&#x27;t go into plan, it&#x27;s usually not because they&#x27;ve done better. It&#x27;s because they&#x27;ve done worse than you would have expected. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of the Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. Now, Dave, what if I don&#x27;t like golf? Can I still pick up some good lessons from this book? Absolutely. One of the toughest things about retirement for any individual is realizing that not only are you going to change the way you live, you&#x27;re going to change your spouse&#x27;s life, and in some cases, very dramatically. And again, in my experience, some of my friends and their spouses, in this case, wives, were never clear on what their objectives are, what they wanted to do, and how they were going to get along. In my case, my wife said, if you want to retire, that&#x27;s fine, but I don&#x27;t want you hanging</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> around the house ruining my life. So, you know, there are a lot of little things like that that people have to understand and get right, whether you like to play golf or not. You have to have something to do. There&#x27;s a lot of time, and it has to be filled by doing something you really like to do, and not many people understand necessarily what it is they really like to do. Well, you talk a lot about how to fill that time and the activities that you can participate in, and I enjoyed that about the book. You, in fact, devote a whole section of the book to travel, and it appears from your comments and your stories here that you&#x27;ve done a lot of traveling in your years of retirement and even well before retirement. Tell us about some of your travels, and what&#x27;s been perhaps your favorite one or two destinations? Well, we decided early on when our kids were growing up that we wanted our kids to experience</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> travel. So when they were in high school, we would take one trip a year during spring break and go somewhere nice, somewhere different, somewhere they would not generally go on their own and get to see a little bit of the world. Once we retired then, we decided that we would take two trips a year, and one of the key parts of the book is that you&#x27;ve only got so many years that you&#x27;re going to be able to do things once you retire. So we figured, I retired at 60, and we figured that if we took two trips a year, in 10 years, we were likely to have good health, and we&#x27;d be able to see 20 places in the world. So we sat down and began to make a list. For example, I&#x27;ve always wanted to see the Great Wall of China. We did that. We were animal lovers. We&#x27;d always wanted to do a safari in Africa.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;ve done that. We wanted to see the capitals of the Baltics and St. Petersburg, which is fabulous. We&#x27;ve done that. We&#x27;ve done tours through Central Europe. We&#x27;ve done tours in the Mediterranean. We&#x27;ve done tours to Alaska. So it&#x27;s just a matter of having the time and dedication to do the planning, to decide what you want to do, and make sure you do it. Well, for those out there that are not yet traveling or would like to travel, have some ideas that travel is in their future, do you have a couple of favorite destinations, maybe one or two that you could tell us about? Well, I have several places that we absolutely love. One of them is Hawaii. If you&#x27;ve not been to Hawaii, it&#x27;s convenient. They speak the same language, use the same currency. It&#x27;s no hassle, and it&#x27;s actually pretty cheap these days.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> In fact, we just got back from a trip there three weeks ago. But Rome is a favorite city. St. Petersburg, Russia is unbelievable. We love Venice. We&#x27;ve been to Athens. It&#x27;s terrific. So there are just lots of great places to go. Unfortunately, one of the places that I enjoyed the most was Egypt, but that&#x27;s sort of... Not as convenient right now? No. Dave, one of the biggest challenges that we find for retiring individuals is taking the nest egg that they have saved for themselves during their work and career and translating that into a secure retirement income that they know is going to last. What would you tell somebody who is planning for this income distribution phase of their</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> financial life? It&#x27;s essentially the final third or the last stretch of life here. When you are spending down or creating income from the assets that you already have. I&#x27;ll tell you, that was one of the scariest times for me when I first retired, realizing that I was not going to get any more checks. I was not going to get any more income. I had what I had. And therefore, any dollar that I spent was a dollar that wouldn&#x27;t be replaced and I had to spend it down. So it took the discipline of making sure we understood how much cash flow we had to spend, making sure that we monitored that and didn&#x27;t go over our spending plans, our spending budget, and that we didn&#x27;t commit to, didn&#x27;t make a major commitment that would throw us off that.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> It&#x27;s a lot of discipline. And in our case, we had someone help us, a financial advisor help us. So when we wanted to make a major purchase or make a decision or buy a house, we always tested that, went back and ran the numbers with the financial advisor to make sure we could afford it and that it wouldn&#x27;t change our plan. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of The Globe-Trotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. All right, Dave, this is a question, and I hate when people ask me these kind of questions, but I&#x27;m going to ask you one anyway. On a scale of 1 to 10 and 1 not being important and 10 being absolutely vital, how important to your retirement enjoyment was that plan and basically designing and structuring a strategic income distribution plan for your expenses?</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> How important was that? That&#x27;s really, on a scale of 1 to 10, that&#x27;s a 10 or 11. It&#x27;s the most important thing you do. So once you decide what you can spend, then it&#x27;s a matter of where to spend it and how to allocate it. And it gives you peace of mind to know that if you&#x27;re on plan, you&#x27;re on the glide curve, everything&#x27;s going to be okay. It&#x27;s when some people who got in trouble in 2008 realized that their assets weren&#x27;t going to support their lifestyle, that they needed to make changes in their lifestyle, or in some cases actually go back to work. That was very, very painful and something that nobody should have to go through. Well, you can&#x27;t do a whole lot of globe-trotting, and unfortunately, it limits your golf schedule when you&#x27;re having to go back to work. And we don&#x27;t want to let that.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> A lot of things. Absolutely. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking with Dave D&#x27;Antoni, and he is the author of The Globe-trotting Golfers&#x27; Guide to Retirement. It&#x27;s an excellent book. I think everybody out there listening can pull something from this book, even if you&#x27;re not a big traveler or a big golfer. The lessons that he&#x27;s learned and translates in this book are very important and great information. They are enjoyable to pick up these lessons, Dave. So I commend you on an excellently written book. Now, here&#x27;s your opportunity. Where can folks find copies of this book? The book is available on Amazon, either in paperback form or electronic form. It&#x27;s not expensive. It&#x27;s $15 for the book, a hard copy, and the Kindle version is $9.99. So it&#x27;s pretty reasonable, and it&#x27;s a reasonably quick read.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> It&#x27;s 281 pages long, but it flows pretty quickly, and I think you can find the things of interest in there and even read it more quickly if you like. Yeah, absolutely. I appreciated the fact that they were short chapters, Dave. So I got through these five- to seven-page chapters very quickly and found a lot of great information at the flip of a page. So I enjoyed reading the book. I&#x27;m glad you were able to spend your time with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us as a guest on the program. Thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it, and I hope people will buy the book and enjoy it. All right. Once again, Dave D&#x27;Antoni, author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement, here on the Financial Safari. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in the middle of March 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview author Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on all aspects of your money, your finance, and your financial decision making. And we have a very special guest on the program with us. He is the author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. And let me tell you folks, this is an enjoyable and entertaining book about how to retire in style the right way. He is Dave D&#x27;Antoni. And Dave, welcome into the program. Well, thank you very much. Glad to be with you today. Well, I enjoyed your book, so I&#x27;m glad that you are able to join us here on the program.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now tell me, what inspired you to write this book? What was the purpose behind it? Well, when I first retired, I guess when anyone first retires, a lot of people are curious about what it&#x27;s like, people who haven&#x27;t retired yet. And so in answering the question time after time after time again, I kind of developed a philosophy that led me to write the book. And one of my friends, I had written a book, and when I explained to him what I thought retirement was all about and what you needed to do to get prepared for retirement, he said, you&#x27;ve got a book here. And so I sat down and started writing it, and three years later, here it is. Excellent. So, of course, it&#x27;s about your take on what retirement is all about. Now, I have certainly heard the comments that once you are in retirement, you&#x27;re busier than</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> you can be. In fact, busier than your work and career. Have you found that to be true, Dave? That is true. That&#x27;s true for most people. Most people who have successful retirements. Now, I can tell you that not everybody has successful retirements. That&#x27;s really a shame. But successful retirement takes a lot of thinking, a lot of planning, and doing things before you retire to get ready to retire. So I feel this book is really aimed at the conscious retirement planners, those people that have done a good job proactively planning and preparing for retirement. And we&#x27;ve seen that golfers&#x27; households typically have a higher income and net worth. So it really is geared more to the folks that have done a great job, or a good job at least, preparing for retirement. Right, Dave? Well, that&#x27;s true. From the work that you and others do, the most important thing in getting ready to retirement</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> is getting your financial plan done and getting the financial part done right. But once that&#x27;s done, you&#x27;ve still got a lot of decisions to make, and you still have to live your life and figure out how you&#x27;re going to live your life. And that&#x27;s what this book is all about. When I began to research the book, I looked, and there are lots of books on financial planning for retirement. But there&#x27;s not many books on decision-making and about retirement and what retirement is really like when you stop working. And you talk about the value of family, the value of exercise, the value of proper nutrition, the value of travel and enjoying yourself. So many great subjects here. But it also does include a financial aspect. And Dave, you&#x27;ve talked about the cost of enjoying retirement. It can be a little bit higher than people anticipate.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> In fact, as a financial planner and here on the Financial Safari radio program, we talked to a lot of individuals that expected to spend less in retirement but find themselves spending more. That&#x27;s been my experience, and it does cost more because you&#x27;re more active and there are more things to do, and there&#x27;s more things you want to do and have time to do. Also, there&#x27;s ways you can get yourself into trouble in retirement by spending more than you actually plan to spend. It&#x27;s easy to do, and it requires a lot of discipline. One of the guys I worked with early on said that most people he knows that get trouble in retirement is because they buy too big a house or they make too big a commitment to a place to live. It&#x27;ll suck you dry after a while. You talk about staying flexible, being able to adapt. And while you&#x27;re setting plans on that first day of retirement, the first day of the rest</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> of your life, as you call it here in the book, which I thought was a great mantra and motto there for what retirement really is all about. It&#x27;s a new beginning, but you do want to have the plan with the ability to be flexible and change that plan as you adapt to changing times, correct? That certainly was true in my experience. I retired in 2004. With those of us who retired in that period, things were going really, really well until 2008 showed up. And in 2008, there was considerable money lost from retirement plans that people had, and people had to readjust. I certainly learned the value of liquidity, and I&#x27;m sure many others did too. So being liquid, being flexible, not being overextended is a real key because not everything</p><p><strong>04:37</strong> is going to go well. And when things don&#x27;t go into plan, it&#x27;s usually not because they&#x27;ve done better. It&#x27;s because they&#x27;ve done worse than you would have expected. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of the Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. Now, Dave, what if I don&#x27;t like golf? Can I still pick up some good lessons from this book? Absolutely. One of the toughest things about retirement for any individual is realizing that not only are you going to change the way you live, you&#x27;re going to change your spouse&#x27;s life, and in some cases, very dramatically. And again, in my experience, some of my friends and their spouses, in this case, wives, were never clear on what their objectives are, what they wanted to do, and how they were going to get along. In my case, my wife said, if you want to retire, that&#x27;s fine, but I don&#x27;t want you hanging</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> around the house ruining my life. So, you know, there are a lot of little things like that that people have to understand and get right, whether you like to play golf or not. You have to have something to do. There&#x27;s a lot of time, and it has to be filled by doing something you really like to do, and not many people understand necessarily what it is they really like to do. Well, you talk a lot about how to fill that time and the activities that you can participate in, and I enjoyed that about the book. You, in fact, devote a whole section of the book to travel, and it appears from your comments and your stories here that you&#x27;ve done a lot of traveling in your years of retirement and even well before retirement. Tell us about some of your travels, and what&#x27;s been perhaps your favorite one or two destinations? Well, we decided early on when our kids were growing up that we wanted our kids to experience</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> travel. So when they were in high school, we would take one trip a year during spring break and go somewhere nice, somewhere different, somewhere they would not generally go on their own and get to see a little bit of the world. Once we retired then, we decided that we would take two trips a year, and one of the key parts of the book is that you&#x27;ve only got so many years that you&#x27;re going to be able to do things once you retire. So we figured, I retired at 60, and we figured that if we took two trips a year, in 10 years, we were likely to have good health, and we&#x27;d be able to see 20 places in the world. So we sat down and began to make a list. For example, I&#x27;ve always wanted to see the Great Wall of China. We did that. We were animal lovers. We&#x27;d always wanted to do a safari in Africa.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> We&#x27;ve done that. We wanted to see the capitals of the Baltics and St. Petersburg, which is fabulous. We&#x27;ve done that. We&#x27;ve done tours through Central Europe. We&#x27;ve done tours in the Mediterranean. We&#x27;ve done tours to Alaska. So it&#x27;s just a matter of having the time and dedication to do the planning, to decide what you want to do, and make sure you do it. Well, for those out there that are not yet traveling or would like to travel, have some ideas that travel is in their future, do you have a couple of favorite destinations, maybe one or two that you could tell us about? Well, I have several places that we absolutely love. One of them is Hawaii. If you&#x27;ve not been to Hawaii, it&#x27;s convenient. They speak the same language, use the same currency. It&#x27;s no hassle, and it&#x27;s actually pretty cheap these days.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> In fact, we just got back from a trip there three weeks ago. But Rome is a favorite city. St. Petersburg, Russia is unbelievable. We love Venice. We&#x27;ve been to Athens. It&#x27;s terrific. So there are just lots of great places to go. Unfortunately, one of the places that I enjoyed the most was Egypt, but that&#x27;s sort of... Not as convenient right now? No. Dave, one of the biggest challenges that we find for retiring individuals is taking the nest egg that they have saved for themselves during their work and career and translating that into a secure retirement income that they know is going to last. What would you tell somebody who is planning for this income distribution phase of their</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> financial life? It&#x27;s essentially the final third or the last stretch of life here. When you are spending down or creating income from the assets that you already have. I&#x27;ll tell you, that was one of the scariest times for me when I first retired, realizing that I was not going to get any more checks. I was not going to get any more income. I had what I had. And therefore, any dollar that I spent was a dollar that wouldn&#x27;t be replaced and I had to spend it down. So it took the discipline of making sure we understood how much cash flow we had to spend, making sure that we monitored that and didn&#x27;t go over our spending plans, our spending budget, and that we didn&#x27;t commit to, didn&#x27;t make a major commitment that would throw us off that.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> It&#x27;s a lot of discipline. And in our case, we had someone help us, a financial advisor help us. So when we wanted to make a major purchase or make a decision or buy a house, we always tested that, went back and ran the numbers with the financial advisor to make sure we could afford it and that it wouldn&#x27;t change our plan. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dave D&#x27;Antoni. Of course, he&#x27;s author of The Globe-Trotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement. All right, Dave, this is a question, and I hate when people ask me these kind of questions, but I&#x27;m going to ask you one anyway. On a scale of 1 to 10 and 1 not being important and 10 being absolutely vital, how important to your retirement enjoyment was that plan and basically designing and structuring a strategic income distribution plan for your expenses?</p><p><strong>10:09</strong> How important was that? That&#x27;s really, on a scale of 1 to 10, that&#x27;s a 10 or 11. It&#x27;s the most important thing you do. So once you decide what you can spend, then it&#x27;s a matter of where to spend it and how to allocate it. And it gives you peace of mind to know that if you&#x27;re on plan, you&#x27;re on the glide curve, everything&#x27;s going to be okay. It&#x27;s when some people who got in trouble in 2008 realized that their assets weren&#x27;t going to support their lifestyle, that they needed to make changes in their lifestyle, or in some cases actually go back to work. That was very, very painful and something that nobody should have to go through. Well, you can&#x27;t do a whole lot of globe-trotting, and unfortunately, it limits your golf schedule when you&#x27;re having to go back to work. And we don&#x27;t want to let that.</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> A lot of things. Absolutely. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking with Dave D&#x27;Antoni, and he is the author of The Globe-trotting Golfers&#x27; Guide to Retirement. It&#x27;s an excellent book. I think everybody out there listening can pull something from this book, even if you&#x27;re not a big traveler or a big golfer. The lessons that he&#x27;s learned and translates in this book are very important and great information. They are enjoyable to pick up these lessons, Dave. So I commend you on an excellently written book. Now, here&#x27;s your opportunity. Where can folks find copies of this book? The book is available on Amazon, either in paperback form or electronic form. It&#x27;s not expensive. It&#x27;s $15 for the book, a hard copy, and the Kindle version is $9.99. So it&#x27;s pretty reasonable, and it&#x27;s a reasonably quick read.</p><p><strong>11:42</strong> It&#x27;s 281 pages long, but it flows pretty quickly, and I think you can find the things of interest in there and even read it more quickly if you like. Yeah, absolutely. I appreciated the fact that they were short chapters, Dave. So I got through these five- to seven-page chapters very quickly and found a lot of great information at the flip of a page. So I enjoyed reading the book. I&#x27;m glad you were able to spend your time with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us as a guest on the program. Thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it, and I hope people will buy the book and enjoy it. All right. Once again, Dave D&#x27;Antoni, author of The Globetrotting Golfer&#x27;s Guide to Retirement, here on the Financial Safari. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation,</p><p><strong>12:30</strong> you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dave D’Antoni joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement. This March 2012 interview explores travel, activities, spending, and what day-to-day retirement can really look like.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dave D’Antoni</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>travel</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dave D’Antoni, retirement planning, travel</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072936&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-d-antoni-the-globetrotting-golfer-s-guide-to-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/image.jpg?t=1792072936&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/8b699c84-d65f-4d56-8522-b4e201342e7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12189302" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-d-antoni-the-globetrotting-golfer-s-guide-to-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>205</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Globetrotting Golfer’s Guide to Retirement" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diana Henriques: The Wizard of Lies and the Death of Trust</title>
      <itunes:title>Diana Henriques: The Wizard of Lies and the Death of Trust</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Diana Henriques joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. Their March 2012 conversation explores Madoff’s fraud, investor trust, and the limits of assuming that an impressive reputation guarantees safety.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early March 2012, Coach interviews New York Times financial reporter Diana Henriquez. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is your weekly show, folks, educating you on that wild and crazy financial world. And each and every week, I like to go out and get a national author, a national person you&#x27;ve seen on the news or on TV. And this week, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have New York Times financial reporter and author of the book, The Wizard of Lies, Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. Her name is Diana Henriquez. Diana, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Great to be here. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating book you wrote there. And you are, I think to this day, you&#x27;re the only reporter that has interviewed Bernie Madoff</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> in Butner Prison twice, correct? That&#x27;s true. The only one who&#x27;s interviewed him twice. A few others came along in my wake and got in to see him. But I was the first person to interview him in prison. That first interview was in August of 2010. And it was fascinating. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating financial world right now, just the way that the markets go up and down. It&#x27;s like watching a roller coaster. And because of that, many people are afraid of the stock market, afraid of putting money anywhere. And Diana, you would argue that those are the kind of people that fall for scams a lot of times. I think that investors are more vulnerable to what I call a Madoff scheme as opposed to a Ponzi scheme right now than they ever were, even in Madoff&#x27;s heyday. And that&#x27;s because of the extremely low interest rate environment for savers right now. You know as well as I do, if somebody came along and said, listen, I&#x27;ve got this nice,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> safe, steady, short-term bond fund. Doesn&#x27;t pay you a lot, but it&#x27;ll pay you 2%, 2.5% interest a year. Most desperate savers would say, absolutely. If it was coming from someone they trusted and admired and someone else they liked trusted them. I mean, that classic Ponzi scheme machinery these days is going to be trolling for the desperate saver who is trying to get just a little bit more money. I think you told me that people are taking money offshore to try to get a little bit better returns, which is, to me, even more alarming. We get a lot of questions from folks throughout the nation wanting to say, well, what about this Swiss annuity or what about investing in Iraqi dinars because I&#x27;m going to be rich quick and that kind of thing? There is no magic pill in the financial world, is there, Diana?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> There isn&#x27;t. And what&#x27;s really concerning to me, to look at the lessons of the Madoff case, for example, a lot of people living here were invested in Madoff, working here, but they invested through a feeder fund that, as it happened, was actually domiciled and incorporated in the Caribbean, in the British Virgin Islands, or in Luxembourg, in London. And by doing that, they lost the protections of the U.S. court system, the U.S. prosecution system, and the U.S. bankruptcy system. Those funds are going bust down in some island paradise somewhere, far from the bankruptcy process here in New York. So we&#x27;re at an age right now, Pete, where fraud has gone global, but prosecution and regulation hasn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So when you put your money offshore, you&#x27;re putting it beyond the protections of the U.S. regulatory system, such as they are, and the U.S. court system. So people need to be aware of what they&#x27;re giving up when they take that step offshore. You know, Diana, we&#x27;re in the information age these days, which is good and bad. I mean, anyone with a computer now can go on and find information out about any subject. But let me ask you this. Yeah, some of it&#x27;s true. Yeah. Just because it&#x27;s on the Internet, does it make it true? That&#x27;s certainly true. You can find a whole variety of apocryphal stories about Bernie Madoff all over the Internet. They drove me crazy when I was doing research for this book. And even now, when I&#x27;m out on the speaking tour for The Wizard, which will be out in paperback in May, even now there&#x27;ll be someone in the audience who said, you know, didn&#x27;t Bernie get beaten up in prison?</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Well, no, he didn&#x27;t. That was an untrue story put out by inmates. Flatly, not true. Didn&#x27;t Bernie have pancreatic cancer? Well, no. He would be a medical miracle if he did because he&#x27;s had it for four years now without being treated. All kinds of information about him. You&#x27;ll see everywhere. People say, well, wasn&#x27;t Ruth Madoff his bookkeeper? Surely she knew what was going on. She was never his bookkeeper. It&#x27;s absolutely untrue. And yet it just gets recycled over and over and over on the Internet. So you&#x27;re absolutely right. Some of the stuff on the Internet is true. And heaven knows it&#x27;s a great, helpful tool. But you&#x27;ve got to approach it with the same kind of caution you apply to any of your daily affairs. Well, just when we were talking, I put in the term retirement planning in Google and came up with less than 20 seconds with 12,300,000 hits of places I can go and learn about retirement</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> planning. Well, as a financial planner, you have your work cut out for you, don&#x27;t you? You know, what I do, and that&#x27;s a good point, because what I spend a lot of time with each every week is dispelling the myths that people have heard or the mistruths or the half-truths and trying to educate folks on the right steps to take to a true retirement plan. And it&#x27;s tougher and tougher because I&#x27;m battling false information every day. Yes, and I suspect you&#x27;re also in this environment battling a degree of suspicion and concern. And people rightly should be concerned. People need to be cautious about Coach Pete, just like any other great financial advisor. They need to be sure that they understand what services you&#x27;re offering and what your obligations are to them. Do you invest in things that use third-party custodians or don&#x27;t you? That&#x27;s a big, important question people should be asking you.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> What kinds of compliance arrangements do you submit to and how reliable are they? I mean, I&#x27;ve seen my sister and brother-in-law were just looking around at financial planners and one of the firms that they looked at. But I did a little poking into it and find out, well, it&#x27;s been around for a while. It&#x27;s run by a very accomplished person. She&#x27;s the head of compliance, and two of her senior people are her son and daughter-in-law. Well, you know, mom might be a perfectly good person to look out for you when you&#x27;re in kindergarten, but I think you need a different compliance arrangement than that when you&#x27;re running a family firm. Certainly, Bernie needed a better compliance arrangement than he had at the Madoff firm, and that&#x27;s one of the lessons we&#x27;ve learned from that. I mean, there are certainly excellent financial planners out there, and folks can find them</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> and benefit from dealing with them. But the notion that worries me, and I&#x27;m sure it worries you, that there&#x27;s some silver bullet that you can find somebody and just shove all your financial affairs into their hands and never have to pay attention to them again. And that&#x27;s just the path to disaster, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, yearly monitoring is so important, and custodial accounts are important, too. Folks, that means that you don&#x27;t write the checks for your retirement to your advisor. You write it to a third-party holding company like a Fidelity or somewhere like that. Yeah, Fidelity or State Street or Bankers Trust. There&#x27;s all kinds of good third-party custodians, and most good money managers will use one. Bernie didn&#x27;t. Bernie was his own custodian. And if he hadn&#x27;t been, his policy scheme would have been impossible.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Diana Henriquez. She is the author of The Wizard of Lies. It&#x27;s a hardcover book, The Bernie Madoff and The Death of Trust, and the paperback is coming out in May. Correct. And also, she is a financial reporter for The New York Times. I read a lot of her columns whenever I can. I get The New York Times a lot when I&#x27;m on the road, too, by the way, in hotels. She does a fantastic job looking behind the scenes. And, Diana, that&#x27;s important these days more than ever is understanding, number one, what you&#x27;re going to need in retirement, what you have now, and what you can do to make sure you have what you need in the future. And I always say it&#x27;s about strengthening your financial weaknesses. Not everyone is an expert, and not everyone has everything wrong, but you identify the places where you need a little help, and that&#x27;s what you work on. Correct? I think that makes a lot of sense.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And if you look at the experience, the sad, sad experiences of people who have been caught in the Madoff-Ponzi scheme and in others, I mean, you and I were talking earlier that it&#x27;s horrifying that we have such a long docket of Ponzi schemes to chat about today, that so many of them across the country. And you look at people who got led into those. They were driving beyond their headlights, as we say in my business. They were taking so much on faith. Their trust in Bernie Madoff trumped everything else. And that might make a good marriage, but it doesn&#x27;t make a good financial planning arrangement. You can&#x27;t just take it all on faith. You can&#x27;t just take it all on trust. And yet, most of us do make our financial decisions that way. You trust the brand name.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> You trust the Fidelity name. You trust a financial planner that lots of people you know have used and prospered with for years. We do tend to make a lot of these decisions on faith. And then once we&#x27;ve decided to trust somebody, this was so clear in the Madoff story. Once you decide to trust somebody, every little red flag that in hindsight is going to look so glaring, you&#x27;re going to explain it away or you won&#x27;t even see it. Right. Bernie was a master at disarming people&#x27;s suspicions. If they&#x27;d say, well, you know, Bernie, I was wondering about this, he could give a perfectly plausible answer. And because they trusted him, they never said, you know, that doesn&#x27;t make a lot of sense now that I think about it. You&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right. And it&#x27;s so very important that people just pay attention. Now, here&#x27;s a buzz phrase that I&#x27;ve heard.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And this is what we spend a lot of time educating people on, by the way. It&#x27;s income planning for retirement. Where&#x27;s the money going to come from? Where should I put it now to make sure it will be there in a yearly check? And many people used to just throw money into an annuity and annuitize, which I call annuicide, because then you just get a monthly payment that never goes up. You need to have proper laddering strategies in place using financial vehicles that are contractually guaranteed. Well, you&#x27;re more of an expert at that than I would be. Important things that the big top line lessons that I think people can draw from stories like the Madoff story is just exactly the kind of advice any good financial planner would give them. Diversify your risks. Understand the risks that you&#x27;re taking. And be sure you know how the person you&#x27;re dealing with is getting paid for dealing with you.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> And if you take care of those big kind of top line rules and regulations, then a good financial planner can help you adapt your personal circumstances to your retirement wishes. But to keep yourself safe, even in a well-regulated environment, to keep yourself safe, you have to kind of stick to those three commandments. You have to keep your eye on those big things. And then you won&#x27;t go too far wrong. Every one of those rules was broken by everybody who wound up in Madoff&#x27;s hands. Do you think many people are taking too much risk that they don&#x27;t even realize they&#x27;re taking? I think certainly they are if they don&#x27;t understand the risks that they&#x27;re taking in Swiss annuities, for heaven&#x27;s sakes. I mean, you know, there&#x27;s the currency risk. There&#x27;s the offshore risk. There&#x27;s the risk of fraud. So, yes, I think in many instances people delude themselves, either that things are less risky than in reality they are,</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> or thinking that they understand the risk. They&#x27;ve got their handle on the risk. The biggest fallacy that wove its way all through the Madoff story, Pete, was this notion that you can get a high yield with a low risk. You know, high returns with a low risk. That&#x27;s the holy grail. I mean, that&#x27;s Shangri-La. That doesn&#x27;t exist in the real world. The higher the return, the higher the risk. And what everyone wanted and dreamed of and believed they had with Bernie Madoff was a good, steady 8%, 9%, 10% return with a low, low risk. Sorry. If you&#x27;re taking a low, low risk, you&#x27;re going to be paid a low return. Treasury bills, safest thing you can put your money in. They pay you a quarter of a percentage point right now because they are so safe.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> Why would anybody pay you more money to take no risk at all? If they&#x27;re paying you a lot of money, it&#x27;s because you&#x27;re taking a big risk. So if people could understand that leg-shackled relationship between risk and return, they wouldn&#x27;t get in the kind of trouble if they got in with Madoff and that they can get into with other Ponzi schemes. I mean, some of them are more outlandish than Madoff, like the scheme that Sir Alan Stanford allegedly concocted, where the returns were such that you probably should have been alert and aware. Over time, the classic Ponzi scheme has offered sky-high returns, and they attract greedy investors, no doubt about it. But the modern Ponzi scheme isn&#x27;t like that, Pete. Typically, it&#x27;s going to sell you on consistency and safety, not on yield.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> And so it&#x27;s going to attract the very timid, risk-averse, frightened investors who will be least likely to understand the risks they&#x27;re taking and least likely to do the homework they need to do. And I see so many people make mistakes because they&#x27;re trying to chase that magic pill. Like you said, in the weight loss industry, we always buy the magic pill to lose weight. Yeah, eat all you want and lose weight. Same thing. You know, get all the return you can. Take no risk. It&#x27;s the same magical thinking. One of the things I&#x27;ve found in income planning, we do a lot of income planning for folks because they&#x27;re worried about not outliving the money. And that&#x27;s one of the number one concerns in America these days is, do I have enough to retire? And if I am retired, is my money going to last my lifetime? And the only place I&#x27;ve found that really did a good job, and unfortunately there&#x27;s too many of them out there,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> but there are some good annuity products that have that. And U.S. annuities, by the way, U.S. insured and regulated annuities, which have an income attachment, which you give a certain amount of money to the insurance company, and then you get income for the rest of your life. We use that in some laddering strategies, and that works. But you&#x27;re losing a little bit of control of your money because you&#x27;ve given it to the insurance company, but now they&#x27;ve promised that you&#x27;ll never outlive money. So that&#x27;s a good tradeoff, in my opinion. I can see your point on that. And obviously the blessings of living longer is that you do have to – we have to think differently. When I was younger, the rule of thumb, as I&#x27;m sure you know, was that the percentage of your assets, your liquid assets that should be in fixed income, should equal your age. So if you&#x27;re in your 60s, you ought to have 60% of your assets in fixed income. Well, that probably was true when people died at 70.</p><p><strong>14:13</strong> It may not be true if people are living at 85. They have to have to. So we need to realize that demographics are changing what&#x27;s happening. And just getting back to the entry point here, demographics are changing how vulnerable people are going to be to the kind of scams that are out there. Boom times, bad times, fraud is a constant. Ponzi schemers don&#x27;t need a bull market. They&#x27;re not deterred by a recession. In fact, right now we&#x27;re seeing the crack up of a number of Ponzi schemes. It actually started after Madoff&#x27;s arrest. So these were Ponzi schemes that opened their doors for business, flourished like crazy through the worst recession since the Great Depression. So clearly, you know, the fact that we&#x27;re in hard times doesn&#x27;t mean that the con artists aren&#x27;t out there trolling for new business.</p><p><strong>15:03</strong> Yeah, you&#x27;re right. And folks, her name is Diana Henriquez. She is a New York Times financial reporter and author of the book, The Wizard of Lies, Bernie Madoff, and the Death of Trust. Paperback&#x27;s going to be out in May. And Diana, I&#x27;d like to have you on again in May, and we&#x27;ll talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then. There will be some new updates in that, and I&#x27;d be delighted to do that, Pete. Thanks for having me today. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diana Henriques joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. Their March 2012 conversation explores Madoff’s fraud, investor trust, and the limits of assuming that an impressive reputation guarantees safety.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early March 2012, Coach interviews New York Times financial reporter Diana Henriquez. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, this is your weekly show, folks, educating you on that wild and crazy financial world. And each and every week, I like to go out and get a national author, a national person you&#x27;ve seen on the news or on TV. And this week, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have New York Times financial reporter and author of the book, The Wizard of Lies, Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. Her name is Diana Henriquez. Diana, welcome in. Thanks, Coach. Great to be here. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating book you wrote there. And you are, I think to this day, you&#x27;re the only reporter that has interviewed Bernie Madoff</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> in Butner Prison twice, correct? That&#x27;s true. The only one who&#x27;s interviewed him twice. A few others came along in my wake and got in to see him. But I was the first person to interview him in prison. That first interview was in August of 2010. And it was fascinating. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating financial world right now, just the way that the markets go up and down. It&#x27;s like watching a roller coaster. And because of that, many people are afraid of the stock market, afraid of putting money anywhere. And Diana, you would argue that those are the kind of people that fall for scams a lot of times. I think that investors are more vulnerable to what I call a Madoff scheme as opposed to a Ponzi scheme right now than they ever were, even in Madoff&#x27;s heyday. And that&#x27;s because of the extremely low interest rate environment for savers right now. You know as well as I do, if somebody came along and said, listen, I&#x27;ve got this nice,</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> safe, steady, short-term bond fund. Doesn&#x27;t pay you a lot, but it&#x27;ll pay you 2%, 2.5% interest a year. Most desperate savers would say, absolutely. If it was coming from someone they trusted and admired and someone else they liked trusted them. I mean, that classic Ponzi scheme machinery these days is going to be trolling for the desperate saver who is trying to get just a little bit more money. I think you told me that people are taking money offshore to try to get a little bit better returns, which is, to me, even more alarming. We get a lot of questions from folks throughout the nation wanting to say, well, what about this Swiss annuity or what about investing in Iraqi dinars because I&#x27;m going to be rich quick and that kind of thing? There is no magic pill in the financial world, is there, Diana?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> There isn&#x27;t. And what&#x27;s really concerning to me, to look at the lessons of the Madoff case, for example, a lot of people living here were invested in Madoff, working here, but they invested through a feeder fund that, as it happened, was actually domiciled and incorporated in the Caribbean, in the British Virgin Islands, or in Luxembourg, in London. And by doing that, they lost the protections of the U.S. court system, the U.S. prosecution system, and the U.S. bankruptcy system. Those funds are going bust down in some island paradise somewhere, far from the bankruptcy process here in New York. So we&#x27;re at an age right now, Pete, where fraud has gone global, but prosecution and regulation hasn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So when you put your money offshore, you&#x27;re putting it beyond the protections of the U.S. regulatory system, such as they are, and the U.S. court system. So people need to be aware of what they&#x27;re giving up when they take that step offshore. You know, Diana, we&#x27;re in the information age these days, which is good and bad. I mean, anyone with a computer now can go on and find information out about any subject. But let me ask you this. Yeah, some of it&#x27;s true. Yeah. Just because it&#x27;s on the Internet, does it make it true? That&#x27;s certainly true. You can find a whole variety of apocryphal stories about Bernie Madoff all over the Internet. They drove me crazy when I was doing research for this book. And even now, when I&#x27;m out on the speaking tour for The Wizard, which will be out in paperback in May, even now there&#x27;ll be someone in the audience who said, you know, didn&#x27;t Bernie get beaten up in prison?</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> Well, no, he didn&#x27;t. That was an untrue story put out by inmates. Flatly, not true. Didn&#x27;t Bernie have pancreatic cancer? Well, no. He would be a medical miracle if he did because he&#x27;s had it for four years now without being treated. All kinds of information about him. You&#x27;ll see everywhere. People say, well, wasn&#x27;t Ruth Madoff his bookkeeper? Surely she knew what was going on. She was never his bookkeeper. It&#x27;s absolutely untrue. And yet it just gets recycled over and over and over on the Internet. So you&#x27;re absolutely right. Some of the stuff on the Internet is true. And heaven knows it&#x27;s a great, helpful tool. But you&#x27;ve got to approach it with the same kind of caution you apply to any of your daily affairs. Well, just when we were talking, I put in the term retirement planning in Google and came up with less than 20 seconds with 12,300,000 hits of places I can go and learn about retirement</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> planning. Well, as a financial planner, you have your work cut out for you, don&#x27;t you? You know, what I do, and that&#x27;s a good point, because what I spend a lot of time with each every week is dispelling the myths that people have heard or the mistruths or the half-truths and trying to educate folks on the right steps to take to a true retirement plan. And it&#x27;s tougher and tougher because I&#x27;m battling false information every day. Yes, and I suspect you&#x27;re also in this environment battling a degree of suspicion and concern. And people rightly should be concerned. People need to be cautious about Coach Pete, just like any other great financial advisor. They need to be sure that they understand what services you&#x27;re offering and what your obligations are to them. Do you invest in things that use third-party custodians or don&#x27;t you? That&#x27;s a big, important question people should be asking you.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> What kinds of compliance arrangements do you submit to and how reliable are they? I mean, I&#x27;ve seen my sister and brother-in-law were just looking around at financial planners and one of the firms that they looked at. But I did a little poking into it and find out, well, it&#x27;s been around for a while. It&#x27;s run by a very accomplished person. She&#x27;s the head of compliance, and two of her senior people are her son and daughter-in-law. Well, you know, mom might be a perfectly good person to look out for you when you&#x27;re in kindergarten, but I think you need a different compliance arrangement than that when you&#x27;re running a family firm. Certainly, Bernie needed a better compliance arrangement than he had at the Madoff firm, and that&#x27;s one of the lessons we&#x27;ve learned from that. I mean, there are certainly excellent financial planners out there, and folks can find them</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> and benefit from dealing with them. But the notion that worries me, and I&#x27;m sure it worries you, that there&#x27;s some silver bullet that you can find somebody and just shove all your financial affairs into their hands and never have to pay attention to them again. And that&#x27;s just the path to disaster, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, yearly monitoring is so important, and custodial accounts are important, too. Folks, that means that you don&#x27;t write the checks for your retirement to your advisor. You write it to a third-party holding company like a Fidelity or somewhere like that. Yeah, Fidelity or State Street or Bankers Trust. There&#x27;s all kinds of good third-party custodians, and most good money managers will use one. Bernie didn&#x27;t. Bernie was his own custodian. And if he hadn&#x27;t been, his policy scheme would have been impossible.</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Diana Henriquez. She is the author of The Wizard of Lies. It&#x27;s a hardcover book, The Bernie Madoff and The Death of Trust, and the paperback is coming out in May. Correct. And also, she is a financial reporter for The New York Times. I read a lot of her columns whenever I can. I get The New York Times a lot when I&#x27;m on the road, too, by the way, in hotels. She does a fantastic job looking behind the scenes. And, Diana, that&#x27;s important these days more than ever is understanding, number one, what you&#x27;re going to need in retirement, what you have now, and what you can do to make sure you have what you need in the future. And I always say it&#x27;s about strengthening your financial weaknesses. Not everyone is an expert, and not everyone has everything wrong, but you identify the places where you need a little help, and that&#x27;s what you work on. Correct? I think that makes a lot of sense.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> And if you look at the experience, the sad, sad experiences of people who have been caught in the Madoff-Ponzi scheme and in others, I mean, you and I were talking earlier that it&#x27;s horrifying that we have such a long docket of Ponzi schemes to chat about today, that so many of them across the country. And you look at people who got led into those. They were driving beyond their headlights, as we say in my business. They were taking so much on faith. Their trust in Bernie Madoff trumped everything else. And that might make a good marriage, but it doesn&#x27;t make a good financial planning arrangement. You can&#x27;t just take it all on faith. You can&#x27;t just take it all on trust. And yet, most of us do make our financial decisions that way. You trust the brand name.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> You trust the Fidelity name. You trust a financial planner that lots of people you know have used and prospered with for years. We do tend to make a lot of these decisions on faith. And then once we&#x27;ve decided to trust somebody, this was so clear in the Madoff story. Once you decide to trust somebody, every little red flag that in hindsight is going to look so glaring, you&#x27;re going to explain it away or you won&#x27;t even see it. Right. Bernie was a master at disarming people&#x27;s suspicions. If they&#x27;d say, well, you know, Bernie, I was wondering about this, he could give a perfectly plausible answer. And because they trusted him, they never said, you know, that doesn&#x27;t make a lot of sense now that I think about it. You&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right. And it&#x27;s so very important that people just pay attention. Now, here&#x27;s a buzz phrase that I&#x27;ve heard.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> And this is what we spend a lot of time educating people on, by the way. It&#x27;s income planning for retirement. Where&#x27;s the money going to come from? Where should I put it now to make sure it will be there in a yearly check? And many people used to just throw money into an annuity and annuitize, which I call annuicide, because then you just get a monthly payment that never goes up. You need to have proper laddering strategies in place using financial vehicles that are contractually guaranteed. Well, you&#x27;re more of an expert at that than I would be. Important things that the big top line lessons that I think people can draw from stories like the Madoff story is just exactly the kind of advice any good financial planner would give them. Diversify your risks. Understand the risks that you&#x27;re taking. And be sure you know how the person you&#x27;re dealing with is getting paid for dealing with you.</p><p><strong>10:05</strong> And if you take care of those big kind of top line rules and regulations, then a good financial planner can help you adapt your personal circumstances to your retirement wishes. But to keep yourself safe, even in a well-regulated environment, to keep yourself safe, you have to kind of stick to those three commandments. You have to keep your eye on those big things. And then you won&#x27;t go too far wrong. Every one of those rules was broken by everybody who wound up in Madoff&#x27;s hands. Do you think many people are taking too much risk that they don&#x27;t even realize they&#x27;re taking? I think certainly they are if they don&#x27;t understand the risks that they&#x27;re taking in Swiss annuities, for heaven&#x27;s sakes. I mean, you know, there&#x27;s the currency risk. There&#x27;s the offshore risk. There&#x27;s the risk of fraud. So, yes, I think in many instances people delude themselves, either that things are less risky than in reality they are,</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> or thinking that they understand the risk. They&#x27;ve got their handle on the risk. The biggest fallacy that wove its way all through the Madoff story, Pete, was this notion that you can get a high yield with a low risk. You know, high returns with a low risk. That&#x27;s the holy grail. I mean, that&#x27;s Shangri-La. That doesn&#x27;t exist in the real world. The higher the return, the higher the risk. And what everyone wanted and dreamed of and believed they had with Bernie Madoff was a good, steady 8%, 9%, 10% return with a low, low risk. Sorry. If you&#x27;re taking a low, low risk, you&#x27;re going to be paid a low return. Treasury bills, safest thing you can put your money in. They pay you a quarter of a percentage point right now because they are so safe.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> Why would anybody pay you more money to take no risk at all? If they&#x27;re paying you a lot of money, it&#x27;s because you&#x27;re taking a big risk. So if people could understand that leg-shackled relationship between risk and return, they wouldn&#x27;t get in the kind of trouble if they got in with Madoff and that they can get into with other Ponzi schemes. I mean, some of them are more outlandish than Madoff, like the scheme that Sir Alan Stanford allegedly concocted, where the returns were such that you probably should have been alert and aware. Over time, the classic Ponzi scheme has offered sky-high returns, and they attract greedy investors, no doubt about it. But the modern Ponzi scheme isn&#x27;t like that, Pete. Typically, it&#x27;s going to sell you on consistency and safety, not on yield.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> And so it&#x27;s going to attract the very timid, risk-averse, frightened investors who will be least likely to understand the risks they&#x27;re taking and least likely to do the homework they need to do. And I see so many people make mistakes because they&#x27;re trying to chase that magic pill. Like you said, in the weight loss industry, we always buy the magic pill to lose weight. Yeah, eat all you want and lose weight. Same thing. You know, get all the return you can. Take no risk. It&#x27;s the same magical thinking. One of the things I&#x27;ve found in income planning, we do a lot of income planning for folks because they&#x27;re worried about not outliving the money. And that&#x27;s one of the number one concerns in America these days is, do I have enough to retire? And if I am retired, is my money going to last my lifetime? And the only place I&#x27;ve found that really did a good job, and unfortunately there&#x27;s too many of them out there,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> but there are some good annuity products that have that. And U.S. annuities, by the way, U.S. insured and regulated annuities, which have an income attachment, which you give a certain amount of money to the insurance company, and then you get income for the rest of your life. We use that in some laddering strategies, and that works. But you&#x27;re losing a little bit of control of your money because you&#x27;ve given it to the insurance company, but now they&#x27;ve promised that you&#x27;ll never outlive money. So that&#x27;s a good tradeoff, in my opinion. I can see your point on that. And obviously the blessings of living longer is that you do have to – we have to think differently. When I was younger, the rule of thumb, as I&#x27;m sure you know, was that the percentage of your assets, your liquid assets that should be in fixed income, should equal your age. So if you&#x27;re in your 60s, you ought to have 60% of your assets in fixed income. Well, that probably was true when people died at 70.</p><p><strong>14:13</strong> It may not be true if people are living at 85. They have to have to. So we need to realize that demographics are changing what&#x27;s happening. And just getting back to the entry point here, demographics are changing how vulnerable people are going to be to the kind of scams that are out there. Boom times, bad times, fraud is a constant. Ponzi schemers don&#x27;t need a bull market. They&#x27;re not deterred by a recession. In fact, right now we&#x27;re seeing the crack up of a number of Ponzi schemes. It actually started after Madoff&#x27;s arrest. So these were Ponzi schemes that opened their doors for business, flourished like crazy through the worst recession since the Great Depression. So clearly, you know, the fact that we&#x27;re in hard times doesn&#x27;t mean that the con artists aren&#x27;t out there trolling for new business.</p><p><strong>15:03</strong> Yeah, you&#x27;re right. And folks, her name is Diana Henriquez. She is a New York Times financial reporter and author of the book, The Wizard of Lies, Bernie Madoff, and the Death of Trust. Paperback&#x27;s going to be out in May. And Diana, I&#x27;d like to have you on again in May, and we&#x27;ll talk about what&#x27;s happened between now and then. There will be some new updates in that, and I&#x27;d be delighted to do that, Pete. Thanks for having me today. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Diana Henriques joins Coach Pete to discuss The Wizard of Lies: Bernie Madoff and the Death of Trust. Their March 2012 conversation explores Madoff’s fraud, investor trust, and the limits of assuming that an impressive reputation guarantees safety.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Diana Henriques</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Diana Henriques, investing, financial fraud</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d/image.jpg?t=1792072942&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diana-henriques-the-wizard-of-lies-and-the-death-of-trust/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d/image.jpg?t=1792072942&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>942</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/95a935ab-486b-47d6-8405-b4e20133c34d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15100077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diana-henriques-the-wizard-of-lies-and-the-death-of-trust</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>206</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Wizard of Lies and the Death of Trust" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:21" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dominique Molina: Proactive Tax Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Dominique Molina: Proactive Tax Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dominique Molina joins Coach Pete to discuss Secrets of a Tax-Free Life and the difference between tax preparation and proactive planning. This March 2012 interview explores strategies and write-offs being discussed for business owners at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early March 2012, Coach Pete talks with Certified Tax Coach Dominique Molina. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And folks, there&#x27;s nothing more complex than taxes. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m very excited about our next guest. Her name is Dominique Molina. She&#x27;s founder of Certified Tax Coach. She&#x27;s a best-selling author and speaker and national tax planning expert. Dominique, did I about cover it? It covers it. Thanks so much for having me, Coach Pete. Oh yeah, well let&#x27;s talk about taxes. I know it&#x27;s, now folks, don&#x27;t turn the channel. We&#x27;ve got some good tax advice here because Dominique has just come out with a best-selling</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> book, Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies that Most Business Owners Miss. And Dominique, you&#x27;ve got some exciting news about this book. I do. We just launched a couple weeks ago, Coach Pete, and I&#x27;m super excited because we hit four best-seller lists on our launch day. Wow. And including, we hit number 64 overall for Amazon book sales on launch day. I mean, who would have ever thought a book on taxes could outsell Nora Roberts? Can you believe that? Now, you&#x27;re a CPA by trade and you founded the Certified Tax Coach because you didn&#x27;t feel that people were getting enough information on taxes, did you? Oh, that&#x27;s so true. I just quickly realized in my career as a CPA that there&#x27;s such a need for good, proactive</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> tax planning. And tax planning is different than just getting your taxes done every year. I started to realize that people were way overpaying. The General Accounting Office estimates that Americans overpay their taxes by a total of almost a billion dollars every year. And of course, no one tells you when you mess up in the government&#x27;s favor, correct? Oh, yeah, that&#x27;s true. They&#x27;re not knocking on your door to let you do that. But they&#x27;re there to take their hand and dip into your bank account when it&#x27;s the other way around. But no, they keep their mouth shut. So it&#x27;s even hard to come up with these numbers. But yeah, there&#x27;s an awful lot of people spending money that they just don&#x27;t have to spend. Now, this overpaying on taxes, and a lot of times it&#x27;s not the general public&#x27;s fault</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> because they entrust their financial situation, their tax situation to a professional. And unfortunately, people don&#x27;t understand the differences in the tax world as far as the different kind of professionals and the different angles they take on the tax return, correct? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. They pay more than they have to. And the main cause is mistakes that either they make because they&#x27;re doing it themselves or their tax preparers are making those mistakes on their return. The difference is that typical tax professionals really focus on putting the right numbers in the right boxes on the right forms. That&#x27;s what a tax preparer&#x27;s job is. And really, you&#x27;re talking about someone who is recording history, and that&#x27;s the numbers</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> that you give them. And they do a fine job putting those things on the right boxes. But there&#x27;s all kinds of loopholes and strategies and write-offs that if you&#x27;re aware of them and you can work proactively to take advantage of those breaks, you can really write your own history and save a lot before you ever get to April 15th. Now, this is a pretty thick book here. There are a bunch of different chapters. It&#x27;s amazing that you found so many secrets that people overlook. Oh, and there&#x27;s so many more. So many more. There&#x27;s literally thousands. You know, Coach Pete, there&#x27;s a reason why top wealthy Americans pay very little in tax. You know, we hear it all the time. Warren Buffett paying less tax than his secretary. Romney being so reluctant to release his tax returns.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And we realize he pays 14% tax. The reason is they do a really good job at tax planning and taking advantage of all these legal breaks that are out there. And the good news for all your listeners is that you don&#x27;t have to have the bank account size of a Warren Buffett or a Mitt Romney in order to pay very little in tax just like they do. You just need to know the secrets of a tax-free life. And that&#x27;s what this book will give you. Well, and again, folks, this is Dominique Molina. She is author of Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies Most Business Owners Miss. Now, let&#x27;s give a little bit of a little cheat notes out here. There&#x27;s a couple of questions I want to ask you.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> In the book, you tell people how their 401k plan may be plotting against them. Now, explain what that means. Yeah, it&#x27;s a little bit of a great explanation of how forward thinking, proactive working forward can do a whole lot of good for you. You know, 401ks are one of those strategies that I like to call a Hail Mary. Have you ever done that, Coach Peter? You&#x27;ve worked with someone before where somebody comes in at the end of the year and they say, oh, I&#x27;m just going to sink a bunch of money in my 401k and that&#x27;s going to help my tax bill. Or I&#x27;m going to, even now, it&#x27;s after the fact. I&#x27;m going to toss a bunch of money in my IRA and that&#x27;ll lower my tax bill right now. You could be losing sight of the bigger picture if you&#x27;re doing that.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And here&#x27;s why. Because when you fund your 401k or when you fund your retirement plan like an IRA, sure, you get a write-off for it now. But when you go to take that money out, you&#x27;re going to pay tax on it. So a good proactive tax plan is going to address what is your tax rate now versus what do you expect it to be in the future when you take out? So let me ask you, Coach Pete, do you think taxes are going up or do you think they&#x27;re going down? Ooh, that&#x27;s a tough question. Of course, they&#x27;re going up. Up, up and away. Unfortunately, all signs are pointing to them going up. I don&#x27;t know how much longer we can hold out at these levels. And of course, most people aspire to earn more, which also contributes to a higher tax bracket.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And so if you think that you&#x27;re going to be in a higher tax bracket in the future, you just might be trading in a nice low tax rate today for a higher one in the future if all you do is throw money into a typical retirement account. It&#x27;s not to say that retirement accounts don&#x27;t have their place in a good tax plan, but a good tax plan looks at that and says, hmm, you know, what do we want to take advantage of here and allows the taxpayer to choose which rate they want to pay. Yeah, very, very important. And then you have the secrets to the 0% tax bracket in your book. That&#x27;s intriguing to me. Oh, yeah. I mean, there&#x27;s nothing better than free. You know, no tax at all. One of the secrets that allows you to pay no tax at all is looking at using the Roth as a vehicle for doing that.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And there&#x27;s a lot of strategies for fully funding that Roth. And doing it now at a time when the economy&#x27;s down, you may have a business that&#x27;s earning less than usual right now, or perhaps there&#x27;s a lot of people out there who are even experiencing losses. Now is the time to really look at that and be there inside of a tax-protected account so when it comes back around, you&#x27;ve got all that growth completely tax-free. You know, a lot of folks in studies have shown a lot of folks are afraid to take deductions that they&#x27;re entitled to because they&#x27;re afraid of opening that door to an audit. Should people be afraid of that if they&#x27;re following the rules correctly? No. You know, that&#x27;s all about winning the game without breaking the rules. And we&#x27;ve got a chapter about that in the book.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> You know, it doesn&#x27;t mean gray areas or red flags to the IRS. In fact, having a good tax plan can actually lower your risk of audit. And it&#x27;s really great because the IRS tells us who they&#x27;re auditing each year and why. And so we as good certified tax coaches can go through and design a plan that helps you navigate around those areas that are high risk and actually lower your risk of an audit. So listening now to you, certified tax coach is basically a step of further training for CPAs and tax professionals so that they can use the tax return to do good things instead of bad things to your bottom line. Yeah, absolutely. Certified tax coaches are proactive tax planners. They are tax planning experts.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And they&#x27;ve completed specialized training. And they do ongoing continuing education requirements as well. And that gives them access to all of these strategies and how to apply them to the unique situation. So when you&#x27;re trying to find the right professional for you, you want to ask yourself some questions about that. You want to know that somebody&#x27;s going to be actively bringing you these ideas to help save you money. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s important because a lot of people, again, like you&#x27;re saying, when it comes tax time, they scramble around either to go to maybe one of the office stores and buy the tax software or they get a tax preparer just to fill in the history like you&#x27;re talking about and pay the taxes. There are ways where you could look forward or go backward even three years to make some corrections and get more money back.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Absolutely. And I like to look at this, especially for business owners, as an investment in their business that gives great returns. Typically, when you&#x27;re doing your tax return at the end of the year, you&#x27;re going to have to write a check to the preparer and pay that fee. And it doesn&#x27;t get you very much except the copy of the return. And everybody has to do it. But what&#x27;s fun about what we do is when you actually invest in planning, you can see an immediate result, starting with your very next paycheck or your next estimated tax payment. And you can see that instant return on investment by investing in yourself. Well, would it be fair to say that whatever a certified tax coach costs, it&#x27;s well worth it in the money you can save possibly on taxes? Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> If you want to keep every dollar that the law allows, you simply cannot afford to wait until April 15th. You need a plan that takes advantage of every legal deduction, credit, loophole, and strategy that&#x27;s out there. And you need an expert to help you do that. It really pays. It really pays. In fact, we&#x27;re seeing the typical small business owner waste about $15,000 a year in taxes that they just don&#x27;t have to pay. And it&#x27;s just from lack of knowledge. Wow. Folks, her name is Dominique Molina. She&#x27;s founder of Certified Tax Coach. She&#x27;s a national speaker and tax planning expert. And again, the bestselling book is called Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies Most Business Owners Miss.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> And Dominique, I&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future and talk more about these strategies. Absolutely. I love this, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dominique Molina joins Coach Pete to discuss Secrets of a Tax-Free Life and the difference between tax preparation and proactive planning. This March 2012 interview explores strategies and write-offs being discussed for business owners at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview back in early March 2012, Coach Pete talks with Certified Tax Coach Dominique Molina. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And folks, there&#x27;s nothing more complex than taxes. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m very excited about our next guest. Her name is Dominique Molina. She&#x27;s founder of Certified Tax Coach. She&#x27;s a best-selling author and speaker and national tax planning expert. Dominique, did I about cover it? It covers it. Thanks so much for having me, Coach Pete. Oh yeah, well let&#x27;s talk about taxes. I know it&#x27;s, now folks, don&#x27;t turn the channel. We&#x27;ve got some good tax advice here because Dominique has just come out with a best-selling</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> book, Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies that Most Business Owners Miss. And Dominique, you&#x27;ve got some exciting news about this book. I do. We just launched a couple weeks ago, Coach Pete, and I&#x27;m super excited because we hit four best-seller lists on our launch day. Wow. And including, we hit number 64 overall for Amazon book sales on launch day. I mean, who would have ever thought a book on taxes could outsell Nora Roberts? Can you believe that? Now, you&#x27;re a CPA by trade and you founded the Certified Tax Coach because you didn&#x27;t feel that people were getting enough information on taxes, did you? Oh, that&#x27;s so true. I just quickly realized in my career as a CPA that there&#x27;s such a need for good, proactive</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> tax planning. And tax planning is different than just getting your taxes done every year. I started to realize that people were way overpaying. The General Accounting Office estimates that Americans overpay their taxes by a total of almost a billion dollars every year. And of course, no one tells you when you mess up in the government&#x27;s favor, correct? Oh, yeah, that&#x27;s true. They&#x27;re not knocking on your door to let you do that. But they&#x27;re there to take their hand and dip into your bank account when it&#x27;s the other way around. But no, they keep their mouth shut. So it&#x27;s even hard to come up with these numbers. But yeah, there&#x27;s an awful lot of people spending money that they just don&#x27;t have to spend. Now, this overpaying on taxes, and a lot of times it&#x27;s not the general public&#x27;s fault</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> because they entrust their financial situation, their tax situation to a professional. And unfortunately, people don&#x27;t understand the differences in the tax world as far as the different kind of professionals and the different angles they take on the tax return, correct? That&#x27;s absolutely correct. They pay more than they have to. And the main cause is mistakes that either they make because they&#x27;re doing it themselves or their tax preparers are making those mistakes on their return. The difference is that typical tax professionals really focus on putting the right numbers in the right boxes on the right forms. That&#x27;s what a tax preparer&#x27;s job is. And really, you&#x27;re talking about someone who is recording history, and that&#x27;s the numbers</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> that you give them. And they do a fine job putting those things on the right boxes. But there&#x27;s all kinds of loopholes and strategies and write-offs that if you&#x27;re aware of them and you can work proactively to take advantage of those breaks, you can really write your own history and save a lot before you ever get to April 15th. Now, this is a pretty thick book here. There are a bunch of different chapters. It&#x27;s amazing that you found so many secrets that people overlook. Oh, and there&#x27;s so many more. So many more. There&#x27;s literally thousands. You know, Coach Pete, there&#x27;s a reason why top wealthy Americans pay very little in tax. You know, we hear it all the time. Warren Buffett paying less tax than his secretary. Romney being so reluctant to release his tax returns.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> And we realize he pays 14% tax. The reason is they do a really good job at tax planning and taking advantage of all these legal breaks that are out there. And the good news for all your listeners is that you don&#x27;t have to have the bank account size of a Warren Buffett or a Mitt Romney in order to pay very little in tax just like they do. You just need to know the secrets of a tax-free life. And that&#x27;s what this book will give you. Well, and again, folks, this is Dominique Molina. She is author of Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies Most Business Owners Miss. Now, let&#x27;s give a little bit of a little cheat notes out here. There&#x27;s a couple of questions I want to ask you.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> In the book, you tell people how their 401k plan may be plotting against them. Now, explain what that means. Yeah, it&#x27;s a little bit of a great explanation of how forward thinking, proactive working forward can do a whole lot of good for you. You know, 401ks are one of those strategies that I like to call a Hail Mary. Have you ever done that, Coach Peter? You&#x27;ve worked with someone before where somebody comes in at the end of the year and they say, oh, I&#x27;m just going to sink a bunch of money in my 401k and that&#x27;s going to help my tax bill. Or I&#x27;m going to, even now, it&#x27;s after the fact. I&#x27;m going to toss a bunch of money in my IRA and that&#x27;ll lower my tax bill right now. You could be losing sight of the bigger picture if you&#x27;re doing that.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And here&#x27;s why. Because when you fund your 401k or when you fund your retirement plan like an IRA, sure, you get a write-off for it now. But when you go to take that money out, you&#x27;re going to pay tax on it. So a good proactive tax plan is going to address what is your tax rate now versus what do you expect it to be in the future when you take out? So let me ask you, Coach Pete, do you think taxes are going up or do you think they&#x27;re going down? Ooh, that&#x27;s a tough question. Of course, they&#x27;re going up. Up, up and away. Unfortunately, all signs are pointing to them going up. I don&#x27;t know how much longer we can hold out at these levels. And of course, most people aspire to earn more, which also contributes to a higher tax bracket.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And so if you think that you&#x27;re going to be in a higher tax bracket in the future, you just might be trading in a nice low tax rate today for a higher one in the future if all you do is throw money into a typical retirement account. It&#x27;s not to say that retirement accounts don&#x27;t have their place in a good tax plan, but a good tax plan looks at that and says, hmm, you know, what do we want to take advantage of here and allows the taxpayer to choose which rate they want to pay. Yeah, very, very important. And then you have the secrets to the 0% tax bracket in your book. That&#x27;s intriguing to me. Oh, yeah. I mean, there&#x27;s nothing better than free. You know, no tax at all. One of the secrets that allows you to pay no tax at all is looking at using the Roth as a vehicle for doing that.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> And there&#x27;s a lot of strategies for fully funding that Roth. And doing it now at a time when the economy&#x27;s down, you may have a business that&#x27;s earning less than usual right now, or perhaps there&#x27;s a lot of people out there who are even experiencing losses. Now is the time to really look at that and be there inside of a tax-protected account so when it comes back around, you&#x27;ve got all that growth completely tax-free. You know, a lot of folks in studies have shown a lot of folks are afraid to take deductions that they&#x27;re entitled to because they&#x27;re afraid of opening that door to an audit. Should people be afraid of that if they&#x27;re following the rules correctly? No. You know, that&#x27;s all about winning the game without breaking the rules. And we&#x27;ve got a chapter about that in the book.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> You know, it doesn&#x27;t mean gray areas or red flags to the IRS. In fact, having a good tax plan can actually lower your risk of audit. And it&#x27;s really great because the IRS tells us who they&#x27;re auditing each year and why. And so we as good certified tax coaches can go through and design a plan that helps you navigate around those areas that are high risk and actually lower your risk of an audit. So listening now to you, certified tax coach is basically a step of further training for CPAs and tax professionals so that they can use the tax return to do good things instead of bad things to your bottom line. Yeah, absolutely. Certified tax coaches are proactive tax planners. They are tax planning experts.</p><p><strong>08:43</strong> And they&#x27;ve completed specialized training. And they do ongoing continuing education requirements as well. And that gives them access to all of these strategies and how to apply them to the unique situation. So when you&#x27;re trying to find the right professional for you, you want to ask yourself some questions about that. You want to know that somebody&#x27;s going to be actively bringing you these ideas to help save you money. Yeah, well, that&#x27;s important because a lot of people, again, like you&#x27;re saying, when it comes tax time, they scramble around either to go to maybe one of the office stores and buy the tax software or they get a tax preparer just to fill in the history like you&#x27;re talking about and pay the taxes. There are ways where you could look forward or go backward even three years to make some corrections and get more money back.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Absolutely. And I like to look at this, especially for business owners, as an investment in their business that gives great returns. Typically, when you&#x27;re doing your tax return at the end of the year, you&#x27;re going to have to write a check to the preparer and pay that fee. And it doesn&#x27;t get you very much except the copy of the return. And everybody has to do it. But what&#x27;s fun about what we do is when you actually invest in planning, you can see an immediate result, starting with your very next paycheck or your next estimated tax payment. And you can see that instant return on investment by investing in yourself. Well, would it be fair to say that whatever a certified tax coach costs, it&#x27;s well worth it in the money you can save possibly on taxes? Oh, absolutely.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> If you want to keep every dollar that the law allows, you simply cannot afford to wait until April 15th. You need a plan that takes advantage of every legal deduction, credit, loophole, and strategy that&#x27;s out there. And you need an expert to help you do that. It really pays. It really pays. In fact, we&#x27;re seeing the typical small business owner waste about $15,000 a year in taxes that they just don&#x27;t have to pay. And it&#x27;s just from lack of knowledge. Wow. Folks, her name is Dominique Molina. She&#x27;s founder of Certified Tax Coach. She&#x27;s a national speaker and tax planning expert. And again, the bestselling book is called Secrets of a Tax-Free Life, Surprising Write-Off Strategies Most Business Owners Miss.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> And Dominique, I&#x27;d love to have you back on in the future and talk more about these strategies. Absolutely. I love this, Coach Pete. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dominique Molina joins Coach Pete to discuss Secrets of a Tax-Free Life and the difference between tax preparation and proactive planning. This March 2012 interview explores strategies and write-offs being discussed for business owners at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dominique Molina</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Proactive Tax Planning</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dominique Molina, tax planning, Proactive Tax Planning, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a/image.jpg?t=1792072946&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dominique-molina-proactive-tax-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a/image.jpg?t=1792072946&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Mar 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>691</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/07672a64-100b-4def-810f-b4e20133581a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11093480" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dominique-molina-proactive-tax-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>207</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Proactive Tax Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:22" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:48" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dr. Charles Richards: The Psychology of Wealth</title>
      <itunes:title>Dr. Charles Richards: The Psychology of Wealth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Dr. Charles Richards. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world, trying to make it a little simpler. And as we do each and every week, we find a national personality or book author or somebody who maybe you&#x27;ve seen on the news. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth, and the subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. As a matter of fact, Donald Trump even made a comment on the cover of the book, and he said The Psychology of Wealth is a pertinent and comprehensive overview of the skills and</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> mindset necessary for success. Prosperity can be achieved by anyone, and Dr. Richards shows the way. So, Dr. Richards, welcome to the show, and maybe you can show us a way. Thanks, Pete. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Hopefully, I can. Oh, yeah. Yeah. So, I mean, now let&#x27;s just talk about wealth for a minute. Has the definition of wealth changed over the last hundred years? In your opinion, what is the definition of wealth these days? Yeah. The definition of wealth has changed significantly. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s evolved, because let&#x27;s say a few decades ago, the definition of wealth was pretty one-dimensional. It just had to do with your bank balance sheet and maybe your financial assets. But today, people, I think, are realizing that wealth has a much broader definition. Wealth is not just about how much money you have in the bank or what your assets are, but</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> the quality of your life, the degree of fulfillment you&#x27;re having in your life, how you&#x27;re serving and helping and empowering others with what you have. And if you&#x27;re doing that, it may not matter what your bank balance sheet is, as long as you&#x27;re comfortable with it. It&#x27;s really how you&#x27;re bringing, let&#x27;s say, more fulfillment to you and the people that you love. Unfortunately, in my opinion, what we&#x27;ve seen in the last few years is the word wealth is almost looked at as a bad term. If you&#x27;re a wealthy person, it&#x27;s almost something to be ashamed of these days, according to the media, the 1% of the wealthy. You&#x27;ve seen that on the news. Right. And I think that happens because there&#x27;s a perception that the wealthy are pretty much self-serving. I mean, you hear about the huge income that certain, say, corporate executives and bank</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> executives have and the kind of bonuses they&#x27;re getting. And you think, what are they doing with all that money? And a lot of people perceive these individuals as just accumulating wealth and not really giving back with it in any great extent. And I think what happens is we have a perception of wealth in terms of the negative. I talk about in my book the archetype of wealth and that it has a positive and a negative expression. And I think we tend to see wealth in terms of that negative expression, at least collectively. Well, but is being wealthy anything to be ashamed of? Absolutely not. I think we all really strive to achieve a degree of wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Unfortunately, a lot of us envy those who have achieved it because we don&#x27;t know them personally often. I mean, there&#x27;s this perception of these nameless individuals who have all this money and success and wealth and really don&#x27;t seem to be sharing it with others. And so I think what happens is we tend to have a negative perception of it. But I think at bottom, everyone strives to achieve a degree of wealth in their own lives. It&#x27;s just we want to find a way to do that. And it takes creativity. It takes discipline. It takes perseverance. It takes planning. It takes goal setting. It takes a lot of things to achieve true wealth.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And a lot of us don&#x27;t have the fundamentals, the fundamental background to really set that foundation in motion. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you ever watched a marathon, either in person or on TV, maybe at the finish line, seeing the people finish and, you know, they record the times as they come in. Have you ever seen that? Oh, yes. Absolutely. You know, what people see is the finish line, but they don&#x27;t see those 26 miles of grueling torture the person went through to get there. So a lot of people, what I&#x27;m trying to make the point here is a lot of people see the wealthy people once they get wealthy, but they don&#x27;t see all the hours and equity and everything, ignoring the family, all the things they had to do to build wealth many times. Yeah. And there&#x27;s some fundamentals that are required to achieve wealth. And you&#x27;re right. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of preparation that&#x27;s required to get there.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And yeah, we don&#x27;t see that when we just see the wealthy and just what they have. I talked to a lot of parents and grandparents, and their biggest dream in life is to make sure their children can do better than they can. And so with that being said, how can we make sure our children and grandchildren have a strong understanding of financial literacy? That&#x27;s a very good point. We need to start early. You know, I talk about contrast and compare the Asian family, typical Asian family versus the American family. There are certain stereotypes that do have some validity there because Asian families typically start their kids very young at really talking about what their goals are, establishing goals, establishing discipline, forcing a degree of sacrifice and delayed gratification and</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> hard work for them to achieve those goals. And it&#x27;s important for parents to do that. The thing that we don&#x27;t want to do often that sometimes you see in Asian families is tie self-worth and self-esteem to achievement. Because when you do that, if a child doesn&#x27;t reach the goal in the way that he or she is expected to, then their self-worth is challenged. But it&#x27;s important to start young with children and young adults. It&#x27;s teaching them to really, you know, think about money in a constructive way, to plan, to organize, to use self-discipline to achieve their goals. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth. It&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> The subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. Now, speaking of family, you write in your book that your grandfather was someone who taught you the meaning of the phrase, price is what you pay, value is what you get. Now, what did he mean by that? Well, what he meant was that, you know, it&#x27;s important to really not shortchange yourself when you&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, making purchases. It&#x27;s about discernment with regard to how you use your money and using it consciously. My grandfather was a principal of a high school for all of his adult life, and my grandmother was a librarian, and they were quite successful at the time in sort of in a community outside of Memphis, Tennessee.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And whenever I spent time with my grandfather, he just seemed to just exude this sense of confidence. You know, anything was possible. It took a little hard work. It took some sacrifice. But he valued quality. I was just talking recently with a friend of mine who&#x27;s a psychologist, and she was describing how when she was raised with her brothers and sisters, they were quite poor. And one winter, her father was prepared to buy some new winter coats for the kids. And he wanted to buy the cheapest coats that they could find. And the mother said to the father, she says, we&#x27;re too poor to buy cheap coats. And the rationale behind that was a little counterintuitive.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> But what she was trying to communicate to her husband is, we have to buy the best we can afford because it has to last. We have to be able to pass that down from one kid to the next. So it made more sense to actually buy quality than to buy the cheapest thing, because at the end of the day, that was going to cost them more. That&#x27;s what my grandfather was communicating to me at a young age. And that was a great point. And that being said, though, do you feel many times the human mind works against the person? In other words, always chasing the unbelievable sometimes, or gambling, when there&#x27;s a safe solution, the way they should be allocating money is right in front of their eyeballs. Yeah. And I talk about conscious versus unconscious sort of spending and debt in that regard.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> A lot of times we spend money unconsciously. And because of that, it&#x27;s like a leak in our ship. You know, it&#x27;s like we wonder where it all goes at the end of the day. And it&#x27;s important to develop habits of conscious spending as opposed to unconscious spending. And I talk about debt. Debt often has a bad rap in our society because a lot of people go into debt and they hurt themselves or get in situations that is a problem for them financially. And it&#x27;s conscious debt and there&#x27;s unconscious debt. And it&#x27;s important that we use debt constructively to achieve our goals. But the first thing we have to do is establish clear goals and a direction so that if we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> going to use debt, we use it in a way that moves us toward our goals and not just, you might say, fritters away the kind of income that we have achieved. I&#x27;m just amazed sometimes people have all the money they need to have a successful retirement, yet they gamble with it continuously and end up back and trying to build back up again. And there&#x27;s a story. It&#x27;s a pretty famous story we talked about on our show about a year ago about a guy in Wisconsin who ended up suing the state lottery commission because he won the lottery years before he quit his job. He won a multimillion dollar lottery, quit his job, and then eventually ran out of money and was poorer after he won the lottery down the road than before he won the lottery. And he was suing the state, which is amazing. I mean, it was his own bad decisions that led him to the poorhouse. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And it&#x27;s about taking responsibility. And some of us are just not prepared. We haven&#x27;t prepared ourselves for financial success and true wealth. I mean, you mentioned the lottery. That&#x27;s a great example. And I talk a bit about it in the book. It&#x27;s like a third of the lottery winners who win millions of dollars end up losing it all, a third. And it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t have the preparation, the emotional and mental discipline to manage that kind of wealth. When I talk about the archetype of wealth, I describe it as an energy. And when you might say, when that archetype, when you embrace that and people who win the lottery, you know, suddenly they&#x27;re thrust into this archetype of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And that archetype has a power and an influence that if we don&#x27;t know how to manage it, it will manage us. And when it manages us, usually it manifests in a negative way. And often it can destroy our lives. Folks, Dr. Charles Richards, again, author of The Psychology of Wealth, Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. It&#x27;s a great book. I recommend everyone pick up a copy. Dr. Richards, we hope to have you back on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to be back. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> How are you? What do you think? What do you think?</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Dr. Charles Richards. And welcome back in, folks. Of course, this is the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world, trying to make it a little simpler. And as we do each and every week, we find a national personality or book author or somebody who maybe you&#x27;ve seen on the news. We&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth, and the subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. As a matter of fact, Donald Trump even made a comment on the cover of the book, and he said The Psychology of Wealth is a pertinent and comprehensive overview of the skills and</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> mindset necessary for success. Prosperity can be achieved by anyone, and Dr. Richards shows the way. So, Dr. Richards, welcome to the show, and maybe you can show us a way. Thanks, Pete. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Hopefully, I can. Oh, yeah. Yeah. So, I mean, now let&#x27;s just talk about wealth for a minute. Has the definition of wealth changed over the last hundred years? In your opinion, what is the definition of wealth these days? Yeah. The definition of wealth has changed significantly. Let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s evolved, because let&#x27;s say a few decades ago, the definition of wealth was pretty one-dimensional. It just had to do with your bank balance sheet and maybe your financial assets. But today, people, I think, are realizing that wealth has a much broader definition. Wealth is not just about how much money you have in the bank or what your assets are, but</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> the quality of your life, the degree of fulfillment you&#x27;re having in your life, how you&#x27;re serving and helping and empowering others with what you have. And if you&#x27;re doing that, it may not matter what your bank balance sheet is, as long as you&#x27;re comfortable with it. It&#x27;s really how you&#x27;re bringing, let&#x27;s say, more fulfillment to you and the people that you love. Unfortunately, in my opinion, what we&#x27;ve seen in the last few years is the word wealth is almost looked at as a bad term. If you&#x27;re a wealthy person, it&#x27;s almost something to be ashamed of these days, according to the media, the 1% of the wealthy. You&#x27;ve seen that on the news. Right. And I think that happens because there&#x27;s a perception that the wealthy are pretty much self-serving. I mean, you hear about the huge income that certain, say, corporate executives and bank</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> executives have and the kind of bonuses they&#x27;re getting. And you think, what are they doing with all that money? And a lot of people perceive these individuals as just accumulating wealth and not really giving back with it in any great extent. And I think what happens is we have a perception of wealth in terms of the negative. I talk about in my book the archetype of wealth and that it has a positive and a negative expression. And I think we tend to see wealth in terms of that negative expression, at least collectively. Well, but is being wealthy anything to be ashamed of? Absolutely not. I think we all really strive to achieve a degree of wealth.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Unfortunately, a lot of us envy those who have achieved it because we don&#x27;t know them personally often. I mean, there&#x27;s this perception of these nameless individuals who have all this money and success and wealth and really don&#x27;t seem to be sharing it with others. And so I think what happens is we tend to have a negative perception of it. But I think at bottom, everyone strives to achieve a degree of wealth in their own lives. It&#x27;s just we want to find a way to do that. And it takes creativity. It takes discipline. It takes perseverance. It takes planning. It takes goal setting. It takes a lot of things to achieve true wealth.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> And a lot of us don&#x27;t have the fundamentals, the fundamental background to really set that foundation in motion. Well, it&#x27;s almost like if you ever watched a marathon, either in person or on TV, maybe at the finish line, seeing the people finish and, you know, they record the times as they come in. Have you ever seen that? Oh, yes. Absolutely. You know, what people see is the finish line, but they don&#x27;t see those 26 miles of grueling torture the person went through to get there. So a lot of people, what I&#x27;m trying to make the point here is a lot of people see the wealthy people once they get wealthy, but they don&#x27;t see all the hours and equity and everything, ignoring the family, all the things they had to do to build wealth many times. Yeah. And there&#x27;s some fundamentals that are required to achieve wealth. And you&#x27;re right. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of preparation that&#x27;s required to get there.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> And yeah, we don&#x27;t see that when we just see the wealthy and just what they have. I talked to a lot of parents and grandparents, and their biggest dream in life is to make sure their children can do better than they can. And so with that being said, how can we make sure our children and grandchildren have a strong understanding of financial literacy? That&#x27;s a very good point. We need to start early. You know, I talk about contrast and compare the Asian family, typical Asian family versus the American family. There are certain stereotypes that do have some validity there because Asian families typically start their kids very young at really talking about what their goals are, establishing goals, establishing discipline, forcing a degree of sacrifice and delayed gratification and</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> hard work for them to achieve those goals. And it&#x27;s important for parents to do that. The thing that we don&#x27;t want to do often that sometimes you see in Asian families is tie self-worth and self-esteem to achievement. Because when you do that, if a child doesn&#x27;t reach the goal in the way that he or she is expected to, then their self-worth is challenged. But it&#x27;s important to start young with children and young adults. It&#x27;s teaching them to really, you know, think about money in a constructive way, to plan, to organize, to use self-discipline to achieve their goals. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Charles Richards. He&#x27;s written a book called The Psychology of Wealth. It&#x27;s a fascinating book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> The subtitle is Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. Now, speaking of family, you write in your book that your grandfather was someone who taught you the meaning of the phrase, price is what you pay, value is what you get. Now, what did he mean by that? Well, what he meant was that, you know, it&#x27;s important to really not shortchange yourself when you&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, making purchases. It&#x27;s about discernment with regard to how you use your money and using it consciously. My grandfather was a principal of a high school for all of his adult life, and my grandmother was a librarian, and they were quite successful at the time in sort of in a community outside of Memphis, Tennessee.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And whenever I spent time with my grandfather, he just seemed to just exude this sense of confidence. You know, anything was possible. It took a little hard work. It took some sacrifice. But he valued quality. I was just talking recently with a friend of mine who&#x27;s a psychologist, and she was describing how when she was raised with her brothers and sisters, they were quite poor. And one winter, her father was prepared to buy some new winter coats for the kids. And he wanted to buy the cheapest coats that they could find. And the mother said to the father, she says, we&#x27;re too poor to buy cheap coats. And the rationale behind that was a little counterintuitive.</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> But what she was trying to communicate to her husband is, we have to buy the best we can afford because it has to last. We have to be able to pass that down from one kid to the next. So it made more sense to actually buy quality than to buy the cheapest thing, because at the end of the day, that was going to cost them more. That&#x27;s what my grandfather was communicating to me at a young age. And that was a great point. And that being said, though, do you feel many times the human mind works against the person? In other words, always chasing the unbelievable sometimes, or gambling, when there&#x27;s a safe solution, the way they should be allocating money is right in front of their eyeballs. Yeah. And I talk about conscious versus unconscious sort of spending and debt in that regard.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> A lot of times we spend money unconsciously. And because of that, it&#x27;s like a leak in our ship. You know, it&#x27;s like we wonder where it all goes at the end of the day. And it&#x27;s important to develop habits of conscious spending as opposed to unconscious spending. And I talk about debt. Debt often has a bad rap in our society because a lot of people go into debt and they hurt themselves or get in situations that is a problem for them financially. And it&#x27;s conscious debt and there&#x27;s unconscious debt. And it&#x27;s important that we use debt constructively to achieve our goals. But the first thing we have to do is establish clear goals and a direction so that if we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> going to use debt, we use it in a way that moves us toward our goals and not just, you might say, fritters away the kind of income that we have achieved. I&#x27;m just amazed sometimes people have all the money they need to have a successful retirement, yet they gamble with it continuously and end up back and trying to build back up again. And there&#x27;s a story. It&#x27;s a pretty famous story we talked about on our show about a year ago about a guy in Wisconsin who ended up suing the state lottery commission because he won the lottery years before he quit his job. He won a multimillion dollar lottery, quit his job, and then eventually ran out of money and was poorer after he won the lottery down the road than before he won the lottery. And he was suing the state, which is amazing. I mean, it was his own bad decisions that led him to the poorhouse. Yeah.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And it&#x27;s about taking responsibility. And some of us are just not prepared. We haven&#x27;t prepared ourselves for financial success and true wealth. I mean, you mentioned the lottery. That&#x27;s a great example. And I talk a bit about it in the book. It&#x27;s like a third of the lottery winners who win millions of dollars end up losing it all, a third. And it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t have the preparation, the emotional and mental discipline to manage that kind of wealth. When I talk about the archetype of wealth, I describe it as an energy. And when you might say, when that archetype, when you embrace that and people who win the lottery, you know, suddenly they&#x27;re thrust into this archetype of wealth.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> And that archetype has a power and an influence that if we don&#x27;t know how to manage it, it will manage us. And when it manages us, usually it manifests in a negative way. And often it can destroy our lives. Folks, Dr. Charles Richards, again, author of The Psychology of Wealth, Understand Your Relationship with Money and Achieve Prosperity. It&#x27;s a great book. I recommend everyone pick up a copy. Dr. Richards, we hope to have you back on again in the future. I&#x27;d love to be back. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Oh, my God.</p><p><strong>12:01</strong> How are you? What do you think? What do you think?</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Charles Richards joins Coach Pete to discuss The Psychology of Wealth. Their February 2012 conversation explores attitudes toward money, perceptions of success, and the habits and mindset connected with prosperity.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dr. Charles Richards</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>personal growth</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dr. Charles Richards, behavioral finance, personal growth</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/image.jpg?t=1792072953&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-charles-richards-the-psychology-of-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/image.jpg?t=1792072953&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/47c74b7b-4026-4e8d-a66f-b4e20132ed31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11587185" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dr-charles-richards-the-psychology-of-wealth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>208</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Psychology of Wealth" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chuck Jaffe: Recognizing Investment Hogwash</title>
      <itunes:title>Chuck Jaffe: Recognizing Investment Hogwash</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Jaffe joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss investment claims, scams, and the questions investors should ask. This January 2012 interview explores how to examine an investment strategy rather than accepting a promise at face value.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late January 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview CNBC finance writer and commentator Chuck Jaffe. This week on the program, we have a very special guest from CNBC. He is finance writer and commentator Chuck Jaffe, and he&#x27;s going to be talking with us about a very important topic when it comes to keeping your money safe. Friends, you want to avoid being ripped off scams of any type. Chuck is here to comment and discuss with us how to avoid dealing with the next Bernie Madoff. Chuck, welcome in. Thanks for having me, coach. Yeah, well, hey, let&#x27;s talk about this article. Did people not learn from Bernie Madoff? They didn&#x27;t learn from the mistakes of the past? Well, I think that that&#x27;s exactly the problem. I think that people</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> basically learn nothing from Bernie Madoff in terms of what should have come out of it for the average person, which is that, you know, you get through an event like that, a horrific event like that, and it&#x27;s out in the headlines. And now we&#x27;ve passed the three-year anniversary, so now we&#x27;re sort of telling the story in some very good books. But the average investor is not reading them. And if you take a look at what&#x27;s happening, you&#x27;re seeing a ton of Ponzi schemes. What was unusual about Madoff&#x27;s Ponzi scheme was how long it lasted and how big it got. But the odds are that the average guy is much more likely to be taken in by somebody who goes rogue in his own local community. And we&#x27;re seeing more and more reports of that kind of activity. There are more complaints being filed, and it just looks like nobody&#x27;s figured it out. We call that affinity theft a lot of times when people come through a community, a church group,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> or a civic group, and prey on everybody and show some good returns, so then people put more money in. And it doesn&#x27;t end good a lot of times, does it? Well, and that&#x27;s what Bernie Madoff did as well. You know, the problem becomes that people drop their guard. You think, I know this guy from church or the country club or wherever, and as a result, you don&#x27;t do your due diligence. You know, you talked about my book on mutual funds, the actual truth. I&#x27;ve also written two books on choosing financial advisors, and the big problem is that people will go to a cocktail party, and they&#x27;ll bump into a financial advisor, and they&#x27;ll think, oh, Providence has smiled upon me. You know, it brought me this person at the same party who knows how to invest right at the time when I&#x27;ve been looking for it. And they drop their guard, they don&#x27;t do background checks, and suddenly you&#x27;re in there for all the wrong reasons. Let&#x27;s talk about the five questions that people should ask every single advisor or themselves before</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> they ever put money with somebody. Okay, well, first things first, you want to make sure that as you&#x27;re looking at everything, you ask a ton of questions. Before anybody has your money, if they&#x27;re not willing to sit down and answer your questions before they&#x27;ve got your money, think about how they&#x27;re going to be after they&#x27;ve got your money. So while these are five to sort of avoid being ripped off in a Ponzi scheme type of thing, I would advise many, many more questions. That&#x27;s what my books are about when it comes to, say, choosing a financial advisor. But let&#x27;s start with how and why does this investment strategy work? You&#x27;re being told you&#x27;re getting either astronomical returns or, in the case of Madoff, like ultra-consistent returns. But whatever you&#x27;re being offered, you want to know the theory behind the investment. Because fundamentally, the best investment strategies are not much more complicated</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> than buy low, sell high. You&#x27;re being told that something works, ask why. And if the answer is, well, because it does, then you know you&#x27;ve got investment hogwash. And I&#x27;d like to point out, there&#x27;s a bunch of theories that come out pretty interesting, where years ago, it was like the guys at the Motley Fool had their Foolish Four theory, and the supporters were all like, look at how well this works. And guys like me kept asking, why? And their response is, well, it does. That&#x27;s why the theory falls apart. Likewise, there was a theory a couple years ago about you wanted to invest in four stocks that were the lowest yielders, or four mutual funds that were the lowest yielders, but had high returns. I can&#x27;t remember the exact theory. But the thing was, it was four. And I asked them, well, why four? Because that&#x27;s where the number works. And I&#x27;m like, that doesn&#x27;t make</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> any sense. That just means that if you tried it with three, it didn&#x27;t work. And you tried it with five, it didn&#x27;t work. If you tried it with six, it didn&#x27;t work. But you threw up one number, and it happened to show that it could have worked this way. That&#x27;s not an answer. So you always want to get an answer for how and why does the strategy work? It&#x27;s like three out of four dentists recommend Trident or whatever. Back in the day, they had 25 tables of four dentists, and they found one table that had three out of four that agreed that Trident was a good gum. Exactly. That&#x27;s exactly what you want to, you know, you need to know. Now, the second side of this, the second question is, why does this investment deliver returns that are either bigger or more consistent than what I can find elsewhere? Right. I&#x27;ve talked to plenty of folks who are made-off victims, and they&#x27;ll say, well, you know, his strategy was this split-strike conversion strategy. Now, for starters, this is a very difficult strategy to explain, but the secondary side is, which is why</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> nobody understood it. None of the average folks understood it. But the second side of this is that if you did the real research and said, well, okay, but why is no one else using it? There were one or two other people using it, but they never had made-off consistency. So again, why is something so good? Why is something so attractive? Because I don&#x27;t care who the good investor is. You know, Warren Buffett has had bad years. Any great investor is going to have times where, hey, the market&#x27;s not going up, and they&#x27;re not going up either. So Chuck, does it make sense to get a second financial opinion? And if so, who do you go to for that kind of information? Well, what you do is you take it to somebody who&#x27;s got no ties. You always want to have a control group. And what I think the biggest thing is, is that you always want to try to make sure that you have the ability to get a second opinion,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> or at least some basis for comparison. Even if you couldn&#x27;t go out and get someone else to say, oh, you know, this doesn&#x27;t seem right to me. You could have gone to somebody else and said, hey, if I gave you my money, how would you manage it? One of the biggest mistakes people make when hiring financial advisors is that they only interview one. And so think about it. You&#x27;ve gotten to a spot in your life where you know you need a money manager or you need a financial advisor. And they come in and they tell you what they&#x27;re going to do. And boy, they&#x27;re talking right into the things that made you say you needed help. So they sound great, even if they&#x27;re terrible. There&#x27;s pretty much nothing they can do but sound great. So you sign up with them. You&#x27;ve got no basis for comparison. I think people need to go off. And even if you&#x27;re unable to get a second opinion where, you know, in Madoff&#x27;s case, while he was talking about split strike conversion,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> we&#x27;re going to be tough to find a lot of people who could actually talk to you knowledgeably about that. Certainly until the scandal came out, I wouldn&#x27;t have been able to do it. I would have said, okay, I&#x27;ve heard of it. But, you know, nothing beyond that. Think that you got to go get somebody who says, well, here&#x27;s what I would do. And then you can sit there and go, okay, I&#x27;ve got this guy that&#x27;s offering this amazing consistency. Why is nobody else doing it? Why? You know, what&#x27;s the problem here, et cetera, or what are the red flags? And until you have a basis for comparison, you can&#x27;t decide what&#x27;s right for you. There&#x27;s some that I&#x27;ve seen, and I don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re scams or not, but they&#x27;re unusual to me. Like, I&#x27;ve seen the Swiss annuity kind of thing out there, where you supposedly send your money to Switzerland and they&#x27;ll buy an annuity that basically is backed in Swiss dollars instead of American dollars. But they forget to tell you, you have to convert your American dollars from here to Swiss francs, so you lose on that conversion</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> to begin with. Then we&#x27;ve got the Iraqi dinars, where you can invest in millions and buy millions of Iraqi dinars for dollars of American dollars there. There&#x27;s so many things that are unfamiliar to the guys like me there in the financial world. I don&#x27;t recommend those kind of things. Do you see people doing that? Well, I see people, unfortunately, taking the step. And, you know, the funny thing is, if you ask folks who get taken in by scams like this, what they were looking at, you know, at what point did you suspend reality and this decided it suddenly sounded like a good idea? And they will always tell you that it came back to something where this is what they felt they needed, and this looked like what could deliver it. And the flip side of this is, and we get this all the time, and it doesn&#x27;t have to be anything that&#x27;s goofy. You&#x27;ll get financial advisors who talk to you about portfolio optimization. And, you know, here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> optimize your portfolio. And if you don&#x27;t have this or that, I talk all the time about my father. My father&#x27;s 87 years old, and he&#x27;s never been able to really buy a small cap mutual fund. It means he&#x27;s not as well diversified as he could be. And so anytime somebody would look at his portfolio, you know, you don&#x27;t have small caps. You should have this. It&#x27;ll diversify you better. Well, the truth is, the man is set for life, and he sleeps well at night. If you put in the small cap fund, well, he&#x27;d still be set for life. Might be a little bit better. Might not be as good. That&#x27;s a performance thing that you can&#x27;t really tell, but he&#x27;d be nervous. You know, I get it. The portfolio might not be optimal without the small caps, but it is right for him. And I think that&#x27;s where a lot of people go wrong. They&#x27;re looking at something going, well, I need to get this kind of return. Here&#x27;s something that can do it, or what they want, rather than what they can get</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> elsewhere, or what could deliver, or how well they could live, or how comfortable they&#x27;d be with a half a percent less. That&#x27;s a lot safer. Is it more important to get a real good return, or is it more important to have that income you never have to worry about? To me, it&#x27;s most important to be able to sleep at night. And I think that that&#x27;s what people forget. I mean, if you get to the point where you can look out and your days are numbered, and you know, you&#x27;ve got some disease, or you&#x27;re getting old, or whatever it might be, let me tell you what question you&#x27;re not going to ask. You are not going to ask, hey, what&#x27;d the Dow do today? Okay? It&#x27;s just not that important to you. And I think that the most important thing for most people is, what can I do to create the safety net and the security that&#x27;s going to allow me to go out and live life? Money is a tool. If money is the</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> end, you&#x27;re missing something. If you&#x27;re sitting here going, you know, it happens all the time where people say, ah, you know, my goal is to leave a million dollars to my kids. So they get to where their portfolio is valued at a million dollars, or where their net worth is a million dollars. And now they are the poorest people on earth. Because if they lose so much as a dollar, they fall behind their goal, right? So now they can&#x27;t spend anything, they can&#x27;t do anything, they can&#x27;t go on a vacation. You&#x27;ve worked your entire life to a mass of a million dollars, and now you can&#x27;t spend anything. And it happens all the time, and it&#x27;s the wrong attitude about money. And unfortunately, when people have the wrong attitude about money, what tends to happen is you&#x27;re more vulnerable to scams. Well, that&#x27;s definitely right, Chuck. As the population matures and gets older, I think safety issues become really, really important. Your number five question to me is probably one of the most important ones, and would have kept a lot of people out of the line of fire</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> if they would have asked it of Bernie Madoff. And this one is, of course, who do I write the check to? Well, actually, I disagree. In the Madoff case, his check was a legitimate broker-dealer. That&#x27;s part of the issue. Blight, who was up here in Boston, who actually owned a radio station where I at one point had a show. And Brad made his money the old-fashioned way. He stole it from people. But the truth is, he was a financial advisor. And I know plenty of people who wish he was still their financial advisor. It became very simple. If you wrote the check to his firm, allocation plus asset management, your money was gone. If you wrote the check to the custodian for your funds, he managed your money. He was a very savvy money manager. So it&#x27;s pretty simple.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> If you wrote it to the right people, he couldn&#x27;t steal your money. Well, I definitely agree there, Chuck. And you also want to do that with a major company that has a profile and a name, not some guy sitting on the street corner just because he put up a sign, correct? But let&#x27;s remember that Bernie Madoff did have the profile. Oh, yeah, he did. That&#x27;s my point. Madoff was a legitimate broker-dealer who at one point had been one of the highest-ranking folks on NASDAQ. And it actually brings up a great point, which is you can protect yourself in a lot of ways. There is one thing you cannot protect yourself from. You cannot protect yourself from somebody going rogue on your watch. In other words, if they&#x27;ve got problems that show up in their background checks or whatever, well, you can spot those if you do background checks on an advisor. You can get a look and take a look and protect yourself. But most Ponzi schemes start</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> where the person gets into some measure of personal trouble and then says, well, okay, I&#x27;ve got this money. I can actually access this money. I&#x27;ll sort of take it out, make myself a short-term loan, because I know I&#x27;ll be able to get it back and put it back in. And then, of course, what happens is they can&#x27;t put it back in. It gets worse and worse and worse. And now they go from doing what they were doing to managing this fraud. Okay. The problem is this. If they did everything right, they don&#x27;t show up in any way that you can find them. And the minute that they go bad, if they&#x27;re doing all the things to run their Ponzi scheme, you&#x27;re already in it by the time you find out. That&#x27;s the problem. It&#x27;s why you have to do everything up front to try to make sure. You know, Bernie Madoff says the same thing. If you&#x27;ve read any of the books, and my friend Diana Enriquez from the New York Times wrote a terrific book called The Wizard of Lies on the Madoff story, and she&#x27;s the one journalist who Madoff was really responding to, you know,</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> he basically says, I ran a legitimate business. And then at a certain point, which seems to be around 1992, I sort of took from it to try to fix some problems I had gotten into. There&#x27;s nothing you can do if the guy goes bad on your watch, other than trying to make sure your statements add up and making sure that you&#x27;re still following up with due diligence and that your statements make sense, et cetera. Folks, his name is Chuck Jaffe. It&#x27;s a fascinating article, The Five Questions to Avoid the Next Madoff. Everyone who&#x27;s listening right now, you need to read this article. You can get it online at MarketWatch, or we have copies here in the office. He&#x27;s also got a great book, The Lifetime Guide to Mutual Funds and Owner&#x27;s Manual. Chuck, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, guys. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at FinancialSafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chuck Jaffe joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss investment claims, scams, and the questions investors should ask. This January 2012 interview explores how to examine an investment strategy rather than accepting a promise at face value.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from late January 2012, Peter Rashan and Coach Pete interview CNBC finance writer and commentator Chuck Jaffe. This week on the program, we have a very special guest from CNBC. He is finance writer and commentator Chuck Jaffe, and he&#x27;s going to be talking with us about a very important topic when it comes to keeping your money safe. Friends, you want to avoid being ripped off scams of any type. Chuck is here to comment and discuss with us how to avoid dealing with the next Bernie Madoff. Chuck, welcome in. Thanks for having me, coach. Yeah, well, hey, let&#x27;s talk about this article. Did people not learn from Bernie Madoff? They didn&#x27;t learn from the mistakes of the past? Well, I think that that&#x27;s exactly the problem. I think that people</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> basically learn nothing from Bernie Madoff in terms of what should have come out of it for the average person, which is that, you know, you get through an event like that, a horrific event like that, and it&#x27;s out in the headlines. And now we&#x27;ve passed the three-year anniversary, so now we&#x27;re sort of telling the story in some very good books. But the average investor is not reading them. And if you take a look at what&#x27;s happening, you&#x27;re seeing a ton of Ponzi schemes. What was unusual about Madoff&#x27;s Ponzi scheme was how long it lasted and how big it got. But the odds are that the average guy is much more likely to be taken in by somebody who goes rogue in his own local community. And we&#x27;re seeing more and more reports of that kind of activity. There are more complaints being filed, and it just looks like nobody&#x27;s figured it out. We call that affinity theft a lot of times when people come through a community, a church group,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> or a civic group, and prey on everybody and show some good returns, so then people put more money in. And it doesn&#x27;t end good a lot of times, does it? Well, and that&#x27;s what Bernie Madoff did as well. You know, the problem becomes that people drop their guard. You think, I know this guy from church or the country club or wherever, and as a result, you don&#x27;t do your due diligence. You know, you talked about my book on mutual funds, the actual truth. I&#x27;ve also written two books on choosing financial advisors, and the big problem is that people will go to a cocktail party, and they&#x27;ll bump into a financial advisor, and they&#x27;ll think, oh, Providence has smiled upon me. You know, it brought me this person at the same party who knows how to invest right at the time when I&#x27;ve been looking for it. And they drop their guard, they don&#x27;t do background checks, and suddenly you&#x27;re in there for all the wrong reasons. Let&#x27;s talk about the five questions that people should ask every single advisor or themselves before</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> they ever put money with somebody. Okay, well, first things first, you want to make sure that as you&#x27;re looking at everything, you ask a ton of questions. Before anybody has your money, if they&#x27;re not willing to sit down and answer your questions before they&#x27;ve got your money, think about how they&#x27;re going to be after they&#x27;ve got your money. So while these are five to sort of avoid being ripped off in a Ponzi scheme type of thing, I would advise many, many more questions. That&#x27;s what my books are about when it comes to, say, choosing a financial advisor. But let&#x27;s start with how and why does this investment strategy work? You&#x27;re being told you&#x27;re getting either astronomical returns or, in the case of Madoff, like ultra-consistent returns. But whatever you&#x27;re being offered, you want to know the theory behind the investment. Because fundamentally, the best investment strategies are not much more complicated</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> than buy low, sell high. You&#x27;re being told that something works, ask why. And if the answer is, well, because it does, then you know you&#x27;ve got investment hogwash. And I&#x27;d like to point out, there&#x27;s a bunch of theories that come out pretty interesting, where years ago, it was like the guys at the Motley Fool had their Foolish Four theory, and the supporters were all like, look at how well this works. And guys like me kept asking, why? And their response is, well, it does. That&#x27;s why the theory falls apart. Likewise, there was a theory a couple years ago about you wanted to invest in four stocks that were the lowest yielders, or four mutual funds that were the lowest yielders, but had high returns. I can&#x27;t remember the exact theory. But the thing was, it was four. And I asked them, well, why four? Because that&#x27;s where the number works. And I&#x27;m like, that doesn&#x27;t make</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> any sense. That just means that if you tried it with three, it didn&#x27;t work. And you tried it with five, it didn&#x27;t work. If you tried it with six, it didn&#x27;t work. But you threw up one number, and it happened to show that it could have worked this way. That&#x27;s not an answer. So you always want to get an answer for how and why does the strategy work? It&#x27;s like three out of four dentists recommend Trident or whatever. Back in the day, they had 25 tables of four dentists, and they found one table that had three out of four that agreed that Trident was a good gum. Exactly. That&#x27;s exactly what you want to, you know, you need to know. Now, the second side of this, the second question is, why does this investment deliver returns that are either bigger or more consistent than what I can find elsewhere? Right. I&#x27;ve talked to plenty of folks who are made-off victims, and they&#x27;ll say, well, you know, his strategy was this split-strike conversion strategy. Now, for starters, this is a very difficult strategy to explain, but the secondary side is, which is why</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> nobody understood it. None of the average folks understood it. But the second side of this is that if you did the real research and said, well, okay, but why is no one else using it? There were one or two other people using it, but they never had made-off consistency. So again, why is something so good? Why is something so attractive? Because I don&#x27;t care who the good investor is. You know, Warren Buffett has had bad years. Any great investor is going to have times where, hey, the market&#x27;s not going up, and they&#x27;re not going up either. So Chuck, does it make sense to get a second financial opinion? And if so, who do you go to for that kind of information? Well, what you do is you take it to somebody who&#x27;s got no ties. You always want to have a control group. And what I think the biggest thing is, is that you always want to try to make sure that you have the ability to get a second opinion,</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> or at least some basis for comparison. Even if you couldn&#x27;t go out and get someone else to say, oh, you know, this doesn&#x27;t seem right to me. You could have gone to somebody else and said, hey, if I gave you my money, how would you manage it? One of the biggest mistakes people make when hiring financial advisors is that they only interview one. And so think about it. You&#x27;ve gotten to a spot in your life where you know you need a money manager or you need a financial advisor. And they come in and they tell you what they&#x27;re going to do. And boy, they&#x27;re talking right into the things that made you say you needed help. So they sound great, even if they&#x27;re terrible. There&#x27;s pretty much nothing they can do but sound great. So you sign up with them. You&#x27;ve got no basis for comparison. I think people need to go off. And even if you&#x27;re unable to get a second opinion where, you know, in Madoff&#x27;s case, while he was talking about split strike conversion,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> we&#x27;re going to be tough to find a lot of people who could actually talk to you knowledgeably about that. Certainly until the scandal came out, I wouldn&#x27;t have been able to do it. I would have said, okay, I&#x27;ve heard of it. But, you know, nothing beyond that. Think that you got to go get somebody who says, well, here&#x27;s what I would do. And then you can sit there and go, okay, I&#x27;ve got this guy that&#x27;s offering this amazing consistency. Why is nobody else doing it? Why? You know, what&#x27;s the problem here, et cetera, or what are the red flags? And until you have a basis for comparison, you can&#x27;t decide what&#x27;s right for you. There&#x27;s some that I&#x27;ve seen, and I don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re scams or not, but they&#x27;re unusual to me. Like, I&#x27;ve seen the Swiss annuity kind of thing out there, where you supposedly send your money to Switzerland and they&#x27;ll buy an annuity that basically is backed in Swiss dollars instead of American dollars. But they forget to tell you, you have to convert your American dollars from here to Swiss francs, so you lose on that conversion</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> to begin with. Then we&#x27;ve got the Iraqi dinars, where you can invest in millions and buy millions of Iraqi dinars for dollars of American dollars there. There&#x27;s so many things that are unfamiliar to the guys like me there in the financial world. I don&#x27;t recommend those kind of things. Do you see people doing that? Well, I see people, unfortunately, taking the step. And, you know, the funny thing is, if you ask folks who get taken in by scams like this, what they were looking at, you know, at what point did you suspend reality and this decided it suddenly sounded like a good idea? And they will always tell you that it came back to something where this is what they felt they needed, and this looked like what could deliver it. And the flip side of this is, and we get this all the time, and it doesn&#x27;t have to be anything that&#x27;s goofy. You&#x27;ll get financial advisors who talk to you about portfolio optimization. And, you know, here&#x27;s how you</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> optimize your portfolio. And if you don&#x27;t have this or that, I talk all the time about my father. My father&#x27;s 87 years old, and he&#x27;s never been able to really buy a small cap mutual fund. It means he&#x27;s not as well diversified as he could be. And so anytime somebody would look at his portfolio, you know, you don&#x27;t have small caps. You should have this. It&#x27;ll diversify you better. Well, the truth is, the man is set for life, and he sleeps well at night. If you put in the small cap fund, well, he&#x27;d still be set for life. Might be a little bit better. Might not be as good. That&#x27;s a performance thing that you can&#x27;t really tell, but he&#x27;d be nervous. You know, I get it. The portfolio might not be optimal without the small caps, but it is right for him. And I think that&#x27;s where a lot of people go wrong. They&#x27;re looking at something going, well, I need to get this kind of return. Here&#x27;s something that can do it, or what they want, rather than what they can get</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> elsewhere, or what could deliver, or how well they could live, or how comfortable they&#x27;d be with a half a percent less. That&#x27;s a lot safer. Is it more important to get a real good return, or is it more important to have that income you never have to worry about? To me, it&#x27;s most important to be able to sleep at night. And I think that that&#x27;s what people forget. I mean, if you get to the point where you can look out and your days are numbered, and you know, you&#x27;ve got some disease, or you&#x27;re getting old, or whatever it might be, let me tell you what question you&#x27;re not going to ask. You are not going to ask, hey, what&#x27;d the Dow do today? Okay? It&#x27;s just not that important to you. And I think that the most important thing for most people is, what can I do to create the safety net and the security that&#x27;s going to allow me to go out and live life? Money is a tool. If money is the</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> end, you&#x27;re missing something. If you&#x27;re sitting here going, you know, it happens all the time where people say, ah, you know, my goal is to leave a million dollars to my kids. So they get to where their portfolio is valued at a million dollars, or where their net worth is a million dollars. And now they are the poorest people on earth. Because if they lose so much as a dollar, they fall behind their goal, right? So now they can&#x27;t spend anything, they can&#x27;t do anything, they can&#x27;t go on a vacation. You&#x27;ve worked your entire life to a mass of a million dollars, and now you can&#x27;t spend anything. And it happens all the time, and it&#x27;s the wrong attitude about money. And unfortunately, when people have the wrong attitude about money, what tends to happen is you&#x27;re more vulnerable to scams. Well, that&#x27;s definitely right, Chuck. As the population matures and gets older, I think safety issues become really, really important. Your number five question to me is probably one of the most important ones, and would have kept a lot of people out of the line of fire</p><p><strong>10:14</strong> if they would have asked it of Bernie Madoff. And this one is, of course, who do I write the check to? Well, actually, I disagree. In the Madoff case, his check was a legitimate broker-dealer. That&#x27;s part of the issue. Blight, who was up here in Boston, who actually owned a radio station where I at one point had a show. And Brad made his money the old-fashioned way. He stole it from people. But the truth is, he was a financial advisor. And I know plenty of people who wish he was still their financial advisor. It became very simple. If you wrote the check to his firm, allocation plus asset management, your money was gone. If you wrote the check to the custodian for your funds, he managed your money. He was a very savvy money manager. So it&#x27;s pretty simple.</p><p><strong>11:01</strong> If you wrote it to the right people, he couldn&#x27;t steal your money. Well, I definitely agree there, Chuck. And you also want to do that with a major company that has a profile and a name, not some guy sitting on the street corner just because he put up a sign, correct? But let&#x27;s remember that Bernie Madoff did have the profile. Oh, yeah, he did. That&#x27;s my point. Madoff was a legitimate broker-dealer who at one point had been one of the highest-ranking folks on NASDAQ. And it actually brings up a great point, which is you can protect yourself in a lot of ways. There is one thing you cannot protect yourself from. You cannot protect yourself from somebody going rogue on your watch. In other words, if they&#x27;ve got problems that show up in their background checks or whatever, well, you can spot those if you do background checks on an advisor. You can get a look and take a look and protect yourself. But most Ponzi schemes start</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> where the person gets into some measure of personal trouble and then says, well, okay, I&#x27;ve got this money. I can actually access this money. I&#x27;ll sort of take it out, make myself a short-term loan, because I know I&#x27;ll be able to get it back and put it back in. And then, of course, what happens is they can&#x27;t put it back in. It gets worse and worse and worse. And now they go from doing what they were doing to managing this fraud. Okay. The problem is this. If they did everything right, they don&#x27;t show up in any way that you can find them. And the minute that they go bad, if they&#x27;re doing all the things to run their Ponzi scheme, you&#x27;re already in it by the time you find out. That&#x27;s the problem. It&#x27;s why you have to do everything up front to try to make sure. You know, Bernie Madoff says the same thing. If you&#x27;ve read any of the books, and my friend Diana Enriquez from the New York Times wrote a terrific book called The Wizard of Lies on the Madoff story, and she&#x27;s the one journalist who Madoff was really responding to, you know,</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> he basically says, I ran a legitimate business. And then at a certain point, which seems to be around 1992, I sort of took from it to try to fix some problems I had gotten into. There&#x27;s nothing you can do if the guy goes bad on your watch, other than trying to make sure your statements add up and making sure that you&#x27;re still following up with due diligence and that your statements make sense, et cetera. Folks, his name is Chuck Jaffe. It&#x27;s a fascinating article, The Five Questions to Avoid the Next Madoff. Everyone who&#x27;s listening right now, you need to read this article. You can get it online at MarketWatch, or we have copies here in the office. He&#x27;s also got a great book, The Lifetime Guide to Mutual Funds and Owner&#x27;s Manual. Chuck, thanks for your time today. Thanks for having me, guys. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at FinancialSafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Chuck Jaffe joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss investment claims, scams, and the questions investors should ask. This January 2012 interview explores how to examine an investment strategy rather than accepting a promise at face value.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Chuck Jaffe</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Chuck Jaffe, investing, financial fraud</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80/image.jpg?t=1792072976&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-jaffe-recognizing-investment-hogwash/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80/image.jpg?t=1792072976&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Jan 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>819</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0c9ff015-f9c3-4de8-8bf3-b4e2012a2a80/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13139933" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/chuck-jaffe-recognizing-investment-hogwash</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>209</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Recognizing Investment Hogwash" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Matt Neuman: Sequence of Returns and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Matt Neuman: Sequence of Returns and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Matt Neuman joins Coach Pete to explain sequence of returns and why the order of investment gains and losses matters when taking retirement income. This interview comes from a finished January 2012 Financial Safari edit.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from January 2012, Coach Pete interviews a specialist in income planning, Matt Newman. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks, looking inside that complex financial world, and it&#x27;s not getting any easier out there. But what I like to do each and every week, as you know, is go out into the public and find an author or a TV star or somebody out there to give us a different perspective on money. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking to Matt Newman. Now, Matt Newman is a specialist in income planning. He just recently wrote an article on sequential returns. Now, what does that mean, folks? That means where you have your money now, it could be hurting you in the long run.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I want to welcome Matt Newman. Of course, folks, he is from Kansas, Topeka, Kansas, to be more exact. Welcome in, Matt. Yeah, thank you, Coach. Thanks for talking to us today, Matt. And I wanted to talk to you quickly about just your overall view of what you&#x27;re seeing in the economy and how it relates to income planning. Sure. Absolutely. Economy and income planning. Well, again, thanks for having me. The economy is rough, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s up and down. It&#x27;s a rollercoaster. Yeah, it&#x27;s always a question of whether the market&#x27;s going to do it. And I don&#x27;t care what TV station you turn on or what radio station you&#x27;re listening to. They&#x27;ve all got different ideas. So I think in the financial world, a lot more focus, my opinion, needs to be put on not where the markets are going and not what&#x27;s going to happen in the economy. But more what people need to be doing with their own money, taking control of what they currently own and taking control of their own decisions and deciding what they&#x27;re going</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> to do instead of relying on external forces out there. So what&#x27;s the market going to do? I don&#x27;t know. My crystal ball I don&#x27;t think works any better than yours or anybody else&#x27;s out there. Yeah. Now, well, let&#x27;s look at this. Now, it doesn&#x27;t really matter what the market&#x27;s doing. If you&#x27;re in retirement, you need to have some money insulated from that, don&#x27;t you? Absolutely. I would say a good portion. Your listeners and your self-coach, you&#x27;ve probably heard many times about that rule of 100. That&#x27;s a good rule of thumb. 100 minus your age is probably the maximum that somebody should have at risk. So if one of your listeners is 70 years old, our advice and a lot of sound advice out there would tell you you need to have at least 70% of your money insulated from that market risk. And that way you&#x27;re able to sleep at night and take care of your bills and take care of your standard of living that you want to and make sure you&#x27;re not going to bed worried about all these questions of these external forces, what the markets and the economy are going to do. So yeah, absolutely.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> You need to have somebody insulated. You know, Texas Tech just did a study. It was an intense study. And they found that once you reach 60 years old, your financial acumen goes down. In other words, you lose understanding. And of course, all these new terms come out and the market starts moving fast. Yet I see a lot of people that are 60, 65, 70 still have way too much money in the market. They&#x27;re out of balance, so to speak, Matt. And then I want to talk about the sequential returns. What does sequential returns have to do with that? And why do people need to be paying attention to the sequence of returns? Sure. My latest article, what I wrote about was almost everybody focuses on one aspect of returns, and that&#x27;s rate of return. You know, can this financial vehicle, whatever I&#x27;m getting in, return me a rate of 1% at the bank or 5% in bonds or 10% in the market or 20% in a hedge fund, whatever it is.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> Everybody&#x27;s focused on rate of return. And that&#x27;s what we hear about all the time in popular media. But the one thing that a lot of people don&#x27;t spend enough time thinking about, and I&#x27;m going to say people, these are investors, and some financial advisors don&#x27;t spend enough time thinking about order of return. Sequential returns is really just, in what sequence are you earning your returns? So to break it down and keep it very, very simple, if you&#x27;re earning a 2% rate of return on $1,000, that&#x27;s very different than if you&#x27;re earning a 2% rate of return after you&#x27;ve grown your money for a long time and now you have $1 million. So realistically, everybody always focuses on what is my average rate of return? You know, the market&#x27;s averaged 8% or 9% or 10% return, whatever number and whatever stats you want to look at out there. But on year by year, how much is it returning compared to how much money have you built up,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> if that makes sense? Yeah. And here, let me give an example to the listeners. Let&#x27;s say you start with, you have two different accounts, both with $100. Make it real simple here. Yeah. Hopefully people have more than $100 saved for retirement. Let&#x27;s say that&#x27;s what they have. And now you have two different choices of account. One is a slow and steady growth with no chance of loss. So you know what you&#x27;re going to get. You know it&#x27;s not going to be exciting, but you know it&#x27;s not going to be exciting up or down. So let&#x27;s just say it&#x27;s an 8% return. So the first year, you get 8% added to that 100. Now you have 108. The very next year, of course, you get 8% again. You have a little bit over 116 if it&#x27;s compounding. But let&#x27;s just keep it at 116 to be simple for the radio. Don&#x27;t want anybody wrecking when they&#x27;re trying to write these numbers down. So let&#x27;s keep it real simple. So and again, go on and on like that. So let&#x27;s just do two years on that. So the account B, though, that&#x27;s the person who is a risk taker, they say.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And they say they can handle risk. And because they want to trade the handling of risk for the possibility of having a huge upside. Right. So that $100, let&#x27;s say the first year, it goes up 66%. Now that&#x27;s happened in the past. You picked the right stocks or whatever. So now your $100 is worth $166. So that was a huge growth. But see, with the market, you never know when to get in or when to get out. And so you stay in where it could be argued maybe you should have locked in some profits. But you stay in. So you&#x27;re $166. Now the very next year is subjected to a 50% downturn. Now, Matt, has that happened before? Absolutely. Yeah. As much as the market&#x27;s gone up 66, it&#x27;s gone down 50. Yeah. So, I mean, so it&#x27;s possible and it happens. So now, after you had a great first year, you had a bad second year of down 50%, you&#x27;ll have $83.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> You started with $100. You were strutting around the neighborhood after that first year, poking your chest out, letting everyone know who the man was. Right. And then the very next year, you&#x27;re not coming out of your house, are you? No. You&#x27;re not showing your face. And so you started with $100. Now you have $17 less, even though you had a 66% upside and a 50% downside. So, Matt, simple math. 66 minus 50 is what? 16, right? Correct. Positive 16. And that&#x27;s over two years. You divide that by two. So, really, what the brochure will tell you on that risk account that is now down, the guy has less than he started with, it will tell you that the average annual return in that account has been 8% per year. So, if you&#x27;re investing, you say, hey, that&#x27;s an account where if I put in $100,000, I&#x27;ll have $116 after two years because it says I&#x27;ll average 8% return.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yet, that&#x27;s a flaw of averages because… There you go. The flaw of averages. Yeah, because… That&#x27;s a very good way to put it. Yeah, and that is why a lot of financial products shouldn&#x27;t be sold that way because people really don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re getting into, do they? Correct. When you just hear what is the average rate of return and they say 8% or 9% or whatever the number is, that sounds great. But that really does… That&#x27;s not real life. That&#x27;s just something that can be slapped onto a brochure. Real life is year by year. What is this returning and how much do I have at risk in that vehicle and how does that impact me? And then going back to what I was saying before, where are you at in your life cycle? How much money should you have at risk and what should your money be doing for you? And can you absorb this average? Can you absorb what that brochure shows? This has been 30 years and what is average. Most people aren&#x27;t willing to stick something out for 30 years.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> So, they&#x27;re not really looking at that long-term average. They&#x27;re looking year by year by year and what direct effects that&#x27;s having on their lifestyle. Yeah. Just using that and just the way you can twist numbers around and basically misrepresent people. Let me ask you this question, Matt. Are there pirates in the sea of retirement? Yeah, absolutely there are. Absolutely. Okay. So, the next question on that is, is taking too much risk like having your money walk the plank? Sure. I guess you could definitely put it that way. Sure. Well, I mean, you know, we have to have a little fun on the radio, but people need to realize. And we go back to that rule of 100 you talked about. I call it the circle of safety. You have to have some money and put it into a circle that&#x27;s not going anywhere but up and not going down. And that&#x27;s what we build income plans from. And we call it the safety zone. You take your age and you put a percent after it.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And whatever that is, that amount of money, percentage-wise, at least, should be in that safety zone that will now give you a lifetime of guaranteed income. And, Matt, how important is it for anyone out there to make sure they have some guaranteed streams of income in their retirement plans? It&#x27;s huge, Coach. I&#x27;m just thinking from the emotional aspect of it, people needing to go to bed at night, laying their head on their pillow, and trying to think as they&#x27;re going to bed, where is next month&#x27;s retirement paycheck coming from? And can I continue to withdraw at this rate that I&#x27;ve been returning? And what are the markets going to do? And what&#x27;s the economy going to do? And what are taxes going to do? That&#x27;s not what retirement needs to be about. Retirement needs to be about being able to go to bed at night, knowing that all your basic living expenses are covered, and hopefully some on top of that for travel and grandkids and everything that you enjoy, and being able to know that that&#x27;s there every single month coming to you.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And if there&#x27;s money left over and you&#x27;re willing to take some risk with that, fine. Maybe that&#x27;s a discussion to be had. But there shouldn&#x27;t be a risk in there unless people know that every single month their expenses are going to be covered. Is it safe to say you talk to financial planners from every single state in the nation? Absolutely, from all 50. Now, talking to them, do you find that taking too much risk or the fact that when they&#x27;re telling you what they talk to people out there, is risk an epidemic out there these days, taking too much risk? Absolutely. And I think rightfully so. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of people that have had money in the market over the last 30 years that have had phenomenal success in that market. You know, we experienced in the 90s the biggest bull run in the history of the modern world. You know, people have had a lot of kind of a love affair with the stock market. But at some point in time, most financial advisors need to transition their clients&#x27; thinking away from that accumulation mindset into that distribution mindset.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Again, going back to what I&#x27;ve referred to a couple times, you have this pile of money. Now, what do you want it to do for you? What I would say is a real quick three-step process. It amazes me that most people haven&#x27;t gone through this. But step one would be, can you really just sit down and consolidate all the assets that you have into one statement? Take a look at what&#x27;s at risk, what&#x27;s safe, and determine, are you comfortable with that? And that very first step is something a lot of people haven&#x27;t done. I&#x27;m amazed at it. But I do think if most people would sit down, they would see. Even using that rule of 100 or that circle of safety, like you said, Coach, most people are overexposed to risk. It is an epidemic. But consolidate and see what you have at risk and what&#x27;s safe. Step two would be determine the amount of total monthly income that the client needs in retirement. You know, do you need $4,000 a month or $6,000 a month?</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> Or what&#x27;s the magic number? And then of that number, how much is coming from Social Security and pensions and other guaranteed sources? And is there a gap? And for most people, there is a gap. If they need $5,000 a month, pensions and Social Security are taking care of $3,000 of that. You&#x27;ve got a $2,000 gap. Now the question becomes, looking back at all my money, what&#x27;s at risk and what&#x27;s safe? Where&#x27;s that $2,000 a month coming from? And again, what we&#x27;re talking about here, Coach, is that $2,000 a month needs to be coming from safe sources. It needs to be coming from guaranteed sources. You don&#x27;t need to be taking that out of risky portfolios. So let&#x27;s close that gap. Let&#x27;s calculate how to construct that desired monthly income. In our example, $2,000 with as little to no risk as possible. Find some safe and contractually guaranteed options out there to remove the risk.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> Remove this sequential risk that we&#x27;re talking about, too. But just remove all type of risk in the future. And that way, again, they can go to bed at night and wake up every morning knowing that their needs are taken care of. Matt Newman, I really appreciate your time today. And look forward to having you on again in the future. Absolutely. Thanks again, Coach. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Matt Neuman joins Coach Pete to explain sequence of returns and why the order of investment gains and losses matters when taking retirement income. This interview comes from a finished January 2012 Financial Safari edit.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from January 2012, Coach Pete interviews a specialist in income planning, Matt Newman. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show, folks, looking inside that complex financial world, and it&#x27;s not getting any easier out there. But what I like to do each and every week, as you know, is go out into the public and find an author or a TV star or somebody out there to give us a different perspective on money. And today we&#x27;re going to be talking to Matt Newman. Now, Matt Newman is a specialist in income planning. He just recently wrote an article on sequential returns. Now, what does that mean, folks? That means where you have your money now, it could be hurting you in the long run.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And I want to welcome Matt Newman. Of course, folks, he is from Kansas, Topeka, Kansas, to be more exact. Welcome in, Matt. Yeah, thank you, Coach. Thanks for talking to us today, Matt. And I wanted to talk to you quickly about just your overall view of what you&#x27;re seeing in the economy and how it relates to income planning. Sure. Absolutely. Economy and income planning. Well, again, thanks for having me. The economy is rough, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s up and down. It&#x27;s a rollercoaster. Yeah, it&#x27;s always a question of whether the market&#x27;s going to do it. And I don&#x27;t care what TV station you turn on or what radio station you&#x27;re listening to. They&#x27;ve all got different ideas. So I think in the financial world, a lot more focus, my opinion, needs to be put on not where the markets are going and not what&#x27;s going to happen in the economy. But more what people need to be doing with their own money, taking control of what they currently own and taking control of their own decisions and deciding what they&#x27;re going</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> to do instead of relying on external forces out there. So what&#x27;s the market going to do? I don&#x27;t know. My crystal ball I don&#x27;t think works any better than yours or anybody else&#x27;s out there. Yeah. Now, well, let&#x27;s look at this. Now, it doesn&#x27;t really matter what the market&#x27;s doing. If you&#x27;re in retirement, you need to have some money insulated from that, don&#x27;t you? Absolutely. I would say a good portion. Your listeners and your self-coach, you&#x27;ve probably heard many times about that rule of 100. That&#x27;s a good rule of thumb. 100 minus your age is probably the maximum that somebody should have at risk. So if one of your listeners is 70 years old, our advice and a lot of sound advice out there would tell you you need to have at least 70% of your money insulated from that market risk. And that way you&#x27;re able to sleep at night and take care of your bills and take care of your standard of living that you want to and make sure you&#x27;re not going to bed worried about all these questions of these external forces, what the markets and the economy are going to do. So yeah, absolutely.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> You need to have somebody insulated. You know, Texas Tech just did a study. It was an intense study. And they found that once you reach 60 years old, your financial acumen goes down. In other words, you lose understanding. And of course, all these new terms come out and the market starts moving fast. Yet I see a lot of people that are 60, 65, 70 still have way too much money in the market. They&#x27;re out of balance, so to speak, Matt. And then I want to talk about the sequential returns. What does sequential returns have to do with that? And why do people need to be paying attention to the sequence of returns? Sure. My latest article, what I wrote about was almost everybody focuses on one aspect of returns, and that&#x27;s rate of return. You know, can this financial vehicle, whatever I&#x27;m getting in, return me a rate of 1% at the bank or 5% in bonds or 10% in the market or 20% in a hedge fund, whatever it is.</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> Everybody&#x27;s focused on rate of return. And that&#x27;s what we hear about all the time in popular media. But the one thing that a lot of people don&#x27;t spend enough time thinking about, and I&#x27;m going to say people, these are investors, and some financial advisors don&#x27;t spend enough time thinking about order of return. Sequential returns is really just, in what sequence are you earning your returns? So to break it down and keep it very, very simple, if you&#x27;re earning a 2% rate of return on $1,000, that&#x27;s very different than if you&#x27;re earning a 2% rate of return after you&#x27;ve grown your money for a long time and now you have $1 million. So realistically, everybody always focuses on what is my average rate of return? You know, the market&#x27;s averaged 8% or 9% or 10% return, whatever number and whatever stats you want to look at out there. But on year by year, how much is it returning compared to how much money have you built up,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> if that makes sense? Yeah. And here, let me give an example to the listeners. Let&#x27;s say you start with, you have two different accounts, both with $100. Make it real simple here. Yeah. Hopefully people have more than $100 saved for retirement. Let&#x27;s say that&#x27;s what they have. And now you have two different choices of account. One is a slow and steady growth with no chance of loss. So you know what you&#x27;re going to get. You know it&#x27;s not going to be exciting, but you know it&#x27;s not going to be exciting up or down. So let&#x27;s just say it&#x27;s an 8% return. So the first year, you get 8% added to that 100. Now you have 108. The very next year, of course, you get 8% again. You have a little bit over 116 if it&#x27;s compounding. But let&#x27;s just keep it at 116 to be simple for the radio. Don&#x27;t want anybody wrecking when they&#x27;re trying to write these numbers down. So let&#x27;s keep it real simple. So and again, go on and on like that. So let&#x27;s just do two years on that. So the account B, though, that&#x27;s the person who is a risk taker, they say.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And they say they can handle risk. And because they want to trade the handling of risk for the possibility of having a huge upside. Right. So that $100, let&#x27;s say the first year, it goes up 66%. Now that&#x27;s happened in the past. You picked the right stocks or whatever. So now your $100 is worth $166. So that was a huge growth. But see, with the market, you never know when to get in or when to get out. And so you stay in where it could be argued maybe you should have locked in some profits. But you stay in. So you&#x27;re $166. Now the very next year is subjected to a 50% downturn. Now, Matt, has that happened before? Absolutely. Yeah. As much as the market&#x27;s gone up 66, it&#x27;s gone down 50. Yeah. So, I mean, so it&#x27;s possible and it happens. So now, after you had a great first year, you had a bad second year of down 50%, you&#x27;ll have $83.</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> You started with $100. You were strutting around the neighborhood after that first year, poking your chest out, letting everyone know who the man was. Right. And then the very next year, you&#x27;re not coming out of your house, are you? No. You&#x27;re not showing your face. And so you started with $100. Now you have $17 less, even though you had a 66% upside and a 50% downside. So, Matt, simple math. 66 minus 50 is what? 16, right? Correct. Positive 16. And that&#x27;s over two years. You divide that by two. So, really, what the brochure will tell you on that risk account that is now down, the guy has less than he started with, it will tell you that the average annual return in that account has been 8% per year. So, if you&#x27;re investing, you say, hey, that&#x27;s an account where if I put in $100,000, I&#x27;ll have $116 after two years because it says I&#x27;ll average 8% return.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> Yet, that&#x27;s a flaw of averages because… There you go. The flaw of averages. Yeah, because… That&#x27;s a very good way to put it. Yeah, and that is why a lot of financial products shouldn&#x27;t be sold that way because people really don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re getting into, do they? Correct. When you just hear what is the average rate of return and they say 8% or 9% or whatever the number is, that sounds great. But that really does… That&#x27;s not real life. That&#x27;s just something that can be slapped onto a brochure. Real life is year by year. What is this returning and how much do I have at risk in that vehicle and how does that impact me? And then going back to what I was saying before, where are you at in your life cycle? How much money should you have at risk and what should your money be doing for you? And can you absorb this average? Can you absorb what that brochure shows? This has been 30 years and what is average. Most people aren&#x27;t willing to stick something out for 30 years.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> So, they&#x27;re not really looking at that long-term average. They&#x27;re looking year by year by year and what direct effects that&#x27;s having on their lifestyle. Yeah. Just using that and just the way you can twist numbers around and basically misrepresent people. Let me ask you this question, Matt. Are there pirates in the sea of retirement? Yeah, absolutely there are. Absolutely. Okay. So, the next question on that is, is taking too much risk like having your money walk the plank? Sure. I guess you could definitely put it that way. Sure. Well, I mean, you know, we have to have a little fun on the radio, but people need to realize. And we go back to that rule of 100 you talked about. I call it the circle of safety. You have to have some money and put it into a circle that&#x27;s not going anywhere but up and not going down. And that&#x27;s what we build income plans from. And we call it the safety zone. You take your age and you put a percent after it.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And whatever that is, that amount of money, percentage-wise, at least, should be in that safety zone that will now give you a lifetime of guaranteed income. And, Matt, how important is it for anyone out there to make sure they have some guaranteed streams of income in their retirement plans? It&#x27;s huge, Coach. I&#x27;m just thinking from the emotional aspect of it, people needing to go to bed at night, laying their head on their pillow, and trying to think as they&#x27;re going to bed, where is next month&#x27;s retirement paycheck coming from? And can I continue to withdraw at this rate that I&#x27;ve been returning? And what are the markets going to do? And what&#x27;s the economy going to do? And what are taxes going to do? That&#x27;s not what retirement needs to be about. Retirement needs to be about being able to go to bed at night, knowing that all your basic living expenses are covered, and hopefully some on top of that for travel and grandkids and everything that you enjoy, and being able to know that that&#x27;s there every single month coming to you.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And if there&#x27;s money left over and you&#x27;re willing to take some risk with that, fine. Maybe that&#x27;s a discussion to be had. But there shouldn&#x27;t be a risk in there unless people know that every single month their expenses are going to be covered. Is it safe to say you talk to financial planners from every single state in the nation? Absolutely, from all 50. Now, talking to them, do you find that taking too much risk or the fact that when they&#x27;re telling you what they talk to people out there, is risk an epidemic out there these days, taking too much risk? Absolutely. And I think rightfully so. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of people that have had money in the market over the last 30 years that have had phenomenal success in that market. You know, we experienced in the 90s the biggest bull run in the history of the modern world. You know, people have had a lot of kind of a love affair with the stock market. But at some point in time, most financial advisors need to transition their clients&#x27; thinking away from that accumulation mindset into that distribution mindset.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Again, going back to what I&#x27;ve referred to a couple times, you have this pile of money. Now, what do you want it to do for you? What I would say is a real quick three-step process. It amazes me that most people haven&#x27;t gone through this. But step one would be, can you really just sit down and consolidate all the assets that you have into one statement? Take a look at what&#x27;s at risk, what&#x27;s safe, and determine, are you comfortable with that? And that very first step is something a lot of people haven&#x27;t done. I&#x27;m amazed at it. But I do think if most people would sit down, they would see. Even using that rule of 100 or that circle of safety, like you said, Coach, most people are overexposed to risk. It is an epidemic. But consolidate and see what you have at risk and what&#x27;s safe. Step two would be determine the amount of total monthly income that the client needs in retirement. You know, do you need $4,000 a month or $6,000 a month?</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> Or what&#x27;s the magic number? And then of that number, how much is coming from Social Security and pensions and other guaranteed sources? And is there a gap? And for most people, there is a gap. If they need $5,000 a month, pensions and Social Security are taking care of $3,000 of that. You&#x27;ve got a $2,000 gap. Now the question becomes, looking back at all my money, what&#x27;s at risk and what&#x27;s safe? Where&#x27;s that $2,000 a month coming from? And again, what we&#x27;re talking about here, Coach, is that $2,000 a month needs to be coming from safe sources. It needs to be coming from guaranteed sources. You don&#x27;t need to be taking that out of risky portfolios. So let&#x27;s close that gap. Let&#x27;s calculate how to construct that desired monthly income. In our example, $2,000 with as little to no risk as possible. Find some safe and contractually guaranteed options out there to remove the risk.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> Remove this sequential risk that we&#x27;re talking about, too. But just remove all type of risk in the future. And that way, again, they can go to bed at night and wake up every morning knowing that their needs are taken care of. Matt Newman, I really appreciate your time today. And look forward to having you on again in the future. Absolutely. Thanks again, Coach. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Matt Neuman joins Coach Pete to explain sequence of returns and why the order of investment gains and losses matters when taking retirement income. This interview comes from a finished January 2012 Financial Safari edit.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Matt Neuman</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Matt Neuman, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27/image.jpg?t=1792072980&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-neuman-sequence-of-returns-and-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27/image.jpg?t=1792072980&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 06 Jan 2012 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>705</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5b90c50e-2002-4964-8f5e-b4e20129ca27/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11316559" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/matt-neuman-sequence-of-returns-and-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>210</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Sequence of Returns and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:25" title="Social Security" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Deneen Borelli: Politics, Spending, and the Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Deneen Borelli: Politics, Spending, and the Economy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Deneen Borelli joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about the connection between politics and the financial world. They discuss government spending, energy policy, and Borelli’s perspective on the economic debate at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews Fox News contributor Deneen Borelli. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And folks, as you know, I like to go out throughout the nation and find some good guests to come on the show, some that are relevant in the financial world, and try to help you connect the dots here and what&#x27;s going on in political and financial spectrum. Today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Deneen Borelli. She&#x27;s a fellow Project 21, and that&#x27;s a network of black conservatives. And she also is a Fox News contributor, and that&#x27;s where I saw her. Deneen, welcome on the show. Hey, thanks so much for having me on. I appreciate it.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> You know, it&#x27;s a complex world out there, and it seems to be getting more and more complex. I took a lot of political science classes when I was in college back in the 80s, Deneen, and I had no idea how much political science and the financial world combined. No, well, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And then throw in there a little bit of common sense. And, you know, this is something that will really help people to achieve their goals. And also the importance of personal responsibility. You know, unfortunately, we&#x27;re living in a society where you have individuals who think it&#x27;s the government who is supposed to be taking care of them. If you look at what&#x27;s going on with the Occupy, wherever you are, nonsense across the country, you know, people are looking. They have their hand out for others to take care of them. And you know what? The bottom line is that it is the individual&#x27;s responsibility to make choices and decisions</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in their lives so that they will have a successful future for themselves and their family. That&#x27;s the bottom line. Yeah. And the old class warfare is getting old for a lot of people here. I mean, because my opinion, if everybody&#x27;s rich, everybody&#x27;s poor, right? I mean, you can&#x27;t have everyone have the same kind of income. Well, we live in a country where, you know, I speak at Tea Party events across the country. And one of the lines I deliver is that our country does not guarantee you success, but liberty guarantees you the opportunity to succeed. And that tells my listeners that it&#x27;s up to you, you the person, to do what you need to do, not complain and not point fingers at anyone, but it&#x27;s you, the person.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been working since I was 14 years old. I&#x27;ve always had a job. My first job was babysitting. And I learned early on you have to work for what you want and what you need in this world. And that is a message I try to communicate to people that I meet from across the country. And you know what? People really do relate because they think about their personal experiences, what they&#x27;ve gone through to get to where they are today. And really, it&#x27;s a common sense message. Absolutely. And I guess, well, there&#x27;s a lot of that common sense is lacking in the political world, isn&#x27;t it? No, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And sadly, what we&#x27;re seeing is a lot of finger pointing and blame games going on from both sides of the aisle, where, in fact, you know, the American people want representative leadership that will make decisions</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> that are in the best interest for our country today and in the future. You know, we have a Congress that didn&#x27;t pass a budget. I mean, you know, it&#x27;s common sense that we need less spending, not more spending. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work under President Obama&#x27;s leadership. And instead, what they&#x27;re doing, they&#x27;re looking for more money. This is our tax dollars, our hard-earned tax money that has been wasted on stimulus, where unemployment was supposed to remain at or below 8%. It didn&#x27;t work. Well, Deneen, the average American, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s happening. They just see all these gigantic numbers being given away, taken from somewhere. Where is this money, this stimulus money, where is it ultimately coming from? It&#x27;s coming from we, the people. I mean, it&#x27;s our tax dollars.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And we heard President Obama say it was for shovel-ready jobs. And then we see President Obama and Jeff Inbound, one of his crony capitalist friends, sitting down at an interview, excuse me, where they&#x27;re basically laughing that the shovel-ready didn&#x27;t work out exactly the way we thought it was. You know, this isn&#x27;t a laughing situation. This is very serious issues that are going on for people across the country. We have over 46 million Americans on food stamps. Unemployment is still outrageously high. And people are seeking more and more government assistance, where, in fact, we live in a society where people should be self-reliant and not looking to government as the answer. But, unfortunately, some people maybe only see the headlines,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> and they feed way too much into it instead of going, you know, core, deep into the story to really see what is going on. And I implore people, really, to do their own research. Don&#x27;t just take my word for it on the different topics that I talk about. But take the time and do your own research and see how these policies are affecting you and your family. When we talk about being self-reliant, we could look at it as a country being self-reliant. And we had a chance this year to do that. But Obama basically put off the pipeline that was going to come from Canada and give us a whole bunch of oil. No, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And, you know, we live in a country that is, you know, blessed with an abundance of natural resources. And this is something I talk about and write about on a regular basis, and that&#x27;s coal, oil, and natural gas.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> You know, energy is the lifeblood of our economy. And everyone relies on energy for your daily activity, operating your home, your business, taking your children to and from school. You know, energy is essential for all Americans, and we rely on it. You go to, you know, flick the switch, and you expect it to come on. But unfortunately, we&#x27;re living in a command and control environment where Obama is pushing renewable sources of energy, which cannot stand on their own, and it&#x27;s being propped up with our tax dollars, and our money is being wasted. And it&#x27;s sad because Obama has waged a war against fossil fuels. And fossil fuels, when you look at the facts, it&#x27;s reliable, it&#x27;s dependable, and they are cheap.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> And sadly, we have this shovel-ready project, a project that is shovel-ready, that could create over 20,000 jobs, the Keystone Pipeline that you mentioned, which would come from Canada all the way down to Texas. So think about the ripple effect in the local economy as well. But that will provide more energy for our country. Our country really should be exporting our fossil fuel resources. But sadly, we have a president who is more in favor of supporting Brazil and their natural resources. He wants us to be their best and first customer instead of the other way around, and I think it&#x27;s just really outrageous. And folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Deneen Borelli. She&#x27;s a Fox News contributor and fellow with Project 21.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Now, getting back to renewable energy, I think the only thing renewable about renewable energy is the bill to the taxpayers each year. It&#x27;s renewable. You&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, I&#x27;ll get really basic here. An incandescent light bulb. Okay. They&#x27;ve been around for many, many years, and they were made in the United States. And they&#x27;re cheap. They work. They&#x27;re nice and bright. Well, sadly, our government has banned the incandescent light bulb, all in the name of saving the planet. The renewable energy bulbs, the ones with the pigtail, they&#x27;re not as bright. They cost so much more. And they&#x27;re made in China. So we&#x27;ve exported jobs overseas to make these bulbs. They&#x27;re much more expensive for us, the consumers.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And all in the name of, you know, trying to save the planet, when, in fact, it&#x27;s really detrimental to low-income households, poor-income households. You know, I think a light bulb is, what, 50 cents maybe? And here we&#x27;re looking at light bulbs that cost anywhere from $3 up. It&#x27;s reducing people&#x27;s standard of living. Well, plus the fact it&#x27;s an environmental incident if you break one, and the fact that you can&#x27;t read as good under those. I mean, a lot of people are going to be signing contracts they shouldn&#x27;t sign because of the light bulbs. So who are you going to sue when that happens? Yeah, there&#x27;s no talk about the mercury that are in those bulbs. And, you know, it&#x27;s, again, I implore listeners to do your own research because these are the things that are taking place in our country. It&#x27;s harming our economy.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And pushing for renewable energy sources is going to reduce our living standards because those sources of energy are much more expensive, and they&#x27;re not as reliable. I mean, they&#x27;re trying to push the electric car. Where do you charge those batteries? They don&#x27;t charge themselves. And so they&#x27;re still relying on fossil fuels. But those cars cost more. Recently in the news, there have been concerns about fires that are happening with the batteries. So there are a number of instances that are taking place that are not being taken into consideration, especially the economic consequences of those decisions. Yeah, I always say until we can find a windmill that can power a jet engine, I&#x27;m not interested in finding out about alternative energy. You know, but I say do it all.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> But don&#x27;t pick winners and losers when it comes to our energy standards. And I say do it all. Nuclear, renewable, fossil fuels, absolutely. Because we&#x27;re talking job creation. We&#x27;re also talking an abundant supply of energy to keep our economy going, which is really what we need today. But sadly, we have this war on fossil fuels from President Obama, and it&#x27;s detrimental to our economy, and it&#x27;s detrimental to jobs, and it&#x27;s causing energy costs to go up. And job creation is the private sector. We need job creation. We don&#x27;t need any bigger government than we have. And my question to you is, going back into worldwide history, has there ever been a case where big government that constantly grows has survived as a society? Not that I&#x27;m aware of.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And, you know, this is what we are up against today. And it&#x27;s a lot of spending and a lot of taxing. What we need to do is reduce the size and scope of government to spur economic growth. That is what will get us back on the track to prosperity, not more and more spending. But we&#x27;re over $15 trillion in debt, which is just unheard of and absolutely outrageous. And it&#x27;s really harming our economy and harming hardworking Americans, that kind of debt. And that&#x27;s the kind of debt that&#x27;s going to be left for our children and grandchildren to have to pay for. And, Deneen, finally, about 30 seconds left. Any final advice to people out there, things they can do to minimize the pain that they&#x27;re feeling here in the economy or things they can do to build their own situation up? Well, I implore people to do their own research.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> If you have a representative who is in support of higher fossil fuel prices, all in the name of renewable energy to save the planet, question them with facts and do it professionally. Have, you know, a number of bullet points and question your representative. You know, where do you stand on this and why? Because the way I see it is X, Y, and Z. It&#x27;s not helping our economy. Jobs are going overseas. You&#x27;re supporting an initiative that is not going to be economically sustainable for our country. Folks, Deneen Borelli, she&#x27;s a Fox News contributor, and she&#x27;s been on the Financial Safari. And, Deneen, I hope to have you back on again here in 2012. Absolutely. Thanks so much for having me on. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. first of all, are you? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Deneen Borelli joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about the connection between politics and the financial world. They discuss government spending, energy policy, and Borelli’s perspective on the economic debate at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews Fox News contributor Deneen Borelli. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And folks, as you know, I like to go out throughout the nation and find some good guests to come on the show, some that are relevant in the financial world, and try to help you connect the dots here and what&#x27;s going on in political and financial spectrum. Today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Deneen Borelli. She&#x27;s a fellow Project 21, and that&#x27;s a network of black conservatives. And she also is a Fox News contributor, and that&#x27;s where I saw her. Deneen, welcome on the show. Hey, thanks so much for having me on. I appreciate it.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> You know, it&#x27;s a complex world out there, and it seems to be getting more and more complex. I took a lot of political science classes when I was in college back in the 80s, Deneen, and I had no idea how much political science and the financial world combined. No, well, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And then throw in there a little bit of common sense. And, you know, this is something that will really help people to achieve their goals. And also the importance of personal responsibility. You know, unfortunately, we&#x27;re living in a society where you have individuals who think it&#x27;s the government who is supposed to be taking care of them. If you look at what&#x27;s going on with the Occupy, wherever you are, nonsense across the country, you know, people are looking. They have their hand out for others to take care of them. And you know what? The bottom line is that it is the individual&#x27;s responsibility to make choices and decisions</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> in their lives so that they will have a successful future for themselves and their family. That&#x27;s the bottom line. Yeah. And the old class warfare is getting old for a lot of people here. I mean, because my opinion, if everybody&#x27;s rich, everybody&#x27;s poor, right? I mean, you can&#x27;t have everyone have the same kind of income. Well, we live in a country where, you know, I speak at Tea Party events across the country. And one of the lines I deliver is that our country does not guarantee you success, but liberty guarantees you the opportunity to succeed. And that tells my listeners that it&#x27;s up to you, you the person, to do what you need to do, not complain and not point fingers at anyone, but it&#x27;s you, the person.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been working since I was 14 years old. I&#x27;ve always had a job. My first job was babysitting. And I learned early on you have to work for what you want and what you need in this world. And that is a message I try to communicate to people that I meet from across the country. And you know what? People really do relate because they think about their personal experiences, what they&#x27;ve gone through to get to where they are today. And really, it&#x27;s a common sense message. Absolutely. And I guess, well, there&#x27;s a lot of that common sense is lacking in the political world, isn&#x27;t it? No, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And sadly, what we&#x27;re seeing is a lot of finger pointing and blame games going on from both sides of the aisle, where, in fact, you know, the American people want representative leadership that will make decisions</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> that are in the best interest for our country today and in the future. You know, we have a Congress that didn&#x27;t pass a budget. I mean, you know, it&#x27;s common sense that we need less spending, not more spending. The stimulus didn&#x27;t work under President Obama&#x27;s leadership. And instead, what they&#x27;re doing, they&#x27;re looking for more money. This is our tax dollars, our hard-earned tax money that has been wasted on stimulus, where unemployment was supposed to remain at or below 8%. It didn&#x27;t work. Well, Deneen, the average American, I don&#x27;t think they realize what&#x27;s happening. They just see all these gigantic numbers being given away, taken from somewhere. Where is this money, this stimulus money, where is it ultimately coming from? It&#x27;s coming from we, the people. I mean, it&#x27;s our tax dollars.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And we heard President Obama say it was for shovel-ready jobs. And then we see President Obama and Jeff Inbound, one of his crony capitalist friends, sitting down at an interview, excuse me, where they&#x27;re basically laughing that the shovel-ready didn&#x27;t work out exactly the way we thought it was. You know, this isn&#x27;t a laughing situation. This is very serious issues that are going on for people across the country. We have over 46 million Americans on food stamps. Unemployment is still outrageously high. And people are seeking more and more government assistance, where, in fact, we live in a society where people should be self-reliant and not looking to government as the answer. But, unfortunately, some people maybe only see the headlines,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> and they feed way too much into it instead of going, you know, core, deep into the story to really see what is going on. And I implore people, really, to do their own research. Don&#x27;t just take my word for it on the different topics that I talk about. But take the time and do your own research and see how these policies are affecting you and your family. When we talk about being self-reliant, we could look at it as a country being self-reliant. And we had a chance this year to do that. But Obama basically put off the pipeline that was going to come from Canada and give us a whole bunch of oil. No, you&#x27;re absolutely right. And, you know, we live in a country that is, you know, blessed with an abundance of natural resources. And this is something I talk about and write about on a regular basis, and that&#x27;s coal, oil, and natural gas.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> You know, energy is the lifeblood of our economy. And everyone relies on energy for your daily activity, operating your home, your business, taking your children to and from school. You know, energy is essential for all Americans, and we rely on it. You go to, you know, flick the switch, and you expect it to come on. But unfortunately, we&#x27;re living in a command and control environment where Obama is pushing renewable sources of energy, which cannot stand on their own, and it&#x27;s being propped up with our tax dollars, and our money is being wasted. And it&#x27;s sad because Obama has waged a war against fossil fuels. And fossil fuels, when you look at the facts, it&#x27;s reliable, it&#x27;s dependable, and they are cheap.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> And sadly, we have this shovel-ready project, a project that is shovel-ready, that could create over 20,000 jobs, the Keystone Pipeline that you mentioned, which would come from Canada all the way down to Texas. So think about the ripple effect in the local economy as well. But that will provide more energy for our country. Our country really should be exporting our fossil fuel resources. But sadly, we have a president who is more in favor of supporting Brazil and their natural resources. He wants us to be their best and first customer instead of the other way around, and I think it&#x27;s just really outrageous. And folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Deneen Borelli. She&#x27;s a Fox News contributor and fellow with Project 21.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> Now, getting back to renewable energy, I think the only thing renewable about renewable energy is the bill to the taxpayers each year. It&#x27;s renewable. You&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, I&#x27;ll get really basic here. An incandescent light bulb. Okay. They&#x27;ve been around for many, many years, and they were made in the United States. And they&#x27;re cheap. They work. They&#x27;re nice and bright. Well, sadly, our government has banned the incandescent light bulb, all in the name of saving the planet. The renewable energy bulbs, the ones with the pigtail, they&#x27;re not as bright. They cost so much more. And they&#x27;re made in China. So we&#x27;ve exported jobs overseas to make these bulbs. They&#x27;re much more expensive for us, the consumers.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> And all in the name of, you know, trying to save the planet, when, in fact, it&#x27;s really detrimental to low-income households, poor-income households. You know, I think a light bulb is, what, 50 cents maybe? And here we&#x27;re looking at light bulbs that cost anywhere from $3 up. It&#x27;s reducing people&#x27;s standard of living. Well, plus the fact it&#x27;s an environmental incident if you break one, and the fact that you can&#x27;t read as good under those. I mean, a lot of people are going to be signing contracts they shouldn&#x27;t sign because of the light bulbs. So who are you going to sue when that happens? Yeah, there&#x27;s no talk about the mercury that are in those bulbs. And, you know, it&#x27;s, again, I implore listeners to do your own research because these are the things that are taking place in our country. It&#x27;s harming our economy.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> And pushing for renewable energy sources is going to reduce our living standards because those sources of energy are much more expensive, and they&#x27;re not as reliable. I mean, they&#x27;re trying to push the electric car. Where do you charge those batteries? They don&#x27;t charge themselves. And so they&#x27;re still relying on fossil fuels. But those cars cost more. Recently in the news, there have been concerns about fires that are happening with the batteries. So there are a number of instances that are taking place that are not being taken into consideration, especially the economic consequences of those decisions. Yeah, I always say until we can find a windmill that can power a jet engine, I&#x27;m not interested in finding out about alternative energy. You know, but I say do it all.</p><p><strong>09:29</strong> But don&#x27;t pick winners and losers when it comes to our energy standards. And I say do it all. Nuclear, renewable, fossil fuels, absolutely. Because we&#x27;re talking job creation. We&#x27;re also talking an abundant supply of energy to keep our economy going, which is really what we need today. But sadly, we have this war on fossil fuels from President Obama, and it&#x27;s detrimental to our economy, and it&#x27;s detrimental to jobs, and it&#x27;s causing energy costs to go up. And job creation is the private sector. We need job creation. We don&#x27;t need any bigger government than we have. And my question to you is, going back into worldwide history, has there ever been a case where big government that constantly grows has survived as a society? Not that I&#x27;m aware of.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And, you know, this is what we are up against today. And it&#x27;s a lot of spending and a lot of taxing. What we need to do is reduce the size and scope of government to spur economic growth. That is what will get us back on the track to prosperity, not more and more spending. But we&#x27;re over $15 trillion in debt, which is just unheard of and absolutely outrageous. And it&#x27;s really harming our economy and harming hardworking Americans, that kind of debt. And that&#x27;s the kind of debt that&#x27;s going to be left for our children and grandchildren to have to pay for. And, Deneen, finally, about 30 seconds left. Any final advice to people out there, things they can do to minimize the pain that they&#x27;re feeling here in the economy or things they can do to build their own situation up? Well, I implore people to do their own research.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> If you have a representative who is in support of higher fossil fuel prices, all in the name of renewable energy to save the planet, question them with facts and do it professionally. Have, you know, a number of bullet points and question your representative. You know, where do you stand on this and why? Because the way I see it is X, Y, and Z. It&#x27;s not helping our economy. Jobs are going overseas. You&#x27;re supporting an initiative that is not going to be economically sustainable for our country. Folks, Deneen Borelli, she&#x27;s a Fox News contributor, and she&#x27;s been on the Financial Safari. And, Deneen, I hope to have you back on again here in 2012. Absolutely. Thanks so much for having me on. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. first of all, are you? Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Deneen Borelli joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about the connection between politics and the financial world. They discuss government spending, energy policy, and Borelli’s perspective on the economic debate at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Deneen Borelli</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Deneen Borelli, economic policy, energy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a/image.jpg?t=1792072987&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/deneen-borelli-politics-spending-and-the-economy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a/image.jpg?t=1792072987&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>723</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37246ea9-3288-4eb1-9d0f-b4e20129715a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11598673" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/deneen-borelli-politics-spending-and-the-economy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>211</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Politics, Spending, and the Economy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:40" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pat Huddleston: The Vigilant Investor</title>
      <itunes:title>Pat Huddleston: The Vigilant Investor</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Pat Huddleston discusses The Vigilant Investor with Coach Pete. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores investment fraud, persuasive sales pitches, and the warning signs that can be easy to overlook.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early February 2012, Coach Pete interviews former SEC Enforcement Branch Chief Pat Huddleston. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest, folks. I mean, you need to turn your radio volume up. You need to get a pen out because we&#x27;re going to have Pat Huddleston on. And Pat is a former SEC Enforcement Branch Chief. And now he&#x27;s an author and he&#x27;s on top of things, folks. He&#x27;s a watchdog. But his new book is called The Vigilant Investor. A former SEC Enforcer reveals how to fraud-proof your investments. Pat, welcome to the show. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s good to be with you. Well, this is a fascinating subject here.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And unfortunately, Pat, and very unfortunately, it seems like every single week there&#x27;s a new scam that pops up. It&#x27;s like mushroom around a tree, isn&#x27;t it? It is. And it&#x27;s more than every single week. I actually blog about a new investment scam every single weekday and usually have to choose from between two or three that have broken in the previous 24 hours. I mean, so is the reason why or why are people falling for these kind of scams? Is it too good to be true, but they want to believe anyway? Well, you know what it is, Coach? It&#x27;s something that people haven&#x27;t heard before. And it&#x27;s something we&#x27;re coming to understand a little bit better as we are able to map the brain and how it works. It turns out that every healthy human is almost pre-wired to fall for this. We have these certain cognitive biases that lead us into these scams. And it&#x27;s not that it&#x27;s too good to be true, but they want to believe it anyway.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What I tell people at Investors Watchdog, I say, listen, the truth is, if it sounds too good to be true, you&#x27;re talking to an amateur scam artist. I mean, people hear about these Nigerian email scams, you know, just let me borrow your bank account for a little while, and they tend to think that that is representative of the scams that are out there, the scams that are going to try to take your money. And they think, hey, you know, I don&#x27;t need to be too smart to avoid that, so I&#x27;m safe. What I tell people is those Nigerian email scamsters are the guys who flunked out of scam school. They are the lowest level of competency operating out there. The scam that is most dangerous to your life savings doesn&#x27;t look like a scam. I&#x27;ve blogged on three scams in the last six months that promised a whopping 5%.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So what I really try to get across to people is, look, sure, it&#x27;s true that if it sounds too good to be true, it is. But if it sounds reasonable, it might also be a scam. So you really have to understand a little bit more about how you think in the investment context in order to protect yourself. So those are the polished ones, I guess, that people, hey, this is legit because it&#x27;s not too good to be true. But then, in fact, it&#x27;s worse than the ones that are too good to be true sometimes. Oh, that&#x27;s exactly right. Because, listen, and these guys have learned from Madoff that you don&#x27;t have to promise the world. Madoff, his returns were suspiciously consistent. He was able to keep them so, obviously, because it was a Ponzi scheme. But he wasn&#x27;t promising returns that were even as much as some of his hedge fund counterparts were earning. So, you know, the midway competent investment scamster is going to promise you something,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> a percentage point or two above what a legitimate investment can earn. Because he knows that&#x27;s all he has to do to get your attention. He&#x27;s not going to promise to double your money in 90 days. Well, the Vigilant Investor is, of course, based on your experience as a former SEC enforcer, that&#x27;s Securities and Exchange Commission, folks. And as well as your current work as an SEC recommended receiver and CEO of Investor&#x27;s Watchdog, what motivated you to write the book? Well, Coach, I had just, as an attorney, private attorney representing investors, after leaving the commission, I had had to tell so many senior citizens that their life savings was gone and it wasn&#x27;t coming back. And to be the one to have to deliver that news was tough, but not as tough as them having to receive it. And it was, and I remember the day in July 2006, I&#x27;d had to have a conversation with a</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> guy like that. He was about 70 years old, white hair, professional, and he had come to me because he&#x27;d known about my SEC experience and that I sometimes was able to get people&#x27;s money back. But he had lost his to a free agent scam artist who didn&#x27;t work for a broker-dealer, didn&#x27;t have an insurance policy. And I had to tell him, look, we could get an impressive verdict, but we&#x27;re not going to be able to collect on it. And so after I said goodbye to that man, it hit me like a physical impact. And I&#x27;m not, that&#x27;s not hyperbole. I felt an impact in my body and thought came to me at that moment, when are you going to get off your can and try to stop this from happening rather than just have these sad conversations with people? And so that&#x27;s the moment that Investors Watchdog was born and that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve been doing ever since. Of course, the desire to get the word out there led us to the blog and then finally to write</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> the book where I tell people, you know, how we go about investigating these things for our clients. Well, you&#x27;ve got a fascinating gallery of pictures there, like fancy offices and, and different scam opportunities or what they spent the money on at the vigilantinvestor.com. And I recommend people go look at that because you, like you said, it&#x27;s somebody&#x27;s life savings we&#x27;re talking about here. And you can&#x27;t go back and get that if it&#x27;s scammed away and lost. I mean, it&#x27;s gone, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. And it has to be before you give them the money, because once you give your money to a Ponzi scamster, it&#x27;s not coming back. It&#x27;s not like you can see how it works for 60 days. And if you don&#x27;t like it, get out. They&#x27;ll send you a little bit of money, but it&#x27;s somebody else&#x27;s money. Yeah. And the court appointed receiver is going to want that back from you eventually. So it&#x27;s got to be on the front end.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> You know, one of the things too is you talk about the fact that just because people are dealing with like a major brokerage house, one that&#x27;s advertised on TV, the millions of dollars of advertisements per day, just because your broker works for them doesn&#x27;t mean he or she might not be doing some bad things as well. Correct? Oh, that&#x27;s exactly right. I mean, the biggest firms on Wall Street have ripped us all off. Nobody remembers Elliott Spitzer for anything other than his most recent trouble. But back in 2000, 2001, he exposed that the biggest firms on Wall Street were recommending that we buy things while believing in their hearts that they were lousy and were going to crash. That is just the name of the game. It&#x27;s all about money. The moral in that industry is more money is good, less money is bad. Now, there are an awful lot of good ethical people in the business, but they work in a</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> system that sort of leads them to at least consider misconduct. And so you just, you have to account for that by doing your investigation on the front end. We do a Brokers Behaving Badly segment on the show every now and then. It&#x27;s tough for us to pick out the most egregious one on the scam wise because there&#x27;s so many of them out there. Boy, there really are. I sympathize. We could do a whole show every single day about all the scams out there, but I don&#x27;t know if, I guess people like bad news. People like to listen to bad news. That&#x27;s why the bad news sells on the TV. But to me, people just need to be a little bit more vigilant before they get into things. And how much money has been lost per year in these scams out here? Well, the FBI, the latest statistics are $40 billion every single year in the United States alone. And that&#x27;s depending on how you count it. That&#x27;s between one and two Bernie Madoff worth of losses every single year.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And it&#x27;s the same the world over, Coach. It&#x27;s, you know, sometimes I blog on scams in Europe, in Australia, in Asia. You know, the East is opening up, but China is just chock full of investment scamsters. So you just have to learn a little bit about how you think and learn some of the tools that we put in the book about how to check for this on the front end. And I&#x27;m not trying to scare people away from investing altogether, but I just wanted to know the lay of the land. And the way we think, we naturally sort of shy away from learning the truth. We don&#x27;t want to feel vulnerable. And so we don&#x27;t really go there, if you understand. But we have to. And researching the advisor&#x27;s history sometimes is good, but sometimes that doesn&#x27;t tell you what they&#x27;re going to do in the future. So we see a lot of the scams pulled off by people with no criminal record whatsoever beforehand.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s the most challenging case, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s why you have to look for, they may not have any disciplinary history. And that&#x27;s why there are other things you need to check. You need to confirm whether they have the educational history that they&#x27;re telling you about. And you have to know how to confirm that things are going well all along. As your monthly statement comes in, there are tactics for making sure that you&#x27;re really have in your account what they say you have. And we tell you how to make sure that you&#x27;re writing your check, independent third-party custodian rather than some company that this advisor has set up. Absolutely. Receive your money. Oh, yeah. And you feature that on your website again, thevigilantinvestor.com, where you show a very, very complex scam that was pulled off with a tremendous amount of internet equipment in one room and all sorts of things where people would fall for because they walk into a very</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> immaculate office and they just assume that the people are legit. And that&#x27;s the farthest thing from the truth many times, correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s exactly right. Technology has made it much easier to pull off these scams. And people need to just sort of reject the idea that it&#x27;s only the stupid, the greedy, or the gullible who fall for these things. That may be true as regards a Nigerian email, you know, double your money in 90 days. But regarding the scams that are most dangerous to you, no, that&#x27;s not the case. Well, I&#x27;d love to double my money in 90 days, but we know that that&#x27;s not going to happen usually. Now, we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here, and I want to have you on again in the future because there&#x27;s a lot of things to talk about. But let&#x27;s go through what are some of the common frauds that investors need to know about. And hopefully, folks, if you&#x27;re listening, you haven&#x27;t fallen for one of these that are common right now. Yeah. The thing that&#x27;s most dangerous right now, Coach, is promissory note scams.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> We see that a lot when the market is volatile because people want stability. And so whatever the sort of the underlying representations are about how these guys are going to make money for you, they lay on top of it a promissory note, you know, just a simple contract that says, I promise to pay you back your investment on this date with this amount of interest. Now, in a lot of cases, those things have to be registered under the securities laws, but they&#x27;re not. But you can understand how the promissory note makes any investment, any scam even, seem safer because it&#x27;s a signed contract, and we all believe that a written agreement is enforceable, and it purports to pay you a set amount of interest. It makes you feel like, you know, your returns are not going to fluctuate with the market since you&#x27;ve got something steady.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> And, you know, mentally, we all associate interest with government obligations, savings bonds, CDs, things that tend to be safe. So be very aware of anything that includes a promissory note. Secondly, I would say be really careful of anything that&#x27;s involved real estate these days. You know, the real estate crash is in the news, and some people are out there saying, hey, look, we can make a lot of money from distressed real estate. Really, Coach, anything that&#x27;s in the news, scam artists will grab a hold of and use as the center for a scam. Yeah. And because CD rates are so low, many people are trying to live on their savings. So they fall for these artificially high interest rates of promissory notes, and it sounds like a promise, so they think it&#x27;s legit. And we see that a lot, too. We see it when they compare the promissory note to a real guarantee through the insurance</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> companies, whether an annuity, an immediate annuity, or maybe one that has an income rider on it. And they usually, sometimes, unfortunately, the promissory note may have a little higher interest rate, so they put their money in an unsafe promissory note instead of that insured contract through an insurance company. Well, that&#x27;s right. And you hit upon it when you say, you know, maybe just a little bit more. Again, they&#x27;re not going to promise you the moon. It&#x27;s just a percent or two more than what a legitimate investment can earn. Well, we&#x27;ve got so many more topics to talk about, folks. We&#x27;re going to have Pat Huddleston back on. Pat, of course, is a former SEC enforcer. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Vigilant Investor. And tell them about your blog, how they can get in touch with you. Well, they can read the sample chapters, see what the reviewers are saying, very nice things, at thevigilantinvestor.com. If you want to visit us at Investors Watchdog, that&#x27;s the email address.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> If you want to email me directly, it&#x27;s pat at investorswatchdog.com. But I encourage people to go on that site and follow the blog, because reading about these scams can help protect you. Pat, thanks a lot for your time today. My pleasure, Coach. Look forward to being with you again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pat Huddleston discusses The Vigilant Investor with Coach Pete. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores investment fraud, persuasive sales pitches, and the warning signs that can be easy to overlook.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from early February 2012, Coach Pete interviews former SEC Enforcement Branch Chief Pat Huddleston. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And this week we have a very special guest, folks. I mean, you need to turn your radio volume up. You need to get a pen out because we&#x27;re going to have Pat Huddleston on. And Pat is a former SEC Enforcement Branch Chief. And now he&#x27;s an author and he&#x27;s on top of things, folks. He&#x27;s a watchdog. But his new book is called The Vigilant Investor. A former SEC Enforcer reveals how to fraud-proof your investments. Pat, welcome to the show. Thanks, Coach. It&#x27;s good to be with you. Well, this is a fascinating subject here.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And unfortunately, Pat, and very unfortunately, it seems like every single week there&#x27;s a new scam that pops up. It&#x27;s like mushroom around a tree, isn&#x27;t it? It is. And it&#x27;s more than every single week. I actually blog about a new investment scam every single weekday and usually have to choose from between two or three that have broken in the previous 24 hours. I mean, so is the reason why or why are people falling for these kind of scams? Is it too good to be true, but they want to believe anyway? Well, you know what it is, Coach? It&#x27;s something that people haven&#x27;t heard before. And it&#x27;s something we&#x27;re coming to understand a little bit better as we are able to map the brain and how it works. It turns out that every healthy human is almost pre-wired to fall for this. We have these certain cognitive biases that lead us into these scams. And it&#x27;s not that it&#x27;s too good to be true, but they want to believe it anyway.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> What I tell people at Investors Watchdog, I say, listen, the truth is, if it sounds too good to be true, you&#x27;re talking to an amateur scam artist. I mean, people hear about these Nigerian email scams, you know, just let me borrow your bank account for a little while, and they tend to think that that is representative of the scams that are out there, the scams that are going to try to take your money. And they think, hey, you know, I don&#x27;t need to be too smart to avoid that, so I&#x27;m safe. What I tell people is those Nigerian email scamsters are the guys who flunked out of scam school. They are the lowest level of competency operating out there. The scam that is most dangerous to your life savings doesn&#x27;t look like a scam. I&#x27;ve blogged on three scams in the last six months that promised a whopping 5%.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> So what I really try to get across to people is, look, sure, it&#x27;s true that if it sounds too good to be true, it is. But if it sounds reasonable, it might also be a scam. So you really have to understand a little bit more about how you think in the investment context in order to protect yourself. So those are the polished ones, I guess, that people, hey, this is legit because it&#x27;s not too good to be true. But then, in fact, it&#x27;s worse than the ones that are too good to be true sometimes. Oh, that&#x27;s exactly right. Because, listen, and these guys have learned from Madoff that you don&#x27;t have to promise the world. Madoff, his returns were suspiciously consistent. He was able to keep them so, obviously, because it was a Ponzi scheme. But he wasn&#x27;t promising returns that were even as much as some of his hedge fund counterparts were earning. So, you know, the midway competent investment scamster is going to promise you something,</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> a percentage point or two above what a legitimate investment can earn. Because he knows that&#x27;s all he has to do to get your attention. He&#x27;s not going to promise to double your money in 90 days. Well, the Vigilant Investor is, of course, based on your experience as a former SEC enforcer, that&#x27;s Securities and Exchange Commission, folks. And as well as your current work as an SEC recommended receiver and CEO of Investor&#x27;s Watchdog, what motivated you to write the book? Well, Coach, I had just, as an attorney, private attorney representing investors, after leaving the commission, I had had to tell so many senior citizens that their life savings was gone and it wasn&#x27;t coming back. And to be the one to have to deliver that news was tough, but not as tough as them having to receive it. And it was, and I remember the day in July 2006, I&#x27;d had to have a conversation with a</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> guy like that. He was about 70 years old, white hair, professional, and he had come to me because he&#x27;d known about my SEC experience and that I sometimes was able to get people&#x27;s money back. But he had lost his to a free agent scam artist who didn&#x27;t work for a broker-dealer, didn&#x27;t have an insurance policy. And I had to tell him, look, we could get an impressive verdict, but we&#x27;re not going to be able to collect on it. And so after I said goodbye to that man, it hit me like a physical impact. And I&#x27;m not, that&#x27;s not hyperbole. I felt an impact in my body and thought came to me at that moment, when are you going to get off your can and try to stop this from happening rather than just have these sad conversations with people? And so that&#x27;s the moment that Investors Watchdog was born and that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve been doing ever since. Of course, the desire to get the word out there led us to the blog and then finally to write</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> the book where I tell people, you know, how we go about investigating these things for our clients. Well, you&#x27;ve got a fascinating gallery of pictures there, like fancy offices and, and different scam opportunities or what they spent the money on at the vigilantinvestor.com. And I recommend people go look at that because you, like you said, it&#x27;s somebody&#x27;s life savings we&#x27;re talking about here. And you can&#x27;t go back and get that if it&#x27;s scammed away and lost. I mean, it&#x27;s gone, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. And it has to be before you give them the money, because once you give your money to a Ponzi scamster, it&#x27;s not coming back. It&#x27;s not like you can see how it works for 60 days. And if you don&#x27;t like it, get out. They&#x27;ll send you a little bit of money, but it&#x27;s somebody else&#x27;s money. Yeah. And the court appointed receiver is going to want that back from you eventually. So it&#x27;s got to be on the front end.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> You know, one of the things too is you talk about the fact that just because people are dealing with like a major brokerage house, one that&#x27;s advertised on TV, the millions of dollars of advertisements per day, just because your broker works for them doesn&#x27;t mean he or she might not be doing some bad things as well. Correct? Oh, that&#x27;s exactly right. I mean, the biggest firms on Wall Street have ripped us all off. Nobody remembers Elliott Spitzer for anything other than his most recent trouble. But back in 2000, 2001, he exposed that the biggest firms on Wall Street were recommending that we buy things while believing in their hearts that they were lousy and were going to crash. That is just the name of the game. It&#x27;s all about money. The moral in that industry is more money is good, less money is bad. Now, there are an awful lot of good ethical people in the business, but they work in a</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> system that sort of leads them to at least consider misconduct. And so you just, you have to account for that by doing your investigation on the front end. We do a Brokers Behaving Badly segment on the show every now and then. It&#x27;s tough for us to pick out the most egregious one on the scam wise because there&#x27;s so many of them out there. Boy, there really are. I sympathize. We could do a whole show every single day about all the scams out there, but I don&#x27;t know if, I guess people like bad news. People like to listen to bad news. That&#x27;s why the bad news sells on the TV. But to me, people just need to be a little bit more vigilant before they get into things. And how much money has been lost per year in these scams out here? Well, the FBI, the latest statistics are $40 billion every single year in the United States alone. And that&#x27;s depending on how you count it. That&#x27;s between one and two Bernie Madoff worth of losses every single year.</p><p><strong>07:02</strong> And it&#x27;s the same the world over, Coach. It&#x27;s, you know, sometimes I blog on scams in Europe, in Australia, in Asia. You know, the East is opening up, but China is just chock full of investment scamsters. So you just have to learn a little bit about how you think and learn some of the tools that we put in the book about how to check for this on the front end. And I&#x27;m not trying to scare people away from investing altogether, but I just wanted to know the lay of the land. And the way we think, we naturally sort of shy away from learning the truth. We don&#x27;t want to feel vulnerable. And so we don&#x27;t really go there, if you understand. But we have to. And researching the advisor&#x27;s history sometimes is good, but sometimes that doesn&#x27;t tell you what they&#x27;re going to do in the future. So we see a lot of the scams pulled off by people with no criminal record whatsoever beforehand.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s the most challenging case, isn&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s why you have to look for, they may not have any disciplinary history. And that&#x27;s why there are other things you need to check. You need to confirm whether they have the educational history that they&#x27;re telling you about. And you have to know how to confirm that things are going well all along. As your monthly statement comes in, there are tactics for making sure that you&#x27;re really have in your account what they say you have. And we tell you how to make sure that you&#x27;re writing your check, independent third-party custodian rather than some company that this advisor has set up. Absolutely. Receive your money. Oh, yeah. And you feature that on your website again, thevigilantinvestor.com, where you show a very, very complex scam that was pulled off with a tremendous amount of internet equipment in one room and all sorts of things where people would fall for because they walk into a very</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> immaculate office and they just assume that the people are legit. And that&#x27;s the farthest thing from the truth many times, correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s exactly right. Technology has made it much easier to pull off these scams. And people need to just sort of reject the idea that it&#x27;s only the stupid, the greedy, or the gullible who fall for these things. That may be true as regards a Nigerian email, you know, double your money in 90 days. But regarding the scams that are most dangerous to you, no, that&#x27;s not the case. Well, I&#x27;d love to double my money in 90 days, but we know that that&#x27;s not going to happen usually. Now, we&#x27;ve got a couple minutes here, and I want to have you on again in the future because there&#x27;s a lot of things to talk about. But let&#x27;s go through what are some of the common frauds that investors need to know about. And hopefully, folks, if you&#x27;re listening, you haven&#x27;t fallen for one of these that are common right now. Yeah. The thing that&#x27;s most dangerous right now, Coach, is promissory note scams.</p><p><strong>09:22</strong> We see that a lot when the market is volatile because people want stability. And so whatever the sort of the underlying representations are about how these guys are going to make money for you, they lay on top of it a promissory note, you know, just a simple contract that says, I promise to pay you back your investment on this date with this amount of interest. Now, in a lot of cases, those things have to be registered under the securities laws, but they&#x27;re not. But you can understand how the promissory note makes any investment, any scam even, seem safer because it&#x27;s a signed contract, and we all believe that a written agreement is enforceable, and it purports to pay you a set amount of interest. It makes you feel like, you know, your returns are not going to fluctuate with the market since you&#x27;ve got something steady.</p><p><strong>10:08</strong> And, you know, mentally, we all associate interest with government obligations, savings bonds, CDs, things that tend to be safe. So be very aware of anything that includes a promissory note. Secondly, I would say be really careful of anything that&#x27;s involved real estate these days. You know, the real estate crash is in the news, and some people are out there saying, hey, look, we can make a lot of money from distressed real estate. Really, Coach, anything that&#x27;s in the news, scam artists will grab a hold of and use as the center for a scam. Yeah. And because CD rates are so low, many people are trying to live on their savings. So they fall for these artificially high interest rates of promissory notes, and it sounds like a promise, so they think it&#x27;s legit. And we see that a lot, too. We see it when they compare the promissory note to a real guarantee through the insurance</p><p><strong>10:54</strong> companies, whether an annuity, an immediate annuity, or maybe one that has an income rider on it. And they usually, sometimes, unfortunately, the promissory note may have a little higher interest rate, so they put their money in an unsafe promissory note instead of that insured contract through an insurance company. Well, that&#x27;s right. And you hit upon it when you say, you know, maybe just a little bit more. Again, they&#x27;re not going to promise you the moon. It&#x27;s just a percent or two more than what a legitimate investment can earn. Well, we&#x27;ve got so many more topics to talk about, folks. We&#x27;re going to have Pat Huddleston back on. Pat, of course, is a former SEC enforcer. He&#x27;s author of the book, The Vigilant Investor. And tell them about your blog, how they can get in touch with you. Well, they can read the sample chapters, see what the reviewers are saying, very nice things, at thevigilantinvestor.com. If you want to visit us at Investors Watchdog, that&#x27;s the email address.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> If you want to email me directly, it&#x27;s pat at investorswatchdog.com. But I encourage people to go on that site and follow the blog, because reading about these scams can help protect you. Pat, thanks a lot for your time today. My pleasure, Coach. Look forward to being with you again. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Pat Huddleston discusses The Vigilant Investor with Coach Pete. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores investment fraud, persuasive sales pitches, and the warning signs that can be easy to overlook.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Pat Huddleston</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>marketing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Pat Huddleston, investing, financial fraud, marketing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030/image.jpg?t=1792072969&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pat-huddleston-the-vigilant-investor/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030/image.jpg?t=1792072969&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030</guid>
      <omny:clipId>f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>733</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/f9ed7253-bf25-4e35-8cf8-b4e2012a8030/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11763620" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/pat-huddleston-the-vigilant-investor</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>212</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Vigilant Investor" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:20" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>James Rickards: Currency Wars</title>
      <itunes:title>James Rickards: Currency Wars</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>James Rickards joins Coach Pete to discuss Currency Wars: The Making of the Next Global Crisis. This December 2011 conversation explores inflation, deflation, stagflation, and the role of currencies in the global economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews author James Rickards. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. We&#x27;ve got a most excellent guest this week, pretty relevant to what we&#x27;ve been seeing lately, too. His name is Jim Rickards, and he is the author of a fascinating book, Currency Wars, The Making of the Next Global Crisis. Jim, welcome in. Thank you, Pete. Thanks for having me. Well, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, this is a great book at this time, isn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;ve gone through currency wars in the past, and it&#x27;s shaping up to be an interesting future, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s a really good question. That&#x27;s right. You know, books take about a year to write and research, sometimes longer.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And when I sat with my publisher, really, in the fall of 2010, one of the questions they had for me is, you know, Jim, this book&#x27;s going to come out a year from now, in the fall of 2011. How do I know this is still going to be a big story? And I said, I guarantee it, because once these currency wars start, they go on for years. So I wasn&#x27;t being cocky. I felt confident that seeing the currency war begin in 2010, it&#x27;s just going to go on for years, because they involve a lot of countries, and they&#x27;re never over very easily. And they cause a lot of damage in the form of inflation and recession and stagflation. We&#x27;re just at the early stages of that. Like I said, this is a little bit like writing the history of World War II, the day after Pearl Harbor. There&#x27;s a lot to say, but there&#x27;s a lot yet to come. Yeah. So, I mean, the average American listening right now, they hear this stuff on TV when they get home at night. You know, they&#x27;re trying to fix dinner, and they&#x27;re watching all the news of the financial markets up and down and problems in Greece, Italy, and wherever else.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> What can the average investor do to minimize the effect on their retirement savings? Yeah, it&#x27;s a good question, and I think a lot of average investors are in some jeopardy here. The most likely outcome, not guaranteed, but the most likely outcome is inflation. And it sounds funny, because we haven&#x27;t had serious inflation in the United States for almost 30 years. But inflation is what the Fed wants right now. And the reason is, there&#x27;s too much debt. You look at that, not just the national debt, but all the liabilities. You know what they are. Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, student loans, FHA, on and on and on. There&#x27;s no way to pay it off except to inflation, which just makes the debt cheaper. So it&#x27;s like saying, hey, I owe you a trillion dollars. Here&#x27;s your trillion dollars, but good luck buying a loaf of bread. So the Fed&#x27;s trying to get that going. They&#x27;ve got interest rates as low as they can get. So once your interest rates are at zero, the only thing left in your bag of tricks is to</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> cheapen the currency. It makes things that we buy from overseas, whether it&#x27;s flat screen TVs, iPads, or whatever, more expensive. And that inflation starts to work its way into the system. So in inflation, there are winners and losers. The losers, unfortunately, are average Americans with insurance policies, annuities, retirement income, defined benefit pension plans, 401ks, et cetera. They tend to be on the wrong side of this. The winners are people who see it coming and get into hard assets. And that can be gold, land, fine art, silver, maybe stocks and companies that own hard assets, such as railroads and oil companies. So there are ways to do it, but you need to see it coming. Inflation is a very sneaky thing. It kind of sneaks up on you. Yeah. Yeah. So in the words we&#x27;ve heard of deflation, inflation, and stagflation, I think the American investor just gets lost in the mumbo-jumbo sometimes, the terminologies.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So, I mean... Well, I think that&#x27;s true. You know, stagflation is the hardest because it used to be, going back decades, that there was a belief that there was a trade-off between inflation and growth. The idea was, we want growth. And if we have a little inflation, that&#x27;s okay, as long as we have growth. That inflation could be tolerated if it meant that we were getting growth. But what we discovered in the 1970s is that you can have inflation and declining growth, actually negative growth. And people have never seen that before. And the word for that is stagflation. That&#x27;s where you don&#x27;t have a good economy, but you do have inflation. And that&#x27;s kind of the worst of all possible worlds because your savings are worth less and less, but you&#x27;re losing your job or your home values are going down or other bad things are happening. So investors need to protect themselves against that. And a lot of people say, you know, the Fed has printed $2 trillion in the last three</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> years. And at the time they were doing that, a lot of people sounded the alarm on inflation. But we didn&#x27;t actually see very much inflation in the United States. And so some of the supporters of the Fed have said, you know, this just proves our point. We printed $2 trillion. There&#x27;s no inflation. So there&#x27;s nothing to worry about. We can print more. But that&#x27;s not true. The reason is there was inflation, but it went to China. And this is what the currency wars are all about. Our inflation through U.S. money printing went to China because China was maintaining a peg between their currency and our currency. The more we printed, the more they had to print to soak up the dollars. And so that caused inflation in China. Well, finally, they got worried about that. They threw in the towel. They allowed their currency to get stronger. The dollar got weaker as a result. Well, guess what? Now that inflation is going to come back to the United States. So look for it in the year ahead. Now, I mean, when we look at currency wars, some people listening say, hey, it doesn&#x27;t affect</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> me or I don&#x27;t really care as much as I should. But that also, the currency situation could affect national security as well, can&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. This is a different vector. And I talk about this in the book. The book is a lot about economics and the international monetary system, but it&#x27;s also a lot about national security. And what troubles me is that the Fed and the Treasury are pursuing a cheap dollar policy, but they&#x27;re not really talking to the Pentagon, the State Department, and the intelligence community about what that means for U.S. national security. How are we going to have a strong defense? We&#x27;ve got troops and vessels and ships and bases all over the world. How are we going to forward deploy that force and basically maintain a strong military in a world with a cheap dollar? I don&#x27;t think you can have strong national security and a weak currency. We need a strong currency. And that&#x27;s something the Fed just doesn&#x27;t get.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> What&#x27;s your view of the future if we keep pursuing the path we&#x27;re on right now? Well, I actually talked about that in the book, Pete, in my book, Currency Wars, in Chapter 11. I actually give four different scenarios. And rather than predict one or the other, I describe them and let the reader kind of get a mental toolkit of what to look for. One of them is kind of multiple reserve currencies where the dollar declines as a percentage of global reserves. It&#x27;s already declined from 70% to 60% in the last 10 years. Imagine that keeps going. And the dollar is 40% and the euro is 40%. And China comes in. Well, it sounds benign, but the problem is instead of one central bank abusing their privileges, they would all abuse their privileges. So that&#x27;s really not a solution. The thing I would look for is this world money. The Fed has a printing press. They can print dollars. But the IMF has a printing press also.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> They can print something called special drawing rights. It&#x27;s a real technical geeky name. But just to call them SDRs for special drawing rights, that&#x27;s world money printed by the IMF. It&#x27;s unaccountable. So that&#x27;s what the global elites, when I say elites, I mean central bankers, finance ministers, people at the IMF, et cetera. That&#x27;s the ultimate fire hose that they&#x27;re going to use to put out the fire. They&#x27;ll just print these SDRs. The third is a gold standard, which I would prefer to see a king dollar. I prefer to see a strong dollar. But if we don&#x27;t get a strong dollar, we may end up having to go back to gold. And I talk about that in the book. The problem there is you&#x27;d see much higher prices. There&#x27;s a wide range depending on the variables. But anywhere between $3,000 and $40,000 an ounce. I expect something around $7,000 an ounce. My fourth scenario, the one that&#x27;s the most disturbing, is chaos, which is just through denial and wishful thinking and kicking the can down the road.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> This is not something anybody wants. It&#x27;s not something anybody plans for. But it could happen. You could have a collapse of confidence in the dollar. And then the president would have to use emergency powers to somehow restore confidence. Yeah. And now what would you tell the retiree right now who&#x27;s looking for cash flow or income planning? What should they be worried? I know we&#x27;re worried about inflation. But some people also want to have an income, too, off where they put their money. And it&#x27;s hard to get that off of certain things and easier on other things, correct? Yeah. You might look at... I would look at stocks that own hard assets. And my example there is Warren Buffett. Pretty smart guy, right? Warren Buffett, a couple years ago, bought the Burlington Northern Railroad. And people said, oh, Warren Buffett likes railroad stocks. Well, Warren Buffett doesn&#x27;t like railroad stocks. Warren Buffett likes railroads. He bought the whole thing. And a railroad is the ultimate hard asset play.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> You&#x27;ve got rail. You&#x27;ve got equipment, rolling stocks, switching yards, signals. And you&#x27;ve also got mining rights adjacent to the right of way. So the land around the track, you own that, too. And that&#x27;s available for mining. And then railroads make their money by moving other hard assets, such as corn, wheat, grain, cattle, oil, et cetera. So what Warren Buffett did, he got out of dollars and into railroads, owns a complete railroad, and that&#x27;s the ultimate hard asset play. So we&#x27;re not all able to buy a whole railroad. But you could buy stock in a well-run railroad with a good dividend. That&#x27;s a good hard asset play. The other ones would be oil companies. But I do recommend 10% to 20% gold. I think investors who have, I don&#x27;t recommend going all in or half. But if you don&#x27;t have 10% or 20% gold in your portfolio, you really are extremely vulnerable. I once owned four railroads when I played Monopoly, so I know the value of railroads.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> Well, unfortunately, the Fed&#x27;s playing Monopoly with our money. And that the money&#x27;s turned into Monopoly money almost, isn&#x27;t it? Just about. Yeah. So, folks, his name is Jim Rickards, and his book is Currency Wars. And you can visit the website, currencywarsbook.com. Correct, Jim? That&#x27;s correct. And again, I hope the listeners are interested in the book. And if you pick it up, have a read, and I&#x27;d love to know what people think about it. Well, thanks for coming on. I hope to have you again on in the future. Thank you, Coach Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>James Rickards joins Coach Pete to discuss Currency Wars: The Making of the Next Global Crisis. This December 2011 conversation explores inflation, deflation, stagflation, and the role of currencies in the global economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews author James Rickards. And welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. We&#x27;ve got a most excellent guest this week, pretty relevant to what we&#x27;ve been seeing lately, too. His name is Jim Rickards, and he is the author of a fascinating book, Currency Wars, The Making of the Next Global Crisis. Jim, welcome in. Thank you, Pete. Thanks for having me. Well, let&#x27;s talk about this. I mean, this is a great book at this time, isn&#x27;t it? We&#x27;ve gone through currency wars in the past, and it&#x27;s shaping up to be an interesting future, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s a really good question. That&#x27;s right. You know, books take about a year to write and research, sometimes longer.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And when I sat with my publisher, really, in the fall of 2010, one of the questions they had for me is, you know, Jim, this book&#x27;s going to come out a year from now, in the fall of 2011. How do I know this is still going to be a big story? And I said, I guarantee it, because once these currency wars start, they go on for years. So I wasn&#x27;t being cocky. I felt confident that seeing the currency war begin in 2010, it&#x27;s just going to go on for years, because they involve a lot of countries, and they&#x27;re never over very easily. And they cause a lot of damage in the form of inflation and recession and stagflation. We&#x27;re just at the early stages of that. Like I said, this is a little bit like writing the history of World War II, the day after Pearl Harbor. There&#x27;s a lot to say, but there&#x27;s a lot yet to come. Yeah. So, I mean, the average American listening right now, they hear this stuff on TV when they get home at night. You know, they&#x27;re trying to fix dinner, and they&#x27;re watching all the news of the financial markets up and down and problems in Greece, Italy, and wherever else.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> What can the average investor do to minimize the effect on their retirement savings? Yeah, it&#x27;s a good question, and I think a lot of average investors are in some jeopardy here. The most likely outcome, not guaranteed, but the most likely outcome is inflation. And it sounds funny, because we haven&#x27;t had serious inflation in the United States for almost 30 years. But inflation is what the Fed wants right now. And the reason is, there&#x27;s too much debt. You look at that, not just the national debt, but all the liabilities. You know what they are. Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, student loans, FHA, on and on and on. There&#x27;s no way to pay it off except to inflation, which just makes the debt cheaper. So it&#x27;s like saying, hey, I owe you a trillion dollars. Here&#x27;s your trillion dollars, but good luck buying a loaf of bread. So the Fed&#x27;s trying to get that going. They&#x27;ve got interest rates as low as they can get. So once your interest rates are at zero, the only thing left in your bag of tricks is to</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> cheapen the currency. It makes things that we buy from overseas, whether it&#x27;s flat screen TVs, iPads, or whatever, more expensive. And that inflation starts to work its way into the system. So in inflation, there are winners and losers. The losers, unfortunately, are average Americans with insurance policies, annuities, retirement income, defined benefit pension plans, 401ks, et cetera. They tend to be on the wrong side of this. The winners are people who see it coming and get into hard assets. And that can be gold, land, fine art, silver, maybe stocks and companies that own hard assets, such as railroads and oil companies. So there are ways to do it, but you need to see it coming. Inflation is a very sneaky thing. It kind of sneaks up on you. Yeah. Yeah. So in the words we&#x27;ve heard of deflation, inflation, and stagflation, I think the American investor just gets lost in the mumbo-jumbo sometimes, the terminologies.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> So, I mean... Well, I think that&#x27;s true. You know, stagflation is the hardest because it used to be, going back decades, that there was a belief that there was a trade-off between inflation and growth. The idea was, we want growth. And if we have a little inflation, that&#x27;s okay, as long as we have growth. That inflation could be tolerated if it meant that we were getting growth. But what we discovered in the 1970s is that you can have inflation and declining growth, actually negative growth. And people have never seen that before. And the word for that is stagflation. That&#x27;s where you don&#x27;t have a good economy, but you do have inflation. And that&#x27;s kind of the worst of all possible worlds because your savings are worth less and less, but you&#x27;re losing your job or your home values are going down or other bad things are happening. So investors need to protect themselves against that. And a lot of people say, you know, the Fed has printed $2 trillion in the last three</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> years. And at the time they were doing that, a lot of people sounded the alarm on inflation. But we didn&#x27;t actually see very much inflation in the United States. And so some of the supporters of the Fed have said, you know, this just proves our point. We printed $2 trillion. There&#x27;s no inflation. So there&#x27;s nothing to worry about. We can print more. But that&#x27;s not true. The reason is there was inflation, but it went to China. And this is what the currency wars are all about. Our inflation through U.S. money printing went to China because China was maintaining a peg between their currency and our currency. The more we printed, the more they had to print to soak up the dollars. And so that caused inflation in China. Well, finally, they got worried about that. They threw in the towel. They allowed their currency to get stronger. The dollar got weaker as a result. Well, guess what? Now that inflation is going to come back to the United States. So look for it in the year ahead. Now, I mean, when we look at currency wars, some people listening say, hey, it doesn&#x27;t affect</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> me or I don&#x27;t really care as much as I should. But that also, the currency situation could affect national security as well, can&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s right. This is a different vector. And I talk about this in the book. The book is a lot about economics and the international monetary system, but it&#x27;s also a lot about national security. And what troubles me is that the Fed and the Treasury are pursuing a cheap dollar policy, but they&#x27;re not really talking to the Pentagon, the State Department, and the intelligence community about what that means for U.S. national security. How are we going to have a strong defense? We&#x27;ve got troops and vessels and ships and bases all over the world. How are we going to forward deploy that force and basically maintain a strong military in a world with a cheap dollar? I don&#x27;t think you can have strong national security and a weak currency. We need a strong currency. And that&#x27;s something the Fed just doesn&#x27;t get.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> What&#x27;s your view of the future if we keep pursuing the path we&#x27;re on right now? Well, I actually talked about that in the book, Pete, in my book, Currency Wars, in Chapter 11. I actually give four different scenarios. And rather than predict one or the other, I describe them and let the reader kind of get a mental toolkit of what to look for. One of them is kind of multiple reserve currencies where the dollar declines as a percentage of global reserves. It&#x27;s already declined from 70% to 60% in the last 10 years. Imagine that keeps going. And the dollar is 40% and the euro is 40%. And China comes in. Well, it sounds benign, but the problem is instead of one central bank abusing their privileges, they would all abuse their privileges. So that&#x27;s really not a solution. The thing I would look for is this world money. The Fed has a printing press. They can print dollars. But the IMF has a printing press also.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> They can print something called special drawing rights. It&#x27;s a real technical geeky name. But just to call them SDRs for special drawing rights, that&#x27;s world money printed by the IMF. It&#x27;s unaccountable. So that&#x27;s what the global elites, when I say elites, I mean central bankers, finance ministers, people at the IMF, et cetera. That&#x27;s the ultimate fire hose that they&#x27;re going to use to put out the fire. They&#x27;ll just print these SDRs. The third is a gold standard, which I would prefer to see a king dollar. I prefer to see a strong dollar. But if we don&#x27;t get a strong dollar, we may end up having to go back to gold. And I talk about that in the book. The problem there is you&#x27;d see much higher prices. There&#x27;s a wide range depending on the variables. But anywhere between $3,000 and $40,000 an ounce. I expect something around $7,000 an ounce. My fourth scenario, the one that&#x27;s the most disturbing, is chaos, which is just through denial and wishful thinking and kicking the can down the road.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> This is not something anybody wants. It&#x27;s not something anybody plans for. But it could happen. You could have a collapse of confidence in the dollar. And then the president would have to use emergency powers to somehow restore confidence. Yeah. And now what would you tell the retiree right now who&#x27;s looking for cash flow or income planning? What should they be worried? I know we&#x27;re worried about inflation. But some people also want to have an income, too, off where they put their money. And it&#x27;s hard to get that off of certain things and easier on other things, correct? Yeah. You might look at... I would look at stocks that own hard assets. And my example there is Warren Buffett. Pretty smart guy, right? Warren Buffett, a couple years ago, bought the Burlington Northern Railroad. And people said, oh, Warren Buffett likes railroad stocks. Well, Warren Buffett doesn&#x27;t like railroad stocks. Warren Buffett likes railroads. He bought the whole thing. And a railroad is the ultimate hard asset play.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> You&#x27;ve got rail. You&#x27;ve got equipment, rolling stocks, switching yards, signals. And you&#x27;ve also got mining rights adjacent to the right of way. So the land around the track, you own that, too. And that&#x27;s available for mining. And then railroads make their money by moving other hard assets, such as corn, wheat, grain, cattle, oil, et cetera. So what Warren Buffett did, he got out of dollars and into railroads, owns a complete railroad, and that&#x27;s the ultimate hard asset play. So we&#x27;re not all able to buy a whole railroad. But you could buy stock in a well-run railroad with a good dividend. That&#x27;s a good hard asset play. The other ones would be oil companies. But I do recommend 10% to 20% gold. I think investors who have, I don&#x27;t recommend going all in or half. But if you don&#x27;t have 10% or 20% gold in your portfolio, you really are extremely vulnerable. I once owned four railroads when I played Monopoly, so I know the value of railroads.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> Well, unfortunately, the Fed&#x27;s playing Monopoly with our money. And that the money&#x27;s turned into Monopoly money almost, isn&#x27;t it? Just about. Yeah. So, folks, his name is Jim Rickards, and his book is Currency Wars. And you can visit the website, currencywarsbook.com. Correct, Jim? That&#x27;s correct. And again, I hope the listeners are interested in the book. And if you pick it up, have a read, and I&#x27;d love to know what people think about it. Well, thanks for coming on. I hope to have you again on in the future. Thank you, Coach Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>James Rickards joins Coach Pete to discuss Currency Wars: The Making of the Next Global Crisis. This December 2011 conversation explores inflation, deflation, stagflation, and the role of currencies in the global economy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>James Rickards</category>
      <category>inflation</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>James Rickards, inflation, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb/image.jpg?t=1792072991&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-rickards-currency-wars/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb/image.jpg?t=1792072991&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>561</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5272c0f-87e4-408d-9110-b4e20128b6bb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9002601" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/james-rickards-currency-wars</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>213</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Currency Wars" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:04" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dave Postal: Variable Annuities and Better Disclosure</title>
      <itunes:title>Dave Postal: Variable Annuities and Better Disclosure</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dave Postal joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about variable annuities and disclosure. They discuss his reporting on living benefits, investment options, and the information consumers were receiving at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hey, folks, welcome back in to the Financial Safari, of course, weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And like I like to do each and every week, go out into the public and find an author or a nationally known person and get them to give you some education from their perspective. We are very lucky this week to have Dave Postal. He&#x27;s the Washington Bureau Chief for the National Underwriter Magazine. Dave, welcome to the Financial Safari. Thank you. Yeah, now, you&#x27;ve been writing articles for how many years? Perhaps 50 years on financials. And so you&#x27;ve seen financial products come and go. You&#x27;ve seen financial salesmen come and go then, haven&#x27;t you? That is correct. And there was an article you&#x27;d written about a month ago,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and the title was SEC Presses for Better Disclosure on VA, which is Variable Annuity, Living Benefits, correct? That is correct. Now, what can you share? First of all, can you educate our listeners on what a variable annuity is and then go into what caused you to do some research on this, and let&#x27;s try to expose some of the dirty tricks out there. How does that sound? That&#x27;s fine. Variable annuities are an insurance product that provides a tax exemption for people to buy mutual funds with a variety of equities in them, stocks in most cases. And these products are wrapped to provide a tax advantage.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> The tax does not have to be paid while the product accumulates value, i.e. goes up. But it does have to be – taxes have to be paid when it is sold, either by the person who is the owner of it or by their estate, by the people whom they give the money to when they die. In this particular case, what we&#x27;re dealing with here, these are products that provide a return, a dividend, while they&#x27;re being owned by the person who bought them.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I think that the annual return is around 5%, 6% now. It varies. But the idea is to put your money here and get two things. One, you have an equity product, which offers you an upside if the market goes up. But at the same time, it provides you some money, which is a very important issue at this time because certificates of deposits and other and bond products are offering very, very low returns as the Federal Reserve and other agencies try to stimulate the economy. But what&#x27;s involved here is these variables – this is a hot product.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And the Securities and Exchange Commission is warning insurers through their lawyers that they&#x27;re going to keep a close eye on these products to ensure the disclosures are adequate. And these products are allowing insurers to compete extremely effectively with mutual funds that don&#x27;t offer this protection. And the reason Eileen Rominger, who heads the bureau at the Securities and Exchange Commission, that deals with these issues and oversees these products is two independent data groups have indicated over the last several weeks that because of living benefit riders,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> variable annuity sales are approaching the levels reached during the boom year of 2007, before the worst economic downturn in 70 years began. According to LIMRA, which is a Windsor, Connecticut firm that tracks insurance industry trends, from 86 to 90 percent of variable annuities are now being sold with living benefit riders. Competing equity products like mutual funds don&#x27;t have this option. One of the concerns of the SEC is that the insurance industry got in trouble during the market downturn, partly because of the guarantee it provided to VAs. A Government Accountability Office report released October 31st on what happened that required the bailout of AIG</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> noted that industry officials, state and federal, that between September 16, 2008, and January 2009, insurance companies other than AIG lost approximately $1 trillion in market value, and many were on the verge of bankruptcy. This concern later dissipated as the Fed efforts to revive the economy approved. But, and there were many other factors in the industry&#x27;s troubled position. For example, property and casualty insurers did a lot of investing in mortgage-backed securities as reserve for their products. But guarantees on VAs did suffer, and the industry was hard-pressed to deal with this issue.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> But now, the view of analysts is that insurers are better managing the risk associated with granting guarantees. But it is something regulators, both state and federal, as well as analysts, are keeping a close eye on. For example, Andrew Kligerman, a life insurance analyst at UBS Securities in New York, said there was a lot of pain in 2008 and 2009 because of the living benefit products insurers wrote. I think they will do it better this time. But he said there are a number of issues involved with this. Okay? The business can be written profitably, but it is a company-dependent process.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Okay. One issue that concerns analysts, et cetera, is that the market has become concentrated, with three players dominating the market and others competing only in niches. And that is another important issue. Okay? For example, Neil Strauss, who is vice president and senior credit officer at Moody&#x27;s Investor Service, he said that the reason that the insurance industry is providing these guarantees is that they&#x27;re not available anywhere else.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> The key here is the guarantees, he said. Even if the equity markets don&#x27;t do well, you get some sort of return. Generally, this is not available anywhere else. Okay? But the difference between 2007 and now is the trend is toward the company having greater control and the policyholder having less opportunity to allocate the investment as he or she might desire. Okay? For the customer, he said, there are less choices and more limitations. And these initiatives provide protection to the company in a stress scenario. Now, the reason that Ms. Rominger, who is the director of the SEC Investment Managing Division,</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> is voicing concern is about because this is such a hot product. Right. These concerns include disclosures related to using derivatives to enhance the yields, about the guarantees including in these products, and about living benefit products, as Strauss noted, that limit the investment options offered to purchasers. Okay? Okay. Okay. Now, in a talk to lawyers for insurance companies at an American Bar Association meeting several weeks ago, Rominger encouraged insurers and their lawyers to assess the effectiveness of disclosures in VAs that feature living benefits and use derivatives to enhance yields.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> She said this should include elimination of boilerplate disclosures that do not reflect the actual use of derivatives in a fund&#x27;s portfolio. Okay. Ms. Rominger said that disclosures should clearly reflect the actual role that derivatives play in the overall investment strategy of your funds because derivatives are very complex and volatile, and this is an extremely volatile market. Okay? And she&#x27;s basically telling them that the disclosures relating to the limited benefit riders is just as important</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> as other disclosures and variable annuity products. Okay? And she said, indeed, purchasers of these optional benefits are facing increasing limitations on investment choices, reflecting an effort by insurance to limit volatility of the investments that are subject to the benefit and, therefore, their potential losses. So there is a lot of scrutiny by the agency and analysts, including Moody&#x27;s and UBS, about the potential profit impact on this. Yeah. Now, and there&#x27;s a lot of confusion that people have out there because they don&#x27;t realize there&#x27;s a big difference, Dave, between income protection and principal protection, right?</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> That is correct. That is correct. That is a big issue. But they&#x27;re limiting the investment options to limit the potential cost of the guarantees if the market takes a steep plunge. And the European situation, the deficit situation, are very serious. And the market has went up in the early part of December and late part of November. But there is still major concern by analysts that Europe, which directly affects the U.S. because we export a lot of our goods to Europe, could impact the U.S. economy.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> And another thing is that the U.S. banks have a stake in these, in the bonds, troubled bonds issued by these European countries that are in deep trouble. And at the top of the list is Italy and Greece. They are in the most serious trouble. But you have Portugal, you have Spain, you have Ireland, Belgium as well. So all of these, and even the stronger countries like France, are being impacted. And there is great concern in France about retaining their high credit rating. And Germany is seeking to create more unity so they can impose more discipline on expenditures</p><p><strong>12:19</strong> by members of the European Union. But it is very difficult because these people think their sovereignty is affected. And this downturn has had major, major effects. So U.S. investors are deeply concerned. And they&#x27;re mostly concerned about the U.S. banks and their ratings, et cetera, et cetera. So that is why there is great concern about these guarantees, about what would happen, and also whether the companies can continue to pay the dividends. For example, MetLife, which is the market leader, which is a dominant player in this field,</p><p><strong>13:08</strong> they cut their guaranteed rate to 5.5% for the current quarter. And they&#x27;re going to reduce it to 5% in January out of concern that they want to sustain this as a profitable product. Absolutely. So all of these are concerns. The companies, smaller players in this market, they&#x27;re reducing their distribution, but they&#x27;re offering higher yields. But at the same time, they&#x27;re watching these yields closely. And they&#x27;re trying to retain their market share while ensuring that they don&#x27;t go overboard.</p><p><strong>13:55</strong> And this becomes a loss leader for them. That&#x27;s the issue. There&#x27;s a lot to think about here for folks, and they need to be very careful. And I really appreciate you taking your time today. Again, this is Dave Postal, folks. He&#x27;s the Washington Bureau Chief for the National Underwriter Magazine. Dave, I really appreciate you taking your time to be on the financial safari today. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thanks, Dave. I mean, yeah, so it&#x27;s such a complex area. I see MetLife just announced record-setting sales in the third quarter for that variable annuity, too. That&#x27;s exactly right. Yeah. Crazy, isn&#x27;t it? Right, but they&#x27;re cutting the guarantees. Yeah, so people are getting trapped in something that&#x27;s not going to be as good as they thought it was going to be. That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>14:42</strong> Yeah, and once the market goes down and then the company limits their investment options, they basically can never recover once they go underwater under principle. That&#x27;s correct. Yeah, it&#x27;s scary. Scary. Hey, I appreciate your time, and let&#x27;s see if we can get you back on in 2012 to talk about what&#x27;s going on in the variable annuity world or just the annuity world in general. Thank you, sir. Thanks, David. Thank you. Take care. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dave Postal joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about variable annuities and disclosure. They discuss his reporting on living benefits, investment options, and the information consumers were receiving at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hey, folks, welcome back in to the Financial Safari, of course, weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. And like I like to do each and every week, go out into the public and find an author or a nationally known person and get them to give you some education from their perspective. We are very lucky this week to have Dave Postal. He&#x27;s the Washington Bureau Chief for the National Underwriter Magazine. Dave, welcome to the Financial Safari. Thank you. Yeah, now, you&#x27;ve been writing articles for how many years? Perhaps 50 years on financials. And so you&#x27;ve seen financial products come and go. You&#x27;ve seen financial salesmen come and go then, haven&#x27;t you? That is correct. And there was an article you&#x27;d written about a month ago,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> and the title was SEC Presses for Better Disclosure on VA, which is Variable Annuity, Living Benefits, correct? That is correct. Now, what can you share? First of all, can you educate our listeners on what a variable annuity is and then go into what caused you to do some research on this, and let&#x27;s try to expose some of the dirty tricks out there. How does that sound? That&#x27;s fine. Variable annuities are an insurance product that provides a tax exemption for people to buy mutual funds with a variety of equities in them, stocks in most cases. And these products are wrapped to provide a tax advantage.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> The tax does not have to be paid while the product accumulates value, i.e. goes up. But it does have to be – taxes have to be paid when it is sold, either by the person who is the owner of it or by their estate, by the people whom they give the money to when they die. In this particular case, what we&#x27;re dealing with here, these are products that provide a return, a dividend, while they&#x27;re being owned by the person who bought them.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> I think that the annual return is around 5%, 6% now. It varies. But the idea is to put your money here and get two things. One, you have an equity product, which offers you an upside if the market goes up. But at the same time, it provides you some money, which is a very important issue at this time because certificates of deposits and other and bond products are offering very, very low returns as the Federal Reserve and other agencies try to stimulate the economy. But what&#x27;s involved here is these variables – this is a hot product.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And the Securities and Exchange Commission is warning insurers through their lawyers that they&#x27;re going to keep a close eye on these products to ensure the disclosures are adequate. And these products are allowing insurers to compete extremely effectively with mutual funds that don&#x27;t offer this protection. And the reason Eileen Rominger, who heads the bureau at the Securities and Exchange Commission, that deals with these issues and oversees these products is two independent data groups have indicated over the last several weeks that because of living benefit riders,</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> variable annuity sales are approaching the levels reached during the boom year of 2007, before the worst economic downturn in 70 years began. According to LIMRA, which is a Windsor, Connecticut firm that tracks insurance industry trends, from 86 to 90 percent of variable annuities are now being sold with living benefit riders. Competing equity products like mutual funds don&#x27;t have this option. One of the concerns of the SEC is that the insurance industry got in trouble during the market downturn, partly because of the guarantee it provided to VAs. A Government Accountability Office report released October 31st on what happened that required the bailout of AIG</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> noted that industry officials, state and federal, that between September 16, 2008, and January 2009, insurance companies other than AIG lost approximately $1 trillion in market value, and many were on the verge of bankruptcy. This concern later dissipated as the Fed efforts to revive the economy approved. But, and there were many other factors in the industry&#x27;s troubled position. For example, property and casualty insurers did a lot of investing in mortgage-backed securities as reserve for their products. But guarantees on VAs did suffer, and the industry was hard-pressed to deal with this issue.</p><p><strong>05:46</strong> But now, the view of analysts is that insurers are better managing the risk associated with granting guarantees. But it is something regulators, both state and federal, as well as analysts, are keeping a close eye on. For example, Andrew Kligerman, a life insurance analyst at UBS Securities in New York, said there was a lot of pain in 2008 and 2009 because of the living benefit products insurers wrote. I think they will do it better this time. But he said there are a number of issues involved with this. Okay? The business can be written profitably, but it is a company-dependent process.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Okay. One issue that concerns analysts, et cetera, is that the market has become concentrated, with three players dominating the market and others competing only in niches. And that is another important issue. Okay? For example, Neil Strauss, who is vice president and senior credit officer at Moody&#x27;s Investor Service, he said that the reason that the insurance industry is providing these guarantees is that they&#x27;re not available anywhere else.</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> The key here is the guarantees, he said. Even if the equity markets don&#x27;t do well, you get some sort of return. Generally, this is not available anywhere else. Okay? But the difference between 2007 and now is the trend is toward the company having greater control and the policyholder having less opportunity to allocate the investment as he or she might desire. Okay? For the customer, he said, there are less choices and more limitations. And these initiatives provide protection to the company in a stress scenario. Now, the reason that Ms. Rominger, who is the director of the SEC Investment Managing Division,</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> is voicing concern is about because this is such a hot product. Right. These concerns include disclosures related to using derivatives to enhance the yields, about the guarantees including in these products, and about living benefit products, as Strauss noted, that limit the investment options offered to purchasers. Okay? Okay. Okay. Now, in a talk to lawyers for insurance companies at an American Bar Association meeting several weeks ago, Rominger encouraged insurers and their lawyers to assess the effectiveness of disclosures in VAs that feature living benefits and use derivatives to enhance yields.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> She said this should include elimination of boilerplate disclosures that do not reflect the actual use of derivatives in a fund&#x27;s portfolio. Okay. Ms. Rominger said that disclosures should clearly reflect the actual role that derivatives play in the overall investment strategy of your funds because derivatives are very complex and volatile, and this is an extremely volatile market. Okay? And she&#x27;s basically telling them that the disclosures relating to the limited benefit riders is just as important</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> as other disclosures and variable annuity products. Okay? And she said, indeed, purchasers of these optional benefits are facing increasing limitations on investment choices, reflecting an effort by insurance to limit volatility of the investments that are subject to the benefit and, therefore, their potential losses. So there is a lot of scrutiny by the agency and analysts, including Moody&#x27;s and UBS, about the potential profit impact on this. Yeah. Now, and there&#x27;s a lot of confusion that people have out there because they don&#x27;t realize there&#x27;s a big difference, Dave, between income protection and principal protection, right?</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> That is correct. That is correct. That is a big issue. But they&#x27;re limiting the investment options to limit the potential cost of the guarantees if the market takes a steep plunge. And the European situation, the deficit situation, are very serious. And the market has went up in the early part of December and late part of November. But there is still major concern by analysts that Europe, which directly affects the U.S. because we export a lot of our goods to Europe, could impact the U.S. economy.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> And another thing is that the U.S. banks have a stake in these, in the bonds, troubled bonds issued by these European countries that are in deep trouble. And at the top of the list is Italy and Greece. They are in the most serious trouble. But you have Portugal, you have Spain, you have Ireland, Belgium as well. So all of these, and even the stronger countries like France, are being impacted. And there is great concern in France about retaining their high credit rating. And Germany is seeking to create more unity so they can impose more discipline on expenditures</p><p><strong>12:19</strong> by members of the European Union. But it is very difficult because these people think their sovereignty is affected. And this downturn has had major, major effects. So U.S. investors are deeply concerned. And they&#x27;re mostly concerned about the U.S. banks and their ratings, et cetera, et cetera. So that is why there is great concern about these guarantees, about what would happen, and also whether the companies can continue to pay the dividends. For example, MetLife, which is the market leader, which is a dominant player in this field,</p><p><strong>13:08</strong> they cut their guaranteed rate to 5.5% for the current quarter. And they&#x27;re going to reduce it to 5% in January out of concern that they want to sustain this as a profitable product. Absolutely. So all of these are concerns. The companies, smaller players in this market, they&#x27;re reducing their distribution, but they&#x27;re offering higher yields. But at the same time, they&#x27;re watching these yields closely. And they&#x27;re trying to retain their market share while ensuring that they don&#x27;t go overboard.</p><p><strong>13:55</strong> And this becomes a loss leader for them. That&#x27;s the issue. There&#x27;s a lot to think about here for folks, and they need to be very careful. And I really appreciate you taking your time today. Again, this is Dave Postal, folks. He&#x27;s the Washington Bureau Chief for the National Underwriter Magazine. Dave, I really appreciate you taking your time to be on the financial safari today. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thanks, Dave. I mean, yeah, so it&#x27;s such a complex area. I see MetLife just announced record-setting sales in the third quarter for that variable annuity, too. That&#x27;s exactly right. Yeah. Crazy, isn&#x27;t it? Right, but they&#x27;re cutting the guarantees. Yeah, so people are getting trapped in something that&#x27;s not going to be as good as they thought it was going to be. That&#x27;s exactly right.</p><p><strong>14:42</strong> Yeah, and once the market goes down and then the company limits their investment options, they basically can never recover once they go underwater under principle. That&#x27;s correct. Yeah, it&#x27;s scary. Scary. Hey, I appreciate your time, and let&#x27;s see if we can get you back on in 2012 to talk about what&#x27;s going on in the variable annuity world or just the annuity world in general. Thank you, sir. Thanks, David. Thank you. Take care. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dave Postal joins Coach Pete for a December 2011 conversation about variable annuities and disclosure. They discuss his reporting on living benefits, investment options, and the information consumers were receiving at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dave Postal</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dave Postal, annuities, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55/image.jpg?t=1792072667&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-postal-variable-annuities-and-better-disclosure/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55/image.jpg?t=1792072667&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>905</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9a491582-c438-4c3d-ab64-b4e2014c8f55/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14512633" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dave-postal-variable-annuities-and-better-disclosure</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>214</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Variable Annuities and Better Disclosure" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:04" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Phil DeMuth: The Little Book of Alternative Investments</title>
      <itunes:title>Phil DeMuth: The Little Book of Alternative Investments</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February of 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Phil DeMuth. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. It&#x27;s time again. This is the time of the show where we go outside into the world of the financial writers and authors and people you&#x27;ve seen maybe on TV or heard on the radio and get a national expert to come and go over some more details with us. And today we&#x27;ve got a guy who&#x27;s co-authored several books with Ben Stein. His name is Phil DeMuth. And the book that I wanted to talk about a little bit with Phil is called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And Phil&#x27;s joining us from Los Angeles. Phil, welcome to the show. Well, Coach Pete, thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, how is Ben Stein to talk to as a person? I remember Ferris Bueller&#x27;s Day Off. You probably saw him on this cameo that he had on that show. Anyone? Anyone? Bueller? He&#x27;s exactly like he appears in the movie, which is exactly like he is in real life. That&#x27;s Ben. Well, first of all, let&#x27;s explain to the listener what an alternative investment is. What is an alternative investment? Well, there&#x27;s no totally read-upon definition. We look at it as an alternative to the usual things that people invest in, like stocks and bonds and real estate. So if it&#x27;s one of those things, that&#x27;s not an alternative. And sometimes it can invest in those things,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but it can use a whole different strategy to invest in them, you know, like shorting or leverage or stuff like that. So it&#x27;s sort of a complicated way of using the same things. But the great hope is that it&#x27;s going to produce returns that are different from what you get from investing in stocks and bonds. If you got returns just like investing in stocks and bonds, it wouldn&#x27;t be alternative. It would be more of the same. So it tries to be something different. And now many times it&#x27;s not where you put your money, but where you should not put your money that&#x27;s the most important thing. And in your book, you say, stay away from collectibles. Yes, indeed. Collectibles are lots of fun. It&#x27;s a fine hobby to have. And if you have some expertise in it and you get lucky over time, you might be able to make a little bit of money.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But as a overall money-making strategy, it does not tend to pay off very well. Collectibles tend to be a sort of a dealer rigged market. And people think they can combine their love of collecting porcelain thimbles with a great money-making opportunity. It would be pretty to think so. It would be wonderful if that would be the case. Probably that collection of porcelain thimbles you bought because you just love them, it&#x27;s probably not going to be worth all that much. And you shouldn&#x27;t go into it thinking, this is a way I can make a killing and have fun at the same time. It just doesn&#x27;t tend to pay off. Now, another stay away. You say stay away from private equity. Explain to the listeners what private equity is and then why to stay away from it. Well, fortunately, most of us won&#x27;t have an opportunity to go into it because you need a lot,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> a lot of money to invest in private equity. But generally speaking, it&#x27;s a way of investing in non-publicly traded securities. And unfortunately, it tended to be a highly leveraged, which is a highly volatile proposition. And it tends to produce returns that are actually not any better than you get from the stock market. In fact, a little worse. Although, of course, again, there&#x27;s a great hope. The hope is you can find the guy across the street in his garage who&#x27;s inventing the new Apple computer. And you&#x27;ll be able to give him $500 to get him out of his feet and then you&#x27;ll become a billionaire. But that tends not to happen. What tends to happen is you give him the $500 and then he moves out of town and you&#x27;re out $500. So it&#x27;s great in theory,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> but for most of us, we ought to stay away. We&#x27;re in North Carolina where we broadcast the national show from. And one of the success stories in private equity is Food Lion, which is a shopping store, like a food store people go to. And a guy named Tom Smith years ago walked through the neighborhood and knocked on the door. He had a great idea for a grocery store. And if they would give him $10,000, they share in the rewards when he struck it rich. And it&#x27;s called the million dollar lawnmower here when we tell the story, because one guy said, no, I&#x27;d rather take that $10,000 and buy one of those neat lawnmowers. Phil, you&#x27;ve seen them. They go around in circles and you can sit in there. And so Tom Smith did strike it rich with Food World and then it turned into Food Lion. And all those people in the neighborhood made millions except for the guy with his million dollar lawnmower. And it&#x27;s possible to get lucky. I was at the Berkshire Hathaway meeting last year and I met</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> somebody who invested $10,000 with Warren Buffett in the 1950s because she was babysitting for the Buffett family. And how much of that worked now? And now she&#x27;s a multi, multi, multi, multimillionaire off of that $10,000 investment. So these stories are great, but for the most part, it tends to be a dream that doesn&#x27;t come true. Absolutely. Now then one final stay away from, and then I want to get into some things that people should look at, but precious metals, because they&#x27;re pushed a lot. You say stay away from precious metals. Well, again, a very controversial call. But here&#x27;s our concern about precious metals. There&#x27;s a great deal of hype surrounding them. I mean, when you see advertisements on TV every five minutes telling you you&#x27;ve got to buy gold, buy gold, buy gold, that tends to be at a time</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> when the price of gold is extremely high. I didn&#x27;t see ads like that on TV when gold was selling for $200 an ounce. Correct. So when you buy something, when the price is at an absolute fever pitch, the most likely thing that&#x27;s going to happen is you&#x27;re going to pay a lot of money for it. And then the price is going to regress to the mean, as we say. It&#x27;s going to come down, possibly down a lot. So most people, almost by definition, are buying when the price is at the highest. And of course, the way to get ahead in investing is when you buy low and sell high, not when you buy high and sell low. The other thing I wonder about it is, if gold is such a fabulous must-have</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> thing to buy, why are they taking ads on TV and selling it? Shouldn&#x27;t they be keeping it? I always say, if they&#x27;re so negative and the outlook on the U.S. dollar is so bad, why are they willing to trade you their gold for your dollars? You know? And so it&#x27;s funny. We must be missing something. I guess. We&#x27;re missing something big, but I don&#x27;t know what it is. They&#x27;re more than happy to sell you some gold, so they&#x27;re not too confident of it going up anymore. And Burton Malkiel, who&#x27;s an author of The Random Walk Down Wall Street, we had him on the show several months ago, and he said that the secret to making money is to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. Exactly. And so, now, speaking of buying, what are some good alternative investments people should just at least find some more information out on? Well, you know, the book was really motivated by watching stock returns in 2008 when they</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> went down a lot. I&#x27;m sure I don&#x27;t need to remind anybody, you know, losses in the 45% range, the major market indexes. That was very, very painful. So, and even if you were diversified in a conventional sense, you know, if you had a little bit of money in real estate and a little bit of money in commodities and a little bit of money in emerging markets, none of those things helped. In fact, you were probably worse off for having owned them. Mm-hmm. So, this caused a lot of soul-searching on our part, and we wanted to find things that actually might not go down when everything else was falling apart, hence the alternatives. So, the book is sort of a meditation on, or I should say an examination, of some of the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> different hedge fund strategies that are now being brought to Main Street by smart investment companies. And we look at, we sort of kick the tires on some of these. We try to explain what they are in sort of layman&#x27;s terms and make sort of a first pass at recommending some of the strategies that we think might be better than others in terms of just a starting place for further investigation. Now, one is commodities. And I know people heard, a lot of people, the first time they ever heard about commodities is when they heard about Hillary Clinton buying some cattle futures and making a fortune on them. So, explain to folks quickly what a commodity is. Yes. That was very impressive. And she could be president of the United States one day, somebody who took $1,000 and ran it up to $97,000 in one year with no experience whatsoever.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> She said she figured it out by reading the Wall Street Journal, but somebody went back and combed through the journal during that time period, and they only found like two or three articles that had basically no recommendations whatsoever. So, it&#x27;s just a very quick study, I guess. Very interesting, isn&#x27;t it, sometimes? Well, commodities are just the things, the raw materials that go into everything else. And, you know, they include precious metals, but they also include zinc and lead, non-precious metals. They include agricultural commodities, include energy, all different manner of things that go into the stuff that we use every day. So, investors find that having a small allocation to these commodities tends to produce a return that is a bit uncorrelated, doesn&#x27;t sort of vary with the</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> stock market all the time. And so, we think this is a reasonable place to put a little bit of your money. It&#x27;s controversial. Not everybody in the world thinks that, yes, yes, yes, you should own commodities. Because after all, if you have a bar of zinc, it kind of just sits there. It doesn&#x27;t, you know, you can look at it, it can look at you, but it doesn&#x27;t pay you any money. Right. But in the futures market, it&#x27;s traded every day. And as the world is expanding, the Orient, China is building new cities, they find they have a need for copper and zinc. So, with supply and demand, the price tends to go up over time. And so, it tends to be something that&#x27;s nice to have in a small quantity in your portfolio. Well, and it&#x27;s about who you buy it from or where you buy it from itself, because there&#x27;s a lot of,</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> like you call it, the shark-infested waters of the brokerage community. Right. And we almost always advocate just finding a low-expense index fund that broadly captures the returns that are available from that particular asset class. And so, there are lots of good commodity index funds that are out there. And now, finally, we&#x27;ve got about a minute to go here. So, I wish we had a little bit more time, and hopefully we can have you on again in the future. But what about REITs? My pleasure. Explain to the listener what a REIT is and your opinion on them. A real estate investment trust, or a REIT, is simply some commercial property or properties that somebody has bought, and then they have securitized them so that you can own shares of them. So, for example, if you walk down the street, you might find a shopping mall, and you think,</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> well, gee, you know, this shopping mall is collecting rent from all these people. It would be a nice thing to invest in. But you yourself probably don&#x27;t have enough money or don&#x27;t have enough wherewithal to go out and figure out how I would buy a shopping mall. But you could buy shares in another company that does go around and has a whole collection of shopping malls or hotels or apartment buildings or industrial complexes. So, REITs just tend to be a way of accessing the huge amount of the economy that&#x27;s in commercial real estate. And they just pass through the rents, basically, to you, the shareholders. So, it&#x27;s a good way of collecting yield. For example, for senior citizens, it&#x27;s a good income play, and we like it a lot. And we think that</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> everybody ought to own some. You know which one that I&#x27;ve been really paying attention to as far as the REIT market are the healthcare ones, the ones that basically invest in long-term care facilities. So, as a senior, you could be investing in a facility you end up being in someday, and you can make income off of that. No, healthcare REITs are very good. Again, unlike REITs, for example, the local elite shopping mall or the local hotels, they tend to do well in good times than they do badly in bad times. There&#x27;s a constant demand for healthcare, and in fact, a growing demand for healthcare. What I like about them is they tend to be fairly good, steady dividend payers. So, that&#x27;s important. And also, as a senior citizen, their fortunes are largely correlated to my fortunes. So, I&#x27;m going to be using</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> all these services. Lots of boomers are going to be using all these services. So, it&#x27;s a good fit for me. Absolutely. Well, Phil DeMuth, this was a fascinating interview. I wish we had more time, but unfortunately, the clock keeps running here. So, we need to take a break right now, but we look forward to having you on again in the future. Again, folks, this was Phil DeMuth. He&#x27;s co-author of a book called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different. And it&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. I recommend everybody get a copy of this. And Phil, enjoy the rest of your day. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February of 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Phil DeMuth. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. It&#x27;s time again. This is the time of the show where we go outside into the world of the financial writers and authors and people you&#x27;ve seen maybe on TV or heard on the radio and get a national expert to come and go over some more details with us. And today we&#x27;ve got a guy who&#x27;s co-authored several books with Ben Stein. His name is Phil DeMuth. And the book that I wanted to talk about a little bit with Phil is called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And Phil&#x27;s joining us from Los Angeles. Phil, welcome to the show. Well, Coach Pete, thank you so much for having me. It&#x27;s great to be here. Now, how is Ben Stein to talk to as a person? I remember Ferris Bueller&#x27;s Day Off. You probably saw him on this cameo that he had on that show. Anyone? Anyone? Bueller? He&#x27;s exactly like he appears in the movie, which is exactly like he is in real life. That&#x27;s Ben. Well, first of all, let&#x27;s explain to the listener what an alternative investment is. What is an alternative investment? Well, there&#x27;s no totally read-upon definition. We look at it as an alternative to the usual things that people invest in, like stocks and bonds and real estate. So if it&#x27;s one of those things, that&#x27;s not an alternative. And sometimes it can invest in those things,</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> but it can use a whole different strategy to invest in them, you know, like shorting or leverage or stuff like that. So it&#x27;s sort of a complicated way of using the same things. But the great hope is that it&#x27;s going to produce returns that are different from what you get from investing in stocks and bonds. If you got returns just like investing in stocks and bonds, it wouldn&#x27;t be alternative. It would be more of the same. So it tries to be something different. And now many times it&#x27;s not where you put your money, but where you should not put your money that&#x27;s the most important thing. And in your book, you say, stay away from collectibles. Yes, indeed. Collectibles are lots of fun. It&#x27;s a fine hobby to have. And if you have some expertise in it and you get lucky over time, you might be able to make a little bit of money.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But as a overall money-making strategy, it does not tend to pay off very well. Collectibles tend to be a sort of a dealer rigged market. And people think they can combine their love of collecting porcelain thimbles with a great money-making opportunity. It would be pretty to think so. It would be wonderful if that would be the case. Probably that collection of porcelain thimbles you bought because you just love them, it&#x27;s probably not going to be worth all that much. And you shouldn&#x27;t go into it thinking, this is a way I can make a killing and have fun at the same time. It just doesn&#x27;t tend to pay off. Now, another stay away. You say stay away from private equity. Explain to the listeners what private equity is and then why to stay away from it. Well, fortunately, most of us won&#x27;t have an opportunity to go into it because you need a lot,</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> a lot of money to invest in private equity. But generally speaking, it&#x27;s a way of investing in non-publicly traded securities. And unfortunately, it tended to be a highly leveraged, which is a highly volatile proposition. And it tends to produce returns that are actually not any better than you get from the stock market. In fact, a little worse. Although, of course, again, there&#x27;s a great hope. The hope is you can find the guy across the street in his garage who&#x27;s inventing the new Apple computer. And you&#x27;ll be able to give him $500 to get him out of his feet and then you&#x27;ll become a billionaire. But that tends not to happen. What tends to happen is you give him the $500 and then he moves out of town and you&#x27;re out $500. So it&#x27;s great in theory,</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> but for most of us, we ought to stay away. We&#x27;re in North Carolina where we broadcast the national show from. And one of the success stories in private equity is Food Lion, which is a shopping store, like a food store people go to. And a guy named Tom Smith years ago walked through the neighborhood and knocked on the door. He had a great idea for a grocery store. And if they would give him $10,000, they share in the rewards when he struck it rich. And it&#x27;s called the million dollar lawnmower here when we tell the story, because one guy said, no, I&#x27;d rather take that $10,000 and buy one of those neat lawnmowers. Phil, you&#x27;ve seen them. They go around in circles and you can sit in there. And so Tom Smith did strike it rich with Food World and then it turned into Food Lion. And all those people in the neighborhood made millions except for the guy with his million dollar lawnmower. And it&#x27;s possible to get lucky. I was at the Berkshire Hathaway meeting last year and I met</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> somebody who invested $10,000 with Warren Buffett in the 1950s because she was babysitting for the Buffett family. And how much of that worked now? And now she&#x27;s a multi, multi, multi, multimillionaire off of that $10,000 investment. So these stories are great, but for the most part, it tends to be a dream that doesn&#x27;t come true. Absolutely. Now then one final stay away from, and then I want to get into some things that people should look at, but precious metals, because they&#x27;re pushed a lot. You say stay away from precious metals. Well, again, a very controversial call. But here&#x27;s our concern about precious metals. There&#x27;s a great deal of hype surrounding them. I mean, when you see advertisements on TV every five minutes telling you you&#x27;ve got to buy gold, buy gold, buy gold, that tends to be at a time</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> when the price of gold is extremely high. I didn&#x27;t see ads like that on TV when gold was selling for $200 an ounce. Correct. So when you buy something, when the price is at an absolute fever pitch, the most likely thing that&#x27;s going to happen is you&#x27;re going to pay a lot of money for it. And then the price is going to regress to the mean, as we say. It&#x27;s going to come down, possibly down a lot. So most people, almost by definition, are buying when the price is at the highest. And of course, the way to get ahead in investing is when you buy low and sell high, not when you buy high and sell low. The other thing I wonder about it is, if gold is such a fabulous must-have</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> thing to buy, why are they taking ads on TV and selling it? Shouldn&#x27;t they be keeping it? I always say, if they&#x27;re so negative and the outlook on the U.S. dollar is so bad, why are they willing to trade you their gold for your dollars? You know? And so it&#x27;s funny. We must be missing something. I guess. We&#x27;re missing something big, but I don&#x27;t know what it is. They&#x27;re more than happy to sell you some gold, so they&#x27;re not too confident of it going up anymore. And Burton Malkiel, who&#x27;s an author of The Random Walk Down Wall Street, we had him on the show several months ago, and he said that the secret to making money is to buy when others are selling and sell when others are buying. Exactly. And so, now, speaking of buying, what are some good alternative investments people should just at least find some more information out on? Well, you know, the book was really motivated by watching stock returns in 2008 when they</p><p><strong>07:19</strong> went down a lot. I&#x27;m sure I don&#x27;t need to remind anybody, you know, losses in the 45% range, the major market indexes. That was very, very painful. So, and even if you were diversified in a conventional sense, you know, if you had a little bit of money in real estate and a little bit of money in commodities and a little bit of money in emerging markets, none of those things helped. In fact, you were probably worse off for having owned them. Mm-hmm. So, this caused a lot of soul-searching on our part, and we wanted to find things that actually might not go down when everything else was falling apart, hence the alternatives. So, the book is sort of a meditation on, or I should say an examination, of some of the</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> different hedge fund strategies that are now being brought to Main Street by smart investment companies. And we look at, we sort of kick the tires on some of these. We try to explain what they are in sort of layman&#x27;s terms and make sort of a first pass at recommending some of the strategies that we think might be better than others in terms of just a starting place for further investigation. Now, one is commodities. And I know people heard, a lot of people, the first time they ever heard about commodities is when they heard about Hillary Clinton buying some cattle futures and making a fortune on them. So, explain to folks quickly what a commodity is. Yes. That was very impressive. And she could be president of the United States one day, somebody who took $1,000 and ran it up to $97,000 in one year with no experience whatsoever.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> She said she figured it out by reading the Wall Street Journal, but somebody went back and combed through the journal during that time period, and they only found like two or three articles that had basically no recommendations whatsoever. So, it&#x27;s just a very quick study, I guess. Very interesting, isn&#x27;t it, sometimes? Well, commodities are just the things, the raw materials that go into everything else. And, you know, they include precious metals, but they also include zinc and lead, non-precious metals. They include agricultural commodities, include energy, all different manner of things that go into the stuff that we use every day. So, investors find that having a small allocation to these commodities tends to produce a return that is a bit uncorrelated, doesn&#x27;t sort of vary with the</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> stock market all the time. And so, we think this is a reasonable place to put a little bit of your money. It&#x27;s controversial. Not everybody in the world thinks that, yes, yes, yes, you should own commodities. Because after all, if you have a bar of zinc, it kind of just sits there. It doesn&#x27;t, you know, you can look at it, it can look at you, but it doesn&#x27;t pay you any money. Right. But in the futures market, it&#x27;s traded every day. And as the world is expanding, the Orient, China is building new cities, they find they have a need for copper and zinc. So, with supply and demand, the price tends to go up over time. And so, it tends to be something that&#x27;s nice to have in a small quantity in your portfolio. Well, and it&#x27;s about who you buy it from or where you buy it from itself, because there&#x27;s a lot of,</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> like you call it, the shark-infested waters of the brokerage community. Right. And we almost always advocate just finding a low-expense index fund that broadly captures the returns that are available from that particular asset class. And so, there are lots of good commodity index funds that are out there. And now, finally, we&#x27;ve got about a minute to go here. So, I wish we had a little bit more time, and hopefully we can have you on again in the future. But what about REITs? My pleasure. Explain to the listener what a REIT is and your opinion on them. A real estate investment trust, or a REIT, is simply some commercial property or properties that somebody has bought, and then they have securitized them so that you can own shares of them. So, for example, if you walk down the street, you might find a shopping mall, and you think,</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> well, gee, you know, this shopping mall is collecting rent from all these people. It would be a nice thing to invest in. But you yourself probably don&#x27;t have enough money or don&#x27;t have enough wherewithal to go out and figure out how I would buy a shopping mall. But you could buy shares in another company that does go around and has a whole collection of shopping malls or hotels or apartment buildings or industrial complexes. So, REITs just tend to be a way of accessing the huge amount of the economy that&#x27;s in commercial real estate. And they just pass through the rents, basically, to you, the shareholders. So, it&#x27;s a good way of collecting yield. For example, for senior citizens, it&#x27;s a good income play, and we like it a lot. And we think that</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> everybody ought to own some. You know which one that I&#x27;ve been really paying attention to as far as the REIT market are the healthcare ones, the ones that basically invest in long-term care facilities. So, as a senior, you could be investing in a facility you end up being in someday, and you can make income off of that. No, healthcare REITs are very good. Again, unlike REITs, for example, the local elite shopping mall or the local hotels, they tend to do well in good times than they do badly in bad times. There&#x27;s a constant demand for healthcare, and in fact, a growing demand for healthcare. What I like about them is they tend to be fairly good, steady dividend payers. So, that&#x27;s important. And also, as a senior citizen, their fortunes are largely correlated to my fortunes. So, I&#x27;m going to be using</p><p><strong>12:57</strong> all these services. Lots of boomers are going to be using all these services. So, it&#x27;s a good fit for me. Absolutely. Well, Phil DeMuth, this was a fascinating interview. I wish we had more time, but unfortunately, the clock keeps running here. So, we need to take a break right now, but we look forward to having you on again in the future. Again, folks, this was Phil DeMuth. He&#x27;s co-author of a book called The Little Book of Alternative Investments, Reaping Rewards by Daring to be Different. And it&#x27;s a New York Times bestseller. I recommend everybody get a copy of this. And Phil, enjoy the rest of your day. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Great talking to you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Phil DeMuth joins Coach Pete to discuss The Little Book of Alternative Investments, co-authored with Ben Stein. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit explores alternative investments, costs, volatility, and the importance of understanding what you own.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Phil DeMuth</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Phil DeMuth, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/image.jpg?t=1792072965&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-demuth-the-little-book-of-alternative-investments/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/image.jpg?t=1792072965&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>828</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2d1f0870-eea5-4b22-9f67-b4e2012ad500/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13284053" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/phil-demuth-the-little-book-of-alternative-investments</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>215</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Little Book of Alternative Investments" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:25" title="Marketing and communication" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:16" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jamie Farr: MASH, Acting, and Giving Back</title>
      <itunes:title>Jamie Farr: MASH, Acting, and Giving Back</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews TV star Jamie Farr. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking through the worldwide economy. And every now and then I like to get a national guest on that people have seen from the past. We are very lucky today to have former TV star from MASH. People will recognize that show. I know a lot of our listeners watch MASH. I know, Rob, you&#x27;ve watched it too, our producer. Oh, absolutely. We&#x27;ve got Jamie Farr on. Jamie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Jamie, people will remember you from that and other things. You were, of course, Corporal Clinger on MASH. And you were in both of the Cannonball Run movies, which I loved them tremendously, with Burt Reynolds.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I go back farther than that. It&#x27;s my 57th, 58th year in the business. I actually started out when I was at the Pasadena Playhouse. I did my first feature film at MGM, which was Blackboard Jungle, which starred Glenn Ford and Sidney Poitier and Richard Kiley and Louis Calhoun and Francis. Vic Morrow and, of course, brought Rock Around the Clock, Bill Haley and the Comets to fame. So that was my very first movie. And I had grown up going to the movie theaters in Toledo, Ohio, watching MGM movies. And then two years later, after high school, I&#x27;m on the MGM lot making an MGM movie. That was very exciting for me. Wow. You&#x27;ve also voiced on The Family Guy. Heard that episode, too? Yeah. You know what? I even worked with Walter Cronkite.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I didn&#x27;t remember this. Late Walter Cronkite. I met his daughter. And she said, Jamie, you worked with Dad. I said, when did I do that? He said, you used to do a TV show called You Are There on CBS. And I said, you&#x27;re right. I remember now I was about 20 years old and I played Abe Kratyshinsky, who was a World War I Congressional Medal of Honor recipient. And Walter Cronkite narrated it. And, of course, I was the hero in that show. Some people come up to me and they talk to me and I go, oh, my goodness, you&#x27;re right. I did work with that person. It&#x27;s hard for me to remember after all these years. Well, we interview a lot of people each week. I&#x27;m sure that I probably worked with many of them. Yeah. Well, the funny thing is I forget. Sometimes I forget who and we were talking right before you came on about the love boat</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> because you were on the love boat. Fred Grandy was gopher on there. We had. Fred Grandy. That&#x27;s right. Yes. Oh, as a matter of fact, did Fred tell you that story when he was when he got burned, seriously burned when we were in I think we were in Turkey and they were in an automobile. We had gone to a party. We were actually filming a love boat in Egypt, Turkey, Israel. It&#x27;s a tough life. I remember some of the other Greek islands. And they were in an automobile and some of the balloons that the people had given us were filled with a explosive gas. And somebody in the car, he was sitting in the car, lighted a cigarette and ignited the balloon. And they almost emulated inside that car. Fred really burned himself very badly. They had to obviously have to take him to the hospital and the doctor.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And they had to put all sorts of medications on it. And they had to continue filming. And what they did is they created a glove, a latex glove that looked like it had human skin on it to put over his hand and arm so that he could continue shooting. He was a real trooper then, wasn&#x27;t he? He wanted to the show. Must go on. Fred&#x27;s a great guy. I&#x27;ve known him for years. As you know, he probably mentioned he was a congressman. Yes. He was in Washington from the state of Iowa. Now, what has Jamie Farr been up to lately? Well, lately I&#x27;ve been doing a great deal of live theater. I play a particular theater in Kansas City called the New Theater. And I&#x27;ve been back there about seven times. The last show I did was in January, Lend Me a Tenor. And then I&#x27;ve also had the mini road company of the wonderful play that Mitch Albom wrote.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> It&#x27;s actually a bestselling book, Tuesdays with Maury. And you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. And interestingly enough, in the play, Tuesdays with Maury, Mitch Albom calls his teacher Maury coach. And Maury says, I like that because everyone should have a coach. That was very endearing to me to hear that you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. Were you really ever a coach? Yeah, well, I coached a little league softball and soccer growing up. But I became a money coach about 22 years ago. And of course, as you know, when you get closer to retirement or in retirement, you really need someone to make sure that your money&#x27;s behaving. And that&#x27;s what coaches do. They keep things in line. I certainly hope so. And I hope you&#x27;re one that can be entrusted. Nowadays, it&#x27;s tough, isn&#x27;t it, Jamie? Yeah, it is. You know, you never know whether or not the person is a good coach.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> He&#x27;s not only making himself a prophet, but he&#x27;s looking after you. Yeah. When you entrust somebody with a name like coach or minister, rabbi, priest, teacher, any of those things, you want to make sure that you&#x27;re entrusting the right individual. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re a good coach. There&#x27;s bad apples everywhere, unfortunately. And I probably saw them in Hollywood. Of course, there are. There are some nice people. I&#x27;ve met many, many nice people in my 50-some years in this business. And you meet a lot of jerks also. But as you said, that comes in. It doesn&#x27;t matter what profession you&#x27;re in or what business you&#x27;re in. You have good people and bad people. Now, until recently, I guess in 2008, you stopped doing it. But you were on a rotation with two of my other favorite guys from Hollywood, Chuck Woolery and Bob Eubanks. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> We were doing a game show called the $250,000 Game Show. We did it a few places. One was Las Vegas at the Hilton Hotel. We rotated. As a matter of fact, Chuck, I think, still has a game show on one of the, maybe the Game Show Network that might still be live. I&#x27;m not sure. I haven&#x27;t talked to Chuck. He lives in Texas. And Bob Eubanks, I talk to him quite often. He lives in Westlake, not too far from where I live. And Bob and I are still close buddies. Well, when I grew up, I&#x27;m 45 now. When I grew up, we had a TV. It had three channels on it. It&#x27;s NBC, CBS, and what was the other one? ABC. You only had a couple of choices. So you watched the game shows and you watched the great series like MASH that you were on and I Dream of Jeannie, which you were also on.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> Yeah, weren&#x27;t the game shows fun, though? Yeah, I love to go to the Game Show Network. They were really lots of fun. Match Game, Hollywood Squares, Pyramid, Password. They had some terrific game shows on. And I was fortunate enough to be on many of them. Well, and we watched it. We grew up with people like that. And the funny thing is, I think it was called the $10,000 Pyramid when it first started, wasn&#x27;t it? Remember that show, The Pyramid? That was, yeah, $20,000 Pyramid. I did it with, I did Password with Burt Condi. I never did it with Alan Ludden. And I did Pyramid with Dick Clark. And then I did it later with John Davidson. And then later on, I did it with Donny Osmond. They all had the show. It&#x27;s funny, because, yeah, it started as a $10,000 Pyramid. Then inflation kicked in, and they had to get up to the $25,000.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> That&#x27;s right. You had to give away. Well, listen, when I was a kid, I&#x27;m a lot older than you are. And we used to listen to the game shows on radio. And the game show that became the $64,000 question was a game show called Take It or Leave It, brought to you by Eversharp Pencils and Pins. And the big question at the end of the game show was for $64. Wow. And that was that. Later on, it became the $64,000 question. But they used to give away $64. That was the big takeaway at the end of the show. You know, Rocky Blyer is a friend of mine. I remember Rocky Blyer for the Pittsburgh Sears. Oh, sure, Pittsburgh. Yeah. Rocky, great, great player. And he went to Vietnam, and then he came back after getting hurt there and played. But he told me, like, the salary back then for even the Stars was only like $20,000, $25,000 a year for the Stars.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Oh, yeah. Well, they say, you know, Joe DiMaggio&#x27;s best year was, I think, $100,000 a year. Some of these players who you&#x27;re probably never going to remember make about $100,000 an inning. And, of course, you as a financial advisor, a lot of these athletes, they make so much money that they really do need guidance as to where to put that money. Because we all have, whether you&#x27;re in sports or in the arts or anything else, you have that small window of time when you&#x27;re famous. And when you command those large dollars that you want to make sure those investments are right. Yeah, I cringe. Anytime I pick up the paper and you read about some of the athletes that have made millions and millions of dollars declaring bankruptcy because they lost it all. I know. Jerry Buss was a friend of mine. When they say was, I mean, he probably still is. I haven&#x27;t seen him in a long time.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Los Angeles Lakers. The Lakers, of course. And I used to be a big hockey fan and he owned the L.A. Kings at the time. And he used to tell me they&#x27;d sign these young players, you know, with huge bonuses. And he tried to get them somebody to guide them with the money that they were going to make. But a lot of them just feel that it&#x27;s forever. And they waste a lot of money. They spend it on homes and cars and all kinds of things. You have to be very, very careful. Money is very important to you. You don&#x27;t want to worship it. But at the same time, you know that it&#x27;s necessary in order for you to keep your dignity in life, especially if you&#x27;ve made some kind of mark in life. So, I know it&#x27;s money. I tell you, everybody, it&#x27;s a pursuit of money, whether it&#x27;s your money or somebody else&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah. Somebody&#x27;s always after it, right? Well, and here&#x27;s what I do when I do get somebody who&#x27;s made a lot of money. What we do is we take half of the money if we can talk them into it. And it&#x27;s tough sometimes because, like you say, they think it&#x27;s always going to be coming in. But we take half and put it into what we call a time capsule account, which will protect it and then give them a yearly income they can never outlive. And so then they can go blow a little bit of the leftover money that they have outside of that and get that out of the way, that feeling of just throwing money around. But they always have money protected and giving them income. Is that another word for an annuity? Yeah. There&#x27;s some good annuities out there that do the – I have those. Yeah. Yeah. I was wise enough to listen to somebody. So I – and then my accountant passed away last year. And so we had to get a new accountant. And my wife, who was a former bookkeeper, she&#x27;s taking care of our books now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We make sure that any money that comes in from the corporation, that we take sufficient taxes out and put it in the bank just with that purpose to pay those taxes for the corporation. Well, let me ask – So we try to do the right thing. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t want to really get too deep in financial with you because I just wanted to touch base with you and see what Jamie Farr was doing. But let me ask you this. You said you have money in annuities. How does it make you feel to know your money&#x27;s safe and is always going to be there? Well, is there anything really safe? I wake up every morning thinking that they are, including my pensions, that I have with the Screen Actors Guild and the Aftra and Actors Equity. But that money comes from someplace. Yep. If our whole country goes belly up, then we&#x27;re all going to be broke. You&#x27;re right.</p><p><strong>10:49</strong> And so – Yes. I feel comfortable in that sense, of course. But it&#x27;s very hard to save money. It&#x27;s very, very hard. Mr. Farr, this is Rob again. Just a quick financial question. Being a younger guy, talking to a guy that&#x27;s been through the ropes, what&#x27;s the best financial advice you&#x27;ve ever received while going through your career? It&#x27;s a very simple one. It was a man by the name of Ed Wynn. He was known as the perfect fool. Red Skelton was my mentor, the great comedian who passed away a few years ago. And Ed Wynn was Red Skelton&#x27;s mentor. And I happened to ask him that question because Ed made tons and tons of money in the business. And I said, sir, what&#x27;s the wisest thing to do? And he said, all right, I have three words for you. Save your money.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> Now, how you do that, that&#x27;s where Coach Pete comes in. You have to have somebody guide you as to know where you&#x27;re going to put that money. But that&#x27;s the truth. You don&#x27;t want to live at the height of whatever money you&#x27;re making. In other words, his son, Kenan Wynn, the actor, he said, Jamie, if Kenan made $5,000 a week, which was a tremendous amount of money in the 40s, he&#x27;d spend $10,000. And if he made $10,000 a week, he&#x27;d spend $15,000. So you can&#x27;t do that. You really have to budget yourself. Absolutely is. And, folks, it&#x27;s Jamie Farr. Of course, you might recognize that name. He played Corporal Klinger on MASH, and he&#x27;s been all over the place on Hollywood. We also have our golf tournament, Rob, in Toledo. I&#x27;ve been with the LPGA for 27 years.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> We&#x27;ve raised over $6.5 million for children&#x27;s charities and abused women in Northwest Ohio. That&#x27;s incredible. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of it, the Jamie Farr Toledo Classic. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been to it a number of times, enjoyed it every time. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s good to give back also. That&#x27;s very important. Well, Jamie Farr, thanks for coming on to Financial Safari, and hopefully you come back on in the future and report in to us what&#x27;s going on in your life again. My pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from December 2011, Coach Pete interviews TV star Jamie Farr. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking through the worldwide economy. And every now and then I like to get a national guest on that people have seen from the past. We are very lucky today to have former TV star from MASH. People will recognize that show. I know a lot of our listeners watch MASH. I know, Rob, you&#x27;ve watched it too, our producer. Oh, absolutely. We&#x27;ve got Jamie Farr on. Jamie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Jamie, people will remember you from that and other things. You were, of course, Corporal Clinger on MASH. And you were in both of the Cannonball Run movies, which I loved them tremendously, with Burt Reynolds.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Well, I go back farther than that. It&#x27;s my 57th, 58th year in the business. I actually started out when I was at the Pasadena Playhouse. I did my first feature film at MGM, which was Blackboard Jungle, which starred Glenn Ford and Sidney Poitier and Richard Kiley and Louis Calhoun and Francis. Vic Morrow and, of course, brought Rock Around the Clock, Bill Haley and the Comets to fame. So that was my very first movie. And I had grown up going to the movie theaters in Toledo, Ohio, watching MGM movies. And then two years later, after high school, I&#x27;m on the MGM lot making an MGM movie. That was very exciting for me. Wow. You&#x27;ve also voiced on The Family Guy. Heard that episode, too? Yeah. You know what? I even worked with Walter Cronkite.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> I didn&#x27;t remember this. Late Walter Cronkite. I met his daughter. And she said, Jamie, you worked with Dad. I said, when did I do that? He said, you used to do a TV show called You Are There on CBS. And I said, you&#x27;re right. I remember now I was about 20 years old and I played Abe Kratyshinsky, who was a World War I Congressional Medal of Honor recipient. And Walter Cronkite narrated it. And, of course, I was the hero in that show. Some people come up to me and they talk to me and I go, oh, my goodness, you&#x27;re right. I did work with that person. It&#x27;s hard for me to remember after all these years. Well, we interview a lot of people each week. I&#x27;m sure that I probably worked with many of them. Yeah. Well, the funny thing is I forget. Sometimes I forget who and we were talking right before you came on about the love boat</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> because you were on the love boat. Fred Grandy was gopher on there. We had. Fred Grandy. That&#x27;s right. Yes. Oh, as a matter of fact, did Fred tell you that story when he was when he got burned, seriously burned when we were in I think we were in Turkey and they were in an automobile. We had gone to a party. We were actually filming a love boat in Egypt, Turkey, Israel. It&#x27;s a tough life. I remember some of the other Greek islands. And they were in an automobile and some of the balloons that the people had given us were filled with a explosive gas. And somebody in the car, he was sitting in the car, lighted a cigarette and ignited the balloon. And they almost emulated inside that car. Fred really burned himself very badly. They had to obviously have to take him to the hospital and the doctor.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And they had to put all sorts of medications on it. And they had to continue filming. And what they did is they created a glove, a latex glove that looked like it had human skin on it to put over his hand and arm so that he could continue shooting. He was a real trooper then, wasn&#x27;t he? He wanted to the show. Must go on. Fred&#x27;s a great guy. I&#x27;ve known him for years. As you know, he probably mentioned he was a congressman. Yes. He was in Washington from the state of Iowa. Now, what has Jamie Farr been up to lately? Well, lately I&#x27;ve been doing a great deal of live theater. I play a particular theater in Kansas City called the New Theater. And I&#x27;ve been back there about seven times. The last show I did was in January, Lend Me a Tenor. And then I&#x27;ve also had the mini road company of the wonderful play that Mitch Albom wrote.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> It&#x27;s actually a bestselling book, Tuesdays with Maury. And you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. And interestingly enough, in the play, Tuesdays with Maury, Mitch Albom calls his teacher Maury coach. And Maury says, I like that because everyone should have a coach. That was very endearing to me to hear that you&#x27;re called Coach Pete. Were you really ever a coach? Yeah, well, I coached a little league softball and soccer growing up. But I became a money coach about 22 years ago. And of course, as you know, when you get closer to retirement or in retirement, you really need someone to make sure that your money&#x27;s behaving. And that&#x27;s what coaches do. They keep things in line. I certainly hope so. And I hope you&#x27;re one that can be entrusted. Nowadays, it&#x27;s tough, isn&#x27;t it, Jamie? Yeah, it is. You know, you never know whether or not the person is a good coach.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> He&#x27;s not only making himself a prophet, but he&#x27;s looking after you. Yeah. When you entrust somebody with a name like coach or minister, rabbi, priest, teacher, any of those things, you want to make sure that you&#x27;re entrusting the right individual. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re a good coach. There&#x27;s bad apples everywhere, unfortunately. And I probably saw them in Hollywood. Of course, there are. There are some nice people. I&#x27;ve met many, many nice people in my 50-some years in this business. And you meet a lot of jerks also. But as you said, that comes in. It doesn&#x27;t matter what profession you&#x27;re in or what business you&#x27;re in. You have good people and bad people. Now, until recently, I guess in 2008, you stopped doing it. But you were on a rotation with two of my other favorite guys from Hollywood, Chuck Woolery and Bob Eubanks. Oh, yeah.</p><p><strong>05:25</strong> We were doing a game show called the $250,000 Game Show. We did it a few places. One was Las Vegas at the Hilton Hotel. We rotated. As a matter of fact, Chuck, I think, still has a game show on one of the, maybe the Game Show Network that might still be live. I&#x27;m not sure. I haven&#x27;t talked to Chuck. He lives in Texas. And Bob Eubanks, I talk to him quite often. He lives in Westlake, not too far from where I live. And Bob and I are still close buddies. Well, when I grew up, I&#x27;m 45 now. When I grew up, we had a TV. It had three channels on it. It&#x27;s NBC, CBS, and what was the other one? ABC. You only had a couple of choices. So you watched the game shows and you watched the great series like MASH that you were on and I Dream of Jeannie, which you were also on.</p><p><strong>06:10</strong> Yeah, weren&#x27;t the game shows fun, though? Yeah, I love to go to the Game Show Network. They were really lots of fun. Match Game, Hollywood Squares, Pyramid, Password. They had some terrific game shows on. And I was fortunate enough to be on many of them. Well, and we watched it. We grew up with people like that. And the funny thing is, I think it was called the $10,000 Pyramid when it first started, wasn&#x27;t it? Remember that show, The Pyramid? That was, yeah, $20,000 Pyramid. I did it with, I did Password with Burt Condi. I never did it with Alan Ludden. And I did Pyramid with Dick Clark. And then I did it later with John Davidson. And then later on, I did it with Donny Osmond. They all had the show. It&#x27;s funny, because, yeah, it started as a $10,000 Pyramid. Then inflation kicked in, and they had to get up to the $25,000.</p><p><strong>06:56</strong> That&#x27;s right. You had to give away. Well, listen, when I was a kid, I&#x27;m a lot older than you are. And we used to listen to the game shows on radio. And the game show that became the $64,000 question was a game show called Take It or Leave It, brought to you by Eversharp Pencils and Pins. And the big question at the end of the game show was for $64. Wow. And that was that. Later on, it became the $64,000 question. But they used to give away $64. That was the big takeaway at the end of the show. You know, Rocky Blyer is a friend of mine. I remember Rocky Blyer for the Pittsburgh Sears. Oh, sure, Pittsburgh. Yeah. Rocky, great, great player. And he went to Vietnam, and then he came back after getting hurt there and played. But he told me, like, the salary back then for even the Stars was only like $20,000, $25,000 a year for the Stars.</p><p><strong>07:43</strong> Oh, yeah. Well, they say, you know, Joe DiMaggio&#x27;s best year was, I think, $100,000 a year. Some of these players who you&#x27;re probably never going to remember make about $100,000 an inning. And, of course, you as a financial advisor, a lot of these athletes, they make so much money that they really do need guidance as to where to put that money. Because we all have, whether you&#x27;re in sports or in the arts or anything else, you have that small window of time when you&#x27;re famous. And when you command those large dollars that you want to make sure those investments are right. Yeah, I cringe. Anytime I pick up the paper and you read about some of the athletes that have made millions and millions of dollars declaring bankruptcy because they lost it all. I know. Jerry Buss was a friend of mine. When they say was, I mean, he probably still is. I haven&#x27;t seen him in a long time.</p><p><strong>08:29</strong> Los Angeles Lakers. The Lakers, of course. And I used to be a big hockey fan and he owned the L.A. Kings at the time. And he used to tell me they&#x27;d sign these young players, you know, with huge bonuses. And he tried to get them somebody to guide them with the money that they were going to make. But a lot of them just feel that it&#x27;s forever. And they waste a lot of money. They spend it on homes and cars and all kinds of things. You have to be very, very careful. Money is very important to you. You don&#x27;t want to worship it. But at the same time, you know that it&#x27;s necessary in order for you to keep your dignity in life, especially if you&#x27;ve made some kind of mark in life. So, I know it&#x27;s money. I tell you, everybody, it&#x27;s a pursuit of money, whether it&#x27;s your money or somebody else&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> Yeah. Somebody&#x27;s always after it, right? Well, and here&#x27;s what I do when I do get somebody who&#x27;s made a lot of money. What we do is we take half of the money if we can talk them into it. And it&#x27;s tough sometimes because, like you say, they think it&#x27;s always going to be coming in. But we take half and put it into what we call a time capsule account, which will protect it and then give them a yearly income they can never outlive. And so then they can go blow a little bit of the leftover money that they have outside of that and get that out of the way, that feeling of just throwing money around. But they always have money protected and giving them income. Is that another word for an annuity? Yeah. There&#x27;s some good annuities out there that do the – I have those. Yeah. Yeah. I was wise enough to listen to somebody. So I – and then my accountant passed away last year. And so we had to get a new accountant. And my wife, who was a former bookkeeper, she&#x27;s taking care of our books now.</p><p><strong>10:04</strong> We make sure that any money that comes in from the corporation, that we take sufficient taxes out and put it in the bank just with that purpose to pay those taxes for the corporation. Well, let me ask – So we try to do the right thing. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t want to really get too deep in financial with you because I just wanted to touch base with you and see what Jamie Farr was doing. But let me ask you this. You said you have money in annuities. How does it make you feel to know your money&#x27;s safe and is always going to be there? Well, is there anything really safe? I wake up every morning thinking that they are, including my pensions, that I have with the Screen Actors Guild and the Aftra and Actors Equity. But that money comes from someplace. Yep. If our whole country goes belly up, then we&#x27;re all going to be broke. You&#x27;re right.</p><p><strong>10:49</strong> And so – Yes. I feel comfortable in that sense, of course. But it&#x27;s very hard to save money. It&#x27;s very, very hard. Mr. Farr, this is Rob again. Just a quick financial question. Being a younger guy, talking to a guy that&#x27;s been through the ropes, what&#x27;s the best financial advice you&#x27;ve ever received while going through your career? It&#x27;s a very simple one. It was a man by the name of Ed Wynn. He was known as the perfect fool. Red Skelton was my mentor, the great comedian who passed away a few years ago. And Ed Wynn was Red Skelton&#x27;s mentor. And I happened to ask him that question because Ed made tons and tons of money in the business. And I said, sir, what&#x27;s the wisest thing to do? And he said, all right, I have three words for you. Save your money.</p><p><strong>11:36</strong> Now, how you do that, that&#x27;s where Coach Pete comes in. You have to have somebody guide you as to know where you&#x27;re going to put that money. But that&#x27;s the truth. You don&#x27;t want to live at the height of whatever money you&#x27;re making. In other words, his son, Kenan Wynn, the actor, he said, Jamie, if Kenan made $5,000 a week, which was a tremendous amount of money in the 40s, he&#x27;d spend $10,000. And if he made $10,000 a week, he&#x27;d spend $15,000. So you can&#x27;t do that. You really have to budget yourself. Absolutely is. And, folks, it&#x27;s Jamie Farr. Of course, you might recognize that name. He played Corporal Klinger on MASH, and he&#x27;s been all over the place on Hollywood. We also have our golf tournament, Rob, in Toledo. I&#x27;ve been with the LPGA for 27 years.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> We&#x27;ve raised over $6.5 million for children&#x27;s charities and abused women in Northwest Ohio. That&#x27;s incredible. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard of it, the Jamie Farr Toledo Classic. Absolutely. I&#x27;ve been to it a number of times, enjoyed it every time. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s good to give back also. That&#x27;s very important. Well, Jamie Farr, thanks for coming on to Financial Safari, and hopefully you come back on in the future and report in to us what&#x27;s going on in your life again. My pleasure. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jamie Farr joins Coach Pete to reflect on MASH, his acting career, and life on stage. In this December 2011 interview, they also discuss budgeting, the financial realities of entertainment and sports, and Farr’s charitable work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jamie Farr</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>sports</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <category>charitable giving</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jamie Farr, budgeting, sports, film and television, charitable giving</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/image.jpg?t=1792073020&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jamie-farr-mash-acting-and-giving-back/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/image.jpg?t=1792073020&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>785</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0dbe78fc-7eac-4944-8d6b-b4e201286782/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12587814" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jamie-farr-mash-acting-and-giving-back</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>216</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="MASH, Acting, and Giving Back" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:13" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:04" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Richard Hoe: Finding the Right Financial Fit</title>
      <itunes:title>Richard Hoe: Finding the Right Financial Fit</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Richard Hoe joins Coach Pete to discuss financial planning and why one product cannot fit every investor. Their November 2011 conversation explores annuities, income riders, costs, and choosing an approach that fits a person’s needs and risk tolerance.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from November 2011, Coach Pete interviews Investment Advisor Representative Richard Poe. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And as we like to do each and every week, I like to pull in a national expert, somebody who is out there in the financial world, folks, and understands everything that&#x27;s available out there to the general public, but more importantly, someone who can educate you a little bit on the process of financial planning. And we&#x27;re very lucky this week to have an individual who&#x27;s been in the financial arena for at least 43 years. His name is Richard Ho. And he has also been writing articles, he said, for longer than he&#x27;s been in the financial world.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s an investment advisor representative. And Richard, I wanted to talk to you about how the fact of in the financial world, there&#x27;s not one product that&#x27;s the right fit for everybody. Correct? Correct. Absolutely correct. And welcome into the show, by the way, Richard. Thank you very much, Coach. And so there&#x27;s, I guess we&#x27;ll talk about some of the confusion that exists out there. I mean, you need to put a plan together first, folks. And then there&#x27;s different vehicles out there. There&#x27;s something called an annuity, Richard. And let&#x27;s educate folks on the different kind of annuities and how they may fit some of the people listening. Well, that sounds like a great idea. Essentially, in an average financial planning practice, there are probably three types that are most widely used. The variable annuity, which I also sometimes call an investment annuity.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And basically, that&#x27;s a kind of a wrapper, Coach Pete, that surrounds a bunch of investment accounts that aren&#x27;t really exactly mutual funds, but they&#x27;re somewhat similar to mutual funds. Let me give you an example. If one of those accounts was, let&#x27;s say, and I&#x27;ll pick this out of thin air, Invesco balanced risk allocation, it would be managed by the same people that manage the Invesco balanced risk allocation mutual fund, but it wouldn&#x27;t be exactly the same. It would be close. And its philosophy, investment philosophy, would be about the same. So that variable or investment annuity might have 30 or 40 of those subaccounts that are somewhat like mutual funds,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> but not exactly in it. I mean, I even know of one variable annuity that has over 300 of those subaccounts, and they&#x27;ll be from different mutual fund families, like you might have in one of those, some from Fidelity and some from American Funds and some from Invesco and so forth and so on, and Franklin Templeton and what have you. So it allows a person to access a variety of investment subaccounts that are mutual fund-like in one wrapper. So that&#x27;s an advantage. The disadvantage is they have fairly high expenses. Another advantage to it, Coach Pete, is that they provide a very easy way to rebalance.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Rebalance. So rebalancing is important in the investment business, because if you start off just, say, 50-50, and you had 50% in a subaccount that was the Vanguard S&amp;P 500 and 50% in a subaccount that was somewhat similar to a bond mutual fund, at the end of a certain period of time, let&#x27;s say a quarter, there would no longer be 50-50. Correct. One of those two would do better. You know that. So, well, one advantage in a variable annuity is they&#x27;ll rebalance for free. The expenses are higher, but they&#x27;ll rebalance to your kind of risk tolerance every quarter. So that&#x27;s an advantage. And they have some tax advantages in that, you know, that you don&#x27;t have to pay tax while you&#x27;re accumulating money,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> and you have to kind of weigh that against the higher expenses. Then we have the traditional single premium immediate annuity, which is absolutely nothing like what I just described. It&#x27;s a million miles away. A single premium immediate annuity is a contract between any natural person and an insurance company. And the natural person, which could be you or it could be me, gives the insurance company, let&#x27;s say, $100,000. And the insurance company then promises to pay that person, or it could be two people, could be a husband and wife, pay them, let&#x27;s say, $800 a month for the rest of one life, for the rest of two lives.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And insurance companies are very, very good at that. That&#x27;s a contract. And if you do it on a non-qualified basis, meaning it&#x27;s not an IRA or not out of a 401K or anything, it has some very good tax advantages as to the monthly income stream. So you have the assurance that if you enter into one of those contracts, that you&#x27;re going to have income for the rest of your life. And it&#x27;s going to work pretty well, Coach Pete. I don&#x27;t know if you agree with me, but if you were to look at kind of a curve, when someone&#x27;s 65 and retires, they tend for the first 10 years or so to spend more than they do for the balance of their life. So from 65 to 75, let&#x27;s say, and I&#x27;m not saying anyone should retire at 65.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I certainly didn&#x27;t. But if you did, if you looked at people like that, they tend to go traveling from 65 to 75. They tend to do a lot, maybe buy a vacation home. They tend to do a lot of different things, and they tend to spend more money. But they start to slow down when they&#x27;re 75, 76, 77. They don&#x27;t travel as much. They don&#x27;t spend it. This is a generalization. I mean, I&#x27;ve got two customers who are 89 that travel more than anybody I&#x27;ve ever seen in my life. But generally. You know how that goes. And then there&#x27;s a third kind of annuity that&#x27;s very popular. We could call it, Coach P. We could call it the seminar annuity. And that&#x27;s an annuity that is referred to as an indexed annuity. It&#x27;s a little bit like the investment annuity, except the insurance company has a lot more control</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> over how the money&#x27;s invested and if there are restrictions on it. Now, two of these annuities that I talked about, well, three really, but the investment annuity and the indexed annuity both provide income streams that are lifetime income streams. Now, we know that the single premium immediate annuity does that. That&#x27;s a contract between you and the insurance company or me and the insurance company or anyone in the insurance company where you give them $100,000 or some amount of money, and they guarantee an income for life. But you can also kind of have your cake and eat it, too, in the variable investment annuity and in the indexed annuity in that the companies will also promise you a lifetime income stream in those two as well.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> It will typically be less, less money, but you also have the ability to grow money in the market because of the underlying account. Have I done a pretty good job of confusing you? Not me, but, you know, here&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve seen. Annuities are sort of like cars. They seem to have some improvements every couple years or at least some new bells and whistles. But maybe you&#x27;ll agree with me on this. One of the best inventions in the annuity world that I&#x27;ve seen is something called an income rider attachment the last five years or so. Do you want to explain to the listener what an income rider attachment is and what&#x27;s the advantage of having an income rider attached to your annuity? That&#x27;s a very good thing you brought that up, and I was trying to explain it, but you made it simpler already.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> Yes. If you have either an indexed annuity or a variable investment annuity, you may acquire an income rider. It costs extra money. There&#x27;s no such thing as a free lunch. And there&#x27;s income riders that work during the accumulation phase, which is before you retire and start to take income. And then when you begin to take income, they promise that you will receive no less than, say, 5% income for life. So let&#x27;s take an example. In year one, you put in $100,000, Coach Pete. Fair enough? Yep. Okay. Ten years from then, this company, we&#x27;ll call them Company X, guarantees that you&#x27;ll have for income purposes. I&#x27;m not talking about money now.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> I&#x27;m talking about income purposes. They&#x27;ll guarantee you&#x27;ll have no less than $200,000. Nobody&#x27;s saying how much money there&#x27;s actually going to be in that contract. It could be $150,000. It could be $125,000. It could be $180,000. It depends on how the market does. If the market&#x27;s really doing well, it could be $225,000. But let&#x27;s say the market&#x27;s not doing well, and it&#x27;s either $150,000 or $175,000. So if you were going to cash it in, you&#x27;d get $150,000. For income purposes, that company promised you when you got that annuity that you&#x27;d have no less than $200,000 in 10 years. Fair enough? Fair. Okay. They also guarantee that if you start taking income and you&#x27;re a 65 or some number, it&#x27;s not always the same age.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But Company X is 65. You get 5% for the rest of your life. Company X also says that if you and your wife do it together, if there are two of you, you get 4.5% for life. So they have two promises there. And I kind of call that eyes wide shut. Not that it has any connotation like the Tom Cruise movie, which I think was one of the worst movies of all time, but that&#x27;s a whole other story. But what I mean by that is if you focus on your income needs and you worry about the market every day, an annuity can relax you because it has that income promise. It may have that doubling promise in 10 years, which, by the way, is a compound rate of return of about 7.2%.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> So on the income basis, or they call it an income base, basically they&#x27;re saying no matter what the market does, we&#x27;re going to promise that you double your money in 10 years for income. So if you don&#x27;t pay attention to the basic underlying value, what I&#x27;m saying is that for some people it doesn&#x27;t really matter because what they&#x27;re interested in is income for life. And that may not be a bad deal. Now, if I can digress for one moment, I&#x27;ll give you just a tiny little sermon, okay? If people get very nervous when the market goes down 30%, and I&#x27;m sure you discussed this a lot on your show, right? Correct. People don&#x27;t think about investing reflectively.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> Warren Buffett thinks reflectively about the market. People tend to be emotional about the market. And when the market goes down 30%, or sometimes even 10%, they just go wild. Now, you and I know that if you&#x27;re in a good mutual fund, let me pick one out of the air that I&#x27;m not even using right now. We&#x27;ll take an American fund, and it&#x27;s one I happen to have approximate statistics for. It&#x27;s a good fund. It&#x27;s a balanced fund. It&#x27;s got some bonds in it, usually, and it&#x27;s got some equities in it, stocks. And it&#x27;s kind of a mix, mostly American companies, but some that do international business. And they&#x27;re very selective about bonds, and they have a good track record, okay? So if we were to look at them from, and I have to tell you, I kind of got ready for this show a little bit because I knew you were going to ask me some questions.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> If we started 930 of 01, 2001, and we finished our 10 years at 930 of 2011, in some ways a pretty horrible decade, isn&#x27;t it? It sure is. You had 2001, a lot of angst in 2001, a lot of angst in 2002. And the market really didn&#x27;t start to perk up until about March of 2003. And it gave you the horrible 2008 year. And not only that, but we had the difficulty in July and August of this year. So there&#x27;s a lot of bad stuff there. But if you were in this good mutual fund, and you looked at the numbers, if you took out 5% a year, which is 25, if you put $500,000 in, and you took 5% out of every year, and you took it out monthly,</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> so you&#x27;re taking out 25,000 a year, comes out to about $2,066, give or take, a month. At the end of 10 years, the question is, how did you do? Now, remember, this is all predicated on picking a reasonably decent mutual fund that&#x27;s balanced. I mean, I&#x27;m not suggesting you go out and invest 100% of your money in small cap growth or, you know, some other weird go-go thing. I&#x27;m suggesting that you kind of find a good balanced fund with a good history and good management. Now, so you would have received $25,000 a year for 10 years or $250,000. You started with $500,000. How much is left after you&#x27;ve taken all that money out? And the answer is about $548,000.</p><p><strong>13:38</strong> But here&#x27;s the thing, Coach Pete. In 2008, that fund was down about 30%. And you might have gone out of your mind with worry. And if you did, you wouldn&#x27;t be thinking reflectively. You&#x27;d be thinking emotionally. You&#x27;d be listening to the media. You&#x27;d go nuts. And if you were built that way, then maybe an annuity is a good product for you because you won&#x27;t have to worry about lifetime income. I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s perfect. I&#x27;m not saying you should put all 12 of your eggs in the one carton. I&#x27;m just saying that it might take a little of the steam out of your emotional reaction to the ups and downs of the market. Does that make sense?</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> It sure does. I mean, people need to insulate themselves a little bit. Yeah, but you and I both know that you would have been okay with that fund. You just have to think reflectively. But if that 30% is going to drive you nuts, you probably don&#x27;t belong in that fund. You&#x27;re right. I mean, and that&#x27;s it. I mean, everybody has to think about that. I mean, the genius of Buffett is that he thinks very reflectively. You may not agree with how he thinks about taxes. I&#x27;m not sure. I love Warren Buffett, but I&#x27;m not sure he thinks reflective when he makes out his tax advice. But the man&#x27;s a genius when it comes to thinking reflectively about investing. He doesn&#x27;t panic like a lot of us do. So he says to himself, okay, this is a good manager.</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> This is a good company. This is going to be okay. They&#x27;re having a rough patch. But let&#x27;s look. They&#x27;ve had rough patches before, and they&#x27;ve done very nicely. If you can think that way, then you belong in a fund or in a portfolio of stocks and bonds. If you can&#x27;t deal with that, then you belong perhaps in an annuity with part of your money. Well, great point, Richard. And we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds left. And let me just see if I can get you to agree or disagree with this. I mean, is it a correct statement for me to say that nothing is for everyone in the financial world? Yes, sir. Yes, sir, a thousand times. Folks, that&#x27;s been Mr. Richard Ho. He&#x27;s an investment advisor representative. He&#x27;s got over 43 years&#x27; experience in the financial world.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> And, Richard, I hope we can have you back on again in the future on the Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it was a great pleasure. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Richard Hoe joins Coach Pete to discuss financial planning and why one product cannot fit every investor. Their November 2011 conversation explores annuities, income riders, costs, and choosing an approach that fits a person’s needs and risk tolerance.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from November 2011, Coach Pete interviews Investment Advisor Representative Richard Poe. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. And as we like to do each and every week, I like to pull in a national expert, somebody who is out there in the financial world, folks, and understands everything that&#x27;s available out there to the general public, but more importantly, someone who can educate you a little bit on the process of financial planning. And we&#x27;re very lucky this week to have an individual who&#x27;s been in the financial arena for at least 43 years. His name is Richard Ho. And he has also been writing articles, he said, for longer than he&#x27;s been in the financial world.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> He&#x27;s an investment advisor representative. And Richard, I wanted to talk to you about how the fact of in the financial world, there&#x27;s not one product that&#x27;s the right fit for everybody. Correct? Correct. Absolutely correct. And welcome into the show, by the way, Richard. Thank you very much, Coach. And so there&#x27;s, I guess we&#x27;ll talk about some of the confusion that exists out there. I mean, you need to put a plan together first, folks. And then there&#x27;s different vehicles out there. There&#x27;s something called an annuity, Richard. And let&#x27;s educate folks on the different kind of annuities and how they may fit some of the people listening. Well, that sounds like a great idea. Essentially, in an average financial planning practice, there are probably three types that are most widely used. The variable annuity, which I also sometimes call an investment annuity.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And basically, that&#x27;s a kind of a wrapper, Coach Pete, that surrounds a bunch of investment accounts that aren&#x27;t really exactly mutual funds, but they&#x27;re somewhat similar to mutual funds. Let me give you an example. If one of those accounts was, let&#x27;s say, and I&#x27;ll pick this out of thin air, Invesco balanced risk allocation, it would be managed by the same people that manage the Invesco balanced risk allocation mutual fund, but it wouldn&#x27;t be exactly the same. It would be close. And its philosophy, investment philosophy, would be about the same. So that variable or investment annuity might have 30 or 40 of those subaccounts that are somewhat like mutual funds,</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> but not exactly in it. I mean, I even know of one variable annuity that has over 300 of those subaccounts, and they&#x27;ll be from different mutual fund families, like you might have in one of those, some from Fidelity and some from American Funds and some from Invesco and so forth and so on, and Franklin Templeton and what have you. So it allows a person to access a variety of investment subaccounts that are mutual fund-like in one wrapper. So that&#x27;s an advantage. The disadvantage is they have fairly high expenses. Another advantage to it, Coach Pete, is that they provide a very easy way to rebalance.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Rebalance. So rebalancing is important in the investment business, because if you start off just, say, 50-50, and you had 50% in a subaccount that was the Vanguard S&amp;P 500 and 50% in a subaccount that was somewhat similar to a bond mutual fund, at the end of a certain period of time, let&#x27;s say a quarter, there would no longer be 50-50. Correct. One of those two would do better. You know that. So, well, one advantage in a variable annuity is they&#x27;ll rebalance for free. The expenses are higher, but they&#x27;ll rebalance to your kind of risk tolerance every quarter. So that&#x27;s an advantage. And they have some tax advantages in that, you know, that you don&#x27;t have to pay tax while you&#x27;re accumulating money,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> and you have to kind of weigh that against the higher expenses. Then we have the traditional single premium immediate annuity, which is absolutely nothing like what I just described. It&#x27;s a million miles away. A single premium immediate annuity is a contract between any natural person and an insurance company. And the natural person, which could be you or it could be me, gives the insurance company, let&#x27;s say, $100,000. And the insurance company then promises to pay that person, or it could be two people, could be a husband and wife, pay them, let&#x27;s say, $800 a month for the rest of one life, for the rest of two lives.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> And insurance companies are very, very good at that. That&#x27;s a contract. And if you do it on a non-qualified basis, meaning it&#x27;s not an IRA or not out of a 401K or anything, it has some very good tax advantages as to the monthly income stream. So you have the assurance that if you enter into one of those contracts, that you&#x27;re going to have income for the rest of your life. And it&#x27;s going to work pretty well, Coach Pete. I don&#x27;t know if you agree with me, but if you were to look at kind of a curve, when someone&#x27;s 65 and retires, they tend for the first 10 years or so to spend more than they do for the balance of their life. So from 65 to 75, let&#x27;s say, and I&#x27;m not saying anyone should retire at 65.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I certainly didn&#x27;t. But if you did, if you looked at people like that, they tend to go traveling from 65 to 75. They tend to do a lot, maybe buy a vacation home. They tend to do a lot of different things, and they tend to spend more money. But they start to slow down when they&#x27;re 75, 76, 77. They don&#x27;t travel as much. They don&#x27;t spend it. This is a generalization. I mean, I&#x27;ve got two customers who are 89 that travel more than anybody I&#x27;ve ever seen in my life. But generally. You know how that goes. And then there&#x27;s a third kind of annuity that&#x27;s very popular. We could call it, Coach P. We could call it the seminar annuity. And that&#x27;s an annuity that is referred to as an indexed annuity. It&#x27;s a little bit like the investment annuity, except the insurance company has a lot more control</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> over how the money&#x27;s invested and if there are restrictions on it. Now, two of these annuities that I talked about, well, three really, but the investment annuity and the indexed annuity both provide income streams that are lifetime income streams. Now, we know that the single premium immediate annuity does that. That&#x27;s a contract between you and the insurance company or me and the insurance company or anyone in the insurance company where you give them $100,000 or some amount of money, and they guarantee an income for life. But you can also kind of have your cake and eat it, too, in the variable investment annuity and in the indexed annuity in that the companies will also promise you a lifetime income stream in those two as well.</p><p><strong>07:18</strong> It will typically be less, less money, but you also have the ability to grow money in the market because of the underlying account. Have I done a pretty good job of confusing you? Not me, but, you know, here&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve seen. Annuities are sort of like cars. They seem to have some improvements every couple years or at least some new bells and whistles. But maybe you&#x27;ll agree with me on this. One of the best inventions in the annuity world that I&#x27;ve seen is something called an income rider attachment the last five years or so. Do you want to explain to the listener what an income rider attachment is and what&#x27;s the advantage of having an income rider attached to your annuity? That&#x27;s a very good thing you brought that up, and I was trying to explain it, but you made it simpler already.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> Yes. If you have either an indexed annuity or a variable investment annuity, you may acquire an income rider. It costs extra money. There&#x27;s no such thing as a free lunch. And there&#x27;s income riders that work during the accumulation phase, which is before you retire and start to take income. And then when you begin to take income, they promise that you will receive no less than, say, 5% income for life. So let&#x27;s take an example. In year one, you put in $100,000, Coach Pete. Fair enough? Yep. Okay. Ten years from then, this company, we&#x27;ll call them Company X, guarantees that you&#x27;ll have for income purposes. I&#x27;m not talking about money now.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> I&#x27;m talking about income purposes. They&#x27;ll guarantee you&#x27;ll have no less than $200,000. Nobody&#x27;s saying how much money there&#x27;s actually going to be in that contract. It could be $150,000. It could be $125,000. It could be $180,000. It depends on how the market does. If the market&#x27;s really doing well, it could be $225,000. But let&#x27;s say the market&#x27;s not doing well, and it&#x27;s either $150,000 or $175,000. So if you were going to cash it in, you&#x27;d get $150,000. For income purposes, that company promised you when you got that annuity that you&#x27;d have no less than $200,000 in 10 years. Fair enough? Fair. Okay. They also guarantee that if you start taking income and you&#x27;re a 65 or some number, it&#x27;s not always the same age.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But Company X is 65. You get 5% for the rest of your life. Company X also says that if you and your wife do it together, if there are two of you, you get 4.5% for life. So they have two promises there. And I kind of call that eyes wide shut. Not that it has any connotation like the Tom Cruise movie, which I think was one of the worst movies of all time, but that&#x27;s a whole other story. But what I mean by that is if you focus on your income needs and you worry about the market every day, an annuity can relax you because it has that income promise. It may have that doubling promise in 10 years, which, by the way, is a compound rate of return of about 7.2%.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> So on the income basis, or they call it an income base, basically they&#x27;re saying no matter what the market does, we&#x27;re going to promise that you double your money in 10 years for income. So if you don&#x27;t pay attention to the basic underlying value, what I&#x27;m saying is that for some people it doesn&#x27;t really matter because what they&#x27;re interested in is income for life. And that may not be a bad deal. Now, if I can digress for one moment, I&#x27;ll give you just a tiny little sermon, okay? If people get very nervous when the market goes down 30%, and I&#x27;m sure you discussed this a lot on your show, right? Correct. People don&#x27;t think about investing reflectively.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> Warren Buffett thinks reflectively about the market. People tend to be emotional about the market. And when the market goes down 30%, or sometimes even 10%, they just go wild. Now, you and I know that if you&#x27;re in a good mutual fund, let me pick one out of the air that I&#x27;m not even using right now. We&#x27;ll take an American fund, and it&#x27;s one I happen to have approximate statistics for. It&#x27;s a good fund. It&#x27;s a balanced fund. It&#x27;s got some bonds in it, usually, and it&#x27;s got some equities in it, stocks. And it&#x27;s kind of a mix, mostly American companies, but some that do international business. And they&#x27;re very selective about bonds, and they have a good track record, okay? So if we were to look at them from, and I have to tell you, I kind of got ready for this show a little bit because I knew you were going to ask me some questions.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> If we started 930 of 01, 2001, and we finished our 10 years at 930 of 2011, in some ways a pretty horrible decade, isn&#x27;t it? It sure is. You had 2001, a lot of angst in 2001, a lot of angst in 2002. And the market really didn&#x27;t start to perk up until about March of 2003. And it gave you the horrible 2008 year. And not only that, but we had the difficulty in July and August of this year. So there&#x27;s a lot of bad stuff there. But if you were in this good mutual fund, and you looked at the numbers, if you took out 5% a year, which is 25, if you put $500,000 in, and you took 5% out of every year, and you took it out monthly,</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> so you&#x27;re taking out 25,000 a year, comes out to about $2,066, give or take, a month. At the end of 10 years, the question is, how did you do? Now, remember, this is all predicated on picking a reasonably decent mutual fund that&#x27;s balanced. I mean, I&#x27;m not suggesting you go out and invest 100% of your money in small cap growth or, you know, some other weird go-go thing. I&#x27;m suggesting that you kind of find a good balanced fund with a good history and good management. Now, so you would have received $25,000 a year for 10 years or $250,000. You started with $500,000. How much is left after you&#x27;ve taken all that money out? And the answer is about $548,000.</p><p><strong>13:38</strong> But here&#x27;s the thing, Coach Pete. In 2008, that fund was down about 30%. And you might have gone out of your mind with worry. And if you did, you wouldn&#x27;t be thinking reflectively. You&#x27;d be thinking emotionally. You&#x27;d be listening to the media. You&#x27;d go nuts. And if you were built that way, then maybe an annuity is a good product for you because you won&#x27;t have to worry about lifetime income. I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s perfect. I&#x27;m not saying you should put all 12 of your eggs in the one carton. I&#x27;m just saying that it might take a little of the steam out of your emotional reaction to the ups and downs of the market. Does that make sense?</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> It sure does. I mean, people need to insulate themselves a little bit. Yeah, but you and I both know that you would have been okay with that fund. You just have to think reflectively. But if that 30% is going to drive you nuts, you probably don&#x27;t belong in that fund. You&#x27;re right. I mean, and that&#x27;s it. I mean, everybody has to think about that. I mean, the genius of Buffett is that he thinks very reflectively. You may not agree with how he thinks about taxes. I&#x27;m not sure. I love Warren Buffett, but I&#x27;m not sure he thinks reflective when he makes out his tax advice. But the man&#x27;s a genius when it comes to thinking reflectively about investing. He doesn&#x27;t panic like a lot of us do. So he says to himself, okay, this is a good manager.</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> This is a good company. This is going to be okay. They&#x27;re having a rough patch. But let&#x27;s look. They&#x27;ve had rough patches before, and they&#x27;ve done very nicely. If you can think that way, then you belong in a fund or in a portfolio of stocks and bonds. If you can&#x27;t deal with that, then you belong perhaps in an annuity with part of your money. Well, great point, Richard. And we&#x27;ve got about 30 seconds left. And let me just see if I can get you to agree or disagree with this. I mean, is it a correct statement for me to say that nothing is for everyone in the financial world? Yes, sir. Yes, sir, a thousand times. Folks, that&#x27;s been Mr. Richard Ho. He&#x27;s an investment advisor representative. He&#x27;s got over 43 years&#x27; experience in the financial world.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> And, Richard, I hope we can have you back on again in the future on the Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it was a great pleasure. Thank you very much. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Richard Hoe joins Coach Pete to discuss financial planning and why one product cannot fit every investor. Their November 2011 conversation explores annuities, income riders, costs, and choosing an approach that fits a person’s needs and risk tolerance.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Richard Hoe</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Richard Hoe, annuities, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071/image.jpg?t=1792073021&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-hoe-finding-the-right-financial-fit/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071/image.jpg?t=1792073021&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>982</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5859a373-644a-4584-a4dd-b4e201280071/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15749102" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-hoe-finding-the-right-financial-fit</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>217</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Finding the Right Financial Fit" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:18" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:35" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:50" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kim Kiyosaki: It’s Rising Time and Financial Independence</title>
      <itunes:title>Kim Kiyosaki: It’s Rising Time and Financial Independence</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Kim Kiyosaki joins Peter Richon to discuss Rich Woman and It’s Rising Time. Recorded in November 2011, the conversation explores financial education, cash flow, and turning aspirations into practical action.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from November 2011, Peter Rashawn interviews author Kim Kiyosaki. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on your money, your finance, and your financial decision making because the more you know, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And it&#x27;s a privilege and honor that in this segment on the program, we get to speak with the author of bestselling book, Rich Woman, and her newest book, It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom. She is Kim Kiyosaki. Kim, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you, Pete. Thanks for having me on the program. Appreciate it. Oh, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you here. Now, Kim, you are married with Robert Kiyosaki, of course, author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, several</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> other books, and it&#x27;s great to have you on the program. We&#x27;ve talked to Robert before, but getting the other side of the perspective here, what does it take for women to be financially successful? And is it different than men? It is a little different than men. The actual how-to of investing is the same. You know, how do you buy a stock? How do you look for good properties? Things like that. That&#x27;s the same. But what&#x27;s not the same is the issues that women face around money. The statistics around money with women are pretty surprising. They said the average 40-year-old woman has only $7,000 set aside for retirement, and it&#x27;s actually estimated that 66%, two out of three women over the age of 35, will live in poverty when they retire if they don&#x27;t start doing something differently today.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So many of us haven&#x27;t had the education, but we&#x27;re juggling a lot of balls. We put everybody else first. And in its rising time, I&#x27;m saying it&#x27;s time that we women put ourselves first when it comes to us and our money. Why is there such a disparity between the financial success or at least the prosperity of men and women, do you feel? Well, I think a lot of it is that many of us women have actually, we haven&#x27;t been educated about money, but we&#x27;ve actually been taught to depend upon somebody else for our financial well-being, be it our husband or a family member or our boss or even the government. And today, given these economic times, women are waking up and finding out that plan that they thought was secure is not secure and actually bringing them into financial crisis.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Well, I really like the title of your new book and the subject matter. It&#x27;s rising time. It&#x27;s a call for women, what it really takes to reach your financial dreams. So what does it take for women to reach their financial dreams, especially navigating through these challenging economic times, Kim? Yes. Well, and I titled it It&#x27;s Rising Time because of these times, it&#x27;s time for women to really step up, to stop talking about it, to stop thinking about it, to stop worrying about it and really take some action. So what it takes is for women to not have money be a side thought anymore. It&#x27;s for women to make this a part of their daily life and to do something every single day, whether it just be 15 minutes, reading a book, listening to a program like this, going online,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> whatever it takes is to learn something every single day about money, maybe a new vocabulary word. And then the next step, most important, is then to apply what they&#x27;re learning. So it&#x27;s not enough just to learn about it. You&#x27;ve actually got to go and apply it. Go put the money down. Go take some action. And that&#x27;s what it really takes. Absolutely. The old mantra, knowledge is power, not really 100% accurate. Applied knowledge is power. And I like your 3A triangle, the triple A triangle that you talk about in It&#x27;s Rising Time, and that is aspire, acquire, and apply. Tell us about that. Right. Well, it starts with your aspiration. What is that financial dream? Why is it that you&#x27;re going to put in this time and effort? Because it takes time and effort. There&#x27;s no secret formula.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> There&#x27;s no magic pill. It&#x27;s like if you want to lose 20 pounds, you&#x27;ve got to exercise and you&#x27;ve got to change your eating habits. So if you&#x27;re going to take charge of your financial life, you&#x27;re going to probably change some of your financial habits as well as put the time and the effort in. So what is that goal that is driving you to do this? That&#x27;s your aspiration. And then the definition of intelligence is step number one is the ability to acquire the knowledge necessary. And step number two, then to apply that knowledge acquired. It&#x27;s an ongoing process, Pete, where you&#x27;re always learning because the learning never ends, right? Especially with the economy changing so quickly, you&#x27;re always learning, but you&#x27;ve always got to put it into action because there&#x27;s a saying by Einstein that nothing happens until something moves. You&#x27;ve got to go do something. You&#x27;ve got to go make something happen.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Absolutely. And I think for a lot of women, when they hit a, they might start to take action, they hit a wall or they get a step back and they quit. But so it&#x27;s rising time is how to keep going, how to get through those setbacks, how to get over those obstacles and keep going so that you reach that aspirational goal that you&#x27;ve set for yourself. Well, Kim, on the financial safari, a lot of times we talk about easy wins. There are things that you can do that are easy wins financially that a lot of people overlook. Are there any simple steps that women can take now to start changing the future course of their financial life? Yes. And I love that. I&#x27;m all about the easy wins because every win, a woman&#x27;s self-confidence increases. And that&#x27;s one of the biggest parts in the whole process because going for your financial dreams, it&#x27;s a process.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> So easy things that you can do is, I&#x27;m the queen of cash flow. I love cash flow and I love rental real estate. That&#x27;s what I love. But there&#x27;s simpler things a woman can do today. For example, you could go out and find a stock that pays a healthy dividend. You know, go buy two or three shares of stock. I know a woman who loves designer handbags. And so now she rents them out to her friends and associates. I mean, that&#x27;s a way to get cash flow. And somebody else has written a 20-page e-book, you know, on how to publish an e-book. And they put that online and they make $100 to $200 a month. So it&#x27;s not rocket science. I actually say it&#x27;s pocket science. It&#x27;s put the money in my pocket. But there&#x27;s ways, simpler ways to do it than going out there with the rental real estate</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> and more complicated things. But it&#x27;s really just taking the small steps, just taking one step every day. I like that a lot. It&#x27;s not rocket science. It&#x27;s pocket science. That makes a lot of sense. Very catchy in the soundbite generation we&#x27;re in as well. Thank you. You feature a lot of stories in your book of women who have made simple wins, who have overcome obstacles, who have had setbacks, who have achieved their goals and dreams financially, have really had independence and financial stability in their future. A lot of these women did have setbacks in their lives. How do women overcome these financial setbacks? Because they seem to encounter them more frequently than men do. Right. And I&#x27;m glad you brought that up because women learn very well from other women, I believe.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And showcasing women who have gone through the setbacks and who have had the hard times. There&#x27;s a woman in the book, Stacy, who was a single mom living on welfare. And she bought a medical practice with no money, figured out how to do it. And here she was with no money, two kids living on welfare. And today she owns a lot of properties. There was another woman who was a maid from the Philippines who was working overseas in London. She was sending back all her money to her family in the Philippines and started to understand this concept of cash flow and started setting some of her money aside. And now she owns some small properties in the Philippines. So this is something that any woman can do. It&#x27;s not that anybody is smarter or has better education.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> It&#x27;s none of that. It&#x27;s just that you&#x27;ve got the drive and the impetus to get started and to make it happen and to know that it is a process. Kim, you&#x27;ve touched on a subject that is very close to our hearts here on the Financial Safari a couple times. Being that we really cater this show to retirement time and that planning that it takes to retire for retirees, pre-retirees, or just retirement-minded individuals, cash flow really is the most important thing, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not net worth necessarily. Creating a steady and predictable cash flow really of utmost importance for financial success, isn&#x27;t it? I think that&#x27;s what sets this book apart and that&#x27;s what sets me apart and that&#x27;s what sets my husband Robert apart is because we are about cash flow. You know, a lot of the traditional suggestions that the experts make are to save money and put it into mutual funds.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> Well, if you save money, first of all, it&#x27;s really hard to save enough money to live 15, 20, 30 years on. The interest rate on savings is, what, 1% to 2% where years ago you could get 15%. And then with the printing of money, your money is worth less and less every day, so that $3 loaf of bread is now soon going to be $5, $6 for a loaf of bread. So saving money and putting it into mutual funds where mutual funds are tied to the stock market, which is so volatile and so many fees and expenses are taken out, to me, that&#x27;s just not the way to go. Cash flow, if you can generate enough cash flow from all types of investments that pays for your living expenses, that to me is much more realistic, it&#x27;s more practical, and anybody can do it.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Kim, how do we make sure that our financial life is not at the mercy of the volatile economy? That&#x27;s why I love cash flow, because in most of the investments that you do with cash flow, whether it be real estate, whether it be business, as I said, the rental handbags or starting a part-time business, you have control over that, and you can control the income, and you can control the expenses, and you can control the debt. Yes, there&#x27;s going to be differences in the economy, but when you have control over income, expenses, and debt, that gives you, you&#x27;re in the driver&#x27;s seat then, which is why I&#x27;m not a big fan of putting much money into the stock market. I have no control over the stock market. I have no control how they&#x27;re going to spend their money and how they&#x27;re going to divide up things. So I want control.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It&#x27;s one of my rules for investment. Whenever possible, I want as much control as possible. And in your book, again, It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom, Kim, you talk about several different ways to create this financial stability and security, business, real estate, paper assets, commodities, but you also point out that money is not what makes you rich, and there&#x27;s really some invisible factors behind the scenes that are what make us rich and wealthy. Well, number one, of course, is education. Education is everything. I&#x27;m learning every single day because as the market changes, I need to change and I need to shift. Another thing that it takes, which I love, is it takes courage. And courage, my definition of courage is most of us women, we know what we need to do when it comes to our finances.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> The question is do we have the courage to accept the consequences? And the consequences for couples may be the woman hasn&#x27;t taken on the financial risk yet or taken on the financial role yet, and so she now has to have this discussion with her husband, and that might be a little threatening, and there might be discord. You know, it&#x27;s whatever it takes to get the job done at this point. And what I&#x27;ve also seen in women is they step forward and they do take charge of their financial lives. I see a fantastic personal growth and personal development and self-confidence that happens for women. And for couples, if you&#x27;re doing this together, I highly recommend learning together, growing together, studying together, and making money together because the financial stress that comes from money</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> and not having money or being in a financial crisis can wreak havoc on a relationship. So here&#x27;s something that you can do together to get stronger together to rely on one another for your financial well-being. Kim, are the goals and approach for women financially different than men? And if so, especially during a time of transition, for instance, the loss of a spouse, how do you see that that affects women that have allowed their husbands to handle most of the financial matters? Yeah, that&#x27;s a great point because I&#x27;m seeing that more and more, Pete, of women that are finding themselves in those situations. And so, for example, there&#x27;s actually a statistic that said about over 50% of women, when their husband passes away, they go through his death benefits in two months.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> Wow. I mean, it&#x27;s gone because they don&#x27;t have the knowledge and they don&#x27;t know how to handle the money or they turn it over to somebody else to handle it for them. So it&#x27;s so important now that women learn to control their money now because what happens in a wake-up call, let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a divorce, let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s an illness, if you&#x27;re not prepared, then not only are you having to make these financial decisions, but you&#x27;re having to make these financial decisions on top of a lot of emotional stress. And oftentimes that leads to poor financial decisions. So I&#x27;m all about preparing, being prepared for whatever happens in your financial life. Hopefully you&#x27;ll never face one of those wake-up calls. However, the statistics are saying that most women do. So be prepared. So whatever happens and whatever happens in the economy,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> be prepared so whether the economy is up or down, you&#x27;re going to still do fine. And that&#x27;s why I love cash flow because I love to put my money into things that are going to make money for me instead of just depending on the whims of the market. Absolutely. Well, it does all start with education, Kim. And that&#x27;s why I like your book so much. It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom. Again, joining us is author of that book, Kim Kiyosaki, as well as author of the best-selling Rich Woman. And Kim, thank you for sending several copies of your books to us here at the Financial Safari. Oh, thanks, Pete. I appreciate it. And if any of the listeners want to go to my Facebook page at Kim Kiyosaki, they have a free chapter download as well. All right. Give us the address again. It&#x27;s Kim Kiyosaki Facebook page.</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> All right. I will let folks know about that here on the show, Kim. Thank you very much. Great. Thanks, Pete. You&#x27;re the best. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kim Kiyosaki joins Peter Richon to discuss Rich Woman and It’s Rising Time. Recorded in November 2011, the conversation explores financial education, cash flow, and turning aspirations into practical action.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from November 2011, Peter Rashawn interviews author Kim Kiyosaki. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on your money, your finance, and your financial decision making because the more you know, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And it&#x27;s a privilege and honor that in this segment on the program, we get to speak with the author of bestselling book, Rich Woman, and her newest book, It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom. She is Kim Kiyosaki. Kim, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you, Pete. Thanks for having me on the program. Appreciate it. Oh, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you here. Now, Kim, you are married with Robert Kiyosaki, of course, author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, several</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> other books, and it&#x27;s great to have you on the program. We&#x27;ve talked to Robert before, but getting the other side of the perspective here, what does it take for women to be financially successful? And is it different than men? It is a little different than men. The actual how-to of investing is the same. You know, how do you buy a stock? How do you look for good properties? Things like that. That&#x27;s the same. But what&#x27;s not the same is the issues that women face around money. The statistics around money with women are pretty surprising. They said the average 40-year-old woman has only $7,000 set aside for retirement, and it&#x27;s actually estimated that 66%, two out of three women over the age of 35, will live in poverty when they retire if they don&#x27;t start doing something differently today.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> So many of us haven&#x27;t had the education, but we&#x27;re juggling a lot of balls. We put everybody else first. And in its rising time, I&#x27;m saying it&#x27;s time that we women put ourselves first when it comes to us and our money. Why is there such a disparity between the financial success or at least the prosperity of men and women, do you feel? Well, I think a lot of it is that many of us women have actually, we haven&#x27;t been educated about money, but we&#x27;ve actually been taught to depend upon somebody else for our financial well-being, be it our husband or a family member or our boss or even the government. And today, given these economic times, women are waking up and finding out that plan that they thought was secure is not secure and actually bringing them into financial crisis.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Well, I really like the title of your new book and the subject matter. It&#x27;s rising time. It&#x27;s a call for women, what it really takes to reach your financial dreams. So what does it take for women to reach their financial dreams, especially navigating through these challenging economic times, Kim? Yes. Well, and I titled it It&#x27;s Rising Time because of these times, it&#x27;s time for women to really step up, to stop talking about it, to stop thinking about it, to stop worrying about it and really take some action. So what it takes is for women to not have money be a side thought anymore. It&#x27;s for women to make this a part of their daily life and to do something every single day, whether it just be 15 minutes, reading a book, listening to a program like this, going online,</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> whatever it takes is to learn something every single day about money, maybe a new vocabulary word. And then the next step, most important, is then to apply what they&#x27;re learning. So it&#x27;s not enough just to learn about it. You&#x27;ve actually got to go and apply it. Go put the money down. Go take some action. And that&#x27;s what it really takes. Absolutely. The old mantra, knowledge is power, not really 100% accurate. Applied knowledge is power. And I like your 3A triangle, the triple A triangle that you talk about in It&#x27;s Rising Time, and that is aspire, acquire, and apply. Tell us about that. Right. Well, it starts with your aspiration. What is that financial dream? Why is it that you&#x27;re going to put in this time and effort? Because it takes time and effort. There&#x27;s no secret formula.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> There&#x27;s no magic pill. It&#x27;s like if you want to lose 20 pounds, you&#x27;ve got to exercise and you&#x27;ve got to change your eating habits. So if you&#x27;re going to take charge of your financial life, you&#x27;re going to probably change some of your financial habits as well as put the time and the effort in. So what is that goal that is driving you to do this? That&#x27;s your aspiration. And then the definition of intelligence is step number one is the ability to acquire the knowledge necessary. And step number two, then to apply that knowledge acquired. It&#x27;s an ongoing process, Pete, where you&#x27;re always learning because the learning never ends, right? Especially with the economy changing so quickly, you&#x27;re always learning, but you&#x27;ve always got to put it into action because there&#x27;s a saying by Einstein that nothing happens until something moves. You&#x27;ve got to go do something. You&#x27;ve got to go make something happen.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Absolutely. And I think for a lot of women, when they hit a, they might start to take action, they hit a wall or they get a step back and they quit. But so it&#x27;s rising time is how to keep going, how to get through those setbacks, how to get over those obstacles and keep going so that you reach that aspirational goal that you&#x27;ve set for yourself. Well, Kim, on the financial safari, a lot of times we talk about easy wins. There are things that you can do that are easy wins financially that a lot of people overlook. Are there any simple steps that women can take now to start changing the future course of their financial life? Yes. And I love that. I&#x27;m all about the easy wins because every win, a woman&#x27;s self-confidence increases. And that&#x27;s one of the biggest parts in the whole process because going for your financial dreams, it&#x27;s a process.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> So easy things that you can do is, I&#x27;m the queen of cash flow. I love cash flow and I love rental real estate. That&#x27;s what I love. But there&#x27;s simpler things a woman can do today. For example, you could go out and find a stock that pays a healthy dividend. You know, go buy two or three shares of stock. I know a woman who loves designer handbags. And so now she rents them out to her friends and associates. I mean, that&#x27;s a way to get cash flow. And somebody else has written a 20-page e-book, you know, on how to publish an e-book. And they put that online and they make $100 to $200 a month. So it&#x27;s not rocket science. I actually say it&#x27;s pocket science. It&#x27;s put the money in my pocket. But there&#x27;s ways, simpler ways to do it than going out there with the rental real estate</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> and more complicated things. But it&#x27;s really just taking the small steps, just taking one step every day. I like that a lot. It&#x27;s not rocket science. It&#x27;s pocket science. That makes a lot of sense. Very catchy in the soundbite generation we&#x27;re in as well. Thank you. You feature a lot of stories in your book of women who have made simple wins, who have overcome obstacles, who have had setbacks, who have achieved their goals and dreams financially, have really had independence and financial stability in their future. A lot of these women did have setbacks in their lives. How do women overcome these financial setbacks? Because they seem to encounter them more frequently than men do. Right. And I&#x27;m glad you brought that up because women learn very well from other women, I believe.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And showcasing women who have gone through the setbacks and who have had the hard times. There&#x27;s a woman in the book, Stacy, who was a single mom living on welfare. And she bought a medical practice with no money, figured out how to do it. And here she was with no money, two kids living on welfare. And today she owns a lot of properties. There was another woman who was a maid from the Philippines who was working overseas in London. She was sending back all her money to her family in the Philippines and started to understand this concept of cash flow and started setting some of her money aside. And now she owns some small properties in the Philippines. So this is something that any woman can do. It&#x27;s not that anybody is smarter or has better education.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> It&#x27;s none of that. It&#x27;s just that you&#x27;ve got the drive and the impetus to get started and to make it happen and to know that it is a process. Kim, you&#x27;ve touched on a subject that is very close to our hearts here on the Financial Safari a couple times. Being that we really cater this show to retirement time and that planning that it takes to retire for retirees, pre-retirees, or just retirement-minded individuals, cash flow really is the most important thing, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s not net worth necessarily. Creating a steady and predictable cash flow really of utmost importance for financial success, isn&#x27;t it? I think that&#x27;s what sets this book apart and that&#x27;s what sets me apart and that&#x27;s what sets my husband Robert apart is because we are about cash flow. You know, a lot of the traditional suggestions that the experts make are to save money and put it into mutual funds.</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> Well, if you save money, first of all, it&#x27;s really hard to save enough money to live 15, 20, 30 years on. The interest rate on savings is, what, 1% to 2% where years ago you could get 15%. And then with the printing of money, your money is worth less and less every day, so that $3 loaf of bread is now soon going to be $5, $6 for a loaf of bread. So saving money and putting it into mutual funds where mutual funds are tied to the stock market, which is so volatile and so many fees and expenses are taken out, to me, that&#x27;s just not the way to go. Cash flow, if you can generate enough cash flow from all types of investments that pays for your living expenses, that to me is much more realistic, it&#x27;s more practical, and anybody can do it.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Kim, how do we make sure that our financial life is not at the mercy of the volatile economy? That&#x27;s why I love cash flow, because in most of the investments that you do with cash flow, whether it be real estate, whether it be business, as I said, the rental handbags or starting a part-time business, you have control over that, and you can control the income, and you can control the expenses, and you can control the debt. Yes, there&#x27;s going to be differences in the economy, but when you have control over income, expenses, and debt, that gives you, you&#x27;re in the driver&#x27;s seat then, which is why I&#x27;m not a big fan of putting much money into the stock market. I have no control over the stock market. I have no control how they&#x27;re going to spend their money and how they&#x27;re going to divide up things. So I want control.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It&#x27;s one of my rules for investment. Whenever possible, I want as much control as possible. And in your book, again, It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom, Kim, you talk about several different ways to create this financial stability and security, business, real estate, paper assets, commodities, but you also point out that money is not what makes you rich, and there&#x27;s really some invisible factors behind the scenes that are what make us rich and wealthy. Well, number one, of course, is education. Education is everything. I&#x27;m learning every single day because as the market changes, I need to change and I need to shift. Another thing that it takes, which I love, is it takes courage. And courage, my definition of courage is most of us women, we know what we need to do when it comes to our finances.</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> The question is do we have the courage to accept the consequences? And the consequences for couples may be the woman hasn&#x27;t taken on the financial risk yet or taken on the financial role yet, and so she now has to have this discussion with her husband, and that might be a little threatening, and there might be discord. You know, it&#x27;s whatever it takes to get the job done at this point. And what I&#x27;ve also seen in women is they step forward and they do take charge of their financial lives. I see a fantastic personal growth and personal development and self-confidence that happens for women. And for couples, if you&#x27;re doing this together, I highly recommend learning together, growing together, studying together, and making money together because the financial stress that comes from money</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> and not having money or being in a financial crisis can wreak havoc on a relationship. So here&#x27;s something that you can do together to get stronger together to rely on one another for your financial well-being. Kim, are the goals and approach for women financially different than men? And if so, especially during a time of transition, for instance, the loss of a spouse, how do you see that that affects women that have allowed their husbands to handle most of the financial matters? Yeah, that&#x27;s a great point because I&#x27;m seeing that more and more, Pete, of women that are finding themselves in those situations. And so, for example, there&#x27;s actually a statistic that said about over 50% of women, when their husband passes away, they go through his death benefits in two months.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> Wow. I mean, it&#x27;s gone because they don&#x27;t have the knowledge and they don&#x27;t know how to handle the money or they turn it over to somebody else to handle it for them. So it&#x27;s so important now that women learn to control their money now because what happens in a wake-up call, let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s a divorce, let&#x27;s say it&#x27;s an illness, if you&#x27;re not prepared, then not only are you having to make these financial decisions, but you&#x27;re having to make these financial decisions on top of a lot of emotional stress. And oftentimes that leads to poor financial decisions. So I&#x27;m all about preparing, being prepared for whatever happens in your financial life. Hopefully you&#x27;ll never face one of those wake-up calls. However, the statistics are saying that most women do. So be prepared. So whatever happens and whatever happens in the economy,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> be prepared so whether the economy is up or down, you&#x27;re going to still do fine. And that&#x27;s why I love cash flow because I love to put my money into things that are going to make money for me instead of just depending on the whims of the market. Absolutely. Well, it does all start with education, Kim. And that&#x27;s why I like your book so much. It&#x27;s Rising Time, A Call for Women, What It Really Takes for the Reward of Financial Freedom. Again, joining us is author of that book, Kim Kiyosaki, as well as author of the best-selling Rich Woman. And Kim, thank you for sending several copies of your books to us here at the Financial Safari. Oh, thanks, Pete. I appreciate it. And if any of the listeners want to go to my Facebook page at Kim Kiyosaki, they have a free chapter download as well. All right. Give us the address again. It&#x27;s Kim Kiyosaki Facebook page.</p><p><strong>14:12</strong> All right. I will let folks know about that here on the show, Kim. Thank you very much. Great. Thanks, Pete. You&#x27;re the best. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Kim Kiyosaki joins Peter Richon to discuss Rich Woman and It’s Rising Time. Recorded in November 2011, the conversation explores financial education, cash flow, and turning aspirations into practical action.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kim Kiyosaki</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kim Kiyosaki, financial education, budgeting</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179/image.jpg?t=1792073034&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-kiyosaki-it-s-rising-time-and-financial-independence/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179/image.jpg?t=1792073034&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179</guid>
      <omny:clipId>877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>875</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/877997de-d981-4a1a-b34c-b4e20127b179/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14037633" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kim-kiyosaki-it-s-rising-time-and-financial-independence</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>218</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="It’s Rising Time and Financial Independence" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:11" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Waggoner: Annuities, Fees, and Financial Decision-Making</title>
      <itunes:title>John Waggoner: Annuities, Fees, and Financial Decision-Making</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Financial writer John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss annuities, investment fees, and financial decision-making. Their November 2011 conversation also touches on Money Madness and the unusual schemes and manias found on Wall Street.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And what I like to do each and every week and what we&#x27;re doing this week is we&#x27;re getting in touch with a known author out there. His name is John Wagoner. And folks, if you get the USA Today, and I travel a lot so I get it in every hotel room, John Wagoner writes a great column in the USA Today in the financial section. John, welcome to the Financial Safari. Hey, thanks so much for having me. Yeah, and one article you wrote a couple weeks ago caught my eye. And I wanted to talk about it because we see this way too much. And people who listen to the show realize that there are a lot of financial products out there. Some are good fits and some are bad fits. And it&#x27;s my opinion, I guess they never would have invented some products if there wasn&#x27;t a good fit for somebody.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> But, John, we have to look long and hard to find fits for some of these products out there. And the title of this article was Money Fund Yields in Variable Annuities Often Less Than Zero. And people didn&#x27;t put their money in a variable annuity to earn less than zero, did they? No, that&#x27;s not the idea. And it was rather shocking because some of these money funds in variable annuities were losing 2% a year for not just last year, but the last five years. When we sit down and look at a variable annuity, and I know you&#x27;ve done a lot of research on that too, there&#x27;s a lot of different expenses and commissions and fees that come out each and every year, aren&#x27;t there? Well, absolutely. You start with the fact that the reason it&#x27;s tax deferred is because it has a modest insurance component, which means that if you die, your beneficiaries will generally get at least as much as you put in minus what you&#x27;ve taken out.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And for that, you can pay up to 1.3% percentage points. Per year. Every year. Per year. Every year. And we see some big ones out there, John, where people come in and they show us what they have. We see people with $300,000, $400,000, $500,000 in these accounts. And so each and every year, they have the equivalent of a brand-new car disappearing out of their account each year. Oh, absolutely. And that&#x27;s a good way to look at it because if people looked at it the same way they looked at, say, their gas bills or something like that, you&#x27;d be shocked. And again, you said if people use variable annuities for the tax deferral, which I love tax deferral. And, folks, that means you put money in and you don&#x27;t have to pay tax on the growth until you take the money out. It&#x27;s called tax deferral. But that&#x27;s not a good reason to overlook a lot of the negatives out there. And, John, you said people use variable annuities because if they lose money in these accounts, which a lot of people are,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> when they pass away, whatever they put in can go to their beneficiaries. But I always say if you have to die to get your money back, it&#x27;s not too good of investment, is it? It&#x27;s kind of cold comfort, I would think, yeah. So that&#x27;s a variable annuity. And I know there&#x27;s so many different financial products out there. We found a couple of variable annuities that may make sense because they are stripped down and they have no surrender fees. They&#x27;re available to us investment advisors out there where people can basically take advantage of the tax deferral and use some of the mutual funds and get in and out day to day if they want. But then now you&#x27;re a stock trader and trying to pick stocks from day to day or mutual funds from day to day. And that has its own set of warning signals, too. But the word variable annuity, I&#x27;m one of three brothers. I&#x27;m the oldest of the three. But I had a middle brother who was always in trouble. So we all had the last name of Deruta.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> I was Pete. Bob was the one in trouble. And Jeff was the young one who got blamed for everything. But because we shared the same last name, we were all guilty by association of the brother who did bad things. And I think in the annuity world, now, there&#x27;s good and bad annuities for everything. There&#x27;s fixed. There&#x27;s indexed. There&#x27;s immediate. And it&#x27;s variable. John, we found a couple of the newer annuities out there called future income annuities where people can put money in. If they&#x27;re looking for money to put aside for a pension-like account that will grow their money anywhere between 5% and 7% per year on a compounded basis just for a lifetime income in the future, they could never outlive. So that&#x27;s the fit we&#x27;ve seen in the annuity world that gets overlooked sometimes. Have you looked at those before? I&#x27;ve looked at immediate annuities, which I&#x27;m fond of just because I think to some extent you need at least one thing in your life you can count on year in, year out.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And depending on how well they&#x27;re managed, some of them can produce very nice return. Yeah. So immediate annuities is basically you give a chunk of money to an insurance company, and then they promise to give you an income over a set period of time. Some people use them as a lifetime income. Some other people use them as a part of a laddering strategy where maybe the immediate annuity gives them five years&#x27; worth of income, which helps all your other money grow and isolates that money from you needing it. And then you flip on another switch in that ladder. And so immediate annuities are a good fit and a good financial plan many times. But unfortunately, John, immediate annuities these days have pretty low payout rates, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. It&#x27;s because the current interest rate environment is still low. Mm-hmm. So sometimes I&#x27;ve seen where it almost makes better sense to not put too much money in an immediate annuity. But if you&#x27;re trying to get five years down the road and you just want to have all the rest of your money left alone,</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> and you know if you put a certain amount of money in an immediate annuity, you&#x27;ll get an income that&#x27;ll pay all your bills and give you a little bit of fun money, then it makes a lot of sense to do that. But as far as some of the other annuities out there, the increasing income annuities, when you start taking money out, they can increase with inflation. They make some sense. But the drawback there is you start with a lower income, don&#x27;t you, in the future? And then as you go forward, you get more. You get considerably lower. Yeah. And in fact, you have to kind of make a mental calculation. Well, at what point do I start getting how much, you know, the amount I would get with one that does not have the inflation rider? And that can mean many years. When we&#x27;re trying to pre-fund pensions, when I deal with some younger folks who call the shows in the 40s or 50s, and they have a certain amount of money they don&#x27;t want to risk, but they have a certain amount of money they do want to risk, what we do is safety first.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> We put money in a time capsule-type account. I&#x27;ve got an example here of a young lady a couple years ago came in. She was 43, and she had had had over about a million dollars in the market before it fell apart, and she had gained it back a little bit, but she wanted to have a million-dollar retirement account in the future. So we basically did reverse engineering. She was 43, so she said at 62, I want to have a million dollars in an account I can start taking income off of. So she put in $233,000, and now it&#x27;s got that guaranteed growth option for retirement income in the future, growing by 8% per year. At age 62, she&#x27;ll have a million dollars. Then she can get $50,000, 50,278 for the rest of her life, and that&#x27;s called a future income annuity. We like those for pension-type accounts, and what she liked is because that money was now safe and growing for her pension</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> that she knew she&#x27;d have in the future, she took the other half of her money and put it into a good managed account out there. She was able to take more risk than she ever thought she could because she had safe money in one place and risk money in the other. And, John, in all the research you&#x27;ve done, and one of the books that you&#x27;ve written, I like the sound of it, it&#x27;s The Busy Family&#x27;s Guide to Money. Isn&#x27;t one of the main causes of confusion there are too many financial products and people really don&#x27;t know the good, the bad, and the ugly of all the products? Oh, yeah, and you have to think that it&#x27;s deliberate to some extent, that if everything were plain and simple and easily understandable, that some products wouldn&#x27;t get sold. And you just look at the mutual fund world where you have many thousands of mutual funds, but if you multiply that by the number of share classes, which is the same fund sold in a different way,</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> it gets highly confusing. People often don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re being sold or what they own or what they&#x27;re paying for. Now, many people just by default have to pay a management fee because that&#x27;s how managed accounts are set up. You pay a fee and it goes to the money manager and also maybe the person who found you and got you in touch with the money manager. John, can people do things on their own or should they have somebody with them along this financial journey? You know, I think it depends on your temperament. You know, there was a time, I think, when people said, oh, you know, you&#x27;re crazy if you don&#x27;t manage your own finances. But in fact, you know, many people simply aren&#x27;t happy doing that. And it&#x27;s not that most people can&#x27;t manage their own affairs. But, you know, it&#x27;s perfectly reasonable to find that it&#x27;s not something you enjoy or that particularly interests you or you feel that you&#x27;re competent at, in which case there&#x27;s no shame in getting help.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You do a lot of research and I love this title of the book. I want to talk about this for a minute. You&#x27;re author of Money Madness, Strange Schemes and Extraordinary Manias on and Off Wall Street. Now, John, tell us about that book. Well, it was kind of a fun one. You know, everybody knows about the Great Crash and they know about Charles Ponzi, who invented the Ponzi scheme. But, you know, there have been manias really since the beginning of the Republic and before then that a lot of people didn&#x27;t know about. There was a gold rush in the Carolinas in the 1830s when they said there&#x27;s gold in them, there are hills. They were talking about the hills of Georgia, actually. There was a mania in mulberry trees at one point because people wanted to make silkworms. And, in fact, if you live on the East Coast and you see a mulberry tree, it&#x27;s probably a result of that. There was a guy who, one of my favorite ones, was a guy who got collateralized loans on salad oil.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> He had these big, big containers of salad oil, like, you know, those big gas tanks you see on the side of the road. Oh, yeah. Yeah. And so he&#x27;d, you know, say, look, I&#x27;ve got this big thing of salad oil. You can give me a loan for, you know, a million bucks on it. And he had discovered an interesting principle, which is that oil floats on water so that you would fill the tank up, you know, up to about the last foot with seawater. Right. And put some oil on top of it so when the guy went to look in and make sure there was really oil there, he&#x27;d see oil. Wow. And it eventually, it almost took down American Express with that particular one. Wow. And we all know about the tulip one in Holland years ago, right? Mm-hmm. Tulip to mania. Well, what tulips were going for, just one tulip, was it like $250,000 for a tulip bulb or something? It was crazy. Yeah.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Yeah. And there&#x27;s a story about one poor soul who mistook it for an onion and chomped down on one and got thrown into jail for it. That was an expensive whopper, wasn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. Exactly. And then, of course, Bernie Madoff these days, that&#x27;s the next Charles Ponzi. And finally, I want to talk about, I&#x27;ve got about a minute to go, you wrote a book about Bear Stearns and examples that you learned from that. Let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute. Well, it shows how things can get out of hand. And when you take a fairly sedate investment like a mortgage, people have been investing in mortgages for years and years. But how if you leverage it 30 times out that you can get into a great deal of trouble? And that&#x27;s what happened with Bear Stearns. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s all about, I guess, moderation is a key, even financial planning, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Absolutely. And as you know, if you pay too much for financial planning, you kind of get rid of the benefits. If you take too much leverage in investing, you can destroy pretty much anything. So it&#x27;s just a matter of trying to be careful and sane, which is sometimes kind of hard. I come around the New Year&#x27;s time here where people make New Year&#x27;s resolutions, and number one is always to lose weight on your body. But I think many times people need to picture their financial portfolio as one of those hot air balloons. And if it&#x27;s starting to go down a little bit, it&#x27;s time to throw some sandbags overboard in the form of unnecessary risk fees and commissions, John. Oh, absolutely. And when you think about the fact that the average money manager really struggles to beat the S&amp;P 500 with a one percentage point commission, each year as you keep adding on fees, it&#x27;s like running with sandbags on them.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Yep, yep. Well, folks, that is John Wagoner, and you&#x27;ll recognize him next time you pick up the USA Today in the financial section. You&#x27;ll see an article by him, I&#x27;m sure. You can find him online and on Amazon. Search his name and look at all the great books he&#x27;s written. John, I hope we can have you on again in 2012. Oh, I&#x27;d love to, Pete. Thank you so much. Yeah, the pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, my friend. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Financial writer John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss annuities, investment fees, and financial decision-making. Their November 2011 conversation also touches on Money Madness and the unusual schemes and manias found on Wall Street.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And what I like to do each and every week and what we&#x27;re doing this week is we&#x27;re getting in touch with a known author out there. His name is John Wagoner. And folks, if you get the USA Today, and I travel a lot so I get it in every hotel room, John Wagoner writes a great column in the USA Today in the financial section. John, welcome to the Financial Safari. Hey, thanks so much for having me. Yeah, and one article you wrote a couple weeks ago caught my eye. And I wanted to talk about it because we see this way too much. And people who listen to the show realize that there are a lot of financial products out there. Some are good fits and some are bad fits. And it&#x27;s my opinion, I guess they never would have invented some products if there wasn&#x27;t a good fit for somebody.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> But, John, we have to look long and hard to find fits for some of these products out there. And the title of this article was Money Fund Yields in Variable Annuities Often Less Than Zero. And people didn&#x27;t put their money in a variable annuity to earn less than zero, did they? No, that&#x27;s not the idea. And it was rather shocking because some of these money funds in variable annuities were losing 2% a year for not just last year, but the last five years. When we sit down and look at a variable annuity, and I know you&#x27;ve done a lot of research on that too, there&#x27;s a lot of different expenses and commissions and fees that come out each and every year, aren&#x27;t there? Well, absolutely. You start with the fact that the reason it&#x27;s tax deferred is because it has a modest insurance component, which means that if you die, your beneficiaries will generally get at least as much as you put in minus what you&#x27;ve taken out.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And for that, you can pay up to 1.3% percentage points. Per year. Every year. Per year. Every year. And we see some big ones out there, John, where people come in and they show us what they have. We see people with $300,000, $400,000, $500,000 in these accounts. And so each and every year, they have the equivalent of a brand-new car disappearing out of their account each year. Oh, absolutely. And that&#x27;s a good way to look at it because if people looked at it the same way they looked at, say, their gas bills or something like that, you&#x27;d be shocked. And again, you said if people use variable annuities for the tax deferral, which I love tax deferral. And, folks, that means you put money in and you don&#x27;t have to pay tax on the growth until you take the money out. It&#x27;s called tax deferral. But that&#x27;s not a good reason to overlook a lot of the negatives out there. And, John, you said people use variable annuities because if they lose money in these accounts, which a lot of people are,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> when they pass away, whatever they put in can go to their beneficiaries. But I always say if you have to die to get your money back, it&#x27;s not too good of investment, is it? It&#x27;s kind of cold comfort, I would think, yeah. So that&#x27;s a variable annuity. And I know there&#x27;s so many different financial products out there. We found a couple of variable annuities that may make sense because they are stripped down and they have no surrender fees. They&#x27;re available to us investment advisors out there where people can basically take advantage of the tax deferral and use some of the mutual funds and get in and out day to day if they want. But then now you&#x27;re a stock trader and trying to pick stocks from day to day or mutual funds from day to day. And that has its own set of warning signals, too. But the word variable annuity, I&#x27;m one of three brothers. I&#x27;m the oldest of the three. But I had a middle brother who was always in trouble. So we all had the last name of Deruta.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> I was Pete. Bob was the one in trouble. And Jeff was the young one who got blamed for everything. But because we shared the same last name, we were all guilty by association of the brother who did bad things. And I think in the annuity world, now, there&#x27;s good and bad annuities for everything. There&#x27;s fixed. There&#x27;s indexed. There&#x27;s immediate. And it&#x27;s variable. John, we found a couple of the newer annuities out there called future income annuities where people can put money in. If they&#x27;re looking for money to put aside for a pension-like account that will grow their money anywhere between 5% and 7% per year on a compounded basis just for a lifetime income in the future, they could never outlive. So that&#x27;s the fit we&#x27;ve seen in the annuity world that gets overlooked sometimes. Have you looked at those before? I&#x27;ve looked at immediate annuities, which I&#x27;m fond of just because I think to some extent you need at least one thing in your life you can count on year in, year out.</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> And depending on how well they&#x27;re managed, some of them can produce very nice return. Yeah. So immediate annuities is basically you give a chunk of money to an insurance company, and then they promise to give you an income over a set period of time. Some people use them as a lifetime income. Some other people use them as a part of a laddering strategy where maybe the immediate annuity gives them five years&#x27; worth of income, which helps all your other money grow and isolates that money from you needing it. And then you flip on another switch in that ladder. And so immediate annuities are a good fit and a good financial plan many times. But unfortunately, John, immediate annuities these days have pretty low payout rates, don&#x27;t they? Absolutely. It&#x27;s because the current interest rate environment is still low. Mm-hmm. So sometimes I&#x27;ve seen where it almost makes better sense to not put too much money in an immediate annuity. But if you&#x27;re trying to get five years down the road and you just want to have all the rest of your money left alone,</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> and you know if you put a certain amount of money in an immediate annuity, you&#x27;ll get an income that&#x27;ll pay all your bills and give you a little bit of fun money, then it makes a lot of sense to do that. But as far as some of the other annuities out there, the increasing income annuities, when you start taking money out, they can increase with inflation. They make some sense. But the drawback there is you start with a lower income, don&#x27;t you, in the future? And then as you go forward, you get more. You get considerably lower. Yeah. And in fact, you have to kind of make a mental calculation. Well, at what point do I start getting how much, you know, the amount I would get with one that does not have the inflation rider? And that can mean many years. When we&#x27;re trying to pre-fund pensions, when I deal with some younger folks who call the shows in the 40s or 50s, and they have a certain amount of money they don&#x27;t want to risk, but they have a certain amount of money they do want to risk, what we do is safety first.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> We put money in a time capsule-type account. I&#x27;ve got an example here of a young lady a couple years ago came in. She was 43, and she had had had over about a million dollars in the market before it fell apart, and she had gained it back a little bit, but she wanted to have a million-dollar retirement account in the future. So we basically did reverse engineering. She was 43, so she said at 62, I want to have a million dollars in an account I can start taking income off of. So she put in $233,000, and now it&#x27;s got that guaranteed growth option for retirement income in the future, growing by 8% per year. At age 62, she&#x27;ll have a million dollars. Then she can get $50,000, 50,278 for the rest of her life, and that&#x27;s called a future income annuity. We like those for pension-type accounts, and what she liked is because that money was now safe and growing for her pension</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> that she knew she&#x27;d have in the future, she took the other half of her money and put it into a good managed account out there. She was able to take more risk than she ever thought she could because she had safe money in one place and risk money in the other. And, John, in all the research you&#x27;ve done, and one of the books that you&#x27;ve written, I like the sound of it, it&#x27;s The Busy Family&#x27;s Guide to Money. Isn&#x27;t one of the main causes of confusion there are too many financial products and people really don&#x27;t know the good, the bad, and the ugly of all the products? Oh, yeah, and you have to think that it&#x27;s deliberate to some extent, that if everything were plain and simple and easily understandable, that some products wouldn&#x27;t get sold. And you just look at the mutual fund world where you have many thousands of mutual funds, but if you multiply that by the number of share classes, which is the same fund sold in a different way,</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> it gets highly confusing. People often don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re being sold or what they own or what they&#x27;re paying for. Now, many people just by default have to pay a management fee because that&#x27;s how managed accounts are set up. You pay a fee and it goes to the money manager and also maybe the person who found you and got you in touch with the money manager. John, can people do things on their own or should they have somebody with them along this financial journey? You know, I think it depends on your temperament. You know, there was a time, I think, when people said, oh, you know, you&#x27;re crazy if you don&#x27;t manage your own finances. But in fact, you know, many people simply aren&#x27;t happy doing that. And it&#x27;s not that most people can&#x27;t manage their own affairs. But, you know, it&#x27;s perfectly reasonable to find that it&#x27;s not something you enjoy or that particularly interests you or you feel that you&#x27;re competent at, in which case there&#x27;s no shame in getting help.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> You do a lot of research and I love this title of the book. I want to talk about this for a minute. You&#x27;re author of Money Madness, Strange Schemes and Extraordinary Manias on and Off Wall Street. Now, John, tell us about that book. Well, it was kind of a fun one. You know, everybody knows about the Great Crash and they know about Charles Ponzi, who invented the Ponzi scheme. But, you know, there have been manias really since the beginning of the Republic and before then that a lot of people didn&#x27;t know about. There was a gold rush in the Carolinas in the 1830s when they said there&#x27;s gold in them, there are hills. They were talking about the hills of Georgia, actually. There was a mania in mulberry trees at one point because people wanted to make silkworms. And, in fact, if you live on the East Coast and you see a mulberry tree, it&#x27;s probably a result of that. There was a guy who, one of my favorite ones, was a guy who got collateralized loans on salad oil.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> He had these big, big containers of salad oil, like, you know, those big gas tanks you see on the side of the road. Oh, yeah. Yeah. And so he&#x27;d, you know, say, look, I&#x27;ve got this big thing of salad oil. You can give me a loan for, you know, a million bucks on it. And he had discovered an interesting principle, which is that oil floats on water so that you would fill the tank up, you know, up to about the last foot with seawater. Right. And put some oil on top of it so when the guy went to look in and make sure there was really oil there, he&#x27;d see oil. Wow. And it eventually, it almost took down American Express with that particular one. Wow. And we all know about the tulip one in Holland years ago, right? Mm-hmm. Tulip to mania. Well, what tulips were going for, just one tulip, was it like $250,000 for a tulip bulb or something? It was crazy. Yeah.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Yeah. And there&#x27;s a story about one poor soul who mistook it for an onion and chomped down on one and got thrown into jail for it. That was an expensive whopper, wasn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. Exactly. And then, of course, Bernie Madoff these days, that&#x27;s the next Charles Ponzi. And finally, I want to talk about, I&#x27;ve got about a minute to go, you wrote a book about Bear Stearns and examples that you learned from that. Let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute. Well, it shows how things can get out of hand. And when you take a fairly sedate investment like a mortgage, people have been investing in mortgages for years and years. But how if you leverage it 30 times out that you can get into a great deal of trouble? And that&#x27;s what happened with Bear Stearns. Yeah. Yeah. So it&#x27;s all about, I guess, moderation is a key, even financial planning, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> Absolutely. And as you know, if you pay too much for financial planning, you kind of get rid of the benefits. If you take too much leverage in investing, you can destroy pretty much anything. So it&#x27;s just a matter of trying to be careful and sane, which is sometimes kind of hard. I come around the New Year&#x27;s time here where people make New Year&#x27;s resolutions, and number one is always to lose weight on your body. But I think many times people need to picture their financial portfolio as one of those hot air balloons. And if it&#x27;s starting to go down a little bit, it&#x27;s time to throw some sandbags overboard in the form of unnecessary risk fees and commissions, John. Oh, absolutely. And when you think about the fact that the average money manager really struggles to beat the S&amp;P 500 with a one percentage point commission, each year as you keep adding on fees, it&#x27;s like running with sandbags on them.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> Yep, yep. Well, folks, that is John Wagoner, and you&#x27;ll recognize him next time you pick up the USA Today in the financial section. You&#x27;ll see an article by him, I&#x27;m sure. You can find him online and on Amazon. Search his name and look at all the great books he&#x27;s written. John, I hope we can have you on again in 2012. Oh, I&#x27;d love to, Pete. Thank you so much. Yeah, the pleasure is all on this side of the microphone, my friend. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Financial writer John Waggoner joins Coach Pete to discuss annuities, investment fees, and financial decision-making. Their November 2011 conversation also touches on Money Madness and the unusual schemes and manias found on Wall Street.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Waggoner</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Waggoner, annuities, investing, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77/image.jpg?t=1792071864&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-waggoner-annuities-fees-and-financial-decision-making/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77/image.jpg?t=1792071864&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>692</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc07d7fb-8d1d-42ec-94f9-b4e300145b77/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11107515" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-waggoner-annuities-fees-and-financial-decision-making</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>219</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Annuities, Fees, and Financial Decision-Making" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: The Great Crash Ahead</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: The Great Crash Ahead</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent discusses The Great Crash Ahead and his economic outlook in this November 2011 interview. The conversation examines demographics, debt, real estate, and the market trends behind his forecasts at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making, now turns to a very special guest. We have Harvard economist Harry S. Dent Jr. joining us on the program. He is the author of many books, and your most recent book, Mr. Dent, is The Great Crash Ahead. Tell us a little bit about why you&#x27;ve authored this book, The Great Crash Ahead. Well, you know, I mean, Pete, we had books way back to the late 80s, early 90s, talking about the great boom ahead and how the baby boomers would drive up our economy with spending, borrowing, house buying, and all this stuff. And now, you know, in 2008, we came out with a book, The Great Depression Ahead, saying, hey, baby boomers are going to save, not spend. The economy is going to go down. And we have the greatest debt and real estate bubble in history. So this debt and real</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> estate bubble has to unwind and deleverage over the coming years. And it&#x27;s going to cause like a depression-like environment. The government&#x27;s trying to stop this, but they&#x27;re not going to be able to stop it. So we said that in the last book, 2008, the government&#x27;s going to stimulate, it&#x27;s going to work for a while, but then it&#x27;s going to fail. And then we&#x27;re going to go back into a deeper crisis. So we&#x27;re telling investors and businesses, hey, we&#x27;re getting near the end of this stimulus period. The government&#x27;s running out of bullets. You&#x27;ve got to protect yourself against the next crash, which will be a lot like the last one in 2008, 2009, where everything goes down. So you have to protect your assets and reinvest after the crash, which will probably be maybe two years or so from now. And so what do we need to look out for? Or are we already seeing the</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> warning signs, perhaps domestically or overseas, that this great crash is upon us? Well, again, first of all, Pete, I mean, we think the great crash already began. I think the stock markets peaked from this stimulus rally in late April, early May of this year. I think commodities peaked as well. I think we&#x27;re in the first downturn that happens when people say, oh, something&#x27;s a little wrong. And then we probably get a rally until late this year saying, no, it&#x27;s probably OK. And then next year we get into a deeper downturn, like we saw from May 2008 to November of 2008. So that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re generally looking at. The government&#x27;s run out of bullets to stop this downturn. The debt keeps hanging out there for U.S. Home prices are not coming back. Unemployment&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> not getting better. And Europe&#x27;s starting to melt down after we melted down in 2008, which we think triggers the next crisis over the next few years. So again, it&#x27;s just like realize we&#x27;ve had this great bubble boom in everything, stocks, real estate, commodities, gold, silver, everything you own today since the early 80s. Hey, take your profits, get safe and let this bubble burst, which the government&#x27;s trying to prevent, which they can&#x27;t with 92 million baby boomers moving towards saving instead of spending, and then reinvest when the bubble crashes in different areas, bonds, stocks, and real estate. And in the book, we discuss how these different areas are likely to unfold over time. They won&#x27;t all bottom at the same time. Well, Harry, looking at the market hovering around 12,000</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> on the Dow, and many people are getting excited about that. Isn&#x27;t this a good time, in your opinion, to maybe lock in some gains and get out of the market for a while then? Yeah, we&#x27;ve been telling people recently, we told people to get out at near these levels back in late April, early May, in August again, and we&#x27;re saying, I still think the tendency of the stock markets is to rally into year end, especially in years like this. So I think between now and year end, yeah, you lock in your gains. Basically, whether you have gold or U.S. stocks or Asian stocks or whatever you have, sell on rallies. Sell on rallies, get out, and just wait for this crash to unfold. Whether it takes one year or two years or three years, we think the odds of a major crash in the</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> stock markets and real estate and everything else is between early 2012 and, say, mid-2014. So the next two and a half years is probably the most dangerous time in your life, and it should see a reoccurrence of the very crisis that the government prevented after the meltdown in late 2008. It&#x27;s going to come back, because they didn&#x27;t change the situation. They just put Band-Aids on it and put it off. So the average investor, though, Harry, when the market starts to go up, they buy into the rally instead of doing what&#x27;s smart selling into the rally, correct? Exactly, Pete. The smart money sells into the rally. You will notice that George Soros, who&#x27;s the best probably hedge fund manager in the world, he played gold on the upside. He got out early a few months ago.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Other people are doing the same. The smart money gets out once they&#x27;ve got 90% of the gains, and they let the last 10% go to the sucker. So, yes, it&#x27;s still possible stocks could go a bit higher. Gold could go a bit higher. We put a ceiling on gold probably around 2,000. It may or may not get there. The stock market may go up another 10% or so from here, but on rallies, we say, get out. The smart money learns it&#x27;s better to get out of a bubble early than too late. Now, Mr. Dent, we talked with author Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, and he says that he&#x27;s never seen anyone who could accurately predict or time the market. Now, what you are talking about is not exact timing. You&#x27;re more looking at trends here,</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> correct? Yeah, we&#x27;re looking at the long term. An economist tells me you cannot predict the long term. I would say to you, you are wrong. We predicted this boom in the late 80s, and we predicted this bust in the late 80s, early 90s, decades ago. People spend money predictably by age. New generations do this. Young people cause inflation. Older people cause deflation. Most of the key trends in the economy we can predict over the rest of your lifetime. So, economists are wrong about this. They don&#x27;t understand the economy. But you&#x27;re right on the other side. The short-term trends, you know, in 1987, the stock market&#x27;s at 2,700 one day and 1,400 the next day, a 40% correction. What difference</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> does that make? That&#x27;s the short-term is much harder to predict. It&#x27;s based on investors getting overconfident, underconfident, overbuying, overselling. It&#x27;s based on political events and news events around the world, just like we&#x27;re seeing now in Europe. Every correction we&#x27;ve seen in this market in the last two years of this artificial rally from government stimulus has come from concerns over Europe&#x27;s debt crisis. So, we started the crisis with our subprime private debt crisis in the U.S. Europe starting the next crisis with their public government debt crisis. Their crisis is going to build back into our private debt and real estate crisis, and then it&#x27;s going to hit China. It&#x27;s going to hit the rest of the world. So, this is a domino effect.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> People need to realize governments have done nothing to change the fundamental situation. Baby boomers around the world and the U.S. and Europe, especially Southern Europe and Japan, are going to continue to age, which means slowing economies. So, we&#x27;re not coming out of this. There is no magic bullet or stimulus. So, this debt crisis is going to come back, Europe, U.S. and then China. Now, Harry, I talk to investors all across America, and especially the ones that are 55 and older, they are extremely worried because they are trying to get income from this money they&#x27;ve saved all their life, and it&#x27;s getting harder and harder to do. What would you tell the person right now who&#x27;s in that financial red zone, which is about five to ten years away from retirement or in retirement, what are they to do with the money they need to have guaranteed income from in the future?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Well, you know, normally, again, that&#x27;s the case. You&#x27;re 55 plus, and in fact, that&#x27;s exactly age 54 to 55 is when people start shifting out of equities into fixed income. The problem is, the U.S. government and the Fed has said, you&#x27;re not going to make any money on a safe fixed income investment. Short term, you get zero on treasury bills. Long term, you now get 2% on treasury bonds, which is a very, very bad deal, given 4% inflation currently, even though that may come down, down the road. So you have to say, look, I&#x27;m willing to forgive short term income to preserve my capital and investments, whether I put in a fixed annuity with an insurance company or a guaranteed payment with insurance company, or I just sit in safer investments.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> Well, again, that&#x27;s one of the areas that the team members from the Financial Safari really specialize in is that preservation of capital, making sure that your money is safe and growing for your income into the future. And if you&#x27;d like the team members to design a true income plan for you, call right now, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll design a plan based on safety first, folks, making sure you won&#x27;t lose that money you absolutely need to have for retirement. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. So those fixed or income generating annuities, Mr. Dent, could be a good idea. Or the U.S. dollar, the UUPs, an ETF that has been going up in crashes over the last few years, especially late 2008, early 2009. The U.S. dollar benefits from us restructuring and eliminating</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> debt that we created in the 1990s and 2000s. So there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do, but the biggest priority for an investor, protect your capital, because we&#x27;ve had the greatest bull market run in commodities, real estate, and stocks and history. Protect your gains, don&#x27;t get greedy, and don&#x27;t take extra risk here to make a couple extra percent, even though the government has made that the priority. The government has said, don&#x27;t save money, spend money, because of low interest rates, and don&#x27;t invest in safe fixed income investments. Invest in higher yield things. If you invest in higher yield assets, junk bonds, stocks, and commodities, including gold and silver, you&#x27;re likely to get killed in the next two to three years.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> And folks, Harry Esten is the author of many books. The one that I&#x27;m looking at right now is The Great Crash Ahead. Harry, that&#x27;s a pretty fitting title these days, right? Isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, it is. I mean, the first book recently, after the great boom and all our positive books, was The Great Depression Ahead. And that was late 2008, as this was starting to settle in. And we said, you know, the government&#x27;s going to stimulate it first. It&#x27;s going to work at first, but it&#x27;s going to fail. 92 million baby boomers now want to save for retirement, not spend. Their kids are out of the nest. $42 trillion in private debt. People don&#x27;t understand that private debt is way greater than our government debt. That is what started to melt down, especially in the financial sectors in 2008 and early 2009. This is going to melt down again. The government has done nothing to</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> address this problem. They&#x27;re just putting Band-Aids on it. It&#x27;s going to come back. And I think the European crisis is going to stimulate this. Harry, could this second crisis coming out of Europe be worse than our private debt crisis in the housing bubble as far as the effect on the American economy here? Well, yes, on our economy here, because Europe has a bigger public or government debt crisis. Most people in Europe, outside of England and Ireland and Spain, don&#x27;t borrow as much money as we do against real estate and stuff. So when this next downturn hits, I think it&#x27;s actually going to hit the U.S. harder because we have such high consumer mortgage and financial sector debt with all the leverage and all these hedge funds and all this Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, I mean,</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Wall Street toxic loans. We have the worst of that outside of England. So I think England, Ireland, U.S. gets hit worse in this next stage, and then it spreads to China. Again, you&#x27;re looking at trends to give you these indications of how the market will most likely behave into the future. And you&#x27;re predicting this sometime between 2012 and 2014? Yes. And now our indicators are telling us more likely sooner than later. I think the markets, to us, the great crash ahead has likely already started. When the markets peaked in late April, early May, including commodities, we&#x27;ve seen the first downturn just as we saw in early 2008, after the last peak of the bubble in 2007. Then markets came back up in 2007, looked okay,</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> and then the big crash began. We&#x27;re seeing signs that the next great crash could begin maybe now, but more likely the beginning of next year. And we could see a big crash into the summer or fall of next year. So we&#x27;re just telling people there&#x27;s no way to determine that altogether short term. We can predict long-term trends very accurately. Short term, we&#x27;re just making very good educated guesses. But the patterns in the markets tell us we could see the next crash start to melt down between January and, let&#x27;s say, September or October of next year. So be cautious. I mean, just for eight or nine or 10 months, just be cautious. And if this happens, you&#x27;re going to have buying opportunities ahead. We&#x27;ve been talking to and getting the insight from multiple published</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> financial author, as well as Harvard economist, Harry S. Dent Jr. And Mr. Dent, thank you once again for joining us on the Financial Safari. Okay, thank you. Well, those are the predictions based on the trends and demographics that Mr. Harry S. Dent is looking at. But if you would like to look at your own financial situation to help protect what you have saved, friends, pick up the phone, call the team from the Financial Safari right now. Your local trusted advisor is standing by. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, that is 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent discusses The Great Crash Ahead and his economic outlook in this November 2011 interview. The conversation examines demographics, debt, real estate, and the market trends behind his forecasts at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you on your money, your finance, and your financial decision-making, now turns to a very special guest. We have Harvard economist Harry S. Dent Jr. joining us on the program. He is the author of many books, and your most recent book, Mr. Dent, is The Great Crash Ahead. Tell us a little bit about why you&#x27;ve authored this book, The Great Crash Ahead. Well, you know, I mean, Pete, we had books way back to the late 80s, early 90s, talking about the great boom ahead and how the baby boomers would drive up our economy with spending, borrowing, house buying, and all this stuff. And now, you know, in 2008, we came out with a book, The Great Depression Ahead, saying, hey, baby boomers are going to save, not spend. The economy is going to go down. And we have the greatest debt and real estate bubble in history. So this debt and real</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> estate bubble has to unwind and deleverage over the coming years. And it&#x27;s going to cause like a depression-like environment. The government&#x27;s trying to stop this, but they&#x27;re not going to be able to stop it. So we said that in the last book, 2008, the government&#x27;s going to stimulate, it&#x27;s going to work for a while, but then it&#x27;s going to fail. And then we&#x27;re going to go back into a deeper crisis. So we&#x27;re telling investors and businesses, hey, we&#x27;re getting near the end of this stimulus period. The government&#x27;s running out of bullets. You&#x27;ve got to protect yourself against the next crash, which will be a lot like the last one in 2008, 2009, where everything goes down. So you have to protect your assets and reinvest after the crash, which will probably be maybe two years or so from now. And so what do we need to look out for? Or are we already seeing the</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> warning signs, perhaps domestically or overseas, that this great crash is upon us? Well, again, first of all, Pete, I mean, we think the great crash already began. I think the stock markets peaked from this stimulus rally in late April, early May of this year. I think commodities peaked as well. I think we&#x27;re in the first downturn that happens when people say, oh, something&#x27;s a little wrong. And then we probably get a rally until late this year saying, no, it&#x27;s probably OK. And then next year we get into a deeper downturn, like we saw from May 2008 to November of 2008. So that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re generally looking at. The government&#x27;s run out of bullets to stop this downturn. The debt keeps hanging out there for U.S. Home prices are not coming back. Unemployment&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> not getting better. And Europe&#x27;s starting to melt down after we melted down in 2008, which we think triggers the next crisis over the next few years. So again, it&#x27;s just like realize we&#x27;ve had this great bubble boom in everything, stocks, real estate, commodities, gold, silver, everything you own today since the early 80s. Hey, take your profits, get safe and let this bubble burst, which the government&#x27;s trying to prevent, which they can&#x27;t with 92 million baby boomers moving towards saving instead of spending, and then reinvest when the bubble crashes in different areas, bonds, stocks, and real estate. And in the book, we discuss how these different areas are likely to unfold over time. They won&#x27;t all bottom at the same time. Well, Harry, looking at the market hovering around 12,000</p><p><strong>03:14</strong> on the Dow, and many people are getting excited about that. Isn&#x27;t this a good time, in your opinion, to maybe lock in some gains and get out of the market for a while then? Yeah, we&#x27;ve been telling people recently, we told people to get out at near these levels back in late April, early May, in August again, and we&#x27;re saying, I still think the tendency of the stock markets is to rally into year end, especially in years like this. So I think between now and year end, yeah, you lock in your gains. Basically, whether you have gold or U.S. stocks or Asian stocks or whatever you have, sell on rallies. Sell on rallies, get out, and just wait for this crash to unfold. Whether it takes one year or two years or three years, we think the odds of a major crash in the</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> stock markets and real estate and everything else is between early 2012 and, say, mid-2014. So the next two and a half years is probably the most dangerous time in your life, and it should see a reoccurrence of the very crisis that the government prevented after the meltdown in late 2008. It&#x27;s going to come back, because they didn&#x27;t change the situation. They just put Band-Aids on it and put it off. So the average investor, though, Harry, when the market starts to go up, they buy into the rally instead of doing what&#x27;s smart selling into the rally, correct? Exactly, Pete. The smart money sells into the rally. You will notice that George Soros, who&#x27;s the best probably hedge fund manager in the world, he played gold on the upside. He got out early a few months ago.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> Other people are doing the same. The smart money gets out once they&#x27;ve got 90% of the gains, and they let the last 10% go to the sucker. So, yes, it&#x27;s still possible stocks could go a bit higher. Gold could go a bit higher. We put a ceiling on gold probably around 2,000. It may or may not get there. The stock market may go up another 10% or so from here, but on rallies, we say, get out. The smart money learns it&#x27;s better to get out of a bubble early than too late. Now, Mr. Dent, we talked with author Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, and he says that he&#x27;s never seen anyone who could accurately predict or time the market. Now, what you are talking about is not exact timing. You&#x27;re more looking at trends here,</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> correct? Yeah, we&#x27;re looking at the long term. An economist tells me you cannot predict the long term. I would say to you, you are wrong. We predicted this boom in the late 80s, and we predicted this bust in the late 80s, early 90s, decades ago. People spend money predictably by age. New generations do this. Young people cause inflation. Older people cause deflation. Most of the key trends in the economy we can predict over the rest of your lifetime. So, economists are wrong about this. They don&#x27;t understand the economy. But you&#x27;re right on the other side. The short-term trends, you know, in 1987, the stock market&#x27;s at 2,700 one day and 1,400 the next day, a 40% correction. What difference</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> does that make? That&#x27;s the short-term is much harder to predict. It&#x27;s based on investors getting overconfident, underconfident, overbuying, overselling. It&#x27;s based on political events and news events around the world, just like we&#x27;re seeing now in Europe. Every correction we&#x27;ve seen in this market in the last two years of this artificial rally from government stimulus has come from concerns over Europe&#x27;s debt crisis. So, we started the crisis with our subprime private debt crisis in the U.S. Europe starting the next crisis with their public government debt crisis. Their crisis is going to build back into our private debt and real estate crisis, and then it&#x27;s going to hit China. It&#x27;s going to hit the rest of the world. So, this is a domino effect.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> People need to realize governments have done nothing to change the fundamental situation. Baby boomers around the world and the U.S. and Europe, especially Southern Europe and Japan, are going to continue to age, which means slowing economies. So, we&#x27;re not coming out of this. There is no magic bullet or stimulus. So, this debt crisis is going to come back, Europe, U.S. and then China. Now, Harry, I talk to investors all across America, and especially the ones that are 55 and older, they are extremely worried because they are trying to get income from this money they&#x27;ve saved all their life, and it&#x27;s getting harder and harder to do. What would you tell the person right now who&#x27;s in that financial red zone, which is about five to ten years away from retirement or in retirement, what are they to do with the money they need to have guaranteed income from in the future?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Well, you know, normally, again, that&#x27;s the case. You&#x27;re 55 plus, and in fact, that&#x27;s exactly age 54 to 55 is when people start shifting out of equities into fixed income. The problem is, the U.S. government and the Fed has said, you&#x27;re not going to make any money on a safe fixed income investment. Short term, you get zero on treasury bills. Long term, you now get 2% on treasury bonds, which is a very, very bad deal, given 4% inflation currently, even though that may come down, down the road. So you have to say, look, I&#x27;m willing to forgive short term income to preserve my capital and investments, whether I put in a fixed annuity with an insurance company or a guaranteed payment with insurance company, or I just sit in safer investments.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> Well, again, that&#x27;s one of the areas that the team members from the Financial Safari really specialize in is that preservation of capital, making sure that your money is safe and growing for your income into the future. And if you&#x27;d like the team members to design a true income plan for you, call right now, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll design a plan based on safety first, folks, making sure you won&#x27;t lose that money you absolutely need to have for retirement. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. So those fixed or income generating annuities, Mr. Dent, could be a good idea. Or the U.S. dollar, the UUPs, an ETF that has been going up in crashes over the last few years, especially late 2008, early 2009. The U.S. dollar benefits from us restructuring and eliminating</p><p><strong>09:32</strong> debt that we created in the 1990s and 2000s. So there&#x27;s a lot of things you can do, but the biggest priority for an investor, protect your capital, because we&#x27;ve had the greatest bull market run in commodities, real estate, and stocks and history. Protect your gains, don&#x27;t get greedy, and don&#x27;t take extra risk here to make a couple extra percent, even though the government has made that the priority. The government has said, don&#x27;t save money, spend money, because of low interest rates, and don&#x27;t invest in safe fixed income investments. Invest in higher yield things. If you invest in higher yield assets, junk bonds, stocks, and commodities, including gold and silver, you&#x27;re likely to get killed in the next two to three years.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> And folks, Harry Esten is the author of many books. The one that I&#x27;m looking at right now is The Great Crash Ahead. Harry, that&#x27;s a pretty fitting title these days, right? Isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, you know, it is. I mean, the first book recently, after the great boom and all our positive books, was The Great Depression Ahead. And that was late 2008, as this was starting to settle in. And we said, you know, the government&#x27;s going to stimulate it first. It&#x27;s going to work at first, but it&#x27;s going to fail. 92 million baby boomers now want to save for retirement, not spend. Their kids are out of the nest. $42 trillion in private debt. People don&#x27;t understand that private debt is way greater than our government debt. That is what started to melt down, especially in the financial sectors in 2008 and early 2009. This is going to melt down again. The government has done nothing to</p><p><strong>11:03</strong> address this problem. They&#x27;re just putting Band-Aids on it. It&#x27;s going to come back. And I think the European crisis is going to stimulate this. Harry, could this second crisis coming out of Europe be worse than our private debt crisis in the housing bubble as far as the effect on the American economy here? Well, yes, on our economy here, because Europe has a bigger public or government debt crisis. Most people in Europe, outside of England and Ireland and Spain, don&#x27;t borrow as much money as we do against real estate and stuff. So when this next downturn hits, I think it&#x27;s actually going to hit the U.S. harder because we have such high consumer mortgage and financial sector debt with all the leverage and all these hedge funds and all this Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, I mean,</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Wall Street toxic loans. We have the worst of that outside of England. So I think England, Ireland, U.S. gets hit worse in this next stage, and then it spreads to China. Again, you&#x27;re looking at trends to give you these indications of how the market will most likely behave into the future. And you&#x27;re predicting this sometime between 2012 and 2014? Yes. And now our indicators are telling us more likely sooner than later. I think the markets, to us, the great crash ahead has likely already started. When the markets peaked in late April, early May, including commodities, we&#x27;ve seen the first downturn just as we saw in early 2008, after the last peak of the bubble in 2007. Then markets came back up in 2007, looked okay,</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> and then the big crash began. We&#x27;re seeing signs that the next great crash could begin maybe now, but more likely the beginning of next year. And we could see a big crash into the summer or fall of next year. So we&#x27;re just telling people there&#x27;s no way to determine that altogether short term. We can predict long-term trends very accurately. Short term, we&#x27;re just making very good educated guesses. But the patterns in the markets tell us we could see the next crash start to melt down between January and, let&#x27;s say, September or October of next year. So be cautious. I mean, just for eight or nine or 10 months, just be cautious. And if this happens, you&#x27;re going to have buying opportunities ahead. We&#x27;ve been talking to and getting the insight from multiple published</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> financial author, as well as Harvard economist, Harry S. Dent Jr. And Mr. Dent, thank you once again for joining us on the Financial Safari. Okay, thank you. Well, those are the predictions based on the trends and demographics that Mr. Harry S. Dent is looking at. But if you would like to look at your own financial situation to help protect what you have saved, friends, pick up the phone, call the team from the Financial Safari right now. Your local trusted advisor is standing by. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, that is 800-661-7383.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Harry Dent discusses The Great Crash Ahead and his economic outlook in this November 2011 interview. The conversation examines demographics, debt, real estate, and the market trends behind his forecasts at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, real estate, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a/image.jpg?t=1792073046&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-great-crash-ahead/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a/image.jpg?t=1792073046&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>838</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7a4ce34e-f4e8-45ef-8fbc-b4e20126e77a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13436695" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-great-crash-ahead</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>220</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Crash Ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:06" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sue Irving: Understanding the Federal Budget</title>
      <itunes:title>Sue Irving: Understanding the Federal Budget</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Sue Irving of the Government Accountability Office joins Coach Pete to explain federal budget analysis. This November 2011 conversation examines fiscal challenges, government spending, and the decisions involved in paying for public priorities.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And each and every week, I like to find somebody out there in the national community who can better educate us on what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. And we&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Sue Irving, and she&#x27;s currently the director for the federal budget analysis within the GAO. And Sue, welcome in. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Now, tell the folks what you do in a day&#x27;s work and what you feel your title is. What can you basically educate folks on as far as the financial environment these days? Well, the Government Accountability Office, which most people know of as GAO, sort of prides itself on, you know, it&#x27;s the honest evaluator. It tracks the federal dollar. And we have teams that look at all kinds of things, defense, energy, you know,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> physical infrastructure, which is clearly a big issue for the world. The team I&#x27;m in is called Strategic Issues. And within that, I oversee some phenomenal analysts looking at work on the federal long-term budget outlook, physical outlook, on debt and debt management, and on user fees, and then some related other issues. But basically, sort of the sort of big picture of, you know, where the budget is and where we&#x27;re headed and why we need to make some changes. Yeah. So, I mean, now, if we look forward in the next 20 years, what would you identify as a couple of the biggest worries out there as far as what you&#x27;ve been seeing? Well, I think the biggest worry is that in the past, if you imagined a computer sort of running taxes and spending and just continuing it,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> and you imagined economic growth and sort of you took out the wars and you took out the recessions, you know, the budget would sort of balance over time. And that&#x27;s never going to happen again unless we change. And so we have gotten ourselves into a situation where a combination of demographics, that is, I&#x27;m in my early 60s, and as I say to younger people, there are a lot of us and we&#x27;re going to live forever, and health care costs, which everybody there knows health care costs are going up, you know, very fast, and revenues that we&#x27;re just driving a world where we have this huge growing imbalance. That is, we cannot – and that leads to a situation where debt is going to grow faster than the economy. And that&#x27;s by definition not sustainable.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So we need to make some changes. So, I mean, so looking forward now, people here that listen to the show, they&#x27;re making sure they try to do the right things financially and they&#x27;re trying to take the right steps. What can the individual person listening, what can they do to make sure or try to point themselves in the right direction financially? Well, I&#x27;m not – I&#x27;m neither competent nor professional to give financial advice. What I mostly think people need to understand is that for the country as a whole, the sort of – there are no choices that would make everybody happy. That is, in order to get us back on the right path, members of Congress are going to have to come to a deal where it&#x27;s sort of the equivalent of holding your nose and jumping off a cliff together. That is, you cannot find a deal that says, okay, I&#x27;m not going to touch X and everything will be fine.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And you can&#x27;t go back to what we used to do because of the change in demographics and health care costs. So it means that we&#x27;re going to have to look at restraint in programs that we all care a lot about. Fraud waste and abuse isn&#x27;t going to be enough. And we&#x27;re looking at what do we want from government. And if what we want is to continue the kinds of programs we have now, even cleaning them up, then we&#x27;re going to have to pay for them. If we don&#x27;t want to pay any more than we&#x27;ve been paying historically, then we can&#x27;t have the same kind of programs we have. And we at GEO don&#x27;t have a view on which of those is the right answer. We&#x27;re just telling you that arithmetically something has to give. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating subject, debt management. So let&#x27;s take a look into that.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> I mean – Okay. When I look at federal debt management, it&#x27;s sort of the whole issue of how do you finance this stuff, not personal debt management. Right. But for the government itself, debt management – now, this is a worldwide problem, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. We are the strongest, most stable political economy in the world, and that has helped us. What do you think are some of the things that we&#x27;re going to have to do then to control the federal debt going forward? Well, I think we&#x27;ll face a particularly hard time right now because the economy is very weak. If we had focused on this when the economy was booming or when we were in a surplus, we could have made these changes more easily. But really what you have to address is find some way to slow the growth of health spending.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Now, I will say if anybody has a magic wand to slow the rate of growth of health care costs, they&#x27;re wasting their time at whatever they&#x27;re doing, and they should become czar of the universe. Okay. We don&#x27;t have any easy answers to that. A large share of the federal budget is now devoted on the spending side to programs for my generation and older. That is to say both retirement, Social Security, which is arguably one of the most successful programs ever created by the federal government, and health care costs, which not just Medicare, but as we all know, increasingly Medicaid helps the elderly because it pays for nursing homes. Health care costs in the private sector are going up too. And then, as I said, right now revenues are at an all-time low because of the recession and the temporary tax cuts to respond to that.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> But if you want to hold revenues to what they&#x27;ve been in the last 40 years on average, then basically you have to radically change the health programs and programs related to the elderly. I don&#x27;t mean you could ignore the rest of the government, but the rest of the government is pretty small. And we have some pictures of that on our website, which will give you a sense. What&#x27;s the website? www.gao.gov. And when you scroll down on that, there is a link to something called Federal Debt and Long Term. And what that gives us is it will take you to a Frequently Asked Questions page about federal debt, defining a lot of terms.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> It will take you to the pictures, our long-term fiscal simulations, which show you in really graphic terms how this is changing and why something has to be done. Now, I&#x27;ve got your report here. It just came out the fall 2011 update, the federal government&#x27;s long-term fiscal outlook. And it has improved a little bit, it said in the report over the last one, correct? Yes, that&#x27;s correct. And now you&#x27;ve taught public policy or public management at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University. Oh, they did send you a bio. Well, that&#x27;s a great school to be teaching at. Tell us a little bit about that. Well, I went to the Kennedy School. I used to tease people. I&#x27;ve been everything at the Kennedy School except an administrator. I was a student at the Kennedy School. And then I was a fellow at the Institute of Politics, which is connected to the college, actually, to the undergraduate college,</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> where you go and run some sort of non-credit seminars for undergraduates. And I did something, what a shock, on the federal budget. This was a very long time ago. And then I commuted. I still had a husband and a home in Washington, D.C. And I would go up and teach some courses. Case method teaching was the hardest thing I&#x27;ve ever done. But it was really quite neat to work with people who wanted to make a difference in government. That is, they were going into government, training to go into government because they thought that serving the public should be done by people who were willing to think hard and ask difficult questions. And that&#x27;s what we tried to teach people how to do. Well, it&#x27;s very, very important. Now, here&#x27;s what – and I know you&#x27;re faced with this dilemma each and every day. No matter what the government does, it&#x27;s not going to make some people happy, correct?</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> That&#x27;s correct. So it&#x27;s taking the place of least resistance or finding – and for the GAO, it&#x27;s finding maybe some wasteful spending out there and trying to get rid of that and correcting things to the point where the government can run smoothly. Well, but I think that the real issue on the long term is we have to separate out sometimes sort of good operations on programs that may not be big enough to make a difference for this long-term debt outlook. And then what we have to do to change the path that you see on that website. GAO does an annual report, first form of last year, on areas for overlap and duplication. It also does a report every two years on high-risk areas, that is, areas where structural or management issues put programs at high risk.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> And we look at programs individually. But right now, if you – all of what we call – what drives the budget right now, as I said, on the spending side, is health care programs and Social Security and their related programs. And on the revenue side, it&#x27;s the level of taxes. If you cleaned up everything else, you could wipe out all the rest of the government. But eventually, if health care costs keep growing faster than the economy, you still couldn&#x27;t keep going, apart from the fact you wouldn&#x27;t have a government that did have the things we care about. Right. Well, I&#x27;ve seen firsthand. I&#x27;m 45 years old. I just got a rate increase. I&#x27;ve never had a claim here. I haven&#x27;t had a claim the last couple years on health insurance besides going to the doctor for physicals.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And my rates just went up 30 percent. So I can just imagine what folks are seeing. Health care costs are going up like crazy. So, Sue, again, we&#x27;re talking to Sue Irving. She&#x27;s director for the federal budget analysis within the GAO. And, Sue, if you had some magic dust and you could sprinkle over the situation, what would be three things that you would get on the right track as far as the GAO is concerned? Well, in terms of our overall fiscal policy, I think what we would hope is – I mean, Congress – the reason is – let me back up here a minute. I&#x27;m going to give you a little introduction to that. First of all, the reason the outlook improved slightly was that Congress both imposed caps on what we call discretionary spending.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean spending at someone&#x27;s discretion. It means the spending that goes through the annual appropriations process. It&#x27;s the FBI. It&#x27;s the Defense Department. It&#x27;s the Park Service. It&#x27;s the Space Program. It&#x27;s the Environmental Protection Agency. It&#x27;s roads. It&#x27;s all of that. And also set up a structure, the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, and said sort of go off in a closed room and talk to each other and figure out how to get us another $1.2 trillion over the next 10 years. Now, that&#x27;s why this is a little better. We assumed that then whatever they do continues. And even then, you&#x27;re not done. I mean, you&#x27;ve just made it less worse. Okay? And there&#x27;s a big question about whether some of the cost containment built into current law will survive because we have a very mixed record on cost containment efforts in health care.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> So I think that what I would do is, of course, I would wish the committee success, the Joint Select Committee success. I would hope that people could begin to discuss and that the American public, the reason we do this work, is so that both policymakers have a basis, but also the people the policymakers work for. You, your listeners, the people who pay my salary, understand that the easy stuff&#x27;s been done, that fraud, waste, and abuse doesn&#x27;t cut it, that overlap and duplication is really important to clean up but isn&#x27;t by itself going to solve this problem, but that we have to begin to look across the range and decide how we&#x27;re going to do things and how we&#x27;re going to pay for them. Absolutely. Absolutely. And, folks, that is Sue Irving.</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> She&#x27;s with the GAO. And, Sue, I really appreciate your time today on the Financial Safari. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sue Irving of the Government Accountability Office joins Coach Pete to explain federal budget analysis. This November 2011 conversation examines fiscal challenges, government spending, and the decisions involved in paying for public priorities.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, we are your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And each and every week, I like to find somebody out there in the national community who can better educate us on what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. And we&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Sue Irving, and she&#x27;s currently the director for the federal budget analysis within the GAO. And Sue, welcome in. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be here. Now, tell the folks what you do in a day&#x27;s work and what you feel your title is. What can you basically educate folks on as far as the financial environment these days? Well, the Government Accountability Office, which most people know of as GAO, sort of prides itself on, you know, it&#x27;s the honest evaluator. It tracks the federal dollar. And we have teams that look at all kinds of things, defense, energy, you know,</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> physical infrastructure, which is clearly a big issue for the world. The team I&#x27;m in is called Strategic Issues. And within that, I oversee some phenomenal analysts looking at work on the federal long-term budget outlook, physical outlook, on debt and debt management, and on user fees, and then some related other issues. But basically, sort of the sort of big picture of, you know, where the budget is and where we&#x27;re headed and why we need to make some changes. Yeah. So, I mean, now, if we look forward in the next 20 years, what would you identify as a couple of the biggest worries out there as far as what you&#x27;ve been seeing? Well, I think the biggest worry is that in the past, if you imagined a computer sort of running taxes and spending and just continuing it,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> and you imagined economic growth and sort of you took out the wars and you took out the recessions, you know, the budget would sort of balance over time. And that&#x27;s never going to happen again unless we change. And so we have gotten ourselves into a situation where a combination of demographics, that is, I&#x27;m in my early 60s, and as I say to younger people, there are a lot of us and we&#x27;re going to live forever, and health care costs, which everybody there knows health care costs are going up, you know, very fast, and revenues that we&#x27;re just driving a world where we have this huge growing imbalance. That is, we cannot – and that leads to a situation where debt is going to grow faster than the economy. And that&#x27;s by definition not sustainable.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So we need to make some changes. So, I mean, so looking forward now, people here that listen to the show, they&#x27;re making sure they try to do the right things financially and they&#x27;re trying to take the right steps. What can the individual person listening, what can they do to make sure or try to point themselves in the right direction financially? Well, I&#x27;m not – I&#x27;m neither competent nor professional to give financial advice. What I mostly think people need to understand is that for the country as a whole, the sort of – there are no choices that would make everybody happy. That is, in order to get us back on the right path, members of Congress are going to have to come to a deal where it&#x27;s sort of the equivalent of holding your nose and jumping off a cliff together. That is, you cannot find a deal that says, okay, I&#x27;m not going to touch X and everything will be fine.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And you can&#x27;t go back to what we used to do because of the change in demographics and health care costs. So it means that we&#x27;re going to have to look at restraint in programs that we all care a lot about. Fraud waste and abuse isn&#x27;t going to be enough. And we&#x27;re looking at what do we want from government. And if what we want is to continue the kinds of programs we have now, even cleaning them up, then we&#x27;re going to have to pay for them. If we don&#x27;t want to pay any more than we&#x27;ve been paying historically, then we can&#x27;t have the same kind of programs we have. And we at GEO don&#x27;t have a view on which of those is the right answer. We&#x27;re just telling you that arithmetically something has to give. Well, it&#x27;s a fascinating subject, debt management. So let&#x27;s take a look into that.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> I mean – Okay. When I look at federal debt management, it&#x27;s sort of the whole issue of how do you finance this stuff, not personal debt management. Right. But for the government itself, debt management – now, this is a worldwide problem, isn&#x27;t it? Yes. We are the strongest, most stable political economy in the world, and that has helped us. What do you think are some of the things that we&#x27;re going to have to do then to control the federal debt going forward? Well, I think we&#x27;ll face a particularly hard time right now because the economy is very weak. If we had focused on this when the economy was booming or when we were in a surplus, we could have made these changes more easily. But really what you have to address is find some way to slow the growth of health spending.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> Now, I will say if anybody has a magic wand to slow the rate of growth of health care costs, they&#x27;re wasting their time at whatever they&#x27;re doing, and they should become czar of the universe. Okay. We don&#x27;t have any easy answers to that. A large share of the federal budget is now devoted on the spending side to programs for my generation and older. That is to say both retirement, Social Security, which is arguably one of the most successful programs ever created by the federal government, and health care costs, which not just Medicare, but as we all know, increasingly Medicaid helps the elderly because it pays for nursing homes. Health care costs in the private sector are going up too. And then, as I said, right now revenues are at an all-time low because of the recession and the temporary tax cuts to respond to that.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> But if you want to hold revenues to what they&#x27;ve been in the last 40 years on average, then basically you have to radically change the health programs and programs related to the elderly. I don&#x27;t mean you could ignore the rest of the government, but the rest of the government is pretty small. And we have some pictures of that on our website, which will give you a sense. What&#x27;s the website? www.gao.gov. And when you scroll down on that, there is a link to something called Federal Debt and Long Term. And what that gives us is it will take you to a Frequently Asked Questions page about federal debt, defining a lot of terms.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> It will take you to the pictures, our long-term fiscal simulations, which show you in really graphic terms how this is changing and why something has to be done. Now, I&#x27;ve got your report here. It just came out the fall 2011 update, the federal government&#x27;s long-term fiscal outlook. And it has improved a little bit, it said in the report over the last one, correct? Yes, that&#x27;s correct. And now you&#x27;ve taught public policy or public management at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University. Oh, they did send you a bio. Well, that&#x27;s a great school to be teaching at. Tell us a little bit about that. Well, I went to the Kennedy School. I used to tease people. I&#x27;ve been everything at the Kennedy School except an administrator. I was a student at the Kennedy School. And then I was a fellow at the Institute of Politics, which is connected to the college, actually, to the undergraduate college,</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> where you go and run some sort of non-credit seminars for undergraduates. And I did something, what a shock, on the federal budget. This was a very long time ago. And then I commuted. I still had a husband and a home in Washington, D.C. And I would go up and teach some courses. Case method teaching was the hardest thing I&#x27;ve ever done. But it was really quite neat to work with people who wanted to make a difference in government. That is, they were going into government, training to go into government because they thought that serving the public should be done by people who were willing to think hard and ask difficult questions. And that&#x27;s what we tried to teach people how to do. Well, it&#x27;s very, very important. Now, here&#x27;s what – and I know you&#x27;re faced with this dilemma each and every day. No matter what the government does, it&#x27;s not going to make some people happy, correct?</p><p><strong>08:06</strong> That&#x27;s correct. So it&#x27;s taking the place of least resistance or finding – and for the GAO, it&#x27;s finding maybe some wasteful spending out there and trying to get rid of that and correcting things to the point where the government can run smoothly. Well, but I think that the real issue on the long term is we have to separate out sometimes sort of good operations on programs that may not be big enough to make a difference for this long-term debt outlook. And then what we have to do to change the path that you see on that website. GAO does an annual report, first form of last year, on areas for overlap and duplication. It also does a report every two years on high-risk areas, that is, areas where structural or management issues put programs at high risk.</p><p><strong>08:55</strong> And we look at programs individually. But right now, if you – all of what we call – what drives the budget right now, as I said, on the spending side, is health care programs and Social Security and their related programs. And on the revenue side, it&#x27;s the level of taxes. If you cleaned up everything else, you could wipe out all the rest of the government. But eventually, if health care costs keep growing faster than the economy, you still couldn&#x27;t keep going, apart from the fact you wouldn&#x27;t have a government that did have the things we care about. Right. Well, I&#x27;ve seen firsthand. I&#x27;m 45 years old. I just got a rate increase. I&#x27;ve never had a claim here. I haven&#x27;t had a claim the last couple years on health insurance besides going to the doctor for physicals.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And my rates just went up 30 percent. So I can just imagine what folks are seeing. Health care costs are going up like crazy. So, Sue, again, we&#x27;re talking to Sue Irving. She&#x27;s director for the federal budget analysis within the GAO. And, Sue, if you had some magic dust and you could sprinkle over the situation, what would be three things that you would get on the right track as far as the GAO is concerned? Well, in terms of our overall fiscal policy, I think what we would hope is – I mean, Congress – the reason is – let me back up here a minute. I&#x27;m going to give you a little introduction to that. First of all, the reason the outlook improved slightly was that Congress both imposed caps on what we call discretionary spending.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> That doesn&#x27;t mean spending at someone&#x27;s discretion. It means the spending that goes through the annual appropriations process. It&#x27;s the FBI. It&#x27;s the Defense Department. It&#x27;s the Park Service. It&#x27;s the Space Program. It&#x27;s the Environmental Protection Agency. It&#x27;s roads. It&#x27;s all of that. And also set up a structure, the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, and said sort of go off in a closed room and talk to each other and figure out how to get us another $1.2 trillion over the next 10 years. Now, that&#x27;s why this is a little better. We assumed that then whatever they do continues. And even then, you&#x27;re not done. I mean, you&#x27;ve just made it less worse. Okay? And there&#x27;s a big question about whether some of the cost containment built into current law will survive because we have a very mixed record on cost containment efforts in health care.</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> So I think that what I would do is, of course, I would wish the committee success, the Joint Select Committee success. I would hope that people could begin to discuss and that the American public, the reason we do this work, is so that both policymakers have a basis, but also the people the policymakers work for. You, your listeners, the people who pay my salary, understand that the easy stuff&#x27;s been done, that fraud, waste, and abuse doesn&#x27;t cut it, that overlap and duplication is really important to clean up but isn&#x27;t by itself going to solve this problem, but that we have to begin to look across the range and decide how we&#x27;re going to do things and how we&#x27;re going to pay for them. Absolutely. Absolutely. And, folks, that is Sue Irving.</p><p><strong>12:07</strong> She&#x27;s with the GAO. And, Sue, I really appreciate your time today on the Financial Safari. Thank you. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Sue Irving of the Government Accountability Office joins Coach Pete to explain federal budget analysis. This November 2011 conversation examines fiscal challenges, government spending, and the decisions involved in paying for public priorities.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sue Irving</category>
      <category>budgeting</category>
      <category>national debt</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sue Irving, budgeting, national debt, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31/image.jpg?t=1792071868&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sue-irving-understanding-the-federal-budget/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31/image.jpg?t=1792071868&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31</guid>
      <omny:clipId>0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>738</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/0b6077ca-1369-4674-b0c2-b4e30013de31/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11838301" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sue-irving-understanding-the-federal-budget</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>221</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding the Federal Budget" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:05" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:29" title="Government finances and fiscal policy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nancy Schlossberg: Retire Smart, Retire Happy</title>
      <itunes:title>Nancy Schlossberg: Retire Smart, Retire Happy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Nancy Schlossberg joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Smart, Retire Happy. This November 2011 conversation explores life transitions, identity after work, and finding a personally meaningful path through retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. We have a very special guest today. Her name is Nancy Schlossberg. She&#x27;s written a book called Retire Smart, Retire Happy, Finding Your True Path in Life. And Nancy joins us from Sarasota, Florida. Nancy, thanks for coming on the show today. Oh, I&#x27;m delighted. Well, it&#x27;s a great book. First of all, let&#x27;s talk about why you wrote the book and what you discovered in writing it. Okay. Well, I had been an academic. I&#x27;ve been a professor for 35 years and wrote academic books. And then when I retired, I decided I&#x27;d like to translate some of what I know into the more popular kind of writing. And I was retired.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I retired, and I thought it would be a piece of cake because I write about transitions and study transitions and developed a framework for understanding how to cope with transitions. So naturally, it would be a piece of cake for me. Guess what? It was terrible. I had all kinds of problems. I was worried about my identity. I was worried what I would do with my time. And somebody suggested that I start studying this transition. So I didn&#x27;t know that it would turn into two books, a TV show, and many other things. But I started running focus groups and interviewing people. And that helped me develop a way of understanding what people were going through in retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And it&#x27;s been said that the book is basically guidance on the psychological and emotional adjustments we make at retirement or make in retirement. Nancy, explain that for me. Well, as you know, you&#x27;re an expert in finances. The only thing I know about finances, Coach B, is how to spend money. But we all know that we spend a great deal of time worrying about our money, as we should, and thinking about our money. And then we forget the other side of it. I interviewed a man for Retire Smart, Retire Happy, who was the CEO of a Fortune 100 company. He was retired, and he said to me, Retirement is hollow.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And he said, It&#x27;s empty. I never even thought about it. All I thought about was money. And now that I&#x27;m retired, I don&#x27;t have what I had. I have money. I&#x27;ve got a big pension. But I don&#x27;t have the other things. I don&#x27;t know what to do with my days. I don&#x27;t know how to negotiate with my wife. I just am at a loss. And so if we don&#x27;t pay attention to the psychological components about retirement, just as we do to our financial life, we&#x27;re going to be in trouble. Well, when you look at maybe the Flintstones, the cartoon there, right at 5 o&#x27;clock, Fred Flintstone would slide down the dinosaur, yabba-dabba-doo, and he&#x27;d go home.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And basically, when people&#x27;s life is like that, when they&#x27;re all looking forward to retirement, sliding down the dinosaur for the long last time from work and going home, because all this free time they&#x27;re going to have and all this great fun they&#x27;re going to have, Nancy, a lot of times that doesn&#x27;t happen, does it? No. Now, the second book I wrote, Revitalizing Retirement, Reshaping Your Identity, Relationships, and Purpose, was as a result of more interviews after the first book came out. And I identified something I call your psychological portfolio. So you&#x27;ve got your financial portfolio, but you also have a psychological, and I identified three key parts that you need to pay attention to, that we all need to pay attention to, your identity.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> That is the most difficult thing. When you work, you could say, I&#x27;m a roofer, I&#x27;m a builder, I&#x27;m a professor, I&#x27;m a radio host. When you retire, are you still going to be Coach Pete? Are people going to return your calls so quickly? Who will you be? So identity is big. The other related to it is your purpose. You know why you have to get up every day and you want to get up every day. You&#x27;ve got this show, and it&#x27;s important to you. What happens in retirement? Some people have very, very sort of second string. I mean, there are happy retirees, like the investigative reporter who, when he retired, segued right in to serious painting, because that had been a dream.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want to do. And it&#x27;s like when you graduate from high school or college, you&#x27;re kind of, you&#x27;re not sure. You&#x27;re searching. So it&#x27;s very important to spend some time thinking about purpose. What will give your life meaning after retirement? And the third part of your portfolio are your relationships. What happens? You&#x27;ve got a team of people, Coach, with whom you work on a regular basis. Now, when you retire, you&#x27;re not going to see those people probably. Maybe some of them you will. But your work life that absorbs so much of your energy and your relationships, that changes, and people need to figure out a substitute community.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> The other part of relationships is if you are living with a significant other or you have friends or you have family, your relationships with them also change. The adult children who expect their parents to become babysitters, things like that. So identity, relationships, purpose. Those are the three parts of your psychological portfolio. Well, that&#x27;s a very interesting way to look at it. I&#x27;m sure many people haven&#x27;t considered that. Or now you introduced readers to common personality types among retirees, including one was called continuers, some are called inventurers, and some are called searchers. Oh, I&#x27;m so glad to hear you&#x27;ve read my book. That&#x27;s great. It&#x27;s an interesting book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> What I found in Retire Smart, Retire Happy is good news for all of us. There are many, many paths that people take in retirement and many options. And these paths can change over time. There are continuers. I am a continuer. I&#x27;m retired. I&#x27;m no longer a professor. I don&#x27;t want to teach classes and grade papers. But I still write books and give speeches and workshops. So I&#x27;ve modified my life, but it&#x27;s a continuation of my life, of my professional life. But there are some people who say, I&#x27;ve had it with my life, and they adventure. They do something new. The man I interviewed, who ran an agency for Congress collecting data, doing research,</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> when that agency was eliminated. He had to, at 55, think what he was going to do. And he went sailing and thought, and he came back and announced to his family that he wanted to be a massage therapist. And actually, he went to school and became a massage therapist. He was an adventurer. He was doing something entirely different. So there are the adventurers. There are searchers. There are people who keep looking for their niche. Now, we all are going to be searchers at one time or another. When I stop being a continuer, I&#x27;ll start searching, well, what will I do now that I no longer make speeches and give workshops? So I haven&#x27;t figured that out yet.</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> Then there are easy gliders. Those are people who say, you know, I&#x27;ve worked all my life. I&#x27;m going to take a deep breath, have no agenda every day, and just enjoy each day as it unfolds. And then there are involved spectators. These are people like if you&#x27;ve been somebody who worked in a museum, for example, or a library, and then you retire, you might still be watching the news avidly, reading books avidly. You might, you&#x27;re involved still, but as more a spectator than a doer. And the only negative path, potentially negative, is the retreater.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And we all know people who really get depressed when they don&#x27;t have structure, when they don&#x27;t have purpose, when they don&#x27;t have a new community, and they just retreat. So I think I&#x27;ve covered all the paths. But the good news, paths can be combined. Paths will change over time. And the good news is that you can begin to see there are many, many options, many possibilities, many ways to live a life or, as they say, to get a life. Now, Nancy, where would the person who procrastinates, where would they fall in of your characteristics of folks in retirement, the procrastinator? That&#x27;s a very interesting question that I&#x27;ve never thought about.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> The procrastinator could be a searcher. But you&#x27;re mean they&#x27;re not even searching. They&#x27;re just sort of holding back. And I think that would be in the retreater. See, within the retreater category, there are those people who are just taking a moratorium and say, give me a year. I&#x27;m not thinking about anything. I&#x27;m just going to have this moratorium. And there are others who get depressed, and they can&#x27;t get off the couch, and they keep thinking they will explore things and they will talk to people, but they don&#x27;t do it. So I would put them there, but that&#x27;s a very good question. It&#x27;s almost self-induced, some of the things they bring upon themselves when they procrastinate, too, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. And the more you procrastinate, the worse it gets.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> You know, one wonderful thing is to find a buddy for yourself. Find a retirement buddy and somebody that you can process what you&#x27;re going through and who kind of nags you. So I&#x27;ll give you an example. In my interviews, I met a lot of women who say their husbands, the women, the husbands are older than they are, and the women are getting out and about, and they&#x27;re complaining that their husbands are not. Now, this is not universal, just some people. So one woman said, my husband was a well-known architect in Dayton, and now he&#x27;s here in Florida, and he&#x27;s not doing anything,</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and he never gets off the couch. So I happen to know this person, so I said, look, why don&#x27;t I see if I can connect him to one of these adult learning institutes and see if they wouldn&#x27;t let him teach a course in architecture. So I made the connection, and they said they&#x27;d love him to teach. Well, every time I would see him, he would say, Nancy, this is way too much work. I don&#x27;t want to do it. And I would say, Richard, you have to do it because your wife is paying me, will pay me to get you out of the house. And so I said, I&#x27;m going to start a business called nag.com, where I&#x27;ll nag somebody else&#x27;s husband.</p><p><strong>12:12</strong> And that&#x27;d be great for my husband. I would stop nagging him and start nagging others. Well, the funny thing, somebody heard about it and thought it was serious, and they called me up on the phone. And they said, Nancy, my husband, blah, blah, blah, will you take on the case? And I said, you know, that was just a joke. Well, you know, that&#x27;s pretty funny, though. Find a buddy who nags. And I think of Gilligan&#x27;s Island, where the skipper had his little buddy Gilligan, and Gilligan nagged him all the time, didn&#x27;t he? Absolutely. Absolutely. So we could call it a nagging buddy. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Nancy Schwozberg, again, author of Retire Smart, Retire Happy, Finding Your True Path in Life. And, again, we really appreciate your time. She, again, folks, is in Sarasota, Florida. And, Nancy, I hope we&#x27;ll have you on again in the future.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> Okay. And can I just make a plug for my website? If you want to read blogs that I do for Psychology Today and so forth, you can go to my website, www.transitionsthroughlife.com. www.transitionsthroughlife.com. That&#x27;s a great name for a website. And T-H-R-O-U-G-H, the long spelling. And on that, there&#x27;s a summary of each of the books. Plus, there&#x27;s a section on the blogs because when I do a blog for Psychology Today, it&#x27;s automatically transferred over to my website. Well, it&#x27;s been our pleasure to have you on the show today and look forward to having you on again in the future. Oh, I do, too, especially since you asked me some questions I hadn&#x27;t thought about. And that&#x27;s very challenging, and I loved it. Well, thanks a lot, Nancy.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nancy Schlossberg joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Smart, Retire Happy. This November 2011 conversation explores life transitions, identity after work, and finding a personally meaningful path through retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back in, folks. We have a very special guest today. Her name is Nancy Schlossberg. She&#x27;s written a book called Retire Smart, Retire Happy, Finding Your True Path in Life. And Nancy joins us from Sarasota, Florida. Nancy, thanks for coming on the show today. Oh, I&#x27;m delighted. Well, it&#x27;s a great book. First of all, let&#x27;s talk about why you wrote the book and what you discovered in writing it. Okay. Well, I had been an academic. I&#x27;ve been a professor for 35 years and wrote academic books. And then when I retired, I decided I&#x27;d like to translate some of what I know into the more popular kind of writing. And I was retired.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> I retired, and I thought it would be a piece of cake because I write about transitions and study transitions and developed a framework for understanding how to cope with transitions. So naturally, it would be a piece of cake for me. Guess what? It was terrible. I had all kinds of problems. I was worried about my identity. I was worried what I would do with my time. And somebody suggested that I start studying this transition. So I didn&#x27;t know that it would turn into two books, a TV show, and many other things. But I started running focus groups and interviewing people. And that helped me develop a way of understanding what people were going through in retirement.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> And it&#x27;s been said that the book is basically guidance on the psychological and emotional adjustments we make at retirement or make in retirement. Nancy, explain that for me. Well, as you know, you&#x27;re an expert in finances. The only thing I know about finances, Coach B, is how to spend money. But we all know that we spend a great deal of time worrying about our money, as we should, and thinking about our money. And then we forget the other side of it. I interviewed a man for Retire Smart, Retire Happy, who was the CEO of a Fortune 100 company. He was retired, and he said to me, Retirement is hollow.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And he said, It&#x27;s empty. I never even thought about it. All I thought about was money. And now that I&#x27;m retired, I don&#x27;t have what I had. I have money. I&#x27;ve got a big pension. But I don&#x27;t have the other things. I don&#x27;t know what to do with my days. I don&#x27;t know how to negotiate with my wife. I just am at a loss. And so if we don&#x27;t pay attention to the psychological components about retirement, just as we do to our financial life, we&#x27;re going to be in trouble. Well, when you look at maybe the Flintstones, the cartoon there, right at 5 o&#x27;clock, Fred Flintstone would slide down the dinosaur, yabba-dabba-doo, and he&#x27;d go home.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> And basically, when people&#x27;s life is like that, when they&#x27;re all looking forward to retirement, sliding down the dinosaur for the long last time from work and going home, because all this free time they&#x27;re going to have and all this great fun they&#x27;re going to have, Nancy, a lot of times that doesn&#x27;t happen, does it? No. Now, the second book I wrote, Revitalizing Retirement, Reshaping Your Identity, Relationships, and Purpose, was as a result of more interviews after the first book came out. And I identified something I call your psychological portfolio. So you&#x27;ve got your financial portfolio, but you also have a psychological, and I identified three key parts that you need to pay attention to, that we all need to pay attention to, your identity.</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> That is the most difficult thing. When you work, you could say, I&#x27;m a roofer, I&#x27;m a builder, I&#x27;m a professor, I&#x27;m a radio host. When you retire, are you still going to be Coach Pete? Are people going to return your calls so quickly? Who will you be? So identity is big. The other related to it is your purpose. You know why you have to get up every day and you want to get up every day. You&#x27;ve got this show, and it&#x27;s important to you. What happens in retirement? Some people have very, very sort of second string. I mean, there are happy retirees, like the investigative reporter who, when he retired, segued right in to serious painting, because that had been a dream.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But a lot of people don&#x27;t know what they want to do. And it&#x27;s like when you graduate from high school or college, you&#x27;re kind of, you&#x27;re not sure. You&#x27;re searching. So it&#x27;s very important to spend some time thinking about purpose. What will give your life meaning after retirement? And the third part of your portfolio are your relationships. What happens? You&#x27;ve got a team of people, Coach, with whom you work on a regular basis. Now, when you retire, you&#x27;re not going to see those people probably. Maybe some of them you will. But your work life that absorbs so much of your energy and your relationships, that changes, and people need to figure out a substitute community.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> The other part of relationships is if you are living with a significant other or you have friends or you have family, your relationships with them also change. The adult children who expect their parents to become babysitters, things like that. So identity, relationships, purpose. Those are the three parts of your psychological portfolio. Well, that&#x27;s a very interesting way to look at it. I&#x27;m sure many people haven&#x27;t considered that. Or now you introduced readers to common personality types among retirees, including one was called continuers, some are called inventurers, and some are called searchers. Oh, I&#x27;m so glad to hear you&#x27;ve read my book. That&#x27;s great. It&#x27;s an interesting book.</p><p><strong>06:30</strong> What I found in Retire Smart, Retire Happy is good news for all of us. There are many, many paths that people take in retirement and many options. And these paths can change over time. There are continuers. I am a continuer. I&#x27;m retired. I&#x27;m no longer a professor. I don&#x27;t want to teach classes and grade papers. But I still write books and give speeches and workshops. So I&#x27;ve modified my life, but it&#x27;s a continuation of my life, of my professional life. But there are some people who say, I&#x27;ve had it with my life, and they adventure. They do something new. The man I interviewed, who ran an agency for Congress collecting data, doing research,</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> when that agency was eliminated. He had to, at 55, think what he was going to do. And he went sailing and thought, and he came back and announced to his family that he wanted to be a massage therapist. And actually, he went to school and became a massage therapist. He was an adventurer. He was doing something entirely different. So there are the adventurers. There are searchers. There are people who keep looking for their niche. Now, we all are going to be searchers at one time or another. When I stop being a continuer, I&#x27;ll start searching, well, what will I do now that I no longer make speeches and give workshops? So I haven&#x27;t figured that out yet.</p><p><strong>08:09</strong> Then there are easy gliders. Those are people who say, you know, I&#x27;ve worked all my life. I&#x27;m going to take a deep breath, have no agenda every day, and just enjoy each day as it unfolds. And then there are involved spectators. These are people like if you&#x27;ve been somebody who worked in a museum, for example, or a library, and then you retire, you might still be watching the news avidly, reading books avidly. You might, you&#x27;re involved still, but as more a spectator than a doer. And the only negative path, potentially negative, is the retreater.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And we all know people who really get depressed when they don&#x27;t have structure, when they don&#x27;t have purpose, when they don&#x27;t have a new community, and they just retreat. So I think I&#x27;ve covered all the paths. But the good news, paths can be combined. Paths will change over time. And the good news is that you can begin to see there are many, many options, many possibilities, many ways to live a life or, as they say, to get a life. Now, Nancy, where would the person who procrastinates, where would they fall in of your characteristics of folks in retirement, the procrastinator? That&#x27;s a very interesting question that I&#x27;ve never thought about.</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> The procrastinator could be a searcher. But you&#x27;re mean they&#x27;re not even searching. They&#x27;re just sort of holding back. And I think that would be in the retreater. See, within the retreater category, there are those people who are just taking a moratorium and say, give me a year. I&#x27;m not thinking about anything. I&#x27;m just going to have this moratorium. And there are others who get depressed, and they can&#x27;t get off the couch, and they keep thinking they will explore things and they will talk to people, but they don&#x27;t do it. So I would put them there, but that&#x27;s a very good question. It&#x27;s almost self-induced, some of the things they bring upon themselves when they procrastinate, too, isn&#x27;t it? Oh, yeah. And the more you procrastinate, the worse it gets.</p><p><strong>10:35</strong> You know, one wonderful thing is to find a buddy for yourself. Find a retirement buddy and somebody that you can process what you&#x27;re going through and who kind of nags you. So I&#x27;ll give you an example. In my interviews, I met a lot of women who say their husbands, the women, the husbands are older than they are, and the women are getting out and about, and they&#x27;re complaining that their husbands are not. Now, this is not universal, just some people. So one woman said, my husband was a well-known architect in Dayton, and now he&#x27;s here in Florida, and he&#x27;s not doing anything,</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and he never gets off the couch. So I happen to know this person, so I said, look, why don&#x27;t I see if I can connect him to one of these adult learning institutes and see if they wouldn&#x27;t let him teach a course in architecture. So I made the connection, and they said they&#x27;d love him to teach. Well, every time I would see him, he would say, Nancy, this is way too much work. I don&#x27;t want to do it. And I would say, Richard, you have to do it because your wife is paying me, will pay me to get you out of the house. And so I said, I&#x27;m going to start a business called nag.com, where I&#x27;ll nag somebody else&#x27;s husband.</p><p><strong>12:12</strong> And that&#x27;d be great for my husband. I would stop nagging him and start nagging others. Well, the funny thing, somebody heard about it and thought it was serious, and they called me up on the phone. And they said, Nancy, my husband, blah, blah, blah, will you take on the case? And I said, you know, that was just a joke. Well, you know, that&#x27;s pretty funny, though. Find a buddy who nags. And I think of Gilligan&#x27;s Island, where the skipper had his little buddy Gilligan, and Gilligan nagged him all the time, didn&#x27;t he? Absolutely. Absolutely. So we could call it a nagging buddy. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Nancy Schwozberg, again, author of Retire Smart, Retire Happy, Finding Your True Path in Life. And, again, we really appreciate your time. She, again, folks, is in Sarasota, Florida. And, Nancy, I hope we&#x27;ll have you on again in the future.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> Okay. And can I just make a plug for my website? If you want to read blogs that I do for Psychology Today and so forth, you can go to my website, www.transitionsthroughlife.com. www.transitionsthroughlife.com. That&#x27;s a great name for a website. And T-H-R-O-U-G-H, the long spelling. And on that, there&#x27;s a summary of each of the books. Plus, there&#x27;s a section on the blogs because when I do a blog for Psychology Today, it&#x27;s automatically transferred over to my website. Well, it&#x27;s been our pleasure to have you on the show today and look forward to having you on again in the future. Oh, I do, too, especially since you asked me some questions I hadn&#x27;t thought about. And that&#x27;s very challenging, and I loved it. Well, thanks a lot, Nancy.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Nancy Schlossberg joins Coach Pete to discuss Retire Smart, Retire Happy. This November 2011 conversation explores life transitions, identity after work, and finding a personally meaningful path through retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Nancy Schlossberg</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retire Smart</category>
      <category>Retire Happy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Nancy Schlossberg, retirement planning, Retire Smart, Retire Happy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f/image.jpg?t=1792072672&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nancy-schlossberg-retire-smart-retire-happy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f/image.jpg?t=1792072672&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>828</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cb1ef3a2-4c49-46e1-bcdc-b4e2014c023f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13287118" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/nancy-schlossberg-retire-smart-retire-happy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>222</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retire Smart, Retire Happy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>John Hofmeister: Energy, Oil Prices, and America’s Future</title>
      <itunes:title>John Hofmeister: Energy, Oil Prices, and America’s Future</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>John Hofmeister joins Coach Pete for an October 2011 conversation about energy, oil prices, and the future of energy supply. They discuss his work with Citizens for Affordable Energy and the choices facing consumers and policymakers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews former Shell CEO, John Hoffmeister. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world, but bringing it more to a very understanding level. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have former Shell CEO, that&#x27;s Shell Oil Company, John Hoffmeister, joining us from Houston, Texas. And John basically had a long career in the energy field. He&#x27;s also worked for companies such as GE, Nortel, and Allied Signal. He&#x27;s now chairman of the board of the National Urban League and founder of nonprofit Citizens for Affordable Energy. Folks, you&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s been on Today Show, Meet the Press, and other major news shows, and also continues to be sought out as an expert on energy issues by the media, including CNN, CNBC, Fox Business, Bloomberg, among others. John, welcome to the show. Thank you for having me, Coach. It&#x27;s an interesting world we&#x27;re in right now. We&#x27;ve got gas, of course, at the pump over $3, $3.50, almost $4 a gallon. John, what can we do as a country and what can we do as an individual citizen to address these issues? 2011 will go down in the history books as the most expensive year ever in our history as a nation on the price of gasoline. And it&#x27;s all because of two things. One, government has failed us since Richard Nixon declared energy independence in 1973. There have been no meaningful efforts by the federal government to create an energy plan for this nation,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> and we suffer the consequences of living off expensive imported oil. Number two, the energy industry has done a horrific job of educating the American people to the issues of energy and the future concerns about energy. And, you know, in both cases, the solutions are not that difficult. The solutions are practical, common sense, going after the abundant reserves of energy we have in this country and allowing Americans to go to work to produce their own domestic energy. Now, abundant sources of energy right here in America, such as natural gas? Well, let&#x27;s just go through the gamut. We have coal, oil, and natural gas in abundance, and that continues well into the 21st century. We have biofuels in abundance.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> We have wind and solar in abundance. We have uranium in abundance for nuclear power, and we have geothermal, and we have hydrogen in abundance. That&#x27;s 10 sources of energy that we have in such abundance. We&#x27;re never going to run out of energy. The problem is we have all kinds of special interest money working against energy production. We have all kinds of special interest money working against environmental protection, and we&#x27;re at a standoff at the federal level where the Republicans fight the Democrats, the Democrats fight the Republicans. And guess who the loser is in this fight? It&#x27;s the American people. The American people, because they tolerate a divided government that worries more about partisanship and the protection of their power than they do about the needs of this society. We&#x27;re getting ripped off as a nation by the people who are selling us the imported oil, and they&#x27;re going to keep ripping us off.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And instead of producing our own oil, we have this huge fight between Republicans and Democrats, whether we should or we shouldn&#x27;t. My whole agenda now, Coach, is to talk to grassroots Americans, tell them what&#x27;s what in a nonpartisan way, and to explain to them that the citizens of this country have got to take control over their own destiny by holding their elected representatives accountable, not for what&#x27;s good for the Republican Party or the Democratic Party. Forget the parties. What&#x27;s good for America? What&#x27;s good for the middle income? What&#x27;s good for the low income? What&#x27;s good for the high income American who&#x27;s getting ripped off by OPEC and their friends by importing more oil than we ever imagined in our lifetime? And it&#x27;s going to continue because the current administration will do nothing about opening up offshore reserves, nothing about opening up federal lands, instead cracking down every chance they get on companies from producing domestic hydrocarbons because they care more about wind and solar and biofuels.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But let me tell you, wind and solar and biofuels are energies of the future, not the present. They&#x27;re not material in the present. And what is material in the present, meaning lots of it, are the traditional forms of energy, which are being slowly strangled by regulation. So if the American people don&#x27;t come to grips and take charge of this, then the destiny of the nation is to impoverish ourselves while we enrich the rest of the world. John, I&#x27;ve always said that when they can come to a time or when the time comes when you can power a jet engine to go 500, 600 miles an hour overseas with a windmill, I&#x27;ll embrace wind energy. That&#x27;ll be a while. It&#x27;ll be a very long while. That&#x27;s why we need hydrocarbons. And we can still work on the future technologies of wind and solar and biofuels, but they&#x27;re not ready for prime time.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> What we need are abundant hydrocarbons, which we have, to bridge us to the future when we have the technologies to use other types of energy. But that&#x27;s in the 10, 20, 30-year future. It&#x27;s not today. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Hoffmeister. He joined Shell Oil in 1997 and served as president from 2005 to 2008. He also has just written a book, Why We Hate the Oil Companies. John, the most dangerous intersection in the world is the intersection of common sense and greed, where they meet together. And when I meet with folks and put together a financial plan, we usually have a three-step plan of action to get them from where they are now to where they should be. Is there a three-step plan of action that you have? They&#x27;re absolutely dead on right there. The three-step plan that I have for getting the energy future down right is, number one, citizens get informed.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Number two, they figure out how they can address their elected representative. Number three, demand of that elected representative a commitment to a nonpartisan 50-year energy plan that consists of a short-term, a medium-term, and a long-term future. Those three steps are absolutely critical. Information, number one, connection to their elected representative, number two. And third, demand accountability for a plan that&#x27;s nonpartisan because no partisan plan will survive. Now, are some, though, using the environment as a human shield to keep the conversation going in the way it should go? There are people who are so ideologically focused on the environment that they would just as soon see their fellow citizens stand in gas lines and live with blackouts</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> because they think they can take care of themselves and don&#x27;t need the larger system to look after their needs as well. They&#x27;re a small minority. I&#x27;ve been all over the country. I&#x27;ve talked to liberals and conservatives and middle roaders all over the country. And ultimately, I&#x27;m confident that Americans have this abundance of common sense. They have an abundance of pragmatism. And so the ideologues on both sides of the environmental issues, those who say there is no problem, those who say we&#x27;re killing ourselves daily by what we do, there is a center. There is a pragmatic middle. And that&#x27;s where the common sense comes out. And that&#x27;s where I think we can concentrate the conversation. And I have no problem with people having extreme minority view. But that minority view should not determine what the majority does.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And so the majority, the center, the active citizens of this country who care about the pragmatics of filling their gas tank or the ability to pay their electric bill, those are the people who need to hold their representatives accountable, who need to be informed, who need to demand a nonpartisan energy plan for the future. We can do this. It&#x27;s just not that hard. Well, why is the cost so high these days for something that is so abundant as fossil fuels? Scarcity. The real problem is scarcity. We can only produce about 85 million barrels a day, 86 million barrels a day of crude oil. The world needs about 88. So it&#x27;s already starting out scarce. Over the next five years, the world needs about 9 million more barrels a day, 96, 97 million barrels a day, because China&#x27;s demand and India&#x27;s demand is going straight up.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> China needs 6 million more barrels a day between now and 2015 to go from 9 to 15 million barrels a day. The U.S. uses 20 to put that in perspective. So China&#x27;s on its way to 15 from 9. India&#x27;s going from 4 to 7 in the same time frame. Just China and India need 9 million more barrels a day. Nobody knows where it&#x27;s coming from. That&#x27;ll make it even more scarce. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the price high now. And what do we do in this country? Well, for starters, we shut down the Gulf of Mexico because there&#x27;s a tragic accident. We have a tragic accident when a plane hits the ground and people die. We don&#x27;t shut down every airplane from flying. But in the Gulf of Mexico, we shut down every rig from drilling because of one incident, because the politics of the situation, where it was easier to shut everything down than it was to explain to the American people, well, look, this was one seriously problematic rig.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> Let&#x27;s find out what happened there, but keep drilling in the rest of the Gulf. No, we shut everybody down. Easy to shut them down. A lot harder to get them started again. And about 9 of the rigs out of 33 have left the country for good. They&#x27;re not coming back. So we&#x27;re going to drill less in the Gulf of Mexico. That&#x27;s going to put more burden on imports, which means oil is only going to get more expensive. John, isn&#x27;t it a fact that other countries, though, are still drilling out there in the Gulf of Mexico or a little bit further away? Well, nobody can drill in the American waters without permits from the U.S. government. But it is true that Cuba is opening up drilling off the coast of Cuba within about 60 miles of the territorial waters of the U.S. off of the southern tip of Florida. And the Floridians can do nothing about it. The Floridians can convince American politicians to block drilling in the eastern Gulf of Mexico,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> but they can&#x27;t stop the Cubans from drilling even closer to Florida than U.S. companies drill. They don&#x27;t drill close to Florida. They&#x27;re not allowed to. So there&#x27;s nothing they can do in international waters about it because of the treaty that exists between Cuba and the U.S. on where the dividing line is on the water that separates the island from the continent. They can bring in any other country they want, from China to Brazil or whomever, but they can&#x27;t bring in American companies who know how to do these things safely. Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense sometimes. And one final question. Is the government basically creating this bottleneck by limiting the number of refineries here in America? We don&#x27;t have a shortage of refineries, not today based upon current demand. So we import very, very little finished product, except on the East Coast, where refineries have been closing almost regularly because they don&#x27;t have access to less expensive crude oil</p><p><strong>10:34</strong> that they could get along the Gulf Coast. So with the high cost of crude oil they&#x27;re bringing in from outside the country, they really can&#x27;t afford to operate. It&#x27;s cheaper to bring in finished product. But by and large, we have expanded several refineries in the last few years. Before I retired from Shell, for example, that company and several other companies put through major refinery expansions around 2005, 2006, and 2007. And I think we&#x27;re okay from a refining standpoint now as long as we keep them open. My concern is we keep closing them, then we are going to be short of refining capacity. And John Hoffmeister, former president of Shell Oil, I hope we can have you on back in the future and we can talk about some successes here on your battle here to get people more educated on energy and where we&#x27;re going to get it from in the future. We&#x27;d love it. I think we&#x27;re making progress. Thanks for joining us on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>John Hofmeister joins Coach Pete for an October 2011 conversation about energy, oil prices, and the future of energy supply. They discuss his work with Citizens for Affordable Energy and the choices facing consumers and policymakers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews former Shell CEO, John Hoffmeister. And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world, but bringing it more to a very understanding level. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have former Shell CEO, that&#x27;s Shell Oil Company, John Hoffmeister, joining us from Houston, Texas. And John basically had a long career in the energy field. He&#x27;s also worked for companies such as GE, Nortel, and Allied Signal. He&#x27;s now chairman of the board of the National Urban League and founder of nonprofit Citizens for Affordable Energy. Folks, you&#x27;ve probably seen him on TV.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> He&#x27;s been on Today Show, Meet the Press, and other major news shows, and also continues to be sought out as an expert on energy issues by the media, including CNN, CNBC, Fox Business, Bloomberg, among others. John, welcome to the show. Thank you for having me, Coach. It&#x27;s an interesting world we&#x27;re in right now. We&#x27;ve got gas, of course, at the pump over $3, $3.50, almost $4 a gallon. John, what can we do as a country and what can we do as an individual citizen to address these issues? 2011 will go down in the history books as the most expensive year ever in our history as a nation on the price of gasoline. And it&#x27;s all because of two things. One, government has failed us since Richard Nixon declared energy independence in 1973. There have been no meaningful efforts by the federal government to create an energy plan for this nation,</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> and we suffer the consequences of living off expensive imported oil. Number two, the energy industry has done a horrific job of educating the American people to the issues of energy and the future concerns about energy. And, you know, in both cases, the solutions are not that difficult. The solutions are practical, common sense, going after the abundant reserves of energy we have in this country and allowing Americans to go to work to produce their own domestic energy. Now, abundant sources of energy right here in America, such as natural gas? Well, let&#x27;s just go through the gamut. We have coal, oil, and natural gas in abundance, and that continues well into the 21st century. We have biofuels in abundance.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> We have wind and solar in abundance. We have uranium in abundance for nuclear power, and we have geothermal, and we have hydrogen in abundance. That&#x27;s 10 sources of energy that we have in such abundance. We&#x27;re never going to run out of energy. The problem is we have all kinds of special interest money working against energy production. We have all kinds of special interest money working against environmental protection, and we&#x27;re at a standoff at the federal level where the Republicans fight the Democrats, the Democrats fight the Republicans. And guess who the loser is in this fight? It&#x27;s the American people. The American people, because they tolerate a divided government that worries more about partisanship and the protection of their power than they do about the needs of this society. We&#x27;re getting ripped off as a nation by the people who are selling us the imported oil, and they&#x27;re going to keep ripping us off.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And instead of producing our own oil, we have this huge fight between Republicans and Democrats, whether we should or we shouldn&#x27;t. My whole agenda now, Coach, is to talk to grassroots Americans, tell them what&#x27;s what in a nonpartisan way, and to explain to them that the citizens of this country have got to take control over their own destiny by holding their elected representatives accountable, not for what&#x27;s good for the Republican Party or the Democratic Party. Forget the parties. What&#x27;s good for America? What&#x27;s good for the middle income? What&#x27;s good for the low income? What&#x27;s good for the high income American who&#x27;s getting ripped off by OPEC and their friends by importing more oil than we ever imagined in our lifetime? And it&#x27;s going to continue because the current administration will do nothing about opening up offshore reserves, nothing about opening up federal lands, instead cracking down every chance they get on companies from producing domestic hydrocarbons because they care more about wind and solar and biofuels.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But let me tell you, wind and solar and biofuels are energies of the future, not the present. They&#x27;re not material in the present. And what is material in the present, meaning lots of it, are the traditional forms of energy, which are being slowly strangled by regulation. So if the American people don&#x27;t come to grips and take charge of this, then the destiny of the nation is to impoverish ourselves while we enrich the rest of the world. John, I&#x27;ve always said that when they can come to a time or when the time comes when you can power a jet engine to go 500, 600 miles an hour overseas with a windmill, I&#x27;ll embrace wind energy. That&#x27;ll be a while. It&#x27;ll be a very long while. That&#x27;s why we need hydrocarbons. And we can still work on the future technologies of wind and solar and biofuels, but they&#x27;re not ready for prime time.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> What we need are abundant hydrocarbons, which we have, to bridge us to the future when we have the technologies to use other types of energy. But that&#x27;s in the 10, 20, 30-year future. It&#x27;s not today. Folks, we&#x27;re talking to John Hoffmeister. He joined Shell Oil in 1997 and served as president from 2005 to 2008. He also has just written a book, Why We Hate the Oil Companies. John, the most dangerous intersection in the world is the intersection of common sense and greed, where they meet together. And when I meet with folks and put together a financial plan, we usually have a three-step plan of action to get them from where they are now to where they should be. Is there a three-step plan of action that you have? They&#x27;re absolutely dead on right there. The three-step plan that I have for getting the energy future down right is, number one, citizens get informed.</p><p><strong>05:43</strong> Number two, they figure out how they can address their elected representative. Number three, demand of that elected representative a commitment to a nonpartisan 50-year energy plan that consists of a short-term, a medium-term, and a long-term future. Those three steps are absolutely critical. Information, number one, connection to their elected representative, number two. And third, demand accountability for a plan that&#x27;s nonpartisan because no partisan plan will survive. Now, are some, though, using the environment as a human shield to keep the conversation going in the way it should go? There are people who are so ideologically focused on the environment that they would just as soon see their fellow citizens stand in gas lines and live with blackouts</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> because they think they can take care of themselves and don&#x27;t need the larger system to look after their needs as well. They&#x27;re a small minority. I&#x27;ve been all over the country. I&#x27;ve talked to liberals and conservatives and middle roaders all over the country. And ultimately, I&#x27;m confident that Americans have this abundance of common sense. They have an abundance of pragmatism. And so the ideologues on both sides of the environmental issues, those who say there is no problem, those who say we&#x27;re killing ourselves daily by what we do, there is a center. There is a pragmatic middle. And that&#x27;s where the common sense comes out. And that&#x27;s where I think we can concentrate the conversation. And I have no problem with people having extreme minority view. But that minority view should not determine what the majority does.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And so the majority, the center, the active citizens of this country who care about the pragmatics of filling their gas tank or the ability to pay their electric bill, those are the people who need to hold their representatives accountable, who need to be informed, who need to demand a nonpartisan energy plan for the future. We can do this. It&#x27;s just not that hard. Well, why is the cost so high these days for something that is so abundant as fossil fuels? Scarcity. The real problem is scarcity. We can only produce about 85 million barrels a day, 86 million barrels a day of crude oil. The world needs about 88. So it&#x27;s already starting out scarce. Over the next five years, the world needs about 9 million more barrels a day, 96, 97 million barrels a day, because China&#x27;s demand and India&#x27;s demand is going straight up.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> China needs 6 million more barrels a day between now and 2015 to go from 9 to 15 million barrels a day. The U.S. uses 20 to put that in perspective. So China&#x27;s on its way to 15 from 9. India&#x27;s going from 4 to 7 in the same time frame. Just China and India need 9 million more barrels a day. Nobody knows where it&#x27;s coming from. That&#x27;ll make it even more scarce. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s keeping the price high now. And what do we do in this country? Well, for starters, we shut down the Gulf of Mexico because there&#x27;s a tragic accident. We have a tragic accident when a plane hits the ground and people die. We don&#x27;t shut down every airplane from flying. But in the Gulf of Mexico, we shut down every rig from drilling because of one incident, because the politics of the situation, where it was easier to shut everything down than it was to explain to the American people, well, look, this was one seriously problematic rig.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> Let&#x27;s find out what happened there, but keep drilling in the rest of the Gulf. No, we shut everybody down. Easy to shut them down. A lot harder to get them started again. And about 9 of the rigs out of 33 have left the country for good. They&#x27;re not coming back. So we&#x27;re going to drill less in the Gulf of Mexico. That&#x27;s going to put more burden on imports, which means oil is only going to get more expensive. John, isn&#x27;t it a fact that other countries, though, are still drilling out there in the Gulf of Mexico or a little bit further away? Well, nobody can drill in the American waters without permits from the U.S. government. But it is true that Cuba is opening up drilling off the coast of Cuba within about 60 miles of the territorial waters of the U.S. off of the southern tip of Florida. And the Floridians can do nothing about it. The Floridians can convince American politicians to block drilling in the eastern Gulf of Mexico,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> but they can&#x27;t stop the Cubans from drilling even closer to Florida than U.S. companies drill. They don&#x27;t drill close to Florida. They&#x27;re not allowed to. So there&#x27;s nothing they can do in international waters about it because of the treaty that exists between Cuba and the U.S. on where the dividing line is on the water that separates the island from the continent. They can bring in any other country they want, from China to Brazil or whomever, but they can&#x27;t bring in American companies who know how to do these things safely. Yeah, it doesn&#x27;t make any sense sometimes. And one final question. Is the government basically creating this bottleneck by limiting the number of refineries here in America? We don&#x27;t have a shortage of refineries, not today based upon current demand. So we import very, very little finished product, except on the East Coast, where refineries have been closing almost regularly because they don&#x27;t have access to less expensive crude oil</p><p><strong>10:34</strong> that they could get along the Gulf Coast. So with the high cost of crude oil they&#x27;re bringing in from outside the country, they really can&#x27;t afford to operate. It&#x27;s cheaper to bring in finished product. But by and large, we have expanded several refineries in the last few years. Before I retired from Shell, for example, that company and several other companies put through major refinery expansions around 2005, 2006, and 2007. And I think we&#x27;re okay from a refining standpoint now as long as we keep them open. My concern is we keep closing them, then we are going to be short of refining capacity. And John Hoffmeister, former president of Shell Oil, I hope we can have you on back in the future and we can talk about some successes here on your battle here to get people more educated on energy and where we&#x27;re going to get it from in the future. We&#x27;d love it. I think we&#x27;re making progress. Thanks for joining us on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Thank you. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>John Hofmeister joins Coach Pete for an October 2011 conversation about energy, oil prices, and the future of energy supply. They discuss his work with Citizens for Affordable Energy and the choices facing consumers and policymakers.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>John Hofmeister</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <category>Oil Prices</category>
      <category>America’s Future</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>John Hofmeister, energy, Oil Prices, America’s Future, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8/image.jpg?t=1792073047&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-hofmeister-energy-oil-prices-and-america-s-future/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8/image.jpg?t=1792073047&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>699</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42aacfd0-7a91-447a-8959-b4e2012698b8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11218447" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/john-hofmeister-energy-oil-prices-and-america-s-future</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>223</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Energy, Oil Prices, and America’s Future" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:02" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Julie Jason: Making Retirement Decisions in Good Times and Bad</title>
      <itunes:title>Julie Jason: Making Retirement Decisions in Good Times and Bad</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Julie Jason discusses the AARP Retirement Survival Guide and Managing Retirement Wealth with Coach Pete. Their October 2011 conversation explores retirement income, financial decisions, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And as we like to do each and every week, we like to visit with someone who&#x27;s known nationally, either an author or anyone out there who has an opinion on retirement. And we&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Julie Jason. And she&#x27;s written a few books. One is called the AARP Retirement Survival Guide. And she&#x27;s got a brand new book. I&#x27;m going to let her announce that book when she comes on. But Julie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Happy to be here. Yeah, I&#x27;m glad you&#x27;re on. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of pertinent information in your books. And the subtitle in that first book was How to Make Smart Financial Decisions in Good Times and Bad. And depending on what day it is, it could be good or bad these days, right? I like the way you put that. Markets are extremely volatile, aren&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They sure are. So, I mean, now, the problems I see, though, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena for over 20 years, I see people that are misled or they let greed take over and they make the wrong decisions, Julie. Is that what you&#x27;ve seen when you&#x27;ve been doing research? Yeah. You know, that is also interesting the way you put that because where people get into problems is if they don&#x27;t have a plan, they tend to react based on emotion. So you&#x27;re going to be, in today&#x27;s market, you&#x27;ll be seeing people reacting based on fear. In the bubble markets, you&#x27;ll see people reacting based on greed. And neither is good. And then the third thing is, if you&#x27;re approaching investment decisions based on just not having done the homework, ignorance is just not going to help you. Yeah. Good point. Good point. And now here&#x27;s a question for you. And this is one that really</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> gets my blood boiling sometimes when someone calls and they say that they&#x27;ve been losing money, but their particular broker or advisor or whatever they call themselves have them in a conservative plan. But then when we dig a little deeper, there&#x27;s no guarantees whatsoever in some of the quote unquote conservative plans out there. Isn&#x27;t it important when people get close to retirement, otherwise known as their financial red zone, isn&#x27;t it important that they get some true safety in their planning? Well, I think safety is important no matter what, of course. So, you know, here&#x27;s how I look at it. I&#x27;ve come at the investment decisions from the point of view of a portfolio manager. So I&#x27;m looking at a portfolio and I&#x27;m looking at risk and reward. And most people don&#x27;t look at the risk part of the equation. So no matter how old you are, but particularly as you&#x27;re approaching retirement,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> you always have to judge how much risk you want to take on for the potential reward. So you always want to be in a zone where you&#x27;re safe, however you define safety. So it&#x27;s always a balance of risk and reward, but much, much more important as you&#x27;re approaching retirement or in retirement. Absolutely. And of course, folks, Julie Jason, personal money manager, began her career as a securities lawyer over 30 years ago, and now she&#x27;s an investment advisor, as am I. Julie, tell the folks out there, this is important because I talk to people each and every day, they don&#x27;t know the difference between a true investment advisor and just a regular financial salesperson. What&#x27;s the difference? That is a terrific question. And it is, if you know, the SEC has done a whole bunch of studies and other people have done studies to see whether people understand the difference and they do not.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And if you look underneath the surface, what you&#x27;re looking for is whether the financial advisor is required to disclose potential conflicts. So very simply, coming at it from a legal point of view, what you&#x27;re looking for is whether you have to discover the conflicts, you the client, or whether that advisor has to tell you what the conflicts are. And the advisor who has that obligation, who has to tell you what the conflicts are, is the registered investment advisor. Whereas a product salesman, you can have a registered investment advisor also selling you product, by the way. But your typical situation where you&#x27;re having a product salesman, say it&#x27;s a bank broker or an insurance agent or a stock broker, you are now required to ask about those</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> conflicts of interest. So that&#x27;s the huge difference between the two. Shouldn&#x27;t folks get something in writing from any advisor they talk to that explains to them what the role of the advisor plays in the relationship? In other words, pricing the relationship. Yeah. Absolutely. And I think that&#x27;s more true today than it was, say, five years ago or 10 years ago. And let me explain why. People are not aware of the fact that most of the major broker dealers now, you know, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s and the UBS&#x27;s and the major firms, now the brokers are also registered as advisor representatives. So you have the possibility of acting, of that broker acting as an investment advisor. So it&#x27;s very confusing to the general public. So you do have to ask, what is the role that the financial advisor is playing? And then getting something in writing really, really helps.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Yeah, I agree. Now, I went off tangent here, but I wanted to talk real quickly about the first book you wrote and then get into the second book. But the first book, again, called the AARP, Retirement Survival Guide. Julie, why&#x27;d you write it? And what have you gained from writing that book? You know, it was a great experience writing that book because in the beginning, what I was trying to achieve was to really talk about how to set up a portfolio. But in working with the AARP, what they wanted to see is a broader message to a broader audience. So even if someone did not have a portfolio, how could they prepare themselves for retirement? That was the desired result. So what this book does is no matter how much money somebody has or how little someone has, if they&#x27;re approaching retirement or in retirement, what the book does is it helps people see whether there&#x27;s room for improvement.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Is there something that they&#x27;re doing or not doing that they can improve on? That&#x27;s the whole entire message of the book. And it was a hugely important process to go through. And I have to say that it was not an easy process to go through. So it helps people see whether they should be doing something other than what they&#x27;re doing now. And by going through, there are a whole bunch of self-tests in the book, a whole bunch of tools that people can use to apply to their own situation. Yeah, it&#x27;s like a step-by-step workbook. And then when we go into, now you did that book, and then you had people asking you more advanced questions. So then you wrote the next book, which is, give us the title. Yeah, the title is Managing Retirement Wealth. And it&#x27;s the same publisher, Managing Retirement Wealth, An Expert Guide to Personal Portfolio Management in Good Times and Bad,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> is the full title. And what&#x27;s interesting about that book is it takes the basic learning of the AARP book to the next level. And now you have a collection of investments, possibly a collection of financial advisors, and you have to ask yourself, who&#x27;s in charge? So what this book does is it helps you take charge of the accounts and the investments that you might have collected over a period of 20, 30, or 40 years of investing. And it also is a process book. So it takes you through the thinking process and the steps that one would have to take in order to organize yourself to prepare yourself for retirement. Absolutely. Good book. I mean, and here&#x27;s what we run into these days. A lot of people are concerned. And it&#x27;s the following term. I want you to describe it and then tell me what your opinion on</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> it is. What is income planning and how important is that for the folks that are getting ready to retire right now? Well, it&#x27;s the most important thing. Unless someone has a pension that covers all their expenses and that pension rises to offset inflation, they will need to plan their income. And what&#x27;s involved there is there&#x27;s a little homework involved, but it&#x27;s worth it. It&#x27;s worth the effort to take a look at cash flows, how much you&#x27;re living on, how much you need to live on, do some projections, and then take a look at what your sources, what your assets are, and your sources of income and put the two together so you have a cash flow plan. And that way you can structure your portfolio for the future. And the goal is to have</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> enough money to live on for the rest of your life. So where you put your money and why you put your money there are very important. So that being said, can someone get a guaranteed income from a non-guaranteed source? Well, there&#x27;s something interesting about investing, and that is that there&#x27;s a conflict that everyone tries to do exactly what you&#x27;re asking about. Can you get a guaranteed income from anyone? And the problem that people are trying to solve is they&#x27;re trying to get a high return at no risk. And that is the investor&#x27;s dilemma. And what people need to understand is that they need to face that dilemma and then work with someone or themselves develop the knowledge and expertise to be able to structure a portfolio that they can live with that is both safe and risky enough in order to make money today and over the</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> long term. You know, the other interesting thing is that even the guaranteed products are guaranteed only to an extent. So they&#x27;re guaranteed, the guarantee, you always have to look behind the guarantee, who&#x27;s guaranteeing whatever is being guaranteed. Right. Yeah. So the proper financial recipe for someone who is approaching retirement, let&#x27;s say they have $400,000 saved for retirement, which, as you and I both know, I mean, if someone&#x27;s used to making $80,000 a year as a husband and wife, when they retire, they really should have about $800,000 to $900,000 put away for retirement, shouldn&#x27;t they? You know, it depends, again, on their lifestyle and depends on what else they have, whether they have pension income, et cetera, et cetera. So yeah, you have to sit down and figure that out. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say they don&#x27;t have a pension because we&#x27;re seeing a lot of folks here that don&#x27;t have pensions, which is kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? You&#x27;re in charge of your own pension nowadays,</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> aren&#x27;t you, for the most part? That is very well said. Very well said. You are in charge of your own pension. And it&#x27;s not that it&#x27;s impossible to do, to do the figuring and to do the investing, but it does take a little bit of effort. And, you know, so you do need some tools or you need some people who can help you help you through that process. Now, Managing Retirement Wealth, your new book. Let me ask you this question because I haven&#x27;t had a chance to read that book. Does it address the laddering type strategies that are available out there, basically putting different monies in different places for different parts of your life? That book does not. The earlier book, the AARP book, does address that. But yeah, you know, you&#x27;re always looking for ways to simplify something that&#x27;s complicated. And the laddering concept that you just mentioned is one way of addressing a difficult problem. And one of the things that I</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> go through in the Managing Retirement Wealth book is just how to structure a portfolio based on what your situation is. So it depends on your number. It depends on how you&#x27;re used to investing. And it depends on how much risk you&#x27;re used to taking on. And everyone&#x27;s different. Absolutely no magic formula for this. I was once told that all snowflakes are different, but I don&#x27;t believe that because I haven&#x27;t seen all snowflakes. But one thing for sure is that everyone is different. Everyone&#x27;s cash flows are different. Everyone&#x27;s risk tolerance is different. And their investment experience is different. So as a result of that, everything having to do with retirement income planning and investing for retirement has to do with focusing on yourself, your family, your needs, and then just working</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> through various scenarios so that you&#x27;re comfortable with your investment decisions. And it&#x27;s a stream of investment decisions, not a one-shot investment decision. It&#x27;s a stream of correct decisions that goes on for 10 years, 20 years, 30 years for the rest of your life. And getting the right products and strategies as well as the right advisor for the time of your life you&#x27;re in is very important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is. And here&#x27;s what you want to do. You want to make sure that the person you&#x27;re working with has experience in the area. There are a lot of people who can help you, but do they have the experience? At this point in life, you don&#x27;t want to make mistakes. And you certainly don&#x27;t want your financial advisor to be training on your money. And Julie, I really appreciate you taking your time out today to visit with us and hope we can have you on the future to discuss the book in more detail.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> Well, thank you. This was fun. Yeah. And have a great day. Thank you. Bye-bye. And friends, that was Julie Jason, author of the AARP Retirement Survival Guide, as well as Managing Retirement Wealth. And both of them had a similar subtitle, How to Make Smart Financial Decisions in Good Times and Bad. What a great guest she was. And folks, you can reach us at any time to find out these details. Julie and Julie sounds like she takes the same kind of approaches that I take for retirement, making sure you don&#x27;t have all your eggs in one basket, making sure you have the proper plan in place for the proper time of your life. Give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll sit down and talk about your situation. The number is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Julie Jason discusses the AARP Retirement Survival Guide and Managing Retirement Wealth with Coach Pete. Their October 2011 conversation explores retirement income, financial decisions, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. And as we like to do each and every week, we like to visit with someone who&#x27;s known nationally, either an author or anyone out there who has an opinion on retirement. And we&#x27;re lucky enough this week to have Julie Jason. And she&#x27;s written a few books. One is called the AARP Retirement Survival Guide. And she&#x27;s got a brand new book. I&#x27;m going to let her announce that book when she comes on. But Julie, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you very much. Happy to be here. Yeah, I&#x27;m glad you&#x27;re on. I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of pertinent information in your books. And the subtitle in that first book was How to Make Smart Financial Decisions in Good Times and Bad. And depending on what day it is, it could be good or bad these days, right? I like the way you put that. Markets are extremely volatile, aren&#x27;t they?</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> They sure are. So, I mean, now, the problems I see, though, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial arena for over 20 years, I see people that are misled or they let greed take over and they make the wrong decisions, Julie. Is that what you&#x27;ve seen when you&#x27;ve been doing research? Yeah. You know, that is also interesting the way you put that because where people get into problems is if they don&#x27;t have a plan, they tend to react based on emotion. So you&#x27;re going to be, in today&#x27;s market, you&#x27;ll be seeing people reacting based on fear. In the bubble markets, you&#x27;ll see people reacting based on greed. And neither is good. And then the third thing is, if you&#x27;re approaching investment decisions based on just not having done the homework, ignorance is just not going to help you. Yeah. Good point. Good point. And now here&#x27;s a question for you. And this is one that really</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> gets my blood boiling sometimes when someone calls and they say that they&#x27;ve been losing money, but their particular broker or advisor or whatever they call themselves have them in a conservative plan. But then when we dig a little deeper, there&#x27;s no guarantees whatsoever in some of the quote unquote conservative plans out there. Isn&#x27;t it important when people get close to retirement, otherwise known as their financial red zone, isn&#x27;t it important that they get some true safety in their planning? Well, I think safety is important no matter what, of course. So, you know, here&#x27;s how I look at it. I&#x27;ve come at the investment decisions from the point of view of a portfolio manager. So I&#x27;m looking at a portfolio and I&#x27;m looking at risk and reward. And most people don&#x27;t look at the risk part of the equation. So no matter how old you are, but particularly as you&#x27;re approaching retirement,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> you always have to judge how much risk you want to take on for the potential reward. So you always want to be in a zone where you&#x27;re safe, however you define safety. So it&#x27;s always a balance of risk and reward, but much, much more important as you&#x27;re approaching retirement or in retirement. Absolutely. And of course, folks, Julie Jason, personal money manager, began her career as a securities lawyer over 30 years ago, and now she&#x27;s an investment advisor, as am I. Julie, tell the folks out there, this is important because I talk to people each and every day, they don&#x27;t know the difference between a true investment advisor and just a regular financial salesperson. What&#x27;s the difference? That is a terrific question. And it is, if you know, the SEC has done a whole bunch of studies and other people have done studies to see whether people understand the difference and they do not.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> And if you look underneath the surface, what you&#x27;re looking for is whether the financial advisor is required to disclose potential conflicts. So very simply, coming at it from a legal point of view, what you&#x27;re looking for is whether you have to discover the conflicts, you the client, or whether that advisor has to tell you what the conflicts are. And the advisor who has that obligation, who has to tell you what the conflicts are, is the registered investment advisor. Whereas a product salesman, you can have a registered investment advisor also selling you product, by the way. But your typical situation where you&#x27;re having a product salesman, say it&#x27;s a bank broker or an insurance agent or a stock broker, you are now required to ask about those</p><p><strong>03:51</strong> conflicts of interest. So that&#x27;s the huge difference between the two. Shouldn&#x27;t folks get something in writing from any advisor they talk to that explains to them what the role of the advisor plays in the relationship? In other words, pricing the relationship. Yeah. Absolutely. And I think that&#x27;s more true today than it was, say, five years ago or 10 years ago. And let me explain why. People are not aware of the fact that most of the major broker dealers now, you know, the Merrill Lynch&#x27;s and the UBS&#x27;s and the major firms, now the brokers are also registered as advisor representatives. So you have the possibility of acting, of that broker acting as an investment advisor. So it&#x27;s very confusing to the general public. So you do have to ask, what is the role that the financial advisor is playing? And then getting something in writing really, really helps.</p><p><strong>04:39</strong> Yeah, I agree. Now, I went off tangent here, but I wanted to talk real quickly about the first book you wrote and then get into the second book. But the first book, again, called the AARP, Retirement Survival Guide. Julie, why&#x27;d you write it? And what have you gained from writing that book? You know, it was a great experience writing that book because in the beginning, what I was trying to achieve was to really talk about how to set up a portfolio. But in working with the AARP, what they wanted to see is a broader message to a broader audience. So even if someone did not have a portfolio, how could they prepare themselves for retirement? That was the desired result. So what this book does is no matter how much money somebody has or how little someone has, if they&#x27;re approaching retirement or in retirement, what the book does is it helps people see whether there&#x27;s room for improvement.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Is there something that they&#x27;re doing or not doing that they can improve on? That&#x27;s the whole entire message of the book. And it was a hugely important process to go through. And I have to say that it was not an easy process to go through. So it helps people see whether they should be doing something other than what they&#x27;re doing now. And by going through, there are a whole bunch of self-tests in the book, a whole bunch of tools that people can use to apply to their own situation. Yeah, it&#x27;s like a step-by-step workbook. And then when we go into, now you did that book, and then you had people asking you more advanced questions. So then you wrote the next book, which is, give us the title. Yeah, the title is Managing Retirement Wealth. And it&#x27;s the same publisher, Managing Retirement Wealth, An Expert Guide to Personal Portfolio Management in Good Times and Bad,</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> is the full title. And what&#x27;s interesting about that book is it takes the basic learning of the AARP book to the next level. And now you have a collection of investments, possibly a collection of financial advisors, and you have to ask yourself, who&#x27;s in charge? So what this book does is it helps you take charge of the accounts and the investments that you might have collected over a period of 20, 30, or 40 years of investing. And it also is a process book. So it takes you through the thinking process and the steps that one would have to take in order to organize yourself to prepare yourself for retirement. Absolutely. Good book. I mean, and here&#x27;s what we run into these days. A lot of people are concerned. And it&#x27;s the following term. I want you to describe it and then tell me what your opinion on</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> it is. What is income planning and how important is that for the folks that are getting ready to retire right now? Well, it&#x27;s the most important thing. Unless someone has a pension that covers all their expenses and that pension rises to offset inflation, they will need to plan their income. And what&#x27;s involved there is there&#x27;s a little homework involved, but it&#x27;s worth it. It&#x27;s worth the effort to take a look at cash flows, how much you&#x27;re living on, how much you need to live on, do some projections, and then take a look at what your sources, what your assets are, and your sources of income and put the two together so you have a cash flow plan. And that way you can structure your portfolio for the future. And the goal is to have</p><p><strong>07:51</strong> enough money to live on for the rest of your life. So where you put your money and why you put your money there are very important. So that being said, can someone get a guaranteed income from a non-guaranteed source? Well, there&#x27;s something interesting about investing, and that is that there&#x27;s a conflict that everyone tries to do exactly what you&#x27;re asking about. Can you get a guaranteed income from anyone? And the problem that people are trying to solve is they&#x27;re trying to get a high return at no risk. And that is the investor&#x27;s dilemma. And what people need to understand is that they need to face that dilemma and then work with someone or themselves develop the knowledge and expertise to be able to structure a portfolio that they can live with that is both safe and risky enough in order to make money today and over the</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> long term. You know, the other interesting thing is that even the guaranteed products are guaranteed only to an extent. So they&#x27;re guaranteed, the guarantee, you always have to look behind the guarantee, who&#x27;s guaranteeing whatever is being guaranteed. Right. Yeah. So the proper financial recipe for someone who is approaching retirement, let&#x27;s say they have $400,000 saved for retirement, which, as you and I both know, I mean, if someone&#x27;s used to making $80,000 a year as a husband and wife, when they retire, they really should have about $800,000 to $900,000 put away for retirement, shouldn&#x27;t they? You know, it depends, again, on their lifestyle and depends on what else they have, whether they have pension income, et cetera, et cetera. So yeah, you have to sit down and figure that out. Yeah. Let&#x27;s say they don&#x27;t have a pension because we&#x27;re seeing a lot of folks here that don&#x27;t have pensions, which is kind of scary, isn&#x27;t it? You&#x27;re in charge of your own pension nowadays,</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> aren&#x27;t you, for the most part? That is very well said. Very well said. You are in charge of your own pension. And it&#x27;s not that it&#x27;s impossible to do, to do the figuring and to do the investing, but it does take a little bit of effort. And, you know, so you do need some tools or you need some people who can help you help you through that process. Now, Managing Retirement Wealth, your new book. Let me ask you this question because I haven&#x27;t had a chance to read that book. Does it address the laddering type strategies that are available out there, basically putting different monies in different places for different parts of your life? That book does not. The earlier book, the AARP book, does address that. But yeah, you know, you&#x27;re always looking for ways to simplify something that&#x27;s complicated. And the laddering concept that you just mentioned is one way of addressing a difficult problem. And one of the things that I</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> go through in the Managing Retirement Wealth book is just how to structure a portfolio based on what your situation is. So it depends on your number. It depends on how you&#x27;re used to investing. And it depends on how much risk you&#x27;re used to taking on. And everyone&#x27;s different. Absolutely no magic formula for this. I was once told that all snowflakes are different, but I don&#x27;t believe that because I haven&#x27;t seen all snowflakes. But one thing for sure is that everyone is different. Everyone&#x27;s cash flows are different. Everyone&#x27;s risk tolerance is different. And their investment experience is different. So as a result of that, everything having to do with retirement income planning and investing for retirement has to do with focusing on yourself, your family, your needs, and then just working</p><p><strong>11:00</strong> through various scenarios so that you&#x27;re comfortable with your investment decisions. And it&#x27;s a stream of investment decisions, not a one-shot investment decision. It&#x27;s a stream of correct decisions that goes on for 10 years, 20 years, 30 years for the rest of your life. And getting the right products and strategies as well as the right advisor for the time of your life you&#x27;re in is very important, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it is. And here&#x27;s what you want to do. You want to make sure that the person you&#x27;re working with has experience in the area. There are a lot of people who can help you, but do they have the experience? At this point in life, you don&#x27;t want to make mistakes. And you certainly don&#x27;t want your financial advisor to be training on your money. And Julie, I really appreciate you taking your time out today to visit with us and hope we can have you on the future to discuss the book in more detail.</p><p><strong>11:46</strong> Well, thank you. This was fun. Yeah. And have a great day. Thank you. Bye-bye. And friends, that was Julie Jason, author of the AARP Retirement Survival Guide, as well as Managing Retirement Wealth. And both of them had a similar subtitle, How to Make Smart Financial Decisions in Good Times and Bad. What a great guest she was. And folks, you can reach us at any time to find out these details. Julie and Julie sounds like she takes the same kind of approaches that I take for retirement, making sure you don&#x27;t have all your eggs in one basket, making sure you have the proper plan in place for the proper time of your life. Give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll sit down and talk about your situation. The number is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Julie Jason discusses the AARP Retirement Survival Guide and Managing Retirement Wealth with Coach Pete. Their October 2011 conversation explores retirement income, financial decisions, and the importance of a plan suited to the individual.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Julie Jason</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Julie Jason, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5/image.jpg?t=1792073055&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/julie-jason-making-retirement-decisions-in-good-times-and-bad/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5/image.jpg?t=1792073055&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>749</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5149ba76-a53f-47b2-b9d0-b4e20110e4f5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12019445" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/julie-jason-making-retirement-decisions-in-good-times-and-bad</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>224</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Julie Jason" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Otar: Unveiling the Retirement Myth</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Otar: Unveiling the Retirement Myth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews author Jim Ohtar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the financial world. And we say inside the financial world, I like to find national and worldwide experts to come and educate us on some retirement planning ideas. And my staff and I have been lucky enough to secure an interview with Jim Ohtar. And Jim has written the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth, amongst other books. And I wanted to talk to him about how folks can get properly educated in the financial world. And he joins us from right outside Toronto, Canada. Jim, welcome to the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Good morning. Thank you. I&#x27;m glad I could be part of this show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, what caused you to write the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth? And what kind of myths have you found? Basically, my wife asked me a very simple question in the year 1999. She said, Jim, do we have enough money to retire? And at that time, I could find only two things. One of them is William Bangan&#x27;s sustainable withdrawal rate. And then an article by William Bernstein called Retirement Calculator from Health. So that started, that triggered my research. And I found a number of things that don&#x27;t work during the decumulation stage.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> For example, people talk about the importance of asset allocation, diversification. People use Monte Carlo simulators, etc. And I found that those are mostly, I should say, useless for retirement income planning because a lot of things depend on how lucky you are. If your withdrawal rate is less than 3.5%, you don&#x27;t need luck. You&#x27;ll have sufficient capital for life in most cases. But if the withdrawal rate is between 3.5% and 5% on the outside, then more than half of the input determinant of the success becomes how lucky you are, the year of retirement, sequence of returns, the inflation you will experience.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> So those become the most important factors. Once you go over the 5%, let&#x27;s say, over 5.5% withdrawal rate, then luck can&#x27;t help you either. You can be as lucky as you want or unlucky. It just doesn&#x27;t matter. You will probably run out of money. So my strategy looks at those zones of luck, which I call green zone, red zone, and gray zone in between, and find a solution for that. The solutions I found generally is unless you are in the green zone, you have to buy guaranteed income, lifelong guaranteed income, such as GMWBs, spheres, etc. That&#x27;s the only way of ensuring or covering the longevity risk and the market risk.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Now, Jim, you have a Bachelor of Applied Science from the University of Toronto. You also have a Mechanical Engineering degree. You also have your Master&#x27;s in Engineering from the University of Toronto. That&#x27;s correct, yes. I love numbers. I love dealing with things that are, you know, to do designing something. And when we talk about retirement planning, most people design for averages. But when you are looking at individual plans, you can&#x27;t design for averages. You have to design for extreme adverse conditions. So that&#x27;s one of the mistakes in our planning industry or in our planning profession. People use averages left and right. And you can&#x27;t design anything for average. You have to design that for the first case.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> Yeah, so you take a scientific approach to financial planning because you are a financial advisor and investment advisor. So I want to ask you this. I mean, the main problem I see with people out there is they don&#x27;t know where the retirement income is going to come from for the rest of their life. I mean, like you said, it&#x27;s easy to get income when you have a pot of money. But if you&#x27;re just reaching in and taking money out, you could risk the possibility of running out of that money in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. Basically, if you are just looking for guaranteed income, figure out how much you need in the first year of retirement. Then figure out the income from other sources like Social Security or pension income and all that, rental income if there is any.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And whatever is the amount you need from your savings. Now, if you want guaranteed income, you need to have at least 20 times of your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your savings, as your initial capital. If you want to invest in the first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> I was looking at a brochure from Fidelity Investments, and they have a box that says reliable income sources are needed for retirement. And they identified three reliable income sources. One is Social Security. Two is company pension. And three is income annuities. Now, are you familiar with income annuities and how they generate lifetime income? Certainly. Yes, I am. I would question how reliable the first two are, but that will be another discussion, I guess. Because company pensions, I mean, are only as safe as a company a lot of time, and then Social Security, we don&#x27;t know. But income annuities, they&#x27;re pretty safe, aren&#x27;t they? They are pretty safe. I would say they are safer than, I mean, people always ask me, what if the insurance company goes under?</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> Yes, it can happen. The failure rate of insurance companies historically has been 3% to 4%. But that is one number. If you look at the individual taking out 5% from his portfolio without any guarantee, then the failure rate is 50%. So generally speaking, when you are talking about guaranteed income from an insurance company, as long as you select better rated companies, you can count on it to be safe. It&#x27;s as safe as the company, but usually they are, you know, if you buy a SIA or a GMW from a company with a long track record, then you should feel safe.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Yeah. Now, when we look at income annuities, a lot of the problem in the past is people would commit to putting a lump sum into an annuity, and then they would just get a yearly payment. They needed that immediately. That&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. But what I&#x27;ve seen, one of the greatest inventions I think that has been introduced on the financial world are these income riders that are attached to annuities where it will grow your money by a certain percentage until you need it. And we&#x27;ve seen growth raise up to 8% per year for that guaranteed lifetime income account. Those are pretty good, aren&#x27;t they? They are great. They are great. Because if you are in the red zone, which means there is some capital deficiency, then you can buy one of those well before the retirement date and then have guaranteed 8% increase each and every year.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Actually, one of them is 2% per quarter, so it&#x27;s a little bit bigger than 8%, plus the market step-ups. If the market does well, you even get a higher increase. So those are great. And the insurance companies can do it because they pull the risk. Money comes in and out all the time. So they have very minimum time horizon risk. So it&#x27;s a continuous product, unlike an individual doing his own investment. So they can provide that. I don&#x27;t know how long this will go on, but 8% is a very good rate as a minimum guarantee for increase. So I would certainly go for it from a capital accumulation efficiency point of view.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, Jim, what I&#x27;m able to do when I have people that put some money in those guaranteed income accounts, they are able to take a little bit more risk with the money that&#x27;s left over because now they&#x27;ve got their guarantee in place, their income in place, and it affords them the ability to take more risk on the other side. That&#x27;s right. Totally what happens is if you buy this guaranteed income product, volatility becomes your friend. The higher the volatility, the more chances of having a step-up in the income. So I would go what I recommend in this case is your volatility doesn&#x27;t really matter. Risk doesn&#x27;t matter because you are guaranteed an income. And I would go with the highest allowable equity in the portfolio, equity percentage in the portfolio, to take advantage of that volatility being your friend.</p><p><strong>09:55</strong> Absolutely. Now, and that&#x27;s what you cover in some of your, again, Unveiling the Retirement Myth book is a fantastic book. What are three of the things that people could take home from that book if they read it? Some of the main benefits. Main benefits. Any shortfall you have, I would recommend meeting that shortfall for the basic spending needs, meeting that shortfall with guaranteed income. Asset allocation, diversification, all these things are good, but when you are taking money out of the portfolio, they don&#x27;t help much. When you need it, they are not there to help you. That&#x27;s number one. Number two, minimize the costs. If you are holding a portfolio, not guaranteed portfolio, minimizing costs are important.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And number three, cutback spending. A lot of people spend a lot of money, and that&#x27;s not good. Like, it has the highest impact on the portfolio longevity. So, the less money you take out of the portfolio, the better it is, especially during the early years. So, those would be my three things that come to mind. Yeah, your book, you start your book with an analogy. Since you are an engineer, it&#x27;s pretty neat, too. Your analogy is how to build a strong tower to allow for unexpected windstorms. And that same analogy can be drawn to retirement, can&#x27;t it? Exactly, exactly. You have to design for the worst. When it doesn&#x27;t happen, then you&#x27;ll be happy.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> You know, you can take the money, spend it any way you want if the worst things don&#x27;t happen. So, designing anything means designing it for robust enough so that it can accommodate the best and the worst situation. So, Jim, with safe and strong options out there in the financial world, why are many advisors pumping the risk and the unsure kind of products that they try to sell people? Oh, well, there are two areas. One set of advisors, like they are from risk background or insurance background, so they do sell variable annuities with the guarantees.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> That is great. The other set of advisors, basically, who haven&#x27;t been exposed to the risk side yet, other than market volatility, they are still hoping and wishing they can get this return or that alpha or something else to make portfolios work. But generally speaking, I would always try to be, you know, try to run the safe side. So, I would go with the guaranteed type of investment. That way, even if there is a mistake, the client can recover from that. So, I would be careful what kind of advisor I choose if I was an investor. Absolutely. And, folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Ohtar.</p><p><strong>13:07</strong> He&#x27;s wrote the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth. And, of course, Jim is from Toronto, Canada. Jim, I really appreciate your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from October 2011, Coach Pete interviews author Jim Ohtar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the financial world. And we say inside the financial world, I like to find national and worldwide experts to come and educate us on some retirement planning ideas. And my staff and I have been lucky enough to secure an interview with Jim Ohtar. And Jim has written the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth, amongst other books. And I wanted to talk to him about how folks can get properly educated in the financial world. And he joins us from right outside Toronto, Canada. Jim, welcome to the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Good morning. Thank you. I&#x27;m glad I could be part of this show. Yeah. Now, let&#x27;s look at this. I mean, what caused you to write the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth? And what kind of myths have you found? Basically, my wife asked me a very simple question in the year 1999. She said, Jim, do we have enough money to retire? And at that time, I could find only two things. One of them is William Bangan&#x27;s sustainable withdrawal rate. And then an article by William Bernstein called Retirement Calculator from Health. So that started, that triggered my research. And I found a number of things that don&#x27;t work during the decumulation stage.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> For example, people talk about the importance of asset allocation, diversification. People use Monte Carlo simulators, etc. And I found that those are mostly, I should say, useless for retirement income planning because a lot of things depend on how lucky you are. If your withdrawal rate is less than 3.5%, you don&#x27;t need luck. You&#x27;ll have sufficient capital for life in most cases. But if the withdrawal rate is between 3.5% and 5% on the outside, then more than half of the input determinant of the success becomes how lucky you are, the year of retirement, sequence of returns, the inflation you will experience.</p><p><strong>02:33</strong> So those become the most important factors. Once you go over the 5%, let&#x27;s say, over 5.5% withdrawal rate, then luck can&#x27;t help you either. You can be as lucky as you want or unlucky. It just doesn&#x27;t matter. You will probably run out of money. So my strategy looks at those zones of luck, which I call green zone, red zone, and gray zone in between, and find a solution for that. The solutions I found generally is unless you are in the green zone, you have to buy guaranteed income, lifelong guaranteed income, such as GMWBs, spheres, etc. That&#x27;s the only way of ensuring or covering the longevity risk and the market risk.</p><p><strong>03:23</strong> Now, Jim, you have a Bachelor of Applied Science from the University of Toronto. You also have a Mechanical Engineering degree. You also have your Master&#x27;s in Engineering from the University of Toronto. That&#x27;s correct, yes. I love numbers. I love dealing with things that are, you know, to do designing something. And when we talk about retirement planning, most people design for averages. But when you are looking at individual plans, you can&#x27;t design for averages. You have to design for extreme adverse conditions. So that&#x27;s one of the mistakes in our planning industry or in our planning profession. People use averages left and right. And you can&#x27;t design anything for average. You have to design that for the first case.</p><p><strong>04:11</strong> Yeah, so you take a scientific approach to financial planning because you are a financial advisor and investment advisor. So I want to ask you this. I mean, the main problem I see with people out there is they don&#x27;t know where the retirement income is going to come from for the rest of their life. I mean, like you said, it&#x27;s easy to get income when you have a pot of money. But if you&#x27;re just reaching in and taking money out, you could risk the possibility of running out of that money in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s correct. Basically, if you are just looking for guaranteed income, figure out how much you need in the first year of retirement. Then figure out the income from other sources like Social Security or pension income and all that, rental income if there is any.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And whatever is the amount you need from your savings. Now, if you want guaranteed income, you need to have at least 20 times of your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your savings, as your initial capital. If you want to invest in the first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal as your first year&#x27;s withdrawal.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> I was looking at a brochure from Fidelity Investments, and they have a box that says reliable income sources are needed for retirement. And they identified three reliable income sources. One is Social Security. Two is company pension. And three is income annuities. Now, are you familiar with income annuities and how they generate lifetime income? Certainly. Yes, I am. I would question how reliable the first two are, but that will be another discussion, I guess. Because company pensions, I mean, are only as safe as a company a lot of time, and then Social Security, we don&#x27;t know. But income annuities, they&#x27;re pretty safe, aren&#x27;t they? They are pretty safe. I would say they are safer than, I mean, people always ask me, what if the insurance company goes under?</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> Yes, it can happen. The failure rate of insurance companies historically has been 3% to 4%. But that is one number. If you look at the individual taking out 5% from his portfolio without any guarantee, then the failure rate is 50%. So generally speaking, when you are talking about guaranteed income from an insurance company, as long as you select better rated companies, you can count on it to be safe. It&#x27;s as safe as the company, but usually they are, you know, if you buy a SIA or a GMW from a company with a long track record, then you should feel safe.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> Yeah. Now, when we look at income annuities, a lot of the problem in the past is people would commit to putting a lump sum into an annuity, and then they would just get a yearly payment. They needed that immediately. That&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. But what I&#x27;ve seen, one of the greatest inventions I think that has been introduced on the financial world are these income riders that are attached to annuities where it will grow your money by a certain percentage until you need it. And we&#x27;ve seen growth raise up to 8% per year for that guaranteed lifetime income account. Those are pretty good, aren&#x27;t they? They are great. They are great. Because if you are in the red zone, which means there is some capital deficiency, then you can buy one of those well before the retirement date and then have guaranteed 8% increase each and every year.</p><p><strong>08:12</strong> Actually, one of them is 2% per quarter, so it&#x27;s a little bit bigger than 8%, plus the market step-ups. If the market does well, you even get a higher increase. So those are great. And the insurance companies can do it because they pull the risk. Money comes in and out all the time. So they have very minimum time horizon risk. So it&#x27;s a continuous product, unlike an individual doing his own investment. So they can provide that. I don&#x27;t know how long this will go on, but 8% is a very good rate as a minimum guarantee for increase. So I would certainly go for it from a capital accumulation efficiency point of view.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> And, Jim, what I&#x27;m able to do when I have people that put some money in those guaranteed income accounts, they are able to take a little bit more risk with the money that&#x27;s left over because now they&#x27;ve got their guarantee in place, their income in place, and it affords them the ability to take more risk on the other side. That&#x27;s right. Totally what happens is if you buy this guaranteed income product, volatility becomes your friend. The higher the volatility, the more chances of having a step-up in the income. So I would go what I recommend in this case is your volatility doesn&#x27;t really matter. Risk doesn&#x27;t matter because you are guaranteed an income. And I would go with the highest allowable equity in the portfolio, equity percentage in the portfolio, to take advantage of that volatility being your friend.</p><p><strong>09:55</strong> Absolutely. Now, and that&#x27;s what you cover in some of your, again, Unveiling the Retirement Myth book is a fantastic book. What are three of the things that people could take home from that book if they read it? Some of the main benefits. Main benefits. Any shortfall you have, I would recommend meeting that shortfall for the basic spending needs, meeting that shortfall with guaranteed income. Asset allocation, diversification, all these things are good, but when you are taking money out of the portfolio, they don&#x27;t help much. When you need it, they are not there to help you. That&#x27;s number one. Number two, minimize the costs. If you are holding a portfolio, not guaranteed portfolio, minimizing costs are important.</p><p><strong>10:46</strong> And number three, cutback spending. A lot of people spend a lot of money, and that&#x27;s not good. Like, it has the highest impact on the portfolio longevity. So, the less money you take out of the portfolio, the better it is, especially during the early years. So, those would be my three things that come to mind. Yeah, your book, you start your book with an analogy. Since you are an engineer, it&#x27;s pretty neat, too. Your analogy is how to build a strong tower to allow for unexpected windstorms. And that same analogy can be drawn to retirement, can&#x27;t it? Exactly, exactly. You have to design for the worst. When it doesn&#x27;t happen, then you&#x27;ll be happy.</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> You know, you can take the money, spend it any way you want if the worst things don&#x27;t happen. So, designing anything means designing it for robust enough so that it can accommodate the best and the worst situation. So, Jim, with safe and strong options out there in the financial world, why are many advisors pumping the risk and the unsure kind of products that they try to sell people? Oh, well, there are two areas. One set of advisors, like they are from risk background or insurance background, so they do sell variable annuities with the guarantees.</p><p><strong>12:22</strong> That is great. The other set of advisors, basically, who haven&#x27;t been exposed to the risk side yet, other than market volatility, they are still hoping and wishing they can get this return or that alpha or something else to make portfolios work. But generally speaking, I would always try to be, you know, try to run the safe side. So, I would go with the guaranteed type of investment. That way, even if there is a mistake, the client can recover from that. So, I would be careful what kind of advisor I choose if I was an investor. Absolutely. And, folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jim Ohtar.</p><p><strong>13:07</strong> He&#x27;s wrote the book, Unveiling the Retirement Myth. And, of course, Jim is from Toronto, Canada. Jim, I really appreciate your time today. My pleasure. Thanks for having me. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Jim Otar joins Coach Pete to discuss Unveiling the Retirement Myth. In this October 2011 interview, they explore retirement planning assumptions, market risk, and the challenges of turning savings into income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Otar</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Otar, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/image.jpg?t=1792073060&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-otar-unveiling-the-retirement-myth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/image.jpg?t=1792073060&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835</guid>
      <omny:clipId>767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>814</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/767caf6b-a2e1-4005-a7ab-b4e201108835/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13064041" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-otar-unveiling-the-retirement-myth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>225</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Unveiling the Retirement Myth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bob Seawright: The Annuity Imperative</title>
      <itunes:title>Bob Seawright: The Annuity Imperative</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bob Seawright joins Coach Pete to discuss his article The Annuity Imperative. Recorded in October 2011, the conversation considers annuities, retirement income, and the value of understanding a product before making a financial decision.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. What I like to do every single week is try to get a national expert, somebody who I&#x27;ve run into in the course of day-to-day affairs or seen an article or book by. And I ran into an excellent article called The Annuity Imperative. It was written by a fellow named Bob Seawright. Bob&#x27;s a lawyer and attorney, and he is in San Diego, California. He works for Madison Avenue Securities. He&#x27;s the chief investment officer. And Bob, welcome in. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Thank you. Bob, it&#x27;s a pleasure. On this end of the table, I see you went to Duke University and graduated from law school about 30 years ago. That&#x27;s correct. And I hope you as a Carolina alum won&#x27;t hold that too harshly against me. Folks from all across the nation, Bob, our show goes all across the nation. And I know everyone listening knows the intense rivalry between Duke and Carolina.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Each and every day. That&#x27;s right. And my wife went to Wake Forest, so she appreciates it too. Okay. Well, there was a time where Wake Forest had sprung up there and was giving us a little run for our money, but now it&#x27;s back to Duke and Carolina again. There you go. So the question is, and I know you see this every day in your way of work, and I know I see it as a planner and a radio show host, and we see questions come in. People are worried right now, Bob, and they don&#x27;t really know what to do with their money to make sure they get that lifetime income. So we turn annuities a lot of times when we do our foundational planning. But let me ask you, what are some of the common misconceptions about annuities these days? And how can people make sure that they&#x27;re getting with the right planner to educate them? Retirement has a number of risks, and in volatile times like these, they&#x27;re particularly apparent. There are at least, I think, three of those risks that can only be solved by an income</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> annuity. There are a variety of studies that say, in principle at least, people fear outliving their money more than they fear dying. Insurance professionals and actuaries call that longevity risk. And an annuity, which is simply a guaranteed stream of income provided and guaranteed for as long as you live, is the only financial tool out there that provides that guaranteed income that you can&#x27;t outlive. That it does so 25% to 40% cheaper than you can do on your own because of risk pooling is an added bonus. Another retirement risk is market risk. Having your assets depleted by market volatility, and we&#x27;ve seen a whole lot of that in the last few weeks. An annuity deals with</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> that risk by, again, providing that guaranteed income stream that&#x27;s not going to go down no matter how the market performs. And the third big risk that an annuity can deal with, at least, is inflation risk. Some annuities, though these cost more, provide their guaranteed income streams and adjust them annually for inflation. Those three risks, three of the bigger risks that retirees face, can only be solved in a guaranteed way by an annuity. And annuities can be used as a foundation, again, in that income planning aspect of people&#x27;s lives, Bob. And tell the listeners what the true value of an income plan is. Having an income plan in place when you reach retirement, it takes a lot of worry away, doesn&#x27;t it? It sure does. It&#x27;s an individual thing because people react differently. But when I talk</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> with retirees, there are a couple of things that stand out. Since running out of money is such a common fear, true income planning that provides a foundation of guaranteed income to supplement Social Security and a pension, if you&#x27;re fortunate enough to have one, provides peace of mind, what I call sleep insurance. It allows people to sleep at night knowing that their basic needs are going to be covered no matter what happens in the market and with the rest of their assets. It also provides them, I think, with a fair amount more freedom and flexibility with the rest of their assets, the rest of their money they have, because, again, they know that those foundational needs are taken care of. And in your report, the annuity imperative, I saw that you also cited a study at Boston College,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I&#x27;ve read that same study of the National Retirement Risk Index there. People are worried to the fact that about 51% of people probably don&#x27;t have enough saved up for retirement right now. That&#x27;s right. And in fact, the most recent annual revision of that study just came out within the last few weeks, and that number is even higher today. Well, is that because people maybe took too much risk with their money they should never have taken risk with? I think that&#x27;s true. What behavioral finance teaches us about our tendencies, we tend to make the worst possible decision at the worst possible time because we let our emotions get the best of us. And so we sell when we should buy and we buy when we should sell. And that makes a difficult retirement planning project even more</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> difficult. So speaking of being your own worst enemy, a lot of times the media influences that, and they seem to be totally against people putting their money in annuities, yet the alternatives that the media recommends many times underperform what someone could have done in an annuity, correct? I think that&#x27;s right. And part of that is the fault of the financial industry. Some people are overly aggressive in what they sell or make inappropriate sales or whatever. But I think that&#x27;s only a part of it. Fortunately, I think the media perception is starting to change. Market volatility has opened a fair number of eyes to the advantages of guaranteed income that can&#x27;t be outlived. I&#x27;ve seen more positive articles within the past year than I&#x27;m used to seeing. And that&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> really good thing. I don&#x27;t think the media in general is nearly positive enough, but it&#x27;s getting a little better. But it&#x27;s been my opinion for years now that they&#x27;ve been unfair towards their approach on annuities, maybe featuring one of the bad. There are bad annuities out there, the 1,600 annuities. So the media will hype on one annuity and start writing about it when there&#x27;s 14 other annuities that are doing a real good job. So people need to be very careful. Matter of fact, there was also an article I read where some guy was trying to form his own annuity-like program for income. He would say, well, you don&#x27;t need an annuity if you balance mutual funds, bonds, and money markets. You could get similar type returns of an annuity with income. But one thing he was forgetting is he couldn&#x27;t guarantee that income would be there for life. And even more than that, you&#x27;re right, and I agree with you, he couldn&#x27;t guarantee it. What&#x27;s more,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> it would take 25% to 40% more money to get roughly the same result because of risk pooling. If I try to create a portfolio to guarantee income for myself, I have to create an income stream that will last for as long as I might possibly live. For a 65-year-old today, the actuarial tables tell us there&#x27;s a 23% chance that one member of a 65-year-old couple is going to live to 95. There&#x27;s a chance that one or both of them could live longer. So if you&#x27;re creating one of those portfolios for yourself, you have to make sure it will survive and provide guaranteed income for as long as you might possibly live. An insurance company, on the other hand, in creating an annuity for you because it has lots</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> of annuitants, only has to create a portfolio and an income stream that will last your expected lifetime, which is roughly 83 for most people today. So that&#x27;s going to save the individual investor, as I say, 25% to 40%, which then allows them to deal a little differently with the rest of their portfolio. So getting educated is the most important thing, isn&#x27;t it, Bob? Absolutely. And when you&#x27;re getting educated, it&#x27;s good to get educated from a book that&#x27;s not missing pages. That is not a bad idea at all, Coach Pete. And folks, that was Bob Seawright. And Bob, we very much appreciate you. Again, Bob is a chief investment officer with Madison Avenue Securities. He&#x27;s in San Diego. Bob, I very much appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> Thank you, Coach Pete. It was a pleasure to be with you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bob Seawright joins Coach Pete to discuss his article The Annuity Imperative. Recorded in October 2011, the conversation considers annuities, retirement income, and the value of understanding a product before making a financial decision.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, folks, your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world. What I like to do every single week is try to get a national expert, somebody who I&#x27;ve run into in the course of day-to-day affairs or seen an article or book by. And I ran into an excellent article called The Annuity Imperative. It was written by a fellow named Bob Seawright. Bob&#x27;s a lawyer and attorney, and he is in San Diego, California. He works for Madison Avenue Securities. He&#x27;s the chief investment officer. And Bob, welcome in. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Thank you. Bob, it&#x27;s a pleasure. On this end of the table, I see you went to Duke University and graduated from law school about 30 years ago. That&#x27;s correct. And I hope you as a Carolina alum won&#x27;t hold that too harshly against me. Folks from all across the nation, Bob, our show goes all across the nation. And I know everyone listening knows the intense rivalry between Duke and Carolina.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Each and every day. That&#x27;s right. And my wife went to Wake Forest, so she appreciates it too. Okay. Well, there was a time where Wake Forest had sprung up there and was giving us a little run for our money, but now it&#x27;s back to Duke and Carolina again. There you go. So the question is, and I know you see this every day in your way of work, and I know I see it as a planner and a radio show host, and we see questions come in. People are worried right now, Bob, and they don&#x27;t really know what to do with their money to make sure they get that lifetime income. So we turn annuities a lot of times when we do our foundational planning. But let me ask you, what are some of the common misconceptions about annuities these days? And how can people make sure that they&#x27;re getting with the right planner to educate them? Retirement has a number of risks, and in volatile times like these, they&#x27;re particularly apparent. There are at least, I think, three of those risks that can only be solved by an income</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> annuity. There are a variety of studies that say, in principle at least, people fear outliving their money more than they fear dying. Insurance professionals and actuaries call that longevity risk. And an annuity, which is simply a guaranteed stream of income provided and guaranteed for as long as you live, is the only financial tool out there that provides that guaranteed income that you can&#x27;t outlive. That it does so 25% to 40% cheaper than you can do on your own because of risk pooling is an added bonus. Another retirement risk is market risk. Having your assets depleted by market volatility, and we&#x27;ve seen a whole lot of that in the last few weeks. An annuity deals with</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> that risk by, again, providing that guaranteed income stream that&#x27;s not going to go down no matter how the market performs. And the third big risk that an annuity can deal with, at least, is inflation risk. Some annuities, though these cost more, provide their guaranteed income streams and adjust them annually for inflation. Those three risks, three of the bigger risks that retirees face, can only be solved in a guaranteed way by an annuity. And annuities can be used as a foundation, again, in that income planning aspect of people&#x27;s lives, Bob. And tell the listeners what the true value of an income plan is. Having an income plan in place when you reach retirement, it takes a lot of worry away, doesn&#x27;t it? It sure does. It&#x27;s an individual thing because people react differently. But when I talk</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> with retirees, there are a couple of things that stand out. Since running out of money is such a common fear, true income planning that provides a foundation of guaranteed income to supplement Social Security and a pension, if you&#x27;re fortunate enough to have one, provides peace of mind, what I call sleep insurance. It allows people to sleep at night knowing that their basic needs are going to be covered no matter what happens in the market and with the rest of their assets. It also provides them, I think, with a fair amount more freedom and flexibility with the rest of their assets, the rest of their money they have, because, again, they know that those foundational needs are taken care of. And in your report, the annuity imperative, I saw that you also cited a study at Boston College,</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> and I&#x27;ve read that same study of the National Retirement Risk Index there. People are worried to the fact that about 51% of people probably don&#x27;t have enough saved up for retirement right now. That&#x27;s right. And in fact, the most recent annual revision of that study just came out within the last few weeks, and that number is even higher today. Well, is that because people maybe took too much risk with their money they should never have taken risk with? I think that&#x27;s true. What behavioral finance teaches us about our tendencies, we tend to make the worst possible decision at the worst possible time because we let our emotions get the best of us. And so we sell when we should buy and we buy when we should sell. And that makes a difficult retirement planning project even more</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> difficult. So speaking of being your own worst enemy, a lot of times the media influences that, and they seem to be totally against people putting their money in annuities, yet the alternatives that the media recommends many times underperform what someone could have done in an annuity, correct? I think that&#x27;s right. And part of that is the fault of the financial industry. Some people are overly aggressive in what they sell or make inappropriate sales or whatever. But I think that&#x27;s only a part of it. Fortunately, I think the media perception is starting to change. Market volatility has opened a fair number of eyes to the advantages of guaranteed income that can&#x27;t be outlived. I&#x27;ve seen more positive articles within the past year than I&#x27;m used to seeing. And that&#x27;s a</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> really good thing. I don&#x27;t think the media in general is nearly positive enough, but it&#x27;s getting a little better. But it&#x27;s been my opinion for years now that they&#x27;ve been unfair towards their approach on annuities, maybe featuring one of the bad. There are bad annuities out there, the 1,600 annuities. So the media will hype on one annuity and start writing about it when there&#x27;s 14 other annuities that are doing a real good job. So people need to be very careful. Matter of fact, there was also an article I read where some guy was trying to form his own annuity-like program for income. He would say, well, you don&#x27;t need an annuity if you balance mutual funds, bonds, and money markets. You could get similar type returns of an annuity with income. But one thing he was forgetting is he couldn&#x27;t guarantee that income would be there for life. And even more than that, you&#x27;re right, and I agree with you, he couldn&#x27;t guarantee it. What&#x27;s more,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> it would take 25% to 40% more money to get roughly the same result because of risk pooling. If I try to create a portfolio to guarantee income for myself, I have to create an income stream that will last for as long as I might possibly live. For a 65-year-old today, the actuarial tables tell us there&#x27;s a 23% chance that one member of a 65-year-old couple is going to live to 95. There&#x27;s a chance that one or both of them could live longer. So if you&#x27;re creating one of those portfolios for yourself, you have to make sure it will survive and provide guaranteed income for as long as you might possibly live. An insurance company, on the other hand, in creating an annuity for you because it has lots</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> of annuitants, only has to create a portfolio and an income stream that will last your expected lifetime, which is roughly 83 for most people today. So that&#x27;s going to save the individual investor, as I say, 25% to 40%, which then allows them to deal a little differently with the rest of their portfolio. So getting educated is the most important thing, isn&#x27;t it, Bob? Absolutely. And when you&#x27;re getting educated, it&#x27;s good to get educated from a book that&#x27;s not missing pages. That is not a bad idea at all, Coach Pete. And folks, that was Bob Seawright. And Bob, we very much appreciate you. Again, Bob is a chief investment officer with Madison Avenue Securities. He&#x27;s in San Diego. Bob, I very much appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> Thank you, Coach Pete. It was a pleasure to be with you. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bob Seawright joins Coach Pete to discuss his article The Annuity Imperative. Recorded in October 2011, the conversation considers annuities, retirement income, and the value of understanding a product before making a financial decision.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bob Seawright</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bob Seawright, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47/image.jpg?t=1792073065&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-seawright-the-annuity-imperative/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47/image.jpg?t=1792073065&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 13 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>485</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e83164a-fab5-4076-85aa-b4e2010fcd47/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="7789192" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-seawright-the-annuity-imperative</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>226</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Annuity Imperative" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:19" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peter Schiff: How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes</title>
      <itunes:title>Peter Schiff: How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> and welcome back into the financial safari your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money your finance and your financial decision making and we have a very special guest on with us coach peter schiff is going to be joining us on the program here in the next segment and of course uh he&#x27;s author of several books and you see him on tv as well as running the euro pacific fund peter welcome into the financial safari oh thanks for having me well it&#x27;s a pleasure speaking with you again got a rare opportunity to have a three-peat for the listeners we&#x27;ve got coach pete peter rasha and peter schiff peter i want to talk about your new book here how an economy grows and why it crashes let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute sure and it&#x27;s pretty appropriate for the u.s economy of course we&#x27;re in the crash part not the growth part unfortunately correct well what i mean what</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> what inspired you to write the book and and what can the listener gain by going out and buying the book well i mean i wrote the book actually my father wrote a book upon which this book is based called how an economy grows and why it doesn&#x27;t uh back in the early 1980s and it was a cartoon book but it was very popular because it it took you know complex economic uh theory and presented it in a very simple humorous way that pretty much anybody can understand and and so there&#x27;s a lot of confusion out there about why the u.s economy is in so much trouble about you know why we had the housing bubble and the financial crisis and i was at the fault of government was at the fault of capitalism was there not enough regulation or was there too much regulation and so i wanted to really</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> set the record straight in a way that again just about everybody can understand it so i wrote this book you can read the whole book in under three hours uh you&#x27;ll get a few laughs and you&#x27;ll come away with a real solid understanding of capitalism and uh and and you&#x27;ll understand how all the problems that we&#x27;re now dealing with are the result of government uh it&#x27;s a failure of government regulation and and government central planning not uh free market capitalism free market capitalism would have prevented all these things from happening and you&#x27;ll also understand why all the government solutions that are currently being used won&#x27;t solve the problem in fact they&#x27;ll make the problems worse so what do you think the end game is with all the uh all the politics that&#x27;s going on right now in washington and then the global economy with the situation with the euro and and everything that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> going on peter where where are we going to end up what is the end game well i think the end game you know like we saw in that book uh is going to be a collapse of the value of the dollar and uh when that happens prices are going to skyrocket in america interest rates will skyrocket and i think this whole phony uh consumer a debt financed economy that we&#x27;ve created over the years is going to come tumbling down and uh we&#x27;re going to have to uh you know restructure it&#x27;s going to be very painful and you know i don&#x27;t know for sure which road we&#x27;re going to take when this happens will we you know will we blame uh government and will we embrace freedom and go back to uh the the principles uh from our founders uh will we go back to limited government and and then or will we you know finish the journey</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> on the road to serfdom and will we blame uh capitalism and abandon all pretense to just become a completely uh totalitarian command economy uh that would be a complete disaster i hope it doesn&#x27;t it doesn&#x27;t move in that direction i mean are we basically you can look at these two movements now the tea party or this occupy wall street you know occupy wall street seems to really be a socialist uh movement uh wanting complete and total government control of the economy and uh you know the tea party is more of uh the constitution and you know go back to free market so those are kind of the two uh two wings well there&#x27;s a lot of concern over what&#x27;s going on in europe and certainly europe has seen a lot of the same type of movements um and it also seems to be a leading indicator of what&#x27;s going</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> on in the market here because of the concern of the nature of the the debt uh and the economic situations in in greece and italy so is that collapse of the dollar going to be uh uh uh followed or or predicated by the collapse of the euro in europe are there similar worries for the european currency and do you think it&#x27;ll happen before or after the u.s well there are but i i think that the dollar will collapse first i think right now the pressure is on the euro um but i do believe that the eurozone will dodge this bullet i mean i think they are dealing with the problems uh and uh and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing a lot of the protests going on in europe right now and because they are dealing with the problem they might not be dealing with them as effectively as they should be they</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> clearly are not and there is a lot of politics involved that is trumping economics but at the end of the day i think europe has the resources and i think some of the politicians have their backs to the wall and i think uh there is going to be some cuts in government spending enough to uh you know maintain at least confidence in the euro for now and i think once there is a resolution to this european problem that&#x27;s when the pressure is really going to be focused again on the dollar because during the entire time period where europe is dealing with their problems we&#x27;re not dealing with ours at all in fact we&#x27;re taking advantage of the fact that because there&#x27;s so much worry about the euro money is flowing into the dollar and u.s treasuries keeping interest rates really low</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> the u.s government is is basically uh uh foolishly uh taking advantage in quotes of these low rates to go even deeper into debt and so when the low rates go away uh you know the debt&#x27;s going to happen to be that much more problematic and so we are going to really uh you know be in trouble peter you&#x27;ve got a you&#x27;ve got a book coming out crash proof 2.0 correct well that you know that came out a while ago i mean crash proof 2.0 came out before how an economy grows and why it crashes i&#x27;m actually uh working on a book now the working title is the real crash and that book is probably due out uh in the spring uh 2012 okay i&#x27;m on uh i guess crash proof 2.0 you can pre-order the paperback maybe that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going on oh the paperback yeah there&#x27;s a paperback version of crash proof 2.0 uh i&#x27;m not sure that the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> release date of that paperback but yeah it is on the way now i i was i was reading uh in your book there the crash proof uh series and basically it goes back to people in in this up and down economy we&#x27;ve had and you just turn the tv on one day we&#x27;re up big the next day we&#x27;re down big and many people listening haven&#x27;t made the proper changes in other words they still have that same stock portfolio from the 80s and 90s when we were in the high flying days is that correct uh is that correct as we go forward to take that same approach or is it time to re-examine portfolios well i mean definitely you have to invest abroad i mean right now kind of all asset classes seem to be positively correlated or correlated correlation is one i think that is going to change i think you&#x27;re going to see a much better returns abroad particularly in some of the emerging markets</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> i think people have to be investing outside the united states not only in the stock market but in the bond market i think the real key is to get out of u.s dollars and into sounder currencies and and in some cases out of all currencies into precious metals and you know even though the price of gold has moved up quite a bit since i recommended original crash proof i still think it&#x27;s going a lot higher and i also think there&#x27;s a lot of opportunity in the mining stocks which have not nearly kept pace with the price of gold i think ultimately you&#x27;re going to see a lot of appreciation in the gold mining stocks i think there&#x27;s still a lot of opportunities for people to get involved there i think the uh the biggest concern that i have uh experienced with talking to folks across the nation is that they are worried about their money out uh or they have them outlasting their money they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> worried about their money not being there when they need it and they don&#x27;t know how to put together a true income plan peter i mean do you do you see that as well when you talk to folks yeah a lot of people i mean you can very hard to get any income in the u.s i mean you know the interest rates are rock bottom uh so you know and even the dividends that are paid on most u.s companies are very low especially if you own mutual funds by the time you finish paying your management fees there&#x27;s really no yield left uh from the stock so most americans are eating up their principal uh to survive you know if you&#x27;re retired you can&#x27;t live off the interest and dividends on your portfolio you&#x27;re probably just eating up principal and of course the cost of living thanks to all this money printing the cost of living is rising quite a bit so not only are you using up your principal nominally but inflation is eroding the real value of what&#x27;s left even more so if you</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> really want to get you know good income streams you&#x27;ve got to look abroad and you know there are better interest rates in other countries you can look at australia you look lou zealand look up in scandinavia uh there are a lot of uh countries that you can get uh decent income and you know more importantly you know the income is coming in currencies that i believe are going to continue to gain ground against the dollar uh so rather than you know seeing your your principal evaporating it&#x27;s actually going to grow in terms of dollars now when we look at uh foreign currency and foreign investing uh any specific countries to avoid completely you know we see all what&#x27;s going on over greece right now and italy could be right behind them i mean are you staying away from those countries we don&#x27;t have any money over there i mean there could be some pretty good opportunities</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> like you know in some of the stocks there but uh yeah we try to avoid some of those real hot areas um and try to stay with some of the more developed stable markets more mature markets uh but you know we&#x27;re you know we&#x27;re we&#x27;re not really active in a lot of the latin american countries not doing too much not really doing nothing at all in africa um eastern europe minimal amount uh you know we&#x27;re mainly staying in you know the developed asian markets a lot of money in uh in hong kong which is a good way to play china but we do have some money in mainland china um you know singapore a lot of money there we&#x27;re investing in scandinavia in switzerland um you know in australia new zealand canada places like that peter we&#x27;ve certainly seen the price of gold uh on the rise over the past 10</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> years but falter as of late uh maybe stall out a little bit um and we&#x27;ve certainly seen before in history the the the price of gold spike is gold an asset that people should be relying on to create their retirement income well no it&#x27;s an asset that you want to rely on to preserve uh your retirement purchasing power it&#x27;s not you know it&#x27;s not to look at it as an investment i look at it as an alternative to holding cash so if you want to have some liquidity uh gold makes a lot of sense and even though gold has dropped maybe 250 to 300 from its peak from uh like a month ago you look at the third quarter gold was up eight percent i mean stocks had the worst uh quarter in years uh most you know i think the dow was down about 12 or 13 percent uh small cap stocks were down i think 20 percent like the</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> russell 2000 yet gold was up uh eight percent even with that big decline towards the end of the quarter so gold is continuing to rise gold&#x27;s gone up every year for the last 10 uh you know 10 years ago gold was under 300 uh you know clear now it&#x27;s above 1500 so gold is up better than five gold uh stocks are down uh so you know clearly you know you know this is you know this is not the 1980s or the 1990s it&#x27;s a different era now and i think you&#x27;re going to continue to see stocks losing value uh in terms of gold uh for probably another decade i think that you could see that dow gold ratio which is now below seven to one it was at 40 above 40 to one 10 years ago so uh if the dow is worth 40 ounces of gold now</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> it&#x27;s worth less than seven i think the trend is going to continue until the relationship is close to one to one and peter uh finally what&#x27;s your opinion i see this i get all the trade publications and i also get some of the magazines that go out to the general public and it seems like every other page is an ad for a variable annuity what&#x27;s your opinion on those well i don&#x27;t you know like annuities in general uh part of the problem is annuities is the sales commissions are enormous i mean they&#x27;re generally even maybe like 12 or 15 percent there&#x27;s just there&#x27;s a huge front end load built into these annuity products so you got to be careful of that and then of course if you&#x27;re going to annuitize something then the variable annuity a lot of times you just you know you have to pick between the you know mutual funds um and depending on the choices that you have you know the investment</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> that are available might not be that good a lot of them don&#x27;t have the types of investments that i would recommend certainly and ultimately if you choose like a fixed annuity uh if you&#x27;re annuitizing a dollar stream i wouldn&#x27;t want to do that because inflation could erode it away i mean that&#x27;s if you have a variable annuity annuity at least your your payments can rise uh but they&#x27;re only going to rise based on the success of the investments that are made and of course uh the the returns are initially going to be minimized because you paid such a high commission uh to get in so there&#x27;s you know a lot of people in this in the brokerage community push these products because the broker just makes so much money uh up front uh when uh when you buy them so you&#x27;ll be careful yeah the one thing i&#x27;ve seen when people come in with a variable annuity i really never see them with more money than they started with</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> because uh it&#x27;s almost like a balloon one of those big balloon rides that people take and it&#x27;s a hot air balloon and it keeps sinking because it&#x27;s too much weight on there and the fees expenses and commissions in a yearly manner the one time though peter i&#x27;ve seen where they work sometimes is if it&#x27;s a fixed annuity that goes in without brokerage commissions coming out and then they put an income rider on that at least grows their money by seven or eight percent per year for that retirement yeah but then it&#x27;s but then it&#x27;s still fixed in u.s dollars yeah yeah so if we get a massive collapse of the dollar and and runaway inflation you know the the real value of that income stream could just collapse so you know i i just wouldn&#x27;t want to encourage people to rely on some future stream of u.s dollars uh you know i think that you know there&#x27;s going to be tremendous inflation if you imagine think about you know what things used to cost in this country maybe 50 years ago and think about hey things that</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> used to cost the nickel you know now cost a dollar um you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s over maybe a 50-year time span but i think we can see a similar price increase over a much shorter time span let&#x27;s say over a five-year time span so if you&#x27;re going to see prices going up you know tenfold uh then you know you&#x27;ve lost 90 percent of the value of that income stream so somebody might think i&#x27;m going to buy this terrible annuity because it&#x27;s going to give me income of a thousand dollars a month and if that ends up spending like a hundred dollars a month i mean it&#x27;s not going to deliver anywhere near the purchasing power that that that the person believed they were going to get when they when they invest it now that brings up another thought now for for uh for every loss is a gain so if the u.s dollar is going down then some other currency should be going up do you uh do you recommend any baskets of uh maybe uh currency baskets or do you put one together you know we just came out with a new special</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> report people can download it for free on my website at europac.net uh the five favorite currencies for the next five years so it&#x27;s a report on on and we look at a lot of different currencies and come up with a basket of our favorites so just hey don&#x27;t need to spoil the spoil the punch punch line so just uh get your europac.net and it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a great report and uh you get a lot of information on the currencies we&#x27;ve been talking with peter schiff peter we certainly appreciate your time here on the financial safari yeah and remind everybody too you know i&#x27;ve got my own radio show now that i do every day for two hours people can listen to it live on shift radio.com it&#x27;s from 10 a.m to noon eastern time and if you can&#x27;t listen live you can still go to the website you know shift radio.com and listen we loop it constantly for the first 24 hours so people can</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> listen to it whenever whenever they want and if they want to sign up to be a member uh they actually have access to the archives and they can listen to it you know whatever they want any show they want and we strip out all the commercials uh so uh you can listen to it i think about an hour and 20 minutes instead of two hours great great opportunity to get your insight on to what is going on in peter schiff&#x27;s world around the clock again shift radio.com we appreciate the time and we&#x27;ll talk to you again next time on the financial safari bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> and welcome back into the financial safari your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money your finance and your financial decision making and we have a very special guest on with us coach peter schiff is going to be joining us on the program here in the next segment and of course uh he&#x27;s author of several books and you see him on tv as well as running the euro pacific fund peter welcome into the financial safari oh thanks for having me well it&#x27;s a pleasure speaking with you again got a rare opportunity to have a three-peat for the listeners we&#x27;ve got coach pete peter rasha and peter schiff peter i want to talk about your new book here how an economy grows and why it crashes let&#x27;s talk about that for a minute sure and it&#x27;s pretty appropriate for the u.s economy of course we&#x27;re in the crash part not the growth part unfortunately correct well what i mean what</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> what inspired you to write the book and and what can the listener gain by going out and buying the book well i mean i wrote the book actually my father wrote a book upon which this book is based called how an economy grows and why it doesn&#x27;t uh back in the early 1980s and it was a cartoon book but it was very popular because it it took you know complex economic uh theory and presented it in a very simple humorous way that pretty much anybody can understand and and so there&#x27;s a lot of confusion out there about why the u.s economy is in so much trouble about you know why we had the housing bubble and the financial crisis and i was at the fault of government was at the fault of capitalism was there not enough regulation or was there too much regulation and so i wanted to really</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> set the record straight in a way that again just about everybody can understand it so i wrote this book you can read the whole book in under three hours uh you&#x27;ll get a few laughs and you&#x27;ll come away with a real solid understanding of capitalism and uh and and you&#x27;ll understand how all the problems that we&#x27;re now dealing with are the result of government uh it&#x27;s a failure of government regulation and and government central planning not uh free market capitalism free market capitalism would have prevented all these things from happening and you&#x27;ll also understand why all the government solutions that are currently being used won&#x27;t solve the problem in fact they&#x27;ll make the problems worse so what do you think the end game is with all the uh all the politics that&#x27;s going on right now in washington and then the global economy with the situation with the euro and and everything that&#x27;s</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> going on peter where where are we going to end up what is the end game well i think the end game you know like we saw in that book uh is going to be a collapse of the value of the dollar and uh when that happens prices are going to skyrocket in america interest rates will skyrocket and i think this whole phony uh consumer a debt financed economy that we&#x27;ve created over the years is going to come tumbling down and uh we&#x27;re going to have to uh you know restructure it&#x27;s going to be very painful and you know i don&#x27;t know for sure which road we&#x27;re going to take when this happens will we you know will we blame uh government and will we embrace freedom and go back to uh the the principles uh from our founders uh will we go back to limited government and and then or will we you know finish the journey</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> on the road to serfdom and will we blame uh capitalism and abandon all pretense to just become a completely uh totalitarian command economy uh that would be a complete disaster i hope it doesn&#x27;t it doesn&#x27;t move in that direction i mean are we basically you can look at these two movements now the tea party or this occupy wall street you know occupy wall street seems to really be a socialist uh movement uh wanting complete and total government control of the economy and uh you know the tea party is more of uh the constitution and you know go back to free market so those are kind of the two uh two wings well there&#x27;s a lot of concern over what&#x27;s going on in europe and certainly europe has seen a lot of the same type of movements um and it also seems to be a leading indicator of what&#x27;s going</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> on in the market here because of the concern of the nature of the the debt uh and the economic situations in in greece and italy so is that collapse of the dollar going to be uh uh uh followed or or predicated by the collapse of the euro in europe are there similar worries for the european currency and do you think it&#x27;ll happen before or after the u.s well there are but i i think that the dollar will collapse first i think right now the pressure is on the euro um but i do believe that the eurozone will dodge this bullet i mean i think they are dealing with the problems uh and uh and that&#x27;s that&#x27;s why you&#x27;re seeing a lot of the protests going on in europe right now and because they are dealing with the problem they might not be dealing with them as effectively as they should be they</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> clearly are not and there is a lot of politics involved that is trumping economics but at the end of the day i think europe has the resources and i think some of the politicians have their backs to the wall and i think uh there is going to be some cuts in government spending enough to uh you know maintain at least confidence in the euro for now and i think once there is a resolution to this european problem that&#x27;s when the pressure is really going to be focused again on the dollar because during the entire time period where europe is dealing with their problems we&#x27;re not dealing with ours at all in fact we&#x27;re taking advantage of the fact that because there&#x27;s so much worry about the euro money is flowing into the dollar and u.s treasuries keeping interest rates really low</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> the u.s government is is basically uh uh foolishly uh taking advantage in quotes of these low rates to go even deeper into debt and so when the low rates go away uh you know the debt&#x27;s going to happen to be that much more problematic and so we are going to really uh you know be in trouble peter you&#x27;ve got a you&#x27;ve got a book coming out crash proof 2.0 correct well that you know that came out a while ago i mean crash proof 2.0 came out before how an economy grows and why it crashes i&#x27;m actually uh working on a book now the working title is the real crash and that book is probably due out uh in the spring uh 2012 okay i&#x27;m on uh i guess crash proof 2.0 you can pre-order the paperback maybe that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going on oh the paperback yeah there&#x27;s a paperback version of crash proof 2.0 uh i&#x27;m not sure that the</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> release date of that paperback but yeah it is on the way now i i was i was reading uh in your book there the crash proof uh series and basically it goes back to people in in this up and down economy we&#x27;ve had and you just turn the tv on one day we&#x27;re up big the next day we&#x27;re down big and many people listening haven&#x27;t made the proper changes in other words they still have that same stock portfolio from the 80s and 90s when we were in the high flying days is that correct uh is that correct as we go forward to take that same approach or is it time to re-examine portfolios well i mean definitely you have to invest abroad i mean right now kind of all asset classes seem to be positively correlated or correlated correlation is one i think that is going to change i think you&#x27;re going to see a much better returns abroad particularly in some of the emerging markets</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> i think people have to be investing outside the united states not only in the stock market but in the bond market i think the real key is to get out of u.s dollars and into sounder currencies and and in some cases out of all currencies into precious metals and you know even though the price of gold has moved up quite a bit since i recommended original crash proof i still think it&#x27;s going a lot higher and i also think there&#x27;s a lot of opportunity in the mining stocks which have not nearly kept pace with the price of gold i think ultimately you&#x27;re going to see a lot of appreciation in the gold mining stocks i think there&#x27;s still a lot of opportunities for people to get involved there i think the uh the biggest concern that i have uh experienced with talking to folks across the nation is that they are worried about their money out uh or they have them outlasting their money they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> worried about their money not being there when they need it and they don&#x27;t know how to put together a true income plan peter i mean do you do you see that as well when you talk to folks yeah a lot of people i mean you can very hard to get any income in the u.s i mean you know the interest rates are rock bottom uh so you know and even the dividends that are paid on most u.s companies are very low especially if you own mutual funds by the time you finish paying your management fees there&#x27;s really no yield left uh from the stock so most americans are eating up their principal uh to survive you know if you&#x27;re retired you can&#x27;t live off the interest and dividends on your portfolio you&#x27;re probably just eating up principal and of course the cost of living thanks to all this money printing the cost of living is rising quite a bit so not only are you using up your principal nominally but inflation is eroding the real value of what&#x27;s left even more so if you</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> really want to get you know good income streams you&#x27;ve got to look abroad and you know there are better interest rates in other countries you can look at australia you look lou zealand look up in scandinavia uh there are a lot of uh countries that you can get uh decent income and you know more importantly you know the income is coming in currencies that i believe are going to continue to gain ground against the dollar uh so rather than you know seeing your your principal evaporating it&#x27;s actually going to grow in terms of dollars now when we look at uh foreign currency and foreign investing uh any specific countries to avoid completely you know we see all what&#x27;s going on over greece right now and italy could be right behind them i mean are you staying away from those countries we don&#x27;t have any money over there i mean there could be some pretty good opportunities</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> like you know in some of the stocks there but uh yeah we try to avoid some of those real hot areas um and try to stay with some of the more developed stable markets more mature markets uh but you know we&#x27;re you know we&#x27;re we&#x27;re not really active in a lot of the latin american countries not doing too much not really doing nothing at all in africa um eastern europe minimal amount uh you know we&#x27;re mainly staying in you know the developed asian markets a lot of money in uh in hong kong which is a good way to play china but we do have some money in mainland china um you know singapore a lot of money there we&#x27;re investing in scandinavia in switzerland um you know in australia new zealand canada places like that peter we&#x27;ve certainly seen the price of gold uh on the rise over the past 10</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> years but falter as of late uh maybe stall out a little bit um and we&#x27;ve certainly seen before in history the the the price of gold spike is gold an asset that people should be relying on to create their retirement income well no it&#x27;s an asset that you want to rely on to preserve uh your retirement purchasing power it&#x27;s not you know it&#x27;s not to look at it as an investment i look at it as an alternative to holding cash so if you want to have some liquidity uh gold makes a lot of sense and even though gold has dropped maybe 250 to 300 from its peak from uh like a month ago you look at the third quarter gold was up eight percent i mean stocks had the worst uh quarter in years uh most you know i think the dow was down about 12 or 13 percent uh small cap stocks were down i think 20 percent like the</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> russell 2000 yet gold was up uh eight percent even with that big decline towards the end of the quarter so gold is continuing to rise gold&#x27;s gone up every year for the last 10 uh you know 10 years ago gold was under 300 uh you know clear now it&#x27;s above 1500 so gold is up better than five gold uh stocks are down uh so you know clearly you know you know this is you know this is not the 1980s or the 1990s it&#x27;s a different era now and i think you&#x27;re going to continue to see stocks losing value uh in terms of gold uh for probably another decade i think that you could see that dow gold ratio which is now below seven to one it was at 40 above 40 to one 10 years ago so uh if the dow is worth 40 ounces of gold now</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> it&#x27;s worth less than seven i think the trend is going to continue until the relationship is close to one to one and peter uh finally what&#x27;s your opinion i see this i get all the trade publications and i also get some of the magazines that go out to the general public and it seems like every other page is an ad for a variable annuity what&#x27;s your opinion on those well i don&#x27;t you know like annuities in general uh part of the problem is annuities is the sales commissions are enormous i mean they&#x27;re generally even maybe like 12 or 15 percent there&#x27;s just there&#x27;s a huge front end load built into these annuity products so you got to be careful of that and then of course if you&#x27;re going to annuitize something then the variable annuity a lot of times you just you know you have to pick between the you know mutual funds um and depending on the choices that you have you know the investment</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> that are available might not be that good a lot of them don&#x27;t have the types of investments that i would recommend certainly and ultimately if you choose like a fixed annuity uh if you&#x27;re annuitizing a dollar stream i wouldn&#x27;t want to do that because inflation could erode it away i mean that&#x27;s if you have a variable annuity annuity at least your your payments can rise uh but they&#x27;re only going to rise based on the success of the investments that are made and of course uh the the returns are initially going to be minimized because you paid such a high commission uh to get in so there&#x27;s you know a lot of people in this in the brokerage community push these products because the broker just makes so much money uh up front uh when uh when you buy them so you&#x27;ll be careful yeah the one thing i&#x27;ve seen when people come in with a variable annuity i really never see them with more money than they started with</p><p><strong>13:36</strong> because uh it&#x27;s almost like a balloon one of those big balloon rides that people take and it&#x27;s a hot air balloon and it keeps sinking because it&#x27;s too much weight on there and the fees expenses and commissions in a yearly manner the one time though peter i&#x27;ve seen where they work sometimes is if it&#x27;s a fixed annuity that goes in without brokerage commissions coming out and then they put an income rider on that at least grows their money by seven or eight percent per year for that retirement yeah but then it&#x27;s but then it&#x27;s still fixed in u.s dollars yeah yeah so if we get a massive collapse of the dollar and and runaway inflation you know the the real value of that income stream could just collapse so you know i i just wouldn&#x27;t want to encourage people to rely on some future stream of u.s dollars uh you know i think that you know there&#x27;s going to be tremendous inflation if you imagine think about you know what things used to cost in this country maybe 50 years ago and think about hey things that</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> used to cost the nickel you know now cost a dollar um you know that&#x27;s that&#x27;s over maybe a 50-year time span but i think we can see a similar price increase over a much shorter time span let&#x27;s say over a five-year time span so if you&#x27;re going to see prices going up you know tenfold uh then you know you&#x27;ve lost 90 percent of the value of that income stream so somebody might think i&#x27;m going to buy this terrible annuity because it&#x27;s going to give me income of a thousand dollars a month and if that ends up spending like a hundred dollars a month i mean it&#x27;s not going to deliver anywhere near the purchasing power that that that the person believed they were going to get when they when they invest it now that brings up another thought now for for uh for every loss is a gain so if the u.s dollar is going down then some other currency should be going up do you uh do you recommend any baskets of uh maybe uh currency baskets or do you put one together you know we just came out with a new special</p><p><strong>15:12</strong> report people can download it for free on my website at europac.net uh the five favorite currencies for the next five years so it&#x27;s a report on on and we look at a lot of different currencies and come up with a basket of our favorites so just hey don&#x27;t need to spoil the spoil the punch punch line so just uh get your europac.net and it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a it&#x27;s a great report and uh you get a lot of information on the currencies we&#x27;ve been talking with peter schiff peter we certainly appreciate your time here on the financial safari yeah and remind everybody too you know i&#x27;ve got my own radio show now that i do every day for two hours people can listen to it live on shift radio.com it&#x27;s from 10 a.m to noon eastern time and if you can&#x27;t listen live you can still go to the website you know shift radio.com and listen we loop it constantly for the first 24 hours so people can</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> listen to it whenever whenever they want and if they want to sign up to be a member uh they actually have access to the archives and they can listen to it you know whatever they want any show they want and we strip out all the commercials uh so uh you can listen to it i think about an hour and 20 minutes instead of two hours great great opportunity to get your insight on to what is going on in peter schiff&#x27;s world around the clock again shift radio.com we appreciate the time and we&#x27;ll talk to you again next time on the financial safari bye bye</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Peter Schiff joins the Financial Safari to discuss How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes. This October 2011 interview explores his economic views, the ideas behind his book, and his radio program.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Peter Schiff</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Peter Schiff, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/image.jpg?t=1792072678&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-schiff-how-an-economy-grows-and-why-it-crashes/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/image.jpg?t=1792072678&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>989</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/92adc827-b42a-4bbc-9be5-b4e2014b6efd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="15853357" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-schiff-how-an-economy-grows-and-why-it-crashes</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>227</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="How an Economy Grows and Why It Crashes" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:18" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kelly Campbell: Fire Your Broker</title>
      <itunes:title>Kelly Campbell: Fire Your Broker</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national and worldwide financial picture. But as I like to do each and every week, I like to get a professional out there, an author, somebody that&#x27;s well-known nationally amongst the financial advisor segment and also the public many times. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Kelly Campbell, author of the book Fire Your Broker, and Kelly&#x27;s in Alexandria, Virginia, joining us today. Kelly, welcome in. Great, thanks Pete. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great, Kelly. I hope you are. I&#x27;m doing very well. It&#x27;s a confusing world in the financial picture. It&#x27;s just a confusing world out there. And I wanted to maybe just talk to you about what motivated you to write this book and what kind of response you&#x27;ve got from the book. You know, Pete, I think the big issue that I saw over the last, I&#x27;ve been doing this for 20 years, and I think what really got me enraged about the market and enraged about what kind of advice people were getting</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> was that they weren&#x27;t doing financial plans and they weren&#x27;t getting the right advice. I think brokers were viewing their clients as numbers and not as clients. And I think the only way to get the real advice, to get the real, I guess, information you need to be able to make good, qualified financial decisions is to be viewed from your whole personal financial situation. And, you know, when someone&#x27;s a broker and they&#x27;re just selling you a product, they don&#x27;t know anything about you. And there&#x27;s no responsibility, no liability associated with that. And that&#x27;s why I wrote that book, because I wanted people to understand that, you know, it&#x27;s about having the right person, not just about, you know, having a broker that says he can do this or he can do that from a return standpoint. And I think people are getting a little bit more wise on that now because there&#x27;s been recent surveys out that say over 80% of investors with over a million dollars in assets plan to move from one broker to another.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Oh, absolutely. You know, and we&#x27;ve seen it. We&#x27;ve absolutely seen it. I mean, you know, not only do we set up a financial plan for every client, but then we also want to make sure that we set up, we have an investment strategy. You know, and this is what an advisor should have. And this is what it says in my book is that whoever you&#x27;re working with should have some kind of strategy for whichever way the market can go. In other words, we know the market can go down. We know it can go up or it can stay flat. Well, there needs to be a strategy for each of those scenarios. But I tell you, you start talking to some of these brokers, they don&#x27;t know. They don&#x27;t have a strategy. They&#x27;re just flying by the seat of their pants, which is unfortunate. Yeah, and there are a lot out there pushing products, not designing strategies, correct? Oh, absolutely. Yeah, without a doubt. You think about it, somebody gets a commission. You know, they&#x27;re working off commission so that, you know, they can sell your product.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> The more product they sell, you know, the better they do, the better the paycheck, whether it&#x27;s the right product or not. And believe me, I&#x27;m not saying that everybody&#x27;s, you know, the worst person in the world because there are some brokers out there that have done an incredible job for their clients. They care. They have empathy for their clients. You know, but even my book is not about really firing somebody. It&#x27;s about knowing what to look for in that person that you&#x27;re working with so that you can say if you do have that right broker, you can say, I got the right guy or I got the right gal. They&#x27;re doing a good job for me. Or maybe you don&#x27;t. You can find that out, too. It&#x27;s just so important to know that. And you and I are in the money world. We have risk and safety. We design the plans for the person. But what you&#x27;ve seen lately, as well as me, is a lot of people come into your office confused and wondering if the broker&#x27;s making more money than they are. Yeah. You know, oftentimes what&#x27;s interesting, oftentimes they are.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> When you think about the market going down, when the market&#x27;s going down, a lot of brokers can substantiate trades. And they can say, look, I&#x27;m just trying to save you money. I&#x27;m trying not to lose here and trying not to lose there. And remember, a broker gets paid on the way in and on the way out. So when you buy in, when you sell. Well, oftentimes when the market&#x27;s going up, you may say to your broker, yeah, don&#x27;t make that change. Everything&#x27;s going well. Why would I want to change anything? So that&#x27;s why you can see a lot more commissioning is happening sometimes when the market&#x27;s going down, when you&#x27;re actually losing money. Yeah. And that&#x27;s important for people to realize that, again, it goes back to you saying that people need a plan first and then have a strategy and then find the products that meet that. And then reevaluate, Kelly. How often should somebody reevaluate their financial plan? I think, you know, knowing that you have a financial plan in the first place is one of the most comfortable positions you can be in. In other words, you can say when a market tanks, like, you know, even like what we&#x27;ve had in the last few months, last few years,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> you can look at it and say, all right, I know where I am in accordance with where the market went. Instead of, oh, my gosh, I just read something in the paper that&#x27;s really scaring me. And then once you have that plan, I do think it needs to be reviewed. The closer you are to retirement, the more it should probably be annually. The further you are from retirement, it may be every two years or so. But you definitely need to, I guess, assess and reassess to make sure it&#x27;s still pertinent to where you are. Now, having a second opinion or having somebody else look over your financial plan now is a great way to expose those dirty little secrets a lot of times that are hidden inside portfolios. Absolutely. You know, and the thing that I would say, you want to get someone that, you know, has a legal, ethical, and moral responsibility to you as a client. And they&#x27;re not just trying to sell you a product. And then also, remember, when someone charges you a fee versus gets a commission, they&#x27;re actually working under a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> In other words, they have a legal liability to do the right thing, which if you think it sounds kind of counterintuitive when you think about it, someone has the legal responsibility. You would think that anybody that gets paid to give you advice in this industry would have a legal responsibility to do the right thing. But the fact is, they don&#x27;t. Only when they&#x27;re charging you a fee do they have to have a certain set of licenses that put them in the acting as a fiduciary for your benefit. So look for that. That&#x27;s very important. So, folks, get a true plan in place. And we&#x27;ll make that offer to you. For anyone listening right now who really wants to get educated on their financial situation, give us a call right now. The number is 800-661-7383. Get that true plan in order. Again, 800-661-7383. So let&#x27;s take that a step further because we&#x27;re in the information age and people can go and find information, but many times they get the wrong information because there&#x27;s so much information out there.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> Describe for the folks out there listening the difference between a true investment advisor, one that is registered with the state or federal government, versus a broker or someone who calls themselves, say, just a financial advisor. So a broker, if you think about it, just has to have a certain set of licenses where they know what kinds of financial products are out there, they understand them, and they can basically, quote-unquote, sell them. And I guess if you put them in that light, knowing that they&#x27;re going to make money when they sell a product, or worse, let&#x27;s say with an individual stock, they&#x27;re going to make money when they buy it for you and when they sell it for you, there&#x27;s an incentive to trade. So think of that as the broker side of things. When you have someone that is registered with the state, they have something, state or fed, and they have something called the Series 65 or the Series 66 license, what that means, they have a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> So it is actually a legal responsibility that is incorporated with their license, and they have CE credit requirements, so it&#x27;s continued education they have to do on an annual basis. To make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing, they&#x27;re subject to not only FINRA, but also FINRA, meaning the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as well as the SEC, the Securities and Exchange Commission, they&#x27;re subject to audits from both of those organizations to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing for their clients. Absolutely. Very, very important, Kelly. Without a doubt. Unfortunately, we see it more and more where people are just out to sell a product. Now, when we look at, let&#x27;s do an example, somebody, let&#x27;s say age 63, they&#x27;ve got all their assets in stocks, bonds, mutual funds from a broker they met maybe when they were in college, and they basically have had all their money there. And the broker&#x27;s done a decent job of helping them accumulate, even though the person has to wake up in the middle of the night sometimes and worry about what&#x27;s going to happen in the future, and they have no income plan in place.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> What would be beneficial for somebody in that age to do? Would it be beneficial to get a second opinion and get a true retirement and income plan in place? Yeah, I definitely think so. I think oftentimes when you look at a person&#x27;s plan from the accumulation side, just like you said, it&#x27;s a great example, by the way. If you think about someone on the accumulation side, what you find out is that they could be a very different investor, and the younger they are, the very different they should be than when they&#x27;re getting closer and closer to retirement. In other words, as you get closer to retirement, I&#x27;m not saying you need to take everything out and put it in bonds or put it in, let&#x27;s say, cash or CDs, but you need to think differently. And you need to change your investment and risk profile because you do need to take less risk. It may not even be that you&#x27;re eliminating stocks from your portfolio because you probably won&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You still need that growth. But you may think differently on what kinds of stocks you have, and you may think differently on what kind of overall portfolio allocation. Now, a lot of people look at their portfolio and say, and all they think about is the regular stocks, bonds, and cash they&#x27;ve had, you know, like they&#x27;ve had for years. The thing is, the portfolios of today have changed, and the more you get towards retirement, the more you want to be thinking about risk reduction. You want to be looking at things like standard deviation, which is risk. It&#x27;s a measure of risk, and we all remember the bell curve from college and how that – from that statistics class and how that bell curve can show the higher risk and potentially higher return. But also remember that when you take higher risk portfolios, you have a lot more volatility, which is exactly what you said. That&#x27;s the thing that keeps you up at night. So the more you can get to a smoother sailing portfolio, the more comfortable you&#x27;ll be.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> And believe it or not, most likely the higher the return you&#x27;ll make. If you can cut off some of those lows, cut off some of the down markets, you&#x27;ll find that your overall return will rise. And very, very important. So – and it&#x27;s not easy if somebody would like to do it themselves. It&#x27;s not easy to do these days with the millions and millions of pieces of information floating around the Internet. Kelly, how does someone distinguish truth from misconception? You know, Pete, I think the issue with the Internet, while it&#x27;s great on the outside, is that you&#x27;re absolutely right. It&#x27;s too much information. People have it at their fingertips, and they think that they know a lot more or can get a lot more information than they really can, because you still need the experience of someone that&#x27;s been in the industry for a number of years. Oftentimes, when we find that same scenario you just mentioned, where we have someone that&#x27;s worked with the same broker for the last 20 or 30 years,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> and then they come to us when they&#x27;re closer to retirement, what we find is that they&#x27;ve outgrown that person. They&#x27;ve outgrown that relationship, and they really need to think differently, because maybe that person, that relationship, isn&#x27;t the distribution specialist. They&#x27;re only an accumulation specialist. Or maybe they&#x27;re still using the old same stocks, bonds, and cashes years ago. And because things have changed, you need to have someone that, first of all, has the experience of the years to show or to understand what happens in a down market, but also the experience going into the future to be able to say, we&#x27;ve adapted some of these, what I call, alternative strategies. Strategies that are designed to give you return, but not take nearly as much risk. And that&#x27;s kind of the new wave advisor, if you will. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t adapted to that. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the biggest things that we see,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> is that you need to change your portfolio. You need to think differently as time goes on. Absolutely. And then a final question here, the final minute. What kind of investments are available out there that produce income for somebody who&#x27;s nearing retirement and needs that income for the rest of their life? Well, the traditional assets don&#x27;t work. As we&#x27;ve all seen, if you get into a CD, and this has been over the last few years, I mean, the rates are atrocious. If you think about getting a quarter percent or getting no return, I mean, look at what Treasuries did for a while, and look at what money markets pay, and look what CDs pay. And that&#x27;s not going to change anytime soon. And so from a fixed income standpoint, you have to be thinking alternative strategies. You know, some different alternative strategies. You can get into some institutional investments that actually give you a lot more opportunity to, I guess, cash in on some of the best performing bond type investments.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And, you know, and there are a lot of them out there, but most people can&#x27;t get to them on their own. They need to go through an advisor. And also some different real estate investments, some things that are fixed income oriented and a lot less volatile than the overall market. Right. And you can get that book, folks, on Amazon.com. Again, fire your broker. Kelly Campbell, thanks for your visit today on the Financial Safari. Thanks, Pete. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Look forward to it as well. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national and worldwide financial picture. But as I like to do each and every week, I like to get a professional out there, an author, somebody that&#x27;s well-known nationally amongst the financial advisor segment and also the public many times. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Kelly Campbell, author of the book Fire Your Broker, and Kelly&#x27;s in Alexandria, Virginia, joining us today. Kelly, welcome in. Great, thanks Pete. How are you doing today? I&#x27;m doing great, Kelly. I hope you are. I&#x27;m doing very well. It&#x27;s a confusing world in the financial picture. It&#x27;s just a confusing world out there. And I wanted to maybe just talk to you about what motivated you to write this book and what kind of response you&#x27;ve got from the book. You know, Pete, I think the big issue that I saw over the last, I&#x27;ve been doing this for 20 years, and I think what really got me enraged about the market and enraged about what kind of advice people were getting</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> was that they weren&#x27;t doing financial plans and they weren&#x27;t getting the right advice. I think brokers were viewing their clients as numbers and not as clients. And I think the only way to get the real advice, to get the real, I guess, information you need to be able to make good, qualified financial decisions is to be viewed from your whole personal financial situation. And, you know, when someone&#x27;s a broker and they&#x27;re just selling you a product, they don&#x27;t know anything about you. And there&#x27;s no responsibility, no liability associated with that. And that&#x27;s why I wrote that book, because I wanted people to understand that, you know, it&#x27;s about having the right person, not just about, you know, having a broker that says he can do this or he can do that from a return standpoint. And I think people are getting a little bit more wise on that now because there&#x27;s been recent surveys out that say over 80% of investors with over a million dollars in assets plan to move from one broker to another.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> Oh, absolutely. You know, and we&#x27;ve seen it. We&#x27;ve absolutely seen it. I mean, you know, not only do we set up a financial plan for every client, but then we also want to make sure that we set up, we have an investment strategy. You know, and this is what an advisor should have. And this is what it says in my book is that whoever you&#x27;re working with should have some kind of strategy for whichever way the market can go. In other words, we know the market can go down. We know it can go up or it can stay flat. Well, there needs to be a strategy for each of those scenarios. But I tell you, you start talking to some of these brokers, they don&#x27;t know. They don&#x27;t have a strategy. They&#x27;re just flying by the seat of their pants, which is unfortunate. Yeah, and there are a lot out there pushing products, not designing strategies, correct? Oh, absolutely. Yeah, without a doubt. You think about it, somebody gets a commission. You know, they&#x27;re working off commission so that, you know, they can sell your product.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> The more product they sell, you know, the better they do, the better the paycheck, whether it&#x27;s the right product or not. And believe me, I&#x27;m not saying that everybody&#x27;s, you know, the worst person in the world because there are some brokers out there that have done an incredible job for their clients. They care. They have empathy for their clients. You know, but even my book is not about really firing somebody. It&#x27;s about knowing what to look for in that person that you&#x27;re working with so that you can say if you do have that right broker, you can say, I got the right guy or I got the right gal. They&#x27;re doing a good job for me. Or maybe you don&#x27;t. You can find that out, too. It&#x27;s just so important to know that. And you and I are in the money world. We have risk and safety. We design the plans for the person. But what you&#x27;ve seen lately, as well as me, is a lot of people come into your office confused and wondering if the broker&#x27;s making more money than they are. Yeah. You know, oftentimes what&#x27;s interesting, oftentimes they are.</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> When you think about the market going down, when the market&#x27;s going down, a lot of brokers can substantiate trades. And they can say, look, I&#x27;m just trying to save you money. I&#x27;m trying not to lose here and trying not to lose there. And remember, a broker gets paid on the way in and on the way out. So when you buy in, when you sell. Well, oftentimes when the market&#x27;s going up, you may say to your broker, yeah, don&#x27;t make that change. Everything&#x27;s going well. Why would I want to change anything? So that&#x27;s why you can see a lot more commissioning is happening sometimes when the market&#x27;s going down, when you&#x27;re actually losing money. Yeah. And that&#x27;s important for people to realize that, again, it goes back to you saying that people need a plan first and then have a strategy and then find the products that meet that. And then reevaluate, Kelly. How often should somebody reevaluate their financial plan? I think, you know, knowing that you have a financial plan in the first place is one of the most comfortable positions you can be in. In other words, you can say when a market tanks, like, you know, even like what we&#x27;ve had in the last few months, last few years,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> you can look at it and say, all right, I know where I am in accordance with where the market went. Instead of, oh, my gosh, I just read something in the paper that&#x27;s really scaring me. And then once you have that plan, I do think it needs to be reviewed. The closer you are to retirement, the more it should probably be annually. The further you are from retirement, it may be every two years or so. But you definitely need to, I guess, assess and reassess to make sure it&#x27;s still pertinent to where you are. Now, having a second opinion or having somebody else look over your financial plan now is a great way to expose those dirty little secrets a lot of times that are hidden inside portfolios. Absolutely. You know, and the thing that I would say, you want to get someone that, you know, has a legal, ethical, and moral responsibility to you as a client. And they&#x27;re not just trying to sell you a product. And then also, remember, when someone charges you a fee versus gets a commission, they&#x27;re actually working under a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> In other words, they have a legal liability to do the right thing, which if you think it sounds kind of counterintuitive when you think about it, someone has the legal responsibility. You would think that anybody that gets paid to give you advice in this industry would have a legal responsibility to do the right thing. But the fact is, they don&#x27;t. Only when they&#x27;re charging you a fee do they have to have a certain set of licenses that put them in the acting as a fiduciary for your benefit. So look for that. That&#x27;s very important. So, folks, get a true plan in place. And we&#x27;ll make that offer to you. For anyone listening right now who really wants to get educated on their financial situation, give us a call right now. The number is 800-661-7383. Get that true plan in order. Again, 800-661-7383. So let&#x27;s take that a step further because we&#x27;re in the information age and people can go and find information, but many times they get the wrong information because there&#x27;s so much information out there.</p><p><strong>05:44</strong> Describe for the folks out there listening the difference between a true investment advisor, one that is registered with the state or federal government, versus a broker or someone who calls themselves, say, just a financial advisor. So a broker, if you think about it, just has to have a certain set of licenses where they know what kinds of financial products are out there, they understand them, and they can basically, quote-unquote, sell them. And I guess if you put them in that light, knowing that they&#x27;re going to make money when they sell a product, or worse, let&#x27;s say with an individual stock, they&#x27;re going to make money when they buy it for you and when they sell it for you, there&#x27;s an incentive to trade. So think of that as the broker side of things. When you have someone that is registered with the state, they have something, state or fed, and they have something called the Series 65 or the Series 66 license, what that means, they have a fiduciary responsibility.</p><p><strong>06:36</strong> So it is actually a legal responsibility that is incorporated with their license, and they have CE credit requirements, so it&#x27;s continued education they have to do on an annual basis. To make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing, they&#x27;re subject to not only FINRA, but also FINRA, meaning the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as well as the SEC, the Securities and Exchange Commission, they&#x27;re subject to audits from both of those organizations to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing for their clients. Absolutely. Very, very important, Kelly. Without a doubt. Unfortunately, we see it more and more where people are just out to sell a product. Now, when we look at, let&#x27;s do an example, somebody, let&#x27;s say age 63, they&#x27;ve got all their assets in stocks, bonds, mutual funds from a broker they met maybe when they were in college, and they basically have had all their money there. And the broker&#x27;s done a decent job of helping them accumulate, even though the person has to wake up in the middle of the night sometimes and worry about what&#x27;s going to happen in the future, and they have no income plan in place.</p><p><strong>07:26</strong> What would be beneficial for somebody in that age to do? Would it be beneficial to get a second opinion and get a true retirement and income plan in place? Yeah, I definitely think so. I think oftentimes when you look at a person&#x27;s plan from the accumulation side, just like you said, it&#x27;s a great example, by the way. If you think about someone on the accumulation side, what you find out is that they could be a very different investor, and the younger they are, the very different they should be than when they&#x27;re getting closer and closer to retirement. In other words, as you get closer to retirement, I&#x27;m not saying you need to take everything out and put it in bonds or put it in, let&#x27;s say, cash or CDs, but you need to think differently. And you need to change your investment and risk profile because you do need to take less risk. It may not even be that you&#x27;re eliminating stocks from your portfolio because you probably won&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You still need that growth. But you may think differently on what kinds of stocks you have, and you may think differently on what kind of overall portfolio allocation. Now, a lot of people look at their portfolio and say, and all they think about is the regular stocks, bonds, and cash they&#x27;ve had, you know, like they&#x27;ve had for years. The thing is, the portfolios of today have changed, and the more you get towards retirement, the more you want to be thinking about risk reduction. You want to be looking at things like standard deviation, which is risk. It&#x27;s a measure of risk, and we all remember the bell curve from college and how that – from that statistics class and how that bell curve can show the higher risk and potentially higher return. But also remember that when you take higher risk portfolios, you have a lot more volatility, which is exactly what you said. That&#x27;s the thing that keeps you up at night. So the more you can get to a smoother sailing portfolio, the more comfortable you&#x27;ll be.</p><p><strong>09:04</strong> And believe it or not, most likely the higher the return you&#x27;ll make. If you can cut off some of those lows, cut off some of the down markets, you&#x27;ll find that your overall return will rise. And very, very important. So – and it&#x27;s not easy if somebody would like to do it themselves. It&#x27;s not easy to do these days with the millions and millions of pieces of information floating around the Internet. Kelly, how does someone distinguish truth from misconception? You know, Pete, I think the issue with the Internet, while it&#x27;s great on the outside, is that you&#x27;re absolutely right. It&#x27;s too much information. People have it at their fingertips, and they think that they know a lot more or can get a lot more information than they really can, because you still need the experience of someone that&#x27;s been in the industry for a number of years. Oftentimes, when we find that same scenario you just mentioned, where we have someone that&#x27;s worked with the same broker for the last 20 or 30 years,</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> and then they come to us when they&#x27;re closer to retirement, what we find is that they&#x27;ve outgrown that person. They&#x27;ve outgrown that relationship, and they really need to think differently, because maybe that person, that relationship, isn&#x27;t the distribution specialist. They&#x27;re only an accumulation specialist. Or maybe they&#x27;re still using the old same stocks, bonds, and cashes years ago. And because things have changed, you need to have someone that, first of all, has the experience of the years to show or to understand what happens in a down market, but also the experience going into the future to be able to say, we&#x27;ve adapted some of these, what I call, alternative strategies. Strategies that are designed to give you return, but not take nearly as much risk. And that&#x27;s kind of the new wave advisor, if you will. And a lot of people haven&#x27;t adapted to that. And I think that&#x27;s probably one of the biggest things that we see,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> is that you need to change your portfolio. You need to think differently as time goes on. Absolutely. And then a final question here, the final minute. What kind of investments are available out there that produce income for somebody who&#x27;s nearing retirement and needs that income for the rest of their life? Well, the traditional assets don&#x27;t work. As we&#x27;ve all seen, if you get into a CD, and this has been over the last few years, I mean, the rates are atrocious. If you think about getting a quarter percent or getting no return, I mean, look at what Treasuries did for a while, and look at what money markets pay, and look what CDs pay. And that&#x27;s not going to change anytime soon. And so from a fixed income standpoint, you have to be thinking alternative strategies. You know, some different alternative strategies. You can get into some institutional investments that actually give you a lot more opportunity to, I guess, cash in on some of the best performing bond type investments.</p><p><strong>11:29</strong> And, you know, and there are a lot of them out there, but most people can&#x27;t get to them on their own. They need to go through an advisor. And also some different real estate investments, some things that are fixed income oriented and a lot less volatile than the overall market. Right. And you can get that book, folks, on Amazon.com. Again, fire your broker. Kelly Campbell, thanks for your visit today on the Financial Safari. Thanks, Pete. Look forward to having you on again in the future. Look forward to it as well. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Okay.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Kelly Campbell joins Coach Pete to discuss Fire Your Broker. Their September 2011 conversation explores financial advice, investment costs, and questions investors can ask when choosing an advisor.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kelly Campbell</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kelly Campbell, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/image.jpg?t=1792073072&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-campbell-fire-your-broker/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/image.jpg?t=1792073072&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>715</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a483145e-f513-4fa8-a786-b4e2010f706b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11472123" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kelly-campbell-fire-your-broker</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>228</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Fire Your Broker" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Reese: Financial Myths and Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Reese: Financial Myths and Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Mike Reese joins Coach Pete to examine financial myths and the difference between average market returns and an investor’s actual experience. This September 2011 interview also discusses planning for retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. And as we like to do each and every week, I like to search the nation and find an expert in the financial world to talk a little bit about the pulse of the economy and some of the things that he or she is seeing out there. And today we&#x27;re going to talk to Mike Reese. He&#x27;s in Traverse City, Michigan. He&#x27;s host of the Mike Reese TV show, which is a financially related show. He&#x27;s also got his own radio show, and he&#x27;s a certified financial planner amongst 11 or 12 other designations. Mike, welcome to the show. Good to talk to you, Pete. We&#x27;ve had you on a couple times in the past, and Mike, every time we have you on, we get positive response from the listeners. And today I&#x27;d like to talk to you about some of the financial myths that exist out there in the financial world. Oh, I&#x27;d love to. It&#x27;s one of my favorite topics, you know, out there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There&#x27;s so many different ways that people believe certain things that when you actually look at it, it&#x27;s just not true. And Mike, you wrote a report a couple of years ago, I guess almost two years ago now. It was called the 10% average market return lie. And you basically did some – you did a lot of work. You went back into – you know, 100 years ago into the market and saw what the real return had been from different 10-year periods if they would put money in the stock market and left it alone for 10 years. Yeah, what kind of interested me was, you know, sometimes I&#x27;m a little bit of an Excel spreadsheet nerd, I have to admit. But what was interesting to me is, you know, we always hear people talk about how the market averages 10% per year over time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> In fact, I remember when I was taking classes for my certified financial planner designation, they would teach us, you know, the market averages 10% a year over time. Well, how much time? Ah, figure 10 years, you know. And that was kind of the mantra that was shared by all kinds of financial advisors, especially in the 1980s and 1990s when the markets were, you know, going hog wild. And what happened was in the first decade of the 2000s, well, we saw not only did the markets not average a 10% return, in fact, if you look at the numbers, they actually lost some money along the way. And I started thinking, you know, well, the last 10 years it didn&#x27;t average 10%. We failed. It was supposed to average 10% a year over a 10-year period.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Well, it didn&#x27;t. And it made me start questioning, well, you know, how did it do historically? And, you know, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, they actually have data all the way back to 1896. And I thought, well, gee, we can go all the way back to 1896 and we can actually take 10-year segments, you know, 1900 to 1909, 1910 to 1919, and so on. And I started doing that just to say, well, are there any other 10-year periods where the market didn&#x27;t average 10%? And so that&#x27;s what started off this whole series of research into this path. And so, Mike, in this world, I guess, it&#x27;s easy to basically arrive at conclusions you want people to get if you manipulate the data or pick different entry and exit points, correct?</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Oh, certainly. I mean, there&#x27;s a reason that all these charts show the stock market from 1926, for example. You know, if you do – you know, one of the things I learned when you look at 1900 to 1909, that 10-year span, 1910 to 1919, you know, that 10-year span. And if you look at decade by decade by decade, and there&#x27;s 11 decades represented there, there are only four decades in which the market actually averages 10% per year or better. The other seven, it was significantly less than 10%, oftentimes 5% or less. That&#x27;s often ignored then when people are talking about or trying to sell different financial products, trying to use the past performance, where you can&#x27;t promise people any future returns based on past performance in the risk world, correct?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> Of course. And here&#x27;s a couple of interesting statistics on the score that you might find interesting and that all of you listening might find interesting. Do you know the last 20 years? Do you know what the market has averaged? The S&amp;P 500, what it&#x27;s averaged the last 20 years? And remember, the first 10 years were the 90s, so it did extremely well. Last 10 years, not so good. But do you know what the market has averaged? Rate of return the last 20 years. What&#x27;s that, Mike? 5.51%. And one might say, wow, it&#x27;s just this past 10 years it&#x27;s caused that. Hey, not so fast. I actually went back and looked and figured out, okay, how did the market do the last 100 years then? I mean, that&#x27;s enough time. I mean, if 10 years isn&#x27;t enough time, clearly 100 years is enough time. You know, certainly over the last 100 years, the market should have averaged 10% per year.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> Well, 100 years ago, December 31, 1910, the Dow Jones was at 81.41. At the end of December 2010, it was 11,774. And you think, wow, that had to be a great rate of return. Well, over 100 years, it actually worked out to 5.08%. The last 20 years really haven&#x27;t been that different from the last 100. Well, Mike, that&#x27;s a true definition of a half-truth then, because the market folks that are trying to get people to go into markets say 10%, so it&#x27;s around 5%, so it&#x27;s a half-truth. Yeah, in all, you know, let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re talking fair and balanced here, if you will. Remember that these numbers I&#x27;m sharing do not include dividends. But even if you include some dividends in there, you&#x27;re still far short of the 10% average.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> The reality is that markets only average 10% or better in bull markets, you know, during bull market periods, 80s, 90s. That is not the norm. And people who count on that find themselves in a real, real world of hurt. Now, people counting on that, and I&#x27;ve heard a lot of folks that invest in, like, blue-chip stocks that pay dividends, and they are counting on the dividends and are also counting on the stock accelerating in value or at least keeping the value it has. Now, Mike, you&#x27;ve done some research on that as well. Yeah, this is the one that I find particularly troubling because, you know, there are people out there in the financial world, and they&#x27;re what I call, Pete, the lazy financial salesperson. The lazy financial salesperson is the person who, they don&#x27;t really do their research.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> They&#x27;re just telling people what sounds good to get a sale, right? And they&#x27;re not real concerned with whether what they&#x27;re telling them is accurate or not. And one of the big lies out there is that blue-chip stocks represent a safer, more conservative path to hold stocks. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s out there. Everybody thinks, oh, blue-chip stocks, it&#x27;s reassuring, it&#x27;s comfortable, it makes me feel good. But if you actually do the research, they&#x27;re no safer than any other stock out there. In fact, there was kind of this interesting article, if you will, out of CNBC, where they actually recommended 14 blue-chip stocks to hold as a core holding for your portfolio.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Core holdings are designed to help prevent, you know, these big market drops and offer some measure of safety and pay you some dividends along the way. And I looked at those companies and I said, well, okay, they&#x27;re supposed to be blue-chip. They&#x27;re supposed to be safer when markets are bad. I wonder, how did they do during 2008? And, you know, five of them, the first five that they listed were Abbott Labs, Boeing, JPMorgan, Raytheon, and Verizon. I mean, these are all companies that we&#x27;ve all heard of. But, you know, in 2008, every single one of those companies lost at least half their value. Boeing lost 70%. JPMorgan lost 70%. I mean, we&#x27;re talking what are supposed to be safer companies, and they&#x27;re losing 70% of their value.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> How in the world is that any safer than any other stock out there? So, again, that&#x27;s another one of the myths that&#x27;s out there. But, Mike, the person listening right now who&#x27;s looking for some guarantees, some contractual guarantees, because they want safety, they want security, and they want income for life, especially with money they have put aside for retirement savings. What are they to do, Mike? Well, quite frankly, what they should be doing is looking at something that historically used to be used a lot, and then people kind of got away from it in the 80s and 90s when the markets were going so well. But people should be paying attention, Pete, to annuities. And let&#x27;s be honest. Today&#x27;s annuity is nothing like your father&#x27;s annuity.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> You know, remember those Oldsmobile commercials? Today&#x27;s Oldsmobile is not like your father&#x27;s? Yep. Today&#x27;s annuities are very different. A lot of the disadvantages that yesterday&#x27;s annuities had have been addressed and cleaned up. And I would tell people that if you&#x27;re looking for a secure and contractually guaranteed income during your retirement years, you want to be secure, safe, comfortable, and have a sustainable income no matter what the market does, you need to be checking out annuities. If you&#x27;re not looking at what&#x27;s going on with annuities today, you&#x27;re completely missing the boat. But these things are, some of them are really pretty exciting for what they can do and some of the guarantees that they can provide. Mike, with over 1,600 annuities, however, how do people figure out which ones are the dependable ones,</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> the ones that really are going to do what they say and be there when they need them? Well, obviously, you know, this is an area that both you and I operate in. You don&#x27;t want to go and talk to somebody that represents a single insurance company because their hands are going to be tied. They can&#x27;t offer you the best deal. And you don&#x27;t want to talk to a stockbroker that works at any of the brokerage firms because, of course, they don&#x27;t really – they&#x27;re not really involved in these things. What you want to do is you want to talk to an independent financial advisor who can objectively evaluate, compare, contrast all these companies against each other so that they can help you select the one, the two, the three that happen to be a best fit for your circumstances.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> You&#x27;re right. There are hundreds, if not thousands, of different types of annuities out there. And obviously, it&#x27;s a bit of a chore to filter through all those to figure out what is ideal. But, you know, financial advisors, independent financial advisors do have the tools to help run those filters. Folks, if you want to find out more about those annuities Mike talks about, just to get maybe a little bit of safety, security, and that lifetime retirement paycheck, that&#x27;s why we work for it and that&#x27;s why we save for it, give a call right now at 800-661-7383. Of course, we&#x27;ve been talking to Mike Reese. He&#x27;s a TV star. He&#x27;s a host of his own show, The Mike Reese Show, and that&#x27;s in Traverse City, Michigan, in the Michigan area. He also has a radio show. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner, amongst a lot of other designations.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Mike, I really appreciate you taking your time out today to speak with us on The Financial Safari. You know, I thank you very much for inviting me to come visit. I always enjoy it, and if I&#x27;m not mistaken, we&#x27;ll be bumping into each other here in the next couple weeks, right? I&#x27;ll be seeing you in a few weeks, Mike. Take care now. Thanks a lot. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mike Reese joins Coach Pete to examine financial myths and the difference between average market returns and an investor’s actual experience. This September 2011 interview also discusses planning for retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. And as we like to do each and every week, I like to search the nation and find an expert in the financial world to talk a little bit about the pulse of the economy and some of the things that he or she is seeing out there. And today we&#x27;re going to talk to Mike Reese. He&#x27;s in Traverse City, Michigan. He&#x27;s host of the Mike Reese TV show, which is a financially related show. He&#x27;s also got his own radio show, and he&#x27;s a certified financial planner amongst 11 or 12 other designations. Mike, welcome to the show. Good to talk to you, Pete. We&#x27;ve had you on a couple times in the past, and Mike, every time we have you on, we get positive response from the listeners. And today I&#x27;d like to talk to you about some of the financial myths that exist out there in the financial world. Oh, I&#x27;d love to. It&#x27;s one of my favorite topics, you know, out there.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> There&#x27;s so many different ways that people believe certain things that when you actually look at it, it&#x27;s just not true. And Mike, you wrote a report a couple of years ago, I guess almost two years ago now. It was called the 10% average market return lie. And you basically did some – you did a lot of work. You went back into – you know, 100 years ago into the market and saw what the real return had been from different 10-year periods if they would put money in the stock market and left it alone for 10 years. Yeah, what kind of interested me was, you know, sometimes I&#x27;m a little bit of an Excel spreadsheet nerd, I have to admit. But what was interesting to me is, you know, we always hear people talk about how the market averages 10% per year over time.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> In fact, I remember when I was taking classes for my certified financial planner designation, they would teach us, you know, the market averages 10% a year over time. Well, how much time? Ah, figure 10 years, you know. And that was kind of the mantra that was shared by all kinds of financial advisors, especially in the 1980s and 1990s when the markets were, you know, going hog wild. And what happened was in the first decade of the 2000s, well, we saw not only did the markets not average a 10% return, in fact, if you look at the numbers, they actually lost some money along the way. And I started thinking, you know, well, the last 10 years it didn&#x27;t average 10%. We failed. It was supposed to average 10% a year over a 10-year period.</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> Well, it didn&#x27;t. And it made me start questioning, well, you know, how did it do historically? And, you know, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, they actually have data all the way back to 1896. And I thought, well, gee, we can go all the way back to 1896 and we can actually take 10-year segments, you know, 1900 to 1909, 1910 to 1919, and so on. And I started doing that just to say, well, are there any other 10-year periods where the market didn&#x27;t average 10%? And so that&#x27;s what started off this whole series of research into this path. And so, Mike, in this world, I guess, it&#x27;s easy to basically arrive at conclusions you want people to get if you manipulate the data or pick different entry and exit points, correct?</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Oh, certainly. I mean, there&#x27;s a reason that all these charts show the stock market from 1926, for example. You know, if you do – you know, one of the things I learned when you look at 1900 to 1909, that 10-year span, 1910 to 1919, you know, that 10-year span. And if you look at decade by decade by decade, and there&#x27;s 11 decades represented there, there are only four decades in which the market actually averages 10% per year or better. The other seven, it was significantly less than 10%, oftentimes 5% or less. That&#x27;s often ignored then when people are talking about or trying to sell different financial products, trying to use the past performance, where you can&#x27;t promise people any future returns based on past performance in the risk world, correct?</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> Of course. And here&#x27;s a couple of interesting statistics on the score that you might find interesting and that all of you listening might find interesting. Do you know the last 20 years? Do you know what the market has averaged? The S&amp;P 500, what it&#x27;s averaged the last 20 years? And remember, the first 10 years were the 90s, so it did extremely well. Last 10 years, not so good. But do you know what the market has averaged? Rate of return the last 20 years. What&#x27;s that, Mike? 5.51%. And one might say, wow, it&#x27;s just this past 10 years it&#x27;s caused that. Hey, not so fast. I actually went back and looked and figured out, okay, how did the market do the last 100 years then? I mean, that&#x27;s enough time. I mean, if 10 years isn&#x27;t enough time, clearly 100 years is enough time. You know, certainly over the last 100 years, the market should have averaged 10% per year.</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> Well, 100 years ago, December 31, 1910, the Dow Jones was at 81.41. At the end of December 2010, it was 11,774. And you think, wow, that had to be a great rate of return. Well, over 100 years, it actually worked out to 5.08%. The last 20 years really haven&#x27;t been that different from the last 100. Well, Mike, that&#x27;s a true definition of a half-truth then, because the market folks that are trying to get people to go into markets say 10%, so it&#x27;s around 5%, so it&#x27;s a half-truth. Yeah, in all, you know, let&#x27;s make sure we&#x27;re talking fair and balanced here, if you will. Remember that these numbers I&#x27;m sharing do not include dividends. But even if you include some dividends in there, you&#x27;re still far short of the 10% average.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> The reality is that markets only average 10% or better in bull markets, you know, during bull market periods, 80s, 90s. That is not the norm. And people who count on that find themselves in a real, real world of hurt. Now, people counting on that, and I&#x27;ve heard a lot of folks that invest in, like, blue-chip stocks that pay dividends, and they are counting on the dividends and are also counting on the stock accelerating in value or at least keeping the value it has. Now, Mike, you&#x27;ve done some research on that as well. Yeah, this is the one that I find particularly troubling because, you know, there are people out there in the financial world, and they&#x27;re what I call, Pete, the lazy financial salesperson. The lazy financial salesperson is the person who, they don&#x27;t really do their research.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> They&#x27;re just telling people what sounds good to get a sale, right? And they&#x27;re not real concerned with whether what they&#x27;re telling them is accurate or not. And one of the big lies out there is that blue-chip stocks represent a safer, more conservative path to hold stocks. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s out there. Everybody thinks, oh, blue-chip stocks, it&#x27;s reassuring, it&#x27;s comfortable, it makes me feel good. But if you actually do the research, they&#x27;re no safer than any other stock out there. In fact, there was kind of this interesting article, if you will, out of CNBC, where they actually recommended 14 blue-chip stocks to hold as a core holding for your portfolio.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Core holdings are designed to help prevent, you know, these big market drops and offer some measure of safety and pay you some dividends along the way. And I looked at those companies and I said, well, okay, they&#x27;re supposed to be blue-chip. They&#x27;re supposed to be safer when markets are bad. I wonder, how did they do during 2008? And, you know, five of them, the first five that they listed were Abbott Labs, Boeing, JPMorgan, Raytheon, and Verizon. I mean, these are all companies that we&#x27;ve all heard of. But, you know, in 2008, every single one of those companies lost at least half their value. Boeing lost 70%. JPMorgan lost 70%. I mean, we&#x27;re talking what are supposed to be safer companies, and they&#x27;re losing 70% of their value.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> How in the world is that any safer than any other stock out there? So, again, that&#x27;s another one of the myths that&#x27;s out there. But, Mike, the person listening right now who&#x27;s looking for some guarantees, some contractual guarantees, because they want safety, they want security, and they want income for life, especially with money they have put aside for retirement savings. What are they to do, Mike? Well, quite frankly, what they should be doing is looking at something that historically used to be used a lot, and then people kind of got away from it in the 80s and 90s when the markets were going so well. But people should be paying attention, Pete, to annuities. And let&#x27;s be honest. Today&#x27;s annuity is nothing like your father&#x27;s annuity.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> You know, remember those Oldsmobile commercials? Today&#x27;s Oldsmobile is not like your father&#x27;s? Yep. Today&#x27;s annuities are very different. A lot of the disadvantages that yesterday&#x27;s annuities had have been addressed and cleaned up. And I would tell people that if you&#x27;re looking for a secure and contractually guaranteed income during your retirement years, you want to be secure, safe, comfortable, and have a sustainable income no matter what the market does, you need to be checking out annuities. If you&#x27;re not looking at what&#x27;s going on with annuities today, you&#x27;re completely missing the boat. But these things are, some of them are really pretty exciting for what they can do and some of the guarantees that they can provide. Mike, with over 1,600 annuities, however, how do people figure out which ones are the dependable ones,</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> the ones that really are going to do what they say and be there when they need them? Well, obviously, you know, this is an area that both you and I operate in. You don&#x27;t want to go and talk to somebody that represents a single insurance company because their hands are going to be tied. They can&#x27;t offer you the best deal. And you don&#x27;t want to talk to a stockbroker that works at any of the brokerage firms because, of course, they don&#x27;t really – they&#x27;re not really involved in these things. What you want to do is you want to talk to an independent financial advisor who can objectively evaluate, compare, contrast all these companies against each other so that they can help you select the one, the two, the three that happen to be a best fit for your circumstances.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> You&#x27;re right. There are hundreds, if not thousands, of different types of annuities out there. And obviously, it&#x27;s a bit of a chore to filter through all those to figure out what is ideal. But, you know, financial advisors, independent financial advisors do have the tools to help run those filters. Folks, if you want to find out more about those annuities Mike talks about, just to get maybe a little bit of safety, security, and that lifetime retirement paycheck, that&#x27;s why we work for it and that&#x27;s why we save for it, give a call right now at 800-661-7383. Of course, we&#x27;ve been talking to Mike Reese. He&#x27;s a TV star. He&#x27;s a host of his own show, The Mike Reese Show, and that&#x27;s in Traverse City, Michigan, in the Michigan area. He also has a radio show. He&#x27;s a certified financial planner, amongst a lot of other designations.</p><p><strong>11:04</strong> Mike, I really appreciate you taking your time out today to speak with us on The Financial Safari. You know, I thank you very much for inviting me to come visit. I always enjoy it, and if I&#x27;m not mistaken, we&#x27;ll be bumping into each other here in the next couple weeks, right? I&#x27;ll be seeing you in a few weeks, Mike. Take care now. Thanks a lot. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Mike Reese joins Coach Pete to examine financial myths and the difference between average market returns and an investor’s actual experience. This September 2011 interview also discusses planning for retirement income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Reese</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Reese, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9/image.jpg?t=1792073076&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-reese-financial-myths-and-retirement-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9/image.jpg?t=1792073076&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>687</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6036c34e-dadf-46c1-8aad-b4e2010f13d9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11033510" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-reese-financial-myths-and-retirement-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>229</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Myths and Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:28" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Global Financial: Understanding 401(k) Fees and Transparency</title>
      <itunes:title>Global Financial: Understanding 401(k) Fees and Transparency</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Guests from Global Financial join Coach Pete to discuss 401(k) fees, investment transparency, and employee education. Recorded in September 2011, the conversation examines the disclosure changes being discussed at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, it&#x27;s your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world out there. But what I like to do is search out some experts in the financial world. And today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have with us, we&#x27;ve got Jeff Frazier, who&#x27;s Director of Financial Planning for Global Financial. And we also have Chris Sleit. He&#x27;s Managing Director of Financial Planning at Global Financial. And Global Financial, folks, is a registered investment advisor with the SEC. They&#x27;ve got almost $1.5 billion under their management. Guys, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. Thanks for having me. Thanks, Coach Pete. Glad to be here. You know, the reason why I wanted you guys to come on, and I know you specialize in looking at the financial planning aspects, but one of the main causes of confusion out there, and it&#x27;s causing people not to save like they should,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and I call it the 401K confusion aspect. There&#x27;s a lot of 401Ks out there, and people don&#x27;t really know what they have, do they, guys? No, they really don&#x27;t, Pete. You know, there&#x27;s about $4 trillion estimated out there with 72 million participants. And a recent survey out there, I think it was AARP survey, said that of those 72 million participants, about 68% of them really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on in their plan. That&#x27;s a lot of people. That&#x27;s a whole lot of people. And now, Jeff, about a week or so ago, you just got back from a gigantic financial planning conference centering around 401Ks, correct? Yeah, I did. The big national event they called is Plan Advisor National Convention, P-A-N-C, which is just held in Orlando, Florida. And basically everybody&#x27;s there.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> The key people are there in the industry. The strongest ERISA attorneys, which are attorneys that deal specifically in this area. The plan sponsors were there, which are primarily, you know, the largest insurance companies or companies who are offering, you know, these types of solutions. And then also, which I&#x27;ve got some pretty neat comments to share with you, the Department of Labor was there. And the number two person there, his name&#x27;s Michael Davis. He&#x27;s number two at the Employee Benefit Administration with the DOL, as they call it. So some pretty interesting comments came out of that. But, yeah, they call it P-A-N-C. But I tell you, Pete, I walked away from it, and the first thing that came into my head is I probably should add an I in there and call it panic because that was the feeling of what&#x27;s going on in light of this new regulation.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And, Jeff, what was the panic about? And more importantly, who was panicked about it? Well, the panic&#x27;s about basically two things. We&#x27;ve got Department of Labor has been struggling for about the past 10 years, they said, to get regulation put in force where employers and employees are now going to have to receive what&#x27;s called full disclosure on all the fees that they&#x27;ve been paying on their investments over the years. Now, to you and I, that might seem something we&#x27;ve always done, you know, since we&#x27;ve been in business. But this industry has been a little bit different to where those fees have not been required to be disclosed. So they finally got the regulation put forth after a few delays.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And as of April of next year, or if it&#x27;s a new plan as of November of this year, all these employees are now going to start seeing their fees that they&#x27;re paying on their underlying investments in their 401K. Now, what do you tell the person who gets their statement out right now after hearing the show and they see maybe a couple bucks as a fee on their 401K statement, and they say, well, these guys don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about. I&#x27;m not paying much in fees on my 401K. Are they looking in the right place or do they even have the place to look? Yeah, no, the thing is there&#x27;s a 60 minutes you can look at. There&#x27;s Bloomberg. And there&#x27;s up to 17 fees that traditionally have not been disclosed. They&#x27;re called undisclosed fees. That potentially will show up now on the employee statements.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> They have not seen these fees before. So, you know, but along those lines, the reason why it&#x27;s taken so long to get this regulation moving forward, as it was supposed to go into effect July of this year, and now they&#x27;ve moved it twice already now until next year of April, which it will go into effect, or like I said, November for new plans. It&#x27;s a pretty big – it&#x27;s obviously a very big deal. And if, for example, the AARP says those 72 million people, those 72 million people that are participating in 401K plans don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re paying any fees, and now they get a statement that shows potentially up to 17 different fees that could be on there, that&#x27;s not a good situation.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And the Department of Labor is very concerned about it. Therefore, that&#x27;s why they continue to defer when, you know, this reporting was required, and pushed it back, you know, to April, because it&#x27;s – people are going to be surprised when they see this, and they&#x27;re going to ask questions. And, you know, who are they going to ask questions of? Well, you know, they&#x27;re going to start with who sponsors the plan. Well, who sponsored the plan is normally the employer. And, you know, you&#x27;re an employer, and us as an employer, I mean, the last thing you want is a situation like that. So it&#x27;s a big issue. It&#x27;s a $4 trillion market that&#x27;s being turned upside down. You know, Pete, the other thing that I think the Department of Labor is feeling very concerned about is that 72 million families that feel that they&#x27;re going to be prepared for retirement</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> that are being undisclosed gouged these fees inside these plans. And the concern is they may not be prepared to retire when you look at how these fees affect their retirement, 401K, over 20 or 30 years of employment. Yeah, the other thing I&#x27;d say to Pete on the Department of Labor, they were very well-spoken, very well-represented last week, Michael Davis. So you really ask why. Why are they doing all this? A couple comments that came out of there which I think are going to benefit, you know, the American public are, number one, he said that the Department of Labor is more active on this issue than they&#x27;ve been in decades. And, of course, that leads you to the question of why. You know, why is the DOL so active on this? Well, obviously, it&#x27;s because of this disclosure issue and what&#x27;s going on.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But he basically said that what really brought it to the forefront, because they&#x27;ve been trying to do this for 10 years, but what finally got it going was 2008. And the losses that people took inside of their 401K plans, some of them losing 40%, 50%, 60% or more of their account values that they&#x27;ve worked for decades, that was difficult. Secondly, he said you couple that with the current budgetary issues that we have in the country right now, is why this thing has come to the forefront. So the main theme that the Department of Labor, the main takeaway we saw from the meeting at the National Convention last week was, number one, besides fee disclosure, the next most important thing they want, and they&#x27;ve actually come up with regulation around it, it&#x27;s called Section 404C,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> is they are going to require that these employees be educated. They want them to have the financial education, not just look at their investment lineup, pick the highest performing fund last year and let it rip, because that&#x27;s what happened in 2008, and we all know that that didn&#x27;t go in a good direction. So they&#x27;re actually requiring and they&#x27;re putting forth legislation to hold the employer responsible to educate these employees if they&#x27;re going to have a 401K plan. The other thing they&#x27;re moving forward, which we found quite interesting, is they want these employees to be educated on lifetime income options. They&#x27;re talking about on the 401K statement actually putting the number on there to make some projections,</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> and he said it&#x27;s in the works right now. But say, for example, you had, you know, $50,000 in your 401K plan balance. Well, then right next to that number is going to be a number that might show you, based on your retirement age, what your guaranteed monthly income would be, you know, on that 401K plan, you know, on your $50,000. And the reason why they&#x27;re wanting to do that is because it&#x27;s going to bring attention towards savings. Because you and I both know that when we meet with clients, especially when we&#x27;re talking about their 401Ks, number one, they don&#x27;t know anything about them. But number two, the question always comes up, is that enough money? Do I have enough money? Well, if they see $50,000 or $100,000, the plan balance,</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> you kind of might put it in the drawer and kind of move on. Well, what if next to that $50,000, it said, you know, that&#x27;s going to pay you $281 a month? Yeah. Well, then you would immediately get into your head that, wow, that&#x27;s maybe not enough for me to live on. I better start saving some more money. So there&#x27;s a big initiative right now to put that monthly number. They also talked about utilizing annuities as a guaranteed option for 401K plan participants. So I think you&#x27;re going to see a lot of continued discussion around income, you know, and helping people get educated on, you know, what they need in terms of income at retirement and get them focused on saving towards that number.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Yeah. Now, Chris, if someone has a 401K right now, they&#x27;re retiring. What are the steps they need to take to make sure they have that guaranteed lifetime income that Jeff&#x27;s talking about? Put aside. Well, I think, you know, Pete, this goes into the major disconnection that we see. When somebody is earning a paycheck every week, they probably expect their advisor or their 401K plan to maybe accumulate at any cost. But once they give up that paycheck and they take that leap of faith into retirement, that bucket of money that&#x27;s been saved and accumulated and gone up and down for decades, now is their lifeblood. It now has to be nurtured. It has to be looked after. And it has to be thought on, not at growth at any cost, but it has to be thought on is, how can I replace the paycheck that I&#x27;ve relied on for decades?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> How can that be replaced and guaranteed as much as possible in my 401K retirement plan? And, Pete, that&#x27;s why when we find employees that are one to three years away from retirement, that&#x27;s the time for us to sit down and start getting them to think about the natural transition and the preservation of principle and income-driven investing. That&#x27;s when we start talking about some of the benefits that these fixed, guaranteed income products that really become the pension inside their retirement plan can start helping and benefit. And that&#x27;s where the Department of Labor is finding the hybrid fixed annuity so appealing. Yeah, well, I mean, it makes a lot of sense. But unfortunately, out there in the financial world, you&#x27;ve got many guys and gals who concentrate in just one area of the financial world.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> And who&#x27;s really getting cheated if your advisor doesn&#x27;t offer safety, Chris? You know, let&#x27;s face it. Our clients are getting cheated, Pete. And I think the bummer is, you know, we all care so much in our industry, but I also think there&#x27;s a level of professional arrogance. And I really see that on the retail side of our industry, of not having the courtesy to that client of saying, it&#x27;s time for me to disconnect from you, hand you off to Chris, Jeff, and Pete, so they can respect and nurture that retirement plan because they specialize in that. And now I&#x27;m going to go back and find the next 25-year-old couple and help them for the next 30 years. I&#x27;m finding that it&#x27;s the retiree&#x27;s responsibility to look at his investments as a business responsibility</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> and to take the bulls by the horn and the time to realize I&#x27;ve got to change the way I look and think about my investment. And I may already be looking and thinking differently about it, but have I made the move to change the specialist who&#x27;s managing my portfolio to now start thinking and looking at it the way I am as a retiree? And that&#x27;s focusing on preservation, focusing on driving income, and making sure that they&#x27;re prepared for this next phase of their life. Absolutely. And folks, if you&#x27;re looking to reduce risk, cut costs, invest smarter, and get guaranteed lifetime income with some of that money, give us a call right now. Let&#x27;s sit down. Let&#x27;s have a conversation. Let&#x27;s go through a complete financial planning process, not involving products, but involving strategy first.</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jeff Frazier and Chris Slight. They are both lead financial planners with Global Financial, of course a money manager with almost $1.5 billion in institutional money under management. Guys, any final words you want to add? Pete, last thing I would just say is that the other thing that back to this why panic, the Department of Labor, after these rules go into effect here starting as early as November of this year, basically are saying to the employers, if you do not do this stuff, meaning if you do not educate your employees under Section 404C, if you do not fully disclose the way that we want the fee to be disclosed to the employees,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> we can hold the plan sponsor, which is the employer, personally liable. Now, that&#x27;s pretty epic in our industry because normally you cannot pierce the corporate veil, and in this case you can. The other thing I would say is we need to be aware of that. I&#x27;ve got a couple quick solutions on how to take a look at that for you, but that&#x27;s critical. Why be aware of it? Well, this is big money. Lawyers are generally around big money, and the lawsuits that have already been filed and settled are very, very large with some of the name brand companies that we all know. So this is a big deal around big money with big liability. What do you do? Well, get it analyzed. Go out and get your current plan analyzed.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> Now, we have over 235 advisors in what&#x27;s called xraymy401k.com network. You can go on that site. You can request a cost and a liability analysis for you. Obviously, Pete, call into your office. The bottom line is get your current plan analyzed. You&#x27;re providing that service. There is no cost to do that, so we can calculate what these fees are that are going to show up on the employee&#x27;s statement. Number one, disclose and undisclosed fees. More importantly, do you have any liability in your current plan to where potentially you could be held, that you could be sued personally for things that go wrong in the 401k plan. So get a handle on that and get that analyzed.</p><p><strong>15:01</strong> And if folks cut costs, that&#x27;s more money that&#x27;s in the plan for the person who put the money in the plan, correct? Hey, we find that employees want to be active. They just need to be supported and need to have a plan that suits today&#x27;s employee. And I think that&#x27;s what the Department of Labor is shooting for. Or educate me, be honest with me and transparent about my fees, and start helping me prepare for what a proper retirement should look like. That&#x27;s what they need us for, Pete. So, folks, if you&#x27;re looking for that free legal 401k analysis, the folks at Global can do that for you. If you&#x27;re a company owner, you need to protect yourself. Sort of like in the middle of the summertime, you spray yourself with off. This is off to keep the attorneys away, isn&#x27;t it, guys? Love it. And I would drive them to xraymy401k.com, and from there we can assist them.</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> And like I said, I think it&#x27;s every business owner&#x27;s responsibility to make sure not only they and their family are protected, but they&#x27;re really adding the most value to their employees. And you&#x27;ll also get a free cost comparison to see if maybe there will be some better, more cost-efficient ways to have you save. Folks, xraymy401k.com or give us a call here at 800-661-7383. Guys, I want to revisit with you guys in November to see what&#x27;s going on with the current legislation there. That sounds good, because every day, every week, and every month, the clock is ticking closer to the regulation time bomb. And I&#x27;m going to get up on my soapbox here, and you&#x27;re going to hear more and more about this each and every show, folks. This is very valuable information, and 401k is the place that most people are trying to save for retirement.</p><p><strong>16:36</strong> It&#x27;s not fair that up to 17 different fees can come out of what you&#x27;re trying to put away. It&#x27;s basically taking food out of your family&#x27;s mouth, when other people are taking unnecessary fees out, isn&#x27;t it, guys? It sure is. And I&#x27;ll tell you, that old-school way is dead. Everybody deserves transparency and deserves as efficient investment as possible for them. I really appreciate your time. Thanks for having us, Pete. We&#x27;re grateful for being here. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Guests from Global Financial join Coach Pete to discuss 401(k) fees, investment transparency, and employee education. Recorded in September 2011, the conversation examines the disclosure changes being discussed at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks, to the Financial Safari. Of course, it&#x27;s your weekly show looking inside the complex financial world out there. But what I like to do is search out some experts in the financial world. And today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to have with us, we&#x27;ve got Jeff Frazier, who&#x27;s Director of Financial Planning for Global Financial. And we also have Chris Sleit. He&#x27;s Managing Director of Financial Planning at Global Financial. And Global Financial, folks, is a registered investment advisor with the SEC. They&#x27;ve got almost $1.5 billion under their management. Guys, welcome in. Thanks, Pete. Thanks for having me. Thanks, Coach Pete. Glad to be here. You know, the reason why I wanted you guys to come on, and I know you specialize in looking at the financial planning aspects, but one of the main causes of confusion out there, and it&#x27;s causing people not to save like they should,</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and I call it the 401K confusion aspect. There&#x27;s a lot of 401Ks out there, and people don&#x27;t really know what they have, do they, guys? No, they really don&#x27;t, Pete. You know, there&#x27;s about $4 trillion estimated out there with 72 million participants. And a recent survey out there, I think it was AARP survey, said that of those 72 million participants, about 68% of them really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on in their plan. That&#x27;s a lot of people. That&#x27;s a whole lot of people. And now, Jeff, about a week or so ago, you just got back from a gigantic financial planning conference centering around 401Ks, correct? Yeah, I did. The big national event they called is Plan Advisor National Convention, P-A-N-C, which is just held in Orlando, Florida. And basically everybody&#x27;s there.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> The key people are there in the industry. The strongest ERISA attorneys, which are attorneys that deal specifically in this area. The plan sponsors were there, which are primarily, you know, the largest insurance companies or companies who are offering, you know, these types of solutions. And then also, which I&#x27;ve got some pretty neat comments to share with you, the Department of Labor was there. And the number two person there, his name&#x27;s Michael Davis. He&#x27;s number two at the Employee Benefit Administration with the DOL, as they call it. So some pretty interesting comments came out of that. But, yeah, they call it P-A-N-C. But I tell you, Pete, I walked away from it, and the first thing that came into my head is I probably should add an I in there and call it panic because that was the feeling of what&#x27;s going on in light of this new regulation.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And, Jeff, what was the panic about? And more importantly, who was panicked about it? Well, the panic&#x27;s about basically two things. We&#x27;ve got Department of Labor has been struggling for about the past 10 years, they said, to get regulation put in force where employers and employees are now going to have to receive what&#x27;s called full disclosure on all the fees that they&#x27;ve been paying on their investments over the years. Now, to you and I, that might seem something we&#x27;ve always done, you know, since we&#x27;ve been in business. But this industry has been a little bit different to where those fees have not been required to be disclosed. So they finally got the regulation put forth after a few delays.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And as of April of next year, or if it&#x27;s a new plan as of November of this year, all these employees are now going to start seeing their fees that they&#x27;re paying on their underlying investments in their 401K. Now, what do you tell the person who gets their statement out right now after hearing the show and they see maybe a couple bucks as a fee on their 401K statement, and they say, well, these guys don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re talking about. I&#x27;m not paying much in fees on my 401K. Are they looking in the right place or do they even have the place to look? Yeah, no, the thing is there&#x27;s a 60 minutes you can look at. There&#x27;s Bloomberg. And there&#x27;s up to 17 fees that traditionally have not been disclosed. They&#x27;re called undisclosed fees. That potentially will show up now on the employee statements.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> They have not seen these fees before. So, you know, but along those lines, the reason why it&#x27;s taken so long to get this regulation moving forward, as it was supposed to go into effect July of this year, and now they&#x27;ve moved it twice already now until next year of April, which it will go into effect, or like I said, November for new plans. It&#x27;s a pretty big – it&#x27;s obviously a very big deal. And if, for example, the AARP says those 72 million people, those 72 million people that are participating in 401K plans don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re paying any fees, and now they get a statement that shows potentially up to 17 different fees that could be on there, that&#x27;s not a good situation.</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> And the Department of Labor is very concerned about it. Therefore, that&#x27;s why they continue to defer when, you know, this reporting was required, and pushed it back, you know, to April, because it&#x27;s – people are going to be surprised when they see this, and they&#x27;re going to ask questions. And, you know, who are they going to ask questions of? Well, you know, they&#x27;re going to start with who sponsors the plan. Well, who sponsored the plan is normally the employer. And, you know, you&#x27;re an employer, and us as an employer, I mean, the last thing you want is a situation like that. So it&#x27;s a big issue. It&#x27;s a $4 trillion market that&#x27;s being turned upside down. You know, Pete, the other thing that I think the Department of Labor is feeling very concerned about is that 72 million families that feel that they&#x27;re going to be prepared for retirement</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> that are being undisclosed gouged these fees inside these plans. And the concern is they may not be prepared to retire when you look at how these fees affect their retirement, 401K, over 20 or 30 years of employment. Yeah, the other thing I&#x27;d say to Pete on the Department of Labor, they were very well-spoken, very well-represented last week, Michael Davis. So you really ask why. Why are they doing all this? A couple comments that came out of there which I think are going to benefit, you know, the American public are, number one, he said that the Department of Labor is more active on this issue than they&#x27;ve been in decades. And, of course, that leads you to the question of why. You know, why is the DOL so active on this? Well, obviously, it&#x27;s because of this disclosure issue and what&#x27;s going on.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> But he basically said that what really brought it to the forefront, because they&#x27;ve been trying to do this for 10 years, but what finally got it going was 2008. And the losses that people took inside of their 401K plans, some of them losing 40%, 50%, 60% or more of their account values that they&#x27;ve worked for decades, that was difficult. Secondly, he said you couple that with the current budgetary issues that we have in the country right now, is why this thing has come to the forefront. So the main theme that the Department of Labor, the main takeaway we saw from the meeting at the National Convention last week was, number one, besides fee disclosure, the next most important thing they want, and they&#x27;ve actually come up with regulation around it, it&#x27;s called Section 404C,</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> is they are going to require that these employees be educated. They want them to have the financial education, not just look at their investment lineup, pick the highest performing fund last year and let it rip, because that&#x27;s what happened in 2008, and we all know that that didn&#x27;t go in a good direction. So they&#x27;re actually requiring and they&#x27;re putting forth legislation to hold the employer responsible to educate these employees if they&#x27;re going to have a 401K plan. The other thing they&#x27;re moving forward, which we found quite interesting, is they want these employees to be educated on lifetime income options. They&#x27;re talking about on the 401K statement actually putting the number on there to make some projections,</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> and he said it&#x27;s in the works right now. But say, for example, you had, you know, $50,000 in your 401K plan balance. Well, then right next to that number is going to be a number that might show you, based on your retirement age, what your guaranteed monthly income would be, you know, on that 401K plan, you know, on your $50,000. And the reason why they&#x27;re wanting to do that is because it&#x27;s going to bring attention towards savings. Because you and I both know that when we meet with clients, especially when we&#x27;re talking about their 401Ks, number one, they don&#x27;t know anything about them. But number two, the question always comes up, is that enough money? Do I have enough money? Well, if they see $50,000 or $100,000, the plan balance,</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> you kind of might put it in the drawer and kind of move on. Well, what if next to that $50,000, it said, you know, that&#x27;s going to pay you $281 a month? Yeah. Well, then you would immediately get into your head that, wow, that&#x27;s maybe not enough for me to live on. I better start saving some more money. So there&#x27;s a big initiative right now to put that monthly number. They also talked about utilizing annuities as a guaranteed option for 401K plan participants. So I think you&#x27;re going to see a lot of continued discussion around income, you know, and helping people get educated on, you know, what they need in terms of income at retirement and get them focused on saving towards that number.</p><p><strong>09:30</strong> Yeah. Now, Chris, if someone has a 401K right now, they&#x27;re retiring. What are the steps they need to take to make sure they have that guaranteed lifetime income that Jeff&#x27;s talking about? Put aside. Well, I think, you know, Pete, this goes into the major disconnection that we see. When somebody is earning a paycheck every week, they probably expect their advisor or their 401K plan to maybe accumulate at any cost. But once they give up that paycheck and they take that leap of faith into retirement, that bucket of money that&#x27;s been saved and accumulated and gone up and down for decades, now is their lifeblood. It now has to be nurtured. It has to be looked after. And it has to be thought on, not at growth at any cost, but it has to be thought on is, how can I replace the paycheck that I&#x27;ve relied on for decades?</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> How can that be replaced and guaranteed as much as possible in my 401K retirement plan? And, Pete, that&#x27;s why when we find employees that are one to three years away from retirement, that&#x27;s the time for us to sit down and start getting them to think about the natural transition and the preservation of principle and income-driven investing. That&#x27;s when we start talking about some of the benefits that these fixed, guaranteed income products that really become the pension inside their retirement plan can start helping and benefit. And that&#x27;s where the Department of Labor is finding the hybrid fixed annuity so appealing. Yeah, well, I mean, it makes a lot of sense. But unfortunately, out there in the financial world, you&#x27;ve got many guys and gals who concentrate in just one area of the financial world.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> And who&#x27;s really getting cheated if your advisor doesn&#x27;t offer safety, Chris? You know, let&#x27;s face it. Our clients are getting cheated, Pete. And I think the bummer is, you know, we all care so much in our industry, but I also think there&#x27;s a level of professional arrogance. And I really see that on the retail side of our industry, of not having the courtesy to that client of saying, it&#x27;s time for me to disconnect from you, hand you off to Chris, Jeff, and Pete, so they can respect and nurture that retirement plan because they specialize in that. And now I&#x27;m going to go back and find the next 25-year-old couple and help them for the next 30 years. I&#x27;m finding that it&#x27;s the retiree&#x27;s responsibility to look at his investments as a business responsibility</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> and to take the bulls by the horn and the time to realize I&#x27;ve got to change the way I look and think about my investment. And I may already be looking and thinking differently about it, but have I made the move to change the specialist who&#x27;s managing my portfolio to now start thinking and looking at it the way I am as a retiree? And that&#x27;s focusing on preservation, focusing on driving income, and making sure that they&#x27;re prepared for this next phase of their life. Absolutely. And folks, if you&#x27;re looking to reduce risk, cut costs, invest smarter, and get guaranteed lifetime income with some of that money, give us a call right now. Let&#x27;s sit down. Let&#x27;s have a conversation. Let&#x27;s go through a complete financial planning process, not involving products, but involving strategy first.</p><p><strong>12:41</strong> The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Jeff Frazier and Chris Slight. They are both lead financial planners with Global Financial, of course a money manager with almost $1.5 billion in institutional money under management. Guys, any final words you want to add? Pete, last thing I would just say is that the other thing that back to this why panic, the Department of Labor, after these rules go into effect here starting as early as November of this year, basically are saying to the employers, if you do not do this stuff, meaning if you do not educate your employees under Section 404C, if you do not fully disclose the way that we want the fee to be disclosed to the employees,</p><p><strong>13:29</strong> we can hold the plan sponsor, which is the employer, personally liable. Now, that&#x27;s pretty epic in our industry because normally you cannot pierce the corporate veil, and in this case you can. The other thing I would say is we need to be aware of that. I&#x27;ve got a couple quick solutions on how to take a look at that for you, but that&#x27;s critical. Why be aware of it? Well, this is big money. Lawyers are generally around big money, and the lawsuits that have already been filed and settled are very, very large with some of the name brand companies that we all know. So this is a big deal around big money with big liability. What do you do? Well, get it analyzed. Go out and get your current plan analyzed.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> Now, we have over 235 advisors in what&#x27;s called xraymy401k.com network. You can go on that site. You can request a cost and a liability analysis for you. Obviously, Pete, call into your office. The bottom line is get your current plan analyzed. You&#x27;re providing that service. There is no cost to do that, so we can calculate what these fees are that are going to show up on the employee&#x27;s statement. Number one, disclose and undisclosed fees. More importantly, do you have any liability in your current plan to where potentially you could be held, that you could be sued personally for things that go wrong in the 401k plan. So get a handle on that and get that analyzed.</p><p><strong>15:01</strong> And if folks cut costs, that&#x27;s more money that&#x27;s in the plan for the person who put the money in the plan, correct? Hey, we find that employees want to be active. They just need to be supported and need to have a plan that suits today&#x27;s employee. And I think that&#x27;s what the Department of Labor is shooting for. Or educate me, be honest with me and transparent about my fees, and start helping me prepare for what a proper retirement should look like. That&#x27;s what they need us for, Pete. So, folks, if you&#x27;re looking for that free legal 401k analysis, the folks at Global can do that for you. If you&#x27;re a company owner, you need to protect yourself. Sort of like in the middle of the summertime, you spray yourself with off. This is off to keep the attorneys away, isn&#x27;t it, guys? Love it. And I would drive them to xraymy401k.com, and from there we can assist them.</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> And like I said, I think it&#x27;s every business owner&#x27;s responsibility to make sure not only they and their family are protected, but they&#x27;re really adding the most value to their employees. And you&#x27;ll also get a free cost comparison to see if maybe there will be some better, more cost-efficient ways to have you save. Folks, xraymy401k.com or give us a call here at 800-661-7383. Guys, I want to revisit with you guys in November to see what&#x27;s going on with the current legislation there. That sounds good, because every day, every week, and every month, the clock is ticking closer to the regulation time bomb. And I&#x27;m going to get up on my soapbox here, and you&#x27;re going to hear more and more about this each and every show, folks. This is very valuable information, and 401k is the place that most people are trying to save for retirement.</p><p><strong>16:36</strong> It&#x27;s not fair that up to 17 different fees can come out of what you&#x27;re trying to put away. It&#x27;s basically taking food out of your family&#x27;s mouth, when other people are taking unnecessary fees out, isn&#x27;t it, guys? It sure is. And I&#x27;ll tell you, that old-school way is dead. Everybody deserves transparency and deserves as efficient investment as possible for them. I really appreciate your time. Thanks for having us, Pete. We&#x27;re grateful for being here. And, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Guests from Global Financial join Coach Pete to discuss 401(k) fees, investment transparency, and employee education. Recorded in September 2011, the conversation examines the disclosure changes being discussed at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Global Financial</category>
      <category>401(k) plans</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>investment fees</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Global Financial, 401(k) plans, investing, investment fees</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb/image.jpg?t=1792073083&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/global-financial-understanding-401-k-fees-and-transparency/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb/image.jpg?t=1792073083&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 17 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1022</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ec114bea-ca7c-4b23-aea0-b4e2010eb6cb/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="16387259" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/global-financial-understanding-401-k-fees-and-transparency</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>230</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding 401(k) Fees and Transparency" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:43" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:13" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Josh Mellberg: Understanding Annuities and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Josh Mellberg: Understanding Annuities and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Josh Mellberg joins Coach Pete for a September 2011 conversation about annuities and retirement income. They discuss the differences among products, withdrawals during market downturns, and planning separate resources for income and emergencies.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national financial world trying to bring it a little more local. But like I like to do each and every week, I like to get a national expert on. And folks, maybe you&#x27;ve seen him on CNBC before. He&#x27;s been on before talking about the power of the annuity world. He&#x27;s also written several educational books on annuities. His name is Josh Melberg. He&#x27;s president of J.D. Melberg out of Arizona. You&#x27;re in Tucson, Arizona, aren&#x27;t you, Josh? I&#x27;m out of Tucson, Pete. How are you today? Tucson, Arizona. And he&#x27;s a top income planning specialist, folks, from across the nation. And I just wanted to get Josh&#x27;s perspective out there. I&#x27;m doing fine, Josh. Hope you are. I&#x27;m doing well. It&#x27;s finally cooling down out here. Oh, yeah. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the annuity world here. Now, the annuities are very confusing because there are so many of them out there and their opinions, both good and bad, on annuities,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Josh. But let&#x27;s try to educate the listener on what an annuity is and why it may be beneficial and then also why it might not be a good fit for some folks out there. Okay. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of information about annuities and the way they&#x27;re presented and what people actually say about them can be confusing and it could be very clear and simple to understand. So I think the primary purpose of an annuity is really designed to provide two main factors. It&#x27;s designed to provide safety and security. And the second benefit would be to provide income at some point. So a lot of the proposals that are being given out there or language is not based around that premise. They&#x27;re based about how much return can we get and how much growth and how much</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> tax advantages can we get. And the primary purpose of an annuity is to provide safety at some point. So if you think about the need out there today, a lot of people are gambling with their monies out in the stock market, meaning that the definition of gambling would be is if you depend on that money to provide income for you and you&#x27;re actually risking it in something that can lose principal. And I don&#x27;t really care if it&#x27;s stock funds, bond funds, gold, ETFs, REITs, whatever the case is, if it can lose principal and you depend on that money to live on, that would be a form of gambling with your retirement because that could threaten to change your lifestyle. However, it would not be a form of gambling is if there is a lifetime income stream, such as, you know, people today get know what they get for Social Security. But a lot of retirees or baby boomers approaching retirement do not have that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> predictable steady stream or pension like income for the rest of their life. Now, why do a lot of folks that are approaching retirement, Josh, why do they still have all their money in the risk world? There&#x27;s been a lot of return in the markets back in the 80s and the 90s, and it&#x27;s more of a belief system. And it takes a long time to reprogram that belief system. So, for example, if you ever hear commercials or you hear people talking about going to the casino, you pretty much hear the success stories. You hear how much money they made and, you know, they don&#x27;t talk so much about the losses. I mean, you definitely hear that people are, you know, betting the house and things of that nature. Well, they remember back in the 80s and the 90s when everything went up. And there&#x27;s this what we call a 10% idea in the</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> back of our mind or our belief system that, you know, you put your money in stocks and equities and you will make 10% a year on average. And that&#x27;s true if you have a 30-year time horizon to be in the market. It has not been true over the last 11 years. I mean, if you look at 11 years ago, the S&amp;P 500 is at 1,500. And now we&#x27;re sitting here approaching the 1100 range. So, here we are sitting 11 years later, we&#x27;ve had inflation and people still are gambling with their monies in the market because they believe that the market will go up. And it&#x27;s not a problem if you don&#x27;t need that money. You can sit and you can sit there and wait there for it. It is a problem if you depend on that and you need income off of that. And taking money out of accounts that go down</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and you&#x27;re selling a depreciated asset, that&#x27;s what we call reverse dollar cost averaging. It just erodes the capital even faster. So, as an effect, so many people today are deferring. They have to work more years. They&#x27;re spending less. They&#x27;re stressed out. Their health is being affected. They&#x27;re looking at seeing BC and watching, looking online. And they&#x27;re not spending with confidence. There&#x27;s a higher level of stress. And that&#x27;s not what retirement is supposed to be about. It&#x27;s supposed to be, you know, being confident retirement, meaning you&#x27;re spending with confidence. And you can&#x27;t spend with confidence in this market if you&#x27;re risking what you have. But, Josh, in these uncertain times we&#x27;re in now, I&#x27;m kind of baffled in a way because there are a lot of folks that are getting the negative story from the annuity world given to them by someone who doesn&#x27;t offer the proper annuity. So, they&#x27;re telling someone to avoid annuities at all costs,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> yet they keep the person&#x27;s money exposed to risk. Is that proper financial planning? And isn&#x27;t that a violation of fiduciary standards, not having a true income plan in place for a client that&#x27;s 55 and older? Pete, you said a couple things right there. One is, is annuities right for everybody? Absolutely not. That&#x27;s not the case. There&#x27;s no such thing as stocks are right for everybody, but it might be right for some people. And annuities may be right for some people. What is important is, in whatever you do, there is always going to be a need of a certain level of safety, and there&#x27;s going to be a need of predictable, stable income. So, the question is, how do you create that income plan? And it doesn&#x27;t really matter if you put enough money into CDs and the CDs to yield enough interest rates to give you the kind of income you need. That&#x27;s one solution. But it&#x27;s not a good solution to put your money in stock funds hoping that it grows and you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> losing money every time you sell a fund because you need that for income. So, the issue is more along the lines of who are you talking to and who you&#x27;re getting advice from. Pete, what&#x27;s interesting is that there&#x27;s about 1.3 million advisors or licensed professionals that can give some type of professional product or some type of advice out there today. However, the problem is, it&#x27;s about a three-day class to pass an exam and now you&#x27;re licensed to give that advice. So, there&#x27;s a lot of well-intended people out there that they call themselves financial planners. They call themselves CFPs or they call themselves financial brokers or counselors or whatever title they decide to give themselves. Yet, what they actually know is they are not required to actually go through a long</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> education process. And a lot of times, the investor knows more about investments than the professional does. So, if you go to a car dealership and you ask the salesperson to give you a nice conservative safe car for your family to drive well in the snow and wherever you&#x27;re driving and the salesperson come back to you with a nice red shiny Porsche, you&#x27;re going to be scratching your head wondering why you got that proposal. Well, you&#x27;re not going to be scratching your head when you look up and you say, wow, I&#x27;m walking out of a Porsche dealership. That makes sense. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m getting that kind of proposal. So, if you go to that dealership and you ask them for something that goes in the water and they give you a car, there&#x27;s a lot of times the quotes in the proposals that are out there are</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> given based because their view, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re consumed with and that&#x27;s what they think is right for everybody. So, there&#x27;s not a one-size-fits-all out there. And Josh, and you can maybe share a story or two with the listeners too, but what frustrates me is when I spend a lot of time analyzing someone&#x27;s current portfolio, usually they come in, they think they&#x27;re diversified, they&#x27;ve got one account with a broker, they&#x27;ve got stocks, bonds, and mutual funds, no real safe accounts and no income plan. So, then I design a three-basketing kind of strategy there where we&#x27;ve got money for income put aside, we&#x27;ve got money for emergencies in a different account, and then we&#x27;ve got the explorer account, the money that they can leave in risk in that third circle, so to speak, only to go back to the broker and the broker will talk them into staying where they are 100% at risk. And too many people are following that kind of</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> advice and not in the right place. Even if the market were to go up, Josh, they don&#x27;t have a safe income plan in place. So, when you start taking money out of the market, the money could run out in the future. Whereas, if you have a true income plan in place, and you can verify this if you want to talk about it, a true income plan gives you a check regardless of what happens in the future, regardless if your account runs out of money, you still get checks each and every year. That&#x27;s true income planning, isn&#x27;t it? True income planning has to do with the definition of diversification, like you said, because a lot of people think they&#x27;re diversified, and they&#x27;re diversified between bond funds, stock funds, international funds, gold funds, which all go up and go down. And that is diversification in the risk categories, but it&#x27;s not diversification in as far as for income planning. And that&#x27;s where</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> the disconnect is. So, to give you a couple years ago, I remember flying in a plane, and we hit some heavy turbulence, and the guy next to me was not wearing a seatbelt, and he hit his head because it popped him way up against the top of the roof in this commercial jet. And the airline pilot&#x27;s like, hey, not a problem. Everything&#x27;s okay. It&#x27;s just a little turbulence. And the airline pilot is used to those ups and downs in that commercial plane. And he thinks he&#x27;s conservative because he&#x27;s not in a jet fighter pilot in Iraq, or he&#x27;s not an acrobat pilot doing loops on some type of risky plane. In other words, in our world, if you talk to an advisor that specializes in mutual funds and stocks and bond funds and gold ETFs, their view is they&#x27;re not risky because they&#x27;re not options trading,</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> or they&#x27;re not leveraging borrowing money from the house to put money, so they think they&#x27;re more conservative. And so, I think a lot of the way you should look at things is you should, okay, you need to look at different views before you start making an income plan. And the true income plan is whatever you put your money into, no matter how long you live, will provide steady, predictable income no matter how that asset performs. Because right now, we just came through a series of, you know, we came from the tech bubble, market crash. We came from the housing bubble. What&#x27;s the next bubble? Maybe the bond bubble or the gold bubble could be the next bubble. So, we&#x27;re in a series of bubbles that are taking place right now. And people, when they&#x27;re betting with their money, what they&#x27;re doing is they&#x27;re betting that they&#x27;re going to be right. And income planning, we don&#x27;t want to bet they&#x27;re going to be right. We want to bet that we&#x27;re not going to be</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> wrong. And that&#x27;s a difference in philosophy. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Melberg, the president of J.D. Melberg Financial in Tucson, Arizona. Josh, I really want to get into this final aspect here. It&#x27;s income planning, because too many people are not taking the proper approach to their income, the money they need. And I talk about this almost each and every week on the radio, because I see way too many people who just are not in the right place. And they&#x27;re assuming that everything will be fine magically in the future, even though it&#x27;s not fine right now. But let me ask you, we see Wall Street trying to step up with their own versions of income planning. But is there any better way to create a certain income by utilizing the properly structured annuity laddering or retirement income annuities that you&#x27;ve seen out there? In other words, I mean, why are people trying to recreate</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> something that already exists out there and basically is a perfect fit? Well, I think there&#x27;s two things that are going on right now. I think that a lot of advisors and investors, when they look at money, the number one aspect of the way they view money is, how much return and how much growth can I get on that money? So what they do is, can I get 7% on my money? Can I get 8% of my money? And then after they figure out, okay, I think I found a place to get 8% of my money. Then the second question they ask for the second priority, Pete, is how safe is it? How secure is it? Are they going to be true to their promises? And then the last area they look at, okay, now that I think I&#x27;m going to get 8%, I hope I get 8% and I think it&#x27;s safe. Then they look at how much dividends does this pay?</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> How much income does it pay? And that&#x27;s the definition of an investment of an investment can go up and go down, but that&#x27;s how people look at investments in that view. Whereas when people look at an income plan, I&#x27;m going to give another plan as an income plan called a savings plan. When people look at a savings plan, the number one priority is safety. How can I make sure I get return of my money, not return on my money? So number one priority is safety. What would have to happen for me to lose this money? What kind of defaults in the government or things in that nature would have to happen for me to lose? And then the second priority in an income plan, or should I say a savings plan, is how do I maximize the income on my money? Think of it this way, Pete. You&#x27;ve been forced to put money into social security system all your life. Those</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> checks, the income you&#x27;ve been making, they take money out of your check every month through FICA, and you don&#x27;t have a choice. When you do get re-social security, you don&#x27;t think about how much growth my social security got. You don&#x27;t think about how much return can I cash this thing out. All you care about is when I turn 62, I&#x27;m getting $1,500 a month for social security. Or if I turn 66, I&#x27;m going to get $2,000 a month if I wait that long. And if you look at a savings or income plan, number one, safety. Number two is how do I maximize the income? The last factor is return. So if you go to a financial brokerage firm or advisor that specializes in stocks and specializes in growth and even though growth and everything hasn&#x27;t done so well, and you ask them,</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> is this a good investment? I would say as a registered investment advisor like yourself, probably an annuity is not a good investment for growth. It&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s a savings plan. And just like a boat is not good to drive around here in the middle of Tucson. It&#x27;s not good on land, but it&#x27;s good in the ocean. And so that&#x27;s one of the disconnects or misconceptions is whenever maybe a CPA says, oh gosh, I don&#x27;t know if this is the best growth material. I agree, it&#x27;s not good for growth, just like a CD is not for growth. But for income purposes, the answer is yes, it could be good for income. The second part to what you were talking about with regards to annuities, it&#x27;s also very important to know what kind of annuity you should go into or consider to look at because there are four distinct different types of annuities.</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> One is a lot like a lifetime income stream, kind of like a pension. It&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. Those are the traditional ones where like when your grandparents put in $100,000 and they got $8,000 for life of income, they lost control of that money, but they can&#x27;t outlive that $8,000 for life. The second one is kind of like a fixed rate of return, kind of like a CD. It&#x27;s not FDIC insured, but it&#x27;s called a fixed annuity. And you can always turn into a pension. You can always annuitize it down the road. But remember, Pete, if you annuitize, you lose control of that money. You can&#x27;t pull it back out. The third one is variables. Variable annuities are essentially invested directly into stocks and funds. And unfortunately, you can&#x27;t insure stock funds. And a lot of variable annuities are sold as if they&#x27;re safe and secure. And that&#x27;s kind of like the used car salesman coming up and</p><p><strong>14:56</strong> saying, I got something that&#x27;s safe. The first time I offered you a red, shiny, red convertible Porsche, this time I&#x27;m coming back with you with a blue, shiny Porsche. But this time it&#x27;s safe because I put some roll bars and I put some extra airbags. And I went ahead and threw a trailer on the back of this car because you can carry your cargo. And they call it a very safe vehicle because they put the roll bars and they put cargo trailer in the back of the Porsche. Yet it&#x27;s still in the market. And so essentially, a lot of advisors are offering variable annuities that are loaded up with fees. We&#x27;ve seen fees as low as 2% on them per year. And we&#x27;ve seen this high as 8.8% fees per year. And they&#x27;re sold very frequently. And they&#x27;ve been fairly popular in the marketplace today. However, they&#x27;re very aggressive.</p><p><strong>15:42</strong> Now, you&#x27;ve done some recent case studies on these variable annuities, whereas you&#x27;ve called the company, not talked to the agent, but called the company and asked them a series of questions. And you&#x27;ve been able to find out that a lot of the things that people think they have in these variable annuities, they don&#x27;t have. Because there&#x27;s a term that we keep hearing where people say that my principal is safe. Now, if someone buys a variable annuity, Josh, and of course, the principal is the money you put in. Is there a chance in the future that the money they put in will not be there if they need to take it out? It&#x27;ll up some. This is true. A lot of advisors say your money can&#x27;t lose and your money is safe and your money is guaranteed to grow by 5% with this variable annuity. And there&#x27;s a lot of misunderstandings on there because what&#x27;s actually happening is money goes to the insurance company. The insurance company invests that money into sub-accounts, also known as kind of like mutual</p><p><strong>16:31</strong> funds, stocks, bond funds, international funds, ETFs. And you can&#x27;t insure stocks from that standpoint. So what happens is what the insurance company is actually protecting is they&#x27;re protecting if you put a million dollars in a variable annuity and that variable annuity goes down to a half a million. Well, if you die the next day, they&#x27;ll pay a million dollars to your heirs. So it&#x27;s true, your principal is safe, but you have to die to get it. And so a lot of times these insurance salespeople say, hey, these are great accounts because it&#x27;s secure. The training that&#x27;s needed are the classes. A lot of times they&#x27;re only a three-day class and they mean well. They&#x27;re trustworthy people. They just clearly don&#x27;t know what they don&#x27;t know. And I&#x27;ll give an example of this. There&#x27;s up to seven different types of fees they can load up on a variable annuity. And one of the bigger companies out there that has sold billions and billions of dollars last year</p><p><strong>17:22</strong> in sales, I&#x27;d probably buy their stock because I think they&#x27;re making so much money. The mortality expense fee is one of the fees. And that&#x27;s kind of the wrapper that allows for your money to grow tax advantage. And it also has the benefits if you die. That fee can range anywhere from 1% and they can increase the fee to 1.75. So a lot of times they say, here&#x27;s what the fee is, but they have the right to increase the next year if they want. Then they&#x27;re going to charge an administration fee. And usually it&#x27;s about 0.15, but they can increase it to a half percent next year if they choose to. And then they&#x27;re going to have their sub-account fees. Sub-accounts are kind of like mutual funds that&#x27;s in the market. And that portfolio is going to range from 0.62 to almost 3%, depending on which ones you have. And then it&#x27;s optional to add the riders. And they may add a rider for death benefit, meaning you die and your wife gets the money if you don&#x27;t take anything</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> out. And that fee starts out at a half percent, but they have the right to increase to almost 1%. And then they have income rider fees. And the income rider fees, it is a benefit. The income rider can give you income for life, but it adds up. And that fee starts off at maybe 0.8%, but they have the right to increase it over 1% the next year. So what you have here is when you get these proposals from the advisor, a lot of times they say the market assumes a 9% return and they forget to add all the fees in it. And when you total up all the mortality expense fee, administration, mutual funds, death benefits, income riders, you can easily be paying at the very low in 3.5%, at the high in 6.5% on that contract. And this is one of the most popular ones out there that many, many people,</p><p><strong>18:57</strong> these are household name brands that many people have. And it&#x27;s invisible. It doesn&#x27;t show in a statement. And they get these prospectuses that are six, seven, 800 pages, and they expect for you to understand it. It&#x27;s written, it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s written from Philadelphia lawyers. And it&#x27;s really hard to make money. And the problem is, like you said, if you need that money, you need to cash it in. Your money&#x27;s in the market. If the market&#x27;s down and they&#x27;re eroding 5% in fees per year out of the account, it&#x27;s very profitable for the insurance company. Well, Josh, it&#x27;s one that then it&#x27;s very much misrepresented, in my opinion. But the people are thinking, the people who put their money in, they end up thinking that every time the market goes up, they lock that gain in. It doesn&#x27;t matter if the market goes down the next day, their gain is secure. I mean, that&#x27;s impossible. I mean, if you could do that, there&#x27;d be no need for Wall Street. If you could get all the gains and none of the losses, I mean, there&#x27;d be no need</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> to have a Wall Street, would there? Well, that, essentially, they came out with the fixed index annuity in 1993, which is similar to what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s an advantage and there&#x27;s a disadvantage to it. And as you know, the way the fixed index annuity works is the money&#x27;s never directly in the market. The money&#x27;s invested into U.S. investment-grade bonds or a combination of U.S. T-bills. And we know interest rates are low, but they essentially keep your money secure. They have to keep it dollar for dollar. It&#x27;s not invested in Brazilian orange juice mutual fund futures. It&#x27;s not out there in options and gold ETFs. Your money&#x27;s actually secure in T-bills. So what happens is they only take the interest from that bond portfolio. The interest may be 2%, 3%, 4%, whatever the interest is. And they only invest the interest in the market. And by investing the interest into a major index, such as the NASDAQ</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> or the S&amp;P 500, they invest it into options one year out. So you get the effect where if the market does go up, you get part of the earnings of the market. Pete, the negative is you don&#x27;t get all the earnings. If you want all the gains, you have to take all the risks. And these weren&#x27;t popular at all in the early 90s because if you can get 20% of the year every year in the market, just let it ride, and you&#x27;re only getting 15% a year in these fixed index annuities, why would you want the fixed index annuity? However, the demand has been going much higher with these fixed index annuities over the last 10 years because think about all those last – if you just take a look at the last few years when the market crashed from 1,500 in 2007 all the way down to 700, no one lost a dime. But when the</p><p><strong>21:16</strong> market went back up, it started to earn again. Yeah. And so unfortunately though, Josh, I mean, a lot of people do still think we&#x27;re in the roaring 90s in the stock market, but then they look at their statements and they see that they&#x27;re down a lot further than they ever thought they&#x27;d be down in their stock accounts or even variable annuities. If they look at the amount they could take out and live on today, if they needed to take out in a lump sum. And I don&#x27;t think people realize what they get when they get a variable annuity many times. Well, what you just said about people believe, you know, the market&#x27;s always going to go up and they remember the past years in the 80s and 90s. They&#x27;re still in that mindset that you have to put your money in stocks. You have to put your money for growth because that&#x27;s how we&#x27;re going to protect against inflation. But if you look in the Jimmy Carter days, there&#x27;s a 17-year period where the market was pretty much negative. And that&#x27;s when</p><p><strong>22:01</strong> inflation went up, interest rates went up. And when interest rates went up, the market didn&#x27;t go up. Because if you could get 10% on a CD, why would you want to be in the market? So there&#x27;s this misconception that the market goes up with inflation. And really is what&#x27;s needed. What&#x27;s needed is safety and what&#x27;s needed is guaranteed income as long as you live for your basic living expenses. After your basic living expenses are covered, then you can take the rest and make your best bet. We&#x27;re both registered investment advisors. We both look for good picks of what we think have high probability for earnings in the market. And we have our ideas of that. But I&#x27;m not willing to take my client&#x27;s money and put it into something that can lose principal if they depend on that for income. Because if I&#x27;m wrong, they don&#x27;t have the time frame or any power to make it back up. And they have faith in us. So we need to make sure whatever we decide,</p><p><strong>22:52</strong> it needs to be very secure. And you can&#x27;t lose it. It provides income for life. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s taken place, Pete. In summer of 2007, the new breed of fixed index annuities came out, called them the hybrid index annuities. And what they did is they took the indexed annuity, which allows for you to get part of the gains of the upside if the market goes up, without participating in the downside of the market. And they added the pension into one. And essentially what&#x27;s happened is this new breed of index annuities is it&#x27;s allowed for the investor to have income for life like a pension that you cannot live, meaning a million dollars goes in, they wish to turn it on, they&#x27;re getting $75,000 of income for the rest of their life, yet they still have access to capital, meaning it&#x27;s not like they lost control of the money or</p><p><strong>23:39</strong> annuitized it. And if they ever need to reach in and pull 50% out of the account, they could do that. But if they did that, the account would drop by 50%. If the account grows because it participates in the upside, then the income can increase. That&#x27;s kind of like an inflation hedge. However, if the account doesn&#x27;t grow because we&#x27;re stuck in the market, the market continues to do what it&#x27;s doing for the next 10 years, at least the investor won&#x27;t ever outlive the income no matter how the account performs. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s important to understand. What&#x27;s important to understand is most people need guaranteed pension streams and they don&#x27;t have that. What they have is savings. They have 401ks, they have IRAs, and they&#x27;re putting it out there where it&#x27;s exposed. And because of that, they&#x27;re now living life in confidence. Folks, if you have an IRA, if you have an annuity, you&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s the right annuity or not</p><p><strong>24:26</strong> for your time of life, or if you&#x27;re considering buying an annuity, or just want safe, guaranteed lifetime income, give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll sit down with you and help you analyze where you are now, but most importantly, what you could be doing in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. It&#x27;s very important that you map out a strategy that has certainty and guarantees attached to it as we go forward. Having some money you know will always be there coming to your mailbox each and every month in the form of a check. And you can do that, folks, but you have to get with the right planner for the right time of your life. The number again to call is 800-661-7383. I&#x27;d like to thank you, Josh, for taking time out of your busy day to join us on the financial safari today. Thanks for having me, Pete.</p><p><strong>25:12</strong> And I hope we can have you on again in the future and talk about what&#x27;s going on in the markets in 2012. All right. Looking forward to it. And folks, again, 800-661-7383. Again, that was Josh Melberg. He&#x27;s president of J.D. Melberg Financial from Tucson, Arizona. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on CNBC. You might even have read one of his books in the past on safe, secure annuities. Again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Josh Mellberg joins Coach Pete for a September 2011 conversation about annuities and retirement income. They discuss the differences among products, withdrawals during market downturns, and planning separate resources for income and emergencies.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside the national financial world trying to bring it a little more local. But like I like to do each and every week, I like to get a national expert on. And folks, maybe you&#x27;ve seen him on CNBC before. He&#x27;s been on before talking about the power of the annuity world. He&#x27;s also written several educational books on annuities. His name is Josh Melberg. He&#x27;s president of J.D. Melberg out of Arizona. You&#x27;re in Tucson, Arizona, aren&#x27;t you, Josh? I&#x27;m out of Tucson, Pete. How are you today? Tucson, Arizona. And he&#x27;s a top income planning specialist, folks, from across the nation. And I just wanted to get Josh&#x27;s perspective out there. I&#x27;m doing fine, Josh. Hope you are. I&#x27;m doing well. It&#x27;s finally cooling down out here. Oh, yeah. Well, let&#x27;s talk about the annuity world here. Now, the annuities are very confusing because there are so many of them out there and their opinions, both good and bad, on annuities,</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Josh. But let&#x27;s try to educate the listener on what an annuity is and why it may be beneficial and then also why it might not be a good fit for some folks out there. Okay. Well, there&#x27;s a lot of information about annuities and the way they&#x27;re presented and what people actually say about them can be confusing and it could be very clear and simple to understand. So I think the primary purpose of an annuity is really designed to provide two main factors. It&#x27;s designed to provide safety and security. And the second benefit would be to provide income at some point. So a lot of the proposals that are being given out there or language is not based around that premise. They&#x27;re based about how much return can we get and how much growth and how much</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> tax advantages can we get. And the primary purpose of an annuity is to provide safety at some point. So if you think about the need out there today, a lot of people are gambling with their monies out in the stock market, meaning that the definition of gambling would be is if you depend on that money to provide income for you and you&#x27;re actually risking it in something that can lose principal. And I don&#x27;t really care if it&#x27;s stock funds, bond funds, gold, ETFs, REITs, whatever the case is, if it can lose principal and you depend on that money to live on, that would be a form of gambling with your retirement because that could threaten to change your lifestyle. However, it would not be a form of gambling is if there is a lifetime income stream, such as, you know, people today get know what they get for Social Security. But a lot of retirees or baby boomers approaching retirement do not have that</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> predictable steady stream or pension like income for the rest of their life. Now, why do a lot of folks that are approaching retirement, Josh, why do they still have all their money in the risk world? There&#x27;s been a lot of return in the markets back in the 80s and the 90s, and it&#x27;s more of a belief system. And it takes a long time to reprogram that belief system. So, for example, if you ever hear commercials or you hear people talking about going to the casino, you pretty much hear the success stories. You hear how much money they made and, you know, they don&#x27;t talk so much about the losses. I mean, you definitely hear that people are, you know, betting the house and things of that nature. Well, they remember back in the 80s and the 90s when everything went up. And there&#x27;s this what we call a 10% idea in the</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> back of our mind or our belief system that, you know, you put your money in stocks and equities and you will make 10% a year on average. And that&#x27;s true if you have a 30-year time horizon to be in the market. It has not been true over the last 11 years. I mean, if you look at 11 years ago, the S&amp;P 500 is at 1,500. And now we&#x27;re sitting here approaching the 1100 range. So, here we are sitting 11 years later, we&#x27;ve had inflation and people still are gambling with their monies in the market because they believe that the market will go up. And it&#x27;s not a problem if you don&#x27;t need that money. You can sit and you can sit there and wait there for it. It is a problem if you depend on that and you need income off of that. And taking money out of accounts that go down</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> and you&#x27;re selling a depreciated asset, that&#x27;s what we call reverse dollar cost averaging. It just erodes the capital even faster. So, as an effect, so many people today are deferring. They have to work more years. They&#x27;re spending less. They&#x27;re stressed out. Their health is being affected. They&#x27;re looking at seeing BC and watching, looking online. And they&#x27;re not spending with confidence. There&#x27;s a higher level of stress. And that&#x27;s not what retirement is supposed to be about. It&#x27;s supposed to be, you know, being confident retirement, meaning you&#x27;re spending with confidence. And you can&#x27;t spend with confidence in this market if you&#x27;re risking what you have. But, Josh, in these uncertain times we&#x27;re in now, I&#x27;m kind of baffled in a way because there are a lot of folks that are getting the negative story from the annuity world given to them by someone who doesn&#x27;t offer the proper annuity. So, they&#x27;re telling someone to avoid annuities at all costs,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> yet they keep the person&#x27;s money exposed to risk. Is that proper financial planning? And isn&#x27;t that a violation of fiduciary standards, not having a true income plan in place for a client that&#x27;s 55 and older? Pete, you said a couple things right there. One is, is annuities right for everybody? Absolutely not. That&#x27;s not the case. There&#x27;s no such thing as stocks are right for everybody, but it might be right for some people. And annuities may be right for some people. What is important is, in whatever you do, there is always going to be a need of a certain level of safety, and there&#x27;s going to be a need of predictable, stable income. So, the question is, how do you create that income plan? And it doesn&#x27;t really matter if you put enough money into CDs and the CDs to yield enough interest rates to give you the kind of income you need. That&#x27;s one solution. But it&#x27;s not a good solution to put your money in stock funds hoping that it grows and you&#x27;re</p><p><strong>05:30</strong> losing money every time you sell a fund because you need that for income. So, the issue is more along the lines of who are you talking to and who you&#x27;re getting advice from. Pete, what&#x27;s interesting is that there&#x27;s about 1.3 million advisors or licensed professionals that can give some type of professional product or some type of advice out there today. However, the problem is, it&#x27;s about a three-day class to pass an exam and now you&#x27;re licensed to give that advice. So, there&#x27;s a lot of well-intended people out there that they call themselves financial planners. They call themselves CFPs or they call themselves financial brokers or counselors or whatever title they decide to give themselves. Yet, what they actually know is they are not required to actually go through a long</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> education process. And a lot of times, the investor knows more about investments than the professional does. So, if you go to a car dealership and you ask the salesperson to give you a nice conservative safe car for your family to drive well in the snow and wherever you&#x27;re driving and the salesperson come back to you with a nice red shiny Porsche, you&#x27;re going to be scratching your head wondering why you got that proposal. Well, you&#x27;re not going to be scratching your head when you look up and you say, wow, I&#x27;m walking out of a Porsche dealership. That makes sense. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;m getting that kind of proposal. So, if you go to that dealership and you ask them for something that goes in the water and they give you a car, there&#x27;s a lot of times the quotes in the proposals that are out there are</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> given based because their view, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re consumed with and that&#x27;s what they think is right for everybody. So, there&#x27;s not a one-size-fits-all out there. And Josh, and you can maybe share a story or two with the listeners too, but what frustrates me is when I spend a lot of time analyzing someone&#x27;s current portfolio, usually they come in, they think they&#x27;re diversified, they&#x27;ve got one account with a broker, they&#x27;ve got stocks, bonds, and mutual funds, no real safe accounts and no income plan. So, then I design a three-basketing kind of strategy there where we&#x27;ve got money for income put aside, we&#x27;ve got money for emergencies in a different account, and then we&#x27;ve got the explorer account, the money that they can leave in risk in that third circle, so to speak, only to go back to the broker and the broker will talk them into staying where they are 100% at risk. And too many people are following that kind of</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> advice and not in the right place. Even if the market were to go up, Josh, they don&#x27;t have a safe income plan in place. So, when you start taking money out of the market, the money could run out in the future. Whereas, if you have a true income plan in place, and you can verify this if you want to talk about it, a true income plan gives you a check regardless of what happens in the future, regardless if your account runs out of money, you still get checks each and every year. That&#x27;s true income planning, isn&#x27;t it? True income planning has to do with the definition of diversification, like you said, because a lot of people think they&#x27;re diversified, and they&#x27;re diversified between bond funds, stock funds, international funds, gold funds, which all go up and go down. And that is diversification in the risk categories, but it&#x27;s not diversification in as far as for income planning. And that&#x27;s where</p><p><strong>08:37</strong> the disconnect is. So, to give you a couple years ago, I remember flying in a plane, and we hit some heavy turbulence, and the guy next to me was not wearing a seatbelt, and he hit his head because it popped him way up against the top of the roof in this commercial jet. And the airline pilot&#x27;s like, hey, not a problem. Everything&#x27;s okay. It&#x27;s just a little turbulence. And the airline pilot is used to those ups and downs in that commercial plane. And he thinks he&#x27;s conservative because he&#x27;s not in a jet fighter pilot in Iraq, or he&#x27;s not an acrobat pilot doing loops on some type of risky plane. In other words, in our world, if you talk to an advisor that specializes in mutual funds and stocks and bond funds and gold ETFs, their view is they&#x27;re not risky because they&#x27;re not options trading,</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> or they&#x27;re not leveraging borrowing money from the house to put money, so they think they&#x27;re more conservative. And so, I think a lot of the way you should look at things is you should, okay, you need to look at different views before you start making an income plan. And the true income plan is whatever you put your money into, no matter how long you live, will provide steady, predictable income no matter how that asset performs. Because right now, we just came through a series of, you know, we came from the tech bubble, market crash. We came from the housing bubble. What&#x27;s the next bubble? Maybe the bond bubble or the gold bubble could be the next bubble. So, we&#x27;re in a series of bubbles that are taking place right now. And people, when they&#x27;re betting with their money, what they&#x27;re doing is they&#x27;re betting that they&#x27;re going to be right. And income planning, we don&#x27;t want to bet they&#x27;re going to be right. We want to bet that we&#x27;re not going to be</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> wrong. And that&#x27;s a difference in philosophy. And folks, we&#x27;re talking to Josh Melberg, the president of J.D. Melberg Financial in Tucson, Arizona. Josh, I really want to get into this final aspect here. It&#x27;s income planning, because too many people are not taking the proper approach to their income, the money they need. And I talk about this almost each and every week on the radio, because I see way too many people who just are not in the right place. And they&#x27;re assuming that everything will be fine magically in the future, even though it&#x27;s not fine right now. But let me ask you, we see Wall Street trying to step up with their own versions of income planning. But is there any better way to create a certain income by utilizing the properly structured annuity laddering or retirement income annuities that you&#x27;ve seen out there? In other words, I mean, why are people trying to recreate</p><p><strong>10:59</strong> something that already exists out there and basically is a perfect fit? Well, I think there&#x27;s two things that are going on right now. I think that a lot of advisors and investors, when they look at money, the number one aspect of the way they view money is, how much return and how much growth can I get on that money? So what they do is, can I get 7% on my money? Can I get 8% of my money? And then after they figure out, okay, I think I found a place to get 8% of my money. Then the second question they ask for the second priority, Pete, is how safe is it? How secure is it? Are they going to be true to their promises? And then the last area they look at, okay, now that I think I&#x27;m going to get 8%, I hope I get 8% and I think it&#x27;s safe. Then they look at how much dividends does this pay?</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> How much income does it pay? And that&#x27;s the definition of an investment of an investment can go up and go down, but that&#x27;s how people look at investments in that view. Whereas when people look at an income plan, I&#x27;m going to give another plan as an income plan called a savings plan. When people look at a savings plan, the number one priority is safety. How can I make sure I get return of my money, not return on my money? So number one priority is safety. What would have to happen for me to lose this money? What kind of defaults in the government or things in that nature would have to happen for me to lose? And then the second priority in an income plan, or should I say a savings plan, is how do I maximize the income on my money? Think of it this way, Pete. You&#x27;ve been forced to put money into social security system all your life. Those</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> checks, the income you&#x27;ve been making, they take money out of your check every month through FICA, and you don&#x27;t have a choice. When you do get re-social security, you don&#x27;t think about how much growth my social security got. You don&#x27;t think about how much return can I cash this thing out. All you care about is when I turn 62, I&#x27;m getting $1,500 a month for social security. Or if I turn 66, I&#x27;m going to get $2,000 a month if I wait that long. And if you look at a savings or income plan, number one, safety. Number two is how do I maximize the income? The last factor is return. So if you go to a financial brokerage firm or advisor that specializes in stocks and specializes in growth and even though growth and everything hasn&#x27;t done so well, and you ask them,</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> is this a good investment? I would say as a registered investment advisor like yourself, probably an annuity is not a good investment for growth. It&#x27;s not. It&#x27;s a savings plan. And just like a boat is not good to drive around here in the middle of Tucson. It&#x27;s not good on land, but it&#x27;s good in the ocean. And so that&#x27;s one of the disconnects or misconceptions is whenever maybe a CPA says, oh gosh, I don&#x27;t know if this is the best growth material. I agree, it&#x27;s not good for growth, just like a CD is not for growth. But for income purposes, the answer is yes, it could be good for income. The second part to what you were talking about with regards to annuities, it&#x27;s also very important to know what kind of annuity you should go into or consider to look at because there are four distinct different types of annuities.</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> One is a lot like a lifetime income stream, kind of like a pension. It&#x27;s called an immediate annuity. Those are the traditional ones where like when your grandparents put in $100,000 and they got $8,000 for life of income, they lost control of that money, but they can&#x27;t outlive that $8,000 for life. The second one is kind of like a fixed rate of return, kind of like a CD. It&#x27;s not FDIC insured, but it&#x27;s called a fixed annuity. And you can always turn into a pension. You can always annuitize it down the road. But remember, Pete, if you annuitize, you lose control of that money. You can&#x27;t pull it back out. The third one is variables. Variable annuities are essentially invested directly into stocks and funds. And unfortunately, you can&#x27;t insure stock funds. And a lot of variable annuities are sold as if they&#x27;re safe and secure. And that&#x27;s kind of like the used car salesman coming up and</p><p><strong>14:56</strong> saying, I got something that&#x27;s safe. The first time I offered you a red, shiny, red convertible Porsche, this time I&#x27;m coming back with you with a blue, shiny Porsche. But this time it&#x27;s safe because I put some roll bars and I put some extra airbags. And I went ahead and threw a trailer on the back of this car because you can carry your cargo. And they call it a very safe vehicle because they put the roll bars and they put cargo trailer in the back of the Porsche. Yet it&#x27;s still in the market. And so essentially, a lot of advisors are offering variable annuities that are loaded up with fees. We&#x27;ve seen fees as low as 2% on them per year. And we&#x27;ve seen this high as 8.8% fees per year. And they&#x27;re sold very frequently. And they&#x27;ve been fairly popular in the marketplace today. However, they&#x27;re very aggressive.</p><p><strong>15:42</strong> Now, you&#x27;ve done some recent case studies on these variable annuities, whereas you&#x27;ve called the company, not talked to the agent, but called the company and asked them a series of questions. And you&#x27;ve been able to find out that a lot of the things that people think they have in these variable annuities, they don&#x27;t have. Because there&#x27;s a term that we keep hearing where people say that my principal is safe. Now, if someone buys a variable annuity, Josh, and of course, the principal is the money you put in. Is there a chance in the future that the money they put in will not be there if they need to take it out? It&#x27;ll up some. This is true. A lot of advisors say your money can&#x27;t lose and your money is safe and your money is guaranteed to grow by 5% with this variable annuity. And there&#x27;s a lot of misunderstandings on there because what&#x27;s actually happening is money goes to the insurance company. The insurance company invests that money into sub-accounts, also known as kind of like mutual</p><p><strong>16:31</strong> funds, stocks, bond funds, international funds, ETFs. And you can&#x27;t insure stocks from that standpoint. So what happens is what the insurance company is actually protecting is they&#x27;re protecting if you put a million dollars in a variable annuity and that variable annuity goes down to a half a million. Well, if you die the next day, they&#x27;ll pay a million dollars to your heirs. So it&#x27;s true, your principal is safe, but you have to die to get it. And so a lot of times these insurance salespeople say, hey, these are great accounts because it&#x27;s secure. The training that&#x27;s needed are the classes. A lot of times they&#x27;re only a three-day class and they mean well. They&#x27;re trustworthy people. They just clearly don&#x27;t know what they don&#x27;t know. And I&#x27;ll give an example of this. There&#x27;s up to seven different types of fees they can load up on a variable annuity. And one of the bigger companies out there that has sold billions and billions of dollars last year</p><p><strong>17:22</strong> in sales, I&#x27;d probably buy their stock because I think they&#x27;re making so much money. The mortality expense fee is one of the fees. And that&#x27;s kind of the wrapper that allows for your money to grow tax advantage. And it also has the benefits if you die. That fee can range anywhere from 1% and they can increase the fee to 1.75. So a lot of times they say, here&#x27;s what the fee is, but they have the right to increase the next year if they want. Then they&#x27;re going to charge an administration fee. And usually it&#x27;s about 0.15, but they can increase it to a half percent next year if they choose to. And then they&#x27;re going to have their sub-account fees. Sub-accounts are kind of like mutual funds that&#x27;s in the market. And that portfolio is going to range from 0.62 to almost 3%, depending on which ones you have. And then it&#x27;s optional to add the riders. And they may add a rider for death benefit, meaning you die and your wife gets the money if you don&#x27;t take anything</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> out. And that fee starts out at a half percent, but they have the right to increase to almost 1%. And then they have income rider fees. And the income rider fees, it is a benefit. The income rider can give you income for life, but it adds up. And that fee starts off at maybe 0.8%, but they have the right to increase it over 1% the next year. So what you have here is when you get these proposals from the advisor, a lot of times they say the market assumes a 9% return and they forget to add all the fees in it. And when you total up all the mortality expense fee, administration, mutual funds, death benefits, income riders, you can easily be paying at the very low in 3.5%, at the high in 6.5% on that contract. And this is one of the most popular ones out there that many, many people,</p><p><strong>18:57</strong> these are household name brands that many people have. And it&#x27;s invisible. It doesn&#x27;t show in a statement. And they get these prospectuses that are six, seven, 800 pages, and they expect for you to understand it. It&#x27;s written, it&#x27;s like it&#x27;s written from Philadelphia lawyers. And it&#x27;s really hard to make money. And the problem is, like you said, if you need that money, you need to cash it in. Your money&#x27;s in the market. If the market&#x27;s down and they&#x27;re eroding 5% in fees per year out of the account, it&#x27;s very profitable for the insurance company. Well, Josh, it&#x27;s one that then it&#x27;s very much misrepresented, in my opinion. But the people are thinking, the people who put their money in, they end up thinking that every time the market goes up, they lock that gain in. It doesn&#x27;t matter if the market goes down the next day, their gain is secure. I mean, that&#x27;s impossible. I mean, if you could do that, there&#x27;d be no need for Wall Street. If you could get all the gains and none of the losses, I mean, there&#x27;d be no need</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> to have a Wall Street, would there? Well, that, essentially, they came out with the fixed index annuity in 1993, which is similar to what you&#x27;re talking about. And there&#x27;s an advantage and there&#x27;s a disadvantage to it. And as you know, the way the fixed index annuity works is the money&#x27;s never directly in the market. The money&#x27;s invested into U.S. investment-grade bonds or a combination of U.S. T-bills. And we know interest rates are low, but they essentially keep your money secure. They have to keep it dollar for dollar. It&#x27;s not invested in Brazilian orange juice mutual fund futures. It&#x27;s not out there in options and gold ETFs. Your money&#x27;s actually secure in T-bills. So what happens is they only take the interest from that bond portfolio. The interest may be 2%, 3%, 4%, whatever the interest is. And they only invest the interest in the market. And by investing the interest into a major index, such as the NASDAQ</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> or the S&amp;P 500, they invest it into options one year out. So you get the effect where if the market does go up, you get part of the earnings of the market. Pete, the negative is you don&#x27;t get all the earnings. If you want all the gains, you have to take all the risks. And these weren&#x27;t popular at all in the early 90s because if you can get 20% of the year every year in the market, just let it ride, and you&#x27;re only getting 15% a year in these fixed index annuities, why would you want the fixed index annuity? However, the demand has been going much higher with these fixed index annuities over the last 10 years because think about all those last – if you just take a look at the last few years when the market crashed from 1,500 in 2007 all the way down to 700, no one lost a dime. But when the</p><p><strong>21:16</strong> market went back up, it started to earn again. Yeah. And so unfortunately though, Josh, I mean, a lot of people do still think we&#x27;re in the roaring 90s in the stock market, but then they look at their statements and they see that they&#x27;re down a lot further than they ever thought they&#x27;d be down in their stock accounts or even variable annuities. If they look at the amount they could take out and live on today, if they needed to take out in a lump sum. And I don&#x27;t think people realize what they get when they get a variable annuity many times. Well, what you just said about people believe, you know, the market&#x27;s always going to go up and they remember the past years in the 80s and 90s. They&#x27;re still in that mindset that you have to put your money in stocks. You have to put your money for growth because that&#x27;s how we&#x27;re going to protect against inflation. But if you look in the Jimmy Carter days, there&#x27;s a 17-year period where the market was pretty much negative. And that&#x27;s when</p><p><strong>22:01</strong> inflation went up, interest rates went up. And when interest rates went up, the market didn&#x27;t go up. Because if you could get 10% on a CD, why would you want to be in the market? So there&#x27;s this misconception that the market goes up with inflation. And really is what&#x27;s needed. What&#x27;s needed is safety and what&#x27;s needed is guaranteed income as long as you live for your basic living expenses. After your basic living expenses are covered, then you can take the rest and make your best bet. We&#x27;re both registered investment advisors. We both look for good picks of what we think have high probability for earnings in the market. And we have our ideas of that. But I&#x27;m not willing to take my client&#x27;s money and put it into something that can lose principal if they depend on that for income. Because if I&#x27;m wrong, they don&#x27;t have the time frame or any power to make it back up. And they have faith in us. So we need to make sure whatever we decide,</p><p><strong>22:52</strong> it needs to be very secure. And you can&#x27;t lose it. It provides income for life. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s taken place, Pete. In summer of 2007, the new breed of fixed index annuities came out, called them the hybrid index annuities. And what they did is they took the indexed annuity, which allows for you to get part of the gains of the upside if the market goes up, without participating in the downside of the market. And they added the pension into one. And essentially what&#x27;s happened is this new breed of index annuities is it&#x27;s allowed for the investor to have income for life like a pension that you cannot live, meaning a million dollars goes in, they wish to turn it on, they&#x27;re getting $75,000 of income for the rest of their life, yet they still have access to capital, meaning it&#x27;s not like they lost control of the money or</p><p><strong>23:39</strong> annuitized it. And if they ever need to reach in and pull 50% out of the account, they could do that. But if they did that, the account would drop by 50%. If the account grows because it participates in the upside, then the income can increase. That&#x27;s kind of like an inflation hedge. However, if the account doesn&#x27;t grow because we&#x27;re stuck in the market, the market continues to do what it&#x27;s doing for the next 10 years, at least the investor won&#x27;t ever outlive the income no matter how the account performs. And that&#x27;s what&#x27;s important to understand. What&#x27;s important to understand is most people need guaranteed pension streams and they don&#x27;t have that. What they have is savings. They have 401ks, they have IRAs, and they&#x27;re putting it out there where it&#x27;s exposed. And because of that, they&#x27;re now living life in confidence. Folks, if you have an IRA, if you have an annuity, you&#x27;re not sure if it&#x27;s the right annuity or not</p><p><strong>24:26</strong> for your time of life, or if you&#x27;re considering buying an annuity, or just want safe, guaranteed lifetime income, give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll sit down with you and help you analyze where you are now, but most importantly, what you could be doing in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. It&#x27;s very important that you map out a strategy that has certainty and guarantees attached to it as we go forward. Having some money you know will always be there coming to your mailbox each and every month in the form of a check. And you can do that, folks, but you have to get with the right planner for the right time of your life. The number again to call is 800-661-7383. I&#x27;d like to thank you, Josh, for taking time out of your busy day to join us on the financial safari today. Thanks for having me, Pete.</p><p><strong>25:12</strong> And I hope we can have you on again in the future and talk about what&#x27;s going on in the markets in 2012. All right. Looking forward to it. And folks, again, 800-661-7383. Again, that was Josh Melberg. He&#x27;s president of J.D. Melberg Financial from Tucson, Arizona. You&#x27;ve probably seen him on CNBC. You might even have read one of his books in the past on safe, secure annuities. Again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Josh Mellberg joins Coach Pete for a September 2011 conversation about annuities and retirement income. They discuss the differences among products, withdrawals during market downturns, and planning separate resources for income and emergencies.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Josh Mellberg</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Josh Mellberg, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1/image.jpg?t=1792071346&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-mellberg-understanding-annuities-and-retirement-income-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1/image.jpg?t=1792071346&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1</guid>
      <omny:clipId>dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1537</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd6675c0-ce99-4e43-84c5-b4e300261cc1/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="24634814" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/josh-mellberg-understanding-annuities-and-retirement-income-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>231</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Understanding Annuities and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:09" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:33" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:25" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:09" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Roger Lowenstein: The End of Wall Street</title>
      <itunes:title>Roger Lowenstein: The End of Wall Street</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Financial journalist Roger Lowenstein discusses The End of Wall Street with Coach Pete. Their September 2011 conversation examines the financial crisis, housing, investment behavior, and lessons from Warren Buffett.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, and as we like to do each and every week, I like to touch base with a well-known author, someone who&#x27;s written a book that I think is a game-changer in the financial world, and today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Roger Lowenstein. And Roger has written several books. The one I really like is The End of Wall Street. Roger, welcome into the Financial Safari. Hey, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Yeah, well, the pleasure is on this side of the microphone, as it always is, Roger. But tell me, what caused you to write this book, and what kind of feedback have you got about the book? And let&#x27;s tell the audience a little bit what the book&#x27;s about. Sure. You know, I had just gotten off a book, this is 2008, on the pension crisis, which I thought was developing, particularly among public sector employees, and I was sort of looking forward to taking a little time before I figured out my next book.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And then, lo and behold, Bear Stearns, a firm you may remember, crashed and had to be bailed out by the Fed. And Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, you may remember those darling institutions, had to be bailed out as well by the Treasury. And, you know, the whole system seemed to be crashing down. And for a financial writer like me, that was too good an opportunity to pass up. So, it&#x27;s kind of funny, I remember that when I first started working on the book, my working title was something like Six Days It Shook the World. I was thinking of when Lehman Brothers failed and AIG had to be bailed out. And then I changed it to, I think it became three weeks it shook the world, then three months, and, you know, we&#x27;re just still shaken now, three years later. So, I just got rid of that title, and it seemed to me that this was really the apocalyptic end to the era of gross over speculation to the philosophy that you can let big banks and Wall Street do whatever they want with no kind of regulation.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> You know, that the market always knows best that this failure was really going to be won. And obviously not that it&#x27;s going to do away with speculation forever, but that this crash was going to sort of mark a dividing line before and after in our lives or economic lives. You know, I have to say, three years out, it still feels that way. We&#x27;re having a tough time getting back to any semblance of normalcy. You know, we keep being reminded of jobs and so on. So, the subject of the book feels almost more important now than when I wrote it. And I know the average investor out there, we&#x27;ve been on over six years on the radio, and we talk to folks throughout the nation. They&#x27;re confused, they&#x27;re baffled, and they want a little bit of certainty so that they know when they put money into what they consider a retirement account, it&#x27;s going to be worth more than they put it in when they do retire, Roger. And that&#x27;s the main problem I&#x27;m seeing out there is people just don&#x27;t have confidence in where they&#x27;re putting their money.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> Yeah, a lot of investing in this country, I think, done on the basis of, I&#x27;ll get out before the music stops. I don&#x27;t just mean ordinary investors, I mean banks who issued mortgages, and they said, well, we&#x27;ll sell these mortgages before the guy goes bad. And then, you know, the people who bought those mortgages said, well, we&#x27;ll package them up and sell them out to, you know, investors overseas or someplace before we get stuck with the hot potato. And even Chuck Prince, who ran Citigroup, you know, at the time, the biggest bank in the country said, you know, he, you know, speaking of the mortgage crisis, and knowing that, or the mortgage bubble, and knowing that it was going to come to an end someday, he said, and it&#x27;s a quote, when the music stops, you know, we&#x27;ll stop, but while the music&#x27;s playing, we&#x27;ve got to keep dancing. And that&#x27;s, you know, any, any child who&#x27;s played musical chairs knows, you know, when the music stops, there&#x27;s not a chair for everybody.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But I think, you know, we went through such a long period, investors large and small, of thinking that, you know, each one of us thinking, well, we&#x27;ll get out in time. And, you know, it&#x27;s going to take a while to get back to some semblance of security, you know, sometime before markets readjust to, you know, what are real housing values that the economy can grow from on a normalized basis. And absolutely, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Roger Lowenstein. He is author of The End of Wall Street and several other books. I want to talk about a couple other ones. But he also, he&#x27;s an American financial journalist who graduated from Cornell, reported for The Wall Street Journal for more than a decade, including two years, writing its column that&#x27;s called Heard on the Street. That was back in the early 90s, I think, wasn&#x27;t it, Roger? Yes, it was. You&#x27;re dating me, Coach, but it was in the, actually, it was about 89 to 91 I did the Heard.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> Then I went to write the book on Buffett, but that was when I did the Heard. So you were writing for The Wall Street Journal when we had our last big boom, I guess, the bull market cycle there, the one that was going like crazy into the dot-com and then the bubble that burst in year 2000. Yeah, I worked for The Journal in the late 90s when, you know, I remember the day that Netscape went public, August 10th or 15th or something, 1995. But the stock, I think it went up 80%. And then, you know, after a while, it seemed just normal for IPOs to double and, you know, some of them even tripled on their first day. And we know how that one ended. And I think the lesson to investors that, you know, you were referring to before, again, is that you can&#x27;t invest on the basis of, well, everyone&#x27;s buying this thing. It&#x27;s going to double. It&#x27;s going to triple.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> You know, you have to invest in the basis of, you know, what&#x27;s the underlying value? Well, you know, what is this company? Who are its customers? You know, who&#x27;s the competition? If the thing is grounded, if the investment&#x27;s grounded in fundamentals like that, you don&#x27;t really have to worry about these market swings because, you know, because the companies are going to come back. But if you&#x27;re just investing on this, you know, bull market psychology, I remember, you know, Mary Meeker, the high-tech analyst in that era, you know, she was asked about the high price of the price line, another one of those darling IPOs. Her explanation was bull market. Well, that sounds great during the bull market, but it&#x27;s no comfort during a bear market. And as we&#x27;ve seen, bear markets can come with a vengeance and hang around like an unwelcome houseguest for a long time. So you just have to stick to those fundamentals and ask yourself, what is this business really worth?</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And think from, you know, what is the stock market pricing it at today? Well, those days in the late 90s and even into the early 2000s during the dot-coms, I mean, it was not unusual to see stocks go up $30, $40 a share in a day. And as Archie and Edith once explained there on Archie Bunker, those were the days. Yeah, those stocks didn&#x27;t have any earnings either, don&#x27;t forget, you know. You know, I should have opened up my own little company back then and came out public, just put a dot-com at the end of anything, and you could have made money back then. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. So The Origins of the Crash is another book you&#x27;ve written, and so we have to look behind the scenes, I guess, if we&#x27;re trying to invest. And our average listener has, you know, hundreds of thousands of dollars they&#x27;re trying to save for retirement, but they don&#x27;t know where to put it. They don&#x27;t know what money manager to select. They don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re with the right one. Back in the day, of course, there&#x27;s an old saying, a rising tide raises all boats.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So they thought they had an all-star money manager, but, of course, when the tide went out, their boat went back down. So how does somebody select the right money manager or strategy here going forward if they&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, 60 years older or higher and they want to have a comfortable retirement? Well, a few things. You know, one thing I would do is say that don&#x27;t pick a strategy for today, you know, that you think is going to work now, but not yesterday, not tomorrow, because today is going to change awful fast. You know, the strategy, I mean, the only strategy that I have faith in, the only strategy I&#x27;ve written about all my career is long-term patient value investing. You look for money managers who pursue opportunities, who buy securities that they think have an intrinsic value that is significantly more than the price. And that means, that doesn&#x27;t mean buying a financial fund or a high-tech fund or this fund or that fund, because a good manager knows that value can appear anywhere.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> He&#x27;s looking for value wherever it arises rather than being wedded. You know, if you do the other method, I&#x27;m going to go into financials, I&#x27;m going to go emerging markets, whatever it is, you&#x27;re really trusting your ability or the manager&#x27;s ability to time sectors. And that&#x27;s a tough game to play. And, you know, one very good indicator, I think, of whether the manager talks the talk and walks the walk is their turnover rate. You know, if you&#x27;ve got a fund, say, say if you&#x27;re looking at mutual funds where they&#x27;re holding their stocks at two, three, four years, which is going to mean their turnover is only going to be 20, 30 percent a year or something like that. You know, then you&#x27;ve got a manager who&#x27;s willing to buy a stock and sit with it for a few years. On the other hand, if you&#x27;ve got a fund where the turnover is 80, 90, 130 percent, 160 percent like some of them, you&#x27;ve got somebody with happy feet who no sooner buys a stock is looking to get out of it.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> And, you know, we can call that a lot of things, but I don&#x27;t call that investing. Absolutely. It&#x27;s unfortunately very close to – I was just in Vegas a couple weeks ago. It&#x27;s very close to the Vegas kind of mentality these days in the stock market. It is the Vegas mentality. I mean, you&#x27;ve got these flash funds that drive – what is it? Tens of thousands of millions of share orders and, you know, trying to arbitrage discrepancies that occur in less than a second. I mean, explain to me how that&#x27;s investing. Explain to me how that makes markets more efficient or helps markets allocate capital. It is, you know, in my mind, you know, hijacking markets to technologists. It reminds me of that 2001 movie where the – what was it, Hal, the computer, took over the spaceship. I think markets should be – serve two functions.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> They should serve companies who are trying to raise capital, and they should serve investors trying to price stocks at sensible prices. And, you know, I would clamp down on this casino stuff. I&#x27;m all for, by the way, a higher tax on short-term trading, on the derivatives trading that don&#x27;t raise capital, that are just sort of side bets on these things. I want to make markets efficient and sensible for long-term traders. And this sort of trading that makes markets more volatile and you see these thousand-point moves in a day, that doesn&#x27;t do me any good. Great point. And, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, this is the Financial Safari. We&#x27;re interviewing New York Times bestseller Roger Lowenstein, author of The End of Wall Street. You really need to get a copy of this, folks. But if you&#x27;re searching for solutions that provide guaranteed growth so you&#x27;ll have retirement income as long as you live,</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> if you&#x27;re weary of the fog of the market and want more growth than you think your CDs or other traditional accounts are providing, call right now. Call us at 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get together with you and get you on the path that you deserve. It&#x27;s crazy. You know, just a couple weeks ago, the price of crude oil came down, I think it was 38%, yet the price of gasoline at the pump only came down about 9% because of the futures trading built in. Yeah, I mean, tell me about that. If the price of oil is not going to reflect the on-the-street demand for gasoline, you know, jet engine fuel and the rest of it, what is it reflecting? And who is it serving? And you can see that in a lot of markets. And actually, that&#x27;s exactly what we saw in the mortgage market because instead of mortgages being issued sensibly by bankers who were evaluating the ability of homeowners, prospective homeowners, to finance those mortgages,</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> mortgages were allocated by the investment market. They were simply a function of how much money was pouring in to mortgage securities, which is a function of how many people were frustrated with the low yield on safer bonds, treasuries, you know, and decided to go out the curve a little more and throw money into mortgage securities, irrespective, as we learned, of whether those securities were any good. We&#x27;re talking to Roger Lowenstein, who&#x27;s the author of The End of Wall Street. It&#x27;s a great book. He&#x27;s written a couple other books. He used to write for the Wall Street Journal. Roger, we&#x27;ve got a little time here. I want to do a rapid-fire segment here with three different questions to you and just get your opinion and see where this goes. But number one, are there too many mutual funds on Wall Street? Absolutely. Every time a fund gets a big infusion of cash, they open up a new slice, a new variety, a new flavor. You know, we don&#x27;t need thousands and thousands of mutual funds.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> There aren&#x27;t thousands and thousands of capable managers. So I really look for someone who&#x27;s been in the business, has a long-term track record, doesn&#x27;t trade too much, and has a patient value philosophy. Yeah, I mean, mutual funds were a great idea at the beginning. It&#x27;s my opinion they were, but it was trying to make it simpler for someone to pick stocks because there were too many stocks out there. So you get a collection of stocks in a basket. But now I think there&#x27;s more mutual funds than there are stocks. I mean, I&#x27;m, you know, look, I&#x27;m a director of one mutual fund. I believe in the concept of the mutual fund industry. But as you say, when you have more funds than stocks, you know, I think we have the cart and the horse backwards. Then we look at 401ks, and, you know, I think there&#x27;s a lot of games played in 401ks. And do you think that people who have a 401k all the time or most of the time, do they have the best selection of mutual funds in their 401k?</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> Or is it maybe just ones that are put in there because they&#x27;re not selling anywhere else? Coach, I really sympathize with people with 401ks because they&#x27;re being asked to do something that ordinary Americans weren&#x27;t before. You know, when I have a flood in my house that we just had up here in Massachusetts, I&#x27;m not the expert on how to fix the flood and how to drain the water out. You know, we call a flood guy. He&#x27;s a good guy. You know, that&#x27;s not my line. So all these people who have other day jobs, they&#x27;re doing their best job to try and manage their portfolios. And I empathize with them. I think if many people make a mistake, it&#x27;s owning too many funds in their 401k and trading them too rapidly. You know, I would think of them, instead of his funds, I would think of them as friends. You know, pick a few of them. Pick a few you want to stay with, you know, over a long term.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And, you know, don&#x27;t be so quick to invite them into your house. You know, just as you&#x27;d pick a friend. This is someone I trust driving my kids to school or whatever. Well, you&#x27;re trusting funds with your money. That&#x27;s important, too. So I would own fewer of them and own funds. You&#x27;d be comfortable owning for a long stretch. Yeah. And it&#x27;s just there&#x27;s going to be – we&#x27;re seeing a lot of changes on the horizon in the 401k market, hopefully to the betterment of the person that puts money in the 401k. Those changes could not come fast enough, in my opinion. I agree. I really think folks need to pay attention to what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. Again, we&#x27;re talking to New York Times bestseller Roger Lowenstein, author of the book The End of Wall Street. And, Roger, if people are depending on Wall Street for their retirement income, I really think they need to take a step back. And they need to examine the ultra-wealthy investment secrets.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> Learn about strategies the ultra-wealthy have been using to create and preserve wealth, even in a sour economy. And you can do that by calling right now at 800-661-7383. We will give you a guide to get on the right path for retirement. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And final topic here is income planning. How can somebody put money away that they know is going to be there in the future? What kind of vehicles are you recommending for folks who, if you use a laddering strategy for that income ladder, the amount of money that they&#x27;re going to have each and every year, regardless of what happens in the stock market? Well, you know, the first rule is, you know, this is a rule we try to follow, you know, in my house, is if you&#x27;re going to need the money in the next two years, don&#x27;t put it in the stock market. Because you just don&#x27;t want to be in a position of having to sell in the week or the month when the market crashes.</p><p><strong>14:37</strong> And obviously, market volatility is something we have to live with. So you just can&#x27;t be sure. So if it&#x27;s college semester money for a year down the road, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with the savings bank. I know they&#x27;re not paying interest now, but the money is going to be there, right? There&#x27;s nothing wrong with a well-researched municipal bond. Right now, a lot of them are yielding, you know, pretty decent yields. You do have to be careful because municipalities, you know, not all of them are as safe as they used to be. I would really stay away from long-term bonds. You know, you have treasuries yielding. You need a microscope to see it. What is it? You know, 2%. And, you know, someday the economy is going to pick up and those yields could rocket up. And, you know, I say this because, in particular, because people think of treasuries as safe. They used to anyway. But there&#x27;s nothing safe about a bond yielding 2%, you know, because when yields go up, that bond is going to crash.</p><p><strong>15:27</strong> Absolutely. The house money, the money you&#x27;re going to need, you know, in the near-term stages of that ladder. Boy, I&#x27;d keep that in something safe. Now, and finally, as a subtitle of the income planning, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been able to do a lot of research. I&#x27;ve got a lot of tools at my disposal. But there&#x27;s a big problem there in the annuity world. Those are savings vehicles offered by insurance companies. And the big problem is there&#x27;s over 1,600 different annuities out there. I found a few that work for income planning and making sure people get money for the rest of their life. But I&#x27;ve seen a lot of abuses out in the annuity world. And have you found any good annuities? You know, I&#x27;m not an expert on the differences in the individual annuities. I like the concept of annuities a lot. I mean, you know, basically, you&#x27;re giving someone who has a pot of money and saying, in effect, you&#x27;re giving them a lifelong pension.</p><p><strong>16:14</strong> And I think that&#x27;s a great concept. But, Coach, you&#x27;re the expert on where the abuses are. I would say, you know, if you want an annuity, go to someone like yourself or someone who can detect which ones are safe. Because as a concept, I really like them. Well, I mean, and again, in the financial world, there&#x27;s too many choices for the average person, just at most anybody, because there&#x27;s so many choices. And you talked about 2001 Space Odyssey when Hal, the computer, took over. And, you know, back when I was younger, we started playing chess on the computer. You could play against the computer. And depending on how hard you made it, the computer would either win or you could beat the computer if you put it on the easiest level. Heck, I played chess on the computer. You played chess? Yeah, I played chess. But unfortunately, as you went up on the levels, the computer started beating you all the time because it was thinking way far ahead and even faster and smarter than any human being could be.</p><p><strong>17:02</strong> And that&#x27;s what people, when they try to day trade out there, they&#x27;re going against supercomputers these days, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah, you know, and my thoughts for people who feel as you do, that there&#x27;s so many choices and, you know, computers are running all over the place. Keep it simple. Don&#x27;t try to do too much. Own a few stocks. Own a few funds. Warren Buffett likes to say there are no call strikes in investing. They don&#x27;t penalize you for not swinging. So you don&#x27;t have to compete with Hal, the computer. And, folks, this is, again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Roger Lowenstein. He&#x27;s the author of The End of Wall Street. And, Roger, how can someone get a hold of this book? You can go on Amazon. You know, you can go to any bookstore. You can go to Barnes &amp; Noble. It&#x27;s there. What a great... And paperback now, too. Yeah, and paperback. You know, what I like about paperback books is you can read them at the pool. You know, you can be laying down and read it without the hardcover sticking into your skin there.</p><p><strong>17:50</strong> So paperback books... Isn&#x27;t that nice? And they&#x27;re a little lighter, too. So I guess if they were the heavy books, you can work on your biceps when you&#x27;re reading. But the light books, you can, too. Folks, Roger&#x27;s got a great book. He&#x27;s got several books I&#x27;d recommend you pick up a copy. Roger, thanks for your time today on The Financial Safari. Coach, always a pleasure. Folks, each and every week we bring national experts on just so you can get a flavor of what&#x27;s going on in the world, especially this national economy. And it&#x27;s not just us telling people to take safety and make it a priority. You really need to look at what&#x27;s going on in your portfolio. You need to get a true plan in place. And you don&#x27;t need all your financial eggs in one basket. Call us now at 800-661-7383 and get a true plan in place for you. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Financial journalist Roger Lowenstein discusses The End of Wall Street with Coach Pete. Their September 2011 conversation examines the financial crisis, housing, investment behavior, and lessons from Warren Buffett.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari, and as we like to do each and every week, I like to touch base with a well-known author, someone who&#x27;s written a book that I think is a game-changer in the financial world, and today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Roger Lowenstein. And Roger has written several books. The one I really like is The End of Wall Street. Roger, welcome into the Financial Safari. Hey, Coach. It&#x27;s a pleasure to be with you. Yeah, well, the pleasure is on this side of the microphone, as it always is, Roger. But tell me, what caused you to write this book, and what kind of feedback have you got about the book? And let&#x27;s tell the audience a little bit what the book&#x27;s about. Sure. You know, I had just gotten off a book, this is 2008, on the pension crisis, which I thought was developing, particularly among public sector employees, and I was sort of looking forward to taking a little time before I figured out my next book.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And then, lo and behold, Bear Stearns, a firm you may remember, crashed and had to be bailed out by the Fed. And Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, you may remember those darling institutions, had to be bailed out as well by the Treasury. And, you know, the whole system seemed to be crashing down. And for a financial writer like me, that was too good an opportunity to pass up. So, it&#x27;s kind of funny, I remember that when I first started working on the book, my working title was something like Six Days It Shook the World. I was thinking of when Lehman Brothers failed and AIG had to be bailed out. And then I changed it to, I think it became three weeks it shook the world, then three months, and, you know, we&#x27;re just still shaken now, three years later. So, I just got rid of that title, and it seemed to me that this was really the apocalyptic end to the era of gross over speculation to the philosophy that you can let big banks and Wall Street do whatever they want with no kind of regulation.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> You know, that the market always knows best that this failure was really going to be won. And obviously not that it&#x27;s going to do away with speculation forever, but that this crash was going to sort of mark a dividing line before and after in our lives or economic lives. You know, I have to say, three years out, it still feels that way. We&#x27;re having a tough time getting back to any semblance of normalcy. You know, we keep being reminded of jobs and so on. So, the subject of the book feels almost more important now than when I wrote it. And I know the average investor out there, we&#x27;ve been on over six years on the radio, and we talk to folks throughout the nation. They&#x27;re confused, they&#x27;re baffled, and they want a little bit of certainty so that they know when they put money into what they consider a retirement account, it&#x27;s going to be worth more than they put it in when they do retire, Roger. And that&#x27;s the main problem I&#x27;m seeing out there is people just don&#x27;t have confidence in where they&#x27;re putting their money.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> Yeah, a lot of investing in this country, I think, done on the basis of, I&#x27;ll get out before the music stops. I don&#x27;t just mean ordinary investors, I mean banks who issued mortgages, and they said, well, we&#x27;ll sell these mortgages before the guy goes bad. And then, you know, the people who bought those mortgages said, well, we&#x27;ll package them up and sell them out to, you know, investors overseas or someplace before we get stuck with the hot potato. And even Chuck Prince, who ran Citigroup, you know, at the time, the biggest bank in the country said, you know, he, you know, speaking of the mortgage crisis, and knowing that, or the mortgage bubble, and knowing that it was going to come to an end someday, he said, and it&#x27;s a quote, when the music stops, you know, we&#x27;ll stop, but while the music&#x27;s playing, we&#x27;ve got to keep dancing. And that&#x27;s, you know, any, any child who&#x27;s played musical chairs knows, you know, when the music stops, there&#x27;s not a chair for everybody.</p><p><strong>03:19</strong> But I think, you know, we went through such a long period, investors large and small, of thinking that, you know, each one of us thinking, well, we&#x27;ll get out in time. And, you know, it&#x27;s going to take a while to get back to some semblance of security, you know, sometime before markets readjust to, you know, what are real housing values that the economy can grow from on a normalized basis. And absolutely, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, we&#x27;re talking to Roger Lowenstein. He is author of The End of Wall Street and several other books. I want to talk about a couple other ones. But he also, he&#x27;s an American financial journalist who graduated from Cornell, reported for The Wall Street Journal for more than a decade, including two years, writing its column that&#x27;s called Heard on the Street. That was back in the early 90s, I think, wasn&#x27;t it, Roger? Yes, it was. You&#x27;re dating me, Coach, but it was in the, actually, it was about 89 to 91 I did the Heard.</p><p><strong>04:09</strong> Then I went to write the book on Buffett, but that was when I did the Heard. So you were writing for The Wall Street Journal when we had our last big boom, I guess, the bull market cycle there, the one that was going like crazy into the dot-com and then the bubble that burst in year 2000. Yeah, I worked for The Journal in the late 90s when, you know, I remember the day that Netscape went public, August 10th or 15th or something, 1995. But the stock, I think it went up 80%. And then, you know, after a while, it seemed just normal for IPOs to double and, you know, some of them even tripled on their first day. And we know how that one ended. And I think the lesson to investors that, you know, you were referring to before, again, is that you can&#x27;t invest on the basis of, well, everyone&#x27;s buying this thing. It&#x27;s going to double. It&#x27;s going to triple.</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> You know, you have to invest in the basis of, you know, what&#x27;s the underlying value? Well, you know, what is this company? Who are its customers? You know, who&#x27;s the competition? If the thing is grounded, if the investment&#x27;s grounded in fundamentals like that, you don&#x27;t really have to worry about these market swings because, you know, because the companies are going to come back. But if you&#x27;re just investing on this, you know, bull market psychology, I remember, you know, Mary Meeker, the high-tech analyst in that era, you know, she was asked about the high price of the price line, another one of those darling IPOs. Her explanation was bull market. Well, that sounds great during the bull market, but it&#x27;s no comfort during a bear market. And as we&#x27;ve seen, bear markets can come with a vengeance and hang around like an unwelcome houseguest for a long time. So you just have to stick to those fundamentals and ask yourself, what is this business really worth?</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And think from, you know, what is the stock market pricing it at today? Well, those days in the late 90s and even into the early 2000s during the dot-coms, I mean, it was not unusual to see stocks go up $30, $40 a share in a day. And as Archie and Edith once explained there on Archie Bunker, those were the days. Yeah, those stocks didn&#x27;t have any earnings either, don&#x27;t forget, you know. You know, I should have opened up my own little company back then and came out public, just put a dot-com at the end of anything, and you could have made money back then. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. So The Origins of the Crash is another book you&#x27;ve written, and so we have to look behind the scenes, I guess, if we&#x27;re trying to invest. And our average listener has, you know, hundreds of thousands of dollars they&#x27;re trying to save for retirement, but they don&#x27;t know where to put it. They don&#x27;t know what money manager to select. They don&#x27;t know if they&#x27;re with the right one. Back in the day, of course, there&#x27;s an old saying, a rising tide raises all boats.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So they thought they had an all-star money manager, but, of course, when the tide went out, their boat went back down. So how does somebody select the right money manager or strategy here going forward if they&#x27;re, let&#x27;s say, 60 years older or higher and they want to have a comfortable retirement? Well, a few things. You know, one thing I would do is say that don&#x27;t pick a strategy for today, you know, that you think is going to work now, but not yesterday, not tomorrow, because today is going to change awful fast. You know, the strategy, I mean, the only strategy that I have faith in, the only strategy I&#x27;ve written about all my career is long-term patient value investing. You look for money managers who pursue opportunities, who buy securities that they think have an intrinsic value that is significantly more than the price. And that means, that doesn&#x27;t mean buying a financial fund or a high-tech fund or this fund or that fund, because a good manager knows that value can appear anywhere.</p><p><strong>07:23</strong> He&#x27;s looking for value wherever it arises rather than being wedded. You know, if you do the other method, I&#x27;m going to go into financials, I&#x27;m going to go emerging markets, whatever it is, you&#x27;re really trusting your ability or the manager&#x27;s ability to time sectors. And that&#x27;s a tough game to play. And, you know, one very good indicator, I think, of whether the manager talks the talk and walks the walk is their turnover rate. You know, if you&#x27;ve got a fund, say, say if you&#x27;re looking at mutual funds where they&#x27;re holding their stocks at two, three, four years, which is going to mean their turnover is only going to be 20, 30 percent a year or something like that. You know, then you&#x27;ve got a manager who&#x27;s willing to buy a stock and sit with it for a few years. On the other hand, if you&#x27;ve got a fund where the turnover is 80, 90, 130 percent, 160 percent like some of them, you&#x27;ve got somebody with happy feet who no sooner buys a stock is looking to get out of it.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> And, you know, we can call that a lot of things, but I don&#x27;t call that investing. Absolutely. It&#x27;s unfortunately very close to – I was just in Vegas a couple weeks ago. It&#x27;s very close to the Vegas kind of mentality these days in the stock market. It is the Vegas mentality. I mean, you&#x27;ve got these flash funds that drive – what is it? Tens of thousands of millions of share orders and, you know, trying to arbitrage discrepancies that occur in less than a second. I mean, explain to me how that&#x27;s investing. Explain to me how that makes markets more efficient or helps markets allocate capital. It is, you know, in my mind, you know, hijacking markets to technologists. It reminds me of that 2001 movie where the – what was it, Hal, the computer, took over the spaceship. I think markets should be – serve two functions.</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> They should serve companies who are trying to raise capital, and they should serve investors trying to price stocks at sensible prices. And, you know, I would clamp down on this casino stuff. I&#x27;m all for, by the way, a higher tax on short-term trading, on the derivatives trading that don&#x27;t raise capital, that are just sort of side bets on these things. I want to make markets efficient and sensible for long-term traders. And this sort of trading that makes markets more volatile and you see these thousand-point moves in a day, that doesn&#x27;t do me any good. Great point. And, folks, if you&#x27;re just joining us, this is the Financial Safari. We&#x27;re interviewing New York Times bestseller Roger Lowenstein, author of The End of Wall Street. You really need to get a copy of this, folks. But if you&#x27;re searching for solutions that provide guaranteed growth so you&#x27;ll have retirement income as long as you live,</p><p><strong>09:47</strong> if you&#x27;re weary of the fog of the market and want more growth than you think your CDs or other traditional accounts are providing, call right now. Call us at 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get together with you and get you on the path that you deserve. It&#x27;s crazy. You know, just a couple weeks ago, the price of crude oil came down, I think it was 38%, yet the price of gasoline at the pump only came down about 9% because of the futures trading built in. Yeah, I mean, tell me about that. If the price of oil is not going to reflect the on-the-street demand for gasoline, you know, jet engine fuel and the rest of it, what is it reflecting? And who is it serving? And you can see that in a lot of markets. And actually, that&#x27;s exactly what we saw in the mortgage market because instead of mortgages being issued sensibly by bankers who were evaluating the ability of homeowners, prospective homeowners, to finance those mortgages,</p><p><strong>10:37</strong> mortgages were allocated by the investment market. They were simply a function of how much money was pouring in to mortgage securities, which is a function of how many people were frustrated with the low yield on safer bonds, treasuries, you know, and decided to go out the curve a little more and throw money into mortgage securities, irrespective, as we learned, of whether those securities were any good. We&#x27;re talking to Roger Lowenstein, who&#x27;s the author of The End of Wall Street. It&#x27;s a great book. He&#x27;s written a couple other books. He used to write for the Wall Street Journal. Roger, we&#x27;ve got a little time here. I want to do a rapid-fire segment here with three different questions to you and just get your opinion and see where this goes. But number one, are there too many mutual funds on Wall Street? Absolutely. Every time a fund gets a big infusion of cash, they open up a new slice, a new variety, a new flavor. You know, we don&#x27;t need thousands and thousands of mutual funds.</p><p><strong>11:25</strong> There aren&#x27;t thousands and thousands of capable managers. So I really look for someone who&#x27;s been in the business, has a long-term track record, doesn&#x27;t trade too much, and has a patient value philosophy. Yeah, I mean, mutual funds were a great idea at the beginning. It&#x27;s my opinion they were, but it was trying to make it simpler for someone to pick stocks because there were too many stocks out there. So you get a collection of stocks in a basket. But now I think there&#x27;s more mutual funds than there are stocks. I mean, I&#x27;m, you know, look, I&#x27;m a director of one mutual fund. I believe in the concept of the mutual fund industry. But as you say, when you have more funds than stocks, you know, I think we have the cart and the horse backwards. Then we look at 401ks, and, you know, I think there&#x27;s a lot of games played in 401ks. And do you think that people who have a 401k all the time or most of the time, do they have the best selection of mutual funds in their 401k?</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> Or is it maybe just ones that are put in there because they&#x27;re not selling anywhere else? Coach, I really sympathize with people with 401ks because they&#x27;re being asked to do something that ordinary Americans weren&#x27;t before. You know, when I have a flood in my house that we just had up here in Massachusetts, I&#x27;m not the expert on how to fix the flood and how to drain the water out. You know, we call a flood guy. He&#x27;s a good guy. You know, that&#x27;s not my line. So all these people who have other day jobs, they&#x27;re doing their best job to try and manage their portfolios. And I empathize with them. I think if many people make a mistake, it&#x27;s owning too many funds in their 401k and trading them too rapidly. You know, I would think of them, instead of his funds, I would think of them as friends. You know, pick a few of them. Pick a few you want to stay with, you know, over a long term.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And, you know, don&#x27;t be so quick to invite them into your house. You know, just as you&#x27;d pick a friend. This is someone I trust driving my kids to school or whatever. Well, you&#x27;re trusting funds with your money. That&#x27;s important, too. So I would own fewer of them and own funds. You&#x27;d be comfortable owning for a long stretch. Yeah. And it&#x27;s just there&#x27;s going to be – we&#x27;re seeing a lot of changes on the horizon in the 401k market, hopefully to the betterment of the person that puts money in the 401k. Those changes could not come fast enough, in my opinion. I agree. I really think folks need to pay attention to what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. Again, we&#x27;re talking to New York Times bestseller Roger Lowenstein, author of the book The End of Wall Street. And, Roger, if people are depending on Wall Street for their retirement income, I really think they need to take a step back. And they need to examine the ultra-wealthy investment secrets.</p><p><strong>13:46</strong> Learn about strategies the ultra-wealthy have been using to create and preserve wealth, even in a sour economy. And you can do that by calling right now at 800-661-7383. We will give you a guide to get on the right path for retirement. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And final topic here is income planning. How can somebody put money away that they know is going to be there in the future? What kind of vehicles are you recommending for folks who, if you use a laddering strategy for that income ladder, the amount of money that they&#x27;re going to have each and every year, regardless of what happens in the stock market? Well, you know, the first rule is, you know, this is a rule we try to follow, you know, in my house, is if you&#x27;re going to need the money in the next two years, don&#x27;t put it in the stock market. Because you just don&#x27;t want to be in a position of having to sell in the week or the month when the market crashes.</p><p><strong>14:37</strong> And obviously, market volatility is something we have to live with. So you just can&#x27;t be sure. So if it&#x27;s college semester money for a year down the road, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with the savings bank. I know they&#x27;re not paying interest now, but the money is going to be there, right? There&#x27;s nothing wrong with a well-researched municipal bond. Right now, a lot of them are yielding, you know, pretty decent yields. You do have to be careful because municipalities, you know, not all of them are as safe as they used to be. I would really stay away from long-term bonds. You know, you have treasuries yielding. You need a microscope to see it. What is it? You know, 2%. And, you know, someday the economy is going to pick up and those yields could rocket up. And, you know, I say this because, in particular, because people think of treasuries as safe. They used to anyway. But there&#x27;s nothing safe about a bond yielding 2%, you know, because when yields go up, that bond is going to crash.</p><p><strong>15:27</strong> Absolutely. The house money, the money you&#x27;re going to need, you know, in the near-term stages of that ladder. Boy, I&#x27;d keep that in something safe. Now, and finally, as a subtitle of the income planning, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been able to do a lot of research. I&#x27;ve got a lot of tools at my disposal. But there&#x27;s a big problem there in the annuity world. Those are savings vehicles offered by insurance companies. And the big problem is there&#x27;s over 1,600 different annuities out there. I found a few that work for income planning and making sure people get money for the rest of their life. But I&#x27;ve seen a lot of abuses out in the annuity world. And have you found any good annuities? You know, I&#x27;m not an expert on the differences in the individual annuities. I like the concept of annuities a lot. I mean, you know, basically, you&#x27;re giving someone who has a pot of money and saying, in effect, you&#x27;re giving them a lifelong pension.</p><p><strong>16:14</strong> And I think that&#x27;s a great concept. But, Coach, you&#x27;re the expert on where the abuses are. I would say, you know, if you want an annuity, go to someone like yourself or someone who can detect which ones are safe. Because as a concept, I really like them. Well, I mean, and again, in the financial world, there&#x27;s too many choices for the average person, just at most anybody, because there&#x27;s so many choices. And you talked about 2001 Space Odyssey when Hal, the computer, took over. And, you know, back when I was younger, we started playing chess on the computer. You could play against the computer. And depending on how hard you made it, the computer would either win or you could beat the computer if you put it on the easiest level. Heck, I played chess on the computer. You played chess? Yeah, I played chess. But unfortunately, as you went up on the levels, the computer started beating you all the time because it was thinking way far ahead and even faster and smarter than any human being could be.</p><p><strong>17:02</strong> And that&#x27;s what people, when they try to day trade out there, they&#x27;re going against supercomputers these days, aren&#x27;t they? Yeah, you know, and my thoughts for people who feel as you do, that there&#x27;s so many choices and, you know, computers are running all over the place. Keep it simple. Don&#x27;t try to do too much. Own a few stocks. Own a few funds. Warren Buffett likes to say there are no call strikes in investing. They don&#x27;t penalize you for not swinging. So you don&#x27;t have to compete with Hal, the computer. And, folks, this is, again, we&#x27;ve been talking to Roger Lowenstein. He&#x27;s the author of The End of Wall Street. And, Roger, how can someone get a hold of this book? You can go on Amazon. You know, you can go to any bookstore. You can go to Barnes &amp; Noble. It&#x27;s there. What a great... And paperback now, too. Yeah, and paperback. You know, what I like about paperback books is you can read them at the pool. You know, you can be laying down and read it without the hardcover sticking into your skin there.</p><p><strong>17:50</strong> So paperback books... Isn&#x27;t that nice? And they&#x27;re a little lighter, too. So I guess if they were the heavy books, you can work on your biceps when you&#x27;re reading. But the light books, you can, too. Folks, Roger&#x27;s got a great book. He&#x27;s got several books I&#x27;d recommend you pick up a copy. Roger, thanks for your time today on The Financial Safari. Coach, always a pleasure. Folks, each and every week we bring national experts on just so you can get a flavor of what&#x27;s going on in the world, especially this national economy. And it&#x27;s not just us telling people to take safety and make it a priority. You really need to look at what&#x27;s going on in your portfolio. You need to get a true plan in place. And you don&#x27;t need all your financial eggs in one basket. Call us now at 800-661-7383 and get a true plan in place for you. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Financial journalist Roger Lowenstein discusses The End of Wall Street with Coach Pete. Their September 2011 conversation examines the financial crisis, housing, investment behavior, and lessons from Warren Buffett.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Roger Lowenstein</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Roger Lowenstein, investing, real estate</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f/image.jpg?t=1792073087&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/roger-lowenstein-the-end-of-wall-street/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f/image.jpg?t=1792073087&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1113</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2736b74f-1b3e-4f03-b0c5-b4e2010e588f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="17847540" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/roger-lowenstein-the-end-of-wall-street</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>232</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The End of Wall Street" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:31" title="Music and live entertainment" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:23" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete and Bill Smith: Building a Complete Retirement Plan</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete and Bill Smith: Building a Complete Retirement Plan</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a September 2011 discussion about retirement income, annuities, and a complete financial plan. They explore why a single product cannot answer every planning question.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, Bill, now joining us today is Coach Pete from the Financial Safari, a nice syndicated radio show out in Cary, North Carolina. Coach Pete, glad to have you with us on Retirement Matters. Welcome out, Coach. That&#x27;s great to be back on with you guys. How are things going in Ohio? Oh, you know what? Things are great. We&#x27;re not too excited about the idea or notion of going into the fall time, but although fall is my favorite time of the year. It doesn&#x27;t seem like fall lasts too much longer before the snow starts flying. The problem, Coach, is fall, and Jerry, you mentioned it, is that the snowflakes are right around the corner, which, you know, you guys don&#x27;t see too terribly much of that down there in your neck of the woods, do you? I used to love snowflakes when I was little because one snowflake, school was canceled for a week here in North Carolina. That&#x27;s about right.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That seems like anywhere down south, they don&#x27;t take it as long as we do up north. We&#x27;re used to it up here. Yeah, so things are well. How about your area? Yeah, how&#x27;s everything looking on the retirement planning front down in the North Carolina part of the world? Well, things are going fine here. You know, what we see, though, nationwide is because we&#x27;re syndicated all across the nation, we see a lot of people who are confused, and they want some certainty in their financial planning. And more importantly, they want to have an income they don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving, and I&#x27;m sure you guys see that as well. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s a big problem out there, and I wrote about it in my book, Knock Out Your Retirement Income Warriors Forever. There&#x27;s a big difference between income planning and investing, and I think a lot of times people get confused as to how they should invest when they retire</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> and what really, Jared, should be the most important part to somebody&#x27;s financial plan. Most people overlook it completely. Well, yeah, and Bill, we&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of people&#x27;s judgment has been really clouded lately by all the stuff that&#x27;s happening in the economy. The stock market&#x27;s going up and down. It&#x27;s like a roller coaster. We&#x27;ve seen more volatility lately than we have in a long time, Coach Pete, and I know that&#x27;s probably weighing on some of the investors that you&#x27;re talking to, weighing out on their minds as well. It sure is, guys. We have historic unemployment levels. We&#x27;ve got the dizzying stock market volatility, the crushing federal debt there. Throw in the housing market fiasco and the European market crisis. And a question you need to ask yourself, folks listening, is will you be the lawnmower or the grass as we go forward into the financial future here?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Do you want to be the lawnmower or do you want to be the grass? I want to be the lawnmower. Well, let&#x27;s talk about how to become the lawnmower then. First of all, I think, folks, the bottom line is you really need to get a second opinion. And I want everybody to ask yourself this question, number one. And, Coach, you know this is somewhat of a rhetorical question, but you&#x27;re going to hear me ask it, and that was this. The last time these folks listening, you sat down with your financial advisor and they reviewed your portfolio and they showed you how much risk you were taking in your portfolio and they showed you how to protect yourself. And really how to be in control of your assets so that you don&#x27;t lose a ton of money when these markets cycle and volatility triples. I&#x27;m just curious, how did those conversations go?</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I don&#x27;t know about you, Coach Pete, but we&#x27;ve seen a lot of blank stares and a lot of deer-in-the-headlight reactions. We&#x27;ve asked that question to our clients and to the people that are coming into the office. Well, I tell you what, you know, the difference is out there is that if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re not a client of our firm and, you know, folks really don&#x27;t know what to do, and so it&#x27;s somewhat of a rhetorical question, Coach, and we know that folks aren&#x27;t reviewing properly and they aren&#x27;t showing them how to protect their portfolios, it&#x27;s probably the most critical time in history because this is unlike any other time we&#x27;ve ever had in history. So you just can&#x27;t say hang in there. It&#x27;ll always come back, Coach. Well, you know what I envisioned when you dropped that question here where you were asking folks if their current advisors asked them that?</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> I mean, I envisioned the cartoons where you hear crickets in the background because most people don&#x27;t have a real plan. They&#x27;ve got a collection of financial products. They&#x27;ve been sold over the years for the sole benefit, unfortunately, folks, for the sole benefit of the person who sold you the products. And, Bill, you see this a lot, too, when you analyze and help people review and get a real financial plan together, don&#x27;t you? Well, I do, and I think, you know, for everybody listening, that&#x27;s the problem. I mean, most people are sold a product rather than, you know, let&#x27;s develop a solution to a problem. A product becomes secondary. And, you know, just the other day, and this will kind of lead us right into what we&#x27;re going to talk about. I had a gentleman come in, and his broker had told him he had an account that was safe. And really what I really broke down and took a look at is this guy owned a variable annuity.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And the only way it was safe was he had to die for it to be safe or protected. But, you know, Coach, he was paying a hefty fee on that variable annuity, as you know. And, see, I see brokers selling variable annuities to people all too often, and this kind of, you know, leads us into our discussion here. Well, Bill, those are record sales numbers of variable annuities. And, folks, it&#x27;s my opinion that if people understood what they were buying, they would never let a broker sell it to them. And, unfortunately, people don&#x27;t know the fine print until they get into something. And variable annuities, in my opinion, for retirees are the absolute worst place you want to be. You need to be in places that have guaranteed income streams with principal protection. And I don&#x27;t mean principal protection like variable annuities have where you have to die to get your money back. Now, if you&#x27;re a cat, that&#x27;s a good deal for eight times because you have nine wives as a cat.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> But unless you&#x27;re a cat, variable annuities are not a good fit for retirement income planning. Well, let&#x27;s expand on that idea, Bill and Coach Pete, because what we&#x27;re talking about today is an article that both of you are actually featured in on SecondAct.com. The article is titled, How to Use Annuities to Create Your Own Pension. And this is a hot topic, guys, because you hear about more and more in the news. You&#x27;re seeing news about annuities and how you can create lifetime and guaranteed income. And, before we get too far, SecondAct.com. This is an online destination that is used for readers that are over the age of 40. Their mission is to provide inspiration and information so that you can lead up to those years and following those years in your retirement. Those golden years, as I should say, right, Coach? So you boys were both featured in this article on annuities.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> And let&#x27;s talk about some of the topics that they were talking about in that article, first off. Well, first, Coach, I&#x27;ll start out and then I&#x27;ll pass the baton to you. I think the problem is, again, it goes back to what we were just talking about. I mean, people sell annuities when that&#x27;s the absolutely wrong thing to do. You know, an annuity exists for a reason, but far too many times you hear people pushing annuities for everything. And to me, that&#x27;s just not right. Annuities are not right for everyone. You have to take a look at the specific uses of them and do your homework on the front side before you purchase an annuity. So I think, Coach, people fall into really a couple categories. One, those folks who already own an annuity who want to know if the annuity they own is right for them.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And the second thing are people who are considering the purchase of annuities and they want more information. So I think this show is probably best for those two categories of folks that we can really break that down into, Coach. Yeah, now let&#x27;s think about this, and it&#x27;s all about having the right product for the right time of your life after you get a strategy put together. And, folks, would you go to a doctor or would you go back to a doctor whose favorite color was purple? And no matter what you went for in there, whatever was ailing you, like if you had chest pain, he would say Nexium because it&#x27;s a purple pill. You go in for a swollen toe, he says Nexium. You go in with a nosebleed, he says Nexium. If all the doctor prescribed was one drug, would you go back to that doctor again? And, of course, the answer is no, yet many people return to the same financial folks who are selling them annuities over and over again.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> Now, there are some good annuities, but there are 1,600 annuities out there. And actually, the writer of this article, How to Use Annuities to Create Your Own Pension, her name was Karen Price Mueller. And she was very negative towards annuities a few years back because she had only heard of the variable annuities. But once she was educated on some of the fixed annuities, which means you put money in and you can&#x27;t lose money due to market forces, and also she was educated about the income riders that are attached to annuities now that build money for your retirement income at a guaranteed rate and can do it compounded, she&#x27;s all over it in a positive direction now as long as people find the perfect fit. Isn&#x27;t that right, Bill? Bill, yeah, absolutely. You know, again, folks, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re wondering, if you heard somebody talk about an annuity</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and they&#x27;re really pushing an annuity and they&#x27;re selling you the benefits or a product, if you will, put the brakes on, folks. Call our guideline right away. Get a second opinion, Jared. Yeah, that number&#x27;s toll-free, 877-51-GUIDE. Again, 877-514-8433. The best thing that you can do if you&#x27;ve been in this situation and the doctor, if you will, and Coach Pete&#x27;s example is prescribing nothing but purple pills to you or nothing but those variable annuities or an annuity in general, you need to get a second opinion and take advantage of our free annuity review. And I know, Coach Pete, you do the same thing for people on your end in your neck of the woods down there. But like Bill and Pete have said, an annuity is not right for everyone, and it&#x27;s important that you get your entire situation looked at before you get prescribed that purple pill, if you will, or that annuity.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a great example, Coach. I really like that. The purple pill, I&#x27;m going to remember that one. The purple pill example. If your advisor is the purple pill of the financial world, folks, you need to run, not walk away from them, and get a second opinion. And maybe you don&#x27;t even know. And that&#x27;s the thing that disturbs me the most is the folks that I sit down with who have no idea what they&#x27;re in, but they are just trusting, blindly trusting their current advisor. And that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s time for a second opinion. And, of course, we offer that, folks, at our end here on our nationwide show. If you call 800-661-7383, we&#x27;ll get you in touch with an advisor who will give you a second opinion with no cost or obligation. And, Bill, that&#x27;s very important these days, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it really is. And, Ken, you know, folks just need to really take a look at all their options. Let&#x27;s not be sold a product and then look back one, two years later and realize we made a decision</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> because the broker forgot to tell you about the fine print. Let&#x27;s be educated on the front side by a specialist, somebody who understands if an annuity is right for you or not. So, Jared, for those folks, again, they&#x27;re thinking about buying an annuity or they already own an annuity, they need to get a second opinion, free annuity review we call it. Yeah, free annuity review, 877-51. ...calendar each week, weekend, and week out for these. So you need to call right away. And if you&#x27;re one of the first five to ten callers, depending on the schedule, we might be able to get you in for one of those free annuity reviews. But you&#x27;ve got to call, Bill. Yeah, absolutely. 877-51-GUIDE. I&#x27;m teaching two classes in the next couple weeks. They&#x27;re packed to the gills. Even if you wanted to attend, you couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> So, you know, folks, you&#x27;ve got to get educated on this stuff. It&#x27;s time now. Coach Pete, let&#x27;s break this down and let&#x27;s really take a look at this. You know, we were interviewed. You and I were chosen out of, I don&#x27;t know want to say how many, but thousands of advisors across the country to educate or help bring information to Kerry, who is the, you know, the writer, if you will, or the author of this article, how to use an annuity to create your own pension. So talk about that, if you will. Yeah. When we look at it, it&#x27;s basically, we could call, we could retitle that article, annuities, the good, the bad, and the fine print. And folks, it&#x27;s not what you think you have. It&#x27;s what you do have that&#x27;s the most important thing.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And Bill, the tool that Annuity World has added in to some annuities out there without much fanfare, but with a tremendous benefit, is something called a guaranteed income rider, which they also throw a term around called a step up. And that just simply means, folks, the longer you can hold that annuity before you turn the switch on for a lifetime income, the more it will grow by a guaranteed rate. And if you select the right annuity, that rate will grow by up to 8.2% compounded. And what the beauty of that is, is you know with certainty that if you wait a certain number of years, you&#x27;ll know with certainty the guaranteed minimum per year, you&#x27;ll get in a yearly benefit. And that&#x27;s what the writer of the article was looking for, ways that people could build, quote unquote, their own pension-like accounts where they would have certainty and not worry about what&#x27;s going on in the market. Because too many folks are losing their money in the stock market because they think the money</p><p><strong>12:51</strong> is going to be there when they need it. They don&#x27;t know it&#x27;s going to be there when they need it. And that&#x27;s what annuities do. They answer that call for folks. Well, you know, recently I had on the show, Kathy Weatherford from the Insured Retirement Institute provides education to the entire industry. And coach, they have a little tool out there called the Retirement Pyramid. And at the base of that, for every retiree, it should be guaranteed income. And that guaranteed income are things like Social Security benefits, pensions, and annuities. But I think far too often people are uneducated about the type of annuity that they have. And it&#x27;s not their fault. It&#x27;s because they trust their broker. And what they realize is their broker does not have a fiduciary responsibility to them. And they end up selling them a risk product.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> And all of a sudden, they end up losing a bunch of money. And they&#x27;re sitting there holding the bag, if you will. And so the very base of most important things should be guaranteed income, coach. Now, you were talking about that 8.2. That can be a very powerful tool for retirees out there. Yeah. When I sit down with folks and I ask them, do you have a written retirement income plan? And I&#x27;m talking to folks who come in from a radio show or they come in after I&#x27;ve spoken somewhere, and if you want to picture those crickets, again, in the cartoon, when I ask them if they have a written out retirement income plan, they give me a stare that you would basically run from. It&#x27;s a stare of disbelief. And they don&#x27;t know what I&#x27;m talking about. And that hurts my feelings in a little bit for the financial industry because everyone, the first step they should take, Bill and Jared, is they should have a guaranteed retirement</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> income plan in place before they ever take risk. Well, yeah, if you&#x27;re talking about, especially in this article, creating your own pension, I mean, the reason why this is getting so much hype these days is think about all the people out there that are entering retirement or that are close to retirement that are pensionless. Now, we talk about this week in and week out on our show, Coach Pete, all those baby boomers that either their employers went away with defined benefit pensions and went to the defined contribution plan. Those are all the people that are now forced to take that lump sum of money that they&#x27;re getting and roll that into something and create their own pension. And this is one of the vehicles that can help you do it if you know about it and if you understand it right, Bill. Well, absolutely. And as we were sitting here and you guys were talking, I just did a quick calculation. So let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re 60 years old.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And I&#x27;m going to keep this very general because depending on the state you&#x27;re in, this could vary widely across the state. So this would be a representative to folks in the state of Ohio. So a $100,000 deposit and an accumulation of 8.2% guaranteed on an income account, that individual could guarantee $13,195 after 10 years of accumulation, Coach Pete, for the rest of their life. I don&#x27;t know of any other vehicle that can provide that certainty out there in the market today. No, but it&#x27;s a shame there that there are folks that don&#x27;t want you to know about these kind of products because that affects their retirement plan. Their retirement plan is to keep you at risk because they get paid a fee to keep your money</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> at risk. And again, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with risk. I&#x27;m an investment advisor just like you, Bill. We like risk and safety. But we want to make sure to protect people from the downside of their retirement money. And we use these retirement income accounts for that. Now, when we look at annuities, though, there&#x27;s so many of them out there. And there are some with tremendous amount of fees. And the fees will inhibit you from having what you thought you were going to have when you get to retirement. Picture a harness race. Now, have you guys ever been to the horse races where there&#x27;s a harness race where they&#x27;ve got a jockey in the back, basically? Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. Yeah. I&#x27;ve got a good friend. He&#x27;s an author. His name is Dan Kennedy. He&#x27;s a rather big guy. Bill, I think you know him, too. I know Dan. He&#x27;s from this area. He lives in, he&#x27;s close to, in northern Ohio. Yeah. Yeah, he invited me up there to watch him race one weekend.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> And it was just when the snow was clearing here in the spring. And I remember looking at Dan. And then there was a lot of other jockeys there that were a lot smaller than Dan. And I felt a little sorry for Dan&#x27;s horse because I knew that Dan&#x27;s horse was going to have to work a lot harder than some of the other horses. And Dan&#x27;s not, he&#x27;s not fat, you know, overweight, but he&#x27;s just a big guy. So he put a lot more strain on his horse. His horse had to work that much harder to get Dan to the finish line. And folks, if you have a lot of fees coming out of your accounts, you&#x27;ve got a big jockey on your retirement account where you could have a small one. And the small ones, a lot of times, are just as good as the big ones. What a great analogy, Bill. I mean, you&#x27;re talking about a larger engine having to work harder, possibly taking more out, you know. And you&#x27;re talking about fees and the expenses, things that you don&#x27;t necessarily know about when you enter a contract like this.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> Yeah, absolutely. The problem is they&#x27;re never disclosed. So it&#x27;s up to the individual investor to read that little thing you get in the mail. That&#x27;s about anywhere from one inch to 10 inches thick called a prospectus. And there are fees and costs that are buried and hidden in there that your broker does not have even a responsibility to tell you about because they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. I had a gentleman in the other day talking about this jockey example coach and had made money, had a variable annuity, but wasn&#x27;t quite sure what his return was. So I took a look at it. He had had this account for over 15 years. Average rate of return in those 15 years in this variable annuity was 1.74.</p><p><strong>18:18</strong> A paltry 1.74% over the last 15 years. Here&#x27;s the most disturbing part. The fees pushed a little over 3% a year for the past 15 years. Now, I&#x27;m not talking just a small $100,000 portfolio. It was on several hundred thousand dollars. So, you know, we&#x27;re talking about $15,000 a year in fees over a 15-year period. That&#x27;s $225,000 a year total over that time, coach, for an average rate of return that they could have gotten better in a CD. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s a lot of money going out of your pocket into somebody else. And you have to ask a question. And the question is, whose retirement are you funding? Yours or your broker&#x27;s?</p><p><strong>19:03</strong> And if you&#x27;re in the wrong place, I kind of beg to differ about your retirement being fully funded. But, Bill, let&#x27;s go into it real quick. I know you&#x27;re pretty short on time. I know we&#x27;re coming up on a break here. But when we look at a true financial plan, you&#x27;re a registered financial consultant, as I am. We specialize and spend most of our time in designing financial plans. We bring in tax specialists and estate planning specialists to help build the plan because it is a full-time job in the financial world. We can&#x27;t basically take time away from the financial world to learn the tax world. That&#x27;s why we surround ourselves with professionals. But there&#x27;s five legs on a financial plan. And most people don&#x27;t have all those five legs covered because they&#x27;re with a financial salesman. Number one is you have a proper portfolio. Number two is you have an income plan. Number three, you incorporate tax strategies using a professional you bring in to do that.</p><p><strong>19:50</strong> Number four is estate planning strategies. Again, using a professional who&#x27;s an attorney. And number five, the most important one is you have a qualified retirement plan, an income plan that&#x27;s built into your retirement and your financial plan to make sure that you&#x27;re going to have enough money for the rest of your life when you do get a retirement. Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s where most people go wrong, Coach, is they&#x27;re sold again. They&#x27;re sold a product. I think folks need to grab the phone right now and call the guideline. Get a second opinion. If you&#x27;re wondering about an annuity, if you own one, if you want to get a second opinion on the one you own, folks, you owe it to yourself. Don&#x27;t look back once you find out five, 10, 15 years later that you were in the wrong type of account, that you could have had much better benefits and lower fees. Do that now. If you own one, pick up the guide phone and call our guideline, Jared, right away and get</p><p><strong>20:40</strong> a second opinion. Don&#x27;t waste any time. 877-51-GUIDE. Again, toll free 1-877-514-8433. And I know, Coach Pete, you offer a second opinion, a free consultation of folks down in the North Carolina area. Yeah, it&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Let me leave you guys with this one thought here. Just as bad as the guy who&#x27;s out there peddling one or two proprietary mutual funds is the guy who&#x27;s out there peddling one annuity. And there&#x27;s no such thing as a one-size-fits-all in the financial world. So if you&#x27;ve got some guy or gal out there just trying to push one annuity and that&#x27;s, again, that purple pill for the financial world and it&#x27;s always the right fit, then you need to run and not walk away from somebody like that and get a qualified plan put together. And I know you guys do a real good job up there in Ohio.</p><p><strong>21:26</strong> And if I was up there, I&#x27;d call you guys. Well, it&#x27;s all about having a full financial, complete financial plan and not just a purple pill and a quick fix. And that&#x27;s the way we look at it. And I know you do the same down there for your clients. Absolutely. Hey, Coach, great article, by the way. Yeah. Hey, Bill, it was pretty funny. I started reading the article and then I saw your name in it and I started reading it more advanced and I saw my name in it. So it was pretty funny to both be in there. We had no idea we were both being interviewed for that article, by the way. How interesting. I mean, I&#x27;ve been on our radio show multiple times, you know, national radio show guests, and here we are. We show up in the same article featured by Second Act, but very interesting. It was a great article. We&#x27;ll be more than happy to share that with any of our listeners, the article, and I&#x27;m sure you will too. Absolutely. Coach, hey, thanks for joining us here on Retirement Matters Radio.</p><p><strong>22:14</strong> It&#x27;s always a pleasure. Bill, as always, the pleasure is on this side of the microphone. Take care, Coach. You guys take care. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a September 2011 discussion about retirement income, annuities, and a complete financial plan. They explore why a single product cannot answer every planning question.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Well, Bill, now joining us today is Coach Pete from the Financial Safari, a nice syndicated radio show out in Cary, North Carolina. Coach Pete, glad to have you with us on Retirement Matters. Welcome out, Coach. That&#x27;s great to be back on with you guys. How are things going in Ohio? Oh, you know what? Things are great. We&#x27;re not too excited about the idea or notion of going into the fall time, but although fall is my favorite time of the year. It doesn&#x27;t seem like fall lasts too much longer before the snow starts flying. The problem, Coach, is fall, and Jerry, you mentioned it, is that the snowflakes are right around the corner, which, you know, you guys don&#x27;t see too terribly much of that down there in your neck of the woods, do you? I used to love snowflakes when I was little because one snowflake, school was canceled for a week here in North Carolina. That&#x27;s about right.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> That seems like anywhere down south, they don&#x27;t take it as long as we do up north. We&#x27;re used to it up here. Yeah, so things are well. How about your area? Yeah, how&#x27;s everything looking on the retirement planning front down in the North Carolina part of the world? Well, things are going fine here. You know, what we see, though, nationwide is because we&#x27;re syndicated all across the nation, we see a lot of people who are confused, and they want some certainty in their financial planning. And more importantly, they want to have an income they don&#x27;t have to worry about outliving, and I&#x27;m sure you guys see that as well. Yeah, I think that&#x27;s a big problem out there, and I wrote about it in my book, Knock Out Your Retirement Income Warriors Forever. There&#x27;s a big difference between income planning and investing, and I think a lot of times people get confused as to how they should invest when they retire</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> and what really, Jared, should be the most important part to somebody&#x27;s financial plan. Most people overlook it completely. Well, yeah, and Bill, we&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of people&#x27;s judgment has been really clouded lately by all the stuff that&#x27;s happening in the economy. The stock market&#x27;s going up and down. It&#x27;s like a roller coaster. We&#x27;ve seen more volatility lately than we have in a long time, Coach Pete, and I know that&#x27;s probably weighing on some of the investors that you&#x27;re talking to, weighing out on their minds as well. It sure is, guys. We have historic unemployment levels. We&#x27;ve got the dizzying stock market volatility, the crushing federal debt there. Throw in the housing market fiasco and the European market crisis. And a question you need to ask yourself, folks listening, is will you be the lawnmower or the grass as we go forward into the financial future here?</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> Do you want to be the lawnmower or do you want to be the grass? I want to be the lawnmower. Well, let&#x27;s talk about how to become the lawnmower then. First of all, I think, folks, the bottom line is you really need to get a second opinion. And I want everybody to ask yourself this question, number one. And, Coach, you know this is somewhat of a rhetorical question, but you&#x27;re going to hear me ask it, and that was this. The last time these folks listening, you sat down with your financial advisor and they reviewed your portfolio and they showed you how much risk you were taking in your portfolio and they showed you how to protect yourself. And really how to be in control of your assets so that you don&#x27;t lose a ton of money when these markets cycle and volatility triples. I&#x27;m just curious, how did those conversations go?</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I don&#x27;t know about you, Coach Pete, but we&#x27;ve seen a lot of blank stares and a lot of deer-in-the-headlight reactions. We&#x27;ve asked that question to our clients and to the people that are coming into the office. Well, I tell you what, you know, the difference is out there is that if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re not a client of our firm and, you know, folks really don&#x27;t know what to do, and so it&#x27;s somewhat of a rhetorical question, Coach, and we know that folks aren&#x27;t reviewing properly and they aren&#x27;t showing them how to protect their portfolios, it&#x27;s probably the most critical time in history because this is unlike any other time we&#x27;ve ever had in history. So you just can&#x27;t say hang in there. It&#x27;ll always come back, Coach. Well, you know what I envisioned when you dropped that question here where you were asking folks if their current advisors asked them that?</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> I mean, I envisioned the cartoons where you hear crickets in the background because most people don&#x27;t have a real plan. They&#x27;ve got a collection of financial products. They&#x27;ve been sold over the years for the sole benefit, unfortunately, folks, for the sole benefit of the person who sold you the products. And, Bill, you see this a lot, too, when you analyze and help people review and get a real financial plan together, don&#x27;t you? Well, I do, and I think, you know, for everybody listening, that&#x27;s the problem. I mean, most people are sold a product rather than, you know, let&#x27;s develop a solution to a problem. A product becomes secondary. And, you know, just the other day, and this will kind of lead us right into what we&#x27;re going to talk about. I had a gentleman come in, and his broker had told him he had an account that was safe. And really what I really broke down and took a look at is this guy owned a variable annuity.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And the only way it was safe was he had to die for it to be safe or protected. But, you know, Coach, he was paying a hefty fee on that variable annuity, as you know. And, see, I see brokers selling variable annuities to people all too often, and this kind of, you know, leads us into our discussion here. Well, Bill, those are record sales numbers of variable annuities. And, folks, it&#x27;s my opinion that if people understood what they were buying, they would never let a broker sell it to them. And, unfortunately, people don&#x27;t know the fine print until they get into something. And variable annuities, in my opinion, for retirees are the absolute worst place you want to be. You need to be in places that have guaranteed income streams with principal protection. And I don&#x27;t mean principal protection like variable annuities have where you have to die to get your money back. Now, if you&#x27;re a cat, that&#x27;s a good deal for eight times because you have nine wives as a cat.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> But unless you&#x27;re a cat, variable annuities are not a good fit for retirement income planning. Well, let&#x27;s expand on that idea, Bill and Coach Pete, because what we&#x27;re talking about today is an article that both of you are actually featured in on SecondAct.com. The article is titled, How to Use Annuities to Create Your Own Pension. And this is a hot topic, guys, because you hear about more and more in the news. You&#x27;re seeing news about annuities and how you can create lifetime and guaranteed income. And, before we get too far, SecondAct.com. This is an online destination that is used for readers that are over the age of 40. Their mission is to provide inspiration and information so that you can lead up to those years and following those years in your retirement. Those golden years, as I should say, right, Coach? So you boys were both featured in this article on annuities.</p><p><strong>06:25</strong> And let&#x27;s talk about some of the topics that they were talking about in that article, first off. Well, first, Coach, I&#x27;ll start out and then I&#x27;ll pass the baton to you. I think the problem is, again, it goes back to what we were just talking about. I mean, people sell annuities when that&#x27;s the absolutely wrong thing to do. You know, an annuity exists for a reason, but far too many times you hear people pushing annuities for everything. And to me, that&#x27;s just not right. Annuities are not right for everyone. You have to take a look at the specific uses of them and do your homework on the front side before you purchase an annuity. So I think, Coach, people fall into really a couple categories. One, those folks who already own an annuity who want to know if the annuity they own is right for them.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> And the second thing are people who are considering the purchase of annuities and they want more information. So I think this show is probably best for those two categories of folks that we can really break that down into, Coach. Yeah, now let&#x27;s think about this, and it&#x27;s all about having the right product for the right time of your life after you get a strategy put together. And, folks, would you go to a doctor or would you go back to a doctor whose favorite color was purple? And no matter what you went for in there, whatever was ailing you, like if you had chest pain, he would say Nexium because it&#x27;s a purple pill. You go in for a swollen toe, he says Nexium. You go in with a nosebleed, he says Nexium. If all the doctor prescribed was one drug, would you go back to that doctor again? And, of course, the answer is no, yet many people return to the same financial folks who are selling them annuities over and over again.</p><p><strong>08:05</strong> Now, there are some good annuities, but there are 1,600 annuities out there. And actually, the writer of this article, How to Use Annuities to Create Your Own Pension, her name was Karen Price Mueller. And she was very negative towards annuities a few years back because she had only heard of the variable annuities. But once she was educated on some of the fixed annuities, which means you put money in and you can&#x27;t lose money due to market forces, and also she was educated about the income riders that are attached to annuities now that build money for your retirement income at a guaranteed rate and can do it compounded, she&#x27;s all over it in a positive direction now as long as people find the perfect fit. Isn&#x27;t that right, Bill? Bill, yeah, absolutely. You know, again, folks, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re wondering, if you heard somebody talk about an annuity</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and they&#x27;re really pushing an annuity and they&#x27;re selling you the benefits or a product, if you will, put the brakes on, folks. Call our guideline right away. Get a second opinion, Jared. Yeah, that number&#x27;s toll-free, 877-51-GUIDE. Again, 877-514-8433. The best thing that you can do if you&#x27;ve been in this situation and the doctor, if you will, and Coach Pete&#x27;s example is prescribing nothing but purple pills to you or nothing but those variable annuities or an annuity in general, you need to get a second opinion and take advantage of our free annuity review. And I know, Coach Pete, you do the same thing for people on your end in your neck of the woods down there. But like Bill and Pete have said, an annuity is not right for everyone, and it&#x27;s important that you get your entire situation looked at before you get prescribed that purple pill, if you will, or that annuity.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Well, that&#x27;s a great example, Coach. I really like that. The purple pill, I&#x27;m going to remember that one. The purple pill example. If your advisor is the purple pill of the financial world, folks, you need to run, not walk away from them, and get a second opinion. And maybe you don&#x27;t even know. And that&#x27;s the thing that disturbs me the most is the folks that I sit down with who have no idea what they&#x27;re in, but they are just trusting, blindly trusting their current advisor. And that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s time for a second opinion. And, of course, we offer that, folks, at our end here on our nationwide show. If you call 800-661-7383, we&#x27;ll get you in touch with an advisor who will give you a second opinion with no cost or obligation. And, Bill, that&#x27;s very important these days, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it really is. And, Ken, you know, folks just need to really take a look at all their options. Let&#x27;s not be sold a product and then look back one, two years later and realize we made a decision</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> because the broker forgot to tell you about the fine print. Let&#x27;s be educated on the front side by a specialist, somebody who understands if an annuity is right for you or not. So, Jared, for those folks, again, they&#x27;re thinking about buying an annuity or they already own an annuity, they need to get a second opinion, free annuity review we call it. Yeah, free annuity review, 877-51. ...calendar each week, weekend, and week out for these. So you need to call right away. And if you&#x27;re one of the first five to ten callers, depending on the schedule, we might be able to get you in for one of those free annuity reviews. But you&#x27;ve got to call, Bill. Yeah, absolutely. 877-51-GUIDE. I&#x27;m teaching two classes in the next couple weeks. They&#x27;re packed to the gills. Even if you wanted to attend, you couldn&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> So, you know, folks, you&#x27;ve got to get educated on this stuff. It&#x27;s time now. Coach Pete, let&#x27;s break this down and let&#x27;s really take a look at this. You know, we were interviewed. You and I were chosen out of, I don&#x27;t know want to say how many, but thousands of advisors across the country to educate or help bring information to Kerry, who is the, you know, the writer, if you will, or the author of this article, how to use an annuity to create your own pension. So talk about that, if you will. Yeah. When we look at it, it&#x27;s basically, we could call, we could retitle that article, annuities, the good, the bad, and the fine print. And folks, it&#x27;s not what you think you have. It&#x27;s what you do have that&#x27;s the most important thing.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And Bill, the tool that Annuity World has added in to some annuities out there without much fanfare, but with a tremendous benefit, is something called a guaranteed income rider, which they also throw a term around called a step up. And that just simply means, folks, the longer you can hold that annuity before you turn the switch on for a lifetime income, the more it will grow by a guaranteed rate. And if you select the right annuity, that rate will grow by up to 8.2% compounded. And what the beauty of that is, is you know with certainty that if you wait a certain number of years, you&#x27;ll know with certainty the guaranteed minimum per year, you&#x27;ll get in a yearly benefit. And that&#x27;s what the writer of the article was looking for, ways that people could build, quote unquote, their own pension-like accounts where they would have certainty and not worry about what&#x27;s going on in the market. Because too many folks are losing their money in the stock market because they think the money</p><p><strong>12:51</strong> is going to be there when they need it. They don&#x27;t know it&#x27;s going to be there when they need it. And that&#x27;s what annuities do. They answer that call for folks. Well, you know, recently I had on the show, Kathy Weatherford from the Insured Retirement Institute provides education to the entire industry. And coach, they have a little tool out there called the Retirement Pyramid. And at the base of that, for every retiree, it should be guaranteed income. And that guaranteed income are things like Social Security benefits, pensions, and annuities. But I think far too often people are uneducated about the type of annuity that they have. And it&#x27;s not their fault. It&#x27;s because they trust their broker. And what they realize is their broker does not have a fiduciary responsibility to them. And they end up selling them a risk product.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> And all of a sudden, they end up losing a bunch of money. And they&#x27;re sitting there holding the bag, if you will. And so the very base of most important things should be guaranteed income, coach. Now, you were talking about that 8.2. That can be a very powerful tool for retirees out there. Yeah. When I sit down with folks and I ask them, do you have a written retirement income plan? And I&#x27;m talking to folks who come in from a radio show or they come in after I&#x27;ve spoken somewhere, and if you want to picture those crickets, again, in the cartoon, when I ask them if they have a written out retirement income plan, they give me a stare that you would basically run from. It&#x27;s a stare of disbelief. And they don&#x27;t know what I&#x27;m talking about. And that hurts my feelings in a little bit for the financial industry because everyone, the first step they should take, Bill and Jared, is they should have a guaranteed retirement</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> income plan in place before they ever take risk. Well, yeah, if you&#x27;re talking about, especially in this article, creating your own pension, I mean, the reason why this is getting so much hype these days is think about all the people out there that are entering retirement or that are close to retirement that are pensionless. Now, we talk about this week in and week out on our show, Coach Pete, all those baby boomers that either their employers went away with defined benefit pensions and went to the defined contribution plan. Those are all the people that are now forced to take that lump sum of money that they&#x27;re getting and roll that into something and create their own pension. And this is one of the vehicles that can help you do it if you know about it and if you understand it right, Bill. Well, absolutely. And as we were sitting here and you guys were talking, I just did a quick calculation. So let&#x27;s say we&#x27;re 60 years old.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And I&#x27;m going to keep this very general because depending on the state you&#x27;re in, this could vary widely across the state. So this would be a representative to folks in the state of Ohio. So a $100,000 deposit and an accumulation of 8.2% guaranteed on an income account, that individual could guarantee $13,195 after 10 years of accumulation, Coach Pete, for the rest of their life. I don&#x27;t know of any other vehicle that can provide that certainty out there in the market today. No, but it&#x27;s a shame there that there are folks that don&#x27;t want you to know about these kind of products because that affects their retirement plan. Their retirement plan is to keep you at risk because they get paid a fee to keep your money</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> at risk. And again, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with risk. I&#x27;m an investment advisor just like you, Bill. We like risk and safety. But we want to make sure to protect people from the downside of their retirement money. And we use these retirement income accounts for that. Now, when we look at annuities, though, there&#x27;s so many of them out there. And there are some with tremendous amount of fees. And the fees will inhibit you from having what you thought you were going to have when you get to retirement. Picture a harness race. Now, have you guys ever been to the horse races where there&#x27;s a harness race where they&#x27;ve got a jockey in the back, basically? Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. Yeah. I&#x27;ve got a good friend. He&#x27;s an author. His name is Dan Kennedy. He&#x27;s a rather big guy. Bill, I think you know him, too. I know Dan. He&#x27;s from this area. He lives in, he&#x27;s close to, in northern Ohio. Yeah. Yeah, he invited me up there to watch him race one weekend.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> And it was just when the snow was clearing here in the spring. And I remember looking at Dan. And then there was a lot of other jockeys there that were a lot smaller than Dan. And I felt a little sorry for Dan&#x27;s horse because I knew that Dan&#x27;s horse was going to have to work a lot harder than some of the other horses. And Dan&#x27;s not, he&#x27;s not fat, you know, overweight, but he&#x27;s just a big guy. So he put a lot more strain on his horse. His horse had to work that much harder to get Dan to the finish line. And folks, if you have a lot of fees coming out of your accounts, you&#x27;ve got a big jockey on your retirement account where you could have a small one. And the small ones, a lot of times, are just as good as the big ones. What a great analogy, Bill. I mean, you&#x27;re talking about a larger engine having to work harder, possibly taking more out, you know. And you&#x27;re talking about fees and the expenses, things that you don&#x27;t necessarily know about when you enter a contract like this.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> Yeah, absolutely. The problem is they&#x27;re never disclosed. So it&#x27;s up to the individual investor to read that little thing you get in the mail. That&#x27;s about anywhere from one inch to 10 inches thick called a prospectus. And there are fees and costs that are buried and hidden in there that your broker does not have even a responsibility to tell you about because they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. I had a gentleman in the other day talking about this jockey example coach and had made money, had a variable annuity, but wasn&#x27;t quite sure what his return was. So I took a look at it. He had had this account for over 15 years. Average rate of return in those 15 years in this variable annuity was 1.74.</p><p><strong>18:18</strong> A paltry 1.74% over the last 15 years. Here&#x27;s the most disturbing part. The fees pushed a little over 3% a year for the past 15 years. Now, I&#x27;m not talking just a small $100,000 portfolio. It was on several hundred thousand dollars. So, you know, we&#x27;re talking about $15,000 a year in fees over a 15-year period. That&#x27;s $225,000 a year total over that time, coach, for an average rate of return that they could have gotten better in a CD. Yeah. Well, that&#x27;s a lot of money going out of your pocket into somebody else. And you have to ask a question. And the question is, whose retirement are you funding? Yours or your broker&#x27;s?</p><p><strong>19:03</strong> And if you&#x27;re in the wrong place, I kind of beg to differ about your retirement being fully funded. But, Bill, let&#x27;s go into it real quick. I know you&#x27;re pretty short on time. I know we&#x27;re coming up on a break here. But when we look at a true financial plan, you&#x27;re a registered financial consultant, as I am. We specialize and spend most of our time in designing financial plans. We bring in tax specialists and estate planning specialists to help build the plan because it is a full-time job in the financial world. We can&#x27;t basically take time away from the financial world to learn the tax world. That&#x27;s why we surround ourselves with professionals. But there&#x27;s five legs on a financial plan. And most people don&#x27;t have all those five legs covered because they&#x27;re with a financial salesman. Number one is you have a proper portfolio. Number two is you have an income plan. Number three, you incorporate tax strategies using a professional you bring in to do that.</p><p><strong>19:50</strong> Number four is estate planning strategies. Again, using a professional who&#x27;s an attorney. And number five, the most important one is you have a qualified retirement plan, an income plan that&#x27;s built into your retirement and your financial plan to make sure that you&#x27;re going to have enough money for the rest of your life when you do get a retirement. Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s where most people go wrong, Coach, is they&#x27;re sold again. They&#x27;re sold a product. I think folks need to grab the phone right now and call the guideline. Get a second opinion. If you&#x27;re wondering about an annuity, if you own one, if you want to get a second opinion on the one you own, folks, you owe it to yourself. Don&#x27;t look back once you find out five, 10, 15 years later that you were in the wrong type of account, that you could have had much better benefits and lower fees. Do that now. If you own one, pick up the guide phone and call our guideline, Jared, right away and get</p><p><strong>20:40</strong> a second opinion. Don&#x27;t waste any time. 877-51-GUIDE. Again, toll free 1-877-514-8433. And I know, Coach Pete, you offer a second opinion, a free consultation of folks down in the North Carolina area. Yeah, it&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Let me leave you guys with this one thought here. Just as bad as the guy who&#x27;s out there peddling one or two proprietary mutual funds is the guy who&#x27;s out there peddling one annuity. And there&#x27;s no such thing as a one-size-fits-all in the financial world. So if you&#x27;ve got some guy or gal out there just trying to push one annuity and that&#x27;s, again, that purple pill for the financial world and it&#x27;s always the right fit, then you need to run and not walk away from somebody like that and get a qualified plan put together. And I know you guys do a real good job up there in Ohio.</p><p><strong>21:26</strong> And if I was up there, I&#x27;d call you guys. Well, it&#x27;s all about having a full financial, complete financial plan and not just a purple pill and a quick fix. And that&#x27;s the way we look at it. And I know you do the same down there for your clients. Absolutely. Hey, Coach, great article, by the way. Yeah. Hey, Bill, it was pretty funny. I started reading the article and then I saw your name in it and I started reading it more advanced and I saw my name in it. So it was pretty funny to both be in there. We had no idea we were both being interviewed for that article, by the way. How interesting. I mean, I&#x27;ve been on our radio show multiple times, you know, national radio show guests, and here we are. We show up in the same article featured by Second Act, but very interesting. It was a great article. We&#x27;ll be more than happy to share that with any of our listeners, the article, and I&#x27;m sure you will too. Absolutely. Coach, hey, thanks for joining us here on Retirement Matters Radio.</p><p><strong>22:14</strong> It&#x27;s always a pleasure. Bill, as always, the pleasure is on this side of the microphone. Take care, Coach. You guys take care. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a September 2011 discussion about retirement income, annuities, and a complete financial plan. They explore why a single product cannot answer every planning question.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>Bill Smith</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Bill Smith, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef/image.jpg?t=1792072683&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-bill-smith-building-a-complete-retirement-plan/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef/image.jpg?t=1792072683&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1342</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ce1002eb-5e8b-4714-9101-b4e2014aaeef/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="21515878" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-bill-smith-building-a-complete-retirement-plan</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>233</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Building a Complete Retirement Plan" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:41" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:10" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:16" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Martin Weiss: Safe Money, Financial Ratings, and Economic Uncertainty</title>
      <itunes:title>Martin Weiss: Safe Money, Financial Ratings, and Economic Uncertainty</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Martin Weiss joins Coach Pete to discuss his safe money books, financial ratings, and the economic uncertainty of 2011. They explore how savers evaluate risk and prepare for changes in the economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside the financial world. Try to get it more of a local level, though, folks. And what I want to do here is I want to have a special guest come in. He is Dr. Martin Weiss, and he has written several books. One that I really like is called The Ultimate Safe Money Guide. Another one is called The Ultimate Money Guide for Bubbles, Busts, Recession, and Depression. And, of course, you may have heard the word Weiss. Dr. Weiss has founded a rating agency I wanted to talk about, too. Dr. Weiss, welcome in. Thank you for having me. Sure. Well, it&#x27;s a funny world these days, and I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s a great world to write about things that are going on in the economy, correct? No. Unfortunately, the outlook is very negative, and I write about it as accurately as I can and then just hope it doesn&#x27;t happen.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> But pray it doesn&#x27;t happen because the more they&#x27;ve been postponing this inevitable collapse in the economy, the worse the forecast gets. And right now we&#x27;re on the brink of something that we&#x27;ve never seen before, and that is not only the failure of individual corporations like we saw in the last round of the debt crisis, but also the failure of entire countries and governments. This has never happened before. We&#x27;ve had smaller, lesser-developed countries run into debt problems in the past, but never major industrial nations at the core of our world, such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal. Now it&#x27;s Spain, Italy, perhaps even France.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Those are huge economies. Just Italy alone is three times larger than all the countries that have failed so far and have been rescued at the last hour by bailouts. Well, let&#x27;s look here, though, for a minute. People hear this word trillions of dollars, and no one&#x27;s ever really seen it. Not many people have seen a million dollars on one table, much less a billion or a trillion. So then we start thinking, well, heck, there&#x27;s nothing I can do about it. Let me just ignore it and hope for things to get better. Is that the right approach, Dr. Weiss, or should people look at their own personal economy and structure it in a way where they can at least minimize the effect of what&#x27;s going on around them? Well, in the past, the assumption has always been that the government will bail you out, or the government will bail out the big bank that you&#x27;re concerned about, or the government will bail out the economy. And so far, that assumption has been true.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> But now, with the governments themselves in financial difficulty, they&#x27;re going to have to save their own neck first, and it&#x27;s every man for himself. You have to take your own precautions and not depend on the government or anyone else to do it for you. You have to save your own money and have your own rainy day fund and not even count on things like Social Security or maybe your tax refund. Well, I was kind of worried when Hurricane Irene came through and the government basically said, well, we&#x27;ll help these people recover that had some damage. But in order to do that, we&#x27;re going to have to stop some of our other recovery projects that we&#x27;ve already started. That&#x27;s kind of worrisome with the federal government, isn&#x27;t it? It is. And just the other day, I was speaking to the director of a major national campaign to end child homelessness.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And she told me that the situation of child homeless in America is getting worse. And at the same time, the federal government is cutting back pretty dramatically in the grants and other programs that were supporting children that don&#x27;t have homes. So I don&#x27;t want to comment on policy, but I do want to point out that the idea that the government&#x27;s going to take care of you is no longer valid. The government itself, Uncle Sam himself, is going to be scrounging for money and cutting back very dramatically. We already have seen it in the local government level. We&#x27;ve seen states and cities all across the country fire policemen and lay off firemen and shut down schools.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And so it should not be so hard to imagine the federal government moving forward with a similar trend. Well, are municipal bonds as safe as they used to be? No, not at all. Municipal bonds were considered, you know, AAA and some of them still have very high ratings. But you can&#x27;t trust municipal bonds and you can&#x27;t trust the high ratings. You can&#x27;t even trust the government guarantee anymore from the federal government. You really need to focus on getting your own financial house in order, saving money as much as possible and keeping it in the safest possible place. Folks, every single week I try to get a national expert, someone who can put the financial world in more perspective for you. And today we are extremely lucky and privileged to have Dr. Martin Weiss, the author of numerous books,</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> also the founder of Weiss Research, which ranks all the financial products out there. And at any time, if you&#x27;d like to find out more information about what he&#x27;s talking about, give us a call at 800-661-7383. Now, the ultimate guide for bubbles, busts, recession, and depressions, it said that it&#x27;s a must-have for anyone wishing to protect, save, and grow wealth in difficult economic times. And I&#x27;d like to put parentheses such as these. Dr. Weiss, what should somebody do if they&#x27;re looking at their own retirement right now? And what should they do to make sure that they will have money in the future? Dr. Well, the standard answer to that question is, you know, stick with it, invest in the stock market for the long term, don&#x27;t worry, just ride it out. I don&#x27;t agree with that assessment.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> I believe that you have to take action promptly and soon before the market falls, not after. And some people then say, well, how can I do that? I have my, I&#x27;m stuck in a 401k. The reality is you&#x27;re not stuck. You have the flexibility within your 401k without taking out a penny to simply shift your funds with a simple phone call from an equity fund where your money is at risk and you could lose perhaps half or more to a money market fund where your risk is virtually zero. Now, you&#x27;re not going to make yield. You&#x27;re not going to make any money on that money market fund. But the more important factor is you&#x27;re going to protect your principal through these difficult times. And then when the dust clears, you can think again about going back into the market.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> That&#x27;s a great point, Dr. Weiss. And folks, if you&#x27;re concerned at all about what your financial situation looks like, take this opportunity to sit down with one of my local trusted advisors today to map out the proper financial strategy. The number to call is 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And at no cost or obligation, you could meet with a planner today to iron out your financial situation. Now, I see a lot of people running over to commodities just because of the flavor of the day. And some people are going to get rich in commodities. But also on the other side of the coin, a lot of people are going to lose a lot of money, Dr. Weiss. How can somebody out there who&#x27;s trying to manage the money and make a legitimate return, how can they know if they&#x27;re getting in the right commodity for the future? Their commodities, you&#x27;re right. Ultimately, they go up and they come back down.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And sometimes they can come back down very sharply. We&#x27;ve seen that, for example, in oil. We&#x27;ve seen it in other commodities. But there is a place for a moderate diversification into key commodities as a hedge against inflation and as a place to keep some of your money. With a focus, I would focus primarily on gold but not exclusively on gold. Nor would I go whole hog and shift all of my money into gold because now then you&#x27;re incurring a different kind of risk. The key is that the dollar is going to become under pressure and you need something to protect yourself to hedge against the real possibility that the value of your dollar might decline. So I would recommend maybe it depends on your risk tolerance, but I would recommend, say, 10% of your cash be held in the equivalent of gold bullion.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You don&#x27;t have to go out and buy gold coins themselves. You can buy an exchange-traded fund, an ETF, that owns exclusively gold bullion. And the most popular one, the largest one, is symbol GLD for gold. And, of course, in the Ultimate Safe Money Guide, one of your chapters here, Chapter 4, says safety and yield are your best escape from disaster. Now, what do you mean by safety and yield, Dr. Weiss? Well, you know, you&#x27;re much better off. First of all, let me say you&#x27;re much better off with the return of your money in these times than to be overly concerned with the return on your money. You can achieve safety by keeping your money in either the very, very safest banks in the country.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And Weiss Ratings, our ratings company, can identify for you which ones they are. With those two things, those two tools, those web tools, I think you&#x27;ll find the safety and the yield or the return on your money that you&#x27;re looking for, even in the worst of times. Good. And also here on your book, The Ultimate Safe Money Guide, the subtitle, How Everyone 50 and Over Can Protect, Save, and Grow Their Money. You also have a bullet point that says stop all stock losses now. Now, how can somebody do that? There are two ways. Number one is to reduce your overall risk in your portfolio by selling out the stocks that have the highest risk. And the tool I gave you a moment ago will let you find which stocks in your portfolio are high risk and which ones are low risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> The second thing you can do is hedge against a further stock market decline for any stocks that you&#x27;re unable or unwilling to sell right now. And fortunately, there are very convenient vehicles available for you to do that that are easy to buy. And those are called inverse ETFs. ETFs. They let you actually make money when the stock market or major stock averages go down. The more the market declines, the more you stand to make. And if you have some of those in your portfolio, you can offset any losses that you might have from stocks you still own and protect yourself from the market decline. That&#x27;s nice. Okay. So then make money, rain or shine, is sort of probably using the inverse ETFs along with regular ETFs?</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> The inverse ETFs, let&#x27;s say you have IBM and Microsoft and a dozen other stocks in your portfolio. And let&#x27;s say, despite my advice or despite the concerns that I have, you decide you want to keep those stocks. Now, my recommendation is to reduce your stock portfolio overall. But if you can&#x27;t do that or for some reason you don&#x27;t want to do that, then your next best choice is to buy an inverse ETF, which hedges your portfolio. The more the market goes down, the more that inverse ETF will go up in value. Okay. Interesting. And finally, let me final question before I let you go. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Martin Weiss. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Safe Money Guide and also The Ultimate Money Guide for Bubbles, Bust, Recession, and Depression.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And he also has founded, of course, Weiss Research. Dr. Weiss, there are over 1,600 annuities out there today. And unfortunately, we&#x27;ve identified many bad ones. Have you, in your research, found some good annuities, especially ones that have guaranteed income riders attached to them? The answer is absolutely yes. I cannot give you their names right now. But in my book that you mentioned, we describe how to go about finding those and which are the traps to avoid and to look out for. Good. So, I mean, and do you agree? I mean, 1,600 annuities, how can the average investor or average saver keep track of all those annuities? Well, it&#x27;s very difficult. And each annuity is different. I think they&#x27;re at the right time. You can shift from what we&#x27;re recommending today, which is ultimate safety, to a more moderate or a more aggressive portfolio.</p><p><strong>12:18</strong> But that time is not yet now. I think that it&#x27;s way too soon to be putting more money into the stock market. And I know you also talk about long-term care and some life insurance. I&#x27;d love to have you back on for another segment in the future and talk about those issues. Sure, absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Dr. Martin Weiss, founder of Weiss Research and author of numerous books. It&#x27;s been our privilege, Dr. Weiss, to have you on. Thank you. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to put proper planning strategies to work for you, give us a call right now at 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dr. Martin Weiss joins Coach Pete to discuss his safe money books, financial ratings, and the economic uncertainty of 2011. They explore how savers evaluate risk and prepare for changes in the economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show looking inside the financial world. Try to get it more of a local level, though, folks. And what I want to do here is I want to have a special guest come in. He is Dr. Martin Weiss, and he has written several books. One that I really like is called The Ultimate Safe Money Guide. Another one is called The Ultimate Money Guide for Bubbles, Busts, Recession, and Depression. And, of course, you may have heard the word Weiss. Dr. Weiss has founded a rating agency I wanted to talk about, too. Dr. Weiss, welcome in. Thank you for having me. Sure. Well, it&#x27;s a funny world these days, and I&#x27;m sure it&#x27;s a great world to write about things that are going on in the economy, correct? No. Unfortunately, the outlook is very negative, and I write about it as accurately as I can and then just hope it doesn&#x27;t happen.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> But pray it doesn&#x27;t happen because the more they&#x27;ve been postponing this inevitable collapse in the economy, the worse the forecast gets. And right now we&#x27;re on the brink of something that we&#x27;ve never seen before, and that is not only the failure of individual corporations like we saw in the last round of the debt crisis, but also the failure of entire countries and governments. This has never happened before. We&#x27;ve had smaller, lesser-developed countries run into debt problems in the past, but never major industrial nations at the core of our world, such as Greece, Ireland, Portugal. Now it&#x27;s Spain, Italy, perhaps even France.</p><p><strong>01:40</strong> Those are huge economies. Just Italy alone is three times larger than all the countries that have failed so far and have been rescued at the last hour by bailouts. Well, let&#x27;s look here, though, for a minute. People hear this word trillions of dollars, and no one&#x27;s ever really seen it. Not many people have seen a million dollars on one table, much less a billion or a trillion. So then we start thinking, well, heck, there&#x27;s nothing I can do about it. Let me just ignore it and hope for things to get better. Is that the right approach, Dr. Weiss, or should people look at their own personal economy and structure it in a way where they can at least minimize the effect of what&#x27;s going on around them? Well, in the past, the assumption has always been that the government will bail you out, or the government will bail out the big bank that you&#x27;re concerned about, or the government will bail out the economy. And so far, that assumption has been true.</p><p><strong>02:27</strong> But now, with the governments themselves in financial difficulty, they&#x27;re going to have to save their own neck first, and it&#x27;s every man for himself. You have to take your own precautions and not depend on the government or anyone else to do it for you. You have to save your own money and have your own rainy day fund and not even count on things like Social Security or maybe your tax refund. Well, I was kind of worried when Hurricane Irene came through and the government basically said, well, we&#x27;ll help these people recover that had some damage. But in order to do that, we&#x27;re going to have to stop some of our other recovery projects that we&#x27;ve already started. That&#x27;s kind of worrisome with the federal government, isn&#x27;t it? It is. And just the other day, I was speaking to the director of a major national campaign to end child homelessness.</p><p><strong>03:18</strong> And she told me that the situation of child homeless in America is getting worse. And at the same time, the federal government is cutting back pretty dramatically in the grants and other programs that were supporting children that don&#x27;t have homes. So I don&#x27;t want to comment on policy, but I do want to point out that the idea that the government&#x27;s going to take care of you is no longer valid. The government itself, Uncle Sam himself, is going to be scrounging for money and cutting back very dramatically. We already have seen it in the local government level. We&#x27;ve seen states and cities all across the country fire policemen and lay off firemen and shut down schools.</p><p><strong>04:07</strong> And so it should not be so hard to imagine the federal government moving forward with a similar trend. Well, are municipal bonds as safe as they used to be? No, not at all. Municipal bonds were considered, you know, AAA and some of them still have very high ratings. But you can&#x27;t trust municipal bonds and you can&#x27;t trust the high ratings. You can&#x27;t even trust the government guarantee anymore from the federal government. You really need to focus on getting your own financial house in order, saving money as much as possible and keeping it in the safest possible place. Folks, every single week I try to get a national expert, someone who can put the financial world in more perspective for you. And today we are extremely lucky and privileged to have Dr. Martin Weiss, the author of numerous books,</p><p><strong>04:55</strong> also the founder of Weiss Research, which ranks all the financial products out there. And at any time, if you&#x27;d like to find out more information about what he&#x27;s talking about, give us a call at 800-661-7383. Now, the ultimate guide for bubbles, busts, recession, and depressions, it said that it&#x27;s a must-have for anyone wishing to protect, save, and grow wealth in difficult economic times. And I&#x27;d like to put parentheses such as these. Dr. Weiss, what should somebody do if they&#x27;re looking at their own retirement right now? And what should they do to make sure that they will have money in the future? Dr. Well, the standard answer to that question is, you know, stick with it, invest in the stock market for the long term, don&#x27;t worry, just ride it out. I don&#x27;t agree with that assessment.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> I believe that you have to take action promptly and soon before the market falls, not after. And some people then say, well, how can I do that? I have my, I&#x27;m stuck in a 401k. The reality is you&#x27;re not stuck. You have the flexibility within your 401k without taking out a penny to simply shift your funds with a simple phone call from an equity fund where your money is at risk and you could lose perhaps half or more to a money market fund where your risk is virtually zero. Now, you&#x27;re not going to make yield. You&#x27;re not going to make any money on that money market fund. But the more important factor is you&#x27;re going to protect your principal through these difficult times. And then when the dust clears, you can think again about going back into the market.</p><p><strong>06:29</strong> That&#x27;s a great point, Dr. Weiss. And folks, if you&#x27;re concerned at all about what your financial situation looks like, take this opportunity to sit down with one of my local trusted advisors today to map out the proper financial strategy. The number to call is 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And at no cost or obligation, you could meet with a planner today to iron out your financial situation. Now, I see a lot of people running over to commodities just because of the flavor of the day. And some people are going to get rich in commodities. But also on the other side of the coin, a lot of people are going to lose a lot of money, Dr. Weiss. How can somebody out there who&#x27;s trying to manage the money and make a legitimate return, how can they know if they&#x27;re getting in the right commodity for the future? Their commodities, you&#x27;re right. Ultimately, they go up and they come back down.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> And sometimes they can come back down very sharply. We&#x27;ve seen that, for example, in oil. We&#x27;ve seen it in other commodities. But there is a place for a moderate diversification into key commodities as a hedge against inflation and as a place to keep some of your money. With a focus, I would focus primarily on gold but not exclusively on gold. Nor would I go whole hog and shift all of my money into gold because now then you&#x27;re incurring a different kind of risk. The key is that the dollar is going to become under pressure and you need something to protect yourself to hedge against the real possibility that the value of your dollar might decline. So I would recommend maybe it depends on your risk tolerance, but I would recommend, say, 10% of your cash be held in the equivalent of gold bullion.</p><p><strong>08:13</strong> You don&#x27;t have to go out and buy gold coins themselves. You can buy an exchange-traded fund, an ETF, that owns exclusively gold bullion. And the most popular one, the largest one, is symbol GLD for gold. And, of course, in the Ultimate Safe Money Guide, one of your chapters here, Chapter 4, says safety and yield are your best escape from disaster. Now, what do you mean by safety and yield, Dr. Weiss? Well, you know, you&#x27;re much better off. First of all, let me say you&#x27;re much better off with the return of your money in these times than to be overly concerned with the return on your money. You can achieve safety by keeping your money in either the very, very safest banks in the country.</p><p><strong>09:01</strong> And Weiss Ratings, our ratings company, can identify for you which ones they are. With those two things, those two tools, those web tools, I think you&#x27;ll find the safety and the yield or the return on your money that you&#x27;re looking for, even in the worst of times. Good. And also here on your book, The Ultimate Safe Money Guide, the subtitle, How Everyone 50 and Over Can Protect, Save, and Grow Their Money. You also have a bullet point that says stop all stock losses now. Now, how can somebody do that? There are two ways. Number one is to reduce your overall risk in your portfolio by selling out the stocks that have the highest risk. And the tool I gave you a moment ago will let you find which stocks in your portfolio are high risk and which ones are low risk.</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> The second thing you can do is hedge against a further stock market decline for any stocks that you&#x27;re unable or unwilling to sell right now. And fortunately, there are very convenient vehicles available for you to do that that are easy to buy. And those are called inverse ETFs. ETFs. They let you actually make money when the stock market or major stock averages go down. The more the market declines, the more you stand to make. And if you have some of those in your portfolio, you can offset any losses that you might have from stocks you still own and protect yourself from the market decline. That&#x27;s nice. Okay. So then make money, rain or shine, is sort of probably using the inverse ETFs along with regular ETFs?</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> The inverse ETFs, let&#x27;s say you have IBM and Microsoft and a dozen other stocks in your portfolio. And let&#x27;s say, despite my advice or despite the concerns that I have, you decide you want to keep those stocks. Now, my recommendation is to reduce your stock portfolio overall. But if you can&#x27;t do that or for some reason you don&#x27;t want to do that, then your next best choice is to buy an inverse ETF, which hedges your portfolio. The more the market goes down, the more that inverse ETF will go up in value. Okay. Interesting. And finally, let me final question before I let you go. Well, again, we&#x27;re talking to Dr. Martin Weiss. He&#x27;s the author of The Ultimate Safe Money Guide and also The Ultimate Money Guide for Bubbles, Bust, Recession, and Depression.</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> And he also has founded, of course, Weiss Research. Dr. Weiss, there are over 1,600 annuities out there today. And unfortunately, we&#x27;ve identified many bad ones. Have you, in your research, found some good annuities, especially ones that have guaranteed income riders attached to them? The answer is absolutely yes. I cannot give you their names right now. But in my book that you mentioned, we describe how to go about finding those and which are the traps to avoid and to look out for. Good. So, I mean, and do you agree? I mean, 1,600 annuities, how can the average investor or average saver keep track of all those annuities? Well, it&#x27;s very difficult. And each annuity is different. I think they&#x27;re at the right time. You can shift from what we&#x27;re recommending today, which is ultimate safety, to a more moderate or a more aggressive portfolio.</p><p><strong>12:18</strong> But that time is not yet now. I think that it&#x27;s way too soon to be putting more money into the stock market. And I know you also talk about long-term care and some life insurance. I&#x27;d love to have you back on for another segment in the future and talk about those issues. Sure, absolutely. Folks, we&#x27;ve been talking to Dr. Martin Weiss, founder of Weiss Research and author of numerous books. It&#x27;s been our privilege, Dr. Weiss, to have you on. Thank you. And folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how to put proper planning strategies to work for you, give us a call right now at 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dr. Martin Weiss joins Coach Pete to discuss his safe money books, financial ratings, and the economic uncertainty of 2011. They explore how savers evaluate risk and prepare for changes in the economy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Martin Weiss</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Safe Money</category>
      <category>Financial Ratings</category>
      <category>Economic Uncertainty</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Martin Weiss, economic policy, Safe Money, Financial Ratings, Economic Uncertainty, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30/image.jpg?t=1792073099&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-weiss-safe-money-financial-ratings-and-economic-uncertainty/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30/image.jpg?t=1792073099&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30</guid>
      <omny:clipId>28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>777</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/28ef44ca-5f11-45fc-8be5-b4e2010d1b30/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12474985" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/martin-weiss-safe-money-financial-ratings-and-economic-uncertainty</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>234</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Martin Weiss" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Randy Hammon: The Safe Money System</title>
      <itunes:title>Randy Hammon: The Safe Money System</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside the national financial world, trying to bring it more to a local level. But as we do every single week, we get a national presence on. And this week, we&#x27;ve been lucky enough to arrange Randy Hammond come in. And Randy is a former Major League Baseball player, and he&#x27;s also founder of My Retirement Coach Incorporated. And he&#x27;s written a book, The Safe Money System. And that&#x27;s very, very important these days. Randy, thanks for taking your time to come on to Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah. So what enticed you, Randy, to write this book? Because, I mean, nowadays it&#x27;s very revelant. But what got you thinking about writing a book? Well, you know, I started out after my baseball career. I played 11 years. I was going to college and doing the things we all do in our 20s. So when I got out of baseball, I was 28 years old, didn&#x27;t know what I wanted to do.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And my first job was as a stockbroker for a company called Kidder Peabody, which was one of the old line Wall Street firms. They subsequently, their defunct, were bought out by GE and whatnot. So I did that for about three years. And to be honest with you, I was very successful at it. But I got to a place where I just got tired of being a bookie. And I hate to put it that way because I know there&#x27;s a lot of guys out there that earnestly don&#x27;t try to lose people money and try to do the best thing. But the bottom line is I found my experience as a Wall Street stockbroker in the retail business was I&#x27;m a bookie. And I got tired of doing it. Well, when people go to Vegas, some people win when they get there. And some people, you know, leave with some winnings. But what happens in Vegas a lot of times is people may win one hand but then lose the next.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement money, Randy, they really can&#x27;t afford to lose at all, can they? Well, I differentiate when I&#x27;m doing financial advisory. This is my 32nd year. And since 1984, I have been doing nothing but fixed annuities and fixed index annuities and life insurance strategies, again, using cash value strategies that are guaranteed. And I&#x27;ve been very fortunate. I&#x27;ve invested over $130 million of people&#x27;s money personally, not an agency but myself, over those years. And I&#x27;ve never lost a dime utilizing the concepts in the safe money strategy. You either have money that you can afford to lose or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. If you have money you can afford to lose and you need the action, then I&#x27;ll be more than glad to point you towards a website that will give you the over and unders and the 200-day moving averages, if you will.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, but in these days, though, I mean, back in the day, that&#x27;s called technical analysis. And people would use fundamental analysis also looking at companies and almost being able to predict what the company would do. But these days, those rules are out the window, aren&#x27;t they, Randy? Well, what&#x27;s interesting, Pete, is that when you look at what happened over the last 10 years, we&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the stock market, too. We had the 2000 to 2002 after 9-11. And, of course, we had the 07-08 meltdown. What&#x27;s interesting to me is how can so many smart people be so wrong? How can the people that are telling us how to invest our money, 75% of them were wiped out like Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers, and the rest of them wouldn&#x27;t have survived unless our taxpayers gave them the money? So my attitude always is that these guys are so smart with their charts and graphs.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> How can 50% stock market collapses occur? Well, and you just said the magic word. We&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the last 10 years, yet people have financial amnesia, I call it. They don&#x27;t remember that anymore, yet they pile their money right back into Wall Street, Randy. They haven&#x27;t learned from their mistakes. What&#x27;s interesting is guys like us who are safe money people, we understand the fuzzy math, I call it, of Wall Street. Wall Street is always dealing in points and dollars. They don&#x27;t like to talk about percentages. But the truth is, when you&#x27;re talking about percentages, anybody can get a future value calculator out and say, if I have $100,000 and it goes to 50, and I have a 50% gain, you&#x27;re only back to $75,000. You&#x27;re still down 25%.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> They don&#x27;t realize that you need a 100% gain to make up a 50% loss. And that&#x27;s happened twice in the last 10 years. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s a good place for people, I can&#x27;t afford to lose money. Well, I haven&#x27;t talked to many people who have recovered from the first crash, much less the second crash. And Albert Einstein once said the definition of insanity is doing the same thing and expecting different results. Randy, we&#x27;ve got it pretty laid out here. For people that don&#x27;t want to lose money, they shouldn&#x27;t put the money at risk. No, you&#x27;ve got to sit down right now and get real familiar. The public needs to get familiar. I think they know the deal with Wall Street. I mean, my God, all you have to do is be breathing air right now and watching television and reading a paper, and you realize that it&#x27;s one fraudulent misrepresentation after the other.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And the American public and their 401ks is absolutely in harm&#x27;s way. And they were intended to be in harm&#x27;s way. Because prior to 1983, you had core retirement plans. And then since 1983, more and more and more companies don&#x27;t have core retirement plans. And everything is on the back of the American worker to protect themselves. What are their options from their custodians and their 401k? It&#x27;s all risk. Congress and the Department of Labor, in conjunction with Wall Street, made this just absolute beautiful situation for Wall Street, because they don&#x27;t allow annuities, fixed annuities, nor do they allow CDs, anything with a back-end surrender charge, to be in that menu.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And that&#x27;s criminal. And I try to tell my clients and the people I talk to with shows like this, which I&#x27;m very grateful to be on, get out of the casino, because the house always wins, whether you do or not. And, folks, we are talking to Randy Hammond. He&#x27;s author of The Safe Money System, and the subtitle is Uncommon Wisdom to Secure Your Retirement Without Wall Street Risks. And you said, I guess Wall Street says, well, they justify people not getting into CDs or the annuities where they can&#x27;t lose, because they say the money&#x27;s not liquid. But, Randy, how liquid is your money if you put, let&#x27;s say you put $100 at Wall Street and you lose 50% of it, so now you&#x27;re down to 50? How liquid is that $100 now? Oh, you can get that 50 back anytime you want, right? But where&#x27;s the other 50? There you go.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> They&#x27;re still asking those questions. I mean, if you look at what&#x27;s been going on recently in the stock market, there&#x27;s a lot of people asking questions with companies like B of A and some of these banks as to exactly what they&#x27;re worth. Nobody knows what they&#x27;re worth. Well, they know what they&#x27;re worth. And anybody can get a calculator out and figure out that whatever these companies, these big financial service companies that are holding these mortgage-backed securities, whatever they bought them for in 2005 to 2007, you can just deduct 40%, 50% right off, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re really worth. But yet the government allows them to keep the pricing of those portfolios that are only worth 40 to 50 cents on the dollar on the books to the detriment of the American public whose tax dollars bail them out.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> And what&#x27;s going on out there in the foreclosure market? What&#x27;s going on? We don&#x27;t know what our properties are worth. We don&#x27;t know anything right now because it&#x27;s just one Band-Aid and one thumb in the dike after the next. And I&#x27;m telling my people, get out of harm&#x27;s way because there has to be a correction in the market and there has to be a correction in the real estate market because there&#x27;s too much inventory and the valuation of it&#x27;s too unknown. And that being the case, why are you going to be at risk with the products we have from insurance companies that for over 100 years have never lost a dime of guaranteed fixed principal? I&#x27;ve never seen it. I&#x27;ve challenged brokers. I&#x27;ve challenged Wall Street to tell me whoever lost a dime of their original principal in a fixed annuity or fixed index annuity.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> They can&#x27;t come up with it. Well, some of the guys out there, when you ask them the question, they must have always won the gold medal in the art of dodgeball in middle school because they can dodge those questions with the best of them. Well, the problem is that the Wall Street, I call it the Wall Street misinformation engine. And again, I&#x27;m they. I mean, I, you know, like you and a lot of us in this business started out as stockbrokers. And I sure as heck at 28 didn&#x27;t start out to be a dispatcher of misinformation. But as I came to come to realize over time is that I was given people information that I didn&#x27;t understand, couldn&#x27;t verify, and was basically told that you&#x27;re a salesperson. End of story.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> You don&#x27;t create the products. You don&#x27;t underwrite the products. You sell the products. And we&#x27;re telling you what we&#x27;d like to see you sell. As I started selling more annuities and whatnot, I&#x27;m telling you, the managers and the people, the powers that be, and I was one of the top brokers in our office in Newport Beach, which is a big financial center here in Southern California. They used to come to me and say, you know, why are you doing annuities and life insurance? And the reason why they didn&#x27;t want me doing it, and the reason Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want your money to leave the mutual fund custodians is because they&#x27;re making fees on your money 1% to 2% a year, whether you are or not. And if you leave that and go to a fixed annuity or a fixed index annuity, you&#x27;re paying your commissions up front. But that commission&#x27;s not coming out of the principal.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> The insurance company is paying that. There&#x27;s no fees along the way. There&#x27;s no management fees along the way. So when you sit down and I look at my client statements, my clients are making about 60% of what the stock market does, none of the losses, their gains and future values are locked in, and they&#x27;ve been averaging 6% to 8% a year for the last 15 years. That&#x27;s a pretty good gig. So in effect, could it be said that you&#x27;re winning by not losing? You know, everybody always quotes what Will Rogers quote, that it&#x27;s really not the return on my money that I&#x27;m concerned about as much as the return of my money. I think a lot of Bernie Madoff&#x27;s clients probably feel the same way as that. And yet here&#x27;s a guy that Wall Street touted as one of the top guys with NASDAQ,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and there&#x27;s a lot of billions of dollars of people&#x27;s money that went to that. And again, I tell people, don&#x27;t write a check to an agent. You don&#x27;t write it to Coach Pete Securities, Randy Hammond Securities. You write it to a major bank or a major insurance company, because that&#x27;s the only way you have control of your financial future. You have to ask the questions. Is it safe? Is my money safe? Why is it safe? What&#x27;s the history of making it safe? My book answers a lot of that, The Safe Money System, and I&#x27;m constantly striving to educate people and make them financially aware that they don&#x27;t have to be at risk to get to a secure financial future. Yeah, when you ask the planner if the money&#x27;s safe, you need to not get a verbal answer,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> but you need an answer in writing, Randy. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, absolutely in writing. And also ask him if he&#x27;s got his mom&#x27;s money or his own money in the deal. Yep, yep. I promise you I have my mom&#x27;s money, my wife Crystal, and my money, my friend&#x27;s money in anything that I recommend. My money or my family&#x27;s money is in it. I believe in it. I&#x27;m going to the bank with it. I have had the best three years of my career during this depression, and this year looks even better. And my clients are not calling me when the stock markets are collapsing. They know I like to play golf and do other things. I want to hold you on for another minute here. I want to talk about, again, this is the Safe Money System. Your book is titled. And in there, there are a couple of interesting chapters I really wanted to talk about.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Number one is money and the pursuit of happiness. And let&#x27;s tie that in with the four pillars of a worry-free financial plan. Well, I wrote a chapter, the money and the pursuit of happiness, because I have a foundational belief that you cannot enjoy this life if you&#x27;re stressed out about your money, your health, or your relationships. I think that I always tell people that our life is a beautiful marble slab, but it&#x27;s only supported by three legs. And if one of those legs, and those legs are your finances, your health, and your relationships, both with God and with each other, if any of those relationships get jacked up, I call it, and that table goes over, that marble cracks.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So what I tell people is that if you&#x27;re going to be safe with your money, you&#x27;ll make your relationships better, and it&#x27;ll make your health better, because you won&#x27;t be stressed out, worried about it, and always sitting there going, I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m safe. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m going to have enough money to retire. And what I tell my people is that the wisdom that I derive for this book is biblical wisdom that came from Solomon, the old king of Israel, who was by far the richest man. He was a Bill Gates of his time, if you will. But he said something a long time ago that really struck me true, many years ago, and I still believe it. He says that if most people will spend up to the level of what they make, well, that being the case, and it&#x27;s true today,</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> that being the case, you had better be saving before you get to the spending, or you&#x27;re never going to be able to retire. And when you save before you spend, you had better have it someplace where you don&#x27;t lose money. I mean, you can sit down there and look at making 3% or 4% over the last 20 years. If you&#x27;ve made 4% on your money the last 20 years and didn&#x27;t lose a dime, you&#x27;d be ahead of what Wall Street&#x27;s given you. It&#x27;s just a mathematical certainty. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. So, Randy, Safe Money System, where can somebody get a hold of the book? It&#x27;s on Amazon.com. They can go there. They can order it. They can go to my website and download the book for free if they&#x27;d like to for their Kindle or their reader. The website is thesafemoneysystem.com.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> And if they have any questions for me or they&#x27;d like to talk about what&#x27;s going on, they can always email me at randyatthesafemoneysystem.com. And, folks, if you forget that, give us a call at 800-661-7383. I believe in what Randy&#x27;s saying. Randy&#x27;s a straight-up fellow, and he believes what he&#x27;s talking about. Again, he said he&#x27;s had over $125 million of money. He&#x27;s put his clients in places where they haven&#x27;t lost a penny. Randy, you should be commended for that, my friend. Well, thank you very much, and you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing because this message needs to get out there by guys like us for people who have money that they can&#x27;t afford to lose to get the hell out of the casino before the fire exits get locked. I agree. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> And, Randy, thanks for your time. Thank you so much for having me. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course, your weekly show looking inside the national financial world, trying to bring it more to a local level. But as we do every single week, we get a national presence on. And this week, we&#x27;ve been lucky enough to arrange Randy Hammond come in. And Randy is a former Major League Baseball player, and he&#x27;s also founder of My Retirement Coach Incorporated. And he&#x27;s written a book, The Safe Money System. And that&#x27;s very, very important these days. Randy, thanks for taking your time to come on to Financial Safari. Coach Pete, it&#x27;s good to be here. Yeah. So what enticed you, Randy, to write this book? Because, I mean, nowadays it&#x27;s very revelant. But what got you thinking about writing a book? Well, you know, I started out after my baseball career. I played 11 years. I was going to college and doing the things we all do in our 20s. So when I got out of baseball, I was 28 years old, didn&#x27;t know what I wanted to do.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And my first job was as a stockbroker for a company called Kidder Peabody, which was one of the old line Wall Street firms. They subsequently, their defunct, were bought out by GE and whatnot. So I did that for about three years. And to be honest with you, I was very successful at it. But I got to a place where I just got tired of being a bookie. And I hate to put it that way because I know there&#x27;s a lot of guys out there that earnestly don&#x27;t try to lose people money and try to do the best thing. But the bottom line is I found my experience as a Wall Street stockbroker in the retail business was I&#x27;m a bookie. And I got tired of doing it. Well, when people go to Vegas, some people win when they get there. And some people, you know, leave with some winnings. But what happens in Vegas a lot of times is people may win one hand but then lose the next.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And when we&#x27;re talking about retirement money, Randy, they really can&#x27;t afford to lose at all, can they? Well, I differentiate when I&#x27;m doing financial advisory. This is my 32nd year. And since 1984, I have been doing nothing but fixed annuities and fixed index annuities and life insurance strategies, again, using cash value strategies that are guaranteed. And I&#x27;ve been very fortunate. I&#x27;ve invested over $130 million of people&#x27;s money personally, not an agency but myself, over those years. And I&#x27;ve never lost a dime utilizing the concepts in the safe money strategy. You either have money that you can afford to lose or money that you can&#x27;t afford to lose. If you have money you can afford to lose and you need the action, then I&#x27;ll be more than glad to point you towards a website that will give you the over and unders and the 200-day moving averages, if you will.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> Well, but in these days, though, I mean, back in the day, that&#x27;s called technical analysis. And people would use fundamental analysis also looking at companies and almost being able to predict what the company would do. But these days, those rules are out the window, aren&#x27;t they, Randy? Well, what&#x27;s interesting, Pete, is that when you look at what happened over the last 10 years, we&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the stock market, too. We had the 2000 to 2002 after 9-11. And, of course, we had the 07-08 meltdown. What&#x27;s interesting to me is how can so many smart people be so wrong? How can the people that are telling us how to invest our money, 75% of them were wiped out like Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers, and the rest of them wouldn&#x27;t have survived unless our taxpayers gave them the money? So my attitude always is that these guys are so smart with their charts and graphs.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> How can 50% stock market collapses occur? Well, and you just said the magic word. We&#x27;ve had two 50% drops in the last 10 years, yet people have financial amnesia, I call it. They don&#x27;t remember that anymore, yet they pile their money right back into Wall Street, Randy. They haven&#x27;t learned from their mistakes. What&#x27;s interesting is guys like us who are safe money people, we understand the fuzzy math, I call it, of Wall Street. Wall Street is always dealing in points and dollars. They don&#x27;t like to talk about percentages. But the truth is, when you&#x27;re talking about percentages, anybody can get a future value calculator out and say, if I have $100,000 and it goes to 50, and I have a 50% gain, you&#x27;re only back to $75,000. You&#x27;re still down 25%.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> They don&#x27;t realize that you need a 100% gain to make up a 50% loss. And that&#x27;s happened twice in the last 10 years. I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s a good place for people, I can&#x27;t afford to lose money. Well, I haven&#x27;t talked to many people who have recovered from the first crash, much less the second crash. And Albert Einstein once said the definition of insanity is doing the same thing and expecting different results. Randy, we&#x27;ve got it pretty laid out here. For people that don&#x27;t want to lose money, they shouldn&#x27;t put the money at risk. No, you&#x27;ve got to sit down right now and get real familiar. The public needs to get familiar. I think they know the deal with Wall Street. I mean, my God, all you have to do is be breathing air right now and watching television and reading a paper, and you realize that it&#x27;s one fraudulent misrepresentation after the other.</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> And the American public and their 401ks is absolutely in harm&#x27;s way. And they were intended to be in harm&#x27;s way. Because prior to 1983, you had core retirement plans. And then since 1983, more and more and more companies don&#x27;t have core retirement plans. And everything is on the back of the American worker to protect themselves. What are their options from their custodians and their 401k? It&#x27;s all risk. Congress and the Department of Labor, in conjunction with Wall Street, made this just absolute beautiful situation for Wall Street, because they don&#x27;t allow annuities, fixed annuities, nor do they allow CDs, anything with a back-end surrender charge, to be in that menu.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> And that&#x27;s criminal. And I try to tell my clients and the people I talk to with shows like this, which I&#x27;m very grateful to be on, get out of the casino, because the house always wins, whether you do or not. And, folks, we are talking to Randy Hammond. He&#x27;s author of The Safe Money System, and the subtitle is Uncommon Wisdom to Secure Your Retirement Without Wall Street Risks. And you said, I guess Wall Street says, well, they justify people not getting into CDs or the annuities where they can&#x27;t lose, because they say the money&#x27;s not liquid. But, Randy, how liquid is your money if you put, let&#x27;s say you put $100 at Wall Street and you lose 50% of it, so now you&#x27;re down to 50? How liquid is that $100 now? Oh, you can get that 50 back anytime you want, right? But where&#x27;s the other 50? There you go.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> They&#x27;re still asking those questions. I mean, if you look at what&#x27;s been going on recently in the stock market, there&#x27;s a lot of people asking questions with companies like B of A and some of these banks as to exactly what they&#x27;re worth. Nobody knows what they&#x27;re worth. Well, they know what they&#x27;re worth. And anybody can get a calculator out and figure out that whatever these companies, these big financial service companies that are holding these mortgage-backed securities, whatever they bought them for in 2005 to 2007, you can just deduct 40%, 50% right off, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re really worth. But yet the government allows them to keep the pricing of those portfolios that are only worth 40 to 50 cents on the dollar on the books to the detriment of the American public whose tax dollars bail them out.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> And what&#x27;s going on out there in the foreclosure market? What&#x27;s going on? We don&#x27;t know what our properties are worth. We don&#x27;t know anything right now because it&#x27;s just one Band-Aid and one thumb in the dike after the next. And I&#x27;m telling my people, get out of harm&#x27;s way because there has to be a correction in the market and there has to be a correction in the real estate market because there&#x27;s too much inventory and the valuation of it&#x27;s too unknown. And that being the case, why are you going to be at risk with the products we have from insurance companies that for over 100 years have never lost a dime of guaranteed fixed principal? I&#x27;ve never seen it. I&#x27;ve challenged brokers. I&#x27;ve challenged Wall Street to tell me whoever lost a dime of their original principal in a fixed annuity or fixed index annuity.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> They can&#x27;t come up with it. Well, some of the guys out there, when you ask them the question, they must have always won the gold medal in the art of dodgeball in middle school because they can dodge those questions with the best of them. Well, the problem is that the Wall Street, I call it the Wall Street misinformation engine. And again, I&#x27;m they. I mean, I, you know, like you and a lot of us in this business started out as stockbrokers. And I sure as heck at 28 didn&#x27;t start out to be a dispatcher of misinformation. But as I came to come to realize over time is that I was given people information that I didn&#x27;t understand, couldn&#x27;t verify, and was basically told that you&#x27;re a salesperson. End of story.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> You don&#x27;t create the products. You don&#x27;t underwrite the products. You sell the products. And we&#x27;re telling you what we&#x27;d like to see you sell. As I started selling more annuities and whatnot, I&#x27;m telling you, the managers and the people, the powers that be, and I was one of the top brokers in our office in Newport Beach, which is a big financial center here in Southern California. They used to come to me and say, you know, why are you doing annuities and life insurance? And the reason why they didn&#x27;t want me doing it, and the reason Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want your money to leave the mutual fund custodians is because they&#x27;re making fees on your money 1% to 2% a year, whether you are or not. And if you leave that and go to a fixed annuity or a fixed index annuity, you&#x27;re paying your commissions up front. But that commission&#x27;s not coming out of the principal.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> The insurance company is paying that. There&#x27;s no fees along the way. There&#x27;s no management fees along the way. So when you sit down and I look at my client statements, my clients are making about 60% of what the stock market does, none of the losses, their gains and future values are locked in, and they&#x27;ve been averaging 6% to 8% a year for the last 15 years. That&#x27;s a pretty good gig. So in effect, could it be said that you&#x27;re winning by not losing? You know, everybody always quotes what Will Rogers quote, that it&#x27;s really not the return on my money that I&#x27;m concerned about as much as the return of my money. I think a lot of Bernie Madoff&#x27;s clients probably feel the same way as that. And yet here&#x27;s a guy that Wall Street touted as one of the top guys with NASDAQ,</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> and there&#x27;s a lot of billions of dollars of people&#x27;s money that went to that. And again, I tell people, don&#x27;t write a check to an agent. You don&#x27;t write it to Coach Pete Securities, Randy Hammond Securities. You write it to a major bank or a major insurance company, because that&#x27;s the only way you have control of your financial future. You have to ask the questions. Is it safe? Is my money safe? Why is it safe? What&#x27;s the history of making it safe? My book answers a lot of that, The Safe Money System, and I&#x27;m constantly striving to educate people and make them financially aware that they don&#x27;t have to be at risk to get to a secure financial future. Yeah, when you ask the planner if the money&#x27;s safe, you need to not get a verbal answer,</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> but you need an answer in writing, Randy. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, absolutely in writing. And also ask him if he&#x27;s got his mom&#x27;s money or his own money in the deal. Yep, yep. I promise you I have my mom&#x27;s money, my wife Crystal, and my money, my friend&#x27;s money in anything that I recommend. My money or my family&#x27;s money is in it. I believe in it. I&#x27;m going to the bank with it. I have had the best three years of my career during this depression, and this year looks even better. And my clients are not calling me when the stock markets are collapsing. They know I like to play golf and do other things. I want to hold you on for another minute here. I want to talk about, again, this is the Safe Money System. Your book is titled. And in there, there are a couple of interesting chapters I really wanted to talk about.</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> Number one is money and the pursuit of happiness. And let&#x27;s tie that in with the four pillars of a worry-free financial plan. Well, I wrote a chapter, the money and the pursuit of happiness, because I have a foundational belief that you cannot enjoy this life if you&#x27;re stressed out about your money, your health, or your relationships. I think that I always tell people that our life is a beautiful marble slab, but it&#x27;s only supported by three legs. And if one of those legs, and those legs are your finances, your health, and your relationships, both with God and with each other, if any of those relationships get jacked up, I call it, and that table goes over, that marble cracks.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> So what I tell people is that if you&#x27;re going to be safe with your money, you&#x27;ll make your relationships better, and it&#x27;ll make your health better, because you won&#x27;t be stressed out, worried about it, and always sitting there going, I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m safe. I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m going to have enough money to retire. And what I tell my people is that the wisdom that I derive for this book is biblical wisdom that came from Solomon, the old king of Israel, who was by far the richest man. He was a Bill Gates of his time, if you will. But he said something a long time ago that really struck me true, many years ago, and I still believe it. He says that if most people will spend up to the level of what they make, well, that being the case, and it&#x27;s true today,</p><p><strong>13:26</strong> that being the case, you had better be saving before you get to the spending, or you&#x27;re never going to be able to retire. And when you save before you spend, you had better have it someplace where you don&#x27;t lose money. I mean, you can sit down there and look at making 3% or 4% over the last 20 years. If you&#x27;ve made 4% on your money the last 20 years and didn&#x27;t lose a dime, you&#x27;d be ahead of what Wall Street&#x27;s given you. It&#x27;s just a mathematical certainty. Yeah, makes a lot of sense. So, Randy, Safe Money System, where can somebody get a hold of the book? It&#x27;s on Amazon.com. They can go there. They can order it. They can go to my website and download the book for free if they&#x27;d like to for their Kindle or their reader. The website is thesafemoneysystem.com.</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> And if they have any questions for me or they&#x27;d like to talk about what&#x27;s going on, they can always email me at randyatthesafemoneysystem.com. And, folks, if you forget that, give us a call at 800-661-7383. I believe in what Randy&#x27;s saying. Randy&#x27;s a straight-up fellow, and he believes what he&#x27;s talking about. Again, he said he&#x27;s had over $125 million of money. He&#x27;s put his clients in places where they haven&#x27;t lost a penny. Randy, you should be commended for that, my friend. Well, thank you very much, and you keep doing what you&#x27;re doing because this message needs to get out there by guys like us for people who have money that they can&#x27;t afford to lose to get the hell out of the casino before the fire exits get locked. I agree. And, folks, again, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> And, Randy, thanks for your time. Thank you so much for having me. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Randy Hammon joins Coach Pete to discuss The Safe Money System and his transition from professional baseball to retirement planning. This September 2011 interview explores investment losses, financial education, and preparing retirement income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Randy Hammon</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Randy Hammon, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/image.jpg?t=1792073095&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-hammon-the-safe-money-system/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/image.jpg?t=1792073095&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806</guid>
      <omny:clipId>2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>905</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/2b56b2ac-80ba-466f-b1a4-b4e2010d7806/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14509251" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/randy-hammon-the-safe-money-system</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>235</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Safe Money System" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:52" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joel Johnson and Coach Pete: Money Wisdom and Retirement Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>Joel Johnson and Coach Pete: Money Wisdom and Retirement Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Joel Johnson, Coach Pete, and Peter Richon discuss retirement planning on this August 2011 edition of Money Wisdom. Topics include separating income money from emergency savings and making financial decisions when retirement arrives earlier than expected.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Securities and investment advisory services offered by Silver Oak Securities. Member SIPC FINRA. Very difficult economic times. This foreclosure crisis continues to grow. American families are hurting financially. Gas prices hit another record today. A fourth straight month of job losses. Food prices are rising. Wisdom is defined as having the knowledge of what is true and right. Talking heads litter the financial world, but can they help you gain true financial wisdom? Some look to simply entertain you, and others even use scare tactics. But whose interests are they really serving? You&#x27;ve tuned into advice aimed at educating you about all of your financial options when it comes to retirement, so you can make the best decisions for you and your family. It&#x27;s Johnson Brunetti Money Wisdom with Joel Johnson, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist,</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> and Certified Financial Planner. Stay tuned for information and education that can bring you peace of mind with your savings and retirement. Whether it&#x27;s your 401k account, IRA, or an underperforming asset, Joel can answer your questions and even raise concerns that you didn&#x27;t know about before. Now, let&#x27;s join Joel Johnson of Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, and Certified Financial Planner. And welcome into the program. You are listening to Money Wisdom, brought to you by Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist. And here with us in the studio is Joel Johnson. Joel, welcome back into the show. Well, thank you, and good Sunday morning to everybody.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It&#x27;s great to be here again. It&#x27;s always wonderful having you here for what seems like the quickest moving half hour in radio, Joel. And, of course, we&#x27;re also joined by published financial author Coach Pete, and we&#x27;re all going to be talking today about information that people need to know about their future financial security, if they would like to have a proper asset allocation, if they would like to have a review, a second opinion of their current plans and strategies for moving forward in their financial lives. Joel, you and the team there at Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, are willing to do that for folks on a complimentary basis, correct? Yeah, absolutely. We love meeting with folks. I spend about half of my time each week meeting with people that just want to come in and get a second opinion on what they&#x27;re doing, on how their other brokers may have them invested.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And most of the folks that we meet with are working with another broker. But we love giving a second opinion. I think everybody&#x27;s retirement deserves a second opinion. And so we do make available a significant amount of time each week to meet with the folks that call in just from this radio program. Well, folks, if you would like to take the folks there at Johnson Brunetti, Joel Johnson and the team at Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, pick up the phone and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. And since you&#x27;re a listener here on WTIC, Joel and his team will move you to the front of the list and give you an appointment that fits your schedule and theirs. As well as, Joel, you still have a few copies of the Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens book for folks who come in to sit down with you, correct? Yes, I do. And it&#x27;s interesting the reaction I&#x27;ve had from that book.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And as our listeners know, I contributed to that. But Coach Pete, who&#x27;s on the air with us right now, he put that together. Very interesting concept that went into that book. He would ask a question and then myself and nine other financial advisors from around the country would give their answers based on our experience. And so I love the format. It&#x27;s just so nice and simple. And what I have people doing is they&#x27;ll come in for that second opinion. They&#x27;ll get a copy of the book. And then those that come back a week or two later, a lot of times they&#x27;ll bring that book and have all kinds of sections highlighted on it. So folks that do come in for that second opinion, we do have a few copies of that book left and they will leave our office with it. And it&#x27;s just a great thing to have, great thing to give to kids and grandkids to help them get their financial house in order to. Well, it is a very handy reference. Again, it&#x27;s a $19.95 cover value.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? Written by Coach Pete D’Arruda, who you hear here on the program, as well as contributed to by Joel Johnson, the other voice that you&#x27;re hearing here on the radio. You&#x27;ll pick up a copy of this book when you come in and meet with the team from Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist. Again, to review your plan, make sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing, pick up the phone right now and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. Joel, you did an exceptional job in that book. You really took a lot of time and a lot of effort. And we get a lot of feedback nationally from an exclusive question I asked every advisor. And the answer is that will amaze people when they get this book. But the question was, what do you tell someone who is looking for lifetime income using the assets they already have? And isn&#x27;t that a good question, Joel?</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a great question. I mean, I think the number one fear, if you look at any national study, whether it&#x27;s done by any of the big no-load fund companies or Kiplinger&#x27;s or AARP, the biggest fear people have is running out of money. And I think as a financial professional, my chief job then is to address that fear. And there are a number of different ways to help someone achieve financial security. And I define that by knowing that you won&#x27;t run out of money, knowing that you have an income plan. But my goodness, it&#x27;s amazing how many people are working with advisors and don&#x27;t address that basic need of being able to sleep well at night, knowing that they are not going to run out of money. And Joel, that is the number one concern of retirees. But not a lot of retirees have a plan to address that concern. So what do you tell folks who come into your office who are looking to try to overcome</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> what might be the biggest obstacle to their retirement security? What I think is, first of all, I know for my 21 years of doing this, 22 years actually next month in June, but I know for my 22 years in doing this that to keep things simple is so important. And so when I was trained by the big brokerage firms, we were taught that you just bring a client&#x27;s assets in, you move money around, you pick the right mutual funds, stocks and bonds. You claim that, you know, I&#x27;m supposed to claim as an advisor for XYZ brokerage firm that I can pick better funds and better stocks than the guys up the street. And then you just hope that you&#x27;ve built up that pile big enough so that when somebody needs income to last the rest of their lives, they&#x27;ll be okay. That doesn&#x27;t sound like the best approach, though. It&#x27;s absolutely not the best approach. It&#x27;s a random approach.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> It can cause people to get hurt when markets go down. Markets do go down. We seem to have a crisis about every seven years in this country. And so it just doesn&#x27;t work. What I tell folks is picture your money in two different buckets. And one is your core nest egg. And your core nest egg should be safer money. It should last for as long as you do. It should, when the markets go down, it should go down just a little or maybe not at all. And it should earn consistent rates of return so that you feel comfortable taking an income off of it. And then that second bucket, that second bucket is the discretionary money, the money to do vacations with, the money to maybe have gifting programs for grandkids, the money to give to charity. But if you separate your money and think of it that way,</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> it just seems to work much better and it&#x27;s much easier to come up with a plan. And it&#x27;s one of the things that we do with clients. What is it going to take to meet your basic income needs? Let&#x27;s create core nest egg money to produce that basic income to meet all your needs. And that way you can sleep well at night. And you sort of have that money in a lockbox, if you will, not to be violated for things like emergency repairs of your house, new cars and things like that. That new car, those emergencies, loans to kids, things like that. Those all come out of that non-core nest egg money. And we do other things that are a little more complicated than that. But I think if folks can just grasp this concept that you have two different pockets of money, one for consistent income and one for emergencies, it really helps simplify how they can plan and how they can invest their money.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> Well, I know that you guys there at Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, do a lot more complex things with people&#x27;s portfolios. But for my benefit, and perhaps the benefit of the listeners here, Joel, I like the keep it simple approach. So explain to me, though, what are the benefits and advantages of that separation of necessary money that you guys really adhere to versus that approach that you were talking about with the main street brokerage firms, where you&#x27;re just trying to pick better stocks or pick better funds than the guy down the street? Well, the real benefit is if someone does, as I said, which is create a separation between your core nest egg and your other money, what it will allow you to do is sleep better at night. You&#x27;ll know you have an income plan. If you&#x27;re married and you have discussions with your spouse,</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> you&#x27;ll be able to look them in the eye and say, hey, I have an income plan. It works. And we don&#x27;t have to worry, honey, about us running out of money. And so that&#x27;s the real key benefit is peace of mind and sleeping at night. Well, folks, if you would like to sit down, talk with Joel Johnson, the team there at Johnson &amp; Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, to put your plan together to make sure that you can have that honest discussion, 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232 is the number to dial. And Joel, you&#x27;re willing to meet with folks on a complimentary basis. Can you explain what that process might be like if somebody picks up the phone and calls today to where they can go home and have that discussion, or at least lay their head on their pillow and sleep a little bit better? What&#x27;s the process in between those two events?</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, the process is quite simple. If folks call our office, Christine, who is one of my staff people who controls my calendar and the other advisors&#x27; calendars here, will set up a complimentary consultation with myself. And what we do is we go through our Money Map retirement review process where we sit down for one hour, and it may take an hour and 15 minutes. It may be a little shorter than an hour. That&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m not a huge stickler for how long that first meeting takes. But we will talk about what a client&#x27;s goals are, what their fears are, what we can fix if they&#x27;re bothered by something, if they lose sleep over something, you know, what is the best way we can help them so that they don&#x27;t have to worry about that particular item. And we will simply walk through a review with them. Typically, they&#x27;ll bring in their investment statements, and we will review any investments they have to make sure they understand how those investments work.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> It&#x27;s amazing, Peter, how many people own things, have significant amounts of money in different types of financial products, and don&#x27;t really understand how they work. And so we take the time nice and slowly. If I have one gift, I&#x27;ve been told that it is to be able to simplify complex financial issues. And so we do that. We take the time to do that. Now, usually at the end of that first meeting, somebody will go away feeling, well, always somebody will go away feeling much better about their situation because it&#x27;s been clarified. Sometimes they&#x27;ll ask for another meeting where myself and my staff, we do a little homework. We do a little bit of research for someone to find out if there are alternatives to meet their goals with lower risk. In fact, that&#x27;s a significant amount of what we do is to try to meet someone&#x27;s goals by taking lower risk.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so that&#x27;s completely up to the particular person when they come in, whether they want to have that second meeting or not. But I tell folks, leave your checkbook, leave your credit card at home. We want to help. If we can help, great. If we don&#x27;t, that&#x27;s okay, too. Because, quite frankly, we&#x27;ve been very blessed in this business. We have a lot of business and we don&#x27;t need to chase folks. And at least from that very first initial consultation, you&#x27;ll go home better informed, better educated about what you currently have going on with your money, with your finances. So pick up the phone and, again, on a complimentary basis, meet with the team there from Johnson Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist by dialing 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. We&#x27;ve got to take a quick break here on the program. We will be right back with more Money Wisdom with Joel Johnson right after this.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Money Americans can expect to outlive their assets in retirement. But a conversation with certified financial planner Joel Johnson can mean the difference between maintaining your lifestyle or having to give up many of the luxuries you&#x27;ve gotten used to. To find out how you can achieve a retirement income that you can&#x27;t outlive, set up a no-cost initial consultation today. 1-800-705-1232. Joel may even be able to increase your standard of living once you retire. But you have to call to find out how. Call 1-800-705-1232. That&#x27;s 1-800-705-1232. And we&#x27;re back here on the Money Wisdom radio program with your host, Joel Johnson. He is president, one of the founders of Johnson Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Specialist. The very guy that you&#x27;ve heard for years here on the radio, who now you have the exclusive chance to meet on a complimentary basis. Well, Joel&#x27;s too modest, but he&#x27;s a prominent force in the community. And folks, you&#x27;ve got an exclusive chance to meet with Joel just by being a listener here on the show. Peter, how do they do that? Pick up the phone, folks, and call 1-800-705-1232. 1-800-705-1232. The number to dial to set up that complimentary consultation. And Joel, you actually had a few stories that you were willing to share about some of the people that call in from the radio and how you were able to help them. And I would like to take some time to tell a story or two about what people might encounter, how they might benefit from a meeting coming in there with the folks from Johnson Burnetti.</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> Well, sure, Peter. One of the things I want to do on this segment, I&#x27;m really excited about this, is that we&#x27;re just going to touch base and we&#x27;re not going to go into all kinds of detail because of timing today on three different areas. So let me start with one area. And I&#x27;m so excited about this because this just happened last week where a gentleman and his wife came in, we had been working with them for about a year and had helped them with their investment portfolios and so on. And he came in for his annual review and he said, you know, Joel and Doug, Doug is one of my partners here. Joel and Doug, we forgot about an account that we want to show you because I&#x27;m not sure we&#x27;re getting the most value out of it. This was an old life insurance policy he had. It was about 25 years old. He was continuing to pay premiums, about $1,200 per year. And what he said was, he said, you know, Joel, I&#x27;ve heard that life insurance has changed,</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> that costs are lower because people are living longer. I&#x27;m wondering if there&#x27;s anything I can do to upgrade this. I&#x27;m still in pretty good health and I still want this insurance, but I wonder if I could somehow upgrade this. Well, Doug, my partner, took that and ran an analysis. And we work with about 90 different companies around the country and ran an analysis. And what we were able to do for him, and this just got approved, is we were able to increase his death benefit, the amount of money that would go to his children by 40% and stop his premium. And that was done on a guaranteed basis. And what we basically did was took the money, the cash value from that old policy, did a what&#x27;s called a 1035 exchange into a new policy. He had to get approved from a health standpoint, but he did that.</p><p><strong>14:51</strong> And we raised his death benefit by 40%. He went from about $50,000 of death benefit to $70,000 of death benefit. And it&#x27;s guaranteed paid forever. He will never have to pay any more premiums. So it was very exciting. It was an example of not a huge problem, but it was a issue that he had that he wondered if he could do better. And it was very simple to help him do better. And the ironic thing is he had bought that from a life insurance agent that he knew. And the guy had just never bothered to follow up on if that policy could be improved. Wow. That&#x27;s a very real and tangible benefit and pretty immediate benefit of coming in and reviewing a financial product that this gentleman had. With no out-of-pocket costs, right, Joel? No out-of-pocket costs. And sometimes it&#x27;s just baby steps, Pete. It&#x27;s just changing one little thing at a time.</p><p><strong>15:37</strong> And overall, after the course of a year or two, you look back and you say, wow, I made three or four little baby steps here, but my financial situation is so much better than it was a year or two ago. And it&#x27;s about, number one, somebody being aware, customers, the public being aware of what they own and that it needs to be looked at from time to time. And number two, advisors just paying attention, just having the expertise here in our firm and other firms have the expertise, but some firms just don&#x27;t even pay attention to what&#x27;s going on with their clients and ask the right questions. And just being aware that industry has changed, products have changed, and there are a lot of upgrades. And speaking of upgrades, I want to talk about another product that we see a lot that people walk in here with and people are a little baffled by, and that&#x27;s variable annuities. Variable annuities are basically accounts that are produced by insurance companies.</p><p><strong>16:26</strong> They have within them sub-accounts, which look like mutual funds, but the legal name is sub-accounts. And these variable annuities have all kinds of different benefits that may or may not be on there. They have all kinds of fees inside that people may or may not be aware of. I kind of compare the variable annuity industry to the mutual fund industry, where statistically, about 15% or 20% of mutual funds are decent and good, and we like them, and about 80% are crummy, and we wouldn&#x27;t recommend them to anybody. And it&#x27;s a little bit the same with variable annuities. So variable annuity can be a tool that&#x27;s valuable that may work for someone. But a lot of times when somebody comes into our office and asks for a second opinion on a variable annuity that they may have been sold by a broker somewhere, they don&#x27;t even know how it works. And that&#x27;s a real problem, Pete.</p><p><strong>17:12</strong> Well, just like the life insurance policy, where people really don&#x27;t know what they have or if they have a chance at a more attractive benefit, same thing in the annuity world. Correct, Joel? Absolutely. The same thing in the annuity world. And there&#x27;s two real problems that we see in the annuity world right now. One is that some of the features and benefits that were on variable annuity policies, particularly these benefits that people are paying some pretty high fees for, like you could take income out and you could never outlive the income, those are gone. The companies, because of the financial crisis, have had to pull back from them. And what we&#x27;re seeing is brokers out there, instead of telling the client, you&#x27;ve got something good here, you need to hang on to it. A lot of times they&#x27;re replacing those variable annuities to generate a new commission for themselves. And it&#x27;s really wrong because somebody might have a benefit based on $400,000 and yet their</p><p><strong>18:00</strong> account value has dropped to $200,000. So that&#x27;s one problem we see is just brokers really not looking out for the best interest of the client. The other problem we see is somebody doesn&#x27;t know what they own. They&#x27;re paying 3% or 4% annually in internal fees. They had no idea that&#x27;s how the product worked. And they don&#x27;t need any of those benefits. And so it&#x27;s almost two different extremes there. And what we&#x27;re telling folks is if you own variable annuities, don&#x27;t just call your broker and say mean things when you read an article in Kiplinger&#x27;s or something. Call somebody that can give you an honest second opinion that will show you the contract in writing. Call somebody that knows how to talk the language of the companies. We get on the phone with the companies, whether it&#x27;s the Hartford or Mass Mutual or whoever it might be. And we have the companies explain the benefits and the fees and those annuities with the client</p><p><strong>18:49</strong> on speakerphone. And that way they can walk away from that appointment and know if they should keep that product because it fits them or if they should get rid of it. And it&#x27;s a shame what&#x27;s happening in the variable annuity world because the products have a specific problem to solve. And they&#x27;re very good at solving one problem. But unfortunately, because of high commissions, brokers have oversold those products. And so a lot of people own variable annuities that should not own variable annuities, in my opinion. Joe, by solving one problem, a lot of times they create a few others, don&#x27;t they? Well, they do. They do. You know, they can solve one problem and create other problems. You know, again, we started out this program talking about guaranteed income. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s very important that people come as close to guaranteeing their income as possible. But at the same time, once you have a product, be very careful about replacing it.</p><p><strong>19:40</strong> Make sure that you understand what you&#x27;re leaving and what you&#x27;re getting in return. And we can help folks with that. And there are other peer companies, good independent financial planning firms around the greater Hartford area that can also help folks with that. For a detailed forensic financial analysis for a review of your strategies, of your plans, of your products, folks, give Joel Johnson, the team at Johnson-Bernetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist a call today. And for listeners here on WTIC across Connecticut, they&#x27;re willing to sit down with you on a complimentary basis and do those reviews, those necessary reviews, to make sure that you are in the best position possible for yourself. All you&#x27;ve got to do is pick up the phone and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232.</p><p><strong>20:27</strong> Joel, I think it&#x27;s important that people realize in the financial world, there are some places you can have your money in uncompromising positions. And bringing back what you said a minute ago, where years ago there was an erosion problem on the highway, so what the engineers did is they imported a vine from Japan called kutzu. Are you familiar with this story here? I have heard of the vine, but I&#x27;m not familiar. Please keep going. Well, the erosion problem was basically they couldn&#x27;t keep the dirt around the road, so the dirt kept running onto the road. So they brought this vine over, and the theory was the vine would spread and the roots would lock down and keep the soil from eroding. But the problem was they didn&#x27;t do the research, and the vine ended up taking over all the trees and killing all the wildlife, and now they&#x27;ve got a bigger problem than they ever had before. And that&#x27;s what happens a lot of times in the financial world when people are just chasing</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> products and not looking behind the scenes like you do and making sure that the future places for that money or the future effects will be what&#x27;s been desired. Well, isn&#x27;t that a classic example of how Wall Street works? You know, we had a problem where not enough people could buy homes in this country, so what do we do? We create this situation where, you know, anybody that could sign their name could get a mortgage, and then we have this disaster that happened. I love that kudzu example. That&#x27;s just a great example of the pendulum completely swinging, and we see this in the political process in our country, too. It just completely swings from one side to the other, and sometimes by trying to solve one problem, we create another one. That&#x27;s why folks need to find, just like they would find a good doctor that they can trust, they need to find a good financial advisor. It may not be us, and that&#x27;s okay, but what we&#x27;re telling folks is with what has changed in</p><p><strong>22:01</strong> this industry, find somebody you can trust, that you can look in the eye, and that you know when they&#x27;re answering your questions, they have your best interest at heart. Find somebody who&#x27;s independent. I will never waver from my stance that folks are just better off with an independent financial advisor. I know that can be argued. There&#x27;s a lot of good people that work at the big brokerage firms of the world, but I&#x27;m telling you, if you knew how those firms worked, some of you folks would not still be with those firms, and I may get in trouble for saying that. I&#x27;ll probably get some angry phone calls, but you know what, I don&#x27;t care. I will say this is my opinion, but my opinion is find a good financial advisor that is independent. Nobody&#x27;s telling them what to sell. They don&#x27;t work for a firm that helped cause the mortgage problem, and I think that&#x27;s so important. And around the Connecticut area, there are some real good quality independent financial advisors.</p><p><strong>22:51</strong> Folks, you&#x27;ve heard him for years. Now&#x27;s your chance to have an exclusive meeting with Joel Johnson and his team, and all you have to do is pick the phone up, and Peter Bershon, what number should they call? To reach Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, pick up the phone now and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. And Joel, to that very point, Johnson Brunetti and yourself, you guys are independent, correct? Yes, we are absolutely independent. Independent, nobody tells us what to recommend to clients. Nobody&#x27;s paying the computer bills, but Nancy Brunetti and I here, phone bills, we are completely independent. We pay our own bills. We have an allegiance to one person, and that is the client within the constraints of the regulatory industry that we operate in. And again, for listeners on WTIC here on Sunday morning, Joel, you&#x27;re willing, you and your team,</p><p><strong>23:40</strong> to sit down with them and go over a complimentary review of their plans, their strategies, their products to make sure that they are in the best position possible? Absolutely. And I just want to mention a couple things real quick, too. We&#x27;ve just unfortunately had more announcements of layoffs here in Connecticut. We&#x27;ve had some other major corporations in the area announce some layoffs or early retirements, I should say, early retirement packages, because some of these companies do treat their people fairly decently or very well in some cases. But we just want to reach out on ARM or an invitation to the folks that are having to make some pretty darn big financial decisions right there that we are here to help, particularly to those folks that have worked for those companies for 20 and 30 years that find themselves having to make a very fundamental shift in their thinking when it comes to retirement. We&#x27;re here to help. We have a lot of clients that have been through the same thing, and we can help answer questions,</p><p><strong>24:27</strong> and we do not charge for that meeting. Even they do not have to put money with us. We understand the impact that has on a family when somebody has to leave a company they&#x27;ve been with for 20 or 30 years. Again, give Karen people at Johnson Bernetti a call to set up a complimentary consultation at 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. That&#x27;s all the time we have for Money Wisdom for this week. Joel Johnson, we certainly appreciate your time. Thank you, Peter and Pete, and we&#x27;ll talk next week. Talk to you next week, Joel. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Joel Johnson, Coach Pete, and Peter Richon discuss retirement planning on this August 2011 edition of Money Wisdom. Topics include separating income money from emergency savings and making financial decisions when retirement arrives earlier than expected.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Securities and investment advisory services offered by Silver Oak Securities. Member SIPC FINRA. Very difficult economic times. This foreclosure crisis continues to grow. American families are hurting financially. Gas prices hit another record today. A fourth straight month of job losses. Food prices are rising. Wisdom is defined as having the knowledge of what is true and right. Talking heads litter the financial world, but can they help you gain true financial wisdom? Some look to simply entertain you, and others even use scare tactics. But whose interests are they really serving? You&#x27;ve tuned into advice aimed at educating you about all of your financial options when it comes to retirement, so you can make the best decisions for you and your family. It&#x27;s Johnson Brunetti Money Wisdom with Joel Johnson, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist,</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> and Certified Financial Planner. Stay tuned for information and education that can bring you peace of mind with your savings and retirement. Whether it&#x27;s your 401k account, IRA, or an underperforming asset, Joel can answer your questions and even raise concerns that you didn&#x27;t know about before. Now, let&#x27;s join Joel Johnson of Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, and Certified Financial Planner. And welcome into the program. You are listening to Money Wisdom, brought to you by Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist. And here with us in the studio is Joel Johnson. Joel, welcome back into the show. Well, thank you, and good Sunday morning to everybody.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> It&#x27;s great to be here again. It&#x27;s always wonderful having you here for what seems like the quickest moving half hour in radio, Joel. And, of course, we&#x27;re also joined by published financial author Coach Pete, and we&#x27;re all going to be talking today about information that people need to know about their future financial security, if they would like to have a proper asset allocation, if they would like to have a review, a second opinion of their current plans and strategies for moving forward in their financial lives. Joel, you and the team there at Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, are willing to do that for folks on a complimentary basis, correct? Yeah, absolutely. We love meeting with folks. I spend about half of my time each week meeting with people that just want to come in and get a second opinion on what they&#x27;re doing, on how their other brokers may have them invested.</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> And most of the folks that we meet with are working with another broker. But we love giving a second opinion. I think everybody&#x27;s retirement deserves a second opinion. And so we do make available a significant amount of time each week to meet with the folks that call in just from this radio program. Well, folks, if you would like to take the folks there at Johnson Brunetti, Joel Johnson and the team at Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist, pick up the phone and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. And since you&#x27;re a listener here on WTIC, Joel and his team will move you to the front of the list and give you an appointment that fits your schedule and theirs. As well as, Joel, you still have a few copies of the Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens book for folks who come in to sit down with you, correct? Yes, I do. And it&#x27;s interesting the reaction I&#x27;ve had from that book.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> And as our listeners know, I contributed to that. But Coach Pete, who&#x27;s on the air with us right now, he put that together. Very interesting concept that went into that book. He would ask a question and then myself and nine other financial advisors from around the country would give their answers based on our experience. And so I love the format. It&#x27;s just so nice and simple. And what I have people doing is they&#x27;ll come in for that second opinion. They&#x27;ll get a copy of the book. And then those that come back a week or two later, a lot of times they&#x27;ll bring that book and have all kinds of sections highlighted on it. So folks that do come in for that second opinion, we do have a few copies of that book left and they will leave our office with it. And it&#x27;s just a great thing to have, great thing to give to kids and grandkids to help them get their financial house in order to. Well, it is a very handy reference. Again, it&#x27;s a $19.95 cover value.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? Written by Coach Pete D’Arruda, who you hear here on the program, as well as contributed to by Joel Johnson, the other voice that you&#x27;re hearing here on the radio. You&#x27;ll pick up a copy of this book when you come in and meet with the team from Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist. Again, to review your plan, make sure you&#x27;re doing the right thing, pick up the phone right now and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. Joel, you did an exceptional job in that book. You really took a lot of time and a lot of effort. And we get a lot of feedback nationally from an exclusive question I asked every advisor. And the answer is that will amaze people when they get this book. But the question was, what do you tell someone who is looking for lifetime income using the assets they already have? And isn&#x27;t that a good question, Joel?</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> Well, it&#x27;s a great question. I mean, I think the number one fear, if you look at any national study, whether it&#x27;s done by any of the big no-load fund companies or Kiplinger&#x27;s or AARP, the biggest fear people have is running out of money. And I think as a financial professional, my chief job then is to address that fear. And there are a number of different ways to help someone achieve financial security. And I define that by knowing that you won&#x27;t run out of money, knowing that you have an income plan. But my goodness, it&#x27;s amazing how many people are working with advisors and don&#x27;t address that basic need of being able to sleep well at night, knowing that they are not going to run out of money. And Joel, that is the number one concern of retirees. But not a lot of retirees have a plan to address that concern. So what do you tell folks who come into your office who are looking to try to overcome</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> what might be the biggest obstacle to their retirement security? What I think is, first of all, I know for my 21 years of doing this, 22 years actually next month in June, but I know for my 22 years in doing this that to keep things simple is so important. And so when I was trained by the big brokerage firms, we were taught that you just bring a client&#x27;s assets in, you move money around, you pick the right mutual funds, stocks and bonds. You claim that, you know, I&#x27;m supposed to claim as an advisor for XYZ brokerage firm that I can pick better funds and better stocks than the guys up the street. And then you just hope that you&#x27;ve built up that pile big enough so that when somebody needs income to last the rest of their lives, they&#x27;ll be okay. That doesn&#x27;t sound like the best approach, though. It&#x27;s absolutely not the best approach. It&#x27;s a random approach.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> It can cause people to get hurt when markets go down. Markets do go down. We seem to have a crisis about every seven years in this country. And so it just doesn&#x27;t work. What I tell folks is picture your money in two different buckets. And one is your core nest egg. And your core nest egg should be safer money. It should last for as long as you do. It should, when the markets go down, it should go down just a little or maybe not at all. And it should earn consistent rates of return so that you feel comfortable taking an income off of it. And then that second bucket, that second bucket is the discretionary money, the money to do vacations with, the money to maybe have gifting programs for grandkids, the money to give to charity. But if you separate your money and think of it that way,</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> it just seems to work much better and it&#x27;s much easier to come up with a plan. And it&#x27;s one of the things that we do with clients. What is it going to take to meet your basic income needs? Let&#x27;s create core nest egg money to produce that basic income to meet all your needs. And that way you can sleep well at night. And you sort of have that money in a lockbox, if you will, not to be violated for things like emergency repairs of your house, new cars and things like that. That new car, those emergencies, loans to kids, things like that. Those all come out of that non-core nest egg money. And we do other things that are a little more complicated than that. But I think if folks can just grasp this concept that you have two different pockets of money, one for consistent income and one for emergencies, it really helps simplify how they can plan and how they can invest their money.</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> Well, I know that you guys there at Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, do a lot more complex things with people&#x27;s portfolios. But for my benefit, and perhaps the benefit of the listeners here, Joel, I like the keep it simple approach. So explain to me, though, what are the benefits and advantages of that separation of necessary money that you guys really adhere to versus that approach that you were talking about with the main street brokerage firms, where you&#x27;re just trying to pick better stocks or pick better funds than the guy down the street? Well, the real benefit is if someone does, as I said, which is create a separation between your core nest egg and your other money, what it will allow you to do is sleep better at night. You&#x27;ll know you have an income plan. If you&#x27;re married and you have discussions with your spouse,</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> you&#x27;ll be able to look them in the eye and say, hey, I have an income plan. It works. And we don&#x27;t have to worry, honey, about us running out of money. And so that&#x27;s the real key benefit is peace of mind and sleeping at night. Well, folks, if you would like to sit down, talk with Joel Johnson, the team there at Johnson &amp; Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, to put your plan together to make sure that you can have that honest discussion, 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232 is the number to dial. And Joel, you&#x27;re willing to meet with folks on a complimentary basis. Can you explain what that process might be like if somebody picks up the phone and calls today to where they can go home and have that discussion, or at least lay their head on their pillow and sleep a little bit better? What&#x27;s the process in between those two events?</p><p><strong>09:21</strong> Well, the process is quite simple. If folks call our office, Christine, who is one of my staff people who controls my calendar and the other advisors&#x27; calendars here, will set up a complimentary consultation with myself. And what we do is we go through our Money Map retirement review process where we sit down for one hour, and it may take an hour and 15 minutes. It may be a little shorter than an hour. That&#x27;s fine. I&#x27;m not a huge stickler for how long that first meeting takes. But we will talk about what a client&#x27;s goals are, what their fears are, what we can fix if they&#x27;re bothered by something, if they lose sleep over something, you know, what is the best way we can help them so that they don&#x27;t have to worry about that particular item. And we will simply walk through a review with them. Typically, they&#x27;ll bring in their investment statements, and we will review any investments they have to make sure they understand how those investments work.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> It&#x27;s amazing, Peter, how many people own things, have significant amounts of money in different types of financial products, and don&#x27;t really understand how they work. And so we take the time nice and slowly. If I have one gift, I&#x27;ve been told that it is to be able to simplify complex financial issues. And so we do that. We take the time to do that. Now, usually at the end of that first meeting, somebody will go away feeling, well, always somebody will go away feeling much better about their situation because it&#x27;s been clarified. Sometimes they&#x27;ll ask for another meeting where myself and my staff, we do a little homework. We do a little bit of research for someone to find out if there are alternatives to meet their goals with lower risk. In fact, that&#x27;s a significant amount of what we do is to try to meet someone&#x27;s goals by taking lower risk.</p><p><strong>10:57</strong> And so that&#x27;s completely up to the particular person when they come in, whether they want to have that second meeting or not. But I tell folks, leave your checkbook, leave your credit card at home. We want to help. If we can help, great. If we don&#x27;t, that&#x27;s okay, too. Because, quite frankly, we&#x27;ve been very blessed in this business. We have a lot of business and we don&#x27;t need to chase folks. And at least from that very first initial consultation, you&#x27;ll go home better informed, better educated about what you currently have going on with your money, with your finances. So pick up the phone and, again, on a complimentary basis, meet with the team there from Johnson Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment Specialist by dialing 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. We&#x27;ve got to take a quick break here on the program. We will be right back with more Money Wisdom with Joel Johnson right after this.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Money Americans can expect to outlive their assets in retirement. But a conversation with certified financial planner Joel Johnson can mean the difference between maintaining your lifestyle or having to give up many of the luxuries you&#x27;ve gotten used to. To find out how you can achieve a retirement income that you can&#x27;t outlive, set up a no-cost initial consultation today. 1-800-705-1232. Joel may even be able to increase your standard of living once you retire. But you have to call to find out how. Call 1-800-705-1232. That&#x27;s 1-800-705-1232. And we&#x27;re back here on the Money Wisdom radio program with your host, Joel Johnson. He is president, one of the founders of Johnson Burnetti, Connecticut&#x27;s Retirement and Investment</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Specialist. The very guy that you&#x27;ve heard for years here on the radio, who now you have the exclusive chance to meet on a complimentary basis. Well, Joel&#x27;s too modest, but he&#x27;s a prominent force in the community. And folks, you&#x27;ve got an exclusive chance to meet with Joel just by being a listener here on the show. Peter, how do they do that? Pick up the phone, folks, and call 1-800-705-1232. 1-800-705-1232. The number to dial to set up that complimentary consultation. And Joel, you actually had a few stories that you were willing to share about some of the people that call in from the radio and how you were able to help them. And I would like to take some time to tell a story or two about what people might encounter, how they might benefit from a meeting coming in there with the folks from Johnson Burnetti.</p><p><strong>13:17</strong> Well, sure, Peter. One of the things I want to do on this segment, I&#x27;m really excited about this, is that we&#x27;re just going to touch base and we&#x27;re not going to go into all kinds of detail because of timing today on three different areas. So let me start with one area. And I&#x27;m so excited about this because this just happened last week where a gentleman and his wife came in, we had been working with them for about a year and had helped them with their investment portfolios and so on. And he came in for his annual review and he said, you know, Joel and Doug, Doug is one of my partners here. Joel and Doug, we forgot about an account that we want to show you because I&#x27;m not sure we&#x27;re getting the most value out of it. This was an old life insurance policy he had. It was about 25 years old. He was continuing to pay premiums, about $1,200 per year. And what he said was, he said, you know, Joel, I&#x27;ve heard that life insurance has changed,</p><p><strong>14:06</strong> that costs are lower because people are living longer. I&#x27;m wondering if there&#x27;s anything I can do to upgrade this. I&#x27;m still in pretty good health and I still want this insurance, but I wonder if I could somehow upgrade this. Well, Doug, my partner, took that and ran an analysis. And we work with about 90 different companies around the country and ran an analysis. And what we were able to do for him, and this just got approved, is we were able to increase his death benefit, the amount of money that would go to his children by 40% and stop his premium. And that was done on a guaranteed basis. And what we basically did was took the money, the cash value from that old policy, did a what&#x27;s called a 1035 exchange into a new policy. He had to get approved from a health standpoint, but he did that.</p><p><strong>14:51</strong> And we raised his death benefit by 40%. He went from about $50,000 of death benefit to $70,000 of death benefit. And it&#x27;s guaranteed paid forever. He will never have to pay any more premiums. So it was very exciting. It was an example of not a huge problem, but it was a issue that he had that he wondered if he could do better. And it was very simple to help him do better. And the ironic thing is he had bought that from a life insurance agent that he knew. And the guy had just never bothered to follow up on if that policy could be improved. Wow. That&#x27;s a very real and tangible benefit and pretty immediate benefit of coming in and reviewing a financial product that this gentleman had. With no out-of-pocket costs, right, Joel? No out-of-pocket costs. And sometimes it&#x27;s just baby steps, Pete. It&#x27;s just changing one little thing at a time.</p><p><strong>15:37</strong> And overall, after the course of a year or two, you look back and you say, wow, I made three or four little baby steps here, but my financial situation is so much better than it was a year or two ago. And it&#x27;s about, number one, somebody being aware, customers, the public being aware of what they own and that it needs to be looked at from time to time. And number two, advisors just paying attention, just having the expertise here in our firm and other firms have the expertise, but some firms just don&#x27;t even pay attention to what&#x27;s going on with their clients and ask the right questions. And just being aware that industry has changed, products have changed, and there are a lot of upgrades. And speaking of upgrades, I want to talk about another product that we see a lot that people walk in here with and people are a little baffled by, and that&#x27;s variable annuities. Variable annuities are basically accounts that are produced by insurance companies.</p><p><strong>16:26</strong> They have within them sub-accounts, which look like mutual funds, but the legal name is sub-accounts. And these variable annuities have all kinds of different benefits that may or may not be on there. They have all kinds of fees inside that people may or may not be aware of. I kind of compare the variable annuity industry to the mutual fund industry, where statistically, about 15% or 20% of mutual funds are decent and good, and we like them, and about 80% are crummy, and we wouldn&#x27;t recommend them to anybody. And it&#x27;s a little bit the same with variable annuities. So variable annuity can be a tool that&#x27;s valuable that may work for someone. But a lot of times when somebody comes into our office and asks for a second opinion on a variable annuity that they may have been sold by a broker somewhere, they don&#x27;t even know how it works. And that&#x27;s a real problem, Pete.</p><p><strong>17:12</strong> Well, just like the life insurance policy, where people really don&#x27;t know what they have or if they have a chance at a more attractive benefit, same thing in the annuity world. Correct, Joel? Absolutely. The same thing in the annuity world. And there&#x27;s two real problems that we see in the annuity world right now. One is that some of the features and benefits that were on variable annuity policies, particularly these benefits that people are paying some pretty high fees for, like you could take income out and you could never outlive the income, those are gone. The companies, because of the financial crisis, have had to pull back from them. And what we&#x27;re seeing is brokers out there, instead of telling the client, you&#x27;ve got something good here, you need to hang on to it. A lot of times they&#x27;re replacing those variable annuities to generate a new commission for themselves. And it&#x27;s really wrong because somebody might have a benefit based on $400,000 and yet their</p><p><strong>18:00</strong> account value has dropped to $200,000. So that&#x27;s one problem we see is just brokers really not looking out for the best interest of the client. The other problem we see is somebody doesn&#x27;t know what they own. They&#x27;re paying 3% or 4% annually in internal fees. They had no idea that&#x27;s how the product worked. And they don&#x27;t need any of those benefits. And so it&#x27;s almost two different extremes there. And what we&#x27;re telling folks is if you own variable annuities, don&#x27;t just call your broker and say mean things when you read an article in Kiplinger&#x27;s or something. Call somebody that can give you an honest second opinion that will show you the contract in writing. Call somebody that knows how to talk the language of the companies. We get on the phone with the companies, whether it&#x27;s the Hartford or Mass Mutual or whoever it might be. And we have the companies explain the benefits and the fees and those annuities with the client</p><p><strong>18:49</strong> on speakerphone. And that way they can walk away from that appointment and know if they should keep that product because it fits them or if they should get rid of it. And it&#x27;s a shame what&#x27;s happening in the variable annuity world because the products have a specific problem to solve. And they&#x27;re very good at solving one problem. But unfortunately, because of high commissions, brokers have oversold those products. And so a lot of people own variable annuities that should not own variable annuities, in my opinion. Joe, by solving one problem, a lot of times they create a few others, don&#x27;t they? Well, they do. They do. You know, they can solve one problem and create other problems. You know, again, we started out this program talking about guaranteed income. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s very important that people come as close to guaranteeing their income as possible. But at the same time, once you have a product, be very careful about replacing it.</p><p><strong>19:40</strong> Make sure that you understand what you&#x27;re leaving and what you&#x27;re getting in return. And we can help folks with that. And there are other peer companies, good independent financial planning firms around the greater Hartford area that can also help folks with that. For a detailed forensic financial analysis for a review of your strategies, of your plans, of your products, folks, give Joel Johnson, the team at Johnson-Bernetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist a call today. And for listeners here on WTIC across Connecticut, they&#x27;re willing to sit down with you on a complimentary basis and do those reviews, those necessary reviews, to make sure that you are in the best position possible for yourself. All you&#x27;ve got to do is pick up the phone and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232.</p><p><strong>20:27</strong> Joel, I think it&#x27;s important that people realize in the financial world, there are some places you can have your money in uncompromising positions. And bringing back what you said a minute ago, where years ago there was an erosion problem on the highway, so what the engineers did is they imported a vine from Japan called kutzu. Are you familiar with this story here? I have heard of the vine, but I&#x27;m not familiar. Please keep going. Well, the erosion problem was basically they couldn&#x27;t keep the dirt around the road, so the dirt kept running onto the road. So they brought this vine over, and the theory was the vine would spread and the roots would lock down and keep the soil from eroding. But the problem was they didn&#x27;t do the research, and the vine ended up taking over all the trees and killing all the wildlife, and now they&#x27;ve got a bigger problem than they ever had before. And that&#x27;s what happens a lot of times in the financial world when people are just chasing</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> products and not looking behind the scenes like you do and making sure that the future places for that money or the future effects will be what&#x27;s been desired. Well, isn&#x27;t that a classic example of how Wall Street works? You know, we had a problem where not enough people could buy homes in this country, so what do we do? We create this situation where, you know, anybody that could sign their name could get a mortgage, and then we have this disaster that happened. I love that kudzu example. That&#x27;s just a great example of the pendulum completely swinging, and we see this in the political process in our country, too. It just completely swings from one side to the other, and sometimes by trying to solve one problem, we create another one. That&#x27;s why folks need to find, just like they would find a good doctor that they can trust, they need to find a good financial advisor. It may not be us, and that&#x27;s okay, but what we&#x27;re telling folks is with what has changed in</p><p><strong>22:01</strong> this industry, find somebody you can trust, that you can look in the eye, and that you know when they&#x27;re answering your questions, they have your best interest at heart. Find somebody who&#x27;s independent. I will never waver from my stance that folks are just better off with an independent financial advisor. I know that can be argued. There&#x27;s a lot of good people that work at the big brokerage firms of the world, but I&#x27;m telling you, if you knew how those firms worked, some of you folks would not still be with those firms, and I may get in trouble for saying that. I&#x27;ll probably get some angry phone calls, but you know what, I don&#x27;t care. I will say this is my opinion, but my opinion is find a good financial advisor that is independent. Nobody&#x27;s telling them what to sell. They don&#x27;t work for a firm that helped cause the mortgage problem, and I think that&#x27;s so important. And around the Connecticut area, there are some real good quality independent financial advisors.</p><p><strong>22:51</strong> Folks, you&#x27;ve heard him for years. Now&#x27;s your chance to have an exclusive meeting with Joel Johnson and his team, and all you have to do is pick the phone up, and Peter Bershon, what number should they call? To reach Johnson Brunetti, Connecticut&#x27;s retirement and investment specialist, pick up the phone now and call 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. And Joel, to that very point, Johnson Brunetti and yourself, you guys are independent, correct? Yes, we are absolutely independent. Independent, nobody tells us what to recommend to clients. Nobody&#x27;s paying the computer bills, but Nancy Brunetti and I here, phone bills, we are completely independent. We pay our own bills. We have an allegiance to one person, and that is the client within the constraints of the regulatory industry that we operate in. And again, for listeners on WTIC here on Sunday morning, Joel, you&#x27;re willing, you and your team,</p><p><strong>23:40</strong> to sit down with them and go over a complimentary review of their plans, their strategies, their products to make sure that they are in the best position possible? Absolutely. And I just want to mention a couple things real quick, too. We&#x27;ve just unfortunately had more announcements of layoffs here in Connecticut. We&#x27;ve had some other major corporations in the area announce some layoffs or early retirements, I should say, early retirement packages, because some of these companies do treat their people fairly decently or very well in some cases. But we just want to reach out on ARM or an invitation to the folks that are having to make some pretty darn big financial decisions right there that we are here to help, particularly to those folks that have worked for those companies for 20 and 30 years that find themselves having to make a very fundamental shift in their thinking when it comes to retirement. We&#x27;re here to help. We have a lot of clients that have been through the same thing, and we can help answer questions,</p><p><strong>24:27</strong> and we do not charge for that meeting. Even they do not have to put money with us. We understand the impact that has on a family when somebody has to leave a company they&#x27;ve been with for 20 or 30 years. Again, give Karen people at Johnson Bernetti a call to set up a complimentary consultation at 800-705-1232. 800-705-1232. That&#x27;s all the time we have for Money Wisdom for this week. Joel Johnson, we certainly appreciate your time. Thank you, Peter and Pete, and we&#x27;ll talk next week. Talk to you next week, Joel. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Joel Johnson, Coach Pete, and Peter Richon discuss retirement planning on this August 2011 edition of Money Wisdom. Topics include separating income money from emergency savings and making financial decisions when retirement arrives earlier than expected.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joel Johnson and Coach Pete</category>
      <category>Joel Johnson</category>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joel Johnson and Coach Pete, Joel Johnson, Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669/image.jpg?t=1792071330&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joel-johnson-and-coach-pete-money-wisdom-and-retirement-planning-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669/image.jpg?t=1792071330&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669</guid>
      <omny:clipId>577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 27 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1500</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/577802c8-4196-449a-864c-b4e300275669/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="24038952" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joel-johnson-and-coach-pete-money-wisdom-and-retirement-planning-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>236</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Money Wisdom and Retirement Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:33" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:16" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:11" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burton Malkiel: A Random Walk Down Wall Street</title>
      <itunes:title>Burton Malkiel: A Random Walk Down Wall Street</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest, the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, which first came out over 30 years ago and its relevance is still on point today. We&#x27;ve got Burton Malkiel. Burton, welcome into the show. Thank you. Nice to be here. Now, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days in the money world, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is, and it&#x27;s exactly in these crazy times that I think people generally tend to make their biggest mistakes. And what kind of mistakes do people make, Burton? Well, what we know happens time and time again is that when people get nervous, when the headlines talk about doom and gloom, people tend to sell their stocks. They tend to redeem their equity mutual funds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And time after time, this is the wrong thing to do. We just have – it&#x27;s the clearest data that we&#x27;ve got that people tend to buy at the top when everyone&#x27;s optimistic and they sell at the bottom when everyone&#x27;s pessimistic. And it really just hurts them enormously. And, Burton, now, you&#x27;ve been a professor at Princeton University, I&#x27;m sure, and chairman of the economics department there. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve told your students over the years to be careful about what you see and read and basically take some common sense and use that as an approach to investing, correct? No, absolutely. The fact of the matter is that nobody can time the market.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> You know, I&#x27;ve been in this business all my life. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who could consistently time the market. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who knows anyone who could consistently time the market. The thing that you want to do is just keep an even keel. If you&#x27;ve got a 401k, don&#x27;t try to go in and out of stocks at one time or another. Just keep plugging away. Put the money in period after period. It&#x27;s what people call dollar cost averaging. Sure, you&#x27;ll buy at the top sometime, but this will also guarantee that you&#x27;re buying at the bottom sometime. And you&#x27;ll find that this is a much better way to do things than to try to move in and out of the market</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> depending upon whether the sun is shining or it&#x27;s raining or snowing. You know, and you say that people shouldn&#x27;t time the market, yet you see a lot of these newsletters come out, and there&#x27;s always somebody touting that they can tell you how to time the market and make a lot of money, yet unfortunately they don&#x27;t tell you about the other side of that coin, do they? No, absolutely. You know, on that score and the newsletters and so forth, I always like the remark that Steve Forbes used to make. He said, there&#x27;s one thing I learned at my grandfather&#x27;s knee. It&#x27;s much more profitable to sell the investment advice of the timing newsletters than to take it. And I think that&#x27;s what you see happening. It&#x27;s a good business, and there&#x27;s a lot of it out there,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and people would be really very much better off if they ignored the people who tell them, we know how to time the market, we know how to pick this great fund, this great stock. Remember, anyone who tries to call you up and is breathless, you know this is something you want to avoid. Absolutely. And in my opinion, if they really knew what was going to happen, they would take all that advice for themselves and be multi-truthers. Take all that advice, collect all the marbles themselves. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re absolutely right. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re talking to Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s an American economist and writer. He&#x27;s most famous for his classic finance book,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> A Random Walk Down Wall Street. It&#x27;s now in its 10th edition. And Burton, what caused you to write the book back in the 70s to begin with? Well, I started my career in Wall Street before I became an academic. And I really started to get very suspicious of what so-called professionals were telling the individual investor to do. And, you know, when you&#x27;re a teacher, you believe that you&#x27;ve got something useful to say to people. And I do say these things to the students in my class. And you kind of feel, okay, I really think a lot of this advice is good.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> I&#x27;d like a larger audience. And that was why I first wrote the book. It&#x27;s been much more popular than I had ever imagined in that it&#x27;s now sold well over a million and a half copies. And I keep updating it. you know, when the book was first published, there were no money market funds. There were no index funds. There were no exchange traded funds. So, I keep updating it so that the individual investor knows all of the instruments that are now available. And, you know, that&#x27;s what teachers want to do.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And the wider the audience that I can talk to, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, all the better. Now, Burton, are there too many mutual funds these days? And how does the average investor pick the right mutual fund philosophy for themselves? Good question. That&#x27;s a great question. And my answer is very simple to that. There are too many mutual funds. There are as many mutual funds as there are individual stocks. And it&#x27;s simply impossible for people to get into, quote, the best fund. What we know is, year after year, two-thirds of the so-called actively managed mutual funds with the investment managers who get written up as geniuses,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> year after year, two-thirds of them are outperformed by a simple index fund. By an index fund, I just simply mean a fund that buys and holds all the stocks in the market. So year period after period, only one-third of the active managers beat the index. And in the next period, it&#x27;s not the same third who win in one period. I&#x27;ve looked at the data now for over 30 years. The best managers in one period are often at the bottom of the pack the next period. So what do you do? You keep it simple. Keep it simple, sweetheart.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Simply buy a low-cost index fund that buys and holds all of the stocks in the market. And you can do this through a mutual fund with a company like Fidelity or Vanguard, or you can do it now through exchange-traded funds, which are index funds. And you can do this not only for the United States, but you can do this with a world index fund. There&#x27;s an ETF that trades under the ticker symbol VT that is basically indexed to the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Equity Index.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And my feeling is if you want to buy one fund, buy that ETF. It&#x27;s an extremely low expense ratio, and you will do better than almost any other individual investor. And keep putting money into it from period to period. Don&#x27;t sell when it looks like the world is falling apart. And I think that&#x27;s clearly – it&#x27;s simple and it is the best thing for individual investors to do. Great advice, Burton. And here&#x27;s what I run into. A lot of folks have 401ks, and we just talked about how there are so many mutual funds out there. But most 401ks have too few choices inside the 401k, don&#x27;t they? They do, and that&#x27;s one of the things that I&#x27;ve been urging companies to do is to add an index fund alternative</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> or ETF alternative to the menu of choices they have. And if there is that in your 401k, by all means, do it. To explore all the options in your 401k or to have a detailed 401k analysis done to see if you are in the right place or if you would like to explore your options after your 401k, where to put your 401k once you have transitioned out of a job or if you are 59 1⁄2 or beyond, or if you have old 401ks that are still at past jobs, give a call to the team at the Financial Safari. There are certainly better options for you, and we can help explore those with you. 800-661-7383 for a no-cost analysis of your 401k and additional options.</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. Now, let&#x27;s say someone has done a great job of saving in dollar-cost averaging into their mutual funds of 401ks or they&#x27;ve got a good index fund. A term that is coming more prevalent these days is called income planning, making sure your money will get you through the rest of your life. What do you recommend for someone who is nearing retirement as far as locking in or getting a good income for the rest of their life? Sure. What I think has to happen is that your allocation between equities, bonds, and real estate really needs to change over time. You know, if you&#x27;re in your 20s, it&#x27;s perfectly fine to put everything into the equity market</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> because you&#x27;ll have time to ride out all of the ups and downs. If you&#x27;re entering retirement in your 60s, I think you need a much safer portfolio. You need equities that pay good dividends. You do need some bonds. You need real estate, as you can get with a real estate index fund that gives a fair amount of income. So you do need a somewhat different allocation as one ages. It&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve tried to do in my book is to show how your investment allocation should change over time as one ages</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and what is the appropriate allocation for someone entering or even in retirement. And, Burton, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been fascinated with some of the great inventions that have come out to help with income planning. And we&#x27;ve looked at a few of the income planning options on some of the fixed annuities that are available today and some of those that make sense for times in retirement. Absolutely. And in general, this may very well be one of the things that people would like to and should do in retirement is to annuitize some part of the nest egg that they have built up. And the only caveat that I would mention there is many of the annuities that are sold by salespeople</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> are very high expense products. Absolutely. So if you go and buy an annuity, boy, if it&#x27;s one thing you want to – you know, all of us who give investment advice need to be very modest. You know, there&#x27;s a lot we don&#x27;t know. But I&#x27;ll tell you the one thing I&#x27;m absolutely 100 percent sure of, and that is that the lower the expense that I pay to the purveyor of the investment service or to the annuity provider, the less I pay an expense, the more there will be for me. And that&#x27;s the cardinal rule to keep in mind. Absolutely. So everything needs to be in writing, and people need to know exactly what they&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get minus the fees.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And what the expense ratios that are implicit in the product are. Absolutely. Now, one final question, Burton. Of course, this is Burton Malkio, folks. He&#x27;s the writer of A Random Walk Down Wall Street. The book has been out over 30 years. It&#x27;s in its 10th edition now. It&#x27;s a great read if you haven&#x27;t read it before. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Princeton University. Burton, what is your opinion – and I know you probably have one – on gold and silver these days, precious metals? I very much worry that the people who are rushing into gold at close to $1,900 an ounce are going to be disappointed.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Gold is fine now because we&#x27;re in an extraordinarily low interest rate environment. And you can&#x27;t get any money out of your money fund. You can&#x27;t get any money out of your savings account. And I think that&#x27;s why gold is going up as it is. But we are going to recover from this recession. We are going to have a better economy later on. It will be slow. It will be much slower than anyone would like. But we will recover. And when interest rates start to go up, as I&#x27;m sure they will at some point in the future, gold is, in my view, likely to tumble in price.</p><p><strong>14:34</strong> So I would – if you&#x27;ve got a little tiny bit of gold, you&#x27;ve got a few gold coins, fine. Don&#x27;t worry about it. But don&#x27;t rush into – it&#x27;s the same kind of thing as trying to time. It&#x27;s the hot market now. And always, as people have rushed into hot markets, that&#x27;s generally a wonderful recipe for eventually getting burned. Yeah, and Burton, watching some of the commercials here from the people trying to sell gold, it appears there are no regulations. And they can say just about anything to get you to put money into their gold products. Absolutely. Absolutely. Well, Burton Malkiel, we really appreciate your time today and hope we can have you back on in the future. You bet. It was my pleasure.</p><p><strong>15:19</strong> And thanks for all the good questions.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Today we have a very special guest, the author of A Random Walk Down Wall Street, which first came out over 30 years ago and its relevance is still on point today. We&#x27;ve got Burton Malkiel. Burton, welcome into the show. Thank you. Nice to be here. Now, it&#x27;s a crazy world these days in the money world, isn&#x27;t it? It certainly is, and it&#x27;s exactly in these crazy times that I think people generally tend to make their biggest mistakes. And what kind of mistakes do people make, Burton? Well, what we know happens time and time again is that when people get nervous, when the headlines talk about doom and gloom, people tend to sell their stocks. They tend to redeem their equity mutual funds.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And time after time, this is the wrong thing to do. We just have – it&#x27;s the clearest data that we&#x27;ve got that people tend to buy at the top when everyone&#x27;s optimistic and they sell at the bottom when everyone&#x27;s pessimistic. And it really just hurts them enormously. And, Burton, now, you&#x27;ve been a professor at Princeton University, I&#x27;m sure, and chairman of the economics department there. And I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve told your students over the years to be careful about what you see and read and basically take some common sense and use that as an approach to investing, correct? No, absolutely. The fact of the matter is that nobody can time the market.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> You know, I&#x27;ve been in this business all my life. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who could consistently time the market. I&#x27;ve never known anyone who knows anyone who could consistently time the market. The thing that you want to do is just keep an even keel. If you&#x27;ve got a 401k, don&#x27;t try to go in and out of stocks at one time or another. Just keep plugging away. Put the money in period after period. It&#x27;s what people call dollar cost averaging. Sure, you&#x27;ll buy at the top sometime, but this will also guarantee that you&#x27;re buying at the bottom sometime. And you&#x27;ll find that this is a much better way to do things than to try to move in and out of the market</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> depending upon whether the sun is shining or it&#x27;s raining or snowing. You know, and you say that people shouldn&#x27;t time the market, yet you see a lot of these newsletters come out, and there&#x27;s always somebody touting that they can tell you how to time the market and make a lot of money, yet unfortunately they don&#x27;t tell you about the other side of that coin, do they? No, absolutely. You know, on that score and the newsletters and so forth, I always like the remark that Steve Forbes used to make. He said, there&#x27;s one thing I learned at my grandfather&#x27;s knee. It&#x27;s much more profitable to sell the investment advice of the timing newsletters than to take it. And I think that&#x27;s what you see happening. It&#x27;s a good business, and there&#x27;s a lot of it out there,</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> and people would be really very much better off if they ignored the people who tell them, we know how to time the market, we know how to pick this great fund, this great stock. Remember, anyone who tries to call you up and is breathless, you know this is something you want to avoid. Absolutely. And in my opinion, if they really knew what was going to happen, they would take all that advice for themselves and be multi-truthers. Take all that advice, collect all the marbles themselves. That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;re absolutely right. That&#x27;s right. We&#x27;re talking to Burton Malkiel. He&#x27;s an American economist and writer. He&#x27;s most famous for his classic finance book,</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> A Random Walk Down Wall Street. It&#x27;s now in its 10th edition. And Burton, what caused you to write the book back in the 70s to begin with? Well, I started my career in Wall Street before I became an academic. And I really started to get very suspicious of what so-called professionals were telling the individual investor to do. And, you know, when you&#x27;re a teacher, you believe that you&#x27;ve got something useful to say to people. And I do say these things to the students in my class. And you kind of feel, okay, I really think a lot of this advice is good.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> I&#x27;d like a larger audience. And that was why I first wrote the book. It&#x27;s been much more popular than I had ever imagined in that it&#x27;s now sold well over a million and a half copies. And I keep updating it. you know, when the book was first published, there were no money market funds. There were no index funds. There were no exchange traded funds. So, I keep updating it so that the individual investor knows all of the instruments that are now available. And, you know, that&#x27;s what teachers want to do.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> And the wider the audience that I can talk to, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, all the better. Now, Burton, are there too many mutual funds these days? And how does the average investor pick the right mutual fund philosophy for themselves? Good question. That&#x27;s a great question. And my answer is very simple to that. There are too many mutual funds. There are as many mutual funds as there are individual stocks. And it&#x27;s simply impossible for people to get into, quote, the best fund. What we know is, year after year, two-thirds of the so-called actively managed mutual funds with the investment managers who get written up as geniuses,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> year after year, two-thirds of them are outperformed by a simple index fund. By an index fund, I just simply mean a fund that buys and holds all the stocks in the market. So year period after period, only one-third of the active managers beat the index. And in the next period, it&#x27;s not the same third who win in one period. I&#x27;ve looked at the data now for over 30 years. The best managers in one period are often at the bottom of the pack the next period. So what do you do? You keep it simple. Keep it simple, sweetheart.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Simply buy a low-cost index fund that buys and holds all of the stocks in the market. And you can do this through a mutual fund with a company like Fidelity or Vanguard, or you can do it now through exchange-traded funds, which are index funds. And you can do this not only for the United States, but you can do this with a world index fund. There&#x27;s an ETF that trades under the ticker symbol VT that is basically indexed to the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Equity Index.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> And my feeling is if you want to buy one fund, buy that ETF. It&#x27;s an extremely low expense ratio, and you will do better than almost any other individual investor. And keep putting money into it from period to period. Don&#x27;t sell when it looks like the world is falling apart. And I think that&#x27;s clearly – it&#x27;s simple and it is the best thing for individual investors to do. Great advice, Burton. And here&#x27;s what I run into. A lot of folks have 401ks, and we just talked about how there are so many mutual funds out there. But most 401ks have too few choices inside the 401k, don&#x27;t they? They do, and that&#x27;s one of the things that I&#x27;ve been urging companies to do is to add an index fund alternative</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> or ETF alternative to the menu of choices they have. And if there is that in your 401k, by all means, do it. To explore all the options in your 401k or to have a detailed 401k analysis done to see if you are in the right place or if you would like to explore your options after your 401k, where to put your 401k once you have transitioned out of a job or if you are 59 1⁄2 or beyond, or if you have old 401ks that are still at past jobs, give a call to the team at the Financial Safari. There are certainly better options for you, and we can help explore those with you. 800-661-7383 for a no-cost analysis of your 401k and additional options.</p><p><strong>09:43</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. Now, let&#x27;s say someone has done a great job of saving in dollar-cost averaging into their mutual funds of 401ks or they&#x27;ve got a good index fund. A term that is coming more prevalent these days is called income planning, making sure your money will get you through the rest of your life. What do you recommend for someone who is nearing retirement as far as locking in or getting a good income for the rest of their life? Sure. What I think has to happen is that your allocation between equities, bonds, and real estate really needs to change over time. You know, if you&#x27;re in your 20s, it&#x27;s perfectly fine to put everything into the equity market</p><p><strong>10:36</strong> because you&#x27;ll have time to ride out all of the ups and downs. If you&#x27;re entering retirement in your 60s, I think you need a much safer portfolio. You need equities that pay good dividends. You do need some bonds. You need real estate, as you can get with a real estate index fund that gives a fair amount of income. So you do need a somewhat different allocation as one ages. It&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;ve tried to do in my book is to show how your investment allocation should change over time as one ages</p><p><strong>11:21</strong> and what is the appropriate allocation for someone entering or even in retirement. And, Burton, as an investment advisor, I&#x27;ve been fascinated with some of the great inventions that have come out to help with income planning. And we&#x27;ve looked at a few of the income planning options on some of the fixed annuities that are available today and some of those that make sense for times in retirement. Absolutely. And in general, this may very well be one of the things that people would like to and should do in retirement is to annuitize some part of the nest egg that they have built up. And the only caveat that I would mention there is many of the annuities that are sold by salespeople</p><p><strong>12:11</strong> are very high expense products. Absolutely. So if you go and buy an annuity, boy, if it&#x27;s one thing you want to – you know, all of us who give investment advice need to be very modest. You know, there&#x27;s a lot we don&#x27;t know. But I&#x27;ll tell you the one thing I&#x27;m absolutely 100 percent sure of, and that is that the lower the expense that I pay to the purveyor of the investment service or to the annuity provider, the less I pay an expense, the more there will be for me. And that&#x27;s the cardinal rule to keep in mind. Absolutely. So everything needs to be in writing, and people need to know exactly what they&#x27;re going to be guaranteed to get minus the fees.</p><p><strong>12:59</strong> And what the expense ratios that are implicit in the product are. Absolutely. Now, one final question, Burton. Of course, this is Burton Malkio, folks. He&#x27;s the writer of A Random Walk Down Wall Street. The book has been out over 30 years. It&#x27;s in its 10th edition now. It&#x27;s a great read if you haven&#x27;t read it before. And he&#x27;s also a professor at Princeton University. Burton, what is your opinion – and I know you probably have one – on gold and silver these days, precious metals? I very much worry that the people who are rushing into gold at close to $1,900 an ounce are going to be disappointed.</p><p><strong>13:45</strong> Gold is fine now because we&#x27;re in an extraordinarily low interest rate environment. And you can&#x27;t get any money out of your money fund. You can&#x27;t get any money out of your savings account. And I think that&#x27;s why gold is going up as it is. But we are going to recover from this recession. We are going to have a better economy later on. It will be slow. It will be much slower than anyone would like. But we will recover. And when interest rates start to go up, as I&#x27;m sure they will at some point in the future, gold is, in my view, likely to tumble in price.</p><p><strong>14:34</strong> So I would – if you&#x27;ve got a little tiny bit of gold, you&#x27;ve got a few gold coins, fine. Don&#x27;t worry about it. But don&#x27;t rush into – it&#x27;s the same kind of thing as trying to time. It&#x27;s the hot market now. And always, as people have rushed into hot markets, that&#x27;s generally a wonderful recipe for eventually getting burned. Yeah, and Burton, watching some of the commercials here from the people trying to sell gold, it appears there are no regulations. And they can say just about anything to get you to put money into their gold products. Absolutely. Absolutely. Well, Burton Malkiel, we really appreciate your time today and hope we can have you back on in the future. You bet. It was my pleasure.</p><p><strong>15:19</strong> And thanks for all the good questions.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Burton Malkiel joins Coach Pete to discuss A Random Walk Down Wall Street, investor behavior during uncertain markets, diversification, and the attraction of fashionable investments. This interview was recorded in August 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Burton Malkiel</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Burton Malkiel, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/image.jpg?t=1792073106&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/burton-malkiel-a-random-walk-down-wall-street/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/image.jpg?t=1792073106&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>922</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/54f9f541-87d8-4d7c-9ac9-b4e2010c606c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14781242" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/burton-malkiel-a-random-walk-down-wall-street</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>237</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Random Walk Down Wall Street" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:33" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brett Kitchen: Safe Money Millionaire</title>
      <itunes:title>Brett Kitchen: Safe Money Millionaire</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. It is now honored to be joined by another financial author, author of the book, Safe Money Millionaire. It&#x27;s a national phenomenon. He is Brett Kitchen. And Brett, thank you for joining us here on The Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate your time. Glad to be here. I&#x27;m excited about it. Well, we&#x27;ve seen you on CBS, MoneyWatch.com. We&#x27;ve heard you on a few other radio shows and certainly appreciated the book and the insights in the book. With all the economic turmoil in the markets and around the country and around the world, more important than ever, we feel, and I think you agree, to keep your wealth safe and secure,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but also growing. So what are the secrets? How do we do it? Well, I always like to start with the old parable of the wise man and the foolish man. A lot of people are familiar with that. The wise man built his house on the rock and the foolish man built his house on the sand. And when the turmoil and the winds and the rains came, the wise man&#x27;s house stood strong and was fine and the foolish man&#x27;s house fell. And if anybody has ever seen a foundation of a home fail, you know that it destroys the rest of the house. And so that&#x27;s our philosophy is let&#x27;s be the wise man in the economy that we&#x27;re in right now and build our financial future, financial house on a foundation that isn&#x27;t going to crumble when the market goes down or, you know, when something happens overseas that we have no</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> control over and hurts our wealth. And so, you know, your initial question, how do we do it? But I think the first thing is just realizing that you don&#x27;t have to chase returns to grow wealthy anymore. And that&#x27;s, I think, what Wall Street loves to promote is you got to get a really high rate of return to get wealthy. And it&#x27;s just not the case. Well, let&#x27;s talk about those Wall Street myths and the returns in just a moment. But let&#x27;s focus on that foundation first, since that is a priority you feel in structuring a sound financial plan. What are the elements that we need to consider in that foundation to make it stable, to make it reliable so that we know that foundation is going to weather any storm? Yeah, I think that it&#x27;s really kind of a, it makes sense when you drill down and say,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you know what, at the very worst case scenario, I need to know that I have money there for me to achieve my goals. You know, whatever those goals may be. For some people, it may be they want to retire at the age of 60 and have enough money to live on. For others, it may be they just want to be able to put their kids through college. Whatever your goals may be, my emphasis is on no matter what else happens with your, you know, financial plan and your money in the market or 401k, you want to have those bases covered. So, you know, it&#x27;s kind of a safety net. So that&#x27;s my approach is what&#x27;s most important to you and let&#x27;s make sure that you have the money allocated to that regardless of what happens in the market. And so if that&#x27;s money stuffed under the mattress, hey, that might not be such a bad idea.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That&#x27;s not my approach. But at least, you know, you&#x27;ve got the money there to take care of you when times get tough. So are we hearing this approach promoted by Wall Street and why or why not? It&#x27;s really funny, but it&#x27;s not that hard to figure out because Wall Street&#x27;s interest is not really matched up with the rest of America&#x27;s interest when it comes to what your money is doing. A lot of people may or may not know this, but Wall Street makes money whether your money goes up or down because they&#x27;re charging their fees. They&#x27;ve got their management fees and everything else that&#x27;s going on over there. Not to mention the high frequency trading that they do. They can make money whether the market goes up or down. And so they&#x27;re not promoting get your money into someplace safe. They&#x27;re saying, hey, keep dumping it into the market because eventually, and we&#x27;ve all</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> heard this, eventually it&#x27;s going to go back up. And so that&#x27;s their propaganda is, hey, the market always goes up. And so just hang on, put your money in here, and eventually you&#x27;ll get your money back. So why is it that movements in a positive direction on Wall Street or higher rates of return doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that investors in 401ks and other market-based accounts are getting wealthier? It&#x27;s kind of a timing thing, really. It can go up great, but we don&#x27;t realize that wealth growth until we take our money out. And so if it goes up for three years, but you don&#x27;t take your money out, have you really gotten any wealthier? And obviously, your account values can go up, and I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t go up, but the roller coaster is what hurts people.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Because as baby boomers going into retirement have seen their money go from maybe half a million dollars down to $200,000, now how does that change their retirement? If they would have retired 10 years ago, great, but they couldn&#x27;t. And so that&#x27;s the big problem is the timing in it. When is it going to be up? We don&#x27;t know. When is it going to be down? We don&#x27;t know. And so having a safe foundation where you know for a fact your money is going to be safe and secure is a smart thing to do. So just as many people out there during times in market downturns may have heard from their advisor or broker, just hold on. It&#x27;s only a paper loss. If you are not enacting a proper exit strategy in good times, it could just be a paper gain, and it might not be there for you in retirement when you need it.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Exactly. Yeah. They love to share the one side of it. Oh, don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. Well, you&#x27;re exactly right. You just highlighted that. Well, then on the flip side, what is that? It&#x27;s a paper gain. So how does somebody finance themselves to wealth? How do they make sure that they are really achieving the gains that they need in order to grow their money? Well, what I really feel like has been a shift in the entire, I guess, psyche of America, it goes back to even the days of the Great Depression. When people came out of that, they realized that, you know what, I am not willing to go to the casino and put my entire retirement on the table and roll the dice because the</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> cards are stacked in the casino&#x27;s favor. And so what is that saying about where I&#x27;m going to end up? Well, more than likely, they&#x27;re going to win and you&#x27;re going to lose. They don&#x27;t build the trillion dollar palaces down in Las Vegas because they&#x27;re paying out all the money to their customers. You know, and so that&#x27;s the reality of the stock market as well, is that if you&#x27;re not willing to risk your retirement, then it&#x27;s simple. Don&#x27;t put your money into the Wall Street casino. Put it somewhere safe. And there are multiple different areas where you can do that. There are bank CDs. Great. Those don&#x27;t get a great rate of return. But what if there were opportunities for you to keep your money safe and get a good rate of return? And there are some other unconventional, albeit very old and traditional ways to do that,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> that most people don&#x27;t think about and Wall Street certainly doesn&#x27;t promote. Well, one person that knew how to make money in very different economic times, such as the Great Depression, was John D. Rockefeller, who said that if he had one piece of advice or any advice to give, it would be to keep out of Wall Street. Why do you think that approach worked out so well for Mr. Rockefeller? Well, you know, I think that it&#x27;s just amazing that he said that, had the foresight to say that. Because if anybody knew how the Wall Street machine worked, it was him. And he was just kind of in his last days saying, if you want to build your wealth, you&#x27;re not going to do it by gambling. You&#x27;re going to do it with a systematic approach where your money grows compounded.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And a big part of that is, as you know, when you lose money, it can take twice as long to get back to even than it did to lose your money. And so when you start with $10,000 and you lose 30%, well, you don&#x27;t have to gain your money 30%. You got to gain 42% to get back to $10,000. Well, then after that happens, you&#x27;re still back at zero and you&#x27;ve lost that time. If that&#x27;s taken three or four years to get back to even, wow, we&#x27;re feeling good. Well, at least we made our money back. But what happened to those four years? Well, they&#x27;re lost. And once they&#x27;re lost, you&#x27;ve missed out on the opportunity to compound and grow your money. So it is a matter of maybe the tortoise and the hare always moving forward, even if slowly in a positive direction so we don&#x27;t have to make up for losses and waste a lot of time</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> doing so. Right. And that&#x27;s exactly what we share in Safe Money Millionaire is that there are ways to not be as slow as the typical tortoise, right? There are obviously, you can put your money in your mattress. That&#x27;s not really going to grow at all. And then you&#x27;re going to get it kind of eaten away by inflation. You leave it in your savings account. Well, that&#x27;s going to hurt you too. But there are really some exciting things with being able to use guaranteed insurance contracts to grow your money, get some cool tax benefits, and get the benefits of potential double-digit gains. And we talk a lot about that in Safe Money Millionaire. And people can check that out at safemoneybook.com and learn a little bit more about that as well. We&#x27;ve got all kinds of videos and kind of some fun trainings there as well. So from statistics I have read, there are approximately, I guess, between the ages of 45 and 64, 71%</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> of people admit that they are worried about having enough money for retirement. Are these people going to be able to safely sustain their accounts or grow their accounts to the point where they don&#x27;t need to worry about having enough money for retirement using the strategies that you&#x27;ve talked about and you&#x27;ve laid out for us? The answer is it depends, really. It depends on how serious people are about getting their financial house in order. And what&#x27;s, I think, optimistic for America, for all of us, is that people have really paid attention and said, you know what, maybe we spent too much over the last decade and maybe it&#x27;s time to get serious about controlling our spending and getting our financial house in order. And so if they&#x27;re willing to make that commitment to themselves and if they value themselves and</p><p><strong>10:40</strong> their lives adequately, then they say, look, okay, I&#x27;m willing to take a little different approach than just, you know, put my money in a 401k and hope that it grows when we&#x27;ve seen, you know, Time Magazine just did a piece within the last little while saying it&#x27;s time to retire the 401k because it&#x27;s a failed retirement experiment. And so, yeah, I think it&#x27;s really not too late for anybody to make positive changes and create a better outcome for their wealth growth. But you&#x27;re talking about a real change in investment mentality, aren&#x27;t you, Brett? Yeah, I think it&#x27;s the difference, like we talked about at the outset, you know, instead of chasing returns, let&#x27;s do something that we can really count on. All right, absolutely. And one of the things that people really need to focus on, would you agree, is creating guaranteed</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> income once they reach retirement? Yeah, I think so. Because everybody wants to talk about, oh, how big is my nest egg? Well, that&#x27;s great. But what we live off is income. And so what kind of income can we produce with our retirement? You know, with our retirement picture. Because, you know, if you have a great nest egg, but you can&#x27;t generate income out of it, then it really doesn&#x27;t help you in retirement. So, yeah, the income part of it is essential. Well, again, Brett Kitchen is the author of Safe Money Millionaire. Excellent book. And we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Your insight on what&#x27;s going to make successful investors successful over the next foreseeable future, Brett. Thank you very much. Thanks a lot. Thanks a lot.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. It is now honored to be joined by another financial author, author of the book, Safe Money Millionaire. It&#x27;s a national phenomenon. He is Brett Kitchen. And Brett, thank you for joining us here on The Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate your time. Glad to be here. I&#x27;m excited about it. Well, we&#x27;ve seen you on CBS, MoneyWatch.com. We&#x27;ve heard you on a few other radio shows and certainly appreciated the book and the insights in the book. With all the economic turmoil in the markets and around the country and around the world, more important than ever, we feel, and I think you agree, to keep your wealth safe and secure,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> but also growing. So what are the secrets? How do we do it? Well, I always like to start with the old parable of the wise man and the foolish man. A lot of people are familiar with that. The wise man built his house on the rock and the foolish man built his house on the sand. And when the turmoil and the winds and the rains came, the wise man&#x27;s house stood strong and was fine and the foolish man&#x27;s house fell. And if anybody has ever seen a foundation of a home fail, you know that it destroys the rest of the house. And so that&#x27;s our philosophy is let&#x27;s be the wise man in the economy that we&#x27;re in right now and build our financial future, financial house on a foundation that isn&#x27;t going to crumble when the market goes down or, you know, when something happens overseas that we have no</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> control over and hurts our wealth. And so, you know, your initial question, how do we do it? But I think the first thing is just realizing that you don&#x27;t have to chase returns to grow wealthy anymore. And that&#x27;s, I think, what Wall Street loves to promote is you got to get a really high rate of return to get wealthy. And it&#x27;s just not the case. Well, let&#x27;s talk about those Wall Street myths and the returns in just a moment. But let&#x27;s focus on that foundation first, since that is a priority you feel in structuring a sound financial plan. What are the elements that we need to consider in that foundation to make it stable, to make it reliable so that we know that foundation is going to weather any storm? Yeah, I think that it&#x27;s really kind of a, it makes sense when you drill down and say,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> you know what, at the very worst case scenario, I need to know that I have money there for me to achieve my goals. You know, whatever those goals may be. For some people, it may be they want to retire at the age of 60 and have enough money to live on. For others, it may be they just want to be able to put their kids through college. Whatever your goals may be, my emphasis is on no matter what else happens with your, you know, financial plan and your money in the market or 401k, you want to have those bases covered. So, you know, it&#x27;s kind of a safety net. So that&#x27;s my approach is what&#x27;s most important to you and let&#x27;s make sure that you have the money allocated to that regardless of what happens in the market. And so if that&#x27;s money stuffed under the mattress, hey, that might not be such a bad idea.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> That&#x27;s not my approach. But at least, you know, you&#x27;ve got the money there to take care of you when times get tough. So are we hearing this approach promoted by Wall Street and why or why not? It&#x27;s really funny, but it&#x27;s not that hard to figure out because Wall Street&#x27;s interest is not really matched up with the rest of America&#x27;s interest when it comes to what your money is doing. A lot of people may or may not know this, but Wall Street makes money whether your money goes up or down because they&#x27;re charging their fees. They&#x27;ve got their management fees and everything else that&#x27;s going on over there. Not to mention the high frequency trading that they do. They can make money whether the market goes up or down. And so they&#x27;re not promoting get your money into someplace safe. They&#x27;re saying, hey, keep dumping it into the market because eventually, and we&#x27;ve all</p><p><strong>04:02</strong> heard this, eventually it&#x27;s going to go back up. And so that&#x27;s their propaganda is, hey, the market always goes up. And so just hang on, put your money in here, and eventually you&#x27;ll get your money back. So why is it that movements in a positive direction on Wall Street or higher rates of return doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that investors in 401ks and other market-based accounts are getting wealthier? It&#x27;s kind of a timing thing, really. It can go up great, but we don&#x27;t realize that wealth growth until we take our money out. And so if it goes up for three years, but you don&#x27;t take your money out, have you really gotten any wealthier? And obviously, your account values can go up, and I&#x27;m not saying that they don&#x27;t go up, but the roller coaster is what hurts people.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> Because as baby boomers going into retirement have seen their money go from maybe half a million dollars down to $200,000, now how does that change their retirement? If they would have retired 10 years ago, great, but they couldn&#x27;t. And so that&#x27;s the big problem is the timing in it. When is it going to be up? We don&#x27;t know. When is it going to be down? We don&#x27;t know. And so having a safe foundation where you know for a fact your money is going to be safe and secure is a smart thing to do. So just as many people out there during times in market downturns may have heard from their advisor or broker, just hold on. It&#x27;s only a paper loss. If you are not enacting a proper exit strategy in good times, it could just be a paper gain, and it might not be there for you in retirement when you need it.</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> Exactly. Yeah. They love to share the one side of it. Oh, don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. Well, you&#x27;re exactly right. You just highlighted that. Well, then on the flip side, what is that? It&#x27;s a paper gain. So how does somebody finance themselves to wealth? How do they make sure that they are really achieving the gains that they need in order to grow their money? Well, what I really feel like has been a shift in the entire, I guess, psyche of America, it goes back to even the days of the Great Depression. When people came out of that, they realized that, you know what, I am not willing to go to the casino and put my entire retirement on the table and roll the dice because the</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> cards are stacked in the casino&#x27;s favor. And so what is that saying about where I&#x27;m going to end up? Well, more than likely, they&#x27;re going to win and you&#x27;re going to lose. They don&#x27;t build the trillion dollar palaces down in Las Vegas because they&#x27;re paying out all the money to their customers. You know, and so that&#x27;s the reality of the stock market as well, is that if you&#x27;re not willing to risk your retirement, then it&#x27;s simple. Don&#x27;t put your money into the Wall Street casino. Put it somewhere safe. And there are multiple different areas where you can do that. There are bank CDs. Great. Those don&#x27;t get a great rate of return. But what if there were opportunities for you to keep your money safe and get a good rate of return? And there are some other unconventional, albeit very old and traditional ways to do that,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> that most people don&#x27;t think about and Wall Street certainly doesn&#x27;t promote. Well, one person that knew how to make money in very different economic times, such as the Great Depression, was John D. Rockefeller, who said that if he had one piece of advice or any advice to give, it would be to keep out of Wall Street. Why do you think that approach worked out so well for Mr. Rockefeller? Well, you know, I think that it&#x27;s just amazing that he said that, had the foresight to say that. Because if anybody knew how the Wall Street machine worked, it was him. And he was just kind of in his last days saying, if you want to build your wealth, you&#x27;re not going to do it by gambling. You&#x27;re going to do it with a systematic approach where your money grows compounded.</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> And a big part of that is, as you know, when you lose money, it can take twice as long to get back to even than it did to lose your money. And so when you start with $10,000 and you lose 30%, well, you don&#x27;t have to gain your money 30%. You got to gain 42% to get back to $10,000. Well, then after that happens, you&#x27;re still back at zero and you&#x27;ve lost that time. If that&#x27;s taken three or four years to get back to even, wow, we&#x27;re feeling good. Well, at least we made our money back. But what happened to those four years? Well, they&#x27;re lost. And once they&#x27;re lost, you&#x27;ve missed out on the opportunity to compound and grow your money. So it is a matter of maybe the tortoise and the hare always moving forward, even if slowly in a positive direction so we don&#x27;t have to make up for losses and waste a lot of time</p><p><strong>08:54</strong> doing so. Right. And that&#x27;s exactly what we share in Safe Money Millionaire is that there are ways to not be as slow as the typical tortoise, right? There are obviously, you can put your money in your mattress. That&#x27;s not really going to grow at all. And then you&#x27;re going to get it kind of eaten away by inflation. You leave it in your savings account. Well, that&#x27;s going to hurt you too. But there are really some exciting things with being able to use guaranteed insurance contracts to grow your money, get some cool tax benefits, and get the benefits of potential double-digit gains. And we talk a lot about that in Safe Money Millionaire. And people can check that out at safemoneybook.com and learn a little bit more about that as well. We&#x27;ve got all kinds of videos and kind of some fun trainings there as well. So from statistics I have read, there are approximately, I guess, between the ages of 45 and 64, 71%</p><p><strong>09:50</strong> of people admit that they are worried about having enough money for retirement. Are these people going to be able to safely sustain their accounts or grow their accounts to the point where they don&#x27;t need to worry about having enough money for retirement using the strategies that you&#x27;ve talked about and you&#x27;ve laid out for us? The answer is it depends, really. It depends on how serious people are about getting their financial house in order. And what&#x27;s, I think, optimistic for America, for all of us, is that people have really paid attention and said, you know what, maybe we spent too much over the last decade and maybe it&#x27;s time to get serious about controlling our spending and getting our financial house in order. And so if they&#x27;re willing to make that commitment to themselves and if they value themselves and</p><p><strong>10:40</strong> their lives adequately, then they say, look, okay, I&#x27;m willing to take a little different approach than just, you know, put my money in a 401k and hope that it grows when we&#x27;ve seen, you know, Time Magazine just did a piece within the last little while saying it&#x27;s time to retire the 401k because it&#x27;s a failed retirement experiment. And so, yeah, I think it&#x27;s really not too late for anybody to make positive changes and create a better outcome for their wealth growth. But you&#x27;re talking about a real change in investment mentality, aren&#x27;t you, Brett? Yeah, I think it&#x27;s the difference, like we talked about at the outset, you know, instead of chasing returns, let&#x27;s do something that we can really count on. All right, absolutely. And one of the things that people really need to focus on, would you agree, is creating guaranteed</p><p><strong>11:27</strong> income once they reach retirement? Yeah, I think so. Because everybody wants to talk about, oh, how big is my nest egg? Well, that&#x27;s great. But what we live off is income. And so what kind of income can we produce with our retirement? You know, with our retirement picture. Because, you know, if you have a great nest egg, but you can&#x27;t generate income out of it, then it really doesn&#x27;t help you in retirement. So, yeah, the income part of it is essential. Well, again, Brett Kitchen is the author of Safe Money Millionaire. Excellent book. And we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Your insight on what&#x27;s going to make successful investors successful over the next foreseeable future, Brett. Thank you very much. Thanks a lot. Thanks a lot.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Brett Kitchen discusses Safe Money Millionaire and his approach to financial planning. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about retirement income, investment risk, and the ideas in his book in this August 2011 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Brett Kitchen</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Brett Kitchen, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/image.jpg?t=1792073110&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/brett-kitchen-safe-money-millionaire/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/image.jpg?t=1792073110&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>734</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/bbf93923-5f07-4ae5-b04f-b4e2010bfa7b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11778378" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/brett-kitchen-safe-money-millionaire</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>238</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Safe Money Millionaire" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:44" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Denny Southern: Annuities and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Denny Southern: Annuities and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Denny Southern of American Equity joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to explain how annuities work and discuss the role of income in retirement. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. And on this segment of the program, we wanted to discuss with a true expert how the insurance company and annuity world is offering the products that they do and what potential benefit it has to the person who invests in these type of income generating tools. Coach Pete, you and I talk a lot on this program about the importance for income in retirement and how annuities can fill that role. And we thought we&#x27;d bring in Denny Southern, who&#x27;s the regional vice president of marketing for American Equity Life Insurance Company to discuss this a little bit. Yeah, it&#x27;s a big deal these days to have a place where you know you have some certainty and some security when we look at lifetime income.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I build a true plan for somebody, I build an income plan first, a safe guaranteed income plan. And we use insurance companies for that because they are safe institutions. And Denny, welcome to the show. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Now, how safe are insurance companies when you watch TV and you see this volatile market we have? How safe are most insurance companies and what should people look for when they are looking for a true income plan? Well, first of all, you need to know how the guarantees are made. With an insurance company, the guarantee is made by the insurance company. It&#x27;s not FDIC insured. It&#x27;s not guaranteed by the federal government. But there are government mandates on how an insurance company has to make good on their guarantees. So an insurance company has to have a dollar put away for every dollar that it owes in principle and in interest. So for example, at American Equity,</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> we have something called a solvency ratio. So for every liability, every dollar of liability we have, we have over $1.07 put away. So for every $100, we have $107.80 put away. So what that would mean is if we liquidated and paid off every single policy owner, all the principal and all the interest that we deal, we&#x27;d have over $1.5 billion left over. That&#x27;s how we would make good on our guarantees. So looking at it from the U.S. government standpoint, if the U.S. government had those same solvency kind of guarantees you have, let&#x27;s just pretend we&#x27;ve got about, I don&#x27;t know what the exact number is, but $14.5 trillion worth of debt the U.S. government has, they would in effect have over $15 or $16 trillion put aside in a place they can&#x27;t touch. That would be exactly true. But they have an inherent advantage over us in that they can print money and raise our taxes. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And that&#x27;s a big advantage, isn&#x27;t it? But still, liquidity is very important. Solvency is the most important thing. So when people put money into an insurance contract, especially one where they have it earmarked for a lifetime of guaranteed income, they can be pretty safe and secure knowing that that money&#x27;s going to be there when they need it. That is the important characteristic that defines an insurance product over a security. An insurance product, it&#x27;s who takes the risk. So in a fixed annuity, the institution taking the risk is actually the insurance company, not the client. Okay. So on a security, you&#x27;re talking about like stocks, bonds, mutual funds, the risk is shifted to the person who put the money in a lot of times. Correct. Okay. But an insurance company or an annuity, a safe annuity, a fixed annuity or a fixed indexed annuity, the burden of safety is shifted</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> over to the insurance company. That&#x27;s correct. But I think it&#x27;s important to understand that there&#x27;s risk in everything you do. You know, there&#x27;s no decision you can make in life that doesn&#x27;t have risk to it. So for example, if I would buy a short term CD, my risk would be that every three months or every six months when that CD matures, I&#x27;m reinvesting at a lower rate. That&#x27;s called reinvestment risk. A risk if I bought a long term CD would be that I would just know as soon as I bought that CD rates are going to 10%. So if I would have waited, I could have got a better interest rate and that&#x27;s called extension risk. If I put my money in the stock market, there&#x27;s no guarantee in terms of what my return will be. So that&#x27;s called market risk. So it&#x27;s defining the kind of risk that you&#x27;re comfortable with. And then you&#x27;re going to be comfortable with whatever you have, whether that includes market risk or whether it doesn&#x27;t. Now, liquidity is another thing. I see articles that are written a lot of times by people who</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> have no business writing articles, to be quite honest with you. I mean, I&#x27;m interviewed for some of the articles out there and some of the ones that I read that people have no education whatsoever in the financial world and they write about things like liquidity. Liquidity is when you give money to somebody how much money you could get back out. And it&#x27;s very important to have some liquidity in your savings vehicles, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s very important. And it&#x27;s important to understand liquidity. At any point in time, how much of my money can I get back? That would be the definition of liquidity. So in generic terms, let&#x27;s say I put $100 into an annuity contract and let&#x27;s just pick out one of your best selling annuities right there. If somebody gives you $100, you have minimums, but let&#x27;s just pretend $100. How liquid is that $100 going to be to the person that gave you the money? Well, not just our products, but any product, it&#x27;s important to understand that on page three</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> of every contract, it tells you worst case scenario, how much money that you would have by year in your contract. So with American Equity, you could take any of our products. Let&#x27;s take our bonus gold as an example, which is a 16 year product that has a 20% first year surrender fee. That&#x27;s a huge sounding number. But the thing that&#x27;s important to understand, it also has a 10% bonus. So it&#x27;s a 20% penalty on 110% of your money. So that if somebody walked away immediately, they would get 88% back on their money. If they walked away 30 days into the contract, if they waited one year, they would also be earning an interest rate of two and a quarter percent, two and a quarter percent plus that 10%. If they have 19% at the end of the first year,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> you can do the math. So the liquidity, and let&#x27;s say somebody should never put the money in to begin with if that was their last $100. We&#x27;re just using this example. They put a hundred in, they immediately need the money back. They get about $88 back right away. So it&#x27;s pretty liquid when you think about it. It&#x27;s not put the money in and throw the key away. In other words, that&#x27;s a very accurate statement. Okay. Now let&#x27;s look at the new advancements here in insurance industry, which are amazing to me because I build income plans for folks where they have guaranteed retirement income for the rest of their life. What is an income addition or otherwise known as an income rider? And why is that very important for the future for folks when they&#x27;re looking at retirement income? Well, I think there&#x27;s an important distinction. As you know, something happened January 1st of this year where the first baby boomer turned 65 years old. Right. And we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> going to have 10,000 baby boomers turn 65 every day for the next 18 and a third years. That&#x27;s a lot of people. That&#x27;s a lot of people. And so not just insurance companies, but if you look at product design in general, a lot of products are coming out with distribution in mind versus accumulation. We&#x27;re going to need our money. How are we going to get it? Are we going to run out of money? And there&#x27;s a real fundamental change from have I saved enough money to am I going to outlive my money? They sound similar, but they&#x27;re very different. And so you&#x27;ve seen the advent of lifetime income benefit riders that offer the opportunity for somebody to have a lifetime income, guaranteed lifetime income that they cannot outlive. And that&#x27;s a huge advancement because as the population gets older,</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> they are definitely concerned. People are definitely concerned about their income. So it helps them accumulate some money towards that income benefit amount when they don&#x27;t need it. So let&#x27;s say someone puts money in, they can get anywhere between five and 8% per year added on to that amount that&#x27;s going to be used to give them a lifetime income in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. So what are you going to tell the person who goes down to the bank and the banker tells them one or 2% for the CD? How can insurance company promise five to 8% guaranteed compounded per year for that future income type account? Well, I think it&#x27;s important to understand with the lifetime income benefit riders that on their own, they&#x27;re basically not an amount of money that somebody could walk in and take a lump sum out of it. It&#x27;s an amount of money, very similar, I would just explain it, it&#x27;s very similar to a pension.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And that a pension is that somebody works at a company for X amount of years, and they get a benefit based on their years of service. Just like that with the lifetime income benefit rider, it&#x27;s the years that you defer, and you have either a monthly or an annual benefit that you get from that guaranteed for life. You know, I see way too many people who have all their money exposed to the market forces and none of the money in a pension type account, Denny. Is that smart for somebody who&#x27;s 55 and above? Shouldn&#x27;t they have some money in a place where they know it&#x27;s going to be there, and they also know it&#x27;s going to give them a yearly income? Well, I&#x27;ll speak with American equity in mind. Our belief very much is if I&#x27;m going to offer something that has lifetime income, I want to base that income on guarantees, a guaranteed amount,</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> so that if I&#x27;m looking at how much I&#x27;m going to get, say, 15 or 20 years into the future, I know the exact dollar amount that I&#x27;m going to get. Because if you subject that to changes, you know, you get this amount of money, if the market goes up by this amount, that may or may not be the case in the future. And if I&#x27;m basing it on assumptions, there&#x27;s all sorts of things that can go wrong. So I&#x27;m going to tell somebody exactly what their benefit will be. So speaking of benefits, what&#x27;s the main benefit for anyone listening out there who doesn&#x27;t have an income plan? What would be the benefit to have one? Well, I think number one is that kind of traditionally, we&#x27;ve looked at the way people plan. They plan around growth, and I&#x27;m going to grow my portfolio by 8% or 9% or 10% a year, whatever it is. And as that grows, over time, it&#x27;s going to be worth X amount of dollars,</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> and I&#x27;m going to start taking 4% or 5% out a year. Well, that&#x27;s fine in theory, but the problem with that is, is that compounding doesn&#x27;t just work when your money&#x27;s going up. Compounding also works if your money goes down. Absolutely. So you&#x27;re, by definition, on years it goes down, taking money out at the worst possible times. So you want to separate what it is you&#x27;re using from growth to what you&#x27;re depending on for income. And so if you have your income in one area, and you&#x27;re basing part of your money, certainly not all your money, to make sure you have income that&#x27;s going to support you or what you need for the future, it sure takes the pressure off of what you&#x27;re trying to do on the growth side. There&#x27;s another big factor with these annuity products, Denny, in that many of them offer bonuses. They have an upfront amount that they bonus to an individual who deposits or invests</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> money in them. Some of them offer no bonus. Some of them can offer up to 10% bonus, anywhere in between. What is the difference, and what do people need to know about these bonuses? And how do the insurance companies do this? Well, with respect to bonuses, basically it&#x27;s an acquisition cost, if you want to break it down to an accounting term, is that anything that goes out, we pay commissions, obviously, to the agent, and then there is also the bonuses that may be on some of the products that the client would get. And so those are called actually deferred acquisition costs. And so that&#x27;s, if you will, how much it costs to bring the product to market. And so you need to figure that out. And if you have a 10% bonus and you have a 10-year surrender period, basically your costs are nine-tenths of a percent per year because you have to write off those expenses over the term of</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> the surrender period. So it&#x27;s actually an annual expense. So that&#x27;s how the insurance companies pay for it, if you will. Then they also, obviously, an insurance company is in the business, it also has to make money. And typically, you have that amount of profit. It might be three-quarters of a percent to eight-tenths of a percent that the insurance company wants to make, how much it costs to bring the product to the market, the cost of the building, and things like that. All those costs add up for an annual expense. And really, all a fixed annuity or a fixed indexed annuity is, is you&#x27;re lending money to an insurance company, and the insurance company is paying you a rate of return. So just like when you go to the bank and you buy a CD, you put your money in, the bank pays you whatever the interest rate is and turns around and lends it out. And the difference that they make between that is actually</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> the bank&#x27;s profit, less their expenses. But for an insurance company, you have all those expenses, and the difference between what your expenses are and what you invest that money at is how much goes back to the client if the product is priced correctly. Well, now, for fixed annuities and ones that have the income riders on there, the fixed annuities, when people put money in, again, our $100 example, if somebody puts $100 in, how much of it gets taken away and goes out to commissions to the person who puts the person in there? Well, first of all, again, that&#x27;s going to be an acquisition cost. So if a person puts $100 into an annuity, all $100 goes into that annuity for the client to be able to be earning interest on that amount of money. So it&#x27;s important, again, to understand who&#x27;s taking the risk. And it&#x27;s the insurance company that&#x27;s taking the risk. So part of the</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> acquisition cost of bringing it to the market is actually that. So no money comes out of your pocket to go for commissions if you&#x27;re somebody putting money into a fixed annuity. No, the insurance company is going to compensate the agent, but every dollar that the client puts in is actually going to be credited towards the interest that they earn. Yeah, that&#x27;s a good explanation. As well as the bonus begins earning interest day one as well. So the acquisition cost of covering that also are mitigated throughout the term of the contract. That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And a final question. Of course, we&#x27;re talking to Denny Southern, who&#x27;s a regional vice president of marketing for American equity insurance company. That&#x27;s correct. And the final question, and this is one that a lot of people are going to see if they haven&#x27;t seen it already. Can you explain the difference between simple interest and compound interest and why it&#x27;s very important that people make sure they get a compound interest,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> in other words? Well, I kind of smile at that because I think of what Einstein actually said. You know, he said that compound interest was the eighth wonder of the world. And when I talk to people, I often say, do you know why he didn&#x27;t say that about simple interest? Because it isn&#x27;t. You know, simple interest basically is something where you&#x27;re earning interest on the original amount of money. So it&#x27;s a very much a straight line approach. So if I have out of a hundred dollars and I&#x27;m earning 5% interest the next year, I have $105. Well, the next year I earn another $5. So I have $110. The next year I earn another $5. So that&#x27;s simple interest. Compounding interest is where I earn interest upon the principal plus the interest that I earned the previous year. And so if you&#x27;re looking at compound interest line compared to a simple interest line, simple interest is very much a</p><p><strong>14:13</strong> straight line approach where compounding interest is a concave line. It&#x27;s a hockey stick. Yeah, a hockey stick where as you go farther out in time, those lines are going to get farther and farther apart because the interest that you earn is going to be interest upon the original premium plus the interest that you earned the year before. It&#x27;s a tortoise and a hare. And so it&#x27;s not unusual to see simple interest rates that are higher, but you end up with a lower balance than with a lower compound interest rate because the compounding upon itself, again, one of the eighth wonders of the world according to Albert Einstein. That&#x27;s absolutely correct. All right. Well, Denny, we certainly appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari, your explanation of these sometimes difficult to understand topics that deal with creating guaranteed income, utilizing annuities. Again, Denny Southerns is the regional vice president of marketing for American</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> Equity Life Insurance Company, and we certainly appreciate your time, Denny. Well, thank you so much. And we&#x27;ll be right back with more information that you need to know on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Denny Southern of American Equity joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to explain how annuities work and discuss the role of income in retirement. This interview was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. And on this segment of the program, we wanted to discuss with a true expert how the insurance company and annuity world is offering the products that they do and what potential benefit it has to the person who invests in these type of income generating tools. Coach Pete, you and I talk a lot on this program about the importance for income in retirement and how annuities can fill that role. And we thought we&#x27;d bring in Denny Southern, who&#x27;s the regional vice president of marketing for American Equity Life Insurance Company to discuss this a little bit. Yeah, it&#x27;s a big deal these days to have a place where you know you have some certainty and some security when we look at lifetime income.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And when I build a true plan for somebody, I build an income plan first, a safe guaranteed income plan. And we use insurance companies for that because they are safe institutions. And Denny, welcome to the show. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Now, how safe are insurance companies when you watch TV and you see this volatile market we have? How safe are most insurance companies and what should people look for when they are looking for a true income plan? Well, first of all, you need to know how the guarantees are made. With an insurance company, the guarantee is made by the insurance company. It&#x27;s not FDIC insured. It&#x27;s not guaranteed by the federal government. But there are government mandates on how an insurance company has to make good on their guarantees. So an insurance company has to have a dollar put away for every dollar that it owes in principle and in interest. So for example, at American Equity,</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> we have something called a solvency ratio. So for every liability, every dollar of liability we have, we have over $1.07 put away. So for every $100, we have $107.80 put away. So what that would mean is if we liquidated and paid off every single policy owner, all the principal and all the interest that we deal, we&#x27;d have over $1.5 billion left over. That&#x27;s how we would make good on our guarantees. So looking at it from the U.S. government standpoint, if the U.S. government had those same solvency kind of guarantees you have, let&#x27;s just pretend we&#x27;ve got about, I don&#x27;t know what the exact number is, but $14.5 trillion worth of debt the U.S. government has, they would in effect have over $15 or $16 trillion put aside in a place they can&#x27;t touch. That would be exactly true. But they have an inherent advantage over us in that they can print money and raise our taxes. Yeah.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And that&#x27;s a big advantage, isn&#x27;t it? But still, liquidity is very important. Solvency is the most important thing. So when people put money into an insurance contract, especially one where they have it earmarked for a lifetime of guaranteed income, they can be pretty safe and secure knowing that that money&#x27;s going to be there when they need it. That is the important characteristic that defines an insurance product over a security. An insurance product, it&#x27;s who takes the risk. So in a fixed annuity, the institution taking the risk is actually the insurance company, not the client. Okay. So on a security, you&#x27;re talking about like stocks, bonds, mutual funds, the risk is shifted to the person who put the money in a lot of times. Correct. Okay. But an insurance company or an annuity, a safe annuity, a fixed annuity or a fixed indexed annuity, the burden of safety is shifted</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> over to the insurance company. That&#x27;s correct. But I think it&#x27;s important to understand that there&#x27;s risk in everything you do. You know, there&#x27;s no decision you can make in life that doesn&#x27;t have risk to it. So for example, if I would buy a short term CD, my risk would be that every three months or every six months when that CD matures, I&#x27;m reinvesting at a lower rate. That&#x27;s called reinvestment risk. A risk if I bought a long term CD would be that I would just know as soon as I bought that CD rates are going to 10%. So if I would have waited, I could have got a better interest rate and that&#x27;s called extension risk. If I put my money in the stock market, there&#x27;s no guarantee in terms of what my return will be. So that&#x27;s called market risk. So it&#x27;s defining the kind of risk that you&#x27;re comfortable with. And then you&#x27;re going to be comfortable with whatever you have, whether that includes market risk or whether it doesn&#x27;t. Now, liquidity is another thing. I see articles that are written a lot of times by people who</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> have no business writing articles, to be quite honest with you. I mean, I&#x27;m interviewed for some of the articles out there and some of the ones that I read that people have no education whatsoever in the financial world and they write about things like liquidity. Liquidity is when you give money to somebody how much money you could get back out. And it&#x27;s very important to have some liquidity in your savings vehicles, isn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s very important. And it&#x27;s important to understand liquidity. At any point in time, how much of my money can I get back? That would be the definition of liquidity. So in generic terms, let&#x27;s say I put $100 into an annuity contract and let&#x27;s just pick out one of your best selling annuities right there. If somebody gives you $100, you have minimums, but let&#x27;s just pretend $100. How liquid is that $100 going to be to the person that gave you the money? Well, not just our products, but any product, it&#x27;s important to understand that on page three</p><p><strong>04:43</strong> of every contract, it tells you worst case scenario, how much money that you would have by year in your contract. So with American Equity, you could take any of our products. Let&#x27;s take our bonus gold as an example, which is a 16 year product that has a 20% first year surrender fee. That&#x27;s a huge sounding number. But the thing that&#x27;s important to understand, it also has a 10% bonus. So it&#x27;s a 20% penalty on 110% of your money. So that if somebody walked away immediately, they would get 88% back on their money. If they walked away 30 days into the contract, if they waited one year, they would also be earning an interest rate of two and a quarter percent, two and a quarter percent plus that 10%. If they have 19% at the end of the first year,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> you can do the math. So the liquidity, and let&#x27;s say somebody should never put the money in to begin with if that was their last $100. We&#x27;re just using this example. They put a hundred in, they immediately need the money back. They get about $88 back right away. So it&#x27;s pretty liquid when you think about it. It&#x27;s not put the money in and throw the key away. In other words, that&#x27;s a very accurate statement. Okay. Now let&#x27;s look at the new advancements here in insurance industry, which are amazing to me because I build income plans for folks where they have guaranteed retirement income for the rest of their life. What is an income addition or otherwise known as an income rider? And why is that very important for the future for folks when they&#x27;re looking at retirement income? Well, I think there&#x27;s an important distinction. As you know, something happened January 1st of this year where the first baby boomer turned 65 years old. Right. And we&#x27;re</p><p><strong>06:16</strong> going to have 10,000 baby boomers turn 65 every day for the next 18 and a third years. That&#x27;s a lot of people. That&#x27;s a lot of people. And so not just insurance companies, but if you look at product design in general, a lot of products are coming out with distribution in mind versus accumulation. We&#x27;re going to need our money. How are we going to get it? Are we going to run out of money? And there&#x27;s a real fundamental change from have I saved enough money to am I going to outlive my money? They sound similar, but they&#x27;re very different. And so you&#x27;ve seen the advent of lifetime income benefit riders that offer the opportunity for somebody to have a lifetime income, guaranteed lifetime income that they cannot outlive. And that&#x27;s a huge advancement because as the population gets older,</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> they are definitely concerned. People are definitely concerned about their income. So it helps them accumulate some money towards that income benefit amount when they don&#x27;t need it. So let&#x27;s say someone puts money in, they can get anywhere between five and 8% per year added on to that amount that&#x27;s going to be used to give them a lifetime income in the future, correct? That&#x27;s correct. So what are you going to tell the person who goes down to the bank and the banker tells them one or 2% for the CD? How can insurance company promise five to 8% guaranteed compounded per year for that future income type account? Well, I think it&#x27;s important to understand with the lifetime income benefit riders that on their own, they&#x27;re basically not an amount of money that somebody could walk in and take a lump sum out of it. It&#x27;s an amount of money, very similar, I would just explain it, it&#x27;s very similar to a pension.</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> And that a pension is that somebody works at a company for X amount of years, and they get a benefit based on their years of service. Just like that with the lifetime income benefit rider, it&#x27;s the years that you defer, and you have either a monthly or an annual benefit that you get from that guaranteed for life. You know, I see way too many people who have all their money exposed to the market forces and none of the money in a pension type account, Denny. Is that smart for somebody who&#x27;s 55 and above? Shouldn&#x27;t they have some money in a place where they know it&#x27;s going to be there, and they also know it&#x27;s going to give them a yearly income? Well, I&#x27;ll speak with American equity in mind. Our belief very much is if I&#x27;m going to offer something that has lifetime income, I want to base that income on guarantees, a guaranteed amount,</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> so that if I&#x27;m looking at how much I&#x27;m going to get, say, 15 or 20 years into the future, I know the exact dollar amount that I&#x27;m going to get. Because if you subject that to changes, you know, you get this amount of money, if the market goes up by this amount, that may or may not be the case in the future. And if I&#x27;m basing it on assumptions, there&#x27;s all sorts of things that can go wrong. So I&#x27;m going to tell somebody exactly what their benefit will be. So speaking of benefits, what&#x27;s the main benefit for anyone listening out there who doesn&#x27;t have an income plan? What would be the benefit to have one? Well, I think number one is that kind of traditionally, we&#x27;ve looked at the way people plan. They plan around growth, and I&#x27;m going to grow my portfolio by 8% or 9% or 10% a year, whatever it is. And as that grows, over time, it&#x27;s going to be worth X amount of dollars,</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> and I&#x27;m going to start taking 4% or 5% out a year. Well, that&#x27;s fine in theory, but the problem with that is, is that compounding doesn&#x27;t just work when your money&#x27;s going up. Compounding also works if your money goes down. Absolutely. So you&#x27;re, by definition, on years it goes down, taking money out at the worst possible times. So you want to separate what it is you&#x27;re using from growth to what you&#x27;re depending on for income. And so if you have your income in one area, and you&#x27;re basing part of your money, certainly not all your money, to make sure you have income that&#x27;s going to support you or what you need for the future, it sure takes the pressure off of what you&#x27;re trying to do on the growth side. There&#x27;s another big factor with these annuity products, Denny, in that many of them offer bonuses. They have an upfront amount that they bonus to an individual who deposits or invests</p><p><strong>10:15</strong> money in them. Some of them offer no bonus. Some of them can offer up to 10% bonus, anywhere in between. What is the difference, and what do people need to know about these bonuses? And how do the insurance companies do this? Well, with respect to bonuses, basically it&#x27;s an acquisition cost, if you want to break it down to an accounting term, is that anything that goes out, we pay commissions, obviously, to the agent, and then there is also the bonuses that may be on some of the products that the client would get. And so those are called actually deferred acquisition costs. And so that&#x27;s, if you will, how much it costs to bring the product to market. And so you need to figure that out. And if you have a 10% bonus and you have a 10-year surrender period, basically your costs are nine-tenths of a percent per year because you have to write off those expenses over the term of</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> the surrender period. So it&#x27;s actually an annual expense. So that&#x27;s how the insurance companies pay for it, if you will. Then they also, obviously, an insurance company is in the business, it also has to make money. And typically, you have that amount of profit. It might be three-quarters of a percent to eight-tenths of a percent that the insurance company wants to make, how much it costs to bring the product to the market, the cost of the building, and things like that. All those costs add up for an annual expense. And really, all a fixed annuity or a fixed indexed annuity is, is you&#x27;re lending money to an insurance company, and the insurance company is paying you a rate of return. So just like when you go to the bank and you buy a CD, you put your money in, the bank pays you whatever the interest rate is and turns around and lends it out. And the difference that they make between that is actually</p><p><strong>11:51</strong> the bank&#x27;s profit, less their expenses. But for an insurance company, you have all those expenses, and the difference between what your expenses are and what you invest that money at is how much goes back to the client if the product is priced correctly. Well, now, for fixed annuities and ones that have the income riders on there, the fixed annuities, when people put money in, again, our $100 example, if somebody puts $100 in, how much of it gets taken away and goes out to commissions to the person who puts the person in there? Well, first of all, again, that&#x27;s going to be an acquisition cost. So if a person puts $100 into an annuity, all $100 goes into that annuity for the client to be able to be earning interest on that amount of money. So it&#x27;s important, again, to understand who&#x27;s taking the risk. And it&#x27;s the insurance company that&#x27;s taking the risk. So part of the</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> acquisition cost of bringing it to the market is actually that. So no money comes out of your pocket to go for commissions if you&#x27;re somebody putting money into a fixed annuity. No, the insurance company is going to compensate the agent, but every dollar that the client puts in is actually going to be credited towards the interest that they earn. Yeah, that&#x27;s a good explanation. As well as the bonus begins earning interest day one as well. So the acquisition cost of covering that also are mitigated throughout the term of the contract. That&#x27;s absolutely correct. And a final question. Of course, we&#x27;re talking to Denny Southern, who&#x27;s a regional vice president of marketing for American equity insurance company. That&#x27;s correct. And the final question, and this is one that a lot of people are going to see if they haven&#x27;t seen it already. Can you explain the difference between simple interest and compound interest and why it&#x27;s very important that people make sure they get a compound interest,</p><p><strong>13:24</strong> in other words? Well, I kind of smile at that because I think of what Einstein actually said. You know, he said that compound interest was the eighth wonder of the world. And when I talk to people, I often say, do you know why he didn&#x27;t say that about simple interest? Because it isn&#x27;t. You know, simple interest basically is something where you&#x27;re earning interest on the original amount of money. So it&#x27;s a very much a straight line approach. So if I have out of a hundred dollars and I&#x27;m earning 5% interest the next year, I have $105. Well, the next year I earn another $5. So I have $110. The next year I earn another $5. So that&#x27;s simple interest. Compounding interest is where I earn interest upon the principal plus the interest that I earned the previous year. And so if you&#x27;re looking at compound interest line compared to a simple interest line, simple interest is very much a</p><p><strong>14:13</strong> straight line approach where compounding interest is a concave line. It&#x27;s a hockey stick. Yeah, a hockey stick where as you go farther out in time, those lines are going to get farther and farther apart because the interest that you earn is going to be interest upon the original premium plus the interest that you earned the year before. It&#x27;s a tortoise and a hare. And so it&#x27;s not unusual to see simple interest rates that are higher, but you end up with a lower balance than with a lower compound interest rate because the compounding upon itself, again, one of the eighth wonders of the world according to Albert Einstein. That&#x27;s absolutely correct. All right. Well, Denny, we certainly appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari, your explanation of these sometimes difficult to understand topics that deal with creating guaranteed income, utilizing annuities. Again, Denny Southerns is the regional vice president of marketing for American</p><p><strong>15:00</strong> Equity Life Insurance Company, and we certainly appreciate your time, Denny. Well, thank you so much. And we&#x27;ll be right back with more information that you need to know on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Denny Southern of American Equity joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to explain how annuities work and discuss the role of income in retirement. This interview was recorded in August 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Denny Southern</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Denny Southern, retirement income, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff/image.jpg?t=1792073117&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/denny-southern-annuities-and-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff/image.jpg?t=1792073117&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>911</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c389ee99-269c-4271-b27d-b4e2010b9cff/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="14606740" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/denny-southern-annuities-and-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>239</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Annuities and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:46" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:05" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bob Wiedemer: Revisiting Aftershock</title>
      <itunes:title>Bob Wiedemer: Revisiting Aftershock</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bob Wiedemer returns to Financial Safari to discuss Aftershock, developments in the economy, and the outlook he shared in an earlier interview. This August 2011 conversation captures his perspective as economic events unfolded.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August of 2011, Coach Pete and Peter Rashawn interview financial author Bob Wiedemar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making now turns to published financial author Bob Wiedemar, author of the Aftershock book. And Coach Pete, we had Mr. Wiedemar on the program about 10 months ago or so, and he&#x27;s talked with us at that point in time about what he saw in the past and why he felt a few things were going to be coming in the future at that point in time. And in that 10-month period, a lot of those things have come to pass, haven&#x27;t they? Yeah, the subtitle is Protect Yourself and Profit in the Next Global Financial Meltdown.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And Bob, you were right on. I mean, when we interviewed you last, we had no idea what was going to happen worldwide. We didn&#x27;t. You did. And congratulations, and welcome back in, by the way. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s great to be back on the show, Pete. So what&#x27;s going on, Bob? I mean, what can the average investor do? They turn a TV on one day, they&#x27;re up. The next day, they have to work two more years or more before retirement. Is there a recovery, Bob, or what&#x27;s going on? It can be a bit frustrating, no question. And at the back of our cover of our second edition of the book, which just came out about a week ago, or two weeks ago, and has almost become a bestseller in that time, is, you know, it says, recovery, what recovery? It certainly doesn&#x27;t feel like it. And that&#x27;s been true before. And I guess even more now, it feels less and less like a recovery. We like to call it a suspended recession. And what I mean by that is, we&#x27;re really in the same recession we were in 2008, 2009.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> What&#x27;s happening is, we kind of suspended it with massive government borrowing and massive money printing. And that&#x27;s kind of suspended both the economy a little bit and the stock market a bit more, especially the printing on the stock market. Bob, it&#x27;s like if your pool had a leak in it and you didn&#x27;t have any access to water, but you put little hoses and siphoned off the neighbor&#x27;s pools, your pool would stay up, but the neighbor&#x27;s pools are going down. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a proverbial can with a leak in the bottom. And we&#x27;re filling it a bit, but bottom line, we&#x27;re not really solving the problems with all this government money printing and borrowing. Bob, when you were on last time, you said we would see a bump up and a time that looked pretty good in Wall Street and the economy, and that would be followed by a precipitous downfall and more volatility in the market.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> That really has been exactly what we&#x27;ve experienced here. So what do you see for the future? Well, I don&#x27;t want to sound like a broken record on this, but I think we&#x27;ve got one more kind of cycle like that, and that&#x27;s dependent on one thing, and that is whether the Fed comes in and prints money again. And some version of it, I&#x27;d be surprised if they did a duplicate where they say we&#x27;ll print $600 billion over eight months, but some version of that might be printed as needed. They&#x27;re already kind of alluding to that last week. But I think that when they do it, it will push the market back up again if they do it, and I think they will. But it also depends on how well they do it. It&#x27;s not just a matter of printing money. It&#x27;s how well the market reacts to it. I think they&#x27;ll react to it good one more time, and then I think we&#x27;ll go down after that. And after that, next year, that&#x27;s when I think we&#x27;ll have a problem in trying to get</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> this market going back up on printed money. I think they&#x27;re going to start to see the long-term problems of printing money more than the short-term, you know, sort of high it gives people. So, Bob, I mean, if we&#x27;ve learned from the past, once the government announced that QE1 and QE2, the best thing to do would have been to jump in the market as a trader, wouldn&#x27;t it? Correct. Absolutely. For the nimble investor, there&#x27;s a short-term trade there. For somebody who&#x27;s held on to the downturn, it&#x27;s a selling opportunity. So you sell into the buying. We hear that phrase over and over again on TV, and that&#x27;s what it means. So why write a second Aftershock book, and how is this different than the first one? Well, it differed in a couple of ways. One is, you know, things do change, and we did want to update it. Some of the specifics and just, you know, news that we refer to as updated. We did add a chapter on inflation, which we thought was terribly important.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> So we really tried to go into inflation, why we think it&#x27;s coming, even though so many people don&#x27;t. Yes, some do, but so many people don&#x27;t. So we want to talk about why it&#x27;s coming, what we think the Federal Reserve will do to try to keep it down, what we think, how people react to it. It&#x27;s a great chapter on inflation. It tells you a little bit about inflation itself. We had another chapter on what we need to do to try to solve some of these problems. And again, just a general update. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s, I never want to put down the first edition, which I think was good, but the second edition is really smooth reading. So have we seen the aftershock that you were talking about in the first book after the 2008 market meltdown yet? Or if so, when do you see that we will have that major aftershock that you were talking about? Well, the aftershock is defined as the popping of the government debt bubble and the dollar bubble. And really, we haven&#x27;t seen either. We&#x27;ve seen both of them being pumped up, kind of like, you know, the housing bubble in</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> say 2003, 2004 is being pumped up, you know, making for a bigger pop. But they haven&#x27;t really popped. And somebody might say that with the S&amp;P downgrade, you&#x27;re getting a warning sign. And I&#x27;d say yes. I&#x27;d say that was a lightning bolt before the storm. Certainly a wake up call that the problem we&#x27;re facing is not our children&#x27;s problem, but our problem. But that doesn&#x27;t mean that we&#x27;re going to have a problem right now, again, until that dollar bubble pops and government double pops are not there. And that dollar bubble is really more popped by higher inflation. And I&#x27;ll peg that at, say, you know, 10 percent or above. So we&#x27;ve got a ways to go. You know, Bob, a lot of people were looking at their real estate and thinking that was going to be their retirement fund, also their 401k or the stock holdings. What&#x27;s the average American here? Let&#x27;s say they have a $200,000 house and maybe $300,000 saved in a 401k. What should they do going forward to make sure that they can retire when they want to</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> and can have a comfortable retirement? Well, on the asset side, I mean, clearly what they&#x27;re going to need to do is at some point do what, interestingly, the Wall Street Journal just wrote a lot of wealthier people, millionaires are doing, is pulling out of the stock market or at least reducing their exposure. And again, this next upturn might be a good time to do that. The bond market has probably got a little ways to go. Although historically, it&#x27;s gone down a bit whenever we do a QE. But over time, I wouldn&#x27;t be as worried about bonds until inflation starts to show. Certainly once you see some inflation of 5 percent or above, you&#x27;ve got to be out of that bond market, preferably a little bit before. And I would look at things like gold. Interestingly, that&#x27;s what the millionaires are doing, and that&#x27;s done very well. It&#x27;s one of those things you&#x27;ve got to look at. Everybody&#x27;s got their different tastes, but that&#x27;s one way to make some money in this. Foreign currencies have been good. ETFs are available and all these things.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> So there&#x27;s some alternative asset classes that people need to look at now that they didn&#x27;t look at before. And I think that&#x27;s what we preach in our new portfolio management is diversify across asset classes, not just within stocks. Yeah. Now, in my opinion, it&#x27;s a great time to buy real estate according to what you can borrow money for, but you have to find the right real estate. You&#x27;ve got to find the right real estate. You&#x27;ve got to get on a fixed rate mortgage. And that&#x27;ll make a big difference in terms of any real estate investment. Well, if you lock in at a 30-year rate here, about four and a half, I mean, the bank&#x27;s on the hook for 30 years to accept your payment. It&#x27;s pretty good. Exactly right. It could become a great investment in and of itself. Bob, what are some of the signs that we really need to look for that this next aftershock is just around the corner? You know, really, it comes right down to inflation rates. I think we defined in the book that, you know, up until 5%, nobody&#x27;s going to worry about</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> inflation. It&#x27;s just not that big a deal. Once you move over 5%, expect some early people to start to get jittery. Well, early observers in the market, 6%, 7%, they&#x27;ll get nervous. As we head towards 10%, it&#x27;s going to be a big change. Conventional wisdom will switch, and they&#x27;ll realize that&#x27;s a big problem. Inflation&#x27;s a big problem for everything. The problem is we&#x27;ve got a much higher level of prices on our real estate and stock than we did in 1980. So when Volcker raised interest rates, it was not as big a deal. Now, when inflation pushes up interest rates, I don&#x27;t think the Fed will, obviously, but I think inflation will start to force them up. So that&#x27;s what you have to look for, and 10% has been sort of our general turning point. Might be 8%, might be 9%, might be 11%, but somewhere around there it&#x27;s going to turn. That&#x27;s what you have to watch out for. Bob, it&#x27;s going to be no surprise when your book rockets up the New York Times bestseller list like your first book did, because you&#x27;re covering a lot of good facts here and a lot</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> of good strategies. And I just see a lot of people there are just ignoring things and hoping things get better. Is that a good strategy? Never has been, never will be. And you&#x27;re exactly right. That&#x27;s what people are doing. And I might add, it&#x27;s not just people with modest means. It is people on Wall Street, certainly people in Washington, D.C. There&#x27;s a lot of people following that. Unfortunate advice of the best thing to do is stick your head in the ground if you&#x27;ve got problems. People just want protection, Bob. That&#x27;s what they want. And they want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing. And I think what you&#x27;re talking about there, diversifying amongst asset classes and different places is the best thing going forward. No one can predict the future, but they can minimize the impact of a bad economy, can&#x27;t they? They certainly can. And also, there&#x27;s always a time to just protect yourself. You know, when Charlie Merrill of Merrill Lynch declared in 1928 it was time to get out of</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> the market, the stock market, it just meant getting out of the stock market. He didn&#x27;t mean there&#x27;s lots of stuff to make money in. And so there&#x27;s a time to protect yourself. Now, I think there are some things you can make money in, as I said, by diversifying across asset classes. But it&#x27;s also very important to protect what you have. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;d be increasingly careful about stocks and bonds going forward. Not that we might not have a big run-up, as I mentioned at the beginning of the show. And I don&#x27;t know how big a run-up, but we&#x27;ll have another run-up when the Fed prints money, assuming they do. But otherwise, again, I would just say over the next year or so, be moving on the other direction. Maybe not immediately, but be moving out of those things that are most likely getting hit if we have more problems. Well, who cares how much it runs up if you don&#x27;t have an exit strategy? If you watch it go up and down, you might as well have a yo-yo. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s exactly right. And again, at our money management firm, we always say, you&#x27;re better off exiting early.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> We tend to take money off the table early rather than late, because it&#x27;s hard to time, and you never lose money making a profit. Hey, Bob, there has been a lot of concern over international and global economies. What do we need to watch out for outside of the U.S.? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. I was just writing an article, in fact, this morning on that. And I think the thing we need to watch out is clearly Europe. We all know that&#x27;s a problem, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to be solved anytime soon. So that&#x27;s an issue. And I think China is the debt crisis that has yet to pop. A debt crisis in the sense that the Chinese government has printed a lot of money, given it to their government-controlled banks to hand out to everything from municipalities to public corporations to spend on infrastructure and real estate. It just isn&#x27;t going to be a good investment. Those loans are going to go bad. There&#x27;s going to be some problems there.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> So I keep an eye on Europe and China. Although, as I would say, a bottom line, both those countries, I don&#x27;t think are, although they could cause problems to the U.S., they&#x27;re not going to fall until the U.S. has problems. We&#x27;re still really the bulwark of financial stability for the world. That&#x27;s part of the reason people are worried, is we&#x27;re looking a little less like that all the time right now. But I think we still are. Nonetheless, these other countries will put pressure on us, but unfortunately I think we may end up putting pressure on them long term. We&#x27;ve been talking with author Bob Wiedemur, author of the best-selling book, Aftershock. Bob, we certainly appreciate your time and your take on what&#x27;s going on with the economy. We appreciate you joining us here on the program to discuss that. Well, thank you for inviting me, Pete. And Bob, thanks a lot. And, of course, folks, you can pick up Bob&#x27;s book on Amazon.com or all major bookstores except Borders. It&#x27;s not there anymore, right, Bob?</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> No more Borders. Yeah, unfortunately. Yeah, yeah. Well, and I might add, one reason the bookstores are going out of business, Barnes &amp; Noble is still not stocked the second edition. We&#x27;re, you know, they&#x27;re a little slow. You wonder why these bookstores are going out of business. But we&#x27;re number one personal finance at Amazon. They stock it, so you can always get it there. We really appreciate your time. And, hey, let&#x27;s have you back on after the next little cycle here. Sounds good, Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bob Wiedemer returns to Financial Safari to discuss Aftershock, developments in the economy, and the outlook he shared in an earlier interview. This August 2011 conversation captures his perspective as economic events unfolded.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from August of 2011, Coach Pete and Peter Rashawn interview financial author Bob Wiedemar. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making now turns to published financial author Bob Wiedemar, author of the Aftershock book. And Coach Pete, we had Mr. Wiedemar on the program about 10 months ago or so, and he&#x27;s talked with us at that point in time about what he saw in the past and why he felt a few things were going to be coming in the future at that point in time. And in that 10-month period, a lot of those things have come to pass, haven&#x27;t they? Yeah, the subtitle is Protect Yourself and Profit in the Next Global Financial Meltdown.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And Bob, you were right on. I mean, when we interviewed you last, we had no idea what was going to happen worldwide. We didn&#x27;t. You did. And congratulations, and welcome back in, by the way. Well, thank you. It&#x27;s great to be back on the show, Pete. So what&#x27;s going on, Bob? I mean, what can the average investor do? They turn a TV on one day, they&#x27;re up. The next day, they have to work two more years or more before retirement. Is there a recovery, Bob, or what&#x27;s going on? It can be a bit frustrating, no question. And at the back of our cover of our second edition of the book, which just came out about a week ago, or two weeks ago, and has almost become a bestseller in that time, is, you know, it says, recovery, what recovery? It certainly doesn&#x27;t feel like it. And that&#x27;s been true before. And I guess even more now, it feels less and less like a recovery. We like to call it a suspended recession. And what I mean by that is, we&#x27;re really in the same recession we were in 2008, 2009.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> What&#x27;s happening is, we kind of suspended it with massive government borrowing and massive money printing. And that&#x27;s kind of suspended both the economy a little bit and the stock market a bit more, especially the printing on the stock market. Bob, it&#x27;s like if your pool had a leak in it and you didn&#x27;t have any access to water, but you put little hoses and siphoned off the neighbor&#x27;s pools, your pool would stay up, but the neighbor&#x27;s pools are going down. That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a proverbial can with a leak in the bottom. And we&#x27;re filling it a bit, but bottom line, we&#x27;re not really solving the problems with all this government money printing and borrowing. Bob, when you were on last time, you said we would see a bump up and a time that looked pretty good in Wall Street and the economy, and that would be followed by a precipitous downfall and more volatility in the market.</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> That really has been exactly what we&#x27;ve experienced here. So what do you see for the future? Well, I don&#x27;t want to sound like a broken record on this, but I think we&#x27;ve got one more kind of cycle like that, and that&#x27;s dependent on one thing, and that is whether the Fed comes in and prints money again. And some version of it, I&#x27;d be surprised if they did a duplicate where they say we&#x27;ll print $600 billion over eight months, but some version of that might be printed as needed. They&#x27;re already kind of alluding to that last week. But I think that when they do it, it will push the market back up again if they do it, and I think they will. But it also depends on how well they do it. It&#x27;s not just a matter of printing money. It&#x27;s how well the market reacts to it. I think they&#x27;ll react to it good one more time, and then I think we&#x27;ll go down after that. And after that, next year, that&#x27;s when I think we&#x27;ll have a problem in trying to get</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> this market going back up on printed money. I think they&#x27;re going to start to see the long-term problems of printing money more than the short-term, you know, sort of high it gives people. So, Bob, I mean, if we&#x27;ve learned from the past, once the government announced that QE1 and QE2, the best thing to do would have been to jump in the market as a trader, wouldn&#x27;t it? Correct. Absolutely. For the nimble investor, there&#x27;s a short-term trade there. For somebody who&#x27;s held on to the downturn, it&#x27;s a selling opportunity. So you sell into the buying. We hear that phrase over and over again on TV, and that&#x27;s what it means. So why write a second Aftershock book, and how is this different than the first one? Well, it differed in a couple of ways. One is, you know, things do change, and we did want to update it. Some of the specifics and just, you know, news that we refer to as updated. We did add a chapter on inflation, which we thought was terribly important.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> So we really tried to go into inflation, why we think it&#x27;s coming, even though so many people don&#x27;t. Yes, some do, but so many people don&#x27;t. So we want to talk about why it&#x27;s coming, what we think the Federal Reserve will do to try to keep it down, what we think, how people react to it. It&#x27;s a great chapter on inflation. It tells you a little bit about inflation itself. We had another chapter on what we need to do to try to solve some of these problems. And again, just a general update. And, you know, I think it&#x27;s, I never want to put down the first edition, which I think was good, but the second edition is really smooth reading. So have we seen the aftershock that you were talking about in the first book after the 2008 market meltdown yet? Or if so, when do you see that we will have that major aftershock that you were talking about? Well, the aftershock is defined as the popping of the government debt bubble and the dollar bubble. And really, we haven&#x27;t seen either. We&#x27;ve seen both of them being pumped up, kind of like, you know, the housing bubble in</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> say 2003, 2004 is being pumped up, you know, making for a bigger pop. But they haven&#x27;t really popped. And somebody might say that with the S&amp;P downgrade, you&#x27;re getting a warning sign. And I&#x27;d say yes. I&#x27;d say that was a lightning bolt before the storm. Certainly a wake up call that the problem we&#x27;re facing is not our children&#x27;s problem, but our problem. But that doesn&#x27;t mean that we&#x27;re going to have a problem right now, again, until that dollar bubble pops and government double pops are not there. And that dollar bubble is really more popped by higher inflation. And I&#x27;ll peg that at, say, you know, 10 percent or above. So we&#x27;ve got a ways to go. You know, Bob, a lot of people were looking at their real estate and thinking that was going to be their retirement fund, also their 401k or the stock holdings. What&#x27;s the average American here? Let&#x27;s say they have a $200,000 house and maybe $300,000 saved in a 401k. What should they do going forward to make sure that they can retire when they want to</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> and can have a comfortable retirement? Well, on the asset side, I mean, clearly what they&#x27;re going to need to do is at some point do what, interestingly, the Wall Street Journal just wrote a lot of wealthier people, millionaires are doing, is pulling out of the stock market or at least reducing their exposure. And again, this next upturn might be a good time to do that. The bond market has probably got a little ways to go. Although historically, it&#x27;s gone down a bit whenever we do a QE. But over time, I wouldn&#x27;t be as worried about bonds until inflation starts to show. Certainly once you see some inflation of 5 percent or above, you&#x27;ve got to be out of that bond market, preferably a little bit before. And I would look at things like gold. Interestingly, that&#x27;s what the millionaires are doing, and that&#x27;s done very well. It&#x27;s one of those things you&#x27;ve got to look at. Everybody&#x27;s got their different tastes, but that&#x27;s one way to make some money in this. Foreign currencies have been good. ETFs are available and all these things.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> So there&#x27;s some alternative asset classes that people need to look at now that they didn&#x27;t look at before. And I think that&#x27;s what we preach in our new portfolio management is diversify across asset classes, not just within stocks. Yeah. Now, in my opinion, it&#x27;s a great time to buy real estate according to what you can borrow money for, but you have to find the right real estate. You&#x27;ve got to find the right real estate. You&#x27;ve got to get on a fixed rate mortgage. And that&#x27;ll make a big difference in terms of any real estate investment. Well, if you lock in at a 30-year rate here, about four and a half, I mean, the bank&#x27;s on the hook for 30 years to accept your payment. It&#x27;s pretty good. Exactly right. It could become a great investment in and of itself. Bob, what are some of the signs that we really need to look for that this next aftershock is just around the corner? You know, really, it comes right down to inflation rates. I think we defined in the book that, you know, up until 5%, nobody&#x27;s going to worry about</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> inflation. It&#x27;s just not that big a deal. Once you move over 5%, expect some early people to start to get jittery. Well, early observers in the market, 6%, 7%, they&#x27;ll get nervous. As we head towards 10%, it&#x27;s going to be a big change. Conventional wisdom will switch, and they&#x27;ll realize that&#x27;s a big problem. Inflation&#x27;s a big problem for everything. The problem is we&#x27;ve got a much higher level of prices on our real estate and stock than we did in 1980. So when Volcker raised interest rates, it was not as big a deal. Now, when inflation pushes up interest rates, I don&#x27;t think the Fed will, obviously, but I think inflation will start to force them up. So that&#x27;s what you have to look for, and 10% has been sort of our general turning point. Might be 8%, might be 9%, might be 11%, but somewhere around there it&#x27;s going to turn. That&#x27;s what you have to watch out for. Bob, it&#x27;s going to be no surprise when your book rockets up the New York Times bestseller list like your first book did, because you&#x27;re covering a lot of good facts here and a lot</p><p><strong>07:52</strong> of good strategies. And I just see a lot of people there are just ignoring things and hoping things get better. Is that a good strategy? Never has been, never will be. And you&#x27;re exactly right. That&#x27;s what people are doing. And I might add, it&#x27;s not just people with modest means. It is people on Wall Street, certainly people in Washington, D.C. There&#x27;s a lot of people following that. Unfortunate advice of the best thing to do is stick your head in the ground if you&#x27;ve got problems. People just want protection, Bob. That&#x27;s what they want. And they want to make sure they&#x27;re doing the right thing. And I think what you&#x27;re talking about there, diversifying amongst asset classes and different places is the best thing going forward. No one can predict the future, but they can minimize the impact of a bad economy, can&#x27;t they? They certainly can. And also, there&#x27;s always a time to just protect yourself. You know, when Charlie Merrill of Merrill Lynch declared in 1928 it was time to get out of</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> the market, the stock market, it just meant getting out of the stock market. He didn&#x27;t mean there&#x27;s lots of stuff to make money in. And so there&#x27;s a time to protect yourself. Now, I think there are some things you can make money in, as I said, by diversifying across asset classes. But it&#x27;s also very important to protect what you have. That&#x27;s why I&#x27;d be increasingly careful about stocks and bonds going forward. Not that we might not have a big run-up, as I mentioned at the beginning of the show. And I don&#x27;t know how big a run-up, but we&#x27;ll have another run-up when the Fed prints money, assuming they do. But otherwise, again, I would just say over the next year or so, be moving on the other direction. Maybe not immediately, but be moving out of those things that are most likely getting hit if we have more problems. Well, who cares how much it runs up if you don&#x27;t have an exit strategy? If you watch it go up and down, you might as well have a yo-yo. That&#x27;s exactly right. That&#x27;s exactly right. And again, at our money management firm, we always say, you&#x27;re better off exiting early.</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> We tend to take money off the table early rather than late, because it&#x27;s hard to time, and you never lose money making a profit. Hey, Bob, there has been a lot of concern over international and global economies. What do we need to watch out for outside of the U.S.? Well, it&#x27;s interesting. I was just writing an article, in fact, this morning on that. And I think the thing we need to watch out is clearly Europe. We all know that&#x27;s a problem, and I don&#x27;t think it&#x27;s going to be solved anytime soon. So that&#x27;s an issue. And I think China is the debt crisis that has yet to pop. A debt crisis in the sense that the Chinese government has printed a lot of money, given it to their government-controlled banks to hand out to everything from municipalities to public corporations to spend on infrastructure and real estate. It just isn&#x27;t going to be a good investment. Those loans are going to go bad. There&#x27;s going to be some problems there.</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> So I keep an eye on Europe and China. Although, as I would say, a bottom line, both those countries, I don&#x27;t think are, although they could cause problems to the U.S., they&#x27;re not going to fall until the U.S. has problems. We&#x27;re still really the bulwark of financial stability for the world. That&#x27;s part of the reason people are worried, is we&#x27;re looking a little less like that all the time right now. But I think we still are. Nonetheless, these other countries will put pressure on us, but unfortunately I think we may end up putting pressure on them long term. We&#x27;ve been talking with author Bob Wiedemur, author of the best-selling book, Aftershock. Bob, we certainly appreciate your time and your take on what&#x27;s going on with the economy. We appreciate you joining us here on the program to discuss that. Well, thank you for inviting me, Pete. And Bob, thanks a lot. And, of course, folks, you can pick up Bob&#x27;s book on Amazon.com or all major bookstores except Borders. It&#x27;s not there anymore, right, Bob?</p><p><strong>10:56</strong> No more Borders. Yeah, unfortunately. Yeah, yeah. Well, and I might add, one reason the bookstores are going out of business, Barnes &amp; Noble is still not stocked the second edition. We&#x27;re, you know, they&#x27;re a little slow. You wonder why these bookstores are going out of business. But we&#x27;re number one personal finance at Amazon. They stock it, so you can always get it there. We really appreciate your time. And, hey, let&#x27;s have you back on after the next little cycle here. Sounds good, Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on the Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from the Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bob Wiedemer returns to Financial Safari to discuss Aftershock, developments in the economy, and the outlook he shared in an earlier interview. This August 2011 conversation captures his perspective as economic events unfolded.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bob Wiedemer</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bob Wiedemer, market cycles, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f/image.jpg?t=1792073121&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-wiedemer-revisiting-aftershock/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f/image.jpg?t=1792073121&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f</guid>
      <omny:clipId>dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>694</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/dd57dbd4-2fcc-42ec-a103-b4e2010b405f/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11145012" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-wiedemer-revisiting-aftershock</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>240</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Revisiting Aftershock" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:30" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mike Alfred: Bringing Transparency to 401(k) Plans</title>
      <itunes:title>Mike Alfred: Bringing Transparency to 401(k) Plans</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>BrightScope co-founder Mike Alfred joins Financial Safari to discuss transparency in 401(k) plans and the information available to employees and employers. This conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon comes from August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. And in this segment of the program, we are joined by Mike Alfred, co-founder and CEO of BrightScope. Mike, welcome into the program. Thanks for having me on today. It&#x27;s a pleasure having you, and I know that you are responsible for the strategic vision and leadership of the company. You guys have been in the portfolio management business since 2003, correct? Yeah, I mean, my brother and I, out of school, used to manage money for clients, but we don&#x27;t do that anymore now that we run BrightScope. Now, what&#x27;s the objective of BrightScope, and why is it important for people to pay attention to sites like yours? Well, it&#x27;s really at the highest level to bring transparency to markets that traditionally haven&#x27;t had them.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> So we started with 401k plans. I mean, 70, 60, 70 million Americans, depending on who you ask, are affected by a 401k plan. And then there&#x27;s $3 to $4 trillion at play, and yet up until 2009 when we launched our site, it was pretty difficult to just go online and quickly figure out, okay, how good is your 401k plan compared to another? And so we wanted to start by bringing transparency there, and then we&#x27;ve moved since to publishing information about the hundreds of thousands of individuals around the country who call themselves financial advisors and helping kind of the public understand some of the things that they need to be looking at there. Yeah, there&#x27;s a big difference out there. People need to realize between admitted fees and actual fees inside the 401k plan, aren&#x27;t there? Yeah, I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of fees that have historically been called hidden fees, things that haven&#x27;t been disclosed on your statement.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Now, luckily, the Department of Labor has really pushed the ball forward here, and starting in the summer of next year, you should start, as a participant, you should start to see those fees actually disclosed on your statement. It&#x27;s kind of crazy to me that for 25, 30 years, we could run an entire industry with so much money at stake where the people who are doing the investing can&#x27;t see how much they&#x27;re paying, but I guess that&#x27;s just the way this market has worked. Obviously, that&#x27;s going to change. Now, Mike, I&#x27;ve actually sat down with folks before. They&#x27;ve brought their 401k statements in. We&#x27;re talking about $300,000, $400,000, $500,000 in their 401k, and they think they&#x27;re only paying $25 in fees because that&#x27;s all that appears on the statement. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s a travesty. Again, it relates to the structural problems with the 401k system itself. If you are an investor and let&#x27;s say you have a couple hundred thousand in your plan, you&#x27;re highly incentivized to want to have the lowest fees possible.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> The problem is if you work at a 5,000-person company, you may have an HR director who is running that plan for you and making a lot of the high-level decisions who&#x27;s being taken to a football game and sitting in the box seat or eating a steak with a provider. So that oftentimes is influencing decision-making. So the only way to really get around that is to publish information to help people see exactly how much they are paying. And when they do, a lot of times they&#x27;re going to be outraged. Now, what&#x27;s the worst-case scenario you&#x27;ve seen there in the past of someone who thought they weren&#x27;t paying much in the 401k, and after you guys put it through your system, exposed a lot of fees that they didn&#x27;t realize? Well, we&#x27;ve calculated all-in fees at the plan level of 5%, 6%, 7%, meaning the average participant in that plan might be paying that amount, but some people would be paying a lot lower, a lot higher.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And so there&#x27;s just a lot of fees, particularly insurance charges and things like that, that just are entirely undisclosed and very thinly understood in the industry, particularly with the plan sponsors who are supposed to be the ones making the decisions on your behalf. Now, Mike, a lot of folks have a variable annuity inside the 401k and don&#x27;t even realize what that is, do they? Exactly. I mean, that&#x27;s one of the biggest areas in which the fees can really be jacked significantly higher is with insurance-related charges. So, I mean, if you have a plan with an insurance company, you&#x27;re going to have to ask some extra questions about whether or not you&#x27;re seeing all the fees clearly stated on your statement. So what are some of the telltale signs they may have a variable annuity 401k instead of a real 401k? That&#x27;s hard to say, given the information that is being sent to you.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> So unless you&#x27;re actually reading the entire perspective, and if you do, you&#x27;ll see things like, you know, mortality expense charge or RAP charge or insurance-related charge. When you see words like that, that might lead you to believe that you&#x27;re in one of those types of plans. The challenge is most participants don&#x27;t actually read their statements. But another way is just to look at the name of the company offering your plan. If it&#x27;s a Fidelity plan, it probably doesn&#x27;t have an insurance charge attached to it. If it&#x27;s a Transamerica, John Hancock, Principal, MassMutual plan, you know, somebody that&#x27;s an insurance company, then it&#x27;s much more likely that your plan has higher expenses and that your plan may be in an insurance-related product. Well, we look at layers when we get three scoops of ice cream on an ice cream cone, that&#x27;s three layers. And 401ks really should only have one layer of fees, yet once you wrap that variable annuity wrap around,</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> there&#x27;s a whole other set of commissions, fees, and expenses, correct? Absolutely. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s, again, one of the bigger problems in the industry. And paying higher fees makes it harder for the average participant, the employee, to make a fair return, doesn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I mean, at a high level, people need to understand that how you actually invest is not the biggest driver, although it&#x27;s what&#x27;s written about by a journalist and talked about in the press the most often, it&#x27;s not actually driving long-term outcomes. It&#x27;s things like, how much did you save? If I&#x27;m saving $10,000 a year and you&#x27;re saving $1,000, you could be Warren Buffett and I could be the worst investor ever and I still might retire with more money. And the same thing with fees. Fees is one of the only determinants of future outcomes. It&#x27;s one of the only things you can rely on. If I&#x27;m paying 3% in fees and you&#x27;re paying 1%, you&#x27;re highly likely to beat me in terms of the end accumulation amount you&#x27;ll have in your retirement.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Even though we&#x27;re doing the show, we&#x27;re pointing out the fact that there are a lot of hidden and non-exposed fees, many people are still going to go get that statement out. They&#x27;re going to say, well, those guys are wrong. I&#x27;m only paying $25 a year because that&#x27;s all that&#x27;s listed on my statement or that&#x27;s all that&#x27;s listed in what I get my hands on. But isn&#x27;t it a fact that a lot of the fees will never be exposed to the individual consumer? I think a lot more of them will be exposed, again, starting next spring and summer. But in addition to that, you can go to the fee calculator right on their website and you can put your funds and other information about your savings rate, your age and whatnot into that calculator. And it will tell you as a rough estimate what you&#x27;re paying within that plan. It includes estimates for things that are entirely undisclosed. So that number may not be perfect for you, but it&#x27;s at least a starting point when you go to your HR department and you can say, look, Rice Cup says I&#x27;m paying $300 a year for this.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Show me where they&#x27;re wrong or show me what the number actually is. But without any starting point, it&#x27;s hard to get those discussions going. Yeah, it&#x27;s unfortunate there. The Department of Labor supposedly is going to have exposing fees on their list, but we&#x27;ve seen that can kick down the road way too many times in the past, haven&#x27;t we? We&#x27;ve seen a lot of the deadlines push back and a lot of that&#x27;s just lobbying pressure. And a lot of it is legitimate concerns about whether the providers will be able to be ready in time for these new regulations. But I think in this case, though, it will actually happen. I don&#x27;t think the Department of Labor will be willing to delay it anymore. So I do believe starting in April, May of next year, we will start to see that disclosure come through. Mike, what could be the reason there has been so much fight and delay in exposing those fees to the average 401k participant?</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> The biggest reason is just the industry reluctance to put their profit margins under pressure. The more information you disclose, the more the price usually comes down in any financial market, right? So whether it&#x27;s bonds or stocks or 401k record keeping and mutual funds and whatnot, you&#x27;re going to see downward pricing pressure, which makes it a more challenging environment for a provider to make money. But you as an investor, that&#x27;s exactly what you want. So there&#x27;s a conflict sort of between what the industry wants and what individual investors would want. The problem is in Washington, D.C., the only people that typically show up in the politicians&#x27; offices are the people representing the providers because they have the money to spend on lobbying. So a lot of the resistance is not really in the best interest of investors. In fact, it&#x27;s completely contrary to the best interest of everyone who has a 401k.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Mike, I have no problem with people making money, but I want the people that are basically purchasing that product to know exactly what they&#x27;re paying. And that&#x27;s why hidden fees and non-exposure is a big, big problem in the financial world. Absolutely. It&#x27;s probably one of the biggest problems. But luckily, there&#x27;s a lot of movement right now, particularly in the 401k side of things. And I think you&#x27;re going to see the industry clean itself up substantially in the next five years. Mike, as an employee, do we have any say in those plan-sponsor decisions, as in who our plan sponsor is going to be? Well, unless you already sit on the committee for your plan, and let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re a senior executive on the HR side, you don&#x27;t have direct control over a lot of those decisions. But what&#x27;s changed is you now have a starting point to begin your push for changes within the plan.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> So if you send your HR director a bright scope report that shows high fees, in the environment that we&#x27;re going into where there&#x27;s going to be a lot more scrutiny of how high those fees are, your plan sponsor is much more likely to listen to you. And so if you say, look, I&#x27;m not comfortable with the way our plan is structured. I&#x27;d like to see lower fees, maybe more indexed investment options, and things of that nature, you may get a much better audience than you did five years ago. What are some proactive steps that one person could take in order to better their financial situation when participating in the 401k? Well, the first thing, the very most important thing, is to save as much as you physically can, right? So almost to the point of discomfort, if you think you can save 6%, go ahead and save 8%. If you think you can save 12%, just take it all the way up to the full 15%. I mean, the honest-to-God truth is that that&#x27;s the number one way that you can improve your retirement situation.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Outside of that, it&#x27;s trying to choose a balanced portfolio of investment options, preferably that have the lowest fees possible within the asset class that you&#x27;re choosing. So I think those are the two things that you can really focus on. And if you&#x27;re really active and you really want to take a sort of more hands-on approach, you can actually print out the Brightscope report and fire it off to people in your HR department who you believe are making these decisions and begin a dialogue with them about what you think should change in the plan. And we&#x27;ve seen that work for a lot of employees that are particularly proactive. Again, he is Mike Alfred. He is president, co-founder, CEO of Brightscope. You can find him at brightscope.com. Mike, we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for having me.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BrightScope co-founder Mike Alfred joins Financial Safari to discuss transparency in 401(k) plans and the information available to employees and employers. This conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon comes from August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. And in this segment of the program, we are joined by Mike Alfred, co-founder and CEO of BrightScope. Mike, welcome into the program. Thanks for having me on today. It&#x27;s a pleasure having you, and I know that you are responsible for the strategic vision and leadership of the company. You guys have been in the portfolio management business since 2003, correct? Yeah, I mean, my brother and I, out of school, used to manage money for clients, but we don&#x27;t do that anymore now that we run BrightScope. Now, what&#x27;s the objective of BrightScope, and why is it important for people to pay attention to sites like yours? Well, it&#x27;s really at the highest level to bring transparency to markets that traditionally haven&#x27;t had them.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> So we started with 401k plans. I mean, 70, 60, 70 million Americans, depending on who you ask, are affected by a 401k plan. And then there&#x27;s $3 to $4 trillion at play, and yet up until 2009 when we launched our site, it was pretty difficult to just go online and quickly figure out, okay, how good is your 401k plan compared to another? And so we wanted to start by bringing transparency there, and then we&#x27;ve moved since to publishing information about the hundreds of thousands of individuals around the country who call themselves financial advisors and helping kind of the public understand some of the things that they need to be looking at there. Yeah, there&#x27;s a big difference out there. People need to realize between admitted fees and actual fees inside the 401k plan, aren&#x27;t there? Yeah, I mean, there&#x27;s a lot of fees that have historically been called hidden fees, things that haven&#x27;t been disclosed on your statement.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> Now, luckily, the Department of Labor has really pushed the ball forward here, and starting in the summer of next year, you should start, as a participant, you should start to see those fees actually disclosed on your statement. It&#x27;s kind of crazy to me that for 25, 30 years, we could run an entire industry with so much money at stake where the people who are doing the investing can&#x27;t see how much they&#x27;re paying, but I guess that&#x27;s just the way this market has worked. Obviously, that&#x27;s going to change. Now, Mike, I&#x27;ve actually sat down with folks before. They&#x27;ve brought their 401k statements in. We&#x27;re talking about $300,000, $400,000, $500,000 in their 401k, and they think they&#x27;re only paying $25 in fees because that&#x27;s all that appears on the statement. Yeah, I mean, it&#x27;s a travesty. Again, it relates to the structural problems with the 401k system itself. If you are an investor and let&#x27;s say you have a couple hundred thousand in your plan, you&#x27;re highly incentivized to want to have the lowest fees possible.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> The problem is if you work at a 5,000-person company, you may have an HR director who is running that plan for you and making a lot of the high-level decisions who&#x27;s being taken to a football game and sitting in the box seat or eating a steak with a provider. So that oftentimes is influencing decision-making. So the only way to really get around that is to publish information to help people see exactly how much they are paying. And when they do, a lot of times they&#x27;re going to be outraged. Now, what&#x27;s the worst-case scenario you&#x27;ve seen there in the past of someone who thought they weren&#x27;t paying much in the 401k, and after you guys put it through your system, exposed a lot of fees that they didn&#x27;t realize? Well, we&#x27;ve calculated all-in fees at the plan level of 5%, 6%, 7%, meaning the average participant in that plan might be paying that amount, but some people would be paying a lot lower, a lot higher.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> And so there&#x27;s just a lot of fees, particularly insurance charges and things like that, that just are entirely undisclosed and very thinly understood in the industry, particularly with the plan sponsors who are supposed to be the ones making the decisions on your behalf. Now, Mike, a lot of folks have a variable annuity inside the 401k and don&#x27;t even realize what that is, do they? Exactly. I mean, that&#x27;s one of the biggest areas in which the fees can really be jacked significantly higher is with insurance-related charges. So, I mean, if you have a plan with an insurance company, you&#x27;re going to have to ask some extra questions about whether or not you&#x27;re seeing all the fees clearly stated on your statement. So what are some of the telltale signs they may have a variable annuity 401k instead of a real 401k? That&#x27;s hard to say, given the information that is being sent to you.</p><p><strong>03:52</strong> So unless you&#x27;re actually reading the entire perspective, and if you do, you&#x27;ll see things like, you know, mortality expense charge or RAP charge or insurance-related charge. When you see words like that, that might lead you to believe that you&#x27;re in one of those types of plans. The challenge is most participants don&#x27;t actually read their statements. But another way is just to look at the name of the company offering your plan. If it&#x27;s a Fidelity plan, it probably doesn&#x27;t have an insurance charge attached to it. If it&#x27;s a Transamerica, John Hancock, Principal, MassMutual plan, you know, somebody that&#x27;s an insurance company, then it&#x27;s much more likely that your plan has higher expenses and that your plan may be in an insurance-related product. Well, we look at layers when we get three scoops of ice cream on an ice cream cone, that&#x27;s three layers. And 401ks really should only have one layer of fees, yet once you wrap that variable annuity wrap around,</p><p><strong>04:38</strong> there&#x27;s a whole other set of commissions, fees, and expenses, correct? Absolutely. Yeah, I mean, that&#x27;s, again, one of the bigger problems in the industry. And paying higher fees makes it harder for the average participant, the employee, to make a fair return, doesn&#x27;t it? Absolutely. I mean, at a high level, people need to understand that how you actually invest is not the biggest driver, although it&#x27;s what&#x27;s written about by a journalist and talked about in the press the most often, it&#x27;s not actually driving long-term outcomes. It&#x27;s things like, how much did you save? If I&#x27;m saving $10,000 a year and you&#x27;re saving $1,000, you could be Warren Buffett and I could be the worst investor ever and I still might retire with more money. And the same thing with fees. Fees is one of the only determinants of future outcomes. It&#x27;s one of the only things you can rely on. If I&#x27;m paying 3% in fees and you&#x27;re paying 1%, you&#x27;re highly likely to beat me in terms of the end accumulation amount you&#x27;ll have in your retirement.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> Even though we&#x27;re doing the show, we&#x27;re pointing out the fact that there are a lot of hidden and non-exposed fees, many people are still going to go get that statement out. They&#x27;re going to say, well, those guys are wrong. I&#x27;m only paying $25 a year because that&#x27;s all that&#x27;s listed on my statement or that&#x27;s all that&#x27;s listed in what I get my hands on. But isn&#x27;t it a fact that a lot of the fees will never be exposed to the individual consumer? I think a lot more of them will be exposed, again, starting next spring and summer. But in addition to that, you can go to the fee calculator right on their website and you can put your funds and other information about your savings rate, your age and whatnot into that calculator. And it will tell you as a rough estimate what you&#x27;re paying within that plan. It includes estimates for things that are entirely undisclosed. So that number may not be perfect for you, but it&#x27;s at least a starting point when you go to your HR department and you can say, look, Rice Cup says I&#x27;m paying $300 a year for this.</p><p><strong>06:14</strong> Show me where they&#x27;re wrong or show me what the number actually is. But without any starting point, it&#x27;s hard to get those discussions going. Yeah, it&#x27;s unfortunate there. The Department of Labor supposedly is going to have exposing fees on their list, but we&#x27;ve seen that can kick down the road way too many times in the past, haven&#x27;t we? We&#x27;ve seen a lot of the deadlines push back and a lot of that&#x27;s just lobbying pressure. And a lot of it is legitimate concerns about whether the providers will be able to be ready in time for these new regulations. But I think in this case, though, it will actually happen. I don&#x27;t think the Department of Labor will be willing to delay it anymore. So I do believe starting in April, May of next year, we will start to see that disclosure come through. Mike, what could be the reason there has been so much fight and delay in exposing those fees to the average 401k participant?</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> The biggest reason is just the industry reluctance to put their profit margins under pressure. The more information you disclose, the more the price usually comes down in any financial market, right? So whether it&#x27;s bonds or stocks or 401k record keeping and mutual funds and whatnot, you&#x27;re going to see downward pricing pressure, which makes it a more challenging environment for a provider to make money. But you as an investor, that&#x27;s exactly what you want. So there&#x27;s a conflict sort of between what the industry wants and what individual investors would want. The problem is in Washington, D.C., the only people that typically show up in the politicians&#x27; offices are the people representing the providers because they have the money to spend on lobbying. So a lot of the resistance is not really in the best interest of investors. In fact, it&#x27;s completely contrary to the best interest of everyone who has a 401k.</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> Mike, I have no problem with people making money, but I want the people that are basically purchasing that product to know exactly what they&#x27;re paying. And that&#x27;s why hidden fees and non-exposure is a big, big problem in the financial world. Absolutely. It&#x27;s probably one of the biggest problems. But luckily, there&#x27;s a lot of movement right now, particularly in the 401k side of things. And I think you&#x27;re going to see the industry clean itself up substantially in the next five years. Mike, as an employee, do we have any say in those plan-sponsor decisions, as in who our plan sponsor is going to be? Well, unless you already sit on the committee for your plan, and let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re a senior executive on the HR side, you don&#x27;t have direct control over a lot of those decisions. But what&#x27;s changed is you now have a starting point to begin your push for changes within the plan.</p><p><strong>08:33</strong> So if you send your HR director a bright scope report that shows high fees, in the environment that we&#x27;re going into where there&#x27;s going to be a lot more scrutiny of how high those fees are, your plan sponsor is much more likely to listen to you. And so if you say, look, I&#x27;m not comfortable with the way our plan is structured. I&#x27;d like to see lower fees, maybe more indexed investment options, and things of that nature, you may get a much better audience than you did five years ago. What are some proactive steps that one person could take in order to better their financial situation when participating in the 401k? Well, the first thing, the very most important thing, is to save as much as you physically can, right? So almost to the point of discomfort, if you think you can save 6%, go ahead and save 8%. If you think you can save 12%, just take it all the way up to the full 15%. I mean, the honest-to-God truth is that that&#x27;s the number one way that you can improve your retirement situation.</p><p><strong>09:23</strong> Outside of that, it&#x27;s trying to choose a balanced portfolio of investment options, preferably that have the lowest fees possible within the asset class that you&#x27;re choosing. So I think those are the two things that you can really focus on. And if you&#x27;re really active and you really want to take a sort of more hands-on approach, you can actually print out the Brightscope report and fire it off to people in your HR department who you believe are making these decisions and begin a dialogue with them about what you think should change in the plan. And we&#x27;ve seen that work for a lot of employees that are particularly proactive. Again, he is Mike Alfred. He is president, co-founder, CEO of Brightscope. You can find him at brightscope.com. Mike, we certainly appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent with us here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for having me.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>BrightScope co-founder Mike Alfred joins Financial Safari to discuss transparency in 401(k) plans and the information available to employees and employers. This conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon comes from August 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Mike Alfred</category>
      <category>401(k) plans</category>
      <category>Bringing Transparency to 401(k) Plans</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Mike Alfred, 401(k) plans, Bringing Transparency to 401(k) Plans, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b/image.jpg?t=1792073129&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-alfred-bringing-transparency-to-401-k-plans/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b/image.jpg?t=1792073129&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b</guid>
      <omny:clipId>49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>603</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/49e717de-9681-43db-a4f1-b4e2010ae41b/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9689132" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/mike-alfred-bringing-transparency-to-401-k-plans</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>241</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Bringing Transparency to 401(k) Plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:13" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Diane Oakley: Retirement Security and Being Prepared</title>
      <itunes:title>Diane Oakley: Retirement Security and Being Prepared</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Diane Oakley of the National Institute on Retirement Security discusses retirement preparedness, pensions, and the concerns facing retirees and people approaching retirement. This interview with Financial Safari was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. Of course, it is a jungle out there, and that&#x27;s why we are here as your guides through that financial jungle, because the more you know, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And as a very special guest, Coach Pete, on this edition of the program, we have Diane Oakley, who is the Executive Director of the National Institute on Retirement Security. And certainly, Executive Director of Retirement Security might be able to shed some light on the things that retirees and pre-retirees need to be talking about and thinking about to keep their nest eggs safe and secure these days. Diane, welcome into the program. Pete, I&#x27;m glad to be here. Yeah, Diane, there&#x27;s a bunch of studies out there, but one I read that was very alarming. It said one in seven respondents to this study have no pension or retirement accounts at all, and 55% of middle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> income boomers have saved less than $100,000 for retirement. I think a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, I know it&#x27;s tough to save when you&#x27;re working, but when you retire and there&#x27;s no income coming in, what are you going to do? And we always say someone needs at least six times, if not 10 times, their income in a savings vehicle, some kind of retirement plan to have a comfortable retirement. What do you think about that? You know, I think you guys are probably on target, at least in terms of where people&#x27;s needs probably are. Maybe they even need a little bit more than that. Some of the numbers you talked about earlier, I actually think it&#x27;s a worse picture than what those numbers paint. Let me share some stuff that we&#x27;ve identified, and that was an analysis that was done by Towers Watson a couple years ago when the Federal Reserve has a consumer financial survey that they do that&#x27;s a major</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> instrument looking at people&#x27;s assets. And the last time they did it was before the market crashed in 2008. And when they looked at pre-retiree boomers, these are people 10 years away from retirement, anybody between age 55 and 64? The data was really shocking to us. And that was that only 11% of those people right on the verge of retirement had four or more times their salary saved, not quite to your benchmark of six. And in fact, six out of 10 of those households had less than one times their salary put away in and invested in financial assets. And in fact, three out of 10 had nothing</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> saved. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And I&#x27;m looking at one of y&#x27;all&#x27;s reports, the Pension and Retirement Security 2011, a roadmap for policymakers. And that was by some of your colleagues over there at the National Institute on Retirement Security. Revised numbers never seem to be as good when they get revised. Now, there was a quote in here, which was the introduction of the report that went to Congress, I&#x27;m sure. And I don&#x27;t know if they read it or not. They probably had an assistant read it, maybe give them some bullet points. But the comment here is for decades, Americans had access to a strong three-lane highway to retirement, a traditional pension, Social Security, and individual savings. And as the first of the sum of the 78 million baby boomers begin to retire in 2011, they are speeding on a dangerous road full of potholes. And that&#x27;s about a good way to describe it, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> It&#x27;s full of potholes. And some of them are sinkholes, I&#x27;m afraid. We have a crumpling infrastructure nationally in terms of some of our bridges over highways and rivers. We have a crumpling retirement infrastructure where we&#x27;ve made it so onerous for private sector employers to offer traditional retirement plans that guaranteed someone you&#x27;re going to get an income based on your years of service based on your salary for the rest of your life. You go back 30 years, and that was the predominant type of pension. In the last 30 years, we have had a mega shift of benefits and the liability for those benefits put squarely on the shoulders of workers who also have been strained by what&#x27;s been going on in the economy and not getting much in terms of pay to be able to put extra money aside</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> for their retirement. And, you know, the employers are kind of afraid to take a commitment because Congress has made it so onerous about how you have to contribute to these plans and how much has to be contributed. So one of the most shocking things that I read the other day, for example, was that if you work for a Fortune 1000 employers, these are the largest employers in the country, the place where defined benefit plans had been a bastion until recently. In the last four to five years, we have seen a significant shift there where those employers, those large employers have said anybody who comes in as a new employee will no longer get this benefit. So there may be some hope for the pre-retirees who are still in a tough situation. But I&#x27;m also concerned about what happens to our kids, you know, their children, because as Congress looks at trying</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to deal with the debt situation, one of the things they&#x27;re talking about is reforming entitlements. And to some people, that means cutting back on Social Security, when what we&#x27;re really seeing is more or more Americans are going to need to rely on Social Security, perhaps as their only source of income in retirement. Well, that&#x27;s kind of sad. You know, the average head household age 60 to 62 with a 401k account has less than one quarter of what is needed to maintain its standard of living in retirement. And I see people come into our office with 401k balances of $100,000 or $200,000, and they think they&#x27;re rich. But that&#x27;s not going to get them anywhere in retirement, is it, Diane? You know, it&#x27;s going to get them through a couple of years. But this is one thing, too, that, you know, it&#x27;s so much stuff, and you guys are doing a great job in terms of helping people understand investing and understanding that you&#x27;ve got to find the right balance between risk and reward.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> You don&#x27;t want to take something that&#x27;s too risky, but you also don&#x27;t want to be too concerned that you&#x27;re going to lose your money. And so you get such a meager return that you really can&#x27;t have those values build up over time. But I also think, again, and this is going to get highlighted as the boomers retire, the one place where it&#x27;s totally confounding to the American people is to figure out how do I make that, let&#x27;s say, $200,000, or if you&#x27;re real lucky, maybe $500,000, last as long as I&#x27;m going to live. You know, in a traditional pension, the kind of pensions that we heard in that survey you mentioned, 80% of the American people feel everybody ought to have access to, which they don&#x27;t today. Those plans provided someone with a lifetime income. In other words, they not only gave you a nest egg,</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> they helped you understand how to make sure that nest egg would be there when you were 93 years old, if you were lucky enough to live that long, that you wouldn&#x27;t run out of money and then have to rely on perhaps government assistance. So one of the things that I think is crucial is people don&#x27;t realize that even if they understand life expectancy and understand that, you know, they need to make sure they&#x27;re going to have to have money there for about 20 years or so in retirement, which, you know, if you got $200,000, the math is pretty simple. If you don&#x27;t figure out interest rates, what is that, $10,000 a year? That&#x27;s not a lot of money, as you know. You know, if you do that, but the other piece about life expectancy is that half of the people will live longer than their life expectancy because that&#x27;s what life expectancy is all about. It&#x27;s the average. You&#x27;re already at a 50-50 chance that you&#x27;re going to run out of money. Problems with the market, problems with social</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> security, and a lack of pensions certainly is potholes and sinkholes in that highway to retirement. But by not saving enough, people are also driving around with nails in their own tires. So what can somebody do, Diane? What are the mistakes, the common mistakes that you see people make? Again, I think it&#x27;s a matter of sometimes people approach this and they think, well, I don&#x27;t have that much money. I can&#x27;t afford to lose any of it. And so they invest too conservatively. And then there are other folks sometimes that just, you know, make a decision to, well, I&#x27;ve got to make up for what I lost, so I&#x27;ve got to invest more aggressively. But I think when we go to those both extremes, you end up taking on risk. In one case, that you won&#x27;t have enough. In the other case, that maybe you might get a return over a period of time, but you also run the risk of substantial losses. And so the important thing is to find some balance.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> I think one of the things we&#x27;ve learned, for example, is what we&#x27;ve seen in defined benefit plans is that professional money managers do a much better job. On average, they return at least 100 basis points of a greater return than the average, you know, return achieved in a 401k account. And that return over time could actually add another 25% of value to the person&#x27;s account. Now, if you&#x27;re in a 401k plan, one of the ways in which you can get that type of professional management may be by using advice that your plan might provide you, or perhaps using a target fund. I think most 401k plans today are offering target types of funds. Again, even within that constraint, it&#x27;s important to take a look at your</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> expenses. Right. You know, expenses, and I&#x27;m sure you guys have covered this on other times, if you can cut your expenses by another 50 basis points, again, you&#x27;ve got that opportunity to have more money working for you, as opposed to enhancing the salaries of the executives who might be managing your money. Now, Diane, before we let you go, let&#x27;s look at the person who&#x27;s done a great job saving. They&#x27;ve done the right things. They&#x27;ve had a great company plan, yet only to make mistakes once they get to retirement with taking too much risk and then losing what they have. I mean, you see that a lot too, don&#x27;t you? The interesting thing is, again, with the markets, it can happen. There was a really good illustration of sort of what you&#x27;re talking about. Several months ago in the New York Times, there was a chart that</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> compared somebody who&#x27;s done the right thing. They&#x27;ve invested 8% of their salary over the 40 years that they&#x27;ve been employed. They&#x27;re assuming they&#x27;re going to get an 8% return over that period of time, or maybe I think it was a 7% return or something like that. And if all that had come true, they&#x27;d end up with about a million dollars. Right. And this gets into like when timing matters, and this is so critical in 401k type of plans. If, on the other hand, instead of having that sort of consistent return over time, you have what happened in the market in the last 10 years happen, where maybe you only get a 2% return over the last 10 years. What happens to that individual is they get to retirement now, and instead of having the $1,000,000, they have like a third less than that, only about $670,000. And all of a sudden,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> they&#x27;re already in a situation where they need to either think about working longer or staying later. I mean, on the other side of the coin, as you mentioned, I&#x27;ve been involved in retirement plans for a long time. I can remember going back in the 90s and talking to individuals out there and saying, well, you know, I&#x27;m not greedy. I only want a 20% return. You know, those days seem like a pipe dream today. But that&#x27;s, again, that&#x27;s part of that risk and reward. That&#x27;s one of the things, for example, those target date funds do do is they gradually adjust the risk of that portfolio. Now, that&#x27;s something individuals have to do, because as you get closer to retirement, you want to make sure the money is going to be there. Well, how important is it for someone to have a guaranteed lifetime income plan as they reach</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> retirement? It really is critical. Having some type of a lifetime income is really what retirement planning and saving for retirement is all about. I look and think about, I used to go and visit my mom on Sundays. And I&#x27;d show up at my mom&#x27;s house, and I realized she never had the paper on Sunday. And I finally started bringing the paper over. And then my mother said to me, oh, well, I don&#x27;t get the paper on Sunday, because I can get the paper for the other five days during the week that I&#x27;d have to pay on Sunday. And, you know, I think often about the widow&#x27;s dilemma that people sometimes talk about, where they&#x27;re trying to figure out, I almost have to live on much, much less money than I really could afford to, because I&#x27;m so nervous I&#x27;m going to run out of money. And a lot of us are like that, and I think especially women are like that, where they&#x27;re probably more likely to put</p><p><strong>12:14</strong> themselves into a self-imposed poverty-style kind of lifestyle, rather than risk running out of money. You know, I&#x27;ve looked at the calculations and the anxiety I can see in my mom&#x27;s papers, where she talks about, you know, how do I have enough money to live on before I might have to sell my house? And that&#x27;s the other thing that&#x27;s out there in terms of retirement security. For a lot of people in this country, over the last several decades, they kind of thought, well, if I don&#x27;t save enough in my 401k plan, I still have my house to fall back on. How&#x27;s that worked out for a lot of people? Obviously, what&#x27;s happened in the housing market, it&#x27;s sort of almost like a double whammy, so to speak, hitting these near retirees, where all of a sudden, not only do they not have the savings, has it not only has their retirement</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> account, if they&#x27;ve done all the right things, fallen down. But in addition to that, the value of their house, and especially for American families at the middle and lower income level ranks, the house is the key asset that they have, it&#x27;s worth more than 50% of their net worth. And when the value in that goes down, just as we&#x27;ve seen, I think Pew just released a study about housing and the impact that it&#x27;s had on wealth in America, and especially with American families. That&#x27;s another big piece of the retirement picture, because a lot of people were sort of looking at that as the ultimate backstop. Well, the National Institute on Retirement Security certainly has shown us several studies recently that we&#x27;ve been shocked by the data on how unprepared for retirement most of us are. Diane Oakley, the Executive Director of the National Institute on Retirement Security,</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> here to reiterate those results. If you would like to get more prepared for retirement, you need to talk to a professional. Come in, speak with the team here on the Financial Safari. To do that, all you need to do is pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383 to set up a time to speak with your local trusted advisor to talk about your retirement plan and strategize how to make it as successful as possible. Pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Folks, we need to do more to prepare ourselves for a sound and secure retirement. Diane, thank you so much for being here. You&#x27;re welcome, Pete. We appreciate the time. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Take care. Diane, thank you. Is that what you guys are looking for? Yes, ma&#x27;am. And we&#x27;ll let you know how it goes. When we get it nice and clean, we&#x27;ll get you a copy</p><p><strong>14:36</strong> of that and then hopefully have you back on as we go through this process here with Congress in the next couple of months. Okay, great. Okay. And actually, by the way, a couple of members of Congress have actually read this stuff. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s always good. And we recently testified up on the Hill, which was an interesting experience. About the budget battle going on or just retirement in general? There was a hearing in the Senate Health Committee on the economic impact of pensions, and we did a presentation on a lot of the NERS research talking about how pensions keep people out of poverty. Yep. We talked about the impact that pensions have in communities in terms of the money that keeps on flowing into communities, especially during recessionary times because of the defined benefit plan not going down and people then being afraid to spend their money.</p><p><strong>15:24</strong> Mm-hmm. And we also talked about just how defined benefit plan has economics that bring added value so that you can get the same amount of benefit at about half the cost in a defined contribution plan. You know, a lot of people still don&#x27;t understand the difference between a defined benefit and a defined contribution plan. It&#x27;s kind of scary, but that&#x27;s the truth. And these are business owners we&#x27;re talking about, not just employees. Absolutely. And I think, again, because they&#x27;ve found that the regulations that apply in the private sector, you know, the public sector gets a different situation because they&#x27;re governments. They don&#x27;t have the federal government over-regulating them, at least not now. So they&#x27;re able to, in the public sector, they&#x27;ve been able to maintain so that probably about 80% or more of the people who are in the public sector still have a defined benefit plan.</p><p><strong>16:11</strong> Now, today, there&#x27;s still about 40 million people who have a defined benefit plan in the private sector. But again, the recent data on how many plans have been frozen to new entrants just suggests that, you know, going forward, there&#x27;s only about 30% of those Fortune 1000 companies that have any type of a defined benefit plan available to new employees. And that decline went, like, significantly down a cliff in the last five years. Well, IBM was a trendsetter on that, getting rid of their TDSP and making people save on their own. Exactly. IBM led the pack. And then, you know, when you get a company like General Electric this year, you know, GE, which didn&#x27;t have to make a contribution to its pension plan for many, many years, all of a sudden this year they announced that it&#x27;s too much of a financial burden and that they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> going to have to freeze their plan. So how unprepared for retirement most of us are, if you would like to get more prepared for retirement, you need to talk to a professional, come in, speak with the team here on the Financial Safari. To do that, all you need to do is pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Again, to set up a time to speak with your local trusted advisor to talk about your retirement plan and strategize how to make it as successful as possible, pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Quick break. We&#x27;ll be back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Diane Oakley of the National Institute on Retirement Security discusses retirement preparedness, pensions, and the concerns facing retirees and people approaching retirement. This interview with Financial Safari was recorded in August 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. Of course, it is a jungle out there, and that&#x27;s why we are here as your guides through that financial jungle, because the more you know, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And as a very special guest, Coach Pete, on this edition of the program, we have Diane Oakley, who is the Executive Director of the National Institute on Retirement Security. And certainly, Executive Director of Retirement Security might be able to shed some light on the things that retirees and pre-retirees need to be talking about and thinking about to keep their nest eggs safe and secure these days. Diane, welcome into the program. Pete, I&#x27;m glad to be here. Yeah, Diane, there&#x27;s a bunch of studies out there, but one I read that was very alarming. It said one in seven respondents to this study have no pension or retirement accounts at all, and 55% of middle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> income boomers have saved less than $100,000 for retirement. I think a lot of people don&#x27;t realize, I know it&#x27;s tough to save when you&#x27;re working, but when you retire and there&#x27;s no income coming in, what are you going to do? And we always say someone needs at least six times, if not 10 times, their income in a savings vehicle, some kind of retirement plan to have a comfortable retirement. What do you think about that? You know, I think you guys are probably on target, at least in terms of where people&#x27;s needs probably are. Maybe they even need a little bit more than that. Some of the numbers you talked about earlier, I actually think it&#x27;s a worse picture than what those numbers paint. Let me share some stuff that we&#x27;ve identified, and that was an analysis that was done by Towers Watson a couple years ago when the Federal Reserve has a consumer financial survey that they do that&#x27;s a major</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> instrument looking at people&#x27;s assets. And the last time they did it was before the market crashed in 2008. And when they looked at pre-retiree boomers, these are people 10 years away from retirement, anybody between age 55 and 64? The data was really shocking to us. And that was that only 11% of those people right on the verge of retirement had four or more times their salary saved, not quite to your benchmark of six. And in fact, six out of 10 of those households had less than one times their salary put away in and invested in financial assets. And in fact, three out of 10 had nothing</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> saved. That&#x27;s kind of scary. And I&#x27;m looking at one of y&#x27;all&#x27;s reports, the Pension and Retirement Security 2011, a roadmap for policymakers. And that was by some of your colleagues over there at the National Institute on Retirement Security. Revised numbers never seem to be as good when they get revised. Now, there was a quote in here, which was the introduction of the report that went to Congress, I&#x27;m sure. And I don&#x27;t know if they read it or not. They probably had an assistant read it, maybe give them some bullet points. But the comment here is for decades, Americans had access to a strong three-lane highway to retirement, a traditional pension, Social Security, and individual savings. And as the first of the sum of the 78 million baby boomers begin to retire in 2011, they are speeding on a dangerous road full of potholes. And that&#x27;s about a good way to describe it, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> It&#x27;s full of potholes. And some of them are sinkholes, I&#x27;m afraid. We have a crumpling infrastructure nationally in terms of some of our bridges over highways and rivers. We have a crumpling retirement infrastructure where we&#x27;ve made it so onerous for private sector employers to offer traditional retirement plans that guaranteed someone you&#x27;re going to get an income based on your years of service based on your salary for the rest of your life. You go back 30 years, and that was the predominant type of pension. In the last 30 years, we have had a mega shift of benefits and the liability for those benefits put squarely on the shoulders of workers who also have been strained by what&#x27;s been going on in the economy and not getting much in terms of pay to be able to put extra money aside</p><p><strong>04:00</strong> for their retirement. And, you know, the employers are kind of afraid to take a commitment because Congress has made it so onerous about how you have to contribute to these plans and how much has to be contributed. So one of the most shocking things that I read the other day, for example, was that if you work for a Fortune 1000 employers, these are the largest employers in the country, the place where defined benefit plans had been a bastion until recently. In the last four to five years, we have seen a significant shift there where those employers, those large employers have said anybody who comes in as a new employee will no longer get this benefit. So there may be some hope for the pre-retirees who are still in a tough situation. But I&#x27;m also concerned about what happens to our kids, you know, their children, because as Congress looks at trying</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> to deal with the debt situation, one of the things they&#x27;re talking about is reforming entitlements. And to some people, that means cutting back on Social Security, when what we&#x27;re really seeing is more or more Americans are going to need to rely on Social Security, perhaps as their only source of income in retirement. Well, that&#x27;s kind of sad. You know, the average head household age 60 to 62 with a 401k account has less than one quarter of what is needed to maintain its standard of living in retirement. And I see people come into our office with 401k balances of $100,000 or $200,000, and they think they&#x27;re rich. But that&#x27;s not going to get them anywhere in retirement, is it, Diane? You know, it&#x27;s going to get them through a couple of years. But this is one thing, too, that, you know, it&#x27;s so much stuff, and you guys are doing a great job in terms of helping people understand investing and understanding that you&#x27;ve got to find the right balance between risk and reward.</p><p><strong>05:38</strong> You don&#x27;t want to take something that&#x27;s too risky, but you also don&#x27;t want to be too concerned that you&#x27;re going to lose your money. And so you get such a meager return that you really can&#x27;t have those values build up over time. But I also think, again, and this is going to get highlighted as the boomers retire, the one place where it&#x27;s totally confounding to the American people is to figure out how do I make that, let&#x27;s say, $200,000, or if you&#x27;re real lucky, maybe $500,000, last as long as I&#x27;m going to live. You know, in a traditional pension, the kind of pensions that we heard in that survey you mentioned, 80% of the American people feel everybody ought to have access to, which they don&#x27;t today. Those plans provided someone with a lifetime income. In other words, they not only gave you a nest egg,</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> they helped you understand how to make sure that nest egg would be there when you were 93 years old, if you were lucky enough to live that long, that you wouldn&#x27;t run out of money and then have to rely on perhaps government assistance. So one of the things that I think is crucial is people don&#x27;t realize that even if they understand life expectancy and understand that, you know, they need to make sure they&#x27;re going to have to have money there for about 20 years or so in retirement, which, you know, if you got $200,000, the math is pretty simple. If you don&#x27;t figure out interest rates, what is that, $10,000 a year? That&#x27;s not a lot of money, as you know. You know, if you do that, but the other piece about life expectancy is that half of the people will live longer than their life expectancy because that&#x27;s what life expectancy is all about. It&#x27;s the average. You&#x27;re already at a 50-50 chance that you&#x27;re going to run out of money. Problems with the market, problems with social</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> security, and a lack of pensions certainly is potholes and sinkholes in that highway to retirement. But by not saving enough, people are also driving around with nails in their own tires. So what can somebody do, Diane? What are the mistakes, the common mistakes that you see people make? Again, I think it&#x27;s a matter of sometimes people approach this and they think, well, I don&#x27;t have that much money. I can&#x27;t afford to lose any of it. And so they invest too conservatively. And then there are other folks sometimes that just, you know, make a decision to, well, I&#x27;ve got to make up for what I lost, so I&#x27;ve got to invest more aggressively. But I think when we go to those both extremes, you end up taking on risk. In one case, that you won&#x27;t have enough. In the other case, that maybe you might get a return over a period of time, but you also run the risk of substantial losses. And so the important thing is to find some balance.</p><p><strong>08:11</strong> I think one of the things we&#x27;ve learned, for example, is what we&#x27;ve seen in defined benefit plans is that professional money managers do a much better job. On average, they return at least 100 basis points of a greater return than the average, you know, return achieved in a 401k account. And that return over time could actually add another 25% of value to the person&#x27;s account. Now, if you&#x27;re in a 401k plan, one of the ways in which you can get that type of professional management may be by using advice that your plan might provide you, or perhaps using a target fund. I think most 401k plans today are offering target types of funds. Again, even within that constraint, it&#x27;s important to take a look at your</p><p><strong>08:59</strong> expenses. Right. You know, expenses, and I&#x27;m sure you guys have covered this on other times, if you can cut your expenses by another 50 basis points, again, you&#x27;ve got that opportunity to have more money working for you, as opposed to enhancing the salaries of the executives who might be managing your money. Now, Diane, before we let you go, let&#x27;s look at the person who&#x27;s done a great job saving. They&#x27;ve done the right things. They&#x27;ve had a great company plan, yet only to make mistakes once they get to retirement with taking too much risk and then losing what they have. I mean, you see that a lot too, don&#x27;t you? The interesting thing is, again, with the markets, it can happen. There was a really good illustration of sort of what you&#x27;re talking about. Several months ago in the New York Times, there was a chart that</p><p><strong>09:48</strong> compared somebody who&#x27;s done the right thing. They&#x27;ve invested 8% of their salary over the 40 years that they&#x27;ve been employed. They&#x27;re assuming they&#x27;re going to get an 8% return over that period of time, or maybe I think it was a 7% return or something like that. And if all that had come true, they&#x27;d end up with about a million dollars. Right. And this gets into like when timing matters, and this is so critical in 401k type of plans. If, on the other hand, instead of having that sort of consistent return over time, you have what happened in the market in the last 10 years happen, where maybe you only get a 2% return over the last 10 years. What happens to that individual is they get to retirement now, and instead of having the $1,000,000, they have like a third less than that, only about $670,000. And all of a sudden,</p><p><strong>10:39</strong> they&#x27;re already in a situation where they need to either think about working longer or staying later. I mean, on the other side of the coin, as you mentioned, I&#x27;ve been involved in retirement plans for a long time. I can remember going back in the 90s and talking to individuals out there and saying, well, you know, I&#x27;m not greedy. I only want a 20% return. You know, those days seem like a pipe dream today. But that&#x27;s, again, that&#x27;s part of that risk and reward. That&#x27;s one of the things, for example, those target date funds do do is they gradually adjust the risk of that portfolio. Now, that&#x27;s something individuals have to do, because as you get closer to retirement, you want to make sure the money is going to be there. Well, how important is it for someone to have a guaranteed lifetime income plan as they reach</p><p><strong>11:26</strong> retirement? It really is critical. Having some type of a lifetime income is really what retirement planning and saving for retirement is all about. I look and think about, I used to go and visit my mom on Sundays. And I&#x27;d show up at my mom&#x27;s house, and I realized she never had the paper on Sunday. And I finally started bringing the paper over. And then my mother said to me, oh, well, I don&#x27;t get the paper on Sunday, because I can get the paper for the other five days during the week that I&#x27;d have to pay on Sunday. And, you know, I think often about the widow&#x27;s dilemma that people sometimes talk about, where they&#x27;re trying to figure out, I almost have to live on much, much less money than I really could afford to, because I&#x27;m so nervous I&#x27;m going to run out of money. And a lot of us are like that, and I think especially women are like that, where they&#x27;re probably more likely to put</p><p><strong>12:14</strong> themselves into a self-imposed poverty-style kind of lifestyle, rather than risk running out of money. You know, I&#x27;ve looked at the calculations and the anxiety I can see in my mom&#x27;s papers, where she talks about, you know, how do I have enough money to live on before I might have to sell my house? And that&#x27;s the other thing that&#x27;s out there in terms of retirement security. For a lot of people in this country, over the last several decades, they kind of thought, well, if I don&#x27;t save enough in my 401k plan, I still have my house to fall back on. How&#x27;s that worked out for a lot of people? Obviously, what&#x27;s happened in the housing market, it&#x27;s sort of almost like a double whammy, so to speak, hitting these near retirees, where all of a sudden, not only do they not have the savings, has it not only has their retirement</p><p><strong>13:01</strong> account, if they&#x27;ve done all the right things, fallen down. But in addition to that, the value of their house, and especially for American families at the middle and lower income level ranks, the house is the key asset that they have, it&#x27;s worth more than 50% of their net worth. And when the value in that goes down, just as we&#x27;ve seen, I think Pew just released a study about housing and the impact that it&#x27;s had on wealth in America, and especially with American families. That&#x27;s another big piece of the retirement picture, because a lot of people were sort of looking at that as the ultimate backstop. Well, the National Institute on Retirement Security certainly has shown us several studies recently that we&#x27;ve been shocked by the data on how unprepared for retirement most of us are. Diane Oakley, the Executive Director of the National Institute on Retirement Security,</p><p><strong>13:50</strong> here to reiterate those results. If you would like to get more prepared for retirement, you need to talk to a professional. Come in, speak with the team here on the Financial Safari. To do that, all you need to do is pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383 to set up a time to speak with your local trusted advisor to talk about your retirement plan and strategize how to make it as successful as possible. Pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Folks, we need to do more to prepare ourselves for a sound and secure retirement. Diane, thank you so much for being here. You&#x27;re welcome, Pete. We appreciate the time. We&#x27;ll be right back after this. Take care. Diane, thank you. Is that what you guys are looking for? Yes, ma&#x27;am. And we&#x27;ll let you know how it goes. When we get it nice and clean, we&#x27;ll get you a copy</p><p><strong>14:36</strong> of that and then hopefully have you back on as we go through this process here with Congress in the next couple of months. Okay, great. Okay. And actually, by the way, a couple of members of Congress have actually read this stuff. That&#x27;s good. That&#x27;s always good. And we recently testified up on the Hill, which was an interesting experience. About the budget battle going on or just retirement in general? There was a hearing in the Senate Health Committee on the economic impact of pensions, and we did a presentation on a lot of the NERS research talking about how pensions keep people out of poverty. Yep. We talked about the impact that pensions have in communities in terms of the money that keeps on flowing into communities, especially during recessionary times because of the defined benefit plan not going down and people then being afraid to spend their money.</p><p><strong>15:24</strong> Mm-hmm. And we also talked about just how defined benefit plan has economics that bring added value so that you can get the same amount of benefit at about half the cost in a defined contribution plan. You know, a lot of people still don&#x27;t understand the difference between a defined benefit and a defined contribution plan. It&#x27;s kind of scary, but that&#x27;s the truth. And these are business owners we&#x27;re talking about, not just employees. Absolutely. And I think, again, because they&#x27;ve found that the regulations that apply in the private sector, you know, the public sector gets a different situation because they&#x27;re governments. They don&#x27;t have the federal government over-regulating them, at least not now. So they&#x27;re able to, in the public sector, they&#x27;ve been able to maintain so that probably about 80% or more of the people who are in the public sector still have a defined benefit plan.</p><p><strong>16:11</strong> Now, today, there&#x27;s still about 40 million people who have a defined benefit plan in the private sector. But again, the recent data on how many plans have been frozen to new entrants just suggests that, you know, going forward, there&#x27;s only about 30% of those Fortune 1000 companies that have any type of a defined benefit plan available to new employees. And that decline went, like, significantly down a cliff in the last five years. Well, IBM was a trendsetter on that, getting rid of their TDSP and making people save on their own. Exactly. IBM led the pack. And then, you know, when you get a company like General Electric this year, you know, GE, which didn&#x27;t have to make a contribution to its pension plan for many, many years, all of a sudden this year they announced that it&#x27;s too much of a financial burden and that they&#x27;re</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> going to have to freeze their plan. So how unprepared for retirement most of us are, if you would like to get more prepared for retirement, you need to talk to a professional, come in, speak with the team here on the Financial Safari. To do that, all you need to do is pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Again, to set up a time to speak with your local trusted advisor to talk about your retirement plan and strategize how to make it as successful as possible, pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Quick break. We&#x27;ll be back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Diane Oakley of the National Institute on Retirement Security discusses retirement preparedness, pensions, and the concerns facing retirees and people approaching retirement. This interview with Financial Safari was recorded in August 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Diane Oakley</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retirement Security and Being Prepared</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Diane Oakley, retirement planning, Retirement Security and Being Prepared, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573/image.jpg?t=1792073132&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diane-oakley-retirement-security-and-being-prepared/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573/image.jpg?t=1792073132&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573</guid>
      <omny:clipId>1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1053</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/1f00b4bb-03a1-40b9-883f-b4e2010a7573/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="16880769" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/diane-oakley-retirement-security-and-being-prepared</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>242</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Security and Being Prepared" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:25" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:54" title="Social Security" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:24" title="401(k) plans" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jason Parker: Thriving in Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Jason Parker: Thriving in Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show looks inside the financial world to break down all that is complex out there, to make it simple for you to understand how to keep your money safe and growing. Because the more you know, the more you typically get to keep in your pocket. And that&#x27;s why today, Coach Pete, we welcome on another financial author. He is Jason Parker, and he has recently written the book, Thriving in Retirement. This book, getting a lot of positive feedback, a lot of great attention. Jason, welcome into the show. Hey, thanks, guys. Thanks for having me. Well, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you on, and we certainly appreciate the information that you&#x27;ve included in this book. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Well, that&#x27;s the reason I wrote it is to try to help educate our community</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and the public about some of the options they have as they prepare for and transition through retirement. What I liked about this book is it&#x27;s not just a book. It&#x27;s a system, basically, a system designed to help people outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Now, let&#x27;s cover this in reverse order, because that&#x27;s the way I read books, too, by the way, Jason, from back to front. From the back to the beginning, huh? Yeah, yeah, because that&#x27;s how I read contracts, too, because you know where companies hide the fine print is way in the back, right? So you might as well find out right away. You probably eat dessert first, too, Coach. Well, don&#x27;t tell my wife, but of course I do. That&#x27;s right. Back then, my mother would have grabbed me by the ear if she would have seen me doing that. So I get away with it now, and I do eat a lot of dessert, more than I should be, but again, don&#x27;t tell my wife that</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> either. Let me ask you this question, though. There&#x27;s a lot of investment myths out there, and there are a lot of myths and legends, and people fall for it every single day. But the one that I hear over and over again, which is absolutely not true in my opinion, but I want to get yours on it, is that everyone lost money during the last market downturn. Now, is that true or false, Jason? You know, that is absolutely false. I can tell you we work with a lot of people, and this is on both sides of the equation. This is both on safe money and also money that people have invested in the stock market. Some of our tactical money managers have had a really good track record. 2008, the one that we&#x27;re using primarily, was up positive 3% that year. So I think part of the problem there, Coach, is there&#x27;s comfort and everybody thinking that</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> if everybody&#x27;s losing money, then somehow that makes it okay. And it&#x27;s not okay, especially if you&#x27;re a retired coach. There&#x27;s a lot of people out there that I feel may be getting bad advice given their circumstances and situation. I don&#x27;t know when it became okay for people to lose 30%, 40%, or 50% of their money when they&#x27;re retired. That, to me, doesn&#x27;t seem right. Those people aren&#x27;t contributing anymore to their accounts. What they have is what they have, and they just can&#x27;t afford to be in a position anymore where they can lose that much of their retirement assets at this point in the ballgame. So it is a misnomer. It&#x27;s not true. And if that was the case, if you lost 30%, 40%, or 50%, you probably tend to get a second opinion on what you&#x27;re currently doing. How about two other common market myths? It&#x27;s just a paper loss, and just wait, and</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> it will come back. Jason, is that always true, or both of those always true? Well, you know, one of the things I think is pretty funny, you hear these brokers out there all the time saying, don&#x27;t worry, Mr. and Mrs. Jones. Over a long period of time, the market always goes up. And I tell my clients, I say, look, if you&#x27;ve got 100 years of time on your side, I absolutely believe that 100 years from now, the market&#x27;s probably going to be higher in 100 years than it is today. The challenge there, though, is that most of my clients, if they&#x27;re 70 years old, they may only, you know, in their life expectancy is 83 or 85, they may not have time to recover from a severe market downturn. So, you know, the game really changes when you get into retirement. You have to be more focused on asset preservation and income generation than you do on asset accumulation and growth. And so it&#x27;s just really making that mindset</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> shift once you hit retirement. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to take personal control to reduce that market volatility. And again, as Coach Pete likes to do moving from back to front, providing income for life is something that&#x27;s vitally important after you have reduced that volatility. Absolutely. You know, the other core concept in my book, Thriving in Retirement, is I tell folks retirement&#x27;s really all about cash flow. It&#x27;s not about net worth. So I meet with people all the time. They&#x27;ll come in and say, Jason, you know, we&#x27;re worth two, three million dollars. And we&#x27;ll start examining their situation. And the fact is they may be worth three million, but only 500,000 of it&#x27;s liquid and the rest of it&#x27;s tied up in real estate. And it&#x27;s your cash flow. It&#x27;s your income that allows you to go enjoy the lifestyle, do the things you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> not your net worth. So if we can solve for cash flow first, if we can show people how to be in a strong position to have cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life on an inflation adjusted basis, what I find is that people just sleep a lot better under those kind of circumstances. And there&#x27;s a lot of different ways you can do that. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is to show people how to solve for cash flow first. Jason, do you like pizza? Love pizza. You know, when I&#x27;m not paying for pizza, I love to get the pizza that has everything on it, the combination pizza. You know what I&#x27;m saying? With everything except for anchovies. Yeah, I know exactly what you&#x27;re saying. Now, there are ways in financial planning world to get the combination using all the products and strategies out there together. And that way,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> it gets you away from I know I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people and they say, well, my broker said that I should be I should be able to take 4% of what I have out of my stock account and have a good income for the rest of my life and hopefully not outlive the money. Yet when a market downturn comes, that gets thrown out the window. When we&#x27;re talking about cash flow, in your experience, are there ways to get a better than 4% cash flow and have a guarantee of not running out of money in the future? Yeah, you know, that&#x27;s just it. Absolutely there is. I mean, it&#x27;s not uncommon for us today to sit down and put together plans for people to show them how to get 4%, 5%, 6%, sometimes even a 7% cash flow on their money and have that cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life. The problem, I think, Coach, is that most people are getting their advice from people that have a vested interest</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> in how those dollars are being invested. So one of the things I always tell people, if you really want to have a holistic overview of your financial life, you need to make sure that you&#x27;re working with an independent advisor that doesn&#x27;t serve some corporation and that that advisor is working in your best interest and that they have a fiduciary responsibility to act in your best interest. If more of the general public would just do that one thing, find somebody that acts in a fiduciary capacity that works in an independent capacity, so the only person they have to serve is the person that they&#x27;re working for, you know, I think the game would really change because then people&#x27;s wealth would be managed holistically instead of just going to a professional mutual fund salesperson, which I think is what most people experience when they&#x27;re getting financial</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> advice today. Well, for the listener out there, and I know a lot of people would like to do that, but how can they figure out if they&#x27;re dealing with the right person? How do they know if they are really getting that impartial recommendation they so deserve? So important. I mean, I tell people, with the educational workshops we do, if there&#x27;s just one thing that you take away, find an independent advisory firm. So you want somebody that doesn&#x27;t work for one of these big Wall Street corporations. You want an independent advisory firm. You want somebody that&#x27;s a registered investment advisor or an investment advisor representative that can look at your entire life holistically. At our firm, we&#x27;ve even taken it one step further, and we started a tax advisory firm as well. So as a wealth management firm, we want to look at people&#x27;s investments. We want to look at their insurance, and we want to look at their taxes, and we want to understand how all of these different</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> pieces work together. And you know, the fact is, I can&#x27;t serve everybody in the country. And one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is because I wanted to make those resources available for people. So if they&#x27;re looking for guidance, before you go and sit down with one of these very sophisticated salespeople, go educate yourself, make sure you&#x27;ve got good information, and that the advice that is being given to you matches up with what it is you&#x27;re really looking for. Coach, a minute ago, you talked about that 4% rule. I don&#x27;t know if you saw, there was an article on the street just the other day that talks about after 2008, the odds of people running out of money in retirement have increased because of the market downturn. So they&#x27;re saying, if you take the average advice of doing the 55 equities, 45% bonds, there&#x27;s a high probability, and I think they said 71% chance</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> you&#x27;re going to end up running out of money in retirement. So very important that you take a holistic approach to your wealth in retirement. And Jason, I also like the fact that in your book, Thriving in Retirement, you address the fact that the last concern, probably the biggest one of all for many retirees is the fear of making an irreversible mistake. Now that leaves a lot of people not to even make any changes, not to evaluate their financial situation, how their life has changed, and therefore maybe their financial plan should change as well, especially moving from a working career to retirement. You undergo a fundamental life change. Shouldn&#x27;t your financial plan undergo a fundamental change as well?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Absolutely. Absolutely. You&#x27;ve got to solve for cash flow first. If you have the luxury and the ability to do it, I&#x27;ll tell you, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there that don&#x27;t have the ability to do this. And one of the things I&#x27;m concerned about, you guys, is that in this zero interest rate environment that we&#x27;re in, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there chasing yield. Record amounts of money flowing into bonds, corporate bonds, into real estate investment trusts, into preferred stocks, into U.S. treasuries. And one of the concerns I have is that people are setting themselves up for the next big potential bubble that&#x27;s going to burst. Because as soon as interest rates rise, a lot of those fixed income yield chasers potentially could get burned. But absolutely, once you transition out of the working phase of your life, your portfolio should change as well. And, you know, I was sitting with some friends this morning over breakfast and they were talking</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> about our goals, our life goals, what&#x27;s really important to us. And the three things that I came up with was, you know, for me personally, I want clarity of purpose. I want a high degree of confidence that I&#x27;m heading in the right direction. And when I have clarity of purpose and when I have confidence, what that does is it provides me with freedom. Freedom to not worry. Freedom to go be with the people I want to be with and do the things I want to do and have the relationships that I want to have. And frankly, I think most of the people that I work with, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re looking for too. And I think one of the ways you get that is through education. You have to, in this world that we live in today, you have to be your own biggest advocate. You have to educate yourself and you have to make changes when it&#x27;s appropriate. He is Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement, a most excellent book with a system</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> attached that will help you outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Jason, how can people get a hold of your book? Well, the great thing is it&#x27;s available in all major bookstores. So Barnes &amp; Noble, Borders is kind of, I guess, shutting down, but it was available there at Borders. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. You can buy it as an e-book on your Nook or your Kindle or your iPad, all those different formats. Really, any fine bookstore should be able to get you a copy of the book. And again, we appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent sharing the information that&#x27;s contained in that book with the listeners here on the Financial Safari. Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement. We certainly appreciate your time. You guys, thanks so much for the work you&#x27;re doing. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show looks inside the financial world to break down all that is complex out there, to make it simple for you to understand how to keep your money safe and growing. Because the more you know, the more you typically get to keep in your pocket. And that&#x27;s why today, Coach Pete, we welcome on another financial author. He is Jason Parker, and he has recently written the book, Thriving in Retirement. This book, getting a lot of positive feedback, a lot of great attention. Jason, welcome into the show. Hey, thanks, guys. Thanks for having me. Well, it&#x27;s a pleasure having you on, and we certainly appreciate the information that you&#x27;ve included in this book. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. Well, that&#x27;s the reason I wrote it is to try to help educate our community</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> and the public about some of the options they have as they prepare for and transition through retirement. What I liked about this book is it&#x27;s not just a book. It&#x27;s a system, basically, a system designed to help people outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Now, let&#x27;s cover this in reverse order, because that&#x27;s the way I read books, too, by the way, Jason, from back to front. From the back to the beginning, huh? Yeah, yeah, because that&#x27;s how I read contracts, too, because you know where companies hide the fine print is way in the back, right? So you might as well find out right away. You probably eat dessert first, too, Coach. Well, don&#x27;t tell my wife, but of course I do. That&#x27;s right. Back then, my mother would have grabbed me by the ear if she would have seen me doing that. So I get away with it now, and I do eat a lot of dessert, more than I should be, but again, don&#x27;t tell my wife that</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> either. Let me ask you this question, though. There&#x27;s a lot of investment myths out there, and there are a lot of myths and legends, and people fall for it every single day. But the one that I hear over and over again, which is absolutely not true in my opinion, but I want to get yours on it, is that everyone lost money during the last market downturn. Now, is that true or false, Jason? You know, that is absolutely false. I can tell you we work with a lot of people, and this is on both sides of the equation. This is both on safe money and also money that people have invested in the stock market. Some of our tactical money managers have had a really good track record. 2008, the one that we&#x27;re using primarily, was up positive 3% that year. So I think part of the problem there, Coach, is there&#x27;s comfort and everybody thinking that</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> if everybody&#x27;s losing money, then somehow that makes it okay. And it&#x27;s not okay, especially if you&#x27;re a retired coach. There&#x27;s a lot of people out there that I feel may be getting bad advice given their circumstances and situation. I don&#x27;t know when it became okay for people to lose 30%, 40%, or 50% of their money when they&#x27;re retired. That, to me, doesn&#x27;t seem right. Those people aren&#x27;t contributing anymore to their accounts. What they have is what they have, and they just can&#x27;t afford to be in a position anymore where they can lose that much of their retirement assets at this point in the ballgame. So it is a misnomer. It&#x27;s not true. And if that was the case, if you lost 30%, 40%, or 50%, you probably tend to get a second opinion on what you&#x27;re currently doing. How about two other common market myths? It&#x27;s just a paper loss, and just wait, and</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> it will come back. Jason, is that always true, or both of those always true? Well, you know, one of the things I think is pretty funny, you hear these brokers out there all the time saying, don&#x27;t worry, Mr. and Mrs. Jones. Over a long period of time, the market always goes up. And I tell my clients, I say, look, if you&#x27;ve got 100 years of time on your side, I absolutely believe that 100 years from now, the market&#x27;s probably going to be higher in 100 years than it is today. The challenge there, though, is that most of my clients, if they&#x27;re 70 years old, they may only, you know, in their life expectancy is 83 or 85, they may not have time to recover from a severe market downturn. So, you know, the game really changes when you get into retirement. You have to be more focused on asset preservation and income generation than you do on asset accumulation and growth. And so it&#x27;s just really making that mindset</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> shift once you hit retirement. So, again, you&#x27;ve got to take personal control to reduce that market volatility. And again, as Coach Pete likes to do moving from back to front, providing income for life is something that&#x27;s vitally important after you have reduced that volatility. Absolutely. You know, the other core concept in my book, Thriving in Retirement, is I tell folks retirement&#x27;s really all about cash flow. It&#x27;s not about net worth. So I meet with people all the time. They&#x27;ll come in and say, Jason, you know, we&#x27;re worth two, three million dollars. And we&#x27;ll start examining their situation. And the fact is they may be worth three million, but only 500,000 of it&#x27;s liquid and the rest of it&#x27;s tied up in real estate. And it&#x27;s your cash flow. It&#x27;s your income that allows you to go enjoy the lifestyle, do the things you want to do in retirement,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> not your net worth. So if we can solve for cash flow first, if we can show people how to be in a strong position to have cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life on an inflation adjusted basis, what I find is that people just sleep a lot better under those kind of circumstances. And there&#x27;s a lot of different ways you can do that. And that&#x27;s one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is to show people how to solve for cash flow first. Jason, do you like pizza? Love pizza. You know, when I&#x27;m not paying for pizza, I love to get the pizza that has everything on it, the combination pizza. You know what I&#x27;m saying? With everything except for anchovies. Yeah, I know exactly what you&#x27;re saying. Now, there are ways in financial planning world to get the combination using all the products and strategies out there together. And that way,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> it gets you away from I know I&#x27;ve talked to a lot of people and they say, well, my broker said that I should be I should be able to take 4% of what I have out of my stock account and have a good income for the rest of my life and hopefully not outlive the money. Yet when a market downturn comes, that gets thrown out the window. When we&#x27;re talking about cash flow, in your experience, are there ways to get a better than 4% cash flow and have a guarantee of not running out of money in the future? Yeah, you know, that&#x27;s just it. Absolutely there is. I mean, it&#x27;s not uncommon for us today to sit down and put together plans for people to show them how to get 4%, 5%, 6%, sometimes even a 7% cash flow on their money and have that cash flow guaranteed for the rest of their life. The problem, I think, Coach, is that most people are getting their advice from people that have a vested interest</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> in how those dollars are being invested. So one of the things I always tell people, if you really want to have a holistic overview of your financial life, you need to make sure that you&#x27;re working with an independent advisor that doesn&#x27;t serve some corporation and that that advisor is working in your best interest and that they have a fiduciary responsibility to act in your best interest. If more of the general public would just do that one thing, find somebody that acts in a fiduciary capacity that works in an independent capacity, so the only person they have to serve is the person that they&#x27;re working for, you know, I think the game would really change because then people&#x27;s wealth would be managed holistically instead of just going to a professional mutual fund salesperson, which I think is what most people experience when they&#x27;re getting financial</p><p><strong>07:01</strong> advice today. Well, for the listener out there, and I know a lot of people would like to do that, but how can they figure out if they&#x27;re dealing with the right person? How do they know if they are really getting that impartial recommendation they so deserve? So important. I mean, I tell people, with the educational workshops we do, if there&#x27;s just one thing that you take away, find an independent advisory firm. So you want somebody that doesn&#x27;t work for one of these big Wall Street corporations. You want an independent advisory firm. You want somebody that&#x27;s a registered investment advisor or an investment advisor representative that can look at your entire life holistically. At our firm, we&#x27;ve even taken it one step further, and we started a tax advisory firm as well. So as a wealth management firm, we want to look at people&#x27;s investments. We want to look at their insurance, and we want to look at their taxes, and we want to understand how all of these different</p><p><strong>07:49</strong> pieces work together. And you know, the fact is, I can&#x27;t serve everybody in the country. And one of the reasons I wrote the book, Thriving in Retirement, is because I wanted to make those resources available for people. So if they&#x27;re looking for guidance, before you go and sit down with one of these very sophisticated salespeople, go educate yourself, make sure you&#x27;ve got good information, and that the advice that is being given to you matches up with what it is you&#x27;re really looking for. Coach, a minute ago, you talked about that 4% rule. I don&#x27;t know if you saw, there was an article on the street just the other day that talks about after 2008, the odds of people running out of money in retirement have increased because of the market downturn. So they&#x27;re saying, if you take the average advice of doing the 55 equities, 45% bonds, there&#x27;s a high probability, and I think they said 71% chance</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> you&#x27;re going to end up running out of money in retirement. So very important that you take a holistic approach to your wealth in retirement. And Jason, I also like the fact that in your book, Thriving in Retirement, you address the fact that the last concern, probably the biggest one of all for many retirees is the fear of making an irreversible mistake. Now that leaves a lot of people not to even make any changes, not to evaluate their financial situation, how their life has changed, and therefore maybe their financial plan should change as well, especially moving from a working career to retirement. You undergo a fundamental life change. Shouldn&#x27;t your financial plan undergo a fundamental change as well?</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> Absolutely. Absolutely. You&#x27;ve got to solve for cash flow first. If you have the luxury and the ability to do it, I&#x27;ll tell you, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there that don&#x27;t have the ability to do this. And one of the things I&#x27;m concerned about, you guys, is that in this zero interest rate environment that we&#x27;re in, there&#x27;s a lot of people out there chasing yield. Record amounts of money flowing into bonds, corporate bonds, into real estate investment trusts, into preferred stocks, into U.S. treasuries. And one of the concerns I have is that people are setting themselves up for the next big potential bubble that&#x27;s going to burst. Because as soon as interest rates rise, a lot of those fixed income yield chasers potentially could get burned. But absolutely, once you transition out of the working phase of your life, your portfolio should change as well. And, you know, I was sitting with some friends this morning over breakfast and they were talking</p><p><strong>10:17</strong> about our goals, our life goals, what&#x27;s really important to us. And the three things that I came up with was, you know, for me personally, I want clarity of purpose. I want a high degree of confidence that I&#x27;m heading in the right direction. And when I have clarity of purpose and when I have confidence, what that does is it provides me with freedom. Freedom to not worry. Freedom to go be with the people I want to be with and do the things I want to do and have the relationships that I want to have. And frankly, I think most of the people that I work with, that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re looking for too. And I think one of the ways you get that is through education. You have to, in this world that we live in today, you have to be your own biggest advocate. You have to educate yourself and you have to make changes when it&#x27;s appropriate. He is Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement, a most excellent book with a system</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> attached that will help you outpace inflation, provide income for life, and reduce stock market volatility. Jason, how can people get a hold of your book? Well, the great thing is it&#x27;s available in all major bookstores. So Barnes &amp; Noble, Borders is kind of, I guess, shutting down, but it was available there at Borders. It&#x27;s available on Amazon. You can buy it as an e-book on your Nook or your Kindle or your iPad, all those different formats. Really, any fine bookstore should be able to get you a copy of the book. And again, we appreciate the time that you&#x27;ve spent sharing the information that&#x27;s contained in that book with the listeners here on the Financial Safari. Jason Parker, author of Thriving in Retirement. We certainly appreciate your time. You guys, thanks so much for the work you&#x27;re doing. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Jason Parker discusses Thriving in Retirement and the choices people face as they prepare for and move through retirement. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the book and its approach to retirement planning in this July 2011 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jason Parker</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jason Parker, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/image.jpg?t=1792073140&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-parker-thriving-in-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/image.jpg?t=1792073140&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873</guid>
      <omny:clipId>41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>712</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/41994490-8f7c-4a0b-9d38-b4e2010a1873/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11424089" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jason-parker-thriving-in-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>243</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Thriving in Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:19" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Van Mueller: Economic Challenges and Retirement Opportunities</title>
      <itunes:title>Van Mueller: Economic Challenges and Retirement Opportunities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Van Mueller joins the Financial Safari to discuss the economy and the challenges facing retirees. This July 2011 interview explores his perspective on preparing for uncertainty and identifying opportunities during changing economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Once again, this is the Financial Safari, and we are your guides through that wild financial jungle. We&#x27;ll be checking in later in the program with your local trusted advisor. But right now on the program, we have a very special guest on for this segment, Coach Pete. He is Van Miller. He is a sought-after and renowned public speaker on topics such as the economy and financial matters, publishes a monthly newsletter, and I think he&#x27;s going to give us an overview of what he sees as far as the challenges to our economy and to the average retiree on Main Street in the United States. And we&#x27;d like to welcome you in. Van, thank you for taking the time to be here with us on the Financial Safari. Thanks for having me. I love sharing this information with anybody who&#x27;s willing to listen</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> because it&#x27;s going to be very important that you have an awareness and then an ability to take action if you&#x27;re going to not only be safe from what&#x27;s about to happen but actually take advantage of it. Hey, Van, what&#x27;s about to happen? Well, first of all, there are a number of issues that are going to be discussed. For the next 15 months, this is going to be the most amazing time in the history of our country because on the morning news, on the before morning news, at lunch, at dinner, at late night, it&#x27;s going to be on Letterman, it&#x27;s going to be on Leno, it&#x27;s going to be on Jimmy Kimmel, Oprah&#x27;s going to come back to interview people. We&#x27;re going to have a number of people at the presidential level, at the Congress and Senate level,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> at the governor level, at the state legislature level, at the county level, at the mayor level. Everybody is going to be talking about these five issues and how it&#x27;s going to impact them. And the five issues, pretty easy to talk about. They&#x27;re going to be Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, and interest on the debt, and what will be the context or the consequence of those issues in the form of will there be higher taxes, will we be providing lower benefits, will there be inflation because there won&#x27;t be enough of tax cuts or benefit reductions to fix what needs to be fixed, and finally, because of all of this,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> won&#x27;t there be ever, ever increasing and more dangerous volatility? How will anybody know when to be in markets, when not to be in markets, how to prevent themselves from losing the way they did in 2000, the way they did in 2004, the way they did in 2007? People have to be made aware. So the way I describe it to everybody is that I think we&#x27;re going to have the most aware American population that we have ever had. This is going to be talked about morning, noon, and night on the Internet, in magazines and papers, on television, on radio, every kind of media you can imagine, they&#x27;re going to be talking about this. And here&#x27;s the punchline. We&#x27;re going to have the least informed American population we&#x27;ve ever had</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> because almost everybody agrees on what the problems are, but very, very few people agree on what the solutions are. And I think you&#x27;re going to hear 10,000 different solutions to what&#x27;s about to happen with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, interest on the debt, and whether it&#x27;s going to cause higher taxes, lower benefits, inflation, and ever-increasing, very frightening, very dangerous volatility. And with that, that means that you&#x27;re going to have a whole population of American people who aren&#x27;t going to know what to do because there&#x27;s such a disagreement on what the solutions are. And to be really honest with you, I don&#x27;t want to get carried away,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> but this is what I tell most audiences. Republicans and Democrats will not be able to fix this. Liberals and conservatives will not be able to fix this. And I know everybody asks me right away, well, aren&#x27;t they the same thing? And I say no, because there are conservative Democrats and there are liberal Republicans. Where I&#x27;m trying to go with that is everybody who sits around and waits for a political solution to these problems that we&#x27;ve just talked about will be waiting a very, very, very long time. Well, Van, do people have these days, it seems like, maybe it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re bombarded with brand new information each and every day with different angles and, like you said, overkill, but do people have short-term memories or are they just procrastinating these days on these decisions?</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It&#x27;s some of both. You know, there&#x27;s actually some science to this. Several years ago on a program called CBS Morning News, they talked about scientifically it is now proven that if a human being is given more than seven facts, they tend to do nothing. It&#x27;s an overwhelming amount of information to them. That they are much better able to handle emotional information. They can absorb gigantic amounts of emotional information. So, if they&#x27;re given too much factual information, they tend to do nothing for fear of either making a mistake or not understanding the choices or whatever. We used to know that anecdotally. Now we know it scientifically. And that&#x27;s the problem is this gigantic overkill.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> There used to be compromise. Now it&#x27;s all or nothing. It&#x27;s, you know, we&#x27;re going to do all of this or we&#x27;re not doing anything. And so the American people are taking sides. And I&#x27;m sorry, no matter how much anybody likes this, we&#x27;re pretty much paired right down the middle with half of the country could be termed conservative and half the country could be termed liberal. And if we don&#x27;t find a way to come up with a compromise so that everybody gets to participate, then we&#x27;re headed down a very, very dangerous path. Well, the seven facts are more and no decision makes a lot of sense. And it brings back a case from a few years ago where I was talking to a fellow who came in. He was 71 years old then and he had 100 percent of his money at risk in the market.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I bombarded him with facts about why that wasn&#x27;t a good thing, even using the rule of 100 and different articles and proof from other financial advisors out there, way more than seven, which was a fault to me. But then I said, remember what it felt like when you told your wife that you lost 48 percent of the money in your retirement account in the market. And he was ready to make the changes that we did in the safe money plan. So I see what you&#x27;re saying. Emotions do overtake the facts. And unfortunately, that&#x27;s a bad thing many times, isn&#x27;t it? It is, because what&#x27;s happening is that the media that&#x27;s bombarding the American people understands that those emotions take precedence and that they can repeat those emotional issues over and over and over again without even coming close to the facts.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> The facts are very, very simple. The American people have been promised a lot, and we&#x27;re going to have to break some of those promises. We&#x27;re going to have to change the way we deliver Social Security. And the proof is very, very simple. AARP has now come out and said, we believe that changes have to be made in order to make Social Security a viable program in the future. Well, does anybody understand politically what a magnificently difficult thing that was for AARP to come out and say? I mean, it&#x27;s gigantic. And the thing that&#x27;s so amazing, and if you really understand how politics work, is that they didn&#x27;t say anything about Medicare,</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> which is a way bigger, way more serious, way more difficult to solve scenario than Social Security. And there&#x27;s quite a number of people who are speculating that they did it so that they could give an inch so they could get a mile on the Medicare program when they start to debate about how they&#x27;re going to deliver Medicare benefits. But, you know, it&#x27;s funny, your public should watch about every May or so, the Medicare and Social Security trustees are required to deliver the fiscal status of the programs. And they just reported in May that both programs are doing worse and worse financially. And these are from the actual trustees of the program.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> And it doesn&#x27;t matter their politics. The numbers have pretty much stayed the same. They keep getting worse and worse every year as our economy gets worse. But to make it very, very simple, the unfunded liability for Social Security is approximately $18 trillion. The unfunded liability for Medicare is approximately $89 trillion. Now, the annual budget of the U.S. government is about $3.8 trillion. Where are we going to get the money? We&#x27;re going to have to make changes if these programs are going to remain viable. And we used to think of those defense, Social Security, Medicare as our three biggest programs. But, please, under the new health care reform law, Medicaid has been expanded dramatically.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> And I&#x27;m just reading a report here. This is very interesting. It says a married couple could have an annual income of about $64,000 and still get Medicaid, said officials who make long-range cost estimates for the Health and Human Services Department. That adds an additional 3 million people under the Medicaid rules. It&#x27;ll make it the fastest-growing program in America. And we don&#x27;t have the money. I mean, we just don&#x27;t. So, what I tell all my prospects, in fact, this is really important. I don&#x27;t tell them anything because they don&#x27;t care what my opinion is. The only opinion that matters is theirs. I ask them, do you think you&#x27;re going to be paying higher taxes in the future?</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> 99 and 99 one-hundredths of the time say absolutely. I say, what if you could do something about that? Would you take action? Well, there are steps that you can take in your personal economy. And we&#x27;re going to be talking about some of those solutions here in just a moment on the program. Folks, if you would like more information, if these type of topics concern you about the future of your own personal economy, give a call right now for your complimentary financial review. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Van Miller. He&#x27;s a sought-after, renowned public speaker, commentator on the economy and different financial matters. Again, publishes a monthly newsletter. And we&#x27;re talking about what is going on in our economy with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, the debt interest, and the consequences of what is going on.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> And as we&#x27;ve discussed here on the program so far, Van, as we wait and debate on these different situations, those situations get worse and not better. And what you&#x27;ve said so far on the show has brought a situation, a recent situation to mind where I had somebody who was in the process of considering moving some of their money from the market and out of volatility into a safe place. And then came back and said, well, I think I&#x27;ve decided to wait until the government figures out this tax situation before I make that move. Now – That&#x27;s procrastination right there because the government&#x27;s always going to be doing something different. Right, Van? Well, that person&#x27;s going to be waiting a long time. They&#x27;re going to be waiting an awful long time. And do you think they could be doing themselves more harm than good? That was just an excuse, by the way, by that person. Absolutely, they&#x27;re going to be doing themselves more harm than good.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> You know, the thing is, please, I also want our conversation to be about some solutions. This isn&#x27;t the end of the world. There have always been challenging times. There have been difficult times. But the way that you get people to understand and put it into the right context is that they have to understand that they still have tools at their disposal that will allow them to deal with higher taxes and lower benefits and inflation, which is going to rear its ugly head. I&#x27;ve read many reports that think that we will be back in low double digits by the middle of this decade when the money starts going out into the economy that we have printed and created. We also have one more serious thing to talk about before I give some of those solutions.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> It would be a difficult enough challenge if it was just the United States that was having difficulty. But it&#x27;s not just our economy that&#x27;s having difficulty. The Chinese economy is about to deal with some very, very serious issues. One, serious inflation. Number two, they have out of 1.3 billion people, they have 450 million people that are living on less than a dollar a day. They have 500 million baby boomers who are about to turn 65. And they don&#x27;t have the food to feed them. They don&#x27;t have places to put them to live and so forth and so on. China is a bubble that is about to burst. And that will cause great, great difficulties for the world economy. Third, you have Japan, which has struggled for now almost two decades with deflation.</p><p><strong>13:27</strong> And we don&#x27;t see anything that&#x27;s going to make that better. And the tsunami actually created additional problems as far as their power generation. There seems to be some miscommunication between the government and private industry about how they were creating energy for the Japanese country and so forth. And finally, the real scary one is you&#x27;re hearing a lot about Greece. Now, you know, the American people don&#x27;t take the time to understand this, but Greece is a country smaller than Mississippi. Mississippi is the smallest economy in the United States. And Greece is smaller than Mississippi. And Greece has the potential and now almost likelihood of bringing down the entire European Union by making other what are called the pigs, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain in a domino effect.</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> As their bonds go down, as their countries default, it&#x27;s going to create serious problems. And the country that&#x27;s been supporting the European Union, Germany, has some demographic issues of its own. It&#x27;s the third or fourth oldest country on the planet, is going to have similar problems as what Japan has had. So I&#x27;m telling you that we have four of the top economies on the planet, the United States, China, Japan, and the European Union, all struggling in the future. How can that not be a dangerous scenario for the world economy? And why wouldn&#x27;t we be being protective of our people first and then position themselves, after we&#x27;ve protected them, to take advantage of the opportunities that will be created, like a stock market drop or an interest rate rise or a commodities opportunity or on and on and on.</p><p><strong>15:17</strong> There&#x27;s so many opportunities that will be created. And the way you explain this away really, really quickly is you just ask your clients, have there been bad times in the history of the world before? And they&#x27;ll say every time, of course they have. Were there any people who made money during those times, even the Great Depression? And the answer is, of course there were. Was it the people who planned and prepared or the people who let just stuff happen to them that prospered? And the obvious answer is the people who planned and prepared. So the next question is, which one do you want to be and when do you want to get started? And this is an opportunity. It is not the end of the world. In fact, there&#x27;s no doom and gloom here. Countries and worlds and economies go through transitions. If somebody were to ask me, would you have preferred to live during World War II when every country on the planet was at war with each other and they were dropping atomic bombs?</p><p><strong>16:11</strong> Or now when I had the choice of being dependent on government, being dependent on corporations, being dependent on unions, or taking responsibility for my own life in the 21st century? I tell you what, I&#x27;ll take now 10,000 times. And it&#x27;s an opportunity of a lifetime. Well, there is opportunity out there, but you do need to be proactive. You do need to prepare. And again, to take advantage of being proactive and preparing and for the time to sit down and really look at and examine your plan to make sure that you are in the best position possible moving forward, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Van, there&#x27;s something I call the two Ps that exist out there.</p><p><strong>16:57</strong> And let me see if you agree with me. And then let&#x27;s see if we can tie it to the need for everybody that&#x27;s approaching or in retirement to have a guaranteed retirement income plan, otherwise known as a cash flow plan, other than Social Security, by the way. But the two Ps are procrastination and propaganda. And there are forces out there who do not benefit if people take their money and put into a safe place for income, aren&#x27;t there? That is correct. And they are striving magnificently to try and prevent this idea of a guaranteed paycheck for life. I just read a recent report from the government which says that they absolutely feel the most wonderful way to provide a guaranteed income for life is to use an annuity.</p><p><strong>17:43</strong> There&#x27;s been studies done by the Wharton School of Finance, again, that you can actually Google. You can say guaranteed income Wharton School, and you can go to Google and type that in, and they&#x27;ll tell you that you can provide the same guaranteed income with approximately 60% of the money that would be necessary in the stock bond scenario, leaving you 40% to create growth, leaving you 40% to create growth, to create other opportunities for yourself that wouldn&#x27;t be available in the stock bond scenario. And you&#x27;d still have tremendous risk. The annuity can provide a guaranteed income for life that you cannot outlive, and it only requires approximately 60% of the money that would be necessary under the situation I just described.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> And there&#x27;s so much factual evidence about this. But again, I&#x27;m not against stocks and bonds and mutual funds and all those things, but I believe that you have to have a foundation that guarantees your income before you start taking on these other responsibilities and these other challenges. And no better way than having an insurance company, the only entity that can provide a guaranteed income for as long as you live. Well, the Dow Jones Newswire actually interviewed me about six months ago, and I went through a case scenario with them for a 45-year-old who had lost half her money in the stock market. She wanted to have a million dollars at retirement and have an income of over $50,000. We put about $220,000 of her money in a guaranteed income annuity that would promise to give her $50,000 a year for the rest of her life when she reached 65.</p><p><strong>19:19</strong> We took the rest of the money and put it in some of the stock market risks in a managed-type account. So she got the horsepower on one end and the guaranteed safety on the other. And that&#x27;s what Wall Street hates because they&#x27;d rather have all the money at risk. And I say, as people get older, even somebody in their 40s who&#x27;s experienced a loss, to recover, you need a guaranteed recovery plan. And the insurance industry is the only one that can guarantee that. So is this safety and protection of that nature, Van, one of the solutions that you see? Well, see, I call it the three miracles. We sell the miracle of compound interest. No matter what, anybody should learn the rule of 72, and they should learn the rule of 115. The rule of 72 says if you divide the interest rate into 72, it tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take your money to double.</p><p><strong>20:06</strong> And if you divide the interest rate into 115, it&#x27;ll tell you how many years it takes your money to triple. And vice versa, if you divide the inflation rate into either of those numbers, it tells you how many years before you need twice as much or three times as much money to live on. So you take a 30-year-old, let&#x27;s say, and we&#x27;re talking about 3% inflation. 3% into 115 means in 38 years you&#x27;ll need three times as much money to live on. So if you&#x27;re living on $30,000 a year right now, you&#x27;re going to need $90,000 a year at retirement to live at the same standard of living that you&#x27;re living on at 30. How do you get there? What&#x27;s your process? And what do you see going forward that&#x27;s going to allow that to happen if you&#x27;re going to be paying higher taxes,</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> if you&#x27;re going to have to pay more for the benefits that you receive, and if you&#x27;re going to have to deal with serious inflation? The second thing is that we sell the miracle of tax-deferred compound interest. And the way I explain it to my prospects and clients is that it&#x27;s the miracle of triple compounding. Not only do you get interest on your principal and interest on your interest, you also get interest on the taxes that you would have had to pay had you kept the money in a taxable investment. And when you sit down and do the math, you are able to accumulate gigantic piles of money in comparison to paying the taxes as you go along. And finally, the greatest miracle of all, and we don&#x27;t talk about it enough as an industry, is the miracle of leveraging.</p><p><strong>21:42</strong> We can take pennies and buy dollars, or we can have $1 do the work of many dollars. And what I mean by that is I go to a lot of my seniors and I say, do you understand with Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid and all of these issues and higher taxes and lower benefits, your children and grandchildren are going to be up against it? What if I could show you a way to take your money out of your left pocket where you&#x27;re getting 1.5% in a six-month CD and put it in your right pocket where you could still probably get the same 1.5%, but now you&#x27;d get double the death benefit that would be paid to your heirs&#x27; income tax-free? If you could do that and stay in control of your money, would you do it? Sure. And they always say, absolutely. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> So that&#x27;s leveraging. Or for younger people who don&#x27;t have a lot of money, even when I say younger people, I&#x27;m talking about baby boomers, where you can take $1 and have it do the work of many dollars. It&#x27;ll take care of your family if you die too soon, take care of you if you live too long, self-completing if you become disabled. Many have catastrophic illness benefits. Many have terminal illness benefits. You don&#x27;t even have to die to collect the benefits. And finally, the insurance industry, which I think is the most creative and imaginative industry that&#x27;s ever existed, has now created linked benefits where they, because people cannot afford to pay for long-term care benefits, they have found a way to take and link life insurance policies and annuities</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> to long-term care benefits so that people don&#x27;t feel like they&#x27;re throwing away money on a long-term care policy that they might not use. Now they can have it inside of one of these other kinds of programs. And if they don&#x27;t use it, then their family gets the money. If they do use it, it&#x27;s leveraged up where it creates a bigger benefit than it would have been if they&#x27;ve just left it as a lump sum in a certificate of deposit or a money market account. So we create these dramatic, wonderful benefits that allow the American people to stay in complete control of their money until their last breath. But instead of giving the money to a government, a nursing home, or a hospital, they can keep their money in their family for generations to come.</p><p><strong>24:09</strong> And there&#x27;s no higher achievement that you can have as a family. And all you have to do is ask a couple of more questions. How did the Kennedys keep the money? They kept it in the family. How did the Rockefellers keep their money? They keep it in the family. How did the Gettys keep their money? They keep it in the family. Well, Mr. and Mrs. America, you have the same opportunity to do the same thing as all these wealthy people that you read about. Instead of not doing some planning, do a little bit of planning, and you can keep the money in your family. And friends, if you would like to have more information about these type of solutions, would you like to see the documents and see the black and white that shows you how these can work for you? So, again, pick up your phone and give a call to the Financial Safari, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>24:58</strong> 800-661-7383. Hey, Van, it&#x27;s funny. A minute ago, when you said younger people and you referred to them as baby boomers, it&#x27;s just funny. As the older you get, the older people start to be younger, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, don&#x27;t rub it in. I just turned 60 June 22nd, and it&#x27;s been traumatic for me because I can remember a week ago looking in the mirror, and I was 17. Well, these 40-year-old baseball players look young now. It&#x27;s pretty funny. It does, and it goes so fast. I know. And that&#x27;s why, you know, this next decade, it&#x27;s going to be the most amazing, interesting, spectacular, challenging, transformational decade in the history of the world. More will happen in this 10 years than has happened in the whole history of the world.</p><p><strong>25:46</strong> It&#x27;ll be exciting. It will get better. It&#x27;s a great idea. But only the people that have some money, only the people that have done and taken the time to prepare will be able to take advantage of what&#x27;s about to occur. It&#x27;s the opening up of the world to every human being. It&#x27;s exciting and amazing and wonderful, and nobody should feel like any of this is the end of the world. If I can just take one more minute and give you a quick example. We used to tell people all the time, you know, in Germany, after World War II, how much money did it take to buy a loaf of bread? And the answer was a wheelbarrow full. And we used to say that the wheelbarrow was more valuable than the money. And in Germany, they used to pay them after World War II.</p><p><strong>26:34</strong> They&#x27;d pay their hourly employees literally by the hour. They&#x27;d give them the money every hour because an hour later it would be worth less and less and less. I then say to everybody, what is the fourth biggest economy on the planet right now? And the answer is very easy. It&#x27;s Germany. And so going from where you needed a wheelbarrow full of money to where it&#x27;s the fourth biggest economy on the planet, every country, every society goes through transformation. And people that lived during that time, many of those people prosper and are still okay and they&#x27;re still financially viable because they planned or their families planned and they took advantage of the opportunities that were created.</p><p><strong>27:22</strong> There&#x27;s no difference now. Do you want to be a person who takes advantage of the opportunities or do you want to be hurt by the challenges that come? And I don&#x27;t think anybody in this country has to be hurt if they just take a moment and do what&#x27;s necessary to make sure they&#x27;re, first of all, safe. That would be my key word of the day. Be safe first. This is too uncertain of a time to be doing anything challenging or risky. And when all of this starts to play out, then you&#x27;d be in a position to take advantage of whatever opportunities arise. That&#x27;s the secret of this. That&#x27;s a great point. One final question before we let you go. It&#x27;s a true or false question, but then you can expound on it. What do you say to the person or this true or false? I need to leave all my money in the stock market as it is the only way to combat inflation.</p><p><strong>28:12</strong> True or false? False. And it&#x27;s a very easy answer. What&#x27;s the number one way to overcome inflation? The number one way, and even financial advisors get it wrong. And the answer is to never lose any money. And the answer is very, very simple. Let&#x27;s just take the most recent example. The Dow was approximately 14,000 in September of 2007. And please, I&#x27;m going to use approximate numbers. The Dow fell until March of 2009 to approximately 6440. I&#x27;m going to use 7,000. Okay? So it fell 50%. The Dow is now back to 12,500, which means it&#x27;s back up, let&#x27;s say, 90%.</p><p><strong>28:59</strong> 90% of the 50,000 that your money fell to means that you&#x27;re back to $95,000. You&#x27;re not even back to where you were four years ago. You&#x27;ve lost the time value of the money. Now, if we had had $100,000 in 2007 earning 3%, at the end of 2007, we would have had $103,000. End of 2008, we would have had $106,000. End of 2009, we would have had $110,000. End of 2010, we would have had $114,000. Would you rather have $114,000 or $95,000? And is there a chance that you could lose money in that $95,000 again? And the answer is obviously, yes, you could. So in order to beat inflation, you have to start with a process that allows you to not lose any money.</p><p><strong>29:50</strong> And second, there are all kinds of wonderful opportunities to take advantage. When inflation starts to happen, you will be able to use laddering techniques with annuities. Use the withdrawal privileges to ladder your way up the interest rate cycle. You will be able to take advantage of opportunities in the markets. If the market would fall from, let&#x27;s say, the $13,000 around that it&#x27;s at right now, let&#x27;s say down to $10,000, would that be a great opportunity for somebody to take advantage of? I think so. And could you beat inflation if you were patient? And I&#x27;m not talking about timing the market. That&#x27;s not what I&#x27;m saying. I&#x27;m not saying in and out and in and out. I&#x27;m saying be safe all the time and wait for opportunities.</p><p><strong>30:37</strong> Make your gains and get back out and be safe. That&#x27;s it. So proper balance is a key, in other words. Have a strategy. And stick to the strategy. And don&#x27;t let emotions get in the way. And don&#x27;t let what anybody is talking about as far as taking aggressive risks right now. Because I&#x27;m going to tell you quite certainly, there&#x27;s nobody who really knows what&#x27;s about to happen with the economics of the world. When Ben Bernanke, who is the ultimate financial insider, who is not only printing money for our country, but was printing money for many of the other countries of the world during the 2007 and 2008 financial crisis.</p><p><strong>31:22</strong> When that was all happening, for him to come out now and say he doesn&#x27;t understand why the economy hasn&#x27;t turned around, that should be frightening the dickens out of everybody in this country. And the key word should be safe, safe, safe. Wait and see what&#x27;s going to happen because they don&#x27;t even know. Well, again, folks, if you would like to take the opportunity to be proactive and plan ahead to make sure you are in the best position possible, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And as we started off our conversation with Van Miller, talking about how over the next 18 months, we are going to have a period where there is going to be news and information hitting you from all angles. We&#x27;re going to be the most aware that there is a problem, but the least informed of what those possible solutions are.</p><p><strong>32:12</strong> There are solutions, though, to safeguard your personal economy, your financial situation, and your standard of living, folks. So in order to be comfortable and take advantage of the opportunities that are coming, pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;ve enjoyed the time speaking with Mr. Van Miller. Van, thank you very much for sharing your knowledge and your information with us and the listeners, our friends here on the Financial Safari. Thank you. It was my privilege and my honor. I really appreciate the time. Thank you. Thanks a lot, Van, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Van Mueller joins the Financial Safari to discuss the economy and the challenges facing retirees. This July 2011 interview explores his perspective on preparing for uncertainty and identifying opportunities during changing economic conditions.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Once again, this is the Financial Safari, and we are your guides through that wild financial jungle. We&#x27;ll be checking in later in the program with your local trusted advisor. But right now on the program, we have a very special guest on for this segment, Coach Pete. He is Van Miller. He is a sought-after and renowned public speaker on topics such as the economy and financial matters, publishes a monthly newsletter, and I think he&#x27;s going to give us an overview of what he sees as far as the challenges to our economy and to the average retiree on Main Street in the United States. And we&#x27;d like to welcome you in. Van, thank you for taking the time to be here with us on the Financial Safari. Thanks for having me. I love sharing this information with anybody who&#x27;s willing to listen</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> because it&#x27;s going to be very important that you have an awareness and then an ability to take action if you&#x27;re going to not only be safe from what&#x27;s about to happen but actually take advantage of it. Hey, Van, what&#x27;s about to happen? Well, first of all, there are a number of issues that are going to be discussed. For the next 15 months, this is going to be the most amazing time in the history of our country because on the morning news, on the before morning news, at lunch, at dinner, at late night, it&#x27;s going to be on Letterman, it&#x27;s going to be on Leno, it&#x27;s going to be on Jimmy Kimmel, Oprah&#x27;s going to come back to interview people. We&#x27;re going to have a number of people at the presidential level, at the Congress and Senate level,</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> at the governor level, at the state legislature level, at the county level, at the mayor level. Everybody is going to be talking about these five issues and how it&#x27;s going to impact them. And the five issues, pretty easy to talk about. They&#x27;re going to be Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, and interest on the debt, and what will be the context or the consequence of those issues in the form of will there be higher taxes, will we be providing lower benefits, will there be inflation because there won&#x27;t be enough of tax cuts or benefit reductions to fix what needs to be fixed, and finally, because of all of this,</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> won&#x27;t there be ever, ever increasing and more dangerous volatility? How will anybody know when to be in markets, when not to be in markets, how to prevent themselves from losing the way they did in 2000, the way they did in 2004, the way they did in 2007? People have to be made aware. So the way I describe it to everybody is that I think we&#x27;re going to have the most aware American population that we have ever had. This is going to be talked about morning, noon, and night on the Internet, in magazines and papers, on television, on radio, every kind of media you can imagine, they&#x27;re going to be talking about this. And here&#x27;s the punchline. We&#x27;re going to have the least informed American population we&#x27;ve ever had</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> because almost everybody agrees on what the problems are, but very, very few people agree on what the solutions are. And I think you&#x27;re going to hear 10,000 different solutions to what&#x27;s about to happen with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, interest on the debt, and whether it&#x27;s going to cause higher taxes, lower benefits, inflation, and ever-increasing, very frightening, very dangerous volatility. And with that, that means that you&#x27;re going to have a whole population of American people who aren&#x27;t going to know what to do because there&#x27;s such a disagreement on what the solutions are. And to be really honest with you, I don&#x27;t want to get carried away,</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> but this is what I tell most audiences. Republicans and Democrats will not be able to fix this. Liberals and conservatives will not be able to fix this. And I know everybody asks me right away, well, aren&#x27;t they the same thing? And I say no, because there are conservative Democrats and there are liberal Republicans. Where I&#x27;m trying to go with that is everybody who sits around and waits for a political solution to these problems that we&#x27;ve just talked about will be waiting a very, very, very long time. Well, Van, do people have these days, it seems like, maybe it&#x27;s because they&#x27;re bombarded with brand new information each and every day with different angles and, like you said, overkill, but do people have short-term memories or are they just procrastinating these days on these decisions?</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> It&#x27;s some of both. You know, there&#x27;s actually some science to this. Several years ago on a program called CBS Morning News, they talked about scientifically it is now proven that if a human being is given more than seven facts, they tend to do nothing. It&#x27;s an overwhelming amount of information to them. That they are much better able to handle emotional information. They can absorb gigantic amounts of emotional information. So, if they&#x27;re given too much factual information, they tend to do nothing for fear of either making a mistake or not understanding the choices or whatever. We used to know that anecdotally. Now we know it scientifically. And that&#x27;s the problem is this gigantic overkill.</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> There used to be compromise. Now it&#x27;s all or nothing. It&#x27;s, you know, we&#x27;re going to do all of this or we&#x27;re not doing anything. And so the American people are taking sides. And I&#x27;m sorry, no matter how much anybody likes this, we&#x27;re pretty much paired right down the middle with half of the country could be termed conservative and half the country could be termed liberal. And if we don&#x27;t find a way to come up with a compromise so that everybody gets to participate, then we&#x27;re headed down a very, very dangerous path. Well, the seven facts are more and no decision makes a lot of sense. And it brings back a case from a few years ago where I was talking to a fellow who came in. He was 71 years old then and he had 100 percent of his money at risk in the market.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And I bombarded him with facts about why that wasn&#x27;t a good thing, even using the rule of 100 and different articles and proof from other financial advisors out there, way more than seven, which was a fault to me. But then I said, remember what it felt like when you told your wife that you lost 48 percent of the money in your retirement account in the market. And he was ready to make the changes that we did in the safe money plan. So I see what you&#x27;re saying. Emotions do overtake the facts. And unfortunately, that&#x27;s a bad thing many times, isn&#x27;t it? It is, because what&#x27;s happening is that the media that&#x27;s bombarding the American people understands that those emotions take precedence and that they can repeat those emotional issues over and over and over again without even coming close to the facts.</p><p><strong>07:03</strong> The facts are very, very simple. The American people have been promised a lot, and we&#x27;re going to have to break some of those promises. We&#x27;re going to have to change the way we deliver Social Security. And the proof is very, very simple. AARP has now come out and said, we believe that changes have to be made in order to make Social Security a viable program in the future. Well, does anybody understand politically what a magnificently difficult thing that was for AARP to come out and say? I mean, it&#x27;s gigantic. And the thing that&#x27;s so amazing, and if you really understand how politics work, is that they didn&#x27;t say anything about Medicare,</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> which is a way bigger, way more serious, way more difficult to solve scenario than Social Security. And there&#x27;s quite a number of people who are speculating that they did it so that they could give an inch so they could get a mile on the Medicare program when they start to debate about how they&#x27;re going to deliver Medicare benefits. But, you know, it&#x27;s funny, your public should watch about every May or so, the Medicare and Social Security trustees are required to deliver the fiscal status of the programs. And they just reported in May that both programs are doing worse and worse financially. And these are from the actual trustees of the program.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> And it doesn&#x27;t matter their politics. The numbers have pretty much stayed the same. They keep getting worse and worse every year as our economy gets worse. But to make it very, very simple, the unfunded liability for Social Security is approximately $18 trillion. The unfunded liability for Medicare is approximately $89 trillion. Now, the annual budget of the U.S. government is about $3.8 trillion. Where are we going to get the money? We&#x27;re going to have to make changes if these programs are going to remain viable. And we used to think of those defense, Social Security, Medicare as our three biggest programs. But, please, under the new health care reform law, Medicaid has been expanded dramatically.</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> And I&#x27;m just reading a report here. This is very interesting. It says a married couple could have an annual income of about $64,000 and still get Medicaid, said officials who make long-range cost estimates for the Health and Human Services Department. That adds an additional 3 million people under the Medicaid rules. It&#x27;ll make it the fastest-growing program in America. And we don&#x27;t have the money. I mean, we just don&#x27;t. So, what I tell all my prospects, in fact, this is really important. I don&#x27;t tell them anything because they don&#x27;t care what my opinion is. The only opinion that matters is theirs. I ask them, do you think you&#x27;re going to be paying higher taxes in the future?</p><p><strong>10:10</strong> 99 and 99 one-hundredths of the time say absolutely. I say, what if you could do something about that? Would you take action? Well, there are steps that you can take in your personal economy. And we&#x27;re going to be talking about some of those solutions here in just a moment on the program. Folks, if you would like more information, if these type of topics concern you about the future of your own personal economy, give a call right now for your complimentary financial review. 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;re talking with Van Miller. He&#x27;s a sought-after, renowned public speaker, commentator on the economy and different financial matters. Again, publishes a monthly newsletter. And we&#x27;re talking about what is going on in our economy with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, health care, the debt interest, and the consequences of what is going on.</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> And as we&#x27;ve discussed here on the program so far, Van, as we wait and debate on these different situations, those situations get worse and not better. And what you&#x27;ve said so far on the show has brought a situation, a recent situation to mind where I had somebody who was in the process of considering moving some of their money from the market and out of volatility into a safe place. And then came back and said, well, I think I&#x27;ve decided to wait until the government figures out this tax situation before I make that move. Now – That&#x27;s procrastination right there because the government&#x27;s always going to be doing something different. Right, Van? Well, that person&#x27;s going to be waiting a long time. They&#x27;re going to be waiting an awful long time. And do you think they could be doing themselves more harm than good? That was just an excuse, by the way, by that person. Absolutely, they&#x27;re going to be doing themselves more harm than good.</p><p><strong>11:50</strong> You know, the thing is, please, I also want our conversation to be about some solutions. This isn&#x27;t the end of the world. There have always been challenging times. There have been difficult times. But the way that you get people to understand and put it into the right context is that they have to understand that they still have tools at their disposal that will allow them to deal with higher taxes and lower benefits and inflation, which is going to rear its ugly head. I&#x27;ve read many reports that think that we will be back in low double digits by the middle of this decade when the money starts going out into the economy that we have printed and created. We also have one more serious thing to talk about before I give some of those solutions.</p><p><strong>12:37</strong> It would be a difficult enough challenge if it was just the United States that was having difficulty. But it&#x27;s not just our economy that&#x27;s having difficulty. The Chinese economy is about to deal with some very, very serious issues. One, serious inflation. Number two, they have out of 1.3 billion people, they have 450 million people that are living on less than a dollar a day. They have 500 million baby boomers who are about to turn 65. And they don&#x27;t have the food to feed them. They don&#x27;t have places to put them to live and so forth and so on. China is a bubble that is about to burst. And that will cause great, great difficulties for the world economy. Third, you have Japan, which has struggled for now almost two decades with deflation.</p><p><strong>13:27</strong> And we don&#x27;t see anything that&#x27;s going to make that better. And the tsunami actually created additional problems as far as their power generation. There seems to be some miscommunication between the government and private industry about how they were creating energy for the Japanese country and so forth. And finally, the real scary one is you&#x27;re hearing a lot about Greece. Now, you know, the American people don&#x27;t take the time to understand this, but Greece is a country smaller than Mississippi. Mississippi is the smallest economy in the United States. And Greece is smaller than Mississippi. And Greece has the potential and now almost likelihood of bringing down the entire European Union by making other what are called the pigs, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain in a domino effect.</p><p><strong>14:23</strong> As their bonds go down, as their countries default, it&#x27;s going to create serious problems. And the country that&#x27;s been supporting the European Union, Germany, has some demographic issues of its own. It&#x27;s the third or fourth oldest country on the planet, is going to have similar problems as what Japan has had. So I&#x27;m telling you that we have four of the top economies on the planet, the United States, China, Japan, and the European Union, all struggling in the future. How can that not be a dangerous scenario for the world economy? And why wouldn&#x27;t we be being protective of our people first and then position themselves, after we&#x27;ve protected them, to take advantage of the opportunities that will be created, like a stock market drop or an interest rate rise or a commodities opportunity or on and on and on.</p><p><strong>15:17</strong> There&#x27;s so many opportunities that will be created. And the way you explain this away really, really quickly is you just ask your clients, have there been bad times in the history of the world before? And they&#x27;ll say every time, of course they have. Were there any people who made money during those times, even the Great Depression? And the answer is, of course there were. Was it the people who planned and prepared or the people who let just stuff happen to them that prospered? And the obvious answer is the people who planned and prepared. So the next question is, which one do you want to be and when do you want to get started? And this is an opportunity. It is not the end of the world. In fact, there&#x27;s no doom and gloom here. Countries and worlds and economies go through transitions. If somebody were to ask me, would you have preferred to live during World War II when every country on the planet was at war with each other and they were dropping atomic bombs?</p><p><strong>16:11</strong> Or now when I had the choice of being dependent on government, being dependent on corporations, being dependent on unions, or taking responsibility for my own life in the 21st century? I tell you what, I&#x27;ll take now 10,000 times. And it&#x27;s an opportunity of a lifetime. Well, there is opportunity out there, but you do need to be proactive. You do need to prepare. And again, to take advantage of being proactive and preparing and for the time to sit down and really look at and examine your plan to make sure that you are in the best position possible moving forward, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. Van, there&#x27;s something I call the two Ps that exist out there.</p><p><strong>16:57</strong> And let me see if you agree with me. And then let&#x27;s see if we can tie it to the need for everybody that&#x27;s approaching or in retirement to have a guaranteed retirement income plan, otherwise known as a cash flow plan, other than Social Security, by the way. But the two Ps are procrastination and propaganda. And there are forces out there who do not benefit if people take their money and put into a safe place for income, aren&#x27;t there? That is correct. And they are striving magnificently to try and prevent this idea of a guaranteed paycheck for life. I just read a recent report from the government which says that they absolutely feel the most wonderful way to provide a guaranteed income for life is to use an annuity.</p><p><strong>17:43</strong> There&#x27;s been studies done by the Wharton School of Finance, again, that you can actually Google. You can say guaranteed income Wharton School, and you can go to Google and type that in, and they&#x27;ll tell you that you can provide the same guaranteed income with approximately 60% of the money that would be necessary in the stock bond scenario, leaving you 40% to create growth, leaving you 40% to create growth, to create other opportunities for yourself that wouldn&#x27;t be available in the stock bond scenario. And you&#x27;d still have tremendous risk. The annuity can provide a guaranteed income for life that you cannot outlive, and it only requires approximately 60% of the money that would be necessary under the situation I just described.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> And there&#x27;s so much factual evidence about this. But again, I&#x27;m not against stocks and bonds and mutual funds and all those things, but I believe that you have to have a foundation that guarantees your income before you start taking on these other responsibilities and these other challenges. And no better way than having an insurance company, the only entity that can provide a guaranteed income for as long as you live. Well, the Dow Jones Newswire actually interviewed me about six months ago, and I went through a case scenario with them for a 45-year-old who had lost half her money in the stock market. She wanted to have a million dollars at retirement and have an income of over $50,000. We put about $220,000 of her money in a guaranteed income annuity that would promise to give her $50,000 a year for the rest of her life when she reached 65.</p><p><strong>19:19</strong> We took the rest of the money and put it in some of the stock market risks in a managed-type account. So she got the horsepower on one end and the guaranteed safety on the other. And that&#x27;s what Wall Street hates because they&#x27;d rather have all the money at risk. And I say, as people get older, even somebody in their 40s who&#x27;s experienced a loss, to recover, you need a guaranteed recovery plan. And the insurance industry is the only one that can guarantee that. So is this safety and protection of that nature, Van, one of the solutions that you see? Well, see, I call it the three miracles. We sell the miracle of compound interest. No matter what, anybody should learn the rule of 72, and they should learn the rule of 115. The rule of 72 says if you divide the interest rate into 72, it tells you how many years it&#x27;ll take your money to double.</p><p><strong>20:06</strong> And if you divide the interest rate into 115, it&#x27;ll tell you how many years it takes your money to triple. And vice versa, if you divide the inflation rate into either of those numbers, it tells you how many years before you need twice as much or three times as much money to live on. So you take a 30-year-old, let&#x27;s say, and we&#x27;re talking about 3% inflation. 3% into 115 means in 38 years you&#x27;ll need three times as much money to live on. So if you&#x27;re living on $30,000 a year right now, you&#x27;re going to need $90,000 a year at retirement to live at the same standard of living that you&#x27;re living on at 30. How do you get there? What&#x27;s your process? And what do you see going forward that&#x27;s going to allow that to happen if you&#x27;re going to be paying higher taxes,</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> if you&#x27;re going to have to pay more for the benefits that you receive, and if you&#x27;re going to have to deal with serious inflation? The second thing is that we sell the miracle of tax-deferred compound interest. And the way I explain it to my prospects and clients is that it&#x27;s the miracle of triple compounding. Not only do you get interest on your principal and interest on your interest, you also get interest on the taxes that you would have had to pay had you kept the money in a taxable investment. And when you sit down and do the math, you are able to accumulate gigantic piles of money in comparison to paying the taxes as you go along. And finally, the greatest miracle of all, and we don&#x27;t talk about it enough as an industry, is the miracle of leveraging.</p><p><strong>21:42</strong> We can take pennies and buy dollars, or we can have $1 do the work of many dollars. And what I mean by that is I go to a lot of my seniors and I say, do you understand with Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid and all of these issues and higher taxes and lower benefits, your children and grandchildren are going to be up against it? What if I could show you a way to take your money out of your left pocket where you&#x27;re getting 1.5% in a six-month CD and put it in your right pocket where you could still probably get the same 1.5%, but now you&#x27;d get double the death benefit that would be paid to your heirs&#x27; income tax-free? If you could do that and stay in control of your money, would you do it? Sure. And they always say, absolutely. Absolutely.</p><p><strong>22:28</strong> So that&#x27;s leveraging. Or for younger people who don&#x27;t have a lot of money, even when I say younger people, I&#x27;m talking about baby boomers, where you can take $1 and have it do the work of many dollars. It&#x27;ll take care of your family if you die too soon, take care of you if you live too long, self-completing if you become disabled. Many have catastrophic illness benefits. Many have terminal illness benefits. You don&#x27;t even have to die to collect the benefits. And finally, the insurance industry, which I think is the most creative and imaginative industry that&#x27;s ever existed, has now created linked benefits where they, because people cannot afford to pay for long-term care benefits, they have found a way to take and link life insurance policies and annuities</p><p><strong>23:17</strong> to long-term care benefits so that people don&#x27;t feel like they&#x27;re throwing away money on a long-term care policy that they might not use. Now they can have it inside of one of these other kinds of programs. And if they don&#x27;t use it, then their family gets the money. If they do use it, it&#x27;s leveraged up where it creates a bigger benefit than it would have been if they&#x27;ve just left it as a lump sum in a certificate of deposit or a money market account. So we create these dramatic, wonderful benefits that allow the American people to stay in complete control of their money until their last breath. But instead of giving the money to a government, a nursing home, or a hospital, they can keep their money in their family for generations to come.</p><p><strong>24:09</strong> And there&#x27;s no higher achievement that you can have as a family. And all you have to do is ask a couple of more questions. How did the Kennedys keep the money? They kept it in the family. How did the Rockefellers keep their money? They keep it in the family. How did the Gettys keep their money? They keep it in the family. Well, Mr. and Mrs. America, you have the same opportunity to do the same thing as all these wealthy people that you read about. Instead of not doing some planning, do a little bit of planning, and you can keep the money in your family. And friends, if you would like to have more information about these type of solutions, would you like to see the documents and see the black and white that shows you how these can work for you? So, again, pick up your phone and give a call to the Financial Safari, 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>24:58</strong> 800-661-7383. Hey, Van, it&#x27;s funny. A minute ago, when you said younger people and you referred to them as baby boomers, it&#x27;s just funny. As the older you get, the older people start to be younger, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, don&#x27;t rub it in. I just turned 60 June 22nd, and it&#x27;s been traumatic for me because I can remember a week ago looking in the mirror, and I was 17. Well, these 40-year-old baseball players look young now. It&#x27;s pretty funny. It does, and it goes so fast. I know. And that&#x27;s why, you know, this next decade, it&#x27;s going to be the most amazing, interesting, spectacular, challenging, transformational decade in the history of the world. More will happen in this 10 years than has happened in the whole history of the world.</p><p><strong>25:46</strong> It&#x27;ll be exciting. It will get better. It&#x27;s a great idea. But only the people that have some money, only the people that have done and taken the time to prepare will be able to take advantage of what&#x27;s about to occur. It&#x27;s the opening up of the world to every human being. It&#x27;s exciting and amazing and wonderful, and nobody should feel like any of this is the end of the world. If I can just take one more minute and give you a quick example. We used to tell people all the time, you know, in Germany, after World War II, how much money did it take to buy a loaf of bread? And the answer was a wheelbarrow full. And we used to say that the wheelbarrow was more valuable than the money. And in Germany, they used to pay them after World War II.</p><p><strong>26:34</strong> They&#x27;d pay their hourly employees literally by the hour. They&#x27;d give them the money every hour because an hour later it would be worth less and less and less. I then say to everybody, what is the fourth biggest economy on the planet right now? And the answer is very easy. It&#x27;s Germany. And so going from where you needed a wheelbarrow full of money to where it&#x27;s the fourth biggest economy on the planet, every country, every society goes through transformation. And people that lived during that time, many of those people prosper and are still okay and they&#x27;re still financially viable because they planned or their families planned and they took advantage of the opportunities that were created.</p><p><strong>27:22</strong> There&#x27;s no difference now. Do you want to be a person who takes advantage of the opportunities or do you want to be hurt by the challenges that come? And I don&#x27;t think anybody in this country has to be hurt if they just take a moment and do what&#x27;s necessary to make sure they&#x27;re, first of all, safe. That would be my key word of the day. Be safe first. This is too uncertain of a time to be doing anything challenging or risky. And when all of this starts to play out, then you&#x27;d be in a position to take advantage of whatever opportunities arise. That&#x27;s the secret of this. That&#x27;s a great point. One final question before we let you go. It&#x27;s a true or false question, but then you can expound on it. What do you say to the person or this true or false? I need to leave all my money in the stock market as it is the only way to combat inflation.</p><p><strong>28:12</strong> True or false? False. And it&#x27;s a very easy answer. What&#x27;s the number one way to overcome inflation? The number one way, and even financial advisors get it wrong. And the answer is to never lose any money. And the answer is very, very simple. Let&#x27;s just take the most recent example. The Dow was approximately 14,000 in September of 2007. And please, I&#x27;m going to use approximate numbers. The Dow fell until March of 2009 to approximately 6440. I&#x27;m going to use 7,000. Okay? So it fell 50%. The Dow is now back to 12,500, which means it&#x27;s back up, let&#x27;s say, 90%.</p><p><strong>28:59</strong> 90% of the 50,000 that your money fell to means that you&#x27;re back to $95,000. You&#x27;re not even back to where you were four years ago. You&#x27;ve lost the time value of the money. Now, if we had had $100,000 in 2007 earning 3%, at the end of 2007, we would have had $103,000. End of 2008, we would have had $106,000. End of 2009, we would have had $110,000. End of 2010, we would have had $114,000. Would you rather have $114,000 or $95,000? And is there a chance that you could lose money in that $95,000 again? And the answer is obviously, yes, you could. So in order to beat inflation, you have to start with a process that allows you to not lose any money.</p><p><strong>29:50</strong> And second, there are all kinds of wonderful opportunities to take advantage. When inflation starts to happen, you will be able to use laddering techniques with annuities. Use the withdrawal privileges to ladder your way up the interest rate cycle. You will be able to take advantage of opportunities in the markets. If the market would fall from, let&#x27;s say, the $13,000 around that it&#x27;s at right now, let&#x27;s say down to $10,000, would that be a great opportunity for somebody to take advantage of? I think so. And could you beat inflation if you were patient? And I&#x27;m not talking about timing the market. That&#x27;s not what I&#x27;m saying. I&#x27;m not saying in and out and in and out. I&#x27;m saying be safe all the time and wait for opportunities.</p><p><strong>30:37</strong> Make your gains and get back out and be safe. That&#x27;s it. So proper balance is a key, in other words. Have a strategy. And stick to the strategy. And don&#x27;t let emotions get in the way. And don&#x27;t let what anybody is talking about as far as taking aggressive risks right now. Because I&#x27;m going to tell you quite certainly, there&#x27;s nobody who really knows what&#x27;s about to happen with the economics of the world. When Ben Bernanke, who is the ultimate financial insider, who is not only printing money for our country, but was printing money for many of the other countries of the world during the 2007 and 2008 financial crisis.</p><p><strong>31:22</strong> When that was all happening, for him to come out now and say he doesn&#x27;t understand why the economy hasn&#x27;t turned around, that should be frightening the dickens out of everybody in this country. And the key word should be safe, safe, safe. Wait and see what&#x27;s going to happen because they don&#x27;t even know. Well, again, folks, if you would like to take the opportunity to be proactive and plan ahead to make sure you are in the best position possible, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. And as we started off our conversation with Van Miller, talking about how over the next 18 months, we are going to have a period where there is going to be news and information hitting you from all angles. We&#x27;re going to be the most aware that there is a problem, but the least informed of what those possible solutions are.</p><p><strong>32:12</strong> There are solutions, though, to safeguard your personal economy, your financial situation, and your standard of living, folks. So in order to be comfortable and take advantage of the opportunities that are coming, pick up your phone and call 800-661-7383. Again, we&#x27;ve enjoyed the time speaking with Mr. Van Miller. Van, thank you very much for sharing your knowledge and your information with us and the listeners, our friends here on the Financial Safari. Thank you. It was my privilege and my honor. I really appreciate the time. Thank you. Thanks a lot, Van, and we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Van Mueller joins the Financial Safari to discuss the economy and the challenges facing retirees. This July 2011 interview explores his perspective on preparing for uncertainty and identifying opportunities during changing economic conditions.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Van Mueller</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Van Mueller, retirement planning, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34/image.jpg?t=1792072655&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/van-mueller-economic-challenges-and-retirement-opportunities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34/image.jpg?t=1792072655&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 Jul 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1964</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3e5aeec4-2836-4450-86ff-b4e2014dbd34/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="31455603" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/van-mueller-economic-challenges-and-retirement-opportunities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>244</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Van Mueller" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Medicare and retirement costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:03" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:49" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ed Slott: Retirement Decisions and the Distribution Plan (Interview Segment)</title>
      <itunes:title>Ed Slott: Retirement Decisions and the Distribution Plan (Interview Segment)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ed Slott joins Coach Pete in this June 2011 interview segment to discuss retirement decisions, IRA distribution planning, and the importance of an educated advisor. The conversation focuses on what happens when retirement savings must become income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;ve been joined by Ed Slott. He&#x27;s a master planner in taxation. He&#x27;s a CPA. And you see him on PBS and you&#x27;ve probably read one of his books or so. Ed, I really appreciate you taking your time out today. Well, I&#x27;m glad to be here. And I got to tell you, when you make that call, you&#x27;ll get three immediate benefits. In case you&#x27;re one of those people listening, say, what&#x27;s in it for me? Once you make that call, number one, you&#x27;ll get peace of mind. You&#x27;ll get your questions answered. And it&#x27;ll probably raise new questions you didn&#x27;t even know to ask. And number three, the most important part, you&#x27;ll get a plan started. Because if you don&#x27;t create a plan, you get the government plan. And let me tell you something, you don&#x27;t want the government plan. That&#x27;s what most people get that do nothing or have an advisor that doesn&#x27;t recognize that a plan has to be created. So folks, Ed Slott has a team of elite advisors throughout the nation. Before you</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> make any decision in the financial world, especially as it relates to your retirement money, money that you have an IRAs or Roth IRAs or 401ks, make sure that you get a certified plan put together that&#x27;ll help you reduce unnecessary taxation, making sure that you have more peace of mind going forward. Ed, you&#x27;ve written a lot of books, but one I really like is Ed Slott&#x27;s Retirement Decisions Guide, because a lot of people get towards retirement and they freeze up, don&#x27;t they? They don&#x27;t make the right decisions if they do make them, so they&#x27;re afraid to make any. Ed Slott Well, the decisions are different then. When you come to retirement, you&#x27;re on what I call the back nine or the second half of the game. You spend your whole life working, saving, sacrificing, accumulating, and building your retirement savings just for that one time where eventually the money&#x27;s going to come out. And that&#x27;s when it all hits.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> That&#x27;s when everything changes gears. You can almost envision a train going full steam ahead. But you ever see those movies where it has to stop and then back up? And it has to literally come to a complete stop, and then the wheels start going back the other way? And that&#x27;s kind of what it is. Now you&#x27;re stopped, and you&#x27;re in the second half of the game where the funds come out. But because the funds are tax-deferred, like in a 401k or a 403b or an IRA, that money&#x27;s going to be taxed. And that&#x27;s where you need to work with a specialist. This is a specialized area of the tax law who knows how to get those monies out without destroying you with taxes. Remember, when it comes to taxes, it&#x27;s what you keep that counts. Taxes will be the single biggest factor that will separate</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> people from their retirement savings. It&#x27;s not the stock market going up and down. I mean, the stock market goes up, you make money, it goes down, you lose money. But then it comes back up, and you get it back if you lose money. But when it comes to taxes, if you make a mistake on the taxes, you&#x27;ll never get that money back. You have mainly one chance to get this right. So it&#x27;s a very specialized field, and you&#x27;re dealing with complex tax rules on how to get that money out in the most efficient manner while taking advantage of lots of tax rules that can actually help you end up with more money than you ever had and more of it tax-free. And that&#x27;s the key to planning in retirement, trying to keep more of the money you make, as you said, from your partner, Uncle Sam. And most people don&#x27;t realize</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> that Uncle Sam, many times when you don&#x27;t have an advisor that knows these specialized rules, Uncle Sam can become the senior partner. It means Uncle Sam gets more than you do. But deductions are one part, but I&#x27;m talking about the big hits. When you move retirement money, I always say a retirement account&#x27;s like an eggshell. You break it, it&#x27;s over. You get one chance at it. And you really have to work with an advisor that has a specialized knowledge. Now, the problem is that most advisors don&#x27;t. Now, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, that&#x27;s the only reason I&#x27;m on this program. I don&#x27;t do that many radio programs for advisors, because most of them don&#x27;t have the knowledge to even have a conversation. Most advisors are really just salesmen. They sell you stocks, bonds, and funds, and then you&#x27;re on your own. And then when it comes out, you lose it all to taxes.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> It doesn&#x27;t matter how much an advisor makes you. If you lose it all to taxes, what have you done? You&#x27;ve built a savings account for the government. And I&#x27;m not talking about investments. I&#x27;m talking about the tax strategies, the tax planning, the exit strategy. You put the money in, you put the money in, do you have a plan to take it out? Because it&#x27;s the way you take it out that will determine how much you keep and how much goes to the government. And you need an advisor that can help you create that plan. 99% of advisors, and if you&#x27;re listening, that&#x27;s probably your advisors, don&#x27;t know how to create that plan. They don&#x27;t have the knowledge. They don&#x27;t invest in their education. And I hate to say it, but they&#x27;re mostly salesmen. They&#x27;re not keeping up with these rules. They&#x27;re not specialists. It doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re bad guys. They&#x27;re just not specialists. Maybe a doctor analogy might be better</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> to understand this point. You have a general practitioner doctor. He&#x27;s a nice guy, but he&#x27;s not a specialist. He&#x27;s not a neurologist. He&#x27;s not a cardiologist. And sometimes you need a specialist. So the reason I&#x27;m on this program is because I&#x27;ve been on a mission for years now, because I&#x27;ve seen the horror stories, to match consumers with competent, educated advisors that have specialized knowledge in the distribution area, in that exit strategy, whatever you want to call it, the estate planning, the distribution planning for IRAs and 401ks that get that money out at the second half of the game. That&#x27;s the part of the game that counts. If you don&#x27;t win the second half of the game, you lose it all.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ed Slott joins Coach Pete in this June 2011 interview segment to discuss retirement decisions, IRA distribution planning, and the importance of an educated advisor. The conversation focuses on what happens when retirement savings must become income.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;ve been joined by Ed Slott. He&#x27;s a master planner in taxation. He&#x27;s a CPA. And you see him on PBS and you&#x27;ve probably read one of his books or so. Ed, I really appreciate you taking your time out today. Well, I&#x27;m glad to be here. And I got to tell you, when you make that call, you&#x27;ll get three immediate benefits. In case you&#x27;re one of those people listening, say, what&#x27;s in it for me? Once you make that call, number one, you&#x27;ll get peace of mind. You&#x27;ll get your questions answered. And it&#x27;ll probably raise new questions you didn&#x27;t even know to ask. And number three, the most important part, you&#x27;ll get a plan started. Because if you don&#x27;t create a plan, you get the government plan. And let me tell you something, you don&#x27;t want the government plan. That&#x27;s what most people get that do nothing or have an advisor that doesn&#x27;t recognize that a plan has to be created. So folks, Ed Slott has a team of elite advisors throughout the nation. Before you</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> make any decision in the financial world, especially as it relates to your retirement money, money that you have an IRAs or Roth IRAs or 401ks, make sure that you get a certified plan put together that&#x27;ll help you reduce unnecessary taxation, making sure that you have more peace of mind going forward. Ed, you&#x27;ve written a lot of books, but one I really like is Ed Slott&#x27;s Retirement Decisions Guide, because a lot of people get towards retirement and they freeze up, don&#x27;t they? They don&#x27;t make the right decisions if they do make them, so they&#x27;re afraid to make any. Ed Slott Well, the decisions are different then. When you come to retirement, you&#x27;re on what I call the back nine or the second half of the game. You spend your whole life working, saving, sacrificing, accumulating, and building your retirement savings just for that one time where eventually the money&#x27;s going to come out. And that&#x27;s when it all hits.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> That&#x27;s when everything changes gears. You can almost envision a train going full steam ahead. But you ever see those movies where it has to stop and then back up? And it has to literally come to a complete stop, and then the wheels start going back the other way? And that&#x27;s kind of what it is. Now you&#x27;re stopped, and you&#x27;re in the second half of the game where the funds come out. But because the funds are tax-deferred, like in a 401k or a 403b or an IRA, that money&#x27;s going to be taxed. And that&#x27;s where you need to work with a specialist. This is a specialized area of the tax law who knows how to get those monies out without destroying you with taxes. Remember, when it comes to taxes, it&#x27;s what you keep that counts. Taxes will be the single biggest factor that will separate</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> people from their retirement savings. It&#x27;s not the stock market going up and down. I mean, the stock market goes up, you make money, it goes down, you lose money. But then it comes back up, and you get it back if you lose money. But when it comes to taxes, if you make a mistake on the taxes, you&#x27;ll never get that money back. You have mainly one chance to get this right. So it&#x27;s a very specialized field, and you&#x27;re dealing with complex tax rules on how to get that money out in the most efficient manner while taking advantage of lots of tax rules that can actually help you end up with more money than you ever had and more of it tax-free. And that&#x27;s the key to planning in retirement, trying to keep more of the money you make, as you said, from your partner, Uncle Sam. And most people don&#x27;t realize</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> that Uncle Sam, many times when you don&#x27;t have an advisor that knows these specialized rules, Uncle Sam can become the senior partner. It means Uncle Sam gets more than you do. But deductions are one part, but I&#x27;m talking about the big hits. When you move retirement money, I always say a retirement account&#x27;s like an eggshell. You break it, it&#x27;s over. You get one chance at it. And you really have to work with an advisor that has a specialized knowledge. Now, the problem is that most advisors don&#x27;t. Now, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, that&#x27;s the only reason I&#x27;m on this program. I don&#x27;t do that many radio programs for advisors, because most of them don&#x27;t have the knowledge to even have a conversation. Most advisors are really just salesmen. They sell you stocks, bonds, and funds, and then you&#x27;re on your own. And then when it comes out, you lose it all to taxes.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> It doesn&#x27;t matter how much an advisor makes you. If you lose it all to taxes, what have you done? You&#x27;ve built a savings account for the government. And I&#x27;m not talking about investments. I&#x27;m talking about the tax strategies, the tax planning, the exit strategy. You put the money in, you put the money in, do you have a plan to take it out? Because it&#x27;s the way you take it out that will determine how much you keep and how much goes to the government. And you need an advisor that can help you create that plan. 99% of advisors, and if you&#x27;re listening, that&#x27;s probably your advisors, don&#x27;t know how to create that plan. They don&#x27;t have the knowledge. They don&#x27;t invest in their education. And I hate to say it, but they&#x27;re mostly salesmen. They&#x27;re not keeping up with these rules. They&#x27;re not specialists. It doesn&#x27;t mean they&#x27;re bad guys. They&#x27;re just not specialists. Maybe a doctor analogy might be better</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> to understand this point. You have a general practitioner doctor. He&#x27;s a nice guy, but he&#x27;s not a specialist. He&#x27;s not a neurologist. He&#x27;s not a cardiologist. And sometimes you need a specialist. So the reason I&#x27;m on this program is because I&#x27;ve been on a mission for years now, because I&#x27;ve seen the horror stories, to match consumers with competent, educated advisors that have specialized knowledge in the distribution area, in that exit strategy, whatever you want to call it, the estate planning, the distribution planning for IRAs and 401ks that get that money out at the second half of the game. That&#x27;s the part of the game that counts. If you don&#x27;t win the second half of the game, you lose it all.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ed Slott joins Coach Pete in this June 2011 interview segment to discuss retirement decisions, IRA distribution planning, and the importance of an educated advisor. The conversation focuses on what happens when retirement savings must become income.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ed Slott</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retirement Decisions and the Distribution Plan</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ed Slott, retirement planning, Retirement Decisions and the Distribution Plan, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021/image.jpg?t=1792071898&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-slott-retirement-decisions-and-the-distribution-plan-interview-segment/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021/image.jpg?t=1792071898&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021</guid>
      <omny:clipId>58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>327</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/58bb6b18-7b52-4bfc-85c5-b4e300113021/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="5264900" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ed-slott-retirement-decisions-and-the-distribution-plan-interview-segment</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>245</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Decisions and the Distribution Plan" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robert Kiyosaki: Financial Education and Thinking Beyond a Paycheck</title>
      <itunes:title>Robert Kiyosaki: Financial Education and Thinking Beyond a Paycheck</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hello and welcome into the program. This is the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And in studio, as always, is the nation&#x27;s income planner, investment advisor, registered financial consultant, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore CPA. We&#x27;ve got several other people who will be joining us throughout the program today, including a very special guest. I see him connecting on the phone right now. We&#x27;ll have him up in just a minute. Coach Pete, who do we have on today that you want to let folks know about? Well, there&#x27;s a book I read several years ago called Rich Dad, Poor Dad, and he&#x27;s written several other books since then. And probably before that, Robert Kiyosaki, folks, you&#x27;ve probably heard that name. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He&#x27;s one of Donald Trump&#x27;s close friends, Robert Kiyosaki, will be joining us very shortly.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But folks, I want to tell you right here on this show, happy Memorial Day weekend, by the way, to all our listeners. And a special shout out to all the armed forces active and retired. It&#x27;s because of you guys that we&#x27;re able to talk freely on the radio and tell people about all the great things that they could do in retirement. But I like to tell everyone, gain confidence in yourself and your retirement. Very, very important. And everything we&#x27;re going to talk about today evolves around retirement planning, 401ks. And it doesn&#x27;t matter how old or how young you are, you&#x27;ll find something on the show today that will be very valuable, including later on a free book giveaway. So, folks, listen closely. The free book Memorial Day giveaway is coming up shortly. The more you know about your money, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And I think that&#x27;s why this next gentleman here on the program has been educating folks about their financial decision making for years and years, authoring several books.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think he&#x27;s got 16 books under his belt now. Welcome to the program, Mr. Kiyosaki. Hey, thanks. And thanks for doing a financial education show. Our government needs it. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this about six years now, Robert, and it never changes. You watch TV and you read in the papers and get magazines and everyone&#x27;s trying to push one thing or the other. And that&#x27;s what I like about what you do is you take a step back and tell people what they really should be doing, not what they should be following the herd with. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of your new book. And, folks, you need to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s called The Unfair Advantage, The Power of a Financial Education. Subtitle is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Of course, the author is Robert Kiyosaki. And, Robert, there&#x27;s so many good things in the book. I&#x27;ll start with asking you a couple of questions, and you can tell me what you really want to draw attention to in the book. But in the book, you talk about five levels of investors. Do you want to go over that real quick?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a little bit too tough to get into. But the average person is not investing, and they&#x27;re depending upon the government to take care of them. And they&#x27;re depending upon Social Security and Medicare. The very people they&#x27;re asking to take care of them, I&#x27;m not Republican or Democrat. The problem is our very people who are protecting us are ripping us off. That&#x27;s why I made the comment about you guys should be talking to our leaders also because they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re doing since we have no financial education in our schools. We have a very serious problem in the next 10 years is the old guys like me will start collecting Social Security and Medicare, and it&#x27;s going to kill us. We talk all the time on the program about the more you know, the more money you get to keep in your pocket. So why is it that schools will never teach this information that you lay out pretty simply in your book? Well, if you read Rich Dad, Poor Dad, my poor dad&#x27;s a great guy.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> He was a Ph.D., and he was the head of education as well as head of the teacher&#x27;s union. And it&#x27;s the teacher&#x27;s union that&#x27;s the big problem because, as you know, most unions – I&#x27;m not against unions – but most unions, they want to work less and get paid more. So we&#x27;re going broke because those are the guys running our country. The NEA, National Education Association, is the most powerful labor union in the United States. So they&#x27;re not going to teach anything that violates what they&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s basically communism is what they&#x27;re doing, unfortunately. I was a Marine, and I fought in Vietnam, and I didn&#x27;t fight for communism. It was my fault for capitalism. Well, as a Marine, you know the motto was advance and protect. I mean that&#x27;s how you fight a battle is you always should be gaining, and when you gain, you should never give back, correct? Right. It was also kill or be killed. Well, that&#x27;s the way it is in the financial world.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> The people keep making more money, and the old saying, it takes money to make money, is almost a little bit off base. But we talk about financial experts in the book, or you do, and you have a great quote from Warren Buffett. He says that Wall Street&#x27;s the only place where people ride to work in a Rolls Royce and get advice from those who take the subway. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s the way you think about it. I wouldn&#x27;t listen to most financial planners, but this is the difference. I don&#x27;t need to listen to most financial planners because I don&#x27;t think the way they do. And I think the 401k is the biggest ripoff ever put on the United States. It is ripping people off left, right, and center, but it&#x27;s making Wall Street guys richer. You know, they&#x27;re getting paid billions in bonuses, and guys are losing their homes and their jobs. This is a complete ripoff right now. What&#x27;s wrong with the 401k system, Mr. Kiyosaki? Taxes.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> You will pay more and more in taxes than you&#x27;ll ever know. Plus, when you put a mutual fund inside a 401k, it&#x27;s the most stupid thing you can do. Plus, mutual funds, you know, they don&#x27;t tell you what their high expense ratios are. I&#x27;m not against this whole thing. If you don&#x27;t have any financial education, you should save money and put money in a 401k. But I don&#x27;t save money. I don&#x27;t get out of debt. I&#x27;m trying to get into debt. And I don&#x27;t have a 401k because I don&#x27;t like being ripped off. It&#x27;s that simple. But I have a financial education. That&#x27;s the biggest difference of all. So there&#x27;s advice for different stratas. For those of you who want to understand how the rich are getting richer, you should read Unfair Advantage. Because Rich Dad Poor Dad has a story when I was nine years old. An unfair advantage is what I&#x27;m doing today. And I&#x27;m making so much more money, but I don&#x27;t have a financial advisor giving me bad advice.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But you have to do what&#x27;s best for you and don&#x27;t do what I do. Unfair Advantage will give you some ideas. Oh, that&#x27;s how those guys are doing it. There&#x27;s five unfair advantages. One is debt. Second is taxes. We love debt because banks always call me up because they want to unload more property onto me. And number two is because I&#x27;m on their team, I don&#x27;t pay any tax on it. So when you read that, you go, oh, my God, that&#x27;s how they&#x27;re doing it. They&#x27;re getting richer, paying less in taxes. And the thing is, you can do it, too. You just have fewer zeros behind what you do. They started off small, footed Donald Trump, but now we have millions of dollars coming at us because we have an education that most people don&#x27;t have. And you can do it, too. That&#x27;s my whole point. Well, you and I think a lot alike.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And we talk about this almost weekly on our show about two things. One is about cash flow, and I want to talk about that in a minute. But number two is most financial planners try to look at the past to justify what they&#x27;re going to put you in in the future. Isn&#x27;t that right? It&#x27;s worse than that, but that&#x27;s true. They look at historical values. What they&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m not against them. I just don&#x27;t like their advice. You know what I mean? You know, they&#x27;ll say, well, this mutual fund&#x27;s five-star rated. Well, as compared to what? You know, it&#x27;s like having a beauty pageant of ugly people and saying, well, this person&#x27;s the least ugly. That&#x27;s what five-star means. Well, let&#x27;s look at this now. They&#x27;re not comparing it to guys like me who are kicking butt out there, you know, getting infinite returns because I&#x27;m not using my money. I&#x27;m using the bank&#x27;s money. So that&#x27;s why if you think getting out of debt is smart, unfair advantage will shock you and say, my God, these guys are using debt to get rich and pay no tax.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> It&#x27;s so opposite of what people have been taught. You know, in a land of small people, a five-foot person is a tall person, right? So that&#x27;s why we have to be careful what they&#x27;re comparing to. It&#x27;s all relative. It&#x27;s all relative. So when you read unfair advantage, my idea was that by having the same advantages and seeing how it works in today&#x27;s economy, like I said, rich dad, poor dad was me in elementary school. Unfair advantage is me in grad school. And you&#x27;ll see why the rich are just kicking butt right now. You know, I was just talking to my friend Donald, and he says, man, I can&#x27;t believe how many deals are coming at me. I said, me too. This is the best time of my life. But we&#x27;re old guys now. For the average person, you&#x27;ve followed the mantra that your house is not an asset. But the debt can be an asset to you, can&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s how you are leveraging your money and making more, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Right. When I said your house is not an asset, you know, realtors stopped sending me Christmas cards. It was back in 1997. And now with the subprime crisis and the crashes on Wall Street and all this, you know, people are saying maybe Kiyosaki and Trump weren&#x27;t so far off base. But we do think differently because we had rich dads. And our job is to put those ideas into your head. And maybe if you don&#x27;t do it, maybe you can teach your kids differently. Because the second biggest ripoff is going to school on those student loans. Those are the worst loans you can possibly get. But they don&#x27;t tell you that. You know, many kids coming out of school today will never pay off that school loan. And when their kids go to school, they&#x27;ll still be paying off the student loans and their kids will be getting the student loan. That&#x27;s bad debt. But the whole system is based upon debt.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And if you don&#x27;t know how to handle debt, that&#x27;s why you get into trouble. That&#x27;s why your house is not an asset. I&#x27;m not saying don&#x27;t buy a house. I&#x27;m saying don&#x27;t be stupid out there. And now what I&#x27;ve been saying since Rich Dad, Poor Dad came out 15 or 13 years ago, whatever it is, people are saying, well, maybe the guy wasn&#x27;t so stupid. Well, you know, you used a great example and analogy in this book. And I want to really get into this because this explains cash flow to a T. You say the three priceless lessons you learned from Monopoly. Monopoly. And then, of course, your wife, Kim. My wife&#x27;s name&#x27;s Kim, too, so we have that in common. But she has a commentary, too, so she must have played some Monopoly. But explain to folks how they should have learned if they ever played Monopoly, they should have learned that lesson then. And they might never have had to take another financial course in their life if they would have just paid attention when they were playing Monopoly.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> Absolutely. Monopoly is one of the most brilliant games ever created. You know, let&#x27;s say you have one house. You get paid, let&#x27;s say, $10 rent. You have two houses. You get paid $20, $30, $40, $40, and a rent a hotel $60. That&#x27;s all you have to do. So when I was nine years old, I was playing Monopoly, and my rich dad started telling me this is how the game is played. That&#x27;s all? I said, yes. I said, why am I going to go to school? He says, I don&#x27;t know. So I was like 10 years old, nine years old, and all this. And today I&#x27;m still playing Monopoly. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to say to people. That&#x27;s the real education you should have had is how to play Monopoly. Because today, in Unfair Advantage, I&#x27;m talking about how banks are calling me up today saying, hey, we should take this off our hands. We&#x27;re in trouble. We&#x27;ll give you the money. It&#x27;s so different of what the average person is taught in school.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> The average person will work for guys like me and pay higher taxes to the government. And that&#x27;s what I don&#x27;t want for the average person. You should play the game of Monopoly for real because you don&#x27;t have to go to college to do that. Mr. Kiyosaki, in your new book, you talk about the fact that the crisis, the economic crisis, is not over and the worst is yet to come. What do you feel that our future for the economy is going to look like in this country? You&#x27;ve predicted a pretty rough future. Well, let me tell you how I see the economy. Because I started saying years ago that gold and silver were the best investment. That was in 2000. Back then, I think gold was $275 a pound and silver was like, let&#x27;s say, $5. And today, gold is $1,500 and silver is $35. If you had just done that, you would kick butt.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> But today, this is how I look. I always look in 10-year increments. I look at 2010 to the year 2020. And I ask myself, what&#x27;s going to happen between 2010 and 2020? Well, what&#x27;s going to happen is the old guys like me, the baby boomers, we&#x27;re going to start collecting on IOUs. That&#x27;s basically one big Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme. Those IOUs and Ponzi schemes are called Social Security and Medicare. Social Security is a $15 trillion problem. And Medicare is a $65 trillion problem. So you ask yourself, can our government, I&#x27;m not either Republican or Democrat, can our leaders, the president to the senators or the congressmen, can they solve probably a $100 trillion problem? I don&#x27;t think so. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m not betting with the government.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> I&#x27;m betting against them. If you think the next president, be it Obama, whoever wins, can solve the problems in the next 10 years, then you just do what school taught you. Go to school, save money, work hard, buy a house, and put your money in a 401K. But if you are betting against the government, you&#x27;ll do other things. I bet against my government. I love my country. I also don&#x27;t trust my leaders. That&#x27;s the problem. We&#x27;re talking with Mr. Robert Kiyosaki. He is the author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, joining us here on the Financial Safari. And it&#x27;s always a pleasure to get to speak with such a prestigious name. His new book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education, What Schools Will Never Teach You, emphasizes his long-held belief that the school system and our education system is not teaching us the financial knowledge that we need to know.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Mr. Kiyosaki, you challenge people to invest in the one thing that they can control themselves. And that goes right along with what we talk about here on the Financial Safari all the time, kind of like recycling and the old mantra, think globally and act locally. You need to control what&#x27;s in your own personal economy rather than worry about all these global factors and forces that are outside of your control, don&#x27;t you? Amen. You&#x27;re 100% on. The one thing you can control is what you put in your head. And that&#x27;s why the start of Unfair Advantage is they choose your teachers wisely. I&#x27;m not against teachers, but most of them aren&#x27;t rich. And I want to be rich. So you better choose leaders or teachers that you want to be like, like Mr. Trump&#x27;s a good friend of mine.</p><p><strong>13:18</strong> Steve Forbes is a good friend of mine. I&#x27;m not as rich as they are, but I like hanging out with them because I learn a lot from them. I think like them. I want to think like them. I want to think more like them. But when somebody comes up to me and says, well, you know, you&#x27;ve got to have a secure job. I say, yeah, if you like paying taxes, that&#x27;s a good idea. Well, you must save money. I said, yeah, you save money. You say you save your $5,000 and the Fed just printed $3.7 trillion. What is your little $10,000 in savings worth? Nothing. And then you pay tax upon that. That&#x27;s really stupid from my book, from my perspective. So you&#x27;ve got to make your own choice. Whose ideas are you going to put into your head? And that&#x27;s one thing you have control over. And it&#x27;s about reprogramming a lot of times because people are bombarded with bad information. And even Kim, your wife, wrote it. She said, my earth-shattering realization came when I realized I had been taught and programmed</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> all my life to focus on the wrong thing when it came to money. And what it really should be, Robert, is all about cash flow, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot about cash flow, but it&#x27;s also debt and taxes. The thing is, I use debt to get rich. And the average person says they have no financial education. Debt makes them poorer. And the average person who is working hard, saving money, and putting in a 401k, they&#x27;re going to pay the highest taxes of anybody around. And the people that pay the most taxes are the A students, the guys who are doctors and lawyers and accountants. They pay the highest taxes. And those are the A students. It&#x27;s so backwards. If you read Unfair Advantage, you go, oh my god, we&#x27;ve really been looking at it from the wrong side of the coin. If there&#x27;s two sides of a coin, they may look on the loose side of the coin, not the wind side of the coin.</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Anybody will ever spend. It&#x27;s called Unfair Advantage, folks. The power of financial education. What schools will never teach you about money? It is an education in one book. And if you read this, folks, there&#x27;s no way you can&#x27;t make money in the future. Mr. Kiyosaki, you&#x27;ve written rich dad, poor dad. You&#x27;ve written rich kid, poor kid. Any advice out there for the moms? Yeah, be very careful of what&#x27;s being put inside the child&#x27;s head. For example, my poor dad always said, I can&#x27;t afford it. Or he would say such things as, the rich are evil. The rich rip us all off. And you go to school. You make sure you get a good school. Go to Harvard, you know? If that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re putting inside your kid&#x27;s head, they&#x27;re going to wind up like, you&#x27;re getting bad advice financially. Now, education might be good. Might get a better job. But as I&#x27;m saying, employees and doctors and lawyers pay the highest taxes of all.</p><p><strong>15:40</strong> When President Obama says he&#x27;s going to tax the rich, he&#x27;s not taxing the rich. He&#x27;s not taxing guys like me. They&#x27;re giving me tax breaks. They&#x27;re giving me tax break after tax break after tax break. But the people who go to school, they&#x27;re just raising taxes on them. It&#x27;s really bad. So I just bought a sailboat in a million bucks. I got a 100% tax write-off for it. Oh, that&#x27;s nice. It&#x27;s just a different way of looking at life. It&#x27;s not the sailboat. It&#x27;s my knowledge. So I understand the tax system, and I just play the tax system. But nobody ever tells you about taxes in school, nor do they tell you about debt. I just bought 680 units in San Antonio, Texas, apartment houses. And the thing was $27 million. Somebody ran it into the ground. So the bank calls up and says, look, would you take it off our hands for $21 million? And we say, sure. No money down. We got $20 million property.</p><p><strong>16:27</strong> Think about that one. It&#x27;s shocking what happens in unfair advantage. As you&#x27;ll read about, there&#x27;s five unfair advantages. The last unfair advantage is called the law of compensation. It&#x27;s exactly opposite of what they tell you in school. So I get richer and richer. Every year, my wife and I, we add, you know, this year, we&#x27;re going to add another 1,000 units. I&#x27;m going to drill more oil wells. I just get richer and richer. The government gives me the tax breaks for it. But I&#x27;m doing what the government wants me to do. But by getting a job and working hard and saving money, you&#x27;re doing what the government doesn&#x27;t want you to do. That&#x27;s why you pay more tax than I do. You had some pretty good oxymorons, a little page on that. The definition of oxymoron is words that contradict each other, like jumbo shrimp, government service, and painless dentist. That&#x27;s a pretty good one. And how about adult male? There&#x27;s no such thing as an adult male.</p><p><strong>17:13</strong> Well, and the one I wanted to call attention to was diversified portfolio. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good one. It&#x27;s not diversified. It&#x27;s de-worsified. I&#x27;ll just say it again. The mutual fund is like, let&#x27;s say you have a plastic bucket. What a mutual fund is, is they drill holes all the way down to the last inch of the bucket. And so you&#x27;re putting money in, but all the money is pouring out the sides, and all you keep is in the bottom one inch of the bucket. The mutual fund company gets the rest. And you know when they say there&#x27;s a five-star and all this stuff? You&#x27;re not going, you&#x27;re lying. That&#x27;s the worst thing about it. A person can&#x27;t tell they&#x27;re being lied to. That&#x27;s what disturbs me. If you don&#x27;t know, you have no financial education, you can&#x27;t tell what&#x27;s good or bad. You just have to listen to somebody who&#x27;s a financial planner. I&#x27;m not against them.</p><p><strong>17:59</strong> But ask them how much education it takes to become a financial planner. You can become a financial planner in one month, just 30 days. You too can be planning people&#x27;s futures. But it takes 18 months to become a massage therapist. You know, I mean, what&#x27;s more valuable, a massage or your financial future? Depends on what time of day it is. There&#x27;s a couple of massage therapists that do a good job. Mr. Kiyosaki, the majority of the American public are investing in 401ks, though. They are investing in mutual funds. What advice do you have for those retirement-minded Americans, those within a five-year window of retirement or already into retirement, that are now in a situation where they are drawing off of those qualified accounts, those 401ks and those IRAs?</p><p><strong>18:48</strong> What would you tell those folks? I would do something different, number one. I would pray for them. As I said, look from 2010 to 2020 and ask yourself, what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Either keep doing the same thing and pray a lot or say, I&#x27;m going to get some new ideas and take some different actions. That&#x27;s all I can say. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s bad. I&#x27;m just saying it&#x27;s not good. So if you want to keep doing it, fine. Have a good life. There&#x27;s different advice for different people. Like Susie Orman, when she speaks, she&#x27;s a friend of mine. When she speaks to most people, she&#x27;s scolding them. And many people need to be scolded. And then you have Dave Ramsey who&#x27;s saying, act your wage. And what he&#x27;s basically saying, stay an employee and get taxed to death. Now, if you like that advice, stay there. I&#x27;m saying you better do something different.</p><p><strong>19:34</strong> So if you just want to stay as an employee, hope that Social Security and Medicare are there for you, and a 401k is going to keep you going, that&#x27;s fine. What I&#x27;m saying, there&#x27;s better ways to do it. But as you said, you have to change your thinking. You have to change who you listen to. That&#x27;s where it starts. In your book here, you talk about the difference between the person who is chasing capital gains and the one who is comfortable with the cash flow. Right. What it all comes down to, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Last year, I think we bought another 2,000 apartment units. We drilled five oil wells or something. We hit five. So our cash flow per month goes up by like $100,000 a month. Now, it&#x27;s not big money. That&#x27;s $1.2 million a year. I&#x27;m not rich like the rich guys, but $1.2 million a year cash flow without working kind of gets me comfortable every month.</p><p><strong>20:20</strong> And other people who are investing in stocks of oil companies like Exxon and Enron and those guys, they&#x27;re going up and down with the capital gains of the company. Meanwhile, the same companies are sending me a check every month for the oil I&#x27;m investing in. So there&#x27;s a different way to look at it. I don&#x27;t like the stock market because I have no control of the up and down. Now, you can if you play options and those types of things. But I would rather just receive my check every month. So every month, we have about 3,000 people sending us a check for using our apartment houses. And I have commercial properties. I never lost during the financial crash. So it&#x27;s $100,000 a month. A lot of people don&#x27;t make $100,000 a year, but I make that a month without working. Then I go to work every month on top of that. Well, you talked about taxes being an unfair advantage, debt being an unfair advantage, like your friend Warren Buffett that you quoted in your book, who has said that he was in a lower effective tax bracket than his own secretary.</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> So, folks, you need to think about your finances differently. And, Mr. Kiyosaki, it&#x27;s been an absolute pleasure speaking with you again. Robert Kiyosaki, the author of The Rich Dad, Poor Dad series of books, his newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Folks, that is your unfair advantage. And the subtitle of the book is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Mr. Kiyosaki, we would love to have you back on in the future. Please feel free to give us a call whenever, or if possible, I would love to reach out to you to have you back on the program. Yeah, please do. You guys are doing a great job. And, you know, the most important thing is to change the way people think. Look at the world differently. This is the best time in my life right now, but I had an unfair advantage. Well, we would love to have you back on to talk more and learn more from you.</p><p><strong>21:58</strong> And put a good word in for us, if you would, with your friends Donald Trump and Steve Forbes and Susie Orman, too. All right. I&#x27;ll do that. Thank you, Mr. Kiyosaki, for joining us on the Financial Safari. And, everybody, I highly recommend you go out and buy a copy of Mr. Kiyosaki&#x27;s newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Keep up the good work, you guys. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And hello and welcome into the program. This is the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And in studio, as always, is the nation&#x27;s income planner, investment advisor, registered financial consultant, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, as well as Stan Moore CPA. We&#x27;ve got several other people who will be joining us throughout the program today, including a very special guest. I see him connecting on the phone right now. We&#x27;ll have him up in just a minute. Coach Pete, who do we have on today that you want to let folks know about? Well, there&#x27;s a book I read several years ago called Rich Dad, Poor Dad, and he&#x27;s written several other books since then. And probably before that, Robert Kiyosaki, folks, you&#x27;ve probably heard that name. You&#x27;ve seen him on TV. He&#x27;s one of Donald Trump&#x27;s close friends, Robert Kiyosaki, will be joining us very shortly.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> But folks, I want to tell you right here on this show, happy Memorial Day weekend, by the way, to all our listeners. And a special shout out to all the armed forces active and retired. It&#x27;s because of you guys that we&#x27;re able to talk freely on the radio and tell people about all the great things that they could do in retirement. But I like to tell everyone, gain confidence in yourself and your retirement. Very, very important. And everything we&#x27;re going to talk about today evolves around retirement planning, 401ks. And it doesn&#x27;t matter how old or how young you are, you&#x27;ll find something on the show today that will be very valuable, including later on a free book giveaway. So, folks, listen closely. The free book Memorial Day giveaway is coming up shortly. The more you know about your money, the more you get to keep in your pocket. And I think that&#x27;s why this next gentleman here on the program has been educating folks about their financial decision making for years and years, authoring several books.</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> I think he&#x27;s got 16 books under his belt now. Welcome to the program, Mr. Kiyosaki. Hey, thanks. And thanks for doing a financial education show. Our government needs it. Well, we&#x27;ve been doing this about six years now, Robert, and it never changes. You watch TV and you read in the papers and get magazines and everyone&#x27;s trying to push one thing or the other. And that&#x27;s what I like about what you do is you take a step back and tell people what they really should be doing, not what they should be following the herd with. And we&#x27;ve got a copy of your new book. And, folks, you need to get a copy of this. It&#x27;s called The Unfair Advantage, The Power of a Financial Education. Subtitle is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Of course, the author is Robert Kiyosaki. And, Robert, there&#x27;s so many good things in the book. I&#x27;ll start with asking you a couple of questions, and you can tell me what you really want to draw attention to in the book. But in the book, you talk about five levels of investors. Do you want to go over that real quick?</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s a little bit too tough to get into. But the average person is not investing, and they&#x27;re depending upon the government to take care of them. And they&#x27;re depending upon Social Security and Medicare. The very people they&#x27;re asking to take care of them, I&#x27;m not Republican or Democrat. The problem is our very people who are protecting us are ripping us off. That&#x27;s why I made the comment about you guys should be talking to our leaders also because they don&#x27;t know what they&#x27;re doing since we have no financial education in our schools. We have a very serious problem in the next 10 years is the old guys like me will start collecting Social Security and Medicare, and it&#x27;s going to kill us. We talk all the time on the program about the more you know, the more money you get to keep in your pocket. So why is it that schools will never teach this information that you lay out pretty simply in your book? Well, if you read Rich Dad, Poor Dad, my poor dad&#x27;s a great guy.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> He was a Ph.D., and he was the head of education as well as head of the teacher&#x27;s union. And it&#x27;s the teacher&#x27;s union that&#x27;s the big problem because, as you know, most unions – I&#x27;m not against unions – but most unions, they want to work less and get paid more. So we&#x27;re going broke because those are the guys running our country. The NEA, National Education Association, is the most powerful labor union in the United States. So they&#x27;re not going to teach anything that violates what they&#x27;re doing. It&#x27;s basically communism is what they&#x27;re doing, unfortunately. I was a Marine, and I fought in Vietnam, and I didn&#x27;t fight for communism. It was my fault for capitalism. Well, as a Marine, you know the motto was advance and protect. I mean that&#x27;s how you fight a battle is you always should be gaining, and when you gain, you should never give back, correct? Right. It was also kill or be killed. Well, that&#x27;s the way it is in the financial world.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> The people keep making more money, and the old saying, it takes money to make money, is almost a little bit off base. But we talk about financial experts in the book, or you do, and you have a great quote from Warren Buffett. He says that Wall Street&#x27;s the only place where people ride to work in a Rolls Royce and get advice from those who take the subway. That&#x27;s correct. That&#x27;s the way you think about it. I wouldn&#x27;t listen to most financial planners, but this is the difference. I don&#x27;t need to listen to most financial planners because I don&#x27;t think the way they do. And I think the 401k is the biggest ripoff ever put on the United States. It is ripping people off left, right, and center, but it&#x27;s making Wall Street guys richer. You know, they&#x27;re getting paid billions in bonuses, and guys are losing their homes and their jobs. This is a complete ripoff right now. What&#x27;s wrong with the 401k system, Mr. Kiyosaki? Taxes.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> You will pay more and more in taxes than you&#x27;ll ever know. Plus, when you put a mutual fund inside a 401k, it&#x27;s the most stupid thing you can do. Plus, mutual funds, you know, they don&#x27;t tell you what their high expense ratios are. I&#x27;m not against this whole thing. If you don&#x27;t have any financial education, you should save money and put money in a 401k. But I don&#x27;t save money. I don&#x27;t get out of debt. I&#x27;m trying to get into debt. And I don&#x27;t have a 401k because I don&#x27;t like being ripped off. It&#x27;s that simple. But I have a financial education. That&#x27;s the biggest difference of all. So there&#x27;s advice for different stratas. For those of you who want to understand how the rich are getting richer, you should read Unfair Advantage. Because Rich Dad Poor Dad has a story when I was nine years old. An unfair advantage is what I&#x27;m doing today. And I&#x27;m making so much more money, but I don&#x27;t have a financial advisor giving me bad advice.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> But you have to do what&#x27;s best for you and don&#x27;t do what I do. Unfair Advantage will give you some ideas. Oh, that&#x27;s how those guys are doing it. There&#x27;s five unfair advantages. One is debt. Second is taxes. We love debt because banks always call me up because they want to unload more property onto me. And number two is because I&#x27;m on their team, I don&#x27;t pay any tax on it. So when you read that, you go, oh, my God, that&#x27;s how they&#x27;re doing it. They&#x27;re getting richer, paying less in taxes. And the thing is, you can do it, too. You just have fewer zeros behind what you do. They started off small, footed Donald Trump, but now we have millions of dollars coming at us because we have an education that most people don&#x27;t have. And you can do it, too. That&#x27;s my whole point. Well, you and I think a lot alike.</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> And we talk about this almost weekly on our show about two things. One is about cash flow, and I want to talk about that in a minute. But number two is most financial planners try to look at the past to justify what they&#x27;re going to put you in in the future. Isn&#x27;t that right? It&#x27;s worse than that, but that&#x27;s true. They look at historical values. What they&#x27;ll tell you, I&#x27;m not against them. I just don&#x27;t like their advice. You know what I mean? You know, they&#x27;ll say, well, this mutual fund&#x27;s five-star rated. Well, as compared to what? You know, it&#x27;s like having a beauty pageant of ugly people and saying, well, this person&#x27;s the least ugly. That&#x27;s what five-star means. Well, let&#x27;s look at this now. They&#x27;re not comparing it to guys like me who are kicking butt out there, you know, getting infinite returns because I&#x27;m not using my money. I&#x27;m using the bank&#x27;s money. So that&#x27;s why if you think getting out of debt is smart, unfair advantage will shock you and say, my God, these guys are using debt to get rich and pay no tax.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> It&#x27;s so opposite of what people have been taught. You know, in a land of small people, a five-foot person is a tall person, right? So that&#x27;s why we have to be careful what they&#x27;re comparing to. It&#x27;s all relative. It&#x27;s all relative. So when you read unfair advantage, my idea was that by having the same advantages and seeing how it works in today&#x27;s economy, like I said, rich dad, poor dad was me in elementary school. Unfair advantage is me in grad school. And you&#x27;ll see why the rich are just kicking butt right now. You know, I was just talking to my friend Donald, and he says, man, I can&#x27;t believe how many deals are coming at me. I said, me too. This is the best time of my life. But we&#x27;re old guys now. For the average person, you&#x27;ve followed the mantra that your house is not an asset. But the debt can be an asset to you, can&#x27;t it? And that&#x27;s how you are leveraging your money and making more, isn&#x27;t it?</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Right. When I said your house is not an asset, you know, realtors stopped sending me Christmas cards. It was back in 1997. And now with the subprime crisis and the crashes on Wall Street and all this, you know, people are saying maybe Kiyosaki and Trump weren&#x27;t so far off base. But we do think differently because we had rich dads. And our job is to put those ideas into your head. And maybe if you don&#x27;t do it, maybe you can teach your kids differently. Because the second biggest ripoff is going to school on those student loans. Those are the worst loans you can possibly get. But they don&#x27;t tell you that. You know, many kids coming out of school today will never pay off that school loan. And when their kids go to school, they&#x27;ll still be paying off the student loans and their kids will be getting the student loan. That&#x27;s bad debt. But the whole system is based upon debt.</p><p><strong>08:40</strong> And if you don&#x27;t know how to handle debt, that&#x27;s why you get into trouble. That&#x27;s why your house is not an asset. I&#x27;m not saying don&#x27;t buy a house. I&#x27;m saying don&#x27;t be stupid out there. And now what I&#x27;ve been saying since Rich Dad, Poor Dad came out 15 or 13 years ago, whatever it is, people are saying, well, maybe the guy wasn&#x27;t so stupid. Well, you know, you used a great example and analogy in this book. And I want to really get into this because this explains cash flow to a T. You say the three priceless lessons you learned from Monopoly. Monopoly. And then, of course, your wife, Kim. My wife&#x27;s name&#x27;s Kim, too, so we have that in common. But she has a commentary, too, so she must have played some Monopoly. But explain to folks how they should have learned if they ever played Monopoly, they should have learned that lesson then. And they might never have had to take another financial course in their life if they would have just paid attention when they were playing Monopoly.</p><p><strong>09:27</strong> Absolutely. Monopoly is one of the most brilliant games ever created. You know, let&#x27;s say you have one house. You get paid, let&#x27;s say, $10 rent. You have two houses. You get paid $20, $30, $40, $40, and a rent a hotel $60. That&#x27;s all you have to do. So when I was nine years old, I was playing Monopoly, and my rich dad started telling me this is how the game is played. That&#x27;s all? I said, yes. I said, why am I going to go to school? He says, I don&#x27;t know. So I was like 10 years old, nine years old, and all this. And today I&#x27;m still playing Monopoly. And that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m trying to say to people. That&#x27;s the real education you should have had is how to play Monopoly. Because today, in Unfair Advantage, I&#x27;m talking about how banks are calling me up today saying, hey, we should take this off our hands. We&#x27;re in trouble. We&#x27;ll give you the money. It&#x27;s so different of what the average person is taught in school.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> The average person will work for guys like me and pay higher taxes to the government. And that&#x27;s what I don&#x27;t want for the average person. You should play the game of Monopoly for real because you don&#x27;t have to go to college to do that. Mr. Kiyosaki, in your new book, you talk about the fact that the crisis, the economic crisis, is not over and the worst is yet to come. What do you feel that our future for the economy is going to look like in this country? You&#x27;ve predicted a pretty rough future. Well, let me tell you how I see the economy. Because I started saying years ago that gold and silver were the best investment. That was in 2000. Back then, I think gold was $275 a pound and silver was like, let&#x27;s say, $5. And today, gold is $1,500 and silver is $35. If you had just done that, you would kick butt.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> But today, this is how I look. I always look in 10-year increments. I look at 2010 to the year 2020. And I ask myself, what&#x27;s going to happen between 2010 and 2020? Well, what&#x27;s going to happen is the old guys like me, the baby boomers, we&#x27;re going to start collecting on IOUs. That&#x27;s basically one big Bernie Madoff Ponzi scheme. Those IOUs and Ponzi schemes are called Social Security and Medicare. Social Security is a $15 trillion problem. And Medicare is a $65 trillion problem. So you ask yourself, can our government, I&#x27;m not either Republican or Democrat, can our leaders, the president to the senators or the congressmen, can they solve probably a $100 trillion problem? I don&#x27;t think so. And that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m not betting with the government.</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> I&#x27;m betting against them. If you think the next president, be it Obama, whoever wins, can solve the problems in the next 10 years, then you just do what school taught you. Go to school, save money, work hard, buy a house, and put your money in a 401K. But if you are betting against the government, you&#x27;ll do other things. I bet against my government. I love my country. I also don&#x27;t trust my leaders. That&#x27;s the problem. We&#x27;re talking with Mr. Robert Kiyosaki. He is the author of Rich Dad, Poor Dad, joining us here on the Financial Safari. And it&#x27;s always a pleasure to get to speak with such a prestigious name. His new book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education, What Schools Will Never Teach You, emphasizes his long-held belief that the school system and our education system is not teaching us the financial knowledge that we need to know.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> Mr. Kiyosaki, you challenge people to invest in the one thing that they can control themselves. And that goes right along with what we talk about here on the Financial Safari all the time, kind of like recycling and the old mantra, think globally and act locally. You need to control what&#x27;s in your own personal economy rather than worry about all these global factors and forces that are outside of your control, don&#x27;t you? Amen. You&#x27;re 100% on. The one thing you can control is what you put in your head. And that&#x27;s why the start of Unfair Advantage is they choose your teachers wisely. I&#x27;m not against teachers, but most of them aren&#x27;t rich. And I want to be rich. So you better choose leaders or teachers that you want to be like, like Mr. Trump&#x27;s a good friend of mine.</p><p><strong>13:18</strong> Steve Forbes is a good friend of mine. I&#x27;m not as rich as they are, but I like hanging out with them because I learn a lot from them. I think like them. I want to think like them. I want to think more like them. But when somebody comes up to me and says, well, you know, you&#x27;ve got to have a secure job. I say, yeah, if you like paying taxes, that&#x27;s a good idea. Well, you must save money. I said, yeah, you save money. You say you save your $5,000 and the Fed just printed $3.7 trillion. What is your little $10,000 in savings worth? Nothing. And then you pay tax upon that. That&#x27;s really stupid from my book, from my perspective. So you&#x27;ve got to make your own choice. Whose ideas are you going to put into your head? And that&#x27;s one thing you have control over. And it&#x27;s about reprogramming a lot of times because people are bombarded with bad information. And even Kim, your wife, wrote it. She said, my earth-shattering realization came when I realized I had been taught and programmed</p><p><strong>14:08</strong> all my life to focus on the wrong thing when it came to money. And what it really should be, Robert, is all about cash flow, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it&#x27;s a lot about cash flow, but it&#x27;s also debt and taxes. The thing is, I use debt to get rich. And the average person says they have no financial education. Debt makes them poorer. And the average person who is working hard, saving money, and putting in a 401k, they&#x27;re going to pay the highest taxes of anybody around. And the people that pay the most taxes are the A students, the guys who are doctors and lawyers and accountants. They pay the highest taxes. And those are the A students. It&#x27;s so backwards. If you read Unfair Advantage, you go, oh my god, we&#x27;ve really been looking at it from the wrong side of the coin. If there&#x27;s two sides of a coin, they may look on the loose side of the coin, not the wind side of the coin.</p><p><strong>14:54</strong> Anybody will ever spend. It&#x27;s called Unfair Advantage, folks. The power of financial education. What schools will never teach you about money? It is an education in one book. And if you read this, folks, there&#x27;s no way you can&#x27;t make money in the future. Mr. Kiyosaki, you&#x27;ve written rich dad, poor dad. You&#x27;ve written rich kid, poor kid. Any advice out there for the moms? Yeah, be very careful of what&#x27;s being put inside the child&#x27;s head. For example, my poor dad always said, I can&#x27;t afford it. Or he would say such things as, the rich are evil. The rich rip us all off. And you go to school. You make sure you get a good school. Go to Harvard, you know? If that&#x27;s what you&#x27;re putting inside your kid&#x27;s head, they&#x27;re going to wind up like, you&#x27;re getting bad advice financially. Now, education might be good. Might get a better job. But as I&#x27;m saying, employees and doctors and lawyers pay the highest taxes of all.</p><p><strong>15:40</strong> When President Obama says he&#x27;s going to tax the rich, he&#x27;s not taxing the rich. He&#x27;s not taxing guys like me. They&#x27;re giving me tax breaks. They&#x27;re giving me tax break after tax break after tax break. But the people who go to school, they&#x27;re just raising taxes on them. It&#x27;s really bad. So I just bought a sailboat in a million bucks. I got a 100% tax write-off for it. Oh, that&#x27;s nice. It&#x27;s just a different way of looking at life. It&#x27;s not the sailboat. It&#x27;s my knowledge. So I understand the tax system, and I just play the tax system. But nobody ever tells you about taxes in school, nor do they tell you about debt. I just bought 680 units in San Antonio, Texas, apartment houses. And the thing was $27 million. Somebody ran it into the ground. So the bank calls up and says, look, would you take it off our hands for $21 million? And we say, sure. No money down. We got $20 million property.</p><p><strong>16:27</strong> Think about that one. It&#x27;s shocking what happens in unfair advantage. As you&#x27;ll read about, there&#x27;s five unfair advantages. The last unfair advantage is called the law of compensation. It&#x27;s exactly opposite of what they tell you in school. So I get richer and richer. Every year, my wife and I, we add, you know, this year, we&#x27;re going to add another 1,000 units. I&#x27;m going to drill more oil wells. I just get richer and richer. The government gives me the tax breaks for it. But I&#x27;m doing what the government wants me to do. But by getting a job and working hard and saving money, you&#x27;re doing what the government doesn&#x27;t want you to do. That&#x27;s why you pay more tax than I do. You had some pretty good oxymorons, a little page on that. The definition of oxymoron is words that contradict each other, like jumbo shrimp, government service, and painless dentist. That&#x27;s a pretty good one. And how about adult male? There&#x27;s no such thing as an adult male.</p><p><strong>17:13</strong> Well, and the one I wanted to call attention to was diversified portfolio. Yeah. That&#x27;s a good one. It&#x27;s not diversified. It&#x27;s de-worsified. I&#x27;ll just say it again. The mutual fund is like, let&#x27;s say you have a plastic bucket. What a mutual fund is, is they drill holes all the way down to the last inch of the bucket. And so you&#x27;re putting money in, but all the money is pouring out the sides, and all you keep is in the bottom one inch of the bucket. The mutual fund company gets the rest. And you know when they say there&#x27;s a five-star and all this stuff? You&#x27;re not going, you&#x27;re lying. That&#x27;s the worst thing about it. A person can&#x27;t tell they&#x27;re being lied to. That&#x27;s what disturbs me. If you don&#x27;t know, you have no financial education, you can&#x27;t tell what&#x27;s good or bad. You just have to listen to somebody who&#x27;s a financial planner. I&#x27;m not against them.</p><p><strong>17:59</strong> But ask them how much education it takes to become a financial planner. You can become a financial planner in one month, just 30 days. You too can be planning people&#x27;s futures. But it takes 18 months to become a massage therapist. You know, I mean, what&#x27;s more valuable, a massage or your financial future? Depends on what time of day it is. There&#x27;s a couple of massage therapists that do a good job. Mr. Kiyosaki, the majority of the American public are investing in 401ks, though. They are investing in mutual funds. What advice do you have for those retirement-minded Americans, those within a five-year window of retirement or already into retirement, that are now in a situation where they are drawing off of those qualified accounts, those 401ks and those IRAs?</p><p><strong>18:48</strong> What would you tell those folks? I would do something different, number one. I would pray for them. As I said, look from 2010 to 2020 and ask yourself, what&#x27;s going to happen in the future? Either keep doing the same thing and pray a lot or say, I&#x27;m going to get some new ideas and take some different actions. That&#x27;s all I can say. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s bad. I&#x27;m just saying it&#x27;s not good. So if you want to keep doing it, fine. Have a good life. There&#x27;s different advice for different people. Like Susie Orman, when she speaks, she&#x27;s a friend of mine. When she speaks to most people, she&#x27;s scolding them. And many people need to be scolded. And then you have Dave Ramsey who&#x27;s saying, act your wage. And what he&#x27;s basically saying, stay an employee and get taxed to death. Now, if you like that advice, stay there. I&#x27;m saying you better do something different.</p><p><strong>19:34</strong> So if you just want to stay as an employee, hope that Social Security and Medicare are there for you, and a 401k is going to keep you going, that&#x27;s fine. What I&#x27;m saying, there&#x27;s better ways to do it. But as you said, you have to change your thinking. You have to change who you listen to. That&#x27;s where it starts. In your book here, you talk about the difference between the person who is chasing capital gains and the one who is comfortable with the cash flow. Right. What it all comes down to, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. Last year, I think we bought another 2,000 apartment units. We drilled five oil wells or something. We hit five. So our cash flow per month goes up by like $100,000 a month. Now, it&#x27;s not big money. That&#x27;s $1.2 million a year. I&#x27;m not rich like the rich guys, but $1.2 million a year cash flow without working kind of gets me comfortable every month.</p><p><strong>20:20</strong> And other people who are investing in stocks of oil companies like Exxon and Enron and those guys, they&#x27;re going up and down with the capital gains of the company. Meanwhile, the same companies are sending me a check every month for the oil I&#x27;m investing in. So there&#x27;s a different way to look at it. I don&#x27;t like the stock market because I have no control of the up and down. Now, you can if you play options and those types of things. But I would rather just receive my check every month. So every month, we have about 3,000 people sending us a check for using our apartment houses. And I have commercial properties. I never lost during the financial crash. So it&#x27;s $100,000 a month. A lot of people don&#x27;t make $100,000 a year, but I make that a month without working. Then I go to work every month on top of that. Well, you talked about taxes being an unfair advantage, debt being an unfair advantage, like your friend Warren Buffett that you quoted in your book, who has said that he was in a lower effective tax bracket than his own secretary.</p><p><strong>21:12</strong> So, folks, you need to think about your finances differently. And, Mr. Kiyosaki, it&#x27;s been an absolute pleasure speaking with you again. Robert Kiyosaki, the author of The Rich Dad, Poor Dad series of books, his newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Folks, that is your unfair advantage. And the subtitle of the book is What Schools Will Never Teach You About Money. Mr. Kiyosaki, we would love to have you back on in the future. Please feel free to give us a call whenever, or if possible, I would love to reach out to you to have you back on the program. Yeah, please do. You guys are doing a great job. And, you know, the most important thing is to change the way people think. Look at the world differently. This is the best time in my life right now, but I had an unfair advantage. Well, we would love to have you back on to talk more and learn more from you.</p><p><strong>21:58</strong> And put a good word in for us, if you would, with your friends Donald Trump and Steve Forbes and Susie Orman, too. All right. I&#x27;ll do that. Thank you, Mr. Kiyosaki, for joining us on the Financial Safari. And, everybody, I highly recommend you go out and buy a copy of Mr. Kiyosaki&#x27;s newest book, Unfair Advantage, The Power of Financial Education. Keep up the good work, you guys. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Rich Dad Poor Dad author Robert Kiyosaki joins Coach Pete and the Financial Safari team to discuss financial education and his perspective on money, work, and investing. This interview comes from May 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Robert Kiyosaki</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Robert Kiyosaki, investing, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/image.jpg?t=1792073144&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-kiyosaki-financial-education-and-thinking-beyond-a-paycheck/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/image.jpg?t=1792073144&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 May 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1343</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/77237dcb-4cd2-418d-8233-b4e201099fcd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="21524758" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/robert-kiyosaki-financial-education-and-thinking-beyond-a-paycheck</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>246</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Robert Kiyosaki" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:05" title="Financial education and money habits" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:25" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:15" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:06" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: Economic Trends and His Outlook for the Markets</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: Economic Trends and His Outlook for the Markets</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss economic trends, real estate, market risk, and his outlook for the future. Recorded in May 2011 and aired in June, the interview captures his views during that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. Your host, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, of course, here in the studio. At any point during the program, if you have a question on any of the subject matter or would like a complimentary review of your current portfolio to make sure you are moving through the future into a positive financial direction, pick up the phone, call the team that you listen to right here on the Financial Safari for a complimentary review of your current financial situation. That number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. And to begin this edition of the Financial Safari, we have a very special guest, a guest that we&#x27;ve had on several times over the past couple years,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr. He&#x27;s going to give us some information and insight on what he sees going on in our economy and what it means to you as an individual investor. Mr. Dent, thank you for taking the time to join us once again on the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve had you on. And when we had you on in the past, the market&#x27;s been going up, up, up. And I just wanted to get your opinion on what you think is going to happen as we roll into 2012, Harry. Well, I do think that the Fed&#x27;s whole stimulus policy keeps running out of steam, something we&#x27;ve been forecasting would happen. They&#x27;ve been very vigilant, though. They keep coming up with larger doses of stimulus, QE1 and QE2. And who knows? There may still yet be a QE3 because QE2 already seems to be fizzling out very early on. And if the economy continues to weaken,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> as first quarter GDP did or seemed to, then they may have to come up with another stimulus plan. But of course, you can&#x27;t just keep stimulating the economy and then it fails, stimulate and fails without at some point, not just the citizens, but particularly the bond market, the investment markets finally start saying, wow, this is sounding a little bit like Greece here. And so we think, you know, the markets are not showing signs of topping yet. We do think they&#x27;re still probably going to be up for several months to come, maybe late this year, somewhere around October, give or take. But as we&#x27;ve been saying in the last couple months in our newsletter, the markets are just going to be more choppy now. The markets are uncertain about Europe. That debt crisis keeps coming back, as we&#x27;ve been warning it would. And the markets are not quite sure what&#x27;s going to happen at the end of QE2. Do they wind down slowly or are they forced</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> to come up with QE3? So right now, the markets are kind of going more sideways and down a bit. But we did tell people to start selling silver and gold just before the recent drop in silver. And we&#x27;re saying, you know, down the line, gold and silver are going to top. The dollar is going to turn up. That may have already started to. And ultimately, down the line, stocks and other things are going to fall as well. So we think we&#x27;re kind of getting near the end of this rally. But it&#x27;s probably now more for commodities, gold and silver and stuff. And it&#x27;s probably later this year for stocks. Well, I would like to congratulate you because when we had you on the show last time, you had mentioned a couple ETFs that were related to silver and gold. And I think they tripled or quadrupled since you mentioned them on our show. Yeah. And this is the latest bubble. And that&#x27;s one of the things we&#x27;re telling people. You have</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> to understand that the Fed is so desperate to revive the economy when baby boomers are aging and saving instead of spending, when all this debt wants to be leveraged. And you&#x27;re not going to rekindle lending by banks, partly because people don&#x27;t want to borrow anymore because they&#x27;re too much in debt, just like businesses, and because banks are tighter. So housing&#x27;s not coming back in demand. There&#x27;s foreclosures forever. Lending&#x27;s not coming back. So the government has resorted to pushing up the stock market and commodity prices and stuff to make the wealthy feel wealthier. And the wealthy are the only people spending now. Everyday people continue to show signs of slowing down. And it&#x27;s more like the people at Louis Vuitton are spending more than ever now that stocks have doubled in two years, thanks to the Fed. I mean, the Fed has literally pushed money in the economy with QE1 and QE2.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> This money does not get lent. So it turns around and goes into the investment markets and drives up. So they&#x27;re creating a third bubble. And of course, bubbles burst. So again, we see in the next year, high chance that gold, silver, oil, commodities, stocks here and internationally are going to top. And we&#x27;re going to see another crash play out into 2012, 13, and perhaps as late as 2014. So this is a time for people to start protecting themselves against what everybody does not want to see. And that&#x27;s a repeat of late 2008, early 2009. And that&#x27;s what we see happening. It&#x27;s just a question of when the government runs out of bullets, and particularly when the bond markets say, like they did to Europe last year, and they&#x27;re still saying today, you know, Greece and Portugal</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> and Ireland and Spain and all this stuff. Hey, we&#x27;ve had enough. The stimulus isn&#x27;t working. We&#x27;re worried about deficits. We&#x27;re worried about excessive debt. And they start raising interest rates. And then the game&#x27;s over. Then the government really can&#x27;t keep stimulating without being punished by the bond market. Well, Mr. Dent, could it be even scarier than just a bubble popping? Could it be a whirlpool? In other words, dragging other things down with the collapse that might come in the next couple of years? Yeah, unfortunately, that&#x27;s what happens. Demographics are slowing around the world for the developed countries. I mean, that&#x27;s still 65 percent or more of GDP. And since debt, you know, you&#x27;ve got debt and real estate bubbles around the world. And that includes in China and in India and Bangkok and in the emerging world, not just the developed world. You&#x27;ve got all this debt and real estate bubbles that have to deleverage. And it all affects everything. I mean, real estate</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> is the one thing that&#x27;s not recovering in this country. And it&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to kill this recovery. So this is going to be a worldwide downturn. And unfortunately, as we&#x27;ve been warning for decades now, in this sort of downturn, when a major bubble around the world burst, everything goes down. So the typical things that financial advisors tell you, oh, you know, diversify and be in real estate and be in small cap and large cap and international and bonds and commodities. When everything goes down, there&#x27;s no place to hide. You have to protect your capital and you have to basically get out of these assets and preserve your capital before they all collapse. And again, we saw in late 2008, early 2009, everything went down except for one thing, the U.S. dollar, the one thing everybody&#x27;s saying on TV, oh, we got this worldwide debt crisis and then the dollar&#x27;s</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> going to collapse. The U.S. dollar was the only thing that went up the last time everything crashed. Gold went down. Silver went down. Commodities, oil absolutely crashed. Real estate crashed. Stocks crashed around the world, even more in China and India than they did in the United States because they were more bubble-like. So to us, this is a very dangerous period ahead. And we&#x27;re just looking over this year. I mean, we&#x27;re starting to get people out of gold and silver and out of things like the Swiss franc and the euro into the U.S. dollar. We&#x27;re still looking at doing that more in the future. And somewhere later this year, we&#x27;re probably going to be wanting people get out of stocks here in international. But we&#x27;re not saying that yet. The stock market only looks like it&#x27;s in a correction here, and it does look like it&#x27;s going higher before it peaks.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> With the amount of debt the U.S. has amassed, do you think the dollar can retain its strength again? Yeah. Yeah. I mean, here&#x27;s what people don&#x27;t understand about all this debt. The dollar has gone down 60 percent since 1985. It&#x27;s gone down during most of this boom because we created so much debt. We debased the dollar by creating dollars. When banks create credit and the Federal Reserve encourages the creation of credit and lowers interest rates and has lax lending regulations and stuff, credit grows exponentially. And that&#x27;s what happened. I mean, just between 2000 and 2008, private credit went up $22 trillion from $20 to $42 trillion, way more than our federal debt. And that debases the dollar because you&#x27;re creating more of them. What people don&#x27;t understand when you go into a bubble burst, the reason people don&#x27;t understand it, we&#x27;ve only seen it once</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> in the last century, and that was in the early 1930s. When the bubble burst, a lot of debt gets written off against all these assets and real estate and stocks and business values that are falling, and you basically restore the value of the dollar, that the dollar goes up because you&#x27;re destroying private debt even faster than the government is creating public debt to deal with the crisis. And so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve been saying. It&#x27;s going to happen. The U.S. dollar has been beat down now for 26 years. It&#x27;s gone down recently. And we&#x27;re telling people, look, take a half a position in the dollar, and we&#x27;re going to be looking sometime in the coming months to say, okay, now take another position. Have a good bit of your portfolio in the U.S. dollar, which means actually a U.S. dollar index. Because if you just hold dollars, then they&#x27;ll preserve</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> their value. But if you&#x27;re in the dollar index and the dollar goes up versus all these currencies that up until now have been going up and the dollar is going down, you actually make money. And the dollar was up. The dollar index was up 23% in late 2008 when everything else collapsed. U.S. dollar and treasury bonds were the two safe havens. Everything else went down. Mr. Dent, one of the biggest concerns that we hear about the government from the average investor is about the national debt and the level of that debt. Is that very debt through quantitative easing, in fact, holding up the value of the market right now, giving those same investors a sell opportunity? Yeah, yeah, it really is. If you understand what&#x27;s going on, like we said earlier, the Fed and the government&#x27;s desperate. I mean, not just fiscal stimulus and cash for clunkers, most</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> of their stimulus has gone into supporting the banks and major businesses and basically keeping the markets up. So people keep their confidence up and the wealthy people who spend the most money keep spending money. I mean, because the everyday person is not much the government can do. Because housing&#x27;s not recovering and most of the net worth of the everyday household tends to be in their house and they don&#x27;t tend to have large 401k plans and large investments and business interests and stuff. So the government&#x27;s creating this bubble on purpose. And it&#x27;s a dangerous thing to do because bubbles burst. So yes, that&#x27;s what the debt is doing. And all they&#x27;re doing is adding trillions of dollars to the federal debt, trillions of dollars into the Fed&#x27;s balance sheet, which goes into this investment stuff. This money literally goes into driving up the market. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> why the markets have just gone almost straight up for two years, which is, by the way, not healthy. No good market advance ever does that and lasts. So yes, it&#x27;s a bad thing. And they&#x27;re only making a bubble, a debt credit riddled economy worse in the name of, well, we can&#x27;t afford to have this crisis. Well, to me, I hate to be crude, but it&#x27;s like somebody, they&#x27;re really, really sick and they just swallowed some mercury or something or something very toxic. What the body would do is flush it out as quickly as possible. It&#x27;s called diarrhea. It&#x27;s called throwing up, whatever it does. The economy was basically trying to do this in 2008, get rid of this debt, get rid of all these toxic loans and securities because they&#x27;re threatening and weighing down the whole economy. But the government just said, no, we&#x27;re not going to go through this detox or whatever you want to</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> call it, similar to the typical crack addict or heroin addict saying, you know, it&#x27;s so painful to detox. I&#x27;m just going to keep taking more heroin until I die because that&#x27;s kind of what the government&#x27;s doing. And at some point, the markets will put an end to this. But you as a person can understand what&#x27;s happening and can protect yourself by locking in your gains. It bubbles, you lock in the gains when it&#x27;s bubbling up and you don&#x27;t sit there in the bubble and let it go crash again. And we&#x27;ve had two major crashes just in the last 10 years or so, 2000, 2002, and 2008, 2009. We&#x27;ve seen what happens when bubbles crash. The only way to protect yourself from a bubble is to get out. You can&#x27;t diversify away from it. You have to get out and preserve the capital you have. And you&#x27;ve got to sell excess real estate that you don&#x27;t want to live in for life</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> because, as we said, it&#x27;s going to go down farther, particularly commercial real estate. He is Mr. Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, predicting the great crash ahead. In fact, that&#x27;s the title of his upcoming book. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;d love to have you back on the program when that book comes out. We&#x27;ll do that. Thanks for your time, Harry. Okay. Thank you, guys. You take care. Okay. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss economic trends, real estate, market risk, and his outlook for the future. Recorded in May 2011 and aired in June, the interview captures his views during that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision making. Your host, published financial author, Coach Pete D’Arruda, of course, here in the studio. At any point during the program, if you have a question on any of the subject matter or would like a complimentary review of your current portfolio to make sure you are moving through the future into a positive financial direction, pick up the phone, call the team that you listen to right here on the Financial Safari for a complimentary review of your current financial situation. That number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. And to begin this edition of the Financial Safari, we have a very special guest, a guest that we&#x27;ve had on several times over the past couple years,</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr. He&#x27;s going to give us some information and insight on what he sees going on in our economy and what it means to you as an individual investor. Mr. Dent, thank you for taking the time to join us once again on the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, it&#x27;s been a little while since we&#x27;ve had you on. And when we had you on in the past, the market&#x27;s been going up, up, up. And I just wanted to get your opinion on what you think is going to happen as we roll into 2012, Harry. Well, I do think that the Fed&#x27;s whole stimulus policy keeps running out of steam, something we&#x27;ve been forecasting would happen. They&#x27;ve been very vigilant, though. They keep coming up with larger doses of stimulus, QE1 and QE2. And who knows? There may still yet be a QE3 because QE2 already seems to be fizzling out very early on. And if the economy continues to weaken,</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> as first quarter GDP did or seemed to, then they may have to come up with another stimulus plan. But of course, you can&#x27;t just keep stimulating the economy and then it fails, stimulate and fails without at some point, not just the citizens, but particularly the bond market, the investment markets finally start saying, wow, this is sounding a little bit like Greece here. And so we think, you know, the markets are not showing signs of topping yet. We do think they&#x27;re still probably going to be up for several months to come, maybe late this year, somewhere around October, give or take. But as we&#x27;ve been saying in the last couple months in our newsletter, the markets are just going to be more choppy now. The markets are uncertain about Europe. That debt crisis keeps coming back, as we&#x27;ve been warning it would. And the markets are not quite sure what&#x27;s going to happen at the end of QE2. Do they wind down slowly or are they forced</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> to come up with QE3? So right now, the markets are kind of going more sideways and down a bit. But we did tell people to start selling silver and gold just before the recent drop in silver. And we&#x27;re saying, you know, down the line, gold and silver are going to top. The dollar is going to turn up. That may have already started to. And ultimately, down the line, stocks and other things are going to fall as well. So we think we&#x27;re kind of getting near the end of this rally. But it&#x27;s probably now more for commodities, gold and silver and stuff. And it&#x27;s probably later this year for stocks. Well, I would like to congratulate you because when we had you on the show last time, you had mentioned a couple ETFs that were related to silver and gold. And I think they tripled or quadrupled since you mentioned them on our show. Yeah. And this is the latest bubble. And that&#x27;s one of the things we&#x27;re telling people. You have</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> to understand that the Fed is so desperate to revive the economy when baby boomers are aging and saving instead of spending, when all this debt wants to be leveraged. And you&#x27;re not going to rekindle lending by banks, partly because people don&#x27;t want to borrow anymore because they&#x27;re too much in debt, just like businesses, and because banks are tighter. So housing&#x27;s not coming back in demand. There&#x27;s foreclosures forever. Lending&#x27;s not coming back. So the government has resorted to pushing up the stock market and commodity prices and stuff to make the wealthy feel wealthier. And the wealthy are the only people spending now. Everyday people continue to show signs of slowing down. And it&#x27;s more like the people at Louis Vuitton are spending more than ever now that stocks have doubled in two years, thanks to the Fed. I mean, the Fed has literally pushed money in the economy with QE1 and QE2.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> This money does not get lent. So it turns around and goes into the investment markets and drives up. So they&#x27;re creating a third bubble. And of course, bubbles burst. So again, we see in the next year, high chance that gold, silver, oil, commodities, stocks here and internationally are going to top. And we&#x27;re going to see another crash play out into 2012, 13, and perhaps as late as 2014. So this is a time for people to start protecting themselves against what everybody does not want to see. And that&#x27;s a repeat of late 2008, early 2009. And that&#x27;s what we see happening. It&#x27;s just a question of when the government runs out of bullets, and particularly when the bond markets say, like they did to Europe last year, and they&#x27;re still saying today, you know, Greece and Portugal</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> and Ireland and Spain and all this stuff. Hey, we&#x27;ve had enough. The stimulus isn&#x27;t working. We&#x27;re worried about deficits. We&#x27;re worried about excessive debt. And they start raising interest rates. And then the game&#x27;s over. Then the government really can&#x27;t keep stimulating without being punished by the bond market. Well, Mr. Dent, could it be even scarier than just a bubble popping? Could it be a whirlpool? In other words, dragging other things down with the collapse that might come in the next couple of years? Yeah, unfortunately, that&#x27;s what happens. Demographics are slowing around the world for the developed countries. I mean, that&#x27;s still 65 percent or more of GDP. And since debt, you know, you&#x27;ve got debt and real estate bubbles around the world. And that includes in China and in India and Bangkok and in the emerging world, not just the developed world. You&#x27;ve got all this debt and real estate bubbles that have to deleverage. And it all affects everything. I mean, real estate</p><p><strong>05:37</strong> is the one thing that&#x27;s not recovering in this country. And it&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to kill this recovery. So this is going to be a worldwide downturn. And unfortunately, as we&#x27;ve been warning for decades now, in this sort of downturn, when a major bubble around the world burst, everything goes down. So the typical things that financial advisors tell you, oh, you know, diversify and be in real estate and be in small cap and large cap and international and bonds and commodities. When everything goes down, there&#x27;s no place to hide. You have to protect your capital and you have to basically get out of these assets and preserve your capital before they all collapse. And again, we saw in late 2008, early 2009, everything went down except for one thing, the U.S. dollar, the one thing everybody&#x27;s saying on TV, oh, we got this worldwide debt crisis and then the dollar&#x27;s</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> going to collapse. The U.S. dollar was the only thing that went up the last time everything crashed. Gold went down. Silver went down. Commodities, oil absolutely crashed. Real estate crashed. Stocks crashed around the world, even more in China and India than they did in the United States because they were more bubble-like. So to us, this is a very dangerous period ahead. And we&#x27;re just looking over this year. I mean, we&#x27;re starting to get people out of gold and silver and out of things like the Swiss franc and the euro into the U.S. dollar. We&#x27;re still looking at doing that more in the future. And somewhere later this year, we&#x27;re probably going to be wanting people get out of stocks here in international. But we&#x27;re not saying that yet. The stock market only looks like it&#x27;s in a correction here, and it does look like it&#x27;s going higher before it peaks.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> With the amount of debt the U.S. has amassed, do you think the dollar can retain its strength again? Yeah. Yeah. I mean, here&#x27;s what people don&#x27;t understand about all this debt. The dollar has gone down 60 percent since 1985. It&#x27;s gone down during most of this boom because we created so much debt. We debased the dollar by creating dollars. When banks create credit and the Federal Reserve encourages the creation of credit and lowers interest rates and has lax lending regulations and stuff, credit grows exponentially. And that&#x27;s what happened. I mean, just between 2000 and 2008, private credit went up $22 trillion from $20 to $42 trillion, way more than our federal debt. And that debases the dollar because you&#x27;re creating more of them. What people don&#x27;t understand when you go into a bubble burst, the reason people don&#x27;t understand it, we&#x27;ve only seen it once</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> in the last century, and that was in the early 1930s. When the bubble burst, a lot of debt gets written off against all these assets and real estate and stocks and business values that are falling, and you basically restore the value of the dollar, that the dollar goes up because you&#x27;re destroying private debt even faster than the government is creating public debt to deal with the crisis. And so that&#x27;s what we&#x27;ve been saying. It&#x27;s going to happen. The U.S. dollar has been beat down now for 26 years. It&#x27;s gone down recently. And we&#x27;re telling people, look, take a half a position in the dollar, and we&#x27;re going to be looking sometime in the coming months to say, okay, now take another position. Have a good bit of your portfolio in the U.S. dollar, which means actually a U.S. dollar index. Because if you just hold dollars, then they&#x27;ll preserve</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> their value. But if you&#x27;re in the dollar index and the dollar goes up versus all these currencies that up until now have been going up and the dollar is going down, you actually make money. And the dollar was up. The dollar index was up 23% in late 2008 when everything else collapsed. U.S. dollar and treasury bonds were the two safe havens. Everything else went down. Mr. Dent, one of the biggest concerns that we hear about the government from the average investor is about the national debt and the level of that debt. Is that very debt through quantitative easing, in fact, holding up the value of the market right now, giving those same investors a sell opportunity? Yeah, yeah, it really is. If you understand what&#x27;s going on, like we said earlier, the Fed and the government&#x27;s desperate. I mean, not just fiscal stimulus and cash for clunkers, most</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> of their stimulus has gone into supporting the banks and major businesses and basically keeping the markets up. So people keep their confidence up and the wealthy people who spend the most money keep spending money. I mean, because the everyday person is not much the government can do. Because housing&#x27;s not recovering and most of the net worth of the everyday household tends to be in their house and they don&#x27;t tend to have large 401k plans and large investments and business interests and stuff. So the government&#x27;s creating this bubble on purpose. And it&#x27;s a dangerous thing to do because bubbles burst. So yes, that&#x27;s what the debt is doing. And all they&#x27;re doing is adding trillions of dollars to the federal debt, trillions of dollars into the Fed&#x27;s balance sheet, which goes into this investment stuff. This money literally goes into driving up the market. That&#x27;s</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> why the markets have just gone almost straight up for two years, which is, by the way, not healthy. No good market advance ever does that and lasts. So yes, it&#x27;s a bad thing. And they&#x27;re only making a bubble, a debt credit riddled economy worse in the name of, well, we can&#x27;t afford to have this crisis. Well, to me, I hate to be crude, but it&#x27;s like somebody, they&#x27;re really, really sick and they just swallowed some mercury or something or something very toxic. What the body would do is flush it out as quickly as possible. It&#x27;s called diarrhea. It&#x27;s called throwing up, whatever it does. The economy was basically trying to do this in 2008, get rid of this debt, get rid of all these toxic loans and securities because they&#x27;re threatening and weighing down the whole economy. But the government just said, no, we&#x27;re not going to go through this detox or whatever you want to</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> call it, similar to the typical crack addict or heroin addict saying, you know, it&#x27;s so painful to detox. I&#x27;m just going to keep taking more heroin until I die because that&#x27;s kind of what the government&#x27;s doing. And at some point, the markets will put an end to this. But you as a person can understand what&#x27;s happening and can protect yourself by locking in your gains. It bubbles, you lock in the gains when it&#x27;s bubbling up and you don&#x27;t sit there in the bubble and let it go crash again. And we&#x27;ve had two major crashes just in the last 10 years or so, 2000, 2002, and 2008, 2009. We&#x27;ve seen what happens when bubbles crash. The only way to protect yourself from a bubble is to get out. You can&#x27;t diversify away from it. You have to get out and preserve the capital you have. And you&#x27;ve got to sell excess real estate that you don&#x27;t want to live in for life</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> because, as we said, it&#x27;s going to go down farther, particularly commercial real estate. He is Mr. Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, predicting the great crash ahead. In fact, that&#x27;s the title of his upcoming book. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;d love to have you back on the program when that book comes out. We&#x27;ll do that. Thanks for your time, Harry. Okay. Thank you, guys. You take care. Okay. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss economic trends, real estate, market risk, and his outlook for the future. Recorded in May 2011 and aired in June, the interview captures his views during that period.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, real estate, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e/image.jpg?t=1792073152&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-economic-trends-and-his-outlook-for-the-markets/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e/image.jpg?t=1792073152&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>739</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cf7876fb-8723-47f6-8035-b4e20109432e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11853498" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-economic-trends-and-his-outlook-for-the-markets</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>247</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Harry Dent" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:07" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fred Grandy: The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy</title>
      <itunes:title>Fred Grandy: The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on the program this segment, and he is Fred Lawrence, also known as Fred Grandy. And you may know him, probably best known as his role as Gopher on the sitcom The Love Boat. Welcome in, Fred. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you here in the studio, and we wanted to talk to you about several different topics today. I think you have talked with Coach Pete already. Well, Fred, you were in Congress on the U.S. House of Representatives from Iowa in 1986, and you stayed for four terms. One of the things that I really like is you won eight Watchdog of the Treasury awards.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Now, I wish you were there now. Tell us about why you won those awards, and if you were in Congress now, what you would be winning the awards for now. Well, you&#x27;re right. I did win Watchdog of the Treasury awards for being, I suppose, unlike a lot of Republicans who kind of talk the talk but don&#x27;t walk the walk of fiscal responsibility. I was decidedly penurious. I believed that everything should be on the table, whether it was discretionary spending or entitlements. And you&#x27;ve got to remember, Pete, this was back at the end of the Reagan administration, the first Bush administration, and the Clinton administration, which, of course, at the time were having knockdown dragouts over the budget and health care, but are paltry compared to the numbers we&#x27;re talking about now, and the reason we have reached such a period of critical mass where supposedly the entire economy is imploding is because a lot of the tough decisions that were at least proposed then were never decided,</p><p><strong>01:54</strong> whether we&#x27;re talking about entitlements or whether we&#x27;re talking about serious limits on spending. But the whole argument really has not changed. It always is and always has been about the size and scope and reach of government. And the three big issues that have pretty much roiled Congress since the end of the Second World War have essentially been budget, tax, and health care or welfare, if you want to throw in some of the ancillary benefits that are usually paid for through entitlements. But the problem, of course, is how do you essentially reduce the size of government without shorting up on the promises made to millions of constituents that have been led to believe they should expect more and pay less?</p><p><strong>02:42</strong> It&#x27;s unsustainable. Well, I read an article a couple weeks ago, and it was comparing the $38 billion that Congress was worried about or fighting about as far as trying to limit the budget, $38 billion, and it compared it to the trillions of dollars they&#x27;re spending each year, and it&#x27;s basically just a drop in the bucket they&#x27;re talking about. I mean, HHS loses that at lunch now. I mean, come on. That&#x27;s a three-martini lunch these days. Yeah, that is. Now, and by the way, folks, I know Fred is modest about it, but he was gopher on the love boat. So I&#x27;m old enough. I&#x27;m 44. I remember watching the love boat. And, Stan, I know you watch the love boat. I normally tell people I was the chief financial officer. What do you think about the love boat? All kinds of prestige to my congressional career. What do you think about the love boat remakes? What love boat remake?</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> Do you know something I don&#x27;t? All right. Well, I heard that they were bringing it back. Well, nobody told me about that, but maybe they&#x27;re trying to avoid me because, you know, I&#x27;m a little long in the tooth now. This would probably have to be a ship that was traveling at a much slower speed because all of us are probably somewhere between 60 and 80 that were on the show. Well, in your post-congressional career, you did a couple different things with television and writing articles. One of the things in television was retirement living television. Can you tell us about retirement living television? RLTV was a concept that was started by a gentleman named John Erickson, who is most known for his large facilities of assisted living and independent care.</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> As a matter of fact, before she died, my mother-in-law lived in one in Dearborn, Michigan. And they&#x27;re all over the country and very highly regarded. But one of his notions was to create a kind of television network for people who were now beginning the third stage of their life. They were either anticipating retirement, planning for retirement, or in retirement. And one of the first shows that he created for retirement living television was a show called Daily Cafe, which was a daily magazine show that I did for about a year, a couple of years ago. And it was kind of a pilot project. Now, the problem with RLTV was the same problem that a lot of people had right around 2008, is a bubble burst and they ran out of dough.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> And RLTV ran into that problem. And so to some degree, their activities were suspended. But just coincidentally, I was talking with one of their producers a couple of weeks ago, and they are, because of the deal, the merger between Comcast and NBC, with whom they were allied, it looks as though they will be coming back with a variety of programs. And normally what they did was concentrate on financial information for people between 55 and older, and, of course, politics and government. Because, as you know, the older you get, in most cases, the more dependent you become on federal subsidies. Well, Fred, what&#x27;s one of the biggest concerns, if you&#x27;re looking at somebody who&#x27;s 60 and over right now,</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> what should be the three biggest concerns they should try to address as they roll into retirement? Well, I think one of the things that they have to be concerned about is the whole viability of budget, spending, government. And, of course, related to that is the value of the dollar. If you&#x27;re living on investments, if you&#x27;ve got a portfolio that could essentially be downgraded by the level of debt the United States is carrying or the value of the dollar that continues to plunge, you have to ask yourself, well, how am I going to continue? Nobody believes Social Security is enough to sustain you. So I think that&#x27;s probably what should concern most folks is just how sound is the dollar, how sound is the economy,</p><p><strong>06:49</strong> and how soon will we begin to correct these now structural budget and spending problems that probably have greater consequences for the generations behind the folks we&#x27;re talking about, but could clearly devalue their investments if something isn&#x27;t done in the short run. I mean, the worst thing that could happen to people that are living on fixed incomes right now is the decline and fall and devaluation of the American dollar and our credibility on paying off our debt. Do you see a lot of folks, again, who are 60 and over, preyed upon by the financial industry and pushed into places they shouldn&#x27;t be, and maybe ones that aren&#x27;t getting the proper attention</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> they need to be getting each and every year from their financial advisor? Well, you know, it&#x27;s easy always to blame the merchants and the mercenaries, whether they&#x27;re hedge fund managers or whether they are insurance companies. I mean, you know the usual suspects. But I have to tell you, as a guy who spent a lot of time in Congress investigating these guys, particularly in the whole health care question, frequently the enemy is the one we see in the mirror. It&#x27;s not knowing how to balance our own portfolios, how to ask government for less, and perhaps manage our resources a little bit more prudently. I think this is abundantly clear in the question of health care.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> You know, we have created a system really since the early 30s that has sent a very mixed signal on health care policy, and it has essentially said we are going to encourage wellness, but we&#x27;ll subsidize sickness. And because Medicare has traditionally been fee-for-service, and it has expanded now even into the pharmaceutical industry, which is now an entitlement, people have come to expect Ritz-Carlton health care at Motel 6 prices. And it&#x27;s one of these things that has happened over 80 years with the best of intentions but the worst of consequences. Turning that around is a major problem but a necessary goal for both Republicans and Democrats,</p><p><strong>09:13</strong> President and Congress. Well, it&#x27;s always easy to blame somebody else, in other words, for your own procrastination, or your own misgivings, or your own greed. We see a lot of folks who are, and unfortunately that&#x27;s just a part of our human nature is to be greedy. And the government traditionally tries to aid and abet that, once again, with the best of intentions. Look at the housing crisis. The whole idea was to lower the threshold of responsibility and risk to buy homes. And, you know, I came to Congress in 1986, about the time that we were expanding homeownership, you know, big-time conservative icons like Jack Kemp, Reagan to a lesser degree, but many, many people were absolutely convinced that homeownership was the way to American prosperity.</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> And to that end, they relaxed the standards of lending and borrowing to such a degree that it clearly exploded about 20 years later. Now, that wasn&#x27;t the only reason, but the fact that we downgraded the risk and the responsibility for individuals to keep track of their own finances and allowed speculators to get in with no-interest loans or these ridiculous balloon payments, you know, created a market for speculation. But you&#x27;ve got to have customers. And there were plenty queuing up. That&#x27;s right. Too many. And all about, well, there&#x27;s fish in the barrel a lot of times for a lot of the standards. Yeah, sure. I mean, you know what reminds me of people I knew when I was in Hollywood, who after years of suffering and living kind of subsistence lifestyles, got a hit show or a series of big paydays,</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> and all of a sudden found themselves with a lot of wealth they didn&#x27;t know how to manage. And not surprisingly, there was a whole cadre of scrupulous business managers and speculators who were more than willing to relieve them of that responsibility. Now, of course, they also relieved them of their cash, too. But, you know, is that to some degree now not a metaphor for America and many of the speculative investments many others not involved in show business are making? Absolutely. Yeah, definitely think so. We&#x27;ve enjoyed your take on things. He is Fred Grandy. He is gopher from the Love Boat. He&#x27;s also a four-term congressman and winner of the Budgetary Watchdog Award while in Congress. Eight times. Thanks. And we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, Fred.</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> Thank you for your time. Appreciate it, guys. Take care. Fred, I hope we&#x27;ll have you back on soon, especially after hopefully you get back on TV. All righty. Take care, buddy. So long. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on the program this segment, and he is Fred Lawrence, also known as Fred Grandy. And you may know him, probably best known as his role as Gopher on the sitcom The Love Boat. Welcome in, Fred. Thank you. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you here in the studio, and we wanted to talk to you about several different topics today. I think you have talked with Coach Pete already. Well, Fred, you were in Congress on the U.S. House of Representatives from Iowa in 1986, and you stayed for four terms. One of the things that I really like is you won eight Watchdog of the Treasury awards.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> Now, I wish you were there now. Tell us about why you won those awards, and if you were in Congress now, what you would be winning the awards for now. Well, you&#x27;re right. I did win Watchdog of the Treasury awards for being, I suppose, unlike a lot of Republicans who kind of talk the talk but don&#x27;t walk the walk of fiscal responsibility. I was decidedly penurious. I believed that everything should be on the table, whether it was discretionary spending or entitlements. And you&#x27;ve got to remember, Pete, this was back at the end of the Reagan administration, the first Bush administration, and the Clinton administration, which, of course, at the time were having knockdown dragouts over the budget and health care, but are paltry compared to the numbers we&#x27;re talking about now, and the reason we have reached such a period of critical mass where supposedly the entire economy is imploding is because a lot of the tough decisions that were at least proposed then were never decided,</p><p><strong>01:54</strong> whether we&#x27;re talking about entitlements or whether we&#x27;re talking about serious limits on spending. But the whole argument really has not changed. It always is and always has been about the size and scope and reach of government. And the three big issues that have pretty much roiled Congress since the end of the Second World War have essentially been budget, tax, and health care or welfare, if you want to throw in some of the ancillary benefits that are usually paid for through entitlements. But the problem, of course, is how do you essentially reduce the size of government without shorting up on the promises made to millions of constituents that have been led to believe they should expect more and pay less?</p><p><strong>02:42</strong> It&#x27;s unsustainable. Well, I read an article a couple weeks ago, and it was comparing the $38 billion that Congress was worried about or fighting about as far as trying to limit the budget, $38 billion, and it compared it to the trillions of dollars they&#x27;re spending each year, and it&#x27;s basically just a drop in the bucket they&#x27;re talking about. I mean, HHS loses that at lunch now. I mean, come on. That&#x27;s a three-martini lunch these days. Yeah, that is. Now, and by the way, folks, I know Fred is modest about it, but he was gopher on the love boat. So I&#x27;m old enough. I&#x27;m 44. I remember watching the love boat. And, Stan, I know you watch the love boat. I normally tell people I was the chief financial officer. What do you think about the love boat? All kinds of prestige to my congressional career. What do you think about the love boat remakes? What love boat remake?</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> Do you know something I don&#x27;t? All right. Well, I heard that they were bringing it back. Well, nobody told me about that, but maybe they&#x27;re trying to avoid me because, you know, I&#x27;m a little long in the tooth now. This would probably have to be a ship that was traveling at a much slower speed because all of us are probably somewhere between 60 and 80 that were on the show. Well, in your post-congressional career, you did a couple different things with television and writing articles. One of the things in television was retirement living television. Can you tell us about retirement living television? RLTV was a concept that was started by a gentleman named John Erickson, who is most known for his large facilities of assisted living and independent care.</p><p><strong>04:16</strong> As a matter of fact, before she died, my mother-in-law lived in one in Dearborn, Michigan. And they&#x27;re all over the country and very highly regarded. But one of his notions was to create a kind of television network for people who were now beginning the third stage of their life. They were either anticipating retirement, planning for retirement, or in retirement. And one of the first shows that he created for retirement living television was a show called Daily Cafe, which was a daily magazine show that I did for about a year, a couple of years ago. And it was kind of a pilot project. Now, the problem with RLTV was the same problem that a lot of people had right around 2008, is a bubble burst and they ran out of dough.</p><p><strong>05:06</strong> And RLTV ran into that problem. And so to some degree, their activities were suspended. But just coincidentally, I was talking with one of their producers a couple of weeks ago, and they are, because of the deal, the merger between Comcast and NBC, with whom they were allied, it looks as though they will be coming back with a variety of programs. And normally what they did was concentrate on financial information for people between 55 and older, and, of course, politics and government. Because, as you know, the older you get, in most cases, the more dependent you become on federal subsidies. Well, Fred, what&#x27;s one of the biggest concerns, if you&#x27;re looking at somebody who&#x27;s 60 and over right now,</p><p><strong>05:55</strong> what should be the three biggest concerns they should try to address as they roll into retirement? Well, I think one of the things that they have to be concerned about is the whole viability of budget, spending, government. And, of course, related to that is the value of the dollar. If you&#x27;re living on investments, if you&#x27;ve got a portfolio that could essentially be downgraded by the level of debt the United States is carrying or the value of the dollar that continues to plunge, you have to ask yourself, well, how am I going to continue? Nobody believes Social Security is enough to sustain you. So I think that&#x27;s probably what should concern most folks is just how sound is the dollar, how sound is the economy,</p><p><strong>06:49</strong> and how soon will we begin to correct these now structural budget and spending problems that probably have greater consequences for the generations behind the folks we&#x27;re talking about, but could clearly devalue their investments if something isn&#x27;t done in the short run. I mean, the worst thing that could happen to people that are living on fixed incomes right now is the decline and fall and devaluation of the American dollar and our credibility on paying off our debt. Do you see a lot of folks, again, who are 60 and over, preyed upon by the financial industry and pushed into places they shouldn&#x27;t be, and maybe ones that aren&#x27;t getting the proper attention</p><p><strong>07:38</strong> they need to be getting each and every year from their financial advisor? Well, you know, it&#x27;s easy always to blame the merchants and the mercenaries, whether they&#x27;re hedge fund managers or whether they are insurance companies. I mean, you know the usual suspects. But I have to tell you, as a guy who spent a lot of time in Congress investigating these guys, particularly in the whole health care question, frequently the enemy is the one we see in the mirror. It&#x27;s not knowing how to balance our own portfolios, how to ask government for less, and perhaps manage our resources a little bit more prudently. I think this is abundantly clear in the question of health care.</p><p><strong>08:26</strong> You know, we have created a system really since the early 30s that has sent a very mixed signal on health care policy, and it has essentially said we are going to encourage wellness, but we&#x27;ll subsidize sickness. And because Medicare has traditionally been fee-for-service, and it has expanded now even into the pharmaceutical industry, which is now an entitlement, people have come to expect Ritz-Carlton health care at Motel 6 prices. And it&#x27;s one of these things that has happened over 80 years with the best of intentions but the worst of consequences. Turning that around is a major problem but a necessary goal for both Republicans and Democrats,</p><p><strong>09:13</strong> President and Congress. Well, it&#x27;s always easy to blame somebody else, in other words, for your own procrastination, or your own misgivings, or your own greed. We see a lot of folks who are, and unfortunately that&#x27;s just a part of our human nature is to be greedy. And the government traditionally tries to aid and abet that, once again, with the best of intentions. Look at the housing crisis. The whole idea was to lower the threshold of responsibility and risk to buy homes. And, you know, I came to Congress in 1986, about the time that we were expanding homeownership, you know, big-time conservative icons like Jack Kemp, Reagan to a lesser degree, but many, many people were absolutely convinced that homeownership was the way to American prosperity.</p><p><strong>10:03</strong> And to that end, they relaxed the standards of lending and borrowing to such a degree that it clearly exploded about 20 years later. Now, that wasn&#x27;t the only reason, but the fact that we downgraded the risk and the responsibility for individuals to keep track of their own finances and allowed speculators to get in with no-interest loans or these ridiculous balloon payments, you know, created a market for speculation. But you&#x27;ve got to have customers. And there were plenty queuing up. That&#x27;s right. Too many. And all about, well, there&#x27;s fish in the barrel a lot of times for a lot of the standards. Yeah, sure. I mean, you know what reminds me of people I knew when I was in Hollywood, who after years of suffering and living kind of subsistence lifestyles, got a hit show or a series of big paydays,</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> and all of a sudden found themselves with a lot of wealth they didn&#x27;t know how to manage. And not surprisingly, there was a whole cadre of scrupulous business managers and speculators who were more than willing to relieve them of that responsibility. Now, of course, they also relieved them of their cash, too. But, you know, is that to some degree now not a metaphor for America and many of the speculative investments many others not involved in show business are making? Absolutely. Yeah, definitely think so. We&#x27;ve enjoyed your take on things. He is Fred Grandy. He is gopher from the Love Boat. He&#x27;s also a four-term congressman and winner of the Budgetary Watchdog Award while in Congress. Eight times. Thanks. And we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, Fred.</p><p><strong>11:37</strong> Thank you for your time. Appreciate it, guys. Take care. Fred, I hope we&#x27;ll have you back on soon, especially after hopefully you get back on TV. All righty. Take care, buddy. So long. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Fred Grandy joins the Financial Safari to reflect on The Love Boat and his time in public service. This May 2011 interview also explores his perspective on economic and political issues of that period.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Fred Grandy</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>film and television</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Fred Grandy, economic policy, film and television</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/image.jpg?t=1792072689&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/fred-grandy-the-love-boat-public-service-and-the-economy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/image.jpg?t=1792072689&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>707</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/4e20ad5c-3449-4a45-8492-b4e2014a301e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11340518" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/fred-grandy-the-love-boat-public-service-and-the-economy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>248</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Love Boat, Public Service, and the Economy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:12" title="Budgets, spending, and cash flow" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:02" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:00" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: A Plan for the Retirement You Want</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: A Plan for the Retirement You Want</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about planning for retirement. They discuss the role of a financial plan, retirement income, and preparing for the life a person wants after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks. Today I thought we&#x27;d use the beauty of modern technology to log in into Altoona, Pennsylvania and touch base with one of the trusted advisors I deal with on a weekly basis, a registered investment advisor, Michael Wall. Michael, how are you doing today? Thanks for coming in this weekend. I&#x27;m great. I&#x27;m great, Coach. Having a great day and feeling good as well. Well, you had a couple things we wanted to talk about, about what has happened in the market the past week in a generic sense. Of course, we don&#x27;t watch it day to day. I mean, you&#x27;d go crazy watching it day to day, wouldn&#x27;t you, Michael? Sure would. You know, there&#x27;s so many things that happen on a daily basis. I think the biggest thing that causes people concern is they watch so many things so often, there&#x27;s so much fear, they get kind of paralyzed like a deer in the headlights, you know, that type of thing.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> What was a major negative milestone that happened this week? Probably the biggest negative milestone, Coach, was the S&amp;P downgraded the debt, if you will, from stable to negative. That&#x27;s kind of a big deal, as it has to do with the U.S.&#x27;s ability to basically repay debt. Yeah. Yeah. Well, and that means a lot when people are investing in total market kind of solutions for their retirement income, correct? Sure does. And, you know, obviously, the day that that actually happened, the markets ended up down pretty heavy. In the middle of the day, it was down around 200 and so points. You know, and really what that does is it causes people, you know, in the world to say, the U.S. is not as strong as we thought they were.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Therefore, the U.S. currency loses a value. And the markets in general, you know, really, really can hurt from that kind of a rating. Now, I want to spend a little time on some solutions today, but I want to go over a few things here without being overly negative. And, folks, if you want to sit down individually and have your current portfolio analyzed and have the fees exposed, the potential for upside and downside in writing to you, we can do that for you. And all you have to do is pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. And myself and my team will get together and put a real plan together. But, Michael, what – or analyze this statement for me. What if someone came up and said that a 50% loss could wipe out a 100% gain in the market? What does that mean and how is that possible?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s a great point. A lot of people, Coach, don&#x27;t realize, especially now, you know, we&#x27;re talking – the 401K show, we&#x27;re talking about a lot of the people that are listening probably are going to have a 401K or maybe they&#x27;re now retired and they&#x27;re looking at what to do with their 401K. And there&#x27;s really a lot of elements to that, Coach. The first element is, which with the loss aspect, a lot of people are familiar with the idea of dollar cost averaging, you know, where you can buy a little bit of an investment every month or every quarter or however you choose to buy in, you&#x27;re buying in during your working years. And as the market goes up and the market goes down, when the market goes down, you&#x27;re buying in. So you&#x27;re buying your shares at a lower cost. And then when the market comes back up, you&#x27;re kind of okay. Well, the reason loss, 50% loss, as you said, you know, 100% gain, whatever you want to call that there,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is such a crucial issue as people start to get older is simply this. They lose the aspect of dollar cost averaging. Number one, that goes away because they are no longer putting money into their investments anymore. So as the market goes down, the only way they have the ability to recover is the market coming back up. And really, the only way people make money when they&#x27;re retired is through the compounding of their interest because they&#x27;re no longer putting money in. They&#x27;re retired. They can&#x27;t put money into their qualified retirement investments anymore, especially 401Ks. And a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that when you lose 50% on your portfolio, you know, if you go back to 2008 and you take a look at what the Dow did, the Dow in 2008, over the course of that, you know, crisis, lost a little over 50%.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Now, not everybody lost 50%, but a lot of, quite honestly, a lot of folks did. And a lot of people think, you know, when you lose 50%, geez, if I can just get back up 50%, I&#x27;ll be back to where I was. Well, you know, the reality is that&#x27;s not how math, simple math from the financial perspective works because when you lose 50%, coach, as you had said about the 100, we need to make 100% on our money just to get back to even. And the reason that&#x27;s such a big deal is because if you think about it, if it takes you, even if it takes you two to three years, four years to do that, you say, okay, now I&#x27;m finally back, but it&#x27;s two or three years later. You&#x27;re back to where you were. That feels good. But the question then becomes, what did you make on your money those three years where you were just recovering?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know, it&#x27;s kind of like going home and being sick, and you&#x27;re laying in bed for three days, and you&#x27;re just waiting to recover. Well, you probably didn&#x27;t work too much, and you probably didn&#x27;t make too much money because you were in bed all day long just recovering. Does that make sense? Oh, yeah. And so recovery is not gain, is it? It is not gain, and that&#x27;s a great point that a lot of people get excited about. Hey, you know, my investment was up 20% for the year. It was up 18% or 35%, whatever. And that sounds great, and it does feel good because we&#x27;re getting some traction back. But at the end of the day, the better question to ask is not what did you make this year or today. The better question to ask yourself is what was your portfolio value four years ago, and what is it now? And if it&#x27;s lower than you were, obviously, then you&#x27;re still in the negative.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> If it&#x27;s equal to where you were, that&#x27;s fantastic because you&#x27;re back to where you were. But the question then becomes what did we lose as far as opportunity gain, if you will, in those years where we didn&#x27;t do anything? You know, hindsight&#x27;s 20-20. We all know that. But if you went back five years ago and bought a five-year CD, even just paying 5% a year, you&#x27;d be ahead of the game. So that&#x27;s really the key. Well, I love to use some managed-type accounts for the risk money, and everyone should have some money at risk, I guess, if they are willing to stomach the potential downside. But I sure like to set up the safe money and income plans first, and they all involve safe places for money. But the three simple rules of investing, Michael, and tell me if you agree with this, is number one, own structured equity indexes.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> In other words, be in the indexes, not individual stocks. Too many people have lost a whole lot of money trying to play one or two stocks. Number two is diversify, again, going into that structure of equity investments. And number three, and to me is the most important one, is rebalancing. You&#x27;ve got to take, if you have a big gain, you&#x27;ve got to minimize that holding and redistribute that, take some earnings off the table and put into a safe income plan. What do you think about those three rules there? I think they&#x27;re all good rules, and I think they definitely apply for sure to people who are retiring or looking to retire more so because of the structure of them. And, you know, in relation to buying individual stocks, Coach, you know, just as a side thought here, my thought would not necessarily to go out to say to consumers not to necessarily own individual stocks.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> But the reason a lot of consumers should not own individual stocks is because most consumers, when they make financial decisions, they generally make decisions based on emotion. You know, if they own a stock and it goes up 8%, they get all excited and think, well, geez, I can&#x27;t wait until it goes up 20%. And so they hold on to it, and then if it loses money, you know, they&#x27;re kind of up the creek. The whole purpose of owning investments that are in the market are to sell them. You know, it&#x27;s a different philosophy than what a lot of people think of, but that&#x27;s really why you do it. You own them to sell them. And the reason is, is you&#x27;re watching them when you make gain that are reasonable, the old idea of collecting nickels and dimes in front of the bulldozer. You know, we&#x27;re not looking to collect $100 bills here and there and everywhere.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> We&#x27;re looking to collect nickels and dimes, which adds up over time, take profits as they happen. But then, as you mentioned with your three rules, have the majority of your portfolio now that you&#x27;re retired in safe type of structures that have no relation whatsoever to the loss of the market. And can guarantee them either income or principal stability and growth at the same time for their future. You know, Michael, a lot of times people come in and they&#x27;ll have, you know, a bunch of different stocks. And I&#x27;ll ask them why they have different stocks. And they&#x27;ll say, well, it was a good, the story sounded good, or it had a good story behind it. And my opinion is a good story does not make a good investment. Is that a good philosophy? I think so. You know, everybody, who would have thought GM? What happened to GM happened to GM and it did.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> You know, there&#x27;s countless companies where you see the stock itself, where people get excited about a particular story, but they hold it and then keep it primarily because of emotion. You know, you&#x27;ve heard the story before where somebody has a stock and it&#x27;s gone down. And they say, well, you know, I&#x27;m going to wait and I&#x27;m getting out. I&#x27;m going to get out. You know, kind of like an addict coming out of the alcoholic clinic saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to be done when. You know, the person with the stock says, okay, I&#x27;m going to get out and I&#x27;m going to sell it just as soon as. You know, it&#x27;s kind of like I&#x27;ll start tomorrow. You know, I&#x27;m going to sell it just as soon as that stock comes back to where it was before. That way I can make my money back and get out. And the problem with that is if they really sit back and think about it, what kind of guarantees do they have that that stock is going to come back?</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Yeah. And the answer is there are none. Now, it may. It very well may. But it may not. And when you look at owning stocks or investments directly in the market from that type of attitude, nine times out of ten, you&#x27;re generally going to lose. Well, my premise, again, for money that you don&#x27;t want to lose and you can&#x27;t lose. So if money that&#x27;s earmarked for income, that&#x27;s the money I don&#x27;t like playing stock market with. Now, I&#x27;m not against people buying or selling 100 shares or 1,000 shares of a stock if they really like it if they don&#x27;t need that money for future income. But if that&#x27;s money you&#x27;re depending on, Michael, that you&#x27;re going to have to pay the mortgage with or you want to fly the grandkids in with that money and you put it at risk in the market because someone down the street told you it was going to be a good investment. I mean, a good story does not a good investment make. I think that&#x27;s a great point.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> And, you know, one quick example of that, Coach, is I had a client call me. She deals in – she buys just kind of on the side. Now, we deal with most of their assets that they want to keep safe and they want to have reasonable growth. We manage that for them in several different arenas. But she likes just for fun to kind of toy around with some penny stocks on the side, right? And she said to me, she said, Mike, she said, I&#x27;m looking to buy this particular penny stock because I&#x27;d like to make some quick money on it. I want to take a trip and use some of the gains from that stock. And I said, well, yeah. I said, go ahead. If that&#x27;s what you want to do with your money, it&#x27;s not going to affect her. She has a very large portfolio. And as you mentioned, the bulk of her stuff is safe. But at the end of the day, so she went ahead and bought this stock. And guess what happened in the next two months after she owned the stock?</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> The stock went down about 45%. So, you know, there&#x27;s no guarantees there. And, of course, that makes that trip money a little harder to come by from that particular stock itself. Now, that didn&#x27;t hurt her portfolio. You know, she was in a sense where she was hedged enough or she was fined. But at the end of the day, I think you&#x27;re absolutely right. If somebody is saying, you know what, this money that I currently have in my 401K or retirement plan that I&#x27;m looking to roll over, that I have just rolled over, I&#x27;m looking to use this money to sustain me in the future, to live the kind of life I want to live, then at that stage in the game, we really, really closely need to evaluate how much risk really we want to take. And I&#x27;m with you, Coach. I think taking zero risk with a lot of that money is a good idea.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> Well, any time you lose money, it&#x27;s not a good thing. But, you know, like you said, if you can afford to take risk with some money, then go ahead if that makes you happy. But let&#x27;s look at that situation. She lost 45% of her money that she put in that stock. Guess what she has to earn just to get back to where she started with? Yeah, a lot more than 45%. Well, up to 90%, 90-some percent, because if she had lost 50% of her money, she would have to gain 100% just to get back to where she started. And the objective to investing, Michael, for me and you and most of us money managers out here who don&#x27;t want to lose money, the objective is to gain, not to have to try to play catch-up to get back to where we were starting at originally. Right. Well, and, you know, that&#x27;s, I think, Coach, where, you know, our firms are a little differently aligned than some of the other, let&#x27;s say, firms in the country.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> And that is the fact that we focus on a safe structure first. You know, a lot of times people – the reason people have been jaded, Coach, by the financial world is because they&#x27;re so used to dealing with advisors over the years that have said, hey, if you put your money here for 10 years, we&#x27;re going to get you 10% to 12%. Well, they&#x27;ve seen the reality of that in the last 10 to 15 years, and that hasn&#x27;t happened most of the time. Not that there aren&#x27;t investments out there that have yielded that. 99% of them have not. And our structure, the way we&#x27;re just set up and designed, is primarily taking a look at safety first and ensuring we can do what we want to do and then positioning maybe some risk in addition from there. So, absolutely. Yeah, and time doesn&#x27;t heal everything either. You know, with emotions, time does heal a lot of times, people&#x27;s feelings.</p><p><strong>13:28</strong> But more time in the market does not equal more gains, does it? Not always, no. And, again, as I mentioned earlier, the last 10, 12 years, you know, often referred to – the last 10 years often referred to as the lost decade for that very reason. People put money in, and a lot of times they either have made no money or they&#x27;ve lost money or have just stayed even for a 10-year period of time. I would say that, you know, the time equals money economy is dead. The real secret to creating wealth today is to create new knowledge. Knowledge creation is the process of combining wisdom and technology to solve problems. So, what I&#x27;m saying is knowledge equals money, and the knowledge that people have all their eggs in one basket, if they can&#x27;t learn anything else from listening to shows like this or having a professional portfolio put together for them,</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> it is never have all your eggs in one basket and never believe one opinion, get at least two or three, and make sure that every opinion you get is backed up in writing. Don&#x27;t you agree with that, Michael? You know, I think that&#x27;s a great point, Coach. In fact, I was just doing some research last week, and it was on a – it was actually sprung out from a particular client that had sent me an email, and I did some additional research on some things. And there&#x27;s a company, Weiss or Weiss, I&#x27;m not sure exactly how you say it. They&#x27;ve been on some of the media and things throughout the country. They&#x27;ve been around for about 40 years doing stuff. But bottom line is they&#x27;re sending information out to clients. You can buy either their simple or their premium package to get information from them and then buy based on the recommendation. And right now their big selling point is, you know, everything is going to crash.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> The market&#x27;s going to fail. You know, banks are going to fail. The countries, you know, and all this stuff. And although there&#x27;s a lot of turmoil out there, and there are some things definitely that I believe are going to occur, at the end of the day there was an SEC filing, if you will, on this research company in 2006 that basically said in the report, in the SEC report, in several lines, that, you know, what they promised or what they had proposed consumers could participate in and enjoy as far as rates of return. You know, they were quoting things like 2%, 3%, 400% with different types of contrarian investments, which is adverse of, you know, the way the market goes. A lot of times those investors, not only did they not make money, but they lost money. The point to this whole story, Coach, is that particular organization has 10,000 subscribers at the premium rate,</p><p><strong>15:54</strong> which is $5,000 a year. Now, you do the math. That&#x27;s $50 million a year of income from that information subscription, if you will. And the real point to that is making sure that people at these times where they&#x27;re being bombarded by negative information and all kinds of information, that they make sure they sit down with somebody that&#x27;s independent, that has a good viewpoint on the market, and they&#x27;re not buying into something quickly, which allows them less opportunity for success long-term. In other words, don&#x27;t buy into scams. Scams, make sure you really understand what you&#x27;re buying into before you do. Folks, the number to call is 800-661-7383 to get a true second opinion, unbiased and un...</p><p><strong>16:40</strong> Hmm. Unbiased. Unbiased and uninfluenced opinion, making sure that you are in the right place for the right time of your life. Call right now. Again, 800-661-7383. I will waive my planning fee if you call right now. My planning fee is usually $199 an hour. I could go even higher than that. For a true income plan, an income plan that everyone needs, I usually charge $500 an hour. I will waive both of those fees if you call right now at 800-661-7383. One final thing. Again, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Wall, who&#x27;s an investment advisor in Altoona, Pennsylvania, one of my trusted advisors that I communicate with each and every week when I put together the proper plans for the proper times of people&#x27;s lives.</p><p><strong>17:26</strong> Michael, there are a million ways for people to mess up their financial situation and only one way to do it right, in my opinion. Let&#x27;s go through these. I&#x27;ve got a checklist of six things, and then we&#x27;re going to have to go to a break. Number one is use a coach. That&#x27;s important. Have somebody... Again, a coach is not somebody who&#x27;s going to tell you what to do all the time. They&#x27;re going to make sure to review what you&#x27;re doing. And the main objective for a coach... I know I played sports growing up, and I hated my coach when he made me run those laps right after practice. But he was helping me develop a winning attitude and making sure that I would survive more than other players because we were never out of breath during the game. Number two is use structured index funds. Making sure that you basically capture the index. And the index means the overall market instead of trying to stock pick.</p><p><strong>18:12</strong> And that leads into number three. Eliminate stock picking, market timing, and track record investing for your retirement income accounts. Number four, diversify using anything that... Any kind of diversification model that&#x27;s out there today. I like the modern portfolio theory if we&#x27;re looking at diversification. And that ties in with number five is rebalance your funds each and every year, making sure you don&#x27;t get overweighted in one sector or one different place of investing. And the final thing, and to me, the most important number, number six, is income planning. If you&#x27;re over 45, have some money that&#x27;s building for a future income in retirement. You are guaranteed never to lose. And you&#x27;ll have an income that will go along with Social Security if it&#x27;s still there when you retire. But more importantly, you&#x27;ll have an independence fund where you&#x27;re not dependent on anybody</p><p><strong>19:00</strong> else to get income. What do you think about those six, Michael? I think they&#x27;re a good six to go with. And I particularly like the first one, Coach, not because your name is... You call yourself their coach. But the biggest reason is because that&#x27;s exactly what a good coach will do, is help you to re-pivot, switch, change. Just look at Tiger Woods, notably the best golfer in the world. And what does he constantly do? Well, he will change up to find a better option through another coach. Not that you want to change financial advisors all the time, but if your advisor is not coaching you consistently along the process and bringing up new ideas and giving you the tools that you need, that you can understand what you&#x27;re doing in a way that makes sense and it&#x27;s safe,</p><p><strong>19:47</strong> then looking for a good coach generally probably is a good idea. So I definitely like those six and I think number one is fundamental that the coach understands what he&#x27;s doing and can help you along that process of clarity and simplifying your financial life. Yeah. I mean, you know, to me, if you get a good coach, like you said, that&#x27;s number one on the list. You don&#x27;t have to worry about the checklist. Your coach will go over the checklist with you, but you don&#x27;t have to basically like a shopping list. You only have to buy one ingredient instead of six different ingredients. Is that correct? Well, you know, at the end of the day, you know, I think you&#x27;re this way and I know I&#x27;m this way. I have many years till I will retire. You know, I got four kids now and all kind of stuff. But all that to be said, when I retire, I don&#x27;t envision myself.</p><p><strong>20:33</strong> I don&#x27;t envision myself sitting down and watching the market each and every day and wondering, you know, where am I going to draw income? What am I going to do? How is this going to work? What investments are right? You know, the biggest thing that I&#x27;m going to be spending my time on initially is trying to find the right kind of independent person that I personally can trust to help me with my investments. Make sure they know what they&#x27;re doing. Make sure I&#x27;ve dotted my I&#x27;s and crossed my T&#x27;s. But once I find that person, let them coach me on what&#x27;s right and wrong. And that&#x27;s really the key. Most people, I think, when they retire, they don&#x27;t envision themselves stock picking. Now, they may want to for a small part of it, but I think most of the time they envision themselves doing things like, you know, taking their grandkids on vacation or deciding whether or not they want to swim with the dolphins today, as opposed to worrying about the fact</p><p><strong>21:20</strong> that the S&amp;P cut their rating last week and what that&#x27;s going to do to their portfolio. So the key is, is having that coach so you can, as you&#x27;re now retired and looking to retire, really live the vision you&#x27;ve always wanted for retirement. And folks, that sums it up right there. We&#x27;re going to go to break right now, but if you want to have everything you need peace of mind wise in retirement, get a true plan put together for yourself. Give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll be happy to help or give you a second opinion. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about planning for retirement. They discuss the role of a financial plan, retirement income, and preparing for the life a person wants after work.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in, folks. Today I thought we&#x27;d use the beauty of modern technology to log in into Altoona, Pennsylvania and touch base with one of the trusted advisors I deal with on a weekly basis, a registered investment advisor, Michael Wall. Michael, how are you doing today? Thanks for coming in this weekend. I&#x27;m great. I&#x27;m great, Coach. Having a great day and feeling good as well. Well, you had a couple things we wanted to talk about, about what has happened in the market the past week in a generic sense. Of course, we don&#x27;t watch it day to day. I mean, you&#x27;d go crazy watching it day to day, wouldn&#x27;t you, Michael? Sure would. You know, there&#x27;s so many things that happen on a daily basis. I think the biggest thing that causes people concern is they watch so many things so often, there&#x27;s so much fear, they get kind of paralyzed like a deer in the headlights, you know, that type of thing.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> What was a major negative milestone that happened this week? Probably the biggest negative milestone, Coach, was the S&amp;P downgraded the debt, if you will, from stable to negative. That&#x27;s kind of a big deal, as it has to do with the U.S.&#x27;s ability to basically repay debt. Yeah. Yeah. Well, and that means a lot when people are investing in total market kind of solutions for their retirement income, correct? Sure does. And, you know, obviously, the day that that actually happened, the markets ended up down pretty heavy. In the middle of the day, it was down around 200 and so points. You know, and really what that does is it causes people, you know, in the world to say, the U.S. is not as strong as we thought they were.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Therefore, the U.S. currency loses a value. And the markets in general, you know, really, really can hurt from that kind of a rating. Now, I want to spend a little time on some solutions today, but I want to go over a few things here without being overly negative. And, folks, if you want to sit down individually and have your current portfolio analyzed and have the fees exposed, the potential for upside and downside in writing to you, we can do that for you. And all you have to do is pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. And myself and my team will get together and put a real plan together. But, Michael, what – or analyze this statement for me. What if someone came up and said that a 50% loss could wipe out a 100% gain in the market? What does that mean and how is that possible?</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> Well, you know, it&#x27;s a great point. A lot of people, Coach, don&#x27;t realize, especially now, you know, we&#x27;re talking – the 401K show, we&#x27;re talking about a lot of the people that are listening probably are going to have a 401K or maybe they&#x27;re now retired and they&#x27;re looking at what to do with their 401K. And there&#x27;s really a lot of elements to that, Coach. The first element is, which with the loss aspect, a lot of people are familiar with the idea of dollar cost averaging, you know, where you can buy a little bit of an investment every month or every quarter or however you choose to buy in, you&#x27;re buying in during your working years. And as the market goes up and the market goes down, when the market goes down, you&#x27;re buying in. So you&#x27;re buying your shares at a lower cost. And then when the market comes back up, you&#x27;re kind of okay. Well, the reason loss, 50% loss, as you said, you know, 100% gain, whatever you want to call that there,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> is such a crucial issue as people start to get older is simply this. They lose the aspect of dollar cost averaging. Number one, that goes away because they are no longer putting money into their investments anymore. So as the market goes down, the only way they have the ability to recover is the market coming back up. And really, the only way people make money when they&#x27;re retired is through the compounding of their interest because they&#x27;re no longer putting money in. They&#x27;re retired. They can&#x27;t put money into their qualified retirement investments anymore, especially 401Ks. And a lot of people don&#x27;t understand that when you lose 50% on your portfolio, you know, if you go back to 2008 and you take a look at what the Dow did, the Dow in 2008, over the course of that, you know, crisis, lost a little over 50%.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Now, not everybody lost 50%, but a lot of, quite honestly, a lot of folks did. And a lot of people think, you know, when you lose 50%, geez, if I can just get back up 50%, I&#x27;ll be back to where I was. Well, you know, the reality is that&#x27;s not how math, simple math from the financial perspective works because when you lose 50%, coach, as you had said about the 100, we need to make 100% on our money just to get back to even. And the reason that&#x27;s such a big deal is because if you think about it, if it takes you, even if it takes you two to three years, four years to do that, you say, okay, now I&#x27;m finally back, but it&#x27;s two or three years later. You&#x27;re back to where you were. That feels good. But the question then becomes, what did you make on your money those three years where you were just recovering?</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> You know, it&#x27;s kind of like going home and being sick, and you&#x27;re laying in bed for three days, and you&#x27;re just waiting to recover. Well, you probably didn&#x27;t work too much, and you probably didn&#x27;t make too much money because you were in bed all day long just recovering. Does that make sense? Oh, yeah. And so recovery is not gain, is it? It is not gain, and that&#x27;s a great point that a lot of people get excited about. Hey, you know, my investment was up 20% for the year. It was up 18% or 35%, whatever. And that sounds great, and it does feel good because we&#x27;re getting some traction back. But at the end of the day, the better question to ask is not what did you make this year or today. The better question to ask yourself is what was your portfolio value four years ago, and what is it now? And if it&#x27;s lower than you were, obviously, then you&#x27;re still in the negative.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> If it&#x27;s equal to where you were, that&#x27;s fantastic because you&#x27;re back to where you were. But the question then becomes what did we lose as far as opportunity gain, if you will, in those years where we didn&#x27;t do anything? You know, hindsight&#x27;s 20-20. We all know that. But if you went back five years ago and bought a five-year CD, even just paying 5% a year, you&#x27;d be ahead of the game. So that&#x27;s really the key. Well, I love to use some managed-type accounts for the risk money, and everyone should have some money at risk, I guess, if they are willing to stomach the potential downside. But I sure like to set up the safe money and income plans first, and they all involve safe places for money. But the three simple rules of investing, Michael, and tell me if you agree with this, is number one, own structured equity indexes.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> In other words, be in the indexes, not individual stocks. Too many people have lost a whole lot of money trying to play one or two stocks. Number two is diversify, again, going into that structure of equity investments. And number three, and to me is the most important one, is rebalancing. You&#x27;ve got to take, if you have a big gain, you&#x27;ve got to minimize that holding and redistribute that, take some earnings off the table and put into a safe income plan. What do you think about those three rules there? I think they&#x27;re all good rules, and I think they definitely apply for sure to people who are retiring or looking to retire more so because of the structure of them. And, you know, in relation to buying individual stocks, Coach, you know, just as a side thought here, my thought would not necessarily to go out to say to consumers not to necessarily own individual stocks.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> But the reason a lot of consumers should not own individual stocks is because most consumers, when they make financial decisions, they generally make decisions based on emotion. You know, if they own a stock and it goes up 8%, they get all excited and think, well, geez, I can&#x27;t wait until it goes up 20%. And so they hold on to it, and then if it loses money, you know, they&#x27;re kind of up the creek. The whole purpose of owning investments that are in the market are to sell them. You know, it&#x27;s a different philosophy than what a lot of people think of, but that&#x27;s really why you do it. You own them to sell them. And the reason is, is you&#x27;re watching them when you make gain that are reasonable, the old idea of collecting nickels and dimes in front of the bulldozer. You know, we&#x27;re not looking to collect $100 bills here and there and everywhere.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> We&#x27;re looking to collect nickels and dimes, which adds up over time, take profits as they happen. But then, as you mentioned with your three rules, have the majority of your portfolio now that you&#x27;re retired in safe type of structures that have no relation whatsoever to the loss of the market. And can guarantee them either income or principal stability and growth at the same time for their future. You know, Michael, a lot of times people come in and they&#x27;ll have, you know, a bunch of different stocks. And I&#x27;ll ask them why they have different stocks. And they&#x27;ll say, well, it was a good, the story sounded good, or it had a good story behind it. And my opinion is a good story does not make a good investment. Is that a good philosophy? I think so. You know, everybody, who would have thought GM? What happened to GM happened to GM and it did.</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> You know, there&#x27;s countless companies where you see the stock itself, where people get excited about a particular story, but they hold it and then keep it primarily because of emotion. You know, you&#x27;ve heard the story before where somebody has a stock and it&#x27;s gone down. And they say, well, you know, I&#x27;m going to wait and I&#x27;m getting out. I&#x27;m going to get out. You know, kind of like an addict coming out of the alcoholic clinic saying, okay, I&#x27;m going to be done when. You know, the person with the stock says, okay, I&#x27;m going to get out and I&#x27;m going to sell it just as soon as. You know, it&#x27;s kind of like I&#x27;ll start tomorrow. You know, I&#x27;m going to sell it just as soon as that stock comes back to where it was before. That way I can make my money back and get out. And the problem with that is if they really sit back and think about it, what kind of guarantees do they have that that stock is going to come back?</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> Yeah. And the answer is there are none. Now, it may. It very well may. But it may not. And when you look at owning stocks or investments directly in the market from that type of attitude, nine times out of ten, you&#x27;re generally going to lose. Well, my premise, again, for money that you don&#x27;t want to lose and you can&#x27;t lose. So if money that&#x27;s earmarked for income, that&#x27;s the money I don&#x27;t like playing stock market with. Now, I&#x27;m not against people buying or selling 100 shares or 1,000 shares of a stock if they really like it if they don&#x27;t need that money for future income. But if that&#x27;s money you&#x27;re depending on, Michael, that you&#x27;re going to have to pay the mortgage with or you want to fly the grandkids in with that money and you put it at risk in the market because someone down the street told you it was going to be a good investment. I mean, a good story does not a good investment make. I think that&#x27;s a great point.</p><p><strong>10:18</strong> And, you know, one quick example of that, Coach, is I had a client call me. She deals in – she buys just kind of on the side. Now, we deal with most of their assets that they want to keep safe and they want to have reasonable growth. We manage that for them in several different arenas. But she likes just for fun to kind of toy around with some penny stocks on the side, right? And she said to me, she said, Mike, she said, I&#x27;m looking to buy this particular penny stock because I&#x27;d like to make some quick money on it. I want to take a trip and use some of the gains from that stock. And I said, well, yeah. I said, go ahead. If that&#x27;s what you want to do with your money, it&#x27;s not going to affect her. She has a very large portfolio. And as you mentioned, the bulk of her stuff is safe. But at the end of the day, so she went ahead and bought this stock. And guess what happened in the next two months after she owned the stock?</p><p><strong>11:05</strong> The stock went down about 45%. So, you know, there&#x27;s no guarantees there. And, of course, that makes that trip money a little harder to come by from that particular stock itself. Now, that didn&#x27;t hurt her portfolio. You know, she was in a sense where she was hedged enough or she was fined. But at the end of the day, I think you&#x27;re absolutely right. If somebody is saying, you know what, this money that I currently have in my 401K or retirement plan that I&#x27;m looking to roll over, that I have just rolled over, I&#x27;m looking to use this money to sustain me in the future, to live the kind of life I want to live, then at that stage in the game, we really, really closely need to evaluate how much risk really we want to take. And I&#x27;m with you, Coach. I think taking zero risk with a lot of that money is a good idea.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> Well, any time you lose money, it&#x27;s not a good thing. But, you know, like you said, if you can afford to take risk with some money, then go ahead if that makes you happy. But let&#x27;s look at that situation. She lost 45% of her money that she put in that stock. Guess what she has to earn just to get back to where she started with? Yeah, a lot more than 45%. Well, up to 90%, 90-some percent, because if she had lost 50% of her money, she would have to gain 100% just to get back to where she started. And the objective to investing, Michael, for me and you and most of us money managers out here who don&#x27;t want to lose money, the objective is to gain, not to have to try to play catch-up to get back to where we were starting at originally. Right. Well, and, you know, that&#x27;s, I think, Coach, where, you know, our firms are a little differently aligned than some of the other, let&#x27;s say, firms in the country.</p><p><strong>12:40</strong> And that is the fact that we focus on a safe structure first. You know, a lot of times people – the reason people have been jaded, Coach, by the financial world is because they&#x27;re so used to dealing with advisors over the years that have said, hey, if you put your money here for 10 years, we&#x27;re going to get you 10% to 12%. Well, they&#x27;ve seen the reality of that in the last 10 to 15 years, and that hasn&#x27;t happened most of the time. Not that there aren&#x27;t investments out there that have yielded that. 99% of them have not. And our structure, the way we&#x27;re just set up and designed, is primarily taking a look at safety first and ensuring we can do what we want to do and then positioning maybe some risk in addition from there. So, absolutely. Yeah, and time doesn&#x27;t heal everything either. You know, with emotions, time does heal a lot of times, people&#x27;s feelings.</p><p><strong>13:28</strong> But more time in the market does not equal more gains, does it? Not always, no. And, again, as I mentioned earlier, the last 10, 12 years, you know, often referred to – the last 10 years often referred to as the lost decade for that very reason. People put money in, and a lot of times they either have made no money or they&#x27;ve lost money or have just stayed even for a 10-year period of time. I would say that, you know, the time equals money economy is dead. The real secret to creating wealth today is to create new knowledge. Knowledge creation is the process of combining wisdom and technology to solve problems. So, what I&#x27;m saying is knowledge equals money, and the knowledge that people have all their eggs in one basket, if they can&#x27;t learn anything else from listening to shows like this or having a professional portfolio put together for them,</p><p><strong>14:15</strong> it is never have all your eggs in one basket and never believe one opinion, get at least two or three, and make sure that every opinion you get is backed up in writing. Don&#x27;t you agree with that, Michael? You know, I think that&#x27;s a great point, Coach. In fact, I was just doing some research last week, and it was on a – it was actually sprung out from a particular client that had sent me an email, and I did some additional research on some things. And there&#x27;s a company, Weiss or Weiss, I&#x27;m not sure exactly how you say it. They&#x27;ve been on some of the media and things throughout the country. They&#x27;ve been around for about 40 years doing stuff. But bottom line is they&#x27;re sending information out to clients. You can buy either their simple or their premium package to get information from them and then buy based on the recommendation. And right now their big selling point is, you know, everything is going to crash.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> The market&#x27;s going to fail. You know, banks are going to fail. The countries, you know, and all this stuff. And although there&#x27;s a lot of turmoil out there, and there are some things definitely that I believe are going to occur, at the end of the day there was an SEC filing, if you will, on this research company in 2006 that basically said in the report, in the SEC report, in several lines, that, you know, what they promised or what they had proposed consumers could participate in and enjoy as far as rates of return. You know, they were quoting things like 2%, 3%, 400% with different types of contrarian investments, which is adverse of, you know, the way the market goes. A lot of times those investors, not only did they not make money, but they lost money. The point to this whole story, Coach, is that particular organization has 10,000 subscribers at the premium rate,</p><p><strong>15:54</strong> which is $5,000 a year. Now, you do the math. That&#x27;s $50 million a year of income from that information subscription, if you will. And the real point to that is making sure that people at these times where they&#x27;re being bombarded by negative information and all kinds of information, that they make sure they sit down with somebody that&#x27;s independent, that has a good viewpoint on the market, and they&#x27;re not buying into something quickly, which allows them less opportunity for success long-term. In other words, don&#x27;t buy into scams. Scams, make sure you really understand what you&#x27;re buying into before you do. Folks, the number to call is 800-661-7383 to get a true second opinion, unbiased and un...</p><p><strong>16:40</strong> Hmm. Unbiased. Unbiased and uninfluenced opinion, making sure that you are in the right place for the right time of your life. Call right now. Again, 800-661-7383. I will waive my planning fee if you call right now. My planning fee is usually $199 an hour. I could go even higher than that. For a true income plan, an income plan that everyone needs, I usually charge $500 an hour. I will waive both of those fees if you call right now at 800-661-7383. One final thing. Again, we&#x27;re talking to Michael Wall, who&#x27;s an investment advisor in Altoona, Pennsylvania, one of my trusted advisors that I communicate with each and every week when I put together the proper plans for the proper times of people&#x27;s lives.</p><p><strong>17:26</strong> Michael, there are a million ways for people to mess up their financial situation and only one way to do it right, in my opinion. Let&#x27;s go through these. I&#x27;ve got a checklist of six things, and then we&#x27;re going to have to go to a break. Number one is use a coach. That&#x27;s important. Have somebody... Again, a coach is not somebody who&#x27;s going to tell you what to do all the time. They&#x27;re going to make sure to review what you&#x27;re doing. And the main objective for a coach... I know I played sports growing up, and I hated my coach when he made me run those laps right after practice. But he was helping me develop a winning attitude and making sure that I would survive more than other players because we were never out of breath during the game. Number two is use structured index funds. Making sure that you basically capture the index. And the index means the overall market instead of trying to stock pick.</p><p><strong>18:12</strong> And that leads into number three. Eliminate stock picking, market timing, and track record investing for your retirement income accounts. Number four, diversify using anything that... Any kind of diversification model that&#x27;s out there today. I like the modern portfolio theory if we&#x27;re looking at diversification. And that ties in with number five is rebalance your funds each and every year, making sure you don&#x27;t get overweighted in one sector or one different place of investing. And the final thing, and to me, the most important number, number six, is income planning. If you&#x27;re over 45, have some money that&#x27;s building for a future income in retirement. You are guaranteed never to lose. And you&#x27;ll have an income that will go along with Social Security if it&#x27;s still there when you retire. But more importantly, you&#x27;ll have an independence fund where you&#x27;re not dependent on anybody</p><p><strong>19:00</strong> else to get income. What do you think about those six, Michael? I think they&#x27;re a good six to go with. And I particularly like the first one, Coach, not because your name is... You call yourself their coach. But the biggest reason is because that&#x27;s exactly what a good coach will do, is help you to re-pivot, switch, change. Just look at Tiger Woods, notably the best golfer in the world. And what does he constantly do? Well, he will change up to find a better option through another coach. Not that you want to change financial advisors all the time, but if your advisor is not coaching you consistently along the process and bringing up new ideas and giving you the tools that you need, that you can understand what you&#x27;re doing in a way that makes sense and it&#x27;s safe,</p><p><strong>19:47</strong> then looking for a good coach generally probably is a good idea. So I definitely like those six and I think number one is fundamental that the coach understands what he&#x27;s doing and can help you along that process of clarity and simplifying your financial life. Yeah. I mean, you know, to me, if you get a good coach, like you said, that&#x27;s number one on the list. You don&#x27;t have to worry about the checklist. Your coach will go over the checklist with you, but you don&#x27;t have to basically like a shopping list. You only have to buy one ingredient instead of six different ingredients. Is that correct? Well, you know, at the end of the day, you know, I think you&#x27;re this way and I know I&#x27;m this way. I have many years till I will retire. You know, I got four kids now and all kind of stuff. But all that to be said, when I retire, I don&#x27;t envision myself.</p><p><strong>20:33</strong> I don&#x27;t envision myself sitting down and watching the market each and every day and wondering, you know, where am I going to draw income? What am I going to do? How is this going to work? What investments are right? You know, the biggest thing that I&#x27;m going to be spending my time on initially is trying to find the right kind of independent person that I personally can trust to help me with my investments. Make sure they know what they&#x27;re doing. Make sure I&#x27;ve dotted my I&#x27;s and crossed my T&#x27;s. But once I find that person, let them coach me on what&#x27;s right and wrong. And that&#x27;s really the key. Most people, I think, when they retire, they don&#x27;t envision themselves stock picking. Now, they may want to for a small part of it, but I think most of the time they envision themselves doing things like, you know, taking their grandkids on vacation or deciding whether or not they want to swim with the dolphins today, as opposed to worrying about the fact</p><p><strong>21:20</strong> that the S&amp;P cut their rating last week and what that&#x27;s going to do to their portfolio. So the key is, is having that coach so you can, as you&#x27;re now retired and looking to retire, really live the vision you&#x27;ve always wanted for retirement. And folks, that sums it up right there. We&#x27;re going to go to break right now, but if you want to have everything you need peace of mind wise in retirement, get a true plan put together for yourself. Give us a call right now. We&#x27;ll be happy to help or give you a second opinion. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about planning for retirement. They discuss the role of a financial plan, retirement income, and preparing for the life a person wants after work.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3/image.jpg?t=1792072694&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-a-plan-for-the-retirement-you-want/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3/image.jpg?t=1792072694&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3</guid>
      <omny:clipId>08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1314</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/08c41ce5-01b5-4087-9774-b4e2014986e3/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="21056776" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-a-plan-for-the-retirement-you-want</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>249</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="A Plan for the Retirement You Want" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:23" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:54" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ty Young: Financial Planning and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Ty Young: Financial Planning and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ty Young joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about financial planning and retirement income. They discuss investment risk, evaluating products, and building a plan suited to a person’s stage of life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, we are a weekly show looking inside the financial world, trying to make it a little less complicated. And one of the ways I do this, folks, as you know, listening to the show, is that I go out into the nation and I find advisors who can explain things in real good detail. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have joining us live on air Ty J. Young out of Atlanta, Georgia. Now, I met Ty a while ago. I&#x27;ve seen him on TV. As a matter of fact, he was right after me on one of the CNBC appearances I was on. And Ty is a specialist in the financial world looking at people&#x27;s assets and making sure they don&#x27;t have all their eggs in one basket. Ty, welcome to the show. Thanks for having me. Yeah, sure, sure. I wanted to talk to you about some of the misconceptions that exist out there in the world today.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And most importantly, do you think that people are taking way too much risk with their retirement money? You know, time after time, as I sit down with people, that is the case. I sit down with people regularly. One example comes to mind. I sit down with a gentleman. He explains to me he&#x27;s got a conservative portfolio. I look at what he has, and 100% of his money is at risk. This guy wants to be retired, wants to stay retired, yet he&#x27;s risking his money. He&#x27;s risking his retirement nest egg and putting himself in a position where he may have to work again in the future, and it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. And I see it time and time again. Taking too much risk is a huge mistake. And what I say to people all the time is control what you can control. If you don&#x27;t want your money in a place where you can lose it, don&#x27;t have your money in a place where you can lose it.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And to me, Coach, it&#x27;s really that simple. Well, Ty, in the sales game of the financial world, it appears, do people, do a lot of salesmen out there, use the past performance of something to justify future results? You know they do, and I guess we shouldn&#x27;t look any further than 2008, should we? The reality is that in 2008, the average investor lost roughly 50% of their money. If you&#x27;ve got 15 or 20 or 30 years to wait it out, I guess that&#x27;s okay. But I can tell you most people are not willing to lose their money. Most people want their money in a protected place where they can receive a reasonable rate of return. And if you think about what happened in 2008 and then the following year, in 2008, the stock market went down about 50%.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> If you had $100,000 invested, you had about $50,000 at the end of that decline. From that day, that lowest day, for the next year, the market went up 71%. So if you put in $100,000 and went down 50% the first year, the second year, you got 71%. I mean, you really did well. You got all the way back up to $85,500. Think about that just a second. You had a huge up year, but because the market was down so big the year before, you&#x27;re not back to where you are. Yes, you have the bragging rights. You made 71%, but when it comes to the money, you have less money than what you started with. As I talk to folks, doesn&#x27;t it make sense to protect the downside and make sure you&#x27;re never in a negative position? That is the most important thing when it comes to your money. Then people still ask me this question.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Ty, how much money, how much of my money should I have protected against losses? You should have a minimum, I believe, of the percentage equal to your age. So if you are 65 years old, I believe you should have 65% of your money or more protected against losses. That is a good rule of thumb to start with. Well, that&#x27;s a great rule of thumb, Ty. And now let me ask you this question. With your clients here, you meet within the Atlanta, Georgia area, and let&#x27;s say they&#x27;re 55 and older, what do you recommend they do to get safe, guaranteed income for the future? Well, we have clients not only in Atlanta, Georgia, but all over the country and all over the world now, for that matter. And if you want your money protected against losses, there are only three ways to do it. Here&#x27;s the three ways. FDIC insurance, treasury bonds, third, guaranteed insurance contracts.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> We use products with those protections that allow people to participate in the gains of the market. You might not get all of them, but they participate in the gains of the market, and their principal is protected by either FDIC insurance or a guaranteed insurance contract. So they go up and never down, forwards and never backwards with their money. And to me, Coach, it&#x27;s really this simple. It&#x27;s this simple. We all have a pile of retirement money. Our goal, mine and theirs as a client, is to make sure that pile of retirement money gets bigger and never smaller. So when they go to draw from it, it&#x27;s as big as it can possibly be, and the income is as big as it can possibly be. And as you know, there are actually products out there that you can use that will guarantee an income for the rest of your life and give you access to your principal along the way. So your money can still grow. You still have access to your money, and you can have a guaranteed income for life.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And really, I think it&#x27;s sad that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t explain to folks. I mean, in large part, some places they do, but in large part, they don&#x27;t explain to folks they can have access to their money, they can have income protection for the rest of their life, and their money can still grow, so they can leave it to their beneficiaries. I think it&#x27;s important that people understand that, and that&#x27;s what I do. I go out there and make sure people understand just that. So safety with upside potential, is that something that you&#x27;re familiar with? Yeah, do a ton of it. Do a ton of it. And now, when we sit down with people, when you ask them, do they want risk reduction or risk avoidance, what kind of look comes over somebody&#x27;s face? You know, they look at you, as you know, like you have three heads. And here&#x27;s the question right here. How much of your money are you willing to lose?</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> You have to ask yourself that question. I&#x27;ll start out with something like this. All right, how much risk are you willing to take? And people will say, well, I&#x27;m going to take a little bit of risk to get a little bit of return. You know, they&#x27;ve heard it on TV. They know what to say. Then I&#x27;ll follow up with that question. All right, well, how much of your money are you willing to lose? I&#x27;ve done tens of thousands of investor interviews over the years, literally. And the answer, 99% of the time, is I&#x27;m not willing to lose any. Yeah. Well, if you&#x27;re not willing to lose any money, should you really have your money in a place where you can lose it? And I look at their portfolio and then look at their investments. I&#x27;ll say, listen, you just told me you&#x27;re not willing to lose money, but you&#x27;ve got your money in this stock mutual fund. It may be a good stock mutual fund, but you can lose money in this. If you&#x27;re not willing to lose money, tell me why you would have your money in a place where you can lose it.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Here&#x27;s the answer. I didn&#x27;t know what else to do. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t know what else to do. Overwhelmingly, that&#x27;s what I heard. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard that as well. Well, unfortunately, because here&#x27;s a question to you, a follow-up question. Are there pirates in the sea of retirement? Are there pirates? I&#x27;ve never heard that question put that way. There&#x27;s pirates everywhere, not only in the sea of retirement, but there&#x27;s pirates as you go out in your everyday life. I&#x27;m not sure exactly where you&#x27;re going with that one, but at the end of the day, are there people out there that can lead you astray, knowingly or unknowingly, and put you in a place where you could get hurt, even if they think they&#x27;re doing the best thing for you. And sometimes people do. Sometimes advisors, sometimes children, sometimes friends will encourage investors to put their money in, for example, individual stocks, in mutual funds,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> in different places where when the market goes down, they lose money. Here&#x27;s the most important thing. When it comes to your money, you are always right. When it comes to your money, you are right. And here&#x27;s what I mean by that. The best financial advice you&#x27;ll ever receive, it comes from you. It comes from you. Well, how do you get financial advice from yourself? Question I ask people. Tell me your number one fear financially. Overwhelmingly, the answer is running out of money. Next question I ask. Tell me the number one thing your money provides for you. Answer, security. Well, if your number one fear financially is running out of money, and the number one thing your money provides to you is security, should you really have your money in a place where you can lose it? No, absolutely not. The answer to that is obviously no. And if you do, and those are your answers, what should you do, I ask.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> And, of course, they say make changes. Yeah. And change is not always easy. Change is difficult. But it&#x27;s important if you want to protect yourself. Well, here&#x27;s a follow-up. Great answer, by the way, to the question. And I throw one of those out every now and then because it really – it&#x27;s great to see people&#x27;s response to it. But the follow-up question to are there pirates in the sea of retirement, the follow-up is, is taking too much risk like having your money walk the plank? Well, it&#x27;s having your retirement lifestyle walk the plank. Yep. And I&#x27;ll tell you why I say that. If literally – let&#x27;s go back to a 2008 scenario, and I pray that doesn&#x27;t happen again. But when you monetize debt like we&#x27;re doing as a country and the cost of fuel is going up and the cost of consumer goods are going up and the cost of food is going up, the reality is your purchasing power is going down.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> So the value of your accounts, just by virtue of those dollars aren&#x27;t worth as much, is going down. So the reality is your lifestyle is in jeopardy if you&#x27;re not protecting your downside and getting a reasonable rate of return along the way. And as we monetize debt and as we have poor fiscal policy as a country, that puts our economy in more and more peril. If it goes down big, it is like your lifestyle – to use your question – it is like your lifestyle walking the plank. You maybe aren&#x27;t going to be taking as many cruises or cruises at all anymore, depending on your situation. You&#x27;ve got to control what you can control. And you can control – here&#x27;s what it comes down to. You can control whether or not your lifestyle is on the plank. You can control whether or not your principal is at risk.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> So control what you can control. If you want your money protected, have it protected. Well, Ty, investor behavior is a fascinating subject. Matter of fact, it keeps Dalbar in business. They do research studies on investor behavior. And I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve probably seen the study. The last 20 years, the average investor in the S&amp;P Standard &amp; Poor&#x27;s 500 index was about 8.1% before fees and commissions. But the average investor who was in a buy-and-sell type account, like a mutual fund, only averaged 3% before risk and commissions. What is the – I guess what is the reasonable rate of return that the average investor can hope for out there based on what the Dalbar study says? Well, you know, the Dalbar study – the Dalbar study is obviously a good study. It&#x27;s important. But here&#x27;s what it comes down to as far as I&#x27;m concerned when I&#x27;m talking to my clients.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> You can have your money protected against losses, and you can receive a reasonable rate of return if you are in the right products. The best products out there, depending upon your situation, can return an average of historically about 6% to 8% while having your money protected against losses. So if you look at the rate of return – I&#x27;ll give you an example. Go back to 1930, right after the Depression. The rate of return of the stock market, not counting fees, not counting inflation, back to 1930 is roughly 9%. A good product with the protections of FDIC or a guaranteed insurance contract is going to average historically about 6% to 8%. Most people would tell me that they&#x27;re willing to give up maybe a little bit of return to know they&#x27;re never going to have the downside,</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> to know that they&#x27;re going to go up and never go down, forwards and never backwards with their money. And really, if you look at the last three-year period of time, stock market&#x27;s down. Over the last 10 years, stock market is down. So you look at that versus having your money protected and participating in market gains and participating in market losses. To me, you look at that, it&#x27;s a no-brainer. I was talking to a gentleman just a few minutes ago before we started the interview, and he is a finance professor. And he just recently became a client. He goes, Ty, I just can&#x27;t find – I can&#x27;t find the skunk in the woodpile here. And I said, that&#x27;s because there isn&#x27;t one. If you understand that there&#x27;s a time commitment and a penalty for early withdrawal for these kind of products, and you realize you&#x27;re not going to make all the gains in the market, but you&#x27;re going to get none of the losses,</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> and you realize that you don&#x27;t have to make as much on the upside if you never lose anything on the downside to get a reasonable rate of return. There&#x27;s not a skunk in the woodpile. He says, this makes a lot of sense. And he says, well, I&#x27;ve been reading, I&#x27;ve been doing studies on this, and as I read on the Internet, either folks love what you do or they hate it. And I said, that&#x27;s right. I said, which one are you? He goes, well, I love this idea. And so that&#x27;s why he&#x27;s a client now. At the end – go ahead. Well, what&#x27;s not to love about not losing money, Ty? Well, I agree completely. I built my career based upon that very thing. But what happens is you have the Wall Street guys, and in full disclosure, I&#x27;m a registered investment advisor. I own a registered investment advisory firm. And so I&#x27;m part of that.</p><p><strong>12:48</strong> I started as a cold caller at Bear Stearns years and years ago when Bear Stearns obviously still exists. It doesn&#x27;t anymore. But they point over to the guys and say, I like the index annuity or I like the MarketLink CD or I like those products with protections. And they go, oh, those guys aren&#x27;t real financial advisors. To get a real financial advisor, you&#x27;ve got to go over here. You&#x27;ve got to pay the 1% or 2% per year fee. You&#x27;ve got to put your money at risk. You&#x27;ve got to be in harm&#x27;s way. Well, I say that&#x27;s nonsense. It&#x27;s interesting. The most intelligent, most astute investors want it simple. And what&#x27;s simpler than having your money protected? Well, that&#x27;s about what it comes down to. Safe money first. Risk money second. He is Ty Young. Ty J. Young. You&#x27;ve seen him on Fox Business, Fox News. You&#x27;ve seen him on CNBC. He is a registered investment advisor and a financial planner just like we are, folks.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> And he basically practices what he preaches just like we do. Ty, I really do appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for having me. And, yeah, all the pleasures on this side of the microphone. We hope you&#x27;ll come back in the future. Will do. Anytime. And, folks, the number to call to find out more information about what Ty is talking about is 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ty Young joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about financial planning and retirement income. They discuss investment risk, evaluating products, and building a plan suited to a person’s stage of life.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, we are a weekly show looking inside the financial world, trying to make it a little less complicated. And one of the ways I do this, folks, as you know, listening to the show, is that I go out into the nation and I find advisors who can explain things in real good detail. And we&#x27;re lucky enough today to have joining us live on air Ty J. Young out of Atlanta, Georgia. Now, I met Ty a while ago. I&#x27;ve seen him on TV. As a matter of fact, he was right after me on one of the CNBC appearances I was on. And Ty is a specialist in the financial world looking at people&#x27;s assets and making sure they don&#x27;t have all their eggs in one basket. Ty, welcome to the show. Thanks for having me. Yeah, sure, sure. I wanted to talk to you about some of the misconceptions that exist out there in the world today.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> And most importantly, do you think that people are taking way too much risk with their retirement money? You know, time after time, as I sit down with people, that is the case. I sit down with people regularly. One example comes to mind. I sit down with a gentleman. He explains to me he&#x27;s got a conservative portfolio. I look at what he has, and 100% of his money is at risk. This guy wants to be retired, wants to stay retired, yet he&#x27;s risking his money. He&#x27;s risking his retirement nest egg and putting himself in a position where he may have to work again in the future, and it doesn&#x27;t have to be that way. And I see it time and time again. Taking too much risk is a huge mistake. And what I say to people all the time is control what you can control. If you don&#x27;t want your money in a place where you can lose it, don&#x27;t have your money in a place where you can lose it.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And to me, Coach, it&#x27;s really that simple. Well, Ty, in the sales game of the financial world, it appears, do people, do a lot of salesmen out there, use the past performance of something to justify future results? You know they do, and I guess we shouldn&#x27;t look any further than 2008, should we? The reality is that in 2008, the average investor lost roughly 50% of their money. If you&#x27;ve got 15 or 20 or 30 years to wait it out, I guess that&#x27;s okay. But I can tell you most people are not willing to lose their money. Most people want their money in a protected place where they can receive a reasonable rate of return. And if you think about what happened in 2008 and then the following year, in 2008, the stock market went down about 50%.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> If you had $100,000 invested, you had about $50,000 at the end of that decline. From that day, that lowest day, for the next year, the market went up 71%. So if you put in $100,000 and went down 50% the first year, the second year, you got 71%. I mean, you really did well. You got all the way back up to $85,500. Think about that just a second. You had a huge up year, but because the market was down so big the year before, you&#x27;re not back to where you are. Yes, you have the bragging rights. You made 71%, but when it comes to the money, you have less money than what you started with. As I talk to folks, doesn&#x27;t it make sense to protect the downside and make sure you&#x27;re never in a negative position? That is the most important thing when it comes to your money. Then people still ask me this question.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> Ty, how much money, how much of my money should I have protected against losses? You should have a minimum, I believe, of the percentage equal to your age. So if you are 65 years old, I believe you should have 65% of your money or more protected against losses. That is a good rule of thumb to start with. Well, that&#x27;s a great rule of thumb, Ty. And now let me ask you this question. With your clients here, you meet within the Atlanta, Georgia area, and let&#x27;s say they&#x27;re 55 and older, what do you recommend they do to get safe, guaranteed income for the future? Well, we have clients not only in Atlanta, Georgia, but all over the country and all over the world now, for that matter. And if you want your money protected against losses, there are only three ways to do it. Here&#x27;s the three ways. FDIC insurance, treasury bonds, third, guaranteed insurance contracts.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> We use products with those protections that allow people to participate in the gains of the market. You might not get all of them, but they participate in the gains of the market, and their principal is protected by either FDIC insurance or a guaranteed insurance contract. So they go up and never down, forwards and never backwards with their money. And to me, Coach, it&#x27;s really this simple. It&#x27;s this simple. We all have a pile of retirement money. Our goal, mine and theirs as a client, is to make sure that pile of retirement money gets bigger and never smaller. So when they go to draw from it, it&#x27;s as big as it can possibly be, and the income is as big as it can possibly be. And as you know, there are actually products out there that you can use that will guarantee an income for the rest of your life and give you access to your principal along the way. So your money can still grow. You still have access to your money, and you can have a guaranteed income for life.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And really, I think it&#x27;s sad that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t explain to folks. I mean, in large part, some places they do, but in large part, they don&#x27;t explain to folks they can have access to their money, they can have income protection for the rest of their life, and their money can still grow, so they can leave it to their beneficiaries. I think it&#x27;s important that people understand that, and that&#x27;s what I do. I go out there and make sure people understand just that. So safety with upside potential, is that something that you&#x27;re familiar with? Yeah, do a ton of it. Do a ton of it. And now, when we sit down with people, when you ask them, do they want risk reduction or risk avoidance, what kind of look comes over somebody&#x27;s face? You know, they look at you, as you know, like you have three heads. And here&#x27;s the question right here. How much of your money are you willing to lose?</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> You have to ask yourself that question. I&#x27;ll start out with something like this. All right, how much risk are you willing to take? And people will say, well, I&#x27;m going to take a little bit of risk to get a little bit of return. You know, they&#x27;ve heard it on TV. They know what to say. Then I&#x27;ll follow up with that question. All right, well, how much of your money are you willing to lose? I&#x27;ve done tens of thousands of investor interviews over the years, literally. And the answer, 99% of the time, is I&#x27;m not willing to lose any. Yeah. Well, if you&#x27;re not willing to lose any money, should you really have your money in a place where you can lose it? And I look at their portfolio and then look at their investments. I&#x27;ll say, listen, you just told me you&#x27;re not willing to lose money, but you&#x27;ve got your money in this stock mutual fund. It may be a good stock mutual fund, but you can lose money in this. If you&#x27;re not willing to lose money, tell me why you would have your money in a place where you can lose it.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Here&#x27;s the answer. I didn&#x27;t know what else to do. Yeah. I didn&#x27;t know what else to do. Overwhelmingly, that&#x27;s what I heard. I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve heard that as well. Well, unfortunately, because here&#x27;s a question to you, a follow-up question. Are there pirates in the sea of retirement? Are there pirates? I&#x27;ve never heard that question put that way. There&#x27;s pirates everywhere, not only in the sea of retirement, but there&#x27;s pirates as you go out in your everyday life. I&#x27;m not sure exactly where you&#x27;re going with that one, but at the end of the day, are there people out there that can lead you astray, knowingly or unknowingly, and put you in a place where you could get hurt, even if they think they&#x27;re doing the best thing for you. And sometimes people do. Sometimes advisors, sometimes children, sometimes friends will encourage investors to put their money in, for example, individual stocks, in mutual funds,</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> in different places where when the market goes down, they lose money. Here&#x27;s the most important thing. When it comes to your money, you are always right. When it comes to your money, you are right. And here&#x27;s what I mean by that. The best financial advice you&#x27;ll ever receive, it comes from you. It comes from you. Well, how do you get financial advice from yourself? Question I ask people. Tell me your number one fear financially. Overwhelmingly, the answer is running out of money. Next question I ask. Tell me the number one thing your money provides for you. Answer, security. Well, if your number one fear financially is running out of money, and the number one thing your money provides to you is security, should you really have your money in a place where you can lose it? No, absolutely not. The answer to that is obviously no. And if you do, and those are your answers, what should you do, I ask.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> And, of course, they say make changes. Yeah. And change is not always easy. Change is difficult. But it&#x27;s important if you want to protect yourself. Well, here&#x27;s a follow-up. Great answer, by the way, to the question. And I throw one of those out every now and then because it really – it&#x27;s great to see people&#x27;s response to it. But the follow-up question to are there pirates in the sea of retirement, the follow-up is, is taking too much risk like having your money walk the plank? Well, it&#x27;s having your retirement lifestyle walk the plank. Yep. And I&#x27;ll tell you why I say that. If literally – let&#x27;s go back to a 2008 scenario, and I pray that doesn&#x27;t happen again. But when you monetize debt like we&#x27;re doing as a country and the cost of fuel is going up and the cost of consumer goods are going up and the cost of food is going up, the reality is your purchasing power is going down.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> So the value of your accounts, just by virtue of those dollars aren&#x27;t worth as much, is going down. So the reality is your lifestyle is in jeopardy if you&#x27;re not protecting your downside and getting a reasonable rate of return along the way. And as we monetize debt and as we have poor fiscal policy as a country, that puts our economy in more and more peril. If it goes down big, it is like your lifestyle – to use your question – it is like your lifestyle walking the plank. You maybe aren&#x27;t going to be taking as many cruises or cruises at all anymore, depending on your situation. You&#x27;ve got to control what you can control. And you can control – here&#x27;s what it comes down to. You can control whether or not your lifestyle is on the plank. You can control whether or not your principal is at risk.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> So control what you can control. If you want your money protected, have it protected. Well, Ty, investor behavior is a fascinating subject. Matter of fact, it keeps Dalbar in business. They do research studies on investor behavior. And I don&#x27;t know if you&#x27;ve probably seen the study. The last 20 years, the average investor in the S&amp;P Standard &amp; Poor&#x27;s 500 index was about 8.1% before fees and commissions. But the average investor who was in a buy-and-sell type account, like a mutual fund, only averaged 3% before risk and commissions. What is the – I guess what is the reasonable rate of return that the average investor can hope for out there based on what the Dalbar study says? Well, you know, the Dalbar study – the Dalbar study is obviously a good study. It&#x27;s important. But here&#x27;s what it comes down to as far as I&#x27;m concerned when I&#x27;m talking to my clients.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> You can have your money protected against losses, and you can receive a reasonable rate of return if you are in the right products. The best products out there, depending upon your situation, can return an average of historically about 6% to 8% while having your money protected against losses. So if you look at the rate of return – I&#x27;ll give you an example. Go back to 1930, right after the Depression. The rate of return of the stock market, not counting fees, not counting inflation, back to 1930 is roughly 9%. A good product with the protections of FDIC or a guaranteed insurance contract is going to average historically about 6% to 8%. Most people would tell me that they&#x27;re willing to give up maybe a little bit of return to know they&#x27;re never going to have the downside,</p><p><strong>11:16</strong> to know that they&#x27;re going to go up and never go down, forwards and never backwards with their money. And really, if you look at the last three-year period of time, stock market&#x27;s down. Over the last 10 years, stock market is down. So you look at that versus having your money protected and participating in market gains and participating in market losses. To me, you look at that, it&#x27;s a no-brainer. I was talking to a gentleman just a few minutes ago before we started the interview, and he is a finance professor. And he just recently became a client. He goes, Ty, I just can&#x27;t find – I can&#x27;t find the skunk in the woodpile here. And I said, that&#x27;s because there isn&#x27;t one. If you understand that there&#x27;s a time commitment and a penalty for early withdrawal for these kind of products, and you realize you&#x27;re not going to make all the gains in the market, but you&#x27;re going to get none of the losses,</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> and you realize that you don&#x27;t have to make as much on the upside if you never lose anything on the downside to get a reasonable rate of return. There&#x27;s not a skunk in the woodpile. He says, this makes a lot of sense. And he says, well, I&#x27;ve been reading, I&#x27;ve been doing studies on this, and as I read on the Internet, either folks love what you do or they hate it. And I said, that&#x27;s right. I said, which one are you? He goes, well, I love this idea. And so that&#x27;s why he&#x27;s a client now. At the end – go ahead. Well, what&#x27;s not to love about not losing money, Ty? Well, I agree completely. I built my career based upon that very thing. But what happens is you have the Wall Street guys, and in full disclosure, I&#x27;m a registered investment advisor. I own a registered investment advisory firm. And so I&#x27;m part of that.</p><p><strong>12:48</strong> I started as a cold caller at Bear Stearns years and years ago when Bear Stearns obviously still exists. It doesn&#x27;t anymore. But they point over to the guys and say, I like the index annuity or I like the MarketLink CD or I like those products with protections. And they go, oh, those guys aren&#x27;t real financial advisors. To get a real financial advisor, you&#x27;ve got to go over here. You&#x27;ve got to pay the 1% or 2% per year fee. You&#x27;ve got to put your money at risk. You&#x27;ve got to be in harm&#x27;s way. Well, I say that&#x27;s nonsense. It&#x27;s interesting. The most intelligent, most astute investors want it simple. And what&#x27;s simpler than having your money protected? Well, that&#x27;s about what it comes down to. Safe money first. Risk money second. He is Ty Young. Ty J. Young. You&#x27;ve seen him on Fox Business, Fox News. You&#x27;ve seen him on CNBC. He is a registered investment advisor and a financial planner just like we are, folks.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> And he basically practices what he preaches just like we do. Ty, I really do appreciate your time today. Hey, thanks for having me. And, yeah, all the pleasures on this side of the microphone. We hope you&#x27;ll come back in the future. Will do. Anytime. And, folks, the number to call to find out more information about what Ty is talking about is 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ty Young joins Coach Pete for an April 2011 conversation about financial planning and retirement income. They discuss investment risk, evaluating products, and building a plan suited to a person’s stage of life.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ty Young</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ty Young, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd/image.jpg?t=1792072705&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ty-young-financial-planning-and-retirement-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd/image.jpg?t=1792072705&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>839</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/352c4be5-1dee-4110-99d3-b4e2014879dd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13464062" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ty-young-financial-planning-and-retirement-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>250</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Planning and Retirement Income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete and John Pollock: Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens?</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete and John Pollock: Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens?</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins John Pollock on InvestorPeace.com’s radio program to discuss Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? This April 2011 guest appearance explores financial education and the questions people bring to retirement planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the InvestorPeace.com radio program with John Pollock, and I have a special guest today, Coach Beat Deruda. He is the host of the Financial Safari Show on 43 different radio stations throughout the country. He has not worked his way into the Dallas market yet, and he&#x27;s promised me he won&#x27;t. But I got him on the air today to talk about his new book, which we have actually been giving out on the show for the last few weeks. It&#x27;s called Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? Pete, welcome to the show. Thanks, John, and welcome to all your listeners to the Financial Alien version of John Pollock&#x27;s show. Yes, yes. The first time, I actually haven&#x27;t dug into the book that much.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about the fact that I was a contributor to it, but I haven&#x27;t talked too much about what&#x27;s in it. Let me start by asking you, what kind of gave you the idea to write this? Well, John, I&#x27;ve been on the radio here for six years and been in the financial industry for 20 and kept getting the same questions over and over again from clients and prospective clients. And the underlying theme was they were all confused about what was going on in their wallet. And so what I did is I interviewed 13 different advisors from across the country and tried to figure out if there was a common theme or what to the rhyme or method to the madness of what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. What it came down to is no matter where you are in the country, you have about the same questions.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And it&#x27;s not the question that gets people in trouble. It&#x27;s the person giving you the answers. So I was able to find 13 good answer givers, people who logically explain things and don&#x27;t try to sell products. Instead, they go through strategies first. And I&#x27;m pretty sure that&#x27;s the way you do your planning as well, John, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it is. In fact, one of the things I noticed from your book, in fact, I think this would be kind of fun. Instead of we&#x27;re not going to go through each chapter, but one of the chapters has a very interesting question. This is Chapter 8 in the book, and this is the question for the listening audience out there. Chapter 8 says, what do you tell someone who is looking for lifetime income using the assets they have? This is very interesting because there&#x27;s a lot of guys, I don&#x27;t know about the radio markets you&#x27;re in,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> but many of the guys on the radio in my market are selling products that have ostensibly the objective of creating lifetime income. So I thought this was an interesting question when you asked it. So I don&#x27;t know about your market, but variable annuities are real popular in my market. Yeah, and I like to say if you read Chapter 8 in this book, if you don&#x27;t read any other chapter but Chapter 8, that&#x27;s the most important chapter because reading Chapter 8 will keep you out of Chapter 7 as it relates to financial bankruptcy. Nice. Very nice. Yeah, and once people read Chapter 8, John, I mean, it gets you really interested, and you see how all these different advisors are giving you good strategies, not products. I absolutely hate variable annuities myself. In my practice, I&#x27;ve never offered one to a client because I have never seen a case</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> where it made sense for someone to have a variable annuity when there were so many better, in my opinion, options out there for them to have safety, security, and guaranteed income. They didn&#x27;t need these variable annuities. And unfortunately, I&#x27;ve had people come in from shows where they had all their money was forcibly put into a variable annuity. John, that&#x27;s about the only way to say it. Variable annuities are sold, not bought. And no one I ever have talked to that has one really can tell me why they even have it, John. Yeah, I&#x27;m in agreement. We&#x27;ve talked about this before. In fact, Pete interviewed me on one of his shows, and I don&#x27;t know how we got into a variable annuity bashing session, but these products are just awful. And we probably should, you know, at least once a month just beat up on them because they&#x27;re really, really bad.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> They&#x27;re sold. They&#x27;re not purchased. Advisors sell them. They&#x27;re not good products. There&#x27;s too many other ways to get at it. So let&#x27;s start with this. If we were just going to do a product replacement, not a strategy but just a product, what would we do that would be better than a variable annuity? Well, if you were going like to like, you&#x27;ve taken all the money out of one product and putting it all into another, which was something you or I would never recommend. But let&#x27;s just say in this Mr. Rogers-type neighborhood, I would take the money out of a fee-infested variable annuity and put it to a low or no fee fixed-indexed annuity, which lets someone share in the gains of the market on the upside, but more importantly has a future income account added to it, which guarantees growth by a certain percentage,</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> all for the main purpose of giving someone a lifetime guaranteed income in the future. Yeah, I think you qualified it very well. The products are good, and I like them, and I occasionally use them, but it&#x27;s very important that we understand it&#x27;s a product, it&#x27;s a tool within the toolbox, and we&#x27;ve got to use the product as it&#x27;s designed, not as a one-size-fits-all product, which is typically the problem we have with the variable annuities is it&#x27;s being treated as a one-size-fits-all. So we want to make sure that if we do replace one one-size-fits-all, we don&#x27;t replace it with another one-size-fits-all. So what are some strategies that we can use that are not product-based, something that&#x27;s just completely strategy-based? Yeah. First, I like to build a basket strategy it&#x27;s called,</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> where you take what someone has and you divide it into four to six different piles of money, and you put those piles in all different places, one for immediate income, one for long-term emergencies, one for long-term retirement, and one for guaranteed lifetime retirement, and then a tax-free income to your family. So you basically have all different kind of devices that you can use out there, but you never want all your eggs in one basket. So we use the basket strategy. It&#x27;s a water wheel for income, and if you do it right, you can have increasing income as you get older, and John, that&#x27;s very important because we are in what&#x27;s going to be very rapidly an increasing inflation environment, I feel, in this country. What do you think? Yeah, I&#x27;m in 100% agreement. There&#x27;s too many things that are on the horizon that, shoot, I mean, just going to the gas station today,</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> prices are up. Whether it settles back down or not is really not the issue. Prices go up. They go up over time, and when you throw as much regulation and when you have as much debt as we have, taxes are probably going to go up, which is also going to cause more inflation. So you kind of got this circular thing that we got going on. So inflation, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, is a foregone conclusion. It&#x27;s just a matter of how fast, how big, and when. But I agree. So you&#x27;ve got a plan for the future for inflation. One of the illustrations I use with clients is you want to make sure that you have a boat strategy and a dock strategy. The dock strategy is that if you&#x27;re in a body of water and the body of water rises, and in this scenario, inflation, you don&#x27;t want to be underwater.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And that&#x27;s what a dock would do. That&#x27;s why we want some stuff on top of the water so that it floats when the water rises. That&#x27;s one of the things I tell people about certain fixed products you&#x27;ve got to be careful with so that you&#x27;re ready for the big inflation bubble when it comes. Yeah, and that&#x27;s a great analogy, John, and I&#x27;m going to give you one here, too. We&#x27;ve all been riding down the road where we look over to the side of the road and there&#x27;s somebody walking with a red can in their hand. You know what I&#x27;m talking about? Yes. What events basically transpire for them to be on the side of the road walking down the road with a red can in their hand? Someone ran out of gas. We want to prepare for those type of things. I tell people a lot on the show. First of all,</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> we are speaking to Coach Pete D’Arruda. He is a financial advisor out of North Carolina. He is on a syndicated show called Financial Safari. That&#x27;s Financial Safari, easy for me to say. And it&#x27;s in 43 different markets. And we&#x27;re talking about Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? It&#x27;s a book that he wrote. He asked, it was a very interesting idea. I wish I would have thought of it. He had several advisors. How many advisors are on this book? 13 different advisors from across the country with all different kind of licenses and designations. Yeah. See, I just love this because he asked each one of the advisors several questions and I was one of those. And it&#x27;s interesting to see the different types of answers. I mean, these are all, I know most of the advisors</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> and we&#x27;re all bright people. We&#x27;re really good at what we do. But philosophy plays a big role in how you do financial planning. So it&#x27;s very important you find an advisor that really aligns with what you&#x27;re trying to accomplish. And you&#x27;ll get to see that as you work through the book. Now, the book is free, so don&#x27;t hesitate to go to the website. There&#x27;s a free book button. It&#x27;s InvestorPeace.com or give us a call at 214-383-3838. Okay, Coach Pete, continue with the gas can analogy. Well, we&#x27;ve all seen it. We all say, I&#x27;m glad that&#x27;s not me. Right? Yes, this is exactly right. But there is a way if you don&#x27;t use the proper strategy. And of course, the subtitle of the book is Your Practical Guide to Translating the Complex Financial Universe to Protect Your Portfolio</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> from Being Zapped by Shrink Rays. Love that. And so if we let, John, if we have our money in the wrong places or all products and inflation creeps in and maybe we lose a lot of money, we shouldn&#x27;t have been had exposed to risk or I consider fees a risk also, there is a chance where you can find yourself in retirement with the equivalent of holding that gas can, and looking for some money to fuel your retirement. And that&#x27;s never where you want to be. So the purpose of writing this book and the advisors I interview were anywhere from 42 years experience all the way down to four years experience in the financial world. So a vast, and I did that on purpose because I wanted to see different opinions, but all of them agreed that you never wanted to leave somebody totally exposed where they could run into that situation</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> where they were, again, having that red can going down the side of road in retirement. Yeah, I love that analogy because it&#x27;s something that can be planned for. I mean, you have an indicator light on your car so you know that you&#x27;re running out of gas and to not prepare in advance for something that&#x27;s foreseeable is just unwise. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re here for. I am John Pollack. This is the InvestorPeace.com radio program. We have Coach Pete Deruta on the line from the Financial Safari Show, which is in over 43 different markets. And if you want a copy of the book, we&#x27;re both in it. We&#x27;ve both taken some time out of our schedule to help you guys out. It&#x27;s called Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? All you have to do is go to</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> either give us a call at 214-383-3838 or go to the website at InvestorPeace.com. We&#x27;ll talk to you a bit more coming up.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete joins John Pollock on InvestorPeace.com’s radio program to discuss Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? This April 2011 guest appearance explores financial education and the questions people bring to retirement planning.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> You&#x27;re listening to the InvestorPeace.com radio program with John Pollock, and I have a special guest today, Coach Beat Deruda. He is the host of the Financial Safari Show on 43 different radio stations throughout the country. He has not worked his way into the Dallas market yet, and he&#x27;s promised me he won&#x27;t. But I got him on the air today to talk about his new book, which we have actually been giving out on the show for the last few weeks. It&#x27;s called Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? Pete, welcome to the show. Thanks, John, and welcome to all your listeners to the Financial Alien version of John Pollock&#x27;s show. Yes, yes. The first time, I actually haven&#x27;t dug into the book that much.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> We&#x27;ve talked about the fact that I was a contributor to it, but I haven&#x27;t talked too much about what&#x27;s in it. Let me start by asking you, what kind of gave you the idea to write this? Well, John, I&#x27;ve been on the radio here for six years and been in the financial industry for 20 and kept getting the same questions over and over again from clients and prospective clients. And the underlying theme was they were all confused about what was going on in their wallet. And so what I did is I interviewed 13 different advisors from across the country and tried to figure out if there was a common theme or what to the rhyme or method to the madness of what&#x27;s going on in the financial world. What it came down to is no matter where you are in the country, you have about the same questions.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> And it&#x27;s not the question that gets people in trouble. It&#x27;s the person giving you the answers. So I was able to find 13 good answer givers, people who logically explain things and don&#x27;t try to sell products. Instead, they go through strategies first. And I&#x27;m pretty sure that&#x27;s the way you do your planning as well, John, isn&#x27;t it? Yes, it is. In fact, one of the things I noticed from your book, in fact, I think this would be kind of fun. Instead of we&#x27;re not going to go through each chapter, but one of the chapters has a very interesting question. This is Chapter 8 in the book, and this is the question for the listening audience out there. Chapter 8 says, what do you tell someone who is looking for lifetime income using the assets they have? This is very interesting because there&#x27;s a lot of guys, I don&#x27;t know about the radio markets you&#x27;re in,</p><p><strong>02:22</strong> but many of the guys on the radio in my market are selling products that have ostensibly the objective of creating lifetime income. So I thought this was an interesting question when you asked it. So I don&#x27;t know about your market, but variable annuities are real popular in my market. Yeah, and I like to say if you read Chapter 8 in this book, if you don&#x27;t read any other chapter but Chapter 8, that&#x27;s the most important chapter because reading Chapter 8 will keep you out of Chapter 7 as it relates to financial bankruptcy. Nice. Very nice. Yeah, and once people read Chapter 8, John, I mean, it gets you really interested, and you see how all these different advisors are giving you good strategies, not products. I absolutely hate variable annuities myself. In my practice, I&#x27;ve never offered one to a client because I have never seen a case</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> where it made sense for someone to have a variable annuity when there were so many better, in my opinion, options out there for them to have safety, security, and guaranteed income. They didn&#x27;t need these variable annuities. And unfortunately, I&#x27;ve had people come in from shows where they had all their money was forcibly put into a variable annuity. John, that&#x27;s about the only way to say it. Variable annuities are sold, not bought. And no one I ever have talked to that has one really can tell me why they even have it, John. Yeah, I&#x27;m in agreement. We&#x27;ve talked about this before. In fact, Pete interviewed me on one of his shows, and I don&#x27;t know how we got into a variable annuity bashing session, but these products are just awful. And we probably should, you know, at least once a month just beat up on them because they&#x27;re really, really bad.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> They&#x27;re sold. They&#x27;re not purchased. Advisors sell them. They&#x27;re not good products. There&#x27;s too many other ways to get at it. So let&#x27;s start with this. If we were just going to do a product replacement, not a strategy but just a product, what would we do that would be better than a variable annuity? Well, if you were going like to like, you&#x27;ve taken all the money out of one product and putting it all into another, which was something you or I would never recommend. But let&#x27;s just say in this Mr. Rogers-type neighborhood, I would take the money out of a fee-infested variable annuity and put it to a low or no fee fixed-indexed annuity, which lets someone share in the gains of the market on the upside, but more importantly has a future income account added to it, which guarantees growth by a certain percentage,</p><p><strong>04:40</strong> all for the main purpose of giving someone a lifetime guaranteed income in the future. Yeah, I think you qualified it very well. The products are good, and I like them, and I occasionally use them, but it&#x27;s very important that we understand it&#x27;s a product, it&#x27;s a tool within the toolbox, and we&#x27;ve got to use the product as it&#x27;s designed, not as a one-size-fits-all product, which is typically the problem we have with the variable annuities is it&#x27;s being treated as a one-size-fits-all. So we want to make sure that if we do replace one one-size-fits-all, we don&#x27;t replace it with another one-size-fits-all. So what are some strategies that we can use that are not product-based, something that&#x27;s just completely strategy-based? Yeah. First, I like to build a basket strategy it&#x27;s called,</p><p><strong>05:26</strong> where you take what someone has and you divide it into four to six different piles of money, and you put those piles in all different places, one for immediate income, one for long-term emergencies, one for long-term retirement, and one for guaranteed lifetime retirement, and then a tax-free income to your family. So you basically have all different kind of devices that you can use out there, but you never want all your eggs in one basket. So we use the basket strategy. It&#x27;s a water wheel for income, and if you do it right, you can have increasing income as you get older, and John, that&#x27;s very important because we are in what&#x27;s going to be very rapidly an increasing inflation environment, I feel, in this country. What do you think? Yeah, I&#x27;m in 100% agreement. There&#x27;s too many things that are on the horizon that, shoot, I mean, just going to the gas station today,</p><p><strong>06:13</strong> prices are up. Whether it settles back down or not is really not the issue. Prices go up. They go up over time, and when you throw as much regulation and when you have as much debt as we have, taxes are probably going to go up, which is also going to cause more inflation. So you kind of got this circular thing that we got going on. So inflation, as far as I&#x27;m concerned, is a foregone conclusion. It&#x27;s just a matter of how fast, how big, and when. But I agree. So you&#x27;ve got a plan for the future for inflation. One of the illustrations I use with clients is you want to make sure that you have a boat strategy and a dock strategy. The dock strategy is that if you&#x27;re in a body of water and the body of water rises, and in this scenario, inflation, you don&#x27;t want to be underwater.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> And that&#x27;s what a dock would do. That&#x27;s why we want some stuff on top of the water so that it floats when the water rises. That&#x27;s one of the things I tell people about certain fixed products you&#x27;ve got to be careful with so that you&#x27;re ready for the big inflation bubble when it comes. Yeah, and that&#x27;s a great analogy, John, and I&#x27;m going to give you one here, too. We&#x27;ve all been riding down the road where we look over to the side of the road and there&#x27;s somebody walking with a red can in their hand. You know what I&#x27;m talking about? Yes. What events basically transpire for them to be on the side of the road walking down the road with a red can in their hand? Someone ran out of gas. We want to prepare for those type of things. I tell people a lot on the show. First of all,</p><p><strong>07:45</strong> we are speaking to Coach Pete D’Arruda. He is a financial advisor out of North Carolina. He is on a syndicated show called Financial Safari. That&#x27;s Financial Safari, easy for me to say. And it&#x27;s in 43 different markets. And we&#x27;re talking about Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? It&#x27;s a book that he wrote. He asked, it was a very interesting idea. I wish I would have thought of it. He had several advisors. How many advisors are on this book? 13 different advisors from across the country with all different kind of licenses and designations. Yeah. See, I just love this because he asked each one of the advisors several questions and I was one of those. And it&#x27;s interesting to see the different types of answers. I mean, these are all, I know most of the advisors</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> and we&#x27;re all bright people. We&#x27;re really good at what we do. But philosophy plays a big role in how you do financial planning. So it&#x27;s very important you find an advisor that really aligns with what you&#x27;re trying to accomplish. And you&#x27;ll get to see that as you work through the book. Now, the book is free, so don&#x27;t hesitate to go to the website. There&#x27;s a free book button. It&#x27;s InvestorPeace.com or give us a call at 214-383-3838. Okay, Coach Pete, continue with the gas can analogy. Well, we&#x27;ve all seen it. We all say, I&#x27;m glad that&#x27;s not me. Right? Yes, this is exactly right. But there is a way if you don&#x27;t use the proper strategy. And of course, the subtitle of the book is Your Practical Guide to Translating the Complex Financial Universe to Protect Your Portfolio</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> from Being Zapped by Shrink Rays. Love that. And so if we let, John, if we have our money in the wrong places or all products and inflation creeps in and maybe we lose a lot of money, we shouldn&#x27;t have been had exposed to risk or I consider fees a risk also, there is a chance where you can find yourself in retirement with the equivalent of holding that gas can, and looking for some money to fuel your retirement. And that&#x27;s never where you want to be. So the purpose of writing this book and the advisors I interview were anywhere from 42 years experience all the way down to four years experience in the financial world. So a vast, and I did that on purpose because I wanted to see different opinions, but all of them agreed that you never wanted to leave somebody totally exposed where they could run into that situation</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> where they were, again, having that red can going down the side of road in retirement. Yeah, I love that analogy because it&#x27;s something that can be planned for. I mean, you have an indicator light on your car so you know that you&#x27;re running out of gas and to not prepare in advance for something that&#x27;s foreseeable is just unwise. And that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re here for. I am John Pollack. This is the InvestorPeace.com radio program. We have Coach Pete Deruta on the line from the Financial Safari Show, which is in over 43 different markets. And if you want a copy of the book, we&#x27;re both in it. We&#x27;ve both taken some time out of our schedule to help you guys out. It&#x27;s called Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? All you have to do is go to</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> either give us a call at 214-383-3838 or go to the website at InvestorPeace.com. We&#x27;ll talk to you a bit more coming up.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete joins John Pollock on InvestorPeace.com’s radio program to discuss Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? This April 2011 guest appearance explores financial education and the questions people bring to retirement planning.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>John Pollock</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, John Pollock, retirement planning, financial education</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4/image.jpg?t=1792072713&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-john-pollock-have-you-been-talking-to-financial-aliens/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4/image.jpg?t=1792072713&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>660</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c6fd349-b0c3-4025-9515-b4e20147eeb4/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10597159" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-john-pollock-have-you-been-talking-to-financial-aliens</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>251</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens?" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:34" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:00" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gerald Celente: Trends, the Economy, and Inside Job</title>
      <itunes:title>Gerald Celente: Trends, the Economy, and Inside Job</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Gerald Celente joins the Financial Safari for an April 2011 conversation about economic trends, the financial crisis, and Inside Job. He shares his perspective on the conditions and risks he was watching at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making. And joining us on this segment of the program, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest, Gerald Salente. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve brought Gerald Salente on for a number of reasons, but most recently he was featured in Inside Job, which exposed a lot of what was going on in the banking industry, correct? Yeah. Gerald, I&#x27;m sure you had a good time with that movie, didn&#x27;t you? Well, you know, I guess so. It is an inside job. The whole game is rigged. Bernie Madoff, the guy who knows a thing or two about scamming, he was interviewed over the telephone on February 27th. The story ran in New York Magazine. And the story was worthless, except for two things.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And one of them, he said that when he got into Wall Street, he realized you had to be a member of the club. And that the game is rigged. Those are his words. The other thing he said, the U.S. government is nothing more than one big Ponzi scheme. Now, the king of Ponzi&#x27;s know a thing or two about Ponzi schemes. And that&#x27;s all this is. You know, who made up this stuff too big to fail? Well, you know, whatever happened to capitalism, you rise and fall on your own merits. And you look at what&#x27;s happened since the panic of 08. You know, one year alone, they funneled in backdoor loans to banks around the world. The Federal Reserve at $20 trillion. Yeah, I got a deal for you.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Yeah, how much do you need? $20 billion? $18 billion? Here it is. Don&#x27;t worry about it. What&#x27;s the interest? Don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;re friends. Yeah, you pay me a little bit of interest just to make it look good. When do I have to pay you back? You pay me back when you get it. We have to keep this Ponzi scheme going. And then we just found out from the federal discount window, where&#x27;d the money come from? Who got the money? Who took the money from the Fed&#x27;s discount window? Mostly foreign banks? You can&#x27;t make this stuff up. Supposed to help our country out, and it ended up probably hurting our country, didn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s hurting all of us. Look what&#x27;s going on with the dollar. History was made last week, last Wednesday. Ben Bernanke gave a press conference, first press conference held by the Fed,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> to give more transparency. And you know what happened? By the time he got off the air, gold spiked $20 an ounce. Silver went up $2 an ounce? The whole world knows what&#x27;s going on. The American people don&#x27;t see it. Or they don&#x27;t care, one or the other. Why do you think gas prices are so high and food prices? It&#x27;s not only because of Middle East and North African problems. They were going up before then. They&#x27;re devaluing the dollar in front of our eyes. You can&#x27;t keep printing trillions of dollars of digital money not worth the paper it&#x27;s not printed on and devalue the currency. But worse than that, they&#x27;re taking us to war. And this is what we wrote back in the Trends Journal back in 2008,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> when Bush started this tarp baloney. We said that when the bailout bubble bursts, the next thing they will do is take you to war. And that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re doing. Go back. 1929, the crash, the Great Depression. Currency wars, trade wars, World War II. Move fast forward. The panic of 2008, the Great Recession. There&#x27;s a depression going on. And the only reason it hasn&#x27;t happened is because, as I said, there&#x27;s digital money that it&#x27;s not worth the paper it&#x27;s not printed on. There&#x27;s a depression in France. There&#x27;s a depression in Ireland. There&#x27;s a depression in Greece. Portugal.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> You look around the world. The only thing, again, that&#x27;s holding this up is they keep printing this fake money, the central banks. You have a currency war going on. Brazil, the Montego, the economic minister. There&#x27;s a currency war. The next thing are trade wars. And now they&#x27;re taking us into hot wars. So this is what they&#x27;re leading us to, the first great war of the 21st century. These are psychopaths and sociopaths. You know the people in high school that you couldn&#x27;t stand in college that wanted to be the class president and head of the student council? They all got elected to government? That&#x27;s it. They followed their career path. The same people you couldn&#x27;t stand to suck up the brown nosers, the bow downs, the overly ambitious.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Here they are. You couldn&#x27;t stand them then and now they&#x27;re telling us what to do. I have to tell you, I&#x27;m surprised at people that they take this kind of crap from politicians and bureaucrats. Let me ask you this question, Gerald. We&#x27;ve seen gold and silver run up. What&#x27;s the next one that&#x27;s going to run? I don&#x27;t know. You know, I&#x27;m mostly a gold guy. I began buying gold, trading gold, actually, in 1978. And, you know, that&#x27;s where I put most of my gold. There&#x27;s something different about gold than anything else. And, you know, it&#x27;s, as a matter of fact, we&#x27;re going to be doing a story in the Trends Journal of the intrinsic value of gold. And so I don&#x27;t know. And my investment strategies, I don&#x27;t give financial advice.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I only speak personally. They&#x27;re very simple. I buy gold, silver, mostly gold, silver, silver second, Canadian dollars, and Swiss francs. Look what&#x27;s going on with all these governments toppling. Where&#x27;s the money going? To Switzerland. World War II. Who ever got hit? Switzerland. They&#x27;re the money cockroaches of the world. So I believe that the Swiss franc, if you need to have, you know, money in, you know, some kind of cash kind of thing, and, of course, I buy ETFs, that&#x27;s my strategy. So you like ETFs instead of getting the physical gold and silver? Oh, no, no, no. I get physical gold, but for other purposes, I buy gold ETFs. I also play the commodities market on gold as well.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But I buy, you know, for my retirement, that kind of thing, you know, I got it. IRA? Yeah. You know, so I put it in the ETFs. But I&#x27;m not crazy about the ETFs. But I&#x27;ve been buying possession for many, many years. Now, speaking of commodities, what&#x27;s your opinion on the oil market and how high can oil go? You know, I don&#x27;t know. I really don&#x27;t. There could be wild cards in this because if the economies decline the way we think they&#x27;re going to, demand is going to soften. But the wild cards also are, you know, the way these wars are escalating, anything could happen. So, yeah, look, if you were Gaddafi, like them, hate them, makes no difference. And somebody bombed your house and killed your kids.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> You think you want to seek revenge? Yeah. Yeah. You know, what if they blew up the White House at 10 Downing Street? Or, you know, or Sarkozy&#x27;s place over there, the palace in France? Boy, would you see a bunch of screaming maniacs out there. Hey, but you could kill other people. Look, until this country gets back its morality, we&#x27;re doomed. You know, I was on Russia Today last week talking about Panetta and Petraeus shifting jobs over there. It wasn&#x27;t going on. There&#x27;s got a musical chair going on, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s the same losing crowd. You know, you only get away with this in government. This Petraeus, I love it. The New York Times says he has Boy Scout charm.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Oh, isn&#x27;t that wonderful? Hey, that&#x27;s the same New York. Can you imagine this guy next to Eisenhower or Patton? That&#x27;s the same New York Times that ran the article back or the little full-page picture of him, Petraeus or Petraeus. Remember, back in the, about seven years ago. Yeah. And, you know, I call the New York Times the toilet paper record. They call themselves the paper record. But going back to it, I said, you know, the business of America is war. The business of China is business. Look at the difference. Gerald, what can our investors do today, considering you&#x27;re seeing the trends? We see a lot of bad things out there. You&#x27;ve got a lot of government intervention, obviously too much.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> What can people do to take their retirement into their own control? Well, again, I&#x27;m only speaking for myself. You know, I had an old aunt, my Aunt Zidzi is Neapolitan dialect for auntie. Z is aunt Zidzi&#x27;s auntie. And I used to play Scrabble with her all the time. And I&#x27;ll never forget one time she looked across the table at me and said, Gerald, make sure you have money when you get old. And that&#x27;s what I buy gold for. Gold&#x27;s from my old age, really the golden years. And, you know, you have ups and downs in life. And when I&#x27;ve had my downs, boy, gold saved me, particularly possession. I used to go to buddies and I&#x27;d say, listen, you know, I need $20,000, $30,000, whatever I needed. And, you know, your friends aren&#x27;t going to loan you money. Nobody wants to loan you money.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You know, you might not get it back. But I used to give them gold as collateral. So what will you buy with your gold? Excuse me? What will you buy with your gold? Where will you spend it? No, what I would do, you know, in tough times, I&#x27;m saying, you know, I&#x27;d loan, borrow money against my gold. And then I&#x27;d say to them, listen, if I want to hold it for a couple of years, if I can&#x27;t pay you back in two years, it&#x27;s yours. And I&#x27;ll pay you the difference if it goes lower. I sign a little agreement. Everybody&#x27;s happy. I bought all the gold back. And the point is, what you do is, if you have a gold coin now, gold selling at $1,500 an ounce, you need that money. You sell the gold and you buy what you need. You turn it into that currency, the currency of the realm, wherever you are.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> So that&#x27;s what you keep having it back as. And so gold, to me, it&#x27;s always going to be worth a lot more than General Motors stock, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Wachovia, Washington Mutual. You go down the line. It&#x27;s always going to be worth something. And so that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m saying for your old age. And by the way, the reason they&#x27;re keeping interest rates low is to keep the Ponzi scheme going. Because in the old days, people didn&#x27;t want to take risks. You put your money in the bank and you used to get something called interest. You don&#x27;t get it anymore. See, now you&#x27;re being forced to play the games. Not much interest in putting your money in the bank. No, you don&#x27;t get anything. What do you get? You know, half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> I&#x27;ve got no interest in putting any of my money in the bank. No. And by the way, if there&#x27;s a terrorist strike in this country, back in 9-11, one of the first things I did was I lived north of Ground Zero, about two hours north. But I know this area like the back of my hand. And, you know, there&#x27;s the Indian Point nuclear power plant. I didn&#x27;t know if they were going to whack that thing. That&#x27;s 45 miles north of Ground Zero. So I was ready to go to Canada. You know, I want to get away from here if there&#x27;s chaos. So anyway, the first things I did was I wanted to close out my CDs and get my cash and get out of here. And I also had my gold and my guns and my getaway plant.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> And they said I can&#x27;t get my CDs because certificates, deposits, or financial instruments. And they&#x27;re traded on Wall Street and Wall Street&#x27;s closed. So I couldn&#x27;t get my money. So what I&#x27;m saying is this time, because the economic conditions are so fragile, I believe they&#x27;ll close the banks. So gold will be troublesome without the lead, you believe. What&#x27;s that? Need a few bullets to protect the gold. Well, listen, you know, I&#x27;ll blow somebody&#x27;s brains out if they try to kill me. You know, I don&#x27;t have any sort of quads about that. Well, Gerald, we appreciate you being on the program. We certainly have had fun talking with you. Again, he&#x27;s Gerald Salente. And we have to take a hard break here, Gerald.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> But thank you for coming on the Financial Safari. Hey, thank you, guys. All right. Thanks, Gerald. Hey, thanks a lot, fellas. Okay, take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Gerald Celente joins the Financial Safari for an April 2011 conversation about economic trends, the financial crisis, and Inside Job. He shares his perspective on the conditions and risks he was watching at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making. And joining us on this segment of the program, we&#x27;ve got a very special guest, Gerald Salente. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve brought Gerald Salente on for a number of reasons, but most recently he was featured in Inside Job, which exposed a lot of what was going on in the banking industry, correct? Yeah. Gerald, I&#x27;m sure you had a good time with that movie, didn&#x27;t you? Well, you know, I guess so. It is an inside job. The whole game is rigged. Bernie Madoff, the guy who knows a thing or two about scamming, he was interviewed over the telephone on February 27th. The story ran in New York Magazine. And the story was worthless, except for two things.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> And one of them, he said that when he got into Wall Street, he realized you had to be a member of the club. And that the game is rigged. Those are his words. The other thing he said, the U.S. government is nothing more than one big Ponzi scheme. Now, the king of Ponzi&#x27;s know a thing or two about Ponzi schemes. And that&#x27;s all this is. You know, who made up this stuff too big to fail? Well, you know, whatever happened to capitalism, you rise and fall on your own merits. And you look at what&#x27;s happened since the panic of 08. You know, one year alone, they funneled in backdoor loans to banks around the world. The Federal Reserve at $20 trillion. Yeah, I got a deal for you.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Yeah, how much do you need? $20 billion? $18 billion? Here it is. Don&#x27;t worry about it. What&#x27;s the interest? Don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;re friends. Yeah, you pay me a little bit of interest just to make it look good. When do I have to pay you back? You pay me back when you get it. We have to keep this Ponzi scheme going. And then we just found out from the federal discount window, where&#x27;d the money come from? Who got the money? Who took the money from the Fed&#x27;s discount window? Mostly foreign banks? You can&#x27;t make this stuff up. Supposed to help our country out, and it ended up probably hurting our country, didn&#x27;t it? It&#x27;s hurting all of us. Look what&#x27;s going on with the dollar. History was made last week, last Wednesday. Ben Bernanke gave a press conference, first press conference held by the Fed,</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> to give more transparency. And you know what happened? By the time he got off the air, gold spiked $20 an ounce. Silver went up $2 an ounce? The whole world knows what&#x27;s going on. The American people don&#x27;t see it. Or they don&#x27;t care, one or the other. Why do you think gas prices are so high and food prices? It&#x27;s not only because of Middle East and North African problems. They were going up before then. They&#x27;re devaluing the dollar in front of our eyes. You can&#x27;t keep printing trillions of dollars of digital money not worth the paper it&#x27;s not printed on and devalue the currency. But worse than that, they&#x27;re taking us to war. And this is what we wrote back in the Trends Journal back in 2008,</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> when Bush started this tarp baloney. We said that when the bailout bubble bursts, the next thing they will do is take you to war. And that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re doing. Go back. 1929, the crash, the Great Depression. Currency wars, trade wars, World War II. Move fast forward. The panic of 2008, the Great Recession. There&#x27;s a depression going on. And the only reason it hasn&#x27;t happened is because, as I said, there&#x27;s digital money that it&#x27;s not worth the paper it&#x27;s not printed on. There&#x27;s a depression in France. There&#x27;s a depression in Ireland. There&#x27;s a depression in Greece. Portugal.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> You look around the world. The only thing, again, that&#x27;s holding this up is they keep printing this fake money, the central banks. You have a currency war going on. Brazil, the Montego, the economic minister. There&#x27;s a currency war. The next thing are trade wars. And now they&#x27;re taking us into hot wars. So this is what they&#x27;re leading us to, the first great war of the 21st century. These are psychopaths and sociopaths. You know the people in high school that you couldn&#x27;t stand in college that wanted to be the class president and head of the student council? They all got elected to government? That&#x27;s it. They followed their career path. The same people you couldn&#x27;t stand to suck up the brown nosers, the bow downs, the overly ambitious.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> Here they are. You couldn&#x27;t stand them then and now they&#x27;re telling us what to do. I have to tell you, I&#x27;m surprised at people that they take this kind of crap from politicians and bureaucrats. Let me ask you this question, Gerald. We&#x27;ve seen gold and silver run up. What&#x27;s the next one that&#x27;s going to run? I don&#x27;t know. You know, I&#x27;m mostly a gold guy. I began buying gold, trading gold, actually, in 1978. And, you know, that&#x27;s where I put most of my gold. There&#x27;s something different about gold than anything else. And, you know, it&#x27;s, as a matter of fact, we&#x27;re going to be doing a story in the Trends Journal of the intrinsic value of gold. And so I don&#x27;t know. And my investment strategies, I don&#x27;t give financial advice.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> I only speak personally. They&#x27;re very simple. I buy gold, silver, mostly gold, silver, silver second, Canadian dollars, and Swiss francs. Look what&#x27;s going on with all these governments toppling. Where&#x27;s the money going? To Switzerland. World War II. Who ever got hit? Switzerland. They&#x27;re the money cockroaches of the world. So I believe that the Swiss franc, if you need to have, you know, money in, you know, some kind of cash kind of thing, and, of course, I buy ETFs, that&#x27;s my strategy. So you like ETFs instead of getting the physical gold and silver? Oh, no, no, no. I get physical gold, but for other purposes, I buy gold ETFs. I also play the commodities market on gold as well.</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> But I buy, you know, for my retirement, that kind of thing, you know, I got it. IRA? Yeah. You know, so I put it in the ETFs. But I&#x27;m not crazy about the ETFs. But I&#x27;ve been buying possession for many, many years. Now, speaking of commodities, what&#x27;s your opinion on the oil market and how high can oil go? You know, I don&#x27;t know. I really don&#x27;t. There could be wild cards in this because if the economies decline the way we think they&#x27;re going to, demand is going to soften. But the wild cards also are, you know, the way these wars are escalating, anything could happen. So, yeah, look, if you were Gaddafi, like them, hate them, makes no difference. And somebody bombed your house and killed your kids.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> You think you want to seek revenge? Yeah. Yeah. You know, what if they blew up the White House at 10 Downing Street? Or, you know, or Sarkozy&#x27;s place over there, the palace in France? Boy, would you see a bunch of screaming maniacs out there. Hey, but you could kill other people. Look, until this country gets back its morality, we&#x27;re doomed. You know, I was on Russia Today last week talking about Panetta and Petraeus shifting jobs over there. It wasn&#x27;t going on. There&#x27;s got a musical chair going on, isn&#x27;t it? Well, it&#x27;s the same losing crowd. You know, you only get away with this in government. This Petraeus, I love it. The New York Times says he has Boy Scout charm.</p><p><strong>07:55</strong> Oh, isn&#x27;t that wonderful? Hey, that&#x27;s the same New York. Can you imagine this guy next to Eisenhower or Patton? That&#x27;s the same New York Times that ran the article back or the little full-page picture of him, Petraeus or Petraeus. Remember, back in the, about seven years ago. Yeah. And, you know, I call the New York Times the toilet paper record. They call themselves the paper record. But going back to it, I said, you know, the business of America is war. The business of China is business. Look at the difference. Gerald, what can our investors do today, considering you&#x27;re seeing the trends? We see a lot of bad things out there. You&#x27;ve got a lot of government intervention, obviously too much.</p><p><strong>08:41</strong> What can people do to take their retirement into their own control? Well, again, I&#x27;m only speaking for myself. You know, I had an old aunt, my Aunt Zidzi is Neapolitan dialect for auntie. Z is aunt Zidzi&#x27;s auntie. And I used to play Scrabble with her all the time. And I&#x27;ll never forget one time she looked across the table at me and said, Gerald, make sure you have money when you get old. And that&#x27;s what I buy gold for. Gold&#x27;s from my old age, really the golden years. And, you know, you have ups and downs in life. And when I&#x27;ve had my downs, boy, gold saved me, particularly possession. I used to go to buddies and I&#x27;d say, listen, you know, I need $20,000, $30,000, whatever I needed. And, you know, your friends aren&#x27;t going to loan you money. Nobody wants to loan you money.</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> You know, you might not get it back. But I used to give them gold as collateral. So what will you buy with your gold? Excuse me? What will you buy with your gold? Where will you spend it? No, what I would do, you know, in tough times, I&#x27;m saying, you know, I&#x27;d loan, borrow money against my gold. And then I&#x27;d say to them, listen, if I want to hold it for a couple of years, if I can&#x27;t pay you back in two years, it&#x27;s yours. And I&#x27;ll pay you the difference if it goes lower. I sign a little agreement. Everybody&#x27;s happy. I bought all the gold back. And the point is, what you do is, if you have a gold coin now, gold selling at $1,500 an ounce, you need that money. You sell the gold and you buy what you need. You turn it into that currency, the currency of the realm, wherever you are.</p><p><strong>10:12</strong> So that&#x27;s what you keep having it back as. And so gold, to me, it&#x27;s always going to be worth a lot more than General Motors stock, Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Wachovia, Washington Mutual. You go down the line. It&#x27;s always going to be worth something. And so that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m saying for your old age. And by the way, the reason they&#x27;re keeping interest rates low is to keep the Ponzi scheme going. Because in the old days, people didn&#x27;t want to take risks. You put your money in the bank and you used to get something called interest. You don&#x27;t get it anymore. See, now you&#x27;re being forced to play the games. Not much interest in putting your money in the bank. No, you don&#x27;t get anything. What do you get? You know, half a percent.</p><p><strong>10:58</strong> I&#x27;ve got no interest in putting any of my money in the bank. No. And by the way, if there&#x27;s a terrorist strike in this country, back in 9-11, one of the first things I did was I lived north of Ground Zero, about two hours north. But I know this area like the back of my hand. And, you know, there&#x27;s the Indian Point nuclear power plant. I didn&#x27;t know if they were going to whack that thing. That&#x27;s 45 miles north of Ground Zero. So I was ready to go to Canada. You know, I want to get away from here if there&#x27;s chaos. So anyway, the first things I did was I wanted to close out my CDs and get my cash and get out of here. And I also had my gold and my guns and my getaway plant.</p><p><strong>11:47</strong> And they said I can&#x27;t get my CDs because certificates, deposits, or financial instruments. And they&#x27;re traded on Wall Street and Wall Street&#x27;s closed. So I couldn&#x27;t get my money. So what I&#x27;m saying is this time, because the economic conditions are so fragile, I believe they&#x27;ll close the banks. So gold will be troublesome without the lead, you believe. What&#x27;s that? Need a few bullets to protect the gold. Well, listen, you know, I&#x27;ll blow somebody&#x27;s brains out if they try to kill me. You know, I don&#x27;t have any sort of quads about that. Well, Gerald, we appreciate you being on the program. We certainly have had fun talking with you. Again, he&#x27;s Gerald Salente. And we have to take a hard break here, Gerald.</p><p><strong>12:32</strong> But thank you for coming on the Financial Safari. Hey, thank you, guys. All right. Thanks, Gerald. Hey, thanks a lot, fellas. Okay, take care. Bye-bye. Bye-bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Gerald Celente joins the Financial Safari for an April 2011 conversation about economic trends, the financial crisis, and Inside Job. He shares his perspective on the conditions and risks he was watching at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Gerald Celente</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Trends</category>
      <category>the Economy</category>
      <category>Inside Job</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Gerald Celente, economic policy, Trends, the Economy, Inside Job, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c/image.jpg?t=1792072723&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gerald-celente-trends-the-economy-and-inside-job/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c/image.jpg?t=1792072723&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 02 Apr 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>760</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3a423f01-bf08-47a9-ba07-b4e20146da7c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12191278" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/gerald-celente-trends-the-economy-and-inside-job</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>252</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Trends, the Economy, and Inside Job" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jim Lange: The Roth Revolution and Retiring Secure</title>
      <itunes:title>Jim Lange: The Roth Revolution and Retiring Secure</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Roth Revolution and Retire Secure. This April 2011 interview explores tax planning, retirement accounts, and the questions behind his books.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Bershon here. I am joined by financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we have another very special guest on with us today, another published financial author, as well as a CPA and attorney. James Lang is here with us today, and he is the author of Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later, and The Roth Revolution. Pay taxes once and never again. Jim, welcome in to the program. Thanks for being with us. Thanks so much, Rip. Thanks for having me. We&#x27;ve got a lot to talk about today, and what we would like to start off with today, Jim, is the tax law changes regarding estate planning.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How the estate planning taxes have changed, or estate taxes have changed, and how folks need to plan differently in 2011 to cope with those new and different tax law changes. Can you give us a synopsis of what people are dealing with this year that is different than in years past? Yes, I will. And it seems like, at first, that the new tax law changes are a gift. But without action, it&#x27;s going to have a terrible impact on a lot of your listeners. And I really fear the consequences of doing nothing for a lot of your listeners. In essence, the new tax law regarding estate taxes that was passed in December 2010, in essence, says that you can now pass $5 million to anybody you want, either during your lifetime or at your death.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Now, for a historical perspective, that number used to be $600,000 for years. Then it creeped up to a million. And then in 2009, it was $3.5 million. Last year, there was no estate tax. But now, for at least 2011 and 2012, we have a $5 million exemption. And if you are married, without even the need to have those special trusts, those B trusts, the family trusts, the trust that says income for spouse, right to invade principle for health, maintenance, support, even without that, you can now pass $10 million. So at first, that sounds very generous. Say, wow, I have a lot less than $10 million. There&#x27;s, you know, so I don&#x27;t have to do anything.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But that&#x27;s actually the furthest thing from the truth. And so what is the main stumbling block then, Jim, about the new law? The main stumbling block is the types of wills and trusts that your listeners already have. If you are one of the many, many listeners out there, and by the way, some of you don&#x27;t even know who you are because you don&#x27;t even know what&#x27;s in your will. And I don&#x27;t mean to say that in a derogatory way. But what might have happened is you might have gone to the attorney, and this might have happened five years ago or 10 years ago or whenever or even more recently. And you probably, particularly if you have what I call a leave-it-to-beaver marriage as original husband, original wife, same kids, same grandkids, you might have probably said something like this.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> You probably said, well, the most important thing is to make sure that we are provided for for the rest of our lives. Then, after one of us dies, the next most important thing is to provide for the survivor. And probably issues like taxes and kids, that was a distant third. But that&#x27;s not what the attorney did. The attorney most likely, particularly if you had $600,000 or more as your total estate, he most likely drafted a trust. And the trust says, income to spouse, right to invade principle for health, maintenance, and support. And then at the second death, it goes to the kids equally. The trust goes by different names. It goes by the B trust.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> It goes by the name Federal Exemption Trust. It goes by the Exemption Equivalent Trust. Some people call it a Planned Benefits Trust. They&#x27;re very, very common. And if you like, I&#x27;ll tell you why the new law makes it so deadly if you have one of these types of trust. Yeah, let&#x27;s get into that. And you are an attorney, by the way, for the folks listening. So you&#x27;re not just somebody spouting out some things you believe. You&#x27;re an attorney. You&#x27;ve looked at the facts behind this. So what is the detrimental things as it exists now? Well, yeah. And by the way, just to amplify that a little bit, I&#x27;ve been an attorney for 25 years, and I&#x27;ve drafted over 1,500 trusts and wills. So the big problem is, let&#x27;s say that you had one of those typical trusts within your will,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> or even within your revocable trust. And you may or may not know, but I guarantee that a fair percentage of the people listening right now have that type of plan. But I would also guess that most of your listeners don&#x27;t have $10 million, and probably most don&#x27;t even have $5 million. But they still have this trust, which, by the way, is now, under the new law, completely unnecessary to save estate taxes, even if you do have $5 or $10 million. So you most likely have a document that was set up to save estate taxes. It no longer saves estate taxes, but here&#x27;s the kicker. Let&#x27;s say that you have $500,000, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million, something even well less than $5 million.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> What happens is the way your documents are drafted is that all your money is going to go to the trust, leaving your surviving spouse with nothing. So everything in the name of the first person to die, assuming that this trust is in place, because we attorneys use language, it&#x27;s so complicated nobody can understand it, but in English it means up to, you know, let&#x27;s say in 2011, up to the first $5 million that goes in a trust. Now maybe that was okay when it was $600,000 because that often left the surviving spouse plenty of their own money. But now what I fear is is that all the money is going to go to the trust,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> leaving the surviving spouse without anything or maybe his or her own resources, and we&#x27;re going to put huge shackles on the flexibility of the surviving spouse, and I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s what people want. Well, so the objective to doing planning is to make sure that your family has enough in the future, and family could be immediate family or grandkids or even great-grandkids. Do you help people design dynasty-type trusts or stretch IRA-type planning? Is that a good thing for people to pursue these days? Well, yes, it certainly is, but I think the emphasis has shifted a little bit today. I think today people should there be possibilities for dynasty trusts and kids and grandkids and even great-grandkids, yes.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> But only after the surviving spouse is completely and more than adequately provided for. And what I am afraid of is that if your listeners have some of these trusts out there, which I know they do, what&#x27;s going to happen is it&#x27;s going to restrict the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse is going to have to go to their kids or to the bank or to whoever was named as the trustee to get their own money. They&#x27;re not going to be able to have – yes, they&#x27;ll get health maintenance and support, but health maintenance and support does not include a vacation. It doesn&#x27;t include a trip to visit the kids. It doesn&#x27;t include sponsoring a family vacation. It doesn&#x27;t include helping the grandkids with their education. So what I&#x27;m concerned about is that you have – right now a husband and wife have complete control of their marital assets,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and they can do whatever they want. They can spend it. They can give it away. They can burn whatever they want. They can do, and that&#x27;s the way they like it. And frankly, that&#x27;s the way it should be. If you have somebody die, why would you want to take that power away from the survivor, and then all of a sudden the survivor is beholden to their children or to a trustee, and they – and restrict what that survivor can do. And unfortunately, in today&#x27;s environment with lower portfolios and higher exemption amounts, I&#x27;m very concerned that that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s going to happen. So what can someone do then, Jim, to make sure that they and their surviving spouse potentially will be fine? Do they need to do a review?</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Well, I think they do need to do a review. One of the things I hesitate, though, is if you go back to the lawyer who drafted it in the first place, I kind of wonder why he didn&#x27;t send you a letter saying, hey, you know, the tax laws have changed. Maybe come in for review. I don&#x27;t know if you guys have a network of attorneys. I like to have the financial planner, the CPA, and the attorney kind of act in unison. Yeah, we certainly do, Jim. And we also stress the point that you can never get a real second opinion from the same person you got your first opinion through. So it is important to get a review from an unbiased second source. And we do have that network. And if folks would like to get their documents reviewed, they can give us a call at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. So, Jim, you know, I think that there definitely is reason to be concerned, especially, you know, we always stress the importance of having a review and update every so often anyway. But when the tax laws definitely undergo some changes, as they have from 2010 to 2011, it&#x27;s time to seriously take out those documents and review them. And there&#x27;s real reason to do that, as you&#x27;re pointing out. Well, there sure is. In fact, you know, I have a radio show myself, and I have had some of the top estate planning experts in the country on. And every single one of them, without exception, said now is the time to review your estate plan. And while you&#x27;re at it, why don&#x27;t you take a look at the whole picture?</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Well, Jim, if I had a nickel for every time someone said that they have a trust and they don&#x27;t need any help or they&#x27;ve got it years ago and they&#x27;re fine, people should not assume that just because they&#x27;ve done something in the past that it will automatically correct itself or keep itself in the right shape going forward, correct? Well, I would say that there&#x27;s two potential problems. Number one, a little bit like golfers, the problem isn&#x27;t that you haven&#x27;t played very much in the last 20 years. The problem is that you were no good 20 years ago. So it might have been the wrong will even way back when. I have a different model than the traditional model that I think is a better model that&#x27;s much more flexible. So the first potential problem is maybe the will wasn&#x27;t drafted appropriately way back when.</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> The second problem is even if it was, there&#x27;s a very good chance, and particularly given the high exemption amounts of today and the lower portfolios that people have, that it is really important to review wills. And the other thing is sometimes there&#x27;s changes in family circumstances, whether it be a spendthrift child or a grandchild who needs special help or there&#x27;s an education need or whatever that might be. We&#x27;re talking with Jim Lang, CPA and attorney and author of Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later, also the author of The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Now, Jim, I want to get into just briefly on the Roth IRA. Too many people are not taking advantage of it.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> I think it&#x27;s because they would rather kick the can down the road as far as taxes and worry about it later. But there is a way where people can take what they have now, convert it to a Roth, pay taxes right then, and never have to worry about paying tax on that money in the future, no matter what it grows to. And in your book, The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again, Chapter 6, you talk about the three buckets of money story, and I wanted to get into that a little bit. Is the Roth IRA a good fit for a lot of folks that aren&#x27;t taking advantage of it right now? It sure is. Unfortunately, the popular press kind of doesn&#x27;t get it right, and it&#x27;s going to be hard in the time that we have. But I will tell you that the key to understanding the Roth IRA conversion is to think in terms of purchasing power, not total dollars.</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> And here&#x27;s what I mean by that. Let&#x27;s say you have a half a million dollars or a million dollars in your IRA. That doesn&#x27;t mean you can go out and buy a half a million or a million dollars worth of goods and services because you&#x27;re going to have to cash that money in, pay taxes on it, and have what is the balance to go out and buy goods and services. With the Roth, if you pay the taxes up front today, you are in essence buying out Uncle Sam, you are in essence taxing the seed, and you&#x27;re going to reap the harvest tax-free. And I have peer-reviewed analysis that clearly indicates, given even reasonable and even conservative assumptions, that you and your family can be tens, maybe hundreds of thousands,</p><p><strong>13:27</strong> and way down the road even millions of dollars better off if you convert at least a portion of your IRA to a Roth IRA and maybe a series of conversions over a period of time. So, I mean, but a lot of people, when I ask them why they don&#x27;t want to consider a Roth, it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t trust the government, really. They say, well, in the future the government could come back and tax that money once again, even though they say they won&#x27;t tax it in a Roth. Do you ever run into that in the Pittsburgh area? Oh, I run into that all the time. And, you know, people say, hey, you know, they promised that never tax Social Security, and now we&#x27;re paying tax on Social Security. How do we know they won&#x27;t do the same thing for the Roth, and it&#x27;ll be worse? Because at least with Social Security, I didn&#x27;t write out a big check for the government.</p><p><strong>14:14</strong> How do I know if I don&#x27;t write a big check to the government that they&#x27;re going to say, oh, well, thank you very much, but now you&#x27;re going to have to write another one when you cash in the Roth? That&#x27;s a very good objective objection, and it&#x27;s very reasonable. And here&#x27;s how I would answer that. It is part of the Internal Revenue Code that if you pay the tax on a Roth, that all that money will grow income tax-free for the rest of your life. The rest of your spouse&#x27;s life, and if you leave it to your kids or your grandkids, the rest of their lives. That is part of the code. If they were to change the law, which they very well might do, they can change the law to whatever they want for money going into a Roth IRA after they change the law. But I believe, and by the way, I myself made a $250,000 Roth conversion.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> So if I&#x27;m wrong, I&#x27;m going down with you. But I believe that if you were already in the system, you have already done your Roth conversion, that you will be grandfathered, and that any change retroactively is – that&#x27;s called an ex post facto, after the fact law that is a violation of due process, violation of our Constitution, and I think that you would have a very well-funded revolution. So I think what is much more likely than a retroactive tax is a tax increase, in which case the benefits to a Roth IRA conversion are going to be that much greater. I mean, I have compelling numbers showing the advantages of the Roth, even if there is no tax increase.</p><p><strong>15:54</strong> But if the tax increase – and some of which, by the way, has already passed. We already have additional taxes. The health care surtax is coming. And who knows what the tax rates are going to be in 2013. But I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be less than today, if anything more. I think that that is a greater likelihood, in which case the Roth conversion would be even more powerful and more favorable. So I always advise people sit down and do a side-by-side comparison. Look at what it will cost you in taxes, but then look at the future benefit of having that money grow tax-free forever and then passing on the greatest gift you can ever leave a child or grandchild is a tax-free inheritance. Folks, if you want to see what that would look like for you, just give us a call. We&#x27;ll sit down and do a side-by-side comparison.</p><p><strong>16:39</strong> Again, the number is 800-661-7383. Jim, am I saying things right when it comes down to the Roth conversion? Shouldn&#x27;t people look side-by-side and see what it will look like? Well, I think so. I think one of the problems that people have, with all due respect, is that it&#x27;s a pretty tricky calculation. To be very honest, the fact that you&#x27;re willing to offer to do it – I mean, we charge people a couple thousand dollars, usually, to come up with a Roth IRA conversion plan because we think it&#x27;s very tricky and that it&#x27;s not an easy thing. There&#x27;s a couple engineers who like to get out spreadsheets and do it, but I think it&#x27;s a tricky thing. And I would say even a lot of financial professionals aren&#x27;t up for it. But if you have that capability and you&#x27;re offering it to your listeners, I think that&#x27;d be crazy not to</p><p><strong>17:30</strong> because if you understand the concepts of purchasing power and measuring results in purchasing power and can accurately run the numbers, that is a great service that people should take advantage of. Now, I get a lot of calls every week from people who, when I meet with them, they have all their eggs in one basket. And I&#x27;m sure you meet with people, too, as a planner and CPA and attorney. You see people with everything in the stock market or everything in a CD. Jim, and you wrote about it in your book, again, the three buckets of money. Don&#x27;t you believe people need at least three different places for their money as we go into the next generation? Well, I would say at least three. I&#x27;ll tell you the thing that I think is somewhat ironic is I have a lot of clients and prospects</p><p><strong>18:16</strong> who think they are being conservative by putting everything in CDs and treasury bills and bonds and that type of thing. And they think that that&#x27;s actually being conservative when in reality they are very often losing purchasing power to inflation and taxes. And it&#x27;s actually more conservative to spread your risk over many asset classes. And you could still end up with a conservative portfolio and be well diversified. But I would not consider having all CDs and treasuries to be a conservative. That&#x27;s not what conservation is. That&#x27;s just basically saying tax me, take my purchasing power for inflation.</p><p><strong>19:03</strong> So I think that you can still have a quite conservative portfolio, but to also be well diversified and at least have some representation in other types of asset classes, even other asset fixed income classes. You know, we call that losing money safely when you have it all in CDs. I&#x27;ve never heard that before. I like that. Because people feel safe, but they&#x27;re losing money. Like you said, purchasing power and taxation eats that money alive like termites in a house. By the time you realize it, it&#x27;s too late a lot of times. Well, I mean, if you look at the – if you think about the prices back in the 60s, 70s, and 80s, you hear these old movies. And when people were buying – you know, I remember buying a huge giant ice cream cone for 15 cents.</p><p><strong>19:50</strong> And now you get one scoop of Baskin and Robbins for a buck and a half. Oh, the days. And you kind of forget about – that you have to do something to protect against inflation. And by the way, with gas prices and energy prices alone, interestingly enough, are actually not counted in the official measure of inflation. And that&#x27;s because Alan Greenspan didn&#x27;t want people to get freaked out by inflation and raise their own prices. So he took out the prices of energy in the mix. But just the price of gas alone is going to push the consumers&#x27; bills way up. And you need investments that are going to cover you, particularly today when people are living longer and longer.</p><p><strong>20:38</strong> What type of fixed income solutions do you look at, Jim, for longevity, sustainability? Well, there&#x27;s going to be a variety of things. I mean, everybody has their own preferences. Some people like bond funds. Some people like individual bonds that have a guarantee, return of principle. I think the important thing probably is that you have not – again, not everything in one basket. So let&#x27;s just say for discussion&#x27;s sake, you said, oh, Jim, I found the best bond in the world. Man, it&#x27;s great. It pays a great percentage. And I think it&#x27;s super safe. And let&#x27;s say you were right. Let&#x27;s say it was the best bond in the world and it was absolutely wonderful. I would still say that it would not be appropriate for people to put all their fixed income assets into that one bond.</p><p><strong>21:26</strong> The other mistake that people make regarding fixed income is they don&#x27;t consider their Social Security and their pension to be fixed income. So let&#x27;s say you have a reader or a listener who has, let&#x27;s even just say, a $50,000 a year pension and that that pension is going to last for their life and their wife&#x27;s life. Well, if you think about it, even if it was at 4%, if you had a corporate bond paying 4%, you would need $1.2 million to pay $50,000. So you could almost look at that $50,000 income as a fixed income type asset.</p><p><strong>22:16</strong> And unfortunately, a lot of listeners and readers do not really think of that. So if you already have that and then you put everything else in bonds or CDs, boy, you&#x27;re really just asking to get eaten away by inflation and taxes. All right, Jim. Final question here and just sort of for my own knowledge. Your first book was Pay Taxes Later, The Key to Making Your Money Last. Your second book was Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Which strategy do you feel would be more beneficial for folks today? Well, I think that they need to do both. But realistically, so for example, for somebody who is working, I like them to max out their retirement plans. And if they have traditional retirement plans and they&#x27;re not offered Roth, that&#x27;s a good way to do it.</p><p><strong>23:06</strong> When they are retired, I like them to spend their IRAs last. But in general, if you want me to summarize it, I would say pay taxes later except for the Roth IRA conversion. All right. He is Jim Lang, CPA and attorney, author of The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again, as well as Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later. And Jim, we certainly appreciate you being here on the Financial Safari with us. Thank you very much for your time and your knowledge and expertise. Thanks so much for having me. Thanks, Jim. All right. Bye-bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Roth Revolution and Retire Secure. This April 2011 interview explores tax planning, retirement accounts, and the questions behind his books.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Bershon here. I am joined by financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we have another very special guest on with us today, another published financial author, as well as a CPA and attorney. James Lang is here with us today, and he is the author of Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later, and The Roth Revolution. Pay taxes once and never again. Jim, welcome in to the program. Thanks for being with us. Thanks so much, Rip. Thanks for having me. We&#x27;ve got a lot to talk about today, and what we would like to start off with today, Jim, is the tax law changes regarding estate planning.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How the estate planning taxes have changed, or estate taxes have changed, and how folks need to plan differently in 2011 to cope with those new and different tax law changes. Can you give us a synopsis of what people are dealing with this year that is different than in years past? Yes, I will. And it seems like, at first, that the new tax law changes are a gift. But without action, it&#x27;s going to have a terrible impact on a lot of your listeners. And I really fear the consequences of doing nothing for a lot of your listeners. In essence, the new tax law regarding estate taxes that was passed in December 2010, in essence, says that you can now pass $5 million to anybody you want, either during your lifetime or at your death.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> Now, for a historical perspective, that number used to be $600,000 for years. Then it creeped up to a million. And then in 2009, it was $3.5 million. Last year, there was no estate tax. But now, for at least 2011 and 2012, we have a $5 million exemption. And if you are married, without even the need to have those special trusts, those B trusts, the family trusts, the trust that says income for spouse, right to invade principle for health, maintenance, support, even without that, you can now pass $10 million. So at first, that sounds very generous. Say, wow, I have a lot less than $10 million. There&#x27;s, you know, so I don&#x27;t have to do anything.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> But that&#x27;s actually the furthest thing from the truth. And so what is the main stumbling block then, Jim, about the new law? The main stumbling block is the types of wills and trusts that your listeners already have. If you are one of the many, many listeners out there, and by the way, some of you don&#x27;t even know who you are because you don&#x27;t even know what&#x27;s in your will. And I don&#x27;t mean to say that in a derogatory way. But what might have happened is you might have gone to the attorney, and this might have happened five years ago or 10 years ago or whenever or even more recently. And you probably, particularly if you have what I call a leave-it-to-beaver marriage as original husband, original wife, same kids, same grandkids, you might have probably said something like this.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> You probably said, well, the most important thing is to make sure that we are provided for for the rest of our lives. Then, after one of us dies, the next most important thing is to provide for the survivor. And probably issues like taxes and kids, that was a distant third. But that&#x27;s not what the attorney did. The attorney most likely, particularly if you had $600,000 or more as your total estate, he most likely drafted a trust. And the trust says, income to spouse, right to invade principle for health, maintenance, and support. And then at the second death, it goes to the kids equally. The trust goes by different names. It goes by the B trust.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> It goes by the name Federal Exemption Trust. It goes by the Exemption Equivalent Trust. Some people call it a Planned Benefits Trust. They&#x27;re very, very common. And if you like, I&#x27;ll tell you why the new law makes it so deadly if you have one of these types of trust. Yeah, let&#x27;s get into that. And you are an attorney, by the way, for the folks listening. So you&#x27;re not just somebody spouting out some things you believe. You&#x27;re an attorney. You&#x27;ve looked at the facts behind this. So what is the detrimental things as it exists now? Well, yeah. And by the way, just to amplify that a little bit, I&#x27;ve been an attorney for 25 years, and I&#x27;ve drafted over 1,500 trusts and wills. So the big problem is, let&#x27;s say that you had one of those typical trusts within your will,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> or even within your revocable trust. And you may or may not know, but I guarantee that a fair percentage of the people listening right now have that type of plan. But I would also guess that most of your listeners don&#x27;t have $10 million, and probably most don&#x27;t even have $5 million. But they still have this trust, which, by the way, is now, under the new law, completely unnecessary to save estate taxes, even if you do have $5 or $10 million. So you most likely have a document that was set up to save estate taxes. It no longer saves estate taxes, but here&#x27;s the kicker. Let&#x27;s say that you have $500,000, $1 million, $2 million, $3 million, something even well less than $5 million.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> What happens is the way your documents are drafted is that all your money is going to go to the trust, leaving your surviving spouse with nothing. So everything in the name of the first person to die, assuming that this trust is in place, because we attorneys use language, it&#x27;s so complicated nobody can understand it, but in English it means up to, you know, let&#x27;s say in 2011, up to the first $5 million that goes in a trust. Now maybe that was okay when it was $600,000 because that often left the surviving spouse plenty of their own money. But now what I fear is is that all the money is going to go to the trust,</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> leaving the surviving spouse without anything or maybe his or her own resources, and we&#x27;re going to put huge shackles on the flexibility of the surviving spouse, and I don&#x27;t think that&#x27;s what people want. Well, so the objective to doing planning is to make sure that your family has enough in the future, and family could be immediate family or grandkids or even great-grandkids. Do you help people design dynasty-type trusts or stretch IRA-type planning? Is that a good thing for people to pursue these days? Well, yes, it certainly is, but I think the emphasis has shifted a little bit today. I think today people should there be possibilities for dynasty trusts and kids and grandkids and even great-grandkids, yes.</p><p><strong>07:09</strong> But only after the surviving spouse is completely and more than adequately provided for. And what I am afraid of is that if your listeners have some of these trusts out there, which I know they do, what&#x27;s going to happen is it&#x27;s going to restrict the surviving spouse. The surviving spouse is going to have to go to their kids or to the bank or to whoever was named as the trustee to get their own money. They&#x27;re not going to be able to have – yes, they&#x27;ll get health maintenance and support, but health maintenance and support does not include a vacation. It doesn&#x27;t include a trip to visit the kids. It doesn&#x27;t include sponsoring a family vacation. It doesn&#x27;t include helping the grandkids with their education. So what I&#x27;m concerned about is that you have – right now a husband and wife have complete control of their marital assets,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> and they can do whatever they want. They can spend it. They can give it away. They can burn whatever they want. They can do, and that&#x27;s the way they like it. And frankly, that&#x27;s the way it should be. If you have somebody die, why would you want to take that power away from the survivor, and then all of a sudden the survivor is beholden to their children or to a trustee, and they – and restrict what that survivor can do. And unfortunately, in today&#x27;s environment with lower portfolios and higher exemption amounts, I&#x27;m very concerned that that&#x27;s exactly what&#x27;s going to happen. So what can someone do then, Jim, to make sure that they and their surviving spouse potentially will be fine? Do they need to do a review?</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> Well, I think they do need to do a review. One of the things I hesitate, though, is if you go back to the lawyer who drafted it in the first place, I kind of wonder why he didn&#x27;t send you a letter saying, hey, you know, the tax laws have changed. Maybe come in for review. I don&#x27;t know if you guys have a network of attorneys. I like to have the financial planner, the CPA, and the attorney kind of act in unison. Yeah, we certainly do, Jim. And we also stress the point that you can never get a real second opinion from the same person you got your first opinion through. So it is important to get a review from an unbiased second source. And we do have that network. And if folks would like to get their documents reviewed, they can give us a call at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> Again, that number, 800-661-7383. So, Jim, you know, I think that there definitely is reason to be concerned, especially, you know, we always stress the importance of having a review and update every so often anyway. But when the tax laws definitely undergo some changes, as they have from 2010 to 2011, it&#x27;s time to seriously take out those documents and review them. And there&#x27;s real reason to do that, as you&#x27;re pointing out. Well, there sure is. In fact, you know, I have a radio show myself, and I have had some of the top estate planning experts in the country on. And every single one of them, without exception, said now is the time to review your estate plan. And while you&#x27;re at it, why don&#x27;t you take a look at the whole picture?</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Well, Jim, if I had a nickel for every time someone said that they have a trust and they don&#x27;t need any help or they&#x27;ve got it years ago and they&#x27;re fine, people should not assume that just because they&#x27;ve done something in the past that it will automatically correct itself or keep itself in the right shape going forward, correct? Well, I would say that there&#x27;s two potential problems. Number one, a little bit like golfers, the problem isn&#x27;t that you haven&#x27;t played very much in the last 20 years. The problem is that you were no good 20 years ago. So it might have been the wrong will even way back when. I have a different model than the traditional model that I think is a better model that&#x27;s much more flexible. So the first potential problem is maybe the will wasn&#x27;t drafted appropriately way back when.</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> The second problem is even if it was, there&#x27;s a very good chance, and particularly given the high exemption amounts of today and the lower portfolios that people have, that it is really important to review wills. And the other thing is sometimes there&#x27;s changes in family circumstances, whether it be a spendthrift child or a grandchild who needs special help or there&#x27;s an education need or whatever that might be. We&#x27;re talking with Jim Lang, CPA and attorney and author of Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later, also the author of The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Now, Jim, I want to get into just briefly on the Roth IRA. Too many people are not taking advantage of it.</p><p><strong>11:54</strong> I think it&#x27;s because they would rather kick the can down the road as far as taxes and worry about it later. But there is a way where people can take what they have now, convert it to a Roth, pay taxes right then, and never have to worry about paying tax on that money in the future, no matter what it grows to. And in your book, The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again, Chapter 6, you talk about the three buckets of money story, and I wanted to get into that a little bit. Is the Roth IRA a good fit for a lot of folks that aren&#x27;t taking advantage of it right now? It sure is. Unfortunately, the popular press kind of doesn&#x27;t get it right, and it&#x27;s going to be hard in the time that we have. But I will tell you that the key to understanding the Roth IRA conversion is to think in terms of purchasing power, not total dollars.</p><p><strong>12:42</strong> And here&#x27;s what I mean by that. Let&#x27;s say you have a half a million dollars or a million dollars in your IRA. That doesn&#x27;t mean you can go out and buy a half a million or a million dollars worth of goods and services because you&#x27;re going to have to cash that money in, pay taxes on it, and have what is the balance to go out and buy goods and services. With the Roth, if you pay the taxes up front today, you are in essence buying out Uncle Sam, you are in essence taxing the seed, and you&#x27;re going to reap the harvest tax-free. And I have peer-reviewed analysis that clearly indicates, given even reasonable and even conservative assumptions, that you and your family can be tens, maybe hundreds of thousands,</p><p><strong>13:27</strong> and way down the road even millions of dollars better off if you convert at least a portion of your IRA to a Roth IRA and maybe a series of conversions over a period of time. So, I mean, but a lot of people, when I ask them why they don&#x27;t want to consider a Roth, it&#x27;s because they don&#x27;t trust the government, really. They say, well, in the future the government could come back and tax that money once again, even though they say they won&#x27;t tax it in a Roth. Do you ever run into that in the Pittsburgh area? Oh, I run into that all the time. And, you know, people say, hey, you know, they promised that never tax Social Security, and now we&#x27;re paying tax on Social Security. How do we know they won&#x27;t do the same thing for the Roth, and it&#x27;ll be worse? Because at least with Social Security, I didn&#x27;t write out a big check for the government.</p><p><strong>14:14</strong> How do I know if I don&#x27;t write a big check to the government that they&#x27;re going to say, oh, well, thank you very much, but now you&#x27;re going to have to write another one when you cash in the Roth? That&#x27;s a very good objective objection, and it&#x27;s very reasonable. And here&#x27;s how I would answer that. It is part of the Internal Revenue Code that if you pay the tax on a Roth, that all that money will grow income tax-free for the rest of your life. The rest of your spouse&#x27;s life, and if you leave it to your kids or your grandkids, the rest of their lives. That is part of the code. If they were to change the law, which they very well might do, they can change the law to whatever they want for money going into a Roth IRA after they change the law. But I believe, and by the way, I myself made a $250,000 Roth conversion.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> So if I&#x27;m wrong, I&#x27;m going down with you. But I believe that if you were already in the system, you have already done your Roth conversion, that you will be grandfathered, and that any change retroactively is – that&#x27;s called an ex post facto, after the fact law that is a violation of due process, violation of our Constitution, and I think that you would have a very well-funded revolution. So I think what is much more likely than a retroactive tax is a tax increase, in which case the benefits to a Roth IRA conversion are going to be that much greater. I mean, I have compelling numbers showing the advantages of the Roth, even if there is no tax increase.</p><p><strong>15:54</strong> But if the tax increase – and some of which, by the way, has already passed. We already have additional taxes. The health care surtax is coming. And who knows what the tax rates are going to be in 2013. But I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re going to be less than today, if anything more. I think that that is a greater likelihood, in which case the Roth conversion would be even more powerful and more favorable. So I always advise people sit down and do a side-by-side comparison. Look at what it will cost you in taxes, but then look at the future benefit of having that money grow tax-free forever and then passing on the greatest gift you can ever leave a child or grandchild is a tax-free inheritance. Folks, if you want to see what that would look like for you, just give us a call. We&#x27;ll sit down and do a side-by-side comparison.</p><p><strong>16:39</strong> Again, the number is 800-661-7383. Jim, am I saying things right when it comes down to the Roth conversion? Shouldn&#x27;t people look side-by-side and see what it will look like? Well, I think so. I think one of the problems that people have, with all due respect, is that it&#x27;s a pretty tricky calculation. To be very honest, the fact that you&#x27;re willing to offer to do it – I mean, we charge people a couple thousand dollars, usually, to come up with a Roth IRA conversion plan because we think it&#x27;s very tricky and that it&#x27;s not an easy thing. There&#x27;s a couple engineers who like to get out spreadsheets and do it, but I think it&#x27;s a tricky thing. And I would say even a lot of financial professionals aren&#x27;t up for it. But if you have that capability and you&#x27;re offering it to your listeners, I think that&#x27;d be crazy not to</p><p><strong>17:30</strong> because if you understand the concepts of purchasing power and measuring results in purchasing power and can accurately run the numbers, that is a great service that people should take advantage of. Now, I get a lot of calls every week from people who, when I meet with them, they have all their eggs in one basket. And I&#x27;m sure you meet with people, too, as a planner and CPA and attorney. You see people with everything in the stock market or everything in a CD. Jim, and you wrote about it in your book, again, the three buckets of money. Don&#x27;t you believe people need at least three different places for their money as we go into the next generation? Well, I would say at least three. I&#x27;ll tell you the thing that I think is somewhat ironic is I have a lot of clients and prospects</p><p><strong>18:16</strong> who think they are being conservative by putting everything in CDs and treasury bills and bonds and that type of thing. And they think that that&#x27;s actually being conservative when in reality they are very often losing purchasing power to inflation and taxes. And it&#x27;s actually more conservative to spread your risk over many asset classes. And you could still end up with a conservative portfolio and be well diversified. But I would not consider having all CDs and treasuries to be a conservative. That&#x27;s not what conservation is. That&#x27;s just basically saying tax me, take my purchasing power for inflation.</p><p><strong>19:03</strong> So I think that you can still have a quite conservative portfolio, but to also be well diversified and at least have some representation in other types of asset classes, even other asset fixed income classes. You know, we call that losing money safely when you have it all in CDs. I&#x27;ve never heard that before. I like that. Because people feel safe, but they&#x27;re losing money. Like you said, purchasing power and taxation eats that money alive like termites in a house. By the time you realize it, it&#x27;s too late a lot of times. Well, I mean, if you look at the – if you think about the prices back in the 60s, 70s, and 80s, you hear these old movies. And when people were buying – you know, I remember buying a huge giant ice cream cone for 15 cents.</p><p><strong>19:50</strong> And now you get one scoop of Baskin and Robbins for a buck and a half. Oh, the days. And you kind of forget about – that you have to do something to protect against inflation. And by the way, with gas prices and energy prices alone, interestingly enough, are actually not counted in the official measure of inflation. And that&#x27;s because Alan Greenspan didn&#x27;t want people to get freaked out by inflation and raise their own prices. So he took out the prices of energy in the mix. But just the price of gas alone is going to push the consumers&#x27; bills way up. And you need investments that are going to cover you, particularly today when people are living longer and longer.</p><p><strong>20:38</strong> What type of fixed income solutions do you look at, Jim, for longevity, sustainability? Well, there&#x27;s going to be a variety of things. I mean, everybody has their own preferences. Some people like bond funds. Some people like individual bonds that have a guarantee, return of principle. I think the important thing probably is that you have not – again, not everything in one basket. So let&#x27;s just say for discussion&#x27;s sake, you said, oh, Jim, I found the best bond in the world. Man, it&#x27;s great. It pays a great percentage. And I think it&#x27;s super safe. And let&#x27;s say you were right. Let&#x27;s say it was the best bond in the world and it was absolutely wonderful. I would still say that it would not be appropriate for people to put all their fixed income assets into that one bond.</p><p><strong>21:26</strong> The other mistake that people make regarding fixed income is they don&#x27;t consider their Social Security and their pension to be fixed income. So let&#x27;s say you have a reader or a listener who has, let&#x27;s even just say, a $50,000 a year pension and that that pension is going to last for their life and their wife&#x27;s life. Well, if you think about it, even if it was at 4%, if you had a corporate bond paying 4%, you would need $1.2 million to pay $50,000. So you could almost look at that $50,000 income as a fixed income type asset.</p><p><strong>22:16</strong> And unfortunately, a lot of listeners and readers do not really think of that. So if you already have that and then you put everything else in bonds or CDs, boy, you&#x27;re really just asking to get eaten away by inflation and taxes. All right, Jim. Final question here and just sort of for my own knowledge. Your first book was Pay Taxes Later, The Key to Making Your Money Last. Your second book was Pay Taxes Once and Never Again. Which strategy do you feel would be more beneficial for folks today? Well, I think that they need to do both. But realistically, so for example, for somebody who is working, I like them to max out their retirement plans. And if they have traditional retirement plans and they&#x27;re not offered Roth, that&#x27;s a good way to do it.</p><p><strong>23:06</strong> When they are retired, I like them to spend their IRAs last. But in general, if you want me to summarize it, I would say pay taxes later except for the Roth IRA conversion. All right. He is Jim Lang, CPA and attorney, author of The Roth Revolution, Pay Taxes Once and Never Again, as well as Retire Secure, Pay Taxes Later. And Jim, we certainly appreciate you being here on the Financial Safari with us. Thank you very much for your time and your knowledge and expertise. Thanks so much for having me. Thanks, Jim. All right. Bye-bye. Bye.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jim Lange joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Roth Revolution and Retire Secure. This April 2011 interview explores tax planning, retirement accounts, and the questions behind his books.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jim Lange</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jim Lange, retirement planning, tax planning, Roth conversions</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce/image.jpg?t=1792072716&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-lange-the-roth-revolution-and-retiring-secure/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce/image.jpg?t=1792072716&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce</guid>
      <omny:clipId>35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1421</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/35a7e987-ff8b-412c-b5ad-b4e2014760ce/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="22767956" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jim-lange-the-roth-revolution-and-retiring-secure</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>253</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Roth Revolution and Retiring Secure" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:04" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:47" title="Roth accounts and conversions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:18:26" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Condon: Leaving an Inheritance Without Leaving a Conflict</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Condon: Leaving an Inheritance Without Leaving a Conflict</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to looking at our financial futures, for those of us who have saved up money, well, some of us have to eventually deal with what&#x27;s going to happen with that money when we&#x27;re no longer here and in need of it. And a recent survey found that one in five boomers predicts disagreements amongst their relatives over dividing their inheritance. With us today on the program, we have published financial author and attorney, Jeff Condon. He has authored Beyond the Grave with his father, Gerald Condon. And this book warns about the conflicts, jealousies, and problems that typically arise when parents die and their children divide the assets in the inheritance. Yeah, the subtitle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> is The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children and Others. Jeff, tell us a little bit about what made you and your father write that book and the response you&#x27;ve got from it. Okay, Coach Pete, first of all, thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure to do your show. This book is based on my father&#x27;s then 45 years of experiences in seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because he was a percipient witness to all the inheritance plans that went sour because he did not have, at that point, the real experience of seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because only when the clients die, both when mom and dad are gone, that&#x27;s when we see the problems and conflicts and jealousies that arise in the inheritance arena. And the reason why is because when your children are no longer your children,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> meaning when you&#x27;re gone, they&#x27;re just people dividing money. And when money becomes involved, sharing and inheritance becomes involved, family loyalty goes out the window, and it&#x27;s a whole new ballgame. So this book is based on issue recognition. It&#x27;s recognizing the problems that can arise after parents die and coming up with inheritance plans now to prevent those problems from coming up. And one of the topics is how to leave more of what you own to your children and grandchildren and less to the IRS, correct? That is correct. You know, there&#x27;s two components to a good inheritance plan. The first component, not necessarily in this order, but the first component is the money side, how to make sure that your kids and grandkids get more and less to the IRS and less to the probate courts. And that&#x27;s the money side of estate planning. There&#x27;s a ton of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> books out there on that subject. The other side, which a lot of lawyers may not focus on, is the family side, which is the human dynamics in the inheritance arena, how to leave money to your children so that with a reduction of the possibility of the inheritance conflicts. It&#x27;s family dynamics and the money dynamics that are both involved in this inheritance planning. Well, of course, there could be legal dynamics, too, because so often we see that an inheritance, while you&#x27;ve left it to your family, may end up in other people&#x27;s hands due to such things as divorces. Are those common in today&#x27;s society, folks? Oh, it is so common. It is so common. No longer do we leave an inheritance outright to a child. There&#x27;s no way. We&#x27;re not just going to say, you know, to my son,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> here you go, enjoy, you know, vayas condios. We now leave an inheritance to a child in a protection trust, a protection trust, so that while the child has use of that inheritance during his or her life, the fact is that when that child dies, that money and property can go to the grandchildren, the grandchildren, who are the ultimate dividends of our clients&#x27; lives, because our clients didn&#x27;t work 50 or 60 years of their lives to accumulate wealth just to see it go outside the bloodline because of what you said, divorce, remarriage, bankruptcies, addictions, malpractice actions, and all that. Well, you know, and I tell my clients this all the time, and the listeners on the radio, it&#x27;s not what you leave, but how you leave it. And that really</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> hits home when we look at the IRA world, the individual retirement accounts, the 401ks, you can structure those that if you leave them the right way, your children and grandchildren can benefit tremendously and also keep the IRS at bay from that money through their lifetimes, can&#x27;t they? Oh, they sure can. You know, it&#x27;s funny about these IRAs. If you&#x27;re rich enough, this IRA is going to get two tax hits, one on the death of the client, and that&#x27;s when the, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the estate tax is due. And then when it&#x27;s taken out, when it&#x27;s rolled over, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the deferred income tax becomes due. So there&#x27;s one hit. And then if the clients are rich enough, then that&#x27;s when the estate tax hit takes place. So two-thirds, two-thirds of the IRA could be gone. So what we say is, you know, one of the things we say is, hey, take that IRA, cash it out now, and then use the money to buy, to give it to your kids so they</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> can buy an insurance policy on your life so that when you die, when the client dies, that&#x27;s when the insurance company will write a check to the kids tax-free. That&#x27;s just one foray that I have into the financial planning world so that not only do the estate tax reduced, but the kids can get the full benefit of the money and even more with the insurance dollars. But unfortunately, I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s because people don&#x27;t want them to know or they&#x27;re dealing with someone who doesn&#x27;t have the knowledge and the next generational planning or whatever. But Jeff, I see way too many people who are totally exposed in that area when they pass away. Well, that&#x27;s true. You know, an inheritance is really found money. And a lot of the next generation don&#x27;t really know what to do with found money. So what are they going to do? Well, they&#x27;re going to go out to buy a car. They&#x27;ll pay off the house. And, you know, that&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s all right. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who, beyond that, just kind of let it sit and do nothing</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because they want to be conservative in today&#x27;s, you know, frenzied economic climate. So they just kind of sit and do nothing. So it takes people like yourself, like Coach Pete, to be the ones to advise people who are the beneficiaries of an inheritance to find out the best way to maximize those dollars. Now, Jeff, you spend a lot of time putting together true inheritance plans. I mean, what goes into that? And why should people consult with, I guess, an attorney and a financial planner and a CPA together? You need a good team. But why should somebody do that before it&#x27;s too late? Wow. Well, that&#x27;s kind of a huge question. But I suppose the simple answer is, if you don&#x27;t do something, you don&#x27;t do something, coming up with some kind of inheritance instructions, some kind of inheritance plan, whether it&#x27;s a will or living trust, the money and property that you</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> have worked a lifetime to acquire is going to go in a manner that you did not intend. Like, for example, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re on your second time around. Let&#x27;s say a wife dies and here&#x27;s husband and he gets remarried. So he&#x27;s on his second spouse and he has children from his first marriage. If he doesn&#x27;t do something, he doesn&#x27;t do something, then his kids of his first marriage could potentially be cut out of the family money. Now, dad can do whatever he wants with his half. You know, if you look at the bulk of assets, the two halves, the half belonging to the first spouse to die and the half belonging to the second spouse, he can do whatever he wants with his half. But it&#x27;s not his, I&#x27;m sure it wasn&#x27;t his deceased wife&#x27;s intention that her half go to this, go to dad&#x27;s new spouse. So, you know, that&#x27;s just one of a myriad of examples as to what happens of the law of unintended consequences. If you don&#x27;t do something, then what you intend is not going to</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> happen. So, you know, if you leave your money and property to your child outright and that child gets into an accident, there goes the money to the creditors, to judgment creditors, to insurance companies, whatever. So they&#x27;ve got to do something. You&#x27;ve got to do something. Even if, you know, in California, we have something called a holographic will. And the holographic will is a will that says, hey, if you write it in your own handwriting and you date it and you sign it, that&#x27;s good enough. You don&#x27;t have to go to a lawyer. At least it&#x27;s something. And so, and what I like about financial planners involved in this kind of inheritance arena is that the financial planners are on the front line. See, people don&#x27;t come to lawyers. Their instinct is not to come to a lawyer because, oh my God, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a lawyer. This is a huge deal. You know, they&#x27;ve never gone to a lawyer in their lives. They&#x27;ve never been sued. They&#x27;ve never been divorced. They&#x27;ve never set up a corporation, what have you. So we&#x27;re not going to see what inheritance problems or potential problems</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> they have. But the financial planner, my coach Pete, he can go in there, take a look at this thing and say, you know what? This is the kind of thing that I see that you should, the kind of assets you have and the kind of family situation you have involves some kind of inheritance instructions that actually speaks to that particular plan. And why don&#x27;t you go take a, you know, find a lawyer and have a lawyer come up with some kind of inheritance plan. So you guys are the ones who are, like I said, on the front lines to determine whether or not somebody has a potential inheritance problem or not. So, you know, hey, you know, you ask a lawyer one question, you get a five-minute answer because I&#x27;m billing you per word, coach Pete. My brother&#x27;s an attorney. My wife is too. So I know how that works. I&#x27;ve seen that thing that bills for five minutes or five seconds even. But, and you&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right though, Jeff. I mean,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> to have somebody who can help translate what the attorney&#x27;s saying in financial terms or more layman terms is important. And then the attorney can help translate the financial terms. I mean, it&#x27;s all one big happy triangle if you get the right team together. And I really think folks need a step-by-step process. And if they give us a call, we can direct them to a worksheet or get them in touch with the correct attorneys for their time of life. And that number to call folks is 800-661-7383. But Jeff, you hit on something a minute ago. Just having a trust or will doesn&#x27;t mean that people are taken care of correctly, does it? That is correct. It&#x27;s just one part of the equation. This trust contains your inheritance instructions. But the thing is, the trust is like a bucket. And in order to, and the assets in this bucket are subject to the inheritance instructions. But if you don&#x27;t put assets in that bucket, then</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> you have an empty bucket. And then you, it&#x27;ll take a probate procedure to get those assets to the bucket after you die. Because unless they&#x27;re in the bucket, then they&#x27;re not subject to the inheritance instructions. So that&#x27;s one thing. So a living trust is just by itself, in and of itself, it&#x27;s no good. It&#x27;s got to be funded with stuff. And that, and if it&#x27;s funded, and if the inheritance instructions are, are well thought out to make sure that the inheritance conflicts are minimized or avoided completely, then you&#x27;ve done good. Then you&#x27;ve done good. And the other part of the inheritance plan is, of course, coming up with ways to reduce the estate tax. Now, of course, we now have a $5 million exemption, which means you can die with $5 million, not be subject to an estate tax. Well, that pretty much wipes out the estate tax in America. But the thing is, in 2013, that $5 million exemption gets reduced down to a million, a million. So now,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> anybody with a million or more is subject to an estate tax. And so now we have to come up with plans because the estate tax becomes more serious time in a couple of years from now. And we&#x27;re all living longer. And it&#x27;s easier now to have a million dollars of wealth than it used to be. If you have a house in Southern California, you&#x27;re more than or almost halfway there. So it combined with all the other assets. So like I was saying before, it&#x27;s not just the living trust. It&#x27;s putting assets in the living trust. And it&#x27;s coming up with a way to make sure that the estate tax is reduced. And a lot of people are confused because they hear a state tax and $5 million, they think they&#x27;re fine. But people forget that income tax is due from penny one and dollar one when you die state and federal. It depends on what state you&#x27;re in a lot of times. But federal income tax is from</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> penny one, not $5 million. Jeff, we&#x27;re running up on a hard break. But it&#x27;s Jeff Condon, folks, beyond the grave, the right way and the wrong way of leaving money to your children and others. Jeff, I want to have you back on in a few weeks, you know, so we can go into more detail because you&#x27;ve got a couple other points I wanted to talk about, but we don&#x27;t have time. One of them was how to prevent a charity from using your donation to buy Cadillacs for executives. And the other one is how to keep your children and property from going through probate, sometimes called the lawyer&#x27;s retirement fund. And I want to hit on those when we when we have you back on in the future. Is that OK? No, those are hot and juicy subjects. Yeah. I mean, my book covers so many topics. It&#x27;s been quoted in from magazines as diverse from fortune to dog world because we have a chapter in there on how to leave money to your pet. So, you know, the subjects are endless in this subject. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> glad to glad to accommodate. And folks, the books available on Amazon and also any bookstore. I&#x27;m going to get a few copies, too, to be able to point some things out to you and give a few copies away in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. If we&#x27;ve hit on anything that&#x27;s interesting to you or something you might want to get a start on, give us a call and we&#x27;ll get you in touch with the right people. Again, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this short break.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to looking at our financial futures, for those of us who have saved up money, well, some of us have to eventually deal with what&#x27;s going to happen with that money when we&#x27;re no longer here and in need of it. And a recent survey found that one in five boomers predicts disagreements amongst their relatives over dividing their inheritance. With us today on the program, we have published financial author and attorney, Jeff Condon. He has authored Beyond the Grave with his father, Gerald Condon. And this book warns about the conflicts, jealousies, and problems that typically arise when parents die and their children divide the assets in the inheritance. Yeah, the subtitle</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> is The Right Way and the Wrong Way of Leaving Money to Your Children and Others. Jeff, tell us a little bit about what made you and your father write that book and the response you&#x27;ve got from it. Okay, Coach Pete, first of all, thanks so much for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure to do your show. This book is based on my father&#x27;s then 45 years of experiences in seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because he was a percipient witness to all the inheritance plans that went sour because he did not have, at that point, the real experience of seeing what happens when clients die and children divide the money. Because only when the clients die, both when mom and dad are gone, that&#x27;s when we see the problems and conflicts and jealousies that arise in the inheritance arena. And the reason why is because when your children are no longer your children,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> meaning when you&#x27;re gone, they&#x27;re just people dividing money. And when money becomes involved, sharing and inheritance becomes involved, family loyalty goes out the window, and it&#x27;s a whole new ballgame. So this book is based on issue recognition. It&#x27;s recognizing the problems that can arise after parents die and coming up with inheritance plans now to prevent those problems from coming up. And one of the topics is how to leave more of what you own to your children and grandchildren and less to the IRS, correct? That is correct. You know, there&#x27;s two components to a good inheritance plan. The first component, not necessarily in this order, but the first component is the money side, how to make sure that your kids and grandkids get more and less to the IRS and less to the probate courts. And that&#x27;s the money side of estate planning. There&#x27;s a ton of</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> books out there on that subject. The other side, which a lot of lawyers may not focus on, is the family side, which is the human dynamics in the inheritance arena, how to leave money to your children so that with a reduction of the possibility of the inheritance conflicts. It&#x27;s family dynamics and the money dynamics that are both involved in this inheritance planning. Well, of course, there could be legal dynamics, too, because so often we see that an inheritance, while you&#x27;ve left it to your family, may end up in other people&#x27;s hands due to such things as divorces. Are those common in today&#x27;s society, folks? Oh, it is so common. It is so common. No longer do we leave an inheritance outright to a child. There&#x27;s no way. We&#x27;re not just going to say, you know, to my son,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> here you go, enjoy, you know, vayas condios. We now leave an inheritance to a child in a protection trust, a protection trust, so that while the child has use of that inheritance during his or her life, the fact is that when that child dies, that money and property can go to the grandchildren, the grandchildren, who are the ultimate dividends of our clients&#x27; lives, because our clients didn&#x27;t work 50 or 60 years of their lives to accumulate wealth just to see it go outside the bloodline because of what you said, divorce, remarriage, bankruptcies, addictions, malpractice actions, and all that. Well, you know, and I tell my clients this all the time, and the listeners on the radio, it&#x27;s not what you leave, but how you leave it. And that really</p><p><strong>03:57</strong> hits home when we look at the IRA world, the individual retirement accounts, the 401ks, you can structure those that if you leave them the right way, your children and grandchildren can benefit tremendously and also keep the IRS at bay from that money through their lifetimes, can&#x27;t they? Oh, they sure can. You know, it&#x27;s funny about these IRAs. If you&#x27;re rich enough, this IRA is going to get two tax hits, one on the death of the client, and that&#x27;s when the, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the estate tax is due. And then when it&#x27;s taken out, when it&#x27;s rolled over, unless it&#x27;s rolled over, that&#x27;s when the deferred income tax becomes due. So there&#x27;s one hit. And then if the clients are rich enough, then that&#x27;s when the estate tax hit takes place. So two-thirds, two-thirds of the IRA could be gone. So what we say is, you know, one of the things we say is, hey, take that IRA, cash it out now, and then use the money to buy, to give it to your kids so they</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> can buy an insurance policy on your life so that when you die, when the client dies, that&#x27;s when the insurance company will write a check to the kids tax-free. That&#x27;s just one foray that I have into the financial planning world so that not only do the estate tax reduced, but the kids can get the full benefit of the money and even more with the insurance dollars. But unfortunately, I don&#x27;t know if it&#x27;s because people don&#x27;t want them to know or they&#x27;re dealing with someone who doesn&#x27;t have the knowledge and the next generational planning or whatever. But Jeff, I see way too many people who are totally exposed in that area when they pass away. Well, that&#x27;s true. You know, an inheritance is really found money. And a lot of the next generation don&#x27;t really know what to do with found money. So what are they going to do? Well, they&#x27;re going to go out to buy a car. They&#x27;ll pay off the house. And, you know, that&#x27;s okay. That&#x27;s all right. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of folks out there who, beyond that, just kind of let it sit and do nothing</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> because they want to be conservative in today&#x27;s, you know, frenzied economic climate. So they just kind of sit and do nothing. So it takes people like yourself, like Coach Pete, to be the ones to advise people who are the beneficiaries of an inheritance to find out the best way to maximize those dollars. Now, Jeff, you spend a lot of time putting together true inheritance plans. I mean, what goes into that? And why should people consult with, I guess, an attorney and a financial planner and a CPA together? You need a good team. But why should somebody do that before it&#x27;s too late? Wow. Well, that&#x27;s kind of a huge question. But I suppose the simple answer is, if you don&#x27;t do something, you don&#x27;t do something, coming up with some kind of inheritance instructions, some kind of inheritance plan, whether it&#x27;s a will or living trust, the money and property that you</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> have worked a lifetime to acquire is going to go in a manner that you did not intend. Like, for example, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re on your second time around. Let&#x27;s say a wife dies and here&#x27;s husband and he gets remarried. So he&#x27;s on his second spouse and he has children from his first marriage. If he doesn&#x27;t do something, he doesn&#x27;t do something, then his kids of his first marriage could potentially be cut out of the family money. Now, dad can do whatever he wants with his half. You know, if you look at the bulk of assets, the two halves, the half belonging to the first spouse to die and the half belonging to the second spouse, he can do whatever he wants with his half. But it&#x27;s not his, I&#x27;m sure it wasn&#x27;t his deceased wife&#x27;s intention that her half go to this, go to dad&#x27;s new spouse. So, you know, that&#x27;s just one of a myriad of examples as to what happens of the law of unintended consequences. If you don&#x27;t do something, then what you intend is not going to</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> happen. So, you know, if you leave your money and property to your child outright and that child gets into an accident, there goes the money to the creditors, to judgment creditors, to insurance companies, whatever. So they&#x27;ve got to do something. You&#x27;ve got to do something. Even if, you know, in California, we have something called a holographic will. And the holographic will is a will that says, hey, if you write it in your own handwriting and you date it and you sign it, that&#x27;s good enough. You don&#x27;t have to go to a lawyer. At least it&#x27;s something. And so, and what I like about financial planners involved in this kind of inheritance arena is that the financial planners are on the front line. See, people don&#x27;t come to lawyers. Their instinct is not to come to a lawyer because, oh my God, it&#x27;s, you know, it&#x27;s a lawyer. This is a huge deal. You know, they&#x27;ve never gone to a lawyer in their lives. They&#x27;ve never been sued. They&#x27;ve never been divorced. They&#x27;ve never set up a corporation, what have you. So we&#x27;re not going to see what inheritance problems or potential problems</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> they have. But the financial planner, my coach Pete, he can go in there, take a look at this thing and say, you know what? This is the kind of thing that I see that you should, the kind of assets you have and the kind of family situation you have involves some kind of inheritance instructions that actually speaks to that particular plan. And why don&#x27;t you go take a, you know, find a lawyer and have a lawyer come up with some kind of inheritance plan. So you guys are the ones who are, like I said, on the front lines to determine whether or not somebody has a potential inheritance problem or not. So, you know, hey, you know, you ask a lawyer one question, you get a five-minute answer because I&#x27;m billing you per word, coach Pete. My brother&#x27;s an attorney. My wife is too. So I know how that works. I&#x27;ve seen that thing that bills for five minutes or five seconds even. But, and you&#x27;re right. You&#x27;re right though, Jeff. I mean,</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> to have somebody who can help translate what the attorney&#x27;s saying in financial terms or more layman terms is important. And then the attorney can help translate the financial terms. I mean, it&#x27;s all one big happy triangle if you get the right team together. And I really think folks need a step-by-step process. And if they give us a call, we can direct them to a worksheet or get them in touch with the correct attorneys for their time of life. And that number to call folks is 800-661-7383. But Jeff, you hit on something a minute ago. Just having a trust or will doesn&#x27;t mean that people are taken care of correctly, does it? That is correct. It&#x27;s just one part of the equation. This trust contains your inheritance instructions. But the thing is, the trust is like a bucket. And in order to, and the assets in this bucket are subject to the inheritance instructions. But if you don&#x27;t put assets in that bucket, then</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> you have an empty bucket. And then you, it&#x27;ll take a probate procedure to get those assets to the bucket after you die. Because unless they&#x27;re in the bucket, then they&#x27;re not subject to the inheritance instructions. So that&#x27;s one thing. So a living trust is just by itself, in and of itself, it&#x27;s no good. It&#x27;s got to be funded with stuff. And that, and if it&#x27;s funded, and if the inheritance instructions are, are well thought out to make sure that the inheritance conflicts are minimized or avoided completely, then you&#x27;ve done good. Then you&#x27;ve done good. And the other part of the inheritance plan is, of course, coming up with ways to reduce the estate tax. Now, of course, we now have a $5 million exemption, which means you can die with $5 million, not be subject to an estate tax. Well, that pretty much wipes out the estate tax in America. But the thing is, in 2013, that $5 million exemption gets reduced down to a million, a million. So now,</p><p><strong>10:24</strong> anybody with a million or more is subject to an estate tax. And so now we have to come up with plans because the estate tax becomes more serious time in a couple of years from now. And we&#x27;re all living longer. And it&#x27;s easier now to have a million dollars of wealth than it used to be. If you have a house in Southern California, you&#x27;re more than or almost halfway there. So it combined with all the other assets. So like I was saying before, it&#x27;s not just the living trust. It&#x27;s putting assets in the living trust. And it&#x27;s coming up with a way to make sure that the estate tax is reduced. And a lot of people are confused because they hear a state tax and $5 million, they think they&#x27;re fine. But people forget that income tax is due from penny one and dollar one when you die state and federal. It depends on what state you&#x27;re in a lot of times. But federal income tax is from</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> penny one, not $5 million. Jeff, we&#x27;re running up on a hard break. But it&#x27;s Jeff Condon, folks, beyond the grave, the right way and the wrong way of leaving money to your children and others. Jeff, I want to have you back on in a few weeks, you know, so we can go into more detail because you&#x27;ve got a couple other points I wanted to talk about, but we don&#x27;t have time. One of them was how to prevent a charity from using your donation to buy Cadillacs for executives. And the other one is how to keep your children and property from going through probate, sometimes called the lawyer&#x27;s retirement fund. And I want to hit on those when we when we have you back on in the future. Is that OK? No, those are hot and juicy subjects. Yeah. I mean, my book covers so many topics. It&#x27;s been quoted in from magazines as diverse from fortune to dog world because we have a chapter in there on how to leave money to your pet. So, you know, the subjects are endless in this subject. And I&#x27;m</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> glad to glad to accommodate. And folks, the books available on Amazon and also any bookstore. I&#x27;m going to get a few copies, too, to be able to point some things out to you and give a few copies away in the future. The number to call is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. If we&#x27;ve hit on anything that&#x27;s interesting to you or something you might want to get a start on, give us a call and we&#x27;ll get you in touch with the right people. Again, folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this short break.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Attorney and author Jeff Condon discusses Beyond the Grave and the conflicts that can arise when families divide an inheritance. The March 2011 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon explores planning for children, heirs, and family relationships.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Condon</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Condon, estate planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/image.jpg?t=1792073155&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-condon-leaving-an-inheritance-without-leaving-a-conflict/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/image.jpg?t=1792073155&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>742</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/cc82df7c-2a0c-44ec-ac48-b4e20108892a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11907454" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-condon-leaving-an-inheritance-without-leaving-a-conflict</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>254</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Jeff Condon" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Family, beneficiaries, and legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:06" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Byrd: Estate Planning and Getting Legal Questions Answered</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Byrd: Estate Planning and Getting Legal Questions Answered</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Attorney Kevin Byrd joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a March 2011 conversation about estate planning and legal preparation. They discuss questions families can bring to an attorney before a problem arises.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, joined, as always, by published financial author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve got another very special guest joining us live in studio on this session of The Financial Safari. And he&#x27;s a guy locally here who&#x27;s in the building with us, the same building, but operating a different practice. His name&#x27;s Kevin Bird, and he operates Kevin Leon Bird, attorney at law. And you&#x27;ve been practicing law for 27 years? 27 years. Kevin? Kevin, why do they call it practicing if you&#x27;ve been doing it 27 years? It should be perfect, but it&#x27;s called practicing. All right. Well, focusing on personal injury for the majority of that 27 years and undergraduate work at Howard University</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and have been seeing personal injury cases for that 27-year duration. The majority, yes. Yeah. Okay. So what do you see as being problematic when somebody, aside from the medical implications of having a serious injury, but when somebody&#x27;s going through the process and sometimes being awarded a large sum of money, there certainly can be problems that arise with a settlement, correct? Well, a lot of times these are individuals who don&#x27;t have much money. So this is the first time that they&#x27;re coming into money, and they don&#x27;t really know what to do with it. And they&#x27;re excited because they&#x27;re coming into such a large sum of money at one time that their natural inclination is to go on and spend it</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> instead of coming to someone professional like you to show you exactly how to handle that money. Kevin, I see a lot of folks who inherit money or get a large sum of money somehow. And the problem they run into then is it&#x27;s more money, like you said, than they&#x27;ve seen before, so they want to go spend it because they assume they&#x27;re going to get another pot of money coming in. But what I usually advise, and you can tell me if this makes sense or not, is maybe take about 20% of the winnings. If you want to have some fun with it, go have some fun with 20%, but put the other 80% in a place that has guaranteed growth. We&#x27;ve got some great retirement accounts that grow by 8.2% per year for their retirement income, or they can have access to it sooner than retirement. But it helps divide the money so that they can&#x27;t blow it all at one time.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Does that make sense? That makes a lot of sense. I think the key is for personal lawyers to educate their clients to that early on in the process, not just focusing on the injury, but what you&#x27;re going to do once you win the money and putting the clients in touch with somebody like yourself who can take and help them with the money. Because most likely the only time they&#x27;re going to come across that large sum of money at one time. Coach Pete, you mentioned winnings because we have seen a couple lottery winners who had that large lump sum of money. But with injury settlements, Kevin, it&#x27;s very important to note that a lot of times you do get a settlement because the company that&#x27;s settling and relinquishing the money is also relinquishing any responsibility</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> for ongoing medical expenses into the future. So that one-time lump sum does need to cover your expenses for future medical needs, and the company, after paying that settlement, isn&#x27;t going to have any responsibility to pay you on an ongoing additional settlement. Well, that&#x27;s correct. One thing you have to do, you have to sign a release form before you take and get the check. So simultaneously with getting a check, you sign a release form, releasing the company from any further liability. So if you are hurt, it&#x27;s going to be on you from that point forward. And some people forget that when they get those winnings or whatever, the settlement, and they think that they&#x27;re going to have that money coming in forever. And again, Kevin, I like the fact that you are proactive in your approach towards your clients, where once you win the court case, basically your responsibilities on paper are over.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> But you want to make sure that your clients take the money and do the right thing with it, I guess, right? Well, that&#x27;s what I try to do with them. And I&#x27;ll hopefully get on a show like this and my clients hear me talk about this. They&#x27;ll listen to me and get in touch with somebody like you in the future. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s so easy, though, to – and divorces, too. When a divorce happens, half the money comes in. Half the money gets divided in one person&#x27;s account and half the other one. And it&#x27;s, again, taking the right steps with money that are – it&#x27;s very important for people to realize that the money is not going to come in forever. Athletes are a good example, Kevin. The average lifespan for a professional athlete as far as their span of professional career is about one and a half to two years. Even though we watch TV and we see the same stars we grow up with on all the time, most of the interchangeable parts change.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And so you need to make sure that if you have that money coming in, you need to make sure that money is earmarked a certain portion of it forever, and ever meaning your life so you can&#x27;t lose it going forward. That&#x27;s right. Absolutely. So, again, you know, a person who doesn&#x27;t have experience dealing with a large sum of money, of course, there are going to be some complications there, some issues that they&#x27;ve never dealt with before. So they need to prepare for that. They probably do need to see not only the lawyer, the person they&#x27;re dealing with for their court case, but also a financial professional to help with the money management side. But let&#x27;s stick with the law side for now. What kind of things are you seeing as far as common cases that you&#x27;re dealing with?</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Well, mostly medical malpractice where a doctor makes a mistake and you sue the doctor, the hospital, the medical providers, truck accidents, car accidents, things of that nature, slipping balls. There are a lot of slipping balls that are occurring in a lot of department stores and grocery stores. There&#x27;s just any type of situation where somebody&#x27;s at fault and they cause the injured person to receive the injuries they have. And what we try to do is get them just compensation for the injuries that they receive. Cap, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they maybe have been wronged by somewhere, what is the first step to basically explore the possibility of getting a settlement? If it&#x27;s a righteous settlement need, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of, as you know, there&#x27;s a lot of fraud out there.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> But if somebody really has been hurt, what&#x27;s the first step they need to do? Well, I would talk to a lawyer first because you don&#x27;t really know whether it&#x27;s a good settlement or not. Sometimes it takes six months to a year to take and assess all the damages in a case. So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a three-year statute of limitations because a lot of times you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are until sometimes three, four, six months down the road. So it wouldn&#x27;t be wise to enter into a settlement as soon as you get hurt because you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are. So they shouldn&#x27;t accept the first offer is what you&#x27;re saying from the insurance. A lot of times the insurance companies will show up and try to get you to sign some things and accept the check. It&#x27;s not smart to do that a lot of times or at least get a second opinion before you do that, correct? Correct. Well, again, because events such as medical malpractice, truck accidents, things like that, they can have lifelong medical implications.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> So if you&#x27;re just taking a check that&#x27;s going to cover you for a trip for the next week or to purchase a new vehicle, of course those lifelong medical expenses, you have then released liability of that individual or that insurance company from paying for you into the future. You need to make sure that the settlement is going to cover the expenses for life from that accident. And then you also need to manage the money properly so that it is there to provide for those incidents for life. You just have to be wise because insurance companies, they&#x27;re going to try to get off with as little as possible. And you want to be able to maximize your settlement. So you just want to take and really sit down and talk to a lawyer before you do anything. And it&#x27;s a process. Sometimes it takes two, three years before a case is finally concluded.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> So you wouldn&#x27;t be wise to settle a case within the first month of the injury. Have you ever seen cases that took the three or four years to settle that additional needs for care or additional expenses incurred during that time period so that the fact that it did take a long time to settle actually helped the person that was injured because they realized more acutely the needs that they were going to have? Yeah. A lot of times you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are going to be. There you go. You said it more precisely. It just takes a while sometimes to figure it out. And that&#x27;s why they give you three years statute of limitations. Hey, Kevin, you know, like when I go to the car repair place, they&#x27;ve got this book they pull out that shows for each repair how many hours of labor it takes and all that.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Do you have a book like that? If someone&#x27;s injured, you can tell them, you know, what history has shown they&#x27;re going to need for medical. Of course, medical expenses are going up like crazy. But do you have a certain equation or something to use to help people decide that? Well, really, each case goes on a case-by-case basis. Some people might be released in two months. Some individuals might see the doctor for six months, some a little longer. But you just have to take each case on a case-by-case basis and let them maximize their case to see what the ultimate value of their case is. So, folks, if you have been hurt on the job or off the job or any kind of accident that you think wasn&#x27;t your fault, if you give a call right now, we&#x27;ll get you in touch with Kevin. You can have a no-cost consultation with him and everyone who calls. I&#x27;ll also throw in a copy of my book from a few years ago called The Fine Print Fiasco, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know When You Buy, Borrow, and Invest.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And there&#x27;s a way where, you know, you need to read the fine print, and Kevin does a good job of explaining that. The phone number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. For real cases, Kevin, for people who think they may need some help, I think it&#x27;s advisable for them to talk to an attorney. I&#x27;d be glad to talk with them. Legal matters can be rather complex, and a lot of times the documents themselves are hard to read if you don&#x27;t understand what you&#x27;re looking for. So that&#x27;s a lot of times why lawyers needed to be consulted for any of those complex matters. That&#x27;s right. And lawyers are your friend, folks. Lawyers are your friend. I know the lawyer jokes out there. My wife is an attorney, my brother is an attorney, and my good buddy here, Kevin, is an attorney. And if you deal with the right attorneys, they can be your best friend in the world, and you wish you had dealt with them if you don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> So give us a call right now if you need any help from an attorney. Kevin Byrd is one of my favorite, 800-661-7383. Kevin, we appreciate you being here. I appreciate being here. Hopefully you&#x27;ll come back with a story in the future. We&#x27;ll get you on again, Kevin. Thank you very much. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming into the Financial Safari today. Thank you very much, Coach Pete. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Attorney Kevin Byrd joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a March 2011 conversation about estate planning and legal preparation. They discuss questions families can bring to an attorney before a problem arises.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, joined, as always, by published financial author Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we&#x27;ve got another very special guest joining us live in studio on this session of The Financial Safari. And he&#x27;s a guy locally here who&#x27;s in the building with us, the same building, but operating a different practice. His name&#x27;s Kevin Bird, and he operates Kevin Leon Bird, attorney at law. And you&#x27;ve been practicing law for 27 years? 27 years. Kevin? Kevin, why do they call it practicing if you&#x27;ve been doing it 27 years? It should be perfect, but it&#x27;s called practicing. All right. Well, focusing on personal injury for the majority of that 27 years and undergraduate work at Howard University</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> and have been seeing personal injury cases for that 27-year duration. The majority, yes. Yeah. Okay. So what do you see as being problematic when somebody, aside from the medical implications of having a serious injury, but when somebody&#x27;s going through the process and sometimes being awarded a large sum of money, there certainly can be problems that arise with a settlement, correct? Well, a lot of times these are individuals who don&#x27;t have much money. So this is the first time that they&#x27;re coming into money, and they don&#x27;t really know what to do with it. And they&#x27;re excited because they&#x27;re coming into such a large sum of money at one time that their natural inclination is to go on and spend it</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> instead of coming to someone professional like you to show you exactly how to handle that money. Kevin, I see a lot of folks who inherit money or get a large sum of money somehow. And the problem they run into then is it&#x27;s more money, like you said, than they&#x27;ve seen before, so they want to go spend it because they assume they&#x27;re going to get another pot of money coming in. But what I usually advise, and you can tell me if this makes sense or not, is maybe take about 20% of the winnings. If you want to have some fun with it, go have some fun with 20%, but put the other 80% in a place that has guaranteed growth. We&#x27;ve got some great retirement accounts that grow by 8.2% per year for their retirement income, or they can have access to it sooner than retirement. But it helps divide the money so that they can&#x27;t blow it all at one time.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Does that make sense? That makes a lot of sense. I think the key is for personal lawyers to educate their clients to that early on in the process, not just focusing on the injury, but what you&#x27;re going to do once you win the money and putting the clients in touch with somebody like yourself who can take and help them with the money. Because most likely the only time they&#x27;re going to come across that large sum of money at one time. Coach Pete, you mentioned winnings because we have seen a couple lottery winners who had that large lump sum of money. But with injury settlements, Kevin, it&#x27;s very important to note that a lot of times you do get a settlement because the company that&#x27;s settling and relinquishing the money is also relinquishing any responsibility</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> for ongoing medical expenses into the future. So that one-time lump sum does need to cover your expenses for future medical needs, and the company, after paying that settlement, isn&#x27;t going to have any responsibility to pay you on an ongoing additional settlement. Well, that&#x27;s correct. One thing you have to do, you have to sign a release form before you take and get the check. So simultaneously with getting a check, you sign a release form, releasing the company from any further liability. So if you are hurt, it&#x27;s going to be on you from that point forward. And some people forget that when they get those winnings or whatever, the settlement, and they think that they&#x27;re going to have that money coming in forever. And again, Kevin, I like the fact that you are proactive in your approach towards your clients, where once you win the court case, basically your responsibilities on paper are over.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> But you want to make sure that your clients take the money and do the right thing with it, I guess, right? Well, that&#x27;s what I try to do with them. And I&#x27;ll hopefully get on a show like this and my clients hear me talk about this. They&#x27;ll listen to me and get in touch with somebody like you in the future. Yeah, well, it&#x27;s so easy, though, to – and divorces, too. When a divorce happens, half the money comes in. Half the money gets divided in one person&#x27;s account and half the other one. And it&#x27;s, again, taking the right steps with money that are – it&#x27;s very important for people to realize that the money is not going to come in forever. Athletes are a good example, Kevin. The average lifespan for a professional athlete as far as their span of professional career is about one and a half to two years. Even though we watch TV and we see the same stars we grow up with on all the time, most of the interchangeable parts change.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And so you need to make sure that if you have that money coming in, you need to make sure that money is earmarked a certain portion of it forever, and ever meaning your life so you can&#x27;t lose it going forward. That&#x27;s right. Absolutely. So, again, you know, a person who doesn&#x27;t have experience dealing with a large sum of money, of course, there are going to be some complications there, some issues that they&#x27;ve never dealt with before. So they need to prepare for that. They probably do need to see not only the lawyer, the person they&#x27;re dealing with for their court case, but also a financial professional to help with the money management side. But let&#x27;s stick with the law side for now. What kind of things are you seeing as far as common cases that you&#x27;re dealing with?</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> Well, mostly medical malpractice where a doctor makes a mistake and you sue the doctor, the hospital, the medical providers, truck accidents, car accidents, things of that nature, slipping balls. There are a lot of slipping balls that are occurring in a lot of department stores and grocery stores. There&#x27;s just any type of situation where somebody&#x27;s at fault and they cause the injured person to receive the injuries they have. And what we try to do is get them just compensation for the injuries that they receive. Cap, if someone&#x27;s listening right now and they maybe have been wronged by somewhere, what is the first step to basically explore the possibility of getting a settlement? If it&#x27;s a righteous settlement need, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of, as you know, there&#x27;s a lot of fraud out there.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> But if somebody really has been hurt, what&#x27;s the first step they need to do? Well, I would talk to a lawyer first because you don&#x27;t really know whether it&#x27;s a good settlement or not. Sometimes it takes six months to a year to take and assess all the damages in a case. So that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a three-year statute of limitations because a lot of times you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are until sometimes three, four, six months down the road. So it wouldn&#x27;t be wise to enter into a settlement as soon as you get hurt because you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are. So they shouldn&#x27;t accept the first offer is what you&#x27;re saying from the insurance. A lot of times the insurance companies will show up and try to get you to sign some things and accept the check. It&#x27;s not smart to do that a lot of times or at least get a second opinion before you do that, correct? Correct. Well, again, because events such as medical malpractice, truck accidents, things like that, they can have lifelong medical implications.</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> So if you&#x27;re just taking a check that&#x27;s going to cover you for a trip for the next week or to purchase a new vehicle, of course those lifelong medical expenses, you have then released liability of that individual or that insurance company from paying for you into the future. You need to make sure that the settlement is going to cover the expenses for life from that accident. And then you also need to manage the money properly so that it is there to provide for those incidents for life. You just have to be wise because insurance companies, they&#x27;re going to try to get off with as little as possible. And you want to be able to maximize your settlement. So you just want to take and really sit down and talk to a lawyer before you do anything. And it&#x27;s a process. Sometimes it takes two, three years before a case is finally concluded.</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> So you wouldn&#x27;t be wise to settle a case within the first month of the injury. Have you ever seen cases that took the three or four years to settle that additional needs for care or additional expenses incurred during that time period so that the fact that it did take a long time to settle actually helped the person that was injured because they realized more acutely the needs that they were going to have? Yeah. A lot of times you don&#x27;t know what the extent of your injuries are going to be. There you go. You said it more precisely. It just takes a while sometimes to figure it out. And that&#x27;s why they give you three years statute of limitations. Hey, Kevin, you know, like when I go to the car repair place, they&#x27;ve got this book they pull out that shows for each repair how many hours of labor it takes and all that.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> Do you have a book like that? If someone&#x27;s injured, you can tell them, you know, what history has shown they&#x27;re going to need for medical. Of course, medical expenses are going up like crazy. But do you have a certain equation or something to use to help people decide that? Well, really, each case goes on a case-by-case basis. Some people might be released in two months. Some individuals might see the doctor for six months, some a little longer. But you just have to take each case on a case-by-case basis and let them maximize their case to see what the ultimate value of their case is. So, folks, if you have been hurt on the job or off the job or any kind of accident that you think wasn&#x27;t your fault, if you give a call right now, we&#x27;ll get you in touch with Kevin. You can have a no-cost consultation with him and everyone who calls. I&#x27;ll also throw in a copy of my book from a few years ago called The Fine Print Fiasco, What They Don&#x27;t Want You to Know When You Buy, Borrow, and Invest.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> And there&#x27;s a way where, you know, you need to read the fine print, and Kevin does a good job of explaining that. The phone number to call is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. For real cases, Kevin, for people who think they may need some help, I think it&#x27;s advisable for them to talk to an attorney. I&#x27;d be glad to talk with them. Legal matters can be rather complex, and a lot of times the documents themselves are hard to read if you don&#x27;t understand what you&#x27;re looking for. So that&#x27;s a lot of times why lawyers needed to be consulted for any of those complex matters. That&#x27;s right. And lawyers are your friend, folks. Lawyers are your friend. I know the lawyer jokes out there. My wife is an attorney, my brother is an attorney, and my good buddy here, Kevin, is an attorney. And if you deal with the right attorneys, they can be your best friend in the world, and you wish you had dealt with them if you don&#x27;t.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> So give us a call right now if you need any help from an attorney. Kevin Byrd is one of my favorite, 800-661-7383. Kevin, we appreciate you being here. I appreciate being here. Hopefully you&#x27;ll come back with a story in the future. We&#x27;ll get you on again, Kevin. Thank you very much. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming into the Financial Safari today. Thank you very much, Coach Pete. And folks, we&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Attorney Kevin Byrd joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a March 2011 conversation about estate planning and legal preparation. They discuss questions families can bring to an attorney before a problem arises.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Byrd</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>Estate Planning and Getting Legal Questions Answered</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Byrd, estate planning, Estate Planning and Getting Legal Questions Answered, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca/image.jpg?t=1792072728&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-byrd-estate-planning-and-getting-legal-questions-answered/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca/image.jpg?t=1792072728&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Mar 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>649</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6691f076-58c0-4eed-bc8c-b4e2014666ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10415294" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-byrd-estate-planning-and-getting-legal-questions-answered</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>255</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Kevin Byrd" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:27" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ted Beck: Financial Education for Every Stage of Life</title>
      <itunes:title>Ted Beck: Financial Education for Every Stage of Life</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ted Beck of the National Endowment for Financial Education joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss financial challenges throughout life, planning for retirement, and the value of financial education. This interview comes from March 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author Coach Pete Druda. And Coach Pete, another very special guest here on The Financial Safari, we have Ted Beck, who is President and Chief Executive Officer of NEFI, otherwise known as the National Endowment for Financial Education. And it&#x27;s a private, non-profit, national foundation dedicated to improving the financial well-being of all Americans. Good person to have here on the show, don&#x27;t you think? I think so. I mean, if people aren&#x27;t worried about their finances, they&#x27;re probably listening to the wrong show to begin with. Well, Ted, welcome in, and we certainly appreciate you taking the time to join us here on The Financial Safari. Well, thanks for having me on. So, Ted, what are some of the biggest issues in the economy or in our personal finances that are facing Americans today? What do we need to know?</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, there&#x27;s a wide range of things, and you can really kind of apply it to each stage of life. If you&#x27;re a young person just starting off in work, it&#x27;s first of all finding that job and then developing a plan to have financial security over your economic life. And that can start with everything from developing an emergency fund to having a budget to figuring out how you&#x27;re going to pay for major transactions, everything from buying cars to having housing. With government spending, with everything going on in the global environment, the Middle East, oil prices, Wall Street, it all seems like things that are out of the reach of control of the average American. So, I know one of the tenets of the National Endowment for Financial Education is that people need to take more control of their circumstances to improve their quality of life.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> How does one deal with all of those outside forces but take more personal control of what&#x27;s going on with their money? Well, first, you&#x27;ve got to take a deep breath and relax a little bit because you can&#x27;t control what&#x27;s going on in the Middle East or other things like that. Yes, they will affect some of your prices. Think about gas at the fuel pump. What we recommend is that people actually focus on what they can control. So, it&#x27;s trying to figure out how your own mini-economy, in other words, your budget or your family&#x27;s budget, is going to work. So, deal with what you can control. And that, to me, is a very important thing. So, figure out how you&#x27;re going to manage your own situation within your income level so that you&#x27;ve got something left over to save. Ted, Coach Pete here. Thanks for coming on the show, by the way.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Happy to. I see you used to. I used to be at UW in the Wisconsin system. My dad started his teaching career in the Wisconsin system of education also as a professor. It&#x27;s a great system. A little having some newsworthy information going on right now, but it&#x27;s still a good school. Well, back in the day, and I was in kindergarten to third grade when we lived in Wisconsin, and I really did, Ted, I really did walk three miles to school each day through big snow drifts. So, my grandfather always said that, but that really did happen. I feel both ways. Yeah. I remember the snow was higher than I was, but school was never canceled in Wisconsin. Never. Absolutely never. Let me ask you a question, Ted. I&#x27;ve got actually a question and then a follow-up. What are some of the mistakes right now that you see people, just general citizens here in America, making with their money? What are some of the mistakes they&#x27;re making? Well, some of it is just not paying attention to any changes that have happened in their lives.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> I mean, if you&#x27;ve had reduced hours, if you&#x27;re in a two-income household and maybe one of those jobs has gone away, they&#x27;re not being honest with themselves and trying to figure out how they&#x27;re going to live within their means. So, I think that&#x27;s a big one. I think another big one is that people are ignoring the whole retirement planning concept. There&#x27;s, you know, very much now the responsibility for managing your retirement is with you. And it&#x27;s not something you should ignore. And it&#x27;s something you should take some time and do some homework on and put together a plan that&#x27;s going to work for you. Well, I had a follow-up question, and it was, and I think you answered it here, but I want to get more into detail on that. But my question was, do you feel that people are underfunding their own retirement plans? I think there&#x27;s a significant risk. And I think it&#x27;s, while it&#x27;s a big factor for the boomer generation that&#x27;s just starting to retire, I think it&#x27;s a bigger risk for younger generations who are just coming into the workforce.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Let me explain the point. Many of the people who are in the boomer age group actually did have pensions early on in their career before industry changed over to 401K or 403B kinds of plans. So, many of them actually have some of that old three-legged stool, saving, Social Security, and the pension. Now, as that group ages out, more and more people won&#x27;t have that benefit of having potentially had that pension early in their careers. So, I think that while there&#x27;s a big risk for this immediate group, especially if they were hurt by the downturn in the economy and maybe pulled out of the market and didn&#x27;t come back and didn&#x27;t stay in for the recovery, I think the bigger risk is actually for that younger group is who, in many cases, are just throwing up their hands and saying, you know, what will be, will be.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Looking into the future, Ted, are we looking at a reduction for our retirement standard of living? And are we looking at danger for what we know traditionally as retirement? If so, how much of that is our own fault and how much of it is because of the changing business climate? As you mentioned, no more pensions for most employees. Well, I think it&#x27;s something people can control as long as you&#x27;re willing to face up to it. If you don&#x27;t do anything and pay no attention to what&#x27;s going on around you, yes, you are at risk. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a question about that. But if you realize that you&#x27;re going to have that responsibility given forward, there&#x27;s a lot of very positive things you can do. But it&#x27;s just kind of playing at one event at a time and trying to save money wherever you can and set it aside for that eventual retirement that I still think is out there and can be very attractive.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> And folks, as always, if you would like to explore your options, get a second opinion on your plan, or look at what you could be doing to ensure that you will have a more successful financial future, you&#x27;re welcome to pick up the phone, talk to the members here at the Financial Safari, field your questions, talk about your concerns, and get the answers that you&#x27;re looking for, all you&#x27;ve got to do is pick up the phone right now and call 800-661-7383. Again, that number is 800-661-7383. Ted, question. Are people saving for retirement, or are they gambling for retirement sometimes with some of these 401K plans they have? Well, the plan itself is designed to be a good savings tool, and I think it&#x27;s been expanded and adopted. I do think there are some significant risks out there. One of the things that the people in my community, which is heavily academic and nonprofit, and does a lot of –</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> we actually at NAPI are one of the largest funders of research on these questions. And one of the things that I think is of great concern out there is as people take their 401Ks when they retire, and maybe a company plan and roll it into their own IRA or other vehicle, there&#x27;s a moment in time where you&#x27;re going to have a lot of cash. And you might suddenly have $400,000 or $500,000 when you&#x27;ve never had to manage that kind of money, when you make that shift to retirement. And I think there&#x27;s a huge risk there. There&#x27;s a huge window of opportunity for scams. And people talking you into very high-risk investments that sound too good to be true. If they sound too good to be true, they probably are. So that&#x27;s where I think there&#x27;s some real risk, especially going forward. People often ask me, what&#x27;s the thing?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We worried about the subprime lending scam a couple of years ago, and candidly we got caught a little short on that one as a country. So when they ask me, looking forward, what do you worry about? That transition of people being suddenly having that large... Slug of money and a lot of people trying to tell them what to do with it, I think is a very high-risk moment. Well, what are some of the steps that the average saver or the average person can take right now to make sure that they have a guaranteed lifetime retirement income for themselves if they&#x27;re in retirement now or if they are, let&#x27;s say, five to ten years away from retirement? Okay, well, let&#x27;s look at the in-retirement one first, because that&#x27;s one of the new issues that I think people are very concerned about. We call it a decumulation phase. When you enter retirement, you have a certain number of assets,</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> and it might be a house, it might be some savings, it might be a 401k plan, but the timing of how you use those resources are very important. You have to make decisions that you&#x27;re going to be able to live with for a long time because you can only sell a house once. So thinking when you&#x27;re going to do that, I think, is a very key thing. And one of the things we actually have developed at NEFE is a website called MyRetirementPaycheck.org, which will help you deal with those asset decisions in retirement. So that&#x27;s assuming you&#x27;ve already made that step and you&#x27;re in retirement. There&#x27;s some great information there that might help you customize things to your own personal situation because we all have very different situations. So it&#x27;s really that asset and decision-making that you have in retirement that&#x27;s very key.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Now, to take the other side of the question, the five- to ten-year-out piece, you really have to figure out what you&#x27;re going to need. And, you know, some people use rules of thumb, 80% of your average income for the last several years. I tend not to use that. When people ask me, I think you&#x27;ve got to sit down and figure out what&#x27;s important to you. Do you want to travel? Do you want to be able to, you know, go fishing when you want to? Do you want to be able to help your family out? Those are all based on how you&#x27;re going to manage your money. So you have to realistically look at the budget and figure out what it&#x27;s going to cost you to live. Now, remember, you&#x27;ve got, in both of these cases, three huge variables. There&#x27;s inflation, your own health, and your own longevity. How long are you going to live? So don&#x27;t assume that, you know, if you&#x27;re good for the first five years,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> you&#x27;re good for the whole time. That&#x27;s probably not the case. So be conservative and figure out what you&#x27;re going to need to live on and how you&#x27;re going to build that plan to get to that number. Now, that may mean working for a couple more years than you&#x27;d originally planned. Boston College Center on Retirement, which does some great research, is trying to figure out, you know, how vulnerable are people here? And especially they were assuming, you know, many people retire at 62. And their assessment was that people would be much better off if they would work for an additional two to four years. If a couple of things happen, you&#x27;re not dipping into your savings. You&#x27;re hopefully building those savings because you still have an income. And you&#x27;re often staying on company or employer health plans. Those are all huge positives and stretching out that nest egg</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> to work through your retirement years. Ted, many folks are dealing with a 401k. Some folks plan to sell their home to try to help fund some retirement. Business owners, of course, a lot of times look to sell their business. Anyway, the question that you brought up earlier was the problem of dealing with a large lump sum. And everybody needs the income to keep coming in, even when the paychecks stop in retirement. What is the role that annuities can play in planning for retirement? Well, annuities, I think, will become a very effective tool over time. I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re a sole solution. I think if you&#x27;ve got, let&#x27;s just assume you&#x27;re in that boomer category and you might have a little pension, money flowing in, you&#x27;ve got Social Security, and then you&#x27;ve got this lump sum of money you need to deal with. I think figuring out how to create a paycheck for yourself in retirement is a very important thing.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> And annuities may be a nice piece of that. Now, the challenge is the annuities, you really have to pay attention to the cost of the annuity. So you really have to shop around and figure out how you can actually get the highest cash flow from a safe investment, so a safe company selling you the annuity, and really watch costs here. Costs can really eat into that flexibility. And I would just layer in a percentage of that cash into annuities. I would never do the whole thing. Yeah, Ted, I see a lot of real bad variable annuities out there infested with fees, expenses, and commission, and people are overly sold those variable annuities, it appears. Well, you know, that&#x27;s that point I made earlier, where suddenly you&#x27;ve got this big chunk of money and everybody&#x27;s going to try to help you do something with it.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> So pay attention. Talk to people that think you can trust. Shop around. And again, I would not put 100% of that money into a single product. Try to make sure you&#x27;ve got some flexibility. And, you know, interest rates change over time. If rates should go back up, which I think a lot of people are predicting, you may actually get some fairly attractive yields on safe investments at banks and things like that that are insured. One of the buzzwords, Ted, that we hear a lot of nowadays as the baby boomers are beginning to retire is income planning. And as you are considering or moving into retirement, how important do you think income planning is to your retirement success? Well, that&#x27;s what the, I&#x27;m excited I mentioned before, my retirement paycheck, I think, is pretty much income planning. You&#x27;re trying to figure out how to create a paycheck for yourself so that in retirement, you can continue to have that monthly flow into your household.</p><p><strong>13:04</strong> So income planning, if we&#x27;re talking about the same terms here, I think, or the same concept here, I think, is critically important. Don&#x27;t become enamored because suddenly you&#x27;ve got the biggest chunk of money you&#x27;ve ever had. It can be overwhelming. Income planning can really, I think, help you over time. All right. Well, Ted Beck is President and Chief Executive Officer of NEFE, and that is the National Endowment for Financial Education. And, Ted, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, providing our listeners some of the insight on what factors they might be facing to ensure their financial success into the future. Thank you for your time and your expertise here on the Financial Safari, Ted. Yeah, thank you, and keep up the good work. Thanks, Ted.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ted Beck of the National Endowment for Financial Education joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss financial challenges throughout life, planning for retirement, and the value of financial education. This interview comes from March 2011.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author Coach Pete Druda. And Coach Pete, another very special guest here on The Financial Safari, we have Ted Beck, who is President and Chief Executive Officer of NEFI, otherwise known as the National Endowment for Financial Education. And it&#x27;s a private, non-profit, national foundation dedicated to improving the financial well-being of all Americans. Good person to have here on the show, don&#x27;t you think? I think so. I mean, if people aren&#x27;t worried about their finances, they&#x27;re probably listening to the wrong show to begin with. Well, Ted, welcome in, and we certainly appreciate you taking the time to join us here on The Financial Safari. Well, thanks for having me on. So, Ted, what are some of the biggest issues in the economy or in our personal finances that are facing Americans today? What do we need to know?</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Well, there&#x27;s a wide range of things, and you can really kind of apply it to each stage of life. If you&#x27;re a young person just starting off in work, it&#x27;s first of all finding that job and then developing a plan to have financial security over your economic life. And that can start with everything from developing an emergency fund to having a budget to figuring out how you&#x27;re going to pay for major transactions, everything from buying cars to having housing. With government spending, with everything going on in the global environment, the Middle East, oil prices, Wall Street, it all seems like things that are out of the reach of control of the average American. So, I know one of the tenets of the National Endowment for Financial Education is that people need to take more control of their circumstances to improve their quality of life.</p><p><strong>01:42</strong> How does one deal with all of those outside forces but take more personal control of what&#x27;s going on with their money? Well, first, you&#x27;ve got to take a deep breath and relax a little bit because you can&#x27;t control what&#x27;s going on in the Middle East or other things like that. Yes, they will affect some of your prices. Think about gas at the fuel pump. What we recommend is that people actually focus on what they can control. So, it&#x27;s trying to figure out how your own mini-economy, in other words, your budget or your family&#x27;s budget, is going to work. So, deal with what you can control. And that, to me, is a very important thing. So, figure out how you&#x27;re going to manage your own situation within your income level so that you&#x27;ve got something left over to save. Ted, Coach Pete here. Thanks for coming on the show, by the way.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> Happy to. I see you used to. I used to be at UW in the Wisconsin system. My dad started his teaching career in the Wisconsin system of education also as a professor. It&#x27;s a great system. A little having some newsworthy information going on right now, but it&#x27;s still a good school. Well, back in the day, and I was in kindergarten to third grade when we lived in Wisconsin, and I really did, Ted, I really did walk three miles to school each day through big snow drifts. So, my grandfather always said that, but that really did happen. I feel both ways. Yeah. I remember the snow was higher than I was, but school was never canceled in Wisconsin. Never. Absolutely never. Let me ask you a question, Ted. I&#x27;ve got actually a question and then a follow-up. What are some of the mistakes right now that you see people, just general citizens here in America, making with their money? What are some of the mistakes they&#x27;re making? Well, some of it is just not paying attention to any changes that have happened in their lives.</p><p><strong>03:16</strong> I mean, if you&#x27;ve had reduced hours, if you&#x27;re in a two-income household and maybe one of those jobs has gone away, they&#x27;re not being honest with themselves and trying to figure out how they&#x27;re going to live within their means. So, I think that&#x27;s a big one. I think another big one is that people are ignoring the whole retirement planning concept. There&#x27;s, you know, very much now the responsibility for managing your retirement is with you. And it&#x27;s not something you should ignore. And it&#x27;s something you should take some time and do some homework on and put together a plan that&#x27;s going to work for you. Well, I had a follow-up question, and it was, and I think you answered it here, but I want to get more into detail on that. But my question was, do you feel that people are underfunding their own retirement plans? I think there&#x27;s a significant risk. And I think it&#x27;s, while it&#x27;s a big factor for the boomer generation that&#x27;s just starting to retire, I think it&#x27;s a bigger risk for younger generations who are just coming into the workforce.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Let me explain the point. Many of the people who are in the boomer age group actually did have pensions early on in their career before industry changed over to 401K or 403B kinds of plans. So, many of them actually have some of that old three-legged stool, saving, Social Security, and the pension. Now, as that group ages out, more and more people won&#x27;t have that benefit of having potentially had that pension early in their careers. So, I think that while there&#x27;s a big risk for this immediate group, especially if they were hurt by the downturn in the economy and maybe pulled out of the market and didn&#x27;t come back and didn&#x27;t stay in for the recovery, I think the bigger risk is actually for that younger group is who, in many cases, are just throwing up their hands and saying, you know, what will be, will be.</p><p><strong>04:56</strong> Looking into the future, Ted, are we looking at a reduction for our retirement standard of living? And are we looking at danger for what we know traditionally as retirement? If so, how much of that is our own fault and how much of it is because of the changing business climate? As you mentioned, no more pensions for most employees. Well, I think it&#x27;s something people can control as long as you&#x27;re willing to face up to it. If you don&#x27;t do anything and pay no attention to what&#x27;s going on around you, yes, you are at risk. I don&#x27;t think there&#x27;s a question about that. But if you realize that you&#x27;re going to have that responsibility given forward, there&#x27;s a lot of very positive things you can do. But it&#x27;s just kind of playing at one event at a time and trying to save money wherever you can and set it aside for that eventual retirement that I still think is out there and can be very attractive.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> And folks, as always, if you would like to explore your options, get a second opinion on your plan, or look at what you could be doing to ensure that you will have a more successful financial future, you&#x27;re welcome to pick up the phone, talk to the members here at the Financial Safari, field your questions, talk about your concerns, and get the answers that you&#x27;re looking for, all you&#x27;ve got to do is pick up the phone right now and call 800-661-7383. Again, that number is 800-661-7383. Ted, question. Are people saving for retirement, or are they gambling for retirement sometimes with some of these 401K plans they have? Well, the plan itself is designed to be a good savings tool, and I think it&#x27;s been expanded and adopted. I do think there are some significant risks out there. One of the things that the people in my community, which is heavily academic and nonprofit, and does a lot of –</p><p><strong>06:34</strong> we actually at NAPI are one of the largest funders of research on these questions. And one of the things that I think is of great concern out there is as people take their 401Ks when they retire, and maybe a company plan and roll it into their own IRA or other vehicle, there&#x27;s a moment in time where you&#x27;re going to have a lot of cash. And you might suddenly have $400,000 or $500,000 when you&#x27;ve never had to manage that kind of money, when you make that shift to retirement. And I think there&#x27;s a huge risk there. There&#x27;s a huge window of opportunity for scams. And people talking you into very high-risk investments that sound too good to be true. If they sound too good to be true, they probably are. So that&#x27;s where I think there&#x27;s some real risk, especially going forward. People often ask me, what&#x27;s the thing?</p><p><strong>07:21</strong> We worried about the subprime lending scam a couple of years ago, and candidly we got caught a little short on that one as a country. So when they ask me, looking forward, what do you worry about? That transition of people being suddenly having that large... Slug of money and a lot of people trying to tell them what to do with it, I think is a very high-risk moment. Well, what are some of the steps that the average saver or the average person can take right now to make sure that they have a guaranteed lifetime retirement income for themselves if they&#x27;re in retirement now or if they are, let&#x27;s say, five to ten years away from retirement? Okay, well, let&#x27;s look at the in-retirement one first, because that&#x27;s one of the new issues that I think people are very concerned about. We call it a decumulation phase. When you enter retirement, you have a certain number of assets,</p><p><strong>08:08</strong> and it might be a house, it might be some savings, it might be a 401k plan, but the timing of how you use those resources are very important. You have to make decisions that you&#x27;re going to be able to live with for a long time because you can only sell a house once. So thinking when you&#x27;re going to do that, I think, is a very key thing. And one of the things we actually have developed at NEFE is a website called MyRetirementPaycheck.org, which will help you deal with those asset decisions in retirement. So that&#x27;s assuming you&#x27;ve already made that step and you&#x27;re in retirement. There&#x27;s some great information there that might help you customize things to your own personal situation because we all have very different situations. So it&#x27;s really that asset and decision-making that you have in retirement that&#x27;s very key.</p><p><strong>08:58</strong> Now, to take the other side of the question, the five- to ten-year-out piece, you really have to figure out what you&#x27;re going to need. And, you know, some people use rules of thumb, 80% of your average income for the last several years. I tend not to use that. When people ask me, I think you&#x27;ve got to sit down and figure out what&#x27;s important to you. Do you want to travel? Do you want to be able to, you know, go fishing when you want to? Do you want to be able to help your family out? Those are all based on how you&#x27;re going to manage your money. So you have to realistically look at the budget and figure out what it&#x27;s going to cost you to live. Now, remember, you&#x27;ve got, in both of these cases, three huge variables. There&#x27;s inflation, your own health, and your own longevity. How long are you going to live? So don&#x27;t assume that, you know, if you&#x27;re good for the first five years,</p><p><strong>09:44</strong> you&#x27;re good for the whole time. That&#x27;s probably not the case. So be conservative and figure out what you&#x27;re going to need to live on and how you&#x27;re going to build that plan to get to that number. Now, that may mean working for a couple more years than you&#x27;d originally planned. Boston College Center on Retirement, which does some great research, is trying to figure out, you know, how vulnerable are people here? And especially they were assuming, you know, many people retire at 62. And their assessment was that people would be much better off if they would work for an additional two to four years. If a couple of things happen, you&#x27;re not dipping into your savings. You&#x27;re hopefully building those savings because you still have an income. And you&#x27;re often staying on company or employer health plans. Those are all huge positives and stretching out that nest egg</p><p><strong>10:32</strong> to work through your retirement years. Ted, many folks are dealing with a 401k. Some folks plan to sell their home to try to help fund some retirement. Business owners, of course, a lot of times look to sell their business. Anyway, the question that you brought up earlier was the problem of dealing with a large lump sum. And everybody needs the income to keep coming in, even when the paychecks stop in retirement. What is the role that annuities can play in planning for retirement? Well, annuities, I think, will become a very effective tool over time. I don&#x27;t think they&#x27;re a sole solution. I think if you&#x27;ve got, let&#x27;s just assume you&#x27;re in that boomer category and you might have a little pension, money flowing in, you&#x27;ve got Social Security, and then you&#x27;ve got this lump sum of money you need to deal with. I think figuring out how to create a paycheck for yourself in retirement is a very important thing.</p><p><strong>11:23</strong> And annuities may be a nice piece of that. Now, the challenge is the annuities, you really have to pay attention to the cost of the annuity. So you really have to shop around and figure out how you can actually get the highest cash flow from a safe investment, so a safe company selling you the annuity, and really watch costs here. Costs can really eat into that flexibility. And I would just layer in a percentage of that cash into annuities. I would never do the whole thing. Yeah, Ted, I see a lot of real bad variable annuities out there infested with fees, expenses, and commission, and people are overly sold those variable annuities, it appears. Well, you know, that&#x27;s that point I made earlier, where suddenly you&#x27;ve got this big chunk of money and everybody&#x27;s going to try to help you do something with it.</p><p><strong>12:10</strong> So pay attention. Talk to people that think you can trust. Shop around. And again, I would not put 100% of that money into a single product. Try to make sure you&#x27;ve got some flexibility. And, you know, interest rates change over time. If rates should go back up, which I think a lot of people are predicting, you may actually get some fairly attractive yields on safe investments at banks and things like that that are insured. One of the buzzwords, Ted, that we hear a lot of nowadays as the baby boomers are beginning to retire is income planning. And as you are considering or moving into retirement, how important do you think income planning is to your retirement success? Well, that&#x27;s what the, I&#x27;m excited I mentioned before, my retirement paycheck, I think, is pretty much income planning. You&#x27;re trying to figure out how to create a paycheck for yourself so that in retirement, you can continue to have that monthly flow into your household.</p><p><strong>13:04</strong> So income planning, if we&#x27;re talking about the same terms here, I think, or the same concept here, I think, is critically important. Don&#x27;t become enamored because suddenly you&#x27;ve got the biggest chunk of money you&#x27;ve ever had. It can be overwhelming. Income planning can really, I think, help you over time. All right. Well, Ted Beck is President and Chief Executive Officer of NEFE, and that is the National Endowment for Financial Education. And, Ted, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program, providing our listeners some of the insight on what factors they might be facing to ensure their financial success into the future. Thank you for your time and your expertise here on the Financial Safari, Ted. Yeah, thank you, and keep up the good work. Thanks, Ted.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ted Beck of the National Endowment for Financial Education joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss financial challenges throughout life, planning for retirement, and the value of financial education. This interview comes from March 2011.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ted Beck</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ted Beck, retirement planning, financial education</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf/image.jpg?t=1792073162&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-beck-financial-education-for-every-stage-of-life/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf/image.jpg?t=1792073162&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf</guid>
      <omny:clipId>5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 05 Mar 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>822</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/5c03d69e-e240-4443-8710-b4e2010822cf/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13180154" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ted-beck-financial-education-for-every-stage-of-life</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>256</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Education for Every Stage of Life" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:22" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:13" title="401(k) plans" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:55" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dick Duff: Retirement Breakthrough (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Dick Duff: Retirement Breakthrough (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dick Duff joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Retirement Breakthrough. In this February 2011 interview, they examine retirement income, investment risk, and strategies for planning through a changing economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we have another published financial author here on the program with us yet again, Coach Pete. It is Dick Duff, and he is author, most recently authored, Retirement Breakthrough. And this talks about basically investing in our new economy here and what people are trying to do or what they should be doing in order to have a successful retirement. Yeah, and Dick Duff is a licensed attorney and certified life underwriter. Folks, he is an expert in the field, and he&#x27;s going to go over some of the strategies he&#x27;s seen that works and, more importantly, other ones that don&#x27;t work. Dick, welcome to the show. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Well, before we get going, Dick, I want to mention the fact that this book, Retirement Breakthrough, is available at your local bookstores, folks.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Or you can go online to retirementbreakthroughnow.com and pick up a copy free of shipping there as well. But, Dick, tell us about Retirement Breakthrough. What motivated you to write this book? Well, it used to be in retirement that there was first some Social Security, and then next there was a pension plan at work. And finally, if you had any money left, you usually lived off the interest and passed the capital to family as a legacy. And that&#x27;s the way it used to be. So what is it now, Dick? Well, there isn&#x27;t so much income coming in. Social Security is shaky, and there may not be much capital left to live off of. So we&#x27;ve gotten rid of the pension, we&#x27;re maybe getting rid of Social Security, and we don&#x27;t have any money left. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a huge focus on retirement income. And if there isn&#x27;t a huge focus, believe me, there&#x27;s going to be.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, what is the breakthrough? What do people need to be thinking about now, as opposed to 20, 30 years ago when they&#x27;re planning for retirement? Is there a way to compensate for the fact that Social Security is in danger and pensions have basically gone away? Well, the trick is to change your thinking, and it&#x27;s very difficult to do that. Change thinking from building a fund that you may need someday and keeping it there and living off one little interest that&#x27;s being paid, and learning how to amortize, liquidate, or actually spend your money down to zero if you need to, and do it very, very effectively because you need maximum bang for the buck. When you get right down to it, the choices, there are two basic ways to look at this. You buy an annuity, a payout annuity, one that pays an income, and when people look at that, they think, don&#x27;t they lose their money if they die, and aren&#x27;t these expensive?</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I think that&#x27;s some of the reactions that people have, but on the way to learning about these, payout. And then the second possibility would be equities somehow that can be an inflation hedge, but they aren&#x27;t built to pay a very good income. Of course, you can lose everything in a market crash. So those are the two choices, and we really need to study what makes up a good income and how to keep it there for maybe 30 or 40 years in retirement. A big job. Well, Dick, don&#x27;t people need to be very, very careful when considering annuities, because are there not some annuities out there that are very expensive when it comes to the fees, and weren&#x27;t there in the past, traditionally, some annuities out there that you did lose money if you passed away too early? Well, I think all of that and more. I mean, when I talk about retirement, or have a book signing, or just one-on-one with someone,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> or just discussing it with a friend, I find that most people want safety. I mean, you mentioned some of these, and they don&#x27;t want an expensive plan, so you mentioned that. They want simplicity, guarantees, cost containment, and an income they cannot live. That&#x27;s probably the most important thing of all, an income they cannot live, because they think they&#x27;re going to live, we all do, maybe until we&#x27;re 105. And I&#x27;m seeing some of that now in my bridge tournaments. I play a lot of bridge in tournaments. These people that are sitting there, they look younger every day, but some of them are 95, and they&#x27;re growing strong. Still sharp. So when you think about it, they also want a tax advantage. They want some protection from creditors and predators, like a Ponzi person that might show up in the system, and they want an inflation hedge, they want some personal control,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> they want a legacy for family, they want it all. But they don&#x27;t know how to look at their assets. I mean, we aren&#x27;t accustomed to looking, I say they, at assets for life. Well, Dick, how does one, and I call it future-proofing their income strategy, how does one future-proof their income strategy, making sure they have guaranteed lifetime income, an individual plan for themselves that they never have to worry about? What does someone need to do? What are the steps they need to take? Well, again, it&#x27;s thinking about income and not that principal or that money in the bank that pays 1% or the money in the market that you want to leave to somebody someday. It&#x27;s learning how to spend your money. And just to give you one idea, you can buy an income for any amount of money that you want right now, just an income. You have $25,000 that&#x27;s a bonus or something like that,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> and you send it forward with an insurance company, and maybe it commences that income begins when you&#x27;re 65 or 70, and maybe it&#x27;s $417 a month, or maybe it&#x27;s more. I don&#x27;t know, but it&#x27;s an income. So there you go. I mean, you just forget about it, okay? You can&#x27;t touch this income. You can&#x27;t touch the money. So you recoil because, oh, I can&#x27;t get my money back. Well, no, the deal is that you get an income, but that&#x27;s the good news. You&#x27;re not going to touch it. Nobody&#x27;s going to get it if you&#x27;re sued, if there&#x27;s a foreclosure, or you run over the neighbor&#x27;s dog. And someone throws a lawsuit at you. You just bought yourself an income that basically you can&#x27;t touch, nor can anybody else, until you reach that date. Again, protected from creditors, predators, and government gone wild. Much is possible.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> That&#x27;s the trick. The system does protect old-time incomes. It goes back to the hundreds. I mean, the 1800s in some cases, maybe the early 1900s, that incomes are protected. They&#x27;re blessed. They&#x27;re for retirement. They&#x27;re for you. Well, capital is an easy mark today. Incomes aren&#x27;t so easy. Each state is a little different here, and that&#x27;s why working with a planner is very, very important. Yeah, and income planning, Dick, is very, very important, I think, to look at what you have now, and more importantly, look at how much you can get if you put it into what we call the money wheel accounts, the accounts that kick out a yearly income for the rest of your life. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how much you can get income-wise, give a call right now to 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And, Dick, why does Walt... Well, they hate the idea of an income because the capital is no longer available for management fees. I mean, this is a fact. And, you know, insurance agents alike tend to want to view monies that are around somewhere as available at the right time. It&#x27;s good thinking, but they view it as available for another product and maybe another commission. When the money goes into an income plan that&#x27;s built on permanent, the money is probably not available for management fees or anything else, and therefore it&#x27;s gone from the advisor, okay? Yeah, there seems to be a conflict of interest there, as in you will get to keep the interest you earn instead of paying it to Wall Street.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Well, or an advisor indirectly. You know, there always are commissions, there are fees. Everybody&#x27;s entitled to give the advice to being paid. I mean, that&#x27;s their passion. That&#x27;s what they do. They understand the products. They work on tax planning edges that can improve everything. And they want to help people keep it from the system, if you will, from... I mean, John Elway in Denver here, where I live, lost... How much did he lose? $15 million to a Ponzi buddy of his. We featured that on our Brokers Behaving Badly recently. We have a segment each week, Brokers Behaving Badly, and that was on that segment. Yeah, because people... John Elway basically put too much trust in someone he should not have trusted. Yeah, I know you fight this battle every day where you&#x27;re... That hurts everybody.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> That hurts John Elway, it hurts the advisor, it hurts the system. But these are... This is a predator, if you will. That&#x27;s a predator. And I even look at my... Where I have my money and say, you know, are these people really there? Well, it hurts the average person, too, because they don&#x27;t know where to turn to for reliable advice. Now, I read a review of the book back in 2010, and Dick, the review said that you had laid out the new financial rules for 2010 and beyond, and it really talked about the different definitions nowadays as opposed to back maybe 10 years ago for diversity and asset allocation. And you lay out new rules for diversity and asset allocation. Can you talk to us a little bit about that? Well, I&#x27;m not sure they&#x27;re new rules. I appreciate that. But I just advocate that because people want guarantees, safety, security, and predictability,</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> that the first step is not whether annuities are better than mutual funds or vice versa. The first step is an income that you can&#x27;t outlive that forms a base core retirement income that&#x27;s going to be there no matter what. I mean, that&#x27;s different for everyone. I mean, some people might want it all that way. Others might say, yeah, give me $2,000 a month or $1,000 a month that I know I&#x27;m going to have. And then we&#x27;ll go from there, and I say, fine. Maybe it&#x27;s only $500 a month or whatever it is. Then after that, as I tell people and laugh, you&#x27;re free to lose it all if you want. I mean, I hope that&#x27;s not going to happen, but I have done that myself. I have income from six different payout annuities, and I know exactly what I&#x27;m going to have. And if there&#x27;s inflation at 100%, you know, double inflation, I&#x27;ll probably handle that because I&#x27;ll put one piece of bread on a sandwich instead of two.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> Well, Dick, you believe in the strategy that I haven&#x27;t followed for a long time, and it comes from way back in the day. But it is called, I call it the core and explore. And there are only a handful of financial experts like you and I out there who believe in safe money first. And then if you have extra money, then you put that money at risk. But when we&#x27;re talking about retirement plans, don&#x27;t you believe putting money in a safe place first before you put money at risk? Absolutely, without question. It&#x27;s not the other way around where you become a day trader and then after you get all the money, you put it in the bank. That&#x27;s not the way it works. The income is the key, the base, the core that&#x27;s paid to the bank account every single month. It may pay your light bill. It may pay the MasterCard automatically, which is wonderful stuff.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And you, the retiree or me, then can go play with the grandkids, play bridge, play golf, and play tennis. Because you know that income is always going to be there, not at the whim of the stock market, as we recently heard in the State of the Union address. Dick, we&#x27;ve got to take a quick break. But if folks would like to see what type of income they could guarantee for themselves, they&#x27;re welcome to pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383 to set up that core of your core and explore portfolio. Folks, you need to do that. Think about that income first and foremost so you know you always have money coming in that you can never outlive. Again, that&#x27;s going to be heard more and more here in the coming years, Coach Pete, we believe, certainly. And if you would like to get ahead of the curve and know that now today, what you could look at into the future for your guaranteed income, folks, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Quick break. We&#x27;ll be back here with more on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll be back here with more on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dick Duff joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Retirement Breakthrough. In this February 2011 interview, they examine retirement income, investment risk, and strategies for planning through a changing economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we have another published financial author here on the program with us yet again, Coach Pete. It is Dick Duff, and he is author, most recently authored, Retirement Breakthrough. And this talks about basically investing in our new economy here and what people are trying to do or what they should be doing in order to have a successful retirement. Yeah, and Dick Duff is a licensed attorney and certified life underwriter. Folks, he is an expert in the field, and he&#x27;s going to go over some of the strategies he&#x27;s seen that works and, more importantly, other ones that don&#x27;t work. Dick, welcome to the show. I&#x27;m glad to be here. Well, before we get going, Dick, I want to mention the fact that this book, Retirement Breakthrough, is available at your local bookstores, folks.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Or you can go online to retirementbreakthroughnow.com and pick up a copy free of shipping there as well. But, Dick, tell us about Retirement Breakthrough. What motivated you to write this book? Well, it used to be in retirement that there was first some Social Security, and then next there was a pension plan at work. And finally, if you had any money left, you usually lived off the interest and passed the capital to family as a legacy. And that&#x27;s the way it used to be. So what is it now, Dick? Well, there isn&#x27;t so much income coming in. Social Security is shaky, and there may not be much capital left to live off of. So we&#x27;ve gotten rid of the pension, we&#x27;re maybe getting rid of Social Security, and we don&#x27;t have any money left. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s a huge focus on retirement income. And if there isn&#x27;t a huge focus, believe me, there&#x27;s going to be.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> Well, what is the breakthrough? What do people need to be thinking about now, as opposed to 20, 30 years ago when they&#x27;re planning for retirement? Is there a way to compensate for the fact that Social Security is in danger and pensions have basically gone away? Well, the trick is to change your thinking, and it&#x27;s very difficult to do that. Change thinking from building a fund that you may need someday and keeping it there and living off one little interest that&#x27;s being paid, and learning how to amortize, liquidate, or actually spend your money down to zero if you need to, and do it very, very effectively because you need maximum bang for the buck. When you get right down to it, the choices, there are two basic ways to look at this. You buy an annuity, a payout annuity, one that pays an income, and when people look at that, they think, don&#x27;t they lose their money if they die, and aren&#x27;t these expensive?</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> I think that&#x27;s some of the reactions that people have, but on the way to learning about these, payout. And then the second possibility would be equities somehow that can be an inflation hedge, but they aren&#x27;t built to pay a very good income. Of course, you can lose everything in a market crash. So those are the two choices, and we really need to study what makes up a good income and how to keep it there for maybe 30 or 40 years in retirement. A big job. Well, Dick, don&#x27;t people need to be very, very careful when considering annuities, because are there not some annuities out there that are very expensive when it comes to the fees, and weren&#x27;t there in the past, traditionally, some annuities out there that you did lose money if you passed away too early? Well, I think all of that and more. I mean, when I talk about retirement, or have a book signing, or just one-on-one with someone,</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> or just discussing it with a friend, I find that most people want safety. I mean, you mentioned some of these, and they don&#x27;t want an expensive plan, so you mentioned that. They want simplicity, guarantees, cost containment, and an income they cannot live. That&#x27;s probably the most important thing of all, an income they cannot live, because they think they&#x27;re going to live, we all do, maybe until we&#x27;re 105. And I&#x27;m seeing some of that now in my bridge tournaments. I play a lot of bridge in tournaments. These people that are sitting there, they look younger every day, but some of them are 95, and they&#x27;re growing strong. Still sharp. So when you think about it, they also want a tax advantage. They want some protection from creditors and predators, like a Ponzi person that might show up in the system, and they want an inflation hedge, they want some personal control,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> they want a legacy for family, they want it all. But they don&#x27;t know how to look at their assets. I mean, we aren&#x27;t accustomed to looking, I say they, at assets for life. Well, Dick, how does one, and I call it future-proofing their income strategy, how does one future-proof their income strategy, making sure they have guaranteed lifetime income, an individual plan for themselves that they never have to worry about? What does someone need to do? What are the steps they need to take? Well, again, it&#x27;s thinking about income and not that principal or that money in the bank that pays 1% or the money in the market that you want to leave to somebody someday. It&#x27;s learning how to spend your money. And just to give you one idea, you can buy an income for any amount of money that you want right now, just an income. You have $25,000 that&#x27;s a bonus or something like that,</p><p><strong>04:50</strong> and you send it forward with an insurance company, and maybe it commences that income begins when you&#x27;re 65 or 70, and maybe it&#x27;s $417 a month, or maybe it&#x27;s more. I don&#x27;t know, but it&#x27;s an income. So there you go. I mean, you just forget about it, okay? You can&#x27;t touch this income. You can&#x27;t touch the money. So you recoil because, oh, I can&#x27;t get my money back. Well, no, the deal is that you get an income, but that&#x27;s the good news. You&#x27;re not going to touch it. Nobody&#x27;s going to get it if you&#x27;re sued, if there&#x27;s a foreclosure, or you run over the neighbor&#x27;s dog. And someone throws a lawsuit at you. You just bought yourself an income that basically you can&#x27;t touch, nor can anybody else, until you reach that date. Again, protected from creditors, predators, and government gone wild. Much is possible.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> That&#x27;s the trick. The system does protect old-time incomes. It goes back to the hundreds. I mean, the 1800s in some cases, maybe the early 1900s, that incomes are protected. They&#x27;re blessed. They&#x27;re for retirement. They&#x27;re for you. Well, capital is an easy mark today. Incomes aren&#x27;t so easy. Each state is a little different here, and that&#x27;s why working with a planner is very, very important. Yeah, and income planning, Dick, is very, very important, I think, to look at what you have now, and more importantly, look at how much you can get if you put it into what we call the money wheel accounts, the accounts that kick out a yearly income for the rest of your life. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in finding out how much you can get income-wise, give a call right now to 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And, Dick, why does Walt... Well, they hate the idea of an income because the capital is no longer available for management fees. I mean, this is a fact. And, you know, insurance agents alike tend to want to view monies that are around somewhere as available at the right time. It&#x27;s good thinking, but they view it as available for another product and maybe another commission. When the money goes into an income plan that&#x27;s built on permanent, the money is probably not available for management fees or anything else, and therefore it&#x27;s gone from the advisor, okay? Yeah, there seems to be a conflict of interest there, as in you will get to keep the interest you earn instead of paying it to Wall Street.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Well, or an advisor indirectly. You know, there always are commissions, there are fees. Everybody&#x27;s entitled to give the advice to being paid. I mean, that&#x27;s their passion. That&#x27;s what they do. They understand the products. They work on tax planning edges that can improve everything. And they want to help people keep it from the system, if you will, from... I mean, John Elway in Denver here, where I live, lost... How much did he lose? $15 million to a Ponzi buddy of his. We featured that on our Brokers Behaving Badly recently. We have a segment each week, Brokers Behaving Badly, and that was on that segment. Yeah, because people... John Elway basically put too much trust in someone he should not have trusted. Yeah, I know you fight this battle every day where you&#x27;re... That hurts everybody.</p><p><strong>07:57</strong> That hurts John Elway, it hurts the advisor, it hurts the system. But these are... This is a predator, if you will. That&#x27;s a predator. And I even look at my... Where I have my money and say, you know, are these people really there? Well, it hurts the average person, too, because they don&#x27;t know where to turn to for reliable advice. Now, I read a review of the book back in 2010, and Dick, the review said that you had laid out the new financial rules for 2010 and beyond, and it really talked about the different definitions nowadays as opposed to back maybe 10 years ago for diversity and asset allocation. And you lay out new rules for diversity and asset allocation. Can you talk to us a little bit about that? Well, I&#x27;m not sure they&#x27;re new rules. I appreciate that. But I just advocate that because people want guarantees, safety, security, and predictability,</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> that the first step is not whether annuities are better than mutual funds or vice versa. The first step is an income that you can&#x27;t outlive that forms a base core retirement income that&#x27;s going to be there no matter what. I mean, that&#x27;s different for everyone. I mean, some people might want it all that way. Others might say, yeah, give me $2,000 a month or $1,000 a month that I know I&#x27;m going to have. And then we&#x27;ll go from there, and I say, fine. Maybe it&#x27;s only $500 a month or whatever it is. Then after that, as I tell people and laugh, you&#x27;re free to lose it all if you want. I mean, I hope that&#x27;s not going to happen, but I have done that myself. I have income from six different payout annuities, and I know exactly what I&#x27;m going to have. And if there&#x27;s inflation at 100%, you know, double inflation, I&#x27;ll probably handle that because I&#x27;ll put one piece of bread on a sandwich instead of two.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> Well, Dick, you believe in the strategy that I haven&#x27;t followed for a long time, and it comes from way back in the day. But it is called, I call it the core and explore. And there are only a handful of financial experts like you and I out there who believe in safe money first. And then if you have extra money, then you put that money at risk. But when we&#x27;re talking about retirement plans, don&#x27;t you believe putting money in a safe place first before you put money at risk? Absolutely, without question. It&#x27;s not the other way around where you become a day trader and then after you get all the money, you put it in the bank. That&#x27;s not the way it works. The income is the key, the base, the core that&#x27;s paid to the bank account every single month. It may pay your light bill. It may pay the MasterCard automatically, which is wonderful stuff.</p><p><strong>10:26</strong> And you, the retiree or me, then can go play with the grandkids, play bridge, play golf, and play tennis. Because you know that income is always going to be there, not at the whim of the stock market, as we recently heard in the State of the Union address. Dick, we&#x27;ve got to take a quick break. But if folks would like to see what type of income they could guarantee for themselves, they&#x27;re welcome to pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383 to set up that core of your core and explore portfolio. Folks, you need to do that. Think about that income first and foremost so you know you always have money coming in that you can never outlive. Again, that&#x27;s going to be heard more and more here in the coming years, Coach Pete, we believe, certainly. And if you would like to get ahead of the curve and know that now today, what you could look at into the future for your guaranteed income, folks, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:20</strong> Quick break. We&#x27;ll be back here with more on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;ll be back here with more on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dick Duff joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Retirement Breakthrough. In this February 2011 interview, they examine retirement income, investment risk, and strategies for planning through a changing economy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dick Duff</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dick Duff, retirement income, retirement planning, investing, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5/image.jpg?t=1792071857&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-duff-retirement-breakthrough-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5/image.jpg?t=1792071857&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>684</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7ac68c-3d68-49fc-9714-b4e30014e4d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10973952" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-duff-retirement-breakthrough-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>257</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Breakthrough" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:14" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:26" title="Fees and investment costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dick Duff: Retirement Breakthrough (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Dick Duff: Retirement Breakthrough (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Dick Duff’s February 2011 discussion with Coach Pete and Peter Richon continues. They explore retirement planning strategies and the practical examples behind Retirement Breakthrough.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author Coach Pete D’Arruda, recently authored the book, Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? And Coach Pete, we are joined on today&#x27;s program by another published financial author, whose most recent book is Retirement Breakthrough. And of course, I&#x27;m speaking of author Dick Duff. Yeah, it&#x27;s a 45-year compilation of, it&#x27;s a real comprehensive book, and Dick Duff is an attorney and a chartered life underwriter. So Dick knows what he&#x27;s talking about, and he writes in simple ways to make sure that people can enact a retirement strategy at any time of their life that will be there for the rest of their life. Dick, I want to go into, well, first of all, welcome back in, Dick. Thank you. I want to go into some of the strategies specifically that you mention in the book and how people can, it&#x27;s almost like a user&#x27;s guide or workbook, how they can enact some of these strategies to benefit themselves for future income.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, I&#x27;ll give you a couple that I like. I think the most interesting strategy of all is how to spend some of your money and accumulate the balance so that you&#x27;re, after a period of time, you&#x27;re back to where you started or thereabout. It is much more effective to simultaneously spend a sum of money while you are accumulating another sum of money than simply to live off the income. In other words, have a separate purpose for each bucket of money. You have various products or approaches to this combination plan. I call it split investment planning. One portion will be spent regularly via a payout annuity. A payout annuity is one that is a traditional annuity, which you&#x27;ll find defined in Webster&#x27;s as a series of periodic payments, usually over your lifetime.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Now, therefore, it is designed to be spent, while at the same time another sum of money is being sent forward. The main advantage of this is that when you liquidate a portion of your money in the form of income, only a part of it is taxable, a very small portion. And then while you send the rest of your money forward by letting it just simply be invested somehow in maybe a piece of land or another annuity that builds money, builds income, doesn&#x27;t pay it out, it builds it. Or life insurance, if you want a legacy for your family. That money will accumulate if done correctly, basically without taxes. So you&#x27;ve really, really improved your financial situation. Dick, I call this the water wheel of money.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And if you&#x27;ve ever seen a water wheel, how it constantly goes, as long as there&#x27;s water in the dam, the water wheel is always filling up with buckets and they keep going around and around. And that&#x27;s what you can do in the financial world, too, isn&#x27;t it? Well, yes. I mean, I assume that you thought this through like I have. You wake up in the middle of the night with a new idea on this very subject. I think it&#x27;s the perfect, perfect plan for practically anyone that pays taxes. Because with the likelihood of increased taxes, this one turns the tax man on his ear because it is much more effective to take out your tax paid principal in the form of an income. Because that&#x27;s already tax paid and therefore you&#x27;ve just cut your taxes. Dick, people used to do this with CDs. And this is what is traditionally known as a systematic income portfolio system, the SIPs back in the day.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> But with CDs, of course, the taxes aren&#x27;t as advantaged as what you&#x27;re discussing. And with the low rates that are offered by banks right now, not really a way that&#x27;s keeping up with inflation if you&#x27;re doing it that way. Well, not at all. You know, I would look at for just an average situation. I don&#x27;t mean average at all because everyone is unique. But you would take a sum of money and you might just say $300,000. $100,000 is dedicated to an income from a payout annuity. Another $100,000 might buy a $300,000 insurance policy. So you&#x27;ve taken care of the legacy that maybe improved your situation for your family. And the other $100,000 might be very conservatively invested in some form of deferred tax, tax-deferred arrangement.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> It&#x27;s just a possibility here. There are all kinds of possibilities. Dick, this is very exciting to me because what I usually do is I take the client&#x27;s profile, what they have and what they want to do, and I present it to two different financial planning teams, two different salaried financial planning teams, one on the fixed side, no risk side, and one on the risk side. And I have them both put plans together. And then I do what we call a hybrid. I combine the best of both of those worlds together and establish an income plan for folks. Well, it sounds very good to me. And really, you&#x27;re worth your salt. I mean, this is fun for us to do. But when we work for clients, for prospects, I say, and clients, the way I look at it, everybody&#x27;s entitled to win, especially the client. And you look at it that way, I know. And I know you win, too, because you win alongside them.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And in terms of the psyche, possibly the standage or the altruistic look at this, I always like to have my clients win. And, of course, usually I receive a commission of some sort or a fee, but it&#x27;s being paid by someone with a smile on their face. Well, Dick, I win by never having to say I&#x27;m sorry and also by seeing a smile on my client&#x27;s face. And being invested in the Wall Street casino, unfortunately, Dick, clients aren&#x27;t always winning, are they? Oh, no. And you just look at the brokerage statements that are still on someone&#x27;s table. They aren&#x27;t open yet. Even though we&#x27;ve had a run-up in the market, we&#x27;ve got to remember that this could come crashing down at any moment. And I&#x27;m not a negative person. I look at my investment, and I put on, in various ways, some kind of stop-loss things on them, because that means if the market goes up, I don&#x27;t get quite as much.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But, you know, I mean, I&#x27;m concerned, and I should be, everyone should be, about things that are beyond your control, because they&#x27;re being hatched right now, and you don&#x27;t have one single say about the whole thing. In fact, right now, we&#x27;re probably behind the curve. Yeah, Dick, not being negative at all, but you must prudently discuss any realistic possibility when you&#x27;re talking about your future planning for your money. Absolutely. Or you may be, you know, you may not be doing your job, because it&#x27;s not being negative. But just to point out, remember, back in 2004, or whatever the dates are, things can change, and I hope they don&#x27;t, because I&#x27;ve got some money out there, too. Well, we are talking, folks, with Dick Duff. He&#x27;s from Denver, Colorado. He&#x27;s a lawyer and a chartered life underwriter and author of Retirement Breakthrough.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> And if you&#x27;d like to get a copy of this book, you can go to retirementbreakthroughnow.com, or it&#x27;s available at every bookstore I&#x27;ve seen has copies of this. What a great read, Dick. Any final thoughts you want to give our listeners about retirement in general? Well, I think you&#x27;ve got to stop and look at the income that assets can provide. That&#x27;s the most important thing. It&#x27;s not the assets themselves that lie around unused until, you know, you&#x27;re gone. It&#x27;s how to use very properly your assets to provide maximum income. I wrote this book pretty much altruistically. I&#x27;ve written several, and you yourself, you know, have written some books, Pete. And you either write a book to make a lot of sales and a lot of royalties, if that&#x27;s possible. You may write a book to improve your ego or to get something there.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Or you write a book basically to help people. Now, I&#x27;ve always made pretty much the decision to help people. And I know that when I get emails like the one I got this morning, I got two or three of them this last week, about the book. That really means a lot to me. So I wrote this book not to wind people back to me or to make an ego point, but I wrote it to help. And if I can just do that with my remaining years, I&#x27;m 72 and pretty active, then I&#x27;ll be happy. So that&#x27;s the purpose behind this book. Dick, I&#x27;ve got a final question here for you. I think this is a very important question. There are plenty of people out here who are looking at the prospect of retiring in the near future or may have already retired. They had a career. They&#x27;ve been working full-time at their job, at their career. And when it comes time to make those important retirement decisions, they may spend hours on the Internet or maybe over the course of a few weeks doing some research on what their outlooks are.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> Do you think that it is necessary to sit down with somebody who does this as a full-time job to have the benefits of that as opposed to going it alone? Well, you led me into the answer. I mean, the Internet&#x27;s wonderful. I learned a whole lot on the Internet, but it&#x27;s like, don&#x27;t you want to sit down with your doctor when there aren&#x27;t other patients out in the lobby and maybe just schmooze with him or her for an hour? How often do you get that chance? Tomorrow, by the way, I&#x27;ve got that chance. He says, we&#x27;ll take an hour and we&#x27;ll just do that. Nice doctor. Fabulous. And, yes, you want to find that advisor. You don&#x27;t want to maybe just answer the phone call when someone&#x27;s soliciting you. But your job, I say you, the planner, I don&#x27;t mean the planner, I mean the citizen, the non-planner, is to find that advisor, someone who will sit down with you for that hour and just say, let&#x27;s put our feet up on the table.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> We may even turn on the radio and listen to some bluegrass music, which I love. And we&#x27;re just going to brainstorm things with maybe even a chalkboard. We&#x27;re just going to see what&#x27;s going on. And, you know, if things work out, then that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re going to do probably for coffee or whatever. You know, I want to do that with you for, you know, two or three times a year anyway for the rest of my life. And until proven differently, that will be the way I&#x27;ll look at it if you stack up, you know. So, yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. You want, wouldn&#x27;t you want someone who&#x27;s kind of your partner on this, who&#x27;s not always having to make a commission, but who knows that, you know, they&#x27;re getting paid, the doctor gets paid, you know. So, yeah, absolutely, without any doubt. Folks, do your own research. Find out as much as you can on your own, but sit down with a competent professional to find out as well. And you can do that by calling 800-661-7383 on a complimentary basis to find out what your retirement future, your financial security could look like into the years to come.</p><p><strong>09:51</strong> And, again, Coach Pete will sit down with you and discuss that with you over an hour on a complimentary basis for folks who call into the radio show today at 800-661-7383. Again, it&#x27;s been a pleasure to have Dick Duff on with us on the show today. He is author of Retirement Breakthrough. It is in bookstores near you and also available free of shipping at retirementbreakthroughnow.com. Great book and great interview, Dick. We really appreciate it. Hey, thank you. And, Dick, we&#x27;d like to check in with you again into the future, if you don&#x27;t mind. Well, we can spin this a number of ways if we have time. We can actually talk about a couple of situations that might have come up where people in real life, and that&#x27;s all of us, the children have come in and taken the assets away and see that occasionally. I mean, I don&#x27;t like to discuss that kind of stuff because it&#x27;s pretty sad, but, you know, those are parts of all of our stories.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> And so there&#x27;s lots to talk about. There really is. Yeah. Producer Larry will set up a time I&#x27;d love to talk about some real-life examples sometime in the future, Dick, if you don&#x27;t mind. Okay. Good. All right. Well, we appreciate you again being on the program today. He is, again, Dick Duff, author of Retirement Breakthrough. Thanks for being here, Dick. My pleasure.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dick Duff’s February 2011 discussion with Coach Pete and Peter Richon continues. They explore retirement planning strategies and the practical examples behind Retirement Breakthrough.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author Coach Pete D’Arruda, recently authored the book, Have You Been Talking to Financial Aliens? And Coach Pete, we are joined on today&#x27;s program by another published financial author, whose most recent book is Retirement Breakthrough. And of course, I&#x27;m speaking of author Dick Duff. Yeah, it&#x27;s a 45-year compilation of, it&#x27;s a real comprehensive book, and Dick Duff is an attorney and a chartered life underwriter. So Dick knows what he&#x27;s talking about, and he writes in simple ways to make sure that people can enact a retirement strategy at any time of their life that will be there for the rest of their life. Dick, I want to go into, well, first of all, welcome back in, Dick. Thank you. I want to go into some of the strategies specifically that you mention in the book and how people can, it&#x27;s almost like a user&#x27;s guide or workbook, how they can enact some of these strategies to benefit themselves for future income.</p><p><strong>00:51</strong> Well, I&#x27;ll give you a couple that I like. I think the most interesting strategy of all is how to spend some of your money and accumulate the balance so that you&#x27;re, after a period of time, you&#x27;re back to where you started or thereabout. It is much more effective to simultaneously spend a sum of money while you are accumulating another sum of money than simply to live off the income. In other words, have a separate purpose for each bucket of money. You have various products or approaches to this combination plan. I call it split investment planning. One portion will be spent regularly via a payout annuity. A payout annuity is one that is a traditional annuity, which you&#x27;ll find defined in Webster&#x27;s as a series of periodic payments, usually over your lifetime.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Now, therefore, it is designed to be spent, while at the same time another sum of money is being sent forward. The main advantage of this is that when you liquidate a portion of your money in the form of income, only a part of it is taxable, a very small portion. And then while you send the rest of your money forward by letting it just simply be invested somehow in maybe a piece of land or another annuity that builds money, builds income, doesn&#x27;t pay it out, it builds it. Or life insurance, if you want a legacy for your family. That money will accumulate if done correctly, basically without taxes. So you&#x27;ve really, really improved your financial situation. Dick, I call this the water wheel of money.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And if you&#x27;ve ever seen a water wheel, how it constantly goes, as long as there&#x27;s water in the dam, the water wheel is always filling up with buckets and they keep going around and around. And that&#x27;s what you can do in the financial world, too, isn&#x27;t it? Well, yes. I mean, I assume that you thought this through like I have. You wake up in the middle of the night with a new idea on this very subject. I think it&#x27;s the perfect, perfect plan for practically anyone that pays taxes. Because with the likelihood of increased taxes, this one turns the tax man on his ear because it is much more effective to take out your tax paid principal in the form of an income. Because that&#x27;s already tax paid and therefore you&#x27;ve just cut your taxes. Dick, people used to do this with CDs. And this is what is traditionally known as a systematic income portfolio system, the SIPs back in the day.</p><p><strong>03:15</strong> But with CDs, of course, the taxes aren&#x27;t as advantaged as what you&#x27;re discussing. And with the low rates that are offered by banks right now, not really a way that&#x27;s keeping up with inflation if you&#x27;re doing it that way. Well, not at all. You know, I would look at for just an average situation. I don&#x27;t mean average at all because everyone is unique. But you would take a sum of money and you might just say $300,000. $100,000 is dedicated to an income from a payout annuity. Another $100,000 might buy a $300,000 insurance policy. So you&#x27;ve taken care of the legacy that maybe improved your situation for your family. And the other $100,000 might be very conservatively invested in some form of deferred tax, tax-deferred arrangement.</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> It&#x27;s just a possibility here. There are all kinds of possibilities. Dick, this is very exciting to me because what I usually do is I take the client&#x27;s profile, what they have and what they want to do, and I present it to two different financial planning teams, two different salaried financial planning teams, one on the fixed side, no risk side, and one on the risk side. And I have them both put plans together. And then I do what we call a hybrid. I combine the best of both of those worlds together and establish an income plan for folks. Well, it sounds very good to me. And really, you&#x27;re worth your salt. I mean, this is fun for us to do. But when we work for clients, for prospects, I say, and clients, the way I look at it, everybody&#x27;s entitled to win, especially the client. And you look at it that way, I know. And I know you win, too, because you win alongside them.</p><p><strong>04:48</strong> And in terms of the psyche, possibly the standage or the altruistic look at this, I always like to have my clients win. And, of course, usually I receive a commission of some sort or a fee, but it&#x27;s being paid by someone with a smile on their face. Well, Dick, I win by never having to say I&#x27;m sorry and also by seeing a smile on my client&#x27;s face. And being invested in the Wall Street casino, unfortunately, Dick, clients aren&#x27;t always winning, are they? Oh, no. And you just look at the brokerage statements that are still on someone&#x27;s table. They aren&#x27;t open yet. Even though we&#x27;ve had a run-up in the market, we&#x27;ve got to remember that this could come crashing down at any moment. And I&#x27;m not a negative person. I look at my investment, and I put on, in various ways, some kind of stop-loss things on them, because that means if the market goes up, I don&#x27;t get quite as much.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> But, you know, I mean, I&#x27;m concerned, and I should be, everyone should be, about things that are beyond your control, because they&#x27;re being hatched right now, and you don&#x27;t have one single say about the whole thing. In fact, right now, we&#x27;re probably behind the curve. Yeah, Dick, not being negative at all, but you must prudently discuss any realistic possibility when you&#x27;re talking about your future planning for your money. Absolutely. Or you may be, you know, you may not be doing your job, because it&#x27;s not being negative. But just to point out, remember, back in 2004, or whatever the dates are, things can change, and I hope they don&#x27;t, because I&#x27;ve got some money out there, too. Well, we are talking, folks, with Dick Duff. He&#x27;s from Denver, Colorado. He&#x27;s a lawyer and a chartered life underwriter and author of Retirement Breakthrough.</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> And if you&#x27;d like to get a copy of this book, you can go to retirementbreakthroughnow.com, or it&#x27;s available at every bookstore I&#x27;ve seen has copies of this. What a great read, Dick. Any final thoughts you want to give our listeners about retirement in general? Well, I think you&#x27;ve got to stop and look at the income that assets can provide. That&#x27;s the most important thing. It&#x27;s not the assets themselves that lie around unused until, you know, you&#x27;re gone. It&#x27;s how to use very properly your assets to provide maximum income. I wrote this book pretty much altruistically. I&#x27;ve written several, and you yourself, you know, have written some books, Pete. And you either write a book to make a lot of sales and a lot of royalties, if that&#x27;s possible. You may write a book to improve your ego or to get something there.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Or you write a book basically to help people. Now, I&#x27;ve always made pretty much the decision to help people. And I know that when I get emails like the one I got this morning, I got two or three of them this last week, about the book. That really means a lot to me. So I wrote this book not to wind people back to me or to make an ego point, but I wrote it to help. And if I can just do that with my remaining years, I&#x27;m 72 and pretty active, then I&#x27;ll be happy. So that&#x27;s the purpose behind this book. Dick, I&#x27;ve got a final question here for you. I think this is a very important question. There are plenty of people out here who are looking at the prospect of retiring in the near future or may have already retired. They had a career. They&#x27;ve been working full-time at their job, at their career. And when it comes time to make those important retirement decisions, they may spend hours on the Internet or maybe over the course of a few weeks doing some research on what their outlooks are.</p><p><strong>08:07</strong> Do you think that it is necessary to sit down with somebody who does this as a full-time job to have the benefits of that as opposed to going it alone? Well, you led me into the answer. I mean, the Internet&#x27;s wonderful. I learned a whole lot on the Internet, but it&#x27;s like, don&#x27;t you want to sit down with your doctor when there aren&#x27;t other patients out in the lobby and maybe just schmooze with him or her for an hour? How often do you get that chance? Tomorrow, by the way, I&#x27;ve got that chance. He says, we&#x27;ll take an hour and we&#x27;ll just do that. Nice doctor. Fabulous. And, yes, you want to find that advisor. You don&#x27;t want to maybe just answer the phone call when someone&#x27;s soliciting you. But your job, I say you, the planner, I don&#x27;t mean the planner, I mean the citizen, the non-planner, is to find that advisor, someone who will sit down with you for that hour and just say, let&#x27;s put our feet up on the table.</p><p><strong>08:56</strong> We may even turn on the radio and listen to some bluegrass music, which I love. And we&#x27;re just going to brainstorm things with maybe even a chalkboard. We&#x27;re just going to see what&#x27;s going on. And, you know, if things work out, then that&#x27;s what we&#x27;re going to do probably for coffee or whatever. You know, I want to do that with you for, you know, two or three times a year anyway for the rest of my life. And until proven differently, that will be the way I&#x27;ll look at it if you stack up, you know. So, yeah, you&#x27;re absolutely right. You want, wouldn&#x27;t you want someone who&#x27;s kind of your partner on this, who&#x27;s not always having to make a commission, but who knows that, you know, they&#x27;re getting paid, the doctor gets paid, you know. So, yeah, absolutely, without any doubt. Folks, do your own research. Find out as much as you can on your own, but sit down with a competent professional to find out as well. And you can do that by calling 800-661-7383 on a complimentary basis to find out what your retirement future, your financial security could look like into the years to come.</p><p><strong>09:51</strong> And, again, Coach Pete will sit down with you and discuss that with you over an hour on a complimentary basis for folks who call into the radio show today at 800-661-7383. Again, it&#x27;s been a pleasure to have Dick Duff on with us on the show today. He is author of Retirement Breakthrough. It is in bookstores near you and also available free of shipping at retirementbreakthroughnow.com. Great book and great interview, Dick. We really appreciate it. Hey, thank you. And, Dick, we&#x27;d like to check in with you again into the future, if you don&#x27;t mind. Well, we can spin this a number of ways if we have time. We can actually talk about a couple of situations that might have come up where people in real life, and that&#x27;s all of us, the children have come in and taken the assets away and see that occasionally. I mean, I don&#x27;t like to discuss that kind of stuff because it&#x27;s pretty sad, but, you know, those are parts of all of our stories.</p><p><strong>10:41</strong> And so there&#x27;s lots to talk about. There really is. Yeah. Producer Larry will set up a time I&#x27;d love to talk about some real-life examples sometime in the future, Dick, if you don&#x27;t mind. Okay. Good. All right. Well, we appreciate you again being on the program today. He is, again, Dick Duff, author of Retirement Breakthrough. Thanks for being here, Dick. My pleasure.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Dick Duff’s February 2011 discussion with Coach Pete and Peter Richon continues. They explore retirement planning strategies and the practical examples behind Retirement Breakthrough.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Dick Duff</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>Retirement Breakthrough</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Dick Duff, retirement planning, Retirement Breakthrough, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8/image.jpg?t=1792072785&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-duff-retirement-breakthrough-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8/image.jpg?t=1792072785&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 26 Feb 2011 16:00:01 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>658</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/36ec95b5-623a-4f23-bb41-b4e2014090f8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10556754" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/dick-duff-retirement-breakthrough-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>258</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement Breakthrough" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:17" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steven Milloy: Green Hell and Environmental Policy</title>
      <itunes:title>Steven Milloy: Green Hell and Environmental Policy</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, the nation&#x27;s IRA 401k rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we have another very special guest on this segment of the program, another published financial author. And he&#x27;s recently written the book Green Hell. His name is Stephen Malloy. He&#x27;s a commentator on Fox News, and he has worked for the U.S. Department of Energy, Environmental Policy, Analyst Network. Lots of experience, and Green Hell&#x27;s dealing with green energy initiative, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with people taking a voluntary stance as far as saving energy if they so choose.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But what no one likes is having it forced down their throats. And, Stephen, I think that&#x27;s what you wrote about or what the theme was or the idea of you writing the book like that, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s part of it. Energy efficiency, as you point out, makes a great – it&#x27;s very much a personal decision. If it works for you and you need to do it, great. But it doesn&#x27;t really work as national policy. We need to grow our economy. And if you just look historically at the relationship between energy uses and GDP, we need to use more energy to grow our economy. When we use less energy, our economy shrinks. So it&#x27;s really not a very good national strategy. You know, we need people out there buying things, doing things, using things. This all requires energy.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> It&#x27;s the only way the economy works. We can&#x27;t just sort of, you know, shut down and hibernate because that&#x27;s going to be a disaster for the economy. Yeah. Now, what we&#x27;re seeing with the unrest here throughout the world is the fact that we never should have shut down a lot of our own energy programs here in America. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. And we have allowed the environmentalists to take away all our energy choices and assets. They are conducting – the Obama administration is conducting a war against coal. We have to build the oil industry, the natural gas industry. We haven&#x27;t built a new nuclear power plant in 30 years. You know, people think, oh, that&#x27;s because the environmentalists are for, you know, so-called clean energy or renewable energy, wind and solar. Well, that&#x27;s not true. They&#x27;re blocking wind and solar projects all around the country.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, the fact is that we are the Saudi Arabia of coal. We are the Saudi Arabia of oil shale. Our friendly neighbor to the north, Canada, is the Saudi Arabia of oil tar sands. We have nuclear technology. You know, we have all the energy in the world that we need. But environmentalists are forcing us to, you know, rely overly on foreign sources, especially from unstable countries. Stephen, when you can show me a jet airplane that can be powered by a windmill, I&#x27;ll be in favor of green energy. Well, you know, oddly enough, you know, environmentalism has gotten so out of control in America that the Department of Defense is looking at biofuels for jets. I mean, it&#x27;s totally crazy. Well, so the French fry smell will be coming from everywhere up in the sky now from now on.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> To play devil&#x27;s advocate, though, guys, isn&#x27;t clean energy and green energy going to be good for our long-term sustainability? Isn&#x27;t that going to be something that we&#x27;re going to need to rely on into the future? No, not at all. You know, we have all these other resources. We have our own domestic oil, especially natural gas. We have oil shale. Canada&#x27;s got the oil tar sands. We have coal. We don&#x27;t need any of this stuff. You know, the notion that CO2 emissions were, you know, harming the climate is total nonsense. You know, this clean energy stuff actually makes us less secure because, you know, all the windmills and solar panels are not going to be made in Peoria. They&#x27;re going to be made in China. So you think this green energy? Exactly. Our friend, number one. Number two, they all require rare earth.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, China basically has a monopoly on rare earths right now. So we&#x27;re actually more vulnerable with so-called clean energy. Well, they&#x27;re hoarding the rare earth elements right now, the metals there. Right, right. So clean energy, you know, clean energy is a dirty lie. Now, well, natural gas. I mean, you know, saying that we&#x27;re going to run out of energy is almost like saying the moon&#x27;s made out of cheese because that&#x27;s falsity. And my dad&#x27;s a physicist and he&#x27;s been one for 35 years and he&#x27;s one of the scientists that has signed a petition saying Al Gore is just lying basically to… Oh, right, oh, right. Yeah, for Al Gore&#x27;s basically to pad the green in Al Gore&#x27;s pockets is what the green energy really comes down to for Al Gore, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. There are a class of, you know, I&#x27;ll call them entrepreneurs. You have venture capitalists like Al Gore, Vito Khosla, John Doar from Kleiner Perkins, and then you&#x27;ve got companies like General Electric.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> You know, they basically want federal laws requiring utilities to buy wind and solar. And, of course, this is going to raise energy prices for America. It&#x27;s going to make energy less reliable, less affordable. It&#x27;s just going to be an economic and social disaster. In the most recent State of the Union address, President Obama continued to push the green energy, clean energy initiative. How is this affecting America&#x27;s foreign policy and fiscally? How is this going to affect us here in the United States, Stephen? Well, it&#x27;s going to make energy more expensive. I mean, we&#x27;re going to lose, you know, countless jobs from the energy industry. You know, these environmental standards that the president wants, I mean, they&#x27;re going to force even more jobs overseas.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And as we become weaker economically, we become more vulnerable to foreign security threats. Well, you know, the limited budgets that most people have in their households, to see the price of just the price of a gallon of gas starting to go up like crazy like it is now. And also, my daughter&#x27;s in fifth grade, and she comes home with all these stories about how the teachers are talking about how we need to be friends to Mother Earth, which is fine. But it also relates to when I&#x27;m 44 years old, and when we played Little League baseball, we really did have a winner and a loser, and we kept score, and there were trophies. It&#x27;s the deadening down of people&#x27;s main, I guess, goals and feelings that really gets to the point of the matter, Stephen. And what is the main goal for this whole green energy kick here? What&#x27;s the main goal behind the curtain like the Wizard of Oz?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> If we could look behind there, what is the main goal for the guys in the back room? I&#x27;d say there&#x27;s two goals. There&#x27;s a financial one and a political one. The financial one is what we just talked about with General Electric and the venture capitalists. The political one is the green one, which is sort of a camouflage for the political left. These people want to use environmental policy to empower the government to have total control over our lives. They want to tell you where to live, where to work, how much energy you can use, what you can drive, how many children you can have, what sort of food you should be eating, how big your toilet can be, how much water can come out of your shower, what kind of light bulbs you can have. I mean, it&#x27;s just total control of your life is what they&#x27;re after. So it&#x27;s almost time for a new Declaration of Independence as it relates to folks telling us what kind of energy we can use and even what kind of light bulbs we can use.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh, it is time. It&#x27;s not almost time. It is time. And I&#x27;m pleased to see Republicans in Congress starting to recognize this. There&#x27;s people starting to talk about chopping the EPA&#x27;s budget, trying to get the EPA back under control. Now, there&#x27;s a lot more that needs to be done. It&#x27;s not just the EPA. It&#x27;s all these crazy environmental statutes that we have, you know, may be necessary in 1970, but in 2010, when we have the cleanest environment in the world, I think it&#x27;s time to rethink how we do environmental protection to make sure that we&#x27;re actually producing real benefits for the environment at reasonable cost and not allowing political and economic, you know, special interest to run amok. So why is big business buckling under the – is it the old story about if you have a room full of 100 adults,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> if there&#x27;s one child there screaming its head off, everyone stops doing what they&#x27;re doing until the child stops screaming? Is that sort of what it is right now? Is it a vocal minority? You know, there&#x27;s a lot going on in big business. First off, a lot of these people are not all that bright to start with. But, you know, they don&#x27;t know about – they don&#x27;t understand the environmental issues. They&#x27;re afraid to touch them. The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either, are they? Excuse me? The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either. Right. Right. There are some CEOs and their staffs that are complicit with the left. You&#x27;ve got guys that, you know, like General Electric&#x27;s CEO wants federal laws and regulations so that he can make money. The GE doesn&#x27;t innovate anymore. They lobby. So there&#x27;s a lot going on with corporate America.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> It&#x27;s not – you know, gone are the days of Andrew Mellon and John D. Rockefeller. Well, when the government has close ties with some big companies and they&#x27;re both benefiting from each other, it kind of worries me as an individual citizen. Well, right. That&#x27;s a great point. You know, President Obama&#x27;s embrace of Jeff Immelt, CEO of GE. You know, Obama needs to appear to be more business friendly, so he embraces Immelt. Immelt, who is a failed CEO, embraces Obama because, you know, which of his board members doesn&#x27;t want to be one phone call away from the president of the United States? So it is a different picture, as you alluded to earlier, than back in the 1970s where we were worried about the environment because lots of new technology has made even the old energies much more environmentally friendly.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But the political climate in today&#x27;s world isn&#x27;t so much that the old energies are politically friendly because we&#x27;re still relying on most of that from overseas. Well, we – I would say – I don&#x27;t know that we rely on most of it from overseas. We get, you know, a lot of oil from overseas. You know, the environmental policies that make us get that oil from overseas, you know, we even have to import gasoline because thanks to, you know, 1970s-era Clean Air Act regulations, you can&#x27;t build refineries. Yeah. Yeah, we&#x27;re sitting on a lot of energy here. And, you know, but your book basically, Why Big Business is Not Only Knuckling Under to the Greens but Aggressively Promoting the Green Agenda to the detriment of its own stockholders when we look at companies.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> But why – well, right in the book, it&#x27;s a one of – let me just read a review I saw. A one-of-a-kind comprehensive takedown of the entire environmental movement, Green Hell will open your eyes to a looming threat to our economy, our civil liberties, and the entire American way of life. So that&#x27;s why you wrote Green Hell. Tell us the three things that you&#x27;re most worried about as if the environmentalists get even more of a grip than they already have. Well, I guess number one, they&#x27;re just going to destroy our economy. I mean, and they&#x27;re going to destroy our economy. They&#x27;re going to take away our freedoms. And they&#x27;re not going to accomplish anything for the environment. And as a matter of fact, ultimately, by wrecking our economy, making us poor, making us less free, they&#x27;re actually going to hurt the environment. We&#x27;re going to become like the Soviet Union, which is their goal. So is the main goal communism?</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what these people are. You know, it&#x27;s the old fall. We threw – you know, at the end of the Cold War, we threw them out the window red, and they walked back in the front door green. You know, Patrick Moore, who was one of the founders of Greenpeace, dropped out of Greenpeace in the late 1980s because, you know, the environmental movement was becoming radicalized to the left. And he&#x27;ll tell you that today. I mean, these people, that&#x27;s what they have. They have this sort of, you know, Marxist socialist agenda. So it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to get attention if you have a suit and tie on than if you have a T-shirt and you&#x27;re protesting. Well, and it&#x27;s a very effective way to get control if you&#x27;re telling people that, you know, industry and capitalism is killing people, which is what they&#x27;re doing. He is Stephen Malloy. He is author of Green Hell. And, Stephen, we certainly appreciate having you on the program on the Financial Safari today.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Thanks for having me. That was a great book, Stephen. I look forward to it today. Maybe we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future after this. We&#x27;ll see what happens with the agenda in about six months. Okay. Anytime. Thanks. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, the nation&#x27;s IRA 401k rollover specialist, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And, Coach Pete, we have another very special guest on this segment of the program, another published financial author. And he&#x27;s recently written the book Green Hell. His name is Stephen Malloy. He&#x27;s a commentator on Fox News, and he has worked for the U.S. Department of Energy, Environmental Policy, Analyst Network. Lots of experience, and Green Hell&#x27;s dealing with green energy initiative, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, there&#x27;s nothing wrong with people taking a voluntary stance as far as saving energy if they so choose.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> But what no one likes is having it forced down their throats. And, Stephen, I think that&#x27;s what you wrote about or what the theme was or the idea of you writing the book like that, isn&#x27;t it? Well, that&#x27;s part of it. Energy efficiency, as you point out, makes a great – it&#x27;s very much a personal decision. If it works for you and you need to do it, great. But it doesn&#x27;t really work as national policy. We need to grow our economy. And if you just look historically at the relationship between energy uses and GDP, we need to use more energy to grow our economy. When we use less energy, our economy shrinks. So it&#x27;s really not a very good national strategy. You know, we need people out there buying things, doing things, using things. This all requires energy.</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> It&#x27;s the only way the economy works. We can&#x27;t just sort of, you know, shut down and hibernate because that&#x27;s going to be a disaster for the economy. Yeah. Now, what we&#x27;re seeing with the unrest here throughout the world is the fact that we never should have shut down a lot of our own energy programs here in America. Isn&#x27;t that correct? Well, that&#x27;s right. And we have allowed the environmentalists to take away all our energy choices and assets. They are conducting – the Obama administration is conducting a war against coal. We have to build the oil industry, the natural gas industry. We haven&#x27;t built a new nuclear power plant in 30 years. You know, people think, oh, that&#x27;s because the environmentalists are for, you know, so-called clean energy or renewable energy, wind and solar. Well, that&#x27;s not true. They&#x27;re blocking wind and solar projects all around the country.</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> You know, the fact is that we are the Saudi Arabia of coal. We are the Saudi Arabia of oil shale. Our friendly neighbor to the north, Canada, is the Saudi Arabia of oil tar sands. We have nuclear technology. You know, we have all the energy in the world that we need. But environmentalists are forcing us to, you know, rely overly on foreign sources, especially from unstable countries. Stephen, when you can show me a jet airplane that can be powered by a windmill, I&#x27;ll be in favor of green energy. Well, you know, oddly enough, you know, environmentalism has gotten so out of control in America that the Department of Defense is looking at biofuels for jets. I mean, it&#x27;s totally crazy. Well, so the French fry smell will be coming from everywhere up in the sky now from now on.</p><p><strong>03:07</strong> To play devil&#x27;s advocate, though, guys, isn&#x27;t clean energy and green energy going to be good for our long-term sustainability? Isn&#x27;t that going to be something that we&#x27;re going to need to rely on into the future? No, not at all. You know, we have all these other resources. We have our own domestic oil, especially natural gas. We have oil shale. Canada&#x27;s got the oil tar sands. We have coal. We don&#x27;t need any of this stuff. You know, the notion that CO2 emissions were, you know, harming the climate is total nonsense. You know, this clean energy stuff actually makes us less secure because, you know, all the windmills and solar panels are not going to be made in Peoria. They&#x27;re going to be made in China. So you think this green energy? Exactly. Our friend, number one. Number two, they all require rare earth.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> You know, China basically has a monopoly on rare earths right now. So we&#x27;re actually more vulnerable with so-called clean energy. Well, they&#x27;re hoarding the rare earth elements right now, the metals there. Right, right. So clean energy, you know, clean energy is a dirty lie. Now, well, natural gas. I mean, you know, saying that we&#x27;re going to run out of energy is almost like saying the moon&#x27;s made out of cheese because that&#x27;s falsity. And my dad&#x27;s a physicist and he&#x27;s been one for 35 years and he&#x27;s one of the scientists that has signed a petition saying Al Gore is just lying basically to… Oh, right, oh, right. Yeah, for Al Gore&#x27;s basically to pad the green in Al Gore&#x27;s pockets is what the green energy really comes down to for Al Gore, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah. There are a class of, you know, I&#x27;ll call them entrepreneurs. You have venture capitalists like Al Gore, Vito Khosla, John Doar from Kleiner Perkins, and then you&#x27;ve got companies like General Electric.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> You know, they basically want federal laws requiring utilities to buy wind and solar. And, of course, this is going to raise energy prices for America. It&#x27;s going to make energy less reliable, less affordable. It&#x27;s just going to be an economic and social disaster. In the most recent State of the Union address, President Obama continued to push the green energy, clean energy initiative. How is this affecting America&#x27;s foreign policy and fiscally? How is this going to affect us here in the United States, Stephen? Well, it&#x27;s going to make energy more expensive. I mean, we&#x27;re going to lose, you know, countless jobs from the energy industry. You know, these environmental standards that the president wants, I mean, they&#x27;re going to force even more jobs overseas.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And as we become weaker economically, we become more vulnerable to foreign security threats. Well, you know, the limited budgets that most people have in their households, to see the price of just the price of a gallon of gas starting to go up like crazy like it is now. And also, my daughter&#x27;s in fifth grade, and she comes home with all these stories about how the teachers are talking about how we need to be friends to Mother Earth, which is fine. But it also relates to when I&#x27;m 44 years old, and when we played Little League baseball, we really did have a winner and a loser, and we kept score, and there were trophies. It&#x27;s the deadening down of people&#x27;s main, I guess, goals and feelings that really gets to the point of the matter, Stephen. And what is the main goal for this whole green energy kick here? What&#x27;s the main goal behind the curtain like the Wizard of Oz?</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> If we could look behind there, what is the main goal for the guys in the back room? I&#x27;d say there&#x27;s two goals. There&#x27;s a financial one and a political one. The financial one is what we just talked about with General Electric and the venture capitalists. The political one is the green one, which is sort of a camouflage for the political left. These people want to use environmental policy to empower the government to have total control over our lives. They want to tell you where to live, where to work, how much energy you can use, what you can drive, how many children you can have, what sort of food you should be eating, how big your toilet can be, how much water can come out of your shower, what kind of light bulbs you can have. I mean, it&#x27;s just total control of your life is what they&#x27;re after. So it&#x27;s almost time for a new Declaration of Independence as it relates to folks telling us what kind of energy we can use and even what kind of light bulbs we can use.</p><p><strong>07:11</strong> Oh, it is time. It&#x27;s not almost time. It is time. And I&#x27;m pleased to see Republicans in Congress starting to recognize this. There&#x27;s people starting to talk about chopping the EPA&#x27;s budget, trying to get the EPA back under control. Now, there&#x27;s a lot more that needs to be done. It&#x27;s not just the EPA. It&#x27;s all these crazy environmental statutes that we have, you know, may be necessary in 1970, but in 2010, when we have the cleanest environment in the world, I think it&#x27;s time to rethink how we do environmental protection to make sure that we&#x27;re actually producing real benefits for the environment at reasonable cost and not allowing political and economic, you know, special interest to run amok. So why is big business buckling under the – is it the old story about if you have a room full of 100 adults,</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> if there&#x27;s one child there screaming its head off, everyone stops doing what they&#x27;re doing until the child stops screaming? Is that sort of what it is right now? Is it a vocal minority? You know, there&#x27;s a lot going on in big business. First off, a lot of these people are not all that bright to start with. But, you know, they don&#x27;t know about – they don&#x27;t understand the environmental issues. They&#x27;re afraid to touch them. The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either, are they? Excuse me? The new light bulbs aren&#x27;t too bright either. Right. Right. There are some CEOs and their staffs that are complicit with the left. You&#x27;ve got guys that, you know, like General Electric&#x27;s CEO wants federal laws and regulations so that he can make money. The GE doesn&#x27;t innovate anymore. They lobby. So there&#x27;s a lot going on with corporate America.</p><p><strong>08:47</strong> It&#x27;s not – you know, gone are the days of Andrew Mellon and John D. Rockefeller. Well, when the government has close ties with some big companies and they&#x27;re both benefiting from each other, it kind of worries me as an individual citizen. Well, right. That&#x27;s a great point. You know, President Obama&#x27;s embrace of Jeff Immelt, CEO of GE. You know, Obama needs to appear to be more business friendly, so he embraces Immelt. Immelt, who is a failed CEO, embraces Obama because, you know, which of his board members doesn&#x27;t want to be one phone call away from the president of the United States? So it is a different picture, as you alluded to earlier, than back in the 1970s where we were worried about the environment because lots of new technology has made even the old energies much more environmentally friendly.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> But the political climate in today&#x27;s world isn&#x27;t so much that the old energies are politically friendly because we&#x27;re still relying on most of that from overseas. Well, we – I would say – I don&#x27;t know that we rely on most of it from overseas. We get, you know, a lot of oil from overseas. You know, the environmental policies that make us get that oil from overseas, you know, we even have to import gasoline because thanks to, you know, 1970s-era Clean Air Act regulations, you can&#x27;t build refineries. Yeah. Yeah, we&#x27;re sitting on a lot of energy here. And, you know, but your book basically, Why Big Business is Not Only Knuckling Under to the Greens but Aggressively Promoting the Green Agenda to the detriment of its own stockholders when we look at companies.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> But why – well, right in the book, it&#x27;s a one of – let me just read a review I saw. A one-of-a-kind comprehensive takedown of the entire environmental movement, Green Hell will open your eyes to a looming threat to our economy, our civil liberties, and the entire American way of life. So that&#x27;s why you wrote Green Hell. Tell us the three things that you&#x27;re most worried about as if the environmentalists get even more of a grip than they already have. Well, I guess number one, they&#x27;re just going to destroy our economy. I mean, and they&#x27;re going to destroy our economy. They&#x27;re going to take away our freedoms. And they&#x27;re not going to accomplish anything for the environment. And as a matter of fact, ultimately, by wrecking our economy, making us poor, making us less free, they&#x27;re actually going to hurt the environment. We&#x27;re going to become like the Soviet Union, which is their goal. So is the main goal communism?</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s what these people are. You know, it&#x27;s the old fall. We threw – you know, at the end of the Cold War, we threw them out the window red, and they walked back in the front door green. You know, Patrick Moore, who was one of the founders of Greenpeace, dropped out of Greenpeace in the late 1980s because, you know, the environmental movement was becoming radicalized to the left. And he&#x27;ll tell you that today. I mean, these people, that&#x27;s what they have. They have this sort of, you know, Marxist socialist agenda. So it&#x27;s a whole lot easier to get attention if you have a suit and tie on than if you have a T-shirt and you&#x27;re protesting. Well, and it&#x27;s a very effective way to get control if you&#x27;re telling people that, you know, industry and capitalism is killing people, which is what they&#x27;re doing. He is Stephen Malloy. He is author of Green Hell. And, Stephen, we certainly appreciate having you on the program on the Financial Safari today.</p><p><strong>12:03</strong> Thanks for having me. That was a great book, Stephen. I look forward to it today. Maybe we&#x27;ll get you on again in the future after this. We&#x27;ll see what happens with the agenda in about six months. Okay. Anytime. Thanks. You take care.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Steven Milloy joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Green Hell. This February 2011 interview presents his perspective on environmental policy, its economic consequences, and the research behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Steven Milloy</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>energy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Steven Milloy, economic policy, energy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/image.jpg?t=1792072733&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-milloy-green-hell-and-environmental-policy/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/image.jpg?t=1792072733&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8</guid>
      <omny:clipId>6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>734</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/6d8b8ef6-7702-4cc3-8e74-b4e20145dfa8/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11772837" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steven-milloy-green-hell-and-environmental-policy</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>259</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Green Hell and Environmental Policy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Energy and the economy" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Patrick Kelly: Tax-Free Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Patrick Kelly: Tax-Free Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into The Financial Safari. This is your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and those important financial decisions that you&#x27;re making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;re joined today on the program by another published financial author. Over 250,000 copies in print of his national bestseller, Tax-Free Retirement. We have Patrick Kelly along with us. You know, Peter, about a year ago, I was at an airport and I was looking for a book to buy. And this looked like a very interesting book. So I bought it and read it. And then I said, I&#x27;ve got to meet this guy. So I traveled out where he was speaking last year, about six or seven, maybe eight months ago. And I saw him speak about this, Tax-Free Retirement. And his name is Patrick Kelly. Patrick, welcome to the show. Thanks, guys. It&#x27;s great to be here with you. Thank you. We both find your book very interesting. And what I think both of us really enjoyed about it, Patrick, was that it was such an easy read.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> You&#x27;re taking complex financial subjects here, putting them in everyday people&#x27;s language that we can understand. And I think most of our listeners, upon reading this book, will be able to understand and comprehend these subjects as well. Well, I appreciate those words, guys. It&#x27;s actually a funny story on that. Just happened a couple weeks ago. I was at an event speaking. And one of the financial professionals who was there for the event, former NFL player, he was getting videotaped for something. And so was I. And he just came over to me and said something similar. But then he said, this is really funny. He goes, I got to tell you, and I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m proud of this or not, but your book is the first book I have read cover to cover since Indian in the cupboard in kindergarten. I haven&#x27;t even heard of Indian in the cupboard. But he goes, I was a 3.5 GPA through college, but I made it and never had to finish an entire book.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So I think part of it, the reason that it is getting read and enjoyed is because I did want to make it fun and simple and understandable to people regardless of their financial background. Well, Patrick, I travel a lot, and I like to sleep on airplanes. And that&#x27;s the joke in the office is as soon as I hit the seat in the airplane, I&#x27;m asleep. But I started to read your book, and not only did I not sleep on that flight, I read the book front to back twice on the flight I was on. And we&#x27;re going to get into some of the why. I mean, you know, we&#x27;re telling people all this, and for all I know, this is a comic book we&#x27;re talking about because we haven&#x27;t even got into it. There is a comedy of errors, though, in the financial world if people don&#x27;t take the right steps, and you call them landmines. So you&#x27;ve got one landmine. Landmine number one is lack of planning. What do people usually do when we&#x27;re talking about financial matters, and why is it advantageous for them to plan ahead of time? Well, it&#x27;s funny. Quite frankly, as simple and as basic as that sounds, I mean, some things are so basic and simple, for the listener, they might think, come on, are you kidding?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> But, you know, if they looked and took a survey of their own life, they&#x27;d probably see the same thing that everyone that I meet with virtually experiences, and that is they just don&#x27;t take time to plan. I heard it said years ago, and it&#x27;s really true. People will spend more time planning a one- or two-week vacation than they do planning their retirement and some of the other important things in their life. We&#x27;re moving so quick nowadays. There are so many things that are vying for our time. I guess one of the other issues is retirement. This thing of retirement seems so far off in the future that we think, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time. And pretty soon, the kids are graduated, and there&#x27;s five or ten years before they retire, and they realize, dang, I wish I would have started 30 years ago. Yeah, Patrick, your final landmine in the book of problems when it comes to successfully financially planning is acting like the future will never arrive.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> And one of our mottos here on the Financial Safari is plan like today was tomorrow, and you&#x27;ll be a lot more successful. But I think that the American public, unfortunately, when you start talking about the need for financial planning, the eyes glaze over. They start thinking about other things. Patrick, wouldn&#x27;t it be a lot easier, and there would be a lot more wealthy and successful people out there if folks just took this subject a little bit more seriously? Absolutely. And I&#x27;ll tell you one of the things that I think our financial society, and quite frankly, the TV shows, and I won&#x27;t name any stations, but people know what I&#x27;m talking about. The TV shows out there that are talking about all this financial stuff in and out all day long. What people need to realize is that really isn&#x27;t financial advice as much as it is financial entertainment. And I think one of the things that&#x27;s done for people is allow them to think that financial planning is a do-it-yourself proposition.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But I want to say this. Employing and putting together correct strategies for yourself for your retirement is no more of a do-it-yourself proposition than triple bypass heart surgery would be. And I think people delay because they think it won&#x27;t arrive, but they also think they don&#x27;t ever seek the advice of a professional because somehow they think this is supposed to be something they can do themselves. And I&#x27;m just here to tell you, you need to work, and I&#x27;m talking to the listeners out there, you need to work, listeners, with a trusted financial individual who can walk you through and do what&#x27;s best for you, not what&#x27;s best for them. And I&#x27;ll tell you, most of them out there want to do just that. I know you guys are of that same mindset. Well, Patrick, you know, when you&#x27;re talking about what we see on TV, we call that investainment because it&#x27;s entertainment and investing.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And it really is. I mean, it&#x27;s fun to watch the guy that flaps his arms all across and presses buttons with different sounds on it. But what does that really mean for your long-term savings? And the temptation, though, people get overloaded with information. So the temptation then, because you want to take control of your own portfolio, the temptation, as you say in your book, is to do nothing, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. They sort of get paralyzed with options. And quite frankly, you know, for the regular individual, buying and selling or trading individual stocks is not the best way to wealth. Matter of fact, I heard another individual say one time, and I believe this to be true. He goes, a wise person told him one. So this is like second generation past. And now he said, I&#x27;ve never met a wealthy trader. I&#x27;ve only met wealthy investors.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And I think the definition of the difference is finding a strategy that will last over time that you can do over and over and over again, that you don&#x27;t have to spend a lot of time managing or thinking about, that&#x27;s not just burdened by trading costs and timing things right and all that. And that&#x27;s what these shows are trying to get people to think. But there is a way out there, and we&#x27;re going to talk about it today, that people can safely grow their money and have some incredible tax advantages along the way. Well, your book is almost like a recipe book for success in the financial world. And in order to build a perfect recipe, you need to know what not to add a lot of times instead of what to add, Patrick. And let&#x27;s go into some of the mistakes people make, the things not to add to their financial portfolio. Yeah, I like the fact, Patrick, that you laid out so many of the problems with the current way people are saving for themselves for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And again, in this tax-free retirement book, Patrick, you lay out some of, again, those problems, but you also present a solution. And before we get into laying out the problems, Patrick, I do want to mention the fact that we have 17 copies of your book available for callers to the program today. It is a $19.95 value. And for folks who are interested in learning the problems with the current system and the current way people are saving for retirement and would like to find a real solution, if you&#x27;re interested in this concept, you would like to come in, sit down, and learn a little bit about it, we will walk through this book with you. It&#x27;s almost like a guidebook here. And then we&#x27;ll let you keep the guidebook as a manual for moving forward. But folks, if you&#x27;re interested in taking us up on that offer, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. But Patrick, let&#x27;s get into it.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What are some of the problems that you see with the current way people are saving for their retirement? Well, I think the number one problem, gentlemen, is that they don&#x27;t understand what it is they&#x27;re investing in from a tax standpoint. And I can tell you, let me start this section off by telling you this very, very quick story. I trained or did a three-hour seminar workshop for a room of 100 CPAs in Scottsdale about three, four months ago. And these are all very sharp CPAs. They&#x27;re there for continuing education and other things. I just happen to be a little segment on the docket. At the end of the day, I asked these 100 CPAs how many of them had understood this concept prior to the meeting today, and not one single hand of the 100 went up. And I think the reason I tell that story as we lead in to this next section is people are fed by everyone,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> neighbors, friends, business associates, even their own advisors, information that is just not, I don&#x27;t want to say it&#x27;s wrong, but it&#x27;s just not the full facts, and that&#x27;s this. I had my own CPA say to me one time, hey, you know what, Patrick, you should do this, IRA, SEPs, or whatever it is, because you&#x27;ll get a tax savings of X. Well, the reality is, folks, and you need to really understand this, in any tax-qualified plan, we&#x27;re talking about 401Ks, SEPs, SIMPLs, IRAs, 403Bs, anything under the tax-qualified heading, you are not, and I&#x27;ll say it again, you are not getting a tax saving. Yes, you&#x27;re experiencing a saving in the current year, but overall, you&#x27;re not experiencing a tax saving. It&#x27;s simply a tax delay. You&#x27;re giving up having to pay tax today on just the principal,</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and you&#x27;re trading that for having to pay tax on both the principal and the gain down the road at likely, in my opinion, what I think is going to have to be a higher tax rate. Now, no one knows, but that&#x27;s my own speculation. So instead of paying tax at a reasonable rate on $10,000, you may be paying tax on $40,000, $50,000, $80,000 later. And so people use these tax-qualified plans thinking they&#x27;re saving money. They&#x27;re simply delaying. And I love to ask individuals this question. They&#x27;ll say, Pete, who else is a co-owner with you in your 401K? My Uncle Sam. Well, they&#x27;ll say, no. What do you mean? There&#x27;s no one. It&#x27;s just mine. It&#x27;s only my name. And I&#x27;ll say, well, that&#x27;s not entirely true. And you got the answer. I&#x27;ll say, someone owns up to maybe a third of it. And they&#x27;ll say, what are you talking about?</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> We&#x27;ll say, well, Uncle Sam, he&#x27;s allowed you to defer those taxes till later. But you&#x27;ve got to understand, when you take that money out, all of it, contribution and gain, every penny, is going to be taxable at whatever the current tax rate is at that point. You know, Patrick, to use a quote from a famous cartoon when I was growing up and adding my little spice to it, it&#x27;s like saying I&#x27;ll gladly pay you for three hamburgers in retirement for one hamburger today. I&#x27;ll have a hamburger for which I will gladly pay you Tuesday. It is indeed. That is a great analogy. The old Popeye. Yep. Yeah. Well, how can a tax savings turn into a tax loss if you take a tax deductible, tax deferred asset that you&#x27;re not paying taxes on now, kick that tax can down the road. And in the meantime, tax rates do happen to go up, Patrick.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> You actually may not have even saved yourself or broken even. You could have actually cost yourself some money there. Oh, you know what people don&#x27;t realize, guys, is that back in the 40s and 50s, the top marginal, I mean the top tax rate that was charged to the American public was above 90%. It peaked at 94% in 1944, 1945. If you look at the last 80 years, maybe even 90 years now, of our tax rates, we&#x27;re at one of the lowest points in the last 80, 90 years. So is there a little disconnect here? We&#x27;ve got spending out of control. We&#x27;ve grown our debt another 50% officially in the last four years since my book was published. We&#x27;re spending more than we&#x27;ve ever spent. And tax rates are at its lowest top bracket that we&#x27;ve seen in almost the last 80 years.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So can they go up? You bet. Have they been higher in the past? Almost in the entire, you know, in the last 100 years. So, yeah, I think there&#x27;s some real room for people. And they get to retirement, and all of a sudden there&#x27;s a top marginal bracket of 40%, 50%, 60%. Now, we don&#x27;t know that, but let&#x27;s hypothetically. Well, that&#x27;s the rate that they&#x27;re going to pay if they take their money out of the retirement plan. And the other thing they don&#x27;t know is if they die and pass that IRA on to their children, that tax-qualified plan on to their children, that entire entity gets taxed as income to their kids in the year that it passes. It will almost certainly be in the highest tax bracket. Well, yeah, I think we&#x27;re all in agreement that taxes are the enemy, that there are a lot of problems, landmines, you call it, retirement traps. But you&#x27;ve got, more importantly, when people agree that, yeah, taxes are always going to be around and I think they&#x27;re going to be higher in the future,</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> what kind of solutions or what kind of steps can people that are listening now, Patrick, take to minimize the burden to themselves for taxes in the future, at the same time building a good retirement account? As I talk with individuals and advisors as I do my trainings, there are really three opportunities for individuals to have the ability to access money down the road tax-free. One of those is municipal bonds. Another is the Roth IRA, and I can lump in with that the Roth 401k, although most people that I experience don&#x27;t have that opportunity open to them because it has to be something offered by their employer. So we&#x27;ll just focus on the Roth IRA. So they have the municipal bonds, the Roth IRA, or certain types of life insurance if they do it properly. And that&#x27;s really important because, by definition, life insurance is not a tax-free vehicle. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred vehicle.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But the companies have a provision through the policy loan provision that, if we have time, I&#x27;d be happy to talk about that allow individuals to be able to access money tax-free. It&#x27;s, quite frankly, just a brilliant, beautiful strategy. But let&#x27;s go back and look at the first one, municipal bonds. I tend to cross that off for most individuals for a couple reasons. One is, over time, the rate of return has barely kept pace with inflation. And second, it&#x27;s just not a real well-diversified portfolio, you know, strategy or product. If you look now, there have been article after article recently, within the last couple weeks, that say more municipalities are going to go bankrupt in 2011 than ever before. So I think there&#x27;s some real caution using that strategy. On the Roth IRA strategy, and it&#x27;s a great strategy, you can only put a limited number of a few thousand dollars in,</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> $5,000, I believe, currently. And so, you know, for higher-income earners that can qualify, it&#x27;s not going to allow them the ability to put enough in to be able to maintain their same lifestyle. But for the high-income earners that are above certain levels, which is $110,000 for the individual earner and $160,000 for a married couple, they don&#x27;t have the option. Right. The high-income earners are left with one very good option. Now, Patrick, when you say life insurance, let&#x27;s be honest. Remember the cartoons again? I used to watch a lot of cartoons, but you remember when the car was going down the road and all of a sudden it came to a real quick stop? Remember that sound of making the cartoons, the brake sound? I can hear it in my head. That&#x27;s the sound that people make in their head when they hear that word life insurance. And because life insurance, too much in the past has been sold when it wasn&#x27;t needed or the wrong policy was sold.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> But when we&#x27;re talking about tax-free retirement, let&#x27;s get into how life insurance is the best tool for the tax-free retirement system. And I want to stress exactly what you just said. And I imagine people are a little taken aback by that. But I want to say something to your listeners that I tell people over and over. Don&#x27;t take my word for it. Matter of fact, don&#x27;t take your word for it. I say let&#x27;s let the numbers speak for themselves. Most of the time people say that or have that reaction because they&#x27;ve heard something somewhere from someone who&#x27;s had a bad experience. Well, it&#x27;s likely that bad experience was either missold, misrepresented, and a few bad apples. I&#x27;ll tell you, most of the people in this industry really desire to do it right. But there&#x27;s a few bad apples in any industry. And it&#x27;s unfortunately those that tend to get highlighted and spotlighted. But I&#x27;m a believer in buying a proper amount of life insurance for the death benefit feature, which will always be sort of the crown jewel of life insurance.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> The ability for an individual to pass on income tax-free, not estate tax-free, but income tax-free death benefit to their heirs. But what most people don&#x27;t know is there&#x27;s a second half to that story. Most agents I train don&#x27;t seem to have a full grasp on this either. There&#x27;s some living advantages that if it&#x27;s used properly, allow life insurance to be an incredible tool to be able to put after-tax dollars away and be able then to access tax-free dollars in the future. Well, folks, if you would like to find out about strategy, again, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. We have several copies of the book still left to give away, but they will be going quickly here. And you want to learn about how to utilize a strategy for yourself. So if you would like a copy, again, call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> And Patrick, tell us more detail and how exactly there&#x27;s a living benefit to those who are purchasing life insurance. Yeah, this is very interesting. And I think people really should pay attention to this, Patrick, because this is a great concept. Well, with life insurance, most people go about it backwards traditionally. What they do is they try and figure out the most amount of life insurance they can buy for the least amount of money because they see it purely as an expense. But the way I want people to think about it is a little differently. I&#x27;m not about the most or the least amount of life insurance. I&#x27;m about proper amount of life insurance, what they need for their family. And we&#x27;re talking about here indexed universal life insurance, a specific type of indexed universal life insurance. I just want to make sure because not all policies allow this benefit to be available. And we can get into some of the features of that later or maybe even in an additional show.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> But what indexed universal life insurance allows people to do is put in a range of premium. And the range of premium starts with, if you think of two boxes, think of a small box that would represent the minimum amount of premium and the minimum amount that the company says you have to put in to even be able to buy this policy. But then there&#x27;s another box, a much bigger box. And that box is the maximum amount that the IRS allows an individual to put into a policy. And I like to say, Pete, you heard me say it in our time together, that any time the IRS limits what you can put into something, it&#x27;s usually because it&#x27;s a pretty good deal. And so what we want to look at is instead of funding at the small box, the minimum box, what would happen for an individual if they put it in at this maximum box? And essentially, if you think about this, the life insurance costs don&#x27;t change regardless of how much premium you&#x27;re putting in.</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> Those costs are fixed costs as far as the mortality costs and the cost of insurance. So when someone decides to put more in, that is funding their own cash value. Now, that cash value is funded with after-tax dollars. It&#x27;s going to grow like it would grow in any type of scenario. Although one advantage of indexed universal life is that it has no risk of loss. And I think that is just a huge component of this, that even if the markets go down like they did in 2008, 40, 50%, that the accounts, even though they have some upside growth with the market, indexed universal life does not go down based on the market. There&#x27;s a floor guarantee of zero or in some cases even 1% or 2%. So that money is going to grow. And then in the future, and this is really important for clients to understand, if they simply want to withdraw that money or if they cancel the policy to access that money, they need to realize that that money would be taxable.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> It would be taxable as income because life insurance, by definition, is not a tax-free product. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred product. But this is where it all changes. Life insurance companies allow clients through a loan provision, a tax-free and, if it&#x27;s done right, interest-free loan. So a tax-free, interest-free loan to be able to access money using their life insurance cash value as collateral. It essentially gives them access to their cash, even though it&#x27;s not coming from their policy, to be able to live on that money during their lifetime tax-free. And then at death, the income tax-free death benefit pays off the money that they have lived on with the balance going to their beneficiaries. And it&#x27;s a beautiful, beautiful strategy. And many times individuals are able to multiply their contribution by 8, 9, 10 times what they put in.</p><p><strong>19:18</strong> They&#x27;re able to distribute to themselves and their beneficiaries tax-free. So that&#x27;s a super simplistic. I know we&#x27;re limited on time, but I&#x27;m encouraging your listeners, if they want to find out more after the show or after they&#x27;ve read my book, to come in and sit down with you guys. And I know you&#x27;ll walk them through what this would look like for them. Well, it&#x27;s a fantastic concept, and it all goes around paying themselves first and also building up that tax-free retirement that can be a gigantic amount. Patrick, what kind of growth can someone expect in these type of policies? You know, I can tell you with many of the policies I&#x27;m seeing what historical growth numbers have been. And again, I want to make – and you say this too, that just because history does something doesn&#x27;t mean the future is going to do this. But historically, because there&#x27;s no loss experienced on these policies, many of the companies that I&#x27;m seeing, they&#x27;re showing the last 20 or 25 years average return of 8, 8.5, 9 percent.</p><p><strong>20:09</strong> But the key on this is regardless, clients will get growth with a stock market index, whichever one they&#x27;re tracking, if you will, up to a certain level. It&#x27;s capped at a certain level, but they&#x27;re guaranteed to have no loss. And that component right there, if I had one investment principle for people, regardless of what strategy they&#x27;re using, is protect your principle at all costs. So, Patrick, I mean, it&#x27;s a great concept. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in hearing more about it, we&#x27;ve got – well, we&#x27;ve given those 17 copies away. We&#x27;ve got another 17 copies of the book, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll sit down and go through it, treat it as a workbook, make sure you understand everything. You have to call us, though, to get on that list and get an appointment scheduled, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get you a copy of the book. But what are the downsides in this system?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> In America or in the world nowadays, we always expect the gotcha. You watch the commercial on TV for the magical drug, and then all of a sudden it&#x27;s got a 20-minute explanation of all the things that could go wrong if you take this drug for a headache. All of a sudden, it can give you – you can lose an arm or something. So what&#x27;s the gotcha? What&#x27;s the catch? That&#x27;s not always a question. Exactly. There really isn&#x27;t a catch, but there&#x27;s a caution, and there&#x27;s also a realization clients need to understand, and that is this. They&#x27;re buying life insurance. This is life insurance. And so this isn&#x27;t like other things, other traditional-style investments, because there&#x27;s a cost to the insurance. And so it&#x27;s really suited for people best, number one, who have a need for life insurance anyway. The second – and this is really where the caution comes in – if someone utilizes the tax-free withdrawals through the loan provisions – really not withdrawals, but tax-free access through the loan provision,</p><p><strong>21:44</strong> they need to understand that that policy has to stay in force their entire life. If it lapses before they do, as I like to say, if it crashes before they die for a number of different reasons, whether they decide to cancel it or take out too much money or any of those things, then all of those tax-free dollars that they have received through the loan would become taxable. Now, if you do it right, that&#x27;s a concern that I think can be highly minimized because most policies nowadays have a feature on it called the overloan protection rider that assures and makes sure that an individual, if they start to take out too much money, won&#x27;t take out enough to the point where the policy lapses. So really, the primary way that someone could stumble on this is if they disregarded everything they were ever taught by their agent or by the book and decided just to cancel it for whatever reason.</p><p><strong>22:33</strong> But there are cautions. But again, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself project. It&#x27;s something that you need to work with a professional on. Patrick, I enjoyed your book very much, and folks need to explore this option because it can solve a lot of the problematic symptoms of the current way that folks are saving for retirement. Patrick Kelly, author of Tax-Free Retirement, thank you for being here on the Financial Safari Show today.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into The Financial Safari. This is your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and those important financial decisions that you&#x27;re making. Peter Rashan here, along with published financial author, the man with the financial plan, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And Coach Pete, we&#x27;re joined today on the program by another published financial author. Over 250,000 copies in print of his national bestseller, Tax-Free Retirement. We have Patrick Kelly along with us. You know, Peter, about a year ago, I was at an airport and I was looking for a book to buy. And this looked like a very interesting book. So I bought it and read it. And then I said, I&#x27;ve got to meet this guy. So I traveled out where he was speaking last year, about six or seven, maybe eight months ago. And I saw him speak about this, Tax-Free Retirement. And his name is Patrick Kelly. Patrick, welcome to the show. Thanks, guys. It&#x27;s great to be here with you. Thank you. We both find your book very interesting. And what I think both of us really enjoyed about it, Patrick, was that it was such an easy read.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> You&#x27;re taking complex financial subjects here, putting them in everyday people&#x27;s language that we can understand. And I think most of our listeners, upon reading this book, will be able to understand and comprehend these subjects as well. Well, I appreciate those words, guys. It&#x27;s actually a funny story on that. Just happened a couple weeks ago. I was at an event speaking. And one of the financial professionals who was there for the event, former NFL player, he was getting videotaped for something. And so was I. And he just came over to me and said something similar. But then he said, this is really funny. He goes, I got to tell you, and I don&#x27;t know if I&#x27;m proud of this or not, but your book is the first book I have read cover to cover since Indian in the cupboard in kindergarten. I haven&#x27;t even heard of Indian in the cupboard. But he goes, I was a 3.5 GPA through college, but I made it and never had to finish an entire book.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> So I think part of it, the reason that it is getting read and enjoyed is because I did want to make it fun and simple and understandable to people regardless of their financial background. Well, Patrick, I travel a lot, and I like to sleep on airplanes. And that&#x27;s the joke in the office is as soon as I hit the seat in the airplane, I&#x27;m asleep. But I started to read your book, and not only did I not sleep on that flight, I read the book front to back twice on the flight I was on. And we&#x27;re going to get into some of the why. I mean, you know, we&#x27;re telling people all this, and for all I know, this is a comic book we&#x27;re talking about because we haven&#x27;t even got into it. There is a comedy of errors, though, in the financial world if people don&#x27;t take the right steps, and you call them landmines. So you&#x27;ve got one landmine. Landmine number one is lack of planning. What do people usually do when we&#x27;re talking about financial matters, and why is it advantageous for them to plan ahead of time? Well, it&#x27;s funny. Quite frankly, as simple and as basic as that sounds, I mean, some things are so basic and simple, for the listener, they might think, come on, are you kidding?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> But, you know, if they looked and took a survey of their own life, they&#x27;d probably see the same thing that everyone that I meet with virtually experiences, and that is they just don&#x27;t take time to plan. I heard it said years ago, and it&#x27;s really true. People will spend more time planning a one- or two-week vacation than they do planning their retirement and some of the other important things in their life. We&#x27;re moving so quick nowadays. There are so many things that are vying for our time. I guess one of the other issues is retirement. This thing of retirement seems so far off in the future that we think, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, oh, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time, and next year, we&#x27;ve got plenty of time. And pretty soon, the kids are graduated, and there&#x27;s five or ten years before they retire, and they realize, dang, I wish I would have started 30 years ago. Yeah, Patrick, your final landmine in the book of problems when it comes to successfully financially planning is acting like the future will never arrive.</p><p><strong>03:20</strong> And one of our mottos here on the Financial Safari is plan like today was tomorrow, and you&#x27;ll be a lot more successful. But I think that the American public, unfortunately, when you start talking about the need for financial planning, the eyes glaze over. They start thinking about other things. Patrick, wouldn&#x27;t it be a lot easier, and there would be a lot more wealthy and successful people out there if folks just took this subject a little bit more seriously? Absolutely. And I&#x27;ll tell you one of the things that I think our financial society, and quite frankly, the TV shows, and I won&#x27;t name any stations, but people know what I&#x27;m talking about. The TV shows out there that are talking about all this financial stuff in and out all day long. What people need to realize is that really isn&#x27;t financial advice as much as it is financial entertainment. And I think one of the things that&#x27;s done for people is allow them to think that financial planning is a do-it-yourself proposition.</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> But I want to say this. Employing and putting together correct strategies for yourself for your retirement is no more of a do-it-yourself proposition than triple bypass heart surgery would be. And I think people delay because they think it won&#x27;t arrive, but they also think they don&#x27;t ever seek the advice of a professional because somehow they think this is supposed to be something they can do themselves. And I&#x27;m just here to tell you, you need to work, and I&#x27;m talking to the listeners out there, you need to work, listeners, with a trusted financial individual who can walk you through and do what&#x27;s best for you, not what&#x27;s best for them. And I&#x27;ll tell you, most of them out there want to do just that. I know you guys are of that same mindset. Well, Patrick, you know, when you&#x27;re talking about what we see on TV, we call that investainment because it&#x27;s entertainment and investing.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> And it really is. I mean, it&#x27;s fun to watch the guy that flaps his arms all across and presses buttons with different sounds on it. But what does that really mean for your long-term savings? And the temptation, though, people get overloaded with information. So the temptation then, because you want to take control of your own portfolio, the temptation, as you say in your book, is to do nothing, isn&#x27;t it? Yeah, it really is. They sort of get paralyzed with options. And quite frankly, you know, for the regular individual, buying and selling or trading individual stocks is not the best way to wealth. Matter of fact, I heard another individual say one time, and I believe this to be true. He goes, a wise person told him one. So this is like second generation past. And now he said, I&#x27;ve never met a wealthy trader. I&#x27;ve only met wealthy investors.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> And I think the definition of the difference is finding a strategy that will last over time that you can do over and over and over again, that you don&#x27;t have to spend a lot of time managing or thinking about, that&#x27;s not just burdened by trading costs and timing things right and all that. And that&#x27;s what these shows are trying to get people to think. But there is a way out there, and we&#x27;re going to talk about it today, that people can safely grow their money and have some incredible tax advantages along the way. Well, your book is almost like a recipe book for success in the financial world. And in order to build a perfect recipe, you need to know what not to add a lot of times instead of what to add, Patrick. And let&#x27;s go into some of the mistakes people make, the things not to add to their financial portfolio. Yeah, I like the fact, Patrick, that you laid out so many of the problems with the current way people are saving for themselves for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:31</strong> And again, in this tax-free retirement book, Patrick, you lay out some of, again, those problems, but you also present a solution. And before we get into laying out the problems, Patrick, I do want to mention the fact that we have 17 copies of your book available for callers to the program today. It is a $19.95 value. And for folks who are interested in learning the problems with the current system and the current way people are saving for retirement and would like to find a real solution, if you&#x27;re interested in this concept, you would like to come in, sit down, and learn a little bit about it, we will walk through this book with you. It&#x27;s almost like a guidebook here. And then we&#x27;ll let you keep the guidebook as a manual for moving forward. But folks, if you&#x27;re interested in taking us up on that offer, give a call to 800-661-7383. 800-661-7383. But Patrick, let&#x27;s get into it.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What are some of the problems that you see with the current way people are saving for their retirement? Well, I think the number one problem, gentlemen, is that they don&#x27;t understand what it is they&#x27;re investing in from a tax standpoint. And I can tell you, let me start this section off by telling you this very, very quick story. I trained or did a three-hour seminar workshop for a room of 100 CPAs in Scottsdale about three, four months ago. And these are all very sharp CPAs. They&#x27;re there for continuing education and other things. I just happen to be a little segment on the docket. At the end of the day, I asked these 100 CPAs how many of them had understood this concept prior to the meeting today, and not one single hand of the 100 went up. And I think the reason I tell that story as we lead in to this next section is people are fed by everyone,</p><p><strong>08:04</strong> neighbors, friends, business associates, even their own advisors, information that is just not, I don&#x27;t want to say it&#x27;s wrong, but it&#x27;s just not the full facts, and that&#x27;s this. I had my own CPA say to me one time, hey, you know what, Patrick, you should do this, IRA, SEPs, or whatever it is, because you&#x27;ll get a tax savings of X. Well, the reality is, folks, and you need to really understand this, in any tax-qualified plan, we&#x27;re talking about 401Ks, SEPs, SIMPLs, IRAs, 403Bs, anything under the tax-qualified heading, you are not, and I&#x27;ll say it again, you are not getting a tax saving. Yes, you&#x27;re experiencing a saving in the current year, but overall, you&#x27;re not experiencing a tax saving. It&#x27;s simply a tax delay. You&#x27;re giving up having to pay tax today on just the principal,</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> and you&#x27;re trading that for having to pay tax on both the principal and the gain down the road at likely, in my opinion, what I think is going to have to be a higher tax rate. Now, no one knows, but that&#x27;s my own speculation. So instead of paying tax at a reasonable rate on $10,000, you may be paying tax on $40,000, $50,000, $80,000 later. And so people use these tax-qualified plans thinking they&#x27;re saving money. They&#x27;re simply delaying. And I love to ask individuals this question. They&#x27;ll say, Pete, who else is a co-owner with you in your 401K? My Uncle Sam. Well, they&#x27;ll say, no. What do you mean? There&#x27;s no one. It&#x27;s just mine. It&#x27;s only my name. And I&#x27;ll say, well, that&#x27;s not entirely true. And you got the answer. I&#x27;ll say, someone owns up to maybe a third of it. And they&#x27;ll say, what are you talking about?</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> We&#x27;ll say, well, Uncle Sam, he&#x27;s allowed you to defer those taxes till later. But you&#x27;ve got to understand, when you take that money out, all of it, contribution and gain, every penny, is going to be taxable at whatever the current tax rate is at that point. You know, Patrick, to use a quote from a famous cartoon when I was growing up and adding my little spice to it, it&#x27;s like saying I&#x27;ll gladly pay you for three hamburgers in retirement for one hamburger today. I&#x27;ll have a hamburger for which I will gladly pay you Tuesday. It is indeed. That is a great analogy. The old Popeye. Yep. Yeah. Well, how can a tax savings turn into a tax loss if you take a tax deductible, tax deferred asset that you&#x27;re not paying taxes on now, kick that tax can down the road. And in the meantime, tax rates do happen to go up, Patrick.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> You actually may not have even saved yourself or broken even. You could have actually cost yourself some money there. Oh, you know what people don&#x27;t realize, guys, is that back in the 40s and 50s, the top marginal, I mean the top tax rate that was charged to the American public was above 90%. It peaked at 94% in 1944, 1945. If you look at the last 80 years, maybe even 90 years now, of our tax rates, we&#x27;re at one of the lowest points in the last 80, 90 years. So is there a little disconnect here? We&#x27;ve got spending out of control. We&#x27;ve grown our debt another 50% officially in the last four years since my book was published. We&#x27;re spending more than we&#x27;ve ever spent. And tax rates are at its lowest top bracket that we&#x27;ve seen in almost the last 80 years.</p><p><strong>11:10</strong> So can they go up? You bet. Have they been higher in the past? Almost in the entire, you know, in the last 100 years. So, yeah, I think there&#x27;s some real room for people. And they get to retirement, and all of a sudden there&#x27;s a top marginal bracket of 40%, 50%, 60%. Now, we don&#x27;t know that, but let&#x27;s hypothetically. Well, that&#x27;s the rate that they&#x27;re going to pay if they take their money out of the retirement plan. And the other thing they don&#x27;t know is if they die and pass that IRA on to their children, that tax-qualified plan on to their children, that entire entity gets taxed as income to their kids in the year that it passes. It will almost certainly be in the highest tax bracket. Well, yeah, I think we&#x27;re all in agreement that taxes are the enemy, that there are a lot of problems, landmines, you call it, retirement traps. But you&#x27;ve got, more importantly, when people agree that, yeah, taxes are always going to be around and I think they&#x27;re going to be higher in the future,</p><p><strong>11:59</strong> what kind of solutions or what kind of steps can people that are listening now, Patrick, take to minimize the burden to themselves for taxes in the future, at the same time building a good retirement account? As I talk with individuals and advisors as I do my trainings, there are really three opportunities for individuals to have the ability to access money down the road tax-free. One of those is municipal bonds. Another is the Roth IRA, and I can lump in with that the Roth 401k, although most people that I experience don&#x27;t have that opportunity open to them because it has to be something offered by their employer. So we&#x27;ll just focus on the Roth IRA. So they have the municipal bonds, the Roth IRA, or certain types of life insurance if they do it properly. And that&#x27;s really important because, by definition, life insurance is not a tax-free vehicle. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred vehicle.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> But the companies have a provision through the policy loan provision that, if we have time, I&#x27;d be happy to talk about that allow individuals to be able to access money tax-free. It&#x27;s, quite frankly, just a brilliant, beautiful strategy. But let&#x27;s go back and look at the first one, municipal bonds. I tend to cross that off for most individuals for a couple reasons. One is, over time, the rate of return has barely kept pace with inflation. And second, it&#x27;s just not a real well-diversified portfolio, you know, strategy or product. If you look now, there have been article after article recently, within the last couple weeks, that say more municipalities are going to go bankrupt in 2011 than ever before. So I think there&#x27;s some real caution using that strategy. On the Roth IRA strategy, and it&#x27;s a great strategy, you can only put a limited number of a few thousand dollars in,</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> $5,000, I believe, currently. And so, you know, for higher-income earners that can qualify, it&#x27;s not going to allow them the ability to put enough in to be able to maintain their same lifestyle. But for the high-income earners that are above certain levels, which is $110,000 for the individual earner and $160,000 for a married couple, they don&#x27;t have the option. Right. The high-income earners are left with one very good option. Now, Patrick, when you say life insurance, let&#x27;s be honest. Remember the cartoons again? I used to watch a lot of cartoons, but you remember when the car was going down the road and all of a sudden it came to a real quick stop? Remember that sound of making the cartoons, the brake sound? I can hear it in my head. That&#x27;s the sound that people make in their head when they hear that word life insurance. And because life insurance, too much in the past has been sold when it wasn&#x27;t needed or the wrong policy was sold.</p><p><strong>14:20</strong> But when we&#x27;re talking about tax-free retirement, let&#x27;s get into how life insurance is the best tool for the tax-free retirement system. And I want to stress exactly what you just said. And I imagine people are a little taken aback by that. But I want to say something to your listeners that I tell people over and over. Don&#x27;t take my word for it. Matter of fact, don&#x27;t take your word for it. I say let&#x27;s let the numbers speak for themselves. Most of the time people say that or have that reaction because they&#x27;ve heard something somewhere from someone who&#x27;s had a bad experience. Well, it&#x27;s likely that bad experience was either missold, misrepresented, and a few bad apples. I&#x27;ll tell you, most of the people in this industry really desire to do it right. But there&#x27;s a few bad apples in any industry. And it&#x27;s unfortunately those that tend to get highlighted and spotlighted. But I&#x27;m a believer in buying a proper amount of life insurance for the death benefit feature, which will always be sort of the crown jewel of life insurance.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> The ability for an individual to pass on income tax-free, not estate tax-free, but income tax-free death benefit to their heirs. But what most people don&#x27;t know is there&#x27;s a second half to that story. Most agents I train don&#x27;t seem to have a full grasp on this either. There&#x27;s some living advantages that if it&#x27;s used properly, allow life insurance to be an incredible tool to be able to put after-tax dollars away and be able then to access tax-free dollars in the future. Well, folks, if you would like to find out about strategy, again, pick up the phone and call 800-661-7383. We have several copies of the book still left to give away, but they will be going quickly here. And you want to learn about how to utilize a strategy for yourself. So if you would like a copy, again, call 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>15:59</strong> And Patrick, tell us more detail and how exactly there&#x27;s a living benefit to those who are purchasing life insurance. Yeah, this is very interesting. And I think people really should pay attention to this, Patrick, because this is a great concept. Well, with life insurance, most people go about it backwards traditionally. What they do is they try and figure out the most amount of life insurance they can buy for the least amount of money because they see it purely as an expense. But the way I want people to think about it is a little differently. I&#x27;m not about the most or the least amount of life insurance. I&#x27;m about proper amount of life insurance, what they need for their family. And we&#x27;re talking about here indexed universal life insurance, a specific type of indexed universal life insurance. I just want to make sure because not all policies allow this benefit to be available. And we can get into some of the features of that later or maybe even in an additional show.</p><p><strong>16:45</strong> But what indexed universal life insurance allows people to do is put in a range of premium. And the range of premium starts with, if you think of two boxes, think of a small box that would represent the minimum amount of premium and the minimum amount that the company says you have to put in to even be able to buy this policy. But then there&#x27;s another box, a much bigger box. And that box is the maximum amount that the IRS allows an individual to put into a policy. And I like to say, Pete, you heard me say it in our time together, that any time the IRS limits what you can put into something, it&#x27;s usually because it&#x27;s a pretty good deal. And so what we want to look at is instead of funding at the small box, the minimum box, what would happen for an individual if they put it in at this maximum box? And essentially, if you think about this, the life insurance costs don&#x27;t change regardless of how much premium you&#x27;re putting in.</p><p><strong>17:35</strong> Those costs are fixed costs as far as the mortality costs and the cost of insurance. So when someone decides to put more in, that is funding their own cash value. Now, that cash value is funded with after-tax dollars. It&#x27;s going to grow like it would grow in any type of scenario. Although one advantage of indexed universal life is that it has no risk of loss. And I think that is just a huge component of this, that even if the markets go down like they did in 2008, 40, 50%, that the accounts, even though they have some upside growth with the market, indexed universal life does not go down based on the market. There&#x27;s a floor guarantee of zero or in some cases even 1% or 2%. So that money is going to grow. And then in the future, and this is really important for clients to understand, if they simply want to withdraw that money or if they cancel the policy to access that money, they need to realize that that money would be taxable.</p><p><strong>18:29</strong> It would be taxable as income because life insurance, by definition, is not a tax-free product. It&#x27;s a tax-deferred product. But this is where it all changes. Life insurance companies allow clients through a loan provision, a tax-free and, if it&#x27;s done right, interest-free loan. So a tax-free, interest-free loan to be able to access money using their life insurance cash value as collateral. It essentially gives them access to their cash, even though it&#x27;s not coming from their policy, to be able to live on that money during their lifetime tax-free. And then at death, the income tax-free death benefit pays off the money that they have lived on with the balance going to their beneficiaries. And it&#x27;s a beautiful, beautiful strategy. And many times individuals are able to multiply their contribution by 8, 9, 10 times what they put in.</p><p><strong>19:18</strong> They&#x27;re able to distribute to themselves and their beneficiaries tax-free. So that&#x27;s a super simplistic. I know we&#x27;re limited on time, but I&#x27;m encouraging your listeners, if they want to find out more after the show or after they&#x27;ve read my book, to come in and sit down with you guys. And I know you&#x27;ll walk them through what this would look like for them. Well, it&#x27;s a fantastic concept, and it all goes around paying themselves first and also building up that tax-free retirement that can be a gigantic amount. Patrick, what kind of growth can someone expect in these type of policies? You know, I can tell you with many of the policies I&#x27;m seeing what historical growth numbers have been. And again, I want to make – and you say this too, that just because history does something doesn&#x27;t mean the future is going to do this. But historically, because there&#x27;s no loss experienced on these policies, many of the companies that I&#x27;m seeing, they&#x27;re showing the last 20 or 25 years average return of 8, 8.5, 9 percent.</p><p><strong>20:09</strong> But the key on this is regardless, clients will get growth with a stock market index, whichever one they&#x27;re tracking, if you will, up to a certain level. It&#x27;s capped at a certain level, but they&#x27;re guaranteed to have no loss. And that component right there, if I had one investment principle for people, regardless of what strategy they&#x27;re using, is protect your principle at all costs. So, Patrick, I mean, it&#x27;s a great concept. And, folks, if you&#x27;re interested in hearing more about it, we&#x27;ve got – well, we&#x27;ve given those 17 copies away. We&#x27;ve got another 17 copies of the book, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll sit down and go through it, treat it as a workbook, make sure you understand everything. You have to call us, though, to get on that list and get an appointment scheduled, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get you a copy of the book. But what are the downsides in this system?</p><p><strong>20:55</strong> In America or in the world nowadays, we always expect the gotcha. You watch the commercial on TV for the magical drug, and then all of a sudden it&#x27;s got a 20-minute explanation of all the things that could go wrong if you take this drug for a headache. All of a sudden, it can give you – you can lose an arm or something. So what&#x27;s the gotcha? What&#x27;s the catch? That&#x27;s not always a question. Exactly. There really isn&#x27;t a catch, but there&#x27;s a caution, and there&#x27;s also a realization clients need to understand, and that is this. They&#x27;re buying life insurance. This is life insurance. And so this isn&#x27;t like other things, other traditional-style investments, because there&#x27;s a cost to the insurance. And so it&#x27;s really suited for people best, number one, who have a need for life insurance anyway. The second – and this is really where the caution comes in – if someone utilizes the tax-free withdrawals through the loan provisions – really not withdrawals, but tax-free access through the loan provision,</p><p><strong>21:44</strong> they need to understand that that policy has to stay in force their entire life. If it lapses before they do, as I like to say, if it crashes before they die for a number of different reasons, whether they decide to cancel it or take out too much money or any of those things, then all of those tax-free dollars that they have received through the loan would become taxable. Now, if you do it right, that&#x27;s a concern that I think can be highly minimized because most policies nowadays have a feature on it called the overloan protection rider that assures and makes sure that an individual, if they start to take out too much money, won&#x27;t take out enough to the point where the policy lapses. So really, the primary way that someone could stumble on this is if they disregarded everything they were ever taught by their agent or by the book and decided just to cancel it for whatever reason.</p><p><strong>22:33</strong> But there are cautions. But again, that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s not a do-it-yourself project. It&#x27;s something that you need to work with a professional on. Patrick, I enjoyed your book very much, and folks need to explore this option because it can solve a lot of the problematic symptoms of the current way that folks are saving for retirement. Patrick Kelly, author of Tax-Free Retirement, thank you for being here on the Financial Safari Show today.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Patrick Kelly joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Tax-Free Retirement. This February 2011 conversation explores financial education, life insurance, and the planning ideas behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Patrick Kelly</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>life insurance</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Patrick Kelly, retirement planning, tax planning, life insurance, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/image.jpg?t=1792072660&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/patrick-kelly-tax-free-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/image.jpg?t=1792072660&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1376</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/32e6b467-bfcb-41c1-a298-b4e2014d255c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="22041607" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/patrick-kelly-tax-free-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>260</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax-Free Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:21" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:22" title="Roth accounts and conversions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:16:10" title="Life insurance" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joseph Mont: Retirement’s Shift Toward Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Joseph Mont: Retirement’s Shift Toward Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Financial writer Joseph Mont joins Coach Pete to discuss the shift from accumulating retirement savings to creating income. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit examines annuities, planning, and why individual needs matter when evaluating a financial product.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Joseph Mott. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. But we try to make it simpler each and every week and we do this by going out into the world and finding someone who we&#x27;ve seen in the national media or an article writer or a book author, somebody like that. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have a nationally known author. He writes several articles each and every week. I see him on thestreet.com all the time and his articles get picked up by Forbes magazine and other places. His name is Joe Mott and Joe is joining us from Boston, Massachusetts. Joe, welcome in. Thanks. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be here.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, I know I&#x27;ve got a little disclosure here. You&#x27;ve interviewed me before for some of the articles and you&#x27;ve done a great job of taking what I give you and combining it with other facts and coming up with great articles. Oh, well, thank you. You made it easy on me. It&#x27;s good to have sources like yourself there. Now, one of the articles there actually that you wrote for thestreet.com a couple weeks ago, the title was The New Retirement Rulebook. And it got picked up by a lot of major news sources like it was in Forbes on Forbes Online. So let&#x27;s talk about The New Retirement Rulebook. And Joe, we know that if everyone was perfect, if everyone had a perfect plan right now, no one would either listen to our show or read your articles. But not everyone is perfect, are they? Far from it. And in a lot of ways, you can&#x27;t really blame the individuals because the entire culture of</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> how to prepare for retirement has changed in recent years. Now, what enticed you to write an article like The New Retirement Rulebook? Had you heard things or you talked to people who were confused or what just made you do that? A couple of things came to mind. One is that there&#x27;s a lot of concern about retirement since the recession. And so many people who were getting close to retiring got hit at the absolute worst time they could. But more importantly, there&#x27;s been a shift, or at least we&#x27;re perceiving a shift, between accumulation and decumulation, which basically is what used to be the plan of attack was everything was focused on saving. How much do you need to save? How much money do you need to put away? And people didn&#x27;t really pay a whole lot of attention to how you&#x27;re going to spend that money, how you&#x27;re going to draw down that money once you retire.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And more importantly, with longevity, people living longer, and all these boomers who are now in the process of retiring, how are you going to make that money last for your lifetime? And that second half of life is kind of what folks have not paid as much attention to over the years. So it&#x27;s just basically taking the steps that you should take beforehand and not waiting to after the accident to put the seatbelt on, in other words. Precisely. And it&#x27;s not just strategy. One of the other trends that we were seeing is people are kind of looking for post-retirement income streams, guaranteed income that&#x27;s coming out. And we&#x27;ve seen, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen it as well, that there&#x27;s a lot more interest in annuities of various sorts these days, which for years they didn&#x27;t necessarily always have the greatest reputation.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But now people are looking at things like life insurance riders and annuity products. There&#x27;s another tool in the arsenal that they&#x27;re looking at. And are these going to be the right mechanisms to keep reliable, predictable money coming into their pockets once they retire? Yeah, Joe, I&#x27;d argue anyone over 60, and again we say anyone, it&#x27;s a case-by-case basis, but most everyone over 60, if they could put 50% of the money they want for retirement in one of the annuities that now has what&#x27;s called an income rider attachment, which grows your money by a certain percentage of interest per year until you want to flip that imaginary switch and then get a lifetime income from that, I mean, if they put 50% of their money there, they can, in effect, take more risk on the other side because now their income plan is safe, secure, and contractually guaranteed.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Yeah, and one of the other benefits, and this is something we talked about in the piece we worked on, is you have to take on a little more risk. The old rule, and this is again getting to why these are the new rules of retirement, the old rule was you took on some risk when you were young, and then you got older and you retired, and you dialed down, you put all your money into cash or something really safe. And I don&#x27;t know about you, but my bank account ain&#x27;t giving me too much of an interest rate these days. The CDs aren&#x27;t exactly keeping you afloat. They&#x27;re keeping pace with inflation. Your mattress maybe does better. So you&#x27;re going to have to take on a little more risk from an investment standpoint as you get older. And if you can try to protect some of that bucket of money so that you know,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> okay, I&#x27;ve got Social Security, and I&#x27;ve got this bucket of money from my own savings, and that&#x27;s coming my way, you can take a little more risk with what&#x27;s left in that other bucket and make it last a little longer if you do things correctly and shrewdly. So we&#x27;re talking to Joe Montt. He&#x27;s a writer on TheStreet.com, and his articles get picked up by such publications as Forbes. And we are talking about the new retirement rulebook and other different topics that Joe has run into in his career, is interviewing other advisors and seeing what the pulse is out there in the financial world. And I jokingly told you when you were interviewing me one time that there&#x27;ll come a time where we have to pay banks to put money in there. So I think that we&#x27;ve already hit that day. A lot of these checking accounts that folks have, you know, $17 a month if you have less than $5,000 in that account,</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> you know, we&#x27;re pretty much, you know, when I was a kid, it was the big thrill every once in a while. You get your bank book and you look and, oh, I made $0.30. Well, you&#x27;re paying them more than they&#x27;re paying you these days. Yeah. So, I mean, when we look at the triangle, you&#x27;ve got risk on one end, liquidity on the other, and basically guarantees and safety. And people can sacrifice one or two of those to get more of a return, maybe. But when we can try to get all three of the things we need in retirement, it&#x27;s a win-win for people. But there&#x27;s so many different financial products out there. I mean, how many financial products do you think, if you had a guess, how many different financial products are out there these days? Oh, Lord, a lot. Because there&#x27;s different flavors of, you know, if you look at the annuity marketplace, I mean, there&#x27;s probably, you know, 500-some-odd products out there,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> and that&#x27;s a crazy guess and maybe even a conservative one. Because, you know, people have things that may not seem like major differences. But, again, that&#x27;s why when folks go to a financial advisor and somebody who kind of knows the lay of the land, they&#x27;re going to try to find something that&#x27;s really a personal fit for them. And that&#x27;s another trend we&#x27;re seeing is cookie-cutter products are just not cutting it anymore. You know, the way of thinking that we had in the past of a one-size-fits-all approach to retirement just ain&#x27;t happening anymore. So those varieties are what people really should be looking for and make sure they&#x27;re a fit. Yeah, it&#x27;s a custom-designing process that I really love in the financial world because you can, if you get the right planner, they can find the products to custom-design to fit your strategy.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And that&#x27;s most important. Now, looking at strategies, emotions used to take effect and hurt or help people in the financial world. I would argue hurt them more because they buy high and sell low because they get influenced by the psychology. But I think psychology of savings now is more important than ever. People procrastinate or they try to overstudy because there&#x27;s so many different products. And there&#x27;s millions and millions of hits on Google when you put any kind of financial product or strategy in there. People can spend their whole life trying to research. And at the same time, their money&#x27;s not doing what it should be doing. Yeah, exactly. And here&#x27;s another problem which kind of ties to that as well as the diversity of products together is that people&#x27;s, not just their personality traits, but also their outlooks and their personal situations, they change over time.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You know, how you approach life and your goals and your objectives when you&#x27;re 40 are quite possibly going to be radically different when you&#x27;re 60. And you have to keep in mind that you&#x27;re evolving and your strategy has to evolve with you. And your behavior patterns are going to evolve as well. Have you seen cases in the past where people did make a change in their life and it benefited them when they, or maybe they were fighting the change to begin with? Because like you said, maybe a 60-year-old still investing like a 40-year-old finally realized maybe a family member or advisor talked them into at least taking some money and reallocating it into that lifetime income type plan. Have you seen that case? And if you did, have they felt better after they did a change like that? Most definitely. And I&#x27;ve seen kind of the flip side of that as well is we have this interesting phenomenon where younger people,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Generation Y or the millennials or whatever the word of the day is for these folks, they&#x27;re very conservative. They&#x27;re taking financial cues from their grandparents and their great-grandparents, and their thinking about money sometimes is almost a post-Depression, World War II era kind of way of thinking about money. So they&#x27;re taking no risk at all. They&#x27;ve also lived through two financial meltdowns. So just as some of these people who maybe learned to wean themselves off investing like a 40-year-old when they&#x27;re older, we&#x27;ve also seen some success stories where young people who were not investing in the right way to maximize youth and the compounding of their money, where they&#x27;ve been nudged into a little bit more risk,</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> and they&#x27;ve been much happier when they see those accounts grow. So it kind of works across the board, really. Case by case. And that&#x27;s what it is. I mean, there&#x27;s no one-size-fits-all. You can&#x27;t go. It&#x27;s not like going to the food store and pulling something off the shelf these days, is it? Certainly not. You can&#x27;t buy generic when your future&#x27;s at stake here. I can&#x27;t agree more. And, folks, his name is Joe Mount, and he is in Boston, Massachusetts, a writer with TheStreet.com. And, Joe, look forward to having you on again in the future. My pleasure. Thank you again, Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Financial writer Joseph Mont joins Coach Pete to discuss the shift from accumulating retirement savings to creating income. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit examines annuities, planning, and why individual needs matter when evaluating a financial product.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> In this FinancialSafari.com interview from February 2012, Coach Pete interviews author Joseph Mott. And welcome back into the Financial Safari, of course your weekly show looking inside that complex financial world. But we try to make it simpler each and every week and we do this by going out into the world and finding someone who we&#x27;ve seen in the national media or an article writer or a book author, somebody like that. And today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have a nationally known author. He writes several articles each and every week. I see him on thestreet.com all the time and his articles get picked up by Forbes magazine and other places. His name is Joe Mott and Joe is joining us from Boston, Massachusetts. Joe, welcome in. Thanks. It&#x27;s my pleasure to be here.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Now, I know I&#x27;ve got a little disclosure here. You&#x27;ve interviewed me before for some of the articles and you&#x27;ve done a great job of taking what I give you and combining it with other facts and coming up with great articles. Oh, well, thank you. You made it easy on me. It&#x27;s good to have sources like yourself there. Now, one of the articles there actually that you wrote for thestreet.com a couple weeks ago, the title was The New Retirement Rulebook. And it got picked up by a lot of major news sources like it was in Forbes on Forbes Online. So let&#x27;s talk about The New Retirement Rulebook. And Joe, we know that if everyone was perfect, if everyone had a perfect plan right now, no one would either listen to our show or read your articles. But not everyone is perfect, are they? Far from it. And in a lot of ways, you can&#x27;t really blame the individuals because the entire culture of</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> how to prepare for retirement has changed in recent years. Now, what enticed you to write an article like The New Retirement Rulebook? Had you heard things or you talked to people who were confused or what just made you do that? A couple of things came to mind. One is that there&#x27;s a lot of concern about retirement since the recession. And so many people who were getting close to retiring got hit at the absolute worst time they could. But more importantly, there&#x27;s been a shift, or at least we&#x27;re perceiving a shift, between accumulation and decumulation, which basically is what used to be the plan of attack was everything was focused on saving. How much do you need to save? How much money do you need to put away? And people didn&#x27;t really pay a whole lot of attention to how you&#x27;re going to spend that money, how you&#x27;re going to draw down that money once you retire.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> And more importantly, with longevity, people living longer, and all these boomers who are now in the process of retiring, how are you going to make that money last for your lifetime? And that second half of life is kind of what folks have not paid as much attention to over the years. So it&#x27;s just basically taking the steps that you should take beforehand and not waiting to after the accident to put the seatbelt on, in other words. Precisely. And it&#x27;s not just strategy. One of the other trends that we were seeing is people are kind of looking for post-retirement income streams, guaranteed income that&#x27;s coming out. And we&#x27;ve seen, and I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;ve seen it as well, that there&#x27;s a lot more interest in annuities of various sorts these days, which for years they didn&#x27;t necessarily always have the greatest reputation.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> But now people are looking at things like life insurance riders and annuity products. There&#x27;s another tool in the arsenal that they&#x27;re looking at. And are these going to be the right mechanisms to keep reliable, predictable money coming into their pockets once they retire? Yeah, Joe, I&#x27;d argue anyone over 60, and again we say anyone, it&#x27;s a case-by-case basis, but most everyone over 60, if they could put 50% of the money they want for retirement in one of the annuities that now has what&#x27;s called an income rider attachment, which grows your money by a certain percentage of interest per year until you want to flip that imaginary switch and then get a lifetime income from that, I mean, if they put 50% of their money there, they can, in effect, take more risk on the other side because now their income plan is safe, secure, and contractually guaranteed.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Yeah, and one of the other benefits, and this is something we talked about in the piece we worked on, is you have to take on a little more risk. The old rule, and this is again getting to why these are the new rules of retirement, the old rule was you took on some risk when you were young, and then you got older and you retired, and you dialed down, you put all your money into cash or something really safe. And I don&#x27;t know about you, but my bank account ain&#x27;t giving me too much of an interest rate these days. The CDs aren&#x27;t exactly keeping you afloat. They&#x27;re keeping pace with inflation. Your mattress maybe does better. So you&#x27;re going to have to take on a little more risk from an investment standpoint as you get older. And if you can try to protect some of that bucket of money so that you know,</p><p><strong>04:44</strong> okay, I&#x27;ve got Social Security, and I&#x27;ve got this bucket of money from my own savings, and that&#x27;s coming my way, you can take a little more risk with what&#x27;s left in that other bucket and make it last a little longer if you do things correctly and shrewdly. So we&#x27;re talking to Joe Montt. He&#x27;s a writer on TheStreet.com, and his articles get picked up by such publications as Forbes. And we are talking about the new retirement rulebook and other different topics that Joe has run into in his career, is interviewing other advisors and seeing what the pulse is out there in the financial world. And I jokingly told you when you were interviewing me one time that there&#x27;ll come a time where we have to pay banks to put money in there. So I think that we&#x27;ve already hit that day. A lot of these checking accounts that folks have, you know, $17 a month if you have less than $5,000 in that account,</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> you know, we&#x27;re pretty much, you know, when I was a kid, it was the big thrill every once in a while. You get your bank book and you look and, oh, I made $0.30. Well, you&#x27;re paying them more than they&#x27;re paying you these days. Yeah. So, I mean, when we look at the triangle, you&#x27;ve got risk on one end, liquidity on the other, and basically guarantees and safety. And people can sacrifice one or two of those to get more of a return, maybe. But when we can try to get all three of the things we need in retirement, it&#x27;s a win-win for people. But there&#x27;s so many different financial products out there. I mean, how many financial products do you think, if you had a guess, how many different financial products are out there these days? Oh, Lord, a lot. Because there&#x27;s different flavors of, you know, if you look at the annuity marketplace, I mean, there&#x27;s probably, you know, 500-some-odd products out there,</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> and that&#x27;s a crazy guess and maybe even a conservative one. Because, you know, people have things that may not seem like major differences. But, again, that&#x27;s why when folks go to a financial advisor and somebody who kind of knows the lay of the land, they&#x27;re going to try to find something that&#x27;s really a personal fit for them. And that&#x27;s another trend we&#x27;re seeing is cookie-cutter products are just not cutting it anymore. You know, the way of thinking that we had in the past of a one-size-fits-all approach to retirement just ain&#x27;t happening anymore. So those varieties are what people really should be looking for and make sure they&#x27;re a fit. Yeah, it&#x27;s a custom-designing process that I really love in the financial world because you can, if you get the right planner, they can find the products to custom-design to fit your strategy.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And that&#x27;s most important. Now, looking at strategies, emotions used to take effect and hurt or help people in the financial world. I would argue hurt them more because they buy high and sell low because they get influenced by the psychology. But I think psychology of savings now is more important than ever. People procrastinate or they try to overstudy because there&#x27;s so many different products. And there&#x27;s millions and millions of hits on Google when you put any kind of financial product or strategy in there. People can spend their whole life trying to research. And at the same time, their money&#x27;s not doing what it should be doing. Yeah, exactly. And here&#x27;s another problem which kind of ties to that as well as the diversity of products together is that people&#x27;s, not just their personality traits, but also their outlooks and their personal situations, they change over time.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> You know, how you approach life and your goals and your objectives when you&#x27;re 40 are quite possibly going to be radically different when you&#x27;re 60. And you have to keep in mind that you&#x27;re evolving and your strategy has to evolve with you. And your behavior patterns are going to evolve as well. Have you seen cases in the past where people did make a change in their life and it benefited them when they, or maybe they were fighting the change to begin with? Because like you said, maybe a 60-year-old still investing like a 40-year-old finally realized maybe a family member or advisor talked them into at least taking some money and reallocating it into that lifetime income type plan. Have you seen that case? And if you did, have they felt better after they did a change like that? Most definitely. And I&#x27;ve seen kind of the flip side of that as well is we have this interesting phenomenon where younger people,</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> Generation Y or the millennials or whatever the word of the day is for these folks, they&#x27;re very conservative. They&#x27;re taking financial cues from their grandparents and their great-grandparents, and their thinking about money sometimes is almost a post-Depression, World War II era kind of way of thinking about money. So they&#x27;re taking no risk at all. They&#x27;ve also lived through two financial meltdowns. So just as some of these people who maybe learned to wean themselves off investing like a 40-year-old when they&#x27;re older, we&#x27;ve also seen some success stories where young people who were not investing in the right way to maximize youth and the compounding of their money, where they&#x27;ve been nudged into a little bit more risk,</p><p><strong>09:34</strong> and they&#x27;ve been much happier when they see those accounts grow. So it kind of works across the board, really. Case by case. And that&#x27;s what it is. I mean, there&#x27;s no one-size-fits-all. You can&#x27;t go. It&#x27;s not like going to the food store and pulling something off the shelf these days, is it? Certainly not. You can&#x27;t buy generic when your future&#x27;s at stake here. I can&#x27;t agree more. And, folks, his name is Joe Mount, and he is in Boston, Massachusetts, a writer with TheStreet.com. And, Joe, look forward to having you on again in the future. My pleasure. Thank you again, Pete. Thank you so much for listening to this interview on The Financial Safari. Remember, folks, if you have any questions about this interview or your financial situation, you can email the team from The Financial Safari at comments at financialsafari.com.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Financial writer Joseph Mont joins Coach Pete to discuss the shift from accumulating retirement savings to creating income. This February 2012 Financial Safari edit examines annuities, planning, and why individual needs matter when evaluating a financial product.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Joseph Mont</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Joseph Mont, retirement planning, annuities</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a/image.jpg?t=1792072958&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joseph-mont-retirement-s-shift-toward-income/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a/image.jpg?t=1792072958&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a</guid>
      <omny:clipId>af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>620</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/af0ad26d-e4d3-47e1-a586-b4e20131531a/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9953536" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/joseph-mont-retirement-s-shift-toward-income</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>261</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retirement’s Shift Toward Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:03:00" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Herman Cain: Business, Radio, and His Presidential Campaign</title>
      <itunes:title>Herman Cain: Business, Radio, and His Presidential Campaign</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>In this archive interview, Herman Cain discusses his business background, radio career, and campaign for the Republican presidential nomination. Coach Pete asks about the concerns Cain heard from listeners and his reasons for entering the race.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. And now on the program we have presidential candidate Mr. Herman Cain. And Mr. Cain was previously a talk show host and I think that&#x27;s where he got a lot of the ideas as well as his experience in the business world being a CEO and entrepreneur. But from the talk show he got a lot of ideas about what the major concerns of the American public were and where the disagreements in Washington were arising.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The disputes between what was going on in Washington and the views of the public in general. Mr. Cain is is that pretty accurate? What did you pick up from your time hosting the radio talk show? Why did you take a break? And of course what are you doing now? Well I took the hiatus from the radio show because I am running for the Republican nomination for the presidency. And yes that is the United States presidency. So that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m taking the hiatus. Although I love the show it&#x27;s provided great feedback. The ratings are great and the radio station&#x27;s happy. I needed to give up doing the radio show right now so I could spend more time on the presidential effort. Well Herman we enjoyed you when you substituted for Rush Limbaugh late last year. Really loved those shows. Hated to see you go. Well thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it. I&#x27;ve been on the radio now full time with my show for a little over three years.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And I got to tell you it was a great learning experience. But you know the most important thing was it provided me a pulse of the people. When you&#x27;re on the radio and you have callers calling in you stay in touch with what&#x27;s on their minds and what&#x27;s on their hearts. And unfortunately this gets missed for people who get into that bubble inside of Washington D.C. And I think that many of them are still in denial about what the people are really saying, what the people are really seeing and feeling. And so one of the pledges I&#x27;ve made to myself that when I get to the White House I&#x27;m not going to lose touch with the people. I&#x27;m going to find ways to make sure that I stay in touch with the people to find out what&#x27;s on their hearts and minds. Mr. Kane, I have heard recently Sean Hannity and Ann Coulter talking about how they would support you as a candidate for president in 2012. Two-part question, how does it feel to have that type of support in your corner?</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And second part of the question, who do you feel will be your biggest opposition in running for president, your biggest roadblocks? Those that you agree with or those that you disagree with? Well, the fact that Sean Hannity and Ann Coulter and others have said that they would be encouraged to see me run, obviously that is a great encouragement. And I am grateful that they feel that way because they know me. They know my heart. They know my background. And what I also like about the fact that they have made those very positive comments is that they didn&#x27;t fall into the typical old trap. Well, he hasn&#x27;t held public office. Well, you know what? Most of the people in Washington, D.C. have held public office. That&#x27;s a benefit. How&#x27;s that working out for you? Okay, we got a mess. Okay. The good news is the people inside the Beltway, that&#x27;s going to be one of the first questions that they raise to try to basically discourage me.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But here&#x27;s the other part. People outside the Beltway, all of the different places that I have been speaking and carrying my message of common sense solutions, they have applauded the fact that I don&#x27;t have previous experience holding public office because people are realizing that instead of another politician, we need a problem solver. And that&#x27;s what business people do. And that&#x27;s what I have done throughout my career. And I&#x27;m pleased to report that the response so far, the number of people that have volunteered, the number of people that have started to make contributions to my committee, it has been incredibly encouraging. So people can go there if they want to find out more about that. And so, yes, it&#x27;s very encouraging to get that kind of encouragement from Ann Coulter and Sean Hannity and others. Well, Mr. Cain, seeing that you have not held a political office before, what has your experience in the real world with Coca-Cola, with Godfather&#x27;s Pizza,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> with Pillsbury, on the Restaurant Association Board, in the business world, taught you about government and what needs to happen in government? What it has taught me is the following. First, to solve any problem, you must make sure you identify the right problem and work on the right problem. We have a lot of problems in government. Secondly, we then have to prioritize those problems and then prioritize our resources behind solving those problems. And third, surround yourself with good people, great people if you can find them, but at least good people who can help you execute the plans that you put in place in order to solve the problem. You know, for example, we have a problem with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid. We have a problem with the economy not truly being stimulated, but yet the administration wanted to go out and create another problem called healthcare deform.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> It makes no sense. It makes no common sense. And yeah, I renamed it healthcare deform because I can&#x27;t call it reform because reform is supposed to make something better. The situation is already worse, so they didn&#x27;t work on the right problem. Secondly, they don&#x27;t place the right priorities on issues. We have a problem with our southern border. So rather than put the right amount of resources behind, secure the border, enforcing the laws that are there, and then promoting the path of citizenship that we already have, they underfunded the whole ICE organization, Immigration Customs and Enforcement. I even heard the head of ICE admit that he did not have enough resources, meaning money, to do his job. I said, well, if he doesn&#x27;t have enough money to do his job, they shouldn&#x27;t call it ICE. They ought to call it ICC because they don&#x27;t have the resources to enforce.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And so my point is we need to move very valuable dollars from other places and put them where the priorities should be. And one of the big priorities should be securing our borders. Absolutely. You know, getting into the overall government situation and how people are enemies if they propose tax cuts, let me ask you this question. Do tax cuts ever hurt any economy more than spending increases? Absolutely not. That is one of the biggest fallacies that&#x27;s perpetrated by what I call liberal thinking that there is. If you go back and look at the impact of reducing taxes on our tax revenue all the way back to 1920, Dr. Dan Mitchell, who used to be with the Cato Institute, he has done a paper that basically goes back and chronicles what happened to tax revenue when John F. Kennedy was able to get taxes lowered.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> That decade, even though he wasn&#x27;t president throughout that decade, tax revenues went up by an astounding 60% plus. When Reagan got taxes reduced during the decade of the 80s, tax revenues over that decade increased over 50%. Every time they have reduced taxes seriously, it has helped our economy long term. And that&#x27;s the shot in the arm that we need today. But I would go even one step further, and that is to totally replace our tax code. Not only aren&#x27;t the rates right, but the structure isn&#x27;t correct. Because as a people, we spend over $350 billion a year just trying to make sure that we, what you call, comply. And that is fill out the forms and make sure that we don&#x27;t break the law inadvertently because we don&#x27;t understand the tax code.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> So we need to go further than just reducing taxes. We need to replace the whole tax code, which would be much more effective. It would raise much more revenue. It would help stimulate the economy, all of the above. And that gets back to working on the right problem and setting the right priorities for this economy. So talking to you, it appears, and I&#x27;m happy to hear this, that America does have a fixable set of problems. But let me ask you this. What are the steps to right the country financially, and more importantly, steps folks listening right now can take to get themselves on the proper financial plan or financial path as they go forward here in the next decade? For each person&#x27;s personal economy, as I call it, the first thing that they should do, which I am doing, and that is tighten my belt and be very conservative with my spending and investment decisions for the next two years.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> Because I don&#x27;t anticipate that we are going to see a burst of economic growth within the next two years. So the first thing I would do is I&#x27;m being very conservative about decisions that I&#x27;m making about my own finances. Secondly, we&#x27;ve got to elect the right person in the White House in 2012 who understands the economy. We don&#x27;t have that now. Who understands how businesses really create jobs. We don&#x27;t have that now. And to be honest with you, that&#x27;s one of the main motivations for me formulating this committee. I failed to answer one of your previous questions, and I apologize. It just came back to me in terms of who would be my biggest competition in this Republican nomination. Well, right now, to be honest with you, I think that a lot of people that might run, I think it makes for a very healthy field, and it&#x27;ll make for a very healthy debate between now and the actual nomination.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> But to be honest with you, I don&#x27;t really have any great, quote-unquote, fear of any of the potential candidates in terms of me being able to go toe-to-toe with them on how I would solve problems. There are some people that, quite frankly, if they were to win the nomination, I could support them, you know, 200 percent. Because I think that just about all of the ones that are expected to run is going to be a whole lot better than what we have there today. You know, over the past several years, especially since the market collapsed, I think the average American has had to tighten their belt. Can Washington realistically ever do the same thing? Washington can do the same thing, but it will never do it if we depend upon the 535 members to do it, because you&#x27;re going to have 535 different ways, meaning the House and the Senate members, of how to do it.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> The only way it can be done is from the presidency. The president is the sole individual that can change the spending culture in Washington, D.C. He is the sole individual that can truly put a plan on the table that can truly stimulate this economy. Here&#x27;s an example. The debt commission that the president put together, it failed. Why did it fail? Because the president didn&#x27;t give them clear enough marching orders in terms of what he wanted. They came back with a smorgasbord of ideas. And a committee of 535 is not going to be able to connect the dot to give us some of those serious budget-cutting, economy-stimulating kinds of ideas. So it has to come from the president, which is why we&#x27;ve got to put the right person in the White House in 2012.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> And by the way, in case you all haven&#x27;t figured out, I have a suggestion as to who that might need to be. Yeah. Now, finally, we hear about what came first, the chicken or the egg, and then I like to tie it into do the media shape political thought or do politicians shape the media? That&#x27;s a good question. People can ponder the rest of their lives, maybe. But here&#x27;s something that the media says over and over again, Herman, and I want to get your opinion on this. We hear taxing the rich, the rich or the enemy. And everyone says we should tax the rich on the media. What is rich? What is rich? And should they be unfairly taxed? They should not be unfairly taxed because I tell people, when was the last time a poor person created a job? Secondly, rich people invest money. They build businesses. This is what fuels the economy. The third thing that I say is that rich people, there are only so many toys and boats and cars that they can buy.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> They invest, which helps to stimulate the economy. That tax the rich rhetoric that&#x27;s driven by the liberals and the media is just their typical class warfare pitch. That&#x27;s all that is. Look, I came from a very humble beginning. And by many people&#x27;s standards, they were considering me rich. I&#x27;m not a multi-billionaire, not by any means. But they would consider me rich. And now they are trying to define rich as anybody making $250,000 a year or more. But then they&#x27;ll move the target when people start to realize $250,000 a year, especially when 50% of the people in that bracket are small business owners who are generating that for their businesses. And they&#x27;re putting it back in their business. A lot of people are waking up to this. So it is just typical class warfare rhetoric that is perpetuated by the liberals as well as by the mainstream media.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> But the good news is 50% of the American people are waking up to that rhetoric, and they are not falling for it the way they used to. Mr. Cain, it has been an absolute pleasure having you on the program today. Very refreshing to hear your take on things.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this archive interview, Herman Cain discusses his business background, radio career, and campaign for the Republican presidential nomination. Coach Pete asks about the concerns Cain heard from listeners and his reasons for entering the race.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Each and every week I talk to very interesting people and the most important part is that I shouldn&#x27;t be the only one hearing it. I really feel that if these people make sense to me that everyone out there needs to hear it. So stay tuned folks and I hope you enjoy this newest weekly segment on Coach Listens. And now on the program we have presidential candidate Mr. Herman Cain. And Mr. Cain was previously a talk show host and I think that&#x27;s where he got a lot of the ideas as well as his experience in the business world being a CEO and entrepreneur. But from the talk show he got a lot of ideas about what the major concerns of the American public were and where the disagreements in Washington were arising.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> The disputes between what was going on in Washington and the views of the public in general. Mr. Cain is is that pretty accurate? What did you pick up from your time hosting the radio talk show? Why did you take a break? And of course what are you doing now? Well I took the hiatus from the radio show because I am running for the Republican nomination for the presidency. And yes that is the United States presidency. So that&#x27;s why I&#x27;m taking the hiatus. Although I love the show it&#x27;s provided great feedback. The ratings are great and the radio station&#x27;s happy. I needed to give up doing the radio show right now so I could spend more time on the presidential effort. Well Herman we enjoyed you when you substituted for Rush Limbaugh late last year. Really loved those shows. Hated to see you go. Well thank you very much. I&#x27;ve enjoyed it. I&#x27;ve been on the radio now full time with my show for a little over three years.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> And I got to tell you it was a great learning experience. But you know the most important thing was it provided me a pulse of the people. When you&#x27;re on the radio and you have callers calling in you stay in touch with what&#x27;s on their minds and what&#x27;s on their hearts. And unfortunately this gets missed for people who get into that bubble inside of Washington D.C. And I think that many of them are still in denial about what the people are really saying, what the people are really seeing and feeling. And so one of the pledges I&#x27;ve made to myself that when I get to the White House I&#x27;m not going to lose touch with the people. I&#x27;m going to find ways to make sure that I stay in touch with the people to find out what&#x27;s on their hearts and minds. Mr. Kane, I have heard recently Sean Hannity and Ann Coulter talking about how they would support you as a candidate for president in 2012. Two-part question, how does it feel to have that type of support in your corner?</p><p><strong>02:24</strong> And second part of the question, who do you feel will be your biggest opposition in running for president, your biggest roadblocks? Those that you agree with or those that you disagree with? Well, the fact that Sean Hannity and Ann Coulter and others have said that they would be encouraged to see me run, obviously that is a great encouragement. And I am grateful that they feel that way because they know me. They know my heart. They know my background. And what I also like about the fact that they have made those very positive comments is that they didn&#x27;t fall into the typical old trap. Well, he hasn&#x27;t held public office. Well, you know what? Most of the people in Washington, D.C. have held public office. That&#x27;s a benefit. How&#x27;s that working out for you? Okay, we got a mess. Okay. The good news is the people inside the Beltway, that&#x27;s going to be one of the first questions that they raise to try to basically discourage me.</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> But here&#x27;s the other part. People outside the Beltway, all of the different places that I have been speaking and carrying my message of common sense solutions, they have applauded the fact that I don&#x27;t have previous experience holding public office because people are realizing that instead of another politician, we need a problem solver. And that&#x27;s what business people do. And that&#x27;s what I have done throughout my career. And I&#x27;m pleased to report that the response so far, the number of people that have volunteered, the number of people that have started to make contributions to my committee, it has been incredibly encouraging. So people can go there if they want to find out more about that. And so, yes, it&#x27;s very encouraging to get that kind of encouragement from Ann Coulter and Sean Hannity and others. Well, Mr. Cain, seeing that you have not held a political office before, what has your experience in the real world with Coca-Cola, with Godfather&#x27;s Pizza,</p><p><strong>04:01</strong> with Pillsbury, on the Restaurant Association Board, in the business world, taught you about government and what needs to happen in government? What it has taught me is the following. First, to solve any problem, you must make sure you identify the right problem and work on the right problem. We have a lot of problems in government. Secondly, we then have to prioritize those problems and then prioritize our resources behind solving those problems. And third, surround yourself with good people, great people if you can find them, but at least good people who can help you execute the plans that you put in place in order to solve the problem. You know, for example, we have a problem with Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid. We have a problem with the economy not truly being stimulated, but yet the administration wanted to go out and create another problem called healthcare deform.</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> It makes no sense. It makes no common sense. And yeah, I renamed it healthcare deform because I can&#x27;t call it reform because reform is supposed to make something better. The situation is already worse, so they didn&#x27;t work on the right problem. Secondly, they don&#x27;t place the right priorities on issues. We have a problem with our southern border. So rather than put the right amount of resources behind, secure the border, enforcing the laws that are there, and then promoting the path of citizenship that we already have, they underfunded the whole ICE organization, Immigration Customs and Enforcement. I even heard the head of ICE admit that he did not have enough resources, meaning money, to do his job. I said, well, if he doesn&#x27;t have enough money to do his job, they shouldn&#x27;t call it ICE. They ought to call it ICC because they don&#x27;t have the resources to enforce.</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> And so my point is we need to move very valuable dollars from other places and put them where the priorities should be. And one of the big priorities should be securing our borders. Absolutely. You know, getting into the overall government situation and how people are enemies if they propose tax cuts, let me ask you this question. Do tax cuts ever hurt any economy more than spending increases? Absolutely not. That is one of the biggest fallacies that&#x27;s perpetrated by what I call liberal thinking that there is. If you go back and look at the impact of reducing taxes on our tax revenue all the way back to 1920, Dr. Dan Mitchell, who used to be with the Cato Institute, he has done a paper that basically goes back and chronicles what happened to tax revenue when John F. Kennedy was able to get taxes lowered.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> That decade, even though he wasn&#x27;t president throughout that decade, tax revenues went up by an astounding 60% plus. When Reagan got taxes reduced during the decade of the 80s, tax revenues over that decade increased over 50%. Every time they have reduced taxes seriously, it has helped our economy long term. And that&#x27;s the shot in the arm that we need today. But I would go even one step further, and that is to totally replace our tax code. Not only aren&#x27;t the rates right, but the structure isn&#x27;t correct. Because as a people, we spend over $350 billion a year just trying to make sure that we, what you call, comply. And that is fill out the forms and make sure that we don&#x27;t break the law inadvertently because we don&#x27;t understand the tax code.</p><p><strong>07:12</strong> So we need to go further than just reducing taxes. We need to replace the whole tax code, which would be much more effective. It would raise much more revenue. It would help stimulate the economy, all of the above. And that gets back to working on the right problem and setting the right priorities for this economy. So talking to you, it appears, and I&#x27;m happy to hear this, that America does have a fixable set of problems. But let me ask you this. What are the steps to right the country financially, and more importantly, steps folks listening right now can take to get themselves on the proper financial plan or financial path as they go forward here in the next decade? For each person&#x27;s personal economy, as I call it, the first thing that they should do, which I am doing, and that is tighten my belt and be very conservative with my spending and investment decisions for the next two years.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> Because I don&#x27;t anticipate that we are going to see a burst of economic growth within the next two years. So the first thing I would do is I&#x27;m being very conservative about decisions that I&#x27;m making about my own finances. Secondly, we&#x27;ve got to elect the right person in the White House in 2012 who understands the economy. We don&#x27;t have that now. Who understands how businesses really create jobs. We don&#x27;t have that now. And to be honest with you, that&#x27;s one of the main motivations for me formulating this committee. I failed to answer one of your previous questions, and I apologize. It just came back to me in terms of who would be my biggest competition in this Republican nomination. Well, right now, to be honest with you, I think that a lot of people that might run, I think it makes for a very healthy field, and it&#x27;ll make for a very healthy debate between now and the actual nomination.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> But to be honest with you, I don&#x27;t really have any great, quote-unquote, fear of any of the potential candidates in terms of me being able to go toe-to-toe with them on how I would solve problems. There are some people that, quite frankly, if they were to win the nomination, I could support them, you know, 200 percent. Because I think that just about all of the ones that are expected to run is going to be a whole lot better than what we have there today. You know, over the past several years, especially since the market collapsed, I think the average American has had to tighten their belt. Can Washington realistically ever do the same thing? Washington can do the same thing, but it will never do it if we depend upon the 535 members to do it, because you&#x27;re going to have 535 different ways, meaning the House and the Senate members, of how to do it.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> The only way it can be done is from the presidency. The president is the sole individual that can change the spending culture in Washington, D.C. He is the sole individual that can truly put a plan on the table that can truly stimulate this economy. Here&#x27;s an example. The debt commission that the president put together, it failed. Why did it fail? Because the president didn&#x27;t give them clear enough marching orders in terms of what he wanted. They came back with a smorgasbord of ideas. And a committee of 535 is not going to be able to connect the dot to give us some of those serious budget-cutting, economy-stimulating kinds of ideas. So it has to come from the president, which is why we&#x27;ve got to put the right person in the White House in 2012.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> And by the way, in case you all haven&#x27;t figured out, I have a suggestion as to who that might need to be. Yeah. Now, finally, we hear about what came first, the chicken or the egg, and then I like to tie it into do the media shape political thought or do politicians shape the media? That&#x27;s a good question. People can ponder the rest of their lives, maybe. But here&#x27;s something that the media says over and over again, Herman, and I want to get your opinion on this. We hear taxing the rich, the rich or the enemy. And everyone says we should tax the rich on the media. What is rich? What is rich? And should they be unfairly taxed? They should not be unfairly taxed because I tell people, when was the last time a poor person created a job? Secondly, rich people invest money. They build businesses. This is what fuels the economy. The third thing that I say is that rich people, there are only so many toys and boats and cars that they can buy.</p><p><strong>11:12</strong> They invest, which helps to stimulate the economy. That tax the rich rhetoric that&#x27;s driven by the liberals and the media is just their typical class warfare pitch. That&#x27;s all that is. Look, I came from a very humble beginning. And by many people&#x27;s standards, they were considering me rich. I&#x27;m not a multi-billionaire, not by any means. But they would consider me rich. And now they are trying to define rich as anybody making $250,000 a year or more. But then they&#x27;ll move the target when people start to realize $250,000 a year, especially when 50% of the people in that bracket are small business owners who are generating that for their businesses. And they&#x27;re putting it back in their business. A lot of people are waking up to this. So it is just typical class warfare rhetoric that is perpetuated by the liberals as well as by the mainstream media.</p><p><strong>12:04</strong> But the good news is 50% of the American people are waking up to that rhetoric, and they are not falling for it the way they used to. Mr. Cain, it has been an absolute pleasure having you on the program today. Very refreshing to hear your take on things.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>In this archive interview, Herman Cain discusses his business background, radio career, and campaign for the Republican presidential nomination. Coach Pete asks about the concerns Cain heard from listeners and his reasons for entering the race.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Herman Cain</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Business</category>
      <category>Radio</category>
      <category>His Presidential Campaign</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Herman Cain, economic policy, Business, Radio, His Presidential Campaign, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81/image.jpg?t=1792073533&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/an-interview-with-herman-cain/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81/image.jpg?t=1792073533&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81</guid>
      <omny:clipId>3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Feb 2011 17:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>746</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/3f876594-3d9e-4a08-a8a3-b05e00df6d81/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11963703" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/an-interview-with-herman-cain</link>
      <itunes:order>262</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Business, Radio, and His Presidential Campaign" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:41" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete and Bill Smith: Income Throughout Retirement</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete and Bill Smith: Income Throughout Retirement</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Retirement Matters for a conversation about building an income plan for retirement. The January 2011 discussion examines the difference between owning financial products and having a coordinated plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly guide through the financial jungle. Once again, Coach Pete has been asked to join up with another national radio program to be a special guest expert on that program to talk about financial matters. So we are going to be joining up with Retirement Matters broadcast out of Ohio. And I think we got them on the line and prepared to join up with them live. Bill Smith on Retirement Matters. Glad to have you with us. Hope we can bring you some great information. And we&#x27;ve got a great show lined up for you today. We&#x27;re going to be talking about income planning, specifically planning to have income throughout your retirement year so that you don&#x27;t run out of money before you run out of life. And I think that&#x27;s a key topic that we want to discuss today. I am Jarrett Lang, and I&#x27;m your co-host for today&#x27;s show. And as always, I&#x27;m joined here by Bill Smith. Bill, glad to have you with us. Great day. Great day.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And we have some great guests joining us live on the show today, actually. Yeah, definitely. We have joining us today, he&#x27;s known all over the country as the coach. And very famous radio show personality joining us from North Carolina on their show, the financial safari coach Pete and Peter Rashawn on that team. Good morning. Good afternoon. Welcome to Retirement Matters Radio. Hey, Bill. How are you doing today? Bill, great. It&#x27;s great to talk to you again. You guys out here just had a great interview with Rick Buter. Yeah, Rick Buter was on the show last week. The book he wrote, it kind of really hits home with the fact that Wall Street, they really are not in tune with what our retired individuals really need, or at least to have a base of protection.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And I think that&#x27;ll make a great follow-up conversation for this week. Well, Rick in his book said it&#x27;s all about guaranteed income for life several times. And as Jarrett said at the beginning of the program, you don&#x27;t want to run out of money before you run out of life. But I would take it a step further and say that you don&#x27;t want to have more month at the end of the money. Rather, you want more money at the end of each month. And it&#x27;s not about the total picture of running out of money before you take the limousine to heaven. You need a guaranteed paycheck-type income every month. And that&#x27;s the most important part of retirement planning right now. Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s a huge point. I mean, Bill, you focus every single day with the clients that you meet on guaranteeing that paycheck when you move in from accumulation mode into preservation and distribution mode.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> You know, folks, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re listening, really an individual&#x27;s life can be divided financially into three phases. And what we call number one, phase one is called accumulation. Support. One of the important things to remember about this phase is we have time on our side. So we&#x27;re working and we have a paycheck coming in. So, you know, these swings in the market and the volatility and the interest rates and will we have another dip in the housing market? I mean, all of these things are, you know, maybe not as nearly worrisome to you when you&#x27;re working because you have that time and you have that paycheck. And then you step into phase two, and that&#x27;s where we begin to retire. Phase two is preservation. We&#x27;re going to be living now on the money we&#x27;ve accumulated. And it&#x27;s absolutely critical that you change the way you think.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Coach Pete, I know you do a lot of this every single day and counsel people not only there in North Carolina but all over the country. You guys are on 48-some stations last time I knew. So talk to us a little bit about how you helped take somebody from that paycheck mode where they&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden it&#x27;s time to start spending it. Talk to us about that. Well, Bill, I was on Fox Business a couple weeks back, and they had me on. And the main concern was what is middle America thinking? Are they chasing the stock market? You know, the worst time to buy is when the market is at its all-time high. And the worst time to sell is when it&#x27;s on its all-time low. And so you need to have what we call correlated and non-correlated assets. That means having a true income plan that doesn&#x27;t depend on the market going up for you to have a secure retirement.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> And, Bill, I&#x27;d be willing to bet that most people listening to your show have no idea what that guaranteed income plan looks like because they haven&#x27;t taken advantage of a no-cost consultation to see if they could get an income plan in place that they would never have to worry about. You&#x27;re listening out there. What Coach Pete is talking about here is the type of individual that is somebody that we could help and counsel and provide good, solid advice to is an individual who is nearing into that phase of retirement. You&#x27;re somebody who maybe was recently downsized, and you have a 401K that needs rolled over and learn how to protect that. Or you&#x27;re an individual out there who needs to figure out how to develop an income plan and how to shift from that, hey, let&#x27;s make 8%, 10% on our money every year, but more of a focus on let&#x27;s protect what we&#x27;ve accumulated</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and then learn how to take an income on that money that we can never run out of. And I think those are the folks that I think we&#x27;re talking to. And, yeah, talk to us. What&#x27;s next, Coach Pete? I mean, once you develop that correlated and non-correlated portfolio, what&#x27;s important for folks to be thinking about? Well, it&#x27;s time to eliminate fees, risk, and commissions on the part of your plan that is attached to the market. And you can do that by meeting with a true investment advisor, someone who does not make commissions every time you do something, Bill. And that&#x27;s very important, too. A lot of people don&#x27;t understand what a true fiduciary is and how that can benefit you. You know, Bill, the old rule of thumb in Wall Street is the stockbrokers always tell you that you can take 4% of your stock assets out every year and maybe not running out of money.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> But that&#x27;s not a guaranteed plan, is it? No, and that&#x27;s one thing that Rick Buter talked about last week. As you guys know, he was on your show as well. And the great Wall Street scam, retirement scam, is that Wall Street cannot give you that guaranteed income. Now, I&#x27;m not all down on Wall Street. It&#x27;s just that an individual that&#x27;s gone into this phase of preservation phase of their life where now it&#x27;s time to start living on what we&#x27;ve accumulated, you have to be able to take and separate and actuarially come up with a number. And, Jarrett, you know, we were talking about this last week. We talked about this on our income planning free report that we have. And that&#x27;s know your number. Yeah, you definitely have to know that retirement number. You know, we came up with five problems that we see, things that can potentially derail you from having that proper income plan,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> a plan that&#x27;s going to get you through retirement without running out of money. We want to talk about the four problems mainly are inflation, taxes, letting Wall Street get in the way, and then, of course, behavior, letting yourself get in the way. And then, you know, we&#x27;ve got a five-step process to set up that income plan too. Yeah, it&#x27;s a real simple five-step process, and certainly we go over that with individuals. Coach Pete, how do you guide somebody there on how to take them from that phase where they&#x27;ve been in accumulation, and now it&#x27;s time to go into preservation and take income then? Well, you know, it&#x27;s a fundamental change in your life when you go from having a paycheck coming in from your work to not having one and having to depend on your money to give you a paycheck. So doesn&#x27;t it make sense that your portfolio should fundamentally shift as well when you reach the retirement years, Bill?</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It&#x27;s not all about accumulation. You&#x27;ve really got to guarantee yourself that you&#x27;ll have some income. And the key word there is yourself because with the dangers to the Social Security benefit system right now, we see that as being underfunded and potentially running out by the year 2037 according to current estimates. And I&#x27;ve seen recent news stories from European countries talking about taking control of private retirement funds. It&#x27;s really up to us as individuals to make sure we have enough guaranteed and paycheck kind of income coming in week to week, month to month to handle those regular expenses and know that we&#x27;re always going to have enough to handle those regular expenses each week, each month, and year after year. You know, Peter, it&#x27;s very interesting that you mention that. But don&#x27;t you find that a lot of times an individual gets themselves in trouble because of their own behavior?</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> You know, we talked about this as one of our five things. Jarrett, you mentioned a second ago. And number one, they don&#x27;t have a plan. Number two, you&#x27;ve got worries of inflation and taxes and Wall Street. But the big one, I think, is behavior. And I know you guys have had some great guests on the Financial Safari. Harry, talk to me a little bit about behavior and how you modify people&#x27;s behavior. Well, number one is to turn the TV off, Bill. A lot of times people are addicted to watching these 24-hour, I call it investainment. It&#x27;s talking about investing, but it&#x27;s entertainingly motivated. So they&#x27;ll follow the one guy who&#x27;s dancing all around, pressing buttons, making different sounds. And if you follow picks on TV, maybe you&#x27;ll make a little money to begin with. But if you don&#x27;t have an exit strategy before you get in, eventually a lot of times what happens is that stock will go down lower than what you paid for it.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Bill, it&#x27;s all about having a plan ahead of time. And you&#x27;ve got to do this ahead of time. People who don&#x27;t have a plan then end up reacting with emotion. And emotional-based decisions are usually poor-made decisions. Absolutely, because when it comes to money, it&#x27;s been said that money is the most intimate thing that an individual has. And so why wouldn&#x27;t we be making bad decisions? Because it&#x27;s our life savings, and we&#x27;re motivated by that fear and that greed. And if we&#x27;re losing a lot of money, we have that fear of losing it and running out. And if we&#x27;re making money, it&#x27;s the greed that steps in and says, oh, let&#x27;s just stay in, because it&#x27;s just going to keep going up. So I think, you know, back to Jared&#x27;s point that he mentioned here is that, you know, you kind of almost have to get out of your own way.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And I know you guys have done a great job, Coach Pete, down there on really helping people with a financial plan that is going to help them get out of their own way, if you will. Well, have you ever had a glass of water and poured some oil, like cooking oil, into the glass of water or olive oil? Yes. What usually happens when you pour the oil in? Well, it floats around, right? It kind of drops down in, and it&#x27;s separated, and it&#x27;s bubbled up, and it&#x27;s clearly separate. So oil and water clearly separate on their own, don&#x27;t they, when you mix them together? They have built-in separational features, but actually risk and safety don&#x27;t separate on their own. And there&#x27;s another factor that gets worked in is greed. So when greed becomes a part of that equation of risk versus safety, a lot of times people take a whole lot more risk than they really should,</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> because they don&#x27;t have that built-in protectionary function that oil and water does. Right. And so my point is, what my point is, is as you get older, you need a member of your team. You need your own chief financial officer for your retirement plans to put together a real income plan for you, someone who knows what&#x27;s going on in the world, knows the rule of 100, and knows the risk equations between correlated and non-correlated assets to make sure that you have some money still at risk to take advantage of that full horsepower, we call it, but you also have some money you can never lose, and that can give you a guaranteed income for the rest of your life. And, Bill, time after time, I see people who think they have separation when they have diversity within stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. What they don&#x27;t realize is that&#x27;s all one group, and that group is risk.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> In order to have real separation and true diversity, you need to have some of your assets in safety and some in risk. And the safety, folks, needs to be your stability. That needs to be your foundation. And only once that foundation is built and on solid ground, then you can begin to take more risk. But people have that equation backwards, and mostly, Bill, that is due to the greed of Wall Street and the marketing of Wall Street doing such a good job in fooling people into thinking that investing in risk is the best thing for their returns and for their eventual wealth building. But, again, when you make that transition from your working career to retirement, there&#x27;s a fundamental shift that needs to happen, and you need to have more preservation rather than aggressive growth. Yeah, and we believe it starts with education. We talk about it all the time.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> You know, if you&#x27;re listening to the media and watching TV, like you said, they&#x27;re planting these ideas in your mind. They&#x27;re not always the right or the correct way to do things, but you have to start with education. I think it&#x27;s important that you get educated on the matters that are important to you, and I think we&#x27;ve got a great resource to help you do that. We&#x27;ve got a great retirement survival kit that focuses on income planning and a lot of the ideas that we&#x27;re talking about here today. Yeah, we do things the old-fashioned way. A lot of folks out there like to have a piece of paper that they can read and review or record, if you will. And in our retirement survival kit, if you&#x27;re not quite ready to sit down and chat with us, certainly the first step is that. So if you&#x27;re somebody out there who&#x27;s retired and you want to be able to sit down and see what your options are and develop an income plan and how to protect, how to actuarially, like Peter Rashawn, like you were talking,</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> how to actuarially separate that money, that correlated and non-correlated money, to be able to develop a pot of money that will be your sacred cow, if you will, that&#x27;s going to continually pay you and pay you income guaranteed for the rest of your life, the first step for that is certainly a free 15-minute phone consultation by calling the guidelines. But, you know, as Jarrett said, if you&#x27;re not quite ready for that, you&#x27;re going to want to get a hold of the retirement survival kit. We have papers on why investors fail. We have an income planning CD as well as a white paper on that, just loaded with great information in our retirement survival kit. Yeah, and as an extension of that kit, you know, we&#x27;ll go ahead and grant you that 15-minute free phone consultation. We&#x27;ll get on the phone with you. We&#x27;ll chat with you about what&#x27;s troubling you, your concerns, see if there&#x27;s something we can do to help.</p><p><strong>13:39</strong> Bill, that&#x27;s a great offer, and we have those resources available for our listeners as well. Yeah, in order to take advantage of that, folks, and pick up a copy of that resource guide, just pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. Again, the number 800-661-7383. And that does come along with the consultation with one of the team members from the Financial Safari personally. Again, that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Bill, that&#x27;s a tremendous offer for all your listeners. If they&#x27;re just hearing you for the first time or if they&#x27;ve been listening to you for years, if they haven&#x27;t taken advantage of your great offer there for a no-cost retirement survival guide, I&#x27;d recommend they pick up the phone right now. I don&#x27;t see why they wouldn&#x27;t want to do it.</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> You know, Coach Pete, journey of 1,000 miles begins with what? The first step. A map. You know, that first step. You know, what is the first step? I think a lot of people out there, they just don&#x27;t know. And it&#x27;s interesting to me sometimes when I say, hey, you know, you talk to somebody and they say, hey, I just retired. And retirement to individuals a lot of times might mean just rolling over the 401k. But isn&#x27;t there a lot more to it than that? Absolutely. There&#x27;s a lot more to it. We call it the financial safari. And that&#x27;s just when your safari starts. And again, if you go on a wild game safari over in a foreign country, the most important person on that whole tour is the guide himself or herself.</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> Because without them, everyone&#x27;s in trouble. And a little side note, I always like to say that if you are ever chased by a lion in a group, make sure that you don&#x27;t have to be the fastest person in that group. You just have to be faster than the slowest person. That&#x27;s right. But there are a lot of slow people as far as financially speaking in retirement, Bill. They haven&#x27;t taken the steps they need to take. So they will be the ones that are left behind if we have market fluctuation in the future. And they haven&#x27;t protected some of that money for retirement income. Now, when folks sit down with you, Coach B, you&#x27;re a registered investment advisor. And you give holistic advice. When you sit down with somebody, isn&#x27;t it important that the individual has a plan that&#x27;s truly tailored to their situation? You talk about your financial safari, and this is why it brings it up to me. If you&#x27;re working with a stockbroker, typically the advice that you&#x27;re going to get is going to be skewed towards Wall Street.</p><p><strong>16:03</strong> If you&#x27;re working with an insurance salesman, then the only advice you&#x27;re going to get is they&#x27;re going to sell you insurance or whatever they&#x27;re going to sell you from an insurance perspective. Or if you&#x27;re working with a banker, you&#x27;re a transaction. So as a holistic registered investment advisor, how do you take people from that stage of, hey, we&#x27;ve been working to, hey, here we have this chunk of money. Let&#x27;s navigate through this safari and end up with a solid financial plan. Well, Bill, to put it in perspective to most people listening, I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;ve seen the commercial way back in the day. I&#x27;m 45 now, and I remember it when I was younger. But there was that muffler commercial where you went to a place that only had one size muffler, and I remember the guy saying, don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;ll make it fit.</p><p><strong>16:50</strong> Right? They&#x27;ll make that one muffler fit. So you had the guy in the tank top coming out, well dirty, and he had this gigantic muffler, and then the person pulled up in a little car, and he said, don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;ll make it fit. And unfortunately, in the financial world, it&#x27;s like that way too many times. When we were little, we also go to the shoe store where they measure your foot with the little metal thing. They go in the back and find three or four shoes that would fit you. And unfortunately, in the financial world, they have one size fits all products all over the place. And if you&#x27;ve ever bought when you were little, when your grandmother maybe gave you a shirt that was like 20 sizes too big, that&#x27;s what people end up with in the financial world. They&#x27;ve got things that don&#x27;t fit right, and all that does is end up in heartache in the future. Bill, you and Jared had mentioned a retirement number, and what do you need your number to be? For me, my number would be number one. With my retirement plan, I better be number one and putting my needs first.</p><p><strong>17:38</strong> And unfortunately, with so many salesmen and product pushers out there, if they are only set at pushing one product or selling you one product, too many times you don&#x27;t end up as number one. You just end up as another number. Yeah, it&#x27;s so easy to fall victim to a product salesman or just a strict insurance salesman or a broker who&#x27;s going to give you a pie and call it an asset allocation. I mean, Bill, how can you find the right person? There&#x27;s so many choices. We call it the myriad of choices, and you&#x27;ve written articles on this in the past. I mean, what are some good tips to find the right person to be working with out there? That&#x27;s critical. You have to really interview them. You have to like them first and foremost, and that&#x27;s the first step. Educate yourself a little bit. Don&#x27;t go into something blindly, number one. And that&#x27;s why I think the retirement survival kit is going to really do for you.</p><p><strong>18:25</strong> And then develop a plan like Peter Rashawn, like you were talking about, as you being number one. You have to be the one. This plan is all about you. And then with that education, build a plan that makes sense. And we have a very simple five-step process that we address in our free report that is in the retirement survival kit. It&#x27;s an income planning report on how to develop your number. Very simple five-step process. We educate you and show you how to do that. And I think for the listeners out there, if you&#x27;re getting ready to retire, you&#x27;re thinking about it, you&#x27;ve been downsized, get the retirement survival kit. That will educate you. Yeah, we&#x27;ve got great information to send your way. We&#x27;ll set you up with a free phone consultation with the trusted advisors. We&#x27;ll chat with you, see what your problems are, and see if there&#x27;s something that we can do to better position you for retirement and winning that retirement game.</p><p><strong>19:15</strong> And Peter Rashawn, what number should they call if they&#x27;re in the next 10 caller? If you would like one of those guides, folks, pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s a great way to get in touch with us and to take us up on the offer for that free guide. Bill, certainly appreciate that. And again, to our listeners, that number is 800-661-7383. And Bill, I have to agree with you, but I also have to air a word of caution here in the fact that you said you must like your financial advisor. You must find somebody that you like to work with. And I have to give the word of caution because I have seen far too many people come in with an asset allocation that was not properly allocated for them and maybe some investments that were not correct for them. And when I point this out to them, they say, but I like my financial advisor so much.</p><p><strong>20:02</strong> He&#x27;s such a good guy. That can sometimes lead you back into that realm of making your investment decisions based off emotion, which, again, leads to poor decision making. Peter, well said. Very good point. And I see that as well. Let me rephrase that comment. I think the individual, you have to like working with them. And you have to know that they&#x27;re— Doing a good job for you. Exactly. In writing. To know that that plan is directly built for you. And you&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, we see this every single day, every single week. Folks, any last things there from the financial safari? Well, I think that it does bear to mention that people need to be examining the costs in their portfolios because too many times I see folks who are not aware of the fees and the cost in their portfolio.</p><p><strong>20:53</strong> A lot of people are dealing with fee-only advisors or fee-based advisors where there&#x27;s a fee to purchase. Have you seen that commercial, there&#x27;s an app for that? Oh, yeah. You know, there&#x27;s an app for everything. Well, sometimes there can be a fee for everything. When you want to purchase something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. When you want to move something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. When you want to trade something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. Or sell something, there&#x27;s a fee for that too. And they&#x27;re not always disclosed. So, folks, come in. Talk to the folks there at Great Lakes Retirement or for our listeners here on the financial safari. You can know truly down to the penny what your costs are. Run through that Morningstar report. And it&#x27;s so important, so vital that you know what kind of fees you are paying for your portfolio management and your financial planning. Coach Pete, I know you guys do this because I&#x27;ve had you on our show before.</p><p><strong>21:39</strong> We call that pricing the relationship. So, whether you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari or Retirement Matters Radio Network, if you&#x27;re hearing us talk, you are paying a fee. The question is, what is the fee you&#x27;re paying? And are you getting value? Is this plan built around you? Is this plan going to achieve your dream? And, you know, Coach Pete, the dream has really been said to be nothing more than a goal with a deadline. And so, price that relationship. Now, how can folks get a hold of you to be able to price that relationship? Well, they can give us a call at 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And if you don&#x27;t write your plan down, it is nothing more than a dream.</p><p><strong>22:24</strong> That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;ve got to have it written, too. So, we&#x27;ve talked about fees. We&#x27;ve talked about a lot of risk and talking about having a plan. Taxes. Have we seen that jump up anywhere? Well, there&#x27;s a very fine line between a good dream and a nightmare, isn&#x27;t there? And that&#x27;s where taxes come into it, isn&#x27;t it? So, but with the right planner, you can minimize taxes. And with some accounts that people have right now, if set up properly, they can take the money out over their lifetime with about 90% tax-free, can&#x27;t they? Absolutely. 92-plus percent tax-free. And even 100% tax-free in some cases, if we can work in a Roth IRA into the scenario down the road, I think a lot of individuals overlook this kind of planning.</p><p><strong>23:12</strong> If you&#x27;re working with a specialist, somebody who specializes in working in retirement or retirement income planning, you&#x27;re going to really have your eyes open to a plethora of different investment options and choices maybe that you have never heard of before. And, you know, you guys tell a story down there on the financial safari about being a guide. Coach Pete, I&#x27;m not sure I would really like to be chased by a lion, but, you know, I like your example that you give. Any last closing words that you can leave for us here on the Retirement Matters Radio? Yeah, Bill, we&#x27;re all creatures of habit. That&#x27;s why it takes people so long to break a bad habit like smoking or whatever like that. And another bad habit is procrastination or getting to it tomorrow. What a great time right now to break that habit of not knowing what&#x27;s going on in your financial world, get this information that&#x27;s available, and make informed decisions that are in writing that are solely based on what you need going forward to have a safe, peaceful retirement and make sure you leave prosperity and not problems to your next of kin.</p><p><strong>24:15</strong> I absolutely agree. Yeah, Bill, not every plan can be improved upon, but no plan can be improved until you take time to review what you&#x27;re currently doing. So pick up the phone for those folks listening to your show, the number 800-661-7383. Those are important numbers to remember, folks. Pick up the phone and call them now because we can help you review your current plan to see if it can be improved. Yeah, folks, and we&#x27;re not too far into the new year, so there&#x27;s still time to make a New Year&#x27;s resolution for that retirement portfolio as well. It&#x27;s never too late. Get the guide, get the appointments, get another opinion, price the relationship, whatever you need to do. Thank you. Coach Pete, Peter, Sean, thanks for joining us today on Retirement Matters. Glad to have you with us. Always a pleasure. Thanks so much. Look forward to having you back in the future. Anytime, my brother. Y&#x27;all take care.</p><p><strong>25:00</strong> Well, ladies and gentlemen, that&#x27;s all the time we have for today, so any closing remarks from you, Bill? Have a great week, and remember, your retirement matters. Great saying, great radio program. Glad to be a guest. Remember, folks, your retirement does matter, so pick up the phone right now and sign up for that complimentary consultation time that&#x27;ll come along with that retirement resource guide. Pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That number again is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Retirement Matters for a conversation about building an income plan for retirement. The January 2011 discussion examines the difference between owning financial products and having a coordinated plan.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly guide through the financial jungle. Once again, Coach Pete has been asked to join up with another national radio program to be a special guest expert on that program to talk about financial matters. So we are going to be joining up with Retirement Matters broadcast out of Ohio. And I think we got them on the line and prepared to join up with them live. Bill Smith on Retirement Matters. Glad to have you with us. Hope we can bring you some great information. And we&#x27;ve got a great show lined up for you today. We&#x27;re going to be talking about income planning, specifically planning to have income throughout your retirement year so that you don&#x27;t run out of money before you run out of life. And I think that&#x27;s a key topic that we want to discuss today. I am Jarrett Lang, and I&#x27;m your co-host for today&#x27;s show. And as always, I&#x27;m joined here by Bill Smith. Bill, glad to have you with us. Great day. Great day.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> And we have some great guests joining us live on the show today, actually. Yeah, definitely. We have joining us today, he&#x27;s known all over the country as the coach. And very famous radio show personality joining us from North Carolina on their show, the financial safari coach Pete and Peter Rashawn on that team. Good morning. Good afternoon. Welcome to Retirement Matters Radio. Hey, Bill. How are you doing today? Bill, great. It&#x27;s great to talk to you again. You guys out here just had a great interview with Rick Buter. Yeah, Rick Buter was on the show last week. The book he wrote, it kind of really hits home with the fact that Wall Street, they really are not in tune with what our retired individuals really need, or at least to have a base of protection.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And I think that&#x27;ll make a great follow-up conversation for this week. Well, Rick in his book said it&#x27;s all about guaranteed income for life several times. And as Jarrett said at the beginning of the program, you don&#x27;t want to run out of money before you run out of life. But I would take it a step further and say that you don&#x27;t want to have more month at the end of the money. Rather, you want more money at the end of each month. And it&#x27;s not about the total picture of running out of money before you take the limousine to heaven. You need a guaranteed paycheck-type income every month. And that&#x27;s the most important part of retirement planning right now. Yeah, and I think that&#x27;s a huge point. I mean, Bill, you focus every single day with the clients that you meet on guaranteeing that paycheck when you move in from accumulation mode into preservation and distribution mode.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> You know, folks, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re listening, really an individual&#x27;s life can be divided financially into three phases. And what we call number one, phase one is called accumulation. Support. One of the important things to remember about this phase is we have time on our side. So we&#x27;re working and we have a paycheck coming in. So, you know, these swings in the market and the volatility and the interest rates and will we have another dip in the housing market? I mean, all of these things are, you know, maybe not as nearly worrisome to you when you&#x27;re working because you have that time and you have that paycheck. And then you step into phase two, and that&#x27;s where we begin to retire. Phase two is preservation. We&#x27;re going to be living now on the money we&#x27;ve accumulated. And it&#x27;s absolutely critical that you change the way you think.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> Coach Pete, I know you do a lot of this every single day and counsel people not only there in North Carolina but all over the country. You guys are on 48-some stations last time I knew. So talk to us a little bit about how you helped take somebody from that paycheck mode where they&#x27;ve been working and now all of a sudden it&#x27;s time to start spending it. Talk to us about that. Well, Bill, I was on Fox Business a couple weeks back, and they had me on. And the main concern was what is middle America thinking? Are they chasing the stock market? You know, the worst time to buy is when the market is at its all-time high. And the worst time to sell is when it&#x27;s on its all-time low. And so you need to have what we call correlated and non-correlated assets. That means having a true income plan that doesn&#x27;t depend on the market going up for you to have a secure retirement.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> And, Bill, I&#x27;d be willing to bet that most people listening to your show have no idea what that guaranteed income plan looks like because they haven&#x27;t taken advantage of a no-cost consultation to see if they could get an income plan in place that they would never have to worry about. You&#x27;re listening out there. What Coach Pete is talking about here is the type of individual that is somebody that we could help and counsel and provide good, solid advice to is an individual who is nearing into that phase of retirement. You&#x27;re somebody who maybe was recently downsized, and you have a 401K that needs rolled over and learn how to protect that. Or you&#x27;re an individual out there who needs to figure out how to develop an income plan and how to shift from that, hey, let&#x27;s make 8%, 10% on our money every year, but more of a focus on let&#x27;s protect what we&#x27;ve accumulated</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> and then learn how to take an income on that money that we can never run out of. And I think those are the folks that I think we&#x27;re talking to. And, yeah, talk to us. What&#x27;s next, Coach Pete? I mean, once you develop that correlated and non-correlated portfolio, what&#x27;s important for folks to be thinking about? Well, it&#x27;s time to eliminate fees, risk, and commissions on the part of your plan that is attached to the market. And you can do that by meeting with a true investment advisor, someone who does not make commissions every time you do something, Bill. And that&#x27;s very important, too. A lot of people don&#x27;t understand what a true fiduciary is and how that can benefit you. You know, Bill, the old rule of thumb in Wall Street is the stockbrokers always tell you that you can take 4% of your stock assets out every year and maybe not running out of money.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> But that&#x27;s not a guaranteed plan, is it? No, and that&#x27;s one thing that Rick Buter talked about last week. As you guys know, he was on your show as well. And the great Wall Street scam, retirement scam, is that Wall Street cannot give you that guaranteed income. Now, I&#x27;m not all down on Wall Street. It&#x27;s just that an individual that&#x27;s gone into this phase of preservation phase of their life where now it&#x27;s time to start living on what we&#x27;ve accumulated, you have to be able to take and separate and actuarially come up with a number. And, Jarrett, you know, we were talking about this last week. We talked about this on our income planning free report that we have. And that&#x27;s know your number. Yeah, you definitely have to know that retirement number. You know, we came up with five problems that we see, things that can potentially derail you from having that proper income plan,</p><p><strong>06:20</strong> a plan that&#x27;s going to get you through retirement without running out of money. We want to talk about the four problems mainly are inflation, taxes, letting Wall Street get in the way, and then, of course, behavior, letting yourself get in the way. And then, you know, we&#x27;ve got a five-step process to set up that income plan too. Yeah, it&#x27;s a real simple five-step process, and certainly we go over that with individuals. Coach Pete, how do you guide somebody there on how to take them from that phase where they&#x27;ve been in accumulation, and now it&#x27;s time to go into preservation and take income then? Well, you know, it&#x27;s a fundamental change in your life when you go from having a paycheck coming in from your work to not having one and having to depend on your money to give you a paycheck. So doesn&#x27;t it make sense that your portfolio should fundamentally shift as well when you reach the retirement years, Bill?</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It&#x27;s not all about accumulation. You&#x27;ve really got to guarantee yourself that you&#x27;ll have some income. And the key word there is yourself because with the dangers to the Social Security benefit system right now, we see that as being underfunded and potentially running out by the year 2037 according to current estimates. And I&#x27;ve seen recent news stories from European countries talking about taking control of private retirement funds. It&#x27;s really up to us as individuals to make sure we have enough guaranteed and paycheck kind of income coming in week to week, month to month to handle those regular expenses and know that we&#x27;re always going to have enough to handle those regular expenses each week, each month, and year after year. You know, Peter, it&#x27;s very interesting that you mention that. But don&#x27;t you find that a lot of times an individual gets themselves in trouble because of their own behavior?</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> You know, we talked about this as one of our five things. Jarrett, you mentioned a second ago. And number one, they don&#x27;t have a plan. Number two, you&#x27;ve got worries of inflation and taxes and Wall Street. But the big one, I think, is behavior. And I know you guys have had some great guests on the Financial Safari. Harry, talk to me a little bit about behavior and how you modify people&#x27;s behavior. Well, number one is to turn the TV off, Bill. A lot of times people are addicted to watching these 24-hour, I call it investainment. It&#x27;s talking about investing, but it&#x27;s entertainingly motivated. So they&#x27;ll follow the one guy who&#x27;s dancing all around, pressing buttons, making different sounds. And if you follow picks on TV, maybe you&#x27;ll make a little money to begin with. But if you don&#x27;t have an exit strategy before you get in, eventually a lot of times what happens is that stock will go down lower than what you paid for it.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Bill, it&#x27;s all about having a plan ahead of time. And you&#x27;ve got to do this ahead of time. People who don&#x27;t have a plan then end up reacting with emotion. And emotional-based decisions are usually poor-made decisions. Absolutely, because when it comes to money, it&#x27;s been said that money is the most intimate thing that an individual has. And so why wouldn&#x27;t we be making bad decisions? Because it&#x27;s our life savings, and we&#x27;re motivated by that fear and that greed. And if we&#x27;re losing a lot of money, we have that fear of losing it and running out. And if we&#x27;re making money, it&#x27;s the greed that steps in and says, oh, let&#x27;s just stay in, because it&#x27;s just going to keep going up. So I think, you know, back to Jared&#x27;s point that he mentioned here is that, you know, you kind of almost have to get out of your own way.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> And I know you guys have done a great job, Coach Pete, down there on really helping people with a financial plan that is going to help them get out of their own way, if you will. Well, have you ever had a glass of water and poured some oil, like cooking oil, into the glass of water or olive oil? Yes. What usually happens when you pour the oil in? Well, it floats around, right? It kind of drops down in, and it&#x27;s separated, and it&#x27;s bubbled up, and it&#x27;s clearly separate. So oil and water clearly separate on their own, don&#x27;t they, when you mix them together? They have built-in separational features, but actually risk and safety don&#x27;t separate on their own. And there&#x27;s another factor that gets worked in is greed. So when greed becomes a part of that equation of risk versus safety, a lot of times people take a whole lot more risk than they really should,</p><p><strong>10:29</strong> because they don&#x27;t have that built-in protectionary function that oil and water does. Right. And so my point is, what my point is, is as you get older, you need a member of your team. You need your own chief financial officer for your retirement plans to put together a real income plan for you, someone who knows what&#x27;s going on in the world, knows the rule of 100, and knows the risk equations between correlated and non-correlated assets to make sure that you have some money still at risk to take advantage of that full horsepower, we call it, but you also have some money you can never lose, and that can give you a guaranteed income for the rest of your life. And, Bill, time after time, I see people who think they have separation when they have diversity within stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. What they don&#x27;t realize is that&#x27;s all one group, and that group is risk.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> In order to have real separation and true diversity, you need to have some of your assets in safety and some in risk. And the safety, folks, needs to be your stability. That needs to be your foundation. And only once that foundation is built and on solid ground, then you can begin to take more risk. But people have that equation backwards, and mostly, Bill, that is due to the greed of Wall Street and the marketing of Wall Street doing such a good job in fooling people into thinking that investing in risk is the best thing for their returns and for their eventual wealth building. But, again, when you make that transition from your working career to retirement, there&#x27;s a fundamental shift that needs to happen, and you need to have more preservation rather than aggressive growth. Yeah, and we believe it starts with education. We talk about it all the time.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> You know, if you&#x27;re listening to the media and watching TV, like you said, they&#x27;re planting these ideas in your mind. They&#x27;re not always the right or the correct way to do things, but you have to start with education. I think it&#x27;s important that you get educated on the matters that are important to you, and I think we&#x27;ve got a great resource to help you do that. We&#x27;ve got a great retirement survival kit that focuses on income planning and a lot of the ideas that we&#x27;re talking about here today. Yeah, we do things the old-fashioned way. A lot of folks out there like to have a piece of paper that they can read and review or record, if you will. And in our retirement survival kit, if you&#x27;re not quite ready to sit down and chat with us, certainly the first step is that. So if you&#x27;re somebody out there who&#x27;s retired and you want to be able to sit down and see what your options are and develop an income plan and how to protect, how to actuarially, like Peter Rashawn, like you were talking,</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> how to actuarially separate that money, that correlated and non-correlated money, to be able to develop a pot of money that will be your sacred cow, if you will, that&#x27;s going to continually pay you and pay you income guaranteed for the rest of your life, the first step for that is certainly a free 15-minute phone consultation by calling the guidelines. But, you know, as Jarrett said, if you&#x27;re not quite ready for that, you&#x27;re going to want to get a hold of the retirement survival kit. We have papers on why investors fail. We have an income planning CD as well as a white paper on that, just loaded with great information in our retirement survival kit. Yeah, and as an extension of that kit, you know, we&#x27;ll go ahead and grant you that 15-minute free phone consultation. We&#x27;ll get on the phone with you. We&#x27;ll chat with you about what&#x27;s troubling you, your concerns, see if there&#x27;s something we can do to help.</p><p><strong>13:39</strong> Bill, that&#x27;s a great offer, and we have those resources available for our listeners as well. Yeah, in order to take advantage of that, folks, and pick up a copy of that resource guide, just pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. Again, the number 800-661-7383. And that does come along with the consultation with one of the team members from the Financial Safari personally. Again, that number is 800-661-7383, 800-661-7383. Bill, that&#x27;s a tremendous offer for all your listeners. If they&#x27;re just hearing you for the first time or if they&#x27;ve been listening to you for years, if they haven&#x27;t taken advantage of your great offer there for a no-cost retirement survival guide, I&#x27;d recommend they pick up the phone right now. I don&#x27;t see why they wouldn&#x27;t want to do it.</p><p><strong>14:25</strong> You know, Coach Pete, journey of 1,000 miles begins with what? The first step. A map. You know, that first step. You know, what is the first step? I think a lot of people out there, they just don&#x27;t know. And it&#x27;s interesting to me sometimes when I say, hey, you know, you talk to somebody and they say, hey, I just retired. And retirement to individuals a lot of times might mean just rolling over the 401k. But isn&#x27;t there a lot more to it than that? Absolutely. There&#x27;s a lot more to it. We call it the financial safari. And that&#x27;s just when your safari starts. And again, if you go on a wild game safari over in a foreign country, the most important person on that whole tour is the guide himself or herself.</p><p><strong>15:13</strong> Because without them, everyone&#x27;s in trouble. And a little side note, I always like to say that if you are ever chased by a lion in a group, make sure that you don&#x27;t have to be the fastest person in that group. You just have to be faster than the slowest person. That&#x27;s right. But there are a lot of slow people as far as financially speaking in retirement, Bill. They haven&#x27;t taken the steps they need to take. So they will be the ones that are left behind if we have market fluctuation in the future. And they haven&#x27;t protected some of that money for retirement income. Now, when folks sit down with you, Coach B, you&#x27;re a registered investment advisor. And you give holistic advice. When you sit down with somebody, isn&#x27;t it important that the individual has a plan that&#x27;s truly tailored to their situation? You talk about your financial safari, and this is why it brings it up to me. If you&#x27;re working with a stockbroker, typically the advice that you&#x27;re going to get is going to be skewed towards Wall Street.</p><p><strong>16:03</strong> If you&#x27;re working with an insurance salesman, then the only advice you&#x27;re going to get is they&#x27;re going to sell you insurance or whatever they&#x27;re going to sell you from an insurance perspective. Or if you&#x27;re working with a banker, you&#x27;re a transaction. So as a holistic registered investment advisor, how do you take people from that stage of, hey, we&#x27;ve been working to, hey, here we have this chunk of money. Let&#x27;s navigate through this safari and end up with a solid financial plan. Well, Bill, to put it in perspective to most people listening, I&#x27;m sure they&#x27;ve seen the commercial way back in the day. I&#x27;m 45 now, and I remember it when I was younger. But there was that muffler commercial where you went to a place that only had one size muffler, and I remember the guy saying, don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;ll make it fit.</p><p><strong>16:50</strong> Right? They&#x27;ll make that one muffler fit. So you had the guy in the tank top coming out, well dirty, and he had this gigantic muffler, and then the person pulled up in a little car, and he said, don&#x27;t worry, we&#x27;ll make it fit. And unfortunately, in the financial world, it&#x27;s like that way too many times. When we were little, we also go to the shoe store where they measure your foot with the little metal thing. They go in the back and find three or four shoes that would fit you. And unfortunately, in the financial world, they have one size fits all products all over the place. And if you&#x27;ve ever bought when you were little, when your grandmother maybe gave you a shirt that was like 20 sizes too big, that&#x27;s what people end up with in the financial world. They&#x27;ve got things that don&#x27;t fit right, and all that does is end up in heartache in the future. Bill, you and Jared had mentioned a retirement number, and what do you need your number to be? For me, my number would be number one. With my retirement plan, I better be number one and putting my needs first.</p><p><strong>17:38</strong> And unfortunately, with so many salesmen and product pushers out there, if they are only set at pushing one product or selling you one product, too many times you don&#x27;t end up as number one. You just end up as another number. Yeah, it&#x27;s so easy to fall victim to a product salesman or just a strict insurance salesman or a broker who&#x27;s going to give you a pie and call it an asset allocation. I mean, Bill, how can you find the right person? There&#x27;s so many choices. We call it the myriad of choices, and you&#x27;ve written articles on this in the past. I mean, what are some good tips to find the right person to be working with out there? That&#x27;s critical. You have to really interview them. You have to like them first and foremost, and that&#x27;s the first step. Educate yourself a little bit. Don&#x27;t go into something blindly, number one. And that&#x27;s why I think the retirement survival kit is going to really do for you.</p><p><strong>18:25</strong> And then develop a plan like Peter Rashawn, like you were talking about, as you being number one. You have to be the one. This plan is all about you. And then with that education, build a plan that makes sense. And we have a very simple five-step process that we address in our free report that is in the retirement survival kit. It&#x27;s an income planning report on how to develop your number. Very simple five-step process. We educate you and show you how to do that. And I think for the listeners out there, if you&#x27;re getting ready to retire, you&#x27;re thinking about it, you&#x27;ve been downsized, get the retirement survival kit. That will educate you. Yeah, we&#x27;ve got great information to send your way. We&#x27;ll set you up with a free phone consultation with the trusted advisors. We&#x27;ll chat with you, see what your problems are, and see if there&#x27;s something that we can do to better position you for retirement and winning that retirement game.</p><p><strong>19:15</strong> And Peter Rashawn, what number should they call if they&#x27;re in the next 10 caller? If you would like one of those guides, folks, pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s a great way to get in touch with us and to take us up on the offer for that free guide. Bill, certainly appreciate that. And again, to our listeners, that number is 800-661-7383. And Bill, I have to agree with you, but I also have to air a word of caution here in the fact that you said you must like your financial advisor. You must find somebody that you like to work with. And I have to give the word of caution because I have seen far too many people come in with an asset allocation that was not properly allocated for them and maybe some investments that were not correct for them. And when I point this out to them, they say, but I like my financial advisor so much.</p><p><strong>20:02</strong> He&#x27;s such a good guy. That can sometimes lead you back into that realm of making your investment decisions based off emotion, which, again, leads to poor decision making. Peter, well said. Very good point. And I see that as well. Let me rephrase that comment. I think the individual, you have to like working with them. And you have to know that they&#x27;re— Doing a good job for you. Exactly. In writing. To know that that plan is directly built for you. And you&#x27;re absolutely right. I mean, we see this every single day, every single week. Folks, any last things there from the financial safari? Well, I think that it does bear to mention that people need to be examining the costs in their portfolios because too many times I see folks who are not aware of the fees and the cost in their portfolio.</p><p><strong>20:53</strong> A lot of people are dealing with fee-only advisors or fee-based advisors where there&#x27;s a fee to purchase. Have you seen that commercial, there&#x27;s an app for that? Oh, yeah. You know, there&#x27;s an app for everything. Well, sometimes there can be a fee for everything. When you want to purchase something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. When you want to move something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. When you want to trade something, there&#x27;s a fee for that. Or sell something, there&#x27;s a fee for that too. And they&#x27;re not always disclosed. So, folks, come in. Talk to the folks there at Great Lakes Retirement or for our listeners here on the financial safari. You can know truly down to the penny what your costs are. Run through that Morningstar report. And it&#x27;s so important, so vital that you know what kind of fees you are paying for your portfolio management and your financial planning. Coach Pete, I know you guys do this because I&#x27;ve had you on our show before.</p><p><strong>21:39</strong> We call that pricing the relationship. So, whether you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari or Retirement Matters Radio Network, if you&#x27;re hearing us talk, you are paying a fee. The question is, what is the fee you&#x27;re paying? And are you getting value? Is this plan built around you? Is this plan going to achieve your dream? And, you know, Coach Pete, the dream has really been said to be nothing more than a goal with a deadline. And so, price that relationship. Now, how can folks get a hold of you to be able to price that relationship? Well, they can give us a call at 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And if you don&#x27;t write your plan down, it is nothing more than a dream.</p><p><strong>22:24</strong> That&#x27;s right. You&#x27;ve got to have it written, too. So, we&#x27;ve talked about fees. We&#x27;ve talked about a lot of risk and talking about having a plan. Taxes. Have we seen that jump up anywhere? Well, there&#x27;s a very fine line between a good dream and a nightmare, isn&#x27;t there? And that&#x27;s where taxes come into it, isn&#x27;t it? So, but with the right planner, you can minimize taxes. And with some accounts that people have right now, if set up properly, they can take the money out over their lifetime with about 90% tax-free, can&#x27;t they? Absolutely. 92-plus percent tax-free. And even 100% tax-free in some cases, if we can work in a Roth IRA into the scenario down the road, I think a lot of individuals overlook this kind of planning.</p><p><strong>23:12</strong> If you&#x27;re working with a specialist, somebody who specializes in working in retirement or retirement income planning, you&#x27;re going to really have your eyes open to a plethora of different investment options and choices maybe that you have never heard of before. And, you know, you guys tell a story down there on the financial safari about being a guide. Coach Pete, I&#x27;m not sure I would really like to be chased by a lion, but, you know, I like your example that you give. Any last closing words that you can leave for us here on the Retirement Matters Radio? Yeah, Bill, we&#x27;re all creatures of habit. That&#x27;s why it takes people so long to break a bad habit like smoking or whatever like that. And another bad habit is procrastination or getting to it tomorrow. What a great time right now to break that habit of not knowing what&#x27;s going on in your financial world, get this information that&#x27;s available, and make informed decisions that are in writing that are solely based on what you need going forward to have a safe, peaceful retirement and make sure you leave prosperity and not problems to your next of kin.</p><p><strong>24:15</strong> I absolutely agree. Yeah, Bill, not every plan can be improved upon, but no plan can be improved until you take time to review what you&#x27;re currently doing. So pick up the phone for those folks listening to your show, the number 800-661-7383. Those are important numbers to remember, folks. Pick up the phone and call them now because we can help you review your current plan to see if it can be improved. Yeah, folks, and we&#x27;re not too far into the new year, so there&#x27;s still time to make a New Year&#x27;s resolution for that retirement portfolio as well. It&#x27;s never too late. Get the guide, get the appointments, get another opinion, price the relationship, whatever you need to do. Thank you. Coach Pete, Peter, Sean, thanks for joining us today on Retirement Matters. Glad to have you with us. Always a pleasure. Thanks so much. Look forward to having you back in the future. Anytime, my brother. Y&#x27;all take care.</p><p><strong>25:00</strong> Well, ladies and gentlemen, that&#x27;s all the time we have for today, so any closing remarks from you, Bill? Have a great week, and remember, your retirement matters. Great saying, great radio program. Glad to be a guest. Remember, folks, your retirement does matter, so pick up the phone right now and sign up for that complimentary consultation time that&#x27;ll come along with that retirement resource guide. Pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That number again is 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Retirement Matters for a conversation about building an income plan for retirement. The January 2011 discussion examines the difference between owning financial products and having a coordinated plan.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>Bill Smith</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, Bill Smith, retirement income, retirement planning</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e/image.jpg?t=1792073186&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-bill-smith-income-throughout-retirement/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e/image.jpg?t=1792073186&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jan 2011 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1529</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a895b252-fd3e-407c-a785-b4e20103271e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="24507597" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-and-bill-smith-income-throughout-retirement</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>263</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Income Throughout Retirement" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:12" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:22" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:40" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:22:33" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Michael Wall: Financial Amnesia and Retirement Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Michael Wall: Financial Amnesia and Retirement Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall discusses what he calls financial amnesia: losing track of the purpose and details of the investments you own. Coach Pete asks about financial planning mistakes, retirement income, and tax considerations in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, we&#x27;re your weekly show that looks inside the financial world so that you can become more informed and have a guide as you go through that financial red zone and retirement. And joining us live in studio through the beauty of internet and phone line technology, we are going to walk in with Michael Wall, who actually owns a registered investment advisory firm in Altoona, Pennsylvania. Mike has a tremendous amount of experience in talking about financial planning, and I wanted to bring him in. He&#x27;s also a registered financial consultant. Michael, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you, Coach. You know, you and I talk a lot. We go over some of the different financial mistakes people make all the time when you and I talk. Do you want to identify to people what some of the mistakes people make when we talk about financial planning in general? You know, I think one of the biggest things we see is a little term I like to call financial</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> amnesia. A lot of people aren&#x27;t aware of what that is, but that often happens a lot. And it&#x27;s not really, it&#x27;s not fully understanding essentially what you have, your portfolio values, et cetera. So financial amnesia, that&#x27;s an interesting term, Michael. What does that really mean to people listening? Basically, you know, it&#x27;s interesting, Coach. When I sit down with clients, as we have over the years, one of the things that I notice is a lot of people, you know, with what&#x27;s happened over the last couple of years, they&#x27;re pretty well aware of what their portfolio value was the end of 2007, especially if they lost money in the market because, you know, that hurts. But oftentimes, Coach, you know, when you ask people, hey, you know, what was your portfolio value seven years ago or 10 years ago? And quite honestly, a lot of times they just don&#x27;t know. Does that make sense? Yeah, I&#x27;m amazed how many people I sit down with and I ask them if they can tell me what their</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> average return has been the last five years or 10 years. They have no idea. They just remember what happened yesterday, right? That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about. So it&#x27;s human nature to forget the bad things as quick as possible and only remember the good things. That&#x27;s why people have positive memories of their first boyfriend or girlfriend. They forget the things or the reasons why they broke up. They just remember the good things. Yep. And, you know, the reason that&#x27;s a big problem is because oftentimes what we&#x27;ve found is folks that are sitting down with an advisor and talking about things, you know, it&#x27;s real easy for an advisor to sit down and do a review and say, hey, you know, we had a fantastic year this year, but they really don&#x27;t know, the client doesn&#x27;t know, you know, are we actually up or down over the last 10 years? You know, the S&amp;P itself has not fared well over the last 10. And so it&#x27;s really, really important to have a very clear understanding of what your value is, not only when</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> you started with an advisor, but also what it is today. Simple way is to go back and see what you started with and what you have now and then figure out how many years that&#x27;s been and we can figure out the average return. But unfortunately, what a lot of people realize is they have a lot less than they thought they should have, even with the market going down because of fees and commissions coming out of their money each year. Right, Michael? Definitely a problem. You know, it&#x27;s interesting, Coach, there was an article in the Wall Street Journal, which is pretty well publicized, obviously, in March of 2010, basically talking about an average overcharging of hidden costs for funds that a lot of people have on average is 1.4%. That is hidden. That&#x27;s not the cost that they&#x27;re paying. That&#x27;s not the fee to their advisor. So it&#x27;s really, really a problem. And, you know, in relation to the amnesia part, one other thought here, Coach, is it&#x27;s important. And one of the things, a tool that you use, I know we use,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> is when you sit down with a client and do that progress meeting, having that sheet that shows the client exactly every time the progress meeting is had, what their value was when you came into the door and what the value is now. I think that brings a lot of credibility to the table for advisors that bring that to the table for clients. So sitting down and seeing what really happened year to year is called a progress meeting because you want to be going forward the whole time, not backward, right? Especially more now in the retirement years than ever. It&#x27;s so important because you don&#x27;t have all the facts like adding money to your portfolio, which is called dollar cost averaging and all those other benefits that sometimes you can participate in. It&#x27;s so crucial now to really hone in and know exactly where your money is, where it was and where it&#x27;s going. Michael, what I see, unfortunately, is that people don&#x27;t realize that fees equal loss. If you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> have it in your account, it doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s because the market going down or because of hidden or unhidden fees coming out of your money. If you don&#x27;t have it to spend, you don&#x27;t have it, right? So if you lose 50 percent, and we say this a lot on our show, people don&#x27;t realize the effect here. If you lose 50 percent of your money one year or over however many years it takes you to lose 50 percent of your money, you have to gain 100 percent of what you have left just to get back to where you started. That&#x27;s exactly right. And what you had said, Coach, about fees is so important. Not that most people don&#x27;t mind paying fees. They understand they&#x27;re not going to get free financial advice, but it needs to be fair and it needs to be clear. And when it&#x27;s fair and clear, now they can fully understand that if the market is losing, like you said, goes down 50 and we get to make 100 to come back and you add fees on top of that, if the average</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> funds mentioned by the journal with that additional fee is around 3 percent or so, you know, now we&#x27;re in a situation that we really have to have more of an aggressive portfolio to try and get adequate numbers if we&#x27;re going to be in the market. And I think there&#x27;s a lot better ways to accomplish those goals than taking the risk that so often, unfortunately, a lot of advisors talk about. And folks, if you&#x27;re not sure if you&#x27;re taking too much risk or not, pick up the phone. Give us a call right now. I will waive my initial consultation fee to sit down with you and do a full forensic financial analysis, making sure that you are where you need to be, making sure you don&#x27;t have too much money exposed to risk. That number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. You know, Michael, when somebody does lose a lot of money, it&#x27;s almost like watching a football game and a</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> team gets way down in the game. And in order to try to come back, they start airing the ball out, throwing the ball down the field as much as possible. And what usually happens is not good result, is it? It&#x27;s not. You know, it&#x27;s kind of like the Hail Mary, what you&#x27;re talking about. You know, we watch our favorite teams and when they get down, hope they can come back that way. But it&#x27;s really not smart to do your financial plan that way. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s really important to have and be working with or looking for someone who really is an expert in a particular field that can help you with your specific needs. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so crucial, I believe, that advisors focus on a particular area of life, investors. Because you manage your own registered investment advisory firm, I thought it&#x27;d be good to have you come on and show people there are ways to have what we call correlated and on correlated assets working together. In other words, meaning you don&#x27;t have to have all your</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> money tied to the market to get good returns. Specifically, I wanted to talk about the term REIT. A lot of people hear about REITs, either traded or untraded, but they really don&#x27;t know what they are. Do you want to explain what a REIT is and how that really does fit into a proper financial plan going forward? Sure can. And, you know, a REIT, Coach, really is nothing more than a real estate investment trust. And basically what that is, is there&#x27;s a variety of them in the market today. Some are traded, a lot are untraded publicly, as you said. And usually the untraded REITs oftentimes will have a little less risk because they don&#x27;t have the market volatility. But where you get the uncorrelated aspect with these REITs, especially if they&#x27;re very specific, is for that reason alone. They are specific in nature. They buy certain things and essentially they own real estate. Now, it&#x27;s important to understand what they own and what they buy. We generally tend to lean towards</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> REITs that will buy things that we know very strongly have a long shelf life, if you will, as far as the real estate that is owned inside that REIT. And what happens in the benefits really to the consumer is they have the ability to buy a piece of all of these properties in small portions and take advantage of the income coming out. And there&#x27;s some tax advantages as well. So the key is, is really understanding what the REIT actually owns and what is the shelf life of the asset that it owns. Very important. But it can really, really generate some very strong income and guaranteed returns. There&#x27;s some out there right now, even as high as six and a half, 6.8%. So you use those in the income plan to have immediate income coming and some of them return anywhere up to six and a half percent, you said. Absolutely. And not only, Coach, can we do it in a way that we do it in an income plan,</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> but it also is nice for folks who maybe just want to dabble a little piece of a portfolio, if it makes sense, into something that is totally uncorrelated. And the reason is, is now what they have the ability to do is reinvest that money back in the way that we operate. We buy things institutionally, which is a wholesale price, which allows people to reinvest that dividend they would receive back in for a certain lower share price, which is really, really appealing to a lot of clients if they need to rebuild a portfolio. And because we are investment advisors, we&#x27;re able to get it for our clients at a wholesale level instead of a retail level through a broker, correct? Big difference. A lot of people can offer REITs, but the big difference between a registered investment advisor and buying it through a broker-dealer, say like a Raymond James or an Ameriprise or Smith Barney or whoever it may be, they are brokers and dealers alike.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> So the difference with us is because we are fiduciaries, we only buy wholesale, which is really, really different when you look at the nuts and bolts of what we&#x27;re buying for and the benefit we receive in turn. And it really helps the client out because they keep more money in their pocket. Now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383 is the number to call if you want to find out more about how non-traded REITs or REITs in general could be a good fit in some portfolios as we talk about going forward. Also, finally, Michael, I want to talk about the tax advantages of some of the REITs that are out there, specifically some real big tax advantages you were talking about when we talked off the air earlier. Really are. And, you know, I think, Coach, one thing to note is the REITs are not appropriate for everyone and not everyone can get them. So it&#x27;s real important that they do call to understand</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> whether or not it&#x27;s appropriate for them. There are income levels and financial net worth requirements. So that&#x27;s one thing to note. But as far as the side, really an appealing benefit to this is since they essentially do own a piece of real estate, if you will, real estate, as you&#x27;re aware of, may or may not be aware of, has a depreciable factor. So what it allows clients to do in a real, real simple terminology is most people, now not all, you&#x27;d want to check with your CPA with this, and that&#x27;s why we work with in-house CPAs, as I know you do. One of the things that you&#x27;re going to want to make sure with them is can we write this off on our taxes? And most of the time, what they&#x27;re able to do is they are able to not count half of that income from the REIT on taxes. So real simple world, if there&#x27;s $100,000 and they&#x27;re making 6.8%, which is $6,800 a year,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> that would obviously mean that $3,400 of that $6,800 in income would not be taxed. So 50% of the income coming in has the availability of being tax-free. That&#x27;s very, very powerful in maximizing our money. The only thing better than having income coming in is having tax-free income coming in. And this is Michael Wall, a registered investment advisor from Altoona, Pennsylvania. Michael, thanks a lot for coming into the Financial Safari today. And anyone who wants to find out more information about what Michael was talking about can give us a call right now at 800-661-7383. Michael, thanks for coming into the Financial Safari. Hey, thanks, Coach, and have a great day. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Michael Wall discusses what he calls financial amnesia: losing track of the purpose and details of the investments you own. Coach Pete asks about financial planning mistakes, retirement income, and tax considerations in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, we&#x27;re your weekly show that looks inside the financial world so that you can become more informed and have a guide as you go through that financial red zone and retirement. And joining us live in studio through the beauty of internet and phone line technology, we are going to walk in with Michael Wall, who actually owns a registered investment advisory firm in Altoona, Pennsylvania. Mike has a tremendous amount of experience in talking about financial planning, and I wanted to bring him in. He&#x27;s also a registered financial consultant. Michael, welcome to the Financial Safari. Well, thank you, Coach. You know, you and I talk a lot. We go over some of the different financial mistakes people make all the time when you and I talk. Do you want to identify to people what some of the mistakes people make when we talk about financial planning in general? You know, I think one of the biggest things we see is a little term I like to call financial</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> amnesia. A lot of people aren&#x27;t aware of what that is, but that often happens a lot. And it&#x27;s not really, it&#x27;s not fully understanding essentially what you have, your portfolio values, et cetera. So financial amnesia, that&#x27;s an interesting term, Michael. What does that really mean to people listening? Basically, you know, it&#x27;s interesting, Coach. When I sit down with clients, as we have over the years, one of the things that I notice is a lot of people, you know, with what&#x27;s happened over the last couple of years, they&#x27;re pretty well aware of what their portfolio value was the end of 2007, especially if they lost money in the market because, you know, that hurts. But oftentimes, Coach, you know, when you ask people, hey, you know, what was your portfolio value seven years ago or 10 years ago? And quite honestly, a lot of times they just don&#x27;t know. Does that make sense? Yeah, I&#x27;m amazed how many people I sit down with and I ask them if they can tell me what their</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> average return has been the last five years or 10 years. They have no idea. They just remember what happened yesterday, right? That&#x27;s what you&#x27;re talking about. So it&#x27;s human nature to forget the bad things as quick as possible and only remember the good things. That&#x27;s why people have positive memories of their first boyfriend or girlfriend. They forget the things or the reasons why they broke up. They just remember the good things. Yep. And, you know, the reason that&#x27;s a big problem is because oftentimes what we&#x27;ve found is folks that are sitting down with an advisor and talking about things, you know, it&#x27;s real easy for an advisor to sit down and do a review and say, hey, you know, we had a fantastic year this year, but they really don&#x27;t know, the client doesn&#x27;t know, you know, are we actually up or down over the last 10 years? You know, the S&amp;P itself has not fared well over the last 10. And so it&#x27;s really, really important to have a very clear understanding of what your value is, not only when</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> you started with an advisor, but also what it is today. Simple way is to go back and see what you started with and what you have now and then figure out how many years that&#x27;s been and we can figure out the average return. But unfortunately, what a lot of people realize is they have a lot less than they thought they should have, even with the market going down because of fees and commissions coming out of their money each year. Right, Michael? Definitely a problem. You know, it&#x27;s interesting, Coach, there was an article in the Wall Street Journal, which is pretty well publicized, obviously, in March of 2010, basically talking about an average overcharging of hidden costs for funds that a lot of people have on average is 1.4%. That is hidden. That&#x27;s not the cost that they&#x27;re paying. That&#x27;s not the fee to their advisor. So it&#x27;s really, really a problem. And, you know, in relation to the amnesia part, one other thought here, Coach, is it&#x27;s important. And one of the things, a tool that you use, I know we use,</p><p><strong>03:11</strong> is when you sit down with a client and do that progress meeting, having that sheet that shows the client exactly every time the progress meeting is had, what their value was when you came into the door and what the value is now. I think that brings a lot of credibility to the table for advisors that bring that to the table for clients. So sitting down and seeing what really happened year to year is called a progress meeting because you want to be going forward the whole time, not backward, right? Especially more now in the retirement years than ever. It&#x27;s so important because you don&#x27;t have all the facts like adding money to your portfolio, which is called dollar cost averaging and all those other benefits that sometimes you can participate in. It&#x27;s so crucial now to really hone in and know exactly where your money is, where it was and where it&#x27;s going. Michael, what I see, unfortunately, is that people don&#x27;t realize that fees equal loss. If you don&#x27;t</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> have it in your account, it doesn&#x27;t matter if it&#x27;s because the market going down or because of hidden or unhidden fees coming out of your money. If you don&#x27;t have it to spend, you don&#x27;t have it, right? So if you lose 50 percent, and we say this a lot on our show, people don&#x27;t realize the effect here. If you lose 50 percent of your money one year or over however many years it takes you to lose 50 percent of your money, you have to gain 100 percent of what you have left just to get back to where you started. That&#x27;s exactly right. And what you had said, Coach, about fees is so important. Not that most people don&#x27;t mind paying fees. They understand they&#x27;re not going to get free financial advice, but it needs to be fair and it needs to be clear. And when it&#x27;s fair and clear, now they can fully understand that if the market is losing, like you said, goes down 50 and we get to make 100 to come back and you add fees on top of that, if the average</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> funds mentioned by the journal with that additional fee is around 3 percent or so, you know, now we&#x27;re in a situation that we really have to have more of an aggressive portfolio to try and get adequate numbers if we&#x27;re going to be in the market. And I think there&#x27;s a lot better ways to accomplish those goals than taking the risk that so often, unfortunately, a lot of advisors talk about. And folks, if you&#x27;re not sure if you&#x27;re taking too much risk or not, pick up the phone. Give us a call right now. I will waive my initial consultation fee to sit down with you and do a full forensic financial analysis, making sure that you are where you need to be, making sure you don&#x27;t have too much money exposed to risk. That number is 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. You know, Michael, when somebody does lose a lot of money, it&#x27;s almost like watching a football game and a</p><p><strong>05:33</strong> team gets way down in the game. And in order to try to come back, they start airing the ball out, throwing the ball down the field as much as possible. And what usually happens is not good result, is it? It&#x27;s not. You know, it&#x27;s kind of like the Hail Mary, what you&#x27;re talking about. You know, we watch our favorite teams and when they get down, hope they can come back that way. But it&#x27;s really not smart to do your financial plan that way. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s really important to have and be working with or looking for someone who really is an expert in a particular field that can help you with your specific needs. And that&#x27;s why it&#x27;s so crucial, I believe, that advisors focus on a particular area of life, investors. Because you manage your own registered investment advisory firm, I thought it&#x27;d be good to have you come on and show people there are ways to have what we call correlated and on correlated assets working together. In other words, meaning you don&#x27;t have to have all your</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> money tied to the market to get good returns. Specifically, I wanted to talk about the term REIT. A lot of people hear about REITs, either traded or untraded, but they really don&#x27;t know what they are. Do you want to explain what a REIT is and how that really does fit into a proper financial plan going forward? Sure can. And, you know, a REIT, Coach, really is nothing more than a real estate investment trust. And basically what that is, is there&#x27;s a variety of them in the market today. Some are traded, a lot are untraded publicly, as you said. And usually the untraded REITs oftentimes will have a little less risk because they don&#x27;t have the market volatility. But where you get the uncorrelated aspect with these REITs, especially if they&#x27;re very specific, is for that reason alone. They are specific in nature. They buy certain things and essentially they own real estate. Now, it&#x27;s important to understand what they own and what they buy. We generally tend to lean towards</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> REITs that will buy things that we know very strongly have a long shelf life, if you will, as far as the real estate that is owned inside that REIT. And what happens in the benefits really to the consumer is they have the ability to buy a piece of all of these properties in small portions and take advantage of the income coming out. And there&#x27;s some tax advantages as well. So the key is, is really understanding what the REIT actually owns and what is the shelf life of the asset that it owns. Very important. But it can really, really generate some very strong income and guaranteed returns. There&#x27;s some out there right now, even as high as six and a half, 6.8%. So you use those in the income plan to have immediate income coming and some of them return anywhere up to six and a half percent, you said. Absolutely. And not only, Coach, can we do it in a way that we do it in an income plan,</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> but it also is nice for folks who maybe just want to dabble a little piece of a portfolio, if it makes sense, into something that is totally uncorrelated. And the reason is, is now what they have the ability to do is reinvest that money back in the way that we operate. We buy things institutionally, which is a wholesale price, which allows people to reinvest that dividend they would receive back in for a certain lower share price, which is really, really appealing to a lot of clients if they need to rebuild a portfolio. And because we are investment advisors, we&#x27;re able to get it for our clients at a wholesale level instead of a retail level through a broker, correct? Big difference. A lot of people can offer REITs, but the big difference between a registered investment advisor and buying it through a broker-dealer, say like a Raymond James or an Ameriprise or Smith Barney or whoever it may be, they are brokers and dealers alike.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> So the difference with us is because we are fiduciaries, we only buy wholesale, which is really, really different when you look at the nuts and bolts of what we&#x27;re buying for and the benefit we receive in turn. And it really helps the client out because they keep more money in their pocket. Now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383 is the number to call if you want to find out more about how non-traded REITs or REITs in general could be a good fit in some portfolios as we talk about going forward. Also, finally, Michael, I want to talk about the tax advantages of some of the REITs that are out there, specifically some real big tax advantages you were talking about when we talked off the air earlier. Really are. And, you know, I think, Coach, one thing to note is the REITs are not appropriate for everyone and not everyone can get them. So it&#x27;s real important that they do call to understand</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> whether or not it&#x27;s appropriate for them. There are income levels and financial net worth requirements. So that&#x27;s one thing to note. But as far as the side, really an appealing benefit to this is since they essentially do own a piece of real estate, if you will, real estate, as you&#x27;re aware of, may or may not be aware of, has a depreciable factor. So what it allows clients to do in a real, real simple terminology is most people, now not all, you&#x27;d want to check with your CPA with this, and that&#x27;s why we work with in-house CPAs, as I know you do. One of the things that you&#x27;re going to want to make sure with them is can we write this off on our taxes? And most of the time, what they&#x27;re able to do is they are able to not count half of that income from the REIT on taxes. So real simple world, if there&#x27;s $100,000 and they&#x27;re making 6.8%, which is $6,800 a year,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> that would obviously mean that $3,400 of that $6,800 in income would not be taxed. So 50% of the income coming in has the availability of being tax-free. That&#x27;s very, very powerful in maximizing our money. The only thing better than having income coming in is having tax-free income coming in. And this is Michael Wall, a registered investment advisor from Altoona, Pennsylvania. Michael, thanks a lot for coming into the Financial Safari today. And anyone who wants to find out more information about what Michael was talking about can give us a call right now at 800-661-7383. Michael, thanks for coming into the Financial Safari. Hey, thanks, Coach, and have a great day. We&#x27;ll be right back after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Michael Wall discusses what he calls financial amnesia: losing track of the purpose and details of the investments you own. Coach Pete asks about financial planning mistakes, retirement income, and tax considerations in this November 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Michael Wall</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Michael Wall, retirement income, retirement planning, tax planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e/image.jpg?t=1792071647&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-financial-amnesia-and-retirement-income-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e/image.jpg?t=1792071647&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Sat, 06 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>665</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a6bbd927-a048-4087-81b9-b4e300214e9e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10669025" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/michael-wall-financial-amnesia-and-retirement-income-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>264</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Financial Amnesia and Retirement Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:39" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:35" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kevin Bassett: Roth Conversions and Year-End Tax Questions</title>
      <itunes:title>Kevin Bassett: Roth Conversions and Year-End Tax Questions</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>CPA Kevin Bassett joins Coach Pete to discuss Roth conversions, the importance of running the numbers, and tax planning considerations at the end of 2010. The conversation reflects the rules and opportunities discussed at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making so you can make more informed decisions and keep more of your money in your pocket. Again, folks, Peter Rashan here. I&#x27;m joined by financial author, cash flow retirement income planning coach, America&#x27;s financial planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, and joining us again in the studio, Kevin Bassett, president of Bassett &amp; Associates CPAs. And Kevin, welcome back into the Financial Safari once again. Yeah, thanks for having me. One of the things that needs to be examined is the consideration. And it&#x27;s not going to be right for everybody, but considering a Roth conversion. We&#x27;ve been talking about this since 2009, 2010, such a great opportunity. I&#x27;m sure a lot of people planned on considering that Roth conversion in 2010.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Only a couple months left here, about a month and a half left here to make that consideration. So people really need to make a move on that, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, absolutely. And again, it&#x27;s a case of running the numbers beforehand to see if it makes sense. Where it does make sense is if you were in a lower tax bracket this year and expect to be in higher brackets in future years, and you have a number of years to allow that money to grow and work for you, you could be looking at some very large permanent tax savings. That is something that you do have to take into account what your tax liability will be, and that conversion will also affect your tax bracket. So you&#x27;ve got to take into account how much to convert, because you don&#x27;t necessarily have to convert the whole thing. If you can stay in a lower tax bracket, it may make sense. There are a lot of different considerations you have to make there. Yeah, you bring up the perfect point. And with a lot of our clients, what we&#x27;ll do is we&#x27;ll look at their tax bracket,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> and if they&#x27;ve got some room to run on the lower tax brackets, we&#x27;ll convert enough to use up those lower tax brackets and take our money with a lower tax drag this year to avoid higher drag in future years. Kevin, you&#x27;re about my size. I&#x27;m about, well, I used to be. I used to be about, in high school I was 135, now I&#x27;m about 190 or so. But, you know, the funny thing is we were smaller guys, and when I would go shopping for a shirt or something, sometimes the jerseys would say one size fits all, right? And so you&#x27;d put it on, and it was like it would go from your head all the way down to the floor. Yeah, like a dress. Yeah, and so that&#x27;s a bad approach for anything in life, including financial and tax planning. But yet, and so the Roth, again, the Roth is not a one size fits all. And I see way too many people who say they want to do a Roth, but they really don&#x27;t know what that entails.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And also other people who say, oh, I&#x27;m never going to do a Roth because they heard a bad story from someone who did a Roth conversion who did it the wrong way. Sure. Don&#x27;t you agree it&#x27;s an individual case-by-case basis if it makes sense and how much of the money that you need to convert? You don&#x27;t have to convert your whole IRA to a Roth. You can do a little bit at a time. Yeah, exactly right. Just run the numbers and it&#x27;ll help with the decision. And one more thing, if things change before you file your 2010 return, you actually can unconvert the Roth IRA up to the filing date of your 2010 tax return, which would be sometime next year. So into 2011, you have the opportunity to make this decision now. And then if it does not look like it&#x27;s making sense into 2011 until your filing date, you can actually unconvert that and recategorize it as a traditional IRA again.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. Like when you&#x27;re a little kid, you can do a redo. Bring it back and get your money back. Unlike the shirt that you got that was one size fits all, you washed it and it shrunk down to no bigger than a doll, right? To fit on like the G.I. Joe, you couldn&#x27;t bring it back then. You can bring back your financial products, bring back in time to make sure to go back to where you were if you wanted to. Again, a case-by-case individual consideration. And to help you with that consideration, come see Coach Pete, Kevin Bassett. They can sit down with you, show you side-by-side comparisons of what those numbers would look like for you. Just make a call today to 800-661-7383 if you would like to sit down with two financial and tax professionals to make those Roth considerations. Okay, so that&#x27;s something that personal level taxes are involved with is that Roth conversion. How about those business owners out there? There are a lot of changes going on with all the bills, health care, jobs bills for business owners.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, how are their taxes going to be affected as we close out 2010 here, Kevin? Yep. Now, business owners have a little more control oftentimes with their business income and business expenses. And so that tax planning is the same as individuals, but a little bit more control for a business owner. The next thing is looking down the road at 2013, that new health care tax that would be kicking in 3.8%. They really are going to want to reposition their business income to help minimize that health care plan hit. One of the things they can do is operate in an S corporation, and their wages may be subject to 3.8% tax if they&#x27;re high enough. But as the bill is written right now, that law is indicating that S corp K1 income will not be subject to 3.8% tax. So there&#x27;s some opportunity for structuring properly there.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> There&#x27;s also a lot of opportunity for business owners to use their business for their personal retirement savings. I know that there&#x27;s a lot of business owners out there who are writing quarterly checks to Uncle Sam, to the government, to the state for their tax liability, that if they examined their options for a qualified retirement savings plan, they could probably be writing a pretty large portion of that to themselves rather than to the government. Yeah, that is absolutely right. Retirement plans have always been an attractive tax planning tool, but they&#x27;re going to get even more attractive for a number of reasons. First of all, you get a deduction when you fund those plans, and the plans available to business owners are actually more favorable than what&#x27;s available for most employees out there. And you will get an income tax deduction for those contributions.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> You will also decrease the health care tax you pay on those contributions starting in 2013. And finally, the retirement income when it&#x27;s distributed will not be subject to that 3.8% health care tax. So you&#x27;re talking about three fantastic reasons from a tax standpoint to fund retirement plans, and that&#x27;s not counting the general financial reasons for doing retirement plans in the first place. Let me tell you the objection that I hear a lot of times from business owners. If I do any type of qualified savings for myself through my business, I have to do it for all of my employees. And now, is that a true statement, or is that something that is sort of misconstrued? Yeah, partially true, but not the whole truth. Certain plans, that is exactly right, but there&#x27;s other plans where that&#x27;s not so onerous, and the simple plans are a good example there. A lot of business owners I see are underinsured, and they&#x27;re underfunded for retirement because they spend a lot of time managing their business,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> and they assume that they will live forever. You know how that is. But the person who suffers the most is the spouse of the business owner when they pass away and did not take care of those two things. So it&#x27;s very important to have the insurance to make sure your spouse basically has a self-completing retirement plan, which self-completes upon your death for you. And a lot of business owners forget about that because they&#x27;re worried about running their business, and I can see that. Absolutely right, and that&#x27;s epidemic among business owners. They have their entire net worth wrapped up in their business. They do not build wealth outside of their business. It&#x27;s reckless at best and foolish at worst. Would you agree that it would be smart to sit down at least to do an insurance review to make sure if you have some, you have the right insurance, and you make sure to have the right amount of insurance, too, as a business owner? Yeah, absolutely right. And there are ways to where they can save, and they can also build a retirement plan inside their insurance policy if they know what they&#x27;re doing on that.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Yep, and that&#x27;s kind of one of the final, fine, really great planning tools is considering using permanent life insurance as an investment vehicle. It&#x27;s great from an asset protection standpoint. It can work for your insurance needs. Additionally, it&#x27;s a way to keep income off of your 1040 and allow that to compound without having to pay the higher income tax rates and the health care tax rates on this investment income as it grows in the policy. It certainly does not apply to everyone, but if you&#x27;re in a high tax bracket and you have insurance needs and you have an asset protection need, permanent life insurance is an amazing advanced tool. You know, I hear that from CPAs a lot, but yet when I talk to some of the folks out there, they don&#x27;t even want to even consider insurance as an option, and I think it&#x27;s part of an asset plan. I mean, you really need to build insurance in. Well, I think part of that, too, is that there is an attitude, and it is projected by some of these other folks who are out here on the radio</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> that you should only have term insurance. That&#x27;s the only answer every single time. And, again, that goes back to the old example that we use, Coach, is that there&#x27;s not one tool that&#x27;s good for every job. It&#x27;s not a one-size-fits-all situation. If you tell someone to buy term and invest the rest, it all sounds good until you don&#x27;t invest the rest. That&#x27;s right. So what a permanent policy does, especially one with a mutual company that pays dividends and builds income, too, is it is forced savings, but it also self-completes if you pass away too early. What I mean by self-completing, if you have a $2 million policy and you&#x27;ve only put in a couple thousand dollars and you pass away, it will turn into $2 million for your spouse. So you don&#x27;t want to leave people millionaires. A lot of guys don&#x27;t, but you want to leave them where they never have to worry again, especially in the first couple years after you pass away. Yeah, absolutely right. I think some of the negativity came from some of the abuses that happen out there,</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> you know, where someone in a low bracket and not even funding their retirement account, they&#x27;re putting in these bad policies. But on the other hand, if the situation is right, it&#x27;s an incredible tool, and it can help you with insurability later in life. Well, it&#x27;s like a tie. A good suit is not a good suit if you don&#x27;t have a good tie. So life insurance ties it all together, but you don&#x27;t just wear a tie with a T-shirt. So you put the plan together first, and then you have the tie. The life insurance ties it all together. Folks, don&#x27;t ignore life insurance just because you saw it on Caddyshack, or no, it was Groundhog Day where the insurance agent was chasing the guy around. Insurance is a good part of a plan, but it shouldn&#x27;t be the only part of the plan. That&#x27;s right. Well, folks, it&#x27;s been another fast-moving segment here on the Financial Safari. You&#x27;ve got to take all of the tools at your disposal, into account, examine them, see what&#x27;s right for your individual situation.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> And again, there&#x27;s not one tool that&#x27;s right for every job. There&#x27;s no one-size-fits-all. So if you would like an individual review of your tax situation, of your insurance situation, of your financial well-being, give a call right now because these tax professionals, financial professionals, and Kevin Bassett, and of course, Coach Pete D’Arruda here at your disposal willing to waive their initial consultation fees to talk to you to do a review. Just pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That number once again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ve got to take another quick break. We&#x27;ll be back with more education about your money on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CPA Kevin Bassett joins Coach Pete to discuss Roth conversions, the importance of running the numbers, and tax planning considerations at the end of 2010. The conversation reflects the rules and opportunities discussed at the time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making so you can make more informed decisions and keep more of your money in your pocket. Again, folks, Peter Rashan here. I&#x27;m joined by financial author, cash flow retirement income planning coach, America&#x27;s financial planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, and joining us again in the studio, Kevin Bassett, president of Bassett &amp; Associates CPAs. And Kevin, welcome back into the Financial Safari once again. Yeah, thanks for having me. One of the things that needs to be examined is the consideration. And it&#x27;s not going to be right for everybody, but considering a Roth conversion. We&#x27;ve been talking about this since 2009, 2010, such a great opportunity. I&#x27;m sure a lot of people planned on considering that Roth conversion in 2010.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> Only a couple months left here, about a month and a half left here to make that consideration. So people really need to make a move on that, don&#x27;t they? Yeah, absolutely. And again, it&#x27;s a case of running the numbers beforehand to see if it makes sense. Where it does make sense is if you were in a lower tax bracket this year and expect to be in higher brackets in future years, and you have a number of years to allow that money to grow and work for you, you could be looking at some very large permanent tax savings. That is something that you do have to take into account what your tax liability will be, and that conversion will also affect your tax bracket. So you&#x27;ve got to take into account how much to convert, because you don&#x27;t necessarily have to convert the whole thing. If you can stay in a lower tax bracket, it may make sense. There are a lot of different considerations you have to make there. Yeah, you bring up the perfect point. And with a lot of our clients, what we&#x27;ll do is we&#x27;ll look at their tax bracket,</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> and if they&#x27;ve got some room to run on the lower tax brackets, we&#x27;ll convert enough to use up those lower tax brackets and take our money with a lower tax drag this year to avoid higher drag in future years. Kevin, you&#x27;re about my size. I&#x27;m about, well, I used to be. I used to be about, in high school I was 135, now I&#x27;m about 190 or so. But, you know, the funny thing is we were smaller guys, and when I would go shopping for a shirt or something, sometimes the jerseys would say one size fits all, right? And so you&#x27;d put it on, and it was like it would go from your head all the way down to the floor. Yeah, like a dress. Yeah, and so that&#x27;s a bad approach for anything in life, including financial and tax planning. But yet, and so the Roth, again, the Roth is not a one size fits all. And I see way too many people who say they want to do a Roth, but they really don&#x27;t know what that entails.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> And also other people who say, oh, I&#x27;m never going to do a Roth because they heard a bad story from someone who did a Roth conversion who did it the wrong way. Sure. Don&#x27;t you agree it&#x27;s an individual case-by-case basis if it makes sense and how much of the money that you need to convert? You don&#x27;t have to convert your whole IRA to a Roth. You can do a little bit at a time. Yeah, exactly right. Just run the numbers and it&#x27;ll help with the decision. And one more thing, if things change before you file your 2010 return, you actually can unconvert the Roth IRA up to the filing date of your 2010 tax return, which would be sometime next year. So into 2011, you have the opportunity to make this decision now. And then if it does not look like it&#x27;s making sense into 2011 until your filing date, you can actually unconvert that and recategorize it as a traditional IRA again.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> That&#x27;s exactly right. Like when you&#x27;re a little kid, you can do a redo. Bring it back and get your money back. Unlike the shirt that you got that was one size fits all, you washed it and it shrunk down to no bigger than a doll, right? To fit on like the G.I. Joe, you couldn&#x27;t bring it back then. You can bring back your financial products, bring back in time to make sure to go back to where you were if you wanted to. Again, a case-by-case individual consideration. And to help you with that consideration, come see Coach Pete, Kevin Bassett. They can sit down with you, show you side-by-side comparisons of what those numbers would look like for you. Just make a call today to 800-661-7383 if you would like to sit down with two financial and tax professionals to make those Roth considerations. Okay, so that&#x27;s something that personal level taxes are involved with is that Roth conversion. How about those business owners out there? There are a lot of changes going on with all the bills, health care, jobs bills for business owners.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> Now, how are their taxes going to be affected as we close out 2010 here, Kevin? Yep. Now, business owners have a little more control oftentimes with their business income and business expenses. And so that tax planning is the same as individuals, but a little bit more control for a business owner. The next thing is looking down the road at 2013, that new health care tax that would be kicking in 3.8%. They really are going to want to reposition their business income to help minimize that health care plan hit. One of the things they can do is operate in an S corporation, and their wages may be subject to 3.8% tax if they&#x27;re high enough. But as the bill is written right now, that law is indicating that S corp K1 income will not be subject to 3.8% tax. So there&#x27;s some opportunity for structuring properly there.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> There&#x27;s also a lot of opportunity for business owners to use their business for their personal retirement savings. I know that there&#x27;s a lot of business owners out there who are writing quarterly checks to Uncle Sam, to the government, to the state for their tax liability, that if they examined their options for a qualified retirement savings plan, they could probably be writing a pretty large portion of that to themselves rather than to the government. Yeah, that is absolutely right. Retirement plans have always been an attractive tax planning tool, but they&#x27;re going to get even more attractive for a number of reasons. First of all, you get a deduction when you fund those plans, and the plans available to business owners are actually more favorable than what&#x27;s available for most employees out there. And you will get an income tax deduction for those contributions.</p><p><strong>05:27</strong> You will also decrease the health care tax you pay on those contributions starting in 2013. And finally, the retirement income when it&#x27;s distributed will not be subject to that 3.8% health care tax. So you&#x27;re talking about three fantastic reasons from a tax standpoint to fund retirement plans, and that&#x27;s not counting the general financial reasons for doing retirement plans in the first place. Let me tell you the objection that I hear a lot of times from business owners. If I do any type of qualified savings for myself through my business, I have to do it for all of my employees. And now, is that a true statement, or is that something that is sort of misconstrued? Yeah, partially true, but not the whole truth. Certain plans, that is exactly right, but there&#x27;s other plans where that&#x27;s not so onerous, and the simple plans are a good example there. A lot of business owners I see are underinsured, and they&#x27;re underfunded for retirement because they spend a lot of time managing their business,</p><p><strong>06:17</strong> and they assume that they will live forever. You know how that is. But the person who suffers the most is the spouse of the business owner when they pass away and did not take care of those two things. So it&#x27;s very important to have the insurance to make sure your spouse basically has a self-completing retirement plan, which self-completes upon your death for you. And a lot of business owners forget about that because they&#x27;re worried about running their business, and I can see that. Absolutely right, and that&#x27;s epidemic among business owners. They have their entire net worth wrapped up in their business. They do not build wealth outside of their business. It&#x27;s reckless at best and foolish at worst. Would you agree that it would be smart to sit down at least to do an insurance review to make sure if you have some, you have the right insurance, and you make sure to have the right amount of insurance, too, as a business owner? Yeah, absolutely right. And there are ways to where they can save, and they can also build a retirement plan inside their insurance policy if they know what they&#x27;re doing on that.</p><p><strong>07:05</strong> Yep, and that&#x27;s kind of one of the final, fine, really great planning tools is considering using permanent life insurance as an investment vehicle. It&#x27;s great from an asset protection standpoint. It can work for your insurance needs. Additionally, it&#x27;s a way to keep income off of your 1040 and allow that to compound without having to pay the higher income tax rates and the health care tax rates on this investment income as it grows in the policy. It certainly does not apply to everyone, but if you&#x27;re in a high tax bracket and you have insurance needs and you have an asset protection need, permanent life insurance is an amazing advanced tool. You know, I hear that from CPAs a lot, but yet when I talk to some of the folks out there, they don&#x27;t even want to even consider insurance as an option, and I think it&#x27;s part of an asset plan. I mean, you really need to build insurance in. Well, I think part of that, too, is that there is an attitude, and it is projected by some of these other folks who are out here on the radio</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> that you should only have term insurance. That&#x27;s the only answer every single time. And, again, that goes back to the old example that we use, Coach, is that there&#x27;s not one tool that&#x27;s good for every job. It&#x27;s not a one-size-fits-all situation. If you tell someone to buy term and invest the rest, it all sounds good until you don&#x27;t invest the rest. That&#x27;s right. So what a permanent policy does, especially one with a mutual company that pays dividends and builds income, too, is it is forced savings, but it also self-completes if you pass away too early. What I mean by self-completing, if you have a $2 million policy and you&#x27;ve only put in a couple thousand dollars and you pass away, it will turn into $2 million for your spouse. So you don&#x27;t want to leave people millionaires. A lot of guys don&#x27;t, but you want to leave them where they never have to worry again, especially in the first couple years after you pass away. Yeah, absolutely right. I think some of the negativity came from some of the abuses that happen out there,</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> you know, where someone in a low bracket and not even funding their retirement account, they&#x27;re putting in these bad policies. But on the other hand, if the situation is right, it&#x27;s an incredible tool, and it can help you with insurability later in life. Well, it&#x27;s like a tie. A good suit is not a good suit if you don&#x27;t have a good tie. So life insurance ties it all together, but you don&#x27;t just wear a tie with a T-shirt. So you put the plan together first, and then you have the tie. The life insurance ties it all together. Folks, don&#x27;t ignore life insurance just because you saw it on Caddyshack, or no, it was Groundhog Day where the insurance agent was chasing the guy around. Insurance is a good part of a plan, but it shouldn&#x27;t be the only part of the plan. That&#x27;s right. Well, folks, it&#x27;s been another fast-moving segment here on the Financial Safari. You&#x27;ve got to take all of the tools at your disposal, into account, examine them, see what&#x27;s right for your individual situation.</p><p><strong>09:31</strong> And again, there&#x27;s not one tool that&#x27;s right for every job. There&#x27;s no one-size-fits-all. So if you would like an individual review of your tax situation, of your insurance situation, of your financial well-being, give a call right now because these tax professionals, financial professionals, and Kevin Bassett, and of course, Coach Pete D’Arruda here at your disposal willing to waive their initial consultation fees to talk to you to do a review. Just pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That number once again, 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ve got to take another quick break. We&#x27;ll be back with more education about your money on the Financial Safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>CPA Kevin Bassett joins Coach Pete to discuss Roth conversions, the importance of running the numbers, and tax planning considerations at the end of 2010. The conversation reflects the rules and opportunities discussed at the time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Kevin Bassett</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>Roth conversions</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Kevin Bassett, tax planning, Roth conversions</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c/image.jpg?t=1792073207&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-bassett-roth-conversions-and-year-end-tax-questions/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c/image.jpg?t=1792073207&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c</guid>
      <omny:clipId>25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>604</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/25d3d296-9f39-4d46-a4b0-b4e200f5d68c/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="9705982" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/kevin-bassett-roth-conversions-and-year-end-tax-questions</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>265</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Roth Conversions and Year-End Tax Questions" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:07" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:10" title="Healthcare choices and costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:20" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: The Economy After the 2010 Elections</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: The Economy After the 2010 Elections</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, joined as always by America&#x27;s Financial and Income Planning Coach Pete D’Arruda. And folks, before we get into another very special guest that&#x27;s going to be joining us, do want to remind folks that Coach Pete and his team of local trusted advisors have agreed to meet with you on a complimentary basis to discuss your financial security and well-being. If you would like to have a financial review or a second opinion on the advice that you&#x27;re currently being given, or that detailed forensic financial analysis where they break down all the fees, commissions, expenses, and taxes that you may be paying unnecessarily, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, to sign up for that complimentary meeting.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And now joining us on the Financial Safari, we do have a very special guest returning to the show, Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr., Harvard economist, founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation. Mr. Dent, welcome back to the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, recent elections, what else do you see as affecting the market from here on out in 2010? We know the elections didn&#x27;t affect that much, although the markets were rallying into it, because they expected Republicans to win big and to put, you know, restraints on spending and stuff the market&#x27;s concerned about. But the biggest factor now is the Federal Reserve. They have this second proposed policy of quantitative easing, which means they buy treasury bonds and mortgage securities on the open market, which injects money directly into the financial system and the markets.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And given that banks are not lending money right now, partly because consumers and businesses aren&#x27;t demanding loans, this money just goes into speculation and chasing higher yields as the government drives down short-term rates and now longer-term rates. So we think this is a bad thing to do, but it looks like it&#x27;s going to extend this bear market rally for another couple months and give a little lift to all assets, particularly stocks and commodities and maybe real estate, because lower long-term interest rates make stocks and real estate and commodities more valuable. So we think this bear market rally is going to extend longer than we would have originally thought, but we think it&#x27;s probably going to peak by early 2011. And we see a big downturn because the markets are out of step with Main Street</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and the fact that the economy continues to sag despite the greatest stimulus program in history. So you still do see on the horizon the possibility for a downturn in the market? Yeah, I mean, we think it&#x27;s more inevitable. I mean, the size of the debt in this last boom was unprecedented, and the baby boomers are shifting, as we predicted 20 years ago, from spending to saving. So this stimulus is not going to work that much. It hasn&#x27;t worked that much thus far. And this next round is probably going to fail as well. It&#x27;s just going to take a little while for the markets to figure that out. The markets just think, hey, if the Fed keeps stimulating, and they&#x27;re going to inject more money in the markets, and that&#x27;s money that goes into speculation, then the markets will tend to edge up. But they&#x27;ve already discounted a lot of this move.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So we see maybe 4% to 6% more in the stock markets over the next few months. But then we see a major downturn, like we saw, between sometime in 2011, probably early 2011, and mid to late 2012. So investors need to worry about the fundamentals. The fundamentals of debt and demographics do not support this rebound, and the market&#x27;s huge rise. And again, when the markets get this, and then the banks start to get in trouble again over all these failed mortgages and defaults and foreclosures, we see another, yes, another big downturn between 2011 and 2012. You know, Harry, when I meet with people every single day, and most of them have not jumped back in, yet their brokers are trying to get them to stay the course or jump in. And I compare it to some of the news reports that are coming out.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s sort of like putting sugar on a grapefruit. You know, it&#x27;s a great sweet taste for a minute, but when you get down into it, you&#x27;re left with a sour taste in your mouth. And I think that a lot of people are going to, again, get caught right at the last minute. They&#x27;re going to jump into the market when they shouldn&#x27;t, and they&#x27;re going to get left behind. What are some of the indicators people can look for to see when the market is at its top, or when you think maybe it will be the beginning, the end for the market rally? Well, you know, the greatest indicators short-term are always the bullishness of everyday investors. The smart money gets in first in a rally, and then more and more everyday people begrudgingly finally get in after a downturn like we&#x27;ve seen. And when they all pile in, then it&#x27;s over. There&#x27;s nobody left to buy. And so we&#x27;re looking at the broadest surveys from AAII, American Association of Individual Investors. And it&#x27;s saying, hey, the everyday person got very bearish in early 2009,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> but now they&#x27;re like 50% bullish. When they get to 60% bullish, it&#x27;s usually over. So we think that&#x27;s likely to happen. But, you know, also you have to look at fundamentals. The market keeps expecting that all this stimulus is going to work. And when we see another major failure down the road, like maybe fourth quarter GDP or employment reports some months down the road, and if the economy keeps weakening despite stimulus after stimulus, then reality hits. So, you know, I think, you know, we&#x27;re looking at maybe early next year if the markets probably go up another 4%, 5%, 6% or so, and then they start to fail. Now, I&#x27;m sure you read about the same reports I do. The reports or the indicators I get is that insiders in companies are selling at a record rate. They&#x27;re dumping what they have out into the market. Are you seeing that also? Yes, and that makes sense because if you look at businesses,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> they have hundreds of billions of dollars of cash on their balance sheets, and they&#x27;re not spending it. I mean, yes, they&#x27;ve been cutting costs, and they&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of demand from overseas, but they see the weak economy in the U.S. It&#x27;s not terribly weak to them, but it&#x27;s weak enough that they do not see incentives to make major investments in capacity and expansion and employment, and that&#x27;s why unemployment stays high despite the recovery. So the fact that this is occurring says, yeah, yeah, of course, insiders are saying, wow, our stocks have gone up a lot. Hey, we should sell while the sun&#x27;s shining here because it&#x27;s not likely to be this good. So insider trading selling is not a good sign. Mr. Dent, when you were on the program during the beginning of the summer, you had predicted that by the end of the summer, the market would take a sharp downturn.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> What has kept the market afloat up to this point? Well, it&#x27;s actually very simple. I mean, the economic statistics since the fourth quarter, GDP continues to fall. Now, third quarter looks like it might be slightly higher than second quarter, but that could be revised. Our leading indicator suggests it&#x27;s going to continue to weaken. The reason the markets haven&#x27;t fallen is that the Fed keeps stepping up and saying, whatever it takes, we&#x27;ll do. I mean, they lowered interest rates to zero. That&#x27;s the first tool. And that&#x27;s not that potent because short-term interest rates don&#x27;t inject money in the economy. They just incent people to borrow more at lower rates. But now when they buy treasury bonds, this quantitative easing, they call it, that is taking money out of nowhere, printing it and buying bonds, government&#x27;s own treasury bonds and mortgage securities, and injecting that into the system.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> That is more potent. And that devalues the dollar. And that creates more bubbles in markets. And these bubbles have to fail. I mean, look at recently. Stocks were up 80% from March of 2009, despite the most tepid recovery in history. Emerging markets overseas are up 135%. Gold&#x27;s up 105%. Silver, 185%. Junk bonds, the worst thing people should be in right now, are up 80% with all this stimulus and all this money flowing in, chasing higher yields. The government keeps putting yields down. And that means investors and pension plans and speculators have to chase higher yields. So they&#x27;re just creating a final bubble. We call it a bear market bubble. That&#x27;s going to fail and kill investors again. So I agree with you. I mean, investors should be very weary. I would not tell them to be jumping out yet, because there may be a couple months up, maybe 4%, 5%, 6%.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> But this is another bubble in the making. And unfortunately, in the next several months, it&#x27;s probably going to collapse again. And it&#x27;s going to kill investors. And the government said, oh, we did this for the stimulus of the economy. But it just went into the bubble. It&#x27;s not going into banks and lending. So it&#x27;s not going to be that effective. So the economy is going to probably continue to weaken at some point in the next year. And then markets are going to fall. And investors are going to say, oh, we finally trusted this and trusted the government. And we got killed again. So essentially, Harry, you believe that through the quantitative easing that the government is speculating, chasing returns, and supporting Wall Street with our tax dollars? Exactly. And again, this isn&#x27;t even tax dollars. They&#x27;re just creating money out of nothing, devaluing the dollar. And they&#x27;re just creating bubbles in the markets.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Bubbles always fail. And we&#x27;ve seen two bubbles fail. The tech bubble in early 2000s. And now the second bubble in the last few years has failed in everything from commodities to real estate to stocks. And now they&#x27;re creating what we call a bear market bubble, something we&#x27;ve never seen before, because we&#x27;ve never seen this level of stimulus. And these bubbles are going to fail. So the stimulus is only creating the next bubble. And it&#x27;s not going into the economy that much because even at unbelievably low mortgage rates, people still aren&#x27;t buying homes. They&#x27;re barely buying homes. So what if they push it a little lower? If you don&#x27;t buy a home at 3.5% to 4% mortgage rate, are you going to buy it because it&#x27;s 3.25%, 3.5%? And I don&#x27;t think the government can even push it that far because they&#x27;ve already pushed so hard. So, yeah, we say this is going to fail.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> It&#x27;s a matter of when the markets get that it&#x27;s going to fail. And I think now, because they&#x27;re so excited over this new crack drug they&#x27;re getting from all the stimulus coming in from the Fed, that it&#x27;s going to take a couple months. But look out after that. I think from somewhere early to mid-2011 on, probably on the earlier side, the markets are going to go down 7,000, 8,000 points again on the Dow. You know, Harry, it can&#x27;t keep going up. And, you know, I just noticed that sugar, the commodity sugar commodities are up at 30-year highs there. But what can the average investor, mom and pop out there, a couple hundred thousand dollars in their retirement account. They hear their neighbors making a fortune in the market because they jumped in maybe at the right time. And now they&#x27;re thinking about getting in. What can the average investor do right now to protect themselves from the upcoming downturn? Well, what they can do is the opposite of what most investors are going to do and keep piling into the market finally.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> They need to, over the next few months, sell their stocks and any excess real estate investments and even gold. We think gold is going to peak here in the next three to six months and then fall. Sell your investments over the next three, four months and just keep it in safe investments. Just be happy to earn 0, 1, 2 percent in short-term bonds and T-bills and CDs and wait for this next crash to set in. A couple years from now, you&#x27;re going to be able to buy stocks, real estate, businesses, vacation homes, starter homes for your kids at unbelievably low prices. And being in cash and safe investments is going to reward you unbelievably. So people think, oh, if I&#x27;m only earning 1 or 2 percent, I&#x27;m not making any progress. No, when things fall, your money is worth more.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> He is Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, Harvard Economist. And, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate you joining us here on the Financial Safari again. Enjoyed it. Hey, Harry, have a great holiday season and look forward to talking to you next year. Okay, great. Yeah, early next year would probably be a good time. Great, great. We&#x27;ll get you on in January. Okay. Take care. Time for another quick break here on the Financial Safari. Folks, if you would like a review of your financial situation to make sure you have security with your retirement income, preservation of your assets, and growth of your portfolio, sit down with Coach Pete or one of the members of his trusted advisor team from across the nation. Call right now, 800-661-7383 to sign up for that. Again, on a complimentary basis, they&#x27;ll sit down, meet with you, discuss your financial security. All you got to do is pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision making. Peter Rashan here, joined as always by America&#x27;s Financial and Income Planning Coach Pete D’Arruda. And folks, before we get into another very special guest that&#x27;s going to be joining us, do want to remind folks that Coach Pete and his team of local trusted advisors have agreed to meet with you on a complimentary basis to discuss your financial security and well-being. If you would like to have a financial review or a second opinion on the advice that you&#x27;re currently being given, or that detailed forensic financial analysis where they break down all the fees, commissions, expenses, and taxes that you may be paying unnecessarily, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, to sign up for that complimentary meeting.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Again, 800-661-7383. And now joining us on the Financial Safari, we do have a very special guest returning to the show, Mr. Harry S. Dent Jr., Harvard economist, founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation. Mr. Dent, welcome back to the Financial Safari. Nice to be back. Well, recent elections, what else do you see as affecting the market from here on out in 2010? We know the elections didn&#x27;t affect that much, although the markets were rallying into it, because they expected Republicans to win big and to put, you know, restraints on spending and stuff the market&#x27;s concerned about. But the biggest factor now is the Federal Reserve. They have this second proposed policy of quantitative easing, which means they buy treasury bonds and mortgage securities on the open market, which injects money directly into the financial system and the markets.</p><p><strong>01:35</strong> And given that banks are not lending money right now, partly because consumers and businesses aren&#x27;t demanding loans, this money just goes into speculation and chasing higher yields as the government drives down short-term rates and now longer-term rates. So we think this is a bad thing to do, but it looks like it&#x27;s going to extend this bear market rally for another couple months and give a little lift to all assets, particularly stocks and commodities and maybe real estate, because lower long-term interest rates make stocks and real estate and commodities more valuable. So we think this bear market rally is going to extend longer than we would have originally thought, but we think it&#x27;s probably going to peak by early 2011. And we see a big downturn because the markets are out of step with Main Street</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> and the fact that the economy continues to sag despite the greatest stimulus program in history. So you still do see on the horizon the possibility for a downturn in the market? Yeah, I mean, we think it&#x27;s more inevitable. I mean, the size of the debt in this last boom was unprecedented, and the baby boomers are shifting, as we predicted 20 years ago, from spending to saving. So this stimulus is not going to work that much. It hasn&#x27;t worked that much thus far. And this next round is probably going to fail as well. It&#x27;s just going to take a little while for the markets to figure that out. The markets just think, hey, if the Fed keeps stimulating, and they&#x27;re going to inject more money in the markets, and that&#x27;s money that goes into speculation, then the markets will tend to edge up. But they&#x27;ve already discounted a lot of this move.</p><p><strong>03:06</strong> So we see maybe 4% to 6% more in the stock markets over the next few months. But then we see a major downturn, like we saw, between sometime in 2011, probably early 2011, and mid to late 2012. So investors need to worry about the fundamentals. The fundamentals of debt and demographics do not support this rebound, and the market&#x27;s huge rise. And again, when the markets get this, and then the banks start to get in trouble again over all these failed mortgages and defaults and foreclosures, we see another, yes, another big downturn between 2011 and 2012. You know, Harry, when I meet with people every single day, and most of them have not jumped back in, yet their brokers are trying to get them to stay the course or jump in. And I compare it to some of the news reports that are coming out.</p><p><strong>03:53</strong> It&#x27;s sort of like putting sugar on a grapefruit. You know, it&#x27;s a great sweet taste for a minute, but when you get down into it, you&#x27;re left with a sour taste in your mouth. And I think that a lot of people are going to, again, get caught right at the last minute. They&#x27;re going to jump into the market when they shouldn&#x27;t, and they&#x27;re going to get left behind. What are some of the indicators people can look for to see when the market is at its top, or when you think maybe it will be the beginning, the end for the market rally? Well, you know, the greatest indicators short-term are always the bullishness of everyday investors. The smart money gets in first in a rally, and then more and more everyday people begrudgingly finally get in after a downturn like we&#x27;ve seen. And when they all pile in, then it&#x27;s over. There&#x27;s nobody left to buy. And so we&#x27;re looking at the broadest surveys from AAII, American Association of Individual Investors. And it&#x27;s saying, hey, the everyday person got very bearish in early 2009,</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> but now they&#x27;re like 50% bullish. When they get to 60% bullish, it&#x27;s usually over. So we think that&#x27;s likely to happen. But, you know, also you have to look at fundamentals. The market keeps expecting that all this stimulus is going to work. And when we see another major failure down the road, like maybe fourth quarter GDP or employment reports some months down the road, and if the economy keeps weakening despite stimulus after stimulus, then reality hits. So, you know, I think, you know, we&#x27;re looking at maybe early next year if the markets probably go up another 4%, 5%, 6% or so, and then they start to fail. Now, I&#x27;m sure you read about the same reports I do. The reports or the indicators I get is that insiders in companies are selling at a record rate. They&#x27;re dumping what they have out into the market. Are you seeing that also? Yes, and that makes sense because if you look at businesses,</p><p><strong>05:29</strong> they have hundreds of billions of dollars of cash on their balance sheets, and they&#x27;re not spending it. I mean, yes, they&#x27;ve been cutting costs, and they&#x27;ve been seeing a lot of demand from overseas, but they see the weak economy in the U.S. It&#x27;s not terribly weak to them, but it&#x27;s weak enough that they do not see incentives to make major investments in capacity and expansion and employment, and that&#x27;s why unemployment stays high despite the recovery. So the fact that this is occurring says, yeah, yeah, of course, insiders are saying, wow, our stocks have gone up a lot. Hey, we should sell while the sun&#x27;s shining here because it&#x27;s not likely to be this good. So insider trading selling is not a good sign. Mr. Dent, when you were on the program during the beginning of the summer, you had predicted that by the end of the summer, the market would take a sharp downturn.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> What has kept the market afloat up to this point? Well, it&#x27;s actually very simple. I mean, the economic statistics since the fourth quarter, GDP continues to fall. Now, third quarter looks like it might be slightly higher than second quarter, but that could be revised. Our leading indicator suggests it&#x27;s going to continue to weaken. The reason the markets haven&#x27;t fallen is that the Fed keeps stepping up and saying, whatever it takes, we&#x27;ll do. I mean, they lowered interest rates to zero. That&#x27;s the first tool. And that&#x27;s not that potent because short-term interest rates don&#x27;t inject money in the economy. They just incent people to borrow more at lower rates. But now when they buy treasury bonds, this quantitative easing, they call it, that is taking money out of nowhere, printing it and buying bonds, government&#x27;s own treasury bonds and mortgage securities, and injecting that into the system.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> That is more potent. And that devalues the dollar. And that creates more bubbles in markets. And these bubbles have to fail. I mean, look at recently. Stocks were up 80% from March of 2009, despite the most tepid recovery in history. Emerging markets overseas are up 135%. Gold&#x27;s up 105%. Silver, 185%. Junk bonds, the worst thing people should be in right now, are up 80% with all this stimulus and all this money flowing in, chasing higher yields. The government keeps putting yields down. And that means investors and pension plans and speculators have to chase higher yields. So they&#x27;re just creating a final bubble. We call it a bear market bubble. That&#x27;s going to fail and kill investors again. So I agree with you. I mean, investors should be very weary. I would not tell them to be jumping out yet, because there may be a couple months up, maybe 4%, 5%, 6%.</p><p><strong>07:48</strong> But this is another bubble in the making. And unfortunately, in the next several months, it&#x27;s probably going to collapse again. And it&#x27;s going to kill investors. And the government said, oh, we did this for the stimulus of the economy. But it just went into the bubble. It&#x27;s not going into banks and lending. So it&#x27;s not going to be that effective. So the economy is going to probably continue to weaken at some point in the next year. And then markets are going to fall. And investors are going to say, oh, we finally trusted this and trusted the government. And we got killed again. So essentially, Harry, you believe that through the quantitative easing that the government is speculating, chasing returns, and supporting Wall Street with our tax dollars? Exactly. And again, this isn&#x27;t even tax dollars. They&#x27;re just creating money out of nothing, devaluing the dollar. And they&#x27;re just creating bubbles in the markets.</p><p><strong>08:34</strong> Bubbles always fail. And we&#x27;ve seen two bubbles fail. The tech bubble in early 2000s. And now the second bubble in the last few years has failed in everything from commodities to real estate to stocks. And now they&#x27;re creating what we call a bear market bubble, something we&#x27;ve never seen before, because we&#x27;ve never seen this level of stimulus. And these bubbles are going to fail. So the stimulus is only creating the next bubble. And it&#x27;s not going into the economy that much because even at unbelievably low mortgage rates, people still aren&#x27;t buying homes. They&#x27;re barely buying homes. So what if they push it a little lower? If you don&#x27;t buy a home at 3.5% to 4% mortgage rate, are you going to buy it because it&#x27;s 3.25%, 3.5%? And I don&#x27;t think the government can even push it that far because they&#x27;ve already pushed so hard. So, yeah, we say this is going to fail.</p><p><strong>09:19</strong> It&#x27;s a matter of when the markets get that it&#x27;s going to fail. And I think now, because they&#x27;re so excited over this new crack drug they&#x27;re getting from all the stimulus coming in from the Fed, that it&#x27;s going to take a couple months. But look out after that. I think from somewhere early to mid-2011 on, probably on the earlier side, the markets are going to go down 7,000, 8,000 points again on the Dow. You know, Harry, it can&#x27;t keep going up. And, you know, I just noticed that sugar, the commodity sugar commodities are up at 30-year highs there. But what can the average investor, mom and pop out there, a couple hundred thousand dollars in their retirement account. They hear their neighbors making a fortune in the market because they jumped in maybe at the right time. And now they&#x27;re thinking about getting in. What can the average investor do right now to protect themselves from the upcoming downturn? Well, what they can do is the opposite of what most investors are going to do and keep piling into the market finally.</p><p><strong>10:06</strong> They need to, over the next few months, sell their stocks and any excess real estate investments and even gold. We think gold is going to peak here in the next three to six months and then fall. Sell your investments over the next three, four months and just keep it in safe investments. Just be happy to earn 0, 1, 2 percent in short-term bonds and T-bills and CDs and wait for this next crash to set in. A couple years from now, you&#x27;re going to be able to buy stocks, real estate, businesses, vacation homes, starter homes for your kids at unbelievably low prices. And being in cash and safe investments is going to reward you unbelievably. So people think, oh, if I&#x27;m only earning 1 or 2 percent, I&#x27;m not making any progress. No, when things fall, your money is worth more.</p><p><strong>10:52</strong> He is Harry S. Dent, Jr., founder of the H.S. Dent Foundation, Harvard Economist. And, Mr. Dent, we certainly appreciate you joining us here on the Financial Safari again. Enjoyed it. Hey, Harry, have a great holiday season and look forward to talking to you next year. Okay, great. Yeah, early next year would probably be a good time. Great, great. We&#x27;ll get you on in January. Okay. Take care. Time for another quick break here on the Financial Safari. Folks, if you would like a review of your financial situation to make sure you have security with your retirement income, preservation of your assets, and growth of your portfolio, sit down with Coach Pete or one of the members of his trusted advisor team from across the nation. Call right now, 800-661-7383 to sign up for that. Again, on a complimentary basis, they&#x27;ll sit down, meet with you, discuss your financial security. All you got to do is pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>11:40</strong> We&#x27;ll be back with more Financial Safari right after this.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Economist and author Harry Dent returns to Financial Safari to discuss the 2010 elections, economic trends, and his outlook for the markets. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore his views in this November 2010 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/image.jpg?t=1792073211&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-economy-after-the-2010-elections/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/image.jpg?t=1792073211&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>703</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/74fd5afc-634b-4d9a-ace3-b4e200f5aa2e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11285622" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-the-economy-after-the-2010-elections</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>266</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Economy After the 2010 Elections" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:40" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Marsocci: IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Marsocci: IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author. We have a published legal and financial author, as well as state planning attorney Jeff Mersace here in the studio with us. And again, a pleasure to have you here, Jeff, sharing your knowledge and expertise with our listeners. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Jeff. We talked in that last segment about what we see as a very useful tool if Congress does nothing about the generational skipping tax here in the near future, which it&#x27;s looking like they may not. And those levels will go back to $1 million of taxable money over that limit. So when you&#x27;re leaving money to your children, that perpetual family legacy could be a useful tool for generational wealth, for great-grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and beyond.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Are there any drawbacks that you see to it, Jeff? Well, you have to put the financial resources in and put in place an estate plan that does that. You have some people, if you told them, hey, you&#x27;ve got a dollar in your pocket, you can go buy a Coke, or it can be worth $10,000 to your great-grandchildren, there are some people who are going to buy the Coke. That&#x27;s just the way it is. $10,000 Coke, isn&#x27;t it? Well, when you look at it like that, Jeff, a saying comes to mind from Albert Einstein, who said, the power of compounding interest is the most powerful force on the planet. And this is coming from the guy who invented the atomic bomb. So, you know, there&#x27;s something to be said. And the Internet. He invented the Internet, too. Oh, no, that was somebody else. Yeah. Al Bundy did that, right? Al Bundy. Okay. Well, Jeff, again, we&#x27;re pleased to have you here because not only are we going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but we have another tool that maybe folks have not heard about that could be very useful, which is the IRA trust. Talk to us about the IRA trust. Well, as most people out there who are approaching retirement or in retirement, they understand that there are required minimum distributions that have to come out of their assets, out of their retirement accounts. When they hit 70 and a half, they have to start taking money out. It&#x27;s like the government said, all right, great, we&#x27;ve given you this deduction all these years, and now it&#x27;s time to pay us. So every dollar that comes out is income taxable. Now, what happens to those accounts when someone inherits them? Well, really, we have one of three things that will happen. These are for non-spouses. Tax, tax, and tax? Well, if you set it up the right way, you can avoid that. But here&#x27;s what generally happens. Mom or dad passes on. The child calls up a company and says, oh, mom had an IRA.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> What do we do? And the company says, oh, just send us the death certificate. So they send the death certificate. A couple of weeks later, there&#x27;s a big check and a couple of pages with some really fine print. And of course, they throw those to the side. They take the check. They cash it. And they remodel the house. They take a vacation, new car. And then they talk to their accountant or their financial advisor. And they go, wow, all of that was taxable income. And that&#x27;s it. Now they&#x27;ve got a huge tax bill. It may not even have the money to pay it. The second thing that could happen if they have good advice or they understand this, they can take that money to their financial advisor and get it set up in something called an inherited IRA. So now the money goes into an inherited IRA. They&#x27;re subject to required minimum distributions. Not at 70 and a half, but right away. But the younger they are, the smaller those amounts are that have to come out and are taxable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And everything that&#x27;s in there still grows tax deferred, just like a retirement account. So, again, the power of compounding interest works to their advantage. Right. Now that&#x27;s a great and wonderful thing. And the problem is about 90 percent of the time it fails because 90 percent of inherited retirement account money is gone in two years. So it&#x27;s a number. It&#x27;s emergencies come up. Jeff, I see a lot of people come into the office after they&#x27;ve made the mistake and they&#x27;re saying, well, what can I do to minimize my tax bill? I say what you should have done is not do what you did. I mean, don&#x27;t spend it all when it&#x27;s IRA assets because it&#x27;s all taxable. Well, think about that, folks. 90 percent of inherited assets gone within two years. You&#x27;re talking about money that most people saved a lifetime in order to have as protection for their own lifetime. They leave it to their kids and it&#x27;s gone.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> But there&#x27;s a simple solution to this if they would be proactive, right, Jeff? Right. And that&#x27;s really the third thing, and that&#x27;s putting it into an IRA trust. Now, I want to make sure just with inherited retirement accounts, the reason that the money is gone in two years is emergencies come up. They have Las Vegas emergencies. We&#x27;ve got to take the family out. The Mercedes emergency. We&#x27;ve got to get the new model. It&#x27;s really that irresponsible spending that seems to skip a generation. People put together these wonderful retirement accounts and they save. They pass it on to their kids and then they blow it. The third option is an IRA trust, which says, all right, now we&#x27;ve got a trustee. They&#x27;ll set up the inherited IRA. They&#x27;re in control of the money. And those distributions still have to come out of the account, but it&#x27;s up to the trustee what to give the beneficiary.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And so you set an age limit of like 65. Now they&#x27;ve got their own retirement account when they turn 65. Jeff, I talk to a lot of people and they say, oh, I&#x27;ve already got a trust. I&#x27;m fine. But it&#x27;s not a regular trust, is it? It&#x27;s not a living trust, which people are sold in these seminars a lot of times, but it&#x27;s something else, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a specialized trust. There&#x27;s a large number of hoops you have to jump through from the IRS to make this work, but having that right trust can be phenomenal. They&#x27;re worthwhile hoops to jump through in a long run, aren&#x27;t they? Now, Coach P, we talk a lot about the stretch IRA giving generations the ability to stretch out those required minimum distributions. This sounds different, though, Jeff, in that the stretch IRA does not limit those individuals in the next generation from having the ability to access the money. What you&#x27;re talking about does limit those emergency situations that might come up, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Exactly. You can take a look at the projections and see how much this money is going to grow. And because of that tax deferral and the compound interest, it&#x27;s great. But this trust takes away the whole temptation and the ability to access the money without a trustee saying, whoa, wait a minute, this has to actually be an emergency. Well, the trust is you speaking from your grave, making sure people aren&#x27;t. Spending your money like they shouldn&#x27;t do when you were here. Right. Yeah. And there isn&#x27;t a way to take it with you, but there is a way to control who has access to it and when. Right. It&#x27;s kind of enforcing those financial lessons you might want to leave your children that you&#x27;re not entirely sure they might have actually gotten. This is all because they don&#x27;t build pyramids anymore, Jeff. Right. You have to leave it in the right way instead of taking it with you. Well, folks, if you want to find out about this, again, you can meet with Jeff Marsaci and Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the IRA Trust.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Give us a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;re talking about people who are taking these RMDs. You know, not necessarily a bad problem to have. It&#x27;s a good problem to have assets that the government says, hey, it&#x27;s time to start taking that out. But what we are avoiding here is that, again, that immediate generational tax in a lump sum. We&#x27;re spreading that out over multiple generations and, again, avoiding the temptation for your children or your grandchildren to blow a lump sum that you might leave them upon death. Right. Now, one of the things that I really like to emphasize with the trust, too, is it&#x27;s also creditor protected for the children. Great point. Against divorcing spouses, lawsuits. It&#x27;s really set up as an irrevocable trust that can have all that protection.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And one other thing, too, with this. There are a lot of people who have talked about converting assets to Roth. Okay. If you leave Roth assets into this trust, you&#x27;re still going to have those minimum distributions come out. But now they&#x27;re tax-free. Absolutely. Great point. Tax-free is always a good combination of words, I think. But, unfortunately, a bad combination is creditors, lawsuits, and divorce. And, Coach Pete, do those things happen? They happen all the time. I mean, this is just a way to slap the taxes silly and make sure that the children and grandchildren and everybody do the right thing when you&#x27;re not here anymore. Again, this is something that takes some proactive planning. If you want to preserve wealth, have generational wealth. Again, you know, I say this all the time on the show. The tools for how the rich get rich and stay rich are at our disposal.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> We just have to know how to use them correctly. Right. And it can&#x27;t happen after death. It&#x27;s kind of like the person going to get homeowner&#x27;s insurance the day after their house burned down. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You&#x27;ve got to do it ahead of time. This isn&#x27;t something that your kids can set up after you&#x27;re gone. You&#x27;ve got to set it up during life. So, if anybody is in the situation where they&#x27;ve got some assets inside an IRA that they feel pretty confident they&#x27;re going to be leaving to their children or to their grandchildren, even after their spouse has access to it or uses them, this is something you feel would be a useful tool for those individuals? Absolutely. Jeff, why wouldn&#x27;t somebody who has IRA or 401K or anything like that want to at least sit down and see if it would make sense or not? I don&#x27;t see why anybody wouldn&#x27;t want to do that. I mean, just you want to check out those numbers and see if it&#x27;s right for you, but that&#x27;s really right for a lot of people.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you why. Procrastination, that&#x27;s the biggest enemy out there these days. It&#x27;ll always get done tomorrow and then tomorrow might not come. And, folks, once you&#x27;re not here, you can&#x27;t come and do an IRA trust. Well, again, folks, if you would like to learn more about the IRA trust, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Jeff Marsacci, Coach Pete D’Arruda willing to sit down with you, discuss how to implement this into your plan. And, again, Jeff Marsacci has written the book, The IRA Trust, and you&#x27;ll get a free copy of that if you sit down with Coach Pete and Jeff Marsacci to discuss. Learn a little bit more and educate yourself about it. Peter, I like his subtitle, Turning Inherited Retirement Accounts Into a Financial Dynasty. Remember that show, Dynasty? Yeah, that&#x27;s a good way. I mean, have what you have now and make sure it grows compounded and make sure that it grows the right way and no one can rob it, basically, going into the future.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So, again, I think this does bear to repeat. Coach Pete, you&#x27;ve talked about the stretch IRA before. Stretch IRA, a great concept for allowing. It controls the tax man, but the inherited or the IRA trust basically controls the tax man and the children from spending and blowing the money. Right. Excellent point. Folks, to find out about it, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. If you would like to come in and discuss it again with Coach Pete D’Arruda and estate planning attorney Jeff Marsacci. Jeff Marsacci, you&#x27;ve written the book, The IRA Trust. Not only will you discuss it with their individual situation, but give them a little background so they can educate themselves and learn more. Absolutely. Well, we appreciate you again being here on the Financial Safari, educating our listeners about maybe a topic they hadn&#x27;t heard about before. Very interesting information.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Thanks. We&#x27;ll talk to you again real soon, Jeff. Thanks. for a time. F-</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome back to The Financial Safari. Again, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author. We have a published legal and financial author, as well as state planning attorney Jeff Mersace here in the studio with us. And again, a pleasure to have you here, Jeff, sharing your knowledge and expertise with our listeners. Thanks for having me. Thanks for coming in today, Jeff. We talked in that last segment about what we see as a very useful tool if Congress does nothing about the generational skipping tax here in the near future, which it&#x27;s looking like they may not. And those levels will go back to $1 million of taxable money over that limit. So when you&#x27;re leaving money to your children, that perpetual family legacy could be a useful tool for generational wealth, for great-grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and beyond.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Are there any drawbacks that you see to it, Jeff? Well, you have to put the financial resources in and put in place an estate plan that does that. You have some people, if you told them, hey, you&#x27;ve got a dollar in your pocket, you can go buy a Coke, or it can be worth $10,000 to your great-grandchildren, there are some people who are going to buy the Coke. That&#x27;s just the way it is. $10,000 Coke, isn&#x27;t it? Well, when you look at it like that, Jeff, a saying comes to mind from Albert Einstein, who said, the power of compounding interest is the most powerful force on the planet. And this is coming from the guy who invented the atomic bomb. So, you know, there&#x27;s something to be said. And the Internet. He invented the Internet, too. Oh, no, that was somebody else. Yeah. Al Bundy did that, right? Al Bundy. Okay. Well, Jeff, again, we&#x27;re pleased to have you here because not only are we going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy,</p><p><strong>01:37</strong> but we have another tool that maybe folks have not heard about that could be very useful, which is the IRA trust. Talk to us about the IRA trust. Well, as most people out there who are approaching retirement or in retirement, they understand that there are required minimum distributions that have to come out of their assets, out of their retirement accounts. When they hit 70 and a half, they have to start taking money out. It&#x27;s like the government said, all right, great, we&#x27;ve given you this deduction all these years, and now it&#x27;s time to pay us. So every dollar that comes out is income taxable. Now, what happens to those accounts when someone inherits them? Well, really, we have one of three things that will happen. These are for non-spouses. Tax, tax, and tax? Well, if you set it up the right way, you can avoid that. But here&#x27;s what generally happens. Mom or dad passes on. The child calls up a company and says, oh, mom had an IRA.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> What do we do? And the company says, oh, just send us the death certificate. So they send the death certificate. A couple of weeks later, there&#x27;s a big check and a couple of pages with some really fine print. And of course, they throw those to the side. They take the check. They cash it. And they remodel the house. They take a vacation, new car. And then they talk to their accountant or their financial advisor. And they go, wow, all of that was taxable income. And that&#x27;s it. Now they&#x27;ve got a huge tax bill. It may not even have the money to pay it. The second thing that could happen if they have good advice or they understand this, they can take that money to their financial advisor and get it set up in something called an inherited IRA. So now the money goes into an inherited IRA. They&#x27;re subject to required minimum distributions. Not at 70 and a half, but right away. But the younger they are, the smaller those amounts are that have to come out and are taxable.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And everything that&#x27;s in there still grows tax deferred, just like a retirement account. So, again, the power of compounding interest works to their advantage. Right. Now that&#x27;s a great and wonderful thing. And the problem is about 90 percent of the time it fails because 90 percent of inherited retirement account money is gone in two years. So it&#x27;s a number. It&#x27;s emergencies come up. Jeff, I see a lot of people come into the office after they&#x27;ve made the mistake and they&#x27;re saying, well, what can I do to minimize my tax bill? I say what you should have done is not do what you did. I mean, don&#x27;t spend it all when it&#x27;s IRA assets because it&#x27;s all taxable. Well, think about that, folks. 90 percent of inherited assets gone within two years. You&#x27;re talking about money that most people saved a lifetime in order to have as protection for their own lifetime. They leave it to their kids and it&#x27;s gone.</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> But there&#x27;s a simple solution to this if they would be proactive, right, Jeff? Right. And that&#x27;s really the third thing, and that&#x27;s putting it into an IRA trust. Now, I want to make sure just with inherited retirement accounts, the reason that the money is gone in two years is emergencies come up. They have Las Vegas emergencies. We&#x27;ve got to take the family out. The Mercedes emergency. We&#x27;ve got to get the new model. It&#x27;s really that irresponsible spending that seems to skip a generation. People put together these wonderful retirement accounts and they save. They pass it on to their kids and then they blow it. The third option is an IRA trust, which says, all right, now we&#x27;ve got a trustee. They&#x27;ll set up the inherited IRA. They&#x27;re in control of the money. And those distributions still have to come out of the account, but it&#x27;s up to the trustee what to give the beneficiary.</p><p><strong>04:46</strong> And so you set an age limit of like 65. Now they&#x27;ve got their own retirement account when they turn 65. Jeff, I talk to a lot of people and they say, oh, I&#x27;ve already got a trust. I&#x27;m fine. But it&#x27;s not a regular trust, is it? It&#x27;s not a living trust, which people are sold in these seminars a lot of times, but it&#x27;s something else, isn&#x27;t it? That&#x27;s right. It&#x27;s a specialized trust. There&#x27;s a large number of hoops you have to jump through from the IRS to make this work, but having that right trust can be phenomenal. They&#x27;re worthwhile hoops to jump through in a long run, aren&#x27;t they? Now, Coach P, we talk a lot about the stretch IRA giving generations the ability to stretch out those required minimum distributions. This sounds different, though, Jeff, in that the stretch IRA does not limit those individuals in the next generation from having the ability to access the money. What you&#x27;re talking about does limit those emergency situations that might come up, right?</p><p><strong>05:35</strong> Exactly. You can take a look at the projections and see how much this money is going to grow. And because of that tax deferral and the compound interest, it&#x27;s great. But this trust takes away the whole temptation and the ability to access the money without a trustee saying, whoa, wait a minute, this has to actually be an emergency. Well, the trust is you speaking from your grave, making sure people aren&#x27;t. Spending your money like they shouldn&#x27;t do when you were here. Right. Yeah. And there isn&#x27;t a way to take it with you, but there is a way to control who has access to it and when. Right. It&#x27;s kind of enforcing those financial lessons you might want to leave your children that you&#x27;re not entirely sure they might have actually gotten. This is all because they don&#x27;t build pyramids anymore, Jeff. Right. You have to leave it in the right way instead of taking it with you. Well, folks, if you want to find out about this, again, you can meet with Jeff Marsaci and Coach Pete D’Arruda to discuss the IRA Trust.</p><p><strong>06:24</strong> Give us a call right now, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we&#x27;re talking about people who are taking these RMDs. You know, not necessarily a bad problem to have. It&#x27;s a good problem to have assets that the government says, hey, it&#x27;s time to start taking that out. But what we are avoiding here is that, again, that immediate generational tax in a lump sum. We&#x27;re spreading that out over multiple generations and, again, avoiding the temptation for your children or your grandchildren to blow a lump sum that you might leave them upon death. Right. Now, one of the things that I really like to emphasize with the trust, too, is it&#x27;s also creditor protected for the children. Great point. Against divorcing spouses, lawsuits. It&#x27;s really set up as an irrevocable trust that can have all that protection.</p><p><strong>07:13</strong> And one other thing, too, with this. There are a lot of people who have talked about converting assets to Roth. Okay. If you leave Roth assets into this trust, you&#x27;re still going to have those minimum distributions come out. But now they&#x27;re tax-free. Absolutely. Great point. Tax-free is always a good combination of words, I think. But, unfortunately, a bad combination is creditors, lawsuits, and divorce. And, Coach Pete, do those things happen? They happen all the time. I mean, this is just a way to slap the taxes silly and make sure that the children and grandchildren and everybody do the right thing when you&#x27;re not here anymore. Again, this is something that takes some proactive planning. If you want to preserve wealth, have generational wealth. Again, you know, I say this all the time on the show. The tools for how the rich get rich and stay rich are at our disposal.</p><p><strong>07:59</strong> We just have to know how to use them correctly. Right. And it can&#x27;t happen after death. It&#x27;s kind of like the person going to get homeowner&#x27;s insurance the day after their house burned down. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You&#x27;ve got to do it ahead of time. This isn&#x27;t something that your kids can set up after you&#x27;re gone. You&#x27;ve got to set it up during life. So, if anybody is in the situation where they&#x27;ve got some assets inside an IRA that they feel pretty confident they&#x27;re going to be leaving to their children or to their grandchildren, even after their spouse has access to it or uses them, this is something you feel would be a useful tool for those individuals? Absolutely. Jeff, why wouldn&#x27;t somebody who has IRA or 401K or anything like that want to at least sit down and see if it would make sense or not? I don&#x27;t see why anybody wouldn&#x27;t want to do that. I mean, just you want to check out those numbers and see if it&#x27;s right for you, but that&#x27;s really right for a lot of people.</p><p><strong>08:46</strong> I&#x27;ll tell you why. Procrastination, that&#x27;s the biggest enemy out there these days. It&#x27;ll always get done tomorrow and then tomorrow might not come. And, folks, once you&#x27;re not here, you can&#x27;t come and do an IRA trust. Well, again, folks, if you would like to learn more about the IRA trust, give a call right now to 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Jeff Marsacci, Coach Pete D’Arruda willing to sit down with you, discuss how to implement this into your plan. And, again, Jeff Marsacci has written the book, The IRA Trust, and you&#x27;ll get a free copy of that if you sit down with Coach Pete and Jeff Marsacci to discuss. Learn a little bit more and educate yourself about it. Peter, I like his subtitle, Turning Inherited Retirement Accounts Into a Financial Dynasty. Remember that show, Dynasty? Yeah, that&#x27;s a good way. I mean, have what you have now and make sure it grows compounded and make sure that it grows the right way and no one can rob it, basically, going into the future.</p><p><strong>09:36</strong> So, again, I think this does bear to repeat. Coach Pete, you&#x27;ve talked about the stretch IRA before. Stretch IRA, a great concept for allowing. It controls the tax man, but the inherited or the IRA trust basically controls the tax man and the children from spending and blowing the money. Right. Excellent point. Folks, to find out about it, 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. If you would like to come in and discuss it again with Coach Pete D’Arruda and estate planning attorney Jeff Marsacci. Jeff Marsacci, you&#x27;ve written the book, The IRA Trust. Not only will you discuss it with their individual situation, but give them a little background so they can educate themselves and learn more. Absolutely. Well, we appreciate you again being here on the Financial Safari, educating our listeners about maybe a topic they hadn&#x27;t heard about before. Very interesting information.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> Thanks. We&#x27;ll talk to you again real soon, Jeff. Thanks. for a time. F-</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Jeff Marsocci continues the conversation about estate planning, family legacies, and the IRA trust. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask how these strategies fit individual circumstances in this November 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Marsocci</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Marsocci, estate planning, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/image.jpg?t=1792073218&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-ira-trusts-and-passing-wealth-to-your-family-part-2/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/image.jpg?t=1792073218&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6</guid>
      <omny:clipId>aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>626</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/aa6e3327-ad95-4432-952e-b4e200f57de6/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10046796" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-ira-trusts-and-passing-wealth-to-your-family-part-2</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>267</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="IRA Trusts and Passing Wealth to Your Family" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:14" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Jeff Marsocci: Planning a Family Legacy (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Jeff Marsocci: Planning a Family Legacy (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome in once again to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making, helping you make more informed decisions with your money so you can keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashan here, along with America&#x27;s Income Planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, and another published financial author in the room with us, in fact, financial and legal author, estate planning attorney Jeff Mersace, back here with us on The Financial Safari. So good to have you, Jeff. Great to be here. We&#x27;ve got some interesting topics to talk about today. One getting started, we are going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy as a strategy. Jeff, this is something that we&#x27;re being proactive talking about here, aren&#x27;t we? Yes, we definitely are being proactive. We are looking forward to what&#x27;s going to happen with the tax laws when we hit 2011, and right</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> now it&#x27;s looking more and more like Congress isn&#x27;t going to do anything. Well, that Congress, lame duck Congress, they&#x27;ve done a real good job of doing nothing when they&#x27;ve been up there recently. In fact, not even passing a budget, but we&#x27;re looking at tax law changes as they may be in 2011, and if they continue to do nothing, will be in 2011, correct? Exactly, that&#x27;s correct. So, the perpetual family legacy sets us up for tax laws as they are preparing to be starting next year, but you are talking about a way to bypass the generational skipping tax, correct? Well, we&#x27;re talking not just about bypassing the generation skipping tax. We&#x27;re talking about first establishing a trust for a family, a perpetual family legacy trust, and the state</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> in which the trust has to be set up is very important because each state has its own rule against perpetuities, which means that a trust can only go on for so long, and they have a lot of formulas, and it can go for a pretty long time. But in North Carolina, these trusts can actually go on forever. And so, if we set up the right combination of trusts, and in particular, the right set of insurance and assets to go into this trust in the right way, it can be generation skipping tax and estate tax free forever. Okay, so what&#x27;s the advantage there? Well, the advantage is when we have families who really do want to create a legacy, and we&#x27;re not talking just about their children or their grandchildren. We&#x27;re talking about future generations going hundreds of years into the future where they&#x27;ll have money set aside so they&#x27;ll never</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> know poverty. They&#x27;ll always have education. They&#x27;ll have a roof over their heads, and their talents can take them as far as they can go. Money isn&#x27;t going to be an issue in having them get set up for life. That&#x27;s financial security is what it really is, isn&#x27;t it? And it&#x27;s a forever trust. Absolutely. And so it reminds me of Willy Wonka, the chocolate factor, where they had a forever candy that I remember from Whittle. So it goes on forever. The everlasting gobstopper. This is the everlasting financial security trust. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And this all depends on Congress not doing anything this year and letting the tax cuts expire, and then therefore this becomes a real good planning topic. Right. One of the main components here is we have to make sure that the assets that go in are generation skipping tax exempt. Now let&#x27;s talk about generation skipping tax. What is the effect that that has on somebody trying to</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> pass assets to their children or to their grandchildren, I guess more appropriately? Right. Most people know about the estate tax, but a little known tax is the generation skipping tax. And this is where people want to leave assets not to their children, but to grandchildren or younger generations, and therefore bypass their children. Many years ago, when we had the estate tax first go into place, a lot of wealthy families were simply leaving everything to their grandchildren. And with a wink and a nod, you take care of your parents and then don&#x27;t leave this wealth to your children, leave it to your grandchildren. They bypassed a generation of estate taxes. So Congress said, all right, well, if you&#x27;re going to bypass your generation and your children are alive, we&#x27;re going to impose an additional 55% tax of everything over whatever the limit is. And right</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> now that limit is going back to $1 million in 2011. So over $1 million when you leave it to your children, of course, taxed. And then again, when you leave, when they leave it to their children, so your grandchildren, it&#x27;ll be taxed again. If you try to leave it directly to your grandchildren, they&#x27;ll come back and get that. That&#x27;s right. They get that additional tax. They make it so taxed that it doesn&#x27;t make financial sense to leave it to grandchildren. It makes more financial sense to leave it to children. Well, you&#x27;re leaving it to grandchildren, just not your own right now. Everybody else. That&#x27;s tax, right? They need to slap the tax man here with the generational skipping trust. Jeff, how can someone be proactive to get started in researching if this is a good fit for them? Well, the first thing they have to do is really take a hard look and see, do they want to make sure that their financial resources are there for future generations and not necessarily be there as</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> much for their own children and grandchildren? If you have that financial attitude, then it&#x27;s time to sit down with someone like me and someone like you, Coach Pete, who can run the numbers and start to project and see, here&#x27;s what we need to do to make this a reality. I know we have a lot of people listening that have over a million dollars, and it&#x27;s not as much as it used to be. So the objective is to protect it as much as you can from market losses and from Uncle Sam, especially for your next generation or three. Well, I can see in the coming year if Congress does nothing, and Congress is pretty good at doing nothing at times. Sometimes that&#x27;s a good thing, by the way, Jeff. Sometimes. But for estates that are over a million dollars, people are going to be scrambling to see how do we avoid estate taxes. I think we have a lot of people who may lose track of that opportunity</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> to really plan way, way ahead for generations of your family that you don&#x27;t even know and will never know. People want to find out more about that. They can pick up the phone right now. Give us a call, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we can set up an initial planning conference at no cost. With you and me together to make sure that they do qualify for something like this, or it would be a good step for them to take. Absolutely. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Coach Pete, unfortunately, I think when it comes to passing a budget or extending the tax cuts, Congress doing nothing is not a good thing in this particular case. But Jeff, back to your point, we&#x27;re talking about real generational wealth here. We&#x27;re talking about passing it on for multiple generations. In fact, you say even in perpetuity, you can set this up.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Now, traditionally with trust, you could set that up for one or two generations, but this is a way to have it be, as we said, everlasting. Right. Back in 2007, the North Carolina state legislature did away with North Carolina&#x27;s rule against perpetuities, but with a little bit of a twist. A lot of attorneys just backed off and said, well, wait a minute, there&#x27;s something in the Constitution here for North Carolina that says we don&#x27;t favor perpetuities. Well, last March, the Court of Appeals came down with a decision that really defined it. You can keep wealth in a trust in North Carolina forever. The only stipulation is you can&#x27;t say, I want this particular piece of property or this particular item to stay there forever. So a lot of people who are saying, oh, this is great. I want my family home to be in trust forever. Sorry, we can&#x27;t do that. But the value can be there forever. As long as the trustee can sell</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> assets, they can keep that wealth accumulating. And you wrote the book called The Perpetual Family Trust. And anyone, again, who calls and meets with us will get a copy of that 800-661-7383. But Jeff, let me ask you this. How does this compare to what, like the Ford family has invented something called a Ford Foundation to pass their assets on from generation to generation? Right. Well, traditionally, charitable groups, foundations, and corporations, those can go on forever because it&#x27;s not technically a personal trust. That&#x27;s a charity. Now, the Ford family ends up benefiting because they typically end up on the board of directors. They can get a salary. They have meetings. And all of that&#x27;s fine. But there has to be some sort of charitable focus. Now, we can do a charitable focus a little bit with this type of trust. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> had people approach me and say, well, I do want to take care of my family, but I want to help a charity too. How can we do that? And you can. And that&#x27;s simply sectioning off either part of the income or part of the principle of the trust going to a charity each year that there are distributions. So the Perpetual Family Trust, though, the charity is your family, right? So you&#x27;re passing it on for your family from generation to generation. Well, you are passing it for generations. And you&#x27;re bypassing those estate and generation skipping taxes while you do it. That&#x27;s good. It sounds good to me. Are you going to have to reestablish this trust at points down the line? Well, no. Once it&#x27;s set up, it&#x27;s set up forever. So picking the right trust company, the right people to help manage things during your lifetime and for those future generations is important. How do you go about that process? Well, we have</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> several trust companies that we look at and talk to, but it&#x27;s all going to come down to your own personal choice. And I like to investigate that with my clients. And it&#x27;s particularly because this is going to go on for such a long period of time. It&#x27;s going to go on forever. You need a company that&#x27;s going to be there. They need to be there too. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, that sounds real good, Jeff. And now this is all if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything or if they do something and say, hey, we&#x27;re going to make it worse for people, then they really need to pursue the perpetual family trust. The law stands now. It is set to go down to a million. Even if they do something and set it to a higher limit, this could be useful for those individuals with wealth over those limits. Right. A lot of talk in Congress is actually what the president proposed, but everything kind of stopped was three and a half million a person for estate taxes. And traditionally, the generation skipping tax exemptions mirrored that. So if the more we can put into this trust</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> initially, the faster it compounds. All right. And Jeff, if folks want to find out more, they can get your book, The Perpetual Family Legacy. Where can they find that? Well, it&#x27;s available through our website at livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. Again, livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. And if folks want to find out more, they can meet with you with Coach Pete. They can give a call to 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And Jeff, you&#x27;ve written a book on the topic, The Perpetual Family Legacy. You&#x27;ll provide them at that meeting. Correct. All right. Well, Jeff, we certainly appreciate you being here for the segment to talk about the Perpetual Family Legacy. Again, if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything, this is going to be a real</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> useful tool for generational wealth moving into the future. Yes. All right. Excellent. Well, folks, we&#x27;ll have you back here in just a moment for another topic. But we appreciate you being here. Again, Jeff Marsacci, estate planning attorney, Coach Pete, America&#x27;s income planner. Folks, we&#x27;ll be back on the financial safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome in once again to The Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and your financial decision-making, helping you make more informed decisions with your money so you can keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashan here, along with America&#x27;s Income Planner, Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, and another published financial author in the room with us, in fact, financial and legal author, estate planning attorney Jeff Mersace, back here with us on The Financial Safari. So good to have you, Jeff. Great to be here. We&#x27;ve got some interesting topics to talk about today. One getting started, we are going to be talking about the perpetual family legacy as a strategy. Jeff, this is something that we&#x27;re being proactive talking about here, aren&#x27;t we? Yes, we definitely are being proactive. We are looking forward to what&#x27;s going to happen with the tax laws when we hit 2011, and right</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> now it&#x27;s looking more and more like Congress isn&#x27;t going to do anything. Well, that Congress, lame duck Congress, they&#x27;ve done a real good job of doing nothing when they&#x27;ve been up there recently. In fact, not even passing a budget, but we&#x27;re looking at tax law changes as they may be in 2011, and if they continue to do nothing, will be in 2011, correct? Exactly, that&#x27;s correct. So, the perpetual family legacy sets us up for tax laws as they are preparing to be starting next year, but you are talking about a way to bypass the generational skipping tax, correct? Well, we&#x27;re talking not just about bypassing the generation skipping tax. We&#x27;re talking about first establishing a trust for a family, a perpetual family legacy trust, and the state</p><p><strong>01:31</strong> in which the trust has to be set up is very important because each state has its own rule against perpetuities, which means that a trust can only go on for so long, and they have a lot of formulas, and it can go for a pretty long time. But in North Carolina, these trusts can actually go on forever. And so, if we set up the right combination of trusts, and in particular, the right set of insurance and assets to go into this trust in the right way, it can be generation skipping tax and estate tax free forever. Okay, so what&#x27;s the advantage there? Well, the advantage is when we have families who really do want to create a legacy, and we&#x27;re not talking just about their children or their grandchildren. We&#x27;re talking about future generations going hundreds of years into the future where they&#x27;ll have money set aside so they&#x27;ll never</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> know poverty. They&#x27;ll always have education. They&#x27;ll have a roof over their heads, and their talents can take them as far as they can go. Money isn&#x27;t going to be an issue in having them get set up for life. That&#x27;s financial security is what it really is, isn&#x27;t it? And it&#x27;s a forever trust. Absolutely. And so it reminds me of Willy Wonka, the chocolate factor, where they had a forever candy that I remember from Whittle. So it goes on forever. The everlasting gobstopper. This is the everlasting financial security trust. Well, that&#x27;s pretty neat. And this all depends on Congress not doing anything this year and letting the tax cuts expire, and then therefore this becomes a real good planning topic. Right. One of the main components here is we have to make sure that the assets that go in are generation skipping tax exempt. Now let&#x27;s talk about generation skipping tax. What is the effect that that has on somebody trying to</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> pass assets to their children or to their grandchildren, I guess more appropriately? Right. Most people know about the estate tax, but a little known tax is the generation skipping tax. And this is where people want to leave assets not to their children, but to grandchildren or younger generations, and therefore bypass their children. Many years ago, when we had the estate tax first go into place, a lot of wealthy families were simply leaving everything to their grandchildren. And with a wink and a nod, you take care of your parents and then don&#x27;t leave this wealth to your children, leave it to your grandchildren. They bypassed a generation of estate taxes. So Congress said, all right, well, if you&#x27;re going to bypass your generation and your children are alive, we&#x27;re going to impose an additional 55% tax of everything over whatever the limit is. And right</p><p><strong>03:59</strong> now that limit is going back to $1 million in 2011. So over $1 million when you leave it to your children, of course, taxed. And then again, when you leave, when they leave it to their children, so your grandchildren, it&#x27;ll be taxed again. If you try to leave it directly to your grandchildren, they&#x27;ll come back and get that. That&#x27;s right. They get that additional tax. They make it so taxed that it doesn&#x27;t make financial sense to leave it to grandchildren. It makes more financial sense to leave it to children. Well, you&#x27;re leaving it to grandchildren, just not your own right now. Everybody else. That&#x27;s tax, right? They need to slap the tax man here with the generational skipping trust. Jeff, how can someone be proactive to get started in researching if this is a good fit for them? Well, the first thing they have to do is really take a hard look and see, do they want to make sure that their financial resources are there for future generations and not necessarily be there as</p><p><strong>04:49</strong> much for their own children and grandchildren? If you have that financial attitude, then it&#x27;s time to sit down with someone like me and someone like you, Coach Pete, who can run the numbers and start to project and see, here&#x27;s what we need to do to make this a reality. I know we have a lot of people listening that have over a million dollars, and it&#x27;s not as much as it used to be. So the objective is to protect it as much as you can from market losses and from Uncle Sam, especially for your next generation or three. Well, I can see in the coming year if Congress does nothing, and Congress is pretty good at doing nothing at times. Sometimes that&#x27;s a good thing, by the way, Jeff. Sometimes. But for estates that are over a million dollars, people are going to be scrambling to see how do we avoid estate taxes. I think we have a lot of people who may lose track of that opportunity</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> to really plan way, way ahead for generations of your family that you don&#x27;t even know and will never know. People want to find out more about that. They can pick up the phone right now. Give us a call, 800-661-7383. Again, 800-661-7383. And we can set up an initial planning conference at no cost. With you and me together to make sure that they do qualify for something like this, or it would be a good step for them to take. Absolutely. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. Coach Pete, unfortunately, I think when it comes to passing a budget or extending the tax cuts, Congress doing nothing is not a good thing in this particular case. But Jeff, back to your point, we&#x27;re talking about real generational wealth here. We&#x27;re talking about passing it on for multiple generations. In fact, you say even in perpetuity, you can set this up.</p><p><strong>06:19</strong> Now, traditionally with trust, you could set that up for one or two generations, but this is a way to have it be, as we said, everlasting. Right. Back in 2007, the North Carolina state legislature did away with North Carolina&#x27;s rule against perpetuities, but with a little bit of a twist. A lot of attorneys just backed off and said, well, wait a minute, there&#x27;s something in the Constitution here for North Carolina that says we don&#x27;t favor perpetuities. Well, last March, the Court of Appeals came down with a decision that really defined it. You can keep wealth in a trust in North Carolina forever. The only stipulation is you can&#x27;t say, I want this particular piece of property or this particular item to stay there forever. So a lot of people who are saying, oh, this is great. I want my family home to be in trust forever. Sorry, we can&#x27;t do that. But the value can be there forever. As long as the trustee can sell</p><p><strong>07:10</strong> assets, they can keep that wealth accumulating. And you wrote the book called The Perpetual Family Trust. And anyone, again, who calls and meets with us will get a copy of that 800-661-7383. But Jeff, let me ask you this. How does this compare to what, like the Ford family has invented something called a Ford Foundation to pass their assets on from generation to generation? Right. Well, traditionally, charitable groups, foundations, and corporations, those can go on forever because it&#x27;s not technically a personal trust. That&#x27;s a charity. Now, the Ford family ends up benefiting because they typically end up on the board of directors. They can get a salary. They have meetings. And all of that&#x27;s fine. But there has to be some sort of charitable focus. Now, we can do a charitable focus a little bit with this type of trust. And I&#x27;ve</p><p><strong>07:58</strong> had people approach me and say, well, I do want to take care of my family, but I want to help a charity too. How can we do that? And you can. And that&#x27;s simply sectioning off either part of the income or part of the principle of the trust going to a charity each year that there are distributions. So the Perpetual Family Trust, though, the charity is your family, right? So you&#x27;re passing it on for your family from generation to generation. Well, you are passing it for generations. And you&#x27;re bypassing those estate and generation skipping taxes while you do it. That&#x27;s good. It sounds good to me. Are you going to have to reestablish this trust at points down the line? Well, no. Once it&#x27;s set up, it&#x27;s set up forever. So picking the right trust company, the right people to help manage things during your lifetime and for those future generations is important. How do you go about that process? Well, we have</p><p><strong>08:45</strong> several trust companies that we look at and talk to, but it&#x27;s all going to come down to your own personal choice. And I like to investigate that with my clients. And it&#x27;s particularly because this is going to go on for such a long period of time. It&#x27;s going to go on forever. You need a company that&#x27;s going to be there. They need to be there too. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, that sounds real good, Jeff. And now this is all if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything or if they do something and say, hey, we&#x27;re going to make it worse for people, then they really need to pursue the perpetual family trust. The law stands now. It is set to go down to a million. Even if they do something and set it to a higher limit, this could be useful for those individuals with wealth over those limits. Right. A lot of talk in Congress is actually what the president proposed, but everything kind of stopped was three and a half million a person for estate taxes. And traditionally, the generation skipping tax exemptions mirrored that. So if the more we can put into this trust</p><p><strong>09:35</strong> initially, the faster it compounds. All right. And Jeff, if folks want to find out more, they can get your book, The Perpetual Family Legacy. Where can they find that? Well, it&#x27;s available through our website at livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. Again, livingtrustlawfirm.com forward slash media. And if folks want to find out more, they can meet with you with Coach Pete. They can give a call to 800-661-7383. Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. And Jeff, you&#x27;ve written a book on the topic, The Perpetual Family Legacy. You&#x27;ll provide them at that meeting. Correct. All right. Well, Jeff, we certainly appreciate you being here for the segment to talk about the Perpetual Family Legacy. Again, if Congress doesn&#x27;t do anything, this is going to be a real</p><p><strong>10:21</strong> useful tool for generational wealth moving into the future. Yes. All right. Excellent. Well, folks, we&#x27;ll have you back here in just a moment for another topic. But we appreciate you being here. Again, Jeff Marsacci, estate planning attorney, Coach Pete, America&#x27;s income planner. Folks, we&#x27;ll be back on the financial safari.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Estate planning attorney and author Jeff Marsocci joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss The Perpetual Family Legacy and passing wealth to future generations. This November 2010 conversation considers the estate tax questions being debated at that time.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Jeff Marsocci</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>estate planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <category>family and relationships</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Jeff Marsocci, tax planning, estate planning, books and authors, family and relationships</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/image.jpg?t=1792073222&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-planning-a-family-legacy-part-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/image.jpg?t=1792073222&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>638</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/ef4eb1c4-914b-4e5b-ba4d-b4e200f551a9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10234077" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/jeff-marsocci-planning-a-family-legacy-part-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>268</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Planning a Family Legacy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:53" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:09" title="Charity and giving back" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</title>
      <itunes:title>Rick Bueter: The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to your money, it is a jungle out there. You don&#x27;t go into the jungle without a guide. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re here each and every week, hoping to educate you so you can make smarter, more informed decisions with your money and keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, joined by your host, published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Pete Deruta. And we have a very special guest on with us as well, another financial author by the name of Rick Buter. And the title of Rick&#x27;s book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And Rick, welcome into the Financial Safari. Tell us, what is The Great Scam? Well, thank you for the opportunity to speak today here. Well, basically, you know, the title, as you mentioned, is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And it&#x27;s what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And for the last 40-some years, Americans really have been duped by government, Congress, Wall Street into thinking the traditional Wall Street IRA and 401k plan could provide them what they&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s supposed to do. And that&#x27;s to provide them with a retirement income. And what we found out is all these years, these types of plans have been all about putting money into the system. And there really hasn&#x27;t been any organized or systematic way to be able to draw the money out with any guarantee or assurance after 40 years of contributing. Well, they are known as a defined contribution type of plan, those traditional IRS plans that allow you to contribute up to a certain amount each year.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> But they don&#x27;t define a benefit, do they? No, there&#x27;s no benefit. And, you know, to the average American, with all due respect, to use the words defined contribution, defined benefit, the whole system, retirement planning in general, is so confusing to the average person to try to talk about the difference between a large cap or a small cap, mid cap fund. You see, people have been told that this is what you do with your retirement savings and planning. They go to work for an employer. They&#x27;re given a 401k. And they&#x27;re told to put money in this. And there&#x27;s even the added bonus that many times an employer will provide matching funds. The challenge is, is, did the government ever give you, Coach Pete, your four-year course in pension planning paid for by them? Did you receive that, Coach Pete? I&#x27;m still waiting for that, Rick. You&#x27;re still waiting. You and millions of other people out there are still, didn&#x27;t get a course like that.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Nobody got that course. But the problem is, we are asking the average American worker in... Retirement Saver who participates in these plans to put forth the skills of a pension planning professional. There&#x27;s no way that they can do that. Above and beyond that, I mean, if we want to compare to how professionals create your retirement pension, if you&#x27;re in a pension plan where there&#x27;s actually going to be a defined pension for you down the line, that&#x27;s usually a plan where there&#x27;s thousands of employees involved. It is being managed by a pension professional. They use a 100-year timeline because they&#x27;re managing that for both very, very young and old employees. And when someone retires, they don&#x27;t have to use the entire pension pot to create a retirement income. They peel off a little bit. They don&#x27;t give it to a bank.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> They don&#x27;t give that money to a brokerage firm. They give it to an insurance company. And the insurance company takes that money and pays that employee a pension as long as they live because that&#x27;s the business that insurance companies are experts in. And that&#x27;s how professional pensions create it. But right now, we&#x27;re asking the average person to do the job of a pension professional, and they don&#x27;t have all the tools. Their hands are tied behind their back. So can the average American right now, Rick, can they really get financial security for their retirement from Wall Street, or should they consider something else? Well, gosh, I would just have to look at the events of the last year or two, and I think that has unveiled the extreme risk that&#x27;s involved in the average American in terms of trying to manage their own pension. The answer is no. They can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t have the tools. They never had the tools to do it properly.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And I think what&#x27;s happened here, if we want to step back and really look at the big picture, Wall Street has been withholding what people really need. And what people really need doesn&#x27;t come from Wall Street. It comes from some of the oldest, most established, most secure financial institutions in the world, and that&#x27;s insurance companies. You know, if you ask any pensioner who receives their pension check from an insurance company, if that is a secure way to have an income, all of them would say yes. Because through this whole financial debacle, not one person has missed a beat on getting their pension checks from insurance companies. That&#x27;s why professional pension plans peel off a sliver and they give it to insurance companies. Because what we learned out of the Great Depression, if history can teach us some lessons, Coach Pete, we learned out of the Great Depression that insurance companies were the most secure financial institution when it comes to money.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And that same system still works today. But Wall Street has been hiding this information. And I can say that, you know, with confidence, because there&#x27;s been this great propaganda campaign over the 80s and 90s, that Wall Street is the way to go, and gosh, you&#x27;re going to consider an insurance company for your retirement? You&#x27;ve got to be kidding me. I mean, you know what I&#x27;m talking about? There&#x27;s a lot of press out there put out by the marketers for Wall Street firms kind of campaigning on the exact lines that you&#x27;re talking about there. Millions of dollars a day are spent by Wall Street to get people to put their money in what they call financial security in the securities industry. But, Rick, I think you&#x27;ll argue in your book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, that there&#x27;s nothing secure about a Wall Street security, is there? There&#x27;s nothing secure. So much so, I mean, in the book, I like to lighten this up a little bit, but be kind of serious.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> I really question whether a mutual fund, as an example, could ever be considered a suitable investment in these type of retirement plans. And to kind of lighten it up a little bit, I want you to think of this example. Think of the warning they put on a pack of cigarettes, you know, in those big, bold letters, if you smoke these, you could die from these. Now imagine that. But now we put a similar warning on the front of every 401k and Wall Street retirement account, and it would say something like this. The outcomes and success of your retirement income is your responsibility. The investments we&#x27;ve given you to use over the next 40 years, they may or may not be good ones. The assurance of a secure retirement income for life is not guaranteed. There are other options, but we are not required to tell you about them. Now, Coach Pete, if every American saw that in big, bold, black letters on the front of every Wall Street brochure,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> do you think they&#x27;d give a second thought to putting their money there? No, I think it&#x27;s kind of like those shards of glass pops I&#x27;ve seen advertised recently on TV. The cigarette industry. The cigarette industry, absolutely. And recently, though, Rick, we&#x27;ve seen government and Wall Street firms trying to jump on that safe money bandwagon, talking about secure retirement solutions and trying to campaign and advertise for that type of idea. Can we trust those entities to handle our money in the proper way to secure our retirement? Well, I want you to think about this. And in my book, we talk about it. In researching this book, there were some concerns that I had about the undue influence that Wall Street has over Congress. Yes. And I discovered a website called Open Secrets in my research. And what this website did is it led me back to some of the highest people in the Congress of the United States,</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and I found that they were being highly influenced by contributions from Wall Street. Compensate. One of the chair... The chairman of the Financial Services Committee, Barney Frank, has actually been taking money from a covertly named financial organization in trying to influence him. Now, if you look at this up at OpenSecrets.org, you&#x27;ll see that organization listed as FMR. I&#x27;ll let you use your imagination as to who that is. Well, now, let&#x27;s look at this now, because like you said, mutual funds, you question if they&#x27;re ever suitable for someone in retirement. But what the security industry has now tried to do is package it up in something called a variable annuity, where mutual funds in a variable account, and they&#x27;re trying to market variable annuities as retirement solutions. Rick, have you done research where you put variable annuities side by side with the fixed pension annuities?</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And if so, which one comes out with more safety for someone&#x27;s retirement? Let me first talk about variable annuities in general, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the safety issues and the concerns that I have for people and those being used in retirement. First of all, Wall Street is hiding the cost of variable annuities. Variable annuities today have fees buried within them anywhere from 3 upwards of 4%. They bury these costs in 400-page prospectuses written by attorneys for attorneys. You know, these things are like encyclopedias in very small fonts. The average 60-year-old and older will never read. They&#x27;ll never understand. And what&#x27;s more about these variable annuities is that the actual costs are not required in full to be listed on the customer statement. Now, imagine not knowing this.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Imagine finding out that there&#x27;s fees here. And imagine that the fees are 3% to 4%. Well, if you have, as an example, a $100,000 account, that&#x27;s $3,000 to $4,000 a year. Now, someday, I think those fees are going to be required to be put on those statements. And when people discover this, they&#x27;re going to go ballistic because they weren&#x27;t really understood from the beginning because of the way that it&#x27;s presented. What happens now if you have a situation where you have these kind of fees and the markets really go nowhere for the next 10 years? You lose money. And that is a great possibility. And if you don&#x27;t believe me that that&#x27;s a possibility, take a look at the chart that I&#x27;ve put in the book regarding the markets from the 60s and the 70s. There was something like 17 years where the Dow stayed in the same place, even though we had tremendous volatility. By the way, those kind of charts are the charts that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want people to see, the one that I have on page 20 in the book.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Imagine being presented with a chart like that before you invest, but that&#x27;s another story. So back to variable annuities. I think the first issue is the fees. The second issue is who&#x27;s going to be monitoring that money for you until the day you die? Most of these variable annuities require some professional to be paid to monitor these things. Typically, in variable annuities, the financial professional gets paid a one-time commission, and after that, they have no responsibility to monitor that investment. When you&#x27;re in the later years of your life with these types of accounts, there may be, and all the time before then, there&#x27;s attention that needs to be given to these. And there&#x27;s no financial incentive in most cases for anybody to give you attention. So I think people are really being taken to the cleaners here. Yeah, and I see it every single week at least one or two people come into my office and they say, I don&#x27;t know what I have, but my broker put me in this and I&#x27;m supposed to guarantee retirement.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Rick, unfortunately, most of the time, it&#x27;s doing the exact opposite for the folks. People don&#x27;t have any confidence. You know, I think part of our job as advisors is to put confidence into people&#x27;s financial lives. And so they can really concentrate on the things that are really important. That&#x27;s living life to the fullest. And I think Wall Street has turned what really is a fairly simple process. They&#x27;ve turned it into rocket science and the rocket has blown up on the pad. Made it a little too complicated for the average person to even begin to understand. And when you get into some of the puts and calls and derivatives and all that, these Wall Street guys are betting on and trading in. Even some of those guys don&#x27;t understand it. Well, yeah, to your point, Fortune magazine came out, you know, right after all this mess started. And on the cover of Fortune, they had Chuck Prince from Citigroup.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> They had Jimmy Cain from Bear Stearns, John Mack from Morgan Stanley and Stan O&#x27;Neill from Merrill Lynch. And these guys were the best minds on Wall Street and they lost billions of dollars. I mean, they had the custody of billions, if not trillions of people&#x27;s retirement assets. And all their firms had serious, serious financial issues. You know, I won Twitter and it was baffling to me how people could ever invest their money with organizations that took TARP funds. Absolutely. They couldn&#x27;t even manage their own money. But yet they trust their retirement savings, these organizations. But I think it&#x27;s, again, people just not knowing. The average person really doesn&#x27;t understand how all this works. They&#x27;re confused. They&#x27;re concerned. They&#x27;ve lost money. To the point of the book is nobody could ever consider the typical Wall Street retirement account as a suitable investment if they were to stand back from it and really get a big picture view of the whole issue.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And the goal is to create secure, guaranteed income for life. That&#x27;s what the goal is. The book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. The author is Rick Buter, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon and various other places. Rick, what I wanted to ask you before we let you go is what should the average listener who&#x27;s listening right now who has $300,000 or less in retirement accounts, what should they do to make sure they could have a guaranteed income for life plan established right now? The first question they need to ask for themselves is what is my guaranteed retirement income with my plan right now the way it&#x27;s set? And they need to answer that number one question. And number two, if they are confused or concerned or they don&#x27;t understand, they need to talk to an expert. And Coach Pete, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re the expert they need to be seeing. Rick, couldn&#x27;t have said it better myself. We appreciate your time here on the program. Is there anything that you want to add as far as how can people get in touch with you or find out more about you and your system, your book?</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> Well, I think the first step is to get the knowledge, get educated, and the book is available on Amazon.com, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And I think get the book. It&#x27;s the best $15 you could ever spend in terms of understanding what do for retirement. His name again, Rick Buter, and certainly, Rick, we appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us today. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision making. And when it comes to your money, it is a jungle out there. You don&#x27;t go into the jungle without a guide. That&#x27;s why we&#x27;re here each and every week, hoping to educate you so you can make smarter, more informed decisions with your money and keep more of it in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, joined by your host, published financial author, cash flow income planning coach, Pete Deruta. And we have a very special guest on with us as well, another financial author by the name of Rick Buter. And the title of Rick&#x27;s book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. And Rick, welcome into the Financial Safari. Tell us, what is The Great Scam? Well, thank you for the opportunity to speak today here. Well, basically, you know, the title, as you mentioned, is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> And it&#x27;s what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And for the last 40-some years, Americans really have been duped by government, Congress, Wall Street into thinking the traditional Wall Street IRA and 401k plan could provide them what they&#x27;ve been told it&#x27;s supposed to do. And that&#x27;s to provide them with a retirement income. And what we found out is all these years, these types of plans have been all about putting money into the system. And there really hasn&#x27;t been any organized or systematic way to be able to draw the money out with any guarantee or assurance after 40 years of contributing. Well, they are known as a defined contribution type of plan, those traditional IRS plans that allow you to contribute up to a certain amount each year.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> But they don&#x27;t define a benefit, do they? No, there&#x27;s no benefit. And, you know, to the average American, with all due respect, to use the words defined contribution, defined benefit, the whole system, retirement planning in general, is so confusing to the average person to try to talk about the difference between a large cap or a small cap, mid cap fund. You see, people have been told that this is what you do with your retirement savings and planning. They go to work for an employer. They&#x27;re given a 401k. And they&#x27;re told to put money in this. And there&#x27;s even the added bonus that many times an employer will provide matching funds. The challenge is, is, did the government ever give you, Coach Pete, your four-year course in pension planning paid for by them? Did you receive that, Coach Pete? I&#x27;m still waiting for that, Rick. You&#x27;re still waiting. You and millions of other people out there are still, didn&#x27;t get a course like that.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> Nobody got that course. But the problem is, we are asking the average American worker in... Retirement Saver who participates in these plans to put forth the skills of a pension planning professional. There&#x27;s no way that they can do that. Above and beyond that, I mean, if we want to compare to how professionals create your retirement pension, if you&#x27;re in a pension plan where there&#x27;s actually going to be a defined pension for you down the line, that&#x27;s usually a plan where there&#x27;s thousands of employees involved. It is being managed by a pension professional. They use a 100-year timeline because they&#x27;re managing that for both very, very young and old employees. And when someone retires, they don&#x27;t have to use the entire pension pot to create a retirement income. They peel off a little bit. They don&#x27;t give it to a bank.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> They don&#x27;t give that money to a brokerage firm. They give it to an insurance company. And the insurance company takes that money and pays that employee a pension as long as they live because that&#x27;s the business that insurance companies are experts in. And that&#x27;s how professional pensions create it. But right now, we&#x27;re asking the average person to do the job of a pension professional, and they don&#x27;t have all the tools. Their hands are tied behind their back. So can the average American right now, Rick, can they really get financial security for their retirement from Wall Street, or should they consider something else? Well, gosh, I would just have to look at the events of the last year or two, and I think that has unveiled the extreme risk that&#x27;s involved in the average American in terms of trying to manage their own pension. The answer is no. They can&#x27;t do it. They don&#x27;t have the tools. They never had the tools to do it properly.</p><p><strong>03:56</strong> And I think what&#x27;s happened here, if we want to step back and really look at the big picture, Wall Street has been withholding what people really need. And what people really need doesn&#x27;t come from Wall Street. It comes from some of the oldest, most established, most secure financial institutions in the world, and that&#x27;s insurance companies. You know, if you ask any pensioner who receives their pension check from an insurance company, if that is a secure way to have an income, all of them would say yes. Because through this whole financial debacle, not one person has missed a beat on getting their pension checks from insurance companies. That&#x27;s why professional pension plans peel off a sliver and they give it to insurance companies. Because what we learned out of the Great Depression, if history can teach us some lessons, Coach Pete, we learned out of the Great Depression that insurance companies were the most secure financial institution when it comes to money.</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> And that same system still works today. But Wall Street has been hiding this information. And I can say that, you know, with confidence, because there&#x27;s been this great propaganda campaign over the 80s and 90s, that Wall Street is the way to go, and gosh, you&#x27;re going to consider an insurance company for your retirement? You&#x27;ve got to be kidding me. I mean, you know what I&#x27;m talking about? There&#x27;s a lot of press out there put out by the marketers for Wall Street firms kind of campaigning on the exact lines that you&#x27;re talking about there. Millions of dollars a day are spent by Wall Street to get people to put their money in what they call financial security in the securities industry. But, Rick, I think you&#x27;ll argue in your book, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, that there&#x27;s nothing secure about a Wall Street security, is there? There&#x27;s nothing secure. So much so, I mean, in the book, I like to lighten this up a little bit, but be kind of serious.</p><p><strong>05:31</strong> I really question whether a mutual fund, as an example, could ever be considered a suitable investment in these type of retirement plans. And to kind of lighten it up a little bit, I want you to think of this example. Think of the warning they put on a pack of cigarettes, you know, in those big, bold letters, if you smoke these, you could die from these. Now imagine that. But now we put a similar warning on the front of every 401k and Wall Street retirement account, and it would say something like this. The outcomes and success of your retirement income is your responsibility. The investments we&#x27;ve given you to use over the next 40 years, they may or may not be good ones. The assurance of a secure retirement income for life is not guaranteed. There are other options, but we are not required to tell you about them. Now, Coach Pete, if every American saw that in big, bold, black letters on the front of every Wall Street brochure,</p><p><strong>06:23</strong> do you think they&#x27;d give a second thought to putting their money there? No, I think it&#x27;s kind of like those shards of glass pops I&#x27;ve seen advertised recently on TV. The cigarette industry. The cigarette industry, absolutely. And recently, though, Rick, we&#x27;ve seen government and Wall Street firms trying to jump on that safe money bandwagon, talking about secure retirement solutions and trying to campaign and advertise for that type of idea. Can we trust those entities to handle our money in the proper way to secure our retirement? Well, I want you to think about this. And in my book, we talk about it. In researching this book, there were some concerns that I had about the undue influence that Wall Street has over Congress. Yes. And I discovered a website called Open Secrets in my research. And what this website did is it led me back to some of the highest people in the Congress of the United States,</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> and I found that they were being highly influenced by contributions from Wall Street. Compensate. One of the chair... The chairman of the Financial Services Committee, Barney Frank, has actually been taking money from a covertly named financial organization in trying to influence him. Now, if you look at this up at OpenSecrets.org, you&#x27;ll see that organization listed as FMR. I&#x27;ll let you use your imagination as to who that is. Well, now, let&#x27;s look at this now, because like you said, mutual funds, you question if they&#x27;re ever suitable for someone in retirement. But what the security industry has now tried to do is package it up in something called a variable annuity, where mutual funds in a variable account, and they&#x27;re trying to market variable annuities as retirement solutions. Rick, have you done research where you put variable annuities side by side with the fixed pension annuities?</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> And if so, which one comes out with more safety for someone&#x27;s retirement? Let me first talk about variable annuities in general, and then we&#x27;ll talk about the safety issues and the concerns that I have for people and those being used in retirement. First of all, Wall Street is hiding the cost of variable annuities. Variable annuities today have fees buried within them anywhere from 3 upwards of 4%. They bury these costs in 400-page prospectuses written by attorneys for attorneys. You know, these things are like encyclopedias in very small fonts. The average 60-year-old and older will never read. They&#x27;ll never understand. And what&#x27;s more about these variable annuities is that the actual costs are not required in full to be listed on the customer statement. Now, imagine not knowing this.</p><p><strong>08:49</strong> Imagine finding out that there&#x27;s fees here. And imagine that the fees are 3% to 4%. Well, if you have, as an example, a $100,000 account, that&#x27;s $3,000 to $4,000 a year. Now, someday, I think those fees are going to be required to be put on those statements. And when people discover this, they&#x27;re going to go ballistic because they weren&#x27;t really understood from the beginning because of the way that it&#x27;s presented. What happens now if you have a situation where you have these kind of fees and the markets really go nowhere for the next 10 years? You lose money. And that is a great possibility. And if you don&#x27;t believe me that that&#x27;s a possibility, take a look at the chart that I&#x27;ve put in the book regarding the markets from the 60s and the 70s. There was something like 17 years where the Dow stayed in the same place, even though we had tremendous volatility. By the way, those kind of charts are the charts that Wall Street doesn&#x27;t want people to see, the one that I have on page 20 in the book.</p><p><strong>09:39</strong> Imagine being presented with a chart like that before you invest, but that&#x27;s another story. So back to variable annuities. I think the first issue is the fees. The second issue is who&#x27;s going to be monitoring that money for you until the day you die? Most of these variable annuities require some professional to be paid to monitor these things. Typically, in variable annuities, the financial professional gets paid a one-time commission, and after that, they have no responsibility to monitor that investment. When you&#x27;re in the later years of your life with these types of accounts, there may be, and all the time before then, there&#x27;s attention that needs to be given to these. And there&#x27;s no financial incentive in most cases for anybody to give you attention. So I think people are really being taken to the cleaners here. Yeah, and I see it every single week at least one or two people come into my office and they say, I don&#x27;t know what I have, but my broker put me in this and I&#x27;m supposed to guarantee retirement.</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> Rick, unfortunately, most of the time, it&#x27;s doing the exact opposite for the folks. People don&#x27;t have any confidence. You know, I think part of our job as advisors is to put confidence into people&#x27;s financial lives. And so they can really concentrate on the things that are really important. That&#x27;s living life to the fullest. And I think Wall Street has turned what really is a fairly simple process. They&#x27;ve turned it into rocket science and the rocket has blown up on the pad. Made it a little too complicated for the average person to even begin to understand. And when you get into some of the puts and calls and derivatives and all that, these Wall Street guys are betting on and trading in. Even some of those guys don&#x27;t understand it. Well, yeah, to your point, Fortune magazine came out, you know, right after all this mess started. And on the cover of Fortune, they had Chuck Prince from Citigroup.</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> They had Jimmy Cain from Bear Stearns, John Mack from Morgan Stanley and Stan O&#x27;Neill from Merrill Lynch. And these guys were the best minds on Wall Street and they lost billions of dollars. I mean, they had the custody of billions, if not trillions of people&#x27;s retirement assets. And all their firms had serious, serious financial issues. You know, I won Twitter and it was baffling to me how people could ever invest their money with organizations that took TARP funds. Absolutely. They couldn&#x27;t even manage their own money. But yet they trust their retirement savings, these organizations. But I think it&#x27;s, again, people just not knowing. The average person really doesn&#x27;t understand how all this works. They&#x27;re confused. They&#x27;re concerned. They&#x27;ve lost money. To the point of the book is nobody could ever consider the typical Wall Street retirement account as a suitable investment if they were to stand back from it and really get a big picture view of the whole issue.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And the goal is to create secure, guaranteed income for life. That&#x27;s what the goal is. The book is The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam. The author is Rick Buter, and it&#x27;s available on Amazon and various other places. Rick, what I wanted to ask you before we let you go is what should the average listener who&#x27;s listening right now who has $300,000 or less in retirement accounts, what should they do to make sure they could have a guaranteed income for life plan established right now? The first question they need to ask for themselves is what is my guaranteed retirement income with my plan right now the way it&#x27;s set? And they need to answer that number one question. And number two, if they are confused or concerned or they don&#x27;t understand, they need to talk to an expert. And Coach Pete, I&#x27;m sure you&#x27;re the expert they need to be seeing. Rick, couldn&#x27;t have said it better myself. We appreciate your time here on the program. Is there anything that you want to add as far as how can people get in touch with you or find out more about you and your system, your book?</p><p><strong>12:52</strong> Well, I think the first step is to get the knowledge, get educated, and the book is available on Amazon.com, The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam, what they don&#x27;t want you to know about IRAs, 401ks, and other plans. And I think get the book. It&#x27;s the best $15 you could ever spend in terms of understanding what do for retirement. His name again, Rick Buter, and certainly, Rick, we appreciate your time here on the Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us today. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Rick Bueter discusses The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam and his criticism of conventional retirement plans. The conversation explores financial education and retirement planning in October 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Rick Bueter</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>financial education</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Rick Bueter, retirement planning, financial fraud, financial education, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/image.jpg?t=1792073263&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/image.jpg?t=1792073263&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7</guid>
      <omny:clipId>37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Oct 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>797</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/37abb276-d545-4634-b969-b4e200efcfe7/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="12781946" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/rick-bueter-the-great-wall-street-retirement-scam</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>269</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Great Wall Street Retirement Scam" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:08" title="Retirement income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:05" title="Understanding annuities" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Gurwitz: Reading Market Cycles</title>
      <itunes:title>David Gurwitz: Reading Market Cycles</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Gurwitz of Charles Nenner Research joins Financial Safari to discuss market research, cycles, and how research informs investment decisions. This conversation was recorded in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, it&#x27;s your weekly show, looking inside the financial world so you can be more informed and know what&#x27;s going on in your wallet and also in your retirement plans. We&#x27;re lucky enough today to have David Gerwitz, who&#x27;s a managing director of Charles Nanner Research. And David is a JD, an MBA, and a CPA and does a great job of managing money worldwide. David, welcome to the Financial Safari. Thank you, coach. By the way, I just want to correct one thing. We don&#x27;t manage money. We just tell other people who are managing what to do. Which is even better. It&#x27;s even better because I always tell people, you got money, that&#x27;s your problem. It&#x27;s not my problem. We&#x27;ll just tell you where the weather is in effect for stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, and grains as we see it. And then you have to take care of it because it&#x27;s a much better business model. Well, David, the neat thing about you is doing some research.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I found out that you are a former pro baseball player. You played with the Montreal Expos. Tried out. Tried out. Well, that&#x27;s close enough. And when, of course, the Montreal Expos don&#x27;t even exist anymore. Well, that&#x27;s why. But you know I&#x27;m only 27, though, right? Yeah. Me too. Okay, fine. You also trained with Red Auerbach. You played basketball. And so you&#x27;ve got a vast experience in the financial world. And what I do like is I was looking at one of your financial reports there saying, just an example for folks, cocoa commodities. And we&#x27;re entering hot chocolate season, you called it. So that was pretty funny to see that on one of your reports. But what do you specialize in, David? What makes you tick? And what should folks that are listening out there, what should they do to make sure that they have the right allocation model for their financial situation going forward? Good question. First thing, they should go to the site, charlesnener.com.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> C-H-A-R-L-E-S-N-E-N-N-E-R.com. And there&#x27;s a big button there that says contact. All right. And they can hit us and then we&#x27;ll put them on the distribution list and they can watch the research for a while because it takes a while to get to understand the system. The system is basically based on a bunch of algorithms that the first of which is cycle from the Greek word circle, which is essentially top to top. You know, it&#x27;s like a bunch of EKGs in a heart doctor&#x27;s office that you overlay and you want to see when all of them are kind of topping at the same time or bottoming at any time. And our system, we&#x27;ll take a look and find these quote-unquote cycles for everything, for every stock, bond, commodity, currency, or ETF that&#x27;s out there. And you&#x27;re talking thousands of things. It&#x27;s a big computer program, you know, 60,000 lines of code and it costs a lot of money. And when it finds the cycles,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> it then will, you know, Charles will look at it and see whether the combined cycles are topping or bottoming based on daily data, cycles based on weekly, monthly. And he&#x27;s pretty good with this. I&#x27;ll tell you some of the calls he&#x27;s made. That&#x27;s only one piece. Then we have... We have a target algorithm based on shooting a bullet out of a gun and the decay of the trajectory. That&#x27;s kind of physics-based. And then we have... We use the Elliott Wave after we look at those two. And then we have an overall technical model that combines a few hundred other indicators such as put call insider selling as kind of an overlay to his own system. So let me give you an example of some of the calls he&#x27;s made in the last several years that makes it easy to see that it occasionally works. And he&#x27;s used a Goldman for over a decade. So he used to some, you know, very big money following him. For stocks, I&#x27;ll break the world down into stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, and grains</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> because that&#x27;s kind of how we see it. We sell a pizza three times a week. You know, we&#x27;re always thinking about food. So stocks, he called the Dow from 10.8 to 14.5 and went to 14.2. He got out of the market two and a half years ago in the summer, right before, before the craziness started. And then a year and a half ago in January, February, was on Pim Fox&#x27;s show and he said, we&#x27;re going long. And nobody wanted to go long. S&amp;P was 6.60. He actually went down at that point, stayed in, and then went up to this past April and got out. So those are three long, three-shot, three-pointers. I&#x27;m talking to North Carolina so I can mention a basketball analogy that he was right in, got out, and he&#x27;s been long twice in the last several months and went long Monsanto and got out and said on NBC that the Dow&#x27;s going to go to 5,000 and everybody flipped out. But he said, but not straight down. There&#x27;s going to be</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> a bunch of up moves along the way. So we&#x27;ve caught two of them including right now that he&#x27;s been long and he&#x27;s been correct. That&#x27;s stock. He is predicting a major downturn over the next several years, by the way. Okay. A bunch of up moves along the way. So that kind of answers your next question. So a guy who&#x27;s hit these three-pointers might be right on the next long shot. That&#x27;s all I&#x27;m going to say. Bonds, a few months ago, he said by the 10-year at 4%. I hope people listened because it&#x27;s down to something now. And he just called the bond move up the 30-year up to about a 140 level. And there&#x27;s a little weakness now, but he thinks bonds will be still a place a lot of money&#x27;s going to go into for the next several years. And then after that, rates will go up for a long time, like a few decades. Quickly, David, I want to, because I know when you said Dow 5,000 because, you know, the Dow has been going up here lately and everyone&#x27;s jumping on that train, we call it, getting a running start,</p><p><strong>04:34</strong> trying to catch up to the train that&#x27;s going fast down the road. Well, that&#x27;s the problem because he went along twice, but it&#x27;s getting, that&#x27;s why I want people to watch the research. They shouldn&#x27;t judge anyone on TV based on a four-minute interrupted interview. You know, they should watch the research and it explains everything and he&#x27;s been long. He got out a few weeks ago, he went back in again, so he thinks we have a little more to go, but he&#x27;s getting out today of the NASDAQ and he actually wants to go in S&amp;P and emerging markets, he&#x27;s long FXI, he&#x27;s long China, he&#x27;s long Malaysia, so there&#x27;s a couple of things that should do well now, but he is expecting a downturn. So anyone who&#x27;s going to come in now, they should probably do it overseas, FXI or the Malaysia ETF. And by the way, people shouldn&#x27;t be afraid to do stuff they never did with the technology now and with the ETFs.</p><p><strong>05:20</strong> You know, they don&#x27;t have to understand it. That&#x27;s what I say, if Charles thinks it&#x27;s a good time to buy, he&#x27;s usually right, so not a bad thing to do. Well, now, here&#x27;s where people get in trouble real easy, David, and if they try to do something themselves or isn&#x27;t it better to surround yourself if you&#x27;re a consumer out there? Now, I know it&#x27;s hard for you to do since you&#x27;re in the financial world and me also, but if you were a consumer out there, it&#x27;s tougher to go try to stock pick or market time. Isn&#x27;t it better to get a money manager or an investment advisor making sure to help consult with you before a coach before you go forward in the financial world? That&#x27;s a very good question. I think you need coaching for anything, not just market. I mean, people need advisors, you know, health and cars and stuff, so this shouldn&#x27;t be any different. I think there&#x27;s too much information. I think people are watching screens all day, can&#x27;t think straight. You know, I&#x27;ve been there with Charles on the sets of CNBC and Bloomberg</p><p><strong>06:05</strong> and Fox and all these places. I wouldn&#x27;t want to be making my decisions based on what&#x27;s coming over the screen all day from a stream of people if I could be so blunt. And Charles thinks you should think, he believes cycles are the most important thing to know and if people haven&#x27;t been exposed to it, that&#x27;s why we want them to watch what we say because you&#x27;ve got this track record that&#x27;s been right so obviously maybe there&#x27;s something to it. Yes, do people tend to get in late afterwards? Yeah. One of the things about our system is we&#x27;re very risk averse because Charles is Dutch and Dutch people, their country&#x27;s under sea level so the whole country is somewhat risk focused because they could be flooded very easily. So most of the Dutch, we have a lot of Dutch clients but also they&#x27;re less risk taking than most people because they live in a place they just know if we don&#x27;t keep the water out we&#x27;re all going to drown. So the mindset is don&#x27;t lose</p><p><strong>06:51</strong> and our system is really focused on don&#x27;t make a bad trade. I&#x27;d rather miss a little of a good trade to avoid a bad trade. Absolutely. Well, I know you feel that way because I looked at your stuff and that&#x27;s pretty clear. But I&#x27;ll tell you one thing Magic Johnson led the league in turnovers as well as assists. You could say maybe I should take risk if I&#x27;m going to hit home runs in trading. Trading doesn&#x27;t work that way. Trading if you lose 20%. If you lose 50% you&#x27;re going to have to make up 100 just to get even. So it&#x27;s different in trading as opposed to playing. You don&#x27;t want to make any mistakes. I spend about 80% of my time every week talking people out of doing something instead of talking into. Correct. Yeah, because we&#x27;re in the soundbite generation like you&#x27;re talking about and a lot of people just because their neighbor said they&#x27;re in something they think they can do it themselves. And I really think it&#x27;s better to have at least consult with somebody</p><p><strong>07:36</strong> before you make a move because like you said once you put your money at risk if it goes down it may take years for you to recover just to where you were when you started. Right. And it&#x27;s a hard thing for people to see. People don&#x27;t have the mindset to listen to longer thought. That&#x27;s why I want them to spend time on our site. I spoke at Bloomberg for an hour from a thousand people explaining the system I usually ask people did you ever watch it? Yeah, I watched 10 minutes or 15 minutes. I said I know there&#x27;s a good game on you know so I was watching the game too but you should watch it so it&#x27;ll teach you how we see things and maybe it&#x27;ll change their point of view to make them see that there&#x27;s a bigger picture here and we always tell people take X percent of their money and just follow what he says you know whatever it is 10 percent 15 percent and see if this thing makes sense both in patience which we&#x27;re really big believers on</p><p><strong>08:22</strong> or allocating into areas they never did like buy the Aussie if he says you know he just was long I&#x27;ll tell you right now long the yen until now from 92 to almost 80 he called the Aussie from 68 to 93 he called the euro up to $1.51 way before the Greek crisis happened and got out until $1.22 and then $1.18 then went long he&#x27;s long now but for another week he thinks so that&#x27;s currencies but I think people should definitely start doing more gold he called he went long calls on gold stocks last October I remember I was hiking like this time of year and he sent me an email send out an email tell everybody buy calls on gold stocks so he did it you know with technology I don&#x27;t have to be in front of the desk and we sent it out and it went up 50% he got out he thinks gold while he&#x27;s been bullish on it short term he thinks it&#x27;s going to</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> turn down before we&#x27;ll have a little more inflation then another deflation scare and then at some point he&#x27;s going to load up the truck and gold he thinks is going to go way above $2,000 and silver he&#x27;s been long so that&#x27;s you know and oil and that gas he thinks Exxon&#x27;s a great long term thing he&#x27;s actually saying if it closes above $65 buy it now it&#x27;s a good two year old but that gas while we&#x27;re having a bounce he thinks it&#x27;s going to go to $1.70 over two years so they&#x27;re going to bifurcate in their direction so that&#x27;s the commodity and currency picture and then obviously stocks I gave before and bonds you know I kind of gave before and the grains he thinks people should go or think about going long soon for years because he thinks grain prices are really going to go up a lot now two things I know you&#x27;re quotes for time today and we are quotes to heartbreak too also but you know</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> one of the things that caught my ear and I&#x27;m sure it caught people out there before when it was said is that you said that Charles is basically looking at Dow 5000 sometime in the future in the next couple years what do you think what do you think will be a catalyst to cause the Dow or people to stop buying because the rapid buying is causing the market to run up is patience a virtue these days is it a you know is it something because you said the magic word a lot of people need to be patient you&#x27;re funny you know but it&#x27;s correct right so yeah yeah the virtue I think patience is a virtue most of the time not just the market but let me ask your first question first and second second I&#x27;ll try he doesn&#x27;t know what causes anything he said I&#x27;m smart enough to know I&#x27;m not that smart I just know cycles are topping so something&#x27;s gotta happen to make it a top he works backwards you know that&#x27;s actually known as quantum physics</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> most people probably listening have never really read or studied or even thought about it I happened to have been a math major and so I studied it and he has studied this stuff where it&#x27;s a completely different way of looking at the world he if a cycle&#x27;s topping something&#x27;s gonna happen that&#x27;ll make it a top wheat cycles were bottoming a week later the fires came in Russia for the wheat fields that we all remember he didn&#x27;t know that was coming he just saw cycles are bottoming it&#x27;s gonna start going so that&#x27;s that&#x27;s my answer to your question he doesn&#x27;t know any reason why anything&#x27;s gonna happen nor does he care he&#x27;s a doctor the red pill works if not give him the green pill yes I mean and he thinks people get into is it QE is it this he goes what are you talking about it doesn&#x27;t mean anything how could he call the doubt from 10-8 to 14-5 it went to 14-2 if anything what about this what about that the government he says they think they&#x27;re doing something</p><p><strong>11:24</strong> but there&#x27;s no effect I mean we one of the European governments that we advise that pension 200 billion dollars they sold gold at a low price 40-400 bucks an ounce a few years ago and he was begging them don&#x27;t do it wow and then you know bonds they bought at 1% he was begging them not to do it because he sees this stuff so big money too is also affected by it they think this they think the government you know they can affect and he says the government has no effect but it&#x27;s not so easy for people to hear as I said to you before it&#x27;s an emotional issue because we&#x27;re challenging a lot of deep-seated beliefs and that&#x27;s not easy for anybody to hear so I understand that but just he happens to be right so that&#x27;s why I tell people come to the site you know sign up watch it for a little while and then afterwards we&#x27;ll be in touch with them about the different subscription options if they&#x27;re interested so folks it&#x27;s been David Gerwitz</p><p><strong>12:09</strong> who&#x27;s managing director at Charles Nenner Research vast array of knowledge you guys have over there at charlesnenner.com and to find out more if you want to find out some more about the research or have it analyzed or whatever give us a call at the Financial Safari at 800-661-7383 we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Gurwitz of Charles Nenner Research joins Financial Safari to discuss market research, cycles, and how research informs investment decisions. This conversation was recorded in October 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back into the Financial Safari. Of course, it&#x27;s your weekly show, looking inside the financial world so you can be more informed and know what&#x27;s going on in your wallet and also in your retirement plans. We&#x27;re lucky enough today to have David Gerwitz, who&#x27;s a managing director of Charles Nanner Research. And David is a JD, an MBA, and a CPA and does a great job of managing money worldwide. David, welcome to the Financial Safari. Thank you, coach. By the way, I just want to correct one thing. We don&#x27;t manage money. We just tell other people who are managing what to do. Which is even better. It&#x27;s even better because I always tell people, you got money, that&#x27;s your problem. It&#x27;s not my problem. We&#x27;ll just tell you where the weather is in effect for stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, and grains as we see it. And then you have to take care of it because it&#x27;s a much better business model. Well, David, the neat thing about you is doing some research.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I found out that you are a former pro baseball player. You played with the Montreal Expos. Tried out. Tried out. Well, that&#x27;s close enough. And when, of course, the Montreal Expos don&#x27;t even exist anymore. Well, that&#x27;s why. But you know I&#x27;m only 27, though, right? Yeah. Me too. Okay, fine. You also trained with Red Auerbach. You played basketball. And so you&#x27;ve got a vast experience in the financial world. And what I do like is I was looking at one of your financial reports there saying, just an example for folks, cocoa commodities. And we&#x27;re entering hot chocolate season, you called it. So that was pretty funny to see that on one of your reports. But what do you specialize in, David? What makes you tick? And what should folks that are listening out there, what should they do to make sure that they have the right allocation model for their financial situation going forward? Good question. First thing, they should go to the site, charlesnener.com.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> C-H-A-R-L-E-S-N-E-N-N-E-R.com. And there&#x27;s a big button there that says contact. All right. And they can hit us and then we&#x27;ll put them on the distribution list and they can watch the research for a while because it takes a while to get to understand the system. The system is basically based on a bunch of algorithms that the first of which is cycle from the Greek word circle, which is essentially top to top. You know, it&#x27;s like a bunch of EKGs in a heart doctor&#x27;s office that you overlay and you want to see when all of them are kind of topping at the same time or bottoming at any time. And our system, we&#x27;ll take a look and find these quote-unquote cycles for everything, for every stock, bond, commodity, currency, or ETF that&#x27;s out there. And you&#x27;re talking thousands of things. It&#x27;s a big computer program, you know, 60,000 lines of code and it costs a lot of money. And when it finds the cycles,</p><p><strong>02:18</strong> it then will, you know, Charles will look at it and see whether the combined cycles are topping or bottoming based on daily data, cycles based on weekly, monthly. And he&#x27;s pretty good with this. I&#x27;ll tell you some of the calls he&#x27;s made. That&#x27;s only one piece. Then we have... We have a target algorithm based on shooting a bullet out of a gun and the decay of the trajectory. That&#x27;s kind of physics-based. And then we have... We use the Elliott Wave after we look at those two. And then we have an overall technical model that combines a few hundred other indicators such as put call insider selling as kind of an overlay to his own system. So let me give you an example of some of the calls he&#x27;s made in the last several years that makes it easy to see that it occasionally works. And he&#x27;s used a Goldman for over a decade. So he used to some, you know, very big money following him. For stocks, I&#x27;ll break the world down into stocks, bonds, commodities, currencies, and grains</p><p><strong>03:03</strong> because that&#x27;s kind of how we see it. We sell a pizza three times a week. You know, we&#x27;re always thinking about food. So stocks, he called the Dow from 10.8 to 14.5 and went to 14.2. He got out of the market two and a half years ago in the summer, right before, before the craziness started. And then a year and a half ago in January, February, was on Pim Fox&#x27;s show and he said, we&#x27;re going long. And nobody wanted to go long. S&amp;P was 6.60. He actually went down at that point, stayed in, and then went up to this past April and got out. So those are three long, three-shot, three-pointers. I&#x27;m talking to North Carolina so I can mention a basketball analogy that he was right in, got out, and he&#x27;s been long twice in the last several months and went long Monsanto and got out and said on NBC that the Dow&#x27;s going to go to 5,000 and everybody flipped out. But he said, but not straight down. There&#x27;s going to be</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> a bunch of up moves along the way. So we&#x27;ve caught two of them including right now that he&#x27;s been long and he&#x27;s been correct. That&#x27;s stock. He is predicting a major downturn over the next several years, by the way. Okay. A bunch of up moves along the way. So that kind of answers your next question. So a guy who&#x27;s hit these three-pointers might be right on the next long shot. That&#x27;s all I&#x27;m going to say. Bonds, a few months ago, he said by the 10-year at 4%. I hope people listened because it&#x27;s down to something now. And he just called the bond move up the 30-year up to about a 140 level. And there&#x27;s a little weakness now, but he thinks bonds will be still a place a lot of money&#x27;s going to go into for the next several years. And then after that, rates will go up for a long time, like a few decades. Quickly, David, I want to, because I know when you said Dow 5,000 because, you know, the Dow has been going up here lately and everyone&#x27;s jumping on that train, we call it, getting a running start,</p><p><strong>04:34</strong> trying to catch up to the train that&#x27;s going fast down the road. Well, that&#x27;s the problem because he went along twice, but it&#x27;s getting, that&#x27;s why I want people to watch the research. They shouldn&#x27;t judge anyone on TV based on a four-minute interrupted interview. You know, they should watch the research and it explains everything and he&#x27;s been long. He got out a few weeks ago, he went back in again, so he thinks we have a little more to go, but he&#x27;s getting out today of the NASDAQ and he actually wants to go in S&amp;P and emerging markets, he&#x27;s long FXI, he&#x27;s long China, he&#x27;s long Malaysia, so there&#x27;s a couple of things that should do well now, but he is expecting a downturn. So anyone who&#x27;s going to come in now, they should probably do it overseas, FXI or the Malaysia ETF. And by the way, people shouldn&#x27;t be afraid to do stuff they never did with the technology now and with the ETFs.</p><p><strong>05:20</strong> You know, they don&#x27;t have to understand it. That&#x27;s what I say, if Charles thinks it&#x27;s a good time to buy, he&#x27;s usually right, so not a bad thing to do. Well, now, here&#x27;s where people get in trouble real easy, David, and if they try to do something themselves or isn&#x27;t it better to surround yourself if you&#x27;re a consumer out there? Now, I know it&#x27;s hard for you to do since you&#x27;re in the financial world and me also, but if you were a consumer out there, it&#x27;s tougher to go try to stock pick or market time. Isn&#x27;t it better to get a money manager or an investment advisor making sure to help consult with you before a coach before you go forward in the financial world? That&#x27;s a very good question. I think you need coaching for anything, not just market. I mean, people need advisors, you know, health and cars and stuff, so this shouldn&#x27;t be any different. I think there&#x27;s too much information. I think people are watching screens all day, can&#x27;t think straight. You know, I&#x27;ve been there with Charles on the sets of CNBC and Bloomberg</p><p><strong>06:05</strong> and Fox and all these places. I wouldn&#x27;t want to be making my decisions based on what&#x27;s coming over the screen all day from a stream of people if I could be so blunt. And Charles thinks you should think, he believes cycles are the most important thing to know and if people haven&#x27;t been exposed to it, that&#x27;s why we want them to watch what we say because you&#x27;ve got this track record that&#x27;s been right so obviously maybe there&#x27;s something to it. Yes, do people tend to get in late afterwards? Yeah. One of the things about our system is we&#x27;re very risk averse because Charles is Dutch and Dutch people, their country&#x27;s under sea level so the whole country is somewhat risk focused because they could be flooded very easily. So most of the Dutch, we have a lot of Dutch clients but also they&#x27;re less risk taking than most people because they live in a place they just know if we don&#x27;t keep the water out we&#x27;re all going to drown. So the mindset is don&#x27;t lose</p><p><strong>06:51</strong> and our system is really focused on don&#x27;t make a bad trade. I&#x27;d rather miss a little of a good trade to avoid a bad trade. Absolutely. Well, I know you feel that way because I looked at your stuff and that&#x27;s pretty clear. But I&#x27;ll tell you one thing Magic Johnson led the league in turnovers as well as assists. You could say maybe I should take risk if I&#x27;m going to hit home runs in trading. Trading doesn&#x27;t work that way. Trading if you lose 20%. If you lose 50% you&#x27;re going to have to make up 100 just to get even. So it&#x27;s different in trading as opposed to playing. You don&#x27;t want to make any mistakes. I spend about 80% of my time every week talking people out of doing something instead of talking into. Correct. Yeah, because we&#x27;re in the soundbite generation like you&#x27;re talking about and a lot of people just because their neighbor said they&#x27;re in something they think they can do it themselves. And I really think it&#x27;s better to have at least consult with somebody</p><p><strong>07:36</strong> before you make a move because like you said once you put your money at risk if it goes down it may take years for you to recover just to where you were when you started. Right. And it&#x27;s a hard thing for people to see. People don&#x27;t have the mindset to listen to longer thought. That&#x27;s why I want them to spend time on our site. I spoke at Bloomberg for an hour from a thousand people explaining the system I usually ask people did you ever watch it? Yeah, I watched 10 minutes or 15 minutes. I said I know there&#x27;s a good game on you know so I was watching the game too but you should watch it so it&#x27;ll teach you how we see things and maybe it&#x27;ll change their point of view to make them see that there&#x27;s a bigger picture here and we always tell people take X percent of their money and just follow what he says you know whatever it is 10 percent 15 percent and see if this thing makes sense both in patience which we&#x27;re really big believers on</p><p><strong>08:22</strong> or allocating into areas they never did like buy the Aussie if he says you know he just was long I&#x27;ll tell you right now long the yen until now from 92 to almost 80 he called the Aussie from 68 to 93 he called the euro up to $1.51 way before the Greek crisis happened and got out until $1.22 and then $1.18 then went long he&#x27;s long now but for another week he thinks so that&#x27;s currencies but I think people should definitely start doing more gold he called he went long calls on gold stocks last October I remember I was hiking like this time of year and he sent me an email send out an email tell everybody buy calls on gold stocks so he did it you know with technology I don&#x27;t have to be in front of the desk and we sent it out and it went up 50% he got out he thinks gold while he&#x27;s been bullish on it short term he thinks it&#x27;s going to</p><p><strong>09:07</strong> turn down before we&#x27;ll have a little more inflation then another deflation scare and then at some point he&#x27;s going to load up the truck and gold he thinks is going to go way above $2,000 and silver he&#x27;s been long so that&#x27;s you know and oil and that gas he thinks Exxon&#x27;s a great long term thing he&#x27;s actually saying if it closes above $65 buy it now it&#x27;s a good two year old but that gas while we&#x27;re having a bounce he thinks it&#x27;s going to go to $1.70 over two years so they&#x27;re going to bifurcate in their direction so that&#x27;s the commodity and currency picture and then obviously stocks I gave before and bonds you know I kind of gave before and the grains he thinks people should go or think about going long soon for years because he thinks grain prices are really going to go up a lot now two things I know you&#x27;re quotes for time today and we are quotes to heartbreak too also but you know</p><p><strong>09:52</strong> one of the things that caught my ear and I&#x27;m sure it caught people out there before when it was said is that you said that Charles is basically looking at Dow 5000 sometime in the future in the next couple years what do you think what do you think will be a catalyst to cause the Dow or people to stop buying because the rapid buying is causing the market to run up is patience a virtue these days is it a you know is it something because you said the magic word a lot of people need to be patient you&#x27;re funny you know but it&#x27;s correct right so yeah yeah the virtue I think patience is a virtue most of the time not just the market but let me ask your first question first and second second I&#x27;ll try he doesn&#x27;t know what causes anything he said I&#x27;m smart enough to know I&#x27;m not that smart I just know cycles are topping so something&#x27;s gotta happen to make it a top he works backwards you know that&#x27;s actually known as quantum physics</p><p><strong>10:38</strong> most people probably listening have never really read or studied or even thought about it I happened to have been a math major and so I studied it and he has studied this stuff where it&#x27;s a completely different way of looking at the world he if a cycle&#x27;s topping something&#x27;s gonna happen that&#x27;ll make it a top wheat cycles were bottoming a week later the fires came in Russia for the wheat fields that we all remember he didn&#x27;t know that was coming he just saw cycles are bottoming it&#x27;s gonna start going so that&#x27;s that&#x27;s my answer to your question he doesn&#x27;t know any reason why anything&#x27;s gonna happen nor does he care he&#x27;s a doctor the red pill works if not give him the green pill yes I mean and he thinks people get into is it QE is it this he goes what are you talking about it doesn&#x27;t mean anything how could he call the doubt from 10-8 to 14-5 it went to 14-2 if anything what about this what about that the government he says they think they&#x27;re doing something</p><p><strong>11:24</strong> but there&#x27;s no effect I mean we one of the European governments that we advise that pension 200 billion dollars they sold gold at a low price 40-400 bucks an ounce a few years ago and he was begging them don&#x27;t do it wow and then you know bonds they bought at 1% he was begging them not to do it because he sees this stuff so big money too is also affected by it they think this they think the government you know they can affect and he says the government has no effect but it&#x27;s not so easy for people to hear as I said to you before it&#x27;s an emotional issue because we&#x27;re challenging a lot of deep-seated beliefs and that&#x27;s not easy for anybody to hear so I understand that but just he happens to be right so that&#x27;s why I tell people come to the site you know sign up watch it for a little while and then afterwards we&#x27;ll be in touch with them about the different subscription options if they&#x27;re interested so folks it&#x27;s been David Gerwitz</p><p><strong>12:09</strong> who&#x27;s managing director at Charles Nenner Research vast array of knowledge you guys have over there at charlesnenner.com and to find out more if you want to find out some more about the research or have it analyzed or whatever give us a call at the Financial Safari at 800-661-7383 we&#x27;ll be right back after this</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Gurwitz of Charles Nenner Research joins Financial Safari to discuss market research, cycles, and how research informs investment decisions. This conversation was recorded in October 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Gurwitz</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Gurwitz, investing, market cycles</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd/image.jpg?t=1792073267&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-gurwitz-reading-market-cycles/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd/image.jpg?t=1792073267&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Oct 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>746</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9e6e15ca-7737-445f-bd98-b4e200ef63cd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11976995" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-gurwitz-reading-market-cycles</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>270</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Reading Market Cycles" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ernie Zelinski: Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free</title>
      <itunes:title>Ernie Zelinski: Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with cash flow, retirement, income planning coach, and published financial author, Coach Pete. And very special guest, we have another published financial author on with us today, author of the world&#x27;s best retirement book, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. Also the author of The Joy of Not Working. Ernie Zielinski is an independent best-selling author, innovator, independent publisher, life coach, and an unconventional career expert. And we certainly appreciate him joining us here on the Financial Safari today. Ernie Zielinski, Ernie, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure. It&#x27;s our pleasure.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we would like to talk about your two books, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free, and The Joy of Not Working. Let&#x27;s start with How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. How do you do it? Well, believe it or not, I semi-retired when I was in my 40s, and I had no money. And I actually had $30,000 in student loans, so my net worth was minus $30,000. But I decided I only wanted to work four or five hours a day, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done since then. But I put my time into productive projects. And as I started to make a little bit of money, I made sure I saved the money. And so when I started making really good money, I made sure that I saved at least 50% of my pre-tax income.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And so when people talk about 10%, these financial planners and stuff, I said, that&#x27;s for sissies. And interesting, I just recently, there was someone posting on one of the financial articles online where people make comments. And he said he actually, he was the same as me, but he saved 60% of his pre-retirement income. He didn&#x27;t let that lifestyle creep come in once he started making more money. And so that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. And I&#x27;ve just decided to work at things I like to do and do the odd seminar here and there. And at the same time, I&#x27;ll be okay in retirement. And one of the things I do tell people is don&#x27;t, whether you&#x27;re in Canada, where we have a Canada pension plan,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> or United States, you should not count on any sort of government assistance. You should look at that as a bonus, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. Yeah, well, we don&#x27;t look at Social Security as anything that is definite for any of our clients, for sure. We try to make sure that is just icing on the cake and that they can rely on themselves. But you&#x27;ve done that by working, it sounds like, smarter, not harder, by being an avid saver, and by keeping costs low. Yes. You know, I was interviewed just last week by another American radio station, and a person called me frugal. And I said, well, in ways I am frugal. I said, but I&#x27;m not, I also spend money. I mean, last year I spent 31 days away from home on hotel rooms. And so that&#x27;s at least $3,000. So I do my traveling.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> I even travel to executive class. But I still drive a 95 Camry. And I could go out and buy a brand-new car for cash. I could buy 10 brand-new cars for cash. But part of it is not only that I&#x27;m saving money, but I&#x27;m kind of lazy when I&#x27;m going out to choose a car. So it helps me. I&#x27;ve gotten lazy when it comes to shopping. But one of the things I say in one of my books is that your best purchases will be the ones that you never made. That&#x27;s true. And I think what has happened in North American society is there&#x27;s two problems. First of all, is instant gratification takes too long. And also, a need is any luxury that your neighbor happens to have. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so I&#x27;m a big fan.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I just got the book recently. I&#x27;m a big fan of Larry Winget&#x27;s book, You&#x27;re Broke Because You Want to Be. I don&#x27;t know if you two have read that book or not. Yes. But he&#x27;s kind of a hard-ass guy. He really tells people that, hey, you caused it. No one else caused it. And he doesn&#x27;t want to hear any excuses because they&#x27;re lies. You know, Ernie, I heard him speak before. I&#x27;ve seen him speak in Vegas years ago. But he is right. You bring a lot of what happens in your life upon yourself by your actions. And that&#x27;s one thing that Larry Winget was really adamant about. So you can control your destiny, can&#x27;t you? Yes. Now, I do have sympathy for poor people. I mean, there are certain people in society that can&#x27;t take care of themselves properly. I mean, we get a lot of handicapped people.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And even then, I could probably, and Larry Winget would, give you examples of people who have. And we had a person here right here in my city of Edmonton who was, he was in a hospital. He couldn&#x27;t even breathe. He was totally handicapped. And he had a respirator. And then he learned how to frog breed. His name is Gordon McPherson. And then he turned out to be, he actually took care of himself. And he became an entrepreneur. And he started a lot of companies. And he won Order of Canada. So you&#x27;ve got to be able to, like I say, when it comes to the finances, it&#x27;s really simple. You&#x27;ve either got to spend less than you earn or earn more than you spend.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the only two keys. Or cyclicals. But so many people rely on, they use excuses and stuff. And they want the world to take care of them. And they&#x27;ll say, well, there&#x27;s no more opportunity. Or else you&#x27;ve got to have money to make money. And I said, no, not really. You know, the one quote I really love is by Norman Vincent Peale. He said, empty pockets have never stopped anyone. Only empty hearts and empty minds can do that. And so, I mean, I started in a book business writing my own books. No one would publish them. So I had to borrow the money. I self-published the books. I had no money when I started. But I saved money.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Like I said, once I started making real decent money, I saved it. And I&#x27;m not even a great investor when it comes to stocks or real estate. I tell people, when it comes to those two areas, just look and see what I&#x27;m doing and do the opposite because you&#x27;re going to get rich. Because I haven&#x27;t done well, though. But I&#x27;ve just saved money. And if you just save a big, big portion of your income, then you&#x27;re going to do well. Even if you&#x27;re only getting 3% or 4% on your investments or 3%, as long as you&#x27;re saving a big, big chunk, it adds up. Well, here&#x27;s a quote for you. Will Rogers said, it&#x27;s more about the return of my money than the return on my money. And it sounds like that&#x27;s along the lines of your thinking there. So, Ernie, why do so many people then fall for the game, I guess we&#x27;ll call it, or the marketing of Wall Street?</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Why do so many people throw their money to the wolves? Why do they put it into Wall Street? I still can&#x27;t figure it out. I just posted a couple of the articles, you know, online articles about that. I said, people are still listening to the same people that led you into this economic mess. I said it was extreme low interest rates that caused the problems, and they&#x27;re still using those things. I said, you can&#x27;t get out of that situation until you identify the problem, and then you&#x27;ve got to do what&#x27;s necessary. And it was the illusion that people were living that they could have a $400,000 house, six-bedroom house or four-bedroom house on $12 an hour.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Even Newsweek, right after the collapse, they said the whole nation was complicit in a fraud. But everyone wants to blame everyone else. Like I said, I have no sympathy for the person that went out and bought a house at $12, making $12 an hour and got a 120% mortgage. And some of those things were being offered. I mean, that person was just as responsible as the banks. Too many people are basically trying to place the blame on other places. And it seems like people have a very, very short-term memory because, like you said, we&#x27;ve been in the decade of destruction as far as financial portfolios here. People have a lot less than what they started with, yet they keep putting money right back where the place was that lost it for them. Oh, that was the point I&#x27;m making. I was saying that some of the people are using these returns still that they used before for a period.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> They said, well, there&#x27;s stocks that make you 7% or 8% or 9% or 10%. But someone just posted and said, well, geez, if you go just back 10 years right back 10 years ago and you put your money into an index fund, you&#x27;d be actually have less money 10 years later than 10 years ago. Yep. And, yeah, so people are listening to these same people. And I also tell people I don&#x27;t care if the person is a certified financial planner or has got the designation. To me, that does not mean anything. I want to see a certified assessment of this person&#x27;s own investment over the last 10 years to prove that he has made a lot of money with the same principles.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Otherwise, I will not use an advisor, period. Ernie, you&#x27;ve got casinos here in Canada like we have here in America, correct? No problem. We got them. We always hear about the person who likes to brag, and casinos like the big lights and the loud music when somebody wins. But they forget to tell you that person who just hit the jackpot ended up putting double the jackpot into the machine before they hit the single jackpot. You know, that&#x27;s what happens. Well, it&#x27;s the same thing with house. The house prices and stuff like that, even when they were going up. Like, I think it was Robert Kiyosaki, Rich Dad, Poor Dad said, a house is not an asset. It&#x27;s a liability. And I look at it the same way. As a matter of fact, I rented right up until the peak, but then I was being thrown out of my place because it got sold.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And I was telling people, I know I&#x27;m buying at the peak. I said, but I&#x27;ve got the money to pay for it. I&#x27;ve got, I&#x27;m putting a mortgage on, but I could pay for it in cash. And I said, I&#x27;ve always looked at the house as being a consumer item and not any sort of investment at all. So I bought it, and it&#x27;s probably worth $25,000 less than it was before. But I&#x27;ll have it paid off within about six months. And to me, it&#x27;s just, I don&#x27;t care. It&#x27;s, like I said, a consumer item. And I don&#x27;t think a house should ever be looked at as an investment. And like someone, some financial planner did say, and not very many people say that. They said, if you&#x27;re going into retirement based on the value of your house, you&#x27;re not ready for retirement because you should not be doing that. I couldn&#x27;t agree more. The house is a depreciating asset a lot of times because things break in your house.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> You know, not like a car. And houses did go up in value because of the real estate it was sitting on. But, you know, things break in a house. Houses get old. A lot of work has to be done in a house. And that should not be a place where you treat it as a bank account, and a lot of people do. Especially new buildings. They are just not built like they used to be. Absolutely. Well, we&#x27;ve got our share of new buildings going up here because we&#x27;re a boom town. And, yeah, a lot of people don&#x27;t forget about when they brag about, you know, they were bragging during the boom that your houses were worth more with. But the fact they don&#x27;t forget about the landscaping they did, the new furniture they had to buy, and all the other things that go with it. So, yeah, so I&#x27;ve bought my place. But there again, I&#x27;m very careful. The garage is kind of run down.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> And I could go out and build a new garage, but it&#x27;s going to cost me $20,000, $25,000. And I just say, well, okay, let&#x27;s hold it. I&#x27;ve got $20,000, $25,000 in the bank. I could probably look around and still get 4% in one of the ING. I say, hey, that&#x27;ll give me $1,000 a year in interest. So why don&#x27;t I just do a little bit of work on this garage patching here and there, and I&#x27;ll still have my $25,000 in the bank. And $1,000 a year, I can do a heck of a lot of work on that garage. And I don&#x27;t have to put up a new one. But what will most people do? They will put up a new one. And I have loved this quote that someone said. It said, live in the ugliest house on the block. That way you&#x27;re the one that doesn&#x27;t have to look at it. Oh, I hear you.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> That makes a lot of sense. You know, there&#x27;s no sense of putting a new garage up for a 1995 car, though, is there? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, I&#x27;ll get a new car eventually. You just want to hide it from people. I said I&#x27;m a little lazy. But so also, you know, when it comes to retirement, I think, you know, there&#x27;s the financial people are always overestimating how much people need. I&#x27;m talking about the basic needs. I do agree there&#x27;s that wild card there, the health care costs in the States. And we&#x27;re going to have the government can&#x27;t afford it anymore. But when it comes to basic living, the financial planners said some say you need 70 percent, some say 80 percent, some say even 120 percent. And all along, I have said in my book, How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free, I list, I think, seven reasons why you need less money when you retire.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> And actually, government statistics indicate that retirees actually live at about 50 percent or less of their pre-retirement income. And there was just another study done here in Canada on the same thing. There was a guy, the actuary Malcolm Hamilton, who&#x27;s been saying that for years and years and years. And there&#x27;s actually someone there, one of your financial writers, where&#x27;s he, Scott Burns? He&#x27;s from Dallas or somewhere. Denver, I think. He&#x27;s been saying the same thing for Americans, that you need a lot less money when you retire. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s all on lifestyle changes. Scott Burns a lot of times makes statements way too definite, and they should basically stick to what he knows sometimes.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> Oh, okay. You know, writing about brownies and stuff. Yeah, I don&#x27;t know too much. I saw something about him recently. But anyway, yeah. So I think that it&#x27;s a matter of – see, what the problem is with people? Most buying decisions are irrational. And I really learned that just recently. I&#x27;ve taken an online course from Eben Pagan. He&#x27;s a guy who started on the Internet with a book called Double Your Dating under the pen name David DeAngelos. Double Your Dating? What&#x27;s this? Double Your Dating, you said? Yeah, Double Your Dating. Double Your Dating. Yeah, Double Your Dating for young guys. Okay. An e-book seven years ago. And he&#x27;s done – so far, his marketing paid off in $100 million out of his home office.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And – but he&#x27;s got this great course on marketing. And he goes through this whole thing about why – I knew that all along, but it wasn&#x27;t synthesized as well. It&#x27;s about how most of the buying that people make, it&#x27;s all on emotion. There&#x27;s no rationale behind it. And so, whereas I – I&#x27;m always, when I&#x27;m about to make a purchase, I always analyze. I say, do I need this? What – when am I going to get a return? Is it going to make me happier? Probably not. I&#x27;m probably just being – you know, getting this – it&#x27;s probably an illusion about what return is going to bring me. Short-term happiness, long-term grief when you think about it. Yeah, yeah, exactly. And – but so, most people don&#x27;t realize how irrational they are when they buy something like that.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> Well, Ernie, we&#x27;ve definitely appreciated being with you here and you joining us on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;d like to check back in with you. Are you working on any new books? Yeah, I&#x27;m working on a book called How Not to Retire Broke. Create $250,000 or more for your retirement in seven years or less. And are you doing that in under four or five hours a day? Oh, yeah, sure. That can be done. I mean, if Evan Pagan can do $100 million in seven years. Wow. And one last thing. One of the other things is I have not – see, when I spend money – I just told you I spend money on education. I spent a lot of money just recently on courses, on how to market online and stuff like that, because I don&#x27;t want to be poor in retirement. So rather than spend the money on cars or on clothing, I&#x27;m spending it on educating myself.</p><p><strong>16:49</strong> And that&#x27;s going to pay off big time in the long run. What&#x27;s been your best marketing class you&#x27;ve taken online lately? Well, that&#x27;s the Guru Blueprint by Evan Pagan. Oh, that&#x27;s that same. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Another great guy is Brendan Bouchard out of Montana. And he was bankrupt two years ago, and he&#x27;s done like $8 million. Someone sued him. He had to declare bankruptcy. And he&#x27;s done $8 million since. And he&#x27;s a great marketer, great speaker. If you ever get a chance to see Brendan Bouchard, look up his stuff. He is really great, too. All right. Well, Ernie, where can somebody go to find out more about you or what you&#x27;re doing these days? Oh, just put in Ernie Zielinski into Google, and you&#x27;ll have a whole bunch of my webpages come up.</p><p><strong>17:36</strong> And if you&#x27;re interested in how to retire happy while it&#x27;s free, just go into Amazon. And whether you type in retirement or retire into Amazon search feature, my book, How to Retire Happy While the Freak, comes in number one. Wow. How did you manage that? What? How did you manage that? How did you get that? I know. Also type in retirement book into Google, and out of 39 million pages, they claim, you&#x27;ll see that Amazon&#x27;s page for my book comes in number one. How did you do that? There&#x27;s certain tricks. So it takes you a long time to explain. Obviously, if you type in retirement poems into Google, you&#x27;ll see that I have not only the number one spot, but I have the number two spot in Google. And if you type in retirement quotes, I&#x27;ll have not number one, but I&#x27;ll have two, and I&#x27;ll have three out of ten.</p><p><strong>18:26</strong> And, of course, anyone looking for retirement quotes or retirement poems, that&#x27;s a good market for my book, right? Correct. And so that&#x27;s how I market it. Oh, there&#x27;s techniques that take much too long. But you can call me about it sometime down the road. Well, congratulations, Ernie. That&#x27;s been a very enlightening interview. Well, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it. We appreciate it, Ernie. We&#x27;ll talk to you again soon here on the Financial Safari, okay? Okay. Don&#x27;t work too hard. Take care. All right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari. We are your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with cash flow, retirement, income planning coach, and published financial author, Coach Pete. And very special guest, we have another published financial author on with us today, author of the world&#x27;s best retirement book, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. Also the author of The Joy of Not Working. Ernie Zielinski is an independent best-selling author, innovator, independent publisher, life coach, and an unconventional career expert. And we certainly appreciate him joining us here on the Financial Safari today. Ernie Zielinski, Ernie, welcome into the Financial Safari. Thank you for having me. It&#x27;s a pleasure. It&#x27;s our pleasure.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we would like to talk about your two books, How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free, and The Joy of Not Working. Let&#x27;s start with How to Retire, Happy, Wild, and Free. How do you do it? Well, believe it or not, I semi-retired when I was in my 40s, and I had no money. And I actually had $30,000 in student loans, so my net worth was minus $30,000. But I decided I only wanted to work four or five hours a day, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done since then. But I put my time into productive projects. And as I started to make a little bit of money, I made sure I saved the money. And so when I started making really good money, I made sure that I saved at least 50% of my pre-tax income.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> And so when people talk about 10%, these financial planners and stuff, I said, that&#x27;s for sissies. And interesting, I just recently, there was someone posting on one of the financial articles online where people make comments. And he said he actually, he was the same as me, but he saved 60% of his pre-retirement income. He didn&#x27;t let that lifestyle creep come in once he started making more money. And so that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. And I&#x27;ve just decided to work at things I like to do and do the odd seminar here and there. And at the same time, I&#x27;ll be okay in retirement. And one of the things I do tell people is don&#x27;t, whether you&#x27;re in Canada, where we have a Canada pension plan,</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> or United States, you should not count on any sort of government assistance. You should look at that as a bonus, and that&#x27;s what I&#x27;ve done. Yeah, well, we don&#x27;t look at Social Security as anything that is definite for any of our clients, for sure. We try to make sure that is just icing on the cake and that they can rely on themselves. But you&#x27;ve done that by working, it sounds like, smarter, not harder, by being an avid saver, and by keeping costs low. Yes. You know, I was interviewed just last week by another American radio station, and a person called me frugal. And I said, well, in ways I am frugal. I said, but I&#x27;m not, I also spend money. I mean, last year I spent 31 days away from home on hotel rooms. And so that&#x27;s at least $3,000. So I do my traveling.</p><p><strong>03:05</strong> I even travel to executive class. But I still drive a 95 Camry. And I could go out and buy a brand-new car for cash. I could buy 10 brand-new cars for cash. But part of it is not only that I&#x27;m saving money, but I&#x27;m kind of lazy when I&#x27;m going out to choose a car. So it helps me. I&#x27;ve gotten lazy when it comes to shopping. But one of the things I say in one of my books is that your best purchases will be the ones that you never made. That&#x27;s true. And I think what has happened in North American society is there&#x27;s two problems. First of all, is instant gratification takes too long. And also, a need is any luxury that your neighbor happens to have. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. And so I&#x27;m a big fan.</p><p><strong>03:54</strong> I just got the book recently. I&#x27;m a big fan of Larry Winget&#x27;s book, You&#x27;re Broke Because You Want to Be. I don&#x27;t know if you two have read that book or not. Yes. But he&#x27;s kind of a hard-ass guy. He really tells people that, hey, you caused it. No one else caused it. And he doesn&#x27;t want to hear any excuses because they&#x27;re lies. You know, Ernie, I heard him speak before. I&#x27;ve seen him speak in Vegas years ago. But he is right. You bring a lot of what happens in your life upon yourself by your actions. And that&#x27;s one thing that Larry Winget was really adamant about. So you can control your destiny, can&#x27;t you? Yes. Now, I do have sympathy for poor people. I mean, there are certain people in society that can&#x27;t take care of themselves properly. I mean, we get a lot of handicapped people.</p><p><strong>04:42</strong> And even then, I could probably, and Larry Winget would, give you examples of people who have. And we had a person here right here in my city of Edmonton who was, he was in a hospital. He couldn&#x27;t even breathe. He was totally handicapped. And he had a respirator. And then he learned how to frog breed. His name is Gordon McPherson. And then he turned out to be, he actually took care of himself. And he became an entrepreneur. And he started a lot of companies. And he won Order of Canada. So you&#x27;ve got to be able to, like I say, when it comes to the finances, it&#x27;s really simple. You&#x27;ve either got to spend less than you earn or earn more than you spend.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And that&#x27;s the only two keys. Or cyclicals. But so many people rely on, they use excuses and stuff. And they want the world to take care of them. And they&#x27;ll say, well, there&#x27;s no more opportunity. Or else you&#x27;ve got to have money to make money. And I said, no, not really. You know, the one quote I really love is by Norman Vincent Peale. He said, empty pockets have never stopped anyone. Only empty hearts and empty minds can do that. And so, I mean, I started in a book business writing my own books. No one would publish them. So I had to borrow the money. I self-published the books. I had no money when I started. But I saved money.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> Like I said, once I started making real decent money, I saved it. And I&#x27;m not even a great investor when it comes to stocks or real estate. I tell people, when it comes to those two areas, just look and see what I&#x27;m doing and do the opposite because you&#x27;re going to get rich. Because I haven&#x27;t done well, though. But I&#x27;ve just saved money. And if you just save a big, big portion of your income, then you&#x27;re going to do well. Even if you&#x27;re only getting 3% or 4% on your investments or 3%, as long as you&#x27;re saving a big, big chunk, it adds up. Well, here&#x27;s a quote for you. Will Rogers said, it&#x27;s more about the return of my money than the return on my money. And it sounds like that&#x27;s along the lines of your thinking there. So, Ernie, why do so many people then fall for the game, I guess we&#x27;ll call it, or the marketing of Wall Street?</p><p><strong>07:06</strong> Why do so many people throw their money to the wolves? Why do they put it into Wall Street? I still can&#x27;t figure it out. I just posted a couple of the articles, you know, online articles about that. I said, people are still listening to the same people that led you into this economic mess. I said it was extreme low interest rates that caused the problems, and they&#x27;re still using those things. I said, you can&#x27;t get out of that situation until you identify the problem, and then you&#x27;ve got to do what&#x27;s necessary. And it was the illusion that people were living that they could have a $400,000 house, six-bedroom house or four-bedroom house on $12 an hour.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> Even Newsweek, right after the collapse, they said the whole nation was complicit in a fraud. But everyone wants to blame everyone else. Like I said, I have no sympathy for the person that went out and bought a house at $12, making $12 an hour and got a 120% mortgage. And some of those things were being offered. I mean, that person was just as responsible as the banks. Too many people are basically trying to place the blame on other places. And it seems like people have a very, very short-term memory because, like you said, we&#x27;ve been in the decade of destruction as far as financial portfolios here. People have a lot less than what they started with, yet they keep putting money right back where the place was that lost it for them. Oh, that was the point I&#x27;m making. I was saying that some of the people are using these returns still that they used before for a period.</p><p><strong>08:44</strong> They said, well, there&#x27;s stocks that make you 7% or 8% or 9% or 10%. But someone just posted and said, well, geez, if you go just back 10 years right back 10 years ago and you put your money into an index fund, you&#x27;d be actually have less money 10 years later than 10 years ago. Yep. And, yeah, so people are listening to these same people. And I also tell people I don&#x27;t care if the person is a certified financial planner or has got the designation. To me, that does not mean anything. I want to see a certified assessment of this person&#x27;s own investment over the last 10 years to prove that he has made a lot of money with the same principles.</p><p><strong>09:33</strong> Otherwise, I will not use an advisor, period. Ernie, you&#x27;ve got casinos here in Canada like we have here in America, correct? No problem. We got them. We always hear about the person who likes to brag, and casinos like the big lights and the loud music when somebody wins. But they forget to tell you that person who just hit the jackpot ended up putting double the jackpot into the machine before they hit the single jackpot. You know, that&#x27;s what happens. Well, it&#x27;s the same thing with house. The house prices and stuff like that, even when they were going up. Like, I think it was Robert Kiyosaki, Rich Dad, Poor Dad said, a house is not an asset. It&#x27;s a liability. And I look at it the same way. As a matter of fact, I rented right up until the peak, but then I was being thrown out of my place because it got sold.</p><p><strong>10:19</strong> And I was telling people, I know I&#x27;m buying at the peak. I said, but I&#x27;ve got the money to pay for it. I&#x27;ve got, I&#x27;m putting a mortgage on, but I could pay for it in cash. And I said, I&#x27;ve always looked at the house as being a consumer item and not any sort of investment at all. So I bought it, and it&#x27;s probably worth $25,000 less than it was before. But I&#x27;ll have it paid off within about six months. And to me, it&#x27;s just, I don&#x27;t care. It&#x27;s, like I said, a consumer item. And I don&#x27;t think a house should ever be looked at as an investment. And like someone, some financial planner did say, and not very many people say that. They said, if you&#x27;re going into retirement based on the value of your house, you&#x27;re not ready for retirement because you should not be doing that. I couldn&#x27;t agree more. The house is a depreciating asset a lot of times because things break in your house.</p><p><strong>11:06</strong> You know, not like a car. And houses did go up in value because of the real estate it was sitting on. But, you know, things break in a house. Houses get old. A lot of work has to be done in a house. And that should not be a place where you treat it as a bank account, and a lot of people do. Especially new buildings. They are just not built like they used to be. Absolutely. Well, we&#x27;ve got our share of new buildings going up here because we&#x27;re a boom town. And, yeah, a lot of people don&#x27;t forget about when they brag about, you know, they were bragging during the boom that your houses were worth more with. But the fact they don&#x27;t forget about the landscaping they did, the new furniture they had to buy, and all the other things that go with it. So, yeah, so I&#x27;ve bought my place. But there again, I&#x27;m very careful. The garage is kind of run down.</p><p><strong>11:53</strong> And I could go out and build a new garage, but it&#x27;s going to cost me $20,000, $25,000. And I just say, well, okay, let&#x27;s hold it. I&#x27;ve got $20,000, $25,000 in the bank. I could probably look around and still get 4% in one of the ING. I say, hey, that&#x27;ll give me $1,000 a year in interest. So why don&#x27;t I just do a little bit of work on this garage patching here and there, and I&#x27;ll still have my $25,000 in the bank. And $1,000 a year, I can do a heck of a lot of work on that garage. And I don&#x27;t have to put up a new one. But what will most people do? They will put up a new one. And I have loved this quote that someone said. It said, live in the ugliest house on the block. That way you&#x27;re the one that doesn&#x27;t have to look at it. Oh, I hear you.</p><p><strong>12:38</strong> That makes a lot of sense. You know, there&#x27;s no sense of putting a new garage up for a 1995 car, though, is there? Yeah, that&#x27;s right. And, you know, I&#x27;ll get a new car eventually. You just want to hide it from people. I said I&#x27;m a little lazy. But so also, you know, when it comes to retirement, I think, you know, there&#x27;s the financial people are always overestimating how much people need. I&#x27;m talking about the basic needs. I do agree there&#x27;s that wild card there, the health care costs in the States. And we&#x27;re going to have the government can&#x27;t afford it anymore. But when it comes to basic living, the financial planners said some say you need 70 percent, some say 80 percent, some say even 120 percent. And all along, I have said in my book, How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free, I list, I think, seven reasons why you need less money when you retire.</p><p><strong>13:34</strong> And actually, government statistics indicate that retirees actually live at about 50 percent or less of their pre-retirement income. And there was just another study done here in Canada on the same thing. There was a guy, the actuary Malcolm Hamilton, who&#x27;s been saying that for years and years and years. And there&#x27;s actually someone there, one of your financial writers, where&#x27;s he, Scott Burns? He&#x27;s from Dallas or somewhere. Denver, I think. He&#x27;s been saying the same thing for Americans, that you need a lot less money when you retire. Yeah. Well, it&#x27;s all on lifestyle changes. Scott Burns a lot of times makes statements way too definite, and they should basically stick to what he knows sometimes.</p><p><strong>14:21</strong> Oh, okay. You know, writing about brownies and stuff. Yeah, I don&#x27;t know too much. I saw something about him recently. But anyway, yeah. So I think that it&#x27;s a matter of – see, what the problem is with people? Most buying decisions are irrational. And I really learned that just recently. I&#x27;ve taken an online course from Eben Pagan. He&#x27;s a guy who started on the Internet with a book called Double Your Dating under the pen name David DeAngelos. Double Your Dating? What&#x27;s this? Double Your Dating, you said? Yeah, Double Your Dating. Double Your Dating. Yeah, Double Your Dating for young guys. Okay. An e-book seven years ago. And he&#x27;s done – so far, his marketing paid off in $100 million out of his home office.</p><p><strong>15:11</strong> And – but he&#x27;s got this great course on marketing. And he goes through this whole thing about why – I knew that all along, but it wasn&#x27;t synthesized as well. It&#x27;s about how most of the buying that people make, it&#x27;s all on emotion. There&#x27;s no rationale behind it. And so, whereas I – I&#x27;m always, when I&#x27;m about to make a purchase, I always analyze. I say, do I need this? What – when am I going to get a return? Is it going to make me happier? Probably not. I&#x27;m probably just being – you know, getting this – it&#x27;s probably an illusion about what return is going to bring me. Short-term happiness, long-term grief when you think about it. Yeah, yeah, exactly. And – but so, most people don&#x27;t realize how irrational they are when they buy something like that.</p><p><strong>15:58</strong> Well, Ernie, we&#x27;ve definitely appreciated being with you here and you joining us on the Financial Safari. We&#x27;d like to check back in with you. Are you working on any new books? Yeah, I&#x27;m working on a book called How Not to Retire Broke. Create $250,000 or more for your retirement in seven years or less. And are you doing that in under four or five hours a day? Oh, yeah, sure. That can be done. I mean, if Evan Pagan can do $100 million in seven years. Wow. And one last thing. One of the other things is I have not – see, when I spend money – I just told you I spend money on education. I spent a lot of money just recently on courses, on how to market online and stuff like that, because I don&#x27;t want to be poor in retirement. So rather than spend the money on cars or on clothing, I&#x27;m spending it on educating myself.</p><p><strong>16:49</strong> And that&#x27;s going to pay off big time in the long run. What&#x27;s been your best marketing class you&#x27;ve taken online lately? Well, that&#x27;s the Guru Blueprint by Evan Pagan. Oh, that&#x27;s that same. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Another great guy is Brendan Bouchard out of Montana. And he was bankrupt two years ago, and he&#x27;s done like $8 million. Someone sued him. He had to declare bankruptcy. And he&#x27;s done $8 million since. And he&#x27;s a great marketer, great speaker. If you ever get a chance to see Brendan Bouchard, look up his stuff. He is really great, too. All right. Well, Ernie, where can somebody go to find out more about you or what you&#x27;re doing these days? Oh, just put in Ernie Zielinski into Google, and you&#x27;ll have a whole bunch of my webpages come up.</p><p><strong>17:36</strong> And if you&#x27;re interested in how to retire happy while it&#x27;s free, just go into Amazon. And whether you type in retirement or retire into Amazon search feature, my book, How to Retire Happy While the Freak, comes in number one. Wow. How did you manage that? What? How did you manage that? How did you get that? I know. Also type in retirement book into Google, and out of 39 million pages, they claim, you&#x27;ll see that Amazon&#x27;s page for my book comes in number one. How did you do that? There&#x27;s certain tricks. So it takes you a long time to explain. Obviously, if you type in retirement poems into Google, you&#x27;ll see that I have not only the number one spot, but I have the number two spot in Google. And if you type in retirement quotes, I&#x27;ll have not number one, but I&#x27;ll have two, and I&#x27;ll have three out of ten.</p><p><strong>18:26</strong> And, of course, anyone looking for retirement quotes or retirement poems, that&#x27;s a good market for my book, right? Correct. And so that&#x27;s how I market it. Oh, there&#x27;s techniques that take much too long. But you can call me about it sometime down the road. Well, congratulations, Ernie. That&#x27;s been a very enlightening interview. Well, thanks for having me. I really appreciate it. We appreciate it, Ernie. We&#x27;ll talk to you again soon here on the Financial Safari, okay? Okay. Don&#x27;t work too hard. Take care. All right.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Ernie Zelinski joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss How to Retire Happy, Wild, and Free. This September 2010 interview explores life beyond work, retirement’s possibilities, and the ideas behind his book.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Ernie Zelinski</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Ernie Zelinski, retirement planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/image.jpg?t=1792072740&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ernie-zelinski-retiring-happy-wild-and-free/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/image.jpg?t=1792072740&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5</guid>
      <omny:clipId>7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1132</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/7025bc9e-59f5-4b3b-929d-b4e2014538d5/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="18149158" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/ernie-zelinski-retiring-happy-wild-and-free</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>271</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Retiring Happy, Wild, and Free" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:24" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Richard Peterson: Inside the Investor’s Brain</title>
      <itunes:title>Richard Peterson: Inside the Investor’s Brain</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. And what goes into a lot of decision-making is your thought process and psychology. And we have an expert on the program today who&#x27;s going to talk about the psychology of investing and how we come to our investing decision-making. Richard L. Peterson is the author of Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain, The Power of Mind Over Money. And it&#x27;s a great book that explains how emotions and personality affect investing, how cognitive factors shape investing, and how to compensate for these influences. It&#x27;s definitely an insider&#x27;s look into the brain and the thought process behind what drives</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> us in our investing decision-making. Richard, thank you very much for being here with us on the Financial Safari radio program. Thanks, guys. Good to be here. Absolutely. It&#x27;s good to have you. Tell us a little bit of how do people reach their investment decisions? Well, the investment decision-making process, most people think is pretty rational. But a lot of recent research is showing that actually it&#x27;s a fundamentally emotional process, that it&#x27;s largely unconscious. That what we like in our investments, whether it&#x27;s Apple, computer, or Google, often depends more on what we think about the company and the unconscious emotions that we attach to it. So one of the big myths in most investing decision-making literature is that people rationally consider the various options. But in fact, most people buy investments</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> based on how they feel, which is a largely unconscious process. And that gets them into trouble a lot of times, doesn&#x27;t it? You know, it does a lot of times. And a lot of times, it actually turns out to their advantage. In most areas in life, that kind of decision-making actually leads to better outcomes. It just so happens that in the financial market, things are pretty counterintuitive. There&#x27;s more of a contrarian bias. So the things that work in other areas of life and in our business decision-making does not work in our investment decision-making. And that&#x27;s where a lot of people get trapped. You know, Richard, when someone&#x27;s lucky enough to get in a stock at a real good price and it goes up in value, let&#x27;s say it doubles in value, that&#x27;s the time in many people&#x27;s financial situations where they should at least sell some of the stock and lock their gain in. Yet what</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> human psychology does sometimes is it causes them to pour more money in at a high. And you&#x27;ve seen that happen, too, in the market cycles, especially in the past 10 years. You know, it&#x27;s a funny thing. It actually depends on what people do. Whether they&#x27;re an amateur or a professional, most amateurs will do what you&#x27;re referring to, which is called the hot money fallacy, where they throw more money into something if it&#x27;s on a roll and they take more risk with it. But a lot of professionals, what they do is called cutting their winners short. So you&#x27;ve got an actual difference there between the amateurs and the professionals. And there&#x27;s a number of areas like that in investment decision-making where both groups make mistakes and they actually make the opposite mistake. And it&#x27;s really hard finding that balance, finding a happy medium. I agree. You know, we see too many people, though, unfortunately, who are just, they watch</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> the TV program or something that&#x27;s on investing and then they run out and buy a stock just because one of the experts on there was telling you to buy. And you know how that works. A lot of times that&#x27;s somebody pumping a stock so they can get out themselves. But you know, what I really liked about your system and your book and all that is that you actually use your own philosophy in your investing. And you&#x27;re more of a show-me, don&#x27;t-tell-me kind of person. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve actually developed linguistic analysis software that goes out and it pulls in all of the online financial texts on the internet, whether it&#x27;s executive interview transcripts or conference calls, social media, like in web chat rooms. We gather all of that information. We&#x27;ve analyzed it all for these emotional factors that we&#x27;ve found are the most predictive of investment decision-making. And sure enough, when you find</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> it when there are spikes of fear or excitement about different stocks, they do have some predictive value over the future of that stock&#x27;s price. So we&#x27;ve developed portfolios that we model and run based on that observation. Richard, when the average investor is making important financial decisions for themselves, what kind of behaviors, what kind of influences do they need to keep in mind so that they know that they&#x27;re making rational decisions rather than emotional-based decisions? Well, I think the key is essentially looking back on the decisions you&#x27;ve made that went well and the ones you&#x27;ve made that went wrong. We find in our studies that experience is the number one predictor of ongoing success in the markets. And it&#x27;s not because experience teaches you to deal with different market environments. What it teaches you is how to deal with yourself,</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> where you&#x27;re likely to become too excited or where you&#x27;re likely to become too pessimistic. We&#x27;re all a bit different in how we approach markets and investing. So it&#x27;s fundamentally about how are we aware of the tricks and the traps that we fall into personally. And that&#x27;s the hardest thing. And in fact, that&#x27;s part of the reason I wrote the book Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain. And we&#x27;ve actually got another book that just came out this week, actually, called Market Psych. And that book is about how you can understand your own investor identity. It&#x27;s essentially where are you in terms of your assumptions about the market, your values around finances, and how do all these things affect you and your investing? So is it all unique to each individual? Are there any larger trends that you see? Well, yeah, it&#x27;s a combination. During a calm market, you know, when there&#x27;s not a lot of volatility and there aren&#x27;t a lot of opinions either way, it&#x27;s mostly the individual that</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> determines how you invest. But as soon as there&#x27;s a period of volatility, like the crisis we just went through, then you see panic. And panic is contagious and it affects everybody. So it depends on the type of environment you&#x27;re in. You know, times like the tech bubble, that can be contagion as well. So you get people running into the housing market or the technology bubble also in a contagion effect. So when you&#x27;re not in a period of a bubble or a panic, then people go off on their own and determined by their own biases. But when we&#x27;re in those times, people tend to herd and act collectively. Well, Richard, what can someone do to isolate themselves from some of these tricks of the trade that we hear about out there and keep their mind from playing tricks on themselves, actually? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a number of exercises you can do. The one that I like the most is you can take a personality test. We have some free personality tests on our website that you can</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> take. And what they do is they show you based on your internal personality traits. Essentially, are you more extroverted than other people or are you more open to new things or more traditional than other people? It shows you where you are relative to others. And actually, we&#x27;ve been able to correlate over time how these different personality traits predict people&#x27;s susceptibility to different investment mistakes because we all make different mistakes most of the time. And these are somewhat dependent on who we are as a person. So we like to use that personality tool. We also have a number of other tools in our book, Market Psych, which talk about how you, which really allow you to assess yourself and where you stand in terms of your investing assumptions and your emotional hot buttons. What are your emotional triggers? You know, things that cause you to deviate from your plans. It helps you define your investment philosophy.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> A lot of people don&#x27;t even understand why they&#x27;re investing. What are their long-term emotional goals? You know, a lot of people think they&#x27;re investing to make money right now, but actually, they&#x27;re actually investing to fulfill some emotional need or to achieve a goal like security or financial independence. And if you really understand what you&#x27;re going after emotionally, then you are able to take a longer-term view rather than just chasing after the next Microsoft or Google. So, as you mentioned, especially in times of volatility, we can have a follow-the-herd mentality, Richard. Is it better to be a contrarian investor during those times? Well, it is as long as, you know, there&#x27;s two things. There&#x27;s one, you know, don&#x27;t catch the falling knife. You don&#x27;t want to be a contrarian in the midst of a panic that hasn&#x27;t abated. So, you&#x27;ve got to be a little bit careful there. There&#x27;s a number of trading strategies that people</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> use to avoid that, like putting and trailing buy stops above the market, for example. But, in general, what we do is we look at, for example, fear. So, you&#x27;ll find that as a market is panicking and the fear is rising, it&#x27;s better not to be involved. It&#x27;s really only when the fear starts to decline that it tends to be a good time to start looking for buys in the market. Fear, you know, a lot of people think you should buy when, for example, the VIX is high, the VIX is over 30, time to buy. Well, historically, that&#x27;s true, but you&#x27;re probably in for a lot more pain before it reverses. So, what we find is it&#x27;s actually not just the height of it, but it&#x27;s actually the decline as well. That tells you when it&#x27;s all clear. A lot of brokers and advisors use a risk tolerance or a risk tolerance questionnaire to gauge how much risk should be in an individual&#x27;s portfolio.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> How do we really define our risk tolerance or is that even a useful tool when it comes to our money? Because if our money takes a loss, sometimes it&#x27;s the capacity to be able to gain back as far as the market goes rather than our own personal psychology. You know, risk tolerance questionnaires actually only explain about 20% of the variance in risk tolerance, meaning most of what determines people&#x27;s risk tolerance is other factors. And it turns out those factors are things like what you&#x27;re going through in your personal life. Are you going through a divorce? Someone in your family had an illness. Are you moving? A number of these other personal events affect your risk tolerance. And beyond that, there&#x27;s other things like job security. There&#x27;s dynamic factors like how has your portfolio been performing? That&#x27;s actually the biggest determinant of your risk tolerance. What most financial advisors</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> will tell you is clients come into the office after a big decline and they say, you know what, I told you I was an aggressive investor, but I changed my mind. I just lost a lot of money and I don&#x27;t really feel like taking any more risk. And I want to sue you now because I shouldn&#x27;t have done it to begin with. Right? Right. Yeah. Yeah. And yet at the time when they&#x27;re sitting calmly in your office, you know, they really believe that they can probably have a 20% downturn in pursuit of their goals. Because they typically haven&#x27;t experienced it in the recent past. When it comes to investing, we seem to have very, very short-term memories, Richard. Why is that? Well, you know, fundamentally, and I think our outside lives, it&#x27;s pretty helpful, especially for men in relationships. But I think that in reality, we do remember what&#x27;s happening. And</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> there actually literally are studies showing that women do remember financial traumas better than men. And maybe one contributor to why they don&#x27;t get in as much financial trouble as men. They don&#x27;t take the same risks over and over. And this is true. And why it is that, you know, and I think it is more common among men, that men get into taking risk-taking situations again and again and again. You know, it&#x27;s probably somewhat biological, you know, and I could go into, you know, some theories there. But the truth is, there probably are some biological mechanisms that get us into taking the same silly financial risks over and over again, and not being aware of what we&#x27;re doing. And it&#x27;s really with experience and time and aging that we learn to moderate ourselves a bit better. Well, the great equalizer there, I know women don&#x27;t take as much risk in the market, per se,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> but I know that my wife spends a lot more on credit cards than I do. So there&#x27;s the great equalizer for you, Richard. That&#x27;s right. They have the shopping therapy, and we have our own investment therapy. My wife likes to go out and save money every single weekend on the sale, so she thinks she&#x27;s saving money. But yet, if we have less than we started with, we didn&#x27;t save anything. Those banking plans where you put your change into a savings account after you spend money, that&#x27;s not very constructive. The change comes out of your account, too, so it&#x27;s not like they give you anything. Actually, it&#x27;s for savings. You have to save money to save money. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Richard, it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on the program. We&#x27;ve certainly appreciated your insight here onto the psychology of investing and for sharing that with our listeners here on the Financial Safari. Thank you very much. Good to be here. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Richard. We&#x27;ll be in touch again soon. Again, that is Richard L. Peterson, author of Inside the</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> Investor&#x27;s Brain, the Power of Mind Over Money. I highly suggest you go out and get that book because it could probably give you some insight on how to make more rational financial decisions for yourself.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome in to the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. And what goes into a lot of decision-making is your thought process and psychology. And we have an expert on the program today who&#x27;s going to talk about the psychology of investing and how we come to our investing decision-making. Richard L. Peterson is the author of Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain, The Power of Mind Over Money. And it&#x27;s a great book that explains how emotions and personality affect investing, how cognitive factors shape investing, and how to compensate for these influences. It&#x27;s definitely an insider&#x27;s look into the brain and the thought process behind what drives</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> us in our investing decision-making. Richard, thank you very much for being here with us on the Financial Safari radio program. Thanks, guys. Good to be here. Absolutely. It&#x27;s good to have you. Tell us a little bit of how do people reach their investment decisions? Well, the investment decision-making process, most people think is pretty rational. But a lot of recent research is showing that actually it&#x27;s a fundamentally emotional process, that it&#x27;s largely unconscious. That what we like in our investments, whether it&#x27;s Apple, computer, or Google, often depends more on what we think about the company and the unconscious emotions that we attach to it. So one of the big myths in most investing decision-making literature is that people rationally consider the various options. But in fact, most people buy investments</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> based on how they feel, which is a largely unconscious process. And that gets them into trouble a lot of times, doesn&#x27;t it? You know, it does a lot of times. And a lot of times, it actually turns out to their advantage. In most areas in life, that kind of decision-making actually leads to better outcomes. It just so happens that in the financial market, things are pretty counterintuitive. There&#x27;s more of a contrarian bias. So the things that work in other areas of life and in our business decision-making does not work in our investment decision-making. And that&#x27;s where a lot of people get trapped. You know, Richard, when someone&#x27;s lucky enough to get in a stock at a real good price and it goes up in value, let&#x27;s say it doubles in value, that&#x27;s the time in many people&#x27;s financial situations where they should at least sell some of the stock and lock their gain in. Yet what</p><p><strong>02:17</strong> human psychology does sometimes is it causes them to pour more money in at a high. And you&#x27;ve seen that happen, too, in the market cycles, especially in the past 10 years. You know, it&#x27;s a funny thing. It actually depends on what people do. Whether they&#x27;re an amateur or a professional, most amateurs will do what you&#x27;re referring to, which is called the hot money fallacy, where they throw more money into something if it&#x27;s on a roll and they take more risk with it. But a lot of professionals, what they do is called cutting their winners short. So you&#x27;ve got an actual difference there between the amateurs and the professionals. And there&#x27;s a number of areas like that in investment decision-making where both groups make mistakes and they actually make the opposite mistake. And it&#x27;s really hard finding that balance, finding a happy medium. I agree. You know, we see too many people, though, unfortunately, who are just, they watch</p><p><strong>03:04</strong> the TV program or something that&#x27;s on investing and then they run out and buy a stock just because one of the experts on there was telling you to buy. And you know how that works. A lot of times that&#x27;s somebody pumping a stock so they can get out themselves. But you know, what I really liked about your system and your book and all that is that you actually use your own philosophy in your investing. And you&#x27;re more of a show-me, don&#x27;t-tell-me kind of person. Yeah, that&#x27;s right. We&#x27;ve actually developed linguistic analysis software that goes out and it pulls in all of the online financial texts on the internet, whether it&#x27;s executive interview transcripts or conference calls, social media, like in web chat rooms. We gather all of that information. We&#x27;ve analyzed it all for these emotional factors that we&#x27;ve found are the most predictive of investment decision-making. And sure enough, when you find</p><p><strong>03:49</strong> it when there are spikes of fear or excitement about different stocks, they do have some predictive value over the future of that stock&#x27;s price. So we&#x27;ve developed portfolios that we model and run based on that observation. Richard, when the average investor is making important financial decisions for themselves, what kind of behaviors, what kind of influences do they need to keep in mind so that they know that they&#x27;re making rational decisions rather than emotional-based decisions? Well, I think the key is essentially looking back on the decisions you&#x27;ve made that went well and the ones you&#x27;ve made that went wrong. We find in our studies that experience is the number one predictor of ongoing success in the markets. And it&#x27;s not because experience teaches you to deal with different market environments. What it teaches you is how to deal with yourself,</p><p><strong>04:36</strong> where you&#x27;re likely to become too excited or where you&#x27;re likely to become too pessimistic. We&#x27;re all a bit different in how we approach markets and investing. So it&#x27;s fundamentally about how are we aware of the tricks and the traps that we fall into personally. And that&#x27;s the hardest thing. And in fact, that&#x27;s part of the reason I wrote the book Inside the Investor&#x27;s Brain. And we&#x27;ve actually got another book that just came out this week, actually, called Market Psych. And that book is about how you can understand your own investor identity. It&#x27;s essentially where are you in terms of your assumptions about the market, your values around finances, and how do all these things affect you and your investing? So is it all unique to each individual? Are there any larger trends that you see? Well, yeah, it&#x27;s a combination. During a calm market, you know, when there&#x27;s not a lot of volatility and there aren&#x27;t a lot of opinions either way, it&#x27;s mostly the individual that</p><p><strong>05:24</strong> determines how you invest. But as soon as there&#x27;s a period of volatility, like the crisis we just went through, then you see panic. And panic is contagious and it affects everybody. So it depends on the type of environment you&#x27;re in. You know, times like the tech bubble, that can be contagion as well. So you get people running into the housing market or the technology bubble also in a contagion effect. So when you&#x27;re not in a period of a bubble or a panic, then people go off on their own and determined by their own biases. But when we&#x27;re in those times, people tend to herd and act collectively. Well, Richard, what can someone do to isolate themselves from some of these tricks of the trade that we hear about out there and keep their mind from playing tricks on themselves, actually? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a number of exercises you can do. The one that I like the most is you can take a personality test. We have some free personality tests on our website that you can</p><p><strong>06:12</strong> take. And what they do is they show you based on your internal personality traits. Essentially, are you more extroverted than other people or are you more open to new things or more traditional than other people? It shows you where you are relative to others. And actually, we&#x27;ve been able to correlate over time how these different personality traits predict people&#x27;s susceptibility to different investment mistakes because we all make different mistakes most of the time. And these are somewhat dependent on who we are as a person. So we like to use that personality tool. We also have a number of other tools in our book, Market Psych, which talk about how you, which really allow you to assess yourself and where you stand in terms of your investing assumptions and your emotional hot buttons. What are your emotional triggers? You know, things that cause you to deviate from your plans. It helps you define your investment philosophy.</p><p><strong>06:59</strong> A lot of people don&#x27;t even understand why they&#x27;re investing. What are their long-term emotional goals? You know, a lot of people think they&#x27;re investing to make money right now, but actually, they&#x27;re actually investing to fulfill some emotional need or to achieve a goal like security or financial independence. And if you really understand what you&#x27;re going after emotionally, then you are able to take a longer-term view rather than just chasing after the next Microsoft or Google. So, as you mentioned, especially in times of volatility, we can have a follow-the-herd mentality, Richard. Is it better to be a contrarian investor during those times? Well, it is as long as, you know, there&#x27;s two things. There&#x27;s one, you know, don&#x27;t catch the falling knife. You don&#x27;t want to be a contrarian in the midst of a panic that hasn&#x27;t abated. So, you&#x27;ve got to be a little bit careful there. There&#x27;s a number of trading strategies that people</p><p><strong>07:47</strong> use to avoid that, like putting and trailing buy stops above the market, for example. But, in general, what we do is we look at, for example, fear. So, you&#x27;ll find that as a market is panicking and the fear is rising, it&#x27;s better not to be involved. It&#x27;s really only when the fear starts to decline that it tends to be a good time to start looking for buys in the market. Fear, you know, a lot of people think you should buy when, for example, the VIX is high, the VIX is over 30, time to buy. Well, historically, that&#x27;s true, but you&#x27;re probably in for a lot more pain before it reverses. So, what we find is it&#x27;s actually not just the height of it, but it&#x27;s actually the decline as well. That tells you when it&#x27;s all clear. A lot of brokers and advisors use a risk tolerance or a risk tolerance questionnaire to gauge how much risk should be in an individual&#x27;s portfolio.</p><p><strong>08:36</strong> How do we really define our risk tolerance or is that even a useful tool when it comes to our money? Because if our money takes a loss, sometimes it&#x27;s the capacity to be able to gain back as far as the market goes rather than our own personal psychology. You know, risk tolerance questionnaires actually only explain about 20% of the variance in risk tolerance, meaning most of what determines people&#x27;s risk tolerance is other factors. And it turns out those factors are things like what you&#x27;re going through in your personal life. Are you going through a divorce? Someone in your family had an illness. Are you moving? A number of these other personal events affect your risk tolerance. And beyond that, there&#x27;s other things like job security. There&#x27;s dynamic factors like how has your portfolio been performing? That&#x27;s actually the biggest determinant of your risk tolerance. What most financial advisors</p><p><strong>09:24</strong> will tell you is clients come into the office after a big decline and they say, you know what, I told you I was an aggressive investor, but I changed my mind. I just lost a lot of money and I don&#x27;t really feel like taking any more risk. And I want to sue you now because I shouldn&#x27;t have done it to begin with. Right? Right. Yeah. Yeah. And yet at the time when they&#x27;re sitting calmly in your office, you know, they really believe that they can probably have a 20% downturn in pursuit of their goals. Because they typically haven&#x27;t experienced it in the recent past. When it comes to investing, we seem to have very, very short-term memories, Richard. Why is that? Well, you know, fundamentally, and I think our outside lives, it&#x27;s pretty helpful, especially for men in relationships. But I think that in reality, we do remember what&#x27;s happening. And</p><p><strong>10:13</strong> there actually literally are studies showing that women do remember financial traumas better than men. And maybe one contributor to why they don&#x27;t get in as much financial trouble as men. They don&#x27;t take the same risks over and over. And this is true. And why it is that, you know, and I think it is more common among men, that men get into taking risk-taking situations again and again and again. You know, it&#x27;s probably somewhat biological, you know, and I could go into, you know, some theories there. But the truth is, there probably are some biological mechanisms that get us into taking the same silly financial risks over and over again, and not being aware of what we&#x27;re doing. And it&#x27;s really with experience and time and aging that we learn to moderate ourselves a bit better. Well, the great equalizer there, I know women don&#x27;t take as much risk in the market, per se,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> but I know that my wife spends a lot more on credit cards than I do. So there&#x27;s the great equalizer for you, Richard. That&#x27;s right. They have the shopping therapy, and we have our own investment therapy. My wife likes to go out and save money every single weekend on the sale, so she thinks she&#x27;s saving money. But yet, if we have less than we started with, we didn&#x27;t save anything. Those banking plans where you put your change into a savings account after you spend money, that&#x27;s not very constructive. The change comes out of your account, too, so it&#x27;s not like they give you anything. Actually, it&#x27;s for savings. You have to save money to save money. That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s right. Well, Richard, it&#x27;s been a pleasure having you on the program. We&#x27;ve certainly appreciated your insight here onto the psychology of investing and for sharing that with our listeners here on the Financial Safari. Thank you very much. Good to be here. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Richard. We&#x27;ll be in touch again soon. Again, that is Richard L. Peterson, author of Inside the</p><p><strong>11:52</strong> Investor&#x27;s Brain, the Power of Mind Over Money. I highly suggest you go out and get that book because it could probably give you some insight on how to make more rational financial decisions for yourself.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Richard L. Peterson discusses Inside the Investor’s Brain and the role of emotions, personality, and unconscious influences in financial decisions. Coach Pete and Peter Richon explore the psychology of investing in this September 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Richard Peterson</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>behavioral finance</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Richard Peterson, investing, behavioral finance, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/image.jpg?t=1792073274&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-peterson-inside-the-investor-s-brain/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/image.jpg?t=1792073274&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100</guid>
      <omny:clipId>eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>722</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/eb7cf81c-6b13-497e-9566-b4e200ef0100/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11589393" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/richard-peterson-inside-the-investor-s-brain</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>272</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Inside the Investor’s Brain" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Silver: Markets, Risk, and Financial Planning</title>
      <itunes:title>David Silver: Markets, Risk, and Financial Planning</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>David Silver of Wall Street Strategies joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a September 2010 conversation about financial markets, investment risk, and planning for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, joined by Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, cash flow retirement income planning coach. Today on the program, talking with another very special guest who is a research analyst for Wall Street Strategies, Mr. David Silver. Welcome into the Financial Safari, Mr. Silver. How are you doing today? Thanks a lot for having me. I&#x27;m doing good. Good, and Mr. Silver is routinely invited to appear on business-oriented television shows on CNBC, Fox News, Fox Business News, and here on the Financial Safari as well. We definitely appreciate you sharing your time and your knowledge and expertise with us here on the show. I want to talk to you today a little bit about gold, about what&#x27;s going on with the price of gold, and that among other things.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Coach Pete, what do we have on the agenda? Yeah, the gold bubble or the gold push right now, you can&#x27;t turn a TV on or walk by a radio without hearing a gold commercial or infomercial or a live read about someone pumping gold. And I know gold is a good asset for a portion of people&#x27;s portfolio, I guess. But, David, I think your quote is saying that you feel maybe there&#x27;s a gold bubble coming too. I definitely do think that we are in the midst of the beginning of a gold bubble run. And, you know, prices for gold right now are near or at all-time highs. Precious metals continue to increase in price. And the drive is it&#x27;s just a fear commodity. When people are scared about the economy, when people are scared about what&#x27;s going on in the world, they flock into gold. And that&#x27;s really what we&#x27;re seeing drive gold prices higher lately.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Well, here&#x27;s a question now. And I&#x27;m not a big believer in gold as a long-term asset class. I guess as an inflation hedge is how it&#x27;s sold. But let&#x27;s say that you were going to buy some gold. Would you buy it the bullion, the coins, or an ETF for something that says you own gold somewhere else? See, I&#x27;m more of a fan of going for the actual ETFs or even a gold producer, a gold miner, than the actual buying of the gold coins. Because there&#x27;s a lot of hidden costs going in towards buying those gold coins. For instance, you&#x27;re going to have to pay whoever you buy it from whenever you want to sell it. There&#x27;s another fee that&#x27;s going to be associated. So you&#x27;re really going to have to see a big increase in the price of gold to really make a lot of money using actual gold coins. And for the common investor, it&#x27;s going to be extremely tough to actually buy that gold bullion because it&#x27;s just extremely expensive right now.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> You know, actual dollar figures. So I like to go for the ETS or actual gold miner. You know, one of my favorites in the space is Harmony Gold, ticker HMY. Yeah, my main argument there on buying gold was that once you buy it, of course, you pay a pretty huge commission, obviously, because they&#x27;re advertised like crazy. So they must be a pretty good commission. But then once you get it, you have to store it. You have to worry about it. And then when it&#x27;s time to sell, then you have to sell it at a lower price because, again, there&#x27;s going to be more commissions built in. So, yeah, mining stocks really make a lot of sense, especially if you get one you trust. Now, back in the day, back in the 90s, the wild 90s, I remember there were the penny stocks that would come out, the phony gold mining stocks, and people would throw money there and lose it all. Remember those days? I&#x27;m sure they still happen now. We see those every now and then.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> What about a wider diversity? I mean, gold certainly is not the only precious metal out there, and silver, copper, titanium, platinum, all along the same lines. What do you feel as far, if you are going to invest in gold, maybe choosing a wider variety of precious metals? Well, right now, I think that the two most attractive precious metals are gold and silver. I think silver is extremely undervalued. The price discrepancy between gold and silver is at near an all-time high. And with silver, it&#x27;s not just used in jewelry, but it&#x27;s also used in a lot of other manufacturing as well. So, as the economy begins to improve both the United States, Europe, and continues to just rock over in China, silver is going to continue to be in higher demand.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And it&#x27;s a relatively inexpensively dollar-value-priced precious metal. So, silver and gold are the two precious metals that I really would be looking at. Now, you also said that you think that it&#x27;s kind of being sold through fear right now, gold, and the fact that I think people are worried because of the things that have gone on in the economy in the past couple years, that we are seeing sort of a worst-case scenario. They are buying gold as a protection against a worst-case scenario and the possibility of a currency collapse. How realistic do you think that is? Well, the possibility of a currency collapse I don&#x27;t really see as that feasible. You know, if the dollar continues to be the most widely held currency in the world, yes, people, you know, China has been getting rid of a little bit of their dollar currency,</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> holding reserves, excuse me, getting rid of a little bit of their T-bills. But overall, oil is still priced in dollars, so you&#x27;re not going to see a big, dramatic drop-off of the greenback. But with respect to the inflation fears, and that&#x27;s really what gold is right now. People are really pumping it up on the back, on the fear factor, as an inflation hedge. So, even if gold comes down another 10% to 15%, if you use that hedge as an inflation hedge, you&#x27;re going to see probably, you know, eventually we&#x27;re going to get hit with a hard bout of inflation in the United States. So, that 15% drop off of the top is really not going to be nearly that much as inflation begins to really heat up. Now, David, you work with Charles Payne at Wall Street Strategies, and you cover sectors such as transports, autos, and beverage.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Tell me a good beverage buy right now, if someone was trying to buy a beverage stock. I was looking in the beverage space. My favorite in the space is Dr. Pepper Snapple, ticker DPS. I think that with that stock, you&#x27;re going to see the most growth out of the big two, Coke and Pepsi. And then Dr. Pepper Snapple has been coming up very quickly. They have great distribution through Coke and Pepsi. So, you have a lot of the benefits associated with the huge distribution of those two large ones, but not nearly the cost associated with it. So, that&#x27;s my favorite in terms of actual capital appreciation. With respect to Coke, you know, you can&#x27;t really go wrong with any three, any of the three in this space. But I think that Dr. Pepper Snapple is the best capital appreciation player.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So, you&#x27;re going to see the most stock, you know, see its stock price go up the most. With Coke, it&#x27;s a strictly value play right now. You&#x27;re going to basically be playing that with a dividend. And Pepsi, I think, is the most, a little bit vulnerable right now because of their exposure to commodity prices. So, you know, the wheats, the oats, all of these other food prices that have continued to just be extremely volatile over the past two years, that&#x27;s going to continue to eat to their bottom line. We use a lot of the big-name companies that pay a decent dividend that are value stocks in our covered call strategies where folks can basically buy the stock, sell the call, sell the options against it, and basically make money either way. And that&#x27;s worked pretty well in a lot of people&#x27;s portfolios. Let me ask you again about the, or let me ask you about the transport sector, specifically about a government motors, otherwise known as GM.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What&#x27;s your opinion on them going forward, and how do you think they compare to Ford Motor Company? Well, for General Motors, this IPO that&#x27;s going to come out later this year, or I hope it&#x27;s not going to come out until the beginning of 2011, but, you know, my hopes are really, you know, they fall on deaf ears. I wish I was working for them. I&#x27;d have a nice government job right now. Yes. But, you know, with General Motors, there&#x27;s still so many problems that really go into working with this company. Ford has really, over the past five years, three to five years, has really mortgaged everything, every asset they owned to weather the storm that they thought was coming. They&#x27;ve shed all of these non-profitable, unprofitable brands, and it&#x27;s really right now it&#x27;s the Ford and the Lincoln name. Mercury is going to be shuttered by the end of the year.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> With General Motors, you have these four huge names, Buick, GMC, Chevrolet, and Cadillac, but there are still so many other problems around the world. Europe continues to be in disarray, exactly like North America was this time last year, two years ago. With respect to operations, not nearly as bad as sales. And General Motors, when they were a publicly traded company, they would take the money that they actually made in Asia and Latin America and really invest it back in the United States just to be able to pay for all of these pension obligations. Now that those pension obligations are not there anymore, the company is not making nearly enough money overseas to really be able to turn around, you know, the problem areas in Europe and really the Middle East. Now that there&#x27;s no more, that oil money has relatively dried up.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> You know, oil&#x27;s not at $150 anymore. Sales in the Middle East is really slow, too. So you&#x27;re not really seeing that bounce back for General Motors. I like Ford a lot better. You know, for disclosure purposes, me and my family both own shares of Ford. We bought Ford, and I bought Ford on the way down hoping that, you know, $3 would be the low, and it got down to $1. I was kind of running around scared. Turned around for you, though. Very nicely, in fact. You know, my kids were going to be able to hopefully go to college on that money. Well, David, I still own a Ford Explorer from 1997. I have a Ford Flex 2009, and I have a 2011 Mustang, which is amazing. It&#x27;s just a V6, but the gas mileage is 31 miles a gallon with a V6, 300-some horsepower.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> It&#x27;s a very nice car, that 2011 Mustang. But for all the state troopers listening, I make sure to cruise control at 55. That&#x27;s what I do. And it&#x27;s a blue car, too, so it sticks out. But let me ask you another thing here. When we go forward, if we look at the European, you brought Europe into this, and I&#x27;ve read numerous articles lately about how the banks in Europe have been, well, we&#x27;re not going to lie, it&#x27;s too pretty harsh word, but they&#x27;ve been fudging the numbers a little bit on their stability numbers, or how safe are the European banks, in other words? Well, I think, you know, that stress test that we had earlier this year was almost as pointless as the stress test in America, because they really didn&#x27;t count everything. And, you know, a lot of the articles out over the past week, week and a half,</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> have been that the companies didn&#x27;t report all of their sovereign holdings the same way. So it&#x27;s really not comparing apples to apples. I do think that the European banks are, you know, there&#x27;s so many eyes on them right now that they&#x27;re going to really be in the, you know, safer moving forward. The austerity plans are really, they&#x27;ve already really taken the hit out of the European economy, but I do expect to see that the European economy, specifically Western Europe, really bounces back strong. You know, it may not happen during 2010, maybe not even during 2011, but by 2012, you&#x27;re going to see that the Western Europe nations really bounce back, and that hopefully spreads into Eastern Europe as well. Well, David, here&#x27;s one final question,</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> and then we appreciate your time and we&#x27;ll let you get back to your busy day. But let&#x27;s say that you&#x27;re 65 years old, you have $500,000 right now, and that&#x27;s your retirement money, and you&#x27;re getting ready to retire. Where would you have your money if you had that kind of particular situation? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of talk about investing overseas. I say invest in America. There are ways, you know, you really want to have a balanced portfolio approach, and that&#x27;s the best way to go. You know, you don&#x27;t want to put all of your money behind gold. You don&#x27;t want to put all of your money behind the next hot Apple stock. You want to be able to have a diversified approach. And if you&#x27;re 65 years old, you have more time that, you know, you don&#x27;t need to hit the home run right away. And I would probably be about 60% stocks, 40% bonds for right now.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> He is David Silver, research analyst for Wall Street Strategies. And, David, we certainly appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari today. Thanks a lot for having me. Thank you. Thanks, David.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>David Silver of Wall Street Strategies joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a September 2010 conversation about financial markets, investment risk, and planning for retirement.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashawn here, joined by Coach Pete D’Arruda, published financial author, cash flow retirement income planning coach. Today on the program, talking with another very special guest who is a research analyst for Wall Street Strategies, Mr. David Silver. Welcome into the Financial Safari, Mr. Silver. How are you doing today? Thanks a lot for having me. I&#x27;m doing good. Good, and Mr. Silver is routinely invited to appear on business-oriented television shows on CNBC, Fox News, Fox Business News, and here on the Financial Safari as well. We definitely appreciate you sharing your time and your knowledge and expertise with us here on the show. I want to talk to you today a little bit about gold, about what&#x27;s going on with the price of gold, and that among other things.</p><p><strong>00:50</strong> Coach Pete, what do we have on the agenda? Yeah, the gold bubble or the gold push right now, you can&#x27;t turn a TV on or walk by a radio without hearing a gold commercial or infomercial or a live read about someone pumping gold. And I know gold is a good asset for a portion of people&#x27;s portfolio, I guess. But, David, I think your quote is saying that you feel maybe there&#x27;s a gold bubble coming too. I definitely do think that we are in the midst of the beginning of a gold bubble run. And, you know, prices for gold right now are near or at all-time highs. Precious metals continue to increase in price. And the drive is it&#x27;s just a fear commodity. When people are scared about the economy, when people are scared about what&#x27;s going on in the world, they flock into gold. And that&#x27;s really what we&#x27;re seeing drive gold prices higher lately.</p><p><strong>01:38</strong> Well, here&#x27;s a question now. And I&#x27;m not a big believer in gold as a long-term asset class. I guess as an inflation hedge is how it&#x27;s sold. But let&#x27;s say that you were going to buy some gold. Would you buy it the bullion, the coins, or an ETF for something that says you own gold somewhere else? See, I&#x27;m more of a fan of going for the actual ETFs or even a gold producer, a gold miner, than the actual buying of the gold coins. Because there&#x27;s a lot of hidden costs going in towards buying those gold coins. For instance, you&#x27;re going to have to pay whoever you buy it from whenever you want to sell it. There&#x27;s another fee that&#x27;s going to be associated. So you&#x27;re really going to have to see a big increase in the price of gold to really make a lot of money using actual gold coins. And for the common investor, it&#x27;s going to be extremely tough to actually buy that gold bullion because it&#x27;s just extremely expensive right now.</p><p><strong>02:31</strong> You know, actual dollar figures. So I like to go for the ETS or actual gold miner. You know, one of my favorites in the space is Harmony Gold, ticker HMY. Yeah, my main argument there on buying gold was that once you buy it, of course, you pay a pretty huge commission, obviously, because they&#x27;re advertised like crazy. So they must be a pretty good commission. But then once you get it, you have to store it. You have to worry about it. And then when it&#x27;s time to sell, then you have to sell it at a lower price because, again, there&#x27;s going to be more commissions built in. So, yeah, mining stocks really make a lot of sense, especially if you get one you trust. Now, back in the day, back in the 90s, the wild 90s, I remember there were the penny stocks that would come out, the phony gold mining stocks, and people would throw money there and lose it all. Remember those days? I&#x27;m sure they still happen now. We see those every now and then.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> What about a wider diversity? I mean, gold certainly is not the only precious metal out there, and silver, copper, titanium, platinum, all along the same lines. What do you feel as far, if you are going to invest in gold, maybe choosing a wider variety of precious metals? Well, right now, I think that the two most attractive precious metals are gold and silver. I think silver is extremely undervalued. The price discrepancy between gold and silver is at near an all-time high. And with silver, it&#x27;s not just used in jewelry, but it&#x27;s also used in a lot of other manufacturing as well. So, as the economy begins to improve both the United States, Europe, and continues to just rock over in China, silver is going to continue to be in higher demand.</p><p><strong>04:05</strong> And it&#x27;s a relatively inexpensively dollar-value-priced precious metal. So, silver and gold are the two precious metals that I really would be looking at. Now, you also said that you think that it&#x27;s kind of being sold through fear right now, gold, and the fact that I think people are worried because of the things that have gone on in the economy in the past couple years, that we are seeing sort of a worst-case scenario. They are buying gold as a protection against a worst-case scenario and the possibility of a currency collapse. How realistic do you think that is? Well, the possibility of a currency collapse I don&#x27;t really see as that feasible. You know, if the dollar continues to be the most widely held currency in the world, yes, people, you know, China has been getting rid of a little bit of their dollar currency,</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> holding reserves, excuse me, getting rid of a little bit of their T-bills. But overall, oil is still priced in dollars, so you&#x27;re not going to see a big, dramatic drop-off of the greenback. But with respect to the inflation fears, and that&#x27;s really what gold is right now. People are really pumping it up on the back, on the fear factor, as an inflation hedge. So, even if gold comes down another 10% to 15%, if you use that hedge as an inflation hedge, you&#x27;re going to see probably, you know, eventually we&#x27;re going to get hit with a hard bout of inflation in the United States. So, that 15% drop off of the top is really not going to be nearly that much as inflation begins to really heat up. Now, David, you work with Charles Payne at Wall Street Strategies, and you cover sectors such as transports, autos, and beverage.</p><p><strong>05:42</strong> Tell me a good beverage buy right now, if someone was trying to buy a beverage stock. I was looking in the beverage space. My favorite in the space is Dr. Pepper Snapple, ticker DPS. I think that with that stock, you&#x27;re going to see the most growth out of the big two, Coke and Pepsi. And then Dr. Pepper Snapple has been coming up very quickly. They have great distribution through Coke and Pepsi. So, you have a lot of the benefits associated with the huge distribution of those two large ones, but not nearly the cost associated with it. So, that&#x27;s my favorite in terms of actual capital appreciation. With respect to Coke, you know, you can&#x27;t really go wrong with any three, any of the three in this space. But I think that Dr. Pepper Snapple is the best capital appreciation player.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> So, you&#x27;re going to see the most stock, you know, see its stock price go up the most. With Coke, it&#x27;s a strictly value play right now. You&#x27;re going to basically be playing that with a dividend. And Pepsi, I think, is the most, a little bit vulnerable right now because of their exposure to commodity prices. So, you know, the wheats, the oats, all of these other food prices that have continued to just be extremely volatile over the past two years, that&#x27;s going to continue to eat to their bottom line. We use a lot of the big-name companies that pay a decent dividend that are value stocks in our covered call strategies where folks can basically buy the stock, sell the call, sell the options against it, and basically make money either way. And that&#x27;s worked pretty well in a lot of people&#x27;s portfolios. Let me ask you again about the, or let me ask you about the transport sector, specifically about a government motors, otherwise known as GM.</p><p><strong>07:16</strong> What&#x27;s your opinion on them going forward, and how do you think they compare to Ford Motor Company? Well, for General Motors, this IPO that&#x27;s going to come out later this year, or I hope it&#x27;s not going to come out until the beginning of 2011, but, you know, my hopes are really, you know, they fall on deaf ears. I wish I was working for them. I&#x27;d have a nice government job right now. Yes. But, you know, with General Motors, there&#x27;s still so many problems that really go into working with this company. Ford has really, over the past five years, three to five years, has really mortgaged everything, every asset they owned to weather the storm that they thought was coming. They&#x27;ve shed all of these non-profitable, unprofitable brands, and it&#x27;s really right now it&#x27;s the Ford and the Lincoln name. Mercury is going to be shuttered by the end of the year.</p><p><strong>08:02</strong> With General Motors, you have these four huge names, Buick, GMC, Chevrolet, and Cadillac, but there are still so many other problems around the world. Europe continues to be in disarray, exactly like North America was this time last year, two years ago. With respect to operations, not nearly as bad as sales. And General Motors, when they were a publicly traded company, they would take the money that they actually made in Asia and Latin America and really invest it back in the United States just to be able to pay for all of these pension obligations. Now that those pension obligations are not there anymore, the company is not making nearly enough money overseas to really be able to turn around, you know, the problem areas in Europe and really the Middle East. Now that there&#x27;s no more, that oil money has relatively dried up.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> You know, oil&#x27;s not at $150 anymore. Sales in the Middle East is really slow, too. So you&#x27;re not really seeing that bounce back for General Motors. I like Ford a lot better. You know, for disclosure purposes, me and my family both own shares of Ford. We bought Ford, and I bought Ford on the way down hoping that, you know, $3 would be the low, and it got down to $1. I was kind of running around scared. Turned around for you, though. Very nicely, in fact. You know, my kids were going to be able to hopefully go to college on that money. Well, David, I still own a Ford Explorer from 1997. I have a Ford Flex 2009, and I have a 2011 Mustang, which is amazing. It&#x27;s just a V6, but the gas mileage is 31 miles a gallon with a V6, 300-some horsepower.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> It&#x27;s a very nice car, that 2011 Mustang. But for all the state troopers listening, I make sure to cruise control at 55. That&#x27;s what I do. And it&#x27;s a blue car, too, so it sticks out. But let me ask you another thing here. When we go forward, if we look at the European, you brought Europe into this, and I&#x27;ve read numerous articles lately about how the banks in Europe have been, well, we&#x27;re not going to lie, it&#x27;s too pretty harsh word, but they&#x27;ve been fudging the numbers a little bit on their stability numbers, or how safe are the European banks, in other words? Well, I think, you know, that stress test that we had earlier this year was almost as pointless as the stress test in America, because they really didn&#x27;t count everything. And, you know, a lot of the articles out over the past week, week and a half,</p><p><strong>10:23</strong> have been that the companies didn&#x27;t report all of their sovereign holdings the same way. So it&#x27;s really not comparing apples to apples. I do think that the European banks are, you know, there&#x27;s so many eyes on them right now that they&#x27;re going to really be in the, you know, safer moving forward. The austerity plans are really, they&#x27;ve already really taken the hit out of the European economy, but I do expect to see that the European economy, specifically Western Europe, really bounces back strong. You know, it may not happen during 2010, maybe not even during 2011, but by 2012, you&#x27;re going to see that the Western Europe nations really bounce back, and that hopefully spreads into Eastern Europe as well. Well, David, here&#x27;s one final question,</p><p><strong>11:09</strong> and then we appreciate your time and we&#x27;ll let you get back to your busy day. But let&#x27;s say that you&#x27;re 65 years old, you have $500,000 right now, and that&#x27;s your retirement money, and you&#x27;re getting ready to retire. Where would you have your money if you had that kind of particular situation? Well, you know, there&#x27;s a lot of talk about investing overseas. I say invest in America. There are ways, you know, you really want to have a balanced portfolio approach, and that&#x27;s the best way to go. You know, you don&#x27;t want to put all of your money behind gold. You don&#x27;t want to put all of your money behind the next hot Apple stock. You want to be able to have a diversified approach. And if you&#x27;re 65 years old, you have more time that, you know, you don&#x27;t need to hit the home run right away. And I would probably be about 60% stocks, 40% bonds for right now.</p><p><strong>12:00</strong> He is David Silver, research analyst for Wall Street Strategies. And, David, we certainly appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari today. Thanks a lot for having me. Thank you. Thanks, David.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>David Silver of Wall Street Strategies joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon for a September 2010 conversation about financial markets, investment risk, and planning for retirement.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Silver</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Silver, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9/image.jpg?t=1792072744&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-silver-markets-risk-and-financial-planning/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9/image.jpg?t=1792072744&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9</guid>
      <omny:clipId>a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>731</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/a92cdb42-7229-4417-b5f1-b4e20144c3c9/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11723953" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-silver-markets-risk-and-financial-planning</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>273</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Markets, Risk, and Financial Planning" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:14" title="Fees and investment costs" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:05:03" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:15" title="Marketing and communication" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Peter Goldmann: Recognizing Financial Fraud</title>
      <itunes:title>Peter Goldmann: Recognizing Financial Fraud</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And to round it out, we&#x27;ve got three Peters on the program today. We have Peter Goldman, who is the president of Fraud Aware and the author of many anti-fraud books, including Anti-Fraud, Risk and Control, Detecting and Preventing Fraud in Accounts Payable, and Fraud in the Markets, Why It Happened and How to Fight It. Good morning, Peter, and welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning, you all, and thanks for having me on. Absolutely. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you. Now, fraud is out there, and we are looking to help folks prevent it. So what do we need to be aware of? What do we need to be looking out for? Where is it most common? Well, there are two different types of fraud that are finding their way to the headlines these days.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One type is what we call corporate fraud, where you&#x27;re reading about, you know, corporate CEOs being caught with their hands in a cookie jar, so to speak, or cooking the books and ending up doing the perp walk and, in many cases, ending up behind bars. That&#x27;s one type. It&#x27;s very prominent. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s growing. And the other we like to call consumer fraud, which is a broad category incorporating investment schemes, Ponzi schemes like the one that Bernard Madoff perpetrated, which, you know, ended up stealing $60 billion from basically individual investors as well as some of their institutional advisors. And then there&#x27;s mortgage fraud, and there&#x27;s identity theft, and, you know, I could go on and on. But all these frauds are what I would call rampant. They&#x27;re all over the place.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Some of the perpetrators are extremely shrewd and extremely practiced and know what they&#x27;re doing, and sometimes it&#x27;s hard to tell the good guys from the bad guys. So hopefully we can shed some light for the folks here on the red flags of how to stay out of trouble. Yeah, Peter, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re glad to have you on the show. So let me tell you, people like our show nationally because we combine the news of the day with the financial world and help people, more importantly, draw correlations between the two because there are big parallels there between the two. Now, let me ask you, over the last year, what are some of the three biggest frauds you see perpetrated on the American investor, and are there ways that people could have sniffed it out ahead of time, and more importantly, what can they do in the future to make sure that doesn&#x27;t happen to them? Good question, Pete. One of the three I would definitely say is mortgage fraud, and that happens in a number of ways.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It happens in the process when people are buying homes, and this actually was probably more prominent before the meltdown in the housing market, but it&#x27;s still, according to the FBI, extremely prominent and is going on all the time. And what happens there is that dishonest mortgage brokers and lenders will try to convince borrowers who are trying to buy a home to take on a mortgage that they really can&#x27;t afford. These are mortgages that come with kind of what we call teaser, introductory payment rates that are very, very low, but after a few months, they&#x27;ll readjust and end up being so high that the person can&#x27;t afford to make those payments, so they end up losing their home to the bank. That&#x27;s one type of fraud, and the best way to avoid being scammed by these types of perpetrators is to,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> number one, make sure that the banks that these brokers are representing are national, well-known banks. Even call the banks to find out whether the broker that has approached you actually does sell mortgages on behalf of that bank. Also do a Better Business Bureau reference check on the broker to see if there are any blemishes in terms of, you know, complaints against the broker. Those are probably the best ways to avoid getting scammed by a dishonest mortgage broker. And, Peter, we saw a lot of that in 2005, 2006, 2007, why a lot of people were getting foreclosed on in 2007, 2008. And, Pete DeRuda, Coach Pete, you wrote about that in your book, The Fine Print Fiasco. But are we still seeing that going on with the new regulations that have been put on the mortgage world, Peter Goldman?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, there has been a very noticeable decline in that kind of fraud. Not so much because of the regulations, but because the banks, for the most part, are not lending. They&#x27;re not offering those kinds of easy-to-get mortgages as much as they were during the housing boom. However, it is important to know that it has not gone away. There are banks that are, and I&#x27;ve heard this from mortgage brokers and lenders themselves, there are banks out there that are still lending 100%, aren&#x27;t even requiring a down payment. So some of these banks have still not tightened up their standards for lending, and that provides opportunities for unscrupulous mortgage brokers. So you&#x27;re right. That problem has substantially subsided, but I mention it only because it has not gone away. What&#x27;s taken its place, I guess you could say, are various types of foreclosure fraud.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> But these are frauds perpetrated against people who are now in danger of losing their home. Taking advantage of people in a vulnerable situation. Correct. These are people who did take on these teaser rate mortgages in 2005, 2006, and 2007, and are now finding that their payments are much higher than they were at the beginning and much heavier than their household budgets can sustain. So they&#x27;re now, you know, falling behind in their payments. The banks are coming down on them, you know, asking why they&#x27;re not making their payments. And, you know, when things get really bad, they&#x27;re being sued by the banks for foreclosure. That&#x27;s happening in a lot of just totally legitimate cases where, you know, unfortunate homebuyers got themselves into loans that they could ultimately not afford and now are in trouble.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> But the problem is that where there&#x27;s desperation, there&#x27;s opportunity for fraud. And you&#x27;ve got unscrupulous organizations or individuals promoting themselves as foreclosure rescue agents, if you will. They&#x27;ll promise you to prevent foreclosure by modifying your mortgage. Or sometimes they&#x27;ll actually tell you that they will take over your mortgage and make the payments and allow you to stretch out the payments and lower the payments. For a small fee. The problem there is what they do is they also end up owning your home. They don&#x27;t tell you that. But in the process, they end up owning their home and they can kick you at any time they want. Yeah. In my book, Peter, The Fine Print Fiasco, what I said was for the bait-and-switch kind of mortgage fraud, you have to be careful of the teaser rate, like you were talking about, teasing you with a low rate and then all of a sudden they loan balloons and you&#x27;re in a higher rate.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And reverse mortgages, we saw a lot of scams there, too. But the most important thing, I used to be a mortgage broker. I decided not to keep in that because I&#x27;m a full-time investment advisor. But I also was a mortgage licensee, too, even though I didn&#x27;t do mortgages. But I feel that I know mortgages pretty well. I think before anyone should sign any paperwork on any kind of mortgage, they should have it reviewed by someone who has mortgage experience or knows what&#x27;s in a mortgage. And we offer that to folks. All they have to do is give us a call. But what I really wanted to get to the meat and potatoes today is what we hear about over and over again on the news. It&#x27;s free advertising for scam artists, and it&#x27;s called stimulus bills. And you specialize in identifying the stimulus money fraud that&#x27;s out there where people think they&#x27;re going to get stimulus money and all they have to do is, again, pay a small fee. It&#x27;s like the Nigerian scam all over again, isn&#x27;t it? That is, in many cases, a Nigerian scam-type fraud.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It involves the same kind of psychological technique. Send me your bank account number and your Social Security number in a small advance down payment, if you will, and we&#x27;ll grant this stimulus grant to you. We&#x27;ll send you a check. And, of course, what happens, sometimes they will actually get a check, but it&#x27;ll typically be a counterfeit cashier&#x27;s check or something to that effect. But the more important danger, obviously, is that advance fee money that the victim has paid is gone for good. And, ultimately, they&#x27;re at risk of being victimized for identity theft because they&#x27;ve given over their Social Security number and their other identifying information that can then result in the perpetrator applying for loans and bank accounts and credit cards in their name.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Where has the news gone about identity theft? Because that is absolutely still rampant, still one of the highest-growing crimes in America. And we were hearing about this two or three years ago, but then the market crashed and all the economic debacle happened. And the news about identity theft just kind of disappeared. I don&#x27;t hear about this anymore. And I really think that this is an issue that needs to be brought back to the forefront with things like you&#x27;re talking about, with credit card fraud and the like there, all falling under the umbrella of identity theft. There&#x27;s no doubt about it. It has not gone away. It could be that the media has moved on to more the fraud du jour, if you will. But identity theft, you&#x27;re absolutely right, is continuing to grow and is proliferating into different formats and different types.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> What we&#x27;re not hearing enough about is the way that identity theft typically starts is by having databases of individuals&#x27; credit card information, social security numbers, or other what we call personal identifying information stolen by hackers who break into large retailers&#x27; banks, university databases, and those sorts of institutions that store supposedly securely large volumes of individuals&#x27; personal information. With all that personal data out there, Peter, under corporations&#x27; control, and a lot of times us as individuals, as consumers, don&#x27;t even know where our personal information is being stored. With the vulnerability to hackers, how can we as individuals, what steps can we take to try to prevent that?</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Good question. Let me put it this way. It is virtually impossible to avoid being a victim of identity theft. Comforting. Right. When you say that we don&#x27;t know where our information is, it couldn&#x27;t be truer. It&#x27;s so easy for people, either honest people or dishonest people, to get it because it is literally all over the place. I mean, it is whenever you apply for a car loan, for a student loan, for a mortgage, for a passport. Whenever you submit your social security number to anyone and your address and birth date, that information, you know, depending on who the recipient is, more or less vulnerable to theft. And unfortunately, in more and more cases, the question of more vulnerable rather than less. But your question was, how do you protect yourself? And the answer really is that you do a biannual check of your credit report with the three credit reporting agencies.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And I personally think that&#x27;s not enough because of the bead at which identity theft is growing and proliferating. I would say that it&#x27;s worth your dollars, personal dollars, to do a monthly check. Absolutely. That means looking to see if there are any unauthorized or unusual transactions on your credit report, which would indicate that somebody has, for example, stolen your credit card number or made a counterfeit credit card with your legitimate credit card information on it. Peter, we&#x27;re going to have to wrap this up, but what I want to do is let them know you&#x27;re going to be moving down to the North Carolina area in the next few months. And what we want to do is when you get situated down here, maybe offer a few identity fraud seminars where people can come and learn a little bit about you and about some of the things you offer. I&#x27;d be more than happy to do that. We&#x27;ve just sort of scratched the surface of fraud here, which is sort of unfortunate given that it is such a prominent and rampant problem.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> But I do a lot of that up north here in terms of training folks, both corporate and individuals, in how to protect themselves against different types of fraud. It&#x27;s a moving target, you should know. And one of the things that we might want to address in a future session or a training event is check fraud, which is, believe it or not, growing at 25% a year. And this can backfire on individuals as well as corporations in a major way. That&#x27;s just one of many types. But the identity theft thing is something that has been underreported in recent months, and I&#x27;d be more than happy to help folks out in any way that I can on that score. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to getting together with you and having another discussion when you get down here in the next couple months, Peter. We appreciate you sharing your time, your knowledge, your expertise with us and our listeners here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure. I appreciate it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, and about your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda. And to round it out, we&#x27;ve got three Peters on the program today. We have Peter Goldman, who is the president of Fraud Aware and the author of many anti-fraud books, including Anti-Fraud, Risk and Control, Detecting and Preventing Fraud in Accounts Payable, and Fraud in the Markets, Why It Happened and How to Fight It. Good morning, Peter, and welcome into the Financial Safari. Good morning, you all, and thanks for having me on. Absolutely. It&#x27;s a pleasure to have you. Now, fraud is out there, and we are looking to help folks prevent it. So what do we need to be aware of? What do we need to be looking out for? Where is it most common? Well, there are two different types of fraud that are finding their way to the headlines these days.</p><p><strong>00:48</strong> One type is what we call corporate fraud, where you&#x27;re reading about, you know, corporate CEOs being caught with their hands in a cookie jar, so to speak, or cooking the books and ending up doing the perp walk and, in many cases, ending up behind bars. That&#x27;s one type. It&#x27;s very prominent. Unfortunately, that&#x27;s growing. And the other we like to call consumer fraud, which is a broad category incorporating investment schemes, Ponzi schemes like the one that Bernard Madoff perpetrated, which, you know, ended up stealing $60 billion from basically individual investors as well as some of their institutional advisors. And then there&#x27;s mortgage fraud, and there&#x27;s identity theft, and, you know, I could go on and on. But all these frauds are what I would call rampant. They&#x27;re all over the place.</p><p><strong>01:34</strong> Some of the perpetrators are extremely shrewd and extremely practiced and know what they&#x27;re doing, and sometimes it&#x27;s hard to tell the good guys from the bad guys. So hopefully we can shed some light for the folks here on the red flags of how to stay out of trouble. Yeah, Peter, this is Coach Pete. We&#x27;re glad to have you on the show. So let me tell you, people like our show nationally because we combine the news of the day with the financial world and help people, more importantly, draw correlations between the two because there are big parallels there between the two. Now, let me ask you, over the last year, what are some of the three biggest frauds you see perpetrated on the American investor, and are there ways that people could have sniffed it out ahead of time, and more importantly, what can they do in the future to make sure that doesn&#x27;t happen to them? Good question, Pete. One of the three I would definitely say is mortgage fraud, and that happens in a number of ways.</p><p><strong>02:23</strong> It happens in the process when people are buying homes, and this actually was probably more prominent before the meltdown in the housing market, but it&#x27;s still, according to the FBI, extremely prominent and is going on all the time. And what happens there is that dishonest mortgage brokers and lenders will try to convince borrowers who are trying to buy a home to take on a mortgage that they really can&#x27;t afford. These are mortgages that come with kind of what we call teaser, introductory payment rates that are very, very low, but after a few months, they&#x27;ll readjust and end up being so high that the person can&#x27;t afford to make those payments, so they end up losing their home to the bank. That&#x27;s one type of fraud, and the best way to avoid being scammed by these types of perpetrators is to,</p><p><strong>03:10</strong> number one, make sure that the banks that these brokers are representing are national, well-known banks. Even call the banks to find out whether the broker that has approached you actually does sell mortgages on behalf of that bank. Also do a Better Business Bureau reference check on the broker to see if there are any blemishes in terms of, you know, complaints against the broker. Those are probably the best ways to avoid getting scammed by a dishonest mortgage broker. And, Peter, we saw a lot of that in 2005, 2006, 2007, why a lot of people were getting foreclosed on in 2007, 2008. And, Pete DeRuda, Coach Pete, you wrote about that in your book, The Fine Print Fiasco. But are we still seeing that going on with the new regulations that have been put on the mortgage world, Peter Goldman?</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Yes, there has been a very noticeable decline in that kind of fraud. Not so much because of the regulations, but because the banks, for the most part, are not lending. They&#x27;re not offering those kinds of easy-to-get mortgages as much as they were during the housing boom. However, it is important to know that it has not gone away. There are banks that are, and I&#x27;ve heard this from mortgage brokers and lenders themselves, there are banks out there that are still lending 100%, aren&#x27;t even requiring a down payment. So some of these banks have still not tightened up their standards for lending, and that provides opportunities for unscrupulous mortgage brokers. So you&#x27;re right. That problem has substantially subsided, but I mention it only because it has not gone away. What&#x27;s taken its place, I guess you could say, are various types of foreclosure fraud.</p><p><strong>04:47</strong> But these are frauds perpetrated against people who are now in danger of losing their home. Taking advantage of people in a vulnerable situation. Correct. These are people who did take on these teaser rate mortgages in 2005, 2006, and 2007, and are now finding that their payments are much higher than they were at the beginning and much heavier than their household budgets can sustain. So they&#x27;re now, you know, falling behind in their payments. The banks are coming down on them, you know, asking why they&#x27;re not making their payments. And, you know, when things get really bad, they&#x27;re being sued by the banks for foreclosure. That&#x27;s happening in a lot of just totally legitimate cases where, you know, unfortunate homebuyers got themselves into loans that they could ultimately not afford and now are in trouble.</p><p><strong>05:34</strong> But the problem is that where there&#x27;s desperation, there&#x27;s opportunity for fraud. And you&#x27;ve got unscrupulous organizations or individuals promoting themselves as foreclosure rescue agents, if you will. They&#x27;ll promise you to prevent foreclosure by modifying your mortgage. Or sometimes they&#x27;ll actually tell you that they will take over your mortgage and make the payments and allow you to stretch out the payments and lower the payments. For a small fee. The problem there is what they do is they also end up owning your home. They don&#x27;t tell you that. But in the process, they end up owning their home and they can kick you at any time they want. Yeah. In my book, Peter, The Fine Print Fiasco, what I said was for the bait-and-switch kind of mortgage fraud, you have to be careful of the teaser rate, like you were talking about, teasing you with a low rate and then all of a sudden they loan balloons and you&#x27;re in a higher rate.</p><p><strong>06:21</strong> And reverse mortgages, we saw a lot of scams there, too. But the most important thing, I used to be a mortgage broker. I decided not to keep in that because I&#x27;m a full-time investment advisor. But I also was a mortgage licensee, too, even though I didn&#x27;t do mortgages. But I feel that I know mortgages pretty well. I think before anyone should sign any paperwork on any kind of mortgage, they should have it reviewed by someone who has mortgage experience or knows what&#x27;s in a mortgage. And we offer that to folks. All they have to do is give us a call. But what I really wanted to get to the meat and potatoes today is what we hear about over and over again on the news. It&#x27;s free advertising for scam artists, and it&#x27;s called stimulus bills. And you specialize in identifying the stimulus money fraud that&#x27;s out there where people think they&#x27;re going to get stimulus money and all they have to do is, again, pay a small fee. It&#x27;s like the Nigerian scam all over again, isn&#x27;t it? That is, in many cases, a Nigerian scam-type fraud.</p><p><strong>07:07</strong> It involves the same kind of psychological technique. Send me your bank account number and your Social Security number in a small advance down payment, if you will, and we&#x27;ll grant this stimulus grant to you. We&#x27;ll send you a check. And, of course, what happens, sometimes they will actually get a check, but it&#x27;ll typically be a counterfeit cashier&#x27;s check or something to that effect. But the more important danger, obviously, is that advance fee money that the victim has paid is gone for good. And, ultimately, they&#x27;re at risk of being victimized for identity theft because they&#x27;ve given over their Social Security number and their other identifying information that can then result in the perpetrator applying for loans and bank accounts and credit cards in their name.</p><p><strong>07:53</strong> Where has the news gone about identity theft? Because that is absolutely still rampant, still one of the highest-growing crimes in America. And we were hearing about this two or three years ago, but then the market crashed and all the economic debacle happened. And the news about identity theft just kind of disappeared. I don&#x27;t hear about this anymore. And I really think that this is an issue that needs to be brought back to the forefront with things like you&#x27;re talking about, with credit card fraud and the like there, all falling under the umbrella of identity theft. There&#x27;s no doubt about it. It has not gone away. It could be that the media has moved on to more the fraud du jour, if you will. But identity theft, you&#x27;re absolutely right, is continuing to grow and is proliferating into different formats and different types.</p><p><strong>08:39</strong> What we&#x27;re not hearing enough about is the way that identity theft typically starts is by having databases of individuals&#x27; credit card information, social security numbers, or other what we call personal identifying information stolen by hackers who break into large retailers&#x27; banks, university databases, and those sorts of institutions that store supposedly securely large volumes of individuals&#x27; personal information. With all that personal data out there, Peter, under corporations&#x27; control, and a lot of times us as individuals, as consumers, don&#x27;t even know where our personal information is being stored. With the vulnerability to hackers, how can we as individuals, what steps can we take to try to prevent that?</p><p><strong>09:25</strong> Good question. Let me put it this way. It is virtually impossible to avoid being a victim of identity theft. Comforting. Right. When you say that we don&#x27;t know where our information is, it couldn&#x27;t be truer. It&#x27;s so easy for people, either honest people or dishonest people, to get it because it is literally all over the place. I mean, it is whenever you apply for a car loan, for a student loan, for a mortgage, for a passport. Whenever you submit your social security number to anyone and your address and birth date, that information, you know, depending on who the recipient is, more or less vulnerable to theft. And unfortunately, in more and more cases, the question of more vulnerable rather than less. But your question was, how do you protect yourself? And the answer really is that you do a biannual check of your credit report with the three credit reporting agencies.</p><p><strong>10:16</strong> And I personally think that&#x27;s not enough because of the bead at which identity theft is growing and proliferating. I would say that it&#x27;s worth your dollars, personal dollars, to do a monthly check. Absolutely. That means looking to see if there are any unauthorized or unusual transactions on your credit report, which would indicate that somebody has, for example, stolen your credit card number or made a counterfeit credit card with your legitimate credit card information on it. Peter, we&#x27;re going to have to wrap this up, but what I want to do is let them know you&#x27;re going to be moving down to the North Carolina area in the next few months. And what we want to do is when you get situated down here, maybe offer a few identity fraud seminars where people can come and learn a little bit about you and about some of the things you offer. I&#x27;d be more than happy to do that. We&#x27;ve just sort of scratched the surface of fraud here, which is sort of unfortunate given that it is such a prominent and rampant problem.</p><p><strong>11:07</strong> But I do a lot of that up north here in terms of training folks, both corporate and individuals, in how to protect themselves against different types of fraud. It&#x27;s a moving target, you should know. And one of the things that we might want to address in a future session or a training event is check fraud, which is, believe it or not, growing at 25% a year. And this can backfire on individuals as well as corporations in a major way. That&#x27;s just one of many types. But the identity theft thing is something that has been underreported in recent months, and I&#x27;d be more than happy to help folks out in any way that I can on that score. Well, we&#x27;re looking forward to getting together with you and having another discussion when you get down here in the next couple months, Peter. We appreciate you sharing your time, your knowledge, your expertise with us and our listeners here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure. I appreciate it.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Fraud prevention expert and author Peter Goldmann discusses corporate fraud, identity theft, and the warning signs investors and businesses should recognize. This Financial Safari interview was recorded in September 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Peter Goldmann</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>financial fraud</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Peter Goldmann, investing, financial fraud, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/image.jpg?t=1792073279&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-goldmann-recognizing-financial-fraud/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/image.jpg?t=1792073279&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd</guid>
      <omny:clipId>c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>712</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/c5586457-05d5-4e74-8dde-b4e200ee9dfd/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11421549" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/peter-goldmann-recognizing-financial-fraud</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>274</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Recognizing Financial Fraud" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:16" title="Homes and real estate" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:10" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charles Payne: Regulation and the Economy (Part 2)</title>
      <itunes:title>Charles Payne: Regulation and the Economy (Part 2)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Charles Payne continues the September 2010 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon. They discuss the Dodd-Frank legislation, the relationship between government and business, and how economic policy affects consumers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, because the more you know, the more money you can keep in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, and very special guest still with us, Charles Payne, who is the Chief Executive Officer of Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies, and Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies. Also, a regular guest on many television shows. Like Fox Business and Fox News. Absolutely. Neil Cavuto&#x27;s shows. Coach, you had a question you wanted to talk a little bit about. What is going on with the government&#x27;s interaction with corporations these days? First of all, we&#x27;ve got the government interacting with corporations. Then we&#x27;ve got the media afraid to report on the right things or cheerleading for the government. So let&#x27;s get, first of all, Charles, let&#x27;s talk about the Dodd-Frank bill that says the SEC has to come up with an additional 100 regulations here for the financial world.</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> And how does that affect the consumer? It&#x27;s just a nightmare. To say arbitrarily that you&#x27;ve got a year to come up with 100 new regulations and 20 studies, it just makes absolutely no sense at all. And what it creates is this sort of anxiety that, wow, we don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s around the corner. We know something&#x27;s coming because it&#x27;s been mandated. And we know it&#x27;s going to be designed to harm us. And all of this stuff floats down to the consumer. You know, when it&#x27;s all said and done, they&#x27;ll do reports and they&#x27;ll do studies and they&#x27;ll find out that millions of people, after this Dodd-Frank bill, didn&#x27;t have a chance to open a bank account because they just couldn&#x27;t qualify, didn&#x27;t have a chance to get a credit card because they just didn&#x27;t qualify. And it&#x27;s just going to do a lot more harm to good.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Once again, what they took was something that made sense. Yeah, you know what? There were obviously abuses in the banking sector. There was obviously abuses on Wall Street. No, you shouldn&#x27;t charge someone $15 if they went over their account by a buck. By the same token, though, they took these things and they yelled fire in a crowded theater so they can push forward an agenda that, quite frankly, is designed to punish success, designed to punish prosperity from the get-go. That&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all been about. And you know what? We were so afraid. We were so upset. We just were at a wit&#x27;s end in the throes of the meltdown. We wanted to try something else as a nation. But people are waking up and recognizing that what made America the greatest country in the world after only 200 years was a capitalist&#x27;s base.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And people are starting to want to get back to that. Absolutely. Well, you know, by being cheerleaders instead of reporters, how do you think the mainstream media is hurting the general public? They&#x27;re just hurting them so badly because they rarely want to report on the real things that are affecting them. They twist and turn everything. And, you know, it&#x27;s gotten to the point where there are just so many people out there who just don&#x27;t know the real deal. And you want people to be – we want everyone to be more intelligent. And I really think that, you know, education, by the way, is one of my pet peeves. And when I talk education, for the most part, I&#x27;m talking about our kids but also our adults. They need to be educated to what&#x27;s really going on. They&#x27;ve been sold a bag of goods.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Of course, their hot buttons have been hit. Everyone&#x27;s hot button has been hit. Everybody was upset to a certain degree, and they rightfully were. But what&#x27;s been done through all the turmoil is not designed to help them. It&#x27;s certainly not designed to help them. If their goal is to ascend to the top, to reach the American dream, then they&#x27;ve stumbled a lot here. And, unfortunately, it&#x27;s never really going to be pointed out, in my mind, by the mainstream media. So do you think that the fact that the government is behaving as the average investor often does when they&#x27;re making a mistake by being reactionary and emotional to what&#x27;s going on is harming the public even further? Absolutely. There&#x27;s just absolutely no doubt about it. But their position is aiding and abetting what is clearly a campaign to change the country so much that it goes completely off the foundations that it was founded on.</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> And that&#x27;s just not going to work. It hasn&#x27;t worked. In fact, we can see already, look at all of these things that have been done. The homeowners thing. We had the worst housing data ever in July, the absolute worst. Auto sales down a 28-year low. You know, I mean, the cash for clunkers thing. The stimulus. My goodness, look where we are after the stimulus, the so-called several ready projects. It&#x27;s all been a farce. Well, we did see some of that money get spent on making the signs telling you they were spending the money. By the way, I&#x27;ve got to go play on that, too. What&#x27;s that? Lamar. L-A-M-R. I like that a lot. They&#x27;re one of the biggest sign-making companies in the country. Okay. All right.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s probably a good one, isn&#x27;t it? But throwing good money after bad money, you hear that time and time again, but it seems like we haven&#x27;t learned our lesson, and that&#x27;s exactly what we&#x27;re doing here. That&#x27;s exactly what we&#x27;re doing. I mean, we&#x27;re at a crossroads, and you hear that a lot, but we are. I mean, we&#x27;re going to get one more big effort for another big-time stimulus plan. Now, think about the irony of this, if you will, for a second. If stimulus worked, we wouldn&#x27;t need another one. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, we&#x27;re going to get another campaign for it. I&#x27;m not sure what form it&#x27;s going to come in. You know, we talked a lot. There was a lot of scuttlebutt about an August surprise and now a September surprise. Anything from the government paying off mortgages or taking them all or something extraordinarily drastic, they&#x27;re not sure what they want to do.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> But I think finally, I don&#x27;t know, and it&#x27;s a hunch that maybe the White House is starting to feel what&#x27;s going on around this country. I remember last year after the gubernatorial elections in New Jersey and Virginia, I had asked a few Democrats, bigwigs, to say, you know, do you guys sense what&#x27;s going on here? No, those are isolated incidences. Okay. Now I think they&#x27;re starting to understand, and if there&#x27;s a compromise, if they really want to turn the country around, really there&#x27;s a – you know, the president recently said there&#x27;s no silver bullet. There actually are two. Let people keep more of the money that they earn. Operative word there, underline earn, number one. Number two, extend the Bush tax cuts so that job creators can have confidence to go out there and create more jobs. I think those are two excellent points, Charles.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Now, as far as what we see going on presently with the potentially August surprise, now September surprise, potentially maybe November, but do you think that this is simply an effort to try to keep this false recovery, this stimulus, or an effort to keep it afloat until after the midterm elections? You know, I think the idea is to float money into local economies and make people feel good even if it&#x27;s on a temporary basis. You know, when stimulus was outlined, if you notice, the majority of the money was to be spent in the first quarter and second quarter of this year, just coincidentally right ahead of the elections. It&#x27;s all gone haywire. I mean, first of all, it was never truly allocated to shovel-ready jobs.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You know, most of it went to prop up union jobs, big-time government jobs. And people have seen it for what it is, and it&#x27;s a payoff, a political payoff. And it hasn&#x27;t helped at all, the general economy. And, you know, now people are concerned about debts and deficits, and they don&#x27;t want to go that route anymore. You know, here&#x27;s what it kind of boils down to for almost all Americans, and this is what they&#x27;re going to have to ask themselves. Do we continuously want soft landings for mistakes that we made, even if it comes at the expense of our kids having hard landings? And I think people are saying, you know what, I&#x27;ll bear the brunt of it. Let us have the hard landing. You know, everyone says, well, what would have happened if there wasn&#x27;t TARP? Maybe a lot of banks would have gone out of business. Maybe housing prices would have gone down.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> But you know what we&#x27;re finding out? That stuff happened anyway. We haven&#x27;t been able to stop the free fall in housing. We stopped it like a speed bump. But wherever these things need to go to ultimately trigger those animal spirits inside of all of us, then that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to have to happen naturally. Well, we&#x27;ve got over 800 banks now on the warning list, the FDIC warning list, and threat of being taken over. So a lot of good that TARP program did. But, you know, a lot of people do have a lot of confidence in the FDIC still. I&#x27;m not one of them, but I do believe it will pay off if people lose money up to the certain limits because our government has a printing press. But, Charles, it&#x27;s always been my belief, and maybe I&#x27;ll run for office one day on this one platform, and it&#x27;s retirement accounts. If the government really believed in helping out people here, the general public, what they would do is they would let IRAs go. You&#x27;d be able to put the money in tax deductible like you can now, but you&#x27;d have tax-free growth like you do now.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> But you&#x27;d be able to take it out tax-free in the future as long as you met the certain age requirements like you don&#x27;t do now except for a Roth IRA, but they penalize you at the beginning of a Roth. Do you think there&#x27;d ever be a chance? Now, I know there&#x27;s like $14 or $15 trillion in IRA assets. The government already has earmarked. They&#x27;re already looking at that tax revenue there. But don&#x27;t you believe if the government really believed in helping people out in the retirement world, they would do that for people? I believe that&#x27;s an excellent idea. And, you know, I just think the government is really worried about people having too much control over their own, you know, retirement funds and not having access to that money, but that&#x27;s what it really is going to boil down to in my mind, people actually having more control over their own economic futures. Absolutely. Well, you need to be informed to take control as well.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> So we&#x27;ve got to think about all of these global forces, all of these national forces in the economy, but act locally. So what can the average listener do for themselves to improve their situation, Charles? Well, I think first and foremost, if you&#x27;re unemployed, you&#x27;ve got to get off the sofa. I know as demoralizing as it is and as heartbreaking as it is, somehow you&#x27;ve got to get out there and you&#x27;ve got to somehow sharpen your own job skills. To me, that&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;m worried about as far as a legacy here. We&#x27;ve got close to 5 million people unemployed 27 weeks or longer. This has never happened before. And it&#x27;s frightening because employers, the longer you&#x27;ve been unemployed, the least likely you are to be hired. So what we&#x27;re talking about is generating a whole new class of people, formerly proud workers out there,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> who are just completely lost and at some point may just go ahead and succumb and live off the dole forever for the rest of their lives. And that means a lower standard of living. That means bitterness. And that means great people who aren&#x27;t participating anymore in the American dream. So on a local level, I mean, I think people have to do that. I think people need to go out and make their voices heard. And they need to hold their elective representatives to – they need to make them accountable. There&#x27;s been no accountability at all, and that needs to change. Well, Charles Payne from Fox News and Fox Business, we really appreciate you taking your time today to speak to our listening audience here, and we hope you&#x27;ll come on again soon. Absolutely. Thanks a lot, guys. Peter and Pete. Pete and repeat. Thanks, guys. Thanks for being here, Charles. Thanks, Charles. You&#x27;ve been listening to Charles Payne from Fox News here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> And, again, we appreciate you taking the time out to be with us here today, Charles. Thanks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Charles Payne continues the September 2010 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon. They discuss the Dodd-Frank legislation, the relationship between government and business, and how economic policy affects consumers.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> We&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, because the more you know, the more money you can keep in your pocket. Peter Rashawn here, along with Coach Pete D’Arruda, and very special guest still with us, Charles Payne, who is the Chief Executive Officer of Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies, and Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies. Also, a regular guest on many television shows. Like Fox Business and Fox News. Absolutely. Neil Cavuto&#x27;s shows. Coach, you had a question you wanted to talk a little bit about. What is going on with the government&#x27;s interaction with corporations these days? First of all, we&#x27;ve got the government interacting with corporations. Then we&#x27;ve got the media afraid to report on the right things or cheerleading for the government. So let&#x27;s get, first of all, Charles, let&#x27;s talk about the Dodd-Frank bill that says the SEC has to come up with an additional 100 regulations here for the financial world.</p><p><strong>00:53</strong> And how does that affect the consumer? It&#x27;s just a nightmare. To say arbitrarily that you&#x27;ve got a year to come up with 100 new regulations and 20 studies, it just makes absolutely no sense at all. And what it creates is this sort of anxiety that, wow, we don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s around the corner. We know something&#x27;s coming because it&#x27;s been mandated. And we know it&#x27;s going to be designed to harm us. And all of this stuff floats down to the consumer. You know, when it&#x27;s all said and done, they&#x27;ll do reports and they&#x27;ll do studies and they&#x27;ll find out that millions of people, after this Dodd-Frank bill, didn&#x27;t have a chance to open a bank account because they just couldn&#x27;t qualify, didn&#x27;t have a chance to get a credit card because they just didn&#x27;t qualify. And it&#x27;s just going to do a lot more harm to good.</p><p><strong>01:41</strong> Once again, what they took was something that made sense. Yeah, you know what? There were obviously abuses in the banking sector. There was obviously abuses on Wall Street. No, you shouldn&#x27;t charge someone $15 if they went over their account by a buck. By the same token, though, they took these things and they yelled fire in a crowded theater so they can push forward an agenda that, quite frankly, is designed to punish success, designed to punish prosperity from the get-go. That&#x27;s what it&#x27;s all been about. And you know what? We were so afraid. We were so upset. We just were at a wit&#x27;s end in the throes of the meltdown. We wanted to try something else as a nation. But people are waking up and recognizing that what made America the greatest country in the world after only 200 years was a capitalist&#x27;s base.</p><p><strong>02:28</strong> And people are starting to want to get back to that. Absolutely. Well, you know, by being cheerleaders instead of reporters, how do you think the mainstream media is hurting the general public? They&#x27;re just hurting them so badly because they rarely want to report on the real things that are affecting them. They twist and turn everything. And, you know, it&#x27;s gotten to the point where there are just so many people out there who just don&#x27;t know the real deal. And you want people to be – we want everyone to be more intelligent. And I really think that, you know, education, by the way, is one of my pet peeves. And when I talk education, for the most part, I&#x27;m talking about our kids but also our adults. They need to be educated to what&#x27;s really going on. They&#x27;ve been sold a bag of goods.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> Of course, their hot buttons have been hit. Everyone&#x27;s hot button has been hit. Everybody was upset to a certain degree, and they rightfully were. But what&#x27;s been done through all the turmoil is not designed to help them. It&#x27;s certainly not designed to help them. If their goal is to ascend to the top, to reach the American dream, then they&#x27;ve stumbled a lot here. And, unfortunately, it&#x27;s never really going to be pointed out, in my mind, by the mainstream media. So do you think that the fact that the government is behaving as the average investor often does when they&#x27;re making a mistake by being reactionary and emotional to what&#x27;s going on is harming the public even further? Absolutely. There&#x27;s just absolutely no doubt about it. But their position is aiding and abetting what is clearly a campaign to change the country so much that it goes completely off the foundations that it was founded on.</p><p><strong>04:12</strong> And that&#x27;s just not going to work. It hasn&#x27;t worked. In fact, we can see already, look at all of these things that have been done. The homeowners thing. We had the worst housing data ever in July, the absolute worst. Auto sales down a 28-year low. You know, I mean, the cash for clunkers thing. The stimulus. My goodness, look where we are after the stimulus, the so-called several ready projects. It&#x27;s all been a farce. Well, we did see some of that money get spent on making the signs telling you they were spending the money. By the way, I&#x27;ve got to go play on that, too. What&#x27;s that? Lamar. L-A-M-R. I like that a lot. They&#x27;re one of the biggest sign-making companies in the country. Okay. All right.</p><p><strong>04:57</strong> That&#x27;s right. That&#x27;s probably a good one, isn&#x27;t it? But throwing good money after bad money, you hear that time and time again, but it seems like we haven&#x27;t learned our lesson, and that&#x27;s exactly what we&#x27;re doing here. That&#x27;s exactly what we&#x27;re doing. I mean, we&#x27;re at a crossroads, and you hear that a lot, but we are. I mean, we&#x27;re going to get one more big effort for another big-time stimulus plan. Now, think about the irony of this, if you will, for a second. If stimulus worked, we wouldn&#x27;t need another one. That&#x27;s right. But, you know, we&#x27;re going to get another campaign for it. I&#x27;m not sure what form it&#x27;s going to come in. You know, we talked a lot. There was a lot of scuttlebutt about an August surprise and now a September surprise. Anything from the government paying off mortgages or taking them all or something extraordinarily drastic, they&#x27;re not sure what they want to do.</p><p><strong>05:45</strong> But I think finally, I don&#x27;t know, and it&#x27;s a hunch that maybe the White House is starting to feel what&#x27;s going on around this country. I remember last year after the gubernatorial elections in New Jersey and Virginia, I had asked a few Democrats, bigwigs, to say, you know, do you guys sense what&#x27;s going on here? No, those are isolated incidences. Okay. Now I think they&#x27;re starting to understand, and if there&#x27;s a compromise, if they really want to turn the country around, really there&#x27;s a – you know, the president recently said there&#x27;s no silver bullet. There actually are two. Let people keep more of the money that they earn. Operative word there, underline earn, number one. Number two, extend the Bush tax cuts so that job creators can have confidence to go out there and create more jobs. I think those are two excellent points, Charles.</p><p><strong>06:32</strong> Now, as far as what we see going on presently with the potentially August surprise, now September surprise, potentially maybe November, but do you think that this is simply an effort to try to keep this false recovery, this stimulus, or an effort to keep it afloat until after the midterm elections? You know, I think the idea is to float money into local economies and make people feel good even if it&#x27;s on a temporary basis. You know, when stimulus was outlined, if you notice, the majority of the money was to be spent in the first quarter and second quarter of this year, just coincidentally right ahead of the elections. It&#x27;s all gone haywire. I mean, first of all, it was never truly allocated to shovel-ready jobs.</p><p><strong>07:17</strong> You know, most of it went to prop up union jobs, big-time government jobs. And people have seen it for what it is, and it&#x27;s a payoff, a political payoff. And it hasn&#x27;t helped at all, the general economy. And, you know, now people are concerned about debts and deficits, and they don&#x27;t want to go that route anymore. You know, here&#x27;s what it kind of boils down to for almost all Americans, and this is what they&#x27;re going to have to ask themselves. Do we continuously want soft landings for mistakes that we made, even if it comes at the expense of our kids having hard landings? And I think people are saying, you know what, I&#x27;ll bear the brunt of it. Let us have the hard landing. You know, everyone says, well, what would have happened if there wasn&#x27;t TARP? Maybe a lot of banks would have gone out of business. Maybe housing prices would have gone down.</p><p><strong>08:03</strong> But you know what we&#x27;re finding out? That stuff happened anyway. We haven&#x27;t been able to stop the free fall in housing. We stopped it like a speed bump. But wherever these things need to go to ultimately trigger those animal spirits inside of all of us, then that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to have to happen naturally. Well, we&#x27;ve got over 800 banks now on the warning list, the FDIC warning list, and threat of being taken over. So a lot of good that TARP program did. But, you know, a lot of people do have a lot of confidence in the FDIC still. I&#x27;m not one of them, but I do believe it will pay off if people lose money up to the certain limits because our government has a printing press. But, Charles, it&#x27;s always been my belief, and maybe I&#x27;ll run for office one day on this one platform, and it&#x27;s retirement accounts. If the government really believed in helping out people here, the general public, what they would do is they would let IRAs go. You&#x27;d be able to put the money in tax deductible like you can now, but you&#x27;d have tax-free growth like you do now.</p><p><strong>08:52</strong> But you&#x27;d be able to take it out tax-free in the future as long as you met the certain age requirements like you don&#x27;t do now except for a Roth IRA, but they penalize you at the beginning of a Roth. Do you think there&#x27;d ever be a chance? Now, I know there&#x27;s like $14 or $15 trillion in IRA assets. The government already has earmarked. They&#x27;re already looking at that tax revenue there. But don&#x27;t you believe if the government really believed in helping people out in the retirement world, they would do that for people? I believe that&#x27;s an excellent idea. And, you know, I just think the government is really worried about people having too much control over their own, you know, retirement funds and not having access to that money, but that&#x27;s what it really is going to boil down to in my mind, people actually having more control over their own economic futures. Absolutely. Well, you need to be informed to take control as well.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> So we&#x27;ve got to think about all of these global forces, all of these national forces in the economy, but act locally. So what can the average listener do for themselves to improve their situation, Charles? Well, I think first and foremost, if you&#x27;re unemployed, you&#x27;ve got to get off the sofa. I know as demoralizing as it is and as heartbreaking as it is, somehow you&#x27;ve got to get out there and you&#x27;ve got to somehow sharpen your own job skills. To me, that&#x27;s one of the things I&#x27;m worried about as far as a legacy here. We&#x27;ve got close to 5 million people unemployed 27 weeks or longer. This has never happened before. And it&#x27;s frightening because employers, the longer you&#x27;ve been unemployed, the least likely you are to be hired. So what we&#x27;re talking about is generating a whole new class of people, formerly proud workers out there,</p><p><strong>10:27</strong> who are just completely lost and at some point may just go ahead and succumb and live off the dole forever for the rest of their lives. And that means a lower standard of living. That means bitterness. And that means great people who aren&#x27;t participating anymore in the American dream. So on a local level, I mean, I think people have to do that. I think people need to go out and make their voices heard. And they need to hold their elective representatives to – they need to make them accountable. There&#x27;s been no accountability at all, and that needs to change. Well, Charles Payne from Fox News and Fox Business, we really appreciate you taking your time today to speak to our listening audience here, and we hope you&#x27;ll come on again soon. Absolutely. Thanks a lot, guys. Peter and Pete. Pete and repeat. Thanks, guys. Thanks for being here, Charles. Thanks, Charles. You&#x27;ve been listening to Charles Payne from Fox News here on the Financial Safari.</p><p><strong>11:15</strong> And, again, we appreciate you taking the time out to be with us here today, Charles. Thanks.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Charles Payne continues the September 2010 conversation with Coach Pete and Peter Richon. They discuss the Dodd-Frank legislation, the relationship between government and business, and how economic policy affects consumers.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Charles Payne</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>Regulation and the Economy</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Charles Payne, economic policy, Regulation and the Economy, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641/image.jpg?t=1792071379&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-payne-regulation-and-the-economy-part-2-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641/image.jpg?t=1792071379&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641</guid>
      <omny:clipId>288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>681</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/288fafdf-e573-4f26-b234-b4e300242641/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="10927433" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-payne-regulation-and-the-economy-part-2-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>275</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Regulation and the Economy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:47" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charles Payne: Investing, Research, and Building Wealth (Part 1)</title>
      <itunes:title>Charles Payne: Investing, Research, and Building Wealth (Part 1)</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Charles Payne joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Be Smart, Act Fast, Get Rich, investment research, and his approach to building wealth. This is the first part of their September 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari radio show, your show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with Coach Pete D’Arruda and very special guest joining us on this segment of the Financial Safari, Charles Payne of TV fame, Cavuto. Fox News, Fox Business. Everywhere on TV. Been on TV for a while, telling it like it is, Charles. And also the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies. So got a lot of inside information, really knows what&#x27;s going on with the market, and a newsletter talking about what is going on with the market with over 30,000 subscribers. So getting his words out to the masses and to a large audience there. And now, thankfully, Charles, we appreciate you sharing your insight, your information with our audience here on the Financial Safari as well. Thanks for being here.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, thank you guys both so much for the invitation. I&#x27;m really honored. Thanks a lot. Absolutely. Charles, you&#x27;ve also written the book, Be Smart, Act Fast, and Get Rich. Do you want to talk about that for a minute? Sure. You know, and the reason I wrote it, it was published in 2007, is because, you know, I go around and people, I meet people all over the place. And they always tell me the same thing. I&#x27;m afraid of the market. I don&#x27;t know anything about the stock market. So, you know, often I&#x27;ll just kind of look at them. You know, I can remember once I had a guy in front of me, he had an Under Armour t-shirt, an Under Armour hat. I said, why&#x27;d you buy all that stuff? He told me the date. The stock was like $10. It had gone to like $50. People know a lot more about the market than they think they do. That&#x27;s the first step. And, you know, when we talk about the investor class in this country, we&#x27;re all connected to the stock market.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> If you go out and you have McDonald&#x27;s today, you&#x27;re in the stock market just on the wrong end of it. What you know and what you use on a daily basis. Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s that. Which is sort of the premise of the book, trying to pull down some of these barriers. And listen, Wall Street for decades deliberately made it mysterious, you know, so that you would pay high fees and commissions. It&#x27;s not as hard as people think it is. Well, Charles, what&#x27;s the difference for the folks that are listening? What&#x27;s the difference in your mind between an investor and a trader? And which one do you think is better suited for today&#x27;s market environment? That is a fantastic question. You know, the definition certainly has changed. But I&#x27;m thinking buy and hold these days. Three to six months should be your minimum buy and hold period. But a lot longer. Listen, we&#x27;ve just gone through a 10-year period where the stock market is actually down.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So, I mean, that&#x27;s just absolutely amazing. I think it&#x27;s the first time that&#x27;s ever happened. So people are trading a lot more than they did. When I say trading, I mean they were really trading. Back in the 1990s, the average holding period for a stock was three years. That changed with the Internet bubble. It became one year. And now, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, one of the most heartbreaking things for me trying to help individual investors is when they&#x27;re not in the ideas. I just had an idea this week. I decided let&#x27;s take half profits on half the idea. Human genome sciences. We went in at 24. It was over 30. Pretty good percentage play from July to first day of September. And I would say about 10% of the people that already sold the stock, some at a loss. So it&#x27;s heartbreaking. I mean, in this market, you might want to be nimble. But I want to remind people that there&#x27;s a lot of value here.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And at some point, we are going to get a long-term rally. So the hopscotch and around is okay to generate cash. But you should also be looking at some core positions to buy and hold. And you say that people should understand stocks in their portfolio beyond the chart formations. And the key to long-term success isn&#x27;t picking winning stocks but knowing which stock to pick to hold on to through adverse conditions, correct? Absolutely. I mean, you know, the whole notion that a stock is a winner or a loser because it&#x27;s down one day or up one day is absolutely ridiculous. And, you know, what you&#x27;re doing, in essence, is you&#x27;re letting the crowd determine for you. You know, in other words, the emotions of the crowd are dictating how you are going to invest your money. So if one day Iran detonates a bomb and it dials off 150 points and the stock you own is down, that didn&#x27;t change the fundamentals.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> Why are you taking a loss on this stock? The key really is that people have to go beneath the surface. I saw a commercial on TV for a company that said they did fundamental investing, and they put a chart up there. But, you know, fundamental investing, it&#x27;s a little bit of elbow grease, but it certainly is in rocket science. You know, you look at an income statement, top-line growth. Is the company growing? Is it growing organically? In other words, you know, obviously if it&#x27;s a Walmart, they&#x27;re going to open 100 extra stores. So year over year the revenues are going to be different, but you&#x27;ve got same-store sales metrics. There are a lot of things you can do. You know, you take the income statements. That&#x27;s where I start for any individual investor. Companies that are expanding their margins, taking market share, and have pricing power, those become immediately attractive to me. And you say that fundamental and technical analysis are both important when picking a stock.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Do you want to explain to folks quickly what technical analysis is? Technical is, you know, using charts, determining chart formations, chart patterns, where the stock has been. Essentially, one of the reasons I like it is because it gives you a sense of supply and demand. In other words, if a stock goes down, a $25 stock goes to $20, and then it turns back up, and it does this three or four times. Well, for the most part, you know, the next time it goes to $25 and it&#x27;s near $20, it might hold only because most of the sellers are there. You know, people who are afraid, and there would be sellers of weak sisters, they typically sell. When it gets to $20, anybody holding it there has shown resilience and that they&#x27;re not going to sell. So there are some things you can do with technical analysis, but never get it confused with real fundamentals of real true worth of a company.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> One of the fundamentals, though, is having a look-forward approach, Charles, and being able to sort of get a feel for what the atmosphere for investing is. What do you see coming here in the near future for the markets? Well, you know, the market right now is tied into emotions more than any time ever. People have really largely given up on the stock market, especially the American market. I&#x27;m talking hundreds of billions of dollars in the last three or four years have come out of American stocks, gone into foreign stocks, into U.S. bonds. We&#x27;ve essentially given up on this country in so many different ways, and one of the ways is in the stock market. Even if you look at historic distribution of assets, usually 60% of people&#x27;s money is in the stock market. That number is very close to 50% right now.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> So what I see is that the market has its work cut out for it before people believe again. And then, of course, listen, we had all the shenanigans on Wall Street. We had flash crash this year. You know, any time people even begin to say, okay, I might give it another shot, it feels like something comes out of left field. But at the end of the day, there is this thing, valuation. And if stocks can somehow gain some traction and continue to move up, I think you get people who will probably start to kick the tires and get in and gain confidence. And, of course, the biggie for this year, the big event will be the election. Absolutely. The November election, without a doubt, is the big event of the year. Now, the flash crash is another story. It&#x27;s another show all upon itself because we never really did identify what caused that, did we? We never did. But, you know, the funny thing is the market rebounded and it ended up going back to where the low was.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> So it was a flash crash, but it was a pretty good darn omen. Yeah, it was like a crystal ball ahead of time. It was. Well, even some people who were doing things the right way over the last decade have lost money. What are the common mistakes that you see investors making that actually amplified their losses when the market has taken a turn for the worse? I think the biggest mistakes that I&#x27;ve seen with investors, particularly when they&#x27;re holding stocks and the market&#x27;s pulling back, is that they don&#x27;t do what I&#x27;ve been saying all along. They don&#x27;t know why. Most of the time, they don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re in a stock. They really don&#x27;t. They heard a good story at the water cooler and they saw someone on TV tout it, but they really don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re in it. So, consequently, they don&#x27;t know when they should sell it. And that right there creates a huge dilemma.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> Also, there&#x27;s this thing with ego and pride. You know, just the idea that, okay, I made another mistake. You know, I really spent a lot of time trying to get people to understand, listen, you made a mistake, but you&#x27;re not the only one. This ego pride thing, I saw it a lot in the early 2000s after the tech bubble crash. People wouldn&#x27;t sell. They had stocks at $120 that eventually went to $1. They would never sell the stock. It was just, no, it&#x27;s going to come back. And you say, why? Because this is hot and that&#x27;s hot, but you have nothing to prove it. And so, the biggest mistake is not doing your homework and also falling in love. Falling in love with a concept, an idea, or just falling in love with your own ego and saying, you know, I just can&#x27;t, I can&#x27;t believe I made that sort of a mistake.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And here&#x27;s what happens. You get victimized twice. It&#x27;s okay to be wrong because we&#x27;re all going to be wrong. I&#x27;m wrong on a daily basis, it feels like. You&#x27;re not the only one. Yeah, but you know, what you don&#x27;t want to do is you don&#x27;t want to be victimized twice by the same mistake. So, if I buy a stock at $50 and it goes to $20 a share and the market&#x27;s down, but the overall market starts to come back and I&#x27;m in this stock and I have an opportunity to sell it at $20. That&#x27;s a heck of a haircut, but I do have money to play with. Or hold on. When I decide to hold on and then the rest of the market takes off and there are about 9,000 other stocks that outperform, I&#x27;ve been victimized twice by a single mistake. Absolutely. You know, Charles, we see that too much too. You know, I&#x27;m an investment advisor as well as a radio show host and I have people come in every single day and they want to look at retirement income and we do a lot of income planning.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And it is, that&#x27;s the hardest thing to do is to get people to stop falling or stop being in love with something they had fallen in love with a long time ago and get rid of the bad and get with the good. And we see that a lot, unfortunately, Charles, you might too, with mutual funds. Do you care to comment about how many mutual funds there are out there today and some of the mistakes people make with a portfolio of just mutual funds? Oh, boy. It&#x27;s, I mean, there are a zillion mutual funds out there. I&#x27;ve always equated the mutual funds industry and mutual funds to football. You know, to football fans, it&#x27;s kind of easy for me to explain it because there&#x27;s two concepts in the stock market. You can play to win or you can play not to lose. Now, you all, you know, you&#x27;ve watched a game where for three quarters, one team is throwing the ball down the field like crazy.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> They&#x27;re just throwing bombs. They&#x27;re going to the fourth quarter leading 28-3. What do they start to do? Play not to lose. They start to run the ball. They try to run out the clock. They run it three downs. The other team gets the scores. They run it three downs. The other team gets it and scores. Next thing you know, because they&#x27;ve stopped playing to win and they&#x27;re now playing not to lose. And that&#x27;s how mutual funds are. You know, how do you have a fund? You have the best company in one space and the worst company in one space. So while that mitigates the downside, it also mitigates the upside. I don&#x27;t know that people have enough money to play that game and to be successful and to build real long-term wealth that way. I just don&#x27;t think so. That&#x27;s like the prevent defense there. And, Charles, I want to get a little bit more into that when we come back, but I also want to talk about some of the government regulations that are killing companies right now,</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> specifically about the Dodd-Frank bill that just came out. Did you say this was a 24-hour show? But we&#x27;re going to need it. Yeah, so we&#x27;ll come right back after this break and we&#x27;ll get into that. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Charles Payne joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Be Smart, Act Fast, Get Rich, investment research, and his approach to building wealth. This is the first part of their September 2010 conversation.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari radio show, your show aimed at educating you about your money, your finances, and your financial decision-making. Peter Rashan here along with Coach Pete D’Arruda and very special guest joining us on this segment of the Financial Safari, Charles Payne of TV fame, Cavuto. Fox News, Fox Business. Everywhere on TV. Been on TV for a while, telling it like it is, Charles. And also the Chief Executive Officer and Principal Analyst of Wall Street Strategies. So got a lot of inside information, really knows what&#x27;s going on with the market, and a newsletter talking about what is going on with the market with over 30,000 subscribers. So getting his words out to the masses and to a large audience there. And now, thankfully, Charles, we appreciate you sharing your insight, your information with our audience here on the Financial Safari as well. Thanks for being here.</p><p><strong>00:49</strong> Well, thank you guys both so much for the invitation. I&#x27;m really honored. Thanks a lot. Absolutely. Charles, you&#x27;ve also written the book, Be Smart, Act Fast, and Get Rich. Do you want to talk about that for a minute? Sure. You know, and the reason I wrote it, it was published in 2007, is because, you know, I go around and people, I meet people all over the place. And they always tell me the same thing. I&#x27;m afraid of the market. I don&#x27;t know anything about the stock market. So, you know, often I&#x27;ll just kind of look at them. You know, I can remember once I had a guy in front of me, he had an Under Armour t-shirt, an Under Armour hat. I said, why&#x27;d you buy all that stuff? He told me the date. The stock was like $10. It had gone to like $50. People know a lot more about the market than they think they do. That&#x27;s the first step. And, you know, when we talk about the investor class in this country, we&#x27;re all connected to the stock market.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> If you go out and you have McDonald&#x27;s today, you&#x27;re in the stock market just on the wrong end of it. What you know and what you use on a daily basis. Yeah, absolutely. That&#x27;s that. Which is sort of the premise of the book, trying to pull down some of these barriers. And listen, Wall Street for decades deliberately made it mysterious, you know, so that you would pay high fees and commissions. It&#x27;s not as hard as people think it is. Well, Charles, what&#x27;s the difference for the folks that are listening? What&#x27;s the difference in your mind between an investor and a trader? And which one do you think is better suited for today&#x27;s market environment? That is a fantastic question. You know, the definition certainly has changed. But I&#x27;m thinking buy and hold these days. Three to six months should be your minimum buy and hold period. But a lot longer. Listen, we&#x27;ve just gone through a 10-year period where the stock market is actually down.</p><p><strong>02:25</strong> So, I mean, that&#x27;s just absolutely amazing. I think it&#x27;s the first time that&#x27;s ever happened. So people are trading a lot more than they did. When I say trading, I mean they were really trading. Back in the 1990s, the average holding period for a stock was three years. That changed with the Internet bubble. It became one year. And now, I&#x27;ve got to tell you, one of the most heartbreaking things for me trying to help individual investors is when they&#x27;re not in the ideas. I just had an idea this week. I decided let&#x27;s take half profits on half the idea. Human genome sciences. We went in at 24. It was over 30. Pretty good percentage play from July to first day of September. And I would say about 10% of the people that already sold the stock, some at a loss. So it&#x27;s heartbreaking. I mean, in this market, you might want to be nimble. But I want to remind people that there&#x27;s a lot of value here.</p><p><strong>03:13</strong> And at some point, we are going to get a long-term rally. So the hopscotch and around is okay to generate cash. But you should also be looking at some core positions to buy and hold. And you say that people should understand stocks in their portfolio beyond the chart formations. And the key to long-term success isn&#x27;t picking winning stocks but knowing which stock to pick to hold on to through adverse conditions, correct? Absolutely. I mean, you know, the whole notion that a stock is a winner or a loser because it&#x27;s down one day or up one day is absolutely ridiculous. And, you know, what you&#x27;re doing, in essence, is you&#x27;re letting the crowd determine for you. You know, in other words, the emotions of the crowd are dictating how you are going to invest your money. So if one day Iran detonates a bomb and it dials off 150 points and the stock you own is down, that didn&#x27;t change the fundamentals.</p><p><strong>04:04</strong> Why are you taking a loss on this stock? The key really is that people have to go beneath the surface. I saw a commercial on TV for a company that said they did fundamental investing, and they put a chart up there. But, you know, fundamental investing, it&#x27;s a little bit of elbow grease, but it certainly is in rocket science. You know, you look at an income statement, top-line growth. Is the company growing? Is it growing organically? In other words, you know, obviously if it&#x27;s a Walmart, they&#x27;re going to open 100 extra stores. So year over year the revenues are going to be different, but you&#x27;ve got same-store sales metrics. There are a lot of things you can do. You know, you take the income statements. That&#x27;s where I start for any individual investor. Companies that are expanding their margins, taking market share, and have pricing power, those become immediately attractive to me. And you say that fundamental and technical analysis are both important when picking a stock.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Do you want to explain to folks quickly what technical analysis is? Technical is, you know, using charts, determining chart formations, chart patterns, where the stock has been. Essentially, one of the reasons I like it is because it gives you a sense of supply and demand. In other words, if a stock goes down, a $25 stock goes to $20, and then it turns back up, and it does this three or four times. Well, for the most part, you know, the next time it goes to $25 and it&#x27;s near $20, it might hold only because most of the sellers are there. You know, people who are afraid, and there would be sellers of weak sisters, they typically sell. When it gets to $20, anybody holding it there has shown resilience and that they&#x27;re not going to sell. So there are some things you can do with technical analysis, but never get it confused with real fundamentals of real true worth of a company.</p><p><strong>05:39</strong> One of the fundamentals, though, is having a look-forward approach, Charles, and being able to sort of get a feel for what the atmosphere for investing is. What do you see coming here in the near future for the markets? Well, you know, the market right now is tied into emotions more than any time ever. People have really largely given up on the stock market, especially the American market. I&#x27;m talking hundreds of billions of dollars in the last three or four years have come out of American stocks, gone into foreign stocks, into U.S. bonds. We&#x27;ve essentially given up on this country in so many different ways, and one of the ways is in the stock market. Even if you look at historic distribution of assets, usually 60% of people&#x27;s money is in the stock market. That number is very close to 50% right now.</p><p><strong>06:26</strong> So what I see is that the market has its work cut out for it before people believe again. And then, of course, listen, we had all the shenanigans on Wall Street. We had flash crash this year. You know, any time people even begin to say, okay, I might give it another shot, it feels like something comes out of left field. But at the end of the day, there is this thing, valuation. And if stocks can somehow gain some traction and continue to move up, I think you get people who will probably start to kick the tires and get in and gain confidence. And, of course, the biggie for this year, the big event will be the election. Absolutely. The November election, without a doubt, is the big event of the year. Now, the flash crash is another story. It&#x27;s another show all upon itself because we never really did identify what caused that, did we? We never did. But, you know, the funny thing is the market rebounded and it ended up going back to where the low was.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> So it was a flash crash, but it was a pretty good darn omen. Yeah, it was like a crystal ball ahead of time. It was. Well, even some people who were doing things the right way over the last decade have lost money. What are the common mistakes that you see investors making that actually amplified their losses when the market has taken a turn for the worse? I think the biggest mistakes that I&#x27;ve seen with investors, particularly when they&#x27;re holding stocks and the market&#x27;s pulling back, is that they don&#x27;t do what I&#x27;ve been saying all along. They don&#x27;t know why. Most of the time, they don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re in a stock. They really don&#x27;t. They heard a good story at the water cooler and they saw someone on TV tout it, but they really don&#x27;t know why they&#x27;re in it. So, consequently, they don&#x27;t know when they should sell it. And that right there creates a huge dilemma.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> Also, there&#x27;s this thing with ego and pride. You know, just the idea that, okay, I made another mistake. You know, I really spent a lot of time trying to get people to understand, listen, you made a mistake, but you&#x27;re not the only one. This ego pride thing, I saw it a lot in the early 2000s after the tech bubble crash. People wouldn&#x27;t sell. They had stocks at $120 that eventually went to $1. They would never sell the stock. It was just, no, it&#x27;s going to come back. And you say, why? Because this is hot and that&#x27;s hot, but you have nothing to prove it. And so, the biggest mistake is not doing your homework and also falling in love. Falling in love with a concept, an idea, or just falling in love with your own ego and saying, you know, I just can&#x27;t, I can&#x27;t believe I made that sort of a mistake.</p><p><strong>08:50</strong> And here&#x27;s what happens. You get victimized twice. It&#x27;s okay to be wrong because we&#x27;re all going to be wrong. I&#x27;m wrong on a daily basis, it feels like. You&#x27;re not the only one. Yeah, but you know, what you don&#x27;t want to do is you don&#x27;t want to be victimized twice by the same mistake. So, if I buy a stock at $50 and it goes to $20 a share and the market&#x27;s down, but the overall market starts to come back and I&#x27;m in this stock and I have an opportunity to sell it at $20. That&#x27;s a heck of a haircut, but I do have money to play with. Or hold on. When I decide to hold on and then the rest of the market takes off and there are about 9,000 other stocks that outperform, I&#x27;ve been victimized twice by a single mistake. Absolutely. You know, Charles, we see that too much too. You know, I&#x27;m an investment advisor as well as a radio show host and I have people come in every single day and they want to look at retirement income and we do a lot of income planning.</p><p><strong>09:40</strong> And it is, that&#x27;s the hardest thing to do is to get people to stop falling or stop being in love with something they had fallen in love with a long time ago and get rid of the bad and get with the good. And we see that a lot, unfortunately, Charles, you might too, with mutual funds. Do you care to comment about how many mutual funds there are out there today and some of the mistakes people make with a portfolio of just mutual funds? Oh, boy. It&#x27;s, I mean, there are a zillion mutual funds out there. I&#x27;ve always equated the mutual funds industry and mutual funds to football. You know, to football fans, it&#x27;s kind of easy for me to explain it because there&#x27;s two concepts in the stock market. You can play to win or you can play not to lose. Now, you all, you know, you&#x27;ve watched a game where for three quarters, one team is throwing the ball down the field like crazy.</p><p><strong>10:28</strong> They&#x27;re just throwing bombs. They&#x27;re going to the fourth quarter leading 28-3. What do they start to do? Play not to lose. They start to run the ball. They try to run out the clock. They run it three downs. The other team gets the scores. They run it three downs. The other team gets it and scores. Next thing you know, because they&#x27;ve stopped playing to win and they&#x27;re now playing not to lose. And that&#x27;s how mutual funds are. You know, how do you have a fund? You have the best company in one space and the worst company in one space. So while that mitigates the downside, it also mitigates the upside. I don&#x27;t know that people have enough money to play that game and to be successful and to build real long-term wealth that way. I just don&#x27;t think so. That&#x27;s like the prevent defense there. And, Charles, I want to get a little bit more into that when we come back, but I also want to talk about some of the government regulations that are killing companies right now,</p><p><strong>11:14</strong> specifically about the Dodd-Frank bill that just came out. Did you say this was a 24-hour show? But we&#x27;re going to need it. Yeah, so we&#x27;ll come right back after this break and we&#x27;ll get into that. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Charles Payne joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss Be Smart, Act Fast, Get Rich, investment research, and his approach to building wealth. This is the first part of their September 2010 conversation.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Charles Payne</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>Research</category>
      <category>Building Wealth</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Charles Payne, investing, Research, Building Wealth, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d/image.jpg?t=1792071598&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-payne-investing-research-and-building-wealth-part-1-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d/image.jpg?t=1792071598&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d</guid>
      <omny:clipId>9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>687</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/9070816e-0ce1-4e60-9bde-b4e30023a89d/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11033626" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/charles-payne-investing-research-and-building-wealth-part-1-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>276</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Investing, Research, and Building Wealth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:05" title="Sports and life beyond the game" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Coach Pete on Retirement Matters: Wealth Preservation and Income</title>
      <itunes:title>Coach Pete on Retirement Matters: Wealth Preservation and Income</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a discussion of wealth preservation, investment risk, and retirement income. This guest appearance was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome out, everyone, once again here to Retirement Matters Radio Network. Folks, I&#x27;m your host, Bill Smith, here on the show. Excited to be with you folks here on another great week. Got a lot of information to pack in today, folks. Every week we bring powerful guests from not only right here in our own backyard, but all over the United States. And today, joining us on the show is kind of a networked affiliate, another radio show host. And we&#x27;re going to talk about, again, wealth preservation. We had a lot of calls. We had a lot of folks last week who heard us talk about wealth preservation with Mr. Matt Zagula.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we talked about the invasion of the Money Snatcher. So it was such a hot topic, we decided to bring another guest on and another radio show personality, Mr. Coach Pete DiRuta. He&#x27;s an investment advisor, registered financial consultant. He is the president, and he&#x27;s also the founding principal of Capital Financial Advisory in Cary, North Carolina. Been on the show before here on Retirement Matters Radio Network. His specialization is in income planning and wealth preservation. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that today. He&#x27;s got two books he&#x27;s written. He&#x27;s a well-respected author, big-time radio show host, nationally syndicated. He hosts a show called Coach Pete&#x27;s Financial Safari. This guy even has his own vehicle, Coach Pete, wrapped up like a jungle.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I mean, you ought to see this thing. It&#x27;s unbelievable. He&#x27;s been assisting clients with their goals and objectives since 1992. Very highly sought after there in the North Carolina area for his advice and wisdom. He&#x27;s been published in such as CNN, NBC, MSNBC, Yahoo Finance, and the Street. Coach Pete, good morning, and welcome, Coach Pete Radio, to Retirement Matters Radio Network. Thanks, Bill. How are you doing there in Ohio? You know, we&#x27;re doing great here in Ohio. You know, it was interesting. You know, I see new things come about all the time. And we&#x27;re going to talk about some of these questions that have come up over the last couple weeks.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> I know you and I have had the opportunity to chat a little bit. And, you know, last week, Pete, you know, I know you know Matt Zagula. We were talking about what these things called money snatchers, invasion of the money snatchers. The two biggest things are taxes and Wall Street, you know. So we talk about wealth preservation. If you could just kind of share your thoughts on how you see wealth preservation and what that means to folks who have money out there. Yeah, wealth preservation as we go forward is going to be one of the most important things people can do, Bill, because what&#x27;s happening here is a big battle going on for your money, folks. And I&#x27;m sure people realize that you watch TV every single day. There&#x27;s one ad after another for either a drug company or a stock company, brokerage kind of companies.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And these are times where I guess it&#x27;s turning into an impulse decision for folks of what drugs to take and also where to put their money. But it should not be, Bill. We&#x27;re talking about long-term financial and retirement planning, especially for folks in what we call the financial red zone. And that&#x27;s if you were within five years of retirement, in retirement, recently divorced or had a job change. You are in what we call a financial red zone. And that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s more important than ever to make sure that, number one, you get a proper plan in place. But number two, which is the most important, is that you understand exactly what&#x27;s going on with your money, who&#x27;s making money off your money, if anyone, and what you can get guaranteed for the rest of your life, income-wise, when you need it in the future. And, Bill, one more thing. I want to introduce my co-host, Peter Rashawn. He&#x27;s in the studio with me today, too.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Peter, say hi to Bill and his listening audience. Hey, good morning, Bill. Good morning, Retirement Matters. Yeah, Peter. Welcome back again. You know, it&#x27;s great to have you guys on the show today. And, you know, you talk about this red zone, Coach Pete, and in this financial red zone, it&#x27;s about education. You know, they say that, you know, any one of us at any given time really only knows about 4% to 5% of what there is to know. And about 70% to 75% we just admit that, say, hey, you know, like we just know we don&#x27;t know. For example, I don&#x27;t know a thing about Chinese, how to speak it, write it, or anything, because, you know, I just don&#x27;t know it. So that leaves, like, 20% out there that&#x27;s kind of up in the air that, you know, we don&#x27;t want to pretend that we know or that we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Does that make sense? So I guess the point I&#x27;m making is that the only stumbling block to success or to cause failure is the illusion of knowledge. And you and I talked about this illusion of knowledge. You see that, this illusion out there with people who are pushed or pulled by these ads that you&#x27;re talking about on brokerage firms and, you know, different corporate symbols and so forth, that they have this illusion that they think they&#x27;re going to get something that they&#x27;re not? Yeah, Bill, what worries me the most is the person who thinks they know what they&#x27;re talking about but really only knows half the story. Remember that fellow that used to come on the radio and he said that he would always say that&#x27;s the rest of the story? Paul Harvey. Yeah. Paul Harvey. And that&#x27;s more, and we&#x27;ve, you know, he&#x27;s not on anymore, so people are starting to forget that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> But you need to know, and the Wizard of Oz should have taught us that back in the day, pay no attention to what&#x27;s going on in front of you, but look for the man behind the curtain. Who&#x27;s pulling the strings? Who&#x27;s really motivating you to do things? And you and I as investment advisors, we have access to every single kind of strategy and product there is out there from very risky to very safe. So we are not pushing our clients into any one place. We put together total plans, I know you do too, and make sure people have knowledge knowing what they have now, but more importantly what they have now is going to get for them in the future. And, Bill, income planning is more important these days than ever. But the most confusing thing we run into, Bill, and I&#x27;m sure you do too, is the person who we put a perfect plan together with total safety for the money they want to be safe and guaranteeing their income in the future.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And right now the person is in stock market. They really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on over there, yet they ask us how safe our plan that we recommend to them, which is usually backed up by insurance companies. Not one of them has ever gone bankrupt in the history of insurance companies, yet they want to question the safety of a safe plan that we recommend where they&#x27;re not even safe to begin with. It&#x27;s always confusing. They&#x27;re 100% at risk in the market. So that&#x27;s another one of those illusion of knowledge. The broker tells them everything&#x27;s fine. Don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. It&#x27;s all the kind of terminology people hear. But when it comes down to it, in the future, if you have less than what you thought you were going to have because your broker didn&#x27;t watch out for you, he or she&#x27;s not going to be around to stroke a check to make up the difference, are they? Absolutely not. And, you know, it&#x27;s very interesting. You know, brokers are not a fiduciary, and this is a big argument out there,</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> in that an actual stockbroker can actually make a recommendation completely against what he might be doing in his own portfolio and not be held accountable for that. Yeah, I make... Because they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. So if somebody comes into a broker, a traditional stockbroker, they&#x27;re going to go in there and, you know, they&#x27;re going to say, hey, you know, here&#x27;s what I want my money to do. And the advisor could sell them anything and, you know, ahead of their own, for their own financial gain and not be held accountable for that. Yeah, looking out for your own best interest is something that, unfortunately, you know, a lot of money managers are doing. They&#x27;re only looking out for their own best interest instead of the best interest of their clients. And you can see that time after time again.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> I see it in people&#x27;s statements and the amount of fees that they&#x27;re being charged and the amount of money that they&#x27;ve been put at risk or told they need to keep at risk in order to make reasonable returns. And Bill, Coach Pete, you guys both know that there are ways out there to guarantee returns between 5% and 8% for your retirement income. And that income is so important in retirement without putting your money at risk. But time and time again, again, I see these money managers, these stockbrokers, and let&#x27;s call it like it is, financial salesmen, putting people in unnecessary risk and promising them unrealistic returns or returns that they&#x27;re never going to really achieve, especially when you factor in the amount of fees that are coming out. And you guys talking about these ads on TV, there&#x27;s a lot of ads trying to give the illusion of knowledge</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> like these money managers know better. There&#x27;s an illusion of knowledge in the average investor, but there&#x27;s also the illusion that these money managers, these stockbrokers, somehow know an inside secret to making better returns than the average investor. But the truth of the matter is that most money managers have failed to beat the market index over the past decade. And if you&#x27;re in the market, if you are paying a money manager, what&#x27;s the goal of paying the money manager? It is to beat the market index. And if you can do that by not having a money manager, I don&#x27;t see the correlation there. And there&#x27;s certainly a lot of your money, the investor&#x27;s money, being poured into the advertising that&#x27;s perpetuating that illusion of knowledge. Well, Bill, what I ask folks when I meet with them for the first time, and it&#x27;s a question they really can&#x27;t answer. And the honest ones say they don&#x27;t really know.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> And the ones who, again, have that illusion of knowledge try to act like they know. But there&#x27;s two questions. Number one is, are you currently working with a financial planner or a financial advisor? And that&#x27;s a gigantic difference, even though an advisor will try to tell you they&#x27;re a planner. And then number two, have you had an independent analysis done on your portfolio? Bill, do you ask those questions too to your folks? Absolutely. You know, this is interesting. I have a little story I&#x27;d like to share. And, you know, if we were going to go out in the backyard and, you know, dig a hole, a big hole in the ground, what kind of tool do you suppose we would go to the shed and get? Probably a shovel, Bill. Probably a shovel. And so the funny thing is, you know, if somebody says the financial equivalent to digging a hole would be paying us income,</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> and we know that if we want to dig a hole, a big hole, and we want to do that at a, you know, a fairly decent pace, we&#x27;re going to get the shovel. So if we say, hey, the equivalent of that is income and we need income, we&#x27;re not going to go to the shed and get a hammer and a screwdriver to dig the hole. But the funny thing is, is Wall Street is trying to pound the square peg into the round hole and trying to say, hey, let&#x27;s make this risk money work for income. And according to Kathy Weatherford, and this is very interesting, guys, this is a, Kathy Weatherford is the president and CEO of the Insured Retirement Institute, which is a nonprofit organization. And their goal is to help people understand the importance of safety in their retirement dollars.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> She has been in this industry since 1976. Very well decorated. She was the head of the NAIC, where all the state departments of insurance kind of reported up to her. She was an insurance department commissioner. And she point blank told us on Retirement Matters Radio Network that you should never, ever risk retirement income. But yet, those folks on Wall Street are trying to pound that risk asset onto that income. So, folks, here&#x27;s what I want you to remember. Peter Rashawn, you just brought up 5% to 8% guaranteed. You can&#x27;t get that on Wall Street. No. Guaranteed. No. So, if you want guaranteed income, it&#x27;s income which you spend, not the return.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> You need to look at that. If you&#x27;re using risk to try to produce income, you&#x27;re simply using the wrong tool. Yeah, Bill, what I always tell people, and I&#x27;ve said it for six years now on the radio, we&#x27;ve got a six-year anniversary show coming up, I think, in October. But what we&#x27;ve always said, and we&#x27;re consistent with this, no matter up or down markets, I say that if you don&#x27;t have at least $400,000 in a safe place, a place you cannot lose money, you should not take any risk with money. And, you know, safe is not boring a lot of times these days. There are good safe products. And safe could mean having a good money-managed account, too, if you have a good approach with dividend-paying stocks inside a money-managed account, not trying to pick the stocks yourself. But we like the annuities a lot offered by powerful insurance companies for that safe aspect, especially with those guaranteed returns for your pension account where they grow by a certain amount</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> for a pension income in the future. But like Kathy said, there&#x27;s no reason to take risk unless it&#x27;s someone trying to sell you the risk to make money for themselves. Bill, your whole life you are going to have expenses. You&#x27;re going to have certain bills, certain expenses that come up that you know are going to be there month after month. During your working career, you have a steady, reliable paycheck. It&#x27;s not like your paycheck fluctuates too much unless you are a salesperson, commission-driven, and then you need to know how to manage that money. But the point being, when you move into retirement, the goal is to have that same type of security of a consistent and regular paycheck that can cover those expenses. And that&#x27;s why income in retirement is so important. You cannot base a reliable income on the risk of the stock market.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> That would be like having a job where you may go months at a time without a paycheck at a certain period of time. It just does not work. So in retirement, you need to have certain guarantees, and you cannot get those guarantees and the assurance that your bills are going to be covered by putting that money at risk in the stock market because if the market does go down, it will not be able to produce the amount of income that you&#x27;re used to or that you need to cover those expenses. That&#x27;s where that safe 5% to 8% guaranteed growth comes in. These are the tools that you use to produce the type of income, the paycheck that you need to rely on in retirement. And your broker will hate these ones because they can&#x27;t offer them or they can&#x27;t get commissions on them. And brokers are commission-driven, folks. So if you have a broker, they&#x27;re making commissions, and it comes out of your money, not out of the company&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> Folks, if you want to learn more about what we&#x27;re talking about here, joining me today, again, I&#x27;m Bill Smith, your host here on Retirement Matters Radio Network. I have Coach Pete, nationally known radio show host, and his cohort there, Peter Rashawn, joining me from Cary, North Carolina, experts in the area of wealth preservation. And what we&#x27;re talking about here today is safety, and it kind of ties into last week&#x27;s show. We talked about the invasion of the money snatchers and what can take your money away and what can cause you to get hurt in retirement. And really what we&#x27;re talking about here is market volatility or Wall Street. So, folks, there&#x27;s so many misdeeds out there today on Wall Street that are out of your control.</p><p><strong>15:09</strong> So simply, you have to separate these assets. You know, if you want to learn more, what I would recommend to folks that are out there listening right now, we&#x27;re your guide. We&#x27;ve set up a special hotline for everybody out there. And I want you to jot this number down because we&#x27;re going to offer a very special free report. If you have money, if you&#x27;re in this retirement red zone, you need to jot this number down, 877-51-GUIDE. Again, it&#x27;s 877-51-GUIDE. We are your guide. And, you know, we talk about, you know, a guide. And, you know, again, I like stories, Pete. I had the opportunity to take my family to the Smoky Mountains earlier in the year,</p><p><strong>15:55</strong> and, you know, we&#x27;re going down this stretch of the, you know, this river. It was, you know, in the Smoky Mountains with my family. And I&#x27;m thinking, you know, you know, I got this guide in the boat. And we were about through 300 yards of calm waters. And I&#x27;m thinking, you know, why do I need this guy? You know, I can handle this. We really don&#x27;t need him. Well, I know Senator had said that. And we fell off what I felt like was a level off a cliff into a level 4 rapid. And I suddenly realized as my 8-year-old was bouncing around in the raft that the most important person in that raft was the guide. Absolutely. So, you know, when you&#x27;re in retirement, it&#x27;s no different. You know, it&#x27;s different. You know, it&#x27;s a different kind of advice. Your broker may have been better suited in the accumulation phase of life,</p><p><strong>16:44</strong> but now the rules are different when you&#x27;re spending. Absolutely. Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s a whole different ballgame, Bill. And, you know, Matt Zagula, he&#x27;s a good friend of mine in his book. You talked to him last. That&#x27;s a great title. Yeah, a couple weeks ago. The Invasion of the Money Snatchers, Government Gone Wild, Taxes, and Wall Street. He really nails all three of those aspects. And most of the people listening probably are affected by at least two of the three topics, Government Gone Wild, Taxes, and Wall Street, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. A little story. I was able to help somebody recently, and, Pete, I know you do this down there a ton. A very simple common sense, folks, is what we apply to financial planning. And simply all we did is separate this gentleman&#x27;s assets into two categories.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> Now, this gentleman was 58 years old and was retired and had about a $2 million portfolio. We were able to put a bucketing strategy together. And, you know, Coach, I know you and I have talked about this before, your basketing, your laddering. We were able to put a laddering strategy together for him that guaranteed income for his entire life. And it took about 45% of the $2 million. So we were able to take 45%, let&#x27;s just call it half, about a million bucks, and give him the guaranteed lifestyle, inflation adjusted for his lifetime.</p><p><strong>18:18</strong> The rest of it then, maybe we could have some of that at risk. Yeah, Bill, that strategy makes a lot of sense. And whether you call it buckets, baskets, ladders, it&#x27;s a systematic income system. And this is an effective way to generate the needed and guaranteed income that you&#x27;re going to need. And as Coach Pete said, if you don&#x27;t have at least $300,000 to $400,000 in a safe place and in one of these systematic income-generating systems, then you have no business risking your money in any type of risk vehicle, especially in the market. And once you do get that in place, in turn, it actually allows you to take more risk. Because if you know you have your guaranteed income in place, you can feel more comfortable taking risk with the rest of your money. And what the bucket strategy, the basket strategy, essentially does</p><p><strong>19:06</strong> is takes different portions of your money and separates them so that they can concentrate on one task and one task only. Your money can focus itself, essentially. And therefore, it has a higher probability of achieving the goals that you set forth for it to do. And it&#x27;s a very cut-and-dry system. It&#x27;s very easy to understand once it&#x27;s laid out. And it&#x27;s something that not a lot of people really have put enough time into knowing about. And I think that&#x27;s something that more people need to explore. Well, it doesn&#x27;t matter how old you are either. We&#x27;ve done them for 40-year-olds, and we&#x27;ve done them for 70-year-olds. So in those age groups, that&#x27;s the proper time to get the proper income plan in place. Bill, we have something we call a peace-of-mind meter. And it goes from 1 to 10. And we get people to rank when we meet them for the first time on a scale of 1 to 10.</p><p><strong>19:53</strong> Rank your level of peace of mind regarding your investments, finances, taxes, and understandings of all three. And usually when we meet with people, they&#x27;re between 1 and 3 on the peace-of-mind meter. And when people leave, and you do this too, when they leave with a good plan in place after several meetings with you, they should be 8, 9, or 10 on the peace-of-mind meter. You know, we talk about peace of mind. And if you can align your finances, your dollars, if you can invest them, if you think of them as values, if you align your dollars and you invest them similarly to your investment values or what you expect your money to do, then you&#x27;re going to sleep better at night. You&#x27;re going to feel good about your money. And, you know, bottom line here, folks, if you&#x27;re listening, you know, again, if you&#x27;re just joining us,</p><p><strong>20:42</strong> Coach Pete joining me from the Financial Safari Network out of Cary, North Carolina, and his guest host and actually Peter Rashawn joining us as well. We&#x27;re talking about wealth preservation, income planning, and kind of an offshoot of last week&#x27;s show. Folks, if you want to get more information, we have a free report that you need to get a hold of right away. It&#x27;s why investors fail. And why investors fail will help you understand the strategy that will help you win the game that we&#x27;re talking about here today. In this free report, we&#x27;re going to share with you the behavior, your behavior that will get in the way of your success</p><p><strong>21:31</strong> and how to overcome this. We&#x27;re going to share with you in this free report what we call the pyramid of investing and how to line that up with the pyramid of expense and to provide peace of mind. And, folks, it&#x27;s totally free. All you&#x27;ve got to do is grab the phone. One way is grab the phone. And call the guide line. Dedicated line just for you, folks. Call it 877-51-GUIDE. Again, 877-51-GUIDE. You can also send us a text message or email to contactus at greatlakesretirement.com. Or, how about this?</p><p><strong>22:17</strong> If you want to log on and listen to past shows, we have a dedicated now network website for you, retirementmattersradio.com. Folks, check all of these things out. Guys, I want to talk about a story that was on August 16th. This came out in USA Today money section. We talk about risk. And my question is, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re listening to this show, if you have money at risk in the stock market, I want to know what your expectations are. Because I&#x27;m reading this article from USA Today money section, and it&#x27;s investing on what you know. And it was an interview with the head and CEO of Chemco.</p><p><strong>23:09</strong> And he talked about what is the new normal. What is the new normal now in retirement? And bottom line is, it&#x27;s like 5% to 6% is what they&#x27;re saying. Only expect investment returns of 4% to 5%. If you&#x27;re taking risk to get only a 4% to 5% return, and that&#x27;s the new normal for, say, the next 10 years, heaven&#x27;s sake, why would you take the risk if you could get 5% to 8% guaranteed? Because the risk to the downside is much greater than that. The real deal is that you could lose 10%, 20%, or 30% for only what they say could be a 4% to 5% to 6% average return,</p><p><strong>24:00</strong> according to this Harvard graduate, Mohamed El-Aryan, who is the CEO and head of the PIMCO group. Bill, we&#x27;ve talked to a number of national experts here on the program, the Financial Safari as well, everyone from Harry Dent to Wharton&#x27;s professor, Dr. David Babel, who have all talked about the new normal being less risk and investing for safety, investing for income in the future. And I wanted to stem off of the first point that we were talking about, which was the illusion of knowledge. And we found a pretty interesting article in the USA Today as well. Coach Pete, you want to share that? Yeah, I get it delivered to my house every day, Bill, just so I can read the money section and see what kind of twists they&#x27;re putting on the market.</p><p><strong>24:47</strong> But this was Monday, August 30, 2010. The cover story in the money section was, the title was, Did the Stimulus Plan Help? And then the subtitle was, Two, the number two. Two economists conclude it created 2.7 million jobs and added $400 billion to GDP. Now, my question to you and all your listeners is, how many economists do you think there are out there in America? Are there more than two? More than two. There&#x27;s more than two. There&#x27;s no doubt. You can get a lot by reading an article in the fine print, but you can also get a lot by reading the subtitle here. They admitted only two economists admitted it was a good thing. And that created 2.7 million jobs. It reminds me of that created or save line we keep hearing over and over again about the stimulus package. The illusion of knowledge, Bill. Yeah. So if you read the article, you didn&#x27;t learn a thing, basically.</p><p><strong>25:33</strong> Bottom line, I mean, what do you tell folks out there, Coach Pete, on the financial safari? I mean, what&#x27;s the beginning step? I mean, what do folks do? If they&#x27;re listening right now, what do you recommend? I mean, you see it all the time. What do they got to do? Yeah, number one is to pick up the phone, obviously, Bill, but they need to get a second opinion. And from a qualified source, someone who has a fiduciary responsibility to them, and you do, and that means, and we do too, and that means that they have, that you have a, you know, fiduciary responsibility means you have to do for them what you would do to yourself and your family. But sit down and get a second opinion. Get informed about everything that&#x27;s inside their portfolio. We call it a forensic financial analysis. Make sure you have everything analyzed, breaking down all the fees, not just the ones you think that are there, folks,</p><p><strong>26:19</strong> but the ones that are hidden inside the contracts. And, Bill, I know you do a great job of that, but it&#x27;s important to sit down and make sure you get the plan in place, knowing exactly what your income is going to be, not only now but in the future, because that lump sum you have on your 401K statements or your brokerage statements does nothing for you as far as give you a guaranteed lifetime income in the future. Bill, I think that it&#x27;s very important to sit down with a professional because they can help you sit down and really inventory everything that you have, and then it&#x27;s up to you. You really need to be able to explain why, why you are in each individual investment that you have, each individual savings vehicle, each individual product. If you can explain why and it makes sense to you, you know, maybe you are in the right place, but it is very important to know why.</p><p><strong>27:06</strong> And once you get a plan put together that does make sense, you&#x27;ll be in a lot better shape. And again, the secret is to sit down, take inventory, and find those tools that are for the purposes that you want to achieve. And investment advisors such as yourself, such as Coach Pete, can help you do that. Yeah, this isn&#x27;t Kentucky Fried Chicken. There&#x27;s no secret ingredient, but the secret is to be informed, folks, and get a good plan together and work with someone you can trust, and it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life as your guide through financial planning into retirement. And that&#x27;s very important, and most people, Bill, unfortunately don&#x27;t have that. They have a collection of products. They may have a bunch of different CDs from a bunch of different banks. My joke is always, do you know why the chicken crossed the street, Bill? No. To get a higher CD rate. Because you see people sometimes, they have three or four different CDs from three or four different banks.</p><p><strong>27:56</strong> You ask them why, and they say, well, that bank just happened to have the highest CD rate in the newspaper advertised. You know, Coach, we talk about, we got about a minute left here. You know, we talked about a lot today, but I think the bottom line of what you&#x27;re saying is, you know, there&#x27;s some irony in the rafting story. And the rafting story, the reason why that, the relationship of the guy that was in my raft and going down that river, and the reason he was the most important person is, the story behind the story is really our goals were aligned. See, the safety of my family, the safety of my family was important. But guess what? So was his. So at the end of the day, our goals were very well aligned as we were going down that river.</p><p><strong>28:44</strong> The problem is that the majority of the brokers and advisors out there, their goals are not aligned with yours. They&#x27;re completely different. They have an ulterior motive, and you have this illusion that they&#x27;re doing something for you, when the reality is they aren&#x27;t. Well, the benefit of having that guide, and you are right, Bill, you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your guide&#x27;s goals are aligned with your own. But the benefit of having that guide is that he had traveled that river before, Bill. Maybe you had not traveled that river before, but he had seen that river. He knew that those rapids were coming up, and it was his job to help you and your family make that goal, your goals that had aligned, which was to get through that river safely. And you need to find an investment advisor, similar to what you&#x27;re saying, whose goals align with your own,</p><p><strong>29:29</strong> who has seen it before and can help you get through any financial situation. But retirement, again, it&#x27;s all about income. You&#x27;ve got to have the income generated. For many, for many brokers out there, their main purpose or their goal is to keep your money under their control because they don&#x27;t make money unless they keep your money. So folks remember that, and they don&#x27;t care if your money goes up or down because they get paid regardless every year. You need to deal with someone who has your best interest and need and has a real retirement plan, a financial income plan put together for you. Bill Smith, you do a great job of that. As always, we&#x27;re more than happy to come on your show anytime and tell folks how good you are. Guys, thanks again. Folks, it&#x27;s a wrap. Again, out of time. We could talk forever on this. Again, call the guideline right away, 877-51-GUIDE. Get a hold of our free report today we&#x27;re offering you.</p><p><strong>30:17</strong> Why Investors Fail. Don&#x27;t miss out on this report. Again, Coach Pete, Peter Rashawn. Hey, Bill. Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us. Yes, sir. Hey, we would love to get a couple of those guides for our listeners here on the Financial Safari as well. You bet. All they got to do is request and be happy to. All right. Well, folks, if you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get a copy of Bill Smith&#x27;s guide out to you as well. Thanks, Bill. Guys, thanks a lot. Folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week on Retirement. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a discussion of wealth preservation, investment risk, and retirement income. This guest appearance was recorded in September 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome out, everyone, once again here to Retirement Matters Radio Network. Folks, I&#x27;m your host, Bill Smith, here on the show. Excited to be with you folks here on another great week. Got a lot of information to pack in today, folks. Every week we bring powerful guests from not only right here in our own backyard, but all over the United States. And today, joining us on the show is kind of a networked affiliate, another radio show host. And we&#x27;re going to talk about, again, wealth preservation. We had a lot of calls. We had a lot of folks last week who heard us talk about wealth preservation with Mr. Matt Zagula.</p><p><strong>00:47</strong> And we talked about the invasion of the Money Snatcher. So it was such a hot topic, we decided to bring another guest on and another radio show personality, Mr. Coach Pete DiRuta. He&#x27;s an investment advisor, registered financial consultant. He is the president, and he&#x27;s also the founding principal of Capital Financial Advisory in Cary, North Carolina. Been on the show before here on Retirement Matters Radio Network. His specialization is in income planning and wealth preservation. And we&#x27;re going to talk about that today. He&#x27;s got two books he&#x27;s written. He&#x27;s a well-respected author, big-time radio show host, nationally syndicated. He hosts a show called Coach Pete&#x27;s Financial Safari. This guy even has his own vehicle, Coach Pete, wrapped up like a jungle.</p><p><strong>01:36</strong> I mean, you ought to see this thing. It&#x27;s unbelievable. He&#x27;s been assisting clients with their goals and objectives since 1992. Very highly sought after there in the North Carolina area for his advice and wisdom. He&#x27;s been published in such as CNN, NBC, MSNBC, Yahoo Finance, and the Street. Coach Pete, good morning, and welcome, Coach Pete Radio, to Retirement Matters Radio Network. Thanks, Bill. How are you doing there in Ohio? You know, we&#x27;re doing great here in Ohio. You know, it was interesting. You know, I see new things come about all the time. And we&#x27;re going to talk about some of these questions that have come up over the last couple weeks.</p><p><strong>02:21</strong> I know you and I have had the opportunity to chat a little bit. And, you know, last week, Pete, you know, I know you know Matt Zagula. We were talking about what these things called money snatchers, invasion of the money snatchers. The two biggest things are taxes and Wall Street, you know. So we talk about wealth preservation. If you could just kind of share your thoughts on how you see wealth preservation and what that means to folks who have money out there. Yeah, wealth preservation as we go forward is going to be one of the most important things people can do, Bill, because what&#x27;s happening here is a big battle going on for your money, folks. And I&#x27;m sure people realize that you watch TV every single day. There&#x27;s one ad after another for either a drug company or a stock company, brokerage kind of companies.</p><p><strong>03:12</strong> And these are times where I guess it&#x27;s turning into an impulse decision for folks of what drugs to take and also where to put their money. But it should not be, Bill. We&#x27;re talking about long-term financial and retirement planning, especially for folks in what we call the financial red zone. And that&#x27;s if you were within five years of retirement, in retirement, recently divorced or had a job change. You are in what we call a financial red zone. And that&#x27;s when it&#x27;s more important than ever to make sure that, number one, you get a proper plan in place. But number two, which is the most important, is that you understand exactly what&#x27;s going on with your money, who&#x27;s making money off your money, if anyone, and what you can get guaranteed for the rest of your life, income-wise, when you need it in the future. And, Bill, one more thing. I want to introduce my co-host, Peter Rashawn. He&#x27;s in the studio with me today, too.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> Peter, say hi to Bill and his listening audience. Hey, good morning, Bill. Good morning, Retirement Matters. Yeah, Peter. Welcome back again. You know, it&#x27;s great to have you guys on the show today. And, you know, you talk about this red zone, Coach Pete, and in this financial red zone, it&#x27;s about education. You know, they say that, you know, any one of us at any given time really only knows about 4% to 5% of what there is to know. And about 70% to 75% we just admit that, say, hey, you know, like we just know we don&#x27;t know. For example, I don&#x27;t know a thing about Chinese, how to speak it, write it, or anything, because, you know, I just don&#x27;t know it. So that leaves, like, 20% out there that&#x27;s kind of up in the air that, you know, we don&#x27;t want to pretend that we know or that we don&#x27;t know.</p><p><strong>04:51</strong> Does that make sense? So I guess the point I&#x27;m making is that the only stumbling block to success or to cause failure is the illusion of knowledge. And you and I talked about this illusion of knowledge. You see that, this illusion out there with people who are pushed or pulled by these ads that you&#x27;re talking about on brokerage firms and, you know, different corporate symbols and so forth, that they have this illusion that they think they&#x27;re going to get something that they&#x27;re not? Yeah, Bill, what worries me the most is the person who thinks they know what they&#x27;re talking about but really only knows half the story. Remember that fellow that used to come on the radio and he said that he would always say that&#x27;s the rest of the story? Paul Harvey. Yeah. Paul Harvey. And that&#x27;s more, and we&#x27;ve, you know, he&#x27;s not on anymore, so people are starting to forget that.</p><p><strong>05:36</strong> But you need to know, and the Wizard of Oz should have taught us that back in the day, pay no attention to what&#x27;s going on in front of you, but look for the man behind the curtain. Who&#x27;s pulling the strings? Who&#x27;s really motivating you to do things? And you and I as investment advisors, we have access to every single kind of strategy and product there is out there from very risky to very safe. So we are not pushing our clients into any one place. We put together total plans, I know you do too, and make sure people have knowledge knowing what they have now, but more importantly what they have now is going to get for them in the future. And, Bill, income planning is more important these days than ever. But the most confusing thing we run into, Bill, and I&#x27;m sure you do too, is the person who we put a perfect plan together with total safety for the money they want to be safe and guaranteeing their income in the future.</p><p><strong>06:22</strong> And right now the person is in stock market. They really don&#x27;t know what&#x27;s going on over there, yet they ask us how safe our plan that we recommend to them, which is usually backed up by insurance companies. Not one of them has ever gone bankrupt in the history of insurance companies, yet they want to question the safety of a safe plan that we recommend where they&#x27;re not even safe to begin with. It&#x27;s always confusing. They&#x27;re 100% at risk in the market. So that&#x27;s another one of those illusion of knowledge. The broker tells them everything&#x27;s fine. Don&#x27;t worry. It&#x27;s just a paper loss. It&#x27;s all the kind of terminology people hear. But when it comes down to it, in the future, if you have less than what you thought you were going to have because your broker didn&#x27;t watch out for you, he or she&#x27;s not going to be around to stroke a check to make up the difference, are they? Absolutely not. And, you know, it&#x27;s very interesting. You know, brokers are not a fiduciary, and this is a big argument out there,</p><p><strong>07:08</strong> in that an actual stockbroker can actually make a recommendation completely against what he might be doing in his own portfolio and not be held accountable for that. Yeah, I make... Because they&#x27;re not a fiduciary. So if somebody comes into a broker, a traditional stockbroker, they&#x27;re going to go in there and, you know, they&#x27;re going to say, hey, you know, here&#x27;s what I want my money to do. And the advisor could sell them anything and, you know, ahead of their own, for their own financial gain and not be held accountable for that. Yeah, looking out for your own best interest is something that, unfortunately, you know, a lot of money managers are doing. They&#x27;re only looking out for their own best interest instead of the best interest of their clients. And you can see that time after time again.</p><p><strong>07:54</strong> I see it in people&#x27;s statements and the amount of fees that they&#x27;re being charged and the amount of money that they&#x27;ve been put at risk or told they need to keep at risk in order to make reasonable returns. And Bill, Coach Pete, you guys both know that there are ways out there to guarantee returns between 5% and 8% for your retirement income. And that income is so important in retirement without putting your money at risk. But time and time again, again, I see these money managers, these stockbrokers, and let&#x27;s call it like it is, financial salesmen, putting people in unnecessary risk and promising them unrealistic returns or returns that they&#x27;re never going to really achieve, especially when you factor in the amount of fees that are coming out. And you guys talking about these ads on TV, there&#x27;s a lot of ads trying to give the illusion of knowledge</p><p><strong>08:42</strong> like these money managers know better. There&#x27;s an illusion of knowledge in the average investor, but there&#x27;s also the illusion that these money managers, these stockbrokers, somehow know an inside secret to making better returns than the average investor. But the truth of the matter is that most money managers have failed to beat the market index over the past decade. And if you&#x27;re in the market, if you are paying a money manager, what&#x27;s the goal of paying the money manager? It is to beat the market index. And if you can do that by not having a money manager, I don&#x27;t see the correlation there. And there&#x27;s certainly a lot of your money, the investor&#x27;s money, being poured into the advertising that&#x27;s perpetuating that illusion of knowledge. Well, Bill, what I ask folks when I meet with them for the first time, and it&#x27;s a question they really can&#x27;t answer. And the honest ones say they don&#x27;t really know.</p><p><strong>09:28</strong> And the ones who, again, have that illusion of knowledge try to act like they know. But there&#x27;s two questions. Number one is, are you currently working with a financial planner or a financial advisor? And that&#x27;s a gigantic difference, even though an advisor will try to tell you they&#x27;re a planner. And then number two, have you had an independent analysis done on your portfolio? Bill, do you ask those questions too to your folks? Absolutely. You know, this is interesting. I have a little story I&#x27;d like to share. And, you know, if we were going to go out in the backyard and, you know, dig a hole, a big hole in the ground, what kind of tool do you suppose we would go to the shed and get? Probably a shovel, Bill. Probably a shovel. And so the funny thing is, you know, if somebody says the financial equivalent to digging a hole would be paying us income,</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> and we know that if we want to dig a hole, a big hole, and we want to do that at a, you know, a fairly decent pace, we&#x27;re going to get the shovel. So if we say, hey, the equivalent of that is income and we need income, we&#x27;re not going to go to the shed and get a hammer and a screwdriver to dig the hole. But the funny thing is, is Wall Street is trying to pound the square peg into the round hole and trying to say, hey, let&#x27;s make this risk money work for income. And according to Kathy Weatherford, and this is very interesting, guys, this is a, Kathy Weatherford is the president and CEO of the Insured Retirement Institute, which is a nonprofit organization. And their goal is to help people understand the importance of safety in their retirement dollars.</p><p><strong>11:13</strong> She has been in this industry since 1976. Very well decorated. She was the head of the NAIC, where all the state departments of insurance kind of reported up to her. She was an insurance department commissioner. And she point blank told us on Retirement Matters Radio Network that you should never, ever risk retirement income. But yet, those folks on Wall Street are trying to pound that risk asset onto that income. So, folks, here&#x27;s what I want you to remember. Peter Rashawn, you just brought up 5% to 8% guaranteed. You can&#x27;t get that on Wall Street. No. Guaranteed. No. So, if you want guaranteed income, it&#x27;s income which you spend, not the return.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> You need to look at that. If you&#x27;re using risk to try to produce income, you&#x27;re simply using the wrong tool. Yeah, Bill, what I always tell people, and I&#x27;ve said it for six years now on the radio, we&#x27;ve got a six-year anniversary show coming up, I think, in October. But what we&#x27;ve always said, and we&#x27;re consistent with this, no matter up or down markets, I say that if you don&#x27;t have at least $400,000 in a safe place, a place you cannot lose money, you should not take any risk with money. And, you know, safe is not boring a lot of times these days. There are good safe products. And safe could mean having a good money-managed account, too, if you have a good approach with dividend-paying stocks inside a money-managed account, not trying to pick the stocks yourself. But we like the annuities a lot offered by powerful insurance companies for that safe aspect, especially with those guaranteed returns for your pension account where they grow by a certain amount</p><p><strong>12:50</strong> for a pension income in the future. But like Kathy said, there&#x27;s no reason to take risk unless it&#x27;s someone trying to sell you the risk to make money for themselves. Bill, your whole life you are going to have expenses. You&#x27;re going to have certain bills, certain expenses that come up that you know are going to be there month after month. During your working career, you have a steady, reliable paycheck. It&#x27;s not like your paycheck fluctuates too much unless you are a salesperson, commission-driven, and then you need to know how to manage that money. But the point being, when you move into retirement, the goal is to have that same type of security of a consistent and regular paycheck that can cover those expenses. And that&#x27;s why income in retirement is so important. You cannot base a reliable income on the risk of the stock market.</p><p><strong>13:37</strong> That would be like having a job where you may go months at a time without a paycheck at a certain period of time. It just does not work. So in retirement, you need to have certain guarantees, and you cannot get those guarantees and the assurance that your bills are going to be covered by putting that money at risk in the stock market because if the market does go down, it will not be able to produce the amount of income that you&#x27;re used to or that you need to cover those expenses. That&#x27;s where that safe 5% to 8% guaranteed growth comes in. These are the tools that you use to produce the type of income, the paycheck that you need to rely on in retirement. And your broker will hate these ones because they can&#x27;t offer them or they can&#x27;t get commissions on them. And brokers are commission-driven, folks. So if you have a broker, they&#x27;re making commissions, and it comes out of your money, not out of the company&#x27;s money.</p><p><strong>14:24</strong> Folks, if you want to learn more about what we&#x27;re talking about here, joining me today, again, I&#x27;m Bill Smith, your host here on Retirement Matters Radio Network. I have Coach Pete, nationally known radio show host, and his cohort there, Peter Rashawn, joining me from Cary, North Carolina, experts in the area of wealth preservation. And what we&#x27;re talking about here today is safety, and it kind of ties into last week&#x27;s show. We talked about the invasion of the money snatchers and what can take your money away and what can cause you to get hurt in retirement. And really what we&#x27;re talking about here is market volatility or Wall Street. So, folks, there&#x27;s so many misdeeds out there today on Wall Street that are out of your control.</p><p><strong>15:09</strong> So simply, you have to separate these assets. You know, if you want to learn more, what I would recommend to folks that are out there listening right now, we&#x27;re your guide. We&#x27;ve set up a special hotline for everybody out there. And I want you to jot this number down because we&#x27;re going to offer a very special free report. If you have money, if you&#x27;re in this retirement red zone, you need to jot this number down, 877-51-GUIDE. Again, it&#x27;s 877-51-GUIDE. We are your guide. And, you know, we talk about, you know, a guide. And, you know, again, I like stories, Pete. I had the opportunity to take my family to the Smoky Mountains earlier in the year,</p><p><strong>15:55</strong> and, you know, we&#x27;re going down this stretch of the, you know, this river. It was, you know, in the Smoky Mountains with my family. And I&#x27;m thinking, you know, you know, I got this guide in the boat. And we were about through 300 yards of calm waters. And I&#x27;m thinking, you know, why do I need this guy? You know, I can handle this. We really don&#x27;t need him. Well, I know Senator had said that. And we fell off what I felt like was a level off a cliff into a level 4 rapid. And I suddenly realized as my 8-year-old was bouncing around in the raft that the most important person in that raft was the guide. Absolutely. So, you know, when you&#x27;re in retirement, it&#x27;s no different. You know, it&#x27;s different. You know, it&#x27;s a different kind of advice. Your broker may have been better suited in the accumulation phase of life,</p><p><strong>16:44</strong> but now the rules are different when you&#x27;re spending. Absolutely. Yeah, yeah. It&#x27;s a whole different ballgame, Bill. And, you know, Matt Zagula, he&#x27;s a good friend of mine in his book. You talked to him last. That&#x27;s a great title. Yeah, a couple weeks ago. The Invasion of the Money Snatchers, Government Gone Wild, Taxes, and Wall Street. He really nails all three of those aspects. And most of the people listening probably are affected by at least two of the three topics, Government Gone Wild, Taxes, and Wall Street, aren&#x27;t they? Absolutely. A little story. I was able to help somebody recently, and, Pete, I know you do this down there a ton. A very simple common sense, folks, is what we apply to financial planning. And simply all we did is separate this gentleman&#x27;s assets into two categories.</p><p><strong>17:31</strong> Now, this gentleman was 58 years old and was retired and had about a $2 million portfolio. We were able to put a bucketing strategy together. And, you know, Coach, I know you and I have talked about this before, your basketing, your laddering. We were able to put a laddering strategy together for him that guaranteed income for his entire life. And it took about 45% of the $2 million. So we were able to take 45%, let&#x27;s just call it half, about a million bucks, and give him the guaranteed lifestyle, inflation adjusted for his lifetime.</p><p><strong>18:18</strong> The rest of it then, maybe we could have some of that at risk. Yeah, Bill, that strategy makes a lot of sense. And whether you call it buckets, baskets, ladders, it&#x27;s a systematic income system. And this is an effective way to generate the needed and guaranteed income that you&#x27;re going to need. And as Coach Pete said, if you don&#x27;t have at least $300,000 to $400,000 in a safe place and in one of these systematic income-generating systems, then you have no business risking your money in any type of risk vehicle, especially in the market. And once you do get that in place, in turn, it actually allows you to take more risk. Because if you know you have your guaranteed income in place, you can feel more comfortable taking risk with the rest of your money. And what the bucket strategy, the basket strategy, essentially does</p><p><strong>19:06</strong> is takes different portions of your money and separates them so that they can concentrate on one task and one task only. Your money can focus itself, essentially. And therefore, it has a higher probability of achieving the goals that you set forth for it to do. And it&#x27;s a very cut-and-dry system. It&#x27;s very easy to understand once it&#x27;s laid out. And it&#x27;s something that not a lot of people really have put enough time into knowing about. And I think that&#x27;s something that more people need to explore. Well, it doesn&#x27;t matter how old you are either. We&#x27;ve done them for 40-year-olds, and we&#x27;ve done them for 70-year-olds. So in those age groups, that&#x27;s the proper time to get the proper income plan in place. Bill, we have something we call a peace-of-mind meter. And it goes from 1 to 10. And we get people to rank when we meet them for the first time on a scale of 1 to 10.</p><p><strong>19:53</strong> Rank your level of peace of mind regarding your investments, finances, taxes, and understandings of all three. And usually when we meet with people, they&#x27;re between 1 and 3 on the peace-of-mind meter. And when people leave, and you do this too, when they leave with a good plan in place after several meetings with you, they should be 8, 9, or 10 on the peace-of-mind meter. You know, we talk about peace of mind. And if you can align your finances, your dollars, if you can invest them, if you think of them as values, if you align your dollars and you invest them similarly to your investment values or what you expect your money to do, then you&#x27;re going to sleep better at night. You&#x27;re going to feel good about your money. And, you know, bottom line here, folks, if you&#x27;re listening, you know, again, if you&#x27;re just joining us,</p><p><strong>20:42</strong> Coach Pete joining me from the Financial Safari Network out of Cary, North Carolina, and his guest host and actually Peter Rashawn joining us as well. We&#x27;re talking about wealth preservation, income planning, and kind of an offshoot of last week&#x27;s show. Folks, if you want to get more information, we have a free report that you need to get a hold of right away. It&#x27;s why investors fail. And why investors fail will help you understand the strategy that will help you win the game that we&#x27;re talking about here today. In this free report, we&#x27;re going to share with you the behavior, your behavior that will get in the way of your success</p><p><strong>21:31</strong> and how to overcome this. We&#x27;re going to share with you in this free report what we call the pyramid of investing and how to line that up with the pyramid of expense and to provide peace of mind. And, folks, it&#x27;s totally free. All you&#x27;ve got to do is grab the phone. One way is grab the phone. And call the guide line. Dedicated line just for you, folks. Call it 877-51-GUIDE. Again, 877-51-GUIDE. You can also send us a text message or email to contactus at greatlakesretirement.com. Or, how about this?</p><p><strong>22:17</strong> If you want to log on and listen to past shows, we have a dedicated now network website for you, retirementmattersradio.com. Folks, check all of these things out. Guys, I want to talk about a story that was on August 16th. This came out in USA Today money section. We talk about risk. And my question is, if you&#x27;re out there and you&#x27;re listening to this show, if you have money at risk in the stock market, I want to know what your expectations are. Because I&#x27;m reading this article from USA Today money section, and it&#x27;s investing on what you know. And it was an interview with the head and CEO of Chemco.</p><p><strong>23:09</strong> And he talked about what is the new normal. What is the new normal now in retirement? And bottom line is, it&#x27;s like 5% to 6% is what they&#x27;re saying. Only expect investment returns of 4% to 5%. If you&#x27;re taking risk to get only a 4% to 5% return, and that&#x27;s the new normal for, say, the next 10 years, heaven&#x27;s sake, why would you take the risk if you could get 5% to 8% guaranteed? Because the risk to the downside is much greater than that. The real deal is that you could lose 10%, 20%, or 30% for only what they say could be a 4% to 5% to 6% average return,</p><p><strong>24:00</strong> according to this Harvard graduate, Mohamed El-Aryan, who is the CEO and head of the PIMCO group. Bill, we&#x27;ve talked to a number of national experts here on the program, the Financial Safari as well, everyone from Harry Dent to Wharton&#x27;s professor, Dr. David Babel, who have all talked about the new normal being less risk and investing for safety, investing for income in the future. And I wanted to stem off of the first point that we were talking about, which was the illusion of knowledge. And we found a pretty interesting article in the USA Today as well. Coach Pete, you want to share that? Yeah, I get it delivered to my house every day, Bill, just so I can read the money section and see what kind of twists they&#x27;re putting on the market.</p><p><strong>24:47</strong> But this was Monday, August 30, 2010. The cover story in the money section was, the title was, Did the Stimulus Plan Help? And then the subtitle was, Two, the number two. Two economists conclude it created 2.7 million jobs and added $400 billion to GDP. Now, my question to you and all your listeners is, how many economists do you think there are out there in America? Are there more than two? More than two. There&#x27;s more than two. There&#x27;s no doubt. You can get a lot by reading an article in the fine print, but you can also get a lot by reading the subtitle here. They admitted only two economists admitted it was a good thing. And that created 2.7 million jobs. It reminds me of that created or save line we keep hearing over and over again about the stimulus package. The illusion of knowledge, Bill. Yeah. So if you read the article, you didn&#x27;t learn a thing, basically.</p><p><strong>25:33</strong> Bottom line, I mean, what do you tell folks out there, Coach Pete, on the financial safari? I mean, what&#x27;s the beginning step? I mean, what do folks do? If they&#x27;re listening right now, what do you recommend? I mean, you see it all the time. What do they got to do? Yeah, number one is to pick up the phone, obviously, Bill, but they need to get a second opinion. And from a qualified source, someone who has a fiduciary responsibility to them, and you do, and that means, and we do too, and that means that they have, that you have a, you know, fiduciary responsibility means you have to do for them what you would do to yourself and your family. But sit down and get a second opinion. Get informed about everything that&#x27;s inside their portfolio. We call it a forensic financial analysis. Make sure you have everything analyzed, breaking down all the fees, not just the ones you think that are there, folks,</p><p><strong>26:19</strong> but the ones that are hidden inside the contracts. And, Bill, I know you do a great job of that, but it&#x27;s important to sit down and make sure you get the plan in place, knowing exactly what your income is going to be, not only now but in the future, because that lump sum you have on your 401K statements or your brokerage statements does nothing for you as far as give you a guaranteed lifetime income in the future. Bill, I think that it&#x27;s very important to sit down with a professional because they can help you sit down and really inventory everything that you have, and then it&#x27;s up to you. You really need to be able to explain why, why you are in each individual investment that you have, each individual savings vehicle, each individual product. If you can explain why and it makes sense to you, you know, maybe you are in the right place, but it is very important to know why.</p><p><strong>27:06</strong> And once you get a plan put together that does make sense, you&#x27;ll be in a lot better shape. And again, the secret is to sit down, take inventory, and find those tools that are for the purposes that you want to achieve. And investment advisors such as yourself, such as Coach Pete, can help you do that. Yeah, this isn&#x27;t Kentucky Fried Chicken. There&#x27;s no secret ingredient, but the secret is to be informed, folks, and get a good plan together and work with someone you can trust, and it&#x27;s going to be there every single year for the rest of your life as your guide through financial planning into retirement. And that&#x27;s very important, and most people, Bill, unfortunately don&#x27;t have that. They have a collection of products. They may have a bunch of different CDs from a bunch of different banks. My joke is always, do you know why the chicken crossed the street, Bill? No. To get a higher CD rate. Because you see people sometimes, they have three or four different CDs from three or four different banks.</p><p><strong>27:56</strong> You ask them why, and they say, well, that bank just happened to have the highest CD rate in the newspaper advertised. You know, Coach, we talk about, we got about a minute left here. You know, we talked about a lot today, but I think the bottom line of what you&#x27;re saying is, you know, there&#x27;s some irony in the rafting story. And the rafting story, the reason why that, the relationship of the guy that was in my raft and going down that river, and the reason he was the most important person is, the story behind the story is really our goals were aligned. See, the safety of my family, the safety of my family was important. But guess what? So was his. So at the end of the day, our goals were very well aligned as we were going down that river.</p><p><strong>28:44</strong> The problem is that the majority of the brokers and advisors out there, their goals are not aligned with yours. They&#x27;re completely different. They have an ulterior motive, and you have this illusion that they&#x27;re doing something for you, when the reality is they aren&#x27;t. Well, the benefit of having that guide, and you are right, Bill, you&#x27;ve got to make sure that your guide&#x27;s goals are aligned with your own. But the benefit of having that guide is that he had traveled that river before, Bill. Maybe you had not traveled that river before, but he had seen that river. He knew that those rapids were coming up, and it was his job to help you and your family make that goal, your goals that had aligned, which was to get through that river safely. And you need to find an investment advisor, similar to what you&#x27;re saying, whose goals align with your own,</p><p><strong>29:29</strong> who has seen it before and can help you get through any financial situation. But retirement, again, it&#x27;s all about income. You&#x27;ve got to have the income generated. For many, for many brokers out there, their main purpose or their goal is to keep your money under their control because they don&#x27;t make money unless they keep your money. So folks remember that, and they don&#x27;t care if your money goes up or down because they get paid regardless every year. You need to deal with someone who has your best interest and need and has a real retirement plan, a financial income plan put together for you. Bill Smith, you do a great job of that. As always, we&#x27;re more than happy to come on your show anytime and tell folks how good you are. Guys, thanks again. Folks, it&#x27;s a wrap. Again, out of time. We could talk forever on this. Again, call the guideline right away, 877-51-GUIDE. Get a hold of our free report today we&#x27;re offering you.</p><p><strong>30:17</strong> Why Investors Fail. Don&#x27;t miss out on this report. Again, Coach Pete, Peter Rashawn. Hey, Bill. Financial Safari. Thanks for joining us. Yes, sir. Hey, we would love to get a couple of those guides for our listeners here on the Financial Safari as well. You bet. All they got to do is request and be happy to. All right. Well, folks, if you&#x27;re listening to the Financial Safari, give a call right now, 800-661-7383, and we&#x27;ll get a copy of Bill Smith&#x27;s guide out to you as well. Thanks, Bill. Guys, thanks a lot. Folks, we&#x27;ll see you next week on Retirement. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week. We&#x27;ll see you next week.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Coach Pete and Peter Richon join Bill Smith on Retirement Matters for a discussion of wealth preservation, investment risk, and retirement income. This guest appearance was recorded in September 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Coach Pete D’Arruda</category>
      <category>retirement income</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Coach Pete D’Arruda, retirement income, retirement planning, investing</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062/image.jpg?t=1792071623&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-retirement-matters-wealth-preservation-and-income-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062/image.jpg?t=1792071623&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062</guid>
      <omny:clipId>16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Sep 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1851</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/16cc1e97-c445-4b15-b042-b4e300230062/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="29657106" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/coach-pete-on-retirement-matters-wealth-preservation-and-income-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>277</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Wealth Preservation and Income" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:46" title="Retirement income" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steve Selengut: The Brainwashing of the American Investor</title>
      <itunes:title>Steve Selengut: The Brainwashing of the American Investor</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. We bring the top financial experts in the nation and their viewpoints to you and your radio each and every week. Peter Rashan here, along with Cashflow Retirement Income Planning Coach, published financial author, your trusted advisor, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on in this segment, Steve Selengut, who is the author of The Brainwashing of the American Investor and What Wall Street Doesn&#x27;t Want You to Know. And Coach Pete, this is a guest that we&#x27;re pretty excited to have on. Very interesting title to your book, Steve. And even though the book was released in 2002, a lot of the information you provide still rings true, even though the market has changed pretty drastically.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How is it that all the talking heads in the financial world have brainwashed the common investor to the point that even though the market&#x27;s maybe up and down, this book still has the information that they need to know? How is it that Wall Street did that? I guess it&#x27;s been something that&#x27;s been going on for 20 years or more where we somehow – we did two things were going concurrently. First of all, more and more self-directed money was coming into the market. We had new inventions like IRAs, like 401K plans and other things where trustees weren&#x27;t the only people that invested in the markets anymore. You know, Joe DePlummer could get out there and throw money into a mutual fund and do things like that.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> At the same time, Wall Street discovered that the management fees – actually, they sort of kind of invaded my business. They decided that management fees on a regular basis were better for them than all the lawsuits and other types of things and churning accusations and stuff that came along with the ordinary investment route of going out there and selecting individual stocks and trying to educate the public on why they should own Exxon instead of XYZ widget manufacturers. You know, that type of – that type of scenario. So two forces were going on at the same time, and we&#x27;ve moved away from the basic building blocks of an investment portfolio.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Today, I would say that less than 50% of the people out there who are investing in the markets own any individual stocks. And probably the other half who are totally in mutual funds don&#x27;t understand that they do, in a strange kind of way, own individual stocks. They count on mutual funds, in fact, to fund retirement programs, which is kind of silly, actually. Well, that brings up a good question, Steve. You know, one of the biggest culprits that have, for lack of a better term, swindled many investors, especially those investing for retirement, have been mutual fund brokers. Can you tell us why mutual funds are not the best vehicle for people&#x27;s retirement investments? Well, because, you know, the mutual funds are stock market vehicles.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And what they are – the premise, going way back when they first came on the scene as trustee investment programs, is that professional investment managers would put together portfolios, diversified portfolios of good, quality companies, and manage them, take profits. That&#x27;s when stocks went up, add to portfolios, you know, keep the portfolio running smoothly. That was the premise. And at that time, that was the growth element of a portfolio. Retirement was done with other types of vehicles, with municipal bonds, with corporate bonds, with preferred stocks, with government securities, things where there was a secure stream of income that you knew was coming in.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> All the time. It&#x27;s a growth in the market value of the securities when in – for a retirement mode portfolio, the important thing is the income generated by a portfolio. Absolutely. You can&#x27;t count on a mutual fund for that element. So the income generated by your assets ultimately is more important than the current market value, right?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> So people look at their balance, but that doesn&#x27;t mean a thing until they know how much income they can get from that. Exactly. And that did sound like a quote from the brainwashing of the American investor. Yeah, absolutely. And it&#x27;s very – particularly for – you know, most people come into retirement and they say, okay, now I&#x27;m going to cash out my 401K, and I&#x27;m going to go find some income security to put it in. And if they did that today, what are they going to get on their savings? 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent? Unless they&#x27;re sophisticated and they know about how to manage a portfolio of closed-end funds that do pay a higher level of income, even tax-free. They&#x27;re just not going to be able to handle it. And they don&#x27;t want to take the risks associated with such things because they don&#x27;t know what they are.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So, yeah, most people come into retirement unprepared. You&#x27;ve got to start – your retirement building has to be part of your first portfolio. The first profit I ever took back in 1970, 71, I took the entire amount that I made from selling a few hundred shares of stock and put it into a Port St. Lucie, Florida municipal bond with a 4 percent coupon. I held that thing until it matured. And I added to the portfolio every time I took a profit, a portion of every profit, a portion of every dividend went into a fixed-income portion of my portfolio. And you have to build it that way. Well, that&#x27;s smart planning for retirement, Steve.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But has that mentality changed, the buy-and-hold mentality in the market? Do you see that as something that has changed as far as the investor&#x27;s mentality? You know, because there&#x27;s still a mutual fund mentality and mutual funds were built upon the principle of buy-and-hold. If you share, if you continue to grow and buy the same mutual fund, you&#x27;re going to grow along with the economy and the markets. It just doesn&#x27;t work anymore. There&#x27;s too much self-directed money, and it&#x27;s too easy for a market to panic because inexperienced and nonprofessional investors run the market, so to speak. When you get bad news, you get planes flying into buildings and things like that, everybody panics and sells.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Well, the mutual fund managers no longer can buy at bargain prices. They have to sell at losses instead. So, you know, I kind of lost my train of thought there. That&#x27;s good. Let&#x27;s get back to what was that question again? The buy-and-hold mentality. Is that something that is beneficial? Yeah, the buy-and-hold mentality just can&#x27;t work. You really have to address that issue that there&#x27;s just too much going on out there to buy and hold. You have to trade. You have to take your profits. You have to learn how to buy when other people are selling. You have to be not necessarily contrarian, but you have to recognize that the market is totally a cyclical beast.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> It&#x27;s always going to go up and down. We don&#x27;t know how far. We don&#x27;t know when, but we know it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, if everybody&#x27;s contrarian, eventually that becomes non-contrarian thinking. It does, but it&#x27;s contrarian for the right reason. And it&#x27;s never going to be that way because you&#x27;re never going to have a 100% educated group of investors. You&#x27;re going to always have people who are looking for stories. They&#x27;re looking for the fast buck. They&#x27;re going to be speculative. They&#x27;re going to hold on because they&#x27;re greedy, and they&#x27;re going to sell when they panic. And if you learn how to be unemotional about your stock portfolio, you can then ride the waves of the various cycles and do pretty well.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been doing the same type of management style since 1979. We&#x27;ve had three major crashes during that period of time, 87, the one around 2000, and the most recent financial crisis. And, you know, if you were selling as the market rose and only buying on the way down, you managed to make every one of those major disasters an investment opportunity instead of a losing proposition. Well, Steve, you and I are both investment advisors, and we stress the importance of getting an education when it comes to investing for retirement. Why is it more important now than ever for those looking to invest for retirement to become more educated in how to handle their finances and how, more importantly, do investments work?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They need to figure out how investments work before they start investing, right? Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to do it. I mean, you can give away – I try to give away workshops sometimes, you know, to people online to come and listen and talk to me and ask me questions. You can&#x27;t get anybody to sign up for free, much less charge. You know, it&#x27;s crazy. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s the media&#x27;s fault or the Wall Street&#x27;s fault or anything like that, but we&#x27;re a soundbite and instant gratification society. And if somebody comes to you and says, here, let&#x27;s do this, you&#x27;re going to make money, that guy expects to make money immediately. You know, they think it&#x27;s easy. It&#x27;s not easy. It demands work.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It demands education. And frankly, I think that a lot of people are just too lazy to go off and get that education. Would you suggest that hiring a competent professional, like an investment advisor, would be something that&#x27;s recommended for most average investors that are trying to grow their portfolio? I think you need to be very selective and very picky when you look for an investment advisor. It doesn&#x27;t take a whole lot to get that title. You do have to pass some tests to become a registered rep and a registered investment advisor and all that stuff. But it doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that you understand the investment process. You may be familiar with a lot of different products and stuff like that. What you need is somebody who&#x27;s experienced, somebody who&#x27;s run their own money, their own money, personal money in their pockets,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and has been successful. Show them your portfolio. Ask the person for references. But just because his company, his employer, places a billion dollars worth of advertising out there in the media around the Super Bowl or on the Internet doesn&#x27;t mean that every person that works for that company has your best interests at heart. You&#x27;ve got to really get to know somebody and embrace a philosophy that makes sense. If somebody comes to you and says, hey, look, I can pick the stocks that are going to go up and only go up, walk away real quick from somebody like that. Steve, what I&#x27;ve found here, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial world for about 20 years now,</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> but what I&#x27;ve found when we say the Wall Street money machine, it means two things to me because I&#x27;m on the inside here. It means, number one, that&#x27;s where a lot of folks put their money, but it also means that Wall Street spends millions and millions of dollars a year advertising and also generating articles to entice people to put money where they should not put money in this one-size-fits-all kind of mentality. And they do a real good job, like you say in your book, of brainwashing the public to think that that&#x27;s the right strategy, correct? Absolutely. They really, you know, they&#x27;ll give you – it&#x27;s like the biggest drug shop in the world. They&#x27;ll give you anything you want, whether it&#x27;s good for you or not. And what you have to do is become selective. You&#x27;ve got to get back to the basics. Most of the products that are out there, you can&#x27;t even determine what&#x27;s inside or what the rules are.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Or who – you can identify the manager, but really none of them are managers. They&#x27;re all committee. They&#x27;re committee-driven. And they&#x27;re so interrelated that you&#x27;re not going to get an independent manager. You&#x27;re going to get somebody where the marketing department over here says, hey, look, we&#x27;re bringing this particular thing public on an IPO. We&#x27;d love to have a lot of that IPO into the mutual funds that you&#x27;re managing. Well, the rules really have changed, and that&#x27;s why so much money really is going into the marketing of a strategy mentality and products, frankly, that may not be right, may not be suited for individual investors. Steve, we are all out of time here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate you joining us. And your book is very interesting. We enjoyed reading it, The Brainwashing of the American Investor, the book that Wall Street does not want you to read,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> by author Stephen Selengut. And, Steve, thanks for joining us here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure, Pete. And keep up the good work of educating that American public. We&#x27;re here as your guides through the financial jungle. And, Steve, again, we appreciate you joining us today. Thanks, Steve. My pleasure. Appreciate it. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And we&#x27;re back here on the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making. We bring the top financial experts in the nation and their viewpoints to you and your radio each and every week. Peter Rashan here, along with Cashflow Retirement Income Planning Coach, published financial author, your trusted advisor, Coach Pete D’Arruda. And we&#x27;ve got a very special guest on in this segment, Steve Selengut, who is the author of The Brainwashing of the American Investor and What Wall Street Doesn&#x27;t Want You to Know. And Coach Pete, this is a guest that we&#x27;re pretty excited to have on. Very interesting title to your book, Steve. And even though the book was released in 2002, a lot of the information you provide still rings true, even though the market has changed pretty drastically.</p><p><strong>00:46</strong> How is it that all the talking heads in the financial world have brainwashed the common investor to the point that even though the market&#x27;s maybe up and down, this book still has the information that they need to know? How is it that Wall Street did that? I guess it&#x27;s been something that&#x27;s been going on for 20 years or more where we somehow – we did two things were going concurrently. First of all, more and more self-directed money was coming into the market. We had new inventions like IRAs, like 401K plans and other things where trustees weren&#x27;t the only people that invested in the markets anymore. You know, Joe DePlummer could get out there and throw money into a mutual fund and do things like that.</p><p><strong>01:33</strong> At the same time, Wall Street discovered that the management fees – actually, they sort of kind of invaded my business. They decided that management fees on a regular basis were better for them than all the lawsuits and other types of things and churning accusations and stuff that came along with the ordinary investment route of going out there and selecting individual stocks and trying to educate the public on why they should own Exxon instead of XYZ widget manufacturers. You know, that type of – that type of scenario. So two forces were going on at the same time, and we&#x27;ve moved away from the basic building blocks of an investment portfolio.</p><p><strong>02:20</strong> Today, I would say that less than 50% of the people out there who are investing in the markets own any individual stocks. And probably the other half who are totally in mutual funds don&#x27;t understand that they do, in a strange kind of way, own individual stocks. They count on mutual funds, in fact, to fund retirement programs, which is kind of silly, actually. Well, that brings up a good question, Steve. You know, one of the biggest culprits that have, for lack of a better term, swindled many investors, especially those investing for retirement, have been mutual fund brokers. Can you tell us why mutual funds are not the best vehicle for people&#x27;s retirement investments? Well, because, you know, the mutual funds are stock market vehicles.</p><p><strong>03:08</strong> And what they are – the premise, going way back when they first came on the scene as trustee investment programs, is that professional investment managers would put together portfolios, diversified portfolios of good, quality companies, and manage them, take profits. That&#x27;s when stocks went up, add to portfolios, you know, keep the portfolio running smoothly. That was the premise. And at that time, that was the growth element of a portfolio. Retirement was done with other types of vehicles, with municipal bonds, with corporate bonds, with preferred stocks, with government securities, things where there was a secure stream of income that you knew was coming in.</p><p><strong>03:58</strong> All the time. It&#x27;s a growth in the market value of the securities when in – for a retirement mode portfolio, the important thing is the income generated by a portfolio. Absolutely. You can&#x27;t count on a mutual fund for that element. So the income generated by your assets ultimately is more important than the current market value, right?</p><p><strong>04:45</strong> So people look at their balance, but that doesn&#x27;t mean a thing until they know how much income they can get from that. Exactly. And that did sound like a quote from the brainwashing of the American investor. Yeah, absolutely. And it&#x27;s very – particularly for – you know, most people come into retirement and they say, okay, now I&#x27;m going to cash out my 401K, and I&#x27;m going to go find some income security to put it in. And if they did that today, what are they going to get on their savings? 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent? Unless they&#x27;re sophisticated and they know about how to manage a portfolio of closed-end funds that do pay a higher level of income, even tax-free. They&#x27;re just not going to be able to handle it. And they don&#x27;t want to take the risks associated with such things because they don&#x27;t know what they are.</p><p><strong>05:32</strong> So, yeah, most people come into retirement unprepared. You&#x27;ve got to start – your retirement building has to be part of your first portfolio. The first profit I ever took back in 1970, 71, I took the entire amount that I made from selling a few hundred shares of stock and put it into a Port St. Lucie, Florida municipal bond with a 4 percent coupon. I held that thing until it matured. And I added to the portfolio every time I took a profit, a portion of every profit, a portion of every dividend went into a fixed-income portion of my portfolio. And you have to build it that way. Well, that&#x27;s smart planning for retirement, Steve.</p><p><strong>06:18</strong> But has that mentality changed, the buy-and-hold mentality in the market? Do you see that as something that has changed as far as the investor&#x27;s mentality? You know, because there&#x27;s still a mutual fund mentality and mutual funds were built upon the principle of buy-and-hold. If you share, if you continue to grow and buy the same mutual fund, you&#x27;re going to grow along with the economy and the markets. It just doesn&#x27;t work anymore. There&#x27;s too much self-directed money, and it&#x27;s too easy for a market to panic because inexperienced and nonprofessional investors run the market, so to speak. When you get bad news, you get planes flying into buildings and things like that, everybody panics and sells.</p><p><strong>07:04</strong> Well, the mutual fund managers no longer can buy at bargain prices. They have to sell at losses instead. So, you know, I kind of lost my train of thought there. That&#x27;s good. Let&#x27;s get back to what was that question again? The buy-and-hold mentality. Is that something that is beneficial? Yeah, the buy-and-hold mentality just can&#x27;t work. You really have to address that issue that there&#x27;s just too much going on out there to buy and hold. You have to trade. You have to take your profits. You have to learn how to buy when other people are selling. You have to be not necessarily contrarian, but you have to recognize that the market is totally a cyclical beast.</p><p><strong>07:50</strong> It&#x27;s always going to go up and down. We don&#x27;t know how far. We don&#x27;t know when, but we know it&#x27;s going to happen. Well, if everybody&#x27;s contrarian, eventually that becomes non-contrarian thinking. It does, but it&#x27;s contrarian for the right reason. And it&#x27;s never going to be that way because you&#x27;re never going to have a 100% educated group of investors. You&#x27;re going to always have people who are looking for stories. They&#x27;re looking for the fast buck. They&#x27;re going to be speculative. They&#x27;re going to hold on because they&#x27;re greedy, and they&#x27;re going to sell when they panic. And if you learn how to be unemotional about your stock portfolio, you can then ride the waves of the various cycles and do pretty well.</p><p><strong>08:38</strong> I mean, I&#x27;ve been doing the same type of management style since 1979. We&#x27;ve had three major crashes during that period of time, 87, the one around 2000, and the most recent financial crisis. And, you know, if you were selling as the market rose and only buying on the way down, you managed to make every one of those major disasters an investment opportunity instead of a losing proposition. Well, Steve, you and I are both investment advisors, and we stress the importance of getting an education when it comes to investing for retirement. Why is it more important now than ever for those looking to invest for retirement to become more educated in how to handle their finances and how, more importantly, do investments work?</p><p><strong>09:26</strong> They need to figure out how investments work before they start investing, right? Yeah, and they don&#x27;t want to do it. I mean, you can give away – I try to give away workshops sometimes, you know, to people online to come and listen and talk to me and ask me questions. You can&#x27;t get anybody to sign up for free, much less charge. You know, it&#x27;s crazy. And I&#x27;m not saying it&#x27;s the media&#x27;s fault or the Wall Street&#x27;s fault or anything like that, but we&#x27;re a soundbite and instant gratification society. And if somebody comes to you and says, here, let&#x27;s do this, you&#x27;re going to make money, that guy expects to make money immediately. You know, they think it&#x27;s easy. It&#x27;s not easy. It demands work.</p><p><strong>10:11</strong> It demands education. And frankly, I think that a lot of people are just too lazy to go off and get that education. Would you suggest that hiring a competent professional, like an investment advisor, would be something that&#x27;s recommended for most average investors that are trying to grow their portfolio? I think you need to be very selective and very picky when you look for an investment advisor. It doesn&#x27;t take a whole lot to get that title. You do have to pass some tests to become a registered rep and a registered investment advisor and all that stuff. But it doesn&#x27;t necessarily mean that you understand the investment process. You may be familiar with a lot of different products and stuff like that. What you need is somebody who&#x27;s experienced, somebody who&#x27;s run their own money, their own money, personal money in their pockets,</p><p><strong>11:02</strong> and has been successful. Show them your portfolio. Ask the person for references. But just because his company, his employer, places a billion dollars worth of advertising out there in the media around the Super Bowl or on the Internet doesn&#x27;t mean that every person that works for that company has your best interests at heart. You&#x27;ve got to really get to know somebody and embrace a philosophy that makes sense. If somebody comes to you and says, hey, look, I can pick the stocks that are going to go up and only go up, walk away real quick from somebody like that. Steve, what I&#x27;ve found here, and I&#x27;ve been in the financial world for about 20 years now,</p><p><strong>11:48</strong> but what I&#x27;ve found when we say the Wall Street money machine, it means two things to me because I&#x27;m on the inside here. It means, number one, that&#x27;s where a lot of folks put their money, but it also means that Wall Street spends millions and millions of dollars a year advertising and also generating articles to entice people to put money where they should not put money in this one-size-fits-all kind of mentality. And they do a real good job, like you say in your book, of brainwashing the public to think that that&#x27;s the right strategy, correct? Absolutely. They really, you know, they&#x27;ll give you – it&#x27;s like the biggest drug shop in the world. They&#x27;ll give you anything you want, whether it&#x27;s good for you or not. And what you have to do is become selective. You&#x27;ve got to get back to the basics. Most of the products that are out there, you can&#x27;t even determine what&#x27;s inside or what the rules are.</p><p><strong>12:35</strong> Or who – you can identify the manager, but really none of them are managers. They&#x27;re all committee. They&#x27;re committee-driven. And they&#x27;re so interrelated that you&#x27;re not going to get an independent manager. You&#x27;re going to get somebody where the marketing department over here says, hey, look, we&#x27;re bringing this particular thing public on an IPO. We&#x27;d love to have a lot of that IPO into the mutual funds that you&#x27;re managing. Well, the rules really have changed, and that&#x27;s why so much money really is going into the marketing of a strategy mentality and products, frankly, that may not be right, may not be suited for individual investors. Steve, we are all out of time here on the Financial Safari. We certainly appreciate you joining us. And your book is very interesting. We enjoyed reading it, The Brainwashing of the American Investor, the book that Wall Street does not want you to read,</p><p><strong>13:25</strong> by author Stephen Selengut. And, Steve, thanks for joining us here on the Financial Safari. My pleasure, Pete. And keep up the good work of educating that American public. We&#x27;re here as your guides through the financial jungle. And, Steve, again, we appreciate you joining us today. Thanks, Steve. My pleasure. Appreciate it. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Author Steve Selengut discusses The Brainwashing of the American Investor and his experience managing money. Coach Pete and Peter Richon ask about investment strategies and the messages investors receive from Wall Street in this August 2010 interview.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Steve Selengut</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Steve Selengut, investing, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/image.jpg?t=1792071632&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steve-selengut-the-brainwashing-of-the-american-investor-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/image.jpg?t=1792071632&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225</guid>
      <omny:clipId>26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>822</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/26fbd5f8-2df9-4ec6-bd8b-b4e300228225/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="13184778" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/steve-selengut-the-brainwashing-of-the-american-investor-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>278</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="The Brainwashing of the American Investor" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sandy Botkin: Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth</title>
      <itunes:title>Sandy Botkin: Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Good morning, and I&#x27;m very honored to be here. Well, you have authored numerous technical articles. You&#x27;ve been a lecturer for some large corporations, also a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service. So you have an insider&#x27;s look at some of the tax laws, of course. And you have also been a CPA practicing for a long time. So you have a number of financial tips that CPAs should be talking to their clients about, and you say, unfortunately, they are not. What are some of the things that CPAs could do a better job of addressing, with their clients? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things. But first of all, tax planning is probably one of the most important areas for most Americans. It is the number one residual in the United States. And when I say that, most people think I&#x27;m crazy. When you think of residual income, you work once, and you get paid year after year after year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, taxes are like that, because you&#x27;re going to pay taxes last year. You&#x27;re probably going to pay this year, and you&#x27;re probably going to pay even more taxes next year. Unfortunately. So if you can get a couple tips from your CPA that reduces your taxes, that&#x27;s good. This year, next year, the year after, there&#x27;s nothing more valuable than tax planning information. And there&#x27;s a book written called The Millionaire Next Door, which evaluated many multimillionaires. And the one thing that almost every multimillionaire said is, if you want to be a multimillionaire, you&#x27;ve got to get your taxes down to the legal minimum. So if I leave a good concept with everyone listening, is really focus on tax planning and your future. It will make a sizable difference in your retirement and your net worth. Again, a residual effect on your bottom line, on your income. So absolutely, I agree with that. Hey, Sandy, it&#x27;s Coach Pete here. What are the tax planning topics?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And most importantly, what are the look forward tax planning issues that CPAs should be discussing with their clients today? All right. One big one is that with a $13 trillion deficit, taxes are going to go up. Make no mistake about that. They are going up. They&#x27;re already scheduled to go up for single people making over $200,000. It&#x27;s going to go up by three points. And if you&#x27;re making over $250,000 in the area, it&#x27;s going to go up almost five points. Dividends right now are taxed at 15% flat rates unless you make under a certain income. Unfortunately, starting next year, unless something special happens, it&#x27;s going to be ordinary income rates. Whatever that is, and that could be as high as 39.6%. There is a special deal that is available this year, and it&#x27;s called a conversion, where you can take your IRAs, your simple IRAs, your 401ks, and convert them to a Roth IRA.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Now, why would you want to do that? Because any money you put in the Roth IRA is 100% tax-free for the rest of your life. And if your family inherits the money, it is tax-free for the rest of their lives. Now, there is, however, a side effect. Now, it&#x27;s not like the drug side effects where they say death and things like that. It&#x27;s not quite that severe. But there is a side effect. And the side effect is you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the money. This year and next year. You can spread that out. Well, you get a benefit. That&#x27;s correct. You pay tax on half the money this year, and then you pay tax on half the money next year. So even though you&#x27;re converting it all this year, you pay it over a two-year period. So the government gives you a little bit of a break. But you know what? Taxes are on sale, in my opinion. With tax rates that are going to go up, they&#x27;re on sale. So doing that now, especially if you&#x27;ve got five, ten years left before you retire, it becomes especially critical.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So I would highly recommend that most of you meet with your financial advisor. Talk about this conversion to a Roth IRA. It could make a huge difference to your future. When does a Roth conversion make sense? When does it not make sense, Sandy? You know, I&#x27;ve had that discussion with myself, to be honest with you, because I&#x27;m in that situation. It certainly, I think, makes sense to do it immediately if you are in a tax-free state. For example, Florida, Texas, Alaska. If you don&#x27;t have a state tax, I would certainly consider doing that immediately. It also pays to do it probably if you have, I would say, five, ten years or more left to retire. So if you just started working or you have like 10, 15 years left, it probably pays to do it now. If you&#x27;re right near retirement, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in your 60s, at that point it becomes questionable. Okay. And we call that time, Sandy, the retirement and financial red zone when you&#x27;re within five years of retirement or five years into retirement.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Now, at what point does it not make sense to do a Roth conversion? Because you don&#x27;t want to take a larger than you have to tax it and then within the last few years of your life when you&#x27;re not going to recoup that amount. Let me give you an example of when it doesn&#x27;t. And my situation is a perfect example. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a fairly high tax bracket. Okay. Now, I intend to retire to the state of Florida. Florida has no income tax. I&#x27;m currently living in Maryland, which has a fairly sizable income tax. For me to make a conversion now, I would be in which, where I&#x27;m going to retire probably in four or five years, I would be paying tax on all the money. And now I&#x27;d also be paying Maryland tax. Why not wait a couple years, like three, four years, and when I&#x27;m in Florida, now avoid completely all the conversion and all the Maryland tax. When to do it is certainly problematic, and it&#x27;s in the opinion of the tax advisor.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But I would say that for most people, it is beneficial to convert now, especially if tax rates are going to go up the way I think they&#x27;re going to go up. I want to remind everybody, in the 1960s and early 1970s, do you know what the top tax rate was at that time? 90%. 90%. It could go the same way. So, considering that I think taxes are going to go up substantially, making that conversion now becomes very, very critical. This is particularly true if you&#x27;re in a lower bracket. Obviously, if you&#x27;re in the 39.6% bracket, making conversion now is more questionable. But even then, I think it would still be a good deal. But, you know, obviously, the lower the bracket, the longer you have to wait for retirement, the more imperative it is. Well, Sandy, aside from the Roth conversion, you say that taxes are on sale now.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And there are a number of tax laws and advantages unique to 2010. Of course, dividend taxes, capital gains taxes, estate taxes, income taxes, all are going to be affected after December 31st, January 1st of 2010, 2011. Now, what should somebody do to take advantage of maybe some other tax laws as they stand now rather than waiting to 2011? All right. First of all, let me emphasize something here. We have two tax systems in this country. One is for employees, which is designed to take your wealth. And then one is for self-employed individuals, which is designed to create economic growth. Because if you are self-employed, you can write off part of your house, your spouse, the equivalent of your kids&#x27; education and weddings. And I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that. You can set up a pension plan that makes any government plan paltry by comparison.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> I mean, the results are enormous. I would strongly urge everyone to consider starting up some kind of consulting business or small business. It could be a franchise you might want to look into. It could be a network marketing business. But look into starting up a business. Now, I want to emphasize one thing. I am not suggesting you start up a business just for taxes. That is not what I&#x27;m saying. But what I&#x27;m saying is if you look into a potential business that could make you a lot of money, A, it could support you for the rest of your life. B, it can result in you&#x27;re quitting your job. And C, it can save you an enormous amount of taxes because now you&#x27;re in the good tax system. Well, again, I think that starting a small business, one of the last true remaining legitimate tax deductions. So certainly something that you should consider not simply for the tax purposes, Sandy, as you noted.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But for a legitimate business, a great tax deduction lies therein. Absolutely. And one other big tip, and this is also a very important thing, is the fact that, you know, when you&#x27;re in business, you can do all kinds of things. For example, you can hire your kids. And by hiring your kids, if it&#x27;s legitimate and related to your business, you get a deduction for that money. And now, if they use that money to pay for their own education and weddings, aren&#x27;t you, in essence, getting a deduction for college or weddings that way? Absolutely. Hey, Sandy, a mistake we see small business owners make all the time, it seems, is that selling their business is going to be their retirement plan. In other words, the value of the business will be their retirement plan. And that backfires so many times that it&#x27;s not even funny. But what are some of the better alternatives for retirement planning for small and medium-sized business owners today? All right. First of all, understand that the key behind retirement planning, it&#x27;s a very simple goal.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Achieving it is not simple, but the goal is. And the goal is you want to have enough income to exceed your expenses, pay off all your expenses, without going into principal. And preferably to have a debt-free retirement, because that means less expenses. Now, that sounds simple. Achieving it is the problem. That&#x27;s right. The way you achieve it is to, first of all, you have to watch what your taxes are on what your investments are. So, for example, dividends right now are 15% rate starting next year, unless the government does something. And there are some bills in Congress to make some changes. But unless the government does something, these dividends can be ordinary income. So a lot of the question, then, should you still stay in stock by virtue of the fact that the dividend rates may be going up from 15% to as high as 39.6%. Again, we don&#x27;t know anything yet, because there&#x27;s bills in Congress to change that to 20%, 25%, and so on.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know if any of this stuff&#x27;s going to pass. But you&#x27;ve got to watch that. Maybe tax exempts is the better way. But again, right now, tax exempts aren&#x27;t paying that much. Tax exempts are paying 2%. But you can make 6%, say, on Verizon or stock or things like that. Maybe you&#x27;re better off with Verizon, even though it&#x27;s taxable. So those are the types of issues that you want to consider. But there&#x27;s one other thing I want to emphasize. It&#x27;s not a tax issue, but it&#x27;s such an important thing that I think we need to talk about it. And that&#x27;s called pension maximization. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s very critical. You know, most companies and even state employees, not so much federal, but it is true for many states and federal, will give you a choice at retirement where you can receive your full pension. And then if you die, your spouse gets nothing. Or you can receive a substantially reduced pension. And then if you pre-execie your spouse, they get a pension too. Yep. The problem with that is that if the spouse dies, you&#x27;re stuck with the lower amount.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> They don&#x27;t go back. Unless you&#x27;re a federal employee. My dad was in that situation. He actually lost over a third of his pension for the rest of her life. And my mom predeceased him, and he was stuck. There&#x27;s a much better way. And it&#x27;s called pension maximization. Okay. But the key is you&#x27;ve got to plan. What that means is this. With pension maximization is you take the full pension, but you take out a life insurance policy, enough whole life, and I know we don&#x27;t recommend whole life, but in this case I will, enough whole life to equal and to produce enough income to equal what the spouse would have made had you taken the reduced amount. The key to doing that, though, is if you wait at the time of retirement, this is where most people make a mistake, the premium exceeds what the reduced amount would have been. So it&#x27;s usually not a good deal if you do it at age 65 and you&#x27;re ready to retire.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> The key is to do this at least 10 years before retirement. Then the amount of premium is usually less than what you would have had to take on a pay cut on the retirement in order to get your spouse a sufficient amount of income. So here&#x27;s the key. At least 10 years in advance, you take out enough whole life insurance to equal what the spouse would have gotten in income from that whole life policy. And you want to make sure that the premium is less than what the retirement cut would have been. And that usually requires you to do this at least 10 years before retirement. And that leaves both spouses protected and typically in a better situation than with just the pension alone. Oh, absolutely. This way, if you pre-decie die, there&#x27;s no pension. But then they get this huge life insurance policy they can live off of. If the spouse dies, you get your higher pension, which is something my father didn&#x27;t get,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> and you get the cash value of the life insurance. It&#x27;s a win-win. It does take planning, as you noted, however. And as you also noted, whole life is the way to go there. Not typically what you recommend. But, Sandy, I think you would agree that there is a purpose for every financial tool out there. You just have to know what that purpose is. That is correct. That is absolutely correct. And, Sandy, I&#x27;m glad you covered that pension max. It&#x27;s something that we discuss with our clients every single day. I think it&#x27;s very, very important. It&#x27;s extremely important. You know, pension max can make a huge difference to someone&#x27;s retirement. Can you explain to the folks listening what pension max is and how it fits into everyone&#x27;s retirement? If I were everyone listening to the show, I would immediately go into your employer and find out what happens at retirement. Even though you may be in your 30s, ask them. Do you get the full amount? Did you have to take a reduced amount for a spouse if the spouse predeceases you?</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> What happens then? Do you still keep the reduced amount, or can you go back to the original amount? Federal employees can go back to the original amount. Others may not. If you can&#x27;t go back to the original amount, then you&#x27;ve got to really seriously consider the pension maximization thing of at least 10 years before retirement. You do not want to wait at retirement because at that point, the whole life becomes too expensive. Sandy, you noted that income is of the utmost importance in retirement. What are some of the other ways that you can maximize your income in retirement? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do. The key, really, for retirement income is savings well before retirement. Let me give you an interesting thing. If you would not buy a latte, sounds funny, $4 a day for a latte. But if you don&#x27;t buy a latte for your whole life, for 40 years, and you invest that money in a typical mutual fund, it&#x27;s worth about $150,000 at retirement.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> Believe it or not, little things over the years become big deals at retirement. Cutting back some expenses now and saving, and I cannot emphasize this enough, saving for retirement is probably the most important thing. In fact, my rule of thumb is you want to, unless you get a tremendous pension, which is few and far between these days, you want to put away a minimum of 10% of your take-home pay every month, every year, and never, ever touch that money to retirement. You know, I&#x27;m not that smart. I want to emphasize, I&#x27;m a multimillionaire. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m not that smart. I&#x27;m not smarter than a lot of people listening to the show. I don&#x27;t work harder. I don&#x27;t know if I made more money than a lot of people. But what I did was I put away an IRA even when I was 16. Every year, I maximized my IRA, which wasn&#x27;t much at that time.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It was like $2,000. Today, I put away more. But the point is, you know, at retirement, I&#x27;m sitting very well. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m sitting quite well. And again, I&#x27;m not that smart. If I can do it, you can do it. Okay. A couple other things here that I wanted to touch on. You have written a guide for some common tax scams. And I wanted to go over a few of these tax scams with you. First off, you noted economic stimulus scams. And I wanted to kind of pick your brain about what are some of the economic stimulus scams that you&#x27;ve seen. Well, you know what? Believe it or not, there were some benefits for the average person. The entire stimulus didn&#x27;t just go to the rich bankers here. There were some things that came in for the average person to get the money. And there are a lot of people who are notifying the Americans, saying in order to get the</p><p><strong>14:16</strong> stimulus, you&#x27;ve got to apply to it. And of course, they then want your social security number, or you&#x27;ve got to pay a fee in order to get it. There are no fees to get these economic stimulus scams. You do not have to give anybody your social security number. So that&#x27;s a complete scam. And by the way, let me emphasize a couple of things here with regard to these scams. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of scams out there, particularly tax scams, that are asking if you&#x27;re trying to get your identity theft, trying to get your social security number, or trying to get your bank account number. I just received one by the IRS saying, you&#x27;re currently being audited, but I think we might have the wrong person. Please call us or email us. We need certain information to see you are who you are. Of course, they wanted social security and a whole bunch of my mother&#x27;s maiden name and a whole bunch of other stuff. No one will ever do that. No IRS employee will ever ask you that information. And there are variations of that.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> There&#x27;s an arrest warrant. You get a letter saying there&#x27;s an arrest warrant issued to you by the clerk of the court, but it could be a mistake. You&#x27;ve got to call up and verify. Again, that will not happen. No one wants personal information. No state will ask you for that information. Never give out that kind of information. Never. There are a couple other scams where people are saying taxes are unconstitutional or they&#x27;re frivolous and you don&#x27;t have to pay taxes or only federal employees pay taxes. All of that is nonsense. Those people have been losing in court all the time and the government is so bored with that they&#x27;re asserting the government&#x27;s legal fees. But there is a couple scams that I want to emphasize that&#x27;s very important. And that&#x27;s what I call the pitch-a-thon scams. You know, when I was growing up, one of the oldest jokes that used to be to hear is that the most expensive thing in the evening was a lady who&#x27;s free for the evening. Today, the most expensive thing in the world is a free or low-cost seminar. These seminars, what&#x27;s going on, and I&#x27;ve seen a couple, where you go to these programs</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> where you might pay very little. Sometimes you pay a lot of money. Sometimes you pay even a thousand bucks. And all you get, for the most part, is pitch after pitch after pitch for high-priced products. Those things are horrible in many cases. Many of these promoters double their price because they have to give 50% to the sponsor of the seminar. So they actually charge more than they would have charged on their website. It is an absolutely horrible situation. If you get into that situation, I would certainly not buy anything. And if you ended up paying a lot of money for that seminar, and it turns out that all you got was pitch after pitch after pitch, I would ask for my money back. My rule of thumb is I have nothing against people selling products. I don&#x27;t mind additional products if something gives me a lot of content. But I want a lot of content. If you don&#x27;t get at least 90% content, 10% sales, I ask for my money back.</p><p><strong>16:37</strong> And that&#x27;s just the way I am. And you&#x27;ve got to avoid those pitch-a-thons. And you also want to avoid something else, what I call special trading software. I&#x27;m going to emphasize a couple things here. I&#x27;ve been at seminars where they offer this expensive software, and they give you this money-back guarantee. You have a three-day training program. And if at the end of the first day you don&#x27;t like it, you can get your money back. It all sounds wonderful. But nobody ever asked themselves, if I had this great software that worked wonderfully, why am I selling it? Why wouldn&#x27;t I just use it? I mean, if you had a gold mine, wouldn&#x27;t you just keep it? Would you tell anybody about it? Does Warren Buffett tell what his secrets are? No! No one would tell you about this stuff if it worked. The problem is it doesn&#x27;t work, or at least it doesn&#x27;t work any better than any other software out there. But nobody thinks of it. And the speaker who sells the thing gets a huge amount of money. And then when you show up at the training program, yeah, they give you one day of good training.</p><p><strong>17:24</strong> And then in day two and day three, they tell you, oh, you know, in order to really get the benefit of the program, you&#x27;ve got to spend another $10,000 or $20,000, I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that, to get the real benefit of the software. Hey, you were a sucker once. Why not try it again? Stay away from the trading software. Stay away from the high-priced seminars that are $3,000 and $4,000 and $5,000. Stay away from these things, particularly if they&#x27;re sold at a pitch-a-thon. Well, we see a lot of those peddling trusts. Maybe this was more a few years ago, but I know some are still around. Peddling trusts when they&#x27;re not really warranted or needed. That&#x27;s another situation there, where you set up these, what they call family trusts or pure trusts, where they say, oh, you can write off all your personal expenses and do all this stuff by setting up these trusts and you can avoid taxes. You know, I was at a seminar where a guy looked very competent, said, oh, look how much money I can save.</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> And he cites all these things. I can tell you it doesn&#x27;t work. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You know, it&#x27;s the old saying, if it sounds too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. That&#x27;s my point. Well, Sandy, I know that with the tax increases coming here in the future, a lot of folks are going to be looking for ways to avoid that. Now, we want to stay away from the gray area when it comes to the IRS, only in the black and white, only in the good area. But again, you don&#x27;t want to pay more taxes than you have to. So legally minimizing your taxes is a great way to do it. One way that you certainly are getting into that gray area is hiding assets offshore. Another thing that you warned people about. No question. Americans, first of all, have to disclose any money that they have invested offshore. If they don&#x27;t do that, it&#x27;s a felony, believe it or not.</p><p><strong>18:56</strong> Secondly, Americans are taxed on their worldwide income. I don&#x27;t care if you own property in the Cayman Islands or in the UK, you are taxed on your worldwide income. And any promoter who suggests that you put money in different places, you can avoid taxes that way, is wrong, is lying to you, and you can be indicted for fraud. So be aware of that. There&#x27;s a lot of scams out there. There&#x27;s a lot of people who want to get your money. You know, my goal is, if you listen to my advice, I&#x27;m going to make your life a lot less taxing. Well, again, paying too much tax, something that we want to avoid. I don&#x27;t mind paying my fair share. I just don&#x27;t want to pay more than I am required to. Absolutely. Do you know something? I&#x27;m going to give you a little tip. If you save $6,000 a year in taxes, we&#x27;re not talking about a huge amount of money,</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> $6,000. Put it away in an average performing mutual fund. Nothing special. No stock trading. No necessarily real estate buying. Just an average performing mutual fund. And you do this for your whole life. You do it for 40 years. That money is going to be worth $2.9 million at retirement. Well, that can make a difference. That will make a difference in your life. All right. Well, Sandy, we certainly have appreciated your insight, your knowledge. And I would like to check in with you again here in the near future on the Financial Safari. Absolutely. It would be my honor. His name is Sandy Botkin. He is a CPA. He is the CEO of the Tax Reduction Institute. And you can go to taxreductioninstitute.com to find out more. Also author of the great book, Lower Your Taxes Big Time. And as you can hear, just by lowering your taxes, that can make a big difference to your</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> retirement well-being. Sandy, again, we appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari. It is my pleasure. Talk to you soon.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Good morning, and I&#x27;m very honored to be here. Well, you have authored numerous technical articles. You&#x27;ve been a lecturer for some large corporations, also a consultant to the Internal Revenue Service. So you have an insider&#x27;s look at some of the tax laws, of course. And you have also been a CPA practicing for a long time. So you have a number of financial tips that CPAs should be talking to their clients about, and you say, unfortunately, they are not. What are some of the things that CPAs could do a better job of addressing, with their clients? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things. But first of all, tax planning is probably one of the most important areas for most Americans. It is the number one residual in the United States. And when I say that, most people think I&#x27;m crazy. When you think of residual income, you work once, and you get paid year after year after year.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> Well, taxes are like that, because you&#x27;re going to pay taxes last year. You&#x27;re probably going to pay this year, and you&#x27;re probably going to pay even more taxes next year. Unfortunately. So if you can get a couple tips from your CPA that reduces your taxes, that&#x27;s good. This year, next year, the year after, there&#x27;s nothing more valuable than tax planning information. And there&#x27;s a book written called The Millionaire Next Door, which evaluated many multimillionaires. And the one thing that almost every multimillionaire said is, if you want to be a multimillionaire, you&#x27;ve got to get your taxes down to the legal minimum. So if I leave a good concept with everyone listening, is really focus on tax planning and your future. It will make a sizable difference in your retirement and your net worth. Again, a residual effect on your bottom line, on your income. So absolutely, I agree with that. Hey, Sandy, it&#x27;s Coach Pete here. What are the tax planning topics?</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> And most importantly, what are the look forward tax planning issues that CPAs should be discussing with their clients today? All right. One big one is that with a $13 trillion deficit, taxes are going to go up. Make no mistake about that. They are going up. They&#x27;re already scheduled to go up for single people making over $200,000. It&#x27;s going to go up by three points. And if you&#x27;re making over $250,000 in the area, it&#x27;s going to go up almost five points. Dividends right now are taxed at 15% flat rates unless you make under a certain income. Unfortunately, starting next year, unless something special happens, it&#x27;s going to be ordinary income rates. Whatever that is, and that could be as high as 39.6%. There is a special deal that is available this year, and it&#x27;s called a conversion, where you can take your IRAs, your simple IRAs, your 401ks, and convert them to a Roth IRA.</p><p><strong>02:26</strong> Now, why would you want to do that? Because any money you put in the Roth IRA is 100% tax-free for the rest of your life. And if your family inherits the money, it is tax-free for the rest of their lives. Now, there is, however, a side effect. Now, it&#x27;s not like the drug side effects where they say death and things like that. It&#x27;s not quite that severe. But there is a side effect. And the side effect is you&#x27;ve got to pay tax on the money. This year and next year. You can spread that out. Well, you get a benefit. That&#x27;s correct. You pay tax on half the money this year, and then you pay tax on half the money next year. So even though you&#x27;re converting it all this year, you pay it over a two-year period. So the government gives you a little bit of a break. But you know what? Taxes are on sale, in my opinion. With tax rates that are going to go up, they&#x27;re on sale. So doing that now, especially if you&#x27;ve got five, ten years left before you retire, it becomes especially critical.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> So I would highly recommend that most of you meet with your financial advisor. Talk about this conversion to a Roth IRA. It could make a huge difference to your future. When does a Roth conversion make sense? When does it not make sense, Sandy? You know, I&#x27;ve had that discussion with myself, to be honest with you, because I&#x27;m in that situation. It certainly, I think, makes sense to do it immediately if you are in a tax-free state. For example, Florida, Texas, Alaska. If you don&#x27;t have a state tax, I would certainly consider doing that immediately. It also pays to do it probably if you have, I would say, five, ten years or more left to retire. So if you just started working or you have like 10, 15 years left, it probably pays to do it now. If you&#x27;re right near retirement, let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in your 60s, at that point it becomes questionable. Okay. And we call that time, Sandy, the retirement and financial red zone when you&#x27;re within five years of retirement or five years into retirement.</p><p><strong>04:08</strong> Now, at what point does it not make sense to do a Roth conversion? Because you don&#x27;t want to take a larger than you have to tax it and then within the last few years of your life when you&#x27;re not going to recoup that amount. Let me give you an example of when it doesn&#x27;t. And my situation is a perfect example. Let&#x27;s say you&#x27;re in a fairly high tax bracket. Okay. Now, I intend to retire to the state of Florida. Florida has no income tax. I&#x27;m currently living in Maryland, which has a fairly sizable income tax. For me to make a conversion now, I would be in which, where I&#x27;m going to retire probably in four or five years, I would be paying tax on all the money. And now I&#x27;d also be paying Maryland tax. Why not wait a couple years, like three, four years, and when I&#x27;m in Florida, now avoid completely all the conversion and all the Maryland tax. When to do it is certainly problematic, and it&#x27;s in the opinion of the tax advisor.</p><p><strong>04:54</strong> But I would say that for most people, it is beneficial to convert now, especially if tax rates are going to go up the way I think they&#x27;re going to go up. I want to remind everybody, in the 1960s and early 1970s, do you know what the top tax rate was at that time? 90%. 90%. It could go the same way. So, considering that I think taxes are going to go up substantially, making that conversion now becomes very, very critical. This is particularly true if you&#x27;re in a lower bracket. Obviously, if you&#x27;re in the 39.6% bracket, making conversion now is more questionable. But even then, I think it would still be a good deal. But, you know, obviously, the lower the bracket, the longer you have to wait for retirement, the more imperative it is. Well, Sandy, aside from the Roth conversion, you say that taxes are on sale now.</p><p><strong>05:40</strong> And there are a number of tax laws and advantages unique to 2010. Of course, dividend taxes, capital gains taxes, estate taxes, income taxes, all are going to be affected after December 31st, January 1st of 2010, 2011. Now, what should somebody do to take advantage of maybe some other tax laws as they stand now rather than waiting to 2011? All right. First of all, let me emphasize something here. We have two tax systems in this country. One is for employees, which is designed to take your wealth. And then one is for self-employed individuals, which is designed to create economic growth. Because if you are self-employed, you can write off part of your house, your spouse, the equivalent of your kids&#x27; education and weddings. And I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that. You can set up a pension plan that makes any government plan paltry by comparison.</p><p><strong>06:28</strong> I mean, the results are enormous. I would strongly urge everyone to consider starting up some kind of consulting business or small business. It could be a franchise you might want to look into. It could be a network marketing business. But look into starting up a business. Now, I want to emphasize one thing. I am not suggesting you start up a business just for taxes. That is not what I&#x27;m saying. But what I&#x27;m saying is if you look into a potential business that could make you a lot of money, A, it could support you for the rest of your life. B, it can result in you&#x27;re quitting your job. And C, it can save you an enormous amount of taxes because now you&#x27;re in the good tax system. Well, again, I think that starting a small business, one of the last true remaining legitimate tax deductions. So certainly something that you should consider not simply for the tax purposes, Sandy, as you noted.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> But for a legitimate business, a great tax deduction lies therein. Absolutely. And one other big tip, and this is also a very important thing, is the fact that, you know, when you&#x27;re in business, you can do all kinds of things. For example, you can hire your kids. And by hiring your kids, if it&#x27;s legitimate and related to your business, you get a deduction for that money. And now, if they use that money to pay for their own education and weddings, aren&#x27;t you, in essence, getting a deduction for college or weddings that way? Absolutely. Hey, Sandy, a mistake we see small business owners make all the time, it seems, is that selling their business is going to be their retirement plan. In other words, the value of the business will be their retirement plan. And that backfires so many times that it&#x27;s not even funny. But what are some of the better alternatives for retirement planning for small and medium-sized business owners today? All right. First of all, understand that the key behind retirement planning, it&#x27;s a very simple goal.</p><p><strong>08:01</strong> Achieving it is not simple, but the goal is. And the goal is you want to have enough income to exceed your expenses, pay off all your expenses, without going into principal. And preferably to have a debt-free retirement, because that means less expenses. Now, that sounds simple. Achieving it is the problem. That&#x27;s right. The way you achieve it is to, first of all, you have to watch what your taxes are on what your investments are. So, for example, dividends right now are 15% rate starting next year, unless the government does something. And there are some bills in Congress to make some changes. But unless the government does something, these dividends can be ordinary income. So a lot of the question, then, should you still stay in stock by virtue of the fact that the dividend rates may be going up from 15% to as high as 39.6%. Again, we don&#x27;t know anything yet, because there&#x27;s bills in Congress to change that to 20%, 25%, and so on.</p><p><strong>08:48</strong> But I don&#x27;t know if any of this stuff&#x27;s going to pass. But you&#x27;ve got to watch that. Maybe tax exempts is the better way. But again, right now, tax exempts aren&#x27;t paying that much. Tax exempts are paying 2%. But you can make 6%, say, on Verizon or stock or things like that. Maybe you&#x27;re better off with Verizon, even though it&#x27;s taxable. So those are the types of issues that you want to consider. But there&#x27;s one other thing I want to emphasize. It&#x27;s not a tax issue, but it&#x27;s such an important thing that I think we need to talk about it. And that&#x27;s called pension maximization. Absolutely. You know, it&#x27;s very critical. You know, most companies and even state employees, not so much federal, but it is true for many states and federal, will give you a choice at retirement where you can receive your full pension. And then if you die, your spouse gets nothing. Or you can receive a substantially reduced pension. And then if you pre-execie your spouse, they get a pension too. Yep. The problem with that is that if the spouse dies, you&#x27;re stuck with the lower amount.</p><p><strong>09:37</strong> They don&#x27;t go back. Unless you&#x27;re a federal employee. My dad was in that situation. He actually lost over a third of his pension for the rest of her life. And my mom predeceased him, and he was stuck. There&#x27;s a much better way. And it&#x27;s called pension maximization. Okay. But the key is you&#x27;ve got to plan. What that means is this. With pension maximization is you take the full pension, but you take out a life insurance policy, enough whole life, and I know we don&#x27;t recommend whole life, but in this case I will, enough whole life to equal and to produce enough income to equal what the spouse would have made had you taken the reduced amount. The key to doing that, though, is if you wait at the time of retirement, this is where most people make a mistake, the premium exceeds what the reduced amount would have been. So it&#x27;s usually not a good deal if you do it at age 65 and you&#x27;re ready to retire.</p><p><strong>10:22</strong> The key is to do this at least 10 years before retirement. Then the amount of premium is usually less than what you would have had to take on a pay cut on the retirement in order to get your spouse a sufficient amount of income. So here&#x27;s the key. At least 10 years in advance, you take out enough whole life insurance to equal what the spouse would have gotten in income from that whole life policy. And you want to make sure that the premium is less than what the retirement cut would have been. And that usually requires you to do this at least 10 years before retirement. And that leaves both spouses protected and typically in a better situation than with just the pension alone. Oh, absolutely. This way, if you pre-decie die, there&#x27;s no pension. But then they get this huge life insurance policy they can live off of. If the spouse dies, you get your higher pension, which is something my father didn&#x27;t get,</p><p><strong>11:08</strong> and you get the cash value of the life insurance. It&#x27;s a win-win. It does take planning, as you noted, however. And as you also noted, whole life is the way to go there. Not typically what you recommend. But, Sandy, I think you would agree that there is a purpose for every financial tool out there. You just have to know what that purpose is. That is correct. That is absolutely correct. And, Sandy, I&#x27;m glad you covered that pension max. It&#x27;s something that we discuss with our clients every single day. I think it&#x27;s very, very important. It&#x27;s extremely important. You know, pension max can make a huge difference to someone&#x27;s retirement. Can you explain to the folks listening what pension max is and how it fits into everyone&#x27;s retirement? If I were everyone listening to the show, I would immediately go into your employer and find out what happens at retirement. Even though you may be in your 30s, ask them. Do you get the full amount? Did you have to take a reduced amount for a spouse if the spouse predeceases you?</p><p><strong>11:56</strong> What happens then? Do you still keep the reduced amount, or can you go back to the original amount? Federal employees can go back to the original amount. Others may not. If you can&#x27;t go back to the original amount, then you&#x27;ve got to really seriously consider the pension maximization thing of at least 10 years before retirement. You do not want to wait at retirement because at that point, the whole life becomes too expensive. Sandy, you noted that income is of the utmost importance in retirement. What are some of the other ways that you can maximize your income in retirement? Well, there&#x27;s a lot of things you could do. The key, really, for retirement income is savings well before retirement. Let me give you an interesting thing. If you would not buy a latte, sounds funny, $4 a day for a latte. But if you don&#x27;t buy a latte for your whole life, for 40 years, and you invest that money in a typical mutual fund, it&#x27;s worth about $150,000 at retirement.</p><p><strong>12:45</strong> Believe it or not, little things over the years become big deals at retirement. Cutting back some expenses now and saving, and I cannot emphasize this enough, saving for retirement is probably the most important thing. In fact, my rule of thumb is you want to, unless you get a tremendous pension, which is few and far between these days, you want to put away a minimum of 10% of your take-home pay every month, every year, and never, ever touch that money to retirement. You know, I&#x27;m not that smart. I want to emphasize, I&#x27;m a multimillionaire. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m not that smart. I&#x27;m not smarter than a lot of people listening to the show. I don&#x27;t work harder. I don&#x27;t know if I made more money than a lot of people. But what I did was I put away an IRA even when I was 16. Every year, I maximized my IRA, which wasn&#x27;t much at that time.</p><p><strong>13:31</strong> It was like $2,000. Today, I put away more. But the point is, you know, at retirement, I&#x27;m sitting very well. I have no debts, and I&#x27;m sitting quite well. And again, I&#x27;m not that smart. If I can do it, you can do it. Okay. A couple other things here that I wanted to touch on. You have written a guide for some common tax scams. And I wanted to go over a few of these tax scams with you. First off, you noted economic stimulus scams. And I wanted to kind of pick your brain about what are some of the economic stimulus scams that you&#x27;ve seen. Well, you know what? Believe it or not, there were some benefits for the average person. The entire stimulus didn&#x27;t just go to the rich bankers here. There were some things that came in for the average person to get the money. And there are a lot of people who are notifying the Americans, saying in order to get the</p><p><strong>14:16</strong> stimulus, you&#x27;ve got to apply to it. And of course, they then want your social security number, or you&#x27;ve got to pay a fee in order to get it. There are no fees to get these economic stimulus scams. You do not have to give anybody your social security number. So that&#x27;s a complete scam. And by the way, let me emphasize a couple of things here with regard to these scams. You know, there&#x27;s a lot of scams out there, particularly tax scams, that are asking if you&#x27;re trying to get your identity theft, trying to get your social security number, or trying to get your bank account number. I just received one by the IRS saying, you&#x27;re currently being audited, but I think we might have the wrong person. Please call us or email us. We need certain information to see you are who you are. Of course, they wanted social security and a whole bunch of my mother&#x27;s maiden name and a whole bunch of other stuff. No one will ever do that. No IRS employee will ever ask you that information. And there are variations of that.</p><p><strong>15:02</strong> There&#x27;s an arrest warrant. You get a letter saying there&#x27;s an arrest warrant issued to you by the clerk of the court, but it could be a mistake. You&#x27;ve got to call up and verify. Again, that will not happen. No one wants personal information. No state will ask you for that information. Never give out that kind of information. Never. There are a couple other scams where people are saying taxes are unconstitutional or they&#x27;re frivolous and you don&#x27;t have to pay taxes or only federal employees pay taxes. All of that is nonsense. Those people have been losing in court all the time and the government is so bored with that they&#x27;re asserting the government&#x27;s legal fees. But there is a couple scams that I want to emphasize that&#x27;s very important. And that&#x27;s what I call the pitch-a-thon scams. You know, when I was growing up, one of the oldest jokes that used to be to hear is that the most expensive thing in the evening was a lady who&#x27;s free for the evening. Today, the most expensive thing in the world is a free or low-cost seminar. These seminars, what&#x27;s going on, and I&#x27;ve seen a couple, where you go to these programs</p><p><strong>15:50</strong> where you might pay very little. Sometimes you pay a lot of money. Sometimes you pay even a thousand bucks. And all you get, for the most part, is pitch after pitch after pitch for high-priced products. Those things are horrible in many cases. Many of these promoters double their price because they have to give 50% to the sponsor of the seminar. So they actually charge more than they would have charged on their website. It is an absolutely horrible situation. If you get into that situation, I would certainly not buy anything. And if you ended up paying a lot of money for that seminar, and it turns out that all you got was pitch after pitch after pitch, I would ask for my money back. My rule of thumb is I have nothing against people selling products. I don&#x27;t mind additional products if something gives me a lot of content. But I want a lot of content. If you don&#x27;t get at least 90% content, 10% sales, I ask for my money back.</p><p><strong>16:37</strong> And that&#x27;s just the way I am. And you&#x27;ve got to avoid those pitch-a-thons. And you also want to avoid something else, what I call special trading software. I&#x27;m going to emphasize a couple things here. I&#x27;ve been at seminars where they offer this expensive software, and they give you this money-back guarantee. You have a three-day training program. And if at the end of the first day you don&#x27;t like it, you can get your money back. It all sounds wonderful. But nobody ever asked themselves, if I had this great software that worked wonderfully, why am I selling it? Why wouldn&#x27;t I just use it? I mean, if you had a gold mine, wouldn&#x27;t you just keep it? Would you tell anybody about it? Does Warren Buffett tell what his secrets are? No! No one would tell you about this stuff if it worked. The problem is it doesn&#x27;t work, or at least it doesn&#x27;t work any better than any other software out there. But nobody thinks of it. And the speaker who sells the thing gets a huge amount of money. And then when you show up at the training program, yeah, they give you one day of good training.</p><p><strong>17:24</strong> And then in day two and day three, they tell you, oh, you know, in order to really get the benefit of the program, you&#x27;ve got to spend another $10,000 or $20,000, I&#x27;m not exaggerating when I say that, to get the real benefit of the software. Hey, you were a sucker once. Why not try it again? Stay away from the trading software. Stay away from the high-priced seminars that are $3,000 and $4,000 and $5,000. Stay away from these things, particularly if they&#x27;re sold at a pitch-a-thon. Well, we see a lot of those peddling trusts. Maybe this was more a few years ago, but I know some are still around. Peddling trusts when they&#x27;re not really warranted or needed. That&#x27;s another situation there, where you set up these, what they call family trusts or pure trusts, where they say, oh, you can write off all your personal expenses and do all this stuff by setting up these trusts and you can avoid taxes. You know, I was at a seminar where a guy looked very competent, said, oh, look how much money I can save.</p><p><strong>18:09</strong> And he cites all these things. I can tell you it doesn&#x27;t work. It just doesn&#x27;t work. You know, it&#x27;s the old saying, if it sounds too good to be true, it isn&#x27;t. That&#x27;s my point. Well, Sandy, I know that with the tax increases coming here in the future, a lot of folks are going to be looking for ways to avoid that. Now, we want to stay away from the gray area when it comes to the IRS, only in the black and white, only in the good area. But again, you don&#x27;t want to pay more taxes than you have to. So legally minimizing your taxes is a great way to do it. One way that you certainly are getting into that gray area is hiding assets offshore. Another thing that you warned people about. No question. Americans, first of all, have to disclose any money that they have invested offshore. If they don&#x27;t do that, it&#x27;s a felony, believe it or not.</p><p><strong>18:56</strong> Secondly, Americans are taxed on their worldwide income. I don&#x27;t care if you own property in the Cayman Islands or in the UK, you are taxed on your worldwide income. And any promoter who suggests that you put money in different places, you can avoid taxes that way, is wrong, is lying to you, and you can be indicted for fraud. So be aware of that. There&#x27;s a lot of scams out there. There&#x27;s a lot of people who want to get your money. You know, my goal is, if you listen to my advice, I&#x27;m going to make your life a lot less taxing. Well, again, paying too much tax, something that we want to avoid. I don&#x27;t mind paying my fair share. I just don&#x27;t want to pay more than I am required to. Absolutely. Do you know something? I&#x27;m going to give you a little tip. If you save $6,000 a year in taxes, we&#x27;re not talking about a huge amount of money,</p><p><strong>19:43</strong> $6,000. Put it away in an average performing mutual fund. Nothing special. No stock trading. No necessarily real estate buying. Just an average performing mutual fund. And you do this for your whole life. You do it for 40 years. That money is going to be worth $2.9 million at retirement. Well, that can make a difference. That will make a difference in your life. All right. Well, Sandy, we certainly have appreciated your insight, your knowledge. And I would like to check in with you again here in the near future on the Financial Safari. Absolutely. It would be my honor. His name is Sandy Botkin. He is a CPA. He is the CEO of the Tax Reduction Institute. And you can go to taxreductioninstitute.com to find out more. Also author of the great book, Lower Your Taxes Big Time. And as you can hear, just by lowering your taxes, that can make a big difference to your</p><p><strong>20:30</strong> retirement well-being. Sandy, again, we appreciate you being here with us on the Financial Safari. It is my pleasure. Talk to you soon.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>CPA and author Sandy Botkin discusses Lower Your Taxes Big Time, the role of tax planning, and questions to bring to a conversation with your accountant. This interview was recorded in August 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Sandy Botkin</category>
      <category>retirement planning</category>
      <category>tax planning</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Sandy Botkin, retirement planning, tax planning, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/image.jpg?t=1792073286&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sandy-botkin-tax-planning-and-building-retirement-wealth/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/image.jpg?t=1792073286&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Aug 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1236</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e5e564f2-78aa-4cad-8314-b4e200ec89b2/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="19814321" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/sandy-botkin-tax-planning-and-building-retirement-wealth</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>279</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Tax Planning and Building Retirement Wealth" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:27" title="Taxes and planning ahead" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:06:29" title="Entrepreneurship and business" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:10:37" title="Life insurance" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:14:23" title="Recognizing financial fraud" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bob Wiedemer: Aftershock and the Difference Between Bubbles and Market Cycles</title>
      <itunes:title>Bob Wiedemer: Aftershock and the Difference Between Bubbles and Market Cycles</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Bob Wiedemer joins Coach Pete to discuss America’s Bubble Economy and Aftershock. Their 2010 conversation examines the housing and stock markets, economic bubbles, and the challenge of preparing for a changing economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. And now we&#x27;re joined by another very special guest here on the show, Bob Wiedemur, who is president and CEO of the Foresight Group, a macroeconomic and risk assessment firm that helps investors and businesses make better decisions through well-informed and objective economic forecast and analysis. And Bob, you had a part in writing America&#x27;s Bubble Economy and Aftershock. And these are two books that talk about the fall that we had in 2008 and what we could see here in the near future. So what are you looking at as far as what you do see coming here around the corner? Well, thanks, Coach Pete, for inviting me on. In terms of around the corner, I&#x27;m going to be a little boring. I don&#x27;t see a lot for, let&#x27;s say, the remainder of the year, the second half.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I think we&#x27;ll see a continued slow economy. We might actually see a slight rebound in the housing market from abysmal lows simply because we were hit so hard by the expiration of the tax credit. But if there&#x27;s any excitement, so to speak, that will come, it&#x27;ll be in the stock market. And we might see that falling to, say, $9,000 or maybe even a little lower this fall. Well, Bob, I like the subtitle of your book. You know, the title, Aftershock, Protect Yourself and Profit in the Next Global Financial Meltdown. And when you talk about the bubbles bursting in here, and you want to tell the folks the difference between bubbles bursting and down market cycles? Yeah, thanks for catching on. That&#x27;s probably the most important single thing we try to teach in the book is that this isn&#x27;t a traditional business cycle. And we might add the business cycles are a little overrated already.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> If you think about it, is the economy of the 1840s really like the 1940s? Was the economy of the 1950s really that close to the 1980s? Not really. I mean, even China wasn&#x27;t much of an issue 30, 40 years ago, and now it&#x27;s a huge issue. So the economy is really evolving, and we see this as just part of the evolution. And right now, part of the evolution is that we&#x27;ve pumped up four bubbles, the consumer spending, private credit, housing, and stock market bubble. And those are starting to pop. Obviously, the housing bubble popped once, I mean, popped, and it&#x27;s taking down the other bubbles with it. So the virtuous cycle of bubbles going up is becoming a vicious cycle of bubbles going down. So we don&#x27;t really see this as a down cycle that inevitably popped up. We see it as a bubble pop that may be reinflated by the government for a little bit, but will then continue to pop in the future. And you call this a bubble quake, correct? Yes, that&#x27;s one of our terms for it, exactly.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Well, it was pretty amazing. You predicted this long before it happened. So do you want to give us some of the indicators you were using or some of the foresight that you used to predict this truth that&#x27;s happened now? Sure. When we were writing the book back in 2005, I mean, one of the things we were looking at, at least in housing, for example, was that housing prices were starting to go up rather rapidly, almost heading toward 80, 90, and made in place over 100% since 2001. This is by 2005, 2006. Yet income had only gone up about 2%. So it was really hard for us to see how that could be justified economically. And that&#x27;s really the fundamental of a bubble is something where the asset prices are getting way beyond any economic justification. That&#x27;s one example, and I think a pretty important one. Now, we all lived through it, too, in using our houses as ATM machines, a lot of folks did, and two or three mortgages on the house, over 100% borrowing capabilities from house.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I remember the 125 loans that were all over the place out there. That&#x27;s right. And the adjustable rates. Now, you said there&#x27;s six different bubbles out there, right? Right. Before I just mentioned consumer spending, private credit, stock, and real estate, the other two are the aftershock, which we write about in the second book. And the next problem to come is as those four bubbles all start interacting in a vicious cycle going down, they put increasing pressure on two bubbles that we really haven&#x27;t had to worry about at all before, one being the government debt and the other being the dollar bubble. And these bubbles are still, right now, somewhat stealth bubbles. More and more people are getting aware that there&#x27;s a problem, although if they think it&#x27;s a problem, they think it&#x27;s probably our grandchildren&#x27;s or children&#x27;s problem. What we&#x27;re saying is because the other four bubbles are popping, it&#x27;s really going to put a lot of short-term pressure on the government debt and dollar bubble. And when I mean short-term, I don&#x27;t mean this year or next year.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But over the next three, four, five years, we&#x27;re going to see those bubbles start to burst as well. Well, the increased government spending and the radical increase of the government debt is also putting pressure on themselves as well. Exactly. So, again, a lot of that is just the government&#x27;s reaction to the downturn. A lot of it is just a lost tax revenue. So that&#x27;s forced the government debt up much more rapidly. It&#x27;s also forced the government to start printing money because they can&#x27;t borrow necessarily. For example, last March, they had trouble or thought they would have trouble borrowing. So they ended up buying their own bonds. They became the biggest buyer of Treasury bonds and Freddie and Fannie bonds in the market. That&#x27;s done with printed money. So they&#x27;re both borrowing and printing. And for a short time or for a while, a few years, that works. But fairly quickly, it&#x27;s going to cause huge problems.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And that&#x27;s the result of those first four bubbles bursting. Now, Bob, you have a very special device that you have used in the past to find out about the dollar bubble. And you call it bubble vision glasses that you put on. And you can see with your bubble vision glasses what&#x27;s happening here in the economy. Well, again, I think in the short term, I think it&#x27;ll be fairly low key. But what I see underlying this, and we&#x27;ve seen it just last week, the Federal Reserve is talking again, somewhat subtly in somewhat rumor form, but they&#x27;re talking about increasing their purchases of U.S. bonds. And that could be Fannie, Freddie, or U.S. Treasury bonds. There&#x27;s even talk it might be as much as $5 trillion. When you do this, you&#x27;re essentially increasing the money supply. Our money supply has already increased 300%, almost 300%, from $800 billion in 2008 to over $2 trillion today.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And people aren&#x27;t really aware of just how much you&#x27;ve increased money supply. And in some ways, they don&#x27;t really care because we don&#x27;t see the inflation yet. But inflation can be slow to take off, especially in a down economy. But it does come. You cannot increase the money supply three, four, or as the government or the Fed&#x27;s now sort of talking about, four or five times without getting some pretty significant inflation. So that&#x27;s what we see as the next issue, but not for the next year, probably not even for another two years. But inflation will start to come, not just what we&#x27;ve already done, but what we think will come in terms of the Fed printing more money over the next year. And I know you&#x27;ve said it&#x27;s not just the American bubble economy. It&#x27;s the world&#x27;s bubble economy, correct? Very much so. I won&#x27;t say all governments are alike. That&#x27;s not true. But governments often react to things in somewhat similar ways. And that, again, is to print and borrow, to deal with short-term pain.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> And they&#x27;re not worrying about the long-term consequences. China has had an enormous rebound from the big collapse of its export markets. And that&#x27;s because the Chinese government has essentially forced banks to lend. And they can control the money supply. They control the banks. I&#x27;ll give you a quick example. In the first quarter of 2009, Chinese banks lent out more money than in all of 2008. Think what would happen if the U.S. government was able to force banks to do the same thing. Well, we would have a big boom, but we&#x27;d also have a huge bubble brewing under all that. And it also can create bubbles. China, all this borrowing or lending has created a huge bubble in real estate. And it&#x27;s also created some huge problems in the monetary system. They&#x27;re not going to show up this next few months, although the property bubble might start bursting in the next 6, 12 months.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> But it&#x27;s going to show China&#x27;s made a big mistake. And so has a lot of other countries in Europe and elsewhere around the world done similar types of things. Now, for the average listener hearing the macroeconomic view and what&#x27;s happening all over the place, you know, what can they do, though, for their little microeconomy, the family economy they have? I know you have a chapter covering your assets, how not to lose money. And I think that&#x27;s very important for everybody out there to pay attention to the two rules you have to make sure people don&#x27;t lose money, right? Well, there are. And I think it&#x27;s important to emphasize that sometimes it&#x27;s a time to pull in your horns. That people always ask, well, how can I make sure I get that 10%? And that&#x27;s important. Don&#x27;t get me wrong. And I think there are ways to do that. But it&#x27;s most important sometimes to be careful about losing money. In 1928, Charlie Merrill of Merrill Lynch, you know, the people who are bullish on America,</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> said pull in your horns and sell your stocks. Sometimes there&#x27;s a time to do it. So that&#x27;s one of the rules right now is to reduce your exposure in the stock market significantly. I know it&#x27;s got a rally going on right now, but ultimately the rally is based on air. Fundamentally, you&#x27;re having a bubble pop and the stocks will go down. It&#x27;s reduced or eliminate your exposure to stocks. And the second thing is be very careful about long-term bonds, because in an environment that will be pro to inflation, those bonds can lose an enormous amount of their principal. That&#x27;s something we haven&#x27;t seen before, but even other people are talking about a bond bubble. Interest rates of 2%, 3% for 5- and 10-year bonds are just extremely low for any normal, reasonable expectation of inflation. So be careful of those two, stocks and long-term bonds. So those are simple rules that people can pay attention to, and it doesn&#x27;t mean to go out and sell everything they have right now,</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> but it does mean to pay more attention. Because have you bought potato chips lately, Bob? Have you gone into the store and bought a nice, big, fat bag of potato chips? How do you open it? Do you tear it apart or do you just pop it? I tear it. I open it, but, you know, both of the two sides. Okay, so it&#x27;s a nice, big, fat bag until you open it. Then there&#x27;s hardly any potato chips in the bottom. All the air comes out. So that&#x27;s a bubble right there. That&#x27;s a bubble on a micro view of economy right there. Exactly. And, Coach Pete, you make a great point. When I say be careful or reduce your exposure, as I always indicate, no panic. Nothing should ever be done all at once. Move gradually. Move a bit. See how the economy goes. See how the stock market goes. Timing is hard to get perfectly. So the key thing is to be aware of these issues, to be aware of what might be coming, to move</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> gradually, but to move. Don&#x27;t be frozen. Deer, they have lights. But move in that direction and see what happens. But move gradually. No panic right now, by any means. So it&#x27;s not the time just to sit back and watch the TV. I think somebody said with a six-pack of beer and just watching the economy. Now you have to be proactive instead of reactive. Exactly. We do see a lot of folks, Bob, that have what we call paralysis by analysis. They don&#x27;t know which direction to take. They don&#x27;t know what decision to make. So they end up making no decision at all. And that can be the worst result there is. That can be pretty disastrous to somebody&#x27;s personal economics, can&#x27;t it? Exactly. And that&#x27;s the biggest problem, is that people get scared. They don&#x27;t want to make any decisions. And the things they&#x27;re most comfortable with, say stocks or real estate, maybe haven&#x27;t done very well, or maybe they&#x27;ve had some big losses from them.</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> So they go, oh my God, the things I&#x27;m comfortable with didn&#x27;t work. And I just don&#x27;t want to move into things that are uncomfortable. For that, I would suggest read the book, read Aftershock. Maybe talk to a financial planner that shares some of these views as well and can maybe help guide you and push you along a certain path. But again, it&#x27;s also not a reason to panic. It&#x27;s not saying, oh my God, I&#x27;ve got to sell everything immediately or all my real estate or all my stock. No, it&#x27;s time to look at reducing some exposures. When there are potential for risk ahead, it&#x27;s good to reduce your exposure to the risk. I know, Bob, when you wrote your book, I&#x27;m sure, called Aftershock, by the way, folks, a great book. But when you wrote the book, I&#x27;m sure you had some doubters out there. And I&#x27;m sure the same people who did not agree with the way you predicted things in the past still probably don&#x27;t agree with what you&#x27;re looking at in the future, correct? Correct. But people are fairly quick to say, you were right in the past, but they don&#x27;t agree with what</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> you&#x27;re seeing in the future. You know, the old rule is to agree with whatever is proven, but they just don&#x27;t agree with whatever is not proven. And you&#x27;re predicting the future. So I certainly have some supporters who doubted me earlier and certainly agree with what I predicted in the past because it came true. But yeah, they&#x27;re still skeptical about what&#x27;s to come. So it&#x27;s kind of funny. And we&#x27;ll see what happens over the next couple of years. But so far, I think we&#x27;re much more on track than most of the doubters by a long shot. Well, America&#x27;s Bubble Economy was the book in 2006 that predicted the crash and Aftershock. Definitely good book. We very much enjoyed that. We certainly appreciate you being here on the financial safari with us today. Thanks, Bob. Very good. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Again, that was Bob Wiedemur, author of Aftershock, a New York Times bestselling book. Before we go to break here, if you would like a second opinion or review of your finances,</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> give us a call right now. Pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bob Wiedemer joins Coach Pete to discuss America’s Bubble Economy and Aftershock. Their 2010 conversation examines the housing and stock markets, economic bubbles, and the challenge of preparing for a changing economy.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> Welcome back in to the Financial Safari. And now we&#x27;re joined by another very special guest here on the show, Bob Wiedemur, who is president and CEO of the Foresight Group, a macroeconomic and risk assessment firm that helps investors and businesses make better decisions through well-informed and objective economic forecast and analysis. And Bob, you had a part in writing America&#x27;s Bubble Economy and Aftershock. And these are two books that talk about the fall that we had in 2008 and what we could see here in the near future. So what are you looking at as far as what you do see coming here around the corner? Well, thanks, Coach Pete, for inviting me on. In terms of around the corner, I&#x27;m going to be a little boring. I don&#x27;t see a lot for, let&#x27;s say, the remainder of the year, the second half.</p><p><strong>00:45</strong> I think we&#x27;ll see a continued slow economy. We might actually see a slight rebound in the housing market from abysmal lows simply because we were hit so hard by the expiration of the tax credit. But if there&#x27;s any excitement, so to speak, that will come, it&#x27;ll be in the stock market. And we might see that falling to, say, $9,000 or maybe even a little lower this fall. Well, Bob, I like the subtitle of your book. You know, the title, Aftershock, Protect Yourself and Profit in the Next Global Financial Meltdown. And when you talk about the bubbles bursting in here, and you want to tell the folks the difference between bubbles bursting and down market cycles? Yeah, thanks for catching on. That&#x27;s probably the most important single thing we try to teach in the book is that this isn&#x27;t a traditional business cycle. And we might add the business cycles are a little overrated already.</p><p><strong>01:32</strong> If you think about it, is the economy of the 1840s really like the 1940s? Was the economy of the 1950s really that close to the 1980s? Not really. I mean, even China wasn&#x27;t much of an issue 30, 40 years ago, and now it&#x27;s a huge issue. So the economy is really evolving, and we see this as just part of the evolution. And right now, part of the evolution is that we&#x27;ve pumped up four bubbles, the consumer spending, private credit, housing, and stock market bubble. And those are starting to pop. Obviously, the housing bubble popped once, I mean, popped, and it&#x27;s taking down the other bubbles with it. So the virtuous cycle of bubbles going up is becoming a vicious cycle of bubbles going down. So we don&#x27;t really see this as a down cycle that inevitably popped up. We see it as a bubble pop that may be reinflated by the government for a little bit, but will then continue to pop in the future. And you call this a bubble quake, correct? Yes, that&#x27;s one of our terms for it, exactly.</p><p><strong>02:19</strong> Well, it was pretty amazing. You predicted this long before it happened. So do you want to give us some of the indicators you were using or some of the foresight that you used to predict this truth that&#x27;s happened now? Sure. When we were writing the book back in 2005, I mean, one of the things we were looking at, at least in housing, for example, was that housing prices were starting to go up rather rapidly, almost heading toward 80, 90, and made in place over 100% since 2001. This is by 2005, 2006. Yet income had only gone up about 2%. So it was really hard for us to see how that could be justified economically. And that&#x27;s really the fundamental of a bubble is something where the asset prices are getting way beyond any economic justification. That&#x27;s one example, and I think a pretty important one. Now, we all lived through it, too, in using our houses as ATM machines, a lot of folks did, and two or three mortgages on the house, over 100% borrowing capabilities from house.</p><p><strong>03:09</strong> I remember the 125 loans that were all over the place out there. That&#x27;s right. And the adjustable rates. Now, you said there&#x27;s six different bubbles out there, right? Right. Before I just mentioned consumer spending, private credit, stock, and real estate, the other two are the aftershock, which we write about in the second book. And the next problem to come is as those four bubbles all start interacting in a vicious cycle going down, they put increasing pressure on two bubbles that we really haven&#x27;t had to worry about at all before, one being the government debt and the other being the dollar bubble. And these bubbles are still, right now, somewhat stealth bubbles. More and more people are getting aware that there&#x27;s a problem, although if they think it&#x27;s a problem, they think it&#x27;s probably our grandchildren&#x27;s or children&#x27;s problem. What we&#x27;re saying is because the other four bubbles are popping, it&#x27;s really going to put a lot of short-term pressure on the government debt and dollar bubble. And when I mean short-term, I don&#x27;t mean this year or next year.</p><p><strong>03:55</strong> But over the next three, four, five years, we&#x27;re going to see those bubbles start to burst as well. Well, the increased government spending and the radical increase of the government debt is also putting pressure on themselves as well. Exactly. So, again, a lot of that is just the government&#x27;s reaction to the downturn. A lot of it is just a lost tax revenue. So that&#x27;s forced the government debt up much more rapidly. It&#x27;s also forced the government to start printing money because they can&#x27;t borrow necessarily. For example, last March, they had trouble or thought they would have trouble borrowing. So they ended up buying their own bonds. They became the biggest buyer of Treasury bonds and Freddie and Fannie bonds in the market. That&#x27;s done with printed money. So they&#x27;re both borrowing and printing. And for a short time or for a while, a few years, that works. But fairly quickly, it&#x27;s going to cause huge problems.</p><p><strong>04:41</strong> And that&#x27;s the result of those first four bubbles bursting. Now, Bob, you have a very special device that you have used in the past to find out about the dollar bubble. And you call it bubble vision glasses that you put on. And you can see with your bubble vision glasses what&#x27;s happening here in the economy. Well, again, I think in the short term, I think it&#x27;ll be fairly low key. But what I see underlying this, and we&#x27;ve seen it just last week, the Federal Reserve is talking again, somewhat subtly in somewhat rumor form, but they&#x27;re talking about increasing their purchases of U.S. bonds. And that could be Fannie, Freddie, or U.S. Treasury bonds. There&#x27;s even talk it might be as much as $5 trillion. When you do this, you&#x27;re essentially increasing the money supply. Our money supply has already increased 300%, almost 300%, from $800 billion in 2008 to over $2 trillion today.</p><p><strong>05:28</strong> And people aren&#x27;t really aware of just how much you&#x27;ve increased money supply. And in some ways, they don&#x27;t really care because we don&#x27;t see the inflation yet. But inflation can be slow to take off, especially in a down economy. But it does come. You cannot increase the money supply three, four, or as the government or the Fed&#x27;s now sort of talking about, four or five times without getting some pretty significant inflation. So that&#x27;s what we see as the next issue, but not for the next year, probably not even for another two years. But inflation will start to come, not just what we&#x27;ve already done, but what we think will come in terms of the Fed printing more money over the next year. And I know you&#x27;ve said it&#x27;s not just the American bubble economy. It&#x27;s the world&#x27;s bubble economy, correct? Very much so. I won&#x27;t say all governments are alike. That&#x27;s not true. But governments often react to things in somewhat similar ways. And that, again, is to print and borrow, to deal with short-term pain.</p><p><strong>06:15</strong> And they&#x27;re not worrying about the long-term consequences. China has had an enormous rebound from the big collapse of its export markets. And that&#x27;s because the Chinese government has essentially forced banks to lend. And they can control the money supply. They control the banks. I&#x27;ll give you a quick example. In the first quarter of 2009, Chinese banks lent out more money than in all of 2008. Think what would happen if the U.S. government was able to force banks to do the same thing. Well, we would have a big boom, but we&#x27;d also have a huge bubble brewing under all that. And it also can create bubbles. China, all this borrowing or lending has created a huge bubble in real estate. And it&#x27;s also created some huge problems in the monetary system. They&#x27;re not going to show up this next few months, although the property bubble might start bursting in the next 6, 12 months.</p><p><strong>07:00</strong> But it&#x27;s going to show China&#x27;s made a big mistake. And so has a lot of other countries in Europe and elsewhere around the world done similar types of things. Now, for the average listener hearing the macroeconomic view and what&#x27;s happening all over the place, you know, what can they do, though, for their little microeconomy, the family economy they have? I know you have a chapter covering your assets, how not to lose money. And I think that&#x27;s very important for everybody out there to pay attention to the two rules you have to make sure people don&#x27;t lose money, right? Well, there are. And I think it&#x27;s important to emphasize that sometimes it&#x27;s a time to pull in your horns. That people always ask, well, how can I make sure I get that 10%? And that&#x27;s important. Don&#x27;t get me wrong. And I think there are ways to do that. But it&#x27;s most important sometimes to be careful about losing money. In 1928, Charlie Merrill of Merrill Lynch, you know, the people who are bullish on America,</p><p><strong>07:46</strong> said pull in your horns and sell your stocks. Sometimes there&#x27;s a time to do it. So that&#x27;s one of the rules right now is to reduce your exposure in the stock market significantly. I know it&#x27;s got a rally going on right now, but ultimately the rally is based on air. Fundamentally, you&#x27;re having a bubble pop and the stocks will go down. It&#x27;s reduced or eliminate your exposure to stocks. And the second thing is be very careful about long-term bonds, because in an environment that will be pro to inflation, those bonds can lose an enormous amount of their principal. That&#x27;s something we haven&#x27;t seen before, but even other people are talking about a bond bubble. Interest rates of 2%, 3% for 5- and 10-year bonds are just extremely low for any normal, reasonable expectation of inflation. So be careful of those two, stocks and long-term bonds. So those are simple rules that people can pay attention to, and it doesn&#x27;t mean to go out and sell everything they have right now,</p><p><strong>08:31</strong> but it does mean to pay more attention. Because have you bought potato chips lately, Bob? Have you gone into the store and bought a nice, big, fat bag of potato chips? How do you open it? Do you tear it apart or do you just pop it? I tear it. I open it, but, you know, both of the two sides. Okay, so it&#x27;s a nice, big, fat bag until you open it. Then there&#x27;s hardly any potato chips in the bottom. All the air comes out. So that&#x27;s a bubble right there. That&#x27;s a bubble on a micro view of economy right there. Exactly. And, Coach Pete, you make a great point. When I say be careful or reduce your exposure, as I always indicate, no panic. Nothing should ever be done all at once. Move gradually. Move a bit. See how the economy goes. See how the stock market goes. Timing is hard to get perfectly. So the key thing is to be aware of these issues, to be aware of what might be coming, to move</p><p><strong>09:16</strong> gradually, but to move. Don&#x27;t be frozen. Deer, they have lights. But move in that direction and see what happens. But move gradually. No panic right now, by any means. So it&#x27;s not the time just to sit back and watch the TV. I think somebody said with a six-pack of beer and just watching the economy. Now you have to be proactive instead of reactive. Exactly. We do see a lot of folks, Bob, that have what we call paralysis by analysis. They don&#x27;t know which direction to take. They don&#x27;t know what decision to make. So they end up making no decision at all. And that can be the worst result there is. That can be pretty disastrous to somebody&#x27;s personal economics, can&#x27;t it? Exactly. And that&#x27;s the biggest problem, is that people get scared. They don&#x27;t want to make any decisions. And the things they&#x27;re most comfortable with, say stocks or real estate, maybe haven&#x27;t done very well, or maybe they&#x27;ve had some big losses from them.</p><p><strong>10:02</strong> So they go, oh my God, the things I&#x27;m comfortable with didn&#x27;t work. And I just don&#x27;t want to move into things that are uncomfortable. For that, I would suggest read the book, read Aftershock. Maybe talk to a financial planner that shares some of these views as well and can maybe help guide you and push you along a certain path. But again, it&#x27;s also not a reason to panic. It&#x27;s not saying, oh my God, I&#x27;ve got to sell everything immediately or all my real estate or all my stock. No, it&#x27;s time to look at reducing some exposures. When there are potential for risk ahead, it&#x27;s good to reduce your exposure to the risk. I know, Bob, when you wrote your book, I&#x27;m sure, called Aftershock, by the way, folks, a great book. But when you wrote the book, I&#x27;m sure you had some doubters out there. And I&#x27;m sure the same people who did not agree with the way you predicted things in the past still probably don&#x27;t agree with what you&#x27;re looking at in the future, correct? Correct. But people are fairly quick to say, you were right in the past, but they don&#x27;t agree with what</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> you&#x27;re seeing in the future. You know, the old rule is to agree with whatever is proven, but they just don&#x27;t agree with whatever is not proven. And you&#x27;re predicting the future. So I certainly have some supporters who doubted me earlier and certainly agree with what I predicted in the past because it came true. But yeah, they&#x27;re still skeptical about what&#x27;s to come. So it&#x27;s kind of funny. And we&#x27;ll see what happens over the next couple of years. But so far, I think we&#x27;re much more on track than most of the doubters by a long shot. Well, America&#x27;s Bubble Economy was the book in 2006 that predicted the crash and Aftershock. Definitely good book. We very much enjoyed that. We certainly appreciate you being here on the financial safari with us today. Thanks, Bob. Very good. Thanks a lot, Coach Pete. Again, that was Bob Wiedemur, author of Aftershock, a New York Times bestselling book. Before we go to break here, if you would like a second opinion or review of your finances,</p><p><strong>11:34</strong> give us a call right now. Pick up the phone and dial 800-661-7383. That&#x27;s 800-661-7383. We&#x27;ll be right back.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Bob Wiedemer joins Coach Pete to discuss America’s Bubble Economy and Aftershock. Their 2010 conversation examines the housing and stock markets, economic bubbles, and the challenge of preparing for a changing economy.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Bob Wiedemer</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <category>real estate</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Bob Wiedemer, investing, market cycles, real estate, economic policy</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca/image.jpg?t=1792073290&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-wiedemer-aftershock-and-the-difference-between-bubbles-and-market-cycles/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca/image.jpg?t=1792073290&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca</guid>
      <omny:clipId>e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>704</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/e24844b0-85e8-45f3-9dbc-b4e200eb15ca/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="11304908" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/bob-wiedemer-aftershock-and-the-difference-between-bubbles-and-market-cycles</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>280</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Conversation with Bob Wiedemer" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:01" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:00" title="Government finances and fiscal policy" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:08:06" title="Inflation and purchasing power" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Harry Dent: Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn</title>
      <itunes:title>Harry Dent: Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, and very special guest here on the program once again joining us, Mr. Harry S. Dent. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;ve enjoyed having you on this program several times over the past six months or so, and you&#x27;ve made a number of predictions, and I&#x27;ve looked at your recent update on your website. You&#x27;re sticking with your predictions that you&#x27;ve made on this program. You think that we are going to see a strong bear market towards the latter part of the summer and the latter part of 2010, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, we have some very important cycles we&#x27;ve tracked over time. The early part of every decade, even in bull markets, tends to be weak, like the early 80s, early 90s, early 2000s, and particularly in the midterm elections every four years.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> We almost always get a significant correction. Sometimes it&#x27;s 10%, 20%, and sometimes it&#x27;s bigger. But we have those two cycles coming together just when our leading indicators say, you know, this recovery is slowly failing, and, you know, GDP came in a little disappointing today. I bet when it&#x27;s revised, it&#x27;ll be a little more disappointing, just like first quarter. But, hey, we&#x27;ve gone from 5.6% GDP in the fourth quarter to 2.7% out of 2.5% or lower, and our indicators suggest that we&#x27;re going to be back in recession by January. So the market can&#x27;t just keep going up here, assuming that the normal stimulus and Federal Reserve and government policies are going to work in the past. We&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re not going to work because baby boomers are over their spending cycle. They&#x27;re done spending and buying houses and cars.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And now there&#x27;s so much in debt, twice as much as they were in the roaring 20s at the end of the last great bubble in U.S. history, that they simply have to save and have to pare down their debt, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re going to do. The government is sitting in a position like Japan in the 90s trying to stimulate an economy that&#x27;s unstimulatable, and they&#x27;re just running up a bunch of debt, and it&#x27;s going to do very little good. They ought to be helping businesses and banks to restructure debt so consumers don&#x27;t have to get kicked out of their homes. You know, Benjamin Franklin said, without continual growth and progress, such words as improvement, achievement, and success have no meaning. And we keep hearing a lot of words from Washington, but I&#x27;ve heard your most recent predictions where we&#x27;re looking at maybe 8,000 Dow by the end of August, 6,000 by the end of September, and you&#x27;re still on track for maybe 3,400 on the Dow by the end of the year, correct?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s our worst-case scenario, but it&#x27;s also what we think is the most likely. We have a number of scenarios, which I&#x27;m going to put out in the August issue I&#x27;m working on now, but it&#x27;s like this market has gone straight up again. The market&#x27;s just assuming that things are going to be like in the past. The economy goes down, the government stimulates, the stimulus eventually works, and things turn around. And that&#x27;s just, we&#x27;ve said, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to be different this time. It&#x27;s not going to happen. So when the markets finally realize that, then I think that it&#x27;s going to go down hard, because the markets have been, I mean, the markets have been up 70, 80 percent in the last year. I mean, it&#x27;s ridiculous, like an economy that businesses are doing good because they&#x27;re cutting costs, but consumers are not doing well, and housing&#x27;s not doing well.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Housing&#x27;s not coming back. Mortgage defaults are going straight up as if we had no recovery. I mean, all the signs are there with high unemployment stuff that the recovery&#x27;s not really working. Well, wait until it actually fails, and that&#x27;s what our leading indicators say. So the next few months, that ought to be clear, and we&#x27;ll see. But we&#x27;re telling people at a minimum, August, September, October, the worst months into a midterm election anyway. Investors ought to be safe. Protect your 401ks and your investment plans. And then, you know, we can update people if we think this isn&#x27;t going to be as severe for now. But right now, yeah, there&#x27;s a high level of danger from our point of view. And we could see another crash, much like we saw in October, November, September, October, November 2008, where all of a sudden the market went down 4,000 points in two months.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Mr. Dent, you&#x27;ve hit on a number of points I want to touch on. First, you did mention the elections. Do you feel that the government might be able to keep this economy afloat and this recovery afloat until after the elections in November? Well, you know, that&#x27;s really a critical question. Our leading indicators are kind of saying no. But just recently, the Federal Reserve and the government really are starting to pick up that this recovery is failing. And so, you know, they may be pushing stronger or getting ready with stronger stimulus. Our kind of theory was that this next crash was going to happen before they expected it, and they&#x27;d be too slow to react. So if they do start to act and bring back things like the housing credits and things like that or come up with new stimulus programs, then they may be able to. I still tend to think there&#x27;s enough opposition now.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know, a number of polls I&#x27;ve seen where about 60 percent of people in this country think the government&#x27;s already gone too far. I mean, normally consumers are clamoring for stimulus in a downturn, but when people see how quick the debt&#x27;s going up, and we tell people you&#x27;re not even looking at the 800-pound gorilla. The private debt is more than three times government debt, way more of a bubble. But they&#x27;re looking at this debt rising, and they&#x27;re saying this can&#x27;t be good for our kids. And so there&#x27;s a lot of opposition to this endless stimulus for the first time in history. So I think it&#x27;s going to be an uphill battle for the government that just keeps stimulating. And Japan&#x27;s already proven that stimulus alone will not get you out of this type of spiral where housing is deflating and bubbles are deflating and a generation is moving from a spending to a savings cycle. You can&#x27;t get older people to spend money because they don&#x27;t need to.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Their kids are gone. Hey, Mr. Dent, you mentioned that the baby boomers have the high debt. We&#x27;re stimulating, and the government&#x27;s getting into debt. But you can&#x27;t stimulate the economy out of a recession. Do you think that America has simply reached its debt limit and maxed out its credit limit? Yes, yes, I do. And that debt limit kept going up as long as housing prices were going up and stocks were going up and the economy was doing better. But now that baby boomers have gotten past their peak in spending on housing and borrowing and that sort of stuff and this whole bubble in housing and stocks and stuff is deflating, people realize, oh, my gosh, yes, yes, we went too far. We don&#x27;t have enough savings for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> We&#x27;ve got too high a debt. And a lot of people are sitting there saying, you know, a lot of people are choosing, even if they&#x27;re employed, choosing to not pay their mortgage payments to help them get by because they&#x27;re like, hey, I&#x27;m underwater in this house anyway. Sooner or later, I&#x27;m probably going to be foreclosed on. I might as well stop paying now and save $3,000 a month and help me survive and save more money. So, you know, this is a real issue. I mean, normally when the government stimulates and baby boomers went a rising spending and borrowing cycle, which they were in the 80s, 90s, and 2000s, yes, these baby boomers, if you lowered interest rates and gave incentives, they&#x27;d borrow more money. But now they&#x27;re saying, no, no, no, we&#x27;re in trouble. We don&#x27;t need to borrow more money. Businesses are doing the same. I mean, the economy has been recovering to some degree, but businesses have not been reinvesting.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> They&#x27;ve got cash sitting on the balance sheet. Businesses are not willing to invest in an uncertain economy. I mean, the only place they&#x27;re seeing growth is overseas. And many, many of the consumers out there are still trying to play catch up with their retirement plans from where it was in 1999. And because – I mean, we tell people it&#x27;s hard to understand it. Like we had this big stock crash, 2000, 2002, but people forget that during that big tech crash, housing went straight up. So most people have about half their assets in real estate, half in stocks and bonds. And so that helped offset so people didn&#x27;t feel it. This time, everything they owned went down. Their house went down. Their 401K plan went down. You know, they held oil or commodities. That went down. Everything went down. So people really felt this.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And now you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re sitting there looking at their retirement plan saying, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m 55 or I&#x27;m 50 and I got 10 years to retirement. And I&#x27;m nowhere near my goals now and the economy&#x27;s slowing. So, yes, people are going to save naturally anyway as the baby boomers move more in their 50s and 60s. But they&#x27;re going to save even more because their retirement plans have been compromised. What I see is by trying to play catch up, it&#x27;s like at Vegas when you&#x27;re losing. You keep trying to pile more and more money on the table and lose more. And people have, Mr. Dent, what I call diversification confusion right now where they think just stocks, bonds, and mutual funds is a good asset allocation mix even when they&#x27;re close to the retirement red zone right there within five years of retirement. Yeah, no, no. They think that&#x27;s enough. And the bigger truth is almost everything&#x27;s going down so diversification doesn&#x27;t work as well.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> The truth is you need to preserve your capital. The best thing, I mean, we&#x27;ve had a big stock market run, and the stock market&#x27;s still pretty high after all this, you know, I mean, because it&#x27;s had a big rally. And real estate&#x27;s coming back a little bit in some areas. I mean, if you can sell while assets are still high, you preserve your cash and then you wait for everything to fall because bubbles always deflate. And when things fall, your money&#x27;s worth more. So people have to get used to thinking, oh, just holding cash and making a small return or high-quality bonds is actually a way to make money because everything&#x27;s falling and getting cheaper. I mean, I&#x27;ve been renting a home in Tampa since late 2005 when I moved from Miami. I&#x27;m saving X amount every month versus owning on the cash flow to cover it because the rent&#x27;s cheaper, and the house has fallen 50%.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> I&#x27;ve saved that much money by not owning. People can&#x27;t get that. Oh, no, you have to own to make money. No, I&#x27;ve saved a ton of money by renting because we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment. Bubbles are bursting. You have to wait for them to burst. Then you can reinvest and have diversification work for you. But not. Everything&#x27;s falling, and people have to get that. And there&#x27;s going to be a period of time, I&#x27;d say, for the next few years where things continue to fall. And the key strategy, protect what you have. And if you just do that and be safe, it will grow in value just by sitting there. Everything&#x27;s falling. Mr. Dent, it seems to me that we&#x27;ve had several bubbles that have deflated or popped only to re-inflate. Real estate being one of those, it seems like we are on the edge of another real estate bubble. You&#x27;ve referred to this as a bear market rally.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And in your July update, you recognized that your May predictions were pretty spot on and accurate. And in May, we were on the show here with you recognizing that your March predictions were spot on. Do you still stick to you feel that what&#x27;s coming next will be a pretty swift crash that could be as severe or more severe than what we saw back in 2007, 2008? Yeah, that&#x27;s our most likely scenario. And we&#x27;re really looking, if that&#x27;s going to happen, that should start in August. I mean, this should be happening now. I mean, markets are down today as we expected and that sort of thing. They should continue down. If we don&#x27;t see an acceleration by late August on the downside, then maybe we&#x27;re not going to have such a steep crash because, again, the government can always push this back.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> That&#x27;s what they essentially did. We had the greatest debt crisis in history, far greater than the roaring 20s and even a little greater than the one in Japan in the 80s. And the government put trillions of dollars into, you know, pumping up the system like, you know, coffee or something to keep it awake and keep it going. And all they did was stave off this crisis. And we&#x27;ve been warning ever since then that this crisis would come back because the stimulus would ultimately fail and the debt&#x27;s still there and housing prices would not come back. So we do not see another bubble in housing. Housing has been mortally wounded just like tech stocks were after the 90s crash. And it&#x27;s coming back a little bit. But we are seeing, you know, money&#x27;s rushing into gold. Money&#x27;s rushing into bonds. So, you know, you keep having bubbles as long as the government keeps interest rates so low that people are encouraged to speculate.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And banks, they wonder why they&#x27;re not lending money. Banks can borrow money free from the government and turn around and invest it in bonds and make money risk-free. Absolutely. Why would they want to lend money? Absolutely. I mean, the government&#x27;s just making this whole thing worse. Mr. Dent, we have heard rumors of a mystery market buyer buying pretty large quantities in the market. Is the government inflating by buying overpriced stocks at this point in time, by making overpriced investments? You know, I&#x27;ve heard rumors of that, too. And I don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s going to look pretty bad if it looked like they manipulated the markets. But they&#x27;ve been doing that in the bond markets now for a good while. They will buy treasury bonds. They will buy mortgage securities to keep the yields down and to keep the markets liquid so they don&#x27;t just fall apart. I mean, we saw what happened in Europe, that as soon as the deficit started to look scary for a lot of European countries, interest rates rose on government bonds.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> And in Greece, for example, extreme. It went from 4.5 percent to 11 percent. That&#x27;s extreme. The U.S. government is manipulating the bond markets by buying bonds, their own bonds, so that, you know, they can&#x27;t sell off and the yields can&#x27;t go up. Well, you can&#x27;t do that forever. And when you manipulate markets one way, they always eventually bounce back. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s stimulus stuff. It&#x27;s just short-term stimulus. It never works long-term. If you motivate consumers to buy homes now that they would have bought two years from now with a housing credit, then they&#x27;re not going to be there to buy two years from now. So this stuff is baloney. They&#x27;re running up a lot of debt for no reason. It&#x27;d be better to use the government&#x27;s resources to sit down with the banks and say, you know what? These housing prices are not coming back. We&#x27;ve got to restructure debt back in line with what assets are really worth.</p><p><strong>13:42</strong> It&#x27;s called mark-to-market. And you know what? We&#x27;re going to put up a few trillion dollars to help absorb those losses on maybe a, you know, 20 cents on the dollar basis. And then the best banks survive and the worst go under. I mean, we have to restructure debt. For example, the private debt in this country, way bigger than government, went from $20 trillion to $42 trillion in the last several years. I mean, huge bubble. That means there&#x27;s about $20 trillion in excess debt that went into this bubble that could be written off. If we write down $20 trillion in debt, well over a trillion dollars a year will be savings to consumers and businesses, the private sector, not government, forever. That&#x27;s the ultimate stimulus plan. Restructure debt. Put your money towards helping that to happen and giving banks incentives for that to happen instead of stimulating an already dead economy.</p><p><strong>14:32</strong> And then that gives consumers and businesses lower cost and frees up money for decades in the future. Did we ever really figure – last time we had you on, we were trying to figure out what happened on that flash crash the day the market went down about 1,000 points then bounced back up. And then it got overshadowed by the oil spill. So I think people forgot about it. But have we ever really figured out what caused that, Mr. Dent? You know, they never did. And what it means, the answer is, which is what I thought it was, is the market. There&#x27;s so much leverage. I mean, another thing is that governments have allowed all this leverage and unregulated derivatives and all this stuff. You&#x27;ve got hedge funds and people investing at 35 to 1 leverage. See, the same people that drove oil up to $147, and as soon as there was a little weakness, it drops to $32.</p><p><strong>15:21</strong> You don&#x27;t drop from $147 to $32 because of a slowdown in the economy. You have hedge funds dumping oil contracts on high leverage. They&#x27;re just having to sell to cover margin calls. I think that&#x27;s what happened there. The market went down enough on that day and got scary enough that, you know, some people just had to sell, and you got this sudden drop. Could it happen again? And so that shows that the market&#x27;s vulnerable. If it can do that on a day like that, what happens if we get some really bad news on the economy? Could it happen again, Mr. Dent? Then you could be down thousands of points in no time. Do you think that could happen again, Mr. Dent? Oh, yeah, absolutely. They&#x27;ve done nothing to prevent that. I mean, they do a few tick rules or something like that. No, I mean, if this was really the fact that there&#x27;s a lot of leveraged players in there that could be forced to quickly dump highly leveraged positions,</p><p><strong>16:09</strong> then there&#x27;s no way to stop that. That&#x27;s going to happen again if we get some bad news in the economy. So we said in our newsletter back then that this was kind of like a precursor. You know, this happened in one day, a thousand-point drop. This could happen on a larger scale. Well, over a couple of weeks, like in 1987, the market could just crash. Now, that may or may not happen, but that is certainly a likelihood in this environment because, again, there&#x27;s so much leverage. We have too much debt in our economy, consumers, financial institutions, investment managers. It&#x27;s off the charts. We add up $102 trillion and we add it all up. You know, the unfunded liabilities for Social Security and health care, the $42 trillion in private debt, the $14 trillion in rising in government debt, including state and local. This is massive. It&#x27;s seven times our economy, and it&#x27;s three and a half times as high as our total debt was at the top of the roaring 20s.</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> And the Great Depression was no small shakeout from that. I mean, this is serious stuff. And for the government to think they can just throw a few trillion dollars at the economy and stimulate their way out of this is absolutely foolishness. They are basically shooting a fire hose into a tidal wave from my point of view. Mr. Dent, in your July update, you said that you felt that the bear market rally had hit its top. There are plenty of speculators, those with the gambling spirit out there, that still would like to take advantage of opportunities that are out there. You said it&#x27;s time to start shorting. What did you recommend on that end of the spectrum? Well, what we tell most people, instead of options and futures that are highly leveraged, this is a volatile market. And you don&#x27;t want to get killed on a bear market rally that can be very sharp or we&#x27;re just wrong short term and then it comes a little later.</p><p><strong>17:49</strong> So we&#x27;re saying the easiest thing to do is just buy an inverse ETF. Like you can buy the SPY if you&#x27;re betting on the stock market going up, the S&amp;P 500. But you can bet on it going down with no leverage by buying the SH. The QID is a double play inverse on the QQQs or the technology. And there&#x27;s a lot of other things we recommend you buy. But you just buy an inverse ETF. You don&#x27;t have to formally short stocks. They do it for you. And if the stock market goes down 20 percent, you&#x27;re going to be up 20 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s personally what I&#x27;m doing right now. I&#x27;m short the stock market. I think the average investor needs to be very, very careful these days about believing the hype they see on TV every day too, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, yeah. And, again, even if you&#x27;re listening to people like us, don&#x27;t go, you know, look at your risk tolerance like you would at any other time.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> If you&#x27;re going to short the market, don&#x27;t take more risk than you can handle. And I tell most people just buy a single inverse like the SH is a good one. I mean, we see that the S&amp;P could go down anywhere from 20 percent to 60 percent in the next six months. So that&#x27;s a very healthy return. You don&#x27;t need to add leverage to that. And then, you know, if the markets don&#x27;t fall here in the next few weeks and start to head down and we start to head to new highs, we&#x27;ll tell people, okay, you know, get out of this. And we may have to wait for a better opportunity. But our cycle strongly suggests, you know, the highest risk are coming in the next few months. And the markets could be down as late as the end of the year. Mr. Dent, you noted that this is the approach you&#x27;re taking right now. I still think and you probably agree that this is an approach that&#x27;s really, as you obviously are, only for advanced investors.</p><p><strong>19:30</strong> Yeah, this is for a more like a higher – and I mean, you know, like a normal aggressive investor because you&#x27;re not leveraging. You&#x27;re just betting on the market going down rather than up. Yes, for most people, for most investors, we&#x27;ve had a lot of people more conservative in the U.S. dollar by the UUP, for example. It&#x27;s an ETF that tracks the U.S. dollar index. That&#x27;s, you know, been up almost 20 percent. Now it&#x27;s pulled back. It&#x27;s getting attractive again. That&#x27;s a play that&#x27;s going – you know, you&#x27;re going to make 10 or 20 percent if we have a panic and the dollar&#x27;s up because it has been in every panic we&#x27;ve had so far. And, you know, it&#x27;s not as big a play and it&#x27;s more conservative or the most conservative people just be in cash, be in a T-bill account that&#x27;s safe. Maybe you&#x27;re only making 1 percent. That&#x27;s fine. You&#x27;re preserving your money until stocks go down 50, 60 percent or real estate goes down another 20, 30 percent in the next few years.</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> And then you can buy at really bargain levels and you can buy much more stock and much more real estate. Mr. Dent, some folks are still going to wait until the last minute or until after they see the signs that this is, in fact, the case to take any type of action. So what are the major warning signs, red flags that we will be going to see or are we already seeing them? Well, we may already be seeing them. We&#x27;re starting to see some weakness. We were looking for weakness in the last part of July and early August. I think the big thing, the markets ought to continue down in the next week or two if we&#x27;re right about a significant crash starting. You know, but the problem is if you wait to see if that&#x27;s right and we have one of these 1 or 2,000 point drop, you&#x27;re already going to miss a lot.</p><p><strong>21:07</strong> So it&#x27;s pretty dangerous. To me, almost better for most people to be out and then if it seems like we&#x27;re right, you start moving in or you take a position and you put a leash on it. You say, okay, you know, the Dow&#x27;s at whatever, 10,300 or 400 today. I&#x27;m going to sit here. But if this thing breaks, you know, substantially above the recent highs, 10,600, then I&#x27;m going to, you know, get out and play it safe for a while and see what happens. Because the markets should have topped here recently. And if they keep going up, then it says, you know, we might have to wait a little while. So, you know, again, August should be, we&#x27;re going to enter, you know, in our cycles of correction, it should be happening in August. So if it doesn&#x27;t happen pretty soon, we&#x27;re going to reconsider. And people should too.</p><p><strong>21:54</strong> Mr. Dent, we always appreciate your insight. You always bring a lot to the program here. And I am an avid follower of your updates on your site, HS Dent. We really appreciate you being on the program. If anything major as far as market movement does happen over the next couple weeks, could we get you back on here pretty soon? Yeah, yeah. No, no, definitely. No, this is a good time. Because like you say, we&#x27;re going to be watching this very closely. And the next couple weeks ought to tell us something. All right. Well, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program. And thank you for being here. Is there anything that you would like our listeners to know that you&#x27;re doing or anything that they can go as far as a resource to get in touch with more information from you? Well, you know, our website, hsdent.com, we&#x27;ve got a lot of free materials. We have some YouTube videos out there that we update people on regularly.</p><p><strong>22:42</strong> We also have an ETF that we&#x27;ve launched, DENT, that plays kind of both sides of the market. It&#x27;ll be in cash at times, and sometimes it&#x27;ll be a little short. It&#x27;ll be long when there&#x27;s – because we see the markets pretty much going up and down for the whole next decade. There&#x27;s not going to be – there&#x27;s going to be a downward bias, but overall it&#x27;s going to be more sideways. So there&#x27;s not going to be a clear trend that you can play. And I would recommend that ETF, frankly, as an option once we see a stock market crash. We&#x27;re going to do better in up markets than down slightly. So if we do see a crash later this year, that&#x27;s going to be a good place, we think, to put your money in something you can sit with more because it tries to clip, you know, the best parts of each up and down and doesn&#x27;t take a stance long-term like buying long, you know, large-cap stocks or something.</p><p><strong>23:30</strong> You&#x27;re just not going to be able to do that in this environment. Well, Mr. Dent, we always appreciate you coming on, and we look forward to talking to you again. Okay, great. Thank you very much.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> And welcome into the Financial Safari, your weekly show aimed at educating you about your money, about your finances, about your financial decision-making, and very special guest here on the program once again joining us, Mr. Harry S. Dent. And Mr. Dent, we&#x27;ve enjoyed having you on this program several times over the past six months or so, and you&#x27;ve made a number of predictions, and I&#x27;ve looked at your recent update on your website. You&#x27;re sticking with your predictions that you&#x27;ve made on this program. You think that we are going to see a strong bear market towards the latter part of the summer and the latter part of 2010, don&#x27;t you? Yeah, we have some very important cycles we&#x27;ve tracked over time. The early part of every decade, even in bull markets, tends to be weak, like the early 80s, early 90s, early 2000s, and particularly in the midterm elections every four years.</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> We almost always get a significant correction. Sometimes it&#x27;s 10%, 20%, and sometimes it&#x27;s bigger. But we have those two cycles coming together just when our leading indicators say, you know, this recovery is slowly failing, and, you know, GDP came in a little disappointing today. I bet when it&#x27;s revised, it&#x27;ll be a little more disappointing, just like first quarter. But, hey, we&#x27;ve gone from 5.6% GDP in the fourth quarter to 2.7% out of 2.5% or lower, and our indicators suggest that we&#x27;re going to be back in recession by January. So the market can&#x27;t just keep going up here, assuming that the normal stimulus and Federal Reserve and government policies are going to work in the past. We&#x27;re saying they&#x27;re not going to work because baby boomers are over their spending cycle. They&#x27;re done spending and buying houses and cars.</p><p><strong>01:39</strong> And now there&#x27;s so much in debt, twice as much as they were in the roaring 20s at the end of the last great bubble in U.S. history, that they simply have to save and have to pare down their debt, and that&#x27;s what they&#x27;re going to do. The government is sitting in a position like Japan in the 90s trying to stimulate an economy that&#x27;s unstimulatable, and they&#x27;re just running up a bunch of debt, and it&#x27;s going to do very little good. They ought to be helping businesses and banks to restructure debt so consumers don&#x27;t have to get kicked out of their homes. You know, Benjamin Franklin said, without continual growth and progress, such words as improvement, achievement, and success have no meaning. And we keep hearing a lot of words from Washington, but I&#x27;ve heard your most recent predictions where we&#x27;re looking at maybe 8,000 Dow by the end of August, 6,000 by the end of September, and you&#x27;re still on track for maybe 3,400 on the Dow by the end of the year, correct?</p><p><strong>02:29</strong> Yeah, that&#x27;s our worst-case scenario, but it&#x27;s also what we think is the most likely. We have a number of scenarios, which I&#x27;m going to put out in the August issue I&#x27;m working on now, but it&#x27;s like this market has gone straight up again. The market&#x27;s just assuming that things are going to be like in the past. The economy goes down, the government stimulates, the stimulus eventually works, and things turn around. And that&#x27;s just, we&#x27;ve said, that&#x27;s what&#x27;s going to be different this time. It&#x27;s not going to happen. So when the markets finally realize that, then I think that it&#x27;s going to go down hard, because the markets have been, I mean, the markets have been up 70, 80 percent in the last year. I mean, it&#x27;s ridiculous, like an economy that businesses are doing good because they&#x27;re cutting costs, but consumers are not doing well, and housing&#x27;s not doing well.</p><p><strong>03:17</strong> Housing&#x27;s not coming back. Mortgage defaults are going straight up as if we had no recovery. I mean, all the signs are there with high unemployment stuff that the recovery&#x27;s not really working. Well, wait until it actually fails, and that&#x27;s what our leading indicators say. So the next few months, that ought to be clear, and we&#x27;ll see. But we&#x27;re telling people at a minimum, August, September, October, the worst months into a midterm election anyway. Investors ought to be safe. Protect your 401ks and your investment plans. And then, you know, we can update people if we think this isn&#x27;t going to be as severe for now. But right now, yeah, there&#x27;s a high level of danger from our point of view. And we could see another crash, much like we saw in October, November, September, October, November 2008, where all of a sudden the market went down 4,000 points in two months.</p><p><strong>04:03</strong> Mr. Dent, you&#x27;ve hit on a number of points I want to touch on. First, you did mention the elections. Do you feel that the government might be able to keep this economy afloat and this recovery afloat until after the elections in November? Well, you know, that&#x27;s really a critical question. Our leading indicators are kind of saying no. But just recently, the Federal Reserve and the government really are starting to pick up that this recovery is failing. And so, you know, they may be pushing stronger or getting ready with stronger stimulus. Our kind of theory was that this next crash was going to happen before they expected it, and they&#x27;d be too slow to react. So if they do start to act and bring back things like the housing credits and things like that or come up with new stimulus programs, then they may be able to. I still tend to think there&#x27;s enough opposition now.</p><p><strong>04:53</strong> You know, a number of polls I&#x27;ve seen where about 60 percent of people in this country think the government&#x27;s already gone too far. I mean, normally consumers are clamoring for stimulus in a downturn, but when people see how quick the debt&#x27;s going up, and we tell people you&#x27;re not even looking at the 800-pound gorilla. The private debt is more than three times government debt, way more of a bubble. But they&#x27;re looking at this debt rising, and they&#x27;re saying this can&#x27;t be good for our kids. And so there&#x27;s a lot of opposition to this endless stimulus for the first time in history. So I think it&#x27;s going to be an uphill battle for the government that just keeps stimulating. And Japan&#x27;s already proven that stimulus alone will not get you out of this type of spiral where housing is deflating and bubbles are deflating and a generation is moving from a spending to a savings cycle. You can&#x27;t get older people to spend money because they don&#x27;t need to.</p><p><strong>05:41</strong> Their kids are gone. Hey, Mr. Dent, you mentioned that the baby boomers have the high debt. We&#x27;re stimulating, and the government&#x27;s getting into debt. But you can&#x27;t stimulate the economy out of a recession. Do you think that America has simply reached its debt limit and maxed out its credit limit? Yes, yes, I do. And that debt limit kept going up as long as housing prices were going up and stocks were going up and the economy was doing better. But now that baby boomers have gotten past their peak in spending on housing and borrowing and that sort of stuff and this whole bubble in housing and stocks and stuff is deflating, people realize, oh, my gosh, yes, yes, we went too far. We don&#x27;t have enough savings for retirement.</p><p><strong>06:27</strong> We&#x27;ve got too high a debt. And a lot of people are sitting there saying, you know, a lot of people are choosing, even if they&#x27;re employed, choosing to not pay their mortgage payments to help them get by because they&#x27;re like, hey, I&#x27;m underwater in this house anyway. Sooner or later, I&#x27;m probably going to be foreclosed on. I might as well stop paying now and save $3,000 a month and help me survive and save more money. So, you know, this is a real issue. I mean, normally when the government stimulates and baby boomers went a rising spending and borrowing cycle, which they were in the 80s, 90s, and 2000s, yes, these baby boomers, if you lowered interest rates and gave incentives, they&#x27;d borrow more money. But now they&#x27;re saying, no, no, no, we&#x27;re in trouble. We don&#x27;t need to borrow more money. Businesses are doing the same. I mean, the economy has been recovering to some degree, but businesses have not been reinvesting.</p><p><strong>07:14</strong> They&#x27;ve got cash sitting on the balance sheet. Businesses are not willing to invest in an uncertain economy. I mean, the only place they&#x27;re seeing growth is overseas. And many, many of the consumers out there are still trying to play catch up with their retirement plans from where it was in 1999. And because – I mean, we tell people it&#x27;s hard to understand it. Like we had this big stock crash, 2000, 2002, but people forget that during that big tech crash, housing went straight up. So most people have about half their assets in real estate, half in stocks and bonds. And so that helped offset so people didn&#x27;t feel it. This time, everything they owned went down. Their house went down. Their 401K plan went down. You know, they held oil or commodities. That went down. Everything went down. So people really felt this.</p><p><strong>08:00</strong> And now you&#x27;re right. They&#x27;re sitting there looking at their retirement plan saying, oh, my gosh, I&#x27;m 55 or I&#x27;m 50 and I got 10 years to retirement. And I&#x27;m nowhere near my goals now and the economy&#x27;s slowing. So, yes, people are going to save naturally anyway as the baby boomers move more in their 50s and 60s. But they&#x27;re going to save even more because their retirement plans have been compromised. What I see is by trying to play catch up, it&#x27;s like at Vegas when you&#x27;re losing. You keep trying to pile more and more money on the table and lose more. And people have, Mr. Dent, what I call diversification confusion right now where they think just stocks, bonds, and mutual funds is a good asset allocation mix even when they&#x27;re close to the retirement red zone right there within five years of retirement. Yeah, no, no. They think that&#x27;s enough. And the bigger truth is almost everything&#x27;s going down so diversification doesn&#x27;t work as well.</p><p><strong>08:51</strong> The truth is you need to preserve your capital. The best thing, I mean, we&#x27;ve had a big stock market run, and the stock market&#x27;s still pretty high after all this, you know, I mean, because it&#x27;s had a big rally. And real estate&#x27;s coming back a little bit in some areas. I mean, if you can sell while assets are still high, you preserve your cash and then you wait for everything to fall because bubbles always deflate. And when things fall, your money&#x27;s worth more. So people have to get used to thinking, oh, just holding cash and making a small return or high-quality bonds is actually a way to make money because everything&#x27;s falling and getting cheaper. I mean, I&#x27;ve been renting a home in Tampa since late 2005 when I moved from Miami. I&#x27;m saving X amount every month versus owning on the cash flow to cover it because the rent&#x27;s cheaper, and the house has fallen 50%.</p><p><strong>09:38</strong> I&#x27;ve saved that much money by not owning. People can&#x27;t get that. Oh, no, you have to own to make money. No, I&#x27;ve saved a ton of money by renting because we&#x27;re in a deflationary environment. Bubbles are bursting. You have to wait for them to burst. Then you can reinvest and have diversification work for you. But not. Everything&#x27;s falling, and people have to get that. And there&#x27;s going to be a period of time, I&#x27;d say, for the next few years where things continue to fall. And the key strategy, protect what you have. And if you just do that and be safe, it will grow in value just by sitting there. Everything&#x27;s falling. Mr. Dent, it seems to me that we&#x27;ve had several bubbles that have deflated or popped only to re-inflate. Real estate being one of those, it seems like we are on the edge of another real estate bubble. You&#x27;ve referred to this as a bear market rally.</p><p><strong>10:25</strong> And in your July update, you recognized that your May predictions were pretty spot on and accurate. And in May, we were on the show here with you recognizing that your March predictions were spot on. Do you still stick to you feel that what&#x27;s coming next will be a pretty swift crash that could be as severe or more severe than what we saw back in 2007, 2008? Yeah, that&#x27;s our most likely scenario. And we&#x27;re really looking, if that&#x27;s going to happen, that should start in August. I mean, this should be happening now. I mean, markets are down today as we expected and that sort of thing. They should continue down. If we don&#x27;t see an acceleration by late August on the downside, then maybe we&#x27;re not going to have such a steep crash because, again, the government can always push this back.</p><p><strong>11:11</strong> That&#x27;s what they essentially did. We had the greatest debt crisis in history, far greater than the roaring 20s and even a little greater than the one in Japan in the 80s. And the government put trillions of dollars into, you know, pumping up the system like, you know, coffee or something to keep it awake and keep it going. And all they did was stave off this crisis. And we&#x27;ve been warning ever since then that this crisis would come back because the stimulus would ultimately fail and the debt&#x27;s still there and housing prices would not come back. So we do not see another bubble in housing. Housing has been mortally wounded just like tech stocks were after the 90s crash. And it&#x27;s coming back a little bit. But we are seeing, you know, money&#x27;s rushing into gold. Money&#x27;s rushing into bonds. So, you know, you keep having bubbles as long as the government keeps interest rates so low that people are encouraged to speculate.</p><p><strong>12:02</strong> And banks, they wonder why they&#x27;re not lending money. Banks can borrow money free from the government and turn around and invest it in bonds and make money risk-free. Absolutely. Why would they want to lend money? Absolutely. I mean, the government&#x27;s just making this whole thing worse. Mr. Dent, we have heard rumors of a mystery market buyer buying pretty large quantities in the market. Is the government inflating by buying overpriced stocks at this point in time, by making overpriced investments? You know, I&#x27;ve heard rumors of that, too. And I don&#x27;t know. It&#x27;s going to look pretty bad if it looked like they manipulated the markets. But they&#x27;ve been doing that in the bond markets now for a good while. They will buy treasury bonds. They will buy mortgage securities to keep the yields down and to keep the markets liquid so they don&#x27;t just fall apart. I mean, we saw what happened in Europe, that as soon as the deficit started to look scary for a lot of European countries, interest rates rose on government bonds.</p><p><strong>12:54</strong> And in Greece, for example, extreme. It went from 4.5 percent to 11 percent. That&#x27;s extreme. The U.S. government is manipulating the bond markets by buying bonds, their own bonds, so that, you know, they can&#x27;t sell off and the yields can&#x27;t go up. Well, you can&#x27;t do that forever. And when you manipulate markets one way, they always eventually bounce back. I mean, that&#x27;s why there&#x27;s stimulus stuff. It&#x27;s just short-term stimulus. It never works long-term. If you motivate consumers to buy homes now that they would have bought two years from now with a housing credit, then they&#x27;re not going to be there to buy two years from now. So this stuff is baloney. They&#x27;re running up a lot of debt for no reason. It&#x27;d be better to use the government&#x27;s resources to sit down with the banks and say, you know what? These housing prices are not coming back. We&#x27;ve got to restructure debt back in line with what assets are really worth.</p><p><strong>13:42</strong> It&#x27;s called mark-to-market. And you know what? We&#x27;re going to put up a few trillion dollars to help absorb those losses on maybe a, you know, 20 cents on the dollar basis. And then the best banks survive and the worst go under. I mean, we have to restructure debt. For example, the private debt in this country, way bigger than government, went from $20 trillion to $42 trillion in the last several years. I mean, huge bubble. That means there&#x27;s about $20 trillion in excess debt that went into this bubble that could be written off. If we write down $20 trillion in debt, well over a trillion dollars a year will be savings to consumers and businesses, the private sector, not government, forever. That&#x27;s the ultimate stimulus plan. Restructure debt. Put your money towards helping that to happen and giving banks incentives for that to happen instead of stimulating an already dead economy.</p><p><strong>14:32</strong> And then that gives consumers and businesses lower cost and frees up money for decades in the future. Did we ever really figure – last time we had you on, we were trying to figure out what happened on that flash crash the day the market went down about 1,000 points then bounced back up. And then it got overshadowed by the oil spill. So I think people forgot about it. But have we ever really figured out what caused that, Mr. Dent? You know, they never did. And what it means, the answer is, which is what I thought it was, is the market. There&#x27;s so much leverage. I mean, another thing is that governments have allowed all this leverage and unregulated derivatives and all this stuff. You&#x27;ve got hedge funds and people investing at 35 to 1 leverage. See, the same people that drove oil up to $147, and as soon as there was a little weakness, it drops to $32.</p><p><strong>15:21</strong> You don&#x27;t drop from $147 to $32 because of a slowdown in the economy. You have hedge funds dumping oil contracts on high leverage. They&#x27;re just having to sell to cover margin calls. I think that&#x27;s what happened there. The market went down enough on that day and got scary enough that, you know, some people just had to sell, and you got this sudden drop. Could it happen again? And so that shows that the market&#x27;s vulnerable. If it can do that on a day like that, what happens if we get some really bad news on the economy? Could it happen again, Mr. Dent? Then you could be down thousands of points in no time. Do you think that could happen again, Mr. Dent? Oh, yeah, absolutely. They&#x27;ve done nothing to prevent that. I mean, they do a few tick rules or something like that. No, I mean, if this was really the fact that there&#x27;s a lot of leveraged players in there that could be forced to quickly dump highly leveraged positions,</p><p><strong>16:09</strong> then there&#x27;s no way to stop that. That&#x27;s going to happen again if we get some bad news in the economy. So we said in our newsletter back then that this was kind of like a precursor. You know, this happened in one day, a thousand-point drop. This could happen on a larger scale. Well, over a couple of weeks, like in 1987, the market could just crash. Now, that may or may not happen, but that is certainly a likelihood in this environment because, again, there&#x27;s so much leverage. We have too much debt in our economy, consumers, financial institutions, investment managers. It&#x27;s off the charts. We add up $102 trillion and we add it all up. You know, the unfunded liabilities for Social Security and health care, the $42 trillion in private debt, the $14 trillion in rising in government debt, including state and local. This is massive. It&#x27;s seven times our economy, and it&#x27;s three and a half times as high as our total debt was at the top of the roaring 20s.</p><p><strong>16:59</strong> And the Great Depression was no small shakeout from that. I mean, this is serious stuff. And for the government to think they can just throw a few trillion dollars at the economy and stimulate their way out of this is absolutely foolishness. They are basically shooting a fire hose into a tidal wave from my point of view. Mr. Dent, in your July update, you said that you felt that the bear market rally had hit its top. There are plenty of speculators, those with the gambling spirit out there, that still would like to take advantage of opportunities that are out there. You said it&#x27;s time to start shorting. What did you recommend on that end of the spectrum? Well, what we tell most people, instead of options and futures that are highly leveraged, this is a volatile market. And you don&#x27;t want to get killed on a bear market rally that can be very sharp or we&#x27;re just wrong short term and then it comes a little later.</p><p><strong>17:49</strong> So we&#x27;re saying the easiest thing to do is just buy an inverse ETF. Like you can buy the SPY if you&#x27;re betting on the stock market going up, the S&amp;P 500. But you can bet on it going down with no leverage by buying the SH. The QID is a double play inverse on the QQQs or the technology. And there&#x27;s a lot of other things we recommend you buy. But you just buy an inverse ETF. You don&#x27;t have to formally short stocks. They do it for you. And if the stock market goes down 20 percent, you&#x27;re going to be up 20 percent. I mean, that&#x27;s personally what I&#x27;m doing right now. I&#x27;m short the stock market. I think the average investor needs to be very, very careful these days about believing the hype they see on TV every day too, shouldn&#x27;t they? Yeah, yeah. And, again, even if you&#x27;re listening to people like us, don&#x27;t go, you know, look at your risk tolerance like you would at any other time.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> If you&#x27;re going to short the market, don&#x27;t take more risk than you can handle. And I tell most people just buy a single inverse like the SH is a good one. I mean, we see that the S&amp;P could go down anywhere from 20 percent to 60 percent in the next six months. So that&#x27;s a very healthy return. You don&#x27;t need to add leverage to that. And then, you know, if the markets don&#x27;t fall here in the next few weeks and start to head down and we start to head to new highs, we&#x27;ll tell people, okay, you know, get out of this. And we may have to wait for a better opportunity. But our cycle strongly suggests, you know, the highest risk are coming in the next few months. And the markets could be down as late as the end of the year. Mr. Dent, you noted that this is the approach you&#x27;re taking right now. I still think and you probably agree that this is an approach that&#x27;s really, as you obviously are, only for advanced investors.</p><p><strong>19:30</strong> Yeah, this is for a more like a higher – and I mean, you know, like a normal aggressive investor because you&#x27;re not leveraging. You&#x27;re just betting on the market going down rather than up. Yes, for most people, for most investors, we&#x27;ve had a lot of people more conservative in the U.S. dollar by the UUP, for example. It&#x27;s an ETF that tracks the U.S. dollar index. That&#x27;s, you know, been up almost 20 percent. Now it&#x27;s pulled back. It&#x27;s getting attractive again. That&#x27;s a play that&#x27;s going – you know, you&#x27;re going to make 10 or 20 percent if we have a panic and the dollar&#x27;s up because it has been in every panic we&#x27;ve had so far. And, you know, it&#x27;s not as big a play and it&#x27;s more conservative or the most conservative people just be in cash, be in a T-bill account that&#x27;s safe. Maybe you&#x27;re only making 1 percent. That&#x27;s fine. You&#x27;re preserving your money until stocks go down 50, 60 percent or real estate goes down another 20, 30 percent in the next few years.</p><p><strong>20:21</strong> And then you can buy at really bargain levels and you can buy much more stock and much more real estate. Mr. Dent, some folks are still going to wait until the last minute or until after they see the signs that this is, in fact, the case to take any type of action. So what are the major warning signs, red flags that we will be going to see or are we already seeing them? Well, we may already be seeing them. We&#x27;re starting to see some weakness. We were looking for weakness in the last part of July and early August. I think the big thing, the markets ought to continue down in the next week or two if we&#x27;re right about a significant crash starting. You know, but the problem is if you wait to see if that&#x27;s right and we have one of these 1 or 2,000 point drop, you&#x27;re already going to miss a lot.</p><p><strong>21:07</strong> So it&#x27;s pretty dangerous. To me, almost better for most people to be out and then if it seems like we&#x27;re right, you start moving in or you take a position and you put a leash on it. You say, okay, you know, the Dow&#x27;s at whatever, 10,300 or 400 today. I&#x27;m going to sit here. But if this thing breaks, you know, substantially above the recent highs, 10,600, then I&#x27;m going to, you know, get out and play it safe for a while and see what happens. Because the markets should have topped here recently. And if they keep going up, then it says, you know, we might have to wait a little while. So, you know, again, August should be, we&#x27;re going to enter, you know, in our cycles of correction, it should be happening in August. So if it doesn&#x27;t happen pretty soon, we&#x27;re going to reconsider. And people should too.</p><p><strong>21:54</strong> Mr. Dent, we always appreciate your insight. You always bring a lot to the program here. And I am an avid follower of your updates on your site, HS Dent. We really appreciate you being on the program. If anything major as far as market movement does happen over the next couple weeks, could we get you back on here pretty soon? Yeah, yeah. No, no, definitely. No, this is a good time. Because like you say, we&#x27;re going to be watching this very closely. And the next couple weeks ought to tell us something. All right. Well, we certainly appreciate you being here on the program. And thank you for being here. Is there anything that you would like our listeners to know that you&#x27;re doing or anything that they can go as far as a resource to get in touch with more information from you? Well, you know, our website, hsdent.com, we&#x27;ve got a lot of free materials. We have some YouTube videos out there that we update people on regularly.</p><p><strong>22:42</strong> We also have an ETF that we&#x27;ve launched, DENT, that plays kind of both sides of the market. It&#x27;ll be in cash at times, and sometimes it&#x27;ll be a little short. It&#x27;ll be long when there&#x27;s – because we see the markets pretty much going up and down for the whole next decade. There&#x27;s not going to be – there&#x27;s going to be a downward bias, but overall it&#x27;s going to be more sideways. So there&#x27;s not going to be a clear trend that you can play. And I would recommend that ETF, frankly, as an option once we see a stock market crash. We&#x27;re going to do better in up markets than down slightly. So if we do see a crash later this year, that&#x27;s going to be a good place, we think, to put your money in something you can sit with more because it tries to clip, you know, the best parts of each up and down and doesn&#x27;t take a stance long-term like buying long, you know, large-cap stocks or something.</p><p><strong>23:30</strong> You&#x27;re just not going to be able to do that in this environment. Well, Mr. Dent, we always appreciate you coming on, and we look forward to talking to you again. Okay, great. Thank you very much.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Economic forecaster and author Harry Dent joins Coach Pete and Peter Richon to discuss his outlook for the economy, stock market cycles, and preparing for uncertainty. This conversation comes from August 2010.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>Harry Dent</category>
      <category>investing</category>
      <category>market cycles</category>
      <category>economic policy</category>
      <category>books and authors</category>
      <itunes:keywords>Harry Dent, investing, market cycles, economic policy, books and authors</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/image.jpg?t=1792071639&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-market-cycles-and-preparing-for-a-downturn-1/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/image.jpg?t=1792071639&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e</guid>
      <omny:clipId>db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Jul 2010 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1418</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/db111896-cae2-482f-b3f2-b4e30021d95e/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="22726910" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/harry-dent-market-cycles-and-preparing-for-a-downturn-1</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>281</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Market Cycles and Preparing for a Downturn" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:04:59" title="Market cycles and uncertainty" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:20:13" title="Homes and real estate" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>David Babbel: Research Behind Fixed Index Annuities</title>
      <itunes:title>David Babbel: Research Behind Fixed Index Annuities</itunes:title>
      <description><![CDATA[<p>Professor David Babbel joins Coach Pete to discuss his research on fixed index annuities, market comparisons, and common misconceptions about these products. This interview was recorded in September 2009.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Dr. David Babbel, who&#x27;s a professor at the Wharton School of Business, who&#x27;s written a very interesting research project. He&#x27;s done several research projects, and one of the ones we&#x27;re going to talk about today is the negative press on fixed index annuities and what kind of effect that has on some of the misconceptions that are out there. It&#x27;s my belief, Dr. Babbel, that before someone makes a decision, they need all the facts, and they need to get rid of all the minutiae and the negative press that&#x27;s out there written by people who really aren&#x27;t licensed to be writing about financial products. When you were looking through, though, the fixed indexed annuity world, can you tell me that if you had a friend who knew very little about annuities, which a lot of people out there do not know much about annuities or investments in general, how would you communicate the gist of your study and its results to that person?</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> In other words, the study was presumably developed for an academic kind of audience in nature, but what would you want or expect a consumer in the audience here listening to take from the study you did, and is there a sort of distilled message that could be drawn from the study for a consumer audience that we have here on our show? Sure. I&#x27;ll start with the bottom line first, and that is we examined various of these indexed annuities. They&#x27;re sometimes referred to as equity indexed annuities or fixed indexed annuities, where the consumer is able to get a guaranteed minimum return, and they also get a portion of the increase in the stock market. And if there&#x27;s a decrease in the stock market, depending on the annuity, you either get 0% for that month or year, or sometimes you get a positive amount, depending on the product.</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> But your upside is limited. There&#x27;s a participation rate, and by limiting the upside, it allows the insurance company to use a portion of your premium to handle the risk of losing money. So they hedge you against losing money with that piece of your premium dollar, and in return for that, you get a portion of the upside. But the bottom line was we looked at those sorts of contracts ever since they came into existence in 1995, and we found out that when you compare them with the Vanguard 500 S&amp;P Stock Index, together with dividends, or with the Vanguard Global Bond Index, or Money Market Index, or any combination of the three, that these indexed annuities performed actually quite well.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> In fact, they tended to do as well or better than any combination of those other products over the period of time up through the end of 2008, if you held them for their entire holding period or whatever portion you could hold them to up until 2008. So that&#x27;s the bottom line. What was curious is that we saw lots of negative press about these annuities, and the negative press occurred in some pretty good places, like Forbes magazine, the New York Times, even some government agencies, and they all cited academic studies that had been done showing that these were not good products. And as we looked at their sources, they always had the same source of the same study that wasn&#x27;t an academic study.</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> It was actually a study performed by a firm that does lots of litigation, class action litigation, and it was very curious. As we got into the study, we found major flaws. In fact, we found 28 flaws in the paper, but some of them were so major that they invalidated all of their studies. For your consumer audience or investing audience, they may not be really technical like an academic would be in econometrics and statistics, but I can simplify the discussion to say that the so-called academic study, which was done by someone who hasn&#x27;t ever studied insurance in any formal way, or finance as far as we can tell,</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> those studies made assumptions about the product, how the product provides crediting rates to investors. Those assumptions were at variance with how the consumers actually benefit from their products and how the companies actually credit rates. And they were substantially at variance. In fact, the assumption was that the companies were giving only about half as much of a crediting rate as they actually do under conditions where the market goes up. And their major flaw in the assumption was how the market itself behaves. They assumed that the stock market behaves like what we call a normal distribution or a bell-shaped curve in terms of the gains and losses in the stock market.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> The only problem is that it doesn&#x27;t. Right. And there have been so many studies out in the last 15 years, even beginning in 1965, showing that the market doesn&#x27;t behave anywhere near to that. And when you actually substitute a distribution, a probability distribution, the way the market behaves, the crediting rates are substantially more attractive. So those are the two points. The products aren&#x27;t nearly as bad as advertised. In fact, they&#x27;ve done quite well. And secondly, the so-called study that everyone&#x27;s relying on is just a litigation piece where the people were trying to get retained so that they could be appointed as experts in class actions.</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> So they were feeding disinformation to the people who were writing the articles. And a lot of the articles that I&#x27;ve read, the same fellow who&#x27;s writing an article on annuities today, last week he was writing about the perfect brownie recipe, you know, that kind of thing. So they really have no academic research behind it except for what they&#x27;re force-fed or spoon-fed by the litigation attorney. Well, I&#x27;m afraid that&#x27;s correct in many cases. Even the government, the SEC, started quoting some of this research, which is the new research is showing that it&#x27;s very flawed. In fact, there&#x27;s an alternative to my study that came out in an environment that has nothing to do with litigation, where they actually, instead of trying to model things correctly, they said,</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> let&#x27;s not model anything. Let&#x27;s just look at how well the products actually have performed. They did a survey that begins in 1995, and the survey, they had all the actual rates of return available from their survey that the companies provided on their various products. So it&#x27;s not just dependent on a particular crediting rate formula of a particular product, but all of these indexed products. And they found out that since their inception that they have done quite well. And while the so-called academic study that&#x27;s used in litigation said that there&#x27;s only two-tenths of one percent chance that a portfolio of bonds and stocks wouldn&#x27;t beat it, you find that, no, there&#x27;s about a 60 or 70 percent chance that a portfolio of bonds and stocks won&#x27;t beat it.</p><p><strong>07:28</strong> But I looked at that study. I&#x27;ve reviewed it quite extensively, actually. And they&#x27;re actually not considering the risk aspect of it. They&#x27;re just looking at the returns. But not only were the returns nice compared with other asset categories, but the downside risk was much, much less because that&#x27;s taken care of by the insurance company. Now, there&#x27;s a variety, quite a variety, depending upon the company that&#x27;s writing the product and the way it&#x27;s designed. But they looked at several hundred of these, and that&#x27;s what they concluded. Well, I think a big problem, if there is a problem out there in the annuity world, there are too many annuities. Each company has the five to ten to 15 different annuities that they offer.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> And it&#x27;s easy to pick and choose. If you&#x27;re trying to write an article negative towards annuities, I&#x27;m sure you probably saw this in your study, too, it&#x27;s easy to isolate one or two products and act like that is the norm instead of the exception and then write a negative article saying that don&#x27;t buy annuities because they&#x27;re all bad because this one is. Is that correct? That&#x27;s correct. But I should say that these one or two bad products may not be bad products. It depends upon the economic environment that ensues, how the market goes. And a product that could be perfectly good for the environment we&#x27;ve had over the last 15 years might appear to be better than another product, which would be better for the years going forward. So even that&#x27;s not a clean comparison. Well, and my dad&#x27;s a physics professor, and he always says that you need a vacuum environment</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> to see if things perform correctly. Like if you drop a feather and a stone in a vacuum environment, they will both fall at the same speed, which me and him argue about all the time until he proves it to me. But you can basically, what you&#x27;re saying is you can control, or when these people are writing articles, they pick and choose different years that something did bad and then write negatively towards that product because it did not perform like it was supposed to in one year, not looking at the total picture. They can, and that&#x27;s why this other study that I mentioned, plus our own study, we looked at every year that has been in existence since these products first became available. And we looked at how you did over their holding periods. If you held from, say, a five-year annuity from 1995 to 2000, or 96 to 2001, or 97 to 2002, et cetera, all the way up through the present.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> And we found that those did far better than any of the other products that we were looking at, which is the S&amp;P product for stocks and then the Vanguard bond fund. On the other hand, we&#x27;ve had an environment that began in the late 90s up through 2008 that would particularly benefit from these products. So we can&#x27;t say how well they&#x27;ll do in the future. But what we had is a huge downturn. The average, well, the NASDAQ from 2000 to 2002 went down 70%. The S&amp;P went down about 45%. And then the average NASDAQ stock went down 90%. Then we had from 2007, October to March of 2009, we had another decline of 55%.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> And that&#x27;s in the S&amp;P type stocks. NASDAQ also went down. And what happens in these products is your downside is limited to 0%. So while everything else is going down and you&#x27;re staying even, from a relative point of view, you&#x27;re way ahead. And when the stock market goes down by 50%, which it did, it has to go up by 100% to break even. If you start with $100 and you&#x27;re down to 50%, 50% decline, then you have to have 100% to get back to where you were at $100. So those two large falls we had since 1995 have been largely responsible for these equity indexed annuities performing better than the alternatives.</p><p><strong>11:33</strong> What you&#x27;d typically find if the environment hadn&#x27;t been so severe is that sometimes they perform better and sometimes they wouldn&#x27;t. It just happened that in that period of time they seemed to always perform better. So those of you who are just joining us today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to be talking to Dr. David Babbel, who&#x27;s Professor of Economics, Finance, and Risk Management at the Wharton School of Business, Pennsylvania. And Dr. Babbel&#x27;s been generous enough to give us his time. If you have any questions for me or for him, or you are interested in scheduling an appointment with me, or if you want to attend one of our movie premieres where we&#x27;re going to be showing in Greenville, Fayetteville, Wilmington, New Bern, and Burlington, give us a call right now at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. To either schedule an appointment with me, go over some questions, get a copy of Dr. Babbel&#x27;s report, or get on the list for a movie coming to your area called Navigating the Fog of Investing, which features a lot of things we&#x27;ve been talking about today. And your education level is gigantic, Dr. Babbel. You&#x27;ve got your Ph.D. from the University of Florida. You&#x27;ve got the MBA from the University of Florida, a B.A. from Brigham Young, and George Mason University. So you&#x27;ve got a pretty good background in the academic world. But let me just get this straight. So during the time where people were losing in the market, and these articles were coming out, you know, the last 10 years or whatever, saying how bad indexed annuities or equity indexed annuities were, during that whole time where people were getting their clock cleaned in the stock market, not a single person in your study who would have had a fixed indexed annuity during that time has lost a penny.</p><p><strong>13:11</strong> Is that correct? Well, if you had held your policy to maturity like is designed to be held, that would be certainly we haven&#x27;t seen any where you would have lost money. Well, we preach asset diversification, too, so it&#x27;s important never to have all your eggs in one basket. But for a safe basket, for safe money, if people want their money to be safe, I guess the choices are put it in a CD at a bank or some type of annuity product or in the backyard or treasury bills. And then for the unsafe money or the money that you are willing to risk, then I guess you could take some risk with the market. But it looks like in their inner study, for people who wanted to take some of that money that they were willing to risk and instead put it in a fixed indexed annuity, they&#x27;ve come out pretty good in the last 14 years also, haven&#x27;t they? Yes, they have.</p><p><strong>13:57</strong> And like a CD, if you take your money out before it matures, there&#x27;s a substantial penalty for early withdrawal. Exactly. Insurance companies are required to have that by the various states in which they operate. For their solvency testing purposes, they wouldn&#x27;t license a product if they didn&#x27;t charge something for those people that withdraw early. Because what they could do is harm all the rest of the people in the pool that remain. And so that&#x27;s why those provisions are in there. So, you know, for the person listening, especially for the person who is all stocks all the time, or I&#x27;m an investment advisor, so we have access to risk vehicles and safe vehicles. So I like to think that I don&#x27;t have a dog in the hunt. I&#x27;m kind of non-biased. I basically look at what the clients need, and then I go out there and find what they&#x27;re looking for.</p><p><strong>14:45</strong> But if someone&#x27;s listening now and they&#x27;re saying, well, this Dr. Babel, he&#x27;s an annuity salesman, and he&#x27;s got a dog in the hunt, let me ask you, what was the catalyst for the study you did, and what drove your curiosity? Was it the seemingly disconnect between the conventional financial media coverage of fixed index annuities and what you thought might exist from a performance standpoint? Or what just basically caused you to do a study like this? Well, I did three studies on immediate annuities, which are the payout annuities people get at retirement that provide income as long as you live. And that particular research I got as it became circulated on the Internet led people to ask me about these questions on indexed annuities. And so I began a three-year study on indexed annuities with a team of economists.</p><p><strong>15:35</strong> And we had several potential clients. We actually had a number of law firms contact us that wanted us to testify against these products. I said, well, I&#x27;m happy to look at them. And so I did look at them, and I thought, well, these products aren&#x27;t the way they&#x27;re being represented. They&#x27;re actually performing pretty well. So I actually refused to be one of their witnesses. And I continued to do these studies. And a couple years later, several companies asked me if I would be their witness against this litigation. And I turned almost all of them down, but there were a couple that I did accept. In the meantime, though, I continued to do these studies.</p><p><strong>16:20</strong> And now I&#x27;m doing an academic study, two of them actually, on this subject. One of them is already available on the Internet, where we actually show a proper economic study, how it should be designed, and how these products work. And some work better than others. Some companies I wouldn&#x27;t recommend. There are other companies that seem to be better. But I have a diversified portfolio like you do. I have a number of annuities, both fixed annuities as well as indexed. And I also have some index bonds, inflation index bonds, and I also have some stock. The nice thing about these products, though, they are backed by state insolvency guarantee funds.</p><p><strong>17:06</strong> And so, like the FDIC backing the bank deposits, you have something backing these companies. You probably wouldn&#x27;t want to put all your money in one company. You&#x27;d want to get a good company, though. You might want to diversify across several companies if you&#x27;re going to get some of these annuities. Oh, yeah, diversification is very much the key, but it&#x27;s making sure you are diversifying in the right places. By the way, that study you mentioned, is that available online to the general public? Yeah, I mean, I can log in and get it without any passwords or anything. But Morningstar, which is the big investment, the mutual fund company, Ibbotson, I-B-B-O-T-S-O-N, they sponsored a conference where I spoke. And I wrote, the article is called Unsupermodels,</p><p><strong>17:53</strong> because someone thought they had a supermodel and showed these things aren&#x27;t good. And what I did was show that models aren&#x27;t very super at all. They&#x27;re flawed. It&#x27;s called Unsupermodels. And my name is David Babbel, B-A-B-B-E-L. I think you could Google Unsupermodels and David F. as in Frederick Babbel, and you&#x27;d find it. We&#x27;ll get a copy of that and make that available to anybody who wants to see it, because I think that would be a valuable study for people to see. So if you&#x27;d like a copy of that report, which is aptly named Unsupermodels, you can call us right now at 800-661-7383 or email me that you want a copy of that study at coach, C-O-A-C-H, at financialsafari.com. That&#x27;s coach at financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> I&#x27;ve got two final questions for you, Dr. Babbel. I know your time is valuable, and I don&#x27;t want to take too much of it. But we&#x27;ve got this term that we hear in the world these days, and it&#x27;s income planning or deaccumulation. And basically it&#x27;s the process of taking money out. You&#x27;ve worked all your years to save money, and the problem that people run into around retirement is how much do I take out without running out of all my money? And I think in your studies there, you&#x27;ve probably seen some good deaccumulation models that also involve the fixed index annuity. If you have, do you care to talk about that for a minute? I definitely have run across them, and I&#x27;ve done my own studies. What we have done is look at what happens if you have, say, a million dollars in savings, and you start your retirement,</p><p><strong>19:27</strong> you start deaccumulating at a rate of 6% a year, or say $60,000 a year, and going through your lifetime. As long as the investment you have grows at a steady rate, you can withdraw that amount as long as you live, say 30 to 40 years. But if you get the same return in the market on average, but the market goes up and down over time, we find that that money that would generally last 30 to 40 years can last anywhere from 6 to 40 years. And that&#x27;s because of a phenomenon called reverse dollar cost averaging. Reverse dollar cost averaging simply means that when the market&#x27;s down, you have to sell more shares to cover your expenses, and then you have fewer shares left to ride the market back upwards.</p><p><strong>20:15</strong> Correct. And that takes a tremendous toll on the longevity of your portfolio. And the nice thing about annuities is it blocks the downside so that the money lasts much longer. And immediate annuities, of course, last as long as you do. Yes, and that&#x27;s very important when you&#x27;re talking about decumulation. And I&#x27;ve seen some of the annuity companies lately have added something called an income rider or make it available to add on to their annuities, which would guarantee growth of the annuity and then guarantee decumulation for the rest of your life. Have you researched those at all? I&#x27;ve looked at them, but not as deeply. The other study took three years. I&#x27;ve only spent about five or six months looking at those new products. Right. What&#x27;s interesting is the variable annuities didn&#x27;t used to have that in there,</p><p><strong>21:01</strong> and so the consumer, the investor was completely exposed to the vagaries of the market. And since those guarantees have been put in place, the products have become much more popular. Now, I know you&#x27;ve studied the internal workings of annuities, and you just said the V word is what we call it here in the office. You said variable annuity. And we spend a lot of time looking at the variable annuities, all the expenses and the fees and the risk, and compare those to regular fixed annuities and fixed indexed annuities. If you had a family member or a friend and they had a certain number of dollars in their pocket that they were going to devote to an annuity because they wanted that income planning and they wanted some growth and they didn&#x27;t really want risk, and they were asking you to help them decide between a fixed indexed annuity and a variable annuity, would you have a recommendation for them on that?</p><p><strong>21:49</strong> There are too many facts and circumstances I would have to know before I could make an evaluation. I&#x27;ve actually been approached by people over the last few months with that same question, and I have to get a lot more information about their total wealth level, their needs, and how much risk they can tolerate before I can make a recommendation. Let&#x27;s assume somebody had a zero, they didn&#x27;t want to lose any money, and they specifically said, I don&#x27;t want to have my money at risk. Would that make it an easier decision? Yes. But you&#x27;ve made the choice between indexed annuities and variable annuities. There&#x27;s also just the fixed annuities. Right. That&#x27;s another alternative. And there&#x27;s actually something that I recommend. In fact, an article is going to be published shortly in the Journal of Financial Planning that I wrote,</p><p><strong>22:41</strong> and it describes a strategy where you get several fixed annuities, and at retirement you annuitize some of them and the rest you hold back. And you hold back because you don&#x27;t know if inflation will resurface and if it&#x27;s going to erode your purchasing power. Correct. The longer you hold them, the older you get, and that means the annuities will pay off even more for two reasons. First, the older you are, the more they pay, and second, the longer you wait, the more they accumulate in value. So you get a double increment to your wealth as you age. So that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing personally. Well, you&#x27;ve hit on a tremendous strategy there, Dr. Babble. We call it the bucket strategy or the laddering strategy, annuity laddering strategy, and we use that for clients in that particular situation just like you mentioned.</p><p><strong>23:28</strong> So you&#x27;ve stumbled upon something that&#x27;s very valuable in planning. I don&#x27;t even know if you really realized what you were stumbling upon. No, I didn&#x27;t. I know that there&#x27;s a bucket list, a movie about a bucket list, and I didn&#x27;t know there was a bucket strategy. This is your bucket strategy before the bucket list is needed. Okay. And it enables you to be able to do all the things on your bucket list in the future because you&#x27;ll have plenty of money that you haven&#x27;t lost yet. Well, plus you get to have full control over the part that&#x27;s not annuitized. I think it&#x27;s a wonderful strategy. Yes, yes, I really do. I like that. So looking back at your study, I think it&#x27;s been very valuable, and I&#x27;ve looked at the complete study because I like to see what&#x27;s behind all the studies, and I really could not find any flaws in it. You basically cover what people are looking for, what their biggest fears are.</p><p><strong>24:17</strong> You know, the biggest fear of anyone I&#x27;ve talked to is afraid of outliving their money or losing their money, and it looks like total, you know, looking at the whole study in general, is there anything that you could find negative if somebody was trying to look for safety on their money and they found a good, you know, they did their research and they found a good company offering good fixed index annuity? Would there be any reason why somebody wouldn&#x27;t put 30% or 40% of their money if they were 60 or older in something like this? Well, they may want more stability, and a fixed index annuity protects you from downside risk, but it has lower guarantees than a regular fixed annuity would. So some people may prefer the stability. Other people say, well, I want to get a piece of the upside if there is an upside,</p><p><strong>25:03</strong> and they&#x27;re willing to pay for that in terms of a lower guaranteed return. So the industry in general, you know, if I was, and I&#x27;m not, but if I was an insurance company executive and I heard about Dr. Babel&#x27;s study out there saying how good fixed and fixed index annuities were and how the other side had been lying about my products that I was selling, I&#x27;d probably get you on the phone right away. Have you been contacted by any of the major insurance companies out there to get the truth out? I have. I don&#x27;t like to do anything that&#x27;s advertising for any individual company, though, so I haven&#x27;t been going on the speech circuit. I have given some academic conferences, however, New York University, University of Chicago, University of Pennsylvania, University of Laval University, you know, discussing these things,</p><p><strong>25:52</strong> but I haven&#x27;t been going on the circuit of conferences that you would have for financial planners and things like that. Well, it&#x27;s good to know they are paying attention, though. If they&#x27;ve contacted you, that shows that they are reading and they do know what&#x27;s misconception out there, and when somebody is telling the truth, it&#x27;s good to recognize that. I just feel sorry for your listening audience. Unless they&#x27;re trained, how are they going to know if a study that looks really mathematical and sophisticated, how are they going to know that it&#x27;s flawed? Well, I like to say you can&#x27;t make chicken salad if you don&#x27;t have any chicken, but in this case it looks like somebody was feeding fish to the article writers who were making their chicken salad and using fish, so basically they&#x27;ve got tuna salad and they&#x27;re writing about chicken salad. And, yeah, you&#x27;re right. You know, when you go to Google nowadays online, which Google is one of the places a lot of people go to search around the Internet,</p><p><strong>26:41</strong> it&#x27;s amazing what you can find out that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s also amazing what you can find out that&#x27;s false. A couple weeks ago we put Mother Teresa is bad in there, and a bunch of articles came up agreeing with us. So you see even somebody as pristine as Mother Teresa has bad things written about her that&#x27;s untrue, and then people write articles based on the artificial stuff they get on the Internet. Yeah. So I guess, yeah, and you are right. It is tough right now as a financial consumer, as just anybody looking for the truth, to get the truth. I guess what you would probably recommend is what I always recommend, get it in writing, research it, make sure someone points you in the right direction, and make sure you make your own decision and don&#x27;t be swayed by some artificially negative articles that are out there. Well, I would be embarrassed if I were a publisher of some of these articles,</p><p><strong>27:27</strong> and they got headwritten. Yeah, yeah. Well, and then they haven&#x27;t done any retractions, though. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s always amazing to us, because we would read them, and we would point out flaws. We&#x27;d send the little letter to the editor, and we would not get a response, you know, which is nowadays the media shapes things. You never know, but it&#x27;s a lot of things that&#x27;s a misconception that becomes the truth after a while when so many people read it. That&#x27;s right. Well, I really appreciate your time, Dr. Babel, and hopefully you&#x27;ll come back and tell us about your new studies in the future. We&#x27;ll have you on our radar screen now and be looking for any reports that come out from you. Okay. Well, thank you very much. You&#x27;re welcome. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></description>
      <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Professor David Babbel joins Coach Pete to discuss his research on fixed index annuities, market comparisons, and common misconceptions about these products. This interview was recorded in September 2009.</p><p><strong>Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</strong></p><p><strong>Transcript</strong></p><p>Automatically transcribed from this episode; timestamps are approximate.</p><p><strong>00:00</strong> So today we&#x27;re lucky enough to have Dr. David Babbel, who&#x27;s a professor at the Wharton School of Business, who&#x27;s written a very interesting research project. He&#x27;s done several research projects, and one of the ones we&#x27;re going to talk about today is the negative press on fixed index annuities and what kind of effect that has on some of the misconceptions that are out there. It&#x27;s my belief, Dr. Babbel, that before someone makes a decision, they need all the facts, and they need to get rid of all the minutiae and the negative press that&#x27;s out there written by people who really aren&#x27;t licensed to be writing about financial products. When you were looking through, though, the fixed indexed annuity world, can you tell me that if you had a friend who knew very little about annuities, which a lot of people out there do not know much about annuities or investments in general, how would you communicate the gist of your study and its results to that person?</p><p><strong>00:52</strong> In other words, the study was presumably developed for an academic kind of audience in nature, but what would you want or expect a consumer in the audience here listening to take from the study you did, and is there a sort of distilled message that could be drawn from the study for a consumer audience that we have here on our show? Sure. I&#x27;ll start with the bottom line first, and that is we examined various of these indexed annuities. They&#x27;re sometimes referred to as equity indexed annuities or fixed indexed annuities, where the consumer is able to get a guaranteed minimum return, and they also get a portion of the increase in the stock market. And if there&#x27;s a decrease in the stock market, depending on the annuity, you either get 0% for that month or year, or sometimes you get a positive amount, depending on the product.</p><p><strong>01:48</strong> But your upside is limited. There&#x27;s a participation rate, and by limiting the upside, it allows the insurance company to use a portion of your premium to handle the risk of losing money. So they hedge you against losing money with that piece of your premium dollar, and in return for that, you get a portion of the upside. But the bottom line was we looked at those sorts of contracts ever since they came into existence in 1995, and we found out that when you compare them with the Vanguard 500 S&amp;P Stock Index, together with dividends, or with the Vanguard Global Bond Index, or Money Market Index, or any combination of the three, that these indexed annuities performed actually quite well.</p><p><strong>02:40</strong> In fact, they tended to do as well or better than any combination of those other products over the period of time up through the end of 2008, if you held them for their entire holding period or whatever portion you could hold them to up until 2008. So that&#x27;s the bottom line. What was curious is that we saw lots of negative press about these annuities, and the negative press occurred in some pretty good places, like Forbes magazine, the New York Times, even some government agencies, and they all cited academic studies that had been done showing that these were not good products. And as we looked at their sources, they always had the same source of the same study that wasn&#x27;t an academic study.</p><p><strong>03:29</strong> It was actually a study performed by a firm that does lots of litigation, class action litigation, and it was very curious. As we got into the study, we found major flaws. In fact, we found 28 flaws in the paper, but some of them were so major that they invalidated all of their studies. For your consumer audience or investing audience, they may not be really technical like an academic would be in econometrics and statistics, but I can simplify the discussion to say that the so-called academic study, which was done by someone who hasn&#x27;t ever studied insurance in any formal way, or finance as far as we can tell,</p><p><strong>04:14</strong> those studies made assumptions about the product, how the product provides crediting rates to investors. Those assumptions were at variance with how the consumers actually benefit from their products and how the companies actually credit rates. And they were substantially at variance. In fact, the assumption was that the companies were giving only about half as much of a crediting rate as they actually do under conditions where the market goes up. And their major flaw in the assumption was how the market itself behaves. They assumed that the stock market behaves like what we call a normal distribution or a bell-shaped curve in terms of the gains and losses in the stock market.</p><p><strong>05:02</strong> The only problem is that it doesn&#x27;t. Right. And there have been so many studies out in the last 15 years, even beginning in 1965, showing that the market doesn&#x27;t behave anywhere near to that. And when you actually substitute a distribution, a probability distribution, the way the market behaves, the crediting rates are substantially more attractive. So those are the two points. The products aren&#x27;t nearly as bad as advertised. In fact, they&#x27;ve done quite well. And secondly, the so-called study that everyone&#x27;s relying on is just a litigation piece where the people were trying to get retained so that they could be appointed as experts in class actions.</p><p><strong>05:47</strong> So they were feeding disinformation to the people who were writing the articles. And a lot of the articles that I&#x27;ve read, the same fellow who&#x27;s writing an article on annuities today, last week he was writing about the perfect brownie recipe, you know, that kind of thing. So they really have no academic research behind it except for what they&#x27;re force-fed or spoon-fed by the litigation attorney. Well, I&#x27;m afraid that&#x27;s correct in many cases. Even the government, the SEC, started quoting some of this research, which is the new research is showing that it&#x27;s very flawed. In fact, there&#x27;s an alternative to my study that came out in an environment that has nothing to do with litigation, where they actually, instead of trying to model things correctly, they said,</p><p><strong>06:37</strong> let&#x27;s not model anything. Let&#x27;s just look at how well the products actually have performed. They did a survey that begins in 1995, and the survey, they had all the actual rates of return available from their survey that the companies provided on their various products. So it&#x27;s not just dependent on a particular crediting rate formula of a particular product, but all of these indexed products. And they found out that since their inception that they have done quite well. And while the so-called academic study that&#x27;s used in litigation said that there&#x27;s only two-tenths of one percent chance that a portfolio of bonds and stocks wouldn&#x27;t beat it, you find that, no, there&#x27;s about a 60 or 70 percent chance that a portfolio of bonds and stocks won&#x27;t beat it.</p><p><strong>07:28</strong> But I looked at that study. I&#x27;ve reviewed it quite extensively, actually. And they&#x27;re actually not considering the risk aspect of it. They&#x27;re just looking at the returns. But not only were the returns nice compared with other asset categories, but the downside risk was much, much less because that&#x27;s taken care of by the insurance company. Now, there&#x27;s a variety, quite a variety, depending upon the company that&#x27;s writing the product and the way it&#x27;s designed. But they looked at several hundred of these, and that&#x27;s what they concluded. Well, I think a big problem, if there is a problem out there in the annuity world, there are too many annuities. Each company has the five to ten to 15 different annuities that they offer.</p><p><strong>08:14</strong> And it&#x27;s easy to pick and choose. If you&#x27;re trying to write an article negative towards annuities, I&#x27;m sure you probably saw this in your study, too, it&#x27;s easy to isolate one or two products and act like that is the norm instead of the exception and then write a negative article saying that don&#x27;t buy annuities because they&#x27;re all bad because this one is. Is that correct? That&#x27;s correct. But I should say that these one or two bad products may not be bad products. It depends upon the economic environment that ensues, how the market goes. And a product that could be perfectly good for the environment we&#x27;ve had over the last 15 years might appear to be better than another product, which would be better for the years going forward. So even that&#x27;s not a clean comparison. Well, and my dad&#x27;s a physics professor, and he always says that you need a vacuum environment</p><p><strong>09:02</strong> to see if things perform correctly. Like if you drop a feather and a stone in a vacuum environment, they will both fall at the same speed, which me and him argue about all the time until he proves it to me. But you can basically, what you&#x27;re saying is you can control, or when these people are writing articles, they pick and choose different years that something did bad and then write negatively towards that product because it did not perform like it was supposed to in one year, not looking at the total picture. They can, and that&#x27;s why this other study that I mentioned, plus our own study, we looked at every year that has been in existence since these products first became available. And we looked at how you did over their holding periods. If you held from, say, a five-year annuity from 1995 to 2000, or 96 to 2001, or 97 to 2002, et cetera, all the way up through the present.</p><p><strong>09:53</strong> And we found that those did far better than any of the other products that we were looking at, which is the S&amp;P product for stocks and then the Vanguard bond fund. On the other hand, we&#x27;ve had an environment that began in the late 90s up through 2008 that would particularly benefit from these products. So we can&#x27;t say how well they&#x27;ll do in the future. But what we had is a huge downturn. The average, well, the NASDAQ from 2000 to 2002 went down 70%. The S&amp;P went down about 45%. And then the average NASDAQ stock went down 90%. Then we had from 2007, October to March of 2009, we had another decline of 55%.</p><p><strong>10:48</strong> And that&#x27;s in the S&amp;P type stocks. NASDAQ also went down. And what happens in these products is your downside is limited to 0%. So while everything else is going down and you&#x27;re staying even, from a relative point of view, you&#x27;re way ahead. And when the stock market goes down by 50%, which it did, it has to go up by 100% to break even. If you start with $100 and you&#x27;re down to 50%, 50% decline, then you have to have 100% to get back to where you were at $100. So those two large falls we had since 1995 have been largely responsible for these equity indexed annuities performing better than the alternatives.</p><p><strong>11:33</strong> What you&#x27;d typically find if the environment hadn&#x27;t been so severe is that sometimes they perform better and sometimes they wouldn&#x27;t. It just happened that in that period of time they seemed to always perform better. So those of you who are just joining us today, we&#x27;re lucky enough to be talking to Dr. David Babbel, who&#x27;s Professor of Economics, Finance, and Risk Management at the Wharton School of Business, Pennsylvania. And Dr. Babbel&#x27;s been generous enough to give us his time. If you have any questions for me or for him, or you are interested in scheduling an appointment with me, or if you want to attend one of our movie premieres where we&#x27;re going to be showing in Greenville, Fayetteville, Wilmington, New Bern, and Burlington, give us a call right now at 800-661-7383.</p><p><strong>12:20</strong> Again, that&#x27;s 800-661-7383. To either schedule an appointment with me, go over some questions, get a copy of Dr. Babbel&#x27;s report, or get on the list for a movie coming to your area called Navigating the Fog of Investing, which features a lot of things we&#x27;ve been talking about today. And your education level is gigantic, Dr. Babbel. You&#x27;ve got your Ph.D. from the University of Florida. You&#x27;ve got the MBA from the University of Florida, a B.A. from Brigham Young, and George Mason University. So you&#x27;ve got a pretty good background in the academic world. But let me just get this straight. So during the time where people were losing in the market, and these articles were coming out, you know, the last 10 years or whatever, saying how bad indexed annuities or equity indexed annuities were, during that whole time where people were getting their clock cleaned in the stock market, not a single person in your study who would have had a fixed indexed annuity during that time has lost a penny.</p><p><strong>13:11</strong> Is that correct? Well, if you had held your policy to maturity like is designed to be held, that would be certainly we haven&#x27;t seen any where you would have lost money. Well, we preach asset diversification, too, so it&#x27;s important never to have all your eggs in one basket. But for a safe basket, for safe money, if people want their money to be safe, I guess the choices are put it in a CD at a bank or some type of annuity product or in the backyard or treasury bills. And then for the unsafe money or the money that you are willing to risk, then I guess you could take some risk with the market. But it looks like in their inner study, for people who wanted to take some of that money that they were willing to risk and instead put it in a fixed indexed annuity, they&#x27;ve come out pretty good in the last 14 years also, haven&#x27;t they? Yes, they have.</p><p><strong>13:57</strong> And like a CD, if you take your money out before it matures, there&#x27;s a substantial penalty for early withdrawal. Exactly. Insurance companies are required to have that by the various states in which they operate. For their solvency testing purposes, they wouldn&#x27;t license a product if they didn&#x27;t charge something for those people that withdraw early. Because what they could do is harm all the rest of the people in the pool that remain. And so that&#x27;s why those provisions are in there. So, you know, for the person listening, especially for the person who is all stocks all the time, or I&#x27;m an investment advisor, so we have access to risk vehicles and safe vehicles. So I like to think that I don&#x27;t have a dog in the hunt. I&#x27;m kind of non-biased. I basically look at what the clients need, and then I go out there and find what they&#x27;re looking for.</p><p><strong>14:45</strong> But if someone&#x27;s listening now and they&#x27;re saying, well, this Dr. Babel, he&#x27;s an annuity salesman, and he&#x27;s got a dog in the hunt, let me ask you, what was the catalyst for the study you did, and what drove your curiosity? Was it the seemingly disconnect between the conventional financial media coverage of fixed index annuities and what you thought might exist from a performance standpoint? Or what just basically caused you to do a study like this? Well, I did three studies on immediate annuities, which are the payout annuities people get at retirement that provide income as long as you live. And that particular research I got as it became circulated on the Internet led people to ask me about these questions on indexed annuities. And so I began a three-year study on indexed annuities with a team of economists.</p><p><strong>15:35</strong> And we had several potential clients. We actually had a number of law firms contact us that wanted us to testify against these products. I said, well, I&#x27;m happy to look at them. And so I did look at them, and I thought, well, these products aren&#x27;t the way they&#x27;re being represented. They&#x27;re actually performing pretty well. So I actually refused to be one of their witnesses. And I continued to do these studies. And a couple years later, several companies asked me if I would be their witness against this litigation. And I turned almost all of them down, but there were a couple that I did accept. In the meantime, though, I continued to do these studies.</p><p><strong>16:20</strong> And now I&#x27;m doing an academic study, two of them actually, on this subject. One of them is already available on the Internet, where we actually show a proper economic study, how it should be designed, and how these products work. And some work better than others. Some companies I wouldn&#x27;t recommend. There are other companies that seem to be better. But I have a diversified portfolio like you do. I have a number of annuities, both fixed annuities as well as indexed. And I also have some index bonds, inflation index bonds, and I also have some stock. The nice thing about these products, though, they are backed by state insolvency guarantee funds.</p><p><strong>17:06</strong> And so, like the FDIC backing the bank deposits, you have something backing these companies. You probably wouldn&#x27;t want to put all your money in one company. You&#x27;d want to get a good company, though. You might want to diversify across several companies if you&#x27;re going to get some of these annuities. Oh, yeah, diversification is very much the key, but it&#x27;s making sure you are diversifying in the right places. By the way, that study you mentioned, is that available online to the general public? Yeah, I mean, I can log in and get it without any passwords or anything. But Morningstar, which is the big investment, the mutual fund company, Ibbotson, I-B-B-O-T-S-O-N, they sponsored a conference where I spoke. And I wrote, the article is called Unsupermodels,</p><p><strong>17:53</strong> because someone thought they had a supermodel and showed these things aren&#x27;t good. And what I did was show that models aren&#x27;t very super at all. They&#x27;re flawed. It&#x27;s called Unsupermodels. And my name is David Babbel, B-A-B-B-E-L. I think you could Google Unsupermodels and David F. as in Frederick Babbel, and you&#x27;d find it. We&#x27;ll get a copy of that and make that available to anybody who wants to see it, because I think that would be a valuable study for people to see. So if you&#x27;d like a copy of that report, which is aptly named Unsupermodels, you can call us right now at 800-661-7383 or email me that you want a copy of that study at coach, C-O-A-C-H, at financialsafari.com. That&#x27;s coach at financialsafari.com.</p><p><strong>18:40</strong> I&#x27;ve got two final questions for you, Dr. Babbel. I know your time is valuable, and I don&#x27;t want to take too much of it. But we&#x27;ve got this term that we hear in the world these days, and it&#x27;s income planning or deaccumulation. And basically it&#x27;s the process of taking money out. You&#x27;ve worked all your years to save money, and the problem that people run into around retirement is how much do I take out without running out of all my money? And I think in your studies there, you&#x27;ve probably seen some good deaccumulation models that also involve the fixed index annuity. If you have, do you care to talk about that for a minute? I definitely have run across them, and I&#x27;ve done my own studies. What we have done is look at what happens if you have, say, a million dollars in savings, and you start your retirement,</p><p><strong>19:27</strong> you start deaccumulating at a rate of 6% a year, or say $60,000 a year, and going through your lifetime. As long as the investment you have grows at a steady rate, you can withdraw that amount as long as you live, say 30 to 40 years. But if you get the same return in the market on average, but the market goes up and down over time, we find that that money that would generally last 30 to 40 years can last anywhere from 6 to 40 years. And that&#x27;s because of a phenomenon called reverse dollar cost averaging. Reverse dollar cost averaging simply means that when the market&#x27;s down, you have to sell more shares to cover your expenses, and then you have fewer shares left to ride the market back upwards.</p><p><strong>20:15</strong> Correct. And that takes a tremendous toll on the longevity of your portfolio. And the nice thing about annuities is it blocks the downside so that the money lasts much longer. And immediate annuities, of course, last as long as you do. Yes, and that&#x27;s very important when you&#x27;re talking about decumulation. And I&#x27;ve seen some of the annuity companies lately have added something called an income rider or make it available to add on to their annuities, which would guarantee growth of the annuity and then guarantee decumulation for the rest of your life. Have you researched those at all? I&#x27;ve looked at them, but not as deeply. The other study took three years. I&#x27;ve only spent about five or six months looking at those new products. Right. What&#x27;s interesting is the variable annuities didn&#x27;t used to have that in there,</p><p><strong>21:01</strong> and so the consumer, the investor was completely exposed to the vagaries of the market. And since those guarantees have been put in place, the products have become much more popular. Now, I know you&#x27;ve studied the internal workings of annuities, and you just said the V word is what we call it here in the office. You said variable annuity. And we spend a lot of time looking at the variable annuities, all the expenses and the fees and the risk, and compare those to regular fixed annuities and fixed indexed annuities. If you had a family member or a friend and they had a certain number of dollars in their pocket that they were going to devote to an annuity because they wanted that income planning and they wanted some growth and they didn&#x27;t really want risk, and they were asking you to help them decide between a fixed indexed annuity and a variable annuity, would you have a recommendation for them on that?</p><p><strong>21:49</strong> There are too many facts and circumstances I would have to know before I could make an evaluation. I&#x27;ve actually been approached by people over the last few months with that same question, and I have to get a lot more information about their total wealth level, their needs, and how much risk they can tolerate before I can make a recommendation. Let&#x27;s assume somebody had a zero, they didn&#x27;t want to lose any money, and they specifically said, I don&#x27;t want to have my money at risk. Would that make it an easier decision? Yes. But you&#x27;ve made the choice between indexed annuities and variable annuities. There&#x27;s also just the fixed annuities. Right. That&#x27;s another alternative. And there&#x27;s actually something that I recommend. In fact, an article is going to be published shortly in the Journal of Financial Planning that I wrote,</p><p><strong>22:41</strong> and it describes a strategy where you get several fixed annuities, and at retirement you annuitize some of them and the rest you hold back. And you hold back because you don&#x27;t know if inflation will resurface and if it&#x27;s going to erode your purchasing power. Correct. The longer you hold them, the older you get, and that means the annuities will pay off even more for two reasons. First, the older you are, the more they pay, and second, the longer you wait, the more they accumulate in value. So you get a double increment to your wealth as you age. So that&#x27;s what I&#x27;m doing personally. Well, you&#x27;ve hit on a tremendous strategy there, Dr. Babble. We call it the bucket strategy or the laddering strategy, annuity laddering strategy, and we use that for clients in that particular situation just like you mentioned.</p><p><strong>23:28</strong> So you&#x27;ve stumbled upon something that&#x27;s very valuable in planning. I don&#x27;t even know if you really realized what you were stumbling upon. No, I didn&#x27;t. I know that there&#x27;s a bucket list, a movie about a bucket list, and I didn&#x27;t know there was a bucket strategy. This is your bucket strategy before the bucket list is needed. Okay. And it enables you to be able to do all the things on your bucket list in the future because you&#x27;ll have plenty of money that you haven&#x27;t lost yet. Well, plus you get to have full control over the part that&#x27;s not annuitized. I think it&#x27;s a wonderful strategy. Yes, yes, I really do. I like that. So looking back at your study, I think it&#x27;s been very valuable, and I&#x27;ve looked at the complete study because I like to see what&#x27;s behind all the studies, and I really could not find any flaws in it. You basically cover what people are looking for, what their biggest fears are.</p><p><strong>24:17</strong> You know, the biggest fear of anyone I&#x27;ve talked to is afraid of outliving their money or losing their money, and it looks like total, you know, looking at the whole study in general, is there anything that you could find negative if somebody was trying to look for safety on their money and they found a good, you know, they did their research and they found a good company offering good fixed index annuity? Would there be any reason why somebody wouldn&#x27;t put 30% or 40% of their money if they were 60 or older in something like this? Well, they may want more stability, and a fixed index annuity protects you from downside risk, but it has lower guarantees than a regular fixed annuity would. So some people may prefer the stability. Other people say, well, I want to get a piece of the upside if there is an upside,</p><p><strong>25:03</strong> and they&#x27;re willing to pay for that in terms of a lower guaranteed return. So the industry in general, you know, if I was, and I&#x27;m not, but if I was an insurance company executive and I heard about Dr. Babel&#x27;s study out there saying how good fixed and fixed index annuities were and how the other side had been lying about my products that I was selling, I&#x27;d probably get you on the phone right away. Have you been contacted by any of the major insurance companies out there to get the truth out? I have. I don&#x27;t like to do anything that&#x27;s advertising for any individual company, though, so I haven&#x27;t been going on the speech circuit. I have given some academic conferences, however, New York University, University of Chicago, University of Pennsylvania, University of Laval University, you know, discussing these things,</p><p><strong>25:52</strong> but I haven&#x27;t been going on the circuit of conferences that you would have for financial planners and things like that. Well, it&#x27;s good to know they are paying attention, though. If they&#x27;ve contacted you, that shows that they are reading and they do know what&#x27;s misconception out there, and when somebody is telling the truth, it&#x27;s good to recognize that. I just feel sorry for your listening audience. Unless they&#x27;re trained, how are they going to know if a study that looks really mathematical and sophisticated, how are they going to know that it&#x27;s flawed? Well, I like to say you can&#x27;t make chicken salad if you don&#x27;t have any chicken, but in this case it looks like somebody was feeding fish to the article writers who were making their chicken salad and using fish, so basically they&#x27;ve got tuna salad and they&#x27;re writing about chicken salad. And, yeah, you&#x27;re right. You know, when you go to Google nowadays online, which Google is one of the places a lot of people go to search around the Internet,</p><p><strong>26:41</strong> it&#x27;s amazing what you can find out that&#x27;s true. It&#x27;s also amazing what you can find out that&#x27;s false. A couple weeks ago we put Mother Teresa is bad in there, and a bunch of articles came up agreeing with us. So you see even somebody as pristine as Mother Teresa has bad things written about her that&#x27;s untrue, and then people write articles based on the artificial stuff they get on the Internet. Yeah. So I guess, yeah, and you are right. It is tough right now as a financial consumer, as just anybody looking for the truth, to get the truth. I guess what you would probably recommend is what I always recommend, get it in writing, research it, make sure someone points you in the right direction, and make sure you make your own decision and don&#x27;t be swayed by some artificially negative articles that are out there. Well, I would be embarrassed if I were a publisher of some of these articles,</p><p><strong>27:27</strong> and they got headwritten. Yeah, yeah. Well, and then they haven&#x27;t done any retractions, though. That&#x27;s what&#x27;s always amazing to us, because we would read them, and we would point out flaws. We&#x27;d send the little letter to the editor, and we would not get a response, you know, which is nowadays the media shapes things. You never know, but it&#x27;s a lot of things that&#x27;s a misconception that becomes the truth after a while when so many people read it. That&#x27;s right. Well, I really appreciate your time, Dr. Babel, and hopefully you&#x27;ll come back and tell us about your new studies in the future. We&#x27;ll have you on our radar screen now and be looking for any reports that come out from you. Okay. Well, thank you very much. You&#x27;re welcome. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.</p><p>See <a href="https://omnystudio.com/listener">omnystudio.com/listener</a> for privacy information.</p>]]></content:encoded>
      <itunes:summary>Professor David Babbel joins Coach Pete to discuss his research on fixed index annuities, market comparisons, and common misconceptions about these products. This interview was recorded in September 2009.

Call 800-661-7383 or text PLAN to 600-700.</itunes:summary>
      <category>David Babbel</category>
      <category>annuities</category>
      <category>Research Behind Fixed Index Annuities</category>
      <category>interviews</category>
      <itunes:keywords>David Babbel, annuities, Research Behind Fixed Index Annuities, interviews</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:author>Coach Pete D’Arruda</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913/image.jpg?t=1792073177&amp;size=Large" />
      <media:content url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" type="audio/mpeg">
        <media:player url="https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-babbel-research-behind-fixed-index-annuities/embed?media=Audio" />
      </media:content>
      <media:content url="https://www.omnycontent.com/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913/image.jpg?t=1792073177&amp;size=Large" type="image/jpeg" />
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913</guid>
      <omny:clipId>42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913</omny:clipId>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Sep 2009 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>
      <itunes:duration>1685</itunes:duration>
      <enclosure url="https://traffic.omny.fm/d/clips/2bfe2d30-2756-4510-8b2d-adff010aaaac/7def0bdc-edf3-4228-80df-adff011625fb/42a366ae-7211-4cbf-a4d5-b4e20103a913/audio.mp3?utm_source=Podcast&amp;in_playlist=a7bd724d-5ca4-4a0f-822d-b4e400ec2123" length="26994901" type="audio/mpeg" />
      <link>https://omny.fm/shows/coach-listens-with-coach-pete/david-babbel-research-behind-fixed-index-annuities</link>
      <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:order>282</itunes:order>
      <psc:chapters>
        <psc:chapter start="00:00:00" title="Research Behind Fixed Index Annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:02:31" title="Understanding annuities" />
        <psc:chapter start="00:12:06" title="Film, television, and storytelling" />
      </psc:chapters>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>